PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-01

BOROUGH COMMANDER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

BOROUGH
COMMANDER

1.
2.

3.

4.
5.

6.
7.
8.
NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Be responsible for and ensure efficiency of all police operations within
borough.
Develop borough specific plans and implement strategies, programs and
procedures to:
a.
Reduce crime and fear of crime
b.
Improve quality of life
c.
Ensure traffic safety and optimize traffic flow.
Utilize borough executive staff to administer, assign, control, coordinate,
discipline, evaluate, guide, motivate, supervise and ensure the mission of
the command.
Develop and maintain strong relationships with clergy, business,
community and educational leaders.
Visit Internal Affairs Bureau, Community Affairs Bureau, Quality
Assurance Division, Office of Equal Employment Opportunity and
Personnel Orders Section for a briefing upon assignment to command.
a.
Confer with the above commands semi-annually thereafter.
Inspect each subordinate command’s “Confidential Performance Profile,”
annually.
Ensure administrative and operational responsibilities of subordinate
executives are performed properly and efficiently.
Mentor and provide guidance to subordinate command executive staff.

Borough commanders of bureaus performing enforcement functions (e.g., Detective,
Organized Crime Control, Transit, Housing, etc.) will ensure that executive staff from
their respective borough attend a briefing with Internal Affairs Bureau, Community
Affairs Bureau, Quality Assurance Division, and Personnel Orders Section upon
assignment to command and semi-annually thereafter.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-01a

BOROUGH EXECUTIVE OFFICER, OPERATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

BOROUGH
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER,
OPERATIONS

1.

2.
3.

4.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Supervise the following:
a.
Borough Operations Commander
b.
Borough Special Projects Coordinator
c.
Borough task force
d.
Borough specialty units.
Provide for borough strategic and tactical efficiency through the equitable
distribution of borough operational resources.
Provide operational oversight and support at the borough command level,
including housing developments covered by the Patrol Services Bureau,
for the following:
a.
Planning and execution of crime control strategies
b.
Development of initiatives for quality of life improvement and
maintenance
c.
Traffic management and safety
d.
Street Narcotics Enforcement Units (SNEU)
e.
Graffiti enforcement and removal.
Liaison with the Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator to ensure the
operational readiness of:
a.
Emergency preparedness
b.
Mobilizations.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-01b

BOROUGH EXECUTIVE OFFICER, ADMINISTRATION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

BOROUGH
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER,
ADMINISTRATION

1.

2.

3.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Supervise the following:
a.
Borough Administrator
b.
Borough Adjutant
c.
Borough Investigations Unit, to ensure the proper investigation of:
i.
Complaints initiated and conducted by Borough Investigations
Unit
ii.
Death/serious physical injury of uniformed member of the
service
iii.
Firearms discharge by uniformed member of the service.
Provide operational and administrative oversight at the borough
command level for the following:
a.
Community affairs
b.
Communications (written)
c.
Discipline
d.
Facilities/logistics/supply management
e.
Personnel issues:
i.
Budget/overtime monitoring
ii
Evaluation process (entire borough)
iii.
Training (crossover with Counterterrorism and
operational)
iv.
Resource use/needs/distribution
v.
Sick monitoring.
f.
Property held in Department custody
g.
Scheduling:
i.
Executive scheduling
ii.
Court/agency appearances verification and follow up.
h.
Quality assurance:
i.
Inspections
ii.
Audit review
iii.
Data integrity
iv.
Data quality.
Ensure the timely and thorough preparation and forwarding of reports
regarding all aspects of the investigation of member of the service
involved shootings.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-01c

DUTY CHIEF
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DUTY CHIEF

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Notify Operations Unit at start of tour and be briefed as to current
conditions.
Perform duty in uniform.
Act as a representative of the Chief of Department during tour of duty.
Respond to serious incidents, including:
a.
Uniformed member of the service involved shootings
b.
Deaths in police custody
c.
Level III and IV Mobilizations (not drills) involving three or more
borough task forces
d.
Major disruptions of transportation
e.
Any other incident which is (or appears likely to become)
newsworthy/noteworthy for any reason.
(1)
Consider whether response will be beneficial to the
investigation of the incident.
Assume command of incident if highest ranking member of the service on
the scene.
Keep Operations Unit informed of all facts concerning major incidents.
Confer frequently with Operations Unit throughout tour.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-02

BOROUGH ADJUTANT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

BOROUGH
ADJUTANT

1.
2. 
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Report to Borough Executive Officer, Administration.
Supervise duties of Borough Investigations Unit. 
Ensure inspections programs are properly conducted and maintained.
Audit data integrity functions to ensure compliance.
Oversee and ensure equity of the disciplinary system throughout borough
command.
Be responsible for coordination and responsiveness to Civilian Complaint
Review Board (CCRB) investigations.
Ensure property in custody of the Department is properly accounted for
and maintained.
Manage overtime to ensure efficient use of resources.
Monitor the budget and overtime allowances within the borough.
Investigate death or serious physical injury of uniformed members of the
service.
Monitor sick records of assigned personnel with attention to members
designated Chronic Absent.
Investigate and review firearms discharges by uniformed members of the
service.
Conduct staff Performance Evaluations.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-03

BOROUGH OPERATIONS COMMANDER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

BOROUGH
OPERATIONS
COMMANDER

1.
2.
3.

4.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Report to Borough Executive Officer, Operations.
Oversee Borough task force and Borough specialty units, (e.g., Borough
Anti-Crime Units, Operation Impact, etc.).
Develop and execute crime reduction strategies for the following crimes
and conditions within the borough including housing developments
covered by the Patrol Services Bureau:
a.
Sex crimes
b.
Robberies
c.
Assaults
d.
Burglaries
e.
Larcenies/thefts (including Grand Larceny)
f.
Vehicle theft and related crimes
g.
Domestic violence
h.
Firearms violence/weapons possession/use
i.
Other crimes and conditions as they emerge.
Supervise special event preparation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-04

BOROUGH ADMINISTRATOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

BOROUGH
ADMINISTRATOR

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 1

Report to Borough Executive Officer, Administration.
Oversee Borough Operations Unit.
Administer communications program.
Supervise scheduling of assigned members.
Ensure the proper functioning of court/agency appearances control.
Supervise community affairs functions.
Ensure Department facilities are properly maintained and functioning.
Safeguard and ensure Department property is in good working order.
Maintain the Department fleet.
a.
Oversee the investigation of all Department vehicle collisions.
Supervise personnel and resource distribution.
Identify needs of the borough and coordinate appropriate training.
Liaison with the Quartermaster Section to ensure proper resources are
acquired.
Accept and process requests for Department recognition.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-04a

BOROUGH SPECIAL PROJECTS COORDINATOR
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

BOROUGH
SPECIAL
PROJECTS
COORDINATOR

1.
2.

3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Report to Borough Executive Officer, Operations.
Oversee the following:
a.
Borough Crime Analysis/Patrol Borough Pattern Identification
Module (PIM)
b.
Quality of life initiatives
c.
Special project implementation
d.
Evidence collection teams
e.
311 program.
Ensure a robust Traffic Management Safety program is in place.
Identify school safety issues. Develop borough level school safety
strategies and establish a quality control and review mechanism to
evaluate programs and initiatives.
a.
Coordinate with the School Safety Division.
Supervise narcotics crime control.
Provide coordination oversight of precinct Street Narcotic Enforcement
Units (SNEU).
Investigate gang motivated and related offenses.
Ensure juvenile crime is effectively addressed.
Investigate and rectify issues involving arrest processing.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-04b

BOROUGH COUNTERTERRORISM COORDINATOR
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

1.
BOROUGH
COUNTER2.
TERRORISM
COORDINATOR
3.
4.

5.
6.

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Maintain liaison with the Borough Executive Officer(s), Operations
and Patrol Borough Operations Unit.
Oversee and coordinate counterterrorism training, equipment, and
preparedness for Patrol Borough personnel.
Oversee and coordinate counterterrorism security planning for Patrol
Borough locations (critical, sensitive, iconic) and special events.
Assist Patrol Borough Operations Unit in the preparation,
maintenance, and operational deployment of Disorder Control Plan,
Area Evacuation Plans and the Patrol Borough Stand Alone Plan.
Assist the Patrol Borough to ensure mobilization preparedness.
Serve as a liaison for the Patrol Borough with the Deputy
Commissioner, Counterterrorism and Deputy Commissioner,
Intelligence.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-06

PATROL BOROUGH TRAFFIC SAFETY COORDINATOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

1.
PATROL
2.
BOROUGH
TRAFFIC
3.
SAFETY
COORDINATOR
4.
5.

6.
7.
8.
9.

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 1

Coordinate the activities of the precinct Traffic Safety Officers.
Review precinct Collision Prone Location and Enforcement Ratio
Reports.
Forward Collision Prone Location and Enforcement Ratio reports to the
Patrol Services Bureau by the tenth day of the month.
Maintain a liaison with Department of Transportation regarding
engineering concerns not resolved at the precinct level.
Conduct on-site meetings with the precinct Traffic Safety Team and
Department of Transportation representatives to resolve and expedite
engineering recommendations.
Conduct monthly meetings with the precinct Traffic Safety Officers.
Attend weekly Trafficstat meetings.
Address conditions reported on TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE
REPORTS (PD178-150) that cannot be corrected at the precinct level.
Monitor the following enforcement programs:
a.
Stationary Radar
b.
Pedestrian Safety Overtime
c.
Aggravated Unlicensed Operator.
Maintain borough statistics for motor vehicle collisions, injuries and
fatalities, as well as for summons enforcement.
Review construction permits received from the Traffic Management
Center and forward copies to the precinct Traffic Safety Officer.
Maintain a liaison with various government agencies, community
councils and the Borough President’s Office regarding traffic concerns.
Attend community council and other public meetings to promote traffic
safety.
Attend Traffic Safety Board meetings chaired by the Borough President.
Develop and participate in traffic plans for special events, demonstrations
and motorcades.

All Patrol Borough Traffic Safety Coordinators MUST become familiar with the
“Procedural Manual for Traffic Safety Officers.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-07

BOROUGH AUXILIARY POLICE COORDINATOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

BOROUGH
AUXILIARY
POLICE
COORDINATOR

1.
2.

3.

4.
5.

6.

7.
NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Oversee activities and functions of, and provide support for, command
auxiliary police coordinators.
Provide assistance in the assignment of auxiliary police personnel for special
events and details within the borough concerned and outside the borough, if
requested by the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section.
Process in a timely manner, requests received from command auxiliary
police coordinator for:
a.
Promotion
b.
Recognition awards.
Process the return of shields and identification cards for members leaving
or dropped from the Auxiliary Police Program.
Confer daily, at the start of the tour, with the liaison officer at Auxiliary
Police Section to ascertain current program activities and instructions.
a.
Submit tours of duty, for the upcoming week, to Auxiliary Police
Section.
Maintain a list of qualified volunteer Auxiliary Police personnel for use in
vice enforcement operations.
a.
Forward monthly enforcement recapitulation to Auxiliary Police
Section.
Conduct a borough annual awards/graduation ceremony in recognition of
volunteer auxiliary police services.

Borough commander selects qualified uniformed member of the service for assignment as
borough police auxiliary coordinator but is not assigned as such until approved by the
Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section. Additionally, the borough commander
selects an alternate to perform the above duties when the borough auxiliary police
coordinator is not working.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-08

DUTY CAPTAIN
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DUTY
CAPTAIN

1.

2.
3.
NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Perform duty, in uniform, in patrol borough-based Department Duty
Captain Response Vehicle (DCRV).
a.
Be equipped with a Department radio.
Supervise all personnel performing duty within borough command.
Respond to major radio runs and unusual occurrences.

If available, the commanding/executive officer, precinct of occurrence, will respond and
perform prescribed functions. The duty captain will assist the commanding/executive
officer, precinct of occurrence, as requested.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Visit precincts, police service areas, transit districts and borough court
section facilities located within patrol borough of assignment.
a.
Inspect and sign Interrupted Patrol Log of commands visited.
b.
Visit command detention cells, holding cells, detective holding
cells, emergency rooms and hospitalized prisoner rooms, and make
appropriate Command Log entries to document such visits.
c.
Personally prepare reports on all prisoner escapes in the absence of
commanding officer/executive officer of the precinct, police service
area, transit district or borough court section facility of occurrence.
d.
Visit at least one time per tour those Video Interactive Patrol
Enhanced Response (VIPER) units located within police service
areas under your jurisdiction.
Confer with the Traffic Management Center supervisor, when notified by
the Operations Unit of a traffic congestion problem or condition.
a.
Evaluate the situation and assign patrol borough and/or other
resources as necessary, to address the condition.
b.
Direct the Traffic Management Center supervisor to record
conditions in the TMC Command Log, and on the Daily
Significant Incident Report.
Submit report at end of each tour and include:
a.
Observations and disciplinary action taken
b.
Visits to stationhouses, police service areas and transit districts
c.
Unusual occurrences
d.
Radio backlogs and action taken
e.
Radio runs to which responded
f.
Recommendations to improve police services.
Make a background inquiry, if necessary, through the Internal Affairs
Bureau Command Center during the initial stages of an official
investigation involving a member of the service and prior to suspending,
modifying or temporarily removing firearms from the member concerned
in non-disciplinary cases.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

202-08

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

This conferral is to obtain background information that may assist in the investigation.
All decisions regarding the investigation, as well as any resulting determination
regarding the member’s duty status, remain the responsibility of the commanding
officer/duty captain concerned.
The duty captain in each patrol borough, and all duty inspectors MUST carry a cellular
telephone at all times and a Transit Bureau radio, if available.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-09

COMMANDING OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 1.
2.
OFFICER

3.

4.
5.
6.

7.

8.
9.

10.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

Command a precinct, police service area, transit district or similar unit.
Be responsible for:
a.
Proper performance of functions designated for command
b.
Efficiency and discipline of personnel assigned to command
c.
Informing members of command of current directives and orders
d.
Serviceability, proper care and use of equipment assigned to command
e.
Patrol, administrative and record keeping functions of the command.
Review CENTRAL PERSONNEL INDEX BACKGROUND
REQUEST (PD449-160) for personnel assigned to critical positions
within the command, upon assignment to a command.
a.
Review the disciplinary history of members in Performance
Monitoring Programs assigned to command.
Instruct and frequently test the knowledge of members of command
regarding their duties and responsibilities.
Investigate and report on police conditions and activities.
Ensure the preparation of the COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT every
Monday for each sector within the command and instruct all platoon commanders
on identified sector conditions.
a.
Ensure COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT is entered via the
“Quest for Excellence” application on the Department’s intranet.
b.
Ensure a hard copy of the COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT is
posted in the Crime Information Center.
c.
Forward a hard copy of the COMMAND CONDITIONS
REPORT immediately to the borough concerned, on a weekly
basis, and at other times, as appropriate (e.g., emerging trends,
etc.).
Respond to major radio runs and unusual occurrences within command,
when available, and perform prescribed functions.
a.
Request assistance of the duty captain, if necessary.
Make frequent personal inspections of the uniforms, equipment and general
appearance of members of the service at outgoing roll calls and while on patrol.
Delegate administrative tasks as follows:
a.
Assign ranking officers within command to perform tasks normally
reserved specifically for commanding officers (e.g., the preparation,
signing and forwarding of required reports, forms, PERFORMANCE
EVALUATIONS, communications, etc.)
b.
Assign competent members of command to read, analyze and
report on, verbally or in writing, any voluminous communications
directed to the commanding officer.
c.
Assign ranking officer to inspect command facility daily to ensure
security, cleanliness and orderly condition.
Inspect command facility periodically to ensure cleanliness, orderly condition
and that assigned equipment is accounted for and in good condition.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-09

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 6

The periodic inspection of the command facility will be augmented to include a check of
both female and male restrooms and locker rooms for any structural defects, that would
permit visual access by persons located outside these private areas. If such a condition
is identified, immediate corrective action must be taken.

COMMANDING 11.
OFFICER
12.
(continued)

13.
14.

15.

16.

17.
18.
19.

20.

21.

22.
23.

Designate manner in which members of command proceed to
assignments, e.g., Department auto, public transportation, etc.
Review activity of members of command each month.
a.
Personally review and sign monitoring profiles of members in Level II
or Level III Monitoring Programs. Performance profiles (original copies
only) are due by the fifth day of each month (quarterly for Level II and
monthly for Level III), as appropriate.
Investigate a report of neglect of duty by subordinates.
Assign members proportionately to squads according to the needs of command.
Members having special qualifications are to be assigned to permit greatest use of
abilities.
Permit uniformed members of assigned command performing similar duties
to exchange tours voluntarily when there is no interference with police
service.
a.
Members are NOT permitted to perform two consecutive tours
(i.e., perform duty on a third platoon followed by a first platoon).
Notify borough command if at least two supervisors are not available to
perform duty on each tour.
a.
Notify Transit Bureau Wheel for commands within the Transit Bureau.
Assign personnel to specific patrol and staff functions.
Assign command police officer to cover traffic posts when traffic
conditions require such assignments.
Provide formal orientation program for newly assigned lieutenants, sergeants and
police officers on two consecutive day tours including interviews, introductions,
and various command conditions, problems, boundaries, crime statistics, etc.
Maintain record of members who volunteer for specialized units and make
assignments accordingly. Prior to member being permanently assigned to anticrime duty, have CENTRAL PERSONNEL INDEX BACKGROUND
REQUEST prepared and forwarded as per distribution on form.
a.
If the member is currently in a Level II or Level III Monitoring
Program, contact the Bureau/Borough Commander.
Assignment of specialized unit personnel will be based on command crime
analysis trends and patterns, with emphasis on violent street crime and burglaries.
a.
Specialized unit personnel may also be utilized as a resource to
solve local priorities such as car thefts and break-ins.
Ensure specialized unit personnel are properly supervised, trained and equipped.
Closely monitor the performance of uniformed members of the service
assigned to specialized units.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-09

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 6

a.

COMMANDING
OFFICER
(continued)
24.

25.
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Long term assignments are to be carefully reviewed, i.e.,
uniformed members assigned to specialized units for a period of
five years will be recommended for career path assignments to
either the Organized Crime Control Bureau or Detective Bureau.
Consult with immediate supervisor of member before recommending or
granting change of precinct assignment, etc.
a.
If the member is in a Level II or Level III Monitoring Program,
confer with the Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis
Section, prior to a change in that officer’s assignment.
Be thoroughly familiar with “Confidential Performance Profile” of
subordinate members.

The “Confidential Performance Profile” is an up-to-date and confidential profile of
uniformed members who are “personnel concerns” to assist in the supervision, training
and development needs of such uniformed members. Included in the profile would be such
matters as all past administrative transfers, transfers made by the borough commander at
the request of member’s previous commanding officer, sick record, disciplinary record and
all other Central Personnel Index indicators as well as appropriate command data.

26.
27.
28.

29.
30.

31.

32.

33.

Maintain patrol by a supervising officer in a radio equipped Department automobile.
Use a Department auto when on patrol, when presence is required at the
scene of an emergency or when traveling within the city on official business.
Make entry in Command Log when reporting on or off-duty. When
leaving for patrol, emergencies, etc., indicate manner of patrol, Department
auto number, if applicable, and whether in uniform or civilian clothes.
Perform duty in uniform whenever practical.
Maintain as much personal contact as possible with business, civic,
fraternal, religious, political, recreational, charitable, youth and poverty
corporation groups, local radio stations, local newspapers and other
groups or media with community influence and interests to keep abreast
of community tensions and trends.
Assign competent member to attend scheduled local meetings of the planning
board, school board, poverty corporation, or any other community group, to
obtain information which will be used to facilitate planning of procedures
and/or programs to minimize community tensions and negative trends.
Direct that Community Affairs Officer, where appropriate:
a.
Maintain a close liaison with the management of facilities within
commands where large events are held
b.
Familiarize themselves with security coverage normally in effect
and typical arrangements made for various types of events
c.
Encourage management of these facilities to notify the local
precinct when a large event is anticipated so that a determination
can be made if police presence will be required.
Utilize resources of command to cope efficiently with existent problems
and accomplish mission of command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 34.
OFFICER
(continued)

35.
36.
37.

38.

39.

40.
41.

42.
43.
44.
45.
46.

47.
48.

4 of 6

Act as the senior problem-solving coordinator for the command. As such
be responsible to:
a.
Identify major crime and quality of life problems affecting the command
b.
Perform an analysis of the identified crime and quality of life
problems in order to separate them into their essential components
c.
Design a response utilizing command, Department and community
resources, and where possible the resources of other agencies
d.
Implement the designed response
e.
Evaluate the effectiveness of the response and modify it, if necessary.
Administer command discipline.
Direct executive officer to adjudicate command discipline, when appropriate.
Consult with supervisor who has initiated command discipline against
member of the service concerning severity of penalty before announcing
penalty. Indicate date and time of consultation on form.
Confer with patrol borough adjutant prior to adjudicating third command
discipline for same individual within period of six months to determine if
charges and specifications should be prepared.
Notify the borough adjutant or borough executive officer within
respective Bureau (Patrol Services, Housing, Transit), upon discovery or
notification that there is invoiced property stored in the command in
excess of thirty days and:
a.
Conduct investigation
b.
Expedite transfer of property to final storage location.
Cooperate with other units and agencies to accomplish mission of the command.
Notify Commanding Officer, Employee Management Division and
request removal proceedings be commenced when member of the service
fails to perform assigned duties in a satisfactory manner.
Observe special patrolmen on duty within command and report any
misconduct to Commanding Officer, License Division.
Inspect uniform, shield, cap device and identification card of special
patrolmen during March and September.
Have minimum of 10% uniformed members of the service qualified as
patrolwagon operators and distributed proportionately to squads.
Ensure that all members of command are familiar with nature and
function of command receptionist program.
Situate required furniture and clerical equipment for command
receptionist near command entrance.
a.
Provide secure location for Receptionist Log and files.
Provide transportation, within command, IF NECESSARY, to ensure
receptionist’s safety to and from command.
Read Performance Evaluations submitted by sergeants carefully and make
sergeants justify the ratings given to officers assigned to their squads.
a.
If an officer performs below competent (2.5 or lower), or is rated extremely
competent (5.0), the commanding officer MUST be the reviewer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 49.
OFFICER
(continued)

50.
51.
52.
53.

54.

55.

56.

57.
58.

59.

60.
61.

62.
63.
64.

5 of 6

Visit upon assignment to command and semi-annually thereafter, for
briefing, the following:
a.
Civilian Complaint Review Board
b.
Internal Affairs Bureau
c.
Community Affairs Bureau
d.
Quality Assurance Division.
Visit the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity for briefing, upon
assignment to command and annually thereafter.
Designate a supervisor within the command to serve as the alternate in
the event of long term absence of the training sergeant.
Designate one uniformed member of the service to function solely as the
precinct’s Domestic Violence Prevention Officer.
Develop and review precinct School Security Plan, Summer Youth
Security Plan and Safe Corridor Plan and Safe Passage Plan for Transit
Bureau commands.
Ensure that complaints of crimes occurring on the transit system are faxed
to the Transit Bureau Crime Analysis Section and the district of occurrence,
and that the proper Jurisdiction Code 01 is affixed to all reports.
Meet, annually, with ranking officers/supervisors within command to
discuss their responsibilities under the New York City Police
Department’s Equal Employment Opportunity Policy.
Discuss the N.Y.P.D.’s sexual harassment policy with all members of the
command, both uniformed and civilian, or ensure that such discussions
are held by designated supervisor(s).
Reiterate to supervisors that they are responsible for creating a
professional work environment for their subordinates.
Assess, regularly, the working environment within the command/unit to
maintain a professional atmosphere and rectify those situations, which
undermine professional conduct and achievement.
Advise employees that vulgar language, sexually degrading statements or
jokes, as well as the display of photographs or magazines of a sexual
nature, are offensive, unwelcome, inappropriate in the work place, and
subject to disciplinary action.
Encourage all members of the service to report inappropriate conduct.
Instruct all members of the command that retaliation against those
members of the service who come forward to report misconduct
(corruption, violations of E.E.O. policies, etc.) is against Department
policy and will not be tolerated.
Have the command integrity control officer review Department records
pertaining to the assignment of radios.
Review the assignments of radios assigned outside of command on a
permanent basis and determine the necessity of its continuance.
Make a background inquiry, if necessary, through the Internal Affairs Bureau
Command Center during the initial stages of an official investigation involving
a member of the service and PRIOR to suspending, modifying or placing the
member concerned on restricted duty pending an evaluation of duty status.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

202-09

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 6

This conferral is to obtain background information that may assist in the investigation.
All decisions regarding the investigation, as well as any resulting determination
regarding the member’s duty status, remain the responsibility of the commanding
officer/duty captain concerned

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-10

EXECUTIVE OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

1.

2.

3.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Assume command and perform functions of the commanding officer
during absence.
a.
Sign routine communications and reports, during absence of
twenty-four hours or more.
Respond to major radio runs and unusual occurrences within command,
when available, and perform prescribed functions.
a.
Request assistance of the duty captain, as necessary.
Make entry in Command Log when reporting on or off-duty, when leaving
for patrol, emergencies, etc., indicate manner of patrol, Department auto
number, if applicable, and whether in uniform or civilian clothes.
a.
Use Department auto when on patrol, when presence is required at
scene of an emergency or when traveling within city on official
business.
Supervise performance of administrative functions in the command.
Study deployment of resources of command and recommend more
effective deployment to commanding officer, where appropriate.
Coordinate all specialized units.
Evaluate training, planning and personnel functions and needs of the
command and make recommendations to the commanding officer.
Inspect uniforms, equipment, and general appearance of members of the
command frequently.
Inspect and sign ACTIVITY LOGS (PD112-145) of platoon
commanders, special operations lieutenants and patrol supervisors at least
once a month.
Supervise the investigation of communications and preparation and
forwarding of written reports.
Perform duty under the chart, or as directed by the borough commander
and perform functions of “duty captain” when directed.
Perform tours, on “open days,” which best meet the day to day needs of
the command.
Do not perform the same duty as commanding officer, if both working the
same tour. (One will perform patrol duty and conduct field inspections, etc.).
Conduct investigations as directed by commanding officer or other
competent authority.
Insure that command is clean, all equipment is accounted for and in good
condition, and personnel are performing a necessary police duty.
Represent the commanding officer at community meetings of concern to
command when designated.
Perform duty in uniform, when practical.
Inspect and sign Interrupted Patrol Log once each tour.
Adjudicate command discipline as directed by commanding officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-10

EXECUTIVE
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

20.

21.

2 of 2

Review Command Log entries regarding invoiced property daily and if any
property is stored in the command in excess of thirty days, consult with the
operations coordinator, desk officer, evidence/property control specialist
etc., to determine the appropriate course of action to expedite the transfer
of the property to the final storage location.
a.
Brief the commanding officer on actions taken.
Personally conduct, in conformance with the Quality Assurance Division
self-inspection program, the command self-inspection of STOP,
QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEETS (PD344-151A).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-10a

COMMANDING OFFICER, INVESTIGATIONS UNITS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To assist Investigations Units in maintaining the highest standards of integrity by
identifying and correcting misconduct and deficiencies; to clearly define the
duties/responsibilities of Investigations Units’ Commanding Officers.

DEFINITIONS

FUNCTION MONITORING – Proactive monitoring techniques designed to
identify and/or prevent misconduct, violations of Department guidelines or
administrative
deficiencies.
Function
monitoring
can
include
activities/programs unique to each area of responsibility of an individual
Investigations Unit, including:
a.
Patrol monitoring
b.
Personnel monitoring
c.
Process Auditing
d.
Visits/inspections of facilities
e.
Inventory control
f.
Self-initiated monitoring programs, quality control or audit
reviews.

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
INVESTIGATIONS UNIT

1.

2.

3.

Oversee investigations or other integrity related assignments as directed
by the Deputy Commissioner/patrol borough/bureau commander/designee,
competent authority or the Internal Affairs Bureau, such as:
a.
Firearms discharges by uniformed members of the service
(PATROL BOROUGH INVESTIGATIONS UNITS ONLY)
b.
Domestic incidents involving members of the service
c.
Any on/off duty incidents when requested by the duty captain
including domestic disturbances involving members of the service
that may result in the removal of firearms
d.
Bribery arrests
Ensure integrity control officers are conferred with regularly and provide
assistance with ongoing investigations, including integrity control officer
self-initiated cases, and be responsible for:
a.
All cases referred to precinct/unit commanding officers by the
Investigations Units
b.
Recording all self-initiated cases conducted by integrity control
officers under jurisdiction for informational purposes and future
reference
c.
Recording and being cognizant of Integrity Monitoring File
locations identified by commands under jurisdiction.
Ensure the following auditing functions are performed:
a.
Review of command’s self-inspection programs. Conduct separate
and independent review of commands’ self inspections, on a
regular basis
b.
Review of time and payroll records
c.
Evaluation of command level training

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-10a

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 2

d.

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
INVESTIGATIONS UNIT
(continued)

4.
5.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

Analysis of civilian complaints, vehicle collisions, sick
records, disciplinary records, etc., to ascertain patterns and
identify specific commands, platoons, locations and/or members
of the service with integrity related problems
e.
Review all audits conducted by the Quality Assurance
Division (e.g., Crime Classification Evaluations, ICAD
Audits, Precinct Evaluations) for evidence of potential
misconduct and conduct further investigations when situations
warrant
f.
Conduct independent reviews of complaint reports to ensure
compliance with Department directives
g.
Conduct reviews of Crime Analysis complaint re-classifications
with particular attention to complainant “call-backs”
h.
Regularly inspect Crime Reclassification Log and review
supervisory sign-off of Complaint Reports for timeliness and
accuracy
i.
Maintain a vigorous function monitoring program
j.
Develop and maintain an automated case management system
that assures timely reassessment of cases and dissemination of
information
Provide copies of all Case Closing Reports to the Internal Affair’s
Bureau.
Present cases to the Internal Affairs Bureau Steering Committee as per
the protocols set forth by the Chief of Internal Affairs Bureau.

DEPARTMENT POLICY
Any Investigations Unit, before commencing a self-initiated investigation into improper
crime reporting (e.g., Complaint Reports / ICAD Audits), must confer with Quality
Assurance Division's Confidential Investigation Team. Function monitoring will include
random field observations, inspections, audits, etc. (not associated with active
investigations) to ensure compliance with Department regulations, directives and
procedures. Observations/inspections shall include: visits to assigned facilities,
members on assignments, radio runs, fixed posts, inspection of facilities (Interrupted
Patrol Log, dormitories, etc.), observations/visits to Integrity Monitoring File locations,
and any other appropriate monitoring as directed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-11

OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

1.
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

14.

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

24.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

Perform duty in uniform as staff officer assisting the commanding officer
in administrative matters.
Do not perform patrol duty, or be assigned to desk duty.
Review and supervise the maintenance of records and files of command.
Ensure that all members of the service assigned to the command are working
within the correct and authorized chart relative to their assignment.
Coordinate all overtime programs within the command.
Coordinate the command’s safety programs, i.e., OSHA, etc.
Supervise the command’s staff and ensure that they are in proper uniform
and performing a necessary police function.
Supervise the principal administrative associate assigned to the command.
Enter in Command Log the time arriving and leaving command and the
reason.
Perform tours as designated by the commanding officer.
Interview civilians and representatives of civic organizations in the
absence of the commanding/executive officer.
Represent the commanding officer at civic and fraternal meetings within
command, when designated.
Coordinate the human relations program of the command by maintaining close
liaison with the Borough Community Affairs Coordinator and the Chief,
Community Affairs.
Review all orders and prepare summaries of pertinent information for
presentation to members of the command at Command Level Training
Program or roll call instruction.
Prepare written instructions for sergeants and police officers.
Supervise the maintenance of the command library.
Supplement instructions of desk officer in the absence of the
commanding officer, to outgoing platoons.
Keep sergeants informed of conditions within the command.
Relay instructions of commanding officer to members of command.
Supervise the civilian cleaners.
Supervise the election details.
Apportion communications equally among sergeants for investigation.
Ensure completed POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORTS (PD439-1424) are scanned
into the Quest for Excellence application.
Check property invoice books and property on hand.
a.
Review Command Log entries regarding invoiced property daily
and take immediate steps to remedy conditions that impair the
transfer of any invoiced property stored within the command in excess of
thirty days to the appropriate storage location and notify the
executive officer/commanding officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR
(continued)
25.

26.

27.

28.
29.

30.
31.
32.
33.

34.
35.

36.

2 of 3

Designate a uniformed member to perform the duties of the
evidence/property control specialist when he/she is unavailable
due to vacation, sick, etc.
Conduct survey of command’s snow removal equipment (e.g.,
snowblowers, snow shovels, de-icing rock salt, etc.) by September 15th to
ensure its availability and adequacy.
a.
Obtain replacement supplies or equipment, if necessary.
Make Command Log entry of daily inspection of command for
cleanliness, security, safety hazards, condition of equipment, and the
display of offensive material.
a.
Ensure the Department sign entitled, “Free Interpretation Service
Available (SP 487)” is visibly displayed in the command
reception area and the dual handset telephonic interpretation
service equipped telephone is present and functional.
b.
Comply with P.G. 219-20, “Loss/Theft of Department Property”
if the dual handset telephonic interpretation service equipped
telephone is missing. In addition, immediately notify the
Telecommunications Unit, Monday through Friday from 0600 to
1800 hours, or the Inter-City Correspondence Unit at other times,
if the dual handset telephone is missing or defective.
Supervise semi-annual (during January and July) inspection of command
fire extinguishers.
a.
Have inspecting member of the service date and initial the tag
attached to the fire extinguisher.
b.
Make Command Log entry indicating that the inspection was performed.
Notify Borough or Bureau Safety Coordinator of hazards which are not
readily corrected by command personnel.
Review COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) and consult with planning
officer and Crime Analysis and Program Planning Section personnel to
determine priority locations relative to crime conditions within command.
Recommend redeployment of personnel, if necessary, to commanding
officer, executive officer, lieutenant platoon commander, or desk officer.
Notify members of command, through desk officer, of scheduled court
and other agency appearances and other related notifications.
Ensure the proper maintenance of the Subpoena Receipt Book.
Ascertain that a current list of restaurants willing to accept monthly
payments for meals provided for prisoners is maintained at the desk
including time restaurant is open and cost of meals.
Supervise or designate a supervisor to supervise the command’s evidence/
property control specialist.
Ensure security of lead seals, Narcotic Evidence Envelopes (Misc. 1-71),
Property Clerk Division Security Envelopes, Property Clerk Division
Jewelry Security Envelopes and peddler seals prior to issuance.
Ensure GUN SAFETY (PD420-110) sticker is affixed at all firearm
safety stations.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-11

PAGE:

08/01/13

37.
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR
(continued)
38.
39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 3

Establish and maintain liaison with District Attorney’s Office concerned
to ascertain the necessity for all regular day off (RDO) court appearances
and, where possible, reschedule such appearance for a date other than the
member’s RDO.
Monitor performance of the command’s training sergeant to ensure that
all members are receiving necessary training.
Ensure all captions are completed in “Location During Absence” section
on LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041) including each
country, with the city/town or province where member of the service will be
staying, date(s) of departure and date of return when member request leave.
Ensure all members of the service are submitting LEAVE OF
ABSENCE REPORT at least five days before leave commences, except
in emergencies.
Ensure timekeepers make mandatory entries into Leave of Absence –
Location During Absence database, when a member submits a LEAVE
OF ABSENCE REPORT and is traveling to a foreign country.
Access Leave of Absence – Location During Absence database to verify
mandatory entries are made by command timekeepers for members who
are traveling to a foreign country daily during monthly self-inspections.
Ensure compliance with required entries on LEAVE OF ABSENCE
REPORT during monthly self-inspections.

An online user guide is available after logging onto the Leave of Absence management system.
Operations coordinators must ensure that all command timekeepers follow the instructions as
directed in the guide to make entries in the Leave of Absence – Location During Absence database.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-12

SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
DATE ISSUED:

11/29/13

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

8.
9.

10.

11.

12.
13.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/29/13

1 of 2

Perform duty in uniform whenever practical.
Sign in the Command Log at the beginning and at the conclusion of the tour.
Perform tours as approved by the commanding officer, choosing tours
that will maximize supervision of subordinate personnel.
Make Command Log entry when leaving or returning to the command.
Monitor field performance of subordinate personnel and personally
observe command conditions.
Coordinate the crime prevention and warrant enforcement programs of
command.
Supervise and coordinate command’s specialized personnel, including
School Safety Sergeant, Anti-Crime Teams, SNEU, Community Policing
Unit, Warrant Officers, Crime Prevention, Traffic Safety Officer, Youth
Officer, Auxiliary Police Coordinator, Peddler Enforcement and
Domestic Violence Unit personnel.
Inspect records and logs of subordinate units and personnel.
a.
Inspect and sign Community Policing Unit beat books monthly.
Inspect and sign ACTIVITY LOGS (PD112-145) of Anti-Crime, School
Safety, SNEU, CPU and, where applicable, Peddler Enforcement
Sergeants each month.
Review and sign the POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT (PD439-1424) for subordinates and
confer with detail sergeants as necessary.
a.
Deliver REPORTS to operations coordinator within seven days
following month for which submitted.
Access the Quest for Excellence application and prepare QUARTERLY
ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT (PD439-1425) by the tenth
day of the month following the reporting period.
Review and approve schedules for subordinate personnel on a weekly
basis.
Act as the problem solving coordinator for the command, in conjunction
with, and at the direction of the commanding officer.
a.
Be responsible for assisting the commanding officer to:
(1)
Identify major crime and quality of life problems affecting
the command.
(2)
Perform an analysis of the identified crime and quality of
life problems in order to separate them into their essential
components.
(3)
Design a response utilizing command, Department and
community resources, and where possible the resources of
other agencies.
(4)
Implement the designed response.
(5)
Evaluate the effectiveness of the response and modify it, if
necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-12

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/29/13

14.

15.

16.
17.
18.

19.
20.

21.
22.

23.
24.

25.

26.

2 of 2

Attend Community Council, Community Board, and similar meetings, at
the direction of the commanding officer.
a.
Be cognizant of community crime trends and quality of life
conditions, allocating resources to address these concerns.
Maintain contact with community associations and civic groups to foster
positive community relations and mutual involvement in addressing
crime and quality of life conditions.
Attend public meetings where subordinate members are addressing
groups to observe and supervise performance.
Prepare annual evaluations for subordinate supervisors under direct control.
Maintain contact with principals of local schools.
a.
Ensure that school safety sergeant, youth officer and community
patrol officers are maintaining contact with these institutions.
Be knowledgeable in current orders and procedures.
a.
Instruct and test subordinate personnel in these matters.
Confer regularly with platoon commanders regarding conditions within
command.
a.
Encourage exchange of information between specialized units and
platoons.
Be responsible for the Field Training Program of probationary police officers
assigned to the precinct Community Policing Unit.
Confer regularly with the command’s detective squad commander to
share information.
a.
Encourage exchange of information between the detective squad
and specialized units.
Supervise and coordinate the activities of the command’s Auxiliary
Police Program through the Auxiliary Police Coordinator.
Ensure that the Auxiliary Police Coordinator actively recruits new
members, conducts required training courses, and properly equips
Auxiliary Police personnel.
Integrate the auxiliary police functions into the command’s problem
solving objectives, e.g., crime prevention, community affairs, community
policing, youth planning, etc.
Keep commanding officer apprised of all Auxiliary Police activities.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-13

LIEUTENANT – PLATOON COMMANDER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

LIEUTENANT PLATOON
COMMANDER

1.

Be responsible for all command operations during the tour performed.
a.
Perform duties of desk officer as outlined in P.G. 202-14, “Desk Officer,”
if assigned to a Patrol Services Bureau precinct.

NOTE

At the discretion of the precinct commanding officer, lieutenant platoon commanders
may perform field duties as specified in step 26 below, provided that two or more
sergeants are assigned to duty with that platoon, one of whom has been designated as
patrol supervisor.

b.

c.
d.

NOTE

The lieutenant platoon commander will not ordinarily perform the
duties of the patrol supervisor, and will remain responsible for
ALL duties listed in this procedure.
Identify conditions to be addressed by members working the platoon
on a continuing basis.
Allocate, based upon conferral with special operations lieutenant,
all resources available for the platoon including, community
policing, anti-crime, street narcotics enforcement unit(s) and
peddler enforcement personnel.

When a lieutenant platoon commander is performing the duties of the desk officer in a Patrol
Services Bureau precinct, he/she will remain at the desk area of the command facility.
However, in the event of an emergency situation occurring in the field, the lieutenant platoon
commander may respond to the scene, e.g., mobilizations, homicides, firearms discharges by
uniformed members of the service. A Command Log entry will be made indicating the time
of departure, the location, and the details of the event requiring the lieutenant platoon
commander’s presence. Lieutenant platoon commanders will remain on the scene only as
long as their presence is required, upon which time they will return to the command and
resume the duties of the desk officer. In the lieutenant platoon commander’s absence, a
supervisory officer will assume the responsibilities of the desk officer.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
8.

Sign Command Log at beginning and end of tour.
Perform duty in uniform.
Review actions of patrol supervisors to ensure compliance with
Department policies and procedures.
Participate as a member of the precinct management team.
Advise and confer with commanding/executive officers, operations
coordinator, special operations lieutenant, integrity control officer, squad
commander and BRAM commander, if appropriate, on matters of
importance, unusual arrests or occurrences, personnel and integrity
concerns, and other conditions requiring their attention.
Confer with integrity control officer regarding personnel, civilian
complaints, sick records, overtime concerns and integrity issues.
Confer frequently with the special operations lieutenant regarding
command crimes and conditions.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

LIEUTENANT PLATOON
COMMANDER
(continued)

9.

NOTE

If the lieutenant platoon commander is unavailable, any other lieutenant or above
performing duty within the command will perform the above step.

10.

11.
12.
13.

14.

15.

16.
17.

Confer with lieutenant platoon commander or patrol supervisor from
previous tour, at start of tour.
Access the Department’s intranet webpage to ascertain active Paid Detail
locations and times of assignment within the precinct, at start of tour.
a.
Make a Command Log entry indicating results of inquiry into
active Paid Detail locations, including times of assignments.
b.
Print reference copy of Paid Detail assignments scheduled during
tour and attach to roll call.

Confer with lieutenant platoon commanders of adjacent precincts, police
service areas and transit districts to coordinate crime strategies.
Ensure radio transmissions affecting the command are monitored at all times.
Cause necessary changes or adjustments in roll call at beginning of tour.
a.
Schedule meals for supervisors assigned to platoon so that a
supervisor is on duty at all times.
b.
Grant tour changes and excusals for members of platoon when
appropriate.
Supervise roll call.
a.
Personally inspect the outgoing platoon to ensure the personal
appearance of members meets Department standards.
b.
Instruct and question members relative to command conditions.
c.
Ensure members are familiar with integrity concerns.
d.
Ensure members are aware of active Paid Detail locations and times
of assignments at these locations within the precinct.
Ensure all personnel of the platoon are properly supervised and
performing duty in a satisfactory manner.
a.
Evaluate effectiveness of assignments.
b.
Review and sign the POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY
CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT (PD4391424) for subordinates and confer with detail sergeants as necessary.
(1)
Deliver REPORTS to operations coordinator within seven days
following month for which submitted.
c.
Conduct interviews personally with personnel assigned to the
platoon performing in an unsatisfactory manner.
d.
Conduct all return from sick interviews for members of the platoon.
e.
Review disciplinary records (CCRB, CPI) of all members
assigned to platoon.
f.
Assume responsibility for Early Intervention Monitoring for
members of platoon.
Prepare annual evaluations of subordinate platoon supervisors.
Inspect the command facility each tour and record results in the
Command Log.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-13

LIEUTENANT PLATOON
COMMANDER
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

18.
19.

20.
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

Be responsible for proper entries of complaint information in the On Line
Complaint System for the tour.
Evaluate training needs and confer with training sergeant as required.
a.
Recommend members of the platoon receive specific training
required for complete tour operations, i.e., fingerprint training,
scooter qualification, etc.
Designate a supervisor to conduct “platoon briefing.”

The “platoon briefing” should include information compiled by the training sergeant,
i.e., Police Commissioner’s messages, bulletins, and addresses by commanding officers,
executive officers, integrity control officers, etc. The “platoon briefing” will include
incident critiques by lieutenant platoon commanders and patrol supervisors, and regular
updates regarding crime patterns, crime trends, wanted persons and discussions of
precinct conditions and tactics for addressing these conditions.

21.

22.
23.
24.
25.
26.

Investigate communications and perform assigned self-inspections, as
directed by commanding officer.
a.
Ensure sergeants properly and accurately complete self-inspections,
communications, and reports.
Inspect and sign ACTIVITY LOGS (PD112-145) of patrol supervisors
daily.
Maintain ACTIVITY LOG and make entries listing times, names,
locations and assignments of members visited.
FIRST PLATOON - Review reports and forms prepared for the previous
twenty-four hours.
SECOND PLATOON - Be responsible for maintenance and weekly
inspection of Department vehicles.
Perform the following duties when assigned as a lieutenant platoon
commander in a command other than a Patrol Services Bureau precinct:
a.
Perform duty in civilian clothes when directing plainclothes units or
making discreet observations with the integrity control officer,
when directed by commanding officer or other competent authority.
b.
Divide one’s time and movement during tour between the field
and command facility, as needs dictate.
c.
Sign Command Log and notify Communications Section when
leaving to and returning from patrol.
d.
Ensure radio transmissions affecting the command are monitored
at all times.
e.
Respond to radio runs unannounced to observe performance of
sergeants and police officers.
f.
Evaluate driving habits and abilities of members of the platoon
and take corrective action as necessary.
g.
Respond to and direct police activities at serious crimes and
emergencies.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-13

LIEUTENANT PLATOON
COMMANDER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

h.

27.

4 of 4

Ensure all arrests are processed expeditiously and under proper
supervision.
i.
Perform tour as designated by commanding officer.
Access the Quest for Excellence application and prepare QUARTERLY
ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT (PD439-1425) by the tenth
day of the month following the reporting period.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-13a

CRIMINAL JUSTICE BUREAU BOROUGH COURT LIAISON OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

BOROUGH
COURT
LIAISON
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.

4.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Perform an operational tour of duty as approved by the commanding
officer, choosing tours that will maximize operational efficiency.
Submit weekly schedule to the Criminal Justice Bureau, Operations
Commander, via the commanding officer of the Court Section.
Confer weekly with members of the borough District Attorney’s Office
and patrol borough command to monitor trends and develop strategies that
will improve criminal prosecutions.
Confer with the supervising judge of the borough Criminal Court, Family Court
and administrator of the New York City Corporation Counsel, bi-weekly.
a.
Develop channels of communication and information sharing with
these agencies, as appropriate.

The goal of communication and information sharing is to improve conviction rates.

5.

6.
7.

8.

9.

10.
11.

Review arrests processed as “declined prosecution” and recommend ways
to prevent future “declined prosecutions.”
a.
Review and analyze arrest documents (e.g., COMPLAINT
REPORT[S] [PD313-152], Affidavits, Supporting Depositions,
Court Complaints, ACTIVITY LOG [PD112-145] entries, etc.) to
determine ways to improve prosecutions.
Provide assistance to supervisors investigating court appearances that
resulted in overtime.
Provide assistance to supervisors investigating complaints regarding
uniformed members of the service who failed to report for a scheduled court
appearance.
a.
Verify that commands are being properly notified when uniformed
members are scheduled for a court appearance.
Make recommendations on ways to improve courtroom testimony.
a.
Visit the different courts within assigned borough to observe
performance and conduct of uniformed members attending court
b.
Review courtroom testimony to uncover and correct deficiencies
c.
Confer bi-weekly with Assistant District Attorneys regarding
effectiveness of uniformed members’ testimony
d.
Review Department training regarding courtroom testimony and
make recommendations in writing (through channels), as necessary,
to improve the curriculum.
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead to commanding officer monthly,
containing recapitulation of the previous month’s conferrals, observations
and conclusions.
Provide assistance to members of the New York State Commission of
Correction in their inspection of Department holding pens and detention cells.
Coordinate the Court Section fire safety plan and attend fire drill meetings.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-13a

BOROUGH
COURT
LIAISON
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

12.
13.

14.
15.

2 of 2

Provide assistance to members of Family Court in their site visits to inspect
and certify juvenile rooms.
Confer with administrators and staff members of any agency deemed
appropriate by the Commanding Officer of the Criminal Justice Bureau that
is involved in the enforcement of City and State laws and regulations.
Attend monthly prosecution assessment meetings at the Criminal Justice
Bureau.
Perform assignments as directed by the commanding officer, borough Court
Section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-14

DESK OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

11/29/13

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.
3.
4.

5.

6.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/29/13

1 of 4

Sign name and time in Command Log when assuming desk officer duties
and at end of tour.
a.
Enter the names of sergeants in the Command Log as present for
duty immediately prior to the start of their tour.
Perform duty in uniform.
Be responsible for all police operations within command during tour.
Check command email frequently throughout tour.
a.
Checks are required immediately after the start of tour and again
during the fourth hour of tour. Record checks in the Command
Log.
b.
Ensure important or actionable information is relayed to the
outgoing platoon or appropriate command personnel, as required.
Visit all areas of the command facility at least once each tour.
a.
Personally check both female and male restrooms and locker rooms
for any structural defects that would permit visual access by persons
located outside these private areas, and take immediate corrective
action to rectify any such condition, when circumstances dictate.
b.
Inspect command for display of any offensive material.
Sign out in Command Log when leaving desk area for any reason, e.g., personal
necessity, meal, inspection of command facility, and sign in upon return.

When there is more than one patrol supervisor working on patrol, one will relieve the
desk officer for meal. Meal relief is not considered an emergency. Police officers will
not be assigned to desk duty.

7.

8.
9.

Supervise arrest processing.
a.
Periodically inspect the arrest processing area and ascertain
number of prisoners on hand and length of time in command.
b.
Reassign personnel as necessary.
Question arresting officers regarding circumstances of arrest (i.e., details of
occurrence, use of force, evidence recovered, determination of charge, etc.)
Inspect the property locker and all areas within command where invoiced
property is being held at the commencement of each tour.
a.
Conduct “Physical Inventory” of property utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
b.
Inspect seals on all plastic and jewelry security envelopes present
for tampering and conduct immediate investigation if seal is
violated.
c.
Inspect Property Clerk Division seals on all street vendor property
bags and compare their serial numbers with those serial numbers
entered into the PROPERTY LOG.
d.
Enter results of inspection of invoiced property and Property
Clerk Division seals in Command Log by documenting the

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-14

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/29/13

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

10.
11.

12.

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.

2 of 4

“Physical Inventory” number ascertained from the Property and
Evidence Tracking System. Make a separate entry indicating any
INVOICES stored within the command in excess of thirty days,
listing each PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number.
e.
Notify the operations coordinator of the number of PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICES stored within the command in excess of
thirty days and expedite delivery of the invoiced property to its
final storage location.
f.
Safeguard key and invoiced property during tour.
Certify to accuracy and completeness of entries in Command Log
concerning vouchered property.
Make required adjustments at roll call and finalize as per ARCS
procedures.
a.
After platoon is posted record post changes in the Command Log
and on front of ROLL CALL (PD406-144) as they occur.
Conduct roll call and, in the absence of a lieutenant platoon commander, inspect
uniforms and equipment of members of outgoing platoon, question member’s
knowledge of command conditions, and ensure familiarity with integrity concerns.
Notify patrol supervisor of reassignment of members returning from court
or other details.
Maintain Command Log.
Interview visitors entering command.
Monitor FINEST for messages affecting command or members of command.
Supervise performance of:
a.
Command clerk
c.
Attendant
b.
Telephone switchboard operator
d.
Patrolwagon operator
DO NOT assign attendant any duty requiring them to leave cell block
while prisoners are lodged therein.
Supervise entries made on PRISONER ROSTER (PD244-145).
Examine and sign forms and reports as required.
Process summonses issued during previous twenty-four hour period when
performing duty with first platoon.
Supervise issuance of summons books.
Process application for bail and personal recognizance.
Verify return roll call.
a.
Supervise platoon sign-out at end of tour.
Enter in Interrupted Patrol Log identity of all members of platoon
entering command for any reason.
Certify entries in TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG (PD112-143) by
signing the LOG after 4th hour and at end of tour.
Record hourly rings for all uniformed members performing duty between
0200 and 0700 hours.
Maintain Telephone Record.
Operate and monitor base radio.
Arrange meals and reliefs for personnel assigned to duty in command facility.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-14

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/29/13

DESK OFFICER 31.
(continued)
32.
33.
34.
35.

36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.

43.
44.

45.

46.
47.
48.
49.

3 of 4

Ascertain that supervisor conducts investigation when a member of the
service is injured and/or Department property is damaged and submit
required reports in connection therewith.
Make required notifications to members of the service assigned to or
residing within command.
Supervise distribution of paychecks and make appropriate Command Log entries.
Notify commanding officer of important matters, i.e., unusual arrest or
occurrences and important messages or conditions requiring personal attention.
Promptly notify the Intelligence Bureau’s Criminal Intelligence Section of
major incidents i.e., homicides; assaults involving shootings, stabbings or
slashings; home invasions; crime resulting in serious injury to members of the
service, significant seizure of contraband, drugs, money, or fireworks;
burglary, robbery, firearms, shooting, or pattern crime arrests; gang incidents;
hidden compartments (traps) in specific vehicles and any other special
circumstances deemed appropriate by the Commanding Officer, Intelligence
Bureau and/or precinct/PSA/transit district commanding officer.
Confer with commanding officer, executive officer, and operations
coordinator concerning any trends observed or other matters of importance.
Safeguard and distribute portable radios giving priority to nature of
member’s assignment.
Check on repair, availability and distribution of field equipment, i.e., portable
radios and emergency equipment and make entries in pertinent records.
Examine reports and forms prepared during previous twenty-four hours and
process as required when performing duty with the First Platoon.
Forward reports or forms to Departmental units or other commands.
Ensure that the United States flag is displayed properly between sunrise
and sunset on each day.
DO NOT permit unauthorized person behind desk except the following
persons when performing their official duties:
a.
Members of the service d.
Corporation Counsel or assistant
b.
Judicial Officers
e.
Comptroller or assistant
c.
M.E. or assistant
f.
District Attorney or assistant
Accept service of civil process for member of command and notify member
concerned, when principal administrative associate not performing duty.
Assign qualified member to operate patrolwagon when civilian operator is not
available. If neither is available in command, request patrol borough
command to assign operator.
DO NOT assign patrolwagon operator any duty outside stationhouse without prior
approval of borough court section concerned. (Assignments from borough court
section concerned have priority over precinct assignments).
Verify arrival and departure of command receptionist by signing
Personnel Schedule and Time Sheet.
Forward command receptionist program reports as required.
Supervise subordinate members of command.
Lieutenant platoon commanders serving as desk officers will evaluate
effectiveness of command patrol assignments.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-14

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/29/13

DESK OFFICER 50.
(continued)
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.

56.
57.

58.

4 of 4

DO NOT deploy SNEU/Anti-Crime/Peddler Enforcement personnel
unless a SNEU/Anti-Crime/Peddler Enforcement supervisor is assigned
directly and totally to their supervision.
Ensure that meals assigned to supervising officers performing duty are
scheduled so that a supervisor is on patrol at all times.
Notify telephone switchboard operator of all post changes.
Report defective gas pumping equipment to Fleet Services Division, Fuel Control.
Promptly post any messages which modify the “Uniform of the Day.”
Prepare DAILY VEHICLE ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD120-141) on each
tour. Maintain SHEETS for the current month on a clipboard behind the desk.
a.
Verify DAILY VEHICLE ASSIGNMENT SHEET when
performing duty with the first platoon.
b.
Have completed SHEETS filed after each month.
Prepare PRECINCT CONSOLIDATED TOUR REPORT (PD120-140)
on every tour and attach to the desk copy of the ROLL CALL.
Inspect all areas containing Department computer systems at least once
each tour and ensure that all systems are being used within Department
guidelines and are not damaged in any way.
Make required entries on Roll Call Adjustment (Misc. 3084) and
corresponding changes on desk copy of ROLL CALL prior to the start of
the incoming platoon.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-15

COMMAND INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

COMMAND
INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

6.
7.

8.
9.
10.

11.

12.

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 3

Perform NO DUTIES other than integrity control.
Perform duty regularly in one command.
Develop and Maintain:
a.
An Integrity Control Program suitable and responsive to
command conditions and
b.
A comprehensive overtime control plan which includes an audit
and review process.
Make recommendations to commanding officer concerning integrity control.
Observe command conditions and visit corruption prone locations
frequently, at irregular hours. Keep commanding officer advised of
conditions and possible corruption hazards.
Visit command holding cells, detective holding cells, emergency rooms
and hospitalized prisoner rooms.
Assist commanding officer in developing sources of information
regarding integrity and corruption by maintaining rapport with members
of the service (uniformed and civilian) and private citizens.
Instruct uniformed members of the service, during roll call training, on
the proper methods of identifying, reporting and combating corruption.
Provide advice to commanding officers/unit commanders concerning
appropriate penalties for violations of Department regulations.
Conduct investigations and submit reports in response to official
communications received from the Internal Affairs Bureau and patrol
borough investigations units when so assigned by commanding officer.
Compile, maintain and update “Confidential Performance Profile” of
subordinate members. Verify the “Profile” annually with the Central
Personnel Index of the Personnel Bureau, and forward all necessary “Profile”
information to member’s commanding officer when member is transferred.
Confer with all sergeants upon their assignment to the command and
annually thereafter, apprising them of those members of the command who
have significant negative information in their “Confidential Performance
Profile.”
Conduct CPI check when new members are assigned to command.
Inspect time cards, overtime records, property records, minor violations
log, vending machine ledgers, etc.
Maintain records concerning the Integrity Control Program including a
“Integrity Monitoring File” (see P.G. 203-21).
Review records relating to court appearances resulting in overtime.
Inspect and sign ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of sergeants.
Inform local businessmen of Departmental policy and provisions of the
Penal Law, concerning corruption and gratuities.
Develop liaison with Internal Affairs Bureau and patrol borough
investigations units to exchange information for self initiated anticorruption programs.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-15

COMMAND
INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

20.

(continued)

21.
22.
23.

2 of 3

Review Command Log entries regarding invoiced property daily and if any
property is stored in the command in excess of thirty days, consult with the
operations coordinator, desk officer etc., to determine if an integrity or
corruption hazard exists. If so, brief the executive officer/commanding
officer and take appropriate action to correct the situation.
Notify patrol borough investigations unit concerned regarding self
initiated cases.
Verify Identification Section’s printout of Criminal History Record
Inquiries (name checks).
Ensure the annual issuance and collection of the NYPD Restricted
Parking Permits (Misc. 23-N) is in compliance with P.G. 219-29,
“Distribution and Use of NYPD Restricted Parking Permits.”
a.
Maintain a record of the issuance and return of the NYPD
Restricted Parking Permits in a command Parking Permit Log as
follows:

PERMIT
NO.

DATE
ISSUED

NAME OF
MEMBER

VEHICLE
MAKE

24.
25.

26.

27.
28.

29.
30.

31.
32.

DATE
RETURNED

REMARKS

PLATE #

Check equipment and supplies regarding misuse or misappropriation.
Ascertain that computer security and integrity is maintained, including all official
Department recorded media or recorded media coming into possession of the
Department as evidence or for investigative purposes (e.g., video tape,
photographic images or pictures, audio recordings, electronic or internet files,
etc.).
Conduct investigations when member of the service in the military fails to
provide appropriate military contract and drill schedule to precinct
timekeepers.
Physically inspect all Department radios assigned to command monthly to
ensure accountability.
Identify all radios assigned outside of command on a permanent basis and
confer with the commanding officer regarding the necessity for its
continuance.
Debrief prisoners concerning corruption/serious misconduct, when
possible.
Ensure accuracy of the license plates recorded on CERTIFICATION
OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146) by performing
random checks of summonses in accordance with established command
self-inspection procedures.
Become well versed in the use of the computerized Accident System
Index and its “AAMZ/AQIA screens”.
Utilize the aforementioned “screens” to regularly scan Police Accident
Reports (MV104AN) for the following corruption indicators:
a.
An inordinate amount of Police Accident Reports (PAR’s)
submitted by the same UMOS.
b.
Discrepancies between the dates and times of submitted PAR’s
and those of UMOS scheduled tours.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-15

COMMAND
INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 3

c.
d.
33.

(continued)

34.

35.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Any PAR submitted by a command clerk and
Any PAR submitted by a UMOS assigned to an outside command, i.e.
task force, bordering precinct, etc.
Conduct investigation when warranted and contact the Fraudulent
Collision Investigation Squad for assistance, if necessary.
Access the Department’s intranet webpage each month to ascertain Paid
Detail activities of individual members assigned to command, including
times and locations.
a.
Select an appropriate representative sampling and compare against
command roll call and overtime records to ensure there are no
discrepancies.
b.
Include in command overtime self-inspection program.
Inspect all male and female lockers annually, during the month of
November, for proper display of Department stickers POLICE DON’T
MOVE (PD672-133) and PROPER TACTICS SAVE LIVES (PD642-110).
a.
Ensure that the POLICE DON’T MOVE sticker contains the
member’s rank, name, shield and squad number information
b.
Enter results of inspection of Department locker stickers in Command
Log.

Borough Investigations Units and the Borough Training Coordinator will conduct random
inspections of Command Level Training Program to ensure all members are receiving
required training.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-16

PRINCIPAL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSOCIATE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PRINCIPAL
ADMINISTRATIVE
ASSOCIATE

1.
2.

3.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Acts as principal assistant in precinct/police service area/transit district to
operations coordinator.
Responsible for direct line supervision and training of both uniformed
and civilian members of the service assigned to clerical, administrative,
and custodial staff, including roll call, payroll/time records, clerical,
crime analysis and communications.
Assists in providing staff supervision of SP9, telephone switchboard,
command clerk positions and all non-clerical civilian personnel.
a.
Inform and train personnel regarding changes in position functions.
b.
Consult with desk officer and training officer regarding training needs.
c.
Request civilian personnel be included in Command Level
Training Program, when appropriate.
Monitors attendance and punctuality of members of the service under his/
her supervision.
Responsible for scheduling adequate coverage of positions under his/her
supervision.
Develops and/or assists in developing procedures and methods, records
and operational controls.
Communicates new and/or modified policy methods and procedures to
staff and evaluates results.
Prepares routine, complex, and confidential communications, including
self-inspection reports.
Prepares performance evaluations for designated staff members using
“Tasks and Standards Guide.”
Attends supervisory staff meetings and conducts meetings with
subordinate staff.
Have a Command Log entry made of the time arriving and leaving the
precinct stationhouse, police service area, or transit district, and the reason.
Performs other assignments as directed by commanding officer and/or
operations coordinator.
Prepare self-inspection of command’s military leave records, as required.
Notify the operations coordinator and integrity control officer if
member’s current military contract and current drill schedule are not
provided by the member concerned.

In commands where there is no principal administrative associate assigned, the
commanding officer concerned will designate a member of the service to perform the
above functions.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-17

PATROL SUPERVISOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

6.
7.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Report to the desk officer immediately prior to the start of tour for entry
in the Command Log as present for duty.
Supervise all police field operations within command during tour of duty.
Immediately respond to and direct activities at radio runs involving any
weapons (firearms, knives, etc.), serious crimes, burglaries and emergencies.
a.
Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries.
(1)
Communications Section will immediately dispatch a
patrol supervisor from an adjoining command if patrol
supervisor, command of occurrence, is not available.
Conduct roll call, if directed by lieutenant platoon commander or desk officer.
Confer with commanding officer, executive officer, operations
coordinator, lieutenant platoon commander and desk officer concerning
trends observed or other matters of mutual interest and importance.
Conduct investigation and submit reports on injuries to members of the
service (uniformed and civilian) or damage to Department property.
Report serious deficiencies in RMP seatbelts to lieutenant platoon
commander or in his/her absence, direct to commanding officer.

Take appropriate action if defects in seatbelts are deemed to be of a nature not consistent with
normal usage. In addition, be vigilant for indications that members are disabling or improperly
using seatbelts (e.g. buckling seatbelt behind occupant's body or behind seat).

8.
9.

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

16.
17.
18.
19.

Report all vandalism of RMP seatbelts to the Internal Affairs Bureau.
Visit various locations within command at different times during the first
platoon to ascertain that uniformed members of the service are
performing duty at all times.
Conduct investigations and submit reports as required.
Maintain ACTIVITY LOG and make entries listing times, names and
assignment of police officers visited.
Be cognizant of crimes and other conditions within command and instruct
police officers concerning activities that affect their sector/posts.
Patrol command in uniform equipped with portable radio, as directed.
Supervise inspection of Department vehicles assigned to members of platoon.
Visit police officers assigned to foot and radio motor patrol frequently
and at irregular intervals during tour and indicate visit by signing
ACTIVITY LOG of each member.
Visit uniformed members of the service assigned to hospital and special
posts at least once each tour.
Ensure that radio messages directed to member assigned to sector/post are
acknowledged.
Direct RMP units to resume patrol when services are no longer required.
Report derelictions of duty to commanding officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-17

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

20.
21.
22.

23.

24.
25.
26.

27.

2 of 2

Keep lieutenant platoon commander or desk officer notified of current
matters of importance.
Notify switchboard operator of location where meal will be taken and relieve
lieutenant platoon commander or desk officer for meal, when designated.
Direct uniformed members assigned to scooter duty to report to lieutenant
platoon commander or desk officer for reassignment when weather/road
conditions make scooter operation dangerous.
Review and sign POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORTS (PD439-1424) of police
officers/detectives specialists, weekly.
a.
Make required entries and deliver completed REPORTS to platoon
commander for review by the fifth day for the previous month.
Sign return ROLL CALL (PD406-144) after completion of tour.
Supervise member’s performance of duty, test knowledge of command
conditions and closely evaluate member’s activity.
Submit to commanding officer, in writing, recommendations for special
assignment, detective designation, or change in assignment for members
under supervision.
Evaluate driving habits and abilities of members of the platoon and take
corrective action as necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-18

SUPERVISOR OF ANTI-CRIME PATROL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

SUPERVISOR,
ANTI-CRIME
PATROL

1.

2.

3.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Confer with commanding officer, special operations lieutenant, crime
analysis officer and uniformed supervisors on patrol to identify locations
of high crime within the command.
Examine COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) and ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS (PD244-159) to
establish times and locations of violent street crimes and burglaries.
Inspect members daily for proper equipment and ensure that each
member is equipped with a nylon windbreaker jacket (including Transit
Bureau anti-crime members) conforming to the specifications of P.G.
204-04, “Optional Uniform Items,” and pepper spray.
Inspect Department autos daily for necessary equipment, including portable
red light.
Ensure that members are properly trained regarding duties as described in
current Department directives.
Supervise member’s performance, be cognizant of location of anti-crime
members, and be able to contact personnel at all times.
Apprise patrol sergeants of anti-crime activity locations for information
of uniformed members on patrol.
Ensure that anti-crime personnel do not conduct decoy operations without
prior approval of the bureau chief concerned.
Notify platoon commander and special operations lieutenant of all
incidents of importance that occur during tour.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-19

TRAINING SERGEANT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

TRAINING
SERGEANT

1.
2.
3.

4.

5.

6.
7.
8.

9.

10.
11.
12.

13.

14.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Perform duty, in uniform, as the command’s primary training instructor
and coordinator of field training.
Perform tours of duty at the direction of the commanding officer, as
necessary.
MUST dedicate a minimum of four hours and thirty minutes of each tour
to patrol related functions, e.g., meal relief for desk officer and/or patrol
supervisor, investigating communications, etc.
Conduct training sessions for the three platoons as follows:
a.
1st and 2nd Platoons - 0720 to 0745 hours
b.
3rd Platoon - 1515 to 1535 hours.
Schedule and conduct training sessions for all uniformed and, when
appropriate, civilian members of the command not assigned to a steady
platoon (i.e., Community Policing Unit, Anti-Crime, Street Narcotics
Enforcement Unit and civilians).
a.
Training sessions will be conducted twice weekly for forty-five to
sixty minutes duration.
Inform members during training sessions of identified sector conditions as per
the most recent weekly COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORTS.
Maintain and sign the Training Attendance Log daily.
Have tours adjusted, where applicable, by the commanding officer to
ensure that all police officers working tours outside the training
sergeant’s normal tour will receive training.
Attend Police Academy training seminars and conduct training in topics
selected by the Department’s Training Advisory Committee.
a.
Research and prepare lesson outlines in accordance with
schedules promulgated by the Borough Training Coordinator.
Confer frequently with commanding officer to identify training needs.
Implement training directives of commanding officer.
Keep abreast of occurrences within the command and conditions to aid
commanding officer in identifying problems which may be solved by
command level instruction.
Maintain attendance records at training sessions and other Department
training programs.
a.
Coordinate the attendance by members of the command at all
Department training programs.
Monitor and review attendance records to ensure that all members of the
command, both uniformed and civilian, when appropriate, are trained within
each training cycle and that training is conducted each day as required.

Appropriate investigation unit and the Borough Training Coordinator will conduct
random inspections of Command Level Training Program to ensure all members are
receiving required training.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-19

TRAINING
SERGEANT
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

15.

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.

23.
24.
25.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Ensure that lesson plans and training materials are available and
accessible to the alternate trainer when not scheduled or unavailable to
conduct training.
Prepare roll call training messages.
Prepare and maintain bulletin board training within the command.
a.
Supervise maintenance of other command bulletin boards/pin maps.
Measure effectiveness of training efforts on members of command.
Attend community meetings when designated to do so by commanding
officer.
Give advance notice of future training topics to increase interest.
Maintain command library.
Keep abreast of current orders (i.e., Interim/Operations Orders, FINEST
messages, etc.).
a.
Include pertinent material during training sessions.
Distribute Patrol Guide Revision Notices and other Department directives
as required.
Confer with principal administrative associate or designee to determine
civilian training needs.
Confer with the Department’s Facilities Management Division in the
implementation of an effective recycling program.
a.
Post information on what and how to recycle where appropriate
(e.g., bulletin boards, etc.).
b.
Ensure members of the service receive information about
recycling procedures and best practices for waste reduction and
reuse.
c.
Contact, quarterly, the Facilities Management Division’s
Recycling/Sustainability Coordinator to report actions that were taken to
implement the Waste Prevention, Reuse, and Recycling Plan.

The Police Academy will develop and supply training sergeants with training
curriculums and materials in coordination with the Office of the Chief of Department.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-20

PRECINCT SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PRECINCT
SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Assist precinct commanding officer in developing and implementing the
precinct school safety plan.
Coordinate precinct resources to address developing school-related
conditions.
Perform an operational tour of duty, ensuring that hours are consistent
with school hours of operation, particularly dismissal times.
Maintain ongoing liaison with principals and school staff.
Coordinate the evaluation and supervision of school safety agents.
Assist with training of school safety personnel.
Coordinate activities with precinct youth officer.
Evaluate and coordinate “Safe Passage” and “Safe Corridor” Programs.
Act as conduit to Department for school safety agents’ requests for
resources.
Visit schools and track statistics on violence in schools by conferring with
school principals and school safety agents.
Establish liaison and coordinate precinct efforts with the School Safety
Division, Truancy Coordinator.
Liaison with the precinct domestic violence prevention officer on cases
involving child abuse.
Respond to incidents where a school safety agent is a victim of an offense
while performing duty.
Keep special operations lieutenant apprised of activities in and around
school facilities.
Identify locations at the beginning of every school year, for all schools
within the precinct, where truants will be delivered to and identify at least
one person in each school who will accept responsibility for truants
delivered.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-21

POLICE OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

POLICE
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

13.
14.
15.

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Perform duty in uniform as indicated on roll call or as directed by competent authority.
Proceed to post, sector or assignment as directed by supervisor.
Comply with meal and post relieving points as directed by commanding officer.
Report to desk officer when entering or leaving stationhouse/police service
area/transit district during tour of duty indicating reason for presence therein.
Be aware of, and inspect, post or sector for conditions requiring police attention.
Report immediately to the patrol supervisor and the platoon commander
any unusual crime, occurrence or condition.
Report conditions not requiring immediate attention to the command clerk.
Render all necessary police service in assigned area and as otherwise
directed.
Familiarize self with the everyday routine of people residing, doing
business or frequenting post or sector.
Investigate suspicious conditions and circumstances on the post.
Give attention to crime hazards.
Signal the command each hour, if not equipped with radio.
a.
All uniformed members will ring between 0200 and 0700 hours
direct to the desk officer.
b.
When assigned to school or church crossing, signal before and
after crossing.
c.
Do not signal when assigned to a traffic post.
d.
Uniformed members assigned to the Transit Bureau will signal the
command when arriving and leaving assigned post, going on and
coming off meal, and as indicated on the roll call.
When dispatched to an assignment by the telephone switchboard operator,
keep the telephone switchboard operator informed of police services rendered.
Report police services rendered in another command to desk officer of
that command.
Submit POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT (PD439-1424) to the designated sergeant
for review and signature on the seventh, fourteenth, and twenty-first day
of every month.
a.
Submit completed REPORT to designated sergeant by the second
day of the month for the previous month.
b.
Submit REPORT prior to leave, or if not possible, without delay
upon return to duty if scheduled for vacation or other leave.
Call the desk officer when detained at court or elsewhere and unable to
return to command to sign the Return Roll Call at end of tour.
Maintain ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Preserve completed ACTIVITY LOGS and produce them as required by
competent authority.
Monitor portable radio.
Do not leave post/sector until meal actually commences and be back on
post when meal is over. (Travel time is not authorized).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-22

RADIO MOTOR PATROL OPERATOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

RADIO MOTOR
PATROL
OPERATOR

1.

2.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

Inspect the serviceability of seatbelts in the radio motor patrol car.
a.
Notify patrol supervisor of any deficiencies found in accordance
with Patrol Guide 219-01, “Inspection of Department Vehicles
Each Tour by Operator.”
Wear seat belts.
a.
Wear three-point seatbelts, when provided.
b.
Wear two-point safety belts (lap belts) if three-point safety belts
are not provided.

There is an increased risk of significant injury to members of the service who do not
wear safety belts. There is no question that wearing a safety belt when involved in a
motor vehicle collision reduces the extent and severity of injuries and saves lives.
Therefore, the wearing of safety belts is required for all individuals operating or riding
in a Department vehicle (marked or unmarked) or a private vehicle authorized for
Department use. Safety belts may be removed ONLY when a member of the service is
involved in what appears to be a dangerous tactical situation and the wearing of the
safety belt may impair the member’s ability to take police action.

3.
4.

5.
6.

7.
8.

9.

10.
11.
12.

Exchange assignments every four hours with the recorder of the radio
motor patrol car.
Operate car for the entire tour when assigned as driver of ranking officer.
a.
Monitor radio messages directed to assigned area when supervisor
is out of car.
Permit only uniformed members of the service performing related police
duty to enter or ride in a radio motor patrol car on patrol.
Respond to messages of serious police emergency within five blocks of
location even if messages are directed to another car, regardless of sector,
precinct and borough boundaries.
Do not carry electric blasting caps in vehicles or transmit within 150 feet
of any electric blasting operation.
Monitor radio when recorder is assigned to a school or church crossing.
a.
Pick up recorder and respond to assignment when directed by
radio dispatcher.
Leave radio on and have the car ready for instant use when car is being
cleaned or supplied with fuel.
a.
Do not put car out of service if fuel is to be obtained in assigned
command.
Avoid remaining in areas where radio reception is poor.
Proceed to an emergency scene with due caution. (Do not use the siren
unnecessarily; approach the scene of a reported crime quietly).
Take RMP car out of assigned sector when:
a.
Directed by competent authority, or
b.
Answering an emergency call, or

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-22

PAGE:

08/19/13

RADIO MOTOR
PATROL
13.
OPERATOR
14.
(continued)

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.

26.
27.
28.
29.
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

c.

Servicing, repairing or cleaning required, with permission of desk
officer.
Constantly patrol assigned sector.
Do not unnecessarily leave the car unattended.
a.
REMOVE keys and LOCK car when answering call.
b.
DO NOT LEAVE PORTABLE RADIO IN CAR.
Position car at scene of an emergency to avoid obstructing, or being
blocked by, emergency apparatus.
Sign return roll call at end of tour.
Perform the duties of recorder when none is assigned.
Inspect the car when reporting for duty (see P.G. 219-01, “Inspection of
Department Vehicles Each Tour by Operator”).
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of findings, odometer
reading and amount of gasoline in the tank as registered by the indicator,
in addition to all other required entries as per Patrol Guide 212-08,
“Activity Logs”.
Notify the desk officer when a car requires speedometer repairs or other
repairs or replacement of parts or accessories, including tires and tubes.
Operate car in manner to avoid injury to person or damage to property.
Drive at slow rate of speed except under exceptional circumstances or
extreme emergency.
Operate RMP car only when assigned and only when Department
qualified to operate such vehicle.
Take care of car and accessories, equipment and tools assigned.
Cooperate with other operators of same car to which assigned in care and
maintenance, particularly cleaning, washing and keeping the car in proper
operating condition.
Make minor repairs to car when possible.
Enter appointment for preventive maintenance on sticker affixed to vehicle.
Deliver car for regular preventive maintenance inspection as scheduled on
sticker affixed to vehicle.
Do not tow or push another vehicle with RMP car.

Highway District vehicles equipped with “protective bumper guards” may push disabled
vehicles obstructing active traffic lanes to the nearest location where it may be parked
safely. In NO event will disabled vehicles be pushed to repair shops or onto private
property (see P.G. 214-31, “Removal of Vehicles From Parkways, Highways and
Expressways”).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-23

RADIO MOTOR PATROL RECORDER
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

RADIO MOTOR 1.
PATROL
RECORDER
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

Assist Radio Motor Patrol Operator in inspection of seatbelts.
a.
Inform Radio Motor Patrol Operator of any deficiencies found and
record findings in ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145).

Report seatbelt deficiencies to the Patrol Supervisor.

2.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

Ride in the front seat of radio motor patrol car, except when transporting
prisoner, emotionally disturbed person, etc., in a radio motor patrol car
not equipped with a fiberglass partition.
a.
Wear three-point seatbelts, when provided.
b.
Wear two-point safety belts (lap belts) if three-point safety belts
are not provided.

There is an increased risk of significant injury to members of the service who do not
wear safety belts. There is no question that wearing a safety belt when involved in a
motor vehicle collision reduces the extent and severity of injuries and saves lives.
Therefore, the wearing of safety belts is required for all individuals operating or riding in a
Department vehicle (marked or unmarked) or a private vehicle authorized for Department
use. Safety belts may be removed ONLY when a member of the service is involved in what
appears to be a dangerous tactical situation and the wearing of the safety belt may impair the
member’s ability to take police action.

3.

4.
5.

6.
7.

8.
9.

Notify radio dispatcher of the presence of a prisoner, emotionally
disturbed person, etc., the time entering the RMP, their gender and the
beginning mileage.
a.
Notify the radio dispatcher of the time persons exited RMP and
ending mileage, upon arrival at destination.
Operate the radio.
Record in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), radio messages directed to
car, including time, location of call and type of case, in addition to all
other required entries as per Patrol Guide 212-08, “Activity Logs.”
a.
Enter disposition of each call and time of completion.
Make hourly ring direct to desk officer between 0200 and 0700 hours.
Transmit disposition or interim disposition to radio dispatcher
immediately upon completion of assignment and before leaving the scene
of assignment.
a.
Transmit interim disposition to radio dispatcher if required to
proceed to another location in connection with current assignment.
b.
Notify desk officer of disposition of assignments originating from
command or other important assignments of an unusual nature.
Notify the radio dispatcher if undue delay is encountered in response to a
radio message.
Obtain a portable radio, if available, from the desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

RADIO MOTOR 10.
11.
PATROL
RECORDER
12.
(continued)
13.
14.

15.

2 of 2

Cover school crossing or other fixed post, as required.
Prepare all necessary reports and records connected with police action
taken jointly with operator, while assigned as recorder.
Signal command and comply with instructions of desk officer, if radio
station becomes inoperative.
Obtain permission from radio dispatcher to place R.M.P. auto out of
service for minor repairs.
Notify radio dispatcher of all assignments including pickup assignments,
not emanating from Communications Section.
a.
Give location and nature of assignment.
Carry duplicate set of keys for vehicle to which assigned during the entire
tour of duty.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-24

MOTOR SCOOTER OPERATOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

MOTOR
SCOOTER
OPERATOR

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

8.

9.
10.
11.
12.

13.
14.

15.
16.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 1

Operate scooter at a slow, safe rate of speed.
a.
Three-wheel scooters may be operated on all tours at speeds not
exceeding twenty M.P.H.
Operate scooter with headlight on at all times.
Report to command by telephone each hour or during emergencies as
directed by commanding officer.
Do not use scooter to pursue motor vehicles nor be assigned to
expressways or parkways.
Check road conditions of entire post and make ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145) entry immediately after arrival on post.
Request reassignment when original assignment is hazardous due to
spillout from trucks, construction or other poor road surface conditions.
Do not perform scooter duty when:
a.
Rain, snow, sleet, heavy fog, or any precipitation causes ground to
become slippery.
(1)
Three-wheel scooters may be used in moderate rain and fog.
b.
Patches of snow or ice remain from previous storm.
c.
High winds interfere with control of scooter.
d.
Temperature falls below 32 degrees Fahrenheit, 0 degrees Celsius
(except three-wheel scooter).
Receive refresher training in motor scooter operation when member:
a.
Has been involved in scooter collision.
b.
Has not operated a Department scooter within six months period
and is being considered for assignment to operate scooters.
c.
Has performed scooter duty for one year period without attending
refresher course.
Inspect scooter to ensure it is in serviceable condition and enter in ACTIVITY
LOG findings, odometer reading and amount of gasoline in tank.
Operate scooter only when assigned, properly licensed and designated as
qualified Department Scooter Operator.
Monitor portable radio.
Wear dual-purpose disorder control/scooter helmet with face shield in place.
a.
Face shield is not required to be in place when operating threewheel scooter.
Wear reflective belt or reflective traffic safety vest during hours of darkness.
Obey traffic control devices.
a.
Siren and roof lights installed on three-wheel scooters will be
operated when necessary.
Use extreme caution when approaching intersection or making turns.
Do not respond to radio runs unless specifically directed by radio dispatcher.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-25

ANTI-CRIME POLICE OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

ANTI-CRIME
POLICE
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.

8.

9.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Perform duty in civilian clothes.
a.
Be equipped with pepper spray while on duty.
Maintain daily record of activity in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Study and analyze command crime statistics and reports.
Patrol within confines of command giving special attention to locations
prone to violent street/subway crimes and burglaries.
Inform radio dispatcher when responding to, or present at the scene of a
police incident and include description of clothing worn, vehicle used, etc.
Wear appropriate identification when present at scene of a police incident
(nylon windbreaker jacket, shield, headband, color of day, etc.).
a.
Properly identify self prior to taking any police action, if possible.
Conduct short-term investigations, not to exceed two hours, within
command boundaries, directly related to street/subway crimes or burglaries
except when commanding officer/executive officer extends such time.
Do not conduct lineup or show photographs without permission of
detective squad supervisor or qualified supervisor of investigating unit
(e.g., BRAM, etc.).
Stop a vehicle under the following circumstances:
a.
Reasonable suspicion that the occupant(s) of the vehicle have
committed, are committing, or about to commit a crime; OR
b.
Probable cause that the occupant(s) of the vehicle have committed
a crime; OR
c.
Upon observing the vehicle, reasonable suspicion exists that a
violation of the traffic laws has been committed; OR
d.
Upon observing the vehicle, probable cause exists that a violation
of the traffic laws has been committed; OR
e.
The vehicle is stopped according to some non-arbitrary, nondiscretionary, systematic procedure (e.g., a roadblock, or DWI
checkpoint).
(1)
All civilian clothed uniformed members of the service shall,
when practical, utilize portable red light, NYPD windbreaker
jacket, NYPD baseball cap and/or color of the day.
(2)
Contact Communications Section and request marked
Department vehicle respond, if practical.

Civilian clothed uniformed members of the service (i.e., Anti-Crime, PDS/BRAM Units)
shall conduct taxi/livery checks pursuant to the Taxi/Livery Robbery Inspection Program
(TRIP) and passenger vehicle checks pursuant to the Combat Auto Thefts (CAT)
program. When a vehicle stop is made on the basis of an observed traffic infraction,
uniformed members of the service should take proper police action, including the
issuance of summonses.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-26

CRIME PREVENTION OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

CRIME
PREVENTION
OFFICER

1.

2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

12.
13.
14.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Cooperate with the special operations lieutenant, patrol supervisors,
patrol officers, planning officer, training officer, and the auxiliary
coordinator to determine local crime prevention needs and methods of
controlling crime.
Evaluate crime patterns and institute crime prevention programs relative
to specific crimes.
Establish rapport with local community to implement innovative crime
prevention programs tailored to specific needs.
Act as liaison with private security directors of organizations within
command and facilitate exchange of intelligence information with the
business community.
Coordinate “Zero Tolerance” and larceny reduction programs with retail
establishments regarding shoplifting arrests.
Keep commanding officer apprised of private sector initiatives, and
progress of the ongoing Area Police Private Security Liaison (APPL)
program.
Conduct public education programs on crime prevention via various
community group meetings.
Give direction and guidance to cooperative neighborhood crime
prevention undertakings.
Inspect premises and make recommendations concerning physical
security.
Investigate selected crimes against property, evaluate current security
measures and recommend new procedures to owners or residents.
Investigate selected crimes against the person, interview victims and
institute individual and community education programs to prevent
recurrence.
Refer complex cases which require special investigative effort to the
Crime Prevention Section.
Wear appropriate business attire when not performing duty in uniform.
Inspect all COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) to identify crime
victims under sixty years of age, who have been the subject of:
a.
Homicide, sex crime, robbery, assault, OR,
b.
Physically injured.

Notification of rights to compensation for victims aged sixty years and over will be made
by the New York City Department of the Aging.

15.

Verify if member of the service preparing/investigating COMPLAINT
REPORT involving a crime victim has complied with P.G. 207-08,
“Preliminary Investigation of Complaints (Other than Vice or Narcotics
Complaints).”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

202-26

CRIME
PREVENTION
OFFICER
(continued)

2 of 2

16.

17.

18.
19.

Notify crime victim/surviving relative by mailing a pamphlet/application
through the Mail and Distribution Unit within five days of receipt of
COMPLAINT REPORT.
a.
If requested, provide assistance to crime victim or relative in
completing Application for Compensation form. Another
available officer from Community Affairs or Domestic Violence
should be designated to assist crime victim/relative in the absence
of the crime prevention officer.
b.
Operations Coordinator will be responsible for maintaining the
notification system in the absence of the Crime Prevention Officer.
Maintain written records of the month’s activity of all notifications made
and forward a report on Typed Letterhead, by the fifth of each month, to
the patrol borough command concerned.
a.
Patrol borough commands will consolidate monthly reports and
forward them, within three days, to Crime Victims Unit, Chief,
Community Affairs.
Administer VIN etching, CAT, HEAT, BAT, and similar programs.
Function as the liaison between this Department and the Protective
Services for Adults agency and Department of the Aging.
a.
Receive telephone inquiries, ensure appropriate response, if
necessary, and convey the results to originating agency.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-27

PLANNING OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PLANNING
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

6.
7.
8.
9.

10.

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Perform duty in uniform, when practical, as member of the command
administrative staff.
Conduct planning activities of the command under the direction of the
commanding officer.
Maintain liaison with Operations Unit, and other planning officers.
Maintain records and prepare reports relating to planning activities.
Develop innovative plans in the areas of crime prevention, traffic, patrol
and investigative techniques, community affairs and other operating
functions of the command.
Devise methods for measurement of performance.
Conduct analysis of operations, including workload, functions, allocation
and utilization of personnel and other resources.
Make recommendations concerning use of available resources to achieve
objectives.
Study specific problems peculiar to the command, such as crime patterns
and incidence, personnel activity, prisoners in a hospital, and method or
type of patrol technique employed.
Prepare projections of future resource requirements, make
recommendations for revision of post or sector boundaries, and changes
in allocation or utilization of patrol resources.
Study and update existing disorder, disaster or other plans affecting the
command.
Identify need for new plans.
Study and document changing conditions within the command and
determine impact on police services.
Make estimates of the command situation and provide the commander
with information on how significant factors will affect the situation.
Participate in development and/or evaluation of pilot projects.
Develop local procedures to facilitate the introduction of new
Department-wide procedures.
Collect, collate, evaluate and then disseminate information within the
command and with higher, lower and parallel commands.
Represent commanding officer, when designated, at community
meetings.
Coordinate activities with the crime prevention officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-28

TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER

1.
2.

3.
4.

5.
6.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 3

Serve on the precinct Traffic Safety Team and advise team members on
traffic related issues and concerns.
Review and analyze all Police Accident Reports (MV104AN).
a.
Note any deficiencies and bring to the attention of the precinct
training sergeant.
Provide to the desk officer for review a daily recapitulation of all
collision numbers generated for a given command.
Maintain a file of completed photocopied Police Accident Reports, by
the month in which the collision occurs, for a minimum of one year, in a
secure locked cabinet.
Duplicate and forward collision reports, on a daily basis, to the Highway
Unit concerned for collisions occurring on limited access highways.
Duplicate and forward collision reports to other agencies (Department of
Motor Vehicles, Taxi and Limousine Commission, etc.), when necessary.

All duplicate Police Accident Reports for outside agencies will be placed in a white envelope,
addressed appropriately (e.g., Office of the Comptroller, One Centre Street, New York, NY 10007,
attn: CIF Department) and forwarded to the Mail and Distribution Unit.

7.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

Fax copy of all Police Accident Reports involving a “crossover”
collision to the Corporation Counsel and the Highway District.

A crossover collision is a motor vehicle collision occurring on a surface road or limited
access highway where a motor vehicle strikes or crosses over any type of median (jersey
barrier, guard rail, divider, fence, etc.) separating opposing traffic.

8.
9.

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

15.
16.

Analyze and process TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORTS (PD178-150).
Forward TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORTS that cannot be
addressed on the precinct level to the Patrol Borough Traffic Safety
Coordinator.
Query the Traffic Accident Management System (TAMS) for listing of
collision prone locations.
When necessary, identify collision-prone locations not listed in TAMS.
Survey all collision-prone locations and determine contributing factors
for each location.
Recommend necessary engineering, enforcement and education strategies
for collision reduction.
Forward necessary enforcement information (days and hours collisions
are occurring, contributing factors, e.g. weather conditions, etc.) to other
units providing summons enforcement in the precinct, such as the Patrol
Borough Task Force, Highway Units, Citywide Traffic Task Force, etc.
Maintain a liaison with the city’s Department of Transportation regarding
engineering recommendations.
Issue appropriate summonses at collision-prone locations.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-28

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

25.
26.
27.
28.

29.

30.

31.

32.
33.

2 of 3

Maintain copies of construction permits, visit construction sites and issue
summonses for permit violations.
Count, record by category (e.g., red lights, improper turn, etc.), and
process relevant summonses.
Enter enforcement activity in TAMS and complete a Supplemental
Enforcement Ratio Report, when necessary.
Maintain and update the precinct Traffic Safety Plan and Emergency
Plans “A”, “B” and “C”.
Evaluate and monitor the precinct Pedestrian Safety Program.
Attend patrol borough traffic safety meetings.
Compile necessary statistical data for Trafficstat meetings and attend meeting
with executive officer when precinct is scheduled for a presentation.
At the direction of the commanding officer, attend community council
and Safety Board meetings, as well as other public forums to discuss
traffic safety.
Coordinate activities with the Community Affairs Officer to reduce
collisions involving children.
Cooperate with the Precinct Planning Officer in matters concerning traffic safety.
Coordinate traffic related training (radar, construction site enforcement,
school crossing guards, etc.) with the training sergeant.
Prepare and/or forward the following reports:
a.
Monthly TAMS Collision Prone Location Report, Precinct
Enforcement Ratio Report and Enforcement Ratio Recap
b.
Supplemental Collision Prone Location Report and Enforcement
Ratio Report, when necessary
c.
Traffic/Quality of Life Report
d.
Precinct Radar Program Report
e.
Pedestrian Safety Overtime Report
f.
Commuter Van Enforcement Report
g.
Tow Truck Collision Report
h.
Aggravated Unlicensed Operator Program Report.
Review the HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151) for
conditions that require notification to, or follow-up with, other agencies
(Department of Transportation, Parks, etc.)
Prepare MISSING TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE REPORT (PD620-150)
and forward to the appropriate Department of Transportation
Borough Commissioner.
Maintain and update the precinct’s traffic safety bulletin board to keep
members current on collision-prone locations, school/church crossings
and other traffic safety information.
Serve on the Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board and process
necessary reports.
Review on a daily basis all summonses for moving violations and
violations returnable to criminal court, and all Environmental Control
Board Notices of Violation and Hearing.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-28

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER
(continued)

PAGE:

08/19/13

a.

b.

c.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 3

Identify those summonses/Notices issued to owners/operators of
vehicles licensed or those owners/operators of vehicles that should
be licensed by the New York City Taxi and Limousine
Commission.
Reproduce two photocopies of each summons/Notice, entering on
the top of each photocopy the next respective sequential number
from the “Report of Violation” log, and then forward one of the
photocopies to the New York City Taxi and Limousine
Commission.
File remaining photocopy of summons/Notice in rear of “Report
of Violation” log or command file.

All Traffic Safety Officers MUST be familiar with the Procedural Manual For Traffic
Safety Officers.
The duties and responsibilities of the Traffic Safety Officer are substantial and are
fundamental in establishing an effective traffic safety program. Commanding officers
will not assign duties to the Traffic Safety Officer that are unrelated to traffic. In
precincts that have a large number of collision prone locations, the assignment of an
Assistant Traffic Safety Officer may be warranted.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-29

DOMESTIC VIOLENCE PREVENTION OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
PREVENTION
OFFICER

1.
2.

3.

4.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

Perform duty in uniform, unless specifically authorized to do otherwise.
a.
Tours of duty will be set in accordance with command needs.
Review New York State Domestic Incident Reports (DCJS-3221) for
accuracy and completeness.
a.
Indicate verification by completing the “Reviewed by” caption on
the Domestic Incident Report.
b.
Forward copy of Domestic Incident Report to precinct’s
Domestic Violence Investigator.
Review each tour’s SPRINT Resource Log and ensure that a Domestic
Incident Report has been prepared for all assignments in which a 10-93F,
10-92F, or 10-90F radio code disposition was given.
Maintain a command Domestic Incident Report Log to record each
Domestic Incident Report, captioned as follows:
PRECINCT
SERIAL NO.

5.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

SPRINT NO.

DATE OF REPORT

VICTIM’S NAME

Maintain a Domestic Incident Report file comprised of all Domestic
Incident Reports prepared within the command, or forwarded from other
commands.

The original Domestic Incident Report (Domestic Violence Prevention Officer’s copy)
and the first copy (Domestic Violence Investigator’s copy) will be filed in the command
of occurrence. If the command of occurrence is other than complainant/victim’s
resident precinct and a Report is prepared, a photocopy of that Report will be
forwarded to the Domestic Violence Prevention Officer assigned to the complainant/
victim’s resident precinct.

6.

7.

8.

Enter information obtained from all Domestic Incident Reports into the
command’s Domestic Incident Report database, updating existing files as
new information concerning a particular complainant or household
becomes available.
Identify and monitor those locations and victims (including all members
of the household who may be at risk) requiring special attention by
utilizing information obtained from all available sources.
a.
Enter all persons/families listed on the command High Propensity
List (HPL) into the Domestic Incident Report (DIR) database
utilizing the “Case Management” feature.
b.
Update the online HPL information during the first week of each
month after conferring with the commanding officer.
Maintain contact with complainants, i.e., telephone calls, letters, home
visits, or interviews at the command, depending on the complainant’s
needs and preferences.
a.
Use caution when attempting to contact victims so as not to alert
the alleged offender of police intervention.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

NOTE

In an effort to avoid compromising ongoing investigations, the Domestic Violence
Prevention Officer will confer with the precinct detective squad or Special Victims
Squad investigator concerned, before contacting victims whose open complaints have
been referred to either squad. Prior to conducting a family/home visit, notify
Communications by utilizing radio code “10-75F” and give the address, and if
applicable, the apartment number of the visit.

DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
PREVENTION
OFFICER
(continued)

9.

10.
11.

12.

13.

14.
NOTE

Document any visits to domestic violence victim(s) and/or offender(s)
where documented domestic violence has occurred as follows:
a.
If home visit was successful (i.e., contact was made with victim
and/or offender), record the visit in Home Visit Log and complete
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE HOME VISIT CHECKLIST
(PD313-148).
b.
If home visit was unsuccessful (i.e., contact was not made with
victim and/or offender), record visit in Home Visit Log.
c.
Submit completed DOMESTIC VIOLENCE HOME VISIT
CHECKLIST to desk officer or immediate supervisor for review
and signature.
Maintain file of all completed DOMESTIC VIOLENCE HOME VISIT
CHECKLISTS prepared within the command.
Effect summary arrests in adherence with P.G. 208-36, “Family
Offenses/Domestic Violence,” if during the course of a home visit,
interview, etc., a wanted offender is present.
a.
Ensure that a computer warrant check on individuals identified on
the Domestic Incident Report has been completed prior to
conducting a home visit, interview, etc., and that results have been
entered on the Domestic Incident Report.
Relay information concerning victims or locations requiring special attention
to other command personnel, including the Domestic Violence Investigator,
community policing officers, youth officers, and sector officers.
Furnish complainants/victims with information concerning their rights,
particularly the Right of Election, providing explanation if necessary.
a.
Advise complainants/victims of the availability of Orders of
Protection.
Assist in the serving of Orders of Protection, when requested.

The above responsibility addresses all Orders of Protection served between
Family/Household - Expanded Definition members, NOT the temporary Orders of
Protection from Family Court as outlined in P.G. 212-57, “Service Of Orders Of
Protection By Uniformed Members Of The Service.”

15.

Advise complainants of the availability of counseling, assistance, and
shelter.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

202-29

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

DOMESTIC VIOLENCE HOME VISIT CHECKLISTS, are potential Rosario material,
and must be maintained at the precinct of occurrence. If an arrest is effected, the
arresting officer must ensure that the Assistant District Attorney is provided with a copy of
the DOMESTIC VIOLENCE HOME VISIT CHECKLIST in regards to the incident.
When requested, the domestic violence prevention officer will make the DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE HOME VISIT CHECKLIST prepared regarding the incident available to
an Assistant District Attorney.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-30

YOUTH OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PRECINCT
YOUTH
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

19.
20.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Process and investigate JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEETS
(PD377-159A) prepared for youths residing in precinct.
Maintain file of JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/
PROBATION INTAKE REPORTS (PD277-151).
Contact parents and warn of truancy or other offenses committed by their
children that resulted in a YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153) or
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET.
Execute youthful offender warrants and institute court process when
necessary.
Coordinate, guide, develop and stimulate Police Athletic League and
youth programs, in cooperation with neighborhood volunteers, including
community and youth councils.
Assist commanding officer in the development and review of School
Security Plans, Summer Youth Security Plans and Safe Corridor Plans.
Coordinate Summer Youth Work Program and assist/complement efforts
of community affairs and crime prevention officers.
Ensure witnesses and complainants appear as necessary in Family Court
for cases involving violent youth.
Follow up on ALL CRIMES, petty and serious, committed by youths.
a.
Attempt to involve petty offenders in positive youth groups.
Coordinate intelligence, identify youth gangs and maintain youth gang
file, including the names of known members, locations, colors, rivals, etc.
Establish liaison with schools, Police Athletic League, DARE, local
community groups, and social agencies, and make necessary presentations.
Identify any locations frequented by truants and notify the borough
truancy task force.
Establish liaison and coordinate efforts with the borough truancy task
force and Youth Services Section.
Identify home conditions which contribute to youth violence.
Provide essential information on youth violence/domestic violence to
command personnel working on like cases.
Work with the domestic violence prevention officer on cases involving
child abuse.
Visit schools and track statistics on violence in schools by conferring with
school principals and school safety officers.
Prepare YOUTH REFERRALS, REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD
ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT (PD377-154), GANG/GROUP
INCIDENT REPORT (PD377-158), and/or JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEET as necessary.
Be familiar with current case law when conducting interviews and
interrogations.
Patrol, in uniform, at locations where youths congregate during school
hours.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-30

PRECINCT
YOUTH
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.

2 of 2

Patrol, in uniform, areas frequented by youths during hours that school is
not in session.
Youth officers are responsible for the cleanliness, supply of reports and
security of the juvenile interrogation room.
Work in close coordination with the Youth Services Section to reach out
to youths “at risk.”
Serve as an information resource and advise command personnel, parents
and community groups on youth matters.
Assist in processing runaways, abused children and those youths
requiring shelter, when necessary.
Inspect all copies of REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR
MALTREATMENT prepared or received in command and follow related
P.G. 215-03, “Emergency Removals or Investigation and Reporting of
Abused, Neglected or Maltreated Children.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-31

ARREST PROCESSING OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

ARREST
PROCESSING
OFFICER

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

9.
10.
11.
NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Perform duty in uniform.
Distribute arrest related forms and paperwork to arresting/assigned officer as
appropriate (On Line Booking Worksheets, Desk Appearance Tickets,
juvenile summons, etc.).
Access and operate computer systems to check for warrant information.
Access and operate OLBS computer system (PF1/PF3), for arrest number
generation, when necessary.
Operate “Livescan” fingerprinting machine in all cases that require a
prisoner to be fingerprinted.
Ensure prisoner(s) are photographed, as appropriate.
Ensure command has adequate supply of all necessary arrest related
forms, paperwork and equipment.
Ensure all of the command’s arrest related computer systems are
operational and properly maintained.
a.
Contact appropriate sources to advise that system(s) have failed
and for instruction and/or repair.
Assist desk officer in notifying uniformed member of the service when
prompted by Assistant District Attorney of readiness for interview.
Make inquiries with the District Attorney’s Office concerned on all
unusual delays in complaint interviews/preparation.
Review all completed arrest packets for accuracy and completeness.
a.
Ensure prompt delivery, as appropriate.

Arrest processing officers will assist on all arrests that are processed within their
command regardless of the arresting/assigned officer’s command, bureau or agency.
In addition to the above duties and responsibilities, a command’s arrest processing
officer will be responsible for all additional arrest related functions dictated by the
needs of individual commands/patrol boroughs and as requested by their respective
commanding officers.
A member of the service will be with the prisoner at all times. If the arrest processing
officer is with the prisoner and the arresting officer is NOT present, the arrest
processing officer will request appropriate relief before leaving the prisoner to attend to
other aspects of arrest processing.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-32

COMMUNITY AFFAIRS OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

COMMUNITY
AFFAIRS
OFFICER

1.
2.

3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.
14.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Attend community council meetings and assist in stimulating and
coordinating council activities.
Forward monthly report of council meetings, programs and operations to
Chief, Community Affairs through borough community affairs
coordinator and Commanding Officer, Community Affairs/Crime
Prevention Section.
Establish personal contact with civic and community groups within the
command and attend meetings as directed.
Perform duties in relation to community council in addition to crime and
delinquency prevention, as directed.
a.
Maintain liaison with community/youth council leadership.
Act as liaison between the Community Council Executive Board and the
commanding officer.
Inform commanding officer and borough community affairs coordinator
of all new and/or revised activities of unusual events and demonstrations.
Maintain a close liaison with the management of facilities within
commands where large events are held.
Maintain an open constructive avenue of communication with other
members of the service to allow for exchange of ideas and information
regarding the community.
Maintain daily contact with the community policing supervisor to
combine efforts for attention to areas of sensitive complaints and the
needs of the residents.
Visit schools, houses of worship, hospitals and similar public institutions
frequently.
a.
Confer with principals, rabbis, ministers, priests, administrators,
etc., on delinquency and other youth related problems.
Investigate incidents and conditions that may lead to intra/inter group
community unrest.
a.
Respond to disorders, demonstrations, racial conflicts or other
unusual conditions resulting in large groups on the street, as directed
by the commanding officer or other ranking officer in charge.
Assist commanding officer in:
a.
Keeping members of command informed of community affairs
problems
b.
Developing and implementing community affairs programs.
Assist training sergeant in developing related police/community affairs
in-service training, including the use of guest speakers.
Maintain liaison with command personnel assigned to administer the
Youth Service and Crime Prevention Programs to ensure mutual
cooperation and support.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-32

COMMUNITY
AFFAIRS
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

15.
16.
17.
18.

19.

2 of 2

Perform other community affairs duties as directed by commanding
officer or other competent authority.
Wear appropriate business attire when not performing duty in uniform.
Administer the Safe Return Program.
Contact every nursing home and similar facility in the command to ensure
that these facilities know about and are taking advantage of the Safe
Return Program and to describe this program at community meetings,
council meetings and every other appropriate forum they address.
Review the Command Post Log for the names of special category persons
who have been reported missing in the past and contact the families of,
and/or the persons responsible for, persons with impaired memories and
ascertain if they have registered with the Safe Return Program.
a.
Provide information about the program if they have not registered
and encourage them to register.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-33

WARRANT OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

WARRANT
OFFICER

1.

2.
3.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Perform duty in uniform, in command unless specifically authorized to do
otherwise by competent authority.
a.
Perform tours of duty conducive to the apprehension of targeted
fugitives, as determined by commanding officer.
Pursue all misdemeanor and violation warrants forwarded to the
command for individuals residing within command boundaries.
Operate under the supervision of command special operations lieutenant and,
as an integral member of the command special operations team, exchanging
on a regular basis, information concerning wanted individuals with all team
members (i.e., anti-crime, Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit, community
policing, youth officer, domestic violence prevention officer, etc.).

If wanted individual is the subject of an INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163),
frequent exchange of information with detective squad concerned is necessary.

a.

4.

5.

NOTE

Confer, if query of WOLF and WNAM/WNYS Systems reveals
an on-going investigation, with borough and city-wide level
investigative units, including precinct detective squad, Warrant
Section borough squad, Cold Case Apprehension Squad, Juvenile
Crime Squads, transit district and Homeless Outreach Unit
concerned, so as NOT to impede ANY active felony investigation
being conducted.
Obtain New York City criminal arrest history via the BADS computer to
ascertain subject's recent arrest activity, if any, and other available
information.
Establish and maintain a photograph file containing photos of wanted
individuals believed to reside in, or frequent locations within, the command.
a.
Prepare flyers/cards with photos of wanted individuals for
distribution to command personnel and uniformed members of the
service from other commands (i.e., Organized Crime Control
Bureau, etc.,) regularly operating within the command.

When it is learned that a court has mandated the sealing and returning of an arrestee’s arrest
photo, such photo will be immediately removed from the command photograph file and
forwarded to the Latent Print Section, Tracking Unit for the eventual return to the arrestee.

6.

Utilize all available databases to assist in the apprehension of wanted
individuals, including the Warrant Master File, the Warrant Arrest Report
Generator (WARG) System, the Warrant On Line File (WOLF) System,
the Booking Arraignment Disposition System (BADS), the Computer
Assisted Robbery System (CARS), and the Court Record Information
Manager System (CRIMS).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-33

WARRANT
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7.

8.

2 of 2

Process warrants received in accordance with P.G. 212-75, “Processing
Warrants,” as well as all applicable provisions of the Penal Law and
Criminal Procedure Law.
Comply with the pertinent provisions of P.G. 208-42, “Arrest on a Warrant,”
regarding re-arrest on a bench warrant, when a warrant has been executed and
arrest is effected SOLELY on a bench warrant.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-34

COMMAND AUXILIARY POLICE COORDINATOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

COMMAND
AUXILIARY
POLICE
COORDINATOR

1.

NOTE

Commanding officers concerned will make a concerted effort to ensure that the
assignment of the command auxiliary police coordinator is a full time assignment.

2.

3.
4.

5.

6.
7.
8.

9.

10.

11.

Perform tours of duty that coincide with the tours of auxiliary police
personnel, when possible.

Assist commanding officer and special operations lieutenant in the
command’s problem solving objectives by coordinating and maintaining
a liaison with the crime prevention officer, community affairs officer,
youth officer, planning officer and community policing coordinator.
Coordinate all auxiliary police activities within command.
Recruit new members into the Auxiliary Police Program continually by
developing strategies with the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police
Section and recruitment staff.
Conduct mandatory “basic training” classes for new recruits twice a year
with at least ten recruits.
a.
Schedule training for auxiliary personnel by contacting the
Training Unit, Auxiliary Police Section.
Identify and recommend to the special operations lieutenant suitable
volunteer auxiliary police for the “Purchase of Alcohol to Minors” operation.
Obtain shields and identification cards of members leaving the Auxiliary
Police Program and process accordingly.
Submit requests for recognition awards and promotion.
a.
Forward requests to Auxiliary Police Section through borough
auxiliary police coordinator concerned.
Ensure that hours performed by auxiliary police members are accurately
recorded.
a.
Include monthly activity figures on required Auxiliary Police
Section form and forward to the borough auxiliary police
coordinator and Auxiliary Police Section.
Interview, enroll and investigate new applicants to the program.
a.
Prepare initial/final packages
b.
Conduct confidential investigations, if necessary
c.
Report to Auxiliary Police Section three weeks after start of
“basic training” course with initial package and immediately upon
completion of the course with final package.
Examine and verify all information submitted including proof of
residence, employment, citizenship, etc.
a.
Must verify by written documentation that on-file applicant is a
permanent resident or possesses a valid visa issued by
Immigration and Naturalization Service.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-34

COMMAND
AUXILIARY
POLICE
COORDINATOR
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

12.

13.

14.
15.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Inspect auxiliary police officers at roll call, make assignments, and
provide instruction on current orders, directives, bulletins, etc., issued by
Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section.
Confer with the commanding officer, special operations lieutenant and
planning officer to develop plans for optimum use of auxiliary police
members in the event of an emergency.
a.
Ensure that auxiliary police mobilization plans are developed and
tested by the command and all auxiliary police personnel are
instructed on the provisions of the plans.
Safeguard and maintain all equipment and supplies assigned for auxiliary
police use.
Inspect all portable radios and the reserve supply of bullet resistant vests
assigned to command for auxiliary police use, when performing duty.
a.
Document inspection by listing serial numbers of portable radios
and the reserve supply of bullet resistant vests assigned to the
command for auxiliary police use in the Auxiliary Police Unit
Command Loaner Vest/Radio Log and indicate if all property is
present and accounted for.

If a portable radio is lost or stolen immediately comply with P.G. 219-15, “Portable Radio
Transceivers.”
If any other Department property is lost or stolen immediately comply with P.G. 219-20, “Loss or
Theft of Department Property.”
The inspection and documentation of portable radios and the reserve supply of bullet resistant vests
assigned to a command for auxiliary police use will be completed daily. In the absence of the
command auxiliary police coordinator, the special operations lieutenant/platoon commander will
designate an appropriate uniformed member of the service to complete the above step.

16.
17.
18.

NOTE

Develop innovative programs within Department guidelines to generate
interest and enthusiasm in the program.
Wear appropriate business attire when not performing duty in uniform.
Create and maintain a “Command Auxiliary Reference Library”
containing relevant materials to the Auxiliary Police Program (i.e., Patrol
Guide, Auxiliary Police Guide, Training Manual, Department Bulletins,
Directives, Personnel Orders, etc.)

Commanding officer selects qualified uniformed member of the service for assignment as
command police auxiliary coordinator but is not assigned as such until approved by the
Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section. Additionally, the commanding officer
selects an alternate to perform the above duties when the command auxiliary police
coordinator is not working.
All borough and command auxiliary police coordinators are responsible for program
management and will ensure adherence to the provisions of the Auxiliary Guide and all
related directives, bulletins, orders, etc., published by the Commanding Officer,
Auxiliary Police Section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-34

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Each command auxiliary police coordinator will maintain an Auxiliary Police Unit
Command Loaner Vest/Radio Log to ensure the integrity and safekeeping of all portable
radios and the reserve supply of bullet resistant vests assigned to the command for
auxiliary police use.
The Auxiliary Police Unit Command Loaner Vest/Radio Log will contain captions
across the top of each page, as follows:
TIME /
DATE

SERIAL # OF
VESTS/ RADIOS

VEST/RADIO
LOCATION

INSPECTING
MOS

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

SIGNATURE

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-35

COMMAND LAN MANAGER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

COMMAND
LAN
MANAGER

1.
2.

3.

4.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Responsible for the serviceability, proper care and use of all computer
hardware and software assigned to the command.
Monitor the daily operation of the Local Area Network and other
computer related equipment.
a.
Make minor repairs, adjustment, etc., to such equipment.
Contact the Management Information Systems Division, Help Desk, for
required assistance and service.
a.
Submit a written report on Typed Letterhead, addressed to Management
Information Systems Division, if service provided by contracted repair
vendor does not resolve equipment problems in a timely manner.
Inspect all computer equipment in command daily for cleanliness, orderly
condition, accountability and operation.
a.
Inform desk officer of results of inspection.

The desk officer shall record the results of the inspection in the Command Log.

5.

6.

7.
8.
9.
10.

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Maintain a current inventory listing, including maintenance history, of all
computer hardware and software.
a.
Advise Management Information Systems Division of any
additions or deletions of hardware or software not directly received
from or returned to Management Information Systems Division.
Report to desk officer when reporting on or off-duty, and when leaving or
returning to the command during the tour. Desk officer shall record same
in the Command Log and on the roll call.
Confer with commanding officer/detective squad commander on a regular basis.
a.
Provide assistance in computer related matters.
Inform the commanding officer/detective squad commander of important
matters related to area of responsibility.
Cooperate with other commands and units in an effort to accomplish the
mission of the command.
Supervise performance of computer related activities within the command.
a.
Inform operations coordinator, principal administrative associate
or detective squad commander of deficiencies or derelictions in
the use or care of computer equipment and peripherals.
Confer and assist other supervisors in preparing performance evaluations
for those members assigned to the operation of computer equipment.
Perform tours of duty as determined by the commanding officer.
Provide assistance to other commands within the borough when their
Command LAN Manager is not on duty.
Maintain current knowledge of computer applications.
Provide training and assistance to command personnel in the use of
current and new computer applications accessible through the Local Area
Network or mainframe network.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-35

COMMAND
LAN
MANAGER
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

16.
17.
18.
19.

20.

21.
22.
23.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Develop and/or assist in developing procedures, records and operational
controls for operation of computer systems within the command.
Communicate new and/or modified computer related policy methods and
procedures to staff and evaluate results.
Attend supervisory staff/management team meetings.
a.
Conduct periodic staff meetings.
Maintain and update LAN Guide as well as all related materials, books
and manuals in command's computer resource library.
a.
Maintain updated LAN Guide and pertinent material for
Command Reference Library.
In accordance with the LAN Guide and other directives from the
Management Information Systems Division:
a.
Establish and maintain network users, directories and security.
b.
Monitor and administer the network.
c.
Manage the file server and update the operating system as required.
d.
Set up and manage network printing.
e.
Establish the user environment.
f.
Maintain software applications, as required.
g.
Maintain a backup of all files, security, rights.
h.
Respond to the needs and questions of users relative to their access of
resources on the network and the performance of their assigned duties.
i.
Train qualified members to act as backup managers.
j.
Remain abreast of changes in user and system software and
hardware requirements.
k.
Keep system information in an orderly NetWare Log.
l.
Other matters as indicated in the LAN Guide.
Ensure that unauthorized equipment (i.e., laptops, modems, personal
computers, etc.,) are not attached to Local Area Network.
Ensure that Local Area Network equipment is not altered in any way that
would allow a workstation to utilize a floppy disk drive or local hard drive.
Ensure that no unauthorized programs, software, etc., are utilized on
Department computers.

Local developed programs for use on the Local Area Network must be submitted to the
Management Information Systems Division, through channels, for review and approval.
If approved, Management Information Systems Division personnel will install the
programs on the Local Area Network.

24.
25.

Attend meetings and training sessions scheduled by the Commanding
Officer, Management Information Systems Division.
Perform other related assignments as directed by the commanding officer,
or as requested by the detective squad commander.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-36

EVIDENCE/PROPERTY CONTROL SPECIALIST
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

EVIDENCE/
PROPERTY
CONTROL
SPECIALIST

1.

2.

3.
4.

5.
6.

7.
8.

9.
10.

11.
12.
13.
14.

15.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Receives, invoices, releases, packages, and labels property and evidence,
including, but not limited to, narcotics, U.S. and other currencies,
securities, jewelry, etc.
Performs intake functions, checks and examines property to ensure that it is
in conformance with related documentation; searches for possible
contraband, unaccountable items, or VIN numbers and other proof of
identification.
a.
Assigns storage number location.
Stores and safeguards invoiced property, properly identified for easy
retrieval.
Prepares property and pertinent documents necessary for transport;
operates Department vehicles to transport all invoiced property to various
Department locations, District Attorneys’ Offices, etc.
Moves, loads, unloads all types of property from one location to another
or to other building sites.
Transports, delivers, deposits money for safekeeping to the appropriate
bank facility; returns and logs bank receipts and invoices at appropriate
command location.
Receives, reviews and maintains invoices, records, logs and indexes
pertaining to all property received.
Secures and maintains storage area.
a.
Notify the desk officer of the number of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICES stored within the command in excess of thirty days.
Uses computer to search for, enter or update information.
Processes release of invoiced property.
a.
Determines identity of persons requesting release of property;
verifies identification and proof of ownership; may fingerprint
claimant, if necessary.
Verifies the identity and authorization of personnel entering or leaving
Department premises where property is stored.
Cancels alarms; monitors alarm systems, security cameras and other
security systems at assigned premises.
Makes appropriate notifications, writes and dispatches communications
and transmittal forms; orders necessary supplies.
Responds to inquiries from the Public Administrator’s Office, District
Attorneys’ Offices and other jurisdictions pertaining to the disposition of
property of deceased individuals, criminal evidence and related matters.
Performs all miscellaneous activities in connection with Rotation Tow
operations in the absence of evidence and property related functions.
a.
Photocopy and forward PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
prepared for recovered stolen vehicles to Patrol Borough Pattern
Identification Module by next business day.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-36

EVIDENCE/
PROPERTY
CONTROL
SPECIALIST
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

16.
17.

2 of 2

Performs periodic inspection of, or schedules overall maintenance of
vehicles assigned to property functions.
Performs other clerical and/or administrative duties, as required.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-37

COMMAND CLERK
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

COMMAND
CLERK

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Assigned to post adjacent to desk officer.
Perform clerical tasks as assigned by desk officer.
Distribute Department mail.
Bring to the attention of desk officer matters of importance or other
conditions requiring attention.
Input information in the On Line Complaint System (OLCS) and the On
Line Aided and Accident Indexes as directed by the desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-38

TELEPHONE SWITCHBOARD OPERATOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

TELEPHONE
SWITCHBOARD
OPERATOR

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Answer telephone promptly, stating in courteous manner, command, rank
or title, surname, and “May I help you?”
Process requests for service.
Notify desk officer of all important messages.
Maintain TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG (PD112-143).
Maintain duplicate copy of ROLL CALL (PD406-144).
Maintain HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151) and make
related notifications.
Maintain OUTGOING TOLL CALLS (PD112-142).
Notify desk officer when a member required to signal fails to comply
within a reasonable time.
Maintain copy of “Frequent Telephone Inquiries.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-39

PATROLWAGON OPERATOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PATROLWAGON
OPERATOR

1.

2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

10.

11.

12.
13.
14.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Report to supervisor concerned at beginning of tour and when relieved at
end of tour.
a.
Obtain assignment and meal period from supervisor concerned at
the beginning of tour.
Keep the patrolwagon and equipment in clean, serviceable condition.
Operate the patrolwagon in a safe manner and obey all traffic laws.
Maintain the Patrolwagon Record in a plain Number 2 book.
a.
Enter name, time reporting for duty, time leaving and returning
from meal and time relieved.
Make entry of time leaving command on assignment, all stops made and
time of return.
Notify supervisor concerned when leaving and returning from calls and meals.
Report necessary repairs to the commanding officer.
Check rear and compartment doors for serviceability and security before
and after loading prisoners.
Remain available for service and in location known to supervisor
concerned when not on assignment and render police assistance as
required.
Call the borough court section concerned from all stops on the way to
court or other destination, upon arrival at and prior to departure from
court or other destination.
a.
Notify borough court section concerned if prisoners are not ready
to be transported within twenty minutes after arrival at location
where prisoners are to be picked up.
Search interior of patrolwagon for weapons or other contraband after
delivering prisoners to court or other destination, and immediately notify
ranking officer at the facility if contraband is discovered.
Return transport chains used for restraining prisoners to location from
where obtained.
Perform duty in proper uniform.
Pick up Department supplies and equipment after receiving clearance
from borough court section concerned.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-40

POLICE ATTENDANT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

POLICE
ATTENDANT

1.

2.
3.

4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

16.
17.
18.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Assume control of, search (if applicable) and inspect prisoners.
a.
Ensure that property that is dangerous to life, may facilitate escape
or may damage or deface other property is removed from prisoner.
Examine doors of all occupied cells to ensure that they are locked.
Enter inspection of prisoners on PRISONER ROSTER (PD244-145),
and notify desk officer of inspection results immediately after reporting
for duty.
Remain inside cell block at all times while prisoners are confined therein,
and be alert to conditions and needs of such prisoners.
a.
Relief personnel will remain within the cellblock during relief
periods and ascertain that cell doors of all occupied cells are locked.
Enter results of inspection of prisoners on PRISONER ROSTER every
thirty minutes.
Report to desk officer any physical condition or unusual need of prisoner
in custody or in the detention area.
Attend to the personal needs of prisoner, such as providing meals and
other essentials.
Keep quarters and detention cells clean and supplied with paper cups,
toilet paper and paper towels.
Visit female detention cells or female quarters as follows:
a.
When accompanied by female officer if attendant is male, and
then, only with permission of supervisory officer in command, or
b.
In daily cleaning of female cells, or
c.
In an emergency.
Keep command facility and abutting areaways, yards, and sidewalks
clean and sanitary.
Prevent rubbish or dust from accumulating in any part of the command.
Report necessary command/detention area repairs to the commanding
officer.
Wash cells thoroughly, and test emergency alarms in the cellblock each
day immediately after prisoners have been taken to court.
Operate heating plant.
Remove and safeguard firearms prior to entering detention cell area
including facilities established during emergency arrest situations.
(Supervisory officers are responsible that weapons of members assigned
to temporary detention facilities are safeguarded.)
Keep green lights at building entrance lighted from sunset to sunrise.
Perform other duties as directed by desk officer.
Perform clerical duties or other tasks relating to command operations if
no prisoners are confined in cells.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Duties and Responsibilities

Procedure No:

202-41

FIELD INTELLIGENCE OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

1.
FIELD
INTELLIGENCE
OFFICER

2.
3.
4.

5.
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 3

Perform only intelligence related duties as a field intelligence officer in
assigned command.
a.
Sign Command Log at beginning and end of tour.
b.
Perform tour of duty, as directed by Commanding Officer, Criminal
Intelligence Section.
Perform duty in business attire, unless authorized by Commanding Officer,
Criminal Intelligence Section.
Enter intelligence from any source into Department Intelligence Database
or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) database, as appropriate.
Act as a key component of the Intelligence Bureau by gathering and
sharing intelligence information with all Department units (e.g., Organized
Crime Control Bureau, Detective Bureau, Patrol Services Bureau, etc.).
Develop information in support of borough level intelligence strategy.

Intelligence information obtained from various sources provides input for the preparation
of strategic targeting packages.

6.

7.
8.

9.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

Exchange information with other field intelligence officers, Intelligence Bureau
units, Detective Bureau commands, Organized Crime Control Bureau commands,
and other specialized units as appropriate regarding parolees, parole absconders,
subjects of INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163), wanted persons and other
matters germane to each command.
a.
Provide data, updates and pictures on these individuals, when obtained.
Prepare weekly Intelligence Bureau Activity Report and submit it to
Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section.
Promote intelligence gathering by addressing roll calls and participating in
detective and patrol training sessions.
a.
Stress the importance for members of the service to aggressively pursue
and report any information that may be of intelligence value.
Confer regularly with patrol officers, detectives, supervisors and unit
specialty officers to obtain intelligence (i.e., School Safety, Youth,
Community Affairs, SNEU).

In particular, meetings with the School Safety Division on a regular basis can be an
invaluable source of intelligence information about specific crimes and crime patterns in
a precinct command and in the borough.

10.

Review documents and reports for intelligence content; records include but
are not limited to:
a.
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), including those recorded
by OCCB.
b.
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET(PD377-159A)
c.
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-41

2 of 3

d.

11.
12.

ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244159)
e.
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
f.
DETECTIVE BUREAU UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT
(PD370-151)
g.
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD344-151A)
h.
SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT
REPORT (PD313-147)
i.
NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)
j.
Arrests and complaint statistics, patterns and trends.
k.
Intelligence Bureau reports and worksheets
Confer regularly with command crime analysts.
a.
Communicate information from crime analysis center, when appropriate.
Attend local community meetings and other forums to obtain information
of intelligence value.

Field intelligence officers in adjoining commands should confer with each other on a
regular basis to share intelligence information.

13.
14.

15.

NOTE

PAGE:

10/16/13

FIELD
INTELLIGENCE
OFFICER
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Access command computer databases for developing and verifying
intelligence.
Utilize Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section to access
information from computer databases that are not available at command
level.
Document intelligence forwarded to investigative and enforcement units.
a.
Record follow-up action (i.e., investigation initiated, arrest effected,
search warrant executed, etc.)

The field intelligence officer will notify Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence
Section prior to the execution of a search warrant, if possible, and will represent the
Intelligence Bureau at the scene. Confidentiality will be maintained in order to ensure the
safety of all members involved and the integrity of the investigation.

16.
17.

18.
19.
20.

Utilize the secure e-mail system when practical for making notifications
and inquiries to other field intelligence officers, and Intelligence Bureau.
Advise and make recommendations to commanding officer, detective
squad commander and precinct narcotics module supervisor on intelligence
matters.
Assist with registering confidential informants, and obtaining search
warrants.
Participate in command supervisory and crime strategy meetings.
Conduct secondary debriefings of prisoners when circumstances indicate
intelligence may be gained.
a.
Coordinate debriefings with Detective Bureau and OCCB personnel
as appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

202-41

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

21.
FIELD
INTELLIGENCE
22.
OFFICER
(continued)
23.
24.

25.

26.

3 of 3

Develop command-specific debriefing questions in regard to specific
crimes, crime patterns or trends.
Provide command-specific questions to other Intelligence Bureau units,
as appropriate, for their debriefings.
Maintain a record of debriefings conducted that includes details on positive
debriefings.
Respond to major incidents in the field to provide assistance and gather
timely information.
a.
Identify self to ranking patrol commander and investigator.
b.
Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW–UP and forward copy to
Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section.
Be present during the debriefing of SNEU arrests and all other arrests,
when possible, to assist in the development of information regarding drug
trafficking and any other crimes.
Notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section regarding all
unusual incidents and significant occurrences.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The position of field intelligence officer may be assigned to a uniformed member of the
service in the rank of sergeant, detective, or police officer.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-152)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
DETECTIVE BUREAU UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-151)
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A)
SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147)
NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-01

ORDER OF RANK
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

ORDER OF
RANK

1.

2.
3.
4.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

The order of rank in the police service is:
a.
Chief of Department
b.
Bureau Chief
c.
Assistant Chief
d.
Deputy Chief
e.
Inspector
f.
Deputy Inspector
g.
Captain
h.
Lieutenant
i.
Sergeant
j.
Police Officer/Detective
Police Department Chaplains and Surgeons have the assimilated rank of
Inspector.
Seniority in rank among members appointed or promoted at the same
time is determined by position on appointment or promotion list.
At a police incident, the senior uniformed member, in R.M.P. assigned to
incident or on foot patrol at the scene, will direct and coordinate police
operations pending arrival of the supervisor. If R.M.P. assigned to
incident is delayed and no uniformed member is assigned to foot patrol at
the scene, the senior uniformed member first on the scene will take
charge, pending the arrival of supervisor or assigned R.M.P.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-02

COURTESIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.

6.
7.
8.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Tender and return hand salute as prescribed by U.S. Army regulations.
Salute:
a.
Police Commissioner or deputy commissioners in civilian clothes
b.
Supervisory officer in uniform
c.
United States flag as it passes
d.
Desk when entering command.
Salute flag when national anthem is played. If flag not visible, face band,
etc., and salute.
Supervisory officers return salutes promptly.
Salute is not required at large assemblages except when addressed by or
addressing supervisory officer. Salute not required if it interferes with
police duty.
Remove hat and stand at attention in office of Police Commissioner,
deputy commissioner or member above rank of lieutenant.
Order “Attention” when member above rank of captain enters room
unless otherwise directed.
Place U.S. flag at half-staff as indicated below, when a uniformed
member of the service dies:
a.
Lieutenant, sergeant, police officer - on Department building
where assigned on day of funeral
b.
Captain - on Department building where assigned from time of
death to sunset, day of funeral
c.
Deputy inspectors or inspectors - on Department buildings within
his/her command from time of death to sunset, day of funeral; flag
at Police Headquarters will fly at half-mast on day of funeral.
d.
Member killed in line of duty - on Department building where
member assigned from time of death to ten days after the funeral;
flags will fly at half-mast on all Department buildings from time
of death until day after the funeral.
e.
Other members, Police Commissioner or a deputy commissioner as directed by the Police Commissioner or Chief of Department.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-03

COMPLIANCE WITH ORDERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

COMPLIANCE
WITH ORDERS

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Be familiar with contents of Patrol Guide and revise as directed.
Obey lawful orders and instructions of supervising officers.
Be punctual when reporting for duty.
Be governed by orders affecting another rank when temporarily assigned
to perform the duties of that rank, except as otherwise indicated.
Maintain a current New York State driver’s license and notify
commanding officer, with pertinent details, when license is suspended,
revoked or not renewed.

All uniformed members of this Department are required to have a valid driver’s license
as a condition of employment. Civilian members who are authorized to operate
Department vehicles also must have a valid driver’s license.
The Department of Motor Vehicles will send a weekly printout of the names of
Department members with a suspended, revoked, or expired driver’s license directly to
the Internal Affairs Bureau. The Internal Affairs Bureau will assign a log number and
assess the allegations in accordance with Internal Affairs Bureau procedures. If
appropriate, a copy will be faxed directly to a concerned member’s commanding officer.
Upon notification by the Internal Affairs Bureau, the commanding officer of any member
of the Department, uniformed or civilian, who is deemed to have a suspended, revoked,
or expired New York State driver’s license, will not permit that member to operate any
Department vehicle until the member proves that such revocation, suspension, or
expiration is erroneous or has been resolved. The commanding officer will submit a
report to Internal Affairs Bureau’s Records Section indicating the results of the
investigation of this matter and the current status of the member’s driver’s license.
Commanding officers will ensure that, in addition to a visual inspection of uniformed
members drivers licenses, at each semi-annual uniform inspection as described in A.G.
305-06, “Inspection of Uniforms:”
a.
A Department of Motor Vehicles inquiry is made utilizing the FINEST System
for each uniformed member of the service, and
b.
A warrant check, using the WINQ and WNAM formats, is also conducted for
each uniformed member of the service.
Commanding officers will ensure that during January and July of each year, civilian
members of the service authorized to operate Department vehicles present valid New
York State driver licenses. In addition, commanding officers concerned will ensure that
an inquiry and warrant check, as performed for uniformed members of the service, is
conducted for all civilian members assigned to the command.

6.
7.

Keep Department locker neat, clean and secured with combination lock (without
identifying serial number) that conforms to Equipment Section specifications.
Affix to front of assigned locker, Department stickers PROPER TACTICS
SAVE LIVES (PD642-110) and POLICE DON’T MOVE (PD672-133)
with rank, name, shield and squad number captions filled in.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-03

COMPLIANCE
WITH ORDERS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8.

9.
10.
11.

2 of 2

Affix to the inside portion of the door, of assigned locker, in a conspicuous
manner, GUN SAFETY (PD420-110), COPE (PD142-121) and
SEATBELT (PD642-130) stickers.
Request new Department locker stickers from operations coordinator, as
needed.
Apply for interview with Police Commissioner in writing (include squad or chart
numbers), ONLY when action or relief cannot be obtained by other means.
Cooperate with supervisor, regardless of rank, who has been dispatched by
competent authority (e.g., Commanding Officer, Medical Division, Internal
Affairs Group, precinct commanding officer or duty captain, etc.) to visit
member on sick report, and directs such member to comply with lawful
order/instruction (e.g., appear in court, Trial Room, in front of an investigatory
unit, etc.).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-04

FITNESS FOR DUTY
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

FITNESS FOR
DUTY

1.
2.

Be fit for duty at all times, except when on sick report.
Do not consume intoxicants to the extent that member becomes unfit for
duty.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

All members of the service are required to remain fit for duty as specified above, and are
reminded of their absolute responsibility to remain fit for duty while in possession of
their firearms.
Any misconduct involving a member’s misuse of a firearm while unfit for duty due to
excessive consumption of, and intoxication from, alcohol will result in that member’s
termination from the Department. Exceptional cases will be determined by the Police
Commissioner, on a case by case basis.
Furthermore, any misconduct involving members who are found to be unfit for duty due
to excessive consumption and intoxication from alcohol, while armed with a firearm,
will result in the inclusion of the charge of “Unfit For Duty While Armed,” in
Departmental disciplinary proceedings. In addition to those penalties imposed as a
result of all other charges stemming from the misconduct, strict punitive sanctions will
be imposed for any member upon whom the charge has been substantiated.
Additionally, a uniformed member of the service who refuses to submit to chemical
testing in connection with an alleged violation of section 1192 of the New York State
Vehicle and Traffic Law (Driving While Intoxicated) will be charged with violating
Patrol Guide procedure 203-10, page 1, step 5, “Engaging in conduct prejudicial to the
good order, efficiency, or discipline of the Department.”
Members of the service are also reminded of the Department’s commitment to the many
counseling and assistance programs available for a wide variety of problems. Members
who are experiencing problems related to alcohol, or know of any other member who
may be experiencing problems related to alcohol, are strongly encouraged to call
HELPLINE, in order to achieve confidential assistance.
DEPARTMENT POLICY STATEMENT CONCERNING THE OPERATION OF A
MOTOR VEHICLE UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL
i.

Patrol Guide procedure 203-04, “Fitness For Duty” mandates the following:
a.
b.

Be fit for duty at all times, except when on sick report.
Do not consume intoxicants to the extent that member becomes
unfit for duty.

Consistent with the above, any uniformed member of the service who causes serious
physical injury to another person while operating a motor vehicle and is determined to
be unfit for duty due to the consumption of alcohol will be terminated from the New York
City Police Department, absent exigent circumstances.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

203-04

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

ii.
Any negotiated penalty in a Department disciplinary proceeding,
involving a uniformed member of the service who is determined to have been operating a
motor vehicle while unfit for duty due to the consumption of and/or intoxication from
alcohol shall include a period of Dismissal Probation. Additionally, uniformed members
of the service involved in incidents either on or off duty where alcohol is deemed a
contributing factor, and where pursuant to a negotiated penalty in a Department
disciplinary proceeding are required to submit to ordered breath testing, the negotiated
penalty may also include a period of Dismissal Probation. Further, any such negotiation
shall include the subject officer’s agreement to submit to ordered breath testing for the
presence of alcohol while on duty or off duty, during the period of probation, or other
agreed upon time period. Should the member be found unfit for duty or refuse to submit
to breath testing, this will result in additional disciplinary action against the subject
officer which may include termination.
iii.
Members of the service whose alcohol consumption has caused
problems for them or others are urged to self-report before they are responsible for a
serious incident and the above disciplinary action becomes necessary. They can do so in
complete confidence by calling the Counseling Services Unit. Additionally, members
who are experiencing problems related to alcohol, are strongly encouraged to call
HELPLINE or the Police Organization Providing Peer Assistance, (POPPA). POPPA is
a joint labor-management cooperative effort involving the implementation of a unionoperated, alternative employee assistance program. Both HELPLINE and POPPA offer
confidential services.
iv.
Members of the service with alcohol-related problems may also be
referred to the Counseling Services Unit by supervisors, other Department units, or as
the result of an alcohol related incident. However, the Department’s objective, at all
levels, is early detection and referral of personnel for evaluation and treatment before
drinking causes problems in work performance or worse.
v.
The Counseling Services Unit maintains strict standards of
confidentiality as set forth in Title 42 of Federal guidelines governing alcoholism
programs, and it does not act as part of the Department’s disciplinary system. The
Counseling Services Unit’s mission is to assist in recovery and return to full and
productive service those members of the Department who are experiencing problems
with alcohol. The unit operates 24 hours a day, seven days a week, and will help assess
the extent of the problem, and make the appropriate referrals for treatment. Treatment
can range from detoxification and inpatient rehabilitation to outpatient rehabilitation
and the participation in self-support groups. Counseling is available to members of the
service, their families and retirees.
vi.
The Police Department’s policy is to encourage members of the service
to seek help in a supportive, confidential environment before the consequences of
alcohol abuse require the Department to take disciplinary action. In addition, to assist
those members of the service experiencing alcohol related problems, all New York City
Police Department personnel are encouraged to refer those with problems to any of the
counseling/assistance providers indicated in number “iii” of this procedure.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

203-04

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

vii.
Members participating in these programs will not jeopardize their
promotional opportunities. In addition, their current assignments will not ordinarily be
changed because of their participation in these programs unless, due to the nature of the
assignment, a change is deemed to be in the best interests of all parties concerned.
However, participation in these programs will not exempt a member of the service from
disciplinary action for specific acts of misconduct and the consequences of such
disciplinary action.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-05

PERFORMANCE ON DUTY - GENERAL
DATE ISSUED:

09/11/13

PERFORMANCE
ON DUTY

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/11/13

1 of 2

Perform all duties as directed by competent authority.
Remain on post until properly relieved, except for police necessity,
personal necessity or meal period.
a.
Notify telephone switchboard operator and, if possible, make
entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) before leaving post.
b.
Make entry upon return to post and notify telephone switchboard operator.
Take meal period in police facility, a bona fide restaurant or Department vehicle.
Make accurate, concise entries in Department records in chronological
order, without delay, using BLACK ink.
Sign Department reports or forms with full first name, middle initial and surname.
a.
Print and write legibly.
b.
Utilize shield and tax registry numbers as required.

Civilian members of the service (e.g., school safety agent supervisors) as well as
uniformed members of the service (e.g., rank of lieutenant and above) who do not
possess a shield number are required to utilize their tax registry number instead as an
additional means of identification on Department forms. The use of the tax registry
number by these members is mandated even when there is no specific caption calling for
it. For example, supervisors in the rank of lieutenant and above will enter their tax
registry number in the “Shield No.” caption at the bottom of the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141) after witnessing and verifying the packaging of
evidence/property/currency. Entry of the tax registry number will also apply to any other
Department form currently in use.

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Make corrections on Department records by drawing an ink line through
incorrect matter. Enter correction immediately above and initial change.
Use numerals when entering dates on Department forms, e.g., 1/5/79.
Use abbreviation “Do” for ditto.
Start serial numbers with one at beginning of each year for official forms
or reports, unless otherwise specified.
In the absence of supervisory presence or direction, a member may wear
dual purpose disorder control/scooter helmet at own discretion if it is
believed that safety is endangered or conditions warrant. In all supervised
situations, the ranking member on the scene will determine in the first
instance if helmets are to be worn or removed except in emergencies, such
as those situations where the member reasonably believes that there is a
substantial and specific imminent threat to the safety of the member.
Members of the service shall have the discretion to carry their helmets on
their duty belts, or to secure the helmet within sight and sound of the scene
(e.g., in a vehicle, premises, or with another member of the service), to be
deployed as circumstances warrant.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-05

PAGE:

09/11/13

PERFORMANCE
ON DUTY

(continued)

11.
12.
13.
14.

15.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

The following guidelines regarding the wearing/carrying of helmets will
apply:
a.
Any member operating a motor scooter must wear a helmet (face
shield is also required when operating two-wheel scooter)
b.
A member must wear or carry helmet when specifically directed to
do so
c.
Members performing Radio Motor Patrol in uniform will keep
helmets in the vehicle trunk for use if needed
d.
All other members shall keep their helmets in their lockers where
they will be readily accessible.
Answer telephone promptly, stating in a courteous manner, command,
rank or title, surname, and “May I help you?”
Be responsible for humane treatment and safekeeping of prisoners in custody
or detained in Department facility over which member has supervision.
Maintain Department property issued or assigned for use in serviceable condition.
Deliver recovered property, property removed from a prisoner, or property
removed from an emotionally disturbed, intoxicated or incapacitated person, to
the desk officer of the precinct where obtained unless otherwise directed.
Announce presence before entering a locker room, dormitory, lavatory,
utilized by members of the opposite sex, except in an emergency. In
addition, be accompanied by member of said opposite sex, if practicable.

In complying with the regulation above, desk officers concerned will make an entry in
Command Log indicating time/date of member(s) of the service utilizing dormitory and
reason, and will inform inspecting officers if dormitory is being used prior to conducting
inspection. Additionally, inspecting officers will peruse the Interrupted Patrol Log, etc.,
to ascertain who is authorized in facility prior to conducting inspection.

16.
17.

Operate Department vehicles only when assigned and only when
Department qualified to operate such vehicle.
Use Department radio for field communications except under limited
circumstances.
a.
Department and personal cellular phones may be used for field
communications when content of the communication is not
appropriate for radio transmission due to length or subject matter
(e.g., detailed information about incident, personal information,
names of persons, notifications, etc.).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-06

PERFORMANCE ON DUTY – PROHIBITED CONDUCT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PERFORMANCE 1.
ON DUTY –
PROHIBITED
CONDUCT
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

9.

10.
11.

12.
13.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Consuming any amount of intoxicants while on duty whether in
uniform or civilian clothes.
a.
Member assigned to duty in civilian clothes may be granted
permission by the bureau chief/counterpart concerned based upon the
nature of the member’s assignment.
Consuming intoxicants while in uniform whether on or off duty.
Bringing or permitting an intoxicant to be brought into a Department building,
facility, booth, boat, or vehicle, except in performance of police duty.
Entering premises serving intoxicants, except for meal or performance of duty.
Carrying a package, umbrella, cane, etc., while in uniform, except in
performance of duty.
Recommending use of particular business, professional or commercial
service to anyone except when transacting personal affairs.
Steering business, professional or commercial persons to a prospective
client requiring such services except when transacting personal affairs.
Consenting to payment by anyone to regain lost or stolen property or
advising such payment, except towing fees as provided by law for
recovered stolen vehicles.
Riding in any vehicle, other than a Department vehicle to which assigned,
while in uniform, except when authorized or in an emergency (sergeants
and police officers only).
Using Department logo unless authorized by Police Commissioner.
Wearing any item of apparel which contains a Department logo or shield,
or in any way identifies its wearer with the New York City Police
Department, unless approved by the Uniform and Equipment Review
Committee, prior to being worn by a member of the service, uniformed or
civilian, on or off duty.
a.
This prohibition extends to the use of the Department logo or shield in
artistic or mural form, in caricature or cartoon-like representation, or on
such items that include, but are not limited to:
(1)
Pins
(2)
Jewelry
(3)
Hats
(4)
Mugs
(5)
Clothing items
(6)
Patches
(7)
Writing implements
(8)
Challenge coins
(9)
Department property (walls, muster room entryway, watercraft,
etc.)
(10) Any other adornment or curio.
Engaging in card games or other games of chance in a Department facility.
Engaging in illegal gambling anywhere except in performance of duty.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-06

PAGE:

08/01/13

PERFORMANCE 14.
ON DUTY –
15.
PROHIBITED
CONDUCT
16.
(continued)
17.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Having any person make a request or recommendation that affects the duties of
any member of the service, except as provided by Department procedures.
Engaging in conduct defined as discriminatory in P.G. 205-36,
“Employment Discrimination,” “SCOPE” statement.
Using Department letterhead, personnel, equipment, resources, or
supplies for any non-Department purpose or non-city purpose.
Using any electronic/digital device (e.g., personal gaming device, MP3
player, personal digital assistant, Bluetooth headset, etc.) while on duty.

A cellular phone is authorized to be used by members of the service when conducting
official Department related business, or on an assigned meal, or as otherwise authorized by
competent authority. The cellular phone must be carried in a concealed manner that
does not interfere with authorized equipment.

18.

19.
20.

Manipulating manually or electronically, transmitting in any form, or
distributing any official Department recorded media or recorded media
coming into possession of the Department as evidence or for investigative
purposes except as authorized for official Department business. Recorded media
includes videotapes, photographic images or pictures, audio recordings,
electronic or internet files or any like forms to be available in the future.
Wearing, carrying, or using an unauthorized portable radio while on duty.
Making an unauthorized radio transmission.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-07

PERFORMANCE ON DUTY-PERSONAL APPEARANCE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PERFORMANCE 1.
2.
ON DUTY –
PERSONAL
3.
APPEARANCE

4.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

Be neat and clean.
Keep uniforms clean, well pressed, and in good repair. Shoes must be
shined and will not display a clearly visible company name or logo.
Keep uniform securely buttoned.
a.
When the short-sleeved shirt is worn, the collar button may be left
unbuttoned but all other buttons shall be fastened.
Wear cap squarely on head, with center of visor directly over nose.
a.
No hair is to show beneath the visor of the cap.
b.
Cap must be worn when members are assigned to foot patrol,
traffic posts, or details.
c.
Members riding in Department vehicles may remove the cap
while in the vehicle.
d.
Police officers and detectives assigned to subway patrol duties in
uniform have the option of wearing the cap during the period of
June 1 to October 1.

At all other times, the uniform cap must be worn except where there are exigent
circumstances. When the exigent circumstances have stabilized, the cap must be worn.

5.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

Prevent non-uniform articles from showing above uniform collar.
a.
When the short-sleeve shirt is worn, undershirts, neck chains, or
other non-uniform articles shall not be visible within the open
collar or below the sleeve ends of the shirt.
b.
Shirt sleeves may not be rolled up.

Members of the service who are hired on or after January 1, 2007, must cover any
visible tattoos by either regulation uniform, proper business attire, or a neutral colored
skin covering such as a sports wrap or bandage. Such covering must resemble the skin
tone of the member and must cover the entire tattoo. This includes but is not limited to
any tattoo visible above the shirt collar, below the sleeve ends of any shirt, or on a
visible area of the leg, ankle or foot. A limited exception may be granted by the
member’s commanding officer in writing due to the nature of the member’s assignment.
Such approval must be filed in the member’s personnel folder.

6.

Wear hair so that it is neatly groomed.
a.
All regulations regarding the appearance of members’ hair apply
equally to male and female uniformed members of the service.
b.
When a member is in uniform, regardless of whether or not the
uniform cap is required, hair will not be worn so that it falls over
the eyebrows or reaches the collar. Ponytails are strictly prohibited
while in uniform.
c.
When the uniform cap is required, long hair must be securely
gathered and placed under the uniform cap without the use of a
ponytail. The hairstyle must allow for the cap to be placed
squarely on the head, without visible bulk.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-07

PAGE:

08/01/13

PERFORMANCE
ON DUTY –
PERSONAL
7.
APPEARANCE
(continued)

8.
9.
10.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 4

d.

The length and bulk of the hair should not interfere with the
wearing of any uniform headgear, including emergency
equipment.
Necessary hair holding devices (such as but not limited to rubber bands,
clips, barrettes, pins), when used, must be unadorned and plain, and be
transparent or similar to the color of the hair. All such devices must be
unobtrusive, and concealed as much as possible. Hair scarves, beads,
bows, large and decorative fabric-covered elastic bands, large plastic
clips, or other ornamental items are prohibited.
Keep sideburns closely trimmed and not extending below bottom of earlobe.
Have mustache neatly trimmed, not extending beyond, nor drooping
below corners of mouth.
Do not grow a beard except under the following circumstances:
a.
When required because of a medical condition, a beard may be grown
with written approval of the Police Surgeon concerned and the
Commanding Officer, Medical Division. (Copy of written approval
will be in possession of member of the service whenever in uniform.)
b.
When approved, in writing, by member’s commanding officer
because of nature of member’s assignment. (Copy of written approval
will be in possession of member of the service whenever in uniform.)
c.
When required because of religious accommodation and with
written approval of the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment
Opportunity. (Copy of written approval will be in the possession
of member of the service whenever in uniform.)
d.
When assigned to perform duty in uniform, members granted the
aforementioned exceptions will conform, to the extent possible, to
provisions of this procedure.

Approval to grow a beard for a medical condition or religious accommodation does not
grant a member permission to grow goatees, designer beards, or “chin strap” beards,
all of which are strictly prohibited.

11.

12.

Do not wear ornaments or jewelry visible on the head, neck, or wrist while
performing duty in uniform. Prohibited ornaments include, but are not
limited to earrings, necklaces, neck chains, bracelets, and body piercing.
a.
Medical alert bracelets may be worn visibly.
b.
Watchbands must be a conservative color, such as navy, black,
brown, yellow metal, white metal, or similar colors.
c.
Rings may be worn if they are generally smooth, and not likely to
catch on other objects. Rings with jagged edges, raised stones,
etc., are not permitted.
Keep fingernails neatly trimmed and extending no more than ¼ inch from
the fingertip.
a.
Nail polish may be worn only if it is clear, or of a natural,
conservative color.
b.
Any designs or decorations on nails are prohibited.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

PERFORMANCE 13.
ON DUTY –
14.
PERSONAL
APPEARANCE
15.
(continued)
16.

3 of 4

Only those cosmetics which are of conservative color and amount shall be
permitted.
Eyewear will be of conservative style and color. No neon or brightly colored
frames may be worn. Eyeglass straps may be worn, but must be black.
While in uniform in public view, do not chew gum, use tobacco in any
form, or hold toothpicks in the mouth.
When authorized to perform duty in civilian clothing, wear attire
appropriate for assignment.

PROPER UNIFORM AND APPEARANCE FOR UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE
SERVICE REPORTING FOR PROMOTION

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Newly promoted members must set an example for subordinates and should demonstrate
this at each promotion ceremony they attend. To ensure observance of uniform
regulations at promotion ceremonies, the promotee’s current commanding
officer/designated supervisor will inspect promotee prior to the promotion ceremony.
The results of this inspection will be recorded on a “Uniform Promotion Checklist” (see
Appendix “A”). Promotees will submit the signed checklist to a member of the
Personnel Bureau on the day of their scheduled promotion.
PROMOTION
CANDIDATES MUST APPEAR FOR PROMOTION WITH THE COMPLETED
CHECKLIST. The attached Appendix “A” may be photocopied for member’s use.
Promotees will be inspected prior to the ceremony by Personnel Bureau representatives
on the day of their scheduled promotion. ANY MEMBER NOT PROPERLY GROOMED
OR ATTIRED ACCORDING TO DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS WILL NOT BE
PROMOTED UNTIL THE MEMBER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THESE
REGULATIONS.
All members being promoted are required to have a uniform inspection performed as
soon as they are notified of the promotion. The member’s current commanding officer
will immediately conduct a uniform inspection, using the “Uniform Inspection
Checklist.” The promotee will present the completed “Uniform Inspection Checklist” to
the Commanding Officer, Leadership Training Section, when assigned to the leadership
training course. Once the immediate uniform inspections are completed by the current
Commanding Officer, the Commanding Officer, Leadership Training Section will
assume responsibility for conducting a second uniform inspection a day or two prior to
promotion.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

General Uniform Regulations (P.G. 204-01)
Uniform Classifications (P.G. 204-02)
Uniforms (P.G. 204-03)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

Appendix “A”
Uniform Promotion Checklist - Inspection of Promotion Candidate by Commanding Officer
The supervisor completing this checklist will be held accountable for uniform or appearance
indiscretions noted on the day of promotion. Commanding officers or designated supervisors
completing this checklist should review candidate’s compliance with each uniform or appearance
item. The commanding officer/designated supervisor should mark each item as Pass or Fail in the
respective box, complete the captions below, and sign where indicated. The member concerned will
be advised of deficiencies to be corrected prior to promotion.
Uniform / Appearance Item

P/F

Regulation black high-gloss, lace-type Oxford shoes.
Summer blouse, properly fitted.
- Neither excessively loose nor stretched taut.
- Sleeves come to a point midway between wrist and thumb when arm is at side.
Regulation eight-point cap in good condition
- Wear cap squarely on head, with center of visor directly over the nose.
- No hair is to show beneath the visor of the cap.
Regulation long sleeve shirt, properly fitted.
Command insignia or designated rank (collar brass) must be worn on the uniform
shirt and summer blouse.
Regulation tie (in good condition).
Regulation dress trousers, properly fitted (no duty trousers); not stretched taut.
White gloves.
Hair to be properly cut, trimmed, worn off the collar and neatly groomed
conforming to the shape of the head. Ponytails are strictly prohibited.
No earrings (both males and females).
No personal adornment or unauthorized modification of the uniform (i.e.
fraternal pins, etc.).
Members assigned to Highway and Mounted Units are permitted to wear boots
and britches.
Under no circumstance will a member of the service appear in uniform with a
beard, long hair, or mustache extending below the corner of the mouth (except as
authorized by the Chief Surgeon or Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment
Opportunity). Documentation must be attached to this form, if applicable.

Name/Tax # of Member Inspected (Print)
Name/Tax # of inspecting C.O./Supervisor
(Print)

Signature of inspecting
C.O./Supervisor

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-08

MAKING FALSE STATEMENTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PROHIBITED
CONDUCT

1.

Intentionally making a false official statement.

NOTE

The intentional making of a false official statement is prohibited, and will be subject to
disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal. Intentionally making a false official
statement regarding a material matter will result in dismissal from the Department,
absent exceptional circumstances. Exceptional circumstances will be determined by the
Police Commissioner on a case by case basis.
Examples of circumstances in which false statements may arise include, but are not
limited to, lying under oath during a civil, administrative, or criminal proceeding or in a
sworn document; lying during an official Department interview conducted pursuant to
Patrol Guide 206-13, “Interrogation of Members of the Service” or an interview
pursuant to Patrol Guide 211-14, “Investigations by Civilian Complaint Review
Board;” and lying in an official Department document or report.
The Department will not bring false official statement charges in situations where, as
opposed to creating a false description of events, the member of the Department merely
pleads not guilty in a criminal matter, or merely denies a civil claim or an
administrative charge of misconduct.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)
Investigations by Civilian Complaint Review Board (P.G. 211-14)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-09

PUBLIC CONTACT - GENERAL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PUBLIC
CONTACT

1.

2.
3.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Courteously and clearly state your rank, name, shield number and
command, or otherwise provide them, to anyone who requests you to do
so. Allow the person ample time to note this information.
Be courteous and respectful.
Avoid conflict with Department policy when lecturing, giving speeches
or submitting articles for publication. Questions concerning fees received
will be resolved by Chief of Personnel.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-10

PUBLIC CONTACT - PROHIBITED CONDUCT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PUBLIC
CONTACT –
PROHIBITED
CONDUCT

1.

2.

3.
4.

5.
6.

7.
8.
9.

10.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

Using discourteous or disrespectful remarks regarding another person’s
ethnicity, race, religion, gender, gender identity/expression, sexual
orientation, or disability.
a.
Members shall address the public using pronouns, titles of respect,
and preferred name appropriate to the individual’s gender
identity/expression as expressed by the individual. The term
“gender” shall include actual or perceived sex and shall also
include a person’s gender identity, self-image, appearance,
behavior, or expression, whether or not that gender identity, selfimage, appearance, behavior, or expression is different from that
traditionally associated with the legal sex assigned to that person
at birth.
Knowingly associate with any person or organization:
a.
Advocating hatred, oppression, or prejudice based on race,
religion, gender, gender identity/expression, sexual orientation, or
disability.
b.
Disseminating defamatory material.
c.
Reasonably believed to be engaged in, likely to engage in, or to
have engaged in criminal activities.
d.
Preventing or interfering with performance of police duty.
Divulging or discussing official Department business, except as authorized.
Manipulating manually or electronically, transmitting in any form, or
distributing any official Department recorded media or recorded media
coming into possession of the Department as evidence or for investigative
purposes except as authorized for official Department business. Recorded
media includes videotapes, photographic images or pictures, audio
recordings, electronic or internet files, or any like forms to be available in
the future.
Engaging in conduct prejudicial to good order, efficiency, or discipline of
the Department.
Making recommendation for or concerning any person or premises to any
government agency in connection with issuance, revocation, or
suspension of any license or permit, except when required in performance
of duty.
Soliciting, collecting, or receiving money for any political fund, club,
association, society, or committee.
Joining any political club within the precinct to which assigned.
Being a candidate for election to, or serving as member of a School
Board, if School District is located within City of New York (see Section
2103-a, Education Law).
While on duty or in uniform, endorsing political candidates or publicly
expressing personal views and opinions concerning the merits of:
a.
Any political party or candidate for public office;

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-10

PUBLIC
CONTACT –
PROHIBITED
CONDUCT
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

11.

12.

13.

14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

20.

2 of 3

Any public policy matter or legislation pending before any
government body; or
c.
Any matter to be decided by a public election,
except with the permission of the Police Commissioner.
Having an interest in or association with premises engaged in illegal
gambling operations, smoke shops, after hours clubs, or similar illegal
activities, except in performance of duty.
Patronizing unlicensed premises (social clubs, after hours clubs, etc.)
where there is illegal sale of alcoholic beverages and/or use of drugs,
except in performance of duty.
Violating Section 1129 of the New York City Charter. This section
provides that any uniformed member who shall accept any additional
place of public trust or civil emolument, OR who shall be nominated for
any office elective by the people, and does not decline said nomination
within ten days, shall be deemed thereby to have vacated his or her
position/office in the Department. This vacatur of office shall not apply
to the following:
a.
A member of a community board
b.
An appointment, nomination, or election to a board of education
outside the City of New York
c.
A member, who with the written authorization of the Mayor, shall
accept any additional place of public trust or civil emolument,
while on leave of absence without pay from the Department.
d.
A member who, with the written approval of the Police
Commissioner, shall accept any additional place or position
outside the City of New York, limited to volunteer work as a
member or volunteer in, of, or for a community board, not-forprofit corporation, volunteer fire department, or other similar
community-oriented entity.
Smoking in public view while in uniform.
Occupying seat in a public conveyance, while in uniform, to exclusion of
paying passenger.
Occupying seat on a train, while in uniform and assigned to train patrol
duties.
Using personal card describing police business, address, telephone
number, or title except as authorized by Department Manual.
Rendering any service for private interest, which interferes with proper
performance of duty.
Possessing or displaying police shield, IDENTIFICATION CARD
(PD416-091), or similar object except as authorized by the Police
Commissioner.
Failing to provide notice to the Department of an obligation or intention
to perform services in any federal military branch or state militia
organization.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-10

PUBLIC
CONTACT –
PROHIBITED
CONDUCT
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

21.
22.

3 of 3

Serving on a community board’s Public Safety Committee (which deals
directly with Police Department and other law enforcement matters).
Voting on any matter that comes before the community board concerning
Police Department activities in the district that the board serves.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-11

USE OF FORCE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

USE OF FORCE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

All uniformed members of the service are responsible and accountable for the
proper use of force under appropriate circumstances. Members of the service are
reminded that the application of force must be consistent with existing law and
with New York City Police Department Values, by which we pledge to value
human life and respect the dignity of each individual. Depending upon the
circumstances, both federal and state laws provide for criminal sanctions and
civil liability against uniformed members of the service, when force is deemed
excessive, wrongful or improperly applied.
The primary duty of all members of the service is to preserve human life. Only
that amount of force necessary to overcome resistance will be used to effect an
arrest or take a mentally ill or emotionally disturbed person into custody. Deadly
physical force will be used ONLY as a last resort and consistent with Department
policy and the law.
At the scene of a police incident, many members of the service may be present
and some members may not be directly involved in taking police actions.
However, this does not relieve any member present of the obligation to ensure
that the requirements of the law and Department regulations are complied with.
Members of the service are required to maintain control or intervene if the use of
force against a subject clearly becomes excessive. Failure to do so may result in
both criminal and civil liability. EXCESSIVE FORCE WILL NOT BE
TOLERATED.
All members of the service at the scene of a police incident must:
a.
Immediately establish firearms control
b.
Use minimum necessary force
c.
Employ non-lethal alternatives, as appropriate.
Members of the New York City Police Department will NOT use chokeholds. A
chokehold shall include, but is not limited to, any pressure to the throat or
windpipe, which may prevent or hinder breathing or reduce intake of air.
Whenever it becomes necessary to take a violent or resisting subject into custody,
responding officers should utilize appropriate tactics in a coordinated effort to overcome
resistance (for example see P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed
Persons”). The patrol supervisor, if present, should direct and control all activity.
Whenever possible, members should make every effort to avoid tactics, such as sitting or
standing on a subject’s chest, which may result in chest compression, thereby reducing
the subject’s ability to breathe.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

203-11

USE OF FORCE
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Persons taken into custody (i.e., arrest, mentally ill, emotionally disturbed, etc.)
shall be rear cuffed at the earliest opportunity to reduce the potential for
resistance, which may cause injuries. In addition, alternate restraining devices
(Velcro straps, mesh restraining blankets, etc.) shall be used, at the earliest
opportunity, to restrain or further restrain a subject whose actions or behavior
may cause injury to himself/herself or others.
After an individual has been controlled and placed under custodial restraint using
handcuffs and other authorized methods, the person should be positioned so as to
promote free breathing. The subject should not be maintained or transported in a
face down position.
The member assuming custody of the subject should closely observe him or her
for any apparent injuries. If the area is dark, a flashlight or other source of
illumination should be used to maintain a clear view of the subject at all times.
If a person appears to be having difficulty breathing or is otherwise
demonstrating life-threatening symptoms, medical assistance will be requested
immediately. The patrol supervisor will direct that alternate means to maintain
custody be utilized, if appropriate.
The use of restraints to “hog-tie” (restraining person by connecting or tying rear
cuffed hands to cuffed or shackled ankles or legs) subjects and the transportation
of subjects in a face down position within any vehicle are prohibited.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-12

DEADLY PHYSICAL FORCE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

The New York City Police Department recognizes the value of all human life and
is committed to respecting the dignity of every individual. The primary duty of
all members of the service is to preserve human life.

DEADLY
PHYSICAL
FORCE

The most serious act in which a police officer can engage is the use of deadly force.
The power to carry and use firearms in the course of public service is an awesome
responsibility. Respect for human life requires that, in all cases, firearms be used as
a last resort, and then only to protect life. Uniformed members of the service should
use only the minimal amount of force necessary to protect human life. Where
feasible, and consistent with personal safety, some warning, such as “POLICE DON’T MOVE,” should be given. Deadly force is never justified in the defense of
property. Above all, the safety of the public and uniformed members of the service
must be the overriding concern whenever the use of firearms is considered.
DEFINITION

PROFESSIONAL JUDGMENT – judgment based not only upon experience as
an individual but taking into account the knowledge, experience, and training
gained through employment as a police officer.
GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF FIREARMS

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

a.

b.
c.
d.

e.
f.

g.

h.

i.

Police officers shall not use deadly physical force against another person
unless they have probable cause to believe they must protect themselves
or another person present from imminent death or serious physical injury.
Police officers shall not discharge their weapons when, in their professional
judgment, doing so will unnecessarily endanger innocent persons.
Police officers shall not discharge their firearms in defense of property.
Police officers shall not discharge their firearms to subdue a fleeing felon
who presents no threat of imminent death or serious physical injury to
themselves or another person present.
Police officers shall not fire warning shots.
Police officers shall not discharge their firearms to summon assistance
except in emergency situations when someone’s personal safety is
endangered and unless no other reasonable means is available.
Police officers shall not discharge their firearms at or from a moving
vehicle unless deadly physical force is being used against the police
officer or another person present, by means other than a moving vehicle.
Police officers shall not discharge their firearms at a dog or other animal
except to protect themselves or another person from physical injury and
there is no other reasonable means to eliminate the threat.
Police officers shall not, under any circumstances, cock a firearm.
Firearms must be fired double action at all times.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-13

FINANCIAL RESTRICTIONS - PROHIBITED ACTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

FINANCIAL
RESTRICTIONS PROHIBITED
ACTS

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

7.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Using confidential official information to advance financial interest of
self or another.
Becoming interested, directly or indirectly, in any manner except by
operation of law in any business dealing with City.
Engaging, or rendering a service, in any financial, commercial or private
interest which is directly or indirectly in conflict with official duties.
Purchasing city-owned real property through negotiated sale, EXCEPT a
city-owned residential building of six units or less, may be purchased
through negotiated sale. Violation subjects member to fine, suspension or
dismissal and member may be prosecuted for a misdemeanor.
Purchasing real estate for rental purposes within precinct of assignment.
Soliciting, accepting, printing or publishing advertisements, or booster
lists, or receiving funds from a businessperson or any other person,
directly or indirectly, relating to a journal or any other publication of any
organization that has the word “POLICE” in its organization title or its
literature, cards, tickets, etc., used to raise funds for any purpose
indicating, in any way, an affiliation with this Department, without
approval of the Chief of Internal Affairs.
Selling or issuing tickets, invitations or any other writing or device for the
purpose of admission to functions held by religious, line or fraternal
organizations within this Department, and any placards, invitations,
circulars or other similar instrument advertising these affairs bearing the
words “POLICE DEPARTMENT - CITY OF NEW YORK” or similar
term indicating an affiliation with the Police Department without the
approval of the Chief of Internal Affairs.

The officers and committee members taking part in the arrangement, operation or
conduct of authorized affairs under the auspices of religious, line or fraternal
organizations of this Department will ensure that Department standards are maintained.

8.
9.

Authorizing use of photograph in uniform or mentioning rank, title or
membership in Department for commercial advertisement.
Accepting testimonial award, gift, loan or thing of value to defray or
reimburse any fine or penalty, or reward for police service except:
a.
Award from City of New York Employee’s Suggestion Board
b.
Award of Departmental recognition
c.
Award to a member of officer’s family for a brave or meritorious
act, from a metropolitan newspaper
d.
Monetary prize or award from foundations, universities,
institutions, etc., after review by the Deputy Commissioner, Legal
Matters and the approval of the Police Commissioner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-13

FINANCIAL
RESTRICTIONSPROHIBITED
ACTS
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.

11.

12.
13.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Purchasing or acquiring property of another, without approval of
commanding officer, knowing or having reason to know that such
property was held in custody of this Department.
Soliciting, contributing or paying, directly or indirectly, or otherwise
aiding another to solicit, contribute or pay any money or other valuable
consideration which will be used in connection with a matter affecting the
Department or any person connected with the Department, without
permission of the Chief of Internal Affairs.
Soliciting or accepting loans from merchants, firms or persons doing
business located or residing in area of assignment.
Entering into a business or financial transaction with another member of the
service who is your superior or subordinate where the superior has the power
to direct the subordinate’s work or has the power to affect the terms and
conditions of the subordinate’s employment. This means, but is not
limited to, circumstances where the superior has direct supervision of the
subordinate or instances where in the course of conducting police related
business, there is a likelihood that the superior will be in a position to
supervise or affect the assignment of the subordinate. Accordingly,
members of the service who do not work in the same command but who
do work within the same bureau/patrol borough should carefully consider,
before entering into a business or financial transaction with each other,
whether the above superior/subordinate relationship presently exists.
Members of the service should also be aware that changes in assignments
that affect the superior/subordinate relationship may make a pre-existing
business or financial relationship an impermissible conflict of interest. The
Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters should be contacted if
questions arise regarding these issues.

The Conflicts of Interest Board has determined that it is a violation of the conduct
described in step 13 for a superior to solicit charitable contributions from, or to offer to
sell products of any amount or value to a subordinate. The Board has specifically ruled,
however, that a subordinate may sell products for profit or charitable purposes, or
solicit donations for charitable purposes from a superior if the amount involved is de
minimis. The Board has defined de minimis to be $25.00 or less.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-14

FINANCIAL RESTRICTIONS - PROHIBITED INTERESTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

FINANCIAL
RESTRICTIONSPROHIBITED
INTERESTS

NOTE

1.
2.

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

No Department employee may have a position in a firm that the employee
knows, or should know, is engaged in business dealings with the Department.
No Department employee may have a position in a firm that the employee
knows, or should know, is engaged in business dealings with the City,
unless such position is in a firm whose shares are publicly traded.

For purposes of steps 1 and 2 above, a position with a firm includes, but is not limited to
an officer, director, manager, employee, trustee, attorney, agent, broker or consultant to
the firm. The definition of “firm” includes an individual seeking business on his/her own
behalf, and as a sole proprietor.

3.

4.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

In addition to the prohibitions outlined above, a Department employee may
not have an ownership interest in a firm that is engaged in business
dealings with the Department or have an ownership interest in a firm
whose shares are not publicly traded, that is engaged in business dealings
with the City.
If a Department employee has an ownership interest prohibited in step 3
above, the employee must, within ten days of learning that such ownership
interest is prohibited:
a.
Terminate such ownership in the firm, OR
b.
Disclose the prohibited ownership interest to the Conflicts of
Interest Board.

For purposes of steps 3 and 4 above, an ownership interest means an interest held by a
Department employee, the employee’s spouse or unemancipated child, that is greater than
five percent of the firm or an investment equivalent to $32,000.00.
If a Department employee has an interest in a firm, whose shares are publicly traded, that
has business dealings with the City (which would be permitted), but is not sure whether
that firm has business dealings with the Department (which would not be permitted), the
employee may make written request to the Police Commissioner, through channels, for a
determination on whether that firm does business with the Department.
Any Department employee who believes they may be covered by these provisions should
immediately contact the Conflicts of Interest Board for further instructions.
An employee may have an interest otherwise prohibited above if written approval is
obtained from the Police Commissioner and the Conflicts of Interest Board approves.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-15

OFF DUTY CONDUCT - ATTENDANCE AT PARADES, FUNERALS,
MEMORIAL SERVICES AND OTHER DEPARTMENT-ORIENTED OR
LAW ENFORCEMENT EVENTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To inform all off duty members of the service of the guidelines to be complied
with when attending or taking part in parades, funerals, memorial services, and
other Department-oriented or law enforcement events.

SCOPE

All members of the service are strictly accountable for their conduct at all times,
whether on or off duty, inside or outside New York City. Conduct which brings
discredit to the Department, or conduct in violation of law is unacceptable and
will result in appropriate disciplinary measures. Additionally, all members of the
service are subject at all times to the provisions of the Patrol Guide, other
Department regulations, and all local, state, and federal laws.

PROCEDURE

When attending or taking part in parades, funerals, memorial services, and other
Department-oriented or law enforcement-oriented events, the following will be
complied with:
a.
ALL members are required to report corruption or other misconduct
whether on or off duty, inside or outside New York City. In particular,
ranking officers are reminded that supervisory responsibilities are never
abrogated. Ranking uniformed members of the service must take
affirmative action whenever they observe or become aware of corruption
or other misconduct, including immediate notification to the Internal
Affairs Bureau.
b.
On duty members, in or out of uniform, will return to their commands as
soon as the event is over. They will not take a meal period and will not
be granted lost time until they return to their assigned commands.
c.
All off duty uniformed members of the service who wish to wear their
uniform outside New York City must receive permission in advance from the
Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner, or Chief of Department.

NOTE

ALL OFF DUTY MEMBERS WHO ARE IN UNIFORM MUST CONDUCT
THEMSELVES AS IF THEY WERE ON DUTY, AND WILL BE HELD ACCOUNTABLE
ACCORDINGLY. ADDITIONALLY, ALL MEMBERS WILL RESPECT, COOPERATE
WITH, AND FOLLOW THE DIRECTION OF PERSONNEL FROM OTHER LAW
ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES WHEN PRESENT IN THAT AGENCY’S JURISDICTION.

d.

e.

Off duty members granted permission to wear uniforms will only wear
them for the duration of the event. They must then change into civilian
attire as soon as the event is over.
Under no circumstances will any member wear his/her uniform off duty or
attend any parties, dinners, fund raising events, etc., in uniform, without the
permission of his/her commanding officer or designee. This includes
social events that take place after a parade, funeral, etc., has ended.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-15

PROCEDURE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

f.

g.

h.

i.

2 of 2

All members of the service are reminded to comply with P.G. 203-06,
“Performance On Duty - Prohibited Conduct,” which prohibits the
consumption of intoxicants when in uniform whether on or off duty.
Members will not, under any circumstances, allow alcoholic beverages to
be brought into Department facilities or vehicles except in performance of
duty.
All Department-oriented and law enforcement-oriented events that
members of the service attend, wherever they take place, will be
monitored by ranking officers from overhead commands. In selected
cases, as specifically directed by the Police Commissioner, First Deputy
Commissioner, or Chief of Department, the Internal Affairs Bureau will
conduct such monitoring.
Members are reminded of the provisions of P.G. 204-08, “Firearms General Regulations,” which states that off duty members are to be
unarmed at their own discretion when engaged in any activity of a nature
whereby it would be advisable NOT to carry a firearm, especially those
events at which alcoholic beverages are consumed. In addition, off duty
members are reminded that they may only carry the regulation service
revolver or pistol, authorized off duty revolver, or authorized special
weapons.
Members, when out of state for a parade, funeral, memorial ceremony, or
any other Department-oriented or law enforcement-oriented event, may not
carry any firearms without the permission of the Police Commissioner,
First Deputy Commissioner or Chief of Department even when such an
event takes place in a state which allows police officers from other
jurisdictions to carry their weapons.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-16

GUIDELINES FOR ACCEPTANCE OF GIFTS AND OTHER
COMPENSATION BY MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide guidance to members of the service relating to acceptance of gifts and
other compensation.

POLICY

It is the policy of the Department that members of the service may not accept any
reward, gratuity, gift or other compensation for any service performed as a result
of or in conjunction with their duties as public servants. All exceptions must be
in accordance with Chapter 68 of the New York City Charter and the Police
Department Board of Ethics rulings. This policy applies regardless of whether
the service was performed while said members of the Department were on or off
duty. Members of the service also shall not solicit any gift, gratuity, loan,
present, fee or reward for personal gain.

SCOPE

Members of the service may be offered gifts, awards, and other things of value
by private citizens, institutions, etc., in appreciation for their police service. It is
not unethical or illegal for a member of the service to accept gifts that are
commonly offered as tokens of appreciation, i.e., plaques, pen and pencil sets,
etc. However, cash rewards and personal gifts, such as wristwatches, etc., are
strictly forbidden. To insure that the general public does not misinterpret the
justification for these gifts, the following procedure has been established.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a member of the service is offered a gift or becomes aware that a gift
will be offered in appreciation for police service:

MEMBER
CONCERNED

1.
2.

Comply with Department regulations relating to financial restrictions and
prohibited acts/prohibited interests.
Notify commanding officer, PRIOR to acceptance of gift.

COMMANDING 3.
OFFICER
CONCERNED

Review circumstances regarding the offering of the gift.
a.
Review Department Board of Ethics rulings relating to acceptance
of gifts.

NOTE

Commanding officers are responsible to ensure command copies of Board of Ethics
rulings are maintained in Command Reference Library as required by A.G. 325-18,
“Command Reference Library.”

IF GIFT IS A REWARD OR PRESENT FOR POLICE SERVICE RENDERED
IN DISCHARGE OF OFFICIAL DUTY:
COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER
CONCERNED

Prepare a report, on Typed Letterhead, to the Police Commissioner, for
review and final determination regarding acceptability of gift.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

IF GIFT IS OFFERED BY A PERSON/FIRM WHICH IS, OR INTENDS TO
ENGAGE IN BUSINESS DEALING WITH THE CITY OF NEW YORK:
COMMANDING 5.
OFFICER
6.
CONCERNED

7.

Review City Charter, Section 2604 (B)5 to ensure that there is no conflict
of interest.
Make final determination regarding the propriety of accepting gift and
notify member concerned.
a.
Request ruling by Board of Ethics if circumstances of offering are
peculiar in nature and not reflected in current rulings.
Prepare a report, on Typed Letterhead, to the Chief of Internal Affairs,
through channels, for any member who receives two or more gifts,
regardless of value or source of gift, within a calendar year.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Reference Library (A.G. 325-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-17

FUND RAISING EVENTS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide specific information relative to fund raising activities affecting the
Department or any person connected with the Department, and the posting of
advertisements involving such events by members of the service.

PROCEDURE

Prior to the fund raising event or posting of advertisements, concerning the event:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER,
MEMBER
CONCERNED

2.

Prepare a request, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Chief of Internal
Affairs, (through channels), containing the following information:
a.
The date, time and location of the fund-raiser, the identities of the
organizers and the recipient of the proceeds after expenses.
b.
The results of inquiries made to the Intelligence Bureau and the
Organized Crime Control Bureau relative to the premises and the
principals involved, and the State Liquor Authority, when
appropriate.
c.
The results of a check of the respective precinct’s Integrity
Monitoring File.
d.
The specific manner by which funds will be raised and the method
of compensation to the principals of the premises, including an
assurance that the full retail price will be paid for all food,
beverages and ancillary services, such as music, entertainment, etc.
e.
A statement indicating that no illegal gambling, raffles or 50-50
drawings will take place at the event.
f.
A statement and documentation indicating a specific accounting
of funds collected and disbursed will be forwarded, within thirty
days after the fund-raiser, to the Chief of Internal Affairs (i.e.,
copies of checks, bank deposit slips, or proof of payment for
outstanding bills, etc.).
g.
A statement indicating that no conflict with Department
procedures and/or guidelines was found to exist relative to the
fundraiser.
h.
A concluding remark recommending approval of the request.
Forward completed request, through channels, to the Chief of Internal Affairs.

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
INTERNAL
AFFAIRS
BUREAU

3.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Financial Restrictions - Prohibited Acts (P.G. 203-13)

4.

Advise commanding officer submitting request of the IAB number
assigned to the request, and whether the request was approved or
disapproved by the Chief of Internal Affairs.
Return request, if approved, to the bureau chief/counterpart concerned for
appropriate follow-up and event monitoring.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-18

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To inform members of the service (uniformed and civilian) of the Department’s
residence and telephone number requirements.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

Reside within City of New York or Westchester, Rockland, Orange,
Putnam, Nassau or Suffolk Counties.
Provide operations coordinator with physical home address.
a.
Post Office Box addresses are not permitted.
Provide operations coordinator with a landline telephone number and/or
cellular telephone number, at residence.
a.
Beeper/pager numbers are not permitted.
b.
Members of the service may, in addition to the above, provide the
operations coordinator with their email address.

4.

Ensure that each member of the service reviews and updates their personal
information via the Personal Data Forms Intranet System, as required.

COMMANDING 5.
OFFICER

Ensure members of the service comply with residence and telephone number
requirements.

6.

Ensure that no uniformed member of the service is to be assigned to a borough
task force in a borough in which he/she resides in without the borough
commander’s approval.
Ensure no uniformed member of the Housing Bureau is to be assigned to a
police service area (PSA) that patrols public housing developments in a precinct
in which the member resides.
Ensure no member of the service (uniformed or civilian) is to be assigned to
his/her resident precinct, with the exception of school crossing guards.
a.
Civilian members of the service who were assigned to their resident
precinct prior to July 29, 2009, will be able to continue to reside and
work in the same precinct.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

PERSONNEL
ORDERS
SECTION

7.

8.

NOTE

If the residence of a member of the service subsequently changes and results in a
contradiction of any of the above residency requirements, the member must immediately
notify his/her commanding officer.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

New York City local law requires civilian members of the service, who entered City service on or
after September 1, 1986, to become a City resident within ninety days of appointment. Civilian
members of the service who were permanently appointed to City service before this date may
reside outside the City; however, such civilian members who accept either provisional, noncompetitive, or exempt positions must establish City residence within one year.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

203-18

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Notwithstanding the general requirement of City residency, Local Law No. 48 of 2009,
allows civilian members of the service who have completed two years of service to
reside, in addition to the five boroughs of New York City, in Westchester, Rockland,
Orange, Putnam, Nassau or Suffolk Counties. However, civilian members of the service
with special patrolman designation status must reside within the five boroughs of New
York City regardless of years of service. Traffic Enforcement Agents Level IV, School
Safety Agents and Evidence/Property Control Specialists who have special patrolman
status are exempt under the State Public Officers Law and after completing two years of
employment with the City may reside, in addition to the five boroughs of New York City,
in Westchester, Rockland, Orange, Putnam, Nassau or Suffolk Counties.
This amendment will not affect administrative or judicial actions taken to enforce
residency requirements which were in effect prior to the change.
All allegations of non-compliance with this law will be referred to the Personnel
Bureau’s Investigations Unit, regardless of the civilian member’s permanent assignment
within the Department. Sole investigative responsibility will rest with the Investigations
Unit. Results of the investigation will be reviewed by the Assistant Commissioner,
Employee Management Division. If an investigation does identify a civilian member in
violation of this requirement, the civilian member of the service will be given an
opportunity to rebut the investigation’s findings. Civilian members of the service, in
fact, not in compliance with this requirement are subject to termination. A Department
trial will not be conducted.
Employees with questions regarding civilian residency requirements may contact the
Employee Management Division.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Personal Information Via Department Intranet (P.G. 203-24)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-19

VACATION POLICY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

VACATION
POLICY

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Accrue vacation at the following rates:
a.
1 2/3 days each month during the first five years of service
b.
2 1/4 days each month after the first five years of service.
Vacations are granted according to seniority in rank and by squad
assignment, if appropriate. (The date of actual appointment to the rank of
police officer will determine seniority for vacation selection).
NOT MORE THAN 12% of personnel assigned to a uniformed patrol
command (e.g., precinct, police service area, transit district, etc.) shall
take vacation at the same time.
Staff members of uniformed patrol commands and the uniformed members
of those commands who perform special tours of duty, i.e., day squad, traffic
officers, etc., shall select vacation separately from other uniformed members
of the command. The 12% limitation will be maintained, if possible.
Probationary police officers are not permitted to take vacation while in
training at the Police Academy. After assignment to permanent command
probationary police officer is allowed to take vacation in excess of the
12% limitation but not in conjunction with next vacation allowance.
Vacations for uniformed members of the service assigned to other than
uniformed patrol commands will be granted at the discretion of the
commanding officer. The 12% limitation will be adhered to, if possible.
Vacations of police officers (1st grade) and detectives who perform duty
with the Police Officer/Sergeant Duty Schedule may be selected as follows:
a.
One period consisting of five sets of tours (or a comparable period
based on the member’s duty schedule) OR
b.
Two periods consisting of three sets and two sets of tours, OR
c.
Three periods consisting of two periods of two sets of tours and
one period consisting of one set of tours, OR
d.
Four periods consisting of one period of two sets of tours and three
periods consisting of three single sets of tours, OR
e.
Five periods consisting of five single sets of tours.
Police officers, other than first grade, may select one period consisting of four
sets of tours or two periods, each consisting of two sets of tours. However, if an
officer’s fifth anniversary appointment date falls within the current calendar
year, the vacation allowance of said officer will be as follows:

APPOINTMENT DATE
January 1 to February 14 (inclusive)
February 15 to April 15 (inclusive)
April 16 to June 15 (inclusive)
June 16 to July 15 (inclusive)
July 16 to September 15 (inclusive)
September 16 to November 15 (inclusive)
November 16 to December 15 (inclusive)

VACATION ALLOWANCE
27 work days
26 work days
25 work days
24 work days
23 work days
22 work days
21 work days

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-19

VACATION
POLICY
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

9.

10.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Lieutenants, sergeants and detectives may take vacation in one period,
two approximate equal periods, or may select vacations consisting of one
complete set of tours and two others of approximately equal length.
Captains through deputy chiefs will take vacations consistent with the
needs of their command.
Uniformed members of the service (police officer through deputy chief)
may carry over a maximum of three weeks vacation into following year
subject to the following conditions:
a.
Accrued time may not be taken during June, July, August or December.
b.
Selection of accrued vacation is subject to exigencies of the Department.
c.
Selection of accrued time will be made after regular vacation picks.
d.
The 12% limitation remains in effect.

Accrued vacation guidelines do not apply to vacation time lost due to member being on sick report.

11.
12.
13.
14.

15.
16.
17.

18.

19.
20.
21.

Excusal periods occurring immediately prior to, within and immediately
following vacation are an integral part of such vacation.
Members shall start vacation at the beginning of a set of tours and
consisting of a complete set, if possible.
Prepare annual vacation lists prior to January 1st to permit
commencement of vacations on January 1st.
Two individual vacation days may be taken during January and February
of the succeeding year, subject to the following guidelines:
a.
Uniformed member concerned may select individual days when making
regular vacation selection; however, if not selected with regular pick,
they may be selected at later date subject to exigencies of the service.
b.
ONLY 2% of uniformed members assigned to uniformed patrol
commands may take individual vacation days at one time.
c.
Police officers MAY NOT select more than one of the following
holidays as an individual vacation day: Independence Day, Labor
Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day or New Year’s Day.
Take vacations at a time convenient to the Department.
Command timekeeper will enter vacation selections in the Command Diary.
Vacation selection may be changed to fill a vacant period or when
members mutually agree to change vacation selections ONLY with
permission of commanding officer.
Police officers retain original vacation selections when transferred.
Supervisory officers may retain original selections if the efficiency of the
command is not impaired. However, minor adjustments may be made to
reflect new chart assignments.
Neither the executive officer nor the operations coordinator are permitted
to take vacations at the same time as the commanding officer.
Uniformed member will apply for vacation lost during the preceding year
due to sick leave, without delay, upon return to duty.
Vacation time granted in excess of accrued yearly allowance will result in
reduction of vacation allowance in the following year.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-20

AUTHORIZED LEAVE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
REQUESTING
AUTHORIZED
LEAVE

1.

2.
3.

4.

5.

6.

7.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Prepare LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041) and submit to
commanding officer/supervisory head, for approval, at least five days
before leave commences except in emergency.
a.
Uniformed and civilian members of the service must complete the
“Location During Absence” section on the LEAVE OF ABSENCE
REPORT including each country, with the city/town or province
where the member will be staying, date(s) of departure and date of
return, unless on military leave or leave of absence without pay
thirty calendar days or more
b.
If member will remain at their residence, member will enter
“residence” and include location and dates
c.
Prior to approving recommendation for leave, commanding
officer/supervisory head will ensure that each country, with the
city/town or province where the member will be staying is entered
in Location During Absence section of LEAVE OF ABSENCE
REPORT.
Leaves may be terminated at discretion of Police Commissioner.
Member who is granted extended leave of absence without pay must take
all accrued leave prior to the start of leave of absence, except for military
leave.
Leave without pay for thirty or more consecutive days during a year,
except military leave, will reduce authorized vacation by 1/12th for each
thirty consecutive days of absence.
Member returning from leave without pay for one year or more may not
be granted unaccrued vacation until member performs active duty for a
minimum of three months, unless otherwise authorized by law.
A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) applying for any
extended leave, e.g., educational leave with or without pay, hardship
leave, etc., is required to communicate with the Military and Extended
Leave Desk for instructions.
Leave without pay may be granted to observe a religious holiday. No
more than 1/6th of each squad may be granted such leave.

If an emergency situation arises and a uniformed member of the service requests an
emergency excusal day (E-Day) for his/her next scheduled tour of duty, the requesting
uniformed member of the service must receive approval from the desk officer on duty at
the time of the request.
Members of the service may only request an E-Day during the interval between the member’s
last tour of duty performed and the start of their next scheduled tour of duty.
All other requests for a leave of absence, that does not fall under the guidelines for an E-Day, will
be submitted on a LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT to the member’s commanding
officer/supervisory head.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

203-20

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Once a decision has been rendered regarding the E-Day request, the desk officer will
make an entry on the Roll Call Adjustment (Misc. 3084). The entry will consist of the
requesting member’s rank, name and whether the E-Day request was granted or denied.
If the E-Day has been granted, the desk officer will ensure a LEAVE OF ABSENCE
REPORT is prepared for the requesting member.
A denial of an E-Day by the desk officer is a final decision. If the request is denied,
members are prohibited from attempting to receive approval of the same request from
another supervisor and may be subject to disciplinary action.
Commanding officers will ensure that supervisors are aware of the command’s criteria
for the granting of E-Days. This includes, but is not limited to, the reason for requested
excusal, number of emergency day requests made by the member, and the operational
impact on the command.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)
Roll Call Adjustment (Misc. 3084)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-21

INTEGRITY MONITORING FILE
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To identify locations where there is potential for members of the service to
engage in corrupt practices or misconduct.

DEFINITION

DESIGNATED OFF-LIMITS LOCATION - a location operating legitimately that a
commanding officer may place off-limits because of some police misconduct related
activity, and the need to avoid the appearance of impropriety by members of the command
(see Additional Data).
UNLAWFUL LOCATIONS - premises, whether in a member's command or elsewhere,
that are involved in illegal activities which would preclude the presence of a member of
the service, except in the line of duty (see Additional Data).
COOPING PRONE LOCATIONS - locations or premises where members of the
service may engage in unauthorized interrupted patrol (see Additional Data).

PROCEDURE

When a premises or location has been identified as a “Designated Off-Limits
Location”, “Unlawful Location”, or a “Cooping Prone Location” in a command
under the jurisdiction of the Patrol Services, Housing, or Transit Bureaus:

COMMANDING 1.
2.
OFFICER

NOTE

Direct integrity control officer to maintain an Integrity Monitoring File.
Document and have on file for review the reason(s) for including a
location in the Integrity Monitoring File.

Documentation should include, but not be limited to criminal history, arrests,
summonses, reports to the State Liquor Authority, organized crime information,
corruption, Civilian Complaint Review Board/community complaints, etc. Dates of
reports and serial numbers should be included. For further information to be
maintained for off-limits and unlawful locations see "Additional Data.”

3.

4.

Determine schedule to be utilized by commanding officer, executive officer, and
integrity control officer when making visits to Designated Off-Limits Locations.
a.
Patrol supervisors will make observations, but not visits, to all
locations as directed by the integrity control officer.
Direct preparation and maintenance of an Integrity Monitoring Log for
the recording of observations and visits to subject locations.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

5.
6.

Maintain Integrity Monitoring File.
Maintain Integrity Monitoring Log and record all visits and observations,
as well as police action directed at identified locations.

NOTE

The Integrity Monitoring Log will be in a Department record book divided equally into
three separate sections entitled:
a.
“Designated Off-Limits Locations”
b.
“Unlawful Locations”
c.
“Cooping Locations.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-21

NOTE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 4

Each section will be captioned across a double page as follows:
FIRST PAGE
DATE

TIME

LOCATION

ACTIVITY OBSERVED (IF ANY)

SECOND PAGE
MEMBER MAKING
OBSERVATION

ACTION TAKEN

REMARKS

(Summons, arrest,
Intelligence Bureau notification, etc)

COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER
8.

9.

Evaluate, every six months, the command's Integrity Monitoring File for
accuracy and relevance.
Add/delete locations by forwarding a report, on Typed Letterhead, to
overhead bureau concerned, through channels.
a.
Indicate reason for addition/deletion.
b.
Include an updated Integrity Monitoring File with report.
Prepare three copies of updated Integrity Monitoring File on March 1st
each year, and forward to overhead bureau concerned, through channels.
a.
An accompanying report will be prepared indicating that the
commanding officer concerned has reviewed the file and the
locations on each list are in conformance with this procedure.

BUREAU
COMMAND

10.

Review reports (both interim and annual) submitted by subordinate commands.
a.
Forward copy of report to the Investigation Review Section,
Office of the Chief of Department.
b.
Forward copy of report to the Internal Affairs Bureau.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Investigation Review Section will act as the central repository for Designated OffLimits Locations, Unlawful Locations, and Cooping Prone Locations. Annually, the
Investigation Review Section shall forward an updated citywide list of these locations to
the Operations Unit and the Office of the Chief of Department. Furthermore, the
Quality Assurance Division shall conduct audits of precincts, transit districts, police
service areas and borough command counterparts to ensure updated lists are
maintained in accordance with the provisions of this procedure.
If it becomes necessary for a uniformed member of the service to enter a location listed
in the Integrity Monitoring File because of assignment by competent authority, i.e.,
radio dispatcher/serious police emergency, the member concerned will immediately
notify the patrol supervisor. The patrol supervisor will respond and make an ACTIVITY
LOG (PD112-145) entry of the circumstances.
The duties performed by units in the Transit Bureau, the Chief of Transportation and the
Special Operations Division may present integrity hazards that are unique to their
specialties, i.e., marinas, riding academies, parking garages, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-21

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 4

Therefore, commanding officers of each unit will identify such locations and, using the
criteria below, compile a Designated Off-Limits Location list for their unit's Integrity
Monitoring File. Furthermore, they will obtain, and personally review off-limits
locations within other commands where their members perform patrol. These locations
will be included in their own lists of locations considered integrity hazards for their
personnel.
CRITERIA FOR INCLUSION IN INTEGRITY MONITORING FILE
DESIGNATED OFF-LIMITS LOCATION
a.

Some documented police misconduct-related activity, such as:
(1)
Any substantial acts of misconduct, or
(2)
The failure of integrity tests, or
(3)
The commanding officer's professional judgment after review of corruption
allegations, or
(4)
Intelligence from the Organized Crime Control Bureau or the
Intelligence Bureau, particularly at locations involving organized crime, or
(5)
The location's past history of repeated crimes or violations.
PLUS

b.
Illegal conditions associated with locations, or the inference or appearance of
preferential treatment.
Conditions listed in paragraphs a or b above are both required in order for a location to be
included in the “Designated Off-Limits Locations” portion of the Integrity Monitoring File.
Members of the service are prohibited from entering all Designated Off-Limits
Locations within their command of assignment, whether on or off duty. Because of these
limitations, commanding officers will be very judicious when designating a location
off-limits. In addition, they must be able to articulate the reasonable basis used for
selecting each location. Additionally, they should avoid listing general areas such as
entire streets, plazas, parks, etc., unless there are some extraordinary circumstances that
would justify the off-limits provisions of this procedure.
The following information should be included in interim or annual reports regarding
Designated Off-Limits Locations:
(1)
Date declared off-limits
(2)
Number of visits/observations by commanding/executive/integrity control
officers or other supervisors
(3)
Notifications to investigations unit concerned
(4)
Any disciplinary/criminal action taken against members of the service
re: location concerned (including results)
(5)
Date location closed or business sold
(6)
Date removed from list and reason (passed integrity test, etc.)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

203-21

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 4

UNLAWFUL LOCATIONS
a.
Premises (licensed or unlicensed) where a member of the service MUST be
suspended for having an interest in, associating with or patronizing as indicated
in Patrol Guide procedure 206-07, “Cause for Suspension or Modified
Assignment”, step 2, subdivision “f” OR,
b.
Unlicensed premises (neighborhood tavern or restaurant with an
expired/suspended license) where the sale of alcohol is the only apparent illegal
activity and a member of the service may be suspended or placed on modified
assignment for patronizing such a location as per Patrol Guide procedure 206-07,
“Cause for Suspension or Modified Assignment”, step 3, subdivision “e”.
The following information should be included in interim or annual reports regarding
Unlawful Locations:
(1)
Date declared unlawful
(2)
Number of visits/observations by commanding/executive/integrity
control officers or other supervisors
(3)
Any notifications made to Internal Affairs Bureau or any unit/agency
relative to vice enforcement, narcotics, civil enforcement, etc.
(4)
Any disciplinary/criminal action taken against members of the service
re: location concerned (including results)
(5)
Date business sold
(6)
Date location closed and reason (civil enforcement, vacated business,
fire, etc.)
If a member of the service becomes involved in an incident in an Unlawful Location,
outside of his/her command, and upon investigation it is discovered that the location has
been previously deemed unlawful, and is still carried as such in the command's Integrity
Monitoring File, the commanding officer/duty captain will determine whether or not the
member involved should have been aware of the unlawful status of the location in
question.
COOPING PRONE LOCATIONS
Consideration for designating a location as cooping prone should be based on past
history of allegations of cooping, or locations where, in the commanding officer's
judgment, there is likelihood that member(s) will engage in interrupted patrol. Cooping
prone locations apply to on-duty members only. However, members will not be prohibited
from performing authorized patrol within such locations, when necessary.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-22

DEPARTMENT CONFIDENTIALITY POLICY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To inform members of the service of the guidelines to be complied with when
accessing, creating, receiving, disclosing or otherwise maintaining information
from an information system:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.

NOTE

Access only those information systems to which authorization has been
granted, and under circumstances required in the execution of lawful
duty.
Abide by any security terms/conditions associated with the information
system, including those governing user passwords, logon procedures, etc.
Disclose information to others, including other members of service, only
as required in the execution of lawful duty.
Confirm identity and affiliation of requestor of information and determine
that release of information is lawful, prior to disclosure.
Maintain confidentiality of information accessed, created, received,
disclosed or otherwise maintained during course of duty.

The above guidelines also apply to the oral transmission of information contained in any
Department information system.
Members of the service who fail to adhere to the above guidelines may be subject to
disciplinary and/or criminal action.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Information Concerning Official Business of Department (P.G. 212-76)
Release of Information to News Media (P.G. 212-77)
Department Computer Systems (P.G. 219-14)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-23

CONDUCTING ORDERED BREATH TESTING OF UNIFORMED
MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE FOR THE PRESENCE OF ALCOHOL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 8

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
PERSONNEL
BUREAU
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT

1.

NOTE

Subject members have signed a Negotiated Settlement which contains the following wording:
“I agree to submit to and to make myself available, on or off duty, for ordered breath testing
for the presence of alcohol during a probationary period or other agreed upon time period
pursuant to Patrol Guide 203-04, “Fitness for Duty.” I understand that this will entail
unannounced visits to my personal residence. In addition, I am fully aware that if said testing
of my blood alcohol level is .04 or more that I shall be presumed unfit for duty. I also
understand that should I be found unfit for duty or should I refuse such testing I will be subject
to further disciplinary action up to and including summary termination. I acknowledge that I
have received and understand the provisions within Patrol Guide 203-04, “Fitness for Duty” and
Patrol Guide 203-23, “Conducting Ordered Breath Testing of Uniformed Members of the Service
for the Presence of Alcohol.”

2.

NOTE

Schedule each member whose name appears on the listing to be periodically
tested during each quarterly period during which the member is subject to
ordered breath testing. For the purposes of this procedure, the calendar year will
be divided into four quarterly periods as follows: January through March, April
through June, July through September and October through December. Nothing
in this procedure shall preclude a subject member from being tested more than
once during a quarter. However, at least one of the tests conducted during the
year must be conducted during the subject member’s off duty hours.

If the period that the member is subject to ordered breath testing begins on February
15th, for example, the initial testing of the subject member will commence during the
quarterly period that runs from January 1st through March 31st.

3.

4.

NOTE

Maintain a listing (including duty charts, vacation selections and complete
contact information such as home phone numbers, cellular phone
numbers, beeper numbers and e-mail addresses) of all uniformed
members who have been placed on Dismissal Probation, or have been the
subject of other disciplinary action, and have agreed to submit to ordered
breath testing for the presence of alcohol as a result of a negotiated
penalty in a Department disciplinary proceeding.

Ensure that all supervisors assigned to the Personnel Bureau
Investigations Unit and the Medical Division’s Absence Control &
Investigations Unit have been trained by the Highway District in the
operation of the hand-held Portable Breath Test (PBT) device.
Arrange for a supervisor assigned to the Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit
or the Medical Division’s Absence Control & Investigations Unit to conduct a
breath test using a PBT device whenever a subject member is scheduled to be
tested. Both units will assist each other in the testing process as necessary.

If the subject member is a ranking member of the Department, a supervisor of an
appropriate rank assigned to one of the sub-units of the Personnel Bureau will be
designated to assist with the administration of the breath test.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-23

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
PERSONNEL
BUREAU
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT

PAGE:

08/01/13

5.
6.

(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 8

Maintain a database that tracks the results of all on duty as well as all off
duty ordered breath tests and the number of members tested.
Submit a quarterly report to the Chief of Personnel listing all subject
members, the starting and ending dates during which they are subject to
ordered breath testing, the dates on which they were tested, whether they
were tested on duty or off duty, and the results.

The probationary period will be extended by any period of time that the subject member is
on suspension, modified assignment, restricted duty, limited duty, sick leave, leave of
absence (military, educational, etc.) or annual leave. As such, the Employee Management
Division will be contacted to ascertain the exact date that the probationary period ends.

ON DUTY ORDERED BREATH TESTING (Steps 7-14)
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR,
PERSONNEL
BUREAU
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT/MEDICAL
DIVISION’S
ABSENCE
CONTROL &
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT

7.

NOTE

The Medical Division’s Drug Screening Unit must ensure that the records maintained in
regard to random drug testing do not in any manner include members who were notified
to appear for ordered breath testing.

8.

9.

NOTE

After being designated to conduct an ordered breath test of an on duty
member of the service, the breath test will be conducted at the Medical
Division’s offices on the 16th floor of One Lefrak City Plaza in Corona or
at the Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit at 49-51 Chambers Street,
14th floor, on a date and time when the subject member is regularly
scheduled to work.

Notify the commanding officer/desk officer at the subject member’s
command to have the subject member transported by a higher-ranking
member to the Medical Division or the Personnel Bureau Investigations
Unit in an expeditious fashion.
Respond to the Medical Division, or the Personnel Bureau Investigations
Unit, as appropriate, on the date and time that the subject member was
notified to appear.

All times relating to the testing process will be carefully documented.

10.
11.

Advise the subject member that he or she may be tested by a number of
different means, such as the PBT device and the Intoxilyzer.
Direct the subject member to prepare an Ordered Breath Test
Questionnaire form.
a.
The Ordered Breath Test Questionnaire form will be retained in the
subject member’s file maintained at the Personnel Bureau Investigations
Unit office. As some of the information contained on the form may be
considered medical records under the Americans with Disabilities Act, the
form must be handled and maintained in a confidential manner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 8

NOTE

If the subject member answers “YES” to either of the following two questions listed on the form:
“Do you require medical treatment now?” or “Do you desire an ambulance to be summoned?”
or is unable to answer these questions, the supervisor concerned shall summon an ambulance.

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR,
PERSONNEL
BUREAU
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT/MEDICAL
DIVISION’S
ABSENCE
CONTROL &
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT
(continued)

12.

NOTE

The supervisor concerned must observe the subject member for at least 20 minutes prior to
initiating the test to ensure that the subject member does not engage in any activities that may skew
the test results (e.g., eating, drinking, smoking, vomiting, regurgitating, belching).

13.

14.

Conduct a breath test using a PBT device in a private setting at the
Medical Division’s Lefrak City facility or at the Personnel Bureau
Investigations Unit at 49-51 Chambers Street, 14th floor.

If the reading on the PBT device is less than .02 and there are no related
indicia of intoxication (see Additional Data statement for a listing), no
further action is required at this time.
a.
If the reading on the PBT device is less than .02 and the subject
member appears to be intoxicated (i.e., there are related indicia of
intoxication) or under the influence of a prohibited substance, the
supervisor concerned will confer with the Commanding Officer,
Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit who will notify the Office of
the Chief of Personnel in regard to obtaining authorization to test
the subject member using the Intoxilyzer, or to conduct a drug
screening test for cause under the procedures contained in P.G.
205-30, “Administration of Drug Screening Tests for Cause.”
If the reading on the PBT device is .02 or greater, immediately notify Highway
I.D.T.U. to respond to the Medical Division to test the subject member using
the Intoxilyzer that is maintained at the Medical Division facility. (It should be
emphasized that the Intoxilyzer test at the Medical Division will be conducted
by an I.D.T.U. technician.) In the event that alternate arrangements must be
made, the Intoxilyzer test will be conducted at the closest I.D.T.U. facility. In
such a case, the subject member will not be permitted to transport him/herself
to the I.D.T.U. facility. Depending upon circumstances, the supervisor
concerned may be aided by one or more members of the service in
transporting the subject member to the I.D.T.U. facility.
a.
The I.D.T.U. technician will utilize a specially developed form,
entitled Ordered Breath Test Instruction Sheet to interview the
subject member and a specially developed checklist, entitled
Intoxilyzer Operational Checklist to conduct the test. The entire

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-23

4 of 8

Intoxilyzer testing process, including the reading of the test
results, will be videotaped by a member of the Highway District.
In cases in which there is an Intoxilyzer reading of .02 or greater, a
copy of the videotape will be provided to the supervisor
concerned, who will follow all applicable Departmental
procedures to safeguard the tape for evidentiary purposes.

The I.D.T.U. technician conducting the test must observe the subject member for at least
20 minutes prior to initiating the test to ensure that the member does not engage in any
activities that may skew the test results.

b.

c.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR,
PERSONNEL
BUREAU
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT/MEDICAL
DIVISION’S
ABSENCE
CONTROL &
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

The supervisor concerned shall carefully record and then take into account
the Intoxilyzer reading along with any other related indicia of intoxication
in coming to a conclusion that the subject member is apparently unfit for
duty. As part of this process, the supervisor should use a blood alcohol
level of .04 or greater on the Intoxilyzer as the threshold for a presumption
of lack of fitness for duty.
If the supervisor concerned has reason to conclude that the subject
member is apparently unfit for duty, the supervisor will notify the
Commanding Officer, Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit, who will
notify the Office of the Chief of Personnel. In addition, the supervisor will
be guided by the procedures contained in P.G. 206-12, “Removal of
Firearms from Intoxicated Uniformed Member of the Service.”

If the subject member is determined to be unfit for duty, the I.A.B. Command Center will
be notified and a log number will be obtained.

OFF DUTY ORDERED BREATH TESTING (Steps 15-23)
NOTE

Home visits related to off duty ordered breath testing will be conducted in a similar
fashion to home visits by the Medical Division to uniformed members of the service who
are on sick leave. Breath testing of off duty members of the service will normally be
conducted from 0900 hours to 2100 hours, including weekends. However, subject
members who are tested off duty will be entitled to overtime compensation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 8

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR,
PERSONNEL
BUREAU
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT/MEDICAL
DIVISION’S
ABSENCE
CONTROL &
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT
(continued)

15.

NOTE

The designated supervisor will be accompanied by at least one other supervisor/member
of the Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit or the Medical Division’s Absence Control
& Investigations Unit.

After being designated to conduct an ordered breath test of an off duty
member of the service, ascertain whether the subject member is on sick
report. If the member is not on sick report, respond to the member’s
residence to conduct the breath test. (If the member is on sick report, the
breath test will not be conducted until the member is no longer on sick
report.)

a.

NOTE

All times relating to the testing process will be carefully documented.

b.

NOTE

If the subject member does not answer the door, leave a Notification
Card under the door with instructions that the member is to immediately
contact you upon his/her receipt of the card.

Attempt to contact the subject member via alternative means
(telephone numbers that have been provided to the Department,
cellular phones, beeper, etc.) if necessary.

Attempts by the subject member to evade contact may result in further disciplinary
action and possible termination.

c.

16.

17.

18.
19.

Once the subject member is located, direct the member to remain
at his/her current location pending your arrival. The subject
member will neither be requested nor permitted to drive until the
breath testing has been completed and the member’s fitness for
duty has been determined.
Once personal contact is made with the subject member on an initial visit,
request member’s identification card in order to confirm member’s
identity.
Proceed to conduct the testing process in a private setting (e.g., subject
member’s residence, Department auto being used by the supervisor
concerned) in a dignified, respectful fashion. The subject member’s input
should be solicited in regard to where he/she would feel most comfortable
having the test conducted.
Advise the subject member that he or she may be tested by a number of
different means, such as the PBT device and the Intoxilyzer.
Direct the subject member to prepare an Ordered Breath Test
Questionnaire form.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-23

a.

6 of 8

The Ordered Breath Test Questionnaire form will be retained in
the subject member’s file maintained at the Personnel Bureau
Investigations Unit office. As some of the information contained
on the form may be considered medical records under the
Americans with Disabilities Act, the form must be handled and
maintained in a confidential manner.

If the subject member answers “YES” to either of the following two questions listed on
the form, “Do you desire medical treatment now?” or “Do you desire an ambulance to
be summoned?” or is unable to answer these questions, the supervisor concerned shall
summon an ambulance.

20.
NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR,
PERSONNEL
BUREAU
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT/MEDICAL
DIVISION’S
ABSENCE
CONTROL &
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Conduct a breath test using a PBT device.

The supervisor concerned must observe the subject member for at least 20 minutes prior
to initiating the test to ensure that the subject member does not engage in any activities
that may skew the test results (e.g., eating, drinking, smoking, vomiting, regurgitating,
belching).

21.

22.

If the reading on the PBT device is less than .02 and there are no related
indicia of intoxication (see Additional Data statement for a listing) no
further action is required at this time.
a.
If the reading on the PBT device is less than .02 and the subject
member appears to be intoxicated (i.e., there are related indicia of
intoxication) or under the influence of a prohibited substance, the
supervisor concerned will confer with the Commanding Officer,
Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit who will notify the Office of
the Chief of Personnel in regard to obtaining authorization to test the
subject member using the Intoxilyzer, or to conduct a drug screening
test for cause under the procedures contained in P.G. 205-30,
“Administration of Drug Screening Tests for Cause.”
If the reading on the PBT device is .02 or above, the subject member will
be transported expeditiously to the Medical Division’s Lefrak City facility
and an immediate notification will be made to Highway I.D.T.U. to
respond to the Medical Division to test the subject member using the
Intoxilyzer that is maintained at the Medical Division. (It should be
emphasized that the Intoxilyzer test at the Medical Division will be
conducted by an I.D.T.U. technician.) In the event that alternate
arrangements must be made, the Intoxilyzer test will be conducted at the
closest I.D.T.U. facility.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-23

a.

c.

The I.D.T.U. technician will utilize a specially developed form,
entitled Ordered Breath Test Instruction Sheet to interview the
subject member and a specially developed checklist, entitled
Intoxilyzer Operational Checklist to conduct the test. The entire
Intoxilyzer testing process, including the reading of the test
results, will be videotaped by a member of the Highway District.
In cases in which there is an Intoxilyzer reading of .02 or greater, a
copy of the videotape will be provided to the supervisor
concerned, who will follow all applicable Departmental
procedures to safeguard the tape for evidentiary purposes.

The supervisor concerned shall carefully record and then take into
account the Intoxilyzer reading along with any other related indicia
of intoxication in coming to a conclusion that the subject member is
apparently unfit for duty. As part of this process, the supervisor
should use a blood alcohol level of .04 or greater on the Intoxilyzer
as the threshold for a presumption of lack of fitness for duty.
If the supervisor concerned has reason to conclude that the subject
member is apparently unfit for duty, the supervisor will notify the
Commanding Officer, Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit, who
will notify the Office of the Chief of Personnel. In addition, the
supervisor will be guided by the procedures contained in P.G. 20612, “Removal of Firearms from Intoxicated Uniformed Member of
the Service.”

If the subject member is determined to be unfit for duty, the I.A.B. Command Center will
be notified and a log number will be obtained.

23.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

7 of 8

The I.D.T.U. technician conducting the test must observe the subject member for at least
20 minutes prior to initiating the test to ensure that the member does not engage in any
activities that may skew the test results.

b.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR,
PERSONNEL
BUREAU
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT/MEDICAL
DIVISION’S
ABSENCE
CONTROL &
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Ensure that the subject member is transported back to his/her residence
after all testing, administrative and related matters have been completed.

Since most members of the service who will be subject to the provisions of this
procedure will be on full duty status with no driving restrictions, the Performance
Monitoring Unit will institute procedures to remind the concerned members’
Commanding Officers of the importance of remaining particularly alert to the members’
fitness for duty during the members’ dismissal probation period or the agreed upon
period during which the member will be subject to ordered breath testing.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-23

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 8

INDICIA OF INTOXICATION
Face to face observation and interaction with the subject member allows the supervisor
concerned to use his or her senses to obtain “evidence” of alcohol intoxication:
*
*
*

The sense of sight
The sense of hearing
The sense of smell

*
*
*
*
*
*

Bloodshot eyes
Flushed face
Soiled, mussed, disarrayed clothing
Fumbling (e.g., dropping paperwork, keys etc.)
The presence of alcohol containers
Physical coordination (e.g., swaying, staggering, unsteady, falling,
wobbling, sagging knees, using a wall or furniture as a prop)
Unusual actions (e.g., hiccupping, belching, vomiting, fighting, sleepy,
urinating)

SIGHT

*

HEARING
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Slurred speech
Admission of drinking
Inconsistent responses
Incoherent
Abusive language, profanity
Antagonistic
Unusual statements

*
*
*
*

Odor of alcohol on breath
“Cover Up” odors (e.g., breath spray, mints)
Open alcoholic beverages
Unusual odors

SMELL

NOTE: These traits are illustrative; this is not meant to be a complete list of indicia.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Fitness for Duty (P.G. 203-04)
Administration of Drug Screening Tests for Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Removal of Firearms from Intoxicated Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Ordered Breath Test Questionnaire (Medical Division Form)
Notification Card (Medical Division Form)
Intoxilyzer Operational Checklist (Medical Division Form)
Ordered Breath Test Instruction Sheet (Medical Division Form)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-24

PERSONAL INFORMATION VIA DEPARTMENT INTRANET
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide members of the service the ability to review, confirm and update their
personal information as necessary, as well as, annually during evaluation period.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service utilizes the Personnel Data Forms Intranet System
via the Department Intranet to view and/or update their personal information

DEFINITION

PERSONAL INFORMATION - Data pertaining to a member of the service
(uniformed or civilian), regarding name, address, social condition, emergency
notification information, and any other relevant information.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

NOTE

If one or both of the menu options are not displayed, this indicates that a change has
already been submitted and has not yet been approved or rejected. Additional
submissions are not permitted until previous ones have been signed, submitted and
processed by the Personnel Data Unit.

4.
5.
NOTE

Provide accurate and current personal information to the Department
immediately upon a change.
Access the “Personnel Data Forms” menu when:
a.
A change in personal information occurs
b.
Annually, during evaluation period to review and, if necessary,
update personal information
c.
At anytime in order to review the accuracy of personal information,
particularly if member believes it to be compromised.
Select one of the following two forms from the “Personnel Data Forms”
menu:
a.
Name, Residence and Social Condition
b.
Emergency Notification.

Verify the information appearing on the screen.
View the update screen and type any new information into the appropriate
fields.

Name changes must include supporting documentation (i.e., marriage certificate, court
order, etc.). Members of the service must adhere to the Department residency requirements.

6.
7.
8.

9.

Confirm the requested changes online.
Print and sign two hard copies.
Submit both signed hard copies to the operations coordinator and provide
supporting documentation for change of name, and/or social condition
requests.
Login to the online “Personnel Data Forms” menu one month after
submitting forms to the operations coordinator to verify updates were
accepted or rejected by the Personnel Data Unit and notify the operations
coordinator of results.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

203-24

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

10

11.
12.
13.
14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

2 of 3

Ensure all members of the service review and update their personal
information as follows:
a.
Whenever a change in their personal information occurs
b.
Annually, during evaluation periods
c.
Any other time deemed necessary.
Ensure that supporting documentation accompanies change of name
and/or social condition requests.
Assign command serial number to request.
Sign both hard copies and ensure copies are signed by the submitting
member of the service.
Update all pertinent command records (i.e., FORCE RECORD [PD4061431], etc.) and file one of the submitted hard copies in the member’s
personal folder.
Forward remaining signed hard copy to the Commanding Officer,
Personnel Orders Section - Personnel Data Unit, with supporting
documentation for name changes.
Maintain a list of all previous address and emergency notification
changes as well as current personal information of members of the
command.
Access the Personnel mainframe application PEPR or PEMU, one month after
submission of form to verify if the member’s information has been
changed in System by the Personnel Data Unit.
Contact the Personnel Data Unit if changes have not been made after one
month, to verify if submitting member’s updated form(s) have been
received.

19.
20.

Verify changes in the System and accept or reject changes.
Create “rejection letter” if change is rejected, including reason(s) and
forward to commanding officer of submitting member.

COMMANDING 21.
OFFICER

Ensure member of the service resubmits information via the Personnel
Data Forms Intranet System and submits necessary forms to the
operations coordinator for subsequent forwarding to Personnel Data Unit
with appropriate captions (e.g., serial numbers, etc.) completed and
proper documents, if necessary.

PERSONNEL
ORDERS
SECTION

NOTE

Name, residence, social condition, or emergency notification changes submitted via the
Personnel Data Forms Intranet System will not update the Personnel System until
accepted by the Personnel Orders Section.
Forms not received by the Personnel Data Unit within ninety days from the date of
online entry will be purged from the System and a new submission must be prepared.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

203-24

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Members of the service officially assigned in an undercover capacity will be unable to
access the System and must notify their commanding officer of any change to their
personal information. The commanding officer of the undercover will forward a Typed
Letterhead with requested changes to the Commanding Officer, Personnel Orders
Section.
Members of the service may view/update foreign language proficiency or other skills
and review or add country of birth by selecting the “View and Update Skills Information
and Languages/Review and Add Country of Birth” link and follow the instructions
provided.
Members of the service may review/update their education information as necessary by
selecting the “Education Tracking System” link under “Personnel Data Forms” and
forward all necessary documents to the Education Tracking Unit.
BENEFICIARY CHANGES
Uniformed members of the service must file necessary forms at the Police Pension Fund
located at 233 Broadway, New York, NY, 19th Floor.
Civilian members of the service must file necessary forms at the Employee Management
Division located at One Police Plaza, New York, NY, Room 1014.
ADDITIONAL NOTIFICATIONS
Health Insurance Section: located at 51 Chambers Street, New York, NY, 3rd Floor.
Deferred Compensation Plan: located at 40 Rector Street, New York, NY, 3rd Floor.
Members of the service are reminded that it is in their best interests to notify their
respective labor union whenever there is a change in name, residence or social
condition.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Residence Requirements (P.G. 203-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FORCE RECORD (PD406-1431)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-25

DEPARTMENT POLICY PROHIBITING RACIAL PROFILING
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

1.
Members of the service are reminded that the New York City Police Department is
committed both to the impartial enforcement of law and the protection of Constitutional rights. To
reinforce these commitments and to ensure all members of the service engage only in
constitutionally sound policing practices, the Department prohibits the use of racial profiling in law
enforcement actions. Racial profiling is defined as the use of race, color, ethnicity, or national origin
as the determinative factor for initiating police action. Members are also reminded that the use of
other characteristics such as religion, age, gender, gender identity, or sexual orientation as the
determinative factor for taking police action is prohibited.
2.
All police-initiated enforcement actions, including, but not limited to, arrests, stop
and questions, and motor vehicle stops, will be based on the standards required by the Fourth
Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 12 of the New York State Constitution,
Administrative Code section 14-151, and other applicable laws. The law confers on police officers
the authority to stop, question, and if warranted, frisk an individual whom a member reasonably
suspects has committed, is committing, or is about to commit a felony or Penal Law misdemeanor.
Members must be able to articulate the factors which led them to take enforcement action, in
particular those factors leading to reasonable suspicion for a stop and question and any subsequent
frisk, or probable cause for an arrest.
3.
Responding to suspected criminal behavior by stopping and questioning an individual
and, if warranted, conducting a frisk is part of a police officer’s job and plays a critical role in
reducing and preventing crime. Conducting stops in an unbiased manner fosters and strengthens
relationships between police officers and members of the community, and inspires confidence in,
and support for, policing efforts.
4.
While performing their duties, members are reminded that it is not racial profiling to
take into account the reported race, color, ethnicity, national origin, religion, age, gender, gender
identity, or sexual orientation of a specific subject in the same way the member would use pedigree
information, e.g., height, weight, age, etc., about specific subjects.
5.
Commanding officers will continue to ensure that self-inspections are conducted
within their commands regarding stop, question, and frisk activity. The Quality Assurance Division
will continue to monitor compliance with self-inspection protocols in all of its command inspections
and will continue to audit stop, question, and frisk activity Department-wide. The proper exercise of
the authority to conduct stop, question, and frisk activity will continue to be included in CompStat
review.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General Regulations

Procedure No:

203-26

EXTENDED LEAVE OF ABSENCE - EDUCATIONAL FELLOWSHIP/
SCHOLARSHIP NOTIFICATION OF INTENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that the Department is notified in a timely manner when a member of
the service (uniformed or civilian) intends to apply for a specified opportunity
that will require an extended leave of absence.

DEFINITION

ELIGIBILITY - A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) is not eligible to
apply for any extended leave of absence with pay for thirty consecutive days or
more for an educational fellowship/scholarship or similar opportunity after
previously receiving such a leave during his/her career.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) intends to apply for a nonDepartment sponsored educational fellowship/scholarship (e.g., White House
Fellowship, Fulbright Award, Kennedy School of Government Scholarship, etc.) or
similar opportunity (e.g., United Nations Civilian Policing position [UNCIVPOL],
etc.) that will result in a request for an extended leave of absence (paid or unpaid)
for thirty consecutive days or more:

MEMBER OF
SERVICE

1.

2.

Prepare a “Request to Attend/Participate,” on Typed Letterhead, detailing
the specific nature of the educational fellowship/scholarship (e.g.,
anticipated leave requirements, deadline for submission of application, etc.).
Forward the “Request to Attend/Participate” to the Chief of Personnel,
through channels.

NOTE

Final approval of the “Request to Attend/Participate” must be obtained prior to applying for the
non-Department sponsored educational fellowship/scholarship. Failure to do so will result in
being denied the leave of absence.

CHIEF OF
PERSONNEL

3.

4.

OFFICE OF THE 5.
POLICE
COMMISSIONER

Forward an acknowledgement of receipt on Typed Letterhead to the
requesting member of the service indicating that the “Request to
Attend/Participate” has been received and is being processed.
Forward the “Request to Attend/Participate,” with endorsements, to the
Office of the Police Commissioner for final approval.
a.
Forward a copy of the “Request to Attend/Participate,” with
endorsements, to the Commanding Officer, Office of Management
Analysis and Planning for informational purposes.
Forward, through channels, approval/disapproval “Request
Attend/Participate” to the member of service making the request.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

to

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

203-26

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Members of the service are urged to submit the “Request to Attend/Participate” well in
advance of any application deadline for a non-Department sponsored educational
fellowship/scholarship in order to allow ample time for the approval process and the
forwarding of any necessary documentation.
Approval of the “Request to Attend/Participate” is independent of the individual’s
eligibility and selection criteria for the specific educational fellowship/scholarship being
sought by the member of the service.
It is the policy of the Department to encourage its members to pursue educational
opportunities in furtherance of their police careers.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-01

GENERAL UNIFORM REGULATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

UNIFORMS

1.

NOTE

Recruits wear uniform only after inspected and stamped by Police Academy.

2.
3.
4.

5.

NOTE

Maintain at own expense articles prescribed for rank, position or duty.
Do not modify prescribed uniforms in any manner except as specifically
authorized by higher authority.
Do not wear distinguishable items of the uniform with civilian clothes.
Do not wear uniform, shield or display IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD
416-091) while participating in a rally, demonstration or other public
assemblage except as authorized by the Department.
Wear uniform of the day. Commanding officers or unit commanders may
authorize a specialized uniform only after requesting and receiving
approval from the Police Commissioner’s Uniform and Equipment
Review Committee. Submit requests to the Office of the Chief of
Department: Att: Uniform and Equipment Sub-Committee.
a.
Wear uniform when directed, if assigned to the Detective Bureau
or to duty in civilian clothes.

Detectives, when assigned to duty in uniform, will wear prescribed police officer's
uniform with gold cap device and appropriate collar insignia.

6.
7.

8.

9.

10.

While performing duty indoors, in uniform, wear regulation seasonal shirt
and trousers.
Wear the prescribed uniform, if regularly assigned to duty in uniform,
when appearing in court, the Trial Room or at the office of a ranking
officer above the rank of captain, except if off duty, on sick report, or if
excused by competent authority.
Purchase regulation service holsters, caps, raingear and all items of
uniform which are sewn or attached to the uniform, from the Equipment
Section or other authorized supplier.
Necessary uniform changes, other than those listed in step 10, will be
made as directed by the lieutenant platoon commander/counterpart.
a.
The lieutenant platoon commander/counterpart shall authorize the
removal, if desired, of the duty jacket/summer blouse whenever
the temperature for a specific tour is expected to rise above 65
degrees Fahrenheit.
b.
The lieutenant platoon commander/counterpart shall authorize the
wearing of the optional short sleeve shirt whenever the
temperature for a specific tour is expected to rise above 70
degrees Fahrenheit.
Remove summer blouse/duty jacket while performing duty in uniform
between May 1 and November 1, if desired.
a.
The following OPTIONAL uniform items may be worn between
June 1 and October 1:
(1)
Short sleeve shirt (without tie), and;
(2)
Summer cap.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-01

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

During the period of June 1 to October 1, police officers and detectives performing
subway patrol duties in uniform shall have the option of wearing the uniform cap.
Transit Bureau police officers and detectives who are assigned to subway patrol duty for
their entire tour also have the option of wearing the summer uniform described below
between June 1 and October 1.
a.
b.
c.

d.

UNIFORMS
(continued)

11.
12.
13.

Regulation NYPD blue short sleeve uniform shirt.
Cargo style shorts, as available in the Equipment Section. Shorts will
be hemmed to a length to the top of the knee.
Black leather uniform athletic shoe, lace-up style ONLY, with no visible
logos or markings. Either high-cut or low-cut style is authorized,
however, the shoe should have no more than five shoelace
grommets/attachments.
Black cotton crew socks, worn fully extended, length at least three
inches but no more than five inches above outermost anklebone. Socks
must be visible.

Do not wear gloves or suspenders when summer blouse is removed.
Wear authorized breast bars at all times while in uniform unless directed
otherwise as in step 13 below.
Wear medals, decorations and authorized insignia at Department
meetings, ceremonies and while marching in parades. (Do not wear a
medal and corresponding breast bar at the same time).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-02

UNIFORM CLASSIFICATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

DRESS
UNIFORM

To be worn for ceremonies, promotions, funerals, etc.:

NOTE

A white shirt shall be worn by those uniformed members attending the funeral of a member
assigned to the same command.

PATROL
UNIFORM

To be worn when on patrol:

SUMMER (CLASS A)
8 POINT CAP
SUMMER BLOUSE
LONG SLEEVE SHIRT & TIE
DRESS TROUSERS
SHINY (HIGH GLOSS) SHOES
WHITE GLOVES
DUTY BELT (OPTIONAL)

SUMMER (CLASS B)
8 POINT CAP
LONG SLEEVE SHIRT & TIE
DUTY TROUSERS
BLACK SHOES
BLACK BOOTS (OPTIONAL)
V-NECK SWEATER (OPTIONAL)

WINTER (CLASS A)
8 POINT CAP
WINTER COAT
LONG SLEEVE SHIRT & TIE
DRESS TROUSERS
SHINY (HIGH GLOSS) SHOES
WHITE GLOVES
DUTY BELT (OPTIONAL)

WINTER (CLASS B)
8 POINT CAP
WAIST/HIP LENGTH DUTY JACKET
LONG SLEEVE SHIRT AND TIE
OR TURTLE NECK SHIRT
DUTY TROUSERS
BLACK SHOES
BLACK BOOTS (OPTIONAL)
BLACK GLOVES

SUMMER (CLASS C)
8 POINT CAP
SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT (NO TIE)
DUTY TROUSERS
BLACK SHOES
BLACK BOOTS (OPTIONAL)
ADMINISTRATIVE
UNIFORM

To be worn when performing administrative duties in uniform:

NOTE

Uniform is to be assigned by unit/lieutenant platoon commander. In the event of a detail, etc.,
uniform is to be assigned by the detail commander. Detail personnel will be advised of the
uniform when assigned, but will have appropriate uniform available for inclement weather.

SUMMER (CLASS D)
(NO CAP)
SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT (NO TIE)
DUTY TROUSERS
BLACK SHOES
DUTY BELT (OPTIONAL)

WINTER (CLASS D)
(NO CAP)
LONG SLEEVE SHIRT & TIE
DUTY TROUSERS
BLACK SHOES
DUTY BELT (OPTIONAL)
V-NECK SWEATER (OPTIONAL)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-03

UNIFORMS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

DUTY
UNIFORM

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 7

UNIFORMS MUST CONFORM WITH EQUIPMENT SECTION SAMPLES

POLICE OFFICER
CAP

Navy blue, black strap and chrome cap device bearing shield number.

DUTY JACKET

Waist length, navy blue, nylon, with zip-out Thinsulate® lining, knit wristlets
and waistband, and zip side vents, OR
Hip length, navy blue, nylon, with zip-out Thinsulate® lining, concealed zipper
front, gilt buttons, and zip side vents. Either of these jackets may be worn by
ALL uniformed members of the service performing patrol duty in uniform.

NYLON WINDBREAKER
JACKET

Navy blue 100% nylon, sport collar style jacket with front snap closures. The front
and back of the jacket must each be divided into two parts by one inch reflective
tape. The jacket will have three inch high reflective letters “POLICE” affixed on the
front, ¼ inch below the reflective tape. On the rear of the jacket, the letters “NYPD”
shall be 3 ½ inches tall and the letters “POLICE” (affixed ½ inch below “NYPD”),
shall be two inches high, both made of a reflective material, one inch above the
reflective tape. A two inch reflective tape shall be set on the center of both sleeves.
The Department logo (patch) will be affixed to each sleeve, one inch below the
shoulder seam, on top of the reflective tape.

NAMEPLATE

Worn on outermost garment, centered ¼ inch below shield. (Do not wear nameplate
on raincoat). Nameplates for police officers are white metal; ranking officers and
detectives will wear yellow metal.

SHIRT

NYPD dark blue, military type, polyester/rayon with appropriate service
stripes/hash marks, similar to sample sold at the Equipment Section. Authorized
shirts will have a label affixed on the inside of the shirt between the fourth and fifth
buttons that states: “Approved NYPD, Certification #.”

TIE

Navy blue, breakaway type.

TIE CLASP

Regulation NYPD.

BELT

Black leather, 1 ½ inches wide with gunmetal buckle.

DUTY
TROUSERS

Navy blue, (polyester and wool) with ½ inch braid attached.

SHOES/SOCKS

Black, plain, smooth leather with flat soles and raised heels, or black high gloss shoes,
except that material other than leather or high gloss plastic may be used for portion of
ankle support shoe that is not visible below the pants leg. In addition, shoes
commonly referred to as the “secret sneaker” are also permissible, provided that they
generally conform in appearance to the regular duty shoe. These shoes will be on
display at the Equipment Section. BLACK LEATHER JOGGING SHOES,
SNEAKERS OR SHOES WITH VISIBLE LETTERING ARE NOT AUTHORIZED
WEAR. ONLY black socks will be visible when performing duty in uniform.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-03

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 7

Black, high gloss shoes must be worn at occasions that require the dress uniform as
directed by the Chief of Department, such as promotions, ceremonies and funerals.
However, the regulation uniform shoe may be worn on occasions that require prolonged
standing or walking, such as parades and street fairs.
Uniformed members of the service assigned to Emergency Service Unit, Highway
District, Harbor, Mounted Unit, etc., will wear appropriate footwear when performing
duty in work or specialized uniforms.

GLOVES

Black
Leather

Spectra-lined; Worn at all times with duty jacket or winter coat,
except when impractical, when safety may be jeopardized, or
while in Department vehicle.
White cotton Worn between 0800 and 1800 hours. NOT to be worn with duty
jacket or while carrying baton.
Traffic Duty Plain white wool (not required to be worn while performing RMP
duty but must be available for use).

INCLEMENT
WEATHER
GEAR

Regulation black rubber reflective or reversible black/orange raincoat with
reversible black or orange cap cover, hood and leggings. Shield will be fastened on
the raincoat over left breast, and cap device on the cap cover. (Wearing of leggings,
cap cover, hood, solid black overshoes or solid black rubber boots is optional).

DRESS
UNIFORM

Winter
Summer

Trousers
Shoes
Gloves
Cap
NOTE

Winter coat (navy blue fingertip length coat with regulation gilt
[gold] buttons), uniform shirt and tie, OR
Summer blouse (navy blue with regulation gilt [gold] buttons and
shoulder straps) worn with regulation uniform shirt and tie, OR blue
long-sleeve regulation shirt with tie and tie clasp, when directed.
Navy blue serge with appropriate braid on trouser leg.
Black, high gloss (manufactured by using the poromeric or clarino process)
lace type oxford shoes with flat soles and raised rubber heels, black socks.
Black leather/white cotton, as appropriate.
Navy blue, black strap, chrome cap device.

Ranking officers will conform to the dress uniform described above, as appropriate for their rank.
Captains and above may wear the optional all weather dress uniform coat in place of the winter
coat. The bureau chief concerned will make appropriate seasonal changes in dress uniform.
Pregnant uniformed members of the service, who are in their twentieth week of gestation
or earlier, if necessary, will wear business attire and display their IDENTIFICATION
CARD (PD416-091) on their outermost garment. Proper business attire will conform
with that worn to other official appearances, such as post-arraignment court
appearances, professional career interview, etc.

DETECTIVE
Uniform is the same as required for police officer, EXCEPT:
CAP

Gilt (gold) cap device (without shield number).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 7

SERGEANT
Uniform is the same as required for police officer, EXCEPT:
CAP

Gilt (gold) cap device (without shield number) and gilt (gold) chinstrap.

TROUSERS

1 ¼ inch braid attached.

SHIRT, LONG
SLEEVE

Dark blue, long sleeve uniform shirt with epaulettes, chevrons, two patches and
appropriate service stripes/hash marks. Uniform long sleeve shirts may be worn
with or without outer garment, when authorized, and will always be worn with
regulation tie, tie clasp, and command numerals, as required, on collar.

SHIRT, SHORT
SLEEVE
(OPTIONAL)

Dark blue, short sleeve uniform shirt with epaulettes, chevrons, two patches and
optional longevity bar may be worn in place of long sleeve uniform shirt, when
authorized. Command numerals, as required, will be worn on collar. Regulation
tie and tie clasp will not be worn with short sleeve shirt and undershirt will not be
exposed at the collar.

INSIGNIA OF
RANK

Three pointed chevrons, worn on sleeves of all outer garments except raingear.

LIEUTENANT
Uniform is the same as required for sergeant EXCEPT:
CAP

Frame is covered with black mohair braid.

INSIGNIA OF
RANK

Gilt (gold) bar, worn on:
a.
Shoulders of duty jacket, summer blouse and winter coat.
b.
Collar of regulation shirt.

WINTER COAT

Designated as follows:
a.
Shoulder straps
b.
1 ¼ inch black mohair braid on sleeves
c.
Three gilt (gold) buttons on cuffs.

SUMMER
BLOUSE

Designated as follows:
a.
1 ¼ inch black mohair braid on sleeves
b.
Three gilt (gold) buttons on cuffs.

SHIRT, LONG
SLEEVE

White, long sleeve uniform shirt without chevrons. Miniature insignia of rank
will be worn on collar.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 7

SHIRT, SHORT
SLEEVE
(OPTIONAL)

White, short sleeve uniform shirt without chevrons. Miniature insignia of rank
will be worn on collar.

NOTE

When attending meetings, conferences, ceremonies, and similar events, long sleeve
uniform shirt and tie and/or summer blouse, as appropriate, will be worn.

CAPTAIN
Uniform is the same as required for lieutenant, EXCEPT:
ALL
WEATHER
UNIFORM
COAT

OPTIONAL - Navy blue, double breasted trench coat. Authorized for use by
captains and above. Garment must be converted for uniform use by adding insignia
on the shoulder straps, two Police Department patches on the upper right and left
sleeves, replace the eight buttons with eight large NYPD yellow metal buttons, and
add two small yellow metal buttons to the shoulder straps.

INSIGNIA OF
RANK

Two gilt (gold) bars, worn in the same manner as lieutenant’s insignia.

WINTER
BLOUSE

OPTIONAL - Navy blue, similar in appearance to the summer blouse; made of
heavier material; affords access to service revolver and other items worn on belt;
may be used with a zip-in “Thinsulate” lining.

NOTE

Captains and above will not affix service stripes/hash marks on their uniforms.

DEPUTY INSPECTOR
Uniform is the same as required for captain, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF
RANK

Gilt (gold) oak leaf, to be worn with oak leaf stems pointing away from
individual wearing them to the left and right.

CAP

Frame covered with black velvet.

INSPECTOR
Uniform is same as required for deputy inspector, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF
RANK

Gilt (gold) spread eagle.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-03

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 7

DEPUTY CHIEF
Uniform is same as required for inspector, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF
RANK

One gilt (gold) star worn in the same manner as inspector’s insignia.

CAP

Gilt (gold) spray design on cap visor.

UNIFORM
COAT

Sleeves have two bands of black mohair braid.

SUMMER
BLOUSE

Sleeves have two bands of black mohair braid.

ASSISTANT CHIEF
Uniform is same as deputy chief, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF
RANK

Two gilt (gold) stars, worn in same manner as deputy chief.

BUREAU CHIEFS
Chief of Patrol, Chief of Housing, Chief of Transit, Chief of Detectives, Chief of
Organized Crime Control, Chief of Personnel and Chief of Internal Affairs.
Uniform is same as assistant chief, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF
RANK

Three gilt (gold) stars worn in the same manner as assistant chief’s insignia.

CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT
Uniform is same as required for assistant chief, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF
RANK

Four gilt (gold) stars worn in the same manner as assistant chief’s insignia.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service assigned to specialized units, i.e., Mounted, Harbor,
Highway, Emergency Service, Aviation, etc., will wear the prescribed duty (work)
uniform as approved by the Uniform Committee.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 7

INSIGNIA OF RANK AND SHIELD
RANK AND INSIGNIA

SHIELD

CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT

BUREAU CHIEF

ASSISTANT CHIEF

DEPUTY CHIEF

INSPECTOR

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DEPUTY INSPECTOR

CAPTAIN

LIEUTENANT

SERGEANT

DETECTIVE

No Insignia

POLICE OFFICER

No Insignia

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

7 of 7

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-04

OPTIONAL UNIFORM ITEMS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

OPTIONAL UNIFORM ITEMS MAY BE WORN AT THE DISCRETION
OF UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE, WHEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE BUREAU CHIEF CONCERNED.
AMMO
POUCHES

Twin pocket cartridge case with twelve cartridges only for members armed with
revolver as a service weapon.

BLOUSE

Navy blue, lightweight, tropical worsted conforming to design of regulation
summer blouse. Authorized for ranking officers.

SUMMER CAP

Navy blue, tropical worsted, with lightweight perforated frame, for all uniformed
members of the service ONLY during summer months.

EAR MUFFS

Black, headband type.

NAMEPLATE
HOLDER

Black leather designed to affix shield and nameplate.

SHIRT, SHORT
SLEEVE

Navy blue, affixed with a label located on the inside of the shirt between the fourth
and fifth buttons that states “Approved N.Y.C.P.D. Certification #.” May be worn
by uniformed members below the rank of sergeant in place of regulation long
sleeve uniform shirt when authorized. Tie may not be worn with this shirt and
undershirt MUST NOT be exposed at collar or sleeves.

GOLF TYPE
SHIRT

Navy blue pullover, placket front shirt constructed of one hundred percent cotton
knit cloth; shield patch affixed to the left side of chest; name/shield number patch
affixed to the right side of chest; letters “NYPD” printed across the back and PD
patches on both sleeves. Authorized for wear by members of the service
assigned to the Harbor Unit or to precinct bicycle patrol duty and other members
as authorized by the Police Commissioner, as part of the summer uniform. A
name/shield patch will be sewn on the right side of each shirt purchased and will
be ordered through the Equipment Section.

NOTE

The golf shirt will be used as an outer garment when a short sleeve shirt is authorized
and is not to be worn with the duty jacket.

TROUSERS,
SUMMER

Navy blue, lightweight, tropical worsted - may be worn by ALL uniformed
members of the service.

TROUSERS,
WINTER

Navy blue whipcord - may be worn by ALL uniformed members of the service.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-04

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

NYPD PATROL
TACTICAL
PANTS

NYPD Patrol Tactical Pants may be worn by ALL ranks of uniformed members of the
service on patrol, during court appearances and details, and by members permanently or
temporarily assigned to headquarters security.

NOTE

NYPD Patrol Tactical Pants are not authorized for members of the service performing any
assignment other than patrol, i.e. recruit level training, administrative duties (desk, T/S or borough
commands) or members assigned to Police Headquarters. Members of the service will also comply
with instructions contained in detail notifications regarding the required uniform of the day.

TURTLE NECK
SHIRT

Navy blue pullover turtle neck shirt constructed of plaited rib knit cloth; N.Y.P.D. emblem
embroidered on the left side of chest; letters “N.Y.P.D.” embroidered on the collar.

NOTE

The turtle neck shirt shall not be used as an outer garment but may be worn under the
duty jacket. It may be worn by members of all ranks when performing duty in uniform.
Not to be worn when representing the Department at any function or when attending
administrative meetings.
If during the course of a tour a member of the service removes the duty jacket, whether due
to a change of assignment or other reasons, the regulation shirt and tie shall be worn.

WINTER HAT

Black soft vinyl with black mouton trimming for use by ALL uniformed
members of the service. To be worn only when temperature is expected to fall
below 32 degrees Fahrenheit.

QUILTED VEST Navy blue quilted bullet resistant vest panel carrier may be worn by ALL ranks
of uniformed members of the service. It may not be worn as an outermost
CARRIER
garment and may only be worn from November 1 to May 1.
NOTE

The quilted vest carrier is only authorized for the following Second Chance Monarch
Summit bullet resistant vest panel models: MON-IIIA 107121, MON-IIIA FEM 208010,
MON-IIIA++ 305020 and MON-IIIA++ FEM 301240 and can ONLY be purchased
from the Equipment Section.

COLD
WEATHER
HOOD

Black, made of a thin fabric such as Polar-Tec, silk, micro fiber or fleece, which
fits close to the head, fully exposing the face and presents a trim appearance,
without bulk, when the uniform hat is worn over it. This hood (known as a
“balaclava”) is authorized for members of all ranks performing patrol duties
outdoors. To be worn only when temperature falls below 40 degrees Fahrenheit.

NOTE

Hoods made of bulky yarns or double knits and those styles which cover any part of the
nose, cheeks or mouth are prohibited. The authorized hood must be worn along with the
uniform hat and will never be the outermost head covering. It will never be worn while
riding in a Department vehicle.

EYEGLASS
SAFETY
STRAPS

Uniformed members of the service who wear glasses and are assigned to
enforcement duty are strongly urged to utilize black eyeglass safety straps.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-04

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

TRANSIT
OFFICER
SAFETY VEST

Fluorescent orange with reflective silver trim with the word “POLICE” on the
front and back, manufactured with a break away safety feature. To be worn by
uniformed members of the service performing duties in areas that are deemed to
be hazardous or that may require them to enter roadbeds or track areas within the
New York City Transit System.

BLACK BOOTS

Plain black smooth leather with plain or lugged soles and raised heel. Grommets
and laces will be black, and no buckles or hooks will be visible below the pants
leg. May be worn by all uniformed members of the service on patrol.

NYLON
WINDBREAKER
JACKETS

Navy blue 100% nylon, sport collar style jacket with front snap closures. The
front and back of the jacket must each be divided into two parts by one inch
reflective tape. The jacket will have three inch high reflective letters “POLICE”
affixed on the front, ¼ inch below the reflective tape. On the rear of the jacket,
the letters “NYPD” shall be 3 ½ inches tall and the letters “POLICE” (affixed ½
inch below “NYPD”), shall be two inches high, both made of a reflective
material, one inch above the reflective tape. A two inch reflective tape shall be
set on the center of both sleeves. The Department logo (patch) will be affixed to
each sleeve, one inch below the shoulder seam, on top of the reflective tape.

NOTE

Commanding officers wishing to obtain permission for their members to be allowed to
wear approved nylon jackets will prepare a Typed Letterhead, addressed to bureau
chief/counterpart, through channels, stating reasons for requiring jackets.

BASEBALL
CAP

Navy blue with white letters “NYPD” embroidered on front, worn by on-duty
uniformed members of the service performing duty in civilian clothes.

V-NECK
SWEATER

Navy blue, acrylic or wool, waist length, vertical ribbed weave knit sweater with navy blue
poly/cotton twill or cordura patch material over elbows, left breast and epaulets. Gold
buttons on pointed epaulets. The Department logo (patch) will be affixed to each sleeve.

NOTE

The V-neck sweater may be worn as an outer garment with the regulation tie and uniform shirt
with command insignia or insignia of rank on collar of the shirt, as appropriate. Sergeants will
wear chevrons on sweater sleeves. Members in the rank of lieutenant or above will also display
insignia of rank on epaulets. Metal insignia may be worn on epaulets. Alternatively, epaulets
with cloth rank insignia may be worn and will be made available at the Equipment Section. The
sweater must be tucked inside the trousers. This sweater is approved for all ranks.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-05

PURCHASE AND INSPECTION OF NEW UNIFORMS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PURPOSE

To control the quality and workmanship of police uniforms.

PROCEDURE

Upon ordering uniforms at an authorized tailor:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.

COMMANDING 6.
OFFICER

7.

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Fill out the following forms:
a.
CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER FOR
UNIFORMS (PD169-061)
b.
CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER INSPECTION REPORT OF EQUIPMENT SECTION
(PD169-062)
c.
EQUIPMENT SECTION INSPECTION REPORT MANDATORY PROCUREMENT OF UNIFORM (PD169-131).
Have the tailor’s representative sign forms.
Deliver the CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER
FOR UNIFORMS to commanding officer for file.
Obtain completed uniform from tailor and bring to Equipment Section for
inspection.
Obtain EQUIPMENT SECTION INSPECTION REPORT MANDATORY PROCUREMENT OF UNIFORM form and deliver to
commanding officer.
Compare forms:
a.
CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER FOR
UNIFORMS, AND
b.
EQUIPMENT SECTION INSPECTION REPORT MANDATORY PROCUREMENT OF UNIFORM.
Destroy both forms when all ordered uniforms have been inspected.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Uniform Classifications (P.G. 204-02)
Uniforms (P.G. 204-03)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER FOR UNIFORMS (PD169-061)
CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER - INSPECTION REPORT OF
EQUIPMENT SECTION (PD169-062)
EQUIPMENT SECTION INSPECTION REPORT - MANDATORY PROCUREMENT
OF UNIFORM (PD169-131)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-07

LOST OR DAMAGED UNIFORM
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To reimburse uniformed members of the service for uniforms or equipment
damaged or lost in the performance of police duty as well as personal clothing or
prescription eyeglasses/contact lenses damaged or lost during extraordinary
police action (e.g., pursuit or physical altercation with a suspect, rescues, etc.).

PROCEDURE

When an article of uniform or equipment is damaged or lost in the performance
of police duty or personal clothing or prescription eyeglasses/contact lenses are
damaged or lost during extraordinary police action:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.

4.

NOTE

Prepare report on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Deputy
Commissioner, Management and Budget, within thirty days from the
date of incident and state:
a.
How and when loss or damage occurred
b.
Date of purchase and cost of article
(1)
Attach copy of receipt if available.
Attach statement of witnesses, if any.
Ascertain if article can be repaired.
a.
Obtain copy of estimated cost for repair, OR
b.
Copy of statement determining that item is damaged beyond
repair.
Present damaged article, unrepaired, to the commanding officer with
report and appropriate documentation from steps 1 through 3 above.

Report must be signed and submitted within thirty days by member requesting
reimbursement, unless member is incapacitated, in which case, supervisory officer will
state so in report, sign and submit within thirty days.

COMMANDING 5.
OFFICER

6.

Investigate and endorse report, including:
a.
Facts are as stated in application.
b.
Whether damage or loss was incurred in the performance of police duty,
or for personal clothing, occurred during an extraordinary police
action.
c.
Statement that damaged article has been inspected by
commanding officer.
d.
Statement that article is repairable or beyond repair.
e.
Statement that member was authorized to be attired in civilian
clothing at the time of incident, if the request involves personal
clothing.
f.
Recommendation to approve or disapprove request.
Forward report to Deputy Commissioner, Management and Budget:
a.
Direct – if cost of repair or replacement is less than $100.
b.
Through channels – if cost of repair or replacement is $100 or
more.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 3

C.O., NEXT
HIGHER
COMMAND
(If applicable)

7.
8.
9.

Review report.
Indicate recommendation to approve/disapprove request.
If approved, forward report through channels to Deputy Commissioner,
Management and Budget.

DEPUTY
COMMISSIONER,
MANAGEMENT
AND BUDGET

10.

Review report and recommendations.

FOR ITEMS WHICH CANNOT BE PURCHASED AT THE EQUIPMENT
SECTION:
DEPUTY
COMMISSIONER,
MANAGEMENT
AND BUDGET

11.

Forward report to Director, Audits and Accounts Unit.

AUDITS AND
ACCOUNTS
UNIT

12.
13.

Review the report for necessary documentation and required approvals.
Determine the reimbursement amount to be paid to the member based upon
current cost, less depreciation for age or wear.
a.
Forward a check to the member of the service who initiated the
claim.

FOR ITEMS SOLD IN THE EQUIPMENT SECTION:
DEPUTY
COMMISSIONER,
MANAGEMENT
AND BUDGET

14.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

16.

15.

17.

EQUIPMENT
SECTION

18.
19.

Prepare report on Typed Letterhead stating items authorized to be
replaced.
Forward report as follows:
a.
Original to member of the service concerned
b.
Copy to Equipment Section
c.
Copy to Audits and Accounts Unit
d.
Copy to Deputy Commissioner, Management and Budget for file.
Upon receipt of report authorizing replacement of lost or damaged uniform
or equipment, telephone the Equipment Section to determine whether
item(s) is in stock.
Present report to Equipment Section personnel and obtain replacement
item(s).
Issue the authorized item(s) to member concerned.
Submit a detailed report to the Director, Audits and Accounts Unit of
replacement item(s) disbursed for the previous month, by the fifth day of
the succeeding month.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-07

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 3

All settlements are non-transferable and MUST be executed within one hundred and eighty
days of approval by the Deputy Commissioner, Management and Budget.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Department does not reimburse members of the service for loss of, or damage to,
personal articles, e.g., jewelry, rings, bracelets, etc., with the exception of watches. While
uniformed members of the service performing patrol duty must be equipped with a
serviceable watch, such members should be aware that a maximum of $75.00 has been
established as a reasonable amount for reimbursement, if the watch is lost or damaged.
Uniformed members of the service may require prescription eyeglasses/contact lenses in
order to optimally perform their duties. In those instances where prescription
eyeglasses/contact lenses are lost or damaged in the performance of extraordinary police
duties, members should be aware that a maximum of $100.00 has been established as a
reasonable amount for reimbursement.
Uniformed members authorized to perform duty in civilian clothes who sustain damage to
their personal clothing in the furtherance of extraordinary police action should be aware
that the following limits (in consideration of depreciation) have been established as
reasonable for reimbursement.
Jacket/Coat
Suit Jacket
Dress
Dress pants
Footwear
Skirt
Other pants (jeans, shorts, etc.)
Dress shirt/blouse
Other shirts (sweat shirt, t-shirt, etc.)
Other

$100.00
$100.00
$100.00
$75.00
$75.00
$50.00
$45.00
$40.00
$20.00
As determined by Audits and Accounts Unit

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Collisions - Private Vehicles Authorized for Police Use (P.G. 217-07)
Required Firearms / Equipment (P.G. 204-09)
Private Vehicles Authorization (A.G. 325-14)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-08

FIREARMS
GENERAL REGULATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

EQUIPMENT
FIREARMS

1.

2.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

Be armed at all times when in New York City, unless otherwise directed,
or except as provided in item 2 below, with:
a.
Service revolver/pistol or off duty revolver/pistol as specified in
P.G. 204-09, “Required Firearms And Equipment.”
Be unarmed at own discretion while off duty when:
a.
Possession of firearm, under the circumstances, would unnecessarily
create a risk of loss or theft of the firearm, i.e., participation in
sporting activities, attendance at beach and pool, etc., OR
b.
On vacation, OR
c.
Engaged in authorized off duty employment, OR
d.
Engaged in any activity of a nature whereby it would be advisable
NOT to carry a firearm, OR
e.
There is a likelihood that member will be consuming alcoholic
intoxicants.

In those instances in which an off duty uniformed member is required to carry a firearm, the member
concerned MUST CARRY either the regulation service revolver or pistol, or an authorized off duty
revolver or pistol. A uniformed member who performs undercover duty and who has been
authorized to carry a special weapon (see A.G. 305-05, “Authorization for Special Weapons”) is
permitted to carry the special weapon in lieu of the regulation firearms specified in P.G. 204-09
while off duty. The carrying of these firearms while off duty applies within the City and State of New
York and also in those states outside New York State which permit visiting police officers to carry
firearms within their state boundaries by virtue of their status as police officers.

3.

4.

5.

6.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

Record all revolvers and pistols on FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).
a.
Service revolvers/pistols, and off duty revolvers/pistols must
conform to the specifications and standards of the Firearms and
Tactics Section, Police Academy.
Do not modify revolvers or pistols without written permission of the
Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section.
a.
Modifications permitted will be entered on FORCE RECORD.
Have service revolvers/pistols, and off duty revolvers/pistols not
purchased at the Equipment Section inspected and tested by a Firearms
and Tactics Section gunsmith prior to use.
Carry handguns (gun collections, etc.), other than service and off duty
guns, only while enroute to or from practice range or similar activity.

When carrying such weapons, member must be armed with an authorized on duty or off
duty firearm. The firearm being transported that is not authorized for on duty or off
duty use shall be unloaded.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-08

EQUIPMENT
FIREARMS
(continued)

7.
8.
9.

2 of 3

Safeguard weapons at all times.
Do not store or leave firearm in an unattended motor vehicle.
Do not carry firearms in briefcases, handbags, fanny packs, hip packs,
tote bags, knapsacks, paper bags or similar devices.
Carry firearms, on the person, in an appropriate holster specifically
designed to afford maximum protection against loss of weapon.

All holsters, regardless of type, style, or design (i.e., ankle, shoulder or belt holster)
must be specifically designed for the weapon being carried. “One size fits all,” “Clipon,” and “belly band” holsters are prohibited.

11.
12.

13.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Use only approved Department issued ammunition for use in revolvers/pistols.
For members authorized to carry service revolver - Ensure that cylinder is
fully loaded with appropriate ammunition. Maintain twelve rounds of
ammunition in two speedloaders on duty belt.
a.
Keep twelve extra rounds of ammunition in locker at primary
place of duty or on the duty belt in two ammo pouches.
For members authorized to carry 9MM pistol - Ensure that one round of
ammunition is in the chamber and fifteen rounds in the magazine at all
times.
a.
Maintain fifteen rounds in each of the two magazines carried on
the duty belt.

Those uniformed members of the service authorized to carry specialized undercover
firearms as per A.G. 305-05, “Authorization for Special Weapons,” will also ensure that
the maximum number of rounds are loaded in each magazine, and that a round is loaded
in the chamber of the weapon, as applicable.

14.
15.

16.

Comply with P.G. 205-03, “Responsibility For Weapons While Sick,” if
member expects to go on extended sick leave.
Carry ONLY authorized firearms when on duty.
a.
Permission of commanding officer is required PRIOR to carrying
special weapons while performing duty (see A.G. 305-05,
“Authorization For Special Weapons”).
Do not enter Family Court or Supreme Court Matrimonial Parts while
armed if involved, OTHER THAN AS ARRESTING OFFICER OR ON
OFFICIAL BUSINESS, in Family Court case or Supreme Court
matrimonial case.
a.
Safeguard firearms at a location other than Family Court or
Supreme Court OR if within New York City, the member
concerned may elect to deliver firearm to desk officer of precinct
in which Family Court or Supreme Court is located.
b.
Uniformed member of the service present at Family Court or
Supreme Court as an arresting officer or on official business will
report to the court officer supervisor and sign the Law
Enforcement Officer log.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-08

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

All uniformed members of the service, unless they are on official business or personally
participating in a sporting event requiring the use of a firearm, such as hunting or
competitive shooting, are prohibited from carrying on their person, or transporting in
their luggage, or by another means of conveyance, their service, off-duty or other
firearm into a foreign country. Members of the service traveling to a foreign country in
order to personally participate in a sporting event requiring the use of a firearm, are
required to comply with all applicable rules and regulations regarding firearms of the
country they are entering.
Failure to comply will result in disciplinary action and possibly subject the uniformed
member to criminal penalties and/or weapon confiscation. Uniformed members of
service will adhere to P.G. 212-83, “Leaving City on Official Business” and A.G. 32018, “Official Trips by Department Representatives,” when leaving New York City on
official business.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-09

REQUIRED FIREARMS/EQUIPMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

REQUIRED
EQUIPMENT

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

Lieutenants, sergeants, and police officers performing patrol duty in uniform are
required to carry or wear the following equipment, as authorized or indicated:
1.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

Regulation Service Revolver - Spurless hammer; double action only; .38
calibre, with three or four inch barrel; military (Patridge) sights; matte
stainless steel finish; checkered, hardwood grips or authorized rubber grips
which do not interfere with the use of speedloaders. The following
conform to the above specifications and may be carried by authorized
uniformed members as service and off duty weapons:
a.
Smith & Wesson, Military and Police, model 64 NY-1 (3” or 4”
barrel models)
b.
Ruger - GPNY (3” or 4” barrel, stainless steel)
c.
Ruger - Speed Six (3” barrel, stainless steel)
d.
Ruger - Police Service Six (stainless steel - [discontinued by manufacturer]).

Uniformed members of the service who possess the revolvers described below may
continue to use them as authorized service/off duty revolvers, provided such revolvers
were owned by the member prior to July 1, 1987:
a.
Smith & Wesson, Military and Police, Model 10 (4”)
b.
Colt, Official Police
c.
Colt, Metropolitan Mark III
d.
Dan Wesson, Model 11, Fixed Barrel
e.
Ruger, Police Service Six
f.
Smith & Wesson or Colt .38 Special revolver with a 3” barrel, and military
(Patridge) sights.
The revolvers listed in this NOTE have a blued or parkerized finish with both double and
single action capability, all steel frame (no air weight or alloy), and standard hardwood
or authorized rubber grips.

2.

NOTE

Authorized Off Duty Revolver - Spurless hammer; double action only;
.38 calibre, with a barrel at least two inches, but not more than four inches
in length; military (Patridge) sights; matte stainless steel finish; standard
checkered, hardwood grips or authorized rubber grips which do not
interfere with the use of speedloaders. The following conform to the
above specifications and may be carried by authorized uniformed
members as off duty weapons:
a.
Ruger SPNY, Smith and Wesson Model 640
b.
Smith and Wesson 64 NY-1

The Ruger Speed Six, three inch barrel (stainless steel) conforms to the above
specifications but is no longer manufactured. Off duty revolvers with frames made of
lightweight metals, such as aluminum, aluminum alloy, etc., are not authorized for use
by uniformed members of the service. The Smith and Wesson Model 60, and Model 60
NY1 spurless hammer model are not authorized for off duty use.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-09

NOTE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

Uniformed members who possess Smith and Wesson, Colt or Ruger revolvers, with a
barrel of at least two inches, but not more than four inches in length, with military
(Patridge) sights, may continue to use them as authorized off duty revolvers, provided
such revolvers were owned by the member concerned prior to July 1, 1987 or, for
former members of the Transit Police Department, prior to April 2, 1995.
Uniformed members purchasing new or replacing lost/stolen service or off duty
revolvers will purchase the spurless hammer, double action only models as specified in
step 1, subdivisions a through d, and step 2, subdivisions a and b.

REQUIRED
EQUIPMENT
(continued)

3.

4.

NOTE

Regulation Service 9MM, Semi-Automatic Pistol - The following
conform to the Department's requirements and may be carried by
authorized uniformed members as service and off duty weapons:
a.
Glock – Model 19
b.
Smith & Wesson – Model 5946
c.
Sig Sauer – Model 226.
Authorized Off Duty 9MM, Semi-Automatic Pistol - The following
conform to the Department's requirements and may be carried by
authorized uniformed members as off duty weapons:
a.
Smith & Wesson 3953TSW
b.
Smith & Wesson 3914DAO
c.
Kahr K-9 (no new purchases or transfers after February 17, 2006)
d.
Glock Model 26
e.
Beretta 8000D Mini Cougar
f.
Sig Sauer P239 DAO.

An off duty revolver/pistol may be carried in addition to the service revolver/pistol,
provided only the service revolver/pistol is visible.

EQUIPMENT FOR USE WITH SERVICE REVOLVER
REQUIRED
EQUIPMENT

5.

6.
7.

Regulation Holster - black leather, designed with leather safety lock, in
four models:
a.
Standard for all uniformed members of the service.
b.
Swivel holster (optional) for uniformed members of the service
assigned to duty in Department vehicles.
c.
Highway Patrol Service Holster - for uniformed members
assigned to highway patrol duty (for use with Sam Browne belt).
d.
Mounted Service Holster - for uniformed members assigned to
mounted duty (for use with Sam Browne belt).
Two Speedloaders and Pouches - as authorized by the Equipment
Section, with twelve cartridges.
Belts (Two) - black leather, 1½ inches wide with gunmetal buckle.
Equipment belt will cover trouser belt, both to be worn firmly around the
waist.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

EQUIPMENT FOR USE WITH SERVICE 9MM PISTOL
REQUIRED
EQUIPMENT

8.

9.
10.

11.

Regulation Holster - black leather, designed with safety lock, in eight models:
a.
Glock, Model 19, right and left handed
b.
Smith & Wesson, right and left handed
c.
Sig Sauer, right and left handed
d.
9MM holster with flap, right and left handed.
Two Magazines and Pouches - as authorized by the Equipment Section,
with fifteen cartridges in each.
Belts (Two) - (for equipment: black leather, 2 ¼ inches wide with
gunmetal buckle); (for trousers: black leather, 1 ½ inches wide with
gunmetal buckle). Equipment belt will cover trouser belt, both to be
worn firmly around the waist.
Night Sights - ensure “Tritium” night sights are installed. Installation by
anyone other than a Firearms and Tactics Section gunsmith is not
permissible. Pistols purchased at the Equipment Section on or after
September 12, 1994, are already equipped with night sights installed by
the manufacturer. The use of night sights by uniformed members
authorized to carry 9MM pistols prior to September 12, 1994, is optional.

OTHER EQUIPMENT
REQUIRED
EQUIPMENT

12.

13.
14.
15.
16.

NOTE

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) with following inserts:
a.
AUTO IDENTIFICATION (PD371-090)
b.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING MENTALLY ILL OR
EMOTIONALLY DISTURBED PERSONS (PD104-110)
c.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE/VICTIMS OF CRIME (PD154-110)
d.
STREET ENCOUNTERS - LEGAL ISSUES (PD344-153)
e.
POSSIBLE INDICATORS OF TERRORIST ACTIVITY (PD378111)
f.
WHAT IS A STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK ENCOUNTER?
(PD344-111)
g.
PRIMARY LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER (PD312-091)
h.
Any other insert, as required.
Regulation traffic whistle and belt whistle holder.
Regulation handcuffs carried in handcuff case with key available for use.
Regulation eleven inch rubber billet with leather thong may be used from
0800 - 1600 hours, unless baton is carried.
Baton (Side Handle) - Monadnock Lifetime Products Inc., Model PR-24 STS.
a.
Carried only by uniformed members of the service trained and
qualified by the New York City Police Academy.

All uniformed members of the service appointed after December 1988 must carry the side handle
baton. Carrying of a straight baton by members of the service appointed after December 1988 is
unauthorized. All uniformed members of the service appointed before December 1988, who are
trained and qualified in the use of the straight baton and the side handle baton by the New York

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-09

NOTE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

City Police Academy, must carry the side handle baton. Carrying of a straight baton by
members of the service trained and certified in the use of side handle baton is unauthorized.
Members appointed prior to December 1988, who are not trained and qualified in the side
handle baton, will carry a straight baton, 24 to 26 inches in length, 1¼ inches in thickness; made
of locust, hickory, white ash or rosewood; attached to a leather thong.
Batons are to be carried on all tours, except as directed by commanding officer for 2nd
platoon foot patrol.

REQUIRED
EQUIPMENT
(continued)

17.

18.

NOTE

Members of the service may elect to carry a secondary flashlight as an adjunct to their primary
flashlight. Secondary lights may be either a miniature flashlight or a lantern type flashlight.
These secondary lights may be used as a backup for the mandatory flashlight and may be useful
in situations such as a search where a lantern can provide greater illumination and longer
battery life. Under no circumstances should these lights be considered a substitute for the
primary lights which must be carried on all tours regardless of the availability of a secondary
flashlight. As an enhancement to visibility, it is recommended that flashlights be powered by
alkaline batteries for their durability and be equipped with a krypton bulb for additional
brightness. Halogen bulbs are not recommended because they drain battery power too quickly.

19.
20.
21.
NOTE

Baton Holder - black leather loop with military strap, to wear on gun belt
or Side Handle Baton Holder (black polycarbonate plastic 360 degree
swivel, 8 position).
Serviceable Flashlight - all tours, not to exceed 12½ inches in length,
tubular design (without attachments that alter the size, shape or weight of
the device) powered by a maximum of three “D” batteries and a
minimum of two “C” batteries.

Serviceable watch, properly set.
Reflective belt (1600 - 0800).
Reflective traffic safety vest.

Transit Bureau members assigned to uniform patrol in the transit system or assigned to any
detail in uniform performing traffic related duties will have in their possession the
authorized reflective traffic safety vest (fluorescent yellow). It will be at the discretion of a
supervisor as to whether uniformed members assigned to patrol in the transit system will
wear or simply carry the traffic safety vest.

22.
23.
24.
25.

Dual-purpose disorder control/scooter helmet with face shield, as indicated
in Patrol Guide procedure 203-05, “Performance on Duty – General.”
Pepper spray device and holder.
Keepers (four) - attached to the gun belt and trouser belt regardless of
type of weapon carried.
Glove pouch – all uniformed members of the service are required to wear
a synthetic leather glove pouch on their gun belt. Members on bicycle
patrol are required to wear a nylon glove pouch. Both versions of the
glove pouch must conform to those available at the Equipment Section.
This pouch is designed to hold disposable plastic gloves.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

REQUIRED
EQUIPMENT
(continued)

26.

Tactical Response Hood and Personal Protective Equipment
a.
Members performing patrol duties in a Department vehicle will
have the hood and pouch available in the vehicle.
b.
Members performing foot patrol duties and/or assigned to a detail
such as a parade, fixed post, etc. will carry the tactical response
hood by attaching the pouch to their gun belts on the side opposite
which the member carries his/her firearm.
(1)
Members will secure the tactical response hood pouch to
both their gun belt and their thigh using the straps and clips
provided.
c.
Members performing administrative or other duties inside a
Department facility will have the tactical response hood and pouch
readily available at all times.
d.
The balance of the personal protective equipment issued to
uniformed members of the service will be carried in Department
vehicles by those members of the service performing patrol duties
in such vehicles. All other uniformed members of the service will
have the balance of the personal protective equipment readily
available, e.g. stored in their Department locker.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Uniformed members of the service below the rank of captain who are assigned to
enforcement duties must carry a sufficient amount of summonses.
Uniformed members of the service assigned to civilian clothed enforcement duties are
required to have their service 9MM semi-automatic pistol and one extra fully loaded
magazine or their service .38 caliber revolver with twelve extra cartridges, handcuffs
with key and the “color of the day” head/arm band on their persons. In addition,
pepper spray device and holder will be carried by such members as specified in P.G.
212-95, “Use of Pepper Spray Devices.”
Commanding officers have the authority to allow members of their respective commands
to be armed with an authorized off duty weapon, if they believe it is more suitable for a
particular assignment.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-10

HANDGUN PURCHASE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To record the acquisition of handguns by uniformed members of the service.

PROCEDURE

When buying or acquiring a handgun:
PURCHASE FROM NEW YORK CITY HANDGUN LICENSEE
1.

Prior to acquiring a handgun from a New York City handgun licensee:
a.
Prepare Typed Letterhead, in triplicate, addressed to
Commanding Officer, License Division requesting permission to
acquire handgun and include the following information:
(1)
Make, caliber, type, model and serial number of handgun
(2)
Name, address and age of licensee
(3)
Current Handgun License number including date issued
and date expires.

COMMANDING 2.
3.
OFFICER OF
MEMBER

Endorse Typed Letterhead with recommendation and request status of licensee.
Forward original and one copy of Typed Letterhead direct to
Commanding Officer, License Division for determination and endorsement.

COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER,
LICENSE
DIVISION

Conduct record check of licensee.
a.
If license is valid and clear of suspension or ongoing
investigation, advise commanding officer of requesting member,
by endorsement, that acquisition may be approved.
b.
If licensee is currently suspended or under investigation, advise
commanding officer of requesting member, by endorsement, that
request is denied until such time as licensee is reinstated.

5.

Upon notification that record check has been completed and
Commanding Officer, License Division, has approved request, requesting
member will comply with steps 6 through 21.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

PURCHASE FROM OTHER THAN EQUIPMENT SECTION
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.
7.

8.

9.

Submit copy of bill of sale to desk officer/counterpart of permanent
command without delay.
Have handgun, which is authorized to be carried in performance of police
duty, tested by Department gunsmith except if purchased at Equipment
Section.
Prepare ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY
POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE (PD424-150)
and complete sections one through four.
Deliver form to desk officer/counterpart of permanent command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-10

11.

12.

13.
14.

DESK OFFICER 15.

16.
17.

CLERICAL
MEMBER

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 10.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE,
FIREARMS
AND TACTICS
SECTION

REVISION NUMBER:

18.
19.
20.

2 of 4

Compare make, model and serial number listed on bill of sale with
handgun.
Check New York State Police Information Network (NYSPIN) and
National Crime Information Center (NCIC) via “FINEST” or Stolen
Property Inquiry Section to determine if an alarm for such firearm exists.
Contact the Firearms and Tactics Section with the following information
and obtain a Firearms and Tactics Section (FTS) control number:
a.
Officer’s name
b.
Officer’s Tax registry number
c.
Officer’s command
d.
Type of transaction: Acquisition
e.
Make of firearm
f.
Model of firearm
g.
Type of firearm
h.
Serial number of firearm
i.
Name of desk officer.
Enter information received from desk officer in the Acquisition/
Disposition Log.
Assign the next available FTS control number and provide this control
number to the desk officer of the notifying command.

Make a Command Log entry including member’s name, tax registry number,
date purchased, purchased from, make, model, caliber, type, serial number,
FTS officer notified and FTS control number.
a.
Enter Command Log page number on ACQUISITION OR
DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE.
b.
Enter FTS control number in the upper right hand corner on the
ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY
POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE.
Complete Part 5 (Agency Endorsement) of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE
POLICE.
Give bill of sale and completed REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to
clerical member.
Make appropriate entries on FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).
Deliver REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to commanding officer.
File bill of sale, member’s copy of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE
POLICE (second copy), gunsmith authorization approval form, if
applicable, and reply from Commanding Officer, License Division, if
applicable, in member’s personal folder.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 21.
OFFICER

3 of 4

Forward first copy of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to Firearms
and Tactics Section.

PURCHASE OF FIREARMS FROM EQUIPMENT SECTION
EQUIPMENT
SECTION
MEMBER

22.
23.

Have ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY
POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE prepared.
Have purchasing member sign report (Section 4 - Certification).

COMMANDING 24.
OFFICER,
EQUIPMENT
SECTION

Contact the Firearms and Tactics Section with the following information
and obtain a Firearms and Tactics Section (FTS) control number:
a.
Officer’s name
b.
Officer’s Tax registry number
c.
Officer’s command
d.
Type of transaction: Acquisition
e.
Make of firearm
f.
Model of firearm
g.
Type of firearm
h.
Serial number of firearm
i.
Name of Commanding Officer, Equipment Section.

25.

Enter information received from Commanding Officer, Equipment
Section in the Acquisition/Disposition Log.
Assign the next available FTS control number and provide this control
number to the Commanding Officer, Equipment Section.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE,
FIREARMS
AND TACTICS
SECTION

26.

COMMANDING 27.
OFFICER,
EQUIPMENT
28.
SECTION
29.

Enter FTS control number in the upper right hand corner on the
ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE
OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE.
Complete Part 5 (Agency Endorsement) of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE
POLICE.
Forward copies as indicated on form:
a.
First copy to Firearms and Tactics Section.
b.
Second copy to member’s commanding officer along with copy of
bill of sale.

COMMANDING 30.
OFFICER OF
MEMBER

Have entry made on FORCE RECORD and Command Log entry made
including member’s name, tax registry number, date purchased, purchased from,
make, model, caliber, type and serial number upon receipt of REPORT TO
N.Y. STATE POLICE and bill of sale from Equipment Section.

31.

File REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE and bill of sale in member’s
personal folder.

CLERICAL
MEMBER

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-10

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

A routine request for information concerning handguns belonging to a uniformed
member of the service will be directed to the member’s permanent command. The
Police Academy, Firearms and Tactics Section, will supply information on a twenty-four
hour basis concerning the firearms of a uniformed member of the service to an
investigating supervisor in an emergency if the permanent command of the member is
closed, OR during an investigation, if a telephone inquiry to the member’s command
may compromise an investigation. If a handgun comes into the possession of a
uniformed member of the service and the owner of the firearm is unknown, a request for
the identity of the owner will be directed to the Stolen Property Inquiry Section.
Failure by a uniformed member of the service to report an acquisition or disposition of a
firearm to this Department within ten days of such transaction is a Class “A”
Misdemeanor under Penal Law Section 400.00, subdivision 12c.
Handgun purchases effected under the authority of a Class I Federal Firearms License
or New York State Dealer in Firearms License DO NOT exempt a member of the service
from filing ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE
OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE for those firearms possessed outside
the scope of the dealer in firearms license.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Selling/Disposing of Handguns to Another Uniformed Member of the Service or to a
Licensed Firearms Dealer in New York State (P.G. 204-13)
Disposal of Handgun to Handgun Licensee (P.G. 204-14)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT
TO N.Y. STATE POLICE (PD424-150)
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-11

PISTOL MAGAZINE PURCHASES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To make the Department aware of pistol magazine purchases by uniformed
members of the service and provide an inspection capability through a review of
members’ Personal Folders, Command Communication Records and in most
instances, Equipment Section files.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service finds it necessary to purchase a
magazine for an authorized service pistol:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Prepare a written report to Commanding Officer including reason for the
purchase (magazine lost, defective, etc.).

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER

Endorse the request and have a copy placed in the concerned member’s
Personal Folder.

3.

Present original endorsed report to the Commanding Officer, Equipment
Section.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER,
EQUIPMENT
SECTION
ADDITIONAL
DATA

File the report, chronologically, in a Command File.

Should a uniformed member of the service elect to purchase a magazine directly from a
manufacturer, the member’s commanding officer will include in the endorsement a
request to the manufacturer that the magazine be sent to the member’s command and not
his/her residence.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-12

REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF AUTHORIZED FIREARMS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To borrow a service pistol, revolver, or repair authorized firearms.

PROCEDURE

When a service pistol or revolver is stolen, lost, requires repair, is held as
evidence by a court, District Attorney or safeguarded by the Property Clerk:
TO OBTAIN REPLACEMENT SERVICE PISTOL OR REVOLVER:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Notify commanding officer of facts.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER

Direct preparation of two copies of report, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to
Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section outlining facts and
requesting that the member concerned be loaned a service pistol or revolver.

3.

Deliver report to officer in charge, Firearms and Tactics Section on
weekdays, 0730 to 1530 hours, Outdoor Range, Rodman’s Neck.
Report to commanding officer make, model and serial number of pistol or
revolver obtained from Firearms and Tactics Section.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

COMMANDING 5.
OFFICER

Have entry of above data made on member’s FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).

6.

Deliver borrowed pistol or revolver to Firearms and Tactics Section when
service pistol or revolver is returned or repaired.
a.
Obtain receipt for borrowed pistol or revolver from Firearms and
Tactics Section and deliver to commanding officer.

COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER

Have entry made on member’s FORCE RECORD indicating return of
borrowed pistol or revolver to Firearms and Tactics Section and file
receipt in member’s Personal Folder.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Department procedures prohibit modification of a service/off duty pistol or revolver or
an authorized firearm without the prior permission of the Commanding Officer,
Firearms and Tactics Section. Firearms that become defective in any manner, including
water saturation, will be delivered to the Department gunsmith at Outdoor Range,
Rodman’s Neck for repair/inspection prior to use.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-12

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Under some conditions, uniformed members of the service may find it necessary to have
service/off duty pistols or revolvers or authorized firearms repaired by the manufacturer
or a licensed gunsmith for repairs that the Department gunsmith is unable to make. If the
service pistol or revolver requires repair, uniformed member of the service will obtain a
replacement service pistol or revolver at the Firearms and Tactics Section by complying
with the procedure above. In addition, if a member’s service/off duty pistol, revolver, or
authorized firearm is repaired by other than the Department gunsmith, such firearm must
be inspected by the Department gunsmith prior to being carried on or off duty.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Firearms - General Regulations (P.G. 204-08)
Required Firearms/Equipment (P.G. 204-09)
Lost/Stolen Firearm, Shield, Identification Card (P.G. 219-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-13

SELLING/DISPOSING OF HANDGUNS TO ANOTHER UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE OR TO A LICENSED FIREARMS
DEALER IN NEW YORK STATE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To record handgun transactions.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service sells or otherwise disposes of a
handgun to another uniformed member of the service or to a licensed firearms
dealer located in New York State:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.
DESK OFFICER 4.
5.
6.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE,
FIREARMS
AND TACTICS
SECTION

7.
8.

Notify desk officer/counterpart of permanent command without delay and
submit copy of bill of sale indicating:
a.
Identity of purchaser including:
(1)
Tax registry number and command if uniformed member
of the service, OR
(2)
License number if firearms dealer.
b.
Complete description of firearm including serial number.
Prepare ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY
POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE (PD424150) and complete sections one through four.
Deliver form to desk officer/counterpart of permanent command.
Notify commanding officer.
Check REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE and bill of sale for
accuracy.
Contact the Firearms and Tactics Section with the following information
and obtain a Firearms and Tactics Section (FTS) control number:
a.
Officer’s name
b.
Officer’s Tax registry number
c.
Officer’s command
d.
Type of transaction: Disposition
e.
Make of firearm
f.
Model of firearm
g.
Type of firearm
h.
Serial number of firearm
i.
Name of desk officer.
Enter information received from desk officer in the Acquisition/
Disposition Log.
Assign the next available FTS control number and provide this control
number to the desk officer of the notifying command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-13

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 9.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Make a Command Log entry including member’s name, tax registry
number, date disposed, disposed to, make, model, caliber, type, serial
number, FTS officer notified and FTS control number.
a.
Enter FTS control number in the upper right hand corner on the
ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY
POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE.

Command Log entries will be made for ALL acquisitions as well as dispositions.

10.

Deliver ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY
POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to the
commanding officer.

COMMANDING 11.
OFFICER
12.

Review REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE and complete Part 5
(Agency Endorsement).
Give REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE and bill of sale to clerical
member.

13.

Make entry on rear of FORCE RECORD (PD406-143) indicating date
of disposal.
File member’s copy (second copy) of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE
POLICE with bill of sale in member’s personal folder.
Distribute first copy of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to
Firearms and Tactics Section.

CLERICAL
MEMBER

14.
15.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Uniformed members of the service are also permitted to dispose of handguns to holders
of handgun licenses issued by this Department.
Handgun purchases effected under the authority of a Class I Federal Firearms License
or New York State Dealer in Firearms License DO NOT exempt a member of the service
from filing ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE
OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE for those firearms possessed outside
the scope of the dealer in firearms license.
Since November 1, 1994, the Equipment Section has issued 9mm service weapons to
uniformed members of the service. Since Police Department funds have been used to
purchase and/or make reimbursements for the 9mm weapons that are the subject of this
program, the Department retains the right to repossess and permanently retain these
weapons under certain circumstances as follows:
a.
When a recruit officer or probationary police officer resigns or is terminated
from the Department OR
b.
When any other member of the service resigns or is terminated from the
Department under less than honorable conditions, as determined by the Chief of
Department.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-13

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Weapons in the above categories will be vouchered for safekeeping with the following
statement in the “Remarks” section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521141):
WEAPON IS NOT TO BE RELEASED WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION
OF THE CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT.
The Commanding Officer, Property Clerk Division will forward a report to the Chief of
Department for any 9mm service weapon vouchered from a recruit or probationary
police officer who resigns or who may be terminated, and from other officers who
resigned or terminated employment under less than honorable conditions.
a.
Chief of Department will notify the Property Clerk Division to forward to the
Outdoor Range the 9mm service weapon vouchered from recruit officers and
probationary officers.
b.
Chief of Department will determine and then notify the Property Clerk Division
whether the 9mm service weapons vouchered from other officers, who resigned
or terminated employment under less than honorable conditions, are to revert
back to the Department, and sent to the Outdoor Range, or released to the
member concerned.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Handgun Purchase (P.G. 204-10)
Disposal of Handgun to Handgun Licensee (P.G. 204-14)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE (PD424-150)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-14

DISPOSAL OF HANDGUN TO HANDGUN LICENSEE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To authorize a uniformed member of the service to dispose of a handgun to a
New York City Handgun Licensee, ONLY.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service wants to sell, give away, etc., a handgun
to a person who has been granted a handgun license by this Department:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Prepare three copies of Typed Letterhead, addressed to Commanding
Officer, License Division, requesting permission to dispose of firearm
including the following information:
a.
Make, caliber, type, model and serial number of handgun which is
subject of application
b.
Service handgun: make, caliber, type, model and serial number
c.
All other handguns: make, type, model, serial number
d.
Handguns transferred on previous occasions: dates, to whom sold
including address, make, caliber, type, model and serial numbers
e.
Has seller valid right to dispose of handgun? (Yes or No)
f.
Name, address, age and sex of licensee
g.
Present handgun license number and date issued
h.
Reasons handgun licensee wants to obtain handgun.

COMMANDING 2.
3.
OFFICER OF
MEMBER

Endorse application with recommendation.
Forward original and one copy of application, direct, to Commanding
Officer, License Division, for final decision and endorsement.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.
5.

Comply with decision of Commanding Officer, License Division.
Comply with P.G. 204-13, “Selling/Disposing of Handguns to Another
Uniformed Member of the Service or to a Licensed Firearms Dealer in New
York State”, if transaction approved.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Since November 1, 1994, the Equipment Section has issued 9mm service weapons to
uniformed members of the service. Since Police Department funds have been used to
purchase and/or make reimbursements for the 9mm weapons that are the subject of this
program, the Department retains the right to repossess and permanently retain these
weapons under certain circumstances as follows:
a.
When a recruit officer or probationary police officer resigns or is terminated
from the Department OR
b.
When any other member of the service resigns or is terminated from the
Department under less than honorable conditions, as determined by the Chief of
Department.
Weapons in the above categories will be vouchered for safekeeping with the following
statement in the “Remarks” section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521141):

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-14

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

WEAPON IS NOT TO BE RELEASED WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION
OF THE CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT.
The Commanding Officer, Property Clerk Division will forward a report to the Chief of
Department for any 9mm service weapon vouchered from a recruit or probationary
police officer who resigns or who may be terminated, and from other officers who
resigned or terminated employment under less than honorable conditions.
a.
Chief of Department will notify the Property Clerk Division to forward to the
Outdoor Range the 9mm service weapon vouchered from recruit officers and
probationary officers.
b.
Chief of Department will determine and then notify the Property Clerk Division
whether the 9mm service weapons vouchered from other officers, who resigned
or terminated employment under less than honorable conditions, are to revert
back to the Department, and sent to the Outdoor Range, or released to the
member concerned.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Handgun Purchase (P.G. 204-10)
Selling/Disposing of Handguns to Another Uniformed Member of the Service or to a
Licensed Firearms Dealer in New York State (P.G. 204-13)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-15

SHIELDS/NAMEPLATES/IDENTIFICATION CARDS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Wear shield at all times while in uniform on the outermost garment except
if outermost garment has sewn shield patch, i.e., golf type shirt, etc.
Wear nameplate ¼ inch below and centered under shield on outermost
garment.
a.
DO NOT wear nameplate on raincoat.
Carry shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) at all times,
when in uniform or civilian clothes, and present both when necessary to
establish identification.

Uniformed members utilizing the option of not carrying firearms off duty as described in
P.G. 204-08, “Firearms - General Regulations,” may also elect not to carry their shield.

4.
5.

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

Display shield on the outermost garment when wearing civilian clothes at
the scene of an emergency.
Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD, when wearing either
uniform or civilian clothes, when delivering or withdrawing evidence from
Property Clerk Division or whenever obtaining Department property, (i.e.,
vehicles, radios, etc.) for temporary use from another command.

If necessary, the command in possession of the Department property will telephone the
command requesting the loan of property to verify the officer(s) present at their command
were sent for this equipment. A Command Log or an appropriate Department record
entry will be made indicating rank, name and shield number of member conferred with.

6.

Display IDENTIFICATION CARD prominently on outermost garment
when wearing civilian clothes in any Department facility.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-16

EMBLEMS, INSIGNIA AND BREAST BARS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 13

GRAPHIC OF UNIFORMS SHOWING LOCATION OF PATCHES, EMBLEMS, ETC.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-16

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

2 of 13

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-16

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT AND DEPARTMENT EMBLEMS

SHOULDER STRAP (Lieutenants and Above)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

3 of 13

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-16

DEPARTMENT
AND
COMMAND
EMBLEMS
(SHOULDER
PATCHES)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1.
2.

3.

4 of 13

The Department logo will be worn on both left and right sleeves of all
regulation uniform garments except the turtleneck shirt and raingear.
Uniformed members of the service assigned to Aviation, Emergency
Service, Harbor, Mounted, Scuba, Patrol Borough Task Force, Transit
Bureau Canine Team or Highway District units shall continue to display
the Department emblem on the right sleeve only and their command
emblem on the left shoulder.
Uniformed members of the service assigned to the Communications
Division and the Traffic Operations District will display their authorized
command emblem on the left sleeve ½ inch beneath the Department
emblem except: sergeants assigned to this unit shall continue to display
the Department emblem on the right sleeve only and their command
emblem on the left sleeve (centered midway between the crest of the
chevrons and the top of the sleeve).

COLLAR
INSIGNIA AND
COMMAND
DESIGNATIONS

1.

SERVICE
STRIPES/
HASH MARKS

1.
2.

NOTE

Sewing through the leather and raingear would damage the leather or jeopardize the
integrity of the waterproofing.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Wear ONLY yellow metal command insignia (except commands
authorized to wear cloth insignia [white lettering] on work uniforms).
Sergeants, uniformed detectives, and police officers will wear appropriate
insignia on both sides of collar of BOTH inner and outer garments, except
raingear (i.e., insignia will be worn on the collar of a regulation long
sleeve shirt, if worn, as well as the duty jacket).
Each stripe represents five years of service.
Service stripes/hash marks are to be affixed to all outer garments, except
short sleeve shirts, leather and raingear, of lieutenants, sergeants,
detectives and police officers (left sleeve only).

The lower tip of the bottom stripe is 4 inches from the bottom of the
sleeve. (Do not include elastic cuff, duty jackets etc., in measurement).
Police officers, detectives and sergeants will remove the service mohair
braid, from both sleeves, if worn, from the summer blouse/winter coat.
The service stripes/hash marks for uniformed members of the service in
the rank of lieutenant, sergeant, detective and police officer shall be the
same blue/white colors as sergeant’s chevrons. Uniformed members of
the service in the rank of lieutenant, sergeant, detective and police officer
assigned to Mounted Unit and the Police Academy, Firearms and Tactics
Section in khaki range uniforms, shall wear service stripes/hash marks the
same yellow/white colors as the Mounted Unit sergeant’s chevrons.
Service stripes/hash marks may be worn six months prior to the five year
period represented, if the wearer so desires.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 13

BREAST BARS/ PRECINCT, POLICE SERVICE AREA, TRANSIT DISTRICT COMMANDING
PINS
OFFICER RECOGNITION PIN
The PRECINCT, POLICE SERVICE AREA, TRANSIT DISTRICT COMMANDING
OFFICER RECOGNITION PIN, with designated precinct, police service area,
transit district numerals displayed, will be worn above the right breast pocket of
the outermost garment by the commanding officer when performing duty in
uniform. If another bar (e.g. Medal of Honor breast bar or longevity service bar)
is worn, the Commanding Officer Recognition Pin will be worn above.
BREAST BARS (Not to Scale)
Department Medal of Honor

NOTE

A second award of this medal is identified by a gold leaf placed in the center of the bar.
The Department Medal of Honor breast bar, at the discretion of the recipient, may be
worn over the right breast uniform pocket. When so worn, all other bars will be
displayed on the left side, above the member’s shield. If uniform has no breast pockets,
all bars will be worn on the left, above the shield.

Police Combat Cross

NOTE

A second award of this medal is identified by a gold leaf placed in the center of the bar.

Medal For Valor

NOTE

A second award of this medal is identified by a gold leaf placed in the center of the bar.

\

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-16

PAGE:

08/01/13

BREAST BARS/
PINS
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

6 of 13

Police Purple Shield Medal

The Police Purple Shield Medal will be awarded to those uniformed members of the service
who have suffered extremely serious physical injury, or death, or permanent disfigurement,
protracted or permanent impairment of health as determined by the Honor Board.
The Police Purple Shield Medal breast bar, at the discretion of the recipient, may be
worn over the right breast uniform pocket. When so worn, all other bars will be
displayed on the left side, above member’s shield. If uniform has no breast pockets, all
bars will be worn on the left, above the shield.

Honorable Mention (Silver Star) (Shown Below)
Exceptional Merit (Light Green Star)
Commendation (Bronze Star)
Commendation - Community Service (Light Blue Star)

NOTE







1st Award
2nd Award (same type)
2nd Award (different types)
3rd Award (same type)
3rd Award (different types)







Appropriate star in white area
Appropriate stars in green and blue areas
Appropriate stars, highest in green area
Appropriate stars in green, white and blue areas
Appropriate stars, highest in white, next highest
in green, lowest in blue area.

Upon receipt of a fourth award, a second bar will be worn with appropriate star(s)
affixed. If fourth award duplicates any of the previous three, the duplication will be
reflected on the second bar.
The Medal For Valor bar (dark blue) is worn by recipient of Organizational Medal for
Valor/Merit.
The Commendation - Community Service bar is worn by recipient of Line Organization Community Service Medal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-16

BREAST BARS/
PINS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 13

Meritorious Police Duty

Excellent Police Duty

NOTE

Only one breast bar in the grade of Meritorious Police Duty or Excellent Police Duty
may be worn at one time, however, members who have been awarded Meritorious Police
Duty or Excellent Police Duty numbering more than 25, 30, 40, 50 or 60 are authorized
to wear an additional breast bar. One breast bar will be number 25, 30, 40, 50 or 60
and when combined with the number indicated on the second bar will designate the total
number of awards received in that category. Members are not authorized to wear more
than two bars.

Unit Citation

NOTE

Designated members of the service may wear a Unit Citation. The Unit Citation breast
bar will be left bare to indicate the receipt of a single Unit Citation. The receipt of
additional Unit Citations will be indicated by the number “2”, “3”, etc. on the bar. The
Unit Citation breast bar may be worn during entire police career regardless of
subsequent assignments within the Department.
The Unit Citation breast bar is worn above the shield and immediately below individual
recognition awards. (Eligible civilian members may wear the Unit Citation lapel pin).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-16

DATE EFFECTIVE:

PAGE:

08/01/13

BREAST BARS/
PINS
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

8 of 13

Military Service Breast Bar



 United States Army


 United States Marine
Corps



 A black enameled bar. The United States Army
logo with colors light blue and gold centered on
the bar.



 A red enameled bar. The United States Marine
Corps logo with colors red, black, and gold
centered on the bar.


 United States Navy

 A navy blue enameled bar. The United States


Navy logo with colors navy blue, cream, and
gold centered on the bar.


 United States
Air Force

 Light blue enameled bar. The United States Air Force
logo with colors navy blue, white, and silver centered
on the bar.



 United States Coast
Guard

 A solid blue enameled bar. The United States Coast
Guard logo with colors red, white, and gold
centered on the bar.

Members of the service who are currently active in any branch of the United States
Armed Forces or have been honorably discharged are authorized to wear the
Military Service breast bar. The Military Service breast bar is to be worn above
shield, immediately below Unit Citation, if worn, or below individual recognition
awards. 

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-16

BREAST BARS/
PINS
(continued)

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 13

Hurricane Katrina Rescue and Recovery Mission Commemorative
Breast Bar

Those members of the service who have participated in the Katrina Rescue and
Recovery Mission are granted permission to wear the commemorative breast bar. The
Katrina breast bar is to be worn above shield, immediately below Unit Citation, if worn,
or below individual recognition awards.

TWA Flight 800 Recovery Operation Commemorative Breast Bar

NOTE

Those uniformed members of the service who participated in the TWA Flight 800 Recovery
Operation received a Flight 800 breast bar. The Flight 800 breast bar is to be worn above shield,
immediately below Unit Citation, if worn, or below individual recognition awards.

Puerto Rico Response Bar

NOTE

All uniformed members of the service, who participated in the Puerto Rico Rescue Mission
from September 22, 1989 through September 29, 1989, are authorized to wear the Puerto
Rico Response Bar. The Puerto Rico Response Bar is to be worn above shield,
immediately below Unit Citation, if worn, or below individual recognition awards.

Longevity Bar

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service below the rank of captain authorized to wear the
regulation short sleeve shirt must wear the longevity bar. The bar will be worn over the
right breast pocket. If the Department Medal of Honor breast bar is worn on the right
side, the longevity bar will be worn over the shield. If there is no right breast pocket on
the outer garment, the longevity bar will be worn over the shield (as indicated under
ADDITIONAL DATA).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-16

BREAST BARS/
PINS
(continued)
NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

10 of 13

Emergency Medical Technician Pin

All uniformed members of the service who have been trained and certified or re-certified
by this Department are authorized to wear the Emergency Medical Technician Pin. The
pin is worn ¼ inch above the shield or breast bars.

American Flag Breast Bar

NOTE

The American Flag breast bar may be worn and is the only emblem authorized. The
cloth American Flag emblem, the Flag “pin” and any other specialty pins such as those
depicting the American Flag along with fraternal organization insignia or flags of other
nations are not authorized and will not be worn. The American Flag breast bar may be
worn ¼ inch above the center of the shield or breast bars. If worn, it will be the top
most bar above the shield.

Firearms Proficiency Breast Bar

NOTE

A uniformed member of the service who receives a perfect score of one hundred (100)
percent during semi-annual re-qualification or during the Police Academy basic firearms
training course, is authorized to wear the Firearms Proficiency breast bar. Members
will be issued a breast bar by Firearms and Tactics Section personnel subsequent to
such firearms qualification, indicating proficiency in the use of their weapon.
Firearms Proficiency breast bar will be worn directly over the shield and below all
other breast bars. Only one Firearms Proficiency breast bar may be worn regardless of
the number received. If member fails to attain the required score at subsequent
qualification cycle, the breast bar must be removed. No promotional points will be
granted for such Department recognition.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A breast bar is horizontally centered ¼ inch above the center of the shield, when
authorized. Additional bars, awards, or wings, when authorized, are worn with ¼ inch
space between each award.
Members of the service qualified to wear a shooting award or designation will place it ¼
inch above the shield.
Aviation Unit members qualified as pilots and/or aircrew are authorized to wear
appropriate metal breast wings and will place them ¼ inch above the shield.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-16

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

PAGE:

11 of 13

Members of the service qualified to rappel from Department aircraft may wear rappel
wings placed ¼ inch above the shield.
Wings may be worn during entire police career regardless of subsequent assignments
within the Department.
Nameplates are to be centered ¼ inch below the shield.
White Metal - Police officers
Yellow Metal - Ranking officers and detectives.
ORGANIZATION OF BREAST BARS (Left Side)























U.S. FLAG BAR or EMT Pin
DEPARTMENT MEDAL OF HONOR
POLICE COMBAT CROSS
MEDAL FOR VALOR
POLICE PURPLE SHIELD MEDAL
HONORABLE MENTION (Silver Star)
EXCEPTIONAL MERIT (Light Green Star)
COMMENDATION (Bronze Star)
COMMENDATION - COMMUNITY SERVICE (Light Blue Star)
MERITORIOUS POLICE DUTY
EXCELLENT POLICE DUTY
UNIT CITATION
MILITARY SERVICE BREAST BAR
HURRICANE
KATRINA
RESCUE
AND
RECOVERY
MISSION
COMMEMORATIVE BREAST BAR
TWA FLIGHT 800 RECOVERY OPERATION COMMEMORATIVE BREAST BAR
PUERTO RICO RESPONSE BAR
LONGEVITY BAR / FIREARMS INSTRUCTOR / FIREARMS PROFICIENCY
BREAST BAR
RIFLE EXPERT
AVIATION WINGS
RAPPEL WINGS
SHIELD
NAME PLATE

ORGANIZATION OF BREAST BARS (Right Side)
 PRECINCT/POLICE SERVICE AREA/TRANSIT DISTRICT COMMANDING
OFFICER RECOGNITION PIN
 DEPARTMENT MEDAL OF HONOR
 LONGEVITY BAR
The Police Purple Shield Medal breast bar, at the discretion of the recipient, may be
worn over the right breast uniform pocket. When so worn, all other bars will be
displayed on the left side, above uniformed member’s shield.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-16

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

PAGE:

12 of 13

ORGANIZATION OF BREAST BARS (GRAPHIC)

Legend (From Top to Bottom)















U.S. Flag Bar
Department Medal of Honor
Police Combat Cross
Medal For Valor
Police Purple Shield Medal
Honorable Mention (Silver Star)
Exceptional Merit (Green Star)
Commendation (Bronze Star)
Commendation - Community
Service (Blue Star)
Meritorious Police Duty
Excellent Police Duty
Marksmanship Award
Department Shield
Name Plate

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-16

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

13 of 13

Uniformed members of the service who have earned Departmental recognition from the
Transit or Housing Police Departments, must purchase and display an existing New
York City Police Department breast bar that is awarded for actions equivalent to that
honored by the former department.
Uniformed members of the service, having earned recognition from their former
department, will convert their awards to the following New York City Police
Department equivalents:

FORMER TRANSIT POLICE DEPARTMENT MEMBERS:
Transit Police Department
 Medal of Honor
 Combat Cross
 Exceptional Duty Medal
 Distinguished Duty Medal
 Honorable Mention
 Meritorious Police Duty

New York City Police Department
 Medal of Honor
 Combat Cross
 Medal For Valor
 Commendation
 Meritorious Police Duty
 Excellent Police Duty

FORMER HOUSING POLICE DEPARTMENT MEMBERS:
Housing Police Department
 Authority Medal of Honor
 Police Combat Cross
 Authority Medal of Exceptional Merit
 Authority Commendation
 Meritorious Police Duty
 Excellent Police Duty

New York City Police Department
 Medal of Honor
 Combat Cross
 Exceptional Merit
 Commendation
 Meritorious Police Duty
 Excellent Police Duty

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-17

MOURNING BANDS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

May wear black elastic mourning band, ½ inch wide, on the shield,
covering the seal of the city, but leaving the shield number or rank
designation visible, upon the death of a member.
Wear band, regardless of rank of the deceased as follows:
a.
Active member of the service - line of duty death
(1)
Members of his or her command - from time of death until
2400 hours on the tenth day after his or her death
(2)
Other members - from the time of death until 2400 hours
on the day of the funeral
b.
Active member of the service - not line of duty
(1)
Members of his or her command - from 0001 hours until
2400 hours on the day of the funeral
(2)
Other members - while attending funeral services
c.
Retired members of the service - while attending funeral services.
d.
Police Memorial Day
(1)
MANDATORY for all members of the service attending
the Headquarters ceremony in uniform.
(2)
OPTIONAL for all uniformed members of the service
between 0001 hours and 2400 hours.
e.
National Peace Officers’ Memorial Day
(1)
OPTIONAL for all uniformed members of the service
between 0001 and 2400 hours on May 15th annually.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-18

PROTECTIVE VESTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service performing duty in uniform outside a Department
facility may be exempted from wearing a protective vest by their respective Bureau Chief
or Deputy Commissioner only. Uniformed members of the service performing
enforcement duty in civilian clothes outside a Department facility may be exempted from
wearing a protective vest by the member’s immediate supervisor if, in the opinion of the
supervisor, the wearing of the protective vest would interfere with or be inappropriate
for the member’s specific duty or assignment.

2.

3.

NOTE

MUST wear a protective vest, outside a Department facility, when:
a.
Performing duty in uniform
b.
Performing enforcement duty in civilian clothes.

MUST contact the Police Academy Vest Unit prior to purchasing any vest
other than the models available through the New York City Police
Department contract.
a.
MUST present vest to designated Vest Unit personnel, after purchase,
for inspection and approval prior to use, including vests purchased
privately through the New York City Police Department contract.
MUST wear one of the following protective vests:
a.
Any bullet resistant vest which is certified by the National
Institute of Justice and exceeds Threat Level Type II (e.g., Threat
Level Type IIIa). Members of the service are not authorized to
wear any vest that is made of the material Zylon.

Members of the service MUST wear their ballistic resistant vest panels with the vest
carrier specifically designed to fit these panels. Generic vest carriers or vest carriers
that are made to fit a range of ballistic panels are not authorized for use.
Members of the service MUST wear their ballistic resistant vest panels with ancillary
equipment issued, and specifically designed for use with the intended vest model.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Protective Vest – Use/Maintenance and Reserve Supply (P.G. 204-19)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-19

PROTECTIVE VEST - USE/MAINTENANCE AND RESERVE SUPPLY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To provide instructions on how to obtain a loan vest from a reserve supply and
the proper maintenance and care of protective vests.

SCOPE

Members of the service are required to maintain, store and properly care for
bullet resistant vests either owned by them or issued to them by this Department.
Members will be guided by the use and care instructions contained in the
ADDITIONAL DATA statement of this procedure, as well as any specific
instructions provided by the manufacturer of the vest.

NOTE

Members are advised to inspect their Department issued or personally owned vests
regularly. Any concerns relative to fit or serviceability should be brought to the
attention of the member’s supervisor. The supervisor concerned will confer with the
commanding officer and, if needed, direct member to report to the Police Academy Vest
Unit for inspection of the vest.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service is issued or purchases a protective vest:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

Wear protective vest as required by Patrol Guide procedure 204-18,
“Protective Vests.”
Properly care for and maintain protective vest possessed.
a.
Do not modify vest or carrier.
Inspect vest regularly for signs of wear or lack of serviceability.
a.
Notify immediate supervisor if vest is perceived to be
unserviceable.

NOTE

When a protective vest appears to be damaged, frayed, worn, or has excessive curling or
creasing, it shall be brought to the attention of the member’s supervisor, who will
inspect the protective vest, confer with the Police Academy Vest Unit for guidance,
notify the member’s commanding officer and direct member to present the vest, along
with a report on Typed Letterhead, to the Police Academy Vest Unit.

SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED

4.
5.
6.

Inspect vest.
Confer with Police Academy Vest Unit for guidance.
Notify commanding officer and direct member to present vest along with
a report on Typed Letterhead to the Police Academy Vest Unit for
inspection if concerns about serviceability exist.

WHEN A UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE REQUESTS A
PROTECTIVE VEST FROM THE RESERVE SUPPLY STORED AT EACH
PATROL BOROUGH COMMAND:
DESK OFFICER 7.

Direct uniformed member of the service that requires a protective vest
from the reserve supply to contact the patrol borough command
concerned. When a reserve supply is not present at a patrol borough
command, uniformed members of the service will be directed to contact
the Police Academy Vest Unit to obtain a reserve vest.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

204-19

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

Members of the service assigned to Housing, Transit, or any other bureau will contact the patrol
borough located in the area of assignment to obtain a loan vest from the reserve supply.
Uniformed members of the service must wear a protective vest outside a Department facility
when performing duty in uniform and when performing enforcement duty in civilian clothes. For
further guidelines regarding the wearing of protective vests see P.G. 204-18, “Protective Vests.”

PATROL
BOROUGH/
POLICE
ACADEMY
MEMBER
CONCERNED

8.

NOTE

Utilize last page of command log for a list of serial numbers and sizes of all reserve vests
assigned to command.

REQUESTING
MEMBER

9.

COMMANDING 10.
OFFICER/
PATROL
BOROUGH/
POLICE
ACADEMY
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Make entry in command log indicating date/time out, tour, rank, name, shield,
command, vest serial number, date/time returned, and remarks, each time a
reserve vest is utilized.

Return vest upon completion of tour, or as directed by competent authority.
a.
If retained for more than one tour, member will launder carrier prior to
returning the loaner vest to the Police Academy Vest Unit or patrol
borough command.
When needed, have arrangements made for laundering of vest carriers in other
circumstances in accordance with A.G. 316-24, “Expense Bills”.
a.
Expenditures for laundering will be funded from contingency expense
funds or on credit basis with local vendor, as appropriate.

When a uniformed member of the service is struck by a bullet on the protective vest and is
apparently uninjured, he/she must be examined by a doctor to ascertain if blunt body trauma or
internal injury has occurred.
When a protective vest is struck by a bullet or sharp instrument it shall be brought to the Police
Academy Vest Unit for inspection along with an official report describing the circumstances
before being worn by any member of the service.
A protective vest should not be worn when soaking wet since water may act as a lubricant
permitting a projectile to penetrate. Uniformed members of the service will make every effort to
prevent vests from getting soaking wet during rainstorms or in situations where member may
enter water, i.e., rescue attempts, etc.
When a uniformed member of the service is properly fitted for a protective vest in the standing
position, the front and rear panels should just meet, and no excessive gaps should exist. From a
seated position, there should be no excessive gap between the bottom edge of the vest and the
duty belt. The opening of the armor must not ride up into the wearer’s neck. Whenever a
uniformed member of the service is issued a new protective vest, they will sign a fit certification
report attesting to the fact that the protective vest fits properly at the time of issuance. Uniformed

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-19

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

members of the service will still retain the right to return the protective vest for a two-day period
after receiving it.
The following instructions should be complied with when putting on a protective vest:
a.
Some type of undergarment should be worn under the vest to protect it from
absorbing perspiration and body oils.
b.
Protective vests should be worn under uniform shirt or civilian attire if in plain
clothes.
c.
Take a deep breath and expand the chest cavity. Hold breath while closing
Velcro straps.
d.
Do not pull the Velcro straps too tight. Leave a little room for ventilation and
comfort.
e.
Side panels should just meet if the vest is properly worn. No excessive gaps
should exist.
Bullet resistant vests should be cared for as outlined in the instructions provided with the vest,
with particular attention to the following points:
a.
When possible, the vest should be stored flat, with the ballistic panels
smoothed out.
b.
In the event that flat storage of vests is impractical, vests should be hung with a
clip type hanger, alternating the direction of hanging at regular intervals. That
is, vests should be hung right side up, then upside down, alternately. When
utilizing a clip type hanger, the clip must be affixed to both the carrier and the
ballistic panel. This will reduce the possibility of curling and prevent the
stretching of the elastic straps.
c.
The vest should never be stored long term in a vehicle, particularly in the trunk
of a vehicle due to temperature extremes.
d.
The vest should never be stored where any abrasive surface could degrade
either the carrier or the ballistic panel.
e.
The vest should be stored out of sunlight, which can fade the carrier and
possibly damage the ballistic material.
f.
When putting on or taking off the vest, exercise care not to crush the ballistic
panel excessively. The Velcro fasteners must be opened and the vest should be
put on and taken off over the head.
Uniformed members of the service are reminded to follow the washing instructions attached to
the label of the protective vest, especially the following:
a.
Remove ballistic filler inserts from the front and back of outer-shell vest
(carrier) PRIOR TO WASHING OUTER SHELL.
b.
DO NOT USE BLEACH on ballistic panels.
c.
DO NOT MACHINE WASH ballistic panels.
d.
Make certain outer-shell carrier is completely dry before inserting ballistic
panels.
e.
Ballistic panels should be washed using a low sudsing detergent and a damp
sponge.
f.
Protective vests shall not be submerged in water.
g.
Ballistic panels should not be dried in sunlight or a dryer. They should be put
on a flat surface and allowed to dry in a cool dark place.
h.
Outer shell Velcro straps should be secured prior to washing.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

204-19

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Protective vests that become worn or damaged due to negligence in care or storage, ill fitting due
to a member of the service’s weight gain or loss, or lost due to a member’s negligence, shall be
replaced by member concerned using annual uniform allowance funds. When vests are lost or
damaged in the performance of duty, follow P.G. 204-07, “Lost or Damaged Uniform.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Optional Uniform Items (P.G. 204-04)
Protective Vests (P.G. 204-18)
Firearms Discharge by Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 212-29)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
Lost or Damaged Uniform (P.G. 204-07)
Inspection of Uniforms (A.G. 305-06)
Expense Bills (A.G 316-24)
Force Record (A.G. 322-18)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Uniforms and Equipment

Procedure No:

204-20

DUAL PURPOSE DISORDER CONTROL/SCOOTER HELMETS REPLACEMENT PARTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To replace parts of a Dual Purpose Disorder Control/Scooter Helmet.

PROCEDURE

When necessary to replace a part of a Dual Purpose Disorder Control/Scooter Helmet.

U.M.O.S.

1.

COMMANDING 2.
3.
OFFICER/
4.
DESIGNEE

5.

6.

Bring helmet and damaged part(s) to commanding officer/designee.
Examine helmet and damaged part(s).
Ascertain details regarding damaged part(s).
Take appropriate action (e.g. Command Discipline) if inquiry reveals that
the circumstances causing damage to the helmet or parts were due to
individual carelessness, misuse or abuse.
Prepare two copies of request on Typed Letterhead to Commanding
Officer, Quartermaster Section including:
a.
Circumstances leading to damage
b.
Whether damage caused by carelessness, misuse or abuse
c.
Corrective action taken, if appropriate.
Forward original request and REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES (PD561-160)
with damaged part(s) to borough equipment coordinator.
a.
File duplicate request at command.

BOROUGH
EQUIPMENT
COORDINATOR

7.
8.

NOTE

In case emergency replacement is required, telephone the Quartermaster Section, (Monday to
Friday, 0800 to 1600 hours, except holidays) and be guided by their instructions.

QUARTERMASTER
SECTION

9.

Issue replacement part(s) as available.
a.
Retain original copy of typed request, original and duplicate of
REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES and damaged part(s).
b.
Return triplicate of REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES to borough
equipment coordinator as receipt.

BOROUGH
EQUIPMENT
COORDINATOR

10.

Deliver part(s) and receipt to requesting command(s).

COMMANDING 11.
12.
OFFICER/
DESIGNEE

Review request(s) and prepare a consolidated REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES.
Forward request(s) and REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES to Quartermaster Section.

Ensure replacement part(s) issued to requesting member of the service.
File REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES as per instructions on form.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Helmet inspections, with verification of shield numbers, will be the subject of the semiannual inspection conducted during the months of May and November.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES (PD561-160)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-01

REPORTING SICK
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To notify the Department when a member is unable to perform duty due to
illness, injury or any other physical/psychological condition.

NOTE

It is not necessary to report sick to request a limited capacity assignment from a district surgeon.

DEFINITION

ADMINISTRATIVE RETURN – A sick excusal for tour, which does not require
a visit to a district surgeon. A request for Administrative Return must be made at
least two hours prior to the start of the tour for which the leave will be granted.
A uniformed member of the service must report for duty on the next scheduled
tour following the administrative excusal. However, if the sickness continues
into the next day, the uniformed member of the service may request a second
Administrative Return at least two hours prior to the start of the next scheduled
tour. The first and second Administrative Returns will count as one sick
incident. Administrative Return is NOT authorized for:
a.
Injuries
b.
Line of Duty injuries or illnesses
c.
Uniformed member of the service designated Chronic Absent – Category B
d.
Dental problems
e.
Stress-related or other psychological conditions
f.
Major illnesses
g.
When, in judgment of the supervisor, it is inappropriate.

PROCEDURE

When illness, injury or any other physical/psychological condition prevents the
performance of duty:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Notify desk officer/supervisor at assigned command by telephone, in
person, or by competent messenger at least two hours before the start of a
scheduled tour.
a.
Have responsible person make notification by telephone, if
incapable of making notification due to disability/sickness during
the two hours prior to start of scheduled tour.
b.
Notify the Medical Division Sick Desk direct when assigned
command is closed and follow the guidelines outlined in step “4”
subdivisions “a” through “d.”
(1)
Notify desk officer/supervisor at assigned command and
provide sick serial number when command reopens.

DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

2.

Offer uniformed member of the service Administrative Return, in cases of
minor, non-line of duty illness, if eligible.
a.
Advise member concerned:
(1)
That each administrative excusal is for one tour
(2)
Must remain at residence or other authorized location
unless permission to leave is granted by district surgeon or
Sick Desk supervisor.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-01

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

2 of 3

b.

(continued)
3.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

REVISION NUMBER:

4.

5.

Indicate on pertinent records (ROLL CALL, SICK LOG
[PD429-143], etc.) if member has accepted Administrative
Return.
Direct uniformed member of the service to report to Department Surgeon
if member is ineligible for, or refuses Administrative Return.
Report sick through the Medical Division’s Sick Desk, and:
a.
Obtain sick serial number
b.
Advise Sick Desk member of any change of address/location or
telephone number
c.
Obtain name of Sick Desk member and record time notified
d.
Remain at residence or other authorized location unless
permission to leave is granted by district surgeon or Sick Desk
supervisor.
Provide desk officer/supervisor at assigned command with the sick serial
number obtained from the Sick Desk.

DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

6.

NOTE

If member is not at stated location, the Sick Desk supervisor will be notified for a
referral to the Medical Division’s Absence Control and Investigations Unit.

7.

8.
9.

10.

NOTE

Make return telephone call to verify that member is at stated location.

Notify Sick Desk supervisor if special or unusual circumstances exist
regarding member reporting sick (e.g., member reporting sick from out of
state or out of country, etc.).
Notify Medical Division’s Absence Control and Investigations Unit if
member is suspected of malingering.
Make appropriate entry on pertinent ROLL CALLS and notify relieving
desk officer/supervisor if member is scheduled to perform duty with
either of the next two platoons.
Record pertinent information (including the sick serial number provided by
member of the service who reported sick) in SICK LOG.

Information received is to be treated in a confidential manner. SICK LOGS and other
sick records should be maintained and stored separately from other Command
Logs/records, and accessible only to persons authorized by the commanding officer to
have access to the logs/records for the proper discharge of their duties.

11.
12.

Query Medical Division Sick Reporting System via the Department Intranet
to ensure the member who reported sick is listed as being on sick report.
Access Medical Division Sick Reporting System at the start of tour to determine
which members assigned to command are on sick report and/or not on full duty
status.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ROLL CALL
SUPERVISOR

13.

Access Medical Division Sick Reporting System, periodically throughout
tour, to ascertain if members of the command have reported sick, their
scheduled return to duty and duty status, in order to prepare ROLL CALLS
and update pertinent command records.

MEMBER ON
ADMINISTRATIVE
RETURN

14.

Notify desk officer/supervisor at assigned command and Sick Desk at
least two hours before next scheduled tour, if unable to report for duty
due to continuation of illness.

NOTE

Member will continue on sick report and report to Department surgeon. This will count
as one sick incident, upon consolidation by the Medical Division.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

15.

COMMANDING 16.
OFFICER
17.

Report to Department Surgeon at next office hours.

Ensure desk officer/supervisor reviews the Medical Division Sick Reporting
System, via the Department Intranet, at the beginning of each tour.
Ensure roll call supervisor reviews the Medical Division Sick Reporting
System, via the Department Intranet, periodically throughout the tour.

MEMBER UNABLE TO VISIT DEPARTMENT SURGEON
18.

Notify commanding officer and Sick Desk supervisor of inability to visit
Department surgeon.

COMMANDING 19.
OFFICER

Make entry on ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)
under caption “Investigation-Interview” concerning the interview and
probable date of visit to Department surgeon.
Notify member’s Department surgeon of results of interview and
probable date of visit.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

20.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

A uniformed member of the service on terminal leave may not be placed on sick report
unless sickness or injury is the result of line of duty action while on terminal leave.
A uniformed member of the service will not be permitted to report sick with a self-designated
diagnosis of “old line of duty injury.” Designation of “old line of duty injury” for a specific sick
event will be granted only upon examination and interview of the requesting member by a
Department surgeon.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Pregnancy Leave For Uniformed Members Of The Service (P.G. 205-27)
Absence Control (A.G. 318-12)
Chronic Absence Control Program (P.G. 205-01)
Reporting to Department Surgeon and Returning to Duty from Sick Report (P.G. 205-60)
Notifying Court, Trial Room or Other Agencies when Member Reports Sick (P.G. 205-61)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ROLL CALL (PD 406-144)
SICK LOG (PD429-143)
ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-02

REPORTING SICK FROM OUTSIDE CITY
AND OUTSIDE RESIDENCE COUNTIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To report an injury or sick outside the city and outside residence counties.

DEFINITION

RESIDENCE COUNTIES - The six counties outside New York City where
uniformed members of the` service are permitted to live, i.e., Nassau, Suffolk,
Westchester, Rockland, Orange and Putnam.

PROCEDURE

Upon becoming sick or injured outside the city or residence counties to an extent
that would prevent the proper performance of duty:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.
4.

Phone Medical Division - Sick Desk or send telegram to Commanding
Officer, Medical Division, 59-17 Junction Boulevard, 16th Floor (1 Lefrak
City Plaza), Corona, New York 11368.
Give the following information:
a.
Name, rank, and shield number, permanent and temporary
command, if any
b.
Present location and telephone number
c.
Nature of disability
d.
Name, address, and telephone number of attending physician
e.
Date of probable return to duty
f.
Scheduled appearances in court, trial room or before other
government agencies.
Obtain letter from attending physician describing disability and prognosis.
a.
Send letter to the Commanding Officer, Medical Division.
Comply with instructions received from the C.O., Medical Division.
a.
Visit Medical Division or district surgeon as required.

UPON BEING DIRECTED TO RETURN TO DUTY BY A DEPARTMENT SURGEON:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

6.
7.

Notify command by telephone of effective time and date of order to
report for duty.
a.
Include limitations, if any, on type of duty to be performed.
Report for duty when ordered.
Deliver SICK REPORT RETURN (PD429-131) to desk officer, upon
return to duty.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Pregnancy Leave For Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-27)
Absence Control (A.G. 318-12)
Chronic Absence Control Program (P.G. 205-45)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SICK REPORT RETURN (PD429-131)

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-03

RESPONSIBILITY FOR WEAPONS WHILE SICK
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To safeguard member’s weapons, shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD
(PD416-091) while on sick report.

PROCEDURE

While on sick report:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

DESK OFFICER 3.
4.
5.

SUPERVISING
OFFICER,
DESIGNATED
PRECINCT

6.
7.

8.
9.
10.
11.

COMMAND
CLERK

DESK OFFICER 12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

COMMAND
CLERK

DESK OFFICER 17.

Safeguard pistols, revolvers, shield and identification card.
Deliver to desk officer of resident precinct when unable to safeguard.
a.
If unable to deliver, notify desk officer of permanent command.
Check FORCE RECORD (PD406-143) to determine firearms to be
safeguarded.
Determine the location and length of time property to be safeguarded.
Notify desk officer of a specified precinct to assign a supervising officer
to the location to obtain property.
a.
Precinct designated will be determined by location of property.
Visit location and obtain property.
Prepare one copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) for
firearms obtained.
a.
Mark INVOICE “Property of Sick Member, Held for Safekeeping Only.”
Deliver all property to desk officer with copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145) entry of facts.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for weapons being safeguarded.
Prepare two copies of report on Typed Letterhead indicating
circumstances, numbers on shield and identification card being
safeguarded, if items removed from uniformed member of the service.
Make Command Log entry of facts.
Store property at command, if safeguarding required less than one week.
Forward firearms to Property Clerk borough office with PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE after one week.
Forward shield and identification card with report on Typed Letterhead
to Identification Card and Shield Unit after one week.
Prepare copies of authorization to obtain property for Property Clerk and
Identification Card and Shield Unit when member capable of caring for property.
Sign authorization and deliver to member’s command.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

18.
19.

Pick up property at command where stored.
Sign bottom of authorization as receipt for property.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-04

DEPARTMENT AMBULANCE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide ambulance service, oxygen therapy and/or medical appliances under
certain circumstances.

ELIGIBILITY

Uniformed members of the service, active and retired, and members of their
immediate families.

PROCEDURE

When Department ambulance service, oxygen therapy and/or medical appliances
are required.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

Emotionally disturbed persons or cases in which an airborne contagious disease is
diagnosed or suspected are not to be transported in Department Ambulance.

EMERGENCY
MEDICAL
SQUAD
DISPATCHER

3.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

4.

Telephone Emergency Medical Squad, Emergency Service Unit.
Advise dispatcher of service required.

Notify Special Operations Division if vehicle is to respond to location
outside New York City.
Make required Log entries.

Ambulance service, oxygen therapy and/or medical appliances, including hospital beds,
wheelchairs, walkerettes, etc., are available Monday through Friday, from 0630 to 2300
hours. Ambulance service is available at other times, if sufficient notice is given.
In emergency cases where oxygen therapy is already in place, Emergency Service Units
can provide oxygen bottles until such time as the Emergency Medical Squad can provide
a replacement.
Emergency Medical Squad vehicles will respond to locations within New York City or a
250 mile radius, without prior approval, providing that one point of trip is within the
confines of New York City.
a.
Any variations of the above must be approved by the Commanding Officer,
Emergency Medical Squad or the Director of the Police Relief Fund.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-05

LINE OF DUTY INJURY OR DEATH OCCURRING WITHIN CITY
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To report and record line of duty injuries and deaths occurring within the city.

DEFINITION

INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR - As used in this procedure will be as follows:
a.
The platoon commander, precinct of occurrence, if available, will act as
the investigating supervisor and will complete parts “A” and “B” of the
LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154).
b.
If platoon commander is unavailable, a patrol supervisor, precinct of
occurrence, will act as the investigating supervisor and will complete part
“B” of the LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT. The desk officer will
designate a second supervisor, assigned to the precinct of occurrence to
prepare part “A” of the REPORT. If a second supervisor is unavailable,
the desk officer will prepare part “A” of the REPORT.
Only the platoon commander, precinct of occurrence, may prepare both parts “A”
and “B” of a LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT.
In addition, if the injured member is assigned to other than a precinct command,
or the Police Academy, a supervising officer of such member’s command, if
available, will perform the tasks of the investigating supervisor. If the injured
member dies or is likely to die, the precinct commander/duty captain will be the
investigating supervisor.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving an injury in the performance of police duty, whether on or off duty,
or arriving at a location where a uniformed member of the service is injured:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.
4.

DESK OFFICER 5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Request patrol supervisor to respond.
Notify desk officer of:
a.
Circumstances of injury
b.
Names and addresses of witnesses
c.
Whether reporting sick.
Request witnesses to await arrival of supervisor.
Remain at scene unless:
a.
Hospitalization or medical attention is required
b.
Further police action is necessary.
Notify the investigating supervisor, as indicated in the above “DEFINITION.”
Notify injured member’s command if member is not assigned to precinct
of occurrence.
Notify precinct commander or duty captain if member dies or is likely to die.
Notify borough commander and Operations Unit if member dies.
Immediately notify the Sick Desk supervisor or Sick Desk when any of
the following conditions, relating to a line of duty injury exist:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

a.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

b.
c.
d.
e.

2 of 6

Where the incident causing the injury was NOT specifically
witnessed, AND
Injury occurred within any police facility (building, office, etc.), OR
Injury occurred in the immediate vicinity of any police facility
(parking lot, perimeter sidewalk, etc.), OR
Injury occurred during the first two hours of a tour.
Any request for line of duty injury designation by an off-duty
uniformed member of the service.

NOTE

See Additional Data for hospital guidelines regarding members seriously injured or
killed in line of duty.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

10.
11.

Respond to scene.
Request desk officer to designate a second supervisor, precinct of
occurrence, to complete part “A” of LINE OF DUTY IN JURY REPORT.
a.
If a second supervisor is unavailable, the desk officer will
complete part “A” of the REPORT.

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

12.

Complete part “A” of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT.

INVESTIGATING
SUPERVISOR

13.
14.
15.

Interview injured member and investigate circumstances.
Make initial report to desk officer without delay.
Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if the member of the service injured
requires hospital treatment.
a.
An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required
before final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status
of the injured member of the service.

NOTE

This notification is in addition to, and does not preclude the requirement for other
notifications to Operations as indicated elsewhere in this procedure.

16.

17.
18.
19.
20.

NOTE

Interview witnesses and request them to prepare and sign WITNESS
STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT
(PD429-065).
Complete part “B” of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT.
Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN), if vehicle collision involved.
Direct injured member, or if he is incapacitated assign a member, to
prepare an AIDED REPORT (PD304-152) if a vehicle is not involved.
Instruct injured member to complete part “C” of LINE OF DUTY
INJURY REPORT if member requests line of duty designation of injury.

Part “C” of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT will be completed by precinct
commander/duty captain if injured member is unable to do so.

21.

Deliver completed reports to desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-05

3 of 6

Obtain Sick Desk control number whether injured member reports sick or not.
Make entry on SICK LOG (PD429-143) if injured member reports sick.
Fax the worksheet copy of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT to
Medical Division’s Sick Desk Supervisor.

Faxing the worksheet copy of the LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT to the Medical
Division’s Sick Desk Supervisor enables the Medical Division to make a preliminary
determination regarding whether the injured member of the service qualifies for the
“Line-of Duty Prescription Program.” Faxing the worksheet copy does not eliminate
the requirement of forwarding the finalized copy of the LINE OF DUTY INJURY
REPORT with all of the required signatures to the Medical Division.

25.
26.

27.

28.
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
OFFICER,
DUTY
CAPTAIN
NOTE

PAGE:

08/19/13

DESK OFFICER 22.
23.
24.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Photocopy LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT and forward direct to
Medical Division, attention Line of Duty Desk.
Immediately deliver completed LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT
and WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE
DEPARTMENT to precinct commander/duty captain.
Forward AIDED REPORT or Police Accident Report in normal manner:
a.
Forward copy of reports to injured member’s command if not
assigned to precinct of occurrence
b.
Have copies of reports forwarded to Police Pension Fund if member
is killed in the line of duty or seriously injured and likely to die.
Review LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT and WITNESS
STATEMENT-INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT,
indicate approval or disapproval, and sign.
a.
If disapproved, indicate reason on rear of original LINE OF
DUTY INJURY REPORT.

See Additional Data for further information regarding line of duty designations
by Medical Division.
29.

30.

31.

32.

Prepare a comprehensive report on Typed Letterhead addressed to the
Commanding Officer, Medical Division detailing the circumstances of
the injury when the injured member of the service is a Probationary
Police Officer.
Prepare unusual occurrence report for line of duty death or serious injury
and likely to die and forward as indicated in P.G. 212-09, “Unusual
Occurrence Reports”.
Forward LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT per directions on form
with WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE
DEPARTMENT and comprehensive report on Typed Letterhead, if
applicable, attached.
a.
Have copies of these reports forwarded to Police Pension Fund if
line of duty death or serious injury and likely to die.
Comply with the pertinent provisions of the Trauma Counseling Program
as indicated in P.G. 205-08, “Trauma Counseling Program”.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-05

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 6

When a member of the service is treated at a hospital for a line of duty injury, the
following information, ONLY, is to be entered in hospital records pertaining to address
and telephone number of injured member:


Police Department, City of New York, Medical Division, 1 Lefrak City Plaza, 59-17
Junction Boulevard, Corona, New York 11368, Room 1524; telephone number (718)
760-7573, Monday - Friday, 0900-1700 hours; (718) 760-7600, all other hours.

Member’s command, home address and telephone number will not be disclosed to
hospital authorities or anyone else unless authorized supervisory officer determines
requesting person is entitled to the information.
When a uniformed member of the service is struck by a bullet on a protective vest and is
apparently uninjured, the member must be examined by a doctor to ascertain if a blunt body
trauma or internal injury has occurred. When an injured member is hospitalized or dies, the
patrol supervisor will ensure that firearms, Department property (shield, identification card,
nameplate, etc.), and personal effects of member are removed and safeguarded.
Medical Division will make final determination of APPROVAL/ DISAPPROVAL of ALL
applications for line of duty injury/illness designation and will notify the commanding
officer of member concerned of final designation. Uniformed members of the service
may request verification of the final designation from the commanding officer.
NOTE

Retired uniformed members of the service may request verification of the final
designation, in writing, to the Medical Division, 1 Lefrak City Plaza, 59-17 Junction
Boulevard, Corona, New York.
HOSPITAL GUIDELINES REGARDING UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
SERIOUSLY INJURED OR KILLED IN THE LINE OF DUTY:
When a uniformed member of the service is seriously injured or killed in the line of duty, the
Operations Unit will notify the following members of the service to respond to the hospital:

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.

Police Commissioner
First Deputy Commissioner (if Police
Commissioner is not available)
Chief of Department
Chief of Detectives (to supervise investigation)
Bureau chief of the injured or deceased member
Deputy Commissioner-Public Information
Supervising Chief Surgeon
Department Chaplain
Commanding Officer, Employee Relations Section
Lieutenant-Employee Relations Section,
borough concerned
Patrol borough commanding officer
Patrol borough executive officer (if borough
commanding officer is not available)

m.

n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.

Duty inspector (to supervise and control
access to emergency room and adjacent areas
by responding members of the service)
Patrol borough operations commander (if
duty inspector not available)
Commanding officer/duty captain (will
prepare the Unusual Occurrence Report)
Detective borough commander
Detective assigned to investigate the case
Crime Scene Unit detective or technician
Policewomen’s Endowment Association
representative if a female police officer is the victim
Line organization representative
Early Intervention Unit representative (EIU)
Police Organization Providing Peer
Assistance (POPPA) representative

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-05

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

5 of 6

The following members of the service will be permitted to speak to the injured member
or view the body of the deceased member:

Police Commissioner
First Deputy Commissioner
Chief of Department
Bureau chief concerned
Patrol borough commanding officer (or
representative)

f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

Detective assigned to the case
Crime Scene Unit detective or technician
Union representative
Policewomen’s Endowment Association
representative if a female police officer is the victim
Department Chaplain

The hospital guidelines also apply to uniformed member of the service seriously injured
or killed in the line of duty within residence counties.
Uniformed members of the service and/or their families may be entitled to both medical and
financial benefits under the Federal Employees Compensation Act (F.E.C.A.), if a Federal
Statute was violated and the injury occurred while apprehending or attempting to
apprehend an individual who violated such statute. Therefore, the investigating supervisor
will make an entry on the LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154), in box
captioned “Patrol Command Supervisors Report of Injury,” indicating whether the injury
comes under F.E.C.A. or whether F.E.C.A. does not apply in this case. If the injury comes
under F.E.C.A., the member’s commanding officer will forward the following items to
Medical Division, (attn. Federal Compensation Liaison Officer), 1 Lefrak City Plaza,
within ninety days of occurrence:
a.
Copy of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT and WITNESS STATEMENT INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065), if prepared.
b.
Copy of Unusual Occurrence Report, if prepared.
c.
Copy of perpetrator’s arrest history (rap sheet), if an arrest is effected.
d.
Copy of criminal court complaint, if arrest is effected.
e.
Copy of firearms trace, if weapon involved.
f.
Copy of a fully completed United States Department of Labor form BEC-721a
entitled, “Notice of Law Enforcement Officer’s Injury or Occupational
Disease.” (Form may be obtained from Federal Compensation Liaison Office).
In unusual circumstances, when a line of duty designation cannot be made expeditiously
pending the results of an investigation or other circumstances, the ranking officer
responsible for forwarding the LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT to the Medical
Division will have report prepared on Typed Letterhead, clearly indicating the reasons
for the delay and the approximate time period required to complete the investigation.
The Typed Letterhead will be forwarded to the Medical Division within sixty days from
the date that the initial request for line of duty designation was made. Subsequent
reports will be forwarded for each additional sixty day period, if necessary.
To provide the Federal Bureau of Investigation (F.B.I.) statistical and descriptive
information for use in law enforcement training, the Commanding Officer, Medical
Division will provide the Chief of Department Investigation Review Section with copies
of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORTS for shot or stabbed officers.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-05

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

6 of 6

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases-General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Department Vehicle Collisions (P.G. 217-06)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Firearms Discharge by Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 212-29)
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Supervision of Members of the Service Receiving Physical Therapy for Line of Duty
Injuries (P.G. 205-09)
Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials
(P.G. 205-10)
Line of Duty Injury or Death - Outside City in Residence Counties (P.G. 205-02)
Trauma Counseling Program (P.G. 205-08)
Death of Member of the Service (P.G. 205-07)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT (PD304-152)
LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154)
POLICE ACCIDENT REPORT (MV104AN)
SICK LOG (PD429-143)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT(PD370-152)
WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-06

LINE OF DUTY INJURY OR DEATH
OUTSIDE CITY IN RESIDENCE COUNTIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To report a line of duty injury or death incurred by a uniformed member of the
service outside the city within residence counties.

DEFINITIONS

RESIDENCE COUNTIES - The six counties outside New York City wherein
uniformed members of the service are permitted to live, i.e., Nassau, Suffolk,
Westchester, Rockland, Orange and Putnam.
INJURED IN LINE OF DUTY OUTSIDE NEW YORK CITY - Injured while
performing duty that uniformed member was specifically assigned to perform,
outside the city, by competent authority within the Department or while taking
police action as authorized by Section 140.10 of the Criminal Procedure Law.

PROCEDURE

When injured in the line of duty in one of the residence counties whether
reporting sick or not:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

If unable to call Medical Division, Sick Desk, request responsible person to make
notification.

Notify local police authorities if appropriate.
Telephone Medical Division, Sick Desk, giving:
a.
Circumstances
b.
Names and addresses of witnesses.

3.
4.

Comply with instructions received from Sick Desk personnel.
Notify Operations Unit immediately if arrest involved.

5.

Respond to location and conduct investigation as specified in P.G. 20505, “Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Occurring Within City.”
a.
A Department vehicle may be used for this purpose without prior
permission being obtained.

DESK OFFICER 6.

Make entries in Department records and insure that required forms have
been prepared.

INVESTIGATING
SUPERVISOR

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Uniformed members of the service and/or their families may be entitled to both medical and
financial benefits under the Federal Employees Compensation Act (F.E.C.A.), if a Federal
Statute was violated and the injury occurred while apprehending or attempting to apprehend an
individual who violated such statute. Therefore, the investigating supervisor will make an entry
on the LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154) in box captioned “Patrol Command
Supervisor’s Report of Injury,” indicating whether the injury comes under F.E.C.A. or whether
F.E.C.A. does not apply in this case. If the injury comes under F.E.C.A., the member’s
commanding officer will forward the following items to Medical Division, (Attn. Federal
Compensation Liaison Officer), 1 Lefrak City Plaza, within ninety days of occurrence:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-06

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

a.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065)
Unusual Occurrence Report

b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Copy of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT and WITNESS STATEMENT INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065), if prepared.
Copy of Unusual Occurrence Report, if prepared.
Copy of perpetrator’s arrest history (rap sheet), if an arrest is effected.
Copy of criminal court complaint, if arrest is effected.
Copy of firearms trace, if weapon involved.
Copy of a fully completed United States Department of Labor form BEC-721a
entitled, “Notice of Law Enforcement Officer’s Injury or Occupational
Disease.” (Form may be obtained from Federal Compensation Liaison Office).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-07

DEATH OF MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record the death of a member of the service, uniformed and civilian.

PROCEDURE

Upon learning of the death of an active member of the command or a retired
member of the service, uniformed or civilian residing within the command:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.

3.
4.

COMMANDING 5.
OFFICER
6.
CONCERNED

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Cause the following information to be obtained.
a.
Rank, full name, shield number, command
b.
Time and date of death
c.
Place of death (residence, hospital, elsewhere)
d.
Residence address
e.
Funeral (time, date, location)
f.
Time, date and location of service
g.
Cemetery (name and location)
h.
Whether deceased was a member of a religious, fraternal or
patriotic organization of this Department
i.
Whether chaplain is desired (state denomination)
j.
If uniformed member of the service, whether pallbearers or escort
is desired
k.
Next of kin (full name, address, telephone number and relationship)
l.
Funeral director (name, address and telephone number)
m.
Whether deceased was a medal recipient (Honorable Mention and
medal)
n.
If an active member - was death caused as result of performing
police duty, or otherwise
o.
If a retired member - date of retirement.
Telephone information to Communications Section.
a.
If an active member of the service, uniformed or civilian,
immediately notify the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center
at (212) 741-8401.
Notify unit commander.
Post information on bulletin board for benefit of members of command if
active member.
Cause member’s weapons and Department property to be obtained if
active member.
Deliver non-department property from member’s locker to authorized
recipient where applicable.

Line of Duty Injury or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Outside City in Residence Counties (P.G. 205-06)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-08

TRAUMA COUNSELING PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide Trauma Counseling Services for members of the service (uniformed
and civilian) involved in shooting incidents, disasters, or other violent
occurrences resulting in death or injury.

SCOPE

A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) will be referred to the Trauma
Counseling Program when involved in a shooting incident, disaster, or other
violent occurrences resulting in death or injury. These include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a.
Member is shot or otherwise seriously injured.
b.
Member discharges a weapon causing injury or death to another.
c.
Member causes, accidentally or otherwise, serious physical injury or
death to another.
d.
Member is directly involved in an incident where his/her partner was
killed or seriously injured, etc.
e.
Member is directly involved in incidents or serious disasters where
multiple serious injuries and deaths have occurred.
The Trauma Counseling Team will respond to all incidents involving:
a.
Member of the service is shot, killed, or seriously injured in the
performance of duty.
b.
Any incident pursuant to a request from a captain or above.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) is involved in a shooting
incident, disaster or other violent occurrence resulting in death or injury:

DESK OFFICER 1.

Notify Operations Unit and provide details of incident.

OPERATIONS
UNIT
SUPERVISOR

2.

Notify Sick Desk supervisor, provide detailed information and request
response of Trauma Counseling Team.

SICK DESK
SUPERVISOR

3.

Ascertain from Operations Unit and/or the ranking supervisor at the scene:
a.
Location the Trauma Team should respond to
b.
Name of supervisor who will be contact person at the scene.
Arrange for transportation of Trauma Team.

4.
RANKING
SUPERVISOR
AT SCENE

5.
6.

Ensure members in need of trauma counseling are available for interview,
where possible, by responding Trauma Team upon their arrival.
Provide a suitable place for the trauma interview, where possible.

SUPERVISOR
TRAUMA
COUNSELING
TEAM

7.

Respond to location and report to designated contact person at the scene.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-08

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

NOTE

Trauma Team members will wear authorized nylon windbreaker jackets with the NYPD
logo on the front and the words “N.Y.C. POLICE” printed on the back (P.G. 204-04,
“Optional Uniform Items”).

TRAUMA
COUNSELING
TEAM

8.

9.
10.

Respond, if required, to stationhouse of precinct of occurrence or other
location, to make contact and converse with member(s) of the service
involved in the incident.
Visit the place of occurrence, if necessary.
Notify the member concerned that he/she will be contacted for a followup meeting forty-eight hours after the event or initial contact, as
appropriate.
a.
Any additional counseling/interview sessions after the forty-eight
hour meeting will be scheduled within one to six weeks after the
incident.

NOTE

ALL CONVERSATION WITH THE TRAUMA COUNSELING TEAM BY MEMBERS OF
THE SERVICE (UNIFORMED AND CIVILIAN) WILL BE STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

11.
12.

COMMANDING 13.
OFFICER/
DUTY
14.
CAPTAIN

15.

16.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Cooperate with members of the Trauma Counseling Team and keep
appointments for follow-up meetings as scheduled.
Report to Psychological Services Unit or other location as required, fortyeight hours after the incident, or initial contact with Trauma Counseling
Team.
a.
Report for additional follow-up counseling/interview meetings
scheduled with the Trauma Counseling Team.
Cooperate with members of the Trauma Counseling Team and permit
them access to the individual member(s) of the service involved in the
shooting, disaster or other violent event.
Verify that a member(s) of the service involved in the shooting, disaster
or violent incident has been referred and contacted in person by a member
of the Trauma Counseling Team.
Have UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152) prepared
and list members of the service involved in the incident who were
contacted by the Trauma Counseling Team.
Forward copies of the report, FIREARM DISCHARGE/ASSAULT
REPORT (PD424-151), if prepared, and other reports prepared to the
Commanding Officer, Medical Division, 59-17 Junction Boulevard, 16th
Floor, Corona, New York 11368.

The Trauma Counseling Team is staffed by the Chief Surgeon, Director, Psychological
Evaluations Unit and licensed certified professionals of the Medical Division. Trauma
Team members will not interfere with on-going investigations. In addition, team
members will not be assigned any duties outside their functions as Trauma Counselors
when responding to the occurrence site.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-08

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

This procedure does not prevent in any way the voluntary use of or referral to any of the
Employee Assistance Programs or units in the Department for any reason at any time.
The services of the Trauma Counseling Team are also available to members who are
involved in personal or family tragedies, e.g., violent criminal incidents involving
themselves or their families, death in family, etc.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
Supervision Of Members Of The Service Receiving Physical Therapy For Line Of Duty
Injuries (P.G. 205-09)
Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Outside City In Residence Counties (P.G. 205-06)
Firearms Discharge And Assaults Involving Uniformed Members Of The Service (P.G. 21229)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FIREARM DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-09

SUPERVISION OF MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING
PHYSICAL THERAPY FOR LINE OF DUTY INJURIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide physical therapy treatments for members of the service injured in the
line of duty.

PROCEDURE

When a district surgeon determines that a member of the service injured in the
line of duty requires physical therapy:

DISTRICT
SURGEON

1.
2.

Prepare REQUEST FOR MEDICAL SERVICE AUTHORIZATION
(PD429-164).
Direct member concerned to report to the clinic supervisor to obtain
forms necessary to obtain treatment.

CLINIC
SUPERVISOR

3.

Provide the member with the following forms:
a.
CERTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY INJURY
/AUTHORIZATION FOR TREATMENT (PD429-052) with
attached Authorization for Release of Health Information
Pursuant to HIPAA (OCA Official Form No. 960).
b.
THERAPY VERIFICATION (PD429-067).
c.
NOTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY THERAPY
AUTHORIZATION (PD429-053).

MEMBER
CONCERNED

4.

Initial item 9b of Authorization for Release of Health Information
Pursuant to HIPAA and sign form.
Present photocopies of CERTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY
INJURY/AUTHORIZATION
FOR
TREATMENT
and
Authorization for Release of Health Information Pursuant to HIPAA
to the integrity control officer along with THERAPY VERIFICATION
and NOTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY THERAPY
AUTHORIZATION.

5.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

6.
7.

Review forms and return THERAPY VERIFICATION to member.
Retain NOTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY THERAPY
AUTHORIZATION and the photocopies of CERTIFICATION OF
LINE OF DUTY INJURY/AUTHORIZATION FOR TREATMENT
and Authorization for Release of Health Information Pursuant to
HIPAA for the duration of the member’s physical therapy treatment.

MEMBER
CONCERNED

8.

Present to therapist, prior to treatment, the CERTIFICATION OF
LINE OF DUTY INJURY/AUTHORIZATION FOR TREATMENT
with attached Authorization for Release of Health Information
Pursuant to HIPAA.
Obtain schedule of treatments from therapy provider and forward to roll
call personnel.

9.
NOTE

Report any changes of therapy schedule to roll call personnel.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

MEMBER
CONCERNED
(continued)

10.

Update THERAPY VERIFICATION form after each physical therapy session.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

11.

Make periodic inquiries to the therapy provider during the course of
treatments to ensure member is properly attending therapy.

NOTE

Physical therapy authorized by a district surgeon is never granted for a non line of duty
injury. The fact that a member is on restricted duty does not entitle the member to
attend physical therapy on duty.

MEMBER
CONCERNED

12.

Return completed THERAPY VERIFICATION form to integrity
control officer upon completion of final physical therapy treatment.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

13.

Verify member’s attendance for treatment at time and date specified on
completed THERAPY VERIFICATION form.
Return copy of completed THERAPY VERIFICATION form to the
Medical Bills Department of the Medical Division.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

14.

When members attend physical therapy at the beginning of a tour, the member will
report on duty upon arrival at therapy location and be given a reasonable amount of
time to travel back to command upon completion.
When members attend therapy in the middle of a tour of duty, the member will be given a
reasonable amount of time to travel to the therapy location, complete the therapy, and
be given a reasonable amount of time to travel back to command.
When members attend therapy near the end of a tour of duty, the member will be given a
reasonable amount of time to travel to the therapy location. Upon completion, the
member will end the tour at the therapy location and will not be granted time to travel to
his/her residence. If the therapy is completed prior to the scheduled end of tour, the
member must request lost time by calling the command.
A member must submit a request for lost time if therapy commences after the start of
tour and the member elects to travel from their residence to the therapy location direct.
Alternatively, a member may request a tour adjustment and begin the tour upon arriving
at therapy location, needs of the service permitting.
A change of tour should not be granted for the sole purpose of ensuring therapy occurs
during department time, (i.e. an officer assigned to a midnight tour should not be
granted a tour change to a day tour to attend an afternoon therapy session.)
District surgeons may authorize twelve physical therapy sessions to a member of the
service, and may repeat the authorization two additional times for a total of thirty six
sessions. A member who requires additional therapy beyond thirty six sessions must
obtain authorization from a Department Orthopedist.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-09

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Outside City in Residence Counties (P.G. 205-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REQUEST FOR MEDICAL SERVICE AUTHORIZATION (PD 429-164)
CERTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY INJURY/AUTHORIZATION FOR
TREATMENT (PD429-052)
THERAPY VERIFICATION (PD429-067)
NOTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY THERAPY AUTHORIZATION (PD429-053)
Authorization for Release of Health Information Pursuant to HIPAA (OCA Official
Form No. 960)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-10

EXPOSURE OF MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE TO
INFECTIOUS DISEASES OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To provide instructions and minimize risk to members of the service (uniformed
and civilian) or auxiliary police officers who have contact with or handle an
animal or person who may have an infectious disease, or who have contact with
or handle hazardous materials.

DEFINITIONS

INFECTIOUS DISEASE - as used in this procedure, includes diseases capable of
being transmitted by contact with an infected animal’s saliva or central nervous
system tissue, or with an infected individual’s blood or body fluids.
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL - as used in this procedure, includes any chemical,
biological, or radiological substance which is a health hazard. Chemical health
hazards include carcinogens, toxic agents, irritants, corrosives, or agents which
damage the lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes, etc. Chemical physical
hazards include flammable or combustible liquids, compressed gas, or explosive
or reactive substances, etc.
EXPOSURE TO AN INFECTIOUS DISEASE - as used in this procedure,
includes those situations where a member of the service is exposed by airborne
transmission or direct contact to an individual suspected of having a disease, or
where a member comes in contact with the blood or body fluids of an individual
suspected of having an infectious disease, or, where a member of the service is
injured as the result of a human or animal bite, or hypodermic needle puncture,
or other contaminated sharp instrument, or where a member of the service is
exposed to an animal suspected of having an infectious disease, or where a
member comes in contact with the saliva or central nervous system tissue of an
animal suspected of having an infectious disease.
EXPOSURE TO A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL - as used in this procedure,
includes those situations where a member of the service is exposed to a
hazardous material whether through inhalation, ingestion, skin contact, or
parenteral contact.
UNIVERSAL PRECAUTIONS - as used in this procedure, is an approach to
infection control. According to this approach, all human blood and certain body
fluids are to be treated as if they are known to be infectious for human
immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis B virus (HBV), or other bloodborne
pathogens; and in addition, all animal saliva and central nervous system tissue
are to be treated as if they are known to be infectious for rabies. All efforts to
avoid contact with these potentially infectious materials should be taken as well
as utilizing whatever protective equipment is available.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 4

DEFINITION
(continued)

DESIGNATED OFFICER - an individual designated under 42 U.S.C. 300ff-86
by the Public Health Officer of the State involved (42 U.S.C. 300ff-76) to
execute provisions of Section 411 of the Ryan White Comprehensive AIDS
Resources Emergency Act regarding emergency response employees who
request a determination whether they were exposed to an infectious disease.

NOTE

To avoid unnecessary exposure, control of the aided/collision victim, or prisoner will be
assigned to an officer at the scene who has already had contact with a person suspected of
having an infectious disease. The assigned officer will be responsible for completing the
processing of the individual. If there are numerous individuals involved, the patrol
supervisor at the scene will be responsible for the coordination of information and
documenting the name, etc., of the members of the service involved. This Department is
offering certain members of the service the opportunity to receive, free of charge, preexposure, a series of three inoculations of the vaccine against Hepatitis B; and free of
charge, post-exposure inoculation. This Department is offering certain members of the
service the opportunity to receive, free of charge, pre-exposure, a routine annual or
biannual, Mantoux (PPD) skin test against tuberculosis (based on a determination of a
significant occupational exposure); and, free of charge, post-exposure, a Mantoux (PPD)
skin test against tuberculosis (based on a determination of a significant exposure).

PROCEDURE

Upon being exposed to an infectious disease, hazardous material, or suffering a
human or animal bite, or hypodermic needle puncture wound:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

Comply with the guidelines listed in “ADDITIONAL DATA” statement
of this procedure, when possible.
Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence.

When exposure involves an actual injury, the member of the service concerned will be
transported to the hospital for treatment and P.G. 205-05, “Line Of Duty Injury Or
Death Occurring Within The City”, or 205-06, “Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Outside
City In Residence Counties,” will be complied with as appropriate. When exposure does
not involve an actual injury and the exposure is related to tuberculosis, the member of
the service concerned should consider this Department’s offer of Mantoux (PPD) skin
testing which is free of charge. When tested and the results are positive, notify Unit
Safety Officer to initiate entry on State of New York - Department of Labor Log and
Summary of Occupational Injuries and Illnesses (DOSH 900). Tuberculosis infection
and tuberculosis disease are both recordable on DOSH 900 logs. A code (e.g., maiden
name pseudonym) may be used to substitute for the description of injury or illness
(column [F]).

DESK OFFICER 3.
4.
5.

Notify Medical Division, Sick Desk and obtain exposure report number.
Make Command Log entry of information
a.
Include Exposure Report number in Log entry.
Notify designated Department surgeon of the facts involved.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 4

DEPARTMENT
SURGEON

6.

Contact member of the service involved and advise of necessary
treatment.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.

Comply with directions of Department surgeon.

NOTE

By telephoning this Department’s designated officer at the Medical Division, Hazmat
Unit, emergency response employees, such as a law enforcement officer or auxiliary
police officer, may submit a request for a determination whether they were exposed to a
specific infectious disease when a victim of an emergency who was aided by the
emergency response employee was transported to a medical facility. If it is determined
that the emergency response employee may have been exposed to an infectious disease,
a signed written request, along with the facts collected, must be sent by the designated
officer to the medical facility to which the victim (or patient), i.e., aided or prisoner, was
transported. After receiving a notification from the medical facility, to the extent
practicable, the designated officer must immediately notify the member or members
concerned. Whenever the designated officer discloses information related to Human
Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) to an emergency response employee, redisclosure by the
emergency response employee is prohibited when not in conformance with state law.

8.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145) entry of facts involved.
a.
Include Exposure Report number.

EXPOSURE TO INFECTIOUS DISEASES GUIDELINES
a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

f.
g.

Confer with Emergency Medical Service personnel, the individual’s family,
friends, neighbors, doctor, or appropriate agency as to the source individual’s
medical conditions, when circumstances permit.
Wear disposable gloves if contact with individual’s blood or body fluids is a
possibility; and if a member who is routinely engaged in the capture or seizure
of suspected rabid animals, wear heavy duty disposable rubber gloves if contact
with animal’s saliva or central nervous system tissue is a possibility.
Wash hands with soap and water (disinfectant soap, if possible), after removing
disposable gloves. Glove kits containing antiseptic wipes, gloves, and
disposable bag should be used when hand-washing facilities are not available.
Immediately and thoroughly wash hands or other unprotected body parts if they
come in contact with individual’s blood or body fluids, or if bitten, scratched,
abraded, by an animal, or if there is contact between the member and the
animal’s saliva or nervous system tissue. Use disinfectant soap, if possible.
Remove and machine wash (hot cycle), or have dry cleaned, as soon as possible,
any part of uniform/civilian clothes that come in contact with an individual’s blood
or body fluids and promptly clean any equipment other than that made of fabric.
Use extraordinary care to avoid accidental puncture wounds from needles
which may be contaminated with potentially infectious material.
Affix Biohazard Label to any property, evidence, or waste which may be
contaminated.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-10

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 4

ACCIDENTAL SPILLS OF BLOOD OR BODY FLUIDS.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

A supply of household bleach will be maintained at all precinct/psa/district commands,
emergency service units, borough court section facilities, and other appropriate sites.
Accidental spills of blood or body fluids on floors, cells, RMP’s or on other surfaces,
other than clothing, or fabric may be cleaned by applying a FRESHLY MIXED solution
of one part household bleach with ten parts water. It is imperative that the preceding
mixture be carefully followed. Household bleach is not to be mixed with any solution
other than water and it must be freshly mixed for each use.
Members of the service (uniformed and civilian) are reminded that this mixture of
bleach and water will cause damage if used to clean uniforms. Uniform items soiled
with blood or body fluids can be effectively cleaned by routine laundering or dry
cleaning procedures. Bleach should not be used to cleanse hands. In addition, bleach
mixed with any substance other than water may cause a toxic gas. Therefore, disposal
of bleach or bleach dilutions should be performed only in a sink (not a urinal or toilet
since they sometimes contain chemical deodorizers). When preparing a bleach dilution,
the container used for the diluted solution must be cleaned with water and free of any
other solution.
To prevent injury/infection when handling or forwarding hypodermic needles/syringes to
the Property Clerk, members of the service will place such items in a hypodermic
needle/syringe container by utilizing a one-handed “scoop” technique which uses the
needle itself to pick up the hypodermic needle/syringe container. (By using one hand to
hold the hypodermic syringe while moving the hypodermic needle toward the hypodermic
needle/syringe container, the member of the service is moving the needle away from
himself/herself. Members should not hold the container and move their hand toward the
needle). The container will be capped, if possible. However, if the syringe extends beyond
the container, it will be secured with tape. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD A
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ATTEMPT TO REMOVE, DISLODGE, OR BEND A
NEEDLE FROM A HYPODERMIC SYRINGE.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases - General (P.G. 216-01)
Animal Bites (P.G. 216-09)
Communicable Disease (P.G. 216-11)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Care and Disposition of Animals (P.G. 214-33)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
Use of Patrol Kits (P.G. 219-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-11

REQUEST FOR PRE-EXPOSURE
VACCINATION AGAINST HEPATITIS B
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide members of the service (uniformed and civilian) who risk a potential
significant exposure to Hepatitis B virus during the performance of duty with the
opportunity to participate in this Department’s Hepatitis B Pre-Exposure
Vaccination Safety Program.

DEFINITION

OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE is considered to be reasonably anticipated
contact with a vulnerable point of entry of the member of the service, such as:
a.
Eyes
b.
Mouth
c.
Other mucous membranes
d.
Broken skin
AND a potentially infectious substance, such as:
(a)
Blood
(b)
Body fluids/secretions (i.e., semen, vaginal secretions, amniotic fluid,
human tissue or organs).

PROCEDURE

To obtain the series of three inoculations of the vaccine against Hepatitis B:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER,
POLICE
ACADEMY

Provide training sergeants from patrol and non-patrol commands with
appropriate instructions, instructor guides and materials, prior to the
command level training cycle or its equivalent.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER
CONCERNED

Ensure that EVERY member receives blood borne disease “Right-toKnow” training and that members in the designated titles listed below be
offered the opportunity to receive free of charge, a series of three
inoculations of the vaccine against Hepatitis B. Have members of the
service in designated titles, who have not already done so, prepare and
return the HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE/
DECLINATION (PD429-147):
a.
Uniformed members of the service
b.
Assistant Stock Handlers and related titles or assignments within
the Property Clerk Division who may handle vouchered items
such as blood contaminated evidence
c.
Associate Traffic Enforcement Agent
d.
Auto Mechanic Diesel
e.
Auto Mechanics and related titles
f.
Auxiliary Police Officers
g.
Cadets and related titles
h.
Chemist and Criminalists
i.
City Research Scientists
j.
Custodians and related titles
k.
Electrician and related titles

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.

COMMANDING
OFFICER
CONCERNED
(continued)

2 of 3

Evidence and Property Control Specialists
Fingerprint technicians and related titles
Industrial Hygienists
Maintenance Worker
Motor Vehicle Operators
Nurses
Photographers and Senior Photographers
Plumbers and related titles
Police Attendants
School Crossing Guards
School Safety Agents Level 1-3
Surgeons and Dentists
Traffic Enforcement Agents

NOTE

Other titles/assignments not listed will be considered on a case by case basis by the
Occupational Safety and Health Unit.

TRAINING
SERGEANT

3.

NOTE

Commanding officers of units that do not receive command level training are
responsible to ensure that an appropriate member of the command is designated
training sergeant and attends pre-cycle instruction. Contact Police Academy In-Service
Training Unit for additional information.

Report, as directed, to the Police Academy for instruction and materials.

4.
5.

Prepare and deliver mandated training to all members assigned to the command.
Distribute HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE/
DECLINATION form to all members in designated titles, if not already
distributed.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Prepare HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION
form indicating intention to accept or decline vaccination by signing the
appropriate section after receiving “Right-to-Know” training in blood
borne diseases.

NOTE

If a member has received Hepatitis B inoculations within the past seven years, he or she
must so indicate on the bottom of the form.

TRAINING
SERGEANT

7.
8.

9.

Collect HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION
forms from each member of the service in designated titles.
Place a photocopy of each HEPATITIS B VACCINATION
ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION form in the command’s Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) file.
Forward summary, upon completion of training cycle, indicating number
of members of the command, by title, who accept or decline vaccinations,
to the borough safety officer or overhead command counterpart.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

10.

Forward completed ORIGINAL HEPATITIS B VACCINATION
ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION forms to the Commanding Officer,
Medical Division, Attention: Hepatitis B Pre-Exposure Vaccination Safety
Program, via Department mail.

COMMANDING 11.
OFFICER

Prepare and forward a report to the Chief of Personnel (through
channels), upon the completion of each relevant training cycle, verifying
that every member of the command, in the designated titles, who have not
already done so, has signed a HEPATITIS B VACCINATION
ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION form.

12.

Prepare a consolidated summary for the borough/bureau on the 10th of
each month, until all training on Hepatitis B within the borough/bureau is
completed, indicating the number of members who have been trained and
have accepted or declined vaccinations.
Forward report of consolidated summary to the Commanding Officer,
Medical Division.

TRAINING
SERGEANT
(continued)

BOROUGH
SAFETY
OFFICER/
BUREAU
EQUIVALENT

SUPERVISING
CHIEF
SURGEON

13.

14.

COMMANDING 15.
OFFICER,
MEDICAL
DIVISION
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Establish and maintain inoculation protocol.

Administer inoculation program under the direction of the Supervising
Chief Surgeon.

Members of the service should note that participation in the inoculation program is
entirely voluntary and will be free of charge to participants. It should also be noted that
members must receive the entire three-inoculation series in order to ensure effective
protection against Hepatitis B.
Vaccination will be provided to members of the service at no charge, and during
regularly scheduled tours of duty. Under no circumstances will overtime be granted to
facilitate vaccination.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases (P.G. 205-10)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION (PD429-147)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-12

DONATING OR REQUESTING BLOOD FROM
THE DEPARTMENT'S BLOOD PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To donate blood to the Department’s blood program or to supply blood to
members of the service (uniformed or civilian) active or retired and their families
from the Department's blood program.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) wishes to donate blood to
the Department's blood program or when there is a need for blood:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.

Telephone donation center and identify self as an active or retired
member of the service.
a.
Provide Department identification number - 5239.
Make appointment to donate blood as follows:
a.
Uniformed members of the service - during off-duty time
b.
Civilian members - during scheduled working hours.
Observe the following precaution prior to giving blood:
a.
Eating is encouraged, but avoid fatty foods such as butter, cream,
oils, etc.

COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER

Excuse civilian members for up to three hours of scheduled tour.
(Compensatory time is NOT granted for donations made during nonworking hours).

CIVILIAN
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

Deliver receipt from donation center to desk officer or counterpart on
return to duty.

NOTE

A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) will not volunteer to donate blood when
any of the following conditions exist:
a.
Prior donation within eight weeks
b.
Donated five pints within previous year
c.
Under seventeen or over seventy-five years of age
d.
Had malaria, jaundice or tuberculosis within the prior two years
e.
Had hepatitis
f.
Had tooth extraction within the prior three days
g.
Body weight is less than one hundred and ten pounds
h.
Other disqualifying medical condition.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When a member of the service is seriously injured and requires blood, the Operations
Unit will be notified.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Requesting Blood When Outside Of New York State (P.G. 205-13)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-13

REQUESTING BLOOD WHEN OUTSIDE NEW YORK STATE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To assist members of the service (active or retired) and their families when there
is a problem obtaining blood outside of New York State.

PROCEDURE

To request blood or assistance:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Telephone the Medical Division during business hours and Sick Desk
supervisor during non-business hours.
Provide the following information:
a.
Patient’s name
b.
Identification number (social security, blue cross, etc.)
c.
Residence
d.
Name and address of hospital
e.
Date of admission
f.
Amount requested (pints)
g.
Patient’s relationship to member of the service
h.
If patient is Medicare eligible or not.

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
MEDICAL
DIVISION

3.

Verify member’s eligibility and notify Greater New York Blood Center.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Donating Or Requesting Blood To/Requesting Blood From The Department’s Blood
Program (P.G. 205-12)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-14

APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To enable a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) to request a transfer.

PROCEDURE

When a member desires a transfer:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER
5.

Prepare APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER (PD406-041).
a.
Information on form MUST BE TYPED.
Obtain supervisor/witness signature on form.
Submit ALL copies of APPLICATION to commanding officer.
Review and sign APPLICATION.
a.
Remove GREEN copy for filing in member’s Personal Folder.
Return remaining copies to member concerned.

NOTE

Members of the service who are in a Level II or Level III Monitoring Program are not to
be transferred without prior conferral with the Bureau/Borough Commander and the
Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section. The Commanding Officer,
Personnel Orders Section will not transfer any member in a Level II or Level III
Monitoring Program without the express knowledge of the Bureau/Borough Commander
and the Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section and with the concurrence
of the Civilian Complaint Review Board Profile and Assessment Committee.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Forward copies of APPLICATION as follows:
a.
WHITE, YELLOW and BLUE - to Commanding Officer,
Personnel Orders Section, in a sealed envelope.
b.
PINK - To Personnel Officer concerned.

COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER,
8.
PERSONNEL
ORDERS
SECTION

Retain WHITE copy of APPLICATION in ACTIVE STATUS for TWO
YEARS, UNLESS withdrawn by member concerned.
Forward YELLOW and BLUE copies of receipted APPLICATION to
Personnel Officer concerned.

PERSONNEL
OFFICER
CONCERNED

9.
10.

DESK OFFICER 11.

File receipted YELLOW copy with PINK copy forwarded by member.
Forward receipted BLUE copy to requesting member’s command.

Have BLUE copy of APPLICATION placed in member’s Personal Folder.

TO WITHDRAW APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER:
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

12.

Prepare and forward to Commanding Officer, Personnel Orders Section
four copies of report, on Typed Letterhead, requesting that
APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER be withdrawn.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-14

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 13.
OFFICER,
14.
PERSONNEL
ORDERS
SECTION
PERSONNEL
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

15.
16.

DESK OFFICER 17.

2 of 2

File one copy of report after removing APPLICATION from ACTIVE
FILE.
Forward remaining copies of receipted report to Personnel Officer concerned.

Retain one copy of receipted report for file.
Forward remaining copies to requesting member’s command.
Have copy of receipted report filed in member’s Personal Folder and give
remaining copy to member concerned.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Members of the service (uniformed and civilian) desiring a mutual transfer will submit a
request for transfer, on Typed Letterhead, including all the information required on
APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER, to their respective commanding officers for
approval. The respective commanding officers will forward APPROVED requests, BY
ENDORSEMENT, to the Commanding Officer, Personnel Orders Section.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER (PD406-041)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-15

POLICE OFFICER'S/DETECTIVE SPECIALIST'S CAREER PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To provide police officers/detective specialists with a Career Program that allows
eligibility through earned points for an investigative assignment, non-precinct
assignment (Special Operations Division Units, Highway Units, Technical
Assistance and Response Unit (TARU), Administrative and Support Units, etc.)
and patrol, transit and housing commands of choice.

SCOPE

The Career Program is a performance reporting system which measures a police
officer’s/detective specialist’s drive and initiative through overall activity,
community interaction, professional image, police ethics, integrity and respect
for both the public and the Department. The Career Program rewards police
officers/detective specialists by allowing those who consistently perform their
assignments in an exceptional manner to earn accelerated Career Program points.

PROCEDURE

When a police officer/detective specialist with a minimum of three years of service
and at least twelve Career Program points requests a Career Program transfer:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

1.

NOTE

Members of the service possessing special skills, beneficial to the needs of the
Department, may be transferred with less than the required Career Program points after
approval of the APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION by the Police Commissioner.

Prepare CAREER PROGRAM TRANSFER APPLICATION/
RECOMMENDATION
POLICE
OFFICER/DETECTIVE
SPECIALIST (PD406-1414).
a.
A minimum of twelve Career Program points are required before
consideration
is
given
to
an
APPLICATION/
RECOMMENDATION
b.
A maximum of twelve career points may be earned from the last
five annual Performance Evaluations
c.
In order to be considered for an investigative assignment a
“Highly Recommend” endorsement MUST be received from the
member’s commanding officer
d.
A maximum of nine career points can be earned for military service
(three points may be earned for each deployment overseas during
time of war or U.S. conflict, and Honorable Discharge)
e.
Three choices of assignment in priority order may be entered on
the APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION
f.
Career Program choices of assignment may be changed or
withdrawn by submitting an additional APPLICATION/
RECOMMENDATION.

An APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION will be expunged after two years from the
date of submission to the Career Program Unit. A police officer/detective specialist who
still desires consideration after his/her APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION has
expired is responsible for submitting an additional APPLICATION/

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-15

NOTE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

RECOMMENDATION. Police officers/detective specialists granted a transfer under
the Career Program may not utilize this program for two years from the date of their
last Career Program transfer.
Police officers must have a minimum of four years of service in the rank of police officer
prior to entering the detective investigative track. Exceptions may be made based on the
needs of the Department after approval by the Police Commissioner.

COMMANDING
OFFICER

2.
3.

Verify the information, eligibility and suitability for transfer of the
uniformed member concerned.
Complete “Commanding Officer’s Recommendation” section.
a.
If additional space is required use COMMANDING OFFICER’S
RECOMMENDATION (PD406-180).

UPON VERIFICATION OF APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION:
COMMANDING
OFFICER

4.

Forward APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION as follows:
a.
Original - Direct to Personnel Orders Section, Attn: Career
Program Unit, Room 1008
b.
Copy - Personnel officer concerned
c.
Copy - Command file.

NOTE

In order to be considered for an investigative assignment, uniformed members must
receive a “Highly Recommend” endorsement from their respective commanding officer.
In addition, commanding officers must utilize the “Commanding Officer’s
Recommendation” section on the APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION form and
comment on the applicant’s performance, attendance, sick and disciplinary records, and
ability to work with and respect both their peers and the community they serve.
Commanding officers will be held accountable for their recommendations.

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
CAREER
PROGRAM UNIT
ADDITIONAL
DATA

5.
6.

Schedule and conduct required interview panels.
Maintain a pool of available Career Program applicants.

The following numerical criteria will be utilized to calculate Career Program points:
1.

2.

Each Annual Performance Evaluation
(Maximum of twelve career points may be earned from
the last five Annual Performance Evaluations)
Extremely Competent
(5.0)
Highly Competent
(4.0 – 4.5)
Competent
(3.5)
Low or Very Low
(3.0 or below)

Career Points

Department Recognition
(Per medal)
Honorable Mention
Exceptional Merit
Commendation
Meritorious Police Duty
Excellent Police Duty

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0

2.0
1.0
0.6
0.4
0.2

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-15

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

The Honor Committee reviews all Honorable Mention awards and may select uniformed
members of the service as recipients of higher medals, as per P.G. 205-39,
“Departmental Recognition.” The Honor Committee, based upon their review of the
incident which results in the awarding of a higher medal, has the discretion to award
Department Medal of Honor recipients five career points, Combat Cross recipients four
points and Medal for Valor recipients three points. The points will be awarded upon
notification by the Honor Committee to the Career Program Unit.
Career Points
3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Education
(Enter points for one degree, the highest obtained)
J.D. or PhD
Master Degree
Bachelors Degree
Associate’s Degree/64 credits

5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0

Military Service
(Maximum of nine career points can be earned)
Three points for each deployment overseas during time of
war or U.S. conflict and Honorable Discharge
Honorable Discharge from Military
Active Reservist/National Guard
(Minimum of two years)

3.0
2.0
1.0

One year perfect attendance
(One point per calendar year maximum of three points
may be earned)

1.0

Integrity Review Board (IRB)
(Points determined by the IRB P.G. 205-16, “Integrity
Review Board Recommendation Procedure”)

1.0 to 5.0

Former Auxiliary Police Officer
(Resigned in good standing)

1.0

8.

Completed Police Cadet Corps

1.0

9.

Language Skills
NYPD Qualified Interpreter
(One point per language)

1.0

10.

11.

Voluntary Participation in Community Programs
(One point per year, as per A.G. 320-36, “Career
Points for Voluntary Participation in Community
Programs Within New York City”)

1.0

Charges and Specifications
(Expires two years from day penalty/suspension -0.2 for each day penalty
incurred)
/suspension incurred
maximum of -5.0 per case

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-15

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

All members should be aware that completing a CAREER PROGRAM TRANSFER
APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION
POLICE
OFFICER/DETECTIVE
SPECIALIST does not guarantee transfer or assignment.
Inherent in any realistic and workable Career Program is the need for flexibility to meet
changing conditions and situations. The Career Program does not limit or change the
Department’s right or managerial prerogative to assign personnel.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Integrity Review Board Recommendation Procedure (P.G. 205-16)
Departmental Recognition (P.G. 205-39)
Career Points for Voluntary Participation in Community Programs Within New York
City (A.G. 320-36)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CAREER PROGRAM TRANSFER APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION
POLICE OFFICER/DETECTIVE SPECIALIST (PD406-1414)
COMMANDING OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION (PD406-180)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

-

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-16

INTEGRITY REVIEW BOARD RECOMMENDATION PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To set forth the guidelines to be followed when a uniformed member of the service
is recommended for recognition, by the member’s commanding officer, for
effecting an arrest for a bribery-related offense or an action which demonstrated
the uniformed member’s commitment to the Department’s integrity policy.

DEFINITION

CONTROLLED PAD - For the purpose of this procedure is a purported payment
to uniformed members of the service to protect existing or contemplated illegal
activities which will constitute more than one time bribery payments.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a uniformed member of the service is recommended for recognition,
by the member’s commanding officer, to the Integrity Review Board:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER,
MEMBER
2.
CONCERNED

Ensure that copy of report in bribery arrests, as required by P.G 208-34,
“Bribery Arrest by Uniformed Member of the Service” is forwarded to
Commanding Officer, Employee Relations Section.
Comply with “ADDITIONAL DATA” statement, page 3, regarding
submission of report for an act reflecting high integrity.

UPON NOTIFICATION FROM EMPLOYEE RELATIONS SECTION:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.

Have uniformed member concerned notified to report to Employee
Relations Section for a personal interview during the uniformed
member’s normal tour of duty.

4.

Report to Employee Relations Section, as follows:
a.
In uniform of the day, if assigned to patrol duties
b.
In proper business attire, if assigned to non-patrol duties.
Bring copies of the following documents concerning the arrest and/or
incident of high integrity, if prepared:
a.
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
b.
Last two PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS (as appropriate to rank)
c.
ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD244-1511)
d.
Criminal Court Affidavit
e.
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD 370-152)
f.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD 521-141)
g.
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157), if applicable
h.
Newspaper articles concerning incident
i.
Any other Department forms/reports relating to the incident.

5.

NOTE

During this interview process, the aspirations of the uniformed member concerned will
be discussed in detail and the uniformed member will be advised of the options
available, depending upon the current needs of the Department and the uniformed
member’s suitability/aptitude for such assignment.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

EMPLOYEE
RELATIONS
SECTION

6.

Convene the Integrity Review Board, upon completion of administrative
documentation for the presentation of a cadre of cases.

NOTE

The Integrity Review Board meets regularly, usually on a quarterly basis, to review and
evaluate cases involving incidents of bribery arrests/acts of high integrity.

INTEGRITY
REVIEW
BOARD

7.
8.

Review cases submitted by Employee Relations Section.
Forward recommendations to Police Commissioner for final determination.

EMPLOYEE
RELATIONS
SECTION

9.

Notify member concerned of the type of recognition received.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

To receive recognition from the Integrity Review Board for involvement in bribery
related offense, the uniformed member concerned must be the individual who was
offered/accepted the bribe and either effected the arrest for the crime of bribery or
charged the defendant with the additional crime of bribery. In situations when the
arresting officer is not the uniformed member offered the bribe, an ARREST REPORT
SUPPLEMENT must be prepared delineating the circumstances surrounding the
additional charge of bribery.
All uniformed members of the service directly involved in a “controlled pad” incident,
i.e., receives payoffs, acts as an intermediary, etc., are eligible to receive recognition
from the Integrity Review Board
The types of recognition uniformed members of the service are eligible to receive are as
follows:
a.
Police Commissioner’s letter of commendation
b.
Award of one to five Career Program points
c.
Waiver of all or part of the Career Path requirements for consideration for
assignment to a specific command/bureau
d.
Patrol precinct to patrol precinct transfers
e.
Interviews for preferential assignments, i.e., Highway Districts, Emergency
Service Unit, etc.
f.
Interviews for investigative assignments, i.e., Organized Crime Control Bureau,
etc.

NOTE

The Integrity Review Board may recommend that uniformed members of the service be
granted interviews for a potential assignment to one of the Department’s investigative
track units for having effected arrests for bribery or other acts of high integrity. The
actual impact or perceived impact of the “Eighteen Month Detective Designation Law”
should NOT effect the decision to grant an interview to a well deserving uniformed
member. The integrity of the Department is of the utmost concern and efforts to properly
reward uniformed members for their exemplary conduct should NOT be diminished.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-16

PAGE:

08/01/13

g.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

h.

i.

3 of 3

Award of additional investigative time towards eligibility for promotion to
detective designation.
Preferential consideration for assignment to a unit within the uniformed
member’s current bureau of assignment, i.e., Organized Crime Investigation
Division, Major Case Squad, etc.
Any other type of award deemed appropriate by the Integrity Review Board.

The type of recognition granted by the Integrity Review Board varies depending upon
the uniformed member’s career aspirations, qualifications, overall performance level,
and character. Uniformed members will not usually be considered for:
a.
A patrol precinct to patrol precinct transfer with less than two years of service, or
b.
An interview for an investigative assignment with less than three years of service.
When a uniformed member is awarded Career Program points only, the number of
points awarded will be published in a Personnel Order.
Scheduling of preferential interviews for possible assignments to specific
commands/bureaus will be the responsibility of the Personnel Officers concerned.
Arresting/assisting officers in arrests for bribery related offenses, or for other acts of
high integrity, may apply for Department recognition, in the grade of Meritorious Police
Duty, as outlined in P.G. 205-39, “Request for Departmental Recognition.”
A supervisor performing normal supervisory duties regarding bribery/attempted bribery
incidents is not eligible for recognition by the Integrity Review Board.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

On-Line Booking System Computerized Arrest Notification Printout (P.G. 208-68)
Bribery Arrest By Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 208-34)
Boards And Committees (O.G. 101-19)
Request For Departmental Recognition (P.G. 205-39)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD244-1511)
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
CRIMINAL COURT AFFIDAVIT
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION (as appropriate to rank)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-17

OVERTIME
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To compensate uniformed members of the service for work performed in excess
of hours stipulated in the member’s regular work schedule.

DEFINITION

OVERTIME:
a.
NON-ORDERED - Extension of scheduled tour of duty by 15 minutes or
more to prevent interruption of services being performed, e.g., processing
an arrest, aided case, court appearance, etc. Non-ordered overtime is not
authorized for administrative duties at any level.
b.
ORDERED - Extra duty required for on-going or future operational
situations, demonstrations, parades, etc., or overtime of an administrative
nature for extra duty required of an on-going or future operational
situation. (May only be authorized by Police Commissioner, First Deputy
Commissioner or Chief of Department).
c.
EMERGENCY ORDERED - Extra duty performed in an emergency
when work schedules are suspended by Department order, due to largescale disorders or disasters. (May only be authorized by Police
Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner or Chief of Department).

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service below the rank of captain performs
overtime duty:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

The Fair Labor Standards Act (F.L.S.A.) requires that overtime earned by members of
the New York City Police Department be paid within a reasonable time after it is
performed. Accordingly, completed OVERTIME REPORTS will normally be submitted
to the permanent command of the member concerned at the end of their tour of duty. In
those circumstances when the permanent command is closed, the requesting member
will submit the OVERTIME REPORT on their next scheduled tour of duty. Members
scheduled for authorized leave following a tour when overtime has been performed will
submit their OVERTIME REPORTS on their next scheduled tour of duty.

DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED

2.
3.

4.

Submit OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064) to desk officer when dismissed.
a.
If performing duty at other than regularly assigned command,
submit to desk officer of that command.
b.
If performing duty at scene of parade, demonstration, etc., submit
to immediate supervisor.

Make Command Log or ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry at time of dismissal.
Certify time of dismissal on OVERTIME REPORT.
a.
Commanders of large details, e.g., parades, demonstrations, etc.,
will collect certified OVERTIME REPORT forms from
subordinate supervisors and have reports forwarded to permanent
commands of member concerned. OVERTIME REPORTS will
not be returned to requesting member at scene.
Forward OVERTIME REPORT to commanding officer, member’s
permanent command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-17

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

The maximum amount of compensatory time a uniformed member of the service may
accumulate is five days. When the member concerned accrues compensatory time in
excess of five days, the excess MUST be taken within thirty days, needs of the service
permitting. In any event, compensatory time MUST be taken within one year of the date
earned.
To enhance auditing procedures regarding court appearances with related overtime,
uniformed members of the service will comply with the following when court attendance
results in overtime:
a.
b.
c.

d.

Attach OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064) to related COURT ATTENDANCE
RECORD (PD468-141) and submit to desk officer/supervisor for approval.
Desk officer/supervisor will ensure that OVERTIME REPORTS and COURT
ATTENDANCE RECORDS are properly prepared and attached as required.
OVERTIME REPORTS submitted for attendance at court without the required
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD attached, shall NOT be approved by desk
officer/supervisor without an investigation being conducted.
After the desk officer/supervisor concludes the investigation, the overtime may
be approved if appropriate. However, a copy of the report detailing the facts of
the investigation will be attached to the OVERTIME REPORT in lieu of the
missing COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD.

Payroll clerks shall process OVERTIME REPORTS with COURT ATTENDANCE
RECORDS/Investigative Reports attached and file as directed by A.G. 320-12.,
“Overtime Report”, COURT ATTENDANCE RECORDS not involving overtime will
continue to be filed as directed in P.G. 211-01, “Duties And Conduct In Court.”
The procedure outlined above will apply whether cash or time compensation is selected
for the overtime and regardless of the reason for the court appearance.
Any disciplinary action taken for failure to submit OVERTIME REPORTS (PD 138-064)
in a timely manner should not impact upon the payment of the overtime to the member of
the service who failed to submit the request promptly. Pursuant to the Fair Labor
Standards Act, the member must be compensated for the time worked. The penalty for not
complying with Department regulations must be a separate disciplinary matter.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Violations Subject to Command Discipline (P.G. 206-03)
First and Third Platoon Arrests (P.G. 208-25)
Overtime (A.G. 320-11)
Overtime Reports (A.G. 320-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-18

ABSENT WITHOUT LEAVE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To investigate unauthorized absences of uniformed members of the service.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is absent without leave for two hours at
the beginning of a scheduled tour of duty:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.

3.
4.

NOTE

Make telephone inquiries, including but not limited to:
a.
Command roll call
b.
Sick Desk supervisor
c.
Court sign-in rooms
d.
Member’s residence.
Check Department records maintained in the command, including but not
limited to:
a.
Telephone Record
b.
ROLL CALL (PD406-144) change sheets.
Make inquiries of command personnel as deemed necessary.
Request that the desk officer in member’s resident precinct have a
supervisor respond to the member’s residence.

If member resides outside of New York City, request the Inter-City Correspondence Unit,
to make a notification to the local law enforcement authority concerned and request they
respond to the member’s residence.

IF MEMBER NOT CONTACTED FOUR HOURS AFTER COMMENCEMENT
OF TOUR:
DESK OFFICER 5.

6.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN

7.
8.
9.
10.

Notify:
a.
Commanding officer/duty captain
b.
Borough command/counterpart
c.
Operations Unit
(1)
Include actions taken to locate member
d.
Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center.
Make a Command Log entry including facts (inquiries, etc.) and
notifications made.
Conduct an immediate investigation.
Telephone results of investigation to the Operations Unit.
Enter results of investigation in Command Log.
Prepare two copies of a report on Typed Letterhead including:
a.
Full particulars of the investigation
b.
Results obtained
c.
Actions taken or contemplated.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-18

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

If the member’s commanding officer is NOT performing duty, the duty captain will
prepare three copies of the report.

COMMANDING 11.
OFFICER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Forward ORIGINAL copy of report, without delay, to the Chief of
Department, DIRECT, and DUPLICATE copy to the Chief of
Department, through channels.

Duty captains will have the ORIGINAL copy of the report forwarded as indicated above
and the two DUPLICATES forwarded to the commanding officer of the member
concerned. The member’s commanding officer will endorse and forward one copy of the
report to the Chief of Department, through channels, and file the remaining copy.

WHEN MEMBER IS LOCATED:
COMMANDING 12.
OFFICER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN
NOTE

Members absent without leave for an entire tour will NOT be assigned to duty without
the prior permission of the Chief of Department.

13.

14.
15.

16.
FORMS AND
REPORTS

Interview member concerned.
a.
Ascertain reason for, and location during, absence.

Notify:
a.
Operations Unit
b.
Borough command/counterpart
c.
Sick Desk supervisor
d.
Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center.
Make a Command Log entry.
Prepare a supplementary report, on Typed Letterhead, to the Chief of
Department including facts and any disciplinary action taken not
previously reported.
Forward reports as indicated in step 11 or NOTE following step 11.

ROLL CALL (PD406-144)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-19

VACATION LOST DUE TO SICK LEAVE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To grant uniformed members of the service vacation days lost during the
previous year due to illness or injury.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service loses vacation earned during the
previous calendar year due to illness or injury:

NOTE

This procedure is applicable for vacation earned during the previous calendar year
ONLY. Any additional carry over from prior year is not authorized, except for that
earned by uniformed managers (assistant chiefs and above).

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
COMMANDING 3.
4.
OFFICER

NOTE

Prepare two copies of request for vacation days lost, on Typed
Letterhead, without delay, addressed to commanding officer, including:
a.
Number of vacation days lost
b.
Number of vacation days taken (indicate dates taken)
c.
Dates of scheduled vacation. If no vacation selection was made,
so state and give reasons
d.
Period of sick report. (Include current year if sick report extended
therein.) Indicate total number of calendar days in period.
e.
Number of calendar days NOT on sick report
f.
If non-line of duty sick report, indicate the name and location of
the hospital, the dates hospitalized and the reason for confinement,
if appropriate
g.
If sick report was due to a line of duty injury, include Medical
Division control number and whether due to an old injury.
Submit request to commanding officer.
Inspect records to verify request.
Grant vacation days lost as follows:
a.
Non line-of-duty sick report - hospitalization not required - lost
vacation days may not be taken after March 31st of succeeding year.
b.
Non line-of-duty sick report and member concerned was
hospitalized - lost vacation days may not be taken after June 30th
of succeeding year.
c.
Sick report due to line-of-duty injury - lost vacation days may not
be taken after December 31st of succeeding year.

All vacation days lost due to illness or injury MUST be taken prior to the expiration date
as indicated in step 4, subdivisions a, b and c, above. Lost vacation days shall not be
granted beyond the dates indicated. This does not apply to uniformed managers
(assistant chiefs and above).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-19

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 5.
6.
OFFICER
7.
(continued)

2 of 2

Notify member and have entry/entries made in pertinent record(s).
File copy of request in member's personal folder.
Instruct member to take leave without delay.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Authorized vacation quota may be exceeded.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vacation Policy (P.G. 203-19)
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-20

LEAVE OF ABSENCE WITHOUT PAY
TWENTY-NINE (29) CALENDAR DAYS OR LESS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process requests for leaves of absence without pay for twenty nine
consecutive days or less for all members of the service (uniformed and civilian).

SCOPE

As used in this procedure, the approving officer will be determined by the number
of days requested and the status of the member requesting leave as follows:
a.
One through twenty-nine calendar days and the member is an entry-level
probationary uniformed member of the service - Police Commissioner.
b.
One through twenty-nine calendar days and the member is an entry level
probationary civilian member or a non-permanent civilian member, i.e.,
provisional, temporary, etc., (except sick leaves without pay) - Chief of
Personnel.
c.
One day leave - commanding officer of member concerned.
d.
Two through twenty-nine calendar days for all other members of the
service not listed above - deputy commissioners, bureau chiefs, borough
commanders.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed or civilian member of the service requires leave without pay
for twenty-nine consecutive calendar days or less:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER

Notify commanding officer/supervisory head of intent to request leave of
absence without pay for twenty-nine consecutive calendar days or less.
Interview member concerned to determine necessity for leave.

3.

Submit three copies of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041) to
commanding officer/supervisory head.
a.
Uniformed and civilian members must complete the “Location
During Absence” section on the LEAVE OF ABSENCE
REPORT including each country, with the city/town or province
where the member will be staying, date(s) of departure and date of
return
b.
If member will remain at their residence, member will enter
“residence” and include location and dates.”

COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER
5.

Make entry on reverse side of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT under
caption space “Reasons for any recommendations made.”
Sign all copies of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

NOTE

A leave of absence without pay will be granted ONLY after all other ACCRUED leave
has been exhausted (except as indicated in A.G. 319-14, Civilian Member Reporting
Sick”, step 5, as relates to sick leave without pay for civilian members only).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-20

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

COMMANDING 6.
OFFICER
(continued)
7.

Forward two copies of approved LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT for
all leaves in which the commanding officer is the approving officer direct
to the Personnel Orders Section and file the third copy.
Forward all copies of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT for all other requests
to approving officer direct after endorsing and making recommendations.

8.
9.

Examine request and recommendations of applicant’s commanding officer.
Endorse and forward two copies of approved leave request direct to
Personnel Orders Section.
Return third copy of approved leave request to applicant’s command for
notification to applicant and file.
Return all copies of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT if request is
disapproved.

APPROVING
MEMBER

10.
11.

COMMANDING 12.
OFFICER

Notify member of approved/disapproved leave.

C.O.,
PERSONNEL
ORDERS
SECTION

13.

Forward one copy of approved LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT to
Payroll Section.

TIMEKEEPER

14.

Enter each country, with the city/town or province, date(s) of departure
and date of return into Leave of Absence Report – Location During
Absence database, if member is traveling to a foreign country.
Notify operations coordinator, if member is traveling to a foreign country.

15.
NOTE

An online user guide is available after logging onto the Leave of Absence management system.
Operations coordinators must ensure that all command timekeepers follow the instructions as
directed in the guide to make entries in the Leave of Absence – Location During Absence database.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Whenever a civilian member is in a no pay status for a maximum of eight hours, ensure
that the timekeeper enters the appropriate LWOP code on the Employee Time Report
(ETR). If the member is in an LWOP status for a period greater than one day,
timekeepers will:
a.
Immediately notify Payroll Section - Timekeeping Unit
b.
Enter letters L-W-O-P for each day on the ETR
c.
Have entry made in the command’s Telephone Record concerning the notification.
Whenever a uniformed member is in an LWOP status for any length of time, ensure that
the timekeeper performs steps a, b, c above. DO NOT enter any time on the ETR.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Child Care Leave of Absence (P.G. 205-28)
Combined Confinement and Child Care Leave (A.G. 319-24)
Leave of Absence Without Pay - Thirty (30) Calendar Days or More (P.G. 205-21)
Definite Military Leave (P.G. 205-22)
Indefinite Military Leave (P.G. 205-23)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-20

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

RELATED
PROCEDURES
(continued)

Civilian Member - Miscellaneous Leave without Pay (A.G. 319-12)
Civilian Member - Reporting Sick (A.G. 319-14)
Civilian Member - Extended Sick Leave for Line of Duty Injury (A.G. 319-16)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-21

LEAVE OF ABSENCE WITHOUT PAY
THIRTY (30) CALENDAR DAYS OR MORE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To process requests for leaves of absence without pay for thirty consecutive days
or more (except child care, military and civilian sick leaves) for all members of
the service (uniformed and civilian).

SCOPE

As used in this procedure, the approving officer will be determined as follows:
a.
Uniformed members - Police Commissioner (except as indicated in P.G.
205-28, “Child Care Leave of Absence”)
b.
Civilian members - Chief of Personnel.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed or civilian member of the service requires leave without pay
for thirty consecutive calendar days or more:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Notify commanding officer/supervisory head of intent to request leave of
absence without pay for thirty consecutive calendar days or more at least
six weeks before anticipated date leave will commence.

COMMANDING 2.
3.
OFFICER

Interview member concerned to determine necessity for leave.
Direct member concerned to contact the Military and Extended Leave
Desk immediately for instructions.

4.

Submit all forms to commanding officer/supervisory head as directed by
the Military and Extended Leave Desk.

COMMANDING 5.
6.
OFFICER

Confer with borough commander, by telephone, outlining details of leave request.
Endorse member’s leave request recommending approval/disapproval, as
appropriate, to the Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave
Desk based on conferral with the borough commander.
Forward informational copy of leave request to borough commander.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.
C.O., MILITARY
AND EXTENDED
LEAVE DESK

8.

COMMANDING 9.
OFFICER
10.

11.

Endorse request through channels to approving officer making
recommendation based on individual circumstances, Department policy,
and any other factors considered for such recommendation.
Notify member concerned when approval/disapproval of leave has been
received.
Ensure that member’s firearms and all Department property (except
Department Manual) are surrendered and indicate such on PROPERTY
RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013) when a
leave of absence of thirty days or more has been approved.
Distribute PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF
SERVICE, as follows:
a.
Original - to Military and Extended Leave Desk
b.
First copy - to member requesting leave of absence

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-21

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.
d.

COMMANDING
OFFICER
(continued)

2 of 2

Second copy - command file
Remaining copies - filed in member’s Personal Folder.

NOTE

For civilian members, forward IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) to the
Employee Management Division, by messenger, with a report on Typed Letterhead,
indicating the reason for surrender.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

12.

13.

Forward NYPD Restricted Parking Permits (Misc. 23-N) and
Headquarters Annex Parking Permits (Misc. 814HQ-Annex), by
messenger, to Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit.
Forward shield, if applicable, and/or IDENTIFICATION CARD
(PD416-091), by messenger, to Employee Management Division, Shield
/Identification Card Unit, and obtain receipt.

C.O.,
PERSONNEL
ORDERS
SECTION

14.

Direct transfer of member to the Military and Extended Leave Desk after
member’s leave request has been approved.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A leave of absence without pay will be granted ONLY after the member concerned has
exhausted all ACCRUED leave (except for military leave and sick leave without pay for
civilians as indicated in A.G. 319-14, “Civilian Member-Reporting Sick”). A uniformed
member’s vacation is granted January 1st for that year but is not to be considered
accrued until the member is in a full pay status for the required number of days in a
particular month.
Member’s firearms and all Department property (except Department Manual) will be
surrendered on member’s last tour of duty prior to commencement of a leave of absence.
While on leave of absence, a member will be required to appear for any hearings or
trials in which the member is the arresting officer, witness, or respondent and the
Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave Desk will be so notified of such
appearance.
A leave of absence without pay may be terminated prior to its scheduled expiration date
upon advance notification to the Military and Extended Leave Desk.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Leave of Absence Without Pay - Twenty-Nine (29) Calendar Days or Less (P.G. 205-20)
Definite Military Leave (P.G. 205-22)
Indefinite Military Leave (P.G. 205-23)
Child Care Leave of Absence (P.G. 205-28)
Civilian Member - Miscellaneous Leave with Pay (A.G. 319-12)
Civilian Member - Reporting Sick (A.G. 319-14)
Civilian Member - Extended Sick Leave for Line of Duty Injury (A.G. 319-16)
Combined Confinement and Child Care Leave (A.G. 319-24)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-22

DEFINITE MILITARY LEAVE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To grant members of the service (uniformed and civilian) leaves of absence to
perform military duty for a period or periods not exceeding a total of thirty
working days (or its equivalent in hours for civilian members of the service), in
any one calendar year or in any continuous period of absence.

DEFINITIONS

WORK DAY - Any day where the member is excused from performing duty
with this Department to attend a military drill. Excusals from work to attend
military drill require documentation that the member is being ordered to attend
and documentation that they attended drill.
DRILL SCHEDULE - An advance schedule (i.e., quarterly, semi-annual or
annual) from a member’s Reserve or National Guard Unit which indicates the
dates the member will be performing military duty for the Federal fiscal year,
which runs from October to September.
UNSCHEDULED DRILL - A drill date not in conformance with the drill
schedule.

PROCEDURE

When ordered to report for military duty for thirty days or less:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

Provide respective timekeeper with copy of current drill schedule and
military unit telephone number.
Submit LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD 433-041) and Standard
Military Order to timekeeper at least two weeks prior to commencement
of leave.
a.
Ensure military leave captions on LEAVE OF ABSENCE
REPORT are completed listing actual hours of drill (broad time
frames such as 0001 to 2400 hours are not acceptable).

A request for military leave to attend an unscheduled drill must be accompanied by a
Standard Military Order indicating the reason. The Standard Military Order must be
signed by the member’s military unit Commander or other supervisor with
Commander’s signature authority.

TIMEKEEPER

3.

Notify roll call personnel and timekeeper immediately if drill is cancelled
after LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT was submitted and perform
scheduled tour of duty.

4.

Maintain a MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD (PD433-147) for each
member of the command who is a drilling reservist.
Ensure that a copy of member’s current military contract or Oath of
Office (commission papers) and current drill schedule, Standard Military
Orders and Military Statutory Entitlement(s) are attached to the inside
cover of MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD.

5.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-22

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

NOTE

Timekeeper will ensure that an additional copy of member’s current military contract is on
file at the Military and Extended Leave Desk. Failure to have a current contract on file will
result in the respective member not accruing any military work days for the calendar year.
Timekeeper must also indicate all work day usage on ABSENCE AND TARDINESS
RECORD (PD433-145).

TIMEKEEPER
(continued)

6.

7.

Using the most recent Payroll Management System Leave Balances
Report (711), determine the number of military work days the member
has available.
Make entry on member’s Employee Time Record (ETR) as follows:
IF MEMBER IS SCHEDULED TO WORK AND:
a.

b.

NOTE

WORK DAY BALANCE IS POSITIVE:
Record event code 4652 for uniformed members of the service
and 00:01 under each day member is on military duty, on
scheduled work days only. For civilian members of the service,
record event code 4651 and enter 0700/0800 hours depending on
length of tour.
WORK DAY BALANCE IS ZERO:
Record event code to charge another leave balance at member’s
discretion for days where the member was scheduled to perform
police duty or charge military leave without pay (code 3270).

Contact the Military and Extended Leave Desk for instructions if leave commences in the
current calendar year and continues into the following year(s) (e.g., leave begins on
December 20th and ends the following January 5th) or if the leave exceeds thirty days. A
member must have exhausted all thirty work days before leave without pay is granted.
No documentation is required if a member’s military drill falls solely on their regular days off
(RDOs). However, timekeepers must be aware of the scheduled drill dates.

COMMANDING 8.
OFFICER OR
DESIGNEE

Approve LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT if military leave papers are in
order.

NOTE

Ensure that if leave commences in the current calendar year and continues into the
following calendar year(s) or if leave exceeds thirty days that the Military and Extended
Leave Desk is contacted. Excusals for authorized military leave, where member has
submitted required documentation (i.e., current contract, drill schedule and Standard
Military Orders), cannot be denied.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.

NOTE

The Certificate of Attendance must be signed by the member’s military Commander or other
supervisor with Commander’s signature authority.

Submit a Certificate of Attendance to timekeeper within ten days after
return from military duty.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-22

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

10.

Notify integrity control officer and timekeeper upon return to duty of
failure to attend drill for which leave was requested/granted.

TIMEKEEPER

11.

File Standard Military Order together with Certificate of Attendance in
MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD.
Make appropriate entries on MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD as per
instructions on form.
File completed MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD in member’s
personnel folder at the end of the calendar year.
Notify integrity control officer when member:
a.
Submits request for military leave without Standard Military Orders
b.
Fails to provide Certificate of Attendance for drill where member
was excused from police duty.

12.
13.
14.

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

15.
16.

Conduct quarterly self-inspection using the Payroll Management System MO49
Report on military records of command to ensure compliance with procedure.
Notify the operations coordinator and integrity control officer when
member fails to provide:
a.
Current military contract/commission orders
b.
Current drill schedule.

NOTE

The commanding officer concerned will designate a supervisor to perform the above functions.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

17.

Conduct investigation if member fails to furnish any of the documents
mentioned in steps “14” and “16.”
a.
If member attended drill, but neglected to submit the required
Certificate of Attendance within ten day period, appropriate
disciplinary action will be taken
b.
If it is determined that the member failed to attend the
Reserve/National Guard Drill after time off was granted, charges
and specifications will be initiated.

DESIGNATED
MEMBER AT
MILITARY
AND
EXTENDED
LEAVE DESK

18.

Monitor Payroll Management System M049 Report for every command
on monthly basis to ensure that there are no negative balances.
Forward a request to conduct an investigation to the integrity control
officer of the command concerned, where negative balance exists.

NOTE

In addition to contacting the military unit when verifying attendance, integrity control
officers may request that the member produce their military Leave Earning Statement
(LES) for the drill which the member failed to provide a Certificate of Attendance.

19.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-22

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

Members of the Reserves or National Guard are required to furnish to their timekeeper two
copies of any separation certificate, discharge, or transfer orders within thirty days of such
change. One copy will be sent to the Military and Extended Leave Desk and the other will be
filed in the member’s personnel folder. If a member fails to submit a current drill schedule, the
integrity control officer will ascertain if such failure was due to their transfer to inactive reserve
or discharge. The integrity control officer will notify the Commanding Officer, Military and
Extended Leave Desk, in writing, and the member will be removed from the active reserve roster.
All Standard Military Orders and Certificates of Attendance must be in the format
illustrated in Appendix “A.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Indefinite Military Leave (P.G. 205-23)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)
MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD (PD433-147)
ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-22

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

APPENDIX “A”
SAMPLE OF STANDARD MILITARY ORDER AND CERTIFICATE OF ATTENDANCE

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
ALPHA COMPANY 104TH INFANTRY BATTALION
New York Army National Guard
123 New York Avenue
New York, NY. 10018
Date _____________________
REPLY TO:
ATTN OF:
SUBJECT:

ORDERED MILITARY DUTY

TO:

WHOM IT MAY CONCERN

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT ______________________________________________________________________
NAME
RANK
SSAN
IS ORDERED TO ATTEND REQUIRED MILITARY DRILL WITH THIS UNIT.
FROM:

DATE ________________

HOURS _________________

TO:

DATE ________________

HOURS _________________

PLACE OF DUTY: _______________________________________________________________________________
THIS DUTY IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ESTABLISHED DRILL SCHEDULE
(Circle)
YES
NO
IF NO IS INDICATED, PLEASE EXPLAIN REASON (S) FOR THE UNSCHEDULED DUTY:
______________________________________________________________________________________________
Carlos R. Bermudez
Captain, IN, NYARNG
Commanding
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
ALPHA COMPANY 104TH INFANTRY BATTALION
New York Army National Guard
123 New York Avenue
New York, NY. 10018
Date _____________________
REPLY TO:
ATTN OF:
SUBJECT:

CERTIFICATE OF ATTENDANCE

TO:

WHOM IT MAY CONCERN

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT ______________________________________________________________________
NAME
RANK
SSAN
DID ATTEND MILITARY DRILL
FROM:

DATE ________________

HOURS _________________

TO:

DATE ________________

HOURS _________________

Carlos R. Bermudez
Captain, IN, NYARNG
Commanding

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-23

INDEFINITE MILITARY LEAVE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process absence for military leave, exceeding thirty days or when the period of
continuous active military duty commences in the current calendar year and continues into
the following year(s).

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) receives orders to report for military
duty either for a period that will exceed thirty days, OR for any period, even if less than
thirty days, in which continuous active duty will commence in one calendar year and
continue into the following calendar year (e.g., leave begins on December 20th and ends
the following January 5th), the Military and Extended Leave Desk must be contacted.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Notify commanding officer/supervisory head immediately upon receiving
orders to report for military duty for a period exceeding thirty days or
when the period of continuous active military duty commences in the
current calendar year and continues into the following year(s).

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER

Direct member concerned to contact the Military and Extended Leave
Desk immediately for instructions.

3.

Access the Military and Extended Leave Desk website through the
Department’s Intranet in order to obtain military leave request forms.
Prepare and submit all forms for military leave notification to
commanding officer/supervisory head as directed by the Military and
Extended Leave Desk.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

COMMANDING 5.
OFFICER

6.

Ensure that member’s firearms and all Department property (except
Department Manual) are surrendered and indicate such on PROPERTY
RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013), for a
military leave of absence of thirty days or more.
a.
Under caption “Member is Applying For:” indicate “Extended
Leave Of Absence”
b.
Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) prepared for
firearms obtained and include in remarks section “PROPERTY OF
MEMBER ON EXTENDED MILITARY LEAVE. NOT TO BE
RETURNED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE COMMANDING
OFFICER, MILITARY AND EXTENDED LEAVE DESK.”
Ensure member’s firearms are delivered to the Property Clerk Division,
Manhattan Office, located at One Police Plaza, S level, NY, NY 10038
within thirty days.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-23

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

When a uniformed or civilian member of the service receives orders to report for
military duty in which continuous active duty will commence in one calendar year and
end in the following year for a period of less than thirty days, (e.g., December 26, 2009
to January 11, 2010), the member is not required to surrender firearms and Department
property. Members on military leaves of absence of thirty days or more may retain their
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091).

COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER
(continued)

8.

NOTE

Distribute form PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF
POLICE SERVICE as follows:
a.
Original - attach to member’s notification for indefinite military
leave and forward direct to Commanding Officer, Military and
Extended Leave Desk, if notification has already been forwarded
when member surrenders property
b.
First Copy - to member going on leave
c.
Second Copy - command file
d.
Remaining Copies - filed in member’s Personal Folder.
Ensure that member, if authorized, has utilized all thirty work days, as
outlined in P.G. 205-22, “Definite Military Leave.”

All military work days must be exhausted prior to utilizing other accrued leave or leave without pay.

9.

10.
11.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

12.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

13.
14.

COMMANDING 15.
16.
OFFICER,
MILITARY
AND
EXTENDED
LEAVE DESK

Endorse member’s leave notification and have original hand delivered
direct to Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave Desk, One
Police Plaza, Room 1008.
Retain copy of member’s leave notification at command.
Forward NYPD Restricted Parking Permit (Misc. 23-N) and
Headquarters Annex Parking Permit (Misc. 814HQ-Annex), by
messenger, to Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit.
Forward shield, if applicable, and/or IDENTIFICATION CARD, by
messenger, to Employee Management Division, Shield/Identification Card Unit,
and obtain receipt.
Report any change in Standard Military Orders, address or duty
assignment immediately after change occurs.
Contact the Military and Extended Leave Desk for a return to duty
appointment upon military discharge.
Transfer member to the Military and Extended Leave Desk.
Publish transfer to the Military and Extended Leave Desk and leave of
absence in Department’s Personnel Orders.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-23

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

All Department property and firearms (except Department Manual and IDENTIFICATION
CARD) must be surrendered on the member’s last tour of duty prior to commencement of
indefinite military leave of absence. Timekeepers must ensure that all Indefinite Military
Leaves (thirty days or more) are recorded on MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD (PD433147) and on ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145).
Members of the service enlisting or accepting a commission in any federal military
reserve or state militia organization must provide notice to the Department prior to
enlistment. Members of the service must submit a report on Typed Letterhead regarding
“Notification to Enlist in the Military Reserves/National Guard” to their commanding
officer who will endorse the notification and forward to the Commanding Officer,
Military and Extended Leave Desk. The report on Typed Letterhead may be obtained by
accessing the Military and Extended Leave Desk website, under Military Information
and Forms.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Definite Military Leave (P.G. 205-22)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF POLICE SERVICE (PD520-013)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD (PD433-147)
ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-24

SPECIAL LEAVE FOR FORMER MEMBERS OF THE ARMED FORCES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To establish eligibility for Veterans Day, Memorial Day and/or Independence
Day leave of absence.

SCOPE

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS:
Veterans Day and Memorial Day
a.
Service on active duty in the armed forces of the United States and
honorably discharged or separated under honorable conditions. (Members
who served as reservists on extended ACTIVE DUTY FOR TRAINING
ONLY, are not entitled to this excusal).
b.
Service in the armed forces of a country allied with the United States in World
War II, or during the Korean conflict between June 25, 1950 and January 31,
1955, or during the Vietnam conflict between January 1, 1963 and May 7, 1975.
Independence Day
a.
Service in, and honorably discharged from, the Naval Militia, National
Guard or Reserve forces of the Armed Forces at a time when the United
States was not at war.
The date that will serve as the basis for special leave excusal will be the date on
which this Department observes the holiday.

PROCEDURE

When seeking to establish eligibility for Veterans Day, Memorial Day and/or
Independence Day leave of absence:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Submit to commanding officer/supervisory head, a written request and
original copy of:
a.
Honorable Discharge and/or Separation Certificate (DD 214) with
any other document(s) which substantiates eligibility for Veterans
Day and Memorial Day leave of absence.
b.
Honorable Discharge and/or Military Order indicating separation was
under honorable conditions from National Guard, Naval Militia or Reserve
forces of the United States, together with any other documentation
indicating entitlement to Independence Day leave of absence.

C.O. /SUPV.
HEAD

2.

Forward
Commanding
Officer’s
endorsement
recommending
approval/disapproval and all copies of documentation submitted, to
Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave Desk.

C.O.,
MILITARY
AND
EXTENDED
LEAVE DESK

3.
4.

Review all documentation submitted to determine if member is entitled to leave.
Prepare endorsement indicating leave to which member is entitled to and
forward all submitted documents to commanding officer/supervisory head
concerned.
Have endorsement and supporting documentation placed in member’s
Personal Folder.

5.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-24

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Due to exigencies of the service, leave will be granted, as follows:
 Captains - according to the needs of the service.
 One lieutenant in a precinct.
 Three sergeants in a precinct where seven or more are performing duty.
 Two sergeants in a precinct where there are less than seven performing duty.
 Not more than 40% of the total number of police officers entitled to this leave in a
precinct.
Commands other than precincts, 40% equitably apportioned among various ranks.
Preference will be given to senior members in each rank. In order to be granted excusal
under this procedure, the member must take the excusal for the holiday on the day the
holiday is observed by this Department. However, if the uniformed member works the
holiday (either as a scheduled workday or on an overtime basis), said member will be
excused from one tour for such day upon request (exigencies of the service permitting).
This excusal must be utilized within six months of the specific holiday.
Uniformed members of the service who are on vacation, sick report, absent with leave or
excused from duty on any of these days, according to their regular duty chart are NOT
eligible for this leave.
If a member had been previously turned down for entitlements under this procedure, and
the uniformed member supplies new documents to substantiate entitlements, copies of all
documents will be forwarded as outlined above.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-26

JURY DUTY LEAVE FOR UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide a set of guidelines to be followed by those uniformed members of the
service directed to appear for jury duty in Federal, State, and City courts, as well
as other municipal courts in the resident counties.

NOTE

Although uniformed members of the service are no longer exempt from jury duty due to
their occupation as police officers, they may still attempt to claim an exemption under
other circumstances as listed on the exemption claim form.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is directed to appear for jury duty in court:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Uniformed member’s regular work schedule as it pertains to days off shall not be
adjusted to accommodate his/her jury duty appearance. On days in which a uniformed
member performs jury duty that are his/her regular days off, the member shall be
entitled to retain the jury duty fee.

Notify commanding officer immediately upon receipt of a notice to
appear for jury duty. The commanding officer shall ensure that entries
concerning scheduled dates to appear for jury duty are entered in the
command diary.

Uniformed members scheduled to work on a day in which they are also scheduled for
jury duty will be excused from their regular tour of duty and will begin their tour at
0800 hours for payroll purposes (the length of the tour shall be consistent with the
officer’s normal chart) and will be required to remit to the city any jury duty fee they
receive. Members whose jury duty appearance ends before the end of their scheduled
tour shall be required to notify their command for instructions or request lost time,
needs of the service permitting. Members will not be entitled to receive overtime
compensation for jury duty service that goes beyond the end of their scheduled tour.
Uniformed members shall be entitled to keep travel fees as provided by the courts.

2.

3.

Provide official documentation of the jury duty service, including dates
and times of attendance in the form of a court issued Certificate of
Service, to the integrity control officer. The integrity control officer shall
review the forms and ensure that members have complied with the
provisions of this order. Failure to provide such documentation may result
in disciplinary action.
Opt to do one of the following when a jury duty appearance conflicts
with a scheduled annual vacation:
a.
Attempt to postpone their jury duty appearance. Notify command,
if successful.
b.
Cancel their vacation pick or portion thereof. Notify command.
c.
Perform jury duty on vacation and retain jury duty fees for those
days. Notify command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-26

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.

5.

6

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Notify commanding officer and the district attorney’s office concerned
when jury duty conflicts with other Department scheduled court
appearances. If necessary, commanding officers are to prepare and
forward a written request to the appropriate county Commissioner of
Jurors on Department letterhead explaining the conflict and reason for
excusal from jury duty. The explanation should be accompanied by proof
of member’s unavailability for jury duty, such as a subpoena from the
District Attorney’s office. If the Department is unable to resolve the
conflict, the matter will be referred to the District Attorney’s office for
further attention.
Comply with the directives of the court concerning your next jury duty
appearance when placed on ALERT. If activated, members shall
immediately notify their command and be scheduled according to the
provisions of paragraph 1 through 4 of this order.
Notify command and/or Medical Division, if required, and the
appropriate court, if reporting sick while on jury duty. Normal sick leave
procedures shall apply regarding performance of police duty, however,
members on sick leave who are directed to appear at jury duty will notify
the Medical Division. The Medical Division will carry the member in the
“Out of Residence Log,” when such member is performing jury duty.
Members are required to notify the Medical Division immediately upon
returning to their residence from jury duty.

Uniformed members shall be guided by the rules of the courts concerning carrying of
their off-duty firearms while on jury duty.
Fees rendered for jury duty will be processed in the same manner for uniformed
members as for civilian members as listed in A.G. 319-22, “Civilian Employee Reimbursement to City for Jury Service.”
Any questions concerning the contents of this procedure should be referred to the Office
of Labor Relations.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-27

PREGNANCY RELATED GUIDELINES FOR
UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To notify the Department when a female uniformed member of the service
receives a positive result from a pregnancy test conducted by her private
physician.

DEFINITION

PREGNANCY STATUS - A female uniformed member of the service who is
placed on non-enforcement duties by her district surgeon due to her pregnancy
condition. This status is similar to restricted duty.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is informed by her private physician
that she is pregnant:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

Pregnant members of the service will not have to personally visit their district surgeon
to report their positive pregnancy condition.

DISTRICT
SURGEON
CONCERNED

3.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

4.
5.

7.

Notify district surgeon by telephone of pregnancy condition.
Send follow-up notification, indicating confirmation of pregnancy and
due date via:
a.
FAX AND:
b.
Department mail (send original documentation from private physician).

Place member of the service on “pregnancy status” after receiving
telephonic, mail and FAX notification.
Send member’s medical records to the Pregnancy Medical District.
Send a note to member’s private physician explaining Department
guidelines concerning pregnancy assignment and sick policy, when
necessary and appropriate.
Comply with P.G. 205-01, “Reporting Sick,” when unable to perform
duty due to illness or other physical condition.
a.
Report to Pregnancy Medical District any time it is necessary to
see a surgeon.
Comply with P.G. 204-3, “Uniforms,” as it relates to the wearing of the
uniform.

PREGNANCY
MEDICAL
DISTRICT
SURGEON

8.

NOTE

In some circumstances, pregnant members of the service will commence sick leave prior
to the fourth week before their expected date of delivery. These decisions will be made
on a case by case basis by the Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon.

9.

Commence sick leave for pregnant member of the service approximately
four weeks before the expected date of delivery.
Terminate sick leave approximately six weeks following delivery.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-27

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

10.

Telephone the Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon on the following two
occasions:
a.
To confirm actual delivery date - this should be done within ten
days of said date.
b.
During the fifth post-delivery week to allow the Pregnancy
Medical District Surgeon to determine the member’s return to
duty date.
(1)
Provide the Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon with
documentation, if additional sick time is required.

NOTE

The continuance of sick leave and the determination of the member’s status will be made
by the Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon.

PREGNANCY
MEDICAL
DISTRICT
SURGEON

11.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Pregnancy Medical District located at 1 Lefrak City Plaza, 59-17 Junction
Boulevard, Corona, New York, will include a specifically designated surgeon and a
nurse exclusively assigned. Additionally, when required to see the Pregnancy Medical
District Surgeon, pregnant members will be seen in a separate area or at a separate
time to avoid possible exposure to illness.

Reassign medical records of members of the service back to her original
medical district after her return to full duty status.

Once placed on “pregnancy status,” by the district surgeon, the member may be
reassigned to another command which performs non-enforcement duties. (e.g., the
Medical Division, etc.) or may remain within the permanent command depending upon
the needs of the Department.
Pregnant uniformed members of the service will no longer be required to make routine
pregnancy visits to the surgeon.
Recurring pregnancy related illness will be counted as one sick report, if the member
provides proper documentation from her private physician and with the approval of the
Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon. Repeated “undocumented” and “unapproved”
sick leaves can lead to a “chronic sick” designation. The following conditions, if minor,
will not automatically be valid reasons for pregnancy related absence:
a.
Nausea (morning sickness)
b.
Lower back pain
c.
Mild leg swelling
d.
Fatigue
e.
Other conditions limited to a few days duration.
The above listed conditions are considered by the medical profession to be a normal
part of pregnancy. If a member of the service reports sick for these minor conditions, the
sick report will not be valid for consolidation as an absence related to pregnancy illness.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-27

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

A pass MAY be granted, if the Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon determines that the
issuance of such a pass would not adversely affect the member’s health. The pre-delivery
pass becomes void after hospitalization.
Pregnancy status does not preclude a member of the service from being promoted.
Pregnant members of the service, as well as members on restricted duty/limited
capacity, assigned to “Investigative Track Units” may appeal any deductions of
investigative time earned, while on “pregnancy status,” if they were performing normal
investigative duties during that time period. (see A.G. 320-35, “Promotion to Third
Grade Detective (Investigator).”
When a pregnant member is required to appear in court, before a Grand Jury or other
government agency, she may appear in business attire or uniform.
Pregnant members are not required to attend the Firearms and Tactics qualification
cycles.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Uniforms (P.G. 204-03)
Absence Control (A.G. 318-12)
Chronic Absence Control Program (A.G. 318-13)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-28

CHILD CARE LEAVE OF ABSENCE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process requests for child care leave of absence, without pay, made by
uniformed members of the service.

DEFINITION

CHILD CARE LEAVE OF ABSENCE - An unpaid leave of absence for a
continuous period not to exceed three hundred and sixty-five days commencing no
later than one year after the birth of the member’s child, natural or adopted. As used
in this procedure, the approving officer will be the Chief of Personnel.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service requires child care leave of absence
without pay:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Notify commanding officer/supervisory head of intention to request leave
of absence a minimum of six weeks prior to anticipated birth date of child,
or six weeks prior to date when uniformed member of the service wishes
to commence leave of absence, as appropriate.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER

Direct uniformed member of the service to contact the Military and
Extended Leave Desk immediately for instructions.

3.

Submit all forms to commanding officer/supervisory head as directed by
the Military and Extended Leave Desk.

COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER

Ensure that member’s firearms and all Department property (except
Department Manual) are surrendered and indicate such on PROPERTY
RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013).
a.
Under caption “Member is Applying For:” indicate “Extended
Leave of Absence” and “Without Pay.”
Distribute PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF
SERVICE as follows:
a.
Original - Attach to member’s request for leave of absence
b.
First Copy - To member requesting leave of absence
c.
Second Copy - Command file
d.
Remaining Copies - Filed in member’s Personal Folder.
Endorse member’s leave request, as appropriate, recommending
APPROVAL and forward DIRECT to Commanding Officer, Military and
Extended Leave Desk.
Direct that a telephone notification be made to the Payroll Section
indicating the date member’s leave will commence.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

6.

7.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-28

PAGE:

08/01/13

8.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

9.

2 of 3

Forward NYPD Restricted Parking Permits (Misc. 23-N) and
Headquarters Annex Parking Permits (Misc. 814HQ-Annex), by
messenger, to Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit.
Forward shield, if applicable, and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416091), by messenger, to Employee Management Division, Shield
/Identification Card Unit, and obtain receipt.

C.O.,
MILITARY
AND
EXTENDED
LEAVE DESK

10.

C.O.,
PERSONNEL
ORDERS
SECTION

12.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A child care leave of absence without pay will be granted only after all accrued leave
has been exhausted. A uniformed member’s vacation is granted January 1, for that
year, but is not to be considered accrued unless the member is in a “full pay” status for
the required number of tours for that month.

11.

Direct that an appropriate background check be conducted on requesting
member.
Endorse member’s request for leave as necessary and forward to Chief of
Personnel for approval.

Direct transfer of member requesting leave to the Military and Extended
Leave Desk after request has been APPROVED.

A uniformed member of the service who requests a child care leave of absence without
pay for less than thirty days will be guided by P.G. 205-20, “Leave of Absence Without
Pay Twenty-Nine (29) Days or Less.”
Member will receive no pay during the leave of absence. Member will be required to
make up this time lost before member will be considered eligible for retirement. This
time on leave will not be credited for pension purposes. Any time in excess of six months
on leave - no pay status - will be considered a break in continuous service, and thereby
preclude vested interest retirement for five years after return to duty.
All Department property, except the Department Manual, must be surrendered on the
member’s last tour of duty, prior to commencement of leave of absence.
Extensions of a child care leave of absence without pay will NOT be granted. A member
may terminate such leave prior to the scheduled expiration date upon advance
notification to the Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave Desk.
While on a leave of absence, a uniformed member of the service will be required to
appear for any hearings or trials in which the member is the arresting officer, witness,
or respondent and will notify the Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave
Desk prior to such appearance.
The Military and Extended Leave Desk will make salary payment computations upon
documentation of mandatory appearance.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-28

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

A member of the service will not be considered ineligible for promotion solely because
of an approved leave of absence. If a member is scheduled for promotion during the
leave, member will be notified by the Department to be present on the day of the
promotion.
Any extended leave of absence without pay may effect health benefits. Members on
leave of absence will, however, be able to purchase health insurance for a limited period
of time at a group rate. Questions may be referred to the Health Insurance Section.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Leave of Absence Without Pay Twenty-Nine (29) Days or Less (P.G. 205-20)
Leave of Absence Without Pay Thirty (30) Calendar Days or More (P.G. 205-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-29

RANDOM DRUG SCREENING
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To randomly screen uniformed members of the service (other than those assigned
to the Organized Crime Control Bureau, the Internal Affairs Bureau, or
probationary police officers in training at the Police Academy) for illegal
drug/controlled substance usage.

SCOPE

The Department’s goal is to ensure that uniformed members of the service do not
use illegal drugs/controlled substances, maintain high standards of performance,
and are afforded an opportunity to work in a drug-free environment.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service assigned to the Organized Crime Control Bureau,
Internal Affairs Bureau and probationary police officers in training at the Police
Academy will be subject to separate random drug screening procedures.

PROCEDURE

To randomly identify uniformed members of the service for illegal drug/
controlled substance screening:

C.O., MEDICAL
DIVISION

1.

2.

Direct Management Information Systems Division (MISD) to identify
uniformed members of the service for automated random screening by
utilizing the Department’s personnel database.
a.
Individual members selected for random screening will be
identified by social security number.
Direct members selected for random screening to appear at the Medical
Division at appropriate date and time.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
SELECTED
FOR
SCREENING

3.

NOTE

Members previously scheduled for individual days off (other than regular days off) may be
excused from the test with the approval of the bureau chief concerned. Members scheduled
for court or training on the 8x4 tour will appear for testing immediately upon completion of
court or training session. Members scheduled for a 12x8 tour on the testing day will appear
for testing immediately upon completion of their scheduled 12x8 tour. Members reporting
sick on the testing date will be required to visit a Department surgeon and obtain approval
for excusal from the test.

4.

MUST report to Medical Division when notified, except if member is on:
a.
Sick report
b.
Regularly scheduled day off
c.
Military leave
d.
Annual vacation
e.
Terminal leave
f.
Bereavement leave.

MUST submit to a hair analysis drug screening test. Refusal to submit to
test will result in suspension from duty and will be grounds for dismissal
from the Department.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
SELECTED
FOR
SCREENING
(continued)

5.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible. The samples
should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head. The samples will be
individually placed in separate laboratory supplied “Sample Acquisition Cards,” and
sealed by the collector in the presence of the test subject. These cards will be placed in
separate plastic bags, sealed by the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject.
Two hair samples will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third
hair sample will be safeguarded at the Medical Division for use in retesting should the test
of the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal drugs/controlled substances.
Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained at all times.

6.
7.

Prepare form listing all medications ingested or prescribed in the last
ninety days, prior to testing.
Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) at the
testing location to ensure proper individual has reported for testing.
Comply with instructions received at testing location.

Privacy and dignity will be protected. Except in unusual circumstances, hair samples will
be taken at a facility operated by the Medical Division, or at another health care facility.
The hair samples will be collected under maximum feasible privacy.
In the event that the member concerned is unable to provide adequate hair samples as
required in this procedure, a Department surgeon will be contacted. The Department
surgeon, upon conferral with the supervising chief surgeon or designee, may authorize
the collection of alternate specimen(s) to complete the drug screening test. Failure to
comply with an order by a Department surgeon will be considered a refusal of the test
and grounds for dismissal.
One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed in analysis.
A positive report will be made only after final confirmation testing has been conducted.
Negative test results will not be maintained; instead they will be destroyed.
Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a secure area,
and will remain confidential unless and until Department disciplinary Charges and
Specifications are served. A member whose test is positive may, within sixty days of
notification of such result, submit a written request to the Department Advocate’s Office
for further (independent) retesting of the collected third hair sample by a laboratory
certified by the State of New York Department of Health to conduct forensic drug testing
of hair specimens. All retesting expenses, including chain of custody, will be paid by the
affected member of the service. The results of the retest will be forwarded by the
independent laboratory to the Medical Division. The Medical Division will then
forward the results to the Department Advocate’s Office. The affected member/counsel
will be notified of the results by the Department Advocate’s Office.
Testing will be conducted only for illegal drugs and controlled substances. No other
substances will be screened. The testing dates will not be announced in advance.
Positive test results, which indicate illegal or illicit drug use, will result in Department
Charges and Specifications and suspension from duty.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-29

RELATED
PROCEDURES

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Administration Of Drug Screening Tests For Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service Applying For Assignments
To Designated Specialized Units (P.G. 205-31)
Random Drug Screening For Uniformed Members Of The Service Assigned To The
Organized Crime Control Bureau And The Internal Affairs Bureau (P.G. 205-32)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service As A Condition Of Civil
Service Promotion (P.G. 205-33)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service As A Condition Of
Discretionary Promotion (P.G. 205-34)
Voluntary Drug Testing (P.G. 205-35)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-08)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-30

ADMINISTRATION OF DRUG SCREENING TESTS FOR CAUSE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To investigate and detect illegal drug/controlled substance usage by members of
the service (uniformed and civilian).

SCOPE

The administration of drug screening tests for cause is a procedure utilized by this
Department to detect the presence of drugs in the hair and urine of members of the
service suspected of illegal drug/controlled substance usage. To balance the public’s
interest in having a drug-free Police Department against the individual employee’s
right to privacy, drug screening tests for cause will be administered when there is
reasonable suspicion to believe that a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) is
illegally using drugs/controlled substances. When reasonable suspicion does exist, the
member suspected of illegally using drugs/controlled substances MUST provide the
drug-screening hair and urine samples when directed. Refusal will result in immediate
suspension from duty and subsequent service of charges and specifications.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service suspects that another member (uniformed or
civilian) may be illegally using drugs/controlled substances:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER/DUTY
CAPTAIN

Immediately notify commanding officer/duty captain or Internal Affairs
Bureau Command Center ([212] 741-8401).
a.
Provide rank, name and command of suspected member.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center and obtain a log number.

SUPERVISOR DIRECTED TO CONDUCT INVESTIGATION
3.
SUPERVISOR
CONDUCTING
INVESTIGATION
NOTE

Reasonable Suspicion - Exists when evidence or information, which appears reliable, is
known to the police supervisor and is of such weight and persuasiveness as to make the
supervisor, based upon his/her judgment and experience, reasonably suspect that a member
of the service is illegally using drugs/controlled substances. Reasonable suspicion that a
member is illegally using drugs/controlled substances must be supported by specific
articulable facts from which rational inferences may be drawn. Reasonable suspicion cannot
be based upon mere “hunch” or solely upon poor work performance.

4.

NOTE

Determine if a REASONABLE SUSPICION has been established
indicating illegal drug/controlled substance usage.

Prepare INVESTIGATING OFFICER’S REPORT (PD313-153) and
record observations and other pertinent data.

If reasonable suspicion of illegal drug/controlled substance use is based on observation
of the suspected member’s physical appearance, at least two supervisors must make the
observations.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-30

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

5.
SUPERVISOR
6.
CONDUCTING
INVESTIGATION
(continued)
7.

Prepare a case folder for documentation of all aspects of investigation.
Confer with own immediate supervisor if reasonable suspicion has been
established that member is illegally using drugs/controlled substances.
Contact bureau chief/counterpart/borough commander, upon completion
of investigation to obtain approval for drug screening tests.
a.
If circumstances indicate drug screening samples must be obtained
expeditiously, immediately contact bureau chief/counterpart/
borough commander for approval.

8.
BUREAU
CHIEF/
COUNTERPART
9.
/ BOROUGH
COMMANDER

Approve request for drug screening test ONLY after carefully determining
that supervisor conducting investigation has established reasonable
suspicion.
Direct that member being tested be placed on modified assignment pending
results of test, unless other circumstances warrant suspension from duty.

NOTE

Approval of bureau chief/counterpart/borough commander must be obtained prior to
administration of the drug screening tests. If bureau chief/counterpart/borough commander
is not available, executive officer concerned or duty chief may be contacted for approval.

10.
SUPERVISOR
CONDUCTING
INVESTIGATION

Contact the Medical Division when approval is received for
administration of drug screening test and obtain Medical Division’s drug
screening serial numbers.
a.
Obtain Medical Division’s drug screening serial numbers even if
member refuses tests.
b.
Include Medical Division’s drug screening serial numbers in case
folder along with all other documentation.

NOTE

If the Medical Division is closed, contact the Sick Desk supervisor.

SUPERVISOR,
MEDICAL
DIVISION

11.

12.

13.
14.

Advise member suspected of illegal drug/controlled substance usage that
refusal to provide hair and urine samples will result in immediate
suspension from duty.
Notify the Department Advocate’s Office that a drug screening test has
been ordered, provide all pertinent information and obtain identity of
member notified.
a.
Notify Medical Division to make entry in “Drug Screening Test
Log” under caption “DEPARTMENT ATTORNEY NOTIFIED.”
Inform supervisor conducting investigation where hair and urine samples
will be taken and procedure to be followed.
Maintain “Drug Screening Test Log” in an appropriate Department record
book, captioned across a double page, as follows:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-30
FIRST PAGE
DRUG
SCREENING
TEST#

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

DATE/TIME

SECOND PAGE
DEPARTMENT
ATTORNEY
NOTIFIED

REVISION NUMBER:

NAME OF
MEMBER
TESTED

3 of 4

TAX
REGISTRY
NUMBER

WITNESS TO
TEST

COMMAND

RESULTS OF
TESTS

MEMBER
REQUESTING
TEST

COMMAND

REMARKS

A Department surgeon, specifically a medical doctor employed by the Department, may
order a drug screening test without securing the prior approval of the bureau
chief/counterpart/borough commander concerned. However, when a Department
surgeon orders a test for a member of the service he/she suspects of illegal
drug/controlled substance usage, the Department surgeon will first confer with the
supervising chief surgeon or designee, if feasible.
The investigator’s case folder will be sealed to protect the employee’s right to privacy in
those cases in which the result of the drug screening test do not indicate the presence of
an illegal drug/controlled substance. The folder will not be unsealed without the written
authorization of the Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters. The case folder will be filed
in the appropriate borough Investigations Unit with a copy to the Internal Affairs
Bureau. Furthermore, any reference to the administration of the drug screening test in
the personal folder of the member concerned will be expunged.
An investigating supervisor finding controlled substances/contraband, such as drugs or
instruments used to administer drugs (e.g., hypodermic syringes/needles, crack pipes,
etc.) on or in the vicinity of a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) suspected of
illegal drug/controlled substance usage will have such items invoiced on PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) as “Investigatory Evidence” and comply with the
pertinent provisions of P.G. 218-24, “Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana
Contraband Stored at Station House” and P.G. 218-25, “Processing Controlled
Substances/Marijuana Contraband Not Stored at Station House”. In addition, the
investigating supervisor will have the following statement entered in capital letters in the
“Remarks” section of the INVOICE:
“NOT TO BE DESTROYED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE’S OFFICE.”
Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible. The samples
should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head. The samples will be
individually placed in separate laboratory supplied “Sample Acquisition Cards,” and
sealed by the collector in the presence of the test subject. These cards will be placed in
separate plastic bags, sealed by the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject.
Two hair samples will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third
hair sample will be safeguarded at the Medical Division for use in retesting should the
test of the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal drugs/controlled
substances. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained at all times.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-30

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

Two urine samples will also be collected, each in a separate vial. Prior to testing, the
drug screening serial number assigned by the Medical Division and date of test will be
affixed to each vial. The serial number will be logged separately with the member’s
name and maintained at the Medical Division. The member being tested and the witness
will then initial the vial stickers. The vials will be sealed in the member’s presence after
the urine samples have been collected. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintain at
all times.
Privacy and dignity will be protected. The hair and urine samples will be collected
under maximum feasible privacy. Except in unusual circumstances, only one person of
the same sex will be present with the test subject to observe the urine sample being
provided. For chain of custody purposes, that same person will also collect the hair
samples.
One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed in analysis.
A positive report will be made only after final confirmation testing has been conducted.
Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a secure area,
and remain confidential unless and until Department disciplinary Charges and
Specifications are served. A member whose tests are positive may, within sixty days of
notification of such results, submit a written request to the Department Advocate’s
Office for further (independent) retesting of the collected samples by a laboratory
certified by the State of New York Department of Health to conduct the particular type of
forensic drug testing (i.e., urine or hair) being requested. All retesting expenses,
including chain of custody, will be paid by the affected member of the service. The
results of the retest will be forwarded by the independent laboratory to the Medical
Division. The Medical Division will then forward the results to the Department
Advocate’s Office. The affected member/counsel will be notified of the results by the
Department Advocate’s Office.
Positive test results, which indicate illegal drug/controlled substance use, will result in
Department Charges and Specifications, and suspension from duty.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Reporting Violations Observed By Supervisors (P.G. 206-01)
Preparation of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Service And Disposition Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-06)
Cause For Suspension Or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Interrogation Of Members Of The Service (P.G. 206-13)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-08)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

INVESTIGATING OFFICER’S REPORT (PD313-153)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-31

DRUG SCREENING TESTS FOR UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE
SERVICE APPLYING FOR ASSIGNMENTS TO DESIGNATED
SPECIALIZED UNITS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To screen for illegal drug/controlled substance usage by uniformed members of
the service applying for assignment to designated specialized units.

DEFINITION

DESIGNATED SPECIALIZED UNITS - For the purpose of this procedure the
following units will be included: Organized Crime Control Bureau, Internal
Affairs Bureau, Detective Bureau, Deputy Commissioner Counterterrorism,
Special Operations Division, Intelligence Bureau, Highway District, Quality
Assurance Division, and any other unit subsequently designated a specialized
unit for the purpose of this procedure.

SCOPE

The Department has a substantial interest in ensuring that uniformed members of
the service applying for assignments to designated specialized units do not use
illegal drugs/controlled substances and maintain the highest standards of integrity
and performance.

PROCEDURE

Uniformed members of the service applying for assignment to designated
specialized units:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Prior to being notified to report for a drug screening test or prior to being temporarily
or permanently assigned to a designated specialized unit, applicants may withdraw their
application with no penalty or requirement to submit to drug screening by submitting a
written request to their commanding officer.

2.

NOTE

MUST sign form indicating that they understand that drug screening is part
of the application process for assignment to designated specialized units.
a.
The drug screening can occur at any time after the application has
been submitted, or after member is temporarily or permanently
assigned to the designated specialized unit.

MUST submit to test when notified to report for drug screening. Refusal
to submit to the test will result in suspension from duty and will be
grounds for dismissal from the Department. All applicants will be tested.

In all cases, if a uniformed member of the service refuses to submit to a test, the
permanent command will be responsible for suspending member and complying with
P.G. 206-08, “Suspension from Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service.”

3.
4.

5.

Prepare form listing all medications ingested or prescribed in the last
ninety days, prior to testing.
Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) to be
checked at the testing location to ensure proper individual has reported
for testing.
Comply with instructions received at testing location.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-31

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 3

Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible. The samples
should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head. The samples will be
individually placed in separate laboratory supplied “Sample Acquisition Cards,” and
sealed by the collector in the presence of the test subject. These cards will be placed in
separate plastic bags, sealed by the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject.
Two hair samples will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third
hair sample will be safeguarded at the Medical Division for use in retesting should the
test of the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal drugs/controlled
substances. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained at all times.
Privacy and dignity will be protected. Except in unusual circumstances, hair samples will
be taken at a facility operated by the Medical Division, or at another health care facility.
The hair samples will be collected under maximum feasible privacy.
In the event that the member concerned is unable to provide adequate hair samples as
required in this procedure, a Department surgeon will be contacted. The Department
surgeon, upon conferral with the supervising chief surgeon or designee, may authorize
the collection of alternate specimen(s) to complete the drug screening test. Failure to
comply with an order by a Department surgeon will be considered a refusal of the test
and grounds for dismissal.
One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed in analysis.
A positive report will be made only after final confirmation testing has been conducted.
Negative test results will not be maintained; instead they will be destroyed.
Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a secure area,
and will remain confidential unless and until Department disciplinary Charges and
Specifications are served. A member whose test is positive may, within sixty days of
notification of such result, submit a written request to the Department Advocate’s Office
for further (independent) retesting of the collected third hair sample by a laboratory
certified by the State of New York Department of Health to conduct forensic drug testing
of hair specimens. All retesting expenses, including chain of custody, will be paid by the
affected member of the service. The results of the retest will be forwarded by the
independent laboratory to the Medical Division. The Medical Division will then
forward the results to the Department Advocate’s Office. The affected member/counsel
will be notified of the results by the Department Advocate’s Office.
Testing will be conducted only for illegal drugs and controlled substances. No other
substances will be screened. The testing dates will not be announced in advance.
Positive test results, which indicate illegal or illicit drug use, will result in Department
Charges and Specifications and suspension from duty.
Uniformed members of the service screened under this procedure will continue to be
subject to drug screening pursuant to the Department’s random drug screening
procedures.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-31

RELATED
PROCEDURES

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 3

Random Drug Testing (P.G. 205-29)
Administration Of Drug Screening Tests For Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Random Drug Screening For Uniformed Members Of The Service Assigned To The
Organized Crime Control Bureau And The Internal Affairs Bureau (P.G. 205-32)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service As A Condition Of Civil
Service Promotion (P.G. 205-33)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service As A Condition Of
Discretionary Promotion (P.G. 205-34)
Voluntary Drug Testing (P.G. 205-35)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-08)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-32

RANDOM DRUG SCREENING FOR UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE
SERVICE ASSIGNED TO ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAU
(OCCB) AND INTERNAL AFFAIRS BUREAU (IAB)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To randomly screen uniformed members of the service assigned to Organized Crime
Control Bureau (OCCB) and Internal Affairs Bureau (IAB) for illegal drug/controlled
substance usage.

SCOPE

The Department and individual members assigned to Organized Crime Control
Bureau and Internal Affairs Bureau have a substantial interest in ensuring that
uniformed members of the service assigned to these bureaus do not use illegal
drugs/controlled substances. In these assignments, the sternest precautionary
safeguards are necessary to ensure that members maintain the highest standards
of integrity and performance.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service assigned to commands other than OCCB and IAB will
be subject to separate random drug screening procedures.

PROCEDURE

Uniformed members of the service assigned to Organized Crime Control Bureau
(OCCB) and Internal Affairs Bureau (IAB):

SUPERVISOR,
MISD,
SYSTEMS

1.

Prepare a computer program that utilizes the Department’s personnel
databases to randomly identify uniformed members of the service
assigned to OCCB and IAB for drug screening.
a.
Individual members selected for random screening will be
identified solely by social security number.

2.

Direct members selected for random screening to appear at the Medical
Division at appropriate date and time.
Provide the Medical Division’s Drug Testing Unit with a listing of
members selected for random screening along with dates and times they
are scheduled to appear.

DEVELOPMENT

SECTION
CHIEF, OCCB
AND IAB

3.

UMOS
ASSIGNED TO
OCCB OR IAB
SELECTED
FOR TESTING

4.

MUST report to the Medical Division when notified EXCEPT if member
is on:
a.
Sick report
b.
Regularly scheduled day off
c.
Military leave
d.
Annual vacation
e.
Terminal leave
f.
Bereavement leave.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-32

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

NOTE

Members previously scheduled for individual days off (other than regular days off) may be
excused from the test with the approval of the bureau chief concerned. Members
scheduled for court or training on the 8 x 4 tour will appear for testing immediately upon
completion of the court or training session. Members scheduled for a 12 x 8 tour on the
testing day will appear for testing immediately upon completion of their scheduled 12 x 8
tour. Members reporting sick on the testing day will be required to visit a Department
surgeon and obtain approval for excusal from the test.

UMOS
ASSIGNED TO
OCCB OR IAB
SELECTED
FOR TESTING
(continued)

5.

6.
7.
8.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

MUST submit to a hair analysis drug screening test. Refusal to submit to
the test will result in suspension from duty and will be grounds for
dismissal from the Department.
Prepare form listing all medications ingested or prescribed in last ninety
days, prior to testing.
Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) at testing
location to ensure the proper individual has reported for testing.
Comply with instructions received at testing location.

Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible. The samples
should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head. The samples will be
individually placed in separate laboratory supplied “Sample Acquisition Cards,” and
sealed by the collector in the presence of the test subject. These cards will be placed in
separate plastic bags, sealed by the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject.
Two hair samples will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third
hair sample will be secured at the Medical Division for use in retesting, should the test
of the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal drugs/controlled
substances. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained at all times.
Privacy and dignity will be protected. Except in unusual circumstances hair samples will
be taken at a facility operated by the Medical Division, or at another health care facility.
The hair samples will be collected under maximum feasible privacy.
In the event that the member concerned is unable to provide adequate hair samples as
required in the procedure, a Department surgeon will be contacted. The Department
surgeon, upon conferral with the supervising chief surgeon or designee, may authorize the
collection of alternate specimen(s) to complete the drug screening test. Failure to comply
with an order by a Department surgeon will be considered a refusal of the test and grounds
for dismissal.
One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed in analysis. A
positive report will be made only after final confirmation testing has been conducted.
Negative test results will not be maintained, instead they will be destroyed.
Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a secure area, and
will remain confidential unless and until Department disciplinary Charges and
Specifications are served. A member whose test is positive may, within sixty days of
notification of such result, submit a written request to the Department Advocate’s Office for
further (independent) retesting of the collected third hair sample by a laboratory certified
by the State of New York Department of Health to conduct forensic drug testing of hair
specimens. All retesting expenses, including chain of custody, will be paid by the affected

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-32

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

member of the service. The results of the retest will be forwarded by the independent
laboratory to the Medical Division. The Medical Division will then forward the results to
the Department Advocate’s Office. The affected member/counsel will be notified of the
results by the Department Advocate’s Office.
Testing will be conducted only for illegal drugs and controlled substances. No other
substances will be screened. The testing dates will not be announced in advance. Positive
test results, which indicate illegal or illicit drug use, will result in Department Charges and
Specifications and suspension from duty.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Random Drug Screening (P.G. 205-29)
Administration Of Drug Screening Tests For Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service Applying For
Assignments To Designated Specialized Units (P.G. 205-31)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service As A Condition of Civil
Service Promotion (P.G. 205-33)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service As A Condition of
Discretionary Promotion (P.G. 205-34)
Voluntary Drug Testing (P.G. 205-35)
Suspension From Duty Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-08)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-33

DRUG SCREENING TESTS FOR UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE
SERVICE AS A CONDITION OF CIVIL SERVICE PROMOTION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To screen for illegal drug/controlled substance usage by uniformed members of
the service as a condition of civil service promotion.

SCOPE

The Department has a substantial interest in ensuring that uniformed members of
the service being considered for promotion through civil service examinations do
not use illegal drugs/controlled substances and maintain the highest standards of
integrity and performance.

DEFINITION

CIVIL SERVICE PROMOTION - For the purpose of this procedure, a civil
service promotion is a promotion that is received as a result of a competitive civil
service examination. Promotions to the following ranks are considered civil
service and are covered by this procedure: Sergeant, Lieutenant and Captain.
Under this procedure, all candidates for civil service promotions are subject to
drug screening.

PROCEDURE

When candidates for a civil service promotion are required to submit to a drug
screening test as per their official Notice of Examination:

NOTE

The required screening can occur prior to promotion or after promotion during the
probationary period.

PRE-PROMOTION PROCEDURES
Uniformed members of the service may withdraw as candidates for promotion
with no penalty or requirement to submit to drug screening by submitting a
written request to their commanding officer. This request should be made after
receiving a notification of promotion but prior to actual promotion and prior to
receiving a notification to report for a drug screening test. The candidate’s
commanding officer will immediately forward two copies of the request to the
Chief of Personnel (original through channels, copy DIRECT).
POST PROMOTION PROCEDURES
After being promoted but prior to receiving a notification to report for a drug
screening test, uniformed members of the service may seek restoration to their prior
civil service title with no penalty or requirement to submit to drug screening, by
submitting a written request to their commanding officer, who will immediately
forward two copies of this request to the Chief of Personnel (original through
channels, copy DIRECT).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-33

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED

1.

NOTE

In all cases, if a uniformed member of the service refuses to submit to the test, the
permanent command will be responsible for suspending the member and complying with
P.G. 206-08, “Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service”.

2.
3.
4.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Submit to test when notified to report for drug screening.
a.
Refusal to submit to the test will result in suspension from duty
and will be grounds for dismissal from the Department.
b.
All uniformed members of the service will be tested as a condition
of civil service promotion.

Prepare form listing all medications ingested or prescribed in the last
ninety days, prior to testing.
Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD 416-091) at the testing
location to ensure that the proper individual has reported for testing.
Comply with instructions received at testing location.

Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible. The samples
should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head. The samples will be
individually placed in separate laboratory supplied “Sample Acquisition Cards,” and
sealed by the collector in the presence of the test subject. These cards will be placed in
separate plastic bags, sealed by the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject.
Two hair samples will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third
hair sample will be secured at the Medical Division for use in retesting, should the test
of the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal drugs/controlled
substances. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained at all times.
Privacy and dignity will be protected. Except in unusual circumstances, hair samples
will be taken at a facility operated by the Medical Division, or at another health care
facility. The hair samples will be collected under maximum feasible privacy.
In the event that the number concerned is unable to provide adequate hair samples as
required in this procedure, a Department surgeon will be contacted. The Department
surgeon, upon conferral with the supervising chief surgeon or designee, may authorize
the collection of alternate specimen(s) to complete the drug screening test. Failure to
comply with an order by a Department surgeon will be considered a refusal of the test
and grounds for dismissal.
One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed in analysis. A
positive report will be made only after final confirmation testing has been conducted.
Negative test results will not be maintained; instead they will be destroyed.
Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a secure area,
and will remain confidential unless and until Department disciplinary Charges and
Specifications are served. A member whose test is positive may, within sixty days of
notification of such result, submit a written request to the Department Advocate’s Office
for further (independent) retesting of the collected third hair sample by a laboratory
certified by the State of New York Department of Health to conduct forensic drug testing
of hair specimens. All retesting expenses, including chain of custody, will be paid by the
affected member of the service. The results of the retest will be forwarded by the

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-33

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

independent laboratory to the Medical Division. The Medical Division will then
forward the results to the Department Advocate’s Office. The affected member/counsel
will be notified of the results by the Department Advocate’s Office.
Testing will be conducted only for illegal drugs and controlled substances. No other
substances will be screened. The testing dates will not be announced in advance.
Positive test results, which indicate illegal or illicit drug use, will result in Department
Charges and Specifications and suspension from duty.
Uniformed members of the service screened under this procedure will continue to be
subject to drug screening pursuant to the Department’s random drug screening procedures.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Random Drug Screening (P.G. 205-29)
Administration of Drug Screening Tests for Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service Applying for Assignments
to Designated Specialized Units (P.G. 205-31)
Random Drug Screening for Uniformed Members of the Service Assigned to Organized
Crime Control Bureau and Internal Affairs Bureau (P.G. 205-32)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service as a Condition of
Discretionary Promotion (P.G. 205-34)
Voluntary Drug Testing (P.G. 205-35)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-08)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-34

DRUG SCREENING FOR UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
AS A CONDITION OF DISCRETIONARY PROMOTION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To screen for illegal drug/controlled substance usage by uniformed members of
the service as a condition of discretionary promotion.

SCOPE

The Department has a substantial interest in ensuring that uniformed members of
the service being considered for discretionary promotions do not use illegal
drugs/controlled substances and maintain the highest standards of integrity and
performance.

DEFINITION

DISCRETIONARY PROMOTION - For the purpose of this procedure, a
“discretionary” promotion is a promotion that is not received as a result of a
competitive civil service examination. Promotions to the following ranks are
considered discretionary and are covered by this procedure: Detective Specialist,
Detective Third Grade, Detective Second Grade, Detective First Grade,
Sergeant/Special
Assignment,
Sergeant/Supervisor
Detective
Squad,
Lieutenant/Special Assignment, Lieutenant/Commander Detective Squad,
Deputy Inspector, Inspector, Deputy Chief, Assistant Chief, Bureau Chief and
Chief of Department. Under this procedure, all candidates for discretionary
promotions are subject to drug screening.

PROCEDURE

Uniformed members of the service who are candidates for discretionary promotion:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED

1.

Sign form DRUG SCREENING NOTICE-DISCRETIONARY
PROMOTION (PD481-030) which indicates that the member
understands that screening is part of the candidate process for
discretionary promotion.
a.
The required screening can occur at any time after the form is
signed, but not more than ninety days prior to promotion, and not
more than eighteen months after the candidate has been promoted.

PRE-PROMOTION PROCEDURES
Members may withdraw as candidates for promotion with no penalty or
requirement to submit to drug screening by submitting a written request to their
commanding officer. This request should be made after receiving a notification
of promotion but prior to actual promotion and prior to receiving a notification to
report for a drug screening test. (If the candidate has already signed the DRUG
SCREENING NOTICE-DISCRETIONARY PROMOTION form, but has not
yet been promoted, the candidate may still withdraw from consideration at any
time prior to receiving a notification to report for a drug screening test). The
candidate’s commanding officer will immediately forward two copies of the
request to the Chief of Personnel (original through channels, copy DIRECT).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-34

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

POST PROMOTION PROCEDURES
After being promoted but prior to receiving a notification to report for a drug
screening test, members of the service may seek restoration to their prior title with
no penalty or requirement to submit to a drug screening, by submitting a written
request to their commanding officer, who will immediately forward two copies of
the request to the Chief of Personnel (original through channels, copy DIRECT).
Submit to test when notified to report for drug screening.
a.
Refusal to submit to the test will result in suspension from duty
and will be grounds for dismissal from the Department.
b.
All uniformed members of the service will be tested as a condition
of discretionary promotion.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED
(continued)

2.

NOTE

In all cases, if a uniformed member of the service refuses to submit to the test, the
permanent command will be responsible for suspending the member and complying with
P.G. 206-08, “Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service”.

3.
4.

5.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Prepare form listing all medications ingested or prescribed in the last
ninety days, prior to testing.
Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD 416-091) at the
testing location to ensure that the proper individual has reported for
testing.
Comply with instructions received at testing location.

Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible. The samples
should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head. The samples will be
individually placed in separate laboratory supplied “Sample Acquisition Cards,” and
sealed by the collector in the presence of the test subject. These cards will be placed in
separate plastic bags, sealed by the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject.
Two hair samples will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third
hair sample will be secured at the Medical Division for use in retesting, should the test of
the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal drugs/controlled substances.
Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained at all times.
Privacy and dignity will be protected. Except in unusual circumstances, hair samples will
be taken at a facility operated by the Medical Division, or at another health care facility.
The hair samples will be collected under maximum feasible privacy.
In the event that the member concerned is unable to provide adequate hair samples as
required in this procedure, a Department surgeon will be contacted. The Department
surgeon, upon conferral with the supervising chief surgeon or designee, may authorize the
collection of alternate specimen(s) to complete the drug screening test. Failure to comply
with an order by a Department surgeon will be considered a refusal of the test and grounds
for dismissal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-34

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed in analysis. A
positive report will be made only after final confirmation testing has been conducted.
Negative test results will not be maintained, instead they will be destroyed.

(continued)

Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a secure area, and
will remain confidential unless and until Department disciplinary Charges and
Specifications are served. A member whose test is positive may, within sixty days of
notification of such result, submit a written request to the Department Advocate’s Office for
further (independent) retesting of the collected third hair sample by a laboratory certified
by the State of New York Department of Health to conduct forensic drug testing of hair
specimens. All retesting expenses, including chain of custody, will be paid by the affected
member of the service. The results of the retest will be forwarded by the independent
laboratory to the Medical Division. The Medical Division will then forward the results to
the Department Advocate’s Office. The affected member/counsel will be notified of the
results by the Department Advocate’s Office.
Testing will be conducted only for illegal drugs and controlled substances. No other
substances will be screened. The testing dates will not be announced in advance. Positive
test results, which indicate illegal or illicit drug use, will result in Department Charges and
Specifications and suspension from duty.
Uniformed members of the service screened under this procedure will continue to be
subject to drug screening pursuant to the Department’s random drug screening procedures.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Random Drug Screening (P.G. 205-29)
Administration of Drug Screening Tests for Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service Applying for Assignments
to Designated Specialized Units (P.G. 205-31)
Random Drug Screening for Uniformed Members of the Service Assigned to Organized
Crime Control Bureau and Internal Affairs Bureau (P.G. 205-32)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service as a Condition of Civil
Service Promotion (P.G. 205-33)
Voluntary Drug Testing (P.G. 205-35)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-08)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DRUG SCREENING NOTICE-DISCRETIONARY PROMOTION (PD439-030)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-35

VOLUNTARY DRUG TESTING
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

To request permission to voluntarily take a drug screening test to determine
illegal drug/controlled substance use.

PURPOSE

.

SCOPE

This procedure is available to members of the service (uniformed and civilian)
who are the subject of unsubstantiated allegations of illegal drug or controlled
substance use where the reasonable suspicion standard has not been met. Prior to
requesting permission to take a voluntary drug-screening test, which will consist
of both hair and urine samples, members involved must consult with an attorney
or appropriate line organization representative.

PROCEDURE

Member of the service (uniformed or civilian) requesting to voluntarily take a
drug screening test:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

Prepare a request on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Chief of
Personnel, asking permission to voluntarily take a drug screening test.
a.
The request must contain:
(1)
The name of the union representative or attorney consulted
regarding taking the drug screening test, and
(2)
The circumstances under which the member was accused
of illegal drug/controlled substance use.
Deliver the request, personally, to the Chief of Personnel or designee.

NOTE

The request must be delivered to the Chief of Personnel or designee within twenty-four
hours of the time the member of the service became aware of the allegation of illegal
drug/controlled substance use.

CHIEF OF
PERSONNEL/
DESIGNEE

3.
4.

5.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Upon receipt of request, verify that the member of the service was in fact
the subject of an allegation of illegal drug/controlled substance use.
Determine if member of the service became aware of the allegation of illegal
drug/controlled substance use within twenty-four hours of delivery of
request.
Direct member of the service to report to the Medical Division for
voluntary drug screening test.

The restrictive nature of this procedure should result in a limited number of drug
screening tests; however, the existence of this procedure will contribute to the goal of a
drug free Department.
This procedure is not available to members of the service who have been notified to
report for drug screening pursuant to the Department’s random drug screening
procedures.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Administration Of Drug Screening Tests For Cause (P.G. 205-30)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-36

EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION
DATE ISSUED:

11/18/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/18/13

1 of 10

PURPOSE

To process and resolve all employee complaints of discrimination including gender
discrimination, sexual harassment and related retaliation against those who make a
complaint of discrimination, including retaliation, or those who cooperate in such an
investigation.

SCOPE

Applicants and members of the service who have a complaint of discrimination,
including retaliation, or have any questions regarding these issues, are urged to contact
the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity. It is the goal of this Department that the
effective use of this procedure will result in an equitable resolution of the complaint and
prevent any discriminatory practice from harming other employees. Managers and
supervisors are directed to make all employment decisions in accordance with the
Department’s equal employment opportunity policy. Any supervisor or Equal
Employment Opportunity Liaison who becomes aware of any discrimination/retaliation
complaint or problem MUST report the complaint or problem to the Office of Equal
Employment Opportunity, which will determine the merits of the complaint or problem.
Federal, State and/or City laws and the Department Manual, prohibit discrimination
based on actual or perceived status of a person’s race, color, national origin, alienage
or citizenship status, religion or creed, gender (including gender identity), disability,
age (18 and over), military status, unemployment status, prior record of arrest or
conviction (under some circumstances), marital status, partnership status,
predisposing genetic characteristic, sexual orientation, or status as a victim or
witness of domestic violence, sexual offenses and stalking and as follows:
a.
Discriminatory treatment regarding any term, condition or privilege of
employment including hiring, assignments, working conditions, salary and
benefits, evaluations, promotions, training, transfers, discipline, and
termination.
b.
Sexual harassment of employee(s) by another employee(s).
c.
Policy that has a disproportionate impact on a group specifically protected by
law, unless the policy is justified by business necessity.
d.
Failure to make a reasonable accommodation (if possible, without undue
hardship to the employer) for an employee with a disability, or for an
employee’s religious observance.
e.
Discriminatory harassment, intimidation, ridicule, insults, including, but not
limited to, using discourteous, disparaging or disrespectful remarks.
f.
Retaliation and/or harassment against an employee for filing a discrimination
complaint or for cooperating in the investigation of a complaint.
All forms of discrimination, including retaliation, are prohibited both in the actual
workplace and in any location that can be reasonably regarded as an extension of the
workplace, such as an off-site Department sanctioned social function. A member of
the service should file a complaint with the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity
at the earliest opportunity, if the employee believes that a manager, supervisor or any
other employee has engaged in any of the conduct described above.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-36

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/18/13

2 of 10

NOTE

OFFICE OF EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLAINT OF
EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION (PD413-150) forms must be readily available at
all New York City Police Department facilities. Additionally, this form is available for
viewing and printing via the New York City Police Department’s Intranet for those
individuals who have access to the Department’s Local Area Network (LAN).

DEFINITIONS

EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION – disparate treatment of employees regarding
any terms, conditions or privileges of employment including hiring, assignments,
working conditions, salary and benefits, evaluations, promotions, training, transfers,
discipline and termination, based on actual or perceived status of a person’s race,
color, national origin, alienage or citizenship status, religion or creed, gender
(including gender identity), disability, age (18 and over), military status,
unemployment status, prior record of arrest or conviction (under some
circumstances), marital status, partnership status, predisposing genetic characteristic,
sexual orientation, or status as victim or witness of domestic violence, sexual
offenses and stalking. Sexual harassment is a form of gender discrimination.

NOTE

The Department prohibits the display in any form of offensive sexual, ethnic, racial,
religious, or other discriminatory material in or while using Department facilities or
resources. Forms of display include but are not limited to tattoos, graffiti drawn on
Department property (e.g. lockers, vehicles, in toilet facilities, ACTIVITY LOGS [PD112145], Notice of Parking Violations, summonses, or any other Department forms, etc.),
poster, (e.g. centerfolds of magazines, etc.), audio recording or broadcast, or an adult
movie/program or other offensive material, shown through the use of a video cassette or
DVD or received through an adult channel from a cable or satellite company, or through
a derogatory e-mail communication, or voice mail communications, or through any
electronic or other device. Refer to P.G. 205-37, “Sexual, Ethnic, Racial, Religious, or
Other Discriminatory Slurs Through Display of Offensive Material,” for guidelines on
handling incidents involving the display of offensive material.

SEXUAL HARASSMENT - unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors and
other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature constitute sexual harassment when:
a.
Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term
or condition of an individual’s employment; or
b.
Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as the
basis for employment decisions affecting such individual; or
c.
Such conduct has the effect of unreasonably interfering with an
individual’s work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile or
offensive work environment.
NOTE

Conduct which can, in certain circumstances, be considered sexual harassment includes,
but is not limited to, sexually suggestive remarks, pictures, gesturing, verbal harassment
or abuse of a sexual nature, subtle or direct propositions for sexual favors, and any
unnecessary, or unwanted, touching, patting or pinching.

DISABILITY - a physical, medical, mental, or psychological impairment which
substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of the individual; a
history or record of such impairment; or being regarded as having such an impairment.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-36

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/18/13

3 of 10

NOTE

An applicant or employee who requires an accommodation based on a qualified protected
class status shall complete Department form, REQUEST FOR REASONABLE
ACCOMMODATION FOR NEW YORK CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT JOB
APPLICANTS (PD407-015) or REQUEST FOR REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION
FOR NEW YORK CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEES (PD407-015-A), as
appropriate. These forms are readily available at all New York City Police Department
facilities and on the NYPD intranet.

DEFINITIONS

RETALIATION - it is unlawful to retaliate against or harass any person for filing
an Equal Employment Opportunity complaint or for cooperating in the
investigation of an Equal Employment Opportunity complaint or opposing or
reporting any policies, practices, or action which he/she believes to be
discriminatory. Any member of the service who engages in such retaliation or
harassment will be subject to discipline.

(continued)

REPORTING
REQUIREMENTS

I.

II.

III.

IV.

Any non-supervisory member of the service who becomes aware of an
employment discrimination complaint or problem is strongly encouraged to
report the complaint or the problem to the Office of Equal Employment
Opportunity (O.E.E.O.), a supervisor at any level, or an E.E.O. Liaison.
Any non-supervisory member of the service who (1) becomes aware of a
complaint or problem of retaliation for making an E.E.O. complaint or
participating in an E.E.O. investigation, or (2) is asked or encouraged to retaliate
against a member of the service for making an E.E.O. complaint or participating
in an E.E.O. investigation, is strongly encouraged to report that conduct to the
O.E.E.O., a supervisor at any level, or an E.E.O. Liaison.
Any supervisor or E.E.O. Liaison who observes conduct of a discriminatory
nature, becomes aware of an allegation or complaint of discrimination or
sexual harassment, or who observes or becomes aware of any act of
retaliation regarding E.E.O. matters, must notify the O.E.E.O., via
telephone, or in person, by the next business day.
Any supervisor, who notifies the O.E.E.O. as per subdivision III above,
must submit a report on Typed Letterhead, to the O.E.E.O., within five
business days.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) or an applicant for
employment believes that discrimination or sexual harassment exists as defined
herein, and as more fully explained in the Equal Employment Opportunity Policy
Statement (SP 297) and/or Sexual Harassment Policy Statement (SP 281), or that
retaliation relating to E.E.O. issues has occurred:

MEMBER
CONCERNED

1.

File a complaint with any of the following:
a.
Supervisor (uniformed or civilian),
b.
Supervisory head,
c.
Commanding officer,
d.
Office of Equal Employment Opportunity.
e.
Equal Employment Opportunity Liaison.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-36

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/18/13

4 of 10

Trained Equal Employment Opportunity Liaisons have been designated throughout the
Department to provide assistance to complainants, witnesses and others regarding any
Equal Employment Opportunity matter. A complete list of E.E.O. Liaisons is located in
the “Appendix” of the annual E.E.O. Policy Book.
Members of the service may telephone the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity
anonymously to file a complaint and/or discuss matters regarding discrimination. An
Office of Equal Employment Opportunity investigator will be able to provide counseling
and take appropriate follow-up action. Members concerned should understand that the
cooperation of complainants and witnesses may be needed to rectify or address a
problem of discrimination.

SUPERVISOR/
SUPERVISORY
HEAD/C.O./
E.E.O. LIAISON

2.

Immediately upon observing conduct of a discriminatory or retaliatory
nature, or becoming aware of an allegation or complaint of discrimination,
sexual harassment, or retaliation relating to E.E.O. issues, telephone facts to
the O.E.E.O., during business hours, or the next business day, Monday
through Friday, 0800 to 1800 hours. (If non-business hours, leave message
on voice mail and an O.E.E.O. investigator will contact caller.)
a.
Obtain O.E.E.O. case number when applicable, and name of the O.E.E.O.
investigator.
b.
Supervisors and E.E.O. Liaisons will be guided by information
received from the O.E.E.O.

NOTE

Any supervisor who becomes aware of any employment discrimination complaint or
problem must, as soon as practicable, take such actions as directed by the O.E.E.O. to
prevent employment discrimination, including sexual harassment, and related retaliation
from occurring in the future. Such actions may include, but not be limited to, ordering
informal counseling for the respondent, ordering instruction on E.E.O. matters for
members of the command/unit, advising members of the command/unit that employment
discrimination, including sexual harassment, and retaliation are prohibited, and/or
advising the respondent that the N.Y.P.D. will not tolerate such behavior and that
discipline may result. Any supervisor who fails to take actions as directed by the
O.E.E.O. will be subject to discipline.

SUPERVISOR/
SUPERVISORY
HEAD/C.O.

3.

NOTE

Any supervisor or E.E.O. Liaison who fails to report an employment discrimination complaint
or problem, including retaliation, to the O.E.E.O. as required, and/or within the required
time frames and/or who fails to take such actions as directed by the O.E.E.O. to prevent
employment discrimination, including sexual harassment and retaliation, from occurring in
the future will be subject to disciplinary action.

OFFICE OF
EQUAL
EMPLOYMENT
OPPORTUNITY

4.
5.

Forward written report, on Typed Letterhead, to the O.E.E.O., within
five business days.

Notify commanding officer/supervisory head, if/when appropriate.
Emphasize to the commanding officer/supervisory head and all others
concerned that reprisal or retaliation, against complainants and/or witnesses,
is against the law and allegations of retaliation will be investigated and, if
substantiated, members will be subject to disciplinary action.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-36

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/18/13

5 of 10

OFFICE OF
EQUAL
EMPLOYMENT
OPPORTUNITY
(continued)

6.

NOTE

Upon receiving a complaint, the O.E.E.O. will attempt to contact and interview the
complainant, and will advise the complainant that he/she may meet with an Office of
Equal Employment Opportunity investigator to discuss the complaint at a discreet
location of his/her choice to protect his/her confidentiality. Such locations may include
the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity or the complainant’s home, before, during
or after work hours, at the member’s request. The choice of location will not include the
complainant’s command. Additionally, the member will be advised that he/she may be
accompanied by a representative of his/her choice. Members of the service must obtain
approval from their supervisor before leaving work assignment(s) in order to meet the
Office of Equal Employment Opportunity investigator. The member concerned is not
required to inform his/her supervisor of the subject matter of the meeting. Supervisors
cannot unreasonably deny permission to attend the meeting. Members are reminded
that they do not have to notify their supervisors if they meet with O.E.E.O. during nonworking hours.

OFFICE OF
EQUAL
EMPLOYMENT
OPPORTUNITY

8.

7.

9.

10.
11.

12.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
SUPERVISORY
HEAD

13.

14.

Record required data in appropriate O.E.E.O. record and assign a case number to
all E.E.O. complaints.
Forward, to the reporting supervisor and the complainant’s commanding
officer/supervisory head, a memorandum advising them as to their
immediate responsibilities regarding the complaint or problem.

Counsel member filing a complaint about options for handling a
complaint or refer member to other personnel for assistance.
If it is determined that an investigation is to be conducted, notify respondent, in
writing, of the nature of the allegation(s), when necessary. Remind respondent that
discrimination, including retaliation, will not be tolerated.
In cases where conciliation will take place, complete conciliation process
within sixty days of receiving a request for conciliation.
After completion of the O.E.E.O. investigation, forward results of the
investigation conducted by the O.E.E.O. to Police Commissioner with
recommendations for specific corrective action, as appropriate.
Notify complaining member, in writing, of the outcome of the
investigation, and any corrective/disciplinary action taken.
a.
Notify respondent about the outcome of the investigation, in
writing, when appropriate.
Conduct field investigation or counsel complainant and conciliate matter
as directed by, and under the guidance of, the Deputy Commissioner,
Equal Employment Opportunity.
At conclusion of investigation/conciliation, forward written report, on
Typed Letterhead, to the O.E.E.O., and include copy of entire file.
a.
Refer to O.E.E.O. case number.
b.
Include summary of complaint allegation(s) and subsequent findings.
c.
Advise what corrective action, if any, should be taken to resolve
the complaint.
d.
Make recommendation(s) to preclude a recurrence.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-36

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/18/13

6 of 10

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
SUPERVISORY
HEAD
(continued)

15.

NOTE

Copies of all documents related to O.E.E.O. complaints and investigation must be
maintained in the command, consistent with confidentiality requirements discussed below.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

CONFIDENTIALITY

Take all reasonable steps necessary to prevent the respondent from engaging in
additional employment discrimination, including retaliation, particularly in cases
after an O.E.E.O. investigation has substantiated an allegation, in whole or in part.
a.
Any action taken must be reported to the O.E.E.O. and
documented in the complaint file.

All Equal Employment Opportunity complaints will be handled under the direction of the Deputy
Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity, who reports directly to the Police
Commissioner. These complaints will be handled in consultation with the Office of the Deputy
Commissioner, Legal Matters, where appropriate. The Office of Equal Employment
Opportunity, all Department supervisors, managers, and Equal Employment Opportunity
Liaisons will treat each complaint CONFIDENTIALLY. This means that information obtained
from the complainant will not be discussed with other personnel except as necessary to
investigate and resolve the complaint, or other matter, or as required by law. Complainants and
witnesses should make every effort to maintain the confidential nature of this process.
COUNSELING
The complainant will be interviewed to ascertain the details of the complaint, and will
be apprised of the options for handling the complaint. These may include:
A.
Investigation by the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity
B.
Investigation by the member’s commanding officer under the guidance and
direction of the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity
C.
Mediation by a neutral mediation service
D.
Conciliation by the O.E.E.O.
E.
Conciliation by the member’s commanding officer under the guidance of the O.E.E.O.
F.
Further actions the member of the service can take on his/her own behalf
G.
The member of the service filing a formal complaint with an outside agency
H
Referral of the member concerned to other personnel for assistance, if it appears
that the complaint does not involve an Equal Employment Opportunity problem.
MEDIATION
In appropriate cases, certain EEO complaints will be referred for mediation at a neutral
mediation service. Mediation is an early dispute resolution program designed to help
resolve EEO complaints at the earliest stage possible without the need for a formal
investigation. The procedure is not adversarial, but is a means of finding a mutually
acceptable end to the parties’ differences. This process is voluntary and the parties must
mutually agree to the outcome. If the parties cannot agree upon a resolution, the matter
will be referred back to the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity for appropriate
action. If a resolution is reached after mediation, no notations concerning the matter will
be made on the respondent’s Central Personnel Index record.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-36

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/18/13

7 of 10

CONCILIATION
In appropriate cases, an attempt will be made to resolve the complaint with the goal that
the parties will voluntarily agree to a resolution of the matter involved. The conciliation
process will be conducted consistent with the guidelines issued by the New York City
Department of Citywide Administrative Services.
INVESTIGATION
An investigation will be conducted by the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity or a person
acting under the direction of the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity, which
may include a field commander. The investigation begins after the Deputy Commissioner, Equal
Employment Opportunity: (1) receives either an oral or a written complaint of discrimination, and
(2) determines that the allegations in the complaint are sufficient to establish a case of unlawful
discrimination, including retaliation. After receiving the notice and copy of the complaint, the
respondent has the right to respond in writing. The respondent’s right to respond shall remain in
effect until the investigation process has ended. Respondents are encouraged to submit their written
response as soon as possible after receipt. Respondents shall make every effort to maintain the
confidentiality of the EEO process.
In order to encourage members of the service to come forward, all communications between
complainants and the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity relating to discrimination
complaints will be kept confidential consistent with the above statement regarding
CONFIDENTIALITY and consistent with guidelines issued by the New York City Department of
Citywide Administrative Services. In appropriate cases, the investigation will be conducted in
conjunction with the New York City Police Department’s Internal Affairs Bureau. Consultations
with other New York City Police Department units during the course of an investigation or other
attempt to resolve a complaint of employment discrimination is, as determined by the Deputy
Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity, consistent with the above statement regarding
CONFIDENTIALITY. Any person who is interviewed in the course of an investigation shall have
the right to be accompanied by a representative of his/her choice.
At the conclusion of an investigation by the O.E.E.O., the Deputy Commissioner, Equal
Employment Opportunity will make a confidential written report of the investigation to
the Police Commissioner. If the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity
concludes, on the basis of the investigation, that the allegation of discrimination is
substantiated, the Deputy Commissioner shall recommend appropriate corrective action.
The Police Commissioner will review the report prepared by the Deputy Commissioner, Equal
Employment Opportunity and make a final determination regarding the Office of Equal
Employment Opportunity investigation and any recommendation for corrective action.
Disciplinary action shall be taken in accordance with any applicable provisions of law, rules and
regulations, and collective bargaining agreements.
Following the endorsement by the Police Commissioner of a recommendation by the
Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity that a complaint is
substantiated, in whole or in part, the O.E.E.O. will require the commanding officer of
the involved command, or other appropriate person, to appear at its office to discuss the
final report with the Commanding Officer, O.E.E.O., or his/her designee. The
commanding officer or other appropriate person shall take action as may be directed by
the O.E.E.O. to address the issues raised therein. The meeting as well as a record of
action taken shall be documented in the O.E.E.O. file.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-36

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/18/13

8 of 10

Following the endorsement by the Police Commissioner of a recommendation by the
Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity, that a complaint of
discrimination is “unsubstantiated” (as opposed to “unfounded”), the O.E.E.O. may
require a commanding officer of the involved command, or other appropriate person, to
appear at its office to discuss the final report with the Commanding Officer, O.E.E.O.,
or his/her designee. The commanding officer or other appropriate person shall take
action as may be directed by the O.E.E.O. to address the issues raised therein. The
meeting, as well as a record of action taken, shall be documented in the O.E.E.O. file.
If the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity concludes, as a result of
either an O.E.E.O. or field investigation, that an act of employment discrimination or
retaliation has occurred but cannot identify the person(s) responsible, the O.E.E.O. may
require the commanding officer/unit head of the command/unit of occurrence, or other
appropriate person, to appear at the O.E.E.O. to discuss the final report with the
Commanding Officer, O.E.E.O., or his/her designee. The commanding officer or other
appropriate person shall take action as may be directed by the O.E.E.O. to address the
issues raised therein. The meeting as well as a record of action taken shall be
documented in the O.E.E.O. file.
At the discretion of the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity, portions
of the report may be redacted prior to any such meeting.
When charges and specifications are pending against a member of the service, an
allegation of discriminatory treatment raised as a defense to the charges by the
respondent member of the service shall vest in the exclusive jurisdiction of the Deputy
Commissioner, Trials until the charges and specifications have been resolved. After the
charges and specifications have been resolved, jurisdiction over the allegation of
discrimination shall be assumed by the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment
Opportunity. In all other disciplinary matters, any allegation of discrimination raised
by the respondent member of the service must be filed with the Office of Equal
Employment Opportunity.
ADDITIONAL PLACES WHERE A COMPLAINT OF DISCRIMINATION MAY BE MADE
Any member of the service (uniformed or civilian) or applicant for employment who believes that
he/she has experienced discrimination has a right to file a formal complaint with the federal, state
or local agencies listed below. A person does not give up this right when he/she files a complaint
with the Police Department’s Office of Equal Employment Opportunity. The following local, state
and federal agencies enforce laws against discrimination:

NEW YORK CITY COMMISSION ON HUMAN RIGHTS
40 Rector Street, 9th Floor
New York, New York 10006

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-36

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/18/13

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

9 of 10

NEW YORK STATE DIVISION OF HUMAN RIGHTS
Headquarters
One Fordham Plaza, 4th Floor
Bronx, New York 10458
OR
20 Exchange Place, 2nd Floor
New York, New York 10005

OR
163 West 125th Street, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10027

OR
55 Hanson Place, Room 304
Brooklyn, New York 11217
UNITED STATES EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION
New York District Office
33 Whitehall Street, 5th Floor
New York, New York 10004
TIME PERIODS FOR THE TIMELY FILING OF COMPLAINTS OF
DISCRIMINATION, INCLUDING RETALIATION, (MEASURED FROM THE DATE
OF OCCURRENCE OF A DISCRIMINATORY ACTION):
a.

New York City Police Department - one year.

The one year time period for filing complaints of discrimination, including retaliation, with the New
York City Police Department shall not serve as a limitation upon the Department’s authority to
discipline members of the service as otherwise authorized pursuant to applicable law.
b.
c.
d.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

New York City Commission on Human Rights - one year (New York City
Administrative Code, Title 8, Chapter 1).
New York State Division of Human Rights - one year (New York Executive Law,
Article 15, section 297) (may not file if civil action filed first).
United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission - one hundred and eighty days
except that in some instances where there has been a prior filing with either (b) or (c)
above, the time period may be extended. A member of the service is advised to contact the
United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission directly for guidance on this
issue (42 USC, section 2000e-5[e][i]).

Operations Coordinator (P.G. 202-11)
Desk Officer (P.G. 202-14)
Sexual, Ethnic, Racial, Religious, or Other Discriminatory Slurs Through Display of
Offensive Material (P.G. 205-37)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-36

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

11/18/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10 of 10

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
REQUEST FOR REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION FOR NEW YORK CITY
POLICE DEPARTMENT JOB APPLICANTS (PD407-015)
REQUEST FOR REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION FOR NEW YORK CITY
POLICE DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEES (PD407-015-A)
OFFICE OF EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLAINT OF
EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION (PD413-150)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-37

SEXUAL, ETHNIC, RACIAL, RELIGIOUS, OR OTHER
DISCRIMINATION SLURS THROUGH DISPLAY OF OFFENSIVE
MATERIAL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To eliminate the display of offensive sexual, ethnic, racial, religious, or other
discriminatory material throughout the Department.

SCOPE

It is the goal of the Department to ensure, to the extent possible, a discrimination free
work environment. In furtherance of this goal, the Department prohibits the display
of offensive sexual, ethnic, racial, religious, or other discriminatory material.
One form of job discrimination, which may create a hostile work environment, is
the display of sexually explicit material in the workplace. Other forms of a hostile
work environment can occur through the display of offensive ethnic, racial,
religious, or other discriminatory materials or graffiti, whether they deface
Department property or not. Such displays might be in the form of, but are not
limited to tattoos, graffiti drawn on Department property (e.g., lockers, vehicles, in
toilet facilities, ACTIVITY LOGS [PD112-145], Notice of Parking Violations,
summonses, or any other Department forms, etc.), poster, (e.g. centerfolds of
magazines, etc.), or an adult movie/program or other offensive material, shown
through the use of a video cassette or DVD or received through an adult channel
from a cable or satellite company, or an audio recording or broadcast, or an e-mail
communication, or through any electronic or other device.
No form of defacement of Department property or display of offensive materials or
sexually explicit television programs or videotapes, or derogatory e-mail
communications, or voice mail communications, in or using Department facilities or
resources, is acceptable. Commanding officers and unit heads shall keep their work
sites free from such displays etc.

PROCEDURE

When a display of offensive material is detected:

MEMBER
CONCERNED

1.

NOTE

As indicated, members of the service have the option of filing a complaint with Equal
Employment Opportunity Liaisons. Trained Equal Employment Opportunity Liaisons
have been designated throughout the Department to provide assistance to complainants,
witnesses and others regarding any Equal Employment Opportunity matter. A complete
list of Equal Employment Opportunity Liaisons is located in the “Appendix” of the
annual Equal Employment Opportunity Policy Book.

Any non-supervisory member of the service (uniformed or civilian) who
becomes aware of the display of offensive material is strongly
encouraged to report it to one or more of the following:
a.
Supervisor (uniformed or civilian)
b.
Supervisory head
c.
Commanding officer
d.
Equal Employment Opportunity Liaison
e.
Office of Equal Employment Opportunity (O.E.E.O.).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-37

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

A SUPERVISOR WHO BECOMES AWARE OF THE DISPLAY OF
OFFENSIVE MATERIAL WILL AS SOON AS POSSIBLE:
SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Notify O.E.E.O. and obtain case number.
Notify commanding officer/unit head.
Take possession of, or photograph, the offensive material, under the
direction of the O.E.E.O., prior to correcting the condition.
Voucher offensive material concerned as investigatory evidence.
Make Command Log entry of details.
Forward report, on Typed Letterhead, to the O.E.E.O., within five
business days.

8.

Ensure that the commanding officer/unit head is notified of the display of
offensive material.

COMMANDING 9.
OFFICER/
UNIT HEAD

Inform/advise members of command, as appropriate, upon receiving a
complaint of a display of offensive material, or having witnessed such
display that:
a.
A display of offensive material has occurred and that such display
violates Department policy;
b.
This behavior will not be tolerated and is subject to disciplinary
action.
Confer with O.E.E.O. and determine appropriate follow-up/investigatory
action.
Notify O.E.E.O., promptly by telephone, of results of any investigation.
Forward results of investigation on Typed Letterhead to the Office of
Equal Employment Opportunity.

O.E.E.O.

10.
11.
12.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

It will be incumbent upon all supervisors, and in particular the operations coordinator and
the desk officer, when they make their daily inspections as provided for in P.G. 202-11,
“Operations Coordinator” and P.G. 202-14, “Desk Officer”, to ensure that no form of
offensive material is displayed. Also, all Department vehicles will be inspected by the
operator, prior to use, to ensure that there is no graffiti or any other form of offensive
sexual, ethnic, racial, religious, or other discriminatory material displayed. Should any
such material be found in a Department vehicle, the procedures detailed above will be
followed.
After business hours and on weekends, O.E.E.O. receives messages via office voice mail
and will make return phone calls on the next business day.
In addition to reporting the observation to O.E.E.O, corrective action may take the form
of removing the offensive material if it is a magazine or poster, etc., or having a WORK
ORDER (PD176-161) prepared and forwarded, if necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-37

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

In addition, the following rules regarding audio recordings and broadcasts, cable
television services or the use of video cassette recorders (VCR's) and tapes in
Department facilities will be adhered to:
a.
Sexually explicit audio broadcasts, television programs or videotapes shall not
be listened to, shown or viewed in Department facilities, unless necessary as
part of a documented, on-going, official investigation.
b.
Premium channels, which provide sexually explicit material, will not be
permitted to be received on any cable box at a Department facility.
c.
Commanding officers/unit heads will contact cable television companies and
have them "block out" any stations received on the basic package which
routinely show sexually explicit programming, if possible.
Commanding officers/unit heads must stress to their subordinates that these forms of
behavior will not be tolerated.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Operations Coordinator (P.G. 202-11)
Desk Officer (P.G. 202-14)
Employment Discrimination (P.G. 205-36)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
WORK ORDER (PD176-161)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-38

INVESTIGATION OF INCIDENTS OF RETALIATION AGAINST
MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide guidelines in accordance with the provisions of the Whistleblowers
Law for the investigation of allegations of retaliation made by members of the
service who have voluntarily reported misconduct or corruption.

DEFINITION

WHISTLEBLOWERS LAW - An Administrative Code provision which
encourages City employees to report improper conduct, i.e., corruption, criminal
activity, conflict of interest, gross mismanagement or abuse of authority, within
their respective agencies. This law protects City employees who report such
wrongdoing from any form of retaliation, i.e., dismissal, demotion, suspension,
disciplinary action, negative performance evaluation, any action resulting in loss
of staff, office space or equipment or other benefit, failure to appoint, failure to
promote, or any transfer or assignment or failure to transfer or assign against the
wishes of the affected employee.

SCOPE

The Department has the responsibility to encourage members to come forward
and voluntarily provide information regarding misconduct and corruption.
Inherent in this responsibility is the ability to protect those members from
retaliation.
IT IS THE POLICY OF THIS DEPARTMENT THAT
RETALIATION AGAINST ANY MEMBER OF THE SERVICE FOR
VOLUNTARILY PROVIDING INFORMATION REGARDING MISCONDUCT
AND CORRUPTION WILL NOT BE TOLERATED.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service believes he/she is the victim of retaliation for
voluntarily providing information regarding misconduct or corruption.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

A member of the service may elect to report that he or she has been the victim of
retaliation as outlined in this procedure directly to the Employee Relations Section. If
such a complaint is received at the Employee Relations Section, or any unit other than
the Internal Affairs Bureau (whether from the member directly or from an outside
agency/organization) the unit receiving the complaint MUST notify the Internal Affairs
Bureau and forward all pertinent information directly to the Internal Affairs Bureau for
appropriate action.
Any member of the service who is made aware of an allegation of retaliation for
reporting wrongdoing shall make reasonable efforts to protect the anonymity and
confidentiality of the employee making the allegation.

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
IAB
COMMAND
CENTER

2.
3.

Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center at (212) 741-8401.

Record pertinent information and assign a log number.
Have an immediate preliminary investigation conducted to obtain all
available facts and evidence.
a.
Indicate results in log.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-38

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

NOTE

Members of the service should comply with the provisions of P.G. 205-36, “Employment
Discrimination,” to lodge a complaint of retaliation regarding an equal employment
opportunity issue. Allegations of retaliation involving equal employment opportunity
issues (employment discrimination, sexual harassment, etc.) MUST be referred to the
Office of Equal Employment Opportunity for investigation.

CHIEF OF
INTERNAL
AFFAIRS

4.

NOTE

Only the Internal Affairs Bureau or Office of Equal Employment Opportunity are
authorized to conduct investigations involving allegations of retaliation against any
member of the service for voluntarily having provided information regarding misconduct
or corruption. Allegations which do not violate the Whistleblowers Law will be referred
to the appropriate investigative unit concerned for additional action.

5.

6.

Evaluate each complaint to determine whether the case may fall within
the purview of the Whistleblowers Law.
Refer cases requiring further investigation concerning violations of the
Whistleblowers Law to either the Internal Affairs Bureau or Office of
Equal Employment Opportunity, as applicable.

Forward notification to the Employee Relations Section of allegations of
violations of the Whistleblower Law. Notification will NOT be made for
allegations that have been referred to OEEO.

NOTE

In certain instances, to maintain the confidentiality of an associated investigation,
notification to the Employee Relations Section will not be made until such time as the
Internal Affairs Bureau deems it appropriate.

EMPLOYEE
RELATIONS
SECTION

7.

Contact complainant upon receipt of notification and offer the services of
the appropriate Department employee assistance program.

IAB
INVESTIGATIVE
GROUP

8.

Forward report through channels upon completion of investigation.

NOTE

Due to the need to maintain the confidentiality of investigations to the extent possible,
OEEO will not be required to forward reports of employment discrimination retaliation.
These reports will remain on file at OEEO until such time that disclosure thereof is
necessary.

CHIEF OF
INTERNAL
AFFAIRS

9.

Forward report and recommendations to the Police Commissioner.

POLICE
COMMISSIONER

10.

Review report and direct necessary action.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-38

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Members of the service are reminded that the Department has several employee
assistance units available to provide help in addressing a personal or professional
problem. To obtain additional information regarding the types of services provided by
these units, members can refer to the Department publication entitled EMPLOYEE
ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS AND RESOURCE BOOKLET (BM497).
Members of the service who voluntarily provide information or assistance in
internal/external investigations should be acknowledged for their high acts of integrity.
In order to acknowledge such members, while maintaining the confidentiality of their
actions, a sub-committee of the Integrity Review Board is established. This special subcommittee shall consist of the First Deputy Commissioner, Chief of Personnel, and the
Chief of Internal Affairs (principals only, no representatives). It will be the
responsibility of the sub-committee to review the actions of those members of the service
who have voluntarily come forward and provided information, and recommend
appropriate acknowledgement to the Police Commissioner.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Employment Discrimination (P.G. 205-36)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-39

DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 10

PURPOSE

To process requests for Departmental recognition.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a uniformed or civilian member of the service performs an act worthy
of departmental recognition and is recommended by a supervisor, a co-worker or
a member of the community:

NOTE

Members of the service involved in undercover or confidential operations will be guided
by the direction of their Bureau Chief/Counterpart when submitting requests for
departmental recognition.

MEMBER’S
IMMEDIATE
SUPERVISOR
(REGARDLESS
OF COMMAND)

1.

2.

Prepare DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION REQUEST (PD439-162).
a.
All requests for departmental recognition, with the exception of
those requests involving members assigned to the Housing
Bureau, Detective Bureau (not including precinct detective
squads), Organized Crime Control Bureau, Transit Bureau,
Special Operations Division, and Chief of Transportation, will be
processed through patrol precincts.
b.
Commands which report to the Housing Bureau, Detective Bureau
(not including precinct detective squads), Organized Crime Control
Bureau, Transit Bureau Special Operations Division, and Chief of
Transportation will process all requests for departmental
recognition involving assigned members in a similar manner as
requests processed through patrol precincts. (See “Additional
Data” regarding the chain of command to be utilized by
bureaus/divisions exempt from processing requests through patrol
precincts.
c.
Requests involving members assigned to precinct detective squads
will be processed through patrol precincts.
d.
If two or more precincts within the same borough are involved in
the same incident, the patrol borough commander will designate
which Precinct Recognition Committee will conduct the
investigation and prepare the appropriate documentation. If two
or more precincts are involved, and the precincts are in different
boroughs, the Honor Committee will make the designation, except
for cases involving integrity. In those instances, the Integrity
Review Board will make the designation.
e.
Acts worthy of departmental recognition which involve members
from multiple bureau/division commands will be processed
through patrol precincts.
Prepare separate DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION REQUEST for
each member of the service involved.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-39

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 10

Departmental Recognition Committees, composed of five uniformed members of the
service: two ranking officers (one of whom will be designated chairperson) and three nonsupervisory officers (which may include a member of the precinct detective squad), will be
established by each precinct and patrol borough command. Similarly, commands which
report to the Housing Bureau, Detective Bureau (not including precinct detective squads),
Organized Crime Control Bureau, Transit Bureau, Special Operations Division, and
Chief of Transportation will also establish Departmental Recognition Committees utilizing
the same group composition. Bureau Recognition Committees will be established in each
bureau command for these more complex or unusual cases.

NOTE

Request for departmental recognition should be limited to those members who are directly
involved with the arrest/incident (i.e. arresting officer and partner). If the incident involved
personal risk, danger or unusual accomplishment, each member requesting recognition must
explain their direct involvement in the incident. Furthermore, supervisors of units must
explain how their actions exceeded normal supervisory or administrative duties in order to be
considered for recognition.
The highest ranking officer who is responsible for indicating approval/disapproval of
REQUEST MUST be in a rank of one level higher than any of the recipients of the medal
and MUST not be one of the recipients of the requesting medal. Each additional
endorsement (when applicable) MUST be approved/disapproved by the next higher rank
based on the previous endorsement.

MEMBER’S
IMMEDIATE
SUPERVISOR

3.

Deliver completed forms to Operations Coordinator, precinct of
occurrence or command counterpart.

PRECINCT
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR/
COUNTERPART

4.

Assign precinct/command serial number to all REQUESTS.
a.
If more than one member of the service is involved in the same
incident, the same precinct/command serial number will be used.
Assign REQUEST to ranking officer for investigation.

RANKING
OFFICER

6.

5.

7.

8.

Conduct investigation including:
a.
Checking Department records.
b.
Interviewing members involved, including patrol supervisor or
other supervisory personnel, when appropriate.
c.
Interviewing witnesses (in person or by telephone).
d.
Obtaining signed statements from witnesses, when possible.
e.
Reducing oral statements to writing and signing, when applicable.
f.
Attaching statements to REQUEST.
g.
Attaching all Department forms/records prepared in connection
with the incident to REQUEST.
Enter results of investigation under “REMARKS” caption of
DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION REQUEST.
a.
Use statements of fact.
(1)
Do not use descriptive embellishment of the facts.
Deliver completed forms to Precinct/Command Recognition Committee.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-39

PRECINCT/
COMMAND
RECOGNITION
COMMITTEE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

9.

10.

3 of 10

Conduct a review of the investigation and make initial recommendation
to commanding officer.
a.
Precinct/Command Recognition Committee may refer the
REQUEST, through the commanding officer, to a Bureau
Recognition Committee, if the REQUEST involves aspects which
require particular expertise in evaluating the merits of the
REQUEST. It is expected that most REQUESTS will be
processed by the Precinct/Command Recognition Committee.
Only highly unusual or complex cases should be referred to a
Bureau Recognition Committee.
Enter a concise statement of findings under “FIRST ENDORSEMENT”
on reverse side of REQUEST.
a.
If supervisory officer is included, indicate how actions of
supervisor exceeded normal supervisory or administrative duties.
b.
Standard abbreviations may be used.
c.
Use statement of fact ONLY.

All information entered on the DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION REQUEST is
considered “Rosario” material and should be a factual statement of the member of
service’s role in a particular matter. There should be no descriptive embellishment of
the facts. In addition, all written statements taken from witnesses should be considered
“Rosario” material. Since the defense attorney in a criminal case has the right to
examine a witness’s prior statement, if a witness testifies, the appropriate District
Attorney’s office should be advised of the existence of requests for departmental
recognition as well as other witness statements in a pending case. Every request must
include the legal name of each member of service; any initials, nicknames, etc. of a
member of the service are not permitted on the DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION
REQUEST.

NOTE

11.

Forward REQUEST to commanding officer, precinct of occurrence or
command counterpart.

PRECINCT/
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

12.

Review all REQUESTS.
a.
If concurring with recommendations of Precinct/Command
Recognition Committee, follow steps below, as appropriate.
b.
Forward REQUESTS which require particular expertise in
evaluating the merits of the REQUEST to the appropriate Bureau
Recognition Committee.
c.
If disapproving REQUEST, indicate the same under SECOND
ENDORSEMENT.

NOTE

When a REQUEST is forwarded to a bureau chief/counterpart for evaluation based on
expertise, the bureau chief/counterpart will make the final determination on Excellent
Police Duty, Meritorious Police Duty and Commendations, except in cases where
integrity forms the basis of the request. Integrity requests, forwarded to a bureau
chief/counterpart for expert evaluation, will be processed in accordance with steps 20
and 21 below. In cases where Exceptional Merit or Honorable Mention will be
recommended, bureau chiefs will comply with steps 23, 24, and 25, below.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-39

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 10

IF REQUEST IS FOR EXCELLENT POLICE DUTY OR MERITORIOUS
POLICE DUTY
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

13.
14.

15.

Make a determination on REQUEST for Excellent Police Duty or
Meritorious Police Duty.
Indicate approval or disapproval of REQUEST and complete “SECOND
ENDORSEMENT” for Excellent Police Duty and “THIRD
ENDORSEMENT” for Meritorious Police Duty on reverse side of form.
Forward original (white) copy of REQUEST to Employee Management
Division (attention: Honor Committee) and distribute the remaining
copies as indicated on form.

Precinct commanding officers/command counterparts may recommend either a
Meritorious Police Duty or a Commendation for acts of integrity. Regardless of the
level of award recommended, ALL requests for Departmental recognition, which are
based on acts of integrity, must be forwarded to the appropriate Borough Recognition
Committee, or similar Recognition Committee established in bureaus/divisions whose
commands are exempt from processing requests through patrol precincts. These
requests must be endorsed by the concerned borough commander/counterpart, and
submitted to the Integrity Review Board for final determination.

NOTE

IF RECOMMENDATION IS FOR ANY COMMENDATION, EXCEPTIONAL
MERIT OR HONORABLE MENTION
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

16.

Review and forward REQUESTS, with recommendations, to Borough
Recognition Committee or similar Recognition Committee in bureaus/divisions
whose commands are exempt from processing requests through patrol precincts.

BOROUGH
RECOGNITION
COMMITTEE/
COUNTERPART
COMMITTEE

17.

Conduct review.
a.
Highest-ranking member present will act as Chairperson of the
Borough Recognition Committee/counterpart committee.
Review REQUEST and indicate recommendation under FOURTH
ENDORSEMENT.
Forward REQUEST to borough commander, bureau chief or division
counterpart, as appropriate.

18.
19.

IF REQUEST IS FOR COMMENDATION/CIVILIAN COMMENDATION
BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
COUNTERPART

20.
21.

Make determination on REQUEST for Commendation.
Indicate approval/disapproval and complete FIFTH ENDORSEMENT on
reverse side of form.
a.
When appropriate, approve REQUESTS for Commendation,
except those which involve acts of integrity. In these cases, the
borough commander, bureau chief or division counterpart will
forward endorsed REQUESTS, with a synopsis of proceedings,
to the Integrity Review Board.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-39

BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
COUNTERPART

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

22.

(continued)

5 of 10

Forward original (white) copy of all REQUESTS, not involving
integrity, to the Employee Management Division (attention: Honor
Committee) and distribute the remaining copies as indicated on form.

IF REQUEST IS FOR EXCEPTIONAL MERIT OR HONORABLE MENTION
BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
COUNTERPART

23.
24.
25.

Review REQUEST.
Indicate recommendations under FIFTH ENDORSEMENT.
Forward REQUEST and synopsis of proceedings on Typed Letterhead
to the Honor Committee.

NOTE

All approved DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION REQUESTS being forwarded to the
Honor Committee or Integrity Review Board will be accompanied by a Typed
Letterhead, in duplicate. The duplicate copy will be returned to the forwarding
command and filed as a receipt.
If a discharge of a firearm by the member of the service is the basis for the REQUEST, the
Borough/Bureau/Counterpart Recognition Committee will ensure that all appropriate
forms including the FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151),
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORTS (PD370-152) (including the preliminary
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT endorsed from the designated Borough Chief to
the Chief of Department, and the UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT on the
FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS by the designated Borough), Crime Scene Unit
sketches, etc., and the final determination of the Firearms Discharge Review Board by the
Chief of Department are attached to the REQUEST and forwarded to the Honor
Committee for consideration.
If a valid evaluation cannot be determined based on the REQUEST and attached forms / reports,
the Borough/Bureau/Counterpart Recognition Committee will conduct a hearing, and prepare a
written report of the incident.

IF RECOMMENDATION IS FOR PURPLE SHIELD MEDAL OR POLICE
MEMORIAL AWARD
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

26.

NEXT HIGHER
COMMAND

28.

27.

Prepare REQUEST.
a.
Include any required attachments.
Forward all papers to next higher command for endorsement.

Forward endorsed REQUESTS to the Honor Committee (DIRECT) for
evaluation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-39

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

6 of 10

IF MEMBER WISHES TO APPEAL
REQUESTING
MEMBER

29.

Prepare two copies of appeal on Typed Letterhead, addressed to
Borough/Bureau/Counterpart Recognition Committee for Excellent Police
Duty/Meritorious Police Duty OR to the Police Commissioner for
Meritorious Police Duty (Integrity), Commendation, Exceptional Merit or
Honorable Mention, within ten days of publication of award including:
a.
Facts of request
b.
Reasons for appeal
c.
Personnel Order number and date (if applicable).

NOTE

An appeal MAY NOT be lodged until AFTER the award is published in Personnel
Orders. Decisions of the Police Commissioner concerning appeals of awards reduced
or disapproved are final.
When practical, final determination of an award will be made within sixty days of
submission of a DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION REQUEST.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The chain of command that will be utilized for processing requests for Departmental
recognition in bureaus/divisions not processing requests through patrol precincts is as follows:
Housing Bureau
PSA commands will establish Recognition Committees.
PSA commanding officers will make final determination for Excellent Police Duty and
Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Housing borough commands will establish Recognition Committees.
Housing borough commanders will make final determination on Commendation requests.
All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review Board, as appropriate.
Detective Bureau
Detective borough commands will establish Recognition Committees.
(Precinct detective squads will process requests through patrol precincts.)
Detective borough commanding officers will make final determination for Excellent
Police Duty and Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Office of the Chief of Detectives will establish a Recognition Committee.
Chief of Detectives will make final determination on Commendation requests.
All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review Board, as appropriate.
Organized Crime Control Bureau
Narcotics borough commands (other than Narcotics Division) will establish Recognition Committees.
Narcotics borough commanding officers will make final determination for Excellent
Police Duty and Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Office of the Chief of Organized Crime Control will establish a Recognition Committee.
Chief of Organized Crime Control will make final determination on Commendation requests.
All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review Board, as appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-39

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

7 of 10

Transit Bureau
District commands will establish Recognition Committees.
District commanding officers will make final determination for Excellent Police Duty
and Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Transit borough commands will establish Recognition Committees.
Transit borough commanders will make final determination on Commendation requests.
All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review Board, as appropriate
Special Operations Division
Special Operations Division commands will establish Recognition Committees.
Special Operations Division commanding officers will make final determination for
Excellent Police Duty and Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Commanding Officer, Special Operations Division will establish a Recognition Committee.
Commanding Officer, Special Operations Division will make final determination on
Commendation requests.
All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review Board, as appropriate.
Chief of Transportation
Chief of Transportation commands will establish Recognition Committees.
Chief of Transportation commanding officers will make final determination for Excellent
Police Duty and Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Commanding Officer, Chief of Transportation will establish a Recognition Committee.
Commanding Officer, Chief of Transportation will make final determination on
Commendation requests.
All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review Board, as appropriate.
The function and composition of the Honor Committee is as follows:
Review requests for awards above the grade of Commendation and make
recommendations to the Police Commissioner. The Honor Committee is composed of:
First Deputy Commissioner (Chairperson)
Chief of Community Affairs
Chief of Department
Chief of Patrol
Chief of Detectives
Chief of Organized Crime Control
Chief of Personnel
Chief of Housing
Chief of Transit
The function and composition of the Integrity Review Board are as follows:
Review requests for Integrity Awards in the grade of Meritorious Police Duty and
Commendation and make recommendations to the Police Commissioner.
Review and evaluate activities indicating commitment to integrity. The Integrity Review
Board is composed of:
Chief of Department (Chairperson)
Chief of Patrol
Chief of Detectives
Chief of Personnel
Chief of Internal Affairs
Chief of Organized Crime Control

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-39

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

8 of 10

Chief of Housing
Chief of Transit
Uniformed member of the service in the rank of police officer, as selected by the
Employee Relations Section, on an ad-hoc basis.
Individual members of the service may be awarded Departmental recognition in the
following grades:
DEPARTMENT MEDAL OF HONOR
Awarded annually to a member who intelligently and in line of police duty distinguished
himself/herself by the performance of an act of gallantry and valor at imminent personal
hazard to life with knowledge of the risk, above and beyond the call of duty.
POLICE COMBAT CROSS MEDAL
Awarded for the successful performance of an act of extraordinary heroism while
engaged in personal combat with an armed adversary at imminent personal hazard to
life in the intelligent performance of duty.
MEDAL FOR VALOR
Awarded for an act of outstanding personal bravery intelligently performed in line of
duty at imminent personal hazard to life under circumstances evincing a disregard of
personal consequences.
PURPLE SHIELD MEDAL
Awarded to members of the service, or their next of kin in the event of a line of duty
death, who have suffered extremely serious physical injury or death, permanent
disfigurement, protracted or permanent impairment of health, or of any bodily function
while performing an official act either while on or off-duty.
HONORABLE MENTION
Awarded for an act of extraordinary bravery intelligently performed in the line of duty at
imminent and personal danger to life.
The Honor Committee will review all Honorable Mention awards granted during the
previous year and may select uniformed members of the service as recipients of the
aforementioned medals.
EXCEPTIONAL MERIT
Awarded for an act of bravery intelligently performed involving personal risk to life.
COMMENDATION
Awarded for an act involving:
a.
Grave personal danger in the intelligent performance of duty, OR
b.
A highly creditable unusual police accomplishment.
COMMENDATION - INTEGRITY
Awarded for an act which demonstrates an extraordinary commitment to integrity.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-39

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

9 of 10

COMMENDATION - COMMUNITY SERVICE
Awarded to uniformed members of the service for:
a.
Initiative contributing to the substantial improvement in Community
Policing/Community Quality of Life, OR
b.
Performance which substantially improves the quality of life in neighborhoods or
communities through creative problem-solving ideas, techniques or skills, OR
c.
Performance and consistent progress in implementing meaningful, significant
improvements in rendering or securing community service or fostering policecommunity relations through Community Policing/Problem Solving Programs.
CIVILIAN COMMENDATION
Awarded to civilian members of the service for:
a.
Exceptional work in connection with their assignment
b.
Excellence in service to the community
c.
Fostering community relations
d.
Displaying initiative towards community problem solving programs.
MERITORIOUS POLICE DUTY
Awarded for:
a.
An act of intelligent and valuable police service demonstrating special
faithfulness or perseverance, OR
b.
Highly creditable acts of police service over a period of time.
MERITORIOUS POLICE DUTY - INTEGRITY
Awarded for an act which demonstrates highly creditable integrity.
EXCELLENT POLICE DUTY
Awarded for:
a.
An intelligent act materially contributing to a valuable accomplishment, OR
b.
Submission of a device or method adopted to increase efficiency in an
administrative or tactical procedure, OR
c.
Three arrests in a six month period for operating a vehicle while under the
influence of alcohol or drugs. These arrests must be based solely on the member’s
observation and unrelated to traffic checkpoints, vehicle collisions, or any
enforcement activity specifically aimed at DWI enforcement, OR
d.
Whenever a uniformed member of the service, not assigned to the Auto Crime
Division or a borough Auto Larceny Unit, effects three or more arrests within a
twelve month period for larceny of a motor vehicle, OR unauthorized use of a motor
vehicle, OR criminal possession of stolen property (stolen vehicle), and the arrests are
based on the member’s personal initiative and observations.
The awarding of Departmental recognition for three or more arrests as described in sections
“c” and “d” above, is not automatic. Commanding officers, when reviewing the requests, will
consider the personal initiative, observations and actions of the recommended member that
materially contributed to the arrests and/or the detection of the crimes charged.
Additionally, the successful resuscitation of an aided using an Automated External Defibrillator
(AED) will be considered for Departmental recognition when the aided is hospitalized with a
reasonable chance of survival. Commanding officers/counterparts reviewing applications for
Departmental recognition for successful use of Automated External Defibrillators will, in all

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-39

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

10 of 10

circumstances, submit such request to the Supervising Chief Surgeon or the Deputy Chief Surgeon
for endorsement and recommendation of appropriate Departmental recognition, prior to final
approval.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

The following awards are issued to Department units:
UNIT CITATION
Unit Citations recognize outstanding performance by an entire unit in developing and
implementing Community Policing goals and objectives or other highly creditable
accomplishments over a substantial period of time (calendar year).
POLICE COMMISSIONER’S PERSONAL LETTER OF CONGRATULATIONS
Awarded to units that do not otherwise qualify for a Unit Citation.
DISPLAY OF MEDALS
A uniformed member of the service may wear the prescribed breast bar at all times
while in uniform. However, breast bars or other authorized ribbons are not to be worn
when wearing corresponding medals. A member who has been awarded the Department
Medal of Honor, Police Combat Cross or Medal for Valor is required to wear the breast
bar denoting the particular award in lieu of the Honorable Mention breast bar
previously awarded for the same act.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Boards And Committees (O.G. 101-23)
Emblems, Insignia And Breast Bars (P.G. 204-16)
Integrity Review Board Recommendation Procedure (P.G. 205-16)
Presentation Of Department Recognition Awards (A.G. 305-03)
Unit Citation (A.G. 305-04)
Achievement Citation (A.G. 320-19)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DEPARTMENT RECOGNITION REQUEST (PD439-162)
FIREARMS/DISCHARGE ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-40

OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 10

PURPOSE

To regulate off duty employment of uniformed members of the service, except
that off duty employment performed with the Paid Detail Unit.

DEFINITIONS

SECURITY FIELD - Includes guard service, payroll driver/cashiers, personal
escorts (bodyguards), and employment in check cashing establishments, etc.
WATCHGUARD LICENSE - Issued by the New York State Secretary of State,
upon a written request obtained from the Office of the Chief of Personnel,
licensing a uniformed member of the service to engage in the off duty
employment of providing guards in a security related field.
After OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION (PD407-164) has been prepared
and approved, uniformed member of the service wishing to apply for a Watchguard
License will be directed to report to Employee Management Division and comply with
instructions received.

NOTE

CLASS I FEDERAL FIREARMS LICENSE - Issued by the Department of
Treasury, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, to persons engaged in the
business of selling firearms at wholesale or retail.
DEALER IN FIREARMS LICENSE - Issued by local licensing officer to any
person, firm, partnership, corporation or company who engages in the business of
purchasing, selling, keeping for sale, lending, leasing, or in any manner disposing
of, any pistol or revolver.
PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service wishes to engage in off duty
employment, or when any member of the service wishes to engage in the practice
of law off duty:

APPLICANT

1.

2.

Prepare OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION (PD407-164).
a.
Enter total number of hours to be worked each week.
(1)
Do not use terms such as “varies” or “changes.”
b.
Enter name and address of corporation in space captioned
“Outside Employer” if applicant is an officer of a corporation.
(1)
Do not use term “self employed” if applicant is part or sole
owner of corporation.
c.
Enter administrative, managerial or planning functions to be
performed and the function of the corporation in space captioned
“Describe specific duties and responsibilities.”
d.
Enter name of president of corporation if employed by a corporation.
Deliver all copies of completed APPLICATION to commanding officer.
a.
If off duty employment involves dealing in firearms outside the
City of New York, also deliver a copy of completed application
for a Class I Federal Firearms License. After subsequent issuance
by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, provide a copy
of the license to the commanding officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-40

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 10

If off duty employment involves dealing in firearms outside the
City of New York, also deliver a copy of completed
APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH OR
DEALER IN FIREARMS (INDIVIDUAL) (PD625-043) or
APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH OR
DEALER IN FIREARMS (PARTNERSHIP) (PD625-042).
After subsequent issuance by the local licensing officer, provide a
copy of the license to the commanding officer.

APPLICANT
(continued)

b.

COMMANDING 3.
OFFICER

Interview applicant and determine if conditions of off duty employment
are within Department guidelines and guidelines and rulings published by
the Board of Ethics.
Forward quintuplicate (file) copy of OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT
APPLICATION to borough commander/counterpart for review, if
APPLICATION is for employment in security related field.

4.

BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
COUNTERPART

5.
6.

COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER
8.
NOTE

Ascertain that applicant understands “Guidelines/Prohibitions” as
outlined in “Additional Data” statement.
Confer with applicant’s immediate supervisor.

If applicant is on, or being considered for MODIFIED ASSIGNMENT, telephone Office
of First Deputy Commissioner to determine whether reason exists for disapproval of
APPLICATION and enter results of inquiry on APPLICATION.

9.
10.

NOTE

Assign patrol borough administrator to conduct thorough investigation of
security related application.
Return OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION to member’s
commanding officer indicating approval/disapproval.

Enter
recommendations,
sign
and
forward
OFF DUTY
EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION as per instructions on form.
Advise member whose APPLICATION has been DISAPPROVED that
such decision may be appealed.

Forward all disapproved or renewal APPLICATIONS and notice of termination or
change in employment to the Employee Management Division.

11.
12.
13.

14.

Monitor on-duty performance of member engaged in off duty employment.
Recommend revocation of permission if outside employment interferes
with member’s responsibility to the Department.
Advise applicant of possible revocation of permission to engage in off
duty employment should member become subject of disciplinary action
or classified as “chronic sick.”
Reexamine approved OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION
of newly transferred/temporarily assigned member to ensure that current
assignment does not result in a conflict of interest or corruption hazard.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-40

PAGE:

10/16/13

15.

APPLICANT

REVISION NUMBER:

16.

17.

3 of 10

Submit new OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION to report
any change in status of employment, i.e., change of employer, duties,
location of employment, etc.
Submit renewal application for continuing off duty employment beyond
each twelve month period at least ten days prior to expiration of current
approved request.
Prepare Typed Letterhead requesting review of APPLICATION that
has been disapproved and submit to Commanding Officer, Employee
Management Division.

EMPLOYEE
MANAGEMENT
DIVISION
MEMBER

18.
19.

NOTE

The existence of a record at the above unit will be cause to disapprove APPLICATION.

20.
21.

COMMANDING 22.
23.
OFFICER
24.

25.

26.

Assign Off Duty Work Number and insert in appropriate space on form.
Request record check from Intelligence Bureau regarding:
a.
Employer
b.
Individual or premises to be protected, if appropriate.

Complete captions under applicable section on APPLICATION; enter
recommendations and sign.
Distribute copies of APPLICATION as follows:
a.
ORIGINAL - place in member’s Personal Folder
b.
DUPLICATE - return to command of origin
c.
TRIPLICATE - place in Off Duty Employment file maintained by
Employee Management Division
(1)
Security related APPLICATIONS and Watchguard
Licenses will be filed under specific categories, i.e.,
payroll drivers/cashiers, bodyguards, check cashing, etc.
d.
QUADRUPLICATE - forward to Medical Division.
Note approval/disapproval on command file copy of APPLICATION.
Return ORIGINAL to member concerned.
Advise and instruct member whose APPLICATION has been
APPROVED, regarding:
a.
Guidelines/prohibitions listed in “Additional Data” statement
b.
Carrying of weapons in other states. (New York City police
officer status does not license member to carry weapon in another
state; authorization must be obtained from state concerned).
Instruct member applying for Watchguard License of “Guidelines for
Watchguard License” (see Additional Data statement).
a.
Direct member to report to Employee Management Division to
prepare affidavit and comply with instructions received.
Direct Integrity Control Officer to verify that members concerned comply
with prohibition against requesting overtime compensation for off duty
employment related arrests.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-40

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 10

COMMANDING 27.
OFFICER
(continued)
28.

Indicate on OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION, after approval
and prior to forwarding to Employee Management Division, that a copy of
the Class I Federal Firearms License is attached, if applicable.
Forward copy of Class I Federal Firearms License, and APPLICATION FOR
LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH or DEALER IN FIREARMS
(INDIVIDUAL) or APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH or
DEALER IN FIREARMS (PARTNERSHIP), and New York State License
and APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH or DEALER IN
FIREARMS (INDIVIDUAL) or APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A
GUNSMITH OR DEALER IN FIREARMS (PARTNERSHIP) to
Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section, after recording license
numbers on member’s FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).

C.O.,
FIREARMS
AND TACTICS
SECTION

29.

Maintain a file of members who have obtained Class I Federal Firearms
Licenses or New York State Dealer in Firearms licenses for dissemination
to inquiring ranking members of the service in cases of suspensions,
modified assignments, removal of firearms, etc.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

30.

Audit OVERTIME REPORTS (PD138-064) submitted by uniformed
members of the service to ensure that requests do not pertain to off duty security
employment related arrests and advise commanding officer of findings.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

GUIDELINES:
The following guidelines apply to ALL off duty employment:
a.
Off duty employment MUST BE:
(1)
Performed outside regular hours of police duties.
(2)
Approved prior to starting or changing employment, AND for EACH
EXTRA job or change of job for the same employer.
(3)
Approved in writing from the Chief of Patrol, (Commanding Officer,
Movie/Television Unit), IF employment involves working as a technical
advisor for motion picture or television productions.
b.
A uniformed member of the service may engage in off duty employment
WITHOUT prior approval:
(1)
During the period of suspension without pay, OR
(2)
While on continuous vacation and/or terminal leave immediately after
filing an application for retirement. During a period of suspension
without pay or vacation/terminal leave pending retirement, the member
concerned remains officially a member of the service and, as such, may
NOT engage in any type of employment or activity which, by existing law,
is prohibited to police officers, or which may constitute a conflict of
interest or create the appearance thereof (see GENERAL PROHIBITIONS).
c.
Excessive sick leave or other evidence indicating off duty employment impairs
ability to perform assigned police duties is cause for revocation of approval to
engage in off duty employment.
d.
A request for permission to work while off duty may be DISAPPROVED even
though it does NOT SPECIFICALLY fall within the “PROHIBITIONS” section
or violate the “GUIDELINES” sections contained herein.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-40

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

e.

f.

g.

h.

i.

j.

k.

5 of 10

A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) seeking part time employment in
another city agency, or in ANY other governmental jurisdiction or agency
MUST prepare “Certification of Compatibility or Dual Employment”
(DP1021), in QUADRUPLICATE; ALL FOUR COPIES of the form, which are
available at the Employee Management Division, will be forwarded to the
Employee Management Division for processing.
Uniformed members of the service engaging in or seeking off duty employment are
reminded that the law prohibits certain types of employment. Some members
while engaging in bona-fide occupations, may unknowingly, in the normal pursuit
of their particular off duty occupation, be violating one of these statutes.
Section 2604(a)(1) of the New York City Charter prohibits public servants from
taking a position in a firm which the public servant knows, or should know, is
engaged in business dealings with the City. “Position” is broadly defined and
includes an officer, director, manager, employee, trustee, attorney, agent, broker or
consultant to the firm. The definition of “firm” includes an individual seeking
business on his/her own behalf, and as a sole proprietor. “Business dealings” are
defined as any transactions involving the sale, purchase, rental, or disposition of any
goods, services, or property; any license, permit, grant or benefit; and any
performance of or litigation with respect to any of the above. It is quite possible that
a member not completely familiar with these provisions could find himself/herself in
violation of the law. For example, if a member has been approved as a vending
machine salesperson or dealer, he/she would be violating this statute if he/she were
to take a position with a firm or enter into a contractual agreement with any City
agency or representative thereof, to place a vending machine in any building or upon
property owned or leased by the City of New York or any of its agencies.
The Charter prohibits members from engaging in any business, transaction or
private employment which is in conflict with the proper discharge of their
official duties; using, or attempting to use their position to obtain any financial
gain, or other benefit, including employment for themselves or any person
“associated” with them (“associated” is defined to include a spouse, domestic
partner, child, parent or sibling and a person with whom a member has a
business or financial relationship); and disclosing any confidential information
which is obtained as a result of a member's official duties or using such
confidential information for any financial gain or other benefit.
A uniformed member of the service is prohibited from holding any position or
engaging in business dealings which involve the manufacture, sale or
recommendation of any alcoholic beverage. However, employment is permitted
in a premises licensed to sell beer at retail for off-premises consumption
(supermarkets and grocery stores). Also see P.G. 203-10, “Public Contact Prohibited Conduct.”
A member may not accept any valuable gift from any person or firm which the
member knows or should know, has or intends to have business dealings with
the city. A “valuable gift” means any gift which has a value of $50.00 or more,
whether in the form of money, service, loan, travel, entertainment, hospitality,
thing of promise, of any form.
Members are also prohibited from working, owning, selling goods or services or
obtaining licenses relating to horse racing activities, race horses, tracks or
firms either owning or dealing in the racing of horses.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-40

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

l.

6 of 10

Uniformed members of the service may write fiction or non-fiction books and
articles on their own time and receive compensation provided that the
restrictions contained in P.G. 212-76, “Information Concerning Official
Business of Department” are adhered to. OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT
APPLICATION should be submitted in this regard to the extent that members
of the service are being paid for their writing. It may also be permissible for
members of the service to be employed as technical or background consultants
by television and film production companies. The consulting position may relate
either to a particular incident (e.g., a homicide, robbery, rescue effort, etc.) or
to a specialized field of expertise (e.g., arson, explosives, aviation, etc.). Again,
the restrictions contained in P.G. 212-77 “Release Of Information To News
Media” and 212-76 “Information Concerning Official Business of Department”
MUST be adhered to, OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION must also
be submitted for these positions. In addition, prior to entering into any
contractual relationship of this nature, members of the service are advised to
seek private legal counsel.
The sale of exclusive proprietary rights, based on the involvement of an
individual in a particular incident, is strictly prohibited. For example, a
member of the service assigned to the Aviation Unit can be retained as a
consultant or advisor on general technical matters or for background on a
particular incident; he or she cannot sell exclusive “rights” to a production
company for the story of the officer’s role in that incident.

m.

Many of the off duty employment prohibitions and guidelines involve conflict of
interest related issues as addressed in Chapter 68 of the New York City Charter.
Each member of the service should be familiar with those provisions. In certain
limited circumstances, a member of the service may hold an otherwise prohibited
position with written approval of the Police Commissioner, and a determination
by the Conflicts of Interest Board that the position would not conflict with the
purposes and interests of the City. Conflict of interest questions or questions
regarding waivers may be directed to the Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters.

GENERAL PROHIBITIONS:
Off duty employment is PROHIBITED when ANY of the following conditions exist:
a.
Member is a probationary police officer with less than one year aggregate
service who has not completed Entry Level Training in the Police Academy.
b.
Existing law prohibits a police officer from employment in such job or premises.
c.
Off duty employment is also prohibited, as follows:
(1)
Interferes or conflicts with regular or emergency police duties.
(2)
Requires the Police Department uniform or shield to be worn or used in any
manner in any off duty employment, except if approved by the Paid Detail Unit.
(3)
Affects member’s ability to perform police duties.
(4)
Exceeds twenty hours each week, EXCEPT when performed during
vacation period or when on terminal leave.
(5)
Is to be performed three hours immediately prior to regular tour of duty.
(6)
Requires member to be an officer, organizer, or hold a position in an
employee organization, i.e., labor union, or member will become
involved in a strike or labor dispute.
(7)
Requires UNIFORMED member to work, UNLESS AUTHORIZED, for
an organization licensed or inspected by the Police Department.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-40

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)

(12)

(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)

(20)
(21)

7 of 10

Is knowingly performed for a person who has a criminal arrest record.
Is required to be performed when member is on sick report, sick leave
or disability.
Involves the guarding of licensed premises.
Involves employment in any premises licensed by the State Liquor
Authority, pursuant to the Alcoholic Beverage Control Law, except that
employment is permitted in a premises licensed to sell alcoholic
beverages as long as they are not handled by the applicant.
Involves employment by a UNIFORMED member of the service in
precinct to which assigned. (However, a UNIFORMED member
assigned to a command whose jurisdiction encompasses more than one
precinct may be permitted to engage in off duty employment within the
area to which assigned, UNLESS circumstances of such employment
would constitute a conflict of interest or a corruption hazard, i.e.,
member’s ability to provide off duty services while on duty).
Involves employment as a process server, anywhere.
Involves operating or having a financial interest in an arcade, video or
pinball game.
Involves participation in any pari-mutuel racing as a rider, owner,
driver or trainer of a horse.
Involves the consultation/installation/repair of burglar alarms and
security systems.
Involves employment as a street peddler within New York City.
Involves employment as a locksmith within New York City.
Involves being employed in any capacity as a second hand dealer
(except used cars) or second hand dealer purchasing and selling
precious metals (gold, silver, etc.).
Requires uniformed member of the service to perform investigative
duties or secure a New York State investigator’s license.
Involves the guarding of diplomatic personnel and/or the premises of
diplomatic personnel.

PROHIBITIONS FOR ATTORNEYS ENGAGED IN OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT
In addition to complying with any other relevant Department policy, procedure, or prohibition,
members engaging in off duty employment as attorneys will also adhere to the following:
a.
Members shall not represent private interests for compensation before any City
agency or appear anywhere, directly or indirectly, on behalf of private interests
in matters involving the City.
b.
Members shall not appear as attorney or counsel against the interests of the City in
any litigation in which the City or other government agency is a party, or in any
action or proceeding in which the City or other government agency is a complainant.
c.
Members shall not serve as an attorney, or represent any party in any manner in
negligence cases or criminal cases.
d.
In addition to the general prohibition against superiors and subordinates entering
into any business or financial relationship (see P.G. 203-13, “Financial
Restrictions - Prohibited Acts”), members shall not appear as attorneys or counsel
for, or represent in any manner, a higher ranking or lower ranking member of the
service in/assigned to their same command. The Conflicts of Interest Board has
determined that a “business or financial relationship” exists when an attorney
performs legal services whether or not the attorney receives compensation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-40

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

8 of 10

GUIDELINES FOR SECURITY RELATED OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT:
a.

In addition to complying with the Guidelines and General Prohibitions, uniformed
members accepting off duty employment in the private security field are advised that:
(1)
Uniformed members of the service who accept off duty employment in
the private security field must be aware that they will not, in most
instances, be entitled to or receive legal representation and/or
indemnification from the city. Those benefits of city employment are
afforded to municipal employees only when they act within the scope of
their employment and in discharge of official duties.
(2)
An off duty uniformed member of the service employed in the private
security field does not, by virtue of that employment, relinquish the
power and authority conferred by the laws of the State of New York as a
police officer. However, when an officer effects an arrest in furtherance
of the private employer’s interest he is acting primarily on behalf of that
employer, not in discharge of his duties as a police officer. Uniformed
members of the service in their private capacity may not investigate
crimes for private employers and ordinarily should be the complainant
and not the arresting officer for off duty situations which arise (for
example: trespass and burglary situations) unless the exigencies of the
circumstance require that they act in an arresting capacity.
(3)
Because the city will not ordinarily indemnify uniformed members of the
service against claims brought by individuals for action taken in
connection with off duty employment, it is recommended that uniformed
members of the service ascertain whether their private employer maintains
liability insurance covering the off duty employment and affords legal
representation and indemnification for acts or omissions occurring during
off duty employment and in furtherance of employer’s interests.
(4)
All rules and regulations established by the Police Commissioner must
be complied with fully.
(5)
All court time, both arraignment and follow-up appearances directly
related to any duties and responsibilities in the off duty employment may
not be performed on Police Department time nor may overtime
compensation be received for such time from the City of New York.
Accordingly, OVERTIME REPORTS should not be submitted in
connection therewith.
Further, it is the uniformed member’s
responsibility to see that the off duty employer/client has Workers’
Compensation on coverage for guards to cover any injury or disability
received in his employment. It is also understood that the City has a
claim on any monies paid by Workers’ Compensation that would
duplicate paid sick leave by the City.
(6)
OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION must be submitted to the
Employee Management Division for each specific client, location and
company of employment. For each new assignment, even if for the same
employer, a new request for approval must be submitted, with the
employer’s name, and new location of person or premises to be protected.
(7)
Members may NOT work in off duty employment as security guards at a
location where a strike or labor dispute is ongoing.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-40

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

(8)

9 of 10

If a uniformed member of the service’s firearm is discharged or member
is injured as the result of an assault, while employed off duty in a security
related capacity in New York City only, the precinct of occurrence must
be notified immediately by the uniformed member involved. Incidents
occurring outside the City of New York require immediate notification to
the Operations Unit.
The FIREARM DISCHARGE/ASSAULT
REPORT (PD424-151) must be completed and verified for all such
incidents (see P.G. 212-29 “Firearms Discharge And Assaults Involving
Uniformed Members Of The Service”).
b.
To expedite processing, a member requesting permission to
engage in off duty employment in the security field is authorized to
personally deliver the completed OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT
APPLICATION to the Employee Management Division.

GUIDELINES FOR WATCHGUARD LICENSE:
In addition to complying with the Guidelines, General Prohibitions and Guidelines for
Security Related Employment, uniformed members of the service will comply with the
following re: Watchguard License:
a.
If the uniformed member intends to form a corporation and employ any other person in a
Watchguard Service capacity, then the requirements of New York State laws regarding
watchguard licensing must be complied with. “Watch, guard or patrol agency” as
defined by the General Business Law (Article 7 Section 71, sub. 2) shall mean and include
the business of watch, guard or patrol agency and shall also mean and include, separately
or collectively, the furnishing, for hire or reward, of watchmen or guards or private
patrolmen or other persons to protect persons or property or to prevent the theft or
misappropriation or concealment of goods, wares or merchandise, money, bonds, stocks,
choses in action, notes or other valuable documents, papers, and articles of value, or to
procure the return thereof or the performing of the service of such guard or other person
for any of said purposes. The foregoing shall not be deemed to include the business of
persons licensed by the industrial commissioner under the provisions of section twentyfour-a or subdivision three-b of section fifty of the Workers’ Compensation Law or
representing employers or groups of employers insured under the Workers’
Compensation Law in the State Insurance Fund, nor persons engaged in the business of
adjusters for insurance companies nor public adjusters licensed by the superintendent of
insurance under the Insurance Law of this State.
b.
Uniformed members of the service employed in a Watchguard Service shall
comply with all rules, regulations, guidelines and prohibitions, regarding off
duty employment. In addition, members will comply with Department directives,
regarding integrity monitoring procedures.
c.
Uniformed members of the service applying for a Watchguard License must
comply with the following:
1)
Prepare required Affidavit at Employee Management Division after OFF
DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION has been prepared and approved.
2)
Submit a list of all clients or prospective clients of Watchguard Service,
including names, addresses and specific location of business, to the
Intelligence Bureau and Identification Section for records check.
(a)
If member has no clients at time of making APPLICATION, the
Affidavit will state that fact and may be approved, if the member
applying agrees to submit the identifying data of prospective clients
prior to entering an employment agreement with such clients.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-40

10/16/13

3)

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

4)

5)

6)
7)

8)

9)
10)

PAGE:

10 of 10

Maintain an updated and unified list of all clients, locations, etc., which
must be made available for Departmental inspection.
(a)
The Employee Management Division will maintain a separate
folder for each approved Watchguard License containing a list
of clients, locations and copies of approved OFF DUTY
EMPLOYMENT APPLICATIONS of all uniformed members
of the service employed by such Watchguard Service.
That the corporation or the member concerned will not have a client
who is the subject of a criminal investigation or a premises licensed by
the Alcoholic Beverage Control Board or a diplomat, or any other client
that the Police Commissioner may disapprove on the grounds that such
employment would not be in the best interests of the Department.
Will not have any client located within precinct of assignment, that is, if
the off duty employment is of a premises, it may not be located in the
precinct. If the off duty employment involves the security of an
individual, he may not reside within the precinct of assignment.
The corporation or the member concerned will not provide services to
clients who are then engaged in active labor strikes.
The corporation or member concerned will not advertise or represent
that its employees are members of the New York City Police Department
or that it operates under its auspices.
Will not employ a uniformed member of the service of any rank assigned
within Watchguard Licensee’s immediate command or employ any
member of higher rank.
Provide Employee Management Division with names and addresses of
all employees, both uniformed members of the service and others.
Do not employ other members of the service until such members present
approved OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATIONS.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Civilian Employee Off Duty Employment (A.G. 319-23)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH OR DEALER IN FIREARMS
(INDIVIDUAL) (PD625-043)
APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH OR DEALER IN FIREARMS
(PARTNERSHIP) (PD625-042)
OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION (PD407-164)
FIREARM DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)
FORCE RECORD (406-143)
OVERTIME REPORTS (PD138-064)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-41

EMPLOYEE SUGGESTION PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To improve operations of the Department.

DEFINITION

EMPLOYEE SUGGESTIONS - Those suggestions made by members of the service
within the guidelines of, and conforming to the procedures established by the
Department of Citywide Administrative Services and the Police Department
Employee Suggestions Programs. The Employee Suggestion Program considers any
proposal that improves some aspect of police operations, public service, community
relations, working conditions or safety. A proposal, if adopted, could result in
substantial savings in time, money, manpower, equipment or the elimination of waste.

PROCEDURE

When submitting an employee suggestion:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Prepare one copy of form EMPLOYEE SUGGESTION PROGRAM
(PD115-161).
Mail or deliver the completed copy to:
 Employee Suggestion Program, New York City Police Department, Chief
of Personnel, One Police Plaza, Room 1208, New York, NY 10038

EMPLOYEE
SUGGESTION
PROGRAM
UNIT MEMBER

3.
4.

Assign Personnel Bureau and Employee Suggestion control numbers.
Acknowledge receipt of employee suggestion.

DEPARTMENT
COORDINATOR

5.

Review all suggestions with the Employee Suggestion Program
Evaluation Committee.

NOTE

After careful consideration of the merits of an employee suggestion, the Employee
Suggestion Program Evaluation Committee will either approve, disapprove or forward
the suggestion for further review and evaluation to the appropriate unit or agency.

EMPLOYEE
SUGGESTION
PROGRAM
UNIT MEMBER

6.

Notify member concerned of the approval or disapproval of the suggestion.
a.
If disapproved, indicate reason(s) for rejection on NONADOPTION (PD115-121).

DEPARTMENT
COORDINATOR

7.
8.

Determine degree/amount of award to be presented to member concerned.
Conduct liaison with the Department of Citywide Administrative
Services, Citywide Employee Suggestion Program.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

EMPLOYEE SUGGESTION PROGRAM (PD115-161)
NON-ADOPTION (PD 115-121)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-42

DISCONTINUANCE OF POLICE SERVICE
RETIREMENT OR VESTED INTEREST
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To apply for discontinuance of police service (retirement or vested interest).

DEFINITION

TERMINAL LEAVE - Leave, with pay, computed at the Police Pension Fund
and granted to retiring members UPON REQUEST. One month leave is granted
for each ten years of service, three days for each completed year of service, and
one day for each completed four months of service, EXCEPT that terminal leave
will NOT be granted:
a.
If disciplinary charges are pending
b.
If discontinuing police service with vested interest
c.
For time spent on extended leave without pay, unless mandated by law.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service wishes to apply for retirement or
discontinue police service with vested interest:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Notify commanding officer.
Telephone Police Pension Fund for instructions and an appointment
PRIOR to reporting for retirement processing.

COMMANDING 3.
OFFICER
4.

Have clerical member prepare PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE
OF SERVICE (PD520-013).
Sign PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE in
appropriate space and give form to retiring member.

5.

Report to Police Pension Fund in civilian clothes at least thirty days prior to
discontinuance of service (retirement or vested interest). A member applying
for terminal leave is requested to report to the Police Pension Fund at least ten
days prior to commencement of such leave to allow for clerical processing.
Request assignment to second platoon, if necessary.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED

6.
NOTE

A uniformed member wishing to terminate police duties IMMEDIATELY, who has used all
accrued time, vacation and/or terminal leave, MUST, after calling the Police Pension Fund for
an appointment, submit three copies of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041) to his
commanding officer, requesting LEAVE WITHOUT PAY for up to thirty days. This leave MAY
BE granted a member applying for discontinuance of police service. Upon approval of the
request by the unit commander, the member concerned MUST personally deliver all copies of the
LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT to the commanding officer of the next higher command for
approval and then present all copies to the Police Pension Fund for processing.

7.

Bring PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE and all
property listed thereon to Police Pension Fund. If additional tours of duty are to be
performed subsequent to appearance at the Police Pension Fund, report with
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE form ONLY.
Upon completion of last tour of duty, report with ALL property to Police Pension
Fund on date specified by Police Pension Fund personnel OR after last tour of duty.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-42

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

NOTE

When a valid reason exists for testing firearm(s) of member discontinuing police service,
member’s commanding officer or Executive Director, Police Pension Fund, will ensure the
preparation of REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521168), if applicable, and have member hand deliver firearm(s) with REQUESTS direct to
Firearms Analysis Section.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED
(continued)

8.

Deliver property and obtain receipt on PROPERTY RECEIPT DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE, as follows:
a.
Department Manual - to Executive Director, Police Pension Fund
b.
Shield - to Administrator-in-Charge, Employee Management Division
c.
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) - to Executive Director,
Police Pension Fund for perforation and return to member for delivery to
Administrator-In-Charge, Employee Management Division for re-issue
of IDENTIFICATION CARD marked “Retired”
d.
Firearm(s), if not previously vouchered - to Manhattan Property Clerk’s
Office if NOT applying for a handgun license. (Member discontinuing
police service will prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521141) at Property Clerk facility). Firearm(s) previously vouchered at
other borough Property Clerk Offices will be forwarded to the
Manhattan Property Clerk’s Office by the Property Clerk.
e.
Helmet and mace with holster - to Firearms and Tactics Section,
Police Headquarters range
f.
New York City Transit Police Pass MetroCards – to desk officer,
who will ensure that All MetroCards are hand delivered to the
Employee Management Division
g.
Long Island Rail Road and Metro-North Police Passes – to desk officer,
who will ensure that ALL Long Island Rail Road and Metro-North
Police Passes are hand delivered to the Employee Management Division
h.
Personal portable radio with all accessories – issued to members of the
service in the rank of captain and above to Communications Division,
Telecommunications Unit, One Police Plaza, Room 910B
i.
Cellular telephone with all accessories – if applicable, to
Communications Division, Telecommunications Unit, One Police
Plaza, Room 910B
j.
NYPD Restricted Parking Permit (Misc. 23-N), Headquarters Annex
Parking Permit (Misc. 814HQ-Annex) or any other Department issued
vehicle parking permit – if applicable, to issuing command’s integrity
control officer/counterpart, to ensure that return is recorded in
Department record book
k.
NYPD Vehicle Identification Plate (Misc. 740) – if applicable, to
command’s integrity control officer/counterpart, who will ensure that
the plate is forwarded by messenger to Internal Affairs Bureau,
Vehicle Identification Unit at 315 Hudson Street, Manhattan
l.
Personal laptop computer with all accessories – if applicable, (issued
to members of the service in the rank of captain and above) to
Management Information Systems Division, Distributed Computer
Section, One Police Plaza, C Level, Room A-74.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-42

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

NOTE

A member intending to apply for a handgun license will comply with instructions
received from the Executive Director, Police Pension Fund. Members who reside within
the confines of New York City MUST have HANDGUN LICENSE APPLICATION
(PD643-041) typed and notarized prior to reporting to the Police Pension Fund. A
member residing outside New York City must make application for a handgun license to
the licensing officer in the municipality in which the member resides.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED
(continued)

9.

10.
11.

DESK OFFICER 12.

13.
14.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Deliver to Executive Director, Police Pension Fund:
a.
Five copies of PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE
OF SERVICE indicating disposition of property
b.
Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if applicable.
Prepare and submit PENSION APPLICATION (PD440-045), which
grants terminal leave, if applicable.
Retain copy of:
a.
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
b.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if prepared.
Make Command Log entry from the endorsement made by the Executive
Director, Police Pension Fund on PROPERTY RECEIPT DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE.
a.
File copy of receipted form in Property Receipt Book.
Notify commanding officer and next higher command.
Notify roll call clerk.

The Police Pension Fund notifies uniformed members of the service well in advance of
their 63rd birthdate that such members are required, by law, to retire no later than
midnight of the eve of their 63rd birthdate. The member concerned MUST apply for and
take all leave, including vacation and terminal leave, PRIOR TO THAT DATE. Any
leave NOT TAKEN prior to the member’s 63rd birthdate WILL BE FORFEITED; the
member will receive NO COMPENSATION WHATSOEVER for time so forfeited.
No leaves of any kind may be granted after commencement of terminal leave, nor may
the member be placed on sick report, UNLESS such sick report results from an action
taken in the line of duty while on terminal leave.
A member who discontinues terminal leave PRIOR to the effective retirement date may
NOT be granted vacation for at least thirty days AFTER discontinuance of such leave. A
member may, however, apply for a thirty day leave of absence WITHOUT PAY, OR
return to full duty.
Prior to approval of a request for leave WITHOUT PAY of a member discontinuing
terminal leave, the approving officer (see P.G. 205-21, “Leave of Absence Without Pay
Thirty (30) Calendar Days or More”) MUST communicate with, and obtain the
approval of the Chief of Personnel.
A member on terminal leave who withdraws an application for retirement and
subsequently re-applies for retirement shall be subject to ALL the provisions of this
procedure. In addition, the effective date of retirement must be at least thirty days from
the date of re-application.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-42

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

A uniformed member of the service with sufficient reason may request his commanding
officer to mail his paycheck while he is on leave prior to retirement. The request shall
be prepared on Typed Letterhead and submitted with sufficient number of selfaddressed, stamped envelopes.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Discontinuation of Police Service - Resignation (P.G. 205-43)
Leave of Absence Without Pay Thirty (30) Calendar Days or More (P.G. 205-21)
Acquisition and Use of Department Issued New York City Transit Police Pass
MetroCards (P.G. 219-26)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)
PENSION APPLICATION (PD440-045)
HANDGUN LICENSE APPLICATION (PD643-041)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-43

DISCONTINUATION OF POLICE SERVICE - RESIGNATION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To facilitate the resignation of a uniformed member of the service.

DEFINITION

RESIGNATION - Voluntary separation from the Department other than
retirement/vested interest.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service decides to resign from the Department:

MEMBER
CONCERNED

1.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DESK OFFICER 8.
9.

10.
11.

NOTE

Report to permanent command and notify commanding officer.
a.
If commanding officer is NOT present, inform desk officer.
Instruct member that resignation bars reinstatement EXCEPT if approved
by the Police Commissioner within one year of date of resignation.
Request member concerned to complete, in ink, and sign appropriate
section of RESIGNATION AND EXIT INTERVIEW (PD452-151).
Interview member and record responses under appropriate captions of
RESIGNATION AND EXIT INTERVIEW.
Sign RESIGNATION AND EXIT INTERVIEW and distribute as
indicated on bottom of each copy of form.
Have command clerk prepare set of PROPERTY RECEIPT DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013).
Sign PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE.
Make Command Log entry of resignation.
Obtain New York City Transit Police Pass MetroCard and Long Island
Rail Road and/or Metro-North Rail Road Police Passes from resigning
member, if appropriate, and have hand delivered to the Employee
Management Division.
Notify Operations Unit that uniformed member is resigning.
Give member on duty at Operations Unit the following information
concerning resigning member:
a.
Rank
b.
Last name, first name, middle initial
c.
Shield number
d.
Tax registry number
e.
Social Security number
f.
Command
g.
Date of appointment
h.
Hour and date of resignation.

Operations Unit personnel will notify Communications Section (for transmittal of
FINEST Message), Internal Affairs Bureau, Payroll Section, Police Pension Fund and
Employee Management Division.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-43

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 6

DESK OFFICER 12.
(continued)

Assign member concerned to second platoon on last working day.
a.
If last working day of resigning member is on Saturday or Sunday,
member will report to Police Pension Fund for processing on Friday
and perform clerical duty in command on Saturday and Sunday.

13.

Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) listing firearms
to be safeguarded.
Prepare separate ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS
BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE
(PD424-150) for each firearm safeguarded.
Deliver firearms with PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and
ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE
OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to borough
Property Clerk’s Office, ONLY.
Report to Police Pension Fund on last working day in civilian clothes
with PROPERTY RECEIPT – DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE,
ALL property and two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
a.
Resigning uniformed member of the service will retain
‘Prisoner/Finder/Owner’ copy of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE as receipt for firearms.

RESIGNING
MEMBER

14.

15.

16.

NOTE

If uniformed member of the service refuses to report to Police Pension Fund for
processing, commanding officer will accept property and have it delivered to
appropriate commands.

17.

Deliver Department property to commands indicated below and obtain receipt
on PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE form.
a.
Department Manual (Patrol Guide, Administrative Guide,
Organization Guide and Detective Guide) - to Executive Director,
Police Pension Fund
b.
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) and shield - to
Administrator, Employment Section
c.
Helmet, mace and mace holster - to officer-in-charge, Firearms
and Tactics Section, Police Headquarters Range
d.
Personal portable radio with all accessories – issued to members of the
service in the rank of captain and above to Communications Division,
Telecommunications Unit, One Police Plaza, Room 910B
e.
Cellular telephone with all accessories – if applicable, to
Communications Division, Telecommunications Unit, One Police
Plaza, Room 910B
f.
NYPD Restricted Parking Permit (Misc. 23-N), Headquarters Annex
Parking Permit (Misc. 814HQ-Annex) or any other Department issued
vehicle parking permit – if applicable, to issuing command’s
integrity control officer/counterpart, to ensure that return is recorded
in Department record book

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-43

PAGE:

08/01/13

g.

RESIGNING
MEMBER
(continued)

h.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 6

NYPD Vehicle Identification Plate (Misc. 740) – if applicable, to
command’s integrity control officer/counterpart, who will ensure that
the plate is forwarded by messenger to Internal Affairs Bureau,
Vehicle Identification Unit at 315 Hudson Street
Personal laptop computer with all accessories – if applicable, (issued
to members of the service in the rank of captain and above) to
Management Information Systems Division, Distributed Computer
Section, One Police Plaza, C Level, Room A-74.

ALL uniformed members of the service MUST return the Patrol Guide. Detectives, detective
investigators and detective supervisors MUST return the Patrol Guide and Detective Guide.
All uniformed members of the service in the rank of lieutenant MUST return the Patrol
Guide and Administrative Guide. All uniformed members of the service in the rank of
captain and above MUST return the Patrol, Administrative, Detective and Organization
Guides.

18.
POLICE
PENSION FUND
19.
REPRESENTATIVE
20.

Examine PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
to insure that ALL property is returned or accounted for.
Prepare necessary resignation papers and give resigning member
appropriate instructions.
Forward to desk officer/counterpart following forms in Department mail:
a.
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
b.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.

DESK OFFICER 21.

File copy of PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
in Property Receipt Book.
Notify commanding officer, roll call clerk and next higher command of
resignation.

22.

IF MEMBER IS RESIGNING IN PERSON, NOT AT PERMANENT COMMAND,
AND WILL NOT REPORT TO POLICE PENSION FUND FOR PROCESSING:
DESK
OFFICER,
COMMAND OF
RESIGNATION

23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.

Prepare RESIGNATION AND EXIT INTERVIEW (five part snap-out).
Request member to sign form.
a.
If member refuses, so indicate.
Sign and distribute form as indicated in step “5” above.
Notify Operations Unit of member’s resignation.
a.
Operations Unit personnel will make required notifications.
Notify member’s permanent command of resignation.
Make Command Log entry of member’s resignation including names of
persons notified.
Question resigning member concerning location of property.
Instruct member concerned that benefits, pension contributions, etc., will
NOT be returned until ALL property is accounted for and that the Police
Commissioner will decide if resignation is without permission.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-43

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK
OFFICER,
COMMAND OF
RESIGNATION
(continued)

31.

DESK
OFFICER,
PERMANENT
COMMAND

33.

32.

34.
35.
36.
37.

4 of 6

Assign uniformed member to deliver property of resigning member to
permanent command.
Instruct resigning member to contact Police Pension Fund for instructions
concerning benefits.

Have following forms prepared:
a.
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
b.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c.
ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE
OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE.
Inspect member’s FORCE RECORD (PD406-143) to determine
Department property and firearms possessed by member.
Have uniformed supervisor and clerical member of the service open
member’s locker and obtain property.
Have uniformed member of the service deliver resigning member’s
firearms with related forms to borough Property Clerk’s Office.
Assign member to deliver PROPERTY RECEIPT – DISCONTINUANCE
OF SERVICE (five copies), two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
and ALL Department property to Police Pension Fund.

38.
POLICE
PENSION FUND
REPRESENT39.
ATIVE

Process papers of resigning member and check PROPERTY RECEIPT DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE to insure ALL Department property
and firearms are returned.
Forward to member’s permanent command a copy of:
a.
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
b.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.

DESK OFFICER 40.
PERMANENT
COMMAND

Check PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
to insure that ALL Department property and firearms of resigning
member are accounted for, and/or safeguarded.

IF MEMBER RESIGNS OTHER THAN IN PERSON (BY TELEGRAM,
REGISTERED LETTER, ETC.):
C.O./
SUPERVISING
OFFICER,
RECEIVING
RESIGNATION

C.O.,
PERSONNEL
ORDERS
SECTION

41.
42.

43.

Notify Operations Unit of member’s resignation.
a.
Operations Unit personnel will make required notifications.
Notify resigning member’s permanent command, if necessary.

Mail certified letter to member concerned acknowledging receipt and
acceptance of resignation.
a.
Advise member that Police Commissioner will decide if
resignation is without permission.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-43

MEMBER’S
C.O./
SUPERVISORY
HEAD

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

44.
45.
46.

5 of 6

Attempt to personally communicate with member to determine location
of Department property and member’s firearms.
Instruct member concerned that pension contributions, etc., will NOT be
returned until ALL property and firearms are returned and/or accounted for.
Have desk officer inspect FORCE RECORD of member to determine
what Department property and firearms are possessed by member.

DESK
OFFICER,
MEMBER’S
COMMAND

47.
48.
49.

Assign sergeant and clerical member of the service to open member’s
locker and obtain Department property.
Make Command Log entry of all facts.
Request desk officer of designated precinct to assign a supervisor to a
specified location to obtain member’s property.
a.
Precinct designated will be determined by location of property.

SUPERVISOR,
DESIGNATED
PRECINCT

50.
51.

Visit location(s) and obtain property.
Deliver property to desk officer of member’s permanent command.

DESK OFFICER 52.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Comply with steps “13” to “17” above, insofar as possible, regarding
preparation of forms and delivery of property to appropriate commands.

In an effort to facilitate vacation selections, uniformed members of the service in the
rank of police officer through deputy chief receive their entire vacation allotment on
January 1st of any given year. However, members concerned are reminded that they are
only entitled to use their entire vacation allotment if they are employed for the full year.
Uniformed members who resign during the calendar year may only use the amount of
vacation days based on the monthly accrual rates as follows:
a.
Uniformed members appointed PRIOR to July 1, 1988, as per P.G. 203-19,
“Vacation Policy”.
b.
Uniformed members appointed AFTER July 1, 1988 at the rate of:
(1)
2 ¼ days each month AFTER the first five years of service for a total of
twenty-seven vacation days
(2)
1 2/3 days each month PRIOR TO 5TH YEAR ANNIVERSARY for a total
of twenty vacation days.
NOTE: Uniformed member whose 5th year anniversary falls within calendar year
receives a prorated vacation accrual based on date of appointment.
A uniformed member of the service who uses vacation in excess of the accrual rates
PRIOR to resigning will be required to forfeit pay and/or reimburse the Department for
the paid vacation days used in excess of the accrual.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Vacation Policy (P.G. 203-19)
Acquisition and Use of Department Issued New York City Transit Police Pass
MetroCards (P.G. 219-26)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-43

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 6

ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE (PD424-150)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013)
RESIGNATION AND EXIT INTERVIEW (PD452-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-44

PISTOL LICENSE FOR RETIRING MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To expedite the issuance of a pistol license to a uniformed member of the service retiring.

PROCEDURE

A uniformed member of the service who desires to obtain a pistol license will,
prior to last tour of duty:

RETIRING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

Obtain pistol license from local police authority if a non- resident of City.
Prepare PISTOL LICENSE APPLICATION (PD643-041) complying
with directions on form.
a.
Two copies if resident of New York City
b.
Three copies if non-resident of New York City.
Request commanding officer to endorse reverse side of application under
caption, “Investigating Officer’s Recommendation.”

CLERICAL
MEMBER

4.

Fingerprint retiring member using:
a.
NON-CRIMINAL FINGERPRINT RECORD (PD423-144)
b.
New York State Non-Criminal Fingerprint Card (O13 OOIN)
c.
F.B.I. Applicant Form (FD258)

RETIRING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

Obtain three head type photographs, 1 ½ inch square
a.
If non-resident of New York City, four photographs are required.

NOTE

Photographs must have been taken within thirty days of application.

6.
7.

8.

9.

Report to Identification Section, Police Headquarters with fingerprints for
processing.
Report to Payroll/Pension Section to obtain Certificate of Service with
medical endorsement.
a.
If non-resident, an additional copy of Certificate of Service is
required for local police authority.
Prepare a U.S. Postal Money Order as follows:
a.
Seventy-four dollars payable to New York State Division of
Criminal Justice Services.
Report to Pistol License Section, Police Headquarters with the following
documents:
a.
PISTOL LICENSE APPLICATIONS and photographs
b.
Fingerprint forms
c.
Certificate of Service
d.
Money Order
e.
Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) if
firearms are in custody of Property Clerk.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-44

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A retiring uniformed member of the service who resides outside New York City must
obtain a New York State Pistol License from his local police authority prior to making
application to the Pistol License Section for a New York City License. Because the
retiring member cannot receive a Certificate of Service until his last working day, he
may be unable to receive his New York State License prior to his retirement date.
Therefore, the retiring member will deposit his firearms in the Manhattan Property
Clerk’s Office and upon receipt of his State License, comply with the above procedure.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Discontinuance Of Police Service Retirement-Vested Interest (P.G. 205-42)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

NON-CRIMINAL FINGERPRINT RECORD (PD423-144)
PISTOL LICENSE APPLICATION (PD643-041)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-45

CHRONIC ABSENCE CONTROL PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To curtail abuse of sick leave privileges.

DEFINITIONS

CHRONIC SICK - CATEGORY “A” - A uniformed member of the service who
reports sick for any reason, EXCEPT an initial line of duty absence OR for
hospitalization at any time, four or more times within a twelve month period.
CHRONIC SICK - CATEGORY “B” - A uniformed member of the service who
reports sick for any reason, EXCEPT initial line of duty OR for hospitalization at
any time, six or more times within a twelve month period; OR
For any reason EXCEPT an initial line of duty absence or for hospitalization at
any time, four or more times within a twelve month period and loses forty or
more workdays (not calendar days).

SCOPE

Outpatient service such as ambulatory surgery is not considered hospitalization
for the purpose of this procedure.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is initially designated “CHRONIC
ABSENT”:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER,
MEDICAL
DIVISION

Notify member’s commanding officer, in writing, by forwarding
appropriate copies of CHRONIC ABSENT NOTIFICATION (PD433-148).

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER

Notify member of such designation, by delivering original copy (white)
of CHRONIC ABSENT NOTIFICATION, after completing first
endorsement.
Indicate notification on member’s ABSENCE AND TARDINESS
RECORD (PD433-145).
Advise member that such designation will remain in effect according to
the following classification:
a.
CATEGORY “A” - for six months from date of return to duty
following last absence.
b.
CATEGORY “B” - for nine months from date of return to duty
following last absence.

3.
4.

NOTE

Subsequent sick reports, EXCLUDING initial line of duty or hospitalization, during the
six or nine month period will extend the designation period accordingly UNLESS such
designation is revoked on appeal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-45

PAGE:

08/01/13

WHEN A MEMBER
DESIGNATION
MEMBER
CONCERNED

REVISION NUMBER:

5.

6.

2 of 3

WISHES

TO

APPEAL

A

CHRONIC

SICK

Prepare report, in DUPLICATE, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the
Commanding Officer, Medical Division, within thirty days of chronic
absent designation, indicating the reason(s) for objection to designation.
Present report to commanding officer for review and recommendation.

COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER

Review report and forward, with endorsement, to Commanding Officer,
Medical Division.
a.
Include recommendation and reason(s) in support or denial of
appeal.

COMMANDING 8.
9.
OFFICER,
10.
MEDICAL
DIVISION
11.

Confer with Chief Surgeon and district surgeon concerned.
APPROVE/DISAPPROVE appeal.
Forward DISAPPROVED appeal to Chief of Personnel for final
determination.
Notify commanding officer of member concerned of results of appeal.

COMMANDING 12.
OFFICER

Inform member concerned of final determination.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The following restrictions shall apply to members designated Category “B”:
a.
Not eligible for Administrative Return
b.
Assignment to Special Medical District, regardless of residence and
existing medical district.
c.
Not permitted to leave residence without the express permission of the
Special Medical District Surgeon. Members violating this procedure
will be subject to Charges and Specifications, not Command Discipline.
Category “B” members who report sick and indicate an inability to travel, or who fail to
report to the Special Medical District when scheduled, will be visited by a supervising
officer of the Medical Division. Member will then be transported to the Special Medical
District (if able to travel). CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121) will be
prepared by a ranking officer from the Medical Division if Special Medical District
Surgeon determines that:
a.
the sick member was able to travel to the Special Medical District, OR
b.
the member displays no objective evidence of illness or injury claimed.
Category “B” members found fit for duty after examination by the Special Medical
District Surgeon and who report sick again for the SAME reason prior to their next
scheduled tour of duty, may be suspended from duty without pay if upon subsequent
examination by a surgeon, no objective findings of such illness or injury are found.
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS will be prepared by the Commanding Officer,
Medical Division.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-45

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

A FINEST message will be transmitted daily listing those members reporting sick within
the previous twenty-four hours and specifically identifying those who will report to the
Special Medical District instead of their own district surgeon. Members concerned will
be notified by their commanding officer.
Granting of applications or recommendations for discretionary benefits, including
promotion, extra compensation, designation, heightened assignments, off-duty
employment and scholarships will be discretionary while a member is Chronic Absent,
Category “A” or “B”. No discretionary benefits and privileges will be denied solely
because a member is Chronic Absent, Categories “A” or “B”.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)

FORMS &
REPORTS

ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
CHRONIC ABSENT NOTIFICATION (PD433-148)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-46

COUNSELING SERVICES UNIT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PURPOSE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

To ensure that all members of the service are informed about the Counseling
Services Unit.
DEPARTMENT COUNSELING GUIDELINES

SCOPE

The primary function of the Counseling Services Unit is to assist in the recovery
and return to full and productive service those members of the service who are
experiencing difficulties with alcohol, prescription medication, gambling or
finances. The Department’s objective, at all levels, is the early detection and
referral of its personnel for evaluation and treatment, either as a self-referral or
through a direct supervisory referral. The Counseling Services Unit is not a
disciplinary unit, nor a sanctuary for misconduct. To afford confidentiality to
members of the service who utilize this program, the Counseling Services Unit is
located in a non-Department facility located at: 189 Montague Street, 7th Floor,
Brooklyn, New York 11201; Monday through Friday between 0700-1800 hours.
During non-business hours the Counseling Services Unit may be contacted
through the Sick Desk Supervisor.
Alcoholism is a primary, chronic disease with genetic, psychosocial and
environmental factors influencing its development and manifestations. Untreated,
the disease is often progressive and fatal. It is characterized by continuous or
periodic impaired control over drinking, preoccupation with the drug alcohol, use
of alcohol despite adverse consequences, and distortions in thinking, most
notably denial. Alcoholism is a fully treatable disease, especially when
intervention occurs in the early stages. Self-referral, before the condition results
in personal tragedy or misconduct, is ideal. However, it must be emphasized that
denial and cover-up are inherent components of this disease. Therefore,
supervisors are a vital link to the process of early detection, referral, treatment
and recovery. A supervisor may contact the Counseling Services Unit and
request that a member be evaluated.
Federal law and regulations governing confidentiality prohibit disclosure of any
information or record pertaining to substance abuse treatment. The Counseling
Services Unit may not disclose any information that identifies a member as a
participant except under the following circumstances:
a.
b.
c.
d.

Written consent from the member concerned
Valid subpoena and U.S. District Court Order
Suspected child abuse
Danger to self or another

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-46

SCOPE
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Records maintained by the Counseling Services Unit are absolutely confidential
and not duplicated or forwarded anywhere within the Department. In nondisciplinary cases, when a supervisor officially refers a member, no report will be
prepared and no record of the referral will be noted in the member’s personnel
folder. Supervisors making referrals will only be advised as to the level of
cooperation and only on a need to know basis.
Members participating in this program will not jeopardize their promotional
opportunities. In addition, their current assignments will not ordinarily be
changed because of their participation in this program unless, due to the nature of
the assignment, a change is deemed to be in the best interests of all parties
concerned. However, participation in this program will not exempt a member of
the service from disciplinary action for specific acts of misconduct and the
consequences of such disciplinary action.
The services of the Counseling Services Unit are NOT available to members of
the service for illegal drug use. All members of the service are mandated by
provisions of “Administration of Drug Screening Tests for Cause,” (P.G. 205-30)
to make official notification to the commanding officer/duty captain, or Internal
Affairs Bureau/Command Center when illegal drug use is suspected.
Prior to final adjudication of a disciplinary matter, in all misconduct cases in
which the use of alcohol is indicated, an alcoholism assessment by the
Counseling Services Unit must be conducted. In addition, in appropriate cases, a
final adjudication of the disciplinary matter will be held in abeyance pending
completion of treatment for alcoholism. The Department Advocate’s Office or
the Office of the Special Prosecutor, as appropriate, will ensure that these steps
are taken.
In domestic violence cases, the Early Intervention Unit will refer the member to
the Domestic Incident Education Program. The Department Advocate’s Office
or the Office of the Special Prosecutor, as appropriate, will ensure that these
steps are taken.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-47

TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF FIREARMS IN NON-DISCIPLINARY
CASES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To temporarily remove a uniformed member of the service’s firearms and evaluate
that member's fitness to perform duty in non-disciplinary cases.

DEFINITION

RANKING OFFICER - For the purposes of this procedure only, a Department
surgeon, uniformed member of the service in the rank of captain or above, or
other competent authority.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a Department surgeon, uniformed member of the service in the rank of
captain or above, or other competent authority, determines that a member’s
firearms should be temporarily removed for non-disciplinary reasons (e.g., stress
as a result of family or other situations, suicidal tendencies, etc.) the following
steps will be complied with:

RANKING
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.
4.

Request response of Department psychologist, if warranted, through the Sick
Desk Supervisor.
Direct that the member’s pistols, revolvers, IDENTIFICATION CARD
(PD416-091), and shield be removed.
Deliver surrendered property to command where the order to surrender was
given.
Ascertain if member possesses additional firearms, i.e. pistols, revolvers,
rifles or shotguns:
a.
Question member directly
b.
Direct desk officer, command of surrender, to check member’s
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).

DESK
OFFICER,
COMMAND OF
SURRENDER

5.

NOTE

The command where any of the member’s pistols or revolvers are located may be
directed to retrieve the weapons and deliver them to either the member’s command or to
the command in which the investigation is being conducted, if appropriate.

6.

7.

Notify member’s permanent command and request a check of member’s
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143) to determine if all weapons listed have
been surrendered.
Arrange to obtain other additional firearms if necessary.

Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) prepared for
firearms obtained. Include on INVOICE notation “Property of uniformed
member of the service - Not to be returned without approval of
Commanding Officer, Medical Division.”
a.
Place shield, and IDENTIFICATION CARD into a Plastic
Security Envelope and seal. (Do not prepare INVOICE for these
items).
b.
Secure firearms, shield, and IDENTIFICATION CARD in the
command’s property locker.
c.
Make appropriate entries in Command Log.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-47

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

NOTE

Do not prepare REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT (PD524-152).

RANKING
OFFICER

8.
9.
10.

NOTE

Make notification to Early Intervention Unit. If closed, have notification
made at beginning of next business day.
Prepare detailed confidential report addressed to Commanding Officer,
Medical Division, and forward direct.
Forward copies of the report to:
a.
Director, Employee Management Division (Attention: Early
Intervention Unit) in all cases.
b.
The member’s commanding officer in all cases.
c.
Chief of Internal Affairs Bureau (IAB) only if the incident generates
an IAB log number. (Notify IAB Command Center of results of
investigation).
d.
Investigative unit concerned (i.e. borough/bureau investigations unit)
only if further investigation of the incident is necessary.

If the incident involves corruption/serious misconduct, comply with P.G. 206-08,
“Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member of the Service,” or P.G. 206-10, “Modified
Assignment,” P.G. 206-17, “Removal and Restoration of Firearms” and P.G. 207-21,
“Allegations of Corruption and Serious Misconduct Against Members of the Service.”

11.

Direct member concerned to:
a.
Report to his/her permanent command at 0900 hours for each tour of
duty that falls on a business day (Monday through Friday).
b.
Work normally assigned tour hours whenever tour of duty falls on a
weekend (Saturday or Sunday) or holiday.
c.
Be assigned to non-enforcement duties.
d.
Follow steps 11a. -11c. as indicated above until an evaluation
determination and further reporting instructions from the
Commanding Officer, Medical Division are received.

COMMANDING 12.
13.
OFFICER,
MEDICAL
14.
DIVISION

Review confidential report prepared by ranking officer.
Determine with supervisory psychologist if member concerned should be
evaluated by the Psychological Evaluation Unit.
Notify member concerned to appear at Psychological Evaluation Unit if
determination is made that member requires evaluation.

WHEN IT IS DETERMINED THAT THERE IS A MEDICAL OR
PSYCHOLOGICAL REASON FOR THE MEMBER’S FIREARMS TO BE
OFFICIALLY REMOVED
COMMANDING 15.
OFFICER,
MEDICAL
DIVISION

Have member’s firearms officially removed when deemed necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-47

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

NOTE

Medical Division will be responsible for:
a.
Placing member on restricted duty.
b.
Issuing a Firearms Removal serial number.
c.
Preparing REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT
and forwarding it to desk officer, command of surrender.
d.
Notify commands concerned regarding member’s status and the official
removal of firearms.
e.
Directing member to report to Employee Management Division for a
restricted duty IDENTIFICATION CARD.

DESK
OFFICER,
COMMAND OF
SURRENDER

16.

Upon receipt of REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS
REPORT from Medical Division, comply with P.G. procedure 20617, “Removal and Restoration of Firearms,” regarding the forwarding of
firearms, shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD.

WHEN DETERMINATION IS MADE THAT MEMBER DOES NOT
REQUIRE A PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION OR A PSYCHOLOGICAL
EVALUATION FINDS NO BASIS TO OFFICIALLY REMOVE THE
MEMBER’S FIREARMS
COMMANDING 17.
OFFICER,
MEDICAL
DIVISION

Notify desk officer, command of surrender and also member’s permanent
command, if different that:
a.
There is no medical/psychological objection to returning the
member’s firearms, shield, and IDENTIFICATION CARD.
b.
Member must report to the Early Intervention Unit on the next
business day.

18.

Make:
a
Return call to Medical Division to verify authenticity of the
notification
b.
Entry in Telephone Record.
Notify commanding officer and roll call personnel.
Return firearms, shield, and IDENTIFICATION CARD to member.
Ensure that member reports to the Early Intervention Unit on the next
business day.
Make Command Log entry.

DESK
OFFICER,
COMMAND OF
SURRENDER/
MEMBER’S
PERMANENT
COMMAND

19.
20.
21.
22.

EARLY
INTERVENTION
UNIT

23.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The interview with the Early Intervention Unit may take place after the member’s firearms
have been returned provided the interview takes place on the next business day.

Conduct Career Guidance Interview with the member upon arrival at the
Early Intervention Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-47

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

AUTHORIZATION TO SAFEGUARD FIREARMS AT MEMBER’S COMMAND DUE
TO A CURRENT PERSONAL PROBLEM
When a member believes that possession of firearms, during off-duty hours, could
further aggravate a current personal problem, (e.g. potential domestic violence
accusations), the member concerned may request that his/her firearms be safeguarded at
the command. The desk officer must make a Command Log entry each tour the member
elects to safeguard his/her firearms. The entry will indicate the date, time, rank, name
and tax registry number of the member making the request, and the serial numbers of all
firearms being safeguarded. An entry concerning the justification for this type of
request is not required. A notification in the margin of the original entry will also be
made indicating the date and time the firearms were returned to the member. The
member will continue to perform full duty according to the normal duty chart or work
schedule. At the conclusion of each tour the member may deliver his/her firearms to the
desk officer until the personal problem is rectified.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Cause For Suspension/Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-08)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Removal Of Firearms From Intoxicated Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-12)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT (PD 524-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-48

EVALUATIONS - GENERAL - MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To ensure that each uniformed and civilian member of the service is evaluated at least once
each year.

PROCEDURE

To provide guidance to processing the evaluation of uniformed and civilian members
of the service:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER
CONCERNED
2.

Utilize the “Evaluations Due” computer application in the NYPD Intranet
and examine command roster to determine which members of the command
may require a PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.
Assign supervisor(s) to evaluate performance of subordinates.
a.
Designate an appropriate supervisor to prepare PERFORMANCE
EVALUATIONS of members assigned to the VIPER units, if
applicable.

3.

Prepare appropriate PERFORMANCE EVALUATION form according to
directions contained on the form and in the Performance Evaluation Guide.
Examine ratee’s CPI record, Department recognition, sick record, commendation
letters, CCRB record, for entries pertaining to the rating period, as well as any other
record of performance documentation (e.g., Command Discipline Log, Minor
Violations Log, etc.).
Comment on all Performance Areas/Behavioral Dimensions rated below
competent (i.e., rated either 2 or 1).
Discuss the Department’s equal employment opportunity (EEO) policy with ratee.
a.
Make all evaluation decisions in accordance with the Department’s EEO
policy to ensure compliance
b.
Record any disciplinary action received by a member of the service that
was a result of an EEO related issue (see “ADDITIONAL DATA”)
c.
Record comments in the section devoted to the “Overall Rater’s
Comments”, indicating that the employee’s rights and responsibility
regarding EEO issues were discussed
d.
Record comments in the section devoted to the “Overall Rater’s
Comments”, indicating how well a supervisor has demonstrated his/her
compliance with the Department’s EEO policy.
Report efforts made to improve attendance of members who are classified
“Chronic Absent - Category A” or “Chronic Absent - Category B.”
a.
Include a statement concerning efforts made to improve attendance.
Confer with ratee’s former supervisor and consult transfer PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION if observation of ratee is of a limited duration, when appropriate.
a.
Include identity of supervisor conferred with in Overall Rater’s Comments.
Forward completed PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to appropriate
reviewer by entering the reviewer’s tax registry number.

RATER

4.

5.
6.

7.

8.

9.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-48

REVIEWER

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.
11.

12.

2 of 5

Review all PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS of subordinate
personnel.
Ensure the ratings of members designated “Chronic Absent” are accurate
and objectively reflect the ratee’s performance and the impact of
absenteeism on such performance.
a.
Give consideration to attendance record of ratee who is classified
“Chronic Absent - Category A” in determining appropriate overall
rating.
b.
Consider evaluating ratee “Very Low” if member is or has been
classified as “Chronic Absent - Category B” during the rating
period.
Provide additional comments regarding the ratee’s performance and
submit PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to rater.

WHEN REVIEWER IS IN DISAGREEMENT WITH RATER’S EVALUATION
13.

Prepare additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATION if in disagreement with
any portion of the rater’s evaluation of ratee.
a.
Forward the additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to
immediate supervisor for review by entering the immediate
supervisor’s tax registry number.

14.
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/
COMMANDING
OFFICER

Review the additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATION prepared by initial
reviewer and add comments as the new reviewer.
a.
Submit the additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to initial
reviewer.

15.

Discuss the additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATION with ratee after
comments have been made by executive officer/commanding officer.

REVIEWER

INITIAL
REVIEWER

IN ALL CASES WHEN A PERFORMANCE EVALUATION IS PREPARED
INITIAL
REVIEWER/
RATER

16.
17.

18.
19.

Discuss PERFORMANCE EVALUATION with ratee after the rater and the
reviewer have made comments.
Comply with P.G. 205-58, “Appeal of Evaluation – Uniformed Members of the
Service” or P.G. 205-59, “Appeal of Evaluation – Civilian Member of the
Service,” when member of the service appeals his/her PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION.
a.
Notify commanding officer of ratee’s decision to appeal.
Print PERFORMANCE EVALUATION for signature of ratee, rater, and
reviewer.
Schedule and conduct interview with ratee.
a.
Be cognizant of any scheduled vacations or absences that may cause a
delay in conducting the interview and “finalizing” of PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-48

INITIAL
REVIEWER/
RATER
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

20.
21.
22.

COMMANDING 23.
OFFICER/
REVIEWER

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

3 of 5

Provide a copy of PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to ratee at interview.
Ensure that a completed and signed PERFORMANCE EVALUATION is
filed in the member’s command folder.
Certify evaluation process as complete by “finalizing” PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION.
a.
Submit PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS prior to leaving for
vacation or other leave, if such absence would cause a delay in preparation
and/or submission of the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.
Prepare interim PERFORMANCE EVALUATION if significant change
occurs in ratee’s performance or as otherwise directed.
a.
If a ratee receives an overall evaluation of below competent (2.5 or
lower) or is rated extremely competent (5.0), the reviewer must be
in the rank of captain or above, or selected civilian managerial
titles.
b.
If ratee is in any Performance Monitoring Program, the reviewer
must be the commanding officer. The commanding officer will
consult with all appropriate supervisors prior to making any comments.
Review delinquent PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS recapitulation on the
NYPD Intranet Home Page (Evaluations Due) frequently to determine status of
overdue PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS (see “ADDITIONAL DATA”).
Ensure all PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS are forwarded
electronically after completion by utilizing the “Print Command
Evaluations” feature on the main menu.
a.
This feature provides a supervisor in the rank of lieutenant or above
to view all finalized PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS in the
command.
Ensure a signed copy of the original PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
prepared for a probationary police officer, probationary sergeant,
probationary lieutenant and probationary captain is forwarded to the
Employee Management Division, Probationary Monitoring Unit.
Direct rater being transferred or retiring to prepare PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION for each member the rater is regularly required to
evaluate, prior to transfer/retirement.
Direct that a transfer PERFORMANCE EVALUATION be prepared for
members transferred.
a.
Forward PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to member’s new
command.
Ensure that members are rated in the command to which assigned or temporarily
assigned on the last day of the rating period (conferrals may be made if required).
a.
If a member of the service is not observed during the rating period,
(i.e., sick report, leave, retired or resigned, etc.), an explanation, including
dates, must be entered on PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-48

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS and guidebooks for the ranks of police officer through
captain, and civilian sub-managerial employees may be found by accessing the Online Evaluation
System via the Department Intranet. Commanding officers will ensure additional copies of
guidebooks are made available in the command reference library.
Probationary members of the service do not receive annual PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS.
An annual PERFORMANCE EVALUATION will be prepared during the next rating period after
a member attains permanent rank.
Uniformed members of the service who are in rank on probation (e.g., entry-level probationary
police officers, probationary sergeants, etc.) and civilian members of the service who have not
completed their probationary period or have served less than two years in a provisional status
are not permitted to appeal their PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.
All newly promoted sergeants, lieutenants and captains are on probation in rank for a
period of twelve months unless cause exists to extend such period for an additional six
months. Extension of probation beyond twelve months may be authorized on a case-bycase basis.
A waiver of probation may be requested after six months. This request must be made by
the probationary member’s commanding officer and accompanied by the fourth month
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION. All requests are to be forwarded through channels
to the Employee Management Division.
Members of the service are reminded that appraisal of subordinates’ performance is a
continuous process. The use of an annual evaluation system DOES NOT relieve supervisors of
their responsibility to monitor and document subordinates’ performance throughout the rating
period. The “Evaluations Due” web page provides a roster of annual and probationary
PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS that are due for specific personnel. Certain commands
are required to provide additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS (i.e., investigative
track commands and requests due to monitoring). The Online Evaluation System does not
preclude commands from providing additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS when
necessary.
When preparing a PERFORMANCE EVALUATION, the rater will take into account the
ratee’s performance concerning equal employment opportunity (EEO) issues. EEO factors
having a bearing on the rating in that category will include, but not be limited to, whether the
member has engaged in conduct that violates provisions of the Department Manual, Title VII,
other applicable equal employment opportunity laws, or the Department’s equal employment
opportunity policy.
In addition, raters will ensure that recognition is given to members who utilize their
language proficiency for translation and interpretation in the performance of their
regular duties, or as part of the volunteer language initiative. The use of this skill shall
be afforded the same recognition as any other special skill needed by the Department.
Any experience gained while serving as a translator/interpreter in criminal investigations
will be included in the Overall Rater’s Comments of the PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION. Commanding officers will ensure that evaluations of volunteer members
are not negatively affected by their assignment to translation/interpretation duties. These
tasks shall be evaluated as a proportionate part of their assigned duties.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-48

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

When a sub-managerial civilian member is transferred, the commanding
officer/supervisory head will direct that the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION is
completed online and the form is forwarded to the Employee Management Division and to
the new command. The ratee will be given a copy of the form. The immediate supervisor
in the new command will prepare a new Task and Standards of the ratee’s new
assignment via the Online Evaluation System.
If excessive absence, tardiness or poor performance is cited as a reason(s) for a BELOW
STANDARDS or WELL BELOW STANDARDS rating, include a copy of the appropriate form
including: ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145), CIVILIAN RECORD OF
SUPERVISORY CONFERENCES (SUB-MANAGERIAL) (PD433-1411), CIVILIAN
LATENESS/WARNING NOTIFICATION (PD449-122), or CIVILIAN UNSATISFACTORY
PERFORMANCE WARNING (PD439-012), when appropriate.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Chronic Absence Control Program (P.G. 205-45)
Police Officer’s Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System (P.G. 205-57)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)
Appeal of Evaluation - Civilian Member of the Service (P.G. 205-59)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)
CIVILIAN RECORD OF SUPERVISORY CONFERENCES (SUB-MANAGERIAL) (PD4331411)
CIVILIAN LATENESS/WARNING NOTIFICATION (PD449-122)
CIVILIAN UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE WARNING (PD439-012)
Online Performance Evaluation Guide

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-49

EVALUATION OF PROBATIONARY POLICE OFFICERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To insure proper evaluation of probationary police officers.

PROCEDURE

Before a probationary police officer is permanently assigned to a command:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER,
2.
POLICE
3.
ACADEMY

Ensure preparation of two copies of RECRUIT EVALUATION
(PD439-1412), prior to permanent assignment.
Forward original to permanent command.
Forward duplicate to Employee Management Division upon assignment
to permanent command.

COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER/
5.
SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED
(PERMANENT
COMMAND)

Evaluate continuously, the conduct and performance of probationary
police officers.
Evaluate probationary police officers via the Online Evaluation System
available on the Department’s Intranet, three times during their
probationary period: the tenth, sixteenth and twenty-second month.

NOTE

The first sixteen months of a probationary police officer’s field assignment is a critical
phase in the training and maturation of a new police officer. Supervisors must
conscientiously evaluate probationary police officers to ensure that members who are
unable to satisfactorily perform their duties are identified.
In addition to evaluation reports, commanding officers will submit the following reports
during the probationary period as they occur, on Typed Letterhead.
a.
Request for Charges and Specifications to First Deputy Commissioner.
b.
Report of any matter that may bear upon the fitness of probationer to Chief of
Personnel in a sealed envelope.

COMMANDING 6.
OFFICER
(PERMANENT
COMMAND)
7.

NOTE

Ensure that twenty-second month evaluation specifically recommends
“Permanent Appointment,” “Extension of Probation” or “Termination of
Services,” in reviewer’s comments area.
a.
Notify the Performance Analysis Section whenever a probationary
police officer receives an overall evaluation less than 3.0.
Forward completed PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS via
Department
Intranet
by
finalizing
the
PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION online.
a.
Ensure a signed copy of the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION is
printed out and forwarded to Probationary Monitoring Unit, One
Police Plaza, Room 1000.

When recommending “Termination of Services” or “Extension of Probation” a detailed report to
Chief of Personnel, including all pertinent facts related to the probationary police officer’s
performance, will be forwarded with a copy of the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION. If
warranted, these recommendations may also be forwarded at any time during the probationary
period, prior to the twenty-second month anniversary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-49

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The probationary period should be utilized to closely scrutinize the member’s
performance to assess his or her abilities as a police officer. The entry level
probationary period may be extended an additional six months, if necessary, to allow the
Department more time to further review and evaluate a probationer’s suitability to
remain a police officer. When a probationary officer is transferred to a command, his or
her performance from the previous command must be reviewed. Interim evaluations
should be prepared when it is apparent there is a problem with an officer’s
performance. The rater will discuss the probationary evaluation with the ratee. This
will make the probationary officer aware of his or her performance and also place those
probationary officers with a “below standards” evaluation on notice that their
performance must show an improvement. When a commanding officer becomes aware
that a probationary officer’s performance may be below standards, supervisors should
be instructed to carefully document the member’s performance by utilizing the minor
violations log, command discipline, and when appropriate, charges and specifications.
The probationer will be notified of the observed performance deficiencies and instructed
on proper Department procedure. Written documentation that the probationer was
instructed and counseled will be maintained in the officer’s personnel folder.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

RECRUIT EVALUATION (PD439-1412)
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE OFFICER - DETECTIVE SPECIALIST
(Online Evaluation System)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-50

EVALUATION OF POLICE OFFICERS AND DETECTIVES ASSIGNED
TO INVESTIGATIVE DUTIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that each uniformed member is evaluated each year while assigned to
investigative duties.

PROCEDURE

Prior to the scheduled evaluation of uniformed members of the service:

RATER

1.

NOTE

The first fifteen months of an investigative assignment is a critical phase in the training and
development of a new investigator. Supervisors must conscientiously evaluate police
officers/investigators to ensure that members who are not suited for investigative work are not
retained in such assignments. If there is a change in performance after the fifteenth month, the
member’s supervisor MUST immediately submit an interim evaluation.

2.
3.

REVIEWER

4.

5.

Evaluate police officers assigned to investigative (Detective Track) duties two
times during their initial fifteen months in such assignment, (eighth, and fifteenth
month), using form PERFORMANCE EVALUATION -DETECTIVES
AND POLICE OFFICERS ASSIGNED TO DETECTIVE TRACK
COMMANDS (Online Evaluation System).

Evaluate police officers/investigators annually after the initial fifteen
months.
Evaluate
detectives/investigators
annually,
using
form
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION - DETECTIVES AND POLICE
OFFICERS ASSIGNED TO DETECTIVE TRACK COMMANDS
(Online Evaluation System).
Comment on the ratee’s performance and potential for continuation in an
investigative assignment and eventual promotion to detective for all
police officers/investigators.
Review and sign EVALUATION form.

NOTE

When an investigator is designated “Chronic Absent - Category B,” it is presumed that the
investigator is performing in a substandard manner. If the performance of the “Category B”
investigator is rated higher than “Low”, the rater must demonstrate how the performance was
achieved in spite of the absence record of the investigator. In all cases, the rater must state if the
ratee should remain in the investigative assignment. If ratee is a detective, determine if ratee should
retain such designation or have such designation revoked and be reassigned.

RATER

6.
7.

8.

Audit the investigative time accrued by members assigned to command.
Ensure that eighth and fifteenth month evaluations are prepared and
promptly forwarded for police officers/investigators assigned to the
command.
Ensure the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION has been finalized.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-50

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Chronic Absence Control Program (P.G. 205-45)
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION - DETECTIVES AND POLICE OFFICERS ASSIGNED
TO DETECTIVE TRACK COMMANDS (Online Evaluation System)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-51

EVALUATIONS OF POLICE OFFICERS AND DETECTIVES ASSIGNED
TO NON-INVESTIGATIVE DUTIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To ensure that each uniformed member of the service in the rank of police officer
or detective, who is not assigned to investigative duties, is evaluated at least once
each year.

PROCEDURE

Prior to evaluation period:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER
RATER
(IMMEDIATE
SUPERVISOR)

2.

3.

NOTE

Assign supervisor(s) to evaluate performance of subordinates.

Evaluate police officers annually upon completion of their probationary
period on form PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE
OFFICER - DETECTIVE SPECIALIST (Online Evaluation System).
Examine POLICE OFFICERS MONTHLY PERFORMANCE REPORTS
(PD439-1414) prepared during the rating period for each police officer being
evaluated in enforcement commands. The annual total of quarterly points awarded
should conform to the overall evaluation.

Raters should refer to P.G. 205-57, “Police Officer’s Monthly/Quarterly Performance
Review and Rating System.”

4.

Evaluate Detective Specialist, Detective 2nd Grade and Detective 1st
Grade not assigned to investigative duties (e.g., Personnel Orders Section,
Operations Unit) using form PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
POLICE OFFICER - DETECTIVE SPECIALIST (Online
Evaluation System).

REVIEWER

5.

Review and sign PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE
OFFICER - DETECTIVE SPECIALIST (Online Evaluation System).

RATER

6.

Forward completed PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS via Department
Intranet by finalizing the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION online.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Police Officer’s Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System (P.G. 205-57)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE OFFICER - DETECTIVE
SPECIALIST (Online Evaluation System)
POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY PERFORMANCE REPORT (PD439-1414)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-52

EVALUATION OF SERGEANTS/LIEUTENANTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To ensure that each uniformed member of the service in the rank of sergeant and
lieutenant is evaluated at least once each year.

PROCEDURE

Prior to the scheduled evaluation of uniformed members of the service:

RATER

1.

NOTE

Raters must conscientiously evaluate probationary sergeants and lieutenants to ensure that
members who are unable to satisfactorily perform their duties are identified. Interim evaluations
are to be submitted when necessary, (e.g., change in the ratee’s performance, etc.).

RATER

2.

Evaluate probationary sergeants on form PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION SERGEANT (Online Evaluation System) and
probationary lieutenants on form PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
LIEUTENANT (Online Evaluation System), two times during their
probationary period, at the fourth and tenth month. The sixteenth month
evaluation is only required for sergeants and lieutenants whose probation has
been extended.

3.

Evaluate sergeants and lieutenants annually upon completion of their
probationary period on appropriate PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
REPORTS.
Confer with commanding officer, when evaluating sergeants or
lieutenants assigned as precinct detective squad supervisors/commanders.
Record this conferral in the “Overall Rater’s Comments” section, noting
the precinct commander’s overall evaluation of the ratee.

REVIEWER

4.

Review and sign EVALUATION.

RATER

5.

Forward completed PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS via Department
Intranet by finalizing the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION online.
a.
Ensure a signed copy of the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION is
printed out for probationary sergeants and probationary lieutenants and
forwarded to Probationary Monitoring Unit, One Police Plaza, Room
1000.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Rater performing evaluation of a precinct detective squad supervisor or commander will
confer with the precinct commanding officer to ascertain the commanding officer’s
overall evaluation of the precinct detective squad supervisor/commander’s performance.
Conferral with the precinct commanding officer and the precinct commanding officer’s
overall evaluation will be noted in the RATER COMMENTS section of the precinct
detective squad supervisor/commander’s annual performance evaluation.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SERGEANT (Online Evaluation System)
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION LIEUTENANT (Online Evaluation System)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-53

EVALUATION OF SUB-MANAGERIAL CIVILIAN PERSONNEL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that sub-managerial civilian members of the service are evaluated at
least once each year.

PROCEDURE

During the evaluation period:

RATER

1.

NOTE

A list of tasks and standards specific to each civilian title may be obtained from the Employee
Management Division’s Testing and Research Unit.

2.
3.

4.

Inform ratee at beginning of evaluation period of principal tasks and standards
upon which ratings will be based.

Record tasks and standards on page 2 of PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CIVILIAN - SUB-MANAGERIAL (PD439-152).
Discuss tasks and standards entered on form with ratee.
a.
Enter date and sign form.
b.
Give form to ratee for signature.
Submit form to reviewer for examination and signature.

COMMANDING 5.
OFFICER

Prepare and forward Typed Letterhead to Assistant Commissioner, Employee
Management Division, indicating that all sub-managerial civilian personnel have
been interviewed concerning tasks and expected standards of performance.

6.

Complete “Actual Performance Section” (page 3) of PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION - CIVILIAN - SUB-MANAGERIAL at conclusion of
rating period.
a.
Complete appropriate captions on page 1 of form.
b.
Rater prepares an original and two additional copies.
Discuss completed evaluation with ratee.
a.
Have ratee sign all three copies (this signature does not mean that
ratee agrees with evaluation).
b.
Supply one copy to ratee.
Forward original and one copy to reviewer.

RATER

7.

8.
REVIEWER

9.

COMMANDING 10.
OFFICER

Examine and sign form.
a.
After review, forward one copy to commanding officer.
b.
File remaining copy in ratee’s personal folder at command.
Forward original to Employee Management Division with Typed
Letterhead listing members who have been evaluated.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-53

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

When a sub-managerial civilian member is transferred, the commanding
officer/supervisory head will direct that the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CIVILIAN - SUB-MANAGERIAL is completed and that the form is forwarded to the
Employee Management Division. The ratee will be given a copy of the form. The
immediate supervisor in the new command will prepare a new PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION - CIVILIAN - SUB-MANAGERIAL listing tasks and standards of the
ratee’s new assignment.
If ratee performs below competent standard in the overall evaluation rating, the
commanding officer MUST be the reviewer.
Comment on all areas rated BELOW STANDARDS or WELL BELOW STANDARDS and all
areas rated ABOVE STANDARDS or WELL ABOVE STANDARDS.
If excessive absence, tardiness or poor performance are cited as reasons for a BELOW
STANDARDS or WELL BELOW STANDARDS rating, include a copy of the appropriate form
including: CIVILIAN RECORD OF SUPERVISORY CONFERENCES (SUBMANAGERIAL) (PD433-1411), CIVILIAN LATENESS/WARNING NOTIFICATION
(PD449-122), or CIVILIAN UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE WARNING (PD439012), when appropriate.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Civilian Member of the Service (P.G. 205-59)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION - CIVILIAN - SUB-MANAGERIAL (PD439-152)
CIVILIAN RECORD OF SUPERVISORY CONFERENCES (SUB-MANAGERIAL)
(PD433-1411)
CIVILIAN LATENESS/WARNING NOTIFICATION (PD449-122)
CIVILIAN UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE WARNING (PD439-012)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-54

EVALUATION OF CAPTAIN THROUGH DEPUTY CHIEF
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that each uniformed member of the service in the rank of captain
through deputy chief, as well as police surgeons and deputy chief surgeon is
evaluated at least once each year.

PROCEDURE

During the evaluation period:

RATER

1.

NOTE

All newly promoted captains are on probation for a period of twelve months unless
cause exists to extend such period for an additional six months. Extension of probation
beyond twelve months may be authorized on a case-by-case basis.
Interim
PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS are to be submitted when necessary (e.g., change
in the ratee’s performance, etc). Raters must conscientiously evaluate probationary
captains to ensure that members who are unable to satisfactorily perform their duties
are identified. Those members in the rank of captain who are on probation, yet are
serving in the capacity of commanding officer, may be rated on PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION CAPTAIN THROUGH DEPUTY CHIEF (PD439-1517). The bureau
chief concerned will make the determination of which evaluation instrument is best
suited to the ratee.

RATER

2.

NOTE

This evaluation instrument is based on a Management By Objectives (MBO) system. This system
is flexible, allowing changes to be made to each Key Result Area as circumstances dictate. This
allows raters and ratees to better address actual problems and priorities as they arise.

3.
4.
5.

6.
7.

REVIEWER

8.

Evaluate probationary captains three times during probationary period, on
the 4th, 10th, and 16th month, if necessary, using the PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION CAPTAIN (PD439-1518).

Evaluate permanent captains through deputy chiefs, as well as police
surgeons and deputy chief surgeons using the PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION CAPTAIN THROUGH DEPUTY CHIEF.

Discuss and define five Key Result Areas (KRAs) with the ratee at the
beginning of the rating period.
Discuss and define the “Performance Expectations” for each KRA and
the “Action Plans” by which to attain results.
Record the KRAs and “Performance Expectations” on page 2 of the
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CAPTAIN THROUGH DEPUTY
CHIEF.
Record the actual “Performance Achievements” on the form at the end of
the rating period.
Discuss and measure the individual’s performance during the postappraisal interview, using the predetermined criteria.
Review and sign EVALUATION.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-54

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

RATER

9.

Forward a copy of PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CAPTAIN
THROUGH DEPUTY CHIEF to Director, Employee Management Division at
beginning of rating period (July 1st.).

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Captains assigned as precinct commanders will be rated by patrol borough operations
commander and the patrol borough commander will serve as the reviewing officer.
Deputy Inspectors and above assigned as precinct commanders will be rated by the
patrol borough adjutant and the patrol borough commanding officer will serve as the
reviewing officer. Rater will use PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CAPTAIN for
captains that are on probation. Rater will use PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
CAPTAIN THROUGH DEPUTY CHIEF for all other captain evaluations.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CAPTAIN THROUGH DEPUTY CHIEF (PD4391517)
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CAPTAIN (PD439-1518)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-55

EVALUATION OF ASSISTANT CHIEFS AND ABOVE/CIVILIAN
MANAGERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that each uniformed member of the service in the rank of assistant
chief and above as well as civilian employees in the management pay plan, is
evaluated at least once each year.

PROCEDURE

During the evaluation period:

RATER

1.

2.

3.

4.

NOTE

Discuss key responsibilities and performance expectations with ratee at
the beginning of the evaluation period.
a.
If ratee’s immediate supervisor is transferred during the rating period, the
newly assigned rater will discuss the previously determined
responsibilities and expectations and determine if revisions are required.
Record the key responsibilities and performance expectations in section
“A” of MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION (PD4391521). Assign an importance level to each responsibility.
Record in section “B” the relative importance of each of the pre-identified
Citywide responsibilities and performance expectations to the ratee’s specific
position.
Forward a copy of MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
to the Director, Employee Management Division at the beginning of the
rating period (January 1st).

A revision in performance expectations or key responsibilities may be made at any time
during the evaluation period. When a revision is made, the ratee must be notified and a
new MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION must be prepared, including a
notation identifying the change, signed by both the rater and ratee.

5.
6.

Assign ratings to key responsibilities and discuss with ratee at end of
rating period.
Forward completed MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
to reviewer.

7.

Review, sign and forward completed MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION to Director, Employee Management Division.

COMMANDING 8.
OFFICER/
SUPERVISORY
HEAD

Ensure that an evaluation is prepared and forwarded to Director, Employee
Management Division if ratee is transferred during rating period.

REVIEWER

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-55

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9.
NEW
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
SUPERVISORY
HEAD

2 of 2

Discuss key responsibilities and performance expectations with ratee and enter
on new MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)
Appeal of Evaluation - Civilian Member of the Service (P.G. 205-59)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION (PD439-1521)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-56

POLICE OFFICER'S ANNUAL EVALUATION UTILIZING THE
MONTHLY/QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE REVIEW AND RATING
SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that the Annual Overall Evaluation rating assigned to a police officer
on the annual PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE OFFICER DETECTIVE SPECIALIST (Online Evaluation System) corresponds to the
annual total of quarterly points awarded under the Police Officer’s
Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System

PROCEDURE

When preparing annual evaluations of police officers and detective specialists:

RATER

1.

NOTE

The POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY PERFORMANCE REPORTS and the
Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System should be the primary basis
and documentation for the annual evaluation of police officers.

2.

Examine POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY PERFORMANCE
REPORTS (PD439-1414) prepared during the rating period for each police
officer assigned to patrol duties being evaluated in enforcement commands.

Assign Overall Evaluation using the following chart that illustrates the
expected correlation between total annual points earned and the
assignment of the annual Overall Evaluation.

TOTAL ANNUAL POINTS
60-68
55-59
48-54
40-47
BELOW 40

OVERALL EVALUATION
4.5 TO 5.0
4.0 TO 4.5
3.5 TO 4.0
3.0
2.5 AND BELOW

NOTE

In assigning quarterly points during the year, supervisors must expect to avoid any
inconsistency between the sum of quarterly points to be totaled at the end of the year for
a police officer and the rating designation in the Overall Evaluation category on the
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.

REVIEWER

3.

NOTE

The Monthly Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System, when used properly,
will provide an indication of the appropriate Overall Evaluation. There will, however be
exceptions to this general rule. When there is a manifest difference between a police
officer’s annual total of quarterly points and the Overall Evaluation, the rater must
explain and justify this imbalance in the Overall Rater’s Comments section of the
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION. Reviewers must ensure that such discrepancies are
justified. If there is no clear explanation, the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION will be
rejected by the Employee Management Division and the form will require reexamination at the command level.

Ensure that raters accurately and fairly assign Overall Evaluations and
that such Overall Evaluations reflect actual performance as measured by
the Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-56

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Police Officer’s Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System (P.G. 205-57)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY PERFORMANCE REPORT (PD439-1414)
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE OFFICER - DETECTIVE SPECIALIST
(Online Evaluation System)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-57

POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY/QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE
REVIEW AND RATING SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 9

PURPOSE

To evaluate the monthly/quarterly performance of police officers/detective
specialists assigned to patrol duties, and to identify and reward uniformed
members of the service involved in enforcement activity (as defined below) by
providing them with up to four career path points on an annual basis.

SCOPE

The Police Officer’s Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System,
utilizing the POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT (PD439-1424), measures the performance levels
of uniformed members of the service and identifies those members who are
performing above standards, competent, and below standards. This procedure
also provides direction to address substandard performance.
Uniformed members assigned to an enforcement command (e.g., precinct, police
service area (PSA), transit district, borough task force, etc.) will be assessed
monthly utilizing the POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT and rated quarterly utilizing the
“Supervisor’s Quarterly Performance Review” located on the rear of the
POLICE
OFFICER’S
MONTHLY
CONDITIONS
IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT.
Uniformed members with the following
assignments will utilize the POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

Foot Patrol
RMP/Sector
Anti-Crime
SNEU
Community Policing Officer
Conditions/Details
Bicycle Patrol
Youth Officer

i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.

Train Patrol
School Conditions
Summons Officer
Homeless Outreach
Domestic Violence Prevention
Officer
Other assignment as determined
by the Chief of Personnel

Uniformed members of the service whose duties do not involve enforcement activity will
not prepare the POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT unless those members have been temporarily assigned to
perform enforcement duty (e.g., “All Out” enforcement, other enforcement/patrol duty,
etc.). Such positions include:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Community Affairs Officer
Traffic Safety Officer
Crime Prevention Coordinator
Auxiliary Police Coordinator
Planning Officer

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-57

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 9

PROCEDURE

When preparing monthly/quarterly performance reviews of police officers and detective
specialists utilizing the Police Officer’s Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and
Rating System:

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

1.

2.

Access the Quest for Excellence application at the beginning of each
month and print the corresponding POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY
CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT (PD439-1424) for
members assigned to squad/unit.
Distribute POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORTS to members of squad/unit.

NOTE

The platoon commander/special operations lieutenant will ensure POLICE OFFICER’S
MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORTS are printed and
distributed to members if the designated supervisor is unavailable.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service, in consultation with the patrol supervisor, will utilize the current
COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT in identifying the two primary conditions to be addressed
within their assigned sector/post.

4.

5.

Prepare daily and carry in regulation leather binder POLICE OFFICER’S
MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT.
Document daily the following on POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY
CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT:
a.
Assignment (e.g., Sector, Patrol Post, Telephone Switchboard
Operator, etc.)
b.
Two identified conditions to be addressed within sector/post assigned.

c.
Activity performed.
Submit POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT to designated supervisor for review and
signature on the seventh, fourteenth, and twenty-first day of every month.

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

6.

Review member’s activity and sign POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY
CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT following the
seventh, fourteenth, and twenty-first day of every month.

NOTE

As part of the weekly review, the designated supervisor will compare the member’s current monthly
activity as it pertains to the member’s daily assignment and the two identified conditions to be
addressed within the sector(s)/post(s) assigned. The member’s ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
may also be reviewed if the member has documented additional information ascertained from
community interactions, summonses issued, arrests made, reports prepared or other actions taken.
This review will provide the supervisor with a weekly opportunity to evaluate the uniformed
member’s performance in proactively addressing sector conditions. The supervisor must indicate
to each uniformed member an assessment of the quality and caliber of the officer’s efforts. Weekly
reviews of the POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORT will be conducted by the platoon commander/special operations lieutenant in the
absence of the squad/unit sergeant.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-57

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 9

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

7.

Return POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT to uniformed member immediately upon review
and signature.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.

Complete captions on the rear side of the REPORT indicating the total activity
at the end of the month and list any additional comments pertaining to actions
taken to address declared conditions.
Submit POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT to designated sergeant by the second day
of the month for the previous month.
a.
Submit REPORT prior to leave, or if not possible, without delay
upon return to duty if scheduled for vacation or other leave.

9.

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

10.
11.

12.

NOTE

Review completed POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT.
Complete “Officer’s Impact on Declared Conditions” section on rear of
POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT.
a.
Check appropriate box to indicate uniformed member’s impact on
declared conditions (e.g., □ Effective, □ Ineffective).
b.
Provided justification as to why uniformed member of the service
received an effective rating or ineffective rating. In addition,
document failure to address identified conditions by uniformed
member.
Discuss POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT with uniformed member of the service.
a.
Make entry in “Discussed with MOS” caption.

Supervisors should promptly provide direction when a deficiency or the need for improvement is
noted upon review of the POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT. In cases where a uniformed member’s performance fails to
address sector conditions, the designated supervisor will notify their platoon commander/special
operations lieutenant. The platoon commander/special operations lieutenant, in conjunction with
the designated supervisor, will take appropriate steps to improve the police officer’s performance.
These steps include, but are not limited to, assisting the police officer in identifying the conditions to
be addressed, referring the police officer to Performance Enhancement Training or assigning the
police officer to work with a supervisor or squad that effectively addresses sector
conditions through community interaction, the issuance of summonses, effecting arrests,
etc. Failure to utilize effective enforcement strategies will be documented.
Supervisors will use available Department data collection resources to verify activity.
In addition, arrests, summonses, and STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORTS
(PD344-151A), etc., will be verified against Department records. Audits of the Online
Booking Arrest System (O.L.B.S.) and the Electronic Summons Tracking System will be
conducted by the integrity control officer to ensure the accuracy of entries of the
POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORT. Discrepancies identified will be corrected and addressed in an appropriate
manner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-57

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 9

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

13.

NOTE

Supervisors will be responsible to verify the POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY
CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT of each member under their
supervision a minimum of once each quarter. Supervisors will note in the “Comments
by Squad Supervisor” section of SQUAD SUPERVISOR’S RECAPITULATION, the
member(s) of the service verified each month. Lieutenants will monitor sergeants under
their supervision to ensure compliance.
POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY
CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT will be submitted to and
reviewed by the designated supervisor each month of the calendar year. The Quarterly
Performance Review, which includes the supervisor’s quarterly rating for the member,
will be completed on a quarterly basis at the beginning of January, April, July and
October. The time period covered will be the previous three months. Squad/detail
sergeants will be similarly evaluated by platoon commanders/special operations
lieutenants on a quarterly basis utilizing the QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF
SQUAD SERGEANT (PD439-1425).

PLATOON
COMMANDER/
SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

14.

Sign POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT.
Prepare SQUAD SUPERVISOR’S RECAPITULATION (PD439-1418),
utilizing the Quest for Excellence application by the fifth day for the
previous month.

15.

Deliver completed POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORTS to platoon commander/special
operations lieutenant by the fifth day for the previous month.

16.

Review and sign POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT.
Access the Quest for Excellence application.
a.
Review and sign-off on SQUAD SUPERVISOR’S
RECAPITULATION by the seventh day of the month.
Forward completed POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORTS to operations coordinator by the
seventh day following month for which submitted.

17.
18.

19.

Create a new POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT folder for previous month within the Quest for
Excellence application.
a.
Ensure
completed
POLICE
OFFICER’S
MONTHLY
CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORTS are
scanned into the new folder utilizing appropriate command coversheet.

COMMANDING 20.
OFFICER

Log in to Quest for Excellence application and review completed POLICE
OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORTS.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-57

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 9

EACH JANUARY, APRIL, JULY AND OCTOBER
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

21.

22.
23.
24.

Conduct Supervisor’s Quarterly Performance Review on the rear of POLICE
OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORT within seven days following the quarter for which the review is due
(January-March, April-June, July-September and October-December).
a.
Interview member in a private setting and discuss specific activity
and overall performance.
b.
Review activity for all three months of the quarter.
c.
Note any outstanding action or achievement in “ADDITIONAL
COMMENTS” section of the Supervisor’s Quarterly Performance
Review. Examples of outstanding action or achievement include
bribery arrests, pattern robbery arrest or other action, which
significantly impacts on crime or issues of community concern.
d.
Note deficiencies and need for improvement along with direction
provided or corrective action taken, if applicable, in the “Additional
Comments” section. Include notation if member is designated chronic
sick or is the subject of any disciplinary action during the quarter.
Complete all applicable sections on reverse side of report, including
numerical rating of member’s performance.
Discuss Supervisor’s Quarterly Performance Review with uniformed member
of the service.
Sign reverse side of POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

25.

Sign reverse side of POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT acknowledging that the Supervisor’s
Quarterly Performance Review was discussed.

DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

26.

Sign and deliver completed Supervisor’s Quarterly Performance Review to
platoon commander/special operations lieutenant by the seventh day of
the month following the reporting period.

NOTE

In cases where a uniformed member’s performance fails to address sector conditions, the
designated supervisor will notify their platoon commander/special operations lieutenant. The
platoon commander/special operations lieutenant, in conjunction with the designated supervisor,
will take appropriate steps to improve the police officer’s performance as previously indicated.
Police officers who are ineffective, who do not demonstrate activity impacting on identified crime
and conditions, or who avoid engaging in proactive activity, despite the existence of crime and
public safety violations, should be evaluated appropriately and their assignments re-assessed.
Continued failure to address sector/post conditions will be documented on an Interim or Annual
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION. If after training, mentoring and hands-on instruction, the
uniformed member continues to fail in addressing sector/post conditions, the member will be
referred to the Employee Management Division’s Performance Monitoring Unit for placement in
the appropriate level of performance monitoring, transfer, reassignment or other appropriate
disciplinary action. Quarterly, each precinct will notify their borough in writing of uniformed
members of the service who are under-performing. The boroughs will provide oversight and
direction in monitoring and improving their performance.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-57

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 9

PLATOON
COMMANDER/
SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

27.

Review Supervisor’s Quarterly Performance Review.
a.
Concur with rater, sign and enter comments; or
b.
If discrepancy noted between performance and rating, return to
rater for re-evaluation and re-interview of ratee.

NOTE

Supervisor’s Quarterly Performance Review rating points will not be awarded until
platoon commander/special operations lieutenant reviews and concurs with rating.
Supervisor’s Quarterly Performance Review may be appealed to the next higher-ranking
supervisor. In all cases, the precinct commander will make the final determination.

28.

Sign and deliver Supervisor’s Quarterly Performance Review to the operations
coordinator by the tenth day of the month following the reporting period.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

29.

Ensure Supervisor’s Quarterly Performance Reviews are scanned into the Quest
for Excellence application utilizing appropriate command coversheet.

PLATOON
COMMANDER/
SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

30.

Access the Quest for Excellence application and prepare QUARTERLY
ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT by the tenth day following
the quarter for which the review is due (January-March, April-June, JulySeptember and October-December).
a.
Note deficiencies and need for improvement along with direction
provided or corrective action taken, if applicable, in the “Comments by
Lieutenant/SOL/PLT Commander” section. Include notation if member
is designated chronic sick or is the subject of any disciplinary action
during the quarter.
Complete all applicable sections, including “Overall Rating” of squad
supervisor’s performance.
a.
Provide justification as to why squad sergeant was given an
effective or ineffective rating.
Discuss QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT with
squad/detail supervisor.
Sign-off on QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT.

31.

32.
33.
34.

Sign-off on QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT
acknowledging that the QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD
SERGEANT was discussed.

COMMANDING 35.
OFFICER

Access the Quest for Excellence application and review Supervisor’s
Quarterly Performance Reviews and QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT
OF SQUAD SERGEANTS.
a.
Comment and sign-off on QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF
SQUAD SERGEANTS.

SQUAD/DETAIL
SERGEANT

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-57

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 36.
OFFICER
(continued)

37.

7 of 9

Personally conduct Performance Interview for those members who receive
a numerical rating below twelve points for any quarter.
a.
Provide direction and/or take necessary corrective action to
improve member’s performance
b.
Inform member that continued unsatisfactory performance will, absent
mitigating circumstances, result in the imposition of sanctions by
Borough Personnel Review Board
c.
Record and file results of interview.
Forward printed copy of POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY
CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT, including
Supervisor’s Quarterly Performance Review, SQUAD SUPERVISOR’S
RECAPITULATION, QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD
SERGEANT and record of performance interview of those members
who receive a numerical rating below twelve points in any two quarters
within a one year period, to the Borough Commander.

BOROUGH
COMMANDER

38.

Direct Borough Personnel Review Board to review all cases of members
who receive a rating below twelve points in any two quarters within a one
year period.

BOROUGH
PERSONNEL
REVIEW
BOARD

39.

Review cases and recommend corrective action to be taken. Corrective
action may include change of assignment within the command,
intraborough or interborough transfer and/or disciplinary action.

BOROUGH
COMMANDER

40.

Review recommendations of Borough Personnel Review Board and make
final determination and/or recommendation.
a.
Endorse recommendation concerning interborough transfer and/or
disciplinary action, through channels, to the Chief of Personnel.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Only those uniformed members of the service who are assigned to a patrol precinct, PSA, transit
district or borough task force command or other enforcement units as directed by the Chief of
Personnel and primarily perform enforcement duties will be rated according to the Quarterly
Performance Review and Rating System; accordingly, only those officers involved in enforcement
activity will be eligible to receive up to four additional Career Program points.
Members assigned to non-enforcement duties may accrue Career Program Points based upon the
guidelines contained in P.G. 205-15, “Police Officer’s/Detective Specialist’s Career Program.”
Commanding officers will be responsible for determining performance standards within their
respective commands and resolving all issues with their command relative to the
Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System. Precinct, PSA and transit district
commanding officers will also review and direct the conditions to be addressed consistent with
applicable crime control strategies and areas of community concern.
POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORTS
and Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System should be the primary basis and
documentation for members’ annual evaluation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-57

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 9

POLICE OFFICER’S/DETECTIVE SPECIALIST QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE RATING
GUIDELINES
1.

Officer Took Initiative In Correcting Conditions.
Points:
3
Above Standards
2
Competent
1
Below Standards

2.

Officer’s Enforcement Activity Addressing Declared Conditions.
Points:
3
Above Standards
2
Competent
1
Below Standards

3.

Officer Took Appropriate Follow-Up Steps To Properly Address Conditions.
Points:
3
Above Standards
2
Competent
1
Below Standards

4.

Officer’s Administrative Reports Were Accurate.
Points:
3
Above Standards
2
Competent
1
Below Standards

5.

Officer Related Well During Community Interactions.
Points:
3
Above Standards
2
Competent
1
Below Standards

6.

Officer Presented An Overall Professional Image.
2
Yes
1
No

Supervisor must note achievement/outstanding action in “Additional Comments” section.
7.

Additional Comments:

These are comments that supervisors must make on member’s overall performance. When
deficiencies are noted, comments will include directions provided and/or corrective actions taken to
improve performance.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-57

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 9

QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE RATING POINT SYSTEM
CATEGORIES IN PERFORMANCE

Quarter

Annual

Officer Took Initiative In Correcting Conditions
Officer’s Enforcement Activity Addressing Declared Conditions
Officer Took Appropriate Follow-Up Steps
To Properly Address Conditions
Officer’s Administrative Reports Were Accurate
Officer Related Well During Community Interactions
Officer Presented An Overall Professional Image

3
3
3

12
12
12

3
3
2

12
12
8

Total

17

68

Annual Points
60-68
55-59
48-54
40-47
Below 40

Career Points
4
3
2
0
Review

QUARTERLY REVIEW INTERVIEW - Process to include:
Discussion of current performance
Discussion of achievements and/or deficiencies
Future Direction
Awarding of Quarterly Rating Points
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Police Officer’s/Detective Specialist’s Career Program (P.G. 205-15)
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Police Officer’s Annual Evaluation Utilizing the Monthly/Quarterly Performance
Review and Rating System (P.G. 205-56)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

POLICE OFFICER’S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORT (PD439-1424)
SQUAD SUPERVISOR’S RECAPITULATION (PD439-1418)
QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT (PD439-1425)
COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-58

APPEAL OF EVALUATION - UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE
SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To permit a uniformed member of the service in permanent rank to appeal his/her
evaluation.

SCOPE

This procedure does not apply to uniformed members of the service who are in
the rank on probation (e.g., entry-level probationary police officers, probationary
sergeants, probationary lieutenants or probationary captains).

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member in permanent rank wants to appeal a
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION:

RATER

1.

Inform commanding officer.

COMMANDING
OFFICER

2.

Act as initial hearing officer.
a.
Schedule interview with members concerned (i.e., rater, reviewer
and ratee named on PERFORMANCE EVALUATION form),
within thirty days of appeal notice.

NEXT HIGHER
COMMAND

3.

Schedule interview and serve as the hearing officer if the commanding
officer is the rater on the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION form.

COMMANDING 4.
5.
OFFICER/
NEXT HIGHER
COMMAND

Attempt to resolve the appeal.
Notify the Employee Management Division, Performance Analysis
Section, via Typed Letterhead, within thirty days of the hearing,
detailing the outcome of the hearing or whether the member is going to
continue the appeal process to the next level.

RATEE

6.

Submit a report on Typed Letterhead, within thirty days of the hearing, if
appeal is NOT RESOLVED at rater/commanding officer/next higher
command level, as follows:
a.
Uniformed members of the service below the rank of captain Personnel Officer concerned.
b.
Captains and above – Personnel Officer, Deputy Commissioner,
Personnel.

PERSONNEL
OFFICER
CONCERNED

7.

Review the matter by interviewing appropriate parties and examining
pertinent records.
Present findings to Borough/Bureau Commanding Officer or Deputy
Commissioner, Personnel.

8.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-58

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

BOROUGH/
BUREAU
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DEPUTY
COMMISSIONER,
PERSONNEL

9.

Evaluate findings presented by personnel officer and render decision.

PERSONNEL
OFFICER
CONCERNED

10.

Report decision of Borough/Bureau Commanding Officer or Deputy
Commissioner, Personnel in triplicate, within thirty days of receipt of
Typed Letterhead and interview of parties, as follows:
a.
ORIGINAL - to reviewer named on evaluation form, who will inform
rater and ratee of findings and direct preparation of new evaluation, if
necessary. Place a copy of report in ratee’s command personnel folder.
b.
DUPLICATE - to member appealing (i.e., ratee)
c.
TRIPLICATE - forward to Employee Management Division’s
Performance Analysis Section for inclusion in ratee’s personnel folder.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

CAUSE FOR AN APPEAL OF PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
A uniformed member of the service in permanent rank has the right to appeal the
contents, recommendations or overall rating of his/her performance evaluation, ONLY if
cause for appeal stems from:
a.
Factual error
b.
Rater’s misinterpretation of instructions
c.
Bias or prejudice on the part of the rater
d.
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION is completed and based upon OTHER
THAN performance factors.
A uniformed member of the service has the right to review comments and
recommendations made by a reviewer named on the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
form; however, such comments and recommendations are not causes for appeal by the
ratee. Such a review by the ratee is for the ratee’s informational purposes only.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-59

APPEAL OF EVALUATION - CIVILIAN MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To permit a civilian member of the service to appeal an evaluation.

SCOPE

This procedure does not apply to individuals who have not completed their
probationary period or have served less than two years in a provisional status.

PROCEDURE

When a civilian member wants to appeal a performance evaluation:

RATER

1.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER
NOTE

Inform commanding officer.
Schedule interview with members concerned (rater, reviewer and ratee),
within thirty days of appeal notice.

If the commanding officer is also the rater, the rater’s immediate supervisor will
schedule the interview and serve as the reviewer. If ratee performs below desirable standard,
commanding officer MUST be reviewer.

3.
NOTE

Attempt to resolve appeal.

If the matter is not resolved after review by the commanding officer, upon the written
request of the ratee to the respective bureau/borough personnel officer for further
appeal, a review board will be empanelled at the borough or equivalent level. The
respective bureau/borough personnel officer will be responsible for convening the
review board. The review board must resolve the appeal within thirty days from receipt
of the written request for appeal to the respective bureau/borough personnel officer.
For Patrol Services Bureau personnel, the review board will consist of:
a.
Borough personnel officer
b.
Borough adjutant
c.
Borough Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) liaison
d.
Commanding officer from other than the command of the ratee.
For bureaus or divisions other than the above, the review board will consist of:
a.
Personnel officer
b.
Bureau executive officer
c.
EEO liaison
d.
Division commander from other than the command of the ratee.

RATEE

4.

Prepare Typed Letterhead, to respective bureau/borough personnel
officer requesting further appeal, if appeal is not resolved at the command
level, and further review is desired.

PERSONNEL
OFFICER

5.

Convene review board.
a.
Appeal must be resolved within thirty days of receipt of request
for appeal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-59

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

PERSONNEL
OFFICER
(continued)

2 of 2

Review board will prepare report in triplicate and forward copies
to ratee, rater and Employee Management Division’s Performance
Analysis Section for inclusion in member’s personal folder.

NOTE

The determination of the review board may be further appealed to the Police
Commissioner or his/her designee for a final determination.

RATEE

6.

NOTE

The Police Commissioner or his/her designee will make written notification of the final
determination of ratee’s appeal.

Prepare Typed Letterhead, to the Police Commissioner requesting final
review if further appeal beyond the determination of the review board is
desired.

A civilian member of the service has the right to appeal the contents, recommendations
or overall rating of his/her performance evaluation, ONLY if cause for appeal stems
from:
a.
Factual error
b.
Rater’s misinterpretation of instructions
c.
Bias or prejudice on the part of the rater
d.
Evaluation is based upon OTHER THAN performance factors.
A civilian member of the service has the right to review comments and recommendations
made by a reviewer; however, such comments and recommendations are not cause for
appeal. Such a review is solely for the ratee’s informational purposes.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Evaluation - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-60

REPORTING TO DEPARTMENT SURGEON AND RETURNING TO
DUTY FROM SICK REPORT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure the appropriate procedures are followed when a member of the service
reports to the Department surgeon and when the member is directed to return to
duty.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service has reported sick as per P.G. 205-01, “Reporting
Sick,” and is not eligible for, or declines Administrative Return:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service are NOT to bring their children to the Department
Surgeon’s Office, because children and uniformed members of the service present in the
waiting room may be susceptible to illness.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER

Report to assigned district surgeon at next regular office hours, EXCEPT;
a.
Member designated Chronic Absent – Category B, will report to
the Medical Division, Special Medical District, 1 Lefrak City Plaza,
16th Floor, Corona, New York 11368 at next regular office hours
b.
Member reporting sick on Friday or Saturday will report to
Medical Division, Weekend Surgeon, 1 Lefrak City Plaza, 16th
Floor, Corona, New York 11368, at 1000 hours the following day
c.
Member unable to travel will remain at place of confinement and phone
assigned district surgeon or “weekend” surgeon during next office hours
d.
Member with dental problems will be guided by the Sick Desk
supervisor/member regarding reporting requirements.

Telephone member’s district surgeon, in all cases, if member has been on
sick report for five workdays, ascertain estimated dates of return and
enter information on ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD
(PD433-145).

UPON BEING DIRECTED TO RETURN TO DUTY BY A DEPARTMENT
SURGEON:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.

4.
5.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

6.

Immediately notify desk officer/supervisor, by telephone, of time and
date to report for duty.
a.
Include limitations, if any, on type of duty to be performed.
Report for duty when ordered.
Deliver SICK REPORT RETURN (PD429-131) and/or ASSIGNMENT
TO LIMITED CAPACITY (PD406-050) to desk officer/supervisor upon
return to duty.
Make entry indicating member’s return to duty in Telephone Record upon
receipt of telephone notification.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-60

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

Cooperate with supervisor, regardless of rank, who has been dispatched by competent authority,
(e.g., Commanding Officer-Medical Division, Internal Affairs Group, precinct commanding
officer or duty captain, etc.) to visit member on sick report, and directs such member to comply
with lawful order/instruction (e.g., appear in court, Trial Room, in front of an investigatory unit,
etc.).
Uniformed members of the service, who have not been classified as chronic absent, or
who have not been referred for supervision, and who have any of the following medical
conditions, as per the Department surgeon’s diagnosis, will NOT be the subject of
routine supervisory visits or telephone calls:
a.
Heart condition
b.
Broken limbs
c.
Post surgical convalescence
d.
Illnesses diagnosed by Department surgeon as likely to be of a duration in
excess of six months, after conferral with the Supervising Chief Surgeon
e.
Pregnancy.
A uniformed member of the service on sick report in any of the above categories
(subdivisions “a” through “e”) may be given a sixteen hour pass. However, should the
district surgeon determine that issuance of such a pass would adversely affect the
member’s health or impede the member’s recovery; such pass may be reduced
accordingly. Once the pass is issued, it shall not be revoked unless the member:
a.
Engages in activities which would tend to prolong or aggravate the disability
b.
Fails to cooperate with a Department surgeon or the Commanding Officer,
Medical Division
c.
Fails to comply with orders or directions or violates any provision of the Patrol
Guide relative to sick leave abuse.
A uniformed member of the service whose medical condition is NOT listed in the second paragraph
of the “ADDITIONAL DATA” statement (subdivisions “a” through “e”), may also be granted
permission to leave his/her residence while on sick report for a period of time as determined by the
district surgeon. Prior to granting such permission, the surgeon must certify that:
a.
The member is unable to perform in a limited/restricted duty status
b.
It will not adversely affect the member’s health
c.
It will not prolong or impede the member’s return to duty.
The permission granted may be revoked at any time by the Commanding officer, Medical
Division, or designee, upon appropriate notice to the member and the district surgeon concerned.
In case of serious need or emergency, a uniformed member may request permission to leave his
residence at a time other than that specified by the district surgeon. Such request should be
directed to the Sick Desk supervisor. In addition, requests to leave residence to obtain medical
services, food, household necessities or church attendance, voting, etc., are routinely granted by
the Sick Desk supervisor at times other than that specified by the district surgeon. Permission to
leave residence should be denied or revoked only if a violation of the guidelines takes place or if
activities requested would hinder recovery. The Sick Desk supervisor shall notify the district
surgeon at the next office hours, when such permission is granted, to ensure that leaving
residence is not inconsistent with the member’s medical condition and/or had not previously been
denied by the surgeon. District surgeons are responsible for notifying the Supervising Chief
Surgeon and Commanding Officer, Medical Division, of the identities of members granted:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-60

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

a.
b.

3 of 3

Non-supervisory privileges
Permission to leave his/her residence on specific dates and times which will be
indicated on PERMISSION TO LEAVE RESIDENCE WHILE ON SICK
REPORT (PD429-051), a copy of which will be given to the sick member.

A uniformed member of the service on sick report may not leave the confines of the City
or residence counties without the approval of the Chief of Personnel. A request for such
permission is made through the member’s district surgeon on ABSENCE FROM CITY
WHILE ON SICK LEAVE (PD429-161). Members will be contacted on a weekly basis
by their district surgeon during absence from residence counties.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Chronic Absence Control Program (P.G. 205-45)
Pregnancy Leave For Uniformed Members Of The Service (P.G. 205-27)
Absence Control (A.G. 318-12)
Notifying Court, Trial Room or Other Agencies When Member Reports Sick (P.G. 20561)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)
ASSIGNMENT TO LIMITED CAPACITY (PD406-050)
PERMISSION TO LEAVE RESIDENCE WHILE ON SICK REPORT (PD429-051)
SICK REPORT (PD429-122)
SICK REPORT RETURN (PD429-131)
ABSENCE FROM CITY WHILE ON SICK LEAVE (PD429-161)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-61

NOTIFYING COURT, TRIAL ROOM OR OTHER AGENCIES WHEN
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE REPORTS SICK
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To notify court, Trial Room or other government agency when a member of the
service reports sick and is unable to attend a pending arraignment or scheduled
appearance.

PROCEDURE

When illness, injury or any other physical/psychological condition prevents the
performance of duty and the member of the service has a pending arraignment, or
scheduled appearance in court, the Trial Room, or any other governmental
agency:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Comply with P.G. 205-01, “Reporting Sick.”
Inform desk officer/supervisor at assigned command of any pending
arraignment, or scheduled appearance in court, the Trial Room, or any
other government agency when reporting sick.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

3.

Make entry in Command Diary of any scheduled court appearance or other
agency appearance, under date of scheduled appearance AND under date two
days prior to appearance date (exclusive of Saturday, Sunday or holidays).
Notify borough court section concerned if sick member is unable to
appear for pending arraignment.

4.

5.

ROLL CALL
CLERK

Notify the court or other agency concerned immediately of the member of
the service’s inability to attend due to being on sick report.

WHEN MEMBER OF THE SERVICE IS ON SICK REPORT
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR/
PRINCIPAL
ADMINISTRATIVE
ASSOCIATE

6.

7.

Telephone district surgeon to determine if member is capable of
appearing at scheduled court appearance when member remains on sick
report two days prior to such scheduled appearance.
Notify member to appear if district surgeon approves and telephone Sick
Desk of surgeon’s determination.

ROLL CALL
CLERK

8.

NOTE

If member reports sick on a scheduled appearance date, make immediate notification to
court or other agency concerned.

9.
10.

Notify Criminal Court, Trial Room or other government agency and request
adjournment two days before appearance date, if member is unable to appear.

Notify the court, if other than Criminal Court, on the morning of the
appearance date if the member is unable to appear.
Enter notifications to district surgeons, courts, etc., regarding scheduled
appearances of members on sick leave in Telephone Record.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-61

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

NOTE

A uniformed member on sick report whose condition changes after being directed to
appear in court or before another agency, thereby preventing a scheduled appearance,
will notify the roll call clerk or desk officer/supervisor, as appropriate. The roll call
clerk/desk officer/supervisor will make required notifications.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Reporting to Department Surgeon and Returning to Duty From Sick Report (P.G. 205-60)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-62

FIREARMS PROFICIENCY REQUIREMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure that uniformed members demonstrate and maintain minimum
proficiency in the use of firearms.

SCOPE

This procedure will apply when a uniformed member, who claims to be
medically and/or psychologically unable to use firearms, is deemed fit for full
duty by the Medical Division.

PROCEDURE

Upon being deemed fit for full duty assignment:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Report as directed by Commanding Officer, Medical Division to the
Firearms and Tactics Section for firearms qualification.
Demonstrate proficiency by achieving the Department’s standard passing
score.
UPON FAILURE OF UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE TO
QUALIFY WITH FIREARM(S)

SUPERVISOR,
FIREARMS
AND TACTICS
SECTION

3.
4.

Notify Absence Control and Investigations Unit (ACIU) immediately.
Fax FIREARMS SCORE SHEET (PD124-141) to ACIU.

SUPERVISOR,
ABSENCE
CONTROL AND
INVESTIGATIONS UNIT

5.

Direct uniformed member of the service concerned to report to medical
specialist designated by the Medical Division for examination.
Maintain appropriate records of notifications and the results of said
examination.
Request member to complete Notice of Failure to Qualify with
Firearms.
Witness signature of member on Notice.
a.
Retain original for unit file
b.
Provide member concerned with copy.
Advise member of the availability of remedial firearms training.

6.
7.
8.

9.
NOTE

Uniformed members must demonstrate and maintain minimum proficiency in the use of
firearms. The Department’s policy is that minimum proficiency is a condition of
employment for uniformed members. Members failing to qualify within ninety days of
signing the Notice of Failure to Qualify With Firearms will receive CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121) and face an administrative hearing under Section 75
of the New York State Civil Service Law, “Removal and Other Disciplinary Action.”
Members found to be incompetent after an administrative hearing will be removed from
the Department.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

205-62

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

IF MEMBER HAS NOT QUALIFIED WITHIN 90 DAYS OF NOTICE
SUPERVISOR,
ABSENCE
CONTROL AND
INVESTIGATIONS UNIT

10.
11.

NOTE

Members of the service are reminded that existing Department programs provide one
hundred rounds of ammunition and the use of a Department firearms range for practice.
Members are also reminded that it is their responsibility to take corrective action on
their own time and at their own expense. Instruction is available through the Firearms
and Tactics Section by appointment. Members may call to arrange for training.

Consult with Department Advocate’s Office.
Comply with P.G. 206-05, “Preparation of Charges and Specifications”
as appropriate.

Commands will photocopy and utilize the Notice of Failure to Qualify With Firearms,
depicted in Appendix “A”, as necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

205-62

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

APPENDIX “A”

Notice of Failure to Qualify With Firearms
Date: ________________

TAKE NOTICE that you have failed to achieve the minimum passing score in your most recent attempt at
firearms qualifications on (date): __________________________. You have not qualified with firearms since
(date): ___________________________. This Department has deemed you medically and/or psychologically
fit to perform full duty with firearms.
Firearms proficiency is an essential function of the job of police officer and is a condition of your
employment as a uniformed member of the service. You are hereby required to demonstrate and maintain
minimum firearms proficiency within ninety days of this notice.
It is your responsibility to contact the Firearms and Tactics Section and take the firearms requalification
course. If you fail to do so, the Department will schedule an appointment for you to take this course prior to
ninety days after the date of this notice.
Your failure to demonstrate minimum proficiency within the above time limit will result in formal action
being taken against you pursuant to Section 75 of the New York State Civil Service Law, “Removal and Other
Disciplinary Action.” If there is an affirmative finding of incompetence after an administrative hearing which is
approved by the Police Commissioner, this action will result in your removal from the Department.
You are reminded that existing Department programs provide one hundred rounds of ammunition and use
of a Department range for practice. In addition, you may contact the Firearms and Tactics Section to arrange
for additional remedial firearms training. However, be aware that is your responsibility to take whatever steps are
necessary for you to qualify with firearms including practice on your own time and at your own expense.

Acknowledgement of subject uniformed member of the service.
Rank

Name (Last, First, M.I.) Print

Signature

Tax Registry #

Date

Signature

Tax Registry #

Date

Witness:
Rank

Name (Last, First, M.I.) Print

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Personnel Matters

Procedure No:

205-63

MONITORING OFF-DUTY VISITS TO INMATES AT CORRECTIONAL
FACILITIES BY MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide a system to monitor visits by members of the service to city, state, or
federal correctional facilities.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service intends to visit an inmate at a correctional facility
while off-duty:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

A separate notification must be made for each visit.

COMMANDING 2.
3.
OFFICER
4.
5.

Prepare Typed Letterhead with the following information and forward
to commanding officer at least seven days prior to the intended visit:
a.
Name, rank, shield and tax registry numbers.
b.
Name and I.D. number of inmate to be visited.
c.
Relationship of inmate to member of the service.
d.
Place of incarceration; (include full facility name, address and
phone number.)
e.
Date and time of proposed visit.
f.
Packages to be brought to facility.

Notify IAB, Command Center of details.
Approve/disapprove request.
Notify member of determination.
Forward copy of request to Chief of Internal Affairs Bureau.
a.
File copy of request in member’s personal folder.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Members of the service shall cooperate fully with all rules and procedures of the
correctional facility concerned regarding securing weapons, visitor searches, signin/sign-out practices etc.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Public Contact – Prohibited Conduct (P.G. 203-10)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-01

REPORTING VIOLATIONS OBSERVED BY SUPERVISORS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To report violations observed by supervisory officers to commanding/executive
officers for corrective action.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing or becoming aware of a violation of the rules or procedures by a
member of the service:

SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

1.
2.

DESK OFFICER 3.

Prepare SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND
DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123).
Notify desk officer of member’s command and obtain next serial number
from the COMMAND DISCIPLINE LOG (PD468-102).
a.
Serial numbers commence with number one each year.
Make required entries in COMMAND DISCIPLINE LOG.

SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

4.
5.

Submit REPORT to the commanding officer of the subject member.
Provide copy of REPORT to commanding officer for information and
file if subject member is from different command.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Personnel assigned to the Department Advocate’s Office are available to advise
commanding/executive officers concerning command discipline charges.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Violations Subject To Command Discipline (P.G. 206-03)
Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)
Authorized Penalties Under Command Discipline (P.G. 206-04)
Preparation Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMMAND DISCIPLINE LOG (PD468-102)
SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION
REPORT (PD468-123)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-02

COMMAND DISCIPLINE
DATE ISSUED:

10/18/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/18/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To empower a commanding/executive officer to maintain discipline within
his/her command, without resorting to formal charges and a Department trial.

DEFINITION

COMMAND DISCIPLINE - Non-judicial punishment available to a commanding/
executive officer to correct deficiencies and maintain discipline within the command.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving a SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND
DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123) concerning a member of the
service (uniformed or civilian) assigned to his/her command:

COMMANDING/
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

1.

2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Investigate to determine if allegation is substantiated.
a.
Direct integrity control officer to investigate subject’s prior twelve month
disciplinary history and indicate findings on the front of
SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/ COMMAND
DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT.
b.
Consider subject’s prior twelve month disciplinary history when
adjudicating a command discipline.
Indicate findings on REPORT, if allegation is not substantiated and:
a.
For actions described in violations subject to command discipline
procedure Schedule “A”:
(1)
File the report in back of Command Discipline Log after
recording disposition.
b.
For actions described in violations subject to command discipline
procedure Schedule “B”:
(1)
File original in back of Command Discipline Log
(2)
Forward copy to next higher command for informational
purposes.
Determine if the violations, when substantiated, may be disposed of under
command discipline.
Confer with supervisor who prepared REPORT, if necessary.
Schedule interview, if possible, with member concerned on a date when
supervisor who prepared REPORT is available.
Advise member that one local representative of a line organization may
be present at the interview.
Inform member of alleged violations and conduct interview.
a.
Do not record minutes.
b.
Interview will be informal and non-adversarial.
Give member an opportunity to make a statement in rebuttal.
Conduct further investigation, if necessary.
Inform supervisor who prepared REPORT of the results of the
investigation and any proposed penalty.
Inform member of results of investigation and any penalty.
Advise member that he/she is entitled to:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-02

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/18/13

2 of 4

a.
b.

COMMANDING/
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER
(continued)

13.

14.

Accept finding and proposed penalty, or
Accept finding but appeal proposed penalty to Command
Discipline Review Panel, or
c.
Decline to accept the finding and proposed penalty and have the
matter resolved through formal charges and specifications.
Inform the member that the decision of the Command Discipline Review
Panel is final and not subject to review, and that the Panel has the authority to:
a.
Approve proposed penalty, or
b.
Reduce proposed penalty to any corrective measure the commanding
officer was authorized to impose, or
c.
Increase proposed penalty to not more than double that proposed
by the commanding officer.
Give member copy of REPORT at close of interview.

NOTE

Absent exigent circumstances (for example: extended sick, leave of absence, etc.,) the
commanding/executive officer shall ensure that the above steps are completed within
sixty days of the date of issuance.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

15.

Notify commanding officer, in writing, on REPORT of the option
elected within three working days of the commanding/executive officer’s
decision.

IF MEMBER ACCEPTS FINDINGS AND PROPOSED PENALTY
COMMANDING 16.
OFFICER
17.
18.

Enter disposition on REPORT and ensure that timekeeper makes and
verifies adjustments made to member’s time records with Payroll
Management System, as necessary.
File REPORT in command.
In all cases where a Schedule “B” command discipline has been
substantiated and disposed of, forward a copy of the REPORT to the
Department Advocate’s Office and the Disciplinary Assessment Unit,
through channels.

IF MEMBER ACCEPTS FINDINGS AND DECLINES PROPOSED PENALTY
COMMANDING/
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

19.
20.

Enter disposition on REPORT.
Forward to the next higher command, the REPORT, and facts of incident
on Typed Letterhead with member’s disciplinary history.

NEXT HIGHER
COMMAND

21.

Assemble a Command Discipline Review Panel and adjudicate the
matter, if necessary.
a.
Inform the member’s commanding officer of the findings relative
to the penalty.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-02

COMMANDING/
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/18/13

22.

3 of 4

Forward a copy of the REPORT and a copy of the Panel’s decision to the
Department Advocate’s Office and the Disciplinary Assessment Unit, for
all Schedule “B” violations.

IF MEMBER ELECTS FORMAL CHARGES
COMMANDING/
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

23.
24.

Enter disposition on REPORT and file.
Confer with the Department Advocate’s Office regarding the preparation
of charges and specifications.

DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE’S
OFFICE

25.

Prepare and forward CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121),
after conferral with the commanding officer/executive officer, if appropriate.
Record all substantiated Schedule “B” command disciplines in member’s
Central Personnel Index.

26.

WHEN A SUBSTANTIATED COMMAND DISCIPLINE IS RENDERED AS
A RESULT OF AN INTERNAL AFFAIRS BUREAU OR ANY OTHER
INVESTIGATIVE UNIT’S INVESTIGATION:
COMMANDING/
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

27.

Comply with the provisions of P.G. 206-04, “Authorized Penalties Under
Command Discipline” and offer member concerned the three election
options found in step “12” above.
a.
An investigation of the stated misconduct or determination of
whether the allegation(s) are substantiated is NOT required
b.
Do NOT change the stated findings
c.
Do NOT change the recommended disciplinary action (if noted),
without conferral and approval of the investigating entity and/or
Deputy Commissioner, Department Advocate.

NOTE

The ICO/Asst. ICO/other authorized member is required to create a new command discipline
record for each command discipline issued by entering all relevant information into the Citywide
Command Discipline System within five working days of the issuance of a command discipline.
Within five working days of the adjudication of a command discipline, the ICO/Asst. ICO/other
authorized member shall complete all system entries pertaining to the adjudication of the command
discipline.
Within five working days of the completion of the adjudication entries by the ICO/Asst. ICO/other
authorized member, the Commanding Officer/Executive Officer shall be responsible to review the
command discipline record and finalize (sign-off) the record in the Citywide Command Discipline
System to verify that it is accurate and complete.
ICOs and Assistant ICOs who do not have access to the Department’s Wide Area Network (WAN)
must personally enter command discipline data pertaining to members of their command at their
next higher command that possesses WAN access.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If the subject of command discipline is transferred, the commanding/executive officer of the
former command is responsible for the completion of the case. All relevant records shall be
forwarded to the member’s new commanding officer. If the commanding/executive officer
is transferred, the new commanding/executive officer will complete the case.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

206-02

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/18/13

4 of 4

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Remove and destroy records and dispositions of convictions listed under Schedule “A”
on the anniversary date of each entry, provided the member has no subsequent
disciplinary violations. Additionally, remove and destroy all unsubstantiated command
disciplines from the Command Discipline Log on the anniversary date of entry.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Reporting Violations Observed by Supervisors (P.G. 206-01)
Violations Subject to Command Discipline (P.G. 206-03)
Authorized Penalties Under Command Discipline (P.G. 206-04)
Preparation of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Sealing Disciplinary Records (P.G. 206-14)
Review of Disciplinary Action Proposed Under Command Discipline (A.G. 318-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
COMMAND DISCIPLINE LOG (PD468-102)
SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION
REPORT (PD468-123)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-03

VIOLATIONS SUBJECT TO COMMAND DISCIPLINE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To inform members of the service (uniformed and civilian) of the violations of
Department regulations which may be adjudicated by command discipline.

PROCEDURE

When any of the following violations are brought to the attention of a
commanding/executive officer, the commanding/executive officer concerned
may initiate command discipline:

SCHEDULE “A” 1.
2.
VIOLATIONS
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

NOTE

Absence from meal location, post or assignment
Failure to sign return roll call
Failure to signal or signal improperly
Improper uniform or equipment
Failure to maintain neat and clean personal appearance
Omitted entries in Department records, forms or reports
Failure to submit reports in a timely manner
Failure to make proper notifications
Smoking as prohibited
Unnecessary conversation
Failure to lock an unguarded Department vehicle
Loss of IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
Reporting late for duty
Carrying packages, newspapers or other articles as prohibited while in
uniform or Department vehicle
Failure to notify supervising officer when leaving post for Department or
personal necessity
Failure to make routine inspections and surveys as required
Unauthorized person riding in Department vehicle
Failure to notify commanding officer when address, telephone number, or
social condition changes
Using any electronic/digital device (e.g., personal gaming device, MP3
player, personal digital assistant, Bluetooth headset, etc.) while on duty

A cellular phone is authorized to be used by members of the service when conducting
official Department related business, or on an assigned meal, or as otherwise authorized by
competent authority. The cellular phone must be carried in a concealed manner that
does not interfere with authorized equipment.

20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.

Loss of summons or loss of summons book
Failure to have locker secured or properly tagged
Failure to sign in or out of court
Failure to perform duties in connection with court appearances
Failure to properly perform or improperly perform patrol or other assignment
Failure to present required firearms to the range officer at firearms
training cycle

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-03

PAGE:

08/01/13

SCHEDULE “A” 26.
27.
VIOLATIONS
28.
(continued)
29.
30.

31.
32.
33.
34.

SCHEDULE “B” 1.
2.
VIOLATIONS
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Obvious neglect of care of firearm(s)
Failure to attend a training cycle (firearms included)
Failure to maintain live, authorized ammunition in authorized weapons (includes
having the required maximum amount of ammunition in the weapon)
Illegal parking of Department or private vehicle(s)
Use or display of Vehicle Identification Plate (Misc. 740), NYPD
Restricted Parking Permit (Misc. 23-N), Headquarters Annex
Parking Permit (Misc. 814HQ-Annex) or any other Department issued
vehicle parking permit while off duty or while not on official Department business
a.
Failure to return any Department issued vehicle parking permit
when assigned to the Military and Extended Leave Desk, when
transferred or when the permit expires
Failure to make a timely notification to the Sick Desk and command, as required
Failure to comply with proper driving rules and regulations
Unauthorized use of Department telephones
Any other minor violation that, in the opinion of the commanding/executive
officer is appropriate for Schedule A command discipline procedure.
Loss of shield
Failure to safeguard prisoner
Loss of Department property
Failure to respond, report disposition promptly or acknowledge radio
calls directed to member’s unit
Bringing alcoholic beverages into a Department facility or vehicle unless
it is within the scope of an assignment
Omitted ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries
Loss of ACTIVITY LOG
Failure to give name and shield number to person requesting
Any other violation, which, in the opinion of the commanding/executive
officer and after notification to the patrol borough adjutant and
consultation with the Department Advocate, is appropriate for Schedule
“B” command discipline procedure.

The above violations may not be processed as command discipline if the violation is
aggravated by conditions that make it inappropriate for disposition by command
discipline or if member concerned requests a Department trial.
The Department Advocate’s Office is available to provide field commanders or internal
investigation units with advice concerning charges and specifications, command
disciplines, suspensions, and/or arrests of members of the service (uniformed or civilian).
When it has been determined that disciplinary action should be taken for the loss of or
failure to safeguard a firearm, a consultation with the Department Advocate’s Office
will be made to determine appropriate disciplinary action.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

206-03

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

A commanding/executive officer must confer with the borough adjutant, prior to
adjudicating a third command discipline for the same member within a six month period,
to determine if charges and specifications should be instituted. If charges are
appropriate, a consultation with the Department Advocate will be necessary for final
approval of charges and specifications.
Borough adjutant will inspect command discipline records to ascertain that the above
procedures are complied with.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Reporting Violations Observed by Supervisors (P.G. 206-01)
Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)
Authorized Penalties Under Command Discipline (P.G. 206-04)
Preparation of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Service and Disposition of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-06)
Sealing Disciplinary Records (P.G. 206-14)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-04

AUTHORIZED PENALTIES UNDER COMMAND DISCIPLINE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To inform members of the service (uniformed and civilian) of the penalties a
commanding/executive officer may impose under command discipline.

PROCEDURE

When a command discipline allegation is substantiated:

COMMANDING/
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

1.

NOTE

The above penalties DO NOT prohibit a commanding/executive officer from:
a.
Warning and admonishing verbally
b.
Warning and admonishing in writing, copy to be filed with the papers
c.
Changing assignment within the command either for a fixed period or indefinitely.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

In all cases where a Schedule “B” command discipline has been substantiated and
disposed of, forward a copy of the SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/
COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123) to the Department
Advocate’s Office and the Disciplinary Assessment Unit, through channels.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION
REPORT (PD468-123)

Impose one of the following penalties:
a.
Forfeiture of up to five days vacation or accrued time for Schedule
“A” violations.
b.
Forfeiture of up to ten days vacation or accrued time for Schedule
“B” violations.
c.
Revocation of permission to engage in outside employment for a
fixed period of time, not to exceed thirty days, if the violation is
related to the outside employment.
d.
Restrict out-of-command assignments, which pay “portal-toportal” and overtime for a fixed period, not to exceed five such
assignments.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-05

PREPARATION OF CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

11/21/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/21/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure that CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121) and related
papers are prepared expeditiously, accurately, and completely.

PROCEDURE

When a violation is inappropriate for command discipline or when command
discipline is declined:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR
PREFERRING
CHARGES
2.

3.

DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE’S
OFFICE

4.
5.

Direct assigned supervisor/investigator to consult with the Department
Advocate’s Office regarding the alleged misconduct and obtain verbal
approval for the preparation of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
a.
Provide written documentation, files, investigative reports, and/or
additional information supporting the basis for charges and
specifications, upon request.
Provide the Department Advocate’s Office with two copies of the
investigative file that the charges and specifications are to be based on.
a.
Provide any other additional documentation and/or reports that are
requested by the Department Advocate’s Office.
Provide the Department Advocate’s Office with a request for charges and
specifications on a Typed Letterhead, addressed to the First Deputy
Commissioner, describing the basis for all charges and specifications.
a.
Include the following:
(1)
Original Internal Affairs Bureau log number
(2)
Duty schedule of complainant and respondent
(3)
Name of attorney consulted with from Department
Advocate’s Office.
Review case and determine if CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS
should be prepared.
Direct the preparation of an original set of CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS, if approved.
a.
Base charges and specifications on criminal indictment or
information, if any, arising out of the same subject matter. If
criminal charges are dismissed or result in acquittal, consult with
the commanding officer concerned, if necessary.
(1)
Date/stamp CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
(2)
Enter Department Advocate’s Office serial number on the
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
(3)
Forward CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to
commanding officer of the originating command along
with original Typed Letterhead.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/21/13

2 of 3

AFTER CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN APPROVED
COMMANDING 6.
7.
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR
PREFERRING
8.
CHARGES
9.

10.
11.

Review CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS for accuracy.
Telephone the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center to obtain a new
log number for each member receiving charges and specifications and
enter on CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
Obtain a bureau/command serial number, if applicable, and enter on
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
Advise the respondent that he/she is the subject of charges and
specifications.
a.
Obtain the name, address and telephone number of the
respondent’s attorney and provide it to the Department
Advocate’s Office.
Have member of the service preferring charges and specifications sign the
original CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
Date stamp and forward original CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS
and original Typed Letterhead to the next higher command within fortyeight hours.

WITHIN THREE BUSINESS DAYS OF RECEIPT OF CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS
COMMANDING 12.
13.
OFFICER,
NEXT HIGHER
COMMAND
14.

15.

Endorse the original set of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
Date stamp and forward the original set of CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS and Typed Letterhead to the Department
Advocate’s Office.
Forward copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to:
a.
Deputy Commissioner, Personnel
b.
Respondent’s command
c.
Originating command.
Retain copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.

UPON RECEIPT OF CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS FROM BOROUGH
COMMANDER/COUNTERPART
DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE’S
OFFICE

16.
17.

Review for completeness and date stamp.
Ensure assigned attorney completes review and assessment of the
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS in a timely manner.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE’S OFFICE – PREPARATION OF CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS
The member assigned to the Department Advocate’s Office preparing the CHARGES
AND SPECIFICATIONS will indicate in the box captioned “RANK/TITLE,” the
appropriate status, e.g., “Probationary Police Officer” or “Provisional Office Aide,”
etc. The member’s rank/title will also be indicated under the caption

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

206-05

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/21/13

3 of 3

“SPECIFICATIONS,” when making reference to the member, e.g., “Said Probationary
Police Officer Smith,” etc. Additionally, if charges are preferred against a member who
has been placed on dismissal probation, the specifications will be prefaced with the
words, “While on dismissal probation.”

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

The Department Advocate’s Office shall ensure that a sufficient legal basis exists for
each charge and specification approved and that all necessary steps associated with the
investigation have been completed. In appropriate cases, the Department Advocate’s
Office may direct the issuance of a command discipline in lieu of charges and
specifications.
Commanding officers are directed to fully complete the COMMANDING OFFICER’S
REVIEW OF MOS INVOLVED IN A DISCIPLINARY MATTER (PD468-153),
relating to evaluation and whether or not member is on disciplinary or dismissal
probation. This form must be completed and forwarded within five days of receipt to the
Department Advocate’s Office.
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS AGAINST SUSPENDED MEMBER
When a member of the service has been suspended, the report on Typed Letterhead
prepared by the commanding officer/supervisor preferring charges must be forwarded to
the Department Advocate’s Office within forty-eight hours of suspension.
When a member of the service has been suspended, the Department Advocate’s Office
will forward the completed CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to the requesting
supervisor within two business days from the time the request for charges is received.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Service and Disposition of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-06)
Cause for Suspension or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Suspension from Duty Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-08)
Official Communications - Preparation (A.G. 322-11)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
COMMANDING OFFICER’S REVIEW OF
DISCIPLINARY MATTER (PD468-153)
Typed Letterhead

MOS

INVOLVED

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

IN

A

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-06

SERVICE AND DISPOSITION OF CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that the formal disciplinary process is commenced (service of charges
and specifications) and concluded (disposition of charges and specifications) in a
coordinated, timely and efficient manner.

PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121) from the
borough commander/next higher command:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER,
DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE’S
OFFICE
NOTE

Forward copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to respondent’s
attorney within two weeks along with the underlying explanatory
memorandum prepared by the supervisor/investigator preferring the
charges and specifications.

CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS will be served upon a suspended member of the
service expeditiously. (Exception may be made, with the approval of the First Deputy Commissioner, when extenuating circumstances exist). A suspended probationary member of
the service will not be served, except as directed by the First Deputy Commissioner.

2.

Serve original and copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS upon
member of the service.
a.
If personal service cannot be made, see “ADDITIONAL DATA” below.

NOTE

Absent exigent circumstances, service of charges and specifications shall be within six
weeks after receipt by the Department Advocate’s Office. However, in disciplinary
cases where the statute of limitations and/or other matters require expeditious attention,
the Department Advocate’s Office will have the authority to direct whatever actions are
deemed necessary to effectuate the timely service of charges and specifications.

RESPONDENT

3.

5.

Sign and return the original copy to the person serving the CHARGES
AND SPECIFICATIONS.
Have available and provide to Department Advocate’s Office personnel:
a.
Chart/squad, vacation and military schedule, and
b.
Any other leave/absences.
(1)
Advise the Department Advocate’s Office of any changes
of the aforementioned.
Retain copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.

6.

Sign original copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS as a witness.

4.

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE’S
OFFICE

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-06

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER,
DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE’S
OFFICE
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Provide the respondent with an opportunity to accept a penalty
disposition in disciplinary case(s), when appropriate.

The Department Advocate will confer regularly with the First Deputy Commissioner
concerning the Department’s disciplinary policy.

8.

Schedule Department trial date the day of service of CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS, when disciplinary case(s) are not otherwise
disposed of, absent exigent circumstances.

NOTE

When Department charges and specifications relate to outstanding criminal charges, the
disciplinary case may only be set for trial or otherwise disposed of with the prior
approval of the First Deputy Commissioner.

DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE

9.
10.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If personal service of the CHARGES cannot be made, service may be effected:
a.

b.
c.

d.

Ensure that all disciplinary decisions are accurately and promptly recorded.
Review all disciplinary cases for trends or patterns and policy implications.
a.
Make periodic recommendations to the First Deputy Commissioner.

By mailing the CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to the person to be served
at his last known residence by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, OR delivering the CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to a person
of suitable age and discretion at his place of business, dwelling or usual place of
abode of the person to be served. Proof of service will be filed with the Deputy
Commissioner - Trials or the Commanding Officer, Operations Unit.
(1)
Service is complete three days after filing.
By delivering a copy of the CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to the agent
of the person to be served.
Where service under subdivisions “a” and “b” cannot be made, affix
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS either to the door of the actual place of
business, dwelling or usual place of abode, of the person to be served and by
mailing (registered or certified, return receipt requested) the CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS to the person at his last known residence.
(1)
Proof of such service will be filed with the Deputy Commissioner - Trials
or the Commanding Officer, Operations Unit.
(2)
Service is complete three days after filing.
In such manner as the Deputy Commissioner-Trials directs, upon motion
without notice, if service is impractical under subdivisions “a,” “b” or “c.”

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Preparation of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-07

CAUSE FOR SUSPENSION OR MODIFIED ASSIGNMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To describe those actions for which uniformed or civilian members of the service
may be suspended or, for which uniformed members of the service may be
placed on modified assignment.

NOTE

Civilian members of the service may NOT be placed on modified assignment.

1.

2.

NOTE

The Police Commissioner, a deputy commissioner, a hearing officer
assigned to the Office of Deputy Commissioner - Trials, the Chief Surgeon,
Deputy Chief Surgeon, a civilian director, or a uniformed member of the
service in the rank of captain or higher may suspend a member of the
service (uniformed or civilian) or place a uniformed member of the service
on modified assignment when, in their opinion, such action is necessary.
A ranking officer (uniformed member of the service in rank of sergeant or
above) in-charge or in-command MUST SUSPEND a member of the
service when the member:
a.
Refuses to perform assigned duties at roll call or during tour of duty
b.
Refuses an order of a ranking member to answer question specifically
directed and narrowly related to the performance of official duties,
after being informed of member’s rights as specified in P.G. 206-13,
“Interrogation of Members of the Service”
c.
Is absent without leave for five consecutive tours
d.
Refuses to obey a lawful order by a ranking member
e.
Refuses to submit to a drug-screening test
f.
Has an interest in, or association with, or patronizes premises (licensed or
unlicensed) engaged in illegal gambling operations, use of drugs, smoke
shops, social clubs, or after hours clubs, except in the performance of duty.

Traffic Managers and Administrative School Safety Managers are authorized to suspend
civilian personnel under their command for violations listed in step 2 above. (The principal
of the school where the school safety agent is assigned will be notified of the suspension).
Suspension by a ranking officer, by a Traffic Manager or an Administrative School Safety
Manager, other than a captain and above, is by authority of the First Deputy Commissioner.
Prior conferral or approval of the First Deputy Commissioner is NOT required.

3.

A captain or above may place a uniformed member of the service on
modified assignment or suspension when a member:
a.
Is indicted by a grand jury
b.
Is arrested
c.
Is served with CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121),
alleging serious misconduct
d.
Is unfit for duty due to the effects of an intoxicant or drug or after
effects thereof
e.
Patronizes an unlicensed premises (neighborhood tavern or
restaurant with an expired/suspended license) where the only
apparent illegal activity is the sale of alcoholic beverages, except
in the performance of duty.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

206-07

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

NOTE

A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) presently on suspension, or a uniformed
member of the service on modified assignment pursuant to either steps 2 or 3 above, MUST be
re-suspended or suspended, as applicable, for any subsequent violation of the subject steps.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

In all cases in which the investigating commanding officer/duty captain is contemplating
changing the duty status of a member of the service (i.e., suspension, modification or
restricted duty pending evaluation of duty status), he/she should confer with the Internal
Affairs Bureau Command Center to ascertain any relevant information pertaining to the
member(s) of the service, PRIOR to making this decision. This conferral is to obtain
background information that may assist in the investigation. All decisions regarding the
investigation, as well as any resulting determination regarding the member’s duty
status, remain the responsibility of the commanding officer/duty captain concerned.
In appropriate cases, a captain or above may assign a uniformed member of the service to
administrative duties in the next higher command without placing the member on suspension
or modified assignment, when there is no disciplinary action contemplated and facts or
circumstances indicate such assignment would be in the best interests of the Department.
The borough commander/counterpart will review the assignment within three days and
determine further appropriate action. A report of this review and results, including the
anticipated date member will be returned to command, will be prepared on Typed
Letterhead and forwarded to the First Deputy Commissioner.
In all cases where the decision to suspend a member of the service (uniformed or civilian)
or to place a uniformed member of the service on modified assignment is based on the
discretion of the captain or above (steps 1 and 3 of this procedure), he/she will, prior to
making that decision, confer with the borough commander/counterpart or executive officer.
The Office of Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters will be available for questions related
to law and the Department Advocate’s Office will be available for advice on procedures for
suspension or modified assignment. However, the decision to suspend or place a uniformed
member of the service on modified assignment will rest with the field commander.
A ranking officer who reasonably believes that a uniformed member of the service is
unfit for duty due to effects of an alcoholic intoxicant will notify the precinct
commander/duty captain who will respond, conduct an investigation, and based upon
common sense standards determine if the member is fit for duty. If found unfit, whether
on or off duty, the captain making such determination will suspend the member or place
him/her on modified assignment; apprise the member concerned of the availability of the
Counseling Service Program, and, if the member desires to participate, contact the
Counseling Service DIRECT, during normal business hours, or during other than
business hours, request conferral by contacting the Sick Desk, supervisor. The precinct
commander/duty captain will also prepare seven copies of report on Typed Letterhead
detailing observations and circumstances leading to determination of unfitness and
action taken. Forward copies (DIRECT) to First Deputy Commissioner, Deputy
Commissioner - Trials, Chief of Department, Chief of Personnel, Department
Advocate’s Office, and one copy to be filed in command. An additional copy will be
forwarded to the First Deputy Commissioner (THROUGH CHANNELS).

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-08

SUSPENSION FROM DUTY
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To temporarily prohibit a uniformed member of the service from performing
assigned duties.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is suspended:

RANKING
OFFICER IN
CHARGE

1.
2.
3.

4.

Inform member concerned of suspension from duty and the reason.
Direct member to surrender all Department property and all revolvers or
pistols owned or possessed.
Direct member to report in person, if not on sick report, each Monday,
Wednesday and Friday to residence precinct. (Captain and above will
report to residence borough command.)
Inform suspended member that he may request waiver of reporting requirement
by submitting form AGREEMENT TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF NOTICE
(PD468-126) at residence precinct or Department Advocate’s Office.

NOTE

If suspended member prepares form in residence precinct, the precinct commander will
forward a copy of the form to the Department Advocate’s Office. If the form is prepared
in the Department Advocate’s Office, Department Advocate personnel will notify the
desk officer, precinct of residence that the suspended member no longer has to report.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

RANKING
OFFICER IN
CHARGE

7.
8.

6.

9.

10.

SUPERVISOR
ON DUTY,
OPERATIONS
UNIT

11.

Surrender, promptly, all Department property and all pistols or revolvers
owned or possessed.
Do not wear uniform while suspended.
Enter facts concerning suspension in Command Log.
Notify supervisor on duty at Operations Unit, member’s command, and
member’s residence precinct, if below rank of captain, or residence
borough command if captain or above.
a.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center.
Follow procedure for removal of property as outlined in P.G. 206-17,
“Removal and Restoration of Firearms.”
a.
Property other than firearms, shield and IDENTIFICATION
CARD (PD416-091) will be retained at member’s command.
Immediately forward report (DIRECT) to First Deputy Commissioner, Deputy
Commissioner - Trials, Chief of Department, Chief of Personnel, Department
Advocate and member’s commanding officer. Forward an additional copy of
report to First Deputy Commissioner (THROUGH CHANNELS).
Inform ranking officer in charge that CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121) must be forwarded within forty-eight
hours of the suspension.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-08

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

12.
MEMBER’S
COMMANDING
OFFICER

2 of 3

Have CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS prepared.

IF SUSPENDED MEMBER ELECTS NOT TO SUBMIT WAIVER
(AGREEMENT TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF NOTICE)
UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED

13.

Report to residence precinct each Monday, Wednesday and Friday.

DESK OFFICER,
RESIDENCE
PRECINCT

14.

Direct member to prepare REPORT OF SUSPENDED MEMBER’S
VISIT (PD408-061) in your presence.
Complete appropriate captions under section entitled “Witnessed By.”
Make entry in Command Log and deliver REPORT to integrity control officer.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

17.

NOTE

15.
16.

18.

Maintain a list of uniformed members of the service who are suspended
and are required to report to the residence precinct.
Check Telephone Record and FINEST messages each day to ensure that
uniformed members who are required to report are added to the list as required.

If doubt exists regarding reporting by uniformed members of the service, contact
Department Advocate’s Office, Trial Calendar Unit.

19.
20.

Monitor appearances of suspended uniformed members of the service.
Inform commanding officer when suspended member fails to report as required.

COMMANDING 21.
OFFICER,
22.
RESIDENCE
PRECINCT

Prepare SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE
ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123), if member fails to report as required.
Forward SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND
DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT to member’s commanding officer
for further disciplinary action, if required.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A uniformed or civilian member of the service under suspension who desires to be restored to duty
or a uniformed member under suspension who desires to be placed on modified assignment will
submit a request to the First Deputy Commissioner through the Department Advocate’s Office.
When a uniformed member of the service, in the rank of sergeant and above, is being suspended the
following provisions shall be applied. The member shall be suspended with pay until the following
Sunday. Commencing at 0001 hours on that Sunday, the member shall be on suspension without
pay. The suspension without pay will continue in full week (Sunday to Saturday) increments. The
minimum suspension without pay shall be for one full week. The maximum time shall be four full
weeks. The member shall always be returned to duty on a Sunday at 0001 hours.
Uniformed members of the service who are on “Suspended With Pay” status must
submit a LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041) when required to appear in
court as a defendant in a criminal case on a date they were scheduled to report to the
Internal Affairs Bureau. Such court appearances shall be made on regular days off or
with an approved LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

206-08

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preparation of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Cause for Suspension or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AGREEMENT TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF NOTICE (PD468-126)
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
REPORT OF SUSPENDED MEMBER’S VISIT (PD408-061)
SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION
REPORT (PD468-123)
LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-09

SUSPENSION FROM DUTY - CIVILIAN MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To temporarily prohibit a civilian member of the service from performing duty
and to complete disciplinary procedures within thirty days.

PROCEDURE

When a civilian member of the service is suspended:

RANKING
OFFICER IN
CHARGE

1.
2.

3.
4.

5.

Inform member concerned of suspension from duty and reason.
Direct member to surrender all Department property.
a.
Have IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) and shield, when
applicable, hand delivered with Typed Letterhead to the Employee
Management Division - Shield and Identification Card Unit by next
business day and obtain receipt for file in command.
b.
Have other Department property safeguarded at command (e.g.,
keys, etc.).
Direct civilian member of the service not to wear uniform or part of
uniform while under suspension.
Notify member concerned that charges are to be preferred and will be
processed in normal manner.
a.
Supervise preparation of charges.
Notify the following:
a.
Operations Unit
b.
Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center
c.
Civilian member’s commanding officer/counterpart, if not present.

SUPERVISOR
ON DUTY,
OPERATIONS
UNIT

6.
7.

Enter facts concerning suspension in Command Log.
Inform ranking officer in charge that CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS
(PD468-121) must be forwarded within forty-eight hours of suspension.

RANKING
OFFICER IN
CHARGE

8.

Submit report on Typed Letterhead within twenty-four hours to:
a.
First Deputy Commissioner
b.
Chief of Department
c.
Deputy Commissioner-Trials
d.
Department Advocate’s Office
e.
Civilian member’s commanding officer.

COMMANDING 9.
OFFICER

Notify next higher command.

COMMANDING 10.
11.
OFFICER,
NEXT HIGHER
12.
COMMAND

Contact Department Advocate’s Office.
Ascertain if every effort is being made to complete disciplinary process
within thirty days.
Notify Department Advocate of all relevant facts, if circumstances
indicate case may not be disposed of within thirty days.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

IF CIVILIAN HAS BEEN ARRESTED
COMMANDING 13.
OFFICER,
NEXT HIGHER
COMMAND
14.

NOTE

Advise civilian of the following available options prior to arranging
conference concerning charges:
a.
May request conference be held in usual manner, OR
b.
May request, in writing, an adjournment of all department action
pending final determination of criminal case.
Instruct civilian member of the option of signing a waiver for any pay due
him/her, if he/she is continued on suspension past thirty days.
a.
Waiver does not apply to lost wages if civilian is ultimately found not guilty.
(1)
Civilian is entitled to full pay during period of suspension
beyond thirty days, less any amount of compensation
earned during same period in such case.

If civilian member has criminal charges pending and refuses to sign waiver, the
commanding officer next higher command of civilian must hold informal conference
within thirty days of date of suspension.

IF CIVILIAN IS AWOL
COMMANDING 15.
OFFICER OF
CIVILIAN

Prepare and forward CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
a.
If Department property is not accounted for, have COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152) prepared.

DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE

16.

Have civilian member report to the Employee Management Division –
Shield and Identification Card Unit for IDENTIFICATION CARD and
shield, when applicable, if suspension is rescinded.
a.
Commanding officer will be responsible for the return of any other
Department property removed.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Department Advocate will have CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS served as
provided in P.G. 206-06, “Service of Charges and Specifications” and after service, a
trial will be held before Deputy Commissioner - Trials, in absentia if necessary.
Civilian member may request a formal conference at next higher command at any time
prior to holding a formal trial.
A civilian member of the service under suspension who desires to be restored to duty will submit
a written request to the First Deputy Commissioner through the Department Advocate’s Office.
Civilian Employee Handbook will be accounted for if civilian is dismissed.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Notifications in Certain Arrest Situations (P.G. 208-69)
Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)
Preparation of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Service of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-06)
Cause for Suspension or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Civilian Member - Resignation (A.G. 319-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
COMPLAINT REPORT(PD313-152)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-10

MODIFIED ASSIGNMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To assign a uniformed member of the service to non-enforcement duties pending
determination of fitness to perform police duties.

SCOPE

Firearms may be removed from a uniformed member of the service for
disciplinary as well as non-disciplinary reasons. In incidents where there is no
misconduct and no disciplinary action is anticipated, the member will not be
placed on modified assignment. When a firearms removal is based on nondisciplinary factors, the ranking officer directing the removal will comply with
the applicable provisions of P.G. 205-47, “Temporary Removal of Firearms in
Non-Disciplinary Cases.”

PROCEDURE

When placing a uniformed member of the service on modified assignment.

RANKING
OFFICER IN
CHARGE

1.
2.

3.
4.

NOTE

Uniformed member may retain Department Manual.

5.

6.

NOTE

Inform uniformed member that modified assignment is contingent upon
being available for prompt Departmental disciplinary trial.
Remove firearms, shield, IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) and
other Department property as directed in P.G. 206-17, “Removal and
Restoration of Firearms.”
Make a clear photocopy of member’s IDENTIFICATION CARD and
provide the photocopy to member concerned.
Direct the member to utilize the photocopy of their IDENTIFICATION
CARD to gain access to One Police Plaza for modified assignment
processing to avoid waiting in line with non-members of the Department.

Ensure that shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD are hand delivered to
the Employee Management Division, Shield and Identification Card Unit
at One Police Plaza, Room 502, with appropriate copy of
REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT (PD524152) on the next business day and obtain receipt.
Direct uniformed member to report direct, in appropriate business
attire, at 0900 hours on the next business day he/she is scheduled to
work, to the Personnel Orders Section, Uniform Assignment Unit, located
at One Police Plaza, Room 1008.

Uniformed members placed on modified assignment will report direct to the Personnel Orders
Section, Uniform Assignment Unit and will NOT be permitted to begin their tour at their command.
Members on regular day off (RDO), sick report or scheduled vacation will report on the first
business day upon return to work. Members will not perform an extended tour and no overtime is
authorized.
When a uniformed member is scheduled to return to work on a non-business day (Saturday,
Sunday, holiday, etc.), direct the member to report, in appropriate business attire, to their assigned
command for non-enforcement duty. Uniformed member will report direct to the Personnel Orders
Section, Uniform Assignment Unit the next business day he/she is scheduled to work.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

RANKING
OFFICER IN
CHARGE

7.

(continued)

8.

9.

2 of 4

Enter facts concerning modified assignment in Command Log and notify:
a.
Supervisor on duty at Operations Unit immediately
b.
Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center and obtain log number.
Immediately submit report on Typed Letterhead (DIRECT) to:
a.
First Deputy Commissioner (forward additional copy of report
THROUGH CHANNELS)
b.
Deputy Commissioner, Department Advocate
c.
Deputy Commissioner, Trials
d.
Chief of Department
e.
Chief of Personnel
f.
Commanding Officer, Personnel Orders Section
g.
Commanding officer of member concerned.
Fax copy of Typed Letterhead to the Personnel Orders Section.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

10.

Report direct to the Personnel Orders Section, Uniform Assignment Unit,
located at One Police Plaza, Room 1008, at 0900 hours on the next
business day scheduled to work, in appropriate business attire.

NOTE

When scheduled to work on a non-business day (Saturday, Sunday, holiday, etc.), report in
appropriate business attire, to assigned command for non-enforcement duty. Uniformed
members of the service will report direct to the Personnel Orders Section, Uniform
Assignment Unit, the next business day he/she is scheduled to work.
Uniformed members of the service will report to One Police Plaza, first floor employee
entrance gate and present photocopy of their IDENTIFICATION CARD to
Headquarters Security personnel to be issued an access pass for entry into One Police
Plaza.

11.
12.

NOTE

Sign in Personnel Orders Section sign-in log when directed by Personnel
Orders Section, Uniform Assignment Unit personnel.
Report to the Employee Management Division, Shield and Identification
Card Unit, Room 502, for a new IDENTIFICATION CARD, when
directed by Personnel Orders Section personnel.

Uniformed members of the service are reminded that they must be guided by P.G. 20307, “Performance on Duty - Personal Appearance.” Members will not be permitted to
take IDENTIFICATION CARD photo with facial hair unless:
a.
Written approval has been received from the District Surgeon concerned and
Commanding Officer, Medical Division, when required because of a medical
condition OR
b.
Written approval has been received from the Deputy Commissioner, Equal
Employment Opportunity when required because of a religious accommodation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

206-10

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

NOTE
(continued)

Modified members of the service are not authorized to possess any firearms or their
shield. Modified members will be issued a “NO FIREARMS” IDENTIFICATION
CARD by the Employee Management Division’s Shield and Identification Card Unit
during processing. Members who are restored from modified assignment and placed on
restricted duty or remain on restricted duty for psychological or alcohol related reasons,
may posses their shield and will retain their “NO FIREARMS” IDENTIFICATION
CARD until their restricted duty status is revoked by the Psychological Evaluation
Section or Counseling Unit, as appropriate. Upon restoration to full duty and approval
for the return of firearms, the member’s shield and full duty IDENTIFICATION CARD
will be returned. The Personnel Orders Section will provide an official letterhead to
members restored to full duty for retrieval of firearms from the Property Clerk Division.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The First Deputy Commissioner MUST approve the return of firearms, shield and
IDENTIFICATION CARD to a uniformed member of the service on modified
assignment unless the Police Commissioner directs the return of such property.
A uniformed member of the service on modified assignment who desires to be restored to
full duty will submit a request to the First Deputy Commissioner’s Office through the
Deputy Commissioner, Department Advocate.
A uniformed member continues to accrue vacation and is permitted to take vacation or
authorized leave if there is no conflict with an appearance at a criminal or disciplinary
trial.
Members who are defendants in a criminal action shall not appear in court on these
cases while on duty. Such appearances shall be made on regular days off (RDOs) or
with authorized excusals.
Uniformed members of the service placed on modified assignment may be transferred as
per the needs of the Department. If the uniformed member on modified assignment does
not carry out his/her duties in a satisfactory manner, the commanding officer of the unit
may recommend to the First Deputy Commissioner, through channels, that the member
be suspended.
Uniformed members being restored to full duty will be notified by the Deputy
Commissioner, Department Advocate and will report, when directed, to the Department
Advocate’s Office. The Department Advocate’s Office will direct member to report to
the Personnel Orders Section, Uniform Assignment Unit, located at One Police Plaza,
Room 1008, for restoration processing.
Uniformed members of the service are placed on modified assignment for a number of
reasons. The vast majority of these members will be restored to full duty and continue to
have successful careers with the Department. When a modified member, who has been
temporarily assigned to an administrative/support command, has performed in an
exemplary manner, the commanding officer may request permanent assignment upon
member’s restoration to full duty, needs of the service permitting. Transfer requests
must be forwarded, through channels, to the Police Commissioner for approval prior to
restoration from modified assignment.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

206-10

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Temporary Removal of Firearms in Non-Disciplinary Cases (P.G. 205-47)
Cause for Suspension or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)
Performance on Duty – Personal Appearance (P.G. 203-07)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD 416-091)
REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT (PD524-152)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-11

MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ARRESTED
(UNIFORMED OR CIVILIAN)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To record and investigate cases when members of the service, both uniformed or
civilian, are arrested.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service is arrested:

DEFINITION

CRIMINAL VIOLATION - For the purpose of this procedure, means any
violation of law, rule or regulation, whether committed within New York State or
outside of the State, for which a penalty of a term of imprisonment may be
imposed, but shall not include parking violations, traffic infractions (other than
leaving the scene of an incident without reporting and driving while ability
impaired) and violations of law, rule or regulation when a personal service
summons received contemplates a civil penalty only.
ARRESTED WITHIN CITY

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ARRESTED

1.

NOTE

All members of the service (uniformed or civilian), who receive a personal service
summons for a criminal violation, are required to immediately notify their commanding
officer, and provide the commanding officer with a copy of the summons.

2.

DESK OFFICER 3.
4.
5.

6.

Immediately notify arresting authority of position as a member of the
New York City Police Department.
Promptly notify desk officer, precinct of arrest, of details if arrest effected
by law enforcement agency other than New York City Police Department.

Immediately notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center.
Immediately notify precinct commander/duty captain.
Promptly notify the Operations Unit and include:
a.
Time and date of arrest
b.
Place of occurrence
c.
Present location of member or place where he will be available for
interview
d.
Identity of all persons involved in the incident
e.
Manner in which member became involved
f.
Sickness or injury of member or other persons involved
g.
Identity and statements of witnesses
h.
Title and description of the law violated
i.
Identity of law enforcement agency making arrest (federal, state or local)
j.
Specific charges against the member
k.
Date and location of court appearance, if known
l.
Interim or final disposition, if any.
Make entry of notification in Telephone Record and include identity of
precinct commander/duty captain notified.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

PRECINCT
COMMANDER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

7.
8.

Make certain arrested member’s commanding officer is notified.
Notify patrol borough commander, borough of arrest.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMANDER
CONCERNED

9.

Assign captain or above to conduct investigation.

RANKING
OFFICER
CONDUCTING
INVESTIGATION

10.

Commence immediate investigation and interview arrested member and
witnesses, if any.
Submit report on Typed Letterhead to Chief of Department within
twenty-four hours.
Ascertain status of case no later than twenty-four hours after each court
appearance of member.
Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead indicating status of case and
adjournment dates and forward to:
a.
First Deputy Commissioner
b.
Chief of Department
c.
Chief of Personnel
d.
Chief of Internal Affairs
e.
Department Special Prosecutor or Department Advocate’s Office,
as appropriate
f.
Patrol borough commander concerned.
Direct arrested member to immediately notify his commanding officer if
charges are dismissed.

11.
12.
13.

14.

ARRESTED OUTSIDE CITY
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ARRESTED

15.
16.
17.

NOTE

Immediately notify arresting authority of position as a member of the
New York City Police Department.
Immediately notify Operations Unit, comply with the remainder of step 5,
subdivisions “a” to “l”, and include identity of local police authorities involved.
Notify commanding officer without delay.

Commanding officer will contact arrested member within twenty-four hours of court
appearance and ascertain status of case.
All members of the service (uniformed or civilian), who receive a personal summons for
a criminal violation, are required to immediately notify their commanding officer, and
provide the commanding officer with a copy of the summons.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-11

SUPERVISOR,
OPERATIONS
UNIT

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

18.

Immediately notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center, and the following:
ARREST MADE IN
 Westchester, Rockland
Orange or Putnam


19.

3 of 4

NOTIFY
Commanding Officer,
Patrol Borough Bronx

Nassau or Suffolk

Commanding Officer,
Patrol Borough Queens North
or South, as appropriate
Notify commanding officer of arrested member.
a.
If command is closed, make notification at 0900 hours, next
business day.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMANDER
OR CHIEF OF
INTERNAL
AFFAIRS

20.

Assign a captain or above, to conduct investigation.

RANKING
OFFICER
CONDUCTING
INVESTIGATION

21.

Communicate by telephone with arresting authorities to determine if there
are witnesses to the incident.

NOTE

Ranking officer assigned is authorized to use a Department vehicle within city and the
six residence counties without prior permission.

22.
23.
24.
25.

Advise the supervising officer, Operations Unit, of facts.
Submit report on Typed Letterhead to the Chief of Department within
twenty-four hours.
Ascertain status of case no later than twenty-four hours after each court
appearance of member.
Prepare and forward a report, indicating status and adjournment date, to
First Deputy Commissioner, Chief of Department, Chief of Personnel,
Chief of Internal Affairs, Department Special Prosecutor or Department
Advocate’s Office (as appropriate), and patrol borough commander
responsible for the investigation.
a.
Include arrest number, docket number, and jurisdiction in this report.

IN ALL CASES
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ARRESTED

26.

27.

Keep commanding officer informed of status of case at least once every
thirty days and include:
a.
Adjournment dates
b.
Final disposition
c.
If appeal made
d.
Disposition of appeal.
Notify commanding officer as soon as possible if charges are dismissed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

COMMANDING 28.
OFFICER,
ARRESTED
29.
MEMBER

Telephone the Department Advocate and the borough commander
responsible for the investigation of the disposition of all criminal charges,
if Department charges have been preferred.
Provide the Chief of Internal Affairs with a final disposition of all criminal
charges involving the arrest of a member of their command.

DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE

30.

Obtain a “Certificate of Disposition” from the appropriate jurisdiction and
verify conviction (or plea) of the member of the service, with special
attention to crimes involving domestic violence, upon receipt of notification.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Notifications in Certain Arrest Situations (P.G. 208-69)
Preparation of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)
Suspension from Duty Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-08)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Cause for Suspension or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Review of Arrest Cases Involving a Member of the Service as a Defendant (P.G. 206-16)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-12

REMOVAL OF FIREARMS FROM INTOXICATED UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To determine if an on/off duty uniformed member of the service is unfit for duty
due to intoxication.

DEFINITION

INTOXICATION - Unfitness for duty due to the influence of alcohol, narcotics,
or other drug, or under circumstances in which surrounding events of a timely
nature indicate that the member may have been intoxicated during an earlier
period directly related to the incident in question.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing a uniformed member of the service who appears unfit for duty
due to intoxication:

SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

1.
2.
3.

Direct that member remain at Department facility or other location
pending the arrival of commanding officer/duty captain.
Prepare, immediately, SUPERVISOR’S FITNESS FOR DUTY
REPORT (PD469-150) based upon observations of member of the service.
Notify precinct commander/duty captain to respond to facility.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

4.

NOTE

Common sense standards will be applied to determine whether a member of the service is
unfit for duty due to intoxication. Commanding officers/duty captains will examine the
totality of the circumstances and will consider all credible relevant information when
determining a member’s fitness for duty. Such information will include all
SUPERVISOR’S FITNESS FOR DUTY REPORTS prepared, any witness statements
made by civilians or members of the service, and any available scientific evidence
(Breathalyzer, blood test, etc.). On the basis of all available information, viewed in light of
the time elapsed since any alleged acts of misconduct or since the first supervisory
observation of the member, the commanding officer/duty captain will conclude whether the
member was unfit for duty at the time of the alleged misconduct.

5.

6.
7.
8.
NOTE

Prepare, immediately, SUPERVISOR’S FITNESS FOR DUTY
REPORT based upon observations of member of the service.
Conduct an investigation to determine if member is unfit for duty due to
intoxication at the time of the alleged misconduct.

Remove firearms when it is determined that member is intoxicated (see P.G.
206-17, “Removal and Restoration of Firearms”).
Place member on modified assignment or suspend from duty, as appropriate.
Advise member of availability of Counseling Service Program.

A supervisory officer is mandated in all cases to contact the Counseling Services Unit on
behalf of a member who is placed on modified assignment, suspended, or has his/her
firearms removed due to being unfit for duty. The services of the Counseling Service
Program are not available to personnel for illegal drug use and/or abuse problems.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-12

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9.

10.

11.

2 of 2

Have supervisory officer contact Counseling Service DIRECT, during normal
business hours. At other times, conferral with a counselor may be requested by
contacting the Sick Desk supervisor.
Prepare five copies of all completed SUPERVISOR’S FITNESS FOR
DUTY REPORTS (commanding officer/duty captain’s and referring
supervisor’s).
Prepare seven copies of a report on Typed Letterhead detailing
observations and circumstances that led to determination that member
was unfit for duty and forward each, with copies of all SUPERVISOR’S
FITNESS FOR DUTY REPORTS, as follows:
a.
First Deputy Commissioner - Original (DIRECT)
b.
First Deputy Commissioner (THOUGH CHANNELS)
c.
Chief of Department (DIRECT)
d.
Chief of Personnel (DIRECT)
e.
Deputy Commissioner - Trials
f.
Department Advocate’s Office
g.
Member’s commanding officer.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Prior to final adjudication of a disciplinary matter, in all misconduct cases in which the
use of alcohol is indicated, a conferral with the Early Intervention Unit must be made,
and an alcoholism assessment by the Counseling Services Unit, must be conducted. In
addition, in appropriate cases, final adjudication of the disciplinary matter will be held
in abeyance pending completion of treatment for alcoholism. The Department
Advocate’s Office or the Office of the Special Prosecutor, as appropriate, are required
to ensure that these steps are taken.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Cause for Suspension or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Suspension From Duty Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-08)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Administration of Drug Screening Tests for Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SUPERVISOR’S FITNESS FOR DUTY REPORT (PD469-150)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-13

INTERROGATION OF MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To protect the rights of the member of the service (uniformed or civilian) in an
official Department investigation.

PROCEDURE

Prior to questioning a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) who is the
subject or a witness in an official investigation:

INTERROGATING 1.
OFFICER

NOTE

Permit member to obtain counsel if:
a.
A serious violation is alleged, OR
b.
Sufficient justification is presented although the alleged violation is minor.

All members of the service who are the subject of an official investigation or are a
witness in an official investigation, shall be given a reasonable period of time to obtain
and confer with counsel prior to questioning. Interrogations of members in routine,
non-critical matters should be scheduled during business hours on a day when the
member is scheduled to work.
Interrogations in emerging investigation, where there is a need to gather timely
information, should usually be done after all preliminary steps and conferrals have been
completed and the member to be questioned has been afforded a reasonable time to
obtain and confer with counsel. In determining what is a reasonable period of time,
consideration should be given to the nature of the investigation, the need for the
Department to have the information possessed by the member in a timely manner, and
the stage the investigation is at when the need to question the member has been
determined. The emergent nature and exigent circumstances of each investigation will
determine the length of time afforded the member before questioning is conducted.
However, in all cases the determination as to what is a reasonable time will be made by
the captain (or above) in charge of the investigation.

2.

3.
4.

Inform member concerned of:
a.
Rank, name and command of person in charge of investigation
b.
Rank, name and command of interrogating officer
c.
Identity of all persons present
d.
Whether he is subject or witness in the investigation, if known
e.
Nature of accusation
f.
Identities of witnesses or complainants (address need not be
revealed) except those of confidential source or field associate
unless they are witnesses to the incident
g.
Information concerning all allegations.
h.
The Department’s policy regarding making false statements (see
P.G. 203-08).
Permit representative of department line organization to be present at all
times during interrogation.
Conduct interrogation at reasonable hour, preferably when member is on
duty during daytime hours.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-13
INTERROGATING
OFFICER
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

5.

6.

7.
8.
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Ensure that interrogation is recorded either mechanically or by a
department stenographer.
a.
The Department Advocate will determine if a transcript is
required in non-criminal or minor violation cases.
DO NOT use:
a.
“Off the record” questions
b.
Offensive language or threats (transfer, dismissal or other
disciplinary punishment)
c.
Promises of reward for answering questions.
Regulate duration of question periods with breaks for meal, personal
necessity, telephone call, etc.
Record all recesses.

Interrogations may be conducted before or after CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS
(PD468-121) have been served. An interrogation conducted after service of charges
must be completed at least ten days prior to the date of Department trial except as
directed by the Deputy Commissioner - Trials.

9.

Conduct interrogation within a reasonable time after disposition of criminal
matter, when member was arrested, indicted or under criminal investigation.

DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE

10.

Furnish member with copy of tape of interrogation no later than twenty
days after service of charges.
a.
If interrogation was conducted after service of charges, tape must be
furnished to member no later than five days after interrogation
b.
Furnish transcript, if one was prepared, by 1000 hours on trial
date, in all cases.

NOTE

When the Department trial date is scheduled immediately after CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS are served, the Deputy Commissioner - Trials will grant the
Department reasonable time to conduct an interrogation. In any event, a copy of the
tape and a copy of the transcript must be furnished as indicated above, if appropriate.

COMMANDING 11.
OFFICER OF
MEMBER
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

12.
13.

SUPERVISOR IN
CHARGE OF
INVESTIGATION

14.

Assign member to 2nd Platoon, if possible.

Answer questions specifically directed and narrowly related to official
duties. (Refusal shall result in suspension from duty).
Submit OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064) if lost time accrues as
result of investigation.
Notify the desk officer immediately when member of the service is directed
to leave his post or assignment to report for an official investigation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-13

SUPERVISOR IN
CHARGE OF
INVESTIGATION

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

15.

Ensure that notifications concerning official investigations are properly
recorded in appropriate Department records when made to or recorded from:
a.
Complainants
b.
Witnesses
c.
Lawyers
d.
Respondents
e.
Other interested parties.

DESK OFFICER 16.

Record in appropriate department records and notify the investigating
command immediately of notifications or messages received from:
a.
Lawyers
b.
Witnesses
c.
Complainants
d.
Other interested parties involved in the subject investigation.

(continued)

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) is under arrest or is the subject of a
criminal investigation or there is a likelihood that criminal charges may result from the
investigation, the following warnings shall be given to the member concerned prior to
commencement of the interrogation:
“I wish to advise you that you are being questioned as part of an official investigation by
the Police Department. You will be asked questions specifically directed and narrowly
related to the performance of your duties. You are entitled to all the rights and
privileges guaranteed by the laws of the State of New York, the Constitution of this state
and the Constitution of the United States, including the right not to be compelled to
incriminate yourself and the right to have legal counsel present at each and every stage
of this investigation.
I further wish to advise you that if you refuse to testify or to answer questions relating to
the performance of your official duties, you will be subject to departmental charges,
which could result in your dismissal from the Police Department. If you do answer,
neither your statements nor any information or evidence which is gained by reason of
such statements can be used against you in any subsequent criminal proceedings.
However, these statements may be used against you in relation to subsequent
departmental charges.”
The questions and answers resulting from the interrogation conducted pursuant to this
procedure are confidential. They are not to be revealed nor released to any person or
agency outside the department without prior written approval of the Deputy
Commissioner - Legal Matters. If a subpoena duces tecum is received for any such
questions and answers, the Legal Bureau should be contacted immediately.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-14

SEALING DISCIPLINARY RECORDS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To ensure that disciplinary records regarding Schedule “B” command disciplines
and certain corruption/misconduct allegations are sealed in a member’s Central
Personnel Index file.

DEFINITION

SEALED - Information is suppressed on member’s Central Personnel Index
whenever background inquiry is made, including promotion and transfer requests.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service wishes to seal all records pertaining to a Schedule
“B” command discipline:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Prepare a Typed Letterhead addressed to commanding officer
requesting the sealing of Schedule “B” command discipline on the 3rd
anniversary from the date of disposition.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER/
3.
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

Determine if requesting member received charges and specifications and/or
additional Schedule “B” command discipline(s) during the above time frame.
Expunge SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND
DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123) from member’s
command folder, endorse original request and forward to Employee
Management Division, if no additional violations.
a.
If member has been the subject of an additional violation(s),
advise member by endorsement on original request and file copy
in member’s command folder.
b.
Advise member that he/she may resubmit request three years after
the disposition of the most recent disciplinary violation.

UPON RECEIPT OF ENDORSED REQUEST
EMPLOYEE
MANAGEMENT
DIVISION

4.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Allegations of misconduct (“M” Cases) or corruption (“C” Cases) which result in a final
disposition of exonerated or unfounded will be sealed in the member’s Central Personnel Index
by the Internal Affairs Bureau. Sealed allegations and command disciplines will only be
available to the Internal Affairs Bureau for statistical evaluations and internal investigations.
Additionally, these records will be made available to the Legal Bureau and the Early Intervention
Unit as necessary to enable those commands to perform their respective responsibilities.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)
Authorized Penalties Under Command Discipline (P.G. 206-04)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION
REPORT (PD468-123)
Typed Letterhead

5.
6.

Seal Schedule “B” command discipline on member’s Central Personnel
Index if satisfied clemency requirement has been met.
Endorse original request and return to member concerned.
Forward a copy of endorsed request to:
a.
Disciplinary Assessment Unit
b.
Department Advocate’s Office.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-15

SEALING DISCIPLINARY CHARGES
DATE ISSUED:

11/21/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11/21/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To seal disciplinary charges in a member of the service’s Central Personnel Index
file, the Department Advocate’s Office Disciplinary Record System database and
any other folders/files where disciplinary charges are maintained.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) who has been found “not
guilty” after a Department trial requests to have disciplinary charges sealed:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

A trial decision is final on the date it is signed by the Police Commissioner.

Prepare request on Typed Letterhead, not earlier than two years
following final decision after trial, and include:
a.
Name of member of the service
b.
Shield/tax registry number
c.
Department Advocate’s Office case number
d.
Date of final decision by Police Commissioner

2.

Forward request direct to Commanding Officer, Department Advocate’s Office.

COMMANDING 3.
4.
OFFICER,
DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE’S
OFFICE

Review request to have disciplinary charges sealed.
Make recommendation to Police Commissioner, through channels,
considering:
a.
Member’s overall service record
b.
Nature of charges
c.
Other relevant factors.
Attach request to recommendation and forward to Deputy Commissioner,
Department Advocate.

5.

DEPUTY

6.

Review recommendation and request.
a.
Forward with comments to First Deputy Commissioner by
endorsement.

FIRST DEPUTY
7.
COMMISSIONER

Review endorsed recommendation and forward to Police Commissioner
by endorsement with recommendation for final determination.

POLICE
COMMISSIONER

Approve/disapprove request by endorsement after review of
recommendations.
Have approved/disapproved request forwarded to Commanding Officer,
Department Advocate’s Office, through channels.

COMMISSIONER,

DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE

8.
9.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-15

PAGE:

11/21/13

COMMANDING 10.
OFFICER,
DEPARTMENT 11.
ADVOCATE’S
OFFICE

12.
13.

COMMANDING 14.
OFFICER,
MEMBER
CONCERNED
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

File approved/disapproved requests in appropriate case folder for member
concerned.
Seal the appropriate disciplinary record in Department Advocate’s
Disciplinary Record System database, if request approved.
a.
Request that Central Personnel Index Unit seal the appropriate
charges and specifications in member’s Central Personnel Index
file, for approved cases.
Notify member concerned, in writing, of final determination of Police
Commissioner, whether approved or disapproved.
Request that Commanding Officer of member concerned delete relevant
disciplinary record in folder/files, i.e., personal folder, integrity control
officer’s investigation folder, etc., for approved cases.
Ensure the deletion of member’s disciplinary record from folders/files
maintained in command, for approved cases.

The Department Advocate’s Office shall ensure that charges and specifications from a
member’s Central Personnel Index file and the Department Advocate’s Office
Disciplinary Record System database are sealed whenever:
a.
The charges were dismissed based on establishing (in the dismissal
memorandum) that a violation of Department regulations did not occur, OR
b.
The charges were based on mistaken identification.
The dismissal memorandum submitted by the Department Advocate shall include a
recommendation that the charges be sealed in the member’s Central Personnel Index
file and the Department Advocate’s Disciplinary Record System database.
Once a disciplinary record is sealed, it may NOT be referred to when a member is being
promoted, transferred or being considered for a detail assignment. However, the
Department Advocate’s Office disciplinary case file, including copies of CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121), may be utilized for informational purposes as necessary.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-16

REVIEW OF ARREST CASES INVOLVING A MEMBER OF THE
SERVICE AS A DEFENDANT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To enable the Department’s Special Prosecutor to conduct an immediate, initial
review of all criminal cases where a member of the service is a defendant, and to
ensure appropriate case assignment.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service is arrested:

BUREAU/UNIT
MAKING
ARREST

1.

Ensure copies of reports (i.e. Typed Letterhead, addressed to First
Deputy Commissioner, and other arrest paperwork) are hand delivered on
day of occurrence or by 0900 hours next business day.

DEPARTMENT
SPECIAL
PROSECUTOR

2.
3.

Review investigative reports concerning arrest.
Recommend to the First Deputy Commissioner that the matter be
assigned to either the Department Advocate’s Office, or the Department
Special Prosecutor’s Office.

NOTE

If the case is appropriate for assignment to the Department Special Prosecutor’s Office,
wording of charges and specifications will be prepared by the Department Special Prosecutor
and returned to the Commanding Officer, Department Advocate’s Office for all necessary
processing. The case will then be assigned to the Department Special Prosecutor’s Office.
However, if the case is appropriate for assignment to the Department Advocate’s Office,
the case folder will be returned to the Commanding Officer, Department Advocate’s
Office and assigned to an attorney for consultation and approval of charges.

4.
5.

Maintain a log of all cases.
Inform unit concerned of case assignment as determined by the First
Deputy Commissioner.

PENDING CRIMINAL CASE WHERE MEMBER OF THE SERVICE HAS
NOT BEEN SEPARATED FROM DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO CONCLUSION
OF CRIMINAL CASE:
BUREAU/UNIT
RESPONSIBLE
FOR ARREST

6.
7.

Monitor each court appearance of subject member of the service.
Notify assigned Department prosecutor (Department Advocate or
Department Special Prosecutor) upon conclusion of criminal matter.
a.
Initiate additional investigation, as directed.

WHEN MEMBER OF THE SERVICE IS CONVICTED:
DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE/
SPECIAL
PROSECUTOR

8.

Recommend an appropriate administrative disposition of case upon being
notified of a conviction.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-16

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

In cases where the recommendation is dismissal, a Final Order of Dismissal and
appropriate base papers will be submitted to the First Deputy Commissioner.

DISMISSAL OF CRIMINAL MATTER (ACQUITTAL, VIOLATION, ETC.):
DEPARTMENT
ADVOCATE/
SPECIAL
PROSECUTOR

9.

Evaluate the case, and make an appropriate recommendation to the First
Deputy Commissioner, without delay upon notification of dismissal of
the criminal matter.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-17

REMOVAL AND RESTORATION OF FIREARMS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To remove firearms from a uniformed member of the service at the direction of a
ranking officer or other competent authority.

NOTE

This procedure does not pertain to members whose firearms removal is based on nondisciplinary factors, or who voluntarily surrender firearms solely for safekeeping while
experiencing a current personal problem off-duty, (e.g. potential domestic violence
accusations). See Patrol Guide procedure 205-47, “Temporary Removal of Firearms In
Non-Disciplinary Cases.”

SCOPE

Firearms may be removed from a uniformed member of the service for
disciplinary as well as non-disciplinary reasons. In incidents where there is no
misconduct and no disciplinary action is anticipated, the member will not be
placed on modified assignment. When a firearms removal is based on nondisciplinary factors, the ranking officer directing the removal will comply with
the applicable provisions of Patrol Guide procedure 205-47, “Temporary
Removal of Firearms in Non-Disciplinary Cases.”

DEFINITION

RANKING OFFICER - For the purposes of this procedure, a ranking officer is a
uniformed member of the service in the rank of sergeant or above.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is suspended or placed on modified
assignment, or when a police surgeon, ranking officer or other competent
authority believes a uniformed member of the service is unable to properly
safeguard his firearms.

SURGEON/
COMPETENT
AUTHORITY

1.
2.

Request Communications Section to send a ranking officer to scene if necessary.
Direct member concerned to surrender all pistols, revolvers,
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) and shield.

RANKING
OFFICER

3.
4.
5.

Obtain member’s pistols, revolvers, shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD.
Deliver property to precinct where the order to surrender was given.
Direct member who is assigned to restricted duty to report to Employee
Management Division for new IDENTIFICATION CARD.
Question member to determine if he possesses additional pistols or revolvers.

6.
DESK OFFICER 7.
PRECINCT OF
SURRENDER
8.

Notify member’s permanent command and request a check of member’s
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143) to determine if all weapons listed have
been surrendered.
Arrange to obtain other pistols and revolvers if necessary.
a.
The precinct/command where any of the member’s pistols or
revolvers are located may be directed to retrieve the weapons and
deliver them to either the member’s command or to the command
in which the investigation is being conducted, if appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 9.
PRECINCT OF
10.
SURRENDER
(continued)

11.
12.

13.

2 of 3

Notify Medical Division - Sick Desk and obtain a Firearms Removal
serial number.
Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) prepared for
firearms obtained, including notation “PROPERTY OF SUSPENDED/
MODIFIED ASSIGNMENT MEMBER - NOT TO BE RETURNED
UNLESS APPROVED COPY OF REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF
FIREARMS REPORT (PART B) (PD524-152) IS PRESENTED.”
Prepare REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT
(PD524-152) and distribute according to instructions on form.
Send firearms with PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE by messenger to
borough office of Property Clerk.
a.
Forward to Firearms Analysis Section if circumstances warrant.
Forward IDENTIFICATION CARD and shield with one copy of
REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT by messenger to
the Employee Management Division – Shield and Identification Card Unit by
next business day and obtain receipt for file in command.

TO RESTORE FIREARMS TO A MEMBER WHEN REASON FOR
REMOVAL NO LONGER EXISTS:

15.

Obtain from desk officer the three copies of the appropriate
REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT which have
been retained in command.
Sign request statement in Part B and submit to commanding officer.

COMMANDING 16.
OFFICER

Indicate APPROVAL or DISAPPROVAL on Part B and forward two
copies to the Medical Division.

MEMBER
CONCERNED

14.

NOTE

If DISAPPROVED, state reason in Part B.

C.O., MEDICAL
DIVISION

17.

Recommend approval or disapproval and forward both copies to the First
Deputy Commissioner.

FIRST DEPUTY
COMMISSIONER

18.

APPROVE or DISAPPROVE request.
a.
Return both copies of REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF
FIREARMS REPORT indicating action taken to command of
member concerned through the Medical Division.

COMMANDING 19.
OFFICER

Return both copies of approved REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF
FIREARMS REPORT to member concerned.
a.
Return one copy of disapproved REPORT to member concerned
and file second copy.

20.

Present one approved copy of REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF
FIREARMS REPORT to:
a.
Employee Management Division – Shield and Identification Card Unit
for return of shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD.

MEMBER
CONCERNED

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-17

MEMBER
CONCERNED

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

3 of 3

Property Clerk’s borough office for return of firearms. (Shield and
IDENTIFICATION CARD must be shown).

(continued)
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Cause for Suspension or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Suspension from Duty Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-08)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Removal of Firearms from Intoxicated Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT (PD 524-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-18

CITYWIDE COMMAND DISCIPLINE SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

1.
The Department has developed a Citywide Command Discipline System. This
application shall be utilized by the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity to track the issuance of
command disciplines throughout the Department. The initial phases of this program affected all
citywide Patrol Services, the Transit, Housing and Internal Affairs Bureaus as well as the Criminal
Justice, Detective, Organized Crime Control and Support Services Bureaus. Effective upon
publication of this order, the program will be expanded to include all of the remaining Department
commands citywide. All commands shall implement the use of the Command Discipline System.
2.
The Integrity Control Officers (ICOs) and Assistant Integrity Control Officers (Asst.
ICOs) of all commands citywide will be responsible for entering all 2005 command discipline data and
maintaining the Command Discipline System thereafter. Information contained in the present
Command Discipline forms and Command Discipline Log will remain available at the command level,
consistent with current practices. The records obtained through the Command Discipline System will
be used for analytical purposes; however, the system has been designed to allow for analysis without
changing current practices regarding command disciplines.
NOTE

The Command Discipline System is a confidential application. Access to the system shall be
restricted to Commanding Officers, Executive Officers, Integrity Control Officers, Assistant
Integrity Control Officers, and other personnel specifically authorized by the Commanding
Officer concerned.

3.
The Commanding Officers of all commands are required to forward a request, on
Typed Letterhead, to the Assistant Commissioner of the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity,
One Police Plaza, Room 600, identifying the name and tax registry number of the Integrity Control
Officer, Assistant Integrity Control Officer, Executive Officer and other authorized personnel for
authorization to access the system. When members of the service are required to enter command
discipline data into the database utilizing multiple command codes, each command code that access
is required for, must be indicated on the request. The request shall also include the name and
telephone number of a designated member of the service within the command who will assist in
coordinating training for new users of the system.
4.
Commanding Officers, Executive Officers, ICOs, Asst. ICOs, and other authorized
personnel are reminded of the following mandates:
a.

The ICO/Asst. ICO/other authorized member is required to create a new
command discipline record for each command discipline issued by entering all
relevant information into the system within five working days of the issuance
of a command discipline.

b.

Within five working days of the adjudication of a command discipline, the
ICO/ Asst. ICO/other authorized member shall complete all system entries
pertaining to the adjudication of the command discipline.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

206-18

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

c.

Within five working days of the completion of the adjudication entries by the
ICO/Asst. ICO/other authorized member, the Commanding Officer/Executive
Officer shall be responsible to review the command discipline record and
finalize (sign-off) the record to verify that it is accurate and complete.

d.

ICOs and Assistant ICOs who do not have access to the Department’s Wide
Area Network (WAN) must personally enter command discipline data
pertaining to members of their command at their next higher command that
possesses WAN access.
Access to the command discipline system requires both a “CESN” password issued by MISD and
system authorization by OEEO. “CESN” passwords can be obtained by sending a written request
to the Commanding Officer, Management Information Systems Division.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-19

ORDERS OF PROTECTION SERVED ON MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To inform members of the service of the procedure to follow when notified that
they are the respondent/defendant of any Order of Protection.

SCOPE

All uniformed members of the service are required as a condition of employment to
remain qualified to possess firearms for the duration of their tenure with the
Department. Members who are the respondent/defendant of an Order of Protection
that limits firearms possession may be subject to a change in duty status and/or
disciplinary action up to and including termination.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is notified that they are the subject of
any Order of Protection:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Notify commanding officer immediately.
a.
If command is not open, notify Internal Affairs Bureau, Command
Center and obtain log number, and Operations Unit.

OPERATIONS
UNIT

2.

Direct appropriate patrol borough duty captain to respond to member’s
current location within residence counties, if member’s command is not open.

INITIAL INVESTIGATION OF AN ORDER OF PROTECTION SERVED ON
MEMBER
COMMANDING 3.
OFFICER/
DUTY
4.
CAPTAIN

5.

6.

Notify:
a.
Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, and obtain log number
b.
Bureau/borough Investigations Unit, to respond and assist.
Conduct investigation to determine if there is a basis for firearms removal.
a.
Place member on modified assignment if Order of Protection
prohibits firearms possession at all times, or if otherwise appropriate.
b.
If Order of Protection prohibits firearms possession off-duty only, and
member is not to be placed on modified assignment, member will be
required to safeguard all firearms at command while off-duty. (See
P.G. 206-20, “Orders of Protection Prohibiting Off-Duty Firearms
Possession by Uniformed Members of the Service.”)
Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to the Chief of Internal Affairs and
include:
a.
Details of investigation
b.
Decision regarding member’s duty status
c.
Specifics of the Order of Protection.
Forward additional copies of report to:
a.
First Deputy Commissioner
b.
Deputy Commissioner, Personnel
c.
Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section
d.
Commanding Officer, Investigations Unit concerned
e.
Commanding officer of member concerned, if applicable.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-19

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

MEMBER IS THE SUBJECT OF A FINAL ORDER OF PROTECTION
PROHIBITING FIREARMS POSSESSION AT ALL TIMES
COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN
8.
9.

10.

11.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Notify:
a.
Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, and obtain log number
b.
Bureau/borough Investigations Unit, to respond and assist
c.
Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section, if the Final Order
of Protection will continue for greater than six months.
Place member on modified assignment if member is currently full-duty.
Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to the Deputy Commissioner,
Personnel and include:
a.
Details of investigation
b.
Specifics of the Order of Protection.
Forward additional copies of report to:
a.
First Deputy Commissioner
b.
Deputy Commissioner, Department Advocate
c.
Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters
d.
Chief of Internal Affairs
e.
Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section
f.
Commanding Officer, Investigations Unit concerned
g.
Commanding officer of member concerned, if applicable.
Direct member to report to Employee Management Division,
Performance Analysis Section, if the Final Order of Protection will continue
for greater than six months.

REPORTING TO THE PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS SECTION
When a member is ordered to report to the Employee Management Division, Performance
Analysis Section, the member will report immediately or between the hours of 0900 and
1800 hours on the next business day member is scheduled to work, as appropriate.
FINAL ORDERS OF PROTECTION
Members who are the recipients of Final Orders of Protection prohibiting firearms
possession at all times (on and off-duty) will be given the opportunity to apply to the
issuing court for a modification of the Order to allow the member to possess firearms
while on-duty.
If the member is unable to have the Final Order of Protection modified, or declines to
seek such modification within six months from the date of issuance, the member will be
subject to termination from the Department if the member has not retired, vested, or
resigned.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

206-19

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

CIVILIAN MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RESPONDENT/DEFENDANT OF ORDER OF
PROTECTION

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Whenever a civilian member of the service becomes aware that they are the
respondent/defendant of any Order of Protection, they must immediately notify their
commanding officer/supervisory head. The commanding officer/supervisory head will
notify the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, and obtain log number. The
member will be interviewed and an investigation will be conducted to determine if the
member should continue to perform duty. The commanding officer/supervisory head
will prepare a report to the Chief of Internal Affairs and forward additional copies to
the Commanding Officer, Employee Management Division, and the Investigations Unit
concerned.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE COMPLAINANT ON ORDER OF PROTECTION
In cases where the member of the service is a petitioner/complainant on an Order of
Protection, for safety reasons the member must notify their commanding officer. If
necessary, those affected should comply with the provisions of P.G. 212-31, “Threats to
Members of the Service.”
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)
Allegation of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service (P.G. 207-21)
Family Offenses and Domestic Violence Involving Uniformed or Civilian Members of the Service
(P.G. 208-37)
Threats to Members of the Service (P.G. 212-31)
Orders of Protection Prohibiting Off-Duty Firearms Possession by Uniformed Members of the
Service (P.G. 206-20)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Disciplinary Matters

Procedure No:

206-20

ORDERS OF PROTECTION PROHIBITING OFF-DUTY FIREARMS
POSSESSION BY UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To inform members of the procedures to follow when a uniformed member of the
service is served with an Order of Protection prohibiting firearms possession offduty only, and the member is to be continued on full-duty status.

SCOPE

A uniformed member of the service who is served with an Order of Protection
prohibiting off-duty firearms possession only, may continue on full-duty status if
there is no basis for placing the member on modified assignment. The member will
be required to safeguard all firearms while off-duty.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member is served with an Order of Protection prohibiting offduty firearms possession only, and the member is to be continued on full-duty status:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN
2.

3.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR,
MEMBER’S
PERMANENT
COMMAND

4.

5.

6.

Request that member concerned complete ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
OF RESPONSIBILITIES CONCERNING COURT ORDER
LIMITING FIREARMS POSSESSION (PD424-010) form.
a.
Place member on modified assignment if member fails or refuses
to complete this form.
Ensure all firearms (including handguns, rifles, and shotguns) owned or
possessed by member have been accounted for.
a.
Question member concerning firearms ownership and possession
b.
Notify desk officer/supervisor, member’s permanent command,
and request a check of appropriate records.
Designate a location at member’s command where member’s service
weapon, authorized off-duty weapon (if applicable), “FULL DUTY”
IDENTIFICATION CARD, and shield are to be safeguarded while
member is off-duty.
Assist commanding officer/duty captain in determining if all firearms
owned or possessed by member have been surrendered.
a.
Check member’s FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
b.
Notify Police Academy, Firearms and Tactics Section, and request a
check of records maintained regarding member’s firearms ownership
c.
Arrange to obtain additional firearms as necessary.
Have firearms, other than service weapon and authorized off-duty weapon,
vouchered for safekeeping (see P.G. 218-23, “Processing Firearms and
Firearm-Related Evidence,” “ADDITIONAL DATA” statement).
a.
Ensure “Remarks” section of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141) includes the following statement: “Property of a
uniformed member of the service – not to be returned without written
authorization of Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis
Section”
b.
Ensure member receives copy of INVOICE.
Direct member to report to the Employee Management Division, Performance
Analysis Section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-20

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7.

8.

2 of 4

Report to Employee Management Division, Performance Analysis
Section as directed, with all of the following:
a.
“FULL DUTY” IDENTIFICATION CARD
b.
Original
copy
of
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
OF
RESPONSIBILITIES CONCERNING COURT ORDER
LIMITING FIREARMS POSSESSION
c.
Copy of report prepared by commanding officer/duty captain
d.
Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for vouchered
firearms, if applicable.
Report to Shield Unit and Identification Card Unit as directed and obtain
a “NO FIREARMS” IDENTIFICATION CARD.

GUIDELINES FOR SAFEGUARDING DESIGNATED ITEMS
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.

10.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR,
MEMBER’S
PERMANENT
COMMAND

11.

Deliver service weapon, authorized off-duty weapon (if applicable),
“FULL DUTY” IDENTIFICATION CARD, and shield to desk
officer/supervisor prior to signing out at the end of each tour.
a.
Retrieve “NO FIREARMS” IDENTIFICATION CARD from
desk officer/supervisor.
Retrieve service weapon, authorized off-duty weapon (if applicable),
“FULL DUTY” IDENTIFICATION CARD, and shield from desk
officer/supervisor when reporting for duty each day.
a.
Deliver “NO FIREARMS” IDENTIFICATION CARD to desk
officer/supervisor.
Make a Command Log entry when safeguarding or returning member’s
service weapon, authorized off-duty weapon (if applicable), “FULL
DUTY” or “NO FIREARMS” IDENTIFICATION CARD, and shield.
a.
Safeguard items in designated location.

WHEN ORDER OF PROTECTION IS EXPIRED OR VACATED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

12.

COMMANDING 13.
OFFICER

14.
15.
16.

Notify commanding officer.

Verify that Order of Protection is expired or has been vacated, and that
there are no active Orders of Protection against member concerned.
a.
Contact court of issuance
b.
Telephone Central Records Division, Identification Section
c.
Conduct an Order of Protection inquiry via the FINEST system.
Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to the Commanding Officer,
Performance Analysis Section with status of Order of Protection.
Instruct member not to carry any firearms while off-duty until authorization
is received from Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section.
Direct member to report to the Employee Management Division,
Performance Analysis Section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

206-20

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

PAGE:

08/01/13

17.

18.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

Report to the Employee Management Division, Performance Analysis
Section as directed, with all of the following:
a.
“NO FIREARMS” and “FULL DUTY” IDENTIFICATION
CARDS
b.
Copy of expired or vacated Order of Protection
c.
Copy of report prepared by commanding officer/duty captain
(1)
Member concerned will not be permitted to carry any firearms
while off-duty until commanding officer receives authorization
from Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section.
Report, when directed, to Property Clerk Office with:
a.
“FULL DUTY” IDENTIFICATION CARD
b.
Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c.
Original report from Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis
Section, authorizing return of all firearms.

REPORTING TO THE PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS SECTION
When a member is ordered to report to the Employee Management Division, Performance
Analysis Section, the member will report immediately or between the hours of 0900 and
1800 hours on the next business day member is scheduled to work, as appropriate.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit members will make unannounced visits to
commands where Departmental property is safeguarded under the provisions of this
procedure. Command Log inspections will be performed to ensure that entries are made
documenting the safeguarding of weapons, IDENTIFICATION CARDS, and shields
for affected members of the service.
Commanding officers of affected commands will ensure that Personnel Bureau
Investigations Unit members have access to these items during their visits.
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
The ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES CONCERNING COURT
ORDER LIMITING FIREARMS POSSESSION form includes the member’s
obligation to safeguard all firearms with the Department at all times while off-duty, and
advises the member that no new firearms may be purchased. Failure to comply with the
court order may result in criminal charges and court sanctions, as well as Departmental
charges, which can lead to termination.
Failure or refusal to complete the form will result in the member being placed on
modified assignment and subject the member to disciplinary action.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

206-20

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)
Allegation of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service (P.G. 207-21)
Family Offenses and Domestic Violence Involving Uniformed or Civilian Members of the Service
(P.G. 208-37)
Threats to Members of the Service (P.G. 212-31)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES CONCERNING
ORDER LIMITING FIREARMS POSSESSION (PD424-010)
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

COURT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-01

COMPLAINT REPORTING SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 6

DEFINITIONS

ON LINE COMPLAINT SYSTEM (OLCS) - A software program installed on
Local Area Network (LAN) workstations designed to permit information from a
complaint to be entered and stored on Department computers configured
accordingly. This data is stored locally and centrally in the Department’s mainframe
databases for subsequent crime analysis, mapping and auditing purposes.
COMPLAINT - An allegation of an unlawful or improper act or omission, or
other condition that necessitates investigation to determine if any unlawful act or
omission occurred.
PICK-UP ARREST - An arrest for an offense or juvenile delinquency not
previously reported.
CONTINUOUS EVENT - occurs when an offense or multiple offenses were
committed against a complainant, during an ongoing situation, that occurs in
different precincts and/or boroughs.

SCOPE

Proper complaint reporting is essential for statistical analysis, discovery of crime
patterns and trends, efficient deployment of resources, and uniform crime
reporting. Every member of the service involved in this process has a
responsibility and obligation to ensure the integrity of this vital, strategic resource.
WHERE RECORDED
Complaints shall be recorded in the precinct of occurrence except as follows:
a.
Complaints received from a member or members of the community
regarding Vice, Narcotics, or Organized Crime related offenses (see P.G.
207-08, “Preliminary Investigation Of Vice Related, Narcotics, Or
Organized Crime Related Complaints”) shall be recorded at the
Investigative Support Division, Organized Crime Control Bureau,
EXCEPT:
(1)
pick-up arrests for such offenses will be recorded at the precinct
of arrest;
(2)
found controlled substances or drug paraphernalia IN A
BUILDING shall be recorded in the precinct of occurrence;
(3)
found controlled substances two ounces or less (NOT IN A
BUILDING), or found marijuana two pounds or less, requiring
investigation will be recorded in the precinct of occurrence.
b.
Complaints of missing New York City residents shall be recorded at the
missing person’s resident precinct.
c.
Complaints occurring on piers, bulkheads, or dead human bodies found in
navigable waters will be recorded at the precincts in which such piers or
bulkheads are located or bordering the navigable waters where such
bodies were found.
d.
Complaints occurring on waterways or islands inaccessible to patrol
precinct personnel will be recorded in the precincts of record after
investigation by Harbor Unit personnel.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-01

SCOPE

e.
f.

g.

h.

2 of 6

Complaints of lost property will be recorded in the precinct where
complainant first discovered loss, if actual place of occurrence is unknown.
Overdue leased/rented vehicle will be recorded either in the precinct
where the vehicle was leased/rented or at the precinct where the vehicle is
expected to be returned.
A complaint involving multiple offenses occurring from a continuous
ongoing event, in which the initial offense occurred in one precinct, and one
or more of the additional offenses occurred in another precinct, will be
recorded in the precinct in which the initial offense was committed EXCEPT:
For a continuous event, the complaint will be recorded in the precinct in
which the initial offense was committed unless the continuous event
includes a homicide or Rape 1st Degree or a Criminal Sexual Act 1st
Degree.
(1)
If the continuous event includes a homicide, the complaint will be
recorded in the precinct where the homicide occurred, if known.
If the location of occurrence is unknown, the homicide will be
recorded in the precinct where the victim was discovered.
(2)
If the continuous event involves a Rape 1st Degree or a Criminal
Sexual Act 1st Degree, the complaint will be recorded as follows:
[a]
If the location of the rape/Criminal Sexual Act is
KNOWN, the complaint will be recorded in the precinct
where the rape/criminal sexual act occurred.

If the rape/Criminal Sexual Act occurred in more than one precinct, the incident will be
recorded in the precinct where the initial rape/Criminal Sexual Act occurred.

[b]

[c]

NOTE

PAGE:

08/19/13

(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

If the location of the rape/criminal sexual act is
UNKNOWN, but the location of the initial offense is
KNOWN, e.g., abduction prior to rape, the complaint will
be recorded in the precinct where the initial offense
occurred.
If the location of the rape/criminal sexual act is
UNKNOWN, and the location(s) of all other associated
offenses are UNKNOWN, the complaint will be recorded
in the precinct where the complainant reports the incident.

The guidelines above will also apply in determining the appropriate jurisdiction code to be
assigned to the COMPLAINT REPORT (i.e. NYPD -“00”, Transit -“01”, Housing “02”).

HOUSING BUREAU INCIDENTS:
In a continuous event that begins on-development but ends off-development, or
vice versa, the jurisdictional determinant will be the location where the incident
originally started. For example, a continuous event that starts on a housing
development but ends off-development, will be recorded as being under the
jurisdiction of the NYPD Housing Bureau.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 6

TRANSIT BUREAU INCIDENTS:
Complaints under the jurisdiction of the Transit Bureau, that occur on a moving
train, will be recorded as occurring at the next (very first) station where the train
stops, regardless of precinct or borough boundaries. In a continuous event that
begins on-transit system but ends off-transit system, or vice versa, the jurisdictional
determinant will be the location where the incident originally started. For example, a
continuous event that starts on a subway train but ends in the street, will be recorded
as being under the jurisdiction of the NYPD Transit Bureau.

SCOPE
(continued)

COMPLAINT REPORTING SYSTEM FORMS






PROCEDURE

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) - Used by reporting
members to report all complaints. The “Crime Incident Data” captions on the
reverse side of the form will be utilized when reporting ALL crimes and violations.
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) - A report generated by the
OLCS and prepared from the information recorded on the COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET submitted by the reporting member.
OLCS INDEX - A report generated by the OLCS which is used to
chronologically record complaints received and also serves as a catalog of
complaints for a particular precinct.
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) and SECOND SHEET (PD313-081) Used by reporting/investigating officers to report additional information as per
P.G. 207-09, “Follow-Up Investigation Of Complaints Already Recorded.”
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (pink) and SECOND
SHEET (PD313-081A) - Used by reporting/investigating officers to report
additional information NOT reported on a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue)
as per P.G. 207-09, “Follow-Up Investigation Of Complaints Already Recorded.”

Members of the service will record the following complaints on COMPLAINT REPORTS:
1.
Complaints and pick-up arrests for crimes and violations except those
complaints NOT RECORDED ON COMPLAINT REPORTS (see P.G.
207-02, “Complaints Not Recorded On The On-Line Complaint System”).
2.
Complaints and pick-up arrests for juveniles charged as Juvenile Offenders
(see P.G. 215-04, “Family Court Warrant For Child Abuse/Neglect Cases”).
3.
Pick-up arrests of juveniles taken into custody and charged with juvenile
delinquency (see P.G.215-09, “Offense Committed By A Child Under 16
Years Of Age (Other Than A Juvenile Offender”).
4.
Complaints of juvenile delinquency for selected offenses as follows:
a.
Felonies
b.
Unlawful Assembly - Section 240.10, Penal Law
c.
Unlawful Possession of Weapons by person under sixteen years of
age - Section 265.05, Penal Law
d.
Manufacture, Transport, Disposition and Defacement of Weapons and
Dangerous Instruments and Appliances - Section 265.10, Penal Law
e.
Prohibited Use of Weapons - Section 265.35, Penal Law
f.
Possession of Burglar’s Tools - Section 140.35, Penal Law

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-01

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 6

g.
h.
i.

PROCEDURE
(continued)

5.
6.

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

13.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

Jostling - Section 165.25, Penal Law
Fraudulent Accosting - Section 165.30, Penal Law
Criminal Possession of Stolen Property, 5th Degree - Section
165.40, Penal Law
j.
Escape, 3rd Degree - Section 205.05, Penal Law
k.
Issuing Abortional Articles - Section 125.60, Penal Law
l.
Endangering the Welfare of a Child - Section 260.10, Penal Law
m.
Obscenity and related offenses - Article 235, Penal Law
n.
Permitting Prostitution - Section 230.40, Penal Law
o.
Promoting Prostitution - Section 230.20, Penal Law
p.
Sex Offenses - Article 130, Penal Law
q.
Controlled Substances Offenses - Article 220, Penal Law.
Complaints of lost property.
Found controlled substances, marijuana, and/or drug paraphernalia under
certain circumstances as per P.G. 207-08, “Preliminary Investigation Of
Vice Related, Narcotics Or Organized Crime Related Complaints.”
Pistols, revolvers, or other dangerous weapons possessed by a person or
found under circumstances requiring investigation.
Motor vehicle/bicycle collisions which result in death, serious injury and
likely to die, or critical injury to an individual.
Motor vehicle/bicycle collisions to which Highway District units respond
and conduct an investigation.
A deceased person for which this Department must notify the Medical
Examiner (see P.G. 216-04, “Dead Human Body”).
ALL verified incidents of work disruptions at city construction sites.
Any act which would not ordinarily constitute an offense but is a violation
of the conditions of an Order of Protection (see P.G. 208-36, “Family
Offenses/Domestic Violence”) or an incident of suspected child abuse (see
P.G. 215-03, “Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of
Abused, Neglected Or Maltreated Children”).
A complaint of a missing person will be recorded on both an On Line
COMPLAINT REPORT (WORKSHEET is not required) and a
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151) using
the same complaint number for both reports.

When multiple offenses have occurred, for crime reporting purposes, the incident will be
classified based on the “top,” or most serious offense under the hierarchy generally
known as the “Seven Major Felony Rule.” The order of offenses under that rule,
beginning with the most serious, is as follows:
a.
Murder and Non-Negligent Manslaughter
b.
Forcible Rape/Rape 1st
c.
Robbery
d.
Felonious Assault
e.
Burglary
f.
Grand Larceny
g.
Grand Larceny, Motor Vehicle (a grand larceny motor vehicle coupled with a grand
larceny from the vehicle will be classified as a Grand Larceny, Motor Vehicle).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-01

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

5 of 6

The attempt to commit any of the above offenses will be counted as the completed
offense, except Attempted Murder, which will be counted as a Felonious Assault.
Under this Seven Major Felony Rule, a murder/robbery is classified as Murder; a rape
1st/robbery, or rape 1st/felonious assault, or rape 1st/burglary is classified as Rape 1st.
Any of the seven major felonies coupled with any other offense not within the seven major
felony category will be classified as the appropriate major felony. For example:
a.
b.
c.
d.

Murder/kidnapping will be classified as Murder;
Rape 1st/kidnapping will be classified as Rape 1st;
Robbery/ Criminal Sexual Act 1st will be classified as a Robbery;
Robbery/kidnapping will be classified as a Robbery.

If any of the reported offenses are not one of the seven major felonies, the crime
classification will be determined in the following order:
a.
b.
c.
d.

Sort by CATEGORY - Felony before misdemeanor before violation;
Sort by CLASSIFICATION - If all felonies: Select “A” before “B” before “C”, etc.
If all misdemeanors: Select “A” before “B” before “Unclassified”;
Sort by DEGREE - If all offenses are “B” felonies, select “1st degree” before
“2nd degree” before “3rd degree”, etc.
Sort by PENAL LAW ARTICLE AND SECTION - If all offenses are 2nd degree
“B” felonies, select Article 140, before Article 150, etc.

The OLCS will automatically assign a complaint number to each complaint.
Proper preparation of Complaint Reporting System forms requires that when space is
insufficient to complete entries, additional forms will be prepared as follows:
FORM BEING PREPARED

ADDITIONAL FORM TO BE USED

COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET

COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue)

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
SECOND SHEET

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
INFORMATIONAL (pink)

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
INFORMATIONAL SECOND
SHEET
The following situations are applicable to the above:
a.
Space is insufficient in the “Property” area of the COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue).
“Property” information may also be continued in the “Details” area of the
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue), providing sufficient room exists and
entries are clearly distinguishable from other “Details” information.
b.
Space is insufficient in the “Details” area of the forms.
For COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEETS only, when required to record additional
victims, witnesses, vehicles, property, and/or perpetrators that do not fit in the captions on the
worksheet, use another WORKSHEET and not the details area. DO NOT enter basic
information in details section but utilize appropriate captions on form(s). Use as many
worksheets as is necessary (e.g., 10 victims then use 10 forms; 10 perpetrators then use 5 forms).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-01

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

6 of 6

A SEPARATE COMPLAINT REPORT WILL BE PREPARED FOR:
a.
EACH homicide victim (victim is complainant)
b.
EACH perpetrator of a crime who is killed
c.
EACH individual killed, seriously injured and likely to die, or critically
injured as a result of a motor vehicle/bicycle collision
d.
EACH victim of a sex offense
e.
EACH victim of an assault EXCEPT if incidental to a sex offense or robbery
f.
EACH additional person injured in an arson (assault by fire/explosive)
A new COMPLAINT REPORT will be prepared and a separate serial number assigned
to record Criminal Possession of Stolen Property when the person arrested is NOT
charged with the original crime (e.g., burglary, larceny, grand larceny-auto, etc.).
In cases where more than two wanted or arrested persons are being reported on a
COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP
(blue)
or
COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP
INFORMATIONAL (pink), another such form, not a SECOND SHEET, will be used.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

The additional forms prepared must be securely stapled to the basic document before
forwarding, and the following captions on the forms will be completed:
a.
Page _______ of _______ pages
b.
PRECINCT
c.
COMPLAINT NUMBER
d.
DATE
Certain time limits are necessary to maintain the integrity of the crime reporting system.
Therefore, COMPLAINT REPORTS must be reviewed and finalized within 24 hours of
taking the report. Desk officers must transmit complaints by the conclusion of each tour.
Commanding Officers will ensure that desk officers/counterparts are reviewing and
transmitting all complaints entered into the OLCS as per these guidelines.
ALL FOLLOW-UP reports are not currently processed via OLCS. Therefore, the
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) must be forwarded to the Data Integrity Unit and
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (pink) must be forwarded to the
Criminal Records Section and prepared for manual electronic storage. Staples should
NOT be used as they hamper the storage processing. These reports must be forwarded
to the appropriate units within 24 hours of preparation.
Regarding taxicab robberies or attempts, enter in caption “OFFENSES, if any,”
Robbery/medallion or non-medallion taxicabs, as appropriate. Make a notation under
“DETAILS” whether or not taxi was equipped with a partition or had any other safety
devices installed and location from where passenger was picked up.
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and appropriate copies of COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP (blue), or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (pink), if
any, must be preserved, even if the information is later transferred word for word to
permanent records. Such forms/reports will be attached to the precinct file copy of the
relevant COMPLAINT REPORT.
When using the OLCS for any reason, the MOS utilizing the system must use his/her own
authorization (password).
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP and SECOND SHEET (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL and SECOND SHEET (PD313-081A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-02

COMPLAINTS NOT RECORDED ON COMPLAINT REPORT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

COMPLAINT

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

HOW RECORDED OR REFERRED

1.

Complaints of Juvenile Delinquency  JUVENILE
REPORT
SYSTEM
(Except selected offenses listed in P.G.
WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) see P.G.
207-01, “Complaint Reporting System”).
215-08, “On-Line Juvenile Report System.”

2.

Truancy

3.

Person in need of supervision (PINS)  JUVENILE
REPORT
SYSTEM
WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) see P.G.
male/female less than eighteen years of age.
215-08, “On-Line Juvenile Report System”.

4.

Persons wanted for crimes in or by other  Referred to detective squads concerned for
jurisdictions.
appropriate follow-up.

5.

Civilian Complaints made against  CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313uniformed members of the service under
154), CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
the jurisdiction of the Civilian Complaint
STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET (PD313Review Board.
154B), inform Civilian Complaint Review Board
and make Command Log entry, (if no Command
Log then prepare Typed Letterhead) see P.G.
207-31, “Processing Civilian Complaints.”

6.

Civilian Complaints made against civilian  CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313members of the service, including Traffic
154), CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
Enforcement Agents.
STATISTICAL
SUMMARY
SHEET
(PD313-154B), inform Internal Affairs Bureau
and make Command Log entry (if no Command
Log then prepare Typed Letterhead) see P.G.
207-31, “Processing Civilian Complaints.”

7.

Allegation of corruption and/or serious  Internal Affairs Bureau, see P.G. 207-21,
misconduct and/or misconduct involving
“Allegations Of Corruption And Other
another member of the service.
Misconduct Against Members of The Service.”

8.

Allegation of corruption and/or serious  Call supervising officer to scene, see P.G.
misconduct and/or misconduct against self.
207-21, “Allegations Of Corruption And Other
Misconduct Against Members Of The Service.”

9.

Allegation of corruption and/or serious  Commanding Officer (if absent, highest ranking
misconduct and/or misconduct against any
supervisor) and Internal Affairs Bureau, see
federal, state, or city employee other than
P.G. 207-22, “Allegations Of Corruption
a member of the service.
Against City Employees (Other Than Members
Of The New York City Police Department).”

 YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153) see
P.G. 215-07, “Truants.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-02

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

10.

Unnecessary noise violations.

 Referred to uniformed members of the service on
patrol (see P.G. 214-23, “Unnecessary Noise
Violations - General Prohibitions”).

11.

Found Property

 Command Log entry and forward REPORT
OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY (PD542-122)
to Stolen Property Inquiry Section. See P.G.
218-26, “Processing Found Property.”

12.

Arrest by and/or for other authorities.

 OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
detained for authority concerned.

13.

Arrest on a warrant for which a  OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT was previously
prepared or for which a parking or
personal summons was previously issued.

14.

Arrest of a civil nature - material witness,  OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
paternity warrant, etc.

15.

PICK-UP ARRESTS FOR THE FOLLOWING OFFENSES WILL BE RECORDED ON
OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) when there are NO ADDITIONAL
CHARGES which require a complaint report:
a.
Summonsable regulations of the New York City Administrative and Health Codes.
b.
Rules and Regulations of the Parks Department.
c.
Section 140.05, Penal Law - Trespass (Violation).
d.
Section 140.10, Penal Law - Criminal Trespass, 3rd Degree (B Misdemeanor).
e.
Section 240.40, Penal Law - Appearance in public under the influence of narcotics or
drugs other than alcohol (Violation).
f.
Section 240.20, Penal Law - Disorderly Conduct (Violation).
g.
Section 165.15, Penal Law - Theft of Services (A Misdemeanor).
h.
Section 230.00, Penal Law - Prostitution.
i.
Section 240.37, Penal Law - Loitering for the purpose of:
(1)
Engaging in Prostitution (Violation or B Misdemeanor if previously convicted
of Sections 230.00 or 230.05, Penal Law)
(2)
Patronizing a Prostitute (Violation or B Misdemeanor if previously convicted of
Sections 230.00 or 230.05, Penal Law)
(3)
Promoting Prostitution (A Misdemeanor).
j.
Section 240.35, Penal Law - Loitering (Violation) (EXCEPT subdivision two for which
a COMPLAINT REPORT will be prepared and forwarded as per instructions in P.G.
207-08, “Preliminary Investigation Of Vice Related, Narcotics Or Organized Crime
Related Complaints”).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-02

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

When an arrest has been made exclusively for the offenses listed in items ‘a’ through ‘j’
above, the On Line Complaint System will reject the COMPLAINT REPORT.
When the above offenses involve multiple arrests stemming from the same incident, enter
the letter “C” in the COMPLAINT NUMBER BOX (Line 28) of the ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and C-1, C-2 for each subsequent
arrest, e.g., C-7 would indicate eight persons have been arrested.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-154)
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET (PD313-154B)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY (PD542-122)
YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153)

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service (P.G. 207-21)
Allegations of Corruption Against City Employees (Other than Members of the NYPD)
(P.G. 207-22)
Processing Civilian Complaints (P.G. 207-30)
Unnecessary Noise Violations - General Prohibitions (P.G. 214-23)
Truants (P.G. 215-07)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
Processing Found Property (P.G. 218-26)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-03

VOIDING COMPLAINT REPORTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To eliminate complaints which were improperly recorded.

PROCEDURE

To VOID COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) after assignment of a precinct
serial number by the OLCS:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.

Determine if complaint should be voided. A complaint should be voided if:
a.
The complaint is a duplicate of a previously reported incident, or
b.
The incident occurred within the confines of another precinct, or
c.
The incident occurred outside the confines of New York City, or
d.
A COMPLAINT REPORT was prepared for a complaint which
should have been recorded in another manner e.g., an allegation of
corruption against an MOS; a precinct complaint number was
used for a complaint which should receive an OCCB number; a
precinct complaint number was used for an incident/condition
which should have been recorded via P.G. 212-12, “Citywide
Intelligence Reporting System”, etc.
Determine if COMPLAINT REPORT has been finalized (i.e., signedoff) in the OLCS.

IF COMPLAINT REPORT HAS NOT BEEN FINALIZED:
COMMAND
CLERK

3.
4.
5.

Enter reason(s) for voiding complaint under “Details” on COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET.
Have COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET filed chronologically in
rear of precinct complaint file.
Utilize VOID function on the OLCS menu to properly document the
VOIDED complaint in the OLCS.

IF COMPLAINT REPORT HAS BEEN FINALIZED:
DESK OFFICER 6.

Have command clerk prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081).

7.
8.

Reclassify original offense to “VOIDED.”
Enter under “Details” on COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP:
a.
The specific reason for voiding the original complaint.
(1)
If complaint referred to another command indicate the new
command and new OLCS serial number from that command.
(2)
If the complaint is a duplicate of a previously reported
complaint, indicate the reason for voiding as “Duplicate
Report” and the original complaint serial number.
Attach precinct of record copy of COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP to
precinct file copy of voided COMPLAINT REPORT.

COMMAND
CLERK

9.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-03

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 10.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Ensure that COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP is distributed in same manner
as voided COMPLAINT REPORT.

After a COMPLAINT REPORT has been finalized, a complaint serial number (voided
or not) cannot be changed or reused in the OLCS.
Any notifications made prior to voiding complaint will be amended after the
COMPLAINT REPORT is voided.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

There is a distinction between voided complaints and unfounded complaints. A voided
complaint is one in which the COMPLAINT REPORT should not have been prepared.
An unfounded case is one in which the report should have been prepared but subsequent
information leads to the determination that the case should be classified as unfounded
(e.g., a voided case is one in which a JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET
(PD377-159A) rather than a COMPLAINT REPORT should have been prepared; an
unfounded case is one in which a vehicle is reported stolen by a complainant and later a
tow company informs the precinct that the vehicle was legally towed).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Complaints Not Recorded On Complaint Report (P.G. 207-02)
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-04

REPORTING OF COMPLAINTS OCCURRING
IN ANOTHER COMMAND
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To refer certain complaints occurring in another command.

SCOPE

Complaint data entered into the OLCS from a command LAN terminal will
automatically be made available via computer to a transit district covered by that
precinct. Conversely, complaint data entered into the OLCS from a transit district
LAN terminal will automatically be made available via computer to a precinct covered
by that district. This on-line process will NOT occur if the precinct and transit district
boundaries do not overlap. Therefore, when a member of the service in a precinct
takes a complaint pertaining to an incident that occurred within a transit district
covering that precinct, the complaint will be entered into the OLCS by that precinct’s
personnel and will be finalized by the transit district desk officer. Similarly, when a
member of the service in a transit district takes a complaint pertaining to an incident
that occurred within a precinct covering that district, the complaint will be entered into
the OLCS by that district’s personnel and will be finalized by the precinct desk officer.
Transit desk officers will be responsible for finalizing ALL complaints under their
jurisdiction (i.e., code 01). In any event, the procedure below MUST be followed for
ALL complaints occurring in another command even where the automated transfer of
data takes place in order to allow the precinct/district concerned to review
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) prior to finalization.

PROCEDURE

When informed of a complaint which occurred in another command:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

Thoroughly interview complainant and obtain facts.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
Give COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer.

DESK OFFICER 4.
(PRECINCT
TAKING
5.
REPORT)

Ensure applicable complaint reporting guidelines have been followed (see
especially P.G. 207-07, “Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints (Other
Than Vice Related Or Narcotics Complaints”).
Sign COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and give to stationhouse clerk.

COMMAND
CLERK
(PRECINCT
TAKING
REPORT)

6.

Telephone/Fax COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET to precinct/
transit district of record.

NOTE

DO NOT input data into the precinct/transit district OLCS UNLESS the incident which
required the preparation of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET occurred within
the boundaries of the precinct/transit district of record (see SCOPE statement).
If COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET is faxed (not telephoned) to precinct/transit
district of record, the precinct/district of record will retain and file the faxed copy, i.e.,
the fax is NOT to be discarded.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 1

COMMAND
CLERK
(PRECINCT
TAKING
REPORT)
(continued)

7.

COMMAND
CLERK,
PRECINCT/
TRANSIT
DISTRICT OF
RECORD

9.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A complaint received in writing is forwarded direct to precinct/transit district of record.
COMPLAINT REPORT is not prepared in the command that forwarded the report.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

8.

Enter precinct and/or transit district of record and title/rank, name of
member of the service receiving complaint at precinct/transit district of
record under “Details” on COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
Retain COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET in command file.

Record and process complaint as if received directly from complainant
and comply with provisions of P.G. 207-07, “Preliminary Investigation
Of Complaints (Other Than Vice Related Or Narcotics Complaints”).
a.
If report was faxed, retain faxed copy in command file.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-05

DUPLICATE COPIES OF COMPLAINT REPORTS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

09/06/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To have the reporting command forward finalized duplicate copies of
COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) to other commands or agencies.

PROCEDURE

When other commands or agencies require duplicate copies of the
COMPLAINT REPORT.

DESK OFFICER 1.

Upon finalization in OLCS, direct the command clerk to send a duplicate
copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT to the command or agency as follows:

COMPLAINT

DUPLICATE COPY FOR

1.

Occurring on property of Transit Authority



New York City Transit

2.

Occurring on property of Housing Authority



New York City Housing Authority

3.

Pistol licensee cannot be found or fails to produce
his/her pistol



License Division, Pistol License Section

4.

Involving conduct of attorneys



Deputy Commissioner-Legal Matters

5.

Occurring on piers and bulkheads; boats in docks,
secured at piers or bulkheads and on waterways within
New York City; all incidents involving boats and jet
skis (i.e., thefts of or from); evidence or contraband
disposed of in the various city waterways, including
lakes, ponds and rivers.



Harbor Unit

6.

Involving pharmacist, drug wholesaler, manufacturer
or associated person re: manufacture, sale or
distribution of drugs



State Board of Pharmacy

7.

Pickpocket and confidence game



Special Frauds Squad

8.

Involving credit cards



Special Frauds Squad

9.

Involving dealers in rifles or shotguns, licensed by the
Firearms Control Board



License Division, Rifle and Shotgun Section

10. Lost/stolen auxiliary police shield



Auxiliary Police Section

11. Lost, stolen rifles or shotguns, or rifles or shotguns
used in commission of a crime which have been
recovered



License Division, Rifle and Shotgun Section

12. Involving actual bombing or threat of bombing



Internal Revenue Service-Assistant Regional
Commissioner, Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms Division

13. Involving food stamps



U.S. Department of Agriculture

14. Occurring on Department of Education property or
involves personnel of Department of Education



School Safety Division

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

2 of 3

15. Involving property theft exceeding $5,000 and property
is identifiable through serial numbers or markings
(excluding autos)




FBI, Major Theft Squad
Major Case Squad

16. Involving licensed tow car owner/operator



Department of Consumer Affairs

17. Involving arson or stolen/recovered explosives



Arson and Explosion Squad

18. Involving arson, attempted arson, or related criminal
mischief



New York City Fire Department, Division of Fire
Investigation

19. Occurring in a New York City municipal garage or
municipal parking lot



New York City Department of Transportation, Bureau
of Traffic Operations

20. Occurring on Federal facility



Federal Protective Service

21. Occurring on LIRR facility/Metro-North facility



MTA Police

22. Occurring on CSX Transportation Company facility



CSX Police

23. Occurring on property under jurisdiction of NYC
Health and Hospital Corporation



Health and Hospitals Corporation

24. Occurring on Port Authority facility



Port Authority Police

25. Occurring on property under jurisdiction of NYC
Department of Parks & Recreation



NYC Department of Parks & Recreation

26. Robbery/attempted robbery and homicide/attempted
homicide of drivers of medallion taxicabs, nonmedallion for-hire vehicles, and delivery trucks



Central Robbery Division, Taxi Squad

27. Burglary, larceny or criminal mischief of public fallout
shelter



Auxiliary Police Section

28. Complaints affecting Police Headquarters area



Police Headquarters Security Unit

29. Impersonation of police officer



Internal Affairs Bureau (Police Impersonation
Investigation Unit)

30. Lost/stolen Department property



Quartermaster Section and patrol borough, detective
borough or bureau concerned

31. Department of Health employees or persons
impersonating Department of Health employees



Inspector General, Department of Health

32. Involving suicide/suspicious deaths of U.S. Army
members or their immediate family dependents



U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Division

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

3 of 3

33. Any incident involving licensed yellow medallion
taxis, for-hire vehicles (liveries/limousines) or their
owner/drivers



NYC Taxi and Limousine Commission

34. A complaint against a federal, state or city employee
other than a member of the service, that does not
involve an allegation of corruption and/or serious
misconduct and/or misconduct (for example, driving
while intoxicated or domestic violence)



Internal Affairs Bureau

35. Complaints of:
(1) Rape or Attempted Rape
(2) Criminal Sexual Act or Attempted Criminal Sexual Act
(3) Sexual Abuse, 1st degree
(4) Aggravated Sexual Abuse
(5) Child Abuse: victim less than eleven years of age
OR any allegation of any sex crime and victim is
less than thirteen years of age.




Borough Special Victims Squad
In Boroughs of Brooklyn and Queens, forward copy of
child abuse complaints to Brooklyn or Queens Child
Abuse Squad, as appropriate, instead of Special
Victims Squad

NOTE

ANY complaint involving sex related offenses, including secondary offenses that are sex
related, requires a duplicate copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) to be
forwarded to the designated Special Victims Squad.

36. Any graffiti incident involving defacement of public
or private property



Citywide Vandals Task Force

37. Defacement of New York City Transit facility
property or the theft of any material from New York
City Transit facilities (e.g., copper cable)



Citywide Vandals Task Force

38. Involving Identity Theft



Financial Crimes Task Force

39. Any offense and prisoner is a registered sex offender



Sex Offender Monitoring Unit

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-06

NOTIFICATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

10/16/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To make special notifications for certain complaints.

PROCEDURE

Special notifications will be made upon receipt of the following complaints:

DESK OFFICER 1.

Notify the Operations Unit direct for:
COMPLAINT



Counterfeit/forged U.S. Government 
obligations

U.S. Treasury
Service Bureau



Employee, Department of Health, or 
person impersonating such employee

Inspector General, Dept. of Health AND
Command Center, IAB



Criminal impersonation of tax official, 
extortion/bribery involving employee,
Department of Finance

Inspector General, Dept. of Finance
AND Command Center, IAB



Involving property of U.S. Postal 
Service or postal employees
performing official duty

Postal Inspector-in-Charge, N.Y.C. AND
Command Center, IAB



Contraband weapons



Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms Division of
Internal Revenue Service



Actual/suspected tampering, consumer 
products



Home invasion robbery

2.

NOTE

OPERATIONS UNIT TO NOTIFY



Department,

Secret

New York State Police

Organized Crime Control Bureau Field
Operations Desk

Notify units/agencies DIRECTLY for the following:
a.
Child under eighteen years of age: ABUSED, NEGLECTED OR
MALTREATED - notify New York State Child Abuse and
Maltreated Register.
b.
IMPERSONATION OF A POLICE OFFICER - notify Command
Center, Internal Affairs Bureau at (212) 741-8401.

Do not refer complaint to the Internal Affairs Bureau for investigation unless otherwise
instructed by the IAB Command Center supervisor. Forward a copy of COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152) to Command Center in a sealed envelope

c.

INVOLVING PRIVATE CARTING INDUSTRY, CITY
OWNED WHOLESALE MARKETS, OR BOATS INVOLVED
IN OFFSHORE SHIPBOARD GAMBLING EMANATING
FROM NEW YORK CITY LOCATIONS – notify Business
Integrity Commission, via the Organized Crime Control Bureau,
Field Operations Desk.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-06

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 3

The Business Integrity Commission is responsible for the following City owned Wholesale
Markets:  Gansevoort Meat Market, 556-89 West Street, Manhattan (6 Pct.)  The New
Fulton Fish Market Cooperative at Hunts Point Inc, 800 Food Center Drive, Bronx (41 Pct.)
 Hunts Point Cooperative Market Inc, 355 Food Center Drive, Bronx (41 Pct.)  NYC
Terminal Produce Cooperative Market, Halleck and Spofford Streets, Bronx (41 Pct.) 
Brooklyn Terminal Market, 8925 Foster Avenue, Brooklyn (69 Pct.)  Brooklyn Terminal
Meat Market, 5600 First Avenue, Brooklyn (72 Pct.).

NOTE

PUBLIC WELFARE AND PUBLIC ASSISTANCE FRAUDS:
3.

Provide commanding officer with any information received regarding
Public Welfare and Public Assistance Frauds.

COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER

Submit a report of the details of the information received directly to the
Police Commissioner to be forwarded to the Human Resources
Administration Administrator/Commissioner of the Department of Social
Services for investigation and appropriate action.
a.
Forward a duplicate copy of the report through channels.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Ordinarily a summary arrest will NOT be made on complaints of Public Welfare and Public
Assistance Frauds unless other elements are present, i.e., safety of the officer or other persons.
Allegations of corruption and/or serious misconduct involving any federal, state or city
employee, other than a member of the service, will be processed in accordance with P.G.
207-02, “Complaints Not Recorded On Complaint Report.” The Chief of Internal
Affairs, will be responsible for notification and disbursement of information pertaining
to such allegation, to the appropriate agency.
Whenever a member of this Department (other than a member assigned to Internal
Affairs Bureau, Detective Bureau or the Organized Crime Control Bureau) requires the
assistance of the Immigration and Naturalization Service in connection with a criminal
investigation, a notification will be made to the Intelligence Bureau twenty-four hours a
day, seven days a week. Intelligence Bureau will process the request and the member
requesting assistance will provide the Intelligence Bureau with all pertinent details and
advise whether the request is of a routine or emergency nature. Intelligence Bureau will
maintain a log of any such requests for assistance. Routine requests for assistance will
be telephoned to the Immigration and Naturalization Service at 0800 hours each
weekday morning by members assigned to the Intelligence Bureau. The Immigration
and Naturalization Service will be requested to contact the requesting member of this
Department. Emergency requests for assistance will be made by the Intelligence Bureau
to the designated after hours Immigration and Naturalization Service supervisor or
selected agent. The requesting member of the service will be notified by the Intelligence
Bureau of the response that was provided by Immigration and Naturalization Service.
Their response may include opening their file rooms on an after hours basis and/or to
have an agent respond to a particular location. It will be the responsibility of the
requesting member of the service to notify the Intelligence Bureau if Immigration and
Naturalization Service fails to respond to the initial request for assistance.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-06

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 3

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaints Not Recorded On Complaint Report (P.G. 207-02)
Duplicate Copies Of Complaint Reports (P.G. 207-05)
On-Line Booking System Computerized Arrest Notification Printout (P.G. 208-68)
Notifications - Certain Arrest Situations (P.G. 208-69)
Emergency Removal or Investigation and Reporting of Abused, Neglected or Maltreated
Children (P.G. 215-03)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-07

PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION OF COMPLAINTS (OTHER THAN
VICE RELATED OR NARCOTICS COMPLAINTS)
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 9

PURPOSE

To investigate, record and refer complaints (other than vice, narcotics or
organized crime related complaints).

DEFINITION

ACTIVE CASE - Investigation has not been exhausted or complaint has not been
classified as closed.
CLOSED CASE - A complaint which has been investigated and:
a.
Results have been obtained in full, or
b.
Results have been obtained in part and no further results can be obtained, or
c.
No results can be obtained, or
d.
Complaint referred to court for process, or
e.
Complaint is unfounded.
UNFOUNDED CASE - One in which:
a.
An offense is reported and, as a result of subsequent information, it is
determined that no offense occurred (this includes complaints determined
to be of a civil nature only).
b.
A report of lost property by a complainant who later reports having
misplaced the property and found it.

PROCEDURE

When assigned to investigate a complaint:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

If a complainant or witness appears to have difficulty understanding/communicating in English, the
member of the service receiving the complaint should comply with P.G. 212-90, “Guidelines for
Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons.” If a complainant or witness appears
to be hearing impaired, the member of the service receiving the complaint should comply with P.G.
212-104, “Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons.”

2.

NOTE

Interview complainant and witnesses, obtain facts, and safeguard evidence.

Conduct thorough field investigation.
a.
Transmit alarm, if necessary.
b.
Where necessary, attempt to have witnesses remain and
immediately record their names, addresses, telephone numbers,
dates of birth, any relevant statements whether casually or
formally made, and any other pertinent information.

If investigation disclosed the identity of a person, present or not, and there is insufficient
evidence to make an arrest, a warrant check will be conducted through the FINEST
System or Warrants Section prior to closing the case.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-07

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

3.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
a.
Indicate in the appropriate box on COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) above the “details” section
whether an interpreter was used during the preliminary
investigation and list the name, address, and telephone number of
the interpreter, as appropriate.
b.
Indicate “yes” and the appropriate language under the caption “Is
interpreter needed for further investigation” in the victim and
reporter/witness, sections of the COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET, if the listed person has apparent difficulty
understanding/communicating in English, regardless of whether or
not further investigation is required.
Determine if complaint should be closed or referred for further investigation.

Notify and refer the case to the detective squad when further investigation
is required for the following:
a.
Any offense and victim suffers a serious physical injury including assault
b.
Robbery and firearm or dangerous instrument was used or senior
citizen (sixty years of age or older) is victim.

If a Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Module exists, notify them in lieu of the detective
squad.

c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
NOTE

2 of 9

The main criteria for referring a complaint is the need for further investigation that
cannot be conducted by the field investigator, or the need of a specialist. If doubt exists
as to whether a complaint should be closed or not, or whether the service of a specialist
may be required, consult with patrol supervisor or desk officer.

5.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/19/13

4.
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Burglary and person present or property valued over $5,000.00
($10,000.00 in Manhattan) was taken or firearm or safe involved.
Crime was committed with a unique/unusual modus operandi.
Complainant was the victim of the same or similar crime within
the last six months.
Perpetrator may be identified or is known.
Similar crimes have been committed in the vicinity.
Complainant, or offense committed, may create unusual community
or police interest.
Impersonation of a police officer or other law enforcement officer.

An impersonation of a law enforcement officer coupled with a robbery will be referred to the
Internal Affairs Bureau - Police Impersonation Investigation Unit (PIIU) not the detective squad.
Also, a notification to Internal Affairs must be made for any police impersonation, see P.G. 20714, “Robbery Complaints Involving Police Impersonation.”
The Special Victims Squad concerned will investigate robberies committed by police
impersonators, which include sexual assault, and the Police Impersonation Investigation
Unit will assist in the investigation.

j.

Identity theft.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-07

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

08/19/13

6.

k.
Other complaints as deemed necessary by competent authority.
Notify the innocent victim of crime or surviving relative, if such victim
has sustained a personal injury, death or loss of essential personal
property, that compensation may be available as per the Crime Victim’s
Compensation Law.
a.
Provide victim or relative with a Crime Victims Board
Information Card.
b.
Check box under victim information on COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET that victim or relative was notified.

Promptly refer active cases directly from the scene, or through the desk
officer, to the units below:

UNIFORMED MEMBERS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO DISTURB POSSIBLE EVIDENCE AT A
CRIME SCENE. SEE P.G. 212-04, “Crime Scene.”

a.

NOTE

3 of 9

If circumstances prevent a personal notification, the detective conducting the follow-up
investigation will comply with above directions and make notation of such fact on
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A).

7.

NOTE

PAGE:

The Financial Crimes Task Force will be responsible for the investigation of all cases
involving identity theft related larcenies where loss is valued at $5,000 or more, or there
is a pattern involving more than one NYPD precinct, or for any case where the
expertise, equipment and resources of the Financial Crimes Task Force are most
appropriate to the investigation.

NOTE

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

SPECIAL VICTIMS SQUAD
(1)
Rape or Attempted Rape, all degrees
(2)
Criminal Sexual Act or Attempted Criminal Sexual Act,
all degrees
(3)
Sexual Abuse, 1st degree only
(4)
Aggravated Sexual Abuse, all degrees

A written notice will be provided to victims of sex offenses with the name, address and
telephone numbers of the nearest Rape Crisis Center (see “ADDITIONAL DATA” for
locations).
This referral will be documented on COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET under “Details” section.

(5)

(6)

Any allegation that a child less than eleven years of age is
the victim of abuse inflicted by a parent or person legally
responsible for the child’s care (see P.G. 215-03, “Emergency
Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected
Or Maltreated Children”).
Any allegation that a child less than thirteen years of age is the
victim of any sex crime or attempted sex crime committed by any
person (see P.G. 215-03, “Emergency Removals Or Investigation
And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or Maltreated Children”).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 9

Any complaint involving sex related offenses, including secondary offenses that are sex
related, requires a duplicate copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) to be
forwarded to the designated Special Victims Squad.

NOTE

In the Boroughs of Brooklyn and Queens, the appropriate Child Abuse Squad will be
notified instead of the Special Victims Squad for cases that fit the criteria in items (5)
and (6) above.
In all cases enter name of detective notified and the log or case number assigned under
“Details” on COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.

b.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

8.

9.
DESK OFFICER 10.
11.

MAJOR CASE SQUAD
(1)
Burglary or attempt of a bank or bank safe
(2)
Larceny by extortion or attempt, from a bank
(3)
Robbery or attempt of a bank and perpetrator not armed
(simulated gun, threatening note, etc.)
(4)
Burglary of a truck contents over $100,000.00
(5)
Larceny of a truck contents over $100,000.00
(6)
Robbery of truck and contents by hijacking
(7)
All robberies in warehouse depots or similar locations
where the object of the crime is a truck or its contents
(8)
All commercial burglaries in which the value of property
stolen exceeds $100,000.00.
(9)
Art theft
c.
NEW YORK CITY JOINT ROBBERY TASK FORCE
(1)
All armed bank robberies
d.
HIGHWAY DISTRICT
(1)
All motor vehicle/bicycle collisions which result in death,
serious injury and likely to die, or critical injury to an
individual.
Notify desk officer upon completion of investigation and deliver
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and COMPLAINANT’S
REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT
(PD313-1516) (see P.G. 207-12, “Lost or Stolen Property/Identity
Theft”) if prepared, as soon as possible.
a.
IMMEDIATELY notify the patrol supervisor or the desk officer
of any serious or unusual complaints.
Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of details of complaint.
Carefully examine COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET for accuracy
and completeness.
The following list, while not exclusive, should be closely scrutinized
when examining COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET:
a.
Verify that required notifications and proper referral of active
cases have been made.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-07

DESK OFFICER

NOTE

PAGE:

08/19/13

5 of 9

Complaints of robbery/attempted robbery and homicide/attempted homicide of drivers of
medallion taxicabs, non-medallion for-hire vehicles, and delivery trucks require a
notification to the Central Robbery Division. Desk officers will fax the COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152) 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to the Central Robbery Division.
A member from the Central Robbery Division will then make a follow-up notification,
Monday - Friday, 0700-2300 hours, to the desk officer of the reporting command and
assign a Central Robbery Division, Taxi Squad serial number to the complaint. This
serial number and the name of the Central Robbery Division, Taxi Squad member will
be entered under “Details” of the COMPLAINT REPORT. When preparing the
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, reporting members will include home and
work telephone numbers of the victim. Also include the vehicle’s status (i.e. medallion
taxi or non-medallion, for-hire vehicle), the presence or lack of a partition between the
driver and passenger compartments, the location where the perpetrator was picked up
and, if possible, the route traveled.

NOTE

(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

b.
c.

Ensure proper jurisdiction code is indicated.
The offense is classified properly.

When multiple offenses have occurred, the incident will be classified based upon the
“top” (most serious) offense. Generally, the “seven major rule” is applied for serious
felonies. This means that a murder/robbery will be classified as Murder; a Forcible
Rape/Burglary will be classified as Forcible Rape; etc. based on the hierarchy below.
The “seven major rule” order of offenses, starting with the most serious, is as follows:
(1)
Murder and Non-Negligent Manslaughter
(2)
Forcible Rape (Rape 1st degree only)
(3)
Robbery
(4)
Felonious Assault
(5)
Burglary
(6)
Grand Larceny
(7)
Grand Larceny Motor Vehicle (A grand larceny motor vehicle coupled with a
grand larceny from the vehicle will be classified as a grand larceny motor vehicle).
(The attempt to commit any of the above will be counted as the completed offense,
EXCEPT attempted murder which will be counted as felonious assault).
If the reported offenses are not within the “seven major offenses,” the incident crime
classification will be determined in the order that follows:
(1)
Sort by category:
Felony before misdemeanor before violation. Therefore, an incident involving a
felony criminal mischief to a motor vehicle with a petit larceny (misdemeanor) theft
of property from within the vehicle will be classified as a Felony Criminal Mischief.
(2)
Sort by classification:
If all offenses are felonies:
“A” felony before a “B” felony before a “C” felony, etc.
If all offenses are misdemeanors:
“A misdemeanor before a B” misdemeanor before an “Unclassified”
misdemeanor
(3)
Sort by degree
For example, if all offenses are “B” felonies:
“1st degree” before “2nd degree” before “3rd degree”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

6 of 9

(4)

Sort by Article and Section Number
For example, if all offenses are 2nd degree, “B” felonies, in the Penal Law,
select 120.25, before 125.25, before 165.25.

DESK OFFICER 12.
(continued)

Sign COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and have command
clerk enter complaint into the OLCS. The OLCS will automatically
assign next complaint number.

NOTE
(continued)

COMMAND
CLERK

13.

DESK OFFICER 14.

15.

Enter information
WORKSHEET.

into

OLCS

from

COMPLAINT

REPORT

Carefully examine the completed COMPLAINT REPORT and make
certain that necessary captions have been completed. Take corrective
action as necessary.
Finalize (i.e., sign-off) the COMPLAINT REPORT utilizing the OLCS
if REPORT is accurate and complete.

16.

Distribute copies of COMPLAINT REPORT.
a.
Attach “ADA Copy” of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141), if prepared, to copy of COMPLAINT REPORT
forwarded for investigation.
b.
In cases closed by the reporting member, a copy of the
COMPLAINT REPORT will be forwarded to the detective squad.
c.
Additional copies of COMPLAINT REPORT will be forwarded
pursuant to P.G. 207-05, “Duplicated Copies Of Complaint
Reports” and any other relevant orders or directives.

DESK OFFICER 17.

Ensure that copies of COMPLAINT REPORT are properly distributed
by command clerk.
Ensure that all members of the service are complying with current
complaint reporting procedures.
a.
Instruct members of the service (especially those with recurrent or
serious mistakes) in proper procedures for preparing
WORKSHEETS and COMPLAINT REPORTS.
(1)
Monitor and follow-up as necessary
(2)
Advise Training Sergeant of deficiencies.

COMMAND
CLERK

18.

COMMANDING 19.
OFFICER

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Review COMPLAINT REPORTS, especially those cases closed by
members of the service assigned to patrol, and have corrections made, if
necessary.

The Operations Unit maintains a list of members proficient in foreign language and sign
language for the deaf. Should such assistance be needed, telephone the Operations Unit
and make entry under “Details” of COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET. Include
interpreter’s name, date, time and results.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-07

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

7 of 9

If during the course of an official investigation information is required from the Parking
Violations Bureau, the uniformed member of the service concerned will prepare two
copies of OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) addressed to the Commanding
Officer, Investigation Review Section, requesting the information required. The
commanding officer of the requesting member will endorse and forward both copies of the
request to the Investigation Review Section, Office of the Chief of Department, in a sealed
envelope marked “CONFIDENTIAL.” Investigation Review Section personnel will send a
copy of the request to the Parking Violations Bureau and file the other copy. When a reply
is received, it will be forwarded to the requesting member in a sealed envelope. The file
copy of the request will be removed from the file and destroyed. In an extreme emergency,
the Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section may establish personal liaison with
the Parking Violations Bureau to expedite an investigation.
When appropriate, after consultation with the patrol borough commander, the detective
borough commander may take charge of an investigation not ordinarily referred to a
Detective Bureau command.
An automated teller machine (ATM) related crime may be defined as, but is not limited
to, criminal activity against a bank patron who is about to use, is currently using, or has
just completed using an automated teller machine for any type of transaction, and is in
the vicinity of the machine or has been followed from the automated teller machine to
another location.
Members of the service preparing COMPLAINT REPORTS for automated teller
machine (ATM) related crimes will specify that the crime is automated teller machine
(ATM) related by entering such in the caption titled, “Actions of Victim Prior to
Robbery, Larceny, or Sex Crimes.” In addition, supporting information will be
articulated under the “Details” section of the COMPLAINT REPORT.
The Central Records Division, Identification Section has an intranet application that
provides immediate access to Orders of Protection issued by ALL New York City based
courts, permitting users to search the Department’s Order of Protection Database and
display or print a copy of the actual court order. This includes not only Orders of
Protection involving persons defined under the family/household – expanded definition,
but also all individuals who are either the defendant or petitioner of an Order of
Protection from any New York City based court. This new database is designed to verify
that an Order of Protection was issued and to provide a copy of the actual order directly
at the command level. This application will also provide access to expired Orders of
Protection. Questions or assistance needs should be directed to the Identification
Section’s Order of Protection Unit or the Management Information Systems Division,
Help Desk.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

8 of 9

RAPE CRISIS CENTERS
MANHATTAN

BROOKLYN

NYC Gay & Lesbian Anti-Violence Project
647 Hudson Street
New York, NY 10014
(212) 807-0197
(212) 807-6761

Rape Crisis Intervention Program
The Long Island College Hospital
340 Henry Street - 6th Floor
Brooklyn, NY 11201
(718) 780-1459

Rape Crisis Intervention Program
Mt. Sinai Medical Center – Dept. OB/GYN
Klingenstein Pavilion 2nd Floor
One Gustave - Levy Place
New York, NY 10029
(212) 241-5461

VSA-BRAVA
Family Alliance-Victim Services
3021 Atlantic Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11208
(212) 577-7777
(718) 783-3700

Rape Crisis Program
St. Vincent’s Hospital & Medical Center
41-51 East 11th Street
New York, NY 10011
(212) 604-8068

Jewish Board of Family & Children Services
1943 Rockaway Parkway
Brooklyn, NY 11236
(718) 241-9600

Bellevue Hospital Center,
Rape Crisis Program Room AG-67
27th Street and First Avenue
New York, NY 10016
(212) 562-3435 or 3755

Rape Crisis Program
Rockaway Jamaica Center
90-11 160th Street, 1st Floor
Jamaica, NY 11432
(212) 577-7777
(718) 291-2555

Rape Intervention Program
St. Luke’s Roosevelt Hospital
411 West 114th Street, Apt. 6D
New York, NY 10025
(212) 523-4728

Rape Crisis Program
Queens Hospital Center
82-68 164th Street
Jamaica, NY 11432
(718) 883-3000 or 3195

BRONX
Bronx District Attorney’s Office
215 E. 161st Street
Bronx, NY 10451
(718) 590-2114

QUEENS

STATEN ISLAND
VSA Staten Island
25 Hyatt Street
Staten Island, NY 10301
(212) 577-7777
(718) 448-3118

Kingsbridge Heights Community Center
3101 Kingsbridge Terrace
Bronx, NY 10463
(718) 884-0700

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-07

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

9 of 9

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Preliminary Investigation of Vice Related, Narcotics and Organized Crime Related
Complaints (P.G. 207-08)
Duplicate Copies of Complaint Reports (P.G. 207-05)
Lost Or Stolen Property /Identity Theft (P.G. 207-12)
Robbery Complaints Involving Police Impersonation (P.G. 207-14)
Emergency Removals or Investigation and Reporting of Abused, Neglected or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY
THEFT (PD313-1516)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-08

PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION OF VICE, NARCOTICS OR
ORGANIZED CRIME-RELATED COMPLAINTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To record and refer complaints of vice, narcotics and organized crime-related
offenses.

DEFINITION

VICE OFFENSES - Violations of law related to gambling, prostitution, alcoholic
beverages, cigarette tax and child pornography.
NARCOTIC OFFENSES - Violations of law related to the sale and possession of
controlled substances and marijuana as defined in Articles 220 and 221 of the Penal
Law, and any case of found controlled substances in which the amount exceeds two
ounces, or found marijuana in which the amount exceeds two pounds.
ORGANIZED CRIME-RELATED OFFENSES - Violations of law related to
organized crime, including the organized theft of motor vehicles, motor vehicle
parts, and motor vehicle insurance frauds.

NOTE

Grand Larceny Auto WILL NOT BE REFERRED to the Investigative Support Division,
Organized Crime Control Bureau, UNLESS preliminary investigation indicates elements
of organized crime are involved.

PUBLIC PREMISES - Any building, or portion thereof, to which the public or a
substantial group of persons has access and in which vice, narcotics or organized
crime-related offenses are suspected of occurring.
PROCEDURE

When assigned to investigate vice, narcotics or organized crime-related offenses:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

4.
PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
DESK OFFICER

Make preliminary investigation and take summary action if offense
committed in presence.
Request patrol supervisor to respond.
a.
If patrol supervisor is not available, contact desk officer and
comply with instructions.
DO NOT ENTER PUBLIC PREMISES to conduct an investigation of an
on-going complaint unless authorized by the patrol supervisor, desk
officer, or other competent authority.
Determine action to be taken regarding ongoing complaints, in public
premises, by taking into consideration:
a.
History of premises
b.
Seriousness of complaint
c.
Facts alleged in complaint
d.
If assignment of uniformed personnel would be effective
e.
If assignment of uniformed personnel would interfere with a
covert operation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-08

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.
6.

NOTE

If an investigation discloses the identity of a person, present or not, and there is
insufficient evidence to make an arrest, a warrant check will be conducted through
FINEST System or the Warrants Section prior to closing the case or forwarding report
to Investigative Support Division, Organized Crime Control Bureau.

DESK OFFICER 7.

NOTE

Direct command clerk to telephone details to the Investigative Support
Division, Organized Crime Control Bureau.
a.
Enter Organized Crime Control Bureau serial number on
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and name, shield
number of member receiving the report under “Details.”

If complaint is received in writing, forward original written communication to
Investigative Support Division, Organized Crime Control Bureau, and attach photocopy
of written communication to file copy of COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.

8.
NOTE

Report disposition to radio dispatcher.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and
deliver to desk officer.

Forward COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET to commanding officer.

Any arrest made by uniformed personnel regarding vice, narcotics or organized crimerelated offenses (except those offenses listed in P.G. 207-02,”Complaints Not Recorded
On Complaint Report” step 15), will be considered a pick-up arrest and an OLCS
precinct complaint serial number will be assigned. Therefore, the complaint will be
recorded on the precinct of arrest OLCS INDEX. Additionally, incidents of found
controlled substances or drug paraphernalia, in any amount, when found in a building
will be entered on the precinct of occurrence OLCS INDEX and an OLCS precinct
complaint number assigned. Additional copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT will be
sent as follows:
a.
In arrest situations, a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT will be forwarded to
the Investigative Support Division, Organized Crime Control Bureau, or
b.
In instances where controlled substance/drug paraphernalia is found in a
building, a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT will be forwarded to the
concerned Narcotics District, Organized Crime Control Bureau for
informational purposes.

COMMANDING 9.
OFFICER
10.

Examine and evaluate COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
containing details telephoned to Investigative Support Division,
Organized Crime Control Bureau.
Have COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET filed chronologically in
rear of complaint file chronologically behind divider marked “Complaints
Referred to Organized Crime Control Bureau.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-08

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

When a complaint is received at a Department unit other than a precinct/transit
district/police service area, the member receiving the complaint will:
a.
Telephone the details to the Investigative Support Division, Organized Crime
Control Bureau.
b.
Enter the Organized Crime Control Bureau serial number with the name and
shield number of the member receiving the report in the Telephone Record.
A COMPLAINT REPORT containing multiple offenses will be classified according to
the most serious offense and referred to the unit charged with investigating such
offenses. However, if a secondary offense is related to vice, narcotics or organized
crime, an additional copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT will be sent to the Organized
Crime Control Bureau. If the investigating officer prepares a COMPLAINT FOLLOWUP (PD313-081), a copy of such report will also be forwarded to Organized Crime
Control Bureau.
The Commanding Officer, Investigative Support Division, Organized Crime Control
Bureau, may classify the following complaints received at the Organized Crime Control
Bureau as street conditions, and may refer them via the Chief of Department, to the
command concerned for necessary attention:
a.
Loitering for prostitution
b.
Loitering for narcotics
c.
Dice game on street
d.
Sale of intoxicants to minors
e.
Sale of intoxicants to intoxicated persons
f.
Alcohol Beverage Control sale during prohibited hours
g.
Unnecessary noise in licensed premises
h.
Disputes in licensed premises
i.
Unlicensed cabaret.
SAFETY GUIDELINES AT ILLICIT DRUG LABORATORIES
When a uniformed member of the service has cause to investigate a suspected drug
laboratory, an immediate notification will be made to the desk officer, precinct of
occurrence. The desk officer will notify the Police Laboratory without delay, requesting a
chemist be dispatched to the scene immediately. Certain substances in a laboratory are
highly volatile, therefore, ALL members of the service will follow these safety guidelines:
a.
Ventilate the laboratory by opening doors and windows.
b.
DO NOT turn on lights or use flashlights until the area is well ventilated. If
necessary to enter prior to the room being ventilated, a flashlight should be
turned on BEFORE entering the area.
c.
DO NOT smoke at the scene.
d.
Use your nose. If vapors are very strong or there is any odor of bitter almonds,
remain outside and await arrival of the laboratory chemist.
e.
DO NOT use Department radios while inside the laboratory.
f.
DO NOT disturb flasks or containers that are being heated or cooled. Direct
the attention of the chemist to such items.
g.
DO NOT allow acid and cyanide to be mixed or come together. The fumes from
this mixture can cause death.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-08

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

When a search warrant has been obtained for a suspected drug laboratory, the Police
Laboratory will be notified and the chemist will accompany the unit executing the warrant.
THREE CARD MONTE GAMES
Precinct/Transit Bureau/Police Service Area commanders, when conditions warrant,
will designate members of their commands assigned to duty in civilian clothes, i.e.,
conditions, plainclothes, and/or anti-crime units, to respond to complaints of “three
card monte” games. The Commanding Officer, Communications Section, will direct
that all complaints of “three card monte” games received at 911 be referred by the 911
Operator, directly to the telephone switchboard operator, precinct/transit district/police
service area of occurrence. The telephone switchboard operator will enter the
information in the TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG (PD112-143) and notify
appropriate personnel at precinct/transit district/police service area concerned.
In those instances in which no civilian clothed members are on duty AND/OR when
some condition exists in conjunction with the “three card monte” game which requires
immediate police response, i.e., assault in progress, etc., a marked radio motor patrol
unit may be dispatched to the scene by the 911 Operator or the telephone switchboard
operator, as appropriate.
CHILD PORNOGRAPHY
A complaint involving child pornography (photos, movies, computer images, etc.) will be
referred to the Vice Enforcement Coordinator’s Major Case Team for investigation.
The Vice Enforcement Coordinator will also investigate complaints involving other
forms of sexual exploitation of children, including minors employed by peep shows,
topless clubs, lap dancing clubs or escort services. Additionally, a telephone
notification will be made to the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations
Desk (FOD) twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week when child pornography is
found or an arrest is made for any violation of Penal Law Article 263.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Complaints Not Recorded On Complaint Report (P.G. 207-02)
Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints (Other Than Vice Related Or Narcotic
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG (PD112-143)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-09

FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATIONS OF COMPLAINTS ALREADY RECORDED
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To report additional information concerning a previously recorded complaint.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving additional information concerning a reported complaint after the
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) has been FINALIZED in the OLCS:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

There is a distinction between voided complaints and unfounded complaints. A voided
complaint is one in which the COMPLAINT REPORT should not have been prepared.
An unfounded case is one in which the report should have been prepared but subsequent
information leads to the determination that the case should be classified as unfounded
(e.g., a voided case is one in which a JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET
(PD377-159A) rather than a COMPLAINT REPORT should have been prepared; an
unfounded case is one in which a vehicle is reported stolen by a complainant and later a
tow company informs the precinct that the vehicle was legally towed).

Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) (PD313-081) ONLY
when additional information falls into any of the following categories:
a.
Crime classification change, e.g., assault to homicide.
b.
Information which will amend the previously recorded P.D. code
(crime sub-classification), e.g., time of day for a burglary.
c.
Case clearance, i.e., initial arrest only, exceptional clearances,
unfounded.
d.
Voiding a complaint after finalization in the OLCS.
e.
Recovered property not previously reported.
f.
Additional stolen property not previously reported.
g.
Serial numbers obtained for property previously reported.
h.
Dead human is identified and property has been invoiced to the
Property Clerk or Public Administrator.

As with COMPLAINT REPORTS, proper recording of property values on a
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) is essential for accurate entry into the FBI Uniform
Crime Reporting (UCR) System. Values must be properly consolidated in the “Value
Stolen” and “Value Recovered” columns of the Property Summary Section. In addition,
the person preparing the report must examine previous reports related to the complaint
(i.e., COMPLAINT REPORT, previously prepared COMPLAINT REPORT
FOLLOW-UPS) to ensure that property values are not being reported more than once.
Only additional information with respect to property values are to be recorded.
Arrests or other information concerning a complaint received BEFORE the original
COMPLAINT REPORT is finalized will be entered on the original COMPLAINT
REPORT.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-09

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2.

2 of 4

Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (pink)
(PD313-081A) for information of any other type, e.g., case closed - no
results, case progress reports, results of interviews, canvass, additional
arrest on a complaint, etc.
Notify detective squad concerned, if necessary.
Submit COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) and/or COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (pink) to the desk officer or
detective supervisor, as appropriate.

3.
4.

NOTE

Second sheets will be used when space is insufficient for required entries on
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL
(see P.G. 207-01, “Complaint Reporting System”).

DESK OFFICER/
DETECTIVE
SUPERVISOR

5.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

These reports must be forwarded to the appropriate units within 24 hours of
preparation.

Review for accuracy and sign.

Desk officers will ensure that the following areas of these reports are appropriately
completed:









“Jurisdiction” and “Reporting Agency” codes are properly recorded
“Complaint Report Number,” “Precinct of Report” and “Date of Original
Report” are properly recorded
“Previous Classification” and “Classification Changed To” captions are
properly completed (for COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP REPORTS only)
“Precinct of Arrest” and “Arrest Numbers” captions on a COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP REPORT are completed if an arrest clearance is requested OR
indicated in the “Details” section of a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
INFORMATIONAL in cases where an additional arrest(s) is made
Property Section is fully completed in lost or stolen property cases. Ensure
property values are itemized and consolidated in the “Value Stolen’ and the
“Value Recovered” columns, as appropriate, in the Property Summary Section
(for COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP REPORTS only)
Ensure that the “Details” supplied on the report provides adequate grounds to
change the original offense listed in the “Previous Classification” caption (for
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP REPORTS offense reclassification requests).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-09

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

The following agencies or commands are required to receive a duplicate copy of a COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP when reporting additional or recovered property, classification changes, and
clearances, when these changes are initiated by this Department. The member of the service
preparing the form will enter the name of the agency or command receiving the duplicate copy
under “Additional copy for” and also send the duplicate copy of the report as follows:
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP FOR CASES
OCCURRING ON THE JURISDICTION OF:
 Port Authority Police Department
 Tri-Borough Bridge and Tunnel Police Department
 MTA Police Department
 Amtrak Police Department
 CSX Police Department
 Staten Island Rapid Transit Police Department
 New York State Police Department
 New York State Park Police Department
 NYC Housing Authority
 NYC Transit
 ANY police agency operating within New York
City for arson and arson related incidents
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP FOR THE
FOLLOWING CASES WHEN PROPERTY
HAS BEEN INVOICED TO THE
PROPERTY CLERK:
Identification of previously unidentified
dead body

DUPLICATE COPY FOR:
 Port Authority Police
 TBTA Police
 MTA Police
 Amtrak Police
 CSX Police
 S.I. Rapid Transit Police
 New York State Police
 New York State Park Police
 Housing Bureau, NYPD
 Transit Bureau, NYPD
 Arson and Explosion Squad
and NYC Fire Department,
Division of Fire Investigation

DUPLICATE COPY FOR:
Property Clerk, borough
office concerned
Public Administrator, county of
residence

In cases where information used to prepare a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP is based on
a COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY
THEFT (PD313-1516), the desk officer will ensure that the listing of stolen property
and reported values on the COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT is recorded in the property section of the
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP. MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE WILL NOT, UNDER
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, SIMPLY ATTACH COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST
OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT (or a copy of it) to COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP and forward to the Data Integrity Unit. The COMPLAINANT’S
REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT must be attached
to the command’s file copy of the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-09

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

Each precinct will maintain a Complaint Reclassification Log to ensure proper and
timely documentation of COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UPS involving a change of crime
classification. Each such reclassification will be entered in the log by the command
crime analysis member and verified by a supervisor authorizing the change.
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UPS of this type prepared by Housing, Transit and
investigative commands (e.g. precinct detective squads) will also be entered and verified
in the same manner.
Each Complaint Reclassification Log will contain the following captions spread across
a double page:
LEFT HAND PAGE

NUMBER DATE

COMPLAINT
PREVIOUS
RECLASSIFICATION
REPORT# CLASSIFICATION
TO
REASON

RIGHT HAND PAGE
MOS PREPARING
ORIGINAL
COMPLAINT REPORT

SUPV. SIGNING
ORIGINAL
SUPV. AUTHORIZING
COMPLAINT REPORT RECLASSIFICATION ICO INITIALS

PDS SUPV’S
C.O.’S
INITIALS
INITIALS
FORMS AND
REPORTS

REMARKS

COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY
THEFT (PD313-1516)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-10

BIAS MOTIVATED INCIDENTS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To ensure a coordinated police response and a thorough investigation and
analysis of all bias motivated incidents.

DEFINITIONS

BIAS INCIDENT - Any offense or unlawful act that is motivated in whole or in
substantial part by a person’s, a group’s, or a place’s identification with a
particular race, religion, ethnicity, gender, age, disability, or sexual orientation
(including gay, lesbian, bi-sexual and transgender) as determined by the
Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task Force.
DISABILITY - The possession or perceived possession by a person of any of the
following: a physical, medical, mental or psychological impairment or a history
or record of such impairment. This includes the sustaining by a person of any
injury or damage to any system of the body including muscular, sensory,
respiratory, speech, heart, reproductive, digestive, blood, immunity (i.e., AIDS)
and skin. Also included among those who have a disability are recovering
alcoholics, and former abusers of drugs or other substances who currently are not
abusing alcohol, drugs, or other substances.
COMMANDING OFFICER - For the purpose of this procedure will be the
precinct, police service area or transit district commanding officer within whose
jurisdiction the incident occurs.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is dispatched to the scene of an
incident which may be a bias incident:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

4.
5.
6.
7.

Evaluate condition and take police action appropriate for stabilization of
the area, if necessary.
Determine if possibility exists that offense or unlawful act is motivated by
bias or prejudice as contained in the definition of a “Bias Incident.”
Request patrol supervisor to respond if bias incident is suspected.
Determine if additional personnel are required to stabilize the situation.
Notify desk officer of incident.
Request commanding officer/duty captain to respond if occurrence is a
possible bias incident.
Direct that a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
be prepared.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

8.

Determine if occurrence is a possible bias incident that should be referred
to the Hate Crime Task Force for further investigation.

NOTE

When considering incidents involving public officials, confer with the Intelligence Bureau
prior to classifying the occurrence as a possible bias incident.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 4

IF THE OCCURRENCE IS REFERRED TO HATE CRIME TASK FORCE AS
A POSSIBLE BIAS INCIDENT:
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

9.

10.
11.
12.

13.

14.

15.

Request additional resources, if required, to stabilize the location or
defuse the incident (community affairs, anti-crime, crime prevention
officers, additional command personnel, training unit, borough task force,
if available, or others, as appropriate).
Request detective squad personnel to respond.
Notify Operations Unit and obtain possible bias incident log number.
Prepare UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152) AFTER
CONFERRAL WITH PRECINCT DETECTIVE COMMANDER.
a.
Subject of Report will be “POSSIBLE BIAS INCIDENT-LOG
NO. ___.”
Forward UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT to Chief of Detectives,
Hate Crime Task Force (direct) and forward additional copy through
channels.
Forward duplicate copy of report to:
a.
Chief, Community Affairs, and
b.
Precinct commanding officer
c.
Police Service Area/Transit District commanding officer, as applicable.
Direct crime prevention officer, where appropriate, to personally contact
and advise complainant concerning actions to take to prevent recurrence.

NOTE

Operations Unit personnel will notify patrol borough command; Patrol Services Bureau duty
chief; Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau, as applicable; detective borough commander;
Intelligence Bureau; Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task Force; Police Commissioner;
and Chief, Community Affairs (during business hours).

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
MEMBER

16.

NOTE

The detective squad member is responsible for conducting the investigation, unless
relieved by Hate Crime Task Force personnel. The Hate Crime Task Force is
responsible for the determination as to whether the occurrence is, or is not, biased. In
addition, the Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task Force, may retain sufficient
Detective Bureau personnel to conduct a comprehensive preliminary investigation and
canvass of the area.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/HATE
CRIME TASK
FORCE

18.

17.

Conduct an immediate investigation and confer with Hate Crime Task
Force personnel.
Forward additional copy of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) and
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) to Commanding Officer,
Hate Crime Task Force (direct) within ten days after incident.

Evaluate situation and make determination after conferral with Chief of
Detectives to:
a.
Assume complete control of investigation, OR
b.
Participate jointly with precinct detective squad personnel, OR
c.
Have precinct detective personnel assume full responsibility for
the investigation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 4

COMMANDING 19.
20.
OFFICER

Visit and personally interview victims of possible bias incident.
Prepare and forward comprehensive follow-up report within ten days of
incident including post-incident actions of all Departmental units and the
current status of investigation to Chief of Detectives, Hate Crime Task
Force, through channels.

CRIME
PREVENTION
OFFICER

21.

Prepare and forward a report within ten days of the incident to
Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task Force, indicating action taken
concerning incident and whether a security survey was conducted.

NOTE

The community policing sergeant will prepare and forward the above report in those
commands where a crime prevention officer is not assigned.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/HATE
CRIME TASK
FORCE

22.

23.

24.
25.

Visit and personally interview victims of confirmed bias incidents upon
completion of investigation.
a.
In appropriate cases, a Hate Crime Task Force supervisor may be
designated to interview victims.
Make determination of whether an occurrence is a bias incident or a non-bias
incident based upon all factors obtained during investigation, after conferral
with the Chief of Detectives.
Prepare report indicating determination.
Forward copies of report to:
a.
Chief of Patrol
b.
Chief of Detectives
c.
Chief of Housing Bureau/C.O., Transit Bureau, if appropriate
d.
Patrol Borough concerned
e.
Housing/Transit Borough, as applicable
f.
Precinct of occurrence
g.
Police Service Area/Transit District, as applicable.

In the case of a confirmed bias incident, when a complainant/victim requests that an
identified offender not be arrested, and there is appropriate legal justification for the arrest,
the Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task Force, may direct that the arrest be made. The
primary considerations when a complainant/victim does not want an arrest effected, are the
prevention of further violence and the safety of all parties concerned.

NOTE

WHEN COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY
INCIDENT IS NOT BIAS MOTIVATED:
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

26.
27.

28.

CAPTAIN

DETERMINES

Notify detective squad.
Notify Operations Unit that offense is not a bias incident.
a.
Contact Hate Crime Task Force, between 0800 - 2400 hours, seven
days a week, for log number on all non-bias incidents.
Direct crime prevention officer to personally contact and advise
complainant concerning actions to take to prevent recurrence, if offense
was committed at a religious institution or a sensitive location.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 4

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN
(continued)

29.

Prepare an UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152) and
forward to Chief of Detectives, Hate Crime Task Force (DIRECT).
a.
Forward one additional copy of Report through channels.

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE

30.
31.

Conduct appropriate investigation.
Forward copy of COMPLAINT REPORT and COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP to Chief of Detectives, Hate Crime Task Force, within ten
days after the incident.

CRIME
PREVENTION
OFFICER

32.

Prepare and forward a report within ten days to Commanding Officer,
Hate Crime Task Force, if offense was committed at a religious
institution or sensitive location indicating action taken and whether
security survey was conducted.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When notification of a possible bias incident is received from any other police agency,
the New York City Police Department patrol supervisor shall respond. At the request of
a patrol supervisor, captain, or above from another law enforcement agency, the
commanding officer concerned/duty captain will respond and determine whether the
occurrence should be designated as non-bias or referred to the Hate Crime Task Force
as a possible bias incident.
If, during the course of an on-going investigation, information is ascertained which may
indicate that the original incident may have been a possible bias incident, the
Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task Force, will investigate and confer with the Chief
of Detectives to make a determination whether the incident is a possible bias incident.
The Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task Force, will then conduct a preliminary
investigation and make all appropriate notifications.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-11

PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION, RECORDING AND TRANSMISSION
OF ALARMS FOR STOLEN VEHICLES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To investigate, record and transmit alarms for stolen vehicles.

SCOPE

A complainant, present at a precinct stationhouse, police service area (PSA), transit
district or other Department facility to report a stolen vehicle, will be transported
by Department vehicle to the place of occurrence, or be requested to await the
arrival of uniformed member(s) of the service at the location where the crime
occurred. The assigned uniformed member of the service will then conduct a
preliminary investigation at the scene and enter the results under the “DETAILS”
section of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).

PROCEDURE

When a complaint of a stolen vehicle is received:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

NO REPORTS OF GRAND LARCENY AUTO WILL BE TAKEN OR ACCEPTED OVER
THE TELEPHONE. Any complainants who come into a command to report their vehicle
stolen will either be asked to go to the place of occurrence, if feasible, or be transported to the
location of reported theft/loss by an available RMP team in order to conduct a preliminary
canvass/investigation at the scene. In addition, owner/complainants will be informed that if
they recover their own vehicle, they must immediately notify the nearest Police Department
facility, so the stolen vehicle alarm(s) can be cancelled.

Respond to scene and conduct preliminary investigation.

Crime classification will be Grand Larceny Auto unless owner/complainant or other
evidence indicates auto (as defined in Section 125, Vehicle and Traffic Law) is valued at
$100.00 or less, or if motorcycle (as defined in Section 123, Vehicle and Traffic Law) is
valued at $1,000 or less.

2.

3.

NOTE

Give complainant copy of VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY
INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD371-082) and VEHICLE THEFT
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION (PD371-083) to prepare and sign.
Prepare REPORT and DEPOSITION, if complainant has a language
barrier or other handicap, and have complainant sign both.
a.
If complainant refuses to prepare REPORT and/or DEPOSITION
or sign REPORT and/or DEPOSITION, note fact on face of
REPORT/DEPOSITION and sign.

A refusal by the complainant to prepare a VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY
INVESTIGATION REPORT and/or VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION
does not preclude the requirement to prepare a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
and COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) and to get an OLCS complaint number for
such report.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 4.

5.

2 of 5

Review VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION
REPORT and VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION for
accuracy and legibility and sign.
Ascertain through the FINEST System:
a.
If vehicle has been impounded or repossessed
b.
If vehicle is wanted in connection with a crime
c.
If vehicle has been previously reported stolen
d.
Verification of Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) or ownership,
if necessary
e.
Expiration date of registration plates, when necessary
f.
If vehicle was towed by rotation tow.
g.
If vehicle was relocated due to a special event by utilizing the
TOPIS application.

STATIONHOUSE
CLERK

6.

NOTE

Under no circumstances will the complainant be given a copy of the VEHICLE THEFT
PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT or VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING
DEPOSITION.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, when required.

IF COMPLAINANT APPEARS AT STATIONHOUSE TO REPORT AN
AUTO LARCENY AND NO UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE IS
AVAILABLE TO TAKE REPORT:
DESK OFFICER 7.
8.

Comply with steps 2 through 6, and corresponding NOTES, above.
Assign command clerk to assist complainant in preparing VEHICLE
THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT and/or
VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION, as necessary.
a.
Act as reviewing officer by signing completed VEHICLE
THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT and
VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION.

NOTE

If complainant refuses to prepare VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY
INVESTIGATION REPORT and/or VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION,
desk officer will sign form as witness.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.

10.

Attach VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION
REPORT and VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION to
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
Have alarm transmitted through the FINEST System and provide the
following information:
a.
Rank, name, command and tax registry number
b.
Date, time and place of occurrence
c.
Complaint number from OLCS
d.
Type of complaint (Grand Larceny Auto, Unauthorized Use, etc.)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-11

e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.

3 of 5

Make, year, model, style, color of vehicle
Registration plate numbers
State of registration and expiration date of plates
Type of plate (passenger, commercial, dealer, etc.)
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Name, address and telephone number of registered owner
Name and address of insurance company and policy number, if available
Other information that might aid in vehicle’s recovery.

DO NOT sign off from FINEST System until acknowledgement is received from NYSPIN.
Printed (hard) copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement will be attached to COMPLAINT REPORT.

11.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

CLOSE case EXCEPT if vehicle was used in the commission of a crime
or other condition indicates that further investigation is necessary.

Institute a telephone notification to the Stolen Property Inquiry Section for the
transmittal of all Felony Vehicle Alarms.

12.

Refer COMPLAINT REPORT, with a copy of VEHICLE THEFT
PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT and VEHICLE
THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION, to detective squad concerned if
case remains open.

DESK OFFICER 13.

Direct a standard NYSPIN inquiry be made via FINEST, by plate or VIN
number, to verify that an alarm has been transmitted.
a.
Ensure that printed (hard) copy of NYSPIN alarm is accurate and
attached to COMPLAINT REPORT.
Direct command clerk to prepare COMPLAINT REPORT utilizing OLCS.
a.
Ensure that original copy of VEHICLE THEFT
PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT and VEHICLE
THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION is attached to precinct
file copy of COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.

14.

COMMAND
CLERK

15.

NOTE

If command FINEST System is temporarily inoperative, verification may be delayed until
FINEST System is operative or verification can be requested through an adjoining command.

DESK OFFICER 16.

Check FINEST System for accuracy of alarm transmitted.
a.
Report any discrepancy to desk officer.
b.
Have alarm modified to correct discrepancy.
c.
Make entry under “Details” on COMPLAINT REPORT that
alarm transmission was verified and include date, time and
signature.

Ensure that copies of all Grand Larceny Auto COMPLAINT REPORTS
and VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION
REPORTS are forwarded to the precinct detective squad for their review
and further investigation, as necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-11

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATION
COMPLAINTS:
ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

17.
18.
19.

20.
21.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

4 of 5

OF

GRAND

LARCENY

AUTO

Interview complainant, either in person or by telephone, utilizing the format
described in VEHICLE THEFT FOLLOW-UP REPORT (PD371-081).
Record complainant’s responses on VEHICLE THEFT FOLLOW-UP
REPORT.
Confer with supervisor to determine if results of interview fall into three
categories:
a.
Further investigation would prove positive
b.
Information received would be of value to other units within the
Department, e.g., Auto Crime Division.
c.
No further information available.
File VEHICLE THEFT FOLLOW-UP REPORT with COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP, if no further information is obtained.
Duplicate completed VEHICLE THEFT FOLLOW-UP REPORT and
file duplicate copy with precinct file copy of COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET.

If immediate action is indicated on a stolen vehicle complaint, the desk officer will direct
the telephone switchboard operator to alert uniformed members of the service on patrol
in advance of the alarm being transmitted by the precinct.
All complainants will be required to complete and sign the VEHICLE THEFT
PRELIMINARY
INVESTIGATION
REPORT
and
VEHICLE
THEFT
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION when reporting their vehicles stolen.
IF AN ARREST IS EFFECTED WHICH INVOLVES A VEHICLE THAT WAS
REPORTED STOLEN WITHIN NEW YORK CITY:
The arresting officer will be required, for affidavit preparation, to make two
complainant notification attempts at reasonable intervals. If the arresting officer is
unable to notify the complainant, the desk officer concerned will attempt to make a third
notification. All notification attempts, dates and times are to be recorded in the
narrative section of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159). If unable to notify the complainant, the arresting officer will request the
precinct of occurrence (where the vehicle was reported stolen) to fax a copy of the
VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION and COMPLAINT REPORT to the
precinct of arrest. Upon receipt of the completed VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING
DEPOSITION and COMPLAINT REPORT, the arresting officer will then fax copies
of these forms to the assigned assistant district attorney for affidavit preparation.
In situations where it is not feasible to either transport or meet a complainant at the
location of a reported vehicle theft (e.g., when the date of theft and the reporting date
may be days or weeks apart) the need for an RMP canvass will be left to the discretion
of the desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-11

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

A stolen vehicle complaint made in a precinct, which is not the precinct of occurrence,
will be accepted and processed as outlined in P.G. 207-04, “Reporting Of Complaints
Occurring In Another Command.” In this instance, the canvass will be completed by
personnel assigned to the precinct of record (i.e., the precinct assigning the OLCS
complaint number).
The commitment to perform a preliminary canvass/investigation in regards to a past
larceny of an auto should not be allowed to negatively impact on patrol strength. The
desk officer has the discretion to utilize resources such as SP10, scooter personnel, etc.,
to complete the canvass/investigation.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Lost/Stolen Vehicle Plates, Licenses and other Department of Motor Vehicle Documents
(P.G. 207-13)
Safeguarding Vehicles in Police Custody (P.G. 218-12)
Vehicle Stolen and Recovered Within New York City (P.G. 218-14)
Vehicle Stolen Outside New York City - Recovered Within New York City (P.G. 218-15)
Vehicle Stolen Within New York City and Recovered Outside New York City or by the
Port Authority Police (P.G. 218-16)
Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates (P.G. 214-29)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
VEHICLE THEFT FOLLOW-UP REPORT (PD371-081)
VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD371-082)
VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION (PD371-083)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-12

LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To investigate complaints of lost or stolen property/identity theft.

PROCEDURE

When a complaint of lost or stolen property/identity theft is received:
COMPLAINTS OF LOST/STOLEN PROPERTY:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

NOTE

Telephone Stolen Property Inquiry Section (SPIS) to ascertain if property
has been recovered.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) if property is not located.
a.
If complainant does not know where the loss or theft occurred, the
place of occurrence will be the place where the complainant first
discovered the loss.
Instruct and assist complainant in preparing page 1 of
COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY
/IDENTITY THEFT (PD313-1516).

If the complaint involves lost or stolen property ONLY and does not involve Identity
Theft, instruct complainant to prepare only page 1 of COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF
LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT and direct complainant to sign
false statement waiver at the bottom of page 1. The complainant shall be advised to
prepare the COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT in the event any additional property is discovered lost
or stolen or any additional information regarding property previously reported lost or
stolen is discovered. (see ADDITIONAL DATA)

4.

5.

6.

Prepare a COMPLAINT REPORT or COMPLAINT FOLLOW UP
(PD313-081) as appropriate, for all lost or stolen articles, including
firearms. Ask the complainants if they know the serial numbers for such
articles, and if they do, then include them in the REPORTS.
Request via telephone notification, to the Stolen Property Inquiry Section,
that an alarm be transmitted for all lost or stolen articles containing serial
numbers, including firearms, equipment, securities, currency and other
documents. Do not forward hard copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT
or COMPLAINT FOLLOW UP to SPIS WHEN THE SERIAL
NUMBERS OF ARTICLES ARE KNOWN.
Provide the following information on lost or stolen firearms, via
telephone, to SPIS:
a.
Make
b.
Model
c.
Caliber
d.
Type
e.
Serial Number
f.
Precinct
g.
Complaint number from OLCS

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-12

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

7.

2 of 4

h.
Complainant’s name and address
i.
Whether or not UMOS owns firearm.
Provide the following information on lost or stolen articles, with serial
numbers, via telephone, to SPIS:
a.
Brand
b.
Model number
c.
Type
d.
Precinct
e.
Complaint number from OLCS.

In no instances will tax registry or model numbers be used in lieu of serial numbers.
Alarms CANNOT be transmitted without serial numbers.

NOTE

8.

Make entry in the ‘Notifications To’ caption of the COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD 313-152A) to reflect who at SPIS was notified.

The desk officer concerned will ensure that a telephone notification to SPIS was made
and entered in the notification portion of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.

NOTE

9.

Send hard copy (no telephone notification) of COMPLAINT REPORT
OR COMPLAINT FOLLOW UP to SPIS via Department Mail or
Department Fax, in the following instances ONLY:
a.
Jewelry containing initials, inscriptions or other identifying marks
OR individual pieces of jewelry, if value exceeds $5,000 OR an
item of jewelry contains ten stones or carats
b.
Other articles that contain initials, inscriptions, or other
identifiable markings
c.
All coin or stamp collections valued at more than $5,000
d.
Silverware if value exceeds $5,000
e.
All paintings or art objects
f.
Any fur coat valued at more than $5,000
g.
Any property taken in a hijacking.

COMPLAINTS OF LOST/STOLEN PROPERTY INVOLVING IDENTITY
THEFT:
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

10.

11.

Instruct complainant to prepare pages 1 and 2 of COMPLAINANT’S
REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT
in their own handwriting.
a.
Furnish assistance or allow other person to assist in preparing the
form, if necessary.
b.
Ensure complainant signs BOTH waivers on pages 1 and 2.
Comply with P.G. 207-34, “Complaints Involving Identity Theft.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-12

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 4

When a communication from an OUT-OF-TOWN complainant alleges loss or theft of
property and does not include the place of occurrence, refer complaint to the Stolen
Property Inquiry Section. If the property has not been recovered, the Stolen Property
Inquiry Section shall contact the complainant through the Inter-City Correspondence
Unit and request further information concerning the place of loss.
The desk officer/counterpart will provide the complainant or a properly identified representative
with a copy of VERIFICATION OF CRIME/LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY (PD542-061),
upon request, and will inform such person of the complaint number and precinct of record and
direct said complainant to comply with instructions on the form.
Whenever a rifle/shotgun permit holder reports the loss of a permit or document relating
to rifles/shotguns, a duplicate copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT will be forwarded to
the Rifle and Shotgun Section. The complainant will be advised to contact the Rifle and
Shotgun Section in person or by telephone.
In cases of lost or stolen property, the member of the service preparing the COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET shall deliver a copy of COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF
LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT to the complainant. The
complainant shall be advised to prepare the COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR
STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT in the event any additional property is
discovered lost or stolen or any additional information regarding property previously
reported lost or stolen is discovered. The COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR
STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT should then be delivered by the complainant
to the desk officer, precinct of occurrence. The desk officer will ensure that the listing of
stolen property and reported values on the COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR
STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT is recorded in the property section of the
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP and that a member of the Stolen Property Inquiry Section is
notified by telephone regarding any property with serial numbers. MEMBERS OF THE
SERVICE WILL NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, SIMPLY ATTACH
COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY
THEFT (or a copy of it) TO A COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP. The COMPLAINANT’S
REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT must be attached to
the command’s file copy of the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP.
The COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY
THEFT must be attached to the command’s file copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT.
WHEN A COMPLAINANT REPORTS A LOST OR STOLEN PASSPORT, ALIEN
REGISTRATION CARD OR NATURALIZATION PAPERS:
Members of the service will request and carefully examine the official photo identification
of complainant. If complainant has lost or has had stolen all of his/her photo identification
(e.g., if the complainant’s purse or wallet is stolen), it may not be possible for the
complainant to produce photo identification. In such instances, the member of service will
use all other methods available to verify the complainant’s identification. Once satisfaction
of identification is obtained, the member will request the precinct detective squad to
conduct an interview and prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313152A).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-12

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 4

The precinct detective squad member assigned will conduct inquiry and prepare
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, AFTER obtaining verified identification of
complainant. The precinct detective assigned will then notify the Intelligence Bureau’s
24 hour Criminal Intelligence Section with particulars and pedigree of complainant and
request an Intelligence Bureau log number. Members of the Intelligence Bureau will
conduct internal inquiries and advise the detective assigned of any further necessity to
hold the complainant for response by either the Joint Terrorist Task Force or the
Intelligence Bureau. If no further action is necessary, then the Intelligence Bureau’s
Criminal Intelligence Section will issue the precinct detective assigned an Intelligence
Bureau log number, which will be recorded on the COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET, under the “Details” section along with the name, rank, and tax registry
number of the member issuing the log number.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Between 0100 and 0800 hours, when the precinct detective squad is not available, the
precinct desk officer will designate a uniformed member of the service to prepare a
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and contact the Intelligence Bureau’s 24 hour
Criminal Intelligence Section. If the Intelligence Bureau determines that further
investigation is warranted, the desk officer or designee will hold the complainant for
response by the Intelligence Bureau’s Midnight Response Team. If no further action is
necessary, then the Intelligence Bureau’s Criminal Intelligence Section will issue the
designated uniformed member of the service an Intelligence Bureau log number, which will
be recorded on the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, under the “Details” section
along with the name, rank, and tax registry number of the member issuing the log number.
Stolen Property Inquiry Section (S.P.I.S.) will follow up on lost/stolen passports, alien
registration cards and naturalization papers with notification to United States Bureau of
Immigration and Customs Enforcement for alien registration cards and naturalization
papers, and the United States Department of State for passports.
All members of the service are reminded to remain vigilant on patrol, reporting all
related terrorist information to the Intelligence Bureau’s 24 hour Criminal Intelligence
Section.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preliminary Investigation, Recording And Transmission Of Alarms For Stolen Vehicles
(P.G. 207-11)
Lost/Stolen Vehicle Plates, Licenses, And Other Department Of Motor Vehicles
Documents (P.G. 207-13)
Complaints Involving Identity Theft (P.G. 207-34)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY
THEFT (PD313-1516)
IDENTITY THEFT - PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD313-084)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
VERIFICATION OF CRIME/LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY (PD542-061)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-13

LOST/STOLEN VEHICLE PLATES, LICENSES AND OTHER
DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES DOCUMENTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To record complaints of lost/stolen license plates, driver’s licenses, learner’s
permits, vehicle registrations or stickers.

PROCEDURE

When a complainant reports license plates/driver’s license or other registration
documents have been lost or stolen:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Inquire through the FINEST System to ascertain if license plates have
been recovered.
a.
Contact Stolen Property Inquiry Section’s Manual File Unit to
ascertain if driver’s license or other registration documents have
been recovered.

VEHICLE LICENSE PLATES:
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.
3.

NOTE

Ascertain that complainant is registered owner or a true representative of
the owner of the plate(s).
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
a.
IF ONE PLATE IS MISSING and there is no other evidence to
suggest a larceny or other crime, classify the complaint as lost
property and close complaint immediately as referred to Department
of Motor Vehicles. Whether the complaint is classified as a crime
(e.g., larceny) or lost property, direct the owner/representative to
turn in the remaining plate to the Department of Motor Vehicles.
Advise complainant to contact the precinct after the plate is turned
in for transmission of an alarm. A person subsequently found to be
in possession of a lost license plate can be charged with larceny by
acquiring lost property (Penal Law 155.05 subd. 2b). A license
plate missing from an out of state registered vehicle and only
required to have one plate will not be classified as a larceny or other
crime unless there is additional evidence to support the crime. An
alarm, however, will be transmitted in all cases.

When one plate is missing from a vehicle registered to this Department, have alarm transmitted as
soon as possible via FINEST System and attach copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement to
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152). Ensure that the “DETAILS” section of the COMPLAINT
REPORT includes that the missing/stolen plate is registered to a Department vehicle.

b.

NOTE

IF BOTH PLATES ARE MISSING - have alarm transmitted via
FINEST System and attach copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement to
COMPLAINT REPORT.

Unless additional information is available to determine if missing plate(s) is stolen, one
missing plate will be classified as “Lost Property” and two missing plates will be
classified as “Petit Larceny.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

4.

NOTE

If MV-78B [6/88] is not available to member on patrol, instruct the complainant to obtain form
from precinct of occurrence at the earliest convenience. Precinct personnel concerned will verify
that a COMPLAINT REPORT has been recorded before preparing MV-78B [6/88] form.

5.

Prepare and sign Report of Lost or Stolen License or Registration
Items (MV-78B [6/88]) and give to complainant.
a.
Make certain box on form captioned “Was the Loss the Result of
a Crime?” is checked “Yes” or “No”, as appropriate.

Instruct complainant to deliver MV-78B [6/88] and registration certificate
for lost plates to Department of Motor Vehicles to obtain new plates.
a.
If one plate is reported lost/stolen, the remaining plate, vehicle
registration and MV-78B [6/88] will be surrendered to
Department of Motor Vehicles personnel to obtain new plates.
The complainant must then notify the precinct of record for
transmission of an alarm on the missing plate.

DRIVER’S LICENSE, LEARNER’S PERMIT, VEHICLE REGISTRATION/
STICKER:
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

NOTE

Lost or stolen driver’s license, learner’s permits, and vehicle registration items
(exclusive of plates) do not meet the criteria for entry into the NYSPIN System.

7.

8.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
a.
Send additional copy of COMPLAINT REPORT or COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) to Stolen Property Inquiry Section in cases
where a vehicle’s inspection sticker has been reported lost or stolen.

Prepare and sign Report of Lost or Stolen License or Registration Items
(MV-78B [6/88]) and give to complainant.
a.
Make certain box on form captioned “Was the Loss the Result of
a Crime?” is checked “Yes” or “No”, as appropriate.
Instruct complainant to deliver MV-78B [6/88] to Department of Motor
Vehicles to obtain new documents.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If complainant does not know where the loss or theft occurred, the place of occurrence
will be the place where the complainant first discovered the loss.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Preliminary Investigation of Complaints (Other Than Vice Related Or Narcotics Complaints)
(P.G. 207-07)
Lost or Stolen Property/Identity Theft (P.G. 207-12)
Preliminary Investigation, Recording And Transmission Of Alarms For Stolen Vehicles
(P.G. 207-11)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-14

ROBBERY COMPLAINTS INVOLVING POLICE IMPERSONATION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To assist uniformed members of the service who become aware of a robbery
involving the impersonation of any law enforcement personnel.

DEFINITION

POLICE IMPERSONATION - For the purpose of this procedure, a police
impersonation occurs when during the commission of a crime, the perpetrator:
a.
Pretends to be a police officer or wears or displays any uniform, badge,
insignia or facsimile thereof by which a police officer of any jurisdiction
is generally identified; OR
b.
Expresses by words or actions that he/she is a police officer or acting with
the approval or authority of any police department; OR
c.
Displays, wears or uses police equipment in a manner likely to create the
impression that he/she is a police officer.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a robbery is committed and it is alleged to have been committed by an
individual(s) purporting to be law enforcement personnel:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

The Police Impersonation Unit will investigate all robbery police impersonation
complaints and other serious crimes involving police impersonations. The precinct
Detective Squad will be responsible for other criminal impersonation complaints. In
ALL cases of suspected police impersonation, a notification to Internal Affairs Bureau
Command Center is required and a log number will be assigned.

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
COMMAND
CENTER

5.
6.

Record information and issue log number.
Notify Police Impersonation Investigation Unit (P.I.I.U.).

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

7.
8.
9.
10.

Notify desk officer.
Ensure that a thorough preliminary investigation is conducted.
Verify arrest(s), if made.
Have COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) prepared
including:
a.
Detailed description of the impersonation and robbery.
b.
Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center log number and member
notified.

2.
3.
4.

Determine whether a robbery in fact has been committed involving an
impersonation of any law enforcement personnel.
Request response of patrol supervisor.
Detain complainant/witnesses, if possible.
Notify the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center (212) 741-8401, for
notification to Police Impersonation Investigation Unit (P.I.I.U.)
a.
Obtain name of member notified and log number.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-14

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

DESK OFFICER 11.

Finalize COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET utilizing the OLCS
and fax copy of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) to the Internal
Affairs Bureau Command Center at (212) 741-8408.

SUPERVISOR,
P.I.I.U.

12.

Dispatch member(s) to interview complainant/witnesses, if circumstances
warrant.
a.
Dispatch member(s) from Internal Affairs Bureau Police
Impersonation, or Internal Affairs Bureau Nightwatch, if a response
to interview a complainant/witness is required during the 1st Platoon.

P.I.I.U./
NIGHTWATCH
MEMBER
CONCERNED

13.
14.
15.

Interview complainant and obtain facts.
Safeguard evidence.
Have complainant view Police Impersonation Photo Albums and
Criminal Investigation Unit photos, if necessary.
Maintain a case file.
Effect arrests of identified subject(s).

16.
17.
SUPERVISOR,
P.I.I.U.

18.
19.
20.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Review all robbery impersonation complaints received at the Command
Center to determine case status.
Maintain statistics regarding trends and arrests.
Supply and maintain Police Impersonation Photo Albums for each
borough Criminal Investigation Unit.

Police Impersonation Photo Albums that are maintained by the Police Impersonation
Investigation Unit are available for use by all investigative units within the Department.
The Police Impersonation Investigation Unit is available to assist in any open
investigation involving police impersonations and will provide assistance, as appropriate,
whenever serious criminal conduct involves impersonation of law enforcement personnel.
Whenever the Police Impersonation Investigation Unit develops a “pattern,” a
notification will be made to the appropriate borough robbery squad. Additionally, if the
Police Impersonation Investigation Unit rejects a case, a telephone notification will be
made to the precinct detective squad concerned.
The Special Victims Squad concerned will investigate robberies committed by police
impersonators, which include sexual assault, and the Police Impersonation Investigation
Unit will assist in the investigation.
If in the course of an investigation it is determined that a possible “narcotics trade”
element is involved, the Police Impersonation Investigation Unit member concerned will
make the necessary notifications to the Organized Crime Control Bureau.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-15

THREATS TO COMPLAINANTS AND WITNESSES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To investigate, record and refer complaints of threats to witnesses/complainants
involved in criminal proceedings.

PROCEDURE

When notified of a threat to a witness/complainant:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

DESK OFFICER 3.
4.

Obtain as much detailed information as possible, e.g., possible motive,
type of threat, subject of threat, etc.
Immediately notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
a.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
Ensure that a supervisor is responding, if not already present.
a.
Direct the preparation of a COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).
Immediately notify precinct detective squad concerned or borough
nightwatch, if appropriate.

NOTE

Communications Section will automatically direct the patrol supervisor to respond to all
incidents involving threats to witnesses.

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

5.
6.
7.

DETECTIVE
SUPERVISOR

8.
9.
10.
11.

12.

DETECTIVE
BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

13.

Immediately interview complainant, conduct preliminary investigation
and confer with assigned detective supervisor.
Process and safeguard physical evidence, e.g., note, tape recording, etc., if any.
Determine if person(s) threatened is a complainant or witness in a
criminal proceeding.
a.
When the threat involves an arrest or investigation previously
conducted by this Department, notify the detective assigned to the
case and obtain his/her assistance in assessing the threat.
Immediately conduct a personal interview with person threatened and
person receiving threat, if not the same person.
Notify the District Attorney’s Office concerned if subject has been a
complainant/witness at a hearing, grand jury, trial, etc.
Direct the establishment of any immediate security measures necessary, if
appropriate.
Confer with detective duty captain, patrol duty captain and desk officer,
precinct of occurrence regarding security measures implemented and the
need for continued or additional measures.
Notify detective borough commander/executive officer of details of threat
and steps taken to insure security of complainant/witness.
Consult with patrol borough commander/executive officer as soon as
possible regarding duration and extent of security measures when
coverage is provided.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-15

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Security options may include directed patrol, fixed post (foot or RMP), and advising
complainant/witness to contact 911, if any suspicious person is observed or further
threats received.
Simple refusal by threatened party shall not be the sole factor in determining that no
security measures be taken.
Locations where a witness who is threatened is present are considered Sensitive
Locations. A generic “SPRINT” message to have the patrol supervisor respond to these
locations is automatically entered. However, this does not preclude a commanding
officer from requesting inclusion of additional information related to safety in
“SPRINT” as per A.G. 316-35, “Hazardous/Sensitive/Hazardous Material Locations”.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Hazardous/Sensitive/Hazardous Material Locations (A.G. 316-35)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-16

OVERDUE RENTAL VEHICLES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To record and investigate complaints of overdue rental vehicles.

DEFINITION

PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE - For the purpose of this procedure only, shall be the
precinct where the vehicle was leased/rented, or the location where the vehicle was
scheduled to be returned to at the expiration of the lease or rental agreement.

PROCEDURE

When a rental agency reports an overdue rental vehicle:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

Fraudulent means may consist of giving false information on the rental agreement
relative to identification, residence or place of employment, etc.

Interview complainant and conduct preliminary investigation.
Ascertain if fraudulent means were used to obtain vehicle.

3.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and:
a.
Classify complaint as “AUTO LARCENY” if fraudulent means
were used to rent the auto, OR
b.
Classify complaint as “INVESTIGATION - UNAUTHORIZED
USE OF MOTOR VEHICLE”, when no apparent fraud is involved.

DESK OFFICER 4.

Direct command clerk to prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
from COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and:
a.
If complaint is classified as AUTO LARCENY, direct the reporting
officer to comply with P.G. 207-11, “Preliminary Investigation,
Recording and Transmission of Alarms for Stolen Vehicles,” OR
b.
If complaint is classified as INVESTIGATION - UNAUTHORIZED
USE OF MOTOR VEHICLE, refer to precinct detective squad to
determine if the facts will support a criminal action.

5.

Ascertain from the rental agency if all of the following steps were taken
to contact the lessee:
a.
Efforts made to locate lessee at residence or place of employment
b.
Certified letter mailed to lessee demanding the return of the vehicle
c.
Internal check to ensure clerical errors are not present
d.
Written investigation report that tends to support criminal action
(most rental agencies have a form for this purpose)
e.
Other appropriate steps.
Reclassify complaint from INVESTIGATION to UNAUTHORIZED
USE OF MOTOR VEHICLE, when facts support a criminal action.
Mark complaint “UNFOUNDED,” if the facts do not support a criminal
action, and:
a.
Inform rental agency that the complaint is a civil matter.

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE

6.
7.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

NOTE

If additional information substantiating a criminal action is brought to the attention of this
Department, a CLOSED CASE may be reopened and further investigation conducted.

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
(continued)

8.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

In complaints of overdue rental vehicles, all the facts must be examined to determine if a
criminal action can be supported. In many instances, the retention of a rental vehicle amounts
to a breach of a civil contract ONLY, and the rental agency can seek redress in civil court.

Record action taken on COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
unless such information is contained on original COMPLAINT REPORT.

A criminal action involving overdue rental vehicles can be supported ONLY if there is a
“GROSS DEVIATION” from the rental agreement and the rental agency concerned has
served or attempted service of a “NOTICE,” in person or by certified mail, at the
address indicated in the rental agreement, stating the time and date the vehicle was to be
returned; that the agency does not consent to continued retention of the vehicle by the
lessee; and that further retention of the vehicle may constitute a Class “A”
Misdemeanor.
A “GROSS DEVIATION” may occur when, but is not limited to, a lessee who has legal
custody of a vehicle for fifteen days or less, pursuant to a written rental agreement,
intentionally retains such vehicle for at least seven days beyond the expiration date of
the rental agreement and continues such possession for more than two days after service
or attempted service of the above mentioned “NOTICE” from the rental agency.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preliminary Investigation, Recording And Transmission Of Alarms For Stolen Vehicles
(P.G. 207-11)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-17

CONTRABAND WEAPONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record seizures of contraband weapons.

DEFINITION

CONTRABAND WEAPON - As used in this section includes any weapons
possessed unlawfully.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service comes into possession of a contraband weapon:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Follow normal complaint and/or arrest procedures.
Charge appropriate offense(s) from the New York State Penal Law, if
arrest made.

DESK OFFICER 3.
4.

Notify Joint Terrorist Task Force of details.
Notify the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms through Operations
Unit if any of the following weapons are involved:
a.
Fully automatic firearms such as machine guns and machine pistols
b.
Shotguns with barrels less than 18 inches long
c.
Rifles with barrels less than 16 inches long
d.
Altered shotgun or rifle with overall length of less than 26 inches
e.
Any weapon, other than conventional handgun, capable of firing a
shot, if such weapon can be concealed on the person
f.
Destructive device - any explosive, incendiary, poison gas, bomb,
grenade, rocket, missile, mine or similar device; or any parts
designed to create a destructive device
g.
Pistols with shoulder stocks
h.
Any muffling or silencing device designed for use with a firearm.

NOTE

Include information concerning any vehicle, vessel or aircraft that is or may be involved
in violation of Federal Law.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Contraband Weapons (P.G. 208-49)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-18

COMPLAINTS INVOLVING CREDIT CARDS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To investigate complaints involving credit cards.

PROCEDURE

When a credit card comes into possession of a member of the service and its
status is in doubt and requires investigation:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

DESK OFFICER 2.

NOTE

Report information to desk officer.

Notify the Special Frauds Squad between 0900 and 1800 hours, Monday
through Friday, by telephone.

Special Frauds Squad member will check records and telephone credit card company
for status inquiry of credit cards. The credit card company representative will telephone
results of inquiry to the desk officer.

3.

Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared when required:
a.
Have additional copy sent to Special Frauds Squad
b.
Enter, under “Details,” name of Special Frauds Squad member
notified
c.
Enter results of inquiry under “Details.”

4.

Comply with P.G. 207-07, “Preliminary Investigation of Complaints
(Other than Vice Related or Narcotics Complaints).”
For investigations concerning identity theft, comply with P.G. 207-34,
“Complaints Involving Identity Theft.”

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If an arrest is effected involving the credit card, the credit card company involved will
provide a representative in court as a complainant when required.
The Special Frauds Squad maintains twenty-four hour telephone hot line verification
numbers for various credit card companies. If the Special Frauds Squad office is closed,
the current list of hot line numbers is maintained at the Missing Persons Desk.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preliminary Investigation of Complaints (Other Than Vice Related Or Narcotics
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Counterfeiting/Forging U.S. Government Obligations or Counterfeiting/Unauthorized
Use of Access Devices (P.G. 208-47)
Complaints Involving Identity Theft (P.G. 207-34)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-19

THEFTS FROM DEPARTMENT LOCKERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To investigate reported thefts from Department lockers.

PROCEDURE

Upon discovery of a theft or attempted theft from a Department locker:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Report facts to desk officer.

DESK OFFICER 2.
3.

Notify commanding officer or duty captain.
Notify IAB, Command Center and obtain a Log Number.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

Investigate circumstances of incident including, but not limited to,
photographing damage to locker, obtaining fingerprints, results of
interviews, etc.
Notify precinct detective squad concerned, if necessary.
Direct preparation of COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD313-152A).
Take steps to prevent recurrence of theft.
Prepare three copies of report on Typed Letterhead and forward:
a.
First two copies to bureau chief concerned
b.
Third copy to Internal Affairs Bureau.

4.

5.
6.
7.
8.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Members of the service are responsible for securing their lockers with a combination
type padlock without a serial number.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-20

INVESTIGATION OF CRIMES INVOLVING
COMPUTERS OR COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To protect computer evidence obtained by this Department during the course of
investigations or arrests, and to enhance the prosecution of defendants.

PROCEDURE

Whenever computer related evidence is to be seized, subject of an investigation
or connected with an arrest:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

1.

NOTE

Computer Crimes Squad will determine if a response to debrief the prisoner(s) is necessary.

2.

3.

Notify Computer Crimes Squad (0600 to 2000 hours, Monday through
Friday) or Office of the Chief of Detectives (all other times) whenever:
a.
Computer-related evidence is seized or expected to be seized, i.e.,
evidence consisting of a computer that has been used to commit a
crime or is suspected of being a device that stores evidence.
b.
An arrest involving a computer is made.

Confer with Computer Crimes Squad whenever:
a.
A criminal investigation by a unit of this Department is conducted
where computers or computer evidence may be involved.
b.
A warrant to seize computers or computer-related evidence is
being sought, prior to the preparation of the warrant.
For investigations concerning identity theft, comply with P.G. 207-34,
“Complaints Involving Identity Theft.”

NOTE

Notification to the Computer Crimes Squad concerning search warrants will be of a
limited nature pertaining only to computers and computer-related equipment to be
seized.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When requested, the Computer Crimes Squad will provide technical assistance in
properly securing computer evidence, conducting computer forensic examinations and
preparing warrants. The Computer Crimes Squad will make the determination whether
a response to the scene is required, based on the totality of the circumstances presented
in each case.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Complaints Involving Identity Theft (P.G. 207-34)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-21

ALLEGATIONS OF CORRUPTION AND OTHER MISCONDUCT
AGAINST MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To process allegations of corruption and other misconduct against members of
the service.

SCOPE

All members of the service must be incorruptible. An honest member of the
service will not tolerate members of the service who engage in corruption or
other misconduct. All members of the service have an absolute duty to report
any corruption or other misconduct, or allegation of corruption or other
misconduct, of which they become aware.

DEFINITION

CORRUPTION/OTHER MISCONDUCT: Criminal activity or other misconduct
of any kind including the use of excessive force or perjury that is committed by a
member of the service whether on or off duty.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing, or becoming aware of corruption or other misconduct or upon
receiving an allegation of corruption or other misconduct involving a member of
the service:

NOTE

To prevent interruption or delay in vital services, a telephone switchboard operator will
refer any allegation of corruption or other misconduct to the desk officer, who will
record the details of the allegation(s).

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

1.

NOTE

In certain cases, supervisory personnel assigned to the Command Center of the Internal
Affairs Bureau may direct on duty members not reporting anonymously to prepare a
detailed written report in addition to a telephone notification or request the member(s)
concerned to await the arrival of an investigator.

Telephone Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center (212) 741-8401 (24
hours) or 1-800-PRIDE PD (24 hours) or (212) CORRUPT (24 hours).
a.
Give preliminary facts.
b.
Identify self or, if opting to remain anonymous, obtain Confidential
Identification Number from the Command Center investigator.
c.
Furnish details of corruption or other misconduct.

OR
2.

Prepare a detailed written report addressed to the Chief of Internal Affairs.
a.
Forward DIRECT, or via FAX (212) 741-8408, to the Command
Center, 315 Hudson Street, within twenty-four hours.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-21

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

MEMBERS MAY OPT TO REPORT ALLEGATIONS OF CORRUPTION/
OTHER MISCONDUCT IN WRITING ANONYMOUSLY
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED
(continued)

3.

Prepare a detailed written report, upon becoming aware of misconduct,
and forward to:
a.
Chief of Internal Affairs, or
b.
Box 1001, New York, N.Y. 10014.

NOTE

Obtaining a Confidential Identification Number from the Command Center investigator will
satisfy the member's reporting responsibility, if the information reported is accurate and
complete. Subsequent or ongoing reporting is encouraged to insure the information is timely
and complete and may be made by referencing the Confidential Identification Number.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A member of the service having or receiving information relative to corruption or other
misconduct, or an allegation of corruption or other misconduct, has the responsibility to
report such information directly to the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center.
Failure to report corruption, other misconduct, or allegations of such act is, in itself, an
offense of serious misconduct and will be charged as such when uncovered during an
investigation. Conduct designed to cover up acts of corruption, prevent or discourage
its report, or intimidate those who would report it, will be charged as an obstruction of
justice or other criminal act with the consent of the prosecutor who has criminal
jurisdiction.
A member of the service receiving an allegation of corruption against oneself will
request a supervising officer to respond to the scene. The supervising officer will
interview the complainant and confer with the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command
Center, BEFORE interviewing the member concerning the allegation.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Allegations of Corruption Against City Employees (Other than Members of the New
York City Police Department) (P.G. 207-22)
Processing Civilian Complaints (P.G. 207-31)
Civilian Complaints - Witness Statement (P.G. 207-30)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-22

ALLEGATIONS OF CORRUPTION AGAINST CITY EMPLOYEES (OTHER
THAN MEMBERS OF THE NEW YORK CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record allegations of corruption and/or serious misconduct and/or misconduct
against federal, state or city employees, other than members of this Department,
and provide for notifications to the appropriate agency.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving, or becoming aware of, an allegation of corruption and/or serious
misconduct and/or misconduct against a federal, state or city employee, other
than a member of this Department:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Report the facts immediately to commanding officer, or if absent, the
highest-ranking supervisor in the command.
Telephone Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center (212) 741-8401 (24
hours) and:
a.
Identify self
b.
Give telephone number where you can be reached
c.
Give preliminary facts
d.
Comply with instructions of ranking officer, Internal Affairs Bureau.

SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

3.

Prepare report on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Chief of Internal
Affairs with all details.
a.
Forward original and copy in sealed white envelope addressed to:
Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center
315 Hudson Street, 3rd Floor
New York, New York 10013

NOTE

A complaint against a federal, state or city employee other than a member of this
Department, that does not involve an allegation of corruption and/or serious misconduct
and/or misconduct (for example, Driving While Intoxicated or Domestic Violence) will
be processed in accordance with the provisions of P.G. 207-01, “Complaint Reporting
System.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Preliminary Investigation of Complaints (Other than Vice Related or Narcotics Complaints)
(P.G. 207-07)
Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service (P.G. 207-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-23

MISSING PERSONS
DATE ISSUED:

09/06/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To investigate, search for, refer, and record complaints of missing persons.

DEFINITIONS

MISSING PERSON - Person missing from a NEW YORK CITY RESIDENCE and:
a.
Under eighteen years of age, OR
b.
Mentally or physically impaired to the extent that hospitalization may be required, OR
c.
Senile, retarded or disabled and not capable of self-care or clear
communication, OR
d.
Sixty-five years of age or older, OR
e.
Possible victim of drowning, OR
f.
Indicated an intention of committing suicide, OR
g.
Absent under circumstances indicating unaccountable or involuntary disappearance.

NOTE

Missing person complaints WILL BE ACCEPTED for persons missing from temporary
residences within New York City (hotels, rooming houses, etc.). However, complainants
will also be instructed to report such cases to the local police agency covering the
permanent residence of the missing person. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL
COMPLAINANTS BE REFERRED DIRECTLY TO THE MISSING PERSONS SQUAD.
Missing persons DO NOT INCLUDE the following:
a.
Persons wanted for crimes, OR
b.
Persons wanted on warrants, OR
c.
Persons eighteen years of age or older, who have left home voluntarily because
of domestic, financial or similar reasons.
These exclusions are intended for persons who are likely to have fled VOLUNTARILY as
a direct result of their status (e.g. A person wanted for a crime fleeing to avoid
prosecution). However, the exclusions listed above shall not be used as a justification
for failing to accept a missing persons report when the totality of the circumstances
indicate that a person may in fact be missing.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving a complaint of a missing person:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Respond to the scene, interview complainant and obtain:
a.
An accurate description of the subject
b.
Clothing worn
c.
Location where last seen
(1)
If missing person is believed to be using public
transportation, obtain information on the type of
transportation, route and possible destination(s)
d.
Administration for Children’s Services caseworker’s name and
telephone number, if applicable
e.
Biological parents’ name, address and telephone number, as appropriate
f.
Ascertain whether missing person has Alzheimer’s disease and is registered
with the Alzheimers’ Association Safe Return Program, as appropriate

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

(1)

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

2 of 6

If so, determine whether person was wearing a Safe Return
wristband or necklace and request that complainant
provide the Safe Return identification number.
(a)
If the identification number is unknown, the responding
member will call the Alzheimer’s Association to obtain
the number and any other information the Association
has on the missing person.

There are no minimum time limits that must be observed before accepting a report of a missing
person. However, when a person sixty-five years of age and older, or a child less than ten, or a
senile/disabled person is missing from a hospital or institution, PRIOR TO INITIATING ANY
OTHER ACTION, AN INITIAL SEARCH OF THE BUILDING WILL BE CONDUCTED TO
VERIFY THAT SUCH PERSONS ARE ACTUALLY MISSING.

NOTE

A complainant could be, in addition to a member of the family, a legal or temporary
guardian, a representative of the Department of Education, or a hospital administrator.

2.
3.

Request patrol supervisor to respond.
Notify desk officer of details.

4.

Check precinct records to determine if missing person has been the
subject of police action.

DESK OFFICER 5.
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

Notify desk officer, precinct of residence, for preparation of required reports,
when applicable, unless an immediate investigation and/or search for the
missing person is required. In these instances, the desk officer shall be
notified after the search.
Notify PSA desk officer when missing person is a resident of a New York
City Housing Authority development.
Ascertain if Missing Persons Squad has any information on the missing
individual by requesting a records search.
Notify precinct detective squad.

DESK OFFICER
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE
AND/OR
PRECINCT OF
RESIDENCE

6.
7.
8.
DESK OFFICER 9.
PRECINCT OF
RESIDENCE

Direct the preparation of MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT
(PD336-151) and COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
a.
Ensure that same complaint number is used for both MISSING/
UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT and COMPLAINT REPORT.
b.
Have JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET
(PD377-159A) prepared, if missing person is at least seven but
less than sixteen years of age.
c.
Have NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221) prepared, if
circumstances indicate that youth is missing due to abuse,
maltreatment, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-23

d.

3 of 6

Ensure that any information relating to a missing person registered
with the Alzheimer’s Association Safe Return Program is included in
the MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT under caption,
“Remarks/Other Pertinent Information” (see step 1, subdivision f).

Missing Persons Squad cannot process a MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON
REPORT unless ALL captions are filled out. Members of the service are to contact
Missing Persons Squad for assistance in the event information is unknown or not available.

10.

NOTE

PAGE:

09/06/13

DESK OFFICER
PRECINCT OF
RESIDENCE
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Direct that MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSONS REPORT (without
FACSIMILE TRANSMITTAL SHEET [PD112-1410]) be FAXED to
Missing Persons Squad, between 0630 and 2300 hours only. (Do not FAX
between 0700-0800, and 1500-1600).
a.
Have command clerk enter Missing Persons Squad case number
and name of member who assigned case number on the
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT when received.

Whenever FAX machines are unavailable or inoperable, the Missing Persons Squad
intake desk will continue to accept MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSONS REPORTS
by telephone between 0630 and 2400 hours. In addition, Missing Persons Squad
members will be available for conferral during those hours as well.

WHEN IMMEDIATE INVESTIGATION AND/OR SEARCH IS REQUIRED:
NOTE

An immediate investigation and/or search is required for the following “special
category” missing persons:
a.
Child under sixteen years of age, OR
b.
Mentally/physically impaired to the extent that hospitalization may be required, OR
c.
Senile, retarded or disabled and not capable of self-care or clear communication, OR
d.
Sixty-five years of age or older, OR
e.
Unique/unusual case, OR
f.
Missing under circumstances indicating unaccountable or involuntary
disappearance, OR
g.
Possible drowning victim.

DESK OFFICER 11.
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE
NOTE

Open and maintain Command Post Log at desk.

Maintain, in front of Command Post Log, a listing of “special category” missing
persons captioned as follows:
NAME OF
MISSING PERSON

12.

SAFE RETURN
INFORMATION

AGE

DATE OF
REPORT

PAGE
NUMBER

Make the following additional notifications:
a.
Precinct commander/duty captain for “special category” missing
persons in subdivisions “a” through “e” above.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

b.

DESK OFFICER
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE
(continued)

c.

d.
e.

4 of 6

Precinct platoon commander, if child under ten is missing.
(1)
The precinct commander/duty captain will be notified and
perform the duties of the platoon commander, if the platoon
commander is unavailable.
Precinct detective squad, precinct of occurrence to respond and
assist in search.
(1)
If no detective is available, notify the detective borough
dispatcher.
Operations Unit
Missing Persons Squad - Notify of identity of member assigned to
conduct the immediate investigation and/or search.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

13.

NOTE

If the platoon commander is not immediately available, the patrol supervisor/assigned
detective will commence the search immediately pending the arrival of the platoon
commander or the precinct commander/duty captain.

14.

15.

16.

17.
18.

Direct, coordinate and control the search in the appropriate areas.
a.
If a child under ten years of age is missing, the platoon
commander, precinct of occurrence, shall perform steps 13
through 18.

Request additional personnel, as required.
a.
Emergency Service Unit, if needed.
b.
Aviation Unit to survey rooftops, when necessary.
c.
PSA platoon commander and/or PSA patrol supervisor, if missing
person is a resident of a NYC Housing Authority development.
Request Communications Section to broadcast description of missing
person to members on patrol.
a.
If missing person is believed to be using public transportation,
request broadcast of description to precincts along travel route,
and notify Transit Bureau (subways) and/or Traffic Management
Center (buses), as appropriate.
Initiate search at location where missing person was last observed.
a.
If missing person’s residence is within search pattern have entire
building thoroughly searched.
b.
Include travel route, if any, in search pattern.
Direct members performing the search to maintain records of area, routes
and premises searched and identities of persons questioned.
Keep the following informed of progress of search:
a.
Precinct commander/duty captain, when applicable
b.
Desk officers (precincts of occurrence and residence, if different)
c.
Missing Persons Squad
(1)
Make notification within a reasonable time (usually four
hours BUT NOT LATER THAN END OF TOUR) of
progress of search. Upon completion of investigation and
search, obtain the Missing Persons Squad serial number.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

d.
e.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

5 of 6

Operations Unit
Communications Section.

(continued)

19.

Assist in search efforts when notified that missing person is a resident of
a NYC Housing Authority development.
a.
Assign available Housing Bureau resources to assist in search, as
necessary.
b.
Act as liaison with other NYC Housing Authority personnel, as
necessary.

DESK OFFICER 20.
PRECINCT OF
RESIDENCE

Review and forward MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT
and JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET, if prepared, as
per instructions on forms.
a.
Enter precinct serial number on JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM
WORKSHEET prior to forwarding.
Review COMPLAINT REPORT and finalize in On Line Complaint System.

PSA PLATOON
COMMANDER/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

21.
ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

22.

Forward COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) within seven
working days detailing the steps taken in the preliminary investigation,
UNLESS the investigation was closed on the MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED
PERSON REPORT.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

23.
24.

Supervise and review actions taken by members of the service.
Ensure that all forms are properly prepared and forwarded.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

SIXTY YEARS OF AGE AND OLDER – The Missing Persons Squad will make a daily
telephone notification to the New York City Department for the Aging (DFTA) of
persons sixty years of age and older who were reported missing the previous calendar
day. Hours of operation for the DFTA are 0900 to 1700 hours, Monday thru Friday,
and the Missing Persons Squad will notify DFTA the next business day for missing
persons reported on weekends or holidays.
The telephone notification shall include the name, address, and contact numbers of a
family member and/or caretaker of the missing person. A brief synopsis of the details
along with the missing person’s medical situation shall also be included in the telephone
notification to DFTA.
NON-RESIDENTS - A report of person missing from a residence OUTSIDE New York
City WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. The complainant will be directed to report the case to
the local police agency covering the residence of the missing person. The local police
may request this Department to assist in the investigation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-23

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

6 of 6

SUBJECT OF A CRIME - When a person reported missing or unidentified is found to be
the subject of a crime, the investigating member will notify the desk officer, precinct of
residence and precinct of occurrence (if different) and Missing Persons Squad. The
member will also prepare a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP to close the missing person
case. The member will then prepare another COMPLAINT REPORT and have a new
complaint serial number assigned to the case.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

The Missing Persons Squad is required to make a report, through NYSPIN, as soon as
possible, to the Central Registry, upon receiving a notification of a missing child under
eighteen years of age.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Notifications (P.G. 216-15)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151)
NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-25

NOTIFICATIONS FROM CASEWORKERS EMPLOYED BY THE
PROTECTIVE SERVICES FOR ADULTS AND DEPARTMENT FOR
THE AGING
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide a comprehensive mechanism for receiving and responding to reports
of crimes committed against clients (and prospective clients) of the Protective
Services for Adults (PSA) and Department for the Aging (DFTA).

SCOPE

This procedure establishes the manner in which the Department will receive,
record, and, in appropriate circumstances, commence an investigation in those
cases where caseworkers, employed by the Protective Services for Adults and/or
Department for the Aging, are presented with facts and circumstances giving the
caseworker reason to believe that a crime has been committed against a client or
any person being evaluated to become a client.

DEFINITIONS

IMPAIRED ADULT ABUSE - the physical, sexual, emotional, or financial abuse
and/or neglect of a physically or mentally impaired adult, eighteen years of age or
older, who is unable to provide for his/her own health, welfare or safety.
ELDER ABUSE - the physical, sexual, emotional, or financial abuse and/or
neglect of an individual sixty years of age or older.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving a report from a caseworker, employed by either the Protective
Services for Adults or Department of the Aging, alleging that a client of the agency
or a person being evaluated to become a client has been the victim of a crime:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
REPORT

1.

Ascertain immediately if report relates to on-going condition that
threatens health or safety of victim.

IF HEALTH OR SAFETY OF VICTIM APPEARS TO BE IN IMMEDIATE DANGER:
2.

Request medical assistance to the scene of occurrence.
a.
Ensure response of police personnel and resources, including
Emergency Service Unit and patrol supervisor, as necessary.

IF HEALTH OR SAFETY OF VICTIM DOES NOT APPEAR TO BE IN
IMMEDIATE DANGER:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED

3.

Notify Communications Section and request appropriate unit to be
dispatched to scene.

4.

Respond to scene, and:
a.
Interview complainant/victim, witnesses and caseworker.
b.
Comply with applicable “Aided Case” procedures, if necessary.
c.
Conduct thorough field investigation, obtain facts and safeguard
evidence.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-25

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED
(continued)

5.

NOTE

The crime prevention officer, who is designated to act as the liaison between this
Department and caseworkers for the Protective Services for Adults Agency and
Department for the Aging, will be notified in all cases when a caseworker employed by
either agency makes a report of an elderly/impaired victim.

6.

7.

Comply with P.G. 207-07, “Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints
(Other Than Vice Related Or Narcotics Complaints)” and P.G.208-36,
“Family Offenses/Domestic Violence,” if applicable.
a.
Canvass area for witnesses, if appropriate.
Notify crime prevention officer, in addition to any other required notifications.

Notify precinct detective squad or domestic violence investigator, if
appropriate, in all cases requiring further investigation.
a.
Notify Detective Bureau’s Special Frauds Squad in cases where
elderly persons are victims of financial exploitation, con games
and home repair scams.

NOTE

Cases involving incidents of domestic violence will continue to be the responsibility of
the Domestic Violence Prevention Officer/Investigator, who will be notified directly.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Whenever possible, Protective Services for Adults and Department for the Aging
caseworkers requiring police assistance in any given situation will contact the liaison at
the precinct concerned to make advance arrangement for such assistance. When
advance arrangement is not possible, caseworkers concerned will contact the desk
officer, precinct concerned, to request such assistance. When the situation constitutes
an emergency, caseworkers will contact 911 and request response.
Protective Services for Adults and Department of the Aging are valuable resources
whose services may be utilized by members of the service (uniformed and civilian) to
secure additional assistance when dealing with cases involving long-term investigation
or those requiring access to financial or other records. The assigned investigator
should attempt to obtain assistance from the Protective Services for Adults or
Department of the Aging caseworker through the precinct crime prevention officer.
Protective Services for Adults caseworkers are experienced in arranging for the
provision of food, shelter, medical care and financial assistance to physically or
mentally impaired adults. In addition, Protective Services for Adults personnel are
authorized by law to intervene to prevent evictions, assist clients in obtaining public
assistance, and assist in arranging for heat, electric and cleaning services for clients in
need of these services when no other family member is willing and/or able to do so on
the client’s behalf. The most typical client is a person sixty years and older, physically
or mentally impaired without family ties.
Department for the Aging provides emergency financial assistance and supportive
services to elderly crime victims and elder abuse victims. Services include providing
crime prevention and supportive counseling, home security repairs, i.e., windows and
door locks for victims of forced entries, help in replacing stolen documents, assistance in
filing Crime Victim Compensation Board claims, and securing other services such as
Home Energy Assistance Program (HEAP) and Meals on Wheels.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-25

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

The operational hours for both the Protective Services for Adults and Department of the
Aging are Monday through Friday, 0900 to 1700 hours.
Each District Attorney’s Office within the City of New York has special units or has
assigned assistants to specialize in cases involving the elderly. In the event that such
assistance is required, the member of the service concerned should contact the
appropriate Office of the District Attorney during business hours and confer with the
unit/assistant assigned to handle these cases.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-26

VOLUNTARY SURRENDER OF WEAPONS WITH WRITTEN NOTICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To encourage and record the voluntary surrender of dangerous weapons.

PROCEDURE

When a person asks how to surrender a dangerous weapon:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

If at the time of inquiry, the person physically possesses the weapon, the uniformed
member of the service concerned will escort the person to the appropriate command
where “Voluntary Surrender of Weapons Without Prior Notice” procedure will be
followed (see P.G. 207-27).

CLERICAL
MEMBER

2.

Enter name and address of writer and description of weapon in the
Command Communications Log upon receipt of the written notice, and
forward same to command clerk.

COMMAND
CLERK

3.
4.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
Attach copy of written “notice of intent” to file copy of the
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).

DESK OFFICER 5.

Forward copy of COMPLAINT REPORT with the original “notice of
intent” attached to precinct detective squad.

Direct person requesting such information to write a “notice of intent to surrender
weapon” to the commanding officer of resident precinct including:
a.
Name and address
b.
Description of weapon
c.
Present location of weapon, and
d.
Time, date and place where weapon will be surrendered.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Voluntary Surrender of Weapons Without Prior Notice (P.G. 207-27)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-27

VOLUNTARY SURRENDER OF WEAPONS WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To encourage and record the voluntary surrender of dangerous weapons.

PROCEDURE

When a person appears at a Department facility to surrender a dangerous weapon
without having given prior notice:

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.

Request identification.
Make Command Log entry, including person’s name and address,
description of the weapon and other circumstances.

3.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A),
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) and other appropriate forms.
a.
If weapon is a firearm, also prepare REQUEST FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168).

DESK OFFICER 4.

Summon precinct detective squad member to take charge of the weapon
and the person surrendering.

COMMAND
CLERK

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-28

RECORDING OF COMPLAINTS OCCURRING WITHIN
THE NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

12/04/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

12/04/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To assist members of the service in the proper preparation and forwarding of
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEETS (PD313-152A) pertaining to
complaints under the jurisdiction of the N.Y.P.D. Transit Bureau.

PROCEDURE

When assigned to prepare a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET involving
complaints alleged to have occurred under the jurisdiction of the Transit Bureau:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

“Jurisdiction Code” refers to the bureau, division or agency having primary patrol
responsibility over the specific location of occurrence. (See “ADDITIONAL DATA”).

2.

NOTE

Interview complainant thoroughly to ascertain:
a.
“Type of Location” and applicable “Jurisdiction Code.”

Comply with the following for complaints that are under the jurisdiction of
the Transit Bureau (i.e., New York City subway or elevated train lines):
a.
Enter the word “NYC Transit Subway” in the “Type of Location
(specific)” caption of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
b.
Enter “01” as the jurisdiction code (meaning Transit Bureau) in
Box 1 entitled “Jurisdiction”
c.
Enter the name of the train station of occurrence and the train line(s) that
run at the location of incident in the “Address/Location of Occurrence”
caption of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
86 Street Station - “1, 9” lines
i.
Examples:
Parsons Blvd. Station - “F” line
High St. Station - “A, C” lines.

To identify the appropriate “Location of Occurrence” for incidents occurring on a
moving train, the incident will be recorded as occurring at the next (very first) station
where the train stops regardless of precinct or patrol borough boundaries.

d.

Fully describe the incident and reconstruct the elements of the offense(s)
if any, and in addition, record the following information in the “Details”
section of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET:
i.
Time of victim’s entry into the transit system
ii.
Station of entry into the transit system
iii.
Specific incident location in the transit system, e.g., train
platform, mezzanine, booth, elevator, passageway, ramp,
stairway, street stairway, escalator, etc.
(a)
If incident occurred on the train, indicate direction
of travel (northbound/southbound/Manhattan bound,
etc.), train line (letter or number) and train car
location (indicate car number or location of car as
front, middle, rear of train) if known

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-28

PAGE:

12/04/13

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

iv.
v.
vi.

PRECINCT/PSA 3.
DESK OFFICER 4.

5.
6.
7.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Examples:
Northbound “4” train, car #944
Southbound “R” train, rear car
(b)
If incident occurred on a N.Y.C. Transit System
stairway, street stairway, passageway, ramp,
escalator or booth, indicate the common N.Y.C.
Transit System marking visibly posted or painted
upon the location, if known
Examples:
S-3 (Street stairway)
M-4 (Mezzanine stairway)
Method of escape, i.e., onto tracks, into tunnel, street, etc.
Total value of property damaged - in criminal mischief cases
NOTIFICATIONS - include the rank, name, shield
number and command of members notified from units
within the Department, (i.e., Borough Transit Squad,
Precinct Detective Squad/BRAM, Missing Persons Squad,
Transit Bureau Wheel, etc.)

Verify that required notifications and proper referral of active cases have been made.
Review COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and make certain that
necessary captions are completed and required information is provided in
the “Details” section of the report.
Sign COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, upon verification that
information is accurate and complete.
Give COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET to command clerk for
entry into the On-Line Complaint System (OLCS), as appropriate.
Direct command clerk to IMMEDIATELY FAX the COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET to the desk officer, transit district of record so that
the district concerned may take appropriate supplemental action, as necessary.
a.
Have command clerk telephone the district concerned to ensure
receipt of FAXED report.

If command’s FAX machine is inoperable for any reason, the details of the
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET MUST be telephoned to the desk officer,
transit district of record. The desk officer, transit district of record shall ensure that the
telephoned details are recorded on a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.

8.

9.
10.

Have command clerk enter the transit district of record and the title/rank,
name of the district member receiving the report in the “Details” section
of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
Retain COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET in command file.
Ensure that those members of the service assigned to the operation of the
On-Line Complaint System (OLCS) enter the required transit - related
information and correct jurisdiction code in the appropriate fields PRIOR
TO FINALIZATION (i.e., “sign off”) of the On-Line Complaint.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-28

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

12/04/13

3 of 3

All members of the service are reminded that a clear distinction exists between the
“Jurisdiction” code and the “Reporting Agency” code listed on a COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET/COMPLAINT REPORT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081).
The “Jurisdiction” code refers to the bureau, division or agency having the primary
patrol responsibility over the location of occurrence. The Transit Bureau (Jurisdiction
code “01”) has primary responsibility to patrol the New York City subway, subway
stations and elevated train lines and the Transit Bureau District offices only.
Accordingly, complaints not under the jurisdiction of the NYPD Transit Bureau shall
NOT be classified as “01” (Transit Bureau).
Some stairways, street stairways, passageways and ramps are the property of other
transportation facilities such as the LIRR (code “06), PATH (code “03”), AMTRAK
(code “07”), or Metro-North (code “15”). Complaints alleged to have occurred at
these locations are considered off the NYC Transit System and the appropriate
jurisdiction code MUST be entered by the member of the service preparing a
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET/COMPLAINT REPORT FOLLOW-UP.
The Pattern Identification Module (PIM) Transit Bureau Liaison assigned to each
Patrol Services Bureau Borough command will thoroughly review all complaints,
regardless of jurisdictional code, to ensure that all transit-related crimes have been
reported to the appropriate transit district of record.
The “Reporting Agency” code refers to the specific assignment of the member of the
service who is preparing the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET/COMPLAINT
REPORT FOLLOW-UP or who effected the recorded arrest, as follows:
Code “00”
NYPD MOS (not assigned to Transit Bureau or Housing Bureau)
Code “01”
NYPD Transit Bureau MOS
Code “02”
NYPD Housing Bureau MOS
Codes “03 through 15” Other Agency Officers

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Follow-Up Investigations Of Complaints Already Recorded (P.G. 207-09)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD 313-152A)
COMPLAINT REPORT FOLLOW-UP (PD 313-081)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-29

FIELD REPORTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To investigate, take corrective action and record non-criminal conditions
occurring on N.Y.C. Housing Authority locations.

SCOPE

FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511) will be used to record the following noncriminal conditions occurring on N.Y.C. Housing Authority locations:
a.
Playing in prohibited areas
b.
Noise complaints
c.
Other breaches of Housing Authority Rules and Regulations
d.
Follow-up dispositions
e.
Repairs
f.
Damage, accidental
g.
Damage, non-criminal
h.
Damage, cause unknown
i.
Lingering
j.
Complaint unclassified
k.
Abandoned and derelict vehicles
l.
Resident disputes
m.
Fire, non-suspicious
n.
Other conditions as specified by appropriate Patrol Guide procedures.

PROCEDURE

When becoming aware of any of the above non-criminal conditions occurring on
N.Y.C. Housing Authority locations:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

Take appropriate police action.
Make a complete and accurate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
Prepare FIELD REPORT and deliver to police service area desk officer.
a.
Obtain and enter serial number assigned in ACTIVITY LOG.
b.
Telephone details to police service area clerk for preparation of
FIELD REPORT, if assigned to foot patrol or delivery of
FIELD REPORT is not practical.
(1)
Sign FIELD REPORT at end of tour, if possible.

COMMAND
CLERK

4.

Enter reported condition on INCIDENT INDEX - ON DEVELOPMENT
(NYCHA 080.105).
a.
Assign the next serial number and have serial number entered on
FIELD REPORT.
Submit completed FIELD REPORTS to police service area desk officer.

5.
PSA DESK
OFFICER

6.
7.

Review FIELD REPORTS for completeness and accuracy.
a.
Ensure that necessary captions are completed and sign.
Distribute copies of FIELD REPORTS, as follows:
a.
Original - Police Service Area of occurrence.
b.
1st copy - Housing Authority Development Manager, during
second platoon, next business day.
c.
2nd copy - Reporting officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-29

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Uniformed members of the service not assigned to police service area commands, that prepare a
FIELD REPORT, must contact the police service area of occurrence by telephone and request a
FIELD REPORT serial number from the command clerk. Once the FIELD REPORT has
been fully prepared, numbered, and signed by the desk officer, the FIELD REPORT will be
forwarded direct to the police service area of occurrence, via Department mail.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511)
INCIDENT INDEX - ON DEVELOPMENT (NYCHA 080.105)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-30

CIVILIAN COMPLAINTS - WITNESS STATEMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To record and process statements of witnesses to incidents from which a civilian
complaint arises.

PROCEDURE

When a person is present in a Department facility and wishes to make a
statement as a witness to an incident involving a civilian complaint:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

If the witness appears to have difficulty understanding/communicating in English, the member of
the service concerned should comply with P.G. 212-90, “Guidelines for Interaction with Limited
English Proficient (LEP) Persons.” Due to the sensitive nature of corruption/misconduct
complaints, the use of the telephonic interpretation service is the preferred interpretation method in
these types of cases. If the complainant appears to be hearing impaired, the member of the service
receiving the complaint should comply with P.G. 212-104, “Interaction with Hearing Impaired
Persons.

2.
3.

4.

5.

NOTE

Interview witness.

Provide witness with first copy of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
(PD313-154) to be prepared in witness’s own handwriting.
Prepare CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY
SHEET) (PD313-154B) and include the following under caption “Additional
Comments:”
a.
If witness is apparently under the influence of an intoxicant or drug.
b.
If witness is apparently suffering from a mental disorder or
evidences any condition bearing on his/her credibility.
c.
Physical condition of witness, noting any visible marks or injuries
relative to the complaint.
Have four typewritten copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
and two typewritten copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
(STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET) prepared.
a.
Enter same serial number on witness statement as is assigned to
the related civilian complaint.
Have witness sign copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT,
under caption “Complainant’s Signature” (cross out “Complainant” and
insert “Witness”).

The witness is NOT to sign the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL
SUMMARY SHEET).

6.

7.

Review and sign all copies of the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and
the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY
SHEET).
Give one typewritten copy of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT,
marked “Complainant Copy,” to the witness as a receipt.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-30

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

NOTE

DO NOT GIVE WITNESS A COPY OF THE CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
(STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET).

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

8.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If witness appears at command after CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT has been
forwarded or at a command, other than where the original complaint was lodged, the desk
officer/supervisor will comply with all procedures listed above. In addition, the desk
officer/supervisor will telephone the Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit, to obtain
the assigned Civilian Complaint Review Board or Chief of Department serial number. The
assigned serial number must be entered on both the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
and the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Processing Civilian Complaints (P.G. 207-31)
Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service (P.G. 207-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-154)
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET) (PD 313-154B)

9.

Attach one copy of witness’s statement to each related copy of civilian
complaint.
Process in accordance with P.G. 207-31, “Processing Civilian
Complaints.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-31

PROCESSING CIVILIAN COMPLAINTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 7

PURPOSE

To record and initiate investigation of complaints from civilians alleging
misconduct by uniformed members of the service.

SCOPE

Complaints against uniformed members of the service may be made at any patrol
precinct, police service area, transit district, traffic unit, Internal Affairs Bureau,
or any other office of the Department, including the Office of the Police
Commissioner or office of a deputy commissioner.

DEFINITIONS

INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR - for the purpose of this procedure will be:
a.
In a patrol command - the Platoon Commander, Special Operations
Lieutenant, or Integrity Control Officer of the command receiving the
complaint will conduct investigation.
(1)
If the Platoon Commander, Special Operations Lieutenant, or the
Integrity Control Officer is unavailable, the commanding officer/duty
captain will assume charge of the preliminary investigation.
b.
In other than a patrol command - a supervisor or duty captain from the
next higher command will perform the investigation.
SUPERVISOR REVIEWING CIVILIAN COMPLAINT - Supervising member
of the service who reviews a CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313154) prepared by a subordinate member. The reviewer must be at least one rank
higher than the member receiving the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT.

PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of a complaint from a civilian alleging misconduct by a uniformed
member of the service:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
COMPLAINT

1.

NOTE

Complaints of corruption or other misconduct not within the jurisdiction of the Civilian
Complaint Review Board will be referred to the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center
(see P.G. 207-21, “Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of
the Service”).

2.

Report all misconduct complaints (see exceptions in following “NOTE”)
including unnecessary use of force, abuse of authority, discourtesy,
offensive language, etc., to Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake
Unit at 1-800-341-2272 (24 hours).

Process complaints as follows:
a.
MADE IN PERSON
(1)
Interview complainant.
(2)
Give
complainant
first
copy
of
CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-154) to be prepared in
complainant’s own handwriting.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-31

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

(3)

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
COMPLAINT
(continued)
b.

c.

d.

2 of 7

Furnish assistance or allow other person to assist in preparing
the form. Enter under “Details” reason assistance was given.
(4)
Have complainant sign form under appropriate caption and
have representative or person assisting, if any, sign form
under caption “Details.”
RECEIVED BY MAIL
(1)
Attach original letter of complaint to first copy of
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT ordinarily prepared
by civilian complainant.
(2)
Make photocopy of original letter of complaint and attach
to file copy of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT.
(3)
Enter Civilian Complaint Review Board or Chief of
Department serial number, as appropriate, in a conspicuous
location at the top of original letter of complaint.
RECEIVED BY TELEPHONE
(1)
Prepare first copy of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT in own handwriting and treat as if prepared by
complainant. All captions are to be completed. If
requested information is not given, indicate such in
appropriate captions on REPORT.
(2)
Advise complainant he/she will receive a written
acknowledgement from the Civilian Complaint Review Board.
IN PERSON (DOES NOT WANT TO IMMEDIATELY MAKE
COMPLAINT) - When a complainant is present in any police
facility and does not want to immediately make a complaint or
furnish the member of the service receiving the complaint with
details of the incident:
(1)
PROVIDE the complainant with the first copy of
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT.
(2)
Advise complainant that the complaint may be delivered in
person, taken over the telephone, or sent by mail to any
patrol precinct, police service area, transit district, traffic
unit, Internal Affairs Bureau, or any other office of the
Department, including the Office of the Police
Commissioner or office of a deputy commissioner. IN
ADDITION, provide the complainant with the telephone
number of the Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake
Unit at 1-800-341-2272 (24 hours).
(3)
When a member of the service receives a request for a
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT, the desk officer/
supervisor will be advised and a Command Log entry will
immediately be made and shall include the name of the
complainant, if provided, physical description, e.g., sex,
race, age and any other pertinent information.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-31

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 7

If the complainant appears to have difficulty understanding/communicating in English, the member
of the service concerned should comply with P.G. 212-90, “Guidelines for Interaction with Limited
English Proficient (LEP) Persons.” Due to the sensitive nature of corruption/misconduct
complaints, the use of the telephonic interpretation service is the preferred interpretation method in
these types of cases. If the complainant appears to be hearing impaired, the member of the service
receiving the complaint should comply with P.G. 212-104, “Interaction with Hearing Impaired
Persons.”
To prevent an interruption or delay in vital services, the telephone switchboard operator
will refer an allegation of misconduct to the desk officer who will record pertinent
details of the allegation.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
COMPLAINT
(continued)

3.

4.

NOTE

Prepare CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL
SUMMARY SHEET) (PD313-154B) and include the following under
the caption “Additional Comments:”
a.
If complainant is apparently under the influence of an intoxicant or drug.
b.
If complainant is apparently suffering from a mental disorder or
evidences any condition bearing on his/her credibility.
c.
Physical condition of complainant, noting any visible marks or
injuries relative to the complaint.
(1)
Take photograph of area of body that was reportedly
injured, when possible, with complainant’s consent.
Inform Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit, immediately by
telephone 1-800-341-2272 (24 hours) of:
a.
Summary of alleged misconduct
b.
Time complainant arrived, or letter or call received
c.
Name and address of complainant. Indicate if anonymous, transient
or homeless
d.
Rank, name, shield number and command of member complained
of, if known
e.
Reporting command
f.
Name, rank, and command of member transmitting information.

A follow-up notification to the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center at (212) 7418401, will also be made to obtain an Internal Affairs Bureau log number. Indicate that
number on the top of the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT, under the caption I.A.B.
LOG #.

5.

6.

Obtain Civilian Complaint Review Board or Chief of Department serial
number and time recorded from Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake
Unit, and enter on CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT.
Request complainant and/or witnesses to remain if:
a.
Requested by Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit,
pending telephone and/or in person interview by investigator to
clarify complaint allegation(s), etc.
b.
Complaint has been assigned a Chief of Department serial number
and the complainant is a transient or homeless.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-31

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
COMPLAINT
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

7.

8.

9.
10.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

4 of 7

Notify Investigating Supervisor to initiate investigation of alleged complaint(s) if:
a.
Doubt exists as to the identity of the member of the service
against whom the complaint is being lodged, OR
b.
Complaint has been assigned a Chief of Department serial number
and the complainant is a transient or homeless.
Have four typewritten copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
and two typewritten copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
(STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET) prepared.
Review and sign all copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET).
Give one typewritten copy of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT,
marked “Complainant Copy,” to the complainant as a receipt.

DO NOT GIVE COMPLAINANT A COPY OF THE CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET).

11.

12.

INVESTIGATING

SUPERVISOR

13.
14.
15.

16.

17.

Have a Command Log entry made consisting of the following information:
a.
Name and address of complainant
b.
Time of complainant’s arrival and departure or time of receipt of
letter or telephone call
c.
Physical condition of complainant, noting any visible marks or
injuries relative to the complaint
d.
Identity of member complained of, if known
e.
Civilian Complaint Review Board or Chief of Department serial
number assigned.
Have two copies of Typed Letterhead prepared in a command not
maintaining a Command Log, addressed to the commanding officer, and
containing the information described in step 11.
Initiate investigation as indicated in step 7 above.
Notify the Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit at (800) 3412272 (24 hours) of the results of the investigation.
Record the results of the investigation on the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY WORKSHEET) under the
caption “Additional Comments” and return to the member of the service
receiving complaint for distribution.
Record results of investigation in Command Log.
a.
Commands not maintaining a Command Log will record the
results of the investigation as per step 12 above.
Notify the commanding officer/duty captain if unable to ascertain the
identity of the member against whom the complaint is being lodged.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-31

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 7

18.

Review CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT prepared by member of
the service receiving complaint.
a.
If a civilian complaint is made in person or by telephone and it
involves member(s) of the reporting command, ensure that all
related Department documents are included with the REPORT
(See NOTE following step 20).
b.
Complete following captions: “Title, Tax Registry Number and
Signature of Reviewing Supervisor, Name Printed, and Date”.
c.
Submit entire package to commanding officer.

COMMANDING 19.
OFFICER OF
MEMBER
20.
RECEIVING
COMPLAINT

Endorse and forward original Typed Letterhead to next higher command
maintaining a Command Log.
a.
Have duplicate filed.
Distribute copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET) as follows:
a.
Complaints within Civilian Complaint Review Board jurisdiction:
(1)
Forward original typewritten CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT, handwritten complaint and “Investigating Entity”
copy of the STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET, with
photograph, if taken, to Internal Affairs Bureau, Civilian
Complaint Review Board Liaison, in a sealed envelope, DIRECT
(2)
Distribute remaining copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT and STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET as
indicated at bottom of each form.
b.
Complaints within the Chief of Department jurisdiction:
(1)
Forward original typewritten CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT, handwritten complaint and “Investigating Entity”
copy of the STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET, to
Investigation Review Section, Office of the Chief of Department,
in a sealed envelope, DIRECT.
(2)
Distribute remaining copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT and STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET as
indicated at bottom of each form.

SUPERVISOR
REVIEWING
CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT
REPORT

NOTE

When a complaint is made in person or by telephone and involves a member of the
service assigned to the reporting command, attach to the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-154):
a.
All department related documents, e.g., COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD313-152A), command log entries, ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries,
SPRINT record, ROLL CALL (PD406-144), etc.
The completed package will then be forwarded to the Internal Affairs Bureau, Civilian
Complaint Review Board Liaison Unit in Department mail. Department records will not
be forwarded direct to the Civilian Complaint Review Board.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-31

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 7

Complaints made against uniformed members of the service involving unnecessary use
of force, abuse of authority, discourtesy or offensive language will be directed to the
Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit, and be assigned a Civilian Complaint
Review Board serial number. Additionally, complaints against uniformed members
alleging other acts of misconduct, i.e., fail to properly perform duty, unwarranted traffic
summons, etc., will be directed to the Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit,
and be assigned a Chief of Department serial number.
Complaints made against civilian members of the service, including traffic enforcement
agents, which would normally be within the jurisdiction of the Civilian Complaint Review
Board (i.e., unnecessary use of force, abuse of authority, discourtesy, or offensive
language), will be directed to the Internal Affairs Bureau for screening at (212) 741-8401,
8402, 8403 or 8404. One typewritten copy of the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
will be given to the complainant as a receipt. The handwritten copy and the “Investigating
Entity” copy of the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and the “Investigating Entity”
copy of the STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET will be forwarded to the Internal Affairs
Bureau direct in a sealed envelope. The remaining copies of the CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT and STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET will be distributed as
indicated at the bottom of each form. It should be noted that NO portion of either the
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT or the STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET is to be
forwarded to the Civilian Complaint Review Board for complaints made against civilian
members of the service. Steps 1, 4, 5 and 19 of this procedure do not apply to complaints
involving civilian members of the service.
Complaints alleging corruption or other misconduct against any uniformed or civilian
member of the service, including traffic enforcement agents, will be directed to the Internal
Affairs Bureau Command Center (see P.G. 207-21, “Allegations of Corruption and Other
Misconduct Against Members of the Service”).
If a civilian complaint originates at a precinct stationhouse/transit district/PSA and is
the result of a radio run within the last twenty-four hours, the member of the service
receiving the complaint will attach a copy of the “SPRINT” printout to the CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT, prior to forwarding the paperwork to the Internal Affairs
Bureau or the Investigation Review Section, Office of the Chief of Department.
Any request for Department records made by representatives of the Civilian Complaint
Review Board will be referred to the Internal Affairs Bureau, Civilian Complaint Review
Board Liaison, for necessary attention. Department records will not be forwarded
direct to the Civilian Complaint Review Board.
Complaints against federal, state, or city employees, other than members of the New
York City Police Department, involving allegations of corruption or serious misconduct,
will be processed in accordance with P.G. 207-22, “Allegations of Corruption Against
City Employees (Other than Members of the New York City Police Department).” Any
other complaint will be processed in accordance with P.G. 207-01, “Complaint
Reporting System.”
A complainant seeking to register a complaint, which does not affect this Department or
a federal, state, or city agency as described above, will be referred to the nongovernmental entity concerned. The desk officer will explain the reason for the referral
to the complainant, and will assist the complainant in lodging the complaint in any way
possible with the proper agency.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-31

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 7

A member of the service may prefer a civilian complaint against another member of the service.
Investigation of such complaint will be conducted by the commanding officer(s) assigned by the
Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section, Office of the Chief of Department.
Whenever a member of the service is a victim of disparaging remarks relative to his/her
ethnicity, race, religion, gender, or sexual orientation, made by another member of the
service, he/she may register a complaint with the Civilian Complaint Review Board. The
Civilian Complaint Review Board will record the complaint and forward a summary of the
allegation to the Deputy Commissioner - Equal Employment Opportunity for investigation.
The commanding officer of the member complained of will receive a copy of the
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT from the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Civilian Complaints – Witness Statement (P.G. 207-30)
Allegations of Corruption and other Misconduct against Members of the Service (P.G. 207-21)
Allegations of Corruption against City Employees (Other than Members of the New York
City Police Department) (P.G. 207-22)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-154)
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET) (PD313-154B)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-32

INVESTIGATION OF CARJACKINGS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To investigate, refer, and analyze complaints of robberies involving or including
the larceny of an automobile.

PROCEDURE

When assigned to investigate a complaint of any crime which involves or
includes the forcible theft of an automobile:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.

7.

DESK OFFICER 8.
9.
10.
11.

ASSIGNED
BRAM/PDS/SVS
INVESTIGATOR

12.

13.
14.

Interview complainant and witnesses, obtain facts, and safeguard evidence.
Conduct field investigation.
a.
Transmit alarm
b.
Detain witnesses, where necessary.
Take immediate summary action, if possible.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
Notify the precinct detective squad/Burglary/Robbery Apprehension
Module (BRAM).
Refer complaint requiring further investigation, except cases closed by arrest, to:
a.
Precinct Detective Squad (PDS), OR
b.
Precinct Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Module (BRAM) OR
c.
Special Victims Squad (SVS).
Notify desk officer upon completion of investigation and deliver
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET as soon as possible.
Direct stationhouse clerk to enter complaint into the On Line Complaint
System (OLCS).
Verify that alarm has been transmitted and that required notifications and
proper referral of complaint have been made.
Review the complaint in OLCS and compare to WORKSHEET.
Ensure that a copy of the OLCS Complaint Report is forwarded to the
Precinct Detective Squad, Precinct Burglary/Robbery Apprehension
Module or Special Victims Squad, as appropriate.
Conduct initial interview of complainant and witnesses.
a.
Canvass vicinity of crime scene, if necessary, to locate witnesses
b.
Evaluate available evidence
c.
Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL(s)
(PD313-081A), recording results of interview(s) and other
investigative steps taken.
Identify and arrest perpetrator(s).
Analyze complaint information and compare to other available complaint
and recovery data from Computer Assisted Robbery System (CARS) Unit
and Alarm Board.
a.
Determine if case is part of a pattern of organized robberies
b.
Determine if autos are being exported, tagged or resold for parts,
if part of a pattern.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-32

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ASSIGNED
BRAM/PDS/SVS
SUPERVISOR/
BOROUGH
ROBBERY
SQUAD
INVESTIGATOR

15.

NOTE

If a minor (under eighteen years of age) is to be used as a non-suspect participant in a
lineup, ensure that CONSENT FORM - NON-SUSPECT MINOR (PD377-030) is/has
been prepared and signed by the parent/legal guardian of the minor prior to lineup.

16.

Refer case, if determined to be part of a pattern, to appropriate borough
robbery squad for further investigation and notify patrol and detective
borough command of pattern information.
Investigate assigned case and pattern and:
a.
Identify and arrest perpetrator(s)
b.
Conduct lineups

c.
d.

Execute search warrant(s)
Examine and identify recovered vehicle(s).

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Whenever the offense of robbery of an automobile occurs in connection with another
more serious offense (e.g., homicide, sex offenses, kidnapping) the complaint will be
referred to the investigatory unit normally responsible for conducting the investigation
of that more serious offense (e.g., borough Special Victims Squad, Major Case Squad).

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-018A)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
CONSENT FORM - NON-SUSPECT MINOR (PD377-030)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-33

RECORDING ENFORCEMENT INCIDENTS
DATE ISSUED:

09/06/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To clarify the boundaries within which police service area/transit district/precinct
commands will record enforcement incidents as being “ON-DEVELOPMENT”
or within the jurisdiction of the New York City Housing Authority.

DEFINITIONS

ENFORCEMENT INITIATIVE - For the purpose of this procedure, is
considered to be:
a.
A complaint as defined in PG. 207-01, “Complaint Reporting System,”
OR
b.
An arrest as defined in P.G. 208-03, “Arrests - General Processing,” OR
c.
A summons as defined in P.G. 209-01, “Condition of Service” or
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation as described in P.G.
209-12, “ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing - General Procedure,”
OR
d.
Any situation which requires the preparation of a JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) or a YOUTH REFERRAL
(PD377-153).
DEVELOPMENT - An “enforcement incident” will be classified “ONDEVELOPMENT” if it occurred at any of the following locations:
a.
All New York City Housing Authority buildings, apartments, managers’
offices, maintenance areas, storage rooms, etc.
b.
All walkways, grounds, parking areas and development driveways
located within New York City Housing Authority developments.
c.
Stores, laundries, community centers, childcare centers, senior citizen
centers, health stations, etc., which operate within New York City
Housing Authority buildings.
d.
From the center line of streets which are contiguous to New York City
Housing Authority grounds inward toward New York City Housing
Authority buildings.
e.
Entire city streets where Housing Authority developments are located on
both sides of the street. For those city streets where Housing Authority
developments are immediately adjacent to privately owned residences,
commercial establishments, etc., then only the length of the Housing
Authority development, from the center line of the street to the Housing
Authority development building line, will be considered an on-project
enforcement incident.
f.
New York City Parks Department areas and playgrounds within or
immediately adjacent to New York City Housing Authority grounds.
g.
New York City Department of Education playgrounds within or immediately adjacent to New York City Housing Authority grounds.
h.
Piers or bulkheads immediately adjacent to New York City Housing
Authority grounds.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-33

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

2 of 2

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

OFF-DEVELOPMENT - For the purpose of this procedure, is an “enforcement
incident” which occurs at a location not listed above.

NOTE

When an “enforcement incident” begins “off-development” but ends “on-development,”
or vice versa, the jurisdictional determinant will be the location where the incident
originally started.

PROCEDURE

When an “enforcement incident” is determined to be “on-development” or
having occurred within the jurisdiction of the New York City Housing Authority:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Ensure that the Housing Authority jurisdiction code “02” is entered, in the
appropriate captions on COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152), ON
LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS (PD244-159),
and other appropriate reports prepared, for enforcement incidents occurring
on Housing Authority locations.
a.
Data entries into the On Line Complaint and On Line Booking
Systems of such enforcement incidents will include the Housing
Authority jurisdiction code “02,” if applicable.

2.
PRECINCT/
DISTRICT
COMMANDERS

Ensure that respective police service area commanders are informed of all
complaints and enforcement activity occurring on Housing Authority
locations which were recorded by other than Housing Bureau personnel.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Condition of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Environmental Control Board (ECB) Notice of Violation and Hearing - General
Procedure (P.G. 209-12)
Arrests - General Processing (P.G. 208-02)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-34

COMPLAINTS INVOLVING IDENTITY THEFT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To outline the duties and responsibilities of a member of the service when made
aware of a complaint involving Identity Theft.

DEFINITION

A person is guilty of Identity Theft when he or she knowingly and with intent to
defraud assumes the identity of another person by presenting himself or herself
as that other person, or by acting as that other person or by using personal
identifying information of that other person and thereby: obtains goods, money,
property or services or uses credit in the name of such other person or causes
financial loss to such person or to another person (NYS Penal Law 190.77-190.80).

SCOPE

Complaints involving Identity Theft can be complex in nature stemming from a
myriad of variables and permutations. The member of the service encountering
such a complaint must realize the possibility that such a complaint can
potentially encompass numerous crimes. As a result, the Crime Complaint
Reporting System Reference Guide (Rev. 6/11) will be used to classify Identity
Theft related crimes. Significant clarifications and changes have been made to
the Crime Complaint Reporting System Reference Guide to instruct the
member of the service in the proper classification of Identity Theft related
crimes. It must be noted that the “Seven Major Felony Rule” P.G. 207-01,
“Complaint Reporting System” will still be applicable.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service is made aware of a complaint involving Identity Theft:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

NOTE

A refusal by the complainant/victim to prepare or sign the COMPLAINANT’S
REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT form does not
preclude the requirement to prepare a COMPLAINT REPORT. Any refusal by the
complainant to prepare or sign a COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR
STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT form will be noted in the details section of
the COMPLAINT REPORT.

Determine whether the complainant is a victim of Identity Theft.
Ascertain where the complainant/victim resides (i.e. inside or outside NYC).
Instruct and assist the complainant/victim in preparing pages 1 and 2 of
the COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT (PD313-1516) if the complaint meets
the criteria outlined in the Crime Complaint Reporting System
Reference Guide.
a.
Ensure complainant signs BOTH waivers on pages 1 and 2.
b.
If necessary, assist complainant in contacting credit card issuer for
required information (e.g. address where card was sent etc.)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-34

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.

5.

DESK OFFICER 6.

7.

8.

9.

2 of 3

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).
a.
Utilize the Crime Complaint Reporting System Reference Guide
as well as the charts on the cover sheet of the COMPLAINANT’S
REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY
THEFT to classify COMPLAINT REPORT.
Forward completed COMPLAINT REPORT and COMPLAINANT’S
REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT
to Desk Officer for review.
Review COMPLAINT REPORT and COMPLAINANT’S REPORT
OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT for
accuracy and completeness.
Ensure COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT is attached to precinct file copy of
COMPLAINT REPORT.
a.
Ensure that copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT and
COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT are forwarded to the precinct
detective squad.
Refer complainant/victim to the precinct detective squad for further investigation
and preparation of IDENTITY THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION
REPORT (PD313-0847), if detective squad member is available.
Ensure notification is made to the Financial Crimes Task Force for
complaints involving Identity Theft related larcenies and loss is valued at
$5,000 or more.
a.
Ensure time, date, and name of member notified are included in
the “Details” section of the COMPLAINT REPORT.

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
MEMBER

10.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If a COMPLAINT REPORT was initially taken for lost/stolen property or related
offenses (Robbery, Burglary, etc.) and the complainant/victim subsequently becomes a
victim of Identity Theft resulting from the initial complaint, the member of the service
will prepare a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) or COMPLAINT FOLLOWUP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A), as appropriate, and instruct and assist the
complainant/victim in preparing pages 1 and 2 of COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF
LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT. The above will be adhered to
only after a thorough investigation reveals a nexus between the initial COMPLAINT
REPORT and the complainant consequently becoming a victim of Identity Theft. If this
criteria is not met, then a new COMPLAINT REPORT will be generated for the
appropriate crime. If the reporting command is not the command of incident, the Desk
Officer will ensure the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
INFORMATIONAL, and COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT are forwarded to the originating command of
incident.

11.

Interview
complainant
and
prepare
IDENTITY
THEFT
PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT.
Review COMPLAINT REPORTS daily for Identity Theft cases and
conduct follow-up investigations on all cases not previously referred for
investigation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

207-34

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

The Financial Crimes Task Force will be responsible for the investigation of all cases
involving Identity Theft related larcenies where loss is valued at $5,000 or more, or
there is a pattern involving more than one NYPD precinct, or for any case where the
expertise, equipment and resources of the Financial Crimes Task Force are most
appropriate to the investigation.
Any questions not specifically answered in the Crime Complaint Reporting System
Reference Guide may be directed to the Data Integrity Unit, Office of Management
Analysis and Planning.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Lost or Stolen Property/Identity Theft (P.G. 207-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINANT’S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY
THEFT (PD313-1516)
IDENTITY THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD 313-084)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-35

SILVER ALERT SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To provide information to the public in the event a person who is:
a.
Sixty-five years of age or older, and
b.
Meets the additional qualifying criteria of a “vulnerable senior,”
(i.e. a person sixty-five years of age or older with dementia, as a
result of Alzheimer’s disease or a similar condition) and,
c.
Is reported missing under circumstances indicating he/she is in
imminent danger of serious bodily harm or death.

DEFINITIONS

SILVER ALERT - A communication to the public of identifying information
concerning a “vulnerable senior” who is reported missing to the Department or other
law enforcement agency under circumstances indicating that the person is in
imminent danger of serious bodily harm or death. The determination to activate a
Silver Alert shall be made by a captain or above assigned to the Detective Bureau.
VULNERABLE SENIOR - A person sixty-five years of age or older with
dementia, as a result of Alzheimer’s disease or a similar condition.

PROCEDURE

When responding to a report of a missing person and information received
indicates that the case may qualify for a Silver Alert:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

The patrol supervisor will implement missing person/special category procedure as
necessary, consistent with all available information.

DESK OFFICER

3.

2.

4.
5.
PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD
INVESTIGATOR
/SUPERVISOR

Comply with P.G. 207-23, “Missing Persons” and request the response
of the patrol supervisor.
Notify desk officer of details.

Comply with the duties described in P.G. 207-23, “Missing Persons”
and ascertain if incident may fit criteria for activation of a Silver Alert.
Request Precinct Detective Squad supervisor and commanding
officer/duty captain to respond to the scene.
Conduct a preliminary investigation and ascertain if missing person fits
the definition of a “vulnerable senior” and is missing under
circumstances indicating that he/she is in imminent danger of serious
bodily harm or death.
a.
Notify Detective Zone Commanding Officer/Detective Bureau
Duty Captain, if missing person meets the criteria for the
activation of a Silver Alert.
b.
Request Detective Zone Commanding Officer/Detective Bureau
Duty Captain respond to the scene.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-35

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

Only a captain or above from the Detective Bureau may activate a Silver Alert. A Silver
Alert will NOT be activated unless the “vulnerable senior” is missing under circumstances
indicating that the person is in imminent danger of serious bodily harm or death. A
person’s status as a vulnerable senior alone is normally insufficient to justify a Silver Alert
without additional factors that constitute imminent danger (e.g., severe weather, need for
immediate medical attention, history of violent or reckless behavior, etc.).
The Detective Zone Commanding Officer/Detective Bureau Duty Captain may activate a
Silver Alert for a person under the age of sixty-five who is reported missing under
circumstances indicating that the person is in imminent danger of serious bodily harm or
death and where such missing person has dementia as a result of Alzheimer’s disease, or
similar condition, if he/she reasonably believes a Silver Alert will be beneficial in locating
the missing person.

6.
DETECTIVE
ZONE
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DETECTIVE
BUREAU DUTY 7.
CAPTAIN

8.

NOTE

Confer with Precinct Detective Squad investigator/supervisor, patrol
supervisor, commanding officer/duty captain, and other personnel on scene
regarding the circumstances of the incident and determine if missing person
is a “vulnerable senior” and missing under circumstances indicating that
the person is in imminent danger of serious bodily harm or death.
Notify Operations Unit and request the activation of a Silver Alert, if
appropriate and provide the following information:
a.
Name, age, and detailed physical description (including clothing
worn) of the missing person
b.
Location and time last seen
c.
Description of motor vehicle, if applicable
d.
Any type of prescribed medication missing requires, if applicable
e.
Probable destination of the missing, if known
f.
Probable method of transportation and route used, if known
g.
The action the public should take if they have information
regarding the missing person (e.g., call 911, etc.).
Direct Precinct Detective Squad member to:
a.
Notify Missing Persons Squad
b.
Prepare and submit a “Request for Media Attention” form to the
Deputy Commissioner, Public Information along with a recent
photograph, if available.

There are no minimum time limits that must be observed before requesting the activation of a
Silver Alert; however, local law requires a Silver Alert be issued within twenty-four hours of
the determination that a “vulnerable senior” has been reported missing under circumstances
indicating that he/she is in imminent danger of serious bodily harm or death. In most cases,
barring exceptional circumstances, the most prudent approach would be to activate a Silver
Alert AFTER patrol/field resources have been exhausted and the preliminary search and
investigation have yielded negative results. The decision to activate a Silver Alert rests solely
with the Detective Zone Commanding Officer/Detective Bureau Duty Captain.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-35

OPERATIONS
UNIT

PAGE:

08/01/13

9.
10.

11.
12.

13.

14.

15.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

Notify Communications Section and have description of missing person
disseminated over each Department radio division.
Notify Transit Bureau Wheel (subways) and/or Traffic Control Division
(buses), as appropriate, if missing may be traveling via public
transportation.
Notify Deputy Commissioner, Public Information that a Silver Alert has
been activated.
Notify Traffic Management Center and request a message regarding the
Silver Alert be transmitted via Variable Message Signs if a vehicle
description and plate number are available regarding the Silver Alert.
Prepare and forward Alert Data based on information received from
Detective Zone Commanding Officer/Detective Bureau Duty Captain to
Office of Emergency Management (OEM) Watch Command.
a.
OEM Watch Command will draft a Public Alert and transmit the
draft Public Alert to the Operations Unit for approval.
Review and approve Public Alert prepared by OEM Watch Command.
a.
If a Public Alert is not approved, notify OEM Watch Command
to modify alert and provide correct Alert Data.
Notify and forward appropriate Public Alert information to Deputy
Commissioner, Public Information, as appropriate.

Once the Operations Unit approves the Public Alert, it is the responsibility of the OEM
Watch Command to transmit the Public Alert to responding Department Operations
Centers, 311, and NYC.gov for informational purposes. The Watch Command will then
transmit the Public Alert to the public via Short Messaging System (SMS), email, and
recorded phone message.

WHEN A MISSING PERSON WHO IS THE SUBJECT OF A SILVER
ALERT IS LOCATED:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

16.
17.

18.
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

19.
20.
21.

Verify that person is the subject of a Silver Alert.
Render reasonable aid to missing person and request ambulance or
doctor, if necessary, as per P.G. 216-01, “Aided Cases – General
Procedure.”
Request patrol supervisor to respond.
Respond to location and verify individual is in fact the subject of a Silver
Alert.
Notify desk officer and request appropriate Precinct Detective Squad and
Missing Persons Squad be notified.
Notify Operations Unit and request the cancellation of the Silver Alert.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-35

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

OPERATIONS
UNIT

22.

Notify the following that the subject of the Silver Alert has been located:
a.
OEM Watch Command
b.
Notify Deputy Commissioner, Public Information
c.
Traffic Management Center, if appropriate.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information is available twenty-four
hours a day, seven days per week concerning cases NOT ELIGIBLE for Silver Alert or as
needed by members of the service. The Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public
Information has the ability to simultaneously notify a variety of local and national media
outlets in cases where the immediate assistance of or notification to the public is deemed
necessary. Nothing in this procedure is meant to limit the use of the news media to
broadcast information pertaining to appropriate missing persons cases that do not qualify
for Silver Alert.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Missing Persons (P.G. 207-23)
Aided Cases – General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-36

COMPLAINTS INVOLVING CELLULAR TELEPHONES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure a proper investigation is conducted when a cellular telephone is
reported stolen.

DEFINITION

IMEI NUMBER – International Mobile Equipment Identity Number. Each
cellular telephone handset that utilizes GSM technology is assigned a unique
serial number called the IMEI number. The IMEI number consists of either
fifteen or sixteen digits. In the New York metropolitan area, T-Mobile, AT&T
and Nextel/Boost Mobile use GSM technology.

PROCEDURE

When a person reports the theft of a cellular telephone, in addition to Department
complaint reporting procedures, members of the service will:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Interview complainant and obtain facts regarding the theft of the cellular
telephone.
Request response of patrol supervisor.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.
4.

Notify Detective Squad to respond to the scene.
When the investigation by the Detective Squad at the scene has concluded,
ensure complainant is brought to the Detective Squad, precinct of
occurrence, to be interviewed by an investigator.

INVESTIGATOR,
DETECTIVE
SQUAD,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

5.

Interview complainant in Detective Squad.
a.
Obtain facts regarding the cellular telephone theft
b.
Obtain stolen cellular telephone phone number, make, model and
network company (e.g., T-Mobile, AT&T, Nextel/Boost Mobile,
Verizon, Sprint)
c.
Determine if complainant is subscriber of the service for the
stolen cellular telephone. If complainant is not the subscriber:
(1)
Obtain identity of the subscriber
(2)
Immediately contact the subscriber
(3)
Expeditiously conduct an in-person interview of the subscriber.
If Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost Mobile, obtain
International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) number of the stolen cellular
telephone by requesting the subscriber to IMMEDIATELY call in your
presence T-Mobile Customer Service, AT&T Customer Service, or
Nextel/Boost Mobile Customer Service. Request the subscriber to:
a.
Obtain the IMEI number from the customer service representative
b.
Report the cellular telephone stolen
c.
Request the customer service representative to determine if any
phone calls were made after the theft occurred
(1)
If phone calls were made after the theft occurred, obtain
any available information about the phone calls.

6.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-36

INVESTIGATOR,
DETECTIVE
SQUAD,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

2 of 3

If Network Company is Verizon or Sprint, request the subscriber to
IMMEDIATELY call in your presence Verizon Customer Service or Sprint
Customer Service. Request the subscriber to:
a.
Report the cellular telephone stolen
b.
Request the customer service representative to determine if any
phone calls were made after the theft occurred
(1)
If phone calls were made after the theft occurred, obtain
any available information regarding the phone calls
c.
Request the Network Company to continue service to the stolen
cellular phone for a reasonable time period (e.g., 72 hours) AT
NO COST TO THE SUBSCRIBER in order to identify and
apprehend the perpetrator(s) of the crime.
Prepare OMNIFORM System COMPLAINT REPORT if cellular telephone
was stolen during a robbery.
a.
If Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost Mobile,
enter IMEI number in the “IMEI” section
b.
Enter telephone number, Network Company, make and model of
the stolen cellular telephone in the “IMEI” section.
Prepare an Enterprise Case Management System (ECMS) “Electronic
Identification Program” DD-5.
a.
If Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost
Mobile, enter IMEI number in the “Device Info” section
b.
Enter telephone number, Network Company, make and model of
the stolen cellular telephone in the “Device Info” section.
Obtain intelligence information regarding the stolen cellular telephone.
a.
If Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost Mobile,
search IMEI number of the stolen cellular telephone in
ECMS/OMNIFORM System using the “IMEI Search” function
b.
Search telephone number of the stolen cellular telephone in ECMS/
OMNIFORM System using “Full Text DD-5 Search” function
c.
Request Real Time Crime Center (RTCC) to perform a “Phone Finder”
search for telephone number of the stolen cellular telephone.
Prepare ECMS “Phone Subpoenas” DD-5 to request required telephone records.

NOTE

If the Detective Squad is not available to interview the complainant, the desk officer may
designate an appropriate member of the service (e.g., field intelligence officer) to
perform steps 5, 6, 7 and 10.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED

12.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-154A) if cellular
telephone was not stolen during a robbery, or if cellular telephone was stolen
during a robbery but there is no investigator available in the Detective Squad,
precinct of occurrence, to prepare the OMNIFORM System COMPLAINT
REPORT.
a.
Enter IMEI number in appropriate caption in the “Property” section if the
Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost Mobile

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-36

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

c..

3 of 3

Enter telephone number, Network Company, make and model of
the stolen cellular telephone in the “Details” section
Refer all COMPLAINT REPORTS involving stolen cellular
telephones to the Detective Squad, precinct of occurrence.

If the cellular telephone was stolen during a robbery and there is no investigator available in the
Detective Squad, precinct of occurrence, to prepare the OMNIFORM System COMPLAINT
REPORT, the member of the service assigned will prepare the COMPLAINT REPORT under the
supervision of the command desk officer.

DESK OFFICER 13.

14.

NOTE

Direct command clerk to prepare OMNIFORM System COMPLAINT
REPORT if COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET was prepared by
the member of the service assigned.
a.
If Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost Mobile,
ensure IMEI number is entered in the “IMEI” section
b.
Ensure telephone number, Network Company, make and model of
the stolen cellular telephone is entered in the “IMEI” section.
Ensure the correct International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)
number is properly entered in the “IMEI” section of the OMNIFORM
System.

It is imperative that the correct IMEI number is properly entered in the “IMEI” section
of the OMNIFORM System.

15.

Ensure all COMPLAINT REPORTS involving stolen cellular
telephones are referred to the Detective Squad, precinct of occurrence.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Preliminary Investigations of Complaints (Other than Vice Related or Narcotics
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Lost or Stolen Property/Identity Theft (P.G. 207-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Complaints

Procedure No:

207-37

OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR PROCESSING
COMPLAINTS/ARRESTS FOR GRAFFITI
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To establish procedural guidelines to be followed when processing complaints/arrests
for graffiti.

DEFINITION

GRAFFITI OR TAGGING – the etching, painting, covering, or otherwise placing a
mark upon public or private property, with the intent to damage such property.

SCOPE

In order to maximize the Department’s enforcement efforts in combating graffiti
crimes, it is essential that all graffiti related information is properly recorded and
documented by uniformed members of the service. Whenever a complaint or arrest
report is prepared for a graffiti related incident, it is imperative that the graffiti “TAG”
information is entered in the details section of the COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and/or the narrative section of the ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159). This information
is crucial for monitoring and tracking graffiti recidivists. It is equally important to
notify the Citywide Vandals Task Force whenever an arrest is effected for shoplifting
that involves the theft of spray paint or paint markers. This information will allow the
Citywide Vandals Task Force to monitor graffiti more effectively.

PROCEDURE

Whenever processing complaints/arrest for graffiti:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

NOTE

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
a.
When the “TAG” is discernible, list all details and include size,
color descriptions, etc. (e.g. At time and place of occurrence,
complainant observed the graffiti tag “ABC” written in blue and
yellow spray paint on a space approximately 3’ X 5’ on a rolldown gate at location).
b.
Enter “TAG” into Nickname/Alias/Maiden Name box of COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET and ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET.
Notify the Citywide Vandals Task Force and provide “TAG” information
in all graffiti complaint/arrest cases.
a.
Obtain e-mail address for forwarding of digital photographs, if
applicable.

In instances when the Citywide Vandals Task Force is closed, member concerned or designee will
leave a voice mail message and notify the Citywide Vandals Task Force during their next business
hours.
When a “TAG” is illegible or cannot be deciphered, do not interpret as to what it may be.
Misinformation will only serve to corrupt the citywide vandals database. An unreadable graffiti
“TAG” must be recorded as such in the details of the report. This “negative” information can
sometimes be beneficial to graffiti investigations. Members of the service are encouraged to contact
the Citywide Vandals Task Force regarding any questions relating to graffiti, e.g., identifying a
TAG or interpreting a TAG’s meaning, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-37

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

3.

4.

5.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Photograph graffiti damage, if possible. (Utilize digital camera, if available.
See steps 8 through 11)
a.
If Polaroid type photograph is taken, document on rear of photograph:
(1)
Date and time of incident
(2)
Complaint Report number
(3)
Arresting Officer name, shield, command and arrest number,
if an arrest is made.
(4)
NYSID #, if available.
Forward copy of complaint/arrest report to Citywide Vandals Task Force
in next outgoing Department mail.
a.
Attach copies of photos taken, if applicable.
Query Citywide Vandals Task Force database in all arrest cases to
ascertain if subject has prior arrests/convictions for any graffiti related
offenses.

Conducting routine warrant checks of subjects in the database at the command level is
encouraged as a means of discovering and apprehending graffiti offenders with active
warrants who reside within the precinct of record.
When an investigation during arrest processing reveals that a graffiti offender has prior
arrests/convictions, or is a recidivist for any graffiti-related offense, ensure the prosecuting
district attorney is apprised of the subject’s prior record.

IF DIGITAL CAMERA IS AVAILABLE
COMMANDING 6.
OFFICER

Ensure digital camera assigned to command is documented as per A.G. 32502, “Accounting for Department Property.”

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

7.

Ensure that:
a.
Uniformed member of the service has access to the Domestic Violence
Office computer terminal to transfer digital graffiti photograph(s).
b.
Applicable Kodak software program is pre-loaded into the computer
and,
c.
All graffiti photographs taken in conjunction with a complaint or arrest
ONLY are promptly forwarded to the Citywide Vandals Task Force via
e-mail.
d.
UMOS documents each e-mail of photographs in Telephone Message
Log.

NOTE

It has been determined through the Management Information Systems Division (MISD)
that currently only the domestic violence computer terminal in each command has the
capability of e-mailing digital photographs through the Group Wise Network.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.
9.

Connect Universal Serial Bus cable to both the digital camera’s and the
computer’s Universal Port.
Follow the instructions depicted on the computer screen which will appear
after opening the Kodak software program.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

207-37

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

10.

NOTE

Each digital photo “TAG” forwarded must contain the information as outlined above.
In instances where multiple perpetrators are involved, it is imperative to indicate which
perpetrator is responsible for creating the “TAG” depicted in the photograph.

MEMBER
ASSIGNED,
CITYWIDE
VANDALS
TASK FORCE

12.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Uniformed members of the service are reminded to use the appropriate subdivisions of
the New York City Administrative Code 10-117 or the New York State Penal Law in
Article 145 “Criminal Mischief and Related Offenses” in graffiti-related arrests. In
circumstances where a Penal Law charge or NYC Administrative Code charge are both
applicable, the UMOS will charge the appropriate Penal Law offense.

11.

Forward digital photos (in conjunction with complaints or arrests only) to the
Citywide Vandals Task Force.
Provide the following information via e-mail, as applicable, with each
photo, or photo series when forwarding to the Citywide Vandals Task
Force:
a.
Date and time of incident
b.
Precinct of occurrence/arrest
c.
Exact building address where graffiti is located
d.
Exact location on or within building where graffiti is located
e.
Rank, name, tax number of Arresting Officer or UMOS
documenting photographs
f.
Any associated ONLINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST and/or
COMPLAINT REPORT numbers
g.
Pedigree information of defendant(s)

Query the “On Line Booking and Complaint System” on a weekly basis to
ensure graffiti related data is being properly disseminated to the Citywide
Vandals Task Force in a timely fashion.

Digital camera photographs may be utilized by commands to demonstrate progress in
correcting graffiti conditions at Community Board Meetings, etc. (i.e. before and after
pictures).
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Accounting for Department Property (A.G. 325-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-01

LAW OF ARREST
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To specify the conditions under which a uniformed member of the service may
make an arrest.

PROCEDURE

Arrest with warrant:
1.
When the warrant is addressed to a uniformed member of the service or to
the Department of which he is a member, and,
a.
Warrant issued by:
(1)
New York City Criminal Court, or
(2)
District court, or
(3)
Superior court judge sitting on lower criminal court.
Arrest at anytime, and anywhere within the State, or
b.

Warrant issued by:
(1)
City court, or
(2)
Town court, or
(3)
Village court.

Arrest at anytime within the county of court of issuance, or within adjoining
county.
2.

When delegated by a police officer to whom warrant is addressed and:
a.
Warrant may be legally executed as indicated above, and within
arresting officer’s territorial jurisdiction, or
b.
The defendant is in a county other than one in which warrant is
returnable.

3.

Arrest without a warrant:
a.
For an offense when reasonable cause to believe offense
committed in his presence, or
b.
For a crime (within presence or not) and reasonable cause exists
that arrested person committed the crime.
c.
For a petty offense in his presence (violations and traffic
infractions) and:
(1)
It is believed to have been committed within arresting
officer’s geographical area of employment, and
(2)
The arrest is made in the county of occurrence or an
adjoining county.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-01

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

In close pursuit cases relating to petty offenses or traffic infractions, a police officer may
pursue to any part of the State and make an arrest or issue a summons, if authorized by
law to do so in his own geographical area of employment.
In close pursuit cases relating to crimes, police officer may pursue outside State to effect
the arrest.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Arrest On A Warrant (P.G. 208-42)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-02

ARRESTS - REMOVAL TO DEPARTMENT FACILITY FOR
PROCESSING
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process arrests.

SCOPE

Uniformed members of the service who have effected an arrest will have the
arrest verified by their supervisor, if available, prior to removing the prisoner to
the appropriate authorized command/designated arrest facility which has
jurisdiction over the arrest. The desk officer will be requested to verify any
arrests which were not verified at the scene of arrest.

DEFINITIONS

ARREST - Taking a person into custody to answer for an offense.
PICK-UP ARREST - An arrest for an offense or juvenile delinquency not
previously reported.
PREFERRED NAME - The name an arrestee prefers to be called based on their
gender identity. This name may be different from the name on identification
documents in the arrestee’s possession.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service effects an arrest:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

6.
DESK OFFICER 7.

8.

Inform prisoner of authority and cause, unless physical resistance, flight,
or other factors render such procedure impractical.
Handcuff prisoner with hands behind back.
Remove prisoner to precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility and inform
desk officer of charge(s).
a.
Juvenile delinquents/juvenile offenders will be taken to the
location in the stationhouse SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED as
suitable for the interrogation of juveniles.
b.
Refer to the Command Reference Library for a list of locations
approved for the interrogation of juveniles.
Notify desk officer if force was used to effect the arrest.
Immediately complete all captions on PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD
(PD244-092) upon arrival at command and present to desk officer.
a.
Consistent with P.G. 203-10, “Public Contact – Prohibited
Conduct,” subdivision “a” following step “1”, indicate Preferred
Name, if any, on the PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD.
Remain with prisoner at all times unless relieved by arrest processing
officer.
Have arresting officer complete all captions on PRISONER PEDIGREE
CARD and immediately transpose the information from the CARD into
the Command Log to initiate arrest process.
a.
File each CARD for EVERY prisoner by date and time of arrival at
command.
Enter in Command Log, Interrupted Patrol Log, and on ROLL CALL
(PD406-144), if appropriate, the rank, name, shield number, and
command of the arresting officer, assisting officer, if any, and the time of
arrival at the stationhouse.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-02

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 9.
(continued)
10.
11.
12.

13.

14.

2 of 3

Determine validity of the arrest.
a.
Comply with the provisions of P.G. 210-13, “Release of
Prisoners” if arrest is NOT valid.
Direct arresting officer to make a thorough search of the prisoner in your
presence.
Verify prisoner’s identity by satisfactory documentary proof, preferably
government issued identification.
Count prisoner’s funds, record the amount in the Command Log, and
return funds to prisoner.
a.
Direct arresting officer to voucher currency in excess of $100 for
safekeeping if prisoner is not eligible for a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET.
b.
Enter amount retained by prisoner and the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141) number in Command Log.
Direct arresting officer to remove prisoner to arrest processing area, or
location in the stationhouse SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED as suitable
for the interrogation of juveniles.
Direct arrest processing officer to assist arresting officer.

15.

Comply with the provisions of P.G. 208-15, “Arrest Report Preparation
at Stationhouse.”

DESK OFFICER 16.

Direct arresting officer to remain with prisoner at all times unless relieved
by arrest processing officer.
Ensure that arresting officer signs affidavit/supporting deposition, as
appropriate, before resuming assignment or completing tour.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

17.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

PRISONER SUPERVISION
Desk officers will be held STRICTLY ACCOUNTABLE for prisoners while in the
command and will ensure that the prisoner is guarded AT ALL TIMES by a uniformed
member of the service.
If a prisoner is placed in a cell alone because he/she threatens or fights with another
prisoner(s), is causing disruption, or for any other reason, ensure that a member of the
service will continue to monitor that prisoner closely.
IRRATIONAL/VIOLENT ARRESTEE
Whenever a person who is about to be arrested is acting irrationally or violently resists
arrest, AND poses no immediate physical threat to himself or others, AND is in a confined
area (e.g., detention cell, automobile, etc.), the uniformed member of the service on the scene
will immediately request the response of the patrol supervisor and the Emergency Service
Unit. The member will attempt to isolate and contain the suspect and will institute
emotionally disturbed person procedures contained in P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill Or
Emotionally Disturbed Persons.” If the confined area is an automobile, it will be rendered
immobile by blocking it in with one or more RMPs. Once in police custody, the subject will
be removed to a hospital for examination. This procedure will not apply in situations where
the uniformed members of the service on the scene believe the subject to be armed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-02

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

PRISONER SUSPECTED OF INGESTING A NARCOTIC OR OTHER DANGEROUS
SUBSTANCE
When a uniformed member of the service observes or suspects that a prisoner has
ingested a narcotic or other dangerous substance, the prisoner will be transported from
the place of arrest DIRECTLY to the nearest hospital facility. The uniformed member of
the service WILL PROMPTLY notify the communications section dispatcher and the
patrol supervisor upon determination of possible ingestion, when transport to hospital is
initiated, and upon arrival at the hospital. Emergency Medical Service (EMS) and
hospital personnel will be informed of the quantity and type of substance ingested, if
known. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES will a prisoner who has ingested a narcotic or
other dangerous substance be transported to the command for arrest processing prior to
receiving medical treatment.
FALSE PERSONATION
When attempting to ascertain a prisoner’s identity, the uniformed member of the service
concerned should inform the prisoner that knowingly misrepresenting his or her actual
name, date of birth, or address to a police officer, with intent to prevent a police officer
from ascertaining such information, is punishable as a crime. Prisoners who knowingly
misrepresent their pedigree information should be charged under Penal Law section
190.23 (False Personation, B Misdemeanor).
ARREST REPORT PEDIGREE
For booking purposes, a member of the service shall write an arrestee’s name and
gender at it appears on a driver’s license, permit, or non-driver photo identification. If
the arrestee uses a Preferred Name, that name shall be listed in the:
a.
“Preferred name” section of the PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD
b.
Defendant’s name section of the Prisoner Movement Slip, prefaced by
“Preferred Name:”
c.
“Nickname/Alias/Maiden Name” section of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), prefaced by “P-”.
Consistent with P.G. 203-10, “Public Contact – Prohibited Conduct,” subdivision “a”
following step “1”, regardless of whether the name on the arrestee’s identification
coincides with the arrestee’s gender identity, the member of the service shall refer to the
arrestee by the preferred name, if any, as requested. The member shall use the pronouns
consistent with that name in addressing or referring to the arrestee.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct (P.G. 203-10)
Arrests - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Hospitalized Prisoners - Arrests by Members of Other Police Agencies (P.G. 210-03)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Release of Prisoners (P.G. 210-13)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (COMPUTER FORM)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD (PD244-092)
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-03

ARRESTS - GENERAL PROCESSING
DATE ISSUED:

10/24/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/24/13

1 of 13

DEFINITION

PREFERRED NAME - The name an arrestee prefers to be called based on their
gender identity. This name may be different from the name on identification
documents in the arrestee’s possession.

PROCEDURE

After arrest has been effected and prisoner has been handcuffed:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.

DESK OFFICER 3.

4.

Immediately field search/frisk prisoner and search adjacent vicinity for
weapons, evidence, and/or contraband.
Advise prisoners of rights before questioning in accordance with P.G.
208-09, “Rights of Persons Taken into Custody.”
a.
If a juvenile is taken into custody, notify the Real Time Crime
Center Juvenile Desk (twenty-four hours a day/seven days a
week), and parent/guardian immediately.
b.
Before questioning juvenile, Miranda warnings will be read to the
juvenile utilizing MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR JUVENILE
INTERROGATIONS (PD244-1413). MIRANDA WARNINGS
FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS should be read while
the parent/guardian is present. The juvenile may be questioned if
he/she waives the Miranda rights in the presence of the
parent/guardian. The parent/guardian does not have to separately
waive the Miranda rights; they only need to be advised of such
rights. However, if the parent/guardian objects to the questioning
or requests an attorney for the juvenile, no questioning should
occur, even if the juvenile is willing to answer questions.
c.
Juveniles will not normally be arrested for truancy. If arrested on
another charge, truancy (Educational Law section 3233) may be
added as a second charge, if appropriate. In all cases, truants may
be frisked or scanned with a metal detector. If safety dictates,
truants may be handcuffed.
Immediately determine if prisoner is a high escape risk.
a.
Make determination as to whether a particular prisoner presents a
potential escape risk on a case-by-case basis. Factors that can be
considered in making this determination include:
(1)
Seriousness of the offense charged,
(2)
Prisoner unwillingness to identify himself/herself,
(3)
Forcible resistance to arrest,
(4)
Threats of violence and/or escape threats directed at
uniformed members of the service,
(5)
Known history of violence, weapons possession, or
escape/attempted escape.
b.
Prisoners designated “high risk” will have two uniformed
members of the service assigned to escort at all times.
Have vehicle or other conveyance not required as evidence safeguarded,
if appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/24/13

DESK OFFICER 5.
(continued)

6.

7.

2 of 13

Question the arresting officer regarding:
a.
Use of force, if applicable
b.
Circumstances surrounding arrest, if prisoner is being charged
with Criminal Possession of Marihuana in the Fifth Degree, and
make a Command Log entry of results (see ADDITIONAL
DATA under heading “ARRESTS FOR PUBLIC DISPLAY OF
MARIHUANA”).
Observe physical and mental condition of all prisoners entering command
and include results in Command Log.
a.
Ensure that prisoners who appear to be ill, injured, or emotionally
disturbed obtain appropriate medical/psychiatric attention. (See
P.G. 210-04, “Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric
Treatment”)
b.
Direct arresting officer to notify Health and Hospitals Corporation
(HHC) police, or hospital security personnel if no HHC police are
assigned to the hospital, whenever a prisoner is brought to their
facility for medical treatment.
c.
Direct arresting officer to notify Health and Hospitals Corporation
(HHC) police, or hospital security personnel if no HHC police are
assigned to the hospital immediately, if a prisoner escapes from
custody at the hospital.
d.
Have arresting officer request a secured location that can be used
for treatment of prisoner, when available, from emergency room
staff.
Notify commanding officer/duty captain to verify the arrest, if the arrest
is effected by an off-duty uniformed member of the service.
a.
If arrest is effected by a member of another police agency, that
agency will be notified.

COMMANDING 8.
OFFICER /
DUTY CAPTAIN 9.

Respond to stationhouse and verify arrest made by off-duty uniformed
member of the service.
Have UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152) prepared
with details of arrest made by off-duty uniformed member of the service.

DESK OFFICER 10.

Direct arresting officer to make a thorough search of the prisoner in your
presence.
a.
Conduct all searches in accordance with P.G. 208-05, “Arrests –
General Search Guidelines.”
b.
Once a strip search is authorized, (see P.G. 208-05, “Arrests –
General Search Guidelines,” step “1”, subdivision “C”), the desk
officer, precinct of occurrence/central booking supervisor will
ensure that the following entries are made in Department records:
(1)
Command Log entry – including the basis for the strip search;
rank, name, and command of supervisor authorizing the search;
rank, name, and command of member of the service performing
the search; name of prisoner(s); and, the results of the search,
including negative results.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/24/13

(2)

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

11.

12.

3 of 13

The supervisor authorizing such a search will ensure the
command and Command Log page number of the entry will be
documented in the “Narrative” section of the ON-LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244149) or the ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244157).
(3)
Direct the arresting officer to prepare an ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145) entry of the above information. Also, include on
the Prisoner Movement Slip if prepared, the statement, “Strip
Searched,” with the command and Command Log page number
of the entry in the “Detention Alert” section of the form under
the sub-caption, “Other.” Consistent with P.G. 203-10, “Public
Contact – Prohibited Conduct”, subdivision “a” following
step “1”, indicate Preferred Name, if any, on Prisoner
Movement Slip.
Direct arresting officer to inquire of prisoner whether a dependent
adult/child is uncared for at prisoner’s residence.
a.
Enter results of inquiry in Command Log.
b.
Comply with P.G. 215-01, “Care of Dependent Child” if it is determined
that dependent adult/child is alone in prisoner’s residence.
Have the following property removed from prisoner:
a.
Unlawfully carried
b.
Required as evidence
c.
Lawfully carried, but dangerous to life or would facilitate escape
d.
Can be used to deface or damage property
e.
Personal, except clothing, if prisoner is intoxicated or unconscious
f.
Press Card issued by this Department
(1)
Forward card to Deputy Commissioner, Public
Information, with report of facts.
g.
Auxiliary Police Shield, Civil Defense Shield/Identification Card
(1)
Forward to Auxiliary Police Section, with report of facts.
h.
Legally possessed prescription drugs (including methadone)
(1)
Invoice prescription drugs for safekeeping and place in
Plastic Security Envelope in prisoner’s presence. Issue
“Prisoner/Finder/Owner” copy of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141) as a receipt to prisoner.
(2)
Prepare MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER
(PD244-150) to alert detention facility personnel that
prisoner may require a prescription drug.
(3)
Return prescription drugs to prisoner upon release, if
prisoner is to be released on stationhouse bail, Desk
Appearance Ticket, voided arrest, etc. If not, deliver to
borough Property Clerk in normal manner.
i.
Handgun License
(1)
Forward license to the Commanding Officer, License
Division and comply with P.G. 212-118, “Incidents

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-03

PAGE:

10/24/13

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

13.
14.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

15.

16.

17.

18.

4 of 13

Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun
Permits” in regards to reporting the arrest of a handgun
licensee to the License Division and the removal of
firearms listed on the handgun license.
j.
Rifle/Shotgun Permit
(1)
Forward permit to the Commanding Officer, License
Division and comply with P.G. 212-118, “Incidents
Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun
Permits” in regards to reporting the arrest of a
rifle/shotgun permit holder to the License Division and the
removal of firearms registered under the permit.
k.
New York City Police Department retiree identification card or
identification card of retired uniformed members of the service of
the former New York City Housing Police Department or the New
York City Transit Police Department.
(1)
Forward card to Assistant Commissioner, Employee
Management Division, with report of facts.
Give itemized receipt for property temporarily removed from the prisoner
which is not to be held in police custody.
Ask prisoner(s) if they want any personal property they possess to be
vouchered for safekeeping, other than property removed under steps “12”
and “13”.
a.
A Command Log entry must be made indicating either the
prisoner refused or the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number
for property safeguarded.
Request the assistance of the detective squad if the prisoner is arrested for
homicide, serious assault, robbery, burglary, grand larceny, or other
serious or unusual crime.
Prepare arrest related documents as provided by the arrest processing officer.
a.
Comply with any applicable provisions of P.G. 208-15, “Arrest
Report Preparation at Stationhouse.”
Provide complainant with prisoner’s name, charges, arresting officer’s
name, precinct of occurrence, PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number,
if any, and the location of the appropriate court.
Advise prisoner, sixteen years of age or older, of right to make three
telephone calls without charge.
a.
One of the calls may be placed anywhere within the United States or
Puerto Rico. The remaining calls may be placed anywhere within
New York City.
b.
Phone calls will not be allowed or may be terminated at any time if
the calls would compromise an ongoing investigation or prosecution,
if the ends of justice may be otherwise defeated, or a dangerous
condition may be created.
c.
Make telephone calls for the prisoner if the prisoner is incapacitated
by alcohol and/or drugs.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/24/13

d.

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

19.
20.

21.

22.

23.

5 of 13

Make telephone calls, or request other appropriate auxiliary aids
(including the use of a qualified sign language interpreter or a
Telecommunication Relay Service [TRS]) to assist the prisoner in
making phone calls if the prisoner is unable to use a telephone due
to speech or hearing impairment. Should the prisoner request to
telephone an individual with a hearing or speech disability, dial
“711” for the TRS operator and be instructed accordingly.
Notify relatives or friends if the prisoner is under nineteen years of age,
or is admitted to a hospital, or is apparently emotionally disturbed.
Prepare a MISSING - UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336151) and notify the precinct detective squad and the Missing Person
Squad, if unable to make the above notification.
a.
If the notification is made after preparation of the MISSING UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT, notify the detective
squad and the Missing Person Squad.
Comply with P.G. 214-07, “Cases for Legal Action Program,” if
applicable, which ensures that all New York City Public Housing
residents who are arrested pursuant to the execution of a search warrant
where contraband is recovered or arrested for a designated crime
committed on the grounds of any New York City Public Housing
Development are targeted for possible eviction proceedings.
Perform license check through FINEST, using the “DALL” format, on all
defendants arrested for the following:
a.
Driving a stolen vehicle, or,
b.
Driving an auto with an altered vehicle identification number
(VIN), or,
c.
Driving an auto with stolen plates.
Deliver the following completed forms to the desk officer:
a.
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159).
(1)
Ensure that any graffiti tag and/or gang-related nickname
is entered in the appropriate box, if applicable.
(2)
Indicate any preferred name used by prisoner in
“Nickname/Alias/Maiden Name” section, prefaced by “P-”.
b.
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), if
appropriate.
(1)
If the arrest is for a crime previously reported and recorded
on a COMPLAINT REPORT, use the serial number
assigned to the original COMPLAINT REPORT.
(2)
Follow P.G. 208-11, “Arrest Processing – ‘Livescan’
Fingerprinting and Palmprinting” immediately upon desk
officer’s review and approval of COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/24/13

6 of 13

c.

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

24.

25.

DESK OFFICER 26.

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A) for evidence or other property taken into police custody.
(1)
A separate WORKSHEET will be prepared for firearms,
narcotics, or other property requiring analysis at the Police
Laboratory.
d.
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
(PD521-168), if required.
e.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION (PD360081), if appropriate.
f.
JUVENILE
ARREST
INVESTIGATION/PROBATION
INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET (PD277-151A), if
appropriate.
(1)
One copy of typed report will be forwarded with the arrest
documents and distribute the remaining copies to the
precinct youth officer, Youth Services Section, and
juvenile detention facility, if juvenile is detained.
g.
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER, if prepared.
(1)
Prepare the form if the prisoner receives medical/psychiatric
treatment, refuses treatment after claiming an injury or illness,
already has previously treated prior injuries, is in apparent
need of treatment, or may require prescribed medication.
(2)
If the prisoner is issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET,
file the “Buff” copy of the MEDICAL TREATMENT OF
PRISONER form in a folder maintained at the desk of the
precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility and forward the
remaining copies of the form to the borough court section
concerned, in DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123).
Prepare ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST (PD240-010).
a.
Check appropriate box for each document/form delineated on the
checklist.
b.
List individually all other documents/forms prepared.
Deliver ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST with the
following items to the desk officer:
a.
Photocopies/snap-out copies of the documents and forms delineated
on the CHECKLIST in every case in which they are prepared
b.
Photocopies of all other documents/forms prepared
c.
Photographs of evidence motor vehicles returned to owner (see
P.G. 218-18, “Photographing Stolen Evidence Vehicles When an
Arrest is Made”).
Examine all documents/forms to ensure completeness and accuracy and
sign all documents/forms as required.
a.
Review ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST to
ensure all documents and forms prepared in connection with the
arrest are listed on the CHECKLIST and are available.
b.
Return CHECKLIST to arresting officer for delivery to the

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/24/13

DESK OFFICER
(continued)
27.
28.

7 of 13

District Attorney or Corporation Counsel in the Complaint Room
or deliver in accordance with borough guidelines.
Ensure the arresting officer has complied with P.G. 214-07, “Cases for
Legal Action Program,” if applicable.
Ascertain that the following entries are made:
a.
Statement that a prisoner, charged with criminal possession of a
controlled substance with intent to sell or unlawful sale of a
controlled substance, is a seller, and indicate reasons for that
conclusion in the narrative block of the ON-LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
b.
Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of witnesses are
entered on the COMPLAINT REPORT or the COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081), if prepared.
c.
Statement on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE that property
(other than vehicle) is valuable, contains identifying marks, and
that the Stolen Property Inquiry Section (SPIS) was notified,
including the name and rank/title of the person at SPIS notified.
d.
Information concerning alarms transmitted or cancelled, with
operator’s name entered on COMPLAINT REPORT and
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, as required. State and police
agency must be included if alarm is transmitted by other than a
New York State agency. If no alarm is transmitted, state so.
e.
A hard copy of the FINEST screen containing the notification to
S.P.I.S. is attached to the COMPLAINT REPORT,
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP or PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, whichever most accurately reflects the current status
of a motor vehicle/boat/plate being reported stolen, recovered, etc.
f.
Enter details of notification in Command Log (name, address,
relationship) when prisoner is of unsound mind, or under nineteen
years of age, or is admitted to a hospital.
g.
Enter in Command Log information concerning release of
prisoner to member of Highway District to conduct required tests.
h.
Enter chemical test results on ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET under caption, “Narrative.”
i.
Enter any change in the custody of the prisoner in the Command
Log and notify borough Court Section for computer entry of new
prisoner location.
j.
Document any other pertinent facts in the Command Log,
including serial numbers of any forms prepared regarding arrest.
k.
Notify Court Section supervisor for computer entry when prisoner is
admitted to a hospital (see P.G. 210-02, “Hospitalized Prisoner”).
(1)
Record notification in Telephone Record.
l.
Ensure that all phone calls, up to a maximum of three, or refusal
to make phone calls, are recorded on the ON-LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and properly entered into
Omniform.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-03

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.
37.
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

PAGE:

10/24/13

DESK OFFICER 29.
(continued)
30.
31.

ARRESTING
OFFICER/
ESCORTING
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

38.
39.

40.

8 of 13

Refer “FOA” cases (offenses not triable in New York City courts or
violation of parole or probation) to detective squad.
Direct that “Have Arrested Message” is transmitted, if required.
Make notifications as required by P.G. 208-69, “Notifications in Certain
Arrest Situations.”
Request borough Court Section concerned to provide transportation only
when large numbers of prisoners must be transported or unusual
circumstances dictate use of a patrolwagon.
Return the following forms to the arresting officer for delivery to the
assistant district attorney in the Complaint Room or deliver in accordance
with borough procedures.
a.
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
b.
Fingerprint forms, if prepared
c.
Copy of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION,
in every misdemeanor and violation case
d.
“ADA” copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if
evidence has been invoiced
e.
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION (PD244-060), if prepared
f.
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form, if prepared
g.
JUVENILE
ARREST
INVESTIGATION/PROBATION
INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET, if prepared.
Make necessary entries in Command Log, Interrupted Patrol Log, and
ROLL CALL, when required, indicating arresting officer’s time of
departure to borough Court Section.
Deliver prisoner to borough Court Section or lodging location designated
by borough Court Section concerned.
a.
Inform borough Court Section supervisor if prisoner(s) was stripsearched, including reason for and results of the search.
Present all forms relating to arrest to the borough Court Section supervisor.
Comply with all directions of the borough Court Section supervisor.
Examine all forms to verify completeness and accuracy.
Forward a complete set of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER
form, if prepared, with arresting/escorting officer to Department of
Corrections (see P.G. 210-04, “Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric
Treatment”).
a.
Arresting/escorting officer will obtain receipted pink copy of the
form and return it to the borough Court Section facility.
Ensure that the computer-generated Prisoner Movement Slip has a
notation in the Detention Alert section when a prisoner is violent, resists
arrests, is emotionally disturbed, threatens, or attempts suicide. When a
prisoner has been strip-searched, enter that fact under “Other,” in the
Detention Alert section. Include the command and Command Log page
number for reference. A notation indicating that the prisoner has been
strip-searched will also be made on the PRISONER TRANSPORT

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-03

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/24/13

41.

DISPATCH (PD171-132) for notification to the desk officer, precinct of
detention.
Return the following arrest-related documents to command for filing in
arrest folder:
a.
Arresting officer’s copy of the Court Complaint
b.
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
c.
“Arresting Officer” copy of the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, if prepared.

43.

Notify assistant district attorney drawing up the court complaint of all
verbal and written statements made by the defendant, and any procedures
used to assist a witness or complainant to identify the defendant.
a.
Record this notification in ACTIVITY LOG.
Bring all related papers to each subsequent court appearances.

PRECINCT
YOUTH
OFFICER

44.

Follow up on arrests of youths under sixteen years of age.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OBSERVERS AT THE SCENE OF POLICE INCIDENTS

ARRESTING
OFFICER

42.

9 of 13

As a rule, when a police officer stops, detains, or arrests a person in a public area,
persons who happen to be in or are attached to the area are naturally in position to and
are allowed to observe the police officer’s actions. This right to observe is, of course,
limited by reasons of safety to all concerned, and as long as there is no substantive
violation of law. The following guidelines should be utilized by members of the service
whenever the above situation exists:
a.

b.

c.

A person remaining in the vicinity of a stop or arrest shall not be subject to
arrest for Obstructing Governmental Administration (Penal Law section
195.05), unless the officer has probable cause to believe the person(s) is
obstructing governmental administration.
None of the following constitutes probable cause for arrest or detention of an
onlooker unless the safety of officers or other persons is directly endangered or
the officer reasonably believes they are endangered or the law is otherwise
violated:
(1)
Speech alone, even though crude and vulgar
(2)
Requesting and making notes of shield numbers or names of members of
the service
(3)
Taking photographs, videotapes, or tape recordings
(4)
Remaining in the vicinity of the stop or arrest
Whenever an onlooker is arrested or taken into custody, the arresting officer
shall request the patrol supervisor to the scene, or if unavailable, report the
action to the supervisor where the person is taken.

This procedure is not intended in any manner to limit the authority of the police to
establish police lines, e.g., crowd control at scenes of fires, demonstrations, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-03

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/24/13

10 of 13

ARRESTEE SURRENDERS AT LAW ENFORCEMENT FACILITY
When a prisoner has surrendered at a law enforcement facility and is accompanied by
an attorney, the uniformed member of the service may request authorization from the
immediate supervisor not to use handcuffs, after the supervisor and the member have
evaluated the following criteria:
a.
Potential threat to the officer, prisoner, and other persons
b.
Possibility of prisoner escaping.
ARRESTS OF PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES
If the prisoner appears to have a disability, which may affect mobility, speech, hearing,
or mental ability, appropriate auxiliary aids to facilitate communication shall be used.
In addition, a reasonable attempt shall be made to notify a relative or friend. All such
attempts will be documented by the arresting or investigating uniformed member of the
service.
As soon as practicable, attempt to discern if person being arrested has a disability which
may affect mobility, speech, hearing, or mental ability. Where possible, attempt to notify
a family member or friend who may provide beneficial assistance regarding the
prisoner’s background information, previous problems, pedigree data, etc. The
arresting/investigating uniformed member of the service shall document all reasonable
attempts to notify a relative or friend.
ARRESTS OF JUVENILES
Arresting officers must call the Juvenile Desk prior to beginning the arrest process to
ensure that any intelligence regarding the juvenile is obtained before the decision
whether to release the juvenile to a parent/guardian or adult relative is made. The
Juvenile Desk has specialized databases that can provide vital background information
on arrested/detained juveniles and those adults taking custody of a juvenile upon
recognizance or release.
In all cases in which a youth is arrested and charged with a violent felony, the precinct
detective squad/BRAM will be directed to enhance the arrest. It will also be the
responsibility of the precinct detective squad/BRAM to identify, locate, and apprehend
any accomplices in gun-related cases or acts of youth violence and attempt to match
them to other outstanding crimes. These units will also attempt to identify and
apprehend those selling guns to minors.
ARRESTS OF LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT OR HEARING IMPAIRED PERSONS
If the prisoner and/or the parents/guardians of a juvenile in custody appear to have
difficulty understanding/communicating in English, the member of the service concerned
should comply with P.G. 212-90, “Guidelines for Interaction with Limited English
Proficient (LEP) Persons.” If the prisoner and/or the parents/guardians of a juvenile in
custody appear to be hearing impaired, the member of the service concerned should
comply with P.G. 212-104, “Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons.” The use of a
bilingual employee or the Language Initiative Program is the preferential method of
interpretation when interacting with a prisoner. It is recommended that certified members
of the Language Initiative Program be used for custodial interrogations. Appropriate
Command Log entries will be made when interpretation services are utilized.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-03

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

10/24/13

PAGE:

11 of 13

ARRESTS FOR PUBLIC DISPLAY OF MARIHUANA
To support a charge of Penal Law section 221.10(1), Criminal Possession of Marihuana
in the Fifth Degree, the public display of marihuana must be an activity undertaken of
the subject’s own volition in a public place. Thus, uniformed members of the service
lawfully exercising their police powers during a stop may not charge the individual with
Penal Law section 221.10(1) if the marihuana recovered was disclosed to public view at
an officer’s direction.
A “public place” is defined in Penal Law section 240.00 as “any place to which the
public or a substantial group of persons has access, and includes, but is not limited to,
highways, transportation facilities, schools, places of amusement, parks, playgrounds,
and hallways, lobbies, and other portions or apartment houses and hotels not
constituting rooms or apartments designed for actual residences.
The desk officer in the facility where the arrest is being processed will question arresting
officers on all Criminal Possession of Marihuana in the Fifth Degree arrests to
determine if the arrest was made in conformance with Operations Order 49, series 2011,
entitled, “Charging Standards for Possession of Marihuana in a Public Place Open to
Public View” and make a Command Log entry of results. This questioning will occur
regardless of the command of the officer making the arrest (e.g., patrol borough task
force, Narcotics Division). In addition, the Quality Assurance Division will incorporate
an inspection of Command Logs during the command audit cycle to ensure desk officers
are making Command Log entries as required.
AVAILABILITY OF PHOTO COPYING MACHINES
To facilitate the duplicating of forms required in step “27”, commanding officers will
make photo copying machines accessible to arresting officers at all times. In those
instances where snap-out forms have the District Attorney or Corporation Counsel as a
recipient of a copy of that form, a photocopy is not necessary. The District
Attorney/Corporation Counsel copy of the form will be delivered to the desk officer. In
arrests involving multiple COMPLAINT REPORTS or AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEETS, a copy of each report will be required. Separate forms with identical
information are not required for multiple arrests with a single complainant or a single
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL ARREST PROCESSING BE UNNECESSARILY
DELAYED TO OBTAIN THE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED UNDER STEP “27”.
ARREST REPORT PEDIGREE
For booking purposes, a member of the service shall write an arrestee’s name and
gender at it appears on a driver’s license, permit, or non-driver photo identification. If
the arrestee uses a Preferred Name, that name shall be listed in the:
a.
b.
c.

“Preferred Name” section of the PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD (PD244-092)
Next to defendant’s name on the Prisoner Movement Slip, prefaced by
“Preferred Name:”
“Nickname/Alias/Maiden Name” section of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET, prefaced by “P-”.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-03

DATE EFFECTIVE:

10/24/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

12 of 13

Consistent with P.G. 203-10, “Public Contact – Prohibited Conduct”, subdivision “a”
following step “1”, regardless of whether the name on the arrestee’s identification
coincides with the arrestee’s gender identity, the member of the service shall refer to the
arrestee by the preferred name, if any, as requested. The member shall use the pronouns
consistent with that name in addressing or referring to the arrestee.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

ARRESTS BY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION POLICE
When assisting a Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) police officer during arrest
processing, arrest processing officers and desk officers will continue to be guided by the following
Patrol Guide provisions: P.G. 208-02, “Arrests - Removal to Department Facility for Processing”,
P.G. 208-03, “Arrests - General Processing”, P.G. 208-15, “Arrest Report Preparation at
Stationhouse” and P.G. 210-03, “Hospitalized Prisoners - Arrests by Members of Other Police
Agencies.”
DEP police personnel will normally be responsible for transporting their own officers and
prisoners to the borough Court Section. However, when circumstances permit, the desk officer
may direct precinct personnel responding to the borough Court Section facility to also transport
the DEP police officer and his/her prisoner. In all other cases, the DEP arresting officer will
report to the Complaint Room for affidavit preparation.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct (P.G. 203-10)
Arrests - Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Rights of Persons Taken into Custody (P.G. 208-09)
Arrest Processing - “Livescan” Fingerprinting and Palmprinting (P.G. 208-11)
Arrest - General Search Guidelines (P.G. 208-05)
Arrests - Security Measures (P.G. 208-06)
Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Arrests – License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the Organized
Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)
Notifications in Certain Arrest Situations (P.G. 208-69)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Prisoner Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Guidelines for Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons (P.G. 212-90)
Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun Permits (P.G. 212-118)
Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons (P.G. 212-104)
Cases for Legal Action Program (P.G. 214-07)
Care of Dependent Child (P.G. 215-01)
Utilization of the Juvenile Desk (P.G. 215-21)
Photographing Stolen Evidence Vehicles when an Arrest is Made (P.G. 218-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST (PD240-010)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION (PD360-081)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE
WORKSHEET (PD277-151A)
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

REPORT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-03

FORMS AND
REPORTS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

10/24/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

13 of 13

MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS (PD244-1413)
MISSING – UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD (PD244-092)
PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH (PD171-132)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION (PD244-060)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-04

ARREST BY A CIVILIAN
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PURPOSE

To assist a citizen in making a lawful arrest.

PROCEDURE

On being informed by a civilian that he has made an arrest:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

DESK OFFICER 3.
4.
5.
6.

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Determine if there is reasonable cause to believe that person arrested committed the
offense in question or any related offense and if civilian has authority to make arrest.
Accompany civilian and prisoner to stationhouse.
Determine validity of arrest.
a.
If arrest not lawful, follow “Release of Prisoners” procedure.
Assign a uniformed member of the service to process the arrest and
comply with appropriate arrest procedures.
Direct that civilian be recorded as having made arrest.
Ascertain if member can complete arrest process within scheduled tour.
a.
Direct member to continue processing arrest and request relief
prior to end of tour, if member cannot complete arrest processing.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.
8.

Prepare all necessary arrest documents and forward to relieving officer.
Inform relieving officer of details concerning arrest.

RELIEVING
OFFICER

9.

Enter information received concerning details of arrest in ACTIVITY
LOG (PD112-145).

NOTE

Information should be sufficiently detailed to enable the relieving officer to apprise the
Assistant District Attorney assigned to the Complaint Room of the facts of the case.

10.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Ensure that civilian complainant appears in court, if required.

All pertinent provisions of Department orders applicable to arresting officers shall
apply to assigned members.
When a uniformed member of the service believes that an arrest effected by a civilian
member of the Traffic Enforcement Division is unwarranted, the member will request the
patrol supervisor to respond to the scene. If that is not possible, escort all parties to
stationhouse for final determination.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrest Report Preparation At Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Release Of Prisoners-General Procedure (P.G. 210-13)
Arraignment Without Complainant (P.G. 211-03)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-05

ARRESTS - GENERAL SEARCH GUIDELINES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

Comply with the provisions of P.G. 208-02, “Arrests-Removal to
Department Facility for Processing,” P.G. 208-03, “Arrests-General
Processing,” P.G. 208-15, “Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse”
and the following:

SEARCH OF ARRESTED PERSONS
To maximize security and minimize potential hazards to the arresting officer, the
arrested person, and other Department personnel, the following guidelines are
published for the information of all members of the service:
A.

FRISK/FIELD SEARCH
(1)
A frisk, performed primarily to ensure the personal safety of the arresting
officer, is a methodical external body examination of the arrested person
conducted immediately after apprehension to find weapons, evidence, or
contraband. The frisk should be conducted before or immediately after
the subject is rear handcuffed, depending upon particular circumstances,
temperament of the subject, and escape potential. A thorough external
body examination is made by sliding the hand over the subject’s body,
feeling for weapons or other objects, with special attention to the
waistband, armpit, collar, and groin areas. If an unusual object is
detected, the officer will reach into or under the clothing to remove it.

B.

SEARCH AT POLICE FACILITY
(1)
Upon arrival at precinct of arrest or other Department facility, the
arresting officer (if he/she is of the same gender as prisoner) or another
designated member of the same gender as the prisoner, shall conduct a
thorough search of the prisoner’s person and clothing to ensure the safety
of all persons within the facility and to remove weapons, contraband,
and evidence not discovered by the frisk. Other items lawfully carried
but that are dangerous to life, may facilitate escape, or may be used to
damage Department property will also be removed from the subject.
(2)
A search at a police facility, which is not the same as a “strip search,”
includes the removal of outer garments such as overcoats, jackets,
sweaters, vests, hats, wigs, ties, belts, shoes and socks, handbags, and
wallets. All pockets are to be emptied and all clothing not removed will
be examined by grabbing, crushing, and squeezing the garments and by
sliding the hands across the body to detect articles that may be
underneath or sewn to the clothing.
(3)
In order to achieve a balance between the privacy and personal
dignity concerns of arrestees, the desk officer or supervisor
supervising a search at a police facility shall assign a uniformed
member to conduct the search as follows:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-05

a.

b.

2 of 4

In situations where an arrestee’s gender is not immediately
apparent or an arrestee objects to the gender of the member
assigned to perform the search, the desk officer or supervisor
supervising the search will assign a uniformed member of
the gender requested by the arrestee, consistent with officer
safety and resource availability. Consistent with the privacy
concerns of the arrestee, only those officers reasonably
necessary to conduct the search should be present for the
search.
Under no circumstances shall members of the service
conduct searches for the purpose of determining gender.
Additionally, officers shall not ask questions about an
arrestee’s anatomy without a reasonable basis for doing so.
Refer to P.G. 203-10, “Public Contact – Prohibited
Conduct.”

In the event the gender of the officer assigned to conduct the search differs from the gender
requested by the arrestee, the desk officer or supervisor supervising the search shall make
a detailed entry in the Command Log regarding the factors considered in assigning
member(s) to conduct the search and identities of the uniformed member(s) who actually
conducts the search.

C.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

STRIP SEARCH
(1)
A strip search is any search in which an individual’s undergarments
(e.g., bra, underwear, etc.) and/or private areas are exposed or in
which an individual’s clothing is removed, lifted up, or pulled down to
expose undergarments or private areas. A strip search of a prisoner
may not be conducted routinely in connection with an arrest. Strip
searches may only be conducted with the knowledge and approval of
the arresting officer’s immediate supervisor or the borough Court
Section supervisor. A strip search may only be conducted when the
arresting officer reasonably suspects that weapons, contraband, or
evidence may be concealed upon the person or in the clothing in such
a manner that they may not be discovered by the previous search
methods.

If a strip search is conducted, such information will be entered in the Command Log,
arresting officer’s ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), and also documented on the ON-LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) or the ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157). A subsequent strip search will not be conducted unless there is
reasonable belief that the subject has acquired a weapon or contraband.

(2)

The arresting officer requesting authorization to conduct a strip search
must describe the factual basis for the request to the officer’s immediate
supervisor/borough Court Section supervisor. A supervisor will
authorize a strip search only when an arresting officer has articulated a
reasonable suspicion that the individual is concealing evidence,

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-05

(3)

3 of 4

contraband, or a weapon. Note, this is a different standard than the
probable cause required for the arrest. The immediate supervisor of the
arresting officer/borough Court Section supervisor, based on the facts
presented, will determine if a strip search should be conducted. The
supervisor authorizing the strip search is responsible for ensuring the
search is conducted properly.
Other factors that should be considered in determining whether an
appropriate basis exists for a strip search include the nature of the
crime (i.e., serious violent felony), arrest circumstances, subject’s
reputation (i.e., extremely violent person), acts of violence,
unaccounted “hits” on magnetometers or walk-through metal
detectors, and any discoveries or information from previous
searches of the same individual or others arrested with him/her.

In cases where there is a disagreement between the desk officer and an arresting officer’s
immediate supervisor from an outside command as to whether or not to conduct the strip
search, the desk officer will notify the precinct/police service area/transit district
commanding officer or duty captain. The precinct/police service area/transit district
commanding officer or duty captain will make the final decision whether or not to conduct
the strip search.

(4)

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

A strip search shall be conducted only by a member of the same gender as
the arrested person, in a secure area, in utmost privacy, and in the presence
of only those members of the service reasonably necessary to conduct the
search. In order to achieve a balance between the privacy and
personal dignity concerns of arrestees, the desk officer or supervisor
supervising a strip search shall assign a uniformed member to
conduct the search as follows:
a.
In situations where an arrestee’s gender is not immediately
apparent or an arrestee objects to the gender of the member
assigned to perform the search, the desk officer or supervisor
supervising the search will assign a uniformed member of
the gender requested by the arrestee, consistent with officer
safety and resource availability.
b.
Under no circumstances shall members of the service
conduct searches for the purpose of determining gender.
Additionally, officers shall not ask questions about an
arrestee’s anatomy without a reasonable basis for doing so.
Refer to P.G. 203-10, “Public Contact – Prohibited
Conduct.”

In the event the gender of the officer assigned to conduct the search differs from the gender requested
by the arrestee, the desk officer or supervisor supervising the search shall make a detailed entry in the
Command Log regarding the factors considered in assigning member(s) to conduct the search and
identities of the uniformed member(s) who actually conducts the search.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

(5)

4 of 4

It should not be necessary to touch the subject’s body, except for the
examination of the hair. UNDER NO CONDITIONS SHALL A
BODY CAVITY SEARCH BE CONDUCTED BY ANY MEMBER
OF THE SERVICE. If pursuant to a strip search, any object or foreign
material is visually detected within any body cavity of the suspect, the
desk officer will be notified immediately. The object WILL NOT be
removed without first obtaining a search warrant. Once the search
warrant is obtained, members of the service must seek the assistance of
a medical professional in order to remove the object.
A strip search will not be conducted after a decision is made to void an
arrest or to release the prisoner immediately upon issuance of a summons.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct (P.G. 203-10)
Arrests - Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Arrests - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Arrests - Security Measures (P.G. 208-06)
Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Arrests - License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the Organized Crime
Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-06

ARRESTS - SECURITY MEASURES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

Comply with the provisions of P.G. 208-02, “Arrests-Removal To
Department Facility For Processing”, P.G. 208-03, “Arrests-General
Processing”, P.G. 208-15, “Arrest Report Preparation At Stationhouse”,
and the following:

TRANSPORTING PRISONERS IN DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
ARRESTING/
ESCORTING
OFFICER

When a prisoner is transported in a Department vehicle, the prisoner will be rear
handcuffed, placed in the rear seat and secured with a seat belt on. Seat belts will
be used to secure prisoners, when practical, in non-emergency situations. In
Department vehicles equipped with a fiberglass partition, both the operator and
recorder will ride in the front seat. If the Department vehicle is not equipped with
a fiberglass partition, the recorder will ride in the rear seat, directly behind the
operator, with the prisoner seated on the passenger side of the vehicle.
Transporting members will ensure that:
a.
The handcuffs are double locked.
b.
The prisoner is placed in a position in the rear seat to allow the recorder
to visually monitor the prisoner during transport.
c.
The rear compartment of Department vehicle is examined before and
after prisoner transport.
d.
All personal property (e.g., flashlights, batons, briefcases, etc.) is
removed prior to placing the prisoner inside the Department vehicle.
e.
When the seat belt is being secured on the prisoner by a member, the
other member will remain on the opposite side of the RMP with the rear
door open to be tactically able to assist in the event of an unforeseen
occurrence.
Prisoners will be transported in an RMP equipped with a safety partition
whenever available. In all cases, prisoner(s) will be kept under observation at all
times and both the operator and recorder will be physically present at the
embarkment/disembarkment point of the vehicle to supervise prisoner entry and
exit.

NOTE

Whenever it is necessary to transport/secure prisoners in a marked or unmarked RMP
and the vehicle has child safety locks on the rear door, these locks will be engaged. Most
passenger vehicles are equipped with child safety locks which, when engaged, will
prevent the opening of the rear door from the inside of the vehicle.
The child safety locks are engaged through the operation of a switch located in the door
jamb area of each rear door. On Ford Crown Victoria vehicles, the switch must be slid
to the “Lock On” position. On Chevrolet Impala vehicles, a key or similar device must
be inserted into an opening in the door jamb to move the switch upward. For further
clarification or for directions for other passenger vehicles, the respective owner’s
manual should be reviewed. It is important to note that when child safety locks are

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-06

NOTE
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 6

engaged, the doors are operable only from the outside; however, a passenger can reach
outside the vehicle through an open window and operate the door. It is further
recommended that the child safety locks be disengaged when transporting members of
the service.

TRANSPORTING PRISONERS IN TWELVE PASSENGER VANS
ARRESTING/
ESCORTING
OFFICER

The transportation of prisoners in a twelve passenger van or similar vehicle will
be avoided whenever a RMP with a safety partition is available.
When it is necessary to utilize a twelve passenger van to transport prisoner(s), the
prisoner(s) will be rear handcuffed with handcuffs double locked. The prisoner(s)
will be secured on the second bench seat utilizing the seatbelts. The recorder will
ride on the 1st bench seat. Normally, no more than three prisoners should be
transported at one time (see ADDITIONAL DATA graphic for Seating Plan.)
Select twelve passenger vans are equipped with an electric rear door lock. This
lock will be engaged when prisoners are secured in the vehicle.
When it is necessary to utilize a twelve passenger van to transport more than
three prisoners, e.g. transporting prisoners from a precinct to court, in addition to
the procedures outlined above, leg restraints will be utilized, if available. When
members of the service are utilizing leg restraints, the use of transport chains
may not be necessary and will not be mandated as in Patrol Guide procedure
210-01, “Prisoners General Procedure.” If transport chains are not utilized,
prisoners will be rear handcuffed and handcuffs double locked. No more than
seven prisoners will be transported in this manner and the prisoners will be
secured on the 2nd and 3rd bench seats. The recorder and additional escort
officer(s), if assigned, will ride in the 1st bench seat (see ADDITIONAL DATA
graphic for Seating Plan.)
When utilizing a twelve passenger van to transport/secure prisoners during
SNEU operations, or any other operation where the prisoner(s) may spend
protracted periods of time in the van, all of the above security devices will be
utilized, i.e. handcuffs, leg restraints, door locks, seatbelts, etc., when available.
Prisoners should not be kept in vans for excessive periods of time.
In all cases, the prisoner(s) will be kept under observation at all times and both
the operator and recorder will be physically present at the
embarkment/disembarkment point of the vehicle to supervise prisoner entry and
exit. Whenever prisoners wearing leg restraints are being transported in twelve
passenger vans, members of the service will take care to ensure that the prisoners
enter and exit the van safely. Because of the height of the vans, and the fact that
prisoners wearing leg restraints will generally be rear handcuffed and may have
greater difficulty in breaking their fall should they slip, officers will assist
prisoners into and out of the vans.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-06

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 6

DELIVERING PRISONERS TO DETENTION FACILITY OR
PRE-ARRAIGNMENT
ARRESTING/
ESCORTING
OFFICER

Arresting/escorting officers shall notify attendants or Correction Department
personnel if prisoner(s) offered resistance, exhibited other threatening or
dangerous behavior, attempted suicide or escape. Such notification and behavior
will be recorded in the member’s ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and noted on
the Prisoner Movement Slip, in the “Detention Alert” section.
Leg restraints MUST be used when transporting a prisoner that has refused to be
fingerprinted and for ALL prisoners being transported to a hospital for medical
treatment. If the desk officer determines that extenuating circumstances exist that
preclude placing leg restraints on a prisoner that has refused to be fingerprinted
or is being transported to a hospital for medical treatment, a Command Log entry
will be made detailing the reason why. The use of leg restraints does not replace
the requirement to rear handcuff the prisoner. All procedures detailing the use of
handcuffs remain in effect. When using leg restraints on a prisoner, the escorting
officer is to exercise caution to prevent the prisoner from falling.
Whenever an arresting officer/investigator becomes aware of the need to separate
two or more defendants from one another due to threats made by one defendant
to another, or due to the potential for one defendant to assault another, a notation
will be made at the bottom of each defendant’s Prisoner Movement Slip in the
“Detention Alert” section under the caption “Other (Explain).” The notation must
contain the name and arrest number of the other defendant involved, as well as an
indication as to why separation is deemed necessary (e.g., prisoner had a fight
with the other prisoner; prisoner was threatened by other prisoner, etc.). If
separation is required for confidential or sensitive reasons, such as one prisoner
testified against another, enter the name and telephone number of the arresting
officer/investigator so that further information can be obtained if necessary,
rather than entering the actual reason for the separation. (If detention personnel
are unable to contact the arresting officer/investigator for further information,
they will continue to keep the affected prisoners separated from one another).
In the event that an arrest processing officer or escorting officer becomes aware
that a conflict exists between prisoners requiring their separation, the officer
must:
a.
Inform the arresting officer/investigator of the circumstances in order that
the latter may make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips, OR
b.
Personally make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips which should
then be brought to the attention of the Court Section personnel for entry
on the courthouse generated movement slips.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-06

ARRESTING/
ESCORTING
OFFICER
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 6

The information entered on the Prisoner Movement Slip prepared at the
precinct must also be entered on the computerized movement slip generated at
the courthouse when the prisoner is photographed. In addition to the notation on
the movement slip, the arresting officer/investigator/escorting officer will notify
the concerned borough court section supervisor.
Members of the service assigned to prisoner detention functions at the precinct
and at the courthouse must examine and be guided by the information contained
in the “Detention Alert” caption on each Prisoner Movement Slip regarding
separating prisoners, etc.
Department policy prohibits the carrying of firearms within detention facilities.
Therefore, when delivering prisoners for pre-arraignment processing, arresting/
transporting officers must:
a.
Respond to the appropriate borough court section intake area with
required arrest related documents, and enter with prisoner(s) to be
processed.
b.
Upon entering facility, immediately secure firearms in designated
Department locker as directed by assigned Department personnel.
c.
Upon completion of police duties within the detention facility, the
uniformed member will retrieve the firearm from the location where it
was secured prior to leaving the facility.
When delivering prisoners to the Manhattan Court Section at the rear of 100
Centre Street, uniformed members of the service are to secure their firearms in
the Department of Correction security booth located in the intake sally port area.
The court section locations are as follows:
MANHATTAN COURT SECTION - Rear of 100 Centre Street (at Baxter Street)
MIDTOWN COMMUNITY COURT – 314 West 54th Street (Midtown North Pct.)
BROOKLYN COURT SECTION - Rear of 120 Schermerhorn Street (State St.)
QUEENS COURT SECTION - 125-01 Queens Boulevard
BRONX COURT SECTION - 215 East 161st Street
STATEN ISLAND COURT SECTION - 78 Richmond Terrace (120th Pct. 2nd Fl.)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-06

ARRESTING/
ESCORTING
OFFICER
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 6

Uniformed members of the service at the scene of an incident at which a prisoner
is acting in a deranged, erratic manner apparently caused by a drug overdose, i.e.,
cocaine psychosis, angel dust, heroin overdose, etc., will request the response of
the supervisor on patrol, if an ambulance is not immediately available. The
supervisor will determine if prisoner should be removed to the appropriate
hospital by utilizing a Department vehicle or await the arrival of an ambulance.
The prisoner is not to be brought to a police facility.
Cocaine induced psychosis or other illegal drug usage may cause violent
behavior which may be a means of self-defense against imagined persecutors. In
addition to paranoia, the individual may experience visual, auditory, or tactile
(e.g., bugs crawling under the skin, etc.), hallucinations, high body temperature
and seizures. Since sudden death may ensue, uniformed members of the service
are reminded to have such person brought to an appropriate hospital facility and
NOT TO A POLICE FACILITY.
Absent unusual circumstances, and when an unoccupied detention cell is
available, prisoners who are being processed and require the use of toilet
facilities will utilize those located within precinct detention cells. Detention cell
facilities chosen must be fully operational (e.g., toilets, alarm and cell lock in
working condition). Prisoners will be escorted by a uniformed member of the
service of the same sex. All Department directives relative to prisoner security
guidelines remain in effect.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Seating Plan
Up to 3 Prisoners

Side Door
* Rear door must be locked to ensure prisoners do not escape.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-06

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 6

Seating Plan
Up to 7 Prisoners

Side Door
* Maximum transport of prisoners is 7 prisoners for 12 passenger vans.
* Rear door must be locked to ensure prisoners do not escape.
* Assign additional escort officer as necessary.
FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrests - Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Arrests - General Processing (P.G.208-03)
Arrest - General Search Guidelines (P.G. 208-05)
Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Arrests - License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the Organized
Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-07

PHOTOGRAPHABLE OFFENSES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To obtain official Department photographs of persons arrested for felonies and
certain misdemeanors.

PROCEDURE

Follow normal arrest procedure and, in addition:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Photographs are no longer required for criminal possession of a weapon in the fourth
degree if the weapon is NOT a firearm.

Have photographs taken of persons arrested when such persons are
charged with any felony, including “juvenile offenders” as defined in the
Penal Law, Section 10, sub. 18, or any of the following misdemeanors:
a.
Criminal possession of a weapon, 4th degree, firearm only,
(Section 265.01, Penal Law)

b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Manufacture, transport, disposition and defacement of weapons and
dangerous instruments and appliances (Section 265.10, Penal Law)
Prohibited use of weapons (Section 265.35, Penal Law, sub. 1 and 3)
Jostling (165.25, Penal Law)
Fraudulent accosting (Section 165.30, Penal Law) except if
specifically charged with operating a “Three Card Monte” game
Sexual abuse, 2nd degree (Section 130.60, Penal Law)
Criminal impersonation, 2nd degree (Section 190.25, Penal Law, sub. 3)
Promoting prostitution, 4th degree (Section 230.20, Penal Law)
Loitering for the purpose of promoting prostitution (Section
240.37, Penal Law, sub. 3)
Prostitution (Section 230.00, Penal Law)
Patronizing a prostitute, 3rd degree (Section 230.04, Penal Law)
Patronizing a prostitute, 4th degree (Section 230.03, Penal Law)
Trademark counterfeiting, 3rd degree (Section 165.71, Penal Law)
Arson, 5th degree (Section 150.01, Penal Law).

An official Department photograph is taken by a member of the Photo Unit for any
felony or selected misdemeanor above. In addition, official Department photographs will
continue to be taken of adults arrested for Making Graffiti and Possession of Graffiti
Instruments when such persons do not qualify for a Desk Appearance Ticket.
A photograph taken at a Department facility is for identification purposes only and does
not satisfy the requirements of this procedure.
A hospitalized prisoner who is charged with a photographable misdemeanor may be
issued a Desk Appearance Ticket, if eligible, and criminal photographs will NOT be
taken.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-08

FINGERPRINTABLE AND PALMPRINTABLE OFFENSES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To establish positive identification of persons arrested and provide arraignment
court with prior criminal record.

PROCEDURE

Follow normal arrest procedure and:

ARRESTING
OFFICER/
ARREST
PROCESSING
OFFICER

1.

NOTE

School grounds consist of any building or property within the property line of a public,
private or parochial school from elementary up to and including high school or within a
thousand feet of the property line of such school (Penal Law Section 220.00, subdivision 14).

Fingerprint and palmprint person arrested utilizing Livescan as indicated below:
a.
Adult prisoners if charged with:
(1)
Felony
(2)
Misdemeanor as defined in Penal Law
(3)
Misdemeanor defined outside the Penal Law which would
constitute a felony if such person was previously convicted of a
crime
(4)
Loitering for purpose of engaging in prostitution - Section
240.37, subdivision 2, Penal Law.
b.
Juvenile Offender - A person less than 16 years of age taken into
custody and charged with a felony as indicated:
(1)
13, 14 and 15 years of age charged with Murder 2nd
Degree (Section 125.25, subdivisions 1 and 2)
(2)
14 or 15 years of age charged with Murder 2nd Degree
(Felony Murder - subdivision 3) if the underlying felony is
listed in subdivision (3), items (a) through (k) below.
(3)
14 or 15 years of age and charged with:
(a)
Assault 1st Degree - Section 120.10, subdivisions 1 and 2
(b)
Manslaughter 1st Degree - Section 125.20
(c)
Rape 1st Degree - Section 130.35, subdivisions 1 and 2
(d)
Criminal Sexual Act 1st Degree - Section 130.50,
subdivisions 1 and 2
(e)
Kidnapping 1st Degree - Section 135.25
(f)
Burglary 1st Degree - Section 140.30 AND
Burglary 2nd Degree Section 140.25, subdivision 1
(g)
Arson 1st and 2nd Degrees - Sections 150.20 and 150.15
(h)
Robbery 1st Degree - Section 160.15 AND
Robbery 2nd Degree Section 160.10, subdivision 2
(i)
Aggravated Sexual Abuse 1st Degree - Section 130.70
(j)
Attempted Murder 2nd Degree - Section 110.00;
Section 125.25 OR Attempted Kidnapping 1st
Degree - Section 110.00; Section 135.25.
(k)
Criminal Possession of a Weapon 2nd Degree Section 265.03 OR Criminal Possession of a
Weapon 3rd Degree - Section 265.02, subdivision 4,
and the offense takes place on school grounds.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-08

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

ARRESTING
OFFICER/
ARREST
PROCESSING
OFFICER
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Other Juvenile (not classified Juvenile Offenders)
(1)
11 years of age or older - charged with an A or B felony
(2)
13 years of age or older - charged with any felony.

Fingerprints and palmprints may be taken if the arresting/assisting officer is unable to ascertain
prisoner’s identity, if officer reasonably suspects that the identity given by the prisoner is not
accurate or if the officer reasonably suspects that the person is wanted by another law
enforcement officer or agency for the commission of another offense.

2.

3.

Take one clear front view Polaroid photo of juvenile and on the reverse
side enter the following information:
a.
Name of juvenile
b.
Date of birth
c.
Mother’s full name, include maiden name
d.
Date and precinct of arrest
e.
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) and arrest number and
crime(s) charged.
Forward photograph promptly in sealed envelope to the Identification
Section, Youth Records Unit, Room 606, Police Headquarters.

NOTE

If juvenile is taken directly to Family Court, a member of the borough court section or
arresting/assigned officer will take fingerprints and photo and forward as above.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Whenever prisoners must be fingerprinted and palmprinted, photographs may also be taken.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Photographable Offenses (P.G. 208-07)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-09

RIGHTS OF PERSONS TAKEN INTO CUSTODY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

PURPOSE

To advise persons taken into custody of their constitutional rights.

PROCEDURE

Prior to questioning a person taken into custody:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

1 of 3

Inform such person of the following constitutional rights (Miranda
Warnings):
a.
You have the right to remain silent and refuse to answer any
questions. Do you understand?
b.
Anything you say may be used against you in a court of law. Do
you understand?
c.
You have the right to consult an attorney before speaking to the
police and to have an attorney present during any questioning now
or in the future. Do you understand?
d.
If you cannot afford an attorney, one will be provided for you
without cost. Do you understand?
e.
If you do not have an attorney available, you have the right to
remain silent until you have an opportunity to consult one. Do
you understand?
f.
Now that I have advised you of your rights, are you willing to
answer questions?
Explain any portion of the rights that the person in custody does not understand.
a.
If the person in custody and/or the parents/guardians of a juvenile in custody
appear to have difficulty understanding/communicating in English, the member
of the service concerned should comply with P.G. 212-90, “Guidelines for
Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons.” If the prisoner
and/or the parents/guardians of a juvenile in custody appear to be hearing
impaired, the member of the service concerned should comply with P.G. 212104, “Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons.” The use of a bilingual
employee or the Language Initiative Program is the preferential method for
interpretation when interacting with a prisoner. It is recommended that
certified members of the Language Initiative Program be used for custodial
interrogations. Appropriate command log entries will be made when
interpretation services are utilized.

3.
4.
NOTE

Cease interrogation if subject wants an attorney or wishes to remain silent.
Contact attorney for person in custody.

Before questioning juveniles, both the juvenile and the parent/guardian must be read
Miranda warnings by utilizing MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR JUVENILE
INTERROGATIONS (PD244-1413). The juvenile may be questioned if he/she waives these
rights in the presence of the parent/guardian. The parent/guardian does not have to
separately waive the rights; they only need to be advised of such rights. If, however, the
parent/guardian objects to the questioning or requests an attorney for the juvenile, no
questioning should occur, even if the juvenile is willing to answer questions.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED

5.

NOTE

If an attorney states that he represents a prisoner but does not know the identity of the
prisoner, he will not be permitted to interview him.

6.
7.

8.

Inform prisoner of presence of attorney and ask if he wants to see the
attorney.

Permit interview to be conducted in muster room for a reasonable time.
Assign uniformed member of the service to keep prisoner and attorney
under continuous observation at all times. Ensure that no objects are
passed between the prisoner and the attorney.
Enter under “Details” of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET(PD244-159):
a.
Name, address and phone number of attorney and identity of
person who retained him
b.
If interview was conducted
c.
Time of attorney’s arrival and departure.

IF INTERVIEW WAS CONDUCTED AT BOROUGH COURT SECTION
FACILITY OR AT A PRECINCT OTHER THAN THE PRECINCT OF ARREST
DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED

9.
10.
11.

Notify the desk officer of precinct of arrest giving required information.
Make a Command Log entry of interview and notification.
Record information in the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET or ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157).

IF A REQUEST IS RECEIVED FROM AN ATTORNEY SEEKING THE
LOCATION OF A CLIENT WHO HAS BEEN ARRESTED AND IS IN
CUSTODY OF THIS DEPARTMENT
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

12.

NOTE

If Telephone Record is not maintained in command, entry will be made as directed by
commanding officer.

DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED

Record contents of message in Telephone Record including:
a.
Time, name, address and phone number of attorney, name of
person arrested, and any other facts which may assist in locating
prisoner.

13.

Request Communications Section to transmit FINEST message to all
commands advising that the particular defendant is represented by counsel.

14.
15.

Determine if prisoner is detained in stationhouse/Department facility.
Direct interrogating officers concerned to cease interrogation and permit
prisoner to contact attorney, if prisoner is located in precinct/ Department
facility.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-09

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

A uniformed member of the service who has information concerning the whereabouts of
the prisoner will communicate with the desk officer (or counterpart) of his command. The
desk officer will notify the originator of the FINEST Message.
Guidelines listed in steps 12 through 15 apply only in those situations where an attorney
initiated an inquiry seeking to locate a client who was arrested and with whom he has
had no prior contact in this arrest situation.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-10

ALTERNATE PROCEDURE FOR ARREST NUMBER
GENERATION AS A RESULT OF COMPUTER FAILURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To set guidelines for arrest number generation when computer system (On Line
Booking System) becomes disabled.

PROCEDURE

When the On Line Booking System becomes disabled, uniformed members of
the service assigned to commands participating in “local arrest processing” that
require an arrest number will:

NOTE

Commands that currently issue arrest numbers for DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS
(PD260-121) will not follow this procedure. Instead, arrest numbers for DESK
APPEARANCE TICKETS will be issued by commands concerned when On Line
Booking System becomes operational.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

1.

2.

Direct member of the service assigned to input arrest data entries
(PF1/PF3), if the On Line Booking System becomes disabled in a
command’s computer at any time, to:
a.
Immediately notify the Management Information Systems Division,
Help Desk to attempt to correct problem.
Ascertain from member assigned to Management Information Systems
Division, Help Desk, when problem is not correctable:
a.
If problem is limited to the command or is citywide, AND
b.
Anticipated period of time that the On Line Booking System will
be disabled.

IF ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM IS DOWN IN COMMAND OF ARREST ONLY:
DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

3.

Instruct member assigned to input arrest data to have arrest number generated,
via landline, by an adjoining precinct whose system is operational.
a.
Continue to follow command’s current “local arrest processing”
procedures.

IF ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM IS DOWN CITYWIDE:
DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

4.

Contact supervisor at borough central booking facility concerned.

IF M.I.S.D. INDICATES THAT THE ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM IS
DOWN CITYWIDE AND RESTORATION OF THE SYSTEM IS NOT
IMMINENT:
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

5.

Institute manual arrest processing mode, which includes:
a.
Issuance of arrest numbers from an “arrest log” book to
arresting/assigned uniformed members of the service via landline.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-10

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

These arrest numbers are identified as a two hundred thousand series, i.e., M97200001.

b.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

Have notifications made to Division of Criminal Justice Services
(DCJS) in Albany to determine next sequential Fax number.

NOTE

Completed Fingerprint Charts are to be issued sequential Fax control numbers
indicated by DCJS and sent to Albany for processing.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

6.

NOTE

Arresting/assigned uniformed members will remain at command and continue to process
arrest for affidavit preparation as set forth by existing local arrest processing
procedures. Fingerprint charts must be delivered within three hours of arrest.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Precincts of arrest are responsible for back data entry once On Line Booking System
comes back on-line. Therefore, a copy of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET will be retained and kept available at the desk for entry of arrest data
(PF9/PF3), when On Line Booking System becomes operational.

7.

Have information requested on required Fingerprint Charts neatly printed
by arresting/assigned uniformed member of the service.
Have copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) (complete with issued manual arrest
number), all completed Fingerprint Charts, Prisoner Movement Slip
(Misc. 2011A) and prisoner delivered, without delay, by other than
arresting officer, to appropriate facility (e.g., Midtown Community
Court, 25th Precinct Hub-Site, etc.,) as indicated in current local arrest
processing procedures.

“PF9” data entry is identical to “PF1” but forces On Line Booking System to accept
previously issued manual arrest number in lieu of computer generated arrest number.
FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-11

ARREST PROCESSING - "LIVESCAN" FINGERPRINTING
AND PALMPRINTING
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To set forth guidelines for the utilization of the “LIVESCAN” computer fingerprinting and
palmprinting system.

PROCEDURE

In all arrest situations whenever a prisoner is required to be fingerprinted and
palmprinted, except bedside arraignment of a hospitalized prisoner, or a
hospitalized prisoner who may be eligible for a Desk Appearance Ticket, utilize
the “LIVESCAN” computerized fingerprinting and palmprinting system and:

NOTE

To maintain a high quality of fingerprints and palmprints, operation of the
“LIVESCAN” machine should be performed by the command’s designated arrest
processing officer, if applicable, or a member of the service appropriately trained to
operate the machine. Also, appropriately trained investigators of the NYS Attorney
General’s Office will be permitted to use the LIVESCAN machine.

ARREST
PROCESSING
OFFICER/
DESIGNATED
MEMBER

1.

NOTE

2.

The check digit is necessary for operation of the “LIVESCAN” computerized
fingerprinting system and subsequent transmission of fingerprints/palmprints.

3.

NOTE

Generate arrest number through the On Line Booking System (OLBS).
a.
Ensure proper “ARREST PROCESSING TYPE” code is entered during
On Line Booking System data entry.
Record the check digit that appears on the On Line Booking System
terminal screen at the completion of the PF-3 data entries, onto the top
right corner of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORK
SHEET (PD244-159).
a.
Retrieve the arrest’s check digit through the “BADS” computer
system if the check digit was not recorded.

Immediately proceed to begin fingerprinting and palmprinting upon completion of
On Line Booking System data entries (PF1/PF3), utilizing “LIVESCAN” machine
as follows:
a.
Ensure both the prisoner’s hands and the scanner platens of the
“LIVESCAN” machine are clean and dry.
(1)
Use “Pre-Scan Pad” to moisten prisoner’s fingers and
palms, if excessively dry.
b.
Enter arrest number with check digit into “LIVESCAN” computer.

Once arrest number (with check digit) is entered into the “LIVESCAN” computer, all
pertinent arrest information is automatically downloaded to the “LIVESCAN” computer
from original On Line Booking System data entries. If this information is not
transferred to “LIVESCAN,” information must be re-sent through “BADS” as follows:
 Select #1, “ARREST REPORT PRINTOUTS,” from “BADS” main menu.
 Enter arrest number, when prompted.
 Move cursor to caption, “LIVESCAN RESEND,” and mark field with an “X” and
enter. (Message at bottom of screen will read, “RECORD HAS BEEN
TRANSFERRED FOR LIVESCAN.”)
 Return to “LIVESCAN” machine and restart process.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-11

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

ARREST
PROCESSING
OFFICER/
DESIGNATED
MEMBER
(continued)

d.

e.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 5

Fingerprint plain (flat) impressions of the four fingers minus
the thumb on large scanner platen and the thumbs on the small
scanner platen and press “SCAN.”
(1)
The four fingers of each hand must be placed on an angle
on scanner platen, with special attention to the pinky finger.
(2)
Press “SAVE,” after plain impression has been completed
and hand is removed from scanner platen.
Fingerprint individual fingers on small scanner platen centering
the core of each finger on the cross lines indicated on the left
screen of the “LIVESCAN” machine.
(1)
Ensure proper sequence as indicated by left screen
prompts.
(2)
Roll each finger to one side as indicated by direction
arrows on “LIVESCAN” machine and press “SCAN.”
(a)
INDIVIDUAL FINGERS MUST BE ROLLED.
(3)
Press “SAVE,” after roll has been completed and finger is
removed from scanner platen, if image is acceptable.
(a)
Press “SCAN” which erases former image, if
image is unacceptable, and print finger again.
Palmprint palms (2) and writer’s palms on large platen and press
“SCAN”.

Appropriate notations must be entered in “LIVESCAN” computer when fingers or palms
are unable to be adequately printed for any reason, (i.e., “MISS,” “AMP,” “INJ,”
“SCAR,” etc.). This information is to be entered in designated fingerprint box.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS A FINGERPRINT BOX TO BE LEFT BLANK.

4.

Check transmit queue of “LIVESCAN” computer to ascertain if prints are
being transmitted, when completed.
a.
The “ACTIVITY LOG” function displays a list of records
transmitted for the previous seventy-two hours.

NOTE

Complete “LIVESCAN” processing of a prisoner should not exceed three hours from the
time of arrest, unless exigent circumstances exist.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR,
ARREST
PROCESSING
SITE

5.

NOTE

Overrides will only be done AFTER four attempts have been made to roll an acceptable
print. When supervisor concurs that the rejected print is the best that can be taken (i.e.,
finger burnt, disfigured, etc.), the “LIVESCAN” operator will “ANNOTATE” the
rejection (ADD NOTE), into the “LIVESCAN” computer system.

Authorize any “override” of “LIVESCAN” prints taken.
a.
Make appropriate Command Log entries detailing the reasons for
the override.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

WHEN PRISONER REFUSES TO BE FINGERPRINTED/PALMPRINTED OR IS
REMOVED TO THE HOSPITAL:
DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR,
ARREST
PROCESSING
SITE

6.

7.

8.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

9.

Notify the Borough Court Section supervisor concerned immediately if the prisoner
refuses to be fingerprinted/palmprinted or is removed to the hospital.
a.
Be guided by the instructions of the Borough Court Section supervisor.
Provide the Borough Court Section supervisor with the following
information:
a.
Prisoner’s name
b.
Prisoner’s arrest number
c.
Prisoner’s fax control number (if available).
d.
Date/time of prisoner’s refusal to be fingerprinted/palmprinted.
e.
Date/time that the prisoner was removed to the hospital.
f.
Name of hospital and admission number (where warranted).
Note the prisoner’s refusal to be fingerprinted/palmprinted as
follows:
a.
Make entry on the computer generated prisoner movement slip.
b.
Prepare REFUSED PRINTS REPORT (PD223-122).
c.
Make a command log entry detailing the prisoner’s refusal to be
fingerprinted/palmprinted.
Instruct the desk officer/supervisor making the notification to:
a.
Proceed with the arrest processing.
b.
Complete all other arrest related procedures and paperwork.
c.
Request prisoner’s cooperation to be fingerprinted/palmprinted
upon completion of all other arrest related procedures.

IF PRISONER COMPLIES:
DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR,
ARREST
PROCESSING
SITE

10.

Have prisoner fingerprinted/palmprinted at the command via
LIVESCAN.
a.
Complete REFUSED PRINTS REPORT and verify.
b.
Make additional entries on movement slip and in Command Log
indicating prisoner’s decision.
c.
Enclose REFUSED PRINTS REPORT with arrest package.

IF PRISONER STILL REFUSES:
DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR,
ARREST
PROCESSING
SITE

11.

Proceed as in steps “10a-10c” above.
a.
Place leg restraints on prisoner and direct that prisoner be brought
directly to the Borough Court Section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

Leg restraints MUST be used when transporting a prisoner that has refused to be
fingerprinted and palmprinted. If the desk officer determines that extenuating
circumstances exist that preclude placing leg restraints on a prisoner that has refused to
be fingerprinted and palmprinted, a Command Log entry will be made detailing the
reason why. The use of leg restraints does not replace the requirement to rear handcuff
the prisoner. All procedures detailing the use of handcuffs remain in effect. When using
leg restraints on a prisoner, the escorting officer is to exercise caution to prevent the
prisoner from falling.

NOTE

WHEN PRISONER THAT REFUSES TO BE FINGERPRINTED/
PALMPRINTED ARRIVES AT THE BOROUGH COURT SECTION:
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

12.

Question the prisoner and verify that he/she refuses to be fingerprinted/
palmprinted.

IF PRISONER COMPLIES:
13.
14.

Direct that prisoner be fingerprinted/palmprinted via LIVESCAN.
Make an entry indicating compliance:
a.
In the Command Log.
b.
On the prisoner movement slip.
c.
On the REFUSED PRINTS REPORT and verify.

IF PRISONER CONTINUES TO REFUSE TO BE FINGERPRINTED/
PALMPRINTED:
15.
16.
17.
18.

Lodge prisoner at the Borough Court Section throughout the arraignment
process.
Make Command Log entry noting the refusal.
Complete the REFUSED PRINTS REPORT and verify.
Have appropriate “NOTEPAD” data entries and corresponding
“UNARRAIGNED DISPOSITION” field entered into “OLPA”
computer system immediately.

NOTE

A prisoner who refuses to be fingerprinted and palmprinted will not leave the court
section facility and be sent to another command for lodging. However, if such a prisoner
is in need of medical attention, he/she may be brought to a health care facility for
treatment.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The “LIVESCAN” machine should remain “ON” and the scanner covers of the machine
“CLOSED, ” when not in use. If “LIVESCAN” becomes inoperable, immediately notify
the Management Information Systems Division (MISD) HELP DESK and if necessary
be guided by P.G. 208-12, “Alternate Procedures For Fingerprint and Palmprint
Processing In The Event of Computer Failure.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-11

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

The “LIVESCAN” machine must be “recalibrated” at least once per tour to ensure that prints
transmitted are acceptable to the Identification Section and the Division of Criminal Justice
Services (i.e., not too dark or too light, etc.). Busy commands must “recalibrate” more frequently.
The “LIVESCAN” machine scanner platens must be cleaned after each prisoner is
fingerprinted and palmprinted. The “LIVESCAN” machine is to be cleaned only with
authorized cleaning materials, (i.e., “Windex with Ammonia D,” “Lithopads”). These
materials, in addition to “Pre-Scan Pads,” may be requisitioned from the Quartermaster
Section.
If the “LIVESCAN” computer becomes inoperable because of damage to the machine,
particularly to the scanner platen, the vendor will replace the damaged scanner platen and
deliver it to the Management Information Systems Division. In circumstances in which there is
suspicion of intentional damage, the desk officer will make an entry in the Command Log and
initiate an investigation (see P.G. 202-14, “Desk Officer”). Any evidence of intentional
damage to any machine will result in an immediate investigation and appropriate action.
Routine operational inquiries concerning “LIVESCAN” and the On Line Booking System
should be directed to the borough Court Section concerned, twenty-four hours, seven days
a week, OR the Criminal Justice Bureau during business hours.
Technical problems and “LIVESCAN” outages are to be referred to the Management
Information Systems Division (MISD) HELP DESK.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Fingerprintable and Palmprintable Offenses (P.G. 208-08)
Alternate Procedures For Fingerprint and Palmprint Processing Due To Computer System Failure
(P.G. 208-12)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
REFUSED PRINTS REPORTS (PD223-122)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-12

ALTERNATE PROCEDURE FOR FINGERPRINT AND PALMPRINT
PROCESSING DUE TO COMPUTER SYSTEM FAILURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To set guidelines for fingerprint and palmprint processing should the
“LIVESCAN” System become disabled.

DEFINITION

“LIVESCAN” System - the electronic transmitting of fingerprints and palmprints
via computer.

NOTE

Since “LIVESCAN’s” operation is fully dependent on the On Line Booking System
(OLBS), if the On Line Booking System becomes disabled, “LIVESCAN” becomes
inoperable. Additionally, if the On Line Booking System becomes disabled, uniformed
members of the service concerned will comply with the guidelines for arrest number
generation (see P.G. 208-10, “Alternate Procedure for Arrest Number Generation As A
Result Of Computer Failure.”)

PROCEDURE

When the “LIVESCAN” System becomes disabled:

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

1.

2.

Have arresting/assigned officer immediately notify the Management
Information Systems Division, Help Desk, if “LIVESCAN” becomes
disabled at any time, to attempt to correct problem.
Ascertain from member assigned to Management Information Systems Division,
Help Desk, when member concerned indicates that problem is not correctable:
a.
If problem is limited to the command or is borough/citywide, AND
b.
Anticipated period of time that the “LIVESCAN” System will be disabled.

IF “LIVESCAN” SYSTEM IS DISABLED COMMAND OF ARREST ONLY:
DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

3.

Have uniformed members of the service, other than arresting officer,
transport defendant to an adjoining precinct where “LIVESCAN” System
is operational and fingerprint/palmprint defendant.

IF “LIVESCAN” SYSTEM IS DISABLED BOROUGH/CITYWIDE:
DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

4.

Contact borough Court Section supervisor concerned and be guided by
supervisor’s instructions.

IF THE DECISION IS MADE TO REVERT TO USING INK TO FINGERPRINT
AND PALMPRINT PRISONERS:
NOTE

Decisions to ink print prisoners will be made on a case by case basis by the borough Court
Section supervisor concerned in the event that LIVESCAN is disabled borough/citywide for an
extended period of time and restoration of the system is not imminent. The supervisor at the
Management Information Systems Division, Help Desk and the supervisor at the Criminal
Justice Bureau will be conferred with prior to instructing personnel to ink print prisoners. It
should be noted that the preferred course of action is to wait until the LIVESCAN System once
again becomes operational and then fingerprint and palmprint the prisoner using LIVESCAN.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-12

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

5.

Instruct desk officer/supervisor, command concerned, to ink print
defendant(s) on appropriate fingerprint and palmprint charts.
a.
Have fingerprints and palmprints forwarded expeditiously to the
borough Court Section concerned for processing.

NOTE

If the On Line Booking System is disabled, instruct desk officer/supervisor concerned to
have arresting/assigned officer neatly print required information on the fingerprint and
palmprint charts before they are delivered to the borough Court Section concerned for
processing.

6.

Have Court Section personnel available and ready to process ink
fingerprints and palmprints, including:
a.
Backing up of fingerprint and palmprint charts, and
b.
Transmission of those fingerprints and palmprints to Albany via
the court site “Fax-4” machine.
c.
Transmission of those fingerprints and palmprints to the
Identification Section via the court site “Fax-4” machine.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

7.

Instruct arresting/assigned officer to ink print defendant(s) on appropriate
fingerprint and palmprint charts.
Have fingerprint and palmprint charts delivered, by other than arresting/
assigned officer, with a copy of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), to Borough Court Section
concerned, NO LATER THAN THREE HOURS AFTER THE TIME OF
ARREST.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Commanding officers of arresting commands and borough Court Sections must ensure
that an adequate supply of materials needed to ink print defendants is readily available,
including:
FBI Fingerprint Charts (FD 249)
New York State Fingerprint Charts (DCJS-2)
CRIMINAL FINGERPRINT RECORDS (PD223-141)
CRIMINAL PALMPRINT RECORDS (PD223-141a)
Inquiry Charts (DCJS-6)
Juvenile Charts (DCJS-4)
Ink and ink rollers
Ink Fingerprint Station.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Alternate Procedure For Arrest Number Generation As A Result Of Computer System
Failure (P.G. 208-10)
Arrest Processing-Livescan Fingerprinting and Palmprinting (P.G. 208-11)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CRIMINAL FINGERPRINT RECORD (PD223-141)
CRIMINAL PALMPRINT RECORD (PD223-141a)
FBI Fingerprint Chart (FD249)
Inquiry Chart (DCJS-6)
Juvenile Chart (DCJS-4)
New York State Fingerprint Chart (DCJS-2)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

8.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-13

ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To outline those instances that require a uniformed member of the service to
complete an ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157).

PROCEDURE

This form will be prepared by uniformed members of the service to:
1.
Record additional information when there is insufficient space under “Details” on
an ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
2.
Report additional details after an ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET has been prepared such as:
a.
Change in offense charged
b.
Identity of previously unidentified prisoner
c.
Re-arrest on a bench warrant
d.
Prisoner forfeits bail
e.
Prisoner re-arrested for same offense for which bail was forfeited
f.
Prisoner released on reasonable belief he did not commit the crime
g.
Attorney visits prisoner
h.
Hospitalized prisoner visited by an authorized person, (see P.G.
210-02, “Hospitalized Prisoner”). The SUPPLEMENT
containing the list of all visits will be distributed when the prisoner is released from the hospital.
i.
Prisoner released from hospital. (If the prisoner is under eighteen include
notifications to prisoner’s parent or guardian and the arresting officer.)
j.
Hospitalized prisoner issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET.
k.
Prisoner is released to the custody of a member of the Collision
Investigation Squad to permit examination of a vehicle involved
in a collision which resulted in death, serious injury and likely to
die, or critical injury to an individual.
l.
Child released from a place of detention
m.
Clothing removed from a homicide victim for examination at the
Forensic Investigation Division
n.
Delineating the circumstances surrounding the additional charge
of bribery, in situations where the arresting officer is not the
uniformed member offered the bribe in arrest situations

NOTE

In those instances when a detective squad member will add charges for offenses previously
recorded on a COMPLAINT REPORT to a prisoner arrested by a member of the Patrol
Services Bureau, or has effected an arrest and is going to add additional charges for
offenses previously recorded on a COMPLAINT REPORT (i.e.: robbery pattern, burglary
pattern etc.), the detective squad member will follow the arrest procedure in Patrol Guide
208-74, “Arrest Processing Of Persons Wanted For Multiple Incidents.”
When a detective squad member effects the arrest of a person with more than one
outstanding indictment warrant, the detective squad member will follow the arrest
procedure in Patrol Guide 208-74, “Arrest Processing Of Persons Wanted For Multiple
Incidents”.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Do not prepare an ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT in a case in which a prisoner’s
original and additional arrest charge(s) occur in different geographical boroughs prior
to arraignment, OR, when the initial arrest charge is for a non-fingerprintable offense,
OR, when the prisoner has been arraigned and an additional arrest charge(s) is
forthcoming. In both of these cases, the member of the service filing the additional
arrest charge(s) must issue a new arrest number, re-print the prisoner via LIVESCAN,
and make an immediate notification to the borough Court Section supervisor concerned.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Arrest Processing Of Persons Wanted For Multiple Incidents (P.G. 208-74)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-14

ARREST BY UNIFORMED MEMBER OUTSIDE CITY
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To report an arrest effected by a uniformed member of the service outside New
York City but within New York State.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service effects an arrest outside New York
City when not specifically assigned or ordered:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Comply with arrest procedures of police agency having jurisdiction.
Notify Operations Unit immediately of all facts including:
a.
Time and date of occurrence
b.
Place of occurrence
c.
Location of uniformed member concerned at time of notification
d.
Manner in which member became involved
e.
Identity of all parties involved in incident, including local police
authorities
f.
Complete details
g.
Injury to uniformed member concerned or any other person
h.
Identity and statements of witnesses.

OPERATIONS
UNIT MEMBER

3.
4.

Notify commanding officer of uniformed member concerned.
Direct duty captain assigned to Patrol Borough Queens North/South or
Bronx, as appropriate, to respond to place of occurrence, if within
residence counties, conduct investigation and have UNUSUAL
OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152) prepared.

DUTY
CAPTAIN

5.
6.

Respond to location within residence counties and conduct investigation.
Prepare UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT, LINE OF DUTY
INJURY REPORT (PD429-154) and ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY
INVOLVED (PD301-155) if required.

NOTE

The Operations Unit will, based upon circumstances, determine if a duty captain will
respond to an incident involving an arrest effected by a uniformed member of the service
outside the residence counties.

ARRESTING
OFFICER’S
C.O.

7.

Direct desk officer to make entry in Telephone Record concerning
notification of incident from Operations Unit.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

8.

Prepare report with all pertinent information and submit to commanding
officer as soon as possible.

COMMANDING 9.
10.
OFFICER
CONCERNED

Prepare detailed report of incident for Chief of Department.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau if investigation, other than in relation to
sickness or injury, is required.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-14

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

COMMANDING 11.
OFFICER
CONCERNED
(continued)

2 of 2

Forward detailed report with copy of arresting officer’s report attached to:
a.
Chief of Department - direct (two copies)
b.
Chief of Personnel - (one copy)
c.
Each intermediate command - (one copy) and
d.
File - (one copy).

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155)
LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Outside City In Residence Counties (P.G. 205-06)
Accidents and Collisions – City Involved (P.G. 217-04)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-15

ARREST REPORT PREPARATION AT STATIONHOUSE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process an arrest at a stationhouse.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is ready to process an arrest after
completing the initial appearance before the desk officer:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.

Direct arresting officer to remove prisoner to arrest processing area, or
location in the stationhouse SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED as suitable
for interrogation of juveniles, as appropriate.
Direct arrest processing officer, if available, to assist arresting officer.

NOTE

The arrest processing officer will fingerprint and palmprint prisoner (LIVESCAN) and assist
the arresting officer by providing arrest-related forms, taking photographs, and
conducting necessary warrant checks. Also, appropriately trained investigators of the
NYS Attorney General’s Office will be permitted to use the LIVESCAN, OMNIFORM
and the Digital Camera Capture Station systems.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

3.

NOTE

If individual in custody is wanted for multiple incidents, comply with provisions of Patrol
Guide 208-74, “Arrest Processing of Persons Wanted for Multiple Incidents.”

IMMEDIATELY prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
a.
Ensure that COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), etc., case numbers are indicated.
b.
Indicate “yes” and the appropriate language under the caption “Is
interpreter needed for further investigation” on the ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159),
if
the
prisoner
has
apparent
difficulty
understanding/communicating in English, regardless of whether or
not further investigation is required.

4.

Comply with P.G. 214-07, “Cases for Legal Action Program,” if applicable,
which ensures that all New York City Public Housing residents who are arrested
pursuant to the execution of a search warrant where contraband is recovered or
arrested for a designated crime committed on the grounds of any New York City Public
Housing Development are targeted for possible eviction proceedings.

DESK OFFICER 5.

Review for completeness and accuracy and sign ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and return to arresting officer.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

6.

Have arrest number generated utilizing the OMNIFORM System.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-15

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

To correctly collate the different types of arrests that are processed, all arrests
generated in the OMNIFORM System will use one of the following Arrest Processing
Types from the OMNIFORM dropdown list:







Community Court Desk Appearance Ticket
Community Court Online Arrest
Desk Appearance Ticket
Juvenile (Non Fingerprintable Offenses)
Online Arrest
Voided Arrest

a.

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

7.

8.

9.
10.
11.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

FAX completed ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (with arrest number indicated), to the borough
court section/Assistant District Attorney, for online arrests ONLY
(videoconferencing, BLAP), in accordance with current
processing procedures in each borough.
Have arrest processing officer fingerprint and palmprint prisoner utilizing
LIVESCAN, and with the assistance of the arrest processing officer:
a.
Have digital photograph(s) of prisoner taken and generate Prisoner
Movement Slip
b.
Prepare other necessary forms (e.g., COMPLAINT REPORT,
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, etc.)
c.
Have any necessary warrant checks conducted.
Request the desk officer to have the prisoner removed to appropriate
prisoner intake area based on local guidelines.
a.
Escorting officer must have Prisoner Movement Slip with photo
and a copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET with arrest number and check digit indicated.
Complete any additional arrest paperwork, as necessary.
Have desk officer review documents for completeness and accuracy.
Prepare affidavit based on the county District Attorney’s method of preparation.

TYPE OF ARREST BEING PROCESSED AND EXPLANATION:
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (DAT) COMMUNITY COURT - used when a DAT is
issued and returnable to Midtown Community Court or Red Hook Community Court.
COMMUNITY COURT ONLINE ARREST - used when a command processes an on line
arrest to be arraigned in the Midtown Community Court or Red Hook Community Court.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET - used when a command processes a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET.
JUVENILE (NON FINGERPRINTABLE OFFENSES ONLY) - used to process juvenile
delinquent arrests that are not fingerprintable offenses.
ONLINE ARREST - used to process on line arrests, as well as all juvenile arrests that are
fingerprintable (including juvenile offenders, recogs, and juveniles not eligible for
recognizance).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-15

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

VOIDED ARREST - used when processing a voided arrest under P.G. 210-13, “Release of
Prisoners.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrests - Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Arrests - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Arrest - General Search Guidelines (P.G. 208-05)
Arrests - Security Measures (P.G. 208-06)
Alternate Procedure for Arrest Number Generation as a Result of Computer Failure
(P.G. 208-10)
Alternate Procedure for Fingerprint and Palmprint Processing Due to Computer System
Failure (P.G. 208-12)
Arrests – License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the Organized
Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)
Arrest Processing of Persons Wanted for Multiple Incidents (P.G. 208-74)
Hospitalized Prisoners – Arrests by Members of Other Police Agencies (P.G. 210-03)
Release of Prisoners (P.G. 210-13)
Cases for Legal Action Program (P.G. 214-07)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET

Regardless of whether the arrest package has been previously forwarded, the prisoner must
be delivered to the borough court section facility expeditiously. Delays of more than five
hours from time of arrest for lineups, prisoner debriefing, prisoner medical attention, etc.,
will be reported by telephone to the appropriate borough court section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-16

ARREST PROCESSING INDICATORS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To standardize the obtaining of arrest processing time-stamps throughout the
Department.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service effects an arrest that will be processed
“on line,” i.e., a court affidavit will be prepared and the prisoner is to be
arraigned expeditiously:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

Prepare PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM (PD244-153).

DESK OFFICER/
COURT
SUPERVISOR

2.

Obtain the following time-stamps, depending on how the court affidavit is
prepared:
a.
AT THE DISTRICT ATTORNEY’S COMPLAINT ROOM
(1)
Using the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION
FORM, time-stamp:
(a)
Box 1, captioned “A/O sign in,” when the arresting
officer is present at the Complaint Room
(b)
Box 3, captioned “Complaint Sworn,” when the
court affidavit is signed by the arresting officer.
b.
USING VIDEO TELECONFERENCING OR USING LOCAL
ARREST PROCESSING (LAP) TELEPHONE INTERVIEW
(1)
Using the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION
FORM time-stamp:
(a)
Box 1, captioned “A/O sign in,” when the arresting
officer is ready to be interviewed by the Assistant
District Attorney

NOTE

This will be done immediately before the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) is faxed to the Complaint Room.

(b)

c.

Box 3, captioned “Complaint Sworn,” when the
court affidavit is signed by the arresting officer.
QUEENS COURT AFFIDAVIT PREPARATION SYSTEM
(CAPS)
(1)
Using the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION
FORM time-stamp:
(a)
Box 1, captioned “A/O sign in,” when the arresting
officer is ready to prepare the court affidavit at the
CAPS room
(b)
Box 3, captioned “Complaint Sworn,” when the
court affidavit is signed by the arresting officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER/
COURT
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

2 of 2

d.

3.

TRANSIT BUREAU FAX PROGRAM
(1)
Using the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION
SUPERVISOR FORM, time-stamp:
(a)
Box 1, captioned “A/O sign in,” when the arresting
officer has completed the supporting deposition
and other related paperwork
(b)
Box 3, captioned “Complaint Sworn,” will be timestamped by the Transit Liaison Officer, when the
court affidavit is signed by the arresting officer at
the Complaint Room.
e.
USING
A
SUPPORTING
DEPOSITION
(VENDOR,
PROSTITUTION, ETC.)
(1)
Using the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION
FORM, time-stamp:
(a)
Box 1, captioned “A/O sign in,” when the arresting
officer has completed the supporting deposition
(b)
Box 3, captioned “Complaint Sworn,” will be timestamped by Court Section personnel, when either
the supporting deposition, which acts as an
affidavit is received, or an affidavit, which is typed
from a supporting deposition, is signed by the
Court Section supervisor.
In ALL arrest cases (EXCEPT Video Conferencing or Local Arrest
Processing (LAP) Telephone Interview cases), have the PREARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM delivered to the borough
Court Section with the arrest package for time-stamp entry into the On
Line Prisoner Arraignment (OLPA) system by Court Section personnel.
a.
In Video Conferencing or Local Arrest Processing (LAP)
Telephone Interview cases, the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT
NOTIFICATION FORM must be faxed, along with the signed
affidavit, to the Complaint Room at completion of arrest
processing.

NOTE

In the case where an arresting officer is rescheduled to the 2nd Platoon to complete the
court affidavit, i.e., the District Attorney's Complaint Room is closed, the desk
officer/command supervisor concerned must write “RESCHEDULED” on the PREARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM in the caption marked “ADDITIONAL
COMMENTS.”

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM (PD244-153)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-17

CHANGE IN ARREST CHARGES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To update Department records when the original charge is subsequently changed.

PROCEDURE

When a change of charge on a prisoner previously arrested is indicated:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

Notify desk/booking officer.

DESK/
BOOKING
OFFICER

2.

Correct original copy of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) if not yet forwarded.
Prepare ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) if ON-LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET was forwarded.
Show the change in degree of the crime and the reason for the change.
Forward the original ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT to Data
Integrity Unit.
File the yellow copy with precinct copy of ON-LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
Deliver pink copy to arresting officer.
Report the facts concerning the change in the degree of the crime on
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081).
Instruct the arresting officer, if assigned to a precinct other than the
precinct of arrest, to notify his immediate supervisor of the change.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-20

"TURNOVER" ARRESTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To assign a uniformed member of the service to prepare arrest paperwork,
criminal court complaints and process an arrest through the court system for an
arrest made by another uniformed member of the service.

SCOPE

An assigned officer may be designated in the following circumstances:
a.
Injury to arresting officer
b.
Arrest by an off-duty member
c.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
d.
Arrest for other authorities
e.
Delegated arrest on a warrant
f.
Mass arrests at demonstrations, details or disorders
g.
Arrest by a civilian, except as provided by P.G. 208-04, “Arrest By A
Civilian”
h.
Family Court Arrests
i.
Order of Protection
j.
Other circumstances, when directed by a uniformed supervisor.

PROCEDURE

When an arrest is to be processed as a “turnover” arrest:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

Follow appropriate arrest processing guidelines.

DESK
OFFICER/
PATROL/
DETAIL
SUPERVISOR

2.

Determine if arrest is to be assigned to another uniformed member of the
service.

NOTE

Supervisors should identify the arresting officer at the earliest opportunity and make an
entry in their ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) after approving the arrest.

3.
NOTE

Designate an assigned officer.

An assigned officer may be designated by a patrol supervisor, desk officer or other
ranking officer in charge of a detail. Under no circumstances may an arresting officer
turn over an arrest to another officer without the knowledge and approval of a supervisor.

DESK OFFICER 4.

Make Command Log entry indicating:
a.
Identification of arresting officer
b.
Identification of assigned officer
c.
Details of arrest concerned
d.
Whether or not the assigned officer has re-interviewed the civilian
complainant, and any necessary civilian witnesses.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-20

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

When an arresting officer is authorized by a supervisor to turn over an arrest, the assigned
officer must personally re-interview a civilian complainant and any necessary civilian
witnesses, in order to prevent double “hearsay” and to prepare a criminal complaint.

DESK OFFICER 5.
(continued)

Assign a uniformed member of the service to provide transportation to
civilian(s) for re-interview, if possible.

ASSIGNED
OFFICER

6.
7.

Re-interview civilian complainant and any necessary civilian witnesses.
Immediately notify a supervisor and comply with P.G. 207-09, “Follow-Up
Investigation Of Complaints Already Recorded,” if new information or a
discrepancy arises concerning the offense(s) charged.

DESK OFFICER/
PATROL/COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

8.

Ensure that re-interview has been conducted prior to arresting officer
being assigned to other duties.

NOTE

When completing the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) assigned officers should be directed to check “YES” on line 5 (Officer
Assigned) caption, and print the arresting officer’s information on lines 1, 2, and 31.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Testimony in court must offer only the facts accurately presented under oath. The
outcome of a criminal case may be determined by the thoroughness of the police
investigation, the constitutionality of the arrest, and the accurate presentation of oral
testimony and physical evidence by the arresting officer or assigned officer. All
questions should be answered to the best of a member’s recollection, without
embellishment or volunteering personal opinions or conclusions. The Department’s
reputation for veracity is based upon each member’s total adherence to the highest
standards of truthfulness. Violations of this policy will be the subject of criminal
prosecution and internal disciplinary procedures.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Follow-Up Investigation Of Complaints Already Recorded (P.G. 207-09)
Arrest By A Civilian (P.G. 208-04)
Arraignment (P.G. 211-02)
Duties And Conduct In Court (P.G.211-11)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD 260-121)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD 244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-21

ARRESTS – LICENSE CHECKS, WARRANT NAME CHECKS AND
NOTIFICATIONS TO THE ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAU
FIELD OPERATIONS DESK
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

ARRESTING
OFFICER/
ARREST
PROCESSING
OFFICER

1.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Comply with the provisions of P.G. 208-02, “Arrests - Removal to
Department Facility for Processing,” P.G. 208-03, “Arrests - General
Processing,” P.G. 208-15, “Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse”
and the following:

LICENSE CHECKS THROUGH FINEST USING “D.A.L.L.” FORMAT
To strengthen the prosecution of auto larceny cases, all uniformed members of the service
perform a license check through FINEST, using the “D.A.L.L.” format, on all defendants
arrested for the following:
a.
Driving a stolen vehicle, OR
b.
Driving an auto with an altered vehicle identification number
(V.I.N.), OR
c.
Possession of stolen license plates.
WARRANT NAME CHECKS
Prior to releasing a prisoner who is being issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET at
the precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility, a warrant name check of local/state/federal files will
be conducted in accordance with P.G. 208-22, “Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant
Checks.” If prisoner is released at precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility, attach Automated
Database for Warrants (ADW) and Message Switching System (MSWS) print-outs to file copies of
arrest papers. If prisoner is removed to borough court section facility, attach these print-outs to the
prisoner’s arrest papers. If Department Local Area Network (LAN) terminal is inoperative, request
the patrol borough to conduct the checks. Should the borough terminal also be inoperative, an
adjoining precinct/designated arrest facility will be requested to conduct these checks. If the entire
LAN system is out of service for more than twenty minutes, the Central Warrant Unit will be
requested by telephone to process and supply the necessary checks.
NOTIFICATION TO THE ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAU FIELD
OPERATIONS DESK BY OTHER COMMANDS/UNITS EFFECTING AN ARREST
WHEN A SPECIFIED CONDITION EXISTS
When an arrest(s) is made for an offense AND any of the following conditions exist:
a.

b.

c.

The debriefing of a defendant(s) by Organized Crime Control Bureau
(OCCB) personnel would be beneficial (e.g., subject arrested for
shoplifting has knowledge of a heroin supplier or individual is arrested
for smoking marihuana who has information on guns being brought into
the City for sale from out of state) OR
A follow-up investigation by OCCB personnel is necessary (e.g., subject
arrested by patrol for misdemeanor possession of a controlled
substance has knowledge of a location from which crack cocaine
is being sold or patrol effects an arrest for auto stripping and the
defendant has information on a chop shop) OR
The expertise of OCCB is needed to enhance the prosecution of the case
(e.g., patrol recovers policy (betting) slips that requires the counting of
bets waged to determine the proper charges or the check of a
confidential VIN is required to determine the true owner of a vehicle).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-21

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ARRESTING
OFFICER/
ARREST
PROCESSING
OFFICER
(continued)

2.

Notify the OCCB Field Operations Desk via telephone, twenty-four
hours/seven days a week, as required above.

NOTE

The OCCB Field Operations Desk MUST be notified of ALL controlled substance
arrests and ALL marihuana arrests for the following charges:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

3.
4.

5.
DESK OFFICER 6.
7.

Criminal possession of a controlled substance first degree (P.L.
220.21), second degree (P.L. 220.18), and third degree (P.L. 220.16)
Criminal sale of a controlled substance in the first degree (P.L. 220.43), the
second degree (P.L. 220.41), and the third degree (P.L. 220.39)
Criminal sale of a controlled substance in or near school grounds (P.L.
220.44)
Criminal possession of marihuana in the first degree (P.L. 221.30) or
second degree (P.L. 221.21)
Criminal sale of marihuana in the first degree (P.L. 221.55) or second
degree (P.L. 221.50).

Provide the pertinent details of arrest and circumstances requiring
conferral from the OCCB Division concerned.
Make record of the notification in the “Narrative” section of ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), including
date, time and rank/name of person notified at OCCB.
Be guided by OCCB Field Operations Desk personnel.
Ensure arresting officer has made required notification to OCCB Field
Operations Desk as indicated above.
Make Command Log entry of notification details.

NOTE

If any question exists as to whether or not a notification must be made, always make the
notification.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrests - Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Arrest - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Arrest - General Search Guidelines (P.G. 208-05)
Arrests - Security Measures (P.G. 208-06)
Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks (P.G. 208-22)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-22

PERFORMING LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL WARRANT CHECKS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 7

PURPOSE

To assess an individual’s fugitive status.

PROCEDURE

Whenever it is necessary to conduct a warrant check through a Department Local
Area Network (LAN) computer.

MEMBER
CONCERNED

1.

2.

NOTE

Conduct a local level warrant name check by accessing the application,
Automated Database for Warrants (ADW), on any Department LAN
computer as follows:
a.
Select the ADW icon
b.
Enter tax number when prompted
c.
Select “Name Search” under “Queries”
d.
Select “Exact Name” under “Search Type”
e.
Enter name of individual in box provided
f.
Select the proper “Sex” and “Race” from the application “drop
down” boxes
g.
Enter the date of birth, formatted as mm/dd/yyyy
h.
Select “Tables to Search” and choose “Warrant,” “I-Card” and
“Recidivist”
i.
Depress the “OK” button.
Conduct further inquiry via ADW, if name check provides an exact pedigree
match with New York State Identification (NYSID) number attached, as follows:
a.
Select “Queries”
b.
Select “NYSID Search”
c.
Enter the complete NYSID number in the prompt box
d.
Select “Tables to Search” and choose “Warrant,” “I-Card” and
“Recidivist”
e.
Depress the “OK” button.

If the ADW response displays the name of the subject or prisoner as entered, and is followed by
pedigree information on the name, which includes “matching date of birth,” NYSID number and/or
docket number, if any, and an OCA # appears, this is an indication of a “POSSIBLE WARRANT”
OR “HIT.” This information is related to an open investigation or criminal history on a subject
identified as a recidivist or target narcotic violator.

3.

Conduct a search of the state and federal warrant files, if necessary, as
follows:
a.
Access the FINEST MESSAGE SWITCHING SYSTEM
(MSWS) mode via Management Information System (MIS)
(Password required).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-22

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 7

This function is performed by typing MIS and then pressing the ENTER key. The MIS
log will then be displayed on the screen. Press CLEAR key. Type MSWS and press
ENTER key. FINEST logo will then be displayed. Fill in TAX # and “authorized”
PASSWORD. Press ENTER key. Main menu will then be displayed. Select the caption
NYSPIN INFORMATION FUNCTIONS by typing “X” in the left margin on line with
function of choice, then Press ENTER key. Sub-menu appears. Select WINQ (state and
federal warrant inquiry) by typing “I” in left margin, on line with function of choice,
then press ENTER key.

b.

MEMBER
CONCERNED
(continued)

c.

NOTE

Enter the data required on the line titled “WINQ” formatted as
follows:
(1)
Name Field - Last name, First name (space), Middle initial
(2)
DOB - date of birth must be six digits
Example:
01
01
51
Mo. Day
Yr.
(3)
Sex - Male = M; Female = F
(4)
Race - W = White; B = Black, etc.
Obtain response to the WINQ request by pressing the PF 24 key
to display message on the screen

In the upper left portion of the screen, Messages: # Total: # will be displayed. The
number in the message box represents the number of messages that can be accessed
from WINQ. The Total: # includes messages from other sub-menu functions.

d.

e.

NOTE

Utilize PF 14 key to go to the next page of the message, if response
is multi-page (i.e., page 1 of 10)
(1)
All the pages of the message must be viewed.
Print messages by pressing the INDENT key to printout contents on the
screen.

PF keys may be different on LAN terminals.

IF OCA # DESIGNATION BEGINS WITH THE LETTER “Q”:
NOTE

OCA # designation that begins with the letter “Q” are not warrants and this designation
does not permit a hold on the subject unless other charges are made. These “Q”
designations require a notification to the originator as displayed on the screen.

MEMBER
CONCERNED

4.

Notify originator concerned, as follows:
a.
Q652000 series is a MISDEMEANOR RECIDIVIST.
ORIGINATOR: Boro/ECAB (Complaint Room/ADA).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-22

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 7

This notification is intended to identify career misdemeanants and secure their
immediate arraignment. It is designed to vigorously prosecute misdemeanor defendants
with a substantial record of previous arrests and convictions, coupled with a history of
failure to appear in court. NO DESK APPEARANCE TICKET WILL BE ISSUED TO
DEFENDANTS IDENTIFIED AS MISDEMEANOR RECIDIVISTS.

b.

MEMBER
CONCERNED
(continued)

NOTE

Q653000 series is a NYC FIREARM VIOLATOR.
ORIGINATOR: NITRO UNIT concerned.
(1)
Notify Narcotics Division, Borough NITRO Unit concerned
if firearms arrest has an additional felony narcotic arrest.

These notifications are necessary when any person is arrested and a firearm is involved
(used or possessed).

c.

NOTE

Q654000 series is an ARMED CAREER CRIMINAL.
ORIGINATOR: OCCB/ATF JOINT FIREARMS TASK FORCE.
(1)
An automatic notification, via FINEST System, to the
Organized Crime Control Bureau/Bureau of Alcohol,
Tobacco and Firearms Joint Firearms Task Force is initiated
in these cases.

Persons in custody, who are categorized with a “Q” letter designation, will not be
eligible to receive a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (see P.G. 208-27, “Desk
Appearance Ticket - General Procedure”).

IF OCA # DESIGNATION BEGINS WITH THE LETTER “X”:
NOTE

OCA # designations that begin with the letter “X” are not warrants and this designation does not
permit a hold on the subject unless other charges are made. These “X” designations require a
notification to the Borough NITRO Unit concerned. This notification is intended to coordinate,
develop, maintain and disseminate narcotics intelligence information. The NITRO Unit concerned
will issue appropriate instructions.

MEMBER
CONCERNED

5.

NOTE

Persons in custody who are categorized with an “X” letter designation will not be
eligible to receive a Desk Appearance Ticket.

Notify Borough NITRO Unit concerned (ie., Central, Bronx, Brooklyn
North, Brooklyn South, Manhattan North, Manhattan South, Queens,
Staten Island, or the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations
Desk between 2400 - 0800 hours), if OCA # designations are preceded by
the letter “X.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-22

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 7

IF OCA # DESIGNATION BEGINS WITH THE LETTER “I”:
NOTE

OCA # designations that begin with the letter “I” are not warrants and this designation does not
permit a hold on the subject unless other charges are made. These “I” designations require a
notification to the Criminal Intelligence Section which is made to insure that the
detective/investigator originating the “I” investigation is notified when the subject under
investigation is arrested. Arresting officer should make every effort to notify Detective Squad
concerned immediately.

MEMBER
CONCERNED

6.

Notify Criminal Intelligence Section, if OCA # designations are preceded by
the letter “I.”

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION

7.
8.

Confirm “HIT.”
Issue appropriate instructions as per P.G. 208-23, “Computerized Investigation
Card System.”

NOTE

WARRANTS
Warrants are issued ORIGINATING CASE AGENCY (OCA) SERIAL NUMBERS by the
Warrant Section to identify the warrant as follows:
LETTER

Designates the TYPE OF WARRANT and COURT OF ISSUANCE
Followed by YEAR.

YEAR

Designates the year issued. Followed by NUMBER.

NUMBER

Indicates the BOROUGH DESIGNATION of the court and is followed
by an additional/sequential number.
Borough Designation #
Manhattan - 1, Brooklyn - 2, Bronx - 3, Queens - 4, Richmond - 5
An example of an OCA # follows:
OCA # R9710001
R
 Supreme Court/Bench Warrant
97
 Year of Issuance
 Manhattan
1
00001  The first Supreme Court/Bench Warrant issued in Manhattan
during the year 1997.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-22

NOTE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 7

The following is a list of the OCA # letter designations indicating WARRANT TYPE and
COURT OF ISSUANCE:
LETTER
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
N
P
R
S
T
V
W
Y
Z
Q
X
I

TYPE OF WARRANT
Summons
Summons/Unclassified
MISD
Bench Warrant/MISD.
Bench Warrant/FELONY
Arrest Warrant
Arrest Warrant
P.I.N.S.
Juvenile Delinquent
Bench Warrant/Violation
Abuse/Neglect
Violation Probation
Bench Warrant
Parole Violator
Training School
Bench/FEL vs Person
Support
Material Witness
Fugitive Warrant
Recidivist
Narcotic Violator
Investigation

COURT
Criminal Court
Criminal Court

VERIFICATION
C.R.I.M.S.
C.R.I.M.S

Criminal Court
Criminal Court
Criminal Court
Supreme Court
Family Court
Family Court
Criminal Court
Family Court
Supreme Court
Supreme Court
Dept. of Parole
Div. for Youth Fac.
Criminal Court
Family Court
D.A. Office
F.O.A.
Not a warrant
Not a warrant
Not a warrant

C.R.I.M.S.
C.R.I.M.S.
C.R.I.M.S.
C.R.I.M.S.
Family Court
Family Court
C.R.I.M.S.
Family Court
C.R.I.M.S.
C.R.I.M.S.
WD/T.I.U.
Family Court
C.R.I.M.S.
Family Court
WD/T.I.U.
WD/T.I.U.
Notify Unit Concerned
NITRO
Criminal Intelligence
Section/Det. Squad
Concerned

After conducting ADW search and the inquiry reveals an OCA # designation preceded
by the letter A, B, C, D, F, H, J, K, N, P, R, S, T, V, W, Y, or Z, this is an indication of
POSSIBLE WARRANT and is not sufficient authority for arrest.

MEMBER
CONCERNED

9.

Conduct an OCA # inquiry by accessing the application ADW, on any
Department LAN as follows:
a.
Select the ADW icon and enter tax number at the sign in prompt
b.
Reference “Queries” at the top of the screen
c.
Select “OCA Number Search”
d.
Enter the complete OCA number in the “Search for” box
e.
Under “Tables to Search” select “Selected Tables” and “Warrant”
f.
Depress the “OK” button

NOTE

This search will provide the entire warrant data on the specific warrant OCA # as
required.

IF OCA # DESIGNATION BEGINS WITH THE LETTER A, B, C, D, E, F, K,
P, R, V, Y OR Z (CRIMINAL COURT OR SUPREME COURT WARRANTS):
MEMBER
CONCERNED

10.

MUST conduct a further inquiry via Criminal Record Information and
Management System (C.R.I.M.S.) court computer application, which will
provide “the last status of the warrant.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-22

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 7

Family Court and Parole Warrant status cannot be verified utilizing the Criminal
Record Information and Management System (C.R.I.M.S.) court computer application.
If ADW search indicates letter designations H, J, N, T, or W, these are Family Court
warrants and require verification from the Family Court concerned (i.e., Manhattan,
Brooklyn, Bronx, Queens and/or Staten Island). A docket number is needed.
Telephone verifications are to be done during Family Court business hours, 0900 to
1700 hours, Monday through Friday.
“J” (Juvenile Warrants) can be verified by contacting Youth Records (Real Time Crime
Center).
If ADW search indicates letter designation “S,” this is a Parole Warrant and must be
verified by the Warrant Section, Telephone Inquiry Unit or through the NYS Division of
Parole.

TO GAIN ACCESS TO C.R.I.M.S. FOR WARRANT VERIFICATIONS:
NOTE

C.R.I.M.S. is controlled by the N.Y.S. Office of Court Administration. User access is granted by the
state and members can apply for access via NYS Unified Court System CRIM Application Security
Request For NON-UCS Personnel (Form UCS-SEC-1 CRIM) by contacting the NYS Office of
Court Administration.

MEMBER
CONCERNED

11.
12.

NOTE

As you type in PASSWORD, it will not appear on screen.

13.
14.

15.

NOTE

Go to Host-on-Demand.
a.
Double-click on the OCA icon
Type in:
a.
User name
b.
Password

Press ENTER (OCA/CICS Application screen appears).
Choose:
a.
CRIM - (to search for cases in Criminal Court)
b.
CRMS - (to search for cases in Supreme Court)
c.
Press enter.
Enter the county you wish to search (must use county name, e.g., “Kings”
for Brooklyn).
a.
Press enter.

The C.R.I.M.S. system can only be searched by county/borough. This program does not
search citywide.

16.
17.

Type in Docket #, or Arrest #, or NYSID #.
Press ENTER.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-22

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 7

IMPORTANT HELPFUL KEYS - ENTER key (advances page); PF 5 key (scrolls back);
PF 4 key (retrieves APPLICATION ID screen used to access other boroughs); PF 3 key
(retrieves IDENTIFIER screen).
The primary purpose of conducting this inquiry is to verify the status of warrants. In an
effort to ensure that the information in C.R.I.M.S. is interpreted properly, a list of court
dispositions that indicate a warrant has been ordered on the defendant’s last court
appearance has been compiled as follows:
CRIMINAL COURT
Abbreviation

Literal Meaning

W.O.
B.F.W.O.
C.W.O.
P.R.W.O.

Warrant Ordered
Bail Forfeited, Warrant Ordered
Complaint and Arrest Warrant Ordered
Parole Revoked, Warrant Ordered

SUPREME COURT
S.I.A.W.O.
T.C.A.W.O.
T.F.G.I.A.W.O.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Sentence Imposed in Absentia, Warrant Ordered
Trial Conducted in Absentia, Warrant Ordered
Tried and Found Guilty in Absentia, Warrant Ordered

If C.R.I.M.S. response to inquiry indicates “NO PUBLIC RECORD” or “PURGED CASE” on an
“A” or “B” warrant (summons) or “C” warrant (misdemeanor), the warrant has been
VACATED.
If same response on any other warrant, verify with the court of issuance. If a response
indicates “NO RECORD FOUND,” make inquiry with NYSID #, if available.
Additional C.R.I.M.S. instructions are provided in the C.R.I.M.S. Manual BM 633 (10-92)
Court Computer Program for Warrant Verification.
Where any doubt exists, a verification should be made directly from the court records or if unable to
determine warrant status via C.R.I.M.S. at the precinct level or if there are any operational
questions, contact the Warrant Section, Telephone Inquiry Unit. Provide Telephone Inquiry Unit
member concerned with: arresting officer’s name, shield #, tax registry #, call back telephone
number, name of subject, subject’s date of birth, warrant OCA #, docket # (if available) and NYSID
# (if any). THIS INQUIRY IS TO BE MADE ONLY AFTER A NAME CHECK VIA ADW IS
PERFORMED AT A PRECINCT/COMMAND.
If Department Local Area Network (LAN) terminal is inoperative, request the patrol borough to
conduct the checks. Should the borough terminal also be inoperative, an adjoining
precinct/designated arrest facility will be requested to conduct these checks. If the entire LAN
system is out of service for more than twenty minutes the Central Warrant Unit will be requested
by telephone to process and supply the necessary checks.
If system functional problems are encountered, contact the Management Information
Systems Division, Help Desk.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-23

COMPUTERIZED INVESTIGATION CARD SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To ensure that an investigator originating an INVESTIGATION CARD
(PD373-163), commonly referred to as I-CARD, is notified when the individual
named in INVESTIGATION CARD comes into contact with the police.

PROCEDURE

When processing an arrest or conducting an investigation in non-arrest situations:
ARREST SITUATIONS

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.

Follow appropriate arrest processing guidelines.
Determine if the prisoner is wanted as the result of an
INVESTIGATION CARD having been filed.
a.
WNAM – search by name and DOB and by ALL “alias” names
and dates of birth.
b.
WNYS – search by prisoner’s NYSID number if known. (This
inquiry may show prisoner is wanted under different name).

NOTE

Arresting officers MUST ENSURE that prisoners who are wanted as the result of being
named on an INVESTIGATION CARD are immediately identified, and the required
notifications are made, and appropriate actions are taken. Therefore, the computer
inquiries described in step “2” MUST be performed for EVERY prisoner regardless of
whether the prisoner is charged with a felony, misdemeanor, violation or traffic
infraction; and, regardless of whether the prisoner will be detained until arraignment,
or released after being issued a Desk Appearance Ticket or Universal Summons.
If a “hit” is revealed, such “hit” will be circled on the FINEST printout. The caption
“Search Completed” will also be circled and signed by the FINEST operator. If there is
“no hit,” the words “no hit” will be entered adjoining the same caption. If the FINEST
system exhibits the prisoner’s name followed by an OCA number that begins with the letter
“I”, the member conducting the inquiry will record the number, clear the screen, enter
“INIQ/I” and the nine digit number that follows the letter “I”. The arresting officer will
telephone the Criminal Intelligence Section and notify the member on duty thereat. The
Criminal Intelligence Section will confirm the “hit” and issue appropriate instructions.

CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION
MEMBER

3.

Make an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry regarding the information
obtained regarding the INVESTIGATION CARD “hit”; and, include the
name of the Criminal Intelligence Section member contacted, and the
command originating INVESTIGATION CARD.

4.

Verify INVESTIGATION CARD “hit”; and, provide the arresting
officer with the following information:
a.
The involved offense; and,
b.
Whether the individual is listed as a “Perpetrator” or “Suspect” or
“Witness”; and,

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-23

CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION
MEMBER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

c.

5.
6.

7.

All other relevant information and instructions that were listed on
the INVESTIGATION CARD by the assigned investigator.
Record name, shield number and command of arresting/notifying officer.
Notify detective borough “wheel” of details of INVESTIGATION
CARD “hit”; and, the name and command of investigator who submitted
INVESTIGATION CARD and, the name, tax number and command of
member of the service confirming INVESTIGATION CARD “hit”; and,
location of the individual; and, that the individual is under arrest for an
offense.
Record name and tax number of detective borough “wheel” receiving
notification.

INDIVIDUAL IS NOT UNDER ARREST FOR AN OFFENSE
MEMBER
CONCERNED

8.
9.

10.

11.

12.

Comply with steps “2” and “3”, and the “NOTE” following step “2”.
Telephone the Criminal Intelligence Section and:
a.
Confirm the INVESTIGATION CARD “hit”.
b.
Advise the Criminal Intelligence Section member that the
individual named in the INVESTIGATION CARD is not under
arrest for an offense.
c.
Obtain information regarding the involved offense and whether the
individual is listed as a “Perpetrator” or “Suspect” or “Witness”
on the INVESTIGATION CARD.
d.
Obtain all other relevant information and instructions that were
listed on the INVESTIGATION CARD by the assigned
investigator.
If the individual named on the INVESTIGATION CARD is described as
“Perpetrator - Probable Cause To Arrest”, then detain the person and
obtain instructions from the appropriate authority, (e.g., investigator,
investigative supervisor, detective captain.)
If the individual named on the INVESTIGATION CARD is described as
“Suspect Only - No Probable Cause To Arrest”, then:
a.
DO NOT handcuff or otherwise physically restrain the
individual; and,
b.
Inform the individual he/she is free to leave at any time; and,
c.
If possible, comply with the instructions provided by the
investigator in the “Specific Instructions for Apprehending
Officers” caption box of the INVESTIGATION CARD; and,
d.
If applicable, attempt to get the individual to voluntarily consent
to remain until an investigator arrives.
If the individual named on the INVESTIGATION CARD is described as
“Witness”, then:
a.
Do NOT handcuff or otherwise physically restrain the
individual; and,
b.
Inform the individual he / she is free to leave at any time; and,

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-23

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

MEMBER
CONCERNED
(continued)

d.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

If possible, comply with the instructions provided by the
investigator in the “Specific Instructions for Apprehending
Officers” caption box of the INVESTIGATION CARD; and,
If applicable, attempt to get the individual to voluntarily consent to
remain until an investigator arrives.

When an individual is not under arrest for an offense, the existence of an
INVESTIGATION CARD identifying the individual as a “Suspect” or “Witness” is
insufficient authority to arrest or involuntarily detain the individual. However, the
individual may voluntarily consent to remain.

13.
14.

15.
CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION
MEMBER

16.
17.

18.

DESK OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

19.

Make ACTIVITY LOG entry of information received on the
INVESTIGATION CARD “hit.”
Notify desk officer of INVESTIGATION CARD “hit” and all pertinent
facts.
Verify INVESTIGATION CARD “hit”; and, provide the member
concerned with the following information:
a.
The involved offense; and,
b.
Whether the individual is listed as a “Perpetrator” or “Suspect”
or “Witness”; and,
c.
All other relevant information and instructions that were listed on
the INVESTIGATION CARD particularly the information and
instructions that were entered in the “Specific Instructions for
Apprehending Officers” caption box of the INVESTIGATION
CARD.
Record name, tax number and command of member confirming
INVESTIGATION CARD “hit”; and, the location of the individual.
Notify detective borough “wheel” of details of INVESTIGATION
CARD “hit”; and, the name and command of investigator who submitted
INVESTIGATION CARD; and, the name, tax number and command of
member of the service confirming INVESTIGATION CARD “hit”; and,
location of the individual; and, that the individual is NOT under arrest for
an offense.
Record name and tax number of detective borough “wheel” receiving
notification.
If the individual named on the INVESTIGATION CARD is listed as
“Witness” or “Suspect Only - No Probable Cause To Arrest”, unless
specifically informed by the Criminal Intelligence Section that the person
in question is to be arrested, then:
a.
Ensure that the individual is NOT handcuffed or otherwise
physically restrained; and,
b.
Ensure that the individual is informed that he / she is free to leave
at any time; and,

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-23

DESK OFFICER/
COUNTERPART
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

d.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REVISION NUMBER:

4 of 4

Ensure that, if possible, the instructions provided by the
investigator in the “Specific Instructions for Apprehending
Officers” caption box of the INVESTIGATION CARD are
performed; and,
Ensure that, if applicable, an attempt is made to get the individual
to voluntarily consent to remain until an investigator arrives.

ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD 373-163)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-24

IDENTIFICATION LINEUPS/SHOWUPS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure fair and proper proceedings when lineup/showup identifications are conducted.

DEFINITIONS

IDENTIFICATION LINEUP - Placing of criminal suspect in lineup with at least
five other persons for purpose of identification by victim or witnesses.
IDENTIFICATION SHOWUP - Prompt, on-the-scene presentation of a suspect
singly, in a one-to-one display, to an identifying witness, for expeditious
identification and/or early release of an innocent suspect.

PROCEDURE

When a criminal suspect in police custody is to be placed in an identification
lineup at stationhouse or other place of confinement:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Suspect must be arrested before being forced to appear in a lineup. However, an arrest
is not necessary if the suspect voluntarily consents to appear in a lineup. Identification
procedures ordinarily are not necessary where the witness/victim and the perpetrator
are known to each other, including relatives or other close acquaintances OR the
perpetrator is apprehended by a police officer in the act of committing the crime.

2.
3.
4.
5.

NOTE

Give suspect Miranda warnings, if he/she is to be interrogated before,
during or after lineup.
Inform suspect that he/she will appear in lineup for purpose of
identification in connection with a crime.
Do not advise suspect of the right to an attorney.
Inform suspect that he/she does not have a right to a lawyer if an attorney
is requested for the lineup.

Prior to conducting lineup, detective supervisor concerned or a qualified supervisor of
an investigative unit will be consulted and will personally supervise the entire procedure
and ensure that LINEUP REPORT (PD373-141) is completed.

6.

7.

NOTE

Resolve any doubt concerning need for, or legality of, conducting a
lineup or showup by conferring with patrol supervisor/desk officer.

Permit an attorney who is present at the site of a lineup to observe manner
in which lineup is conducted.
a.
Attorney may observe lineup from room where it is conducted or
from any place where he/she cannot be observed.
Inform an attorney who contacts the police and states that he/she represents the
suspect and that he/she wishes to be present when lineup is conducted, that the
lineup will be delayed for a reasonable time to permit him/her to appear.

When determining what is a reasonable delay, the uniformed member conducting the
lineup should consider whether the delay would result in a significant inconvenience to
the witness OR would undermine the substantial advantages of a prompt identification.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-24

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

8.
9.
10.

DETECTIVE
SUPERVISOR

REVISION NUMBER:

11.
12.
13.
14.

15.

16.
17.
18.
19.

2 of 3

Do not permit attorney to talk to witnesses participating in the
identification of the suspects.
Inform attorney that suggestions concerning the lineup should be directed
to the officer conducting the lineup.
Do not permit attorney to interfere when conducting a lineup.
a.
The uniformed member conducting the lineup may consider
suggestions of the attorney to improve the fairness of the lineup if
suggestions are reasonable and practical.
Ensure lineup is conducted properly.
Have witnesses interviewed separately, prior to lineup.
a.
Obtain and record description of suspect.
Take precautions to prevent persons participating in lineup from being
seen by witnesses prior to lineup.
Record the following:
a.
Details of procedure utilized
b.
Specific utterances of any person, e.g., speaking words used at
crime scene
c.
Actions of participants required to facilitate identification, e.g.,
trying on clothing, etc.
d.
Responses or statements made by witnesses
e.
Names, addresses/commands of all persons present including
police and other officials.
Prepare diagram with circles to represent position of each person in
lineup.
a.
Instruct witness not to comment on recognition but indicate circle
which represents person recognized.
Mark and retain diagram after identification.
Have suspect viewed with at least five other persons who are unknown to
witness.
Conduct separate lineup for each suspect apprehended.
a.
Use different fillers in each lineup.
Select lineup participants as follows:
a.
Same sex and race as suspect.
b.
Approximately same age, height and physical makeup as suspect:
(1)
If minors under eighteen years of age are recruited as nonsuspect lineup participants:
(a)
Obtain written permission of parent or legal guardian
on CONSENT FORM - NON-SUSPECT MINOR
(PD 377-030), using English or Spanish version, as
appropriate, prior to lineup.
(b)
Institute measures to isolate minors from harmful
influences in area of lineup.
(c)
Have precinct youth officer present, if possible.
(d)
Prevent photographs of lineup from being used for
purposes other than evidence.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-24

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

c.

DETECTIVE
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

20.
21.
22.
23.

24.
25.

26.
27.
28.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

Similarly clothed.
(1)
Prevent wearing of any distinctive part of police uniform
by police participants.
(2)
Cover unusual or distinctive clothing worn by suspect.
d.
Caution non-suspect participants against indicating position of suspect.
e.
Permit suspect to select position in lineup or, if refused, place
suspect in fair position.
Prevent interrogation of suspect while being viewed by witness.
Do not require lineup participants to say or do anything unless all
participants are required to do the same.
Refrain from assisting witness to identify suspect.
Prevent witnesses from speaking to each other before, during or after
viewing lineup.
a.
Separate witnesses after each viewing.
b.
Do not indicate to witnesses if identification was or was not made.
Have witnesses view lineup separately.
Permit witnesses to view lineup from another room or hidden location, if
necessary.
a.
Consider distance in this type of identification.
Allow masking of viewers when necessary.
Take color polaroid photographs of lineups being viewed by witnesses,
when possible. Under no circumstances will black & white film be used.
Consult Legal Bureau or District Attorney if difficulties are encountered
during lineup.

Emergency identification showups may be conducted when a witness is ill or injured and
may die before proper identification procedures can be complied with. However, every
effort should be made to institute lineup procedures and safeguards at the hospital.
Criminal suspects may be returned to crime scene or held for viewing by a witness only if:
a.
Seizure of a suspect is effected within a reasonable time after the commission of
the crime. (Usually, one hour is considered reasonable but facts of case may
permit increasing the time period) AND,
b.
Seizure of a suspect is effected within an area reasonably near the crime scene.
(Consider distance that could reasonably be covered within time period given
and under circumstances present) AND,
c.
Suspect is shown to witness in a fair and reasonable manner which is not
unnecessarily suggestive.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Rights of Persons Taken into Custody (P.G. 208-09)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CONSENT FORM - NON-SUSPECT MINOR (PD 377-030)
LINEUP REPORT (PD373-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-25

FIRST AND THIRD PLATOON ARRESTS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide directions to uniformed members of the service required to work
beyond normal expiration of tour of duty after making first or third platoon arrests.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service performing duty with the first or third
platoon effects an arrest which results in working beyond the normal expiration
of scheduled tour of duty and officer is scheduled to perform duty with the same
platoon the following day:
FIRST PLATOON ARRESTS

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

NOTE

1.

Continue working beyond normal expiration of scheduled tour of duty, if
required, to process arrest and comply with the following categories, as
appropriate:
CATEGORY A

If officer returns from court WITHIN SIX HOURS OF
NEXT SCHEDULED 1ST PLATOON TOUR OF DUTY:

Option (1)

Perform next scheduled tour of duty with 1st Platoon, or

Option (2)

Request next scheduled 1st Platoon tour of duty be
rescheduled to the 2nd Platoon tour of duty, or

Option (3)

Submit LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)
for excusal from the next scheduled tour of duty with 1st
Platoon.

CATEGORY B

Returns from court AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF
NEXT SCHEDULED 1st PLATOON TOUR OF DUTY:

Option (1)

Perform balance of the 1st Platoon tour of duty or

Option (2)

Submit LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT for excusal
from the remainder of the 1st Platoon tour of duty.

Whenever a uniformed member of the service elects to perform the next scheduled 1st
Platoon tour of duty or to complete the balance of the 1st Platoon tour of duty (OPTION
1 in CATEGORIES A and B), such officer will be assigned to appropriate police duties
of a non-patrol/non-enforcement nature.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-25

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

THIRD PLATOON ARRESTS
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.

Continue working beyond normal expiration of scheduled tour of duty, if
required, to process arrest and comply with the following categories, as
appropriate.
CATEGORY A

Reaches the District Attorney’s Complaint Room or
other location designated for preparation of the court
affidavit by 0800 hours, officer will automatically be
rescheduled to the 2nd Platoon, and overtime ends as
of 0800 hours, or

CATEGORY B

Does not reach the District Attorney’s Complaint
Room or other location designated for the preparation
of the court affidavit by 0800 hours, officer continues
on duty on overtime until Complaint Room processing
is completed or until the start of his next scheduled tour
of duty, whichever comes first. If arrest processing is
completed prior to the start of next scheduled 3rd
Platoon tour of duty, officer will be dismissed at that
time. If arrest processing is not completed prior to the
start of the next 3rd Platoon tour of duty, the officer will
continue working that tour and upon return to
command:

Option (1)

Complete remainder of scheduled tour, or

Option (2)

Request excusal for remainder of scheduled tour,
needs of the service permitting.

NOTE

A uniformed member of the service who elects to continue and complete scheduled 3rd
Platoon tour of duty will be assigned to non-patrol/non-enforcement duty.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

To enhance auditing procedures regarding court appearances with related overtime,
uniformed members of the service will comply with the following when court attendance
results in overtime:
a.
Attach OVERTIME REPORT (PD 138-064) to related COURT ATTENDANCE
RECORD (PD468-141) and submit to desk officer/supervisor for approval.
b.
Desk officer/supervisor will ensure that OVERTIME REPORTS and COURT
ATTENDANCE RECORDS are properly prepared and attached as required.
c.
OVERTIME REPORTS submitted for attendance at court without the required
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD attached, shall NOT be approved by desk
officer/supervisor without an investigation being conducted.
d.
After the desk officer/supervisor concludes the investigation, the overtime may
be approved if appropriate. However, a copy of the report detailing the facts of
the investigation will be attached to the OVERTIME REPORT in lieu of the
missing COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-25

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Payroll clerks shall process OVERTIME REPORTS with COURT ATTENDANCE
RECORDS/Investigative Reports attached and file with related PAYMENT
REQUESTS (PD 138-066) as directed by A.G. 320-12, “Overtime Report.” COURT
ATTENDANCE RECORDS not involving overtime will continue to be filed as directed in
P.G. 211-01, “Duties And Conduct In Court.”
The procedure outlined above will apply whether cash or time compensation is selected
for the overtime and regardless of the reason for the court appearance.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Duties and Conduct in Court (P.G. 211-01)
Overtime (P.G. 205-17)
Overtime Report (A.G. 320-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)
PAYMENT REQUESTS (PD138-066)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-26

FORFEITURE PROCEEDINGS FOR SEIZED PROPERTY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To retain custody of property (vehicles, money, etc.) seized during the course of an
arrest or investigation as the proceeds of crime, or as a means of furthering a crime, or
as a means of transporting or concealing illegal substances, or as unlawfully obtained.

DEFINITION

Property, including vehicles or money, for which forfeiture proceedings may be instituted:
a.
VEHICLES
(1)
Where the vehicle is used in used in the unlawful transportation of
controlled substances, marijuana, gambling devices and/or
records; or
(2)
Where the vehicle is used as a means of facilitating the sale or
possession of controlled substances or marijuana, furthering
illegal gambling, or committing any other criminal activity; or
(3)
Where the vehicle is unlawfully obtained or stolen and the true
owner cannot be identified.
b.
ALL OTHER PROPERTY, EXCEPT CONTRABAND, WHERE THERE
IS REASONABLE CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT THE PROPERTY WAS:
(1)
Unlawfully obtained (owner not identified)
(2)
Stolen (owner not identified)
(3)
The means of committing, aiding or furthering a crime, or
(4)
The proceeds of crime.

PROCEDURE

When property is seized as evidence or for investigation under circumstances in
which forfeiture proceedings may be initiated, follow normal arrest/invoicing
procedures and:

ARRESTING/
INVESTIGATING
OFFICER

1.

2.

DESK OFFICER 3.

4.

Seize property.
a.
If no arrest is made, confer with immediate supervisor and obtain
consent.
b.
Property will normally be seized for forfeiture in connection with a
felony or misdemeanor arrest but may also be held for investigation,
under certain circumstances, without an arrest, e.g., if the true owner
is not yet determined or arrest of the true owner is contemplated.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A), as appropriate.
a.
On PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET, check box
“Arrest Evidence” or “Investigatory Evidence,” as appropriate. In
addition, make entry under ‘Remarks’ section ‘Held For Forfeiture
Proceedings,’ and state reasons for forfeiture recommendation in detail.
Direct command clerk to prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141) from WORKSHEET, utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.
Ensure “Prisoner/Finder/Owner” copy of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE and NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-26

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

5.
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

HAS BEEN REMOVED BY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT (PD521124) is issued to person from whom property was removed.
a.
Make Command Log entry if forms were issued or if person
refused acceptance.
Review facts and determine whether forfeiture is appropriate.

If the property to be forfeited is a vehicle seized by the Narcotics Division, a Request for
Forfeiture Proceedings form should be prepared and forwarded directly to the
Commanding Officer, Legal Bureau. (The uniformed member of the service’s command
telephone number should be included).

6.

Forward property to Property Clerk’s Storage Facility with:
a.
Appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE prepared
b.
Copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159), if prepared
c.
Copy of COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081), if prepared
d.
Copy of search warrant or other investigating documents, if prepared.

PROPERTY
CLERK

7.

Forward documents in support of forfeiture to Legal Bureau when a
claimant makes a demand for return of property.

LEGAL
BUREAU

8.

Notify arresting officer if forfeiture proceeding is commenced.

ARRESTING/
INVESTIGATING
OFFICER

9.

Comply promptly with requests received from Legal Bureau to conduct
additional investigation, sign affidavits, supply additional documentation,
provide testimony, etc.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Only ten working days are allowed for commencing forfeiture proceedings once a
proper demand is made at an office of the Property Clerk for return of the property.
Therefore, all steps in this procedure must be complied with promptly.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Follow-up Investigations of Complaints Already Recorded (P.G. 207-09)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure(P.G. 218-01)
Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture Program (P.G. 218-41)
Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture
Proceedings or to Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED BY
THE POLICE DEPARTMENT (PD521-124)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-27

DESK APPEARANCE TICKET - GENERAL PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 11

PURPOSE

To issue a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET in lieu of detention.

DEFINITIONS

DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (DAT) - an appearance ticket issued in lieu of detention,
at the direction of a desk officer, for misdemeanors, violations, and certain Class “E” felonies
for hospitalized prisoners (see “ADDITIONAL DATA”).
UNCOOPERATIVE ACTIONS - Circumstances that occur during or subsequent to
an arrest when the person and/or persons being arrested become completely limp or
refuse to provide assistance in movement, or have to be carried from the arrest
location, effectively taxing police resources during an arrest. Uncooperative
actions alone would not support a charge of Resisting Arrest, though they may
support a charge of Obstructing Governmental Administration 2nd Degree.
DAT LOG – Department record book, maintained by desk officer, captioned across
a double page as follows:
(LEFT PAGE)
DAT
Arrest Arrest # Defendant’s Charge(s)
Serial # Date
Name
(RIGHT PAGE)
Command Tax #

Contact #

Date/Time
DAT Package
Received

Return
Date

Arresting
Officer

Date/Time
DAT Delivered
to Borough

D.O.
Initials

PROCEDURE

When arresting a prisoner charged with a misdemeanor or violation:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

Comply with appropriate arrest processing guidelines and remove prisoner to
precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility and advise desk officer of facts.

DESK OFFICER 2.

Inform prisoner that he/she may be issued a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET, if qualified.
a.
Refer to ADDITIONAL DATA statement under heading, “DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET GUIDELINES” for DAT issuance guidelines.
b.
Refer to ADDITIONAL DATA statement under heading, “UNLAWFUL
POSSESSION OF MARIHUANA ARRESTS”, if only charge against
prisoner is Unlawful Possession of Marihuana (Penal Law section 221.05,
violation) and the prisoner does not qualify for a summons.
Direct arresting officer to ascertain the defendant’s identity in accordance
with P.G. 208-28, “Identification Standards for Desk Appearance Tickets.”
Direct arresting officer to conduct interview using DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET INVESTIGATION (PD360-091).

3.
4.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-27

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 11

IF INDIVIDUAL IS NOT DISQUALIFIED UNDER THE FIVE STEP
ELIGIBILITY PROCESS:
DESK OFFICER 5.

6.

7.
8.

9.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION

10.

Ensure that Identification Section is conferred with to determine if prisoner
has a previous conviction which would raise the current charge to a felony:
a.
The current charge entered on the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) will not be changed solely
from information received by telephone.
Ensure that arrest data is entered into the OMNIFORM System and the
prisoner is fingerprinted immediately utilizing “LIVESCAN.”
a.
Arrest processing type “Desk Appearance Ticket” must be used, EXCEPT
for those DAT(S) returnable to Community Court (Midtown or Red Hook),
in which case arrest processing type “Community Court Desk Appearance
Ticket” MUST be utilized.
Have arresting/assigned officer complete all DAT arrest related paperwork
while awaiting the results of the fingerprint check.
Monitor the OMNIFORM system to determine if DAT has been approved:
a.
Users will sign-on to OMNIFORM and select “DAT Processing”
b.
Select “Awaiting DAT” from the drop-down menu
c.
Enter Command in the “Search by Command” field
d.
A list of DAT(S) currently being processed will be displayed
e.
Review the “DAT OK” column for results
f.
If the response reads “NO,” a DAT must not be issued and the prisoner
must be processed online
(1)
If OMNIFORM DAT Arrest Info Screen indicates that the prisoner
has warrants, is on parole/probation, is a recidivist, owes DNA, etc.,
the system will automatically preclude the desk officer from issuing
a DAT.
g.
If the response reads, “WAIT” the processing of the fingerprints is not
complete and the member should check back at reasonable intervals
h.
If the response reads “YES,” click the “DAT” button
i.
Assign DESK APPEARANCE TICKET serial number and
complete appropriate captions in DAT Log.
j.
Enter the Return Date (obtained as per borough guidelines), Time,
Arraignment Part, DAT Serial Number and Court, in applicable captions
k.
Select “Update” and review the DAT
l.
Select the “Print” icon to print the DAT.
Contact the borough court section to ascertain the status of the fingerprint
check, if the OMNIFORM system indicates “Wait” after four hours from
the time the prisoner was fingerprinted.
Determine the processing status of the prisoner’s fingerprints and request
that the Division of Criminal Justice Services expedites the required
fingerprint search.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-27

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 11.

12.

13.
14.
15.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

16.

17.

18.

3 of 11

Inform prisoner of ineligibility for DESK APPEARANCE TICKET if:
a.
Excluded by guidelines listed in ADDITIONAL DATA statement under
heading, “DESK APPEARANCE TICKET GUIDELINES,” OR,
b.
The prisoner fails the five-step eligibility process, OR,
c.
The prisoner has a previous conviction which would raise the current
charge to a felony.
Inform prisoner not eligible for DESK APPEARANCE TICKET that
he/she may be processed for bail.
a.
Bail will not be accepted if the prisoner owes DNA.
Direct issuance of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET if prisoner is eligible
and is likely to appear in court on the return date.
Request precinct detective squad or other investigative unit to debrief
prisoner, if appropriate.
Ensure that arrest processing officer, or other designated member, utilizes
the computerized DAT system through any FINEST or LAN terminal
which has OMNIFORM access, in accordance with the simplified DAT
Issuance Procedures listed in step “8,” above.
a.
Ensure the original DAT is signed by:
(1)
Prisoner
(2)
Issuing officer
(3)
Desk officer.
b.
Ensure that three photocopies of the DAT are prepared, and copies
are filed as listed:
(1)
Original - included in DAT ARREST PACKAGE
(2)
Copy - defendant
(3)
Copy - arresting officer/complainant
(4)
Copy - command file.
c.
Utilize snap-out version of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
(PD260-121) only if command does not have a computerized DAT
system (FINEST or LAN terminal which has OMNIFORM access),
or if such system becomes non-operational.
(1)
Notify borough court section supervisor if snap-out version
of DAT issued.
Make DESK APPEARANCE TICKET returnable to arraignment part of
Criminal Court except if:
a.
Returnable to Family Court
b.
Necessary to permit arraignment of all prisoners in same Court Part
c.
Returnable to Community Court.
Enter name, address, and telephone number of civilian complainant, if any,
in space marked “Additional Instructions” on original copy of DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET ONLY (i.e., copy which is included in the DAT
ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123) forwarded to court).
Deliver completed DESK APPEARANCE TICKET and arrest related
documents in the DAT ARREST PACKAGE envelope to the desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-27

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION

REVISION NUMBER:

4 of 11

Check all arrest related paperwork for completeness and accuracy.
a.
Ensure that all required arrest paperwork is included in the DAT
ARREST PACKAGE by utilizing the check boxes listed on the
front of the envelope.
Ensure a Prisoner Movement Slip, with digital photograph, is generated.
a.
Two copies of the Prisoner Movement Slip must be included in the
DAT ARREST PACKAGE.
Attach printouts of all warrant checks conducted (as per P.G. 208-22,
“Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks”) to DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION and include in DAT
ARREST PACKAGE.
Forward DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION:
a.
With DAT ARREST PACKAGE when issued, OR
b.
To borough court section booking facility with escorting officer and
prisoner, when not issued.
File “denied” DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION(S) in
a separate file by arrest date.

COMMANDS NOT UNDER PATROL SERVICES BUREAU, HOUSING
BUREAU, OR TRANSIT BUREAU
SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED

24.

25.

PRECINCT/
POLICE
SERVICE
AREA/TRANSIT
DISTRICT DESK
OFFICER

26.

Forward completed DAT ARREST PACKAGE to the precinct, police
service area, or transit district which issued the DAT serial number.
a.
Ensure package is delivered by midnight (2400 hours) on date of
arrest.
Notify desk officer of the command which issued the DAT serial number
prior to midnight of reason for the delay (e.g., late arrest), if delivery of
DAT ARREST PACKAGE cannot be completed by midnight.
a.
Deliver package directly to appropriate patrol borough, housing
borough, or transit borough, prior to the second platoon, if delivery
of DAT ARREST PACKAGE cannot be completed by midnight.
Make a Command Log entry when notified by a supervisor from outside
command that delivery of the DAT ARREST PACKAGE will not be
completed by midnight on date of arrest.
a.
Notate “PENDING” in the left margin of the DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX (PD260-122), next to
appropriate DAT serial number.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-27

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 11

DELIVERY OF DAT ARREST PACKAGES TO BOROUGH
PRECINCT/
POLICE
SERVICE
AREA/TRANSIT
DISTRICT DESK
OFFICER, FIRST
PLATOON

27.

28.

29.

COMMAND
MESSENGER

30.

31.

Prepare DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX (PD260-122), listing
all DAT(S) issued during the previous twenty-four hour period, in
numerical order, by DAT serial number.
a.
Sign name in caption provided on bottom of form.
Direct a uniformed member of the service to deliver the DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX and all DAT ARREST
PACKAGE(S) to the Patrol Borough, Housing Borough, or Transit
Borough, as appropriate, prior to 0100 hours.
Make Command Log entry including arrest number(s), DAT serial
number(s), arresting officer, and messenger’s rank and name.
Safeguard and deliver the DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX and all DAT
ARREST PACKAGES to the applicable borough, as directed by the desk officer.
a.
Obtain receipt signature from the receiving borough member on
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX.
Deliver command copy of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX to
desk officer.

PRECINCT/
POLICE
SERVICE
AREA/TRANSIT
DISTRICT DESK
OFFICER, FIRST
PLATOON

32.
33.

File command copy of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX.
Enter disposition (i.e., date/time DAT(S) delivered to borough) of DAT
ARREST PACKAGE(S) in applicable captions of DAT Log.

PATROL/
HOUSING/
TRANSIT
BOROUGH
MEMBER

34.

Receipt for delivery of DAT(S) on the DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX.
a.
File applicable copy of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX.
Prepare DESK APPEARANCE TICKET TRANSMITTAL TO
BOROUGH COURT SECTION (PD260-122A), listing all DAT
ARREST PACKAGE(S) to be sent to borough court section.
Ensure that all DAT ARREST PACKAGE(S), along with the DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET TRANSMITTAL TO BOROUGH COURT
SECTION, are delivered to the appropriate borough court section DAT
office on the second platoon, Monday through Friday.

35.

36.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

37.

Respond to Court Sign-In Room, if notified to appear at District Attorney’s
Complaint Room to draw up court complaint.
a.
Proceed to appropriate location as directed by court section
personnel or as indicated on notification.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-27

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 11

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
DAT issuance should never be based solely upon the OMNIFORM system checks.
Members of the service must conduct checks required by this procedure prior to entering
the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET into the OMNIFORM
system. OMNIFORM does not conduct the warrant checks required by this procedure.
ISSUANCE OF DAT NUMBERS
DAT serial numbers will consist of a three-digit command code followed by a dash and the
next sequential number, beginning with the number one each year. For example, the first
DAT serial number issued by the 68 Precinct shall be 068-1.
The desk officer, command processing the arrest (i.e., precinct, police service area, or transit district),
will assign all DAT serial numbers for DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS issued at the command,
regardless of jurisdiction of arrest, or command of assignment of the arresting officer, etc.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET GUIDELINES
A DESK APPEARANCE TICKET will not be issued in the following circumstances:
a.
Arrest on a warrant
b.
Photographable offenses (see P.G. 208-07, “Photographable Offenses”)
unless prisoner is hospitalized (If DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is
issued, notify borough court section concerned)
c.
Prisoners under the influence of drugs/alcohol to the degree that they may
endanger themselves or others
d.
Family offenses - complainant/victim and offender are members of the
same family/household as defined in the Family Court Act or as defined in
the expanded definition of a family/household in P.G. 208-36, “Family
Offenses/Domestic Violence,” AND:
(1)
Any offense is committed and an arrest is effected
(2)
Offender has violated an Order of Protection
(3)
Complainant/victim requests the opportunity to obtain an Order of
Protection, OR the facts of the case indicate an immediate need to
secure an Order of Protection because there is a strong possibility
that violence against the complainant/victim will recur (e.g., past
history of assaults against complainant/victim, statements made
by the defendant, active present hostility against
complainant/victim, etc.).
e.
Offender has violated an Order of Protection, OR complainant/victim
requests the opportunity to obtain an Order of Protection, OR the facts of
the case indicate an immediate need to secure an Order of Protection
because there is a strong possibility that violence against the
complainant/victim will recur (e.g., past history of assaults against
complainant/victim, statements made by the defendant, active present
hostility against complainant/victim, etc.)
f.
Arrest for Harassment 1st Degree (Penal Law 240.25, or Menacing 2nd
Degree (Penal Law 120.14[2]) -“Stalking” offenses
g.
Arrest for Criminal Sale of Marihuana 4th Degree (Penal Law 221.40) or,
Criminal Sale of Marihuana 5th Degree (Penal Law 221.35)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-27

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

h.

i.

j.

k.

l.
m.
n.
o.

p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.

7 of 11

Arrest for Assault 3rd Degree (Penal Law 120.00), Attempted Assault 3rd
Degree (Penal Law 110/120.00), Menacing 2nd Degree (Penal Law
120.14), Menacing 3rd Degree (Penal Law 120.15), Harassment 1st
Degree (Penal Law 240.25), Aggravated Harassment (Penal Law 240.30),
and Reckless Endangerment 2nd Degree (Penal Law 120.20) when
committed against a city/state enforcement agent performing official duty
Arrest for violation of Section 1192, intoxication/impaired driving
subdivisions (1), (2), (3) or (4) – Vehicle & Traffic Law (except DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET may be issued to eligible prisoner, hospitalized
more than twenty-four hours providing prisoner did not cause serious
physical injury or death to another)
Vehicle offenses:
(1)
Arrest for Attempted Grand Larceny 4th Degree (Penal Law 110/
155.30); Class “A” Misdemeanor
(2)
Intentionally damages a vehicle up to $250 (window break) when
in connection with attempt to steal auto, OR larceny of contents of
auto (e.g., radio) - Class “A” Misdemeanor.
Arrest for an offense which would constitute child abuse, neglect, or
maltreatment (see P.G. 215-03,”Emergency Removals or Investigation
and Reporting of Abused, Neglected or Maltreated Children” and P.G.
208-36, “Family Offenses/Domestic Violence”)
Misdemeanor Recidivists - when a warrant check printout indicates
“Misdemeanor Recid Notify DA In ECAB”
Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor Vehicle, 2nd Degree, (VTL
511 [2][a]; Misdemeanor, and 1st Degree, VTL 511 [3] [a]; Felony)
Criminal Trespass, 3rd Degree (Penal Law 140.10), when in connection
with a building utilized for commercial/office purposes
Whenever a person is arrested for threatening, harassing or menacing a
uniformed member of the service, an elected official or any other city,
state or federal employee
Arrest for Unlawful Eviction (Administrative Code 26-521)
Arrest for Interference with Professional Sporting Event (Administrative
Code Section 10-162); Unclassified Misdemeanor
Arrest for Resisting Arrest (Penal Law 205.30); Class “A” Misdemeanor
*Arrest for Obstructing Governmental Administration 2nd Degree (Penal
Law 195.05); Class “A” Misdemeanor (see below)
Whenever the OMNIFORM DAT Arrest Info Screen indicates that the
individual “owes DNA”
Fireworks offenses:
(1)
Arrest for the offering, selling or furnishing of fireworks valued at
$500 or more (Penal Law 270.00[2][a][ii]); Class “A”
Misdemeanor
(2)
Arrest for the sale of dangerous fireworks to a person under the
age of eighteen (Penal Law 270.00[2][b][ii]); Class “A”
Misdemeanor.

*A person arrested for Obstructing Governmental Administration 2nd Degree may be
issued a DAT if he/she engaged in uncooperative actions (see “DEFINITIONS”) and is
otherwise qualified.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-27

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 11

A DAT should not be issued to a person who uses mechanical means, i.e., a “sleeping
dragon,” chaining oneself to a stationary object, etc., to impede his/her removal and
arrest processing.
If OMNIFORM DAT Arrest Info Screen indicates that the prisoner has warrants, is on
parole/probation, is a recidivist, owes DNA, etc., the system will automatically preclude the desk
officer from issuing a DAT.
Under this procedure, a prisoner who is an admitted drug addict, and not undergoing
treatment at a Methadone Treatment Center, will continue to be eligible for DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET consideration.
Issue DAT to an eligible prisoner who is otherwise considered “special category” as
defined in P.G. 210-17, “Arrest Processing of Pre-Arraignment Prisoners Designated as
‘Special Category’.”
IDENTIFICATION STANDARDS
P.G. 208-28, “Identification Standards for Desk Appearance Tickets” describes a sequential
five step identification process to be followed during arrest processing in order to determine
a defendant’s eligibility for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET and involves the following
components:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Stricter Identification Standards
New York State Probation/Parole Status Inquiry
ADW Warrant Check/OCA Designations
Department of Motor Vehicles Name Check
Beta System Inquiry.

ACCOUNTABILITY
The decision to issue a DAT to an eligible prisoner rests solely with the desk officer. UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THE PRISONER BE RELEASED UNTIL THE FINGERPRINT
CRIMINAL HISTORY HAS BEEN RECEIVED AND REVIEWED. The desk officer, based
upon the information contained in the OMNIFORM system (in addition to other information obtained
during the course of the DAT investigation), will either have a DAT issued to the prisoner or have the
arrest processed “on line.”
The Borough Administrator is responsible to ensure that all DAT(S) issued and/or
delivered by their subordinate commands are completed accurately and in a timely manner
according to this procedure.
Any questions regarding arrest or DAT procedures should be directed to the applicable borough
court section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-27

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 11

UNLAWFUL POSSESSION OF MARIHUANA ARRESTS
If the only charge against a prisoner is Unlawful Possession of Marihuana (Section 221.05,
P.L. - Violation) and the prisoner does not qualify for a summons, the prisoner MUST be
processed for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET. However, normal DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET INVESTIGATION verifications do not apply in this type of case. The only
disqualifying factors regarding the issuance of a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET are:
a.
Inability to ascertain defendant’s identification or address, OR,
b.
Officer reasonably suspects that identification or address given is
inaccurate, OR,
c.
Officer believes that prisoner does not reside within the state,
d.
The prisoner owes DNA.
If the only charge is Unlawful Possession of Marihuana (Section 221.05, P.L. – Violation)
a field test must be completed in accordance with P.G. 218-08, “Field Testing of
Marijuana by Selected Uniformed Members of the Service within the Patrol Services and
Housing Bureaus.”
In this instance, if the prisoner also does not qualify for a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET, the desk officer must release the prisoner if $100.00 pre-arraignment bail is
posted (see P.G. 210-09, “Bail”). However, the prisoner will not be released if he/she
owes DNA.
DELIVERY OF DAT PACKAGES TO BOROUGH COURT SECTION
DAT(S) will only be delivered to the borough court section DAT office, Monday through Friday, on
the second platoon. On weekends and court holidays, the Patrol Borough, Housing Borough, and
Transit Borough will safeguard the DAT packages for delivery on the next second platoon that court is
in session.
WARRANT AND INVESTIGATION CARD CHECKS
Prior to releasing a prisoner who is being issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET at the
precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility, an INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163) check
and a warrant name check of local/state/federal files will be conducted in accordance with P.G. 20822, “Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks.”
In all cases, desk officers must review any relevant printout screen or results to ensure that the five
step eligibility process was properly conducted. In addition, desk officers shall monitor the
OMNIFORM system within their commands to ensure its proper use. If prisoner is released at
precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility, or removed to borough court section booking facility,
attach any relevant printouts to DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION. If
Department Local Area Network (LAN) terminal is inoperative, request the patrol borough to conduct
the checks. Should the borough terminal also be inoperative, an adjoining precinct/designated arrest
facility will be requested to conduct these checks. If the entire LAN system is out of service for more
than twenty minutes, the Central Warrant Unit will be requested by telephone to process and supply
the necessary checks.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-27

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

10 of 11

DESK APPEARANCE TICKET ELIGIBILITY FOR OUT OF STATE RESIDENTS
When attempting to determine whether to issue a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET to a person who
does not reside or work in New York State but is otherwise qualified, the desk officer should consider
the distance the arrested person will have to travel on the arraignment date. The person should be
questioned concerning his/her ability and willingness to appear in court for arraignment on the
scheduled return date. If the desk officer believes that the person will not appear as required, a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET WILL NOT be issued. If the person arrested requests a minor adjustment
in the return date and gives an unqualified promise to appear on the revised date, the desk officer must
use discretion in determining if the return date should be adjusted and a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET issued.
In unusual circumstances when the ends of justice will be served and undue hardship will be
averted by not holding an out of state defendant in custody (e.g., elderly or infirm defendant
or defendant accompanied by children, etc.), a short date DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
returnable the following day, may be issued. However, if doubt exists concerning attendance
of the defendant, a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET WILL NOT be issued.
When a short date DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is issued to an out of state defendant,
the desk officer must ensure that the DAT ARREST PACKAGE is sent to the appropriate
Patrol Borough, Housing Borough, or Transit Borough. In addition, the desk officer must
notify the applicable borough of the short return date. Patrol Borough, Housing Borough,
or Transit Borough personnel will ensure the delivery of the DAT ARREST PACKAGE to
the borough court section is expedited. Borough Court Section personnel will immediately
process the DESK APPEARANCE TICKET related papers to ensure that the Fingerprint
criminal history (RAP) sheet is available when the defendant is arraigned. In all such
cases, the arresting officer (if not excused) and the complainant (in appropriate cases) will
proceed to the Complaint Room. If the Complaint Room is not open, the officer and/or
complainant will report to the Complaint Room as soon as it opens to draw the court
complaint.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET ELIGIBILITY FOR HOSPITALIZED PRISONERS
A DESK APPEARANCE TICKET may be issued to an eligible hospitalized prisoner who is
charged with a Class “E” Felony except for those Class “E” Felonies listed as follows:
PENAL LAW SECTION
130.25
130.40
205.10
205.17
205.19
215.56
195.07

CHARGE
Rape, 3rd Degree
Criminal Sexual Act, 3rd Degree
Escape, 2nd Degree
Absconding from Temporary Release, 1st Degree
Absconding from a Community Treatment Facility
Bail Jumping, 2nd Degree
Obstructing Governmental Administration, 1st Degree

Criminal photographs need not be taken of a hospitalized prisoner who is issued a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET for a Class “E” Felony.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-27

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

PAGE:

11 of 11

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

PARTICIPATING DEPARTMENT STORE PROGRAM

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks (P.G. 208-22)
Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Identification Standards for Desk Appearance Tickets (P.G. 208-28)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Intoxicated or Impaired Driver Arrest (P.G. 208-40)
Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator’s License (P.G. 209-26)
Bail (P.G. 210-09)
Arrest Processing of Pre-Arraignment Prisoners Designated as “Special Category” (P.G.
210-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (COMPUTER FORM)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX (PD260-122)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION (PD360-091)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET TRANSMITTAL TO BOROUGH COURT SECTION (PD260122A)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

When an arrest is made by a security officer of a participating department store and the
offense is one for which a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET may be issued, the desk officer
will direct the arrest processing officer to assist the store security officer in processing the
arrest in order to maintain compliance with this procedure.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-28

IDENTIFICATION STANDARDS FOR DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To establish identification standards and eligibility requirements prior to the
issuance of a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET.

SCOPE

The process to be followed during arrest processing in order to determine eligibility
for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET will be sequential. The following is a fivestep procedure which shall be implemented by arresting officers in the order listed:
a.
Stricter Identification Standards
b.
New York State Probation/Parole Status Inquiry
c.
ADW Warrant Check/OCA Designations
d.
Department of Motor Vehicles Name Check
e.
Beta System Inquiry.
As each category is checked, if there is a negative result, the inquiry will be brought to the
next step. When information is received that will disqualify an individual from DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET consideration, further inquiries will cease and the arrest will
be processed online. This five-step eligibility process is both comprehensive and labor
intensive.

PROCEDURE

When an individual is applying for the issuance of a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

Establish individual’s identification and eligibility for the issuance of a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET by the following:
a.
STRICTER IDENTIFICATION STANDARDS - The following
forms of identification satisfy the need to properly identify individuals
applying for release via DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS:
(1)
New York State Driver’s License, Permit, or Non-Driver
Photo Identification
(2)
Valid passport
(3)
United States military photo identification
(4)
Citizenship or naturalization papers
(5)
Resident alien card
(6)
Driver’s License (out of state/country).
b.
NEW YORK STATE/U.S. EASTERN DISTRICT FEDERAL
PROBATION/PAROLE STATUS INQUIRY - Inquiry will be made
through the FINEST System into the Booking Arraignment
Disposition Inquiry System [BADS] to ascertain Probation/Parole
status of prisoners seeking release through the DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET process. If it is confirmed that the
prisoner seeking release on a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is
currently on probation or parole, a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
will NOT be issued to that individual. The process is as follows:
(1)
Log into BADS with BADS ID and password
(2)
Select Option “5,” Defendant Status, by typing “5” and
pressing “ENTER”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-28

PAGE:

08/01/13

(3)

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 5

Type defendant’s Last name, First initial (if desired), Sex, and Date
of Birth (DOB)
(a)
Type “O” in RANGE field for a direct hit on the DOB
entered, or a number (1-9) for that range of years before
and after the DOB entered, and press “ENTER.”

The number of possible hits for N.Y.S. Parole, N.Y.C. Probation and Eastern District
Federal Probation will be displayed.

(4)

c.

To view information, press “1” for N.Y.S. Parole list, “2” for
N.Y.C. Probation list and “3” for Eastern District Federal
Probation list, then press “ENTER”
(5)
When viewing one of the above lists, or to see additional
data for an individual, move the cursor to the desired line
and press “ENTER.”
(a)
If the defendant has non-sealed New York City arrests:
(1)
Defendant Data, NYSID Profile, and
Parole/Probation Data will already be selected
(2)
Press “ENTER” to page through the screens.
(b)
If the defendant has no non-sealed New York City
arrests:
(1)
A Parole/Probation record will be displayed
(2)
Press “ENTER” to return to the list.
ADW WARRANT CHECKS/OCA DESIGNATIONS - A local,
state, and federal warrant check will be conducted via the Automated
Database for Warrants (ADW) and the FINEST MESSAGE
SWITCHING SYSTEM (MSWS) as per P.G. 208-22, “Performing
Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks.” The presence of an
active warrant from this inquiry will disqualify an individual from
receiving a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET. This check will
access the Warrant Master File through ADW. Within this file are
target groups which are displayed by the presence of an OCA#
designation preceded by the letter Q, X, or I. Persons in custody who
are categorized by any of the following designations will not be
eligible to receive a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET:
(1)
OCA designations that begin with letter Q:
Q65000000 Robbery Recidivist
Q65200000 Misdemeanor Recidivist
Q65300000 Firearm Violator
Q65400000 Armed Career Criminal
(2)
OCA designations that begin with the letter X:
This category consists of individuals who are target
narcotics violators

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-28

PAGE:

08/01/13

(3)

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 5

OCA designations that begin with the letter I:
This file contains individuals who are wanted by a particular
detective squad for a specific crime, or for questioning
relative to a crime. In these cases, a telephone notification is
required to the Criminal Intelligence Section (See P.G. 20823, “Computerized Investigation Card System”).

In the above OCA designation categories, notifications must be made to the command of
origination, including arraignment date and the fact that identification is based on a name
check only. Comply with any further instructions which appear on the display screen.

d.

e.

DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES NAME CHECK
Name checks will be made through the FINEST System under the
NYSPIN/DMV menu headings: NYS Driver Group Search
(DGRP) and NYS Driver Inquiry (DLIC). First, use the DGRP
command. This will determine if the individual is using multiple
or similar names. If so, attempt to match the pedigree information
provided on the display screen with the subject who is physically
present. Next, enter this data into the DLIC system. If the DLIC
system reveals that the subject:
(1)
Has three or more license suspensions on three or more
different dates, or
(2)
Is operating a vehicle with a revoked driver’s license, or
(3)
Has an outstanding federal, state, or local warrant, or
(4)
Has ever been the subject of an issued federal, state, or
local warrant at any time, or
(5)
Is arrested for operating a motor vehicle while having a
revoked driver’s license, or
(6)
Has been convicted of unlicensed operation of a motor
vehicle any degree, within the previous eighteen months,
or
(7)
Has had their operator’s license suspended based upon
having ever refused to submit to a chemical test for
alcohol, or
(8)
Has had their operator’s license suspended based upon
failure to pay child/spousal support as outlined in VTL 510
(4e), then the subject WILL BE DENIED a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET.
BETA SYSTEM INQUIRY - An inquiry will be made into Beta
System through the FINEST System/MIS to determine DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET eligibility based upon the prisoner’s past
criminal history. Specifically, this inquiry will reveal the presence of
aliases, match them to a criminal identification number (NYSID #)
and interface with the on-line warrant file, to determine if the subject
has been previously issued a warrant. If subject is found to have
previous warrant history, then a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
will NOT be issued. The process will be as follows:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-28

PAGE:

08/01/13

(1)
(2)

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

(3)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

4 of 5

Type “NMOS/tax registry number” of requesting officer
Enter in center of screen corresponding reference numbers,
i.e., 61 #, arrest #, case #, misc. #
After the caption, “NMCK” enter: Last name/first
name/sex/dob - then press “Enter.”

If NYSID # is ascertained, sign onto ADW as follows:
(1)
Select the ADW icon on a Department LAN.
(a)
Enter your tax number when prompted.
(2)
Select “Queries” at the top of the screen.
(3)
Select “NYSID Search.”
(a)
Enter the NYSID number in the prompt box.
(4)
Highlight “Selected Tables.”
(a)
Select “Warrant” and “I Card.”

DESK OFFICER 2.

Use common sense standards based upon the age and/or physical
condition of a prisoner to ensure that the best interests of the Department
will be served by not denying the issuance of a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET, in the course of determining eligibility.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

3.

Ensure that passwords are issued to uniformed members of the command
so that access to the various systems is not restricted.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
DAT issuance should never be based solely upon the OMNIFORM system checks.
Members of the service must conduct checks required by this procedure prior to entering
the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) into the
OMNIFORM system. OMNIFORM does not conduct the warrant checks required by this
procedure.
IDENTIFICATION STANDARDS
Members should note that these are general guidelines and other valid forms of
identification may be acceptable. Even when an individual possesses identification and
a uniformed member of the service has reasonable suspicion with regard to the veracity
of the identification presented, the desk officer will make the final determination as to
whether the defendant’s identity has been ascertained.
FALSE PERSONATION
In addition to producing one of the above valid forms of identification, the prisoner must also
provide legitimate, verifiable proof of a valid current address. When attempting to ascertain a
prisoner’s identity, the uniformed member of the service concerned should inform the
prisoner that knowingly misrepresenting his or her actual name, date of birth, or
address to a police officer, with intent to prevent a police officer from ascertaining such
information, is punishable as a crime. Prisoners who knowingly misrepresent their
pedigree information should be charged under Penal Law 190.23 (False Personation, B.
Misd.).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-28

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

The desk officer considering DESK APPEARANCE TICKET eligibility will determine the
validity of the prisoner’s offered address. If the desk officer is not satisfied that the prisoner
has offered proper evidence of a valid current address, the prisoner shall NOT be issued a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET. In order to ensure that the process for determining
eligibility for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is properly conducted, desk officers will be
responsible to have arresting officers bring to the borough court section a copy of any
inquiry which eliminated the prisoner from DESK APPEARANCE TICKET consideration.
In those cases where eligibility was denied because of unverified identification or address
information, a notation will be entered on the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
WORKSHEET under “Details” and initialed by the desk officer.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks (P.G. 208-22)
Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Desk Appearance Ticket - Hospitalized Prisoner (P.G. 208-30)
Arrest Processing - Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor Vehicle (P.G. 208-53)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (COMPUTER FORM)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-30

DESK APPEARANCE TICKET – HOSPITALIZED PRISONER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To issue a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET to a hospitalized prisoner who was
ineligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET at time of arrest due to
physical or mental condition.

PROCEDURE

When a hospitalized prisoner has recovered sufficiently to be issued a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET:

GUARDING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Notify desk officer that prisoner’s condition permits issuance of a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET.

DESK OFFICER 2.

Direct patrol supervisor to determine condition of prisoner and duration
of confinement.
Direct guarding officer to follow P.G. 208-27, “Desk Appearance Ticket General Procedure.”
Have DESK APPEARANCE TICKET issued if prisoner qualifies.

3.
4.
GUARDING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

6.

DESK OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

7.
8.

9.

NOTE

Obtain DESK APPEARANCE TICKET return date in accordance with
appropriate borough guidelines.
a.
Ensure that return date is after tentative date of prisoner’s
discharge from hospital.
Notify borough court section concerned that DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET has been issued, and provide the following information:
a.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET serial number
b.
Return date
c.
Court to which DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is returnable
d.
Date and time of release of prisoner.
Have arresting officer notified.
Distribute DESK APPEARANCE TICKET as follows:
a.
Original copy in DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)
b.
One photocopy each to defendant, arresting officer/complainant, and
command file.
Make the following entries on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) or ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157):
a.
Return date of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
b.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET serial number
c.
Court to which returnable.

Forward DAT ARREST PACKAGE with required paperwork as per P.G. 208-27,
“Desk Appearance Ticket – General Procedure.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-30

ARRESTING
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.
11.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

12.

ROLL CALL
CLERK

14.

13.

DESK OFFICER 15.
WHERE
HOSPITAL IS
LOCATED

2 of 2

Determine on day prior to return date if prisoner is still hospitalized.
a.
Ascertain approximate date of discharge, if still confined.
Notify borough court section supervisor if prisoner remains hospitalized.
Request adjournment to a day subsequent to prisoner’s tentative release
from the hospital.
Direct roll call clerk of arresting officer’s command to notify arresting
officer of adjourned date.
Make entry in command diary and notify arresting officer of new court
date, if required to appear.
Have defendant notified of adjourned date.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If prisoner is ineligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET, he/she may be issued a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET providing he/she can post bail. If the hospitalized prisoner
is confined outside the precinct of record, the desk officer/counterpart will notify the precinct
where hospital is located that he/she has accepted bail (see P.G. 210-09, “Bail”). The
member guarding the prisoner will fingerprint him/her, if required.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Desk Appearance Ticket – General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Bail (P.G. 210-09)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ARREST REPORT – SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-34

BRIBERY ARREST BY UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To assist a uniformed member of the service who effects an arrest for bribery
from time of arrest to final disposition of case.

PROCEDURE

When a bribe has been offered and circumstances do not permit prior
consultation with a member of the Internal Affairs Bureau:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

NOTE

In situations where subsequent arrest for bribery is made after the original arrest
charge has been processed, (i.e., arrest number has been generated), but prior to the
prisoner being arraigned, an ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) must
be prepared describing the circumstances surrounding the additional charge of bribery.

Make summary arrest and follow appropriate arrest processing guidelines.

2.

Notify desk officer/supervisor.

DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

3.

Confer with Legal Bureau if:
a.
Legality of charges are in doubt
b.
Immediate legal assistance is required.

NOTE

If Legal Bureau is closed, call Operations Unit to arrange a consultation with a
Department Attorney.

I.A.B.
COMMAND
CENTER

4.

Notify Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center (212) 741-8401.

5.

Record information including:
a.
Internal Affairs Bureau log number
b.
Date of arrest
c.
Precinct of arrest
d.
Prisoner’s name and address
e.
Charge
f.
Description of circumstances which led to arrest and any other
violation of law.
Advise desk officer/supervisory member to contact appropriate Bureau/
Borough Investigations Unit for technical assistance.

6.

DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

7.

NOTE

The precinct commander/duty captain will be notified and perform the duties of the
lieutenant platoon commander if the platoon commander is unavailable.

Notify lieutenant platoon commander.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-34

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

LIEUTENANT
PLATOON
COMMANDER

8.
9.

Interview arresting officer.
Prepare seven copies of report of arrest on Typed Letterhead addressed
to Chief of Department.
a.
Forward original copy of report direct to the Chief of Department
via Department mail.
b.
FAX copy of the report of arrest to Internal Affairs Bureau,
Command Center at (212) 741-8408.
c.
Retain remaining copies at precinct desk pending result of the
initial arraignment.

NOTE

All copies of the report MUST include the Internal Affairs Bureau log number.

10.

Notify precinct commander/duty captain, who will review actions taken
by the precinct platoon commander.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

11.

Confer with immediate supervisor and/or Integrity Control Officer
concerned, prior to pre-arraignment.

ARRESTING
OFFICER AND
SUPERVISORY
MEMBER/I.C.O.

12.

Consult with Assistant District Attorney to insure that bribery or related
offense is charged in complaint.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

13.

Notify desk officer/supervisor when affidavit has been completed of:
a.
Name of Assistant District Attorney
b.
Charge(s) entered on complaint.

I.C.O. OF
MEMBER
CONCERNED

14.

Ascertain the following information through the borough Court Section
after prisoner has been arraigned:
a.
Arraignment date
b.
Judge
c.
Court docket and NYSID numbers
d.
Disposition including adjournment date
e.
Grand Jury date, if any.
Enter additional information (steps 13 and 14 above) by endorsement on
remaining copies of report of arrest held at desk (see step 9).
Forward copies of report as follows:
a.
First copy direct to the Chief of Department (Chief of Department
reviews and forwards to Personnel Bureau)
b.
Second copy direct to Chief of Internal Affairs
c.
Third copy direct to Commanding Officer, Employee Relations Section
d.
Fourth copy to the Chief of Department, through channels
e.
Fifth copy to commanding officer of arresting officer
f.
Sixth copy - file.

15.
16.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-34

ARRESTING
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

17.

18.

3 of 4

Maintain a record of all court appearances regarding bribery or related
offenses/arrests including:
a.
Date of hearing
b.
Court docket number
c.
Name of Assistant District Attorney at each appearance
d.
Disposition.
Report information to commanding officer after each court appearance.

NOTE

Commanding officers of uniformed members of the service who effect bribery arrests
will be responsible for the follow-up and final disposition reports.

COURT
SECTION
CONCERNED

19.

Render assistance to arresting officer and duty captain/supervisor, when
necessary.

I.C.O. OF
MEMBER
CONCERNED

20.

Record information as received and file in folder marked “Arrests by
Uniformed Members of the Service Regarding Bribery and Related Offenses.”
Forward copy of report to member’s new commanding officer who
assumes responsibility for:
a.
Maintaining file in folder
b.
Adding new information received
c.
Forwarding reports as required.

21.

COMMANDING 22.
OFFICER OF
MEMBER
CONCERNED

Prepare a consolidated report on Typed Letterhead upon receipt of final
disposition and include a complete history of case and court appearances for:
a.
Police Commissioner
b.
Chief of Department
c.
Chief of Internal Affairs.

WHEN AN ASSISTANT DISTRICT ATTORNEY REFUSES TO CHARGE
BRIBERY IN THE COMPLAINT:
ARRESTING
OFFICER

23.

Notify the precinct commander/duty captain.

PRECINCT

24.

Respond to command of arrest/designated arrest processing facility and
confer with Assistant District Attorney and arresting officer.
a.
Confer with supervising Assistant District Attorney if not in
agreement with Assistant District Attorney.

25.

Obtain signed copy of Decline Prosecution Report if bribery or related offense
is only charge and Assistant District Attorney refuses to draw complaint.
a.
Make complete entry of facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
or INVESTIGATOR’S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439156), as appropriate.

COMMANDER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN
ARRESTING
OFFICER

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-34

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

c.
d.

4 of 4

Comply with instructions of Assistant District Attorney and court
personnel if a civilian complainant desires to appear before a judge.
Secure release of prisoner from detention pen when ordered by Assistant
District Attorney and Decline Prosecution Report is obtained.
Immediately notify Court Section supervisor concerned and be guided by
his/her instructions, if prisoner has already been removed to courthouse.

COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

26.

If prisoner is being secured in courthouse detention areas:
a.
Request FAX copy of Decline Prosecution Report from arresting
officer.
b.
Verify its contents with assigned Assistant District Attorney upon its receipt.
c.
Have prisoner released expeditiously.
d.
Make appropriate Command Log and OLPA “Notepad” entries.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

27.
28.

Notify Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, of results.
Deliver Decline Prosecution Report to commanding officer.

COMMANDING 29.
OFFICER OF
MEMBER
CONCERNED
30.

Review Decline Prosecution Report.
a.
Sign rear of Decline Prosecution Report signifying inspection
b.
Have Decline Prosecution Report filed with OLBS ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) in member’s command.
Prepare DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT
(PD244-1515), if necessary.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A commanding officer who believes a subordinate member of his/her command has
participated in an act reflecting high integrity that deserves recognition will forward
three copies of a report describing all the facts, including results, to the Integrity Review
Board, through the Personnel Bureau.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Release Of Prisoners - General Procedures (P.G. 210-13)
Attempted Bribery Of Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 208-35)
Release Of Prisoners At The Complaint Room At The Direction Of Assistant District
Attorney (P.G. 210-16)
Boards And Committees (O.G. 101-23)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT (PD244-1515)
INVESTIGATOR’S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156)
OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
Decline Prosecution Report
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-35

ATTEMPTED BRIBERY OF UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To develop or secure corroborating evidence in attempted bribery cases.

PROCEDURE

Upon being offered a bribe, particularly a future bribe and corroborating
evidence may be developed:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Notify desk officer/supervisor as soon as possible.
a.
If not possible, call the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center,
([212] 741-8401), twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR
NOTIFIED

2.

Inform Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, of offer and any
related arrangements

I.A.B.
COMMAND
CENTER

3.

Record notification.
a.
Assign log number.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

Record facts in ACTIVITY LOG (112-145) or INVESTIGATOR’S
DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156), as appropriate.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

5.

Be guided by recommendations of the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command
Center, regarding:
a.
Action to be taken
b.
Whether any technical and tactical assistance will be provided.
Notify bureau/borough Investigations Unit concerned and request
necessary assistance.

6.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Bribery Arrest by Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 208-34)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (112-145)
INVESTIGATOR’S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-36

FAMILY OFFENSES/DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 14

PURPOSE

To process family offenses and other offenses that occur between family/
household members as per the Family/Household - Expanded Definition.

DEFINITIONS

COMPLAINANT/VICTIM - For purposes of this procedure ONLY, is limited to
a person described in subdivisions “a” through “h” below:
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD (AS DEFINED IN FAMILY COURT ACT) - includes
persons who:
a.
Are legally married to one another
b.
Were formerly legally married to one another
c.
Are related by marriage (affinity)
d.
Are related by blood (consanguinity)
e.
Have a child in common regardless of whether such persons have been
married or have lived together at any time
f.
Are not related by consanguinity (blood) or affinity (marriage) and who
are, or have been, in an intimate relationship regardless of whether such
persons have lived together at any time

NOTE

A common sense standard regarding the totality of the circumstances involving the
relationship should be used to determine if an “intimate relationship” exists. Factors a
member of the service may consider in determining whether a relationship is an “intimate
relationship” include but are not limited to: the nature or type of relationship (the relationship
between the involved parties does not have to be sexual in nature to be considered “intimate”);
the frequency of interaction between persons; and the duration of the relationship. Neither a
casual acquaintance nor ordinary fraternization between two individuals solely in a business,
educational, or social context shall be deemed to constitute an “intimate relationship.” If
unable to determine if the relationship in question is an “intimate relationship,” the member of
the service concerned will request the response of the patrol supervisor.
Additional factors that may assist in determining the intimacy of a relationship include,
but are not limited to: amount of time spent together in either a work or leisure related
capacity, shared expenses and/or finances, extent of interaction with family members, etc.
All members of the service are reminded that their primary responsibility is to ensure the
immediate and future safety of all parties involved in domestic violence incidents.

FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD (NYPD EXPANDED DEFINITION) - includes subdivisions
“a” through “f” above, AND persons who:
g.
Are currently living together in a family-type relationship
h.
Formerly lived together in a family-type relationship.
A family/household thus includes: “common-law” marriages, same sex couples,
registered NYC domestic partners, different generations of the same family,
siblings, in-laws, persons involved in “intimate relationships,” and persons who
live or have lived together in a family-type relationship.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-36

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 14

OFFENSE - Conduct for which a sentence to a term of imprisonment or to a fine
is provided (felony, misdemeanor, or violation).
FAMILY OFFENSE - Any act which may constitute the following and is
committed by one member of the same family/household, AS DEFINED IN THE
FAMILY COURT ACT (subdivisions “a” through “f” above), against another:
a.
Harassment 1st or 2nd degree
b.
Assault 2nd degree or Attempt
c.
Disorderly Conduct (including acts amounting to Disorderly Conduct
NOT committed in a public place)
d.
Aggravated Harassment 2nd degree
e.
Assault 3rd degree or Attempt
f.
Reckless Endangerment
g.
Menacing 2nd or 3rd degree
h.
Stalking (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th degrees)

NOTE

The law also adds the crimes of Stalking in the first through fourth degrees to the list of
criminal convictions which will subject an offender to automatic suspension or revocation of a
pistol license by the Criminal or Family Court.

i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.

Sexual Misconduct
Forcible Touching
Sexual Abuse 3rd degree
Sexual Abuse 2nd degree when committed against a victim incapable of a
factor other than being less than seventeen years old
Criminal Mischief (all degrees)
Strangulation 1st or 2nd degree
Criminal Obstruction of Breathing or Blood Circulation.

ORDER OF PROTECTION - An order issued by the New York City Criminal
Court, New York State Family Court, or the New York State Supreme Court,
requiring compliance with specific conditions of behavior, hours of visitation and
any other condition deemed appropriate by the court of issuance. An Order of
Protection may also be issued by the Supreme Court as part of a separation
decree, divorce judgment, annulment, or as part of a court order in a pending
separation, divorce, or annulment action.
PROBABLE CAUSE - A combination of facts, viewed through the eyes of a
uniformed member of the service, which would lead a person of reasonable
caution to believe that an offense is being or has been committed. The “probable
cause” standard applied in family offense/domestic violence offenses IS NO
DIFFERENT from the standard applied in other offenses and may be met by
evidence other than the statement of the complainant/victim.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-36

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 14

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

CONCURRENT JURISDICTION - Concurrent jurisdiction exists when different
courts have jurisdiction over the same subject matter within the same territory.
Both Criminal Court and Family Court have concurrent jurisdiction when:
a.
A family offense (as defined above) has been committed; AND
b.
A family/household relationship as defined in the Family Court Act “a”
through “f” above (and NOT including the NYPD EXPANDED
DEFINITION) exists between the offender and the victim; AND
c.
The offender is sixteen years of age or older.

NOTE

All three of the above elements must exist for both Family Court and Criminal Court to
have jurisdiction at the same time. If either of the first two elements are not met, the
complainant MUST go to Criminal Court. If the first two elements are met, but the
offender is less than sixteen years of age, the complainant must go to Family Court.

WHEN CONCURRENT JURISDICTION EXISTS:
Advise complainants/victim that:
a.
There is concurrent jurisdiction with respect to family offenses in both
Family Court and the Criminal Courts;
b.
A Family Court proceeding is a civil proceeding and is for the purpose of
attempting to stop the violence, end the family disruption and obtain
protection. Referrals for counseling or counseling services are available
through probation for this purpose;
c.
A proceeding in the Criminal Courts is for the purpose of prosecution of
the offender and can result in a criminal conviction of the offender;
d.
A proceeding or action subject to the provisions of Family Court Act,
Section 812, is initiated at the time of filing of an accusatory instrument or
Family Court petition, not at the time of arrest, or request for arrest, if any;
e.
An arrest may precede the commencement of a Family Court or a
Criminal Court proceeding, but an arrest is not a requirement for
commencing either proceeding; however, that the arrest of an alleged
offender shall be made under the circumstances described in subdivision
four of Section 140.10 of the Criminal Procedure Law.
PROCEDURE

When members of the service respond to, or are notified of, any incident involving
members of the same Family/Household (NYPD EXPANDED DEFINITION):

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Obtain medical assistance if requested or the need is apparent.
Ascertain all facts.
a.
Interview persons involved SEPARATELY.
b.
Interview and record names of any witnesses present at time of
occurrence.
c.
Collect evidence and record statements of persons present (e.g.,
admission by offender during dispute).
d.
Take photographs using the domestic violence digital camera in
all cases where a victim has visible injuries and/or damaged
property as a result of domestic violence. Photographs will be

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-36

4 of 14

uploaded into the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database as
per P.G. 208-39, “Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (Digital
Photography of Visible Injuries/Damaged Property).” Other
domestic violence evidence (i.e., weapons, clothing, etc.) must be
vouchered in accordance with P.G. 218-01, “Invoicing Property –
General Procedure.”
If the complainant/victim appears to have difficulty understanding/communicating in
English, the member of the service concerned should comply with P.G. 212-90,
“Guidelines for Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons.” If the
complainant/victim appears to be hearing impaired, the member of the service
concerned should comply with P.G. 212-104, “Interaction with Hearing Impaired
Persons.” Members of the service are reminded that family members should not be used
to interpret in a domestic incident due to potential partiality. Family members may only
be temporarily used for interpretation in domestic incidents in life-threatening situations
when there is no other feasible alternative. Once the situation is stabilized, a bilingual
member of the service or the telephonic interpretation service should be used to verify
the details of the domestic incident. As possible victims or witnesses to an incident,
children may be interviewed; however, whenever feasible, children should not be used
as an interpreter for any kind of police incident, including domestic violence. The
alleged offender in any type of incident, including domestic violence, should not be used
as an interpreter.

3.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Determine whether:
a.
Probable cause exists that any offense has been committed
b.
An Order of Protection has been obtained by complainant/victim
c.
The offense constitutes a FAMILY OFFENSE
d.
There are children present in the home who may be victims of
neglect, abuse, or maltreatment.
(1)
If a member REASONABLY SUSPECTS a child less than
eighteen is abused, neglected or maltreated and continued
presence in the household presents an imminent risk to the
child’s physical or mental health, request the patrol
supervisor to respond, prepare REPORT OF SUSPECTED
CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT (PD377-154),
and notify the State Central Registry as outlined in P.G. 21503, “Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting
Of Abused, Neglected Or Maltreated Children.”

Willful failure to make such notification is a Class “A” Misdemeanor. Further, civil
liability may result for the damages caused by such failure.

(2)

If probable cause exists that a crime has been committed against
a child, the perpetrator will be arrested, and no DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121) or stationhouse bail
will be issued.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-36

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 14

WHEN OFFENDER HAS DEPARTED SCENE PRIOR TO ARRIVAL OF POLICE:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

5.

Conduct search of immediate vicinity for offender when:
a.
Probable cause exists that a crime has been committed OR an
Order of Protection has been violated, AND
b.
Uniformed member of the service has reason to believe that such
search might yield positive results.
Advise complainant/victim to call police when offender returns, if search
produces negative results and follow reporting procedures as set forth below.

WHEN COMPLAINANT/VICTIM INDICATES THAT AN ORDER OF
PROTECTION HAS BEEN OBTAINED:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Request complainant/victim to produce Order of Protection.
a.
If Order of Protection cannot be produced, use the Central
Records Division intranet database application to do a search for
all Orders of Protection issued by a New York City based court.
If the computer system is down, or for Orders of Protection issued
outside New York City, telephone Central Records Division,
Identification Section to verify that an Order of Protection was
issued, court of issuance, specific conduct prohibited and the
expiration date.
b.
If the Identification Section reports that there are no Orders of
Protection on file pertaining to the complainant/victim, telephone
the precinct of occurrence and request a member of the service
authorized to operate the FINEST System to conduct an Order of
Protection database inquiry.
c.
In the event the precinct of occurrence is unable to conduct the inquiry,
request the Communications Section dispatcher to conduct the inquiry.

IF OFFENDER IS PRESENT OR THE SEARCH FOR THE OFFENDER WAS
SUCCESSFUL AND THERE IS PROBABLE CAUSE THAT ANY FELONY HAS
BEEN COMMITTED OR AN ORDER OF PROTECTION HAS BEEN VIOLATED:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.

Arrest offender even if complainant/victim requests that offender not be arrested.
a.
When an Order of Protection is violated and the act that violates the Order
is an offense, offender must be charged with that offense in addition to the
appropriate charge for the violation of the Order of Protection.
b.
In all cases, whether the Order of Protection was issued by Family
Court, Supreme Court, or Criminal Court, and whether the violation of
the Order of Protection also constitutes an offense or not (e.g., offender
in proximity to complainant’s residence or place of employment is not
an offense in and of itself but does violate an Order of Protection), the
violation of the Order of Protection shall be charged as the Penal Law
crime of Criminal Contempt, or Aggravated Criminal Contempt, as
appropriate, and the offender brought to Criminal Court.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-36

NOTE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 14

Under the federal 1994 Violence against Women Act, Orders of Protection issued by courts of
other jurisdictions (other states, U.S. territories, tribal jurisdictions), in cases of domestic
violence covered by this procedure, may be enforced in New York State. If the particular outof-state Order of Protection is available, and otherwise appears to be valid on its face (i.e.,
not expired, signed by a judge or justice of a court), and there is probable cause to believe
that the Order of Protection has been violated, and that the offender had notice of the Order
and an opportunity to be heard, uniformed members of the service will arrest the offender and
charge him or her with either Criminal Contempt in the second degree (Penal Law Section
215.50 (3), Criminal Contempt in the first degree (Penal Law section 215.51 (b), (c), or (d)),
or Aggravated Criminal Contempt (Penal Law section 215.52), as appropriate.
In order to charge any of the criminal contempt charges above, for a violation of either an
in-state or out-of-state Order of Protection, there must be a showing that the offender had
“notice” of the issuance of the Order of Protection, either because he or she was present
in court when the Order was issued or because he or she was duly served with the Order.
In order to establish probable cause that the offender had notice, uniformed members of
the service should ask the offender if he or she knew of the Order and if necessary ask the
complainant/victim to verify that the offender had knowledge of the Order. Additionally, if
such is deemed necessary, uniformed members of the service may call the court that issued
the order during normal business hours to seek further information.
In the case of out-of-state Orders of Protection, there is an additional requirement that
the offender has had or will shortly have an opportunity to be heard. This essentially
means that the offender was notified of a date to appear in the particular court in order
to respond to the issuance of the Order. In order to take enforcement action, probable
cause as to any of the following must exist:
a.
The offender appeared in court in response to issuance of the Order of Protection,
b.
The offender was served with notice to appear, in response to the issuance of the
Order of Protection and failed to appear, or
c.
The offender was served with an Order of Protection with a notice to appear
before the court within thirty days of the issuance of the Order of Protection.
The inquiries set forth in the preceding paragraph may be used to establish the existence
of this element of probable cause.
In cases in which the Order of Protection is not produced by the complainant/victim, in addition
to the procedure set forth in step “6,” above, uniformed members of the service shall inquire
whether a record of the Order exists on the statewide registry of Orders of Protection or the
protection order file maintained by the National Crime Information Center (NCIC). However,
the presence of the Order on any file shall not be required for enforcement of the Order, provided
that the uniformed member of the service has probable cause to believe that the Order is in
existence through credible information supplied by the complainant/victim or other reliable source.
When an offender is arrested for violating any Order of Protection, his or her arrest will, in
ALL cases, be processed in New York City Criminal Court, regardless of the court that
issued the Order. The offender will be charged with the appropriate criminal contempt
charge. The offender will also be charged with any pertinent criminal offense for which
probable cause exists. When an arrest is made for violation of a Family Court Order of
Protection, the complainant/victim will be advised that he or she has a right to proceed
independently in Family Court by filing a petition. However, uniformed members of the
service are required to bring the offender before the local criminal court.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-36

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 14

WHEN THERE IS PROBABLE CAUSE THAT ANY MISDEMEANOR HAS
BEEN COMMITTED, IN OR OUT OF THE UNIFORMED MEMBER’S
PRESENCE, OR A VIOLATION HAS BEEN COMMITTED IN THE
UNIFORMED MEMBER’S PRESENCE:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.

Arrest offender.
a.
Under the Criminal Procedure Law, a uniformed member of the
service must arrest the offender, unless the victim specifically states,
on his or her own initiative, that he or she does not want the offender
arrested. The uniformed member of the service shall not ask the
victim if he or she wants to have the offender arrested. The uniformed
member of the service retains the discretion to make an arrest in a
misdemeanor case, despite the victim’s decision not to seek an arrest.

NOTE

The primary considerations when the complainant/victim does not want an arrest are the
prevention of further violence and the safety of ALL household members. Factors to be
taken into consideration include, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO:
a.
The past history of the offender and victim (prior arrests, incidents, injuries sustained
etc.). If possible, conduct an inquiry through the Precinct Domestic Incident Database.
b.
The uniformed member of the service’s observations of the scene and victim.
c.
Statements of witnesses.
d.
Statements made by the offender (especially threats of suicide, homicide or other
future violence).
e.
Threatened use of weapons, or the presence of or access to weapons by the offender.
f.
Mental and physical state of the offender (drug or alcohol intoxication, etc.).
g.
Presence of other household members who may be at risk, including the elderly.
If an officer has any doubts about the continued safety of any household member, AN
ARREST SHOULD BE EFFECTED.

9.

Make an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry if complainant/victim does
not want an arrest for a misdemeanor or any violation committed in the
uniformed member of the service’s presence by family/household member.
a.
Request complainant/victim to sign log entry.
b.
Enter “Refused Signature” if complainant/victim will NOT sign entry.

IN CROSS COMPLAINT SITUATIONS, WHERE THERE IS PROBABLE
CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT MORE THAN ONE FAMILY OR HOUSEHOLD
MEMBER HAS COMMITTED A FAMILY OFFENSE MISDEMEANOR, IN OR
OUT OF THE UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE’S PRESENCE IN A
SINGLE DOMESTIC INCIDENT:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

10.

Attempt to identify the primary physical aggressor after considering the
following criteria:
a.
The comparative extent of any injuries inflicted by and between
the parties,

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-36

b.
c.
d.

8 of 14

Whether any of the parties are threatening or have threatened future
harm against another party, family, or household member,
Whether any of the parties has a prior history of domestic violence
that the uniformed member of the service can reasonably ascertain,
Whether any such person acted defensively to protect himself or
herself from injury.

Where one party has committed a family offense misdemeanor against a family/household
member in response to or in retribution for a crime committed against him or her in the
past, the responding uniformed members of the service shall not determine who is the
“Primary Physical Aggressor” and proceed as required by step “8,” above.

11.
12.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Confer with the patrol supervisor.
Arrest the offender identified as the primary physical aggressor.
a.
If complainant/victim requests that offender not be arrested, the
uniformed member of the service may still effect the arrest.

Where there is reasonable cause to believe that both parties to a particular domestic
violence dispute have committed family offense misdemeanors and the responding
uniformed members of the service are unable to determine who, if anyone, was the
primary physical aggressor, it would be lawful to arrest both parties. Further, even
where the responding uniformed members of the service are able to determine who was
the primary physical aggressor, both parties may, if appropriate, be arrested. The
primary consideration when deciding whether to arrest other persons, in addition to the
primary aggressor, is the prevention of further violence and the safety to ALL household
members. Evaluate each complaint separately. Do not base a decision to arrest or not
to arrest on the willingness of a person to testify or otherwise participate in a judicial
proceeding. If a complainant/offender/victim requests that the offender not be arrested,
the uniformed member of the service may still effect an arrest. The primary
considerations when the complainant/offender/victim does not want an arrest to be made
are the prevention of future violence and the safety of ALL household members. (See
“NOTE” following step “8”).

13.

Make an ACTIVITY LOG entry of:
a.
Factors that resulted in determination or inability to determine that
a particular offender was the primary physical aggressor
b.
Fact that the complainant/victim does not want an arrest to be made.
(1)
Request complainant/victim to sign ACTIVITY LOG
entry
(2)
Enter “Refused Signature” if complainant/victim will not
sign entry.

WHEN THERE IS PROBABLE CAUSE THAT ANY VIOLATION HAS BEEN
COMMITTED, NOT IN THE UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE’S
PRESENCE:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-36

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 14

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

14.

Refer complainant/victim as follows:
a.
Family/Household members, as defined in Family Court Act,
AND family offense violation, to:
(1)
Family Court
(2)
Summons Part - Criminal Court (if concurrent jurisdiction
exists, complainant may go to either court or both)
b.
Family/Household – Expanded Definition subdivisions “g” and
“h” above and/or non-family offense violations – to Summons
Part – Criminal Court.

NOTE

A uniformed member of the service cannot effect an arrest for VIOLATIONS NOT
COMMITTED IN HIS/HER PRESENCE, UNLESS such violation is specifically
prohibited in a current Order of Protection issued to the complainant/victim. The
proper charge is Criminal Contempt in the Second Degree, Penal Law Section
215.50(3), or Criminal Contempt in the First Degree, Penal Law Section 215.51(b [v])
or (c) (see step “7,” subdivision “b,” above).

WHEN CONCURRENT JURISDICTION EXISTS:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

15.

Advise complainant/victim of the courts available to them and the purpose of
each court as outlined in the “Definitions - Concurrent Jurisdiction” section.

IN ALL CASES:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

16.

17.

Advise complainant/victim of availability of shelter and other services by
providing the 24 hour Domestic Violence Hotline number, as per the
NYS Family Court Act.
Prepare New York State Domestic Incident Report (DIR) (DCJS
3221-02/2010) in ALL instances in which response to OR becoming
apprised of an incident (e.g., altercation, disturbance, conflict, or dispute)
that involves members of the same Family/Household-Expanded
Definition, or is an allegation of child abuse.
a.
If prepared in response to a radio run include SPRINT job number
on form.
b.
List in the “Results of Investigation and Basis of Action Taken”
section all factors that resulted in determination or inability to
determine that a particular offender was the primary physical
aggressor, when applicable.
c.
List any arrest or investigatory evidence invoiced, including
photographs uploaded to the Domestic Violence Digital Photo
database via PhotoManager, in the appropriate caption of the DIR.
d.
Ensure that the name and phone number of the precinct/PSA
domestic violence prevention officer is printed on the bottom of the
“Victim Rights Notice” (pink copy) attached to page “2” of the DIR.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-36

08/01/13

e.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

f.

g.
h.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10 of 14

Insert tax registry number of reporting member of the service in
caption entitled “Officer I.D.”
Give victim/complainant copy of both pages of the DIR (pink
copies) and the “Victim Rights Notice” (pink copy) to
complainant/victim, if present.
Inform all parties that they may be contacted by the precinct/PSA
domestic violence prevention officer concerning this incident.
Uniformed members of the service MUST ask persons present if
there are any firearms (i.e., handgun, rifle, shotgun, etc.) in the
residence, another location (i.e., business, car, other residence,
etc.), and/or if the offender is known to possess or carry a firearm.

In cross complaint situations, a DIR shall be prepared for each complainant/victim.
Every attempt should be made to have the complainant complete the “Statement of
Allegations/Supporting Deposition” caption, regardless of what language he/she speaks
or writes. DO NOT enter in “Statement of Allegations/Supporting Deposition” caption
“Refused” or “Same as page 1” if the victim is unable to speak or write in English,
unless the victim refuses. Always allow the victim to write in his/her primary speaking
language if unable to write in English. If the need for an interpreter/translator arises,
members of the service will comply with P.G. 212-90, “Guidelines for Interaction with
Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons” or P.G. 212-104, “Interaction with Hearing
Impaired Persons,” as appropriate. The member of the service preparing the DIR
should note the victim’s primary language in the appropriate box in the “Victim/Party
1” section of the DIR. In addition, the member of the service should note the identity of
any interpreter used in the “Investigation” section of the DIR.

18.

NOTE

Use radio code dispositions to finalize assignment:
a.
10-90F(1) DIR Prepared/No Offense Alleged;
Only to be used in those instances where the uniformed member
of the service responded to a dispute which did not rise to the
level of an offense; OR
b.
10-90F(2) DIR Prepared/Unfounded
c.
10-92F Arrest Effected/DIR Prepared
d.
10-93F COMPLAINT REPORT/DIR Prepared.

These dispositions MUST be used to finalize any incident involving a Family/HouseholdExpanded Definition. Communications Section will NOT accept any other disposition
code. If the assignment was initially categorized as other than signal 10-52, notify
Communications Section dispatcher and use above codes to finalize the assignment.

REPORTING PROCEDURE:
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

19.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) for each complainant/
victim in addition to the DIR when complainant/victim alleges an
OFFENSE has been committed between members of the same
Family/Household-Expanded Definition, including the violation of an
Order of Protection. Include in the “Details” section:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-36

08/01/13

a.
b.
c.
d.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

NOTE

PAGE:

11 of 14

Whether an Order of Protection is in effect
Issuing court, and
If offender not present, the possible location(s) of offender
In cross-complaint situations, where an attempt to determine which
offender was the “primary physical aggressor” is required, include a
statement that the offender was the “primary physical aggressor.”
The COMPLAINT REPORT pertaining to the offender determined
not to be the “primary physical aggressor” shall be CLOSED to
“Patrol” and the “Details” section shall include a statement that the
offender was determined not to be the “primary physical aggressor.”

In cross-complaint situations requiring the preparation of two or more COMPLAINT
REPORTS and where the responding uniformed members of the service are unable to
determine which offender was the primary physical aggressor, the factors that resulted
in the inability to make that determination must be included in the “Details” section of
each COMPLAINT REPORT.

20.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Enter in caption entitled “Unit Referred to”:
a.
Precinct Detective Squad - when COMPLAINT REPORT is
prepared for:
(1)
Felony(s)
(2)
Violation(s) of an Order of Protection
(3)
Misdemeanor(s).

The COMPLAINT REPORT MUST be classified as “open” in the above three
circumstances, if an arrest is not made by patrol. However, in misdemeanor cases, close
COMPLAINT REPORT only if complainant/victim does not want offender arrested and
officer does not believe an arrest is warranted after considering criteria above.

21.

22.
DESK OFFICER 23.

24.
25.
26.

b.
Court(s) victim was referred to in closed complaints.
Advise the victim of the following when concurrent jurisdiction applies,
as per the Family Court Act:
a.
Difference between proceedings in each court
b.
Importance in selection of the appropriate court to process
charge(s) and option to change from one court to the other, or
proceed in both.
Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG regarding such advisement.
DO NOT issue a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET or stationhouse bail
when any offense is committed and an arrest is effected involving
members of the same Family/Household-Expanded Definition.
Verify accuracy and completeness of all required forms.
Have prisoner removed to borough Court Section facility to complete
arrest process.
Ensure that digital photographs depicting domestic violence related
evidence are taken for required cases and are uploaded into the Digital
Photo database.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-36

DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
PREVENTION
OFFICER

08/01/13

27.

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

12 of 14

Perform duties and process all DIR’s as per P.G. 202-29, “Domestic
Violence Prevention Officer.”

WHEN COMPLAINT REPORT IS CLASSIFIED AS OPEN AND REFERRED
TO PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD:
DESK OFFICER 28.
29.

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

30.

31.
32.

33.

Forward all open complaints of domestic violence to the Detective Squad
together with completed and signed photocopy of DIR.
Forward original DIR to the Precinct Domestic Violence Unit for prompt
entry into the Domestic Incident Report database.
Immediately attempt to interview the complainant and obtain the facts of
the case, confirm the name of the perpetrator and obtain all other
necessary information (e.g., all involved addresses, nickname, date of
birth, cellular and landline telephone numbers, e-mail addresses,
information regarding relatives and associates, etc.).
Conduct necessary computer checks (e.g., BADS, MSWS, etc.) regarding
all involved persons and locations.
Activate an INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163) for a named
perpetrator no later than the end of assigned tour regardless of whether
the complainant was interviewed or whether a DIR was forwarded to the
Detective Squad.
a.
Information regarding activated INVESTIGATION CARDS will
be communicated/forwarded to the precinct/police service area
(PSA) Domestic Violence Unit (DVU) daily.
(1)
The date, time and name of the person notified will be
documented in the Enterprise Case Management System (ECMS).
b.
When an INVESTIGATION CARD is cancelled, the involved
domestic violence unit will be notified.
(1)
The date, time and name of the person notified will be
documented in the ECMS.
Confer with precinct/PSA domestic violence unit sergeant if named
perpetrator cannot be immediately apprehended.
a.
Domestic violence prevention officer(s) will assist in the apprehension
efforts within the confines of the precinct/PSA, if assigned.

NOTE

The INVESTIGATION CARD will also be forwarded to the Domestic Violence Unit of
the precinct/PSA of offender’s residence.

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
COMMANDER

34.

Confer bi-weekly with the Precinct/PSA commanding officer and
domestic violence unit sergeant regarding active and canceled domestic
violence INVESTIGATION CARDS.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-36

DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
PREVENTION
OFFICER

08/01/13

35.
36.

37.
38.

39.
40.

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

13 of 14

Open a case in the Domestic Incident Report database.
Document all interactions with Detective Squad members in the case file
utilizing the DIR database “case management” feature, in addition to
inputting all other relevant data (i.e., related complaints, Domestic
Incident Reports, home visits made, etc.).
Confer with the assigned detective prior to making a home visit involving
a named perpetrator.
Effect arrest if named perpetrator is present during home visit.
a.
If the arrest involves a serious felony or a complex investigation,
the assigned detective will assist the arresting domestic violence
prevention officer concerned.
Notify the involved Precinct Detective Squad to cancel the
INVESTIGATION CARD when named perpetrator is arrested.
Inform assigned detective of all attempts to locate named perpetrators.

41.

Document all attempts made by the domestic violence prevention officer
to locate named perpetrator in the ECMS.

42.
DETECTIVE
ZONE
COMMANDING
OFFICER

Review all domestic violence INVESTIGATION CARDS and
periodically confer with the precinct/PSA commanding officers to ensure
that the proper notifications have been made.

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The immediate apprehension of domestic violence offenders is of paramount importance.
Joint efforts involving the Precinct Detective Squad and the precinct/PSA Domestic
Violence Unit is the most effective way to expeditiously apprehend named perpetrators.
Therefore, it is incumbent upon Detective Zone commanding officers and Precinct
Detective Squad commanders to coordinate frequent joint operations/sweeps with the
precinct/PSA commanding officer, special operations lieutenant and domestic violence
unit sergeant to apprehend multiple named perpetrators.
A uniformed member of the service will, when requested by a petitioner, assist in the service of an
Order of Protection, summons, or petition (Orders of Protection issued by the Family Court and
delivered directly to the Department will be served according to P.G. 212-57, “Service Of
Family Court/Supreme Court Orders Of Protection By Uniformed Members Of The Service”).
To avoid unnecessary court appearances by uniformed members of the service who are
requested by a petitioner to serve a respondent with an Order of Protection, summons, or
petition, uniformed members of the service will prepare STATEMENT OF PERSONAL
SERVICE (PD260-152). The uniformed member concerned will sign the STATEMENT
OF PERSONAL SERVICE after completing all captions on the form. It is no longer
sworn to before a supervisory officer. The original copy (white) will be given to the
petitioner and the duplicate copy (blue) will be filed in the precinct of service.
Domestic Incident Reports, are potential Rosario material, and must be maintained at
the precinct of occurrence. If an arrest is effected, the arresting officer must ensure that
the Assistant District Attorney is provided with a copy of the Domestic Incident Report
prepared in regards to the incident. When requested, the domestic violence prevention
officer will make all Domestic Incident Reports prepared regarding the person arrested
available to a Assistant District Attorney.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-36

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

14 of 14

In violation cases referred to the Criminal Court - Summons Part, the
complainant/victim must have the offender’s address available for service of the
summons. Misdemeanor cases should NOT be referred to the Criminal Court Summons Part. The preferred course of action is to advise the complainant/victim to
contact the police on the next contact with the offender and request an arrest, presenting
the Domestic Incident Report as proof of the previous complaint.
Uniformed members of the service responding to a report of a domestic incident will
question persons present about the existence of firearms in the household. Seize ANY
firearms (including rifles and shotguns), and licenses/permits, if:
(1)
License holder is arrested, regardless of the charge; or
(2)
An Order of Protection exists against the licensee; or
(3)
When the incident involves physical force or the threat of physical force.
When a uniformed member of the service reasonably believes that the presence of
firearms at a location creates imminent risk of physical injury or serious physical injury,
the following actions should be taken to remove the weapon from the location:
(1)
Seize illegally possessed firearm(s) and make an arrest.
(2)
Seize legally possessed firearm(s) when such weapons create imminent risk of
physical injury or serious physical injury.
(3)
Voucher legally possessed firearms which are voluntarily surrendered by
participants in domestic incidents.
In all incidents involving pistol or permit holders, notify the License Division Incident
Section and comply with P.G. 212-118, “Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses
or Rifle/Shotgun Permits.” License/permit holders must immediately notify the License
Division, Incident Section, of any police incident in which they are involved.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Invoicing Property General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Unlawful Evictions (P.G. 214-12)
Family Offenses and Domestic Violence Involving Uniformed or Civilian Members Of
The Service (P.G. 208-37)
Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun Permits (P.G. 212-118)
Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Domestic Violence Prevention Officer (P.G. 202-29)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE (PD260-152)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221-02/2010)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-37

FAMILY OFFENSES AND DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING
UNIFORMED OR CIVILIAN MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To process domestic incidents involving uniformed or civilian members of the service.

PROCEDURE

When directed to respond on a radio run or assignment that is later deemed to be a family
offense or domestic incident (as per the Department’s expanded definition of
Family/Household) involving uniformed or civilian members of the service:

NOTE

Effective January 1, 1996, the Criminal Procedure Law mandates that an arrest be made
when an officer establishes probable cause that any family offense misdemeanor has been
committed, unless the victim, on his/her own volition, requests that an arrest not be made.
The law prohibits a uniformed member of the service from inquiring whether the victim
seeks an arrest of such person. In addition, uniformed members of the service are reminded
that P.G. 208-36, “Family Offenses/Domestic Violence,” sets out a mandatory arrest policy
if a uniformed member of the service establishes probable cause that any felony has been
committed or an order of protection has been violated.

RESPONDING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

NOTE

Communications Section will automatically direct the patrol supervisor to respond to
the scene of all family-related incidents involving members of the service.

Obtain medical assistance if requested or the need is apparent.
Ascertain the facts.
Ensure that the patrol supervisor is responding.

A member of the service performing stationhouse duties who is apprised of a domestic
incident involving a member of the service will notify the desk officer. The desk officer
will ensure that the procedures outlined in this order are followed.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

4.

Comply with the provisions of P.G. 208-36, “Family Offenses/Domestic
Violence.”
a.
Direct the preparation of a New York State Domestic Incident
Report (DCJS 3221) in all cases.
(1)
Give the last copy (pink) and the “Information to Victims of
Domestic Violence” sheet (gold) to the complainant/victim.

IN ALL CASES INCLUDING WHEN NO OFFENSE HAS BEEN ALLEGED:
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

5.
6.

Comply with P.G. 208-36, “Family Offenses/ Domestic Violence.”
Apprise the parties of the availability of counseling (see Additional Data
statement).

NOTE

When there is doubt as to who is the offender and who is the victim, or if there is a
cross-complaint situation, the commanding officer/duty captain will be notified and will
determine the course of action.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-37

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

WHEN THE MEMBER OF THE SERVICE IS A VICTIM:
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

7.

Notify precinct commanding officer/duty captain who will ensure that
appropriate action is taken and apprise parties of the availability of counseling.

IF THE MEMBER OF THE SERVICE IS ALLEGED TO HAVE
COMMITTED AN OFFENSE, IN ADDITION TO STEPS 5 AND 6, COMPLY
WITH THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

8.

NOTE

If a member of the service is arrested, comply with P.G. 206-11, “Member Of The
Service Arrested - Uniformed Or Civilian.”

9.
DESK OFFICER 10.
11.

12.

Direct that a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
be prepared.

Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
Notify and confer with precinct commander/duty captain.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center and obtain Log Number.
a.
Enter the IAB Log # in the “Details” section of the NYS
Domestic Incident Report.
b.
Enter IAB Log # in the “Details” section of the COMPLAINT
REPORT (IAB will determine the appropriate investigating command.)
c.
Enter the words “IAB Log #” and the corresponding Log # in the precinct
Domestic Incident Report Log under the caption Precinct Serial #.” Also,
have entered the corresponding SPRINT number in the caption “SPRINT
NO.” (For the purposes of this procedure, Transit Bureau personnel will
use the “CAD. NO.” in place of the “SPRINT NO.” for assignments that
originate through Transit Bureau communications).
d.
Direct that the NYS Domestic Incident Report be entered into
the Domestic Violence Database (including the IAB Log #).
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead in all cases even if offender was not present.
Provide details of incident and include domestic referrals/counseling offered to the
victim. Forward with copy of COMPLAINT REPORT and NYS Domestic
Incident Report in a sealed envelope, as follows:
a.
Chief of Internal Affairs (original and canary copy of DIR)
b.
Commanding officer, member of the service involved. (If more
than one member of the service is involved, send a copy of report
to commanding officer of each.)
c.
Commanding officer, precinct of occurrence.
(1)
Maintain in confidential file.
d.
Commanding officer, borough investigations unit concerned.
e.
Commanding officer, borough investigations unit covering
member’s command, if different from “d.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-37

PAGE:

08/01/13

f.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 5

Commanding officers of:
(1)
Medical Division
(2)
Employee Management Division (immediately, by fax)
(3)
Personnel Orders Section, if firearms are removed.

In situations where the complainant/victim is present at the stationhouse, the desk officer
will ensure that only persons who are investigating the incident have access to the
complainant/victim.
No other copies or files relating to the investigation will be maintained in the precinct of
occurrence other than in the commanding officer’s confidential file.
Victims of domestic violence may be referred to the following in an effort to provide
appropriate victim services:
NYC Victims Services
NYS Coalition Against Domestic Violence

(800) 621-HOPE (4673)
(800) 942-9606

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

13.

NOTE

Whenever notification of an incident involving a member of the service (uniformed or civilian)
residing outside the City of New York is received, the appropriate duty captain will be responsible
for conducting an investigation. All decisions concerning the initial investigation of the allegation
remain the responsibility of the duty captain. Follow-up notifications concerning actions taken or
anticipated will be made to update the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/M.O.S.
INVOLVED

14.

Review and maintain a confidential file of all reports regarding members
of the service involved in domestic incidents.
a.
Confer with Internal Affairs Bureau or investigations unit
concerned, regarding status of ongoing investigations.

I.A.B. MEMBER
CONCERNED

15.

Determine immediately, if circumstances necessitate an investigation be
conducted by Internal Affairs Bureau.
a.
In all other cases, refer the investigation to the investigations unit
covering the borough of occurrence.

Commence an immediate investigation and take appropriate action as indicated
by P.G. 208-36, “Family Offenses/Domestic Violence.”
a.
Make a background inquiry through the Internal Affairs Bureau
Command Center during the initial stages of an official investigation
involving a member of the service and PRIOR to suspending,
modifying or placing the member concerned on restricted duty
pending evaluation of duty status. This conferral is to obtain
background information that may assist in the investigation. All
decisions regarding the investigation, as well as any resulting
determination regarding the member’s duty status, remain the
responsibility of the commanding officer/duty captain concerned.
b.
If the offender is not present and further investigation is required, confer
with the Internal Affairs Bureau and request assistance if needed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-37

16.

INVESTIGATION
UNIT ASSIGNED

18.

17.

19.

4 of 5

Designate a supervisory member of the unit to be a “Domestic Violence
Investigator.”
Ensure that the investigations unit is equipped with a Domestic Incident
Report database.
Ensure that the NYS Domestic Incident Report has been entered into the
Domestic Violence Database System. Conduct the Domestic Violence
Database System Review process and finalize the DIR in the database.
Check the database for a record of prior domestic incidents.

In addition, confer with the integrity control officer of the subject’s and victim’s resident
precincts to ascertain if other NYS Domestic Incident Reports have been prepared,
(e.g., no allegation was alleged, etc.). Also, check with the investigations unit covering
the command of the subject member of the service.

20.
21.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

INVESTIGATIONS UNIT,
COMMANDING
OFFICER

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Confer with Internal Affairs Bureau to ascertain whether there exists any record of
prior domestic violence incidents involving the subject member of the service.
Confer with the Domestic Violence Officer of the victims resident
precinct/local police agency to ascertain if there are domestic violence
services available and make appropriate referrals to the victim.
Document referrals made in case folder.

An off-duty uniformed member of the service present at an unusual police occurrence
(including family disputes and other incidents of domestic violence) in which the officer
is either a participant or a witness is required to remain at the scene when feasible and
consistent with personal safety and request the response of the patrol supervisor. In
situations where remaining at the scene is not feasible, uniformed members are to notify
the desk officer, precinct of occurrence. When the incident occurs outside the City of
New York, the uniformed member of the service is to notify the Operations Unit.
Counseling and other services are available for both members of the service and their
families. Uniformed and civilian members or their families may contact any of the units listed
below to obtain necessary services and referrals for counseling, shelter and other assistance:
Family Counseling Unit
Employee Relations Section
Early Intervention Unit
Counseling Service Unit
Chaplains’ Unit
Psychological Services Section
Sick Desk
Sick Desk Supervisor
NYPD HELPLINE
Operations Unit

(718) 760-7665
(212) 374-5434
(212) 374-6730
(212) 489-0586
(212) 374-6472
(718) 760-7665
(718) 760-7600
(718) 760-7606
(718) 271-7777
(212) 374-5580

After hours, or in an emergency, contact the HELPLINE, Sick Desk or Operations Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-37

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

In addition, the following non-Departmental programs and Domestic Violence
Prevention Hotlines can provide referrals:
New York City (Victims Services)
NYS Coalition Against Domestic Violence
National Coalition Against Domestic Violence
PBA Membership Assistance Program
Police Self Support Group

800-621-HOPE(4673)
800-942-6906
(202)-638-6388
888-267-7267
(718) 745-3345

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Employment Discrimination (P.G. 205-36)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Threats To Members Of The Service (P.G. 212-31)
Member Of The Service Arrested -Uniformed Or Civilian (P.G. 206-11)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-38

NEW YORK STATE ORDER OF PROTECTION REGISTRY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To establish guidelines to be followed whenever a complainant claims to be the
petitioner (possessor) of an active order of protection but is either unable to
produce a copy of the order or produces one that is illegible, for the responding
officer's review.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service is informed by a complainant that he/she
possesses an active order of protection, which has been violated, but is unable to
produce a copy of that order.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

The above list of information to be obtained, if possible, from the complainant serves to
aid the member accessing the system in verifying that the correct order has been
located. Failure to obtain certain information from this list will not prevent the locating
of a database file; an order can be located merely by entering the petitioner's
(complainant's) name and date of birth. However, every attempt should be made to
ascertain as much information as possible concerning the order and the parties to whom
it pertains.

2.

3.

NOTE

Ascertain from the complainant all available information concerning the
order (e.g., court of issuance, date of issuance, the names, addresses and
dates of birth of all parties concerned, etc.).

Telephone Central Records Division, Identification Section to verify that
an Order of Protection was issued, court of issuance, specific conduct
prohibited and the expiration date.
If the Identification Section reports that there are no Orders of Protection
on file pertaining to the complainant/victim, telephone the precinct of
occurrence and request a member of the service authorized to operate the
FINEST System to conduct an Order of Protection database inquiry.
a.
In the event the precinct of occurrence is unable to conduct the
inquiry, request the Communications Division dispatcher to
conduct the inquiry.

The following information is obtainable through the database:
a.
Data relating to the person requesting the Order of Protection (name, address,
date of birth, etc).
b.
Data relating to the person against whom the order runs (name, address, date of
birth, etc).
c.
The terms and conditions of the order.
d.
Date and court of issuance, and date of expiration.
e.
Whether the respondent has been served with a copy of the order.
f.
Additional comments regarding the parties involved and unique terms of the
order.
It should be noted that the state database will not contain Orders of Protection that have
been issued prior to October 1, 1995.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-38

NOTE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

The Central Records Division intranet database application will be utilized to access
information for all Orders of Protection issued by New York City based courts, as
outlined in Patrol Guide 208-36, “Family Offenses/Domestic Violence.”

WHEN THE COMPLAINANT INDICATES THAT THE ORDER WAS
ISSUED PRIOR TO OCTOBER 1, 1995, OR A STATE DATABASE
INQUIRY REVEALS THAT THERE IS NO ORDER ON FILE RELATING
TO THE PARTIES CONCERNED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

Telephone Central Records Division, Identification Section to verify the
existence of the order.

WHEN A STATE DATABASE INQUIRY REVEALS THAT THERE IS AN
ACTIVE ORDER OF PROTECTION IN EFFECT
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

NOTE

In order to effect an arrest for violation of an order of protection, the member must have
probable cause to believe the order was effectively served upon the respondent PRIOR
to its violation. While a notation in the database file will provide the member with
sufficient probable cause to believe the order was effectively served, the absence of such
information in the database file will not automatically prevent the member from making
the arrest. If the member, through alternative means, can verify that the order was
properly served (e.g., an affidavit of service, an admission by the respondent that he/she
was properly served, etc) then the arrest can be effected.

6.

7.

Verify that the order relates to the parties involved, naming the
complainant as petitioner and the offender as the respondent.
Verify that the respondent has been previously served with a copy of the
order.

Determine whether there exists probable cause to believe that the terms of
the order have been violated by the respondent. If probable cause does exist,
comply with the applicable provisions of P.G. 208-36, “Family
Offenses/Domestic Violence.”

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The fact that the order has not been properly served or that the specific terms of the
order have not been violated will not prevent the member from effecting an arrest if the
underlying conduct constitutes a crime.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-39

FAMILY OFFENSES/DOMESTIC VIOLENCE (DIGITAL
PHOTOGRAPHY OF VISIBLE INJURIES/DAMAGED PROPERTY)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To capture, catalog, store and maintain digital photographic evidence of visible
injuries and/or damaged property as a result of domestic violence.

SCOPE

All precinct and police service area commands citywide are now able to digitally capture
domestic violence photos and transmit them as a permanent record into the Domestic
Violence Digital Photo Database. These images may then be instantly viewed by
prosecutors at each borough’s District Attorney’s Office and the New York Law
Department (Corporation Counsel) who will have access to the Domestic Violence Digital
Photo Database. Prosecutors may then present digital images of domestic violence to
judges at the time of arraignment, thereby strengthening the District Attorney’s case. In
addition, uniformed members acting in investigatory and support roles (Detective Bureau
personnel, domestic violence prevention officers, etc.) will be able to view these photos
prior to making further contact with the victim and/or offender.

PROCEDURE

Upon responding to the scene of a reported domestic violence incident:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

4.

Comply with P.G. 208-36, “Family Offenses/Domestic Violence.”
Determine if photographs must be taken.
Ascertain if the victim is willing to be photographed.
a.
Advise the victim that photographable evidence is crucial to future
prosecutorial efforts and/or civil process such as divorce and child
custody proceedings.
b.
If victim is not willing to be photographed, note refusal in ACTIVITY
LOG (PD112-145), and if possible, have victim sign entry.
Notify the patrol supervisor and request that the domestic violence digital
camera be brought to location.

NOTE

Only the domestic violence digital camera should be used to capture domestic violence evidence.
No other cameras are compatible with the domestic violence capture station located in the area of
the precinct desk. PERSONAL PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT (CAMERAS, CELL
PHONES, HANDHELD COMPUTERS, ETC.) SHOULD NEVER BE USED TO CAPTURE
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE EVIDENCE. The Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database will be
the sole repository for photographs of all domestic violence evidence.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

5.

NOTE

Domestic violence prevention officers are also equipped with a digital camera. When
working in the field, domestic violence prevention officers should respond to the scene
where a domestic violence digital camera has been requested.

Respond to requested location with domestic violence digital camera and
direct photographs be taken of complainant/victim (if willing) and scene,
if appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-39

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Take digital photographs as necessary, including but not limited to:
a.
Visible injuries

NOTE

Injuries may not be initially prominent, therefore it is crucial for domestic violence
prevention officers and investigators to take follow-up photographs for bruises that
appear at a later time. When a victim makes a complaint of substantial pain (Assault 3rd
Degree), and there are no visible injuries, do not take photos.

b.
c.
d.
e.

f.

g.
NOTE

The digital camera is to be set at the highest resolution setting to maximize the quality of the photo
with minimal file size. Each photo takes approximately one megabyte of data storage. Therefore,
memory cards containing 256 megabytes of memory will be able to hold approximately 256 photos;
those with 512 megabytes will hold around 512 photos, etc. The storage capacity of the camera
enables members of the service to take as many photos as needed to depict any evidence and/or
violence in the home. There is no longer a limit to the number of photos or “sets” of photos that
can be taken in domestic violence cases. Do not set the digital camera memory to “internal
memory.” The camera must be set to capture photos on a memory card. Photos saved on the
internal memory mode cannot be uploaded into the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database.

7.

NOTE

Damaged property
Weapons
Overall scene to illustrate items in disarray, indicating domestic
violence or distress in home
Other types of evidence (i.e., pictures of caller-id box for
aggravated harassment or flowers/notes for stalking, blood on the
clothes/hands or ripped clothing of the victim/perpetrator, etc.)
Both pages (Data Sheet and Statement of Allegations written and
signed by victim) of the completed New York State Domestic
Incident Report (DCJS 3221-6/05)
Photo of the victim from the waist up, providing context for the series of
photos.

Ensure that the phrase “DIGITAL PHOTOS” is documented on the “Evidence
Collection” portion of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD313-152A) and the “Incident #” obtained from the first caption on the initial
screen in the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database is documented in
“Invoice #” caption.
a.
This “Incident #” is used by personnel at the District Attorney’s Office
to retrieve digital photos during pre-arraignment.

Polaroid film will no longer be used to capture domestic violence evidence. Therefore,
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES (PD521-141) will no longer be used to voucher
domestic violence digital photos. Domestic violence digital photos will be uploaded into
the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database and NOT vouchered. Members are
reminded that the photographing of evidence does not substitute for the collection and
invoicing of physical evidence (i.e., weapons, clothing, etc.). Members will adhere to
Patrol Guide 218-01, “Invoicing Property – General Procedure” when invoicing
physical evidence.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-39

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

8.

Ensure that the “Photo Section” of the New York State Domestic
Incident Report is completed after the victim completes the “Statement
of Allegations/Supporting Deposition” section located on page two of the
Domestic Incident Report.

ARREST
PROCESSING
OFFICER/
ARRESTING
OFFICER/
ASSIGNED
OFFICER

9.

Upload all digital photos taken from the digital camera into the Domestic
Violence Digital Photo Database by docking the camera and following
the prompts from the system.

NOTE

Domestic violence digital photos must be uploaded into the Domestic Violence Digital
Photo Database by the arresting/assigned officer at the earliest opportunity. Digital
photos are needed by the District Attorney’s Office in arrest cases and by detective
investigators on open cases.

10.

Adhere to the following in all cases:
a.
Ensure that the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database is
logged on as DVCAM. No password is necessary.
b.
Place the camera on the docking station and press the space bar
(camera can be on or off).
c.
Close the “Internal Memory” and “Picture Card” windows that appear.
d.
Click on the “Domestic Violence Camera” icon.
e.
If the pending box appears, close it and click on the “Capture” icon.
f.
Check off the appropriate relationship(s) to associate the specific
domestic relationship.
g.
Answer all mandatory fields designated by an asterisk.
h.
Click on “add” to add photos.
i.
Click on photo thumbnails pertaining to the file, then click “OK”
and await transfer of photos.
j.
Complete the captions located beneath the photos.
k.
Click on “Save” and the photos are now saved to the database.

NOTE

Instructions for the use of the domestic violence digital camera and the uploading and
hosting of domestic violence photos into the Domestic Violence Photo Database are
maintained at the desk, the Command Reference Library, and are available on the
Department Intranet site.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

11.

12.
13.

Make an ACTIVITY LOG entry indicating date, time, number of digital photos
taken, name and tax number of the officer taking the photos, name and tax
number of officer uploading the images, and the name of the Assistant District
Attorney confirming receipt if arrest is effected.
Ensure the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) number is obtained
and entered into the system as soon as practicable.
Print one copy of the image(s) using the thumbnail feature and attach it to
the NYS Domestic Incident Report.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-39

DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
PREVENTION
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

14.

15.
16.

4 of 5

Review all completed NYS Domestic Incident Reports, finalized
COMPLAINT REPORT printouts, and the Domestic Violence Digital Photo
Database daily to make certain that the digital photos for domestic violence were
taken as necessary.
Perform follow-up with victims and take digital photos as necessary.
Host digital photos after the COMPLAINT REPORT has been finalized
in the On Line Complaint System (OLCS).

NOTE

Once hosted, information contained in the OLCS will automatically transfer to occupy
captions in the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The uploading of domestic violence digital photos into the Domestic Violence Digital
Photo Database does not require a unique password. The universal password
“DVCAM” should be used to gain access to the system. Once uploaded, personnel at
the District Attorney’s Office can instantly view domestic violence digital photos.
Therefore, arresting/assigned officers MUST upload any domestic violence photos from
the camera into the database during arrest processing (arrest evidence) or prior to the
end of their tour (non-arrest/investigatory evidence), whichever applies.
The domestic violence camera and capture station must be maintained in the vicinity of the
command desk. Commanding officers will ensure that digital cameras are accessible at all times.
Desk officers will allow access to uniformed members of the service to upload/host digital photos
into the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database. When not in use, domestic violence digital
cameras must be left on the docking station to maintain a charge. The docking station also
serves as a conduit to upload domestic violence photos.
The digital cameras assigned to the command are to be included in the commands
computer self-inspection worksheet and inventory.

MAINTENANCE OF THE DOMESTIC VIOLENCE DIGITAL PHOTO CAMERA
DESK OFFICER 17.

NOTE

At the beginning of each tour:
a.
Inspect all domestic violence digital cameras assigned to patrol.
b.
Ensure docking station, cables and memory cards (check inside
cameras) are operational.
c.
Make a Command Log entry of results.

If during inspection, cameras/related equipment are found to be inoperable, the desk officer will
immediately notify the Domestic Violence Unit. The Domestic Violence Unit is open Monday
though Friday, between 0600 and 1800 hours. However, a message must be left during non-office
hours. Domestic Violence Unit personnel will return the call as soon as possible. In the event that
the computer where the digital camera capture station resides becomes disabled/inoperable, the
desk officer will immediately call the MISD Help Desk and the Domestic Violence Unit. An entry of
these notifications will be made in the Telephone Record.
If during inspection, the loss or theft of any domestic violence camera equipment is
discovered, be guided by P. G. 219-20, “Loss or Theft of Department Property.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-39

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

18.

Make a Command Log entry when signing out or returning a domestic
violence digital camera.

DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
PREVENTION
OFFICER

19.

Inspect all domestic violence digital cameras each day to ensure
operability and that all photos are uploaded into the Domestic Violence
Digital Photo Database.
a.
If upon inspection, any domestic violence cameras/related
equipment are missing, lost or inoperable, notify the desk officer.

DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
SERGEANT

20.

Ensure that digital photos are being taken with domestic violence digital
cameras by first responding officers, as appropriate.
Take corrective action when necessary.

TRAINING
SERGEANT

22.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Invoicing Property – General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Family Offenses and Domestic Violence Involving Uniformed Members of the Service
(P.G. 208-37)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221-6/05)

21.

Ensure that all uniformed members of the service assigned to the
command are properly trained in the taking and uploading of domestic
violence digital photos.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-40

INTOXICATED OR IMPAIRED DRIVER ARREST
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To process persons arrested for operating a vehicle while under the influence of
alcohol or drugs.

PROCEDURE

Upon arresting a person for operating a vehicle while under the influence of
alcohol or drugs:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

Request response of patrol supervisor.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

2.
3.

Respond to scene and verify arrest.
Direct arresting officer to request Communications Section to dispatch
Highway District personnel to designated testing location.
a.
Ensure time of arrest is stated when making request.
Read CHEMICAL TESTING STATEMENT (PD244-111) to prisoner in
presence of arresting officer, if prisoner has caused a serious physical injury or
death to another individual or a serious physical injury to him/herself.
a.
Record prisoner’s response in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
b.
Comply with P.G. 217-16, “Chemical Test Warrant Application,” if
prisoner refuses to submit to a chemical test.

4.

NOTE

If the prisoner has stated that he/she refuses to submit to a chemical test, members of the service
will immediately comply with P.G. 217-16, “Chemical Test Warrant Application,” and begin
the process to obtain a chemical test warrant, if applicable. Members should be aware that any
delay in applying for a chemical test warrant may result in a reduced alcohol concentration level
when the chemical test is administered.

5.

NOTE

Direct arresting officer to remove prisoner, in a Department vehicle, to
designated testing location.
a.
Assign adequate personnel to escort prisoner, depending on
circumstances.

When a prisoner arrested for Driving While Intoxicated/Impaired is hospitalized, normal
arrest procedures will be followed and the Highway District technician will respond to the
hospital to conduct appropriate tests.

6.
7.

8.
9.

Have prisoner’s vehicle removed to precinct of arrest for safeguarding.
Comply with P.G. 218-19, “Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/Investigatory
Evidence or for Forfeiture Proceedings or to Determine True Owner,” if
circumstances warrant seizure of vehicle.
Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest regarding details of arrest.
Inform desk officer, precinct of arrest to notify Operations Unit and
request a notification be made to District Attorney’s Office, if prisoner
has caused a serious physical injury or death to another individual or a
serious physical injury to him/herself.
a.
Inform desk officer, precinct of arrest of prisoner’s response to the
CHEMICAL TESTING STATEMENT.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-40

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 6

NOTE

Regardless of the operator’s decision to consent to a chemical test, a notification to the
Operations Unit and the District Attorney’s Office will be made when a serious physical injury or
death has occurred to an individual or a serious physical injury has occurred to the operator.
The arresting officer will keep the District Attorney’s Office apprised of the arrest process and
will apply for a chemical test warrant if the prisoner subsequently refuses to submit to a chemical
test at a later time. If the operator suffers a serious physical injury and no other person suffers a
serious physical injury or death, a member of the service can not apply for a chemical test
warrant for that operator.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
ARREST

10.

OPERATIONS
UNIT MEMBER

12.
13.

11.

14.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

15.
16.

17.
18.

DESK
OFFICER,
TESTING
LOCATION

19.

20.

Make required entries in Command Log and on ROLL CALL (PD406144) pertaining to arresting officer’s post change and Department auto
number of vehicle used to transport prisoner to testing location.
Contact Operations Unit and request a notification be made to District
Attorney’s Office, if prisoner has caused a serious physical injury or
death to another individual or a serious physical injury to him/herself.
a.
Provide Operations Unit member with the following:
(1)
Arresting officer’s name, tax registry number, shield
number and command
(2)
Prisoner’s pedigree information
(3)
Desk telephone number of designated testing location.
b.
Make Telephone Record entry regarding notification.
Notify appropriate District Attorney’s Office.
Provide assistant district attorney with the following:
a.
Arresting officer’s name, tax registry number, shield number,
and command
b.
Desk telephone number of designated testing location
c.
Prisoner’s pedigree information.
Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest and provide assistant district
attorney’s name and telephone number.
Conduct a thorough field search of prisoner prior to transportation.
Remove prisoner to designated testing location, and comply with pertinent
arrest procedures.
a.
Arresting officer will invoice, as evidence, any credit card receipts
from a recent stop from restaurants, bars, sporting events, etc., and
any alcohol or alcohol container found on the prisoner.
Report, with prisoner, to desk officer at testing location.
Inform desk officer, testing location, if prisoner has caused a serious
physical injury or death to another individual or a serious physical injury
to him/herself.
Make entry in Command Log of:
a.
Identity of arresting officer and Department vehicle used
b.
Identity and pedigree of prisoner.
Verify that Highway District has been notified and responding.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-40

ARRESTING
OFFICER

PAGE:

08/19/13

21.
22.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 6

Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159).
Record the following vehicle information in the “Narrative” section of the
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET:
a.
The make, model, year and color of the vehicle operated by the
defendant
b.
The license plate number of the vehicle operated by the defendant and
the state the vehicle is registered in.
(1)
If the vehicle does not have a metal plate, the temporary or
alternate plate will be recorded.

The above information will be recorded in the “Narrative” section of the ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET even if the defendant was not the owner
of the vehicle being operated at the time of arrest. The name and address (apartment
number, if applicable) of the registered owner of the vehicle will be recorded in addition
to the above.

23.

Prepare INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION (ARRESTING
OFFICER) – FIRST SHEET (PD244-154) and INTOXICATED
DRIVER EXAMINATION (ARRESTING OFFICER) – SECOND
SHEET (PD244-154B).

DESK
OFFICER,
TESTING
LOCATION

24.

Review the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET to
ensure completeness and verify that information regarding the vehicle operated by
the defendant is recorded for all Driving While Intoxicated or Impaired Driver
arrests.

I.D.T.U.
TECHNICIAN

25.

Complete captions on INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION
INSTRUCTION SHEET (PD244-154A).
Comply with “Section One Chemical Test” on INTOXICATED DRIVER
EXAMINATION INSTRUCTION SHEET.
Administer chemical test to prisoner, if applicable.

26.
27.
NOTE

If the prisoner indicates that he/she will consent to the chemical test, then the test may
be administered.

28.

NOTE

Conduct “Coordination Test” of prisoner, in presence of arresting officer,
and complete appropriate captions on HIGHWAY DISTRICT – IDTU
TECHNICIAN TEST REPORT (PD321-149).

In the event that the examination of the prisoner cannot be videotaped, the desk officer,
testing location, will supervise the examination.

29.

Provide arresting officer with a copy of CHEMICAL TEST
ANALYSIS (PD244-063).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-40

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 6

I.D.T.U.
TECHNICIAN
(continued)

30.

NOTE

If a prisoner, under the age of twenty-one, has a chemical test reading of .02 of one per
centum or more but not more than .07 of one per centum by weight of alcohol in the
person's blood as shown by chemical analysis of such person's blood, breath, urine or
saliva, the arresting officer and I.D.T.U. technician will comply with applicable
provisions of P.G. 208-41, “Arrests - Person Under Twenty-One Operating A Motor
Vehicle After Having Consumed Alcohol.”

31.

NOTE

Enter results of examination of prisoner in appropriate captions of
HIGHWAY DISTRICT – IDTU TECHNICIAN TEST REPORT.
a.
Sign form
b.
Desk officer of designated testing location will also sign form if
examination was not videotaped.

Distribute HIGHWAY DISTRICT – IDTU TECHNICIAN TEST
REPORT as follows:
a.
WHITE – Court - with arresting officer for assistant district
attorney, Complaint Room
b.
YELLOW - Arresting officer
c.
BLUE - Highway District.

If a prisoner has consented to a chemical test, any samples taken will be witnessed, sealed,
and marked by Highway District personnel and delivered to the Police Laboratory by the
arresting officer to ensure chain of custody.

IF PRISONER REFUSES CHEMICAL TEST OR ANY PORTION THEREOF
AT ANY TIME
I.D.T.U.
TECHNICIAN

32.

33.

NOTE

Prepare and sign Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test
(NYSDMV AA-134).
a.
Have arresting officer sign Report of Refusal to Submit to
Chemical Test.
Distribute copies of Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test as
indicated on form.
a.
Arresting officer must bring two copies to court for the assistant
district attorney when the complaint is drawn.

If prisoner refuses to submit to chemical test or any portion thereof, maintain the initial
charge for which the prisoner was arrested unless new evidence warrants a change in
charge. Arresting officer must be able to articulate circumstances which led to original
charge of Intoxicated or Impaired Driving (e.g., witnessed prisoner operating vehicle,
slurred speech, odor of alcohol on breath, etc.). After arraignment, the court will
forward to the arresting officer a NOTICE OF SUSPENSION and/or NOTICE OF
HEARING form with instructions to appear at a designated date, time and place for a hearing,
which will be within fifteen days of the arraignment. Roll call will schedule the arresting officer
accordingly.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-40

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

5 of 6

ARRESTING
OFFICER

34.

Notify assistant district attorney if prisoner refuses to submit to a chemical
test and has caused serious physical injury or death to another.
a.
Comply with instructions from assistant district attorney and be
guided by P.G. 217-16, “Chemical Test Warrant Application.”

DESK
OFFICER,
TESTING
LOCATION

35.

Enter chemical test reading, if performed, as reported by arresting officer on
the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET in the
“Narrative” caption, and include:
a.
Rank, name and shield number of technician
b.
Date and time test conducted.
Determine charge against prisoner and enter on ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.

36.
NOTE

When chemical test reading is inconsistent with the prisoner’s intoxicated appearance, request
prisoner to submit to testing for controlled substances. If prisoner refuses, follow steps “32”
through “34” regarding chemical test refusal. Be guided by P.G. 210-13, “Release of
Prisoners,” if investigation discloses prisoner is apparently not intoxicated or impaired.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

37.

Notify assistant district attorney if prisoner has any previous arrests for
same crime within the past ten years.

DESK
OFFICER,
TESTING
LOCATION

38.

Ensure prisoner is transported to borough court section facility, as appropriate.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

In arrest cases for Driving While Intoxicated/Impaired, where a vehicle collision is involved, a
photocopy of the Police Accident Report (MV104AN) will be attached to the arrest papers and
delivered by the arresting officer to the assistant district attorney in the Complaint Room. If
photocopy machine is inoperable or out of order, an additional copy will be prepared for this
purpose.
Members assigned to a Patrol Borough Task Force, Driving While Intoxicated Unit who
have been trained and certified as Intoxilyzer Technicians will perform the functions
(testing, videotaping, etc.) which would normally be performed by Highway District
Intoxicated Driver Testing Unit (I.D.T.U.) Technicians only for arrests for driving while
intoxicated or driving while impaired effected by members of their own units (Patrol
Borough Task Force D.W.I. Units).
If a prisoner requests to consult with an attorney prior to submitting to a chemical test, he or she
will be allowed such consultation provided it will not delay the administration of the test
unnecessarily. It should be noted that the obligation to allow contact with an attorney is triggered
only by the defendant’s specific request to do so. If the prisoner requests to contact an attorney, ask
the prisoner if he/she has the name and phone number of the attorney. If the prisoner does not have
the phone number, provide the prisoner with a phone book (if available) and access to a telephone
for a reasonable time (e.g., ten to fifteen minutes). There is no obligation to inform the prisoner
prior to the test that he/she may consult with an attorney. In addition, members of the service
assigned to the Intoxicated Driver Testing Unit will record the prisoner’s request to consult with an
attorney and the reason, if any, for denial of said request in their ACTIVITY LOG.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-40

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

6 of 6

If a prisoner requests to be tested for intoxication by his personal physician, the test will not be
allowed until the Department testing has been completed. If the prisoner refuses the administration
of a chemical test by this Department, he shall not be allowed to have a test be administered by his
personal physician. The desk officer concerned will personally witness the test given by the
physician and will direct that an entry be made in the “Narrative” section of the ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and on the file copy of the HIGHWAY
DISTRICT – IDTU TECHNICIAN TEST REPORT. The entry will include the name and
address of the physician and the time and date the test was given. If the test is conducted at a
detention or central booking facility, the desk officer thereat will make a telephone notification to
the precinct of occurrence for the information of the arresting officer.
When a prisoner arrested for Driving While Intoxicated/Impaired is hospitalized, normal
arrest procedures will be followed and the Highway District technician will respond to the
hospital to conduct appropriate tests. If a prisoner has consented to a chemical test, any
samples taken will be witnessed, sealed, and marked by Highway District personnel and
delivered to the Police Laboratory by the arresting officer to ensure chain of custody.
A prisoner charged with violation of Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 1192 subdivisions (1),
(2), (3) or (4) shall not be eligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET or stationhouse
bail, unless such prisoner is hospitalized for more than twenty-four hours`. Such prisoner
may be issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET, if eligible, whether or not he submitted to
a chemical test. However, under no circumstances will a prisoner charged with violation of
Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 1192 subdivisions (1), (2), (3) or (4) be issued a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET if he/she has caused serious physical injury or death to another.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Release of Prisoners - General Procedure (P.G. 210-13)
Arrests - Persons Under Twenty-One Operating a Motor Vehicle After Having
Consumed Alcohol(P.G. 208-41)
Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of the
Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) (P.G. 218-49)
Chemical Test Warrant Application (P.G. 217-16)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CHEMICAL TESTING STATEMENT (PD244-111)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)
CHEMICAL TEST ANALYSIS (PD244-063)
INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION (ARRESTING OFFICER) – FIRST
SHEET (PD244-154)
INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION (ARRESTING OFFICER) – SECOND
SHEET (PD244-154B)
INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION INSTRUCTION SHEET (PD244-154A)
HIGHWAY DISTRICT – IDTU TECHNICIAN TEST REPORT (PD321-149)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test (NYSDMV AA-134)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-41

PERSONS UNDER TWENTY-ONE OPERATING A MOTOR VEHICLE
AFTER HAVING CONSUMED ALCOHOL
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To process persons detained pursuant to Section 1192-a of the Vehicle and
Traffic Law, for the purpose of administering a chemical test.

SCOPE

Pursuant to Section 1192-a, police officers can temporarily detain a motorist younger
than twenty-one years of age, for the purpose of administering a chemical test upon
reasonable grounds to believe that the individual is operating a motor vehicle after
having consumed alcohol. The statute defines reasonable grounds as:
“The totality of the circumstances surrounding the incident which, when taken
together, indicate that the operator was driving in violation of such subdivision
(VTL 1192-a). Such circumstances may include any visible or behavioral
indication of alcohol consumption by the operator, the existence of an open
container containing or having contained an alcohol beverage in or around the
vehicle driven by the operator, or any other evidence surrounding the
circumstance of the incident which indicates that the operator has been operating
a motor vehicle after having consumed alcohol at the time of the incident.”

PROCEDURE

Upon detaining a person, under twenty-one years of age, for operating a motor
vehicle after consuming alcohol:

DETAINING
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.
4.

Inform detainee of authority and cause of detention, unless physical
resistance, flight, or other factors render this action impractical.
Handcuff detainee with hands behind back.
Immediately frisk detainee for weapons (NOT for evidence or contraband).
Remove detainee to stationhouse, precinct of occurrence.

DESK OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

5.

NOTE

THE CHEMICAL TEST MUST BE ADMINISTERED WITHIN TWO HOURS OF THE
START OF DETENTION.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Verify that detaining officer made a lawful stop of detainee and that
detainee violated Section 1192-a of the Vehicle and Traffic Law.
Direct detaining officer to request that Communications Division dispatch
Highway District personnel to testing location.
a.
State time of detention when making request.

Direct detaining officer to remove detainee, in a Department vehicle, to
the designated testing location. (See P.G. 208-40, “Arrests - Intoxicated
Or Impaired Driving”).
a.
Assign adequate personnel to escort detainee, depending on circumstances.
Make entry in Command Log of:
a.
Identity of detaining officer and Department vehicle used.
b.
Identity and pedigree of detainee.
Have detainee’s vehicle removed to precinct of occurrence for safeguarding.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-41

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 4

A vehicle may be released to licensed operator designated by the prisoner if:
a.
Vehicle not wanted on an alarm
c.
Prisoner was in lawful possession
b.
Vehicle not required as evidence
d.
Vehicle not subject to forfeiture

NOTE

If vehicle is not released within forty-eight hours, have vehicle removed to Property
Clerk’s storage facility.

DETAINING
OFFICER

10.

Report with detainee, to desk officer at testing location.

DESK OFFICER,
TESTING
LOCATION

11.
12.

Make Command Log entry of presence of detaining officer and detainee.
Verify that Highway District has been notified.

I.D.T.U.
TECHNICIAN

13.

Utilize Zero Tolerance Instruction Sheet, and perform chemical test on
detainee.

UPON RECEIPT OF A BREATHALYZER OR INFRARED UNIT READING
OF .02% THROUGH .05%, COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STEPS
14.

DETAINING
OFFICER

15.

Prepare Notice of Hearing (Operating a Motor Vehicle After
Consuming Alcohol) (AA-137A.1).
Select a hearing date two to thirty days subsequent to the test date,
Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays.

The hearing date must be compatible with the detaining officer’s schedule. The detainee
will be directed to respond to the second floor of 19 Rector Street, New York, New York
at 1300 hours on the date selected by the detaining officer.

NOTE

The detainee’s license will not be suspended pending the administrative hearing.

I.D.T.U.
TECHNICIAN

16.

NOTE

The detaining officer will bring a copy of all documents/forms, listed in step 16, to the
hearing, unless the hearing is waived.

17.
NOTE

Provide the detaining officer and the detainee with a copy of the following:
a.
Zero Tolerance Instruction Sheet
b.
Instrument Calibration Sheet
c.
Operator Certification Sheet
d.
Notice of Hearing (Operating a Motor Vehicle After Consuming
Alcohol).

Forward original and one copy of all documents/forms prepared to the
Highway District concerned.

A member of the Highway District will forward original copy of all forms/documents
prepared to the New York State Department of Motor Vehicles within twenty-four hours,
and will have remaining copies of documents/forms filed in command.

IF THE DETAINEE REFUSES THE CHEMICAL TEST
DETAINING
OFFICER

18.
19.

Prepare Notice of Chemical Test Refusal Hearing (Person Under Age
21) (DMV 137A) and Refusal to Submit to a Chemical Test (AA 134-a).
Select a hearing date two to thirty days subsequent to the test date,
Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-41

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 4

NOTE

The hearing date must be compatible with the detaining officer’s schedule. The detainee
will be directed to respond to the second floor of 19 Rector Street, New York, New York
at 1300 hours on the date selected by the detaining officer.

DETAINING
OFFICER
(continued)

20.

Distribute copies of Notice of Chemical Test Refusal Hearing and
Refusal to Submit to a Chemical Test as follows:
a.
Original and one copy of each form to IDTU technician.
b.
One copy of each form to detainee.
c.
One copy of each form to detaining officer.

I.D.T.U.
TECHNICIAN

21.

Forward original and one copy of Notice of Chemical Test Refusal Hearing and
Refusal to Submit to a Chemical Test to the Highway District concerned.

NOTE

A member of the Highway District will forward original copy of Notice of Chemical
Test Refusal Hearing and Refusal to Submit to a Chemical Test to the New York State
Department of Motor Vehicles within forty-eight hours, and will file one copy of each
form in the command.
The detainee’s license WILL BE suspended by the New York State Department of Motor
Vehicles, pending the refusal hearing.

IF THE DETAINEE SUBMITS TO THE CHEMICAL TEST AND A
READING OF .06% OR GREATER IS OBTAINED, OR A READING OF
.04% OR HIGHER FROM A COMMERCIAL DRIVERS LICENSE (CDL)
HOLDER OPERATING A COMMERCIAL VEHICLE
I.D.T.U.
TECHNICIAN

22.

Advise the detaining officer of the reading.

DETAINING
OFFICER

23.

Arrest detainee and charge the individual with the appropriate Vehicle
and Traffic Law section, based upon the reading obtained pursuant to the
1192-a Chemical Test.
Conduct inquiry to determine the location from which the detainee was served.
a.
If positive information received, notify the Intelligence Bureau
and comply with P.G. 212-12, “Citywide Intelligence Reporting
System.”

24.

NOTE

In addition to the above requirements, the detainee/arrestee will be processed in
accordance with current arrest processing procedures as well as P.G. 208-40, “Arrests
- Intoxicated Or Impaired Driving.”

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Since an individual who violates this statute is detained rather than arrested, an
individual who resists detention or attempts to escape a lawful stop would be subject to
arrest for Obstructing Governmental Administration (Section 195.05 of the Penal Law
[A Misdemeanor]) rather than Resisting Arrest.
If a detainee requests to be tested for intoxication by his personal physician, the test will not be
allowed until the Department testing has been completed. If the detainee refuses the
administration of a chemical test by this Department, he/she will not be allowed to have a test
administered by a personal physician. The desk officer, testing location, will personally witness
the test given by a physician and will direct that the detaining officer document the following
information on the file copy of the Zero Tolerance Instruction Sheet: name, address, telephone
number of physician, and the date and time the physician administered the test.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-41

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 4

At the Department of Motor Vehicle hearing, the detaining officer must be able to
provide clear and convincing evidence on the following issues:
a.
The motorist, who was detained, operated the motor vehicle.
b.
A valid request was made by the police officer to submit to a chemical test, as
provided in Section 1194 of the Vehicle and Traffic Law.
c.
The motorist was under twenty-one years of age at the time of the incident.
d.
The chemical test was properly administered in accordance with Section 1194 of
the Vehicle and Traffic Law.
e.
The chemical test concluded that the motorist had operated the motor vehicle after
having consumed alcohol, as defined in Section 1192-a of the Vehicle and Traffic Law.
f.
The initial stop of the motorist was lawful.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

If the detaining officer fails to appear at the hearing or fails to bring copies of all
documents/forms prepared, the charges against the motorist may be dismissed.
If a person operates a motor vehicle when his/her license is suspended or revoked as the
result of a Section 1192-a finding, the motorist may be charged with Aggravated
Unlicensed Operation in the Second Degree, Section 511(2) of the Vehicle and Traffic Law.
Absent an emergency, a hearing date should not be rescheduled. If it becomes necessary
to reschedule a hearing, the detaining officer’s command can request that the hearing be
rescheduled by writing to the Department of Motor Vehicles, Safety and Business
Hearing Bureau, Room 240, Empire Plaza, New York 12228, or the command may call
the Safety and Business Hearing Bureau.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Release of Prisoners - General Procedures (P.G. 210-13)
Arrests - Intoxicated or Impaired Driving (P.G. 208-40)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

NOTICE of HEARING (OPERATING a MOTOR VEHICLE AFTER CONSUMING
ALCOHOL) (AA-137A.1)
NOTICE of CHEMICAL TEST REFUSAL HEARING (PERSON UNDER AGE 21)
(DMV 137A)
REFUSAL to SUBMIT to a CHEMICAL TEST (AA 134-a)
Instrument Calibration Sheet
Operator Certification Sheet
Zero Tolerance Instruction Sheet

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-42

ARREST ON A WARRANT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To arrest persons for whom warrants have been issued.

DEFINITION

ARRESTING OFFICER - For the purposes of this procedure, an arresting
officer is the borough/police service area warrant officer, or any other nonsupervisory uniformed member, including detective squad personnel, assigned to
arrest persons named on warrants issued by the court.

PURPOSE

When arresting a person for whom a warrant has been issued.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.

NOTE

Exceptions DO NOT apply when Family Court warrants, including Urgent Child Abuse
Warrants, are being executed. However, limitation will NOT apply in an “urgent child abuse”
case if the life or safety of the child or any other person is endangered, since the City Charter
authorizes the immediate and unannounced entry into a premises in an emergency situation.

4.
NOTE

Break into premises, if necessary.

If premises is a third party residence, such break-in is prohibited without a search warrant.

5.

6.

7.

NOTE

Inform defendant of warrant and offense charged unless physical
resistance, flight or other factors make such procedure impractical.
Present warrant, if requested, or as soon as possible, if not possessed at
time of arrest.
Announce authority and purpose if premises is involved and there is
reasonable cause to believe that defendant is inside EXCEPT if giving
such notice may:
a.
Endanger the life or safety of the officer or another person, OR
b.
Result in defendant attempting to escape, OR
c.
Result in material evidence being destroyed, damaged or hidden.

Make arrest and comply with the pertinent arrest processing guidelines.
a.
Contact borough Court Section supervisor for instructions as to location
to which prisoner is to be transported, if court is not in session.
Notify Central Warrant Investigation Team of the following:
a.
Court issuing warrant and docket number
b.
Warrant Section serial number
c.
Rank, name, shield number and command of arresting officer
d.
Name of defendant/respondent.
Conduct a FINEST System name search or NYSID number search
(WNYS) to ascertain if any additional warrants or wanted cases exist
concerning the subject of the immediate warrant.
a.
If inquiry reveals a felony warrant or INVESTIGATION CARD
(PD373-163), contact the investigative unit concerned.

A FINEST System name check “HIT” is NOT considered conclusive and is NOT
sufficient authority to arrest. Further inquiries (i.e., NYSID number search [WNYS])
MUST be made.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-42

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

8.

2 of 4

Complete ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) if arrest warrant, or ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT
(PD244-157) if bench warrant, and enter under “NARRATIVE”:
a.
Date warrant issued, court, judge, and county of issuance.
b.
Rank, name, shield number and command of member of the
service who verified the status of the warrant.
c.
Docket number and other pertinent information.
Arraign prisoner as follows:
a.
CRIMINAL COURT WARRANTS
(1)
Warrants issued by New York, Queens, Bronx, or Kings
County Criminal Court:
(a)
Arraign prisoner in Criminal Court or Weekend/
Night Court of the borough that issued the warrant.
(2)
Warrants issued by Staten Island Criminal Court:
(a)
Arraign prisoner in Staten Island Criminal Court
when in session.
(b)
Confer with Staten Island borough Court Section
and process prisoner as directed, when not in
session.
b.
SUPREME COURT WARRANTS
(1)
Take prisoner before Supreme Court that issued warrant, if in session.
When a police officer can not bring the defendant to the Supreme
Court for arraignment (after 1700 hours on weekdays and on
weekends), the officer will deliver adult male defendants to the
Department of Corrections facility in the county that issued the
warrant. Adult male defendants arrested on a Staten Island Supreme
Court arrest warrant or a Staten Island Supreme Court bench warrant
will be delivered to the Brooklyn Corrections facility. All female
defendants will be brought to the Rose M. Singer Center on Rikers
Island. Male adolescents will be brought to the Adolescent Reception
and Detention Center on Rikers Island. The police officer delivering
the prisoner will provide the Department of Corrections with a copy of
the Supreme Court arrest warrant or bench warrant (see
ADDITIONAL DATA for Department of Corrections locations).

Police officers delivering defendants to Rikers Island will proceed across the Rikers Island
bridge and go directly to the appropriate reception center where they will be required to
check all their weapons. After complying, they will proceed to the receiving entrance of the
facility to lodge the defendant, and will retrieve their weapons after the defendant is lodged.

c.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

9.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

FAMILY COURT WARRANTS
(1)
Remove prisoner to Family Court that issued warrant, if in
session. When not in session, arraign prisoner in Weekend/
Night Court, borough of arrest.

Arresting officers, not assigned to Warrant Section, are required to arraign prisoners
arrested on warrants, unless otherwise directed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-42

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.

3 of 4

Prepare following statement on Court Complaint if arrest made in borough
other than borough where warrant was issued (Inter-County Warrant):
“At (time) hours, on (date), Police Officer (name, shield number,
command) performing duty in (borough) Criminal Court has verified
through records on file at said court that the warrant forming the basis of
this arrest is active.”

WHEN AN ARREST IS EFFECTED SOLELY ON A BENCH WARRANT
DESK OFFICER 11.
12.

Make Command Log entry relative to the detention of the prisoner.
Ensure that WARRANT INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD374-152) is prepared.

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

13.

Sign WARRANT INVESTIGATION REPORT and forward as indicated
on form.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

14.

Prepare ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT and submit to supervisor
for review and signature.
a.
Indicate on SUPPLEMENT if, and exactly how, the subject may
have attempted to avoid arrest.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If a uniformed member of the service conducting an investigation has a parole absconder in
custody SOLELY on the authority of a parole warrant, the arrest will be processed as
“FOA.” The uniformed member of the service will notify the Central Warrant Unit
immediately for the purpose of obtaining a copy of the parole warrant to lodge the parole
violator in the appropriate Department of Correction facility. In addition, an immediate
notification must also be made to the Division of Parole’s, Parole Absconder Search Unit.
The notification to the Division of Parole is necessary to provide a copy of the parole warrant
to arresting officers in cases where the Warrant Section has not yet received a copy of this
document, and also to ensure that parole violators are served with a copy of the charges upon
which the warrant is based, as well as the dates on which the probable cause and revocation
hearings are to be scheduled. PRISONERS IN THESE CASES WILL BE LODGED AT THE
APPROPRIATE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTION FACILITY AND ARE NOT TO BE
TRANSPORTED TO BOROUGH COURT SECTION FACILITIES. When preparing the ON
LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), indicate in the “Narrative
Section” the time, date and names of who was notified at the Warrant Section and at the
Parole Absconder Search Unit, prior to forwarding a copy of the WORKSHEET to the
borough Court Section.
When a youth who is AWOL from a residential facility is apprehended on an Office of
Children and Family Services Warrant, the youth will be returned directly to the
residential facility, if located within New York City. If AWOL from a facility outside
New York City, the youth will be taken directly to the Horizon Juvenile Center, 560
Brook Avenue, Bronx, New York. In NO CASE will the youth be taken to Family Court.
A person in need of supervision (PINS) will NOT be taken into custody without a court
order. The defendant will be detained at a facility designated by the Emergency
Children’s Service of the Human Resources Administration, who will be requested to
provide transportation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-42

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

When a defendant is taken into custody and in addition to a PINS Warrant there are
other Juvenile Delinquency charges:
a.
The juvenile may be served an APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT
(PD277-130) for the other charges, if eligible. However, the juvenile will be
kept in custody on the authority of the PINS Warrant and taken to a designated
Emergency Children’s Service facility.
b.
If the defendant is NOT released on an APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY
COURT on the Juvenile Delinquency charges, the defendant will be taken to the
Horizon Juvenile Center, 560 Brook Avenue, Bronx, New York.
When a person is apprehended outside New York City, but within New York State on the
authority of a felony/misdemeanor warrant issued by a New York City Court, the Inter-City
Correspondence Unit will notify the Warrant Section to assign personnel to return the
prisoner to New York City. Travel expense funds, if needed, may be obtained from the Audits
and Accounts Unit. If closed, funds may be obtained at the Office of the Chief of Detectives
(see P.G. 212-83, entitled “Leaving City On Police Business”).
The address of each Department of Corrections facility is as follows:
Manhattan
Manhattan Detention Complex (MDC)
125 White Street
New York, New York 10013

Brooklyn
Brooklyn House of
Detention for Men (BKLYN HDM)
275 Atlantic Avenue
Brooklyn, New York 11201

Queens
Queens House of
Detention for Men (QHDM)
126-02 82nd Avenue
Queens, New York 11415

Bronx
Bronx House of
Detention for Men (BX HDM)
653 River Avenue
Bronx, New York 10451

Rose M. Singer Center (RMSC)
19-19 Hazen Street
East Elmhurst, New York 11370

Rikers Island Facilities
Adolescent Reception and
Detention Center (ARDC)
11-11 Hazen Street
East Elmhurst, New York 11370

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrests - Certificate Of Warrant (Non-Support) (P.G. 208-50)
Documenting And Reporting Court Appearances Pertaining To Arrests On A Warrant
(P.G. 211-08)
Leaving City On Police Business (P.G. 212-83)
Processing Warrants (P.G. 212-75)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT (PD277-130)
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
WARRANT INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD374-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-44

PROSTITUTION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To process persons arrested for prostitution.

PROCEDURE

When a person is arrested for prostitution, follow normal arrest procedure and:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.

3.

Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159).
Include under details on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET:
a.
Length of time of observation
b.
Action which caused arrest
c.
Any statements by prisoner to substantiate charge
d.
Location of offense
e.
How person was attired
f.
Character of room
g.
Fee paid
h.
Was money returned?
i.
Other necessary information.
Notify Borough Vice Module (or OCCB/FOD, if unavailable) if:
a.
Defendant is less than eighteen years of age or
b.
Defendant states that he/she is being compelled to work as a
prostitute or
c.
Defendant states that he/she has been transported across state lines
for the purpose of engaging in prostitution.

DESK OFFICER 4.

Verify identity and address if prisoner is not in possession of satisfactory
documentary proof.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

5.

Sign all copies of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET under booking officer’s signature.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The arresting officer will submit a copy of the court affidavit and the ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET to his/her immediate supervisor after
arraignment of the prisoner. A COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) is not prepared,
however fingerprints and photos are taken.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Photographable Offenses (P.G. 208-07)
Police Action in Premises Licensed or Unlicensed Where Alcoholic Beverages Are Sold
(A.G. 321-19)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-45

LOITERING FOR PURPOSES OF PROSTITUTION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To process arrests for loitering for purposes of prostitution.

PROCEDURE

When a person is arrested for “Loitering for Purposes of Prostitution,” follow
normal arrest procedure and:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

2.

3.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Notify Borough Vice Module (or OCCB/FOD, if unavailable) if:
a.
Defendant is less than eighteen years of age or
b.
Defendant states that he/she is being compelled to work as a
prostitute or
c.
Defendant states that he/she has been transported across state lines
for the purpose of engaging in prostitution.
Draw up complaint detailing behavior of the defendant, including:
a.
Conversation with various men, women or known prostitutes, as
appropriate.
b.
Repeatedly stopping or attempting to stop automobiles or leaning
into cars and engaging motorists in conversation.
c.
Time of observations.
Inform assistant district attorney of actions or any additional pertinent
information including:
a.
Known prostitute.
b.
Consorts with known prostitutes or pimps.
c.
Conduct and clothing.
d.
Defendant's response to questioning.

This charge should be added when making an arrest for Prostitution, Section 230.00,
Penal Law, on an overheard conversation.
No more than five arrests for “Loitering For Purposes Of Prostitution” are to be made
by the same uniformed member of the service at one time.
A COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) is NOT prepared for a pick-up arrest effected
for “Loitering for Purposes of Prostitution,” (Section 240.37, subdivision 2, Penal Law).
However, fingerprints MUST be taken for this arrest.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-46

GAMBLING
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To process an arrest for violation of the gambling laws.

PROCEDURE

When processing a prisoner charged with violating the gambling laws, follow
appropriate arrest processing procedures and:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

Seal slot machine in accordance with P.G. 218-19, “Invoicing
Vehicle/Property As Arrest/Investigatory Evidence Or For Forfeiture
Proceedings Or To Determine True Owner,” if seized in connection with
arrest.

DESK OFFICER 2.

Review ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET for
accuracy and sign.
Verify identity and address if prisoner is not in possession of satisfactory
documentary proof.

3.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

4.

Submit copy of court complaint, corroborating affidavit (if any), copy of
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and
PRISONER’S CRIMINAL RECORD (PD244-061) to immediate
supervisor.

SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED

5.
6.

Review and compare reports submitted for completeness and accuracy.
File court complaint and related forms in arresting officer’s command for
entry of final disposition by arresting officer.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Invoicing Vehicle/Property As Arrest/Investigatory Evidence Or For Forfeiture
Proceedings Or To Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PRISONER’S CRIMINAL RECORD (PD244-061)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-47

COUNTERFEITING/FORGING U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS
OR COUNTERFEITING/UNAUTHORIZED USE OF ACCESS DEVICES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To notify and cooperate with federal agencies concerned when arrests are made
for counterfeiting/forging U.S. government obligations or counterfeiting or
unauthorized use of access devices.

DEFINITION

U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS - notes, bonds, checks, stamps, currency,
drafts of money drawn by or upon authorized officer of U.S. government.
ACCESS DEVICES - any card (e.g., credit card), plate, code, account number, or
other means of account access that can be used alone or in conjunction with
another access device, to obtain money, goods, services, or any other thing of
value, or that can be used to initiate a transfer of funds (other than a transfer
originated solely by paper instrument).
FRAUDS AND RELATED ACTIVITY RE: “ACCESS DEVICES” - the prisoner
knowingly and with intent to defraud:
a.
Uses, produces counterfeit access device, OR
b.
Uses unauthorized access device, during any one year period, and obtains
anything valued at $1,000 or more OR
c.
Possesses fifteen or more counterfeit/unauthorized access devices, OR
d.
Has control of or possesses equipment able to produce access devices.

PROCEDURE

Upon arresting a person charged with one of the crimes listed above:

DESK OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

1.
2.
3.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If the only charge against a prisoner is violation of a federal law, he will be arraigned in
Federal Court (Title 18, Chapter 25, U.S. Code OR Title 18, Section 1029, U.S. Code, as
appropriate).

Comply with appropriate arrest processing procedures.
Notify the Department of Treasury, U.S. Secret Service.
Permit U.S. Secret Service agent to interview prisoner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-48

VIOLATION OF POSTAL LAWS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To notify and cooperate with the United States Postal Inspection Service when
arrests are made for violations of Postal Laws.

DEFINITION

POSTAL LAWS (TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE) - A listing of crimes
involving the Postal Service, including theft of mail, burglaries and robberies of
post offices, assaults on, or robberies of, postal employees while engaged in
official duties, destruction or unlawful taking/possessing of Postal Service
property, and any other violations involving Postal Service property.

PROCEDURE

When a person is arrested for violation of Postal Laws, follow normal arrest
procedure, and:

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.
3.
4.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Advise Operations Unit as soon as possible for notification to Postal
Inspection Service Communication Center.
Permit prisoner to be interviewed by agent of Postal Inspection Service.
Give custody of prisoner to Postal Inspection Service for arraignment in Federal
Court when charged ONLY WITH VIOLATION OF POSTAL LAWS.
Enter “FOA” under “Assigned Arrest Number” on ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).

Threats of kidnapping, personal injury or property damage transmitted through the US
Mail are investigated by the FBI.
Thefts of Treasury checks from the US Mail and counterfeiting of postage stamps are
investigated concurrently by the US Postal Inspection Service and the Secret Service.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-49

CONTRABAND WEAPONS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To notify Internal Revenue Service when contraband weapons are seized.

PROCEDURE

When a person is arrested for possession of a contraband weapon, follow
appropriate arrest processing procedures and:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

NOTE

See P.G. 207-17, “Contraband Weapons,” for a list of prohibited weapons under
Federal Gun Control Act.

Seize weapon.

DESK OFFICER 2.
3.

Notify Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms through Operations Unit.
Include information as to vehicle, vessel or aircraft, if involved, and hold
such property for federal authorities.

4.

Charge violation of Penal Law or Administrative Code instead of federal
law, if possible.
Prepare REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
(PD521-168).
Bring weapon and REQUEST to Firearms Analysis Section.
Deliver weapon to Property Clerk with PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141) after examination by Firearms Analysis Section.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

5.
6.
7.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Contraband Weapons (P.G. 207-17)
Processing Firearms (P.G. 218-23)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-50

CERTIFICATE OF WARRANT (NON-SUPPORT)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record an arrest on a non-support warrant.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service makes an arrest on a Certificate of
Warrant for non-support:

ARRESTING/
ASSIGNED
OFFICER

1.

2.

3.
4.

Record on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) the member who executed the warrant as the arresting
officer.
Enter:
a.
Arrest number
b.
“Family Court Warrant” under caption “Charges and Specific
Offense”.
c.
Particulars of warrant under “Details.”
Notify Central Warrant Unit.
Bring prisoner and warrant to the court that originally issued the warrant.
a.
To designated arraignment court, at other times.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Arrest On A Warrant (P.G. 208-42)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-51

FORFEITURE OF BAIL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PURPOSE

To process a re-arrest in a bail forfeiture case.

PROCEDURE

When notified that a prisoner has forfeited bail:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.

3.

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

Prepare ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) listing
pertinent information and the words “Bail Forfeited” in capital letters,
under “Details”.
Indicate under caption Duplicate Copies Required, “Property Clerk”, if
property is involved.
a.
If evidence is required against another prisoner, enter facts under
“Details.”
Notify member or unit concerned.

IF PRISONER IS RE-ARRESTED FOR SAME CHARGE FOR WHICH BAIL
WAS FORFEITED
DESK OFFICER 4.
5.
6.

7.
FORMS AND
REPORTS

Prepare one set of ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT.
Telephone Property Clerk’s office to determine disposition of evidence.
List property not disposed of on ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT.
a.
Indicate name of member at Property Clerk’s office under
“Details”.
Notify arresting officer of re-arrest.

ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-52

TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record arrests for violations of the Traffic Laws.

PROCEDURE

Upon arresting a person for violation of traffic regulations, follow appropriate
arrest processing procedures and:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.

DESK OFFICER 3.

4.

Charge violation of Traffic Regulations if the offense is a violation of
both the Traffic Regulations and the Vehicle Traffic Law.
Query NYSPIN through the FINEST system to determine if vehicle is
reported stolen and verify name and address of registered owner.
Record additional charges and previous violations where applicable and
inform the arresting officer of additional charges for presentation to the
District Attorney.
Enter on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159), if arrested on traffic warrant:
a.
“SW” under arrest number
b.
“Warrant Part 5, 7 etc.” under caption “Charges and Specific Offense”
c.
Particulars of warrant under “Details.”

NOTE

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) is not prepared.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-53

ARREST PROCESSING – AGGRAVATED UNLICENSED OPERATION
OF A MOTOR VEHICLE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To process arrests for operating a vehicle with a suspended or revoked license.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service observes, or has reasonable cause to
believe that a person operating a vehicle has a suspended or revoked driver’s license:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.

4.
NOTE

Effect an arrest for violation of any degree of Aggravated Unlicensed
Operation of a Motor Vehicle.
a.
Remove prisoner to police facility for processing.
Conduct license check (DALL) and name check via FINEST.
a.
Retain printout and include in DAT or On Line arrest folders.
Comply with current Department procedures regarding issuance of a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121) and steps 5, 6, 7, 8, and
9 below, if prisoner is charged with Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of
a Motor Vehicle (AUO) 3rd degree and is otherwise eligible.
Comply with all pertinent arrest processing procedures.

In all instances related to the arrest of a motorist for the misdemeanor charge(s) of
aggravated unlicensed operation of a motor vehicle, refer to P.G. 208-28, ‘Identification
Standards For Desk Appearance Tickets’, Department of Motor Vehicle Name Check, to
determine if a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET may be issued.

PERSONS CHARGED WITH V.T.L. 511 (1)(a) OR 511 (2)(a) MISDEMEANORS
5.

6.

Prepare the following court related forms, (in addition to ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD244-159) and other arrest
related paperwork):
a.
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION-SUSPENDED/REVOKED LICENSE
(PD244-068) or SUPPORTING DEPOSITION - SUSPENDED/
REVOKED LICENSE-BRONX (PD244-068A)
b.
PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION REPORT (PD244-153)
c.
Arraignment Card (Misc. 4661)
d.
Police Officer’s Court Availability Schedule (Misc. 470a)
e.
Prisoner Movement Slip (Misc. 2011-A 8/84)
f.
DMV Certificate Concerning Violation of Law Relating to
Vehicles (A-246), for the VTL Misdemeanor and Felony
g.
“ADA” copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141),
if prepared.
Record the following vehicle information in the “Narrative” section of the
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET:
a.
The make, model, year and color of the vehicle operated by the
defendant.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-53

b.

Prepare Criminal Court Summons for violation of VTL 511 (1) (a) or
VTL 511 (2) (a) as appropriate.
a.
Clearly and concisely articulate the justification for the vehicle
stop and violations observed on the rear portion of the white
summons copy.
b.
List the VTL 511 misdemeanor violation in the “Charges
Information” caption of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET (OLBS).
c.
List any additional VTL violations (i.e. Disobey A Traffic Control
Device) observed during the original vehicle stop as separate
charges on the OLBS.
d.
Do not enter RETURN DATE on summons(es).
e.
Attach ORIGINAL copy of the summons to the SUPPORTING
DEPOSITION.

Fingerprint prisoner utilizing “Livescan.”

Persons charged with 511(3)(a) E Felony shall be processed in accordance with steps 5 (“b”
through “g”) and step 9 below. A Criminal Court Summons will not be prepared in felony cases.

9.

NOTE

The license plate number of the vehicle operated by the defendant
and the state the vehicle is registered in. If the vehicle does not
have a metal plate the temporary or alternate plate will be
recorded.

Step 7 above regarding the issuing of a summons is specific and applicable only to the
following: Patrol Borough Brooklyn South, Patrol Borough Brooklyn North and Patrol
Borough Staten Island. The district attorneys in both Brooklyn and Staten Island have
mandated that a summons be issued and included as an ADDITIONAL part of the arrest
package and arraignment process. The remaining Patrol Boroughs (Manhattan South,
Manhattan North, Bronx, Queens South and Queens North) are EXEMPT from this
requirement. In these Patrol Boroughs, for the purposes of this procedure only, all VTL
violations will be listed as separate charges on the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET; summonses will not be written.

8.
NOTE

2 of 4

The above information will be recorded in the “Narrative” section of the ON-LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET even if the defendant was not the owner
of the vehicle being operated at the time of arrest. The name and address (apartment
number, if applicable) of the registered owner of the vehicle will be recorded in addition
to the above.

7.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Confiscate driver’s license and comply with P.G. 209-26, “Suspended Or
Revoked Vehicle Operator’s License.”

Disregard subdivision “a” of step 3 and the “NOTE” following subdivision “3a” in P.G.
209-26, “Suspended Or Revoked Vehicle Operator’s License”.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-53

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

NOTE
(continued)

During the original vehicle stop if a summons was prepared prior to obtaining the
results of a name check, for any VTL violation other than Aggravated Unlicensed
Operation of a Motor Vehicle, the summons must be voided. P.G. 209-18, ‘Summons
Served Or Prepared In Error’ will be followed. A photocopy of the summons(es)
prepared will be included as part of the arrest paperwork package that is forwarded to
the district attorney. The VTL violations will be listed as separate charges on the OLBS.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

10.

DESK OFFICER 11.

12.
13.

14.

Inform desk officer when arrest processing is complete.

Review
the
ON-LINE
BOOKING
SYSTEM
ARREST
WORKSHEET to ensure completeness and verify that information
regarding the vehicle operated by the defendant is recorded for all
Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor Vehicle arrests.
Review all forms for completeness and accuracy.
Ensure that all applicable categories on SUPPORTING DEPOSITION
are checked off.
a.
Have arresting officer sign and date.
Have prisoner (not eligible for a DAT) and related court papers delivered
to borough Court Section and comply with “Citywide Expedited Arrest
Processing.”

BOROUGH
COURT
SUPERVISOR

15.
16.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Section 511-b, “Seizure And Redemption Of Unlawfully Operated Vehicles” requires
that, upon making an arrest for Aggravated Unlicensed Operation Of A Motor Vehicle,
1st or 2nd Degree committed in his/her presence, a uniformed member of the service shall
remove or arrange for the removal of the vehicle to the Property Clerk, if:
a.
The operator is the registered owner of the vehicle, OR
b.
The vehicle is not properly registered, OR
c.
Proof of financial security (insurance card) is not produced, OR
d.
Where a person, other than the operator, is the registered owner and such
person or another, properly licensed and authorized to possess and operate the
vehicle, is not present.

Examine court papers for completeness and accuracy.
Make necessary entries on court papers and process as an “on line” arrest.

The impounded vehicle must be entered into NYSPIN as an impounded vehicle (see P.G.
212-48, “Motor Vehicles Repossessed/Parking Violations Scofflaw Removal Program”
[Additional Data]). The impounded vehicle will remain at the precinct stationhouse for
forty-eight hours. If no one appears to redeem the vehicle, the vehicle will be delivered to
the Property Clerk for storage. Additionally, the registered owner must promptly be
notified, utilizing form AGGRAVATED UNLICENSED OPERATION OF A MOTOR
VEHICLE (PD171-121), that the vehicle has been impounded. Vehicles seized pursuant to
this section shall not be released unless:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-53

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

a.
b.

4 of 4

The person redeeming the vehicle has furnished satisfactory evidence of
registration and financial security.
Reasonable removal and storage costs have been paid. (See P.G. 218-44,
“Removal And Storage Charges”).

Removal and storage charges shall not be required of the registered owner if the
impounded vehicle was stolen or was rented or leased pursuant to a written agreement
for a period of thirty days or less.
c.

Where the vehicle was operated by a person who, at the time of the offense, was
the owner, the following is required:
(1)

(2)
(3)

(4)

Satisfactory evidence that the registered owner or other person seeking
to redeem the vehicle has a license or privilege to operate a motor
vehicle in New York, AND
Satisfactory evidence that criminal charges have been terminated and
that any fine imposed as a result of a conviction has been paid, OR
A certificate issued by the court in which the criminal action was
commenced ordering release of the vehicle prior to judgment or in
compliance of the interest of justice, OR
A certificate issued by the District Attorney, or other officer authorized
to prosecute such charge, waiving the requirement that the vehicle be
held

In all Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor Vehicle 1st Degree arrests, the vehicle shall
be seized and removed to a Property Clerk facility. As such, these vehicles will not remain at
precinct stationhouse for forty-eight hours. The arresting officer shall process said vehicle in
accordance with P.G. 208-26, “Forfeiture Proceedings For Seized Property.” The Property
Clerk shall contact the Legal Bureau to ascertain if a statutory forfeiture proceeding will be
commenced. Persons making a demand for the return of a vehicle seized pursuant to this
procedure must provide the same documenting evidence as required for release of a vehicle
pursuant to Section 511-b of the VTL above, except that a District Attorney’s release is required
in all seizures made pursuant to Section 511-c of the VTL regardless of who was operating the
vehicle at the time of the offense. In the event said requirements are met and the Legal Bureau
indicates that a statutory forfeiture proceeding will not be commenced, the vehicle may be
released from the Property Clerk facility.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Suspended Or Revoked Vehicle Operator’s License (P.G. 209-26)
Forfeiture Proceedings For Seized Property (P.G. 208-26)
Safeguarding Vehicles In Police Custody (P.G. 218-12)
Removal And Storage Charges (P.G. 218-44)
Motor Vehicles Repossessed/Parking Violations Scofflaw Removal Program (P.G. 212-48)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION-SUSPENDED/REVOKED LICENSE (PD244-068)
SUPPORTING
DEPOSITION-SUSPENDED/REVOKED
LICENSE-BRONX
(PD244-068A)
PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION REPORT (PD244-153)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
AGGRAVATED UNLICENSED OPERATION OF A MOTOR VEHICLE (PD171-121)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-54

ARREST SCREENING GUIDELINES FOR CASES INVOLVING
FORGED OR ALTERED MOTOR VEHICLE DOCUMENTS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To establish arrest screening guidelines for cases involving forged or altered motor
vehicle documents.

PROCEDURE

When effecting an arrest for possession of forged or altered motor vehicle
documents:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

For suspended or revoked vehicle operator’s license, comply with P.G. 209-26,
“Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator’s License.”

Charge the defendant as follows:
a.
POSSESSION OF A FORGED/ALTERED OPERATOR’S LICENSE
(1)
Criminal Possession of a Forged Instrument, 2nd Degree
(felony), should be charged only when:
(a)
The operator possesses more than one false license;
OR
(b)
The false license was used for a purpose other than
driving (e.g., to pass a bad check, etc.);
OR
(c)
The operator possesses the false license(s) under
circumstances showing an intent to sell the
license(s); OR
(d)
The operator possesses a false license and one or
more other false forms of identification.

(2)

(3)

If a person who is operating a vehicle offers someone else’s
license as proof of identity, charge Vehicle and Traffic Law,
Section 509(1), Driving Without a License; and Vehicle and
Traffic Law, Section 509(6), Driving While Using Another’s
License. These offenses are traffic infractions for which “B”
summonses should be issued. MAKE THE TWO
SUMMONSES RETURNABLE TO THE TRAFFIC
VIOLATIONS BUREAU (TVB).
If the driver offers as proof of identity a license issued to
him/her but which has been altered, (e.g., expiration date
changed, etc.) charge Vehicle and Traffic Law, Sections
392 and 509(1). Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 392, is a
misdemeanor for which a “C” summons should be issued.
Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 509(1) is a traffic
infraction for which a “C” summons should be issued.
BOTH SUMMONSES SHOULD BE MADE RETURNABLE TO THE LOCAL CRIMINAL COURT.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-54

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

(4)

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

b.

2 of 5

If the arrested motorist or individual presents or possesses a
New York State Driver’s License or Identification Card
which, when run through a computer check, comes back
‘Fraud Document’, the uniformed member of the service
(UMOS) concerned will contact the DMV’s Internal Affairs
Office (DMV-IA) for further information. The arrested
motorist or individual may be charged with Criminal
Possession of a Forged Instrument 2nd Degree (Penal Law
170.25 pursuant to 170.10 [3]: Class ‘D’ Felony).
(5)
If the arrested motorist or individual was operating a motor
vehicle at the time the License or Identification Card was
presented, also charge violation of Vehicle and Traffic Law
Section 392: Unclassified Misdemeanor. This provision
makes it a crime to operate a motor vehicle upon the public
highway while displaying or using any document that he or
she knows has been obtained by making a false statement in an
application for, or making a material alteration on any
document issued by the Commissioner of Motor Vehicles,
or unlawfully using a validating device on such a document.
(6)
If it is determined that the arrested motorist or individual
gave or offered to give a DMV employee, or “middleman”,
money or another benefit, for the purposes of obtaining the
License or Identification Card the following additional
charges may be appropriate: Bribery 3rd Degree (Penal Law
200.00): Class “D” Felony, and Sale or Purchase of a
Stolen, False or Fraudulent License, Identification Card,
Certificate of Registration, or Number Plate (Vehicle and
Traffic Law 392-a). (see ADDITIONAL DATA statement).
(7)
If it is determined that the arrested motorist or individual
completed and filed a License or Identification Card
application with the DMV, and the DMV office (where the
application was filed) is located in the same county there the
arrest was made, the following additional charge may be
appropriate: Offering a False Instrument for Filing 1st
Degree (Penal Law 175.35): Class “E” Felony.” (see
ADDITIONAL DATA statement).
POSSESSION OF A FORGED/ALTERED REGISTRATION
(1)
A suspect who presents a registration card with a forged or
altered registration (e.g., address known to be false, etc.)
should be issued summonses for Vehicle and Traffic Law,
Sections 392 and 401(a), Unregistered Vehicle. Vehicle and
Traffic Law, Section 392, is a misdemeanor for which a “C”
summons should be issued. Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section
401(a), is a traffic infraction for which a “C” summons should
be issued. BOTH SUMMONSES SHOULD BE MADE
RETURNABLE TO THE LOCAL CRIMINAL COURT.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-54

c.

d.

e.

3 of 5

POSSESSION OF FORGED/ALTERED INSPECTION STICKER
(1)
A person operating a vehicle with a forged or altered
inspection sticker should be charged with Vehicle and
Traffic Law, Section 306(e), an unclassified misdemeanor.
A “C” summons should be issued and made returnable to
the local criminal court.
POSSESSION OF A FORGED/ALTERED INSURANCE CARD
(1)
An operator who produces an insurance card indicating that
insurance is in effect when such coverage does not exist is
to be charged with Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 319(2),
an unclassified misdemeanor. A “C” summons should be
issued and made returnable to the local criminal court.
POSSESSION OF A FORGED/ALTERED NEW YORK STATE
DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES IN-TRANSIT
VEHICLE PERMIT NUMBER PLATE
(1)
An operator who drives with a forged or altered In-Transit
Permit should be charged with Vehicle and Traffic Law,
Sections 392 and 402(1). Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section
392, is a misdemeanor for which a “C” summons should be
issued. Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 402(1), is a traffic
infraction for which a “C” summons should be issued.
BOTH
SUMMONSES
SHOULD
BE
MADE
RETURNABLE TO THE LOCAL CRIMINAL COURT.

In all instances in which a fraudulent or altered motor vehicle bureau document, such as a
license or registration, is evidence of an offense, it should be invoiced as evidence
pursuant to Department procedures. Under no circumstances will such a document be
returned to the arrested motorist or individual. Summonses should not be issued for the
above offenses to defendants who are not properly identified or who otherwise fail to
qualify. Members of the service shall ensure that when issuing multiple summonses to an
individual for offenses occurring during a single incident and one of the summonses is
returnable to Criminal Court, then all summonses shall be issued as part “C,” and be
made returnable to Criminal Court.

DESK OFFICER 2.
3.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Verify the completeness and accuracy of all charges prior to releasing
defendant.
Instruct member to conduct:
a.
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163) check
b.
Warrant check (local/state/federal).

Unless there are exceptional circumstances, the checks are to be accomplished within one
hour from the time the suspect enters the stationhouse.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-54

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 4.
(continued)
5.

4 of 5

Immediately release violator once the violator’s identity is verified and
summonses have been served.
Make a Command Log entry when a violator has been taken to the stationhouse
for identification, is served summons(es) and immediately released.
a.
Entry will include the following:
(1)
Name, address and physical description of violator
(2)
Location, time of incident and reason for removal to stationhouse
(3)
Name, rank and shield number of member who brought
violator to command
(4)
Offense(s) charged and serial number(s) of summons(es) served
(5)
Time violator entered and departed command.

NOTE

It is not necessary to institute Desk Appearance Ticket or Voided Arrest procedures for an
offense for which summons(es) is/are served pursuant to this procedure.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

To determine whether the charges listed in step 1, subdivisions (6) and (7) should be
considered, a uniformed member of the service should contact the Department of Motor
Vehicles Internal Affairs Office (DMV-IA) between 0830 and 1630 hours, Monday through
Friday. Personnel assigned to DMV-IA may be able to provide information as to how the
arrested motorist or individual obtained the fraudulent Driver License or Identification
Card. They may also have knowledge indicating to whom at DMV the person in custody
may have bribed for the purpose of obtaining the fraudulent documents. Additionally,
efforts should be made to interrogate the person in custody, after Miranda warnings are
given, to independently obtain this information. This information, if available, should be
conveyed to the Assistant District Attorney prosecuting the arrest.
When a uniformed member of the service encounters a motorist in possession of a fraud
document during hours when the DMV-IA is closed, the motorist should be charged with
Criminal Possession of a Forged Instrument 2nd Degree (Penal Law 170.25 pursuant to
170.10[3]: Class ‘D’ Felony). Probable cause for the arrest will be based upon the
“Fraud Document” designation obtained from the computer check of the DMV
database. Related charges listed in step 1, subdivisions (6) and (7), should NOT be
made against the motorist in instances when DMV-IA cannot be contacted immediately.
For example, it would be difficult to charge a defendant with Bribery or Offering a False
Instrument for Filing, without first communicating with a DMV-IA employee who could
articulate the circumstances which resulted in the “Fraud Document” designation.
Additional charges, where appropriate, may be made after consulting with a DMV-IA
representative.
Uniformed members of the service should be guided by the following indicators when
conducting license/name checks of motor vehicle operators:
a.

b.

When conducting license/name checks always run a group search of the last
name, first name, and sex without the date of birth or any middle initial
(common names such as Smith, Garcia, etc. may prohibit such a search due to
the large number of responses generated).
Examine DMV files containing the same name/address with different dates of
birth.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-54

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

d.
e.
f.

5 of 5

Examine motor vehicle operator’s documents to determine if identification with other
names, addresses, or dates of birth are possessed. Invoice any items found suggesting
additional driving records/identifications.
Be alert to out-of-state licenses which may have been issued under lax
identification standards
Review a suspect’s criminal history in Department databases such as C.A.R.S.
and B.A.D.S. to ascertain additional aliases, addresses, or dates of birth.
Fill out CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST (PD135160) form, if applicable. Attach all pertinent supporting data and submit to desk officer
for review, before distributing as per instructions on form.

When attempting to ascertain a prisoner’s identity, the uniformed member of the service
concerned should inform the prisoner that knowingly misrepresenting his or her actual
name, date of birth, or address, to a police officer, with intent to prevent a police officer
from ascertaining such information, is punishable as a crime. Prisoners who knowingly
misrepresent their pedigree information should be charged under Penal Law 190.23
(False Personation, B Misd.).
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-09)
Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator’s License (P.G. 209-26)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-55

VEHICLE OF FOREIGN REGISTRY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To notify the US Customs Service when a vehicle of foreign registration is
seized.

PROCEDURE

Upon seizing a vehicle of foreign registration which was used, or may have been
used in the commission of a crime, in addition to other required action:

DESK OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

1.
2.

Notify Assistant Supervisory Agent of the US Customs Service of facts
including identification and location of vehicle.
Send vehicle to Property Clerk with accompanying PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
a.
Include notation on invoice that the US Customs Service was
notified.

PROPERTY
CLERK

3.

Notify the Assistant Supervisory Agent of the US Customs Service before
disposing of vehicle.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-56

FOREIGN NATIONALS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process arrests of foreign nationals.

DEFINITION

FOREIGN NATIONAL - Any person who is not a citizen of the United States,
regardless of immigration status or length of residency.
COUNTRIES WHOSE EMBASSIES OR CONSULATES MUST BE
NOTIFIED WHEN ONE OF THEIR CITIZENS/ NATIONALS IS ARRESTED:
Albania
Algeria
Antigua &
Barbuda
Armenia
Azerbaijan
Bahamas
Barbados
Belarus
Belize
Brunei
Bulgaria
China (See Note)
Costa Rica
Cyprus
Czech Republic

Dominica
(Note:
this country
is NOT the
Dominican
Rep.)
Fiji
Gambia, The
Georgia
Ghana
Grenada
Guyana
Hong Kong
Hungary
Jamaica
Kazakhstan
Kiribati
Kuwait

Kyrgyzstan
Malaysia
Malta
Mauritius
Moldova
Mongolia
Nigeria
Philippines
Poland (See
Note)

Romania
Russia
St. Kitts &
Nevis
St. Lucia
St. Vincent &
Grenadines
Seychelles
Sierra Leone

Singapore
Slovakia
Tajikistan
Tanzania
Tonga
Trinidad &
Tobago
Tunisia
Turkmenistan
Tuvalu
Ukraine
United Kingdom
Uzbekistan
Zambia
Zimbabwe

NOTE

British dependencies also covered in this agreement are Anguilla, British Virgin Islands,
Bermuda, Montserrat, and the Turks and Caicos Islands. The notification for permanent
residents of the United States from Poland is not mandatory. The China designation
does not include Republic of China (Taiwan) passport holders.

PROCEDURE

When a person arrested is a foreign national, comply with appropriate arrest
processing procedures and:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

Enter all of the following information in the “Narrative” portion of the
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244159):
a.
Country of nationality
b.
Port or place of entry and status upon entry to the United States
(e.g. resident, visitor, student, etc.)
c.
Method of entry (airplane, auto, boat, etc.)
d.
Date entered the United States.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-56

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

NOTE

If doubt exists as to the status of the prisoner, enter “suspected foreign national” under
“Narrative.”

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

2.

NOTE

If the prisoner is from one of the countries listed, the embassy or consulate concerned
must be notified, regardless of the prisoner’s wishes to the contrary. This notification
must also be made even though a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET may be issued.

Determine from the above list if prisoner’s embassy or consulate must be
notified.

WHEN NOTIFICATION MUST BE MADE:
ARRESTING
OFFICER

3.
4.

5.

6.

INTER-CITY
CORRESPONDENCE UNIT
MEMBER

7.

Contact the Inter-City Correspondence Unit.
Provide member at Inter-City Correspondence Unit with the following
information:
a.
Prisoner’s name and address
b.
Date of arrest
c.
County of arrest
d.
Major charge(s)
e.
Exact location where prisoner is being detained
f.
Telephone numbers of both the command of arrest and the
borough court section.
Obtain from the Inter-City Correspondence Unit the following:
a.
The name of the member contacted
b.
A log number.
Enter this information in the “Narrative” portion of the ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
Notify the embassy or consulate concerned.

WHEN NOTIFICATION IS NOT MANDATED (THE PRISONER IS NOT
FROM A COUNTRY LISTED ABOVE):
ARRESTING
OFFICER

8.
9.

Inform prisoner of right to have embassy or consulate notified.
Follow steps 3, 4, 5, and 6 if prisoner requests that embassy or consulate
be notified.
a.
Should the prisoner elect not to have the embassy or consulate
notified enter this information in the “Narrative” portion of the
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-56

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

DESK
OFFICER/
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

10.

Ensure that arresting officer has contacted the Inter-City Correspondence
Unit when notification to the prisoner’s embassy or consulate is required
or in other cases when an arrested foreign national has so requested.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Arresting officers will contact the Intelligence Division if they experience any unusual
circumstances or have questions regarding the arrest processing of a foreign national.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Mayor’s Executive Order Numbers 34 & 41, City Policy Concerning Confidential
Information and Immigrant Access to City Services (P.G. 212-66)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-57

HOLDERS OF LICENSES ISSUED BY NEW YORK CITY
DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To notify New York City Department of Consumer Affairs when a licensee is
arrested.

PROCEDURE

When a person arrested is the holder of a license issued by the New York City
Department of Consumer Affairs, follow normal arrest procedure and:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

Enter license information and number in boxes provided on the ON
LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-58

TAXICAB AND TOWING TRUCK OWNERS/OPERATORS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To report the arrest of taxicab and towing truck owners and operators to licensing
agencies.

PROCEDURE

Upon arresting a taxicab/tow truck operator or owner, follow normal arrest
procedure and:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.

NOTE

Do not take credentials of towing car owner.

3.
4.
5.

DESK OFFICER 6.

Prepare REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151).
Take credentials of taxicab operator, taxicab owner or towing truck
operator ONLY WHEN they have been used as an instrument in, or are
evidence of, the offense charged.

Prepare and deliver RECEIPT FOR CREDENTIALS (PD616-011) to
prisoner, if applicable.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) when
credentials are confiscated.
Note under “Narrative” on ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) that the REPORT OF VIOLATION was
prepared, and if applicable, the taking of credentials.
Forward REPORT OF VIOLATION as directed on form.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Seizure Of Unlicensed Tow Trucks (P.G. 209-29)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-59

FELONY ARRESTS OF PAROLEES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To notify the New York State Division of Parole of the arrest of a parole
absconder or a parolee who has been the subject of a new felony arrest.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service effects the arrest of a person and the
charge is a felony, other than narcotics or gambling:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Remove prisoner to precinct of arrest and comply with appropriate arrest
processing procedures.

DESK OFFICER 2.

Immediately notify precinct detective squad if charge is a felony, other
than narcotics or gambling.

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
P.D.S.

3.

Conduct name check of person arrested against the “Target List of
Recidivists” and the New York State Parole File.
Make additional copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
and ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) and forward them to the New York State Department of
Parole via the Warrant Section.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If a uniformed member of the service conducting an investigation has a parole absconder
in custody SOLELY on the authority of a parole warrant, the arrest will be processed as
“FOA.” The uniformed member of the service will notify the Warrant Section, Telephone
Inquiry Unit immediately for the purpose of obtaining a copy of the parole warrant to
lodge the parole violator in the appropriate Department of Correction facility. In
addition, an immediate notification must also be made to the Division of Parole’s, Parole
Absconder Search Unit.

4.

The notification to the Division of Parole is necessary to provide a copy of the parole
warrant to arresting officers in cases where the Warrant Section has not yet received a copy
of this document, and also to ensure that parole violators are served with a copy of the
charges upon which the warrant is based, as well as the dates on which the probable cause
and revocation hearings are to be scheduled. PRISONERS IN THESE CASES WILL BE
LODGED AT THE APPROPRIATE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTION FACILITY AND
ARE NOT TO BE TRANSPORTED TO BOROUGH COURT SECTION FACILITIES. When
preparing the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159),
indicate in the “Narrative Section” the time, date and names of persons notified at the
Warrant Section and at the Parole Absconder Search Unit.
Parole officers doing absconder work are authorized to sign for Department radios at
precincts, subject to their availability.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-59

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

KEY ELEMENTS OF THE PAROLE VIOLATOR PROGRAM:
Absconder Apprehension Task Force
The “Absconder Apprehension Task Force” will focus on the apprehension of
dangerous parole absconders.
Arrested Parolee Enhanced Notification System
Each month, the New York State Division of Parole will provide the New York City
Police Department with a computer tape consisting of all active, delinquent, and
absconder cases currently under the jurisdiction of the Division of Parole.
The Division of Parole will also provide copies of all absconder warrants with
appropriate physical descriptions to the New York City Police Department Warrant
Section to facilitate lodging and execution of those warrants.
Parole/New York City Police Department Information Exchange
The “Parole/New York City Police Department Information Exchange” will facilitate
cooperation between this Department and the New York State Division of Parole.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-60

DELIVERY OF FELONY WARRANT DEFENDANTS BY MEMBERS OF
NEW YORK STATE POLICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To accept custody from the New York State Police of persons arrested based on a felony
warrant during hours when Warrant Section personnel are not available and to arrange
lodging for said prisoners pending their return to the appropriate New York City Court.

NOTE

Warrant Section investigators are available to process such arrests as follows:

Monday to Friday 0630 x 2300

Saturday and Sunday 0630 x 1800

PROCEDURE

When members of the New York State Police return a defendant who has been
arrested based on a felony warrant issued by a New York City Court to the
custody of this Department:

DESK OFFICER 1.
50th PRECINCT
2.
3.

4.

5.

Accept custody of prisoner and request a copy of the warrant or NYSPIN
message from New York State Police Officer.
Verify validation of warrant through Central Warrant Unit, if necessary.
Prepare Prisoner Movement Slip, take one polaroid photograph of
defendant and attach to Prisoner Movement Slip.
a.
Deliver Prisoner Movement Slip, with photo attached, to
Warrant Section personnel.
Notify borough Court Section concerned and follow instructions received
regarding lodging of prisoner.
a.
Comply with provisions of P.G. 210-01, “Prisoners General
Procedure,” where appropriate.
Make Command Log entry of facts including delivering officer’s name
and command, prisoner’s name, condition, OCA# of warrant and court
part which issued warrant.
a.
Include all notifications made.

BOROUGH
COURT SECT.
CONCERNED

6.

NOTE

If possible, prisoner should be lodged in 50th Precinct.

WARRANT
SECTION
INVESTIGATOR

Designate appropriate location for lodging of prisoner.

7.

Notify Bronx Warrant Squad (Monday to Friday) or Central Warrant Unit
(Saturday and Sunday), at 0630 hours to respond and take custody of
prisoner.

8.
9.
10.

Respond to lodging facility and take custody of prisoner.
Prepare ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157).
Deliver prisoner, ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT, and Prisoner
Movement Slip to appropriate court for processing.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-60

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrest On Warrant (P.G. 208-42)
Prisoners General Procedure (P.G. 210-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)

Prisoner Movement Slip

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

2 of 2

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-61

MATERIAL WITNESS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To maintain records of, and safeguard persons detained as material witnesses.

PROCEDURE

When a person is brought to a stationhouse for detention as a material witness:

DESK OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

1.

2.
3.

Enter “Material Witness” on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) in block captioned “Charges and Specific
Offense.”
Enter “FOA” under arrest number.
Indicate particulars of Detention Order under “Details.”

NOTE

When assigned to guard a material witness, follow instructions of assistant district
attorney and detective squad commander.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-62

TRANSIENT PRISONER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record the detention of transient prisoners.

DEFINITION

TRANSIENT PRISONER - A prisoner passing through New York City in the
custody of a properly identified police officer of another jurisdiction.

PROCEDURE

When a police officer of another jurisdiction requests detention of a prisoner in
his custody:

DESK OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Request written evidence that the prisoner is being transported to
demanding state by executive authority or waiver.
Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159).
Enter letter “D” in arrest number block (NO arrest number assigned).
Enter “TRANSIENT PRISONER” under caption “CHARGES AND
SPECIFIC OFFENSE.”
Process ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET in
usual manner and give white copy to escorting officer.

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-64

CITY-WIDE CAREER FELONY-DRUG OFFENDER PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To identify targeted arrested “career felony-drug offenders” for enhanced
investigation and to ensure vigorous prosecution.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service effects an arrest for a FELONY DRUG
OFFENSE:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.

NOTE

Targeted felony drug offenders will be identified by the letter “X” following the letters “OCA”
on the screen and the designation “Target Narcotics Violator” under the prisoner’s name.

3.

Comply with pertinent arrest procedures.
Conduct a warrant check via FINEST System.

Notify the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk, if
warrant check reveals prisoner is a targeted felony drug offender.

NOTE

If arresting officer is assigned to the Narcotics Division such officer will be designated the
“Enhancement Officer.” If arresting officer is assigned to other than the Narcotics Division,
the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk will notify the Narcotics
Division. An enhancement officer will be assigned at the discretion of the Narcotics Division.

NARCOTICS
DIVISION
ENHANCEMENT
OFFICER

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If an arrested felony drug offender is not initially identified as a target on the computer
data bank because of the use of an alias, the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field
Operations Desk subsequently will receive a notification based on the prisoner’s NYSID
number. The Field Operations Desk will then advise the Career Felony - Drug Offender
Unit, Narcotics Division, which will make the appropriate notifications.

Carefully review all arrest processing forms for completeness and accuracy.
Prepare Narcotics Division Case Enhancement Worksheet in triplicate.
Ensure that all identifying data re: witnesses is recorded on Worksheet.
Obtain additional evidence, if possible.
Request expedited lab examination and report.
Distribute Narcotics Division Case Enhancement Worksheet as follows:
a.
Original - appropriate Assistant District Attorney at the Complaint Room.
b.
Duplicate - to Narcotics Division, Room 1100, Police Headquarters.
c.
Triplicate - filed at enhancement officer’s command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-65

FELONY AUGMENTATION PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To establish legally sound cases with the cooperation of the District Attorney,
which will result in significant prison terms for career criminals.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service effects a felony arrest, except those
involving controlled substances, marihuana, or gambling:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.

Comply with the pertinent arrest procedures.
Escort prisoner to stationhouse, precinct of arrest.

DESK OFFICER 3.

After verifying that the arrest is valid, immediately notify the Precinct Detective
Squad of the arrest and comply with existing arrest processing procedures.

4.

Query the Computer Assisted Robbery System (CARS) to ascertain whether
the prisoner is a career criminal or a New York State parolee and inform desk
officer of results of query (see P.G. 208-59, “Felony Arrests Of Parolees”).
Determine from prisoner’s criminal history and facts of present case
whether arrest should be augmented.
Inform desk officer of decision whether or not case will be augmented
and advise as to any additional steps to be taken by the arresting officer if
the case is to be augmented.

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

5.
6.

WHEN A YOUTH FOURTEEN TO EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE IS ARRESTED
BY A UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE FOR ROBBERY 1ST
DEGREE, ROBBERY 2ND DEGREE OR A SERIOUS VIOLENT FELONY:
7.
8.

Review circumstances of the arrest.
Conduct an inquiry into the prisoner’s background including his juvenile
contacts with the police.
a.
If the prisoner’s background indicates that he has two or more felony
arrests, the investigator will determine if the case should be augmented.

DESK OFFICER 9.

Contact the Identification Section - Youth Records Unit to obtain information
on prior police record of juvenile in order to make certain that no youth
arrested for a felony is released while awaiting trial on a violent felony.
a.
No violent youth will be released to a parent/guardian while
awaiting trial on another violent offense.
Have
INVESTIGATION
CARD
(PD373-163)/Wanted/Juvenile
Recidivist check conducted via FINEST system. See P.G. 208-23,
“Computerized Investigation Card System.”

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

10.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-65

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

NOTE

The major consideration as to whether the case will be augmented will be the nature of
the present crime with which the youth is involved, in addition to a reasonable prospect
of prosecution by the District Attorney’s Office. All precinct based investigative units
(e.g., RAM Unit, precinct detective squad, etc.) will enhance any case being made
against a violent youth.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Felony Arrests of Parolees (P.G. 208-59)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-66

FELONY CASE DEVELOPMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To enhance the prosecution of designated felony arrests, to provide arrest
intelligence to precinct detective squads and to train patrol personnel in case
development procedures.

SCOPE

The Felony Case Development Program has three main objectives:
a.
Eliminate the gap between arrest and prosecution of certain designated
felonies by providing for an immediate follow-up investigation by the
appropriate investigative unit.
b.
Provide intelligence to precinct detective squads regarding who is being
arrested within the confines of the precinct for serious felonies.
c.
Have experienced investigators train patrol personnel in case development.

DEFINITION

DESIGNATED FELONY ARRESTS - FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS PROCEDURE
ONLY, listed below are the designated felonies (including attempts) and the
appropriate units for referral:
CRIME











Homicides

Burglary (1st & 2nd degrees)

Assault (victim likely to die)
Weapons (loaded firearm)
Grand Larceny (unusual cases):
 By extortion
 From senior citizens, governmental or
religious organizations
 Unusual public interest
Robbery (all degrees)



Violent felony committed by a juvenile

st
Sex Crimes (1
degree), including 
Aggravated Sexual Abuse
Narcotics (A1 & A2 felonies)




Bribery





Grand Larceny - Auto



UNIT REFERRED TO
Precinct Detective Squad
Precinct Detective Squad/RAM Unit

Precinct Detective Squad/RAM Unit
Borough Special Victims Squad
Narcotics Division. If closed, OCCB Operations
Desk
Internal Affairs Bureau, Complaint Intake
(212) 741-8401
Auto Crime Division (100 Major Violators)

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service effects the arrest of a person on a
felony charge, including charges of juvenile delinquency where the conduct
would be a felony if committed by an adult:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

Remove prisoner to precinct of arrest and comply with current arrest
procedures.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-66

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 2.
3.

4.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 4

Immediately notify precinct detective squad if charge is a felony, other
than narcotics or gambling.
Notify the borough Special Victims Squad (SVS) if charge is for a first
degree sex crime. When the SVS is closed (0100-0800 hours) notify the
Detective Borough Night Watch Dispatcher.
Refer eligible Designated Felony Arrest to the appropriate investigative
unit (see above).

The following “Letter Classification Codes” will be entered in the UPPER RIGHT
corner of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159):
a.
LETTER “A” - Developed by appropriate investigative unit
b.
LETTER “B” - Eligible for case development, but WAIVED by investigative unit
supervisor due to lack of personnel (not used after 2400 hours or when unit is closed)
c.
LETTER “C” - Not eligible for case development, i.e., not designated felony,
between 2400 hours and 0800 hours and felony not accepted by Night Watch or
other open investigative unit
d.
LETTER “D” - Augmented by precinct detective squad.
In addition, LETTER “C” will be entered for all arrests not within the purview of the
FELONY CASE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM, i.e., other than by NYPD members
assigned to Patrol Services Bureau OR for designated felonies.

DESK OFFICER 5.

Direct arresting officer to deliver prisoners to precinct detective squad for
post-arrest investigation of all felony arrests designated for case development.

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD
SUPERVISOR

6.

Determine if arrest should be developed by Precinct Detective Squad or
specialized investigative unit.
a.
Have arresting officer notify specialized investigative squad in
appropriate cases.
b.
Have all cases entered on CASE DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE
CASE ASSIGNMENT LOG (PD306-140), including those cases
referred to other units.

DETECTIVE/
SPECIALIZED
INVESTIGATIVE
UNIT
SUPERVISOR

7.

Assign detective to conduct case development.
a.
If lack of investigative manpower prevents such assignment,
indicate that case is being waived and reasons for waiver on CASE
DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE CASE ASSIGNMENT LOG.
The name of the supervisor is to be part of this entry.
b.
Instruct arresting officer to assist in investigation, as required.
c.
Supervise follow-up investigation.

ASSIGNED
INVESTIGATOR

8.

Enter case on CASE DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE CASE
ASSIGNMENT LOG.
Assign next ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT (AIR) case number.
a.
AIR numbers are assigned chronologically, beginning with number
one for the first case development of the calendar year, by the unit
conducting the post-arrest development (e.g. RAM-01, etc.).

9.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-66

PAGE:

08/01/13

ASSIGNED
INVESTIGATOR
(continued)

3 of 4

b.

10.
11.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Each investigative unit will maintain its own CASE
DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE CASE ASSIGNMENT LOG
for the purpose of assigning AIR numbers. However, information
on all cases must be phoned into the detective squad covering the
precinct of arrest for inclusion on its LOG.
Investigate facts relating to commission of crime and subsequent arrest(s) and
record facts on ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD244-1511).
Determine principal charge to be lodged against defendant.
a.
Principal charge will be the highest level of crime for which probable
cause can be demonstrated by facts determined during the investigation.

If the assigned investigator determines that the original charge is not correct, the
investigator shall enter the correct charge on the LOG and inform the desk officer. This
step will be complied with even when it is determined that the amended charge is not a
designated felony. If the desk officer disagrees with the investigating officer as to the
proper charge, the investigative squad supervisor will confer with the desk officer to
determine the appropriate charge.

12.

Present completed ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT to squad
supervisor.
a.
AIR should include the following checks:
(1)
BCI - Criminal Record
(2)
Warrant/Computerized Investigation Card
(3)
Weapons - FINEST check when applicable.

DETECTIVE
SPECIALIZED
INVESTIGATIVE
SQUAD
SUPERVISOR

13.

Review ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT for completeness, sign
in appropriate space and distribute as follows:
a.
ORIGINAL (1st) and TRIPLICATE (3rd) copies - to arresting officer.
b.
DUPLICATE (2nd) copy - together with appropriate COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152) to investigative squad which developed
case for file.
c.
QUADRUPLICATE (4th) copy - maintain in separate folder at
Precinct Detective Squad (PDS). Specialized investigative squads
forward this copy to PDS concerned.

NOTE

On the fifth day of each month, the folder containing the fourth (4th) copy of the
ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORTS and the CASE DEVELOPMENT
ASSIGNMENT LOG SHEET for the previous month’s activity will be forwarded to the
borough detective command concerned.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

14.

Direct arresting officer to forward original ARREST INVESTIGATION
REPORT with all other arrest documents as per P.G. 208-15,
“Preparation Of Arrest Related Documents At The Stationhouse.”

15.

Retain third copy of ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT for
personal records.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-66

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

Specialized investigative units (e.g., RAM, Borough Special Victims Squad, etc.) must
maintain a CASE DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE CASE ASSIGNMENT LOG to
serve as an index with chronological AIR numbers. However, this LOG is for in-house
use only. The precinct detective squad copy of the LOG is the only DETECTIVE CASE
ASSIGNMENT LOG that should be forwarded to the detective borough coordinator.
Therefore, it is imperative that the assigned investigator of a specialized investigative
squad provide the necessary information for logging the case (including AIR #) to the
precinct detective squad.
In cases where a “riding” Assistant District Attorney is present at the arrest scene to
supervise the post-arrest investigation it is not necessary to conduct a formal case
development; the case should be coded “C” and the name of the Assistant District
Attorney entered. If the Assistant District Attorney states over the telephone that he/she
will respond, initiate the case development. Upon arrival of the Assistant District
Attorney, if he/she does not require that the development be completed, make appropriate
notation on AIR; Case will be coded “A” and an AIR number will be assigned.
Detective borough commanders are responsible for the Felony Case Development
Program in their respective boroughs. Accordingly, they will maintain a system to
review completed post-arrest investigations as means of quality control. Additionally,
they will ensure that completed documentation is maintained, including reasons when
designated felony arrests are not submitted for case development.
Every effort will be made to conduct case development in a timely manner. In addition,
the CITYWIDE EXPEDITED ARREST PROCESSING program remains in effect when
processing Felony Case Development Program arrests. Desk officers are responsible
for having all arrest related documents and Live-scan procedures completed
expeditiously and in NO CASE LATER THAN THREE HOURS FROM TIME OF
ARREST. Furthermore, desk officers will notify the borough court section supervisor
and be guided by the court section supervisor’s instructions in regards to arraignment
delays. In instances where the arrest package is forwarded without the prisoner,
prepare a Prisoner Movement Slip and attach one photograph of prisoner. The
Prisoner Movement Slip will remain with prisoner until he/she is transported to
borough Court Section or court.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Arrest Report Preparation At Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD244-1511)
CASE DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE CASE ASSIGNMENT LOG (PD306-140)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
Prisoner Movement Slip

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-67

FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATIONS ON
"DECLINE PROSECUTION" ARREST CASES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To determine if a case designated “Decline Prosecution” by the District Attorney’s
office can be re-opened and prosecuted after a follow-up investigation.

SCOPE

To ensure that all arrests effected by uniformed members of the service are
prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law and in keeping with the Department’s
arrest strategy to reduce crime and disorder, the Department, in cooperation with
all five county District Attorney’s Offices has implemented a follow-up
investigation initiative for cases that have been designated “Decline
Prosecution.” Designated “Decline Prosecution” arrest cases will be re-opened
and prosecuted, if a requested follow-up investigation is conducted and specific
additional information (e.g., interviews, evidence, line-ups, etc.) is obtained.

PROCEDURE

When a District Attorney’s office in a “Decline Prosecution” arrest case requires
specific additional information:

ADA
CONCERNED

1.

Forward to borough Court Section, letter indicating the type of additional
information (e.g., interviews, evidence, line-ups, etc.) required to re-open
case for prosecution.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION

2.

Immediately forward request to commanding officer concerned.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

3.

Ensure that the arresting officer, anti-crime unit, precinct detective squad,
Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Module (BRAM), etc., expeditiously
complies with the District Attorney’s request.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED

4.

Immediately contact assigned Assistant District Attorney, whose name
and telephone number are indicated on form letter, for instructions if the
follow-up investigation yields positive results.
a.
If it is determined that the defendant is to be re-arrested on the
same charge that was designated “Decline Prosecution”:
1.
Issue a new arrest number
2.
Fingerprint prisoner
3.
Notify the Borough Court Section supervisor.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

5.

Have DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT
(PD244-1515) prepared.
Ensure that REPORT is forwarded to borough Court Section within ten
business days of receiving District Attorney’s request, regardless of
outcome of investigation.

6.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-67

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION

7.

Maintain a “Decline Prosecution Arrest Case” log.
a.
Forward monthly report to Criminal Justice Bureau.

NOTE

Failure to return the completed REPORT within this time frame will possibly result in
the District Attorney’s Office not re-opening the arrest case for prosecution. Whenever
a DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT is prepared and forwarded to
the borough Court Section, a duplicate copy of the REPORT will be prepared for the
precinct/command file.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT will not be prepared when
the District Attorney’s Office form letter indicates that a “Decline Prosecution” case
cannot be re-opened for prosecution. In such cases, the form letter will serve to inform
commanding officers so that, where necessary, they may instruct, train, and/or monitor
the uniformed member of the service concerned.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT (PD244-1515)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-68

OLBS COMPUTERIZED ARREST NOTIFICATION PRINTOUT
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

10/16/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To have Management Information Systems Division (MISD) forward “On Line
Booking System (OLBS) Arrest Notification Printout” to specified
commands/agencies for certain arrests.

DEFINITION

OLBS COMPUTERIZED ARREST NOTIFICATION PRINTOUT - A
computerized printout containing arrest data.

PROCEDURE

To provide specified commands and agencies with arrest data:

MISD
PERSONNEL

1.

Have “OLBS Computerized Arrest Notification Printout” forwarded to
respective commands and agencies on a monthly basis, as follows:

ARREST OF/FOR/INVOLVING:

COMMAND/AGENCY



ARSON



Arson and Explosion Squad



ARSON, ATTEMPTED ARSON OR FIRE
RELATED CRIMINAL MISCHIEF



FDNY - Division of Fire Investigation



ATTORNEY or anyone for violation of
Judiciary Law



Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters



AUXILIARY POLICE OFFICER (confiscate
shield and identification card)



Auxiliary Police Section



BRIBERY/ATT. BRIBERY (member of
service involved)



Internal Affairs Bureau and
Employee Relations Section



BURGLARS TOOLS



Major Case Squad



CIGARETTE TAX VIOLATION



Cigarette Tax Enforcement Unit



CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK
EMPLOYEE



The City University of New York - Deputy
University Director of Security and Public Safety



CORRECTION EMPLOYEE



Department of Correction



CRIMINAL ANARCHY INVOLVING
DOCUMENT DESCRIBING USE OR
MAKING OF EXPLOSIVES



Arson and Explosion Squad



DRUG ADDICT or involving P.L. 220.00



Narcotics Division - Only if arrest made by
Narcotics Division personnel



EXPLOSION BY BOMB or EXPLOSIVE
DEVICE



Arson and Explosion Squad

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-68

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 3

ARREST OF/FOR/INVOLVING:

COMMAND/AGENCY



EXPLOSIVE OR BOMB (possession)

 Arson and Explosion Squad



FORCIBLE RAPE, FORCIBLE CRIMINAL
SEXUAL ACT, SEX ABUSE 1ST DEGREE,
or attempts of these crimes



Borough Special Victims Squad



FOREIGN NATIONAL



Intelligence Bureau



FRAUDULENT ACCOSTING OR LARCENY
BY PICKPOCKET



Special Frauds Squad



GAMBLING OFFENSE



Narcotics Division



HOLDER OF RIFLE/SHOTGUN PERMIT issued by Firearms Control Board



Office of Chief of Department, Investigation
Review Section



HOSPITAL, any offense and prisoner admitted  Borough Court Section Concerned



INSURANCE FRAUD (PL 176.00)



Auto Crime Division



MOTOR VEHICLES reported stolen outside
New York State



FBI Auto Squad



NYC HOUSING EMPLOYEE



NYC Housing Authority



NYC TRANSIT EMPLOYEE



MTA-NYC Transit



PISTOL LICENSEE



License Division



POLICE IMPERSONATOR



Internal Affairs Bureau



POSTAL SERVICE, crimes affecting



US Postal Inspector



PRISONER, any offense and $5,000 or more is
seized



Property Clerk Division



PROPERTY EVIDENCE



Property Clerk Division



PROPERTY THEFT exceeding $5,000 and
property is identifiable by serial numbers or
markings (excluding autos)




FBI Major Theft Squad
Major Case Squad



SEAMAN, foreign (violation of narcotics law)



Chief of Department



SPECIAL PATROLMAN



License Division



TELEPHONE SEIZURE (public morals arrest)



Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-68

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 3

ARREST OF/FOR/INVOLVING:

COMMAND/AGENCY



TOWING CAR DRIVER or OWNER



Department of Consumer Affairs



NYC DEPARTMENT OF
TRANSPORTATION EMPLOYEE
(Department of Highways, Traffic, Marine &
Aviation or Parking Violations Bureau)



NYC Department of Transportation, Inspector
General



UNLAWFUL POSSESSION OF RADIO
DEVICES (P.L. 140.40)



Communications Division



WATERFRONT EMPLOYEE



Waterfront Commission

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When an arrest is effected by a uniformed member of the service for an offense
committed on property under jurisdiction of any of the following police agencies, the
arresting officer will enter proper jurisdictional code number in box 28 on the ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET. Management Information Systems
Division will forward a copy of the “OLBS Computerized Arrest Notification Printout,”
as follows:










Amtrak Police
CSX Transportation Police
MTA Police
New York State Park Police
New York State Police
NYC Health and Hospitals Police
Port Authority Police
Triborough Bridge and Tunnel Authority
U.S. Park Police

Inquiries after initial arraignment from external private and/or governmental agencies
relative to any arrest will be directed in writing to Commanding Officer, Identification
Section. He/she will be responsible for determining if the police record has been sealed
pursuant to Section 160.50 of the Criminal Procedure Law.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-69

NOTIFICATIONS IN CERTAIN ARREST SITUATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To notify an agency or Department unit in certain arrest cases.

PROCEDURE

When an arrest is effected and any of the following conditions exists, follow
existing arrest procedures and:

DESK OFFICER 1.

NOTE

Notify Operations Unit DIRECT for arrests involving:
a.
Alcohol, illegal manufacture or possession
b.
Any offense, and prisoner has $500 in federal food stamps, except
authorized wholesale or retail dealer.
c.
Any offense, and prisoner is an employee of:
(1)
New York City, except Fire Department
(2)
US Internal Revenue Service
(3)
US Postal Service
(4)
US Department of State
(5)
New York State Department of Corrections.

Whenever an arrested person indicates a school as place of employment, the arresting officer
shall ascertain if the school is under jurisdiction of the New York City Department of
Education.
In the event a member of the Department anticipates the arrest of a Department of
Correction employee at a correctional facility, please refer to ADDITIONAL DATA
statement below.

d.

e.
f.
g.

h.

i.
j.
k.

l.

Any offense, and prisoner is a uniformed or civilian member of
this Department.
(1)
Make entry of notification in Telephone Record and include
identity of precinct commander/duty captain notified.
Cigarette tax violation.
Forgery of prescription for narcotics.
Extortion or bribery concerning any taxes under jurisdiction of
New York City Department of Finance OR criminal
impersonation of tax official.
Any offense and prisoner possesses multiple blank social security
cards or multiple social security cards with different names and/or
numbers.
Larceny of parking meter or its contents OR tampering with
meters.
US Postal Law violations.
Any offense and prisoner is member of Armed Forces (Army,
Navy, Air Force, Marines, Coast Guard) OR prisoner is AWOL
(Absent Without Leave) OR a deserter.
Any offense and prisoner is impersonating a New York City
Department of Health employee.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-69

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

DESK OFFICER 2.
(continued)

2 of 5

Make direct notification to agency or command concerned when arrest is
effected for:



Criminal Anarchy



Intelligence Bureau



Any offense, and prisoner possesses
anarchistic literature advocating the
violent overthrow of the existing
government of this State or Nation



Intelligence Bureau



Any offense, and prisoner is an employee
of:


Division of Substance Abuse Services



Port Authority



TBTA



New York State Division
Substance Abuse Services



Port Authority of NY and NJ



Triborough Bridge
Authority (TBTA)



United Nations



Intelligence Bureau



New York City Fire Department



Inspector General, Fire Department



New York State Parole, Senior
Parole, Supervising Parole Officer



Division of State Parole



New York State Police



Office of Chief Inspector, (518) 4576554. (During non-business hours notify
New York State Police Division
Headquarters, [518] 457-6811)



New York State Court System



New York State Unified Court System
Command and Communications Center

and

of

Tunnel



Any offense, and prisoner is a member of
armed forces of a foreign nation



Provost Marshal,
Brooklyn

Fort

Hamilton,



Felony and prisoner is employee of U.S.
Department of Defense



Provost Marshal,
Brooklyn

Fort

Hamilton,



Morals or perversion charge and prisoner
is employee of U.S. Department of Defense



Provost Marshal,
Brooklyn

Fort

Hamilton,



Any offense, and a youth gang is involved



Intelligence Bureau



Any offense, and Department
Education is involved in any way



School Safety Division



Any graffiti-related offenses



Citywide Vandals Task Force, Transit
Bureau



Any offense and prisoner is an employee
of The City University of New York



The City University of New York Deputy University Director of Security
and Public Safety



Any offense, and prisoner is involved in
the private carting industry, City owned
wholesale markets, or boats involved in
offshore shipboard gambling emanating
from New York City locations



Business Integrity Commission, via the
Organized Crime Control Bureau,
Field Operations Desk



Any offense, and prisoner admits, or is
determined to be a foreign national



Notify borough court supervisor

of

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-69

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 5

DESK OFFICER 
(continued)

Grand Larceny Auto or C.P.S.P. (motor
vehicle or motorcycle)



Auto Crime Division



Any offense and prisoner is a registered
sex offender



Fax copy of OLBS to Sex Offender
Monitoring Unit (SOMU)

3.

4.

Direct arresting officer to notify Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence
Section twenty-four hours/seven days a week, to determine if an immediate
response by a member of the Intelligence Bureau is warranted in regards to
possible terrorist links, for arrests or seizures involving the following:
a.
Fraudulent documents
b.
Identity theft
c.
Welfare fraud
d.
Untaxed cigarettes
e.
Drug paraphernalia
f.
Telephone calling cards
g.
Shop lifting
h.
Baby formula
i.
Counterfeit money
j.
Money laundering
k.
Travelers checks (stolen/counterfeit)
l.
Money Orders (stolen/counterfeit)
m.
Credit cards (stolen/counterfeit/bust out schemes)
n.
Expired candy - consumer affairs violations
o.
Grand larceny fraud
p.
Firearms
q.
Trademark counterfeiting
r.
Marriage fraud
s.
Foreign national smuggling
t.
Cell phones
u.
Coupon fraud
v.
Computer fraud
w.
Khat (a plant used as an habituating stimulant) sales or possession
x.
Bank checks
y.
Stolen property
z.
ATM fraud/theft - bank cards
Direct arresting officer to notify Human Resources Administration,
Bureau of Client Fraud, by telephone (212) 274-4749 (0830-1700 hours)
or (212) 274-4717 (at all other times) and State of New York, Office of
the Welfare Inspector General, by telephone (212) 417-2028 (Monday to
Friday, 0900-1700 hours) or (800) 682-4530 at all other times, whenever
a prisoner is arrested for:
a.
INCOME GENERATING OFFENSE, i.e., drugs, gambling,
prostitution, unlicensed vendor, etc., and the prisoner possesses:
(1)
Department of Social Services Recipient Identification Card OR
(2)
Two different sets of identification cards OR
(3)
Food stamps

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-69

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 5

b.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

5.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

The telephone notification will also be made when prisoner is
arrested for ANY OFFENSE and possesses:
(1)
Two or more social security cards in same name, with
different numbers or different names and numbers OR
(2)
Department of Social Services Recipient Identification
Card and more than $500.00 in U.S. currency OR
(3)
Department of Social Services Recipient Identification
Card and an employee ID card from any City agency or
other identification indicating any employment.
Direct uniformed members of the service making any arrests to question
prisoner(s) re:
a.
Employment or involvement in the child care field in the
following capacities:
(1)
Any employee of a day care center or Headstart Program
(2)
Any family day care provider or member of household
(3)
Any employee of a program for protective services,
preventive services, youth development and delinquency,
runaway and homeless youths, day camp, park or recreation
(4)
Any employee of a foster care program or member of a
foster care family.
b.
Have arresting officer prepare form Child Care Worker Arrest
Notification (Misc. 2148), in duplicate, when prisoner is employed
or involved in child care field.
c.
Immediately notify the Operations Unit, direct, and forward
original copy of form to New York City Department of
Investigation, in next Department mail.
(1)
File duplicate copy of form with precinct copy of ON LINE
BOOKING ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).

ANTICIPATED ARREST OF NYC DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTION EMPLOYEE:
Whenever a member of the Department anticipates the arrest of a Department of
Correction employee at a correctional facility, that member must make a telephone
notification to the Department of Correction, Investigations and Trials Division, prior to
arrival at the correctional facility. The Investigations and Trials Division will
coordinate, with the arresting officer, the necessary arrangements for the prompt and
safe surrender of its employee.
The Department of Correction Investigations and Trials Division can be reached at
(212) 266-1440 or (212) 266-1942, during business hours. At all other times, the
investigators shall contact the Investigations and Trials Division Duty Supervisor
through the Department of Correction Central Operations Desk at (718) 546-1384.
This protocol does not limit the right or duty of a member of the service to effect an
arrest. If a member of the service experiences a lack of cooperation, he/she shall notify
a supervisor. The supervisor will notify the duty captain if the supervisor is unable to
correct the situation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-69

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

5 of 5

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Summary arrests and arrests of Department of Correction employees outside
correctional facilities are not affected by this procedure. Cases involving corruption or
serious misconduct continue to require a notification to the Internal Affairs Bureau
Command Center at (212) 741-8401, twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, in
accordance with P.G. 207-22, “Allegations of Corruption Against City Employees
(Other than Members of the NYPD).”

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-70

PROCESSING OF NEW YORK STATE DOMESTIC INCIDENT
REPORTS IN THE DOMESTIC VIOLENCE DATABASE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To improve the tracking, monitoring, and analysis of domestic violence cases.

PROCEDURE

Whenever entering information from a command’s past/current New York State
Domestic Incident Report (DCJS-3221) into the new Domestic Violence
Database System:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

The current New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS-3221) does not have
captions for certain pertinent information that is collected in the Domestic Violence
Database System. Therefore, the following information is to be elicited from the person(s)
involved and recorded in the NARRATIVE OF THE INCIDENT:
a.
Alcohol involved
b.
Narcotic involved
c.
Verbal dispute only
d.
Court and Docket number of Order of Protection
e.
Voucher number of photos (if taken)
f.
Social security number and alias of persons involved (record next to
name if space allows, otherwise include name and information in
narrative)
g.
Reporting officer’s tax number in box titled “OFFICER I.D. NO.”

DESK OFFICER 2.
3.

Submit hard copy of Domestic Incident Report and any related
paperwork [COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) etc.] to desk officer.

Review hard copy of Domestic Incident Report and any related
paperwork for accuracy and completeness and sign.
Direct command clerk to enter information from the Domestic Incident
Report into the Domestic Violence Database System.

COMMAND
CLERK

4.

NOTE

Members of the service entering Domestic Incident Reports into the Domestic Violence
Database System should not attempt to translate victims’ statements that are written in
languages other than English, regardless of whether or not the member is proficient in
the other language. However, members should indicate in the “Victims Statement of
Allegations/Supporting Deposition” field that the statement is written in a language
other than English (i.e., “Victim’s statement is completed in apparent Spanish”).

5.

Enter information from the Domestic Incident Report into the Domestic
Violence Database System and print out computer copy.

Attach hard copy and computer copy and present them to the desk officer
for review.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-70

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

With the implementation of new, linked computer systems, the command clerk must enter
all associated reports and obtain numbers from the other appropriate computer systems
(OLCS, Aided, etc.) PRIOR TO entering the data into the Domestic Violence Database
System. The command clerk will record all appropriate numbers on the hard copy of the
Domestic Incident Report. It is imperative that these numbers are obtained prior to the
entry of the Domestic Incident Report since these numbers link to the other systems and
links information contained therein and CAN NOT be entered or retrieved later. In the
event that a Domestic Incident Report is entered into the database without these
numbers, it MUST BE VOIDED and re-entered with this information.
The command clerk will prepare a Domestic Incident Report for walk-in complainants
reporting domestic incidents whenever the command’s domestic violence officer is not
available to do so.

DESK OFFICER 6.
7.
DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
OFFICER/
DESIGNATED
REVIEWER

NOTE

8.
9.

Review computer copy and compare to the hard copy for accuracy and
completeness.
Forward both copies to the command’s domestic violence
officer/designated reviewer.
Obtain previously assigned victim and/or offender numbers or generate
new numbers, as appropriate, from database.
Query the Domestic Violence Database System for the following offender
information:
a.
Warrant history
b.
Investigation card status
c.
Gun license/permit status
d.
Criminal recidivist history
e.
Targeted narcotics violator status
f.
Domestic violence history

Results of the New York State Police Information Network (NYSPIN) inquiries
concerning orders of protection, probation status and arrest history (Booking
Arraignment Disposition System [BADS]), and complaint history (On Line Complaint
System [OLCS]), will be entered onto the appropriate captions of the Domestic Incident
Report review screen.

10.

11.

DESK
OFFICER/
DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
SUPERVISOR

12.

13.

Ensure that all computer inquiries regarding the offender are completed
during the tour in which they are commenced.
a.
Attach printouts of all inquiries listed in step 9 to the Domestic
Incident Report.
Forward both copies of the Domestic Incident Report back to the desk
officer or domestic violence supervisor for endorsement
Review the Domestic Incident Report computer summary screen.
a.
Ensure that all Domestic Incident Reports and the necessary
offender queries are completed.
Utilize the supervisory sign off function to finalize each Domestic
Incident Report thereby entering it into the Domestic Violence Database
System.
a.
Print finalized copy of Domestic Incident Report.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-70

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

NOTE

Any Domestic Incident Report prepared by a command other than PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE, must be entered, reviewed and finalized by the COMMAND OF
REPORT. The hard copy of the Domestic Incident Report will then be faxed to the
precinct of occurrence. The original will be maintained in a file folder marked, “Out of
Command DIRs”. (This folder is not required if prepared by a PSA, and the incident
occurs within the precincts that they cover).

DESK
OFFICER/
DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
SUPERVISOR

14.

Void any duplicate Domestic Incident Reports and those entered
incorrectly or in error.

15.

Prepare daily a Domestic Incident Index utilizing the computer’s “Domestic
Violence Query-Status Report” for all the Domestic Incident Reports
entered the previous day.
a.
Maintain a copy of the Index in the Domestic Violence office and at
the desk.
Utilize the computer’s add/view “follow-up comments function” to enter
new information (e.g. results of home visits, phone contacts, additional
information, etc.) related to the Domestic Incident Report.
Utilize the computer’s “High Propensity Offender” function to add and
remove offenders to the commands High Propensity List.

(continued)

DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
PREVENTION
OFFICER

16.

17.

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD
MEMBER

18.

Enter case closing status of any resolved domestic violence case into the
Domestic Violence Database System.

ARREST
PROCESSING
OFFICER

19.

Complete a “Global Name Check” of the offender and victim in all
domestic violence arrest cases.
a.
Print out the result screen and the previously prepared Domestic
Incident Report(s).
Forward the name check results and Domestic Incident Report(s) with
the arrest package to the District Attorney’s Office.

20.

COMMAND
INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

21.

22.
23.

Provide members of the service access to the Domestic Violence
Database System utilizing the administrator options of the computer as
appropriate.
Maintain a list of authorized users assigned to the command.
Print, review, and maintain on a monthly basis, a list of all voided
Domestic Incident Reports entered into the Database.
a.
Take corrective action where appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-70

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

Members of the service are reminded that the hard copy of the DIR, which should
include a statement written in the complainant/victim’s own handwriting, is the primary
source for information regarding domestic incidents. The handwritten victim’s statement
is crucial to the District Attorney during the prosecution of a domestic violence case and
can serve as the accusatory instrument, when necessary. When a domestic violence
officer, precinct detective squad member, or other interested member of the service is
investigating a domestic incident and the Domestic Violence Database indicates that the
victim’s statement is written in a language other than English, he or she should refer to
the hard copy of the DIR to obtain the victim’s handwritten statement. If the need for a
translator arises, members of the service should comply with P.G. 212-90, “Guidelines
for Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons”.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Domestic Incident Reports that are prepared by officers assigned to commands other
than precinct of occurrence (i.e. Housing Bureau personnel, etc.) who have access to the
Domestic Violence Database System, will be responsible for the data entry, review and
finalization of the Domestic Incident Report. The follow-up investigation will be the
responsibility of the precinct of occurrence or housing PSA, as appropriate.
Due to the sensitive nature of the Database information, access is limited to authorized
users and is controlled using CESN passwords. The command’s integrity control officer
provides access to the system; however, revoked passwords must be re-activated by the
integrity control officer assigned to the Management Information Systems Division.
Commands will access the Domestic Violence Database System from local area network
(LAN) workstations that have Internet Explorer Browser installed. Once the system
issues a sequential number and the Domestic Incident Report is reviewed by the
domestic violence officer, only a supervisor from the precinct of occurrence is permitted
to make modifications. Additionally, once a desk officer/domestic violence supervisor
has finalized a Domestic Incident Report for entry into the Domestic Violence Database
System, no modifications will be allowed. (This does not include domestic violence
officer notes or detective case closing).
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Domestic Violence Prevention Officer (P.G. 202-29)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Family Offenses and Domestic Violence Involving Uniformed or Civilian Members Of
The Service (P.G 208-37)
Family Offense/Domestic Violence (Photographing Visible Injuries/Damaged Property)
(P.G. 208-39)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS-3221)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-71

DOCUMENTATION OF ACTIVITY OF BAIL ENFORCEMENT
AGENTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To identify bail enforcement agents who are attempting to apprehend wanted
persons, and to preserve the peace and ensure public safety in these situations.

DEFINITION

BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT - Shall include any person, firm, company,
partnership or corporation engaged in the business of enforcing the terms and
conditions of a person’s release from custody on bail in a criminal proceeding,
including locating, apprehending and returning any such person released from
custody on bail who has failed to appear at any stage of a criminal proceeding to
answer the charge before the court in which he/she may be prosecuted.

PROCEDURE

When a bail enforcement agent appears at a precinct to notify the Department
that he/she intends to apprehend a wanted person:

DESK OFFICER 1.

NOTE

Interview bail enforcement agent and verify the following:
a.
Bail enforcement agent is appropriately licensed or is directly
employed by an appropriately licensed bail enforcement agent, and
b.
Bail enforcement agent is in possession of a bail bond that names
the defendant he/she is seeking to apprehend.

The burden of proving that he/she is appropriately licensed falls upon the bail
enforcement agent. The licensing agency, the New York State Department of State,
maintains a searchable database of bail enforcement agent licensees (see
www.dos.state.ny.us/). Bail enforcement agents who fail to prove that they are
appropriately licensed will be advised that they may not make an apprehension until
such proof is provided.

2.
3.

4.
5.

6.

Prepare BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT NOTIFICATION OF
SERVICE (PD609-120).
Make immediate telephone notification to the Warrant Section’s Telephone
Inquiry Unit twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week in order to determine if a
member of the Warrant Section is conducting an investigation on the defendant the
bail enforcement agent is seeking to apprehend.
a.
If the warrant is currently under investigation by Warrant Section, the
appropriate borough field office will respond to make the arrest.
b.
If warrant is not currently under investigation by the Warrant Section, the
bail enforcement agent(s) will apprehend the wanted person.
Make a command log entry pertaining to the bail enforcement agent’s
information.
Record name of person notified at Warrant Section and result of inquiry in the
Telephone Record and BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT NOTIFICATION
OF SERVICE.
File BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT NOTIFICATION OF
SERVICE at command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-71

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 7.
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Direct precinct RMP unit to accompany bail enforcement agent, if
requested, in cases where wanted person is believed to be present in an
occupied building.

Since this apprehension is a private, contractual matter, the Department is under no
general duty to assist the bail enforcement agent, just as the Department has no duty to
assist a car repossessor, for example, in the recovery of a vehicle. However, police
personnel should respond to the scene of the apprehension to preserve the peace in the
same manner that the Department preserves the peace at the scene of civil process
executions by the City Marshal.

DESK OFFICER 8.

Notify the desk officer of the police service area concerned if wanted
individual resides in a housing development.

NOTE

Bail enforcement agents MUST appear at the precinct which covers the location that the wanted
individual is to be apprehended. If a UMOS encounters a bail enforcement agent who did not
notify this Department of the attempt to apprehend a wanted person into their custody, the
uniformed member will immediately direct the agent to the desk officer of the precinct which covers
the location where the wanted individual was or is to be apprehended.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED

9.

NOTE

Bail enforcement agents shall be responsible for the apprehension process. The primary duty of
members of the service will be to preserve the peace and protect life and property. Absent unusual
circumstances, it will be the responsibility of the agent to search, secure, and transport the wanted
person back to the original jurisdiction. If weapons or other contraband are found on the wanted
person, this Department will affect the arrest. However, in the interest of preventing unlawful
detentions, members of the service should attempt to verify that the person apprehended is in fact
the wanted person. If reasonable doubt exists, all parties should be returned to the precinct for
investigation that should include a federal, state and local warrant check, and the results entered on
the BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT NOTIFICATION OF SERVICE. Once it is determined
that the individual is in fact the wanted person being sought by the bail enforcement agent(s), allow
the agent(s) to transport the wanted person back to the original jurisdiction.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Bail bonding companies often subcontract the task of apprehending their clients to
independent bail enforcement agents. New York law permits the surety to empower
another to apprehend the defendant, provided that the surety provides written authority
for the agent to do so, endorsed on a certified copy of the bail bond. New York Law also
requires that such agent be over twenty years of age (see Criminal Procedure Law
530.80).

Accompany bail enforcement agent to location, if directed.
a.
Notify radio dispatcher of assignment and location.

Chapter 562 of the laws of New York State requires any person or company engaged in
the business of bail enforcement in New York State to be properly licensed. The law
shall apply to all bail enforcement businesses, whether based in or outside of New York
State, that conduct business within New York State. Exceptions to this provision are
New York State private investigators that are licensed separately. Under the law, a

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-71

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

licensed private investigator may perform the function of a bail enforcement agent.
However, a bail enforcement agent may not perform the function of a private
investigator, unless the individual is properly licensed.
The licensing requirement of the new law applies to the bail enforcement business, not
the individual agent/employee performing the bail enforcement function. For example,
an individual bail enforcement agent that lives in Las Vegas, Nevada and performs bail
enforcement in New York City does not need a license from New York State, so long as
the bail enforcement business that employs him/her is licensed in New York State.
However, the bail enforcement agent/employee is subject to the training and education
requirements of the new law. In addition, a bail enforcement agent that is acting as a
sub-contractor to a bail enforcement business, and is not a direct employee thereof, is
required to be licensed in New York.
Any person that falsely states or represents that he or she works for a licensed bail
enforcement business shall be guilty of an unclassified misdemeanor [General Business
Law, Section 81(1)]. Law enforcement officers engaged in their official duties are
exempt from this law.
The law states that a “representative of a local law enforcement agency may accompany
a bail enforcement agent when the agent enters what is believed to be an occupied
structure to search for or apprehend a person.” However, the provision authorizing law
enforcement agents to accompany bail enforcement agents to search for or apprehend
someone is not intended to in any way to expand the police powers beyond what is
currently authorized by law, nor does it require a police officer to assist an agent in this
manner. It must be emphasized that the Department’s role when accompanying a bail
enforcement agent to the scene of a prospective apprehension is preservation of the
public peace, in the same manner that the Department preserves the peace at the scene
of civil process executions by the city marshal. This Department will NOT permit or
give assistance to the bail enforcement agent to break and enter any dwelling for the
purpose of seizing a defendant inside. The bail enforcement agent should be further
informed that he/she is subject to arrest if he violates any laws in New York.
Members of the service seeking additional guidance regarding bail enforcement agents
will refer to Legal Bulletin “The Authority of Bail Bondsman” (Volume 21, Number 6,
December 1991). Any further questions can be directed to the Legal Bureau.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrest By A Civilian (P.G. 208-04)
Evictions, Repossessions And Other Civil Process (P.G. 214-13)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT NOTIFICATION OF SERVICE (PD609-120)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-72

OBTAINING PRISONER DNA SAMPLE IN COMPLIANCE
WITH EXECUTIVE LAW 995
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To obtain a DNA sample from certain identified prisoners.

PROCEDURE

When a prisoner is required to submit a DNA sample for inclusion in the State
DNA databank:

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
RAP/WARRANT
OFFICER

1.

2.
3.
4.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

5.
6.
7.

Review all prisoner Rap Sheets and identify Rap Sheets with the banner
heading “REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A DNA SAMPLE FOR INCLUSION
IN THE STATE DNA DATABANK.”
Stamp or write on front page of Rap Sheet “DNA SAMPLE
REQUIRED” and notify assigned supervisor.
Make entry in the DNA Sample Log, completing all appropriate captions.
Ensure system generated DNA banner entry in OLPA (ON-LINE
PRISONER ARRAIGNMENT) system indicating whether DNA is
required or not required, is accurate.
Certify the accuracy and completeness of entries in DNA Sample Log.
Utilize the OLPA system to obtain the lodging location of the defendant
and ensure that a DNA banner entry was made.
Notify intake supervisor to assign a police officer to obtain a DNA sample, if
prisoner is already lodged at the court section.

DURING COURT SECTION INTAKE PROCESS
8.

INTAKE
OFFICER/
COURT
SECTION
MEMBER

9.

Check the OLPA system to determine whether prisoner being lodged at
borough court section is required to give a DNA sample.
a.
If OLPA DNA banner entry was not made, but a NYSID number
is present in OLPA system, call rap/warrant post or query eJustice
NY to ascertain whether DNA is owed.
Notify intake supervisor if DNA sample is owed.

INTAKE
SUPERVISOR

10.

Ensure that OLPA system is queried for all prisoners being lodged to
identify prisoners owing DNA samples.
a.
Assign a uniformed member of the court section to obtain a DNA
sample at the intake area.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED

11.

Obtain DNA sample from prisoner utilizing the DNA Specimen
Collection Kit and be guided by the instructions on the Instructions For
NYS DNA Databank Convicted Offender DNA Collection Kit form.

NOTE

The NYS DNA Databank Convicted Offender DNA Collection Kit contains several items.
One item is a 2x4 envelope with captions for the offender's name, NYSID #, and a
barcode. If the name, NYSID #, or barcode is missing from the 2x4 envelope, the sample
will not be accepted into the DNA databank and a new collection sample will be
requested. Any illegible information may also create the need for a new sample
collection.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-72

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED
(continued)
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

12.
13.

14.
15.
16.

2 of 3

Update OLPA DNA banner entry to indicate that the DNA sample was
obtained.
Notify borough court section supervisor once DNA sample is obtained of
results and time sample was obtained.

Stamp or write “SAMPLE OBTAINED” on front page of Rap Sheet and initial.
Make entry in the DNA Sample Log describing sample obtained and time
sample was obtained.
Process prisoner’s case and:
a.
Review completed DNA Specimen Collection Kit for accuracy
and completeness
b.
Forward DNA Specimen Collection Kit as per instructions on Kit.

IF PRISONER REFUSES TO SUBMIT A DNA SAMPLE
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED

17.

Notify intake supervisor of prisoner’s refusal to submit a DNA sample.

INTAKE
SUPERVISOR

18.

Direct uniformed member of the court section to read Owe DNA
Notification Sheet, as provided by the respective borough’s District
Attorney’s Office.
a.
Direct uniformed member to obtain DNA sample, if prisoner
consents to provide sample
b.
Direct uniformed member to re-arrest prisoner and charge
prisoner with Obstructing Governmental Administration 2nd
Degree, P.L. 195.05, if prisoner refuses to provide sample.

NOTE

This new arrest will be processed at the borough court section facility.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER,
COURT
SECTION

19.

Process arrest within borough court section and comply with normal
arrest processing procedures.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

20.

Direct that an OLPA “RE-ARREST” informational activity entry be
made indicating the prisoner’s refusal to submit a DNA sample at the
court section.
Write on top of Rap Sheet and all case jackets “REFUSED DNA
SAMPLE.”
Make entry regarding prisoner’s refusal in DNA Sample Log and include
the new arrest number.
Notify the District Attorney’s Complaint Room/ECAB supervisor of the
prisoner’s refusal to submit a required DNA sample and of the additional arrest
charge.

21.
22.
23.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-72

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

IF PRISONER INITIALLY REFUSES TO PROVIDE SAMPLE AND HAS
BEEN RE-ARRESTED AND CHARGED WITH OBSTRUCTING
GOVERNMENTAL ADMINISTRATION, BUT AT ARRAIGNMENT
WISHES TO PROVIDE A DNA SAMPLE
UNIFORMED
MEMBER
ASSIGNED TO
COURTROOM
POST

24.

Notify court operations supervisor/platoon commander of prisoner’s
willingness to provide DNA sample.

COURT
OPERATIONS
SUPERVISOR/
PLATOON
COMMANDER

25.

Direct court section personnel officer to obtain a DNA sample utilizing a
DNA Specimen Collection Kit and forward to borough court section
supervisor for processing.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Once a sample has been obtained from a prisoner who has refused to submit DNA, and has been
re-arrested and charged with Obstructing Governmental Administration, a supervisor will notify
the District Attorney at arraignment.
At any time during the arraignment process, any member that observes a Rap Sheet with the DNA
banner “REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A DNA SAMPLE FOR INCLUSION IN THE STATE DNA
DATABANK” that DOES NOT have an appropriate stamp/written entry, will bring this to the
attention of a supervisor. If this occurs in the courtroom, the defendant’s arraignment will be
delayed until the case can be reviewed by a supervisor.
A banner reading “REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A DNA SAMPLE FOR INCLUSION IN THE
STATE DNA DATABANK” will be removed from a Rap Sheet one month after DNA samples have
reached the State Police Laboratory. If prisoner is re-arrested before the month has passed,
members of the service concerned can verify a sample was obtained by contacting the New York
State Division of Criminal Justice Services Office of Forensic Services or the Department’s
Criminal Justice Bureau.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Instructions For NYS DNA Databank Convicted Offender DNA Collection Kit
Owe DNA Notification Sheet

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Exposure of Members of The Service To Infectious Disease or Hazardous Materials
(P.G. 205-10)
Communicable Disease (P.G. 216-11)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-74

ARREST PROCESSING OF PERSONS WANTED
FOR MULTIPLE INCIDENTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure the processing of arrests associated with persons who may be
responsible for additional criminal incidents by preparing separate ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS (PD244-159) and
LIVESCAN prints for each of the incident(s).

PROCEDURE

When it has been determined that an individual in custody may be responsible for
additional criminal incidents recorded within ANY command, the following
procedure will apply:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.

DETECTIVE
BUREAU
MEMBER

4.
5.
6.
7.

8.

Confer with detective squad member and determine additional charges.
Inform desk officer of additional criminal incidents for which charges will
be preferred.
Process the initial arrest in accordance with P.G. 208-03, “Arrest General Processing.”
Conduct an investigation to determine additional criminal incidents, if
any, which were committed by the perpetrator.
Notify detective squad supervisor and inform him/her of relevant facts.
Determine charges for which the perpetrator will be prosecuted.
Process additional ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEETS and print via LIVESCAN for each separate criminal
incident.
Notify the respective borough Court Section concerned of all arrest
numbers associated with the individual(s) in custody.

NOTE

In those instances where a patrol unit has made the initial arrest, and additional
criminal incidents have been identified whereby charges will be preferred, the patrol
unit will process the initial arrest, and the Detective Bureau member concerned will
process each additional arrest(s). It is the responsibility of a Detective Bureau
supervisor to oversee this process if additional arrests concern the same command or a
Detective Bureau Zone Commander if multiple commands are involved. (See
“ADDITIONAL DATA” statement.)

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
SUPERVISOR/
COVERING
SUPERVISOR

9.
10.

11.
12.

13.

Verify each criminal incident for which charges will be preferred.
Coordinate the arrest process and ensure that separate ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS and LIVESCAN
prints are prepared for each criminal incident.
Coordinate and supervise lineups, if conducted, in accordance with P.G.
208-24, “Identification Lineups/Showups.”
Notify Detective Bureau supervisor/covering supervisor of command
concerned should it be suspected the perpetrator is wanted for additional
criminal incidents within other commands.
Notify Detective Squad Zone Commander should additional criminal
incidents for which charges will be preferred involve outside commands

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-74

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

NOTE

This includes specialty squads such as Special Victims, Special Investigations, Borough
Robbery and/or Transit Squads, etc.

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
SUPERVISOR/
COVERING
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

14.

NOTE

When is has been determined that an individual will be processed for crimes having
occurred in more than one command, the prisoner will remain at the initial command of
arrest, and concerned Detective Bureau commands will respond, if need be, to conduct
an investigation. Members are reminded that ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEETS may be prepared at any command regardless of the
prisoner’s location. All LIVESCAN prints will be processed at the command wherein
the prisoner is located. The transporting of a prisoner should be kept to a minimum.
Detective squad supervisors will be responsible to ensure coordination and efficiency.

15.
DETECTIVE
SQUAD ZONE
COMMANDER/ 16.
COVERING
DETECTIVE
DUTY CAPTAIN
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Ensure that notification is made to respective borough Court Section
concerned of all arrest numbers associated with the individual(s) in custody.

Confer with counterparts should criminal incidents for which arrest will
be processed involve another zone or specialty squad.
Ensure coordination between multiple commands in processing additional
arrests.

COURT ORDERS TO PRODUCE
In those instances where a post-arraignment/in-custody/defendant is wanted for
additional crime, it is the responsibility of the investigator obtaining such take out order
to confer with the Assistant District Attorney and, if need be, coordinate with respective
Detective Bureau commands to process additional arrest.
IDENTIFIED PERPETRATORS
When an individual has been identified for a past crime by an investigative entity, and
an apprehension is made by a patrol unit based solely on such identification, the arrest
will be processed by the concerned Detective Bureau command. However, should the
same person be apprehended as a “live-arrest”, the first arrest will be processed by the
patrol unit, and additional arrests will be processed by the concerned investigative unit.
CROSSING BOROUGH BOUNDARIES
When it has been determined that an individual in custody is wanted for crime(s) having
occurred in another geographical borough a notification will be made to the concerned
detective squad and the overhead Detective Borough/Division Command concerned. It
will be the responsibility of the concerned investigative unit to monitor the custody
status of the prisoner so as to coordinate an arrest prior to the prisoner’s release.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-74

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

PERPETRATOR LINKED TO CRIMES INVESTIGATED BY BOROUGH ROBBERY OR
TRANSIT SQUADS
In addition to any summary arrest made by patrol or a detective squad, and where it has
been determined that an individual is part of an established Borough/Citywide Robbery
pattern, or is linked to crimes having occurred in Transit, the respective Borough
Robbery Squad or Transit Squad will be notified and act in accordance with this
procedure. A notification will be made to the concerned Detective Bureau Major
Crimes/Detective Zone Commander/Detective Duty Captain concerned.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

PERPETRATOR LINKED TO SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS DIVISION OR SPECIAL
VICTIMS DIVISION INVESTIGATIONS
In addition to any summary arrest made by patrol or a detective squad, and where it has
been determined that an individual is linked to crimes being investigated by the Special
Investigation Division or the Special Victims Division, notifications will be made to the
Detective Bureau Duty Captain and the Chief of Detectives. The Chief of Detectives in
turn will notify the respective investigative unit.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrest - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Arrest Report Supplement (P.G. 208-13)
Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Identification Lineups/Showups (P.G. 208-24)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-75

ENHANCEMENT OF OFFENSES INVOLVING FIREARMS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To conduct a thorough investigation in an effort to reduce violent crime and
identify offenders engaged in the possession, sale, illegal “straw” purchase,
trafficking and distribution of firearms. In addition, enhanced investigations into
offenses relating to firearms will potentially result in presenting a stronger case
for prosecution to the District Attorney.

DEFINITION

STRAW PURCHASE - A purchase of a firearm by a person who has a
license/permit and illegally purchases the firearm from a federally licensed
firearm dealer for another person. This includes the purchase for unlicensed
sellers, criminal users, juveniles, and other prohibited possessors who may
include friends, associates, relatives, or gang members.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service affects an arrest involving the use of a firearm or
comes into possession of a firearm under circumstances that require an
investigation, in addition to other required actions:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.
4.

DESK OFFICER 5.
6.

Notify the Desk Officer of an arrest involving a firearm or the recovery of
a firearm that requires an investigation.
DO NOT touch, move, or disturb any firearm and/or firearm related
evidence that may become part of a crime scene except when absolutely
necessary, (e.g., large crowd gathering, hindering aid to a victim etc.).
Process recovered firearm in accordance with Patrol Guide 218-23,
“Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence.”
Deliver firearm(s) and firearm related evidence to the Desk Officer,
command of occurrence.
Ensure that firearm(s) and firearm related evidence is properly marked,
packaged and sealed.
Notify the Precinct Detective Squad/Bureau Detective Squad concerned
immediately of the need to enhance the arrest involving a firearm(s) or the
need to conduct an enhanced firearm investigation.

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE /
PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD/
DETECTIVE
BUREAU UNIT

7.

Initiate a case upon notification of an investigation concerning a firearm
or firearm related offense. This includes summary arrests affected by
patrol personnel.
a.
Conduct a full investigation into the possession, sale or
distribution of the firearm(s).

NOTE

Detective Borough Bronx and Detective Borough Brooklyn will continue gun
enhancements with the Trigger Lock program, but will utilize the new format.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-75

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE /
PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD/
DETECTIVE
BUREAU UNIT
(continued)

8.

NOTE

When investigation reveals that more than one supplier and/or transporter of firearms
exists, additional FIREARM INFORMATION WORKSHEETS will be prepared.

9.
10.
NOTE

Complete a GUN ENHANCEMENT CHECKLIST (PD324-060) form
and a FIREARM INFORMATION WORKSHEET (PD324-152) in all
gun enhancement cases and include in case folder along with a photo of the
defendant and the firearm(s).
a.
A separate FIREARM INFORMATION WORKSHEET will
be completed for each individual arrested.
b.
The photo of the defendant should be a full-length body photo. If
available, clothing used during the commission of the crime
should be worn by the defendant for the photo. Where
appropriate, clothing items used to conceal the weapon should
also be invoiced and preserved as evidence.
c.
To aid in the debriefing process, the initial investigative steps (e.g.
computer inquiries) listed on the GUN ENHANCEMENT
CHECKLIST form should be conducted prior to questioning the
defendant(s).

Photograph and invoice items, other than clothing, used to conceal
weapon(s) (e.g., book bags, briefcase, suitcase, etc.).
Secure cell phone/pager information from the defendant, if appropriate.

The assigned detective will interview all witnesses, complainants, and police officers
and ensure that the interviews are recorded on a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313081) or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A), as
appropriate. The arresting officer, when possible, should be present with the case
detective during all interviews of complainants, witnesses and defendants in order that
he/she may testify to any statements during the prosecution phase and reduce the need
for the detective to appear in court.
Members assigned to Nightwatch will conduct a full investigation and debriefing of all
firearms arrests affected between the hours of 0100 and 0600 hours, with a follow-up
conducted by the precinct detective squad/bureau detective squad concerned. If, for
documented reasons, Nightwatch cannot respond, the Detective Bureau Nightwatch
supervisor will immediately notify the Detective Bureau Duty Captain, who will decide who
will conduct the gun enhancement case. If Nightwatch is unable to respond and the arrest
has already been processed by the precinct concerned, the detective squad supervisor will
call the Borough Court Section supervisor to ascertain if the defendant has been arraigned,
or if legal counsel has been appointed. If the defendant has not been arraigned, nor legal
counsel appointed to the defendant, then a request will be made to hold the defendant so a
debriefing can be conducted. The detective squad supervisor will direct a detective to
respond to the Borough Court Section concerned to conduct the investigation.

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

11.
12.

Close the case as an enhancement (B8) if no information is developed
relative to the source of the weapon or other criminality.
Notify the Commanding Officer of the Precinct Detective Squad or
Detective Bureau Unit when information of a positive nature relative to
the source of the weapon is obtained.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-75

14.

15.

16.

COMMANDING 17.
OFFICER,
18.
PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD/
DETECTIVE
BUREAU UNIT
ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 13.
OFFICER
PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD/
DETECTIVE
BUREAU UNIT

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

Notify the Commanding Officer, Joint Firearms Task Force, when
information of a positive nature is developed relative to the source of the
weapon. The criteria for referral to the Joint Firearms Task Force is as
follows:
a.
A FINEST inquiry reveals that the weapon was stolen from a
Federal Firearms Licensee or during transport to a Federal
Firearms Licensee.
b.
An inquiry through the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms
(BATF) twenty four hour gun center reveals the weapon was part
of a multiple sale or was designated as an ATF suspect gun.
c.
When preliminary investigation clearly reveals a definitive nexus
to interstate trafficking (i.e. receipts from gun store, out-of-state
driver’s license and/or auto, numerous brand new guns in boxes,
or military personnel are involved.)
Notify the Commanding Officer, O.C.C.B. Firearms Investigation Unit,
in all other instances, or if unable to notify the Joint Firearms Task Force.
Refer the case (B5) to the O.C.C.B. Firearms Investigation Unit or the
Joint Firearms Task Force as appropriate, if the Commanding Officer,
O.C.C.B. Firearms Investigation Unit or the Commanding Officer, Joint
Firearms Task Force deems the information to be of a positive credible
nature and recommends an investigation be commenced.
Close the case as an enhancement (B8) if neither the Commanding
Officer, O.C.C.B. Firearms Investigation Unit nor the Commanding
Officer, Joint Firearms Task Force deems the information to be of a
positive nature.
Review COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) on a daily basis to
ensure that all arrests involving firearms are properly investigated.
Generate a monthly report listing the number of gun enhancement cases
and the results.
a.
Forward monthly report, through channels, to the Commanding
Officer, Central Investigations and Resource Division by the 15th
of each month.

The Organized Crime Control Bureau and other Department investigative units will
open their own gun enhancement cases when a firearm comes to their attention during
an investigation. These commands will also ensure that their members immediately
notify the precinct detective squads concerned regarding the circumstances of the arrest
and the identity of the defendant. This will ensure that the local precinct that may be
looking for information on other crimes committed by the defendant is made aware of
the arrest. In addition, a copy of the completed case enhancement folder should be
forwarded to the detective squad concerned.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

208-75

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)
GUN ENHANCEMENT CHECKLIST (PD324-060)
FIREARM INFORMATION WORKSHEET (PD324-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

4 of 4

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-76

NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY
TRESPASS NOTICE PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To improve the safety and quality of life for residents of public housing by
providing notice of the exclusion of, or the limitation of, an individual’s
permission and/or authority to enter or remain upon premises and properties of
the New York City Housing Authority (NYCHA) as a result of certain arrests.

SCOPE

This procedure has been developed as part of an ongoing effort to reduce crime
within New York City Housing Authority developments. Under this procedure,
persons arrested “On-Development,” as defined below, will be excluded from
entering New York City Housing Authority Property. Those excluded persons
who are found to have violated the terms of the NEW YORK CITY HOUSING
AUTHORITY TRESPASS NOTICE (PD672-120) will be arrested and
charged with trespass as outlined in Patrol Guide procedure 208-77, “Processing
Arrests Made Pursuant to the New York City Housing Authority Trespass Notice
Program.” Members must also be aware that the trespass offense must occur on
“NYCHA Property” which differs from “On-Development.” See Patrol Guide
procedure 208-77, “Processing Arrests Made Pursuant to the New York City
Housing Authority Trespass Notice Program” for a definition of “NYCHA
Property.”

DEFINITIONS

ON-DEVELOPMENT – An arrest for felony sale of a controlled substance or
felony sale of marijuana will be subject to this process if it occurs on:
a.
All New York City Housing Authority buildings, apartments, managers’
offices, maintenance areas, storage areas, etc.
b.
All walkways, grounds, parking areas and development driveways
located within New York City Housing Authority developments.
c.
Stores, laundries, community centers, childcare centers, senior citizen
centers, health stations, etc., which operate within New York City
Housing Authority buildings.
d.
From the center line of streets which are contiguous to New York City
Housing Authority grounds inward toward New York City Housing
Authority buildings.
e.
Entire city streets where Housing Authority developments are located on
both sides of the street. For those city streets where Housing Authority
developments are immediately adjacent to privately owned residences,
commercial establishments, etc., then only the length of the Housing
Authority development, from the center line of the street to the Housing
Authority development building line, will be considered an ondevelopment enforcement incident.
f.
New York City Parks Department areas and playgrounds within or
immediately adjacent to New York City Housing Authority grounds.
g.
New York City Department of Education playgrounds within or
immediately adjacent to New York City Housing Authority grounds.
h.
Piers or bulkheads immediately adjacent to New York City Housing
Authority grounds.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-76

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

NOTE

Housing development residents arrested under this program will be excluded from all
NYCHA properties and premises, other than their resident apartment and related
common areas within their resident development. (See Patrol Guide procedure 208-77,
“Processing Arrests Made Pursuant to the New York City Housing Authority Trespass
Notice Program”).

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

NYCHA TRESPASS DATABASE – A database maintained by the New York
City Housing Authority and accessible to members of the New York City Police
Department which identifies arrestees served with TRESPASS NOTICES under
this program. This database is accessible from all Department LAN terminals,
and contains current information regarding exclusions, conditions (if any), and
the status of appeals to these exclusions.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a member of the service effects the arrest of an individual at least
sixteen years of age for felony sale of a controlled substance or for felony sale of
marijuana committed “On-Development,” as defined above, that member will, in
addition to appropriate arrest related procedures:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

NOTE

If the only basis for a felony criminal sale of marijuana arrest is that portion of Penal
Law 221.50, which states “knowingly and unlawfully sells one or more preparations,
compounds, mixtures or substances containing marijuana to a person less than eighteen
years of age,” the arrestee WILL NOT be served with a TRESPASS NOTICE.

2.

NOTE

Comply with P.G. 208-03, “Arrests – General Processing” and, in
addition, prepare a NYCHA TRESPASS NOTICE and serve NOTICE
on arrestee.
a.
A new TRESPASS NOTICE will be served on an arrestee each
time he/she is arrested for felony sale.

Complete all captions, sign and date as indicated on the TRESPASS
NOTICE.
a.
If the individual claims to reside on NYCHA property, verify that
the address given is NYCHA property.

Addresses can be verified by contacting the desk officer of any PSA or the Housing Bureau
Wheel. Each PSA will maintain a current NYCHA property directory at the desk.

3.
4.
5.

6.

Telephone
the
Housing
Bureau
Wheel
to
obtain
a
Trespass Notice log number.
Enter Trespass Notice log number on the original TRESPASS NOTICE.
Request the defendant sign and date the original TRESPASS NOTICE to
acknowledge receipt.
a.
If the defendant refuses to sign the TRESPASS NOTICE,
arresting officer will enter REFUSED in the defendant’s signature
space, initial and date.
Make five copies of the signed TRESPASS NOTICE and serve a copy
on the arrestee.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-76

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7.
8.
9.

10.

DESK OFFICER 11.
12.
13.

14.

3 of 4

Fax a copy of the signed TRESPASS NOTICE to the Housing Bureau
Wheel.
Telephone the Housing Bureau Wheel to confirm receipt of the fax.
Prepare a “Trespass Notice Package” and ensure all of the following
documents are included in the package:
a.
The original signed copy of the TRESPASS NOTICE
b.
Copy of computer generated ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
c.
Copy of computer generated COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313152)
d.
Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
e.
Copy of REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT (PD521-168), when prepared
f.
Copy of Search Warrant (not the application for a search warrant),
when applicable.
Deliver the NYCHA Trespass Notice package and four copies of the
TRESPASS NOTICE to the desk officer PSA/precinct of arrest.
Review completeness and accuracy of all documents included in the
package.
Enter Trespass Notice log number in the Command Log with the original
arrest entry.
Forward completed NYCHA Trespass Notice package via Department
mail to the Housing Bureau Special Operations Section, 2768 Frederick
Douglas Blvd, Room H-507, New York, New York, 10013, Attention:
NYPD Trespass Program Liaison.
Distribute four copies of TRESPASS NOTICE as follows:
a.
PSA of occurrence - to be maintained chronologically, in a binder
at the desk for future reference. (For Housing locations not
covered by a Police Service Area, file at desk of precinct covering
such Housing location)
b.
District Attorney, with arrest package
c.
Precinct of occurrence
d.
Arresting officer

NOTE

If the arresting officer is not assigned to the Housing Bureau, a copy of the TRESPASS
NOTICE will be sent to the PSA of occurrence.

NYPD
TRESPASS
PROGRAM
LIAISON

15.
16.
17.
18.

Enter all required information on excluded individuals into the NYCHA
Trespass Database and confirm Trespass Notice log number.
Forward the Trespass Notice package to the NYCHA Trespass
Coordinator.
Coordinate all related activities with the NYCHA Trespass Coordinator.
If Case for Legal Action is appropriate, comply with P.G. 214-07, “Cases
for Legal Action Program.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-76

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

POLICE
SERVICE
AREA CRIME
ANALYSIS
UNIT

19.

NOTE

For Housing locations not covered by a Police Service Area the precinct crime analysis
unit will perform steps 19 through 22.

20.
21.
22.

Query, on a daily basis, the “BADS” system to identify all arrests eligible
for a TRESPASS NOTICE.
Contact the Housing Bureau wheel to verify that a TRESPASS NOTICE
has been issued for each eligible arrest found in BADS.
Record Trespass Log number on BADS printout and file chronologically.
Notify commanding officer when arresting officer fails to prepare a
completed NYCHA TRESPASS NOTICE.

COMMANDING 23.
OFFICER

Confer with commanding officer concerned regarding non-compliance.

COMMANDING 24.
OFFICER
CONCERNED

Refer non-compliance incidents to integrity control officer.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

25.
26.
27.

Investigate all incidents of non-compliance.
Initiate disciplinary action as appropriate.
If warranted, ensure that a TRESPASS NOTICE is issued by arresting
officer and remaining steps of this procedure are complied with.
a.
TRESPASS NOTICE must be personally served on arrestee.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Responsibility for the verification of tenancy, and subsequent modifications to
exclusions, rests with the Housing Authority.
Anytime a uniformed member of the service takes enforcement action, e.g. arrest or
summons, against a person on NYCHA property, member is required to query the
NYCHA Trespass Database to determine if person is in violation of a TRESPASS
NOTICE. (See Patrol Guide procedure 208-77, “Processing Arrests Made Pursuant to
the New York City Housing Authority Trespass Notice Program”).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Recording Enforcement Incidents (P.G. 207-33)
Arrest – Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Arrests – General Processing ( P.G. 208-03)
Interior Vertical Patrol of Housing Authority Buildings (P.G. 212-60)
Stop and Frisk (P.G. 212-11)
Cases for Legal Action Program (P.G. 214-07)
Processing Arrests Made Pursuant to the NYCHA Trespass Notice Program (P.G. 208-77)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-161)
NYCHA TRESPASS NOTICE (PD672-120)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Arrests

Procedure No:

208-77

PROCESSING ARRESTS MADE PURSUANT TO THE NEW YORK
CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY TRESPASS NOTICE PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To effect an arrest of a person observed on “NYCHA Property,” as defined
below, in violation of the New York City Housing Authority Trespass Notice
Program.

SCOPE

This program is part of a series of efforts to reduce crime within New York City
Housing Authority Developments. Whenever a uniformed member of the service
takes enforcement action, e.g. arrest or summons, on “NYCHA Property,” that
member is required to query the NYCHA Trespass Database to determine if that
person is in violation of a NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY
TRESPASS NOTICE (PD672-120) and thereby excluded from “NYCHA
Property.” This database is accessible from all Department LAN terminals. This
information is also available through the WNAM system, which can be accessed
via warrant checks conducted through Citywide I and Citywide II radio. It is
extremely important that members are aware of the difference in the definitions
of “On-Development” as contained in Patrol Guide procedure 208-76, “New
York City Housing Authority Trespass Notice Program,” and the definition of
“NYCHA Property” as defined below. By querying the database, members can
determine the current status of the exclusion and the conditions of the exclusion,
if any. In extenuating circumstances, the Housing Authority may authorize an
excluded individual to enter a specific Housing location in response to an
emergency. Upon granting permission, the Housing Authority will telephone the
information to the desk officer, police service area/precinct concerned.
Individuals identified under this program are excluded from entering any
NYCHA property within the city or, if a NYCHA resident, are excluded from
entering any NYCHA property other than their own apartment and the common
areas within their resident development. Excluded individuals may appeal an
exclusion to the New York City Housing Authority. Grounds for appeal may
include, but are not limited to, non-processed arrests, dismissed cases, or a not
guilty verdict in the originating charge(s).

DEFINITIONS

NYCHA TRESPASS NOTICE PROGRAM – a program where individuals
arrested for felony sale of a controlled substance and/or felony sale of marijuana
“On-Development” as defined in Patrol Guide procedure 208-76, “New York
City Housing Authority Trespass Notice Program,” are served with a NYCHA
TRESPASS NOTICE (PD672-120). Said individuals are therefore excluded
from all NYCHA Property as described below.
NYCHA PROPERTY – for the purposes of this procedure include:
a.
All New York City Housing Authority buildings, apartments, manager’s
offices, maintenance areas, storage rooms, etc.
b.
All walkways, grounds, parking areas and development driveways
located within New York City Housing Authority developments.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-77

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

2 of 3

Laundries, community centers, childcare centers, senior citizen centers,
etc. which operate within New York City Housing Authority buildings.

RESIDENCE EXCEPTION – residents of housing developments excluded under
this program are excluded from all NYCHA property other than their resident
apartment at the address provided on the TRESPASS NOTICE and the common
areas within their resident development.
COMMON AREAS – All areas on NYCHA Property to which all tenants are
authorized to have access in connection with their tenancies other than their own
apartments. These include management and other business offices, community,
child care, and senior citizen centers, laundry rooms, playgrounds, sidewalks,
walkways, and parking lots within their resident developments.
PROCEDURE

Whenever a uniformed member of the service takes enforcement action against a
person on NYCHA property as described above:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Members of the service can also query the WNAM system via warrant checks conducted
through Citywide I and Citywide II radio. However, members are advised that a radio
code response of “10-19H” DOES NOT indicate that a subject is wanted. Radio code
“10-19H” is intended solely to inform the member that the subject may have been
previously issued a TRESPASS NOTICE and may be subject to arrest only if found on
“NYCHA Property” as defined in this procedure.

Comply with all applicable Department procedures, and in addition, query
the NYCHA Trespass Database either through WNAM or by contacting
the precinct/PSA desk.
a.
If a person is in violation of the terms of the TRESPASS
NOTICE, (either as the primary or additional charge) effect
arrest, remove to precinct/Police Service Area and process arrest.

NYCHA residents and non-residents should not be arrested for trespass under this
program if they are encountered on “NYCHA Property” and they are at, enroute to, or
leaving from police facilities, parole offices, medical facilities, or stores, as long as they
have utilized a direct route between the location and the nearest city street.

2.

Charge arrestee as follows:
a.
P.L. 140.15, Criminal Trespass, 2nd Degree, “A” Misdemeanor, if
individual was within a residential building on NYCHA Property.
b.
P.L. 140.10, Criminal Trespass 3rd Degree “B” Misdemeanor if
individual was within a non-residential building on NYCHA
Property.
c.
P.L. 140.05, Trespass, Violation, if individual was outside of a
building on NYCHA Property.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

208-77

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

NOTE

INDIVIDUALS CHARGED WITH TRESPASS OR CRIMINAL TRESPASS UNDER THIS
PROGRAM WILL BE ARRESTED AND WILL NOT BE ELIGIBLE FOR A SUMMONS
OR A DESK APPEARANCE TICKET.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

3.

4.
5.
DESK OFFICER 6.
PSA/PRECINCT 7.
OF ARREST
8.

9.

NYPD
TRESPASS
PROGRAM
LIAISON

10.
11.

Prepare a package of the following documents:
a.
Generate a Trespass Notice Report from the NYCHA Trespass
Database and include with arrest paperwork.
b.
Include a copy of the TRESPASS NOTICE which was violated
by the arrestee, if available, with arrest paperwork.
Telephone Housing Bureau Wheel with details of arrest.
Deliver all paperwork to desk officer for review.
Examine all forms to ensure completeness and accuracy.
Make a Command Log entry indicating that notification to Housing
Bureau Wheel has been made including name of member of the service
notified.
Forward copies, via Department mail, of the ON-LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) and the Trespass
Notice Report to the Housing Bureau Special Operations Section at 2768
Frederick Douglas Blvd., Room H-507, New York, New York, 10013
Attention: NYPD Trespass Program Liaison.
Enter all required information regarding trespass arrests into the NYCHA
Trespass Database.
Forward a copy of the appropriate paperwork to the NYCHA Trespass
Coordinator.
Ensure that a Case for Legal Action is initiated, as directed in P.G. 21407, “Cases for Legal Action Program,” if appropriate.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Recording Enforcement Incidents (P.G. 207-33)
Arrest – Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Interior Vertical Patrol of Housing Authority Buildings (P.G. 212-60)
Stop and Frisk (P.G. 212-11)
Cases for Legal Action Program (P.G. 214-07)
New York City Housing Authority Trespass Notice Program (P.G. 208-76)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
NYCHA TRESPASS NOTICE (PD672-120)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-01

CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/19/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To inform uniformed members of the service of various sections of law under
which summonses/notices of violations may be served.

PROCEDURE

A uniformed member of the service is authorized to issue a summons/notice of
violation instead of arresting the violator, when the violator is 16 years old or
more (except when violator is unable to care for self due to illness, injury,
intoxication, or any other circumstance which would preclude the issuance of a
summons/notice of violation), for the following:
1.

ANY MISDEMEANOR OR VIOLATION LISTED IN THE:



Agriculture and Markets Law, concerning animals



General Business Law



Labor Law



Multiple Dwelling Law



Workers Compensation Law



New York State Tax Law, Article 21, Section 289, (Highway Use Tax)



Alcoholic Beverage Control Law (Sections 64B, 65, 100, 101, 101a,
101b, 103, 104, 104a, 105, 105a, 106, 108, 114, 116 and 117)



Navigation Law (Sections 33, 40, 41, 43, 44, 45, 47, 70, 71, and 73)



Vehicle And Traffic Law, except:


Section 600

Leaving Scene Of Personal Injury Collision



Section 380

Motor Vehicle Transporting Dangerous Articles



Section 392

False Statement, Alteration Of Records Or
Substitution In Connection With Examination



Section 392a

Sale Of False License, Certificate Of
Registration Or Number Plate



Section 421

Sale Of Motor Vehicle Or Motorcycle With
Changed Identification Number

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-01

PAGE:

08/19/13

PROCEDURE
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2



Section 422

Wrongful Possession Of Motor Vehicle Or
Motorcycle With Changed Identification
Number



Section 423

Peace Officer’s Duties Re: Stolen Motor
Vehicles And Motorcycles With Changed
Identification Number



Section 426

False Statement, Sale or Transfer Of Stolen
Motor Vehicle or Motorcycle



Section 1192

Operating Motor Vehicle Or Motorcycle
While In Intoxicated Condition Or Ability
Is Impaired By Use Of Drugs Or Alcohol.



New York City Charter



New York City Administrative Code (except Section D46-18.0 Cigarette Tax)



New York City Health Code



New York City Traffic Regulations (except Section 148)



New York Code Of Regulations - Part 1050



For any misdemeanor or violation listed in any provisions of any code,
rule, regulation or order enacted by any bureau, authority, agency or
commissions affecting facilities located in the City of New York.

Members of the service shall NOT ordinarily issue summonses for local license plate
cover violations (Section 402 of the New York State Vehicle and Traffic Law/Code 74 of
the New York City Traffic Rules) to vehicles bearing out-of-state license plates. Such a
summons should be issued only if the member of the service is aware that the controlling
law in the motorist’s home state also prohibits license plate covers.

2.

ALL PENAL LAW VIOLATIONS, EXCEPT:



Section 100

Criminal Solicitation



Section 215.58

Failure To Respond To Appearance Ticket



Section 240.40

Appearance In Public Under The Influence Of
Narcotics Or A Drug Other Than Alcohol

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-02

SUMMONSES AND NOTICES OF VIOLATION RETURNABLE
AGENCIES
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

To inform uniformed members of the service of agencies having jurisdiction over
different summonsable offenses.

PURPOSE

OFFENSES PROCESSED

AGENCY

Stopping, Standing and Parking offenses

N.Y.C. Department of Finance, Parking
Violations Operations.

Traffic infractions other than Stopping, Standing
and Parking (including traffic infractions
committed by bicyclists)

N.Y.S. Department of Motor Vehicles, Traffic
Violations Bureau.

Pedestrian offenses and traffic misdemeanors

N.Y.C. Criminal Court

Garages and parking lots

N.Y.C. Criminal Court

All other summonsable offenses, except violations
of Environmental Control Board and Transit
Adjudication Bureau

N.Y.C. Criminal Court

Food Vendor Regulations
General Vendor Regulations
Health Code Violations
Public Health Law (Canine Waste)
Noise Code Provisions
Sanitation Provisions
Air Code Provisions
Graffiti Law Violations

Environmental Control Board

NOTE

Specific sections of law for which a Notice of Violation and Hearing may be issued are
listed on COMMON SUMMONSABLE OFFENSES (PD160-102).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Personal Service Of A Summons Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-09)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMMON SUMMONSABLE OFFENSES (PD160-102)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-04

SUMMONS RETURN DATE AND TIME
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To ensure that correct information concerning time, date and location of court is
given to respondent in various summons cases.

PROCEDURE

When issuing a summons, a uniformed member of the service will:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Make summons returnable as follows:
CRIMINAL COURT
a.
As per FINEST Message transmitted daily.
b.
Enter address of borough Criminal Court in appropriate caption of
the summons.
c.
Enter room number in box captioned “Summons Part.”
TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU
a.
Advise motorist to answer summons in accordance with the
instructions printed on the summons.
TRANSIT ADJUDICATION BUREAU
a.
Make return date twenty-eight calendar days from date of
issuance, unless return date falls on weekend, regular day off or
holiday. If return date falls on weekend, regular day off or
holiday, make returnable on next business day thereafter.
PARKING VIOLATIONS
a.
Do not enter time or date returnable for summonses returnable to
Parking Violations. (Information for violator is printed on the
summons).
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD
a.
Comply with applicable provisions of P.G. 209-12,
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing General Procedure.
b.
When property of a food or general vendor has been seized, the
return date will be scheduled for twenty-one calendar days after
date of issuance unless such date falls on weekend or holiday. In
such case schedule “Notice of Violation and Hearing” for next
business day.

NOTE

If respondent in Environmental Control Board case pleads “Not Guilty,” the roll call
clerk will be notified by borough Court Section personnel and the member concerned
will be put on Court Alert.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-06

QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR THE PROCESSING OF
SUMMONSES RETURNABLE TO CRIMINAL COURT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To establish quality control procedures for the processing of summonses
returnable to Criminal Court and for processing improperly prepared summonses
returned to this Department for corrective action.

PROCEDURE

To process Criminal Court summonses:

OPERATIONS
UNIT

1.

Transmit daily, the return date for Criminal Court summonses issued, and
the color of the day via the FINEST system.

DESK OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

2.
3.

Announce summons return date and color of the day at roll call.
Advise communications dispatcher of summons return date along with the
“Rundown” at the onset of tour.
Do NOT forward any summons returnable to Criminal Court if improperly
prepared.
Process improperly prepared summonses as follows:
a.
Invalid return date listed – void summons in accordance with P.G.
209-18, “Summonses Served or Prepared in Error.”
b.
Criminal Court “Information” section is left blank or unsigned, or
summons written for marijuana offense is not accompanied by
MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST
REPORT (PD381-145) – place in a separate envelope marked “Training
Sergeant” and forward direct to the command’s training sergeant.
c.
Summons issued for Penal Law Section 240.35, “Loitering”
subsections 1, 3 or 7 – place in a separate envelope marked
“Operations Coordinator” and forward direct to the command’s
operations coordinator.

4.
5.

NOTE

MEMBERS WILL NOT MAKE ANY MODIFICATIONS TO SUMMONSES OTHER
THAN CORRECTING THE ERRORS LISTED ABOVE. Under no circumstances will a
modification be made to a summons that will result in the court or agency copies having
different information than the defendant’s copy. ALL SUMMONSES MUST BE
CORRECTED AND RETURNED BY THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY.

CRIMINAL
JUSTICE
BUREAU
MESSENGER

6.
7.
8.

Report to Manhattan Criminal Court, 346 Broadway, 2nd floor, by 1000
hours, on days when court is in session.
Obtain summonses that the court has designated for return to this Department.
Deliver summonses to bureau of issuing member. (Detective Bureau,
Transit Bureau, Chief of Transportation, Patrol Services Bureau, Housing
Bureau and Organized Crime Control Bureau).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-06

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

13.

Record the following information for each summons returned:
a.
Summons number
b.
Name of issuing member
c.
Command of issuing member
d.
Type of error
e.
Date of issuance
f.
Date received at bureau
g.
Date forwarded for correction
h.
Final disposition (date returned to court, date voided)
Separate summonses according to category of error as follows:
a.
Improper return date - to be forwarded to issuing member’s
command for voiding as per P.G. 209-18, “Summonses Served or
Prepared in Error”
b.
Criminal Court “Information” incomplete or unsigned - forward to
command of issuing member for correction by member.
Prepare a transmittal sheet for each command that will be receiving
improperly prepared summonses within the bureau.
a.
Transmittal sheet will list each summons forwarded.
Forward summonses to command concerned in a brown, 13” X 10” interoffice, multi-service envelope (Form No. NYC-36).
Mark envelope - “Returned Criminal Court Summonses.”

PATROL
BOROUGH
MESSENGER/
COUNTERPART

14.

Report to bureau command, daily, and pick up returned summonses.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

15.

Review summonses received to ensure that they have been delivered to
command of issuing member.
Process returned summons(es) as follows:
a.
Issuing member no longer assigned to command - VOID
b.
If summons is received at command less than twenty-two days
from the return date listed on summons - VOID
c.
Improper return date (weekend, holiday, etc.) - VOID
d.
Criminal Court “Information” not signed - direct issuing member
to correct condition.
e.
Criminal Court “Information” left blank - direct issuing member
to correct condition.

BUREAU
SUMMONS
PROCESSING
PERSONNEL

9.

2 of 4

10.

11.

12.

16.

NOTE

Under no circumstances will a uniformed member of the service correct any other error
on a returned summons other than the two errors (“Information” left blank or unsigned)
listed for correction above.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-06

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

17.

(continued)

18.

3 of 4

Void any summons received that was issued for Penal Law Section
240.35, “Loitering” subsections 1, 3 or 7.
a.
Contact the respondent by telephone, if possible, and inform of
summons voidance
b.
If unable to contact by telephone, forward a notification letter to
the respondent on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151),
using the sample in Appendix “A” by registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested
c.
Document notification to the respondent on SUMMONS
VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153).
Make a reasonable effort to retrieve the served copy of any summons
issued for Penal Law Section 240.35, “Loitering” subsections 1, 3 or 7,
from the respondent.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

19.
20.

Correct summons(es) as directed by operations coordinator.
Return corrected summons(es) to operations coordinator.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

21.
22.

Review corrections made to summons(es).
Note action taken for each summons on transmittal sheet (e.g., corrected,
void etc.).
Forward corrected summonses and transmittal sheet, to bureau command.
Forward summonses to bureau concerned in a brown, 13” X 10” interoffice, multi-service envelope (Form No. NYC 36).
Mark envelope - “Returned Criminal Court Summonses.”

23.
24.
25.
BUREAU
SUMMONS
PROCESSING
PERSONNEL

26.
27.
28.
29.

Check returned transmittal sheet to ensure that all summonses forwarded
for action are accounted for.
Forward returned summonses, direct, to the New York City Criminal
Court located at 346 Broadway, within twenty-four hours of receipt.
Forward summonses to Criminal Court in a brown, 13” x 10” inter-office,
multi-service envelope (Form No. NYC 36).
Mark envelope - “Returned Criminal Court Summonses.”

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Summons Served Or Prepared In Error (P.G. 209-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT (PD381-145)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-06

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

APPENDIX “A”
NOTIFICATION TO RESPONDENT
(SAMPLE LETTER)

(Command Communication Log Serial Number)__________
Date__________

Mr. John Smith
253 Mercer Street
New York, New York 10101

Dear Mr. Smith:

On Friday, January 1, 2010, at 11:00 A.M. in front of 123 Main Street,
Manhattan, you were served with Criminal Court summons (summons number) for
New York State Penal Law Section 240.35, “Loitering” subsection (1, 3 or 7), which
has been declared unconstitutional by court decision. Therefore, Criminal Court
summons (summons number) has been voided and you are not required to answer the
summons.
If you have any questions regarding this matter please contact the 8th Precinct
Operations Coordinator, Lieutenant (name) at (telephone number).

Respectfully,

Name
Rank

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-07

PARKING SUMMONSES – GENERAL PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To instruct uniformed members of the service in the proper manner of preparing
a parking summons and processing related papers for parking violations.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service observes an unoccupied vehicle on a
public highway that is illegally parked or in violation of some provision of the
New York City Traffic Rules:

DEFINITIONS

HIGHWAY- Any public roadway, street, or avenue.
ABANDONED VEHICLE- A motor vehicle shall be deemed to be abandoned if
it is left unattended:
a.
With no license plates affixed, for more than six hours, on any
highway or other public place.
b.
On a public street or area which is not otherwise restricted by
posted signs, including a residential area, in excess of seven
consecutive days.
c.
For more than ninety-six hours on the property of another without
the permission of the owner.
DERELICT VEHICLE- A motor vehicle which is so dilapidated, burned out,
stripped, vandalized etc. as to be of no apparent value other than scrap.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Query NYSPIN through the FINEST system, if circumstances warrant, to
determine if vehicle is reported stolen.

NOTE

The circumstances that warrant such a query include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.

2.
3.
NOTE

Presence on vehicle of any summons issued to the vehicle on a
previous date
Vehicle has damage consistent with theft (e.g., broken windows,
damaged locks)
Vehicle discovered at a location where the parking of vehicles is
unlikely or at a time that is unusual
Any suspicion by a member of the service, arising either from the
member’s own observations or experience, or from credible statements
made by others, that the vehicle may be stolen.

Determine if the vehicle is apparently abandoned and eligible for
inclusion in the Rotation Tow Program.
Utilize, in numerical order, the next Notice of Parking Violation.

Summonses will not be issued to abandoned or derelict vehicles, as defined above.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

4.
5.

NOTE

Any omission or mis-description of any of the following mandatory identification
elements will result in dismissal of the summons:
a.
License plate number
b.
License plate type
c.
Expiration date
d.
Make of vehicle
e.
Model of vehicle

6.
7.

8.
9.

NOTE

Enter only one offense on each summons.
Cite only valid applicable violations and sections of the New York City
Traffic Rules when issuing a Notice of Parking Violation.
a.
No violations of other rules or laws (e.g., VTL) will be cited
on a Notice of Parking Violation.
Issue only one summons for the same violation, at the same location, on
the same day.
Issue no more than three summonses to any vehicle parked in violation at
the same location on the same day.

In cases where more than three violations are evident, summonses for the three most
serious violations should be issued.

10.

NOTE

Print information legibly in block letters using a black ink, ballpoint pen.
Enter all available information required by captions.
a.
Specific location of parked vehicle must be indicated, i.e., number
of feet north/south/east/west of street, avenue, or front or opposite
specific address.
b.
Utilize the vehicle registration sticker as the primary source of
information for vehicles registered in New York State.

Do not issue additional summonses to a vehicle displaying three or more
summonses already issued at that location.

If the vehicle has been reported stolen or is abandoned or derelict, the member of the
service should follow the applicable Patrol Guide procedures.

11.

12.
13.
14.

15.

Place “service copy” of Notice of Parking Violation and orange selfaddressed envelope on windshield of auto.
a.
During inclement weather (rain, snow) fold summons to ensure
information entered thereon remains legible.
Enter information concerning summons on CERTIFICATION OF
PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146).
Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Detach and retain pink copy of Notice of Parking Violation.
a.
This copy will be returned with CERTIFICATION OF
PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED card.
Deliver remaining two parts of Notice of Parking Violation intact to
command at end of tour.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-07

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

Upon observing a vehicle displaying three or more summonses, the member should
check to see if the summonses were issued to that vehicle at that location. If so, the
member of the service should determine if the vehicle has been reported stolen, is
abandoned, or derelict.
If the vehicle has not been reported stolen, based on the circumstances the vehicle may
be either violation towed or placed in the Rotation Tow program if abandoned. No
additional summonses should be issued to the vehicle.
Members may utilize the violation tow program by contacting the violation tow pound in
their respective borough and providing the description and location of the vehicle. No
vehicle will be referred for violation tow without a query of the FINEST system to
determine if the vehicle has been reported stolen. The member is not required to remain
with the vehicle until the violation tow truck arrives.
a.
Manhattan Tow Pound
b.
Brooklyn Tow Pound
c.
Bronx Tow Pound
d.
Queens Tow Pound
If a vehicle’s sticker expiration date or plate type is not visually available, do not simply
mark the “N/A”(Not Available”) box on the summons. Always insert a written
explanation as to why the information is not available. For example, if the information
is not shown on the vehicle, its plates, or sticker, mark “N/A” and write “Missing” or
“Not Shown”. If the required information is unavailable because a sticker is
unreadable, mark “N/A” and insert a reason, such as: “Covered,” “Faded,”
“Defaced,” or “Mutilated.” If only a portion of a vehicle’s sticker expiration date is
visible then insert as much as is shown or readable, write “N/A” in the appropriate space on
the summons, and insert “Not Shown” or “Missing,” “Covered,” etc. If other required
information is not shown, write “N/A” or “NONE” – do not just draw a line or leave blank.
Members of the service will not issue a Notice of Parking Violation based on the vehicle
identification number (VIN) only.
When the owner, operator, or person responsible for the vehicle is present, a member
may issue a personal service summons for appropriate violations.
Vehicles listed below, observed parked and unattended, will be processed as follows:
a.
All non-evidence stolen or abandoned non-derelict vehicles are processed under
the Rotation Tow program (see P.G. 218-21, “Rotation Tow”).
b.
Vehicles bearing New York State registration plates that expired more than two
months in the past will be processed in accordance with P.G. 214-30, “Removal
of Expired New York State Registration Plates.”
c.
Derelict vehicles with New York State plates will be processed in accordance with
P.G. 214-29, “Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates.”
d.
Derelict vehicles without plates will be entered in the HIGHWAY CONDITION
RECORD (PD311-151) for notification to the local district office of the
Department of Sanitation (see P.G. 214-22, “Weekly Street Conditions Survey
and Daily Observations of Highway Conditions Requiring Corrective Action”).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-07

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

Vehicles displaying expired in-transit permits, issued either in New York State or out-ofstate (e.g., New Jersey), can be cited as unregistered vehicles. An in-transit permit is
temporary in nature (valid for thirty days from the date it is issued) and does not
constitute a permanent, legal, registration. It is issued only to enable a vehicle owner to
transport his/her unregistered vehicle to a different jurisdiction where the owner intends
to permanently register it. (A common example involves someone going out of state to
purchase a vehicle at an auction and then transporting it back to his/her home state.)
Once the in-transit permit expires, the vehicle can be cited as an unregistered vehicle
regardless of the jurisdiction of issue.
PARKING OFFENSES INVOLVING VEHICLES FROM ANOTHER STATE
When issuing a summons to vehicles registered outside of New York State, the officer will
provide as much vehicle information as possible based on his/her visual observation of the
vehicle. If an information caption on the summons is intentionally not completed by the
officer, a reason for the omission must be entered in the caption e.g., unreadable, covered,
or not shown. Write “N/A” in a caption when the required caption information is not
available (e.g. registration stickers on New Jersey vehicles are not printed with an
expiration date).
Certain violations involving registration and inspection requirements only apply to
vehicles registered in New York State and are not applicable to vehicles registered
outside of New York State. Vehicles registered outside of New York State will not be
issued a notice of parking violation for expired/missing registration, expired/missing
inspection, improper display of a registration sticker, or improper display of an
inspection sticker. These violations are only applicable to vehicles registered in New
York State.
PARKING OFFENSES INVOLVING DIPLOMATIC RELATED VEHICLES
Official “Diplomat,” “Consul,” and “S” (Staff) vehicle license plates, colored red,
white and blue, are issued by the United States Department of State ONLY, and will be
one of the following three types:
DIPLOMAT – plates bearing the word “Diplomat” imprinted thereon are issued to
representatives of foreign missions, United Nations, Secretariat of United Nations, and
Organization of American States.
CONSUL – plates bearing the word “Consul” imprinted thereon are issued to
representatives of foreign governments having consular status.
STAFF – plates bearing the letter “S” imprinted thereon are issued to members of staffs
of various foreign governments.
Although “diplomatic/consular/staff” plates will not be issued without proper insurance
coverage, operators of such vehicles are not required to carry insurance cards.
However, the operator must carry a certificate of registration.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-07

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

A Notice of Parking Violation will be placed upon an unoccupied, illegally parked
vehicle bearing “DIPLOMAT” or “CONSUL” registration plates, which creates a
safety hazard.
The following violations create safety hazards:
Double Parking
Fire Zone
Fire Hydrant

No Standing
No Stopping
Bus Stop

Parking in Crosswalk
Parking on Sidewalk

If a Notice of Parking Violation is issued to a vehicle bearing diplomatic/consular
registration plates, the code “DP” will be entered under the caption “Other” on the line
used to identify the state of vehicle registration.
Vehicles bearing the letter “S” for staff do not have parking immunity; however, if such
vehicle is occupied, the occupants may have diplomatic immunity and will be treated
accordingly (see P.G. 212-56, “Diplomatic Incidents.”)
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Parking Violations Summons – Graphic (P.G. 209-08)
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing – General Procedure
(P.G. 209-12)
Diplomatic Incidents (P.G. 212-56)
Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates (P.G. 214-29)
Removal of Expired New York State Registration Plates (P.G. 214-30)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)
Weekly Street Conditions Survey and Daily Observations of Highway Conditions
Requiring Corrective Action (P.G. 214-22)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146)
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-08

PARKING VIOLATIONS SUMMONS - GRAPHIC
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PARKING VIOLATIONS
STOPPING, STANDING, AND
PARKING OFFENSES
1

1 Enter this information if violator is
present.
2

2 The expiration month, day and year
must be entered for vehicles registered
in N.Y.S.
3 The information in this section should
be taken from the registration sticker
for vehicles registered in N.Y.S.

3

4 Do not use military time.
4

5 Indicate specific location of vehicle,
e.g., 50 ft. N/S/E/W of street or avenue.

4
5

6 The day(s) and hours the regulation is
in effect must be listed.

6

7 This information is obtained from
COMMON SUMMONSABLE OFFENSES
(PD160-102).
Notes:
a. Only one (1) violation per summons.
b. Do not write in the margin of the
summons.
Additional information
may be entered in the name area (top)
of the summons.

7

7

7

c. If a commercial vehicle is observed
DOUBLE PARKED, enter length of
time of no loading or unloading
activity, e.g., "30M - N/A," indicating
no loading or unloading activity for a
thirty (30) minute period.
d. If the vehicle does not match the sticker
(sticker describes a van and vehicle is a
sedan) enter information from sticker
and note that the vehicle appears to be
a sedan as indicated in note "b".

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-09

PERSONAL SERVICE OF SUMMONSES RETURNABLE TO
TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU OR CRIMINAL COURT
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To inform uniformed members of the service of procedures to be followed when
personally serving a summons returnable to the Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court.

PROCEDURE

When issuing a summons returnable to the Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

As a general rule, the following forms of government photo identification are considered
valid forms of identification:
a.
Valid Photo Driver’s License (From New York State, another state, or another country)
b.
Valid passport
c.
Citizenship or naturalization papers
d.
New York State Non-Driver Identification
e.
New York State Driver’s Permit
f.
Other government photo identification.

Inform violator of the offense committed.
Request that violator show proof of identity and residence.
a.
In traffic cases, examine driver’s license, vehicle registration, and
insurance identification card for vehicles registered in New York State.
b.
If violator presents driver’s license, check “Motorist Exhibited
License” box on top of summons.

Members should note that these are general guidelines, and other forms of identification
may be acceptable.

3.

4.

DESK OFFICER 5.

Conduct license and warrant check.
a.
If license check conducted, check “Susp/Rev” box on top of summons.
b.
If no license and/or warrant check conducted, note reason in
ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145).
Remove violator to command for investigation if doubt concerning
identity exists.
Make Command Log entry when violator is brought to command for
identification, is served a summons, and immediately released.
a.
Entry will include the following:
(1)
Name, address, and physical description of the violator
(2)
Location, time of incident, and reason for removal to command
(3)
Name, rank, shield number of member who brought
violator to command
(4)
Offense(s) charged and serial number(s) of summons(es) served
(5)
Time the violator entered and departed the command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 6

NOTE

It is not necessary to follow Desk Appearance Ticket or voided arrest procedures for an
offense for which a summons may be served when the only reason for bringing the
violator to the command was to investigate identity.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.
7.
8.
9.

Issue summonses in numerical order.
Use black ink ballpoint pen and legibly print information in block letters.
Enter all available information required by captions on summons with the
exception of the area titled “Officer’s Notes.”
Record only one violation per summons.
a.
Use a separate summons for each additional offense.

Summonses issued for multiple offenses arising out of a single traffic incident will be
made returnable to the respective court responsible for the adjudication of such offenses
(i.e., traffic infractions will be returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau; Administrative
Code violations and traffic misdemeanors will be returnable to Criminal Court, as
outlined in Patrol Guide 209-02, “Summonses and Notices of Violation Returnable
Agencies”).

NOTE

10.

Request violator sign the bottom of the summons to acknowledge receipt.

Requesting the violator to sign the bottom of the summons is an option of the issuing
member. If the member feels that requesting the signature may precipitate a
confrontation or place the member at a tactical disadvantage, the member has the option
of not requesting the signature. If the violator refuses to sign, no action will be taken.
Member concerned will note the refusal in ACTIVITY LOG.

NOTE

11.

Give the violator the part of the summons designated for the agency for
which the summons is returnable.
a.
If the summons is returnable to the Traffic Violations Bureau, give
the violator the copy of the summons labeled “Motorist Copy”
b.
If the summons is returnable to Criminal Court, give the violator
the copy labeled “Criminal Court.”

FOR SUMMONSES RETURNABLE TO CRIMINAL COURT:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

12.

13.

14.

Refer to new ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145) insert, SAMPLE CRIMINAL
COURT SUMMONS INFORMATIONS (PD 260-211), after the
violator has been released.
Utilize the SAMPLE
CRIMINAL COURT
SUMMONS
INFORMATIONS to properly complete the Criminal Court Information
section on rear of summons.
SIGN Criminal Court Information section on rear of summons.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 6

IF SUMMONS IS FOR VIOLATION OF P.L. 221.05, “UNLAWFUL
POSSESSION OF MARIJUANA
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

15.
16.
17.

NOTE

Enter in Criminal Court Information section on rear of summons, the
words: “See Attached SUPPORTING DEPOSITION REPORT.”
Prepare new form, MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION /
FIELD TEST REPORT (PD381-145).
Submit summons and MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION /
FIELD TEST REPORT, to the desk officer when requesting a voucher
for the marijuana.

Do not staple the summons(es) to the MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION
/ FIELD TEST REPORT. Attach by using a paper clip only. Desk officers will refer
to P.G. 209-06 for proper processing procedures regarding marijuana offenses.

18.
19.

20.

21.

DESK OFFICER 22.

Enter the information concerning the summons(es) on CERTIFICATION OF
MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145).
Enter complete details in ACTIVITY LOG including:
a.
Description of offense
b.
Summons number
c.
Motorist’s/Defendant’s name
d.
Motorist’s/Defendant’s date of birth
e.
Type, and serial number, of government photo identification used
to determine name and date of birth of motorist/defendant
f.
License plate number and state/province of registration
g.
Make and model of vehicle
h.
Number of passengers in vehicle.
Detach and retain last two copies of summons marked “Police/ Agency”
and “Officer”.
a.
The white “Officer” copy will be retained by the issuing member.
b.
The yellow “Police/Agency” copy will be returned with the
CERTIFICATION OF SUMMONSES SERVED card.
Deliver the remaining copies, intact, to command at the end of tour, or as
directed by commanding officer.
Direct the arrest processing officer (if Field Test Qualified), in accordance
with P.G. 218-08, to conduct field test of marijuana and complete the
“Marijuana Field Test Results” side of the MARIJUANA
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION / FIELD TEST REPORT.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-09

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 6

NOTE

If a Field Test qualified arrest processing officer is not available, the desk officer will
request another Field Test qualified officer from either the precinct’s
SNEU/CONDITIONS team, an adjoining command, or the borough task force to
perform the test. Those qualified uniformed members of the service from either the
precinct’s SNEU/CONDITIONS team or assigned to outside commands (Narcotics
Division, borough task force, etc.) will field test any marijuana that they recover.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A uniformed member of the service, when issuing a summons returnable to the Traffic
Violations Bureau, will place an “X” in the appropriate captioned box when any of the
following criteria apply:
a.
“Commercial Vehicle” - with a maximum gross weight in excess of 26,000 pounds
b.
“Bus” - any vehicle designed to transport more than fifteen passengers,
including the driver
c.
“Hazardous Material” - any vehicle which is transporting materials required to
be placarded under the Hazardous Material Transportation Act.
If a vehicle with a maximum gross weight in excess of 26,000 pounds is also placarded,
as required for transporting hazardous materials, only the “Hazardous Material” box
should be checked.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL AN ISSUING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
WRITE ON THE SIDE MARGIN OF THE SUMMONS. This area is used by the
adjudicating agency concerned. Writing in this area may result in the summons being
considered unprocessable and returned to this Department.
In addition to entries in the ACTIVITY LOG, members have the option of utilizing the
area on the rear of the white “Officer” copy of the summons entitled “Officer’s Notes.”
This area is meant to serve as additional information for the issuing member to assist in
recording the pertinent details of the offense.
The sections labeled “Motorist or Defendant’s Employer”, “Motorist or Defendant’s
Employer Address”, and “Phone No.” are designed primarily as an aid to members
enforcing violations where corporate substitution is possible (Example - a summons is
issued to the driver of a trucking firm for no overweight permit). The information is not
required for moving violations issued to non-commercial drivers.
A person operating a limited use vehicle (minibike, moped, etc.) on a public highway
(road, street, avenue, highway, etc.) is subject to all applicable provisions of the Vehicle
and Traffic Law and the Traffic Regulations (“traffic laws”), including registration and
licensing requirements. Although registration and licensing provisions do not apply to
bicycles, persons riding bicycles on public streets are subject to many of the same traffic
laws as operators of motor vehicles.
If a limited use vehicle is unregistered and/or the operator unlicensed, the vehicle will
be removed to the precinct of occurrence, impounded and invoiced. The owner may
claim the vehicle on presentation of proof of ownership; however, such owner will be
advised that the vehicle may not be operated on public highways until such time as it has
been properly registered. The owner may be permitted to make arrangements to have
such unregistered vehicle transported by a licensed tow truck to a private premise.
Additionally, if the vehicle was seized because the operator was unlicensed, the owner
will be issued a summons for violation of section 509(4) of the Vehicle and Traffic Law “Authorizing Or Permitting An Unlicensed Driver To Operate A Motor Vehicle.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-09

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

5 of 6

Operators of limited use vehicles and/or bicycles who violate applicable provisions of the traffic
laws will be issued a summons, providing such individuals are sixteen years of age or older. A
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) will be prepared for a violator
who is at least seven and less than sixteen years of age.
When a bicyclist is issued a summons for a violation of the traffic laws, the word
“BICYCLE” will be entered in bold print on that portion of the summons designated for
the year and make of the vehicle. On the reverse side of both of the yellow motorist’s
copies of the summons, a line will be drawn through the instructions that direct the
violator to answer the summons by mail
Sustained attention and priority in enforcement should be given to those hazardous
violations which are the major cause of most collisions, deaths and injuries on the
roadways. The twenty-one most HAZARDOUS VIOLATIONS are:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)

Failed to yield the right of (14) Unlicensed operator
way to vehicle
(15) Driving while ability to
Following too closely
operate is impaired by alcohol
Speeding
or drugs
Reckless driving
(16) Failure to wear seatbelt, use
Improper turn
of child safety seat
Fail to obey traffic signal
(17) Spillback
Disobey sign
(18) Use of a cellular telephone
Improper passing
while driving
Fail to yield right of way to (19) Disobey pavement Markings
pedestrian
(20) Overtaking and passing school
Backing unsafely
bus
Fail to keep right
(21) Driving while texting
Driving while intoxicated
Defective brakes

Members of the service should be aware that section 207, subdivision 5, of the Vehicle
and Traffic Law (Disposing Of A Uniform Traffic Summons), does NOT apply to
situations where a motorist destroys or discards his/her copy of the summons that was
issued by the member of the service. That section is applicable only when someone
prevents or interferes with the processing of that part of the summons destined for the
adjudicating body (i.e., the “court copy”). Members of the service may, however, issue
a Criminal Court summons for littering (Administrative Code section 16-118,
[subdivision 1]) in appropriate circumstances.
A uniformed member assigned to the Highway District may serve a summons for an
offense not personally observed but revealed during the course of a collision
investigation. When serving such a summons, the member concerned shall draw a line
through the statement on the Complaint which reads “I PERSONALLY OBSERVED
THE COMMISSION OF THE OFFENSE CHARGED ABOVE.”
The issuance of a Criminal Court summons for violation of Penal Law section 240.20 Disorderly Conduct, at the scene of an incident in which the summonsing member is the
complainant, occasionally results in a civilian complaint against the member. To verify
and document the circumstances of the incident, the summonsing member will request
the response of the patrol supervisor to the scene whenever:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-09

PAGE:

08/19/13

a.
b.
c.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

6 of 6

Physical force/restraint was used by the uniformed member, OR
It was necessary to search or handcuff the violator, OR
Violator was placed in, or transported from the scene in, a Department vehicle.

The patrol supervisor will determine the validity of the charge and:
a.
Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG indicating summonsing member’s identity and
the violator’s identity and condition.
b.
Direct issuance of summons, if violator is eligible. If the violator is not eligible,
process as an arrest as per appropriate Department procedures.
If the patrol supervisor is not available to respond, the violator will be removed to the
command where the desk officer/supervisor will determine the validity of the charge and
make an appropriate entry in the Command Log.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Summonses and Notices of Violation Returnable Agencies (P.G. 209-02)
Quality Control Procedures for the Processing of Summonses Returnable to Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-06)
Field Testing of Marijuana by Selected Uniformed Members of the Service within the Patrol
Services and Housing Bureaus (P.G. 218-08)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED
(PD160-145)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION / FIELD TEST REPORT (PD381-145)
SAMPLE CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS INFORMATIONS (PD260-211)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-10

TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU SUMMONS - GRAPHIC
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS
1

TRAFFIC INFRACTIONS
(other than stopping,
standing, and parking
offenses)

2

2

1 Conduct license check, if
possible, and check
appropriate boxes.
2 Enter date of birth and sex
of violator.
3 Enter vehicle information
from registration card or
sticker.

3

4 Do not use military time.
5 Ensure that violation
described matches section of
law cited. Obtain info. from
COMMON
SUMMONSABLE
OFFENSES (PD160-102).

4

5

6 No return date is required
for violations returnable to
Traffic Violations Bureau.
7 Violators signature is
optional.
6

7

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

1

1 Uniformed members should
record the circumstances of
the incident on the rear of
the "Officer" copy of the
summons.

2

2 The defendant's employer
information is intended for
cases in which corporate
substitution is possible.

3

3 Defendant's telephone
number is not required in
traffic offenses and should
not be requested. For
cases in which corporate
substitution is possible, the
telephone number of the
corporate entity should be
entered in this area.
4 Include the direction of
travel and the type of
street, as appropriate.

4

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-11

CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS - GRAPHIC
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

CRIMINAL COURT
PEDESTRIAN OFFENSES
AND TRAFFIC
MISDEMEANORS (except
unlicensed operator,
unregistered vehicle and no
insurance ID card).
1

SUMMONSABLE
OFFENSES NOT
RETURNABLE TO ANY
OTHER AGENCY.
1 Enter date of birth and sex of
violator.
2 Do not use military time.

2

3 Ensure that violation
described matches section of
law cited.

3

4 Enter address of borough
Criminal Court.
5 Enter room number.
6 Enter return date as per FINEST
message transmitted daily.
5

4
6
7
7

8

7 Issuing officer must sign
summons. If a civilian is the
complainant and signs the
INFORMATION, substitute
the word "Officer" for
"Complainant." In addition,
draw a line through the
words "I personally observed
the commission of the offense
charged above."
8 Violator’s signature is
optional.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-11

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3
The INFORMATION section must be
completed by a member of the service issuing
a summons returnable to Criminal Court.
A summons, with a properly filled out
"INFORMATION" section, will
eliminate the need for the issuing
officer to appear in court on the return
date to prepare a complaint and will
enable the court to issue a warrant for
a defendant who fails to appear.
Examples:


Disorderly Conduct (Penal Law,
Section 240.20, subd. 5): "The
defendant did sit in the roadway in
the middle of the intersection at 50th
Street and 5th Avenue, causing a
vehicular traffic jam. When asked
to leave, the defendant refused."



Trespass (Penal Law Section
140.05): "The defendant did refuse
to leave the premises, 111
Broadway, an unfenced vacant lot,
after Mr. Jones, the owner of the
property asked him, in my
presence, to leave the property or
face arrest for trespassing."

In every case in which a civilian
complainant is involved, enter name,
address and telephone number of
complainant along left margin.
The INFORMATION must include
eyewitness (non-hearsay) allegations of
fact describing acts of the defendant.
An INFORMATION is not legally
sufficient if the facts merely repeat the
specific language of the law.
The INFORMATION must be signed by
the uniformed member or civilian
complainant, and the date must be entered.
A summons will not be issued by
uniformed members for violations not
personally observed.
If a MISDEMEANOR is committed in
the presence of a uniformed member,
that member will sign the
INFORMATION. When NOT
committed in member's presence, that
member must ascertain that a crime was
committed and request complainant to
sign the INFORMATION. If
complainant refuses, member may sign
based on "information and belief,"
providing all details as related to
member by the complainant are
included in the INFORMATION.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

1

1 Uniformed members should
record the circumstances of
the incident on the rear of
the "Officer" copy of the
summons.

2

2 The defendant's employer
information is intended for
cases in which corporate
substitution is possible.

3

3 Defendant's telephone
number is not required in
traffic offenses and should
not be requested. For
cases in which corporate
substitution is possible, the
telephone number of the
corporate entity should be
entered in this area.
4 Include the direction of
travel and the type of
street, as appropriate.

4

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-12

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD NOTICE OF VIOLATION AND
HEARING - GENERAL PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To instruct uniformed members of the service of the proper manner by which to
prepare and process an Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing a violation under the jurisdiction of the Environmental Control
Board (ECB):

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

Inform violator of the offense committed.
a.
Take NO enforcement action against a blind person for violation
of the Canine Waste Law.
b.
Use discretion when elderly or handicapped persons are observed
violating the Canine Waste Law.
Request proof of identity and residence.
a.
If proof is refused and/or validity of proof is doubtful, escort
violator to command for further investigation.

WHEN VIOLATOR IS PROPERLY IDENTIFIED:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.

NOTE

A summons, returnable to Criminal Court, may be issued for summonsable
Administrative Code Violations or other violations of law NOT INDICATED on
comprehensive list of violations maintained at desk.

4.

5.

6.
7.
8.

Prepare separate Notice of Violation and Hearing for EACH offense charged.
a.
Complete captions in block letters, using a black ink, ball point pen.
Insert violation code, section of law, mail-in and maximum penalties on Notice of
Violation, as determined from COMMON ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
BOARD NOTICE OF VIOLATION OFFENSES (PD160-100).
a.
If not listed, request desk officer to check ENVIRONMENTAL
CONTROL BOARD NOTICE OF VIOLATION OFFENSES
(PD160-101), maintained at desk.

Make Notice of Violations and Hearing returnable to Environmental
Control Board.
a.
If food or property is removed, make return date twenty-one days
after date of issuance unless that date is on a weekend or holiday,
in which cases the return date is the next business day.
b.
If no property is removed, make return date not less than thirty days
nor more than thirty-seven days from date of issuance.
Give violator pink (Respondent) copy of Notice of Violation.
Record complete details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Enter required information on CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/
CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-12

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9.

DESK OFFICER 10.

11.
12.

PATROL
BOROUGH
OFFICE
CLERK

13.

MESSENGER

15.

14.

2 of 6

Distribute remaining copies of Notice of Violation as follows:
a.
WHITE (ECB) copy - To command of occurrence at end of tour,
or as directed by commanding officer.
b.
YELLOW (officer) copy - Retain with CERTIFICATION OF
MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED.
c.
WHITE CARDBOARD (Agency) copy.
Examine entries on Notice of Violation to ensure:
a.
Accuracy, completeness and legibility
b.
That reverse side (affidavit portion) is signed by issuing member.
Sign affidavit section as certifying officer.
Separate Notice of Violation by date of service and process as follows:
a.
WHITE (ECB) copies - insert all copies issued on SAME day in
Environmental Control Board forwarding envelope addressed to
Environmental Control Board, 59-17 Junction Boulevard, Queens
and forward to patrol borough office with A.M. mail.
b.
YELLOW (officer) copies - file in command by date of service
and retain thereat for two years.
Prepare two copies of SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT (PD160011).
Direct messenger to deliver envelope containing Notice(s) of Violation to
Environmental Control Board.
Obtain receipt on one copy of SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT and
return to borough office.

IF VIOLATOR CANNOT BE PROPERLY IDENTIFIED:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

16.
17.

Confer with desk officer.
Effect arrest of violator as a last resort, and ONLY WHEN violation
committed has CRIMINAL SANCTIONS in addition to civil penalties
that may be imposed by the Environmental Control Board and desk
officer directs that arrest be made.

NOTE

The Environmental Control Board has CIVIL JURISDICTION ONLY; therefore, an
arrest MAY NOT be made for a violation returnable SOLELY to that agency.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Whenever a violator is brought to the command for further investigation and
identification, and a positive identification CANNOT be made, or an arrest CANNOT be
effected as indicated above, PRIOR TO RELEASING the violator, P.G. 210-13,
“Release of Prisoners - General Procedure” will be complied with.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-12

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 6

BICYCLE RIDING ON SIDEWALKS:
Administrative Code Section 19-176, “Bicycle Riding Prohibited on Sidewalks,” will be the
primary enforcement tool this Department utilizes to eliminate bicycle riding on sidewalks.
Under this legislation, any person fourteen years of age or older operating a bicycle upon a
sidewalk shall be issued an Environmental Control Board (ECB) Notice of Violation and
Hearing. If such person is operating the bicycle on the sidewalk in a manner that
endangers any other person or property, the bicycle will be seized at the time the ECB
Notice of Violation and Hearing is issued. The following are the steps to be taken when a
bicycle is observed being operated upon a sidewalk:
a.

b.

If the operator is at least fourteen years of age, and bicycle is merely operated
on a sidewalk, the operator shall be issued an ECB Notice of Violation and
Hearing as follows:
Code
D62

Section
AC 19-176(b)

Description
Unlawful bicycle
riding on sidewalk

Member of Service
Must Appear
No

Penalty
$50

Default
$100

If the operator is at least fourteen years of age, and the bicycle is operated in a
manner that endangers any other person or property, the bicycle operator shall
be issued an ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing and the bicycle will be
seized. The ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing shall be completed as
follows:
Code
D6G

Member of Service
Must Appear
No

Code
D6H

Member of Service
Must Appear
No

Section
AC 19-176(c) 1ST
offense

Description
Unlawful bicycle riding
in a manner that
endangers any other person
or property

Penalty
$150

Default
$300

Section
*AC 19-176(c)
2nd offense

Description
Unlawful bicycle riding
in a manner that
endangers any other person
or property

Penalty
$300

Default
$600

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-12

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

4 of 6

If the operator is at least fourteen years of age and the bicycle is operated in a manner
that endangers any other person or property with physical contact between the rider
and another person, the bicycle operator shall be issued an ECB Notice of Violation
and Hearing and the bicycle will be seized. The uniformed member of the service will
indicate the fact that there was physical contact between the rider and another person
on the summons (Information Section) or Notice of Violation (Details Section).
D6I

Member of Service
Must Appear
No

D6J

Member of Service
Must Appear
No

AC.19-176(c) 1ST
Offense

Unlawful bicycle riding
in a manner that
endangers person or
property with physical
contact between the
rider and another person

Penalty
$250

Default
$500

*AC 19-176(c)
2nd offense

Unlawful bicycle riding in a
manner that endangers person or
property with physical contact
between the rider and another
person

Penalty
$500

Default
$1000

*Civil penalties are doubled by ECB where the rider endangers another person or property a
second time within a six month period. The current law’s provision for seizing the bicycle
remains in effect where the rider endangers another person or property
At the time the bicycle is taken into custody, in addition to appropriately completing and
issuing a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), the uniformed member of the service
issuing the ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing shall provide the respondent with a
completed PROCEDURE FOR RECOVERING SEIZED BICYCLE/VEHICLE (PD521148). This completed form shall serve as written notice to the respondent and/or bicycle owner
explaining the procedures for obtaining release of the bicycle. The notice shall provide the
location where the bicycle may be claimed, instructions on the applicable charges for removal
and storage, as well as the steps necessary to request an ECB hearing. In all cases where the
operator of a bicycle is less than eighteen years of age, a copy of the ECB Notice of Violation
and Hearing shall either be personally delivered to the operator’s parent or guardian, or it
shall be mailed to that person, if their name and address is reasonably ascertainable.
Additionally, in any case where a bicycle is seized from an operator less than eighteen years of
age, the completed PROCEDURE FOR RECOVERING SEIZED BICYCLE/VEHICLE
must be personally delivered to the operator’s parent or guardian, or it shall be mailed to that
person, if their name and address are reasonably ascertainable.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-12

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 6

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Bicycles taken into custody by members of the Department, pursuant to New York City
Administrative Code Section 19-176(c), shall be invoiced and stored in the precinct of
occurrence for FIVE business days following seizure. NEITHER A REMOVAL FEE NOR
A STORAGE FEE SHALL ACCRUE WHILE THE BICYCLE IS STORED AT THE
PRECINCT. Bicycles shall be removed to the Property Clerk’s Warehouse (520
Kingsland Avenue, Brooklyn) on the next business day following the five business day
precinct holding period. A twenty-five dollar removal fee shall accrue upon the bicycle
arriving at the Property Clerk’s Warehouse. Additionally, a storage fee of five dollars will
be charged for each day, or fraction of a day, the Property Clerk stores the bicycle, after it
is taken from the precinct. THE PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION WILL COLLECT ALL
CHARGES FOR REMOVAL AND STORAGE.

NOTE

If a respondent desires to post bond in order to get their bicycle back, prior to a hearing,
they should be directed to the Environmental Control Board.
RETURNING A SEIZED BICYCLE
Prior to a member of this Department returning a bicycle seized pursuant to
Administrative Code Section 19-176(c), the claimant must submit the following:
a.
A Decision and Order issued by the Environmental Control Board that will indicate
whether or not the respondent involved has been found in violation. If the
respondent has been found in violation, an ECB receipt confirming that the fine has
been paid must accompany the Decision and Order. A valid ECB receipt will
include the time, date, and ECB location of payment as well as the violation number
listed on the Decision and Order. If the Decision and Order indicates that the
respondent was not found in violation, no receipt will be required.
b.
The claimant’s copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE issued at the time of
seizure.
c.
In instances where a representative of the claimant appears to retrieve a seized
bicycle, he or she must fulfill the requirements of “a” and “b” as well as
providing a notarized letter, signed by the named claimant, expressly
authorizing the representative to claim the bicycle.
Removal and storage fees will not accrue until the bicycle reaches the Property Clerk’s
Storage facility, and fees will only be collected by authorized members assigned to the
Property Clerk. Desk officers returning a bicycle at the precinct stationhouse shall
comply with Patrol Guide procedure 218-02, “Return of Property/Vehicles at Command
and Processing Voided Property Invoices,” and forward the ECB Decision and Order to
the Borough Property Clerk.
Under limited circumstances where an encounter with a bicyclist takes on the
characteristics of a criminal investigation, or if the violator is not properly identified,
uniformed members of the service may still enforce criminal laws. In lieu of issuance of
an ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing, members may, under appropriate
circumstances, make an arrest or issue a summons returnable to criminal court in
connection with bicycle riding on a sidewalk. Mere operation on a sidewalk, unless
permitted by sign, is a traffic infraction pursuant to Traffic Rules Section 4-07 (c) (3) (i) for
which a criminal court summons may be issued. This prohibition does not apply to the
operation of bicycles with wheels of less than twenty-six inches in diameter upon the sidewalk by
children twelve years of age or less. When the offender is at least seven, but less than sixteen

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-12

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 6

years of age, a JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) will be
prepared. When such operation is under circumstances, which create a substantial risk
of physical injury to another person or recklessly create a substantial risk of serious
physical injury to another person, Administrative Code Section 19-176(c), as an
unclassified misdemeanor or Penal Law Section 120.25, Reckless Endangerment in the
second degree, a class A misdemeanor, respectively, may be charged. In misdemeanor
cases, the bicycle should be seized and invoiced as “arrest evidence” pursuant to
normal Department procedure. Members of the service should confer with the Legal
Bureau, if in doubt as to the proper charges.
In circumstances where a bicycle rider is eligible for an ECB Notice of Violation and
Hearing the uniformed member of the service involved shall not issue a criminal court
summons in lieu of the ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Personal Service Of A Summons Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-09)
Release of Prisoners - General Procedure (P.G. 210-13)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Return of Property/Vehicles at Command and Processing Voided Property Invoices
(P.G. 218-02)
Return of Summons Packet (A.G. 309-02)
Summonses - Records (A.G. 309-03)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED
(PD160-145)
COMMON ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD NOTICE OF VIOLATION
OFFENSES (PD160-100)
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD NOTICE OF VIOLATION OFFENSES
(PD160-101)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
PROCEDURE FOR RECOVERING SEIZED BICYCLE/VEHICLE (PD521-148)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT (PD160-011)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-13

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD NOTICE OF VIOLATION AND
HEARING - GRAPHIC
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

ENVIRONMENTAL
CONTROL BOARD
1 Enter license/permit number
to identify respondent.
2 Check appropriate box.

1

3 Enter identification of other
person responsible for
violation, i.e., owner, lessee,
etc., if any.

2

3

4 Enter from Common ECB
Notice of Violation Offenses
Card.
4

5 Describe details, including
conditions if exigent
circumstances exist, i.e.,
parade, fire, heavy traffic, etc.
4

6 See Common ECB Notice of
Violation Offenses Card for
determination of "Must
Appear" and "Penalty
Schedule."

4

5

7 Obtain from Common ECB
Notice of Violation Offenses
Card.
6
7

6

8 Uniformed member must sign.
9 Enter command.
10 Enter "P.D."

9
8

10

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

1 Complete this caption.
1

1
2

2 This caption/area is not
used by this Department.
3 Complete as much of this
section as possible.
4 Issuing member and
supervisor must sign.

3

2

4

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-15

TRANSIT ADJUDICATION BUREAU
NOTICE OF VIOLATION AND HEARING - GRAPHIC
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

TRANSIT ADJUDICATION
BUREAU - NOTICE OF
VIOLATION AND
HEARING (TAB/NOV)
1

1 If violator resides in a
shelter, do not issue a
TAB/NOV.
2 Enter employer name,
address, and telephone
number, as applicable.

2

3 Check appropriate boxes;
enter ID information.
4 Enter the name of the
violator's parent or
guardian, if violator is under
18 years of age.

3
4

5 Check appropriate box or
enter the applicable
section/subdivision in the
space provided.

5

Note: Do not check box
"Other Rules." (This
box is reserved for
other jurisdictions.)
6 Enter appropriate hearing
date listed on TAB hearing
date calendar card.
7 Uniformed member must sign.
6

Note:

All printed information
must be legible.

7

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

1 Enter witness/complainant
information as appropriate.
2 Describe all confiscated
property.
3 If property is confiscated,
enter Property Clerk
Invoice Number.

1

1

2

3

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-16

SERVICE OF A SUMMONS - SPECIAL PROCEDURES
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

To inform uniformed members of the service of special procedures that apply in
certain summons cases:

PURPOSE

SITUATION
U.S. Mail Trucks

PROCEDURE
1.
2.

Serve summons for moving and/or parking infractions.
Report all traffic infractions to commanding officer
giving operator’s name, time and place of occurrence,
and whether summons was served.

NOTE Government vehicles do not require registration plates.

Bingo (Violation of Administrative 1.
Code) and representative of State 2.
Lottery Control Commission is present
3.

Obtain name and title of representative.
Request representative to appear in court to sign
corroborating affidavit.
Report facts, including representative’s name and title,
to commanding officer.

Premises licensed by State Liquor 1.
Authority
2.

Report service of summons inside premises to desk officer.
Report facts to commanding officer.

Sale of alcoholic beverages during 1.
prohibited hours
2.
3.

Check time by radio, telephone or other official source.
Seize beverage as evidence.
Secure other evidence such as proof of sale, identity of persons
served, identity and job title of employees in premises, number
of persons entering during prohibited hours.
Deliver alcoholic evidence to desk officer, command of
occurrence, for safekeeping pending delivery to property clerk.
Report facts to commanding officer.

4.
5.
Purchase of alcoholic beverages by 1.
fraudulent proof of age

2.
Violation of Administrative CodeCriminal and Civil Penalty

If violator is 16 to less than 21 years of age, make
summons returnable to Summons Part, Criminal Court.
If violator is under 16 - prepare JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A).
Report facts to commanding officer.

1.

Serve summons and prepare ADMINISTRATIVE
CODE VIOLATION NOTICE (PD372-151).

Public
Service
Commission 1.
Certificate-Violation of Section 61, 2.
subd. 14, Public Service Law

Make summons returnable to Summons Part, Criminal Court.
Report facts to commanding officer.

Garages and Parking Lots

Summons returnable to Summons Part, Criminal Court.
Report facts to commanding officer.

1.
2.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

Speeding

2 of 2

1.

Circle actual speed when violator is traveling 25 MPH
or more over speed limit.

Traffic infraction observed, unable 1.
to serve summons

Report circumstances to commanding officer, who may
direct member to apply for court summons.

Missing Meter Number

1.

Determine number from numbers of adjoining meters.

Overtime Parking

1.

Enter time of observation.

Possession of 25 grams or less of 1.
Marijuana (Sec. 221.05, Penal Law)

Serve summons returnable to Summons Part, Criminal
Court, only if no other charges are involved.

NOTE Marijuana gram content of each cigarette determines
cumulative weight. Usually 129 marijuana cigarettes DO
NOT EXCEED 25 grams.

Owner of motor vehicle reports that 1.
summons was served or delinquency
notice received during period when
vehicle/registration plates were reported 2.
stolen

Desk officer will have two copies of VERIFICATION
OF STOLEN MOTOR VEHICLE/PLATES (PD371152) prepared AFTER verifying theft.
A copy will be given to the registered owner/operator
and the other copy filed.

Las Vegas Nights (unlicensed)

Uniformed member of the service will notify desk officer.
Request patrol supervisor to respond.
Serve summons for violation of Administrative Code,
returnable to Criminal Court-Summons Part.
Comply with applicable provisions of P.G. procedure
212-12, “Citywide Intelligence Reporting System.”
If licensee violates provisions of license, the patrol
supervisor will notify Operations Unit by telephone, and
comply with applicable provisions of P.G. procedure
212-12, as indicated above.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Graffiti or unauthorized sale or 1.
display or aerosol paint cans and
broad tipped magic markers (Section
10-117, Administrative Code)

(Class “B” Misdemeanor) Criminal Court Summons, if
eligible.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ADMINISTRATIVE CODE VIOLATION NOTICE (PD372-151)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
VERIFICATION OF STOLEN MOTOR VEHICLE/PLATES (PD371-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-17

REPORT INSTEAD OF SUMMONS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To inform other city agencies of violations of licensing requirements or other
agency regulations.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service observes any of the offenses listed
below:
a.
Health Code - Section 87.03 (restaurants require Health Department
permit)

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

COMMANDING 3.
OFFICER
4.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

b.

Administrative Code - Sections B32-58.0 through B32-75.0 (size
and location of licensed sidewalk stands)

c.

Regulations of Department of Consumer Affairs except:
Cabarets
Garages
Catering establishments
Parking lots
Coffee houses
Public dance halls

DO NOT serve summons.
Report facts, in writing, to commanding officer.

Forward two copies of report on Typed Letterhead to Chief of
Department.
Forward copy of report to command of occurrence if offense occurred
within another command.

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-18

SUMMONS SERVED OR PREPARED IN ERROR
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To investigate the circumstances concerning issuance of a summons in error.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service issues or prepares a summons in error:
WHEN ALL PARTS OF SUMMONS ARE AVAILABLE:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

COMMANDING 4.
5.
OFFICER

6.
7.

Bring all parts of summons to the command.
Inform commanding officer of the facts.
Surrender all parts of the summons to commanding officer.
Conduct investigation.
Prepare SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153).
a.
Ensure summons is scanned into the Electronic Summons Tracking
System (ESTS) utilizing bar code reader.
b.
If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS
manually.
c.
Notify patrol borough of defective/inoperable bar code reader and
obtain replacement.
d.
Enter notification in Telephone Record.
Mark all copies of summons “Void” across face.
Forward first two copies of FORM with all parts of summons to Chief of
Department, Investigation Review Section, DIRECT.

WHEN VIOLATOR'S PART IS NOT AVAILABLE OR PARTS HAVE BEEN
FORWARDED FOR PROCESSING:
COMMANDING 8.
9.
OFFICER

10.

11.
12.

Conduct investigation.
Prepare SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153).
a.
Ensure summons is scanned into ESTS utilizing bar code reader
b.
If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS
manually
c.
Notify patrol borough of defective/inoperable bar code reader and
obtain replacement
d.
Enter notification in Telephone Record.
Confer with Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section prior to
processing report of investigation, IF agency copy of summons has been
forwarded to the appropriate adjudicating agency prior to discovery of
error, or is otherwise unavailable. DO NOT deal directly with
adjudicating agency in these cases.
DO NOT mark copies of summons “VOID”.
Forward first two copies of SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM with
available copies of summons to Chief of Department Investigation
Review Section, through channels.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-18

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

COMMAND
CLERK

13.

File remaining copy of SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM with
photocopy of summons.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Commanding Officer, Investigation and Review Section will ensure that one copy of
the SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM is forwarded to the Chief of Internal Affairs when
a summons is voided for Penal Law Section 240.35, “Loitering” subsections 1, 3 or 7.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-19

TRANSIT ADJUDICATION BUREAU - NOTICE OF VIOLATION
AND HEARING SERVED OR PREPARED IN ERROR
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide a procedure for the voiding of Transit Adjudication Bureau Notices
of Violation and Hearing (TAB/NOV) which have been prepared in error.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service issues or prepares a TAB/NOV in error.
WHEN ALL COPIES OF THE TAB/NOV ARE AVAILABLE:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Bring all three parts of the TAB/NOV to the district/unit office and
inform commanding officer of the facts.
Surrender all parts of the TAB/NOV to the commanding officer.

COMMANDING 3.
4.
OFFICER
5.
6.

Conduct an investigation.
Prepare SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153).
Mark all copies of TAB/NOV “VOID” across face.
Forward first copy of FORM with all parts of the TAB/NOV to the Chief
of Transit Bureau, DIRECT.
a.
Retain second copy of completed SUMMONS VOIDANCE
FORM and a photocopy of the TAB/NOV on file with the
integrity control officer.
b.
Return last copy of completed SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM
to the issuing uniformed member of the service for subsequent
submission along with CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOV
SERVED (PD160-147) and the remaining “Officer” copies of
issued TAB/NOV.
c.
Forward a photocopy of the TAB/NOV and SUMMONS
VOIDANCE FORM to the Transit Borough concerned for
informational purposes.

COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER,
TRANSIT
BUREAU/
DESIGNEE

Review SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM and endorse accordingly.
a.
Have entire package placed in an annual file marked, “VOIDED
TAB/NOV” and retain for five years, if request is approved.
b.
Have entire package forwarded to Commanding Officer, Transit
Bureau Investigation Unit for review and comment, when
appropriate, if request is disapproved.

NOTE

In other cases, return package to originating command for additional information, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-19

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

WHEN RECIPIENT IS NO LONGER PRESENT WITH THE
RESPONDENT’S COPY OF THE TAB/NOV - OR - DEPARTMENT COPY
(WHITE) HAS BEEN FORWARDED FOR PROCESSING:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.
9.

Bring remaining parts of the TAB/NOV to the district/unit office and
inform commanding officer of the facts.
Surrender remaining parts of the TAB/NOV to the commanding officer.

COMMANDING 10.
11.
OFFICER
12.
13.

Conduct an investigation.
Prepare SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM.
DO NOT mark remaining copies of the TAB/NOV “VOID.”
Forward first copy of SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM with all parts of
the TAB/NOV to the Chief of Transit Bureau, THROUGH CHANNELS.
a.
Retain second copy of completed SUMMONS VOIDANCE
FORM and a photocopy of the TAB/NOV on file with the
integrity control officer.
b.
Return last copy of completed SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM to
the issuing uniformed member of the service for subsequent submission
along with CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOV SERVED CARD and
the remaining “Officer” copies of issued TAB/NOV.

CHIEF OF
TRANSIT
BUREAU/
DESIGNEE

14.

Review SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM and endorse accordingly.
a.
Mark the TAB/NOV “VOID”, if request is approved.
(1)
Forward photocopies of the TAB/NOV and the
SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM to the Director, Transit
Adjudication Bureau.
(2)
Have entire package placed in an annual file marked,,
“VOIDED TAB/NOV” and retain for five years.
b.
Have entire package forwarded to the Commanding Officer, Transit
Bureau Investigation Unit for review and comment, if disapproved.

NOTE

In other cases, return package to originating command for additional information, etc.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When a uniformed member of the service determines that he/she made a clerical error
on a TAB/NOV PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE RESPONDENT’S COPY, the
uniformed member concerned shall immediately issue a properly prepared TAB/NOV to
the respondent and return all copies of the improperly prepared TAB/NOV to their
commanding officer for processing in accordance with this procedure.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153)
CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOV SERVED (PD160-147)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-20

SUMMONS SERVED OUTSIDE PERMANENT COMMAND
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record and account for summonses served outside the permanent command of
uniformed member of the service.

PROCEDURE

After a uniformed member serves a summons in a command other than his/her
permanent command, follow normal summons procedure and:

SUMMONSING
MEMBER

1.

NOTE

Separate SUMMONS RECEIPTS MUST BE prepared when:
a.
Summonses issued are returnable to different adjudicating agencies
b.
Summonses are returnable on different dates
c.
Summonses are issued from different summons packets.

2.

DESK OFFICER 3.
4.
5.

Prepare two copies of SUMMONS RECEIPT (PD260-011).

Deliver appropriate parts of summonses and RECEIPT to desk officer,
precinct of occurrence.
Check summonses against those listed on RECEIPT.
Sign copy of RECEIPT and return to summonsing member.
Attach remaining copy of RECEIPT to summons listed thereon.

6.

Deliver RECEIPT to desk officer of permanent command at completion
of tour.

DESK OFFICER 7.
8.
1ST PLATOON
9.

Ascertain that summonses listed on RECEIPT have been processed.
Sign and date RECEIPT.
Forward RECEIPT in multi-use envelope to command of summonsing member.

SUMMONSING
MEMBER

COMMAND
CLERK,
SUMMONSING
MEMBER’S
COMMAND

10.
11.
12.

13.

Ascertain that copy of RECEIPT is received from precinct of record
within seven days after date of service of summons.
Compare both copies of RECEIPT for discrepancy.
File copy of RECEIPT with related CERTIFICATION OF
MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145) or
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146).
Destroy remaining copy of RECEIPT.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Citywide Traffic Task Force and the Highway District are commands of record for
summonses served within their territorial jurisdictions by uniformed members of the
service assigned to these commands.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Summons Served Outside Permanent Command - Papers Lost (P.G. 209-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED
(PD160-145)
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146)
SUMMONS RECEIPT (PD260-011)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-21

SUMMONS SERVED OUTSIDE PERMANENT COMMAND
PAPERS LOST
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide adjudicating agency with copy of summons complaint if original
copy is lost.

PROCEDURE

If a discrepancy is discovered between the SUMMONS RECEIPT (PD260-011)
and the summons issued or if the SUMMONS RECEIPT and/or copies of the
summons are lost:

COMMANDING 1.
2.
OFFICER OF
SUMMONSING
MEMBER

Conduct investigation of the circumstances.
Notify commanding officer of command of record if SUMMONS
RECEIPT not received.

IF SUMMONS WAS PROPERLY RECORDED AND PROCESSED BUT
RECEIPT IS LOST:
CLERK COMMAND OF
RECORD

3.
4.
5.
6.

Check command records/files.
Prepare SUMMONS RECEIPT if unable to locate receipt and mark
across face “Duplicate.”
Deliver receipt to desk officer for signature.
Forward duplicate receipt to commanding officer of summonsing member.

IF COMPLAINT COPY OF SUMMONS IS LOST:
CLERK COMMAND OF
RECORD

7.
8.

9.
10.
11.

Duplicate summonsing member’s copy of summons.
Prepare report to adjudication agency on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD
(PD158-151) indicating that the complaint copy of the summons was lost
and the member’s copy is being substituted for the complaint copy.
Deliver report to commanding officer for signature.
Forward report and member’s copy of summons to adjudicating agency
as original summons.
Give summonsing member duplicate copy of summons for submission
with CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT
SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145) or CERTIFICATION OF
PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146).

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Summons Served Outside Permanent Command (P.G. 209-20)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED
(PD160-145)
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146)
SUMMONS RECEIPT (PD260-011)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-22

SUMMONS NOTIFICATION
DATE ISSUED:

09/06/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To notify agencies or units concerned in certain summons cases.

PROCEDURE

When a summons has been served for the following offenses, follow normal
summons processing procedure and:

DESK OFFICER 1.

Make telephone notification to agency concerned as indicated below:

OFFENSE

NOTIFY

a.

Soliciting contributions in public (Section 
603-11.0, Administrative Code.)

Department of Social Services

b.

Traffic offense by operator of Parks 
Department vehicle.

Parks Department,
Director of Maintenance

c.

Moving traffic infraction committed by 
school bus operator while actually
transporting children.

NYC Department of Education,
Office of Pupil Transportation

d.

Summonses issued to private carting vehicle 
for moving violations under the NYS Vehicle
and Traffic Law and the NYC Traffic Rules;
violations of the Environmental Control
Board; and, violations of the NYC
Department of Consumer Affairs or the NYC
Department of Health.

Business Integrity Commission

2.

NOTE

Forward REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151) to:
a.
Department of Consumer Affairs when summons issued to towing
car owner or driver.

Tow trucks of certain organizations and tow truck operators who are employed by and
are actually operating a tow truck of such organization are exempt from Department of
Consumer Affairs licensing regulations. Those EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS are:
a.
Governmental agencies
b.
Franchise public transportation companies
c.
Taxi companies - licensed by Taxi and Limousine Commission
d.
School bus companies (as defined in VTL)
e.
Public utility companies
f.
Motor vehicle rental agencies.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-22

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

DESK OFFICER 3.
(continued)

4.

2 of 2

Prepare report on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) and forward
direct to Bureau of Enforcement, N.Y.C. Department of Air Resources, 120
Wall Street, New York 10005, when a summons is served for an air
pollution violation (other than a smoking vehicle). Report will include:
a.
Summons number
b.
Violation (full section number)
c.
Time and date
d.
Place of occurrence
e.
Details
f.
Defendant’s name and address
g.
Rank, name, shield number and command of summonsing officer.
Forward a duplicate copy of summons served for violation of Section 11-801,
Administrative Code “no commercial motor vehicle tax stamp” to the Chief
of Department, Investigation and Review Section accompanied by a Typed
Letterhead indicating reason summons was served.
a.
Investigation and Review Section will forward the duplicate
summons to New York City Department of Finance.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-09)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-23

TAXI AND LIMOUSINE COMMISSION NOTIFICATIONS
RE: VIOLATIONS AND ENFORCEMENT ACTION
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To notify the New York City Taxi and Limousine Commission when
enforcement action is taken for violations committed by taxicab/taxi and
limousine plate owners/operators, or operators of vehicles, which should be
regulated by the Taxi and Limousine Commission and to report other violations
for which no enforcement action was taken or was inappropriate.

DEFINITION

ENFORCEMENT ACTION - For the purpose of this procedure includes, but is
not limited to, the issuance of:
a.
Summonses for moving violations,
b.
Summonses for violations returnable to Criminal Court, AND
c.
Notices of Violation and Hearing returnable to the New York City
Environmental Control Board.

NOTE

A REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151) will not be prepared when a summons or
Notice of Violation and Hearing is issued as described above.

PROCEDURE

Upon taking any enforcement action against owners/operators of vehicles licensed
or those owners/operators of vehicles that should be licensed by the New York
City Taxi and Limousine Commission:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Comply with P.G. 209-09, “Personal Service of Summonses Returnable
to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal Court” or P.G. 209-12,
“Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing General Procedure,” as appropriate.

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER

2.

Make two photocopies of front of original summons/Notice of Violation
and hearing.
Enter next sequential number from “Report of Violation” log on the top of
each photocopy of summons/Notice of Violation and Hearing.
Have one photocopy of summons or Notice of Violation and Hearing
forwarded to the New York City Taxi and Limousine Commission, in lieu
of REPORT OF VIOLATION.
File second copy of summons or Notice of Violation and Hearing in rear
of “Report of Violation” log or command file.

3.
4.

5.

NOTE

A REPORT OF VIOLATION will continue to be prepared in those instances where
operators of taxicabs/Taxi and Limousine Commission licensed vehicles or operators of
vehicles that should be licensed by the Taxi and Limousine Commission are arrested or
become aided cases (see P.G. 208-58, “Arrest of Taxicab and/or Tow Truck
Owners/Operators,” and 216-10, “Taxicab Drivers”).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 2

WHEN A CIVILIAN PASSENGER OR MEMBER OF THE SERVICE REPORTS
A VIOLATION FOR WHICH ENFORCEMENT ACTION IS NOT NECESSARY
OR POSSIBLE (e.g. COMPLAINT OF DIRTY TAXI, FARE DISPUTE, ETC.)
DESK OFFICER 6.
7.

8.
9.

Cause preparation of REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151).
Obtain following information from complainant, if possible:
a.
Driver's identification number.
b.
Driver's name and date of birth.
c.
Medallion number of vehicle.
Insert New York State registration number on REPORT OF
VIOLATION when above information cannot be obtained.
Forward one copy of REPORT OF VIOLATION to Taxi and
Limousine Commission.
a.
File other copy in precinct.

Licensees are required to cooperate with Police Department in the performance of their
duties particularly with regard to the following regulations:
a.
Licensees may not conceal evidence of crime nor voluntarily aid violators of law
to escape arrest.
b.
Licensees are required to immediately report to the Police Department any
unlawful acts directly connected with their licensed vehicles, or any use or attempt
to use their vehicles in connection with a crime or escape from the scene of a
crime.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Any member of the service who has occasion to inspect a taxicab that is involved in a
collision, operated in violation of law, or used in the commission of a crime, will make
an inspection of such taxicab in respect to its mechanical condition. Member will note
all defects and report the facts, through the commanding officer, to the Taxi and
Limousine Commission. If an arrest is made, a record and disposition will be included in
the report.
The desk officer will adjudicate fare disputes. Failure to comply with the decision will
subject offender to a charge of Theft of Services, Section 165.15, subdivision 3, Penal
Law. Upon payment of fare, driver is required to give passenger a receipt.
Adjudication of fare dispute does not deprive passenger of the right to report violations
of Taxi and Limousine Commission Rules and Regulations. The desk officer will record
such allegations on REPORT OF VIOLATION and forward as indicated above.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrest of Taxicab and/or Tow Truck Owners/Operators (P.G. 208-58)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-09)
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing - General Procedure
(P.G. 209-12)
Taxicab Drivers (P.G. 216-10)
Taxicab Violations (A.G. 321-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-24

MANDATORY DRIVER’S LICENSE CHECKS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To identify persons operating vehicles with suspended/revoked licenses by
conducting mandatory driver’s license checks.

SCOPE

Mandatory driver’s license checks are to be conducted when uniformed members
of the service respond to:
a.
Traffic collisions involving death or physical injury (whether injury is observed
or complained of).
b.
Traffic collisions regardless of injuries, if RMP is equipped with a Mobile
Digital Terminal (computer).
c.
Car stops and the vehicle operator does not present a New York State driver’s
license.
d.
All car stops if the RMP is equipped with a Mobile Digital Terminal (computer).
e.
Other situations, e.g., arrest, traffic violation, etc., which under the circumstances
require further investigation.

PROCEDURE

When conducting a mandatory driver’s license check:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Request response of RMP equipped with mobile digital terminal (computer).
a.
Request Communications Section conduct driver’s license check, if
computer equipped vehicle is not available.
Comply with P.G. 209-26, “Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator’s
License,” if computer or other check discloses that operator is driving with
a suspended/revoked license.

DMV COMPUTER INOPERATIVE
If the Department of Motor Vehicles computer is inoperative, the license check as
described in this procedure cannot be conducted. When circumstances do not warrant
detention and the operator of the vehicle possesses a valid driver’s license, vehicle
registration, insurance card, etc., the uniformed member of the service concerned will
make an entry in his/her ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and include the operator’s name,
address, telephone number, date of birth, and driver’s license number.
SEARCH OF DMV RECORDS
Uniformed members of the service should be guided by the following indicators when
conducting license/name checks of motor vehicle operators:
a.

b.

When conducting license/name checks always run a group search of the last name,
first name, and sex without the date of birth or any middle initial (common names
such as Smith, Garcia, etc. may prohibit such a search due to the large number of
responses generated).
Examine DMV files containing the same name/address with different dates of
birth.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-24

PAGE:

08/19/13

c.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

d.
e.
f.

2 of 2

Examine motor vehicle operator’s documents to determine if identification with other names,
addresses, or dates of birth are possessed. Invoice any items found suggesting additional
driving records/identifications.
Be alert to out-of-state licenses which may have been issued under lax
identification standards.
Review a suspect’s criminal history in Department databases such as C.A.R.S. and
B.A.D.S. to ascertain additional aliases, addresses, or dates of birth.
Fill out CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST (PD135160) form, if applicable. Attach all pertinent supporting data and submit to desk officer for
review, before distributing as per instructions on form.

FALSE PERSONATION
When attempting to ascertain a prisoner’s identity, the uniformed member of the service
concerned should inform the prisoner that knowingly misrepresenting his or her actual
name, date of birth, or address to a police officer, with intent to prevent a police officer
from ascertaining such information, is punishable as a crime. Prisoners who knowingly
misrepresent their pedigree information should be charged under Penal Law 190.23
(False Personation, B. Misd.).
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator’s License (P.G. 209-26)
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical Injury
(P.G. 217-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST (PD135-160)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-25

PROCESSING WARRANT CHECKS OVER CITYWIDE I AND II RADIO
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide uniformed members of the service with over the air access, via
Citywide I and Citywide II radio, to federal, state and local warrant databases.

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this procedure the following radio codes will be utilized:
10-18 Utilization of this response code signal indicates that, on the basis of the
information provided, the individual concerned appears to be wanted on a warrant.
10-19 This response code indicates that, on the basis of the information provided, the
individual concerned is not wanted on a warrant based on the WINQ/WNAM inquiry.

PROCEDURE

Prior to issuing a summons returnable to Criminal Court or Traffic Violations
Bureau in the field, a uniformed member of the service will conduct a federal, state
and local warrant check on all individuals.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Notify Communications Section radio dispatcher of the nature and location
of the stop, including whether a one or two person unit.

IF ASSIGNED TO RMP OR OTHER DEPARTMENT VEHICLE EQUIPPED
WITH A MOBILE DIGITAL TERMINAL (MDT)
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.

3.

NOTE

Conduct a federal and state warrant check using the "WINQ" function on
the individual to be summonsed.
a.
Remove individual to command facility for further investigation, if the
"WINQ" check reveals the possibility of an outstanding warrant.
(1)
Conduct additional warrant check (WNAM) at the
command facility.
Perform a local warrant check, if the "WINQ" check reveals that the
individual is NOT wanted on a warrant, by switching to the appropriate
Citywide radio frequency (CW 1 or CW 2) and requesting the dispatcher
to conduct a local warrant check ("WNAM").

Citywide I (CW 1) radio frequency will be utilized by uniformed members assigned to or
operating within Patrol Boroughs Manhattan North and South and Patrol Borough Bronx.
Citywide II (CW 2) radio frequency will be utilized by uniformed members assigned to, or
operating within Patrol Boroughs Queens North and South, Patrol Borough Staten Island,
Patrol Borough Brooklyn South and Patrol Borough Brooklyn North.

a.

Only the uniformed member initiating the stop will switch
frequencies; all other uniformed members will remain on the
Communications Section frequency.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-25

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

CITYWIDE
DISPATCHER

4.

Notify uniformed member concerned utilizing radio code signal “10-18,” if
the individual is wanted on a warrant.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED

5.

Remove the individual to the command facility for further investigation.

CITYWIDE
DISPATCHER

6.

Notify uniformed member concerned utilizing radio code signal “10-19,” if
the individual is not wanted on a warrant.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED

7.

Issue summons and release the individual.

IF ASSIGNED TO FOOT PATROL OR TO A VEHICLE NOT EQUIPPED
WITH A MOBILE DIGITAL TERMINAL (MDT) AND/OR THERE IS NO
IMMEDIATE ACCESS TO A DEPARTMENT CELL PHONE:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.

9.

Request response of available vehicle equipped with a Mobile Digital
Terminal.
a.
Comply with steps 1 through 3 above, if Mobile Digital Terminal
equipped vehicle is available.
Request the appropriate Citywide radio dispatcher to process the federal,
state, and local warrant checks, if a Mobile Digital Terminal equipped
vehicle is not available.

CITYWIDE
DISPATCHER

10.

Notify uniformed member concerned utilizing radio code signal “10-19,” if
the individual is not wanted on a warrant.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED

11.

Issue summons and release the individual.

CITYWIDE
DISPATCHER

12.

Notify uniformed member concerned utilizing radio code signal “10-18,” if
the warrant check reveals that the individual is possibly wanted on a warrant.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED

13.

Remove the individual to the command facility for further investigation.

NOTE

If the warrant check is being conducted by a uniformed member performing solo patrol
duty and results in the individual being wanted on a warrant, the Citywide dispatcher
shall immediately notify the appropriate Communications Section radio dispatcher to
direct an available two person unit to respond to the scene. Upon arrival of additional
units, the uniformed member detaining the individual will remove the individual to the
command facility for further investigation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-26

SUSPENDED OR REVOKED VEHICLE OPERATOR’S LICENSE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To remove and process driver’s licenses that have been suspended/revoked.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service stops a vehicle and discovers that the
operator is driving with a suspended/revoked drivers license:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

NOTE

Confiscate driver’s license.
Prepare SEIZED DRIVER’S LICENSE RECEIPT/REPORT (PD634-152)
and CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST
(PD135-160) form, if applicable.
Give operator of vehicle receipt for license by utilizing original copy of
bottom half of SEIZED DRIVER’S LICENSE RECEIPT/REPORT.
a.
If operator has any suspensions or his/her license has been revoked
for any reason, remove to command and process for Desk
Appearance Ticket (DAT). If ineligible for DAT continue arrest
processing and bring FINEST printout, if available, to Central
Booking with prisoners.

See New York State Vehicle and Traffic Law Section 511[1][a], 511[2][a], and 511[3][a]
(effective 11-1-93), for appropriate charges.

4.
5.

Do not mark or mutilate license in any manner.
Have violator’s vehicle parked in legal parking area until registered owner
can arrange to have vehicle removed from scene by licensed operator.

DESK OFFICER 6.

Forward confiscated license with original top half of SEIZED DRIVER’S
LICENSE RECEIPT/REPORT and CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT
IDENTIFICATION REQUEST form, if appropriate, as directed.
a.
Review for accuracy CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT
IDENTIFICATION REQUEST form prior to forwarding.
File
duplicate
copy
of
SEIZED
DRIVER’S
LICENSE
RECEIPT/REPORT
and
CONSOLIDATION
OF
CLIENT
IDENTIFICATION REQUEST form, if applicable, in command.

7.

IF VIOLATOR CLAIMS SUSPENSION/REVOCATIONS HAVE BEEN REMOVED
AND CONDITION CORRECTED WITHIN PAST FOURTEEN DAYS:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.

Request violator to produce one of following documents:
a.
Newly validated license, OR
b.
Temporary license, OR
c.
Department of Motor Vehicle receipt or communication (with
number of original suspension/revocation order).
(1)
If documents presented are dated AFTER suspension or
revocation order, such documents will verify that license is
no longer suspended/revoked.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-26

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

9.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

SEARCH OF DMV RECORDS

10.

2 of 2

Telephone local office of Department of Motor Vehicles (between 0830 and
1600 hours, Monday through Friday) for verification, if operator does not
produce the requested documents.
Request verification of claim from the FINEST System, when offices of
Department of Motor Vehicles are closed.
a.
If verification cannot be made, comply with normal summons/arrest
procedure and advise violator to report to his/her local Department
of Motor Vehicles office and obtain a temporary license until
original license is returned.

Uniformed members of the service should be guided by the following indicators when
conducting license/name checks of motor vehicle operators:
a.

b.
c.

d.
e.
f.

When conducting license/name checks always run a group search of the last name,
first name, and sex without the date of birth or any middle initial (common names
such as Smith, Garcia, etc. may prohibit such a search due to the large number of
responses generated).
Examine DMV files containing the same name/address with different dates of
birth.
Examine motor vehicle operator’s documents to determine if identification with
other names, addresses, or dates of birth are possessed. Invoice any items found
suggesting additional driving records/identifications.
Be alert to out-of-state licenses which may have been issued under lax
identification standards
Review a suspect’s criminal history in Department databases such as C.A.R.S. and
B.A.D.S. to ascertain additional aliases, addresses, or dates of birth.
Fill out CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST form,
if applicable. Attach all pertinent supporting data and submit to desk officer for
review, before distributing as per instructions on form.

FALSE PERSONATION
When attempting to ascertain a prisoner’s identity, the uniformed member of the service
concerned should inform the prisoner that knowingly misrepresenting his or her actual
name, date of birth, or address to a police officer, with intent to prevent a police officer
from ascertaining such information, is punishable as a crime. Prisoners who knowingly
misrepresent their pedigree information should be charged under Penal Law 190.23
(False Personation, B. Misd.).
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Suspension and Revocation Orders (P.G. 212-80)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SEIZED DRIVER’S LICENSE RECEIPT/REPORT (PD634-152)
CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST (PD135-160)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-27

SERVICE OF A SUMMONS - REMOVAL OF IGNITION KEY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To reduce incidents of auto theft.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service observes the key in the ignition of an
unattended motor vehicle for more than three minutes:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

DESK OFFICER 8.
9.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Lock ignition.
Remove key.
Prepare two copies of REMOVAL OF IGNITION KEY (PD571-121).
Attach one copy of REMOVAL OF IGNITION KEY to steering wheel
and attach remaining copy to key.
Prepare summons for violation of Administrative Code, returnable to
Parking Violations, and place on windshield.
Give summons and key to violator and destroy REMOVAL OF
IGNITION KEY, if violator returns while member is at scene.
Deliver key with attached tag to desk officer if violator does not return.
Return key to violator upon appearance at command.
Invoice key to Property Clerk and destroy REMOVAL OF IGNITION
KEY if not claimed within forty-eight hours.

REMOVAL OF IGNITION KEY (PD571-121)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-28

UNLICENSED TOW TRUCK OPERATORS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To summons an unlicensed tow truck operator.

DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of this procedure the following definitions will be utilized:
EXEMPT TOW TRUCK - A tow truck owned or operated by/for:
a.
A governmental agency
b.
A vehicle dismantler
c.
Franchised public transportation
d.
A bus company
e.
A utility company
f.
An owner of a taxi(s) or a livery vehicle which is licensed to operate by
the Taxi and Limousine Commission
g.
A school bus company
h.
A vehicle rental agency.
TOWING - The moving of a vehicle where a fee, charge or other consideration is
directly or indirectly imposed for such moving or where the towing service is
performed by a person engaged in the servicing or repairing of vehicles.

PURPOSE

When a uniformed member of the service observes an unlicensed tow truck operator:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service observing an unlicensed tow truck parked unattended
will prepare a REPORT OF VIOLATION and complete as fully as possible.

2.

3.

NOTE

Issue summons, if operator is eligible, for violation of Administrative
Code Section 20-496(b), returnable to Criminal Court.
Prepare REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151), and enter under “Details”:
a.
Violation of Unlicensed Tow Truck Operator, Administrative
Code, Section 20-496(b).
b.
List registered owner/address from the Certificate of Registration. If
Certificate of Registration is not available, issue summons and obtain
FINEST printout of the identity and address of registered owner.

Submit REPORT OF VIOLATION with FINEST System printout of
registered owner if applicable, to the desk officer.

It is of extreme importance that the REPORT OF VIOLATION be properly prepared
since information contained thereon forms the basis for subsequent imposition of
administrative sanctions by the Department of Consumer Affairs.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-28

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 4.
5.

2 of 2

Review the REPORT OF VIOLATION for completeness and accuracy.
Forward the white and blue copy, with FINEST printout of registered owner
attached, when applicable, to the Department of Consumer Affairs, Licensing
Enforcement Section, 42 Broadway, New York, New York 10004.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Each person operating a tow truck must have in their possession a Tow Truck Operator
Driver’s License issued by the Department of Consumer Affairs. These licenses include
the name of the driver, identification number and photo.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrest of Taxicab and/or Tow Truck Owners/Operators (P.G. 208-58)
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court (P.G.209-09)
Summons Notifications (P.G.209-22)
Appearances at Department of Consumer Affairs (P.G. 211-13)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-29

SEIZURE OF UNLICENSED TOW TRUCK
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 8

PURPOSE

To seize unlicensed tow trucks that are required to be licensed by the New York
City Department of Consumer Affairs.

DEFINITIONS

TOW TRUCK - shall mean a vehicle that is equipped with a crane, winch, tow bar, push
plate or other device designed to pull, push, or raise a vehicle from the front or rear.
TOWING - A tow truck being driven or operated on public streets whether or not
it is actually transporting another vehicle. Towing shall also include the offering
to transport a vehicle by means of a tow truck.
An employee of a repair shop registered pursuant to Article 12A of the New York State
Vehicle and Traffic Law shall not be deemed to be engaged in "towing " when such
employee test drives a tow truck that has been repaired or is to be repaired by such repair
shop, and the tow truck is not transporting another vehicle, and the test drive takes place
within a one mile radius of the repair shop’s premises.

NOTE

EXEMPT TOW TRUCK - Tow trucks owned or operated by/for the following
entities are exempt from this procedure:
a.
Government agency
b.
Vehicle dismantler
c.
Franchised public transportation
d.
Bus company
e.
Utility company
f.
Taxi/livery vehicle owner who is licensed to operate by the Taxi and
Limousine Commission
g.
School bus company
h.
Vehicle rental agency
NOTE

Exempt tow trucks will be identified by a sticker. This exemption sticker is affixed to the
right inside portion of the windshield next to the vehicle’s tax stamp. In addition to the
exempt vehicles listed above, there are certain tow trucks which shall not be subject to seizure
under this procedure. These include company owned trucks that are used to tow only company
owned vehicles, e.g., oil companies, bakeries, etc. Additionally, tow trucks from outside New
York City that are passing through or merely picking up or dropping off a vehicle within New
York City are not subject to this procedure.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service observes a tow truck not licensed by
the New York City Department of Consumer Affairs or not bearing an exemption
sticker engaged in towing as defined above:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Determine if the operator of the tow truck has the following:
a.
A New York State driver’s license with tow truck endorsement.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 8

Section 501(b)(viii) of the Vehicle and Traffic Law requires that a driver’s license bear a
“CT” endorsement in order for the holder to operate a tow truck.

NOTE

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

b.
c.
2.

3.

4.

Department of Consumer Affairs tow truck driver's license.
See ADDITIONAL DATA for description of a properly licensed
tow truck and companion graphic.
Ascertain whether tow truck is:
a.
Exempt, or
b.
Registered in New York City or,
c.
The tow company's place of business is within New York City.
Verify that the tow truck and/or the vehicle being towed are not stolen.
a.
Comply with appropriate procedures if either vehicle is reported
stolen.
Request the response of the patrol supervisor.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

5.

NOTE

If doubt exists, direct the member to prepare a REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672151) only and release the tow truck.

6.
7.

Respond to the scene and verify that the tow truck to be seized meets the
appropriate criteria.

Direct the officer to issue summons as necessary for other violations
observed, if appropriate.
Advise the officer to obtain sufficient information regarding the tow truck
and towed vehicle for preparation of a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).

NOTE

If the owner/operator of the vehicle being towed by the unlicensed tow truck is present,
release the vehicle to the owner/operator but do not release the unlicensed tow truck. A
description of the vehicle released must be entered in the “Remarks” section of the
INVOICE. If the vehicle was involved in a collision, the officer will offer the owner of
the vehicle the services of the Directed Accident Response Program (DARP). If the
vehicle was merely being towed by an unlicensed tow truck and the owner is present,
advise the owner of the vehicle that he may have his vehicle towed by any licensed tow
company of his choice or by the responding Department of Consumer Affairs contracted
tow company.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

8.

Provide the member with a Department of Consumer Affairs
Summons/Notice of Violation and Hearing.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.

Prepare Summons/Notice of Violation and Hearing.
a.
Include in "Details of Violation” section the vehicle identification
number (VIN) of the tow truck seized.
b.
Select a return date within five business days of the seizure for
either 0930 or 1400 hours.
c.
Issuing officer must appear at the Department of Consumer
Affairs on the selected return date.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 8

NOTE

The return date selected will not be the same day as the seizure, nor on a regularly
scheduled day off (RDO) of the member issuing the summons.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

10.

Deliver the pink copy of the summons to the tow truck driver.
a.
Retain remaining copies and bring them to the Department of
Consumer Affairs hearing on the return date.
b.
Deliver the buff (hard) copy to the patrol supervisor.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

11.

Advise member that the Department of Consumer Affairs approved
towing company will be contacted to respond to the scene.

NOTE

The patrol supervisor will advise the member that the responding Department of
Consumer Affairs approved tow company must have a Department of Consumer Affairs
Vehicle Transfer Authorization - Acknowledgment of Transfer properly signed and
embossed with a raised seal. In certain instances involving heavy-duty tows the
authorized Department of Consumer Affairs tow company may subcontract the tow to
one of the alternate tow companies listed in the Additional Data section. The alternate
tow company will present a fax copy of the Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle
Transfer Authorization - Acknowledgment of Transfer to the member. The alternate
authorized company must remove the vehicle to the primary authorized tow company's
storage location. The member of the service may contact the primary authorized tow
company. The primary authorized tow company will, upon request, arrange to have a
copy of the original Vehicle Transfer Authorization and Acknowledgment delivered to
the member’s command.

12.

13.

NOTE

Respond to the command and contact the Department of Consumer
Affairs approved contracted towing company (see ADDITIONAL DATA
for approved tow company).
Provide the Department of Consumer Affairs approved tow company
with the following information:
a.
Location of the seizure.
b.
If the seized tow truck is an unusually large vehicle.
c.
The number of tow trucks needed.

Request one tow truck if only an unlicensed tow truck is involved and two tow trucks if
the unlicensed tow truck was towing a vehicle.

14.

15.

Ensure that the Department of Consumer Affairs tow company
acknowledges that the requested tow truck is for a seizure and not any
other program (e.g. Rotation Tow, etc.).
Enter in the REPORT OF VIOLATION log the name of the:
a.
Department of Consumer Affairs approved tow company notified
to remove the seizure.
b.
Person at the approved tow company who was notified.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 8

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

16.

NOTE

The responding Department of Consumer Affairs tow company may only have a faxed
copy of the Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer Authorization Acknowledgment of Transfer.

17.

18.
19.

NOTE

Advise the Department of Consumer Affairs tow company operator to
complete and sign the top portion of the Department of Consumer
Affairs Vehicle Transfer Authorization - Acknowledgment of
Transfer form.
Complete bottom portion of form and sign.
a.
Retain the completed form.
Allow the Department of Consumer Affairs authorized tow operator to
remove the unlicensed tow truck.

The authorized tow company will also remove any vehicle being towed by the unlicensed
tow truck if necessary. Such a vehicle will not be listed on the Department of Consumer
Affairs Vehicle Transfer Authorization - Acknowledgment of Transfer.

20.

NOTE

Inspect Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer
Authorization - Acknowledgment of Transfer provided by the
responding Department of Consumer Affairs tow company operator for:
a.
Authorized signature
b.
Embossed seal.

Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET for seized
tow truck only.
a.
Check “Investigatory” caption box in category of property section
on top of form.
b.
Indicate in "Remarks" section:
(1)
"F.O.A. Released to Department of Consumer Affairs"
(2)
Full description of vehicle being towed by the unlicensed
tow truck and whether the vehicle was released at the
scene, towed by the Department of Consumer Affairs
authorized tow company, or other disposition (e.g. DARP
tow).

Personal property invoiced will not be put on the same INVOICE as the seized tow
truck. Personal property will be invoiced on a separate PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141).

21.
22.

Deliver the INVOICE WORKSHEET to the desk officer.
Advise the desk officer of the return date for the Department of
Consumer Affairs hearing.

DESK OFFICER 23.

Direct roll call to enter the return date in the diary.
a.
Roll call will notify Appearance Control Unit via the Court
Appearance Control System (CACS).
Verify the accuracy and completeness of the INVOICE WORKSHEET.

24.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

DESK OFFICER 25.
(continued)
26.

5 of 8

Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET is entered
into the Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate a
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412), utilizing
the “External Transfer” function in the Property and Evidence Tracking
System, with the destination of the authorized Department of Consumer
Affairs tow company who removed the unlicensed tow truck.
a.
Enter in “Remarks” section of PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT “Released to the Department of Consumer Affairs
representative – RELEASED F.O.A.”.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

27.

Electronically sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.

DESK
OFFICER

28.
29.

Electronically sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
Direct the member to:
a.
Notify the Department of Consumer Affairs of the seizure. A
message can be left via voice mail 24 hours a day, if other than
normal business hours.
b.
Fax to the Department of Consumer Affairs, (twenty-four hours a
day):
(1)
A copy of the Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle
Transfer Authorization-Acknowledgment of Transfer.
(2)
A copy of the Department of Consumer Affairs
Summons/Notice of Violation and Hearing.
Attach Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer
Authorization – Acknowledgment of Transfer to “Property Clerk”
copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
File “Property Clerk” copy of the INVOICE in the “Closed” file at
command.
Direct the member seizing the tow truck to notify its owner via telephone
and in writing of the location of any vehicle towed in conjunction with
the seizure.
Make a Command Log entry of the following:
a.
Name, rank, shield and tax registry numbers of the member
seizing the unlicensed tow truck.
b.
Location of seizure.
c.
Description of vehicle seized.
d.
Description and disposition of any vehicles being towed by the
unlicensed tow truck.
e.
Name and location of Department of Consumer Affairs authorized
tow company which accepted vehicles.
f.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number.
g.
Return date for hearing.

30.

31.
32.

33.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

6 of 8

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

34.

Make a complete ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of the seizure.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PRIMARY AUTHORIZED DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS TOW
COMPANY
SOLID GOLD
578 COZINE AVENUE
BROOKLYN, NEW YORK 11208
Attention: Daniel P. Danner
The alternate authorized Department of Consumer Affairs tow companies will only be
contacted by the primary authorized tow company. The primary authorized tow
company is responsible for the removal of the vehicles and contacting any alternate
company that may be needed for a specialized removal. Under no circumstances will an
alternate tow company be contacted by a member of this Department for the removal of
an unlicensed tow truck seized by this Department. All requests for removal of seized
vehicles will be made to the primary authorized tow company.
ALTERNATE AUTHORIZED DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS TOW
COMPANY
Murray Rude Services, Inc.
494 Morgan Avenue
Brooklyn, New York 11222

J & J Towing Inc.
660 Gulf Avenue
Staten Island, New York 10314

Russo & Whitlock
452 Coster Street
Bronx, New York 10474

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-29

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

7 of 8

GRAPHIC OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS TOW TRUCK WITH PROPERLY DISPLAYED
ITEMS

THIS IS AN EXAMPLE (NOT DRAWN TO SCALE) OF A PROPERLY DISPLAYED TOW
TRUCK MEDALLION (4 INCHES WIDE X 6 1/4 INCHES HIGH, RED METAL FLAT PLATE),
MEDALLION NUMBER AND OTHER INFORMATION.
THE MEDALLION AND
MEDALLION NUMBER ARE PERMANENTLY AFFIXED TO THE TRUCK. NOTE THAT THE
MEDALLION NUMBER MUST BE RECORDED IN NUMBERS AT LEAST 12 INCHES HIGH.
ALL OTHER LETTERING AND NUMBERING MUST BE RECORDED IN LETTERS AND
NUMBERS AT LEAST 1 ½ INCHES HIGH. THE MEDALLION MUST BE AFFIXED TO THE
DRIVER SIDE, AND THE MEDALLION NUMBER MUST BE PAINTED ON BOTH THE
DRIVER SIDE AND PASSENGER SIDE.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-29

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

8 of 8

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrest of Taxicab and/or Tow Truck Owners/Operators (P.G. 208-58)
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-09)
Summons Notifications (P.G. 209-22)
Appearances at Department of Consumer Affairs (P.G. 211-13)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
NOTICE OF VIOLATION (PD260-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)
Department of Consumer Affairs Summons/Notice of Violation and Hearing
Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer Authorization Acknowledgement
of Transfer

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-30

SUMMONS SERVED ON VEHICLE USED
ON DEPARTMENT BUSINESS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To investigate circumstances of summons served on a vehicle while on official
Department business and/or utilized in the performance of urgent police action or
necessary police action.

DEFINITIONS

The definitions listed below are ONLY applicable to this procedure:
URGENT POLICE ACTION – Police response to a call for service, typically a
response to an emergency or an active pursuit or an ongoing surveillance of a
moving subject.
NECESSARY POLICE ACTION – A response that is less than urgent police action
and taken to enhance public/officer safety or to detect and deter criminal activity. It does
not include actions taken solely for the convenience of uniformed members of the service.
VALID VERIFIABLE DEFENSE – Department of Finance, Parking Violations
Bureau, procedure for dismissing summonses issued to Department or authorized
private vehicles while on official Department business. Summonses issued for
the following safety violations are NOT eligible for a “Valid Verifiable
Defense,” absent urgent police action or necessary police action:
a.
Double Parking
b.
Fire Hydrant or Fire Zone
c.
Bus Stop
d.
Sidewalk
e.
Crosswalks and Driveways
f.
Obstruction of Traffic
g.
No Standing Zones (except “No Standing Except Truck Loading and
Unloading”)
h.
Snow Emergency
i.
No Parking - Except Authorized Vehicles
j.
No Stopping
k.
No Parking - Taxi Stand
l.
Within No Permit Areas - As indicated on the rear of Department issued
Vehicle Parking Permits (Misc. 740, Misc. 23-N, etc.).

PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of a summons issued to a vehicle while on official Department business
and/or utilized in the performance of urgent police action or necessary police action.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Prepare SUMMONS PLEA FORM (PD160-152).
Submit summons and SUMMONS PLEA FORM to commanding officer.
a.
If a summons was issued to an authorized private vehicle also
submit an approved copy of REQUEST TO USE PRIVATE
VEHICLE (PD471-160) (see Administrative Guide 325-14,
“Private Vehicles Authorization”) to commanding officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-30

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 3.
OFFICER
4.

5.
6.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Investigate circumstances to determine eligibility for Valid Verifiable
Defense processing.
Endorse SUMMONS PLEA FORM by legibly printing name, tax
number, command and signing name, indicating results of investigation
and recommendations.
Instruct member to answer summons if conditions of Valid Verifiable
Defense are not confirmed.
Forward first two copies of SUMMONS PLEA FORM, summons, and
copy of the approved REQUEST TO USE PRIVATE VEHICLE, if
applicable, through channels, to Chief of Department within thirty days.

When a summons is served for a safety violation (subdivisions “a” through “l” listed
under “DEFINITIONS”) on a vehicle used in the performance of URGENT POLICE
ACTION or NECESSARY POLICE ACTION the commanding officer of the concerned
member will investigate the circumstances. If the facts are verified, endorse
SUMMONS PLEA FORM with supportive details and forward, through channels,
within thirty days, recommending the Chief of Department forward the SUMMONS
PLEA FORM to the Parking Violations Bureau for final determination.
If URGENT POLICE ACTION or NECESSARY POLICE ACTION was not involved
when a safety violation occurred, the member’s commanding officer will instruct the
member concerned to obtain final disposition of summons.
In cases where a vehicle was summonsed for a safety violation and URGENT POLICE
ACTION or NECESSARY POLICE ACTION was involved, an assessment may conclude
the violation was egregious and disciplinary action may be taken. In such cases, the
SUMMONS PLEA FORM will be endorsed with a notation indicating the disciplinary
action, and will be forwarded through channels to the Chief of Department, within thirty
days.
Prior to forwarding SUMMONS PLEA FORMS to the Parking Violations Bureau for
final determination, the Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section, will review
all SUMMONS PLEA FORMS and take disciplinary action, if warranted, or ensure it
has been instituted.
When notified by the Chief of Department that the Parking Violations Bureau has denied
a summons dismissal request for lack of a Valid Verifiable Defense or URGENT
POLICE ACTION or NECESSARY POLICE ACTION cannot be confirmed, the
commanding officer concerned will direct recipient of summons to obtain final
disposition of summons. A copy of such disposition will be forwarded to the Chief of
Department, through channels, within thirty days.
A "Notice of Liability" will be generated by the Department of Finance for violations of
the "Red Light Violations Monitoring Program," where a vehicle used on official
Department business is photographed passing a steady red light signal. The
REDLIGHT VIOLATION PLEA FORM (PD160-154) will be used to request
dismissal consideration through the Parking Violations Bureau. This form will be
forwarded to the command concerned along with the "Notice of Liability" and a letter of
instruction by the Office of the Chief of Department, Investigation Review Section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-30

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Commanding officers will have the form prepared detailing an URGENT POLICE
ACTION defense describing the circumstances surrounding the violations (e.g., an
active pursuit, response to an emergency or an ongoing surveillance of a moving
subject). Backup documentation will be attached and the operator MUST sign the
"Operator Declaration" present on the form. These forms will be forwarded, through
channels, to the Office of the Chief of Department, Investigation Review Section within
thirty days. Inquiries and requests for additional forms related to red light violations
will be directed to the Office of the Chief of Department, Investigation Review Section.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Private Vehicles Authorization (A.G. 325-14)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SUMMONS PLEA FORM (PD160-152)
REDLIGHT VIOLATION PLEA FORM (PD160-154)
REQUEST TO USE PRIVATE VEHICLE (PD471-160)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-31

STATEMENT OF CORRECTION BY A POLICE OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To allow uniformed members of the service to assist motorists, who have been
issued defective equipment violations.

DEFINITION

EQUIPMENT VIOLATIONS – For the purpose of this procedure, are defined as
those violations for which a summons may be issued for defective tail, signal,
brake lights, one headlight, damaged lens covers or defective tires, etc. DOES
NOT include defective brakes, two headlights or a loud radio.

PROCEDURE

When a motorist, who has been issued a summons for certain equipment violations
(as stated above), presents acceptable proof of repair or correction to a uniformed
member of the service:

NOTE

Such repair must have been within one half hour after sunset the following business day,
including Saturday, from the date the summons was issued.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Prepare STATEMENT OF CORRECTION BY A POLICE OFFICER
(PD660-120).
Sign the bottom portion of the STATEMENT.
a.
Return the completed STATEMENT to the motorist.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Uniformed members of the service will give a STATEMENT OF CORRECTION BY A
POLICE OFFICER to a motorist, who has received a summons for one of these
equipment violations, at the time the summons is issued.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal Court
(P.G. 209-09)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

STATEMENT OF CORRECTION BY A POLICE OFFICER (PD660-120)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-32

RELEASE OF VEHICLES PRIOR TO TOW
UTILIZING A FIELD RELEASE AGREEMENT (FRA)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

When a Patrol Services Bureau (P.S.B.) supervisor is requested to respond to a
Field Release Agreement condition.

SCOPE

A program entitled “Field Release Agreement” exists within the Traffic
Enforcement District (TED). This program concerns illegally parked vehicles
subject to violation tow. An illegally parked vehicle which is summonsed and
impounded (“hooked up”) to a tow truck on scene, but is not yet removed from
the actual location, may be released pending the completion of an Agreement To
Pay Vehicle Release Fee commonly referred to as a Field Release Agreement
(FRA). The owner/representative of the vehicle has the option of accepting a
FRA. This is an agreement signed by the owner/representative of the impounded
vehicle to pay a one hundred dollar ($100.00) or two hundred dollar ($200.00)
fee (depending on the weight of the vehicle and/or the need for multiple tow
trucks or a single tow truck weighing over eight tons), in addition to the original
summons, in lieu of having the vehicle towed. A PED supervisor is required to
respond to the scene, review and sign the appropriate FRA paperwork, and
authorize the release of the vehicle. To enhance the efficiency and effectiveness
of this program, when a PED supervisor is not available to respond in a timely
manner, a Patrol Services Bureau patrol supervisor will respond and assume the
PED supervisor’s duties.

DEFINITION

FIELD RELEASE AGREEMENT - An agreement between the owner/representative of
an illegally parked vehicle (which is subject to violation tow) and the City of New York
when a vehicle has been hooked to a tow truck (in preparation for removal to a pound) and
the owner, or other person lawfully entitled to be in possession of the vehicle, appears and
requests the release of the vehicle (before the tow truck is in motion). The vehicle shall be
unhooked and released, provided that the owner/representative first signs a FRA. By
doing so the owner/representative consents to pay both the vehicle release penalty fee of
$100.00 or $200.00, and the parking violation penalty for which cited. The
owner/representative further agrees to remit such payment to the New York City Parking
Violations Bureau within thirty days from the date the FRA is executed.

PROCEDURE

When requested to respond to a Field Release Agreement (FRA) condition:

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

1.

2.

Respond to the scene and verify that the vehicle owner/representative has
presented to the tow operator both a valid driver’s license and the
vehicle’s keys (ignition and door) AND at least one of the following:
a.
Valid registration certificate, OR
b.
Valid title certificate, OR
c.
Valid insurance card, OR
d.
Valid rental agreement (for a rental vehicle), OR
e.
Valid company identification (for a commercial vehicle).
Ensure that tow operator has conducted a license check of the vehicle
owner/representative.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-32

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

NOTE

If the license check reveals that the vehicle owner/representative is a scofflaw violator,
then the person is not eligible to participate in the FRA program. In addition, holders of
a foreign driver’s license are also not eligible.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.

Direct the tow operator to complete and sign the FRA and present to the
motorist to sign.

(continued)
NOTE

In the event that the owner/representative reports damage to, or missing property from
the vehicle, the tow operator must supply the owner/representative with the following
forms: Tort Claim and Claim Against The City Of New York Automobile Property
Damage. The tow operator will also make a notation on his/her Field Inspection
Report regarding the owner’s/representative’s claim.

4.

NOTE

Initial notation entered on Field Inspection Report by tow operator whenever
a vehicle owner/representative makes a damage or missing property claim and
verify that they have been issued the appropriate claim forms.

If owner/representative reports that property is missing from their vehicle, the patrol
supervisor will be guided by the provisions of P.G. 207-21, “Allegations of Corruption
and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service.”

5.
6.
7.
8.

Review the FRA for completeness and accuracy, sign in supervisory
caption, and authorize release of the vehicle.
Return FRA copies to tow truck operator and vehicle
owner/representative.
Refer vehicle owner/representative to New York City Department of
Transportation, Bureau of Traffic, for any additional information.
Make all pertinent entries in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), i.e.,
location of incident, tow operator’s name, vehicle owner’s/
representative’s name, etc.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service (P.G.
207-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Agreement To Pay Vehicle Release Fee (Field Release Agreement)
Claim Against The City Of New York Automobile Property Damage
Field Inspection Report
Tort Claim

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-33

PARENTAL NOTIFICATION FOR CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES
ISSUED TO INDIVIDUALS UNDER EIGHTEEN YEARS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To reduce the frequency of youth-related quality-of-life offenses by notifying the
parents or guardians of individuals (ages 16 or 17) who have been issued a
Criminal Court summons.

PROCEDURE

When issuing a Criminal Court (C) summons to an individual (ages 16 or 17),
uniformed members of the service will comply with the following procedure:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Do not detain the individual solely for the purpose of making this notification.

2.

3.

4.

YOUTH
OFFICER

5.

6.

Attempt to notify the parent or guardian.

Indicate the name, address and telephone number of the parent or
guardian on a photocopy of the summons and indicate if notification was
made. Do not write on the actual summons.
Deliver the photocopy of the summons to the command youth officer and
process the original in the usual manner.
Attempt to notify the parent or guardian by telephone if they were not
already notified by the summonsing officer.
Prepare PARENTAL NOTIFICATION FOR CRIMINAL COURT
SUMMONS ISSUED TO INDIVIDUALS UNDER 18 YEARS
(PD660-121) and submit to commanding officer for review and signature.
Maintain a secure file containing the photocopy of the summons, a photocopy of
PARENTAL NOTIFICATION FOR CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS
ISSUED TO INDIVIDUALS UNDER 18 and any other related information.

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

7.

Ensure that attempts are made to make notifications and are recorded as
appropriate.

COMMANDING
OFFICER

8.

Review and sign PARENTAL NOTIFICATION FOR CRIMINAL
COURT SUMMONS ISSUED TO INDIVIDUALS UNDER 18
YEARS and return to youth officer.

YOUTH
OFFICER

9.

Forward PARENTAL NOTIFICATION FOR CRIMINAL COURT
SUMMONS ISSUED TO INDIVIDUALS UNDER 18 YEARS to the
parent or guardian via U.S. Mail or personal visit.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PARENTAL NOTIFICATION FOR CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS ISSUED TO
INDIVIDUALS UNDER 18 YEARS (PD660-121)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-34

TOW TRUCK ENFORCEMENT/COMMON SUMMONSABLE OFFENSES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To provide members of the service with guidelines establishing the
indicators that justify the stopping of a tow truck based on reasonable
suspicion.

DEFINITIONS

CONSENSUAL TOW – A tow driver does not have to provide any
authorization for a consensual tow. The tow operator is required to have
written authorization for all non-consensual tows. Authorization must be a
signed document listing the make, model, and VIN of vehicle towed.
NON-CONSENSUAL TOW – The vehicle is towed without the owner/operator’s
permission.
REQUIREMENTS THAT APPLY TO ALL TOW TRUCKS
a.
Tow trucks are commercial vehicles and are required to comply with
commercial vehicle regulations. The Department of Motor Vehicles
requires the company name and address to be permanently affixed
on both sides in lettering at least three inches high in contrasting
colors to the color of all commercial vehicles.
b.
Tow trucks must meet the New York State Department of Motor
Vehicles requirement of a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of 8600
pounds. This is not a requirement for tow trucks registered outside
of New York State.
DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS (DCA) REQUIREMENTS
FOR TOW TRUCKS BASED IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK
a.
Tow truck must have the 311 number displayed for consumer
complaints.
b.
The tow truck identification card must be carried at all times in the
vehicle.
c.
New York City based trucks must display either a DCA medallion or
an exemption sticker as outlined in P.G. 209-29, “Seizure of
Unlicensed Tow Truck.”
d.
The DCA medallion must be permanently affixed to the side of the
truck as outlined in P.G. 209-29, “Seizure of Unlicensed Tow
Truck.”

NOTE

The following tow trucks are exempt from the DCA licensing requirements but must
display a DCA exemption sticker. (No exemption sticker is required for tow trucks
registered out of the city that are only picking up or dropping off in the city):
 Government Agency
 Vehicle Dismantler/Itinerant Vehicle Collector
 Bus Company
 Utility Company

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-34

10/10/08



NOTE
(continued)




REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08-03

2 of 5

Tow truck owner of a Taxi or Livery Vehicle licensed to operate by the Taxi
and Limousine Commission
School Bus Company
Vehicle Rental Agency.

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REQUIREMENTS FOR TOW OPERATORS IN NEW YORK CITY
a.
Tow truck driver must have the following available while driving a
tow truck:
(1)
Driver’s license
 New York State Department of Motor Vehicles license
with an “S” or “W” endorsement or
 Equivalent license from other jurisdictions
(2)
New York City Department of Consumer Affairs license
(3)
NYS DMV Vehicle registration
(4)
Insurance card
(5)
Tow truck identification card issued by DCA.

NOTE

Tow operators from outside of New York City are only required to have a driver’s
license, vehicle registration and insurance card.

OBSERVATION
OF
THE
FOLLOWING
INFRACTIONS
AUTOMATICALLY JUSTIFY A VEHICLE STOP
a.
The medallion is not securely affixed to tow truck [Rules 2-362(n)]
b.
The word “police” or letters “PD” is displayed on tow truck [VTL 396(2)]
c.
Medallion numbers not painted on or displayed [Rules 2-362(n) (2)]
d.
Company name/address missing or improper commercial lettering
[AC 20-507b]
e.
Soliciting for a tow at an accident scene (AC 20-515b).
Additionally, AC 20-515(d) prohibits making an estimate of cost of
repairs or offering to make an estimate, offering to make repairs, or
providing any inducement, discount, reward or other thing of value
to encourage, urge or steer any person to have such accident vehicle
towed to a repair facility or to have such accident vehicle repaired at
a particular repair facility. Offering to waive the deductible or the
towing fee is prohibited. If soliciting is observed the REPORT OF
VIOLATION (PD672-151) should contain a full account of the
conversation heard - name, address and phone # of motorist, name
and address of any witness, etc. A Criminal Court summons should
also be issued. The person does not have to be in a tow truck or
work for a tow company or repair shop.
f.
Tow truck’s Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) less than 8600
pounds [VTL 401(b)]
g.
Tow truck traveled to accident scene without request [AC 20-518(b) (2)]
h.
Any violation of the New York State Vehicle and Traffic Laws
i.
Tow truck towing a vehicle from a parking lot of a closed facility or
mall.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-34

10/10/08

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08-03

3 of 5

Members of the service are allowed to conduct a license plate check of a vehicle
being towed as long as the plate is in plain view. Members of the service are not
allowed to climb on the bed of a tow truck to get a vehicle identification number
unless there is probable cause that a crime has been committed or the tow is
unauthorized (unlicensed tower, authorized tow).

NOTE

If a vehicle is in tow, a proper investigation should be conducted prior to allowing
the tow operator to leave. At all tow truck stops where members of the service
conduct an investigation regarding illegal tows a TOW TRUCK VIOLATION
REPORT (PD666-151) will be prepared.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing tow truck committing an infraction:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.

4.

5.
PCT. CRIME
ANALYSIS/
COUNTERPART 6.
7.

8.
9.
10.
BOROUGH
AUTO
11.
LARCENY
UNIT/
COUNTERPART

Stop tow truck and conduct a thorough investigation to determine if
the tow truck and/or operator are in compliance with DCA
regulations or are exempt.
Prepare a TOW TRUCK VIOLATION REPORT for each tow
truck stopped and list plate number for any vehicle towed.
Fax completed TOW TRUCK VIOLATION REPORT to Borough
Auto Larceny Unit for information purposes. (MOS will confirm receipt
of fax by phoning appropriate Borough Auto Larceny Unit. Name of Auto
Larceny Unit member receiving REPORT will be entered on precinct
hard copy).
Fax completed TOW TRUCK VIOLATION REPORT to Auto
Crime Division for information purposes. (MOS will confirm
receipt of fax by phoning Auto Crime Division. Name of Auto
Crime member receiving REPORT will be entered on precinct hard
copy).
Conduct a license plate check on the 7th, 15th and 30th day after stop
to determine if vehicle being towed was reported stolen.
Notify the Auto Crime Division if towed vehicle has been reported
stolen.
Notify the Borough Auto Larceny Unit concerned if tow vehicle has
been reported stolen (see “NOTE” under “Borough Auto Larceny
Unit/Counterpart”).
Forward hard copy to the Borough Auto Larceny Unit.
Maintain copy of completed TOW TRUCK VIOLATION
REPORT.
Maintain chronological log of all TOW TRUCK VIOLATION
REPORTS within the borough.
File hard copy of REPORT and maintain data for statistical
purposes.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-34

NOTE

10/10/08

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08-03

4 of 5

Prior to taking enforcement action as a result of a follow up investigation stemming
from a license check, the Borough Auto Larceny Unit will consult with the Auto
Crime Division.

MOS ASSIGNED 12.
TO AUTO
CRIME
DIVISION
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Determine if information provided by precinct/command personnel
requires further investigation.

THE FOLLOWING ARE ADDITIONAL VIOLATIONS THAT MAY BE
OBSERVED:
a.
Tow operator may not possess a police radio/scanner in tow truck or on
his/her person (AC 20-515a). MOS should note the transmissions that are
audible over the receiver in the ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and on the
REPORT OF VIOLATION. The scanner should then be vouchered and
brought to the DCA hearing.
b.
Tow operator refuses an obligated tow (DARP, ROTOW, etc.) (AC 20-512)
c.
Tow operator refuses Police order to tow vehicle obstructing traffic (AC 20-511)
d.
Unauthorized removal/towing of vehicle (AC 20-510)
e.
Towing a vehicle without proper signed authorization (AC 20-510) (non
consensual tows only)
f.
Unlicensed tow truck (AC 20-496a)
g.
Unlicensed tow truck operator/assistant (AC 20-496b)
h.
Acceptance of major credit cards as a prerequisite to participate in city
towing programs (AC 20-520.1) (Tow truck companies in city programs
MUST accept two major credit cards and display the decals of these major
credit card companies on their trucks. Refusal to accept payment by a credit
card indicated on the truck is a violation.)
i.
Soliciting for towing at an accident scene (AC 20-515). (Same person at
different accident scenes or person distributing business cards at accident
scenes.)
MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE SHOULD BE AWARE OF THE BELOW LISTED
INDICATORS OF POSSIBLE VIOLATIONS:
a.
Tow trucks parked on residential streets at night
b.
Tow trucks with no visible tow bars or winches
c.
Tow truck remaining in a parking lot repeatedly but no contract exists with
the facility
d.
Tow truck towing from parking lot of a closed store or mall.
Members of the service are required to prepare a REPORT OF VIOLATION
(PD672-151) for any consumer complaint regarding towing. In addition, the
consumer should be instructed to contact 311 or referred to the Department of
Consumer Affairs (DCA) website at WWW.NYC.GOV. A criminal court summons
returnable to New York City Criminal Court should be issued if appropriate.
Members of the service are reminded that preparation of a REPORT OF
VIOLATION does not relieve them of their responsibility for making appropriate
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries. All relevant information must be included
in the entry.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-34

DATE EFFECTIVE:

10/10/08

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08-03

5 of 5

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

The Chief of Patrol Resource Management Section is the Department’s liaison with
the Department of Consumer Affairs (DCA). Members of the service may contact
Chief of Patrol Resource Management Section, during business hours, with any
inquires or questions that cannot be resolved at the command level.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
Unlicensed Tow Truck Operators (P.G. 209-28)
Seizure of Unlicensed Tow Trucks (P.G. 209-29)
Taxicab or Towing Truck Owners/Operators (P.G. 208-58)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)
TOW TRUCK VIOLATION REPORT (PD666-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-35

PLEADING GUILTY BY MAIL FOR CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS
ISSUED FOR CONSUMPTION OF ALCOHOL IN PUBLIC
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To facilitate adjudication of summonses issued throughout New York City for
Consumption of Alcohol in Public, Administrative Code Violation 10-125(b), to
respondents who wish to plead guilty without making a personal appearance.

PROCEDURE

When issuing a summons for Consumption of Alcohol in Public, Administrative
Code Violation 10-125(b) ONLY and there are NO OTHER CHARGES, in
addition to normal procedures:

UMOS ISSUING
SUMMONS

1.
2.

NOTE

Issue separate handout entitled; “INSTRUCTIONS FOR PLEADING
GUILTY TO SUMMONS BY MAIL (PD260-111).”
Inform respondent that in order to exercise their option to adjudicate the
summons by pleading guilty by mail, they must include their copy of the
SUMMONS along with the form; “INSTRUCTIONS FOR PLEADING
GUILTY TO SUMMONS BY MAIL” when mailing in their remittance.

All other pertinent details such as the amount of the fine (fixed at $25.) and the mailing
address are listed on the form.
ISSUING MEMBER MUST STILL INCLUDE THE PROPER RETURN DATE AND
ADDRESS OF THE PROPER COURT ACCORDING TO THE BOROUGH/PRECINCT
OF ISSUANCE IN CASE THE RESPONDENT WISHES TO PLEAD NOT GUILTY OR
OTHERWISE MAKE A PERSONAL APPEARANCE.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Summonses and Notices of Violation Returnable Agencies (P.G. 209-02)
Summons Return Date and Time (P.G. 209-04)
Quality Control Procedures for the Processing of Summonses Returnable to Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-06)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-09)
Criminal Court Summons – Graphic (P.G. 209-11)
Summons Served or Prepared in Error (P.G. 209-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PLEADING GUILTY TO SUMMONS BY MAIL (PD260-111)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Summonses

Procedure No:

209-36

ELECTRONIC SUMMONS TRACKING SYSTEM (ESTS)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 9

PURPOSE

To maintain a record of Parking, Environmental Control Board (ECB), Moving,
Criminal Court and Transit Adjudication Bureau (TAB) summonses
requisitioned, distributed, served and/or processed by the Department.

PROCEDURE

When requisitioning, distributing, serving and/or processing Parking, ECB,
Moving, Criminal Court or Transit Adjudication Bureau (TAB) summonses:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER/
DESIGNEE
NOTE

Requisition summonses from issuing agency.

To requisition summonses, the following agencies will be contacted:
Parking Summonses (A):
Moving Summonses (B):
Criminal Court Summonses (C):

Department of Finance
Bush Terminal
167 41st Street, Brooklyn

TAB Summonses:

Transit Bureau Headquarters
130 Livingston Street, 3rd Floor, Brooklyn

ECB Summonses:

Environmental Control Board
66 John Street, 10th Floor, NY, NY.

2.
3.

4.
5.

6.

Safeguard summonses.
Inspect summonses to ensure:
a.
Quantity is correct
b.
Summonses are intact and in numerical order.
Return summons packets with irregularities to issuing agency with report
on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151).
Ensure packets of summonses are recorded on SUMMONS DISTRIBUTION
CARD (PD160-143) and/or TAB summonses on TAB/NOTICE OF
VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD160-148).
a.
Ensure first and last number of each packet is entered in first column.
Designate appropriate receptacle within secure location and under direct control
of the desk officer (e.g., property room, etc.) for storage of served summonses.

WHEN A UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE REQUIRES ADDITIONAL
SUMMONSES:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.

Request summonses from desk officer/distributing supervisor as follows:
a.
Parking summonses and CERTIFICATION OF PARKING
SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146).
b.
ECB, Moving, Criminal Court summonses and CERTIFICATION OF
MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED
(PD160-145).
c.
TAB summonses and CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICE OF
VIOLATION SERVED (PD160-147).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-36

DESK
OFFICER/
DISTRIBUTING
SUPERVISOR

8.

10.

11.

12.

13.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

9.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 9

Utilize Electronic Summons Tracking System (ESTS) to determine if
member of the service has any previously distributed unused summonses.
a.
Certify, by visual inspection, summonses listed in ESTS as
previously distributed and unused.
b.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if uniformed
member concerned cannot produce listed summonses.
c.
Determine necessity of distributing additional summonses to
uniformed member.
Utilize bar code reader to scan each summons being distributed to uniformed
member of the service into ESTS.
a.
If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually.
b.
Notify patrol borough or transit borough of defective/inoperable
bar code reader and obtain replacement.
c.
Enter notification in Telephone Record.
Distribute summons packets in numerical order.
a.
Ensure Department sticker WARNING! ENFORCEMENT OF
PENAL
LAW
SECTION
240.35
“LOITERING”
SUBSECTIONS (1), (3), AND (7) IS STRICTLY
PROHIBITED (PD160-130) is placed on the front of each
Criminal Court summons packet prior to distribution.
Have member receiving packet acknowledge receipt on SUMMONS
DISTRIBUTION CARD and/or TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION
DISTRIBUTION CARD.
Examine summonses to ensure that packet contains twenty summonses
and/or TAB packet contains twenty five summonses which are
consecutively numbered.
Sign for summonses on SUMMONS BOOK DISTRIBUTION CARD
and/or TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARD.

Separate SUMMONS BOOK DISTRIBUTION CARDS will be maintained for Parking,
ECB, Moving or Criminal Court summonses. CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICE
OF VIOLATION SERVED CARDS will be maintained for TAB summonses.

14.

15.

Sign and deliver completed CERTIFICATION OF PARKING
SUMMONSES SERVED, CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/
CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED and CERTIFICATION
OF TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION SERVED with appropriate copies
of each summons served to clerical staff, after all summonses in packet
have been served.
Deliver unused summonses and CERTIFICATION, with appropriate
copies of each summons served, to desk officer/distributing supervisor of
command where summons packet(s) were issued, when transferred or
separated from the Department.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-36

DESK
OFFICER/
DISTRIBUTING
SUPERVISOR

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

16.

17.

3 of 9

Utilize bar code reader to scan unused summonses returned by uniformed
member of the service into ESTS.
a.
If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually.
b.
Notify patrol borough or transit borough of defective/inoperable
bar code reader and obtain replacement.
c.
Enter notification in Telephone Record.
d.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if a
summons is missing.
(1)
Notify integrity control officer (ICO) immediately, when a
summons is missing.
(2)
If ICO is not available, notify commanding/executive officer.
Forward unused summonses and CERTIFICATION, with appropriate copies of
each summons served, to commanding officer/designee, as per A.G. 309-02,
“Return of Summons Packet.”

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

18.

Notify commanding officer without delay, when a summons is damaged.

NOTE

Uniformed members not ordinarily required to carry summonses, or temporarily
assigned to enforcement duty which may require serving a summons, will obtain a
sufficient number of summonses from the command where temporarily assigned.
Unused summonses will be returned at end of assignment.

WHEN A UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ISSUES A SUMMONS
AND DELIVERS REMAINING COPIES TO COMMAND FOR RECORDING:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

19.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service must hand deliver all summonses served, direct to the
desk officer for scanning into ESTS. Under no circumstances will a member of the service
deposit a summons directly into the receptacle designated for storage of served summonses.

DESK OFFICER 20.
21.

NOTE

Deliver remaining copies of summons(es), intact, direct to desk officer at
end of tour on date of issuance.

Examine entries on summonses for accuracy, completeness and legibility.
Utilize bar code reader to scan all summonses served into ESTS.
a.
If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually.
b.
Notify patrol borough or transit borough of defective/inoperable
bar code reader and obtain replacement.
c.
Enter notification in Telephone Record.

Desk officers are responsible to ensure all summonses received during their tour of duty
are entered into ESTS, prior to the completion of their tour.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-36

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 22.
(continued)
23.
24.
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

4 of 9

Detach court copy of summons(es) and place the remaining copies of the
summons(es) in the summons receptacle designated by the commanding
officer.
Scan precinct cover sheet, printed from Summons Menu in OMNIFORM,
utilizing the network scanner located at the desk .
Place the court copy of summons(es) into the network scanner and scan copy.

The network scanner can be loaded with approximately fifty summonses simultaneously,
if needed. As each court copy of the summons is fed through the network scanner, a
digital picture of both sides of the court copy will be taken. The digital picture will be
kept on file for future reference.
Members are reminded that prior to scanning summonses, a precinct cover sheet must
be scanned first.

25.

NOTE

Place the court copy of summons into the summons receptacle upon
completion of the scan.

The court copy and additional copies of the summons previously placed into the summons
receptacle DO NOT have to be reattached to each other.

26.
27.

Do NOT forward any summons returnable to Criminal Court if
improperly prepared.
Process improperly prepared summonses as follows:
a.
Invalid return date listed – void summons in accordance with P.G.
209-18, “Summons Served or Prepared in Error”
b.
Criminal Court “Information” section left blank or unsigned, or
summons written for marijuana offense is not accompanied by
MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST
REPORT (PD381-145) - place in a separate envelope marked “Training
Sergeant” and forward direct to the command’s training sergeant.

NOTE

MEMBERS WILL NOT MAKE ANY MODIFICATIONS TO SUMMONSES OTHER
THAN CORRECTING THE ERRORS LISTED ABOVE. Under no circumstances will a
modification be made to a summons that will result in the court or agency copies having
different information than the defendant’s copy. ALL SUMMONSES MUST BE
CORRECTED AND RETURNED BY THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY.

TRAINING
SERGEANT

28.

Re-train issuing member of the service in proper preparation of summons
returnable to the Criminal Court in accordance with pertinent command
level materials and instruct issuing member to:
a.
Properly prepare and sign “Information” section on rear of
summons and re-submit for processing
b.
Complete the MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/
FIELD TEST REPORT if a marijuana offense is involved
c.
Immediately re-submit summons with MARIJUANA SUPPORTING
DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT (if required).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-36

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 9

DESK OFFICER 29.

Utilize bar code reader to scan re-submitted summonses into ESTS.
a.
If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually.
b.
Notify patrol borough or transit borough of defective/inoperable
bar code reader and obtain replacement.
c.
Enter notification in Telephone Record.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

30.
31.

Ensure that warrant checks were conducted.
Monitor “ICO Ageing Report,” via ESTS, monthly.
a.
Conduct immediate investigation if any uniformed member is
listed on report.

NOTE

The ICO Ageing Report displays all summonses distributed to members of the service
and not served for ninety days or more.

32.
33.

34.

Perform monthly self-inspection of ESTS to ensure all summonses are
accounted for.
Generate and review exception report via ESTS, weekly.
a.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if
discrepancy is found.
Monitor on a weekly basis the “Scanned Summons Analysis” report by
utilizing the Omniform System, under the “Supervisor” function of the
Summons Menu.
a.
Ensure all summonses are being scanned into the network
scanner, including the cover sheet.

DURING FIRST PLATOON:
DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR,
FIRST
PLATOON

35.
36.
37.

38.

39.

NOTE

Separate summonses by date of service for each adjudicating agency.
Count number of summonses returnable to each agency.
Separate Complaint/Information (Part 1) from remainder of summons.
a.
Photocopy MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/
FIELD TEST REPORT and file at command.
b.
Ensure that any summons prepared for a marijuana offense has a
MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST
REPORT attached to it with a paper clip.
Utilize bar code reader to scan summonses served into ESTS and package
in lots of one hundred or less.
a.
If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually.
b.
Notify patrol borough or transit borough of defective/inoperable
bar code reader and obtain replacement.
c.
Enter notification in Telephone Record.
Query ESTS by utilizing “Exception Report (Served but Not Batched)”
function, after all summonses have been scanned, batched and processed, and
confirm that all summonses have been processed as required.

If a summons remains on the Exception Report (Served but Not Batched), it shall be
deemed missing.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-36

a.
b.
c.

41.

Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if summons
is missing.
Notify ICO immediately, regarding missing summons.
(1)
If ICO is not available, notify commanding/executive officer.
Account for missing summons within ESTS by utilizing “Terminate/Void
Summons” function and enter Internal Affairs Bureau Log Number into
“Notes” field as a reference.
(1)
Comply with P.G. 209-18, “Summons Served or Prepared
in Error.”

Place Complaint/Information copies of summonses in pre-printed
envelopes.
Print transmittal report via ESTS and attach to pre-printed envelopes
containing Complaint/Information copies of summonses served.

Envelopes are pre-printed and colored for each adjudicating agency.

42.

43.

44.

COMMAND
INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

6 of 9

This process will purge the missing summons from the Exception Report (Served but Not
Batched) only. The summons number and history will remain in ESTS.

40.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR,
FIRST
PLATOON
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

45.
46.
47.

Seal envelopes, make required entries as per captions, and sign in
appropriate space on flap of each envelope.
a.
Enter ESTS generated tracking number below flap on envelope.
Place remaining parts of summonses served in a separate Department
envelope and mark “File.”
a.
Envelope will not be sealed.
Forward sealed envelopes containing Complaint/Information copies of
summonses served with attached transmittal report to borough
office/designated command with morning mail.
Confirm notification was made to Internal Affairs Bureau and a Log
Number was obtained for missing summons.
Ensure first platoon desk officer/supervisor has made proper entries into
ESTS for missing summons, including Internal Affairs Bureau Log Number.
Notify commanding/executive officer of missing summons.

COMMANDING 48.
OFFICER/
49.
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER
50.

Confirm notification was made to Internal Affairs Bureau and a Log
Number was obtained for missing summons.
Ensure missing summons was terminated/voided in ESTS and the System
has been updated to reflect Internal Affairs Bureau Log Number.
Ensure P.G. 209-18, “Summons Served or Prepared in Error” is
complied with.

51.

File envelope with command file copies of summonses served in
command by date of service in command record room.
Maintain file copies of summonses served for six months.
Remove file copies after six months and retain in storage cartons in
command record room.

CLERICAL
MEMBER

52.
53.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-36

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 9

Summonses served by outside agencies will continue to be processed by the Department.
However, such summonses will not be scanned/entered into ESTS. Summonses served
by outside agencies will be placed in a separate envelope marked “Outside Agency” and
forwarded as delineated above.

WHEN SUMMONSES ARE RECEIVED AT PATROL BOROUGH OR
TRANSIT BOROUGH FROM COMMANDS:
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED

54.

55.

56.

57.
58.
59.

60.

61.
62.
63.
64.

Open envelopes and utilize bar code reader to scan each summons
contained therein into ESTS.
a.
If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually.
b.
Notify Management Information Systems Division (MISD) of
defective/inoperable bar code reader and obtain replacement.
c.
Enter notification in Telephone Record.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if a summons is missing.
a.
Account for missing summons within ESTS by utilizing “Terminate/Void
Summons” function in and enter Internal Affairs Bureau Log Number
into “Notes” field as reference.
(1)
Comply with P.G. 209-18, “Summons Served or Prepared
in Error.”
Query ESTS utilizing “Batch Exception Report” to confirm all batch
transmittals have been received.
a.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if a batch
transmittal is missing.
b.
Account for each summons contained within the missing batch
transmittal by utilizing “Terminate/Void Summons” function and enter
Internal Affairs Bureau Log Number into “Notes” field as reference.
(1)
Comply with P.G. 209-18, “Summons Served or Prepared
in Error.”
Place scanned summonses and opened envelopes into new pre-printed envelopes.
Print transmittal report via ESTS and attach to pre-printed envelopes.
Seal envelopes, make required entries as per captions and sign in
appropriate space on flap of each envelope.
a.
Enter ESTS generated tracking number below flap on envelope.
Prepare three copies of SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT (PD160011) for each adjudicating agency and sign in space captioned “Signature
of Police Department Officer Forwarding Envelopes.”
Enclose originals and first copies of SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT
with corresponding adjudicating agency envelopes in borough transfer bag.
Lock transfer bag and retain key in borough office.
Have morning messenger sign last copy of SUMMONS ENVELOPE
RECEIPT and retain in borough office.
Direct messenger to deliver transfer bag to:
a.
New York City Transportation Administration, Parking Violations
Bureau, Summons Receiving Unit, 210 Joralemon Street, 2nd
Floor, Brooklyn, NY 11201 - (Yellow Envelope)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

209-36

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 9

b.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED
(continued)

65.
66.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

Mail and Distribution Unit, 1 Police Plaza, Room S-74, New York,
NY - (Blue Envelope)
c.
New York City Criminal Court, Summons Intake Unit, 346
Broadway, 2nd Floor, New York, NY 10013 - (White Envelope)
d.
Environmental Control Board, Notices of Violation and Hearing,
66 John Street, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10038
e.
Transit Bureau Headquarters, Crime Analysis Section, 130
Livingston Street, 3rd Floor, Brooklyn NY 11201.
Instruct messenger to obtain receipt on first copy of SUMMONS
ENVELOPE RECEIPT and return to borough office.
File receipt and destroy copy retained at borough office.

Under no circumstances will the scanning of summonses be performed by anyone other
than the desk officer/distributing supervisor.
If a missing summons is found after notification to the Internal Affairs Bureau and after
summons was purged from the Exception Report, the desk officer shall notify Internal
Affairs Bureau, Command Center immediately and determine if summons can be “Un
Voided” within ESTS. The name of Internal Affairs Bureau member notified will be
entered in the “Add Summons Follow-Up Note” field of ESTS.
Processed summons envelopes are not forwarded to Housing Bureau offices for delivery.
The designated messenger picks up the summonses “A,” “B,” “C,” and “ECB” directly
from each police service area (PSA) and delivers them directly to the appropriate agency.
When an adjudicating agency returns a summons because a discrepancy was not
resolved, the Investigation Review Section of the Chief of Department’s Office will take
corrective action and promptly return summons to the agency concerned.
The Quality Assurance Division will monitor and evaluate compliance with this Order by
incorporating the listed procedural changes into its current command evaluation process
of summons integrity and control procedures as listed on Self-Inspection Worksheet
#826. That Worksheet will be updated to reflect the addition of the ESTS program. During
its annual command evaluation process the Quality Assurance Division will access the
ESTS program for each command. Information will be obtained from the program to
determine the command’s compliance with procedures involving the distribution,
collection and forwarding of summonses. The evaluation will also include the command’s
compliance with procedures involving any missing summonses during this process.
The updated Self-Inspection Worksheet #826 will be available to all commands via the
Department Intranet and be mandated to be completed by each command on a monthly
basis. The respective Borough Investigation Units will review the command’s completed
Worksheets for compliance and accuracy. Additionally, the updated Self-Inspection
Worksheet #826 will be added to the list of mandated self-inspections listed on SelfInspection Worksheet #800, Maintenance of Department Records.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

209-36

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 9

Patrol borough and transit borough commands will maintain a sufficient supply of
replacement bar code readers for use by subordinate commands. Additional
replacement bar code readers may be requested through the Management Information
Systems Division (MISD).
In those commands with satellite locations, respective commanding officers will
designate a supervisor to assume the duties of the desk officer as they relate to the
forwarding of summonses for processing, as approved by their borough commander.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service (P.G. 207-21)
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Quality Control Procedures for the Processing of Summonses Returnable to Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-06)
Personal Service of a Summons Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-09)
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing – General Procedure
(P.G. 209-12)
Summons Served or Prepared in Error (P.G. 209-18)
Return of Summons Packet (A.G. 309-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
SUMMONS DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD160-143)
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED
(PD160-145)
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146)
CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION SERVED (PD160-147)
TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD160-148)
SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153)
MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT (PD381-145)
SAMPLE CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS INFORMATIONS (PD260-211)
SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT (PD160-011)
WARNING! ENFORCEMENT OF PENAL LAW SECTION 240.35 “LOITERING”
SUBSECTIONS (1), (3), AND (7) IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED (PD160-130)
Self- Inspection Worksheet #800
Self-Inspection Worksheet #826

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-01

PRISONERS GENERAL PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 8

PURPOSE

To safeguard prisoners in police custody.

DEFINITIONS

HOLDOVER PRISONER - a prisoner who has entered the court process but has not
yet been arraigned and has been returned to police custody for overnight detention.
PRISONER SECURITY GUIDELINES - all prisoners while in the custody and
control of personnel from this Department will be searched on their entry and exit
from any police, detention, district attorney, or court facility. Prisoners being
transported from any location, not included above, will be searched prior to departure
from the location and upon arrival at the transport destination. The searches will be
conducted as per the guidelines set forth in P.G. 208-05, “Arrests - General Search
Guidelines” (see ADDITIONAL DATA). The ranking officer supervising the
transport of a prisoner(s) and all supervising officers and borough court section
supervisors will ensure that this procedure is strictly adhered to.

PROCEDURE

When prisoners must be detained in Department detention facilities or
transported to courts or other facilities:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.

3.
4.
5.
6.

7.

Request borough court section concerned to assign cell space and determine
method of transportation to an activated detention facility giving:
a.
Name, gender, and physical condition of prisoner
b.
Precinct of arrest and arrest number
c.
Status of processing
d.
Next destination of prisoner (e.g., photo, court, etc.)
Notify borough court section concerned if prisoner must be detained for a
brief period of time in a detention facility not activated by borough court
section concerned, giving:
a.
Reason and amount of time prisoner is to be lodged
b.
Charge against prisoner
c.
Name, gender, and age of prisoner.
Comply with instructions given by borough court section concerned.
Make Command Log entry of facts and instructions received.
Have appropriate entries made on PRISONER ROSTER (PD244-145)
if prisoner detained.
Assign police attendant to temporary duty within cellblock.
a.
If a prisoner is placed in a cell alone because he/she threatens or
fights with another prisoner(s), is causing disruption, or for any
other reason, ensure that a member of the service will continue to
monitor that prisoner closely.
Record any change of custody in Command Log.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-01

DESK
OFFICER/
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.
13.
14.

15.

2 of 8

Permit prisoner to be interviewed by the following properly identified
persons when on official business:
a.
Supervisory officer of this Department
b.
Member of Detective Bureau or detective squad
c.
District Attorney or representative
d.
Chief Medical Examiner or representative
e.
Prisoner’s legal representative (in precinct/district/PSA, interview is
conducted in muster room ONLY; in borough court section, interview is
permitted in location designated by borough court section supervisor)
f.
Official of a City department, if prisoner is an employee of that department
g.
Federal law enforcement officer
h.
Member of the clergy (upon request by prisoner)
i.
New York State Division of Parole officers to serve parole
violation papers
j.
Foreign Consulate/Embassy Officers.
Enter the following information under “Details” on ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) when an attorney interviews a prisoner at
precinct, district, PSA, or borough court section:
a.
Name, address, and telephone number of attorney
b.
Name and address of person who retained attorney
c.
Whether the prisoner was interviewed
d.
Time arrived and departed from the stationhouse/borough court section.
Permit parents or legal guardian to visit a prisoner between the ages of
sixteen and twenty-one, for not longer than fifteen minutes, in the muster
room, provided:
a.
Detective squad commander, arresting officer, or, if visit is at other
than precinct of arrest, desk officer, precinct of arrest is consulted
b.
Visit is in presence of desk officer/borough court section supervisor
c.
Prisoner has been detained more than four hours
d.
Prisoner is not eligible for a summons
e.
Visit does not interfere with police business.
Enter name, address, and relationship of person visiting prisoner on
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT.
a.
If the interview occurred at a location other than the precinct of
arrest or borough court section, facts relating to the visit will be
telephoned to the desk officer, precinct of arrest, who will have all
pertinent details entered under “Details” on the ARREST
REPORT - SUPPLEMENT.
Advise prisoner of availability of clergy whenever it appears prisoner is
despondent, confused, or likely to commit suicide.
Permit prisoner to make use of telephone privileges declined during arrest process.
DO NOT confine female prisoner with a nursing baby in a cell.
a.
Assign female police attendant or female uniformed member of
the service, if available within command, as guard.
Have child delivered to responsible member of family or to a hospital, if
mother unable to provide care.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 8

PRISONERS BEING TRANSPORTED
DESK
OFFICER/
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

16.

17.

Assign escort officer(s) to guard prisoner(s) being transported to
detention facilities.
a.
Assign member of outgoing platoon, at change of tour, to guard
and transport prisoner(s) if assignment of escorting officer would
result in overtime.
b.
Assign separate escort officer(s) to prisoner(s) having different
destinations (e.g., female cells, hospital, etc.)
Assign additional escort officer(s) when:
a.
More than two prisoners being guarded and transport chains are
not available, OR
b.
More than nine prisoners being transported by transport chains, OR
c.
Several detention stops are involved, OR
d.
More than one prisoner with different destinations.
e.
Prisoner is designated “high risk” escape threat (see
ADDITIONAL DATA statement under heading, “‘HIGH RISK’
PRISONERS”).

ESCORTING
OFFICER

18.

Rear cuff all prisoners or place on transport chains if appropriate, before
leaving cell block.
a.
Secure loose ends of chain when less than five prisoners are
secured on chain.
b.
Double lock transport chain cuffs.
c.
For better control, physically hold prisoner OR hold chain linking
handcuffs, as circumstances dictate.

DESK OFFICER/
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

19.
20.

Closely supervise the removal of all prisoners from the precinct.
Determine if prisoner is a potential escape risk after conferring with
arresting officer.
a.
Place leg restraints on prisoner prior to transport if it is determined
prisoner is a potential escape risk, OR prisoner refused to be
fingerprinted, OR prisoner is being transported to a hospital for
medical treatment.
Ensure that attendant places prisoners on transport chains before leaving
cell block.
a.
Escorting officers may use transport chains or handcuffs when
escorting one or two prisoners; more than two prisoners, transport
chains must be used.
b.
Make certain transport chains are in double lock mode, when utilized.
Step from behind the desk and personally check that all prisoners are
secured to transport chains or rear handcuffed, if appropriate, when
prisoners are being removed.
Utilize available command personnel to assist attendant and escorting
officers loading prisoners onto patrolwagon.

21.

22.

23.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-01

DESK OFFICER/
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

24.
25.

26.
27.
28.
29.

POLICE
ATTENDANT

PAGE:

08/01/13

(continued)
ESCORTING
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

30.
31.
32.

4 of 8

Ensure that members of the service are alert and properly positioned to
prevent escape.
Have attendant, or escorting officer, if attendant not available, prepare
PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH (PD171-132).
a.
If more than one prisoner, and different destinations involved,
separate DISPATCH will be prepared for each destination.
Obtain both copies of PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH from
attendant and comply with instructions.
Ride in transporting vehicle and keep prisoners under constant
surveillance while transporting to court, etc.
Deliver prisoner(s) to assigned detention facility.
Assist attendant in searching and placing prisoner in cell.
Conduct complete search of prisoner (see P.G. 208-05, “Arrest - General
Search Guidelines”).
Lock prisoner in cell.
Make entries on PRISONER ROSTER and file at desk when completed.

DESK OFFICER/
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

33.

Periodically conduct personal inspection of prisoner noting their
condition and document the inspection under the “Remarks” caption on
the PRISONER ROSTER.

ESCORTING
OFFICER

34.

Deliver prisoner’s fingerprints to appropriate borough court section
facility if prisoner is not printed on Livescan.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
ARREST

35.

Obtain original copy of PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH from
escorting officer and file chronologically.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
DETENTION

36.

Keep all cell doors and other doors leading into cellblock area locked if
cells have not been activated.
Make entry in Command Log and notify an available supervisory officer
to inspect cellblock when informed that command’s cells are activated.
Assign police attendant.

37.
38.

SUPERVISORY
OFFICER
CONCERNED

39.
40.
41.

Observe opening of detention area.
Inspect each cell to ascertain that cells are clean and free of unauthorized
items.
Make Command Log entry indicating time the first prisoner lodged and
condition of cells.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 8

HOLDOVER PRISONERS IN ADDITION TO OTHER REQUIRED ACTION
LISTED ABOVE
DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
DETENTION

42.
43.
44.
45.

Assign member(s) to escort prisoners to court.
Direct escorting officer to complete captions and sign PRISONER
ROSTER when prisoner is removed from cell.
Review PRISONER ROSTER for accuracy and completeness.
Initial PRISONER ROSTER next to “Time of Admission” column for
each prisoner removed.

POLICE
ATTENDANT

46.

Prepare PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH listing all prisoners
having same destination.
a.
Prepare separate DISPATCH form for each destination.

ESCORTING
OFFICER

47.

Verify prisoner placed on transport chains are same as listed on
DISPATCH and take “head count.”
Deliver prisoners to holding pen at destination.
Return to command for assignment or proceed to original destination, as
appropriate.

48.
49.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

“HIGH RISK” PRISONERS
Determinations as to whether a particular prisoner presents a potential escape risk
should be made on a case-by-case basis. Factors that can be considered in making this
determination include the seriousness of the offense charged, prisoner unwillingness to
identify himself or herself, forcible resistance to arrest, threats of violence and/or escape
threats directed at uniformed members of the service, a known history of violence,
weapons possession, or escape/attempted escape.
USE OF LEG RESTRAINTS
The use of leg restraints does not replace the requirement to rear handcuff the prisoner.
All procedures detailing the use of handcuffs remain in effect. When using leg restraints
on a prisoner, the escorting officer is to exercise caution to prevent the prisoner from falling.
Leg restraints MUST be used when transporting a prisoner that has refused to be
fingerprinted and for ALL prisoners being transported to a hospital for medical
treatment. If the desk officer determines that extenuating circumstances exist that
preclude placing leg restraints on a prisoner that has refused to be fingerprinted or is
being removed to a hospital for medical treatment, a Command Log entry will be made
detailing the reason why.
Leg restraints may not be placed on prisoners for “punitive” purposes. Determinations
as to whether a particular prisoner presents a potential escape risk should be made on a
case by case basis. Factors that can be considered in making this determination include
the seriousness of the offense charged, prisoner unwillingness to identify himself or
herself, forcible resistance to arrest, threats of violence and/or escape threats directed at
police officers, known history of violence, weapons possession or escape/attempted
escape.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-01

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 8

ACTIVATION OF DETENTION FACILITIES
Borough court section concerned activates detention facilities, assigns cell space, and
determines method of transportation for EVERY prisoner scheduled for detention or
change of custody (i.e., to court, hospital) even though precinct of arrest has cells. Refer
to P.G. 210-17, “Arrest Processing of Pre-Arraignment Prisoners Designated as
‘Special Category’ ” and/or P.G. 203-10, “Public Contact – Prohibited Conduct,”
subdivision “a” following step “1”, regarding gender, if necessary.
CITIZEN’S POLICY AND COMPLAINT REVIEW COUNCIL
Members of the Citizen’s Policy and Complaint Review Council are permitted to enter
and inspect precinct detention cells and any books or records pertaining to these cells at
any and all times.
ARREST OF LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT OR HEARING IMPAIRED PERSONS
Members of the service are reminded that if the prisoner appears to have difficulty
understanding/communicating in English, the member of the service concerned should comply with
P.G. 212-90, “Guidelines for Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons.” If the
prisoner appears to be hearing impaired, the member of the service concerned should comply with
P.G. 212-104, “Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons.” The use of a bilingual employee or
the Language Initiative Program is the preferential method for interpretation when interacting with
a prisoner. It is recommended that certified members of the Language Initiative Program be
used for custodial interrogations. Appropriate Command Log entries will be made when
interpretation services are utilized.
PRISONER CONFLICTS
Whenever an arresting officer/investigator becomes aware that there is the need to separate
two or more defendants from one another due to threats made by one defendant to another,
or due to the potential for one defendant to assault another, a notation will be made at the
bottom of each defendant’s Prisoner Movement Slip in the “Detention Alert” section under
the caption “Other (Explain).” The notation must contain the name and arrest number of
the other defendant involved, as well as an indication as to why separation is deemed
necessary (e.g., prisoner had a fight with the other prisoner, prisoner was threatened by
other prisoner). If separation is required for confidential or sensitive reasons, such as one
prisoner testified against another, enter the name and telephone number of the arresting
officer/assigned investigator so that further information can be obtained if necessary, rather
than entering the actual reason for the separation. (If detention personnel are unable to
contact the arresting officer/assigned investigator for further information, they will continue
to keep the affected prisoners separated from one another).
In the event that an arrest processing officer or escorting officer becomes aware that a
conflict exists between prisoners requiring their separation, the officer must:
a.
Inform the arresting officer/assigned investigator of the circumstances in order
that the latter may make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips, OR
b.
Personally make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips which must then be
brought to the attention of the court section personnel for entry on the
courthouse generated movement slips.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-01

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 8

The information entered on the Prisoner Movement Slip prepared at the precinct must
also be entered on the computerized movement slip generated at the courthouse when
the prisoner is photographed. In addition to the notation on the movement slip, the
arresting officer/assigned investigator/escorting officer will notify the concerned
borough court section supervisor.
Members of the service assigned to prisoner detention functions at a command and at the
courthouse must examine and be guided by the information contained in the “Detention
Alert” caption on each Prisoner Movement Slip in regard to separating prisoners, etc.
MONTHLY DETENTION CELL REPORT
All commands with detention cells will forward monthly report on Typed Letterhead
addressed to the Chief of Department (attention: Strategic Analysis Section), no later
than the 15th day of the month listing the number of male and female prisoners detained
during the previous month. Negative reports are required.
HANDCUFFING PROTOCOL
The Department’s policy is to handcuff all prisoners with hands behind their back.
When a prisoner has surrendered at a law enforcement facility and is accompanied by
an attorney, the uniformed member of the service may request authorization from an
immediate supervisor not to use handcuffs, after the supervisor and uniformed member
of the service have evaluated the following criteria:
a.
Potential threat to the officer, prisoner and other persons
b.
Possibility of the prisoner escaping.
In all circumstances, uniformed members of the service should conduct a search of the prisoner.
PRISONER SECURITY SURVEY
To promote safety for members of the service and improve prisoner security, a prisoner
security survey will be conducted annually during the last week of September, in all
Department facilities where prisoners are processed. Commanding officers will make
certain that prisoners being processed will not be allowed in areas containing Department
lockers, or have access to any Department or personal property that might provide a means
of escape or cause injury. The prohibition against prisoners being held, even temporarily,
in areas containing Department lockers or of prisoners having access to Department or
personal property of members shall be strictly enforced and clearly and frequently
communicated to all members of the command by commanding officers concerned.
Commanding officers will report the results of the annual prisoner security survey, by
September 30th, each year, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the bureau chief
concerned, through channels. Included in the report will be a description of prisoner
processing areas, hazards or deficiencies observed and corrective action taken.
Investigative units located in precinct stationhouses will be surveyed by the precinct
commander in consultation with the investigative unit commander. Results will be
reported on the precinct commanding officer’s report. NO duplicate report is required
from the investigative unit commander but responsibility for corrective actions will
reside with the unit commander.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-01

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 8

Bureau chiefs will review the prisoner security survey reports received from subordinate
commands. The reports will be forwarded to the Strategic Analysis Section, Office of the
Chief of Department, with a covering Typed Letterhead, indicating that corrective
action has been initiated or completed, if required. The Strategic Analysis Section is
responsible for collating the reports received from bureau chiefs and providing
administrative assistance to the Prisoner Security Board.
PRISONERS AND VICTIMS WITH COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
Information concerning a prisoner’s or a victim’s affliction with a communicable disease must
be kept confidential. This information generally should not be released to the public, the
media, the person’s family and friends, or to other prisoners. There may be unusual
circumstances under which release of this information is warranted. Any such release,
however, may only be made with the written consent of the Deputy Commissioner, Legal
Matters.
In some cases, prisoners may volunteer their positive status regarding a communicable
disease indicating the need to be segregated from general prisoner population or the
need for medical treatment. In such cases, isolation cells should be used, if available.
This information may be recorded on a Prisoner Movement Slip or on form MEDICAL
TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150) in order to alert personnel assigned to
Corrections, District Attorneys’ offices or courts.
Members of the service who are exposed to a communicable disease should follow the
provisions of P.G. 205-10, “Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious
Diseases.”
DISRUPTION IN CELL AVAILABILITY
In those instances where there is a substantial disruption in the availability of detention
cells, at either a command or a borough court section facility, caused by a civil or
natural emergency, or disturbance, or any other circumstance which would deny the use
of the cells, the commanding officer/duty captain investigating the incident will ensure
that a telephone notification is made to the borough court section. An UNUSUAL
OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-150) describing the incident will be faxed to the
borough court section concerned. A copy of this REPORT will be forwarded to the
Criminal Justice Bureau. The Criminal Justice Bureau will make the determination as
to whether a notification is to be made to the New York State Commission of Correction.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Prisoner Meals (P.G. 210-06)
Unusual Occurrences Involving Prisoners (P.G. 210-07)
Guidelines for Prisoner Holding Pens (P.G. 210-08)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)
PRISONER ROSTER (PD244-145)
PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH (PD171-132)
Typed Letterhead
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-150)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-02

HOSPITALIZED PRISONERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 7

PURPOSE

To safeguard hospitalized prisoners arrested by uniformed members of the service.

SCOPE

The responsibility for guarding hospitalized prisoners arrested by uniformed
members of the service assigned to the Transit Bureau or Housing Bureau will
rest with the district or police service area within which the hospital is located.
When a prisoner is likely to be admitted, the arresting/assigned officer will make
an immediate telephone notification to that district or police service area,
requesting that a relief officer be provided by that command. The desk officer,
precinct of hospitalization, may provide a uniformed member of the service to
guard prisoner temporarily in multiple arrest cases, if arresting officer is required
to process other prisoners. Such coverage shall not exceed one tour.

PROCEDURE

When prisoner in custody is admitted at a hospital:

ARRESTING/
GUARDING
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.

Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest.
Request desk officer of precinct where hospital is located to provide relief.
Remain with prisoner until relieved.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

4.

Search prisoner at hospital in presence of witnesses if prisoner was
removed from scene of arrest direct to hospital.
a.
Search prisoner’s personal clothing, after removal by hospital
personnel, for weapons, evidence, or contraband.

NOTE

Prisoners should be searched in accordance with P.G. 208-05, “Arrests – General
Search Guidelines.” If a uniformed member of the appropriate gender is not available,
have hospital personnel carefully search prisoner.

5.
6.
7.

8.

Give hospital authorities receipt for property received.
Enter in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) list of property removed and
any information necessary to process arrest.
Report to precinct of arrest or designated arrest processing facility to
continue arrest processing when relieved by guarding officer.
a.
If prisoner has not been printed, prepare fingerprint charts, if required.
Deliver the following property to desk officer, precinct of arrest or
designated arrest processing facility:
a.
Unlawfully carried
b.
Required as evidence
c.
Lawfully carried but dangerous to life or would facilitate escape
d.
Can be used to deface or damage property
e.
Press Card issued by this Department. (Forward to Deputy
Commissioner - Public Information with report of facts).
f.
NYPD Auxiliary Police shield/I.D. card. (Forward to Auxiliary
Police Section with report of facts).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-02

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 7

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

g.

DESK OFFICER, 9.
PRECINCT OF
ARREST
10.

Direct preparation of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159), and generate arrest number through the
OMNIFORM computer system.
Notify the concerned borough court section supervisor that prisoner has
been removed to hospital and make Telephone Record entry. Notification
should include:
a.
Prisoner’s name
b.
Prisoner’s arrest number
c.
Date and time prisoner removed to hospital
d.
Whether prisoner had been fingerprinted and Fax Control Number,
if applicable
e.
Hospital admission number, if applicable.
Direct uniformed member of the service to deliver copy of ON-LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and fingerprint and
palmprint charts, if appropriate, to desk officer of precinct in which hospital is
located.
Direct guarding member to follow P.G. 208-30, “Desk Appearance Ticket Hospitalized Prisoner,” if prisoner is eligible.
Follow P.G. 210-05, “Bedside Arraignment,” if prisoner not eligible for a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET.

h.

11.

12.
13.

DESK OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
HOSPITALIZATION

14.

15.

16.

17.

Pistol license. (Forward to Commanding Officer, License Division,
with report of facts).
Itemized list of personal property except clothing which is retained
by the hospital.

Ascertain if hospital has a Department of Correction prison ward, and
whether prisoner can be lodged at that location.
a.
Make entry of inquiry in Telephone Record.
b.
If prisoner admitted to prison ward, comply with P.G. 210-05,
“Bedside Arraignment,” steps “22” through “25”.
Assign uniformed member of the service, male or female, to guard prisoner.
a.
Do not assign a member from an outside precinct to guard a
hospitalized prisoner.
b.
Assign member in civilian clothes to guard juvenile.
c.
Ensure that appropriate relief is provided to uniformed members
of the service guarding prisoners.
Have a duplicated copy of ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET and fingerprint and palmprint charts, if appropriate, delivered
to guarding member.
Make continuous effort to have Department of Correction assume
custody, if hospital has a Department of Correction prisoner ward.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-02

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

PAGE:

08/01/13

18.
19.

20.
21.
GUARDING
MEMBER

REVISION NUMBER:

22.
23.
24.
25.

26.

27.

28.

3 of 7

Respond to hospital when informed prisoner is to be admitted.
Examine hospital room for escape potential, i.e., windows, doors,
possible access by unauthorized individual, etc.
a.
Request prisoner be moved to more secure quarters, if room is
inadequate for security.
b.
Instruct member guarding prisoner regarding: security measures,
visits by authorized persons, handcuffing of prisoners and to be
constantly vigilant (see ADDITIONAL DATA).
Report lack of cooperation of hospital personnel to commanding officer.
Make appropriate entries in ACTIVITY LOG.
Keep prisoner under constant observation, even if the prisoner is
handcuffed to the hospital bed, to prevent escape at all times.
Prevent unauthorized articles from being passed to prisoner.
Keep desk officer, precinct of hospitalization, informed of condition of prisoner.
Make periodic security inspection of prisoner’s immediate area including closets,
bathroom, etc., for weapons or other contraband, especially upon assuming guard
post and after authorized visitors or hospital personnel have been with prisoner.
Take charge of any room telephone and allow only authorized calls by prisoners.
a.
Patrol supervisor or desk officer will be conferred with and his/her
permission is needed prior to allowing prisoner to use telephone.
b.
Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG of authorizing supervisor’s identity
and name, relationship, and telephone number of person called.
Permit only the following persons, on official business, to interview prisoner:
a.
Ranking officer, this Department
b.
Detective
c.
District Attorney or representative
d.
Chief Medical Examiner or representative
e.
Member of the clergy (if requested by prisoner)
f.
Parole or probation officer
g.
Hospital personnel (assigned to treat prisoners)
h.
Social worker
i.
Federal law officer
j.
Supervising officer of other city department if prisoner is
employee of that department.
Allow the following to visit prisoner:
a.
Recipient of telegram from hospital superintendent with
notification that prisoner is seriously ill.
b.
Lawyer - if requested by prisoner.
c.
Member of family, after receiving OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD
(PD158-151) from desk officer, precinct of arrest, authorizing
visit. Member of family includes “common-law” marriages, same
sex couples, registered NYC domestic partners, different
generations of the same family, siblings, in-laws, persons involved
in “intimate relationships,” persons who live together in a familytype relationship, and children sixteen years or over.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-02

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER, 29.
PRECINCT OF
ARREST

30.
31.

GUARDING
MEMBER

REVISION NUMBER:

32.
33.
34.

4 of 7

Authorize visits to prisoner by member of family only under following
conditions:
a.
Application is made in person
b.
Applicants are properly identified members of family/household
(see step “28”, subdivision “c”)
c.
Name and address of each person permitted to visit prisoner is
listed on authorization
d.
Each person named in authorization must sign authorization in
presence of desk officer
e.
If visitors are likely to interfere with an ongoing investigation,
consult with investigative supervisor concerned prior to issuing an
authorization to visit prisoner.
Have uniformed member of the service deliver authorization to guarding member.
Have each person authorized to visit prisoner sign name and address in
ACTIVITY LOG.
Enter in ACTIVITY LOG, information concerning name, address, and
title of visitor.
Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest, before end of tour, of identity of all visitors.
Deliver copy of ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
to relieving uniformed member of the service.

DESK OFFICER, 35.
PRECINCT OF
ARREST

Prepare ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) containing
information concerning visitors.

DESK OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
HOSPITALIZATION

36.

Notify commanding officer after being informed if prisoner is near death
or will be totally incapacitated for a prolonged period of time.

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
HOSPITALIZATION

37.

Direct investigation to determine:
a.
Complete details of prisoner’s condition
b.
Complete details of arrest situation and prisoner’s history.
Decide if guarding of prisoner should be discontinued.
Have hospital authorities contacted by telephone each day and make
inquiry concerning prisoner’s condition, if guard is removed.
a.
Direct patrol supervisor to visit hospital, as required.
b.
Have weekly telephone message sent to borough court section
concerned, each Wednesday, reporting prisoner’s condition.
Assign uniformed member of the service to guard prisoner when
condition warrants.
Have borough court section concerned notified, if prisoner dies, including
date and time of death, and name of doctor who issues death certificate.
Have member guarding prisoner obtain copy of death certificate and
direct desk officer to forward same to Chief Clerk’s Office, borough
Criminal Court concerned.

38.
39.

40.
41.
42.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-02

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 7

GUARDING
MEMBER

43.

Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest, when prisoner’s condition permits
arraignment.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
ARREST

44.

Notify parents or guardian of impending release, if prisoner is under
eighteen years of age.
a.
Make entry in Command Log of notification.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PERSONNEL SHORTAGES
If a precinct experiences a shortage of personnel as a result of guarding hospitalized
prisoners, a member from another precinct may be assigned to perform PATROL DUTY.
HOSPITAL VISITS BY CIVILIAN-CLOTHED MEMBERS
Uniformed members of the service in civilian clothes who are visiting hospitals shall
keep all firearms and other weapons concealed, not visible to hospital personnel or
visitors and not accessible to prisoners or other unauthorized persons.
PRISONER TREATMENT AT PRIVATE HOSPITALS
If the prisoner is treated or hospitalized at other than a New York City Health and
Hospitals Corporation facility, the desk officer, precinct of arrest, is required to forward
a report in a sealed envelope to: New York City Health and Hospitals Corporation,
Fiscal Affairs, General Accounting Department. The report will include:
a.
Name and address of hospital or clinic
b.
Date and time of treatment or admission
c.
Name and address of prisoner
d.
Precinct of arrest - arrest number
e.
Name of doctor - diagnosis
f.
When illness, injury started (prior to, during or after arrest)
g.
Date of discharge.
SECURITY PROCEDURES
Borough supervisors, duty captains, and patrol supervisors will be directed to visit
hospital emergency rooms and hospital wards with admitted prisoners frequently to
observe the performance and attentiveness of uniformed members of the service
assigned to guard prisoners.
Supervisors will also evaluate the security of hospital rooms in which prisoners are held.
If room security is inadequate, supervisors will request that hospital authorities transfer
the prisoner to a more secure room. If the prisoner cannot be transferred, supervisors
shall take whatever additional steps are necessary to ensure security of the prisoner
(e.g. assigning an additional member to guard the prisoner, etc.).
The Department’s policy is to handcuff all hospitalized prisoners to ensure the safety of
persons present and prevent escape. However, under certain circumstances, the use of
regular handcuffs may be impractical or inexpedient, i.e., prisoner is comatose, paralyzed,

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-02

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 7

last stages of pregnancy, or otherwise immobilized. Furthermore, the use of regular
handcuffs may be impractical if the prisoner has arm or wrist injuries, burns, etc.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

In a further effort to prevent injuries and escape, the Department has purchased long
chain handcuffs and leg restraints which will be available for use on hospitalized
prisoners. Guarding members, when using long chain handcuffs, will attach one cuff to
bed frame and secure other cuff to prisoner. Leg restraints MUST be used when
transporting a prisoner that has refused to be fingerprinted. If the desk officer
determines that extenuating circumstances exist that preclude placing leg restraints on a
prisoner that has refused to be fingerprinted, a Command Log entry will be made
detailing the reason why. The use of leg restraints does not replace the requirement to
rear handcuff the prisoner. All procedures detailing the use of handcuffs remain in
effect. When using leg restraints on a prisoner, the escorting officer is to exercise
caution to prevent the prisoner from falling.
The patrol supervisor will respond to the hospital and evaluate the situation whenever a
prisoner is admitted to a hospital. This evaluation will include a conferral with the attending
physician to determine the method of restraint to be used, e.g., handcuffs, long chain handcuffs,
or leg restraints. The patrol supervisor will notify the desk officer, precinct of hospitalization,
with recommendation. In situations where it is determined that the use of regular handcuffs,
long chain handcuffs, or leg restraints would be impractical or inexpedient, the desk officer,
precinct of hospitalization, has the discretion to authorize that such methods of restraint not be
used. However, if condition of the prisoner significantly improves, the patrol supervisor will
respond and re-evaluate the situation, confer with the desk officer, precinct of hospitalization,
and follow the desk officer’s directions regarding handcuffing the prisoner.
Patrol supervisors will assess the potential for escape of a hospitalized prisoner. In cases
where the escape potential is deemed high, desk officer/patrol supervisor will direct that
all uniformed members of the service guarding that prisoner have two sets of handcuffs
available. All hospitalized prisoners (EXCEPT those not deemed to have an escape
potential) will be handcuffed to the bed with one wrist secured to one side of the bed. To
prevent escape, handcuffs are to be double locked, at all times. When it becomes necessary
to uncuff the prisoner to allow for medical treatment of the prisoner, the second set of
handcuffs will be utilized to cuff the free hand to the bed before uncuffing the first hand.
Prisoners should not have both hands cuffed to the bed unnecessarily.
Additional sets of handcuffs are kept in precincts that cover hospitals where prisoners
are usually admitted (e.g., 71 Precinct for Kings County Hospital).
Patrol supervisors and desk officers shall direct that, when one uniformed member’s
handcuffs are being removed from a prisoner, the second member’s handcuffs are
placed on the prisoner before the first member’s handcuffs are removed.
When a prisoner is admitted to the Intensive Care Unit of a hospital, the patrol supervisor
will assess the potential for escape. If the prisoner is deemed to have escape potential, the
prisoner will be secured to the bed frame utilizing plastic flex cuffs. Plastic flex cuffs do
not conduct electricity should medical personnel need to defibrillate the prisoner.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Desk Appearance Ticket - Hospitalized Prisoner (P.G. 208-30)
Hospitalized Prisoners - Arrests by Members of Other Police Agencies (P.G. 210-03)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Bedside Arraignment (P.G. 210-05)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-02

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 7

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (COMPUTER FORM)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-03

HOSPITALIZED PRISONERS - ARRESTS BY
MEMBERS OF OTHER POLICE AGENCIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To advise other police agencies of the procedure to be followed in guarding
hospitalized prisoners arrested by members of their agencies.

DEFINITION

OTHER POLICE AGENCIES:
a.
New York City Department of Correction
b.
New York State Department of Correction
c.
Uniformed Court Officers
d.
Port Authority Police
e.
Metropolitan Transportation Authority Police
f.
Amtrak
g.
Sea Gate Police
h.
F.D.N.Y. (Fire Marshals)
i.
Department of Environmental Protection.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service of the New York City Police Department will continue
to guard hospitalized prisoners arrested by members of the Triborough Bridge and
Tunnel Authority Police Department.

PROCEDURE

When an arrest is effected by a member of another police agency and the
prisoner is admitted to a hospital:

DESK OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
ARREST/
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION

1.
2.
3.

4.

DESK OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
HOSPITALIZATION

5.

6.

DESK OFFICER 7.
CONCERNED

Advise arresting officer that he/she must guard prisoner and notify agency
concerned to provide relief so that arrest processing will not be delayed.
Notify agency concerned, by telephone, to provide guards around the clock.
Record under “narrative” on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159), name and location of hospital and ward or
room number.
Notify desk officer of precinct wherein hospital located, if hospital
located in other than precinct of arrest.
Provide uniformed member of the service to guard prisoner temporarily
in multiple arrest cases, if arresting officer is required to process/arraign
other prisoners.
a.
Notify agency concerned, by telephone, to provide relief (give
location of hospital and room or ward number).
b.
Make follow-up notification if relief not provided within one hour.
Request agency to provide prisoner with transportation to court at time of
release from hospital.
a.
Agency concerned will supply officer to guard prisoner.
Supply authorization for visits to prisoner as per P.G. 210-02.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-03

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Photographic Unit will photograph prisoners arraigned at bedside by arresting
agencies. Similarly, the Identification Section will provide expertise in obtaining
fingerprints, if normal means cannot be utilized.
Borough court section concerned will provide staff assistance to arresting agency in
bedside arraignments, when necessary.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Bedside Arraignment (P.G. 210-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-04

PRISONERS REQUIRING MEDICAL/PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 8

PURPOSE

To obtain medical/psychiatric treatment for prisoners in police custody.

DEFINITION

PRISONER REQUIRING PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT - an emotionally
disturbed prisoner, who has attempted suicide, is extremely violent, or exhibits
other irrational behavior.

PROCEDURE

When a prisoner in custody requires medical/psychiatric treatment:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Request ambulance and remove prisoner to hospital directly from place of
arrest, if necessary.
a.
Accompany prisoner to hospital.
b.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
(1)
Include name of person notified re: Medic Alert Emblem,
if worn.
(2)
Include Ambulance Call Report (ACR) number or Patient
Care Report (PCR) number related to the prisoner (obtain
from responding ambulance attendant).
c.
Notify desk officer.

SUPERVISOR
AT SCENE

2.

Ensure that MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)
form is prepared in accordance with step “4” below and accompanying
ADDITIONAL DATA statements under heading, “PREPARATION OF
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER FORM”, when a prisoner is
removed from the scene of an arrest direct to a hospital for
medical/psychiatric treatment.
a.
Review and sign Section I of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF
PRISONER form.

DESK
OFFICER,
COMMAND OF
ARREST/
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION

3.

Request ambulance and have prisoner removed to hospital, if medical/
psychiatric/drug addiction treatment is required during arrest processing
(see ADDITIONAL DATA statements under heading, “LIFETHREATENING MEDICAL SITUATIONS” and “SUSPECTED
INGESTION OF NARCOTICS/OTHER DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES”).
a.
Make Command Log entry.
(1)
Include name of person notified re: Medic Alert Emblem,
if worn.
(2)
Include Ambulance Call Report (ACR) number or Patient
Care Report (PCR) number related to the prisoner
(obtained from the responding ambulance attendant).
Ensure that MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form is
prepared for each prisoner who:
a.
Receives medical/psychiatric treatment, OR
b.
Refuses treatment after claiming injury or illness, OR
c.
Is in apparent need of treatment, OR

4.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-04

DESK
OFFICER,
COMMAND OF
ARREST/
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 8

d.
e.

5.

6.

7.

8.
9.

ARRESTING/
ESCORTING
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

10.

11.
12.
13.
14.

15.

May require prescribed medication, OR
Volunteers his/her positive status regarding a communicable disease,
if not documented on Prisoner Movement Slip, OR
f.
Already has previously treated injuries.
Direct, in non-emergency situations, that prisoners requiring medical,
psychiatric, or drug addiction treatment, which may result in being
admitted to the hospital, be removed to a local hospital for treatment and
evaluation.
Confer with medical staff at the local hospital. If the medical staff at that
hospital determines that the prisoner has a psychiatric condition that
requires admission to a hospital, the prisoner will be transferred to the
appropriate hospital as determined by medical staff, using only a private
ambulance under contract with that local hospital. FDNY Emergency
Medical Service ambulances will NOT be used to transport the prisoner.
Generally:
a.
MALE prisoners requiring admission for psychiatric treatment
will be transported to Bellevue Hospital.
b.
FEMALE prisoners requiring admission for psychiatric treatment
will be transported to Elmhurst General Hospital.
Assign uniformed member of the service to escort prisoner.
a.
Ensure that appropriate relief is provided to uniformed members of the
service guarding prisoners.
Make entry in Command Log when prisoner leaves.
Direct arresting officer to continue arrest processing, and have another
uniformed member of the service assigned to escort prisoner, when possible.
Rear cuff and place leg restraints on prisoner before transporting to
hospital.
a.
Handcuffs and leg restraints will be double locked.
Remain with prisoner at all times in hospital.
Notify the desk officer of prisoner status prior to transport from local
hospital to Bellevue or Elmhurst General Hospital.
Ride inside the ambulance when accompanying the prisoner to either
Bellevue or Elmhurst General Hospital.
Make ACTIVITY LOG entry.
a.
Include name of person notified re: Medical Alert Emblem, if
worn.
b.
Include Patient Identification Number (in place of Ambulance
Call Report [ACR] number or Patient Care Report [PCR] number)
related to the prisoner (obtained from hospital intake personnel).
Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest/borough court section facility,
regarding Medical Alert Emblem and Patient Identification number.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-04

DESK
OFFICER,
COMMAND OF
ARREST/
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION

ESCORTING
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

16.

17.

18.
19.

20.

21.

22.
23.

24.

25.

26.

3 of 8

Make Command Log Entry.
a.
Include name of person notified re: Medical Alert Emblem.
b.
Include Patient Identification Number (in place of Ambulance
Call Report [ACR] number or Patient Care Report [PCR] number)
related to the prisoner [obtained from hospital intake personnel].
Make the appropriate notation of the prisoner’s new location and
determine, what, if any, additional resources are needed for the transfer, if
a prisoner is transferred from the initial hospital to another hospital for
psychiatric treatment.
Request room change if security is inadequate.
Do not remove handcuffs or leg restraints, unless requested by attending
physician.
a.
If requested to remove handcuffs or leg restraints, inform
physician of circumstances of arrest.
b.
If physician still requests removal, request the response of the
patrol supervisor to evaluate the need for additional personnel and
equipment (including Emergency Service Unit) to ensure safety
during prisoner treatment prior to removal of handcuffs or leg
restraints.
Remain immediately outside room and attempt to maintain visual contact
even if requested to leave examination room after informing physician of
circumstances of arrest.
Make appropriate entries of foregoing in ACTIVITY LOG and request
attending physician to sign entries.
a.
Indicate physician’s refusal to sign any entries.
Complete entries on MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form.
Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest, who will notify borough court
section concerned immediately, if prisoner is admitted to any hospital
(see P.G. 210-02, “Hospitalized Prisoners”).
Forward copy of ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) to Department of Correction supervisor for
any prisoner admitted for psychiatric treatment in Bellevue or Elmhurst
General Hospitals.
Request borough court section concerned to supply transportation, if
available, to return prisoner to command of arrest/borough court section
facility, as appropriate, when prisoner is released to police custody.
a.
Return prisoner to command of arrest if arrest processing not
completed thereat.
b.
Remove prisoner to borough court section facility if arrest
processing was completed at command of arrest.
Deliver completed MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form to
desk officer, borough court section facility.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-04

PAGE:

08/01/13

27.

DESK
OFFICER,
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION

REVISION NUMBER:

28.

4 of 8

Forward three copies of completed MEDICAL TREATMENT OF
PRISONER form (white, blue, and pink) with prisoner to Department of
Correction.
a.
Retain fourth (buff) copy of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF
PRISONER form at borough court section facility.
Direct arresting/escorting officer to obtain receipt for prisoner on pink
copy of form and return to borough court section facility.
a.
Complete entries on buff copy of form retained at desk and return
to command of arrest.
b.
File pink copy of form at borough court section facility.
c.
Forward duplicated copy of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF
PRISONER to arresting officer’s command for file, if different
than command of arrest.

DESK
OFFICER,
COMMAND OF
ARREST

29.

File buff copy of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form in
folder maintained at desk.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PRISONER SECURITY
To prevent escape, leg restraints will be placed on ALL prisoners transported to a hospital for
medical treatment. If the desk officer determines that extenuating circumstances exist that
preclude placing leg restraints on a prisoner that is being transported to the hospital for
medical treatment, a Command Log entry will be made detailing the reasons why.
All procedures detailing the use of handcuffs remain in effect. When using leg restraints on a
prisoner, the escorting officer is to exercise caution to prevent the prisoner from falling.
Patrol supervisors and desk officers shall assign additional personnel to accompany arresting
officers who remove prisoners to hospitals for treatment, based on the following:
a.
Type of offense (e.g., violent crime, resisting arrest)
b.
Physical size of prisoner
c.
Prisoner’s past history, if known (e.g., history of violence, escape attempts)
d.
Suspected escape opportunity
e.
Lack of physical signs of injury (e.g., faking injury to attempt escape)
In the event the prisoner must be placed in a hospital bed or on a gurney:
a.
Handcuff prisoner (double locked) to the bed or gurney
b.
Utilize second pair of handcuffs to handcuff prisoner’s free wrist to bed or
gurney, before removing first pair of handcuffs for treatment
c.
Keep prisoner under constant observation, even if prisoner is handcuffed to a
hospital bed or gurney, to prevent escape at all times.
Supervisors may also consider the assignment of Emergency Service Unit for
extraordinary circumstances.
Patrol supervisors and desk officers shall direct that long chain handcuffs and leg
restraints be used to secure prisoners when appropriate

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-04

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 8

LIFE-THREATENING MEDICAL SITUATIONS
IN ALL LIFE THREATENING SITUATIONS, APPARENT HEART ATTACK, BREATHING
DIFFICULTIES, SERIOUS FRACTURES, SEVERE HEMORRHAGING, EPILEPSY, EXTREME
EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCE, ETC., A PRISONER WILL BE REMOVED TO THE NEAREST
HOSPITAL.
SUSPECTED INGESTION OF NARCOTICS/OTHER DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES
When a uniformed member of the service observes or suspects that a prisoner has
ingested a narcotic or other dangerous substance, the prisoner will be transported from
the place of arrest DIRECTLY to the nearest hospital facility. The uniformed member of
the service WILL PROMPTLY notify the communications section dispatcher and the
patrol supervisor upon observation or suspicion of ingestion, when transport to hospital
is initiated, and upon arrival at the hospital. Emergency Medical Service (EMS) and
hospital personnel will be informed of the quantity and type of substance ingested, if
known. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES will a prisoner who has ingested a narcotic or
other dangerous substance be transported to the command for arrest processing prior to
receiving medical treatment.
Whenever a member of the Criminal Justice Bureau assigned to a Borough Court Section observes,
suspects, is informed of, or otherwise becomes aware that a prisoner in the custody of the Court
Section may have ingested a narcotic and/or other dangerous substance and has not already been
treated by a doctor for that condition, the member will immediately notify the Borough Court
Section desk officer. The Borough Court Section desk officer will make a Command Log entry and
arrange for the immediate removal of the prisoner to the nearest hospital emergency room. In
those Borough Court Sections where the Emergency Medical Service is situated, the Borough
Court Section desk officer will request the assistance of the assigned Emergency Medical
Technicians (EMT) regarding the prisoner’s medical treatment. However, in all cases where
ingestion is suspected, it is the responsibility of the supervisor to ensure that the prisoner is removed
to the nearest hospital emergency room for treatment.
In all cases, the Borough Court Section desk officer will document the occurrence in the Command
Log and direct the preparation of the MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form.
RELIEF OF ARRESTING OFFICER GUARDING HOSPITALIZED PRISONER
In addition, when a prisoner is transported directly from the place of arrest directly to a
hospital facility, the desk officer, precinct of arrest, will ensure that the arresting officer
is relieved as soon as possible to expedite arrest processing. The arresting officer will
comply with P.G. 210-02 “Hospitalized Prisoners” in regards to vouchering prisoner’s
property.
TREATMENT OF PRISONERS DETAINED IN DETENTION FACILITIES
When a prisoner who has been detained at a borough court section or other detention
facility, but has not been arraigned, requires medical/psychiatric/drug addiction attention,
the borough court section or command supervisor will ensure that the MEDICAL
TREATMENT OF PRISONER form is prepared and distributed, as indicated.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-04

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 8

Whenever a member of the Criminal Justice Bureau assigned to a Borough Court Section is
informed of, or otherwise becomes aware that a prisoner in the custody of that Court Section
requires medical/psychiatric/drug addiction attention, that member will immediately notify the
Borough Court Section desk officer. The Borough Court Section desk officer will make a
Command Log entry and ensure that medical treatment is provided. In Borough Court Sections
where the Emergency Medical Service is situated, the Borough Court Section desk officer will
request the assistance of the assigned Emergency Medical Technicians (EMT) regarding the
prisoner’s medical treatment. However, if it is determined that a prisoner requires medical
attention at a hospital emergency room, the supervisor is responsible to ensure that the prisoner is
transported immediately for treatment.
In all cases, the Borough Court Section desk officer will document the occurrence in the Command
Log and direct the preparation of a MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form.
PRE-ARRAIGNMENT PRISONERS REQUIRING PRESCRIPTION MEDICATIONS
If, during the course of treating a pre-arraignment prisoner, a hospital physician or
his/her health care assistant indicates the need for information concerning invoiced
medication belonging to the prisoner, the individual will be given the appropriate
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) number. Furthermore, such individuals
will be advised on how to contact the desk officer in the NYPD facility where the
medication is invoiced. Desk officers receiving telephone inquiries of this nature are
authorized to provide the name of the medication. If the hospital physician, after learning
the name of the medication, advises the desk officer that the medication is not available at
the hospital and requests that the medication be delivered to the hospital, the desk officer
shall comply with the request. In this instance, the desk officer shall:
a.
b.

c.
d.

Check the name of the medication against the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE,
as appropriate.
Complete the “R.T.O.” function utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking
System. Sign rank and name and include pertinent details under “Remarks”
section including name of physician, hospital, and name of uniformed member
assigned to deliver medication.
Release medication to uniformed member assigned to make delivery.
Make appropriate Command Log entry with all pertinent details.

The member assigned to deliver the medication to the authorized physician shall
indicate receipt thereof by requesting the physician to sign the member’s ACTIVITY
LOG. If the physician refuses to sign, the uniformed member of the service concerned
will note such fact in his/her ACTIVITY LOG, making sure to include the full title and
name of the person refusing and all details involved. In the event that any medication is
returned to the command, it will have to be invoiced again pursuant to this procedure.
If a physician at a hospital provides a pre-arraignment prisoner with medication to be
taken by the prisoner during the pre-arraignment period, the uniformed member
accompanying the prisoner will take custody of the medication until the member reaches
the court section for processing. At this location the medication will be given to the
available emergency medical technician (EMT) to hold until the prisoner needs to selfadminister it. If a pre-arraignment prisoner needs further medication during the period
of pre-arraignment detention in any form that is not authorized to be administered by an
EMT, he or she will be taken to a hospital for that medication.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-04

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 8

Prepare MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form when a properly identified
relative or member of the prisoner’s household appears at any Department facility where
the pre-arraignment prisoner is located and:
a.
indicates that the prisoner has a medical condition or needs medication,
AND/OR
b.
brings medication in a pharmacy container with the prisoner’s name.
The uniformed member preparing the form will ensure that all pertinent information is
entered in the appropriate captions and in the “Remarks” section, including the name,
address, and telephone number of the relative or household member, name of
medication(s), nature of medical condition(s), and the name, address, and telephone
numbers of the pharmacy and any physician noted on the label of any pharmacy container.
If as described above a properly identified relative or member of the prisoner’s
household appears at a Department facility and the pre-arraignment prisoner in
question is not being detained there, the uniformed member of the service (UMOS)
concerned will determine if the prisoner is still in Department custody. If so, the UMOS
will ascertain the location and inform his/her supervisor. This supervisor will in turn
contact the desk officer/supervisor at the Department facility where the prisoner is being
held. Both the supervisor making the notification and the desk officer/supervisor
receiving it will make respective command log entries. The entries will include the time
of notification, the prisoner’s name, and the name of the desk officer/supervisor
receiving/making the notification. In addition, the desk officer/supervisor at the lodging
facility receiving information relating to the prisoner’s need for prescription medication
shall prepare a MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form.
Uniformed members of the service will not be required to accept medication from
relatives or household members for the purpose of providing it to the prisoner.
Uniformed members of the service will not be required to invoice prisoner medications
brought to the command by relatives or household members.
UNUSUAL PRISONER OCCURRENCES
When a prisoner dies, is seriously injured in connection with a police activity, or sustains
an injury resulting from a police firearms discharge, the uniformed member of the service
will immediately request the response of the patrol supervisor, safeguard the possible
crime scene and provide and/or secure appropriate medical attention for the injured
prisoner. The patrol supervisor will respond to the scene, assess the situation, notify the
desk officer and establish crime scene if necessary. The desk officer will notify the patrol
borough, Operations Unit, commanding officer/duty captain, Internal Affairs Bureau
Command Center, the precinct detective squad, and detective borough command.
PREPARATION OF MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER FORM
In the event that a prisoner has prescription medications in his/her possession, such will
be invoiced as required in P.G. 208-03, “Arrests - General Processing.” In addition,
with respect to any such medications, ensure that all appropriate captions on the
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form are properly filled out. Information
listed on the pharmacy label of a prisoner’s prescription container, which may include
the name, address, and telephone number of the pharmacy/physician concerned, will be
recorded in the appropriate captions and in the “Remarks” section of the form.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-04

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 8

Ensure that the “Remarks” section also contains any specific instructions from Emergency
Medical Service (EMS) staff regarding the care of the prisoner, and/or if EMS staff
brought the prisoner to a hospital room for further treatment. The appropriate check off
boxes will be used to document that a prisoner has refused medical aid.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

The Ambulance Call Report (ACR) number or Patient Care Report (PCR) number
related to the prisoner will be entered in the appropriate caption in Section I of the
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form. An ACR number is assigned when a
prisoner is transported to hospital via ambulance; a PCR number, in contrast, is
assigned when a prisoner is transported to a hospital by any other means, e.g., RMP.
In any instance where either a prisoner, attending physician, or hospital staff member,
refuses to complete or sign in the designated caption(s) on the MEDICAL
TREATMENT OF PRISONER form, the uniformed member of the service concerned
will note such fact on both the form and in his/her ACTIVITY LOG, making sure to
include the full title and name of the person refusing and all details involved.
The Health and Hospitals Corporation (HHC) is entitled to a copy of the MEDICAL
TREATMENT OF PRISONER form. Therefore upon completion of the treatment of
the prisoner, the uniformed member of the service concerned will allow hospital
personnel to photocopy this form.
A copy of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form MUST accompany the
prisoner until his/her custody is no longer the responsibility of this Department.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrests - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Desk Appearance Ticket - Hospitalized Prisoner (P.G. 208-30)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Bedside Arraignment (P.G. 210-05)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-05

BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To reduce manpower required to guard prisoners confined in hospitals.

DEFINITION

PRISON WARD - a hospital ward under the jurisdiction of the Department of
Correction.

PROCEDURE

When a prisoner not eligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121),
is admitted to a hospital prior to arraignment, comply with P.G. 210-02,
“Hospitalized Prisoners,” and, in addition:

DESK OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
ARREST

1.

Have arresting officer report to the precinct of arrest or other designated
arrest processing facility and have court affidavit prepared.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

2.

Instruct civilian complainant to appear at the precinct of arrest, designated
arrest processing facility, or Criminal Court on scheduled return date, as
appropriate, if Supporting Deposition is not prepared.

DESK OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
ARREST

3.

Upon completion and signing of court affidavit by arresting officer, notify
borough court section supervisor concerned that the court affidavit has been
completed and request a bedside arraignment for hospitalized prisoner.
a.
Enter notification in Telephone Record.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED

4.

Have completed arrest package delivered to Court Clerk for docketing.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
DETENTION

5.
6.

Prepare BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET (PD244-1411).
Ensure that a copy of all completed arrest related paperwork is kept in a
folder at the desk, including:
a.
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159)
b.
Prisoner Movement Slip
c.
BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET.
Have copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET and fingerprint/palmprint charts, (if required), delivered to
guarding officer (see P.G. 210-02, “Hospitalized Prisoners”).
Assign uniformed member of the service to fingerprint/palmprint prisoner, if
required.
a.
Obtain assistance from Identification Section, if fingerprints/palmprints
cannot be obtained by normal means.
Contact hospital administrator and determine how long prisoner will be
confined for treatment.

7.

8.

9.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

NOTE

If hospital denies permission to fingerprint/palmprint, photograph or arraign prisoner due to
prisoner’s physical condition, ascertain earliest date when the prisoner can be processed.

GUARDING
MEMBER

10.
11.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
DETENTION

12.
13.
14.

15.

GUARDING
MEMBER

16.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
DETENTION

17.
18.

Notify desk officer, precinct of detention, when fingerprints/palmprints have
been taken.
Ask prisoner if he/she wants legal assistance and/or an interpreter and
notify desk officer, precinct of detention, of results.
Record information concerning fingerprinting, request for legal assistance
and/or interpreter on BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET.
Direct precinct messenger to deliver completed fingerprint/palmprint charts to the
borough court section supervisor concerned, if necessary.
Request Photographic Unit to photograph prisoner.
a.
Furnish Photographic Unit with information listed on BEDSIDE
ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET.
Notify desk officer, precinct of detention, when prisoner has been
photographed.
After arraignment, notify desk officer, precinct of detention, with the
following information:
a.
Judge’s name
b.
Arraignment date
c.
Disposition of arraignment
Record arraignment information on BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT
WORKSHEET and in Telephone Record.
Reassign guarding officer if prisoner is released from custody or posts bond.

NOTE

Bail may be posted at the borough criminal court concerned, not at the stationhouse,
precinct of detention. After bail is posted, the Bail Receipt will be delivered to the desk
officer, precinct of detention.

GUARDING
MEMBER

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

Obtain copy of Court Commitment order from the court officials, if
prisoner is held on bail or remanded.
Contact hospital liaison and inquire about arrangements made for transfer
of prisoner to Department of Correction.
Notify desk officer, precinct of detention, of transfer arrangements.
Deliver prisoner and Court Commitment order to the Department of Correction
officer at hospital.
Sign Department of Correction form “Prisoner Ward Record” as a receipt
for prisoner.
Make appropriate entries in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and include
prisoner’s name, arrest number, correction officer’s name and shield number.
a.
Ensure ACTIVITY LOG entries correspond with entries made
by correction personnel under “Valuables Received” on Prisoner
Ward Record.
b.
Report any discrepancy to desk officer, precinct of detention.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-05

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
DETENTION

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

25.

26.

3 of 3

Notify borough court section concerned when:
a.
Prisoner has been transferred.
b.
Bedside arraignment is delayed in excess of six or more days.
c.
Any problem arises which cannot be resolved by detention
precinct personnel.
Upon completion of arraignment, have folder containing arrest related
paperwork filed at precinct of detention.

PLANNING
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
DETENTION

27.
28.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When a prisoner is released from a hospital prior to arraignment, the guarding member
will obtain a signed medical release from the attending physician and escort the
prisoner, rear cuffed, to court for arraignment. The uniformed member concerned will
deliver the medical release to the borough court section supervisor. If a complaint has
been previously prepared, borough court section personnel will retrieve and deliver the
complaint to the court clerk for docketing.

29.

Coordinate the procedural steps involved in bedside arraignments.
Establish communication with agencies and hospitals that may be
involved in bedside arraignments.
Maintain a file containing the telephone number(s) of individuals to be
contacted when arranging for bedside arraignments.

When a Certificate of Release is presented for an arraigned and hospitalized prisoner
stating that bail has been posted, the guarding member will notify the desk officer,
precinct of detention, who will make appropriate entries on the BEDSIDE
ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET and ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET. The Certificate of Release will be attached to the ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and the borough court section
supervisor will be notified.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET (PD244-1411)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-06

PRISONERS' MEALS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide meals for detained prisoners.

DEFINITION

MEAL HOURS - between 0500-0600, 1200-1300, and 1800-1900 hours.

PROCEDURE

When a prisoner is confined in a detention cell:

POLICE
ATTENDANT

1.

NOTE

Meals must be provided by this Department to prisoners:
a.
With funds who want to purchase own meal
b.
With funds who want meals supplied by this Department
c.
Without funds.

DESK OFFICER 2.
3.

4.
5.

6.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

7.

8.
COMMANDING 9.
OFFICER
10.

Determine number of meals required and notify desk officer.
a.
Hot liquids (coffee, tea, hot chocolate, etc.), will not be provided
with a prisoner’s meal.

Telephone restaurant, order required number of meals and obtain cost.
a.
Cost to Department may not exceed $1.80 per meal, per prisoner.
Prepare and sign PRISONER MEAL VOUCHER (PD144-051).
a.
Prepare separate PRISONER MEAL VOUCHER for each meal
period.
Issue vendor his/her copy of PRISONER MEAL VOUCHER when
meal is delivered to precinct or picked up at restaurant.
Direct attendant to enter cost of meal provided each prisoner on
PRISONER ROSTER (PD244-145).
a.
If prisoner obtains food with own funds or refuses meal, entry
must be made on PRISONER ROSTER and in Command Log.
Submit remaining copies of PRISONER MEAL VOUCHER to
Operations Coordinator.
Prepare separate EXPENSE REPORT (PD102-061) set at end of month
for each restaurant from which meals were obtained.
a.
List the name and address of the vendor, the period covered and
the total amount due the restaurant.
Submit EXPENSE REPORT sets and PRISONER MEAL
VOUCHERS to commanding officer.
Certify each EXPENSE REPORT set and forward original and first
copy with original copies of related PRISONER MEAL VOUCHERS
to Audits and Accounts Unit by the 15th of each month.
File remaining copy of EXPENSE REPORT with related copy of
PRISONER MEAL VOUCHERS attached.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-06

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When medical or other unusual conditions exist, a desk officer may authorize additional
prisoner meals or meals at other than designated hours. A Command Log entry
explaining the circumstances will be made. If a prisoner, who has missed the designated
meal period due to arrest processing or any other reason requests to be fed, the desk
officer will authorize such meal.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

EXPENSE REPORT (PD102-061)
PRISONER MEAL VOUCHER (PD144-051)
PRISONER ROSTER (PD244-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-07

PRISONERS – UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To make notifications and investigate certain unusual occurrences related to
prisoners.

DEFINITION

UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE – With regard to prisoners, means that a prisoner in
the custody of this Department, or an unarraigned prisoner in the custody of the
New York City Department of Correction:
a.
Dies, or
b.
Attempts suicide, or
c.
Assaults a member of the service, or
d.
Escapes or attempts to escape, or
e.
Is subdued with a Conducted Energy Device, or
f.
Is involved in any other occurrence of an unusual nature.

PROCEDURE

When an adult prisoner or a child under sixteen in custody is involved in an
unusual occurrence:

DESK OFFICER

1.
2.

3.

COMMANDING 4.
5.
OFFICER/
6.
DUTY
CAPTAIN

7.

Notify commanding officer/duty captain.
Notify Operations Unit, including:
a.
Name and sex of prisoner or child in custody
b.
Charge for which prisoner or child in custody is held.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center if prisoner dies, attempts
suicide, escapes or attempts to escape.
Conduct investigation of incident.
Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead.
Forward three copies of report in all adult prisoner cases, one copy of
report for child in custody and two copies of report if child in custody
dies to Chief of Department, DIRECT. If death occurs, include photographs
and any other supportive information.
Forward one additional copy of report to each of the following:
a.
Chief of Patrol (DIRECT)
b.
Chief of Internal Affairs Bureau
c.
Commanding Officer, Office of Management Analysis and Planning
d.
Commanding Officer, Criminal Justice Bureau
e.
Commanding Officer, Performance Monitoring Analysis Unit
f.
Each intermediate command
g.
Commanding officer of member of the service concerned, if
member not assigned to reporting command
h.
Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section, if a Conducted
Energy Device was used to contain/restrain a prisoner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-07

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

The New York State Correction Law Section 47(2) mandates that a report be made to the
New York State Commission of Correction whenever a death occurs while a prisoner is in
police custody while lodged in a detention or holding cell, being transported to the borough
courthouse for arraignment after having been in a detention or holding cell, or at the
hospital after having been lodged in a detention or holding cell. If a death occurs prior to a
prisoner having been in a detention or holding cell a notification to the New York State
Commission of Correction is not necessary. Whenever a reportable death occurs while in
custody, the commanding officer of the facility or the duty captain responsible for the
immediate follow-up investigation will complete the form entitled, “Report of Inmate
Death to State Commission of Correction (SCOC M187)”. Only items one through thirtysix will be completed on the form. Whenever a question does not apply or an answer is not
available, the letters “DNA” will be entered in the allotted space on the form. The
commanding officer/duty captain will then fax the form directly to the New York State
Commission of Correction within six hours of the death, and immediately follow-up with the
New York State Commission of Correction to confirm receipt of the faxed copy of the
Report of Inmate Death to State Commission of Correction (SCOC M187). The form will
also be mailed within ten days of the death to the New York State Commission of
Correction, Attention: Medical Review Board.
The Criminal Justice Bureau acts as the liaison between this Department and the New York
State Commission of Correction. This includes, but is not limited to:
1.
Providing requested documents regarding prisoner deaths in custody
2.
Coordinating the inspections of detention cells, holding cells, and juvenile rooms
by members of the New York State Commission of Correction.
All copies of documentation related to a prisoner death in custody, including the Report of
Inmate Death to State Commission of Correction (SCOC M187), will be forwarded to the
Criminal Justice Bureau, upon request.
Any questions regarding the State Commission of Correction should be directed to the
Criminal Justice Bureau.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Report of Inmate Death to State Commission of Correction (SCOC M187)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-08

GUIDELINES FOR PRISONER HOLDING PENS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure the integrity, control, and humane treatment of prisoners lodged in
command/detective squad holding pens.

PROCEDURE

Upon lodging a prisoner temporarily in a command/detective squad holding pen:

DESK
OFFICER/
DETECTIVE
SQUAD
SUPERVISOR

1.

2.

3.
4.

5.

Utilize Department form PRISONER HOLDING PEN ROSTER (PD2441410) to maintain a record of prisoners lodged in holding pens (cages).
a.
Maintain a copy of the PRISONER HOLDING PEN ROSTER
at the desk and detective squad office, as appropriate.
b.
File completed forms at the end of every twenty-four hour period
at the desk and detective squad office, as appropriate.
Designate a member of the service to specifically inspect and check
condition of prisoners every thirty minutes.
a.
Do not leave prisoners unattended.
Have assigned member enter results of inspection and action taken under
the appropriate captions on PRISONER HOLDING PEN ROSTER.
Assign a supervisor to personally and periodically inspect prisoners
lodged in holding pens and have supervisor enter results of inspection
under appropriate captions on PRISONER HOLDING PEN ROSTER.
Make certain the following additional guidelines are complied with:
a.
Maximum period of detention for prisoners being held in holding
pens will usually be three hours. If circumstances dictate a person
be held for a longer period, such period must be approved by the
desk officer for command holding pens or detective squad
supervisor for detective squad holding pens. If a detective squad
supervisor is not available, the extension period must be approved
by the command desk officer. The reason for any time extension
must be documented in the Command Log.
b.
Prisoners who appear to be ill, intoxicated, or emotionally
disturbed shall not be detained in holding pens. If appropriate,
P.G. 210-04 “Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric
Treatment” will be complied with.
c.
At no time should more prisoners than can be reasonably
accommodated be put in a holding pen. The amount of time a prisoner
will be detained in the holding pen must be taken into consideration
when determining what is a reasonable accommodation.
d.
Before being placed in a holding pen, the clothing and person of
each prisoner must be thoroughly searched. Generally, a female
prisoner will only be searched by a female police attendant or
female uniformed member of the service (see P.G. 208-05,
“Arrests – General Search Guidelines”).
e.
Belts, neckties, shoelaces, and clothing items such as jackets,
overcoats, or other similar outer garments shall be removed and
stored temporarily where they will not be accessible to the prisoner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-08

DESK
OFFICER/
DETECTIVE
SQUAD
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

f.

g.
h.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

At no time detain male and female prisoners in the same holding pen.
Refer to P.G. 210-17, “Arrest Processing of Pre-Arraignment
Prisoners Designated as ‘Special Category’ ” and/or P.G. 203-10,
“Public Contact – Prohibited Conduct,” subdivision “a” following
step “1”, regarding gender, if necessary.
At no time detain adult and juvenile prisoners in the same holding pen.
Juveniles must be held in the command’s designated juvenile area.
If a prisoner is placed in a cell alone because he/she threatens or
fights with another prisoner(s), is causing disruption, or for any
other reason, ensure that a member of the service will continue to
monitor that prisoner closely.

PRISONER CONFLICTS
Whenever an arresting officer/investigator becomes aware that there is the need to separate
two or more defendants from one another due to threats made by one defendant to another,
or due to the potential for one defendant to assault another, a notation will be made at the
bottom of each defendant’s Prisoner Movement Slip in the “Detention Alert” section under
the caption “Other (Explain).” The notation must contain the name and arrest number of
the other defendant involved, as well as an indication as to why separation is deemed
necessary (e.g., prisoner had a fight with the other prisoner; prisoner was threatened by
other prisoner, etc.). If separation is required for confidential or sensitive reasons, such as
one prisoner testified against another, enter the name and telephone number of the arresting
officer/assigned investigator so that further information can be obtained if necessary, rather
than entering the actual reason for the separation. (If detention personnel are unable to
contact the arresting officer/assigned investigator for further information, they will continue
to keep the affected prisoners separated from one another).
In the event that an arrest processing officer or escorting officer becomes aware that a
conflict exists between prisoners requiring their separation, the officer must:
a.
Inform the arresting officer/assigned investigator of the circumstances in order
that the latter may make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips, OR
b.
Personally make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips which must then be
brought to the attention of the Court Section personnel for entry on the
courthouse generated movement slips.
The information entered on the Prisoner Movement Slip prepared at the command must also be
entered on the computerized movement slip generated at the courthouse when the prisoner is
photographed. In addition to the notation on the movement slip, the arresting officer/assigned
investigator/escorting officer will notify the concerned borough court section supervisor.
Members of the service assigned to prisoner detention functions at the command and at the
courthouse must examine and be guided by the information contained in the “Detention
Alert” caption on each Prisoner Movement Slip in regard to separating prisoners. etc.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Prisoners General Procedure (P.G. 210-01)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Prisoners - Unusual Occurrence (P.G. 210-07)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PRISONER HOLDING PEN ROSTER (PD244-1410)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-09

BAIL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To release prisoners on bail prior to court arraignment.

DEFINITIONS

PRE-ARRAIGNMENT BAIL - a sum of United States currency posted by a surety
at the time of arrest, to secure the defendant’s appearance for court arraignment.
SURETY - the person or prisoner who offers money for bail.

PROCEDURE

To require a prisoner, who has been approved for a Desk Appearance Ticket
pursuant to P.G. 208-27, “Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure”, to
post pre-arraignment bail to secure his/her attendance in court.

NOTE

The Criminal Procedure Law permits the issuance and service of an appearance ticket
to be conditioned upon the posting of a sum of money, known as pre-arraignment bail.
This money will be forfeited by the defendant should the defendant fail to comply with
the directions of the appearance ticket.

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.

Comply with P.G. 208-27, “Desk Appearance Ticket - General
Procedure” and 208-02, “Arrests - Removal to Department Facility for
Processing.”
Determine if the charge is one for which bail may be accepted as follows:

CHARGE

BAIL



Family Court warrant



Yes, between 1400 and 0800, if court is not in
session



Superior Court warrant of arrest



NO



Criminal Court warrant of arrest



NO



Bench warrant



NO



Order of Protection



NO



Violation of parole



NO



Violation of probation



NO



Material witness



NO



Fugitive from justice



NO



Violation of federal law



NO



Any offense involving members of the same  NO
Family/Household-Expanded Definition



Any crime against a child less than eighteen



NO



Felony



NO



Violation



YES

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-09


REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4


Misdemeanor

CURRENT CHARGE


Aggravated
240.30, [3])



Article 17 - Election Law

Harassment,

2nd

YES, (where eligible for a Desk Appearance
Ticket pursuant to P.G. 208-27 EXCEPT,
prisoners charged with the misdemeanors
listed below may not be bailed after
fingerprints have been processed by NYSIIS
and the report lists previous convictions, as
described below, which would raise the
misdemeanor to a felony:
PREVIOUS CONVICTION

Degree

(P.L.  Same offense or 240.31, P.L., within ten years
 Any crime in Art. 17-Election Law



Auto Stripping, 2 Degree

 Same offense, OR repealed subdivision 8,
Section 1224, VTL within five years



Avoidance of Cigarette Tax (A.C. 11-1317)

 Two for same offense



Avoidance of Cigarette Tax (New York State  Two for same offense
Tax Law 481)



Cigarette Tax (A.C. 11-4012, [a], [1])

nd

 Two for same offense



Computer Tampering, 2 Degree (P.L. 156.20)



Criminal Possession Weapon, 4th Degree (P.L.  Any crime
265.01, [1], [2], [3], [5])



Criminally Using Drug Paraphernalia, 2nd  Same offense
Degree (P.L. 220.50)



Falsely Reporting an Incident, 2nd Degree (P.L.  Same offense
240.55)



Illicit Alcoholic Beverages (A.B.C. Law 152 or 154)

nd

 Any crime under Article 156, or Section 165, (10)
P.L.

 Same offense



Obscenity, 3 Degree (P.L. 235.05)



Sale or purchase of Stolen, False, or Fraudulent  Same offense with ten years
License, Certificate of Registration, or Number
Plate (V.T.L. 392a)



Transporting Hazardous Materials (V.T.L. 380)



 Same offense

rd

Unauthorized Use of Vehicle, 3
165.05)

NOTE

rd

 Two for same offense

Degree (P.L.  P.L. 165.05, subdivision 1, OR P.L. 165.06
within ten years

A prisoner charged with violation of Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 1192 subdivisions (1),
(2), (3) or (4) shall not be eligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET or stationhouse
bail, unless such prisoner is hospitalized for more than twenty-four hours. Such prisoner may
be issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET, if eligible, whether or not he submitted to a
chemical test. However, under no circumstances will a prisoner charged with violation of
Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 1192 subdivisions (1), (2), (3) or (4) be issued a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET if he/she has caused serious physical injury or death to another.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 3.
(continued)

4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

10.
11.

12.

13.
14.
15.

16.
17.
18.

19.

3 of 4

Have a Warrant and INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163) name
check conducted via FINEST (see P.G. 208-23, “Computerized
Investigation Card System” and 208-27, “Desk Appearance Ticket General Procedure.”)
Set the amount of bail (CASH ONLY) as follows:
a.
For each Class A misdemeanor
$500
b.
For each Class B misdemeanor
$250
c.
For each unclassified misdemeanor $250
d.
For each violation
$100
e.
For a Family Court warrant
Amount stated on warrant
Have surety swear an oath of ownership of the bail money.
Prepare and sign BAIL RECEIPT (PD209-011).
Have surety sign all copies of BAIL RECEIPT.
Give surety white copy of BAIL RECEIPT.
Instruct surety concerning return of bail as follows:
a.
Appear at court arraignment of defendant and present copy of
BAIL RECEIPT and proof of identity, or
b.
After court arraignment, personally present copy of BAIL RECEIPT
and proof of identity at the borough Property Clerk’s Office.
Prepare DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121) and give to defendant.
Direct that two front view (head and shoulder) Polaroid photos be taken
of prisoner.
a.
Ensure that back of photos are stamped and captions completed.
Have WARRANT INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD374-152) prepared.
a.
Attach one Polaroid photo to warrant for Warrant Section copy of
report
b.
Attach second Polaroid photo to court copy of report.
Release prisoner.
Make notation in Box 11, “Narrative,” of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) that prisoner has been bailed.
Place bail money in Property Clerk envelope and print on face:
a.
“CASH BAIL”
b.
Precinct
c.
Arrest number
d.
Defendant’s name
e.
Surety’s name, if other than defendant.
Seal envelope and sign across flap.
Attach three copies (yellow, pink, and blue) of BAIL RECEIPT.
Designate a messenger to deliver bail to borough Property Clerk’s office.
a.
If borough Property Clerk’s office is closed, bail will be delivered
next business day.
Have messenger sign for bail in the Property Receipt Book.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-09

MESSENGER

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

20.
21.

DESK OFFICER 22.
23.

4 of 4

Deliver bail and BAIL RECEIPTS to borough Property Clerk’s Office
and obtain receipt on blue copy of BAIL RECEIPT.
Deliver receipted copy of BAIL RECEIPT to desk officer.
File receipted blue copy of BAIL RECEIPT with file copy of ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
Give green copy of BAIL RECEIPT to arresting/assigned officer.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When prisoner is released on bail, the desk officer of command/borough court section facility
where bail has been posted, will notify the arresting/assigned officer and include, the time, date,
court of arraignment, location of bail money and that he/she must deliver the bail to court. In
addition, the desk officer will notify the borough court section supervisor concerned, where the
bail money is located and the name of the officer and defendant. If defendant released from other
than the precinct of arrest, the desk officer, command of arrest, will be notified for appropriate
entry on the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Arrests - Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Delivery of Bail Money to Court From Stationhouse (P.G. 210-10)
Delivery of Bail Money to Court From Property Clerk (P.G. 210-11)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

BAIL RECEIPT (PD209-011)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
WARRANT INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD374-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-10

DELIVERY OF BAIL MONEY TO COURT FROM STATIONHOUSE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To deliver bail to court on date of arraignment.

PROCEDURE

On date of arraignment, if cash bail has not been forwarded to borough Property
Clerk’s office:

ARRESTING/
ASSIGNED
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.

4.

5.

DESK OFFICER 6.
7.

Obtain bail and three copies (pink, yellow and blue) of BAIL RECEIPT
(PD209-011) from desk officer.
Sign for bail in the Property Receipt Book.
Appear at the defendant’s arraignment and if defendant and surety are
present:
a.
Examine surety’s copy of BAIL RECEIPT and establish surety’s
identity.
b.
Have surety sign receipt for cash bail, on reverse side of pink copy
of BAIL RECEIPT, and return money to surety
c.
Deliver receipted pink copy of BAIL RECEIPT to the desk officer
d.
Destroy blue copy of BAIL RECEIPT.
Comply with the following if the defendant is present but surety is not:
a.
Immediately after arraignment, deliver bail and pink copy of
BAIL RECEIPT to borough Property Clerk’s office
b.
Inform member of the service at Property Clerk’s office that
defendant did appear at arraignment
c.
Obtain receipt from Property Clerk’s office on the blue copy of
BAIL RECEIPT
d.
Deliver receipted copy of BAIL RECEIPT to desk officer.
Comply with the following if defendant does not appear and bail is forfeited:
a.
Give bail to court clerk and have him sign on reverse of pink copy
of BAIL RECEIPT
b.
Deliver receipted copy of BAIL RECEIPT to desk officer
c.
Destroy blue copy of BAIL RECEIPT.
File receipted copy of BAIL RECEIPT with file copy of ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
Give green copy of BAIL RECEIPT to arresting/assigned officer.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Borough court section supervisor will ascertain that the arresting/assigned officer
has obtained the bail if defendant had been released on bail. If the arresting/assigned
officer has not obtained bail, he/she will be directed to location where bail is located to
pick up and deliver the bail to court.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Bail (P.G. 210-09)
Delivery of Bail Money to Court From Property Clerk (P.G. 210-11)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

BAIL RECEIPT (PD209-011)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-11

DELIVERY OF BAIL MONEY TO COURT FROM PROPERTY CLERK
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To deliver bail to court on date of arraignment.

PROCEDURE

On date of arraignment, if cash bail has been forwarded to borough Property
Clerk’s office:

ARRESTING/
ASSIGNED
OFFICER

1.

2.

3.

4.

Pick up bail and pink copy of BAIL RECEIPT (PD209-011) at borough
Property Clerk’s office.
a.
Receipt for the bail on yellow copy of BAIL RECEIPT.
Appear at the defendant’s arraignment at court and if defendant and
surety are present:
a.
Examine surety’s copy of BAIL RECEIPT and establish surety’s
identity
b.
Have surety sign receipt for cash bail, on reverse side of pink copy
of BAIL RECEIPT, and return bail money to surety
c.
Deliver receipted pink copy of BAIL RECEIPT to Property
Clerk’s office, immediately after court appearance
d.
Obtain yellow copy of BAIL RECEIPT from Property Clerk’s
office and retain as receipt.
Comply with the following if the defendant is present but surety is not:
a.
Immediately after court appearance, return bail and BAIL
RECEIPT to borough Property Clerk’s office
b.
Inform member of the service at Property Clerk’s office that
defendant did appear at arraignment
c.
Obtain yellow copy of BAIL RECEIPT from Property Clerk’s
office and retain as receipt.
Comply with the following if defendant does not appear and bail is forfeited:
a.
Give bail to court clerk and have him sign on reverse of pink copy
of BAIL RECEIPT
b.
Deliver receipted copy of BAIL RECEIPT to Property Clerk’s
office, immediately after the court appearance
c.
Obtain yellow copy of BAIL RECEIPT from Property Clerk’s
office and retain as receipt.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Borough court section supervisor will ascertain that the arresting/assigned officer has
obtained the bail if defendant has been released on bail. If the arresting/assigned officer
has not obtained the bail, he/she will be directed to location where bail is located to pick
up and deliver the bail to court.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Bail (P.G. 210-09)
Delivery of Bail Money to Court From Stationhouse (P.G. 210-10)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

BAIL RECEIPT (PD209-011)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-12

PROCESSING PRISONER WHEN BAIL
APPLICATION MADE TO JUDGE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To process a prisoner, not eligible for pre-arraignment bail, who may be admitted
to bail by a judge or justice.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving information that an application for bail will be made to a judge or
justice for a prisoner in custody:

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.

7.
FORMS AND
REPORTS

Expedite the forwarding of the prisoner’s fingerprints.
Prepare CERTIFICATION OF CHARGES AGAINST PRISONER
(PD244-062).
Send messenger to Fax Terminal with the CERTIFICATION OF
CHARGES AGAINST PRISONER with instructions to:
a.
Obtain a copy of the prisoner’s rap sheet from NYSIIS, and attach it
to CERTIFICATION OF CHARGES AGAINST PRISONER,
and
b.
Deliver them to the judicial authority concerned.
Have prisoner photographed.
Upon receipt of written notice from the judicial authority, inform prisoner
of time and location to appear for arraignment and release prisoner.
Enter facts of release on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) and file the written notice with ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
Notify arresting officer that prisoner has been bailed and the time and
location of arraignment.

CERTIFICATION OF CHARGES AGAINST PRISONER (PD244-062)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-13

RELEASE OF PRISONERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To release a person taken into custody when further investigation reveals that the
person arrested did not commit the offense or any related offense or it is
determined that no offense has been committed or when directed by an Assistant
District Attorney that the arrest is to be voided.

DEFINITIONS

VOIDED ARREST – When an arrest is made by a uniformed member of the service or
a civilian, and there is reasonable cause to believe the prisoner did not commit the
offense, or any related offense, or it is determined that no offense has been committed,
the member of the service concerned must immediately release the prisoner and comply
with this procedure.
DECLINE PROSECUTION – The District Attorney has prosecutorial discretion and
may decline to prosecute a case for a variety of reasons even though probable cause for
the arrest exists. Some examples are: cases where the evidence is legally sufficient to
prosecute, but must be corroborated; or cases where prosecution is declined in the
interest of justice; etc. In these instances, the Assistant District Attorney is required to
issue a Decline Prosecution Letter. In such circumstances, members of the service
should be guided by Patrol Guide 216-16, “Release of Prisoners at the Complaint
Room at Direction of the Assistant District Attorney.”
Additionally, there may be circumstances wherein an Assistant District Attorney directs
that an arrest be voided and refuses to issue a Decline Prosecution Letter despite the
arresting officer’s good faith belief that probable cause existed for the arrest. In those
instances, members of the service should be guided by this procedure.

PROCEDURE

When an arrest is made by a uniformed member of the service or a civilian, and
there is reasonable cause to believe that the prisoner did not commit the offense
in question or any related offense.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

Confer with patrol supervisor and obtain consent for release of prisoner.
a.
If unavailable, confer with desk officer/borough court section supervisor.
b.
If the arresting officer, prior to removal of the prisoner to the police
facility/borough court section, has reasonable cause to believe that
the prisoner did not commit the offense charged and the patrol
supervisor is not available for conferral, the prisoner may be released
immediately and the patrol supervisor/desk officer will be notified as
soon as possible.
(1)
In all “Release of Prisoner” cases, the desk officer of the
command of occurrence MUST be informed of the
circumstances of the release
(2)
A prisoner may be released by the Department at any time
from the initial custody until the arraignment in the
courtroom.
c.
If prisoner has been removed from police facility/borough court
section facility, confer with supervisor assigned to court.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

PATROL SUPV./ 2.
DESK OFFICER 3.
/BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

2 of 5

Authorize release of prisoner if in agreement with arresting officer.
Verify that all property removed from the person is returned.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

4.

Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of facts of the release of
prisoner.

SUPERVISOR
AUTHORIZING
/NOTIFIED OF
RELEASE

5.

Examine and initial arresting officer’s ACTIVITY LOG entry.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

6.

Prepare OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), immediately, for
released prisoner.
a.
Indicate under the “Narrative” section the reason the prisoner was
released and arrest voided and include:
(1)
Statement indicating property was returned, if applicable
(2)
Names of witnesses, if any
(3)
Supervisor who authorized or was notified of release of
prisoner
(4)
Time of release.
Void the arrest using the “Omniform System” under “Arrest Processing
Type” and select the “Voided Arrest” option, which will still generate an
arrest number.

7.

DESK OFFICER 8.
/SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED

Review circumstances of arrest.
a.
If arrest voided by arresting/assigned officer in “Omniform System”:
(1)
Review OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET/OMNIFORM –
ARREST REPORT and ensure that the “Narrative” section
include reason(s) for arrest being “voided” (see step “7”)
(2)
Enter “VOIDED ARREST” across the top of the OLBS
ARREST WORKSHEET/OMNIFORM – ARREST
REPORT.
b.
If prisoner was already processed and an arrest number generated
for booking purposes (not voided by arresting officer):
(1)
Log into “Omniform System” and select the “Void an
Arrest” option under caption “Supervisor Functions” and
enter applicable information necessary to void the arrest.
(2)
Assign uniformed member of the service to prepare, fax and
forward ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244157) to borough court section concerned without delay.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-13

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

a.

DESK OFFICER
/SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED
(continued)

9.

10.

11.
12.
13.
PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMANDER

REVISION NUMBER:

14.

Ensure the arresting/assigned officer indicates
under “Details” section of the ARREST REPORT
SUPPLEMENT the reason the arrest was voided
(see step “7”).
(3)
Enter “VOIDED ARREST” across top of the ARREST
REPORT SUPPLEMENT and OLBS ARREST
WORKSHEET/OMNIFORM ARREST REPORT.
Distribute OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET/OMNIFORM ARREST
REPORT and ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT, as applicable, in
normal manner.
Ensure copies of all reports are forwarded to the following:
a.
Patrol borough commander concerned
b.
Commanding Officer, Identification Section
c.
Borough court section concerned
d.
Commanding officer of arresting officer, if different from precinct
of occurrence.
Notify borough court section of the voided arrest information
Make Command Log entry.
Notify precinct commanding officer.
Review report(s) and if satisfied that the release of prisoner was proper,
signify by endorsement and return to originating commanding officer.

REQUEST BY ASSISTANT DISTRICT ATTORNEY TO “VOID” AN ARREST:
15.

Inform desk officer/borough court section supervisor that Assistant
District Attorney is requesting arrest be “voided” and not “Decline
Prosecution.”

DESK OFFICER 16.
/BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

Confer with Legal Bureau regarding request by Assistant District Attorney.

17.

Confer with Assistant District Attorney concerned and attempt to resolve
the issue.
Request Assistant District Attorney to treat case as a “Decline Prosecution.”
a.
Confer with supervisory Assistant District Attorney if the Assistant
District Attorney will not draw up complaint.
b.
If all attempts to resolve the issue do not result in the complaint being
drawn and the Assistant District Attorney will not treat the case as a
“Decline Prosecution” case, then the arrest shall be deemed voided as
per the Assistant District Attorney.
Notify the desk officer, precinct of arrest and the borough court section
supervisor to release the prisoner in accordance with this procedure.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

LEGAL
BUREAU
ATTORNEY

18.

19.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-13

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 20.

21.

22.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

4 of 5

Make Command Log entry and include the following information:
a.
Arrest “voided” due to Assistant District Attorney refusal to consider
charges
b.
Name of the Legal Bureau attorney consulted
c.
Name of the Assistant District Attorney
d.
Name of the District Attorney’s Office supervisor
e.
Borough court section supervisor concerned.
Ensure all information in step “20” is included in the “Narrative” section of the
OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET/OMNIFORM ARREST REPORT or the
“Details” section of ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT, as applicable.
Notify borough court section supervisor (via Telephone Message) of final
status of prisoner.

DEPARTMENT POLICY
If the precinct or patrol borough commander is not satisfied that the release was proper,
the circumstances of the release will be reported to the First Deputy Commissioner and
the Chief of Department.
The authority to release a prisoner by means of this procedure rests solely with the
Police Department.
When an arrest is voided for any reason and the person being released has been
fingerprinted via Live Scan, one copy of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET/OMNIFORM ARREST REPORT or the ARREST REPORT
SUPPLEMENT, as appropriate, is to be delivered to the borough court section intake
supervisor, borough of arrest. The desk officer will ensure that this is done in a timely manner.
The borough court section intake supervisor, borough of arrest, will prepare a communication
detailing the circumstances of the voided arrest. This communication will be FAXED to the
Division of Criminal Justice Services with the request to seal the defendant’s record.
All borough court section intake facilities will now maintain a bound log with the
following information regarding voided arrests:
 The date that the ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT was received
 OLBS WORKSHEET arrest number
 Precinct and location of arrest
 Name, shield, and command of arresting officer
 Date and time the Division of Criminal Justice Services was notified
 Name of the representative from the Division of Criminal Justice Services who acknowledges
receipt of the communication from the NYPD along with the date and time of its receipt.
The Legal Bureau is responsible for logging and tracking inquiries made in accordance
with the voiding of any arrest at the request of the Assistant District Attorney. The Legal
Bureau may be contacted Monday through Friday, 0700 to 2300 hours. At other times,
and on the weekends, the Legal Bureau duty attorney may be reached through the
Operations Division.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Release of Prisoners Arrested by Other Police Agencies (P.G. 210-15)
Release of Prisoners at the Complaint Room at Direction of the Assistant District Attorney
(P.G. 210-16)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-14

RELEASE OF PRISONER - NARCOTIC ARREST
NEGATIVE FINDINGS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To expedite the release of a prisoner detained in a Department of Correction
facility, when analysis of controlled substance is negative and no other charges
are pending.

PROCEDURE

Upon completion of lab testing and it is discovered that the substance in question
did not contain any trace of an illegal controlled substance:

POLICE
LABORATORY
PERSONNEL

1.

Notify assistant district attorney concerned by sending a copy of lab
report to court and notify arresting/assigned officer concerned by sending
a copy of lab report to command when findings are negative.

DESK OFFICER 2.

Notify arresting officer to disregard scheduled court appearance if NO
other charges are pending against prisoner.
a.
Notify roll call to make notation in Diary of court cancellation.
Deliver POLICE LABORATORY CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE
ANALYSIS REPORT (PD521-153) to member concerned upon receipt
from Police Laboratory.
File “ADA Copy” of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
received from Property Clerk Division.

3.

4.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The District Attorney’s Office will notify the Department of Correction to arrange for
the release of the concerned prisoner.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana Stored at Stationhouse (P.G 218-24)
Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana Contraband Not Stored at Stationhouse
(P.G. 218-25)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

POLICE LABORATORY CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE ANALYSIS REPORT
(PD521-153)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-15

RELEASE OF PRISONERS ARRESTED
BY OTHER POLICE AGENCIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record the release of prisoners by other police agencies.

PROCEDURE

When a police officer of another agency delivers an arrested person to the
stationhouse or borough court section and investigation reveals that that person
did not commit the offense alleged or any related offense:

DESK OFFICER/
BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

1.

2.
3.
4.

5.
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
6.
OFFICER
7.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Decide whether the prisoner will be released:
a.
If conflict exists between the desk officer/borough court section
supervisor and the arresting officer, the precinct commander/duty
captain will make decision.
Follow P.G. 210-13, “Release of Prisoners.”
Make entry in Telephone Record when notified by another police agency
that they have released a prisoner from other than a stationhouse.
Notify precinct commander.
Compare written notification from other police agency with Telephone
Record entry.
Endorse written notification.
Forward endorsed notification through channels to:
a.
Criminal Justice Bureau
b.
Identification Section

Release of Prisoners (P.G. 210-13)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-16

RELEASE OF PRISONER AT THE COMPLAINT ROOM BY
DIRECTION OF THE ASSISTANT DISTRICT ATTORNEY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To release a prisoner when the Assistant District Attorney elects not to prosecute
a defendant and designates the arrest case as “Decline Prosecution.”

PROCEDURE

Upon being informed by the Assistant District Attorney that the prisoner is to be
released and the arrest case has been designated as “Decline Prosecution.”

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

NOTE

When an Assistant District Attorney elects not to prosecute an arrest case which was
processed either via the Expedited Affidavit Program or Supporting Deposition Program,
borough court section personnel will obtain a copy of the District Attorney’s Office Decline
Prosecution Letter and follow the borough court section’s release of prisoner procedures.

2.
3.

Obtain copy of the District Attorney’s Office Decline Prosecution Letter.
(Either via FAX when processing at command or, in person, when
processing at the complaint room.)

Make complete ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
Notify desk officer.

WHEN ARRESTING OFFICER IS PRESENT AT PRECINCT OF ARREST AND
INFORMED BY AN ASSISTANT DISTRICT ATTORNEY THAT THE ARREST
CASE HAS BEEN DESIGNATED AS “DECLINE PROSECUTION”
DESK OFFICER 4.

Direct arresting officer to determine if prisoner has an active warrant.

5.
6.

Conduct a warrant name check (WNAM) via FINEST SYSTEM.
Ascertain from the borough court section if the Criminal History printout
(“Rapsheet”) has been received.

DESK OFFICER 7.

Direct prisoner be immediately released, if prisoner is present at
command or a hospital facility, after it has been established there is no
active warrant through warrant check and “Rapsheet.”

ARRESTING
OFFICER

NOTE

The release of a prisoner will not be delayed solely because the “Rapsheet” has not yet
been received.

8.
NOTE

Direct the arresting officer to process the arrest solely on the authority of
the active warrant, if the prisoner has active warrant.

In a designated “Decline Prosecution” case, the arresting officer will continue to process the
arrest case only when it has been determined that the prisoner has an active warrant. The
arresting officer will not process the prisoner on any of the original arrest charges that were
designated by the Assistant District Attorney as “Decline Prosecution.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 9.
(continued)

10.

11.

12.

2 of 3

Notify borough court section supervisor of either prisoner’s release, or
that prisoner is being processed solely on the authority of active warrant.
(This will enable the borough court section to make the appropriate On
Line Prisoner Arraignment (OLPA) system entries.)
Notify the borough court section supervisor that an Assistant District
Attorney has designated the arrest case as “Decline Prosecution”, if the
prisoner is en route to, or present at the borough court section.
Direct arresting officer to FAX the District Attorney’s Office Decline
Prosecution Letter to the borough court section supervisor.
a.
Borough court section’s release of prisoner procedures will then
be followed.
Make appropriate log entries and ensure that the District Attorney’s
Office form letter is filed.

IF ARRESTING OFFICER IS PRESENT AT THE COMPLAINT ROOM AND
INFORMED BY AN ASSISTANT DISTRICT ATTORNEY THAT THE ARREST
CASE HAS BEEN DESIGNATED AS “DECLINE PROSECUTION”
ARRESTING
OFFICER

13.

NOTE

In a case where a prisoner is hospitalized, the arresting officer must also notify and FAX
a copy of the District Attorney’s Office Decline Prosecution Letter to the command’s
desk officer who will direct the release of the prisoner after establishing that there is no
active warrant. If the prisoner has an active warrant, the desk officer will assign a
uniformed member of the service to process the prisoner solely on the authority of the
active warrant.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

Notify, and provide a copy of the District Attorney’s Office Decline
Prosecution Letter to the borough court section supervisor.

14.

File the District Attorney’s Office Decline Prosecution Letter in arrest
folder, upon return to command.

15.

Have the appropriate OLPA system entries made when notified by the
desk officer that the prisoner has been released, or that the prisoner will
be processed solely on the authority of an active warrant.
Direct, when notified by a desk officer or by an arresting officer in person,
that an arrest case of a prisoner who is en route to, or present at, the
borough court section has been designated as “Decline Prosecution,” and is
in receipt of a District Attorney’s Office Decline Prosecution Letter:
a.
The immediate release of the prisoner after the borough court
section has determined that there is no active warrant. The release
of a prisoner will not be delayed solely because the “rapsheet” has
not been received. (This procedure will be adhered to regardless
of prisoner’s lodging location [e.g. borough court section or
lodged over night at the precinct stationhouse.]) OR

16.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-16

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

3 of 3

Direct either the arresting officer, if present, or have borough
court section personnel process the prisoner solely on the
authority of the active warrant, if the prisoner has an active
warrant. (In this case, the arresting officer will only be utilized to
process the prisoner when the prisoner is lodged at the borough
court section and the arresting officer is present at the courthouse.)

NOTE

When a prisoner who is to be released is lodged over night at a precinct stationhouse,
the borough court section supervisor must notify and FAX a copy of the District
Attorney’s Office form letter to the desk officer concerned. Upon receipt of a District
Attorney’s Office form letter, the desk officer of the precinct concerned will release
prisoner and make appropriate log entries.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-17

ARREST PROCESSING OF PRE-ARRAIGNMENT PRISONERS
DESIGNATED AS "SPECIAL CATEGORY"
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that all pre-arraignment prisoners in custody at precinct, transit district, police
service area, and borough court section holding pens are medically screened by
Emergency Medical Service (EMS) personnel located at the borough court sections.

SCOPE

Presently, EMS personnel are assigned to all patrol borough court sections with
the exception of the Staten Island Court Section. On Staten Island it is the
supervisor at the court section and not EMS personnel that screens prisoners.
This supervisor makes the determination as to whether or not a prisoner will be
designated as special category. For the purposes of this procedure this practice
will remain in effect only in the Staten Island Court Section.

DEFINITION

SPECIAL CATEGORY PRISONER - A “Special Category Prisoner” is a prisoner who
should be removed from the general population for any of the following reasons:
a.
because of a medical condition or physical disability
b.
for any reason that would lead one to believe that placing that prisoner
in a general population of prisoners may pose a safety risk to that
prisoner or other prisoners
c.
for any reason that would lead one to believe that placing that prisoner
in a general population of prisoners may pose a health risk to that
prisoner or other prisoners.
The following will not be designated as “Special Category” prisoners:
a.
Hospitalized prisoners (Refer to P.G. 210-02, “Hospitalized
Prisoners”)
b.
Prisoners who will be issued Desk Appearance Tickets or summonses
and released directly from the precinct, transit district, or police service
area.

PROCEDURE

Upon transporting a pre-arraignment prisoner to the appropriate borough court section:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

1.

Ensure that prisoner is medically screened by EMS personnel as soon as
possible.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

2.

Determine, in conjunction with EMS personnel, whether prisoner should be
designated a “Special Category Prisoner.”

GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING “SPECIAL CATEGORY PRISONERS”:

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

3.

Ensure that notation is made in the “Detention Alert” caption of Prisoner
Movement Slip along with the reason for the designation, e.g. medical,
safety risk, disability, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-17

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.
5.
6.
7.

8.

9.
10.

2 of 2

Direct that a “Special Category Prisoner” be lodged in a separate cell from the
general pre-arraignment population.
Ascertain, in consultation with EMS personnel, whether or not it is advisable to
house more than one “Special Category Prisoner” in a cell.
Have MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150) form
prepared for each “Special Category Prisoner.”
Ensure that “Yes” box in caption “Recommend Prisoner Be Separated From
General Population” on MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form is
checked.
Ensure that all “Special Category Prisoners,” originally screened by EMS
personnel at the borough court section, are subsequently screened upon
returning from any hospital, as applicable.
Oversee and expedite the processing of all “Special Category Prisoners” and
their co-defendants, if any.
Ensure that prisoners lodged in separate cells at precinct, district, or police
service area commands are transported to the appropriate arraignment part at
court, when necessary.

LODGING “SPECIAL CATEGORY” PRISONERS

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The decision of whether or not to house more than one such prisoner in a cell will be
based on whether, given the particular reasons for designating them as “Special
Category,” the prisoners pose a safety or health risk to one another.
It is preferable to lodge “Special Category Prisoners” in separate cells at the borough
court section. However, if this is not possible, the borough court section supervisor will
direct that the prisoner be temporarily lodged in a separate cell in a precinct, district, or
police service area command.
Supervisors will make every reasonable effort to provide separate and physically
adequate accommodations for special category prisoners that are being processed or
lodged in their facilities. Reasonable efforts will be made to avoid handcuffing prisoners
to chairs, railings, etc. for extended periods of time.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A prisoner may be designated “Special Category” at a subsequent screening by EMS personnel,
as appropriate.
“Special Category Prisoners” will be given priority status at every stage of the pre-arraignment
process including placing their names on the “Medical Expedite” list maintained at the borough
court sections.
All prisoners who are identified as being infected with, or suspected of carrying an actively
contagious disease, such as tuberculosis, will be sent to the hospital immediately.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Prisoners

Procedure No:

210-18

DEBRIEFING OF PRISONERS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

10/16/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To provide a central repository of criminal intelligence received from prisoners
and improve communications and sharing of information among Department
units.

SCOPE

All prisoners in custody of this Department and all new arrestees must be debriefed
by a member of the service. For the purposes of this procedure, the debriefing
member of the service may be an investigator from the Detective Bureau,
Organized Crime Control Bureau (OCCB), Intelligence Bureau, a Field Intelligence
Officer (FIO), Anti-Crime / Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit (SNEU) supervisor,
desk officer etc. Police officers will not normally conduct debriefings.

DEFINITION

POSITIVE DEBRIEFINGS – Specific information received from a prisoner
during the course of an interview regarding crime, criminal activity, or evidence
related to a crime that is not related to the current arrest charges against the
prisoner. For the purpose of this definition, a prisoner is to include new
arrestees, and parolees, probationers, and inmates in custody.

NOTE

A confession / admission is a statement (oral or written) made by a prisoner during the
course of an interview which acknowledges guilt or involvement. A confession /
admission on a new arrest is NOT considered a positive debriefing.
Enhancements are augmentations of certain designated arrests conducted by an
appropriate investigative unit for the purpose of enhancing the prosecutability of that
arrest. A confession / admission is a goal of the enhancement. Case enhancement is
NOT considered a positive debriefing.
Should an allegation of corruption or serious misconduct arise out of a prisoner
debriefing, the member of the service obtaining the information shall follow established
Department guidelines regarding the reporting of such matters.

PROCEDURE

Upon debriefing a prisoner in custody of this Department:

DEBRIEFING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Log all debriefings into a log with general captions across a double page
as follows:

FIRST PAGE
DATE

TIME

COMMAND SERIAL#

PRISONER NAME

NYSID ARREST CHARGE

SECOND PAGE
ARRESTING OFFICER
NAME /COMMAND

DEBRIEFING MOS

RESULTS
(positive or negative)

INTELLIGENCE
REPORT #

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-18

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 4

All commands where arrests are debriefed are responsible for maintaining a debriefing
log. To ensure the debriefing log is properly maintained, desk officers will inspect the
log each tour and make a Command Log entry of the results. Commands which possess
the technical capability may utilize a computer database in lieu of the above log but
shall comply with the above captions when creating the database. If a database is used,
a hardcopy of the debriefings will be printed out, maintained in a binder and
safeguarded.

NOTE

FOR ALL POSITIVE DEBRIEFINGS WHICH YIELD INTELLIGENCE NOT
RELATED TO AN ACTIVE CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION:
DEBRIEFING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.
3.

4.

Prepare a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313081a) to record the information.
Notify, by telephone, any other units or commands that may be concerned,
and record the name of the receiving member of the service in the
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL “Details” section.
a.
An immediate response, if appropriate, will be made by the
concerned unit / command for the purposes of personally
debriefing the subject.
Telephone the Criminal Intelligence Section upon completion of debriefing
to relay the basic information necessary for the preparation of an Intelligence
Report (date, time, name of person debriefed, MOS debriefing, brief
description of information obtained, command concerned, etc.) for input into
the Intelligence Data System (IDS).
a.
Record the Intelligence Report and Positive Debriefing numbers received
from the Criminal Intelligence Section in the COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL “Details” section.

If more than one uniformed member of the service or if an outside law enforcement member (i.e.,
Joint Federal Task Force, etc.) debriefs prisoner, a telephone notification to the Criminal
Intelligence Section must be made and the information in step 4 provided.

NOTE

5.

Forward copies of the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL
to the investigative unit concerned.
a.
The FIO concerned will be responsible for reviewing all IDS entries for
positive debriefings in their respective commands.
b.
Ensure a copy of the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
INFORMATIONAL has been forwarded and received by the
appropriate investigative unit after reviewing the IDS.

FOR ALL POSITIVE DEBRIEFINGS WHICH YIELD INTELLIGENCE ON
AN ACTIVE CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION:
DEBRIEFING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Telephone the investigator / supervisor responsible for the active
investigation and relay the information obtained through the debriefing.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

210-18

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 4

The investigator / supervisor responsible for the active investigation will respond and
personally debrief the prisoner if appropriate and fully investigate the veracity of the
information provided.

NOTE

The active case investigator / supervisor will be responsible for documenting any information
pertinent to the active case on a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL after
thoroughly investigating the information, and include it in the case folder.

DEBRIEFING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.

Telephone the Criminal Intelligence Section upon completion of
debriefing to relay the basic information necessary for the preparation of
an Intelligence Report (date, time, name of person debriefed, MOS
debriefing, brief description of information obtained, command
concerned, etc.) for input into IDS.

INVESTIGATOR/
SUPERVISOR
RESPONSIBLE
FOR ACTIVE
INVESTIGATION

8.

Record the Intelligence Report and Positive Debriefing numbers in the
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL “Details” section.

NOTE

In situations where information obtained relates to an active criminal investigation, the
appropriate precinct/Borough Transit/Patrol Borough Housing FIO will conduct a
follow-up conferral within seventy two hours with the investigator assigned to ensure a
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL has been prepared in conjunction
with the original IDS entries.

CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION

9.
10.

11.

PRECINCT/
BOROUGH
TRANSIT/
PATROL
BOROUGH
HOUSING FIELD
INTELLIGENCE
OFFICER

12.

13.

Obtain information for the preparation of an Intelligence Report.
Enter the information into the IDS system and furnish an Intelligence
Report number to the calling command.
a.
Issue a Positive Debriefing Log number to members of the service
notifying the Criminal Intelligence Section of a positive
debriefing.
Track Intelligence Reports relating to active criminal investigations and
generate a notification to the FIO concerned after seventy two hours to
ensure proper follow up.
Review IDS system where the information obtained relates to an active criminal
investigation and conduct a follow-up conferral within seventy two hours with the
investigator assigned.
Ensure copies of positive debriefing COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
INFORMATIONALS have been forwarded to the appropriate investigative unit
after review of the original IDS entries.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

210-18

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 4

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Criminal Procedure Law 240.45(1)(a), also referred to as the “Rosario rule,” requires
the prosecutor to make available to the defendant any written or recorded statements
made by a person whom the prosecutor intends to call as a witness at trial and which
relates to the subject matter of witness’ testimony. Failure to preserve and provide such
statements to the defense can have an impact on the outcome of a criminal trial and in
some cases, provide a basis to overturn a conviction. Information obtained through
debriefing of prisoners and which is included in an Intelligence Report can sometimes
be covered by this rule. Similarly, if an FIO includes in the IDS system information
about an active investigation obtained from the case investigator, that information also
may constitute “Rosario” material if the investigator testifies at trial. Therefore, case
investigators should include in their case folders printouts from the IDS system of
information transmitted by the FIO or case investigator. In addition, if a debriefing
results in the opening of a new investigation, a copy of the IDS printout detailing the
information provided by the debriefed prisoner should be included in the new
investigation folder.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081a)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-01

DUTIES AND CONDUCT IN COURT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide uniform standards for a uniformed member of the service appearing in court.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is required to appear in court, before a
Grand Jury or other government agency:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

A member is required to appear in uniform when such attendance is requested by the
District Attorney providing the member concerned is NOT listed as an exception in step
1, subdivisions a through d, above. When reporting in uniform, the uniform shirt and tie
MUST be worn if the outermost garment is to be removed.

2.

3.

Appear in uniform if assigned to duty in uniform except if:
a.
Off duty
b.
On sick report or restricted duty
c.
Required to arraign deferred or holdover prisoner
d.
Authorized by commanding officer.

Report to Police Sign-In Room and submit IDENTIFICATION CARD
(PD416-091) and COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141) to
supervising member/designee.
Inform supervising member/designee if scheduled to appear in more than
one part of court, before another government agency, or if on a court alert.
a.
Notify supervising member/designee if appearing on off duty time.

POLICE ROOM
SUPERVISOR/
DESIGNEE

4.

Notify other court part or government agency that member is present in
another court part.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

Wear appropriate business attire, if appearing in civilian clothes, at postarraignment proceedings.

NOTE

Proper business attire requires male members of the service to wear a dress shirt with collar
and tie, suit or sports coat, dress trousers, and female members of the service to wear dress
or appropriate suit. No member of the service will appear wearing dungarees or sneakers.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Wear shield on outermost garment at all times while in court building or
portion of building under court jurisdiction.
Take meal period when court recesses for lunch and enter location of
meal in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Report to police room if required to leave court building for reason other
than meal (prior to leaving and upon return).
Refrain from discussing case with defendant, defendant’s attorney or any
other unauthorized person EXCEPT with the consent, and in the presence
of the District Attorney.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-01

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.
11.
12.

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

DESK OFFICER 20.
21.
22.

2 of 2

State full name, rank, shield number and command when sworn as a witness.
Have ACTIVITY LOG and evidence available at each appearance.
Give testimony as follows:
a.
Understand question before answering; request clarification if necessary.
b.
Remain calm, impartial and speak distinctly.
c.
Answer truthfully and completely.
Request adjournment to day when performing duty with the 2nd Platoon
or if a detective, when performing day duty.
Inform judge when adjourned date is on scheduled day off.
Telephone desk officer if detained in court past end of tour.
Report to police room at conclusion of court appearance and obtain
completed COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD.
Ascertain the status of other scheduled appearance prior to signing out of court.
Return evidence, if any, to Property Clerk.
Notify desk officer/counterpart by telephone immediately upon dismissal
from Police Sign-In Room and comply with instructions received.
Make notation of uniformed member’s dismissal and instructions given
on appropriate Department record.
Make entry on ROLL CALL (PD406-144) indicating time of return and
assignment of member.
Check COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD.

DESIGNATED
CLERICAL
MEMBER

23.

File COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD at command in chronological
order in a separate folder.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

24.

Examine ROLL CALLS for the preceding week to identify uniformed members
who made appearances in court, Grand Jury, etc., and compare COURT
ATTENDANCE RECORD with OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064).
Ascertain if entries on ROLL CALL reflect time of return for those
uniformed members who were not dismissed directly from court.

25.

NOTE

All of the above duties may not be applicable at every appearance in court, before
Grand Jury or other government agency.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Prisoners General Procedure (P.G. 210-01)
Prevention of Court Appearance on Scheduled Day Off (P.G. 211-07)
Processing Notifications to Appear at Courts and Other Government Agencies (P.G. 211-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-04

COMPUTERIZED COURT APPEARANCE CONTROL SYSTEM (CACS)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To effectively monitor and control appearances by members of the service
(uniformed and civilian) at various courts, other governmental agencies, the
Department Advocate’s Office, and for District Attorney’s assignments, via a
formal notification process utilizing the computerized Court Appearance Control
System (CACS), except on Staten Island.

DEFINITION

SHORT DATE NOTIFICATION – A notification for a member of the service to
appear the next day, or a notification delivered on a Friday for a member to
appear on the following Monday. Because these notifications are time sensitive,
and may be received at an hour when the roll call office is closed, CACS has
been designed to automatically transmit these notifications to the command’s
FINEST or LAN printer.

PROCEDURE

When an authorized governmental agency or the Appearance Control Unit utilizes the
CACS to request the appearance of a member of the service at a court (Supreme
Court, Grand Jury, Civil Court, Family Court, Criminal Court, Summons Adjudication
Part [SAP] Court), a governmental agency, or for a District Attorney’s assignment:

ROLL CALL
CLERK

1.

2.

3.
4.

5.

Access the computerized CACS to acknowledge all outstanding
notifications directed to their command, as follows:
a.
At the beginning of each business day
b.
At the midpoint of the roll call office’s hours of operation for that day
c.
One half hour prior to close of roll call office.
Bring the notification to the attention of the operations coordinator or
counterpart if the requested member is scheduled to appear on a regular
day off (RDO), other than a short date notification.
Prepare a separate NOTIFICATION (PD406-122) for each court
appearance.
Comply with P.G. 211-05, “Processing Notifications to Appear at Courts
and other Government Agencies.”
a.
If the notification is a request for Department documents comply
with P.G. 211-18, “Processing Request for Police Department
Documents Received from Assistant District Attorneys and
Assistant Corporation Counsels.”
Enter updates into the CACS, on a daily basis, or as necessary. This will
normally be done:
a.
After the copy portion of the NOTIFICATION has been signed
and returned by the member of the service concerned
b.
To indicate when attempts to notify an off duty member of the
service about a court appearance have been unsuccessful
c.
Whenever a member of the service cannot appear in court due to
sickness, bereavement leave, authorized annual vacation selection, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

NOTE

In instances cited in subdivisions “5b” and “5c” above, notify the assistant district
attorney concerned to enable the assistant district attorney to reschedule the case and
inform the other parties involved in the proceeding that the member will not be present.

ROLL CALL
CLERK
(continued)

6.
7.

DESK OFFICER/ 8.
9.
SUPERVISOR
10.
11.
12.

13.

Utilize the CACS electronic re-routing feature to forward notifications to
a member’s new command, when the member has been transferred.
Provide the desk officer/supervisor on duty with any outstanding notifications
that must be made prior to the re-opening of the roll call office.
Monitor FINEST or LAN printer for short date notifications.
Log notifications into FINEST Message Log.
Inform roll call personnel of notification immediately, if office is open.
Attempt to immediately notify member of the service.
Return all notifications received and processed, whether successfully served
or not, to the roll call clerk the next business day for a notification update
entry into CACS.
a.
When a member of the service is not at the command (e.g., regular
day off (RDO), at training session, etc.) attempt to notify the
member of the service by telephone. All such attempts must be
documented in the Telephone Record.
Give incomplete short date notifications to the relieving supervisor, or if
available, to roll call personnel, who will continue to attempt to notify the
member of the service.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR/
COUNTERPART

14.

Contact the District Attorney’s office concerned when informed by roll call that
member is scheduled to appear in court on an RDO, other than a short date.
a.
Ascertain the necessity for the RDO court appearance.
b.
When possible have court appearance rescheduled for a date other
than the member’s RDO.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

15.

Report to the police room as directed on the NOTIFICATION and
follow instructions of the Court Section supervisor.
Use IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) to sign into court. (If
circumstances warrant, request sign-in room personnel to record your
presence via a manual computer entry.)
a.
Failure to properly sign in and out of court will result in the
member of the service being considered not present for court and
may result in disciplinary action.
Comply with P.G. 211-01, “Duties and Conduct in Court.”
Report immediately to the police sign-in room at the conclusion of the
court appearance and obtain the completed COURT ATTENDANCE
RECORD (PD468-141).
Notify command desk officer via telephone immediately upon dismissal
from police sign-in room and comply with instructions received.
Deliver COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD to desk officer when
instructed to return to command or, if otherwise instructed, at earliest
possible convenience.

16.

17.
18.

19.
20.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

DESK OFFICER 21.

Make notation of either member of the service dismissal, or instruction(s)
given to member, on appropriate Department record.

22.

Ensure that member’s presence for an appearance at court is entered into
the CACS immediately upon member’s arrival at the sign-in room.
Enter the necessary court information into the CACS, when the member
reports to the police room at the conclusion of the member’s court appearance.
a.
This includes selecting and then entering the proper court action
code to record the outcome of the court appearance (e.g., testified,
District Attorney not ready, no complainant or witness, adjourned,
took plea, etc.).
Give the COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD to the member of the
service for return to desk officer/counterpart at the member’s command.

POLICE ROOM
PERSONNEL

23.

24.

APPEARANCE
CONTROL
UNIT

25.
26.
27.
28.

Enter into the CACS, notifications received from governmental agencies
which are not enabled with this system.
Telephone commands immediately, when notifications are received,
which are directed to commands not enabled in the CACS.
Resolve any conflicts that may occur, (e.g., member of the service unable
to appear, sick, conflicting court appearance, etc.).
Monitor the attendance of all members of the service at court.

UPON MEMBER’S NON-APPEARANCE AT SUMMONS ADJUDICATION
PART (SAP) COURT:
COURT
MONITORING
UNIT

29.

Make entry into the Non-Appearance Tracking System for members of the
service that failed to appear at Summons Adjudication Part (SAP) Court.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

30.

Monitor the Non-Appearance Tracking System for new SAP non-appearance
notifications.
Investigate and ascertain reason for non-appearance at SAP Court.
a.
If an integrity control officer is unavailable, the commanding/
executive officer must monitor the Non-Appearance Tracking
System and conduct non-appearance investigations.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau (IAB) Command Center and obtain log
number when:
a.
One or more cases were dismissed due to non-appearance by a
member of the service, AND
b.
Member of the service was properly notified of the scheduled
appearance, AND
c.
Non-appearance was not an authorized cancellation, as follows:
(1)
Sick, after conferral with district surgeon reveals member
is incapable to appear
(2)
On annual vacation selection
(3)
On military leave

31.

32.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

(4)
(5)

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER
(continued)
33.
34.
35.

On bereavement leave
On terminal leave and/or other paid leave contiguous with
terminal leave (e.g., vacation, lost time, chart day, etc.), OR
d.
Any other circumstance where corruption or misconduct is suspected.
Take disciplinary action, if appropriate, in instances where an IAB
notification is not required.
Document findings and action(s) taken by entering investigative results in
the Non-Appearance Tracking System within fourteen days.
Forward a copy of the closing report to IAB, Records Unit if nonappearance investigation was assigned as an Outside Guidelines (OG) case.

COMMANDING 36.
OFFICER

Monitor non-appearance investigations being conducted by the command’s
integrity control officer.
a.
Ascertain reasons for non-appearance and take appropriate action(s)
as necessary.

BUREAU/
BOROUGH
INVESTIGATIONS
UNIT

37.

Ensure integrity control officers investigate non-appearances at SAP Court
and report results through the Non-Appearance Tracking System.

COURT
MONITORING
UNIT NONAPPEARANCE
COORDINATOR

38.

Monitor the Non-Appearance Tracking System.
a.
Ensure commands report results of non-appearance investigations,
via the Non-Appearance Tracking System, within fourteen days
b.
Return deficient non-appearance investigations for necessary
corrective action/further investigation.
(1)
Ensure returned investigations are corrected and re-submitted
via the Non-Appearance Tracking System.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

During court proceedings a judge or assistant district attorney may instruct a member of
the service to appear in court at a later time or date. If this occurs, the member of the
service must then notify their desk officer/roll call clerk, who in turn will notify the
Appearance Control Unit. The member of the service will make such a notification to
his/her command, via telephone, immediately upon dismissal from the police sign-in room.
A member of the service must appear in court as directed by the judge or assistant
district attorney, whether or not an Appearance Control Unit or CACS notification is
received, unless notified that the appearance had been cancelled.
If the requesting party/agency (e.g., assistant district attorney, hearing officer at the
Department of Consumer Affairs, etc.) calls a command’s roll call or desk officer to
cancel an appearance by a member of the service, the requesting party/agency will be
reminded to enter such a cancellation into the CACS system. This will prevent the
member of the service from being charged with a failure to appear in court.
The CACS is interfaced with the Automated Roll Call System (ARCS). This enables a
requesting agency, such as the District Attorney’s Office, to tell at a glance if the proposed
date selected for a court appearance is the members RDO, annual vacation, etc. This

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

211-04

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

feature allows the District Attorney to avoid using that date, thereby reducing court related
overtime. For this aspect of the system to be effective, commands must ensure that their
members vacation schedules, chart changes, etc. are updated in ARCS in a timely fashion.
Every morning at 1000 hours all commands, which use the CACS, receive a computergenerated report listing the names of members who have failed to appear in court by 1000
hours that day. (This report does not include alerts that have not yet been activated.) In
precincts, PSAs, Transit Districts, etc., this report prints at the desk’s or roll call’s
terminal. In specialized units, this report prints at the unit’s FINEST or LAN printer. The
desk officer/supervisor on duty who receives this report must make every effort to ensure
that those members who are listed as “no shows” actually appear in court as required.
The commanding officer will use the CACS computer, FINEST or LAN generated report to
investigate why each “no show” member failed to appear in court (other than SAP Court)
and then take appropriate disciplinary action, as necessary. If negligence or misconduct
is found, or court cases are dismissed due to member’s absence, the commanding officer
will comply with A.G. 316-44, “Supervision of Uniformed Members of the Service at
Court.” Each business day, the commanding officer will forward a communication to the
investigations unit in the overhead command, identifying members of the service who
failed to appear in court, including the reasons for the non-appearances and the
disciplinary actions taken, if any.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Duties and Conduct in Court (P.G. 211-01)
Processing Notifications to Appear at Courts and other Government Agencies (P.G. 211-05)
Processing Request for Police Department Documents Received from Assistant District
Attorneys and Assistant Corporation Counsels (P.G. 211-18)
Supervision of Uniformed Members of the Service at Court (A.G. 316-44)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
NOTIFICATION (PD406-122)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-05

PROCESSING NOTIFICATIONS TO APPEAR AT COURTS AND
OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 8

PURPOSE

To effectively monitor and control, via a formal notification process, appearances by
members of the service (uniformed and civilian) at various courts, CCRB, other
government agencies and for District Attorney’s assignments. In addition, this
procedure takes into account the different command structures within the Department
and requires commanding officers to incorporate this procedure into the circumstances
of his/her command, ensuring compliance with the notification process.

SCOPE

With the establishment of the computerized Court Appearance Control System
(CACS), the Appearance Control Unit’s responsibilities were re-defined in order
to more effectively monitor and control the appearance process. Appearance
Control Unit functions include:
a.
Processing requests and making notifications for members of the service
to appear in court or other governmental agencies. (Appearance Control
Unit will only make notifications for commands that have not yet been
enabled in the CACS)
b.
Maintaining a liaison between this Department, the District Attorney’s
Office and other related agencies
c.
Mediating and resolving conflicting court appearances
d.
Maintaining required records and statistical data.

DEFINITIONS

DISTRICT ATTORNEY’S ASSIGNMENT – Any assignment, including field
assignments, requested by the District Attorney’s Office for the purpose of case
or trial preparation.
ENABLED COMMAND – Commands with access to the computerized Court
Appearance Control System (CACS).
NON-ENABLED COMMAND – Commands that receive their notifications
through the Appearance Control Unit/Borough Court Section concerned.
DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR – Supervisor assigned by the commanding
officer to ensure notifications are distributed and accounted for.
ROLL CALL CLERK/DESIGNATED MEMBER – Member assigned by the
commanding officer to process notifications received from Appearance Control
Unit or CACS.

PROCEDURE

When a notification is received at the requested member’s command from the
Appearance Control Unit, or the CACS for commands enabled in this system, or
by subpoena, or as the result of a verbal instruction given by a Judge, Assistant
District Attorney, or Corporation Counsel member to appear at a Grand Jury,
Court (Supreme, Civil, Criminal, or Family), for trial preparation, a government
agency, or for a District Attorney’s assignment:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 8

APPEARANCE
CONTROL
UNIT

1.

NOTE

A telephone notification for members of the service to appear will not be accepted at any
command unless received from the Appearance Control Unit, or if closed, the Borough
Court Section concerned. Notifications are made in this manner for commands that are
not yet enabled in the CACS.

ASSISTANT
DISTRICT
ATTORNEY

2.

Notify member’s command via the CACS or Appearance Control Unit.

ROLL CALL
CLERK/
DESIGNATED
MEMBER

3.

Immediately notify the requesting agency and the Appearance Control
Unit, if a member is unable to appear for a scheduled appearance.
a.
Cancellation will be accepted only if member is:
(1)
Sick, after conferral with district surgeon reveals member
is incapable to appear
(2)
On annual vacation selection
(3)
On military leave
(4)
On bereavement leave
(5)
On terminal leave and/or other paid leave contiguous with
terminal leave (e.g., vacation, lost time, chart day).
Appearance Control Unit authorized appearances for
uniformed members while on terminal leave will be
compensated as per the appropriate overtime rate.
Make entry in Command Diary if the appearance notification was not
received via the CACS.
Promptly notify the roll call clerk/designated member in member’s new
command:
a.
When receiving a notification for a member that has been transferred, or
b.
Re-route electronically if notification was received via the CACS.
Utilize the printed CACS notification or prepare a separate
NOTIFICATION (PD406-122) slip for each court appearance received via
CACS, Appearance Control Unit, Borough Court Section concerned, subpoena,
or verbal instructions from a Judge, Assistant District Attorney, or a Corporation
Counsel member, etc.
Prepare NOTIFICATION RECAP(S) (PD168-122), ensure that the
following captions are completed:
a.
Column “A” and Column “B”
b.
“Roll Call Clerk/Designated Member (Rank/Title, Name)”,
“Tax No.”, “Command”
c.
“Date”, “Page of ”, “Platoon/Tour.”
Attach NOTIFICATION(S) to NOTIFICATION RECAP(S) and
submit to desk officer/designated supervisor for distribution.
a.
Retain one copy of the NOTIFICATION RECAP at roll call.

4.
5.

6.

7.

8.

Notify member’s command of scheduled appearance.
a.
Enter all appearances in CACS even if the command is not
enabled in CACS. This includes administrative appearances and
appearances at smaller courts, such as ECB, SLA, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 8

NOTE

One copy of the NOTIFICATION RECAP must be retained at the roll call office. This
will enable roll call staff to determine what notifications are outstanding and will assist
command staff to ensure compliance with notifications.

DESK
OFFICER/
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

9.

10.

11.

12.

ROLL CALL
CLERK/
DESIGNATED
MEMBER

13.

14.

Prepare the following captions on NOTIFICATION RECAP:
a.
“Desk Officer/Designated Supervisor (Rank/Title Name)”,
“Tax No.”, “Command.”
Distribute NOTIFICATION(S) and attach the following to
NOTIFICATION RECAP:
a.
Appropriate copy of NOTIFICATION(S) served
b.
NOTIFICATION(S) that were unable to be served.
Verify distribution of NOTIFICATION(S) by completing the following
captions on NOTIFICATION RECAP:
a.
Columns “C” and “D”
b.
“Verified by Desk Officer/Designated Supervisor (Rank/Title,
Signature)”, “Tax No.”, “Command.”
Forward NOTIFICATION RECAP with NOTIFICATION(S) to Roll
Call/designated member.
Review NOTIFICATION RECAP(S) and ensure that all
NOTIFICATION(S) are accounted for.
a.
Notify Appearance Control and update CACS as required and
make appropriate entries in Column “E” of NOTIFICATION
RECAP(S) as necessary.
Retain “Roll Call File” copy of NOTIFICATION RECAP and distribute
remaining copies as delineated on form to the integrity control officer and
operations coordinator.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR/
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

15.

NOTE

This action will enable an Assistant District Attorney to know which requested members
of the service will actually appear in court and/or the reason(s) why they will not.

16.

17.

Review appropriate copy of NOTIFICATION RECAP(S), ensure that
all members of the service are notified of their court and/or other
governmental agency appearances and file.
Ensure that the roll call clerk/designated member promptly:
a.
Notifies Appearance Control regarding notifications(s) that
require cancellation OR
b.
Enters the appropriate notification dispositions into the CACS for
notifications received via that system.

Direct that the roll call clerk/designated member inform the Appearance
Control Unit and update the CACS accordingly for notifications received
via that system, when the status of a notification disposition changes (i.e.,
member was notified to appear, but is now on sick leave).
a.
The requesting agency will also be notified.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 8

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

18.

Review appropriate copy of NOTIFICATION RECAP(S) for accuracy,
completeness, compliance and file.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

19.

Sign and promptly return copy portion of NOTIFICATION to desk
officer/designated supervisor/roll call clerk/designated member.
Comply with instructions received from desk officer/designated supervisor/roll
call clerk/designated member.

20.

ON DATE OF COURT APPEARANCE
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

21.
22.
23.

NOTE

Perform duty with second platoon.
Muster in command in uniform or as otherwise authorized by the
commanding officer.
Bring all necessary arrest documents to each court appearance (i.e., ACTIVITY
LOG (PD112-145) entries, arrest forms, requested evidence, etc.).

Members of the service should understand that the release of documents is governed by
P.G. 211-15, “Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony
by Members of the Service.” Under no circumstances will records be forwarded to an
attorney (other than an Assistant District Attorney or Assistant Corporation Counsel)
without prior consolation with the Document Production Unit.

24.
25.
26.
27.

NOTE

Report to Police Sign-In Room at the specific time stated on appearance
notification.
Comply with provisions of Department Manual pertaining to court
appearances, as appropriate.
Contact the desk officer at least one hour prior to completion of tour if
required to continue assignment beyond normal end of tour.
Notify desk officer if not interviewed within two hours after arrival at the
District Attorney’s Office for trial preparation.

When notified as per step “26” or “27”, the desk officer will confer with the assigned
Assistant District Attorney or Assistant District Attorney’s Supervisor to determine if the
member’s services are required or if the member should return to command.

CONFLICTING COURT APPEARANCES AND NOTIFICATIONS FROM
AUTHORITIES OTHER THAN THE APPEARANCE CONTROL UNIT OR CACS
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

28.

Notify desk officer/designated supervisor/roll call clerk/designated member
if instructed to appear at court, District Attorney’s office or other
government agency and:
a.
In receipt of a subpoena or
b.
Verbal instructions for appearance have been received from a Judge,
Assistant District Attorney, or Corporation Counsel member or
c.
There are conflicting appearances for the same day.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 8

DESK
OFFICER/
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR/
ROLL CALL
CLERK/
DESIGNATED
MEMBER

29.

Immediately notify the Appearance Control Unit when informed of any
of the above situations as per step “28”, and
a.
Prepare NOTIFICATION and document on NOTIFICATION
RECAP.
b.
Direct member of the service to appear in court as per the
subpoena or verbal instructions.
c.
Direct member to sign and promptly return NOTIFICATION.

NOTE

The Appearance Control Unit will mediate all conflicting court appearances and inform
the command of the results.

SHORT DATE NOTIFICATION
NOTE

A “short date notification” is a notification for a member of the service to appear the
next day, or a notification delivered on a Friday for a member to appear on the
following Monday. Because these notifications are time sensitive, and may be received
at an hour when the roll call office is closed, CACS has been designed to automatically
transmit these notifications to the command’s FINEST or LAN printer.

DESK
OFFICER/
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

30.
31.
32.
33.

34.

Monitor the FINEST or LAN printer for “short date notifications.”
Inspect Telephone Record for “short date notifications.”
Attempt to immediately notify member of the service.
Inform roll call clerk/designated member immediately, if available, or on
the next business day, of completed and/or incomplete “short date
notifications” and provide appropriate copies of the notifications.
a.
Direct roll call clerk/designated member to account for “short date
notifications,” whether completed or not, on NOTIFICATION
RECAP.
Give incomplete “short date notifications” to the relieving supervisor, or
if available, to roll call clerk/designated member who will continue to
attempt to notify the member of the service.

DISTRICT ATTORNEY’S FIELD ASSIGNMENT
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

35.

36.

Obtain prior permission from commanding officer/designee if field
assignment is to commence at a location other than command, District
Attorney’s Office or court.
Notify desk officer/designated supervisor when reporting for a District
Attorney’s field assignment.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 8

TEMPORARY ASSIGNMENT TO DISTRICT ATTORNEY’S OFFICE
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

37.

38.

COMMANDING 39.
OFFICER,
MEMBER
CONCERNED

Process request through appropriate Appearance Control Unit.
a.
Such assignments will not exceed five days
b.
Requests for temporary assignment of more than thirty days will
be processed as per A.G. 320-07, “Temporary Assignments.”
Forward requests for extension of such assignment and/or requests for
temporary assignments of six to thirty days to commanding officer of
member concerned.
Review request and endorse to Chief of Department (through channels)
for final determination.

NOTE

A request for extension of a temporary assignment will be reviewed and endorsed by the
commanding officer, member concerned. Any further extension will be reviewed by the
commanding officer, member concerned, and endorsed with recommendations (through
channels) to the Chief of Department for final determination. Uniformed members of the
service will not accept a verbal extension of a temporary assignment from an Assistant
District Attorney, unless there is an ongoing trial and appearance is for the next day. In
that case, the uniformed member of the service will contact his/her commanding officer,
who in turn will notify the Appearance Control Unit. The Assistant District Attorney
will be advised to request an extension through the CACS, Appearance Control Unit, or
if closed, the Borough Court Section.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A member of the service who must appear in court on a scheduled day off, for an adjourned
case, will be assigned to a 0900 x 1700 tour, or as otherwise appropriate for attendance at
court. A member of the service who must appear in court on a scheduled day off may be
excused from remainder of tour, needs of the service permitting. If excused, the member
will enter “Requested Excusal” on the OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064) submitted.
A member of the service who becomes unavailable due to a conflicting court
appearance, sick leave, or other condition such as new arrest, change in assignment or
duty chart, will notify the roll call clerk, designated member, sick desk supervisor, or
desk officer. The desk officer/designated supervisor or roll call clerk/designated
member will notify the Appearance Control Unit of the member’s unavailability by
telephone prior to scheduled appearance. The CACS will be updated accordingly. The
requesting agency will also be notified.
Uniformed members of the service who are normally assigned to the Fourth Platoon
(1800 X 0200 hours) that are subpoenaed, directed by Appearance Control Unit, the
CACS or notified by other competent authority, to attend any court, official agency
hearing or training session the following day (Second Platoon), will be notified in
advance and reassigned to perform duty with the Third Platoon (1600 X 2400 hours).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

211-05

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 8

Those uniformed members of the service who are not notified in advance or who are already
performing duty with the Fourth Platoon at the time they receive a notification to attend any
court, official agency or training session the following day on the Second Platoon, will be
excused from duty, under normal circumstances, at 2400 hours. If the member concerned effects
an arrest and the related paperwork is not completed by 2400 hours or the member concerned is
in the process of performing a police function beyond 2400 hours, that member is not entitled to
be dismissed until all of the police related functions are complete. If the uniformed member of the
service continues to work beyond 0200 hours, the member will be entitled to receive appropriate
overtime compensation in the normal manner. (The excused member is not entitled to receive
any overtime compensation for the time period 2400 to 0200 hours.). Desk officer will make
appropriate notations in the Command Log, and on the roll call and sign out sheet for those
uniformed members of the service who are dismissed at 2400 hours.
In all cases where an appearance notification falls on a member’s regular day off, only that
member’s commanding officer or designee will be permitted to cancel this notification after
personally conferring with and receiving the concurrence of the person who requested the
appearance, (i.e. judge, assistant district attorney, assistant corporation counsel member,
or their supervisor). This includes all court subpoena and verbal instruction cases. Every
effort should be made, with a few rare exceptions, in (RDO) trial preparation and (RDO)
Grand Jury appearance cases, and the defendant is no longer in custody, to cancel the
notification with the verbal concurrence of the assigned assistant district attorney.
A service by telephone message attempting to cancel the notification on the authorizing
person’s voice mail, or a request for a return phone call to have a follow up
conversation on this matter, does not relieve the command from the responsibility of
having this member report to court or other governmental agency as scheduled.
If the requesting agency (e.g. assistant district attorney, assistant corporation counsel), does
not concur with the requested cancellation, the member concerned must appear as scheduled.
If the requesting agency concurs with the cancellation, the commanding officer or designee will
then notify the Appearance Control Unit for all notifications received from that Unit, including
subpoenas and verbal cases that were not initially received from that Unit, or request the
assistant district attorney or their supervisor to enter this cancellation data into the CACS for all
notification cases received via that computerized system. In addition, in all agreed upon
cancellation cases, the member of the service who conferred with the requesting agency will have
a telephone message entry made, indicating the details of the canceled notifications.
A Special Narcotics Appearance Control Unit is located in Queen’s Special Narcotics
Courts. In addition to tasks listed in this procedure, the Special Narcotics Appearance
Control Unit will also place uniformed members of the service on telephone alert when
requested by the Special Narcotics Assistant District Attorney.
CACS passwords are issued by the Criminal Justice Bureau, not MISD. Requests for
passwords should be sent on Typed Letterhead to the Criminal Justice Bureau at One
Police Plaza, Room 204. The request should include command code, tax number, as
well as, full name and a contact name and phone number.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

211-05

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 8

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Duties and Conduct in Court (P.G. 211-01)
Prevention of Court Appearance on Scheduled Day Off (P.G. 211-07)
Criminal/Civil Court - Telephone Alert System (P.G. 211-06)
Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony by Members of the
Service (P.G. 211-15)
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
First And Third Platoon Arrests (P.G. 208-25)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
NOTIFICATION (PD406-122)
NOTIFICATION RECAP (PD168-122)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-06

CRIMINAL/CIVIL COURT TELEPHONE ALERT SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To prevent unnecessary court appearances by uniformed members of the service.

DEFINITION

CIVIL COURT - as used in this procedure refers to Civil Court and Supreme
Court - Civil Term.

PROCEDURE

When notified by Borough Court Section, Appearance Control Unit or the
Computerized Appearance Control System (CACS), that a uniformed member of the
service has been placed on telephone alert for Criminal Court, or upon receipt of a
personal subpoena requiring member’s appearance in Civil Court:
CRIMINAL COURT ALERT:
1.

ROLL CALL
CLERK

2.
3.

NOTE

Verify that uniformed member of the service:
a.
Is scheduled for duty on date of alert.
b.
Is not scheduled for vacation or other leave.
c.
Is not scheduled for appearance in another court or at another agency.
Make entry in Command Diary under date of alert.
Prepare NOTIFICATION (PD406-122) indicating uniformed member
of the service is on telephone standby alert.

This notification can also be received via Computerized Court Appearance Control
System (CACS), in commands activated for CACS.

4.
5.
6.
DESK OFFICER 7.

Deliver NOTIFICATION to desk officer and note on black board that
message is at desk.
Assign uniformed member of the service to patrol duty with second platoon.
Do not assign uniformed member a meal period prior to 1300 hours.
Direct member concerned to signal command every 30 minutes between
1000 and 1300 hours if NOT equipped with portable radio or NOT
assigned to a radio equipped department vehicle.

NOTE

If uniformed member of the service is not directed to report to court by 1300 hours, a
telephone alert will NOT be activated that day.

APPEARANCE
CONTROL
UNIT

8.

DESK OFFICER 9.

Notify desk officer, command concerned, that member on telephone alert
is required in court.

Notify member concerned to report to court immediately.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-06

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

CIVIL COURT ALERT:
DESK OFFICER 10.

11.

Enter attorney’s name, address and telephone number in Command Log
upon receipt at command of personal subpoena for uniformed member of
the service assigned to command.
Notify roll call clerk of appearance date.

ROLL CALL
CLERK

12.

NOTE

Notification will be made to the Appearance Control Unit where the court is located
although the subpoenaed member’s command is located in another borough.

APPEARANCE
CONTROL UNIT,
BOROUGH
CONCERNED

13.

Make appropriate Command Log entry of scheduled appearance and
include uniformed member’s name, command, court case and attorney’s
name, address and telephone number.

COMMANDING 14.
OFFICER
15.

Have uniformed member of the service scheduled to appear in Civil Court
assigned to 2nd Platoon on scheduled appearance date.
Direct that member concerned signal command every thirty minutes
between 0900 and 1300 hours if not equipped with a portable radio or
assigned to a radio equipped department vehicle.
a.
Member will not be assigned a meal period prior to 1300 hours.

APPEARANCE
CONTROL UNIT

Notify desk officer, command concerned, that member on telephone alert
is required in court.

16.

DESK OFFICER 17.

Notify appropriate Borough Court Section, Appearance Control Unit, of
member’s scheduled Civil Court appearance.
a.
Inform Appearance Control Unit of any conflicting court
appearances or other reasons member may be unavailable.

Direct uniformed member concerned to report to Civil Court immediately.

NOTE

If uniformed member of the service is not directed to report to court by 1300 hours, the alert will
be cancelled. In addition, if a case is adjourned and the member is not called to appear that date
or the next, the subpoena must be repeated unless a notification is received by the attorney by
1400 hours, in which case the Borough Court Section, Appearance Control Unit, will place the
member on alert for the next court appearance without requiring a new subpoena.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A uniformed member of the service on telephone alert who becomes unavailable due to a
conflicting court appearance, sick leave, or other condition such as new arrest, change in
assignment, or duty chart, will notify roll call clerk, sick desk supervisor or desk officer, as
appropriate. THE DESK OFFICER OR ROLL CALL CLERK WILL NOTIFY THE
APPEARANCE CONTROL UNIT, BY TELEPHONE, OF THE MEMBER’S UNAVAILABILITY.
The supervisor assigned to the Appearance Control Unit will notify a commanding
officer in writing, if:
a.
The member fails to appear when called OR
b.
The member who is on alert appears in court without being called.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

211-06

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Duties and Conduct in Court (P.G. 211-01)
Prevention of Court Appearance on Scheduled Day Off (P.G 211-07)
Processing Notifications to Appear at Courts and Other Government Agencies (P.G. 211-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

NOTIFICATION (PD406-122)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-07

PREVENTION OF COURT APPEARANCE ON SCHEDULED DAY OFF
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To reduce appearances of uniformed members of the service in court on
scheduled days off.

PROCEDURE

When appearing in court, before a Grand Jury or another government agency and
the judge sets an adjournment date in conflict with scheduled time off:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

4.

Inform the judge of this fact.
Request another day in accordance with work schedule.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry if rescheduled date still
poses a conflict. Include:
a.
Name of the judge and assistant district attorney
b.
Date of appearance
c.
Adjournment date
d.
Court and part
Inform borough court section supervisor assigned to police room of such
scheduling on day off.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

5.

Request new date in accordance with member’s work schedule.
a.
If unable to obtain new date, sign member’s ACTIVITY LOG
entry and COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141).

ROLL CALL
CLERK

6.

Make entry in diary when notified that member’s appearance is scheduled
on a regular day off (RDO) and indicate attempt by borough court section
supervisor to change date.
Inform Operations Coordinator when member is scheduled to appear on RDO.

7.
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

8.

Contact assistant district attorney concerned when member is scheduled
to appear on RDO to ascertain necessity for such appearance.
a.
Reschedule appearance for a date, other than member’s RDO, if possible.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

9.

Check records relating to court appearances scheduled for RDOs.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A uniformed member of the service who must appear in court on a scheduled day off will be
scheduled to begin at 0900 hours or as otherwise appropriate for attendance at court. The length
of the tour shall be consistent with the member’s normal chart. A member returning from court
may be excused upon request, if the exigencies of the service permit. If excused, member shall
enter “Requested Excusal” on the OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064) submitted.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Processing Notifications to Appear at Courts and Other Government Agencies (P.G. 211-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-08

DOCUMENTING AND REPORTING COURT APPEARANCES
PERTAINING TO ARRESTS ON A WARRANT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To carefully document and report any appearances made in court which are
related to arrests on a warrant.

DEFINITION

ARRESTING OFFICER - For the purposes of this procedure, an arresting officer
is the Patrol Borough, Housing and Transit Bureau warrant enforcement team
member, detective squad member or any other non-supervisory uniformed
member assigned to arrest persons named on warrants issued by the court.

PROCEDURE

When an arresting officer appears in court to process an arrest on a warrant:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.

NOTE

For officer safety considerations, the escorting officer will remain in the intake area of
court section with prisoner until arresting officer returns.

3.
NOTE

Complete arrest processing and return to sign-in room.

Upon completing the arrest process, the arresting officer who could not report in person
will once again contact the court section sign-in room supervisor/personnel by
telephone and obtain a “Live Arrest Case” tracking number and dismissal time. Both
will be noted in the officer’s ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).

6.

NOTE

Prepare and submit COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
in all cases to borough court section sign-in room supervisor/personnel.

Borough court section sign-in room supervisor/personnel will prepare the COURT
ATTENDANCE RECORD and make an entry in the “Live Arrest Tracking Log” when
the arresting officer cannot report in person.

5.
NOTE

Report to the borough court section sign-in room.

When an arresting officer processing a fugitive warrant cannot report in person to the
court section sign-in room, he/she must contact the borough court section sign-in room
supervisor/personnel via telephone.

4.

NOTE

Comply with provisions of P.G. 211-01, “Duties and Conduct in Court.”
Accompany escorting officer with prisoner to intake area of the court
section, if possible.

Return directly to command and deliver COURT ATTENDANCE
RECORD to desk officer, except members in civilian clothes who are
dismissed from court by a police room supervisor.

If dismissed from court, member concerned must notify desk officer of command, by
telephone; the desk officer will make notation of dismissal on appropriate Department record.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-08

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

When an arresting officer does not report in person to the borough court section sign-in room
and overtime is incurred as a result of processing an arrest warrant(s), the arresting officer
will prepare a typed communication. This communication must include the following: name
of the borough court section sign-in room supervisor, the “Live Arrest Case” tracking serial
number, the date, and time of arrival/dismissal. In addition, an OVERTIME REPORT
(PD138-064) will be completed. Both the communication and OVERTIME REPORT must
be attached together and forwarded to the arresting officer’s commanding officer.
COURT SECTION SIGN-IN ROOM LOCATIONS
MANHATTAN
Supreme and Family Court Warrants
80 Baxter Street, report to basement level between 0800 hours and 1700 hours
100 Centre Street, report to room 132 between 1700 hours and 0800 hours





Criminal Court Warrants
100 Centre Street, report to room 132 all times

BROOKLYN
Supreme and Family Court Warrants
350 Jay Street, report to 1st floor, all times





Criminal Court Warrants
120 Schermerhorn Street, report to room 109, all times

BRONX
Supreme, Criminal and Family Court Warrants
215 East 161 Street, main floor, room M-2B, all times



QUEENS
Supreme , Criminal and Family Court Warrants
125-01 Queens Blvd., report to basement, all times



STATEN ISLAND
Supreme, Criminal and Family Court Warrants
78 Richmond Terrace, report to second floor, all times



RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrest on a Warrant (P.G. 208-42)
Duties and Conduct in Court (P.G. 211-01)
Search Warrant Applications (P.G. 212-75)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-09

APPEARANCES BY MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE BEFORE
GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES OR PRIVATE ORGANIZATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To notify the Police Commissioner when a member of the service (uniformed or
civilian) intends to give testimony or make an official oral or written statement
before a governmental or private organization about matters relating to the
operations or policies of the Department; and to provide guidance to members of
the service who intend to make an unofficial statement before a governmental or
private organization about matters relating to the operations or policies of the
Department.

SCOPE

This procedure applies to testimony or statements before governmental agencies
or private organizations by members of the service acting in an official capacity,
who volunteer, are invited, or are subpoenaed to testify or make a statement
regarding Department policy or positions on public matters at any public hearing
or before a governmental agency, court, investigating body, legislative
committee, administrative agency, private organization, etc. AND testimony or
statements before any court or governmental agencies by members of the service
providing character, opinion or expert testimony, who volunteer, are invited, or
are subpoenaed to testify or make a statement.

NOTE

This procedure does not apply to members appearing in the normal course of their duties before
criminal or civil courts, the Grand Jury, Corporation Counsel, Department Trial Room, Division of
Parole revocation hearings, Traffic Violations Bureau, Parking Violations Bureau, Environmental
Control Board, etc. Further, this procedure does not apply to testimony or statements given before
governmental agencies or private organizations by members of the service acting in a non-official
capacity when the speech is not of a confidential nature, who volunteer or are invited or
subpoenaed to testify or make a statement regarding Department policy or positions on public
matters at any public hearing or meeting before a governmental agency, court, investigating body,
legislative committee, administrative agency, private organization, etc.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service intends to testify or make a statement before a
governmental or private agency in an official capacity or provide character,
opinion or expert testimony:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Prepare a written request/notification, on Typed Letterhead, in triplicate
addressed to the Police Commissioner and include a synopsis of the
subject matter to be addressed, as well as the following:
a.
Rank
b.
Name
c.
Tax Registry Number
d.
Command
e.
Name and address of agency/organization
f.
Date and location of testimony/statement
g.
Type of proceeding
h.
Date of receipt of subpoena/invitation

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

i.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)
2.

Name, rank, tax registry number (if known), command of member of
the service or name, address, etc., or for other than a member of the
service, and any other relevant or necessary identifying information
for person concerned, if character testimony is to be given.
Forward request/notification no later than five business days before the
date of testimony/statement as follows:
a.
ORIGINAL, to Police Commissioner, DIRECT
b.
COPY, to Police Commissioner, THROUGH CHANNELS
c.
COPY, to Deputy Commissioner, Public Information, DIRECT.

NOTE

For voluntary appearances, (not appearances requested by the Department or required by
subpoena or court order) prior written approval from the Police Commissioner is
mandatory. While members of the service directed to appear by personal subpoena are
required to appear by law, written notification to the Police Commissioner is required. Any
questions regarding compliance with a subpoena should be directed to the Legal Bureau.

OFFICE OF THE
POLICE
COMMISSIONER

3.

NOTE

If a member of the service is unable to comply with the five business days notice
requirement due to the appearance date mandated by the subpoena, or other reason, the
member of the service must immediately notify the Office of the Police Commissioner or
the Legal Bureau, by telephone.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When members of the service intend to speak in a non-official capacity before
community meetings or before gatherings convened by elected officials or candidates for
elective office or their staffs, such members are encouraged to confer with the Legal
Bureau, Legislative Affairs Unit to request background information or assistance,
however, such conferral is not mandatory. Members of the service speaking in an
official capacity are to be guided by P.G. 212-76, “Information Concerning Official
Business of Department.” Conferral with the Legal Bureau, Legislative Affairs Unit, is
not to be considered compliance with the required notifications/approvals for official
statements pursuant to this section.

Notify the member concerned, as necessary, whether the appearance has
been approved/disapproved.

Members of the service are reminded that when providing testimony/statements in a nonofficial capacity, on a matter relating to the operations or policies of the Department,
they must clearly state to the audience they address that they are speaking on their own
behalf and not on behalf of the Department. Additionally, all members of the service are
reminded that matters concerning the official business of the Department must be kept
strictly confidential.
Members of the service who testify or make a statement before governmental agencies or
private organizations in a non-official capacity AND members of the service who
provide character, opinion or expert testimony in their private capacity must do so
during off duty time.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

211-09

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony by Members of
the Service (P.G. 211-15)
Subpoenas Issued by Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)
Conferral With Department Attorney (P.G. 211-20)
Information Concerning Official Business of Department (P.G. 212-76)
Release of Information to News Media (P.G. 212-77)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-10

TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU NOTIFICATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To effectively monitor and control the appearances of uniformed members of the
service who are being requested by the Department of Motor Vehicles to appear
at the Traffic Violations Bureau (TVB) for summons hearings.

SCOPE

The New York State Department of Motor Vehicles forwards two copies of a
computer notification print-out entitled “POLICE APPEARANCE LISTING” to
affected commands, via Department mail, each business day. This printout is an
appearance schedule designating when and where the officer of record will appear for
a summons hearing. It also provides other pertinent information, i.e., summons
number, date/type of violation, and the defendant’s name.

PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of a Police Appearance Listing at a police command:

ROLL CALL
PERSONNEL

1.
2.

NOTE

Review Listing and enter member’s scheduled appearance in the
command’s court diary.
Make immediate notification to the TVB office concerned if a member is
unable to appear due to:
a.
Sickness
b.
Military leave
c.
Death in the family
d.
Conflicting court appearances
e.
Department related emergency (i.e. mobilization, disorder, etc.)
f.
Vacation selection (roll call personnel must verify)
g.
Arrest by member (roll call personnel must notify TVB with an
arrest number)

Requests for rescheduling must be made at least ten calendar days before originally
scheduled hearing date.

3.

4.
5.

Prepare NOTIFICATION (PD406-122) and comply with P.G. 211-05,
“Processing Notifications To Appear At Courts and Other Government
Agencies.”
a.
If requested uniformed member has been transferred, immediately
notify that member’s new command via telephone, and make an
appropriate entry in the Telephone Record.
b.
If requested uniformed member of the service is retired or no
longer employed by this Department, notify Integrity Control
Officer for preparation of AFFIDAVIT OF NO RECOLLECTION /
SEPARATION FROM SERVICE (PD360-121).
Ensure all TVB hearing cases are included in daily roll calls as appropriate.
Post a copy of the Police Appearance Listing in the muster room of the
command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

NOTE

Under no circumstances will a member report to a TVB hearing on his/her RDO.

DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

6.

NOTE

When notification of appearance is made to a uniformed member of the service, the
notifying supervisor will ensure that the issuing officer conducts a warrant check.

UMOS
CONCERNED

7.

8.

Ensure that member concerned receives NOTIFICATION.

Review copy of NOTIFICATION and immediately notify roll call of
any conflicts with the scheduled date/time of hearing.
a.
Notify Integrity Control Officer if the notification received
involves a summons issued prior to November 1993 and there is
no independent recollection of the case.
b.
Request AFFIDAVIT OF NO RECOLLECTION /
SEPARATION FROM SERVICE be prepared.
Sign NOTIFICATION and return receipt copy to desk officer/supervisor.

NOTE

Members will comply with P.G. 211-01, “Duties And Conduct In Court”, and P.G. 21111, “Traffic Violations Bureau Appearances/Computerized Time Slips,” when reporting
for a hearing.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

9.

NOTE

In order to establish a charge at the Traffic Violations Bureau (TVB), uniformed
members of the service must present clear and convincing evidence. Proof could rest on
the recollection of the uniformed member of the service refreshed by contemporaneously
made memoranda. Thus, while an individual uniformed member of the service may have
no recollection of the facts concerning the summons issuance independent of his or her
own memo book entries, if after having read those memo book entries, the uniformed
member of the service can speak to the facts from his or her own recollection sufficient
to establish the charge by clear and convincing evidence, then the uniformed member of
the service should appear and testify at the hearing as scheduled. If even after reading
the memo book entries, the uniformed member of the service is still unable to testify from
recollection, the memo book entries, if otherwise sufficiently detailed to establish the
charge by clear and convincing evidence, may be read into the record at the hearing, if
the uniformed member of the service is able to testify that (1) he or she once had
knowledge of the entries, (2) the entries were prepared by the uniformed member of the
service, (3) the entries were prepared when the knowledge of the contents were fresh in
the mind of the uniformed member of the service, and (4) the uniformed member of the
service intended when the entries were made, that they be accurate. The role of the
Integrity Control Officer is critical in determining whether a member of the service
should appear at a Traffic Violations Bureau hearing. Integrity Control Officers should
ensure that effective testimony can not be offered by the uniformed member of the
service prior to preparation and forwarding of the AFFIDAVIT OF NO
RECOLLECTION / SEPARATION FROM SERVICE. In instances where the memo
book entries of the officer cannot be located and/or are lacking sufficient information,
the Integrity Control Officer should take appropriate disciplinary action.

Conduct an investigation to ensure that an officer who claims no
recollection on a pre-November 1993 case has no independent
recollection of the events in question (i.e., request to see officer’s memo
book entries, etc.).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

10.

Prepare AFFIDAVIT OF NO RECOLLECTION / SEPARATION
FROM SERVICE and submit to roll call personnel for forwarding if
investigation reveals no independent recollection of the events in question
can be established or if a member of the service notified to appear is no
longer employed by this department.

DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

11.

Obtain signed receipt copy of NOTIFICATION from member
concerned and forward to roll call.

ROLL CALL
PERSONNEL

12.

Check notification receipts daily to ensure notifications have been
received and acknowledged by members concerned.
a.
Forward approved AFFIDAVIT OF NO RECOLLECTION /
SEPARATION FROM SERVICE at least ten calendar days
prior to the originally scheduled hearing date to the Department of
Motor Vehicles central Albany office via fax.

TVB COURT
SECTION
PERSONNEL

13.

Prepare TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU NON-APPEARANCE
NOTICE (PD160-121), in all cases where a member fails to appear at a
TVB hearing.
Forward original copy of completed TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU
NON-APPEARANCE NOTICE to the member’s commanding officer.
a.
Forward copy to the appropriate patrol borough office.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER
(continued)

14.

COMMANDING 15.
OFFICER

Review NON-APPEARANCE NOTICES
command’s integrity control officer.

and

forward

to

the

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

16.

COURT
SECTION,
INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

18.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Whenever it has been determined that a warrant is to be executed at a Traffic Violations
Bureau appearance and the issuing member is excused from duty, a replacement
member will be sent by the command concerned.

17.

Investigate and ascertain reason for non-appearance at TVB hearing and
take disciplinary action, if appropriate.
Document findings and action(s) taken on NON-APPEARANCE
NOTICE and return to the commanding officer of the borough court
section concerned within fourteen days.
a.
Forward copy of NOTICE to borough office concerned.
Monitor receipt of NON-APPEARANCE NOTICES to:
a.
Ensure commands are preparing and forwarding investigations in
regards to NON-APPEARANCE NOTICES as required.
b.
Ascertain reasons for non-appearances and take appropriate
action(s) as necessary.

TVB appearances are considered court appearances. Conflicting appearances with the
Civilian Complaint Review Board, investigation units, union meetings, training sessions,
Medical Division appointments, etc., are not authorized excusals.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-10

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

Commanding officers of non-Automated Roll Call System (ARCS) commands will ensure
that roll call personnel forward an updated command roster to the appropriate borough
TVB facility on a monthly basis. These rosters will be prepared in alphabetical order,
by rank and in the following format:
RANK

NAME

TAX #

STEADY
RDO

CHART

PNS/SQD

TVB Court Section personnel will FAX a copy of the non-ARCS command rosters to the
New York State Department of Motor Vehicles in Albany via FAX. In addition, a copy of
all non-ARCS command rosters will be kept on file at each TVB office.
ALERT STATUS
TVB is now recognizing an “ALERT’ procedure that may be utilized for uniformed
members scheduled for TVB hearings. A member will have forty-five minutes to report
once TVB has activated that member through their command. A member’s operations
coordinator may request roll call to place a member on “ALERT STATUS” under the
following conditions:
a.
Hearing scheduled for 1030 or 1300 time period and
b.
Hearing appearance scheduled for one motorist only, (regardless of number of
summonses issued) and
c
Member’s command is located within the same patrol borough as the TVB
hearing location and
d.
The ability of a command to ensure the expeditious appearance of its personnel
once an “ALERT” has been activated.
Uniformed members on “ALERT” will not be assigned to any duty that will prevent their
immediate dispatch to TVB; nor will members be scheduled for a meal during the
“ALERT” period. “ALERT” periods are between the hours of 1030-1200 hours (1030
hour cases) and 1300-1400 hours (1300 hour cases). When notified by TVB to activate
member, the desk officer concerned will immediately notify the member to report
directly to TVB; both a Telephone Record and Command Log entry are required.
EXTENDED TOURS FOR MEMBERS ASSIGNED TO THE 1ST AND 3RD PLATOONS
Uniformed members assigned to the 1st platoon will report to TVB at 0800 hours.
Uniformed members assigned to the 3rd platoon will report direct to TVB at 1415 hours.
The following provisions will apply:
a.
Member must attend in business attire.
b.
This Department reserves the right to reschedule members to the 2nd platoon in
appropriate cases as determined by the Department. In this regard, members
whose appearances will extend to more than three hours may be rescheduled to
the 2nd platoon. These provisions apply only to TVB appearances, and not to
other court appearances.
c.
Members must be on a MUST APPEAR status. Members on ALERT STATUS
will continue to be rescheduled.
d.
Members are not eligible for portal to portal compensation.
e.
Members on the 1st platoon must notify their commands upon completion of the
appearance. Members on the 3rd platoon must return directly to their
commands upon completion of the appearance.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

211-10

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Duties And Conduct In Court (P.G. 211-01)
Traffic Violations Bureau Appearances/Computerized Time Slips (P.G. 211-11)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AFFIDAVIT OF NO RECOLLECTION / SEPARATION FROM SERVICE (PD360-121)
NOTIFICATION (PD406-122)
TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU NON-APPEARANCE NOTICE (PD160-121)
TVB Police Appearance Listing

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-11

TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU APPEARANCES/
COMPUTERIZED TIME SLIPS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To record and monitor appearances of uniformed members of the service
required at Department of Motor Vehicles Traffic Violations Bureau hearings.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is notified and reports to a Traffic
Violations Bureau office for a hearing:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

Bring the “Officer’s Notes” copy of the summons and corresponding
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) for each summons being adjudicated at
Traffic Violations Bureau hearing.
Immediately report to Police Sign-In Room supervisor.

UNIFORMED
SUPERVISOR
ASSIGNED TO
T.V.B.

3.

NOTE

If the uniformed member’s presence is not entered in the computer system, judges
adjudicating hearings may dismiss cases for non-appearance of police personnel.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

NOTE

Department form COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141) will not be used for
Traffic Violations Bureau appearances.

UNIFORMED
SUPERVISOR
ASSIGNED TO
T.V.B.

5.

Have one copy of “Officer Time Slip” delivered to uniformed member
and file duplicate copy.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Notify command desk officer/counterpart via telephone immediately upon
dismissal from Police Sign-In Room and comply with instructions received.

DESK OFFICER 7.

Make notation of uniformed member’s dismissal and instruction given on
appropriate Department record.

8.

Deliver “Officer Time Slip” to desk officer/counterpart when instructed to
return to command, or if otherwise instructed, at earliest possible convenience.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

Have uniformed member reporting for hearing logged in computer system
immediately.

Return immediately to Police Sign-In Room upon conclusion of hearing
appearance to obtain computerized “Officer Time Slip.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 9.

2 of 3

Review “Officer Time Slips” for accuracy and note time officer returns to
command on time slip.

CLERICAL
MEMBER

10.

File “Officer Time Slips” at command in chronological order in separate
folder.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

11.

Review “Officer Time Slips” frequently for integrity purposes.

TRAINING
SERGEANT

12.

Review “Officer Time Slip” Disposition and Code columns frequently for
indications of negative patterns and poor performance skills and take
appropriate corrective action.

NOTE

The training sergeant will track the number of times a uniformed member has a case
dismissed for failure to establish a prima facie case that a violation has been committed
and/or cases where the defendant is found “Not Guilty” because the evidence presented
is not clear and convincing. Each month the training sergeant will select the ten
uniformed members of the service with the highest percentage of dismissals due to the
aforementioned reasons. These members will be retrained and/or subject to any other
corrective action(s) as deemed necessary by the commanding officer.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The following are dispositions and codes used by Department of Motor Vehicles Administrative Law
Judges when adjudicating moving violations. These items will appear on computerized “Officer
Time Slip” issued to police officers at the conclusion of Traffic Violations Bureau appearances:
DISPOSITIONS

Not Guilty

G=

Guilty Disposition Plea at Trial (Contested
cases only.)

NONE

W=

Guilty with Appearance Disposition (Used for
Appearance Room only.)

NONE

NOTE

1.
2.

CODES
Evidence not clear and convincing.
Justification.

N=

Although the “W” disposition appears on time slips, the police officer concerned had no
effect on this disposition. The motorist plead guilty.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

CODES (continued)

DISPOSITIONS (continued)
D=

Dismissing Case

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

P=

Paid Online

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Uninsured, is in fact Insured.
Unlicensed, is in fact Licensed.
Unregistered, is in fact Registered.
Equipment Documents - The motorist presented
proper documentation to the judge. Dismissing the
case by statute.
Officer No-Show.
No Prima Facie case.
Police cannot identify motorist.
No recollection.
Non-Owner/No Knowledge (uninsured vehicle
cases) - When motorist summoned claims he had
no knowledge that vehicle he/she was operating
was uninsured.

NONE
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Officer Time Slip

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-12

HEARINGS AT DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide a member of the service with legal representative when notified to
appear at a Department of Motor Vehicle hearing in connection with a motor
vehicle collision while performing police duty.

PROCEDURE

When notified to appear at a hearing in connection with a collision which
occurred when operating a Department vehicle while performing police duty:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.
FORMS AND
REPORTS

Notify commanding officer.

Prepare five copies of report on Typed Letterhead containing all facts:
a.
Include in report transcript of Command Log entry concerning
original incident.
Endorse report with following facts, if appropriate:
a.
Member of the service was properly performing police duty
b.
Guilty of no misconduct
c.
Charges have not been or likely to be prepared
d.
Request Corporation Counsel be assigned to defend member.
Forward original and copy to Deputy Commissioner-Legal Matters.
Forward copy to Deputy Commissioner-Management and Budget.
Forward copy to Commanding Officer, Fleet Services Division.
File fifth copy.

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-13

OFFICIAL APPEARANCES AT
DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide guidelines for uniformed members of the service requested to appear
at a Department of Consumer Affairs official hearing.

NOTE

The Adjudication Division, Department of Consumer Affairs will notify the member of
the service who must appear, through the Court Appearance Control System (CACS).

PROCEDURE

When requested by the Department of Consumer Affairs to appear at an official hearing:

APPEARANCE
CONTROL UNIT

1.

NOTE

This notification can also be received via the Computerized Court Appearance Control
System (CACS), in commands activated for CACS.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.
3.

4.

Notify member’s command and authorize scheduled appearance.

Appear as scheduled, in uniform, unless assigned to non-uniformed duty, at
the Department of Consumer Affairs.
Prepare COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141), and sign
name in the Police Log to verify presence.
a.
Upon arrival, the uniformed member of the service will notify the
Manhattan Court Section’s Police Room to be signed into the
Court Appearance Control System (CACS).
Sign out in the Police Log upon completion of the hearing and obtain one
copy of the completed COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD.
a.
Notify the Manhattan Court Section’s Police Room to be signed
out of the CACS.

NOTE

After 1800 hours the uniformed member of the service will call the Manhattan Court
Section to be signed out.

MANHATTAN
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

5.

Make a Command Log entry when a uniformed member of the service
calls the Manhattan Court Section, after 1800 hours, to confirm member’s
dismissal from the Department of Consumer Affairs.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Return to command and deliver COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD to
the desk officer.
a.
Members in civilian clothes who are dismissed directly, from the
Department of Consumer Affairs will notify the Police Room
Supervisor and their command’s desk officer. Both the Police
Room Supervisor and the desk officer concerned will record the
dismissal in their respective Command Logs.
b.
Member will submit the COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD to
the desk officer on the next scheduled tour of duty.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

7.

Telephone the desk officer of assigned command prior to end of tour if it
appears member will be detained at the Department of Consumer Affairs
beyond completion of scheduled tour of duty.

NOTE

The desk officer or designee will be responsible for notifying the Department of
Consumer Affairs promptly by telephone during business hours, or during non-business
hours (answering machine) whenever a member of the service will be unable to appear
for a pending hearing, due to sick leave, death in the family, new arrest, etc. An entry
will be made in the Telephone Record detailing the date/time of notification and the
name of the person contacted (when available) at the Department of Consumer Affairs.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Duties and Conduct in Court (P.G. 211-01)
Processing Notifications to Appear at Courts and Other Government Agencies (P.G. 211-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-14

INVESTIGATIONS BY CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REVIEW BOARD
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To facilitate investigations conducted by the Civilian Complaint Review Board;
to protect the rights of members of the service who are the subject of Civilian
Complaint Review Board investigations and witnesses to incidents under
investigation by the Civilian Complaint Review Board; and to process
Department records requested by the Civilian Complaint Review Board.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) has been directed to
appear before the Civilian Complaint Review Board and/or respond to a Civilian
Complaint Review Board request for Department records.

APPEARANCE
CONTROL UNIT

1.

Notify member of the service to appear at the Civilian Complaint Review
Board.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.

Appear at Civilian Complaint Review Board, as directed.
a.
Bring ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) that corresponds to the
date of incident.

NOTE

Members of the service who are questioned about incidents being investigated by the
Civilian Complaint Review Board shall fully cooperate in the investigation. When
interviewed by a Civilian Complaint Review Board investigator, or when appearing at the
Civilian Complaint Review Board as the subject of a complaint or a witness to an incident
in connection with an official Civilian Complaint Review Board investigation, all pertinent
information, facts and observations shall be reported. All questions posed by the Civilian
Complaint Review Board investigator, Board panel, or Board member in accordance with
Civilian Complaint Review Board rules and regulations for the conduct of interviews shall
be answered fully and truthfully. Failure to do so shall be grounds for disciplinary action.

UPON NOTIFICATION THAT A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE HAS
REFUSED TO ANSWER QUESTIONS DURING A CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REVIEW BOARD INTERVIEW OR PROCEEDING:
SUPERVISORY/ 3.
RANKING
4.
OFFICER
CONCERNED
5.

6.
7.

Determine if Civilian Complaint Review Board is requesting that member of
the service be directed by the supervisory/ranking officer to answer questions.
Ascertain if member of the service has been notified by the Civilian
Complaint Review Board that answers given in an interview or
proceeding may not be used against the member in a later criminal action.
Advise member of the service that refusal to cooperate with the Civilian
Complaint Review Board will result in immediate suspension and
preparation of disciplinary charges.
Direct member of the service to answer questions posed by the Civilian
Complaint Review Board.
Suspend member if member of the service refuses to answer questions.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-14

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

DEPARTMENT RECORDS REQUEST:
I.A.B. MGMT.
RESOURCES
SECTION,
CCRB LIAISON

8.

COMMANDING 9.
OFFICER

Forward a REQUEST FOR RECORDS AND/OR INFORMATION
REGARDING CCRB CASE (PD149-164) to commands concerned.

Designate a member of the service to photocopy all pertinent documents.

NOTE

Under no circumstances will a command reproduce documents from a request received
directly from the Civilian Complaint Review Board. All such requests, whether verbal or
written, will be referred to the Management Resources Section, Civilian Complaint Review
Board Liaison. In addition, under no circumstances will original Department records be
removed from a Department facility to comply with documentation requests from the Civilian
Complaint Review Board. Only photocopies will be made and forwarded in this regard.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

10.

NOTE

Upon receipt, the Civilian Complaint Review Board Liaison will review all documents
submitted by commands concerned to ensure that the request has been satisfied.
Thereafter, the Internal Affairs Bureau will forward all pertinent documents to the
requesting Civilian Complaint Review Board investigator.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The following Department records may not be released to the Civilian Complaint
Review Board:
a.
Records concerning a case that has been sealed pursuant to Criminal Procedure
Law 160.50.
b.
Records of sex crimes per Civil Rights Law 50-b.
c.
Psychiatric records (without patient consent).
d.
Alcohol counseling records (without patient consent).
e.
Medical records (without patient consent).
f.
P.G. 206-13, “Interrogation of Members of the Service” interviews (without
permission of Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters).
g.
Personnel records of police officers as per Civil Rights Law 50-a.
h.
Juvenile records as per Family Court Act 381.3.

Forward completed request and documents via Department mail within
ten days of receipt to:
a.
Internal Affairs Bureau, Management Resources Section, CCRB
Liaison, 315 Hudson Street, New York, New York 10013.

The Civilian Complaint Review Board Liaison will confer with the Document Production
Unit, Legal Bureau, whenever questions arise pertaining to Civilian Complaint Review
Board access to sensitive or confidential records. Exceptions to the general rule of nondisclosure may be made with the necessary approval of the Legal Bureau.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

211-14

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Subpoenas for records received directly from the Civilian Complaint Review Board will be
accepted and a telephone notification will be made to the Civilian Complaint Review Board
Liaison, (212) 741-8409 or 8448. If there is no response, the Internal Affairs Bureau
Command Center will be notified, at (212) 741-8401. The subpoena will then be hand
delivered to the Civilian Complaint Review Board Liaison in a sealed envelope without delay.
When records being requested are not available at the command, the specific reason why
the request cannot be satisfied must be indicated on Line 16 of the REQUEST FOR
RECORDS form. For example, if a particular COMPLAINT REPORT is requested in
connection with an incident, and a comprehensive review of command records indicates
that no such report was prepared, the assigned member will indicate “Complaint Report
not prepared” on the REQUEST form. Similarly, if a document is lost or missing, this
finding will likewise be indicated on the form. Generic terms, such as “unable to locate”
or “not available” will not be accepted. If a document has been forwarded or is located in
another command, this information must be included on the form. The Civilian Complaint
Review Board Liaison will redirect all such requests to the appropriate command.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT(PD313-152)
REQUEST FOR RECORDS AND/OR INFORMATION REGARDING CCRB CASE
(PD149-164)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-15

PROCESSING SUBPOENAS FOR POLICE DEPARTMENT RECORDS
AND FOR TESTIMONY BY MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 10

PURPOSE

To ensure proper compliance by the Police Department and its members with
lawful court mandates and subpoenas requiring attendance at court or production
of Department records in response thereto.

SCOPE

It is the official policy of this Department that the unit that is the repository of a
given Department record has the responsibility to respond in a prompt fashion to a
subpoena demanding the record’s production. A command will not forward a
subpoena to the Legal Bureau, the Central Records Division or to other units within
the Department when record(s) requested is/are present in the subpoenaed command.

DEFINITIONS

SUBPOENA - A generic term used in the law to refer to any legal device that
compels the appearance of a person at a specific time and place, usually to give
testimony in a judicial proceeding, or compels the production of certain documents
or items of evidence. A subpoena that compels a person to appear and give
testimony is known as a subpoena ad testificandum. A subpoena that compels the
production of documents or evidence is known as a subpoena duces tecum.
COMMAND LIAISON OFFICER - Every commanding officer/counterpart within the
Department is designated as the command liaison officer who is responsible for the full
implementation of and compliance with this procedure. While commanding
officers/counterparts may delegate the tasks associated with this procedure to
subordinates, they are responsible for their command’s compliance with this procedure.
SUBPOENA RECORD BOOK - A permanent bound record book maintained by
each command (including commands located within a precinct stationhouse,
transit district, police service area, or other Department facility) with the
following captions contained therein:
a.
Number (serialized, beginning with 001 each year)
b.
Date and time received
c.
Type of subpoena (e.g., duces tecum or ad testificandum)
d.
Name of member concerned
e.
Brief description of records requested
f.
Return date
g.
Issuing court
h.
Title of case (e.g., Smith vs. Jones, People vs. Smith)
i.
Party issuing subpoena (e.g., plaintiff, defendant, District Attorney or judge)
j.
Fee receipt issued (indicate “No fee or receipt number)
k.
Date records forwarded
l.
Date court receipt received.
COMMAND SUBPOENA FILE - A file in which photocopies of subpoenas and
requests for Department records by assistant district attorneys and assistant
corporation counsels are filed chronologically, by year, pursuant to this procedure.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 10

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DOCUMENT PRODUCTION UNIT - A sub-unit of the Legal Bureau charged with
the responsibility to ensure that all lawful requests for Department records by courts,
prosecutors, government agencies, and private citizens are complied with in a timely
fashion. The Document Production Unit also processes all requests under the
Freedom of Information Law that are received by the Department. The Document
Production Unit is located at One Police Plaza, Room 110-C, New York, NY 10038.

NOTE

Under no circumstances will a subpoena or subpoena duces tecum served or received at
a command be forwarded to the Document Production Unit without the express
permission of the Supervisor, Document Production Unit.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving a subpoena that only requires personal appearance by a specific
member of the service to appear in court or otherwise give testimony in a legal
proceeding:

COMMAND
LIAISON
OFFICER

1.
2.

3.

4.
5.
6.

7.

NOTE

Record receipt of subpoena in the Subpoena Record Book, ensuring that
all applicable captions are completed.
Issue FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017) in accordance with P.G. 212-82,
“Forwarding of Fees to the Audits and Accounts Unit,” if a fee is
tendered with the subpoena.
Photocopy subpoena and deliver ORIGINAL to member of the service
concerned.
a.
Note Command Serial Number, Fee Receipt number (if
applicable), date, and time of delivery to member concerned on
reverse side of photocopy. Member of the service concerned will
sign photocopy, indicating receipt of subpoena.
Direct member of the service to comply with subpoena.
File photocopy of subpoena in Command Subpoena File.
Notify roll call clerk and ensure that entry is made in Command Diary.
a.
Comply with appropriate procedures concerning notifications to
Appearance Control Unit.
Ensure that member of the service concerned has appeared in court, or
otherwise, as required by subpoena.

If a subpoena is received for a member of the service that also requires that the member concerned
produce documents or evidence, other than an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), and the subpoena
has not been marked as “SO ORDERED” by a judge, the member of the service concerned will
comply with the subpoena only in so far as it relates to making the required appearance.
Department records or evidence will not be produced. If the subpoena is “so-ordered,” the named
member will bring the required documents (see ADDITIONAL DATA for further explanation).
Members receiving a subpoena ad testificandum that requires an appearance to give testimony at
other than a trial proceeding are advised that they are not to answer any question without first
consulting with the assistant corporation counsel or assistant district attorney assigned to the case.
If there is no assistant corporation counsel/assistant district attorney assigned to the particular case,
or if the member of the service is unsure regarding such assignment, the Document Production Unit
will be consulted.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 10

UPON RECEIVING A SUBPOENA DUCES TECUM THAT REQUIRES THE
PRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS ONLY AND DOES NOT REQUIRE A SPECIFIC
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE TO ATTEND AND PRODUCE SUCH DOCUMENTS:
COMMAND
LIAISON
OFFICER

8.

9.
10.

NOTE

Ensure that subpoena duces tecum has been endorsed by judge as “so-ordered.”
a.
If subpoena duces tecum is not “so-ordered,” make all required
subpoena record book entries and indicate in caption marked “Date
of Compliance” the fact that the subpoena was not so-ordered. File
copy of subpoena in rear of Command Subpoena File.
b.
If the name and telephone number of the issuing attorney is available,
contact the attorney and advise that unless the subpoena is “soordered,” it will not be complied with. No further action is required.
Complete all applicable captions in Subpoena Record Book.
Gather photocopies of all documents requested in subpoena that are
maintained at the command (including ACTIVITY LOG entries of
members of the service concerned, if applicable).

Certain Department records that are subject to subpoena such as a Command Log or
member’s ACTIVITY LOG may also contain information that is unrelated to the facts and
circumstances of the case for which the subpoena was issued. In such a case, unrelated
information should be “redacted” (blocked out or deleted in any other suitable fashion that
ensures that the unrelated information cannot be discerned by the party issuing the
subpoena) from the copy forwarded in compliance with the subpoena. No redactions will
be made to any material forwarded to the Legal Bureau, Corporation Counsel or District
Attorney. Additionally, prior to forwarding copies of any Departmental records to anyone
outside the Police Department other than an assistant district attorney, assistant
corporation counsel or other law enforcement agency, the name, addresses, and telephone
number, and any other data that identifies a victim or witness will be redacted.
Immediate telephone notification to the Document Production Unit is to be made if any
command receives a subpoena ad testificandum or a subpoena duces tecum for the
following Department records:
a.
Confidential records, such as personnel folders, or documents relating to
confidential investigations;
b.
Records relating to cases that have been the subject of notoriety or publicity;
c.
Records relating to sensitive or unusual cases and corruption cases.
Such telephone notification will also be made if there is any doubt as to whether
subpoenaed records should be released. The telephone notification is to be recorded in
the Telephone Record. Instructions received from the Document Production Unit will be
strictly complied with.
While requests for records received from an assistant corporation counsel or an
assistant district attorney do not require a subpoena, if the material requested is
confidential or sensitive as outlined in step a, b or c above, a telephone notification to
the Document Production Unit is required.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 10

COMMAND
LIAISON
OFFICER
(continued)

11.

NOTE

The command liaison officer may delegate the authority to prepare and sign a
CERTIFICATION to properly trained members within the command.

12.
13.

NOTE

Prepare RECEIPT FOR SUBPOENAED DEPARTMENT RECORDS on
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) (see Appendix “D”).
Forward copies of records, copy of subpoena, certification, and receipt to
appropriate clerk of court via U.S. Mail or Department mail, where appropriate.
a.
Indicate on outside of envelope that envelope contains records
requested via subpoena.
b.
Include index, calendar, docket or indictment number as available.

Under no circumstances will records be forwarded directly to an attorney (other than an
assistant district attorney or assistant corporation counsel) without prior consultation
with the Document Production Unit.

14.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Prepare and sign “Certification” on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151).
a.
If photocopies contain any redactions, use sample Certification
letter Number 1 (see Appendix “A”).
b.
If photocopies DO NOT contain any redactions, use sample
Certification letter number 2 (see Appendix “B”).
c.
If, after a search for records requested by subpoena, it is discovered
that the records requested DO NOT exist either at the command
receiving the subpoena or at any other command/unit within the
Department, use Certification letter number 3 (see Appendix “C”).

Upon receiving receipt acknowledging receipt of records by clerk of court:
a.
Attach receipt to copy of subpoena filed in Command Subpoena File.
b.
Make note in Subpoena Record Book under caption entitled “Date Court
Receipt Received” that receipt from Clerk of Court has been received.

TYPES OF SUBPOENAS:
Any subpoena, which, by its terms, requires the production of documents or evidence, is
a subpoena duces tecum. Under the relevant statutes of this state, a subpoena duces
tecum directed to a subdivision of a municipal government, such as the Police
Department, must be “so ordered” by a judge. “So ordered” means that the attorney
who desires the documents to be produced has obtained judicial approval for the
subpoena duces tecum in question. If the judge determines that the attorney has a
genuine need for the requested material, the judge will indicate this fact by signing or
initialing the subpoena duces tecum at a caption entitled “so-ordered”.
PHOTOCOPYING RECORDS:
Under no circumstances will original Department records be removed from any
Department facility without the prior approval of a Department attorney or the
commanding officer. Photocopies ONLY will be forwarded. The Document Production
Unit will be notified and consulted whenever court process compels production of
original copies of Department records.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

211-15

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 10

DISTRICT ATTORNEY/CORPORATION COUNSEL REQUESTS:
Assistant district attorneys and assistant corporation counsels are NOT required to issue a
subpoena for the production of Police Department records. Accordingly, no member of
the service will require or request that a subpoena for records be served by them. Such
document requests will be handled in accordance with P.G. 211-18, “Processing Requests
For Police Department Documents Received From Assistant Corporation Counsels And
Assistant District Attorneys.”
RECORDS UNAVAILABLE AT RECEIVING COMMAND:
If a subpoena is received for records that are not available at the command receiving
the subpoena, the subpoena will be forwarded to the command having custody of the
record. If the subpoena calls for the production of more than one item, and the
receiving command does not have custody of all items requested, the receiving command
will comply with that portion of the subpoena for which the command possesses records.
A photocopy of the subpoena will be forwarded to the command having custody of the
other items requested with a report detailing which portions of the subpoena will be
complied with by the original receiving command.
TRANSFERRED MEMBERS:
A process server who appears at a command to serve a subpoena directed to a member
of the service who has been transferred from the command will be advised of the
member’s new command and directed to make service at the member’s new command.
If the member concerned has retired, the process server will be informed of this fact and
service will not be accepted. If a subpoena is received by other than personal delivery,
the subpoena will be forwarded to the member’s current command. If a subpoena is
received by other than personal delivery and the member has retired, the attorney
issuing the subpoena will be contacted and informed of such fact.
SUBPOENAS THAT CONCERN PERSONAL MATTERS:
Circumstances may arise where a member of the service receives a subpoena in his/her
capacity as a private individual. This situation frequently arises in the context of civil
litigation where the member concerned is involved as a party or as a witness to events,
which occurred while off duty. In such a circumstance, a subpoena may be served upon
such a member at his/her command and service will be accepted. If service is accepted
by someone other than the party named in the subpoena, such as the desk officer, the
party that accepts service must ensure that the subpoena is actually received by the
named party. In such a circumstance, the fee tendered (if any) will be given to the
member concerned along with the subpoena. No further processing of the subpoena is
required. If a member is required to attend court in response to such a subpoena arising
out of his/her private affairs, such appearance will be made on the member’s off-duty
time. Any questions regarding the applicability of this note may be directed to the
Document Production Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

211-15

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 10

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

NOTIFICATIONS IN UNUSUAL CASES:
a.
A member of the service who is to appear as a witness for a defendant in a
criminal case, or for the plaintiff in a case where the City of New York is a
DEFENDANT, shall notify the assistant district attorney or assistant
corporation counsel of such fact prior to the start of the hearing or trial.
b.
If a member of the service receives a subpoena or other type of notification to
appear and testify at a parole revocation hearing, the member concerned will
notify the District Attorney's Office of the appropriate county of such fact.
Notification to the District Attorney concerned will be noted in the command
diary under the date of the scheduled hearing.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Subpoena Fees and Accounting Procedures (P.G. 212-79)
Subpoenas Issued by Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)
Processing Legal Bureau Requests for Department Records Including Requests Under
the Freedom of Information Law (P.G. 211-17)
Processing Request for Police Department Documents Received from Assistant District
Attorneys and Assistant Corporation Counsels (P.G. 211-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 10

APPENDIX “A”

CERTIFICATION
DATE: ___________________________

CASE OF:

____________________
versus

INDEX # _________________________
DOCKET # _______________________

____________________
STATE OF NEW YORK
COUNTY OF _______________
This is to certify that the enclosed photocopies of:
(List records being forwarded e.g., Complaint Report No., 12345-91 124 Precinct, Activity Log
of PO Smith for 01/01/91, etc.)
are true and complete copies, WITH REDACTIONS, of a record in the custody of the (enter
command) of the Police Department of the City of New York.

________________
Rank

______________________________
Signature

_____________________
Command

______________________________
Name Printed

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 10

APPENDIX “B”

CERTIFICATION
DATE: ___________________________

CASE OF:

____________________
versus

INDEX # _________________________
DOCKET # _______________________

____________________
STATE OF NEW YORK
COUNTY OF _______________
This is to certify that the enclosed photocopies of:
(List records being forwarded e.g., Complaint Report No., 12345-91 124 Precinct, Activity Log
of PO Smith for 01/01/91, etc.)
are true and complete copies in the custody of the (enter command) of the Police Department of the
City of New York.

________________
Rank

______________________________
Signature

_____________________
Command

______________________________
Name Printed

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 10

APPENDIX “C”

CERTIFICATION
DATE: ___________________________

CASE OF:

____________________
versus

INDEX # _________________________
DOCKET # _______________________

____________________
STATE OF NEW YORK
COUNTY OF _______________
This is to certify that in response to the attached subpoena, issued in the above
referenced action, the undersigned has conducted a search of New York City Police Department
records and it has been determined that there are no documents within the custody, possession or
control of the Police Department which are responsive to the subpoena.

________________
Rank

______________________________
Signature

_____________________
Command

______________________________
Name Printed

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

10 of 10

APPENDIX “D”

RECEIPT FOR SUBPOENAED DEPARTMENT RECORDS
DATE: ___________________________

Clerk of Court
Part _______ Room _______
Address of Courthouse
City, State, Zip Code
Dear Sir:
Enclosed please find copies of New York City Police Department records which have been
subpoenaed in the case of _____________________________________________________________
Name of Case
which bears Index # _______________________ and Calendar # __________________ and
Indictment # _______________.
Please endorse this form to indicate that the Court has received the records subpoenaed and
forward the endorsed form to:
Unit/Command
Address
City, State, Zip Code
Attn.: Subpoena Officer
Thank you for your attention to this matter.
Very truly yours,
_______________________________________
Rank Name
Command

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-16

SUBPOENAS ISSUED BY COURTS OUTSIDE
NEW YORK CITY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To determine whether a subpoena issued by a court located outside of New York
City requires a response by the Police Department and, if a response is required,
the nature and extent of such response.

SCOPE

The Police Department is frequently served with subpoenas issued by courts located
outside of New York City. Such subpoenas present special problems relating to the
nature of response required by this Department. While subpoenas issued by courts
located within New York City are valid and must be complied with in accordance
with the terms of the subpoena and in the manner set forth in the applicable
Department Manual procedures, subpoenas issued by courts outside of New York
City require special handling and are subject to different rules regarding compliance.

PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of a subpoena issued by other than a court located within New York City:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

COMMAND
LIAISON
OFFICER

2.

Issue FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017) in accordance with P.G. 212-79,
“Subpoena Fees and Accounting Procedures.”
Forward subpoena to command liaison officer.

3.
4.

Complete all entries in Subpoena Record Book.
Determine the response required by utilizing the following guidelines:

SUBPOENA ISSUED BY A NEW YORK STATE COURT:
COMMAND
LIAISON
OFFICER

a.

b.

When no personal appearance is required by a member of the service:
(1)
Such a subpoena will be complied with in accordance with P.G. 21115, “Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and
Testimony by Members of the Service.”
When a personal appearance is required by a member of the service:
(1)
The Legal Bureau - Document Production Unit should be
consulted.
(a)
Instructions received from the Document Production Unit
will be complied with.
(b)
Comply with P.G. 212-83, “Leaving City on Police Business.”

SUBPOENA ISSUED BY FEDERAL COURTS:
COMMAND
LIAISON
OFFICER

a.

CRIMINAL CASES - Valid from any Federal Court in the United States. Subpoena
will be complied with in accordance with P.G. 211-15, “Processing Subpoenas for
Police Department Records and Testimony by Members of the Service”, if
DOCUMENTS ONLY are required. If an appearance by a member of the service is
required, the Document Production Unit will be notified and in addition to any
directions received from the Document Production Unit, the member of the service
who is the subject of the subpoena will prepare a report, on Typed Letterhead, in
duplicate, addressed to the Police Commissioner, including the following information:
1.
Name and location of court
2.
Type of proceeding
3.
Name of person concerned

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

4.
5.

COMMAND
LIAISON
OFFICER
(continued)

b.

Date of receipt of subpoena
Reason Police Commissioner was not notified prior to testimony,
if applicable.
6.
Forward REPORT as follows:
(a)
Original to Police Commissioner, direct
(b)
Duplicate to Police Commissioner, through channels.
CIVIL CASES - VALID ONLY WHEN:
1.
Served within the district where the court sits, OR
2.
Served within one hundred miles of the place of hearing or trial
specified in the subpoena, OR
3.
Issued by a Federal Court located within New York State and
served within New York State, OR
4.
The subpoena is endorsed by the judge authorizing the extraordinary
service and served in conformance with the endorsement.

SUBPOENA ISSUED BY COURTS OF OTHER STATES:
COMMAND
LIAISON
OFFICER

a.

CRIMINAL OR CIVIL CASES - NOT VALID:
1.
Such subpoenas have no force and effect in the State of New York
UNLESS the subpoena has been presented to a New York State judge
and endorsed by the New York State judge for service in New York.

NOTE

While the Department has no legal obligation to respond to these subpoenas unless they
are endorsed by a New York State judge, the Department should make every reasonable
effort to assist law enforcement agencies from other jurisdictions. For example,
Department personnel may provide testimony that will be helpful to a criminal
prosecution outside the City of New York. Permission to appear and give such testimony
must be obtained through channels, and all relevant Department procedures regarding
leaving the city on official business must be complied with.
Any time a subpoena is received which requires a member of the service to appear at a
hearing or other judicial proceeding outside the City of New York, the member is
required to comply with P.G. 212-83, “Leaving City On Police Business.” In addition,
if the member is required to appear in court outside of the City, prepare and forward the
REPORT to the Police Commissioner, as outlined above under “CRIMINAL CASES”.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Any time a member has a question concerning the validity of a subpoena, the Legal
Bureau - Document Production Unit will be consulted.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony by Members of
the Service (P.G. 211-15)
Subpoena Fees and Accounting Procedures (P.G. 212-79)
Processing Legal Bureau Requests for Department Records Including Requests Under
the Freedom of Information Law (P.G. 211-17)
Processing Request for Police Department Documents Received From Assistant District
Attorneys and Assistant Corporation Counsels (P.G. 211-18)
Leaving City on Police Business (P.G. 212-83)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-17

PROCESSING LEGAL BUREAU REQUESTS FOR DEPARTMENT
RECORDS INCLUDING REQUESTS UNDER THE FREEDOM OF
INFORMATION LAW
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure prompt, efficient response by the Department to lawful subpoenas and
requests for Department records made by prosecutors, government agencies and private
citizens, including requests made under the Freedom of Information Law (F.O.I.L.).

SCOPE

The Department is required by law to comply with statutes such as F.O.I.L. and
court orders, including subpoenas, which command the production of certain
documents in its custody. The Legal Bureau’s Document Production Unit will
assist individual commanding officers/counterparts in fulfilling their responsibility
to comply with subpoenas, government requests and lawful demands made by
private citizens under the Freedom of Information Law (F.O.I.L.).

DEFINITIONS

FREEDOM OF INFORMATION LAW - The New York State Freedom of
Information Law (F.O.I.L.) contained in Section 87 of the Public Officers Law,
provides that all records kept by a government agency are presumed to be
available for public inspection and/or copying. Exemptions from this public
access requirement are very narrowly drawn and are only available when
substantial confidentiality interests of law enforcement can be demonstrated.
DOCUMENT PRODUCTION UNIT - A sub-unit of the Legal Bureau charged
with the responsibility to ensure that all lawful requests for Department records
by courts, prosecutors, government agencies and private citizens are complied
with in a timely fashion. The Document Production Unit also processes all
requests under the Freedom of Information Law that are received by the
Department. The Document Production Unit is located at One Police Plaza,
Room 110C, New York, NY 10038.
F.O.I.L. RECORDS ACCESS OFFICER - The F.O.I.L. Records Access Officer
is the supervisor in charge of the Document Production Unit of the Legal Bureau,
or his designee. Any command receiving a F.O.I.L. request shall immediately
forward it to the Records Access Officer and notify the requesting party of this
action and the location of the Records Access Officer.
F.O.I.L. APPEALS OFFICER - The F.O.I.L. Appeals Officer is the Deputy
Commissioner, Legal Matters or designee.
COMMAND LIAISON OFFICER - Every commanding officer/counterpart within
the Department is designated as the official Liaison Officer for the purpose of
tracking and expediting requests for records by the Document Production Unit of
the Legal Bureau. While commanding officers/counterparts may delegate the
gathering of these records to subordinates, they will be responsible for their
commands’ compliance with all requests from the Document Production Unit.

NOTE

Subpoenas served directly at individual commands will not be forwarded to the Document
Production Unit without the permission of the Supervisor, Document Production Unit. Such
subpoenas are handled in accordance with P.G. 211-15, "Processing Subpoenas for Police
Department Records and for Testimony by Members of the Service.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving a subpoena, a F.O.I.L. request or other demand for Department records:

SUPERVISOR,
DOCUMENT
PROD. UNIT

1.
2.
3.

Record receipt of subpoena, F.O.I.L. request or other demand for records.
Examine request and determine whether it must be complied with under
applicable provisions of law and/or Department policy.
Assign a staff member to process the request.

NOTE

The Supervisor, Document Production Unit, will make every effort to screen and/or
narrow unnecessary or unduly burdensome requests for Department records.

DOCUMENT
PROD. UNIT
STAFF
MEMBER

4.

NOTE

Certain document requests require an expeditious response, such as F.O.I.L. requests,
which require a response from the F.O.I.L. Records Access Officer within ten days of
initial receipt by the Police Department. Subpoenas and court orders frequently require
immediate production in court of the records concerned.

LIAISON
OFFICER,
COMMAND
CONCERNED

6.

NOTE

While commanding officers/counterparts may delegate the gathering of these records to
subordinates, the commanding officers/counterparts are responsible for their
commands’ compliance with all requests from the Document Production Unit.

5.

7.

8.

NOTE

Prepare and forward specific request for Department records to Liaison
Officer, command concerned.
Set forth time limits within which the Document Production Unit must
receive a response from the command concerned.

Record receipt of request for Department records from the Document
Production Unit.
Gather and photocopy documents requested.

Forward photocopies in compliance with request within time limits given
by Document Production Unit.

Under no circumstances will original records be forwarded to the Document Production
Unit without the permission of the Supervisor, Document Production Unit.

9.

If unable to comply within the time limit set by the Document Production Unit:
a.
Make immediate telephone notification to the Document
Production Unit staff member assigned to the case
b.
Forward report to Supervisor, Document Production Unit, within
stated time limit indicating:
(1)
Date records will be forwarded; and
(2)
Reason for delay.
c.
Forward records in partial compliance with request if so directed
by Document Production Unit
d.
Forward completed photocopies of all records requested as soon
as they are available.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

LIAISON
OFFICER,
COMMAND
CONCERNED
(continued)

10.

Prepare a report explaining the status of the records and forward to the Supervisor,
Document Production Unit, if the records requested by the Document Production
Unit have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise unavailable.

SUPERVISOR,
DOCUMENT
PROD. UNIT

11.

Forward documents in compliance with court order, F.O.I.L request or
Department policy, as appropriate.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

All photocopies forwarded in compliance with the above procedure must be complete,
clear, legible and without alteration. Where commanding officers/counterparts have
concerns about protecting the confidentiality of information contained in these
documents, they must forward an accompanying report to the Supervisor, Document
Production Unit, setting forth the basis for these concerns. The Supervisor, Document
Production Unit, is charged with the responsibility to prevent release of confidential
information contained in Department records whenever possible under law.
FREEDOM OF INFORMATION LAW (F.O.I.L.)
Any individual denied access to a record by the Record Access Officer has the right to
appeal, within thirty days, to this agency’s Appeals Officer, the Deputy Commissioner,
Legal Matters, or designee. The Records Access Officer will provide the requesting
individual with specific information needed to make such an appeal.
Members of the public should not be advised that they will obtain the records sought,
since the Freedom of Information Law allows agencies to deny disclosure under certain
conditions.
All inquiries regarding this law will be referred to the Records Access Officer located at
One Police Plaza, Room 110C, New York, NY 10038. Except as otherwise provided, the
fee shall be twenty-five cents a page for photocopying.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony by Members of
the Service (P.G. 211-15)
Subpoena Fees and Accounting Procedures (P.G. 212-79)
Subpoenas Issued by Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)
Processing Request for Police Department Documents Received From Assistant District
Attorneys and Assistant Corporation Counsels (P.G. 211-18)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-18

PROCESSING REQUEST FOR POLICE DEPARTMENT DOCUMENTS
RECEIVED FROM ASSISTANT DISTRICT ATTORNEYS AND
ASSISTANT CORPORATION COUNSELS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure prompt and complete compliance with requests made by assistant
district attorneys and assistant corporation counsels for any records or reports
compiled by the Police Department concerning a case in litigation or being
prepared for litigation.

SCOPE

In order to effectively prepare and maintain a criminal case, the prosecutor is
required by law to have access to all reports, notes, memoranda, test results, or any
forms prepared by law enforcement officers in connection with the facts and circumstances that form the basis of the prosecution. Certain forms and/or reports
prepared by law enforcement officers are required by the rules of Criminal
Procedure and Case Law to be turned over to the defense at certain points in the
course of the prosecution. The failure to turn over such reports, in a case that has
proceeded to trial and resulted in a guilty verdict, will result in a reversal of the
conviction. This is true even in cases where the prosecutor was not aware of the
existence of the report. Courts have held that the possession of such reports by the
Police Department is the equivalent of possession by the prosecutor, and therefore,
that the failure to turn over the reports possessed by the Police Department must result in a reversal of any conviction obtained. Therefore, it is imperative that any
member of the service who is involved in the prosecution of a criminal action inform
the assistant district attorney (or the assistant corporation counsel prosecuting a juvenile in Family Court) of all reports or notes made in connection with the case no
matter how insignificant the member feels the notes or memoranda might be.

NOTE

Members of the service are advised that a request for records received from an assistant
district attorney or assistant corporation counsel does not require an accompanying
subpoena. All such requests for records from an assistant district attorney or assistant
corporation counsel shall be complied with as expeditiously as possible. Such requests
should be on District Attorney’s Office or Corporation Counsel letterhead (or other
form supplied by District Attorney’s Office or Corporation Counsel’s Office) and should
include the following information:
a.
Name of Case
b.
Name and telephone number of requesting attorney
c.
Date of arrest
d.
Precinct of arrest
e.
Name of arresting officer; and
f.
Docket number assigned to case.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving a request by an assistant district attorney or assistant corporation
counsel to provide copies of Department forms, records, reports, or memoranda:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-18

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
REQUEST

PAGE:

08/01/13

1.

2.
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Record receipt of request in Subpoena Record Book completing all
appropriate captions therein.
a.
Under caption entitled, “TYPE OF SUBPOENA” enter “D.A.
Request” or “Corporation Counsel Request”, as applicable.
b.
Under caption entitled “ISSUING COURT” enter the D.A.’s Office
or Corporation Counsel Unit concerned (e.g., N.Y. CO. D.A., etc.).
File copy of request in Command Subpoena File.

If a member of the service receiving a request has any doubts regarding the propriety of
complying with the request, the Legal Bureau - Document Production Unit may be
consulted by telephone.

3.

4.

5.

Forward request to appropriate unit within the Department if requested
material is not available at receiving command.
a.
Attach report if partial compliance with request is made by
receiving command. Indicate in report what action has been taken
by receiving command and which portion of request requires
action by command to which request is forwarded.
Obtain photocopies of all Department forms or records requested that are
available at receiving command.
a.
If records requested are of a type only available to a particular
member of the service, such as ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
entries or scrap paper notes, the member of the service receiving
request will ensure that request is forwarded to appropriate
member. The member who has possession of the requested
material will comply with this procedure.
Forward photocopies of records requested to assistant district attorney or
assistant corporation counsel without delay.

NOTE

In cases where a summary arrest has been effected, the arresting/assigned officer will make
all reasonable efforts to secure photocopies of all Department forms and reports prepared,
and all personal notes or scrap-paper notes and will make such copies available to the assistant district attorney or assistant corporation counsel concerned at the complaint room.
For arrests processed through Queens or Brooklyn C.A.P.S. Program, or in cases where a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121) has been issued, the arresting/assigned
officer will include such photocopies in the arrest package forwarded to court.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony by Members of
the Service (P.G. 211-15)
Subpoena Fees and Accounting Procedures (P.G. 212-79)
Subpoenas Issued by Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)
Processing Legal Bureau Requests for Department Records Including Requests Under
the Freedom of Information Law (P.G. 211-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-19

NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT LAW TORTS “QUICK RESPONSE” UNIT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To establish guidelines for a cooperative transfer of information from members
of the service (uniformed/civilian) to members of the New York City (NYC)
Transit Law Torts Division “Quick Response” Unit at a precinct/district or at the
scene of certain incidents.

SCOPE

To make members of the service aware that the Torts Division of the New York
City Transit Law Department maintains a “Quick Response” investigatory unit.
The mission of the “Quick Response” unit is to respond to selected incidents
which may present significant exposure of the NYC Transit to a civil law suit.
These are incidents which involve multiple injuries, serious injuries, death, or
that may be the subject of significant media exposure that require quick and
comprehensive fact finding. On occasion, uniformed members of the service will
be requested to furnish information or copies of Department reports relative to
these incidents, to members of the “Quick Response” investigatory unit at the
scene of an incident or at a precinct/district.

DEFINITION

RESTRICTED MATERIAL - Documents or information that are the subject of a
criminal investigation, internal disciplinary matter, or are otherwise prohibited by
current orders or law may not be disclosed.

PROCEDURE

When information is requested by a member of the NYC Transit Law Torts
Division “Quick Response” Unit:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Investigators working for the Torts Division must possess and display a NYC Transit
employee pass and a separate law department investigator identification card. This I.D.
card is blue and displays the employees photograph on the reverse side. Further verification
of the investigators identity may be obtained by calling the Law Department Management
Personnel.

Request identification and verify the identity of the individual.

2.

Refer or direct investigator to the precinct/district of occurrence, after the
identity of the investigator has been verified.

3.
PRECINCT/
DISTRICT
DESK OFFICER

Make a Command Log entry indicating the identity of the investigator.
a.
Indicate what photostatic copies or information was given to the
investigator.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-19

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.
PRECINCT/
DISTRICT
DESK OFFICER
(continued)

2 of 3

Provide the investigator with copies of any of the following reports
provided their contents are not in conflict with the definition of
RESTRICTED MATERIAL:
a.
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
b.
FIELD INVESTIGATION WORKSHEET (TP-67)
c.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
d.
MISSING-UNIDENTIFIED REPORT (PD336-151)
e.
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
f.
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
g.
EMERGENCY SERVICE REPORT (PD304-151).

NOTE

For further reports or documents prepared in the normal course of an incident
investigation see P.G. 211-18, “Processing Request for Police Department Documents
Received from Assistant District Attorneys and Assistant Corporation Counsels.”

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

NOTE

Interviews of uniformed members of the service are permissible upon approval of a
supervisor provided that all Department provisions relative to the interview of uniformed
members of the service are adhered to, and police operations are not interrupted.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

6.

Verify the identity of the investigator and record in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).
a.
Obtain the scope of the questions to be asked of the member of the
service and ensure they do not violate Department provisions or
the definition of RESTRICTED MATERIAL.

7.
TRANSIT
BUREAU
COMMUNICATIONS UNIT
OPERATIONS
DESK OFFICER

Notify NYC Transit Law Department personnel of non-crime incidents
resulting in serious injuries to members of the public, as soon as possible after
the serious injury occurs. Notifications will be made in the following incidents:
a.
Death
b.
Amputation or crushed limb
c.
Fractured skull
d.
Severe bleeding
e.
Unconsciousness
f.
Admitted to hospital in critical condition
g.
Four or more persons injured
h.
Exposure to toxic substances
i.
Injury with media involvement.

NOTE

Refer investigator seeking to interview the involved uniformed member
of the service to a supervisor for approval, prior to interview.

During non-business hours photocopies of reports prepared in accordance with steps 4
and 7 above, will be maintained by the Operations Unit for notification to the New York
City Transit Legal Department the following morning.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

211-19

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Notifications will be made to Manhattan, Brooklyn, and Bronx/Queens/Staten Island
NYC Transit Law Department personnel, Monday through Friday (0600 - 2200 hours)
and Saturday/Sunday (0800 - 2200 hours).

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Processing Request for Police Department Documents Received from Assistant District
Attorneys and Assistant Corporation Counsels (P.G. 211-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
FIELD INVESTIGATION WORKSHEET (TP-67)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
MISSING-UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
DUTY COMMANDERS REPORT
SPECIAL REPORT (TP-68C)
EMERGENCY SERVICE REPORT (PD304-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-20

CONFERRAL WITH DEPARTMENT ATTORNEY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide members of the service (uniformed and civilian) with formal legal
advice in situations arising from the performance of duty.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian), requires formal legal
advice, in the performance of duty, he will:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Present facts to the supervisory officer.

SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

2.

Determine whether conferral with a Department attorney is necessary and
advise member accordingly.
Direct member to contact Department attorney, when deemed necessary,
between 0700 and 2300 hours, Monday through Friday, in person or by
telephone.
a.
Contact commanding officer/duty captain for guidance and
assistance in urgent cases during other than the above hours.

3.

NOTE

When absolutely necessary, a captain or above may contact the Deputy Commissioner,
Legal Matters or the Commanding Officer, Legal Bureau, through the Operations Unit
during other than the aforementioned hours.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.
5.

Confer with Department attorney.
Report results of conferral with Department attorney to supervisory
officer.

SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

6.

Have Command Log entry made to indicate conferral, including:
a.
Date and Time
b.
Name rank and command of member requesting opinion
c.
Name, rank and command of captain or above, if request made
outside regularly specified hours
d.
Attorney’s name and civil service title
e.
Details of legal question
f.
Details of legal opinion
g.
Actions taken as a result of conferral.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.

Comply with directions received from Department attorney.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

211-20

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA

After conferral with a Department attorney, if a member seeks or receives contrary
advice from a supervisor or assistant district attorney, the member MUST inform the
individual providing the contrary advice of such prior conferral. If a suggestion is then
made to disregard or modify the advice of the Department attorney, the member or the
supervisor concerned MUST notify the Department attorney of the circumstances, and
MUST FOLLOW THE DEPARTMENT ATTORNEY’S ADVICE. Members of the service
(uniformed and civilian) should be aware that in disregarding legal advice offered by
Department attorneys, they may be subject to disciplinary action and civil liability. If a
written request for legal opinions is required, prepare request on Typed Letterhead,
signed by the commanding officer and forward through channels to the Legal Bureau.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Court and Agency Appearances

Procedure No:

211-21

OBTAINING ASSISTANCE OF CORPORATION COUNSEL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To ensure that legal representation is provided to a member of the service (uniformed or
civilian) who is served with a summons and complaint or who otherwise becomes aware
that he/she is a defendant in a civil lawsuit arising from an alleged act or omission that
occurred in the performance of duty. Timeliness is essential to prepare a response. Failure
to complete and forward REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE (PD411-160) in a
timely manner may result in a default judgment being entered against the member named
as a defendant.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service is served with a summons and complaint or
otherwise becomes aware that he/she is a defendant in a civil lawsuit:
WHEN SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT IS PERSONALLY SERVED UPON
A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE AT THEIR COMMAND

DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR
AT COMMAND

1.

NOTE

Any summons and complaint served at a satellite location of an overhead command, will be
accepted by that satellite command and processed as per this procedure. This includes, but is not
limited to, a precinct detective squad, any Medical Division command, Warrant Division
command or any other satellite location in which there are no police officer safety concerns. If
there are any police officer safety concerns (i.e., narcotics, vice enforcement or other command
with undercover officers assigned), refer the server and the summons and complaint to the
overhead command.

2.
3.
4.

NOTE

Accept service of summons and complaint for a member assigned to the
command.

Make Command Log entry including date and time of service at
command.
Notify member concerned immediately.
Deliver papers to member.
a.
Give papers to commanding officer, without delay, if member is
unavailable (e.g., sick leave, vacation, etc.).

If commanding officer is unavailable, give papers to executive officer. The executive officer
will assume responsibility for completing the steps designated for the commanding officer.

5.
NOTE

Make Command Log entry including date and time member actually
received summons and complaint.

A summons and complaint WILL NOT be accepted from a process server for a member
who is no longer assigned to the command on the date of service. The process server
will be directed to the member’s new command.

WHEN SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT IS SERVED BY MAIL UPON A
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE AT THEIR COMMAND
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

6.

Attach mailing envelope to the summons and complaint.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-21

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR
(continued)

7.

NOTE

If commanding officer is unavailable, give papers to executive officer. The executive officer
will assume responsibility for completing the steps designated for the commanding officer.

8.
9.

10.
11.

Make Command Log entry indicating receipt via US Mail or other carrier.
a.
Include date and time of service at command.
Notify member concerned immediately.
Deliver papers to member.
a.
Give papers to commanding officer without delay if member is
unavailable (e.g., sick leave, vacation, etc.).

Make Command Log entry including date and time member actually
received summons and complaint.
Mail summons and complaint back to sender if member is no longer
assigned to command or has retired.
a.
Forward a letter on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) to
sender indicating member’s present command or retired status (see
APPENDIX “A”).

NOTE

Service may be made in certain circumstances by sending two (2) copies of the summons and
complaint along with an “Acknowledgement of Service” or “Waiver of Service” by mail to the
member’s command. The operations coordinator will ensure to attach the mailing envelope to the
summons and complaint. An “Acknowledgement of Service” or a “Waiver of Service” is a request
by the plaintiff to avoid the cost of personal service. If the member wishes to waive personal service
by signing the “Acknowledgement of Service” or “Waiver of Service,” a process server will not be
sent to the member’s home or command. If the member does not agree to waive personal service,
certain costs (e.g., plaintiff’s cost to have summons served, etc.) may be assessed against the
member at a later date. If the member decides to sign the “Acknowledgement of Service” or
“Waiver of Service,” a copy will be sent to the Legal Bureau with the envelope, summons and
complaint, and REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE (PD411-160). Should the member
of the service need further guidance, the Legal Bureau, Civil Section should be contacted.

MEMBER
CONCERNED

12.
13.
14.

15.
MEMBER’S
CURRENT
COMMANDING
OFFICER

Prepare “Part A” of REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE (PD411160).
Retain “PINK” copy and a copy of the summons and complaint for
personal records.
Deliver “BLUE” and “WHITE” copies of REQUEST FOR LEGAL
ASSISTANCE with original summons and complaint (if served), and
envelope (if served by mail), to current commanding officer immediately.
Prepare “Part B” of REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE.
a.
Contact Internal Affairs Bureau’s Records Unit to determine if an
investigation was conducted regarding the incident and provide
name and tax registry number of the individual contacted
b.
Contact Department Advocate’s Office to determine if there are
charges and specifications regarding the incident and provide
name and tax registry number of the individual contacted
c.
Determine whether recommendation should be made to have Corporation
Counsel represent the member based on information available.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-21

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

16.
MEMBER’S
CURRENT
COMMANDING
OFFICER
(continued)

Distribute as follows:
a.
“WHITE” copy of REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE form,
with original summons and complaint (if served) and envelope (if served
by mail), immediately and without delay, DIRECT to: Legal Bureau,
Room 1406, One Police Plaza, Monday through Friday, 0900 to 1700
hours
b.
“BLUE” copy of REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE form,
with duplicated copies of summons and complaint (if served) will be
FILED at the command.

COMMANDING 17.
OFFICER,
LEGAL BUREAU

Review all documents received in connection with request for legal
assistance and forward completed REQUEST FOR LEGAL
ASSISTANCE to Corporation Counsel.

NOTE

All sections of the REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE must be completed in full. Failure to
complete the form will result in it being returned to the command and will delay a representation
determination by the Corporation Counsel. Members of the service may contact the Legal Bureau,
Civil Section with any questions.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When serving process upon active members of the service, a process server will respond to the
command where the individual is assigned or to the parent command if the command where the
individual is assigned is confidential. Service at the command need not be made directly on the
member named as a defendant.
A member of the service who is served with a summons and complaint or who otherwise becomes
aware that he/she is a defendant in a civil lawsuit arising from an alleged act or omission that
occurred in the performance of duty will be defended by the Corporation Counsel and the City will
pay any resulting judgment, if it is determined in accordance with the General Municipal Law
(Section 50-k) that at the time of occurrence, the member of the service was acting in the proper
discharge of duty. Notice of representation by the Corporation Counsel will be forwarded to the
member concerned by the Corporation Counsel. The member concerned must cooperate and assist
the Corporation Counsel in defending the action. Failure to cooperate with the Corporation
Counsel may result in withdrawal of representation.
A “Notice of Claim” is required before commencement of a tort action against the City of New
York. However, service of a “Notice of Claim” on the Police Department is considered
IMPROPER service and may provide the basis for dismissal of a complaint. A “Notice of Claim”
should NOT be accepted by any member of the Department and the process server should instead
be directed to the Office of the Comptroller. Any “Notice of Claim” mailed to the Department
should be returned to sender.
A REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE should NOT be prepared for a subpoena. If a
subpoena is received, members of the service will comply with P.G. 211-15, “Processing
Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony by Members of the Service” or
P.G. 211-16, “Subpoenas Issued by Courts Outside New York City.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony by Members of
the Service (P.G. 211-15)
Subpoenas Issued by Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE (PD411-160)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

211-21

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

APPENDIX “A”
(SAMPLE LETTER)

(Command Communication Log Serial Number) _____________
Date _____________

Name of Plaintiff
Address of Plaintiff

Re: CASE NAME

Dear ___________:

The attached papers are being returned to you. This office is not authorized to
accept service on behalf of (name of member of the service). As such, the attempted service is
not effective. Members of the New York City Police Department must be served at their current
command of assignment. The command to which an employee of the New York City Police
Department is assigned to may be ascertained by calling the Verification Unit at (646) 6105529.

Sincerely,
Name
Rank

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-01

ROLL CALL FORMATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To inspect, instruct and conduct roll call of uniformed members of the service.

PROCEDURE

Five minutes after the start of tour of duty:

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

1.

NOTE

Either muster or sitting room may be utilized at discretion of commanding officer.

2.
3.

NOTE

Assemble platoon in ranks in sitting or muster room.

Make assignments.
Inspect the platoon.
a.
Allow uniformed members concerned to reasonably demonstrate
that a protective vest is being worn.
b.
List members deficient in uniform, equipment or personal appearance.
c.
Reprimand and instruct deficient members privately.
d.
Follow up to determine if corrections have been made; take
disciplinary action if necessary.

Upon notification that a protective vest inspection will be conducted by the patrol
supervisor, it is incumbent on the uniformed member concerned to take appropriate
actions to demonstrate that a protective vest is being worn. Such actions may include,
but are not limited to:
a.
Raising, removing, unbuttoning top garment so as to expose the protective vest,
to visual inspection, OR
b.
Patting on the front and rear of the protective vest so as to produce a sound, OR
c.
Any other manner which will indicate to the patrol supervisor that the protective
vest is being worn.
Uniformed members of the service are reminded that only authorized/approved
protective vests will be worn.

4.
5.
6.
7.
DESK OFFICER 8.
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

9.
10.
11.

Report personally to desk/ranking officer, members absent and reason, if known.
March the platoon, when directed, into muster/sitting room.
Face platoon toward desk/ranking officer conducting roll call and dress
up platoon.
Take position at front-center of platoon.
Direct, “Report (1st, etc.) platoon.”
Salute desk/ranking officer.
Report, “Platoon inspected.”
Command, “Parade rest.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 12.
13.
14.

2 of 2

Conduct roll call.
Issue necessary instructions.
Command, “Post your platoon.”

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Assume position of attention.
Command, “Platoon attention.”
Face platoon in direction to be marched.
Instruct platoon not to congregate in groups around the stationhouse.
Direct members of platoon to leave stationhouse for post or assignments
at selected intervals.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Sergeants, police officers and detectives required to report in uniform to a location
within the geographic boundaries of the precinct to which assigned at the beginning of
their tour, shall be given sufficient travel time within the tour.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Uniforms (P.G. 204-03)
Inspection of Uniforms (A.G. 305-06)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-02

MEAL PERIOD
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide for meal periods, obtain authorization for out of command meal,
obtain approval from competent authority for meal period and report meal
location to radio dispatcher.

PROCEDURE

When commencing meal period:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service shall commence and end their meal period on
assigned post. Travel time to and from a meal location is not authorized.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED TO
FOOT/TRAIN
PATROL

3.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED TO
RMP

6.

4.
5.

7.

8.

9.
NOTE

Take meal in either a police facility, bonafide restaurant or Department vehicle.
Notify radio dispatcher at beginning of meal, of location where meal is to
be taken.
a.
If meal is to be taken in a Department facility, notify the desk
officer.

Obtain meal on assigned post, if possible, and in a place maintained for
eating purposes.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry prior to leaving post
including meal location address, and again upon returning to post.
Inform radio dispatcher upon return to post and make ACTIVITY LOG entry.
Notify radio dispatcher, by appropriate code signal, prior to commencing
assigned meal period and upon return to patrol and provide:
a.
Address when meal taken in restaurant
b.
Nearest intersection when meal taken in Radio Motor Patrol (RMP)
c.
“Stationhouse” when meal taken in command facility.
Remain in area designated by commanding officer, if meal is taken within
command facility.
a.
Be available for assignment by desk officer.
Acknowledge calls directed to unit and:
a.
Remain within assigned sector, when practical
b.
Do not park more than one Department vehicle in the same place at
the same time
c.
Comply with any request for police service and make ACTIVITY
LOG entry.
Notify desk officer when deprived of scheduled meal due to police service.

Uniformed members of the service assigned to the Transit Bureau or Special Operations
Division, while assigned to duty in RMP, may take a meal period within their
geographic area of assignment. Uniformed members of the service assigned to the
Housing Bureau, may take a meal period in a bonafide restaurant, Department vehicle
or police facility within the boundaries of the precinct in which the member is assigned
to for that tour. Housing Bureau members may also take meal at a Police Service Area
facility as determined by the Chief of Housing. All uniformed members of the service
assigned to duty in RMP will adhere to steps 6 a through c, when requesting meal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-02

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 10.

11.

2 of 3

Take meal, when appropriate, providing another supervisor is assigned to cover
desk officer responsibilities and is able to provide continuous police service within
the command.
Make accommodations, if possible, so that members are not deprived of meal,
if their originally scheduled meal is delayed due to police services rendered.
a.
Assign a police officer for relief of RMP operator or recorder,
when necessary.
b.
Assign a police officer to provide meal relief for member
assigned to fixed post, if available.

ASSIGNED
MEAL RELIEF
OFFICER

12.

Remain in view on post at time of relief when assigned to relieve radio
motor patrol unit for meal.
a.
Assume all duties of recorder during relief period.

RMP
OPERATOR

13.

Transport relieved member directly to meal location.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ON MEAL

14.

Notify desk officer if radio motor patrol fails to return within fifteen
minutes after end of meal period.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

15.

Notify radio dispatcher, via landline, from meal location when
commencing meal period.
a.
Make ACTIVITY LOG entry at beginning of meal (include
address of meal location) and upon conclusion of meal period.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
PERFORMING
DUTY IN
CIVILIAN
CLOTHES

16.
17.

Request permission from immediate supervisor prior to taking meal.
Notify immediate supervisor of intended meal location.
a.
If immediate supervisor is unavailable, notify bureau/borough
operations desk/Field Operations Desk (FOD) of intended meal
location.
Document name of supervisor notified and meal location in appropriate
Department record (ACTIVITY LOG, INVESTIGATOR’S DAILY
ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156), movement log, etc.)

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Members on meal period are still on duty and therefore will remain alert and not engage
in any activity ordinarily prohibited.

18.

The commanding officer of a precinct may designate a portion of an adjoining precinct where
members may obtain meals during the hours a suitable eating facility is not available within the
precinct of assignment. Such designation shall be forwarded on Typed Letterhead to the
appropriate borough commander.
Whenever any uniformed member of the service, regardless of assignment, is authorized
to leave the command or assignment to obtain a meal in another precinct, such member
will, in addition to other requirements:
a.
Request and obtain permission from immediate supervisor to leave the command
and advise that supervisor of the intended meal location

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-02

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

c.

3 of 3

If such member is unable to notify their immediate supervisor, the member is then required
to notify their individual bureau/borough operations desk/FOD of their meal location.
This notification will also include their scheduled tour of duty and the expiration of their
tour
Enter in appropriate Department record (e.g., ACTIVITY LOG or
INVESTIGATOR’S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT, movement log, etc.) the
name of the supervisor notified and the location where the meal was taken.

All on-duty members of the service, whether in uniform or civilian clothes, are strictly prohibited
from consuming intoxicants in any amount. This includes members during their meal period.
However, members assigned to duty in civilian clothes may be granted permission by the bureau
chief/counterpart concerned based upon the nature of the member’s assignment.
Police officers that are normally scheduled to work an eight or nine hour tour of duty may be
scheduled for a one hour meal period. Police officers normally assigned to work a twelve hour tour
of duty will be scheduled two, non-consecutive, forty-five minute meal periods.
Members are not to be assigned meal periods during the first or last hour and one-half of their tour,
except in emergency situations.
A member must be scheduled for eight consecutive hours of duty to be eligible for a meal period. If
a police officer is scheduled for a full tour of duty and requests an excusal from duty of three hours
or less, that police officer will be eligible for a meal period provided that the police officer requests
that partial excusal prior to the start of the scheduled tour of duty.
While on extended tour overtime for an arrest or other police necessity, a meal period may be
granted by a supervisor to a uniformed member of the service only if their assigned meal period
was denied during their regularly scheduled tour. However, such meal period may not be granted if
the meal period interferes with arrest processing or the needs of the service. Under no
circumstances will a rescheduled meal period on extended tour overtime be assigned during the last
hour of overtime. Once the event that necessitated the extended tour overtime ends, a member who
has not yet taken a meal period is precluded from taking any meal thereafter. Absent exigent
circumstances during extended tour overtime, uniformed members of the service who had taken
their assigned meal period during their regularly scheduled tour may be granted a break or break
periods commensurate with the expected duration of overtime.
Uniformed members of the service in the rank of police officer, assigned to outside details (e.g.,
parades, events, etc.), should be granted a one hour meal period absent exigent circumstances.
Police officers assigned to outside details who are denied a one hour meal period are entitled to a
credit of one hour compensatory time at straight time. However, this credit is not available to police
officers whose meal was denied due to exigent circumstances. Commanding officers of outside
details are responsible to ensure that police officers are assigned and granted one hour meal
periods absent exigent circumstances. Detail supervisors shall assign meal periods prior to posting
the detail. If exigent circumstances prevent the granting of meal periods, commanding officers of
outside details are responsible to submit a written communication to the Office of Labor Relations
detailing the actual exigent circumstances. The Police Commissioner will then make a final
determination if exigent circumstances did exist.
FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
INVESTIGATOR’S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-03

EXPIRATION OF TOUR
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

PURPOSE

To account for members at the completion of their tour of duty.

PROCEDURE

Upon completing a tour of duty:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ON FOOT
PATROL

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

6.

RMP CREW

7.
8.
9.

RMP
OPERATOR

10.

1 of 2

Leave post and proceed directly to stationhouse.
Contact the desk officer one hour prior to the end of tour when on
assignment requiring relief, and request instructions.
Comply with instructions of commanding officer when assigned to a
special post.
Complete, sign, and submit reports as required.
Return portable radio and sign checkout record as specified by
commanding officer.
Complete current assignment if any.
a.
Comply with desk officer’s instructions if assignment can be
transferred to another unit.
Proceed to stationhouse and park in RMP relief area as designated by
commanding officer.
Remain with RMP until relieved.
Inform relieving operator of any incomplete assignment or any defect or
condition relating to the auto.
Secure auto and deliver keys to desk officer if RMP car is not being used
on the next tour.

11.
12.

Sign return roll call in uniform.
Notify desk officer if unable to report to the stationhouse at the end of the
tour.

DESK OFFICER 13.

Check return roll call to account for all members from previous tour and
sign as required.
Conduct immediate investigation if member failed to sign return roll call.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

14.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Uniformed members of the service who are normally assigned to the Fourth Platoon
(1800 X 0200 hours) that are subpoenaed, directed by the Appearance Control Unit or
notified by other competent authority, to attend any court, official agency hearing or
training session the following day (Second Platoon), will be notified in advance and
reassigned to perform duty with the Third Platoon (1600 X 2400 hours).
Those uniformed members of the service who are not notified in advance or who are
already performing duty with the Fourth Platoon at the time they receive a notification
to attend any court, official agency or training session the following day on the Second
platoon, will be excused from duty, under normal circumstances, at 2400 hours.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-03

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

If the member concerned effects an arrest and the related paperwork is not completed by
2400 hours or the member concerned is in the process of performing a police function
beyond 2400 hours, that member is not entitled to be dismissed until all of the police
related functions are complete.
If the uniformed member of the service continues to work beyond 0200 hours, the officer
will be entitled to receive appropriate overtime compensation in the normal manner.
(The officer is not entitled to receive any overtime compensation for the time period
2400 to 0200 hours.)
Desk officer/counterpart will make appropriate notations of those uniformed members of the
service who are dismissed at 2400 hours in the Command Log, roll call or sign out sheet.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-04

CRIME SCENE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To safeguard evidence and detain witnesses for further investigation.

DEFINITIONS

“POLICE LINE DO NOT CROSS” BARRIER TAPE – a white non-adhesive
plastic tape imprinted with blue lettering stating “POLICE LINE DO NOT
CROSS.” To be utilized in order to establish and/or create a secure area for
police related operations. It can be used to close streets, secure buildings, secure
transit facilities, close areas to the public, etc.
“CRIME SCENE DO NOT CROSS” BARRIER TAPE – a yellow non-adhesive
plastic tape imprinted with black lettering stating “CRIME SCENE DO NOT
CROSS.” To be utilized for a specific area (e.g., possibly within areas already
secured by “POLICE LINE DO NOT CROSS” barrier tape, etc.) that MUST BE
SAFEGUARDED because it has been deemed a crime scene and the objects within it
contain possible investigative and forensic value.

PROCEDURE

Upon responding to a crime which may require safeguarding of the scene to
preserve evidence:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.
4.
5.

6.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

7.
8.

Request response, through Communications Section, of:
a.
Patrol supervisor
b.
Detective squad/detective specialty squad concerned or other
personnel, as required.
Remove unauthorized persons from the area and secure the crime scene.
a.
Do not disturb evidence found at scene.
b.
When uncertainty exists as to the extent of the crime scene,
initially secure the larger area for investigation.
Utilize barrier tape(s), as appropriate.
Detain witnesses and persons with information pertinent to the crime.
Record in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145):
a.
Observations
b.
Identity of suspects/witnesses with addresses and telephone
numbers and any relevant statements made whether casually or as
a formal statement.
Advise patrol supervisor and detective squad/detective specialty squad
personnel of:
a.
Identity of witnesses detained
b.
Other information regarding the case.
Assess crime scene.
Determine if services of Crime Scene Unit are required.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-04

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Crime Scene Unit will be requested for the following:
a.
Homicide
b.
Forcible rape
c.
Robbery or hijacking with injury caused by firearm
d.
Aggravated assault with dangerous instrument and victim likely to die
e.
Burglaries involving forced safes or circumvented alarms
f.
Any other crime in which the services of the Crime Scene Unit would be needed
to assist in the investigation.
If the patrol supervisor cannot respond to the scene, detective squad member/detective
investigator on scene may request response of Crime Scene Unit and make other
required notifications.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

9.

10.
11.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Request Crime Scene Unit direct by telephone; if landline unavailable,
request through Communications Section dispatcher and include
following information in request:
a.
Exact location, address, cross streets, specific corner, floor,
apartment number, etc.
b.
Time and date of occurrence
c.
Type of crime committed; weapons used
d.
Number of victims involved
e.
Hospital treating persons removed from scene.
Notify desk officer of details and request additional assistance, if required.
Have “Crime Scene” signs posted.

In a homicide or other serious case, the ranking member of the Detective Bureau present
will be in charge of the investigation. However, if the case is part of a large-scale incident,
the Patrol Services Bureau supervisor will coordinate all police operations at the scene and
the highest-ranking Detective Bureau member will be in charge of the investigation.
Only authorized personnel, who are properly trained and equipped, are actively
involved in the investigation of the incident, and whose presence is absolutely required,
will be permitted to enter the crime scene perimeter, absent extraordinary circumstances
and/or circumstances involving the life or safety of incident personnel and/or the public.
The Incident Commander will ensure access into the crime scene perimeter is
scrupulously controlled, restricted and limited.
Members of the service are reminded that deployment of the “CRIME SCENE DO NOT
CROSS” barrier tape for any reason, other than to secure a crime scene, is strictly
prohibited.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Crime Scene Investigations Affecting New York City Transit Train Service (P.G. 212-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-05

CRIME SCENE INVESTIGATIONS AFFECTING
NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT TRAIN SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide procedures for deciding whether a train involved in a serious crime or incident
may be moved to another location pending a thorough crime scene investigation.

SCOPE

The Department has a dual responsibility, when a serious crime or incident occurs which
may affect train service, to thoroughly investigate the matter as well as expeditiously
permit the resumption of normal service.
There are instances in which prematurely moving a train involved in a serious crime or
incident would adversely affect the quality of the crime scene investigation, e.g., continuity
of blood stain patterns between the train and the platform, shots fired into or from a train,
photographs which tend to corroborate or disprove witnesses’ statements, ejected cartridge
cases that can roll considerable distances on a train which has been moved, etc. However,
these cases are rare and trains may be moved, in most cases, to another location where a
more extensive crime scene investigation may be conducted. Every effort should be made
to quickly ascertain whether a train involved in a serious crime or incident may be moved
without jeopardizing physical evidence admissibility.

DEFINITIONS

A SERIOUS CRIME or INCIDENT includes, but is not limited to the following:
a.
Homicide
b.
Felonious assault in which the victim is considered likely to die
c.
Police officer shot or seriously injured
d.
Firearms discharge by a police officer which results in injury.
“POLICE LINE DO NOT CROSS” BARRIER TAPE – a white non-adhesive
plastic tape imprinted with blue lettering stating “POLICE LINE DO NOT
CROSS.” To be utilized in order to establish and/or create a secure area for
police related operations. It can be used to close streets, secure buildings, secure
transit facilities, close areas to the public, etc.
“CRIME SCENE DO NOT CROSS” BARRIER TAPE – a yellow non-adhesive
plastic tape imprinted with black lettering stating “CRIME SCENE DO NOT
CROSS.” To be utilized for a specific area (e.g., possibly within areas already
secured by “POLICE LINE DO NOT CROSS” barrier tape, etc.) that MUST BE
SAFEGUARDED because it has been deemed a crime scene and the objects within it
contain possible investigative and forensic value.

PROCEDURE

When a serious crime or incident occurs on the transit system:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Detain train involved for further investigation and be guided by
instructions of a supervisor.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-05

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

PAGE:

08/01/13

2.

3.

4.

5.
6.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Immediately respond to location and determine whether or not train
service may be seriously affected.
a.
Ascertain whether the crime scene will adversely be affected by
movement of the train to another location, if train service is seriously
affected, especially during rush hours or other such conditions.
Confer with the ranking Detective Bureau personnel on the scene and
direct the train be moved to another accessible location, if physical
evidence will not be jeopardized.
Be aware of the exact location where the train is being taken.
a.
Assign a uniformed member of the service to the train to protect
the crime scene.
Utilize barrier tape(s), as appropriate.
Expedite the crime scene investigation if the train cannot be moved.
a.
Provide for prompt resumption of service upon completion of investigation.

Only authorized personnel, who are properly trained and equipped, are actively involved
in the investigation of the incident, and whose presence is absolutely required, will be
permitted to enter the crime scene perimeter, absent extraordinary circumstances and/or
circumstances involving the life or safety of incident personnel and/or the public. The
Incident Commander will ensure access into the crime scene perimeter is scrupulously
controlled, restricted and limited.
Members of the service are reminded that deployment of the “CRIME SCENE DO NOT
CROSS” barrier tape for any reason, other than to secure a crime scene, is strictly
prohibited.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Crime Scene (P.G. 212-04)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-06

RADIO MOTOR PATROL TRANSPORT RESERVE SURGEON
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide transportation for the reserve surgeon when his/her services are
required within the city.

PROCEDURE

When a reserve surgeon requires transportation to render services within the city:

SICK DESK
SUPERVISOR

1.

Request that Communications Section dispatch a radio motor patrol car to
transport the surgeon.

COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION

2.
3.
4.

Contact Highway District.
Make arrangements for a radio motor patrol car to meet surgeon.
Notify desk officer of the RMP’s command of the assignment.

DESK OFFICER 5.
R.M.P.
OPERATOR

6.
7.

DESK OFFICER 8.
NOTE

Reassign recorder.
Transport surgeon to location and back to home, office, or precinct
stationhouse/police service area/transit district, as directed.
Notify Communications Section and desk officer upon completion of
assignment.
Reassign recorder to RMP.

When the Reserve Surgeon is located outside the city, he/she will proceed to the 50th or
105th Precinct stationhouse, as appropriate, where a RMP will meet him/her.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-07

TRANSPORTING NON-MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE IN
RADIO MOTOR PATROL CARS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record instances when non-members of the service are transported in police
vehicles.

DEFINITION

NON-MEMBERS - Persons not members of the service including prisoners,
complainants, witnesses, abandoned children, lost persons and mentally ill
persons, and others as necessary.

PROCEDURE

When it is necessary to transport a non-member in a radio motor patrol car:

RMP
RECORDER

1.
2.
3.
4.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Obtain permission from the patrol supervisor or desk officer, if possible.
Notify the radio dispatcher at the start and conclusion of the trip.
Search passenger area of vehicle for contraband, weapons or other
property immediately upon conclusion of trip.
Enter in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145):
a.
Time trip starts
b.
Identity of persons transported
c.
Place of beginning and end of trip
d.
Purpose of trip
e.
Time trip ends
f.
Results of vehicle inspection.

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-08

ACTIVITY LOGS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To accurately record activities of uniformed members of the service and aid in
the evaluation of such members.

SCOPE

ACTIVITY LOGS (PD112-145) are prepared by all uniformed members of the
service below the rank of captain, except members performing permanent
administrative or clerical duties or members required to prepare
INVESTIGATOR’S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156). However,
when any uniformed member below the rank of captain is assigned to a detail,
e.g., parade, election duty, etc., the member concerned will maintain and make
required entries in an ACTIVITY LOG.

PROCEDURE

Upon reporting for a tour of duty:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Upon receiving assignment for the tour, uniformed members of the service, in
consultation with the patrol supervisor, will utilize the current COMMAND
CONDITIONS REPORT in identifying the two primary conditions to be addressed
within their assigned sector/post.

Record in ACTIVITY LOG:
a.
Required information from roll call, before start of tour, including:
(1)
Day, date and tour
(2)
Assignment (post, sector, RMP number, etc.)/Two primary
conditions to be addressed within assigned sector/post, if
applicable

b.

c.

(3)
Meal time
(4)
Name of operator/recorder, when applicable
(5)
School crossing or church crossing, if applicable.
Result of vehicle inspection when assigned as RMP operator:
(1)
Condition of vehicle
(2)
Odometer reading
(3)
Amount of gas in vehicle.
Chronologically:
(1)
Assignments received - Indicate time received, type of
assignment, location, origin, code signal, disposition and
time completed and/or given to dispatcher. If summons,
enter summons number.
(2)
Tasks performed
(3)
Absences from post/sector or place of assignment
(4)
Rank and surname of supervisor(s) responding to assignment
(5)
Information pertinent to an assignment or observed/
suspected violation of law, i.e., action taken, narrative
disposition, forms prepared with identifying serial number,
etc., to include the name, rank, shield number and
command of off-duty uniformed member(s) of the service
involved in any off-duty incident

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-08

PAGE:

08/01/13

(6)
(7)

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Other entries required by Department directives
Completion of tour, odometer reading, signature and shield
number, if any.

Both the RMP operator and RMP recorder are required to make the above specified
chronological entries.

2.

3.
4.

Make entries in black ink, beginning on first line at top of page and
continuing thereafter accounting for each scheduled tour:
a.
Utilize blank side of each page for notes, diagrams, sketches, etc.,
when necessary
b.
Carry ACTIVITY LOG in regulation leather binder
c.
Correct errors by drawing single line through incorrect entry and
initial; do not erase
d.
Begin tour’s entries on next open line, following previous tour
closing entry. Do not skip lines or pages.
e.
Write or print legibly; abbreviations may be used
f.
Do not remove pages for any reason or use ACTIVITY LOG as
scrap or for note pads, etc.
Submit ACTIVITY LOG to supervising officer for inspection and
review upon request.
Direct attention of supervisor to entry which may be a matter of concern,
i.e., unusual occurrence, absence from post, etc.

SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

5.

Indicate supervision and inspection of member’s ACTIVITY LOG by inserting
on the next open line the date, time, rank, signature and comment, if any.
a.
Comments relating to a particular member’s activity will be made
known to the member’s immediate supervisor.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Store active and completed ACTIVITY LOGS in locker, available for
inspection at all times.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Upon being permanently transferred, member will submit ACTIVITY LOG to a
supervisor in the previous command for signature after the last entry and notation of
member’s “new” command in the “Distribution Record” under “Remarks.” Member
will then submit the ACTIVITY LOG to a supervisor upon arrival in the “new”
command, for signature. The supervisor will then enter required information in rear of
command’s “Distribution Record”.
Upon completion of an ACTIVITY LOG, the member concerned will submit it to a
designated supervisor for review. After ascertaining that all required information has
been entered on the cover of the ACTIVITY LOG, the supervisor will enter his/her
signature on the last page and cover of the LOG, complete required entries in
“Distribution Record” and issue a new LOG to the member. Member and supervisor
will complete required captions on cover of new LOG.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-08

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Upon retirement of a member of the service, or other separation from the Department,
completed ACTIVITY LOGS should be maintained. ACTIVITY LOGS are official
accounts of police activities and are frequently needed for purposes of criminal
prosecution and civil litigation.
Active and former members are reminded that, as ACTIVITY LOGS contain
confidential information, no member or former member is permitted to disclose,
donate or sell, for personal financial gain or otherwise, any ACTIVITY LOG.
However, they should be provided to the Department upon request. Active and former
members are prohibited from disclosing such confidential information by statute,
including, but not limited to, New York City Charter Sections 2604(b)(4) and
2604(d)(5), respectively. Violation may be punishable by financial penalties and may
be considered a misdemeanor offense.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Activity Log Distribution Record (A.G. 322-31)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
INVESTIGATOR’S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156)
COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-09

UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To promptly notify the Chief of Patrol of an unusual occurrence.

DEFINITION

UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE - substantially more than an ordinary occurrence
because of its seriousness, peculiarities, sensationalism, vastness, differences,
newsworthiness, or potential to affect police-community relations involving
interracial/ethnic conflict or community unrest.

PROCEDURE

Whenever an unusual incident occurs, take immediate emergency action and:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

DESK OFFICER 3.

Notify desk officer immediately.
Request patrol supervisor to respond.

4.

Notify Operations Unit and patrol borough command without waiting for
complete details.
Notify commanding officer/duty captain to respond.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

5.
6.

Conduct immediate investigation of occurrence.
Inform Operations Unit and desk officer of details of investigation.

NOTE

If occurrence is a bias motivated incident, comply with P.G. 207-10, “Bias Motivated Incidents.”

DESK OFFICER 7.

Prepare preliminary report, on Typed Letterhead, or UNUSUAL
OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152), addressed to the Chief of Patrol,
and forward as indicated in step 9 below even if investigation is incomplete.
a.
Attach copy of SPRINT printout, if documented, to the
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT, prior to forwarding.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

Report results of investigation on Typed Letterhead, addressed to Chief of
Patrol:
a.
If preliminary report has been forwarded, prepare supplementary
report indicating results of investigation and attach a copy of the
“SPRINT” PRINTOUT, if documented, to supplementary report.
Forward reports via next department mail as follows:
a.
Chief of Patrol, DIRECT (forward in UNUSUAL
OCCURRENCE REPORT [ENVELOPE] PD370-150)
b.
Copy for each intermediate command
c.
Copy for commanding officer of uniformed member of service
concerned, if member not assigned to reporting command
d.
Copy to Chief of Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau if incident
occurred in Housing Authority development or in subway system
e.
Copy to Police Pension Fund if occurrence involves line of duty
death or serious injury and likely to die
f.
Copy to Chief, Community Affairs, if occurrence affects policecommunity relations.

8.

9.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-09

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

(continued)
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

g.

2 of 2

Copy to Deputy Commissioner - Strategic Initiatives, if occurrence
involves the death of a person while in police custody or death or
serious injury to a person in connection with a police activity or
death or injury to a person as a result of a police firearms discharge.

Whenever doubt exists concerning whether an incident is unusual, make required
notifications and prepare reports.
The main criterion in determining the preparation and forwarding of the report is the
Chief of Patrol’s need to know.
When an unusual occurrence involves a prisoner, comply with “Prisoner - Unusual
Occurrences” procedure to satisfy reporting requirements.
The identity of sex crime victims will not be included in UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE
REPORTS but will be indicated by use of the term “person(s) known to this
department”. In addition, SPRINT PRINTOUTS containing the identity of sex crime
victims will not be attached to UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORTS and ranking
officers preparing the report will include a statement that the printout is not attached
because it contains identifying data.
The shooting team leader/duty inspector investigating an incident involving a uniformed
member of the service discharging a firearm which results in death or injury or member
is involved in any other conduct which results in the death of another shall temporarily
assign such uniformed member of the service to the patrol borough command of
assignment for a minimum of three consecutive scheduled tours (exclusive of sick time or
regular days off). (If member involved is assigned to other than a Patrol Services
Bureau command, he may be temporarily assigned to own bureau/counterpart
command). The borough/counterpart commander will review the assignment and
forward a report to the bureau chief concerned recommending continuance or
discontinuance. Uniformed members of the service involved in such incidents will not be
returned to their permanent commands without the prior approval of the Chief of
Department. Uniformed members of the service placed on temporary assignment as
outlined above continue to be subject to suspension or modified assignment, if
circumstances warrant.
The UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT form will NOT be used to report firearms
discharges by members of the service, labor coalition incidents, “Prisoners Unusual
Occurrence” (P.G. 210-07, Prisoners - Unusual Occurrence”), or any other unusual
incident determined not appropriate by the investigating precinct commander/duty
captain.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Bias Motivated Incidents (P.G. 207-10)
Prisoners - Unusual Occurrence (P.G. 210-07)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-150)
SPRINT PRINTOUTS

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-10

INTERRUPTED PATROL LOG
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To control the amount of time spent in a stationhouse, police service area or
transit district command by uniformed members of the service who are
performing duty with the platoon.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service, performing duty with the platoon,
enters the stationhouse, police service area or transit district command for any
reason during the tour:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Report to desk officer and inform him/her of reason for presence in
command.

DESK OFFICER 2.

Make entries in Interrupted Patrol Log, in own handwriting, under
following captions:

TIME IN

3.
4

ADDITIONAL
DATA

RANK

NAME

ASSIGN- REASON
MENT

TIME
OUT

TOTAL
TIME

DESK
OFFICER

Maintain Log under direct control at all times.
Review Interrupted Patrol Log frequently during tour to determine if
presence in command is being expedited.

An Interrupted Patrol Log will be maintained by all commands/units whose members
perform patrol duties under the jurisdiction of the Patrol Services, Housing and Transit
Bureaus.
Commanding officers will frequently review the Interrupted Patrol Log to determine if
stops in the command are necessary and if they are being expedited.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-100

AUXILIARY POLICE SUPERVISION AND
DEPLOYMENT OF PERSONNEL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure proper supervision and deployment of auxiliary police personnel on
patrol.

DEFINITIONS

COMMAND AUXILIARY POLICE COORDINATOR - uniformed member of
the service assigned to oversee the Auxiliary Police Program within a precinct,
police service area, transit district, harbor or highway unit.
AUXILIARY POLICE SUPERVISOR - a member of the Auxiliary Police
Program in the rank of sergeant or above.

PROCEDURE

When deploying auxiliary police personnel assigned to a precinct, police service
area, transit district, harbor or highway unit:

COMMAND
AUXILIARY
POLICE
COORDINATOR/
AUXILIARY
POLICE
SUPERVISOR

1.
2.
3.

NOTE

Upon notification that a protective vest inspection will be conducted by the command
auxiliary police coordinator/auxiliary police supervisor, it is incumbent on the member
concerned to take appropriate actions to demonstrate that a protective vest is being
worn. Such actions may include, but are not limited to:
a.
Raising, removing, unbuttoning top garment so as to expose the
protective vest, to visual inspection, OR
b.
Patting on the front and rear of the protective vest so as to produce a
sound, OR
c.
Any other manner which will indicate to the command auxiliary
coordinator/auxiliary supervisor that the protective vest is being worn.
Auxiliary members are reminded that only authorized/approved protective vests will be worn.

4.

5.

Assemble auxiliary police officers for roll call, when practical.
Conduct roll call as per P.G. 212-01, “Roll Call Formations.”
Inspect the platoon.
a.
Allow members assigned to patrol duty to reasonably demonstrate
that a protective vest is being worn
b.
List members deficient in uniform, equipment or personal
appearance
c.
Reprimand and instruct deficient members privately
d.
Follow up to determine if corrections have been made and take
disciplinary action if necessary.

Ensure that auxiliary police officers who are under eighteen years of age
are not assigned to patrol duties or undercover “Quality of Life”
operations.
Ensure that members who are seventeen years of age are only assigned to
administrative functions within the command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-100

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/
SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

6.
7.

Attend auxiliary roll call periodically and provide instructions.
Inform members of any patterns or trends within the command.

COMMAND
AUXILIARY
POLICE
COORDINATOR/
AUXILIARY
POLICE
SUPERVISOR

8.

Deliver original copy of Auxiliary Roll Call (Form APS # 10) listing
personnel assignments to the command desk officer.
Monitor the command radio when auxiliary members are assigned to patrol.
Visit auxiliary officers assigned to foot and radio motor patrol frequently
and at irregular intervals during tour and indicate visit by signing
MEMORANDUM PAD (PD112-141) of each member.
Maintain ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) or MEMORANDUM PAD, if
appropriate, and make entries listing times, names and assignments of
auxiliary officers visited.

9.
10.

11.

DESK OFFICER 12.
13.

Ensure a copy of Auxiliary Roll Call is given to the command platoon
commander and/or command patrol supervisor.
Attach original copy of Auxiliary Roll Call to the desk copy of the
command roll call.

NOTE

If auxiliary police officers are present to perform a scheduled tour and the command
auxiliary police coordinator or an auxiliary police supervisor is unavailable, auxiliary
police officers will be assigned by the command desk officer to auxiliary related duties
within the command facility. Under no circumstances will auxiliary police officers be
assigned to perform patrol duties when the command auxiliary police coordinator or an
auxiliary police supervisor is not present.

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT/
PLATOON
COMMANDER

14.

Designate a sergeant, other than the patrol supervisor, to oversee auxiliary
police personnel when performing duties within the command facility.

DESIGNATED
SERGEANT

15.

Supervise auxiliary police personnel assigned to perform duty within the
command facility.

DESK OFFICER 16.
/ PATROL
SUPERVISOR

During command roll call, inform uniformed members of the service of
auxiliary assignments and locations.

PLATOON
COMMANDER

17.

Be aware of all auxiliary police personnel performing duty on assigned tour.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-100

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

18.

Be cognizant of auxiliary police personnel on patrol within assigned
sector or foot post.

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

19.

Confer with command auxiliary police coordinator regarding any issues
related to auxiliary police duties and responsibilities.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Harbor Unit operations supervisor will oversee auxiliary launch deployment in the
absence of the command auxiliary police coordinator or auxiliary police supervisor.
Auxiliary police assignments shall be determined in advance by the special operations
lieutenant in consultation with the commanding officer/executive officer. Priority patrol
posts, command facility assignments and other information that maximizes safety and/or
increases the efficiency of the Auxiliary Police Program will be kept at the command
desk. The command auxiliary police coordinator and ranking auxiliary officers will
maintain a copy of this information in the unit’s office and in the Command Auxiliary
Reference Library.
Commanding officers will ensure that the command auxiliary police coordinator
performs tours that coincide with the tours of auxiliary police personnel, when possible.
The special operations lieutenant and command auxiliary police coordinator shall
confer with the command training sergeant to obtain training material relevant to
auxiliary police duties.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Roll Call Formations (P.G. 212-01)
Command Auxiliary Police Coordinator (P.G. 202-34)
Selection and Utilization of Auxiliary Police Officer Volunteers as Undercovers for
“Quality of Life” Enforcement (P.G. 214-05)
Line of Duty Injury or Death - Auxiliary Police Officers (P.G. 216-13)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
MEMORANDUM PAD (PD112-141)
Auxiliary Roll Call (Form APS # 10)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-101

PROCESSING UNKNOWN SUBSTANCES SUSPECTED OF BEING
CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, NUCLEAR (CBRN)/
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS EVIDENCE
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DEFINITIONS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 18

CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, NUCLEAR (CBRN)
/HAZARDOUS MATERIAL Incidents– Intelligence derived from numerous
reliable sources indicates that terrorist groups have been trained and directed to:
- Construct improvised weapons from toxic industrial chemicals,
radioactive materials commonly found in scientific equipment,
illegally obtained pathogenic microorganisms, homemade biological
toxins and many other types of common hazardous materials; and,
- Obtain employment driving tanker trucks carrying hazardous
materials and use the trucks and their contents as weapons; and,
- Engage in acts of sabotage involving hazardous material
manufacturing and storage sites.
Consequently, any incident involving an unknown substance suspected of being a
(i) biological weapon agent or hazardous biological organism/toxin; or, (ii) military
chemical agent or toxic industrial chemical; or, (iii) radiological/nuclear material
must be considered a criminal/terrorism incident (even if it appears that the
incident may be the result of an accident), an investigation must be conducted, the
unknown substance must be assessed in order to identify its hazardous properties
and the unknown substance and related property must be evaluated/processed as
evidence. A failure to initially treat these types of incidents as terrorism/criminal
could delay or prevent the apprehension of the perpetrator(s) and impede or
prevent the disruption of one or more subsequent catastrophic attacks.
CITYWIDE INCIDENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (CIMS) - The Mayor’s
Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS) states that the, “NYPD will be
the Primary Agency at all CBRN/Haz-Mat incidents, with the responsibility for
overall site management, assessment and investigations (crime-scene/terrorism).”
PRIMARY AGENCY – The Agency authorized by Mayoral Directive to have
overall responsibility of an incident. The Primary Agency will coordinate with
Support Agencies to mitigate the incident.
INNER PERIMETER – Area surrounding all of the locations that may have been
contaminated by the unknown substance suspected of being a Chemical,
Biological, Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous Material. Absent
emergency circumstances, only authorized and necessary personnel who are
properly trained and wearing the appropriate type of Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE) will be allowed to enter the Inner Perimeter. The establishment
of an appropriately sized Inner Perimeter is a component of the NYPD
responsibility for providing “overall site management.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-101

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 18

CRIME SCENE - Area surrounding all of the locations that may contain physical
evidence that may have forensic, investigative, demonstrative, etc, value. The
size of the Crime Scene will depend upon the circumstances of the incident.
Initially the size of the Crime Scene should be large and as time progresses and
additional facts are discovered, it may be reduced in size. Initially, the size of the
Crime Scene should be no smaller than the size of the Inner Perimeter. In order
to minimize or avoid the alteration, loss, contamination, degradation, destruction,
etc., of physical evidence, civilians and city, state, federal agency personnel who
are unauthorized or unnecessary, including unnecessary NYPD personnel, will
not be allowed access within the Crime Scene. The establishment of an
appropriately sized Crime Scene is a component of the NYPD responsibility for
providing “overall site management.”
OUTER PERIMETER- Area sufficiently removed from the inner perimeter or
the crime scene if larger, so as to ensure that only authorized and necessary
personnel are allowed access and that they enter in a controlled and coordinated
manner. Civilians and city/state/federal agency personnel who are unauthorized
or unnecessary, including unnecessary NYPD personnel, will not be allowed
access within the Outer Perimeter. The Outer Perimeter is established so as to
ensure that when necessary: (i) a sufficient level of force protection is provided;
(ii) individuals may be safely and expeditiously evacuated; (iii) expeditious
access/egress routes are provided for the authorized and necessary responding
emergency vehicles; (iv) pedestrian, vehicular and mass transit traffic is
appropriately controlled; (v) witnesses and investigative evidence are
expeditiously identified and secured/safeguarded; (vi) crowds are properly
managed; and, (vii) the affected area, buildings, property, etc, are appropriately
secured. The establishment of an appropriately sized Outer Perimeter is a
component of the NYPD responsibility for providing “overall site management.”
NYPD EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT - The Emergency Service Unit will be
the lead unit in the NYPD with respect to assessing an unknown substance
suspected of being a CBRN/Hazardous Material and will be assisted at the
incident site by the NYC Department of Environmental Protection.
NYC FIRE DEPARTMENT – The Mayor’s City Wide Incident Management
System states that the core competencies of the NYC Fire Department include
fire suppression; patient care and transport; search and rescue; and,
CBRN/Hazardous Material life safety and mass decontamination. The Mayor’s
City Wide Incident Management System also states that at a CBRN/Haz-Mat
incident the NYC Fire Department, “will be responsible for life safety operations
and mass decontamination.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 18

NYC DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION – Personnel are
engineers/scientists who are experts regarding military chemical agents, toxic
industrial chemicals, and other types of chemical compounds. Personnel are also
highly trained and experienced CBRN/Hazardous Materials first responders who
utilize scientific instruments and laboratory techniques in the field to identify the
chemical composition of unknown substances; and, they are supported by a New
York State accredited Hazardous Materials laboratory. Personnel also perform
air, water and soil sampling/analysis; conduct air plume dispersion modeling;
identify/monitor contamination zones; determine the appropriate mitigation,
containment, collection, disposal, decontamination, remediation, etc, plans,
procedures and methods; and perform or direct the appropriate governmental and/or
private assets to perform all or part of the required mitigation, containment, collection,
disposal, decontamination, remediation actions.
NYC DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND MENTAL HYGIENE – Personnel
are medical doctors, scientists, health care providers and public health
professionals who are experts regarding biological weapon agents and hazardous
biological organisms/toxins, communicable diseases, epidemiology, radioactive
materials/contamination, laboratory sciences, environmental science/engineering,
poisons, contaminated food/water, veterinary/pest control, decontamination
plans/methods, and other public health related subjects. Personnel are supported
by a nationally accredited “Bio-Threat Response” Public Health laboratory
whose function is to determine whether an unknown substance is a biological
weapon agent or hazardous biological organism/toxin. Personnel will provide
assistance and/or respond to an incident scene when specifically requested or
when particular pre-designated circumstances exist.

PROCEDURE

Upon discovering or being called to the scene of an incident involving an
unknown substance suspected of being a Chemical, Biological, Radiological,
Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous Material other than an explosive substance or a
conventional, radiological or nuclear explosive device:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
SERVICE

1.

Interview complainant(s) and other involved persons, conduct preliminary
investigation, evaluate the totality of the circumstances and utilize
common sense standards to determine if the nature of the unknown
substance can be readily identified as non-hazardous, e.g., packaging
materials, cleaning/detergent products, pesticides, insecticides, insulation
materials, garden products, dried food products, controlled substances, pet
care items, sweeteners, pharmaceuticals, cooking/baking products, candy,
tea/coffee, hygiene/grooming products, stuffing/filler items, etc.
a.
Many jobs may be properly classified as unfounded or
unnecessary based upon an evaluation of the totality of the
circumstances and the application of common sense standards to
the facts discovered during the preliminary investigation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 18

NOTE

If a member of the service suspects that an explosive substance or any type of
conventional, radiological or nuclear explosive device may be present, follow P.G. 21240, “Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles - Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and
Post Explosion Bomb Scenes.”

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
SERVICE
(continued)

2.

NOTE

Communications Division will automatically dispatch the patrol supervisor to the scene of an
incident involving an unknown substance suspected of being a CBRN/Hazardous Material.

Confer with the patrol supervisor regarding the nature of the unknown
substance.
a.
Comply with the directions provided.

The Mayor’s City Wide Incident Management System (CIMS) states that the NYPD will
be the “Primary Agency” at all CBRN/Haz-Mat incidents, with the responsibility for
overall site management, assessment and investigations (crime-scene/terrorism).
Furthermore, ALL incidents that involve an unknown substance suspected of being a
CBRN/Hazardous Material must be considered a criminal/terrorism incident (even if it
appears that the incident may be the result of an accident), an investigation must be
conducted, the unknown substance must be assessed in order to identify its hazardous
properties and the unknown substance and related property must be evaluated/processed
as evidence. Therefore, the patrol supervisor or highest-ranking uniformed member of
the Patrol Services Bureau at the scene will be the NYPD Incident Commander, who will
be responsible for ensuring overall site management and will take appropriate action to
ensure that only authorized and necessary personnel are allowed access within the
Outer Perimeter and that they enter within the Outer Perimeter in a controlled and
coordinated manner.
The life and safety of all involved persons and the public is of paramount concern. The CIMS
states that, “life safety operations are the highest priority Incident Objectives and will be
initiated by the first responding resources capable of performing rescue.” Therefore, when
necessary, all appropriate agencies will be notified, resources requested, and access of all
required personnel to the incident scene will be permitted in order to ensure that the life and
safety of all involved persons are protected.
In the event that there is an ongoing uncontrolled release/leak or a functioning device is
actively “disseminating” an unknown substance, the first appropriately trained and
equipped personnel will be allowed access to the incident/crime scene to stop/control the
release/leak or deactivate the dissemination device.
Absent extraordinary
circumstances, an envelope or parcel containing an unknown substance is NOT
considered an uncontrolled release/leak or a functioning/active “disseminating” device.
If a member of the service suspects that the dissemination device may be “booby
trapped” and/or may be some type of explosive device and/or may contain an explosive
substance, follow P.G. 212-40, “Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and Post Explosion Bomb Scenes.”

3.

If the nature of the unknown substance cannot be determined:
a.
Notify the Communications Division dispatcher and request the
response of the Emergency Service Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

b.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
SERVICE
(continued)

c.

d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

i.
j.

5 of 18

Notify Operations Division and request the response of the NYC
Department of Environmental Protection, Hazardous Materials
Response Unit (DEP/HMRU).
Notify Operations Division and request the response of the NYC
Fire Department (FDNY) if needed for life safety operations and/or
mass decontamination. If FDNY is requested or is responding or is
present, request the immediate response of the Duty Captain.
Evacuate individuals an appropriate distance from the unknown
substance and contaminated areas.
Identify and isolate individuals apparently suffering ill effects
from the unknown substance and immediately request
Communications Division dispatcher to send medical assistance.
Identify and isolate individuals who have been exposed to the
unknown substance.
Identify and isolate individuals who may require decontamination.
Establish an appropriately sized Inner Perimeter and take appropriate
measures to isolate, contain and safeguard the unknown substance so
as to prevent any further dispersal/dissemination and to prevent
contamination of additional persons and/or the surrounding areas.
Establish an appropriately sized Crime Scene.
Establish an appropriately sized Outer Perimeter.

Attempt to limit movement and other activity within potentially contaminated areas so as
to minimize the possibility of any further dispersal/dissemination of the unknown
substance and/or any contamination of additional persons and/or the surrounding areas.

NOTE

OPERATIONS
DIVISION
SUPERVISOR

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

4.

5.

6.
7.

Notify the following agencies immediately regarding details of the incident if it is
determined that the suspicious substance represents a credible threat regardless of
whether the actual response of the individual agency is required at the scene:
a.
New York City Office of Emergency Management
b.
New York City Fire Department
c.
New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene
d.
New York City Department of Environmental Protection
e.
FBI/NYPD Joint Terrorist Task Force.
Respond and review the actions of the assigned members of service and
ensure that all required notifications have been made.
a.
Confer with Operations Division supervisor and ensure that
DEP/HMRU has been notified and is responding to the incident scene.
If necessary, ensure that life safety operations are initiated by the first
responding resources capable of performing rescue.
If necessary, ensure that any individuals requiring medical attention are
promptly examined/treated by responding medical personnel, and if
appropriate, are expeditiously removed from the incident scene.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

6 of 18

NOTE

Request sufficient personnel to secure the scene. Designate the mobilization point and
route to be followed.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.
13.

Notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section and confer
with the supervisor.
a.
Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section will immediately
notify the FBI/NYPD Joint Terrorist Task Force Call Center.
Ensure that an appropriately sized Inner Perimeter has been established;
only authorized/necessary personnel who are properly trained and wearing
the appropriate type of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) are allowed
access thereto; and, the unknown substance has been adequately isolated,
contained and safeguarded.
Ensure that an appropriately sized Crime Scene has been established and
access thereto is strictly controlled in order to prevent the entry of
unnecessary or unauthorized persons.
a.
If necessary, expand the original Crime Scene. Initially, the size of the
Crime Scene should be no smaller than the size of the Inner Perimeter.
b.
Absent extraordinary circumstances and/or circumstances involving
the life or safety of involved persons or the public, only Emergency
Service Unit personnel, DEP/HMRU personnel, Department of
Health and Mental Hygiene (DOHMH) personnel and those
appropriately trained and equipped law enforcement personnel who
are involved in the investigation of the incident and have an
absolute need to enter will be allowed access within the Crime
Scene. Civilians and city, state, federal agency personnel who are
unauthorized or unnecessary, including unnecessary NYPD
personnel, will not be allowed access within the Crime Scene.
c.
Maintain a record identifying the rank/title, name, command/
agency, etc, of all personnel entering the Crime Scene.
d.
If the circumstances dictate that the Crime Scene must be processed
by forensic specialists, request response of the Crime Scene Unit.
e.
Do not release control of the Crime Scene without proper
authorization.
Ensure that an appropriately sized Outer Perimeter has been established;
only authorized and necessary personnel are allowed access within the
Outer Perimeter; and, they enter within the Outer Perimeter in a controlled
and coordinated manner. Civilians and city, state, federal agency
personnel who are unauthorized or unnecessary, including unnecessary
NYPD personnel, will not be allowed access within the Outer Perimeter.
Notify the desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
If necessary, request response of the Duty Captain.
a.
The Duty Captain must immediately respond if (i) there are any
questions or problems involving responding city/state/federal
agencies or private organizations; or, (ii) FDNY has been
requested for life safety operations and/or mass decontamination;
or, (iii) FDNY is responding to or present at the incident scene.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

7 of 18

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

14.

Notify the Precinct Detective Squad.
a.
Request Detective Squad to respond if (i) an immediate
investigation should be conducted; or, (ii) needed to assist in the
identification of the unknown substance, i.e., identify and
interview the individual or company that sent, delivered,
abandoned, etc, the unknown substance.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
PERSONNEL

15.

Respond to the scene and comply with all applicable Emergency Service
Unit (ESU) procedures regarding:
a.
Assessment of the incident scene, environment, atmosphere, etc,
for chemical, radiological, explosive/flammable, and other
applicable hazards.
b.
Documentation, sampling, marking, collection, packaging, sealing,
etc, of unknown substances and related items/evidence.
c.
Decontamination of persons, objects and areas.
d.
Packaging, sealing and disposal of contaminated non-evidence
waste items, e.g., personal protective equipment (PPE), items used
for decontamination.
e.
Collaboration and conferral with DEP/HMRU personnel, and
when applicable, personnel from DOHMH, FDNY, other city,
state, federal agencies and private organizations.

DEP/HMRU
PERSONNEL

16.
17.

Analyze the unknown substance for hazards and explosive properties.
Identify the chemical compound(s) and hazardous materials that are
present in the unknown substance.
When necessary and after conferral with ESU personnel, document,
sample, mark, collect, package, seal, establish a chain of custody for and
transport samples of the unknown substance and/or related evidence/items
to the DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory for examination, analysis,
safeguarding, disposal and/or other appropriate action.
When necessary and after conferral with ESU personnel, based upon the
circumstances of the incident:
a.
Perform air, water and/or soil sampling and analysis.
b.
Conduct air plume dispersion modeling.
c.
Identify and monitor contamination zones.
d.
Determine the appropriate mitigation, containment, collection, disposal,
decontamination, remediation, etc, plans, procedures and methods.
e.
Perform or direct the appropriate governmental and/or private assets to
perform all or part of the required mitigation, containment, collection,
disposal, decontamination, remediation actions.
Confer with ESU personnel and advise regarding analytical results,
technical determinations and any other relevant findings and
recommendations.

18.

19.

20.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

8 of 18

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
PERSONNEL

21.

NOTE

The Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor will immediately notify the
Operations Division regarding any additional assistance that has been requested by the Emergency
Service Unit personnel and will immediately inform the Operations Division personnel of any
additional facts and circumstances as well as any issues or problems related to the incident.

22.

23.

Notify Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor if:
a.
Radioactive material/contamination may be present and the
assistance and/or response of personnel assigned to the DOHMH
Office of Radiological Health is required.
b.
Based upon the circumstances of the incident, the assistance and/or
response of appropriate DOHMH personnel may be required.
c.
DOHMH personnel must be notified and requested to provide
assistance and/or respond in the following situations: (i) there is a
credible threat of the presence of a biological weapon agent or
hazardous biological organism/toxin; or, (ii) a civilian(s) is
transported to a hospital(s); or, (iii) there is contamination or
decontamination of civilians; or, (iv) any involved individual states
that he is ill and believes that the unknown substance may be the
cause of the illness; or, (v) there is a public health related
question/problem involving the extent of the contamination and/or
the appropriate decontamination plans, procedures, methods, etc, to
be used with respect to any persons, objects, rooms, buildings, areas,
etc; or, (vi) there is any public health related question/problem
regarding
the
safeguarding,
evacuation,
closing/sealing,
entering/reentering, habitation, etc, of the room, building, location,
area, etc, in question; or, (vii) any involved individual has a public
health related question/problem that requires the expertise of
DOHMH personnel to resolve; or, (viii) the nature of the
complainant, location or facts surrounding the incident creates
extenuating circumstances.
d.
Technical or scientific assistance/response is required from any
federal, state, city agency or private organization.
e.
Immediate response of investigators assigned to the Intelligence
Bureau and/or the FBI/NYPD Joint Terrorist Task Force is required.

Determine whether samples of the unknown substance and/or the related
evidence/items should be collected and subsequently delivered to the NYC
Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, Public Health Laboratory
(DOHMH/PHL) for analysis to determine whether the unknown substance is a
biological weapon agent or hazardous biological organism/toxin.
In order to avoid unnecessary submissions to the DOHMH/PHL (i) evaluate
the totality of the circumstances regarding the incident in question; (ii)
consider the results of any preliminary investigation, (iii) confer with
DEP/HMRU personnel, and when applicable, personnel from DOHMH,
FDNY, other city, state, federal agencies and private organizations, (iv)
assess any other relevant facts and circumstances.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

a.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
PERSONNEL
(continued)

24.

25.

9 of 18

Absent facts or circumstances to the contrary, it would be
reasonable to submit samples of the unknown substance and/or the
related evidence/items (e.g., envelope, package, container, letter,
contents, etc,) to the DOHMH/PHL in the following situations:
(1)
Express or implied CBRN/Hazardous Material threat made
against the complainant/location in question and an
unknown substance is present and visible.
(2)
Express or implied CBRN/Hazardous Material threat made
against the complainant/location in question and an
unknown substance may be present but it is not visible.
(3)
No express or implied CBRN/Hazardous Material threat
made against the complainant/location in question but an
unknown substance is present and visible and it cannot be
logically explained by packaging, labels, contents of
letter/package/container, nature of the location, nature of
recipient/sender/resident or other facts and circumstances.
(4)
No express or implied CBRN/Hazardous Material threat made
against the complainant/location in question and an unknown
substance may be present but it is not visible, however, the
circumstances (including the nature of the envelope, package,
container, letter, contents, etc) are suspicious and the unknown
substance was found in the proximity of or delivered to a
senior government official or a high profile public figure or a
sensitive location, (e.g., government agency, utility company,
electronic/print media company, major transportation center,
high profile financial institution, large high profile business,
etc.); or, was found on a publicly or privately owned/operated
bus, train, subway, watercraft, aircraft, etc.
b.
In those situations where there is no express or implied
CBRN/Hazardous Material threat made against the complainant/location
in question and an unknown substance may be present, whether it is
visible or not, and the complainant(s) states that they are ill and believes
that the unknown substance may be the cause of the illness, notify the
Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor and
confer with DOHMH/PHL personnel regarding the submission of
samples of the unknown substance and the related evidence/items (e.g.,
envelope, package, container, letter, contents, etc,) to the DOHMH/PHL
for analysis.
Advise the patrol supervisor whether samples of the unknown
substance(s) and/or the related evidence/items and any contaminated nonevidence waste items must be collected and transported to the
DOHMH/PHL by an assigned uniformed member of the service.
If samples of the unknown substance(s) and/or the related evidence/items
must be collected and transported to the DOHMH/PHL for analysis to
determine whether the unknown substance is a biological weapon agent or
hazardous biological organism/toxin:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

10/16/13

a.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
PERSONNEL
(continued)

b.

c.
d.

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10 of 18

Immediately request the response of an Emergency Service Unit
supervisor.
Collect and separately package/seal each of the samples of the
unknown substance and/or each of the related evidence/items and any
contaminated non-evidence waste items in conformance with
appropriate ESU procedures. The packaging/sealing methodology
utilized by ESU personnel strictly complies with all applicable
federal, state and city health/safety laws and regulations.
Complete ALL CAPTIONS on the Evidence Collection/Tracking
Form (Misc. 4237). Enter N/A, UNK, NONE, etc, when applicable.
Comply with all other applicable ESU and Department procedures.

NOTE

The Emergency Service Unit supervisor will review the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form
for completeness and accuracy, and will ensure that the sample(s) of unknown substance(s),
the related evidence/items and any contaminated non-evidence waste items have been
properly and safely packaged/sealed.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

26.

27.

If the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence/items and contaminated non-evidence waste items have to be
delivered to the DOHMH/PHL, designate a uniformed member of the
service to perform this assignment and direct him/her to remain at the
incident location until the packages are ready to be transported.
If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence/items have to be delivered to the DOHMH/PHL and/or the DEP
Hazardous Materials Laboratory for analysis:
a.
Direct that a separate AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304152b) be prepared for each individual who was exposed to the
unknown substance.
(1)
An AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET MUST be prepared
for an individual that was exposed to the unknown substance
even if the individual did not have to be decontaminated.
(2)
Under the “Details” section of the AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET, describe the circumstances, manner,
duration, extent, etc, regarding the exposure of the aided to
the unknown substance. Specifically indicate whether the
aided had direct contact with the unknown substance.
b.
Have a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313152A) prepared and classify it as open – “Investigate Suspicious
Substance” and any other offense(s) that may have been committed,
e.g., aggravated harassment, disorderly conduct, harassment,
reckless endangerment, menacing.
(1)
Refer the COMPLAINT REPORT to the Detective Squad,
precinct of occurrence, for: (i) appropriate investigation;
and, (ii) required notifications(s) regarding the results of the
DOHMH/PHL analysis and/or DEP Hazardous Materials
Laboratory analysis.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

10/16/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11 of 18

NOTE

If a member of the service is exposed to an unknown substance suspected of being a
CBRN/Hazardous Material, comply with P.G. 205-10, “Exposure of Members of the
Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials” and any other applicable Patrol
Guide procedures.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
PERSONNEL

28.

29.

Identify the person who will be notified by the Detective Squad, precinct
of occurrence, of the results of the DOHMH/PHL and/or DEP Hazardous
Materials Laboratory analysis of the samples of the unknown substance,
i.e., complainant, office manager, security director/coordinator,
medical/safety coordinator, building superintendent, building manager/owner
or other appropriate designated contact person.
a.
Enter the designated contact person’s name, title, home/work/cell
telephone numbers and other required contact information in the
appropriate captions on the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form.
If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence/items are being delivered to the DOHMH/PHL and/or to the
DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory notify the Intelligence Bureau,
Criminal Intelligence Section from the scene and:
a.
Provide ESU Hammer number
b.
Plastic Security Envelope Number(s), if applicable.
c.
Obtain the next WMD Log number.
(1)
If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance
and/or related evidence/items are being delivered to the
DOHMH/PHL, enter the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal
Intelligence Section WMD Log Number in the appropriate
caption of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form.
(2)
If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance
and/or related evidence/items are being delivered to the
DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory, provide the
DEP/HMRU personnel with the WMD Log Number

NOTE

DOHMH/PHL will not accept samples of the unknown substance and the related
evidence/items unless an Evidence Collection/Tracking Form has been prepared and a
WMD Log number has been issued by the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence
Section and entered on the form.

INTELLIGENCE

30.

BUREAU,
CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE

SECTION
SUPERVISOR

31.

If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence/items are being delivered to the DOHMH/PHL and/or to the
DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory, notify the FBI/NYPD Joint
Terrorist Task Force Call Center and request the immediate response of
investigators if they are not already responding or present.
If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence/items are being delivered to the DOHMH/PHL
a.
Notify the DOHMH/PHL and explain the facts and circumstances:
(1)
Monday – Friday, 0900 to 1700 hours, telephone
DOHMH/PHL at (212) 477-1091 and ask to speak to the
“BT Lab Duty Officer.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

10/16/13

PAGE:

12 of 18

(2)

INTELLIGENCE

BUREAU,
CRIMINAL

b.

INTELLIGENCE

SECTION
SUPERVISOR
(continued)
EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
PERSONNEL

REVISION NUMBER:

32.

33.

TRANSPORTING 34.
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
35.

36.

Other times, telephone the Poison Control Center at (212) 7647667 and ask to speak to the “On-Call BT Lab Duty Officer.”
Notify the DOHMH/PHL Law Enforcement Receiving Intake
Area by telephone at (212) 213-1410 and ask to speak to the
DOHMH uniformed Officer.

Deliver the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance, the
related evidence/items and the contaminated non-evidence waste items to
the designated transporting uniformed member of the service for
IMMEDIATE delivery DIRECT to the DOHMH/PHL.
Obtain the signature of the designated transporting officer on the
Evidence Collection/Tracking Form as a receipt and to establish a chain
of custody for the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance
and/or the related evidence/items.
a.
Retain the ESU copy of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form
(3rd copy).
b.
Give the remaining four copies of the Evidence Collection/Tracking
Form to the designated transporting officer, to be immediately
delivered direct to the DOHMH/PHL with the packaged/sealed
samples of the unknown substance, the related evidence/items and
the contaminated non-evidence waste items.
Take custody of the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance,
the related evidence/items and the contaminated non-evidence waste items
from the ESU personnel.
a.
Do not open the seals/packages.
b.
Exercise caution so as not to accidentally damage, break, puncture,
tear, etc, the seals/packages.
Confer with the ESU personnel and examine the Evidence
Collection/Tracking Form to verify the number and type of packages
that are being accepted for IMMEDIATE delivery DIRECT to the
DOHMH/PHL.
a.
Sign the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form in the appropriate section.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry that will record the chain of
custody for the samples of the unknown substance and the related
evidence/items and include:
a.
The rank, name, tax number and command of the
collecting/packaging ESU officers.
b.
Total number and type of packages that are being delivered to the
DOHMH/PHL.
c.
Plastic Security Envelope number(s) and ESU Hammer number and
WMD Log number.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

10/16/13

37.
38.
39.

TRANSPORTING 40.
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

13 of 18

Verify that the designated transporting officer’s ACTIVITY LOG entry
is complete and accurate.
a.
Indicate verification by signing the ACTIVITY LOG.
Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG entries and include statement
indicating that an appropriate record of the chain of custody has been made.
Direct the designated transporting officer to IMMEDIATELY deliver the
packaged samples of the unknown substance, the related evidence/items,
the contaminated non-evidence waste items and Evidence Collection/
Tracking Form DIRECTLY to the DOHMH/PHL.
IMMEDIATELY transport and deliver all of the packaged/sealed samples
of the unknown substance, the related evidence/items, the contaminated
non-evidence waste items and Evidence Collection/Tracking Form
DIRECT to the NYC Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, Public
Health Laboratory (DOHMH/PHL), Law Enforcement Receiving Intake
Area, located at 455 1st Avenue, New York, NY (use entrance on 26th
Street between 2nd Ave and 1st Ave).

The transporting officer will NOT proceed to the precinct of occurrence to voucher the
packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or the related evidence/items
prior to transporting/delivering them to the DOHMH/PHL.

AFTER ARRIVAL AT THE DOHMH/PHL EVIDENCE INTAKE AREA
TRANSPORTING 41.
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
42.
THE SERVICE

43.
44.

Obtain DOHMH/PHL “Accession Number” from the DOHMH uniformed
Officer assigned to the evidence intake area and enter it on the Evidence
Collection/Tracking Form in the appropriate caption.
Obtain signature of the receiving DOHMH evidence intake area Officer
on the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form in order to establish a chain
of custody for the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and
the related evidence/items.
Submit original copy of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form to the
DOHMH evidence intake area Officer.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A) maintained at the DOHMH/PHL evidence intake area. List the
packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and the related
evidence/items that are being submitted to the DOHMH/PHL, and
categorize the property as “Investigatory”. DO NOT list the
packaged/sealed contaminated non-evidence waste items on the
WORKSHEET.
a.
Telephone desk officer, precinct of occurrence, and obtain the serial
number of the next available PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141); and, request that this INVOICE be set aside in order
to voucher the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance
and the related evidence/items that have been delivered to the
DOHMH/PHL. Write the serial number on the WORKSHEET.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

10/16/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

14 of 18

b.

TRANSPORTING
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

45.

46.

DESK OFFICER 47.
48.

49.
50.

51.
52.

Complete ALL captions on the WORKSHEET. Enter N/A,
UNK, NONE, etc, when applicable.
c.
Enter NYPD Plastic Security Envelope serial number(s) adjacent
to the associated ITEM(s) on the WORKSHEET.
d.
Write the following in the “Remarks” section of the
WORKSHEET: “The above property was invoiced as possible
CBRN/Hazardous
Material
evidence
for
investigation.
DOHMH/PHL Laboratory Accession # ______. Receipted for by
DOHMH Officer ______________.”
e.
Request DOHMH evidence intake area Officer to sign the statement
in the “Remarks” section of the WORKSHEET as a receipt; or, enter
“Refused Signature.”
f.
Prepare and sign DOHMH form Evidence/Property Custody
Document and all other required DOHMH forms, reports,
receipts, etc.
Prior to leaving the DOHMH/PHL evidence intake area, notify the
Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section by telephone and
provide the following:
a.
DOHMH/PHL “Accession Number.”
b.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE serial number.
c.
PLASTIC SECURITY ENVELOPE serial number(s).
Deliver to the desk officer, precinct of occurrence:
a.
Remaining copies of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form.
b.
Original PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.
Review the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form and PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET for accuracy and completeness.
Distribute the remaining copies of the Evidence Collection/Tracking
Form as indicated on the bottom of the form:
a.
Send second copy to the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence
Section Weapons of Mass Destruction Desk, One Police Plaza,
Room 1109, in the next outgoing mail.
b.
Fifth copy to the designated transporting officer who delivered the
packages to the DOHMH/PHL.
Direct that the previously set aside PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE be
prepared based upon the information contained on the WORKSHEET.
Review the INVOICE for accuracy and completeness.
a.
Utilize ACTIVITY LOG entry of delivering member of the
service; and, Evidence Collection/Tracking Form; and,
WORKSHEET to verify the accuracy of the INVOICE.
b.
Sign the INVOICE.
Have the WORKSHEET attached to the INVOICE.
Direct property officer to safeguard/file the INVOICE and attached
WORKSHEET until notified by the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal
Intelligence Section that the unknown substance was analyzed by the
DOHMH/PHL.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

10/16/13

DESK OFFICER 53.
(continued)

54.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

15 of 18

Have the information from the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET that
was previously prepared for each individual who was exposed to the
unknown substance entered into the On Line Aided System (O.L.A.S.).
a.
Review the O.L.A.S. AIDED REPORT for accuracy and completeness.
b.
Ensure that a separate AIDED REPORT was prepared for each
individual who was exposed to the unknown substance even if the
individual did not have to be decontaminated.
c.
Ensure that all of the required information regarding the
circumstances, manner, duration, extent, etc, of the aided’s exposure
to the unknown substance is recorded under the “Details” section of
the AIDED REPORT, including whether the aided had direct
contact with the unknown substance.
Have the information from the previously prepared COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET entered into the On Line Complaint System
(OLCS).
a.
Review the OLCS computer generated copy of the COMPLAINT
REPORT for accuracy and completeness.

Ensure that all of the AIDED REPORT numbers are recorded on the related
COMPLAINT REPORT and that the COMPLAINT REPORT number is recorded on
all of the related AIDED REPORTS.

55.

56.

Notify the Detective Squad, precinct of occurrence and forward to them
the following documents:
a.
Fourth copy of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form.
b.
Appropriate copies of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
c.
Copy of all of the related AIDED REPORTS.
d.
Copy of the OLCS computer generated COMPLAINT REPORT.
Fax the following documents to the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal
Intelligence Section and call the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence
Section supervisor to verify that the FAX was received:
a.
Second copy of the completed Evidence Collection/Tracking
Form.
b.
Copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
c.
Copy of the OLCS computer generated COMPLAINT
REPORT.
d.
Copy of all of the related AIDED REPORTS.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

10/16/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

16 of 18

AFTER NOTIFICATION TO THE INTELLIGENCE BUREAU, CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE SECTION FROM THE DOHMH/PHL AND/OR THE DEP
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS LABORATORY REGARDING RESULTS OF
THE ANALYSIS OF THE UNKNOWN SUBSTANCE
57.

Inform the Operations Coordinator, precinct of occurrence, of the results
of the DOHMH/PHL and/or DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory
analysis of the unknown substance.

58.
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR,
59.
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

Have involved members of the service notified of the results of the
analysis of the unknown substance.
After being notified of the results of a DEP Hazardous Materials
Laboratory analysis of the unknown substance comply with the
instructions of the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section
supervisor.
After being notified of the results of a DOHMH/PHL analysis of the
unknown substance:
a.
If the results of the analysis are NEGATIVE a member of the service:
(1)
MUST respond within seventy two hours to the
DOHMH/PHL, Room 203, from Monday to Friday,
between 0800 and 1600 hours, with the copies of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to retrieve the
vouchered packages.
(2)
Identify any vouchered items/packages that cannot be
retrieved from DOHMH/PHL. Make appropriate entries on
the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to account for the
missing vouchered items/packages and explain the reason
why the items/packages are missing and are not being
retrieved, e.g., consumed during sample analysis,
destroyed during decontamination, transferred to another
laboratory.
(3)
In the appropriate area of the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE print the rank, name and tax number of the
DOHMH evidence Officer. Have the DOHMH evidence
Officer sign the entry as a receipt for the vouchered
items/packages being retrieved and a verification of the
missing vouchered items/packages; or, enter “Refused
Signature.”
(4)
Prepare and sign DOHMH form Evidence/Property
Custody Document and all other required DOHMH forms,
reports, receipts, etc.

INTELLIGENCE

BUREAU,
CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE

SECTION
SUPERVISOR

60.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-101

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

17 of 18

(5)

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE
(continued)
61.
62.

Deliver the retrieved vouchered items/packages and
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to the desk officer,
precinct of occurrence, for processing according to the
applicable Department guidelines.
b.
If the results of the analysis are POSITIVE, comply with the
instructions that are provided by the ranking member of the
service making the notification.
Notify the Detective Squad supervisor, precinct of occurrence, of the
results of the DOHMH/PHL and/or DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory
analysis of the unknown substance.
If applicable, notify Medical Division of the results of the DOHMH/PHL
and/or DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory analysis of the unknown
substance in compliance with P.G. 205-10, “Exposure of Members of the
Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials.”

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD
SUPERVISOR

63.

Ensure that the individual identified as the designated contact person on
the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form is notified of the results of the
DOHMH/PHL and/or DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory analysis of
the unknown substance.
a.
When the laboratory analysis results are negative, if other
offense(s) may have been committed, it will be the responsibility
of the assigned detective to fully investigate the incident.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When members of the NYPD respond and determine that an unknown substance is not
CBRN/Hazardous Material evidence and does not otherwise have to be
collected/packaged and/or vouchered/safeguarded; if another agency responds and
collects/packages the unknown substance, then the NYPD will NOT take custody of the
package(s) from the involved agency absent new or additional information indicating
the unknown substance is CBRN/Hazardous Material evidence and/or must be
collected/packaged and/or vouchered/safeguarded by the NYPD. The patrol supervisor
will respond and interview the involved agency supervisor and confer with the
Emergency Service Unit supervisor and the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence
Section supervisor. If there is an issue that cannot be resolved, the patrol supervisor
will request the immediate response of the Duty Captain.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials
(P.G. 205-10)
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles - Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and Post
Explosion Bomb Scenes (P.G. 212-40)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Citywide Incident Management System (P.G. 220 Series)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-101

FORMS AND
REPORTS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

10/16/13

PAGE:

18 of 18

Evidence Collection/Tracking Form (Misc 4237)
Evidence/Property Custody Document

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-102

PERSONAL RADIATION DETECTION PAGER ALARMS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To investigate personal radiation detection pager alarms emanating from
radiological materials that may endanger the public, and to establish a process to
record occurrences of radiation alerts for the purpose of:
a.
Investigating elevated readings
b.
Determining if further investigation or action is warranted
c.
Documenting locations where activations have occurred.

SCOPE

Personal radiation detection pagers, designed as early warning devices, will be
issued ONLY to trained supervisors/designated members in order to
detect/investigate the presence of hazardous radiological materials that may
endanger the public and members of the service.

DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of this procedure, the following definitions will apply:
PERSONAL RADIATION DETECTION PAGER ALARM - A sensitive search
device, usually pager sized, designed to alert increased levels of gamma
radiation. The alerts allow the wearer to track, isolate and identify sources
emitting gamma radiation. Personal radiation detection pager alarms are
designed as interdiction tools alerting officers to the presence of radiation fields
that they would not normally be aware of.

NOTE

Personal radiation detection pager alarms shall be deployed in accordance with P.G. 219-27,
“Issuance and Maintenance of Radiation Detection Pagers Assigned to Commands.”

HOSTILE ALARM – Through investigation, interview, and/or personal
experience, the trained supervisor/designated member determines that the alarm
activation resulted from a reading emanating from a substance or device that is
suspicious or criminal in nature or if the member cannot identify the source of an
alarm.
IDENTIFIED ALARM – Through investigation, interview and/or personal
experience, trained supervisor/designated member identifies alarm as both noncriminal and non-threatening. Examples of sources that may cause an identified
alarm include, but are not limited to: licensed medical transporters, power plants,
research/medical facilities, naturally occurring background radiation and
common construction materials.
INNOCENT ALARM – Through investigation, trained supervisor/designated
member determines that the alarm activation was due to the proximity to an
individual following, or who is in the course of receiving medical radiation treatment.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-102

PROCEDURE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 3

Upon alarm activation of the personal radiation detection pager, and detection of
elevated radiation readings:
IF ABLE TO LOCATE SOURCE AND IDENTIFY AS AN “IDENTIFIED” OR
“INNOCENT” ALARM

NOTE

Supervisors of specialized units present at the scene will perform the duties of the
platoon commander/patrol supervisor regarding necessary reporting requirements.

TRAINED
MEMBER
UTILIZING
PAGER

1.
2.

Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries.
Notify platoon commander/patrol supervisor.

PLATOON
COMMANDER/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.
4.

Respond to scene and conduct investigation.
Notify Counterterrorism Bureau, Lower Manhattan Security Coordination
Center (LMSCC), for ALL alarms, including “Innocent,” “Identified,” or
“Hostile” alarms.
Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG entries.

5.

IF UNABLE TO IDENTIFY OR LOCATE SOURCE, OR ABLE TO
IDENTIFY AS A “HOSTILE” ALARM
TRAINED
MEMBER
UTILIZING
PAGER

6.
7.
8.

Conduct preliminary field investigation to determine source.
Request the response of the platoon commander/patrol supervisor.
Establish the boundary where the alarm no longer signals radiation levels
and isolate and contain all persons inside boundary line and possible
contaminated area.
a.
Immediately request the response of Emergency Service Unit
personnel.
b.
Do not allow persons to enter affected area pending a determination
by ESU as to whether or not decontamination is necessary. An
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) will be
completed for any persons who may have been exposed. Comply
with P.G. 212-37, “Hazardous Materials,” P.G. 212-101,
“Processing Unknown Substances Suspected of Being Chemical,
Biological, Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous Materials
Evidence,” and P.G. 220 Series, “Citywide Incident Management
System (CIMS),” if appropriate.

PLATOON
COMMANDER/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

9.

Respond to scene and take appropriate action in accordance with the
nature or severity of the perceived threat.
a.
Determine if additional personnel/equipment is needed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-102

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 3

b.

PLATOON
COMMANDER/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

10.

Assume role as initial Incident Commander and comply with P.G.
212-37, “Hazardous Materials,” P.G. 212-40, “Bomb Threats
/Unattended Articles – Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and Post
Explosion Bomb Scenes,” P.G. 213-03, “Rapid Mobilization,” P.G.
212-101, “Processing Unknown Substances Suspected of Being
Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous
Materials Evidence,” and P.G. 220 Series, “Citywide Incident
Management System (CIMS),” if appropriate.
Confer with a supervisor from patrol precinct concerned if the trained
member utilizing the radiation pager is not assigned to that patrol
command prior to making a determination that an alarm is hostile.

Supervisory officers of patrol commands may have previous knowledge of the source
location of the alarm and may know the cause to be non hostile.

NOTE

11.

12.
13.

14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Notify police service area (PSA) or transit district desk officer if an
alarm was activated on police service area (PSA) or transit district
property.
Notify duty captain concerned via Patrol Borough Wheel.
Notify Counterterrorism Bureau, Lower Manhattan Security Coordination
Center (LMSCC) for ALL alarms, including “Innocent,” “Identified,” or
“Hostile” alarms.
Notify Operations Division.
Notify Intelligence Bureau WMD Desk to obtain log number.
Conduct investigation.
Make ACTIVITY LOG entry.
Direct the preparation of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) if
incident requires further investigation.

ESU MEMBER

19.
20.

Respond, identify source and take appropriate action.
Ensure ESU supervisor is responding.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles – Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and Post
Explosion Bomb Scenes (P.G. 212-40)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Issuance and Maintenance of Radiation Detection Pagers Assigned to Commands (P.G. 219-27)
Processing Unknown Substances Suspected of Being Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous Materials Evidence (P.G. 212-101)
Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS) (P.G. 220 SERIES)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-103

CRIME INFORMATION CENTERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To properly identify what should be posted in a precinct, PSA or transit district
“Crime Information Center,” and identify those responsible for maintaining this
information.

DEFINITION

CRIME INFORMATION CENTER - A central command repository for the
dissemination of information that will assist MOS in the apprehension of wanted
persons and the detection and identification of criminal activity. The Crime
Information Center will guide deployment of resources and increase officer
safety. The Crime Information Center is to be situated in the command’s muster
room and will be maintained on either bulletin boards or in wall mounted glass
cases. The Crime Information Center is to be kept neat, orderly and free of
obstructions.

PROCEDURE

To assist crime control and maximize officer safety by providing ready access to
current crime intelligence and information on fugitives and other wanted or
dangerous criminals that may be encountered in the field.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

1.
2.

CRIME
ANALYSIS
SUPERVISOR

3.

Oversee the maintenance of the Crime Information Center and ensure
deficiencies are corrected.
Act as a liaison between the crime analysis personnel, detective squad
and field intelligence officer and other appropriate personnel.
Ensure that the Crime Information Center is updated and maintained as
follows:
a.
Crime Maps - Post current and accurate maps for the following:
i.
Twenty-eight day maps, electronic maps if available, for
the seven major felony crimes, and shooting incidents.
ii.
Year to date maps, electronic maps if available, for murder.
iii.
Year to date maps, electronic maps if available, for
shooting incidents.
b.
Crime Breakdown - Post “running” twenty-eight day spread
sheets for each of the seven major felony crimes and for shooting
incidents. The following data will be included:
i.
Date
ii.
Day of week
iii.
Time
iv.
Address
v.
Type of location, e.g., elevator, park, street
vi.
Complaint number
vii.
Sector/Development
viii. Brief synopsis of details
ix.
Sex, race and age of victim
x.
Suspect’s description (if applicable)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-103

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

CRIME
ANALYSIS
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

d.

e.

f.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 5

Crime Trends, Clusters, Alerts - Post all trends, clusters, alerts and
intelligence information that are generated by the Patrol Borough
Pattern Identification Module (PIM), and that affect the command.
Surveillance Systems - Post one map identifying all of the camera
locations and a list of addresses where the cameras are deployed
throughout the command regarding the following:
i.
A.R.G.U.S.
ii.
V.I.P.E.R.
iii.
Operation Safe Store
iv.
Housing Authority Small Scale Camera Systems
v.
Transit Authority C.C.T.V.
vi.
Red light enforcement (Department of Transportation)
vii.
Any other appropriate camera programs or initiatives as
they are developed and implemented.
Impact and Impact Overtime Zones i.
Post map with current Impact Zone boundaries, and days
and hours of deployment.
ii.
Post map with current Impact Overtime Zone boundaries,
and days and hours of deployment.
iii.
Post map with current deployment and zone boundaries for
any programmatic enforcement overtime initiative/strategy
conducted within a narrowly focused and defined target
area. Identify the name of the program, initiative or
strategy and list days and hours of deployment.
Weekly/revised COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT, as
appropriate.

Crime maps and crime details will be posted weekly before 1400 hours each Tuesday.
Other maps, if applicable to the command, will be posted in a timely manner.
Disclosure of domestic violence crime victim information is in violation of Mayor’s Executive
Orders Number 34 and 41. Therefore, information regarding the status of a person as a
“Domestic Violence Crime Victim” (i.e., victim listed on a Domestic Violence Unit’s “High
Propensity List”) cannot be displayed within a Crime Information Center.

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
SUPERVISOR

4.

Ensure the timely posting of the following items in the Crime Information
Center of affected commands:
a.
Crime Patterns – All patterns affecting the command,
including borough and citywide patterns, from units such as, but
not limited to:
i.
Central Robbery Division
ii.
Special Victims Squads
iii.
Major Case Squad
iv.
Financial Crimes Task Force
v.
I.A.B., Police Impersonation Squad
vi.
Auto Crime Division

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-103

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

b.

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

5.

FIELD
INTELLIGENCE
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

6.

Wanted Person Photos - Photos of wanted persons in the
following priority order:
i.
Subjects wanted by the command.
ii.
Subjects wanted by other commands who live within the
confines of the command.
iii.
Subjects wanted by other commands who live in New York City.
c.
Investigation Cards (I-Cards) - Photos of “Probable Cause to
Arrest” Investigation Card (I-Card) subjects within twenty-four
hours after the I-Card is activated.
i.
Commands with a large number of I-Cards, should post
photos and information regarding individuals who are the
subjects of “Probable Cause to Arrest” I-Cards for
Homicide, Non-Fatal Shooting and Robbery.
ii.
Photos regarding “Probable Cause to Arrest” I-Cards for
subjects wanted for other crimes may be maintained on
clipboards in the Crime Information Center.
Ensure the following items are removed from the Crime Information Center:
a.
Remove photos of “Probable Cause to Arrest” I-Card subjects
within twenty-four hours after the subject is arrested on the ICard or the I-Card is otherwise deactivated.
b.
Remove all closed patterns within twenty-four hours of
notification that the pattern has been closed.
Ensure current and accurate lists of the following are posted in the Crime
Information Center by the fifth of each month:
a.
NYS Parolees - Active N.Y.S. Parolees who reside within the
command/development(s). Include the:
i.
Parolee’s address
ii.
Crime
iii.
Conditions of Parole
b.
Top 500 Burglars - “Top 500 Burglar” list as follows:
i.
Persons arrested for Burglary in the command.
ii.
Persons arrested for Burglary in other commands
/development(s), who reside in the command
/development.
c.
Gang Members - Listing of active gang members who reside
within the command/development(s), and indicate their gang
affiliation.
d.
Post the names, addresses and a photo of persons who are
designated as chronic offenders.
i.
Commanding officers will determine what criteria will be used to
define a chronic offender based upon command conditions. For
example, a command with a robbery condition may choose to
define a chronic offender as a person who has been arrested for
robbery within the involved command two or more times during
the previous five years.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-103

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

The field intelligence officer should confer with the commanding officer and prioritize
postings required in step “6” subdivisions “a” through “d” above.
If the field intelligence officer position is vacant these functions will be performed by an
appropriate member designated by the commanding officer.

BOROUGH
ADJUTANT

7.
8.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Designate appropriate borough level supervisor to inspect the Crime
Information Centers, at least once a month.
Ensure that the commanding officer expeditiously corrects any
deficiencies.

Commanding officers should designate space in the Crime Information Center to be
utilized for command specific conditions.
“Cash for Guns” and “Gun Stop” posters should NOT be placed inside the Crime
Information Center. Instead, display “Cash for Guns” and “Gun Stop” posters
prominently in a significant number of appropriate locations throughout the command
where they will be readily viewed by the public. Examples include:
a.
Entrance vestibule of the command
b.
Lobby of the command
c.
124 room
d.
Arrest processing area
e.
Desk area
f.
Interview room
g.
Debriefing location
h.
Detective Squad, if applicable
HOUSING BUREAU
In addition to the above, the following issues specific to Housing Bureau commands are
noted:
a.
Police Service Area Crime Information Centers will be partitioned by precinct
areas serviced by the PSA. A listing of developments, maps, patterns, crime
breakdowns, photos of wanted persons, etc. will be posted in each section.
Where applicable, the housing development where crimes are occurring, or
where wanted persons/fugitives, etc., are known to frequent, will be specifically
indicated.
b.
V.I.P.E.R. base, satellite commands, hi-tech police rooms, and other Housing
Bureau substations will maintain a Crime Information Center appropriate to
their area of responsibility. PSA commanders will designate a supervisor
assigned to each subcommand to coordinate with the PSA Crime Analysis Unit
and ensure updated and accurate data.
c.
The Detective Borough Operations Commanding Officer will ensure that
detective commands directly coordinate with the PSA Operations Coordinator
to ensure that step “4” and step “5” of this order are complied with.
d.
The duties of the Patrol Borough Adjutant will be performed by the Housing
Borough Executive Officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-103

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

TRANSIT BUREAU
In addition to the above, the following issues specific to Transit Bureau commands are
noted:
a.
Transit District Crime Information Centers will be partitioned by the precinct
areas serviced by the District. Subway line/station maps, street maps, patterns,
crime breakdowns, photo of wanted persons, etc., will be posted in each section.
Where applicable, the subway line/station where crimes are occurring, or where
wanted persons/fugitives, etc., are known to frequent will be specifically
indicated.
b.
District commanding officers will designate the Crime Analysis Supervisor to
directly coordinate with detective squads, the Borough Pattern Identification
Module, and others, to facilitate the timely exchange of information, updates,
etc., and dissemination of materials.
c.
The Detective Borough Operations Commanding Officer will ensure that
detective commands directly coordinate with the District Crime Analysis
Supervisor to ensure that step “4” and step “5” of this order are complied with.
d.
The duties of the Patrol Borough Adjutant will be preformed by the Transit
Borough Executive Officer.
e.
The Transit District Crime Analysis Supervisor will obtain the information listed
in step “6” subdivision “a” from the Transit Bureau’s Special Projects
Lieutenant.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-104

INTERACTION WITH HEARING IMPAIRED PERSONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To facilitate the process of effective communication with members of the public
who are hearing impaired, including aided cases, crime victims, witnesses,
suspects or arrestees, and to obtain information from such individuals, through
the use of sign language interpreters or other auxiliary aids and services.

SCOPE

The Americans with Disabilities Act, state and local law, in addition to Department
policy and procedure, requires that the Department maintain effective services,
practices and policies to ensure that the needs of hearing impaired individuals are
protected.

DEFINITIONS

HEARING IMPAIRED – A person who possesses hearing abilities that are
limited to the extent that it constitutes a substantial limitation of an individual’s
activities. The impairment is to such a degree that it will be readily apparent to a
member of the service that the individual has difficulty understanding what is
communicated orally.
AUXILIARY AIDS – In addition to the services of a qualified sign language interpreter,
the use of gestures or visual aids to supplement oral communication, use of a notepad
and pen/pencil to exchange written notes, use of an assistive listening system or device
to amplify sound or other effective methods of delivering information or communicating
with an individual who is hearing impaired. Auxiliary aids may also include the use of
text telephones or other devices, accessed via use of a Telecommunications Relay
Service (TRS), or an individual’s personal communication device (such as a personal
digital assistant [PDA], telephone with text capability, etc.).

NOTE

The type of aid that will be required for effective communication will depend on the hearing
impaired person’s usual method of communication. To serve each individual effectively, primary
consideration should be given to providing the type of communication aid or service requested by
the individual. Persons with hearing impairments must not be charged for the cost of an
auxiliary aid or service which is needed for effective communication.

QUALIFIED SIGN LANGUAGE INTERPRETER – A qualified sign language
interpreter is one who is able to interpret effectively, accurately and impartially,
both receptively and expressively, using any necessary specialized vocabulary.
A qualified interpreter must be able to interpret impartially, therefore, under
some circumstances (e.g., a domestic dispute, etc.), a family member, child or
friend of the individual with a hearing impairment may not be qualified to render
the necessary interpretation.
NOTE

Every effort should be made to have a person not connected with the incident serve as an
interpreter. In exigent circumstances, the need to immediately communicate may take
precedence over the effort to secure an interpreter not involved in the incident.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-104

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICE (TRS) – The Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) has adopted use of the “711” dialing code
for access to TRS. This permits persons with a hearing or speech disability to
use the telephone system via a telephone typewriter (TTY) or other device to call
persons with or without such disabilities. Conversely, voice users can also dial
“711” to be connected to a TRS operator, who will then relay the message to a
person with a hearing or speech disability via a TTY or other device.
311 SYSTEM FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH HEARING IMPAIRMENTS – The
City of New York also maintains a “311” non-emergency system for individuals
with hearing impairments. Persons with hearing impairments who wish to
inquire about City services or make complaints regarding a specific City agency
or service, can be directed to TTY number (212) 504-4115. The “311” operator
will then direct the inquiry/complaint to the appropriate City agency.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service has cause to interact with an individual who is
hearing impaired:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

NOTE

Ascertain from the person with the hearing impairment the type of
auxiliary aid or services he/she requires.
Utilize appropriate auxiliary aids to facilitate communication.
Contact the desk officer if the services of a qualified sign language
interpreter are needed.
Follow P.G. 208-03, “Arrests – General Processing” in arrest situations
where probable cause has been established.

In cases where probable cause has been developed, the arrest of a hearing impaired
person shall proceed in accordance with standard arrest and safety procedures. Should
communication with a hearing impaired suspect be necessary to establish probable
cause, or for a pre-arrest interview, etc., the appropriate auxiliary aid should be
employed. When dealing with hearing impaired arrestees, auxiliary aids will be used to
communicate with the arrestee (e.g., informing arrestee of charges and nature of the
offense, interrogation, etc.). In situations where an arrestee would be permitted use of a
telephone, a qualified sign language interpreter can be used to communicate for a
hearing impaired arrestee, and the use of the TRS can be employed where the recipient
of a call uses a TTY.

5.

Document in detail any auxiliary aids utilized in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).

DESK OFFICER 6.
7.

Ensure that auxiliary aids are utilized, if necessary.
Evaluate whether the services of a qualified sign language interpreter are
necessary.

NOTE

In cases where the services of a qualified sign language interpreter are needed, the
Operations Unit should be contacted.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-104

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 8.
(continued)

3 of 3

Make entry in the Command Log regarding:
a.
Type of auxiliary aid used; or
b.
Reason(s) for not using auxiliary aid(s) (i.e., qualified sign
language interpreter, etc.).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preliminary Investigation of Complaints (Other than Vice Related or Narcotics
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Arrests – General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Rights of Persons Taken into Custody (P.G. 208-09)
Guidelines for Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons (P.G. 212-90)
Grievance Procedure for Members of the Public with Disabilities (A.G. 308-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-105

SEARCH WARRANT EXECUTION
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To provide the guidelines necessary when executing a search warrant:

SCOPE

Executing search warrants is an integral part of the Department’s law enforcement
mission. P.G. 212-75, “Search Warrant Applications,” details the search warrant
application procedures. This procedure will detail the procedures for execution of a
search warrant. To ensure the safety of both uniformed members of the service and
the general public, ALL commands involved in executing search warrants MUST
utilize and refer to these guidelines. Search Warrants may only be executed between
0600 and 2100 hours unless the issuing court specifically authorizes nighttime
execution. Warrants must be executed within ten calendar days of date of issuance,
including weekends and holidays. If a warrant expires before its execution, the
Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section must be notified of this fact by
telephone.

PROCEDURE

Upon obtaining a search warrant:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

1.

Submit the following to commanding officer:
a.
Search Warrant
b.
Search Warrant Affidavit, if available
c.
Typed Letterhead prepared by supervisor reviewing initial
application as directed by P.G. 212-75, “Search Warrant
Applications.”

CAPTAIN OR
ABOVE, UNIT
COMMAND
EXECUTING
WARRANT

2.

Ensure that the WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM–PRE-WARRANT
DATA ENTRY (PD374-143) has been prepared and FAXED to the
Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section for input into the centralized
search warrant database; AND an Intelligence Data System (IDS) record
number has been obtained.
(See ADDITIONAL DATA section
“Notification to Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section” for special
procedures and exceptions).
a.
Confirm receipt of WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM–PREWARRANT DATA ENTRY by the Intelligence Bureau, Public
Security Section.

NOTE

The District Attorney’s Office will NOT process a search warrant without a SAFETNet
control number and an IDS record number.

3.

Prior to execution, confirm that all information used to obtain the Search
Warrant is still valid by ensuring that:
a.
Any confidential informants/civilian witnesses are re-interviewed.
b.
Target location is verified immediately prior to execution.
c.
Any other elements of probable cause contained in the Search
Warrant Application are still valid.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-105

CAPTAIN OR
ABOVE, UNIT
EXECUTING
WARRANT
(continued)

4.

5.

2 of 5

Evaluate any circumstances that suggest the search warrant must be
executed as soon as possible (e.g. a large cache of firearms or drugs is
present and is about to be moved).
Notify Operations Unit of the following:
a.
The bureau/command responsible for securing and executing the
warrant, and
b.
The time and location of the tactical meeting.
c.
IDS record number.
Make necessary notifications to commands and/or bureaus affected as
outlined in ADDITIONAL DATA section, “Protocol For Executing
Warrants Outside Of Command Of Origin”.
a.
Document notifications in case folder.

Excluding exigent circumstances, the aforementioned notifications to the geographical
bureaus/commands (Patrol, Housing, etc.) and functional investigative commands
(Narcotics, Firearms Investigation Unit, etc.) affected will be made at least 24 hours
prior to the tactical meeting. The exact location of the proposed search warrant
execution will be revealed only on a need to know basis to ensure safety and to avoid
compromising the pending operation.

7.
8.

NOTE

PAGE:

10/16/13

6.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Designate a member to prepare a SEARCH WARRANT PLAN PREEXECUTION (PD 374-150), commonly referred to as a “Tactical Plan.”
Conduct a tactical plan briefing with all units concerned.
a.
Ensure that all members involved in the execution of the warrant
are present.
b.
Review the warrant and ensure that all members understand its
scope and any special instructions listed thereon.
c.
Carefully consider and inform participants of any conditions that
may have changed since the warrant was issued.
d.
Designate the assignment of personnel, including search
responsibilities, recording responsibilities, security, hospital auto, etc.
e.
Ensure that hazards and special considerations are discussed and
thoroughly understood.
f.
Review the intended use of specialized tools and tactical devices
g.
If Emergency Service Unit personnel are to be utilized, detail their
specific duties.

When use of a distraction device (e.g. flash bang) is contemplated, specific approval
must be sought from the Chief of Department, through channels.

h.
i.

Ensure firearms control
Have members articulate their roles in the execution to be certain
they understand their duties and responsibilities.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-105

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 5

EXECUTION OF THE WARRANT
CAPTAIN OR
ABOVE, UNIT
EXECUTING
WARRANT

9.

NOTE

When unusual circumstances are encountered during the execution of a search warrant
(e.g., warrant executed at an incorrect location, etc.) an immediate notification will be
made to the Chief of Department through the Operations Unit.

10.

Notify the patrol borough duty captain of the pending search warrant
execution.
Personally supervise the execution of the search warrant according to the
tactical plan, ensuring that:
a.
Entry team announces authority and purpose to occupant of
premises unless the issuing judge endorsed warrant for “no-knock”
execution
b.
Perpetrators are detained and contraband listed on warrant is
seized.

Once the target premises has been rendered safe, access should be strictly limited only
to the uniformed members designated as the search team. All other uniformed members
should be excluded from the location.
The member of the service executing the search warrant shall, when able to do so safely,
show a copy of the search warrant to any of the occupants of the premises.
Contraband or evidence not specified in the warrant may be seized pursuant to the
“Plain View Doctrine” (see Legal Bulletins Vol. 13, No. 5 and Vol. 17, No. 6 for an
explanation of the “Plain View Doctrine”). If a police officer is lawfully in a premises
pursuant to a search warrant, such officer may seize contraband or evidence if:
a.
The incriminating nature of the seized item is immediately apparent, and
b.
The discovery of the item is inadvertent.

11.
12.

13.
14.
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

15.
16.

Obtain medical attention if necessary.
Have premises secured in compliance with P.G. 214-20, “Repair of
Entrances Damaged During Forced Warrant Entry into Wrong Premises
or During an Entry Made During Exigent or Other Unusual
Circumstances”). Make repairs as necessary (refer to “DAMAGED
DOORS” in ADDITIONAL DATA).
Have before and after photos taken of premises to record any corrective
action taken and final condition of the premises.
Notify the Operations Unit of results.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) for any property
seized.
Prepare two detailed copies of Receipt for Property Taken Under Search
Warrant (Court Form 155).
a.
Deliver one copy to occupant or leave in a conspicuous place if
occupant is not present.
b.
File second copy with affidavit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-105

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 5

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

17.

NOTE

The WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM–POST-WARRANT DATA ENTRY form will
also be prepared for warrants that went unexecuted; and, it is required that the
WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM–POST-WARRANT DATA ENTRY form be faxed
to the Public Security Section no later than fifteen days after the date that the search
warrant was issued. Confirm receipt of the WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM–POSTWARRANT DATA ENTRY form by the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section by
telephone.

18.
19.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Prepare the required WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM–POSTWARRANT DATA ENTRY (PD374-143A) form and submit to the
Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section via fax, no later than fifteen
days after the date that the search warrant was issued.
a.
Confirm receipt of WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM–
POST-WARRANT DATA ENTRY form by the Intelligence
Bureau, Public Security Section by telephone.

Return warrant and copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE listing
property seized, to issuing court, without unnecessary delay.
Prepare SEARCH WARRANT PLAN POST-EXECUTION (PD374-150A).

NOTIFICATIONS TO THE INTELLIGENCE BUREAU, PUBLIC SECURITY SECTION
The notification to the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section shall apply to all units
obtaining search warrants (Patrol Services, Detective Bureau, O.C.C.B., Joint Task Forces, etc.).
However, should a specific legal concern arise with respect to entering search warrant
information into the database, the member concerned shall confer with the Legal Bureau prior to
contacting the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section. In the event the advice is provided
by the Legal Bureau not to make data entry, such consultation shall be noted in the case file
along with the specific basis for the advice, e.g., Grand Jury action. Additionally, in situations
where a search warrant is based on extremely sensitive information, e.g. counterterrorism,
internal investigations, etc., in order to exclude the search warrant from inclusion in the
database, the member of the service must receive written permission from the Bureau
Chief/Deputy Commissioner concerned. This documentation will be included in the case file.
In instances where a member of this Department, assigned to specialized units including but not
limited to a Joint Task Force or a District Attorney’s Office Squad, may participate in the
execution of a search warrant but not be an affiant to a search warrant application affidavit, such
member is required to follow the contents of this procedure. If a member of this Department,
assigned to a Joint Task Force, etc., is directed by a supervisor from another agency not to make
the notifications required by this directive, such member shall immediately notify the Bureau
Chief/Deputy Commissioner concerned.
PROTOCOL FOR EXECUTING WARRANTS OUTSIDE OF COMMAND OF ORIGIN
Whenever a unit from any bureau executes a search warrant, the precinct commander
(and P.S.A. commander if a Housing Authority location is involved) having geographical
jurisdiction where the warrant is being executed, must be notified at least 24 hours prior
to the tactical briefing. Additionally, the patrol borough commanding officer/executive
officer where the search warrant is being executed must be notified at least 24 hours
prior to the tactical briefing.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-105

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

5 of 5

If warrant is to be executed by a Patrol Services Bureau command in another patrol
borough, the approval of both borough Commanding Officers is necessary. In the event
of a disagreement, the Chief of Patrol will make the final determination. When a
command in any other bureau is applying for a search warrant to be executed in another
jurisdictional borough, the executive officer/counterpart of that borough must be
consulted with, e.g., Manhattan North Narcotics applying to execute a search warrant in
the Bronx, the executive officer/counterpart of Manhattan North Narcotics will consult
with the executive officer/counterpart of Bronx Narcotics.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

In all cases, specialized units such as the Narcotics Division, Firearms Investigation
Unit, etc. will be conferred with prior to the execution of a warrant when the subject of
the warrant falls within their functional jurisdictions.
When a search warrant is executed by a unit outside its normal geographical area of
responsibility, the command where the search warrant is being executed will provide
liaison personnel to assist in the planning and execution of the search warrant.
DAMAGED DOORS
The commanding officer leading the warrant execution will ensure that any door
damaged during the course of a warrant execution is secured/repaired prior to the
release of the premises from police custody. This requirement applies to ALL search
warrant entries, regardless of outcome.
INVESTIGATIONS UNITS
All Patrol Boroughs, Transit Bureau, Housing Bureau, Detective Bureau and Organized
Crime Control Bureau will ensure their respective investigations units conduct periodic
inspections of pre-operational tactical meetings to assess their adequacy and completeness.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Confidential Informants (P.G. 212-68)
Repair of Entrances Damaged During Forced Warrant Entry into Wrong Premises or
During an Entry Made During Exigent or Other Unusual Circumstances (P.G. 214-20)
Search Warrant Applications (P.G. 212-75)
Search Warrant Post-Execution Critique (P.G. 212-106)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SEARCH WARRANT PLAN PRE-EXECUTION (PD 374-150)
SEARCH WARRANT PLAN POST-EXECUTION (PD374-150A)
WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM – PRE-WARRANT DATA ENTRY (PD374-143)
WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM – POST-WARRANT DATA ENTRY (PD374-143A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Search Warrant
Search Warrant Affidavit
Typed Letterhead
Receipt for Property Taken Under Search Warrant (Court Form 155)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-106

SEARCH WARRANT POST-EXECUTION CRITIQUE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To ensure a post warrant review and written critique are conducted after the
execution of a search warrant.

PROCEDURE

Within five days of execution of a search warrant:

CAPTAIN OR
ABOVE, UNIT
EXECUTING
WARRANT

1.
2.

3.
4.

Review SEARCH WARRANT PLAN POST-EXECUTION (PD374150A).
Prepare written critique on Typed Letterhead addressed to Chief of
Department and include:
a.
Evaluation of tactical plan and methods used during entry.
b.
Problems encountered during execution.
c.
Persons arrested, including background information.
d.
Special hazards encountered.
e.
Damage incurred, and security/repairs provided.
f.
Detailed list of contraband and/or evidence seized.
g.
Date and time warrant was returned to issuing court.
h.
Any other pertinent information.
Forward written critique and a copy of the SEARCH WARRANT
PLAN POST-EXECUTION to overhead command.
Ensure that a case folder of all paperwork (tactical plan, computer checks,
arrest/aided information, post warrant critique, etc.) is maintained in a
secure location.

NOTE

For search warrants executed by the Internal Affairs Bureau, the required postexecution critique will be forwarded through channels to the Chief of Internal Affairs,
and then directly to the Police Commissioner.

OVERHEAD
COMMAND

5.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Confidential Informants (P.G. 212-68)
Repair of Entrances Damaged During Forced Warrant Entry into Wrong Premises or
During an Entry made during Exigent or Other Unusual Circumstances (P.G. 214-20)
Search Warrant Applications (P.G. 212-75)
Search Warrant Execution (P.G. 212-105)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SEARCH WARRANT PLAN POST-EXECUTION (PD374-150A)
Typed Letterhead

Review the critique and forward through channels to the Chief of
Department.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-107

SECURE AUTOMATED FAST EVENT TRACKING NETWORK
(SAFETNET)
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To standardize the procedure regarding notifications to the Secure Automated
Fast Event Tracking Network (SAFETNet).

DEFINITIONS

SECURE AUTOMATED FAST EVENT TRACKING NETWORK
(SAFETNet): This system was established to integrate enforcement efforts
between various Department enforcement commands, as well as other law
enforcement agencies within the City and State of New York. Formerly called
U.D.E.C.S. (Unified Drug Enforcement Coordination System), the purpose of
SAFETNet is to ensure the safety of law enforcement personnel and to prevent
two or more agencies from simultaneously pursuing investigations against
common subjects, by automatically recognizing and notifying investigators of
conflicting interest in subjects, locations, telephone numbers, motor vehicle
license plates, internet addresses, events and financial accounts.
SAFETNet BUREAU COORDINATORS: Uniformed member of the service
authorized by bureau chief/deputy commissioner concerned who is responsible to act as a
liaison between investigators and the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section. In
order to ensure integrity and maintain control of SAFETNet, bureau chiefs/deputy
commissioners will only authorize the minimum amount of coordinators necessary to
properly accommodate the operation on a twenty-four hour, seven days a week basis.
Coordinators are designated only through the submission of Coordinator
Registration Form (HIDTA) and subsequent approval of Commanding Officer,
Public Security Section.
INVESTIGATOR: Uniformed member of the service designated only through
the submission of Requestor Registration Form (HIDTA) and subsequent
approval of Commanding Officer, Public Security Section, who initiates
investigative target into the SAFETNet system by submitting request forms to
their respective coordinator.
PRIMARY INVESTIGATOR: Uniformed member of the service who currently
holds an active SAFETNet number for a specific target (i.e., person, address,
vehicles, telephone, internet address, critical event and/or financial account).
SECONDARY INVESTIGATOR: Uniformed member of the service who
submits a Request Form (HIDTA) for a target which is actively held by the
Primary Investigator.

PROCEDURE

When a notification and/or submission to SAFETNet is required:

INVESTIGATOR

1.

Submit SAFETNet Request Form (HIDTA) to SAFETNet bureau coordinator
concerned with all the necessary information regarding the following:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-107

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

INVESTIGATOR
(continued)

2 of 4

Narcotics and/or drug trafficking investigations
Firearms investigations
Money laundering investigations
Insurance fraud investigations
Confidential Informant Registration
Any instance where a search warrant application is prepared
Any active target investigation in which an undercover may be utilized
Any investigation that may cross jurisdictional boundaries.

Jurisdictional boundaries, in this context, are defined two ways. First, in the traditional
sense as occurring between law enforcement agencies at the federal, state, or local level.
Secondly, in a narrower sense as occurring between NYPD bureaus, boroughs,
divisions, precincts, and units. This second definition is intended to facilitate
communication and cooperation between NYPD investigators to enhance investigative
results and ensure investigator safety.

NOTE

SAFETNet submissions will be accepted for:
a.
Any identified person (at a minimum provide last name, first name and
date of birth)
(1)
SAFETNet submissions should also include an identified
person’s Social Security number, NYSID #, and FBI # if known.
These identifiers are a key identifier when available.
b.
Any business or residential location within the State or City of New
York (apartment house, private house or business must be indicated)
(1)
Submissions for business locations must include full business
name and street address
(2)
Submissions for any location must include the locality/neighborhood,
borough and zip code. (i.e., College Point, Queens 11356).
c.
Vehicle License Plate
d.
Telephone Number
e.
Internet Addresses
f.
Critical Events (money drop, undercover meeting, etc.,)
g.
Financial Account Numbers (account number type).
SAFETNet submissions will expire after one year, with the exception of critical events, which will
expire after twenty-four hours.
For investigations under the purview of the Internal Affairs Bureau and the Deputy
Commissioner, Counterterrorism, SAFETNet inquiries and/or conferrals with other
units, commands, or agencies will be conducted in a manner prescribed by the Chief of
Internal Affairs or Deputy Commissioner, Counterterrorism, as appropriate, so as not to
compromise internal or sensitive investigations.
SAFETNet
BUREAU
COORDINATOR

2.
3.

Obtain all required information and electronically enter the Request
Form (HIDTA) data directly into the SAFETNet system.
Record information into the coordinator’s Log, maintained by the
command and provide investigator with control number.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-107

PAGE:

10/16/13

4.

PUBLIC
SECURITY
SECTION

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

Monitor submissions made into the SAFETNet system.

SAFETNet “NO HIT”
PUBLIC
SECURITY
SECTION

5.

NOTE

A SAFETNet number will be generated automatically for each submission made into the
SAFETNet system.

SAFETNet
BUREAU
COORDINATOR

6.
7.

Forward SAFETNet printout containing SAFETNet number via fax to the
SAFETNet bureau coordinator concerned and confirm receipt by telephone.

Enter SAFETNet number into coordinator’s Log under the appropriate
control number.
Provide investigator with SAFETNet printout.

SAFETNet “HIT”
NOTE

When a SAFETNet bureau coordinator submits information for target information
already under investigation, a “HIT” will occur.

PUBLIC
SECURITY
SECTION

8.

Notify via fax the primary investigator’s and secondary investigator’s
SAFETNet
bureau
coordinators
by
way
of
a
Match
Notification/Resolution Form (HIDTA) and confirm receipt by telephone.

SECONDARY
INVESTIGATOR’S
SAFETNet
BUREAU
COORDINATOR

9.

Contact primary investigator’s SAFETNet Bureau coordinator PRIOR to
taking any action in connection with the target information submitted
under this SAFETNet request.

PRIMARY
INVESTIGATOR’S
SAFETNet
BUREAU
COORDINATOR

10.

Contact primary investigator or if not available, investigator’s
supervisor/commanding officer and advise him/her of request.
Forward direct or via fax the Match Notification/Resolution Form
(HIDTA) to primary investigator or if not available, investigator’s
supervisor/commanding officer and confirm receipt by telephone.

PRIMARY
INVESTIGATOR/
INVESTIGATOR’S
SUPERVISOR/
COMMANDING
OFFICER

12.

11.

13.

14.

Print name, Tax Number and sign the Match Notification/Resolution
Form (HIDTA) if agreeing to allow a joint operation and/or no longer
pursuing the target.
Forward direct or via fax signed copy of the Match Notification/Resolution
Form (HIDTA) to primary investigator’s SAFETNet bureau coordinator
and confirm receipt by telephone.
Notify primary investigator’s SAFETNet bureau coordinator if request is
denied.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-107

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 4

PRIMARY
INVESTIGATOR’S
SAFETNet
BUREAU
COORDINATOR

15.

SECONDARY
INVESTIGATOR’S
SAFETNet
BUREAU
COORDINATOR

17.

PUBLIC
SECURITY
SECTION

19.

SECONDARY
INVESTIGATOR’S
SAFETNet
BUREAU
COORDINATOR

21.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Only authorized, active SAFETNet bureau coordinators are authorized to make
submissions. Anyone other than SAFETNet bureau coordinators DO NOT have the
authority to notify the Public Security Section independently. SAFETNet Bureau
coordinators are responsible for forwarding information to investigators in a timely
manner.

16.

18.

20.

Forward via fax signed copy of the Match Notification/Resolution
Form (HIDTA) to both the Public Security Section and the secondary
investigator’s SAFETNet bureau coordinator and confirm receipt by
telephone.
Notify secondary investigator’s SAFETNet bureau coordinator if request to sign
over target was denied.
Provide secondary investigator with signed copy of the Match
Notification/Resolution Form (HIDTA).
Notify secondary investigator if request to sign over target was denied.

Clear conflict once signed copy of the Match Notification/Resolution
Form (HIDTA) is received.
Forward via fax a printout of the cleared SAFETNet to the secondary
investigator’s SAFETNet bureau coordinator and confirm receipt by telephone.
Provide copy of cleared SAFETNet printout to investigator.

If the primary investigator is transferred, promoted, retires, etc., a Typed Letterhead
addressed to the Commanding Officer, Public Security Section will be completed by the
member’s commanding officer, documenting the status of the original primary
investigator and the assignment of a new primary investigator.
Each bureau will develop a self-inspection program designed to ensure the accuracy and propriety
of SAFETNet inquiries submitted by their members. Additionally, the Intelligence Bureau will
regularly audit the system and forward a sampling of inquiries, based upon established criteria, to
the submitting bureau for review and verification.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Search Warrant Applications (P.G. 212-75)
Confidential Informants (P.G. 212-68)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead
Coordinator Registration Form (HIDTA)
Match Notification/Resolution Form (HIDTA)
Request Form (HIDTA)
Requestor Registration Form (HIDTA)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-108

NOTIFICATIONS TO THE INTELLIGENCE BUREAU PURSUANT TO
ALERTS TRANSMITTED FROM THE NATIONAL CRIME
INFORMATION CENTER (NCIC)
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure that the Intelligence Bureau is notified of any contact made by
members of the service with individuals contained in the National Crime
Information Center (NCIC) Violent Gang and Terrorist Organization File
(VGTOF).

DEFINITIONS

VIOLENT GANG AND TERRORIST ORGANIZATION FILE (VGTOF) – a
compilation of federal terrorist watch lists contained within the NCIC database.
Brief descriptions of the potential VGTOF positive “hit” handling codes used by
the NCIC are as follows:
HANDLING CODE 1 – ARREST – “WARNING – APPROACH WITH
CAUTION. ARREST THIS INDIVIDUAL. THIS INDIVIDUAL IS
ASSOCIATED WITH TERRORISM.” This individual is the subject of a formal
indictment or criminal charge and a warrant has been issued.
HANDLING CODE 2 – DETAIN – “WARNING – APPROACH WITH
CAUTION. PLEASE DETAIN THIS INDIVIDUAL FOR A REASONABLE
AMOUNT OF TIME FOR QUESTIONING. THIS INDIVIDUAL IS OF
INVESTIGATIVE INTEREST TO LAW ENFORCEMENT REGARDING
ASSOCIATION WITH TERRORISM.” This individual is the subject of an
active investigation and “reasonable suspicion” exists to detain this individual.
HANDLING CODE 3 – INVESTIGATION – DO NOT ALERT THIS
INDIVIDUAL TO THIS NOTICE. “WARNING – APPROACH WITH
CAUTION. THE PERSON QUERIED THROUGH THIS SEARCH MAY BE
AN INDIVIDUAL IDENTIFIED BY INTELLIGENCE INFORMATION AS
HAVING POSSIBLE TIES WITH TERRORISM.”
HANDLING CODE 4 – INFORMATION GATHERING – DO NOT
ALERT THIS INDIVIDUAL TO THIS NOTICE. “WARNING –
APPROACH WITH CAUTION. THE PERSON QUERIED THROUGH THIS
SEARCH MAY BE AN INDIVIDUAL IDENTIFIED BY INTELLIGENCE
INFORMATION AS HAVING POSSIBLE TIES WITH TERRORISM.”
NO HIT – If NCIC file checks come back NEGATIVE and the police officer
still believes that this incident or investigation is terrorism related, the police
officer will immediately contact the Intelligence Bureau – Criminal Intelligence
Section supervisor for further checks, instruction and access to the Federal
Bureau of Investigation (FBI) Counter Terrorism Watch (CTW) through existing
protocols.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-108

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 3

NOTE

There may be cases in which the FBI is unable to confirm at the time of inquiry whether
or not the subject of the query / hit may have possible ties to terrorism. DO NOT
ARREST THIS INDIVIDUAL unless there is probable cause to believe that a federal,
state or local law has been violated. Provide all relevant information to the Intelligence
Bureau - Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor and comply with the instructions
provided.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service makes a computerized query (FINEST, WINQ,
NYSPIN, etc.) of a person or vehicle registration for an official law enforcement
purpose (e.g. arrest, warrant check, driver’s license/motor vehicle check,
summons, etc.) and receives a response from NCIC that the individual that they
have queried matches data contained in NCIC/VGTOF files, in addition to other
required actions, will comply with the following:
QUERIES
DIVISION

RADIO
DISPATCHER

1.
2.

3.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.
5.

CONDUCTED

THROUGH

THE

COMMUNICATIONS

Conduct query and read the NCIC/VGTOF hit information verbatim to
the requesting member of the service in the field.
In all cases of terrorism alerts/hits received from NCIC/VGTOF,
immediately notify the patrol supervisor concerned of the handling codes
and their accompanying instructions.
Direct the involved member of the service to make an immediate
notification to the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section
supervisor.
Verify the identity of the involved individual and confirm that he/she is in
fact the same individual listed in the NCIC/VGTOF terrorism files.
Comply with the instructions contained in the NCIC/VGTOF handling
codes provided by the Communications Division dispatcher.

If conducting query via radio dispatcher, to enhance MOS safety, take steps to ensure
subject of inquiry cannot ascertain results transmitted by dispatcher.

NOTE

6.
7.
8.
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

9.
10.

DESK OFFICER 11.

Immediately notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section
supervisor and comply with the instructions provided.
Request the response of the patrol supervisor.
Notify the desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
Confirm the identity of the individual in question and take appropriate
action as indicated in the applicable NCIC/VGTOF instructions.
Immediately notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section
supervisor for further checks and instruction.
Ensure that an immediate notification is made to the Intelligence Bureau,
Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-108

INTELLIGENCE
BUREAU
CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

12.
13.
14.
15.

3 of 3

Obtain all relevant information.
Have Intelligence Bureau investigative personnel notified and
immediately respond.
Have pertinent information entered into the Intelligence Data System.
Notify the local FBI/Joint Terrorist Task Force (JTTF) and other
authorities of incident, as appropriate.

QUERIES CONDUCTED BY MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE IN THE
STATIONHOUSE
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

16.
17.
18.
19.

DESK OFFICER

20.
21.

Verify the identity of the involved individual and confirm that he/she is in
fact the same individual listed in the NCIC/VGTOF terrorism files.
Comply with the instructions received in the NCIC/VGTOF handling
codes received in the reply from NCIC.
Immediately notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence
Section supervisor and comply with the instructions provided.
Notify the desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
Confirm the identity of the individual in question and take appropriate
action as indicated in the applicable NCIC/VGTOF instructions.
Immediately notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section
supervisor for further checks and instruction.

INTELLIGENCE
BUREAU
CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

22.
23.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Department form entitled “POSSIBLE INDICATORS OF TERRORIST ACTIVITY”
(PD 378-111) has been revised to include information contained in this procedure. This
Activity Log insert is to be maintained by each uniformed member of the service below
the rank of Captain and is to be kept in every RMP for immediate reference.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Required Firearms/Equipment (P.G. 204-09)
Arrests – License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the Organized
Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)
Notifications in Certain Arrest Situations (P.G. 208-69)
Processing Warrant Checks Over Citywide I and II Radio (P.G. 209-25)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

POSSIBLE INDICATORS OF TERRORIST ACTIVITY (PD 378-111)

24.
25.

Obtain all relevant information.
Have Intelligence Bureau investigative personnel notified and
immediately respond.
Have pertinent information entered into the Intelligence Data System.
Notify the local FBI/JTTF and other authorities of incident, as appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-109

ALCOHOL TESTING FOR UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
INVOLVED IN FIREARMS DISCHARGES RESULTING IN INJURY TO
OR DEATH OF A PERSON
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To ensure the highest levels of integrity at the scene of police involved firearms
discharges which result in injury to or death of a person, on or off duty, within
New York City.

PROCEDURE

When involved in, or responding to the scene of a police involved firearms
discharge which results in injury to or death of a person, on or off duty, within
New York City:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Request immediate response of patrol supervisor.
Comply with the provisions of P.G. 212-29, “Firearms Discharge by
Uniformed Members of the Service.”

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.

Notify Operations Unit of shooting, immediately, and request response of
Internal Affairs Duty Captain, Internal Affairs personnel and the Patrol
Services Bureau Duty Inspector and Duty Captain.

DUTY
CAPTAIN/
INSPECTOR

4.

Inform uniformed member(s) of the service who discharged their
firearm that they will be subject to alcohol testing.
Ensure involved member(s) of the service remain on the scene when
feasible and consistent with safety (i.e., hospitalization not immediately
required); pending arrival of Internal Affairs Bureau personnel assigned
to administer alcohol test.
Notify IAB Command Center of location of involved member(s) of the
service if they are removed from location of firearms discharge.

5.

6.

IAB
COMMAND
CENTER

7.

Notify assigned IAB personnel and the IAB Duty Captain of any
pertinent information including any change of location of involved
member(s) of the service.

INTERNAL
AFFAIRS
BUREAU DUTY
CAPTAIN

8.
9.

Respond to location and confer with Duty Captain/Inspector on scene.
Advise the subject member that he or she may be tested by a number of
different means, such as the PBT device and the Intoxilyzer.
Conduct alcohol test, using a PBT (portable breathalyzer test) device in a
private setting, on uniformed member(s) of the service who discharged a
firearm.
a.
Conduct the testing process in a private setting (e.g., Nearest Department
facility, Department auto being used by the supervisor concerned) in a
dignified, respectful fashion.
If the reading on the PBT device is less than .08, no further testing is
required at this time.

10.

11.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-109

INTERNAL
AFFAIRS
BUREAU DUTY
CAPTAIN
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

12.

13.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 4

If the reading on the PBT device is .08 or greater, which according to Section
1192 of the Vehicle and Traffic Law of the State of New York is indicative of
intoxication, immediately notify Highway I.D.T.U. to respond to the IAB testing
location to test the subject member using the Intoxilyzer that is maintained at the
IAB facility. (It should be emphasized that the Intoxilyzer test at the IAB facility
will be conducted by an I.D.T.U. technician.)
a.
Member(s) involved will be transported to the IAB testing facility by
IAB personnel.
b.
A Highway District supervisor must be present during all phases of the
testing procedure.
In the event that alternate arrangements must be made, the Intoxilyzer test will be
conducted at the closest I.D.T.U. facility.
a.
Member(s) involved will be transported to the I.D.T.U. testing facility by
I.A.B. personnel.
b.
A Highway District supervisor must be present during all phases of the
testing procedure.

The I.D.T.U technician will utilize a specially developed form entitled Ordered Breath
Test Instruction Sheet to interview the subject member(s), and a specially developed
checklist entitled Intoxilyzer Operational Checklist to conduct the test. The entire
Intoxilyzer testing process, including the reading of the test results, will be videotaped
by another member of the Highway District. In cases where there is an Intoxilyzer
reading of .08 or greater, a copy of the videotape will be provided to the I.A.B. Duty
Captain concerned, who will follow all applicable Departmental procedures to
safeguard the tape for evidentiary purposes.

14.

In order to determine fitness for duty, record and then take into account the
Intoxilyzer reading, the PBT reading, and any other related indicia of intoxication,
as indicated in Appendix “A”.
a.
If the member is apparently unfit for duty, be guided by the procedures
contained in P.G. 206-12, “Removal of Firearms from Intoxicated
Uniformed Member of the Service” and other appropriate Department
procedures.

NOTE

If the subject member is determined to be unfit for duty, the IAB Command Center will
be notified and a log number will be obtained.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Members of the service are reminded of the contents of Patrol Guide procedures 203-04,
“Fitness For Duty” and 204-08, “Firearms – General Regulations” as they relate to the
use of alcohol and the possession of firearms while off duty.
Members should be aware that it would be prudent not to ingest alcoholic beverages up
to four hours prior to the commencement of their tour of duty.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-109

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Members of the service performing duty in an undercover capacity are reminded that it
is best to avoid consuming alcoholic beverages while on duty. However, the Department
recognizes that depending on the nature of the operation such consumption may be
appropriate and necessary. Members are advised that no more than two alcoholic
beverages may be consumed during a tour of duty, absent exigent circumstances related
to the safety of the undercover or to the need not to compromise the undercover’s
assignment. Such circumstances will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Firearms Discharge by Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 212-29)
Removal of Firearms from Intoxicated Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-12)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-109

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

APPENDIX “A”
INDICIA OF INTOXICATION
Face to face observation and interaction with the subject member allows the supervisor concerned to
use his or her senses to obtain “evidence” of alcohol intoxication:
* The sense of sight
* The sense of hearing
* The sense of smell
SIGHT
*
*
*
*
*
*

Bloodshot eyes
Flushed face
Soiled, mussed, disarrayed clothing
Fumbling (e.g., dropping paperwork, keys etc.)
The presence of alcohol containers
Physical coordination (e.g., swaying, staggering, unsteady, falling, wobbling,
sagging knees, using a wall or furniture as a prop)
* Unusual actions (e.g., hiccupping, belching, vomiting, fighting, sleepy,
urinating)
HEARING
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Slurred speech
Admission of drinking
Inconsistent responses
Incoherent
Abusive language, profanity
Antagonistic
Unusual statements

*
*
*
*

Odor of alcohol on breath
“Cover Up” odors (e.g., breath spray, mints)
Open alcoholic beverages
Unusual odors

SMELL

NOTE:

These traits are illustrative; this is not meant to be a complete list of indicia.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-11

STOP AND FRISK
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To conduct criminal investigations and protect uniformed members of the service
from injury while conducting investigations involving stop and question
situations.

DEFINITIONS

STOP - To temporarily detain a person for questioning.
FRISK - A running of the hands over the clothing, feeling for a weapon.
SEARCH - To place hands inside pocket or other interior parts of clothing to
determine if object felt is a weapon.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service reasonably suspects a person has
committed, is committing or is about to commit a felony or a Penal Law
misdemeanor:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Only that portion of the suspect’s clothing where object was felt may be searched.

2.
3.

4.

5.

6.

NOTE

Stop person and request identification and explanation of conduct.
a.
If not in uniform, identify yourself as a police officer.
Frisk, if you reasonably suspect you or others are in danger of physical injury.
Search, if frisk reveals object which may be a weapon.

Detain suspect while conducting investigation to determine whether there
is probable cause to make an arrest.
a.
Suspect may be detained for a period of time reasonably related to the
facts, which initially justified the stop or are discovered during the stop.
b.
Complete investigation as expeditiously as possible.
Release suspect immediately after completing the investigation if probable cause
to arrest does not exist and provide suspect with an explanation for the stop,
question and/or frisk encounter, absent exigent circumstances.
a.
A WHAT IS A STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK ENCOUNTER?
(PD344-111) tear off information card, may be provided to the stopped
individual.
Prepare STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD344-151A) for EACH person stopped.

If person stopped refuses to identify him/herself (and there is no reason to take summary
action) check off “REFUSED” in the appropriate space of STOP, QUESTION AND
FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET. Allow suspect to depart only after completing
investigation and only if investigation does not establish probable cause to arrest the
suspect. Request patrol supervisor to respond and confirm refusal, review STOP,
QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET, and action taken. Do not detain
suspect while awaiting arrival of patrol supervisor if investigation is completed and no
probable cause to arrest suspect.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.
8.
9.

Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Inform desk officer, precinct of occurrence, of facts.
Submit STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET to
desk officer, precinct of occurrence.

DESK
OFFICER

10.

Review each STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET
submitted and:
a.
Instruct member preparing WORKSHEET, if necessary.
b.
Enter precinct serial number and sign WORKSHEET(S).

NOTE

A separate precinct serial number will be assigned for EACH WORKSHEET.

11.
12.

13.

COMMANDING 14.
OFFICER
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Bring STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET(S)
to the attention of the commanding officer.
Photocopy
STOP,
QUESTION
AND
FRISK
REPORT
WORKSHEET(S) and forward as follows:
a.
ORIGINAL - Criminal Records Section.
b.
Photocopy - Precinct binder.
c.
Photocopy - Detective Squad.
Make appropriate entries on STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK INDEX
COVERSHEET (PD344-152).
Maintain a STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK WORKSHEET binder at
the desk for use by other uniformed members of the service.

A suspect should not be moved or transported from the location where s/he is stopped
for questioning unless s/he voluntarily consents or there is an exigency e.g., hostile
crowd gathers and officer must move suspect from the area for safety purposes,
victim/witness is injured and cannot be brought to location where suspect is being
detained, so officer transports suspect to injured party.
Some factors which contribute to “reasonable suspicion”:
a.
The demeanor of the suspect.
b.
The gait and manner of the suspect.
c.
Any knowledge the officer may have of the suspect’s background and character.
d.
Whether the suspect is carrying anything and what he is carrying.
e.
Manner of dress of suspect including bulges in clothing.
f.
Time of day or night.
g.
Any overheard conversation of the suspect.
h.
The particular streets and areas involved.
i.
Any information received from third parties.
j.
Proximity to scene of crime.
Desk officers or designated supervisors in other than patrol precinct commands (i.e., PSAs,
transit districts, OCCB, borough task force or anti-crime units, etc.) who receive completed
WORKSHEETS will be responsible for obtaining the next precinct serial number from the
desk officer of the precinct concerned. This number ONLY will be entered into the box
captioned “PCT. SER. NO.” on the STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-11

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

WORKSHEET. The desk officers or designated supervisors in other than the patrol
precinct commands will then review, sign, and photocopy the WORKSHEET. A copy will
be immediately faxed to the precinct concerned, and the completed original
WORKSHEETS delivered back to the precinct concerned within twenty four hours.
In addition, desk officers or designated supervisors in other than patrol precinct
commands will also maintain a standardized Stop, Question and Frisk binder with
corresponding INDEX COVERSHEET, and will enter a command tracking number
consisting of the command abbreviation, followed by a serial number, beginning with
number one each year (e.g. TD32-001) in the upper right hand corner section of each
WORKSHEET. This command tracking number is not the same as, and is NOT to be
entered in the precinct serial number caption on the WORKSHEET received. A third
photocopy of each WORKSHEET will also be made and maintained with the Stop,
Question and Frisk binder at that command.
The STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET is not prepared where
the officer makes a summary arrest or issues a summons for an observed violation
unless the suspect was initially stopped for investigation based on reasonable suspicion.
All uniformed members of the service below the rank of Captain are required to carry
ACTIVITY LOG insert STREET ENCOUNTERS – LEGAL ISSUES (PD344-153)
when performing patrol duties in uniform.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK INDEX COVERSHEET (PD344-152)
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A)
STREET ENCOUNTERS - LEGAL ISSUES (PD344-153)
WHAT IS A STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK ENCOUNTER? (PD344-111)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-110

COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE INTELLIGENCE BUREAU AND
UNITS IN THE FIELD REGARDING SUSPECTED
TERRORIST ACTIVITY
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide a means whereby members of the service in the field can
communicate with the Intelligence Bureau, enabling them to receive timely
information concerning individuals stopped who may have links to terrorism.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service has a suspect stopped and develops
information that may indicate that the subject is connected to terrorism, they will
comply with the following:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

NOTE

Take necessary precautions to protect public and personal safety.
Notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section via the
Mobile Digital Terminal (MDT) or the Mobile Digital Computer (MDC).
a.
If assigned to foot patrol or to a vehicle not equipped with a MDT/MDC,
request response of an available vehicle equipped with a MDT/MDC.
Address the message to “INTEL” using the “Administrative Message” format.
Type in the subject’s name, date of birth, and any other identifying information.
The inquiry must include specific reason(s) for suspecting the person stopped of
a possible connection to terrorism. The Criminal Intelligence Section will not
accept any requests without such detailed information. For example:
a.
“To/Intel/BSTF RMP 1234 is holding John Q. Public, DOB
1/1/1919, driving a green 1999 Ford, NY license plate #ABC-123,
for a traffic violation at Avenue X and 19th Street. Subject has a
large sum of USC and a complete airline pilot’s uniform. Subject
can give no legitimate reason for possessing either. Please check
for any information Intelligence has on this subject.”

When the MDT/MDC is inoperable or out of service for more than twenty minutes,
telephone inquiries should be made direct to the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal
Intelligence Section.
Civilian members of the service who are authorized to conduct car stops and/or truck
inspections, and who develop information during such a stop or inspection indicating
that the person stopped may be connected to terrorist related activity, will request that a
uniformed member of the service respond to the scene. Once the uniformed member of
the service has arrived at the scene, he/she will then assume responsibility for the
situation, and will notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section via the
MDT/MDC, and comply with the provisions of this order.

MOS ASSIGNED, 4.
INTELLIGENCE 5.
BUREAU
NOTE

Acknowledge receipt of request via MDT/MDC.
Review inquiry and the reason(s) the requesting uniformed member of
service suspects the subject may have a connection to terrorism.

If necessary, direct the requesting uniformed member of service via the MDT/MDC to
call (646) 805-6000 to clarify the reason(s) for the request. Provide the uniformed
member of service with your rank/name when doing so, and have him/her ask for you
when calling.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-110

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 3

MOS ASSIGNED, 6.
INTELLIGENCE
7.
BUREAU
(continued)

Conduct search of subject’s name, vehicle, etc. in appropriate federal,
state, and local databases.
Notify requesting uniformed member of the service of findings as soon as
possible.
a.
Immediately notify requesting uniformed member of the service if
subject is wanted for arrest by any law enforcement agency.
b.
Notify requesting uniformed member of the service, if unable to
conduct complete search within a reasonable time (15 - 20 minutes).

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.

Confirm information received from the Intelligence Bureau, via the
MDT/MDC.
Arrest subject, if notified by Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence
Section that subject is wanted and request patrol supervisor to respond.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

10.
11.
12.

9.

Respond to scene, if required.
Ascertain details and notify desk officer.
Request Field Intelligence Officer to respond to scene, if necessary.
a.
If unavailable have precinct detective squad respond.

ARREST SITUATION:
DESK OFFICER, 13.
PRECINCT/PSA/
14.
TRANSIT
DISTRICT OF
ARREST

Detain prisoner for debriefing by the Field Intelligence Officer (if on
duty), and/or other investigative unit as directed.
Notify the following:
a.
Commanding Officer/Duty Captain.
b.
Operations Unit.
c.
Patrol Borough.
d.
Transit Bureau Wheel/Housing Bureau Wheel/Detective Bureau
Wheel, if appropriate.

MOS ASSIGNED, 15.
INTELLIGENCE
16.
BUREAU

Prepare a printout of all inquiries and findings made as a result of the
member’s request.
File original at Criminal Intelligence Section, and forward a copy to the
arresting officer.
Notify Criminal Intelligence Section Supervisor of request and results.

17.

The Criminal Intelligence Section Supervisor will notify the appropriate ranking
officer(s) in the Intelligence Bureau of any unusual findings, arrests, etc.

NOTE

NON-ARREST SITUATION:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

18.

19.

Release subject, after issuing summons, warning, and/or preparing a STOP,
QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A), as
well as any other required reports, if subject is not wanted (or if notified by the
Criminal Intelligence Section that a complete check cannot be done in a
reasonable amount of time), and there is no other reason to detain the subject.
Notify Desk Officer and provide details of incident.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-110

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 3

IN ALL CASES (ARREST AND NON-ARREST):
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

20.
21.
22.

Advise the Criminal Intelligence Section of the disposition of the stop via
the Mobile Digital Terminal/Mobile Digital Computer.
Enter details of incident in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Submit appropriate reports, summonses, and other forms, etc., to desk
officer for processing.

DESK OFFICER, 23.
PRECINCT/PSA/ 24.
TRANSIT
25.
DISTRICT
CONCERNED

Notify the Borough/Bureau Counterterrorism coordinator.
Notify the applicable Patrol Borough, Housing Bureau, Transit Bureau, or
Detective Bureau wheel.
Ensure that copies of all reports, summonses, and other forms prepared are
forwarded via Department mail to: Commanding Officer, Criminal
Intelligence Section, Intelligence Bureau.

COMMANDING 26.
OFFICER,
CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE 27.
SECTION
28.

Review all requests made under this procedure daily.
a.
Ensure that the requesting uniformed member of the service has, in
every case, been notified of the results of his/her inquiry.
Ensure that a record of all requests is maintained at the Criminal
Intelligence Section.
Ensure that requesting uniformed member of the service has forwarded a
copy of all reports, summonses, and other forms prepared in connection
with their request.
Ensure that all related reports/summonses, etc., are filed with the original request.

29.

Uniformed members of the service are reminded that they MUST follow all federal, state, and
local laws, as well as Department regulations, whenever they stop a person for investigation
or summons. Members of this Department will NEVER base a stop or other enforcement
action solely on an individual’s race, perceived ethnicity, appearance, etc.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Civilian members of the service also have an important role in obtaining information
and intelligence. Should they become aware of such information in the course of their
duties or while off-duty, the civilian member should relay his/her observations,
suspicions, and other information to the Intelligence Bureau by following the guidelines
outlined in P.G. 212-12, “Citywide Intelligence Reporting System.”
In all cases, other than terrorist activity, uniformed member of the service will process routine
name checks, warrant checks and other inquiries through the Communications Division.
If uniformed member of the service already has a suspect under arrest and suspects
him/her of terrorist-related activity, they will not use the MDT/MDC to make inquiries of
the Criminal Intelligence Section. Under such circumstances, requests will be made by
landline to the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section. Arresting officer(s)
must call from the precinct or other Department facility where they are processing the
arrest.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-111

"U" VISA CERTIFICATION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To review a request to certify a U Nonimmigrant Status Certification (United
States Department of Homeland Security Form I-918, Supplemental B).

NOTE

The New York City Police Department does not issue “U” Visas; it only certifies that a crime victim
meets the eligibility requirements, pursuant to our guidelines. Jurisdiction over all petitions for
“U” Visas rests with the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS).

PROCEDURE

When a person submits a U Nonimmigrant Status Certification (United States
Department of Homeland Security Form I-918, Supplemental B) requesting a “U”
Visa certification from this Department, the following procedure shall be complied with:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Notify and forward U Nonimmigrant Status Certification request
immediately to Chief of Department (DIRECT).

CHIEF OF
DEPARTMENT

2.
3.

Review U Nonimmigrant Status Certification request and conduct inquiry.
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead, include recommendation and forward
with U Nonimmigrant Status Certification to the Office of the Police
Commissioner, within five business days.
a.
Maintain a file of all U Nonimmigrant Status Certification
requests received.

OFFICE OF THE
POLICE
COMMISSIONER

4.

Review request and forward original U Nonimmigrant Status Certification and
Typed Letterhead, with determination, to the Chief of Department.

CHIEF OF
DEPARTMENT

5.

Ensure that original approved U Nonimmigrant Status Certification (i.e.,
signed by the Police Commissioner) is delivered to applicant for subsequent
forwarding to the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services
(USCIS) or advise applicant that the Department has denied the U
Nonimmigrant Status Certification request.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Public inquiries regarding “U Nonimmigrant Status Certification” (i.e., forms, requirements,
status of application, etc.) should be referred to the United States Citizenship and Immigration
Services (USCIS), National Customer Service.
All members of the service are reminded to be aware of, and conform with, New York City’s policy
regarding immigrants as delineated in Patrol Guide 212-66, “Mayor’s Executive Order Numbers
34 and 41, City Policy Concerning Confidential Information and Immigrant Access to City
Services.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Mayor’s Executive Order Numbers 34 and 41, City Policy Concerning Confidential Information
and Immigrant Access to City Services (P.G. 212-66)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead
“U Nonimmigrant Status Certification” (United States Department of Homeland
Security Form I-918, Supplemental B)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-112

OPERATION SAFE STORE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To combat robbery/violent crime in grocery stores/bodegas.

PROCEDURE

Upon notification that a grocery store/bodega within a command has been included in
“Operation Safe Store” or when an incident occurs at a current “Operation Safe Store”
location:

1.
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
OFFICER
2.
CONCERNED
3.

4.

NOTE

Review/create response plans to robberies or other serious incidents at the
selected locations.
a.
Revised plans will be submitted to the Office of the Chief of Patrol.
Assign special operations lieutenant as Operation Safe Store Coordinator
for the precinct.
Direct precinct crime prevention officer to visit selected stores on a biweekly basis and prepare OPERATION SAFE STORE BIWEEKLY INSPECTION REPORT (PD 510-151).
a.
Crime prevention officer will conduct a test of the alarm system
during visit to ensure system is operational.
The crime
prevention officer will record sprint job # on OPERATION
SAFE STORE BI-WEEKLY INSPECTION REPORT.
Review BI-WEEKLY REPORT, endorse and forward to Commanding
Officer, Technical Assistance Response Unit (T.A.R.U.).
a.
Maintain copies of all communications involving “Operation
Safe Store” in a folder at the command.

Borough and precinct commanders will continue to prepare “Small Grocery, Deli and
Bodega Robbery Report” and forward same with weekly COMPSTAT reports.

5.

Notify Chief of Department, Chief of Patrol, Patrol Borough concerned, Office
of Management Analysis and Planning, and T.A.R.U. if program location closes,
moves, changes store type, or if any other activity/incident occurs at
location that precludes continuation in the program (i.e. false report, crime
committed by store owner, etc.).
a.
Store should not be removed from the Operation Safe Store
Program without written approval from the Chief of Department.

COMMANDING 6.
OFFICER,
7.
T.A.R.U.

Coordinate repair of alarm/video systems in selected stores with vendor
and precinct commander concerned.
Review BI-WEEKLY REPORTS submitted by precinct crime
prevention officers for accuracy and completeness.
Contact vendor when necessary for repairs, etc. in subject stores, if
required.

8.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-112

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

WHEN AN INCIDENT OCCURS AT AN “OPERATION SAFE STORE”
LOCATION:
COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION
911 OPERATOR

9.

Designate calls for service to a designated “Operation Safe Store”
location as a “Priority 2” assignment.

COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION
DISPATCHER

10.

Notify responding units that location is a designated “Operation Safe
Store” location.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

11.

Request response of patrol supervisor when responding to incident at
location designated under “Operation Safe Store.”

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

12.

Direct preparation of COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD
313-152a).
Request response of precinct squad/nightwatch and detective bureau
duty captain to confirmed reports of serious crimes, e.g. shootings,
robberies, etc., at “Operation Safe Store” locations.
Request immediate response of T.A.R.U. to retrieve videotape or digital
images from recorders on the premises.
a.
T.A.R.U. will respond to all crimes at Operation Safe Store
locations where video tape may be of value.

13.

14.

MOS ASSIGNED
TO TARU

15.

Respond to location and retrieve videotape/digital images from recorders
on premises and forward to investigators on scene.
a.
Record rank, name, shield number and command of person
taking control of video evidence
b.
Ensure that equipment on premises is in good working order
c.
Replace videotape, etc. before leaving premises
d.
Provide additional copies of video tape/digital images to Office of
Management Analysis and Planning (OMAP) and Central
Robbery Squad.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

16.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
a.
When preparing COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEETS
regarding incidents at “Operation Safe Store” locations, members
concerned MUST check off “Grocery/Bodega” under the
“Premises Type” caption.
Ensure the following is listed in the “Details” section of the
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET:
a.
Location is a participant in “Operation Safe Store”
b.
Whether or not evidence was retrieved.

17.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-112

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

18.

19.

3 of 4

Ensure the following persons are listed in “Notifications” captions on
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET:
a.
Patrol supervisor who responded to location (name of supervisor)
b.
Precinct detective squad member who responded to location (name
of investigator)
c.
Detective Bureau Duty Captain who responded to location
d.
Name of T.A.R.U. MOS who responded to retrieve evidence.
Voucher evidence obtained at location on PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141).
a.
Include INVOICE number on COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET.

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD

20.

Respond to all serious occurrences at “Operation Safe Store” locations
regardless of whether incident may be part of a pattern or not.

NOTE

When preparing a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081), detectives MUST state
whether equipment in participating store was operational and whether evidence
retrieved at the location was of any value.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

21.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When future stores are added to the program, commanding officers of precincts where
new stores are located will:
a.
Visit location concerned and review program with store owner concerned
b.
Have store owner prepare and sign OPERATION SAFE STORE –
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INSTALLATION / RESPONSIBILITIES (PD 510011)
c.
Countersign report.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

OPERATION SAFE STORE BI-WEEKLY INSPECTION REPORT (PD510-151)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
OPERATION SAFE STORE – ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INSTALLATION /
RESPONSIBILITIES (PD510-011)

Prepare an UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152) with
details of the incident and forward to:
a.
Chief of Department
b.
Chief of Patrol
c.
Chief of Detectives
d.
Deputy Commissioner, Operations
e.
Office of Management Analysis and Planning
f.
Central Robbery Squad
g.
TARU
h.
Patrol Borough Command concerned.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-112

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

APPENDIX “A”
OPERATION SAFE STORE LOCATIONS
Patrol Boro

Address

Pct

Phase

PBMS

Store Name

15 Stanton St

5

2

Tavarez Grocery

PBMS

139 E 12th St

9

2

News at 12 Grocery

PBMS

201 2nd Ave

9

2

Union Square One Stop

PBMN

101 Edgecombe Avenue

32

1

101 Edgecombe Deli

PBMN

2278 7th Avenue

32

2

S&M Deli Corp

PBBX

910 Prospect Ave

41

2

Gabi Deli/Grocery

PBBX

1408 Fulton Street

42

2

MJ Super Deli

PBBX

1570 White Plains Road

43

2

Mikey’s Deli & Grocery

PBBX

1206 Elder Ave

43

2

Elder Grocery

PBBX

3401 Olinville Avenue

47

2

Kids Fantasy Deli

PBBX

788 E. 214 Street

47

2

Big Brothers

PBBX

169 E. 205 Street

52

1

Family Grocery Deli

PBBS

5124 Clarendon Road

67

1

Melo Grocery

PBBS

1044 Winthrop Street

67

2

El Portal Grocery

PBBS

5605 Clarendon Road

67

2

Nashal Food Crop

PBBS

2920 Avenue I

70

2

Harry Deli & Grocery

PBBN

417 Saratoga Avenue

73

1

Colombo Mini Market

PBBN

835 Pennsylvania Avenue

75

1

All American Hero

PBBN

790 Nostrand Avenue

77

1

Express Deli Grocery

PBBN

1017 Bedford Avenue

79

1

JNM Grocery

PBBN

73 Decatur St

79

2

Al's Grocery

PBBN

144 Lewis Ave

81

2

Borbon Grocery

PBBN

613 Madison Street

81

2

D&C

PBBN

445 Evergreen Avenue

83

2

Rodriguez Food Center

PBQS

101-05 Lefferts Boulevard

102

2

Quick Stop Grocery

PBQS

87-74 168th St

103

2

ABDO Grocery

PBQS

147-07 Guy R. Brewer Blvd.

105

1

Airport Deli

PBQN

65-25 Queens Boulevard

108

2

65 Place Grocery

PBQN

208-02 48 Avenue

111

2

ABC Convenience Store

PBQN

32-61 Francis Lewis Blvd

111

2

FLB Gourmet Deli

PBQN

23-27 30 Avenue

114

1

DIPA Mini-Market

PBSI

1410 Richmond Terrace

120

2

Alex Deli

PBSI

164 Victory Blvd

120

2

Staten Convienent Market

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-113

RESPONSE TO TWO ALARM FIRES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

1.
To ensure the appropriate level of inter-agency coordination between the New York
City Police Department and the New York City Fire Department, as well as to provide the highest
level of service to the community at major fires, a protocol has been developed regarding two alarm
fires and above.
2.
A second alarm occurs when the Fire Department dispatches four additional engine
companies, two additional ladder companies, and other necessary resources beyond the deployment of
a full-scale first alarm response. While it is recognized that, in most instances, members of the
N.Y.P.D. are already at the scene of such fires and are aware of the second alarm, the Fire Department
will notify the Operations Unit, directly, when a fire reaches a second alarm. Upon notification of a
two alarm fire, the Operations Unit will direct both the patrol supervisor and the duty captain to the
scene.
3.
The patrol supervisor on the scene will designate a uniformed member of the service as
a liaison with the Fire Department. The designated member must have a Department radio. Said
member will report to the Fire Department Command post and will coordinate communications
between the two agencies.
4.
The duty captain will respond to the scene to ensure that all appropriate coordination
and police services are being provided. In addition, the duty captain will give particular attention to
ensuring that traffic control is maintained and perimeters are established. When appropriate, the duty
captain may direct that a ranking member be designated as the communications liaison.
5.
The ranking member of the New York City Police Department on the scene will confer
with the ranking fire officer to determine if additional police resources are required, e.g. Aviation
Unit, Harbor Unit, etc. Supervisory members should be aware that, when conditions warrant, the Fire
Department may request that a fire officer be assigned to an Aviation Unit in order to view the fire.
Such requests should be facilitated by promptly notifying the Operations Unit and arranging for the
flight, as appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-114

AUTHORIZATION/NOTIFICATION REGARDING
DEPARTMENT CEREMONIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To initiate timely notification to the Ceremonial Unit to ensure appropriate
Department participation in ceremonies and eliminate scheduling conflicts.

PROCEDURE

When a Department unit is requesting permission to host a ceremony or when a member
of the service becomes aware of a ceremony being coordinated by a private organization
to honor a member of the service (e.g., Street Renaming Dedication Ceremony).

UNIT
COMMANDER/
MEMBER
CONCERNED

1.

NOTE

To ensure that the Ceremonial Unit is apprised of the event in a timely fashion,
immediately fax a copy of the report/request directly to the Ceremonial Unit. A sample
of the Typed Letterhead has been included in the Additional Data statement.

CEREMONIAL
UNIT
PERSONNEL

2.
3.

Review the report/request and determine if any scheduling conflicts exist.
Forward report/request, with recommendations, to Commanding Officer,
Police Commissioner’s Office for final approval.

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
POLICE
COMMISSIONER’S
OFFICE

4.

Review report/request and notify Ceremonial Unit if the request has been
approved or disapproved.

CEREMONIAL
UNIT
PERSONNEL

5.
6.

Notify command concerned of Department’s decision regarding the event.
Coordinate Department resources regarding all approved events.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

No Department unit is authorized to participate or host any ceremony prior to obtaining
approval. No additional Department resources, other than those approved, will
participate in the event.

Prepare a Typed Letterhead outlining the particulars of the event, at least
thirty days prior to the event, when possible, and forward through channels to
the Ceremonial Unit, Police Academy, Room 761.

Commanders will make every effort to ensure that their commands remain operational
during the ceremony. Indicate in the Typed Letterhead if the unit will remain
operational during the ceremony and if it will be staffed with command personnel or by
personnel from outside commands.(i.e., Task Force)
The Typed Letterhead should provide an overview of the command resources
participating in the event as follows:
a.
Include the number of members attending the event, how many will be
in uniform or civilian clothes and how many will be on or off-duty.
b.
Indicate if the ceremony is an annual or one time event and the type of
Department resources the command requests to participate in the
ceremony (i.e., Chaplain, bugler, helicopter, etc.).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-114

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Address issues such as, alternate dates, alternate site if inclement
weather, etc., and provide a guest list and contact person.

To enable as many family members and friends of the honoree to attend the event, every
effort will be made to schedule the event on a weekend. Commanders must articulate the
reason why the event is not scheduled on a weekend in their Typed Letterhead.

Sample Typed Letterhead
002 Precinct #100-2005
POLICE DEPARTMENT
CITY OF NEW YORK
May 15, 2005
From:

Commanding Officer, 002 Precinct

To:

Commanding Officer, Ceremonial Unit (Through Channels)

Subject:

REQUEST AUTHORIZATION TO HOST A STREET RENAMING CEREMONY

1.
The undersigned requests authorization for this command to host a Street Renaming Ceremony
to honor fallen Police Officer John Smith, Tax Registry #000000, Shield #00000, 002 Precinct (include details
of incident).
2.

Below are the details regarding this ceremony:
a.

Day: Tuesday
(Not scheduled on a weekend due to the family’s request)

b.

Date: July 19, 2005
(Alternate dates Sunday, July 24 and Saturday, August 20)

c.

Time: 1000 hours
(Refreshments immediately following at 002 Precinct)

d.

Location:
In the street in front of the 002 Precinct
(In the lobby of the 002 Precinct if inclement weather)

e.

Type of Ceremony:

f.

List of Distinguished Guests ( i.e., family members, City Councilman, etc.)

g.

The 002 Precinct will remain operational during the ceremony, however a total of
twenty members from Manhattan South Task Force will be utilized to provide patrol
coverage from 0930 hours to 1230 hours.

h.

Approximately 75 members of the 002 Precinct will participate in the event, 25 will be onduty and in uniform and 50 members will be off-duty and in uniform. Approximately 30
retired members from the 002 Precinct will attend the event in civilian clothes.
Additionally, it is anticipated that approximately 50 people from the community will also
attend the ceremony.

Street Renaming Ceremony

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-114

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

i.

This ceremony is a one time event and not held on an annual basis.

j.

The following Department resources are requested to participate:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)

3.

REVISION NUMBER:

One member from the Ceremonial Unit to coordinate the event
Color Guard
Bugler
Two bagpipers
Department singer
Department Chaplain
Member of the Photo Unit
One helicopter from Aviation Unit for a fly over
Two Highway Units to escort family members
Four Traffic Agents for traffic control
Two members from the Mounted Unit

k.

Detective Sonia Rivera, 002 Precinct Community Affairs Unit, (646) 610-0000, Cell
#(917) 111-1000, Monday- Fridays 1000 x 1800 hours, is the individual responsible
for coordinating this ceremony.

l.

Request that the Mayor, Police Commissioner and the Executive Staff be invited to
attend the ceremony.

For your information and consideration.
Brian James
Inspector

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-115

GUIDELINES AND APPROVAL PROCESS PERTAINING TO THE USE
OF DISTRACTION DEVICES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

1.
A distraction device is a non-lethal hand-held apparatus which generates startling
sound and light energy when deployed into a confined area. Its purpose is to provide short-term
tactical cover for officers making high risk tactical entries. These devices are non-lethal and are only
authorized for use by trained members of the Emergency Services Unit to minimize the risk of
physical injuries to all persons present. Use of these devices may be considered during a search
warrant execution tactical plan meeting, or may develop ad hoc at the scene of an emotionally
disturbed person, a perpetrator search, etc. Circumstances which may support the use of these
devices include but are not limited to; the possible presence of firearms, dangerous animals, known
violent subjects, multiple subjects and/or the history of the location.
2.
Effective immediately, distraction devices may only be utilized upon the specific
approval of the Chief of Department. There are NO exceptions to this requirement.
3.
A distraction device will not ordinarily be employed during search warrant executions
or similar tactical entries, except in those situations where its use is clearly necessary. When the
Captain or above concerned believes that ensuring the safety of all persons concerned requires the
use of a distraction device, the following approval process will be adhered to:
4.

Situations involving the execution of Search Warrants:
a.

NOTE

The Captain or above concerned will contact the Borough Executive Officer
and request permission to utilize the device.
If the Borough Executive Officer is unavailable, information will be forwarded to the
Borough Commanding Officer. When exigent circumstances exist, the Duty Chief may be
contacted for approval.

b.

NOTE

Borough Executive Officer will review request and if he/she concurs, will
confer with the Chief of Department for final approval.
In those exigent circumstances involving the execution of search warrants, where
conditions exist that would preclude the notification and approval process, the Captain
or above contemplating the use of a distraction device will request the approval of the
Chief of Department direct, via the Operations Division.

5.
Situations involving emotionally disturbed person(s), perpetrator searches or other
exigent circumstances:
a.

The captain or above concerned will notify the Duty Inspector regarding the
situation and request approval.

b.

If the Duty Inspector concurs, he/she will request the approval of the citywide Duty
Chief.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-115

c.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

If the Duty Chief, after considering all available alternatives, agrees that the
use of the device is necessary, he/she will contact the Chief of Department via
Operations Division for final approval of the use of a distraction device.

AT EVERY LEVEL, THE CIRCUMSTANCES SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED USE OF THIS
DEVICE WILL BE EXAMINED AND ALL OTHER ALTERNATIVES WILL BE CONSIDERED
BEFORE RECOMMENDING APPROVAL OF ITS USE.
A DISTRACTION DEVICE MAY NOT BE UTILIZED WITHOUT THE PRIOR DIRECT
KNOWLEDGE AND APPROVAL OF THE CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT.
6.
Upon conclusion of the incident during which a distraction device was used, the
Captain concerned will notify the Emergency Service Unit (E.S.U.) Desk Officer and obtain a
Distraction Device Utilization Control Number. He/she will prepare a Typed Letterhead report
outlining the circumstances, which justified the use of this device and the names of all persons
notified. This report will be forwarded through channels to the Chief of Department.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-116

STREET NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT UNIT (SNEU) GUIDELINES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To address local narcotics problems and provide guidelines for Street Narcotics
Enforcement Units (SNEU).

PROCEDURE

When a local narcotics problem requires an enforcement program:

PRECINCT
COMMANDER

1.

2.
3.

4.
5.

6.

Prepare a request, on Typed Letterhead, to patrol borough commander
indicating:
a.
The formation or termination of a SNEU team
b.
Definite starting and conclusion dates
c.
Specific location where the program is to be conducted
d.
The names of personnel selected have been submitted to Central
Personnel Index for background investigation.
Do not implement a SNEU team prior to written approval by the patrol
borough commander.
Ensure that police officers/detectives assigned to the unit perform duty in
uniform under direct supervision of a uniformed supervisor and do not
work independently.
Ensure all members assigned to SNEU or conducting SNEU operations
have attended the SNEU and plainclothes training courses.
Ensure all provisions of the “Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit
Guidelines” manual are strictly adhered to.
a.
Do not deviate from the provisions of the “Street Narcotics
Enforcement Unit Guidelines” manual without approval of the
Chief of Department.
b.
Ensure all members assigned to SNEU are familiar with the
contents of the “Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit Guidelines”
manual.
c.
Have a copy of the “Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit
Guidelines” manual maintained in the command reference library.
Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to patrol borough commander
through channels, indicating results, after condition subsides.
a.
Return all uniformed members of the service assigned to the
program to regular duties.
b.
Requests to terminate Street Narcotics Enforcement Units may be
made at any time.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMANDER

7.

Have copies of all approvals/disapprovals forwarded to Chief of Patrol.

SNEU
SUPERVISOR

8.

Confer with Narcotics Borough sergeant or lieutenant concerned prior to
every enforcement operation, for the purpose of member safety,
efficiency, and effectiveness of enforcement operations with Narcotics
Borough personnel.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-116

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

a.

SNEU
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

b.

2 of 4

Document the notification to the Narcotics Module supervisor on
the Supervisor’s Daily Activity Worksheet (Appendix III in the
“Guidelines for Conducting SNEU Operations” booklet)
Submit the Supervisor’s Daily Activity Worksheet to the special
operations lieutenant.

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

9.

Review and file the Supervisor’s Daily Activity Worksheet ensuring
that the notification to the Narcotics Module supervisor was made and
documented appropriately.

SNEU
SUPERVISOR

10.
11.
12.

Perform duty in uniform.
Debrief all prisoners arrested by the SNEU team.
Debrief all prisoners arrested by precinct personnel for narcotics-related
offenses, when available.
Be guided by P.G. 212-68, “Confidential Informants,” when confidential
informants are providing information to the unit that will be the basis of a
search warrant.

13.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OVERTIME
When arrest processing requires the performance of overtime, only the arresting officer
will be retained for that purpose. All other SNEU personnel will be dismissed at the
completion of their regular tour. An exception is allowed for the SNEU supervisor to
remain until the vouchering of all evidence is completed and the evidence is signed and
sealed.
FIELD TESTING
SNEU supervisors are reminded that when an arrest is made for a misdemeanor or
violation involving marijuana sale or possession, the marijuana will be field tested as
outlined in P.G. 218-08, “Field Testing of Marijuana by Selected Uniformed Members
of the Service within the Patrol Services and Housing Bureaus.”
STREET NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT UNIT OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES
a.

b.

c.

Personnel selected for Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit duties must
attend the SNEU and plainclothes training courses, prior to performing
SNEU duty.
Precincts concerned will conduct “SNEU operations” with teams
comprised of no less than seven uniformed members of the service
consisting of one supervisor and six police officers/detectives.
A minimum of two police officers/detectives must be assigned to each of
the following:
(1)
Observation point
(2)
Apprehension team
(3)
Prisoner security.

Any additional SNEU personnel available beyond the required minimum will first be
utilized for arrest processing purposes, and then in any manner the supervisor deems
beneficial for the team.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-116

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

A “hospital car” is typically not part of a SNEU operation and hence only in
conjunction with executing a search warrant will this position be staffed with extra
SNEU personnel.
d.

e.

f.

g.

h.

i.
j.

k.

l.

m.

SNEU operations will not be conducted unless the minimum number of
qualified police officers/detectives and a supervisor are present. All of
the members assigned to the unit must be SNEU and plainclothes
trained. This includes any members of the service that are used to
supplement the minimum number of seven.
All personnel assigned to the SNEU operation, including the supervisor,
must perform duty in the uniform of the day. The only exception are
personnel assigned to the observation point who may perform duty in
civilian clothes as described in step “f” below.
Personnel assigned to the observation point may perform duty in
civilian clothes. They will wear bullet-resistant vests, and will carry the
authorized nylon windbreaker, as described in P.G. 204-04, “Optional
Uniform Items,” and the authorized baseball cap bearing the letters
“NYPD,” to be worn at police incidents for identification purposes.
Police officers/detectives will not perform Street Narcotics Enforcement
Unit duties unless a precinct supervisor is available for assignment and
present with them in the field.
Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit personnel will be restricted to
enforcement of street violations.
(1)
The Chief of Organized Crime Control will be notified of offstreet violations coming to the attention of SNEU members.
Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit personnel are not authorized to
conduct any “buy” operations.
Narcotics “kites” alleging drug sales at outside locations may be
forwarded to the precinct special operations lieutenant, by the precinct
Narcotics Module commanding officer, for targeting by the precinct
SNEU team. This would require the approval of the precinct/PSA
commanding officer and the Narcotics Group captain concerned.
Progress regarding these “kites” will be coordinated and monitored by
the precinct Narcotics Management Team, at the weekly meetings.
If, in the course of SNEU operations, a member of the unit develops a
confidential relationship with an informant who offers, or proposes to
offer, information, the member will notify his or her commanding officer
and will comply with P.G. 212-68, “Confidential Informants.”
Precinct commanders will closely monitor the performance of
uniformed members of the service assigned to Street Narcotics
Enforcement Units. There will be no time limit as to how long a member
may be assigned to the SNEU team. A re-evaluation of the member
concerned will be conducted after the member’s second complete year
in SNEU, and each year thereafter.
In case-specific circumstances, a member of the precinct SNEU team may be
assigned temporarily, for a thirty day period, to the precinct Narcotics Module.
Written requests for the temporary assignment will be forwarded from the
precinct Narcotics Module commanding officer concerned to the patrol borough
commander for approval. This would apply to SNEU members who are
particularly knowledgeable of a specific narcotics organization and/or location.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-116

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

n.

4 of 4

The precinct field intelligence officer, arresting officer, and a member of
the precinct detective squad should be present during the debriefing to
assist in the development of information regarding drug trafficking and
any other crimes.

All uniformed members of the service assigned to SNEU will be familiar with the
contents of the “Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit Guidelines” manual.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preliminary Investigation of Vice Related, Narcotics or Organized Crime – Related
Complaints (P.G. 207-08)
Confidential Informants (P.G. 212-68)
Field Testing of Marijuana by Selected Uniformed Members of the Service within the
Patrol Services and Housing Bureaus (P.G. 218-08)
Command Reference Library (A.G. 325-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit Guidelines
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-117

USE OF CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES (CED)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 8

PURPOSE

To inform members of the service of circumstances under which a Conducted Energy
Device (CED) may be intentionally used and to record instances when a Conducted
Energy Device has been used. CEDs will only be used by authorized uniformed members
of the service. Additionally, all patrol supervisors and platoon commanders performing
patrol duty assigned to the Patrol Services, Housing and Transit Bureaus will be required
to carry a CED in a Department issued holster as authorized.

SCOPE

A Conducted Energy Device (CED) can be an effective means of subduing suspects and
emotionally disturbed persons (EDP’s) in a safe manner. A CED is classified as a less
lethal device and is intended to augment and provide a greater margin of safety for officers
who might otherwise be forced to physically subdue a dangerous subject. The use of a
CED is within the range of use of less lethal devices such as pepper spray or a baton on the
force continuum due to its effectiveness at a distance and at close range.
A CED should only be used against persons who are actively physically resisting,
exhibiting active physical aggression, or to prevent individuals from physically injuring
themselves or other person(s) actually present. In many cases, a CED will reduce or
eliminate the need for deadly physical force. It will often reduce the potential for injuries
to members and suspects that may result from physical restraint and should be regarded as
a possible alternative to such force and restraint, where practical. It is prohibited to use a
CED in situations that do not require the use of physical force.

DEFINITIONS

CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICE (CED) - a device primarily designed to disrupt a
subject’s central nervous system by means of using electrical energy sufficient to cause
uncontrolled muscle contractions and override an individual’s motor responses.
ACTIVATE (ACTIVATION) – To cause the CED to arm by releasing the safety,
thereby causing the CED laser sight to operate.
CARTRIDGE – a replaceable cartridge which discharges two darts on connecting
wires sending a high voltage/low current signal into a subject.
DARTS – probes that are discharged from a CED and are designed to penetrate
the skin; wires are attached to the probes leading back to the CED.
DISCHARGE – To activate a CED, depress the trigger and cause an electric
current to flow. Discharge will result in arcing (no cartridge is present) or darts
being fired (cartridge is present).
TOUCH STUN – To use the CED and discharge the device in a manner such that the
hand-held unit makes direct contact with an intended subject’s body. Touch stun mode
should only be used in exceptional circumstances and not as a primary method of use.
Therefore, when touch stun mode is used, an investigation will be conducted by the
commanding officer/duty captain to determine if the CED was properly used.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-117

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 8

AUTHORIZED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE – A uniformed
member of the service who has received authorized Department training in the
use of the CED.
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR - As used in this procedure will be as follows:
a.
b.

The next highest ranking supervisor in the chain of command of the
member who discharged the CED,
The commanding officer/duty captain for instances of touch stun incidents, when
CED is used on a person in police custody or an accidental discharge of a CED
has occurred resulting in an injury to any person.

NOTE

If the investigating supervisor is from a command other than Patrol Services Bureau,
Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau and is not available, the investigating supervisor will
be the next higher ranking supervisor from the Patrol Services Bureau. (e.g., If a
sergeant assigned to a Highway Unit discharges a CED and a lieutenant is unavailable
from that Unit to investigate the discharge, a PSB lieutenant or duty captain will
conduct the investigation.)

PROCEDURE

To provide for control, accountability, issuance, use and investigation of the use
of Conducted Energy Devices (CEDs):

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER
2.
3.

NOTE

Designate a secure area under the control of the desk officer or
appropriate supervisor for the storage of CEDs and cartridges.
Ensure availability, operability, and distribution of CEDs assigned to the
command on all tours.
Ensure that all supervisors performing patrol duties in the command are
trained in the use of CEDs.
a.
ONLY authorized uniformed members of the service will be assigned
to carry CEDs.

When requesting a replacement or loaner of a CED, replacement of batteries, chargers,
or holsters, commanding officers are required to prepare and deliver a Typed
Letterhead with item(s) needing replacement, to the Commanding Officer, Firearms and
Tactics Section.
When requesting replacement cartridges, commanding officers shall prepare and deliver
a Typed Letterhead to the Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section and shall
attach a copy of the related LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT
(PD 320-151).

DESK OFFICER/
UNIT
SUPERVISOR

4.

Account for all CEDs and cartridges assigned to the command at the
commencement of each tour.
a.
Make a Command Log entry, include serial numbers.
b.
Commands that do not maintain a Command Log will account
for CEDs and cartridges in an appropriate Department log.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-117

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 8

DESK OFFICER/
UNIT
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

5.

NOTE

If available, additional CEDs may be assigned to other authorized uniformed members of the
service throughout the tour as determined by the commanding officer.

6.

7.
8.

Assign CEDs to authorized uniformed members of the service on each tour taking
into account the following:
a.
At least one operable CED must be assigned to a patrol supervisor and/or
platoon commander performing patrol duty at all times.
b.
One operable CED must be maintained at the desk.

Indicate rank, name, shield number/tax number, as applicable, of
assigned member(s) in the Command Log.
a.
Make entry on roll call, identifying member(s) assigned a CED for tour.
b.
Place notation “CED” next to the name of member(s) assigned a CED.
Ensure CEDs, without cartridge attached, are connected to charger, if
appropriate, while unassigned.
Notify commanding officer when CED is inoperable.

AUTHORIZED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF THE
SERVICE/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
PLATOON
COMMANDER

9.

NOTE

Only conducted energy devices authorized by the Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics
Section will be carried by members of the service. Carrying or use of any other unauthorized
conducted energy device may result in disciplinary action.

10.

NOTE

Carry CED only when trained by the Firearms and Tactics Section.
a.
CED must be carried on the non-shooting side, in a Department
approved holster, attached to gunbelt, and secured to person.
b.
Emergency Services Unit and uniformed personnel, performing duty
in civilian attire, will carry CED in a holster approved by Commanding
Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section and Commanding Officer, Special
Operations Division, as appropriate.

Inspect CED to ensure operability.
a.
Point CED in safe direction
b.
Remove cartridge from CED
c.
Release the safety (place safety in “off” position)
d.
Ensure the laser is visible and that the battery status light
indicates device is energized
e.
Conduct spark test
f.
Replace battery if either laser is not visible, battery status light does not
operate or if spark test results confirm a weak battery
g.
Re-inspect CED unit after battery pack is replaced
h.
Engage safety
i.
Attach cartridge to CED.

Cartridges must be removed and secured away from the CED prior to conducting an inspection.
Accidental discharges resulting in injuries may occur if a cartridge is left attached to the CED while
conducting an inspection.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-117

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 8

NOTE
(continued)

Members are reminded that each discharge is registered on the CED’s internal memory that
records the date and time of each discharge. Therefore, whenever a CED is discharged (including a
spark test to ensure operability or an accidental discharge), such discharge must be recorded in the
member’s ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), INVESTIGATOR’S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT
(PD439-156), Command Log or other appropriate Department record.

AUTHORIZED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF THE
SERVICE/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
PLATOON
COMMANDER

11.
12.

13.

Inform desk officer/supervisor if the CED does not operate subsequent to
battery replacement, is inoperable, or requires repair/replacement.
Make ACTIVITY LOG entry and include:
a.
Results of inspection
b.
Serial number of CED
c.
Name of desk officer/supervisor notified if CED is inoperable.
Return CED to desk officer upon completion of tour.

USE OF CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICE (CED)
AUTHORIZED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF THE
SERVICE/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
PLATOON
COMMANDER

14.
15.

NOTE

CEDs should only be used against persons who are actively physically resisting,
exhibiting active physical aggression or to prevent individuals from physically injuring
themselves or other person(s) actually present. Members of the service are reminded of
the availability of Emergency Service Unit.

16.

NOTE

Assess situation and determine if the use of a CED would be appropriate.
Consider the totality of the circumstances when deciding the minimum
amount of force necessary to overcome resistance when effecting an
arrest or when taking mentally ill or an emotionally disturbed person into
custody. Some factors to consider when determining the appropriate use
of force include but are not limited to:
a.
officer/subject size disparity
b.
officer/subject strength disparity
c.
officer/subject age disparity
d.
officer’s perception of the subject’s willingness to resist
e.
officer’s perception of the immediate threat to the subject,
members of the service and bystanders
f.
suspect’s violent history, if known
g.
officer’s location is a hostile environment
h.
officer’s perception of the subject being under the influence of a
stimulant/narcotic which would effect pain tolerance and violence.

Issue an appropriate warning, consistent with personal safety, to the
intended subject and other members of the service present prior to
discharging the CED.

The recommended point of aim is lower center mass for frontal discharges (below the
chest) and below the neck area for discharges at a suspect’s back. Avoid discharging at
an individual’s head, neck and chest, if possible. When practical, discharge the CED at
the subject’s back. The CED should not be intentionally aimed at an individual’s groin.
Members will not discharge two CED’s simultaneously on a subject.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-117

NOTE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 8

When a CED is used against a subject it shall be for one standard discharge cycle and
the member using the CED must then reassess the situation. Only the minimum number
of cycles necessary to place the subject in custody shall be used. In no situation will
more than three standard discharge cycles be used against any subject. Members are
reminded of other appropriate force options should the CED fail.
It is strictly prohibited to use the CED on persons as a form of coercion or punishment and on
persons who passively resist (e.g., going limp, offering no active physical resistance).
When possible, the CED should not be used on children, the elderly, obviously pregnant females,
the frail, against subjects operating or riding on any moving device or vehicle (e.g., motorists,
bicyclists, skateboarders) where the subject may fall while it is in motion or in situations where the
subject may fall from an elevated surface.
The CED should not be used when combustible gases or flammable liquids are present.

AUTHORIZED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF THE
SERVICE/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
PLATOON
COMMANDER
(continued)

17.

18.

19.
20.

21.
NOTE

Restrain individual, and secure CED.
a.
Effect arrest of criminal suspect against whom CED was used.
b.
Comply with P.G. 210-13, “Release of Prisoner – General Procedure”
if arrested person did not commit the crime or no crime was
committed.
c.
Comply with P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill or Emotionally
Disturbed Persons,” when appropriate.
Request response of FDNY Emergency Medical Service (EMS), if person
received a CED discharge.
a.
Any person who has been struck by a CED dart or who has had a CED
used on him or her in touch stun mode must be examined at a medical
facility.
Render reasonable aid as necessary.
Break the CED wire by hand approximately four to six inches from the dart,
taking into account the circumstances including the status of the subject.
a.
Any dart that has penetrated the skin of any person will only be removed
by medical personnel.
Safeguard CED cartridge.

If a CED was discharged and the darts did not make any contact with the subject (e.g., skin,
clothing, etc.), the wire connecting the dart to the cartridge may be broken by hand. The dart
portion shall be disposed of in a “sharps” container and the spent cartridge may be disposed of in
the trash and not vouchered. An investigation will still be conducted by the investigating supervisor
regarding the use of the CED.
Spent CED cartridges used by Emergency Service Unit personnel will be safeguarded and
vouchered, when appropriate, by the command of record for the subject on whom the CED
was used.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-117

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
PLATOON
COMMANDER/
UNIT
SUPERVISOR

22.
23.

ASSIGNED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

26.

24.
25.

27.

28.

29.
30.

6 of 8

Request response of investigating supervisor.
Identify witnesses and record names in ACTIVITY LOG,
INVESTIGATOR’S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT or Command Log
as appropriate.
Assign member of the service to ride in body of ambulance with prisoner
or aided.
Direct member of the service to take photographs of points of contact on
subject’s body resulting from CED darts or touch stun.
Inform hospital staff that a CED has been used on the individual.
a.
Record name of person notified in ACTIVITY LOG.
Photograph points of contact on subject’s body resulting from CED darts or
touch stun.
a.
Photos should be taken in a manner to maintain the subject’s
privacy, when appropriate (e.g., behind curtain, private room, etc.).
Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-150) and MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD
244-150) in arrest situations.
Complete AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) in nonarrest situations.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141a).
a.
Cartridge used will be placed in a Plastic Security Envelope and
delivered to desk officer, include photographs, when applicable.
b.
Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number is documented in
appropriate Department forms prepared.

NOTE

Darts will not be vouchered but should be disposed of in a “sharps” container by
medical personnel. Members of the service should refrain from handling a dart that has
been removed from a subject.

INVESTIGATING
SUPERVISOR

31.
32.

33.

34.

Conduct investigation regarding use of CED.
Notify Firearms and Tactics Section:
a.
Obtain “FTS CED Log Number”
b.
Enter “FTS CED Log Number” and name of person notified in
Telephone Record.
Prepare LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT.
a.
Prepare REPORT when probes are discharged regardless of
whether probes made contact with subject.
b.
Enter “FTS CED Log Number” on REPORT
c.
Deliver REPORT to commanding officer.
Deliver copies of other reports prepared in connection with CED usage
to commanding officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-117

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 35.
36.
OFFICER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN

37.
38.

COMMANDING 39.
40.
OFFICER,
FIREARMS
41.
AND TACTICS
SECTION
42.

7 of 8

Conduct investigation when required to act as investigating supervisor.
Prepare a Typed Letterhead with results of investigation and include
recommendations (e.g., recommend disciplinary action, retraining, use
was within guidelines, etc.)when:
a.
CED is used in touch stun mode only
b.
Used on a person in police custody
c.
Accidental discharge of a CED has resulted in an injury to any
person.
Attach copy of Typed Letterhead, if prepared, to the completed LESS
LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT.
Distribute copies of Typed Letterhead, when prepared, and attached
LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT to the
following:
a.
Chief of Department (THROUGH CHANNELS)
b.
Chief, Internal Affairs Bureau
c.
Bureau Chief concerned
d.
Commanding Officer, Firearm and Tactics Section (DIRECT)
e.
Commanding Officer concerned

44.

Maintain a log /database for CED usage.
Maintain copies of LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE
REPORTS in a binder and input data into database.
Maintain a database of information regarding LESS LETHAL/RESCUE
EQUIPMENT USE REPORTS.
Compile data regarding use and effectiveness of CEDs used by members
of the Department.
Compile a list of CED usage on a monthly basis and forward to the Chief
of Department.
Incorporate relevant information into tactical training.

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
INVESTIGATION
REVIEW
SECTION

45.

Review adequacy of investigations and appropriateness of CED usage.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If a CED has been seized for investigative purposes, it is the responsibility of the
investigative unit to ensure a notification is made to the Commanding Officer, Firearms
and Tactics Section. Commands which have had a CED seized for investigative
purposes will be responsible for retrieving the CED upon the conclusion of the
investigation.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Release of Prisoner – General Procedure (P.G. 210-13)
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Invoicing Property – General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Required Equipment (P.G. 204-09)
Use of Force (P.G. 203-11)
Deadly Physical Force (P.G. 203-12)

43.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-117

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 8

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD 304-152B)
LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT (PD 320-151)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD 255-159)
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD 244-159)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
INVESTIGATOR’S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-118

INCIDENTS INVOLVING HOLDERS OF HANDGUN LICENSES OR
RIFLE/SHOTGUN PERMITS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To report incidents involving holders of handgun licenses or rifle/shotgun permits.

PROCEDURE

When a holder of a handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit is involved in an
incident coming to the attention of the Department:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN

Assign supervisor to conduct investigation and ascertain facts when a holder of a
handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit is involved in an incident (see
“ADDITIONAL DATA” statement for incidents that require an investigation).

DESK OFFICER 2.

Make an immediate telephone notification in ALL incidents involving holders of
handgun licenses or rifle/shotgun permits to License Division, Incident Section.
a.
Make notification directly to a License Division, Incident Section
member or License Division supervisor, Monday though Friday
0630 x 1700 hours.
b.
All other hours, leave a detailed message on the License Division,
Incident Section voicemail and include:
(1)
Type of incident, date, time, location of incident and
identity of handgun licensee or rifle/shotgun permit holder
(2)
Name and rank of investigating supervisor and/or reporting
officer
(3)
Identify the Department reports prepared to document the
incident and include relevant Department report numbers,
if available.
Ensure all appropriate reports are prepared to document the incident,
including but not limited to:
a.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
b.
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
c.
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159)
d.
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)
e.
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
f.
Other Typed Letterhead, as appropriate.
Direct holder of handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit reporting loss of a
license/permit to report to the License Division for a new license/permit.
a.
Direct the preparation of a COMPLAINT REPORT.
Direct the handgun licensee or rifle/shotgun permit holder to contact the
License Division, Incident Section, when involved in any incident.

3.

4.

5.

INVESTIGATING
SUPERVISOR
ASSIGNED

6.

Investigate the circumstances surrounding the incident and ascertain the
following information to be included in the Department report(s) prepared:
a.
If the licensee has a Carry Guard license, ascertain whether the handgun
was possessed while actually engaged in the security related employment

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-118

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

INVESTIGATING
SUPERVISOR
ASSIGNED
(continued)

7.

8.

9.

2 of 4

that corresponds with the address listed on the license, or if possessed
when traveling directly between that place of employment and residence
b.
If the licensee has a Carry Business or Special Carry license, ascertain
whether the licensee is employed by, or operating a business that
corresponds with the address listed on the license at the time of incident
c.
If the licensee has a Premise Residence or Premise Business license,
ascertain whether the handgun was possessed at the premise listed on
the license; or if licensee claims to have been traveling to or from an
authorized range, ascertain whether the handgun was unloaded in a
locked container with ammunition carried separately, and whether
the licensee was traveling directly to and from the range
d.
If a licensee has a Limited Carry license, ascertain whether the
handgun was possessed at the address listed on the license, or if
carried elsewhere, whether the licensee was in compliance with
time, day of week, and place restrictions listed on rear of the license
e.
If a firearm is reported lost or stolen, or for any other incident, ascertain
whether or not the firearm was properly safeguarded. Include statement
as to whether any unauthorized person(s) had access to the handgun
f.
If an allegation exists that the licensee made threatening statements,
improperly displayed a firearm, was involved in a firearms discharge
or for any ongoing disputes, ascertain whether all relevant
parties/witnesses have been identified and interviewed.
Seize handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit and all firearms listed if:
a.
The licensee/permit holder is arrested, regardless of charge
b.
An Order of Protection exists against the licensee/permit holder
c.
The incident involves physical force or the threat of physical force
d.
Circumstances lead to the belief that continued presence of a
firearm would create an unjustifiable risk of unlawful use or
possession of the firearm, or injury to licensee/permit holder or
another person
e.
Further investigation by the License Division is needed to
determine whether the actions of the licensee/permit holder affect
their qualifications for the license or permit
f.
Any other situation that may affect public safety.
(1)
Members are reminded that public safety is the overriding
concern when considering the removal of a licensed firearm.
Invoice firearms only on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
a.
Include the following statement in the “Remarks” section of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE “Firearms shall not be released
without written authorization of the Commanding Officer, License
Division.”
Prepare a Typed Letterhead to the Commanding Officer, License
Division for all incidents unless a COMPLAINT REPORT, ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET, New York State
Domestic Incident Report, UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT, or
other Typed Letterhead was prepared detailing an explanation of the

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-118

INVESTIGATING
SUPERVISOR
ASSIGNED
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.

11.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

licensee’s/permit holder’s actions and includes the information ascertained
from the investigation of the incident.
Prepare a Typed Letterhead to Commanding Officer, License Division
upon a voluntary surrender of a firearm, unless the reason for the
surrender is explained in either the “Remarks” section of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE or on another report, as appropriate.
Forward the following to the License Division, Incident Section:
a.
Copy of all Department reports prepared in relation to incident
b.
Any seized license(s)/permit(s), if applicable
c.
Typed Letterhead, if applicable.

INCIDENTS INVOLVING A HOLDER OF A HANDGUN LICENSE OR RIFLE/SHOTGUN
PERMIT THAT REQUIRE AN INVESTIGATION TO BE CONDUCTED:
Incidents involving a holder of a handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit that require an
investigation to be conducted include:
a.
Lost firearms
b.
Stolen firearms (burglary or larceny)
c.
Voluntary surrender of firearms
d.
Allegations of improper display of firearm
e.
Violating terms, conditions, or rules relating to the license/permit (including but
not limited to carrying a firearm in public with a premise license, transporting a
firearm on a premise license for use at an authorized range that is not unloaded
in locked box, and exceeding time or place restrictions on a Limited Carry
license)
f.
All domestic incidents coming to the attention of the Department
g.
An Order of Protection in existence or being sought by or against the
license/permit holder
h.
Ongoing or recurring disputes that have potential for violence or allegations of
threatening statements
i.
Co-habitating with a known criminal or other dangerous person
j.
Eviction or damage to premise (such as fire) that affects ability to safeguard
firearm at approved premise
k.
Suicide or other devastating incidents in the home
l.
Mental health issues
m.
Any firearm discharge (except target practice at an authorized range)
n.
Any arrest or criminal court summons
o.
Other incident or allegation that requires a follow-up investigation by the
License Division.
REMOVAL OF FIREARMS FROM LICENSEE/PERMIT HOLDER
The Department has broad authority to remove firearms and temporarily suspend a
license/permit during the investigation of an incident as outlined above. Prior conferral
with the License Division, Incident Section is not required in order to remove firearms
and a license/permit from a licensee or permit holder. Members are reminded that
public safety is the overriding concern when considering the removal of a licensed
firearm.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-118

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

If the firearm cannot be readily obtained at the time the decision to remove firearm is
made, the licensee or permit holder shall be advised that he or she must surrender said
firearm(s) pursuant to License Division regulations, and shall be given an opportunity to
surrender them voluntarily. In the case of an arrest, or an Order of Protection, or any
assessment of imminent danger, if the firearm(s) cannot be obtained by consent, and
there is probable cause to believe that they are in a particular location, a search
warrant will be obtained prior to seizure of the firearm(s), unless exigent circumstances
justify an immediate seizure. The supervisor assigned will make every effort to obtain
the firearm(s) either by consent or with a search warrant.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

In all cases, the investigating supervisor and reporting officer(s) must be made available
upon request of the License Division investigators to discuss the incident and provide
assistance during follow-up investigations and possible hearings at the License Division.
A check of the Automated License Permit System (ALPS) can be conducted to determine
whether a person (or any person at a given address) has an active handgun license or
rifle/shotgun permit. Members of the service can access the system through the
Department’s Intranet site under “NYPD Applications.”
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Arrest-General Search Guidelines (P.G. 208-05)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
Typed Letterhead
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-12

CITYWIDE INTELLIGENCE REPORTING SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To record and refer for investigation suspected law violations or persons or
activities connected with major crime or terrorist activity.

SCOPE

Some of the most powerful tools for the detection of criminal activity are the
observations of uniformed and civilian members of the service. Whether on or
off duty, performing patrol or administrative duties, members of the service can
perform an invaluable service by following the contents of this procedure. Each
piece of information provided by a member of the service when analyzed and
reviewed within the context of other information received, can effectively help
our Department’s effort to detect and deter criminal activity.

PROCEDURE

Upon suspecting or observing information about the involvement of a person or
any other entity (e.g., business, vehicle, association of criminals) in ongoing
criminal activity or suspected terrorist activity, and when unable to effect a
summary arrest:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

4.

Obtain as much information as possible, including names, vehicle
descriptions, times of the day, description of persons, etc.
Comply with P.G. 212-13 “Reporting Gang Related Criminal Activity,” if
information concerns criminal gangs, gang related/motivated incidents, etc.
Notify the Intelligence Bureau.
a.
Suspected terrorist activity can also be reported to the Intelligence
Bureau, by members of the service and the public, through the
Counter Terrorism hotline.
b.
Report all pertinent information.
Record Intelligence Bureau Log number and Intelligence Bureau member
notified in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).

Any member of the service (uniformed or civilian) with information concerning suspected terrorist
activity will notify the desk officer of the command of occurrence and the Intelligence Bureau direct
or the Counter Terrorism hotline. The desk officer of the command of occurrence will ensure
that the contents of this procedure are adhered to when the reporting member of service is a
civilian, and will enter the Intelligence Bureau Log number and Intelligence Bureau member
notified in the Command Log.

NOTE

All members of the service (uniformed and civilian) should become familiar with the
contents of Activity Log insert, “POSSIBLE INDICATORS OF TERRORIST
ACTIVITY (PD378-111).”

CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION

5.

Enter all available information into intelligence database system and issue
Intelligence Bureau Log number to member who reported the information.
a.
Information related to suspected terrorist activity will be entered into
the database as a terrorism lead and handled accordingly.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-12

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

b.

CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION
(continued)
6.
7.

8.

2 of 4

Information related to traditional criminal activity will be entered as
an intelligence report. Intelligence reports are available to Field
Intelligence Officers, Precinct Commanders, and Borough Commanders,
through the Department’s intranet.
Generate a printout of each intelligence report pertaining to traditional
criminal activity.
Transmit completed intelligence report received to Field Intelligence
Officer of command that reported the information.
a.
Confirm receipt by telephone and enter name of member confirming
receipt on the bottom of the printout.
Forward any intelligence as follows:
a.
Relating to suspected terrorist activity – Joint Terrorist Task Force
(JTTF). (The JTTF will review each terrorism lead and either accept the
case or refer it back to the Intelligence Bureau. All leads referred to the
Intelligence Bureau will be immediately assigned to the Intelligence
Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section for appropriate investigation.)
b.
Relating to vice, narcotics or organized auto theft – Vice
Enforcement Coordinator or Auto Crime Division, as
appropriate. Additionally, a telephone notification will be made to
the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk
(FOD) twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week when
immediate follow up investigation is necessary
c.
Organized crime as it relates to the private carting industry, City
owned wholesale markets, and boats involved in offshore shipboard
gambling emanating from New York City locations - Business
Integrity Commission, via the Organized Crime Control Bureau,
Field Operations Desk
d.
Sexual exploitation of children information - Major Case Team,
Vice Enforcement Coordinator. Additionally, a telephone
notification will be made to the Organized Crime Control Bureau,
Field Operations Desk (FOD) twenty-four hours a day, seven days
a week when immediate follow up investigation is necessary.
e.
Any information relative to the traditional organized crime
families or Asian or Russian organized crime should be forwarded
to the Organized Crime Investigation Division, Intelligence and
Analysis Section, Monday through Friday between 0700 and 2200
hours
f.
Information concerning criminal gangs, gang related/motivated
incidents, etc., comply with P.G. 212-13, “Reporting Gang
Related Criminal Activity”
g.
Relating to suspected organized identity theft or organized theft rings
operating within New York City – Financial Crimes Task Force
h.
Relating to suspected organized hate groups operating within New
York City - Hate Crime Task Force
i.
Relating to suspected bank robbery activities occurring within
New York City - Joint Bank Robbery Task Force.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-12

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 4

DESK OFFICER 9.
10.

Confirm receipt of faxed printout.
Forward printout to field intelligence officer.

11.
FIELD
INTELLIGENCE
OFFICER

Review printout for accuracy and completeness.
a.
Interview reporting officer to ascertain additional, relevant
information or to clarify or explain, as necessary
b.
Notify the Intelligence Bureau of any additional information.
Confer with commanding officer on a regular basis regarding information
obtained and reported.
Meet and confer with the Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section
on a regular basis.

12.
13.

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION

14.
15.

Conduct necessary review and follow up on reported information.
Confer with field intelligence officers frequently regarding on-going
investigations, crime trends or patterns, significant crimes, etc.
a.
Notify field intelligence officers concerned when useful
information is obtained regarding an ongoing investigation or
crime pattern, etc., from a different NYPD command, another lawenforcement or confidential source, or as a result of analysis
performed by the Intelligence Bureau.

NOTE

The Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section will meet on a regular basis with all
field intelligence officers. In addition, the Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section
will meet on a regular basis with other members of the Intelligence Bureau and query
other sources within the NYPD and other agencies to identify trends, patterns or
information relevant to ongoing investigations across the City and affecting other lawenforcement agencies and jurisdictions.

16.

Confer frequently with Commanding Officer, Intelligence Operations and
Analysis Section regarding intelligence information relevant to area of assignment.
Request detailed intelligence analysis as needed to support investigations
conducted by operational units or to support enforcement strategies.
a.
Convey results of such analysis promptly to the appropriate
operational command.

COMMANDING 17.
OFFICER,
INTELLIGENCE
18.
OPERATIONS
AND ANALYSIS
SECTION

Ensure that all intelligence reports generated by this process are
forwarded to field intelligence officers and the Commanding Officer,
Criminal Intelligence Section concerned without delay.
Meet at regular intervals with field intelligence officers concerned to
provide intelligence overview briefings and to review intelligence needs
of operational field commands.

NOTE

The Commanding Officer, Intelligence Operations and Analysis Section will forward monthly
reports to all commands concerned regarding the number of reports and type of
intelligence received by the Intelligence Bureau pursuant to this procedure.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-12

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 4

COMMANDING 19.
OFFICER,
INTELLIGENCE 20.
OPERATIONS
AND ANALYSIS
SECTION
(continued)

Ensure timely reporting of useful intelligence to operational field
commands under this procedure.
Ensure that all intelligence is filed chronologically within command and
produced when necessary to aid an investigation or as otherwise required by law.

COMMANDING 21.
OFFICER,
INTELLIGENCE
BUREAU

Provide quarterly reports to the Chief of Department on the results of this
procedure.

Members of the service who become aware of hidden compartments (traps) in specific
vehicles, regardless of whether an arrest is effected, will comply with this procedure and
report this information as criminal intelligence. In addition to any other information, the
following data will be obtained and reported for entry into the Intelligence Database (IBase):
a.
Year, make and model of vehicle (e.g., 1998 Nissan Maxima)
b.
Registration plate number
c.
VIN number
d.
Location of trap (e.g., passenger side airbag compartment, floorboard,
etc.)
e.
Property in trap (e.g., guns, drugs, empty, etc.)
f.
How trap is activated, if known (e.g., defroster ‘on’, emergency brake
‘on’, cigarette lighter ‘pushed in’, cruise control ‘on’, driver’s seatbelt in
‘locked position’)
g.
Name/location of trap installer, if known (e.g., ‘JJ’s Car Audio Systems,
1313 Tremont Avenue, Bronx, N.Y.’).

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Nothing in this procedure alters the obligation of members of the service to report complaints
of public morals, narcotics and organized crime related offenses to the Investigative Support
Division of the Organized Crime Control Bureau (pursuant to P.G. 207-08, “Preliminary
Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime Related Complaints”).
Detectives assigned to the Intelligence Bureau are available twenty-four hours a day to assist
investigators and arresting officers in debriefing prisoners with regard to developing intelligence
information.
The Intelligence Bureau may be contacted twenty-four hours a day. The Intelligence Bureau’s,
Criminal Intelligence Section may also be contacted 24 hours a day for investigative case support
by means of performing queries in various city, state, federal and commercial computer databases.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preliminary Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime Related Complaints
(P.G. 207-08)
Reporting Gang Related Criminal Activity (P.G. 212-13)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
POSSIBLE INDICATORS OF TERRORIST ACTIVITY (PD378-111)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-13

REPORTING GANG RELATED CRIMINAL ACTIVITY
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To establish and define the procedures required of uniformed members of the service
for reporting gang-related/motivated criminal activity of suspected gangs or gang
members.

DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of this procedure, the following definitions will be used:
GANG – Any ongoing organization, association, or group of three or more
persons, whether formal or informal, having as one of its primary activities, the
commission of one or more criminal acts, having a common name or common
identifying sign or symbol, and whose members individually or collectively
engage in or have engaged in a pattern of criminal gang activity.
DRUG GANG - A gang as defined above that exists primarily for the purpose of
distributing illegal narcotics and/or marijuana.
GANG RELATED INCIDENT - Any incident of unlawful conduct by a gang
member or suspected gang member.
GANG MOTIVATED INCIDENT - Any gang related incident that is done primarily:
a.
To benefit or further the interests of the gang, or
b.
As part of an initiation, membership rite, or act of allegiance to or support
for a gang, or
c.
As a result of a conflict or fight between gang members of the same or
different gangs.
GANG RELATED INTELLIGENCE - Information about a gang, suspected
gang, an individual gang, or suspected gang member. This includes information
about gang meetings, recruiting attempts by gangs, plans by gang members to
organize or take part in protests, marches, and other public events, self-styled
“community” events organized by a gang, as well as any information useful in
developing profiles and intelligence about gang activities.

PROCEDURE

Upon learning of a possible gang-related or gang-motivated incident, or upon
making an arrest of a suspected or identified gang member for any offense:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.

Take immediate action as necessary.
Notify the patrol supervisor.
Enter information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), if appropriate.
Contact the Gang Division Wheel immediately (24 hours/7 days a week).
a.
Provide all pertinent information to the Gang Division member
accepting the report, along with the telephone number of the
command/location calling from.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
and/or ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET, as
appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 5

If incident or information is not recorded on COMPLAINT REPORT or ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET, follow P.G. 212-12, “Citywide
Intelligence Reporting System.”

NOTE

Gang related intelligence (not an incident or arrest) will be recorded as such, and will be
reported to the Intelligence Bureau as per P.G. 212-12, “Citywide Intelligence Reporting
System.” This will insure that the information will be forwarded to all commands
concerned. If the information received involves a drug gang, in addition to notifying the
Intelligence Bureau, also notify the Organized Crime Control Bureau’s Field Operations
Desk.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

6.

7.
8.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service will also record in the “Details” section of the
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET the following :
a.
If victim/witness has gang affiliation and name of gang
b.
Perpetrator’s gang affiliation and name of gang.

9.

NOTE

Enter the statement “possibly gang related” on the COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET in the caption which reads: “Detective Squad
Case Number.”

Desk officers will ensure that those members of the service assigned to the operation of
the On Line Complaint System (OLCS) enter the aforementioned gang information in the
appropriate fields.

10.

NOTE

Be guided by direction given by the Gang Division member.
a.
If requested, and when feasible, remain at command until Gang
Division investigators arrive.
Provide full cooperation to Gang Division personnel conducting
investigation of the reported gang incident.
Enter the following information in the “Details” section of the
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and in the
“Narrative” section (when an arrest is made) of the ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159):
a.
Name of Gang Division member taking notification, and
b.
Gang Division Log Number.

FAX copy of completed COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD313-152A) to the Gang Division.

All uniformed members of the service, regardless of Bureau/District assignment (Patrol
Services, Housing, Detective, Organized Crime Control, Transit, etc.) will be responsible
for complying with the contents of this Order, including a telephone notification to the
Gang Division. Clerical members assigned to precincts, transit districts, housing police
service areas, detective squads, etc. will immediately notify their command’s desk officer
when a walk-in complaint is received concerning a possible gang-related incident and be
guided by the supervisor’s instruction.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 5

GANG DIVISION
MEMBER
ACCEPTING
NOTIFICATION

11.

NOTE

If the member making the notification is about to end his/her tour, he or she will recontact the Gang Division on their next available tour of duty, if necessary.

GANG
DIVISION
MEMBER

15.
16.

12.
13.
14.

17.

18.

19.
20.

21.
22.
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

23.
24.
25.

Obtain as much information as possible from member of the service
making notification.
Enter information in Gang Division Database of Possible Gang Incident.
Assign next Gang Division Log number to member making notification.
Obtain telephone number of location from which member is calling.
a.
Advise member making notification to remain available, when
feasible, if it appears additional information will be needed or if Gang
Division personnel are responding to the member’s location.

Notify Gang Division supervisor immediately.
Review information received and confer with supervisor to determine
whether immediate response to precinct/command of occurrence is necessary.
Notify, when appropriate, the member who made the original notification
to the Gang Division.
a.
Advise member if a team from the Gang Division is responding.
Obtain, prior to responding:
a.
Any and all information on gang incidents or activity which may
have previously occurred within subject area of precinct/command
in question
b.
Results of name checks on gang members involved in subject
incident
c.
Results of all queries in pertinent Gang Division databases
d.
Photographs of gang members involved.
Provide all pertinent intelligence to, and assist, arresting officer/precinct
squad detective assigned.
Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) describing any
intelligence gathered from the incident and attach photos of the subjects
involved.
Notify Borough Gang Squad or Transit C.A.G.E. unit of all pertinent
information, if appropriate.
Enter all information obtained during debriefing, etc. into pertinent Gang
Division database(s).
Provide Gang Division member with all information available.
Permit Gang Division member to interview prisoner(s), complainant(s),
witness(es), or other police officer(s).
Notify, when appropriate, Gang Division member of the:
a.
Name of the Assistant District Attorney assigned;
b.
Charges preferred against the defendant;
c.
Charges on any indictment;
d.
Amount of any bail;
e.
Next court date;
f.
Scheduling of each subsequent court appearance;
g.
Status of the prisoner;
h.
Final disposition.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 5

NOTE

A uniformed member of the service will immediately notify both the Gang Division
member and complainant if the defendant posts bail or is released from custody.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

26.

Submit all completed forms to desk officer for review.

PRECINCT/
BUREAU
DETECTIVE
SQUAD
MEMBER
ASSIGNED

27.

Keep the Gang Division informed of developments in the investigation,
particularly those that may either support or disprove that the incident
was gang related or gang motivated.
Report disposition of case to the Gang Division.

NOTE

The Commanding Officer, Gang Division or his/her designee, will have sole authority to
designate an incident as gang related or motivated. Whenever possible, this determination will
be made within five days from the date of occurrence. Once this determination is made, the
Gang Division member assigned will notify the commanding officer, precinct of occurrence and
the arresting officer or detective concerned, without delay.

28.

PRECINCT/PSA 29.
/TRANSIT
DISTRICT
DESK OFFICER

Review and sign COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and (when
an arrest is made) ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM WORKSHEET,
paying particular attention for notification to Gang Division and Gang
Incident Log number.

30.

Review all COMPLAINT REPORTS/ARREST REPORTS with Gang
Incident Log numbers, and all Gang Related Intelligence.

COMMANDING 31.
OFFICER,
GANG
DIVISION

Prepare and forward to the Chief of Department each month the
following:
a.
A statistical report summarizing all gang-related/motivated incidents.
b.
An analysis summarizing activity and trends concerning violent
street gangs.

PRECINCT
YOUTH
OFFICER

The Gang Division has a 24 hour, 7 day-a-week intake capability and can dispatch,
when available, experienced detectives to debrief gang members as well as victims and
witnesses of gang-related incidents. The Gang Division serves as the Department’s
central repository of intelligence on violent street gangs.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Gang Division will ensure that any valuable criminal intelligence obtained regarding
suspected gangs or gang members is rapidly disseminated to all units within the Department
that can use this information to further their investigations and to reduce crime.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
Guidelines for Uniformed Members of the Service Conducting Investigations Involving
Political Activities (P.G. 212-72)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-13

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

5 of 5

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-14

TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/19/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To report traffic conditions that need to be addressed by the New York City Police
Department or other outside agencies (i.e., collision-prone locations, chronic traffic
congestion-prone locations, double parking, requests for signs or signal lights,
pavement markings, construction projects, etc.).

PROCEDURE

Whenever a uniformed member of the service observes a traffic condition that is
not immediately correctable and the need for further assistance is required, OR
when a collision-prone location is identified by the Traffic Accident Management
System (TAMS):

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Prepare TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT (PD178-150) when a
traffic condition is observed and is not immediately correctable by
available resources.
Indicate on TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT:
a.
Specific type of condition(s)
b.
Times
c.
Place(s) of occurrence
d.
Any corrective measures taken or recommended.

2.

NOTE

Print clearly and fill in all captions that pertain to the condition. Use common language
to describe the condition.

3.

Utilize reverse side of TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT for:
a.
Detailed description
b.
Diagram(s), if applicable
c.
Additional comments.
Submit completed TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT to the traffic
safety officer, command of occurrence, before end of tour.

4.

NOTE

If the condition was observed on a limited access highway, submit the completed
TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT to the highway unit concerned.

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER

5.

6.

Review TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT(S) daily and indicate in
the appropriate space on the report:
a.
Any corrective action taken
b.
Recommendations
Maintain a Precinct/Highway Unit Traffic Intelligence Report Log to record
each TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT submitted, captioned as
follows:

Precinct
Serial #

Date of
Report

Location

Condition

Corrective
Recommendation
Action Taken

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

Date Fwd
to DOT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-14

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 3

TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORTS concerning the same condition, at the same
location, during the same week (Monday through Sunday) will be grouped together and
given one precinct serial number. The traffic safety officer will forward only one
TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT to the borough traffic safety coordinator, but will
indicate how many other REPORTS were received to report the same condition.

NOTE

WHEN A COLLISION-PRONE LOCATION HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED BY TAMS:

7.

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER

8.
9.
10.

Conduct a survey of each collision-prone location to determine what
specific factors contribute to a location’s high collision rate.
Prepare TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT as specified in step 2 above
for each collision-prone location.
Confer with executive officer regarding conditions that can be corrected at
the precinct level through use of available resources.
Establish liaison with outside agencies (NYC Department of Transportation,
Parks Department, Department of Environmental Protection, Department of
Buildings, etc.) to address conditions that cannot be corrected by precinct
personnel.

If the TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT concerns an engineering recommendation, a copy
of the REPORT will be forwarded to the Department of Transportation borough commissioner’s
office. A telephone notification will also be made and indicate the date, time, and person notified at
the DOT borough office on the TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT. Indicate the date
REPORT was forwarded to DOT in the precinct Traffic Intelligence Report Log.

NOTE

11.

Forward copies of TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORTS to the borough
traffic safety coordinator WEEKLY and indicate:
a.
Corrective actions taken and/or recommendations for further
measures, if necessary.
b.
File copies of the TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT for
precinct/highway unit records.

NOTE

Conditions requiring immediate attention such as complaints of potholes, missing traffic
signs, inoperable signal lights, etc., will NOT be forwarded to the borough traffic safety
coordinator. Upon making an observation of a condition requiring immediate attention,
corrective action must be initiated by the member of the service at the scene of the
condition including a notification to the precinct telephone switchboard operator for entry
on the HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151).

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

12.

NOTE

Preparation of a TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT does not relieve precinct
personnel from taking other corrective action to expedite the flow of vehicular traffic and
ensure pedestrian safety.

Ensure each Monday the WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY
(PD311-150) is reviewed and appropriate agencies/members notified.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-14

BOROUGH
TRAFFIC SAFETY
COORDINATOR

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

13.

14.
15.

3 of 3

Maintain a borough Traffic Intelligence Report Log utilizing the same
format as specified above but with an additional column for the borough
serial number.
Confer with borough executive officer regarding conditions that can be
corrected at the borough level through the use of borough resources.
Forward copies of the TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT to the
Traffic Management Center ONLY where precinct or borough personnel
cannot correct condition(s) and the condition(s) is not reportable on the
WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY or HIGHWAY
CONDITION RECORD.

TRAFFIC
MANAGEMENT
CENTER
TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER

16.

Review and analyze TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORTS and:
a.
Assist precinct or patrol borough in correcting condition(s).
b.
Confer with outside agencies, if applicable.
c.
Report findings to the commanding officer.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT will be prepared for all incidents involving a
construction site (refer to P.G. 214-16,“Construction Sites”). Include all permit
numbers, indicate if a check of the New York City Department of Transportation’s
Management Oriented Street Attributes Information Control System (MOSAICS)
computer was made and indicate the results, including any enforcement action taken. A
computer check can be made twenty-four (24) hours a day through the Traffic
Management Center by telephone.
A liaison with city, state, and federal agencies must be established at the borough and
precinct level to ensure a coordinated effort to correct conditions which are considered
outside the Department’s purview. The borough traffic safety coordinator will be
responsible for maintaining a current list of liaisons with such outside agencies.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Traffic Safety Coordinator (P.G. 202-06)
Traffic Safety Officer (P.G. 202-28)
Emergency Plans “A” - “B” - “C” (P.G. 213-13)
Construction Sites (P.G. 214-16)
Weekly Street Conditions Survey & Daily Observations Of Highway Conditions Requiring
Corrective Action (P.G. 214-22)
Accidents and Collisions - City Involved (P.G. 217-04)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT (PD178-150)
WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY (PD311-150)
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-15

LOJACK STOLEN VEHICLE RECOVERY SYSTEM
AND MONTHLY REPORT
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide guidelines for tracking and recovering stolen vehicles when utilizing
the Lojack Stolen Vehicle Recovery System (SVRS).

DEFINITION

POLICE TRACKING UNIT (PTU) - a two officer RMP equipped with a Police Tracking
Computer (PTC). The RMP Recorder is responsible for recording all tracking incidents.
TRACKING - the process of utilizing a Police Tracking Computer (PTC) in an
effort to locate a vehicle emitting an active radio signal (no visual contact made).

PROCEDURE

When an RMP crew is assigned to perform patrol duties in a Police Tracking Unit:

RMP
RECORDER

1.

2.
3.

Place the locking switch of the Police Tracking Computer (PTC) in the
lock position to allow the system to do a complete diagnostics check
before starting the RMP.
Place the locking switch in the unlock position upon completion of the
diagnostics check.
Place the locking switch in the lock position immediately upon receiving
a signal that a stolen vehicle is within range.

The receipt of a Lojack signal by a Police Tracking Unit (PTU) establishes reasonable
suspicion that a crime has been committed. Additional information must be obtained to
establish probable cause prior to arresting the vehicle occupant(s).

NOTE

RADIO
DISPATCHER

4.

Note the five digit alpha numeric code of the vehicle being tracked and
transmit that code and your present location to the radio dispatcher.

5.

Notify the patrol supervisor of the RMP designation engaged in tracking
an active radio signal.
Enter the five digit code into NYSPIN and inform the requesting unit of
the following vehicle information:
a.
Registration number
b.
Make and model
c.
Color and year
d.
Other relevant information regarding theft.

6.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

7.

Monitor tracking activities of Police Tracking Unit (PTU) and terminate tracking
if required by policies of the Department, or when otherwise appropriate.

WHEN A VEHICLE IS BEING TRACKED WITHOUT VISUAL CONTACT
RMP
RECORDER

8.

Advise radio dispatcher when it is necessary to cross precinct boundaries
to continue tracking. Police Tracking Units (PTU) shall not track beyond
their precinct boundaries without the permission of the patrol supervisor.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 3

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service are not authorized to track vehicles beyond New York
City limits under any circumstances. RMP recorders will request the radio dispatcher to
notify the police department concerned about vehicle information and direction of travel
when a vehicle leaves the city limits.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

9.

Request the dispatcher to assign a Police Tracking Unit (PTU) in adjoining
precinct to continue tracking vehicle if no visual contact has been made,
when available. If unavailable, determine whether RMP should continue
tracking beyond precinct boundaries.

WHEN VISUAL CONTACT IS MADE WITH A VEHICLE RMP RECORDER
RMP
RECORDER

10.
11.

Advise dispatcher whether the vehicle is occupied or unoccupied; moving or parked.
Take appropriate action (e.g., arrest, notification to adjoining police
department, etc.), regardless of precinct boundaries. Members shall be
guided by P.G. 212-39, “Vehicle Pursuits”, whenever they are in pursuit
of a vehicle emitting active radio signals.

NOTE

The patrol supervisor shall ensure that the provisions of P.G. 212-39, “Vehicle Pursuits”, are
strictly observed. Patrol supervisors must monitor all tracking incidents within their area of
assignment and must terminate pursuits/tracking whenever appropriate.

ALL TRACKING SITUATIONS
RADIO
DISPATCHER

12.

NOTE

No other RMP will participate in an on-going track unless directed to do so by the
patrol supervisor.

RMP
RECORDER

13.
14.
15.
16.

COMMANDING 17.
OFFICER
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Notify adjoining precinct when a tracking incident progresses into their boundaries.

Notify dispatcher when a signal is lost, a vehicle is recovered, or when an
arrest is effected.
Make an appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry for each
tracking incident.
Follow normal Patrol Guide procedures for recovery of stolen/abandoned
vehicles.
Indicate in the “Remarks” section of the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141) that the vehicle was recovered using the Police
Tracking Computer (PTC).
Ensure that the LOJACK MONTHLY REPORT (PD171-152) is forwarded
to the Chief of Patrol, through channels, by the third day of each month.

Deactivation of Radio Transmitter - The radio transmitter in a recovered vehicle will be
automatically deactivated when information is received by NYSPIN that the vehicle has
been recovered or the alarm is canceled. Thus, an alarm will be canceled whenever a
Lojack equipped vehicle is to be safeguarded at the stationhouse as evidence, pending
transport to the auto pound.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-15

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 3

Recovery of Vehicles on Private Property - Police officers shall not enter upon private
property to track a vehicle. However, Police Tracking Units (PTU) may enter upon
private property if: (1) they are in close pursuit of a vehicle which is attempting to elude
apprehension and is emitting a radio signal, or (2) there is an emergency situation, or
(3) there are other exigent circumstances, or (4) a search warrant is obtained. The mere
fact that a vehicle on private property is emitting a radio signal does not constitute an
emergency or exigent circumstances. The patrol supervisor shall notify the Auto Crime
Division, if available to determine whether a search warrant should be obtained, or
whether a COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) should be prepared or the Intelligence
Bureau notified. When Auto Crime is unavailable, confer with the Precinct Detective
Squad.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Replacement and Repair of SVRS Equipment - The Fleet Services Division will be
notified whenever a Police Tracking Unit (PTU) is expected to be out of service for an
extended period of time (e.g., major mechanical repairs, vehicle collision, etc.) or when
broken or malfunctioning SVRS equipment needs replacement or repair.
All commands with vehicles equipped with Lojack Police Tracking Computers (PTC’s)
will prepare LOJACK MONTHLY REPORT (PD171-152). This report will provide the
Department with the information necessary to analyze and assess the Lojack System, as
well as track recovery activity. Negative reports will also be forwarded.
The LOJACK MONTHLY REPORT requires a complete entry by the recovering
command whenever a vehicle is recovered using a Lojack Police Tracking Computer.
However, the Aviation Unit must report every tracking incident in which the unit is
involved. The Aviation Unit will enter only the following information on the LOJACK
MONTHLY REPORT:
a.
Alarm number
b.
Date/time of track
c.
Command where Lojack signal was picked up.
The LOJACK MONTHLY REPORT will be forwarded by the third day of each month,
for the previous month’s activity, through channels, to the Patrol Services Bureau.
To maximize the effectiveness of the Department’s Stolen Vehicle Recovery System, all
platoon commanders (or desk officers in their absence) will ensure that at least one
Lojack Police Tracking Computer equipped vehicle is on patrol on every tour.
Additionally, desk officers will ensure that alarms for all complaints of stolen vehicles
are promptly transmitted.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vehicle Stolen and Recovered Within New York City (P.G. 218-14)
Vehicle Stolen Outside New York City - Recovered Within New York City (P.G. 218-15)
Photographing Stolen Evidence Vehicles When An Arrest Is Made (P.G. 218-18)
Vehicle Pursuits (P.G. 212-39)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
LOJACK MONTHLY REPORT (PD171-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-16

EVACUATIONS OF NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT TRAINS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide procedures for the evacuation of trains.

DEFINITIONS

REACH TRAIN - A train brought in front of or behind a stalled train, to which
passengers transfer by walking through the stalled train.
RESCUE TRAIN - A train brought alongside a stalled train, to which passengers
can cross by using emergency evacuation devices.
EMERGENCY EVACUATION DEVICES - located at the south end of the
southbound platform near the first emergency telephone blue light for
underground stations and near the twenty-four hour token booth on elevated
stations. One side of the device can be used as a ramp and the other as a ladder.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving information that a train is to be evacuated or a discharge of
passengers is ordered:
EMERGENCY SITUATIONS

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

NOTE

Immediately notify the patrol supervisor/duty captain through the radio
dispatcher and report who on the scene ordered the evacuation and reason.
Comply with instructions of duty captain regarding evacuation, including
whether to evacuate passengers to a reach train, to a rescue train, or otherwise.
Advise passengers of the reason for the evacuation.
Coordinate and cooperate with New York City Transit personnel on scene.
Avoid unnecessary forceful confrontations with passengers.
Evacuate passengers as directed by patrol supervisor or duty captain.
a.
If a reach train is used, direct passengers to walk through train
towards the first or last car, as appropriate.
b.
If a rescue train is used, assist passengers to cross gap between
trains over emergency evacuation devices.
c.
If no reach or rescue train is used, direct passengers onto
benchwall via emergency evacuation devices and lead to nearest
station, or if this is not practical, to the nearest emergency exit.

If passengers are to be evacuated to the benchwall or roadbed, ensure that power is
removed prior to evacuation. Power is not removed if passengers are evacuated to a
rescue train or a reach train.

7.

Evacuate passengers onto the tracks via emergency evacuation devices
and lead to the nearest station or emergency exit as conditions warrant, if
no other means are available.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

NOTE

In the event that some passengers are non-ambulatory, emergency equipment shall be used.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

8.
9.

Establish command post.
Keep radio dispatcher and duty captain informed of conditions and need
for additional personnel.

DUTY
CAPTAIN

10.

Immediately contact the New York City Transit, Rapid Transit
Operations Command Center via radio and inform them of the condition.
a.
Consult with Rapid Transit Operations Command Center to
determine if either a reach train or rescue train will be used, or if
passengers should be evacuated via benchwall or roadbed.
Maintain constant communication with Rapid Transit Operations
Command Center and personnel at the scene.
Direct sufficient personnel and supervision to the scene and make
appropriate notifications as required.

11.
12.

NON-EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

13.
14.
15.
16.

Coordinate activities with New York City Transit personnel on scene.
Use tact and courtesy and avoid unnecessary forceful confrontations with
passengers remaining on the troubled train.
Advise passengers who are reluctant or refuse to evacuate that they will
be taken to an alternate location when possible.
Notify the duty captain of the movement and arrival at the alternate
location, when assigned to ride the affected train with passengers aboard.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

17.

Make appropriate assignments of personnel in accordance with the
number of passengers who choose to continue on the train.

DUTY
CAPTAIN

18.

Communicate with Rapid Transit Operations Command Center and field
personnel on scene to ensure the assignment of sufficient personnel to effect
the safe movement and discharge of passengers at the alternate terminus.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

For both emergency and non-emergency situations, the duty captain or ranking member
in charge will ensure that a report on Typed Letterhead is prepared describing the
circumstances of the incident and any action(s) taken. The report is to be forwarded to
the Chief, Transit Bureau.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-17

PROCEDURES AT SCENES OF CRITICAL SITUATIONS ON
NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide procedures to be followed at the scene of certain incidents.

PROCEDURE

The following procedures will be followed in cases of fires, floods, collisions,
derailments, persons under trains and other major disruptions of service:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

11.

Remove power from affected area, when necessary.
Post a responsible person in the street near the scene to direct responding
emergency units and equipment.
If necessary, evacuate or remove persons from trains and/or stations.
DO NOT permit the removal of a sick or injured member of the Fire
Department without consent of the fire officer in charge.
Remove person(s) from under trains except when person is deceased and
possibly the victim of a crime, when possible.
Administer necessary first aid to victim(s).
Exclude unauthorized person(s) from the area.
Establish police/fire lines.
Establish a command post.
Obtain the names, addresses and telephone numbers of all witness(es),
and their employer’s names, business addresses and telephone numbers.
a.
Record this information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) together
with any statement made by such witness(es).
Report full details to the duty captain or incident commander, unless a
supervisor designates another member to report details, when assigned to
post on which the incident occurred.
a.
Include the following information, where applicable:
(1)
Train operator’s name, address, telephone number, pass
number, run number and regular days off
(2)
Statement of train operator
(3)
Conductor-in-charge’s name, address, telephone number,
pass number, run number and regular days off
(4)
Statement of conductor-in-charge
(5)
Line
(6)
Northbound or southbound, express or local
(7)
Lead motor car number
(8)
Departure time
(9)
Point of departure
(10) Terminus
(11) Car numbers
(12) Car(s) involved
(13) Police Emergency Service Unit truck number
(14) Detective handling the investigation
(15) Power ordered off - by whom, time
(16) Power ordered restored - by whom, time

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

DUTY
CAPTAIN/
INCIDENT
COMMANDER

12.

Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead, describing circumstances of
incident and any action(s) taken.
a.
Forward report to Chief, Transit Bureau.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

All uniformed members of the service, especially those assigned to subway patrol duty,
should be cognizant of the New York City Transit (NYCT) procedure for train crews to
signal for police assistance.
The train operator and/or conductor may utilize a train horn or whistle to request police
assistance, as follows:
LONG SOUND immediately followed by a SHORT SOUND, and then another LONG
SOUND immediately followed by a SHORT SOUND.
Members of the service, upon hearing the above sound signals, shall, in a tactically safe
manner, immediately respond to the nearest member of the train crew (either the
conductor or train operator), to investigate the police condition.
Members of the service are reminded that personal safety is of paramount importance
and they always must exercise sound tactics and good judgement whenever they respond
to a train signaling for police assistance.
As always, all police action will be recorded in the member’s ACTIVITY LOG including any
reports prepared and/or notifications made.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-18

SEARCHES FOR ARMED/DANGEROUS PERSONS ON
NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT TRACKS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To provide procedures for searching subway tunnels and other track areas when
in pursuit of a person wanted for the commission of a serious crime or armed
with a deadly weapon.

SCOPE

In most instances, it is not necessary to remove power or to actually enter the
tracks when searching tunnels and track areas. Searches are normally conducted
by members riding in the lead cars of trains passing in both directions through
the affected area. However, the serious nature of certain incidents may require
that a more thorough search be performed.

DEFINITIONS

OUTER PERIMETER - An area sufficiently removed from the actual scene of
the incident to ensure safety to all spectators, including representatives of the
news media. The establishment of outer perimeters requires the evacuation of all
civilians and unnecessary police personnel from this area.
INNER PERIMETER - Frozen area, encompassing the incident location. No one
will be permitted in this area without a protective vest appropriate to the level of
threat present. No one will be allowed to enter the Inner Perimeter except:
a.
Borough commander or duty chief;
b.
Commanding Officer, Special Operations Division, and personnel under
his/her command;
c.
Commanding Officer, Emergency Service Unit, and personnel under his/
her command;
d.
Hostage Negotiating Coordinator and personnel under his/her command;
e.
Technical Assistance Response Unit (TARU) supervisor and personnel
under his/her command;
f.
Bomb Squad supervisor and one technician, when bomb is present or
suspected;
g.
Any other person(s) with the permission of the patrol borough
commander or duty chief.
MASS REFLEXIVE RESPONSE - Sometimes referred to as “contagious
shooting,” mass reflexive response is the phenomenon which occurs when a shot
fired by one officer sets off a chain reaction of shooting by other personnel on the
scene. It involves reacting based on one’s instinct rather than on a rational
assessment of the situation.
FIREARMS CONTROL - Firearms control requires that no member of the service
on the scene will discharge a firearm unless and until directed to do so by the
supervisory officer in charge, unless discharging a firearm is absolutely necessary
for self-defense or the defense of another and there is no other alternative.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-18

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

PROCEDURE

When there is cause to believe that the perpetrator of a crime has fled into a tunnel,
open cut, or other track area and is still therein, and that the perpetrator either:
a.
Used force or threatened the use of deadly physical force, OR
b.
Caused serious physical injury, OR
c.
Is armed with a deadly weapon.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(FIRST ON THE
SCENE)

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

NOTE

Notify radio dispatcher immediately of the incident by radio or telephone,
and give full details including description of perpetrator, crime
committed, direction of flight, type of weapon used or displayed, subway
lines involved, etc.
Request response of appropriate patrol supervisor and additional units, as
necessary.
Remain on the platform and secure the area.
DO NOT enter the track area.
Maintain continuous surveillance from platform.
Be cognizant of the danger of “Mass Reflexive Response.”
a.
The first members on the scene will immediately establish and
maintain firearms control.

Uniformed members of the service should be aware that, although New York State Penal
Law and Department procedures may authorize the use of deadly physical force in a
given situation, they will not be subject to criticism or disciplinary action for choosing
not to discharge their firearms.

7.

Coordinate the following measures pending the arrival of a supervisor
and ensure that:
a.
All platforms and points of entry to tunnel are secured
b.
Exits from the system are secured
c.
Police lines are established far enough from the incident to protect
passersby and to prevent persons from interfering with police
operations.

RADIO
DISPATCHER

8.

Notify the following of the location and type of incident:
a.
Patrol supervisor, transit district of occurrence and precinct of
occurrence

NOTE

The first patrol supervisor to arrive at the scene will assume command of the situation.
In addition, the patrol supervisor, transit district of occurrence, will provide expertise in
transit system operations, including the location of emergency exits and other escape
routes requiring police coverage.

b.
c.
d.

Canine Team
Emergency Service Unit
District commanding officer or precinct commanding officer/duty
captain.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-18

RADIO
DISPATCHER
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

9.

10.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

Notify Rapid Transit Operations Command Center of the situation and
request that trains use caution and not pick up persons from roadbed
unless so directed by police on the scene.
Dispatch, immediately, additional members or Department vehicles to
emergency exits and adjoining stations and direct them to remain at those
locations until notified otherwise.

This will contain the suspect and improve the probability of apprehension.

11.
12.

Notify all personnel to stay off the tracks and out of the tunnel.
Notify the district commanding officer/precinct commanding officer or
duty captain whenever a request is made to turn power off in order to
conduct a tunnel search.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

13.

Notify radio dispatcher, immediately, if an exit is open, when dispatched
to an emergency exit.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
RANKING
OFFICER IN
CHARGE

14.
15.

Respond to scene and assume command of the situation.
Evaluate the situation pending the arrival of Canine Team and Emergency
Service Unit personnel.
Ensure that all uniformed members of the service present are directed to
maintain firearms control.
a.
As soon as circumstances permit, designate one or more uniformed
members of the service who will act as the designated shooter(s) if
the use of deadly physical force becomes unavoidable.
b.
Designate a uniformed member of the service to maintain radio
contact with the Communications Section dispatcher, so that the
dispatcher and responding personnel are kept apprised of the
situation as it develops.

NOTE

The ranking officer in charge will personally assume responsibility for firearms control. To
maintain firearms control, he or she must to be able to immediately assess conditions as they
develop, and to give appropriate direction instantaneously. Therefore, the ranking officer in
charge will assume a position within the inner perimeter, at the focal point of the situation.

16.

17.

NOTE

Ensure that members have been properly deployed to secure platform,
points of entry to tunnel and exits from the system, and to establish
appropriate police lines.

Members of the service in civilian clothes should not ordinarily be used for the securing
of tunnels or exits.

18.

Confer with Canine Team/Emergency Service Unit personnel on the
scene about the feasibility of search, need for establishing inner and outer
perimeters, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-18

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
RANKING
OFFICER IN
CHARGE
(continued)

19.

NOTE

If patrol supervisor/ranking officer in charge determines that a search is to be
conducted on New York City Transit facilities, the patrol supervisor/ranking officer in
charge and the senior member of the Canine Team/Emergency Service Unit shall be
responsible for directing the tactical deployment of personnel. Additionally, members
should not enter tunnels or open cuts at any time during searches for armed felons
except when absolutely necessary in extreme emergencies.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
RANKING
OFFICER IN
CHARGE AND
SENIOR
MEMBER,
CANINE TEAM/
EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT

22.
23.

DISTRICT
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
OFFICER OR
DUTY CAPTAIN

26.
27.
28.

20.
21.

24.
25.

29.
30.
31.

32.

33.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Determine whether a search is feasible and warranted, based upon nature
of crime, time of day, location, probability of suspect being in tunnel, etc.
Keep radio dispatcher informed of conditions and of any need for
additional personnel.
Establish a Command Post.

Determine if inner and outer perimeters should be established.
Notify the district commanding officer/precinct commanding officer or
duty captain through the radio dispatcher and request the removal of
power, if search is warranted.
Commence tunnel search as per Canine Team/Emergency Service Unit
procedures, upon notification that power has been removed.
Notify radio dispatcher and request restoration of power, when search is
completed, condition is normal, and track area is cleared of personnel.

Respond to scene and take command.
Ascertain that firearms control has been established.
Determine whether power should be removed, based upon reported
information, seriousness of condition, location, and time of day.
Notify Canine Team/Emergency Service Unit personnel when power has
been removed from track area and search can commence.
Coordinate all activities with units concerned, field personnel, and
command post, when search is delayed because of rush hour conditions.
Keep the Rapid Transit Operations Command Center Desk
Superintendent informed of all conditions, including when the track area
is clear for resumption of normal service.
Have transit borough commander/duty inspector and patrol borough
commander/duty chief notified to respond in verified situations where
armed/dangerous person(s) are on New York City Transit tracks.
Direct all concerned to resume normal patrol, upon receipt of information
from the patrol supervisor/ranking officer in charge that the area search
has been completed.

Removal of Power In Subway (P.G. 212-24)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-19

ANIMALS ON NEW YORK CITY PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide procedures for uniformed members of the service coming into contact
with dogs or other animals on the New York City Transit system or aboard New
York City Transit buses.

SCOPE

Section 1050.9(h)(1), New York Code Rules and Regulations - “No person may
bring any animal on or into any conveyance or facility unless enclosed in a
container and carried in a manner which would not annoy other passengers.”
The following are exemptions to this section of law:
a.
NYPD Canine Team dogs or other working dogs for law enforcement agencies
b.
Seeing eye dogs or other service animals that are harnessed and trained to
assist persons who are visually impaired
c.
Hearing guide dogs or other service animals trained to assist a person with
a hearing impairment
d.
Support dogs or other service animals that are trained to assist a person
with a physical impairment
e.
Animals used to assist persons with disabilities that are not readily apparent,
including epilepsy, heart disease, lung disease, and other medical conditions
f.
Animals which are being trained as service animals and are accompanying
persons with disabilities
g.
Service animals undergoing training by professional trainers possessing the
necessary identification such as:
(1)
Training school identification OR
(2)
Letter from the training school OR
(3)
A training school collar tag.

NOTE

An individual with a disability who is accompanied by a service animal cannot be required
to submit proof of disability or any form of documentation, or to demonstrate or otherwise
prove that the animal is a service animal. An officer who is uncertain as to whether the
animal is a service animal may inquire regarding whether such animal is providing
assistance because of a disability.
Animals whose behavior poses a direct threat to the health or safety of others, or whose
presence creates an undue risk to the general public, may be excluded.
Dogs are the most common service animals, but other animals may be utilized as service
animals, provided they perform specific functions and tasks pertaining to an individual’s
disability. However, it should be noted that many service animals are not identified by
special or colored collars or harnesses, nor is the owner required to present a license or
other identification for the animal. Service animals must be harnessed or leashed (and
otherwise within control of the handler).
For further guidance on whether an animal qualifies as a service animal under the
disabilities’ laws, contact the Legal Bureau.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-19

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

PROCEDURE

Whenever a dog or other animal is observed on the system or the handler is NOT
exempted as specified above:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.

NOTE

Eject from the transit system any person or persons violating Section
1050.9(h), New York Code of Rules and Regulations for the use of the
New York City Transit System.
a.
Issue a Criminal Court summons or Transit Adjudication Bureau
(TAB) - Notice of Violation, if necessary.
Comply with the following, if coming upon a stray animal, excluding dogs,
on the transit system:
a.
Notify the Communications Division, Transit Communications
Unit, including:
(1)
Type of animal
(2)
Direction of flight
(3)
Assistance needed.
b.
Restrain animal in a safe place.
c.
Remain with animal until arrival of the Animal Care and Control
of New York City (A.C. & C.).
Comply with the following, if coming upon a stray dog on the transit system:
a.
Notify radio dispatcher, including the direction of flight and
assistance needed.
b.
Restrain animal in a safe place.
c.
Remain with animal until arrival of the Animal Care and Control
of New York City.
d.
DO NOT chase after a dog while attempting to secure it because
this may cause it to run away from the perceived threat.
e.
Request Emergency Service Unit to restrain a dog if it is causing a
safety hazard and must be restrained.

If a restraining pole is necessary, it should not be held out in front of the dog, waved or
presented as a weapon, as this will threaten the dog and cause it to run away. If a dog is
dangerous, the use of a tranquilizer gun may be required.

f.

4.

Request a patrol supervisor and Emergency Service Unit, if a dog is
on the roadbed.
(1)
DO NOT enter roadbed to retrieve the dog without the
permission of the patrol supervisor.
g.
Notify radio dispatcher, if a dog enters a tunnel, of the station the
dog is heading towards.
(1)
Patrol supervisor shall confer with Emergency Service Unit
member concerned to determine the need to turn off power.
Notify radio dispatcher, if coming upon a dead animal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-19

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

COMMUNICATIONS
DIVISION,
TRANSIT
COMMUNICATIONS
UNIT

5.

NOTE

Operations Division personnel will then notify the A.C. & C. member who is on-call for
emergencies who will respond and/or provide instructions.

6.
7.
8.
9.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Notify the Animal Care and Control of New York City (A.C. & C.) in
cases of stray or injured animals. In emergency situations between 2000
hours and 0800 hours weekdays, and twenty four hours a day on
weekends and holidays contact the Operations Division.

Notify New York City Transit Maintenance-of-Way Department in cases
where a dead animal is on the roadbed.
Notify New York City Transit Station Department to remove dead animal
from the station to the street.
Notify the Department of Sanitation of street location where dead animal is
to be removed.
Ensure that Emergency Service Unit vehicle equipped with a restraining
device and tranquilizer gun is dispatched when it has been requested, and
animal poses a safety hazard.

Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-09)
Care and Disposition of Animals (P.G. 214-33)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-20

EJECTION FROM NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT PROPERTY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide procedures for uniformed members of the service having occasion to
eject a passenger from New York City Transit property.

SCOPE

Any person who violates any portion of NYCRR Part 1050, regardless of whether
or not that person has also been issued a Transit Adjudication Bureau/Notice of
Violation (TAB summons) or a Criminal Court Summons for that violation, is
subject to ejection from New York City Transit facilities. Issuance of a Notice of
Violation does not preclude a uniformed member of the service from ejecting a
passenger from the transit system, if the member concerned deems it appropriate.

PROCEDURE

When necessary to eject a passenger:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

NOTE

If the passenger’s conduct is such that it requires more force than is ordinarily needed to
assist and guide the passenger out of the transit system, an arrest may be appropriate.

4.

5.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Advise passenger of ejection and reason.
Permit passenger, who voluntarily leaves the property or shows a
willingness to do so, to leave without interference.
Use no more force than is necessary to effect the ejection, if passenger
refuses to leave.
a.
Generally, grasping the upper arm and forearm to escort the person
off the system is considered using reasonable force necessary to
effect the ejection.

Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries and prepare a TRANSIT
SYSTEM EJECTION REPORT (PD372-140) each time an ejection is
effected.
Submit the completed TRANSIT SYSTEM EJECTION REPORT to the
district desk officer prior to completion of tour.

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
TRANSIT SYSTEM EJECTION REPORT (PD372-140)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-21

PHOTOGRAPHY ON THE NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide procedures for uniformed members of the service observing
photography on the transit system.

SCOPE

Transit Authority Rule 1050.9(c) (which deals with photography on the system)
reads as follows:
“Photography, filming, or video-recording in any facility or conveyance is
permitted except that ancillary equipment such as lights, reflectors or tripods may
not be used. Members of the press holding valid identification issued by the New
York City Police Department are hereby authorized to use necessary ancillary
equipment. All photographic activity must be conducted in accordance with the
provisions of these Rules.”

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service observes persons engaged in
photography on the transit system:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

NOTE

Take no police action if person engaged in photography is using a camera
alone, without any additional equipment such as lights, tripods, or
reflectors, and if such photographic activity is creating no hazard to
public safety or to the efficient operation of the transit system.
Ascertain whether or not person has valid press identification issued by
the New York City Police Department, if person engaged in photography
is using additional equipment such as lights, tripods, or reflectors.

If a person using additional photographic equipment does not have valid press
identification, or if any person engaging in photographic activity is creating a hazard to
public safety or to the efficient operation of the transit system:
a.
Warn person that he/she is in violation of the New York City Transit Rules:
(1)
Direct person to cease.
b.
Issue TAB/NOV or Criminal Court summons, eject from system, or arrest, as
appropriate, if person does not desist from photography that violates New York
City Transit Rules.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-22

MALFUNCTION OF TRANSIT BUREAU RADIO NETWORK
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide procedures for communication when there is a malfunction of the
Transit Bureau radio network.

PROCEDURE

When the Transit Bureau radio network malfunctions and/or there is an
interruption in service:

COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION
DISPATCHERS
AND/OR
SUPERVISORS

1.

2.

3.

4.
5.
6.

CHIEF OF
DEPARTMENT
OPERATIONS
UNIT

7.
8.

9.
TRANSIT
BUREAU
OPERATIONS

10.

11.

Notify immediately, via intercom or telephone:
a.
On-staff radio technicians and direct them to identify, evaluate
and correct the problem
b.
Affected transit districts
c.
Transit Bureau Operations Unit
d.
Operations Unit (Chief of Department).
Notify immediately, via division citywide frequencies:
a.
Patrol Services Bureau
b.
Precincts located within and adjacent to the geographic area
affected by the Transit Bureau radio network malfunction.
Re-route Transit Bureau calls for service to Patrol Services Bureau.
a.
Precinct personnel will be assigned transit calls for service.
b.
Dispatch another unit to the location if call for service is not
finalized in thirty minutes.
Prioritize 911 calls from uniformed members of the service in the field.
Conduct a radio check of various units in strategic areas within the
affected area at thirty minute intervals, until condition is corrected.
Notify Operations, Transit Bureau Operations and district desk officer
when the condition is corrected.
Notify executive staff and duty chief.
Notify patrol boroughs concerned and direct that patrol personnel be
assigned to conduct foot patrol within subway stations and/or on
platforms of elevated lines in the affected area.
a.
Direct Patrol Services Bureau officers to notify Transit Bureau
officers to contact their command for instructions/reassignment.
b.
Place the Patrol Borough Task Force concerned on “Alert” for
use within Transit, if required.
Generate FINEST message alerting districts and Patrol Services Bureau of outage.
Notify the Chief of Transit Bureau, all Transit Bureau borough
commanders, New York City Transit Rail Control Center, and all Transit
Bureau High Alert Captains immediately.
Notify Transit Bureau Special Operations Division to have their units
contact their commands for instructions/reassignments.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-22

TRANSIT
BOROUGH
COMMANDS

12.
13.

2 of 2

Ensure all districts/commands in the affected and adjacent areas are
notified.
Notify Electronics Section and request adequate number of UHF division
radios to be picked up by transit borough commands for distribution to
affected district commands.
Assign a captain or above as the incident commander for that borough to
monitor police operations and initiate a systematic signal system
requiring MOS to telephone their command at periodic intervals and to
locate a telephone on post capable of receiving and sending telephone
calls for the dispatch of emergency messages from the district command.

Most times, New York City Transit system telephones, located at every token booth and
at various yellow telephone boxes throughout the subway are capable of receiving
incoming and outgoing telephone service.

15.
TRANSIT
DISTRICT
DESK OFFICER
16.
17.
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

18.
19.
20.
21.
22.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

14.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Ensure that all uniformed members of the service are accounted for,
notified to make hourly signals, and directed to conduct all police
business via telephone.
Assign uniformed members of the service a UHF radio and to paired
patrols until such time as the malfunction is corrected.
Suspend assignments in civilian clothes.
Make hourly signals to district/command.
Keep radio in the “ON” position in the event that radio repairs are made.
Attempt to contact the radio dispatcher utilizing the Transit Bureau VHF
radio every half hour until condition is corrected.
Notify radio dispatcher and the district desk officer, when condition is
corrected.
Return UHF radio to transit district desk officer at the end of tour.

Sergeants assigned to the New York City Transit Rail Control Center will liaison with the
Communications Section, Chief of Department Operations Unit, Transit Bureau Operations, and
Transit boroughs during the malfunction of the Transit Bureau radio network. Sergeants assigned
to the Rail Control Center will relay NYCT Department of Subways radio transmissions of interest
to the Transit Bureau Wheel via landline. In addition, a request will be made to the Rail Control
Center to have train operators remain alert when entering subway stations to stop the train and
inform uniformed members of the service that there is a police radio malfunction in the area and
request the member to “call his/her command.”
Uniformed members of the service should remain cognizant of the fact that New York
City Police Department radios, other than those normally assigned to the Transit
Bureau, will not work underground (except for those few Manhattan stations equipped
with underground repeaters).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-23

INSPECTION OF RAPID TRANSIT STATIONS ON POST
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To inspect rapid transit stations (New York City Transit, Port Authority TransHudson [PATH], or Staten Island Rapid Transit [SIRT]) located within a
member’s assigned post or sector.

PROCEDURE

When a member’s assigned post or sector includes a rapid transit station:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Before entering a toilet used by a person of the opposite sex, member concerned will knock
on the door and announce loudly “Police Inspection.” If persons of the opposite sex are
within, member WILL NOT enter until their departure, UNLESS informed of criminal
activity therein.

2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Confer with railroad clerk, at each station, as to conditions requiring police
attention.
Inspect concessions, toilets, stairways, mezzanines, platforms and all token
booths whether open or closed, for conditions requiring police attention.

Visit each station on post at least once, and as often as practicable, unless
otherwise directed.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries concerning conditions
reported by railroad clerk and results of inspections.
Know hours of operation for concessions in the station.
Investigate suspicious conditions in the station.
Report any accident/crime prone condition, unsanitary condition, or fire
hazard.
Prevent persons unable to care for themselves from entering the system.
a.
Ensure that necessary assistance is provided to such persons.

RADIO MOTOR
PATROL
RECORDER

9.
10.
11.

Inspect each uncovered station and post in patrol sector.
Make ACTIVITY LOG entries of results of such inspections.
Notify district desk officer of any uncovered station in sector not inspected
and reason.

DISTRICT
DESK OFFICER

12.

Ensure on first platoon that any post not inspected during the previous
twenty-four hours is inspected, as soon as possible.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Members performing Transit Bureau assignments shall proceed immediately after roll call
to the nearest station of assigned post, unless otherwise directed by competent authority.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-24

REMOVAL OF POWER IN SUBWAY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To establish guidelines to be adhered to when requesting the removal of power in
the subway.

SCOPE

Removal of power in the subway can be extremely hazardous, dangerous and
disruptive to police personnel, passengers and New York City Transit employees and
should only be requested in extreme emergencies involving life-threatening situations.

PROCEDURE

When it becomes necessary to request the removal of power in the subway:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE,
FIRST ON THE
SCENE

1.
2.
3.

4.

5.

DO NOT enter the track area, except in extreme emergencies.
Notify the radio dispatcher in the usual manner.
Provide complete details including, if applicable:
a.
Full description of the condition or suspect(s)
b.
Crime committed
c.
Type of weapon
d.
Direction of flight, etc.
Request response of the Patrol Services Bureau and Transit Bureau patrol
supervisors, and additional units necessary to secure the platform area and
points of entry to the tunnel.
Notify required units, e.g., Emergency Service Units, detective squad,
Crime Scene Unit, etc., as necessary.

NOTE

Prompt notification and timely response of specialized units will minimize the duration
of the power removal and subsequent disruption.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

6.
7.

NOTE

Make determination whether a search or other police action will be
conducted in the tunnel.
Determine the manner in which a police operation is conducted, including
the necessity for removal of power.

Before requesting the removal of power, consider the wide scale ramifications of this
action. Some of the factors to be considered, but not limited to, are:
a.
The time of day (rush hour/non-rush hour)
b.
Weather conditions (extreme heat)
c.
Type of station (elevated or below ground)
d.
Location of trains
e.
Extent of injuries in aided cases
f.
Risk to the riding public, if a crime is involved.

8.

9.

Notify the Operations Unit of the time of the request for the removal of
power.
a.
Notify the Operations Unit when power is restored.
Notify and request the response of the district commander/duty captain.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-24

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

DISTRICT
COMMANDER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN

10.
11.

Respond to the scene and supervise police operations.
Ensure that proper notifications have been made to the Operations Unit.

NOTE

The ranking officer supervising police operations will make maximum utilization of the
experience and expertise of New York City Transit personnel at the scene.

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
OPERATIONS
UNIT

12.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service will not personally shut off power, unless there is a
grave risk of IMMINENT danger to the officers concerned or to others and NO OTHER
safe alternative is available.

Notify the Police Commissioner’s Office, the Office of Chief of
Department, and the Transit Bureau Wheel of any removal of power within
the transit system which occurs as a result of police action.
a.
A second notification will be made upon restoration of power.

WHEN IT IS NECESSARY TO IMMEDIATELY REMOVE POWER FROM
TRACK AREA DUE TO IMMINENT DANGER:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

13.

14.

NOTE

New York City Transit will automatically RESTORE THE POWER if notification is not
made immediately.

15.

NOTE

Open emergency alarm box and pull lever down as far as it will go and
release the lever (located in subway tunnels, spaced about 400 to 600 feet
apart, beneath the blue light).
a.
Power on all tracks in the vicinity will be immediately turned off.
Use the telephone (located at the alarm box), immediately after removing
power, to notify the Rapid Transit Operations Command Center Desk
Superintendent of the situation.

Notify the radio dispatcher via radio, if telephone notification cannot be
made, and request that immediate notification be made to the Desk
Superintendent concerned.

The train operator or conductor’s New York City Transit radio can be used by police
personnel for conducting direct communications with the Rapid Transit Operations
Command Center.
The removal of power may be avoided, in many instances, by obtaining the cooperation
of train motormen and riding in the lead cars of trains, in both directions, through the
affected area to search for fleeing suspects.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-24

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
RANKING
OFFICER IN
CHARGE

16.

Confer with a New York City Transit supervisor on the scene, after
ensuring that all personnel are off the tracks, as to whether power can be
restored immediately after the condition, which required the removal of
power, has been corrected.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Members of the service are reminded that the NYC Transit has the capability of limiting
the removal of power to the actual tracks involved in the critical incident. Turning off the
power directly from the emergency alarm boxes will remove the power in both directions
and on all tracks for several stations. This can cause a major tie-up on the subway system
thereby creating other hazards. Therefore, when possible, all requests for the removal or
restoration of third rail power will be made directly to the Rapid Transit Operations
Command Center Desk Superintendent. This request can be made via the motorman’s
radio, Rapid Transit Operations Radio or if no other alternative exists by the radio
dispatcher in the usual manner. In all cases, an immediate follow-up notification will be
made to the Communications Division, Transit Communications Unit.
In cases where a dead human body is found under circumstances indicating an apparent
homicide or is otherwise suspicious, the investigating officer from the Crime Scene Unit
will photograph and mark the position of the body (head, leg, arm, etc.) and any other
items of evidence that must be removed to avoid destruction by passing train traffic. The
body will then be removed to an area of safety for further examination so that the power
and service can be restored.
If a suspicious death/homicide occurs on a train, the body should remain undisturbed. The
car or cars involved shall be secured, and a uniformed member of the service shall be
assigned to accompany the car involved as it is removed to the train yard or other place
where the investigation will be completed. If the member so assigned is anyone other than
the investigating officer, that member shall remain with the removed car until the
investigating officer’s arrival. Prior to moving the car, the investigating officer will mark its
position and note the order and serial numbers of all cars in the make-up of the train. If
necessary, investigators may return to the scene to conduct a search for additional evidence.
When a body is found in the track bed and is obstructing passenger train traffic, it will
suffice to have the responding detectives photograph the body in place from several
angles prior to its removal.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Searches for Armed/Dangerous Persons on New York City Transit Tracks (P.G. 212-18)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-25

REVENUE ESCORTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide procedures for performing revenue escorts.

PROCEDURE

When post or sector assignment includes a scheduled New York City Transit
revenue escort, upon arrival at station:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service equipped with traditional revolver holster shall break
safety seam.

5.
6.
7.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Ascertain from railroad clerk the exact time of the scheduled escort.
Report to booth five minutes prior to the time of the escort.
Walk approximately five feet behind the railroad clerk and to the side
where clerk is carrying revenue.
Keep hand on firearm with glove off.
a.
Remain alert at all times.

Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries, upon completion of
revenue escort.
Contact the district desk officer and be guided by instructions, if revenue
escort is not ready to leave at scheduled time.
DO NOT carry New York City Transit revenue or any other articles that
could impede the safety of the escort, under any circumstances.

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-26

INSPECTION OF NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY FACILITIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that New York City Housing Authority facilities are being properly
inspected and to suppress criminal activities therein.

DEFINITION

N.Y.C. HOUSING AUTHORITY FACILITY - Includes, but is not limited to,
community centers, child care centers, maintenance shops and areas, storerooms,
health centers, senior citizen centers, tenant recreation rooms, management
offices, laundry and boiler rooms, etc.

PROCEDURE

Uniformed members of the service shall comply with the following guidelines
relative to inspecting N.Y.C. Housing Authority (NYCHA) facilities:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

4.

NOTE

Be responsible for the suppression or rapid discovery of burglaries or
related crimes on assigned post.
Check each NYCHA facility on assigned post during the first and last
hour of each tour of duty, if possible.
a.
Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries.
Frequently inspect security of NYCHA facilities on assigned post during
tour of duty.
a.
Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG entries of all facility inspections.
Comply with any additional instructions given by supervisory officers
relative to facility security measures.
a.
Give special attention to those facilities accorded “Post
Condition” status.

Members of the service assigned to a high priority incident will not be required to
conduct security checks as stated above.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

5.

Request the response of a patrol supervisor upon discovery of a burglary
or related crime committed within a NYCHA facility.

6.

Inspect assigned member’s ACTIVITY LOG during tour to ensure that
NYCHA facilities have been inspected.

UPON NOTIFICATION OF A BURGLARY OR RELATED CRIME WITHIN A
NYCHA FACILITY:
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Respond to scene and supervise investigation.
Interview members of the service at location.
Ascertain that location has been secured.
Take other appropriate action as deemed necessary.
Ensure that all required reports (i.e., COMPLAINT REPORT [PD313-152])
are prepared in connection with the incident.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-26

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Whenever an arrest is made of a perpetrator for the burglary of a NYCHA facility, the
patrol supervisor will evaluate the circumstances, and when warranted, will recommend
the arresting officer(s) for Departmental Recognition.

12.
PSA
COMMANDING
13.
OFFICER
14.

15.

COMMANDING 16.
OFFICER,
17.
HOUSING
BOROUGH
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

Coordinate police and N.Y.C. Housing Authority management efforts to
suppress crime.
Solicit recommendations from assigned members on methods to deter
crimes in facilities.
Prepare a written directive to assigned members, indicating any additional
instructions concerning the frequency and manner of inspection that may
be required on their posts.
Maintain liaison with executive members of the N.Y.C. Housing
Authority to ensure coordination of efforts.
Coordinate and direct special units of the housing borough for maximum
effectiveness in suppressing facility burglaries and related criminal activity.
Apprise the Chief of Housing Bureau of conditions within NYCHA
facilities, when necessary.

PSA commanding officers will work closely with Housing Authority managers
concerning ongoing construction initiatives and the temporary storage of materials and
equipment on Housing Authority property. Housing Authority managers will provide
PSA commanding officers with a list of development addresses where materials and
equipment will be stored while the development is undergoing construction and/or
improvement(s). Based in this information, PSA commanding officers will ensure that
all on-site storage locations are temporarily designated as NYCHA facilities, and
inspected in conformance with this procedure.
The PSA community affairs officer will survey the physical layout of each NYCHA
facility within the command, and will recommend, to the development manager
concerned, measures concerning:
a.
The proper locking/securing of facilities
b.
Appropriate lighting for surroundings
c.
Securing valuable items
d.
Acquiring additional security devices that may deter crime, etc.
The PSA crime analysis officer will evaluate statistical data of incidents to identify
specific times, locations and other patterns of crime. This information will be made
available to the PSA commanding officer, on a continual basis.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-28

DISABLED HOUSING AUTHORITY
ELEVATOR CAR WITH PASSENGERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To ensure the prompt and safe removal of passengers from disabled elevator cars
in Housing Authority buildings.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of a disabled elevator car with passengers:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

If a delay in the response of Housing Authority Emergency Service personnel is
expected, a request for N.Y.P.D. Emergency Service Unit personnel will be made even in
situations deemed to be of a non-emergency nature.

2.

NOTE

Notify radio dispatcher and request response of:
a.
Housing Authority Emergency Service personnel, via the PSA
telephone switchboard operator, police service area of occurrence.
b.
N.Y.P.D. Emergency Service Unit and ambulance, if situation requires the
immediate removal of passengers in cases involving, but not limited to:
(1)
Cardiac condition
(2)
Seriously ill passenger, etc.

Remain at the location of a disabled elevator car with passengers and
provide necessary assistance until:
a.
Properly relieved by other police personnel
b.
Condition is corrected and elevator car door, as well as the outer
car door, is properly secured.

Members of the service shall NOT attempt to remove passengers from a disabled elevator
car without the assistance of Housing Authority and/or N.Y.P.D. Emergency Service Unit
personnel who are trained in the removal of passengers from disabled elevators.

3.
4.

Notify radio dispatcher when condition is corrected.
Prepare FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511) and AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), if necessary, upon completion of assignment.
a.
Include names and addresses of passengers and names and shield
numbers of responding Emergency Service personnel.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If the incident may involve the Housing Authority in a civil action, members shall notify
the PSA desk officer and report all pertinent details in accordance with P.G. 217-11,
“Accidents – New York City Housing Authority Involved.”

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Accidents – New York City Housing Authority Involved (P.G. 217-11)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-29

FIREARMS DISCHARGE BY
UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 9

PURPOSE

To record and evaluate incidents in which uniformed members of the service
discharge firearms, and incidents in which a firearm that is or should have been
in the possession or control of a uniformed member is discharged.

NOTE

A firearms discharge does not include a discharge during an authorized training session
or while lawfully engaged in target practice or hunting. Additionally, it does not include
a firearms discharge at a firearms safety station within a Department facility. See
ADDITIONAL DATA for accidental firearms discharge at a firearms safety station.

DEFINITION

PATROL BOROUGH SHOOTING TEAM - Consists of, on an ad hoc basis,
personnel assigned to the Borough Investigations Unit, Detective Bureau,
Emergency Service Unit, community affairs officers, precinct patrol supervisors
and precinct police officers.
SHOOTING TEAM LEADER - Each patrol borough shooting team will have as
its leader one of the following ranking officers: Commanding Officer, Borough
Investigations Unit or, one of the number of captains designated by the borough
commander and approved by the Chief of Department.
INVESTIGATING OFFICER - Shooting team leader conducts investigation,
whenever a uniformed member of the service discharges a firearm, and signs
required report, under the supervision of:
a.
Duty inspector when no personal injury occurs or when a perpetrator or
bystander sustains a non-serious firearms injury
b.
Duty chief when anyone is killed or seriously injured by gunshot or a
uniformed member of the service is injured by gunshot.

NOTE

When no shooting team leaders are on duty and a uniformed member of the service
discharges a firearm which results in an injury, the patrol borough concerned will activate
a shooting team leader from off-duty. In such cases, the precinct commanding officer/ duty
captain will respond to the scene and take charge of the investigation. When the shooting
team leader arrives, the leader will be briefed by the precinct commanding officer/duty
captain and will thereupon assume responsibility for the investigation (see Appendix “A”).
Commanding/executive officer, precinct of occurrence/duty captain conducts investigation
and signs required report, under the supervision of the duty inspector, whenever a
uniformed member of the service discharges a firearm under circumstances where there:
a.
Is no injury to a person, and
b.
No shooting team leaders on duty.
(Commanding officers of Transit Bureau districts and Housing Bureau police service
areas where the incident occurred, if on duty at the time of the shooting, will perform
this function when the shooting involves uniformed members of the service within their
respective jurisdictions (see Appendix “A”).

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 9

NOTE
(continued)

Interim and final reports on firearm discharges, initially reported by shooting team leaders,
will be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer, Patrol Borough Investigations Unit.
The commanding officer, precinct of occurrence, will be responsible for interim and final
reports initially investigated by non-shooting team ranking officers (see Appendix “A”).

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service discharges a firearm, either on or offduty, or any incident in which a firearm that is or should have been in the
possession or control of a uniformed member is discharged:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

If firearm is discharged outside New York City, uniformed member of the service concerned
will promptly report discharge to local police authorities and the Operations Unit, either
personally or by responsible messenger. Pursuant to the investigation of these incidents,
investigating officers may use Department vehicles without obtaining prior permission, if
responding outside the City but within the residence counties. Incidents occurring outside
the City but within the residence counties will be investigated as follows:
a.
Patrol Borough Bronx will assign an investigating officer to conduct
investigations in Westchester, Rockland, Orange or Putnam Counties.
b.
Patrol Borough Queens South and Patrol Borough Queens North will alternately
assign an investigating officer to conduct investigations in Nassau or Suffolk Counties.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

2.

Respond to scene and take command.
a.
Assess injuries of involved members.
(1)
Direct seriously injured members be transported to the
nearest trauma center.
(2)
Direct members sustaining minor injuries (i.e., tinnitus) be
transported to the nearest hospital after conferring with the
commanding officer/duty captain, if available.
b.
Establish crime scene, if necessary.
c.
Notify the desk officer.

DESK OFFICER 3.

Notify precinct commanding officer/executive officer, Operations Unit,
patrol borough command, and Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center,
without waiting for details.
a.
Ensure a supervisor is responding directly to the hospital where
injured member is receiving treatment.

COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN

Confer with patrol supervisor if on scene prior to transportation of injured
member, and direct injured member be transported to nearest trauma
center/hospital, as appropriate.

OPERATIONS
UNIT

5.

Request patrol supervisor, and:
a.
Call for ambulance and render assistance to injured, if necessary
b.
Safeguard the scene.

Notify duty chief.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 9

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMAND

6.

Notify:
a.
Duty inspector
b.
Appropriate investigating officer, i.e., duty captain, shooting team leader.

DUTY
INSPECTOR

7.

Respond to scene, and:
a.
Confer with commanding officer or executive officer/duty
captain/shooting team leader.

INVESTIGATING
OFFICER

8.

Respond to scene and conduct investigation.
a.
Request the assistance of personnel assigned to the Internal
Affairs Bureau, Office of Deputy Commissioner, Public
Information, Office of Chief, Community Affairs, Office of
Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters, etc., when appropriate.
Notify District Attorney’s Office in all shooting cases.
a.
Confer with District Attorney before interviewing uniformed
member(s) of the service.

9.

NOTE

Unresolved issues with the District Attorney will be brought to the attention of the duty
inspector/duty chief and be guided by their direction.

10.

11.

NOTE

Interview:
a.
Witnesses
b.
Other persons involved
c.
Uniformed member concerned, if appropriate.
Direct patrol supervisor to inspect firearms for evidence of recent
discharge (i.e., presence of spent rounds).
a.
Have Firearms Analysis Section notified if firearm was discharged.

If anyone was injured as a result of police firearms discharge, direct patrol supervisor
to secure all weapons that were discharged. A member assigned to the Borough
Investigations Unit will transport the firearm(s) to the Firearms Analysis Section.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Direct uniformed member concerned to prepare FIREARMS
DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151).
a.
Direct patrol supervisor to prepare REPORT, if uniformed
member concerned is incapacitated.
Assign uniformed member(s) of the service involved, temporarily, to
patrol borough office of assignment, or counterpart, for a minimum of
three consecutive scheduled tours (exclusive of sick time or regular days
off), if firearms discharge causes death or injury.
Notify Operations Unit and patrol borough command of details of
investigation and temporary assignment of uniformed member concerned,
if such assignment was made.
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Chief of
Department, based on “Firearms Discharge Manual, A Guide to the
Preparation of a Shooting Incident Report.”

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-29

PAGE:

08/01/13

INVESTIGATING
OFFICER
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

a.
b.

4 of 9

Include findings as to whether firearms discharge was within or
outside Department guidelines, if investigation is completed, and
Include any recommendations, as per the following schedule:
(1)
FINDINGS
(a)
No violation of Department firearms guidelines
(b)
Violation of Department guidelines
(c)
Accidental discharge - violation
(d)
Accidental discharge - no violation
(2)
RECOMMENDATIONS
(a)
No corrective action to be taken
(b)
Member concerned to review the law and instructions
(c)
Member concerned to have additional firearms instructions
(d)
Retraining in tactics re: ________________
(e)
Current assignment of member be reviewed
(f)
Other (Command Discipline, Charges and
Specifications, etc.) re: ________________

Ordinarily, there will be one “finding” per firearms discharge incident and one or more
“recommendations” about follow-up action to be taken. However, an incident involving multiple
firearms discharges by an individual uniformed member of the service may have more than one
“finding.” For example, an incident wherein two rounds are fired may have a “finding” that
one discharged round was “No violation of Department firearms guidelines,” and the other fired
round was a “Violation of Department guidelines.” In these split “findings” cases, the
investigating officer will clearly specify the nature of each fired round.
In many cases the investigating officer’s determination about the shooting being
“within/outside” the Department’s guidelines will be reserved for the future when the
investigation is completed, e.g., following the interview of uniformed member concerned (see
P.G. 206-13, “Interrogation of Members of the Service”, presentation to grand jury, or
completion of a criminal trial. However, other co-relative decisions will not be postponed.
For example, regarding behavior or violations of Department guidelines, immediate action
will be taken when the member’s behavior is erratic, e.g., refer to Psychological Services, if
appropriate, or derelictions are uncovered, e.g., initiate disciplinary actions. These actions will
be described in the initial report in its “Miscellaneous” section.

c.
16.

Indicate in report the time and date uniformed member concerned
was temporarily assigned to patrol borough/ counterpart command.
Review and sign report.
a.
Distribute as follows:
(1)
Original and first copy - to Chief of Department’s
Investigation Review Section, Firearms Discharge Review
Board, Room 1100A, Police Headquarters, DIRECT.
(a)
Attach first copy of FIREARMS DISCHARGE/
ASSAULT REPORT.
(2)
Copy - Deputy Commissioner, Strategic Initiatives,
(if death or injury)
Deputy Commissioner, Training
Chief of Department

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

INVESTIGATING
OFFICER
(continued)

17.

5 of 9

Chief of Patrol
Chief of Housing Bureau, if appropriate
Chief of Personnel
Chief of Transportation, if appropriate
Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section
Patrol Borough Commander
Uniformed member’s commanding officer, if other
than precinct of occurrence.
Distribute remaining copies of FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT
REPORT, as indicated on form.

PATROL
BOROUGH/
COUNTERPART
COMMANDER

18.

NOTE

Uniformed member(s) of the service involved in such incidents will not be returned to
permanent command without prior approval of Chief of Department.

COMMANDING/
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER,
MEMBER
CONCERNED

19.

20.

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
BOROUGH
INVESTIGATION
UNIT/PCT OF
OCCURRENCE

21.

Prepare report on Typed Letterhead for bureau chief concerned reviewing
temporary assignment of uniformed member(s) of the service concerned.
a.
Recommend continuance or discontinuance, as appropriate.

Conduct informal interview of uniformed member(s) concerned, after
initial investigation is completed.
a.
Inquire about uniformed member’s well being
b.
Offer any assistance deemed appropriate including the services of
the Counseling Services Unit, Employee Relations Section, Early
Intervention Unit (EIU) and Police Organization Providing Peer
Assistance (POPPA).
Conduct a follow-up interview of the uniformed member concerned within
twenty-four to forty-eight hours.
a.
Observe uniformed member’s post trauma reaction.
b.
Repeat offer of the services of the Employee Relations Section,
Early Intervention Unit (EIU), and Police Organization Providing
Peer Assistance (POPPA).
Prepare final report on Typed Letterhead within ninety days of the incident.
a.
Submit interim reports on a monthly basis, if unable to comply within
ninety days, indicating reason for delay, e.g., District Attorney
requested delaying interview of uniformed member(s) concerned, etc.
b.
Include, in the final report, all information not available at the
time of the initial report, and
(1)
Findings and recommendations
(2)
Medical Examiner’s report
(3)
Ballistics report
(4)
Department Gunsmith’s report (accidental discharges)
(5)
Synopsis of uniformed member(s) statements
(6)
Statement that Communications Section tapes were
audited and are consistent or not consistent with uniformed
member(s)/witnesses’ statements

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-29

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
BOROUGH
INVESTIGATION
UNIT/PCT OF
OCCURRENCE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

22.

6 of 9

(7)
District Attorney/grand jury findings, if applicable
(8)
Internal Affairs Bureau findings, if applicable.
Forward report to Chief of Department, as follows:
a.
Original - DIRECT to Chief of Department’s Investigation Review Section
b.
Duplicate - through channels.

NOTE

The Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section will note all cases not finalized by
the first anniversary of their occurrence due to a District Attorney’s request to refrain from
interviewing the uniformed member of the service under P.G. 206-13, “Interrogation of
Members of the Service.” A report of these cases will be forwarded to the Deputy
Commissioner-Legal Matters. The Deputy Commissioner-Legal Matters will confer with the
appropriate District Attorney to expedite judicial proceedings so that the shooting
investigation can be finalized without undue delay. The Deputy Commissioner-Legal Matters
will report the results of his/her conferral on Typed Letterhead to the Chief of Department.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMANDER

23.

BOROUGH
FIREARMS
DISCHARGE
ADVISORY
BOARD

25.
26.

NOTE

Each member must sign report.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMANDER

27.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

FIREARMS DISCHARGE BY UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE

24.

Call meeting of borough Firearms Discharge Advisory Board on a
monthly basis.
Equitably distribute shooting investigations among shooting team leaders
and ensure their availability, whether on or off duty, at all times.
Review incident and sustain/alter findings and recommendations previously made.
Prepare report, addressed to the Department Firearms Discharge Review
Board, containing findings and recommendations per the schedule in step 15.

Endorse findings and recommendations to Chief of Department’s
Firearms Discharge Review Board including:
a.
Summary of findings
b.
Indication of concurrence with findings and recommendations
c.
Current duty status and assignment of uniformed member(s) concerned.

Investigating officers conducting the preliminary investigation will attempt to ascertain and note
in the preliminary report on Typed Letterhead, any action, statement, clothing or equipment
utilized by civilian clothed, uniformed members of the service concerned to identify the uniformed
member(s) as police officers (see step 13, “Firearms Discharge Manual,” [M.O.S. Description]).
Additionally, the investigating officer preparing the final report on Typed Letterhead will include
any additional information concerning identification which is obtained during the course of the
subsequent investigation, including information obtained through interviewing civilian witnesses
and/or the uniformed member(s) concerned, pursuant to the provisions of P.G. 206-13,
“Interrogation of Members of the Service.”

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-29

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 9

If a person is killed as a direct result of police action, the uniformed member of the
service involved will not be assigned to identify the body at the morgue. Another
uniformed member of the service, who can identify the body, will be assigned.
While a firearms discharge at a safety station within a Department facility does not
require a report based on the “Firearms Discharge Manual” as per step 15 of this
procedure, it does require a brief report by the uniformed member’s commanding officer
to the Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section.
In all cases of firearms discharge, the firearm of the uniformed member concerned will be delivered
to and examined by the Firearms Analysis Section. If accidental discharge of a firearm is alleged,
the investigating officer will direct that after Firearms Analysis Section examination, the firearm be
delivered to the Firearms and Tactics Section, Outdoor Range, at Rodman’s Neck for examination
by a Department gunsmith. Department gunsmiths are available Monday to Friday, 0730 to 2300
hours. Uniformed member(s) concerned will not use the firearm(s) in question until such
examination is completed (see P.G. 204-12, “Repair/Replacement of Authorized Firearms”). If
uniformed member’s service revolver/pistol has accidentally discharged and the incident occurs
when a Department gunsmith is not available, the uniformed member concerned will be assigned to
non-enforcement duty pending repair or replacement of the firearm.
The FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT is the primary method used by the
Department to gather intelligence information regarding incidents which are lifethreatening for police officers. The effectiveness of tactics training in identifying
dangerous new criminal practices and in promoting safe new habits by uniformed
members of the service depends upon the accuracy and completeness of these reports.
FIREARMS DISCHARGE INVESTIGATIONS-ACCIDENTAL DISCHARGES AND
SELF-INFLICTED WOUNDS
During the initial investigation of an incident involving a firearm discharge by a
member of the service), information sometimes indicates that the firearm was discharged
under accidental circumstances (with or without injury or death), or may have
apparently been a self-inflicted wound. In all such cases, the ranking officer responsible
for conducting the investigation must determine whether the firearms removal procedure
(P.G. 206-17, “Removal And Restoration Of Firearms) would be appropriate.
All firearms discharge investigation reports under accidental circumstances shall
include a finding and recommendation under Miscellaneous Information (Para. 25 standard format) whether or not the member’s firearms should be removed. In all cases
of apparently self-inflicted wounds, absent mitigating circumstances, firearm removal is
mandatory.
Members do not have to be suspended or placed on modified assignment in order to
have their firearms removed. When the ranking member conducting the investigation
determines that a firearms removal is appropriate, P.G. 206-17, “Removal And
Restoration Of Firearms,” shall be followed.
The circumstances of each case shall be judged on their own merit. Factors such as
on/off duty status, fitness for duty, contributing circumstances (e.g., struggle with
suspect), shooting range incidents etc., shall be considered in making a determination
about the necessity of firearms removal.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-29

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 9

When firearms removal would not be appropriate, if an accidental discharge of a firearm is
alleged, the investigating officer will direct that after ballistics examination, the firearm be delivered
to the Firearms and Tactics Section, Outdoor Range, at Rodman’s Neck for examination by a
department gunsmith (gunsmiths are available Monday to Friday, 0730 to 1530 hours). Members
concerned will not use firearm in question until such examination is completed (see P.G.
204-12, “Repair/ Replacement of Authorized Firearms”). If member's service firearm has
accidentally discharged and the incident occurs when a department gunsmith is not available, such
member will be assigned to non-enforcement duty pending repair or replacement of the firearm.
In all firearm discharge cases, the ranking investigator shall determine whether a referral
should be made to the Early Intervention Unit, Counseling Service, or Trauma Counseling
Program. When a member is shot, or causes, accidentally or otherwise, serious injury or
death to another, the member will be referred to the Trauma Counseling Program.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

All uniformed members of the service who discharge a firearm, on or off duty, at other than
an approved firing range, will attend a tactics review session conducted by the Firearms
and Tactics Section. The dates, times, locations, required equipment, and other provisions
governing the review sessions will be the subject of a yearly Department directive.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Occurring Outside City in Residence Counties (P.G. 205-06)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)
Trauma Counseling Program (P.G. 205-08)
Repair/Replacement of Authorized Firearms (P.G. 204-12)
Boards and Committees (O. G. 101-23)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)
Typed Letterhead

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-29

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 9

APPENDIX “A”
RESPONSIBILITY FOR SHOOTING INVESTIGATION
Type of Shooting
No Injury

Injury
Initial Report
Duty Captain
See Note.
No. However, he/she will promptly
respond to scene and initiate
investigation until the arrival of the
Shooting Team Leader.
Shooting Team Leader
Yes, if on duty at time of the Yes.
firearm discharge.
C.O. (X.O.) of Housing Bureau See Note.
No. However, if on-duty, he/she
PSA (Area of Occurrence)
will promptly respond to scene and
initiate investigation with the
assistance of the Duty Captain until
the arrival of the Shooting Team
Leader.
C.O. (X.O.) of Transit District See Note
No. However, if on-duty he/she will
(Area of Occurrence)
promptly respond to scene and
initiate investigation with the
assistance of the Duty Captain until
the arrival of the Shooting Team
Leader.
NOTE

All firearms discharges by uniformed members of the service will be investigated by a
Shooting Team Leader if one is on duty at the time of the shooting. If none is on duty and
anyone is injured by a firearms discharge, the borough will activate a Shooting Team
Leader from off duty status. If none is on duty and no one has been injured, the investigation
will be conducted by the duty captain concerned. (This function will be performed by the
Commanding Officer or Executive Officer, precinct of occurrence, if he/she is on duty. In
addition, non-injury shootings involving on duty uniformed members of the service assigned
to the Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau, when occurring on Housing or Transit facilities,
will be conducted by the Commanding Officer of the PSA concerned or the Commanding
Officer of the transit district concerned if he/she is on duty at the time of the shooting.)
Further, if an incident involves firearms discharges by multiple officers assigned to the
Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau and other Department bureaus, the investigation will be
conducted by the Patrol Services Bureau Duty Captain.
Interim and final reports relative to police shootings will be prepared by:
The Commanding Officer, Borough Investigations Unit concerned whenever the initial
report is prepared by a Shooting Team Leader.
The Commanding Officer, precinct of occurrence whenever the initial report is prepared
by a non-Shooting Team Leader.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-30

UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE FIRED UPON, SUBJECT
OF ASSAULT, HARASSMENT, MENACING OR RECKLESS
ENDANGERMENT, WHILE PERFORMING LAWFUL DUTY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record and evaluate incidents when a uniformed member of the service is
fired upon, but no police firearms use occurs, or is the subject of an assault,
harassment, menacing, or reckless endangerment, while performing lawful duty,
either on or off duty.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is fired upon, but no use of police
firearms occurs, or is the subject of an assault, harassment, menacing or reckless
endangerment, either on or off duty:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Promptly notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
Request response of patrol supervisor.

DESK OFFICER 3.

Notify precinct commander/duty captain, Operations Unit, and patrol
borough command, without waiting for full details.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

Respond to scene and conduct investigation.
Direct uniformed member concerned to prepare FIREARMS
DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151).
a.
Direct patrol supervisor to prepare a report of incident, if
uniformed member is incapacitated.
Prepare report on typed letterhead, addressed to the Chief of Department,
Investigation Review Section.
a.
Attach first copy of FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT
REPORT.
b.
Forward copies of report, through channels.

4.
5.

6.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT is the primary method used by the
Department to gather intelligence information regarding incidents which are lifethreatening for police officers. The effectiveness of tactics training in identifying
dangerous new criminal practices and in promoting safe new habits by uniformed
members of the service depends upon the accuracy and completeness of these reports.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Firearms Discharge By Uniformed Members Of The Service (P.G. 212-29)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-31

THREATS AGAINST MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To ensure that threats against uniformed members of the service are documented
and investigated properly.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a uniformed member of the service receives or is notified of a threat to
the member concerned or to any other uniformed member of the service:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
THREAT

1.

Attempt to gather as much information as possible regarding the identity of:
a.
Uniformed member of the service being threatened, and
b.
Person making the threat.

IF THREAT IS RECEIVED BY TELEPHONE:
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
THREAT

2.

3.

4.

5.

NOTE

Attempt to keep the caller on the line as long as possible and record:
a.
Telephone number of the telephone on which the threat has been received
b.
Exact time the call commenced and terminated.
Attempt to obtain from caller as much information as possible, including:
a.
Name of threatened uniformed member of the service
b.
All information regarding the member concerned known by the caller
c.
Motive or reason for threat
d.
Manner in which the threat is to be carried out
e.
Identity of caller (including any nickname or street name)
f.
Location from which the call is being made.
Inquire if threatened uniformed member has arrested the caller and/or if
caller has been previously arrested.
a.
Attempt to ascertain date and place of previous arrest or any
incident of contact between the caller contact and threatened
member, if applicable.
Be alert for any identifiable background noises that may pinpoint the
location of the call, while engaged in conversation with the caller.

If available and time permits, recording devices should be utilized to record a threat
received by telephone, or any part thereof. In addition, in all cases of threats received
by telephone, available features such as “*57” and “*69” should be utilized
immediately after contact is broken. The “*57” feature instructs the telephone company
computer to “trap” and make a record of the originating telephone number of the
immediately preceding call. The number can then be retrieved by an investigator
through contact with the NYNEX Security Office. The “*69” feature automatically dials
the originating telephone number of the immediately preceding call. This feature allows
re-establishment of the connection in the event of a hang-up, thereby providing another
opportunity to gather further information from the caller. These features do not operate
on telephones that require an access code to obtain an outside line (i.e., dialing “9”).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-31

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 6

IF THREAT IS RECEIVED IN WRITING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
THREAT

6.
7.

NOTE

If biological evidence appears to be present, item should be placed into a paper
envelope or other suitable paper container. Do not write on the container after the
evidence or item has been placed therein.

8.

9.

Avoid unnecessary handling of envelope, if any, or document.
Place document into plastic security envelope as soon as possible.
a.
Preserve for fingerprints and/or handwriting analysis, as appropriate.

Record:
a.
Whether document was delivered by U.S. Mail or other delivery service
b.
Identity, if possible, of postal service or delivery service employee.
Ascertain all available pedigree information, if delivered by private individual.
a.
Interview individual to ascertain origin of writing, including complete
description of person from whom the writing was obtained, if applicable.

IF THREAT IS RECEIVED BY FAX
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
THREAT

10.

11.

Record:
a.
Precise date and time of receipt
b.
Telephone number of receiving FAX machine.
Obtain transmission report from FAX machine, if machine is so equipped.

IF THREAT IS MADE IN PERSON
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
THREAT

12.

Ascertain all available information from the individual making the threat including:
a.
Identity of uniformed member of the service threatened
b.
Motivation of the threat
c.
Full pedigree of threatener.

NOTE

If individual making the threat is not in custody at time of threat, and there is probable
cause to believe the threatener has committed a crime, effect summary arrest and
immediately notify supervisor of circumstances.

13.

Notify supervisor immediately, whenever a threat is received as outlined
in steps 1 through 12, above.

SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

14.

Have threatened uniformed member notified of occurrence if threatened
member is not the receiving member.

NOTE

If threatened member is off duty at time of threat, the threatened member will be directed to contact
the precinct detective squad concerned, as soon as possible, and the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal
Intelligence Section immediately (available twenty-four hours a day) for debriefing and assessment
of threat precautions to be implemented, if necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-31

SUPERVISORY
MEMBER
(continued)

15.
16.

18.

19.

20.

21.

DETECTIVE
ASSIGNED,
PUBLIC
SECURITY
SECTION

PAGE:

10/16/13

17.

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

REVISION NUMBER:

22.
23.
24.
25.

26.

3 of 6

Direct all involved persons to remain at scene or report to stationhouse
for debriefing.
Direct preparation of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) and refer
REPORT, if necessary (see “NOTE,” following step 37).
a.
Do not include information regarding the identity and residence of
the threatened uniformed member of the service in the
COMPLAINT REPORT.
b.
Mark COMPLAINT REPORT as “OPEN,” in all cases and refer
to precinct detective squad for further investigation.
Notify the following of occurrence:
a.
Precinct commanding officer/duty captain,
b.
Precinct detective squad, and
c.
Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section.
Prepare report, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Chief of
Department, detailing:
a.
Circumstances of threat
b.
Identity and other pertinent information regarding threatener
c.
Identity of uniformed member threatened.
Forward copies of report, as follows:
a.
One copy - DIRECT
b.
One copy - THROUGH CHANNELS
c.
One copy and copy of COMPLAINT REPORT to Intelligence
Bureau, Public Security Section - DIRECT.
Interview all persons involved in threat including:
a.
Receiving member of the service
b.
Threatened uniformed member of the service, if other than
receiving member
c.
Any person involved in the delivery of the threat, i.e., U.S. Postal
Delivery person, or person receiving telephone threat, or person
acting as an informant, etc.
d.
Arrested or suspected threatener.
Conduct full background check of all principals involved, i.e., criminal
history and warrant status of suspected threatener, arrest activity of
threatened member of the service, etc.
Respond to command of occurrence in cases where a specific uniformed
member or group of members have been named as the target of the threat.
Review all reports in connection with incident.
Interview threatened uniformed member of the service.
Assess threat potential.
a.
Make preliminary recommendation regarding protective measures
to ensure personal safety of threatened member.
Notify commanding officer concerned of preliminary recommended precautions.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-31

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 6

Preliminary recommendations made by detectives assigned to the Public Security
Section regarding protective measures to be afforded to threatened uniformed members
of the service include, but are not limited to:
a.
Providing a panic alarm, in appropriate cases
b.
Providing a Department portable radio covering the frequency of the residence
precinct of the member concerned
c.
Establishing a system of directed patrol to the residence or other relevant location.

NOTE

The precinct commander/duty captain will determine which of the recommendations, if
any, are to be implemented, and allocate patrol personnel and resources accordingly.
In addition, in appropriate cases, the precinct commanding officer should consider
including the residence address of a threatened uniformed member of the service for
inclusion on the Hazardous/Sensitive Location List, in accordance with A.G. 316-35,
“Hazardous/Sensitive/ Hazardous Material Locations.”

DETECTIVE
ASSIGNED,
PUBLIC
SECURITY
SECTION
(continued)

27.

28.

COMMANDING 29.
OFFICER,
PUBLIC
SECURITY
SECTION

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
INTELLIGENCE
BUREAU

30.

31.

Conduct follow-up investigation/assessment of threat.
a.
Determine if:
(1)
Threatened uniformed member has been the subject of
previous threats
(2)
Threatener has made previous threats against uniformed
members of the service
(3)
Threatener is a member of an identified criminal gang,
group or association
(4)
Threat emanates from enforcement activity and motivation
of threat.
Forward follow-up recommendations regarding security measures to
Commanding Officer, Public Security Section.
Review recommended personal security measures.
a.
Forward, with additional recommendations
Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau.

if

any,

to

Review recommended personal security measures.
a.
Forward final recommendations for protective measures to be
implemented to commanding officer of member concerned and
commanding officer of member’s resident precinct, if appropriate.
b.
Consult with borough commander/counterpart of threatened
member, where appropriate.
Direct periodic review and re-assessment of threat and personal protective
measures by Public Security Section, as necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-31

BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
COUNTERPART

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

32.
33.

34.

35.

5 of 6

Monitor progress of on-going investigations.
Consult with Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau, regarding
continuing personal protective measures afforded uniformed members
residing or assigned within borough.
Develop and coordinate, when appropriate, all necessary Departmental
resources and/or targeted enforcement strategies to aid the investigation
and protect the threatened member.
Coordinate use of all appropriate resources, including but not limited to
Organized Crime Control Bureau, Fugitive Enforcement Division, Street
Crime Unit, borough task force and other patrol and specialized resources
to attack the condition, criminal organization or enterprise from which the
threat emanates, if applicable.

DETECTIVE
ASSIGNED,
PUBLIC
SECURITY
SECTION

36.
37.

Assist assigned detective in all phases of investigation.
Continue investigation until case is closed by arrest or otherwise.

NOTE

Upon conferral with the detective borough commander, a precinct detective squad
commander may, in appropriate circumstances, refer an investigation of a threat to a
uniformed member of the service to the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section.
Upon such referral, the Public Security Section will assume both investigative and
assessment responsibility, until final closure of the case.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The continued safety of the member concerned is the first priority in any case involving
a threat to a uniformed member of the service. Therefore, the COMPLAINT REPORT
will be filed and primary investigative jurisdiction will be vested in the New York City
precinct that bears the closest connection to the target of the threat, regardless of the
location from which the threat originates or is received. For example, a telephonically
transmitted threat targeting the on duty enforcement activities of a uniformed member of
the service will be investigated, and the COMPLAINT REPORT filed, in the targeted
uniformed member’s precinct of assignment, regardless of the location of origin or
receipt of the threat. In threat cases arising from the targeted uniformed member’s off
duty conduct, jurisdiction will be placed in the New York City precinct of residence, if
the uniformed member resides within the City.
In cases where the threat is not related to the targeted uniformed member’s on duty
activities, and the targeted uniformed member does not reside within the City,
jurisdiction will be placed in the New York City precinct from which the threat
originates (i.e., where the telephone call was made or the letter was mailed or in which
received (i.e., where the letter is delivered or where the call is received). If both the
location of origination and the location of receipt are within the City, the location of
origin will take priority.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-31

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

6 of 6

In cases where the threat neither originates nor is received within the City of New York,
and the targeted uniformed member does not reside within the City, the Intelligence
Bureau, Public Security Section, will be responsible for monitoring the investigation
conducted by the police agency with jurisdiction and for coordinating the Department’s
assistance with the investigating agency.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

The assigned member of the precinct detective squad bears the primary responsibility for the
continuing investigation of the threat case until closure or referral. Intelligence Bureau,
Public Security Section personnel will act in a support capacity with respect to the
investigatory aspects of the case, and are available to offer investigative support and expertise.
In all cases, the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section, bears primary
responsibility to evaluate the severity of the threat to the personal safety of the
threatened uniformed member and to make recommendations regarding the protective
measures necessary to ensure the safety of the threatened uniformed member to the
greatest extent practicable. In all cases, recommendations regarding security measures
are to be implemented by the commanding officer of the member concerned, and the
commanding officer of the residence precinct of the member concerned, as appropriate,
after conferral with the patrol borough commander/counterpart and the Commanding
Officer, Intelligence Bureau, or as directed by higher authority.
Whenever a person is arrested for threatening, harassing or menacing a uniformed member
of the service, an elected official or any other city, state or federal employee a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET will NOT be issued. The arrest will be processed on-line.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
Hazardous/Sensitive/Hazardous Material Locations (A.G. 316-35)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-32

OFF DUTY INCIDENTS INVOLVING
UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To facilitate the preliminary investigation of off duty incidents involving
uniformed members of the service.

PROCEDURE

When an off duty uniformed member of the service is at an unusual police
occurrence to which the uniformed member of the service is either a participant
or a witness:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

For purposes of this procedure an unusual police occurrence shall include family
disputes and other incidents of domestic violence in which the officer is either a
participant or a witness. When remaining at the scene is inappropriate, the uniformed
member of the service concerned may leave the scene; however, said member must
promptly notify the desk officer, precinct of occurrence, and be guided by the desk
officer’s instructions. If incident occurs outside of the City the uniformed member of the
service concerned will promptly notify the Operations Unit. The Operations Unit will
notify the appropriate patrol borough responsible for conducting investigations in the
residence county, or the appropriate authority if outside residence counties.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.
4.

2.

DESK OFFICER 5.
6.

Remain at the scene of incident when feasible and consistent with
personal safety.
Request response of patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence.

Respond to scene and assess situation.
Notify desk officer of available details.
Notify precinct commander/duty captain.
Notify the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center (212-741-8401) with
all available details.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

7.

Conduct investigation and take appropriate action.

NOTE

Any investigation of a police incident or unusual occurrence, including domestic
violence and family disputes, which involve an off duty uniformed member of the service
as a participant or witness will benefit from that uniformed member’s presence.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, is notified that an off duty
uniformed member of the service has suffered a non-fatal bullet wound from a firearms
discharge and he/she did not discharge a firearm and the injured member is not the
subject of any allegation of misconduct, the Internal Affairs Bureau will notify the
Personnel Bureau to enter the event entitled, “UMOS Victim of Bullet Wound” with a
zero point value on the concerned member’s Central Personnel Index (CPI).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-33

CONFRONTATION SITUATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To safely resolve confrontations between members of the service, both on and off
duty.

SCOPE

The type and circumstances of encounters between members of the service whether in uniform or civilian clothes, both on and off duty - are so varied that
they defy all-encompassing guidelines. In such encounters, the actions of the
members in the first few seconds are of vital importance. It must be absolutely
clear in the minds of all members of the service that in any confrontation, the
burden of proving identity rests on the CONFRONTED OFFICER whether on or
off duty. The CHALLENGING OFFICER, however, also has a responsibility to
use sound tactics and judgment in approaching the situation.

DEFINITIONS

CHALLENGING OFFICER – For the purpose of this procedure, the uniformed
member of the service who comes upon the scene where an unidentified person
states he/she is a police officer or whose actions may indicate he/she is taking
police action (i.e., on duty or off duty uniformed member of the service or an
enforcement officer from an outside criminal justice agency).
CONFRONTED OFFICER – The uniformed member of the service (usually
civilian clothed) either on or off duty, who may be armed and taking police
action and whose identity and objectives are not immediately apparent to the
challenging officer.

PROCEDURE

When on duty personnel, whether uniformed or civilian clothed, respond to a
scene and challenge an unidentified person who may be an on duty or off duty
uniformed member of the service or an enforcement officer from an outside
criminal justice agency:

CHALLENGING
OFFICER

1.

2.

Immediately take cover to the rear, not to the side, of the person being
challenged, if possible.
a.
Utilize any cover available (e.g., car, garbage can, lamppost,
mailbox, etc.).
(1)
Any object is a form of protection, even though its value
might be only of a concealment nature.
Identify self in a loud clear voice and state “Police! Don’t move.”
a.
Avoid using slang terms such as “Freeze” or “Hold It.”
b.
Avoid using directives which are contradictory and can cause
confusion such as, “Don’t move and raise your hands.”
c.
Do not use stereotypes which are based on a person’s race, color,
ethnicity, hairstyle, clothing or physical appearance.
(1)
Members of the service are reminded that the Department
is multicultural and stereotypes based on the above WILL
NOT BE USED TO JUSTIFY YOUR ACTIONS.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-33

PAGE:

08/01/13

CHALLENGING

(2)

OFFICER
(continued)

CONFRONTED
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

3.
4.

2 of 4

Members of the service are reminded that racial and ethnic
profiling is a violation of the Fourth Amendment to the
United States Constitution, Article I Section 12 of the New
York State Constituiton, Administrative Code Section 14151, and other applicable laws.

Remain motionless even if it means a fleeing suspect may escape.
a.
Do not turn body, especially if holding a firearm.
Obey all directions from the officer making the challenge.

CHALLENGING
OFFICER

5.

Request person to give exact location of identification and to produce I.D.
slowly, in a controlled manner, if person states he/she is a police officer.

CONFRONTED
OFFICER

6.
7.

Inform challenging officer of exact location of identification before moving.
Produce identification card slowly, in a controlled manner, without
unnecessary movement.
a.
If requested to do so, remove identification card from wallet,
holder, etc. and hand it to the challenging officer.

CHALLENGING
OFFICER

8.

Examine credentials to insure:
a.
Validity, and
b.
Photo or description (if any) fits individual.
Remain alert until you are completely satisfied as to the person’s identity.
Return credentials, if satisfied with identification.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
Request the response of the patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence and
supervisory officer of the on duty member of the service confronted.

9.
10.
11.
12.

13.

Have members involved report to stationhouse of precinct of occurrence.
a.
Direct all members involved to report to the office of the
commanding officer of the Department building/facility where
confrontation occurred, if applicable.

COMMANDING 14.
15.
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE/
DEPARTMENT
BUILDING/
FACILITY

Determine duty status of members involved.
Confer with commanding officers of both on and off duty members
involved, conduct joint investigation, and file joint report.

COMMANDING 16.
17.
OFFICER
PREPARING
REPORT

Interview members involved.
Interview supervisory officers and witnesses, if appropriate.

RESPONDING
SUPERVISOR

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-33

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 18.
OFFICER
PREPARING
REPORT
(continued)
19.
20.

21.

3 of 4

Telephone facts to O.E.E.O., during business hours, or the next business
day, Monday through Friday, 0800 and 1800 hours. (If during nonbusiness hours, leave message on answering machine and an O.E.E.O.
representative will contact caller.)
a.
Obtain O.E.E.O. case number.
Confer with personnel officers and/or personnel assigned to Employee
Relations Section, if appropriate.
Prepare report and include:
a.
O.E.E.O. case number in subject
b.
Details of incident
c.
Results of interviews with all parties involved
d.
Statement of how problem was resolved
e.
Analysis and review of confrontation
f.
Summary of weaknesses and corrective measures taken.
Forward copy of report to:
a.
Office of Equal Employment Opportunity, direct
b.
Commanding officer of each member involved.

COMMANDING 22.
OFFICER/
MEMBER
INVOLVED

Inform member involved of results of investigation and counsel member
on weaknesses and corrective measures taken.

23.

Inform commanding officer of dissatisfaction with final determination of
investigation and request that the commanding officer of the next higher
command review the matter, if applicable.

COMMANDING 24.
OFFICER/
NEXT HIGHER
COMMAND
25.

Notify the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity immediately, by
telephone, regarding review and:
a.
Give relevant O.E.E.O. case number
b.
Inform of any change in final decision.
Forward report to the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity within
five business days detailing changes in final decision.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
INVOLVED

ADDITIONAL
DATA

TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS
Members of the service are reminded to deploy proper tactics and to use sound judgment
when involved in confrontation situations. Members will remain on heightened alert until the
member is completely satisfied as to the person’s identity through verification of credentials.
Members of the service are reminded to immediately take cover to the rear, not to the side,
of the person being challenged, if possible. A challenge from the rear allows more time
for the challenging officer to evaluate the subject’s reactions and also gives the
challenging officer a tactical advantage. A challenge from the side reduces response time.
Civilian clothed uniformed members of the service should make it a practice to carry
their shields in a pocket opposite their shooting hands.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-33

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Supervisors of uniformed members of the service who perform enforcement duty in
civilian clothes will ensure that their subordinates are made aware of the “color of the
day” at the commencement of their tours of duty. In addition, members of the service
performing duty in civilian clothes will ensure that the “color of the day” is displayed in
a conspicuous manner.
DEPARTMENT POLICY
The IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) is the primary form of identification for
uniformed members of the Department and must always be carried. However,
uniformed members of the service do not have to carry their shields when unarmed.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-34

PROBATIONARY POLICE OFFICER, POLICE ELIGIBLE OR
CIVILIAN EMPLOYEE INVOLVED IN A POLICE INCIDENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To ensure that commands concerned are notified when a probationary police
officer, civilian employee, or a person eligible for appointment to the Department
is involved in a police incident.

PROCEDURE

When a probationary police officer, a civilian employee or a person eligible for
appointment to the Department is involved in a police incident:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER
3.
4.
5.

NOTE

Conduct investigation to determine if involvement in incident would
affect member’s performance in the Police Department.
Notify the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center (212-741-8401) with
all available details.
Have three copies of report prepared on Typed Letterhead, containing
all pertinent information.
Forward one copy of report to:
a.
Commanding Officer, Medical Division, when a person is on a
police eligible list.
b.
Commanding Officer, Applicant Processing Division, if incident
involves a police eligible.
c.
Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section, for
probationary police officers or civilian employees.

If a probationary police officer is assigned to the Police Academy:
a.
Forward duplicated copy of report to Commanding Officer, Police Academy
b.
Notify Recruit Operations
c.
Notify Performance Analysis Section next business day.

6.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Report facts to commanding officer.

File remaining copy.

Whenever a commanding officer, or investigative unit commander is recommending a
probationary police officer or civilian member for termination or decertification, or is
recommending a probationary member of the service of any rank or title for an
extension of probation, the commander must confer with the Commanding Officer,
Performance Analysis Section prior to forwarding the recommendation.
Commanding Officers concerned must recognize that the conduct of probationary police
officers, both on and off duty, is subject to evaluation.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-35

INCIDENTS INVOLVING ENFORCEMENT
PERSONNEL OF OTHER AGENCIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PROCEDURE

To investigate allegations of unnecessary use of force by uniformed members of
the service against on-duty enforcement personnel of specified agencies or to
investigate incidents which may result in the arrest of or the issuing of a
summons to such enforcement personnel.

DEFINITION

ENFORCEMENT PERSONNEL OF SPECIFIED AGENCIES:
a.
Department of Transportation Highway Inspection/Quality Assurance inspectors
or Department of Transportation Parking Control Unit agents
b.
Sanitation Department Enforcement agents.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is alleged to have used unnecessary force
against an on-duty enforcement agent of a specified agency or becomes involved in an
incident that may result in such enforcement agent being arrested or issued a summons:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Immediately request the patrol supervisor to respond to the scene prior to
taking any other action.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

2.
3.

Respond to the scene and attempt to obtain third party witnesses to the incident.
Bring all parties involved, including witnesses if possible, to precinct of
occurrence.
Inform desk officer of all facts.

4.
DESK OFFICER 5.

6.

NOTE

Notify Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit at 1-800-341-2272
(twenty-four hours), if allegation of unnecessary force is made (see P.G.
207-31, “Processing Civilian Complaints”).
Notify precinct commander/duty captain and:
a.
The Department of Transportation Central Communications, if incident involves Department of Transportation Highway
Inspection/Quality Assurance inspector or Department of
Transportation Parking Control Unit agent.
b.
The Sanitation Enforcement Headquarters Division: (0600 x 1600
hours/7 days) (if closed, notify Sanitation Bureau Operations Office:
if incident involves Sanitation Department enforcement personnel.

Detective squad member will make the above notifications if, while conducting an
official investigation involving enforcement personnel of the specified agencies, a
complaint of unnecessary force is alleged or it appears an arrest must be made or a
summons issued to the enforcement agent.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-35

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

PRECINCT
COMMANDER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN

7.
8.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If an agent of one of the above listed agencies wants to make an arrest claiming that he
or she was assaulted or the subject of any other crime while performing their official
duties, the officer will determine if probable cause exists to support the claim. Upon
determination that probable cause exists, the officer will assist in the arrest and take the
prisoner into custody. The enforcement agent involved will be the complainant.

9.

Conduct investigation.
Confer with supervisory/managerial personnel of enforcement personnel
involved.
Prepare three copies of report on Typed Letterhead with details of
incident and results of investigation and forward to:
a.
Chief of Department - Direct
b.
Chief of Department - through channels
c.
File - precinct of occurrence.

No arrest may be made, nor may a summons be issued, for a violation unless the offense
is personally observed by the member of the service.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS (PD260-121) and stationhouse bail will not be issued
to persons charged with Assault 3rd degree (Penal Law 120.00), Attempted Assault 3rd
degree (Penal Law 110/120.00), Menacing 2nd degree (Penal Law 120.14), Menacing 3rd
degree (Penal Law 120.15), Harassment 1st degree (Penal Law 240.25), Aggravated
Harassment (Penal Law 240.30), and Reckless Endangerment 2nd Degree (Penal Law
120.20) when committed against a city/state enforcement agent performing official duty.
RELATED
PROCEDURE

Processing Civilian Complaints (P.G. 207-31)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-37

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 7

PURPOSE

To protect persons from the effects of hazardous materials.

DEFINITIONS

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL - Any chemical, biological or radiological substance
which uniformed members of the service believe to be dangerous to health.
ON-SCENE COORDINATOR - Highest ranking uniformed supervisor at scene;
responsible for coordinating actions of police and other city agency personnel.
INTER-CITY AGENCY COMMAND CENTER - A location, separate and
distinct from the police temporary headquarters, where city agency activities and
resources are coordinated by the ON-SCENE COORDINATOR.

PROCEDURE

Upon arrival at the scene of an incident involving suspected hazardous material
or if legality of a hazardous material shipment is questionable.

NOTE

Extreme caution should be used by all members of the service, especially first response personnel,
at any suspected hazardous material situation. Consider all suspected hazardous materials
dangerous and not to be handled or removed except by properly trained and equipped personnel.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

NOTE

Notify desk officer and Communications Section of facts and request response of:
a.
Patrol supervisor
b.
Emergency Service Unit supervisor and personnel
c.
Highway District Motor Carrier Safety Unit.
Establish minimum “frozen areas” as follows:
a.
Outdoors - At least 300 feet in radius from hazardous material source
or spillage.
b.
Indoors - Evacuate room in which material is located
c.
Explosion or fire:
(1)
Outdoors - at least 1000 feet in radius from explosive and
at least 300 feet in radius from fire
(2)
Indoors - extend frozen area to include all areas or rooms
where a person might be exposed to the material; include
floors above and below the material
(3)
Tanker Truck or Military Shipment - extend frozen area to
a least 1000 feet in radius.

Distances listed are minimal and may be expanded, if conditions warrant, e.g., presence
of irritants, heat emissions, vapors, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-37

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 7

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

3.

Exclude vehicular and pedestrian traffic from frozen area.
a.
Restrict entry to only those persons properly trained and equipped
to handle hazardous materials, except when absolutely necessary
to save life or prevent serious injury.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

4.

Evaluate situation upon arrival at scene.
a.
Confer with Emergency Service Unit supervisor/member or Highway
District Motor Carrier Safety Unit member on scene
b.
Notify N.Y.C. Department of Health if scene is contaminated with radiation

NOTE

If legality of a hazardous material shipment is questionable, the Motor Carrier Safety
Unit member will clarify.

c.

5.
6.

7.

NOTE

Comply with pertinent provisions of P.G. 213-02, “Emergency
Incidents.”
Establish a command post and follow pertinent provisions of P.G. 213-01,
“Command Post Operations.”
Advise Operations Unit, by telephone, of ALL available information concerning:
a.
Exact location of incident, including:
(1)
Time of occurrence
(2)
Source of spill or accident
(3)
Whether there is danger to the public
b.
Materials involved, including information on labels, markings,
numbers on vehicles and/or containers
c.
Other agency personnel responding/required
d.
Actions initiated/indicated.
Request Communications Section to notify Operations Unit and to
dispatch Bomb Squad.

Evacuate persons at least 1,000 feet from suspected device.

8.

Maintain frozen area security until hazardous materials are removed or
neutralized and declared safe.
a.
Notify Highway Unit supervisor to be available for escort duties,
as necessary
b.
If vehicle involved, detain for highway safety check by Highway District.

NOTE

The Department of Environmental Protection, upon notification from the Operations Unit,
will respond and assist in the analysis and handling of suspected hazardous materials.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
SUPERVISOR/
MEMBER

9.

10.

Determine extent of hazard and advise patrol supervisor.
a.
Confer with Bomb Squad supervisor on scene
b.
Survey area to determine if any radiation levels are detectable, as appropriate.
Seek advice from Fire Department, Department of Environmental
Protection, Health Department, and/or Highway District Motor Carrier
Safety Unit member, if necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-37

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 7

NOTE

If the material presents no significant hazard (depending upon the nature of the
material) and pending the arrival of Department of Environmental Protection personnel,
the patrol supervisor will have the material safeguarded. If the material can be handled
easily, Emergency Service personnel will remove the material to a secure area.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
SUPERVISOR/
MEMBER
(continued)

11.

Advise patrol supervisor to have Department of Sanitation notified to clean up,
and dispose of substances, other than liquids, which have been rendered safe.

WHEN INCIDENT INVOLVES A SIGNIFICANT FIRE, EXPLOSION,
CHEMICAL BURN, TOXIC AIR RELEASE OR RADIATION HAZARD TO
EMERGENCY PERSONNEL OR THE GENERAL PUBLIC:
ON-SCENE
COORDINATOR

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

NOTE

Assume control at scene of incident.
Establish Inter-Agency Command Center as close to incident as safety permits.
Ensure that adequate communications capability is available.
Assign a uniformed member of the service to maintain an Inter-Agency
Command Center Log.
Notify Operations Unit, immediately and relate all available information
concerning incident including:
a.
Nature of material involved, its manufacturer, shipper, consignee

All chemical names must be carefully spelled out.

b.
c.

17.

18.

19.

Identification, warnings, symbols, signs and other information as
outlined in step 6, subdivision b
Pertinent information obtained from operator of vehicle
transporting material and/or from other documents.

Request a communications link be established between Operations Unit
and the Inter-Agency Command Center and that additional personnel be
dispatched to scene, if necessary.
Establish police lines.
a.
Restrict access to emergency response vehicles and emergency
personnel
b.
Designate area for parking of emergency vehicles and equipment
(1)
Choose area on high ground and/or upwind of hazardous
material, if possible, to avoid contamination.
Establish a safety perimeter (frozen area) within police lines, after
consultation with appropriate agencies if not already established.
a.
Maintain frozen area until hazard is contained, neutralized and/or
decontaminated
b.
Do not permit police vehicles/equipment parked or used within frozen
area to be removed until examined and decontaminated, if necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-37

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 7

ON-SCENE
COORDINATOR
(continued)

20.

NOTE

Where off-loading of hazardous materials becomes necessary, coordinate selection of
emergency response route for responding off-load vehicle with Department of
Environmental Protection, Traffic Management Center and Operations Unit personnel.

21.
22.

23.

24.

25.

Establish detours:
a.
Consider potential for explosion of volatile gases/vapors which
might be caused by vehicle generated sparks
b.
Maintain access for emergency vehicles
c.
Notify Traffic Management Center and request necessary personnel to
respond and implement traffic control measures
d.
Consider implementation of Traffic Plan “C,” as outlined in P.G.
213-13, “Emergency Plans ‘A’, ‘B’, ‘C’.

Request Emergency Medical Service to provide medical treatment for
persons affected.
Detain those persons not requiring emergency medical treatment who
have been exposed to the hazardous material, if possible.
a.
Obtain names and addresses for entry in Command Post Log in
the event that medical follow-up becomes necessary.
Coordinate actions of Fire Department, Department of Environmental
Protection and Department of Sanitation to prevent hazardous materials
from entering sewer system.
a.
Request Operations Unit to notify Department of Environmental
Protection, if substance enters sewer system, so that pollution
control plant serving area may be alerted.
Evacuate the area, if appropriate, to a distance sufficient to protect public
from dangers posed by the material.
a.
Exclude all but properly equipped, essential personnel from the vicinity.
Request response of Mobile Decontamination Vehicle through Operations
Unit, if necessary.

NOTE

If ON - SCENE COORDINATOR is not available, Fire Department, deputy chief or above,
Department of Environmental Protection - Director, Hazardous Material Unit, assistant
commissioner or above, or Emergency Medical Service - Director or above, may request
the activation of Mobile Decontamination Vehicle through the Operations Unit.

OPERATIONS
UNIT MEMBER

26.

Notify the following agencies:
a.
Fire Department
(1)
Request response, in all cases, whether or not there is or
has been a fire at the location
(2)
Advise Fire Department dispatcher of nature of incident
and telephone number of Inter-Agency Command Center
b.
Department of Health, Poison Control Center
(1)
Request response to scene to assist in a determination of
actions to be taken
(2)
Provide all available information

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-37

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

OPERATIONS
UNIT MEMBER
(continued)

d.

e.

OFFICE OF
EMERGENCY
MANAGEMENT

REVISION NUMBER:

27.

28.

29.

5 of 7

Department of Environmental Protection
(1)
Relay all available information
(2)
Request “Response Team” be dispatched to scene
(3)
Provide Inter-Agency Command Center telephone number
Department of Sanitation
(1)
Advise re: nature and exact location of incident
(2)
Request that preparations be made to deliver sand or other
containment materials, if needed
(3)
Provide Inter-Agency Command Center telephone number
Relay all available information to the following:
(1)
Emergency Medical Service
(2)
U.S. Coast Guard
(3)
American Red Cross
(4)
New York State Department of Environmental Conservation.

Coordinate city agency actions to ensure that:
a.
Substance involved is contained and controlled
b.
Hazard to the public is minimized
c.
Evacuation, if necessary, is properly handled.
Evaluate extent of hazard through consultation with Department of
Environmental Protection Response Team and Department of Health,
Poison Control Center.
Proceed to Inter-Agency Command Center.
a.
Establish Emergency Coordinating Section, composed of
management personnel from each principal agency involved.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
ASSIGNED TO
FIELD
COMMAND
POST/INTERAGENCY
COMMAND
CENTER

30.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
MEMBER

32.

Report name and shield number of members of the service (uniformed
and civilian) at the scene where radiation levels are detected to the
member maintaining the field Command Post Log for entry therein.

C.O.,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

33.

Have transcript of all Command Post Log entries prepared on Typed
Letterhead and forwarded to Commanding Officer, Police Laboratory.

31.

Record, in Command Post Log/Inter-Agency Command Center Log, all
significant information and events, including arrival and departure of
uniformed members of the service responding and the arrival and
departure of members and equipment from other agencies.
Enter names and addresses of persons not requiring immediate emergency
medical treatment who may have been exposed to the hazardous material
in Log, in the event medical follow-up is necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-37

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 7

C.O., POLICE
LABORATORY

34.

Forward report to Commanding Officer, Medical Division, indicating:
a.
Specific names and amounts of hazardous materials involved
b.
Radiation intensity at scene, if any
c.
List of police personnel who were present and length of time
exposed to hazardous material
(1)
Enter radiation intensity to which each member was exposed.

C.O. MEDICAL
DIVISION

35.

Have entries made in member’s medical folder of the specific names and
amounts of hazardous materials to which member was exposed.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The following city agencies will respond to the scene of hazardous materials incidents,
perform the functions indicated, and coordinate activities with the On-Scene Coordinator:
a.
Fire Department
(1)
Contain and control hazardous material.
b.
Sanitation Department
(1)
Clean up and dispose of materials rendered safe, excluding liquids.
(2)
Provide sand and other containment material.
c.
Department of Environmental Protection
(1)
Provide technical guidance.
(2)
Contact private firms capable of assisting in containment, control,
cleanup, and disposal of hazardous materials.
(3)
Assist the Fire Department with containment and abatement.
d.
Department of Health
(1)
Provide technical information on hazardous materials.
(2)
Assess effect and hazards to the public health.
(3)
Ensure radioactive and/or disease-causing material are contained,
neutralized, controlled and cleaned up.
e.
Emergency Medical Service
(1)
Provide on-site medical service for treatment of affected persons.
f.
Mayor’s Press Office
(1)
Provide public with information relative to the incident.
The On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) upon conferral and in conjunction with the ranking
fire official at the scene of a hazardous material incident shall:
a.
Utilize, when necessary, the expertise of the appropriate Department unit/City agency
representative(s) at the scene, for technical guidance and assistance in execution of
prescribed responsibilities (e.g., Emergency Service Unit, Bomb Squad, Fire
Department Hazmat, Department of Environmental Protection, Department of Health).
b.
Identify, to the extent possible, all hazardous substances or conditions present, and
address as appropriate, site analysis, use of engineering controls, maximum exposure
limits, hazardous substance handling procedures, and use of any new technologies.
c.
Based on the hazardous substances and/or conditions present, implement
appropriate emergency operations, and assure that the personal protective
equipment worn is appropriate for the hazards to be encountered. This shall
include positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus which shall be
worn by personnel engaged in emergency response when exposed to hazardous
substances presenting an inhalation hazard or potential inhalation hazard, until

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-37

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

d.

e.

7 of 7

it is determined through the use of air monitoring that a decreased level of
respiratory protection will not result in hazardous exposures to these personnel.
Limit the number of emergency response personnel within the safety perimeter,
to those who are actively performing emergency operations. Operations in
hazardous areas shall be performed using the “buddy system” in groups of two
or more (each member of the group must be designated to observe the activities
of at least one other member of the group).
Designate a safety official, who is knowledgeable in the operations being
implemented at the scene, with specific responsibility to identify and evaluate
hazards and to provide direction with respect to the safety of operations for the
emergency at hand. Inform the safety official as to his/her authority to alter,
suspend, or terminate those activities judged by him/her to result in a condition
immediately dangerous to life or health, and/or involve an imminent danger
condition. The safety official must immediately inform the On-Scene Coordinator
of any actions needed to be taken to correct these hazards at an emergency scene.
Identity of the safety official shall be entered in the Command Post Log.

The safety official should be selected, by the On-Scene Coordinator, from the responding
agency most familiar with the particular hazard encountered, i.e., Emergency Service
Unit, Bomb Squad, Fire Department Hazmat, Department of Environmental Protection,
Department of Health, etc. Also, more than one safety official can be designated by the
On-Scene Coordinator.
At the conclusion of a hazardous material incident the On-Scene Coordinator will
critique the incident with agency representatives and advise the Office of Emergency
Management of the results of the critique.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Suspected Explosive Devices and Post Explosion Bomb Scene (P.G. 212-40)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-38

HOSTAGE/BARRICADED PERSON(S)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To handle hostage/barricaded persons’ situations with maximum safety to all
persons concerned.

DEFINITIONS

HOSTAGE SITUATION - A hostage situation begins the moment a suspect
takes a person under his or her control and subjects that person to the risk of
bodily harm for the purpose of furthering a criminal act or to facilitate escape.
There are two broad categories of hostage situations:
a.
The classic hostage situation, in which the hostage-taker is contained
within a room, building, store, or other physically segregated area;
b.
The mobile hostage situation, in which the hostage-taker is on the street or
another location where he or she is not restricted by clear physical boundaries.
OUTER PERIMETER - Area sufficiently removed from actual scene of incident
to ensure the safety of all spectators, including members of the news media. The
establishment of outer perimeters dictates the evacuation of all civilians and
unnecessary police personnel from this area.
INNER PERIMETER - Frozen area, encompassing the incident location. No one
will be permitted in this area without a protective vest appropriate to the level of
threat present. No one will be allowed to enter the Inner Perimeter except:
a.
Patrol borough commander or duty chief;
b.
Commanding Officer, Special Operations Division, and personnel under
his/her command;
c.
Commanding Officer, Emergency Service Unit, and personnel under his/
her command;
d.
Hostage Negotiating Coordinator and personnel under his/her command;
e.
Technical Assistance Response Unit (TARU) supervisor and personnel
under his/her command;
f.
Bomb Squad supervisor and one technician, when bomb is present or
suspected;
g.
Ranking patrol duty supervisor from affected operational bureau (Patrol Services,
Housing or Transit) depending on location of incident;
h.
Any other person(s) with the permission of the patrol borough
commander or duty chief.
MASS REFLEXIVE RESPONSE - Sometimes referred to as “contagious
shooting,” mass reflexive response is the phenomenon which occurs when a shot
fired by one officer sets off a chain reaction of shooting by other personnel on the
scene. It involves reacting based on one’s instinct rather than on a rational
assessment of the situation.
FIREARMS CONTROL - Firearms control requires that no member of the service
on the scene will discharge a firearm unless and until directed to do so by the
supervisory officer in charge, unless discharging a firearm is absolutely necessary
for self-defense or the defense of another and there is no other alternative.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-38

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

PROCEDURE

When responding to the scene of an incident in which persons are being held
hostage or barricaded persons will not voluntarily surrender, or when persons are
taken hostage during the course of an ongoing police incident, pursuit, etc.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
NOTE

Request through communications dispatcher that the patrol supervisor,
Emergency Services Unit (ESU), Hostage Negotiation Team (H.N.T.) and the
Technical Assistance Response Unit (T.A.R.U.) respond to the incident.
Seek cover and attempt to isolate and contain the subject and the hostage.

When there is time to negotiate, all the time necessary to ensure the safety of all
individuals concerned will be used. Once a hostage or hostages are taken, all members
of the service at the scene will attempt to contain the subject(s) and hostage(s) and
implement hostage negotiation procedures. Note that the safety and well-being of the
hostage as well as all persons present is our paramount concern. Any action which
endangers the hostage will be avoided, if possible.

3.

NOTE

Be cognizant of the danger of “Mass Reflexive Response.”
a.
The first officers on the scene will immediately establish and
maintain firearms control.

Uniformed members of the service should be aware that, although the New York State
Penal Law and Department procedures may authorize the use of deadly physical force
in a given situation, they will not be subject to criticism or disciplinary action for
choosing not to discharge their firearms.

4.

5.
6.

Attempt to slow the pace of the incident and establish a dialogue with the
subject while awaiting the arrival of specialized personnel.
a.
Any action which might agitate or provoke the subject should be avoided.
Refrain from any action which would unnecessarily jeopardize the safety
of the hostage.
Establish police lines to control subject’s mobility and to prevent
uninvolved persons from entering the area.

NOTE

Street situations, or mobile hostage situations, present added hazards. The ability to
control the subject’s movement, and the prevention of uninvolved persons unwittingly
entering the inner perimeter, are limited by the setting in which the incident occurs. The
proper deployment of personnel will aim to control access to the inner perimeter as well
as to control the subject’s mobility. Natural boundaries, such as fences, building lines,
parked cars, and walls, should be used to contain the subject. Department vehicles,
strategically placed, can be used to contain the incident or to block escape routes.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

7.
8.

Assume command of the situation.
Ensure that all members of the service present are directed to maintain firearms control.
a.
As soon as circumstances permit, designate one or more uniformed
members of the service who will act as the designated shooter(s) if
the use of deadly physical force becomes unavoidable.
b.
Designate a uniformed member of the service to maintain radio contact
with the Communications Section dispatcher, so that the dispatcher and
responding personnel are kept apprised of the situation as it develops.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-38

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

NOTE

The ranking officer in charge will personally assume responsibility for firearms control. To
maintain firearms control, he or she must be able to immediately assess conditions as they
develop, and to give appropriate direction instantaneously. Therefore, the ranking officer in
charge will assume a position within the inner perimeter, at the focal point of the situation.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

9.
10.

NOTE

Only the ranking patrol duty incident commander (i.e., patrol borough commander/duty
inspector/duty captain) has the authorization to cancel the services of the H.N.T. and
T.A.R.U. via the communications dispatcher. The communications dispatcher is NOT
authorized to cancel the services of H.N.T. and/or T.A.R.U. without the aforementioned
consent of the ranking patrol duty incident commander on the scene.

11.
12.

13.

14.
15.

NOTE

Assess situation and ensure sufficient patrol response pending arrival of
Emergency Service Unit.
Verify through the communications dispatcher that ESU, H.N.T. and
T.A.R.U. are enroute to the incident scene and if not, request their
immediate response.

Request response of precinct commander/duty captain.
Implement hostage negotiation procedures, beginning with the establishment
of inner and outer perimeters.
a.
The inner perimeter should contain only those personnel necessary to
accomplish the mission; all others will be directed to the outer perimeter.
b.
Uninvolved civilians should be evacuated, if safety permits. They
should be properly identified and detained for questioning to
obtain pertinent information about the incident.
c.
Once the inner perimeter is established, only authorized personnel
will be permitted to enter it.
d.
An outer perimeter will be established to serve as a staging area
for additional police personnel and for other agencies (i.e., Fire
Department, Emergency Medical Service, etc.)
e.
The Communications Section should advise all units responding
to the incident to avoid the inner perimeter, and not to use lights
and sirens as they approach the scene.
Confer with the Emergency Service Unit upon their arrival to evaluate
location and coverage of inner and outer perimeters, as well as necessity
for evacuation of area.
a.
Request response of Emergency Service Unit supervisor, if not present.
Establish field command post outside of inner perimeter and the potential line of fire.
Have desk officer, precinct of occurrence, and Operations Unit apprised
of situation and provide telephone numbers of field command post.

The ranking patrol supervisor on the scene is in command and will coordinate police
operations. If a barricaded person is contained and poses no immediate threat or
danger to any person, no additional action will be taken without the authorization of the
precinct commander/duty captain at the scene.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-38

PRECINCT/
PSA/DISTRICT
COMMANDER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

4 of 5

Assume command of the incident.
Ascertain that firearms control has been established.
Confer with patrol supervisor and Emergency Service Unit Supervisor to
determine if sufficient personnel are present to maintain inner and outer perimeters.
Ensure that field command post is established outside inner perimeter and
potential line of fire.
Assign sufficient personnel to maintain outer perimeter.
Have duty inspector and patrol borough commander or duty chief notified
to respond in verified hostage or barricade situation.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
SUPERVISOR

22.
23.

Ensure that a clearly delineated inner perimeter has been established.
Ensure that only properly equipped and designated personnel enter the
inner perimeter.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
DUTY
INSPECTOR/
DUTY CAPTAIN

24.
25.

Assume overall command and ascertain that the outer perimeter and inner
perimeter have been established.
Ensure through the communications dispatcher that H.N.T. (with
coordinator) and T.A.R.U. are enroute to or are already present at the
incident scene and if not, then request their immediate response.
Ensure that detective borough commander is notified.
Attempt to establish contact with the person holding hostages or the
barricaded person, pending arrival of hostage negotiator(s).
a.
Determine who may speak to hostage taker or barricaded person.

HOSTAGE
NEGOTIATION
COORDINATOR

28.
29.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Although the primary goals in a developing hostage situation are to isolate and contain the subject,
the safety of the hostage, and of all persons present, is the overriding concern. The Communications
Section must be kept apprised of the situation as it develops so that information can be relayed to
personnel at the scene as well as others who may be responding. It is impossible to create a set of
guidelines which will cover all potential hostage situations. These basic guidelines must be tailored
to the situation at hand. However, in any hostage situation, there are three constants:

26.
27.

a.
b.
c.

Report to ranking patrol duty incident commander present.
Commence hostage/barricaded persons procedures.

When there is time to negotiate, all the time necessary to ensure the safety of all
concerned will be used
Deadly physical force will be used only as a last resort to protect the life of persons present
The overriding goal is the safe release of the hostage.

Uniformed members of the service are reminded that, although the New York State Penal Law and
Department procedures may authorize the use of deadly physical force in a given situation, they will
not be subject to criticism or disciplinary action for choosing not to discharge their weapons.
Hostage-takers often maintain close physical proximity to their hostage(s). For that reason,
uniformed members of the service must be especially aware of the risk involved in attempting to
shoot a small, moving target, and the possibility of further jeopardizing the safety of the hostage.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-38

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

In addition to the above, uniformed members of the service in the ranks of captain and
above will be cognizant of the provisions of the Department tactical manual entitled,
“Hostage Negotiations - Organizational and Tactical Guide.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Metal Health Removal Orders (P.G. 216-06)
Citywide Incident Management System (P.G. 220 Series)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Evictions, Repossessions, and Other Civil Process (P.G. 214-13)
Unlawful Evictions (P.G. 214-12)
Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles - Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and Post
Explosion Bomb Scenes (P.G. 212-40)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-39

VEHICLE PURSUITS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To determine the necessity of commencing a vehicle pursuit and the method to
be employed in conducting such a pursuit.

DEFINITIONS

PRIMARY VEHICLE - vehicle initiating pursuit.
SECONDARY VEHICLE - first additional unit assisting in pursuit.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing a vehicle which is to be stopped or there is a likelihood that
vehicle pursuit may be imminent:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE,
PRIMARY
VEHICLE

1.
2.

NOTE

Department policy requires that a vehicle pursuit be terminated whenever the risks to
uniformed members of the service and the public outweigh the danger to the community
if suspect is not immediately apprehended. If chase is terminated, members will attempt
to obtain sufficient information to effect apprehension.

3.

4.

5.

6.
7.

Initiate vehicle stop when feasible.
Determine the necessity for commencing and continuing a vehicle pursuit
by considering the following:
a.
Nature of offense
b.
Time of day
c.
Weather condition
d.
Location and population density
e.
Capability of Department vehicle
f.
Familiarity with area.

Notify radio dispatcher at start of pursuit and provide the following
information:
a.
Your location
b.
Type of vehicle, color and direction of travel
c.
Nature of offense
d.
Registration number and state of registration
e.
Occupants
f.
Any other pertinent information.
Maintain contact with radio dispatcher but do not depress transmitter key
unnecessarily.
a.
Keep radio transmissions brief and speak in normal tones.
Utilize vehicle’s emergency signaling devices intelligently.
a.
Do not use the “constant” position on siren, since it tends to distort
transmissions and blot out the sound of approaching vehicles.
Inform radio dispatcher if vehicle changes direction.
a.
Give last location of vehicle, speed, and direction of travel.
Notify radio dispatcher if pursued vehicle is lost or pursuit is terminated.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-39

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 4

PATROL
SUPERVISOR,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

8.

NOTE

Units other than the primary vehicle, secondary vehicle and supervisor’s unit shall stay
off the air except in extreme emergencies and stay clear of the pursuit but remain alert
to its progress. They will not join in or interfere with the pursuit vehicles.

9.

10.
11.

DIRECT AND CONTROL THE PURSUIT AND THE APPREHENSION
EFFORT.
a.
Monitor radio transmissions
b.
Keep radio dispatcher informed of location
c.
Limit involvement and control radio use of other units.

Request other units to respond to strategic locations to apprehend the vehicle.
a.
Primary and secondary units will be the only units to operate in
close pursuit of the pursued vehicle.
b.
Additional units may be requested by the officers in the primary
unit or by a supervisor, if it appears that the officers in the vehicle
involved would not be able to safely effect the apprehension of the
suspects. Vehicles shall not caravan behind pursuing vehicles.
Terminate the pursuit, if necessary.
Coordinate a search of the vicinity where pursued vehicle last observed.

RADIO
DISPATCHER,
COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION

12.

NOTE

Whenever a vehicle pursuit results from another assignment, SPRINT code 10-88 will be
utilized. Pick - up vehicle pursuits will be entered as 10-60I.

PLATOON
COMMANDER/
UNIFORMED
SUPERVISOR,
COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION

14.

Monitor pursuit.
a.
Control and direct the apprehension effort, in the absence of active
patrol supervisor. Terminate pursuit if warranted.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE,
SECONDARY
VEHICLE

15.

Acknowledge assignment as secondary vehicle.
a.
Allow at least five car lengths distance from primary pursuit vehicle.
b.
Do not pass primary vehicle unless requested by that unit, or if other
circumstances exist such as a collision, mechanical malfunction, etc.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR,
PRECINCT
ORIGINATING
PURSUIT

16.

Immediately after pursuit, prepare VEHICLE PURSUIT REPORT
(PD371-153).
Forward report to commanding officer, precinct originating pursuit.

13.

17.

Notify Communications Section platoon commander/uniformed supervisor
of pursuit.
Direct other units to assist and support the pursuing vehicles, as directed
by the patrol supervisor.
a.
If the registration plate number is known, inform members
concerned whether the vehicle is wanted on an alarm or not.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-39

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 4

If pursuit is initiated by other than Patrol Services Bureau personnel, the immediate
supervisor of those officers will perform the duties of the patrol supervisor.

NOTE

COMMANDING 18.
OFFICER,
PRECINCT
ORIGINATING
PURSUIT

Review and endorse patrol supervisor’s report (include statement
regarding disciplinary action) and have copies forwarded, as follows:
a.
Commanding Officer, Personnel Safety Desk (original and copy
through channels)
b.
Borough Safety Officer
c.
Commanding officers of members involved in pursuit (attach
SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT (PD468-123), if prepared).

COMMANDING 19.
OFFICER OF
20.
MEMBER
INVOLVED IN
PURSUIT

Determine and take appropriate disciplinary action (command discipline,
charges and specifications, etc.) and notify Borough Safety Officer.
Have a copy of all reports prepared placed in personal folder of members
involved.

PERSONNEL
SAFETY DESK

21.

Have a number assigned to report, upon receipt.
a.
Numbers will start with 0001 for the first incident reported each
year.

NOTE

The Personnel Safety Desk will maintain a chronological file of all reported vehicle pursuits.

22.

Have a copy of report forwarded to:
a.
Commanding Officer, Driver Education and Training Unit
b.
Commanding Officer, Personnel Records Section.

C.O.,
PERSONNEL
RECORDS
SECTION

23.

Have report placed in the personal folder of officers involved.

DIRECTOR,
M.I.S.D.

24.

Prepare and forward a monthly report of all vehicle pursuits to the
appropriate Borough Safety Officer.

BOROUGH
SAFETY
OFFICER

25.

Insure that a vehicle pursuit report has been prepared for all pursuits
identified by Communications Section.
Review and report data regarding vehicle pursuits to patrol borough
commanding officer.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The following tactics are prohibited and will not be used in an attempt to stop a vehicle:
a.
Ramming
b.
Placing moving Department vehicle in a position to be struck by the pursued vehicle
c.
Driving alongside the pursued vehicle
d.
Roadblocks (unless specifically directed by supervisory personnel).

26.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-39

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 4

Unmarked Department vehicles will limit pursuits.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Department vans and scooters (2 and 3 wheel) will not be used in pursuits.
Two wheel motorcycles will limit pursuits and terminate pursuit when a four wheel
Department vehicle has joined pursuit.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical
Injury (P.G. 217-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT (PD468-123)
VEHICLE PURSUIT REPORT (PD371-153)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-40

BOMB THREATS/UNATTENDED ARTICLES SUSPECTED/REPORTED EXPLOSIVE DEVICES AND POST
EXPLOSION BOMB SCENES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To provide maximum protection to persons and property and to safeguard evidence
at incidents involving a reported, suspected or confirmed unattended package or
explosive device, including incendiary devices or a post explosion bomb scene.

DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of this procedure the following definitions will apply:
BOMB THREAT - Any communication, including written correspondences or
telephone calls received by the public or a member of the service, indicating that
an explosive device has been, or will be, placed at a particular location(s).
UNATTENDED ARTICLE - Any article (including packages, parcels, containers,
luggage or other baggage,) whose contents are undetermined or not immediately
discernible from the outward appearance of the item and the location and
circumstances of discovery raises any concern regarding public safety.
EXPLOSIVE DEVICE - Any article, detonated by mechanical or electrical
means, which may possibly contain a chemical, gas, liquid or other substance
capable of causing a fire, explosion, burn, or other chemical reaction intended to
cause injury to a person or result in damage and/or destruction of property.

PROCEDURE

Upon arrival at the scene where an unattended article or suspected explosive device
(including letters and packages) has been reported or an explosion has occurred:
BOMB THREAT

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
THREAT

1.
2.

Obtain all relevant information and details.
Immediately notify Communications Section and provide details.
a.
Provide caller’s location and telephone number, if available.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.
4.
5.

Respond to location.
a.
Ascertain caller’s location and telephone number, if possible.
Request response of patrol supervisor and Emergency Service Unit.
Obtain details concerning the nature of the threat (e.g., time, location,
type of device, etc.)
a.
Interview person receiving communication, if possible.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

6.
7.

Review actions taken and determine if additional personnel or equipment are required.
Confer with premise owner/representative.

NOTE

The scope of the preliminary search and/or evacuation will be determined based upon
all available information including the type of premise, premise location, nature of
business conducted at the location, and prior history of similar threats.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-40

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

8.

Conduct preliminary search of location, if appropriate.

NOTE

If at anytime during the preliminary search a suspected explosive device is discovered or
is believed to exist, immediately comply with the procedure for a suspected explosive
device as outlined below.

UNATTENDED ARTICLE
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.
10.
11.

NOTE

Interview complainant and witnesses, if available.
Attempt to determine owner/custodian of article or property.
a.
Ascertain circumstances under which the unattended article was discovered.
Notify owner/custodian to retrieve property if inquiry reveals the identity
of the owner/custodian and the nature of the article.

An unattended article will not be physically examined or otherwise disturbed by a
member of the service other than a member assigned to the Bomb Squad.

12.

NOTE

Comply with the procedure for suspected explosive devices if owner/
custodian cannot be determined and/or circumstances indicate that an
article may be a danger to public safety.

Members of the service must consider the totality of circumstances when determining
whether an unattended article poses a possible threat to public safety. The following
factors should be taken into consideration:
a.
Prior history or threats at location or vicinity;
b.
Sensitive nature of business or activity which occurs at location where article is found
(e.g., government or religious institution, foreign or diplomatic office or residence);
c.
Physical indications (e.g., exposed wires, oil stains, odor of gasoline or other
noxious substance);
d.
Recent political events (e.g., national or international incidents or controversy);
e.
High volume of pedestrian or vehicular traffic (e.g., subway stations,
railroad/bus terminals, bridges, tunnels, etc.).

SUSPECTED/REPORTED EXPLOSIVE DEVICES
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

13.
14.

Evacuate area, as necessary.
Notify Communications Section, via landline, (DO NOT USE CELLULAR
TELEPHONE OR PORTABLE RADIO) and request:
a.
Patrol supervisor to respond,
b.
Emergency Service Unit to respond,
c.
Duty captain to respond, and
d.
Operations Unit be notified.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

15.

Review actions taken and determine if additional personnel or equipment are needed.
a.
A Level One mobilization may be activated to have personnel
respond rapidly to the scene, when necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-40

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

NOTE

The ranking member of the Police Department at the scene is in command; however, he/she
will consult with the ranking Fire Officer and other City officials, if present, to determine if
further evacuation is required or if emergency action taken should be expanded or curtailed.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

16.
17.
18.

19.

NOTE

Establish Command Post.
Assign uniformed members of the service to prevent entry of persons into
evacuated areas.
Assign uniformed members of the service to direct responding personnel
to Command Post.
a.
Notify Traffic Management Center if a significant re-routing of
traffic is expected.
Organize search of premises or area.
a.
Secure assistance of building security, custodial or supervisory personnel.
b.
Obtain floor plan of premise, if possible.
c.
Assign search teams to specific areas accessible to the public.
d.
Remain at command post to coordinate search activities and
maintain control of search teams.
e.
Have search teams use stairways instead of elevators (if elevators
must be used, use those not accessible to the public).

DO NOT USE PORTABLE RADIOS OR CELLULAR TELEPHONES WHEN
SEARCHING A BUILDING FOR AN EXPLOSIVE DEVICE.

20.

SEARCH TEAM 21.
22.

Discontinue search twenty minutes prior to threatened time of explosion
when building is unoccupied or evacuated.
a.
Do not resume search for at least one hour after threatened time.
Do not touch or disturb a suspected device under any circumstances.
Notify Command Post when a suspected device is found or search of
premises is completed.

NOTE

Secondary explosive devices may be involved; continue search of premises or area until completed.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

23.

NOTE

The Emergency Service Unit supervisor shall determine the necessary preliminary steps
to be taken to safeguard the device pending the arrival of the Bomb Squad personnel.
Absent an Emergency Service Unit supervisor, the senior member of the Emergency
Service Unit on the scene will determine the necessary preliminary steps to be taken.

Request Communications Section to notify Operations Unit and request
Bomb Squad to respond if a suspected device is found.
a.
Notify Bomb Squad of incident upon arrival at scene when
unattended article or suspected explosive device is located at a
transit facility or other location where there is a potential for
significant disruption of public transportation service.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-40

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

24.

25.
26.

4 of 5

Direct that all persons be evacuated to at least 1,000 feet from any
unattended article or suspected device.
a.
Distance to which persons are evacuated may be either increased
or decreased, depending upon circumstances and location, upon
the recommendation of personnel assigned to the Emergency
Service Unit or Bomb Squad.
Notify Communications Section and Operations Unit when search is
completed without results or when device is removed.
Direct uniformed members of the service to return to command or post
upon completion of search.

POST EXPLOSION BOMB SCENE
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

27.

NOTE

To enhance safety and preserve the integrity of the bomb scene, the ranking officer on
the scene will limit search crews to the minimum number necessary to effectively
accomplish the task. Due to the possible existence of secondary explosive devices,
including devices specifically designed to injure responding emergency personnel,
search crew members will use extreme caution while searching for or removing
injured/deceased persons.

28.

29.

NOTE

Conduct immediate and expeditious search for deceased, injured or
trapped persons.
a.
Have property of evacuated, injured persons safeguarded, if necessary.

Direct Emergency Service Unit members to remove injured to a safe
location where medical treatment may be administered.
a.
Safeguard but do not move bodies of deceased persons.
Have Emergency Medical Service administer medical treatment at safe
locations.

After necessary medical assistance has been rendered, and initial search for deceased, injured,
trapped persons has been completed, all uniformed members of the service will immediately
evacuate to a safe distance (at least 1,000 feet) and await the arrival of Bomb Squad members.

30.
31.
32.
33.

Make certain Bomb Squad has been notified to respond.
Locate witnesses.
a.
Request they remain at scene to be interviewed by precinct detectives.
Direct that traffic, both vehicular and pedestrian, be detoured from bomb
scene, as necessary.
Direct preparation of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) for a bomb
threat, suspected explosive device, or post explosion incident, as appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-40

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

If letter/package is a threatening communication, the uniformed member of the service
concerned will put the communication in a suitable envelope to minimize handling. The
envelope will be marked, “FOR LATENT FINGERPRINT PROCESSING” and forwarded
immediately to the Police Laboratory with REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168). A list of all persons who handled the letter and
envelope, with shield numbers, tax registry numbers, if any, and social security numbers, if
known, will be included in the list. The contents of threatening letters will not be copied.
No persons will be permitted to enter the post explosion/bomb scene, nor any dangerous
conditions (e.g., hanging ceiling, lights, broken windows, etc.,) be corrected, until Bomb
Squad personnel have conducted a search and declared the area free of secondary
explosive devices and the crime scene search has been completed (this includes Fire
Department personnel unless a fire exists). Only those persons having a clear need to
examine the scene and/or conduct an investigation will be allowed access to the scene
subsequent to the area being declared free of secondary devices by the Bomb Squad.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints (Other Than Vice Or Narcotic Complaints) (P.G.
207-07)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G.213-03)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-41

ALARMS - DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION FACILITIES
DATE ISSUED:

09/06/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To investigate alarms at Department of Education facilities.

PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of a radio code signal 10-11 (Alarm Condition) at a Department of
Education facility:

RESPONDING
UNIFORMED
MEMBER

1.

Conduct immediate investigation.

IF INVESTIGATION REVEALS FORCED ENTRY:
RESPONDING
UNIFORMED
MEMBER

2.

Request radio dispatcher to:
a.
Direct patrol supervisor to respond to scene
b.
Notify School Safety Division Alarms Unit.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.
4.
5.

Respond to scene and supervise search of premises.
Request additional personnel, if necessary.
Assign uniformed member of the service to guard premises and safeguard
property pending arrival of custodial or school security personnel.
Direct assigned member to obtain required information for preparation of
COMPLAINT REPORT.

6.

IF PREMISES ARE APPARENTLY SECURE AND THERE IS NO SIGN OF
FORCED ENTRY:
RESPONDING
UNIFORMED
MEMBER

7.
8.
9.

Transmit radio code signal 10-90N (Unnecessary Alarm).
Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Resume patrol.

RADIO
DISPATCHER

10.

Notify School Safety Division Alarms Unit for notification to custodian,
unless premises has been classified chronic alarm location.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A custodian, when notified, will respond to the stationhouse, precinct of occurrence,
where the desk officer will designate an RMP unit to accompany the custodian to the
Department of Education facility to conduct an interior search of the premises.
Nothing contained herein shall prevent a member of the service from taking summary or
other police action, should circumstances warrant such action.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-42

ESCORT FOR PHYSICIANS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To prevent assaults and other criminal acts against physicians.

DEFINITION

PHYSICIANS - Medical Examiners or their assistants performing their official
duties and other physicians, who have reason to believe that they may become
the victims of crime when responding to an emergency.

PROCEDURE

When dispatched to a location where a physician requires an escort:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

NOTE

Special attention is to be given to doctors’ and dentists’ offices, residences and vehicles
to prevent crimes against their person and property.

Respond to the location and accompany physician to call.
Remain until completion of the visit.
Escort physician back to original location.
Notify radio dispatcher that escort is completed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-43

VACATE ORDERS FOR RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To prevent injuries due to hazardous building conditions and preserve the peace
during the enforcement of a residential building vacate order.

SCOPE

A “Memorandum of Understanding” concerning the issuance and enforcement of
vacate orders at residential buildings was agreed upon by the Commissioners of
the Police, Fire, Buildings, and Housing Preservation and Development
Departments. Vacate orders are issued to remove residents from, or prevent their
return into, a building which has become a hazard. This hazard may be caused
by a fire, partial building collapse, etc.
Representatives from the agency issuing the vacate order will be responsible for
the service of the order. When time permits, and the assistance of the Police
Department is anticipated the issuing agency will contact the Chief of
Department’s Investigation and Review Section, twenty-four hours in advance.
In addition, if a potential for violence exists, the patrol borough command will
also be notified to ensure that proper planning takes place prior the issuance of
the vacate order.

PROCEDURE

Upon being assigned to assist in the service of a residential building vacate order:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

NOTE

Verify credentials and authority of agency representative.
Obtain facts concerning condition which caused vacate order to be issued.
Assist in evacuation of building when there is:
a.
Actual immediate danger that structure will collapse, or
b.
An existing dangerous condition constituting a threat to human
life requiring that occupants vacate immediately.
Notify Operations Unit, if above emergency conditions exist.
Request patrol supervisor to respond, if:
a.
Persons are actually being evacuated, or
b.
Premises are to be sealed, or
c.
For any other appropriate reason.

The patrol supervisor will consult with the duty captain if:
a.
Reasonable doubt concerning the agency representative’s authority or the
validity of the vacate order exists
b.
A large number of residents must be relocated
c.
Occupants refuse to vacate premises
d.
Any potential for violence
e.
Any other sensitive or dangerous conditions exists.

6.

Accompany agency representative until completion of service or
execution of order, if requested.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-43

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

NOTE

Personnel from the agency issuing the vacate order will be responsible for service of the
vacate order and for attempting to persuade occupants who fail to comply with the vacate
order that they should leave the premises. The agency issuing the vacate order will be
responsible for obtaining access to the building(s) or portions of the building(s) to which
entry is not available. If, however, the senior representative of the agency issuing the vacate
order believes that the safety of agency personnel or the public is at risk, he/she may request
the assistance of a police supervisor/commander for entry to be made by police personnel.
Additionally, the police supervisor/commander may direct that entry be made by police
personnel if it is determined that the safety of the public or agency personnel is at risk.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

7.

NOTE

Whenever an agency issuing a vacate order determines that vacated premises must be
secured against re-entry, the agency concerned will notify and make arrangements with
the Department of Housing Preservation and Development (DHPD) which is
responsible for sealing and/or demolishing vacated premises. The Department of
Housing Preservation and Development is responsible for sealing the building, or
providing sufficient security to prevent it from being reoccupied, within seventy-two
hours of the enforcement of the vacate order. Uniformed members of the service will
take appropriate interim measures to secure the premises against re-entry. In the event
that the Department of Housing Preservation and Development does not commence
work in a timely manner, notify the Investigation and Review Section, Monday through
Friday, 0800 to 1600 hours, or the Operations Unit at other times. The Investigation
and Review Section will contact the Department of Housing Preservation and
Development to ascertain when the work will commence.

8.

9.
DESK OFFICER 10.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Ascertain from agency representative any provisions made to safeguard
vacated premises and property of persons evacuated.
a.
Relocations are the responsibility of the issuing agency.

Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD122-145) entry including:
a.
Facts concerning premises security provisions
b.
Identify of representative of agency issuing vacate order
c.
Identify of representative of any other city agencies present.
Report facts to desk officer upon completion of assignment.
Report facts to commanding officer, if condition may require special
patrol coverage.

Vacate orders may be issued by the Department of Buildings, Department of Health, the Fire
Department and Department of Housing Preservation and Development. The agency issuing
the vacate order will serve any necessary summonses. Any necessary arrests will be made by
the assigned officer and the agency representative will appear as the complainant.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-43

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Agencies issuing vacate orders and anticipating the need for police assistance should
contact the Chief of Department’s Investigation and Review Section, twenty-four hours
in advance of the initial execution time. The Investigation and Review Section will notify
the patrol borough concerned which will notify the appropriate precinct of the
particulars of the vacate order. In cases where the issuing agency is aware of a
potential for violence at these locations, a responsible representative of the issuing
agency will notify and confer with the patrol borough commander concerned or his/her
designee prior to enforcement activity to assure proper planning.
Under exigent circumstances, i.e., building collapse or other condition constituting a
threat to human life, uniformed members of the service may assist with non-residential
vacate orders.
Each borough command and the Chief of Department, Investigation and Review Section,
will obtain and have available a copy of the “Memorandum of Understanding.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Construction Sites (P.G. 214-16)
Vacate Buildings (P.G. 214-17)
Stop Work Orders (P.G. 214-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-44

RESPONSE TO FIREARMS DEALERS LOCATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To establish a proper response to firearms dealer locations after notification via
NICS and the New York State Police that a person wanted on a warrant is
attempting to purchase a weapon.

SCOPE

Federal law requires that federally licensed firearm dealers in New York City
conduct an “instant background check” on any person wishing to purchase a firearm
(handgun, rifle, shotgun). To do this the dealer will telephone the Federal Bureau
of Investigation’s National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS),
with the person’s pedigree information. Within a short time NICS will advise the
dealer whether or not a firearms sale can be completed. In situations where NICS
confirms that there is an outstanding arrest warrant for a person attempting to
purchase a firearm, they will notify the New York State Police, who in turn will
contact the N.Y.P.D.’s Operations Unit. Operations Unit will then notify both the
patrol borough concerned and the Communications Section. Communications
Section will advise the patrol supervisor to contact Operations Unit for an appraisal
of situation i.e., the location and number of perpetrators. Based on all available
information, the patrol supervisor will evaluate the situation and determine if
additional resources are required, and if the duty captain should be notified.

PROCEDURE

When a notification is received via the National Instant Criminal Background
Check System (NICS) and the New York State Police, that a person attempting
to purchase a firearm from a gun dealer is wanted on a warrant:

OPERATIONS
UNIT MEMBER

1.

Notify Communications Section and patrol borough concerned.

COMMUNICATIONS
DISPATCHER

2.

Notify patrol supervisor, precinct concerned, to contact Operations Unit.

NOTE

If the patrol supervisor is not available, another supervisor will be directed to respond.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

NOTE

Depending upon the information available, including the seriousness of the offense for
which the person in question is wanted, the patrol supervisor will assign sufficient units
to respond. In addition, strong consideration will be given to notifying the patrol
borough warrant team, Emergency Service Units, etc.

Confer with Operations Unit member regarding situation at gun dealer’s location.
Evaluate the situation.
Determine if additional resources are required.
Notify and confer with duty captain, if necessary.
Devise an appropriate tactical plan, giving priority to the safety of the
public and responding members of the service.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-44

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

8.

NOTE

If the wanted person is not present at the store, the case will be referred to the precinct
detective squad.

9.

NOTE

Respond to gun dealer’s location and direct that the wanted person be
taken into custody, if still present.

Have subject removed to stationhouse for either further investigation or
arrest processing.

A NICS “hit” on a name check is not considered conclusive and is not sufficient
authority to arrest. Further inquiries must be made through the Warrant Section,
twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. In addition, New York City Pistol Permit
holders are issued a PISTOL PURCHASE AUTHORIZATION (PD643-053) only after
a name check is conducted. When appropriate, the License Division should be
conferred with.

DESK OFFICER 10.

Supervise arrest processing and ensure that the Warrant Section is
notified by the uniformed member of the service concerned to confirm the
status of the warrant.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

11.

Record name of person notified at Warrant Section in the Telephone
Record and other pertinent Department forms, i.e., ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If assistance regarding NICS or instant checks is needed, the uniformed member of the
service (UMOS) can call toll free the NICS customer service number from 0900 to 0200
hours daily. When further information, beyond that which is available through the toll
free number is needed, the UMOS can call NICS at (304) 625-7363 or (304) 625- 7361,
during business hours listed above, Monday through Friday.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-45

FOREIGN NATIONAL REQUESTING ASYLUM
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To protect persons seeking asylum and notify proper agencies.

PROCEDURE

Upon coming in contact with a foreign national seeking asylum in this country:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

DESK OFFICER 4.
5.

6.
7.

Notify desk officer.
Provide necessary protection.
Accompany person to command.
Make immediate notification to Commanding Officer, Intelligence
Bureau.
Interview person seeking asylum and obtain the following:
a.
Name
b.
Nationality
c.
Date and place of birth
d.
Occupation
e.
Description of documents possessed
f.
What foreign authorities, if any, are aware of his seeking asylum
g.
Circumstances surrounding request for asylum
h.
Where asylum was requested, e.g., aboard vessel, aircraft.
Estimated time of arrival of next intended port or airport.
i.
Reason for requesting asylum
j.
Description of criminal charges known or alleged to be pending
against asylum seekers.
Telephone information to Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau.
Afford the person proper protection until determination is made of his status.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-46

UNLAWFUL POSSESSION OF RIFLES/SHOTGUNS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To record and process violations concerning unlawful possession of a rifle or
shotgun.

SCOPE

The following individuals are exempt from appropriate sections of the
Administrative Code:
a.
b.
c.
d.

Persons in military service of the State of New York duly authorized by
the Chief of Staff to the Governor.
Peace officers as defined in Section 1.20, subdivision 33, Criminal
Procedure Law
Participants in special events when authorized by the Police
Commissioner
Others as described in Administrative Code, Section 10-305.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service observes a person in custody or possession
of a rifle or shotgun, loaded or unloaded, covered or uncovered in public:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

4.
5.
6.

NOTE

Determine if person possesses a valid permit and certificate of
registration, or is exempt.
Inform person not possessing permit and certificate of registration, or
who is not exempt that:
a.
He may accompany officer to precinct and surrender firearm, or
b.
He may surrender firearm at the scene for which a receipt will be given.
Conduct a name check; serve summons if eligible, returnable to the
appropriate borough Criminal Court for the following violations of the
Administrative Code:
a.
No permit and certificate of registration - Section 10-303
b.
Carried, not enclosed in a non-transparent cover, or is loaded Section 10-131, subdivision (h)(2).
Make summary arrest if violator is not eligible for summons or if person
refuses to surrender weapon.
Notify License Division, Rifle and Shotgun Section of action taken.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) and invoice
weapons as evidence.
a.
Forward copy of INVOICE to Rifle and Shotgun Section.

A resident of New York City who purchases a rifle or shotgun outside New York City
must make application for a permit within seventy two hours after bringing the weapon
into the City. A rifle or shotgun that is surrendered to, or confiscated by a uniformed
member of the service within this time period will be invoiced for safekeeping and a
summons will not be served.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-46

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 7.
8.

9.

2 of 2

Issue owner receipt for weapon on Prisoner/Finder Copy (pink) of INVOICE.
Forward weapon to Firearms Analysis Unit only if member concerned
believes that weapon might have been used in the commission of a crime
or permit holder has been accused or convicted of a serious crime.
Inform owner to apply for permit in person at Rifle and Shotgun Section,
120-55 Queens Boulevard, Kew Gardens, New York.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Weapon held for safekeeping will be returned to owner at the borough Property Clerk’s
office upon presentation of a valid permit, registration and signed release from Rifle and
Shotgun Section. If an owner, after surrendering a rifle/shotgun, does not wish to obtain a
permit, such owner may sell the rifle/shotgun to a permit holder or any person, not
required by law to possess a permit. Upon presentation of a bona fide bill of sale and a
written representation by the owner that the weapon has been sold or otherwise disposed
of, the Rifle and Shotgun Section will issue a release to the new lawful owner.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Voluntary Surrender of weapons with Written Notice (P.G. 207-26)
Voluntary Surrender of Weapons Without Prior Notice (P.G. 207-27)
Rifle/Shotgun Permit - Suspended, Revoked, Disapproved (P.G. 212-85)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-47

COUNTERFEIT MONEY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To confiscate counterfeit money.

PROCEDURE

When counterfeit money is detected and it is determined that the passer is an
innocent victim or there is no indication who passed it:

INVESTIGATING
OFFICER

1.
2.

DESK OFFICER 3.

4.
5.
6.
7.

Have person last in possession write his name and date across face of bill
or scratch initials on a coin.
Sign rank, name, shield number and date on bill or scratch initials on coin.
Prepare four copies of report on Typed Letterhead addressed to Chief of
Patrol describing in detail how money came into possession of member of
the service, including amount and serial numbers.
Assign messenger to deliver reports and money to patrol borough office.
Have messenger sign itemized receipt in Property Receipt Book.
Direct messenger to obtain one receipted copy of report from patrol
borough office.
Attach receipted copy of report received from messenger, to entry in
Property Receipt Book.

PATROL
BOROUGH
MEMBER

8.

Direct borough messenger to deliver counterfeit money with remaining
copies of report to Patrol Services Bureau.

PATROL
SERVICES
BUREAU
MEMBER

9.

Give borough messenger receipted copy of Typed Letterhead for file in
borough office.
Deliver money and two remaining copies of letterhead to the Special
Agent-In-Charge, United States Secret Service.
Obtain one copy of report, receipted by Special Agent, for file in the
Patrol Services Bureau.

10.
11.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Counterfeiting/Forging U.S. Government Obligations or Counterfeiting/Unauthorized
Use of Access Device (P.G. 208-47)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-48

MOTOR VEHICLES REPOSSESSED/PARKING VIOLATIONS
SCOFFLAW REMOVAL PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To record information concerning repossessed vehicles/vehicles seized under the
Parking Violations Scofflaw Removal Program.

PROCEDURE

When a person/city marshal appears at a stationhouse and reports a repossessed
vehicle/vehicle seized under Scofflaw Removal Program:
IF VEHICLE REPOSSESSED

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.

3.

Request identification.
Examine papers authorizing seizure of vehicle.
a.
Conduct a check of the VIN through the Department of Motor
Vehicles utilizing the FINEST system.
Make Command Log entry and notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section,
utilizing the FINEST System, of the following:
a.
Time and date of repossession
b.
Location from which obtained
c.
Name, address and telephone number of firm, corporation, etc.
repossessing vehicle
d.
Name, business address of person executing the repossession
e.
Year and make of vehicle
f.
Registration plate number, state and year
g.
Vehicle identification number, if known
h.
Name and address - registered owner
i.
Name of member of the service notified at Stolen Property Inquiry Section.

NOTE

When the FINEST SYSTEM is inoperative, notification to Stolen Property Inquiry
Section (S.P.I.S.) will be made by telephone.

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
S.P.I.S.

4.

Enter information into the NYSPIN/NCIC computer system.
a.
The information will be retained in the computer for thirty days.

IF VEHICLE SEIZED - SCOFFLAW REMOVAL PROGRAM
DESK OFFICER 5.

NOTE

Verify credentials of city marshal upon arrival.
a.
Conduct a check of the VIN through the Department of Motor
Vehicles utilizing the FINEST system.

The city marshal must report as soon as possible to the stationhouse of the precinct where
the vehicle was picked up and provide the desk officer with a Parking Violations
preprinted two part snap-out containing pertinent information regarding the seizure.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-48

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 6.
7.
(continued)
8.

9.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Examine papers authorizing seizure of the vehicle.
Sign and return one copy of the form to the city marshal.
Make Command Log entry and notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section
utilizing FINEST inquiry format “RVIE” (Request for Vehicle Impound
Entry) of the following:
a.
Time and date of impound
b.
Location from where obtained
c.
City marshal’s name and shield number
d.
Year and make of vehicle
e.
Registration plate number
f.
Vehicle identification number
g.
Name and address of registered owner.
File remaining copy of Parking Violations form in Property Receipt Book
and enter relevant information.
a.
Make cross-reference in Command Log to Property Receipt Book.
Discrepancies will immediately be reported to the Stolen Property
Inquiry Section supervisor, by telephone.

Tow trucks used in the Scofflaw Removal Program are sub-contracted by the
participating city marshals, require licensing by the Department of Consumer Affairs
and are subject to the rules and regulations of that agency.
Information concerning abandoned vehicles, which have not been reported stolen but are the
subject of an investigation, is transmitted to the Stolen Property Inquiry Section for entry
into the NYSPIN/NCIC computer system in the same manner as for repossessed vehicles.
Section 424, Vehicle and Traffic Law requires agencies who are members of the New
York Statewide Police Information Network (NYSPIN) to report the impounding of
motor vehicles, trailers or parts thereof to the Network. This is intended to prevent false
or erroneous reports of motor vehicle theft by owners who are unaware that their
vehicles have been impounded. Reports to NYSPIN shall include if possible:
a.
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
b.
Date of impoundment
c.
License plate number
d.
Location where the vehicle was obtained
e.
Name, address and telephone number of the facility where the vehicle is being stored.
The term “impound” is defined to mean the taking into possession by an agency of any
motor vehicle which has been abandoned, repossessed, seized pending forfeiture
proceedings, taken into custody or held as evidence in the course of a police
investigation, required to be impounded by law, or held by any agency under
circumstances in which the owner might not reasonably know the status of the vehicle.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-49

INCIDENTS INVOLVING MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To cooperate with media representatives by not interfering or allowing others to
interfere with media personnel acting in their news gathering capacity.

NOTE

A member of the press with proper credentials may not be excluded from an area where
the general public has access.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) becomes involved in an
incident or confrontation with media personnel or media personnel are assaulted, harassed
or their vehicles/equipment are vandalized/damaged at the scene of news events:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

SUPERVISORY
MEMBER

3.

2.

4.
5.
6.
7.

NOTE

Determine if any threat to safety of media representatives exists and take
appropriate action.
Request response of a supervisory officer.
Cooperate with and assist media representatives and provide safe access
to the scene, if possible.
Conduct immediate investigation if member of the media is assaulted,
harassed or their vehicle/equipment is vandalized/damaged.
Attempt to obtain third party witnesses if confrontation with members of
the service or others.
Request all parties, including witnesses, if possible, to report to precinct
of occurrence for further investigation, when necessary.
Notify the Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information
without delay.

The Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information, is available 24 hours a day,
7 days a week for consultation and/or response to incidents involving the media.
Members of the service are required to immediately notify the Deputy Commissioner,
Public Information of any incident involving the media, regardless of the outcome of that
incident.

DESK OFFICER 8.

Notify:
a.
Commanding officer/duty captain
b.
Lieutenant platoon commander
c.
Operations Unit.

LIEUTENANT
PLATOON
COMMANDER

9.

Respond to command, if in the field, and under the supervision of the
commanding officer/duty captain, conduct investigation of incident.

NOTE

The commanding officer/duty captain will perform the duties of the lieutenant platoon
commander, if the platoon commander is unavailable.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-49

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

LIEUTENANT
PLATOON
COMMANDER
(continued)

10.

NOTE

The Office of Deputy Commissioner - Public Information will maintain a central
repository of all reports received of incidents involving news media representatives.

11.
COMMANDING 12.
OFFICER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Prepare report on Typed Letterhead containing details of incident and
results of investigation and forward to:
a.
Chief of Patrol/bureau chief concerned
b.
Borough commander concerned
c.
Commanding Officer, Public Information Division
d.
Command file.

Forward supplementary report, if necessary.
Respond to command and supervise the investigation and preparation of
the report by the lieutenant platoon commander.

Members of the service will not interfere with the video taping or the photographing of
incidents in public places. Intentional interference such as blocking or obstructing
cameras or harassing the photographer constitutes censorship. Working Press Cards
clearly state the bearer “is entitled to cross police and fire lines.” This right will be
honored and access will not be denied. However, this does not include access to interior
crime scenes or areas frozen for security reasons.
In order to cooperate more fully with members of the news media and provide them with
access to cover newsworthy events, the following guidelines will be adhered to unless
safety interests or proper performance of police duties require otherwise:
a.
To the extent it is feasible to do so, the media’s access to demonstrations on
private property will not be impeded by the Department.
b.
The media will be given access as close to the activity as possible, with a clear
line of sight and within hearing range of the incident.
c.
When incidents spill over or occur on private property, members of the media will
not be arrested for criminal trespass, unless an owner or representative expressly
indicates that the press is not to be permitted to enter or remain on the property.
d.
If the ranking officer at the incident determines that press access must be
restricted in certain circumstances (i.e., in order for the Department to carry out
its law enforcement functions), he retains the discretion to do so.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Information Concerning Official Business of Department (P.G. 212-76)
Release of Information to News Media (P.G. 212-77)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-50

AIRCRAFT VIOLATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To enforce laws regulating the operation of aircraft over the city.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving a complaint of or observing an aircraft being operated in a
careless or reckless manner (e.g., performing acrobatics), advertising by towing a
banner, dropping circulars, using loud speakers, landing or taking-off, except in
an emergency, any place within the city other than places designated by the
Department of Transportation or Port Authority of New York, or violating any
other law over the city:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.
4.
DESK OFFICER 5.

6.
7.
8.

Notify the Communications Section and request Aviation Unit response,
if necessary.
Record the following information:
a.
Description of aircraft, as detailed as possible, including
registration number, type (airplane, helicopter, gyroplane),
color, paint scheme, number of engines/propellers, wings
(mounted high or low, biplane, etc.)
b.
Description of the action of the aircraft in flight, include estimate
of altitude (height of known structure, if possible)
c.
Approximate location where flight action occurred
d.
Time and date when action occurred
e.
Names and addresses of witnesses
f.
Name and location of base from which the aircraft took off from,
or landed, if known.
Serve summons, if possible.
Telephone information to the desk officer promptly.
Assign a uniformed member of the service to advise complainant that a
citizen may lodge a complaint with the local Federal Aviation
Administration, Flight Standards District Office, if member of the service
does not observe the violation.
Notify Aviation Unit.
Notify commanding officer/duty captain/operations coordinator.
Telephone information to Special Operations Division.

AVIATION
UNIT

9.

Follow aircraft after observing a violation to any airport in the
metropolitan area to identify the aircraft and violator, if possible.
a.
Serve summons, if warranted.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

10.

Inform the complainant that they may lodge a complaint with the local
Federal Aviation Administration, Flight Standards District Office.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry, including name, address,
and telephone number of any witnesses.

11.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-50

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

DESK OFFICER 12.

Prepare three copies of report of the circumstances on Typed Letterhead.
a.
Send copy to Aviation Unit
b.
Send copy to Special Operations Division
c.
File copy in binder at desk.

COMMANDING 13.
14.
OFFICER,
15.
AVIATION
UNIT

Investigate report of the violation.
Determine the identity of the aircraft and pilot.
Determine if violation of Federal Aviation Regulations, Administrative Code
or other law has been committed and have summons prepared, if warranted.
a.
Prepare report, if violation has occurred, on OFFICIAL
LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) describing the details of the violation
and the identity of the offender to the Federal Aviation Adminstration,
Flight Standards District Office, Garden City, N.Y. (through channels)
for all aircraft violations in New York City, except helicopters.
(1)
Send report to Flight Standards District Office, Farmingdale,
N.Y., (through channels) for all helicopter related violations.
Investigate and maintain complete statistics and records of all forced
landings within the city.

16.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Administrative Code, Section 10-127, makes it unlawful for the operator or owner of
an aircraft to fail to report to the police department within ten hours a forced landing of
aircraft within city limits or an accident to an aircraft where personal injury, property
damage or serious damage to the aircraft is involved. Uniformed members of the service
on the scene will direct the pilot or owner to report to the desk officer, precinct of
occurrence. Failure to comply with this section is a misdemeanor.
When an airport, heliport or seaplane base is operating without a permit issued by the
New York City Economic Development Corporation or in violation of the permit, the
precinct commander will make a notification to the Economic Development Corporation
and prepare and forward two copies of a report to the Chief of Department and one
copy to the Commanding Officer, Aviation Unit.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-51

RESPONSE TO WORK DISRUPTIONS AT
CITY CONSTRUCTION SITES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To investigate and record complaints, effect arrests, when necessary, and provide
complainants in cases involving illegal work disruptions at City construction sites.

SCOPE

In an effort to more effectively respond to and prevent illegal activity and demonstrations
which result in work disruptions at City construction sites, this Department and the
Mayor’s Office of Construction have developed a protocol to be followed by members of
the service and City agencies concerned. The protocol requires:
a.
Posting of “No Trespassing” signs at construction sites.
b.
Designation of an authorized agent to act as a liaison with personnel of
this Department.
c.
Availability of agency representatives to act as complainants in criminal cases.

DEFINITIONS

CONSTRUCTION SITE WORK DISRUPTION - Illegal activity by an
individual or individuals at or in the vicinity of a City construction site which is
either solely or in addition to other purposes intended to prevent, delay or
encumber construction work activity.
AUTHORIZED AGENT - Individuals designated to act as a liaison with Police
Department personnel. In addition to other duties, the authorized agent will:
a.
Assist Police Department personnel in entering the site and identifying trespassers.
b.
Provide eyewitnesses, if possible, to unlawful conduct in the event such
conduct is alleged, but not witnessed by members of the service
concerned. The identity of the authorized agent should be provided to the
appropriate precinct commander by the City agency concerned.
CITY CONSTRUCTION SITE - Property owned or leased by the City of New York or
agency of the City of New York upon which a physical structure (e.g., building, housing,
school, park, tunnel, road, etc.) is being constructed, renovated or demolished.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving a report of a work disruption at a City construction site:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

Respond to location, verify disruption and ascertain extent.
Confer with authorized agent at construction site to determine if criminal
activity has occurred.
Request response of patrol supervisor, if work site disruption is verified.
Make summary arrest if investigation reveals the commission of a criminal offense.
a.
Effect arrest for felonious assault, based on information or observation,
regardless of the willingness of the victim to act as the complainant.
(1)
Identity of informant, if any, will be noted.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-51

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

c.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Effect arrest for criminal trespass and/or criminal mischief to City
owned property based on information or observation.
(1)
The City agency responsible or the Mayor’s Office of
Construction will act as the complainant.
(a)
Identity of informant, if any, will be noted.
Effect arrest for criminal mischief involving property owned by
any party other than the City of New York or City agency only
when the party concerned requests an arrest be made and will
provide a complainant.
(1)
Identity of the supervisory personnel representing the party
involved and informant, if any, will be noted.

It is not necessary to personally communicate a notice against trespass to an
individual(s) if “No Trespassing, Authorized Personnel Only” signs are posted and
clearly visible from outside an enclosed construction site.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

5.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) in all
verified incidents and deliver to desk officer.
a.
Enter “Construction Site Disruption” in box captioned “OFFENSE.”

6.
7.
8.

Respond to location.
Request additional personnel and equipment, if necessary.
Notify desk officer.

DESK OFFICER 9.

Notify precinct commander/duty captain, patrol borough command, and
Operations Unit.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

10.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A representative of the City agency concerned will act as the complainant in criminal cases
involving City property. The agency representative will not necessarily be the same
individual identified as the “authorized agent” at the construction site. While the authorized
agent should be prepared to provide information, identification, and/or eyewitnesses to the
criminal action, the authorized agent is not required to act as the complainant.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Labor Dispute (P.G. 212-52)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

11.

Respond to location and confer with supervisory personnel of the
construction site.
Evaluate situation and direct the response of personnel and equipment accordingly.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-52

LABOR DISPUTE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To preserve the peace and protect life and property at the scene of a strike or labor dispute.

DEFINITIONS

PENAL LAW SECTION 240.25, HARASSMENT IN THE FIRST DEGREE prohibits “stalking” - intentionally and repeatedly harassing another person by
following him/her in a public place or by engaging in a course of conduct which
places the person in reasonable fear of physical injury. However, this Penal Law
section does not apply to conduct which constitutes picketing or other labor-related
activity governed by federal labor statutes.
PENAL LAW SECTION 240.26, HARASSMENT IN THE SECOND DEGREE prohibits harassing a person by following him/her in a public place or engaging in a
course of conduct which alarms or seriously annoys someone and has no legitimate
purpose. These provisions do not apply to conduct which constitutes picketing or
other labor-related activity governed by federal labor statutes. However, the law
leaves intact the prohibition against striking, shoving, kicking, or otherwise subjecting
another person to physical contact, or attempting to do such acts -- no one, whether
picketing or not, is permitted to engage in this behavior, which remains enforceable
as Harassment in the second degree.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of a strike or labor dispute:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

Take action to preserve the peace and prevent destruction of property.
Request response of patrol supervisor.
Notify desk officer.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

4.
5.

Respond to location.
Interview, separately, a management representative and union representative.
a.
Obtain information for a STRIKE REPORT (PD332-151).
Advise management and union representatives that:
a.
Force or violence will not be tolerated
b.
The law will be enforced impartially
c.
Right of the public to use streets and sidewalks will be protected
d.
Striking employees may conduct orderly picketing in accordance
with conditions at the location
e.
The precinct commander will designate the number of pickets permitted
f.
Professional agitators and the use of language offensive to public
decency will not be permitted
g.
The carrying of sticks or poles that are affixed to signs, or other
objects, which may be injurious to the public, by any individual or
group, will not be permitted.
Telephone the desk officer for immediate assignment of personnel, if required.
Deliver the STRIKE REPORT to the desk officer.

6.

7.
8.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-52

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

DESK OFFICER 9.

Confer with precinct commanding officer/duty captain concerning
personnel assignments.

PRECINCT
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

10.

Determine personnel requirements.
a.
Obtain the following information, if the dispute involves a large
plant and a considerable number of employees:
(1)
Location and size of plant
(2)
Location of entrances, exits, loading platforms, etc.
(3)
Employees arrival and departure times
(4)
Entrances and exits used by employees
(5)
Time of employee’s meal periods and location of premises
where meals taken
(6)
Transit facilities, parking lots and routes used by employees
(7)
Times merchandise is shipped or received
(8)
Other locations that may be affected by dispute
(9)
Special hazards or conditions affecting police duty.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

11.

Set up command post, if conditions require.

NOTE

Facilities of management or labor are not to be used as a command post or meal location.

DESK OFFICER 12.
13.
14.
15.

Make assignments as directed by precinct commander/duty captain from precinct
personnel, if available, or request additional personnel from patrol borough command.
Notify Operations Unit.
Have STRIKE REPORT prepared.
Sign STRIKE REPORT above caption “Reviewed By.”
a.
Forward as indicated on form.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When individuals are engaged in labor related activity such as picketing, distributing leaflets
or otherwise demonstrating in a labor relations context, they are exempt from arrest for the
categories of harassment discussed above. Instead, the victim may be referred to court for an
injunction, or to the National Labor Relations Board. The only permissible arrest for
harassment in this situation is now where the individual strikes, shoves, kicks, or otherwise
subjects the victim to physical contact, or attempts or threatens to do the same. It should also
be remembered that no other Penal Law section has been amended in this way, so that a
person who violates other provisions such as disorderly conduct, menacing, criminal mischief,
etc., will still be subject to arrest even if the violation occurred in a labor demonstration.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

STRIKE REPORT (PD332-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-53

COMMAND RESPONSIBILITIES WHEN A
PERSON DIES OR SUSTAINS A SERIOUS INJURY
IN CONNECTION WITH POLICE ACTIVITY
DATE ISSUED:

09/27/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/27/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To establish command responsibility and notification requirements when a
person dies, is seriously injured in connection with a police activity, or sustains
an injury resulting from a police firearms discharge.

DEFINITION

POLICE ACTIVITY - includes, but is not limited to:
a.
Any death while in police custody.
b.
Prior to police custody a prisoner/EDP is seriously injured. The serious
injury could be the result of community intervention or self-inflicted, etc.
c.
Police use of force resulting in serious injury.
d.
Death or serious injury to a person fleeing from a police foot or vehicle pursuit.
e.
Serious physical injury of a person resulting from police restraint, (e.g., EDP).
f.
Any injury to a person resulting from a police firearms discharge.

PROCEDURE

When a person dies, is seriously injured in connection with a police activity, or
sustains an injury resulting from a police firearms discharge:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Immediately request the response of the patrol supervisor, and
a.
Safeguard possible crime scene.
b.
Provide and/or secure appropriate medical attention for the injured person.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

2.
3.
4.

Respond to scene, assess the situation.
Notify the desk officer.
Establish crime scene, if necessary.

DESK OFFICER 5.

Make the following notifications:
a.
Borough command
b.
Operations Unit
c.
Commanding officer/duty captain
d.
Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center
e.
Detective squad and borough commands.

OPERATIONS
UNIT

6.

Notify duty chief.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMAND

7.
8.

Notify duty inspector.
Notify shooting team leader when:
a.
Injury occurs as a result of a police shooting.
b.
Requested by duty inspector regarding a death in custody or
serious injury in connection with police activity.

DUTY
INSPECTOR

9.
10.
11.

Respond to scene.
Confer with commanding officer/duty captain/shooting team leader.
Confer with Internal Affairs Bureau Response Team.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-53

IAB RESPONSE
TEAM

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/27/13

12.
13.
14.

COMMANDING 15.
16.
OFFICER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN/
SHOOTING
TEAM LEADER

2 of 4

Respond to scene.
Confer with commanding officer/duty captain/shooting team leader.
Advise Internal Affairs Bureau Duty Captain, as appropriate.
Respond and assess the situation.
Confer with Internal Affairs Bureau Duty Captain/Internal Affairs Bureau
Response Team.

NOTIFICATION TO NEXT OF KIN WHEN A PERSON DIES IN
CONNECTION WITH POLICE ACTIVITY
PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
DESIGNEE

17.

Ensure timely notification to next of kin in cases where a person dies in
police custody.
a.
Have a member of the Community Affairs Bureau assist with the
notification, if appropriate.
(1)
Notification should be made by a member in the rank of
lieutenant or above.

NOTIFYING
MEMBER

18.

Confer with involved detective borough commander/designee prior to
contacting next of kin.
Notify next of kin upon approval from involved detective borough
commander/designee.
a.
Notification should be made within a reasonable amount of time,
preferably within two hours.
b.
An investigator should accompany the member making the
notification unless it is deemed inappropriate by the patrol
borough commander/designee and the involved detective borough
commander/designee.
(1)
Notification will not be delayed an inordinate period of
time pending availability of investigator.
Notify Office of the Chief of Department of successful notification and
provide the following details:
a.
Time of notification
b.
Location of notification
c.
Name of person notified
d.
All members of the service present
e.
Any other pertinent information.
Enter details of notification in Telephone Record.

19.

20.

21.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-53

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/27/13

3 of 4

WHEN IT IS DETERMINED THAT A POSSIBLE CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION
WILL COMMENCE
INTERNAL
AFFAIRS
BUREAU,
DUTY
CAPTAIN

22.
23.

Respond and assess the circumstances.
Confer with the commanding officer/duty captain/shooting team leader.

PATROL
SERVICES
BUREAU
DUTY CHIEF

24.
25.

Respond to scene and assume command.
Confer with duty inspector/commanding officer/duty captain/shooting
team leader, and Internal Affairs Bureau Duty Captain to determine if a
criminal investigation against a member of the service is warranted.
Assume responsibility for the non-criminal investigation when:
a.
Person dies in custody.
b.
Person sustains any injury resulting from police firearms discharge.
c.
Person sustains a serious injury in connection with a police activity.

26.

IF CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION AGAINST A MEMBER IS REQUIRED
PATROL
SERVICES
BUREAU
DUTY CHIEF
ADDITIONAL
DATA

27.
28.

Confer with the Chief of Detectives and Chief of Internal Affairs, as
appropriate.
Coordinate the activities of the Detective Bureau and Internal Affairs
Bureau personnel.

DEPARTMENT POLICY
When a criminal investigation against a member is required, the Internal Affairs Bureau
will be responsible for the investigation.
When it is determined that the Internal Affairs Bureau will conduct the investigation, the
local detectives will provide assistance (e.g., canvass interviews, etc.), as necessary.
Conversely, when it is determined that Detective Bureau personnel will conduct the
investigation, the Internal Affairs Bureau will provide assistance as requested by the
Detective Bureau. The patrol borough Investigations Unit will also participate in these
investigations, where warranted.
When, in the course of an investigation, (i.e., investigate DOA), a member of the
Detective Bureau becomes aware that a death or serious injury was or may have been in
connection with a police action, the precinct commanding officer/duty captain and the
Internal Affairs Bureau will be immediately notified.
In those cases where no criminal investigation by the Internal Affairs Bureau is required
the follow-up investigation, including interviews conducted under Patrol Guide 206-13,
“Interrogation of Members of the Service” will be conducted by the borough
commanding officer or designee.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-53

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/27/13

4 of 4

If at any time during the investigation, it becomes apparent that a criminal investigation
is required, the Internal Affairs Bureau will be notified and will take over responsibility
for the criminal investigation, including any additional interviews.
Whenever a person dies while in police custody or sustains death or serious injury in
connection with a police activity, or sustains death or injury resulting from a police
firearms discharge, forward copy of Typed Letterhead to Deputy Commissioner, Strategic
Initiatives.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-54

PERSON THREATENING TO JUMP FROM STRUCTURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To prevent persons from jumping from structures.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at a location where a person is threatening to jump from a
structure:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

6.

7.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Notify Communications Section and request patrol supervisor,
Emergency Service and ambulance to respond.
a.
Request Harbor Unit to respond if person is over navigable waters.
Attempt to persuade or prevent person from jumping.
Seek assistance of person’s relatives, friends, and clergyman.
Confine the person to side of the structure facing street, if possible.
Rope off area below and prevent persons from entering area.
Verify that Emergency Service Unit and ambulance are responding, if
required.
a.
Cancel response of Emergency Service/ambulance if no longer
required.
Follow P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons,”
where appropriate.

Mentally Ill Or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-55

INVESTIGATION OF AIDED CASES INVOLVING INJURIES
RESULTING FROM ILLEGAL FIREWORKS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To prevent future injuries to the public and to ascertain the source of illegal
fireworks.

PROCEDURE

Upon responding to, or otherwise becoming aware of, an incident involving a
physical injury to an individual as a result of the intentional or accidental
detonation of illegal fireworks:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.

Render reasonable aid to injured person.
Request response of ambulance, if necessary.
Request response of patrol supervisor and precinct detective squad.
Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence, of incident.
Issue summons or effect arrest if fireworks were illegally possessed.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).
a.
Under caption “Offense,” enter “Investigate Aided-Fireworks Injury,”
if applicable.
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152B), if
applicable.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

8.

Review action taken and ascertain that precinct detective squad has been
notified to respond, if not present at scene.

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD
MEMBER

9.
10.

Investigate circumstances of injury to determine source of illegal fireworks.
Notify Intelligence Bureau and Narcotics Division member of results of
investigation.

NOTE

In addition, precinct detective squad members will notify the Organized Crime Control
Bureau, Field Operations Desk (FOD) twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week
regarding all ongoing firework related investigations.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

In cases where the aided is less than eighteen years of age, it is incumbent upon the
investigating member to determine the extent of adult involvement in the incident. When
probable cause exists to establish a charge of Endangering the Welfare of Child, an
arrest will be made.
The Intelligence Bureau will maintain a data base containing all incidents involving a
physical injury to an individual as a result of the detonation of illegal fireworks. The
database will include all relevant information concerning the incident and the results of
the investigation. The Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau, will review the results
of each investigation and coordinate the distribution of intelligence obtained in the
investigation. In addition, those cases requiring further investigation will be referred to
the appropriate unit for follow-up investigation, as deemed necessary.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-56

DIPLOMATIC INCIDENTS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To process incidents involving persons classified as “Diplomats.”

DEFINITIONS

DIPLOMATS - Members of foreign missions, delegations, embassies and
legations to the United Nations or United States, and their families and staff.
(Identification cards are signed by the United States Secretary of State and the
Chief of Protocol). Consuls of foreign nations do not possess Department of State
identification cards, but they are to be treated in the same manner as “Diplomats.”
DIPLOMATIC IMMUNITY - Diplomats shall not be arrested or personally served
with a summons. Uniformed members of the service will extend every courtesy
and consideration to them. All reasonable assistance will be given to them.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an incident where a “Diplomat” is involved:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Do not enter headquarters district of United Nations to perform official duty without
consent of Secretary General.

2.
3.

Take necessary action to protect life and property.

Obtain name and title of diplomat and government he represents.
Notify Operations Unit and Intelligence Bureau immediately by telephone that an
incident involving a diplomat has occurred.

The Operations Unit will verify diplomatic status when identification is in doubt.

NOTE

4.

OPERATIONS
UNIT MEMBER

5.
6.

Do not detain a diplomat who is properly identified or when doubtful
identification has been verified by Operations Unit personnel.
Request patrol supervisor to respond to scene.
Telephone details of the incident to the desk officer.

7.
8.

Notify detective squad or detective borough command, if required.
Notify Police Commissioner and Chief of Department, if required.

DESK OFFICER 9.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

10.
11.

Notify:
a.
Precinct commander/duty captain.
b.
Patrol borough.
c.
Intelligence Bureau.
d.
Operations Unit - to provide additional details and/or confirm incident.
Prepare required forms/reports.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-56

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 2

INTELLIGENCE
BUREAU
MEMBER

12.

Transmit details of incident to:
a.
United States Mission to United Nations
b.
New York City Commission for the United Nations and Consular Corps
c.
United States Department of State
d.
Federal Bureau of Investigation.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

13.
14.
15.
16.

Investigate incident and interview witnesses.
Determine if incident is of a serious or non-serious nature.
Take immediate action as required by circumstances of incident.
Report actions taken to precinct desk officer.

NOTE

The desk officer will notify the precinct commander/duty captain who will perform the
duties of the patrol supervisor if the incident is of a serious nature. Incidents of a nonserious nature will be investigated by the patrol supervisor.

17.
18.

19.

20.

Review actions already taken, conduct additional investigation as necessary.
Telephone results of preliminary investigation to:
a.
Operations Unit
b.
Patrol borough office concerned
c.
Intelligence Bureau - indicate whether incident serious or non-serious.
Prepare four copies of report concerning results of investigation on
Typed Letterhead, when incident is of a serious nature, and forward to:
a.
Chief of Patrol - one copy DIRECT
b.
Intelligence Bureau - two copies DIRECT
c.
File last copy in precinct desk binder.
Notify precinct commander/duty captain of actions taken, when incident
is of a non-serious nature.

PRECINCT
COMMANDER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

21.

Review actions taken by the patrol supervisor in non-serious incidents.

INTELLIGENCE
BUREAU
MEMBER

22.

Forward one copy of report, if appropriate, to:
a.
United States Mission to the United Nations
b.
New York City Commission for the United Nations and Consular Corps
c.
United States Department of State
d.
Federal Bureau of Investigation.

DESK OFFICER 23.

Review and process required reports/forms.

Subsequent reports including final dispositions will be prepared and forwarded in the
same manner as initial reports.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A parking summons placed upon a vehicle bearing “Diplomat” and “Consul” license
plates for a safety hazard violation is NOT considered a diplomatic incident.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Parking Summons - General Procedure (P.G. 209-07)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
TYPED LETTERHEAD

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-57

SERVICE OF FAMILY COURT/SUPREME COURT ORDERS OF
PROTECTION BY UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To effect the service of all orders of protection, and any associated papers, issued
by Family Court or Supreme Court to the respondent, and to ensure proper entry of
police service into the order of protection database.

PROCEDURE

When an order of protection issued by a Family Court or Supreme Court is to be served:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED TO
FAMILY/
SUPREME
COURT

1.
2.

3.
4.

NOTE

Obtain, on a daily basis, all orders of protection and any related papers
from the Family Court or Supreme Court clerk.
Review order of protection and associated papers to ensure that
respondent’s address is provided, or petitioner’s address if order is to be
served at petitioner’s residence.
a.
Any set of papers lacking an address will be returned to the Family
Court or Supreme Court clerk.
Separate orders of protection by patrol borough based on the respondent’s address.
Prepare two copies of a letter of transmittal on Typed Letterhead for each
patrol borough, as necessary, including:
a.
Respondent’s name
b.
Docket number
c.
Caption for final disposition.

In addition to orders obtained from Family Court, members of the service assigned to
Family Court will also be delivered orders from Supreme Court. These Supreme Court
orders will be processed in the same manner as those from the Family Court. Orders from
both Family Court and Supreme Court may be listed on the same letter of transmittal but
should be separated by a single blank line. No more than ten orders of protection will be
listed on each letter of transmittal.

5.

Attach letter of transmittal to orders of protection, that have been separated
by patrol borough, to be picked up by local patrol borough personnel.
a.
File photocopy of letter of transmittal.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COORDINATOR
WHEREIN
FAMILY COURT
LOCATED

6.

Obtain all orders of protection and accompanying letters of transmittal on a
daily basis.

NOTE

Messengers from Patrol Boroughs Manhattan North and Brooklyn South will pick up their
borough’s orders of protection from the uniformed member of the service assigned to the
local Family Court.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-57

PAGE:

08/01/13

PATROL
BOROUGH
COORDINATOR
WHEREIN
FAMILY COURT
LOCATED
(continued)

7.
8.
9.

10.
11.

12.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 6

Forward via Department mail orders of protection to be served in other
patrol boroughs.
Verify all orders of protection listed on letter of transmittal have been received.
Number each order of protection received by precinct and serial number
beginning with the number one at the start of each year. (Example, the first
order of protection in the 60th Precinct would be listed as 60-1).
Prepare two copies of a letter of transmittal on Typed Letterhead captioned as
in step 4 for each precinct where an order of protection is to be served.
Attach STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE (PD260-152) and
WARRANT OFFICER’S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION (PD374-1510)
to each order of protection.
Forward letter of transmittal and orders of protection to appropriate
precinct(s).
a.
File photocopy of letter(s) of transmittal.

A separate file of letters of transmittal will be maintained for each precinct within the
patrol borough.

DESK OFFICER 13.
14.

Verify all orders of protection listed on letter of transmittal have been received.
Make an entry in a log maintained at the desk and captioned across a
double page as follows:

LEFT PAGE
Pct.
Serial #

Petitioner's
Name

Respondent's
Name

Docket #

1st Tour UMOS
Assigned/Desk Officer

Date & Time
of Attempt(s)

RIGHT PAGE
2nd Tour
UMOS
Assigned/
Desk
Officer

Date &
Time of
Attempt(s)

(Through)

-------->

6th Tour
UMOS
Assigned/
Desk
Officer

Date &
Time of
Attempt(s)

Final
Disposition

Time/Date
Entered In
Database

15.

Assign a uniformed member of the service to serve the order of protection.
a.
Indicate name under caption “1st TOUR UMOS.”

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

16.

Attempt to serve the order of protection.

NOTE

The order of protection may be served at any time seven days a week, twenty-four hours a
day.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-57

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 6

IF ORDER OF PROTECTION IS SERVED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

17.

18.

NOTE

Prepare STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE and then photocopy.
a.
Examine and account for all documents served by insuring that
appropriate box is checked.
Deliver form to desk officer
a.
Forward photocopy to domestic violence prevention officer.

When preparing STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE forms for orders issued by
Supreme Court, strike out the heading reading “Family Court” and write in “Supreme Court”.

IF UNABLE TO SERVE ORDER OF PROTECTION
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

19.
20.
21.

DESK OFFICER 22.

NOTE

Document each attempt on WARRANT OFFICER’S REPORT OF
INVESTIGATION.
Make an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of each attempt to serve
the order of protection.
Return the order of protection and related forms at end of tour to the desk officer.
Repeat step 15.
a.
Indicate name under caption “2nd TOUR UMOS,” etc.

Service of the order of protection must be attempted at least once on each tour for six
consecutive tours. After the sixth tour the order of protection will be considered to be
“Undeliverable.” Service of the order of protection will be initiated on the same tour that
the order is received.

DESK OFFICER 23.

24.

25.

Enter into the log one of four final dispositions:
a.
Order of protection served.
b.
Undeliverable-respondent not known at address.
c.
Undeliverable-respondent’s new address located outside of
command.
d.
Undeliverable-attempts completed on six consecutive tours.
(1)
Ensure that dates and times of attempted service are
indicated in the log.
Prepare STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE and write “NOT
SERVED” on the top right hand corner of the form, if the order of
protection was not served.
a.
Strike out the heading “Family Court” and write in “Supreme
Court”, if the order was issued by a Supreme Court.
Place “Undeliverable” orders of protection in log for precinct domestic
violence prevention officer to forward.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-57

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

26.

DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
PREVENTION
OFFICER

27.

28.

NOTE

4 of 6

Coordinate all tasks relating to the service and recording of orders of
protection including filing, forwarding, etc.
Enter applicable information into the State Order of Protection Registry,
via the FINEST system, upon receipt of each photocopy of a
STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE.
Enter the date and time entry into the registry was made under the
appropriate caption in log.
a.
Place initials inside same caption.

The Domestic Violence Unit will be responsible for ensuring that all Domestic Violence
Prevention Officers are trained in the use of the NYSPIN/FINEST system in regard to the
entry of service information.

29.

30.
31.
32.
NOTE

Check log containing orders of protection on a daily basis.
a.
Ensure that for every disposition indicating service was made a
corresponding entry was made into the order of protection registry.
Forward to the patrol borough coordinator any orders of protection and related
forms, if investigation reveals that respondent resides outside of precinct.
Maintain a file of letters of transmittal.
Enter a final disposition on letters of transmittal as indicated in step 23.

Every order of protection received must be assigned one of the four final dispositions.

33.

34.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COORDINATOR

35.

36.

Forward to the patrol borough coordinator:
a.
Original (white copy) of the completed STATEMENT OF
PERSONAL SERVICE for all orders of protection.
b.
Original of completed WARRANT OFFICER’S REPORT OF
INVESTIGATION for orders of protection that are “Undeliverable.”
Attach to file copy of appropriate letter of transmittal:
a.
Second (blue copy) of STATEMENT OF PERSONAL
SERVICE and
b.
Photocopy of WARRANT OFFICER’S REPORT OF
INVESTIGATION, if applicable.
Attach to the file copy of appropriate letter of transmittal, a photocopy of
the STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE and the WARRANT
OFFICER’S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION, if applicable.
a.
Ensure that a final disposition is indicated on letter of transmittal.
Forward original (white copy) of STATEMENT OF PERSONAL
SERVICE and/or WARRANT OFFICER’S REPORT OF
INVESTIGATION to the uniformed member of the service assigned at
the Family Court that issued the order of protection.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-57

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 6

NOTE

If the originating Family Court is located outside the patrol borough, the STATEMENT
OF PERSONAL SERVICE and/or WARRANT OFFICER’S REPORT OF
INVESTIGATION will be returned via the patrol borough coordinator in which the
Family Court is located.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED
FAMILY
COURT

37.

38.
39.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Indicate on original letter of transmittal a final disposition:
a.
Order of protection served
b.
Undeliverable-respondent not known at address
c.
Undeliverable-attempts completed on six consecutive tours.
Forward STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE to Family Court or
Supreme Court clerk.
File WARRANT OFFICER’S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION.

Each attempt made to serve the order of protection shall be documented on a WARRANT
OFFICER’S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION and an ACTIVITY LOG entry shall be
made. The respondent’s name shall be entered under the caption “Defendant Surname”
and the docket number shall be entered under the caption “Docket/Indict #.” Service must
be attempted at least once each tour for six consecutive tours, after which the order of
protection may be considered undeliverable.
The assigned uniformed member of the service will inquire of neighbors, superintendent, etc.,
as to respondent’s whereabouts. If respondent has moved, attempt to obtain the new address.
If the new address is within the precinct, service of the order of protection will be attempted at
the new location for an additional six consecutive tours. A new log entry will be required.
If the new address is outside the precinct concerned, indicate this on the WARRANT
OFFICER’S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION. The order of protection will be returned
to the patrol borough coordinator for forwarding to the proper patrol borough. Although
most of the Family Court or Supreme Court orders of protection will be delivered through
the patrol borough coordinator, the petitioner may elect to personally seek police
assistance in serving the order of protection. In that instance, the desk officer will inspect
the “Order of Protection” log to determine if the order of protection has already been
served. If it has not been served, a uniformed member of the service will provide
assistance in serving the order and give the original (white copy) of the completed
STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE to the petitioner. The petitioner will be
instructed to deliver the form to the Family Court or Supreme Court clerk that issued the
order of protection. The blue copy of the STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE will
be delivered to the desk officer who will indicate in the log that the order of protection was
served, and then forward the copy to the domestic violence prevention officer who will
process it in accordance with the foregoing procedure.
When an exclusionary Order of Protection has been served, uniformed members of the
service may not assist respondents who wish to remove clothing/property (commonly
known as “clothes jobs”), where an exclusionary Order of Protection exists which
prohibits contact between the petitioner and respondent and/or excludes the respondent
from being present at said location. Instead, the respondent should be advised to return to
court to have the Order of Protection amended, so that he/she may remove
clothing/personal property from the location, or, so that the items may be delivered to the
respondent or a third party.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-57

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 6

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrests - Removal To Department Facility For Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-1450)
STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE (PD260-152)
WARRANT OFFICER’S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION (PD374-1510)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-58

FIRE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PURPOSE

To protect life and property and assist the Fire Department.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of a fire:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Send an alarm or make sure one has been sent.
Park RMP car to prevent interference with fire fighting operation.
Direct responsible person to remain in front of location to direct fire
apparatus if fire is not in view.
Warn and assist occupants in evacuation of building.
Take other action required by situation.

UPON ARRIVAL OF FIRE APPARATUS:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Establish police lines beyond the fire apparatus and hydrants in use.
a.
Establish police lines behind the building beyond fire operations, if necessary.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

7.

Supervise members of the service.
a.
Notify desk officer if fire is suspicious and request detectives concerned.
Immediately assign uniformed members of the service to direct and control
responding emergency vehicles to allow free access to affected area.
a.
Ensure that fire hydrants remain accessible for use.

8.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.

10.

Permit only the following persons or vehicles to enter fire lines:
a.
The Mayor
b.
Members of governmental agencies in performance of duty
c.
Employees of public service corporations in the performance of
emergency duties
d.
Persons holding unexpired:
(1)
Working Press cards
(2)
Fire Line cards signed by the Fire Commissioner
e.
The Mayor’s car
f.
Police and Fire Department vehicles
g.
Ambulances
h.
Public service corporation vehicles for duty in connection with the fire
i.
City agency vehicles for duty in connection with the fire
j.
U.S. Mail vehicles
k.
Prison vans transporting prisoners.
Record following information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145):
a.
Time and date of fire
b.
Part of premises in which fire occurred
c.
Type of building and number of stories
d.
Address of building

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-58

PAGE:

08/01/13

e.
f.
g.
h.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

11.

DESK OFFICER 12.

13.
FORMS AND
REPORTS

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Name and address of building owner
Name and address of premises occupant
Number of persons injured, if any
Cause of fire, extent of damage, and any suspicion of arson
(obtained from fire officer in charge)
i.
Any dangerous condition resulting from the fire.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) if the
fire is suspicious.
Notify Operations Unit and borough command if:
a.
Injury or death occurs
b.
Three alarms or more
c.
Unusual type of fire
d.
Cause of fire is suspicious
e.
Forced entry by Fire Department
f.
Relocation of tenants required.
Review COMPLAINT REPORT if prepared.

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-59

VERTICAL PATROL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To prevent, detect and take necessary enforcement action regarding illegal activity
occurring in lobbies, stairwells, basements and other common areas of multiple
dwelling buildings that are not owned by the New York City Housing Authority.

SCOPE

Authorization for vertical patrol, the tactically planned patrol of the interior
hallways, stairways and rooftops of multiple dwelling buildings is obtained through
the Department’s Trespass Affidavit Program. Patrolling multiple dwelling buildings
for criminal activity, including trespassing under the Trespass Affidavit Program, is
a valuable problem solving tool, as well as an important component of the
Department’s crime control strategy.

PROCEDURE

To conduct vertical patrol in a residential multiple dwelling building in the
Department’s Trespass Affidavit Program:

PLATOON
COMMANDER/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
ASSIGNED
SUPERVISOR

1.

NOTE

A uniformed member of the service may approach and question persons if they have an
objective credible reason to do so. However, a uniformed member may not stop
(temporarily detain) a suspected trespasser unless the uniformed member reasonably
suspects that the person is in the building without authorization.

2.

3.

Assign teams of two or more uniformed members of the service to conduct
vertical patrol at designated times and locations.
a.
Schedule vertical patrols based on times when illegal activities are
prevalent
b.
Ensure TRESPASS CRIMES – OWNER’S AFFIDAVIT(S)
(PD651-051) or New York County District Attorney’s supporting
affidavits, as appropriate, are current for scheduled locations
c.
Ensure all vertical patrols are conducted in a satisfactory manner
with special attention to:
(1)
Enforcement action, including proper tactics
(2)
Radio transmissions
(3)
Proper documentation (e.g., ACTIVITY LOG [PD112145] entries, STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT
WORKSHEETS [PD344-151A], etc.).

Instruct uniformed members performing vertical patrol that, absent exigent
circumstances, teams of two or more uniformed members must remain
together at all times.
Consider the appropriate number of teams necessary to perform a particular
vertical patrol.
a.
The number of uniformed members that are required to conduct a
particular vertical patrol assignment should be based on the size of
the building, the number and location of exits, and the nature of the
crimes being addressed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-59

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.
5.

6.
7.

8.
9.
10.
11.

12.

2 of 3

Respond to location at designated time and coordinate activities with other
assigned uniformed members.
Notify Communications Section radio dispatcher utilizing radio code
signal 10-75V, and make ACTIVITY LOG entry of the time and street
address upon entering the building.
Inspect front, rear and other exterior doors, and interior of lobby.
Document in ACTIVITY LOG that signs stating, “No Trespassing,
Tenants and their Guests Only,” are prominently displayed and legible.
a.
Signs should be prominently displayed in areas where persons entering
the building can readily observe them (e.g., vestibule entrance,
vestibule, above the elevator, courtyard, roof, etc.).
Proceed to top floor of building by elevator, if operable, and conduct
inspection of roof, roof landing, elevator rooms, and any other installations.
Patrol each floor, staircase and hallway within the building from the top
floor to the ground floor.
Inspect all accessible basement areas.
Be alert for persons who may be engaged in criminal activity, including
potential trespassers, and upon encountering such persons:
a.
Approach the person(s) and ask:
(1)
If he or she lives in the building
(2)
If he or she is visiting someone in the building
(3)
If he or she has business in the building.
b.
Take reasonable measures to verify a person’s authority to be
present in the building when such authority is in question (e.g.,
asking for identification, keys to the building entrance doors, etc.).
c.
When a person refuses to explain or is unable to explain his/her presence
in the building, the uniformed member may instruct the person that he or
she must leave the building or be subject to arrest for trespass. The
uniformed member may then arrest the person for trespass if:
(1)
The person refuses to exit the building and does not promptly
establish a right to be in the building.
d.
When reasonable suspicion develops that a person has committed, is
committing or is about to commit a felony or a Penal Law misdemeanor,
take appropriate police action as per P.G. 212-11, “Stop and Frisk”
e.
If probable cause develops that a person has committed or is
committing an offense or crime, take appropriate police action as per
P.G. 208-01, “Law of Arrest”
f.
When a trespass arrest is made, prepare TRESPASS CRIMES –
FACT SHEET (PD351-144)
g.
Copies of the TRESPASS CRIMES – FACT SHEET and
TRESPASS CRIMES – OWNER’S AFFIDAVIT or New York
County District Attorney’s supporting affidavit, as appropriate, for
the building must be included in arrest package.
Notify Communications Section radio dispatcher upon exiting building
and make ACTIVITY LOG entry indicating time building inspection
was completed and any conditions noted.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-59

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

The “TRESPASS CRIMES – OWNER’S AFFIDAVIT (PD651-051),” will be utilized
for Department Trespass Affidavit Program buildings in the Bronx, Brooklyn, Staten
Island and Queens. The New York County District Attorney’s Office manages a Trespass
Affidavit Program in Manhattan and utilizes its own supporting affidavits. The
“TRESPASS CRIMES – FACT SHEET (PD351-144),” will be prepared in every
instance, including Manhattan, where a uniformed member of the service effects a trespass
arrest in a building participating in a Trespass Affidavit Program.
A uniformed member of the service may not stop (temporarily detain) a suspected
trespasser unless the uniformed member reasonably suspects that the person is in the
building without authority. When reasonable suspicion exists, a STOP, QUESTION AND
FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET shall be prepared as per P.G. 212-11, “Stop and Frisk.”
Some factors which may contribute to “reasonable suspicion” that a person is trespassing,
in addition to those factors set forth in P.G. 212-11, “Stop and Frisk,” are contradictory
assertions made to justify presence in the building and/or assertions lacking credibility
made to justify presence in the building.
A uniformed member of the service may arrest a person for trespass when he or she has
probable cause to believe the person is not a resident, is not the invited guest of a resident,
and is not otherwise authorized to be in the building. Refusal to answer a uniformed
member’s questions alone will not reach the level of “probable cause.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Law of Arrest (P.G. 208-01)
Stop and Frisk (P.G. 212-11)
Trespass Affidavit Program (Interim Order 23, series 2012)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A)
TRESPASS CRIMES – OWNER’S AFFIDAVIT (PD651-051)
TRESPASS CRIMES – FACT SHEET (PD351-144)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-60

INTERIOR VERTICAL PATROL OF HOUSING AUTHORITY
BUILDINGS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To assist the Housing Authority in enforcing its rules, limiting criminal activity,
providing a safe and secure environment and ensuring the habitability of its
residential buildings for Housing Authority residents and their guests by
performing interior vertical patrols.

PROCEDURE

Uniformed members of the service shall frequently inspect the interior of
Housing Authority buildings on assigned posts as follows:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.

VIPER UNIT
MEMBER

4.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.
6.

7.

8.
9.
10.

11.
12.

Notify Communications Section, utilizing radio code 10-75V, and make
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of the time and street address upon
entering the building.
Notify Video Interactive Patrol Enhanced Response (VIPER) unit by radio, if
VIPER cameras present.
Advise uniformed member of conditions that:
a.
Require attention
b.
Significantly affect safety.
Provide ongoing assistance to uniformed member of the service performing
vertical patrol.
Inspect front, rear and other exterior doors, mailboxes and the interior of the lobby.
Inspect elevators and ascertain if they are operable.
a.
Notify Housing Authority Emergency Service Department maintenance
personnel of inoperable elevators.
Proceed to top floor of building by elevator, if operable, otherwise by
using the stairs.
a.
Use staircase to gain access to the roof of the building.
Conduct inspection of roof, roof landing, elevator rooms, and any other
installations.
Patrol each floor, staircase and hallway within the building from the top
floor to the ground floor.
Inspect elevator doors on each floor, taking immediate action when necessary.
a.
Notify Housing Authority Emergency Service Department or NYPD
Emergency Service Unit personnel immediately and remain at scene and
secure location until unsafe condition has been corrected if:
(1)
Elevator door glass is missing
(2)
Outer elevator door opens when elevator is not present
(3)
Any other dangerous condition concerning elevators exists.
Inspect all accessible basement areas.
Be alert for persons who may be violating Housing Authority rules and
regulations, including potentially unauthorized persons within NYCHA
property, and upon encountering such persons:
a.
Approach the person(s) and ask:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-60

PAGE:

08/01/13

(1)
(2)
(3)

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

If he or she lives in the building
If he or she is visiting someone in the building
If he or she has business in the building.

When a person’s authority to be present in the building is in question, take reasonable
measures to verify such authority (e.g., asking for identification, a key to the building
entrance doors, etc.).

b.

13.

14.
15.

If a person is found to be violating a Housing Authority rule or
regulation, take appropriate police action pursuant to P.G. 207-29,
“Field Reports,” unless criminal enforcement is appropriate.
c.
If a person refuses to explain or is unable to explain his or her
presence in the building, the officer may instruct the person that
he or she must leave the building or be subject to arrest for
trespass. The officer may then arrest the person for trespass if:
(1)
The person refuses to exit the building and does not promptly
establish a right to be in the building.
d.
If reasonable suspicion develops that a person has committed, is
committing or is about to commit a felony or Penal Law misdemeanor,
take appropriate police action pursuant to P.G. 212-11, “Stop and Frisk.”
e.
If probable cause develops that a person has committed or is
committing an offense or crime, take appropriate police action
pursuant to P.G. 208-01, “Law of Arrest.”
Notify Communications Section upon exiting building and make ACTIVITY
LOG entry indicating time building inspection was completed and any condition
noted.
a.
Prepare FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511), STOP, QUESTION
AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A) or
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), if necessary.
Alternate between outside area patrol and interior vertical patrol of
Housing Authority grounds and buildings, unless otherwise directed.
Inspect each building on assigned post.

16.

Comply with above requirements, if not on an assignment, when
available to perform interior patrol.

PSA/PRECINCT 17.
COMMANDING
18.
OFFICER

Review available sources and identify buildings which are in need of
increased interior vertical patrols.
Assign and direct members to perform patrols at directed locations.

MEMBERS
ASSIGNED TO
RMP DUTIES

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-60

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

PLATOON
COMMANDER/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
ASSIGNED
SUPERVISOR

19.

NOTE

During the course of conducting directed vertical patrols, officers shall be instructed
that, absent exigent circumstances, two or more uniformed members of the service must
remain together.

20.

Assign at least two uniformed members of the service to conduct directed
vertical patrols.

Ensure all vertical patrols are performed in a satisfactory manner with
specific attention to:
a.
Effectiveness of patrols, including proper tactics
b.
Radio transmissions
c.
Proper documentation (e.g., ACTIVITY LOG entries, FIELD
REPORTS, STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT
WORKSHEETS, etc.).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Field Reports (P.G. 207-29)
Law of Arrest (P.G. 208-01)
Stop and Frisk (P.G. 212-11)
Vertical Patrol (P.G. 212-59)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511)
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-61

BURGLARY/ROBBERY APPREHENSION MODULE
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To reduce the occurrence of burglaries/robberies by identifying and
apprehending those individuals committing burglaries/robberies.

SCOPE

The Precinct Detective Squad/Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Module
(PDS/BRAM) will maintain a dedicated focus on burglary/robbery investigations
and shall be under the direct organizational control and supervision of the Precinct
Detective Squad Commander.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service receives a complaint of a burglary or robbery:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.

NOTE

Uniformed member of the service assigned will make notification to the Borough/Bureau
Evidence Collection Team (E.C.T.) to respond to all burglary incidents, including situations
where an arrest is made at the scene. The member assigned will enter the notification into the
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).

6.

NOTE

Determine whether a burglary or robbery in fact has been committed by
conducting preliminary investigation.
Broadcast description of perpetrators if available and appropriate, and
conduct search for suspects, if appropriate.
Safeguard evidence and when necessary, follow crime scene procedures
as per P.G. 212-04, “Crime Scene.”
Interview complainant and initiate investigation.
a.
If perpetrator(s) can be identified, transport complainant to station
house to view photos.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) for robbery.
a.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
for burglary if Burglary Apprehension Team member is not working.
b.
Comply with P.G. 207-01, “Complaint Reporting System”.

Make notification to Precinct Detective Squad who will immediately notify the
designated PDS/BRAM investigator, when available.
a.
Provide all available information necessary to continue investigation.
b.
Notify Detective Borough Night Watch if PDS/BRAM office is
closed (0100-0800 hours).

Copies of robbery/burglary complaints recorded on COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313152) in the precinct on late tours will be picked up at 0800 hours by a PDS/BRAM member.

DESK OFFICER 7.
8.
9.

Review and finalize (i.e., sign-off) in the OLCS the completed
COMPLAINT REPORT.
Have a copy of COMPLAINT REPORT forwarded to the Precinct
Detective Squad/BRAM.
Ensure that additional copies of COMPLAINT REPORT are sent to
other units/agencies, as required.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-61

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 4

NOTE

Pattern identification is crucial to a burglary strategy. As part of this strategy, the
Detective Bureau will establish burglary patterns in the same manner used to deal with
robbery patterns. Where two or more incidents have common traits the Precinct
Detective Squad Commander will establish a pattern. Items that should be considered in
order to declare a pattern are: similar methods of entry, items stolen, proximity of
crimes to each other, time/day of occurrence as well as any other distinguishable
common characteristics. The Precinct Detective Squad, in which a pattern has been
established, will have the primary responsibility in compiling a pattern folder and
documenting their investigative steps to apprehend the perpetrator unless the pattern
crosses precinct boundary lines. All information must be disseminated to members of
the service in the local and surrounding precincts, detective squads and O.C.C.B. units.
The Borough Robbery Squad will assume responsibility for investigation of patterns
affecting more than one precinct. The Patrol Borough Commander will oversee the
coordination of the plan to address the pattern between Patrol Services, Detective
Bureau (detective squad, warrants, gang unit etc.), O.C.C.B. and Intelligence Bureau
personnel.

PDS/BRAM
INVESTIGATOR

10.
11.
12.
13.

14.

15.

16.
17.

18.

19.

20.
21.

Review burglary and robbery complaint reports and assist in identifying
any Burglary/Robbery patterns or trends that may arise.
Confer with the Precinct Field Intelligence Officer, when assigned, prior
to and following the issuance of a pattern.
Compile a pattern case folder for all identified patterns, documenting all
investigative steps taken.
Maintain photo books in accordance with established Legal Bureau
guidelines, containing pictures of persons previously arrested for burglary
and related crimes.
Confer with precinct and borough patrol and investigative units and
disseminate all information regarding burglary and robbery trends,
patterns and wanted perpetrators.
Update and maintain the Precinct Crime Information Center with active
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163), Field Information posters,
serial burglar lists and photos.
Conduct an investigation when the subject of a “Home Visit” cannot be
located by the Precinct Burglary Apprehension Team (BAT).
Cultivate and maintain sources of information within command (e.g.,
confidential informants, building superintendents, landlords, block
watchers, etc).
Debrief all suspects arrested for crimes of burglary/robbery. Seek to:
a.
Identify accomplices
b.
Identify fencing locations
c.
Identify other victims.
Be responsible for reviewing the list of persons selling items to
pawnshops or secondhand dealers.
a.
Conduct appropriate investigation, i.e. INVESTIGATION
CARD check, warrant investigation, criminal record check.
Assist the Burglary Apprehension Team with “Fencing Sting Operations.”
Take major case prints for every person arrested for the crime of burglary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-61

PDS/BRAM
SUPERVISOR

PAGE:

10/16/13

22.
23.

24.
25.
26.
27.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

Be responsible for the review of all burglary/robbery complaints received at
the office to determine case status.
Review all COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152), COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UPS (PD313-081) and COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
INFORMATIONALS (PD313-081B) prepared to determine whether
the cases should remain ACTIVE or CLOSED, and to ensure that all
necessary investigative steps have been taken.
Assign robbery and burglary cases amongst all detectives in the unit.
Ensure the crime information centers are updated accordingly.
Ensure pawnshop/secondhand dealer inspections are properly
investigated.
Verify major case prints are taken for every person arrested for burglary.

Assignment to a Precinct Detective Squad/Burglary Robbery Apprehension Module
(PDS/BRAM) will be viewed solely as a Detective Bureau assignment, and not as an
“investigative assignment” available to police officers under the “Police Officers
Career Program.”
Precinct Detective Squad/Burglary Robbery Apprehension Module (PDS/BRAM) team
members will be assigned to the Detective Duty Chart. The squad commander, however,
will have sufficient flexibility to modify scheduled tours to accommodate the needs of the
command and/or for particular investigations.
Key elements which contribute to the success of the BRAM program:
a.
The creation of a specialized BRAM unit within every Precinct Detective Squad. These
units are commanded by, and are accountable to, a Precinct Detective Squad
Commander who is responsible for the investigation of all robbery/burglary complaints
committed within that precinct (unless another unit has responsibility as per Department
directives, e.g., Internal Affairs Bureau - Police Impersonation Investigation Unit).
b.
The allocation of Precinct Detective Squad personnel to the BRAM unit,
commensurate with the number of reported burglary/robbery cases. Precinct
Detective Squad Commanders will determine the exact complement of personnel
(supervisors/detectives), in concurrence with the respective Detective Borough
Commanding Officer.
c.
One member of each PDS/BRAM will be designated as liaison with the Borough
Robbery Squad and the Intelligence Bureau for the purpose of identifying
emerging patterns and suspects. The Pattern Identification Module will be
responsible for identifying, tracking and disseminating information between the
precincts and boroughs affected and creating the pattern sheet upon conferral
with both the Precinct Squad Commanders and Precinct Commanders involved.
d.
Detective Bureau must notify the appropriate Patrol Borough Pattern
Identification Module when a pattern is established and provide all relevant
details. Patrol Borough Pattern Identification Modules will notify the
appropriate Detective Bureau on all alerts. Detective Bureau will prepare an
apprehension plan on all patterns and submit it to the Chief of Detectives and
forward a copy to the appropriate Patrol Borough Commander.
e.
The development and utilization of precinct Photo Books that contain photographs of
persons previously arrested for burglary, robbery and grand larceny from the
person, as well as all other photographable offenses within the same geographical
area. Each PDS/BRAM must regularly review the precinct’s arrest records and

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-61

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

f.
g.

4 of 4

obtain all such prisoner photographs, including photos listing parolees with
robbery/burglary convictions.
Uniformed members of the service on patrol are required to bring victims of
robberies to the precinct in order to view the Photo Books.
An innovative Case Management System which ensures prompt, thorough and
flexible investigation of burglary/robbery complaints. Every burglary/ robbery
complaint, after assignment of a precinct complaint number, will be reviewed
and signed-off in the OLCS by the desk officer. Desk officers will closely
scrutinize robbery complaints to ensure that procedures were properly
followed. An additional copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) will
be forwarded to the Precinct Detective Squad. A thorough investigation will be
conducted on all burglary/ robbery cases and the case status (open or closed)
will be determined by the PDS/BRAM supervisor.

If a uniformed member of the service apprehends a person wanted by the Precinct
Detective Squad, as a result of a photograph placed on the Crime Identification Center’s
bulletin board, the uniformed officer will deliver the prisoner to any member of that
detective unit performing duty at the time of the apprehension. The detective, who
assumes responsibility for the prisoner, is required to take all of the follow-up steps,
including arranging for and conducting a lineup, as per Patrol Guide 208-24,
“Identification Lineups/Showups,” booking and arraigning the prisoner.
A uniformed member of the service who apprehends two PDS/BRAM wanted persons
may be recommended for Departmental recognition in the appropriate grade by the
Precinct Commanding Officer. (If after the first arrest the individual apprehended is of
significant value, Departmental Recognition may be recommended).
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Departmental Recognition (P.G. 205-39)
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Identification Lineups/Showups (P.G. 208-24)
Crime Scene (P.G. 212-04)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081B)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-62

COMMUNITY POLICING UNIT
GENERAL GUIDELINES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

GOAL

In order to achieve the objectives of community policing, members assigned to
the community policing unit are committed to the following goals:
a.
Involving the community in identifying its own public safety concerns and
eliciting input in setting the Department’s priorities for addressing same.
b.
Increasing community participation in policing activities and community
based public safety programs.
c.
Exchanging information with the community on a regular basis.
d.
Using a problem solving approach to develop strategies for police operations
that respond to specific community problems, including non-traditional
tactics and strategies.
e.
Coordinating strategies for addressing community problems with other
agencies and private organizations.

NOTE

While members assigned to precinct community policing units are specifically charged
with the furtherance of the above goals, it should be recognized that ALL members of the
service are expected to perform duty in a manner that accomplishes these goals.

DEFINITIONS

BEAT - Geographic area of responsibility to which a beat officer is assigned.
BEAT BOOK - Ongoing profile of beat area maintained at the community
policing unit office.
OFF-PATROL TIME - Scheduled or unscheduled time not spent performing
visible foot patrol.
COMMUNITY POLICING UNIT DIARY - Maintained at the community
policing unit office and used to record excusals, court appearances, and
scheduled “off-patrol” time.
VEHICLE UTILIZATION LOG - Maintained at the community policing unit
office. For this purpose, an adapted UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION
LOG (PD571-1413) will be utilized for each Department RMP and twelve
passenger Department van assigned to the unit.

ROLL CALL
CLERK

1.

2.

3.

4.

A weekly ADMINISTRATIVE ROLL CALL with scheduled activities (i.e.,
meetings, special projects, etc.,) noted, will be submitted to the precinct roll
call office in a timely fashion for inclusion on the precinct ARCS roll call.
Scheduled activities will be carried on the precinct roll call as “post - changes.”
Precinct roll call personnel will maintain conformity within ARCS by
ensuring the Employee Master File (AR02) and Assignment Master File
(AR10) reflect all community policing assignments.
One copy of the ADMINISTRATIVE ROLL CALL, with any changes
noted, will be supplied to the precinct roll call office on a daily basis. After
changes have been made to the ARCS roll call or Roll Call Adjustment Sheet,
the ADMINISTRATIVE ROLL CALL is to be delivered to the desk and
placed chronologically into a suitable binder for reference and inspection.
All changes to the ADMINISTRATIVE ROLL CALL require the
approval of the Special Operations Lieutenant.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-62

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

ROLL CALL
CLERK
(continued)

5.
6.

Community policing unit members will, when practical, attend precinct roll call.
Community policing unit officers and sergeants will be assigned a fair
share of “out of precinct” details, consistent with other precinct
specialized unit members.

WORKING
CHART

1.

Community policing units are seven day a week operations, as consistent
with identified precinct conditions and community needs.
Community policing unit officers will work a miscellaneous chart,
working eight hour and thirty-five minute tours.
Community policing unit members will have flexible tours, on a daily
basis, and consistent with strategies developed to address identified
conditions on the beat.
The submitted ADMINISTRATIVE ROLL CALL is considered to be a
working chart.
Weekly work schedule is subject to the approval of the special operations
lieutenant.
Community policing officers and sergeants will have regular days off
which can only be changed as a result of a chart change (permanent
change of regular day off [RDO]).
Community policing unit sergeants will work a miscellaneous chart,
working eight hour and fifty-seven minute tours.
Community policing unit sergeants will have flexible tours, on a daily basis,
as approved by the special operations lieutenant. Such tours should
maximize supervision of unit members by the community policing sergeant.

2.
3.

4.
5.
6.

7.
8.

NOTE

Vacation selections for members assigned to community policing unit will be made as a
separate squad within the precinct structure. They are not to be exempt from excusal
ratios (see A.G. 304-06, “Ranking Officers Vacation,” and P.G. 203-19, “Vacation
Policy.”).

DEPARTMENT
VEHICLES

1.

SCOOTER UTILIZATION - The primary patrol function of the community
policing unit officer is the performance of visible foot patrol in a specified
beat area. It is recognized that both the topographic and geographic factors
present in many of our commands would make, at times, the use of scooters
desirable as a means of facilitating an officer’s assignment. Accordingly,
Department scooters are authorized for use within the following parameters:
a.
Scooters will be used only when deemed necessary and approved
by an immediate supervisor.
b.
Scooters will not be routinely assigned but will be used on an “as
needed” basis only.
c.
Scooters may be utilized only by those uniformed members who
are qualified Department scooter operators (see A.G.320-16,
“Driver Training”).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-62

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DEPARTMENT
VEHICLES
(continued)

2.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vacation Policy (P.G. 203-19)
Community Policing Duties And Responsibilities (P.G. 212-63)
Ranking Officers Vacation (A.G. 304-06)
Driver Training (A.G. 320-16)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION LOG (PD571-1413)

3 of 3

VAN UTILIZATION - Twelve passenger Department vans are assigned to
precinct community policing units to enable members to perform special
projects and accomplish other duties as directed by unit supervisors. They
are also utilized to facilitate supervision of unit members by the community
policing sergeant. Accordingly, the following guidelines will be adhered
to:
a.
Vans will not be used for routine patrol or other non-related duties
(i.e., sector duty, property transport, etc.).
b.
In the event of an extreme emergency, the commanding officer may
authorize the use of the van for other than prescribed reasons. In such
cases, a detailed entry will be made in the Command Log, including
purpose, member assigned, and the identity of the authorizing commander.
c.
The van will not be used for transport of more than two prisoners,
unless extreme exigent circumstances exist.
d.
Vans may be utilized only by uniformed members who are
Department qualified twelve passenger van operators (see A.G.
320-16, “Driver Training”).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-63

COMMUNITY POLICING DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

1.
PRECINCT
COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

8.
9.

10.

11.
12.

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

18.
19.
20.

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

Inspect Beat Books periodically.
Regularly confer with community leaders, residents, and business persons
to ensure viability of community policing effort at the command.
Ensure that community policing unit members are not routinely utilized
as backfill for other precinct assignments.
Ensure that Department vehicles assigned to the precinct community policing
unit are utilized in accordance with specified Department guidelines.
Ensure that Department mandates, as they relate to community policing, are carried out.
Ensure that utilization of community policing unit personnel is in
accordance with specified guidelines.
Obtain approval for all requests for community policing programmatic
overtime, through channels, from the Resource Management Section,
Patrol Services Bureau.
Supervise and evaluate performance of all members assigned to the
community policing unit.
Ensure that community policing officers and sergeants are assigned to out
of precinct detail assignments commensurate with the number performed
by other specialized precinct units and personnel.
Ensure that community policing officers periodically stand roll call with
the outgoing platoon, when practical, and as not to interfere with ongoing
programs and operations.
Act as chairperson for Precinct Management Team (PMT) meetings.
Prepare monthly evaluation report and submit, through channels.
a.
Include observations as to the unit’s effectiveness, impact on precinct’s
overall efforts, information that cannot be quantified numerically (i.e.,
inter-agency actions that improves conditions), and current training needs.
Ensure that community policing sergeants are assigned a number of
precinct communications consistent with other precinct supervisors.
Include the community policing unit in the precinct self-inspection procedures.
Review integrity control officer’s self-inspection reports.
Forward a copy of self-inspection report to the Commanding Officer,
Borough Investigations Unit for review and comment.
Cause a CENTRAL PERSONNEL INDEX BACKGROUND REQUEST
(PD449-160) to be made for ALL members prior to assignment to the
community policing unit.
Maintain supervisory level of approximately one sergeant to ten police
officers.
Exempt community policing sergeants from “desk and/or patrol” coverage.
Do not utilize community beat officers as backfill for sector manning
needs, except as follows:
a.
Major holidays (Christmas, Thanksgiving, etc.)
b.
Major emergencies. (Minimum manning does not necessarily
constitute an emergency).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-63

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

9.

10.
SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

PAGE:

08/01/13

1.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

2 of 6

Be thoroughly familiar with the efforts and programs of the community
policing unit.
Inspect, sign, and evaluate the ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of all
community policing unit sergeants quarterly.
Visit community policing officers and sign their ACTIVITY LOG at
least once a month.
Conduct random, confidential observations of community policing
officer’s activity.
Randomly follow up on crime prevention surveys to prevent improper referrals.
Monitor return roll call of community policing unit members.
Randomly attend meetings scheduled by community policing unit members.
Verify that utilization of Department vehicles assigned to the precinct
community policing unit is within Department guidelines by certifying
the Vehicle Utilization Log once a month.
Conduct at least one conferral per beat each month with either a resident
or business person. Record results on CPO EVALUATION
WORKSHEET (PD351-140H).
Conduct self-inspections quarterly.
Become thoroughly familiar with the operations and administration of the
community policing unit.
Supervise sergeants assigned to the community policing unit.
Monitor field performance of personnel assigned to community policing
unit, and personally observe precinct conditions.
Ensure tours of duty performed by community policing sergeants
maximize supervision of unit members.
Inspect records and logs of community policing unit and personnel.
Inspect and sign Beat Books monthly.
Ensure collaborative effort between community policing unit and other
specialized units in the precinct.
Confer with platoon commanders to ensure coordination of effort among
all precinct members.
Inspect and sign ACTIVITY LOGS of sergeants assigned to the
community policing unit once a month.
Review, for approval, work schedules for all community policing unit members.
a.
Approve all tour changes on weekly administrative roll call.
Ensure that all members of the community policing unit receive required
Department training.
Attend precinct community council, community board, and similar
meetings, as directed by the commanding officer.
Be cognizant of community crime trends and quality of life conditions,
allocating resources to address these concerns.
Attend Precinct Management Team (PMT) meetings.
Monitor field training function at the command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-63

COMMUNITY
POLICING
UNIT
SERGEANT

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

9.
10.
11.

DATE

12.
13.
14.

15.
16.
17.

18.

SERIAL #

19.

20.

3 of 6

Conduct daily roll call of community policing officers.
Coordinate the activities of community policing officers with the other
members of the command.
Prepare work schedules for subordinates, based on strategies to address
identified beat conditions.
Assist officers with their activities involving other Department units and
governmental agencies.
Supervise officers in the performance of their duties.
Supervise the crime analysis and beat planning activities of community
policing officers, and maintain unit records.
Confer with precinct field training sergeants to determine deployment of
probationary police officers to beat areas.
Evaluate the performance of community policing officers, under the
supervision of the precinct commanding officer, in a manner that is
reflective of the duties performed by the officers.
Inspect Beat Books during the third week of each month.
Attend Precinct Management Team (PMT) meetings.
Monitor level of unit’s effectiveness by conducting conferrals with
community residents or business persons. (Two contacts per month for
each beat officer actually assigned under the sergeant’s direct
supervision).
a.
Maintain a file system to record results of interviews, captioned to
include:
BEAT #/OFFICER

NAME/BUSINESS

ADDRESS

REMARKS

NAME OF SUPV.
CONDUCTING INTERVIEW

Meet with all primary community leaders listed in each police officer’s
Beat Book.
Regularly attend community meetings, as appropriate.
Ensure that all scheduled “off-patrol” meetings are entered in the community
policing unit diary and administrative roll call, for inclusion on the precinct
Automated Roll Call System (ARCS) roll call as “post changes.”
Verify “off-patrol” time entered in the unit diary.
Maintain a master file of all active community groups/persons at the unit office.
Pursuant to training by the Community Affairs/Crime Prevention Section,
randomly accompany subordinate officers on several surveys to ensure
that the officer is capable of performing routine residential surveys.
Upon receipt of the residential survey, a serial number, beginning with
the number one (001) for the first survey of the year, shall be assigned,
and information recorded chronologically in a Department Record Book,
captioned as follows:
DATE CONDUCTED OWNER/OCCUPANT ADDRESS

DATE DELIVERED

REMARKS

ASSIGNED
OFFICER/BEAT

a.
Forward surveys to crime prevention officer for review and approval.
Upon receipt of the approved survey, have one copy made to be
maintained in a secure file.
a.
The original will be hand delivered to the resident.
Verify entries in the vehicle utilization log.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-63

COMMUNITY
POLICING
UNIT
SERGEANT
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.

COMMUNITY
1.
BEAT OFFICER
2.

3.
4.

5.
6.

7.

8.
9.

10.
11.
12.

13.

14.

4 of 6

Ensure that unit telephone answering machines are functioning and engaged at
all times. The recorded announcement will be a proper, businesslike message.
Report to the desk officer for entry in the Interrupted Patrol Log upon
entering and leaving the stationhouse.
Periodically perform unannounced tours, as appropriate, in order to
determine the level of performance of unit members.
Be responsible for the supervision and evaluation of the police cadets
assigned to their respective units.
Perform duty in uniform.
Perform other duties as directed by the precinct commanding officer.
Patrol the beat area in a manner which strengthens the lines of communication
with the area residents, as well as preventing crime and delinquency.
Regularly confer with residents and business persons within the beat area
to determine the nature and extent of crime and order maintenance
problems of concern to the community.
With the assistance of the precinct crime analyst, conduct crime analysis
studies of beat area.
Confer, on a regular basis, with precinct personnel regarding the
development and implementation of tactical strategies for addressing
crime and order maintenance problems within the beat area.
Attend Precinct Management Team (PMT) meetings, as directed.
Coordinate activities with other members assigned to the precinct (i.e., sector,
anti-crime, youth officer, etc.) in the development of strategies to address
crime and order maintenance problems within the beat area.
Initiate contact with other Department units and governmental agencies,
as appropriate, regarding strategies to address beat conditions, and render
assistance, as necessary.
Maintain the Beat Book, as directed, keeping all sections current and updated.
Maintain contact with existing citizen’s groups in the beat area, working
with them on the design, implementation, and evaluation of neighborhood
crime prevention programs.
Conduct public education programs on crime prevention specifically
geared toward community groups within that beat area.
Attend community meetings as a police resource person.
Confer with the precinct crime prevention officer, conduct residential
surveys and make recommendations to improve physical security. Members
will utilize ONLY the CPO RESIDENTIAL BURGLARY
PREVENTION CHECKLIST (PD351-140). No substitutes are permitted.
Contact crime victims within beat area and counsel them on methods to
avoid being victimized in the future. Contacts should be made as
appropriate and determined at the local level. Conferrals will be
documented on the rear of the community policing unit copy of the
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).
Contact officials from all schools in beat area and discuss problems
connected with the schools.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-63

16.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
COMMUNITY
POLICING
UNIT
CLERICAL
ASSISTANT

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMUNITY
BEAT OFFICER 15.
(continued)

COMMUNITY
POLICING UNIT
COORDINATOR

REVISION NUMBER:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

6.

5 of 6

a.
Take necessary action to correct problems, when appropriate.
Document all “off-patrol” time:
a.
Make ACTIVITY LOG entry, and notify Communications Division,
prior to any “off-patrol” time, except under exigent circumstances.
b.
Notify community policing sergeant of all scheduled “off-patrol” time
for entry in the community policing unit diary and ACTIVITY LOG.
c.
Notify the community policing unit office, or, if unattended, the desk
officer, when there is unscheduled off-patrol” time of more than a short
period. Receiving member will notify the desk officer, who will make
an appropriate entry on the desk copy of the administrative roll call.
d.
Members assigned to the community policing unit will report to
the desk officer for entry in the Interrupted Patrol Log when
entering and leaving the stationhouse.
Perform other duties as directed by the community policing unit supervisor.
Become familiar with each community policing officer’s community
contacts and ongoing programs.
Attend meetings as appropriate and directed by community policing sergeant.
Act as a liaison between community policing officers and outside
agencies, when necessary, to avoid duplication of effort.
Return messages for community policing sergeant and officers when they
are not available.
Act as community policing sergeant’s vehicle operator.
Assist community policing sergeant in coordinating both the unit’s and
officer’s activities.
Substitute for the community policing office clerical assistant when necessary.
Provide transportation for community policing officers when directed by
immediate supervisor.
Maintain vehicles assigned to the community policing unit.
Maintain vehicle utilization logs assigned to unit vehicles.
Report to the desk officer for entry in the command log when leaving the
stationhouse if a community policing sergeant is not working.
Perform other duties as directed by the community policing sergeant.
Answer telephones in community policing office.
Monitor answering machines and deliver messages to members of the unit.
Inform community policing supervisor or coordinator of messages, as
appropriate, if affected community police officer is unavailable.
Return messages when appropriate.
Prepare, after supervisory approval, the administrative roll call.
a.
All adjustments occurring after initial preparation will be noted on
this form, as appropriate, and kept current.
Supply one copy of the administrative roll call, with any adjustments
noted, to precinct roll call personnel on a daily basis, for chronological
filing in an appropriate binder at the desk.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-63

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 6

COMMUNITY
POLICING
UNIT
CLERICAL
ASSISTANT
(continued)

7.

NOTE

Unit clerical assistant will not be routinely used for other duties.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Community Policing Unit - General Guidelines (P.G. 212-62)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CENTRAL PERSONNEL INDEX BACKGROUND REQUEST (PD449-160)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
CPO EVALUATION WORKSHEET (PD351-140H)
CPO RESIDENTIAL BURGLARY PREVENTION CHECKLIST (PD351-140)

8.

Collect all COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) from previous
day(s), and distribute to appropriate community policing officer.
a.
Submit COMPLAINT REPORTS to unit supervisor or coordinator,
as appropriate, if community policing officer is not available.
Perform other clerical duties relative to the community policing unit office.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-64

VEHICLE CHECKPOINTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To establish the criteria by which members of the service can conduct a safe,
legal, and effective vehicle checkpoint program.

SCOPE

A vehicle checkpoint is a site on a roadway designated by the commanding
officer of a patrol borough, Traffic Operations District, precinct, police service
area, transit district, highway district/unit, or task force, which is overseen by
uniformed personnel. Motor vehicle operators are stopped here in a non-arbitrary
manner (e.g., every third vehicle, etc.), as directed by the commanding officer on
a VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM (PD371-143). Unlike routine car stops,
police officers are not required to articulate an individualized suspicion for each
vehicle stopped pursuant to a vehicle checkpoint.
Vehicle checkpoints must be set up to include adequate warnings to motorists of
their existence. Uniformed members of the service assigned to the checkpoint
may lawfully establish reasonable temporary restrictions on movement of
vehicles in order to facilitate the flow of vehicular traffic through the checkpoint
(e.g., prohibit parking, standing, stopping, or turning, etc.) by such means as
signs, barriers, traffic cones, etc. A motorist who violates these temporary
restrictions or any other traffic rule may similarly be stopped. An example would
be a motorist, who after entering a checkpoint, attempts to avoid it by backing
his/her vehicle out.
It should be emphasized that motorists who avoid a checkpoint by lawful means
may not be stopped. If police have not blocked off a side street within a
checkpoint, and a motorist turns down it, the motorist may not be stopped unless
another lawful reason exists to stop the motorist.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a vehicle checkpoint is to be established:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER
CONCERNED
2.
3.
4.
5.

Establish vehicle checkpoints for the primary purpose of a DWI check or
vehicle safety check. Vehicle checkpoints for all other purposes other
than in emergency circumstances cannot be conducted without prior
written approval from the Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters.
Prepare VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM.
Ensure the VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM is affixed to the interior
right side of a legal size manila file folder.
Give the directive and file folder to the supervisor in charge of the
checkpoint and discuss tactics and safety concerns.
Ensure that safety equipment is utilized when warranted and ordered from
the Quartermaster Section, when necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-64

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

NOTE

If the vehicle checkpoint is established by a command other than a precinct, the
commanding officer concerned shall confer with the precinct concerned before
implementing the checkpoint.

SUPERVISOR
IN CHARGE OF
CHECKPOINT

6.
7.
8.
9.

NOTE

Comply with the captions on the VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM as
completed by the commanding officer.
Discuss tactics, including appropriate and lawful questioning techniques,
and apprise personnel of the primary purpose of the operation.
Ensure personnel are familiar with and have reviewed the contents of the
VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM as provided by the commanding officer.
Remain at the checkpoint location for the entire operation.

Supervisors in charge of vehicle checkpoints are reminded that the safety of the public
and members of the service is paramount. Reflective vests or luminous traffic belts are
to be worn during hours of darkness. Additionally; safety equipment, including turret
lights, flares, traffic cones, signs, and/or barriers will be utilized to enhance safety and
to warn motorists of the existence of the checkpoint.

10.
11.

Utilize at least two Department vehicles while conducting the checkpoint
and employ appropriate safety equipment.
Assign a “point person”, in the rank of police officer, whose sole responsibility
is to maintain the commanding officer's established procedure for stopping
vehicles and to advise the vehicle operators that their vehicles are being
stopped, and the reason why.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED TO
CHECKPOINT

12.

NOTE

After stopping a vehicle, it is permissible to request the driver's license, registration, and
insurance card. It is also permissible to conduct a license and VIN check. The VIN
check must be conducted from the outside of the car. Reaching inside the car to uncover
the VIN plate is not permitted even if the VIN plate is covered or obstructed; however,
the member may request that the motorist uncover the VIN plate. Additionally, the
driver's failure to produce a license or insurance card does not provide the basis to
enter the car and conduct a further search. However, the driver’s failure to produce a
license or insurance card does allow for the issuance of a summons or other appropriate
enforcement action. If the documentation produced is appropriate, the driver must be
allowed to proceed unless reasonable suspicion is developed during the stop.

13.
14.

Stop vehicles as directed by the supervisor in charge of the vehicle
checkpoint.

Take summary action, when necessary.
Record the identity (e.g., name, address, telephone, etc.) and statements
of witnesses in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), whenever an arrest is
made in connection with a vehicle checkpoint.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-64

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

NOTE

If as a result of the vehicle checkpoint, an arrest is effected, the VEHICLE
CHECKPOINT FORM prepared for that particular vehicle checkpoint shall be
reproduced for the District Attorney's Office.

SUPERVISOR
IN CHARGE OF
CHECKPOINT

15.

16.
17.
18.

Ensure that a record is kept of:
a.
The number of summonses issued;
b.
The number of arrests made;
c.
The number of vehicles stopped; and
d.
Any other information relevant to the checkpoint.
Complete the remaining sections of the VEHICLE CHECKPOINT
FORM at the conclusion of the vehicle checkpoint.
Record other pertinent information in ACTIVITY LOG.
Deliver the completed file folder to the commanding officer of command
conducting checkpoint.
a.
Vehicle checkpoints will be sequentially numbered beginning
with the number one at the beginning of each calendar year.
b.
Forward copy of VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM to
commanding officer, precinct concerned.

CLERICAL
STAFF

19.

Maintain files as per Department retention schedule.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

In case of inclement weather the supervisor in charge may cancel the vehicle checkpoint.
Furthermore, traffic congestion and other risk factors may also be taken into
consideration when determining whether or not a checkpoint should remain in place. In
any event, regardless of conditions, a vehicle checkpoint should not exceed two hours at
a location. Commanding officers may draft specific procedures for vehicle checkpoints
that meet the needs of their command, using this general procedure as a guide. When
appropriate, written material such as flyers, or pamphlets related to the purpose of the
checkpoint shall be distributed to motorists who are stopped.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM (PD371-143)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-65

BICYCLE PATROL
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To inform members of the service of the procedures to be followed when
performing bicycle patrol.

SCOPE

All precincts, police service areas, Patrol Borough Task Forces and the Chief of
Transportation are authorized to establish a bicycle patrol. ALL Patrol Boroughs,
the Chief of Transportation, and the Housing Bureau will designate a Bicycle
Coordinator.

PROCEDURE

To perform bicycle patrol:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER
2.
3.

Select volunteer members of the service within the command to perform
bicycle patrol.
Ensure that bicycles and related equipment usage are maximized.
Select a community policing supervisor/counterpart to act as the bicycle
coordinator.

4.
5.

Perform bicycle patrol, with the approval of an immediate supervisor.
Prior to performing bicycle patrol, all bicycles will be inspected using the
following ABC-QUICK CHECK:
a.
Air pressure
b.
Brakes
c.
Crank
d.
QUICK release levers
e.
CHECK with brief ride
Notify immediate supervisor, or if not available, the desk
officer/counterpart if bicycle requires repair or should not be utilized (i.e.,
unsafe, damaged, etc.).

MEMBER
ASSIGNED TO
BICYCLE
PATROL

6.

An ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry regarding the condition of the bicycle will be
made at the start of the tour.

NOTE

7.
8.

BICYCLE
COORDINATING
SUPERVISOR

9.

Bicycle helmet, luminous vest and shatter-proof protective eye gear will
be worn at all times while operating a Department bicycle in uniform.
Except in emergency situations, the Vehicle and Traffic Laws will be
obeyed at all times.
Deploy members of the service on bicycle patrol except when the
following conditions exist:
a.
Rain, snow, sleet, heavy fog or any precipitation causes the
ground to become slippery
b.
Patches of snow or ice remain from previous storms
c.
High winds interfere with the control of the bicycle
d.
Temperature is above 95 degrees or below 32 degrees Fahrenheit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-65

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 5

NOTE

If bicycle coordinating supervisor is unavailable, the desk officer/counterpart will
deploy bicycles to members of the service.

BICYCLE
COORDINATING
SUPERVISOR

10.
11

(continued)

12.

13.
14.

NOTE

Perform supervisory duty on bicycle, if practical.
Ensure that bicycles are clearly marked with the command number
followed by the bicycle number (e.g., 103 PCT, 1).
a.
Bicycle number is to be affixed on both sides of the fork (facing
downward) below the front brake cantilever.
b.
Command designation is to be affixed at the top of the down tube
on both sides.
c.
Numerals are one and one quarter inch block numbers, white in
color.
d.
Requests for these stickers will be made to the respective patrol
borough/bureau bicycle coordinator concerned.
Establish and maintain a Bicycle/Equipment Log Book divided into four
sections as follows:
a.
List of trained members of the service
b.
Equipment and distribution including serial numbers of all
bicycles, date the bicycles were received, and the date
condemned. Indicate next to each bicycle number whether
community donated or Department purchased.
c.
Bicycles needing repairs, person contacted, date sent out for
servicing and date returned.
d.
A sign-in/sign-out of equipment and bicycles for use by
authorized bicycle patrol personnel.
Ensure that bicycles utilized are listed on the A.R.C.S. Roll Call (e.g.,
Beat #1, bike #103-1).
Designate a member of the service to perform minor repairs and
adjustments, not to exceed one hour per day, on bicycles assigned to the
command.

Only members of the service that have received the advanced one day repair training course
given by the Police Academy Driver Education and Training Unit are to be assigned.

15.

16.

17.
18.

Inspect members of the service and their bicycles for proper uniform and
equipment, prior to leaving the command facility.
a.
If not available, the inspection will be done by the desk officer or
counterpart.
Prepare monthly Bicycle Patrol Activity Reports and forward to the
special operations lieutenant/counterpart for review by the seventh day of
each month.
Schedule repair dates with the appropriate designated repair facility.
Report damaged, lost or stolen Department bicycles and equipment to the
operations coordinator/counterpart and comply with P.G. 219-20 “Loss
Or Theft Of Department Property.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-65

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 5

NOTE

A copy of the equipment distribution and serial numbers for all bicycles will be forwarded
to the Patrol Borough, the Chief of Transportation, or Housing Bureau Bicycle
Coordinator. Lost/stolen bicycles and equipment will be reported as per P.G.219-20,
“Loss Or Theft Of Department Property.” A member of the service who is involved in a
collision and/or is injured shall comply with the applicable Patrol Guide procedures. A
bicycle involved in a collision will not be put into service until it is inspected by the Police
Academy Driver Education and Training Unit and returned to service. Copies of all
information regarding bicycle collisions will be forwarded to the Police Academy Driver
Education and Training Unit. An additional copy will be forwarded to the Bureau
concerned (Patrol Services or Housing).

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT/
COUNTERPART

19.
20.

21.

22.

Oversee operation of the bicycle patrol for anti-crime, community
policing and auxiliary police.
Confer with the commanding officer to maximize utilization of
equipment (e.g., search for missing persons, quality of life conditions,
robbery patterns, traffic enforcement operations, etc.).
Review Bicycle Patrol Activity Report, confer with the commanding
officer, and forward Bicycle Patrol Activity Report to the Patrol
Borough by the tenth day of each month.
a.
Police Service Areas will forward their activity reports to the
Housing Bureau.
Coordinate, through the Patrol Borough or the Housing Bureau Bicycle
Coordinator (as appropriate), bicycle training for uniformed members of
the command, as needed.

NOTE

Chief of Transportation will coordinate bicycle training through the Chief of Patrol’s
Resource Management Section, Professional Development Unit.

ANTI-CRIME/
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

23.
24.

25.

NOTE

Perform duty on nondescript bicycles as directed by the anti-crime
supervisor.
Conduct a safety inspection of a Department approved bicycle utilizing
the ABC-QUICK CHECK and make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
entries regarding the condition of the bicycle.
Notify immediate supervisor if a bicycle requires repair or should not be
utilized (e.g., unsafe, damaged, etc.). If immediate supervisor is not
available, notify the desk officer.

Minor repairs to unmarked bicycles should be performed by the member of the service
designated at the command. Nondescript bicycles, which cannot be repaired, will be
discarded in accordance with A.G. 325-03 “Department Property - Disposal Of NonExpendable.”

26.

Nondescript helmet, protective vest and eye gear will be worn.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-65

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 5

ANTI-CRIME
SUPERVISOR

27.

NOTE

Nondescript bicycles will be acquired through the Property Clerk, as conversion property,
in accordance with A.G. 313-04 “Use Of Property (Other Than Vehicles) Held By
Property Clerk.” Prior to performing duties on property conversion bicycles, the
command concerned must have the bicycles inspected by the Police Academy Driver
Education and Training Unit. Scheduling of the inspection of these bicycles will be
coordinated through the Patrol Borough Coordinator.

28.
29.
30.

PATROL
BOROUGH/
BUREAU
BICYCLE
COORDINATOR

31
32.
33.
34.
35.

Supervise the utilization of nondescript bicycles by members assigned to
anti-crime and confer with the commanding officer regarding their use.

Ensure that members of the service utilizing Department bicycles conduct
a safety inspection prior to use.
Maintain a list of the bicycles and serial numbers utilized by the anticrime.
A copy of this list will be provided to the Patrol Borough or Housing
Bureau Bicycle Coordinator, as appropriate.
Notify subordinate commands regarding pertinent matters relating to
bicycle patrol.
Establish and maintain a current listing of the bicycle coordinators within
subordinate commands.
Collect and consolidate Bicycle Patrol Activity Reports and forward
reports to the commanding officer for review.
Maintain, order, receive and distribute equipment for subordinate commands.
Ensure that, on a yearly basis, all Department bicycles within the
command have been inspected by conferring with the bicycle
coordinators of subordinate commands.
a.
Scheduling for repairs and inspections should not deplete a
commands’ fleet of bicycles.

NOTE

Patrol boroughs and Chief of Transportation will forward a consolidated Bicycle Patrol
Activity Report to the Operational Development Unit, Chief of Patrol, by the fifteenth day
of each month. Police Services Areas will forward consolidated Bicycle Patrol Activity
Reports to the Housing Bureau Coordinator.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Once a year, all Department bicycles will be fully inspected by the Police Academy’s
Driver Education and Training Unit. The repair personnel will also conduct these
inspections during any period of repair and make a notification to the command
concerned when such an inspection is conducted. Records of inspections and repairs
will be kept by the Police Academy’s Driver Education and Training Unit and at the
command concerned. When repairs are needed, the coordinating supervisor will contact
the Police Academy’s Driver Education and Training Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-65

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

5 of 5

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

ALL commands will have their bicycles repaired at:

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Lost Or Theft of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
Department Property - Disposal Of Non-Expendable (A.G. 325-03)
Use Of Property (Other Than Vehicles) Held By Property Clerk (A.G. 313-04)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Bicycle Patrol Activity Report

Police Academy’s Driver Education and Training Unit
Floyd Bennett Field
Bldg #4
Brooklyn, NY, 11234

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-66

MAYOR'S EXECUTIVE ORDER NUMBERS 34 AND 41, CITY POLICY
CONCERNING CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND IMMIGRANT
ACCESS TO CITY SERVICES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

1.
Mayor’s Executive Order No. 34 of 2003 has been amended by Mayor’s Executive
Order No. 41 of 2003, which reaffirms the City’s policy of providing essential services to all
residents regardless of immigration status, while complying with Federal law that affirms the City
may not prohibit its employees from providing information to the U.S. Bureau of Immigration and
Customs Enforcement (Title 18 U.S.C. § 1373 [a]). Mayor’s Executive Order No. 41 also adds new
categories of confidential information, which may not be disclosed except under the circumstances
outlined below. In addition, under Executive Order No. 41 it continues to be the policy of the New
York City Police Department not to inquire about the immigration status of crime victims, witnesses,
or others who call or approach the police seeking assistance. It is incumbent upon the Department to
maintain the trust and confidence of all who depend on the services of the Police Department for their safety.
DEFINITIONS

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION - Any information obtained and maintained
by a City agency relating to an individual’s sexual orientation, status as a victim
of domestic violence, status as a victim of sexual assault, status as a crime
witness, receipt of public assistance, or immigration status, and shall include all
information contained in any individual’s income tax records.
FOREIGN NATIONAL - Any person who is not a citizen or national of the
United States.

2.
In furtherance of the amended Executive Order, confidential information in the
possession of City agencies relating to immigration status or other personal or private attributes
should be disclosed only as provided herein:
DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION - No member of the service shall disclose confidential
information, unless:
(a)

(b)
(c)
(d)

(e)

Such disclosure has been authorized in writing by the individual to whom
such information pertains, or if such individual is a minor or is otherwise not
legally competent, by such individual’s parent or legal guardian; or
Such disclosure is required by law, or
Such disclosure is to another City officer or employee and is necessary to
fulfill the purpose or achieve the mission of any City agency; or
In the case of confidential information other than information relating to
immigration status, such disclosure is necessary to fulfill the purpose or
achieve the mission of any City agency; or
In the case of information relating to immigration status, (i) the individual to
whom such information pertains is suspected by such officer or employee or
such officer’s or employee’s agency of engaging in illegal activity, other than
mere status as an undocumented foreign national or (ii) the dissemination of
such information is necessary to apprehend a person suspected of engaging in
illegal activity, other than mere status as an undocumented foreign national or
(iii) such disclosure is necessary in furtherance of an investigation of potential
terrorist activity.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-66

NOTE

3.
adhered to:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Any member of the service with a question relating to this disclosure of confidential
information under this section shall consult with the Legal Bureau.

The following guidelines pertaining to inquiries regarding foreign nationals shall be

INQUIRIES REGARDING FOREIGN NATIONALS:
UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE/PEACE OFFICERS - shall not inquire
about a person’s immigration status unless investigating illegal activity other than mere
status as an undocumented foreign national.
(a)
Uniformed members of the service/peace officers shall continue to
cooperate with federal authorities in investigating and apprehending
foreign nationals suspected of criminal activity.
CIVILIAN MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE (OTHER THAN PEACE OFFICERS) shall not inquire about a person’s immigration status unless:
(a)
Such person’s immigration status is necessary for the determination of
program, service or benefit eligibility or the provision of City services;
or
(b)
Such officer or employee is required by law to inquire about such
person’s immigration status.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

In cases when a foreign national has been arrested for a criminal offense, it is the policy
of the New York City Police Department to provide notification of such arrest to the U.S.
Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement. Such notification will be made by the
Intelligence Division, based on data retrieved from the On Line Booking System (OLBS).
When preparing the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD
244-159) it is imperative that an arresting officer ask the arrestee his/her citizenship
status. If the arrestee indicates that he/she is not a citizen, the arresting officer should
indicate same by checking “No” in the box captioned “U.S. Citizen.” Additionally, the
arresting officer should question the arrestee regarding his/her country of birth. An
entry should then be made in the box captioned “State/Country of Birth.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-67

POLICE/CLERGY PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To formalize police/clergy cooperation; provide instruction and direction to both police and
clergy; and to aid the Department in its effort to advance the concept of Community Policing.

DEFINITIONS

POLICE/CLERGY LIAISONS - designated members will be available to assist
the Department in:
(1)
Maintaining calm.
(2)
Seeking cooperation from the community during and after emergencies such
as bias incidents, hostage cases, and emotionally disturbed person situations.
(3)
Acting as unofficial recruiters, urging young people in their
congregations to seek careers with the Police Department.
(4)
Attending appropriate events (e.g., Precinct Community Council meetings,
Youth Councils, etc.).
POLICE/CLERGY VOLUNTEERS - will be selected by precinct commanders,
in numbers based upon the individual precinct needs. These volunteers will
function within precinct boundaries and will perform duties as recruiters,
advisers and as a bridge between the community and the precinct.

PROCEDURE

When a vacancy occurs in the Police/Clergy Program:

PRECINCT
COMMANDER

1.
2.
3.

NOTE

Notify Chief, Community Affairs, in writing, as to cause of vacancy, i.e.,
retirement, transfer, inactivity of member, etc.
Nominate a member of the clergy to fill vacancy utilizing nomination
form (see “ADDITIONAL DATA”).
Forward nomination to Chief, Community Affairs, through channels.

Nominations should not exceed more than five per precinct. Deputy commissioners and bureau
chiefs may also make nominations direct to the Chief, Community Affairs.

4.
TITLE

Direct the maintenance of a log, in appropriate Department record book, listing all
recruited and selected clergy, both liaisons and volunteers, captioned as follows:
FIELD
NAME/
ADDRESS

TELEPHONE
NUMBERS

RELIGIOUS
INSTITUTIONS

TIMES
AVAILABLE

LANGUAGES
SPOKEN

OTHER SPECIAL
QUALIFICATIONS

NOTE

A list of the clergy participating in the program will be forwarded to the Community Affairs Division.

POLICE/CLERGY
REVIEW
COMMITTEE

5.
6.

Review nominations.
Forward recommendations to the Police Commissioner.

CHIEF,
COMMUNITY
AFFAIRS

7.

Arrange for issuance of identification card to nominee after approval of
Police Commissioner.

NOTE

The mere possession of a Police/Clergy Liaison Identification Card does not allow the
bearer access to police lines without authorization of the ranking officer in charge.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-67

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL DATA SAMPLE NOMINATION FOR POLICE/CLERGY PROGRAM
POLICE DEPARTMENT
CITY OF NEW YORK
Date

From:

Commanding Officer, _________________________________________

To:

Chief, Community Affairs (through channels)

Subject:

POLICE/CLERGY LIAISON PROGRAM NOMINATION

The undersigned hereby nominates the below named individual for the Police/Clergy Liaison
Program:
Full Name:

Title:
Denomination:

Religious Affiliation:
Address of Institution:
State:

Zip Code:

State:

Zip Code:

City:

State:

Zip Code:

Home Phone: (_____)_____-______

Religious Institution Phone: (_____)_____-______

City:
Home Address:
City:
Mailing Address (if different from above):

Alternate Phone (beeper, cell phone, work, etc.):
Date of Birth _____/_____/_______

Social Security Number: ______-_____-_______

Reason for nomination:

For your CONSIDERATION.
_________________________
Rank/Signature

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-68

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANTS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 10

PURPOSE

To register confidential informants for the purpose of developing information for
investigations, to record confidential informant activity, and to obtain information
from the Confidential Informant Database.

DEFINITIONS

CONTACT - A uniformed member of the service who has developed a confidential
relationship with an informant for the purpose of obtaining criminal intelligence.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT - An individual approved by the Department
and registered with the Intelligence Bureau who provides useful and credible
information to the contact regarding criminal activities, and from whom the
contact expects or intends to obtain additional useful and credible information
regarding such activities in the future.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REVIEW COMMITTEE - A committee charged
with reviewing decisions relating to the registration and use of confidential
informants. The Confidential Informant Review Committee shall be chaired by the
Chief of Department, and shall be composed of representatives from the Deputy
Commissioner, Operations, the Organized Crime Control Bureau (OCCB), the
Detective Bureau, the Transit Bureau, the Housing Bureau, the Internal Affairs
Bureau (IAB), the Counterterrorism Bureau, the Intelligence Bureau, and the Patrol
Services Bureau. The committee will review reports provided by the Intelligence
Bureau annually and determine whether and under what conditions an individual
should be used as a confidential informant.

SCOPE

No member will use a confidential informant unless such person is properly
registered with the Department as a confidential informant in accordance with this
procedure. Use of unregistered informants may result in disciplinary action. All use
of the confidential informant must be conducted exclusively through the member of
the service designated as the contact, the contact’s immediate supervisor, or if they
are unavailable, the designated alternate. For the safety of the confidential informant
there should be no deviation from this policy without the personal approval of the
bureau chief/deputy commissioner of the member of the service designated as the
contact. Such an approval will be documented in writing and filed in the confidential
case folder.

PROCEDURE

When a contact develops a confidential relationship with an informant who offers,
or proposes to offer, information:

CONTACT

1.

Notify supervisor immediately.

FIELD
INTELLIGENCE
OFFICER

2.

Perform the duties of the supervisor outlined in this procedure, if assigned to
the contact’s command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-68

PAGE:

10/16/13

3.
SUPERVISOR
AND CONTACT 4.

5.

6.

SUPERVISOR

REVISION NUMBER:

7.

8.

9.

2 of 10

Interview informant.
Prepare original and one copy of Department form CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMANT REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST (PD378161) and CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/
REACTIVATION REQUEST SUPPLEMENTAL (PD378-161A).
a.
Both forms are available from the Quartermaster Section and/or
via the Department intranet and must be typed
b.
“AUTHENTICATED SIGNATURE CERTIFICATION” and
“AUTHORIZING SIGNATURES” sections on CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMANT REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST
must bear original signature only – no photocopies.
Conduct computer checks listed on CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
COMPUTER DATABASE CHECKS (PD314-091), available via the
Department intranet, for prospective confidential informants.
a.
A copy of the results will be attached to the CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMANT REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST
and SUPPLEMENTAL
b.
The CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT COMPUTER DATABASE
CHECKS and a copy of the results will be included in the command’s
Confidential Informant folder.
Obtain two current, clear head and shoulder color photographs (no hats,
sunglasses, etc.) of prospective informant.
a.
Only color photographs of the prospective informant are acceptable
b.
Instant or digital photographs may be used
c.
Criminal defendant, Photo Manager and Photo Imaging Module
photographs are not to be utilized for this purpose.
Attach photographs and required computer checks conducted in step “5”
above to the original and one copy of the CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMANT REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST and
SUPPLEMENTAL.
Debrief prospective informant concerning:
a.
Criminal activity reported to the contact
b.
Seven index crimes, shooting incidents, firearms, controlled substances,
marijuana, gangs and any other significant criminal activity
c.
Terrorism related groups, individuals, locations, vehicles involved
in terrorist acts, conspiracies, threats, surveillance, financing, lodging,
travel, etc.
d.
Corruption involving any City, State, or Federal employee.
Obtain permission from the Assistant District Attorney concerned for
registration, if a prospective confidential informant is a defendant in an
active criminal case.
a.
Department personnel assigned to specialty units, (e.g., District
Attorney’s Office Squad, etc.), who register a confidential
informant are NOT exempt from following this procedure.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-68

SUPERVISOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

10.

11.

12.

13.

3 of 10

Ascertain from the prospective informant if he or she is, or has been
registered as a confidential informant with ANY law enforcement agency.
a.
If yes, confer with the appropriate law enforcement agency,
through the Intelligence Bureau.
Direct the prospective informant to:
a.
Sign the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/
REACTIVATION REQUEST, in your presence
b.
Refrain from any criminal activity except under the direction and
supervision of the Department (e.g., controlled buys, vice
enforcement, etc.)
c.
Notify contact or supervisor immediately if arrested for any offense.
Recommend approval/disapproval of the prospective confidential
informant by endorsing the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST.
a.
If informant is not recommended for registration, document reason(s)
and forward in the same manner (this information may be valuable
when considering registration of the individual at a future date).
Forward request to Borough/Division Commanding Officer.
a.
A CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/
REACTIVATION REQUEST initiated by a precinct, police
service area, or transit district must be approved by the
commanding officer prior to being forwarded to Borough
/Division Commanding Officer.

BOROUGH/
DIVISION
COMMANDING
OFFICER

14.
15.

Review and recommend approval or disapproval by endorsement.
Ensure delivery of request (by hand) in a sealed envelope, to the bureau
coordinator designated to process requests.

BUREAU
CHIEF

16.

Designate a confidential informant coordinator in the rank of lieutenant or
above to process all CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/
REACTIVATION REQUEST(S) and SUPPLEMENTAL(S).

BUREAU
COORDINATOR

17.

Scan informant’s photograph and enter appropriate information into the
Confidential Informant Database.
Review and recommend approval or disapproval by endorsement.
Forward to bureau chief.
Ensure appropriate information contained in CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMANT INFORMATION CHANGE, ACTIVITY AND
PAYMENT (PD378-083) reports are entered into the Confidential
Informant Database.

18.
19.
20.

BUREAU
CHIEF

21.
22.
23.

Evaluate recommendations.
Give final approval/disapproval for registration and inclusion in Confidential
Informant Database.
Notify bureau coordinator designated to process requests, of results.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-68

BUREAU
COORDINATOR

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

24.

25.
26.
27.
28.

4 of 10

Upon approval/disapproval by bureau chief, distribute CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMANT REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST and
SUPPLEMENTAL as follows:
a.
Original to bureau file with photograph
b.
One copy to contact/supervisor with photograph (maintained in
Confidential Informant folder).
Notify commanding officer of contact of approval/disapproval by telephone.
Maintain active file of informants with separate folder for each informant.
Designate specific members who have access to folders in active file and
designate specific folder(s) to which they have access.
Forward a listing of confidential informants to commanding officers of
subordinate commands on a quarterly basis.
a.
Bureaus that do not permanently register confidential informants
(e.g., Patrol, Transit, and Housing) are exempt from this requirement.

TO MONITOR THE STATUS OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANTS
REGISTERED WITH THIS DEPARTMENT:
29.
SUPERVISOR
AND CONTACT
30.

31.
32.

33.
34.

35.

Maintain file of active, registered informants, with separate folders for each
informant, in a centrally located, secure, locked file.
Maintain file for those informants:
a.
Not recommended for registration
b.
Deactivated as per step “34” below.
Ensure security of all folders.
Require contacts to submit written reports on CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMANT INFORMATION CHANGE, ACTIVITY AND
PAYMENT for each interaction with an informant and file in the
informant’s folder.
a.
If information supplied by the informant is used, include an evaluation
of the quality and accuracy of that information in the report.
Forward a copy of report to designated bureau coordinator for entry into the
Confidential Informant Database.
Deactivate a confidential informant if the confidential informant:
a.
Becomes involved with criminal activity while not under the
direction and supervision of the contact or supervisor and such
involvement compromises the informant’s ability to function as a
confidential informant for this Department; OR
b.
Is found to have been untruthful or if there is reason to suspect that
the informant has been untruthful in information related to his or
her confidential informant function; OR
c.
Has not maintained regular/scheduled contact.
Prepare Typed Letterhead containing the details of the incident, and
forward to the bureau chief concerned immediately when notified that a
confidential informant has been arrested.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-68

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

5 of 10

36.
SUPERVISOR
AND CONTACT
(continued)

Submit quarterly reviews of active confidential informants using the
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT INFORMATION CHANGE,
ACTIVITY AND PAYMENT and forward to bureau coordinator.
a.
Include confidential informants deactivated during the review period.

37.

Any changes to the confidential informant’s status will be recorded on a
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT INFORMATION CHANGE,
ACTIVITY AND PAYMENT report and reported to the bureau chief
concerned through channels.
a.
The bureau coordinator will enter the information into the
Confidential Informant Database.
Restore a deactivated informant to active file when appropriate:
a.
Re-interview and process
b.
Reassign previous active file identification number.
Using facial recognition software, scan photograph to determine if the
confidential informant currently exists in the database under a different
identity, and to see if the confidential informant is actively registered with
the Department.
a.
If the confidential informant is actively registered, notify appropriate
bureau
b.
If the confidential informant is in the database, but not actively
registered, forward all relevant information to the appropriate bureau.
Maintain Confidential Informant Database.
Provide database reports to Confidential Informant Review Committee
upon request.

INTELLIGENCE
BUREAU

38.

39.

40.
41.

TO OBTAIN THE SERVICES OF A CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
DURING THE COURSE OF AN OFFICIAL INVESTIGATION:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

42.

43.

Prepare CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DATABASE INQUIRY
(PD378-162) for signature of commanding officer, addressed to
Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau, requesting a search of the
database for a confidential informant who may be of assistance in an official
investigation.
Fax CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DATABASE INQUIRY to the
Intelligence Bureau.
a.
The requesting officer MUST make telephone contact with the
Intelligence Bureau verifying receipt of the form and record this
verification in the Telephone Record noting the rank, and name of
Intelligence Bureau member acknowledging receipt
b.
The original CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DATABASE
INQUIRY form MUST be forwarded to the Intelligence Bureau
within twenty-four hours via Department mail
c.
Requesting commands will maintain a log of all CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMANT DATABASE INQUIRY(S) forwarded to the
Intelligence Bureau.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-68

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

6 of 10

INTELLIGENCE
BUREAU

44.

Conduct search of Confidential Informant Database.
a.
If search reveals a potentially useful informant, notify confidential
informant’s contact and advise of request
b.
Notify requesting member of the service if search reveals no
available confidential informant.

CONTACT

45.

Confer with appropriate captain from OCCB, the Detective Bureau,
Intelligence Bureau or IAB to determine if authorization to use
confidential informant will be granted.

CAPTAIN,
OCCB / DETECTIVE
BUREAU /
INTELLIGENCE
BUREAU / IAB

46.
47.

Review request and approve/disapprove, as appropriate.
Notify Intelligence Bureau of approval/disapproval.

INTELLIGENCE
BUREAU

48.

Advise requesting member of the service of approval/disapproval to use
confidential informant.
a.
If authorization is granted to use the confidential informant, provide
to requesting member the identity and command of the contact.
Forward a monthly report to all commands that submitted any
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DATABASE INQUIRY.

49.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

50.

Review and inspect entries for accuracy and ensure the integrity of the
system by conducting an investigation when warranted, when a monthly
report is received, as indicated in step “49” above.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

51.

Confer with contact to initiate use of confidential informant.

INTELLIGENCE 52.
BUREAU,
INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Conduct monthly audits of requests for the services of confidential
informants and confer with the commanding officers of requesting
members to ensure the legitimacy of these requests.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If exigent circumstances exist, a supervisor in the rank of captain or above in the bureau concerned
may give permission for provisional registration of a confidential informant. The requesting
command is required to immediately fax a copy of the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST and SUPPLEMENTAL to the Intelligence
Bureau. If provisional registration of a confidential informant is approved, the Intelligence Bureau,
Public Security Section must be notified to check the Confidential Informant Database to ensure the
provisional confidential informant is not previously registered with the Department. This
provisional registration does not exempt members of the service from complying with this
procedure within seventy-two hours.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-68

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

7 of 10

For priority investigations (e.g., homicides, shootings, serious assaults, etc.), a supervisor in the
rank of captain or above may request confidential informant and contact information from the
Intelligence Bureau directly by telephone. The form CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
DATABASE INQUIRY will also be prepared and forwarded to the Intelligence Bureau
within twenty-four hours via Department mail for requests made under these circumstances.
A supervisor, preferably the immediate supervisor of the contact, will be physically
present at all meetings (e.g., debriefings, controlled buys, payments, etc.) between a
confidential informant and a contact. The supervisor will review the CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMANT INFORMATION CHANGE, ACTIVITY AND PAYMENT report,
complete the captions in the “Verifying Supervisor” section and sign the completed
report. Whenever a payment is made to a confidential informant, the supervisor will
also verify the payment by signing under the appropriate caption in the “Payment”
section of the report. A supervisor is not required to attend meetings between members
of the Intelligence Bureau and confidential informants registered to the Intelligence
Bureau. However, a supervisor will attend such meetings when practicable and in all
cases when payment is to be tendered to the confidential informant.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR PATROL, HOUSING AND TRANSIT BUREAU
UNITS
Patrol, Housing and Transit Bureau units may register a confidential informant for a
period of no more than thirty days, during which time the informant may be used once. At
the end of this thirty day period, the confidential informant will be automatically
deactivated in the Confidential Informant Database. However, immediately after
employing the services of the confidential informant and prior to the lapse of the thirty day
activation period, the Patrol/Housing/Transit Bureau contact will notify their respective
bureau confidential informant coordinator regarding the confidential informant’s possible
use by another Department bureau/unit other than Patrol/Housing/Transit Bureau
commands. The bureau coordinators will consider each confidential informant’s field of
knowledge, as well as other relevant factors, when determining the appropriate
investigative bureau/unit for possible future use. Every effort will be made to refer
potentially useful confidential informants to the appropriate investigative unit for further
development and future use. Bureaus or units that subsequently register these
Patrol/Housing/Transit Bureau confidential informants will do so in strict compliance
with the provisions contained in this procedure.
Patrol/Housing/Transit Bureau commands may not use the field intelligence officer as the
registering supervisor solely to circumvent the thirty day activation and single use limitation
contained in the paragraph above.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-68

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

8 of 10

Restrictions and Special Conditions for Registering Confidential Informants:
IF the prospective confidential THEN before registration the contact must:
informant is:
Less than 18 years of age
Have a parent or guardian present and obtain written
permission by co-signing the registration form.
On Probation
Obtain permission from the probation officer.
Document time/date/to whom you spoke.
On Parole
Obtain written permission from the Division of Parole.
Wanted on a warrant
Have the warrant vacated. A supervisor in the
rank of captain or above must indicate on the
registration form the reason for vacating the
warrant and specifically what information the
confidential informant will provide.
Defendant in an active criminal Obtain permission from the Assistant District
case
Attorney concerned.
Personnel assigned to precinct, housing and transit patrol operations will never use a
confidential informant to conduct any type of controlled buys, vice enforcement, etc.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DATABASE
The Intelligence Bureau will query the Confidential Informant Database. If the confidential
informant is already registered with the Department or has previously been disapproved as
an informant, the Intelligence Bureau will immediately notify the bureau concerned and the
request will be disapproved. If the confidential informant is registered but inactive due to
failure to maintain regular or scheduled meetings, the existing contact must deactivate the
confidential informant before the request can be approved.
In situations in which a confidential informant’s identity may compromise a sensitive
investigation, e.g., internal investigation or counterterrorism, the member of the service must
receive written permission from the bureau chief to exclude personal identifiers from the
Intelligence Bureau Database. This documentation will be included in the case file.
The identity of a confidential informant will be kept confidential and will be divulged only on
a need-to-know basis. The Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau will institute necessary
measures and procedures to limit access to the database and to ensure that confidentiality is
maintained. Only members specifically designated by the Commanding Officer, Intelligence
Bureau will have access to the Confidential Informant Database. The Commanding Officer,
Intelligence Bureau will review the confidential performance indexes of designated members
on a semiannual basis and discontinue their designation if they are found unsuitable for any
reason.
DEPARTMENT POLICY
Confidential informants must be vetted before being activated for Department operations.
Accordingly, queries of various offender registries should also be included as part of the process
and the appropriate action taken, to ensure that informants are in compliance with federal, state
and local laws.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-68

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

9 of 10

All active confidential informants MUST be reviewed, evaluated and rated by the
designated contact and supervisor on the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST on a quarterly basis. These forms
MUST be submitted to the bureau coordinator by March 15, June 15, September 15,
and December 15. Failure to submit the form in a timely manner could result in
disciplinary action. If a quarterly review for a confidential informant is not submitted in
a timely fashion, the confidential informant will be automatically deactivated in the
Confidential Informant Database and permission to employ that confidential informant
will be revoked. The confidential informant can ONLY be reactivated by submitting a
new CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST and
SUPPLEMENTAL.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Informants play a critical role in crime fighting and intelligence gathering operations,
and additional background information supplied by informants could prove useful in the
furtherance of investigations conducted by the Department. Types of information
considered of value for storage within the Intelligence Data System include but are not
limited to:





Military training
Language capabilities
Place of birth (region, village, tribe)
Gang affiliation






Education level and related degrees
Professional licenses/skills
Marital status and next of kin
Social networking information

If a potential confidential informant does not want to provide the above information, he
or she should still be accepted if he or she passes all other requirements.
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING CONSIDERATIONS
Units governed by a memorandum of understanding or similar stipulation between this
Department and other law enforcement agencies (e.g., Drug Enforcement Task Force,
etc.) are exempt from those provisions of this procedure that are in conflict with the
controlling memorandum of understanding. Members assigned to such units will
conform to the policies and procedures stipulated within the memorandum of
understanding regarding confidential informants. Similarly, Department personnel
assigned to contribute to an investigation under the jurisdiction of a federal law
enforcement agency may be required to adhere to the confidential informant guidelines
of that agency. Written authorization for this exemption must be obtained in advance
from the bureau chief concerned.
Commanding officers assigned to task forces that are governed by a memorandum of
understanding are to instruct Department personnel on the provisions of the
memorandum, as well as the informant related guidelines (e.g., the United States
Attorney General’s Guidelines, Federal Bureau of Investigation’s policies, etc.) of the
lead task force agency, if applicable.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Search Warrant Applications (P.G. 212-75)
Search Warrant Execution (P.G. 212-105)
Search Warrant Post-Execution Critique (P.G. 212-106)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-68

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

10/16/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10 of 10

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DATABASE INQUIRY (PD378-162)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT INFORMATION CHANGE, ACTIVITY AND
PAYMENT (PD378-083)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST
(PD378-161)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST
SUPPLEMENTAL (PD378-161A)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT COMPUTER DATABASE CHECKS (PD314-091)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-69

INVOLUNTARY PROTECTION SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To assist Social Services representatives in the execution of court orders to gain
access to premises to determine the need for protective services.

PROCEDURE

When presented with a court order by Social Services representative to enter
premises to conduct an assessment of an adult individual to determine the need
for protective services:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Direct Social Services representative presenting order to deliver the order
to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters during regular
business hours.

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
OFFICE OF THE
DEPUTY
COMMISSIONER
LEGAL
MATTERS

2.

Examine order for appropriateness and return to Social Services official:
a.
Forward copy to Operations Unit.
b.
Return original to Social Services representative.

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
OPERATIONS
UNIT

3.
4.
5.

Number order and record in appropriate log.
Identify the address as a precinct or housing (PSA) location.
Notify:
a.
Patrol Services Bureau or Housing Bureau, as appropriate
b.
Patrol borough or Housing borough office concerned.

NOTE

The Chief of Department’s Investigation Review Section will serve as the repository for
such orders and their dispositions.

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
PATROL OR
HOUSING
BOROUGH

6.

Notify desk officer, precinct or PSA concerned, of order.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT
OR PSA
CONCERNED

7.

Enter notification in the Telephone Record listing the particulars of the
order.

NOTE

Upon the arrival at the stationhouse of the Social Services representative with the order,
the Telephone Record entry will serve to verify that the order was reviewed by the Legal
Bureau and authorization has been given to have a police officer accompany the
representative during the execution of the order.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-69

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT
OR PSA
CONCERNED
(continued)

8.

Direct patrol supervisor and a uniformed member of the service to
accompany the representative to the specific location mentioned in the
order.

NOTE

The function of the uniformed members of the service is to preserve the peace. They are
not to personally assist in forcing entry to the premises, securing it afterward or
protecting property thereat. The Social Services representatives, if necessary, will
perform those duties.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

9.
10.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Additional guidance concerning these orders can be obtained from the Legal Bureau.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)

Prepare report, on typed letterhead, upon completion of assignment.
Forward to Chief of Department, Investigation Review Section:
a.
Original - DIRECT
b.
Copy - through channels

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-70

CIVILIAN COMMENDATIONS (NON-MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To recognize civilians other than members of the service for valuable assistance
rendered to the Police Department or the community in the area of public safety,
quality of life, and/or police-community relations.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) recommends a civilian
non-member of the service for an act worthy of a civilian commendation.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Members of the service preparing a CIVILIAN COMMENDATION APPLICATION (PD127016) must ensure that the facts reported in the APPLICATION are accurate, not embellished
upon, and consistent with other arrest and investigatory paperwork. The CIVILIAN
COMMENDATION APPLICATION has the potential of becoming “Rosario” material in a
criminal prosecution. The arresting officer should advise the Assistant District Attorney assigned
to a pending case of the existence of the CIVILIAN COMMENDATION APPLICATION, as
well as any other recorded statements of witnesses.

2.

Prepare request, utilizing the
APPLICATION (PD127-016).

Forward APPLICATION
Supervisor.

to

CIVILIAN

Operations

COMMENDATION

Coordinator/Designated

NOTE

Endorsements or nominations from outside the Department will not be considered.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR/
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

3.
4.

COMMANDING 5.
6.
OFFICER
7.

8.

BOROUGH/
BUREAU
COMMANDING
OFFICER

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Have command serial number assigned.
Forward APPLICATION to commanding officer.

Review APPLICATION.
Make determination if Civilian Commendation is appropriate.
Have warrant check conducted of individual concerned and attach to
APPLICATION. (Disapprovals based upon warrant checks will be filed
at local command).
Indicate approval by endorsing APPLICATION to respective Borough/Bureau
Commanding Officer.
Have CIVILIAN COMMENDATION APPLICATION recorded.
Review request.
Make a determination if request for Civilian Commendation is warranted.
Indicate disapproval by endorsing APPLICATION to commanding
officer concerned.
Indicate approval by endorsing APPLICATION to the Chief,
Community Affairs.
Forward copy of approved APPLICATION to Bureau Chief concerned
for information only.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-70

CHIEF,
COMMUNITY
AFFAIRS

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

20.

2 of 2

Have all requests for Civilian Commendations recorded.
Review approved APPLICATION endorsed by Borough/Bureau
Commanding Officer.
Make final determination of approval.
Indicate disapproval by endorsing request to Borough/Bureau
Commander.
Prepare and forward a signed Certificate of Civilian Commendation to
commanding officer of originating command, along with a copy of fully
endorsed APPLICATION.
File approved requests.

COMMANDING
OFFICER

21.

Sign Certificate of Civilian Commendation and coordinate presentation of
civilian commendation to recipient with Borough/Bureau Commanding
Officer, if applicable.

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
CEREMONIAL
UNIT

22.

Schedule and make all arrangements and notifications for a city-wide
award ceremony when requested by the Chief, Community Affairs.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CIVILIAN COMMENDATION APPLICATION (PD127-016)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-71

GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF VIDEO/PHOTOGRAPHIC
EQUIPMENT BY OPERATIONAL PERSONNEL AT
DEMONSTRATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To describe those limited circumstances when operational personnel may use
video and/or photographic equipment at demonstrations and to establish
procedures for the use of such equipment, when permitted.

SCOPE

Use of video and/or photographic equipment by operational personnel at
demonstrations is appropriate only if a permissible operational objective exists.
The following constitute permissible operational objectives:
a.
A bona fide need exists to prepare training materials on proper crowd
control techniques; or
b.
When it reasonably appears that unlawful conduct is about to occur, is
occurring or has occurred during the demonstration; or
c.
A bona fide need exists to continuously assess crowd conditions, through
the use of live video transmissions, for the proper deployment of police
resources.

PROCEDURE

When ranking personnel of this Department contemplate the use of video and/or
photographic equipment at a demonstration for a permissible operational
objective:

RANKING
OFFICER

1.
2.

Submit a report, on Typed Letterhead, to the Deputy Commissioner,
Legal Matters, through channels
Include in the request the following information:
a.
Date, time and location of demonstration (if known)
b.
Specific permissible operational objective to be achieved

DEPUTY
COMMISSIONER,
LEGAL
MATTERS

3.

NOTE

Every approved request for the use of video/photographic equipment will be entered into
a serially numbered log, maintained solely for this purpose, at the Technical Assistance
Response Unit.

4.

COMMANDING 5.
6.
OFFICER,
TECHNICAL
ASSISTANCE
RESPONSE
UNIT

Review request for use of video and/or photographic equipment to
determine whether videorecording/photography is for a permissible
purpose and should be approved.
If approved, forward copy of approved request to Chief of Department,
Bureau or Borough Commander of Ranking Officer making request and
Commanding Officer, Technical Assistance Response Unit.

Ensure that appropriate entries are made in log upon receipt of request.
Assign members of TARU to the demonstration to operate video/photographic
equipment.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-71

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

UPON COMPLETION OF VIDEORECORDING/PHOTOGRAPHING:
COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER,
TECHNICAL
ASSISTANCE
RESPONSE
UNIT

Ensure that all videorecordings/photographs prepared in connection with
this procedure are maintained for a minimum of one year from the date
the images were recorded.

DEPUTY
COMMISSIONER,
LEGAL
MATTERS

8.

Review recorded materials to determine whether they should continue to
be preserved:
a.
If the materials contain evidence of unlawful activity, they will be
considered evidence, and handled accordingly.
b.
If the materials are deemed valuable for civil litigation, training, or
any other specific purpose, they will be similarly preserved in
connection with that purpose.
c.
After three years, materials not meeting the criteria in (a) or
(b) above shall be destroyed.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Videorecordings/photographs should be consistent with the permissible operational
objective. For example, videorecordings/photographs taken for training purposes or to
assess crowd conditions should generally not contain close-ups of participants in the
demonstration, but should focus on crowd size, police tactics and/or behavior. When the
permissible objective is to record unlawful activity and/or arrest activity, videorecording
/photography should commence only when there is a reasonable belief that criminal or
unlawful activity is about to occur or when spontaneous criminal or unlawful activity
actually occurs or has occurred.
Video and/or photographic equipment authorized to be used pursuant to this procedure
may only be operated by TARU personnel. Personnel assigned to other commands, e.g.,
Borough Task Forces, the Disorder Control Unit, shall not utilize video or photographic
equipment at demonstrations pursuant to this procedure.
With the exception of members of the service assigned to or working under the
supervision of the Intelligence Division, all personnel who operate video and/or
photographic equipment pursuant to this procedure must be clearly identifiable as
police personnel. They must wear either a police uniform or a jacket that is clearly
marked “POLICE.” Displaying a shield on a chain is not sufficient identification.
All videorecordings and photographs pertaining to this procedure, except materials
invoiced as evidence, or used in connection with the preparation of training materials,
will be stored at TARU. All requests to obtain or view such videorecordings or
photographs will be made in writing to the Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters,
detailing the reason for the request. Commanding Officer, TARU shall maintain a
record of all such requests and whether any copies were provided.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-72

GUIDELINES FOR UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
CONDUCTING INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING POLITICAL
ACTIVITIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 18

PURPOSE

To provide guidelines for investigations of possible unlawful or terrorist related activity
that involve political activity, including the collection, analysis, processing, retention, and
dissemination of information concerning persons, groups, or organizations involved in
political activity.

DEFINITIONS

POLITICAL ACTIVITY - The exercise of a right of expression or association for
the purpose of maintaining or changing governmental policies or social conditions.
INVESTIGATION – A police activity undertaken to obtain information or
evidence.
LEAD – Information submitted to or obtained or developed by the Intelligence
Division concerning an ongoing investigation, or, that may be used to initiate a
new investigation.
INVESTIGATIVE STATEMENT – A detailed written request submitted under
this procedure to obtain approval for the initiation of a Preliminary Inquiry, Full
Investigation, or Terrorism Enterprise Investigation.
AUTHORIZING OFFICIAL – The Intelligence Division official (specifically,
the Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer, Intelligence Division, and
the Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section) authorized to approve
requests to initiate or extend a Preliminary Inquiry, Full Investigation, or
Terrorism Enterprise Investigation.

PROCEDURE

When a Lead involving possible unlawful or terrorist related activity is received
from any source involving an individual, group, or organization that is engaged in
political activity which requires some follow up or further investigation:

NOTE

The Handschu Consent Decree (Appendix A) and the Guidelines for Investigations Involving
Political Activity (Appendix B) (together, “the Modified Handschu Guidelines,” or, “the
Guidelines”) require that any investigation by the New York City Police Department involving
political activity shall be initiated by and conducted only under the supervision of the
Intelligence Division. Accordingly, members of the service shall not conduct investigations
involving political activity without the express written approval of the Deputy Commissioner,
Intelligence.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 18

MOS
RECEIVING
INFORMATION
SUGGESTING
NEED FOR
INVESTIGATION
INVOLVING
POLITICAL
ACTIVITY

1.

Report information or observations concerning possible unlawful or
terrorist activity involving political activity to the Intelligence Division,
Criminal Intelligence Section (24 hours, 7 days a week).
a.
Include details of Lead, including information suggesting need for
investigation of individual, group, or organization involved in
political activity.
b.
Comply with directions of Criminal Intelligence Section,
including preparation of more detailed report, if necessary.

INTELLIGENCE
DIVISION
CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION

2.

Accept and record Leads received.
a.
Contact reporter and conduct telephone interview to obtain
additional details, if necessary.
Confer with Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor concerning
assignment and disposition of Lead; if appropriate, refer for review as
required by Lead processing procedures.

CRIMINAL
INTELLIGENCE
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

4.

Assign Lead requiring follow up by Intelligence Division to appropriate
unit for Checking of Lead or other investigation.

SUPERVISOR,
INTELLIGENCE
DIVISION UNIT
ASSIGNED

5.
6.

Supervise performance of Checking of Lead, if appropriate.
Submit Investigative Statement to Authorizing Official requesting
approval to conduct either a Preliminary Inquiry, Full Investigation, or
Terrorism Enterprise Investigation, if the original Lead, the results of a
Checking of Lead, or other information suggests the need for further
investigation that involves political activity.
a.
Specify request and justification for use of undercover or
confidential informant, (or other investigative technique requiring
approval) as appropriate.

NOTE

The Investigative Statement will be clear and precise. The subject group, organization,
or individual whose political activity is to be investigated will be clearly identified. The
Investigative Statement will specify the information that forms the basis for the request
for a Preliminary Inquiry, Full Investigation, or Terrorism Enterprise Investigation. In
exigent circumstances, an investigation may be undertaken before an Investigative
Statement has been submitted and approved. In such case, the Investigative Statement
must be submitted as soon as practicable.

AUTHORIZING
OFFICIAL

7.

3.

Review request; determine whether requested investigation is warranted
and in compliance with the Modified Handschu Guidelines.
a.
Indicate approval or disapproval of investigation and investigative
technique(s) in written endorsement.
b.
Forward endorsement to Deputy Commissioner, Intelligence for
final approval, if approved.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 18

DEPUTY
COMMISSIONER,
INTELLIGENCE

8.

Review request, determine whether requested investigation is warranted
and in compliance with these Guidelines.
a.
Indicate approval or disapproval of investigation and investigative
technique(s) in written endorsement.

INVESTIGATIVE
UNIT ASSIGNED

9.

Conduct approved investigation involving political activity according to
the Constitution, the Handschu Consent Decree, the Guidelines for
Investigations Involving Political Activity, and other applicable law and
Department procedures.

ASSIGNED
INVESTIGATOR

10.
11.

Confer with supervisor and prepare report of investigative activity.
Submit completed report to supervisor.

SUPERVISOR,
INVESTIGATIVE
UNIT ASSIGNED

12.

Review report to verify that only approved investigative activity has been
undertaken.
Forward completed investigator’s report to Commanding Officer of
Investigative Unit assigned.

13.

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
INVESTIGATIVE
UNIT ASSIGNED

14.

Review all reports prepared by assigned investigator and verify that the
investigation was conducted in compliance with the Guidelines.

DEPUTY
COMMISSIONER,
INTELLIGENCE

15.

Periodically review the progress of approved investigations to ensure that
investigations are conducted in compliance with the Guidelines.
Periodically advise the Police Commissioner concerning the status and
outcome of investigations conducted under the Guidelines.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

See attached Appendix A, Handschu Consent Decree, and Appendix B, Guidelines for
Investigations Involving Political Activity.

16.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 18

APPENDIX A

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

HANDSCHU CONSENT DECREE; DECISION AND GUIDELINES
1.

PURPOSE

Pursuant to the settlement entered into by the Police Department in the case of
Handschu, et al. v. Special Services Division, et al., the Department is required to
comply with certain guidelines in investigative matters as set forth herein.
2.

BACKGROUND OF HANDSCHU, et al. v. SPECIAL SERVICES DIVISION,
et al.

Handschu was commenced in 1971. The complaint alleged that certain intelligence
gathering practice and conduct of the Department infringed upon the plaintiffs’ constitutional
rights. Such conduct included infiltration, electronic surveillance, dossier collection, and
improper dissemination of collected information. In order to resolve the issues raised in
Handschu, the parties agreed to the implementation of certain guidelines which were
commonly referred to as the Handschu Guidelines and which have been incorporated in the
Patrol Guide since that time. Pursuant to a recent court order granting the Department’s
request to modify those guidelines, the following “Modified Handschu Guidelines” (including
the following “Guidelines for Investigations Involving Political Activity”) hereby replace the
old guidelines, and are now in effect.
3.

GUIDELINES

I.

GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

Activities of the New York City Police Department in the investigation of political activity will
conform to constitutionally guaranteed rights and privileges.
II.

DEFINITIONS

A.

Political Activity - The exercise of a right of expression or association for the
purpose of maintaining or changing governmental policies or social conditions.

B.

Authority - A board established pursuant to Section III of these guidelines.

C.

Investigation - A police activity undertaken to obtain information or evidence.

III.

AUTHORITY ESTABLISHED

There is hereby established an Authority to conduct the review of records described in
paragraph IV. It shall consist of three members who shall act as a body, to wit, the
Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters of the Police Department, the Chief of Internal
Affairs of the Police Department, and a civilian member appointed by the Mayor upon
consultation with the Police Commissioner for a term revocable at will. The decisions of
the Authority as set forth herein shall be by majority vote.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 18

IV.

REVIEW OF RECORDS TO DETERMINE COMPLIANCE

A.

At any time a person or member of a group or organization, having reason to
believe that such person, group, or organization has been the subject of
investigation of political activity which violates constitutionally guaranteed
rights and privileges, may request in writing which sufficiently identifies the
requesting party that the Authority make inquiry of the appropriate investigative
officer of the NYPD. If the Authority’s inquiry reflects that the investigation was
conducted in conformity with the Constitution, the Authority shall notify the
requesting party that if an investigation was made, it was made in accordance
with the Constitution.

B.

If the inquiry reveals or if the Authority otherwise becomes aware that an
investigation was not conducted in conformity with the Constitution with respect
to the requesting party, the Authority shall proceed as follows:
(1)
The Authority shall obtain all information and documents pertaining to
the requesting party developed in the course of such investigation.
(2)
The Authority shall conduct or cause to be conducted an inquiry into the
circumstances of such investigation with respect to the requesting party.
(3)
In the event the inquiry determines that such investigation with respect
to the requesting party was not conducted in accordance with the
Constitution, the Authority shall so notify the requesting party and
submit a report to the Police Commissioner.

4.

DATE OF EFFECT

Effective immediately, no members of the service shall engage in an investigation of
political activity except through the Intelligence Division. Requests for such investigations
should be on Typed Letterhead addressed to the Commanding Officer, Intelligence
Division. Where time is of the essence the request may be by telephone (646) 805-6400 to
the Criminal Intelligence Section of the Intelligence Division. In all cases, members of the
service concerned shall abide by the direction of the Intelligence Division. Such
investigations shall be conducted pursuant to the “Guidelines for Investigations Involving
Political Activity” set forth below.
5.

INTERPRETATION

Any member of the service who is uncertain whether a particular investigation constitutes an
“investigation involving political activity” shall consult with the Legal Bureau.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 18

APPENDIX B
GUIDELINES FOR INVESTIGATIONS
INVOLVING POLITICAL ACTIVITY

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

PREAMBLE
Subsequent to the terrorist attacks on the City of New York on September 11,
2001 which resulted in the loss of thousands of lives and the total destruction of the
World Trade Center complex, it became apparent that the City faces unprecedented
threats to its continued safety and security. In the view of federal, state and local law
enforcement agencies, the prevention of future attacks requires the development of
intelligence and the investigation of potential terrorist activity before an unlawful act
occurs.
As a result of a federal court order entered in 1985, the New York City Police
Department was bound by guidelines, known as the Handschu Guidelines, which
governed the investigation of political activity. The Handschu Guidelines (i) limited the
investigation of political activity to those circumstances when there was specific
information of criminal activity and (ii) established the Handschu Authority to oversee
compliance.
After evaluating the impact of the Handschu Guidelines on the need to
investigate terrorism in a changed world, the City made an application to modify the
order so as to eliminate the restrictions contained in the Handschu Guidelines and the
oversight of the Handschu Authority with respect to those restrictions. The City did not
seek to eliminate the Handschu Authority’s role to investigate an individual’s complaint
that the NYPD had engaged in unconstitutional conduct in the investigation of political
activity.
The Court granted the City’s application to modify the decree provided the City
adopt the internal guidelines set forth below and distribute the guidelines to supervisory
personnel who, in turn, were to make them known to those under their command. These
guidelines shall remain in effect unless otherwise ordered by the Court.
These guidelines are binding on all members of the service who are engaged in
the investigation of political activity. It is the purpose of these guidelines to enable
officers to perform their duties with greater certainty, confidence and effectiveness while
at the same time protecting the guarantees of the Constitution.
I.

STATEMENT OF POLICY

It is the policy of the New York City Police Department that investigations
involving political activity conform to the guarantees of the Constitution, that care be
exercised in the conduct of those investigations so as to protect constitutional rights, and
that matters investigated be confined to those supported by a legitimate law enforcement
purpose.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

II.

7 of 18

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

(1)
In its effort to anticipate or prevent unlawful activity, including terrorist
acts, the NYPD must, at times, initiate investigations in advance of unlawful conduct. It
is important that such investigations not be based solely on activities protected by the
First Amendment. When, however, statements advocate unlawful activity, or indicate an
apparent intent to engage in unlawful conduct, particularly acts of violence, an
investigation under these guidelines may be warranted, unless it is apparent, from the
circumstances or the context in which the statements are made, that there is no prospect
of harm.
(2)
Based upon the circumstances of a given case, investigative action may
be required under exigent circumstances. Exigent circumstances are circumstances
requiring action before authorization otherwise necessary under these guidelines can
reasonably be obtained, in order to protect life or substantial property interests; to
apprehend or identify a fleeing offender; to prevent the hiding, destruction or alteration
of evidence; or to avoid other serious impairment or hindrance of an investigation.
When any investigative action, taken under exigent circumstances, would require an
approval under ordinary conditions, such approval shall be obtained as soon as
practicable in accordance with the provisions of these guidelines. Where a regular
approval or request is required to be in writing, the approval or request following
exigent circumstances shall also be in writing.
(3)
Investigations shall be terminated when all logical leads have been
exhausted and no legitimate law enforcement purpose justifies their continuance.
III.

APPLICABILITY

These guidelines apply only to investigations which involve political activity.
They do not apply to, or limit, other activities of the NYPD in the investigation or
detection of unlawful conduct, the preservation of the peace and public safety or other
legitimate law enforcement activities which do not involve political activity.
IV.

ROLE OF THE INTELLIGENCE DIVISION

(1)
Investigation of political activity shall be initiated by, and conducted
under the supervision of the Intelligence Division. Nothing in this paragraph, however,
is intended to prevent any member of the service from reporting his or her observations
of suspicious conduct which involves political activity to his or her commanding officer
or to the Intelligence Division.
(2)
The Deputy Commissioner of Intelligence shall periodically inform and
advise the Police Commissioner concerning the status of any investigations conducted
pursuant to these guidelines.
V.

LEVELS OF INVESTIGATION

These guidelines provide for three levels of investigative activity. They are
intended to provide the NYPD with the necessary flexibility to act well in advance of the
commission of planned terrorist acts or other unlawful activity. However, if the

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 18

available information shows at the outset that the threshold standard for a Preliminary
Inquiry or Full Investigation is satisfied, then the appropriate investigative activity may
be initiated immediately, without progressing through more limited investigative stages.
A.

CHECKING OF LEADS

The lowest level of investigative activity is the “prompt and extremely limited
checking out of initial leads,” which should be undertaken whenever information is
received of such a nature that some follow-up as to the possibility of unlawful activity is
warranted. This limited activity should be conducted with an eye toward promptly
determining whether further investigation (either a Preliminary Inquiry or a Full
Investigation) should be conducted.
B.

PRELIMINARY INQUIRIES

(1)
In cases where the NYPD receives information or an allegation not
warranting an investigation - because there is not yet a “reasonable indication” of
unlawful activity - but whose responsible handling requires some further scrutiny
beyond the prompt and extremely limited checking out of initial leads, the NYPD may
initiate an “inquiry” in response to the allegation or information indicating the
possibility of unlawful activity. Whether it is appropriate to open a Preliminary Inquiry
immediately, or instead to engage first in a limited Checking of Leads, depends on the
circumstances presented.
Example : If the NYPD receives an allegation that an individual or group has
advocated the commission of violence, and no other facts are available, an appropriate
first step would be Checking of Leads to determine whether the individual, group, or
members of the audience have the apparent ability or intent to carry out the advocated
unlawful act.
(2)
The authority to conduct inquiries short of a Full Investigation allows
the NYPD to respond in a measured way to ambiguous or incomplete information, with
as little intrusion as the needs of the situation permit. This is especially important in
such areas as where there is no complainant involved or when an allegation or
information is received from a source of unknown reliability. Such inquiries are subject
to the limitations on duration under paragraph (4) below and are carried out to obtain
the information necessary to make an informed judgment as to whether a Full
Investigation is warranted.
Example: Officers are not required to possess information relating to an
individual’s intended unlawful use of dangerous biological agents or toxins prior to
initiating investigative activity. If an individual or group has attempted to obtain such
materials, or has indicated a desire to acquire them, and the reason is not apparent,
investigative action, such as conducting a Checking of Leads or initiating a Preliminary
Inquiry, may be appropriate to determine whether there is a legitimate purpose for the
possession of the materials by the individual or group.
A Preliminary Inquiry is not a required step when facts or circumstances
reasonably indicating unlawful activity are already available. In such cases, a Full
Investigation can be immediately opened.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 18

(3)
A Preliminary Inquiry may be authorized by the Commanding Officer or
Executive Officer of the Intelligence Division, or the Commanding Officer of the
Criminal Intelligence Section (“the Authorizing Officials”). The Authorizing Official
must assure that the allegation or other information which warranted the inquiry has
been recorded in writing. Upon such authorization a notification must be made for final
approval by the Deputy Commissioner of Intelligence.
(4)
Inquiries shall be completed within 180 days after initiation of the first
investigative step. The date of the first investigative step is not necessarily the same date
on which the first incoming information or allegation was received. An extension of time
in an inquiry for succeeding 90 day periods may be granted by the Deputy
Commissioner of Intelligence. Any such request for extension shall be in writing and
shall include a statement of the reasons why further investigative steps are warranted
when there is no reasonable indication of unlawful activity. The action taken on any
such request for extension shall also be recorded in writing.
(5)
All lawful investigative techniques, including the use of undercover
operations and the development of sources and informants may be used in an inquiry
except:
(a)
Mail openings; and,
(b)
Eavesdropping and Video Surveillance as those terms are
defined in Article 700 of the New York State Criminal
Procedure Law.
(6)
The following investigative techniques may be used in a Preliminary
Inquiry without any prior authorization from a supervisor:
(a)
Examination of NYPD indices and files;
(b)
Examination of records available to the public and other public
sources of information;
(c)
Examination of available federal, state and local government
records;
(d)
Interview of complainant, previously established informants,
and other sources of information;
(e)
Interview of the potential subject;
(f)
Interview of persons who should readily be able to corroborate
or deny the truth of the allegation, except this does not include
pretext interviews or interviews of a potential subject’s
employer or coworkers unless the interviewee was the
complainant; and
(g)
Physical, photographic or video surveillance of any person,
provided that such surveillance does not require a warrant.
The use of any other lawful investigative technique that is permitted in a Preliminary
Inquiry shall meet the requirements and limitations of Part VI and, except in exigent
circumstances, requires prior approval by a supervisor.
(7)
Where a Preliminary Inquiry fails to disclose sufficient information to
justify an investigation, the NYPD shall terminate the inquiry and make a record of the
closing.
(8)

All requirements regarding inquiries shall apply to reopened inquiries.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

C.

PAGE:

10 of 18

FULL INVESTIGATION

A Full Investigation may be initiated when facts or circumstances reasonably
indicate that an unlawful act has been, is being, or will be committed. A Full
Investigation may be conducted to prevent, solve or prosecute such unlawful activity.
(1)
The standard of “reasonable indication” is substantially lower than
probable cause. In determining whether there is reasonable indication of an unlawful
act an investigator may take into account any facts or circumstances that a prudent
investigator would consider. However, the standard does require specific facts or
circumstances indicating a past, current, or future violation. There must be an objective,
factual basis for initiating the investigation; a mere hunch is insufficient.

(2)
Where an unlawful act may be committed in the future, preparation for
that act can be a current violation of the conspiracy or attempt provisions of state law.
The standard for opening an investigation is satisfied where there is not yet a current
substantive or preparatory unlawful act, but facts or circumstances reasonably indicate
that such unlawful conduct will occur in the future.
(3)
Any lawful investigative technique may be used in a Full Investigation,
subject to the requirements and limitations of Part VI hereof.
(4)

Authorization and Renewal

a.
A Full Investigation may be authorized by the Commanding
Officer or Executive Officer of the Intelligence Division or the Commanding Officer of
the Criminal Intelligence Section (“the Authorizing Officials”) upon a written
recommendation setting forth the facts or circumstances reasonably indicating that an
unlawful act has been, is being or will be committed. Upon such authorization a
notification must be made for final approval by the Deputy Commissioner of
Intelligence.
b.
A Full Investigation may be initially authorized for a period of
up to a year. An investigation may be continued upon renewed authorization for
additional periods each not to exceed a year. Renewal authorization shall be obtained
from the Deputy Commissioner of Intelligence. All requests for renewal authorization,
and action thereon, shall be in writing.
c.
Authorizations shall be reviewed by an Authorizing Official
before the expiration of the period for which the investigation and each renewal thereof
is authorized.
(5)
An investigation which has been terminated may be reopened upon a
showing of the same standard and pursuant to the same procedures as required for
initiation of an investigation. All requirements regarding investigations shall apply to
reopened investigations.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

D.

PAGE:

11 of 18

TERRORISM ENTERPRISE INVESTIGATION

A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation is a Full Investigation but differs from a
general investigation of unlawful conduct in several important respects. As a general
rule, an investigation of a completed unlawful act is normally confined to determining
who committed that act and securing evidence to establish the elements of the particular
offense. It is, in this respect, self-defining. A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation must
determine the identity and nature of the individual, group, or organization involved, its
geographic dimensions, its past acts and intended goals, including unlawful goals, and
its capacity for harm, among other factors. While a standard investigation of unlawful
conduct terminates with the decision to prosecute or not to prosecute, a Terrorism
Enterprise Investigation does not necessarily end, even though one or more of the
participants may have been prosecuted.
In addition, groups and organizations provide a life and continuity of operation
not normally found in other types of unlawful activity. As a consequence, these
investigations may continue for several years. Furthermore, the focus of such
investigations may be less precise than that directed against more conventional types of
unlawful conduct. Unlike the usual case involving unlawful conduct, there may be no
completed offense to provide a framework for the investigation. It often requires the
fitting together of bits and pieces of information, many meaningless by themselves, to
determine whether a pattern of unlawful activity exists. For this reason, such
investigations are broader and less discriminate than usual, involving the interrelation
of various sources and types of information.
This section focuses on investigations of enterprises that seek to further political
or social goals through activities that involve force or violence, or that otherwise aim to
engage in terrorism or terrorism-related crimes. It authorizes investigations to
determine the structure and scope of the enterprise as well as the relationship of the
members.
1.

General Authority

a.
A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation may be initiated when
facts or circumstances reasonably indicate that two or more persons are engaged in an
enterprise for the purpose of (i) furthering political or social goals wholly or in part
through activities that involve force, violence or other unlawful acts; (ii) engaging in
terrorism as defined in N.Y. Penal Law § 490.05, or (iii) committing any offense
described in N.Y. Penal Law §§ 490.10, 490.15, 490.20, 490.25, 490.30, or 490.35, or
other related statutes currently in effect or subsequently enacted. The standard of
“reasonable indication” is identical to that governing Full Investigations generally. In
determining whether an investigation should be conducted, the NYPD shall consider all
of the circumstances including: (i) the magnitude of the threatened harm; (ii) the
likelihood that it will occur; (iii) the immediacy of the threat; and (iv) any danger to
privacy or free expression posed by an investigation. In practical terms, the “reasonable
indication” standard for opening a Terrorism Enterprise Investigation could be satisfied
in a number of ways.
Example: Direct information about statements made in furtherance of an
enterprise’s objectives which show a purpose of committing crimes described in N.Y.
Penal Law §§ 490.10, 490.15, 490.20, 490.25, 490.30, 490.35 or other related statutes
currently in effect or subsequently enacted, would satisfy the threshold.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-72

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

12 of 18

Example: Activities such as attempting to obtain dangerous biological agents,
toxic chemicals, or nuclear materials, or stockpiling explosives or weapons, with no
discernible lawful purpose, may be sufficient to reasonably indicate that an enterprise
aims to engage in terrorism.
b.
While no particular factor or combination of factors is required,
considerations that will generally be relevant to the determination whether the threshold
standard for a Terrorism Enterprise Investigation is satisfied include, as noted, a
group’s statements, its activities, and the nature of potential unlawful acts suggested by
the statements or activities. Thus, where there are grounds for inquiry concerning a
group, it may be helpful to gather information about these matters, and then to consider
whether these factors, either individually or in combination, reasonably indicate that the
group is pursuing terrorist activities or objectives as defined in the threshold standard.
Findings that would weigh in favor of such a conclusion include, for example, the
following:
(1)
Threats or advocacy of violence or other covered unlawful acts.
Statements are made in relation to or in furtherance of an enterprise’s political or social
objectives that threaten or advocate the use of force or violence, or statements are made
in furtherance of an enterprise that otherwise threaten or advocate unlawful conduct
within the scope of N.Y. Penal Law §§ 490.10, 490.15, 490.20, 490.25, 490.30, 490.35,
or other related statutes currently in effect or subsequently enacted which may concern
such matters as (e.g.):
(i)
engaging in attacks involving or threatening massive loss of life
or injury, mass destruction, or endangerment of the national
security;
(ii)
killing or injuring public officials, or destroying public
facilities, or defying lawful authority;
(iii)
killing, injuring or intimidating individuals because of their
status as United States nationals or persons, or because of their
national origin, race, color, religion or sex; or
(iv)
depriving individuals of any rights secured by the Constitution
or laws of the United States or the State of New York.
(2)
Apparent ability or intent to carry out violence or other covered
activities. The enterprise manifests an apparent ability or intent to carry out violence or
other activities within the scope of N.Y. Penal Law §§ 490.10, 490.15, 490.20, 490.25,
490.30, 490.35 or other related statutes currently in effect or subsequently enacted, e.g.:
(i)
by acquiring or taking steps towards acquiring, biological
agents or toxins, toxic chemicals or their precursors,
radiological or nuclear materials, explosives or other
destructive or dangerous material (or plans or formulas for
such materials), or weapons, under circumstances where, by
reason of the quantity or character of the items, the lawful
purpose of the acquisition is not apparent;
(ii)
by the creation, maintenance, or support of an armed
paramilitary organization;
(iii)
by paramilitary training; or

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

(iv)

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

PAGE:

13 of 18

by other conduct demonstrating an apparent ability or intent to
injure or intimidate individuals, or to interfere with the exercise
of their constitutional or statutory rights.

(3)
Potential Unlawful Act. The group’s statements or activities suggest
potential unlawful acts that may be relevant in applying the standard for initiating a
Terrorism Enterprise Investigation - such as crimes under the provisions of the N.Y.
Penal Law that set forth specially defined terrorism or support of terrorism offenses, or
that relate to such matters as aircraft hijacking or destruction, attacks on transportation,
communications, or energy facilities or systems, biological or chemical weapons,
nuclear or radiological materials, assassinations or other violence against public
officials or facilities, or explosives.
c.
Mere speculation that force or violence might occur during the
course of an otherwise peaceable demonstration is not sufficient grounds for initiation of
an investigation under this Subpart. But where facts or circumstances reasonably
indicate that an individual or group has engaged or aims to engage in conduct described
in paragraph 1.a. above in a demonstration, an investigation may be initiated in
conformity with the standards of that paragraph. This does not limit the collection of
information about public demonstrations by individuals or groups that are under active
investigation pursuant to paragraph 1.a. above or any other provisions of these
guidelines.
2.

Purpose

The immediate purpose of a Terrorism Enterprise Investigation is to obtain
information concerning the nature and structure of the enterprise as specifically
delineated in paragraph (3) below, with a view to the longer range objectives of
detection, prevention, and prosecution of the unlawful activities of the enterprise.
3.

Scope

a.

A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation initiated under these guidelines
may collect such information as:
the identity and nature of an individual or group and its members, their
associates, and other persons likely to be acting in furtherance of its
unlawful objectives, provided that the information concerns such
persons’ activities on behalf of or in furtherance of the suspected
unlawful activity of the individual, group, or organization;
the finances of the individual, group, or organization;
the geographical dimensions of the individual, group, or organization;
and
past and future activities and goals of the individual, group, or
organization.

(i)

(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

b.
In obtaining the foregoing information, any lawful investigative
technique may be used in accordance with the requirements of these guidelines.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

4.

PAGE:

14 of 18

Authorization and Renewal

a.
A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation may be authorized by the
Commanding Officer or Executive Officer of the Intelligence Division or the
Commanding Officer of the Criminal Intelligence Section (“the Authorizing Officials”),
upon a written recommendation setting forth the facts or circumstances reasonably
indicating the existence of an enterprise as described in paragraph 1.a. above. Upon
such authorization a notification must be made for final approval by the Deputy
Commissioner of Intelligence. When exigent circumstances exist, as described in these
guidelines, a Terrorism Enterprise Investigation may be commenced upon the verbal
authorization of an Authorizing Official. However, in such cases, the required written
recommendation must be submitted as soon as practicable.
b.
A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation may be initially authorized for a
period of up to a year. An investigation may be continued upon renewed authorization
for additional periods each not to exceed a year. Renewal authorization shall be
obtained from the Deputy Commissioner of Intelligence. The request for renewal and
action thereon shall be in writing.
c.
Authorizations shall be reviewed by an Authorizing Official before the
expiration of the period for which the investigation and each renewal thereof is
authorized. In some cases, the enterprise may meet the threshold standard but be
temporarily inactive in the sense that it has not engaged in recent acts of violence or
other unlawful activities as described in 1.a., nor is there any immediate threat of harm yet the composition, goals and prior history of the group suggest the need for continuing
law enforcement interest. The investigation may be continued in such cases with
whatever scope is warranted in light of these considerations.
d.
An investigation which has been terminated may be reopened upon a
showing of the same standard and pursuant to the same procedures as required for
initiation of an investigation.
VI.

INVESTIGATIVE TECHNIQUES

(1)
When conducting investigations under these guidelines, the NYPD may
use any lawful investigative technique permitted by these guidelines. The choice of
investigative techniques is a matter of judgment, which should take account of:
(i)
the objectives of the investigation and available investigative resources;
(ii)
the intrusiveness of a technique, considering such factors as the effect
on the privacy of individuals and potential damage to reputation;
(iii)
the seriousness of the unlawful act; and
(iv)
the strength of the information indicating its existence or future
commission of the unlawful act.
(2)
Where the conduct of an investigation presents a choice between the use
of more or less intrusive methods, the NYPD should consider whether the information
could be obtained in a timely and effective way by the less intrusive means. The NYPD
should not hesitate to use any lawful techniques consistent with these guidelines in an
investigation, even if intrusive, where the intrusiveness is warranted in light of the

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

PAGE:

15 of 18

seriousness of the crime or the strength of the information indicating its existence or
future commission. This point is to be particularly observed in investigations relating to
terrorist activities.
(3)
Authorized methods in investigations include, among others, use of
confidential informants, undercover activities and operations, eavesdropping and video
surveillance (as defined in Article 700 of the NY Criminal Procedure Law), pen registers
and trap and trace devices, consensual electronic monitoring, and searches and
seizures.
a.

Undercover Operations

(i)
Undercover operations, including confidential informants, may be used
when such operations are the most effective means of obtaining information, taking into
account all the circumstances of the investigation, including the need for the information
and the seriousness of the threat. The use of undercovers and confidential informants
must be authorized by the Deputy Commissioner of the Intelligence Division prior to
commencement of the undercover operation. The request to use undercovers or
confidential informants and action taken on the request must be in writing and must
include a description of the facts on which the investigation is based and the role of the
undercover.
(ii)
The use of an undercover or confidential informant will be approved for
a period of 120 days and may be extended for additional periods of 120 days with the
approval of the Deputy Commissioner of the Intelligence Division. Such extensions may
be approved for as long as the investigation continues and the use of the undercover is
the most effective means of obtaining information. The request to extend the use of
undercovers and action taken on the request must be in writing and must include the
reason for the extension.
(iii)
Undercovers are strictly prohibited from engaging in any conduct the
sole purpose of which is to disrupt the lawful exercise of political activity, from
instigating unlawful acts or engaging in unlawful or unauthorized investigative
activities.
b.
Eavesdropping and Video Surveillance (as defined in Article 700 of the
NY Criminal Procedure Law), Pen Registers and Trap and Trace Devices, and
Consensual Electronic Monitoring
(i) All requirements for the use of such methods under the Constitution,
applicable statutes, and NYPD regulations or policies must be observed.
(4)
Whenever an individual is known to be represented by counsel in a
particular matter, the NYPD shall follow applicable law and Department procedure
concerning contact with represented individuals in the absence of prior notice to their
counsel.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

PAGE:

16 of 18

VII.

DISSEMINATION AND MAINTENANCE OF INFORMATION

A.

Dissemination

The NYPD may disseminate information obtained during the Checking of Leads,
Preliminary Inquiries and investigations conducted pursuant to these guidelines to
federal, state or local law enforcement agencies, or local criminal justice agencies when
such information:
(i)
falls within the investigative or protective jurisdiction or litigative
responsibility of the agency;
(ii)
may assist in preventing an unlawful act or the use of violence or any
other conduct dangerous to human life;
(iii)
is required to be disseminated by interagency agreement, statute, or
other law.
B.

Maintenance

All documentation required under these Guidelines shall be maintained by the
Intelligence Division in accordance with general police department practice and
applicable municipal record retention and destruction rules, regulations and
procedures. Under these rules and practices documents are retained for no less than five
years.

VIII.

COUNTERTERRORISM ACTIVITIES AND OTHER AUTHORIZATIONS

In order to carry out its mission of preventing the commission of terrorist acts in
or affecting the City of New York and the United States and its people, the NYPD must
proactively draw on available sources of information to identify terrorist threats and
activities. It cannot be content to wait for leads to come in through the actions of others,
but rather must be vigilant in detecting terrorist activities to the full extent permitted by
law, with an eye towards early intervention and prevention of acts of terrorism before
they occur. This Part accordingly identifies a number of authorized activities which
further this end, and which can be carried out even in the absence of a checking of
leads, Preliminary Inquiry, or Full Investigation as described in these guidelines. The
authorizations include both activities that are specifically focused on terrorism and
activities that are useful for law enforcement purposes in both terrorism and nonterrorism contexts. The authorized law enforcement activities of the NYPD include
carrying out and retaining information resulting from the following activities.
A.

COUNTERTERRORISM ACTIVITIES
1.

Information Systems

The NYPD is authorized to operate and participate in identification, tracking,
and information systems for the purpose of identifying and locating potential terrorists
and supporters of terrorist activity, assessing and responding to terrorist risks and
threats, or otherwise detecting, prosecuting, or preventing terrorist activities. Systems
within the scope of this paragraph may draw on and retain pertinent information from
any source permitted by law, including information derived from past or ongoing

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

PAGE:

17 of 18

investigative activities; other information collected or provided by governmental
entities, such as foreign intelligence information and lookout list information; publicly
available information, whether obtained directly or through services or resources
(whether nonprofit or commercial) that compile or analyze such information; and
information voluntarily provided by private entities. Any such system operated by the
NYPD shall be reviewed periodically for compliance with all applicable statutory
provisions and Department regulations and policies.
2.

Visiting Public Places and Events

For the purpose of detecting or preventing terrorist activities, the NYPD is
authorized to visit any place and attend any event that is open to the public, on the same
terms and conditions as members of the public generally. No information obtained from
such visits shall be retained unless it relates to potential unlawful or terrorist activity.
B.

OTHER AUTHORIZATIONS
1.

General Topical Research

The NYPD is authorized to carry out general topical research, including
conducting online searches and accessing online sites and forums as part of such
research on the same terms and conditions as members of the public generally.
“General topical research” under this paragraph means research concerning subject
areas that are relevant for the purpose of facilitating or supporting the discharge of
investigative responsibilities. It does not include online searches for information by
individuals’ names or other individual identifiers, except where such searches are
incidental to topical research, such as searching to locate writings on a topic by
searching under the names of authors who write on the topic, or searching by the name
of a party to a case in conducting legal research.
2.

Use of Online Resources Generally

For the purpose of developing intelligence information to detect or prevent
terrorism or other unlawful activities, the NYPD is authorized to conduct online search
activity and to access online sites and forums on the same terms and conditions as
members of the public generally.
3.

Reports and Assessments

The NYPD is authorized to prepare general reports and assessments concerning
terrorism or other unlawful activities for purposes of strategic or operational planning
or in support of other legitimate law enforcement activities.
IX.

PROTECTION OF PRIVACY AND OTHER LIMITATIONS

A.

General Limitations

The law enforcement activities authorized by this Part do not include
maintaining files on individuals solely for the purpose of monitoring activities protected
by the First Amendment or the lawful exercise of any other rights secured by the
Constitution or laws of the United States. Rather, all such law enforcement activities

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-72

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

18 of 18

must have a valid law enforcement purpose and must be carried out in conformity with
all applicable statutes and Department regulations and policies.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

B.

Construction of Part

This Part does not limit any activities authorized by or carried out under other
Parts of these guidelines. The specification of authorized law enforcement activities
under this Part is not exhaustive, and does not limit other authorized law enforcement
activities of the NYPD.
X.

RESERVATION

Nothing in these guidelines shall limit the general reviews or audits of papers,
files, contracts, or other records in the possession of the NYPD or City of New York, or
the performance of similar services at the specific request of another government
agency. Such reviews, audits, or similar services must be for the purpose of detecting or
preventing violations of law which are within the investigative responsibility of the
NYPD.
Nothing in these guidelines is intended to limit the NYPD's responsibilities to
investigate certain applicants and employees, or to pursue efforts to satisfy any other of
its legal rights, privileges, or obligations.
These guidelines are set forth solely for the purpose of internal NYPD guidance.
They are not intended to, do not, and may not be relied upon to create any rights,
substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by any party in any matter, civil or
criminal, nor do they place any limitation on otherwise lawful investigative and litigative
prerogatives of the NYPD or City of New York.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G 212-12)
Communications Between the Intelligence Division and Units in the Field Regarding
Suspected Terrorist Activity (P.G. 212-110)
Guidelines for the Use of Video/Photographic Equipment by Operational Personnel at
Demonstrations (P.G. 212-71)

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-73

BICYCLE REGISTRATION PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To enroll bicycles in the Bicycle Registration Program which has been
established in each patrol precinct.

SCOPE

A precinct crime prevention officer or counterpart is responsible for coordinating
the Department’s Bicycle Registration Program. Bicycle owners, both private
and commercial (messenger services, etc.), are encouraged to enroll in the
registration program. In addition, all New York City Police Department bicycles
will be enrolled in this program.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a member of the service registers a bicycle:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

1.

2.

Mark with engraving tools.
a.
Use a three digit number indicating precinct designation followed
by a four digit number, in numerical sequence of enrollment (e.g.,
103-0001).
b.
Place registration number on underside of frame, or other main
component.
Establish a Bicycle Registration Log, utilizing a Department record book,
or computerized data base with the following information:

REGISTRATION
NUMBER
MAKE

DATE

OWNER’S
NAME

MODEL

ADDRESS

MANUFACTURER’S
SERIAL NO.
(if any)

APARTMENT
NUMBER

COLOR

TELEPHONE
NUMBER
REMARKS

AT TIME OF REGISTRATION
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

3.
4.

Inform owner to notify the precinct of registration when bicycle is sold,
transferred or discarded.
Enter this fact in “remarks” column of the log.

SALE OR TRANSFER OF A REGISTERED BICYCLE TO A NEW OWNER
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

5.

NOTE

In either instance, the crime prevention officer, counterpart will cross-reference the old
registration number in the “remarks” column when making required entries in the log.

6.

7.

Engrave the letter “A”, after the previously issued registration, if bicycle
is being registered in the same precinct, OR
Etch out old registration number and engrave new number, if being
registered in other than original precinct of registration.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) for lost or stolen bicycle.
a.
Determine whether bicycle was previously registered in Bicycle
Registration Program.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-73

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

IF REGISTERED LOST/STOLEN BICYCLE IS INVOLVED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED
(continued)

8.

Comply with the following:
a.
Contact the desk officer, precinct of registration, to obtain the
registration serial number and verify the description.
b.
Enter the complete Bicycle Registration Number in the “Details”
section of the COMPLAINT REPORT.
c.
Ensure COMPLAINT REPORT indicates duplicate copy to the
Stolen Property Inquiry Section (S.P.I.S.) so that an alarm can be
transmitted for the lost/stolen registered bicycle.
d.
Notify desk officer, precinct of registration, to make an entry in
the “Remarks” section of the Bicycle Registration Log or
computerized database, indicating the loss/theft of the bicycle and
the precinct COMPLAINT REPORT number.

UPON RECOVERY OF REGISTERED BICYCLE
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

9.

Do the following:
a.
Make an “article inquiry” via FINEST by using the NYSPIN
Information Function, as follows:
(1)
Enter I before AINQ
(2)
Enter BICYCL after Type____
(3)
Enter MAKE OF BICYCLE after Brand____
(4)
Enter SERIAL NUMBER after SER____.
b.
Ensure duplicate copy of COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
is forwarded to Stolen Property Inquiry Section, if alarm was
transmitted for the recovered bicycle.
c.
Determine owner of recovered bicycle from precinct where
bicycle was registered.
d.
Have owner notified.
e.
Notify desk officer, precinct of registration, to make entry in
“Remarks” section of the Bicycle Registration Log, indicating
precinct voucher number.

REMOVAL OF DERELICT BICYCLE
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

10.

Maintain a Derelict Bicycle Removal Log, utilizing a separate section of
the Department record book containing the Bicycle Registration Log or
computerized database with the following information:

LOCATION

COMMAND
SERIAL #

REMOVED BY

REMARKS

11.

BICYCLE
DESCRIPTION

DATE
NOTICE
AFFIXED

DATE
REMOVED

Record details of derelict bicycle removal in Log when notified by New
York City Department of Sanitation (DSNY).
a.
Inform appropriate members of command of bicycle removal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-73

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED
(continued)

12.

Check Log when receiving complaint of stolen bicycle to ensure bicycle
was not removed and disposed of by DSNY.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Once DSNY makes the determination that a bicycle is derelict, a notice shall be affixed
to the bicycle advising the owner that such bicycle must be removed within seven days
from the date of the notice. This notice shall also state that the failure to remove such
bicycle within the designated time period will result in the removal and disposal of the
derelict bicycle by the DSNY. Once the derelict bicycle has been removed, DSNY will
notify the precinct concerned of the removal.
DSNY is not authorized to remove for disposal from public property any “ghost bike” (i.e.,
a bicycle that has been placed on public property and apparently intended as a memorial
for someone who is deceased) or bicycles that do not meet the derelict bicycle criteria (i.e.,
a bicycle that appears to be crushed or not usable, is missing parts, other than the seat
and front wheel, has flat or missing tires, handlebars or pedals are damaged, or the
existing forks, frames or rims are bent; or seventy-five percent or more of the bicycle,
which includes the handlebars, pedals and frames are rusted, along with any chain
affixing such bicycle to public property, etc.). Additionally, nothing in this rule shall be
interpreted to preclude the immediate removal of any bicycle, including, but not limited to,
a derelict bicycle or ghost bike, or the taking of any other action by any City agency, if the
presence of such bicycle creates a dangerous condition by restricting vehicular or
pedestrian traffic or is otherwise in violation of the law.
ALL Police Department issued bicycles must be enrolled in this program. The bicycles
will be engraved with the prefix NYPD followed by the three digit precinct designation and
four digit precinct sequential number (e.g., NYPD 103-0001, indicates first bicycle
registered in the 103rd Precinct is a Department issued bicycle assigned to the 103rd
Precinct). Bicycles assigned to non-precinct units will be engraved with the prefix NYPD
and their three digit command code followed by the registering precincts four digit
sequential number.
Commanding officers of all Housing Bureau patrol service areas equipped with bicycles,
and other non-patrol service area units, shall establish Bicycle Registration Programs,
internally, for all Department owned bicycles. Housing Bureau bicycles will have “HB”
and registry number engraved on the bottom of the bicycle.
Precinct commanding officers shall conduct bicycle registration drives during the months
of May and September, each year. Uniformed members of the service assigned to bicycle
patrol duties, auxiliary police and police explorers, may be utilized to assist in the Bicycle
Registration Program drives. The precinct crime prevention officer/counterpart shall
register bicycles upon request on a year-round basis. In addition, the precinct crime
prevention officer/counterpart will ensure that the Bicycle Registration Log (Department
record book or computerized database) is available to the desk officer at all times.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD 313-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-74

COMMUNITY NOTIFICATION PROTOCOL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To inform community leaders and organizations in the event of an incident of an
unusual, newsworthy, or sensitive nature that has the potential for community concern
and/or unrest.

SCOPE

Precinct/police service area/district commanding officers are responsible for keeping
community organizations and leaders informed of local conditions and occurrences.
The commanding officer or designee will be required to notify community leaders of
an event as described above, and the police reaction to the event. Said community
leaders should include, but not be limited to, local elected officials, community board
chairpersons, district managers, precinct community council board members, civic
leaders, members of the clergy, superintendents and principals of local schools or
school districts, local business leaders or merchant groups, tenant groups, block
association leaders, City or State agencies headquartered within the precinct
boundaries, etc. The primary responsibility for notifying the community leaders rests
with the precinct/police service area/district commanding officer concerned. Although
certain incidents may require the involvement of the borough/bureau command, this
will not relieve the precinct/police service area/district commander from keeping local
community leaders informed.

PROCEDURE

To create a list of community leaders to be notified in the event of an incident of an
unusual, newsworthy, or sensitive nature that has the potential for community concern
and/or unrest and to perform said notifications, if necessary.

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER

NOTE

Direct the preparation of a roster of community leaders and organizations
to be notified in conjunction with this procedure.
a.
Roster should include the following captions:
(1)
Name
(2)
Organization
(3)
Contact person (if other than “[1]” above)
(4)
Telephone number (office/home)
(5)
Pager/beeper/cell phone number
(6)
Address

Copies of the community notification roster should be maintained at the desk, the community affairs
office, and the community policing unit office for immediate access. In addition, the commanding
officer must have a copy at all times. Copies of the rosters should be forwarded to the borough
concerned, and the Operations Unit, as well as to the Office of the Chief, Community Affairs,
through channels.

IN THE EVENT THAT COMMUNITY NOTIFICATIONS ARE REQUIRED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.

Notify community leaders/organizations concerned of event and pertinent
background information, as directed by the commanding officer/duty
captain.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-74

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

NOTE

Not all community leaders or organizations need to be notified in all situations. The nature
of the event will dictate who is to be notified. In addition, commanding officers concerned
will determine the method of notification, e.g., telephone call, page, fax, face-to-face
notification, etc., as well as which member of the service will make the notifications.
Information that is considered to be confidential will not be divulged.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Command and borough executives should share information regarding the operation of the
precinct/police service area/district. The assignment of new commanding officers,
supervisors, and police officers should be publicized to local community leaders.

Document time of notification on the community notification roster.
a.
Utilize the roster prepared as per step 1, above, to document
notifications. In addition, note the time notified and the member
of the service making the notification on the roster concerned.

Commanding officers should encourage community leaders and organizations to share
information, such as unscheduled events and demonstrations that are unusual, newsworthy
or sensitive in nature, that have the potential for community concern/unrest, and incidents
which have occurred in the past without prior knowledge of the local command.
The use of e-mail newsletters, discussion lists, and the Department’s web site is encouraged. Their
use should also be explored for the dissemination of information and non-emergency
notifications to community members. THIS SHOULD NOT TAKE THE PLACE OF
PERSONAL CONTACT IN MORE SERIOUS MATTERS.
Commanding officers will ensure that information contained on the community
notification roster is updated as needed and updated information is forwarded to the
borough concerned, the Operations Unit and the Office of the Chief, Community Affairs.
It is important to maintain regular contact with community leaders regardless of the
occurrence of a major event. In the absence of major events, opportunities should be
created to interact with community leaders. Non-Department related incidents or minor
police incidents can present excellent opportunities to create such interactions and
maintain a dialogue with the community.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-75

SEARCH WARRANT APPLICATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To apply for a search warrant based on timely and accurate intelligence.

DEFINITIONS

SEARCH WARRANT - a court order and process directing a police officer to
conduct a search of designated premises, or of a designated vehicle, or of a
designated person, for the purpose of seizing designated property or kinds of
property, and to deliver any property so obtained to the court which issued the
warrant. A search warrant may also authorize the search of a designated premises
for a person who is the subject of an arrest warrant. This procedure is intended to
apply, however, only to search warrants that authorize a search for property.
SEARCH WARRANT APPLICATION - comprised of two documents:
a.
SEARCH WARRANT which is typically a one page form that describes
the location to be searched and items to be seized; and
b.
SEARCH WARRANT AFFIDAVIT which is a sworn, detailed, written
statement by the police officer asserting that certain facts exist that the
applicant believes establish probable cause that the place to be searched
contains particular contraband or evidence.

NOTE

The Criminal Procedure Law lists the following categories of property as subject to
seizure pursuant to a search warrant:
a.
Stolen property
b.
Unlawfully possessed or contraband
c.
Used or possessed for the purpose of committing or concealing a crime
d.
Evidence which tends to demonstrate that an offense was committed or that a
particular person participated in the commission of an offense.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service has established probable cause to
believe that seizeable property is present at a particular location:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

All members of the service prior to applying for a search warrant must conduct a Secure
Automated Fast Event Tracking Network (SAFETNet) check. After check is completed, a
SAFETNet control number will be given to the requesting member of the service. The
District Attorney’s Office will NOT process a search warrant application without a
SAFETNet control number and an Intelligence Data System (IDS) record number.

SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED

3.

4.

Confer with immediate supervisor and commanding officer.
Conduct interviews, collect statements and obtain all other evidence that
is to be presented when applying for a search warrant.

Investigate the target location:
a.
Conduct reconnaissance and surveillance
b.
Verify the target location by photo, diagram or other means.
Evaluate, confirm and document all information gathered prior to being
submitted to commanding officer for approval.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-75

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 6

When probable cause for a search warrant is based on information from confidential
informants/civilian witnesses the immediate supervisor of the member of service will
personally witness the interview and verify the target location with the informant by
photograph, diagram or other means.

NOTE

In addition, the supervisor witnessing the interview of the informant will ensure that
information regarding any other criminal matter known to the informant is also elicited
in accordance with P.G. 212-68, “Confidential Informants.”
Members of the service must make every effort to corroborate information provided by
informants through reconnaissance, surveillance and records checks. The Legal Bureau
may be consulted for advice and guidance.

5.

Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead addressed to the commanding
officer, command concerned and include:
a.
The background checks performed via computer/other means on
confidential informants and subjects (see ADDITIONAL DATA
section, “Background Checks Which Must Be Conducted Prior To
The Execution Of A Search/Arrest Warrant”).
b.
Any circumstances that suggest that the search warrant must be
executed as soon as possible (e.g., a large cache of firearms or
drugs is present and is about to be moved).
c.
Results of reconnaissance and verification of the target location
and methods used (e.g., photo, diagram, or other means).
d.
Indication that, if a confidential informant/civilian witness
provided any aspect of probable cause, a supervisory officer
personally witnessed the interview. Ensure that the
informant/witness is not identified by name.
e.
Justification for any request for nighttime or “no-knock”
authorization.
f.
Any other pertinent information.

COMMANDING 6.
OFFICER
CONCERNED
7.

Review the supervisor’s report, compare it with all information gathered
during the search warrant application process and include report in
investigative file.
Give special scrutiny to cases where probable cause has been established
based on the statements of a confidential informant/witness, and:
a.
The contraband/subject in question was not actually observed.
b.
Several days have elapsed since contraband/subject was observed.
c.
The confidential informant has been registered on an
emergency/contingency basis and is citing exigent circumstances
requiring an immediate response from the police.
Forward all information to the Borough Executive Officer/counterpart
(e.g.; Narcotics Borough Executive Officer, Detective Borough Executive
Officer, Patrol Borough Executive Officer, etc.) concerned for review.

SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED
(continued)

8.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-75

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 6

NOTE

If the borough executive officer is unavailable, information will be forwarded to the
borough commanding officer. When exigent circumstances exist, duty chief may be
contacted for approval.

BOROUGH
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

9.
10.

NOTE

If warrant is to be executed by a Patrol Services Bureau command in another patrol
borough, the approval of both borough commanding officers is necessary. When a
command in any other bureau is applying for a search warrant to be executed in another
jurisdictional borough, the executive officer/counterpart of that borough must be
consulted with, e.g., Manhattan North Narcotics applying to execute a search warrant in
the Bronx, the executive officer/counterpart of Manhattan North Narcotics will consult
with the executive officer/counterpart of Bronx Narcotics.

Confer with the commanding officer, command requesting the warrant.
Evaluate all information pertaining to the request for a search warrant and
indicate one of the following by endorsement:
a.
Grant permission to apply for search warrant; OR
b.
Return search warrant request for further development; OR
c.
Disapprove search warrant request.

For investigations under the purview of the Internal Affairs Bureau and the Deputy
Commissioner, Counterterrorism, SAFETNet inquiries and/or conferrals with other
units, commands, or agencies will be conducted in a manner prescribed by the Chief of
Internal Affairs or Deputy Commissioner, Counterterrorism, as appropriate, so as not to
compromise internal or sensitive investigations.
In all cases, specialized units such as the Narcotics Division, Firearms Investigation
Unit, etc. will be conferred with prior to the execution of a warrant when the subject of
the warrant falls within their functional jurisdictions.

COMMANDING 11.
12.
OFFICER
CONCERNED
13.

NOTE

File folder at command if disapproved.
If returned for further development, comply with instructions of borough
executive officer/counterpart.
If approved, prior to contacting county District Attorney’s Office to apply
for the search warrant, ensure that the WARRANT TRACKING
SYSTEM-PRE-WARRANT DATA ENTRY (PD374-143) has been
prepared and faxed to the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section for
input into the centralized search warrant database; AND, obtain an IDS
record number. (See ADDITIONAL DATA section “Notification to
Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section” for special procedures and
exceptions.)
a.
Confirm receipt of WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM-PREWARRANT DATA ENTRY by the Intelligence Bureau, Public
Security Section by telephone.

The District Attorney’s Office will NOT process a search warrant without a SAFETNet
control number and an IDS record number

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-75

PAGE:

10/16/13

COMMANDING 14.
OFFICER
CONCERNED
(continued)

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

4 of 6

After obtaining a SAFETNet control number and an IDS record number
from the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section, direct member
concerned to contact the District Attorney’s Office for preparation of the
Search Warrant Application if approved at borough level.
a.
If application is disapproved by the District Attorney or court,
endorse Typed Letterhead (prepared as per step 5) to the borough
executive officer/counterpart and include in endorsements reasons
for disapproval and file a copy in command.
b.
Notify the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section by
telephone for inclusion of the details regarding the disapproved
Search Warrant Application in the citywide database.
c.
If approved by District Attorney, comply with provisions of P.G.
212-105, “Search Warrant Execution.”

NOTIFICATIONS TO THE INTELLIGENCE BUREAU, PUBLIC SECURITY SECTION
The notification to the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section shall apply to all
units obtaining search warrants (Patrol Services, Detective Bureau, O.C.C.B., Joint
Task Forces, etc.). However, should a specific legal concern arise with respect to
entering search warrant information into the database, the member concerned shall
confer with the Legal Bureau prior to contacting the Intelligence Bureau, Public
Security Section. In the event the advice is provided by the Legal Bureau not to make
data entry, such consultation shall be noted in the case file along with the specific basis
for the advice, e.g., Grand Jury action. Additionally, in situations where a search
warrant is based on extremely sensitive information, e.g. counter terrorism, internal
investigations, etc., in order to exclude the search warrant from inclusion in the
database, the member of the service must receive written permission from the Bureau
Chief/Deputy Commissioner concerned. This documentation will be included in the case
file.
In instances where a member of this Department, assigned to specialized units including but
not limited to a Joint Task Force or a District Attorney’s Office Squad, may participate in the
execution of a search warrant but not be an affiant to a search warrant application affidavit,
such member is required to follow the contents of this procedure. If a member of this
Department, assigned to a Joint Task Force, etc., is directed by a supervisor from another
agency not to make the notifications required by this directive, such member shall
immediately notify the Bureau Chief/Deputy Commissioner concerned.
BACKGROUND CHECKS WHICH MUST BE CONDUCTED AS PART OF THE
SEARCH WARRANT APPLICATION PROCESS:
SECURE AUTOMATED FAST EVENT TRACKING NETWORK (SAFETNet) – SAFETNet
alerts investigators to any active or open cases either at the target location or involving
the target subject which are being conducted by other law enforcement personnel. If a
SAFETNet check shows another investigation at the location, a conferral with the
investigating unit should be made, and investigative information garnered by the
requestor passed on to that unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-75

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

5 of 6

NARCOTICS INVESTIGATIVE TRACKING OF RECIDIVIST OFFENDERS (NITRO) –
lists persons arrested within the location or area for narcotic related offenses. Nitro also
reveals any active or closed kites at the location. An original copy of the COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD 313-152) can be obtained at the Field Operation Desk.
COMPUTER CRIMINAL HISTORY (CCH) – more commonly known as a “rap sheet”.
The CCH can be obtained from various sources: NYSPIN, Enforcer 2000 terminal,
Department of Criminal Justice Services, preparing and submitting a REQUEST FOR
RECORDS CHECK (PD 349-161) to the Identification Section.
COMPUTER ASSISTED ROBBERY SYSTEM (CARS) – this system searches Index
Crime Complaints, State Parole, City and State Corrections, Warrant Cards, Nickname
file, and Career Criminals.
BETA – system utilized to verify New York City criminal records dating back to the early
1960’s including persons fingerprinted in New York City criminally and civilly, such as
pistol permits, and police/correction applications.
AUTOMATED DB2 WARRANT SYSTEM (REPLACED WARG/WOLF) – reveals
persons who have active warrants and the status of the warrant investigation.
COURT RECORD INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (CRIMS) – this system
verifies active court cases and the scheduled appearances of a defendant. It informs
personnel whether a subject is incarcerated or released.
DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES (DMV) – will provide a motorist and vehicle history.
SPRINT – a check of this system will list all calls for service at the location in question
for a specific time period.
PHOTO IMAGING MODULE (PIM) – allows the investigator to obtain photo
identifications of suspects at the location of the search warrant.
COMPLAINT ADDRESS TRACKING SYSTEM (CATS) – system designed to ascertain if
anyone residing at the subject location has reported offenses (COMPLAINT
REPORTS) to this Department.
WARRANT INQUIRY (WINQ) – ascertains if an individual may be wanted outside of
New York City. This check searches the state and federal wanted databases.
A review of the COLES directory (utilize internet, ANYWHO.COM, AUTOTRACK.COM,
LEXIS-NEXIS).
Conferral with the License Division to determine if there is a licensed gun owner
residing at the subject location.
Conferrals with Key Span Energy and Consolidated Edison (gas and electric utilities) to
reveal billing to the target location.
When warrants are to be executed within a Housing Authority Development, a “Tenant
Data Check” for the subject apartment will be conducted. Such a check would disclose
the tenant of record for the subject apartment.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-75

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

6 of 6

Any other pertinent intelligence regarding persons/premises involved.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

ORAL APPLICATION FOR SEARCH WARRANT
Section 690.36 of the Criminal Procedure Law allows for applications for search
warrants to be made orally. When the arraignment part of the local criminal court is
closed and the situation is of such urgency that it cannot be secured until the court reopens, member concerned shall contact their borough executive officer/counterpart or, if
unavailable, duty chief through their immediate supervisor. The Legal Bureau is
available for assistance and guidance in this matter. If Legal Bureau is closed, the
member will adhere to P.G. 211-20, “Conferral with Department Attorney.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Confidential Informants (P.G. 212-68)
Search Warrant Execution (P.G. 212-105)
Conferral with Department Attorney (P.G. 211-20)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM- PRE-WARRANT DATA ENTRY (PD374-143)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR RECORDS CHECK (PD349-161)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Search Warrant Application
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-76

INFORMATION CONCERNING
OFFICIAL BUSINESS OF DEPARTMENT
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To facilitate the proper release of information concerning official Department business.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving request for information about Department business:
1.
Treat official business of the Department as confidential.
2.
Understand clearly the right of the public to be informed on matters of
public interest.
3.
Exercise discretion when divulging authorized information.
4.
Release information to a properly identified representative of:
AGENCY

INFORMATION CONCERNING

Department of Citywide
Administrative Services



Official business of that agency

U.S. Civil Service Commission



Applicant for a federal position

N.Y.S. Division of Parole
(request from the area director)



Persons arrested

State Liquor Authority



Persons arrested or summonsed who are
applicants for or holders of state liquor
licenses.
Persons arrested or summonsed in
premises licensed by the State Liquor
Authority or in the vicinity of the
premises when the cause of the arrest or
summons originated there.
Premises licensed, or for which an
application has been made under the
Alcoholic Beverage Control Law.





Waterfront Commission of
New York Harbor



Person licensed
Commission

Crime Victims Compensation
Board



Official business of that agency

N.Y.C. Department or agency



An employee of that department or agency
only if the City is not likely to become a
party to an action arising out of the
incident. In such cases, the investigator will
be referred to the Corporation Counsel.

or

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

registered

by

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-76

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

NOTE

When information is given to other than a representative of the press, an entry
identifying the person and the subject will be made in the Command Log. A text
reference to the entry will be made in the margin of the record concerned.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Requests from government agencies, private organizations, institutions of higher
education, etc., for statistics, surveys, samples and other types of information concerning
the Department will be forwarded to the Office of Management Analysis and Planning
for preparation of a Department response.
ROUTINE INQUIRIES:
Many requests, particularly those coming to Patrol Services Bureau commands, are of a
routine nature. Local commanders are expected to respond to such requests as directed by
this procedure, ensuring that responses are accurate and in accord with Department policy.
UNUSUAL OR TIME CONSUMING REQUESTS:
Some requests involve surveys or samples and may be time consuming; others may be
related to business of the entire Department or involve broad policy questions. Local
commanders should not ordinarily undertake data gathering research to answer a
request from outside the Department when it will impair their ability to perform their
primary function. Time consuming requests, those involving the business of the entire
Department and those which raise policy questions, should be forwarded to the Office of
Management Analysis and Planning for preparation of an appropriate response. Office
of Management Analysis and Planning will confer with Deputy Commissioner - Public
Information on matters regarding Department policy on release of information.
Where additional guidance is deemed necessary to classify a particular request as routine or
unusual, a commanding officer may contact the Office of Management Analysis and Planning.
A member of the service, active or retired, may obtain information relative to his/her medical
record upon written request to the Commanding Officer, Medical Division. No fee will be
charged for such information. A person or organization outside the Department may obtain
such information, for a fee of $5.00, if the request is made in writing and is accompanied by a
notarized authorization from the member concerned or in the event of his death, from the next
of kin or representative of his estate. Requests for such information from other governmental
agencies do not require notarized authorization or fee. Requests for payroll records will be
directed to Director, Payroll Section for processing in a similar manner.
When advised that an audit of records, procedures or operations of a command is to be
conducted by any city, state or federal agency, the desk officer/supervisory head
concerned will notify the Office of Management Analysis and Planning, furnishing the
time, date, subject of the audit, the identity of personnel who will conduct the audit and
the agency to which assigned. Auditors must possess identification cards issued by the
auditing agency and/or a letter of introduction from the Commanding Officer, Office of
Management Analysis and Planning. All members of the service will cooperate with
properly identified auditors; questions concerning identity of auditing personnel will be
directed to the Office of Management Analysis and Planning; those concerning
confidentiality of records/information requested will be directed to the Legal Bureau.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-76

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

When a request for sensitive information regarding the policies of the Department is received from
an elected official or candidate for elective office or a member of their staffs, the requestor will be
instructed to submit the request in writing to the Police Commissioner. The Police Commissioner’s
Office shall forward such request to the appropriate command for further attention.
Inquiries of a routine nature including publicly released crime statistics, constituent
problems or complaints may be handled by the command concerned.
OFFERS OF GRANTS, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER FUNDING BY ELECTED
OFFICIALS, OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES OR PRIVATE ENTITIES:
Members of the service may not accept offers of grants, equipment or other funding from
elected officials or their staffs, other government agencies or private entities. A member
of the service approached with the offer of such funding or solicited for suggestions
regarding how such funding could be utilized by the Department shall direct the
individual or entity offering such funding to make a written proposal to the Police
Commissioner.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Release of Information To News Media (P.G. 212-77)
Incidents Involving Media Representatives (P.G. 212-49)
Grant Applications, Accountability, Responsibility and Reporting Procedures (A.G. 320-38)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-77

RELEASE OF INFORMATION TO NEWS MEDIA
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To facilitate the accurate, timely and proper dissemination of information to the
public through the news media.

SCOPE

It is the policy of this Department to keep the community informed on matters of
public interest. Most media inquiries are directed to the Office of the Deputy
Commissioner, Public Information. However, at the scene of a breaking news
story, the media may request information from members of the service present at
the scene. Information, assistance or access should be rendered to whatever
extent possible, in accordance with the following procedure, when it does not:
a.
Pose an undue risk to the personal safety of members of the service,
media representatives, or others
b.
Interfere with police operations
c.
Adversely affect the rights of an accused or the investigation or
prosecution of a crime.
Because it is not uncommon for local investigations, arrests, operations, etc., to
overlap into other agencies, bureaus or jurisdictions it is essential that ALL
media requests be channeled through the Office of the Deputy Commissioner,
Public Information.

NOTE

Access to incident scenes does not extend to interior crime scenes or areas frozen for
security reasons.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving a request for information from representatives of the media at a
breaking news story:

HIGHEST
RANKING
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

Confer with the Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information,
regarding the information to be released, prior to addressing the media.
Briefly describe the incident (i.e., how police were called to the scene,
type of job, location of occurrence, number of aided persons, etc.).
Do not release the following:
a.
Identity of a child under sixteen years of age taken into custody,
unless child is a juvenile offender
b.
Identity of a complainant under sixteen years of age
c.
Identity of a neglected or abused child
d.
Identity of a victim of a sex crime
e.
Information which indicates that a person has a communicable disease
f.
Information which indicates that a person is a confidential
informant/witness
g.
The location of occurrence where a sexual assault occurred if that
location is the victim’s residence or the residence of the
perpetrator, if not apprehended
h.
The address or telephone number of a member of the service

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-77

HIGHEST
RANKING
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

i.
j.
k.
4.

Address or telephone number of a complainant
Address or telephone number of a witness to a crime
Information that may hinder the prosecution of the crime, jeopardize
the safety of a member of the service, complainant, or witness.
Release the following information after an arrest is made, if requested:
a.
Name, age, residence, employment, marital status and similar background
information of the arrested person(s) after identity is confirmed
b.
Substance or text of the charge(s) such as a complaint, indictment,
information, and, only when appropriate, the identity of the complainant
c.
Identity of the investigating and arresting agency and the length of
the investigation
d.
Circumstances immediately surrounding the arrest, including the time
and place of arrest, resistance, pursuit, possession and use of weapons
and a general description of items seized at the time of arrest.

With the prior permission of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information, certain
information may be withheld if there is a legitimate concern for the safety of a witness in the
“interests of justice” (i.e., release of information may compromise an ongoing investigation).
The Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information, is available 24 hours a day,
7 days a week, for consultation and/or response to incidents involving the media.
Members of the service are required to immediately notify the Deputy Commissioner,
Public Information of any interaction with the media.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The following information will be released only after conferral with the Deputy
Commissioner, Public Information, and the Chief of Detectives. Pretrial disclosure of
the following information may have an adverse impact on a court case:
a.
Statements concerning the reputation or character of an accused person or
prospective witness
b.
Performance of, or results of, tests or the refusal by the accused to take a test
c.
Statements concerning the credibility or anticipated testimony of prospective witnesses
d.
Opinions or speculation concerning evidence or argument in the case, whether
or not it is anticipated that such evidence or argument will be used at trial
e.
Photographs, films, videotapes, and/or mug shots.
CONFIDENTIALITY OF THE VICTIM OF A SEX CRIME
The Civil Rights Law, Section 50-B, was amended in 1991 to protect the identity of the
victim of a sex crime. The law provides that the identity of a victim of a sex crime be
provided to a defendant charged with the crime and their counsel or guardian. It also
permits disclosure to public officers and employees investigating, prosecuting and
keeping records relating to the offense. A new Section 50-C was also added to the law
which allows victims of a sex offense to bring private action to recover for any damage
suffered by the disclosure of their identities. Therefore, those members of the service
(uniformed and civilian) assigned to units (Public Information Division, Identification
Section, Communications Division, etc.) which may, at times, be called upon to provide
information from Department records, files, tapes, etc., must ensure that the identity of a
victim of a sex offense is not divulged when this information is released.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-77

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

IDENTITY OF PERSONS WITH COMMUNICABLE DISEASE
It is the responsibility of this Department to protect the civil rights of persons we come in
contact with. This includes prisoners, crime victims, aided cases, etc. In keeping with this
obligation, any information regarding a person’s status in connection with any communicable
disease (HIV, AIDS, Tuberculosis, Hepatitis B, etc.) is to be treated as confidential.
Accordingly, members of the service should be made aware of the following guidelines:
Information concerning a prisoner’s or a victim’s affliction with a communicable disease must be
kept confidential. This information generally should not be released to the public, the media, the
person’s family and friends or to other prisoners. There may be unusual circumstances under
which release of this information is warranted. Any such release, however, may only be made
with the written consent of the Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters.
In some cases, prisoners may volunteer their positive medical status regarding a
communicable disease indicating the need to be segregated from general prisoner
population or the need for medical treatment. In such cases, isolation cells should be
used, if available. This information may be recorded on a Prisoner Movement Slip or on
form MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150) in order to alert
personnel assigned to Corrections, District Attorney’s offices or courts.
Members of the service who are exposed to a communicable disease should follow the
provisions of P.G. 205-10, “Exposure Of Members Of The Service To Infectious
Diseases”.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Information Concerning Official Business of the Department (P.G. 212-76)
Incidents Involving Media Representatives (P.G. 212-49)
Exposure Of Members Of The Service To Infectious Diseases (P.G. 205-10)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-78

UTILIZATION OF THE REAL TIME CRIME CENTER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide twenty-four hour, seven day a week investigative support to the
Detective Bureau and other Department investigative units conducting criminal
investigations.

PROCEDURE

When an investigator seeks the assistance of the Real Time Crime Center
(RTCC) during the course of investigating any crime:

INVESTIGATOR 1.

Telephone the Real Time Crime Center to initiate “real time” crime scene support.
a.
Cases not requiring crime scene support, contact may be made
either by telephone, e-mail, or facsimile.

2.
RTCC
INVESTIGATOR 3.
4.
5.

Verify the identity of the investigator requesting information.
Record the request for investigative assistance in the intake database.
Confer with the RTCC Supervisor on duty.
Conduct comprehensive computer inquiries of related incidents, suspects,
victims, locations and any other relevant information.
Forward results of computer investigation to the investigator concerned
via wireless laptop, email, telephone or facsimile.

6.

7.

Oversee and ensure thorough computer investigations and monitor
ongoing priority incidents citywide.
a.
Prioritize case assignments.
b.
Review investigative results.
c.
Provide investigative direction.

8.
RTCC
INVESTIGATOR

Maintain contact with investigator concerned and determine if additional
investigative steps are necessary.

RTCC
SUPERVISOR

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The RTCC applications have been created and organized to support the investigative
process in the following areas:
a.
b.
c.
d.

Incident Analysis
Location Analysis
Victim/Suspect Analysis
Pattern Analysis

To conduct these analyses, the RTCC Investigators can access data from the NYPD,
other NYC Agencies and New York State systems. Additionally, investigators can access
a wide variety of investigative tools as well as public and governmental information
sources. The RTCC Investigators have direct access to Department data previously
unavailable for efficient searching and reporting, including advanced mapping, 311 and
911 information.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-78

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Among the many non-NYPD databases available to RTCC analysts are the following
(this list is not all-inclusive):
PUBLIC RECORDS DATABASES – Databases built from public records, commercial
records and data provided by various government agencies. These databases offer a
variety of searches nationwide which include: persons, addresses (past and present),
phone numbers (including unlisted and cell), motor vehicles, real property, civil and
criminal searches. Also available is a visual link analysis tool, to discover connections
between individuals and their associates that are otherwise easy to miss. The databases
are frequently updated with over twelve billion real investigative records.
CJA INTERVIEW REPORT – Through an Arrest Number, RTCC investigators can
access the Criminal Justice Agency’s Interview Report. This report contains information
on the arrestee to determine bail eligibility. Information includes name, address, prior
address, contact names and phone numbers, employment data and other pertinent
information related to the arrested person.
DOC – Federal/NY State/NYC Department of Corrections Inmate lookup service (online
databases).
E-JUSTICE – NYS Criminal Justice information which is linked to the National Crime
Information Center (NCIC).
PHOTO SYSTEM – a consolidated law enforcement photo/ mug shot system. Includes
perpetrators arrested by other agencies such as ATF, FBI, DEA, Eastern District of New
York, INS, IRS, Nassau County Police, Newark PD (NJ), NY State Police, Essex County
Sheriff (NJ), Hudson County Sheriff (NJ), Passaic County (NJ), NYS Parole, Suffolk
County, Union County (NJ), US Postal Inspector, US Customs Service, US Marshals
Service, US Secret Service, Westchester County Department of Corrections.
IDS – NYPD Intelligence Database System.
JUSTICE EXCHANGE – National near-real time “who’s in jail” database covering
twenty-nine states across the country.
STARS – The Summons Tracking and Accounts Receivable System allows an
investigator to search for NYC parking summons issued to a vehicle.
ISO CLAIMSEARCH – is an all-claims database incorporating over 380 million claims
including property claims, bodily injury claims and automobile records. Searches can
be done by name (individual or business), address, phone number, Social Security
number, driver’s license number, license plate number, Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN), professional medical license or Tax Identification Number (TIN). Reports are
returned on any matches regarding the claim(s) filed. An added feature includes VIN
Decoding. This utility allows you to decode and decipher a Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) to properly identify vehicles.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-79

SUBPOENA FEES AND ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To inform members of the service (uniformed and civilian) of the appropriate
fees to be tendered by persons making service of subpoenas upon the New York
City Police Department.

SCOPE

In many cases where a subpoena is served upon the Police Department, a check,
money order or cash for the statutorily mandated witness fee may also be tendered.
In order to promote greater efficiency and uniformity in the processing of and
accounting for subpoena fees, the following procedure will be complied with.

PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of a subpoena (by personal service or other means of delivery):

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
SUBPOENA

1.

2.

3.
4.
COMMAND
LIAISON
OFFICER

5.

Ascertain if fee (cash, check, or money order) is tendered with subpoena.
a.
If check or money order is made payable to an individual member
of the service (uniformed or civilian), the member concerned will
endorse check or money order as follows:
“PAY TO THE ORDER OF NEW YORK CITY POLICE
DEPARTMENT”
b.
If fee is tendered in connection with a subpoena which does not
involve the Police Department or actions taken by the member
concerned on behalf of the Department, the fee will be given to
the member concerned and is properly payable to him/her. In
such case, no fee receipt will be issued by this Department.
Issue FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017) and comply with applicable
provisions of P.G. 212-82, “Forwarding Of Fees To The Audits And
Accounts Section,” if fee is tendered.
a.
Enter title of case (e.g., Smith v. Jones, People v. Rosario) at
caption entitled “FOR” of FEE RECEIPT.
b.
If subpoena and fee (if tendered) have been received by other than
personal service, forward FEE RECEIPT to attorney issuing
subpoena by U. S. Mail.
Note FEE RECEIPT number and dollar amount of fee tendered on rear
of subpoena.
Forward subpoena to command liaison officer.
Comply with pertinent provisions of P.G. 211-15, “Processing
Subpoenas For Police Department Records And Testimony By Members
Of The Service.”

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-79

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Members of the service (uniformed and civilian) are advised that the following is a
schedule of appropriate fees to be tendered with the corresponding type of subpoena:
TYPE OF SUBPOENA
♦

CIVIL CASES
Subpoena issued by courts of New York State
Subpoena issued by Federal Courts

♦

¾

NO FEE REQUIRED

All other Family Court Cases
As per CIVIL CASE FEE SCHEDULE, above

CRIMINAL CASES
Subpoena issued by State and Federal Courts

NOTE

$15.00
$40.00

FAMILY COURT CASES
Subpoena issued in a Juvenile Delinquency Proceeding

♦

FEE

NO FEE REQUIRED

If a subpoena requires a specific member of the service to appear AND bring certain
documents with him/her, a single fee is all that is required.
In certain cases, travel expenses may be included with the tendered subpoena fee. Members
are advised that for travel wholly within New York City, no travel fees are required.
If the fee tendered is not in conformity with the above listed fee schedule, a supervisor
must be notified. The supervisor will ensure that the subpoena is still processed and that
a notation is made on the reverse side of the subpoena of the amount actually tendered.
For cases involving subpoenas issued by courts outside of New York City, consult P.G.
211-16, “Processing Subpoenas Issued by Courts Outside New York City.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Forwarding Of Fees To Audits And Accounts Section (P.G. 212-82)
Processing Subpoenas For Police Department Records And Testimony By Members Of
The Service (P.G. 211-15)
Processing Subpoenas Issued By Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)
Processing Legal Bureau Requests For Department Records Including Requests Under
The Freedom Of Information Law (P.G. 211-17)
Processing Requests For Police Department Documents Received From Assistant
Corporation Counsels And Assistant District Attorneys (P.G. 211-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-80

SUSPENSION AND REVOCATION ORDERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To process Suspension and Revocation Orders received from the Department of
Motor Vehicles.

PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of Suspension and Revocation Orders:

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.

Record receipt of Orders in Command Log.
Forward to the Community Policing Unit Coordinator.

COMMUNITY
POLICING
UNIT
COORDINATOR

Prepare SUSPENSION/REVOCATION REPORT (PD634-151) and
attach to each Order.
Distribute Suspension and Revocation Orders with attached
SUSPENSION/REVOCATION REPORT to beat officers concerned.
Forward Orders to precinct concerned for service if information indicates
that Order must be executed in that precinct.

3.
4.
5.

6.
7.

BEAT
OFFICER

8.

9.
10.
11.
12.
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

13.

14.

Record Suspension and Revocation Orders in ACTIVITY LOG.
Execute as follows:
a.
Obtain all items listed on Suspension and Revocation Order, or
b.
Obtain signed affirmation on back of Suspension and Revocation
Order for items not picked up, or
c.
Issue summons for violation of Section 510, subdivision 7 of the
Vehicle and Traffic Law, returnable to the Traffic Violations
Bureau, if the licensee does not turn over the required items and
refuses to sign affirmation, or
d.
Enter Department of Motor Vehicles case number and date on
back of Order if licensee has Notice of Restoration (Form FS34)
or Notice of Compliance (Form FS112).
Leave lower half of SUSPENSION/REVOCATION REPORT with a
responsible member of licensee’s household, for delivery to licensee, if
he cannot be located.
Record attempts at service on SUSPENSION/REVOCATION
REPORT if licensee cannot be located.
Indicate reason for noncompliance in captioned box if Order is not
executed for reasons other than temporary absence of license.
Report results of efforts and deliver all surrendered items along with
executed and unexecuted Orders to patrol supervisor.
Enter facts in ACTIVITY LOG.
Reassign Orders not served because of temporary absence of licensee to
next member of the service assigned to post or sector concerned on 2nd or
3rd platoons, as appropriate.
Deliver all surrendered items and Suspension and Revocation Orders to
Community Policing Unit Coordinator.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-80

COMMUNITY
POLICING
UNIT
COORDINATOR

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

15.
16.
17.
18.

19.
20.

21.

2 of 2

File SUSPENSION/REVOCATION REPORTS.
Note reason for non-service on back of each Order not executed.
Note service of summons on back of Orders where applicable.
Process returned Suspension and Revocation Orders as follows:
a.
Unexecuted Orders - placed in one envelope.
b.
Executed Orders - placed one to an envelope, with surrendered items.
Deliver to desk officer.
Enter Orders in Command Log:
a.
Unexecuted Orders by statement of total number only
b.
Executed Order individually by serial number.
Forward envelopes to Mail and Distribution Unit for return to Department
of Motor Vehicles.

NOTE

An Order is considered executed only when all items listed are received, or an
affirmation is obtained from the licensee.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
SUSPENSION/REVOCATION REPORT (PD634-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-81

UNAUTHORIZED DISPLAY OF BADGES, PLATES, CARDS, ETC.
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To prescribe proper police action in the following situations.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing the unauthorized display of any badge, plate, card, etc.:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Take the following police action, as appropriate:

UNAUTHORIZED DISPLAY OF

POLICE ACTION

 Badge, and person displaying purports to  Arrest, Section 190.25 (3), Penal Law.
 Seize badge as evidence.
be a public servant.
 Plate, sign, insignia of Police or Fire  Summons, Section 396, V.T.L.
 Seize article as evidence.
Department displayed on a vehicle.
 Official police cards, e.g., press, special  Confiscate, ascertain how obtained, and
deliver
article
and
report
of
vehicle identification, etc.
circumstances to desk officer.
 Forged police card.

DESK OFFICER 2.
3.
4.
5.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

 Arrest, Administrative Code Section 14107.
 Seize card as evidence.
Process arrests and summonses in the usual manner.
Invoice evidence seized and forward confiscated article to Property Clerk
in the usual manner.
Notify commanding officer of all facts.
Prepare two copies of report on Typed Letterhead addressed to Chief of
Department, including all facts when a police card is confiscated.

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-82

FORWARDING OF FEES TO AUDITS AND ACCOUNTS UNIT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To safeguard fees being forwarded to Audits and Accounts Unit.

PROCEDURE

When fees (cash and checks) that have been collected for forwarding to the
Audits and Accounts Unit:

COMMAND
CLERK

1.

NOTE

When a fee is collected by a member of the service (uniformed or civilian), a FEE
RECEIPT (PD122-017) will be prepared and issued. All fees must be safeguarded
pending forwarding to patrol borough office. Fees collected for rifle/shotgun permits
are exempt from this procedure.

2.
3.
4.
5.
NOTE

Affix the imprint of the command rubber stamp on the back of each
certified, personal or bank teller’s check, and bank or United States Postal
money order and write the application serial #, the fee transmittal sheet #
and the fee receipt # in the space provided prior to delivery to the
Operations Coordinator.

Prepare FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET (PD122-150).
Assign a separate command serial number to each FEE TRANSMITTAL
SHEET beginning with number one each calendar year.
Enter the FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET serial number in the margin of the
Fee Receipt book next to the corresponding file copy of each FEE RECEIPT.
Request pre-numbered Plastic Security Envelope(s) from desk officer.

Utilize one Plastic Security Envelope for all fees collected, whenever possible.

6.
7.

8.

Enter Plastic Security Envelope serial number(s) on FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEET above the command serial number.
Close out unused portion of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET by:
a.
Drawing horizontal line across width of page on next unused line, and
b.
Drawing a diagonal line from left side of horizontal line,
extending to bottom right of space allotted for “sub-total.”
Sign all copies of the completed FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET and
deliver to the Operations Coordinator as soon as possible after 1600
hours, daily, with command copies of FEE RECEIPTS, Plastic Security
Envelope(s) and all fees.

NOTE

The New York City Administrative Code requires that fees be forwarded “on next business
day.” Fees received at commands after 1600 hours or on days when the Audits and
Accounts Unit is closed will be safeguarded and processed the next business day. The
Audits and Accounts Unit is closed for business on weekends and all civilian holidays.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

9.

Check accuracy of fees received against entries on FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEET and FEE RECEIPT book.
a.
Ensure that all the rubber stamp captions on certified, personal or
bank teller’s checks, and bank or United States Postal money
orders have been completed as required in Step 1 above.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-82

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.
11.

12.
13.
14.

2 of 4

Sign all copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET.
Make entry in FEE RECEIPT book in margin of last numbered receipt
used, listing receipt numbers for fees forwarded, i.e., fees for receipt
numbers 1057 through 1064, forwarded 3/21/98, Sgt. Petri.
Place all fees in pre-numbered Plastic Security Envelope(s) and seal in
accordance with instructions on the envelope.
Attach all copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET to outside of Plastic
Security Envelope(s).
Place all copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET, and Plastic Security
Envelope(s) in a 10” x 12” envelope, addressed to the Borough Fiscal
Coordinator and arrange for messenger delivery with the A.M. mail on
the next business day.

NOTE

If no fees were received at the command, a negative report, on Typed Letterhead,
addressed to commanding officer of borough concerned, will be sent to the borough
command with the A.M. mail.

COMMAND
MESSENGER

15.
16.

Sign all copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET and return originating
command copy (buff) to operations coordinator as receipt for fees received.
Deliver Plastic Security Envelope(s), with remaining four copies of FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEET to the borough office.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

17.

Have command clerk file originating command copy (buff) of FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEET serially in a binder.

BOROUGH
FISCAL
COORDINATOR

18.

Receipt for Plastic Security Envelope(s) received by signing date, rank
and name on all copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET, adjacent to
“Total Forwarded,” and return (green) copy to command messenger.

NOTE

DO NOT OPEN Plastic Security Envelope(s).

COMMAND
MESSENGER

19.

Permanently retain (green) copy of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET as
personal receipt.

BOROUGH
FISCAL
COORDINATOR

20.

Place borough office copy (pink) of the FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET
chronologically in binder maintained in borough office. (DO NOT
separate and file by command).
Prepare pre-serialized CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (PD122-011)
listing every command in the borough command.
a.
Enter information required by captions, for each command,
utilizing data from FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET.
b.
If no fees were forwarded by command ascertain that a negative
report, on Typed Letterhead, was delivered to the borough office
and write “NONE” next to command concerned under column
“FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET SERIAL NUMBER.” All
commands must be listed.
c.
Sign completed CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT and submit,
together with all related FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEETS,
Plastic Security Envelope(s), and negative reports, to borough
supervisor for review.

21.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-82

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

NOTE

If a pre-serialized CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT is voided, file all copies in same
manner outlined in step 20.

BOROUGH
SUPERVISOR

22.

Review items submitted for accuracy and completeness, sign
CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT and return all items to Borough
Fiscal Coordinator.

BOROUGH
FISCAL
COORDINATOR

23.

Give plastic security envelope, all copies of CONSOLIDATED FEE
RECEIPT and remaining copies (white and blue) of the FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEETS to the borough messenger in an envelope
addressed to the Audits and Accounts Unit for delivery with the A.M.
mail on the same day received.

BOROUGH
MESSENGER

24.

Compare FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEETS and Plastic Security
Envelopes against related CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT.
Sign all copies of CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT and return “blue”
copy to Borough Fiscal Coordinator as receipt for Plastic Security
Envelope(s) received.

25.

BOROUGH
FISCAL
COORDINATOR

26.

File blue copy of CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT together with
negative reports, where applicable, and related copies of FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEETS in same manner outlined in step 20.

BOROUGH
MESSENGER

27.

Deliver fees contained in sealed Plastic Security Envelopes, two copies of
CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (pink and white) and two copies of
each FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET (white and blue) to the Audits and
Accounts Unit with the A.M. mail.

NOTE

Fees and related forms must be delivered before 1200 hours.

AUDITS AND
ACCOUNTS
UNIT MEMBER

28.

29.

30.
31.
32.
33.

Compare Plastic Security Envelope number(s) to corresponding FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEETS and CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPTS.
a.
Ensure each command is accounted for and listed on the
consolidated FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET.
Open Plastic Security Envelope(s), total fees received and compare with
CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT and related FEE TRANSMITTAL
SHEETS for accuracy.
Prepare RECEIPT FOR FEES COLLECTED (PD122-170) in
duplicate.
Machine stamp FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEETS and both copies of
CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT.
Give original RECEIPT FOR FEES COLLECTED and one copy of
CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (white) to borough messenger.
Retain original FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET (white), and one copy of
CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (pink) and forward FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEET (blue) to command of record through
Department mail.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-82

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

BOROUGH
MESSENGER

34.

Return stamped copy of CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT and
RECEIPT FOR FEES COLLECTED to Borough Fiscal Coordinator.

BOROUGH
FISCAL
COORDINATOR

35.

Compare stamped copy of CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (white)
and RECEIPT FOR FEES COLLECTED with file copy of
CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (blue).
a.
Notify borough supervisor of any discrepancies.
b.
File all copies of related receipts with copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL
SHEETS and negative reports as outlined in step 20.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

36.

Compare FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET copy (blue) received through
Department mail from Audits and Accounts Unit with command file copy
(buff).
a.
Notify Audits and Accounts Unit of any discrepancies, or if FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEET copy (blue) has not been received
within ten days.
b.
File FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET copy (blue) with command
file copy (buff) in binder.

COMMANDING 37.
OFFICER

Conduct monthly inspection to ensure that all fees are being forwarded
daily and have been received at the Audits and Accounts Unit.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Non-patrol commands requesting an exemption from any of the aforementioned steps must
submit a request, in writing, to the Director, Audits and Accounts Unit. Written approval
of any such exemption must be maintained on file at the requesting command and
available for review by authorized auditors from other agencies.
Requisition of additional pre-serialized CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPTS will be
made direct to Audits and Accounts Unit.
If the command clerk, and/or operations coordinator are absent the commanding officer
will designate another member of the service to assume their duties.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (PD122-011)
FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)
FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET (PD122-150)
RECEIPT FOR FEES COLLECTED (PD122-170)
TYPED LETTERHEAD

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-83

LEAVING CITY ON OFFICIAL BUSINESS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To obtain permission and funds to leave the city on police business.

PROCEDURE

When required to leave the city on police business:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

When a vehicle is to be utilized as the primary means of transportation to and from the
destination (rather than by airline, railroad or bus) the member must ascertain the
availability of a Department vehicle by inquiring in the following order:
a.
At their respective command
b.
If none is available at the command level, inquire at the member’s respective
bureau or overhead command
c.
If a vehicle is not available at the bureau/overhead command, the member should
contact the Confidential Rental and Lease Office (CRALO), Fleet Services Division.

Submit three copies of request on Typed Letterhead to Police
Commissioner or Chief of Department, including:
a.
Rank, name, shield number and command
b.
Destination
c.
Purpose, including COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
number, crime and warrant (including issuing agency)
d.
Identity of prisoner, if any
e.
Identity of escorting officer(s)
f.
Date and time of departure
g.
Estimated date of return
h.
Means of travel
i.
Estimate of expenses and who will pay them
j.
Statement indicating necessity to carry firearms, when appropriate
k.
Tour performed while out of city
l.
Overtime anticipated
m.
Next scheduled tour after return to city.

If there is a vehicle available at Fleet Services Division, the member must submit a request on
Typed Letterhead to the Commanding Officer, Support Services Bureau requesting approval
for the assignment of a Department vehicle, by CRALO, for the pending travel.
This protocol does not apply to the rental of a vehicle upon arrival at a destination by
airline or railroad where the vehicle is to be used only for local transportation at that
site.
Any questions regarding this procedure should be addressed to the Director, Audits and
Accounts Unit.
Members under the jurisdiction of the Patrol Services Bureau, Detective Bureau,
Organized Crime Control Bureau, Housing Bureau and Transportation Bureau will
address request to Chief of Department. Other members will address request to Police
Commissioner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-83

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

2.

COMMANDING 3.
OFFICER
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Deliver request to commanding officer.

Endorse indicating approval/disapproval.

When applicable, include the following statement in endorsement:
“In compliance with Federal Aviation Authority Regulation, it is necessary that the
officer retain possession of and accessibility to his weapon during flight.”

4.
COMMANDING 5.
6.
OFFICER,
NEXT HIGHER
COMMAND

Forward request to next higher command.
Endorse indicating approval/disapproval.
Forward original and first copy to Police Commissioner or Chief of
Department through channels.

NOTE

The original copy of a disapproved request will be returned to the originating command
through channels, and an immediate telephone notification made to the commanding
officer of the requesting member.

COMMANDING
OFFICER, P.C.O.
OR CHIEF OF
DEPARTMENT’S
OFFICE

7.

COMMANDING 8.
OFFICER

Forward approved request to originating command.

Give requesting officer(s) copy of approval.

IF TRIP IS TO BE MADE BY AIRLINE:
COMMANDING 9.
OFFICER

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Instruct member(s) concerned to notify security director of airline being
used and supervisor in charge, Port Authority Police, of trip and fact that
firearm will be carried.
Show authorization, shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416091) to airline official prior to boarding plane.
Use alternate airline if permission to board aircraft while armed is refused.
Do not surrender firearm for storage to anyone.
Request permission to pre-board flight if guarding prisoner.
Do not permit prisoner to sit adjacent to normal or emergency exit nor
next to aisle.
Do not carry mace, tear gas or similar devices aboard aircraft.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-83

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

16.
17.
18.

22.

3 of 3

Do not consume intoxicants at any time while aboard aircraft or allow
prisoner to do so.
Remain with prisoner at all times.
Do not identify self or prisoner to anyone except designated airline
employee or police official having jurisdiction over any phase of flight.
Do not take police action which might endanger aircraft or passengers.
Do not display firearm or other authorized equipment.
Leave aircraft at the direction of the flight captain or after all passengers
have debarked.
Keep prisoner handcuffed with hands to rear when practical.

Each prisoner transported by commercial flight must be escorted by at least two officers.

23.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

19.
20.
21.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Obtain travel expense funds from Audits and Accounts Unit. If closed,
funds may be obtained at Office of Chief of Detectives.
a.
Submit itemized account of expenditures within ten days after
return to city.

When emergency circumstances require an immediate trip outside the city via department
vehicle, a request may be made by telephone, through channels. Standard written request,
including reference to telephone message, will be forwarded as soon as possible.
When a trip outside the city on police business does not require any expenditure of funds,
permission may be granted by:
 Police Commissioner
 Deputy Commissioners
 Chief of Department
 Chief of Patrol
 Chief of Housing
 Chief of Transportation
 Chief of Internal Affairs
 Chief of Detectives
 Chief of Organized Crime Control
 Chief of Personnel
 Commanding Officer, Support Services Bureau.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Official Trips by Department Representatives (A.G. 320-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-84

VERIFICATION OF PISTOL LICENSE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To verify validity of a pistol license issued by this Department.

PROCEDURE

Uniformed members of the service inspecting pistol licenses shall:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

A validated license has an embossed seal of the Police Department impressed thereon, is
valid for a two year period, and expires on the licensee’s birth date.

2.

NOTE

Request licensee to produce documentary identification in addition to the
pistol license.

Verify validity of pistol license, if questionable, by telephoning License
Division, during business hours, 0900 to 1700, Monday through Friday or
by an inquiry into the Automated License and Permit System (ALPS).

If License Division is closed or the ALPS System cannot be accessed, the desk officer on
duty at 0900 hours the next business day will make the verification and make entry in
appropriate records.

3.
4.
DESK OFFICER 5.

Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of licensee’s name,
address, date of birth, license number and expiration date.
Notify desk officer of verification.
Enter details of verification in Command Log.

WHEN VALIDITY OF PISTOL LICENSE IS QUESTIONABLE:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

DESK OFFICER 7.
8.

Retain pistol license and firearm(s), if available.

Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared, marked for
investigation.
Prepare report of pertinent facts on Typed Letterhead and forward to
Commanding Officer, License Division, in next Department mail.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)
Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun Permits (P.G. 212-118)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-85

RIFLE/SHOTGUN PERMIT
SUSPENDED, REVOKED, DISAPPROVED
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To facilitate the surrender of rifles, shotguns, permits and/or certificate of registration
when application for a permit and registration has been denied or previously issued
permits and registrations have been suspended, revoked, or will not be renewed.

PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of RIFLE/SHOTGUN SURRENDER NOTICE (PD641-120)
from the License Division, Rifle and Shotgun Section:

PRECINCT
COMMANDER

1.

NOTE

Investigations must be completed and all related forms returned to the Rifle and Shotgun
Section, within sixty days.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.
3.
4.
5.

6.

7.

Assign uniformed member of the service, preferably a sergeant, to conduct
immediate investigation.

Give SURRENDER NOTICE to permit and registration holder.
Request permit holder to surrender firearm, permit and registration (if applicable).
Issue receipt for surrendered documents and firearm on pink copy of
SURRENDER NOTICE.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) if:
a.
Permit holder refuses or fails to surrender firearm after
SURRENDER NOTICE is served and officer believes holder is
violating Administrative Code by continued possession of firearm OR,
b.
Officer believes permit holder is purposely avoiding service of
SURRENDER NOTICE.
Enter under “Details” on COMPLAINT REPORT:
a.
Identity, address and permit number of violator as it appears on
original of SURRENDER NOTICE.
b.
Summons number, if summons served.
c.
Description and disposition of firearms, if surrendered.
d.
Disposition as related by the permit holder, if firearms are not
surrendered.
Voucher firearms and forward to Firearms Analysis Section only if
member concerned believes that weapon might have been used in
commission of a crime or permit holder has been accused or convicted of
a serious crime. Otherwise, forward firearm to Property Clerk.

WHEN PERMIT HOLDER FAILS TO COMPLY WITH SURRENDER
NOTICE RE: REVOKED, SUSPENDED OR DENIED PERMITS:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.

Serve summons for violation of Administrative Code, Section 10-303,
returnable to Criminal Court.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-85

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Do not serve summons for unrenewed permits. Do not serve summons if permit holder
states he/she no longer possesses the firearm but is unable to produce a DISPOSITION
REPORT - REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE (PD641-121). Direct permit holder to
contact License Division, Rifle and Shotgun Section.

PERMIT HOLDER DOES NOT RESIDE AT ADDRESS GIVEN:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.

Attempt to obtain new address.

NOTE

If new address cannot be obtained or permit holder no longer resides in precinct
concerned, enter information on buff copy of SURRENDER NOTICE.

10.
11.

Prepare appropriate captions on buff copy of SURRENDER NOTICE.
Deliver SURRENDER NOTICE, permit and registration, if obtained, to
precinct commander.

PRECINCT
COMMANDER

12.

Endorse SURRENDER NOTICE and forward to License Division, Rifle
and Shotgun Section with permit and registration, if appropriate.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Priority will be given to those cases in which the License Division, Rifle and Shotgun
Section, indicates that the permit holder has been convicted of a serious crime or is
mentally incompetent. All available information will be obtained from the License
Division, Rifle and Shotgun Section, and, in addition, the precinct commander and the
Legal Bureau will be consulted regarding advisability of obtaining a search warrant.
Desk officers will comply with P.G. 207-26, “Voluntary Surrender of Weapons with
Written Notice,” and 207-27, “Voluntary Surrender of Weapons Without Prior Notice,”
when a permit has been revoked or denied and owner voluntary surrenders rifle and/or
shotgun. “ADA Copy” of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) will be
forwarded to the License Division, Rifle and Shotgun Section. If an owner, after
surrendering a rifle/shotgun, does not wish to obtain a permit, such owner can sell the
rifle/shotgun to a permit holder or any person not required, by law, to possess a permit.
Upon presentation of a bona fide bill of sale and a written representation by the owner
that the weapon has been sold or otherwise disposed of, the License Division, Rifle and
Shotgun Section will issue a release to the new lawful owner.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Voluntary Surrender of Weapons with Written Notice (P.G. 207-26)
Voluntary Surrender of Weapons without Prior Notice (P.G. 207-27)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)
Unlawful Possession of Rifles/Shotguns (P.G. 212-46)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
RIFLE/SHOTGUN SURRENDER NOTICE (PD641-120)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-86

PRIMARY, GENERAL AND SPECIAL ELECTION
DAY DUTIES PRIOR TO OPENING OF POLLS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To assist members of the Election Board and ensure that polls open on schedule.

PROCEDURE

When assigned to a polling place on Primary, General or Special Election Day:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.

DESK OFFICER 8.

Arrive at polling place at least fifteen minutes prior to opening of polls.
Deliver miscellaneous election supplies to Election Board.
Obtain receipt for supplies.
Ascertain from Election Inspector if other supplies and ledgers have been
delivered in rear of voting machines.
a.
Have Election Inspector request Board of Election to deliver
ledgers, or other supplies, if missing.
Inspect voting machines and complete appropriate captions on
ELECTION POLL REPORT (PD119-151).
Observe that ballot boxes, if used, are under control of election inspectors
inside guardrail.
Make entry on ELECTION POLL REPORT and notify desk officer if
polls are not open on schedule. Include reason for delay.
Send supervisory officer to investigate delay in opening.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The precinct commander may assign a supervisory officer to oversee all election
activities including maintenance of Election Record Book. In commands with less than
twenty-five Election Districts, the desk officer will perform these duties.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties When Polls Are Open (P.G. 212-87)
Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties After Close Of Polls (P.G. 212-88)
Election Poll Report (P.G. 212-89)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ELECTION POLL REPORT (PD119-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-87

PRIMARY, GENERAL AND SPECIAL ELECTION DAY
DUTIES WHILE POLLS ARE OPEN
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To preserve the peace and protect the franchise of voters.

PROCEDURE

When assigned to a polling place:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Election Board may operate with two members of Board present if they belong to
different political parties.

Notify desk officer if absence of Election Inspectors prohibits the opening of poll.
a.
Make notification every thirty minutes until poll opens
b.
Make additional notification when poll does open.

DESK OFFICER 2.

Notify patrol borough command and borough office of Board of Elections
when informed that Election Board has not opened one hour after
scheduled opening time.
a.
Make additional notification when poll does open.

3.

Remain in polling place unless required to leave for other police duty or
authorized meal period.
a.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry when leaving and
upon return and notify desk officer.
Remain outside guardrail except to perform duty.
Do not take part in election process.
Notify relieving officer of conditions affecting polling place.
Give relieving officer ELECTION POLL REPORT (PD119-151).
Notify desk officer and make entry on ELECTION POLL REPORT if:
a.
An election inspector is unfit for duty
b.
Voting is interrupted for any reason
c.
Problems are encountered or unusual incident occurs within or in
vicinity of polling place.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

NOTE

The following persons are permitted within guardrail:
a.
Election inspectors
b.
Persons admitted for voting privilege
c.
Properly identified representatives of New York State and New York City Board
of Elections
d.
Attorney General or assistants
e.
Poll watchers
f.
Persons admitted by inspectors to preserve order.

9.
10.
11.

Notify desk officer if problems or overcrowding occur.
Refer person alleging to be registered voter to Supreme Court of county if
Election Board personnel refuse to grant right to vote.
Have persons waiting to vote immediately prior to close of polls form line.
a.
Prevent persons from joining line after polls close.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-87

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 12.
13.
SUPERVISORY
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

14.
15.
16.
17.

DESK OFFICER 18.

2 of 2

Send supervisory officer to investigate voting irregularities.
Notify patrol borough command of arrests, incidents, or unusual delays in voting.
Supervise polling places.
Inspect and sign ELECTION POLL REPORT of members assigned to
polling places.
Enter in ACTIVITY LOG time polling place is visited.
Inform desk officer of action taken re: voting irregularities.
Inform supervisory officer assigned to Election Record of complaints, time
voting is interrupted and time voting resumes, etc., for entry in Record.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Patrol borough commands will notify Operations Unit of conditions reported per steps 2
and 13 above.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties Prior To Opening Of Polls (P.G.
212-86)
Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties After Close Of Polls (P.G. 212-88)
Election Poll Report (P.G. 212-89)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ELECTION POLL REPORT (PD119-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-88

PRIMARY, GENERAL AND SPECIAL ELECTION DAY
DUTIES AFTER CLOSE OF POLLS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To expedite delivery of tally sheets to precinct and return of election material.

PROCEDURE

After the polls have closed:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

There is no canvass of vote at polling places for School Board Elections.

3.
4.

Notify desk officer if closing polls or canvassing of vote is delayed.
Prevent crowding during canvass.

Enter closing public and protective counter readings on ELECTION
POLL REPORT (PD119-151).
Make entry on ELECTION POLL REPORT and notify election Board
Chairman and desk officer if serious discrepancies are observed during canvass.

DESK OFFICER 5.

Send supervisory officer to investigate delay in closing, canvassing vote
or serious discrepancy.

6.

Respond to polling place reporting delay in closing, canvassing vote, or
with serious discrepancies.
Keep desk officer informed of conditions causing delays.
Supervise polling places with large number of Election Districts during canvass.

SUPERVISORY
OFFICER

7.
8.
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Obtain police statements No. 1, 2, and 3, and inspect to ensure entries
have been completed and signed by all inspectors.
Comply with directions of precinct commander concerning delivery of
statements No. 1, 2, and 3.
Ascertain that election material is secured in voting machines or returned
to stationhouse.
Give Chairman of Election Board receipt for items returned to stationhouse.
Complete all entries on ELECTION POLL REPORT and return form
to precinct.

IF DESIGNATED TO GUARD VOTING MACHINES:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Enter protective counter reading and voting machines serial number in
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Compare protective counter with number recorded at close of polls or as
provided by precinct commander (if not present at close of polls).
Report discrepancy, if any, to desk officer.
Make entries on voting machine receipts as required.
Notify desk officer when machines have been picked up and make entry
in ACTIVITY LOG.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-88

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties Prior To Opening Of Polls (P.G.
212-86)
Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties While Polls Are Open (P.G. 212-87)
Election Poll Report (P.G. 212-89)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ELECTION POLL REPORT (PD119-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-89

ELECTION POLL REPORT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To accurately record and categorize incidents occurring at polling locations on
Primary and Election Day.

DEFINITIONS

POLICE RELATED INCIDENT - will be used for routine police work i.e.,
reports of crimes, election law violations, disputes, aided cases, etc.
BOARD OF ELECTIONS RELATED INCIDENT - will be used for recording
incidents normally handled by the Board of Elections, i.e., defective voting
machines, missing supplies, election inspector shortages, etc.
DISPOSITION - will indicate corrective action taken, i.e., arrest, summons,
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) number, AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) number, Board of Elections notifications, etc.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The total amount of incidents will be entered at the bottom of the ELECTION POLL
REPORT (PD119-151).
Only those ELECTION POLL REPORTS with a revision date of 9/92 are to be used.
All others will be discarded.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties Prior To Opening Of Polls (P.G.
212-86)
Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties After Close Of Polls (P.G. 212-88)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET(PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ELECTION POLL REPORT (PD119-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-90

GUIDELINES FOR INTERACTION WITH LIMITED ENGLISH
PROFICIENT (LEP) PERSONS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To provide interpretation/translation services for members of the service in the
field and at Department facilities.

SCOPE

Accurate interpretation/translation of foreign languages is important to providing
police services. In furtherance of this, the Department provides two enhanced
communication capabilities entitled, “Telephonic Interpretation Service” and
“Language Initiative Program” for members of the service to accurately
communicate with the diverse non-English speaking communities of New York
City and to assist members in criminal investigations and intelligence gathering.
This procedure is limited to the use of foreign language interpretation/translation
services. When a member of the service has cause to interact with an individual
who is hearing impaired, the provisions of P.G. 212-104, “Interaction with Hearing
Impaired Persons,” should be followed.

DEFINITIONS

BILINGUAL MEMBER OF THE SERVICE – An employee who is able to
communicate effectively in a foreign language, or American Sign Language, in
addition to English.
CERTIFIED DEPARTMENT INTERPRETER – A member of the service who
has been tested and certified as being proficient in a foreign language, or
American Sign Language, through the Language Initiative Program.
INTERPRETATION – The act of listening to something in one language and
orally translating it into another language.
LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT (LEP) – Refers to those individuals whose
primary language is not English and who are unable to effectively read, write,
speak or understand English.
TELEPHONIC INTERPRETATION SERVICE – A certified interpreter can be
accessed twenty-four hours a day/seven days a week via the telephonic
interpretation service equipped Department cellular telephone (available through
the patrol supervisor) or the dual handset telephone located in every precinct
complaint room, detective squad, police service area (PSA) and transit district
complaint room.
LANGUAGE INITIATIVE PROGRAM – A corps of interpreters who can be
called upon to interpret or translate in particularly complex cases and/or incidents
involving uncommon foreign languages for investigative or other police
purposes. Interpreters from the Language Initiative Program may be requested by
contacting the Operations Unit. The program is composed of two groups:
employees who identify themselves during the hiring process as being able to
speak, read and/or write a foreign language and a smaller group of employees
who are tested and certified as proficient in a foreign language.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-90

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 6

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

TRANSLATION - The replacement of a written text from one language into an
equivalent written text in another language

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service encounters a Limited English Proficient (LEP)
person(s) and the services of an interpreter are necessary:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

NOTE

Determine the primary language of the LEP person(s):
a.
Present the poster entitled “FREE INTERPRETATION SIGN
(SP 487)”, the ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) insert entitled
“PRIMARY LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER (PD312-091)”, or the
card entitled “PRIMARY LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER –
DETECTIVE BUREAU (PD312-091A)”, as appropriate, to the
LEP person(s) and encourage him/her to indicate the language
needed.
b.
Determine the LEP person(s) country of origin, if necessary, and
request the Operations Unit research the language spoken in that
country.
Ascertain if a bilingual member of the service is readily available (on
scene, on duty within command/adjoining command, at stationhouse etc.)
to interpret and whether his/her use is appropriate.

The Department encourages members of the service who are not certified, but
nonetheless possess language skills, to use their ability to speak a foreign language
during the course of their work. The use of bilingual members as interpreters allows the
Department to provide the public with a more timely and personalized response while
simultaneously reducing inconvenience to LEP person(s).
A non-certified member of the service may interpret if he or she reasonably believes that
his or her level of language proficiency is sufficient to accurately interpret given the
totality of the circumstances surrounding the LEP person’s interaction with the police. If
at any time during the interpretation the member determines that his/her level of
language proficiency is insufficient to complete the interpretation, the telephonic
interpretation service should be used or a certified interpreter should be requested via
the Operations Unit.

3.

NOTE

Ascertain if a bilingual member of the public is readily available, willing
to interpret, and whether his/her use is appropriate, if a bilingual member
of the service is not readily available.

There are many exigent circumstances and emergency situations, including determining
if a crime has occurred, rendering/obtaining medical treatment, and apprehending
perpetrators of crimes, when the Department may need to utilize bilingual members of
the public to assist in providing immediate services to LEP person(s). In addition, it may
also be appropriate to use a bilingual member of the public to interpret during a nonemergency encounter if the use of such an interpreter will expedite the delivery of police
services without adversely impacting the quality of the services provided. When dealing
with an LEP person and a bilingual member of the public is readily available and
willing to provide interpretation services, the member of the service must consider three
factors to determine if the use of the non-employee interpreter is helpful:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-90

NOTE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 6

a.
The nature and importance of the police services being provided
b.
The apparent capacity of the interpreter
c.
The apparent impartiality of the interpreter.
During domestic violence situations, members of the service should avoid using family
members to interpret because of potential partiality due to fear of arrest of a family
member or other personal biases. Family members may be temporarily used for
interpretation in domestic incidents in life-threatening situations when there is no other
feasible alternative. Interviewees may be more likely to respond if an impartial party
interprets. Once the situation is stabilized, a bilingual member of the service or the
telephonic interpretation service should be used to verify the details of the domestic
incident. The alleged offender in any type of incident, including domestic violence,
should not be used as an interpreter. Using an alleged offender to interpret may
increase the risk of purposeful misinterpretation and gives him or her control of the
situation. As with all interviews, to the extent possible, the victim and offender should be
interviewed separately and in a private setting. Victims may be reluctant to reveal
details of an incident if the victim believes the offender may overhear the statement.
As possible victims or witnesses to an incident, a child should be interviewed; however,
whenever feasible, a child should not be used as an interpreter for any kind of police
incident, including domestic violence. Some words and concepts are difficult for a child
to understand and translate into another language. Interviewees are not likely to be
forthcoming if a child is used to interpret and will be especially hesitant to reveal details
of a sexual assault to a police officer through a child.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

4.

Determine if the telephonic interpretation service or Language Initiative
Program should be utilized if neither a bilingual member of the service
nor a bilingual member of the public is available for interpretation or their
use would be inappropriate.

IF THE TELEPHONIC INTERPRETATION SERVICE IS REQUIRED IN THE
FIELD:
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

Request patrol supervisor to respond to the scene with the telephonic
interpretation service equipped cell phone.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

6.

Respond to scene, if available, and utilize the telephonic interpretation
service equipped cell phone to aid in interpretation.

NOTE

In many cases, other than for ongoing investigations and document translation, an
efficient method of obtaining interpretation services is through the use of the telephonic
interpretation service. Therefore, the patrol supervisor MUST have the Department
issued cellular telephone easily accessible at all times while on patrol.
The use of a speaker-phone feature, if available, can enhance the effectiveness of telephonic
interpretation and eliminate the need for the LEP individual to handle the telephone. Members
of the service are cautioned that utilizing the speaker-phone feature allows other parties in
close proximity to hear the conversation. Members of the service should be aware of their
surroundings and of who is able to overhear the conversation. Members should also be aware
that these calls are not recorded. Telephonic interpreters, if subpoenaed, are available for
court testimony.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-90

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 6

IF THE TELEPHONIC INTERPRETATION SERVICE IS UTILIZED AT A
DEPARTMENT FACILITY:
DESK OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR

7.

Direct a member of the service to access the telephonic interpretation
service via the dual handset telephone.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.

Utilize the dual handset telephone to access the telephonic interpretation
service.

NOTE

The Communications Division will forward a copy of the telephonic interpretation service
invoice to the Patrol/Transit/Housing Borough concerned for verification. The
Patrol/Transit/Housing Borough Commander will designate a staff member to review the
invoice and dispute any unauthorized calls.

IF THE LANGUAGE INITIATIVE PROGRAM IS UTILIZED:
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.

Advise immediate supervisor of the need for an interpreter/translator.

SUPERVISOR,
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

10.

Notify the Operations Unit and request available interpreter/translator. Supply as
much of the following information as possible:
a.
Whether or not emergency circumstances exist
b.
Name of language and specific dialect
c.
Whether request is for speaking, reading or writing ability
d.
Name and callback number, if possible.

NOTE

The Department’s certified interpreter list is available through the Operations Unit
twenty-four hours a day/seven days a week.

OPERATIONS
UNIT MEMBER

11.
12.
13.
14.

NOTE

Ascertain from available database a list of all registered translators and
interpreters.
Contact a registered interpreter/translator and advise him/her of the need
for his/her services.
Instruct member of the service selected to call the on-scene supervisor to
ensure linguistic ability is adequate for the situation at hand.
Notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section of all
inquires made into the Language Initiative Database.

Operations personnel should seek to rely on the foreign language skills of those personnel
who are certified as being proficient in the foreign language requested.
Preference shall be given to the use of on-duty members. If no certified Department
interpreter is available within the precinct, a certified Department interpreter who is
available within the borough should be sought.
In routine or non-emergency situations, the duty captain or commanding officer of the
requesting supervisor will review and authorize any request which will result in overtime or
recall of an off-duty member of service. In emergency circumstances, overtime or recall of
an off-duty member of service will be authorized by the Operations Unit supervisor.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-90

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

5 of 6

SUPERVISOR,
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

15.

OPERATIONS
UNIT

17.

Authorize response of interpreter/translator by notifying member of the
service and his/her desk officer or counterpart.

SUPERVISOR
REQUESTING
INTERPRETER/
TRANSLATOR

18.

Submit a brief report, in triplicate, on Typed Letterhead to Chief of
Personnel, and include the following:
a.
Identify member of the program utilized
b.
Describe translation/interpretation duties performed
c.
Indicate actual time spent on such duties
d.
Specify any noteworthy performance or initiative, and whether
member demonstrated any other special aptitude or ability.

NOTE

A notification to the Operations Unit is required when certified Department interpreters
are utilized by their own commands (“in-house” translations) to interpret or translate in
the course of police duties.

16.

Verify with the member of the service that he or she is able to
communicate in the language requested.
If the selected member of the service is not suitable, request Operations
Unit to identify another interpreter/translator.

IN ALL CASES WHEN AN INTERPRETER IS USED:
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

19.

Record the identity of an interpreter (bilingual member of the service,
bilingual member of the public, telephonic interpretation service, or a
certified Department interpreter) utilized during a police incident in
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145). In addition, indicate the identity of the
interpreter on any relevant Department record prepared (COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET [PD313-152A], ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET [PD244-159], New York State
Domestic Incident Report [DIR] [DCJS 3221-02/2010], etc.) under the
appropriate captions or in the details/narrative section, as appropriate.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When determining whether or not the person is LEP as defined in this procedure, the
member of the service must consider both the nature and importance of the police
services being provided in addition to the person’s apparent capacity to comprehend
and communicate in English. A person who is considered LEP in one situation may not
necessarily be considered LEP in a different situation. For example, a person with a
limited ability to understand English may be able to interact effectively with the police at
the scene of a motor vehicle collision, but not be able to interact effectively with the
police during a homicide investigation, due to the complex characteristics and
intricacies of such an incident. If doubt exists regarding whether a person is LEP, or if
the person requests an interpreter, the person should be considered LEP and this
procedure complied with.
Unit commanders should consider the members’ certification or qualification status
whenever members are utilized to translate or interpret. Members being assigned to
perform interpretation for investigative assignments (e.g., wiretaps, interviews, debriefings,

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-90

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

6 of 6

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

custodial interrogations, etc.) or translation duties should be certified Department
interpreters. Whenever interpretation for an investigative assignment or translation skills
are required, supervisors should consult the Department list of certified interpreters
through the Operations Unit to determine if a certified member is available to perform the
needed duties. It is recommended that certified members of the Language Initiative
Program be used for custodial interrogations. However, not every language is represented
under the Language Initiative Program. Use of non-certified members for investigative
assignments in non-emergency situations must be approved by a uniformed supervisor.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
TYPED LETTERHEAD
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DIR) (DCJS 3221-02/2010)
FREE INTERPRETATION SIGN (SP 487)
PRIMARY LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER (PD312-091)
PRIMARY LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER – DETECTIVE BUREAU (PD312-091A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-91

DEPARTMENT REQUESTS FOR NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT BUSES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide procedures for requesting New York City Transit buses to be used for
police purposes.

SCOPE

New York Transit makes its buses available to the Department for use in a
variety of situations. The assignment of buses may be scheduled ahead of time
for use in such planned activities as arrest sweeps or homeless transports. Buses
may also be requested as needed for use in responding to an emergency, where
they can serve as transportation to hospitals for large numbers of aideds suffering
from minor injuries, shelter for victims of disasters and staging/rest locations for
emergency responders, etc.

PROCEDURE

To request the use of New York City Transit buses in future planned operations,
or in unplanned emergency operations:

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

1.

Make request to appropriate Patrol, Transit or Housing Borough.

IF FUTURE PLANNED OPERATION
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

BOROUGH
COMMAND
CONCERNED

2.

3.

Prepare written request to the Commanding Officer of the Operations
Unit specifying the following:
a.
The nature of the activity
b.
The time and date of the activity
c.
The location where the bus is to be used
d.
Whether a New York City Transit bus operator is needed or
whether the bus will be driven by a member of the service.
Forward request to borough commander.

4.

Endorse approved request and forward to Operations Unit.

IF UNPLANNED EMERGENCY OPERATION
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

5.

Telephone request to appropriate Borough Command.
a.
Provide the information as described in step 2a., above.

BOROUGH
COMMAND
CONCERNED

6.

Upon approval, forward telephone request directly to the Operations Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-91

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

OPERATIONS
UNIT MEMBER
CONCERNED

7.

Forward requests for New York City Transit buses to the New York
City Bus Command Center.
a.
Provide the information as described in step 2a., above.

NOTE

The New York City Transit Bus Command Center will make the necessary arrangements
for securing the requesting bus or buses. The Bus Command Center will notify the
Operations Unit when the arrangements are complete, and the Operations Unit will then
relay the information to the requesting Borough.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When possible, requests for buses should be made sufficiently in advance to allow the
time necessary for making arrangements, scheduling New York City Transit bus drivers,
etc. It is often difficult for New York City Transit to supply buses for use during rush
hours without adversely affecting regular bus service. Consequently, when a choice is
available, the off-peak usage of buses is recommended.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-92

USE OF TEAR GAS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide for the use of tear gas.

SCOPE

Tear gas is an effective device when used judiciously in selected tactical situations.
Its use by the Emergency Service Unit is designed to minimize, rather than increase,
the potential for serious physical injury. However, such use carries with it the
danger of physical injury or material damage regardless of the care exercised in its
application. Therefore, it is imperative that measures be established for the judicious
use of tear gas by members trained for this purpose while at the same time providing
for the decontamination of those affected, whether civilian or police personnel.

PROCEDURE

When circumstances indicate the use of tear gas may be warranted:

RANKING
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
AT SCENE

1.

NOTE

The ultimate decision concerning use of tear gas rests with the patrol borough commander
or designee. Technical decisions concerning amount of gas and method of application
will be made by the ranking member of the Emergency Service Unit at the scene.

BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
DESIGNEE AND
EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
SUPERVISOR

2.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The use of tear gas generally will result in contamination of persons and clothing to
varying degrees. Since tear gas adheres to clothing, persons exposed to the gas may
contaminate others in their proximity. Therefore, ALL persons exposed to the gas
should be isolated from public contact, if possible, and afforded necessary treatment,
including medical evaluation, when indicated.

Notify radio dispatcher and request the following to respond to the scene:
a.
Precinct commander/duty captain
b.
Borough commander or designee
c.
Emergency Service REP Unit and truck
d.
Emergency Service Unit supervisor.

Prior to use of tear gas, develop an operational plan to include, but not be
limited to, the following:
a.
Establish a designated mobilization point.
b.
Station all police personnel not actively engaged in using the gas
at a safe distance from its contaminating effects.
c.
Evacuation of all civilians from premises and away from areas likely
to be affected by police operations, if such can be accomplished safely.
d.
Request Communications Section to direct the following to
respond to the designated mobilization point and stand by thereat:
(1)
Fire Department company
(2)
Emergency Medical Service ambulance
(3)
Emergency Medical Service borough supervisor
(4)
Hazardous Material Decontamination Trailer and Support
Vehicle
(5)
Department Patrol Wagon.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-92

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

First aid procedures call for the immediate removal of persons from the contaminated
area to an open and upwind position. Eyes should be kept open and facing the wind and,
if feasible, flushing the face, eyes and exposed skin with copious amounts of fresh, cool
water is recommended. As noted above and if time allows, the Decontamination Trailer
should be activated and brought to the mobilization point for this purpose. When the decision is made to use tear gas, the Decontamination Trailer should be made operative and
positioned so that affected individuals can be decontaminated immediately. This method
can be used to remove virtually all tear gas residue and should prevent unnecessary contamination of hospital emergency rooms if further treatment is necessary. Contaminated
clothing should be removed at the scene, if practicable, and replaced by a disposable polylaminated tyvex suit, supplied by the Emergency Medical Service, or, if unavailable, a
loosely draped blanket. Tight clothing should not be worn. Contaminated clothing or uniforms should be thoroughly aired and washed with soap and water before being worn.
Dry cleaning will NOT remove tear gas residue.
If discomfort persists, the person affected should be removed to a New York City hospital
designated by the Emergency Medical Service supervisor on the scene for medical attention.
When a person contaminated with tear gas is seriously ill or injured and hospital
treatment is indicated, the Emergency Medical Service borough supervisor will direct the
ambulance crew to respond to the designated city hospital. As directed by the Emergency
Medical Service borough supervisor, on-scene decontamination procedures should be performed to the extent that such are medically feasible. Emergency Medical Service
supervisors will be responsible for establishing liaison with the designated hospital
administrator or deputy. Members of the service will comply with the directions of the
Emergency Medical Service supervisor PRIOR to entering the facility with contaminated
persons. If immediate medical attention is necessary, the Emergency Medical Service
supervisors may designate any nearby medical facility. The final determination on which
medical facility to use rests with the Emergency Medical Service borough supervisor.
If the injured person being removed is under arrest, a uniformed member of the service
will accompany the prisoner to the hospital. Patrol Guide procedure 210-04, “Prisoners
Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment” and related procedures will be complied
with.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-93

USE OF DEPARTMENT CANINE TIMES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To inform uniformed members of the service of circumstances under which the
Department’s canine teams may be utilized.

SCOPE

AUTHORIZED TACTICAL USES: PATROL CANINES
a.
Search buildings where a possible break-in is indicated or where a suspect
may be hiding, providing non-suspects are not present in the building.
b.
Track suspects or missing persons.
c.
Locate lost/abandoned articles or hidden implements of crime.
d.
Assist in effecting arrest or preventing escape of person who police
officer has probable cause to believe committed a felony.
e.
Protect police officers and other persons from injury and death.
f.
Assist in the service of arrest/search warrants.
g.
Safeguard police equipment and designated facilities, as needed.
h.
Perform cadaver searches for deceased humans or body part(s).
i.
Locate persons trapped or buried in a building collapse or search and
rescue situation.
j.
Perform searches for felony suspects within the transit system, including
subway tracks.

NOTE

Tactical use of canine teams not specifically authorized is prohibited without prior
approval of the borough commander concerned.

PROCEDURE

When necessary to request utilization of a Department canine team:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Canine teams are available for duty upon request from any command/unit within the
Department.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

2.
3.
4.
5.

6.

Request patrol supervisor to respond to the scene.

Determine if circumstances warrant use of canine team.
Request response of canine team through Communications Section.
Consult with canine handler(s) prior to directing the tactical use of canine
team(s) to determine if required task can be performed.
Establish appropriate perimeter around area to be searched.
a.
Avoid contamination of the scene with human scent created by the
presence of unnecessary persons, including police personnel,
when searching a building or tracking.
Notify commanding officer/duty captain concerned of any incident of
physical injury caused by a canine.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-93

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
HANDLING
CANINE

7.

Notify member’s commanding officer/duty captain and canine supervisor
immediately when canine injures anyone or is involved in any incident that
may cause civil liability to the City of New York, on or off-duty, regardless
of incident location.

PRECINCT
COMMANDER/
DUTY CAPTAIN
CONCERNED

8.
9.

Investigate any incident of physical injury caused by a canine.
Ensure immediate notifications are made to canine supervisor/coordinator
after any canine incident.
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead detailing tactical uses of canine
teams within the command and maintain appropriate records.
a.
Forward copy of report to canine coordinator through the Special
Operations Division.

NOTE

The precinct commanding officer or duty captain assigned will supervise the
preparation of written reports of canine incidents resulting in injuries to anyone, other
than the handler. A copy of such report will be forwarded to the canine coordinator
through the Special Operations Division.

10.

11.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Determine if request(s) for extra-jurisdictional tactical use of canine teams
are proper.
a.
Request approval of patrol borough commander.
b.
Make required notifications.

Canine teams will not be used for crowd control or as a deterrent at peaceful
demonstrations. Request for use of canine teams at other than peaceful demonstrations
requires the prior approval of the Chief of Patrol.
The Canine Program is under the jurisdiction of the Patrol Services Bureau with
program staff supervision and training provided by the Commanding Officer, Special
Operations Division.
Any requests for canine team services from agencies outside this Department will be
directed to the Operations Unit.
AUTHORIZED USES: DEPARTMENT BLOODHOUNDS
A bloodhound has the unique ability to discriminate between scents and usually will not
be sidetracked by other scents crossing a search path. When a scent is fresh, a patrol
canine will normally be sufficient to perform the search and should be utilized first.
When it is determined that a search for a live person(s) requires the unique scent discrimination ability
of a bloodhound and the search cannot be handled by a patrol canine, a request will be made to the
Operations Unit which will transmit the request to the bloodhound handler. The determination and
request will be made by a supervisor from the Special Operations Division or Emergency Service Unit
on the scene after consultation with the duty captain and a uniformed member of the Canine Unit.
Prior to requesting a Department bloodhound, it must be determined that a good, uncontaminated
scent article has been identified and will be safeguarded until the arrival of the bloodhound
handler. The article is not to be handled by anyone, including members of the service. If it must be
moved or collected, consult with a canine handler for instructions prior to removal. Scent articles
can consist of any uncontaminated material (blood, clothing, etc.) that has been recently in contact
with the person being sought. Washed clothes are not acceptable.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-93

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

A bloodhound will only trail from an uncontaminated scent article toward a person (living or dead).
They are not trained to trail from a person (living or dead) to the origin of the trail (backtrack).
Uniformed members of the service requesting a bloodhound should be aware that the bloodhound
handler does not have the same protection as a patrol canine handler since a bloodhound is trained
to track only, and will not defend the handler or assist in apprehending a subject.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-94

USE AND ISSUANCE OF SHOTGUNS/
LONG GUNS/AUTOMATIC WEAPONS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To provide guidelines for the use of shotguns/long guns/automatic weapons and
to maintain security and control the issuance of such weapons.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is issued a shotgun/long gun/automatic weapon:

DEFINITION

SPECIAL WEAPONS - Refers to shotguns/long guns/automatic weapons.

NOTE

The following guidelines are to be followed by all uniformed members of the service;
however, more restrictive and/or specific guidelines may be imposed by a bureau chief,
in addition to those listed below.

DESK OFFICER 1.

Maintain a log in a department record book, consisting of three sections,
entitled “Special Weapons Record:”
a.
The first section, twenty pages labeled “QUALIFICATION
SECTION,” will be captioned on a single page as follows:

MEMBER’S
RANK NAME

b.

TAX REGISTRY
NUMBER

DATE
QUALIFIED

DATE
QUALIFIED

DATE
QUALIFIED

The second section labeled “ISSUANCE SECTION” will be
captioned, across a double page, as follows:

LEFT PAGE
DATE

TIME
OUT

RANK

NAME

SIGNATURE

SHIELD CURRENT DATE
NUMBER
QUALIFIED
REASON

RIGHT PAGE
SPECIAL
WEAPON
SERIAL NO.

c.

SIGNATURE OF
SUPERVISOR
AUTHORIZING USE

SIGNATURE OF
VERIFYING
SUPERVISOR

TIME
RETURNED

Third section, last four pages labeled “MAINTENANCE
SECTION” will be captioned across a double page, as follows:

LEFT PAGE
DATE RECEIVED
SPECIAL WEAPON

SPECIAL WEAPON
SERIAL NUMBER

RIGHT PAGE
SIGNATURE OF SUPERVISOR
AUTHORIZING REMOVAL

NOTE

DATE
RETURNED

DATE REMOVED
FROM COMMAND

REASON

MOS
SIGNATURE

SIGNATURE OF SUPERVISOR
DATE
VERIFYING RETURN OF
INSPECTED BY
SPECIAL WEAPON
FIREARMS UNIT

The Special Operations Division has separate guidelines for the issuance of special
weapons.

2.

Have unissued special weapons stored in the locked gun cabinet.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-94

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

Special weapons should be wiped down and lubricated periodically by an authorized
person at the command of issuance.

DESK OFFICER 3.
(continued)
NOTE

Verify that member concerned is currently qualified by the Department in
the use of special weapons to be used.

Under no circumstances will a special weapon be issued to, or handled by a member
whose range qualifications are not current.

4.
5.
NOTE

Make required entries in “Special Weapons Record”.
Issue special weapon to qualified member concerned.

A shotgun is a mandated item of equipment when one officer sector patrol vehicles are
utilized and for use by solo Highway District personnel.

6.

Make a Command Log entry at the beginning of each tour indicating the
disposition of all special weapons assigned to command.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.
8.

Make required entries in “Special Weapons Record”.
Load/unload the special weapon at the safety station maintained at
command.

NOTE

Uniformed members of the service shall only carry special weapons and ammunition
authorized and issued by this Department while on duty.

UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED TO DESIGNATED
SECTOR AS A SOLO UNIT:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.

10.
DESK OFFICER 11.

12.

NOTE

Lock and secure windows, doors, and place shotgun in the locking device
of RMP in all of the following situations:
a.
When leaving shotgun in an unoccupied vehicle
b.
When responding to a scene where other members are present,
unless extraordinary circumstances dictate the need for shotgun.
Immediately return shotgun to precinct of issuance, if defective.
Have defective shotguns/other special weapons delivered to Department
Gunsmith at the Outdoor Range, for repairs or replacement, during the
second platoon, Monday through Friday.
Notify patrol supervisor and Communications Section of any change in
the status of a solo RMP unit.

In all cases where a solo RMP unit, assigned to a designated sector, is converted to a
solo SP10, solo summons unit or any other one or two officer unit, the shotgun must be
immediately returned to the command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-94

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

Uniformed members of the service should not unnecessarily display special weapons.
Their use should be limited to those situations where the officer would ordinarily carry his
firearm in his hand for the purpose of safety and the tactical situation indicates use of a
special weapon clearly outweighs the use of the handgun. The actual use of the special
weapon should only be in a situation where the circumstances spell out a potential case of
justifiable use of deadly physical force, as a last resort after all other means have been
exhausted. All provisions of the Patrol Guide and other Department directives regarding
the use of firearms are also applicable use of special weapons.
The following additional guidelines regarding the issuance and utilization of special
weapons for various Department units are to be complied with in addition to the
preceding procedures:
DETECTIVE/ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAUS:
Detectives/Organized Crime Control Bureau personnel shall utilize the special weapons
and tactical expertise of Emergency Service personnel for pre-planned events. If there is
insufficient time or other compelling factors are present, a captain or above may
authorize the issuance of special weapons when all the following circumstances exist:
a.
A tactical plan is formulated
b.
It is a potential arrest situation
c.
An arrest or search warrant has been issued.
d.
There is a history of violence on the part of the perpetrator.
Special weapons may be issued when other circumstances would lead a reasonable
person to believe that the use of special weapons would be prudent and necessary. A
captain or above must accompany those members issued such weapons on their
assignments and maintain firearms control. A captain or above will insure that all
members are wearing a protective vest and the special weapon is unloaded, opened and
encased while being transported to scene and upon conclusion of assignment. The
special weapon will not be loaded until arrival at scene of incident. Special weapons
shall not be used without the direction of the captain or above except in those situations
which require immediate action to prevent serious bodily injury or death and then only if
the lives of innocent people are not unnecessarily endangered.
When services of Emergency Service Unit are utilized in connection with a pre-planned tactical
operation, only members of Emergency Service Unit will carry shotguns/special weapons.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT/HARBOR UNIT:
The use of special weapons will be limited to specific instances as outlined below:
a.
When a barricaded criminal, hostage taker or emotionally disturbed person
possesses a firearm or the member has reasonable grounds to believe such
person possesses a firearm.
b.
When a hostage taker is armed with a weapon and is threatening the life of a
hostage and it may become necessary to use deadly physical force to protect the
life of the hostage.
c.
When conducting searches for armed perpetrators or when it is believed such
perpetrators are armed, including the executions of warrants.
d.
When engaged in VIP escorts and protection.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-94

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

e.
f.
g.
h.

i.

4 of 4

When guarding dangerous criminals in conjunction with the New York City
Department of Corrections.
When guarding payrolls, narcotics or weapons transfers.
When a captain or above deems a special weapon appropriate for the situation at hand.
When a spontaneous incident takes place which requires immediate action to
prevent serious bodily injury or death, and then only if the lives of innocent
people are not unnecessarily endangered.
Special weapons shall not be utilized in restraining an emotionally disturbed
person unless the circumstances of sub-division “a” exist.

Authorized members of the service assigned to Highway Units can be issued special
weapons under circumstances described in sub-divisions “d” and “e” above.
A special weapon is issued to a member for his own protection and will, as a general
rule, only be employed in the defense of his own life, another officer’s life, or the life of
an innocent civilian.
Solo officers, detectives and members assigned to the Organized Crime Control Bureau
have not been trained in the specialized tactics utilized by Emergency Service Unit
personnel and should not be used as their replacements.
RELATED
PROCEDURE

Firearms Discharge by Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 212-29)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-95

USE OF PEPPER SPRAY DEVICES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To inform uniformed members of the service of circumstances under which
pepper spray may be intentionally discharged and to record instances where
pepper spray has been discharged, intentionally or accidentally.

SCOPE

Use of Oleoresin Capsicum (O.C.) pepper spray constitutes physical force under
the New York State Penal Law. Use of pepper spray is proper when used in
accordance with Article 35 of the Penal Law and Department procedures. O.C.
pepper spray may be used when a member reasonably believes it is necessary to
effect an arrest of a resisting suspect, for self-defense or defense of another from
unlawful force, or to take a resisting emotionally disturbed person into custody.
In many cases, pepper spray will reduce or eliminate the need for substantial
physical force to effect an arrest or gain custody. It will often reduce the
potential for injuries to members and suspects that may result from physical
restraint and it should be regarded as a possible alternative to such force and
restraint, where practical. Pepper spray shall not be used in situations that do not
require the use of physical force. O.C. pepper spray may be used in arrest or
custodial restraint situations where physical presence and/or verbal commands
have not been, or would not be, effective in overcoming physical resistance.

PROCEDURE

When necessary to use pepper spray device:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

Hold pepper spray in an upright position, aim and discharge pepper spray
into a subject’s eyes for maximum effectiveness, using two one second
bursts, at a minimum distance of three feet, and only in situations when
the uniformed member of the service reasonably believes that it is
necessary to:
a.
Protect self, or another from unlawful use of force (e.g., assault)
b.
Effect an arrest, or establish physical control of a subject resisting arrest
c.
Establish physical control of a subject attempting to flee from
arrest or custody
d.
Establish physical control of an emotionally disturbed person (EDP)
e.
Control a dangerous animal, by deterring an attack, to prevent
injury to persons or animals present.
Effect arrest of criminal suspect against who pepper spray was used and
charge with crime which initiated use of the pepper spray.
a.
Add resisting arrest charge, when appropriate
b.
P.G. 210-13, “Release Of Prisoners - General Procedure” will be
complied with if it is determined that arrested person did not
commit the crime or that no crime was committed.
c.
P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill Or Emotionally Disturbed Persons,” will
be complied with, when appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-95

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

NOTE

Do not use pepper spray on subjects who passively resist (e.g., going limp, offering no
active physical resistance). If possible, avoid using pepper spray on persons who appear
to be in frail health, young children, women believed to be pregnant, or persons with
known respiratory conditions. Avoid discharging pepper spray indiscriminately over a
large area for disorder control. (Members who are specifically trained in the use of
pepper spray for disorder control may use pepper spray in accordance with their training,
and within Department guidelines, and as authorized by supervisors.). In addition, avoid
using O.C. spray in small contained areas such as automobiles and closets.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

3.

4.

5.

6.

NOTE

Request response of Emergency Medical Service (EMS) once the
situation is under control.
a.
Advise person sprayed that EMS is responding.
Remove the subject from the contaminated area and expose to fresh air
while awaiting the arrival of EMS, or transportation to hospital/
stationhouse if tactically feasible.
a.
Determine whether the person sprayed is wearing contact lenses.
(It is strongly recommended that contact lenses be removed as
soon as possible after exposure to O.C. spray.)
Position subject on his/her side or in a sitting position to promote free breathing.
a.
The subject should never be maintained or transported in a face
down position.
b.
Do not sit, stand, or kneel on subject’s chest or back.
Provide assistance to subject as follows:
a.
When consistent with member’s safety, and provided a source of
water is readily available, the uniformed member should flush the
contaminated skin area of a subject with profuse amounts of water.
b.
Repeat flushing at short intervals, if necessary, until symptoms of
distress subside.
c.
Continue flushing the contaminated skin of the subject in custody,
at the stationhouse as needed.
d.
Commence the flushing of a subject’s contaminated skin upon
arrival at the stationhouse, if this has not already been done.

Do not rub or touch skin of contaminated person, as the initial effect of pepper spray
does not dissipate for 15 - 20 minutes. Also, do not use salves, creams, ointments,
commercial eye washes or bandages. The desk officer will ensure that all prisoners who
have been sprayed with pepper spray receive appropriate first aid, if needed, upon
arrival at the stationhouse. Desk officers are also responsible for ensuring that
prisoners who have been sprayed with pepper spray are properly observed throughout
the arrest process, and that they receive prompt medical attention if they need or request
it. A Command Log entry will be made stating whether the prisoner has had his/her skin
flushed with water, been examined by EMS, or been transported to the hospital.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-95

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7.

8.

9.

3 of 4

Transport prisoner immediately to the emergency room of the nearest
hospital if he/she is demonstrating difficulty breathing, or exhibiting signs
of severe stress, hyperventilation etc.
a.
Windows of transport vehicle should be kept open
b.
Members who come in contact with persons who have been exposed
to pepper spray must thoroughly wash their hands afterward and
avoid having any contaminated clothing make contact with their face
c.
Advise hospital staff that pepper spray has been used on prisoner.
Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD
244-159) and MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD 244-150)
in arrest situations.
Complete the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD 304-152b) in nonarrest situations, e.g. EDP, and:
a.
Check box “O.C. Spray Used”
b.
Enter rank, name, and tax registry number, of each MOS who
discharged spray in the “Details” caption
c.
List the time, doctor’s name, and diagnosis under “Details”
caption, when applicable.

COMMANDING 10.
OFFICER,
M.I.S.D.

Provide a quarterly printout of all arrest and aided incidents where pepper spray
was discharged to the commanding officer, Firearms and Tactics Section.

COMMANDING 11.
OFFICER,
FIREARMS
AND TACTICS
SECTION

Analyze situations where O.C. spray was employed to evaluate its
effectiveness.
a.
As appropriate, modify existing training/tactics relative to the use
of pepper spray.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The only pepper spray authorized for use is the type issued to all uniformed members
through the Firearms and Tactics Section.
In order to maintain the effectiveness of the spray, it is recommended that the device be
shaken at the start of each tour. Carrying the pepper spray device during normal patrol
duty should be sufficient to keep the solution thoroughly mixed.
Pepper spray will not automatically stop all subjects, and even when it does
incapacitate, the effects are temporary. Members should therefore be ready to use other
appropriate force options and tactics.
When performing duty in uniform, the pepper spray shall be carried in its holster attached
to the non-shooting side of the gun belt. When performing enforcement duty in civilian
clothes the pepper spray must be carried, in the holster attached either to a belt or in
another appropriate manner. Undercover members may opt not to carry the pepper spray.
Members of the service may carry the pepper spray device during off duty hours.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-95

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Lost or Damaged Uniform (P.G. 204-07)
Prisoner Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Release of Prisoners - General Procedure (P.G. 210-13)
Hazardous Material (P.G. 212-37)
Hostage/Barricaded Persons (P.G. 212-38)
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Loss or Theft of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-96

TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT AGENT VICTIM OF AN OFFENSE WHILE
PERFORMING DUTY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To report and record incidents in which traffic enforcement agents are victims of
an offense while performing duty.

PROCEDURE

When a traffic enforcement agent is the victim of harassment, assault, reckless
endangerment, menacing (H.A.R.M.), or any other circumstances that prevent
them from performing their duties, follow normal civilian work related injury
reporting procedures (see “RELATED PROCEDURES”) and:

TRAFFIC
ENFORCEMENT
AGENT

1.

NOTE

In cases involving offenses against traffic enforcement agents, the patrol supervisor,
precinct of occurrence must respond to the scene and conduct the initial investigation. A
Traffic Enforcement District supervisor must respond to the scene and assist in the investigation.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

4.
5.

2.
3.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Request the response of patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence, and a
Traffic Enforcement District supervisor.
Remain at scene unless hospitalization or medical attention is required.
Request witness(es) to await arrival of the patrol supervisor, precinct of
occurrence.

Investigate circumstances.
Interview traffic enforcement agent concerned.
a.
Ensure that proper enforcement action has been taken against any
person harassing, assaulting, etc., a traffic enforcement agent, if
warranted.
Obtain the name of the hospital, attendant and doctor, if removed to a hospital.
a.
Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if the member of the service
injured requires hospital treatment.
b.
An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required
before final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status
of the injured member of the service.
Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared, if necessary, and
refer case to appropriate detective squad if suspect has fled the scene, or
if there are other reasons why additional investigation is appropriate.
Ensure the preparation of a Police Accident Report (MV104AN), if
vehicle involved, or AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b),
in all other cases, and forward in normal manner.
a.
Interview witnesses and have them prepare a WITNESS
STATEMENT – INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE
DEPARTMENT (PD 429-065).
Prepare an UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152), and
include a statement whether the traffic enforcement agent concerned was
a victim of assault, (as defined in New York State Penal Law, Section
120), if injury is serious or if it is a newsworthy, significant incident, and
forward to Chief of Transportation through channels.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-96

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.
TRAFFIC
ENFORCEMENT
DISTRICT
SUPERVISOR
11.
12.

13.
C.O./
TRAFFIC
ENFORCEMENT
AGENT
INVOLVED
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Prepare PARKING ENFORCEMENT DISTRICT H.A.R.M.
REPORT (PD313-1515) and forward as indicated on form, if
harassment, assault, reckless endangerment, or menacing against the
traffic enforcement agent is verified during the investigation.
Notify Traffic Enforcement District, Traffic Management Center,
Employment Section and Operations Unit.
Forward copies of all forms prepared to the Employment Section,
attention of the Employee Benefits Unit.
Comply with Administrative Guide 319-15, “Civilian Member-Injury,”
when a traffic enforcement agent is injured while performing duty.

Whenever a traffic enforcement agent, while performing official duties, claims an
assault or is the subject of any other crime by an individual, and the agent wishes to
prefer charges, the patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence will determine if probable
cause exists. Upon that determination, an arrest may be affected and the traffic
enforcement agent involved will be the complainant in such cases.
In all cases where traffic enforcement agents are injured on duty, notifications will be
made by Communications Division to both the duty captain and to the Traffic
Management Center. The Traffic Management Center will then notify a ranking member
of the Traffic Enforcement District.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Civilian Member - Injury (A.G. 319-15)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PARKING ENFORCEMENT DISTRICT H.A.R.M. REPORT (PD313-1515)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
WITNESS STATEMENT – INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD
429-065)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-97

SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT - VICTIM OF AN OFFENSE WHILE
PERFORMING DUTY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To report and record incidents in which school safety agents are victims of an
offense while performing duty.

PROCEDURE

When a school safety agent is the victim of an offense while performing duty,
follow normal civilian work related injury reporting procedures (see “RELATED
PROCEDURES”) and:

SCHOOL
SAFETY
AGENT

1.

NOTE

In cases where there is no school safety supervisor assigned to the school, a school
safety supervisor MUST respond from the school safety borough office. In cases where
the precinct school safety sergeant is unavailable, the patrol supervisor MUST respond.

SCHOOL
SAFETY
SUPERVISOR

5.
6.
7.
8.

2.
3.
4.

9.

10.

11.

12.
13.

Request a school safety supervisor and school safety sergeant, precinct of
occurrence, to respond.
Notify the principal of the incident as soon as possible.
Remain at scene unless hospitalization or medical attention is required.
Request witnesses to await arrival of the school safety supervisor and the
precinct school safety sergeant/patrol supervisor.

Ensure that the school principal has been notified.
Initiate investigation.
Interview school safety agent concerned.
Obtain the name of the hospital, attendant and doctor, if removed to a
hospital.
Have school safety agent prepare, in own handwriting, if possible:
a.
Two copies of Employee Option Form (DP2002)
b.
Two copies of Employee’s Notice of Injury (WCD23) (Law
Department form #WCD23), and submit to commanding officer,
precinct of occurrence.
Interview witness(es) and request that WITNESS STATEMENT INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065) be
prepared.
Prepare two copies of Supervisor’s Report of Injury (WCD201).
a.
Ensure that the injury is reported to the Employment Section,
Employee Benefits Unit immediately following the incident or by
the next business day.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a), if
necessary, and refer to appropriate precinct detective squad.
Prepare a Police Accident Report (MV104AN), if vehicle involved, or
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), in all other cases,
and forward in normal manner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-97

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

PRECINCT
SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

14.

NOTE

This notification is in addition to, and does not preclude the requirement for other
notifications to Operations as indicated elsewhere in this procedure.

15.

16.

17.
18.

DESK OFFICER 19.

20.

SCHOOL
SAFETY
BOROUGH
MANAGER

21.

22.

Respond to scene and review actions taken by the school safety
supervisor.
Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if the member of the service injured
requires hospital treatment.
a.
An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required
before final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status
of the injured member of the service.

Prepare FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151), if
investigation reveals harassment, assault, reckless endangerment, or
menacing against a school safety agent.
a.
Insert “School Safety Agent Involved” on top right side of form
and forward as indicated.
Report details to desk officer.
a.
Indicate any negligence on the part of the school safety agent.
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead and forward to precinct
commanding officer.
a.
Forward copy of report to the Commanding Officer, School
Safety Division.
Make Command Log entry regarding results of investigation, and specify:
a.
Whether injury was sustained in the line of duty
b.
Any negligence on the part of the school safety agent.
Notify:
a.
Employment Section
b.
Operations Unit
c.
School Safety Division
Forward, to the Employment Section supervisor, Employee Benefits Unit:
a.
Two copies of report on Typed Letterhead
b.
Two copies of Employee’s Notice of Injury
c.
WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE
DEPARTMENT, if prepared.
d.
Two copies of the Employee’s Option Form
e.
Two copies of the Commanding Officer’s Report of Injury
(Form E)
f.
Two copies of the Supervisor’s Report of Injury.
Notify Employment Section when school safety agent returns to duty and
every subsequent time that the agent reports sick and returns to duty as a
result of injury.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-97

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Whenever a school safety agent, while performing official duties, claims an assault or is
the subject of any other crime and the agent wishes to prefer charges, the precinct
school safety sergeant concerned will determine if probable cause exists. Upon a
determination that probable cause exists, the precinct school safety sergeant will direct
the school safety agent to place the individual under arrest. If the agent (victim) is
unable to effect the arrest (e.g., hospitalization, etc.), the school safety sergeant will
direct another school safety agent to effect the arrest. The school safety agent (victim)
will be the complainant in such cases. Under no circumstances shall a school safety
agent who is not a peace officer be directed to effect an arrest.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Civilian Member - Injury (A.G. 319-15)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)
Commanding Officer’s Report of Injury (Form E)
Employee Option Form (DP2002)
Employee’s Notice of Injury (Law Department Form WCD23)
Supervisor’s Report of Injury (Law Department Form WCD201)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-98

HOUSING BUREAU CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION PATROL
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 9

PURPOSE

To establish a uniform system for effective video patrol and videotape archival to
be utilized for the operation of closed circuit television (CCTV) systems located
in public housing developments.

DEFINITIONS

CCTV INCIDENT - Any activity or occurrence, which is, or may be in a CCTV
viewing area that requires response of police personnel or further investigation.
INVASIVE VIDEO PATROL - The viewing of areas unable to be seen under
normal circumstances by an officer in the field.
PAN, TILT, AND ZOOM CONTROL (PTZ) - Three terms associated with
CCTV cameras to indicate the horizontal (pan), vertical (tilt), and magnification
(zoom) capabilities.
VIPER - An acronym for CCTV monitoring stations:
(Video-Interactive, Patrol, Enhanced, Response).
PLAYBACK STATION - A (VCR) used to review recorded video.
VIDEO PRINTER - A device used to provide still photographs of a video event.
DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDER (DVR) - A device that accepts video signals from
a video camera and records the image on a computer hard drive.
DIGITAL RECORDING SYSTEM - A CCTV system that records images on the
hard drive of a digital video recorder.
ANALOG RECORDING SYSTEM - A CCTV system that records images on
super VHS videotape.
PROACTIVE VIDEO PATROL - The frequent use of both fixed and pan tiltzoom cameras to actively monitor locations for crimes/violations in progress,
potential criminal activity or quality of life conditions and any circumstance that
may affect the safety and security of the community.
POST-INCIDENT REVIEW - The use of recorded image to examine the
circumstances of a VIPER incident.
VIDEO PATROL OFFICER - Uniformed member of the service assigned to view
monitors at a VIPER base.

PROCEDURE

When uniformed members of the service assigned to video patrol engage in
CCTV monitoring functions, document the occurrence of a CCTV incident, or
archive videotapes used in the CCTV monitoring process:
VIDEO PATROL - DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

VIDEO
PATROL
OFFICER

1.

Monitor video screens to identify:
a.
Crimes/violations in progress
b.
Wanted/suspicious persons
c.
Conditions that affect the quality of life
d.
Individuals that require medical attention, and
e.
Any other incident requiring police response.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-98

VIDEO
PATROL
OFFICER
(continued)

2.
3

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

2 of 9

Monitor portable radio to determine whether a call for service affects a CCTV
viewing area.
Do not view windows of private dwellings or the interior of private
dwellings or any place where a civilian has a reasonable expectation of
privacy.
Taking photographic images of citizens for non-police related reasons is
strictly prohibited.
Acknowledge all camera and motion detector alarms and take appropriate
action as necessary.
Contact command concerned by telephone for conditions not requiring
immediate attention.
Utilize radio or “911” notifications for emergency conditions.
Be familiar with crime conditions and persons wanted for past crimes
within area of responsibility.
Report suspected criminal activity as per P.G. 207-08, “Preliminary
Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime-Related
Complaints” and P.G. 212-12, “Citywide Intelligence Reporting System”.

Record in the VIPER patrol log and on the CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION
INCIDENT REPORT (PD 313-1514) the Intelligence Bureau log number and the name
of the Intelligence Bureau member notified. The CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION
INCIDENT REPORT is utilized to record any CCTV incident or equipment malfunction.

10.
11.

NOTE

PAGE:

10/16/13

4.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Conduct hourly DVR/VCR and camera status checks.
Ensure that the ambient temperature at the VIPER base rises no higher
than 80 degrees Fahrenheit.

If the VIPER base ambient temperature rises above 80 degrees Fahrenheit immediately
notify the Technical Assistance Response Unit (TARU) CCTV. Prepare a CLOSED
CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORT to document the incident.

12.
13.

14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Maintain Video Patrol Log in a plain number 4, bound book.
Contact the precinct concerned on a daily basis during the first hour of
tour when assigned to the 2nd platoon.
a.
Ensure all COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) affecting
areas of surveillance are forwarded to the CCTV base.
b.
Document inquiry in the Video Patrol Log.
Utilize COMPLAINT REPORTS to conduct comprehensive post
incident review of video incidents as necessary.
Monitor radio calls for service occurring within area of responsibility.
Change and maintain videotapes/compact discs as necessary.
Catalog and track all videotapes/CDs photos.
Record daily activity in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Ensure the “real time” video recorder has a T-30 video tape installed and
is properly functioning.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-98

PAGE:

10/16/13

20.

VIDEO
PATROL
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

21.
22.

23.
24.

25.
26.

27.
28.
29.

3 of 9

Conduct camera and DVR/VCR inspections each hour and make required
entries in Video Patrol Log.
Enter number of properly functioning cameras and DVR/VCRs.
Indicate whether any equipment is deficient and notify the TARU CCTV
Unit, 24 hours/7 days per week.
a.
Ensure CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT
REPORT is prepared when there is an equipment deficiency and
then faxed to the TARU CCTV Unit and the Housing Bureau
Wheel.
Permit only trained UMOS to utilize the CCTV equipment.
Utilize Pan Tilt Zoom (PTZ) cameras to conduct a minimum of two
license plate inquiries per hour, at least sixteen per tour, on vehicles
located in areas within the vicinity of the development.
Record result of license plate inquiries in the Finest Log.
Provide recorded video/photographic materials to arresting/investigative
member of the service for official Department use only.
a.
Document each request on a CLOSED CIRCUIT
TELEVISION VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT (PD313-170) and in
the Video Patrol Log and Video Archival Log.
b.
Provide copy of VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT to receiving
member.
Assist investigative units in presenting video/photographic material to
crime victims and witnesses.
Sign Video Patrol Log at beginning and end of tour.
Do not release video material to anyone outside the Department.

NOTE

The District Attorney’s Office will have access to video for the purposes of criminal
prosecution through the investigating/arresting officer.

VIDEO
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

30.

NOTE

Visiting supervisors are required to sign the Video Patrol Log.

31.

32.

Prepare a CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORT
in the event of a CCTV incident.

Ensure proper maintenance of the:
a.
Video Patrol Log
b.
FINEST Log
c.
Videotape/Compact Disc/Photo Archival Log.
Review the Video/Photo Archival Log to identify videotapes/photos not
returned within 60-days.
a.
Contact command concerned via Typed Letterhead to request
return of materials.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-98

REVISION NUMBER:

10/16/13

VIDEO
PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

33.

NOTE

Two officers are to be assigned on post when available.

c.
d.
e.

35.

Conduct random checks of videotapes recorded from PTZ cameras to
ensure video patrol officers are actively monitoring all viewing areas.
Review at least one half-hour of recorded video from PTZ cameras each
tour to ensure that cameras are being used in a non-invasive manner by
video patrol officers.

Supervisory reviews of recorded video will be documented in the Video Patrol Log and
will include the name(s) of the video patrol officer(s) who was/were monitoring the
system for the portion of the tape that was reviewed. The camera number, date, and
block of time will also be included. Each uniformed member assigned to monitor tapes
will have his/her tapes reviewed at least once each week. Any violations discovered by a
supervisor will be reported to the Chief of the Housing Bureau on Typed Letterhead.

36.
37.

NOTE

Videotapes are erased/destroyed in the presence of any supervisor
seven days following the tapes final use.

Subdivision “f” only applies to analog CCTV systems.

34.

NOTE

That video patrol officers utilize PTZ cameras to conduct a
minimum of two license plate inquiries per hour (at least 16 per
tour) on vehicles located in areas within the vicinity of the
development.
Report suspected criminal activity as indicated in step 9 above.
All intelligence referrals are recorded on the weekly VIPER
Activity report and in the VIPER log.
That all video/recording equipment is kept clean and serviceable.

No food or beverages will be consumed in the immediate vicinity of any CCTV
equipment.

f.

NOTE

4 of 9

Ensure:
a.
At least one video patrol officer is assigned on post at all times to
monitor the video equipment.

b.

NOTE

PAGE:

Inspect CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORTS
for completeness and accuracy.
Develop and maintain a:
a.
Liaison with the Patrol Service Area/Staten Island Housing Unit
(PSA/SIHU) intelligence officer and crime analysis personnel.
b.
Crime information center within the VIPER base.

All crime information/photos gathered from the PSA/SIHU intelligence officer and other
units will be displayed and updated to remain current.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-98

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

5 of 9

DOCUMENTING THE OCCURRENCE OF A CCTV INCIDENT
VIDEO
PATROL
OFFICER

38.

NOTE

Incidents, which are captured live by VIPER personnel, should also be taped “real
time” on a thirty-minute videotape.

39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.

NOTE

Request the Communications Section, by radio, to assign an emergency
incident to an available resource.
a.
The command concerned will be notified of non-emergency
incidents.

Enter the time of occurrence and tape counter number on the VCR in the
Video Patrol Log.
Ensure that the incident was captured on tape.
Stop recording on the respective VCR and remove tape at the conclusion of the
incident.
Insert a new properly labeled tape.
Notify the Housing Bureau Wheel of all significant CCTV incidents.
Prepare a CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORT.
Fax copy of REPORT to the:
a.
Office of the Chief of Housing Bureau,
b.
Housing Bureau Wheel,
c.
TARU-CCTV Team, and
d.
Overhead command.

CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORTS will be numbered beginning with
the number one each calendar year. A record of these REPORTS will be maintained in a plain
number 2 book utilizing the following captions.

INCIDENT
REPORT #
46.

NOTE

DATE

TIME

LOCATION

DESCRIPTION OF
OCCURRENCE

Notify the precinct detective squad of any incident requiring further
investigation and make appropriate entry in the Video Patrol Log.

Tapes containing acts that constitute a crime will be invoiced by the arresting or
investigating officer/detective.

47.

48.

Make an additional copy of the tape containing the incident labeled “DO
NOT ERASE” and store in archives.
a.
Archive for 180 days and then destroy.
Release an original videotape/photo to an arresting/investigative member of
the service only after member :
a.
Prepares a CCTV VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT including an invoice
number.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-98

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

6 of 9

NOTE

Intentional obstruction of a viewing area and/or vandalism to a camera is to be
considered a CCTV incident.

VIDEO
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

49.
50.
51.

Evaluate requests for videotapes and photographs and provide to
requesting member, if deemed appropriate.
Make proper notifications if the incident is of an unusual nature.
Ensure that video patrol officers properly document CCTV Incidents.

VIDEOTAPE ARCHIVAL
52.

VIDEO
PATROL
OFFICER

53.
54.

55.
56.

VIDEO
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

57.
58.

Inspect all equipment for proper operation daily at 2350 hours prior to
changing videotapes.
Depress “Stop” on all VCRs at 0001 hours beginning with VCR #1.
Remove tape from machine immediately and place in seven-day storage.
a.
Insert immediately new properly labeled tape into the machine
and promptly resume recording.
Repeat procedure until tapes in all VCRs have been changed.
Make entry in the Video Patrol Log as follows:
“Police Officer ___________ Tax # ___________ changed the tapes for (day
of week & date) in VCRs 1 to (total # of VCRs). Police Officer
___________ inspected all equipment and found it to be operational at this
time.”
Maintain videotape library and conduct random daily inspection to ensure
the integrity of the videotape files.
Ensure that videotapes utilized for the complete cycle of seven twenty-four
hour periods are erased and destroyed seven days after the last taping.

DUTIES OF NON-VIPER PERSONNEL
59.
PSA/SIHU
DESK OFFICER

Utilize monitor located at desk to conduct roll call at the start of each tour
and to ensure:
a.
The safety of VIPER personnel - (Check the monitor frequently!)
b.
VIPER base is properly staffed.
c.
VIPER personnel are actively viewing their assigned monitors.

60.

Check that all VIPER personnel have received area maps indicating where
the most current narcotic and gun arrests have been made within their
appropriate housing area.
a.
List all identifiable crime patterns or trends along with relevant data
on the bottom of the map.
b.
Distribute maps to all VIPER personnel no later than 1200 hours on
Tuesday of each week.
Generate a specific “Tip Sheet” for Housing developments equipped with
CCTV and contiguous areas.

PSA/SIHU
CRIME
ANALYSIS
PERSONNEL

61.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-98

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

7 of 9

NOTE

“Tip Sheets” will include crime patterns, locations, descriptions/photos of suspects, and any other
information that will aid VIPER personnel in fighting crime and gathering intelligence.

PSA/SIHU
CRIME
INTELLIGENCE
OFFICER

62.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

THE VIDEO PATROL LOG
The Video Patrol Log will contain two columns and will be utilized for making required
entries. The first column will record the time of the entry. The second column will briefly
describe the incident, as appropriate, and be used to record final dispositions, notifications
and invoice numbers. A double line will be drawn across the page under the last entry for
the twenty-four hour period ending at 2400 hours. Before the first entry is made for the next
day, the day and date will be entered and underlined. Entries will be made as follows:
a.
Equipment inspections - hourly camera and VCR inspections
b.
Hourly inspection of temperature within the VIPER base.
c.
An entry must be made at the start of each tour indicating the total inventory of nonarchived tape and compact discs present. For example, “PO Smith reports there are
300 T-120 tapes and 25 T-30 tapes present at this time.”
d.
Detailed account of CCTV incidents to include rank, name, and shield number of
video patrol officer on post; date, time and exact location of incident; type of
incident; action taken; unit responding and/or 911 operator notified; preparation
of CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORT
e.
Notifications
f.
Uniformed members reporting on and off duty
g.
Uniformed members present on post
h.
Uniformed members leaving post for any reason immediately followed by entry
of relieving officer
i.
Equipment problems/malfunctions
j.
Requests for review of videotapes by other units
k.
Requests for permanent or temporary removal of videotapes/photos for review or
invoicing
l.
Visits by authorized personnel
m.
For analog systems, record daily videotape changes at the beginning of the first
platoon. Entry should include the time required to perform the changing of tapes
and to inspect the VCRs to ensure their proper operation.

Establish a liaison with VIPER supervisors to ensure relevant crime
information is exchanged in an expeditious and accurate manner.

THE VIDEOTAPE/COMPACT DISC/PHOTO ARCHIVAL LOG
Label the cover of a separate plain #4, bound book with the appropriate VIPER base
number and the name of the housing development. Headings across the top of two
consecutive pages will read as follows:
LEFT PAGE HEADINGS:
TAPE/CD/RECEIPT # DATE #1

DATE #2

RIGHT PAGE HEADINGS:
DATE #5
DATE #6
DATE #7
DATE RETURNED
REMARKS

DATE #3

DATE REMOVED

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

DATE #4

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-98

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

8 of 9

HEADING EXPLANATIONS:
Tape/CD/Receipt # - Tapes/CDs are numbered with the year as a prefix, then
sequentially beginning with the number one. This number is also utilized on the
VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT as a means of identification and tracking.
Date #1 through Date #7 (seven individual columns) - Each date column will reflect the
date the tape/CD was used.
Date Removed - Indicates date that tape/CD was removed for erasure/destruction or
arrest/ investigation or other police purpose.
Date Returned - Indicates date that tape/CD is brought back to the CCTV monitoring base.
Remarks - Denotes temporary and/or permanent removal of tape from the CCTV monitoring base.
Include name of member removing video/videotape, tax registry number, command, command’s
telephone number, and reason for removal, e.g., arrest/investigative/training. A CCTV
VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT must be prepared for any released video/videotape. Multiple tapes
may be requested; however each is to receive its own tape number and RECEIPT.
REQUESTS FOR RECORDED VIDEO/PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIALS
Requests for recorded video/photographic materials made by other than the
arresting/investigative member must be accompanied by a Typed Letterhead, directed to
“CCTV Supervisor Concerned,” indicating name of requesting member, tax number,
command, command’s telephone number, and official reason for request. The request
must be evaluated by the supervisor concerned. If the request is granted a CCTV
VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT will be prepared and a copy given to the requesting member. In
addition, appropriate entries shall be made in the Video Patrol Log and Video/Photo Archival Log,
as required.
Each photograph must be numbered with the current year, then sequentially, beginning
with the number “1”. All identification numbers will be prefixed with the letter “P,”
e.g. P-99-01. Document the release of photographs in the rear of the Video/Photo
Archival Log, including the photograph identification number, name of requesting
member, command and command’s telephone number. The photograph identification
number will be utilized as the CCTV VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT number. Multiple
photographs may be requested; however each is to receive its own photograph
identification number and CCTV VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT.
CCTV TROUBLESHOOTING
In the event that viewing is blocked or significantly obstructed on any CCTV monitor due
to vandalism, technical difficulty and/or accidental damage, or video recording ceases on
any recorder or an error message appears on video equipment, it is imperative that the
condition be corrected expeditiously. Therefore, if these conditions occur it is the
responsibility of the VIPER Unit to make an immediate notification to the Commanding
Officer - Technical Assistance Response Unit - CCTV Team.
Under NO circumstances will any member of the service not assigned to the Technical
Assistance Response Unit conduct any repairs on CCTV equipment.
To ensure a high quality recorded video image, videocassette recorder heads must be
cleaned by VIPER Unit personnel weekly during the second platoon each Sunday.
Appropriate entries shall be made in the Video Patrol Log.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-98

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

9 of 9

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

"HANDSCHU" GUIDELINES
Members of the service are reminded about First Amendment political activity and the
"Handschu" consent decree (see P.G. 212-71, “Guidelines for the Use of
Video/Photographic Equipment by Operational Personnel at Demonstrations”). The
intent of the "Handschu" decree, among other things, is to limit unnecessary
investigation and maintenance of records relating to lawful political activity. If a
spontaneous or scheduled political demonstration takes place on Housing Authority
property, the CCTV cameras need not be turned off. Department videotape cameras can
remain operational provided that cameras operating do not focus on the activity of the
demonstrators unless it is believed that a crime is being committed.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preliminary Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime-Related Complaints
(P.G. 207-08)
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
Guidelines for the Use of Video/Photographic Equipment by Operational Personnel at
Demonstrations (P.G. 212-71)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORT (PD 313-1514)
COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT (PD313-170)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Command Operations

Procedure No:

212-99

AMBER ALERT SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide rapid and widespread dissemination of information in the event of
child abduction with special circumstances, the Amber Alert program has been
adopted.

DEFINITION

AMBER ALERT SYSTEM: Amber Alert is a statewide response program targeting the
abduction of children during which life-threatening circumstances are suspected. An
Amber Alert may be activated whether the child was abducted by vehicle, on foot, or by
any other means. The protocol for determining whether a case qualifies for an Amber
Alert is as follows:
a.
The child must be 17 years old or younger, AND,
b.
Police must believe that the child is in imminent danger of serious bodily harm or
death, either at the hands of another or due to proven mental or physical disability.

PROCEDURE

When responding to a report of a missing child and information received
indicates that the case may qualify for an Amber Alert:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

NOTE

Patrol supervisor will implement Missing Person/Special Category procedure and/or
Mobilization as necessary, depending on the details of the situation.

Comply with appropriate missing persons procedures.
Request the response of the Patrol Supervisor.
Notify Desk Officer and request response of Precinct Detective Squad supervisor.

DESK OFFICER 4.

Request Precinct Detective Squad supervisor to respond to the scene of the
abduction.

5.
PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD
INVESTIGATOR
/SUPERVISOR

Conduct a preliminary investigation and ascertain if abduction may fit criteria
for activation of Amber Alert system.
a.
Notify Detective Bureau Duty Captain, if abduction meets criteria
for the activation of an Amber Alert.
b.
Request that Detective Bureau Duty Captain respond to the scene.

NOTE

Only a Captain or above from the Detective Bureau may request activation of the Amber
Alert System through the New York State Police Communications Section.

DETECTIVE
BUREAU,
DUTY
CAPTAIN

6.
7.

Notify New York State Police of a possible Amber Alert through the New
York State Police Communications Section.
Notify Operations Unit of details. If it is believed that the abductor and missing
child may be traveling via public transportation, request Operations personnel to
notify the Transit Bureau Wheel.
a.
Notify NYPD Communications Section and have description of abducted
child disseminated over each Department radio division.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

212-99

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

b.

DETECTIVE
BUREAU,
DUTY
CAPTAIN
(continued)

8.
9.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

Have Communications Section personnel read the following message over
each Department radio division if a vehicle is involved in the abduction:
“The following vehicle is wanted in connection with a New York
State Amber Alert (Provide license plate number and description
of vehicle). Personnel assigned to Department vehicles equipped
with the License Plate Reader System are instructed to manually
enter this plate number in order to expedite the search for this
vehicle.” (Repeat license plate number and description of vehicle).
Notify Major Case Squad.
Direct that precinct detective squad member:
a.
Notify Missing Persons NCIC Unit and request that a NCIC File 6
be completed and transmitted.
b.
Notify Inter-City Correspondence Unit to generate a NYSPIN File
11A (Abduction Message) to ensure that other law enforcement
agencies are aware of the abduction and related details.
(1)
Fax completed Amber Alert Submission form along with a
cover sheet including the notifying member’s rank, name,
tax #, command and callback number.
c.
Prepare and immediately fax the following form to the New York
State Police:
(1)
Amber Alert Submission Form
d.
Conduct follow-up phone call to New York State Police to
confirm receipt of fax.

When sending photographs via E-Mail to the New York State Police, attach only ONE
photograph to each E-Mail. Each additional photograph should be sent in a separate EMail.
The Amber Alert Submission Form should also be faxed to the Traffic Management
Center, IF a vehicle description and a plate number are available. Once confirmation of
activation is received from New York State Police Communications Section, the Traffic
Management Center will initiate the use of Variable Message Signs throughout the
metropolitan area.
In the event that the child is recovered or the case is determined to no longer qualify
(i.e., false report, determined to be a custodial situation), immediately notify the New
York State Police in writing (by fax) so that a cancellation may be broadcast.
Cancellations will be broadcast only if requested within eight hours of the original
activation request. They will be brief and will not include any information about the
status of the child or the case. Cancellations required after the eight hour period can be
accomplished via normal media notification through the Deputy Commissioner, Public
Information. The Detective Bureau Duty Captain will ensure that Amber Alerts are
canceled in the proper manner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

212-99

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

When investigation assistance is requested by another agency concerning an Amber
Alert, the requesting agency will be directed to contact the Detective Bureau, Major
Case Squad or if unavailable, the Detective Bureau Wheel. All requests for broadcast
of an Amber Alert will be referred to the New York State Police Communications
Section.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

While most runaway and abductions by non-custodial parents do not qualify, individual
consideration may be given, depending on case circumstances. Activation should be
requested within the shortest period of time possible following an abduction, but not
before a preliminary investigation has been conducted. In most instances activation will
not be practical if an extended period of time has passed since the disappearance. Interagency cooperation and assistance will greatly enhance the effectiveness of this tool.
The office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information is available on a 24 hour x
7-day basis concerning cases NOT ELIGIBLE for Amber Alerts or as needed by
members of the service. D.C.P.I. has the ability to simultaneously notify a variety of
local and national media outlets in cases where the immediate assistance of or
notification to the public is deemed necessary.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Missing Persons (P.G. 207-23)
Apprehension Plan (P.G. 213-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Amber Alert Submission Form (NYS)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-02

EMERGENCY INCIDENTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure the prompt response of personnel and equipment to the scene of an
emergency incident.

DEFINITION

EMERGENCY INCIDENTS - a serious accident, vehicle collision, explosion,
civil disorder, demonstration, or similar incident.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an emergency incident:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
PLATOON
COMMANDER

3.
4.

5.
6.

NOTE

Radio Communications Section and request:
a.
Personnel and equipment, if necessary
b.
Patrol supervisor/platoon commander.
Take other police action indicated by the situation.
Review action taken and determine if additional personnel/equipment is needed.
Activate a Level 1 mobilization, when appropriate, through:
a.
Radio dispatcher, OR
b.
Operations Unit by telephone.
Establish command post with telephone, if necessary.
Notify precinct desk officer, Operations Unit, Communications Section
and patrol borough office wheel of:
a.
Location and nature of emergency incident
b.
Location and telephone number of command post
c.
Location of mobilization point and route to be used by responding units.

Mobilization point should be of sufficient size to accommodate a Level 3 or 4 mobilization.
Mobilization point and route should be transmitted to Communications Section.
7.
8.

9.
10.
11.
12.

Request command post flag and log, as necessary.
Assign uniformed members of the service as:
a.
Operations officer
b.
Intelligence officer
c.
Personnel officer
d.
Logistics officer.
Supervise uniformed members of the service, as required.
Prepare DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141), if
applicable.
Keep the precinct desk officer and Operations Unit informed of facts.
Inform responding commanding officer/duty captain of:
a.
Details of emergency
b.
Action taken
c.
Personnel and equipment on scene or requested.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-02

PAGE:

08/19/13

COMMANDING 13.
14.
OFFICER/
DUTY
15.
CAPTAIN
16.
17.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Assume command and review action taken.
Contact command post by telephone for update and determine if
additional personnel/equipment are required.
Activate a Level 2, 3 or 4 mobilization, as necessary.
Develop a plan and deploy personnel to return normalcy to area affected
by emergency.
Return uniformed members of the service to regular duty when presence
is no longer required.
a.
Notify and confer with Operations Unit supervisor relative to other
citywide conditions before returning personnel to regular duty.

At the scene of an emergency incident to which a uniformed member of the service in the rank
of captain or above is not responding, the platoon commander, or if not available, the patrol
supervisor precinct / PSA / transit district of occurrence will assume command as the Incident
Commander / Agency Incident Commander until a transfer of command or demobilization
occurs.
Based upon the nature and size of the emergency incident, the patrol Duty Captain or Duty
Inspector or Duty Chief or Patrol Borough Commanding Officer / Executive Officer may
respond. The Patrol Borough Commanding Officer / Executive Officer or if not available,
highest ranking patrol Duty supervisor at the scene of the emergency incident will:
1.
assume command, or
2.
designate the appropriate Incident Commander / Agency Incident Commander, or
3.
direct that a transfer of command to an appropriate Incident Commander / Agency
Incident Commander occurs.
The Incident Commander / Agency Incident Commander may only be superseded by the Police
Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner, Chief of Department or senior ranking
operational Bureau Chief. Other deputy commissioners may render advice and assistance to
the Incident Commander / Agency Incident Commander but may not assume command of the
incident.
If the incident is of a nature where specialized knowledge or expertise is necessary for the most
effective police response (i.e., subway accidents, emergencies in public housing developments,
etc.), the Incident Commander shall designate an appropriate ranking member with the
aforementioned skills as the Operations Section chief. In most cases, the designee will be the
highest ranking member from the appropriate bureau or division involved (e.g., Housing
Bureau for public housing incidents, Transit Bureau for subway incidents, etc.).
The Police and Fire Departments maintain underwater diving units (SCUBA Divers) for
response to waterborne accidents, fires and other emergencies. Police Department units,
Harbor and Emergency Service personnel are available twenty-four hours daily, and will
respond to any submersion or accidents involving occupied vehicles, boats or aircraft or
evidence searches. The Aviation Unit is available twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week
with scuba team divers for near and offshore air-sea rescues. The Fire Department unit is
available on a daily basis, twenty-four hours a day and will respond to fire incidents requiring
the use of divers. Request for the Police Department diving unit will be made to the Special
Operations Division for routine dives and to the Communications Section in emergencies.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-02

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Duties At Unusual Disorder (P.G. 213-05)
Unusual Disorder Plan-Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Unusual Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor’s Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

3 of 3

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-03

RAPID MOBILIZATION
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 13

PURPOSE

To have personnel respond rapidly to the scene of an unusual disorder/emergency
incident.

PROCEDURE

When IMMEDIATE assistance is required at the scene of an unusual disorder/
emergency incident:

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

1.

2.

Assess situation and, if needed, activate Mobilization Level 1 through
radio dispatcher.
a.
Patrol supervisors are authorized to activate a Mobilization Level 1.
Notify commanding officer/duty captain, if assistance is required beyond
a Level 1 mobilization.
a.
Upon activation, commanding officer/duty captain will
immediately respond to scene.

PLATOON
COMMANDER

3.

Respond to scene of incident and assume duties of the Incident Commander.
a.
Upon arrival of the commanding officer/duty captain, assume the
duties of the Operations Officer in the field command post, and
b.
Advise Incident Commander, as necessary.

NOTE

For incidents occurring in areas that are the responsibility of the Housing Bureau or Transit
Bureau, the Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau platoon commander should, if not on scene,
respond and assume the duties and responsibilities as described in step 3 above.

DUTY
CAPTAIN

4.

NOTE

Mobilization Levels 2, 3 or 4 require the authorization of a captain or above. The
captain need not be on the scene, but if authorizing any further mobilization while not at
the scene, he/she must communicate with one of the following:
a.
Patrol supervisor/platoon commander
b.
Patrol borough concerned
c.
Operations Unit.

Respond to scene.
a.
Contact the command post, while enroute, and get an estimation of
the situation from the patrol supervisor/platoon commander at scene.
b.
Assess situation and activate a further mobilization (see pages 7
through 11), after conferral, if necessary.
(1)
Communicate the number of personnel and the level of
mobilization required to the patrol borough, Communications
Section or the Operations Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 13

Mobilization levels need not be utilized in consecutive order. Circumstances may
dictate activating Mobilization Level 3 before Level 2 or Level 2 before Level 1.
HOWEVER, CAUTION SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN UTILIZING THESE CODES IN
OTHER THAN CONSECUTIVE ORDER BECAUSE PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT
IN THE OMITTED MOBILIZATION LEVEL WILL NOT RESPOND.

NOTE
(continued)

The supervisor activating a mobilization should notify the Operations Unit of personnel and/or
equipment that is NOT required. The Operations Unit will then notify units concerned.
All units will comply with duties as listed in the applicable Patrol Guide (213 Series),
Operations Unit directions and their respective unit unusual disorder plans.

ACTIVATING
SUPERVISOR

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

NOTE

Notify Operations Unit and patrol borough concerned of the situation that
resulted in mobilization.
Maintain control of members of the service.
Be prepared to brief ranking members of the service.
Designate a mobilization point and advise Communications Section of
mobilization point and route to be used by responding members.
Provide for security of Department resources at the mobilization point
and any staging areas utilized.
Provide traffic post coverage to allow for the quick access of responding units.
Update the Operations Unit and the patrol borough concerned.
Act as “Incident Commander” until relieved or until a higher ranking
uniformed member from the Patrol Services Bureau, Housing Bureau, or
Transit Bureau, assumes command.

At the scene of an emergency incident to which a uniformed member of the service in the rank of
captain or above is not responding, the platoon commander, or if not available, the patrol
supervisor precinct / PSA / transit district of occurrence will assume command as the Incident
Commander / Agency Incident Commander until a transfer of command or demobilization
occurs.
Based upon the nature and size of the emergency incident, the patrol Duty Captain or Duty
Inspector or Duty Chief or Patrol Borough Commanding Officer / Executive Officer may
respond. The Patrol Borough Commanding Officer / Executive Officer or if not available,
highest ranking patrol Duty supervisor at the scene of the emergency incident will:
1.
assume command, or
2.
designate the appropriate Incident Commander / Agency Incident Commander, or
3.
direct that a transfer of command to an appropriate Incident Commander / Agency
Incident Commander occurs.
The Incident Commander / Agency Incident Commander may only be superseded by the Police
Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner, Chief of Department or senior ranking operational
Bureau Chief. Other deputy commissioners may render advice and assistance to the Incident
Commander / Agency Incident Commander but may not assume command of the incident.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 13

NOTE
(continued)

If the incident is of a nature where specialized knowledge or expertise is necessary for the most
effective police response (i.e., subway accidents, emergencies in public housing developments,
etc.), the Incident Commander shall designate an appropriate ranking member with the
aforementioned skills as the Operations Section chief. In most cases, the designee will be the
highest ranking member from the appropriate bureau or division involved (e.g., Housing
Bureau for public housing incidents, Transit Bureau for subway incidents, etc.).

DESK OFFICER,
OPERATIONS
UNIT

13.

Notify:
a.
Affected patrol boroughs, divisions and/or bureaus concerned, (i.e.,
Housing Bureau, Transit Bureau, Special Operations Division, Traffic
Management Center, etc.) to stage required personnel (see pages 7
through 11).
b.
Transit Bureau Patrol Operations Wheel to identify and stage
Transit Bureau equipment vehicles necessary.

AFTER ACTIVATION OF A LEVEL 2, 3 OR 4 MOBILIZATION
TRANSIT
BUREAU,
PATROL
OPERATIONS
WHEEL

14.

NOTE

Disorder equipment vehicles are available through the Operations Unit, twenty-four hours
a day, seven days a week.

DESK
OFFICER,
TRANSIT
BUREAU

15.

Notify affected patrol personnel of transit facility designated for response
(see pages 7 through 11).
a.
Have notified personnel respond by transit system to chosen
Transit Bureau location
b.
Notify command post of number of personnel available at chosen
Transit Bureau location.

DESK
OFFICER,
ALL OTHER
BUREAUS

16.
17.
18.

Stage required personnel.
Inspect responding members for proper equipment.
Supply members with a van to respond to mobilization point.

NOTE

Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau personnel mobilized on a Level 3 mobilization will
ONLY be utilized to secure their own respective facilities/developments. Housing
Bureau and Transit Bureau personnel mobilized on a Level 4 mobilization can be used
for other duties.

19.

Confer, by telephone, with the desk officer of each Transit District
concerned regarding the Transit Bureau location to which mobilized
Transit Bureau personnel and equipment will respond.
a.
Stage disorder equipment vehicle(s), as required.

Inspect responding members for proper equipment and direct members to
respond to mobilization point.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-03

MOBILIZED
SERGEANTS

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

20.
21.
22.
23.

4 of 13

Respond, with necessary personnel, promptly, to the mobilization point,
upon notification.
Ensure all responding members are properly equipped.
Ascertain response route and radio frequency to be used from
Communications Section dispatcher.
Advise members of the nature of the emergency and radio frequency to be
used.

Supervisors will direct members to tune radios to the frequency designated, although
only the vehicle operator and the supervisor will have their radios on while responding
to the scene.
Transit Bureau supervisor at command post will coordinate
communications between the command post and the mobilized Transit Bureau personnel
present without citywide frequencies tuned into their radios.

NOTE

24.

Prepare DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)
prior to arrival at the mobilization point.

FIRST PLATOON RESPONSE EXCEPTION
NOTE

One sergeant per mobile field force will respond to mobilization point with two police
officers from the same precinct and a van. The patrol borough concerned will designate
which precincts will supply sergeants and lieutenants. Patrol Borough Staten Island
will send only one sergeant. All other bureaus/divisions will supply personnel as
required (see pages 7 through 11).

MOBILIZED
SERGEANTS

25.
26.
27.

Gather members from precincts as required to form a squad.
Receive instructions at mobilization point and proceed with squad to the
staging area or post in van provided.
Comply with steps 21, 22 and 23, above.

Mobilized lieutenants will be designated by their local patrol borough. On the 2nd and 3rd
Platoon, three lieutenants per patrol borough will respond to the mobilization point and
form their respective precinct squads into mobile field forces (see pages 12 and 13). On the
1st Platoon only, one lieutenant per patrol borough will respond with an RMP and form their
respective precinct squads into patrol borough platoons. Patrol Borough Staten Island will
supply one lieutenant on the 2nd and 3rd Platoons and no lieutenants on the 1st Platoon.
Patrol Boroughs Queens North and Queens South will send only two lieutenants on the 2nd
and 3rd Platoon and only one lieutenant on the 1st Platoon.

NOTE

ALL PLATOONS
MOBILIZED
LIEUTENANTS

28.

29.

Respond to mobilization point when notified by patrol borough or
Operations Unit of a Mobilization Level Three or Level Four (ALL
PLATOONS).
Form uniformed members from precincts into mobile field forces as per
“Mobile Field Force Assignments - Patrol Services Bureau” (pages 12 and
13).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-03

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

5 of 13

NOTE

Patrol boroughs/Operations Unit are responsible to reallocate resources within the affected
borough or throughout the City to maintain adequate levels of police service and adequate levels of
supervision.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PATROL BOROUGH OPERATIONAL COMMAND IN THE EVENT OF AN
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN ACTIVATION
1.
Patrol Guide procedure 213-03, “Rapid Mobilization,” states as follows, “At the
scene of a large scale unusual disorder or other emergency incident, the highest ranking
uniformed police supervisor is in command and will be designated as Incident
Commander.” It further states, “In most cases, the designee will be the highest ranking
member from the bureau involved (e.g., the Housing Bureau for public housing incidents,
the Transit Bureau for subway incidents, the Chief of Transportation for traffic
emergencies, etc.).” Designating an Incident Commander provides centralized command
at the scene of an emergency.
2.
We live under the threat of terrorism and the possibility of large-scale disasters.
The coordination of resources is a critical aspect of a proper response to such an incident.
As such, there may be times when it will be necessary for patrol borough command(s) to
operate in a “stand-alone” capacity. Under this concept, patrol borough commander(s)
will assume operational command of ALL Department resources within their
geographical area of responsibility with the exception of Special Operations Division
personnel, and the Transit Bureau, which will initiate citywide “stand-alone” operations
at the Transit Bureau headquarters in Brooklyn.
3.
When it is determined that patrol borough(s) will operate under the “stand-alone”
concept, patrol borough commands will activate borough command posts in accordance
with standard operating procedures. Additionally, representatives will be assigned from
the Detective Borough, Intelligence Bureau, Housing Bureau, Organized Crime Control
Bureau, Transportation Bureau, School Safety Division, Special Operations Division and
any other unit deemed appropriate by the patrol borough commander. An operational
plan should be developed by each patrol borough to facilitate “stand-alone” operations.
It should include, at minimum, pre-designated assignments among the borough staff and
outside command representatives, identification of necessary equipment and support staff,
as well as providing for a relief factor. Since each patrol borough is unique, the borough
commander should tailor plans that will address the needs of that particular patrol
borough, i.e., potential for civil disorder, public panic, the threat of secondary events, etc.
However, patrol borough commanders must recognize that the NYPD Emergency
Operations Center retains the authority to direct movement and allocation of resources
out of the patrol borough in response to incidents elsewhere throughout the City.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-03

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Duties At Unusual Disorders (P.G. 213-05)
Unusual Disorder Plan-Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Unusual Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor’s Plan for Coordinated Action at Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

6 of 13

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

7 of 13

LOCAL PATROL BOROUGH TASK FORCE MOBILIZATION

LEVEL 1
AUTHORITY
TO CALL



PATROL SUPERVISOR

RESPONDING
UNITS





LOCAL BOROUGH TASK FORCE
1-RADIO EMERGENCY PATROL (REP)
1-PATROL SUPERVISOR HOUSING PSA AND TRANSIT DISTRICT
CONCERNED

ADDITIONAL
SUPERVISORS



DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF

CITYWIDE PATROL BOROUGH TASK FORCES MOBILIZATION

LEVEL 2
AUTHORITY
TO CALL



CAPTAIN OR ABOVE

RESPONDING
UNITS



PATROL BOROUGH TASK FORCE(S) AS DESIGNATED BY
OPERATIONS UNIT
1-ESU SUPERVISOR AND TRUCK
1-REP PER TASK FORCE ACTIVATED
1-HELICOPTER
1-COMMAND POST VEHICLE
1-DECON TRUCK
1-BARRIER TRUCK (LOCAL PATROL BOROUGH)
1-SGT. AND 2 DETS. - TARU
1-ARREST PROCESSING VEHICLE
1-PATROL WAGON
1-PATROL SUPERVISOR HOUSING PSA AND TRANSIT DISTRICT
CONCERNED, IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT
1-TRAFFIC OPERATIONS DISTRICT SUPERVISOR













OPERATIONS UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS.

NOTE

ADDITIONAL
SUPERVISORS




DUTY INSPECTOR BOROUGH OF INCIDENT
DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF WITH EACH
BOROUGH TASK FORCE MOBILIZED

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

8 of 13

LEVEL 3

LOCAL BOROUGH MOBILIZATION 2ND AND 3RD PLATOON

AUTHORITY
TO CALL

CAPTAIN OR ABOVE

RESPONDING
UNITS




















3 LIEUTENANTS (1 PER MOBILE FIELD FORCE) (PBQN AND PBQS
ONLY 2 LIEUTENANTS EACH, PBSI SUPPLIES ONLY 1
LIEUTENANT, HOUSING BUREAU 1 LIEUTENANT PER 3 PSAs AND
TRANSIT BUREAU 1 LIEUTENANT PER BOROUGH)
1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS PER PRECINCT AND
HOUSING PSA WITHIN PATROL BOROUGH CONCERNED
1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS PER TRANSIT DISTRICT
PURSUANT TO THEIR PLAN (SEE PAGE 13)
2 SERGEANTS AND 20 POLICE OFFICERS (HIGHWAY DISTRICT
WITH RMPs)
1 SERGEANT AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (STREET CRIME UNIT)
2 SERGEANTS AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (MOUNTED UNIT)
1 SERGEANT AND 2 DETECTIVES TARU (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-ESU SUPERVISOR
1-POT TRUCK OR PEACEKEEPER
1-MLG OR HELP CAR
1-REP OR TRUCK
1-PATROL WAGON
1-HELICOPTER (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-COMMAND POST VEHICLE (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-DECON TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-BARRIER TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-ARREST PROCESSING VEHICLE (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)

OPERATIONS UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS.

NOTE

ADDITIONAL
SUPERVISORS





DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF (IF NOT ALREADY
PRESENT)
STAFF
RESPONSIBLE
FOR
ASSISTING
THE
INCIDENT
COMMANDER, AS NECESSARY
TRAFFIC OPERATIONS DISTRICT SUPERVISOR (IF NOT ALREADY
PRESENT)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

9 of 13

LOCAL BOROUGH MOBILIZATION 1ST PLATOON

LEVEL 3
AUTHORITY
TO CALL



CAPTAIN OR ABOVE

RESPONDING
UNITS



3 SERGEANTS PER PATROL BOROUGH (1 PER MOBILE FIELD
FORCE WITH VAN) (PBQN AND PBQS WILL SEND 2 SERGEANTS
EACH, PBSI, HOUSING BUREAU AND TRANSIT BUREAU WILL
SEND 1 SERGEANT EACH)
2 POLICE OFFICERS PER PRECINCT AND HOUSING PSA WITHIN
PATROL BOROUGH CONCERNED BY RMP
2 POLICE OFFICERS PER TRANSIT DISTRICT PURSUANT TO THEIR
PLAN (SEE PAGE 13)
1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS (HIGHWAY DISTRICT WITH
RMPs)
1 SERGEANT AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (STREET CRIME UNIT)
1-ARREST PROCESSING VEHICLE (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-ESU SUPERVISOR
1-REP AND TRUCK
1-MLG OR HELP CAR
1-PATROL WAGON
1-HELICOPTER
1-BARRIER TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-COMMAND POST VEHICLE (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)














OPERATIONS UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS.

NOTE

ADDITIONAL
SUPERVISORS




DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF
1 LIEUTENANT (SELECTED BY PATROL BOROUGH CONCERNED
EXCEPT PBSI)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-03

10/16/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10 of 13

CITY WIDE PRECINCT MOBILIZATION 2ND AND 3RD PLATOON

LEVEL 4
AUTHORITY
TO CALL



CAPTAIN OR ABOVE

RESPONDING
UNITS



3 LIEUTENANTS (1 PER MOBILE FIELD FORCE) (PBQN AND PBQS
ONLY 2 LIEUTENANTS EACH, PBSI SUPPLIES ONLY 1
LIEUTENANT, TRANSIT BUREAU 1 LIEUTENANT PER BOROUGH
MOBILIZED)
1 HOUSING BUREAU LIEUTENANT PER 3 PSAs
1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS PER PRECINCT AND
HOUSING PSA PER BOROUGH MOBILIZED
1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS PER TRANSIT DISTRICT
PURSUANT TO THEIR PLAN (SEE PAGE 13)
1 SERGEANT AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (HIGHWAY DISTRICT
WITH RMPs [ADDITIONAL])
1 SERGEANT AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (STREET CRIME UNIT [IF
NOT ALREADY PRESENT])
2 SERGEANTS AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (MOUNTED UNIT
[ADDITIONAL])
1-ARREST PROCESS VEHICLE (ADDITIONAL)
1-SERGEANT AND 4 POLICE OFFICERS - PAFTS
1-ESU SUPERVISOR (ADDITIONAL)
1-POT TRUCK OR PEACEKEEPER (ADDITIONAL)
1-MLG OR HELP CAR (ADDITIONAL)
1-REP OR TRUCK (ADDITIONAL)
1-SERGEANT AND 2 DETECTIVES - TARU (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-COMMAND POST VEHICLE (ADDITIONAL)
1-BARRIER TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-DECON TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-PATROL WAGON (ADDITIONAL)



















NOTE

OPERATIONS UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS.

ADDITIONAL
SUPERVISORS








DUTY CHIEF
DUTY INSPECTOR (BOROUGH OF INCIDENT)
DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF WITH EACH BOROUGH
MOBILIZED, UNLESS ALREADY ON SCENE FROM LEVEL 2
STAFF RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSISTING INCIDENT COMMANDER,
AS NECESSARY
1 CAPTAIN HOUSING BUREAU AND TRANSIT BUREAU, IF AVAILABLE
1 TRAFFIC OPERATIONS DISTRICT SUPERVISOR (IF NOT ALREADY
PRESENT)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

11 of 13

LEVEL 4

CITY WIDE PRECINCT MOBILIZATION 1ST PLATOON

AUTHORITY
TO CALL

CAPTAIN OR ABOVE

RESPONDING
UNITS

EACH DESIGNATED BOROUGH WILL SEND (PER PATROL BOROUGH):
 3 SERGEANTS PER PATROL BOROUGH (1 PER MOBILE FIELD
FORCE WITH VAN), PBQN AND PBQS WILL SEND 2 SERGEANTS
EACH, PBSI, HOUSING BUREAU AND TRANSIT BUREAU WILL
SEND 1 SERGEANT EACH
 2 POLICE OFFICERS PER PRECINCT AND HOUSING PSA WITHIN
PATROL BOROUGH CONCERNED BY RMP
 2 POLICE OFFICERS PER TRANSIT DISTRICT PURSUANT TO THEIR
PLAN (SEE PAGE 13)
 1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS (HIGHWAY DISTRICT WITH
RMPs [IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT])
 1 SERGEANT AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (STREET CRIME UNIT [IF
NOT ALREADY PRESENT])
 1-ESU SUPERVISOR (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
 1-REP AND TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
 1-MLG OR HELP CAR (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
 1-PATROL WAGON (ADDITIONAL)
 1-POT TRUCK OR PEACEKEEPER (ADDITIONAL)
 1-HELICOPTER (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
 1-BARRIER TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
 1-COMMAND POST VEHICLE (ADDITIONAL)

NOTE

OPERATIONS UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS.

ADDITIONAL
SUPERVISORS





DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF
1 LIEUTENANT (SELECTED BY PATROL BOROUGH CONCERNED,
EXCEPT PBSI)
1 CAPTAIN HOUSING BUREAU AND TRANSIT BUREAU, IF
AVAILABLE

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

12 of 13

MOBILE FIELD FORCE ASSIGNMENTS
PATROL SERVICES BUREAU

2ND & 3RD
PLATOONS
(1 SGT AND 8 POs
PER PRECINCT)

1ST
PLATOON
(1 SGT PER MOBILE FIELD
FORCE 2 POs PER PRECINCT)

MOBILE FIELD
FORCE NUMBER
PBMS 1
2
3
SUB TOTAL

SGTs
3
4
3
10

POs
24
32
24
80

SGTs
1
1
1
3

POs
6
8
6
20

PCTS ASSIGNED
1-5-7
6-9-10-13
MTS-17-MTN

PBMN 4
5
6
SUB TOTAL

4
4
4
12

32
32
32
96

1
1
1
3

8
8
8
24

19-20-CPP-24
26-30-33-34
23-25-28-32

PBBX 7
8
9
SUB TOTAL

4
4
4
12

32
32
32
96

1
1
1
3

8
8
8
24

40-42-44-48
41-43-45-49
46-47-50-52

PBBS

10
11
12
SUB TOTAL

4
5
4
13

32
40
32
104

1
1
1
3

8
10
8
26

60-61-62-70
66-68-72-76-78
63-67-69-71

PBBN 13
14
15
SUB TOTAL

3
4
3
10

24
32
24
80

1
1
1
3

6
8
6
20

73-75-81
77-79-84-88
83-90-94

PBQS

16
17
SUB TOTAL

4
4
8

32
32
64

1
1
2

8
8
16

102-103-106-107
100-101-105-113

PBQN 18
19
SUB TOTAL

4
4
8

32
32
64

1
1
2

8
8
16

104-108-114-115
109-110-111-112

PBSI

3

24

1

6

120-122-123

76

608

20

152

20

SUB TOTAL PSB

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

13 of 13
TRANSIT BUREAU

MFF
1
BELOW
2
3
SUB TOTAL

3

24

1

6

PER TRANSIT PLAN

4
4
11

32
32
88

1
1
3

8
8
22

DO
DO

1
1
1
3

6
6
6
18

ANY 3 PSAs
DO
DO

26

192

HOUSING BUREAU
1
2
3
SUB TOTAL

NOTE

3
3
3
9

24
24
24
72

GRAND TOTAL

96

768

Mobile Field Forces are a method of organizing personnel into groups utilizing the
“old” geographical patrol division format with the exception of Patrol Borough Queens
North and Queens South. The Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau will organize their
own mobile field forces as per their own in bureau plans.

TRANSIT BUREAU RESPONSE PLAN
The Transit Bureau Patrol Boroughs do not currently correspond to the
geographic and administrative patrol boroughs of the Patrol Services Bureau.
To address this the following response plan will be utilized:
PATROL
BOROUGH
MOBILIZED

2ND & 3RD
PLATOON
RESPONSE
PER DISTRICT

1ST PLATOON
RESPONSE
PER
DISTRICT

DISTRICT(S)
REQUIRED TO
RESPOND

PBMS

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

2&4

PBMN

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

1&3

PBBX

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

11 & 12

PBBS

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

32 & 34

PBBN

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

30 & 33

PBQN AND PBQS

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

20

PBSI

NONE

NONE

NONE

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-04

MOBILIZATION READINESS LEVELS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

10/16/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To alert units concerned that a mobilization has occurred and its companion
readiness levels have been initiated.

PROCEDURE

When a mobilization level has been activated and a readiness level is
automatically initiated:
READINESS LEVEL 1

INCIDENT
COMMANDER

1.

Activate “Field Command Post.”

COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION

2.

Notify Operations Unit of details, broadcast “Readiness Level One” on all
frequencies within affected patrol borough and notify patrol borough task
force concerned.

OPERATIONS
UNIT

3.

Notify local patrol borough, Housing Bureau, Transit Bureau, Chief of
Transportation and Special Operations Division.
Place all non-affected patrol borough and Transit Bureau task forces on
alert.

4.

5.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMAND

Monitor incident and notify the following commands of the situation:
a.
Local patrol borough task force, if not already on the scene
b.
Patrol borough duty inspector/captain
c.
Patrol borough community affairs personnel
d.
Patrol borough command post personnel (Alert Status Only)
e.
Community Affairs personnel - precincts concerned
f.
Detective borough concerned
g.
Platoon commander, precinct concerned, to respond.
(1)
If unavailable, notify platoon commander adjoining
precinct to respond.

READINESS LEVEL 2
COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION

6.

Notify Operations Unit and broadcast “Readiness Level Two” on all
frequencies.

OPERATIONS
UNIT

7.

Alert all non-mobilized patrol borough task forces, including Transit
Bureau task forces, as well as precinct and Housing Bureau personnel
within patrol borough concerned, holding same beyond expiration of tour.

NOTE

The Operations Unit will release task force, including Transit Bureau task forces, and
precinct and Housing Bureau personnel ONLY after conferral between the Incident
Commander and a supervisor from the Operations Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 6

OPERATIONS
UNIT
(continued)

8.
9.

Staff Operations Unit command post and monitor situation.
Notify the following commands of the situation and their required
response of equipment, supervisors and personnel:
a.
All patrol boroughs, including Transit Bureau, to have task forces
remain on alert or respond to scene
b.
Duty chief
c.
Special Operations Division
d.
Chief of Transportation
e.
First Deputy Commissioner
f.
Deputy Commissioner - Operations
g.
Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters
h.
Chief of Community Affairs
i.
Deputy Commissioner - Public Information
j.
Chief of Department
k.
Chief of Patrol
l.
Chief of Housing Bureau
m.
Chief of Detectives
n.
Chief of Organized Crime Control
o.
Chief of Internal Affairs
p.
Chief of Transit Bureau
q.
Criminal Justice Bureau
r.
Property Clerk Division
s.
Fleet Services Division
t.
Communications Section
u.
Applicant Processing Division
v.
Police Academy
w.
Quartermaster Section.

PATROL,
HOUSING, AND
TRANSIT
BOROUGH
COMMANDS

10.

Notify the following commands of the situation:
a.
Precincts, police service areas, transit districts within affected
patrol borough - alert for possible mobilization. (A response of
one sergeant and eight police officers, with Department van, will
stand-by at each precinct or affected command).
b.
Patrol borough, police service area or transit district commanding officer
c.
Duty inspector/captain
d.
Detective borough concerned
e.
Patrol borough and precinct community affairs personnel
f.
Precinct detective squads
g.
Chief of Transportation and precincts concerned - to staff route to
mobilization point.

DETECTIVE
BOROUGH

11.

Designate one sergeant and three detectives to respond to Field Command
Post to serve as intelligence staff.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 6

READINESS LEVEL 3
COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION

12.

Notify Operations Unit and broadcast “Readiness Level Three” on all
frequencies.

OPERATIONS
UNIT

13.

Staff Operations Unit command post and monitor situation.

NOTE

All uniformed members of the service assigned to commands within Patrol Services Bureau,
Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau will be alerted and held beyond the expiration of their
tour, if necessary. The Operations Unit will release such personnel ONLY after conferral
between the Incident Commander and a supervisor assigned to the Operations Unit.

14.

Notify the following of developments and the need to staff the Operations
Unit command post:
a.
Office of Chief of Community Affairs
b.
Office of Deputy Commissioner - Public Information
c.
Office of the Chief of Department
d.
Office of the Chief of Patrol
e.
Office of the Chief of Housing Bureau
f.
Office of the Chief of Detectives
g.
Office of the Chief of Personnel
h.
Office of the Chief of Organized Crime Control
i.
Office of the Chief of Transit Bureau
j.
Duty Chief
k.
Director, Office of Support Services Bureau.

NOTE

Citywide units previously notified, as per Readiness Level 2 will await deployment, as
required, by the Operations Unit.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMAND

15.

NOTE

Members will fill positions as follows:
a.
Tactical Operations Coordinator
b.
Operations Officer
c.
Personnel/Administrative Officer
d.
Logistics Officer
e.
Intelligence Officer.

Activate borough command post and staff with pre-designated or
members designated by the Tactical Operations Coordinator.

For further information regarding the above titles, see ADDITIONAL DATA.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 6

ORGANIZED
CRIME
CONTROL
BUREAU

16.

Assign one sergeant and two detectives from NITRO to respond to the
borough command post.

DETECTIVE
BUREAU

17.

Assign one detective supervisor from detective borough to respond to the
borough command post.

INTELLIGENCE
BUREAU

18.

Assign one uniformed member to respond to the borough command post.

NOTE

On duty uniformed members of the service assigned to non-uniformed units (e.g. Organized
Crime Control Bureau, Applicant Processing Division, Detective Bureau, Police Academy,
etc.) will respond to their command, change into uniform, and await deployment. Parent
commands are responsible to consolidate personnel staffing figures and locations and
notify the Operations Unit. Support units, such as the Property Clerk Division, Criminal
Justice Bureau, Quartermaster Section, Community Affairs/Crime Prevention Section,
Office of the Deputy Commissioner-Public Information, etc., will recall identified key
personnel, contact the Operations Unit for instructions, and await deployment.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMAND

19.

Notify the following:
a.
Commanding officer - patrol borough concerned
b.
Duty inspector/captain - patrol borough concerned
c.
Operations Unit
d.
Precinct/borough detective units
e.
Precinct/borough community affairs personnel.

READINESS LEVEL 4
COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION

20.

Notify Operations Unit and broadcast “Readiness Level Four” on all
frequencies.

OPERATIONS
UNIT

21.

Activate Operations Unit command post.
a.
Staff with previously designated members or those selected by
Tactical Operations Coordinator to serve as:
(1)
Tactical Operations Coordinator
(2)
Operations Officer
(3)
Personnel/Administrative Officer
(4)
Logistics Officer
(5)
Intelligence Officer.

NOTE

For further information regarding the above titles, see ADDITIONAL DATA.

22.

Deploy personnel on stand-by as needed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

5 of 6

OPERATIONS
UNIT
(continued)

23.

Notify:
a.
Police Commissioner
b.
First Deputy Commissioner
c.
Chief of Department
d.
Chief of Patrol
e.
Chief of Housing Bureau
f.
Chief of Detectives
g.
Chief of Personnel
h.
Chief of Organized Crime Control
i.
Chief of Internal Affairs.
j.
Chief of Transit Bureau

NOTE

The Operations Unit will release personnel ONLY after conferral between the Incident
Commander and a supervisor assigned to the Operations Unit.

DETECTIVE
BOROUGH
CONCERNED

24.

NOTE

Citywide units previously identified as per “Readiness Levels” will be deployed as
required by the Operations Unit command post.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The following are synopses of duties of ranking uniformed members of the service in
connection with mobilizations and command post operations:

Assign one captain, one additional sergeant and three additional
detectives to field command post to augment the Intelligence staff.

INCIDENT COMMANDER - the one position that will always be filled at every
incident, regardless of size, by the HIGHEST UNIFORMED RANKING POLICE
SUPERVISOR ASSUMING COMMAND, who has responsibility for overall
management of incident in question.
TACTICAL OPERATIONS COORDINATOR - directs, supervises and ensures
coordination of tasks performed by command post staff, except those areas reserved by
Incident Commander.
OPERATIONS OFFICER - principal staff officer on matters pertaining to strategy,
tactics and overall operations.
PERSONNEL/ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER - primary advisor to the Incident
Commander or the Tactical Operations Coordinator in all aspects of unit strength,
management, personnel services support, administrative support and medical support.
Responsible for prisoner issues and security of command posts.
INTELLIGENCE OFFICER - principal advisor to the Incident Commander on all
intelligence and investigative matters relating to the disorder. Responsible for
coordinating and directing efforts of detectives, community affairs, Deputy
Commissioner - Public Information and Intelligence Bureau personnel.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-04

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

6 of 6

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

LOGISTICS OFFICER - principal staff officer for the Incident Commander in matters of
supply, maintenance, transportation and services. Responsible for security of all mobilization
points, staging areas and designating the support corridor for staging the support units.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Duties At Unusual Disorders (P.G. 213-05)
Unusual Disorder Plan - Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Unusual Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor’s Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-05

DUTIES AT AN UNUSUAL DISORDER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 9

PURPOSE

To establish specific duties and responsibilities with respect to uniformed
members assigned to unusual disorders.

PROCEDURE

When directed to respond to a scene of an unusual disorder:
UPON REPORT OF A LEVEL ONE OR HIGHER MOBILIZATION:

PCT. CO/ XO
DUTY INSP./
DUTY CAPT./
OR UMOS OF
HIGHER RANK

1.

NOTE

The responding uniformed member concerned need not be present at the scene to
authorize a higher level of mobilization.

2.

3.

4.

Report to the command post.
a.
Contact the command post by radio or telephone, while enroute,
to get an assessment of the situation.
Upon arrival at command post:
a.
Assume the role of Incident Commander as per P.G. 213-03,
“Rapid Mobilization.”
b.
Designate suitable mobilization point.
(1)
Arrange for traffic posts and security posts at that location.
c.
Authorize the mobilization of additional personnel, if necessary, after
briefing by patrol supervisor, borough wheel, or Operations Unit.
d.
Debrief highest-ranking supervisor on scene.

Ensure that a properly staffed and operating command post has been
established and:
a.
Identify location for command post.
b.
Request precinct, police service area, or transit district disorder
plan be delivered to the command post.
c.
Organize the command post staff, if not already established, from
available personnel to perform as:
(1)
Operations Officer - Tactical advisor
(2)
Intelligence Officer - Intelligence advisor
(3)
Personnel and Administrative Officer - Staffing advisor
(4)
Logistics Officer - Equipment advisor.
d.
Review disorder area.
(1)
Utilize maps, if unable to personally inspect area.
Establish communications by:
a.
Conferring with Communications Section for an appropriate
citywide frequency.
b.
Having special or additional frequencies used for conversation
between captains and above.
c.
Using cellular telephones at command post to improve communications.
d.
Having RMPs with mobile digital terminals utilized to bolster
communication and deployed, by the personnel officer, where
needed, e.g., mobilization point, borough and command post.
e.
Implementing dual dispatch system, (i.e., high priority calls go to
disorder control personnel; lower priority calls to precinct units).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 9

NOTE

Communications Section must be conferred with regarding the frequency to be used
during mobilization.

PCT. CO/ XO
DUTY INSP./
DUTY CAPT./
OR UMOS OF
HIGHER RANK
(continued)

5.

NOTE

Community affairs/community policing personnel with community leaders, as listed in
Appendix “H” of the command’s unusual disorder plan, can be used to dispel rumors
and disseminate accurate information.

Deploy responding uniformed members by:
a.
Formulating a plan of action.
b.
Estimating the size, movement, motivation, intent, and leadership
of the disorderly group.
c.
Identifying:
(1)
The participants of the crowd or disorderly group
(2)
The geographical boundaries of the area involved.
d.
Estimating the duration and intensity of the disorder.
e.
Beginning efforts to control the spread of rumors.

f.

6.

Identifying future targets, if applicable, by utilizing community
affairs, community policing and detective personnel.
g.
Dividing the disorder area into sectors for mobile patrol by task
force personnel, preferably in vans.
h.
Containing and isolating disorderly groups by sectoring, perimeter
checkpoints, arrest, etc.
i.
Having task force personnel use mobile tactics of speed, surprise
and deception to accomplish their assignment.
(1)
Deploy personnel as a unit, when possible, to mobile or
foot posts within the designated sectors.
j.
Directing that arrests be made, when appropriate.
k.
Deploying two-thirds of available enforcement personnel and
holding one-third personnel in reserve.
l.
Assigning additional personnel, if needed, when sufficient mobile
forces are deployed in sectors, as follows:
(1)
Foot posts - assign one sergeant and eight police officers
to posts of sufficient size.
(2)
Perimeter check point posts - assign at least one disorder
control squad, consisting of one sergeant and eight police
officers, to each check point to perform the following:
(a)
Prevent disorderly persons from entering or leaving
area through checkpoint.
(b)
Keep curiosity seekers and unauthorized persons
out of area.
(c)
Reroute public or private transportation vehicles
around the area.
(d)
Provide rooftop and overhead security.
MUST provide patrol borough and Operations Unit with regular updates
on the progress of disorder control efforts, as well as unusual
developments, or the need for additional resources.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 9

PCT. CO/ XO
DUTY INSP./
DUTY CAPT./
OR UMOS OF
HIGHER RANK
(continued)

7.

NOTE

Captains may be assigned as commanders of task forces or borough sized precinct
personnel contingents and will maintain unity of assignment for the particular unit
commanded. (Team assignments are listed in ADDITIONAL DATA).

LIEUTENANT

8.

Prepare for relief as follows:
a.
Have commander ending his/her tour confer with new Incident
Commander.
b.
Have both commanders debrief all field commanders concerning:
(1)
Changing patterns of disorder
(2)
Strength of disorderly groups
(3)
Any police related incidents occurring during tour
(4)
Any recommendation as to changes in overall strategies, etc.

9.

Respond quickly and safely to stationhouse, ascertain the mobilization
point, and respond promptly by RMP.
Assume duties as mobile field force commander.

10.
NOTE

Instruct all supervisors on the following:
a.
Nature of the disorder.
b.
Mission and objectives, including specific objectives for
specialized units.
c.
Reminder that independent or unauthorized actions will not be tolerated.
d.
Use minimum force necessary to achieve objectives.
e.
Location of arrest processing areas.
f.
Location of command post and appropriate telephone numbers.
g.
Post or sector boundaries, radio call signals and designated frequency.
h.
Use of specialized equipment.
i.
Tactics that will be utilized.
j.
Reporting ring schedules for command post, staggered for
enforcement units every thirty minutes; hourly for all other
concerned units.
k.
Need to immediately report important or unusual events.

Lieutenants will be responsible for the performance of squads under their command.
Squads will consist of one sergeant and eight police officers from each precinct in the
assigned mobile field force.

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Assist Incident Commander, in the operation of the field command post,
if directed.
Assume duty as either the Operations, Personnel, Intelligence or Logistics
Officer (see ADDITIONAL DATA), if assigned to the field command post.
Have helmet, baton, flashlight, DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET
(PD406-141) and disorder control guidelines available on patrol in RMP.
Direct that Department vehicles be parked in designated spaces only, at
mobilization point.
Follow instructions of captain/incident commander, instruct responding
sergeants and collect DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEETS.
a.
Submit collected DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEETS to
command post.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-05

LIEUTENANT
(continued)

16.

18.
19.

4 of 9

Instruct sergeants as to what radio frequency is being used and ensure that
all radios are tuned to the designated frequency.
a.
Maintain radio discipline of subordinate members.
Inspect sergeants for required uniform and equipment.
a.
Warn sergeants against unauthorized radio transmissions which
are potentially dangerous to all members assigned to disorder.
Have sergeants deliver vehicle keys to vehicle security detail, if required.
Explain instructions carefully to all sergeants and ensure that all
subordinates, including police officers, receive these instructions and
record pertinent information, such as:
a.
Importance of team concept in disorder control
b.
Post and/or sector boundaries
c.
Nature of disorder
d.
Mission of the team
e.
Location and telephone number of command post and arrest
processing area
f.
Identification of Incident Commander, platoon-mobile field force
lieutenant, and other key ranking officers
g.
Equipment information
h.
Appropriate radio frequency and mobile field force/disorder
control squad radio call signs.

Squads will consist of one sergeant and eight police officers from the same precinct.
Sergeants will be called by precinct designation, example “46 sergeant”. Mobile field
force will consist of precinct personnel as listed in ADDITIONAL DATA, page 10, e.g. 1st,
5th and 7th Precincts are designated the 1st mobile field force; 46th, 47th, 50th, and 52nd
Precincts are designated the 9th mobile field force. Lieutenants will be called by lieutenant’s mobile field force designation, example “9th mobile force lieutenant”.

20.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

17.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Instruct subordinate members of the following assignment guidelines:
a.
Do not act independently; follow direction and adhere to the team
concept.
b.
Do not “punish,” rather, be “professional” at all times.
c.
Ensure that only minimum force is used to achieve objectives.
d.
Be tolerant of verbal abuse uttered by civilians in crowd in
attempting to provoke an incident.
e.
Maintain formation when advancing in a disorder situation.
f.
Maintain one arm’s length distance between themselves and the
adjoining member.
g.
“On guard” stance should be used by all members in either a line
or wedge formation.
h.
Be aware of potential danger of rooftops and high ground
locations, e.g., rock/bottle throwers, snipers, etc.
i.
MAINTAIN FIREARMS DISCIPLINE.

Supervisors of arrest teams should not stray from police lines due to the possibility of being
surrounded by crowd members. Supervisors should also ensure that arresting officers adequately
observe and document the actions of those arrested, prior to and during the arrest.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 9

LIEUTENANT
(continued)

21.

NOTE

A lieutenant is responsible for overseeing one mobile field force consisting of three to five
squads, each consisting of one sergeant and eight police officers. In disorder control
situations, it is imperative that lieutenants reinforce the “team concept” of working
together to form a larger team and not individually. Each mobile field force can be given
a variety of assignments (see ADDITIONAL DATA for listing of team assignments).

SERGEANT

22.

23.
NOTE

Instruct subordinate members of the following PROHIBITED CONDUCT:
a.
Do not permit any subordinate to become complacent, regardless
of their particular assignment.
b.
Do not permit any subordinate to break from formation or act
independently, i.e., “Think Team.”
c.
Do not permit sergeants to assign less than two officers to roof top
posts, rear yards or alleys.
(1)
Ensure that only uniformed officers are given these assignments.
d.
Do not permit unnecessary conversation.
e.
Do not permit officers to congregate on post.
f.
Do not permit unauthorized radio transmissions.
g.
Do not permit sergeants to assign members in civilian clothes to
rooftops, rear yards, or alleys.

Respond quickly and safely to stationhouse, form squad of eight police
officers, insure they are properly equipped and respond to mobilization
point as directed by van.
Assume duties of squad sergeant.

Sergeants will be responsible for the performance of the squad they are assigned. Each
squad will consist of eight police officers from the sergeant’s respective precinct.

24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.

Prepare DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET enroute to mobilization
point.
May be directed to assist the Incident Commander in the operation of the
field command post.
Assume duty as either the Operations, Personnel, Intelligence, or Logistics
Officer (see ADDITIONAL DATA), if assigned to the field command post.
Have helmet, baton, flashlight, DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT
SHEET, and disorder control guidelines available on patrol in RMP.
Follow instructions of supervisors, inspect members assigned, submit
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET, etc.
Ensure that portable radio is on designated frequency and maintain radio
discipline of subordinates.
Direct that Department vehicle is parked in designated area only.
Have vehicle keys delivered to security detail, if required.
Conduct thorough inspection of members assigned.
Explain instructions carefully to all police officers assigned, instructing
uniformed members concerned to record important information such as:
a.
Importance of team concept in disorder control.
b.
Post and/or sector boundaries.
c.
Nature of disorder.
d.
Equipment information.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-05

e.
f.
g.
h.

POLICE
OFFICER

PAGE:

08/01/13

SERGEANT
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

6 of 9

Mission of squad.
Location and phone number of command post and arrest
processing area.
Identification of Incident Commander, platoon-mobile field force
lieutenant, and other key ranking officers.
Appropriate radio frequency and mobile field force/disorder
control squad radio call signs.

Each squad will consist of one sergeant and eight police officers from the same precinct.
Sergeants will be called by precinct designation, example “46th sergeant”. Mobile field
force will consist of precinct personnel as listed in ADDITIONAL DATA, page 8, e.g. 1st,
5th and 7th Precincts are designated the 1st mobile field force; 46th, 47th, 50th, and 52nd
Precincts are designated the 9th mobile field force. Lieutenants will be called by their
mobile field force designation, example “9th mobile field force lieutenant”. Captains
will command three mobile field forces of each borough and will be called by their
borough designations, e.g., “Bronx captain”.

34.
35.

Instruct subordinate members on the assignment guidelines as listed in step 20.
Instruct subordinate members on PROHIBITED CONDUCT as listed in step 21.

36.

Have helmet, baton, flashlight and disorder control guidelines available in
RMP on patrol.
Respond quickly and safely to stationhouse or mobilization point as directed.
Follow instructions of supervisors.
Have portable radio tuned to designated frequency, when directed.
DO NOT drive through a disorder area to reach a mobilization point or
staging area.
Park Department vehicle in designated space ONLY.
a.
DO NOT BLOCK OTHER VEHICLES.
b.
Give keys of RMP to security detail, if required.
Listen to instructions carefully and record important information such as:
a.
Post and/or sector boundaries
b.
Nature of disorder
c.
Mission of the team
d.
Equipment information
e.
Location and phone number of command post and arrest
processing area
f.
Identification of squad sergeant and other ranking officers.
g.
Appropriate radio frequency and mobile field force/disorder
control squad radio call signs.
Comply with instructions on the assignment guidelines listed in step 20.
Comply with instructions on PROHIBITED CONDUCT listed in step 21.

37.
38.
39.
40.
41.

42.

43.
44.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-05

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7 of 9

TEAM ASSIGNMENTS
 CROWD DISPERSAL - Responsible to take action against unlawful and disorderly
groups. In line or wedge formations direct team to disperse a disorderly crowd.
 MOBILE RESPONSE - Required to create sectors in the disorder area for patrol
by mobile response units. Also responsible to create a mobile reserve for emergency
response and reliefs.
 ARREST DUTY - Required to implement appropriate arrest tactics under the
supervision of sergeants and lieutenants.
 GENERAL PATROL - Responsible to provide teams assigned to foot patrol to create
a sense of police presence in area. Required to select appropriate posts for patrol.
 PROTECTING VULNERABLE, SENSITIVE OR CRITICAL LOCATIONS Responsible for correctly identifying locations and providing security for designated areas.
 ESCORT DUTY - Maintain a liaison with other agencies and utilities, and provide
staging locations where the system of escorts can be administered.
 CHECKPOINT DUTY - Identify borders of the disorder and provide checkpoints
on appropriate roadways to create a system to:
a. Detour traffic around the disorder area
b. Identify alternate routes for detoured traffic
c. Prevent unauthorized entry into the disorder area
d. Prevent disorderly groups from entering or exiting disorder area.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-05

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 9

MOBILE FIELD FORCE ASSIGNMENTS
PATROL SERVICES BUREAU

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)
MOBILE
FORCE

PBMS

2ND & 3RD PLATOONS
(1 SGT. AND 8 POs
FIELD
PER PRECINCT)
NUMBER SGTs
POs

24
32
24
80
32
32
32
96
32
32
32
96
32
40
32
104
24
32
24
80
32
32
64
32
32
64
24
608

1
2
3

3
4
4
11

TRANSIT BUREAU
24
1
32
1
32
1
88
3

6
8
8
22

PER TRANSIT
PLAN (SEE
ADD. DATA,
page 12)

1
2
3

HOUSING BUREAU
24
1
24
1
24
1
72
3

6
6
6
18

ANY 3 PSAs
DO
DO

TOTAL HB

3
3
3
9

GRAND TOTAL

96

768

192

SUBTOTAL
PBBX

SUBTOTAL
PBBS

SUBTOTAL
PBBN

SUBTOTAL
PBQS
SUBTOTAL
PBQN
SUBTOTAL
PBSI
TOTAL PSB

MFF

1
2
3

1ST PLATOON
(1 SGT. PER MOBILE FIELD FORCE
2 POs PER PRECINCT)
SGTs
POs
PCTS ASSIGNED

3
4
3
10
4
4
4
12
4
4
4
12
4
5
4
13
3
4
3
10
4
4
8
4
4
8
3
76

SUBTOTAL
PBMN

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

TOTAL TD

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

1
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
20

26

6
8
6
20
8
8
8
24
8
8
8
24
8
10
8
26
6
8
6
20
8
8
16
8
8
16
6
152

1-5-7
6-9-10-13
MTS-17-MTN
19-20-CPP-24
26-30-33-34
23-25-28-32
40-42-44-48
41-43-45-49
46-47-50-52
60-61-62-70
66-68-72-76-78
63-67-69-71
73-75-81
77-79-84-88
83-90-94
102-103-106-107
100-101-105-113
104-108-114-115
109-110-111-112
120-122-123

Mobile field forces are a method of organizing personnel into working groups utilizing
the “old” geographical patrol division format with the exception of Patrol Borough
Queens North and Queens South. The Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau will organize
their mobile field forces as per their own Bureau plans.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 9

TRANSIT BUREAU RESPONSE PLAN

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

The Transit Bureau patrol boroughs do not currently correspond to the geographical
and administrative patrol boroughs of the Patrol Services Bureau. To address this, the
following response plan will be utilized:
PATROL
BOROUGH
MOBILIZED

2ND & 3RD PLATOON
RESPONSE PER
DISTRICT

1ST PLATOON
RESPONSE PER
DISTRICT

DISTRICT(S)
REQUIRED
TO RESPOND

PBMS

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

2&4

PBMN

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

1&3

PBBX

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

11 & 12

PBBS

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

32 & 34

PBBN

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

30 & 33

PBMS AND
PBQS

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

20

PBSI

NONE

NONE

NONE

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Unusual Disorder Plan-Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Unusual Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor’s Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-06

LARGE SCALE ARREST PROCESSING PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To establish a coordinated arrest processing procedure for situations in which the number
of arrests effected is, or is anticipated to be, in excess of twenty persons, (i.e. organized
demonstration, large scale disorder, large police enforcement initiatives, etc.).

NOTE

In the borough of Manhattan or Brooklyn North, the former Manhattan Central Booking
facility, (enabled with OLBS and Livescan capabilities), is available to process arrests.
Commanding officers interested in using this facility must notify the Commanding Officer,
Manhattan Court Section.

PROCEDURE

When it is anticipated that a large number of arrests will be effected:

BOROUGH
COMMANDER

1.

NOTE

Each of the eight Patrol Boroughs will forward an updated copy of this list to the
Operations Unit.

2.

Establish and maintain a list of all the precinct stationhouses within the
Patrol Borough, in priority order, for utilization to process up to twenty
persons in mass arrest situations.

Establish priority of the stationhouses to be utilized based on each precinct
stationhouse’s ability to simultaneously process multiple prisoners with
minimal interference to that command’s day to day operations.

NOTE

When determining the priority in which precinct stationhouses will be utilized first in each
Patrol Borough, consideration will be given to the precinct’s physical layout, its ability to
secure multiple prisoners at one time and the space available for arresting/assigned officers
to prepare required arrest related forms and reports, (geographical considerations may
also be given at the actual time of the incident before precincts are utilized).

INCIDENT
COMMANDER

3.

NOTE

Every effort will be made to have arresting/assigned officer’s process no more than five
prisoners and the arrest supervisors assigned no more than four arresting/assigned
officers, when practical.

4.

5.

NOTE

Have groups of no more than twenty prisoners with their
arresting/assigned officers and one supervisor from the scene of arrest,
transported to designated precinct stationhouse(s) via patrol wagon.

Ensure arresting/assigned officers have definite knowledge of the arrest,
and can articulate the factual elements of the offense for which the arrests
were effected.
Have the desk officer of the processing precinct notified of the number of
prisoners that are enroute to their command for processing.

Precinct commanders will ensure that their commands have an adequate supply of arrest
related forms and reports readily available in the event their stationhouse is utilized.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-06

ARREST
SUPERVISOR

PAGE:

08/01/13

6.

7.

8.
9.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Ensure that each prisoner is photographed with their arresting/assigned
officer before boarding patrol wagon and affix MASS ARREST
PEDIGREE LABEL (PD244-093) to back of each Polaroid, with all
relevant captions completed.
Contact the Incident Commander/Command Post, upon arrival at
processing precinct stationhouse, to verify if prisoners will be processed
as on-line arrests or be issued DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS
(PD260-121) and/or Criminal Court Summonses, if qualified.
Ensure that city, state and federal warrant checks are performed.
Directly supervise all arrest processing, as per that borough’s arrest
processing procedures.

The precinct Arrest Processing Officer (APO), will assist the arrest processing supervisor and
arresting/assigned officer in all computer functions and ensure all appropriate forms are
prepared so that the District Attorney’s Office will be able to prepare a Sworn Complaint.
The primary function of the Arrest Processing Officer is to return the arresting/assigned
officer to patrol during large scale demonstrations, disorder or enforcement initiatives. The
arrest processing supervisor will identify another member of the service, who is qualified in
Livescan, to fingerprint ALL prisoners that are required to be fingerprinted.

10.

11.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Review and sign, where appropriate, all arrest related documents and forms
for accuracy and completeness upon completion of arrest processing,
including DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS and Criminal Court
Summonses issued (ensuring the appropriate return date has been issued).
Contact Incident Commander/Command Post to receive approval before
releasing any defendant issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET or
Criminal Court Summons, and if applicable, to request transportation to
the appropriate Court for prisoners processed as on-line arrests.

When a large scale arrest situation is anticipated, the commanding officer concerned is
to notify the concerned borough Court Section supervisor, via telephone message, with
all pertinent information, including the date and time of scheduled event and the
anticipated number of arrests. The borough Court Section will then make appropriate
notifications to the District Attorney’s Office and Office of Court Administration to
ensure all arrests are processed expeditiously.
If large scale arrest situations are scheduled sufficiently in advance, and the number of
anticipated arrests dictate it, a centralized processing area may be utilized and
coordinated through the concerned borough Court Section.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Criminal Court Summonses - Graphic (P.G. 209-11)
Arrest By A Civilian (P.G. 208-04)
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-16)
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
MASS ARREST PEDIGREE LABEL (PD244-093)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-07

UNUSUAL DISORDER MAPS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide responding personnel with a graphic representation of possible police
deployment and operation during an unusual disorder.

NOTE

Unusual disorder maps are also used to graphically represent actions taken by
responding personnel as well as incidents, crimes, protest marches, etc., within the
precinct concerned. These maps allow for the cross-referencing of the situation and
intelligence logs and the personnel status boards. Additionally, these maps are an
invaluable tool for both the incident commander and the command post staff.

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER
2.
3.

Procure eight large wall type precinct/police service area/transit district
area maps from the Communications Division, Cartography Section.
Mark each with sensitive and key locations necessary for operations
planning in an unusual disorder.
Indicate the following locations by the corresponding colors and symbols:

GUN STORES

RED

UTILITY FACILITIES

BLUE

DIPLOMATIC
FACILITIES

RADIO REPEATERS

BUSINESS DISTRICTS

NOTE

ORANGE

GREEN

OUTLINED IN BLACK

MOBILIZATION POINTS
AND LANDING ZONES

BLACK

MISCELLANEOUS AS
DETERMINED BY
COMMANDING OFFICER

YELLOW

These key and sensitive locations will by marked in two ways, as follows:
a.
One by color indicating its location and type, and
b.
One by graphic symbol, as indicated above.
Exact locations will be indicated, where possible, by drawing an arrow between the
location in the appropriate color and the appropriate symbol on the side of the map.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-07

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Prepare an index listing the facilities on the map on separate sheet of
paper and permanently attach the index to a non-essential area on the
front of the map.

Utilize a letter and number type index to differentiate between similar locations. For
example, if there are three gun stores in the precinct/police service area/transit district
area, they are listed on the map index as “A1,” “A2,” and “A3.”

MEMBER
CONCERNED,
POLICE
ACADEMY
REPRODUCTIONS UNIT

5.

Forward all eight maps to the Police Academy, Reproductions Unit, for
lamination.

6.

Laminate maps and return them, when completed, to originating
command.

COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER,
CONCERNED

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Retain two laminated maps at command.
a.
Distribute the remaining six maps, as follows:
(1)
Two each to:
(a)
Patrol borough concerned
(b)
Operations Unit
(c)
Disorder Control Unit.

Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Duties At Unusual Disorders (P.G. 213-05)
Unusual Disorder Plan - Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor’s Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-08

UNUSUAL DISORDER PLAN - FORMULATING PLAN
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To formulate plans for suppressing unusual disorder.

PROCEDURE

When commanding officers concerned (see ADDITIONAL DATA) are required to
formulate and maintain unusual disorder plans:

BUREAU CHIEF/
BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
COUNTERPART

1.

Direct commanding officers of subordinate commands to formulate and
submit an unusual disorder plan following the outline listed in
ADDITIONAL DATA.

PRECINCT/
UNIT
COMMANDER

2.
3.
4.

Evaluate current unusual disorder plan of command.
Formulate new plan following the outline listed in ADDITIONAL DATA.
Prepare plan utilizing current Department word processing software.
a.
DO NOT skip any appendix listed in outline.

NOTE

If an appendix does not apply, prepare a blank page listing the appendix and the
statement “DOES NOT APPLY TO THIS COMMAND.”

5.

Forward disk, if available, and a printed copy of plan to bureau chief/
borough commander or counterpart.

BUREAU CHIEF/ 6.
BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
COUNTERPART

Consolidate and review all unusual disorder plans for completeness and
accuracy.

BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
COUNTERPART

Have a file created for unusual disorder plans at the borough “wheel,”
borough task force command and borough command post vehicle.
Formulate and prepare an unusual disorder plan for the borough utilizing
the appropriate appendices in ADDITIONAL DATA to convey instructions
and advice to subordinate commands regarding borough policies and
procedures.
Have borough unusual disorder plan prepared utilizing current
Department word processing software.

7.
8.

9.

BUREAU CHIEF/
BOROUGH
COMMANDER/
COUNTERPART

10.

NOTE

Unusual disorder plans will be updated yearly with changes noted on a cover sheet and forwarded
to the Office of the Chief of Department by February 1st each year. Bureau/borough/unit commanders may conduct a more frequent review of disorder plans, as necessary.

Submit disks, if available, and printed copies of plans to Office of the
Chief of Department for review.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-08

CHIEF OF
DEPARTMENT

11.

13.
14.
15.

16.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

12.

BUREAU CHIEF/
BOROUGH
COMMANDER
COUNTERPART

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 6

Review unusual disorder plans submitted from bureau chiefs/borough
commanders or counterparts.
Forward approved plans to bureau chief/counterpart or borough commander/
counterpart concerned, through channels.
a.
Forward copies of all completed unusual disorder plans and disks
to the Disorder Control Unit.
Ensure approved disorder plans are available on a twenty-four hour basis.
Have the unusual disorder plan, in a binder, maintained at the desk and in
patrol supervisors’ RMPs.
Instruct members of the command of:
a.
The location and routes to the precinct mobilization points
b.
Emergency routes, particularly those which pass through the
confines of precinct.
Have a map with the mobilization points displayed in the sitting room.

Commanding officers of the following commands are required to formulate and
maintain unusual disorder plans:
a.
All patrol precincts
b.
All patrol boroughs
c.
All borough task forces
d.
Detective Bureau
e.
Missing Persons Squad
f.
Organized Crime Control Bureau
g.
Housing Bureau (response to a city-wide condition)
h.
Transit Bureau (response to a city-wide condition)
i.
All police service areas
j.
All transit districts and task forces
k.
Criminal Justice Bureau
l.
Fleet Services Division (including Fuel Control Unit)
m.
Property Clerk Division
n.
Quartermaster Section
o.
Special Operations Division (including sub-units not listed)
p.
Emergency Service Unit (including all sub-units)
q.
Street Crime Unit
r.
Harbor Unit
s.
Aviation Unit
t.
Chief of Transportation (including sub-units not listed)
u.
Highway District
v.
Mounted Unit
w.
Applicant Processing Division
x.
Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters
y.
Chief of Community Affairs
z.
Communications Division
aa.
Electronics Section
bb.
Operations Division.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-08

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 6

FORMAT TO BE FOLLOWED WHEN PREPARING UNUSUAL DISORDER
PLAN
SECTION I
APPENDIX A
INTRODUCTION AND INSTRUCTIONS
(1)
PATROL PRECINCTS, POLICE SERVICE AREAS AND TRANSIT
DISTRICTS
(a)
Describe precinct, police service area and transit district
demographics including:
Physical description
Ethnic breakdown
Religious breakdown
(b)
Include important characteristics or short historical analysis of
past disorders, feuds, bias problems, etc.
Include recent events where appropriate.
(c)
Outline duties and local tactics to be followed when disorder is:
Localized
Enveloping the entire command
Involving multiple precincts, districts or police service areas
(d)
Sectoring, perimeter checkpoints and linear strategy should be
evident in these plans.
(2)
OTHER THAN COMMANDS LISTED ABOVE (ORGANIZED CRIME
CONTROL BUREAU, PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION, ETC.)
(a)
Describe your anticipated participation in an unusual disorder
response and how you intend to accomplish your mission.
(b)
How many personnel will be rescheduled if required and
available for deployment?
(c)
What procedures will be instituted to ensure sufficient personnel to
carry out your anticipated mission in an unusual disorder response?
APPENDIX B
VULNERABLE LOCATIONS
(1)
Each group of locations should be listed in priority order, with supplied
post lists, for patrol coverage, i.e.:
(a)
COMMERCIAL
PRIORITY 1
PRIORITY 2
(b)
OTHER LOCATIONS PRIORITY 1
APPENDIX C
SENSITIVE LOCATIONS
(1)
List sensitive locations, with appropriate post lists, by type in priority
order, as follows:
(a)
Gun shops
(b)
Sensitive religious locations
(c)
Public utilities
(d)
Sensitive diplomatic locations
(e)
Storage sites of large quantities of hazardous materials
(f)
Any other locations deemed necessary by the commanding officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-08

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 6

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

APPENDIX D
MOBILIZATION POINTS - HELICOPTER LANDING ZONES
(1)
Identify two mobilization points in your command with staffing levels
and post lists for traffic control and security.
(2)
Identify alternate staging areas with post lists for security and traffic control.
(3)
Identify rest areas, i.e., two city schools within your command to be
used as rest/staging areas for reporting members.
(a)
Include posts/ staffing to provide security.
(4)
Identify a “Helicopter Landing Zone” with post lists to secure location.
(a)
Submit proposed helicopter landing zone information on Typed
Letterhead to the Commanding Officer, Aviation Unit for final approval.
(5)
Identify docking locations for Harbor Unit in precincts that border
water.

NOTE

When creating post assignments as required in Appendices B, C, and D, remember the
principle of economy of force. Utilize the minimum number of officers for defensive post
assignments using the one sergeant and eight police officer squad concept.
APPENDIX E
SPECIAL TACTICAL PLANS
(1)
Include a summary of specialized plans already existing in your
command, such as Halloween, yearly, or frequent protest rally plans
including plans used to regulate them for the past three years.
APPENDIX F
EQUIPMENT/SPECIALIZED UNIT REQUIREMENTS NEEDED TO
EFFECTIVELY IMPLEMENT PLANS AND TACTICS
(1)
List all motor vehicles, bicycles, boats, aircraft, number of animals
assigned to command by type
(2)
List number of portable radios
(3)
List additional equipment needed to implement plans and tactics.
APPENDIX G
DETENTION FACILITIES
(1)
List detention facilities within your command boundaries not including
those in your building suitable for processing of prisoners, after
conferral with Criminal Justice Bureau.
(a)
Include security post list for each facility.
APPENDIX H
PERSONS KEY TO COMMUNITY STABILITY
(1)
Lists should include telephone number, beeper number (if available),
address, etc. Persons listed should be grouped as follows:
Elected officials
Clergy
Community Council members
Community Board members
School officials
Other community/civic organizations
Other prominent persons.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-08

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 6

NOTE

Include instructions, after conferral with borough commander, on how to notify those
persons listed above.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

SECTION II
APPENDIX I
COORDINATION OF EFFORTS WITH OTHER AGENCIES OR POLICE
DEPARTMENTS OPERATING WITHIN THE AFFECTED AREA.
(1)
List contact persons and telephone numbers.
(2)
Describe the role and contribution of these agencies during an unusual
disorder.
(a)
Confer with these agencies.
(3)
List locations and designations of local agency sites (i.e., firehouses,
sanitation garages, ambulance bases, etc.).
(4)
List vehicle fueling locations at other agencies within your command.
APPENDIX J
KEY PERSONNEL (PRECINCT OR UNIT)
(1)
List key personnel, with home telephone numbers and addresses, i.e.,
operations coordinator, special operations coordinator, community
policing sergeant, etc.
(a)
Include notification instructions for each mobilization level.
APPENDIX K
PRECINCT SECTOR DESCRIPTIONS, (OR EQUIVALENT FOR
HOUSING BUREAU AND TRANSIT BUREAU), BOUNDARIES, MAPS
APPENDIX L
COMMUNITY POLICE BEAT OFFICERS AND BEAT BOUNDARIES
(1)
COMMUNITY POLICING PERSONNEL:
(a)
List names and home telephone numbers of all sergeants and
police officers assigned and identify their beats.
APPENDIX M
EMERGENCY TRANSPORTATION AVAILABLE IN YOUR COMMAND.
(1)
Include commercial buses, ferries and heliports.
APPENDIX N
LOCAL HOSPITALS\NURSING HOMES
(1)
List all hospitals\nursing homes, with a list of each hospitals\nursing
homes’ key administrators, within your command.
(a)
List established emergency routes to local hospitals\nursing homes.
(b)
List the facilities that may require assistance in the event of a
power outage or interruption.
(2)
Include a floor plan (a clear, legible and simplified sketch) of hospital emergency
room and telephone numbers of key departments within each hospital.

NOTE

Include an 8 ½ X 11 inch map with Appendix “B,” “C,” “D,” “K” and “L.” Each map
should be specific to the information in that appendix.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-08

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Duties At Unusual Disorders (P.G. 213-05)
Unusual Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Unusual Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor’s Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

6 of 6

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-09

UNUSUAL DISORDER KITS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

PURPOSE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

To provide readily available clerical supplies and Department forms for use at
unusual disorder scenes.

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER

Maintain at a readily available storage location, with command post log
and flag, an unusual disorder kit containing the following:

ITEM
Copy of precinct/police service area/
transit district “Unusual Disorder Plan”
NOTE

1 of 2

AMOUNT

1

An additional copy of precinct/police service area/transit district Unusual Disorder Plan
will be separated by Appendix, placed in individual manila folders, and appropriately
labeled according to area. Folders will be delivered to, and available for, reference at
field command post.

Copy of Patrol Guide 213 Series

1

Precinct/police service area/transit district
map (large laminated - see ADDITIONAL DATA)

2

Precinct/police service area sector map
(small, reproduced on photocopy machine)

75

Number 1 book

2

Writing tablet, lined, 8 ½” X 14”

4

Multi-service envelope

15

Paper clips

2 boxes

Stapler

1

Staples

1 box

Dry eraser markers

1 set

Index cards, 4” X 6”

200

Rubber bands

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

1 box

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

COMMANDING DEPARTMENT FORMS
AMOUNT
OFFICER
ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155)
50
(continued)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152B)
200
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
200
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)
200
IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091)
100
MISSING - UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151) 50
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A) 200
TAG (PD521-091)
300
2.
3.
4.
5.

Instruct desk officers to dispatch unusual disorder kit to a scene of an
unusual disorder, when required.
Obtain additional supplies, if required during an unusual disorder, from
command post vehicle, adjoining commands or Quartermaster Section.
Replace expended supplies without delay.
Cause semiannual inspection of unusual disorder kit and place supplies
that are missing, obsolete, deteriorated, etc.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Large laminated maps will be prepared as per P.G. 213-07, “Unusual Disorder Maps.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Duties At Unusual Disorder (P.G. 213-05)
Unusual Disorder Plan - Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor’s Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-10

EMERGENCY MOBILIZATION OF OFF DUTY PERSONNEL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To direct the mobilization of off duty members of the service (uniformed and
civilian) during emergencies.

SCOPE

In the event of a mobilization of off duty personnel, members of the service
(uniformed and civilian) who are scheduled to report for duty with the next
scheduled platoon or are on a scheduled regular day off (RDO), will report to
their permanent command or, if directed, an alternate mobilization point.
Uniformed members of the service in the rank of captain or above will, in all
cases, report to their permanent command. All other members will report as per
their regularly scheduled tours. EXAMPLE - An off duty mobilization is
activated on the third platoon. Those members scheduled to report for duty with
the next scheduled first platoon, as well as all members on a regular day off, will
immediately report to their permanent commands or mobilization points, as
directed. All other members will report for their next scheduled tour of duty.
Adhering to this schedule will allow for relief of mobilized personnel if the
condition which originally necessitated the mobilization continues over an
extended period.

NOTE

Off duty members of the service required to respond as per this procedure are being
ordered to report for duty. Activation of this procedure will be transmitted via
television, radio, or telephone.

For the purposes of this procedure the standard first, second and third platoon
system will be utilized. Members of the service not assigned to tours within this
platoon system will be considered assigned to the platoon in which the majority
of their tour hours are performed.
OFF DUTY MOBILIZATION PLATOON ASSIGNMENTS
MAJORITY OF TOUR
PERFORMED DURING:
0000 hours - 0800 hours
0800 hours - 1600 hours
1600 hours - 2400 hours

PLATOON
ASSIGNED TO:
First Platoon
Second Platoon
Third Platoon

The primary mobilization point for all activated off duty members of the service
will be their permanent command. However, if circumstances dictate otherwise,
the Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner or the Chief of Department
may require response to alternate mobilization points. Such alternate response
points, determined by the member’s residence, will be as follows:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

LOCATION OF RESIDENCE

SCOPE
(continued)

2 of 6

DESIGNATED
MOBILIZATION POINT



New York City (except Staten Island)

Permanent command



Staten Island

122nd Precinct (if permanent command
is not on Staten Island)



Westchester, Rockland, Orange or
Putnam Counties

50th Pct. Mobilization Point at Van Cortlandt
Park, Broadway and Mosholu Avenue



Nassau and Suffolk Counties:
North of Long Island Expressway





South of Long Island Expressway

Flushing Meadows Park, 110th Pct. at the
Queens Museum opposite the Unisphere
113th Pct. Mobilization Point at Baisley Pond
Park, 150th Street and 133rd Avenue

ASSIGNMENT OF MOBILIZED PERSONNEL
All mobilized personnel and all personnel already on duty will be organized into squads
consisting of one supervisor and eight police officers/detectives. Squad assignments will
be recorded on DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141). To
facilitate assignment, redeployment, and relief of personnel, members will be assigned
and categorized as “on duty,” “next platoon,” and “regular day off.” Mobilized
members from the Patrol Services Bureau, Housing Bureau, and Transit Bureau will be
assigned to the operational control of their respective bureau.
Mobilized personnel assigned to the next scheduled platoon will be utilized as
per the needs of their permanent command. Personnel mobilized on their RDO
will be organized into mobile field forces and deployed as rapid response units
by their respective borough commands.
Mobilized Organized Crime Control Bureau personnel will be organized into
mobile field forces for deployment as rapid response units, under the operational
control of the Operations Unit.
NOTE

A “mobile field force” is a platoon, under the command of a lieutenant, composed of
three to five squads, consisting of one supervisor and eight police officers/detectives.

The Chief of Detectives will determine which Detective Bureau personnel will be
assigned to investigative functions, if necessary. Mobilized personnel not utilized
in investigative functions will be assigned as directed by the Operations Unit.
Other personnel (mobilized and on duty) not specifically assigned in this
procedure will be deployed by the Operations Unit to supplement personnel
within the Patrol Services Bureau, Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau.
Mobilized civilian members of the service will perform their routine duties at
their permanent command, unless otherwise directed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-10

PROCEDURE

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 6

Upon the direction of the Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner, or
the Chief of Department:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER/
DESK
OFFICER,
OPERATIONS
UNIT
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Prepare a off duty mobilization message detailing the pertinent information
and instructions relative to the emergency situation and directing:
a.
All members of the service (uniformed and civilian) who are
scheduled to report for duty with the next scheduled platoon, or are on
a regular day off, to report to their permanent commands without
delay, unless otherwise directed.

The mobilization point (either permanent command or alternate) will be determined by
the Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner or the Chief of Department.

b.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
NOTE

Deputy commissioners/bureau chiefs will provide the Operations Unit with a list of key
command personnel to be notified in case of emergency. Included in that list will be a
designated liaison officer (captain or above) who will act as a liaison with the Operations
Unit. The liaison officer will be available to respond to the Operations Unit Command
Post/NYPD Emergency Operations Center. Deputy Commissioners/Bureau Chiefs will be
responsible for updating these lists and notifying the Operations Unit of changes.

8.

9.

NOTE

All other members of the service (uniformed and civilian) to report
for their normally scheduled tours.
c.
Suspension of all training until further notice.
Request the Deputy Commissioner - Public Information have the off duty
mobilization message broadcast over radio and television.
Activate and staff the Operations Unit Command Post and the NYPD
Emergency Operations Center.
Direct and coordinate the movement of personnel and equipment during
the emergency.
Direct the Communications Section to designate a telephone number for use
by mobilized members of the service whose permanent command is closed.
Direct commands to make telephone notifications to members if off duty
mobilization message is transmitted during early morning hours or at
other times when members may not hear it.
a.
Notifications will also be directed if initial response of personnel
is inadequate.
Notify key command personnel, direct.

Request commands with Department buses and/or New York City Transit to
dispatch buses to activated mobilization points or other location where needed.
a.
Notify commands concerned of the number of buses responding.
Direct the Fleet Services Division to prepare the emergency fleet for
assignment and report the availability of fuel at Department facilities to
the Operations Unit.

Department vehicles, not in use, should be utilized if Department or New York City
Transit buses are not available. In addition, the railway/subway systems and water
vessels may be utilized.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-10

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DESK OFFICER OPERATIONS
UNIT
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.
11.

12.

13.
PATROL
14.
BOROUGH
COMMANDERS

15.

COMMANDING 16.
OFFICER/
RANKING
MEMBER 17.
PERMANENT
COMMANDS
18.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

4 of 6

Notify the precincts and patrol boroughs concerned to activate and staff
designated alternate mobilization points, if necessary.
Direct the Chief of Transportation to dispatch personnel as follows:
a.
Highway District vehicles to mobilization points to escort buses.
b.
Traffic control personnel to assist with traffic control at
designated alternate mobilization points.
Designate a telephone number for use by mobilized members of the service
whose permanent commands are closed at the time of the mobilization.
a.
Prepare a tape-recorded message that will continuously inform
members of the service of mobilization particulars.
b.
Update message as needed.
Activate patrol borough command post, if not already activated.
Establish procedures for the coordination of precinct/designated mobilization
points within the patrol borough.
a.
Maintain adequate communications between mobilization points
and patrol borough.
Arrange for the rapid loading of buses to transport members of the service
to their permanent commands if a mobilization point has been activated
within the patrol borough.
Organize personnel (on duty and mobilized) into squads consisting of one
supervisor and eight police officers/detectives.
a.
Record on DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET by
categories - “on duty,” “next platoon,” or “regular day off.”
Assure adequate parking facilities are available for responding members.
a.
Street may be closed to provide parking areas.
b.
Provide security for such areas.
Notify patrol borough/counterpart of number of the following:
a.
Personnel available, by rank.
b.
Number of squads, by category.
c.
Number of personnel that have been assigned to address the needs
of the command.
d.
Number of operational vehicles, by type.

Patrol boroughs/counterparts will consolidate the personnel and vehicle figures and
report the totals to the Operations Unit.

19.

20.

Designate an existing telephone line(s), i.e., roll call, clerical, etc., to be
utilized by members of the service for mobilization instructions.
a.
Designated line (s) should be one that will not adversely affect the
command’s ability to conduct Department business.
Assign personnel to establish and maintain the mobilization point, if
activated, within the command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 6

COMMANDING 21.
OFFICER/
RANKING
22.
MEMBER PERMANENT
COMMANDS
(continued)

Direct that telephone notifications be made to members of command, if off
duty mobilization message is transmitted during early morning hours, or at
other times when members may not hear it or if response is inadequate.
Notify key command personnel, direct (by telephone, through resident
precinct, or other available means).

23.
24.

Establish field command post.
Arrange for traffic posts along routes into mobilization point.
a.
Request assistance from Transit Bureau for traffic control.
Arrange for security posts.
Assure that adequate parking is available for responding members of the
service.
a.
Streets may be closed to provide parking and such areas should be
identified and provided with proper security.
Arrange for transportation of personnel to permanent commands.
a.
Arrangements will be made through the patrol borough concerned
to the Operations Unit.
Notify the Operations Unit of the number of personnel, by rank, who
have reported for duty and the number who have been transported to their
permanent commands.

RANKING
MEMBER AT
MOBILIZATION
POINTS

25.
26.

27.

28.

DEPUTY
COMMISSIONERS/
BUREAU CHIEFS

NOTE

29.
30.

Prepare internal plans to assure operation and staffing of all necessary
subordinate commands during an emergency.
Submit internal plans for mobilizing off duty members of the service
(uniformed and civilian) to the Chief of Department and the First Deputy
Commissioner, for approval.
a.
These plans shall be included in the command’s “Unusual
Disorder Plan,” if applicable.
b.
Unusual Disorder Plans are to be reviewed annually and submitted
to the Office of the Chief of Department, through channels, by
February 1st, each year.

Plans shall include instructions for the mobilization of uniformed members of the service
beyond those needed to maintain essential services, and for those assigned to commands
that are closed. The plan should specify mobilization points and a procedure for
notifying the Operations Unit for appropriate deployment instructions. Overhead
commands, e.g., Patrol Services Bureau, Housing Bureau, Detective Bureau, etc., will
maintain communications with the Operations Unit. Sub-units will not call the
Operations Unit direct. Such plans will be on file at the Operations Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-10

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 6

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If a specialized unit mobilization, requiring the off duty mobilizations of members assigned
to that specialized unit only, is called, this procedure will not be implemented. The
“Unusual Disorder Plans” ,for bureaus/commands/units, can be utilized for those purposes.
These “Unusual Disorder Plans” contain listings of key personnel to be recalled.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Unusual Disorder Plan - Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-11

POLICING SPECIAL EVENTS/CROWD CONTROL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To provide police presence and crowd control at special events.

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this procedure, the following definitions will apply:
INCIDENT COMMANDER - The highest ranking uniformed police supervisor
responsible for the command, control and coordination of all incident operations.
For planned events such as parades, demonstrations, and similar situations, the
precinct commanding officer will ordinarily be designated as incident
commander. If the event occurs in two or more commands within the same
patrol borough, the patrol borough commander will be designated as incident
commander, and in cases where the event affects more than one patrol borough,
the Chief of Patrol will be designated as incident commander.
PLACES OF PUBLIC ASSEMBLY: Locations where events open to the public
are held. Examples include, but are not limited to: stadiums, theaters, arenas,
school auditoriums, gymnasiums, meeting halls, ballrooms, armories, field and
street areas where events are held, etc.
SPECIAL EVENT: An event which, based on an evaluation of factors including
but not limited to the following, would lead a commanding officer to reasonably
believe that special police coverage, presence, or response may be needed, based
on the following factors:
a.
Size and demographics of crowd expected to attend event
b.
Size and layout of the event facility
c.
Past critiques of similar events
d.
Criminal history of location
e.
Availability of alcohol
f.
Presence of notables/personalities, live music or entertainers
g.
Previous history of disruption or problems associated with or due to
reputations of, or specific issues related to speaker or performers
h.
Manner of ticket sales (box office, advance tickets, door sales, mail,
lottery, outlets, etc.)
i.
Manner of admission (advance tickets, door sales, free admission, etc.)
j.
Nature or sensitivity of the event
k.
Presence of private security
l.
Presence or possibility of opponents or counterdemonstrators.
Such events may be either routine or outside of the normal course of business of
the facility concerned.

PROCEDURE

Upon receiving information that a special event will be held at a location of
public assembly:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 6

MEMBER
RECEIVING
INFORMATION

1.

Provide all pertinent information to incident commander concerned.
a.
Notify Operations Unit direct if time is a factor.

INCIDENT
COMMANDER

2.

Assign a supervisor to conduct pre-event survey.
a.
Forward copy of information received to Intelligence Division for
inclusion in database.

NOTE

Provide basic information regarding event site from precinct file, if available.

SUPERVISOR
ASSIGNED

3.
4.
5.
6.

INCIDENT
COMMANDER

7.

8.

Confer with community affairs officer(s), operator of facility, event
sponsor(s), security coordinators and other parties involved with event.
Review event preparations with operator of facility.
Conduct pre-event survey of location, when appropriate.
Report results to incident commander concerned.
Review information received and make preliminary determination of
what, if any, Department resources are required, e.g., special attention,
assignment of detail, special equipment, etc.
Notify next higher command, of information received and preliminary
determination.

WHEN NECESSITY OF PRE-EVENT PLANNING CONFERENCE IS INDICATED:
INCIDENT
COMMANDER

9.

NOTE

If pre-event survey indicates possibility of large crowd exceeding facility capacity or
medical assistance being needed, the Fire Department will be notified to have a
representative at the conference.

10.

11.

12.

Convene planning conference, at facility where event is to be held, with
operator, event sponsor(s), security coordinator, representative of next
higher command, Operations Division, and other parties involved.

Request to have representative(s) present at inter-agency conference with
the event organizers and facility management, if pre-event survey
indicated that other city agencies may be needed.
Evaluate the event, by determining the following:
a.
Organizer’s past experience with similar events
b.
Likelihood of planned event drawing large crowds
c.
Demographics of crowd likely to attend the event.
Obtain information regarding admission to event and determine:
a.
If paid or by free admission
b.
Amount of advance sale tickets anticipated
c.
Anticipated ticket sales at gate on day of the event and ticket sale
locations at site, as well as ticket pickup locations
d.
Number of entrances available for ticket holders

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-11

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 6

e.

INCIDENT
COMMANDER
(continued)
13.
14.
15.
16.

17.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Plans, if any, for non-ticket holders, waiting lines, ropes, ushers,
security personnel, etc.
f.
If magnetometers are to be used at event.
Determine if all necessary permits have been requested and/or obtained.
Determine if security force is armed.
Ascertain if alcoholic beverages are going to be served at the event.
Confer with Intelligence Division to determine past history of similar
events, if deemed appropriate.
a.
Conduct background checks on armed security (if known), event
sponsors and the premises, if necessary.
Notify next higher command concerned of pre-event planning conference
findings.

In appropriate cases, the Intelligence Division will be conferred with to check the
history of past events. The Police Department will not engage in any investigation of
political activity except through the Public Security Section of the Intelligence Division
and such investigation will be conducted as set forth in the guidelines contained in P.G.
212-72, “Guidelines for Uniformed Members of the Service Conducting Investigations
of Unlawful Political Activities”.

WHEN RESULTS OF PRE-EVENT SURVEY OR CONFERENCE INDICATE
NECESSITY OF POLICE PRESENCE:
18.

19.

NOTE

Ensure other city agencies NOT represented at the pre-event planning
conference (Fire Department, Parks Department, New York City Transit,
Department of Sanitation, etc.,) have been notified, and receive all pertinent
information, as necessary.
Request Deputy Commissioner Public Information disseminate
appropriate information to the media regarding police presence, contact
information, zero tolerance enforcement policy, etc.

In cases in which the special event is a demonstration, information on expected street
and sidewalk closings and information on how the public may access a demonstration
site will be disseminated to the media and event organizers and should, if possible, be
posted on the Department’s website. Officers assigned to such events should be given
detailed instructions on such closings and points of access prior to assignment. Detail
supervisors should also be advised of street closures and points of access and any
changes of points of access which occur during the event and which were not previously
anticipated and publicized. Officers assigned to such events shall provide information
to the public at the event about available points of access.

20.

21.

Request all necessary personnel and equipment (e.g., command post vehicles,
portable radios, bullhorns, sound equipment, barriers, vehicles, lighting, etc.),
through patrol borough concerned.
Develop pre-event plan to include, but not be limited to, the following:
a.
Designation of security arrangements and responsibilities
b.
Identification of all contact persons, including telephone numbers

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-11

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 6

c.
d.

INCIDENT
COMMANDER
(continued)

22.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Command post locations, if necessary
Internal and external radio communication plan, including dual
dispatch protocol, if necessary
e.
Entrance and exit locations and their capacities
f.
Floor plans, including legal capacity of facility based on the
Certificate of Occupancy
g.
Ensure that a sufficient number of police barriers are requested for
the event, if appropriate
h.
Develop a barrier configuration plan that ensures:
1)
Orderly movement by persons attending the event.
2)
Safety lanes and frozen areas to provide access for police
personnel.
3)
Barrier configuration for demonstrations should not
unreasonably restrict access to, and participation in, the event.
For example, attendees should be permitted to leave a
barriered area at any time. In addition, if crowd conditions and
other circumstances permit, participants should be permitted to
leave and return to the same area. Sufficient openings in the
barricades should be maintained for the purpose of permitting
attendees to leave expeditiously and return to the event.
i.
Parking area locations and their capacity
j.
Plan to provide for fluid flow of vehicle traffic which will include
emergency access routes
k.
Public transportation availability and locations, including route or
schedule adjustments
l.
Mobilization location, if one becomes necessary
m.
Medical aid stations and locations
n.
Crowd control plan
o.
Type of seating which will be afforded to attendees
p.
Provision for media access
q.
Counter-demonstration activities and locations
r.
Provision of live video feeds or other event monitoring and
recording techniques
s.
Aviation Unit and/or rooftop surveillance
t.
Plainclothes surveillance and/or enforcement
u.
Any other factors deemed necessary.
Establish a post event patrol plan, if necessary.
a.
Include scheduling and deployment of patrol borough task force,
where appropriate.

Where the use of the Mounted Unit becomes necessary for crowd control purposes,
incident commanders are reminded that if Mounted officers are deployed for such
purposes, it is important to ensure that a crowd or group to be dispersed has sufficient
avenues of egress available to them and has had a reasonable chance to disperse.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 6

SUPERVISOR
NEXT HIGHER
COMMAND

23.

Review event coverage requirements and recommendations.
a.
Assign detail and forward request for necessary equipment, when
appropriate.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Where circumstances indicate that the continued sale and consumption of alcoholic
beverages pose a threat to public safety, the Department may suspend the sale of
alcoholic beverages for a period of time necessary to address the public safety concerns.
Prior to the beginning of the event, the incident commander will ensure that
communication is established with the operators and security coordinators of the event.
When necessary the incident commander may decide to establish internal
communications via portable radio at the scene with a police observer team or security
liaison. Police observers at the special event shall maintain radio communication with
the incident commander. They will not be used to perform the functions of inside
security, which is the responsibility of the facility operator and security coordinator. If
any person present at the event is injured or endangered, the incident commander will
immediately take all necessary steps to provide assistance, regardless of the type of
location or facility.
When notified that a demonstration is to occur, incident commander will cooperate with
persons in charge to the extent possible, balancing their right to free expression with the
need to maintain public safety. The Legal Bureau should be contacted as soon as
possible to assist in planning and arrange for response of a Department attorney if
needed.
The following factors will be considered in determining the suitability of a
demonstration location:
a.
Time and date
b.
Volume of vehicular and pedestrian traffic
c.
Proximity of any other related or unrelated events
d.
Schools, hospitals, houses of worship, or large public or business
facilities nearby
e.
Any other condition which may create a hazard or serious
inconvenience to the public or participants.
The Demonstration Observer Program established in cooperation with the Bar
Association, City of New York permits properly identified observers free access through
police lines at the scene of any demonstration. Observers will display prominently, on
their outermost garment, a photo identification and a green armband bearing the
inscription “Civilian Observer”. All members of the service will extend every courtesy
and cooperation to observers. Observers shall be permitted to remain in any area, or
observe any police activity, subject only to restrictions necessitated by personal safety
factors, as determined by the incident commander.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-11

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 6

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Guidelines for the Use of Video/Photographic Equipment by Operational Personnel at
Demonstrations (P.G. 212-71)
Guidelines for Uniformed Members of the Service Conducting Investigations of
Unlawful Political Activities (P.G. 212-72)
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Command Post Duties and Responsibilities (P.G. 213-14)
Duties and Responsibilities at Special Events (P.G. 213-15)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-12

APPREHENSION PLAN
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To deliver a programmed uniform and investigative response to an extremely
serious crime such as the shooting of a police officer or an incident involving
multiple homicides, where the crime occurred in the recent past and the
perpetrators are not yet apprehended and are possibly in the vicinity of the crime.

PROCEDURE

When IMMEDIATE assistance is required at the scene of an extremely serious
crime, as described above:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

8.
9.
10.
11.

12.

NOTE

Notify Communications Section upon arrival at the scene.
Request the response of:
a.
FDNY - EMS
b.
Patrol supervisor
Render reasonable aid to person(s) injured.
Apprehend perpetrator, if possible.
Secure crime scene.
Transmit description, direction, and means of flight of perpetrators.
Detain civilian witnesses.
Respond immediately to scene.
Activate a LEVEL 1 MOBILIZATION and perform duties as detailed in
P.G. 213-03, “Rapid Mobilization.”
Notify duty captain.
a.
Utilize telephone, if possible.
Evaluate crime scene as secured by first responders and expand if
necessary.
a.
Assign uniformed members of the service to secure inner and
outer perimeter.
Have injured members of the service, and those suffering trauma,
removed to the hospital.
a.
Assign a non-involved uniformed member to escort each
individual in need of medical attention.

Uniformed members, not directly involved in a firearms discharge, who have responded
to assist the involved members should remain at the scene to contribute to the
investigation. Where possible, uniformed member and potential civilian witnesses who
have sustained minor injuries should be immediately debriefed by a responding
supervisor or detective before leaving the scene for treatment. Additional ambulances
should be dispatched to the scene and staged at or near the scene to assist the
aforementioned persons, as necessary.

13.

14.

Obtain brief synopsis of incident from uniformed members on the scene.
a.
Keep members and potential civilian witnesses available for
responding detectives.
Establish firearms control, if necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-12

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 6

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

15.
16.

NOTE

Command Post will initially be established in a patrol borough task force Command
Post vehicle. Sufficient room should be made at the initial placement site for TARU’s
Command Post and eventually, the Communications Section Command Post.

17.
18.
19.

20.
21.

NOTE

Re-transmit description, direction and means of flight of perpetrators.
Establish Command Post.

Request response of precinct detective squad.
Coordinate search for perpetrators and expand search pattern as necessary.
Assign uniformed members of the service to canvass license plates of
vehicles in the area.
a.
Results of canvass will be delivered to responding detectives
through the TARU/Detective Command Post.
Establish press area, if appropriate.
Assign a uniformed member of the service to record evidence recovered,
person recovering, location and time of recovery.

The responsibility of logging evidence may be transferred to the Detective Bureau
Command Post, once established.

RESPONDING
DETECTIVES

22.

Assign a uniformed member of the service to record the identities of
responding members of the service, as well as personnel from the Fire
Department, EMS, etc.
a.
Information will be delivered to the Command Post when established.

23.
24.
25.

Interview initial responding uniformed members
Canvass area, as necessary.
Request response of Detective Bureau duty captain.

DESK OFFICER 26.

27.

Notify the following precinct personnel to respond (whether on or off-duty):
a.
Commanding officer
b.
Predetermined personnel as per command plan.
Notify the following of situation:
a.
Patrol borough concerned
b.
Operations Unit.

DUTY
CAPTAIN

28.
29.

Notify, and continually update, the Operations Unit.
Activate “APPREHENSION PLAN” by telephone, if possible, or by
Communications Section via Operations Unit.

NOTE

The duty captain need not be present at the scene to activate an APPREHENSION
PLAN. Conferral with units on the scene, by radio or telephone, is sufficient to
determine necessity of activation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-12

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 6

DUTY
CAPTAIN
(continued)

30.

NOTE

Ideally, the Command Post vehicles assigned (task force, TARU, Communications
Section) should all be located together and approximately one block from the incident.
The Mobilization Point can also be located at the same site. If necessary, the
Mobilization Point can be further away to allow for the response of personnel.

31.
32.
33.
34.
35.

Examine Mobilization Point and Command Post location for suitability.
a.
Change locations as necessary.

Request response of duty inspector.
Request the response of additional captain(s) as per the Patrol Services
Bureau plan to staff hospitals, coordinate traffic, etc.
Act as incident commander until relieved.
Confer with Detective Bureau personnel and adjust crime scene to ensure
integrity of evidence and enhance possibility of capturing perpetrators.
Assign personnel, as soon as possible, to cover bridges, train and bus
stations, airports, etc. if available information indicates need.

RESPONDING
CAPTAINS

36.

Confer with Incident Commander and respond to required location(s), i.e.
hospital, additional crime scene, etc.

DETECTIVE
BUREAU DUTY
CAPTAIN

37.

Respond to scene and assume command of investigative efforts.
a.
Establish investigative Command Post.

DUTY
INSPECTOR

38.

Respond to scene and assume responsibilities of incident commander
until relieved.
a.
Assume command and supervision of Patrol Services Bureau,
Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau personnel, if relieved as incident
commander.

OPERATIONS
UNIT

39.

Activate APPREHENSION PLAN by activating a LEVEL 3 MOBILIZATION,
if necessary.
a.
Exclude response of DECON truck.
Notify duty chief to respond.

40.
DUTY CHIEF

41.
42.
43.

Respond to scene and assume overall command as incident commander.
Conduct inter-bureau briefings every 30 minutes or as necessary.
a.
Update Operations Unit of results.
Continue search for perpetrators for a reasonable time.
a.
Discontinue search when perpetrator is captured or when facts
indicate further search would be fruitless.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-12

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 6

WHEN AN APPREHENSION PLAN IS ACTIVATED THE FOLLOWING
COMMANDS WILL MAKE THE FOLLOWING NOTIFICATIONS:
OPERATIONS
UNIT

44.

Notify the following additional units or personnel to respond:
a.
ESU, for response of captain or citywide supervisor,
Apprehension Team and RMI truck
b.
SOD patrol canine with bloodhounds
c.
Harbor Launch, if search area is near waterway
d.
Traffic Management Center and request necessary personnel to
respond, if available, to cover bus and taxi routes
e.
Detective Bureau
f.
Organized Crime Control Bureau
g.
Housing Bureau
h.
Transit Bureau
i.
Deputy Commissioner, Public Information
j.
Chief Surgeon and Employee Relations Section, if uniformed
member of the service seriously injured
k.
Chief, Community Affairs
l.
Bordering police jurisdictions of facts, if incident near city line
m.
MISD - Computer Operations Response Autos.

DETECTIVE
BUREAU

45.

Notify the following units or personnel to respond:
a.
Detective duty captain to respond to field command post to
coordinate investigative activities
b.
Sufficient detectives to:
(1)
Evaluate crime scene and modify, if necessary
(2)
Check all buildings in immediate area for video
surveillance cameras located inside or outside buildings
(3)
conduct canvasses, including hospitals
(4)
Interview complainants, witnesses, members involved, etc.
(5)
Establish detective Command Post and ensure that TARU
Command Post is responding
(6)
Obtain background/intelligence information, e.g., BCI/
CARS/ BADS/ NITRO/ SPRINT, etc.
(7)
Utilize confidential informants
(8)
Interrogate suspects
(9)
Debrief prisoners in surrounding precincts
(10) Conduct line-ups, show-ups, photo arrays, etc.
(11) Secure and execute search warrants, if appropriate
(12) Subpoena telephone records, if appropriate.
c.
Crime Scene Unit to locate, develop and collect evidence
d.
Major Case Squad to assist assigned detectives, as necessary
e.
Warrant Section to identify/execute warrants in immediate area of incident
f.
TARU to establish command post, photograph and videotape the
crowd for identification purposes and obtain media photographs/
videotape, if appropriate
g.
Direct Organized Crime Control Bureau personnel, as appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-12

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 6

ORGANIZED
CRIME
CONTROL
BUREAU

46.

Field Operations Desk notifies the following personnel or units to respond:
a.
Bureau duty captain to respond to Field Command Post and coordinate
activities of OCCB personnel in support of detective commander
b.
Borough NITRO Unit member to conduct background checks on
persons/ locations
c.
Narcotics/Vice Enforcement borough concerned to assign a
supervisor and module to:
(1)
Conduct enforcement in area of incident or adjoining
narcotics/vice prone locations, including social clubs
(2)
Contact confidential informants for relevant information
(3)
Debrief prisoners for relevant information.
d.
Supervisor and module from OCID, if necessary to:
(1)
Obtain detailed information on organized crime figures, if
required
(2)
Identify all informants for a particular precinct by code
number and controlling member’s name.
f.
Supervisor and module from Joint Firearms Task Force, if
necessary to gather information on weapons used and conduct
appropriate enforcement activity.

HOUSING
BUREAU

47.

Notify the following personnel and units to respond:
a.
Housing Bureau Captain/Supervisor to respond to Field Command
Post to coordinate activities of Housing Bureau personnel
b.
Sufficient Housing Bureau personnel to patrol housing
developments in general area of incident
c.
Housing Authority Emergency Services Unit to have a resident
employee to respond if crime scene is located in a housing
development or in close proximity.

TRANSIT
BUREAU

48.

Notify the following personnel and units to respond:
a.
Transit Bureau captain/supervisor to respond to Field Command
Post to coordinate activities of Transit Bureau personnel
b.
Direct sufficient personnel to cover primary transit stations in
general area of incident
c.
Direct Transit Bureau vehicles to cover emergency exits/entrances
from subway system in area of incident
d.
Direct personnel to the nearest transportation hubs to conduct
enforcement activity.

CHIEF OF
TRANSPORTATION

49.

Notify the following personnel and units to respond:
a.
Chief of Transportation captain/supervisor to respond to the field
command post to coordinate activities of Chief of Transportation
personnel
b.
Citywide Traffic Task Force to respond, if available, to cover bus
and taxi routes.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-12

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 6

COMMAND POST PROCEDURES - The duty chief will be the overall Incident Commander
and will coordinate the activities of the patrol and detective command posts. Each command
post should exchange representatives, hold briefings every half hour and maintain a
consolidated list of actions taken. The duty inspector and the Detective Bureau duty captain
should also hold joint briefings with the incident commander every thirty minutes.
CRIME SCENE - The size of the initial crime scene will depend on the circumstances.
Initially, the crime scene should be very large. As time progresses and facts indicate, it
may be reduced in size.
a.
If the incident occurred inside one room of a private home, apartment, small
business premises, etc., the ENTIRE premises should be considered the crime scene.
b.
The crime scene should not be reduced in size or released without the approval
of the Detective Bureau duty captain.
c.
If the crime scene is released before daylight, the Emergency Service Unit will
ALWAYS be asked to respond back to the crime scene to perform a daylight search.
INNER PERIMETER - Includes the crime scene, immediate area around the crime
scene, and any area requiring the wearing of heavy vests.
OUTER PERIMETER - The purpose of the outer perimeter is to attempt to apprehend
perpetrators, identify witnesses, and prevent physical evidence from being inadvertently
removed, e.g., garbage trucks collecting garbage, mail boxes, etc. The size of the outer
perimeter will depend on the circumstances of the incident and will include potential
escape routes. Initially, an outer perimeter of a four block area would not be considered
unreasonable. Uniformed members of the service should be posted on this perimeter as
well as apartment building lobbies in the immediate area of the crime. If assigned to
outer perimeter or lobby, uniformed members assigned should interview person(s)
leaving the area and, if possible, identify those persons. Lists of persons interviewed,
including the time and date of interviews should be turned over to investigators through
the TARU/Detective Bureau Command Post.
VEHICLE PLATE CANVASS - Members assigned to plate canvasses should record the
plate number, state of registration, make & model, location of the vehicle, and time of
observation. Special note should be made of vehicles with warm engines.
BUREAU PLANS - Each bureau and sub-unit should have a plan in place to deal with
incidents as described in this directive. These plans should be simple procedures which
allow for a rapid investigation and apprehension of persons responsible for such crimes.
Each bureau/unit plan should include a list of key precinct/unit personnel designated to
respond to these incidents to offer assistance and local expertise to the investigators.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-13

EMERGENCY PLANS “A” - “B” - “C”
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To expedite movement of traffic and reduce danger to persons or damage to
property during adverse weather or street conditions.

DEFINITION

PLAN “A” - for hazardous road conditions caused by freezing rain, snow or ice.
PLAN “B” -for dangerous street conditions caused by hurricanes, storms and floods.
PLAN “C” - for traffic congestion and other conditions caused by unusually
heavy traffic.

PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of FINEST message activating Plan “A” “B” or “C”:

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.

NOTE

Patrol borough offices will coordinate the assignment of personnel to traffic posts when
Plan “A” is implemented. During emergency periods, personnel assigned to borough
task forces may be temporarily assigned to priority traffic posts, if necessary, with the
approval of the patrol borough commander.

3.
4.

5.

NOTE

Notify commanding officer and other units located in same building.
Make assignments of personnel in accordance with prioritized traffic post list
maintained at the desk for each emergency plan or as conditions warrant.
a.
Give priority to school crossings during school hours
b.
Assign personnel to strategic locations to periodically report on
prevalent conditions, if necessary.

Assign personnel to survey parkways and expressways, to aid stranded motorists.
Direct personnel on patrol and special emergency plan assignment to submit
reports of occurrences and action taken, including recommendations.
a.
File reports in Log at desk.
Notify patrol borough office initially and each hour thereafter of the following:
a.
Traffic conditions
b.
Detours established
c.
Intersections and traffic junctions covered
d.
Serious incidents or conditions
e.
Additional manpower or equipment required.

Patrol borough office notifies Operations Unit direct via telephone.

6.
7.

Direct that Department property be safeguarded against adverse weather conditions.
Maintain special log at desk to record incidents which occur while the
Emergency Plan is in effect and caption Log across a double page as follows:
TIME

8.

INCIDENT

NOTIFICATION

DISPOSITION

TIME
CORRECTED

REMARKS

Notify Operations Unit of persons in need of temporary shelter,
emergency transportation, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-13

11.

12.

13.

14.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 9.
(continued)
10.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Ascertain that assignments are made according to Emergency Plan,
and/or as appropriate, due to existing conditions.
Survey conditions within command and record incidents and situations
requiring further attention.
Direct patrol supervisor to survey assigned area and report observations
and recommendations.
Contact command for possible reassignment upon learning of the
activation of Emergency Plan.
a.
Remain at intersection if assigned to traffic duty.
b.
Remain on school crossing until completion, if so assigned.
Continue to perform routine patrol duties unless on special assignment, and
a.
Keep intersections clear and traffic moving.
b.
Advise persons to safeguard property against high winds, floods, etc.
c.
Visit construction sites and advise person in charge to secure
cranes, scaffolding, building material, etc.
d.
Remove portable traffic equipment from roadways, if required.
e.
Safeguard fallen electric wires and notify utility concerned and
Emergency Service Unit.
Report the following to the desk officer:
a.
Unusual or hazardous conditions
b.
Serious traffic congestion
c.
Slippery grades
d.
Dangerous bridge conditions
e.
Conditions requiring the attention of other agencies.

Available patrol and traffic personnel will be utilized during activation of Emergency
Plan “A”, “B” or “C”.
Plan “A”, “B” or “C” may be activated by the Commanding Officer, Traffic Control
Division or higher authority, on a citywide basis or within a borough as required. The
Plans may also be implemented by a borough commander within the borough or any
part thereof.
When an Emergency Plan is activated or discontinued, the commanding officer
authorizing such action will notify the Operations Unit.
When any traffic related problem is observed, or information is received indicating such
a problem, the radio dispatcher will be notified via radio or landline. Corrective action
is to be taken by the members concerned.
When a precinct commander determines that coverage of a previously established
prioritized traffic post for Plan “A” is no longer warranted, or that a new location
should be added, he will amend the post list accordingly and forward a revised copy to
the patrol borough commander. The patrol borough commander shall endorse the
revised post list and forward a copy to the Patrol Services Bureau and Commanding
Officer, Traffic Control Division.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-15

DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES AT SPECIAL EVENTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To ensure the orderly passage of participants, the safety of spectators and the
efficient rerouting of traffic at parades, demonstrations, and other large scale
special events.

DEFINITION

INCIDENT COMMANDER - The highest ranking uniformed police supervisor
responsible for the command, control and coordination of all incident operations.
For planned events such as parades, demonstrations, and similar situations, the
precinct commanding officer will ordinarily be designated as incident
commander. If the event occurs in two or more commands within the same
patrol borough, the patrol borough commander will be designated as incident
commander, and in cases where the event affects more than one patrol borough,
the Chief of Patrol will be designated as incident commander.

PROCEDURE

When commencing police operations at the scene of a special event:

INCIDENT
COMMANDER

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.

NOTE

Coordinate participation of the following agencies at all major special
events: Fire Department, Department of Traffic, Department of Buildings,
Department of Sanitation, Emergency Medical Service, and any other
agencies deemed necessary.
Request NYC Transit to post appropriate signage regarding all
adjustments to bus and subway routes or schedules
Inspect event location or parade route, including parade formation and
dismissal areas.
Divide entire area affected by event into sectors.
Include the following in event sectors:
a.
Public transportation facilities located within and one block of
these areas.
b.
Streets and avenues within formation and dismissal areas and
public transportation facilities within one block of these areas.

When practical, assign the same sector and unit commanders to the same event area or
parade route at each succeeding event regardless of regular assignment. This will
enable commanders to become familiar with all conditions within their sectors.

6.

Designate location of main and sector command posts at appropriate
points within event area or along parade route.
a.
Place command post near reviewing stands
b.
Designate parking area for official cars
c.
Notify Operations Unit of location and telephone number of main
and sector command posts
d.
Comply with P.G. 213-01, “Command Post Operations.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-15

INCIDENT
COMMANDER
(continued)

PAGE:

08/19/13

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 6

Cause event area or parade route to be re-inspected twenty-four hours
prior to event and note conditions requiring special attention or change in
plans (e.g., construction detours, etc.).
Direct precinct commanders, through whose commands the parade will
pass to:
a.
Post temporary parking restriction signs sufficiently in advance of
parade.
b.
Assign personnel to prevent parking along parade route, formation
and dismissal areas, and if necessary, cross and parallel streets one
block either side of route.
Designate important cross streets as “through streets” for buses, fire
apparatus, ambulances and other emergency vehicles and notify
appropriate agencies of these designated locations.
a.
Exclude spectators for a distance of one hundred feet, from parade
route on side streets which are bus, fire, ambulance and other
emergency vehicle “through streets” and twenty-five feet on
parade route from corners of such “through streets”.
Assign members of the service to traffic duty at intersections along the route or in
the vicinity of the event location and on blocks at either side, as necessary for
control of vehicular traffic.
Confer with Operations Unit prior to commencement of event regarding
local or citywide conditions or incidents that may affect police operations.

In cases in which the special event is a demonstration, information on expected street
and sidewalk closings and information on how the public may access a demonstration
site will be disseminated to the media and event organizers and should, if possible, be
posted on the Department’s website. Officers assigned to such events should be given
detailed instructions on such closings and points of access prior to assignment. Detail
supervisors should also be advised of street closures and points of access and any
changes of points of access which occur during the event and which were not previously
anticipated and publicized. Officers assigned to such events shall provide information
to the public at the event about available points of access.
Barrier configuration for demonstrations should not unreasonably restrict access to,
and participation in, the event. For example, attendees should be permitted to leave a
barriered area at any time. In addition, if crowd conditions and other circumstances
permit, participants should be permitted to leave and return to the same area. Sufficient
openings in the barricades should be maintained for the purpose of permitting attendees
to leave expeditiously and return to the event.
Where the use of the Mounted Unit becomes necessary for crowd control purposes,
incident commanders are reminded that if Mounted officers are deployed for such
purposes, it is important to ensure that a crowd or group to be dispersed has sufficient
avenues of egress available to them and has had a reasonable chance to disperse.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-15

SECTOR
COMMANDER

PAGE:

08/19/13

12.

13.

14.

15.
16.

SUPERVISOR
ASSIGNED

REVISION NUMBER:

17.

18.

3 of 6

Report to main or sector command post within area of assignment as
designated by the incident commander. If no sector command post is
assigned, work out of main command post.
Prior to the start of the event, survey assigned areas for any
situation/condition that may present a potential hazard for marchers,
spectators, the general public, or the police.
a.
Implement preventive measures to preclude bystanders from
standing or climbing upon structures.
b.
Immediate remedial police action shall be taken to correct any
unusual/hazardous condition, and the incident commander shall be
notified immediately.
c.
Make command post log entry of results and actions taken.
Assign personnel to:
a.
Prevent overcrowding on sidewalk and to keep a clear passageway
along the building lines.
b.
Protect fire alarm boxes and other city property.
Distribute DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141) to
each supervisor in charge of a post or detail of police officers
Conduct roll call, utilizing subordinate supervisors to instruct all
members assigned on:
a.
Nature of event.
b.
Past history of this event or others involving this location or
organization.
c.
Importance of the team concept in successful event management.
d.
Mission of the team (traffic, escort, crowd management, etc.).
e.
Enforcement guidelines.
f.
Responsibility to take proper police action, regardless of
assignment, whenever circumstances indicate life or property may
be endangered.
g.
Post and sector boundaries.
h.
Location and telephone number of main and sector command
post, precinct, arrest processing area, etc.
i.
Identification of incident commander, sector/unit commander in
charge, and other key personnel.
j.
Radio frequencies to be utilized.
k.
Adjustments to bus or subway routes or schedules.
Instruct members assigned to detail to prevent:
a.
Persons or organization from joining parade at other than
formation area.
b.
Persons from crossing police lines after start of event.
c.
Spectators from standing near excavation or on top of walls, boxes, etc.
d.
Climbing on trees, poles or other structures.
Comply with instructions on DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT
SHEET, record names of members assigned, and distribute form as
indicated.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-15

SECTOR
COMMANDER

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

19.
20.

4 of 6

Place completed DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEETS inside
front cover of command post log for ready reference during event.
Ensure all supervisors are equipped with radios tuned to designated
frequency.

SECTOR
COMMANDER
FORMATION
AREA

21.

Transmit message via detail radio frequency before start of event to notify
sector commanders to:
a.
Institute traffic detours.
b.
Exclude pedestrians from parade roadway.

SECTOR
COMMANDER

22.

Halt parade contingents a minimum of one block before any emergency
incident such as fire, collision, etc.
a.
Divert marching units into side street when necessary.
b.
Clear area affected of spectators.
c.
Keep command post informed of developments.
Arrange to have parade resume as soon as conditions permit and upon
direction of incident commander.
Assign members to public transportation terminals and stations, as necessary.
Permit persons and vehicles to cross parade route at intersections, during
breaks in parade contingents, or as conditions warrant.
Assign personnel to divert pedestrian traffic onto side streets if conditions
on affected streets or sidewalks become too crowded.
Anticipate impact of adjustments on crowd conditions and deploy
personnel to manage and direct crowds as they develop.
Prevent unauthorized maneuvers or exhibitions, which may cause large
gaps between parade contingents.
Monitor progress of parade through sector and correct any conditions
impeding progress.
Notify Operations Unit and main command post when:
a.
Parade enters and leaves sector.
b.
Any collision, arrest, incident or unusual situation occurs.
Continuously survey assigned sector for conditions requiring police
service or attention.
Contact adjoining sector commanders ascertaining conditions in their
sectors.
Assemble and account for assigned personnel and equipment when event
has ended and spectators leave.
a.
Notify incident commander of results.
Dismiss personnel as directed by incident commander.
a.
Dismiss detail assigned to reviewing stand and official parking
area only after dignitaries have left and conditions are normal.

23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.

31.
32.
33.

34.

NOTE

Incident commander must confer with Operations Unit prior to dismissal of detail
personnel. The Operations Unit will grant permission only if conditions occurring
elsewhere do not require response by personnel to be dismissed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-15

INCIDENT
COMMANDER

REVISION NUMBER:

08/19/13

35.
36.

5 of 6

File completed DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEETS at
precinct of record after assignment is completed.
Prepare and submit to patrol borough command a critique including, but
not limited to, the following:
a.
Whether sufficient personnel and equipment were assigned
(identify commands responsible for shortages and measures taken
to ensure response).
b.
Any incident requiring particular police attention.
c.
Other problems encountered.
d.
Evaluation of police services rendered.
e.
Recommendations for policing this or similar events in the future
and possible adjustment in personnel and equipment in subsequent
similar parades.
f.
Overtime incurred by members assigned will be reported under
the following headings:

RANK NUMBER TOTAL HRS. O/T
PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMANDER
ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

37.

TOTAL HRS PORTAL TO PORTAL

Review and endorse critique submitted by sector commanders and
forward through channels to Office of Chief of Department, Operations
Division (Room 804-A).
TEAM ASSIGNMENTS

* SPECTATOR MANAGEMENT - Using courtesy, professionalism and respect towards
the spectators viewing or participating in the event.
* MOBILE RESPONSE - Allowing for a quick response of assigned members to another
area of this event or another event elsewhere.
* ENFORCEMENT DUTY - Required to implement appropriate arrest tactics or summons
activity under the supervision of sergeants and lieutenants as enforcement teams or during
preplanned or spontaneous arrest situations.
* PROTECTING VULNERABLE, SENSITIVE OR CRITICAL LOCATIONS - Responsible
for correctly identifying locations and providing security for designated areas.
* ESCORT DUTY - Identify and provide a system of escorts for other service providers,
protected persons or sensitive groups.
* TRAFFIC DUTY - Identify borders of the event, assigning members to appropriate
roadways to:
a.
Detour traffic around the area
b.
Facilitate use of alternate routes
c.
Prevent injury to pedestrians by creating a system of controlled crossings.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-15

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Policing Special Events/Crowd Control (P.G. 213-11)
Command Post Duties and Responsibilities (P.G. 213-14)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

6 of 6

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-16

RELOCATION OF VEHICLES DURING SPECIAL EVENTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To inform members of the service of the procedure to be followed when vehicles
are relocated due to special events (i.e., Presidential visits, parades, or movie/TV
productions, etc.) and to account for all vehicles relocated through proper
documentation by utilizing the Tow Pound Information System (TOPIS).

PROCEDURE

Upon learning of a special event affecting patrol boroughs or precincts, in which
vehicles need to be relocated

PATROL
BOROUGH
COMMANDER

1.
2.

3.

NOTE

Establish a No Parking Detail to handle the removal of vehicles and the
safeguarding of the affected route, if necessary.
Confer with precinct commanding officer to ensure that vehicles
relocated are accounted for and that the affected area is properly
maintained.
Confer with the Commanding Officer, Traffic Operations District and
request necessary personnel and equipment (i.e., tow trucks and traffic
enforcement agents, etc.).

The number of personnel assigned to a No Parking Detail will be determined by the
patrol borough commander/counterpart for large events (parades, Presidential visits,
etc.) or the precinct commander for smaller events.

COMMANDING 4.
OFFICER,
TRAFFIC
OPERATIONS
DISTRICT

Determine necessary personnel and equipment needed and deploy
personnel as per arranged schedule to assist the patrol borough/precinct
commanding officer.

5.
PRECINCT
COMMANDING 6.
OFFICER

Assign a supervisor to coordinate the No Parking Detail.
Ensure that “No Parking” signs are posted and that vehicles are accounted
for, when relocated.

NOTE

Parking garages, hotels and businesses within the affected area must be notified that
because of anticipated traffic congestion, vehicular access to and from their location
may not be possible.

SUPERVISOR
ASSIGNED

7.

NOTE

Missing and/or damaged signs are to be replaced on subsequent tours, as necessary.
The patrol supervisor on each subsequent tour is to survey the affected area at the
beginning and end of each tour to ensure that “No Parking” signs are properly posted.

Have “No Parking” signs posted at least two days prior to the start of an
event.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

213-16

SUPERVISOR
ASSIGNED
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8.

9.

2 of 3

Have vehicles relocated from the affected area.
a.
Ensure that tow operators have a sufficient number of Notice of
Relocation (Misc. 4208) stickers.
b.
Make sure each vehicle relocated has a Notice of Relocation
affixed to alert other NYPD or law enforcement personnel that the
vehicle was relocated as a result of police action.
Assign a uniformed member of the service to accompany each tow truck
operator when a vehicle is removed and relocated.

NOTE

A vehicle bearing a handicap plate or Department of Transportation Special Vehicle
Identification permit will be relocated as close as possible to its original spot. Every
effort will be made to ensure that vehicles relocated are parked legally. Vehicles will
not be double-parked, parked at a hydrant, bus stop, or crosswalk.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

10.
11.
12.
13.

SUPERVISOR
ASSIGNED

14.
15.
16.

NOTE

Verify that each VEHICLE RELOCATION REPORT is legible and
contains a full description of the vehicle and damages, if any.
Enter vehicle relocation information, via FINEST, for vehicles relocated
into TOPIS, by using function 231, “Log-In Vehicle Street Relocation.”
Forward a copy of the list of relocated vehicles to the field command post
so that uniformed members of the service may inquire via radio as to the
location of a relocated vehicle.

Members of the service can access TOPIS through the FINEST by bringing up the shield
and entering MIS; clearing the screen and entering “NTOW”(“NTOW” must be
entered, in capital letters, for the TOPIS system to open up). Use code 23 at the main
menu to access the Vehicle Relocation Function. Members of the service having any
problems accessing TOPIS can call the MISD Help Desk.

17.

18.

NOTE

Accompany tow truck operator with vehicles to be relocated.
Prepare and affix Notice of Relocation stickers on each vehicle moved.
Prepare (print legibly) and provide the supervisor in charge with a
completed copy of the VEHICLE RELOCATION REPORT.
Verify that doors to all vehicles relocated are properly locked.

Have “Vehicle Relocation Notice” signs posted indicating that vehicles
were relocated from the affected area and that interested persons should
contact the precinct concerned.
Ensure that “No Parking” signs are removed upon completion of the
event.

The “Vehicle Relocation Notice” signs should remain in place for forty-eight hours
before being removed.

19.

Confer with precinct commanding officer regarding the overall operation,
including critique and suggestions.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

213-16

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Since VEHICLE RELOCATION REPORTS contain additional information not
captured by the TOPIS entry, these reports will be maintained for forty-five days, on a
clipboard secured at the desk. After forty-five days, these reports should be discarded.
Members of the service receiving a report of a stolen vehicle, in addition to following the
applicable Patrol Guide procedures, will conduct a check via FINEST (through TOPIS)
to confirm whether the vehicle has been towed as a result of an event requiring
relocation of vehicles.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

VEHICLE RELOCATION REPORT (PD571-155)
Notice of Relocation (Misc. 4208)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-17

NOTIFICATIONS REGARDING TRAFFIC RELATED ACTIVITIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To ensure the proper collection, coordination, and dissemination of information
about Department activities that might affect the movement of traffic (either
vehicular or pedestrian).

PROCEDURE

Whenever police operations, whether planned or unplanned, may have an effect
on the movement of vehicular or pedestrian traffic:
FOR SCHEDULED EVENTS (E.G., DETAILS, CHECKPOINTS)

SUPERVISOR
IN CHARGE

1.

As soon as the event is scheduled, notify the Traffic Management Center
by telephone of all pertinent information, including:
a.
Date, time, and location of planned operation or event.
b.
Nature of operation.
c.
Command(s) participating.
d.
Supervisor in charge.
e.
Scope of anticipated or actual disruption.
f.
Anticipated length of event or operation.

TRAFFIC
MANAGEMENT
CENTER

2.

Compile information regarding scheduled events reported by commands
in the form of a daily “Traffic Brief.”
Send the “Traffic Brief” to the Operations Unit daily, via e-mail or
facsimile machine.

3.

FOR UNSCHEDULED EVENTS
SUPERVISOR
IN CHARGE

4.

Notify the Operations Unit upon becoming aware of unscheduled police
operations that may have an effect on the movement of traffic.

OPERATIONS
UNIT

5.

Upon receiving notification of unscheduled police operations that may
affect traffic movement, notify the Traffic Management Center.

TRAFFIC
MANAGEMENT
CENTER

6.

Upon receiving notification from Operations Unit, make appropriate
notifications to units within the Chief of Transportation, and to other
agencies as appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-18

CITYWIDE SECURITY ALERT LEVELS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

1.
In light of the ongoing threat of terrorist attacks against the City of New York, the New
York City Police Department has created “Citywide Security Alert Levels” similar to those used by
the Federal Office of Homeland Security. These alert levels are discussed in detail in a newly
published document to be distributed in book form. This book will replace the “Citywide Security
Assessment Plan.” As such, with the publication and distribution of the new book, post assignments
will no longer be referred to as ALPHA, BRAVO, GAMMA, OR OMEGA. The new alert levels are
as follows:
ALERT LEVEL
Green
Blue
Yellow
Orange
Red

RISK CONDITION
Low
Low Risk Of Terrorist Attacks
Guarded
General Risk Of Terrorist Attacks
Elevated
Significant Risk Of Terrorist Attacks
High
High Risk Of Terrorist Attacks
Severe
Severe Risk Of Terrorist Attacks

Post assignments made in connection with these new alert levels shall be referred to by the appropriate
color code. Commanding officers will ensure that all personnel are properly trained in the new system
of alert levels.
2.
The Deputy Commissioner, Counterterrorism has compiled into book form a series of
responsibilities for various bureaus/commands, indicating actions to be taken under each security
level. These books have been distributed to affected commands, through the appropriate bureau
chiefs/deputy commissioners and will be maintained in the “Command Reference Library” as per
Administrative Guide procedure 325-18.
3.
The City of New York, which has been the target of terrorists four times in recent
years, twice successfully, is currently at threat level “Orange.” Any changes in the threat level for the
City of New York will be transmitted via a FINEST Message.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

Procedure No:

213-19

INTEROPERABILITY CHANNELS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

1.
There will be times during an emergency situation where it will be necessary for
personnel from the New York City Fire Department to communicate directly with a New York City
Police Department counterpart. Examples of emergency situations include, but are not limited to,
terrorist attacks, major building collapses, and large structural fires. To facilitate this communication,
a series of N.Y.P.D. interoperability radio channels are available.
2.
In the event of such a situation, members of the New York City Fire Department, at the
level of Battalion Chief and above, and Emergency Medical Service (EMS) Chief Officer, have been
issued radios that are programmed with all interoperability frequencies. To activate the frequency, the
F.D.N.Y. Incident Commander, or Emergency Medical Service, Chief Officer will notify the Fire
Department Operations Center (FDOC), and request the activation of an interoperability frequency.
The FDOC will then notify the N.Y.P.D. Communications Section and request activation. The
Communications Section platoon commander will notify the Operations Unit, the Electronics Section,
and the N.Y.P.D. Incident Commander on the scene. The Communications Section platoon
commander will then activate the frequency concerned and assign a dispatcher to that position. Should
the incident escalate and it is determined that a second frequency is required, an additional
interoperability frequency will be utilized. When the need for interoperability capability ceases, the
ranking members of each agency on the scene will notify the appropriate dispatcher to terminate.
Should the situation be reversed, and the N.Y.P.D. Incident Commander determines that
interoperability is needed, the procedure will mirror the above, whereby the N.Y.P.D. Incident
Commander will make the request through the Communications Section dispatcher, who will then
notify the platoon commander. The platoon commander will notify the Operations Unit, the
Electronics Section and the FDOC. The Communications Section platoon commander will then
activate the frequency concerned and assign a dispatcher to that position. In that case, the duty captain
or above may request activation of the interoperability system.
3.
In the event of a second incident, the Communications Section platoon commander
may place both incidents on the same interoperability frequency. In such cases, the Incident
Commanders shall name each incident so that they are clearly identifiable to the users on the channel.
Listed below are the channels as programmed in the portable radios of captains and above.
PRESENT CHANNELS
CW I/O
QNS I/O
MAN I/O
BRX I/O
BRK I/O
SI I/O

NEW CHANNELS
CW I/O (NYMAC1)
CW I/O2 (NYMAC3)
RW I/O (NYMAC2)
(NYMAC4)
(NYMAC5)
(NYMAC6)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-01

"PADLOCK LAW" PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 9

PURPOSE

To enforce provisions of the “Padlock Law” in regard to premises identified as
public nuisances.

SCOPE

The “Padlock Law” authorizes the Police Department to commence a “Padlock
Hearing Proceeding” when two or more separate arrest incidents for public
nuisance offenses, resulting in one criminal conviction, have been made within a
twelve month period prior to the commencement of such a proceeding. In
addition, to indicate that the illegal activity is continuing, a triggering arrest should
be made within thirty days prior to the issuance of the Notice of Hearing. Once
all parties have been given notice and an opportunity to be heard at an
administrative hearing, the “Padlock Law” authorizes the Police Commissioner to:
a.
Order the discontinuance of the illegal activity for up to one year, and/or
b.
Order the closing of the premises for up to one year.

DEFINITIONS

PUBLIC NUISANCE OFFENSES
a.
Any offense under:
(1)
Article 220, Penal Law - Controlled Substances Offenses
(2)
Article 221, Penal Law - Marijuana Offenses
(3)
Article 225, Penal Law - Gambling Offenses
(4)
Article 230, Penal Law - Prostitution Offenses
(5)
Article 240.45, Penal Law - Criminal Nuisance
b.
The following sections of law as they relate to “chop shops”:
(1)
Penal Law Sections 165.40 to 165.50 (inclusive) - Criminal
Possession of Stolen Property
(2)
Penal Law Section 170.65 - Forgery Vehicle Identification Number
(3)
Penal Law Section 170.70 - Illegal Possession Vehicle Identification Plate
(4)
Vehicle and Traffic Law Section 415(a) - Auto Dismantlers
c.
Any violation of Alcohol Beverage Control Law relating to the sale,
manufacture or trafficking of liquor, wine or beer.
PREMISES - Any building, erection or place, excluding public areas such as
streets, hallways, roofs.
CLOSING ORDER - An order signed by the Police Commissioner that orders a
premises closed for a period not to exceed one year. After this Closing Order becomes effective, any person (including the owner), wishing to gain entrance to
the location must obtain the approval of the precinct desk officer.
ORDER OF DISCONTINUANCE - An order signed by the Police
Commissioner ordering the discontinuance of illegal activity at a premises. The
premises may remain open to conduct legitimate business activity. However, if
an arrest for a predicate padlock offense occurs inside the premises while the
“Order of Discontinuance” is in effect, the premises is automatically closed for
the remainder of the original one year period.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

214-01

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 9

PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER (PD672-130) - A crack-and-peel version of
the Police Commissioner’s Closing Order to be posted at premises.
DISCONTINUANCE ORDER (PD672-132) - A crack-and-peel version of the
Police Commissioner’s Order of Discontinuance to be posted at premises.
PADLOCK IDENTIFICATION SHEET (MISC. 2128) - Form that must
accompany a request by precinct commanders to add a premises to a Padlock target
list. This form must include all information necessary to properly identify a location.
ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAU PADLOCK LOCATION
INFORMATION SHEET - Form used by Organized Crime Control Bureau
investigators that must contain all relevant identifying information concerning a location.
A measuring wheel must be used to ascertain precise measurements of a location (measured from building line to the center of the location where the activity is taking place).
PADLOCK LOGBOOK - A permanent bound record book with the following
captions contained therein:
a.
Location
b.
Date
c.
Time
d.
Ranking officer’s signature
e.
Observations/remarks.
TRIGGER ARREST - The arrest that “triggers” or initiates the “Padlock Hearing
Proceeding.” This arrest is effected not more than thirty days prior to the
commencement of the “Padlock Hearing Proceeding” and gives the Department
the presumption of ongoing illegal activity at the location.
TRIGGER ARREST FOLDER - Folder prepared by arrest team at the time of the
trigger arrest. Folder must contain the following data:
a.
Organized Crime Control Bureau Padlock Location Information Sheet
b.
Photographs of location (exterior and interior)
c.
Copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) for each defendant arrested
d.
Sketch of location
e.
All reports prepared in connection with arrests including PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).

NOTE

This folder must be hand delivered to the Organized Crime Control Bureau within
seventy-two hours of trigger arrest.

PADLOCK CONTROL NUMBER - A number assigned consecutively to target
locations for tracking purposes.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 9

PROCEDURE

When identifying target locations and effecting arrests for public nuisance offenses:

OFFICE OF
THE CHIEF OF
DEPARTMENT

1.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER
CONCERNED
3.

NOTE

Coordinate the identification of target locations and priorities.

Identify all public nuisance premises within command.
a.
Maintain appropriate records of arrest activity occurring therein or
emanating therefrom.
Submit a list of new public nuisance premises to the Patrol Services
Bureau (through channels) on or before the first day of each month.
a.
Include for each location:
(1)
A one year arrest history
(2)
Padlock Identification Sheet (Misc. 2128).

The Padlock Identification Sheet must include all information to properly identify a
location.

4.
5.

Review monthly printouts of targeted premises and notify Organized
Crime Control Bureau of status changes.
Forward copies of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET to Organized Crime Control Bureau for each arrest
effected at public nuisance locations by command personnel.

O.C.C.B.
COMMANDER
CONCERNED

6.
7.

NOTE

The arresting officer, investigating officer or supervisor most familiar with the target
premises should prepare these documents. A measuring wheel must be used to ascertain
accurate distances. When measuring a location, the measurement must be taken from
the building line to the center of the location where the illegal activity is occurring.

8.

Identify all public nuisance premises within command.
Submit a list of public nuisance premises (through channels) to Organized
Crime Control Bureau on or before the first day of each month including:
a.
A one year arrest history
b.
An Organized Crime Control Bureau Padlock Location
Information Sheet
c.
Three exterior photographs (one left of, one right of, and one front
of location).

Determine whether target locations submitted by commanding officers
are suitable for enforcement under the “Padlock Law” Program.

IF LOCATION IS DETERMINED TO BE SUITABLE FOR ENFORCEMENT
UNDER THE “PADLOCK LAW” PROGRAM
O.C.C.B.
COMMANDER
CONCERNED

9.

Submit documentation required in step 7, subdivisions “a,” “b,” and “c”
above, within fifteen days.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 9

IF LOCATION IS DETERMINED NOT TO BE SUITABLE FOR
ENFORCEMENT UNDER THE “PADLOCK LAW” PROGRAM
O.C.C.B.
COMMANDER
CONCERNED

10.

NOTE

A location is considered not to be suitable if:
a.
Activity is occurring “outside of” or “in front of” premises (street condition),
unless the premises is facilitating the activity, i.e., drugs are stored inside and
sold on street.
b.
Activity occurring does not involve a predicate padlock offense.

ORGANIZED
CRIME
CONTROL
BUREAU

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.

LEGAL
BUREAU

23.

Advise Organized Crime Control Bureau within fifteen days of the result
of investigation and recommendation that location not be targeted under
the “Padlock Law” Program.

Review locations and conduct preliminary investigation to determine
whether submitted locations are viable “Padlock Law” targets.
Maintain a list of target locations that have been identified by
commanding officers concerned.
Establish and maintain statistical and informational data files relating to
each premises designated as target locations.
Monitor target locations and notify Legal Bureau when records reveal
“triggering” arrest(s) at a target premises.
Act as liaison for all bureaus concerned.
Direct notifications to officers to attend hearings.
Prepare monthly statistical reports.
Distribute monthly printouts of targeted locations to Patrol Services
Bureau for distribution to commanding officers concerned.
Prepare “Trigger List.”
Maintain a list of target locations including arrest and conviction data.
Identify the owner, lessor, lessee(s), and mortgagee(s) of designated premises.
Obtain arrest dispositions and report such dispositions to Organized
Crime Control Bureau.
Mail Notices Of Violation to owner(s) and lessee(s).

WHEN AN ARREST IS EFFECTED FOR A PUBLIC NUISANCE OFFENSE
AS THE DIRECT RESULT OF ILLEGAL ACTIVITY HAVING OCCURRED
INSIDE A TARGETED PREMISES,
ARRESTING
OFFICER,
O.C.C.B.

24.

Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET in
triplicate.
a.
Clearly write “Padlock Target” across top front and notify
assistant district attorney of same.
b.
Enter on line 10, “Specific Location of Occurrence,” the particular
part of the premises where the illegal activity occurred, i.e., inside
storefront (include name of store), inside apartment number, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 9

NOTE

If arrest occurs outside the premises, but the activity that precipitated that arrest
occurred inside the location, the arrest is applicable for “Padlock Law” enforcement.
Indicate on line 10 of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET that
activity occurred inside location. Indicate on line 21 of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET the exact location of arrest.

ARRESTING
OFFICER,
O.C.C.B.
(continued)

25.

Forward a copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET to the Organized Crime Control Bureau.
a.
Indicate on top of WORKSHEET, “Padlock Law Violation.”

WHEN A “TRIGGERING ARREST” IS MADE
ARRESTING
OFFICER,
O.C.C.B.

26.

NOTE

Polaroid cameras may be used. Only clear photographs are acceptable.

27.

NOTE

Photograph the exterior of the premises, including:
a.
Any exterior signs
b.
All points of entrance/exit into the premises.

Photograph the interior areas, including:
a.
Signs hanging on walls
b.
Merchandise on display
c.
Plexiglas windows
d.
All partitions.

(For “Padlock Hearing Proceedings” purposes, photographs may, but need not, be
taken of defendants).
The front of the photographs will not be marked in any way. The back of the
photographs will contain the photographer’s name, rank, type of camera/film used,
address of location, date/time the photograph was taken and the Padlock Control #.

28.

NOTE

Prepare a sketch for presentation at a “Padlock Hearing Proceeding,”
indicating:
a.
Dimensions of the interior of the location, including relative
measurements of entrance
b.
Distance from doorway to countertop
c.
Size of countertop and Plexiglas
d.
Location of evidence seized
e.
Location of prisoners at the time of arrest
f.
Any other pertinent objects of information relative to the
operation of the illegal enterprise.

Sketches shall not contain any statements that draw legal conclusions. For example,
sketches must not contain a statement that “cocaine” was seized from a particular place
or that a sign on the wall is a “policy” sign.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 9

ARRESTING
OFFICER,
O.C.C.B.
(continued)

29.

NOTE

When a “triggering arrest” is made, steps 26 through 29 must be performed by the
arresting officer or, with permission of a supervisor, by another Organized Crime
Control Bureau investigator assigned to the field team.

O.C.C.B.
COMMANDER
CONCERNED

30.

31.

Prepare Organized Crime Control Bureau Padlock Location
Information Sheet.

Forward copies of all reports prepared in connection with “Padlock Law”
arrests to Organized Crime Control Bureau in a folder marked “Trigger
Arrest,” including:
a.
Organized Crime Control Bureau Padlock Location
Information Sheet
b.
Photographs of location (interior and exterior)
c.
Copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET for each person arrested
d.
Sketch of location
e.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Make a telephone notification to the Organized Crime Control Bureau,
within twenty-four hours of the triggering arrest which must include the
following information:
a.
Arrest number
b.
Arrest date
c.
Defendant’s name
d.
Arrest charges
e.
Arresting officer’s name
f.
Padlock Control Number.

UPON DETERMINATION TO COMMENCE “PADLOCK HEARING
PROCEEDING”
NOTE

Ensure that the “Trigger Arrest Folder” containing the data gathered in steps 26
through 30 is hand-delivered to the Organized Crime Control Bureau within seventy-two
hours of the triggering arrest.

ORGANIZED
CRIME
CONTROL
BUREAU

32.

Make telephone notification to Legal Bureau of “triggering arrest.”
a.
Forward “Trigger Arrest Folder” to Legal Bureau upon receipt.

LEGAL
BUREAU

33.

Prepare and serve Notice Of Hearing on:
a.
Owner(s)
b.
Lessee(s)
c.
Mortgagee(s) of premises pursuant to “Padlock Law” Regulations.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-01

LEGAL
BUREAU
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

34.

35.

7 of 9

Forward copies of Notice Of Hearing to:
a.
Adjudication Section, Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters
b.
Organized Crime Control Bureau
c.
Patrol Services Bureau for dissemination to appropriate individuals
(e.g., precinct/transit district/P.S.A. commanders, community board
district managers, community council, etc.).
Represent Department at “Padlock Hearing Proceedings.”

LEGAL
BUREAU,
PADLOCK
HEARING
OFFICER

36.

NOTE

Police Commissioner, upon recommendation of the Deputy Commissioner, Legal
Matters, may issue an Order to DISCONTINUE ILLEGAL ACTIVITY and/or CLOSE
PREMISES for a specified period not to exceed one year.

LEGAL
BUREAU

37.
38.

NOTE

Ensure that owner(s), lessee(s) and mortgagee(s) of the premises are
served with a copy of the appropriate Police Commissioner’s Order.
Forward copies of Police Commissioner’s Order to:
a.
Precinct commander for posting at premises and in “Padlock Log”
(two copies of Order plus two crack-and-peel signs must be delivered to precinct)
b.
Organized Crime Control Bureau
c.
Patrol Services Bureau.

The Legal Bureau will notify the precinct commander and all parties when an Order is
revoked or modified prior to the expiration date indicated on the Order.

COMMANDING 39.
OFFICER
TIME
NOTE

Conduct “Padlock Hearing Proceeding” in compliance with “Padlock
Law” Regulations.
a.
Make recommendations to Police Commissioner (through Deputy
Commissioner, Legal Matters).

Establish a “Padlock Log,” utilizing a Department record book and allocating
ten pages for each premises served with an Order captioned as follows:
DATE

RANKING OFFICER

OBSERVATIONS/REMARKS

A copy of the appropriate Police Commissioner’s Order will be affixed to the first page
of each corresponding ten page section.

40.

41.

42.

Direct supervisory officer to conspicuously post PADLOCK CLOSING
ORDER (PD672-130) or DISCONTINUANCE ORDER (PD672-132) as
appropriate, on premises.
Enter
fact
that
PADLOCK
CLOSING
ORDER
or
DISCONTINUANCE ORDER has been posted as first entry in
“Padlock Log” for premises concerned.
Notify Legal Bureau when PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER or
DISCONTINUANCE ORDER is posted.
a.
Enter notification in Telephone Record.
b.
Make notification on next business day if Legal Bureau is closed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-01

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 9

The “Padlock Law” provides that the PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER or
DISCONTINUANCE ORDER must be posted for five business days before being enforced.

COMMANDING 43.
OFFICER
(continued)

Direct supervisory officer to visit location every tour on the fifth business
day after the PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER or DISCONTINUANCE
ORDER is posted, and:
a.
Ascertain that appropriate ORDER is posted and not being violated.

44.

Make entry in “Padlock Log” for each visit made.
a.
Indicate in “Remarks” column of “Padlock Log” whether
PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER or DISCONTINUANCE
ORDER is still posted.

ASSIGNED
SUPERVISOR

IF VIOLATION OF THE PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER IS OBSERVED
ASSIGNED
SUPERVISOR

45.

NOTE

Removal or mutilation of PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER is a violation of the New York
City Administrative Code, Section 10-156(g), which is an unclassified misdemeanor.
Photographs and fingerprints should not be taken.

46.

NOTE

Ascertain if PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER is still posted.
a.
If not, obtain and post a new PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER.
(1)
PADLOCK CLOSING ORDERS and DISCONTINUANCE
ORDERS are available from the Legal Bureau.

Effect an arrest for violating a PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER and
issue a Desk Appearance Ticket, if applicable, when:
a.
The PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER is conspicuously posted
and persons are present in violation of the ORDER, OR
b.
The PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER has been removed and
persons present are advised premises is “padlocked” and are
directed to leave and refuse to do so.

Caution should be exercised to avoid arresting persons who are legitimately in the
premises (e.g., repairmen actually making repairs). However, these individuals must
obtain permission from the precinct desk officer prior to entering location.

IF VIOLATION OF DISCONTINUANCE ORDER IS SUSPECTED
ASSIGNED
SUPERVISOR

47.
48.

49.

Immediately notify Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations
Desk, if illegal activity is suspected and an arrest can not be effected.
Forward a copy of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET to the Organized Crime Control Bureau, when an arrest
is effected in POSTED premises.
a.
Include information required by step 24 and following “NOTE.”
Notify Organized Crime Control Bureau.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 9

COMMANDING 50.
OFFICER
CONCERNED

Submit a report in quadruplicate each Monday for the previous Sunday to
Saturday (inclusive) to Patrol Services Bureau (through channels) and
indicate the following for each location:
a.
Number of visits made to premises
b.
Number of violations observed
c.
Number of summonses issued and/or arrests for violation of the
Police Commissioner’s Order
d.
Any incidents, including arrests other than for violations of Police
Commissioner’s Order
e.
Number of times necessary to repost PADLOCK CLOSING
ORDER.

LEGAL
BUREAU

51.

Notify Organized Crime Control Bureau when an Order of Discontinuance
and/or a Bond is posted in regard to a premise.

O.C.C.B.
COMMANDER
CONCERNED

52.

Direct field units to visit periodically those premises where an Order of
Discontinuance and/or Bonds have been posted.
Submit a report monthly to Organized Crime Control Bureau and indicate
the following for each location:
a.
Date and time of visit to premises
b.
Any incidents, and/or arrests at posted location.
Immediately notify Legal Bureau if an arrest is effected in a posted
location.

53.

54.

PATROL
SERVICES
BUREAU

55.

Consolidate reports received and forward to:
a.
Chief of Department
b.
Legal Bureau
c.
Organized Crime Control Bureau.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DISCONTINUANCE ORDER (PD672-132)
DISCONTINUANCE ORDER POSTER (PD672-132)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER POSTER (PD672-130)
PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER (PD672-130)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Padlock Identification Sheet (Misc. 2128)
Closing Order
Notice Of Hearing
Notice Of Violation
Order of Discontinuance
Organized Crime Control Bureau Padlock Location Information Sheet
Trigger Arrest Folder

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-02

NARCOTICS EVICTION PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To initiate action in civil court towards identified narcotics operations in
privately owned buildings, commercial establishments and rental apartments
owned by the New York City Housing Authority.

SCOPE

The Narcotics Eviction Program involves a cooperative citywide effort between this
Department and the respective District Attorney’s Office with a goal of evicting drug
dealers from dwellings and commercial locations through the initiation of
proceedings in civil court. In practice, all narcotics related arrests/seizures made
inside locations, and effected by members assigned to the Organized Crime Control
Bureau, are reviewed by the District Attorney’s Office for potential eviction
proceedings. Incidents where there is a summary narcotics related arrest, or incidents
of found narcotics/drug paraphernalia, found within a building by patrol personnel,
requires the preparation of a precinct COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152). This
report serves as a mechanism for follow up by the affected community beat officer.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service, other than a member assigned to the
Narcotics Division, effects an arrest for any narcotics related offense, or finds
narcotics/drug paraphernalia within a building:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.
COMMUNITY
BEAT OFFICER
4.
CONCERNED

5.

COMMUNITY
POLICING
SUPERVISOR

6.
7.
8.

Comply with appropriate Department procedures, prepare precinct COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152), in addition to any other required reports.
Include in “Details” section of the COMPLAINT REPORT any information
or observations that may indicate that a narcotics operation is involved.
Review Community Policing Unit copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT
when received.
Determine if the presence of a narcotics operation is indicated, based on both
the information contained on the COMPLAINT REPORT, and the officer’s
knowledge of the beat (i.e., previous incidents, community complaints, etc.).
Review incident with community policing unit supervisor if the circumstances
indicate that a narcotics operation is present.
Review facts and circumstances of incident.
Determine if appropriate for inclusion into the Narcotics Eviction Program.
Direct the concerned officer or designee to obtain all related information
regarding the incident/location, if incident is determined to be appropriate
for inclusion into the Narcotics Eviction Program.
a.
Include such items as copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT,
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD244-159),
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), community
complaints, and any other information that would substantiate the
determination and be supportive of civil action.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-02

COMMUNITY
POLICING
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

9.

10.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 4

Package all related information and forward to the respective county District
Attorney’s Office, Attention: Narcotics Eviction Program Coordinator.
a.
Include a short cover letter, briefly describing the incident and
location, identity of tenant of record and/or subject, if known.
Maintain file copies at the Community Policing Unit office for reference
and future review.

The Narcotics Eviction Program Coordinator, Office of the District Attorney, will
determine if the facts substantiate action in civil court. Determination of building
ownership, along with all notifications required by statute, will be effected by the
District Attorney’s Office. Copies of all notification letters will be directed to the
respective precinct Community Policing Unit for inclusion into the unit’s files.

11.
COMMUNITY
BEAT OFFICER
CONCERNED
12.

Advise Community Policing Unit supervisor, or Narcotics Eviction
Program Coordinator, as appropriate, of any other incidents regarding
either the building owner or the submitted location.
Document information in the appropriate file.

DIRECTOR,
POLICE
LABORATORY

13.

Ensure that all found/investigatory controlled substances are maintained
at the Police Laboratory or Property Clerk’s Office for a minimum of
three months from the date of the incident.

NOTE

Requests for laboratory analysis pursuant to civil or criminal court proceedings will be
effected by the District Attorney’s Office, and handled in the normal manner. When
such request is made, the Police Laboratory will test up to felony weight, as applicable.

COMMUNITY
POLICING
SUPERVISOR

14.
15.
16.

Ensure that an effective liaison is maintained with the Narcotics Eviction
Program Coordinator regarding ongoing efforts in this area.
Maintain appropriate contact with concerned narcotics borough of the
Organized Crime Control Bureau regarding locations involved in this initiative.
Bring to the attention of the Precinct Management Team (PMT)
appropriate efforts or initiatives relating to the Narcotics Eviction
Program at the command.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

17.

Respond to all narcotics eviction related cases, including civil and
criminal court, or District Attorney’s Office for case preparation, as
directed and notified by the Appearance Control Unit.

COMMUNITY
BEAT/SECTOR
OFFICER

18.

Contact the Narcotics Eviction Program Coordinator if any observations
indicate renewed illicit activity when an eviction order has been obtained
or the subject premise has been otherwise vacated.

NOTE

In instances such as described above, community beat officers should establish liaison
with the building owner/tenant group and emphasize the common goal of placing a
desirable tenant in the location.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-02

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

19.
20.

3 of 4

Include initiatives taken towards these locations as a topic for Precinct
Management Team (PMT) meetings as appropriate.
Ensure that there is both an effective information exchange and cohesive
effort between precinct and Organized Crime Control Bureau Narcotics
Division personnel as it relates to this effort.

When considering the circumstances of an incident, it should be noted that an eviction
can be brought upon direct or circumstantial evidence that the premise is used for an
illegal narcotic business.
EXAMPLES OF DIRECT EVIDENCE include:
a.
Observations of the direct sale of narcotics, OR
b.
Inculpatory statements by occupants regarding the sale of narcotics.
EXAMPLES OF CIRCUMSTANTIAL EVIDENCE, which supports most eviction
proceedings, include:
a.
Recovery of an amount of narcotics inconsistent with personal use (typically 1/8
of an ounce or more) OR,
b.
Recovery of cutting agents, scales, strainers, pestles, empty or new glassine
envelopes or vials, plastic bags, rubber stamps, drug records, and other items
associated with the preparation, manufacture, packaging, or storage of narcotics.
Recovery of evidence that lacks indications of a business operation, and is more consistent
with mere personal use of narcotics, would not support an eviction and should not be
forwarded to the District Attorney’s Office. Cases that pertain to narcotics activity outside
of homes and stores (i.e., stairwells, hallways, street, etc.) would not support action unless
there is evidence linking the activity to interior premises. Questions regarding this area
may be directed to the respective District Attorney’s Office.
The addresses of the respective county District Attorney’s Narcotics Eviction Program
Coordinators are as follows:
District Attorney
County of New York
1 Hogan Place
Special Projects Bureau
New York, NY 10013

District Attorney
Bronx County
215 East 161st Street
Room 3DA - 11
Bronx, NY 10451

District Attorney
Kings County
210 Joralemon Street
Room 610
Brooklyn, NY 11201

District Attorney
Queens County
125-01 Queens Blvd.
Civil Enforcement Bureau
Kew Gardens, NY 11415

District Attorney
Richmond County
36 Richmond Terrace
Staten Island, NY 10301

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

214-02

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

4 of 4

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-03

GRAFFITI REWARD PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To reward individuals whose reports of acts of graffiti vandalism in progress result
in arrests by members of this Department.

SCOPE

Administrative Code section 10-117.2 authorizes the Mayor, upon recommendation
of the Police Commissioner, to pay a reward of up to five hundred dollars for
“information leading to the apprehension, prosecution or conviction of any
person(s)” who violate the Administrative Code provisions regarding graffiti
vandalism.

PROCEDURE

When an individual reports an act of graffiti vandalism in progress to the Department:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

DESK OFFICER

5.

6.

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
CITYWIDE
VANDALS
TASK FORCE

7.
8.

9.
10.

Respond to report of graffiti vandalism and arrest violator if still present.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), and, if
applicable, comply with normal arrest processing procedures.
Take digital photographs of graffiti vandalism for forwarding to the Citywide
Vandals Task Force for database entry.
Immediately notify the Citywide Vandals Task Force to respond for prisoner
debriefing in all graffiti arrest cases.
a.
Obtain a log number from the Citywide Vandals Task Force member
and enter it in the “Notifications” caption of the COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET.
Verify response of Citywide Vandals Task Force personnel for prisoner
debriefing.
a.
Ensure uniformed member of the service complies with steps “2”, “3”,
and “4”, above.
Obtain a copy of arrest paperwork, attach a copy of the SPRINT printout of
job, if arrest was made as a result of a radio run, and forward as follows:
a.
Commanding officer/executive officer
b.
Special operations lieutenant
c.
Commanding Officer, Citywide Vandals Task Force.
Ensure uniformed members of the service comply with the provisions of this
procedure.
Maintain a file of arrest paperwork for arrests made pursuant to the Graffiti
Reward Program.
Maintain the Graffiti Reward Program file and database of all reward
recipients and pending cases.
Attend Graffiti Reward Program Board meetings, chaired by the Executive
Officer, Office of the Chief of Department, and a representative from the New
York City Police Foundation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-03

COMMANDING
OFFICER,
CITYWIDE
VANDALS
TASK FORCE
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

11.
12.
13.

14.
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER,
OFFICE OF THE
CHIEF OF
DEPARTMENT
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Maintain the Graffiti Reward Program bank account and issue all reward
checks after approval by the Graffiti Reward Program Board.
Assign Citywide Vandals Task Force personnel to deliver reward payments.
a.
Ensure all reward payments are delivered and receipted for.
Comply with directions received from the Director, Audits and Accounts Unit
pertaining to audits.
Convene and chair Graffiti Reward Program Board meetings with the
Commanding Officer, Citywide Vandals Task Force, and a representative
from the New York City Police Foundation.

ELIGIBILITY
No police officer, peace officer, any other law enforcement officer, or other city employees
acting within their official capacities are entitled, directly or indirectly, to collect or receive
any reward under this program.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
In all cases where an individual may be eligible for a reward under the Graffiti Reward
Program, the Citywide Vandals Task Force must be notified, and a copy of all arrest
paperwork will be sent to the Commanding Officer, Citywide Vandals Task Force.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-05

SELECTION AND UTILIZATION OF AUXILIARY
POLICE OFFICER VOLUNTEERS AS UNDERCOVERS
FOR “QUALITY OF LIFE” ENFORCEMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To establish guidelines for the utilization of auxiliary police volunteers as
undercovers for “Quality of Life” enforcement, i.e., Alcohol Beverage Control
Law, sale of box cutters, sale of spray paint cans/broad tip markers, etc.

SCOPE

A volunteer auxiliary police officer is eligible to participate in enforcement as an
undercover if his/her age is within the limits specified by the statute of law being
enforced. Auxiliary police officers will be considered eligible for these
assignments ONLY upon the recommendation of their precinct’s special
operations lieutenant and after receiving proper training by the borough Vice
Module and the Auxiliary Police Section.

PROCEDURE

When considering an auxiliary police officer volunteer for possible use as an
undercover in a “Quality of Life” enforcement effort:

SUPERVISOR
OF BOROUGH
VICE
MODULE/
PRECINCT
CONDITIONS
UNIT

1.

NOTE

Only auxiliary police officers who are on the list may be utilized as undercovers for
“Quality of Life” operations. There are no exceptions. An auxiliary police officer
notified for assignment and reporting to the precinct shall receive a minimum of four
hours of credited time regardless of the actual extent of the operation.

2.

Contact borough auxiliary police coordinator.
a.
Each coordinator maintains a list of the names, dates of birth, and
telephone numbers of auxiliary police officers who are eligible for
assignment. It is the responsibility of the borough Vice Module or
precinct special operations lieutenant to determine whether the
volunteer auxiliary police officer is within the age limitation of the
“Quality of Life” statute being enforced and confirm reporting
location, time and dress code. Each auxiliary police volunteer will
report to his/her precinct unit or resident precinct, for pick-up by
borough Vice Module or precinct conditions unit and returned to that
location upon completion of tour.
b.
Volunteer auxiliary police officers will never be utilized for undercover
operations involving prostitution and/or narcotics enforcement.
c.
Volunteer auxiliary police officers utilized in undercover capacity
will not operate in resident or assigned precinct.

Ensure the auxiliary police officer volunteer has received the training
course conducted by the Narcotics Division, and training in safety, tactics
and integrity conducted by the auxiliary police section, and has signed the
required affidavits at the appropriate time if the “Quality of Life”
enforcement concerns underage drinking.
a.
Ensure a signed parental consent form is obtained if the volunteer
auxiliary police officer is under the age of eighteen.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-05

SUPERVISOR
OF BOROUGH
VICE
MODULE/
PRECINCT
CONDITIONS
UNIT
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

3.

4.
5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

BOROUGH
AUXILIARY
COORDINATOR

REVISION NUMBER:

10.

11.

12.

2 of 3

Ensure that the auxiliary police officer volunteer is within the age limits
specified by the statute of law being enforced.
a.
Auxiliary police officers under eighteen years of age may be trained,
however, they will not be utilized until they reach eighteen years of age.
Prohibit the auxiliary police volunteer from performing an undercover
operation in either their precinct of assignment or precinct of residence.
Prepare an Auxiliary Police Roll Call APS #10, for the auxiliary
volunteer to sign in upon pick-up as “On Duty” and for signing out when
dropped off at the end of his/her tour.
a.
The Original APS #10 is to be forwarded to the borough auxiliary
coordinator and a copy to the auxiliary coordinator of the precinct
to which the auxiliary police volunteer is assigned, via
Department mail. (Refer to Auxiliary Guide procedures 6-7,
attachment “A,” for sample forms).
Prepare a recapitulation of the enforcement activity. The conditions
supervisor will forward a copy of this recapitulation to the borough
auxiliary police coordinator; the vice supervisor forwards one to the
Narcotics Division.
Interview auxiliary police volunteer prior to undercover operation.
a.
Ensure that the auxiliary police volunteer is thoroughly briefed as
to all aspects of operation.
b.
Take a Polaroid photograph of auxiliary police volunteer on day
of enforcement along with a photocopy of the volunteer’s
Auxiliary Police Identification Card (Misc. 3948). Both items
will be filed in the arrest folder of defendant(s) apprehended.
Observe undercover at all times during the operation.
a.
Witnessing officer MUST observe the violation of the “Quality of
Life” statute being enforced.
Comply with P.G. 216-13, “Line of Duty Injury or Death – Auxiliary
Police Officers,” in the event the auxiliary volunteer is injured or killed
during the course of an undercover operation.
Update approved list of auxiliary police volunteers semi-annually on the
5th day of January and July based on the recommendation of the precinct
Special Operations Lieutenant and completion of appropriate training.
a.
Forward copy of list to the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police
Section, and Commanding Officer, Narcotics Division.
Ensure that each auxiliary police officer volunteer receives the proper
training course regarding safety, tactics and integrity conducted by the
Narcotics Division.
Prepare and forward monthly enforcement recapitulation to Auxiliary Police
Section by the tenth day of the month for the preceding month’s operation(s).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 13.
OFFICER,
BOROUGH
VICE MODULE
14.

3 of 3

Forward “MONTHLY RECAPITULATION OF AUXILIARY POLICE
UTILIZATION IN UNDERAGE DRINKING ENFORCEMENT REPORT”
to the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section by the 10th day of the
month, for the preceding month (see Auxiliary Guide procedures 6-7,
attachments “B” or “C”, for sample form).
Confer with the borough auxiliary coordinator and the Auxiliary Police
Section, Training Unit as the pool of trained auxiliary police volunteers
begins to diminish.
a.
Request recruitment of new volunteers and arrange for their
training with the Narcotics Division.

NOTE

Commanding officer, borough Vice Module will make every reasonable effort to ensure
an auxiliary’s undercover duties and subsequent court appearances do not conflict with
the auxiliary’s school or work schedule.

PRECINCT
SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

15.

16.
17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Direct the precinct’s auxiliary coordinator to identify, by personnel data
records and conferral with Auxiliary Police Section, those auxiliary
police officers over eighteen and less than twenty years and six months of
age for possible assignment.
Interview the prospective auxiliary police volunteer to determine
suitability for this particular type of assignment.
Make selection of suitable auxiliary police volunteers based upon
member’s maturity, background, ability to make sound judgments,
communication skills and demeanor.
Advise auxiliary police volunteer, prior to recruitment and during
training, that he/she may be subpoenaed by the defendant to testify in
criminal court or in a State Liquor Authority hearing.
Direct that the precinct auxiliary coordinator forward to the borough
auxiliary coordinator and Auxiliary Police Section, Training Unit a list of
selected auxiliary volunteers recommended for this assignment, semiannually (by the 5th day of January and July).
Notify the borough auxiliary police coordinator, Narcotics Division, and
Auxiliary Police Section immediately, to remove an auxiliary police
volunteer from this list, if their status changes, (i.e., age, suspended,
arrested, leave of absence, dismissal, etc).
Prepare and forward report to the borough auxiliary coordinator after each
operation in which an auxiliary police officer is used as an undercover.
a.
Include officer’s identity, unit, number of purchases attempted,
number of purchases made, number of summonses issued, and any
comments relative to the officer’s performance as an undercover.

Line of Duty Injury or Death – Auxiliary Police Officers (P.G. 216-13)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-06

OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR HOMELESS OUTREACH UNIT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To create and implement strategies for dealing with the homeless population of
New York City.

PROCEDURE

To introduce homeless persons to the myriad services available to them within
the City of New York and to assist them in gaining access to those services,
uniformed members of the service assigned to the Homeless Outreach Unit will
operate under the following guidelines:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER,
HOMELESS
OUTREACH
UNIT
NOTE

Designate operational zones within each patrol borough to allow for a
concentrated effort within a limited geographical area for a fixed period
of time.

Information provided by borough commanders, commanding officers, Department of
Homeless Services, community boards and service providers, as well as observations
made by members of the Unit, would be considered when determining target areas.

2.
3.
4.

SUPERVISOR,
HOMELESS
OUTREACH
UNIT

5.
6.

7.

Evaluate effectiveness of Homeless Outreach Unit operations constantly.
a.
Adjust target zones as necessary.
Schedule supervisory officers to ensure that at least one supervisor is
assigned on every tour.
Schedule uniformed members of the service with the aim of deploying
three vans on every tour.
Select operational locations within the target zone on a daily basis.
Assign each van to a location within the target zone.
a.
Designate one van as a “Response Unit” to handle calls for
assistance from field units.
Designate an area within the confines of the operational area where the
van will be secured.

NOTE

A minimum of two police officers, each equipped with a portable radio, will be assigned
to staff each van. One officer will monitor the Citywide/Special Operations Division
frequency while the other officer will monitor the division frequency in which outreach
operations are being conducted.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.

9.

Interview consenting homeless persons only and assess their condition to
determine the services which they require.
a.
If homeless person is identified as a client of the Department of
Homeless Services or other service provider, that agency will be
contacted to respond, if available, in order to continue outreach efforts.
Advise homeless persons of services available to them.
a.
Offer transportation to facilities where such services can be obtained.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-06

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

10.

12.

2 of 3

Escort homeless persons who accept offer of assistance to Homeless
Outreach Unit van.
a.
Transport such persons to city shelter or other location depending on:
(1)
Type of assistance needed
(2)
Time of day
(3)
Availability of service provider, etc.
Document each contact with a homeless person on CONTACT
INFORMATION SHEET (PD 304-140).
a.
Indicate whether or not offer of services was accepted.
Request response of Homeless Outreach Unit supervisor in the following
situations:
a.
Emotionally Disturbed Person (EDP): If homeless person encountered
appears to be mentally ill or temporarily deranged and is conducting
him/herself in a manner in which the uniformed member reasonably
believes is likely to result in serious injury to him/herself or others.
(1)
Comply with the provisions of P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill
or Emotionally Disturbed Persons.”
b.
Acute Medical Condition: If homeless person encountered is
suffering from an acute medical condition, request response of an
ambulance, in addition to the Homeless Outreach Unit supervisor,
and comply with the provisions of P.G. 216-01, “Aided Cases
General Procedure.”
c.
Intoxicated: If intoxicated homeless person is encountered, the
homeless person may be removed only to an alcohol
detoxification center upon their consent.

If the homeless person’s intoxication leads the Homeless Outreach Unit members on the
scene to reasonably believe that the person’s intoxication is likely to result in serious injury
to him/herself or others, P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons” will
be complied with.

d.

e.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

11.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Repeated Encounters: Homeless persons who refuse services after
repeated encounters should be referred to Department of
Homeless Services personnel.
Arrest or Summons: If homeless person encountered appears
physically and mentally normal but violates the law, including
repeated minor infractions, enforcement action will be taken and
the Homeless Outreach Unit supervisor will respond to all such
incidents that result in an arrest or the issuance of a summons.

A homeless person who is apparently physically and mentally normal and who refuses
services is free to either leave or remain at a location.
In the event that a Homeless Outreach Unit supervisor is unavailable, an Emergency
Service Unit supervisor will be requested to respond via the Citywide/Special
Operations Division radio frequency. If an Emergency Service Unit supervisor is
unavailable, a patrol supervisor will be requested to respond from the precinct where
the outreach operations are being conducted.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

214-06

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Homeless Outreach Unit personnel will provide information and training to command
personnel regarding services available to the homeless, as well as strategies and tactics
for dealing with homeless persons.
The Homeless Outreach Unit Office is located at 370 Jay Street, Room 513, Brooklyn,
New York, and normal hours of operation are 0700 to 2400 hours, seven days per week.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CONTACT INFORMATION SHEET (PD304-140)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-07

CASES FOR LEGAL ACTION PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that all New York City Public Housing residents who are arrested
pursuant to the execution of a search warrant where contraband is recovered or
arrested for a designated crime committed on the grounds of any New York City
Public Housing Development are targeted for possible eviction proceedings
under the “Cases for Legal Action” (CFLA) Program.

DEFINITION

The warrants and designated crimes for which a New York City Public Housing
resident is arrested, and subsequently can be targeted for possible eviction
proceedings under the CFLA program, are classified as follows:
•
(Category I) – All residents arrested as the result of a search warrant
where contraband is recovered.
•
(Category II) – All residents arrested for a felony narcotics related charge
including those related to marijuana.
•
(Category III) – All residents charged with one or more of the following
charges:
a.
Murder 1st, 2nd or attempt
b.
Rape 1st or attempt
c.
Robbery 1st or 2nd
d.
Assault 1st
e.
Burglary 1st
f.
Arson 1st , 2nd or 3rd
g.
Criminal Sexual Act 1st or attempt
h.
Course of Sexual Conduct Against a Child 1st or attempt
i.
Aggravated Sexual Abuse 1st or attempt
j.
All firearms offenses listed in Article 265 of the N.Y.S. Penal Law.
•
(Category IV) – Any other case deemed appropriate by a Commanding
Officer after conferral with the CFLA coordinator and with the approval
of the Chief of Housing Bureau.

PROCEDURE

Whenever any uniformed member of the service (e.g. Organized Crime Control
Bureau or Detective Bureau) effects an arrest of a New York City Public
Housing resident sixteen years or older pursuant to the execution of a search
warrant where contraband is recovered or for the commission of a designated
crime committed on the grounds of any New York City Public Housing
Development, the following procedure will be complied with:

NOTE

For the purposes of this procedure it should be noted that a resident of public housing
can still be subject to the provisions of this program even though:
•
the resident is not arrested or present at the time the search warrant is
executed, or
•
the “triggering incident” (i.e., arrest pursuant to the execution of a search
warrant where contraband is recovered or arrest for a designated crime) occurs
in a housing development other than the one in which the resident lives.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-07

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1.

2.

2 of 2

Upon arresting a New York City Housing Authority (NYCHA) resident
pursuant to the execution of a search warrant where contraband is
recovered or for a designated crime as defined in this procedure, prepare a
CFLA package consisting of the following documents:
a.
CASES FOR LEGAL ACTION COVER SHEET (PD149-090)
b.
Copy of computer generated ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
c.
Copy of computer generated COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
d.
Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), when
prepared
e.
Copy of REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT (PD521-168), when prepared
f.
Copy of NYCHA Trespass Notice, when prepared
g.
Copy of Search Warrant (not the application for a search warrant),
when applicable.
Forward completed CFLA package to the arresting officer’s
commanding officer/designee.

NOTE

Arresting officers will redact any information which may indicate the identity of a
confidential informant, a juvenile (other than Juvenile Offender), victim of a sex crime
or any other sealed records or confidential information required by law.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DESIGNEE

3.
4.
5.

Verify a CFLA package has been prepared for all qualified arrests.
Ensure completeness of CFLA packages.
Forward CFLA packages daily to the Housing Bureau Special Operations
Section, 2768 Eighth Avenue, Room 507, New York, New York, 10013,
Attention: CFLA Coordinator.

CFLA
COORDINATOR

6.

Review packages for completeness and ensure information is redacted,
as necessary.
Identify cases eligible for the Housing Authority’s Expedited
Eviction Program.
Process and forward CFLA packages to the New York City Housing
Authority daily to initiate proceedings.

7.
8.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Duplicate Copies of Complaint Reports (P.G. 207-05)
Preliminary Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime-Related Complaints
(P.G. 207-08)
Search Warrant Applications (P.G. 212-75)
Narcotics Eviction Program (P.G. 214-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CASES FOR LEGAL ACTION COVER SHEET (PD149-090)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-08

CHRONIC ABUSER ALARM PROCEDURES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To save manpower by reducing police response to locations when three or more alarms,
within a three month period, were determined to be unnecessary/unfounded.

PROCEDURE

Upon response to a radio code signal 10-11 (Alarm Condition) and investigation
discloses transmission of alarm was unnecessary or unfounded:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Person Qualified to Accept Service of a NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM owner, corporate officer, manager, and supervisor, or in their absence, adult employee
of firm or adult resident of premises.

2.

3.
4.

Prepare NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM (PD310-120), enter
name of person served and complete appropriate captions.
Serve original copy of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM to
person qualified to accept service.

Report disposition (code signal 10-90N - Notice Served - Unnecessary/
Unfounded Alarm) to Communications Section.
Deliver remaining copies of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM
to desk officer for Crime Prevention Officer.

PERSON QUALIFIED TO ACCEPT SERVICE
UNNECESSARY ALARM NOT PRESENT:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.
6.
7.

NOTE

OF

NOTICE

OF

Prepare NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM and place original in
mailbox or under door.
Report disposition (code signal 10-90N - Notice Served - Unnecessary/
Unfounded Alarm) to Communications Section.
Check box “DOOR SERVICE” on remaining copies of NOTICE OF
UNNECESSARY ALARM and deliver to desk officer for Crime Prevention Officer.

A NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM must be served for an unnecessary/unfounded
alarm including an alarm caused by user error.

UNABLE TO SERVE NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM (DEFERRED SERVICE):
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.

9.
10.

Prepare NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM (Deferred Service) when
qualified person not present or NOTICE cannot be placed in mailbox or under
door.
Report disposition (code signal 10-90N3 - Deferred Service) to Communications
Section.
Deliver all copies of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM to desk
officer for deferred service by Crime Prevention Officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-08

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

CRIME
PREVENTION
OFFICER

11.

NOTE

No NOTICE is to be served to a premise where a crime was committed.

12.

13.

NOTE

Inspect previous COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) locations prior to
having NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM (Deferred Service)
delivered to premises, on next business day, to guard against improper service.

Direct member making delivery to complete “Deferred Service” section
of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM.
a.
Serve original copy of NOTICE to person qualified to accept
service, or
b.
Place original copy in mailbox or under door, if necessary, and
check box “DOOR SERVICE” on remaining copies.
Have remaining copies of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM
delivered to desk officer.

If investigation discloses evidence of a crime or attempted crime when a NOTICE OF
UNNECESSARY ALARM (Deferred Service) is delivered to a qualified person or “door
service” has been effected, uniformed member of the service making the delivery will
prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a), if appropriate, and
complete “Revised Disposition” section of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM.

14.

15.

16.

NOTE

2 of 4

Prepare and place an additional copy of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY
ALARM, for all “door service” cases in an envelope addressed to owner
or manager, and forward via next Department mail to Mail and
Distribution Unit, Police Headquarters, for postage mailing and indicate
date forwarded on precinct copy of NOTICE.
Maintain NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARMS master file in precinct
for all:
a.
Personally served NOTICES
b.
“Door service” NOTICES
c.
“Deferred Service” NOTICES
d.
“Revised Disposition” NOTICES
e.
Executed “Termination” NOTICES.
Obtain “Abuser Alarm Location Notification” (Notice Memo) from
FINEST printer each day.

The Management Information System Division (MISD) forwards the “Abuser Alarm
Location Notification” listing to each command daily.

17.
18.

Review “Abuser Alarm Location Notification” listing with precinct
commanding officer to determine which locations to be terminated.
Prepare, and personally serve, TERMINATION NOTICE - CHRONIC
ALARM LOCATION (PD310-121) to identified premises, only when
directed by precinct commanding officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-08

CRIME
PREVENTION
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

19.

20.
21.
22.

23.

3 of 4

Maintain copy of “Abuser Alarm Location Notification” indicating
continued response, or reinstatement.
a.
Maintain copy of Transmittal Letter (Misc. 1726) when reinstating
without “Abuser Alarm Location Notification.”
Provide assistance to persons seeking methods to improve alarm performance.
Perform alarm system and/or premises security surveys in appropriate instances.
Maintain record of all contacts regarding alarm abuse locations, e.g.,
information given to improve alarm performance, system modifications
recommended and implemented, premises surveys and results,
uncooperative or indifferent attitude, etc.
Enter/post to the Alarm Board Notification System Database, on a daily
basis, all:
a.
Personally served NOTICES
b.
“Door service” NOTICES
c.
“Deferred Service” NOTICES
d.
“Revised Disposition” NOTICES
e.
“Termination” NOTICES
f.
“Continued Response” NOTICES
g.
“Reinstatement” NOTICES.

TERMINATING RESPONSE TO CHRONIC ALARM LOCATIONS:
PRECINCT
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

24.
25.
26.

27.

Verify that copy of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM is on file for
each unnecessary response listed on “Abuser Alarm Location Notification.”
Personally review precinct records relative to premises identified by
“Abuser Alarm Location Notification” as a “Chronic Alarm Location.”
Ascertain, from precinct Crime Prevention Officer, if any inquiry was
received from location identified as chronic regarding methods to
improve alarm performance.
Evaluate any attempt at location to correct condition, e.g., system
modifications, nature and extent of employee training in alarm use, etc.

28.
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DESIGNEE

Meet with alarm abuser to stress the need for improvement in his/her
system or personnel training, in appropriate cases.

29.
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
30.
OFFICER

Consider advisability of alternative action in lieu of termination response
to location, in appropriate cases.
Direct crime prevention officer to have form NOTICE OF
CONTINUANCE/CHRONIC ALARM LOCATION (PD115-110) served
on alarm user when determination is made to continue response because
premises/location is sensitive, e.g., hours of worship, certain types of business, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-08

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

31.
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
OFFICER
(continued)
32.

4 of 4

Approve service of TERMINATION NOTICE when warranted, by
personally signing original and duplicate of NOTICE immediately above
“Delivery Endorsement” section.
a.
Sign “Abuser Alarm Location Notification” (Notice memo) and
Transmittal Letter (misc. 1726).
Direct personal service of TERMINATION NOTICE to qualified person.

REINSTATEMENT OF RESPONSE FOR TERMINATED CHRONIC ALARM
LOCATIONS:
33.
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
34.
OFFICER
35.
36.
37.
38.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Review all written requests and supporting documents, if any, received
relative to reinstatement.
Review precinct records relative to terminated premises.
Confer with crime prevention officer to determine receipt of any
additional unnecessary alarms since termination.
Review record of contacts between precinct crime prevention officer and
person in charge at chronic alarm location.
Require alarm system and/or premises security survey prior to
reinstatement, as appropriate.
Approve or disapprove a request for reinstatement.
a.
Have person qualified to accept service personally served with
decision in writing.
b.
Inform crime prevention officer of decision to reinstate.
(1)
If reinstatement is approved, notify person in charge of
premises at terminated location to anticipate a minimum of
forty-eight hours delay before crime prevention officer can
re-enter premises to a response mode.
c.
File copy in precinct, indicating firm name, name and address of
person notified and time and date of notification on file copy.

When a signal “10-11” is received at precinct telephone switchboard, the job will be
telephoned to 911 for Communications Section processing.
To facilitate proper transfer of the responsibilities and functions to the precincts,
“HELP” desks have been established (Management Information Systems Division and
Police Academy, Computer School) to assist precinct crime prevention officers in
operating the program.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a)
NOTICE OF CONTINUANCE/CHRONIC ALARM LOCATION (PD115-110)
NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM (PD310-120)
TERMINATION NOTICE - CHRONIC ALARM LOCATION (PD310-121)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-09

TAXI AND LIMOUSINE COMMISSION
PADLOCK ENFORCEMENT PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To assist Taxi and Limousine Commission (T.L.C.) agents in the padlocking of
unlicensed livery base locations.

SCOPE

In an attempt to close unlicensed livery car base locations, the Taxi and Limousine
Commission has instituted a padlock program for citywide enforcement. This
Department, in its continuing policy of inter-agency cooperation, will assist the
Commission in its endeavor whenever possible. Accordingly, when requested by
the Taxi and Limousine Commission, uniformed members of the service will
accompany that agency’s representatives to the initial sealing of unlicensed
premises. Uniformed members will also accompany them when they perform
follow-up padlocking ten days after the initial padlockings. The function of
uniformed members at these padlockings will be to preserve the peace and ensure
that the Taxi and Limousine Commission representatives are not prevented from
performing their duties. This Department will assist the Taxi and Limousine
Commission with enforcement action if necessary. However, arresting officers
and complainants will be provided by the Taxi and Limousine Commission.

PROCEDURE

When a request is made by the Taxi and Limousine Commission to assist at the
initial, and follow up, padlocking of an unlicensed livery base location:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

In arrest situations, the arresting officer and the complainant will be provided by the
Taxi and Limousine Commission.

2.

DESK OFFICER 3.

Accompany the Taxi and Limousine Commission agents to the location
and ensure they are not prevented from performing their duties.
Assist the Taxi and Limousine Commission agents in taking enforcement
action, if necessary.

Assign uniformed member of the service concerned to conduct daily
inspections of the padlocked locations.

NOTE

If violations are observed, the Taxi and Limousine Commission will be notified by
telephone. Violations observed after business hours will require a follow up notification
the following day.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Taxi and Limousine Commission has informed this Department that any precinct
command that has a problem regarding an unlicensed livery base may call them and
request that they undertake enforcement action at the location.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-10

UNLAWFUL POSTING OF SIGNS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To prevent unlawful posting of signs on public streets.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing an unauthorized sign posted on a gutter, lamppost, telephone
pole or tree within the boundaries of a public street or highway:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Serve summons for Administrative Code Section 10-119 (a violation) to
person observed posting sign.
Remove the sign, if possible, and place it in a trash basket.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-11

ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES REGARDING OBSCENITY (PENAL
LAW ARTICLE 235) AND PUBLIC DISPLAY OF OFFENSIVE
MATERIAL (PENAL LAW SECTION 245.11)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To establish guidelines relating to the enforcement of laws regarding the public
display of sexually explicit or offensive material.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a uniformed member of the service observes or receives a complaint
regarding the public display of sexually explicit or offensive material (i.e.,
photographs, magazines, videos and other related material displayed in store windows,
magazine racks, newsstands, movie marquees or otherwise exposed to public view):

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Do not take any enforcement action, including effecting arrests, issuing summonses or seizing
any suspected obscene materials or entering into the private areas of stores or other premises.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

2.

3.

4.
NOTE

Immediately notify the patrol supervisor.

Respond to the location and determine if:
a.
The material or item is easily visible from any public street,
sidewalk or transportation facility, or is displayed inside any
premise that is accessible to members of the public without a fee
for admission, AND
b.
The material depicts actual or simulated sexual conduct, including
acts of masturbation, sexual intercourse or physical contact with a
person’s clothed or unclothed genitals, pubic area, buttocks or if
such person be a female, breasts; or sadomasochistic abuse
including flagellation or torture by or upon a person clad in
undergarments, a mask or bizarre costume or in the condition of
being fettered, bound or otherwise physically restrained.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry regarding:
a.
Nature of the display
b.
Sexual activity depicted and the circumstances surrounding the
display’s public visibility (i.e., size of display, distance from the
street or sidewalk, etc.,)
c.
Character of the location, such as commercial or residential,
including the proximity of the display to schools, places of
amusement, parks and playgrounds.
Consult with Legal Bureau upon completion of investigation.

Patrol supervisors and other uniformed members of the service will take no enforcement
action in this matter, including effecting arrests, issuing summonses, or seizing any
suspected obscene material, or entering into the private areas of stores or other
premises, without the specific direction of the Legal Bureau.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

214-11

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

While possession of obscene material may be illegal in some cases, an arrest for the
violation of any provision of Penal Law Article 235 (Obscenity) can only be made
following a judicial determination that the item is obscene. Subject items would need to be
purchased, or otherwise obtained lawfully, and presented to a judge for review. Members
of the service must not take any enforcement action in incidents involving the possession of
suspected obscene materials or suspected obscene or offensive performances. In those
circumstances the members concerned should notify the Legal Bureau.
While no summary enforcement action can be taken pursuant to Penal Law Article 235
(Obscenity), members of the service, under appropriate circumstances, may take
summary enforcement action for the PUBLIC DISPLAY of offensive sexual material
(Penal Law Section 245.11, entitled “Public Display Of Offensive Sexual Material”, a
class A misdemeanor). When contemplating enforcement of this penal law section,
members of the service are to strictly adhere to the above guidelines.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-12

UNLAWFUL EVICTIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PROCEDURE

To protect the rights of a person who is being or has been unlawfully evicted
from his dwelling unit.

DEFINITIONS

UNLAWFUL EVICTIONS - Purpose of the law is to discourage, through the
imposition of substantial criminal and civil penalties, unlawful evictions to
occupants of dwelling units, by methods which often involve:
a.
Force and violence, or
b.
The denial of essential services, or
c.
Other serious Building Code and Health Code violations.
The law makes it unlawful for any person to evict or attempt to evict an occupant by:
a.
Using or threatening to use force, or
b.
Interruption or discontinuance of essential services (heat, electricity, water), or
c.
Removing the occupant’s possessions from the dwelling, or
d.
Removing the entrance door or
e.
Removing, plugging or rendering inoperable the entrance door lock, or
f.
Changing the lock on such entrance door without supplying the occupant with a
key.
Unless a Warrant of Eviction or Government Order to Vacate has been executed,
the protective provisions of this law apply in the following circumstances:
a.
When an individual occupies a dwelling unit pursuant to a lease; or
b.
When an individual has lawfully occupied a dwelling unit for thirty or
more consecutive days; or
c.
When an individual occupies a dwelling unit within a hotel which is
subject to registration under the rent stabilization law (generally single
room occupancies [S.R.O.’S]) and has requested a lease pursuant to
provisions of the rent stabilization law.
DWELLING - Any building or structure or portion thereof which is occupied in
whole or in part as the home, residence or sleeping place of one or more human
beings. Qualifying “dwellings” include:
a.
One or two family homes
b.
Multiple dwellings.
DWELLING UNIT - Any residential accommodation within a dwelling.
MULTIPLE DWELLING - A dwelling which is either rented, leased, let or hired
out, to be occupied, or is occupied, or is intended, arranged or designed to be
used or occupied, as the residence or home of three or more families living
independently of each other. A multiple dwelling includes apartment buildings
and hotels. A multiple dwelling does not include:
a.
A hospital, convent, monastery, asylum or public institution, or

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-12

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

2 of 3

A fireproof building used wholly for commercial purposes except it may
contain one janitor’s apartment, and one penthouse occupied by not more
than two families.

OWNER - Any person, firm or corporation directly or indirectly in control of a
dwelling. A tenant who subleases his dwelling unit is in the position of an
“owner” with respect to his sub-tenant.
PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service has probable cause to believe that a
person has been unlawfully evicted from his dwelling unit:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.

Prepare summons in cases where the violator is properly identified and
occupant is permitted to reenter the dwelling.
a.
Follow P.G. 209-09, “Personal Service of Summonses Returnable
to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal Court.”
b.
Prepare a separate summons for each offense
c.
Make summons returnable to:
(1)
Summons Adjudication Part of Manhattan Criminal Court,
if issued in Manhattan, Brooklyn, Bronx or Queens
(2)
Staten Island Criminal Court, if issued in Staten Island
(3)
Schedule Return dates at least twenty-one days from the
date summons is issued, on the day of the week indicated,
according to the borough where violation occurred:

Manhattan
Tuesday

Bronx
Tuesday

Brooklyn
Thursday

Queens
Thursday

Staten Island
First Wednesday of month
d.
Complete “Complaint/Information” section on front of summons.
(1)
Specific details of the violation must be provided.
e.
Personally serve violator with Criminal Court (pink) copy of
summons.
f.
Process remaining copies according to normal procedures.
Effect an arrest where the violator:
a.
Cannot be properly identified, or
b.
Refuses to permit occupant to re-enter or who through physical
obstruction prevents the occupant from re-entering.
(1)
When an arrest is necessary, the violator shall be brought
to criminal court for prompt arraignment. A desk
appearance ticket shall not be issued.
Refer evicted persons who are unable to secure temporary housing to the
New York City Department of Homeless Services.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

214-12

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

If offense was committed in the presence of officer, the officer will sign the
“Complaint/Information” section of the summons. When not committed in officer’s
presence, the officer must ascertain that a crime was committed and request
complainant to sign the “Complaint/Information” section. If complainant refuses,
officer may sign, “based on information and belief,” provided all details as related to
the officer by the complainant are included in the “Complaint/Information” section.
If a civilian is the complainant, draw a line through the words “Complainant’s” and
“Complainant” and substitute the words “Officer’s” and “Officer,” as applicable, on
the front of the summons. In addition, draw a line through the words, “I personally
observed the commission of the offense charged herein” immediately above the
“Complainant’s Full Name Printed” caption. In addition, IN EVERY CASE IN WHICH
A CIVILIAN COMPLAINANT IS INVOLVED, THE NAME, ADDRESS, AND
TELEPHONE NUMBER OF THE COMPLAINANT WILL BE ENTERED ON THE
BOTTOM REVERSE SIDE OF THE “ORIGINAL” SUMMONS UNDER THE
CAPTIONS “COMPLAINANT’S FULL NAME PRINTED,” “RANK/FULL SIGNATURE
OF COMPLAINANT,” “DATE AFFIRMED.”
Unlawful eviction is a class “A” misdemeanor. However, it is not a fingerprintable
offense.
Substantial civil penalties may also be sought through Corporation Counsel in
appropriate cases.
When it has been determined that a continuous pattern of unlawful eviction activity
exists at a particular location, the precinct commander will confer with Legal Bureau
personnel regarding initiation of civil action through the Corporation Counsel. If there
is a potential for violence between Family/Household members, the demanding of
entrance under this procedure is not required. In Family/Household situations, members
of the service are to follow Department domestic violence guidelines.
Members of the service should also refer to Legal Bureau Bulletin Vol. 23 No. 1, dated
March 1993, for legal reference when dealing with unlawful evictions.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (PG 208-36)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court (P.G. 209-09)
Evictions, Repossessions and Other Civil Process (P.G. 214-13)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMMON SUMMONSABLE OFFENSES (PD160-102)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-13

EVICTIONS, REPOSSESSIONS AND OTHER CIVIL PROCESS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To protect life and property and preserve the peace when involved in the
enforcement of eviction warrants or other civil process.

SCOPE

Uniformed members of the service should be cognizant that incidents to which
they respond may be the outgrowth of a civil process. The authority to break and
enter pursuant to purely civil process such as repossessions, evictions and civil
commitments is given to the city marshal/sheriff. The only assistance which the
police must render to a marshal is the general mandate of the New York City
Charter to preserve the peace and protect life and property.

PROCEDURE

When requested to assist in the execution of an eviction warrant or other civil process:

DESK OFFICER 1.

Assign uniformed member of the service to assist at location involved.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.

Respond to location and examine identification of city marshal/sheriff
and if eviction is involved, examine warrant.

NOTE

The role of a uniformed member of the service when called to the scene of an eviction or
other civil process situation is to preserve the peace and prevent the commission of a
crime. The execution of a warrant of eviction is the sole responsibility of the city
marshal/sheriff. Where a forced entry is authorized, a city marshal/sheriff is required to
do so in the least disruptive way. Uniformed members of the service will not assist in
breaking a door or damaging other property to effect a warrant of eviction. The city
marshal is responsible for this action, when necessary and authorized.

IF SUBJECT OF AN EVICTION OR OTHER CIVIL PROCESS REFUSES TO
ALLOW ENTRY OR LEAVE VOLUNTARILY:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.

Notify desk officer and request response of a patrol supervisor, before
any further action is taken.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

4.

Respond to scene and assess situation.

NOTE

If subject of eviction warrant or other civil process appears to be emotionally disturbed comply
with P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

IF SUBJECT OF EVICTION OR OTHER CIVIL PROCESS ALLOWS ENTRY:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

NOTE

The city marshal/sheriff or the landlord/representative is not permitted to place the
property from the premises on the sidewalk. A vehicle must be on the scene and
property loaded immediately.

6.

Enter premises with city marshal/sheriff and landlord/representative and
remain until eviction or civil process is executed.
Make following entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145):
a.
Name and shield number of city marshal/sheriff
b.
Time of entry into tenant’s premises
c.
Location of tenant’s premises in building
d.
Name of tenant
e.
Note if tenant is present or not
f.
Whether city marshal/sheriff or landlord/representative will be
responsible for the tenant’s property.
(1)
If the landlord/representative endorses the eviction warrant
indicating that he takes responsibility for the property in
the premises, the eviction is complete.
(2)
If the landlord/representative does not take responsibility
for the property in the premises, the city marshal must
arrange for removal.

g.
h.
i.
j.
7.

Name and address of moving company
Name of the driver of each moving van
Time each moving van left
Location of warehouse where property will be stored.

Notify desk officer when the eviction is competed.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Motor Vehicles Repossessed/Parking Violations Scofflaw Removal Program (P.G. 212-48)
Unlawful Evictions (P.G. 214-12)
Hostage Barricaded Persons (P.G. 212-38)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-14

DRIVEWAY TOW PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To permit owner or lessee of residential property, containing no more than two
dwelling units, to have unoccupied vehicle(s) blocking entry or exit to their
driveway towed by either licensed tow car of their choice or next available tow
company in Rotation Tow Program.

PROCEDURE

Upon being directed to respond to a blocked driveway assignment:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Registered owners of vehicles are permitted to park in front of own driveway.

2.

3.

4.
NOTE

Ascertain if unoccupied vehicle is reported stolen and comply with
appropriate procedures.
Determine if registered owner of vehicle is also owner/lessee of premises
involved.

Issue summons for violation “Obstructed Driveway” (Section 4-08F2
Traffic Rules) if vehicle is not reported stolen and owner/lessee is not
involved.
Adhere to applicable provisions of P.G. 218-21, "Rotation Tow."

The owner/lessee has the option of removing a vehicle by a licensed tow operator of own
choice after a summons has been issued. In such cases, the provisions of the Rotation Tow
procedure will not apply, including the transfer of the vehicle from the private tow to the
Property Clerk’s Auto Pound on weekdays commencing on the eighth day and ending on
the thirtieth day, even when the private tow selected by the owner/lessee is a participant in
the Rotation Tow Program. As per the State Lien Law, the private tow company is entitled
to a lien against the unclaimed vehicle.

5.

6.
DESK OFFICER 7.

Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A) and enter ‘Driveway Tow’ in the ‘Remarks’ section, if vehicle
removed by Rotation Tow.
a.
If vehicle is locked and secure, do not attempt to enter vehicle. In
such cases, the responsibility for safeguarding property within
vehicle rests with tow company.
b.
If property is clearly visible within vehicle and such vehicle is
unlocked and entry is easily accessible, invoice property on
separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.
Deliver WORKSHEET(S) to desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
Notify the Stolen Property Inquiry Section for each vehicle removed under
the provisions of Administrative Code 19-169.1, whether removed by a
rotation tow operator or by a licensed private tow.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-14

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

If a rotation tow operator unjustifiably refuses a “Driveway Tow” assignment, the desk
officer shall forward a REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151) to the Department of
Consumer Affairs. In the event that a rotation tow operator responds to a location and the
vehicle has been removed, the tow operator will not be charged a turn and will be
returned to the top of the rotation list.

DESK OFFICER 8.
(continued)
9.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

Insert the words, “DRIVEWAY TOW” under “Remarks”, in the
ROTATION TOWING LOG (PD571-1412), if vehicle is removed under
the Rotation Tow Program.
Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEETS are entered
into the Property and Evidence Tracking System.

A licensed tow operator who removes a vehicle pursuant to this section may collect the
appropriate charges from the owner or other person in control of such vehicle, payable
before the vehicle is released. If a vehicle was removed under the Department’s Rotation
Tow Program and is not claimed, the tow operator is required to bring the vehicle to a
Department Auto Pound on weekdays, commencing on the eighth day and ending on the
thirtieth day. The owner, the owner’s agent or an insurance company representative must
pay the NYPD Rotation Tow fees, in addition their may be third party transfer and storage
fees, at the Department Auto Pound concerned in order to reclaim a vehicle. If the vehicle
remains unclaimed after fifteen days from its delivery date to a Department Auto Pound,
the vehicle will be disposed of according to law. Administrative Code Section 20-519 (c)
advises that in no event shall a tow company be entitled to charge the Police Department
for storage charges incurred after the tenth day of storage.
A licensed tow operator may not tow a vehicle pursuant to this law without the express
written authorization of the owner/lessee of the property. An authorization form must be
carried by the tow operator and shall include the location of the vehicle to be removed, the
make, model, color and license plate of the vehicle and a statement that the vehicle was
removed pursuant to a notice of parking violation (summons). This form MUST be signed
by the owner/lessee of the property, prior to removal of the vehicle.
Administrative Code 19-169.1 does not permit owners/lessees of the same property to have
this statute enforced against each other.
If a private tow operator, not in the Rotation Tow Program, removes a vehicle, it must be
taken directly to his storage facility. Within thirty minutes of the vehicle’s arrival, the tow
operator must notify the precinct in which the storage facility is located, of all information
contained on the authorization form, including the name of the person who signed the
form. The desk officer will record this information in the Command Log.
If the registered owner or other person in control of the vehicle arrives at the scene prior
to the removal of the vehicle, and such vehicle is connected to any apparatus for removal,
the vehicle shall be disconnected from such apparatus and such registered owner or other
person in control of such vehicle shall be allowed to remove the vehicle from the premises
without interference upon payment of a reasonable service fee of not more than one-half of
the charge allowed for removal as provided in Administrative Code Section 19-169.1,
subdivision (g), for which a receipt shall be given.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

214-14

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

The Local Law does not apply to law enforcement, firefighting, rescue squad, ambulance,
or other emergency vehicles which are marked as such but does apply to non-emergency
vehicles of any governmental entity identifiable as such.
Administrative Code Section 19-169.1 allows the owner of private property, or a person
acting as his agent, to remove vehicles improperly parked from such property pursuant to
a written contract with a licensed towing company. Relevant provisions of Section 19169.1 are as follows:
Subd. b.
Owners or operators of parking facilities may not have improperly parked vehicles towed
under this section unless the owner or operator maintains a conspicuously posted sign on
the private property stating:
(1)
Name, address, and telephone number of the tow company
(2)
Hours of operation for vehicle redemption
(3)
Towing and storage fees of the tow operator
(4)
Hours vehicle are prohibited from parking and subject to tow.
Subd. d.
Prohibits vehicle removal if it is occupied by any person.
Subd. f.
Requires the tow company to notify the local precinct covering the place of removal within
thirty (30) minutes of the vehicle’s arrival at the tow operator’s storage facility as to:
(1)
Name and address of tower
(2)
Storage site
(3)
Location from which vehicle removed
(4)
Name of person who authorized removal
(5)
Removal was pursuant to a contract with the owner of the private property.
(6)
Year, make and color of vehicle
(7)
Registration plate number
(8)
Name of member of the service notified at Stolen Property Inquiry Section.
The desk officer will make a Command Log entry and notify Stolen Property Inquiry
Section of the above information utilizing the FINEST System.
Subd. g.
Tow operators are required to carry a copy of Chapter 1, Title 19, Administrative Code
with them and show it to the vehicle owner or other person in control of the vehicle.
Subd. i.
An owner of private property, or an agent, or a tow operator who removes a vehicle in violation
of this section shall be liable to the vehicle owner for any amounts actually paid for the removal
or storage of the vehicle, as well as any damage resulting from the removal or storage.
Subd. j.
Any person who violates Administrative Code Section 19-169.1 shall be punished as
follows: for the first violation, a fine of five hundred dollars; for the second violation
within a period of twelve months of the date of the first violation, a fine of one thousand
dollars; and for any additional violations within a period of twenty-four months of the date
of the first violation, a fine of one thousand dollars.
Subd. k.
Exempts certain vehicles from tow, including police, fire, civil defense, emergency
ambulance, sanitation and environmental emergency.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

214-14

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preliminary Investigation, Recording and Transmission of Alarms for Stolen Vehicles (P.G. 207-11)
Vehicles Stolen and Recovered Within New York City (P.G. 218-14)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)
ROTATION TOWING LOG (PD571-1412)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-15

ANONYMOUS CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To assist parents/guardians in determining if substance found or suspected to be
under the control of their children is in fact a controlled substance.

NOTE

Persons using this program shall remain anonymous and NO criminal charges or
investigation will be instituted against them unless it is evident the program is being
used to circumvent the law.

PROCEDURE

When a person indicates a desire to participate in the program:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Direct person to call local precinct and comply with directions of desk officer.

DESK OFFICER 2.
3.

Ascertain from caller the amount of suspected controlled substance involved.
Give caller code phrase consisting of:
a.
Precinct designation AND
b.
Any letter of alphabet AND
c.
A randomly selected three digit number, e.g., 23-B-567.
Instruct caller to record and carry the code phrase on his person while
enroute to command.

4.

NOTE

The purpose of the code phrase is to protect caller who may become the subject of a
search while enroute to the command.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Inform person the code phrase will expire in one hour:
a.
Investigate circumstances if one hour deadline is exceeded
b.
Continue processing if delay is beyond control of person.
Immediately dispatch RMP to location agreed upon by caller and
transport caller to command, if there is reason to believe a felony amount
of controlled substance is involved.
Make appropriate entries in Command Log indicating the following information:
CODE
PHRASE

TIME/DATE

LOCATION

SECTOR
ASSIGNED

VOUCHER
NUMBER

DESK
OFFICER

ANALYSIS

ENTERED
BY

DATE
PERSON
CALLED

REFERRED

REMARKS

DESK
OFFICER

Have the following forms prepared:
a.
ANONYMOUS NARCOTICS RECEIPT (PD521-012)
b.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
Instruct person to retain copy of ANONYMOUS NARCOTICS
RECEIPT and call command after seven working days to obtain analysis
results by identifying self with the code phrase.
a.
Duplicate copy of receipt will be filed in Property Receipt Book.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

COMMANDING 10.
OFFICER,
POLICE
LABORATORY

Forward completed analysis findings to commanding officer, command
concerned.

COMMANDING 11.
OFFICER,
COMMAND
CONCERNED

Have results of analysis (positive or negative) entered in Command Log,
in margin next to original entry.

DESK OFFICER 12.

Give results of analysis (positive or negative reply ONLY) when person
calls with appropriate code phrase.
Advise person to contact family physician or appropriate social service
agency for referral to treatment program if results are positive.
Ask person if he/she wishes to cooperate in investigating source of
controlled substance while still maintaining anonymity.
a.
Obtain as much information as possible, if person cooperates and
comply with P.G. 212-12, “Citywide Intelligence Reporting
System”.

13.
14.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If an individual is being searched in an unrelated arrest, etc., and a controlled substance is
discovered and such person claims to be participating in the Anonymous Controlled Substance
Analysis Program, the searching officer will take the person to the precinct of occurrence and
verify the person’s participation by contacting the precinct which issued the code phrase. An
arrest will be made for possession of a controlled substance if person’s participation cannot be
verified. If the individual is participating in the program and the precinct of occurrence is not the
command that issued the code phrase, the desk officer will notify the issuing command to cancel
the code phrase. The desk officer, precinct of occurrence, will then issue a new code phrase and
process the controlled substance as outlined in this procedure.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana Contraband Stored at Stationhouse (P.G. 218-24)
Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana Contraband Not Stored at Stationhouse
(P.G. 218-25)
Delivery of Evidence to the Police Laboratory (P.G. 218-04)
Removal and Return of Evidence to Property Clerk Division (P.G. 218-07)
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ANONYMOUS NARCOTICS RECEIPT (PD521-012)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-16

CONSTRUCTION SITES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To protect pedestrian and vehicular traffic in the vicinity of construction sites.

DEFINITION

CONSTRUCTION SITE - Any construction, alteration, demolition, street opening,
paving or related matter for which a permit from a city department is required.

PROCEDURE

Upon becoming aware of a condition endangering safety or impeding vehicular
traffic:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Request supervisor on patrol to respond.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

2.
3.

Investigate and determine action to be taken.
Direct referral to department concerned if pedestrian or traffic safety not
involved.
Verify that referrals and/or notifications are recorded in HIGHWAY
CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151).
Direct preparation of ADMINISTRATIVE CODE VIOLATION
NOTICE (PD372-151) if arrest or summary action is taken.

4.
5.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and other necessary entries.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Members of the service shall NOT enforce violations of the Administrative Code for
which only a civil penalty may be imposed. If requested, members of the service will
assist representatives of other City departments on official business at construction sites
only so far as security to the representative’s person is concerned.
In an emergency situation at a construction site during non-working hours, take
necessary action and notify the telephone switchboard operator by telephone for
notification to departments concerned. If necessary, the Communications Section may
be notified by radio. The Communications Section will notify departments concerned
and in addition, the telephone switchboard operator of precinct of occurrence.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ADMINISTRATIVE CODE VIOLATION NOTICE (PD372-151)
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-17

VACANT BUILDINGS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To inform the Department of Buildings of recently vacated buildings and
unsecured hazardous vacant buildings.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing a vacated building, while on patrol:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

Examine building to determine if it is properly secured.
Notify supervisor on patrol if hazard exists.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
Report the facts to the member on telephone switchboard duty if not
previously reported or if the building presents a substantial hazard.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

5.
6.
7.

Respond to location and determine degree of hazard.
Direct placement of barriers and assignment of officers if necessary.
Call Emergency Service Unit, if required.

TELEPHONE
SWITCHBOARD
OPERATOR

8.
9.

Enter information on HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151).
Telephone information to Department of Buildings and complete entries
on HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD.

COMMANDING 10.
OFFICER

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Review vacant house list and HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD
periodically, noting locations and hazardous vacant buildings added since
previous review.

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-18

STOP WORK ORDERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To assist the Department of Buildings in enforcing stop work orders at
construction or renovation sites.

PROCEDURE

When notified by a Department of Buildings representative that a stop work
order has been issued or a previously issued stop work order is being violated:

DESK OFFICER 1.

Direct a uniformed member of the service to respond to the location and
meet the Department of Buildings representative.

2.

Assist representative in enforcing the stop work order and preserve the
peace while representative serves “Request to Appear” notice (formerly
known as court summons), if necessary.
Enter in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) facts including name of
Department of Buildings representative.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-19

USING CHAINS AND PADLOCKS TO SECURE
COMMERCIAL PREMISES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To maintain the availability of uniformed personnel by securing commercial
premises with padlocks and chains, when necessary.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service observes, becomes aware of, or receives
a call of a front break at a commercial premise:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Respond to scene and evaluate condition.
Request patrol supervisor to respond.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.

Determine if premise can be secured by installing padlock and chain.

NOTE

Patrol supervisor should consider the number of breaks, location of breaks and whether
there is a security gate for securing breaks to glass, e.g., glass doors, windows, etc.

4.
5.
EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT

6.
7.
8.

DESK OFFICER 9.
10.
11.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Request response of Emergency Service Unit when it is determined that
premise can be secured with padlock and chain.
Direct owner be notified that premise is being secured with padlock and chain.
Respond to scene and secure premise with padlock and chain.
Attach NOTIFICATION TO OWNER (MISC. 3930) to either the chain
and/or lock.
Deliver padlock key to desk officer, precinct of occurrence after padlock
and chain are installed.
Make entry in Command Log indicating presence of Emergency Service
Unit with padlock key and safeguard key in stationhouse.
Deliver key to premise to assigned member and direct padlock and chain
be removed from premise when owner present and notified.
Notify the appropriate Emergency Service Unit squad when the padlock,
chain and key are ready to be picked up.

NOTIFICATION TO OWNER (MISC. 3930)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-21

PROJECT SAFE - ESCORTS FOR
SAFE HORIZON CLIENTS AND LOCKSMITHS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To prevent assaults and other criminal acts against Safe Horizon clients and
authorized locksmiths (Project SAFE).

SCOPE

PROJECT SAFE is a program administered by Safe Horizon that provides lock
replacements and counseling to victims of domestic violence and other crimes.
This Department will assist in this endeavor by providing a police escort.

PROCEDURE

When a request is received from Safe Horizon to escort a client and authorized
locksmith:

DESK OFFICER 1.
NOTE

Record notification from Safe Horizon in Telephone Record.

Safe Horizon will telephone in advance to notify desk officer of the pending arrival of
the locksmith and client.

2.
NOTE

Identify the client and locksmith, when they arrive at the precinct.

Safe Horizon policy is to ensure that domestic violence victims still cohabiting with the
batterer must have an exclusionary Order of Protection in order to have their locks
changed. Desk officers will ensure that this policy is enforced.

3.
4.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Assign the precinct crime prevention officer or the precinct domestic
violence officer to escort the client and locksmith, if time permits.
Assign a uniformed member of the service to provide the escort, if the
crime prevention officer or the domestic violence officer is not available.
Escort identified client and locksmith to location and notify radio dispatcher.
Have client ride in Department vehicle to the location, if necessary.
Remain at location until locksmith has completed the work.
Escort locksmith from premises.
Notify radio dispatcher that escort is completed.
Report completion of assignment to desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-22

WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY & DAILY OBSERVATIONS
OF HIGHWAY CONDITIONS REQUIRING CORRECTIVE ACTION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To notify agencies concerned of Highway/Community conditions under their
jurisdiction which require corrective action.

DEFINITION

WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY - a survey of street conditions
conducted by radio motor patrol units on the second platoon, each Sunday, and
reported on WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT (PD311150).

PROCEDURE

Upon making daily observations or receiving
highway/community conditions requiring correction:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

TELEPHONE
SWITCHBOARD
OPERATOR

3.

2.

information

regarding

Take corrective action, if possible, and make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
entry of condition and location.
Notify telephone switchboard operator for entry on HIGHWAY
CONDITION RECORD PD311-151).
Notify agency/member concerned as outlined in step 7 and complete
entries on HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD.

WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT
SUPERVISOR,
SECOND
PLATOON,
SUNDAY

4.

Direct members assigned to radio motor patrol units to conduct a survey
of sector on second platoon, each Sunday, and prepare WEEKLY
STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT in duplicate.

MEMBER
ASSIGNED TO
RMP UNIT

5.

Submit completed WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY
REPORT to desk officer.

DESK OFFICER 6.

Review WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORTS and:
a.
Make immediate notification to agencies concerned for serious emergencies.
b.
Forward WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY
REPORTS to precinct operations coordinator.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

Ensure that each Monday the WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY
REPORTS are reviewed and the following agencies/members are notified:

7.



CONDITION
Inoperative/damaged signal light



AGENCY
NYC Dept. of Transportation



Inoperative/damaged street light



NYC Dept. of Citywide Administrative Services

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-22

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4
AGENCY

CONDITION


Defective/damaged roadway surface



NYC Dept. of Transportation



Inoperative/damaged parking meters
[note meter number]



NYC Dept. of Transportation



Manhole covers



Note identifying initials and notify agency/utility



Recently vacated/unsecured hazardous building



NYC Dept. of Buildings



Obstruction of traffic control device
[E.g., tree, sign, etc.]



NYC Dept. of Transportation
Note: Commanding officer will have report prepared
requesting correction of condition and forwarded to
Commanding Officer, Traffic Management Center



Obstruction on roadway



NYC Dept. of Transportation (Bureau of Highway
Operations),
NYC Dept. of Sanitation



Dumpster



Refer non-emergency conditions to local district
office, Dept. of Sanitation



Dead animal on street



Dept. of Sanitation



Flooding, streets, limited access highways. Clogged
sewers or street drains. Leaking/broken hydrants
or drains



NYC Dept. of Environmental Protection



Derelict auto



Local district office, Department of Sanitation



Missing/damaged traffic control devices [other than
signal lights]



Precinct Traffic Safety Officer/designated alternate

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER/
DESIGNATED
ALTERNATE

8.

9.

10.

Have entries completed on WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS
SURVEY REPORT and:
a.
Forward original copy of WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS
SURVEY REPORT to telephone switchboard operator to be
maintained chronologically in folder similar to that used to
maintain HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD.
b.
File duplicate copy.
Inspect HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD and WEEKLY STREET
CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT to determine if missing/damaged
traffic control devices (other than signal lights) have been reported.
Prepare MISSING TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE (PD620-150) and:
a.
Forward two copies of the form directly to appropriate
Department of Transportation/Borough Engineer as follows:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-22

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER/
DESIGNATED
ALTERNATE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

BOROUGH

ADDRESS

Manhattan

51 Chambers Street
New York, NY 10007

Brooklyn

56 Court Street
Brooklyn, NY 11201

Bronx

215 E. 161st Street
Bronx, NY 10452

Queens

120-55 Queens Boulevard
Queens, NY 11424

Staten Island

Boro Hall, Room 303
Staten Island, NY 10309

b.

File pink copy of form in command.

NOTE

Upon completion of required work, the borough engineer concerned will return a copy
of the form which will be attached to, and filed with, the related pink copy.

DESK OFFICER,
SECOND
PLATOON,
MONDAY

11.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Uniformed members of the service observing or being informed of conditions which may
adversely affect the community and for which no specific referral is available, will make
an ACTIVITY LOG entry describing the condition and obtain the complainant’s name,
address and telephone number.

Review HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD and WEEKLY
STREET CONDITION REPORT (original copy) for completeness,
sign and file.

The telephone switchboard operator will be notified and entries made on the
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD of the following:
a.
Condition
b.
Identity of complaint
c.
Rank, name and command of reporting officer.
The precinct community affairs officer shall examine the HIGHWAY CONDITION
RECORD/WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT and confer with
complainants and agencies concerned, where appropriate. Member concerned will keep the
precinct commander informed, and if the condition cannot be resolved, the precinct
commander shall submit a report on Typed Letterhead to the Chief of Department
describing the condition and action taken. The Chief of Department will, when appropriate,
forward a copy of the report to the agency concerned for further necessary attention.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

214-22

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Patrol borough commands will summarize and consolidate each category of the precinct
WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORTS and submit results to the
Office of Chief of Patrol on a monthly basis. The Office of Chief of Patrol will
consolidate the reports received from the borough commands and forward a
consolidated report to the Office of the Police Commissioner (through channels).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Construction Sites (P.G. 214-16)
Vacant Buildings (P.G. 214-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD PD311-151)
WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT (PD311-150)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-23

UNNECESSARY NOISE VIOLATIONS – GENERAL PROHIBITIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To enforce provisions of the New York City Administrative Code prohibiting
unreasonable noise.

DEFINITIONS

UNREASONABLE NOISE - any excessive or unusually loud sound that disturbs
the peace, comfort or repose of a reasonable person of normal sensitivities, or
injures or endangers the health or safety of a reasonable person of normal
sensitivities, or which causes injury to plant or animal life, or damage to property or
business.
SOUND REPRODUCTION DEVICE - A device intended primarily for the production
or reproduction of sound, including, but not limited to, any musical instrument, radio
receiver, television receiver, tape recorder, phonograph or sound amplifying system.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service hears, observes or receives a complaint
of unreasonable noise:
UNREASONABLE NOISE NOT INVOLVING SOUND REPRODUCTION DEVICES

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

The best guideline to follow in determining whether the noise is unreasonable is to
determine whether the ordinary person in the community is actually disturbed by the
noise. In addition, the following factors should be considered:
a.
The character of the neighborhood or area, i.e., residential, commercial;
b.
The ordinary noise level of the area, i.e., busy Manhattan streets will likely
always have high ordinary sound levels;
c.
The time of day;
d.
The number of persons complaining about the noise; and,
e.
Whether the person responsible for the noise has been asked by others to cease
or lower the sound level and has refused to do so.

2.

3.
4.

DESK OFFICER 5.

Interview complainants/violators about noise complaint e.g., people
yelling, dogs barking, etc.
Determine if the noise is unreasonable.

Attempt to correct the condition by warning violator.
Serve Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation for violation of
Administrative Code Section 24-218 if unable to correct condition and
violator is eligible, (see P.G. 214-24, “Service of Environmental Control
Board (E.C.B.) Notice of Violation and Hearing for Vehicle Alarms”).
a.
Report facts to desk officer.
Report facts to commanding officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

UNREASONABLE NOISE INVOLVING SOUND REPRODUCTION DEVICES
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.
7.

8.
9.

10.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Repeat steps one through three above.
Serve a summons for violation of Administrative Code Section 24- 244(a)
returnable to Criminal Court if unable to correct condition and violator is
sixteen years of age or older and otherwise eligible.
a.
Enter in information section of the summons:
“Respondent did operate sound reproduction device at a level
unreasonable under the circumstances thereby causing annoyance
to persons in the vicinity.”
b.
Enter a description of the sound reproduction device, e.g., radio,
bullhorn, etc., the distance at which it could be heard and the
number of people complaining.
c.
When appropriate, draw a line through the words above signature
line reading, “I personally observed the commission of the offense
charged here.”
Seize the sound reproduction device.
Check “EVIDENCE” box on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521141) prepared for sound reproduction device seized.
a.
Give appropriate copy of INVOICE to person from whom the
device was seized as a receipt.
Inform violator that seized property may be reclaimed at precinct of
occurrence or at Property Clerk’s Office by presenting a District
Attorney’s Release or Court Disposition Form.

Sound reproduction devices are seized as evidence that the violator possessed the
device, that the device was operable and to demonstrate the volume at which it was
being operated at the time of the offense. The volume control shall be marked, without
damaging the property, to indicate the volume at which the device was being operated.
Members of the service shall produce these devices at all court appearances. Sound
reproduction devices will not be seized from motor vehicles.
If violator is a juvenile - at least seven but less than sixteen years of age - a JUVENILE
REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) shall be issued instead of a
summons and the sound reproduction device will not be seized.
A uniformed member of the service may legally seize a sound reproduction device from a
semi-private premises, i.e., social club, bar, etc., where the general public is invited, or
a private home, if the uniformed member is invited inside and sees the device
responsible for the noise, after issuing a summons to the operator/owner of the device.
The decision to forcibly enter into private or semi-private premises to correct noise
complaints will ONLY be made by a precinct commander/duty captain and ONLY as a
last resort, after requests to stop the noise have been ignored. Some of the factors going
into the decision to forcibly enter such premises are:
a.
Time of day
b.
Type of neighborhood (commercial/residential)
c.
Number of complaints d.
The ambient noise level of the area generally.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

214-23

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

While sound reproduction devices may be seized as evidence, there is also authority to allow for the
seizure of such equipment to “abate a nuisance,” i.e., the loud noise. This may be done without
seizing the entire sound device system for evidence. Careful seizure of parts of the system in order
to abate the noise is permissible and steps 8 through 10 of the procedure will be complied with.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Service of Environmental Control Board (E.C.B.) Notice of Violation and Hearing for
Vehicle Alarms (P.G. 214-24)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-24

SERVICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD (E.C.B.) NOTICE
OF VIOLATION AND HEARING FOR VEHICLE ALARMS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To take enforcement action when an audible vehicle alarm is activated and does
not cease to sound within three minutes or when an audible status indicator is
operated on a vehicle.

DEFINITION

AUDIBLE STATUS INDICATOR - For the purpose of this procedure, any sound
reproduction device on a motor vehicle that emits or causes to be emitted any
continuous or near continuous sound for the purpose of warning that an audible
burglar alarm has been installed on such motor vehicle and is operational or for
creating the appearance that such an alarm has been installed on such motor
vehicle and is operational.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is notified or becomes aware that an
audible vehicle alarm has been activated or audible status indicator has been activated
and the vehicle is parked on a public highway or in a parking lot open to the public:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of time when the member
first observed the audible alarm.
Comply with the provisions of P.G. 214-25, “Deactivation of Motor
Vehicle Alarms.”

IF AUDIBLE STATUS INDICATOR IS OPERATED ON THE VEHICLE OR IF
ALARM IS STILL AUDIBLE AFTER THREE MINUTES:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.
4.

5.

NOTE

Take all reasonable steps to disconnect the alarm or indicator without
damaging the vehicle.
Prepare an Environmental Control Board “Notice of Violation and
Hearing” for violation of Administrative Code Section 24-221 (d) (alarm)
or Section 24-221 (e) (audible status indicator).
a.
Enter “N-12” in box captioned VIOLATION CODE
b.
Enter “$175.00” in box captioned MAILABLE PENALTY
SCHEDULE
c.
Enter “$700.00” in box captioned MAXIMUM PENALTY FOR
VIOLATION.
Enter either of the following statements, VERBATIM, in the box captioned
DETAILS OF VIOLATION:
“At time and place of occurrence deponent observed the audible alarm of
the above described vehicle operate for a continuous period of time in
excess of three (3) minutes” OR
“At time and place of occurrence deponent observed an audible status
indicator in operation on the above described vehicle.”

The time of violation entered on the Environmental Control Board summons must correspond
with the end of the three minute observation period in the case of an alarm summons.
Additionally, a complete description of the vehicle must be indicated on the summons.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-24

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

6.
7.

8.
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Affix the WHITE CARDBOARD (agency) copy of the summons to the
vehicle in a conspicuous place.
Distribute the remaining copies of the summons as follows:
a.
WHITE (E.C.B.) copy - to precinct of occurrence at end of tour as
directed by commanding officer
b.
YELLOW (officer) copy - retain with CERTIFICATION OF
PARKING SUMMONS SERVED (PD160-146)
c.
PINK (respondent) copy.
Place vehicle in Rotation Tow Program, if unable to disconnect the alarm
or audible status indicator.

Administrative Code Section 24-221 (g) provides that the operator of any motor vehicle on
which an audible burglar alarm has been installed shall, when parked on a public highway
or in a parking lot open to the public, prominently display the number and telephone
number of the owner’s local police precinct where information shall be on file to permit
communication with the owner of such vehicle. The member of the service concerned
should attempt to contact the owner of the vehicle, if the above information is available.

9.

10.
11.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A).
a.
Indicate on WORKSHEET that the vehicle was towed as a result
of a ringing alarm or audible status indicator operation.
Have an “Impound” screen entered into the FINEST System.
Have a notification made to the owner of the vehicle that the vehicle was towed.

The issuance of Environmental Control Board “Notice of Violation and Hearing” is not
mandatory in all cases when a motor vehicle alarm is activated. The action of a
uniformed member of the service should be based on selective enforcement principles
based upon civilian complaints and obvious violations. If the vehicle is known to the
uniformed member as a chronic problem, enforcement action will be taken.
If the alarm sounds for less than three minutes, resets and sounds again repeatedly, it shall
be deemed as one continuous action and the subject of enforcement.
Authorized personnel of the Department of Transportation may request a member of the service
to arrange for the removal of such vehicle. When removal of the vehicle is performed pursuant to
the Rotation Tow Program for operation of an audible burglar alarm in violation of
Administrative Code Section 24-221 (d) or for the operation of an audible status indicator in
violation of Section 24-221 (e), the Environmental Control Board “Notice of Violation and
Hearing” shall state that a member of the New York City Police Department took all reasonable
and necessary steps to disconnect such alarm or audible status indicator without success.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing - General Procedure (P.G.
209-12)
Deactivation of Motor Vehicle Alarms (P.G. 214-25)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONS SERVED (PD160-146)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-25

DEACTIVATION OF MOTOR VEHICLE ALARMS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To take corrective action when a vehicle alarm is activated and the owner cannot
be located.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is notified or becomes aware that a
motor vehicle alarm has been activated and the owner is not present:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

The owner of a vehicle with an anti-theft alarm installed is required to prominently
display the telephone number of his local precinct inside the vehicle when parked on a
public street, highway, or in a parking lot opened to the public. In addition, each patrol
precinct, if notified by an owner of such vehicle, will maintain a Motor Vehicle Alarm
File which will list the name, address, telephone number and license plate number of
residents who have had anti-theft vehicle alarms installed.

Immediately attempt to locate owner of the vehicle.

2.

Contact the desk officer of precinct concerned and request owner be
notified to immediately disconnect alarm.

DESK OFFICER 3.

Check the Motor Vehicle Alarm File, when maintained, and notify the
owner to immediately deactivate the alarm.

NOTE

Vehicle alarms should automatically deactivate within ten minutes. However, a uniform
member of the service may attempt to disconnect the alarm within the first ten minutes. Do
not intentionally damage the vehicle in an attempt to deactivate the alarm.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.
5.
6.
7.

Attempt to disconnect the alarm wire from battery cables, if owner cannot
be immediately located.
Request response of Emergency Service Unit if difficulty is encountered in
entering engine or passenger compartment of motor vehicle to disconnect alarm.
Make comprehensive ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of efforts to
deactivate alarm and any damage to vehicle which resulted from such efforts.
Continue for a reasonable period of time to attempt to notify owner after
alarm is deactivated.
a.
Prepare a hand written notification and place under windshield
wiper explaining action take, if personal notification is not made.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

214-25

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

The issuance of an Environmental Control Board - Notice of Violation is not mandatory
in all cases when an anti-theft device on a motor vehicle is activated. The action of a
uniformed member of the service should be based on selective enforcement principles
based upon civilian complaints and obvious violations. A Notice of Violation, if issued,
should be made in conformance with P.G. 214-24 “Service of Environmental Control
Board (E.C.B.) Notice of Violation and Hearing for Vehicle Alarms.”
Uniformed members of the service are not permitted to deactivate building alarms but
may issue a summons if the alarm does not deactivate within fifteen minutes.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Service of Environmental Control Board (E.C.B.) Notice of Violation and Hearing for
Vehicle Alarms (P.G. 214-24)
Chronic Abuser Alarm Procedures (P.G. 214-08)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-26

SNOW EMERGENCY REGULATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To assist in snow removal operations and expedite the movement of traffic on
major thoroughfares during a declared snow emergency.

PROCEDURE

When a FINEST message is transmitted announcing that the Commissioner of
the Department of Transportation has declared a snow emergency:

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.

Notify members of the service performing patrol duty.
Issue instructions necessitated by precinct conditions.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.

Issue summonses for:
a.
Abandoning vehicle or parking illegally on “snow street” or
“snow route” [N.Y.C. Traffic Regulations Section 4-12(k)(1)]
b.
Operating vehicle without snow tires or skid chains on “snow
street” or “snow route” and vehicle is stuck [N.Y.C. Traffic
Regulations Section 4-12(k)(2)].

NOTE

When a vehicle is observed in operation on a snow street or snow route without snow tires
or skid chains and the vehicle is not immobilized, warn the operator that a snow emergency
is in effect and direct him to leave the snow street or snow route at the nearest exit.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A uniformed member of the service who issues a summons for violation of snow
emergency regulations may be required to testify that the drive, traction or powered
wheels were equipped with regular tires without skid chains, or that snow tires were
worn or damaged to preclude effective traction.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-27

SNOW REMOVAL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To have snow removed from sidewalks and around fire hydrants after a snowfall.

PROCEDURE

When snow has stopped falling:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

Inform householders, storekeepers, etc., of their legal obligation to
remove snow and ice from the sidewalk and around fire hydrants.
Serve summons for Administrative Code Section 16-123 (a violation), if
snow is not removed four hours after the snow stops falling, when
appropriate.
Prevent the throwing of snow into roadways, which have been cleared.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-29

DERELICT VEHICLES BEARING
NEW YORK STATE REGISTRATION PLATES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To notify owner and agencies concerned and properly dispose of registration plates.

DEFINITION

DERELICT VEHICLE - A vehicle which is so dilapidated, burned out, stripped,
vandalized, etc., as to be of no apparent value other than scrap. Derelict vehicles
will be taken into custody by this Department ONLY when required as evidence.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing a derelict vehicle bearing current New York State registration
plates:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
NOTE

Determine if vehicle has been reported stolen by:
a.
Radio signal 10-15 to radio dispatcher or
b.
Query through FINEST System.
Obtain all relevant information including owner’s telephone number, if
vehicle reported stolen, from printout.
Note information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) for later reference
and notification.
Remove registration plates and prepare REGISTRATION PLATE
REMOVAL NOTICE (PD571-120).
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) ONLY if vehicle
reported stolen or required as evidence.

A PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will NOT be prepared for a derelict vehicle not
required as evidence nor reported stolen.

6.
7.
8.
DESK OFFICER 9.

10.
11.

12.

Deliver plates and PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if required, to desk
officer.
Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) from information
received from FINEST System, if vehicle stolen within New York City.
Notify owner to remove vehicle immediately and pick-up registration
plates within five days.
Check PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for accuracy and completeness,
including time, date, name of person who cancelled the alarm and time,
date and name of owner of vehicle notified.
Enter “derelict” on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (to be removed by
Department of Sanitation).
Retain registration plates at precinct desk for period of five days for
pickup by owner.
a.
Have owner sign Property Receipt Log for plates.
Prepare and sign two copies of report on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD
(PD158-151), addressed to Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV),
explaining reason for forwarding plates to DMV, if owner fails to pickup
plates within five days.
a.
Wrap registration plates, with report included, in brown paper and
forward to Department of Motor Vehicles, if plates not picked up
within five days.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-29

TELEPHONE
SWITCHBOARD
OPERATOR

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

13.
14.

Notify Department of Sanitation to remove vehicle.
Make entry on HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151) of
notification.

DESK OFFICER 15.

Review COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP if prepared, and:
a.
Sign “For the Commanding Officer”
b.
Verify alarm is cancelled and owner notified.
Forward COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP and PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE as indicated on forms.

16.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
HIGHWAY CONDITIONS RECORD (PD311-151)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REGISTRATION PLATE REMOVAL NOTICE (PD571-120)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-30

REMOVAL OF EXPIRED NEW YORK STATE
REGISTRATION PLATES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process vehicles bearing New York State license plates that are unregistered
more than two months after expiration of registration.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing a vehicle bearing expired New York State registration plates
and/or no registration sticker displayed:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.

NOTE

Determine:
a.
If vehicle has been reported stolen
b.
Name and address of registered owner
c.
If vehicle is derelict or abandoned.
Issue summons for UNREGISTERED VEHICLE if vehicle HAS NOT
BEEN REPORTED STOLEN.
Remove license plates from vehicle that remains unregistered more than
two months after expiration of registration.

Expired New York State license plates will not be removed from a vehicle that has been
reported stolen.

IF PLATES ARE REMOVED FROM A DERELICT VEHICLE
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

5.
6.

7.
COMMAND
CLERK

8.

Prepare REGISTRATION PLATE REMOVAL NOTICE (PD571-120).
a.
Fold form at the perforation over the carbon paper and then enter
all required information as per captions on Part 2 of NOTICE.
b.
Enter word DERELICT above words “Part 2” in lower left corner.
c.
Enter registered owner’s name, address, city, state and zip code as
required by captions on reverse side of Part 1.
Place Part 2 of NOTICE on vehicle windshield.
Enter the date and precinct on EXPIRED NEW YORK STATE
PLATE REMOVAL STICKER (PD571-124) and affix to driver’s side
window. If window is broken, affix on roadway side of vehicle in
conspicuous, easily observable location.
Deliver Part 1 of NOTICE and plates to desk officer.
Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section of:
a.
Date and time plates removed
b.
Location of vehicle
c.
Year and make of vehicle
d.
Vehicle Identification Number
e.
Registration plate number, month and year of expiration
f.
Name and address of registered owner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-30

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

REMOVAL OF EXPIRED NYS REGISTRATION PLATES
DESK OFFICER 9.

10.
11.

TELEPHONE
SWITCHBOARD
OPERATOR

12.
13.

Forward in next Department mail, Part 1 (post card) of
REGISTRATION PLATE REMOVAL STICKER to Mail and
Distribution Unit for mailing.
Deliver plates to registered owner or representative at command upon
presentation of current registration certificate and sticker for vehicle.
Assign uniformed member of the service to ascertain if vehicle remains at
same location five days after plates were removed from vehicle.
Request local District Office of Department of Sanitation, by telephone,
to remove vehicle if said vehicle remains at original location.
Record name of person notified on HIGHWAY CONDITION
RECORD (PD311-151).

IF VEHICLE IS ABANDONED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Prepare REGISTRATION PLATE REMOVAL NOTICE.
Place Part 2 of NOTICE on windshield of vehicle.
Notify desk officer of all facts and action taken.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
Comply with appropriate sections of Rotation Tow Program.
Deliver Part 1 of NOTICE and registration plates to desk officer.

COMMAND
CLERK

20.

Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section of:
a.
Date and time plates removed.
b.
Location of vehicle.
c.
Year and make of vehicle.
d.
Vehicle Identification Number.
e.
Registration plate number, month and year of expiration.
f.
Name and address of registered owner.

DESK OFFICER 21.
22.
23.
24.

25.

26.

Notify next participating tow operator in Rotation Towing Program.
Safeguard registration plates in Property Locker.
Deliver plates to registered owner or representative at command upon
presentation of current valid registration and vehicle sticker.
Make entry concerning delivery to owner in appropriate section of
Expired Registration Plate Log and under appropriate captions on
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Have two copies of report prepared on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD
(PD158-151) addressed to Commissioner of Motor Vehicles, listing
registration plates removed from abandoned/derelict vehicles and not
claimed by the registered owner or representative within seven days.
Assign member of the service (uniformed or civilian) to destroy
registration plates not claimed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-30

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Plates must be destroyed by cutting them in half utilizing shears, which are maintained
at the desk. The desk officer must personally supervise destruction of plates.

DESK OFFICER 27.
(continued)

NOTE

Prepare a report, in duplicate, after plates are destroyed, on OFFICIAL
LETTERHEAD, addressed to the Commissioner of Motor Vehicles, c/o
Enforcement Section, Room 200c, 155 Worth Street, New York, NY and
include:
a.
Plate number
b.
Name and address of registrant
c.
For each plate number - the number of plates destroyed (either one
or two)
d.
Method used to destroy plate(s)
(1)
Shears have been provided to all patrol precincts to cut
plates in half
e.
Name of recipient of the scrap metal
(1)
In N.Y.C., the Department of Sanitation is the recipient
f.
Date of destruction
g.
Signature of desk officer and date.

The original copy of the report will be forwarded via Department mail. The duplicate
will be filed in the command that destroyed the plate(s).

28.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

File copy of report.

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is NOT prepared when registration plates are removed
from a derelict vehicle in accordance with this procedure.
Upon observing an OCCUPIED VEHICLE on a street, highway, or other public place
with expired New York State registration plates and/or no registration sticker, the
uniformed member of the service will, in addition to other required police action,
remove the vehicle to the stationhouse and comply with the provisions of P.G. 218-12,
“Safeguarding Vehicles in Police Custody.”
Derelict autos will be processed in accordance with provisions of P.G. 214-29,
“Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates,” when plates have not
expired.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Safeguarding Vehicles in Police Custody (P.G. 218-12)
Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates (P.G. 214-29)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
REGISTRATION PLATE REMOVAL NOTICE (PD571-120)
EXPIRED NEW YORK STATE REMOVAL STICKER (PD571-124)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-31

REMOVAL OF VEHICLES FROM PARKWAYS, HIGHWAYS
AND EXPRESSWAYS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To reduce congestion and increase safety on controlled access highways.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of a disabled vehicle impeding traffic on a highway,
parkway, expressway, etc., and the vehicle is unattended or the owner or person
in charge of the vehicle refuses to hire the franchised towing service:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

NOTE

Ascertain from Communications Section if vehicle is wanted on an alarm.
a.
Take appropriate action if vehicle is wanted.
Advise owner or person in charge of vehicle who refuses to hire tow car that:
a.
Administrative Code, Section 20-511, subdivision q, requires that
the vehicle be removed from the highway.
b.
Vehicle will be removed to place of business of the tow car operator.
c.
Tow car owner is entitled by law to charge towing and storage fees.
d.
Vehicle owner or his representative will be required to appear at
precinct of occurrence with current vehicle registration certificate
and obtain a written release prior to reclaiming vehicle from tow
car operator’s place of business.
Advise owner or person in charge of vehicle who refuses to hire authorized
tow car to remove from vehicle personal property before vehicle is towed.

If vehicle is unattended or owner or person in charge refuses to remove personal
property, list such property in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), call attention of tow car
operator to listed property and have tow car operator sign ACTIVITY LOG. Do not
remove property from vehicle.

4.

5.
6.
DESK OFFICER 7.
8.
9.
10.

Record in ACTIVITY LOG:
a.
Make, year and color of vehicle
b.
Registration plate number, state and year
c.
Location from which towed
d.
Towing service name, address and medallion number of tow car
e.
Name and address of owner or person in charge of vehicle at scene.
Sign tow car operator’s authorization to tow vehicle if owner or person in
charge refuses to hire tow car or vehicle is unattended.
Deliver copy of “Authorization to Tow” form to desk officer.
Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section immediately of details concerning removal.
Ascertain ownership of vehicle if owner not present at scene.
Notify owner, if not present at scene, of location where vehicle stored and that
registration certificate must be presented at precinct to obtain release for vehicle.
Enter details of removal in Command Log.
a.
Include information listed in step four above and identity of
uniformed member of service, the registered owner, and member
at Stolen Property Inquiry Section notified.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-31

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 11.
(continued)

2 of 2

File “Authorization to Tow” form in Property Receipt Book.

WHEN VEHICLE OWNER OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE APPEARS AT
STATIONHOUSE TO OBTAIN RELEASE:
DESK OFFICER 12.
13.
14.
15.

16.

17.
18.

Inspect Command Log entry.
Examine registration certificate.
Question claimant to determine if vehicle reported stolen.
a.
Ensure that alarm, if any, is canceled before preparing release for vehicle.
Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared if vehicle stolen
but not yet reported:
a.
Note under details that vehicle is recovered
b.
Close COMPLAINT REPORT unless additional investigation is required
c.
Telephone facts to precinct concerned if theft occurred in another
command.
Have two copies of release, addressed to Tow Car Service, prepared on
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) including:
a.
Name and address of owner or representative who will claim vehicle
b.
Make, color, registration number of vehicle
c.
Time, date and location from which removed.
Have claimant sign second copy of release and file in Property Receipt Book.
Give original copy to claimant and inform him that tow and storage
charges must be paid to tow car owner.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Highway District vehicles equipped with “protective bumper guards” may push disabled vehicles
obstructing active traffic lanes to the nearest location where they may be parked safely. Under no
circumstances will disabled vehicles be pushed to repair shops or onto private property.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-32

DISCARDED REFRIGERATORS, FREEZERS
AND OTHER SELF LOCKING CONTAINERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To prevent injury to children.

PROCEDURE

Upon finding a refrigerator, freezer or other self locking container in a place
accessible to the public:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.

Direct person responsible, if known, to remove the door, door latch or
latch stop.
a.
If owner known and refuses to comply, make arrest.
Remove the door, door latch, or latch stop if tools are available and owner
unknown.
Summon Emergency Service Unit through the Communications Section
if unable to make device safe.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
CREW

4.
5.
6.

Respond to location.
Remove the door, door latch, or latch stop.
Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of time and location.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.

Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG of facts, including names of Emergency
Service Unit members who responded to scene.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-33

CARE AND DISPOSITION OF ANIMALS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To properly investigate complaints involving dangerous animals/dogs requiring a
police response.

SCOPE

It is the intent of this procedure to ensure that all complaints of dangerous
animals/dogs are recorded properly and reported to the New York City Department
of Health and Mental Hygiene, as well as to provide for the safe and humane
handling of such animals when encountered by members of the service. This
includes animals that are owned, wild, lost or stray, abandoned, or used for fighting
or intimidation purposes. If the animal is gone upon arrival of member of service
at the scene, a DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT (PD311-152) must
still be prepared, regardless of whether or not a person has been injured by the
animal. Offenders engaging in animal cruelty will be arrested and processed for a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET, if eligible.

DEFINITIONS

ANIMAL – Shall mean mammals, amphibians, reptiles, birds or insects.
DANGEROUS ANIMAL – For the purpose of this procedure, a dangerous animal
shall mean any animal which menaces, threatens, attacks or bites a person. A
dangerous animal can also be a wild animal which is defined as any animal
naturally inclined to do harm and capable of inflicting harm upon human beings.
DANGEROUS DOG – Shall mean any dog:
a.
That when unprovoked, approaches, or menaces any person in a
dangerous or terrorizing manner, or in an apparent attitude of attack, upon
the streets, sidewalks, or any public grounds or places; OR
b.
With a known propensity, tendency or disposition to attack when
unprovoked, to cause injury or to otherwise endanger the safety of human
beings or domestic animals; OR
c.
Which bites, inflicts injury, assaults or otherwise attacks a human being or
domestic animal, without provocation on public or private property; OR
d.
Owned or harbored primarily, or in part, for the purpose of dog fighting or
any dog trained for dog fighting.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service responds to a complaint involving a
dangerous animal/dog, regardless of whether or not a person was injured by the
animal:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

Have Communications Section request a unit from the Animal Care and
Control of New York City (A.C. & C.) respond to the scene, if the animal
presents a danger or may have been left uncared for.
Prepare DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT (PD311-152) and, if
required, AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), in all instances
in which response to or becoming apprised of an incident involving an
animal bite and/or dangerous animal and include the SPRINT number on
forms.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-33

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

Animal Care and Control of New York City (A.C. & C.) Animal Rescue Units are in
service Monday through Friday from 0800 to 2000 hours. The Brooklyn A.C. & C. of
New York City control center is open twenty four hours, seven days a week to uniformed
members of the Department. All other borough control centers are open during business
hours, Tuesday through Saturday.
Members of the service who require emergency assistance from A.C. & C. of New York City
between 2000 and 0800 hours weekdays and twenty four hours a day on weekends and
holidays should contact the Operations Division, providing pertinent details and the name of
the contact person at the scene. Operations Division personnel will then notify an A.C. & C.
of New York City member who is on-call to respond for emergencies and/or to provide
instructions.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

3.

4.
5.

Request an Emergency Services Unit to respond to the scene, if response
by A.C. & C. of New York City cannot be made expeditiously (fifteen to
thirty minutes) or cannot be ascertained, or if animal’s owner or person in
control of a premises where animal is located is arrested, hospitalized,
etc., and no one is able to provide for the animal’s care.
Deliver animal to an A.C. & C. of New York City representative, if A.C. & C.
of New York City responds to the scene.
Request patrol supervisor to respond to the scene.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT

6.

Secure the animal and prepare it for transportation by RMP to an A.C. &
C. of New York City facility, as appropriate.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

7.

Assign resource to transport animal to an A.C. & C. of New York City
facility, if necessary.

NOTE

When it is necessary to transport an animal to an A.C. & C. of New York City facility,
direct that a kennel be brought to the scene from the command concerned. If necessary,
additional kennel(s) may be requested from an adjoining command or the patrol borough
concerned. Under no circumstances shall an animal be placed into the trunk of a Department
vehicle.

MEMBER
ASSIGNED TO
TRANSPORT

8.

NOTE

Members of the service delivering any animal to an A.C. & C. of New York City facility must be
able to articulate the circumstances surrounding the reasons for the animal coming into
police custody, including the owner’s name and address, if known.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

10.

9.

11.
12.

Place kennel into the backseat of RMP.
a.
Remove rear seat from vehicle, if necessary.
Transport animal to an A.C. & C. of New York City facility.
a.
Obtain receipt from A.C. & C. of New York City and deliver to desk
officer.

Take appropriate enforcement action against owner or person in
possession of animal and remove to command, if necessary.
Report facts to desk officer.
Deliver DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT and AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET, if prepared, to desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-33

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

NOTE

Department form DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT will be prepared in EVERY
instance of a dangerous animal condition whether the animal is taken into custody or
not. This form will assist the New York City Police Department and the Department of
Health and Mental Hygiene in tracking dangerous animal complaints.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

13.

14.

DESK OFFICER 15.
16.

17.

18.

19.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Process offender for DESK APPEARANCE TICKET, if eligible.
a.
Include copy of DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT, if
prepared, in DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123).
Enter facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Review and sign DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT and
distribute as delineated on form.
Forward the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene copy of
DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT via the Mail and
Distribution Unit.
Notify Department of Health and Mental Hygiene by telephone of human
exposure to a rabid animal, an animal suspected of being rabid, and/or an
animal that has bitten, scratched, or abraded a human being.
Notify Department of Health and Mental Hygiene by telephone if animal
or owner is located after DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT has
been forwarded.
File command copy of DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT.

Pursuant to Article 26, Agriculture and Markets Law, Section 371, of New York State
entitled “Power of Police Officer,” police officers may arrest any person violating any
provisions of this article and may lawfully take animals into custody to prevent the
perpetration of any act of cruelty upon any animal. Upon arrest for such violation, the
arresting officer will issue, except for those offenses designated as Unclassified Felonies, a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET if qualified, returnable to Criminal Court (see P.G. 20827, “Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure”).
For purposes of this procedure, applicable sections of Article 26, Agriculture and
Markets Law are:
a.
Section 351 - Prohibition of Animal Fighting - Section 351.(2) Unclassified
Felony, Section 351.(3 & 4) - Unclassified Misdemeanor.
b.
Section 353 - Overdriving, Torturing, and Injuring Animals; Failure to
Provide Proper Sustenance - Unclassified Misdemeanor.
c.
Section 353-a - Aggravated Cruelty to Animals - Unclassified Felony.
d.
Section 355 - Abandonment of Animals - Unclassified Misdemeanor.
e.
Section 356 - Failure to Provide Proper Food and Drink to Impounded
Animal - Unclassified Misdemeanor.
f.
Section 359 Carrying Animal in a Cruel Manner - Unclassified
Misdemeanor.
g.
Section 360 Poisoning or Attempting to Poison Animals - Unclassified Felony
(horses, mules or domestic cattle); Unclassified Misdemeanor
(all other animals).
h.
Section 361 - Interference With or Injury to Certain Domestic Animals Unclassified Felony.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-33

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

i.

Section 365 -

j.

Section 368 -

k.

Section 374 -

4 of 4

Clipping or Cutting the Ears of Dogs - Unclassified
Misdemeanor.
Operating Upon Tails of Horses Unlawful - Unclassified
Misdemeanor.
Humane Destruction or Other Disposition of Animals Lost,
Strayed, Homeless, Abandoned or Improperly Confined or Kept Unclassified Misdemeanor.

For the purpose of this procedure, applicable sections of Title 17, New York City
Administrative Code are:
a.
Section 17-343 - Acquisition of a Dangerous Dog Prohibited.
b.
Section 17-346 - Confiscation and/or Confinement of a Dangerous Dog.
c.
Section 17-351 - Enforcement.
All three Administrative Code sections cited are Unclassified Misdemeanors.
Uniformed members of the service should be cognizant of the indication of rabies and
should use extreme care when approaching animals. In the event of any animal bite, or
contact with an animal’s saliva, members should seek immediate medical attention.
USE OF FORCE/DEADLY PHYSICAL FORCE
The use of physical force against any animal will be used ONLY to the extent that such
force is necessary to prevent harm or injury to such animal, other animals, or persons.
P.G. 203-12, “Deadly Physical Force” mandates that deadly physical force is necessary
as a LAST RESORT when such animal:
a.
b.

Appears to be too dangerous to control, OR
Poses an imminent threat of physical injury to a human being.

Before using deadly physical force, every attempt will be made to use other reasonable
means to contain threats from dangerous animals.
In those instances where uniformed members of the service develop information to
indicate a dangerous dog will be encountered at a particular location (e.g., an
apartment where a warrant is to be enforced, etc.), the Emergency Service Unit’s
Canine Team should be conferred with (twenty-four hours) for their assistance.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Deadly Physical Force (P.G. 203-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT (PD311-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-34

POLICE ACTION IN PREMISES (LICENSED OR UNLICENSED)
WHERE ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES ARE SOLD
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To notify the Organized Crime Control Bureau (OCCB), Field Operations Desk,
Narcotics Division and the State Liquor Authority of founded complaints regarding
premises where alcoholic beverages are sold.

PROCEDURE

When any of the following events occur in connection with a premises, licensed
or unlicensed, in which alcoholic beverages are sold:
a.
Arrest in premises, or elsewhere, resulting from action originating in premises
b.
Summons served on premises, or on employee, for violation related to premises
c.
Complaint concerning premises, or vicinity of premises and cause originated
in premises, which was investigated and resulted in corrected condition
d.
Condition or police action directly concerning the operation of the premises
which should be brought to the attention of the State Liquor Authority,
Department of Buildings, Fire Department, or any other City agency.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CONCERNED

1.

2.
3.

4.
5.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

6.

7.

NOTE

Request patrol supervisor to respond.
a.
If patrol supervisor is not available, contact desk officer and
comply with instructions.
Advise patrol supervisor of the facts.
Take summary action if offense committed in presence and be guided by
P.G. 208-03, “Arrests - General Processing” and P.G. 207-08, “Preliminary
Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime-Related Offenses.”
Make complete entries in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Notify the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk when:
a.
Premises is selling alcohol without a liquor license, AND/OR
b.
Premises is operating after hours.
Respond to the scene and determine appropriate police action to be taken.
a.
Notify the Department of Buildings, Fire Department or the
appropriate City agency of apparent code violations.
Prepare POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES
(PD310-150) report.
a.
Prepare additional copy of report marked "Department of Consumer
Affairs" if arrest involved a cabaret, public dance hall, catering
establishment, or bowling alley
b.
Prepare one additional copy of report for commanding officer of
precinct where premises is located, if action or condition
originated in another command
c.
File one copy of report at command.

Whenever the uniformed member concerned is assigned to Organized Crime Control Bureau,
such member's commanding officer will prepare and forward the required POLICE ACTION
LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES report. A copy of the report will be forwarded to the
commanding officer, precinct of occurrence.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-34

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8.

9.
10.

11.

2 of 3

Direct undercover agent (e.g., auxiliary police officer, etc.) to complete
AFFIDAVIT OF SALE OF ALCOHOL (PD326-060), if police action
involves the sale of alcohol to a minor or an undercover member.
a.
Have one copy of AFFIDAVIT filed in arrest folder.
Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence of facts.
Forward POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES
with additional copies of report and original AFFIDAVIT OF SALE OF
ALCOHOL, if prepared, to commanding officer.
Advise commanding officer of facts regarding police action.

DESK OFFICER 12.

Enter facts in Command Log.

COMMANDING 13.
14.
OFFICER

Verify that desk officer, precinct of occurrence, was notified, if necessary.
Review and sign POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED
PREMISES.
Ensure POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES
report is forwarded, DIRECT, to Commanding Officer, Narcotics
Division, One Police Plaza, Room 1100, with the following:
a.
Copies of any summonses issued in regards to police action
b.
Original AFFIDAVIT OF SALE OF ALCOHOL, if prepared.
Ensure a copy of POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED
PREMISES report, if prepared, is forwarded to the following:
a.
NYC Department of Consumer Affairs
b.
Precinct commanding officer where premises is located.

15.

16.

NARCOTICS
DIVISION

17.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The "Details" section of POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES
must be very specific. It must include a statement that the owner or operator was aware of
the offense and indicate circumstances that demonstrated actual or implied knowledge on
the part of the owner or operator. Include the following information, when pertinent:
1.
Employment of a person under eighteen years of age, or serving alcoholic
beverages to a person under twenty one years of age:
a.
Name, address and age
b.
How age was ascertained
c.
If enforcement was for the sale of alcohol to a minor, what type of
alcohol was purchased (size of container, brand, and cost)
d.
If undercover agent was used, his/her title, age, date of birth, and a
statement that the arresting/summonsing officer witnessed the sale.
2.
Sale of alcohol to intoxicated person:
a.
Description of drunken behavior
b.
Type of beverage served after condition was observed by arresting officer.
3.
Gambling:
a.
Whether defendant is an employee of premises and in what capacity
b.
Name of person in charge
c.
If gambling device was involved, indicate how used.

Forward copy of POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED
PREMISES report to the State Liquor Authority.

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-34

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.

5.

6.

3 of 3

Sale of alcoholic beverages during prohibited hours:
a.
Type of beverage
b.
Time of violation and arrest.
Prostitution:
a.
Period of time observed
b.
Behavior of persons with males or females and number of times males
and/or females left and returned
c.
Name of person permitting violation by direct knowledge or by action of
male(s)/female(s).
Narcotics:
a.
Circumstances
b.
Name and title of person in charge who knowingly permitted violation.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preliminary Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime-Related Offenses (P.G.
207-08)
Arrests - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES (PD310-150)
AFFIDAVIT OF SALE OF ALCOHOL (PD326-060)

NEW y YORK y CITY y POLICE y DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-35

PROCESSING QUALITY OF LIFE COMPLAINTS
USING THE 311 TERMINAL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To ensure Quality of Life complaints received through the 311 terminal and/or
telephone switchboard are handled efficiently by members of the service.

PROCEDURE

When a Quality of Life complaint has been received through the 311 terminal
and/or telephone switchboard:

TELEPHONE
SWITCHBOARD
OPERATOR

1.
2.

3.

4.

Record Quality of Life complaints received via telephone on the
TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG (PD112-143).
Review the 311 terminal for duplication of requests for service
received via telephone and provide disposition on terminal and
TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG when appropriate.
Have Quality of Life complaint(s) generated through the 311 terminal or
telephone switchboard requiring investigation dispatched as a command
assignment.
Enter final dispositions on the TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG of calls
received via the telephone switchboard.

NOTE

Quality of Life calls received at the telephone switchboard will be recorded in the TELEPHONE
DISPATCH LOG and the desk officer will assign an available unit to respond. In addition, the
caller will be advised to call 311 directly to report any future Quality of Life complaints. If a call is
received at the telephone switchboard which requires a referral to another city agency, the caller
will be directed to call 311 immediately.

MEMBER OF
SERVICE
ASSIGNED

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Notify Communications upon receipt of a 311 assignment (code 10-61)
including location to which responding.
Respond to assignment as expeditiously as possible, except if on
emergency assignment.
Promptly notify Communications upon completion of assignment.
Notify desk officer of disposition for completed assignments.
Deliver completed assigned 311 calls worksheet to the desk officer by
the end of tour. Final dispositions must be indicated.

NOTE

A notification of the disposition for completed assignments must be made to the desk
officer immediately upon completion. 311 assignments not completed by the end of tour
will be returned to the desk officer for priority assignment to the next platoon.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

10.

NOTE

Patrol supervisors should be cognizant that 311 calls should be handled as expeditiously
as possible and adequate supervision of members of the service should be maintained at
all times.

Monitor performance of members of the service assigned to 311 calls.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-35

13.

Ensure that 311 terminal located at the desk is monitored and
assignments dispatched expeditiously.
a.
Check terminal at least every hour for any Quality of Life jobs
received at the hotline.

Ensure Command Log entries are made at the beginning and at the end of
tour to verify the terminal was checked for jobs.
Ensure that all calls referred from the hotline receive an appropriate
response and that the dispositions are recorded properly.

Any Quality of Life complaint that generates five or more calls within an eight hour
period will be assigned to an appropriate unit/sector for an immediate 311 response.
Requests for service will be dispatched as expeditiously as possible by the desk officer as
resources become available with the exception of those deferred to the special
operations lieutenant or those that require an immediate response. These types of calls
should be finalized as quickly as possible.

14.

15.
16.
NOTE

2 of 4

In addition, there will be an audible and visual alert when a new job arrives.

12.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

11.
PLATOON
COMMANDER/
DESK OFFICER

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Print two hard copies of 311 calls for each assignment that should be
handled by the platoon and instruct member(s) assigned to return the
completed form with a disposition by the end of tour.
Accept assignments that could not be completed during the tour and
reassign them to the outgoing platoon.
Determine whether the job can be handled during the tour or requires
referral to the special operations lieutenant.

Assignments that are either referred to the special operations lieutenant and/or require
the assistance of another governmental agency will be classified as deferred or open, as
appropriate. Conditions that are no longer occurring because of limited duration (such
as noise complaints from a street fair, party, etc.) for which an immediate response was
not available, or when the condition is no longer occurring, will be closed with the
appropriate disposition(s).

17.

18.

Maintain one hard copy of all 311 complaints assigned during the tour.
a.
Record the member(s) of the service assigned on each complaint
dispatched.
Enter all applicable dispositions:
a.
summons
b.
arrest
c.
report prepared (select appropriate report from drop down menu)
d.
condition corrected (specify)
e.
referred (specify unit/agency)
f.
unfounded
g.
gone on arrival
h.
no violation
i.
improper referral
j.
other (requires detailed explanation)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-35

PAGE:

08/01/13

19.
PLATOON
COMMANDER/
DESK OFFICER
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

File completed hard copy by date received in a binder at the desk and
assign page number.

At the conclusion of each month, the completed 311 assignment hard copies will be
removed from the binder and filed with the completed TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG.
Desk officers will verify that both copies are stored together in a secure place.

20.
SECOND
PLATOON
DESK OFFICER

Review terminal at 0800 hours daily for previous twenty four hours and
account for all dispositions.
Any discrepancies will initiate an
investigation to determine if assignment was finalized by unit assigned,
properly handled and/or properly referred to a specialized unit (e.g.,
Community Policing Unit via the special operations lieutenant.)

NOTE

Desk officers on all platoons will ensure assignments that are handled by their specific
tours are finalized with the proper disposition.

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

21.
22.
23.

24.

25.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

26.

27.
28.
COMMANDING 29.
OFFICER
30.
31.
32.

Review 311 complaints deferred to the special operations lieutenant
and ensure appropriate response.
Ensure dispositions are reported properly.
Implement plan utilizing command resources.
a.
If necessary, utilize other Department units and/or other
government agencies to address issues.
Establish and update as necessary a list of locations of 311 assignments
deferred to the special operations lieutenant by address and complaint.
a.
Maintain a copy of the list at the desk.
Ensure that the appropriate disposition is entered for a complaint that has
been addressed.
a.
The disposition will be changed from deferred to the appropriate
disposition code (i.e., report prepared, unfounded, arrest).
Conduct investigation and confer with special operations lieutenant,
desk officer and the commanding officer regarding integrity of 311
assignments.
Conduct random inspections, as necessary, to ensure proper dispositions
and compliance with reporting requirements and system integrity.
Monitor outstanding dispositions.
Review terminal for appropriate response and disposition to ensure
assignments are handled during the tour or as per the desired plan of action.
Confer with the integrity control officer and desk officer regarding
outstanding dispositions.
Implement self-inspection procedures to ensure compliance with 311
assignments.
Ensure a list of locations deferred to the special operations lieutenant is
maintained at the desk.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-35

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

PATROL
BOROUGH
ADJUTANT/
HOUSING
BUREAU/
TRANSIT
BUREAU
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

33.

NOTE

Patrol Services Bureau is responsible for developing a contingency plan.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

34.

35.

Provide additional resources as needed to assist the commanding
officers, and subordinate commands if requested.
Ensure subordinate commands are monitored to determine if 311
assignments are being handled properly and dispositions entered in a
timely manner.
Ensure that proper training is conducted and that subordinate commands
are entering the appropriate disposition codes for 311 assignments.

ACCESS TO 311 ANONYMOUS CALLER INFORMATION
The 311 System was designed to allow callers to remain anonymous and the Department has a
responsibility to protect this anonymity. However, the Mayor’s Department of Information
Telecommunications and Technology (DoITT) has a confidentiality policy that allows the
Department access to anonymous caller information when there is a bonafide reason to do so.
Accordingly, when there are instances where additional caller information is necessary to properly
address and/or correct a condition, the commanding officer, executive officer, and the special
operations lieutenant of a precinct, PSA, or transit district will have the authority to access the 311
System and retrieve additional caller information.
The circumstances under which a command may access anonymous caller information are limited
to and will only be utilized when all other means to investigate and/or correct the condition have
been exhausted and there is a demonstrable need to gather additional information or intelligence to
address a condition. Instructions on how to use the 311 terminals to access anonymous caller
information can be obtained from the Patrol Services Bureau, Housing Bureau, and Transit
Bureau.
Steps will be taken by commanding officers to ensure that the identity of the caller is not,
under any circumstances, revealed or provided to any individual or parties against
whom the Quality of Life concern is directed. Access to anonymous caller information
must be for legitimate purposes, as outlined above, by the authorized members of the
service listed within this procedure. Any member of service who knowingly or willingly
violates the confidentiality of an anonymous 311 caller will be subject to disciplinary
action.
Command Integrity Control Officers will submit a Typed Letterhead to the Chief of Patrol’s
Resource Management Section in order to obtain passwords for the 311 terminals. If there are any
questions, the Resource Management Section can be contacted.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG (PD112-143)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-36

RESPONSE TO COMPLAINTS OF VIOLATION OF
NEW SMOKING BAN IN NEW YORK CITY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service is advised by a member of the public that the new
Smoke-Free Air Act is being violated.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

If a person in charge of a public premise has ordered a person to leave and such person
refuses, members of the service may take proper enforcement action (i.e. Trespass).
Uniformed members of the service may encounter situations in which a person in charge
of a public premise seeks assistance in preventing person(s) from violating the SmokeFree Air Act. In such situations, uniformed members of the service should take
appropriate enforcement action under the trespass statues (i.e., Penal Law Sections
140.05 and 140.10) if the person in charge of the public premise orders the violator to
leave the premise and the violator refuses to leave.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

With respect to public places, smoking is prohibited in all enclosed or indoor areas of
public places, defined as any area to which individuals other than employees are invited
or permitted. Smoking is also prohibited in specified outdoor locations: playgrounds;
day care centers; children's institutions; and sports and recreation areas where outdoor
seating or viewing areas are assigned by issuance of tickets.

If there are no other violations involved, direct complainant to call 311 to
have complaint forwarded to the Department of Health.
a.
Violations of this chapter are only enforced on a “Notice of Violation
Returnable to the Department of Health” to be issued by agents from The
Department of Health, Department of Consumer Affairs, Department of
Environmental Protection, Fire Department, Sanitation Department and
The Buildings Department.

The smoking ban does not apply to: hotel and motel rooms, private vehicles, private
homes (except homes in which a day care or health care facility is being operated), and
retail tobacco stores. Separate smoking rooms may be established in residential health
care or day treatment facilities for use by patients only, with the approval of the Fire
Commissioner. If approved by the Health and Mental Hygiene Department, smoking is
permitted in membership associations (where the members themselves provide all
services without compensation) and tobacco bars.
Smoking is permitted in sidewalk cafes with no roof or other ceiling enclosure, in an
area no larger than 25% of the total outdoor seating capacity, at least three feet away
from the non-smoking outdoor area, where the area is clearly marked as a smoking
area.
Enactment of this local law was subsequently complicated by the enactment of a similar
State law, Chapter 13 of the Laws of 2003, which takes effect July 24, 2003. Where the
State law is more restrictive, it preempts the local law. Therefore, although the local
law allows separate smoking rooms in bars and makes an exception for owner operated
bars, as of July 24, 2003 they are both prohibited by the State law. Both laws allow a
facility to permit smoking at an event for promoting and sampling tobacco products
where service of food and drink is incidental. Local law set the limit at five days per
year; effective July 24, 2003 the state law lowers that limit to two days per year.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

214-36

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

With respect to any workplace, smoking is prohibited in indoor areas to which the
general public does not generally have access. An employer no longer has the option of
establishing smoking rooms, and employees no longer have the ability to smoke in a
private enclosed office. Smoking is prohibited in company vehicles occupied by more
than one person whether or not the occupants consent. Smoking is also prohibited in all
vehicles owned by the City.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-37

NEW YORK CITY DEPARTMENT OF BUILDINGS
ACCESS WARRANTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To preserve the peace and protect life and property at a building/premises where
an inspector from the New York City Department of Buildings is executing an
Access Warrant in order to perform a safety inspection.

DEFINITION

ACCESS WARRANT – a Court Order allowing a member from the New York
City Department of Buildings to gain access to a building/premises in order to
conduct a safety inspection.

PROCEDURE

When requested to accompany a member from the New York City Department of
Buildings executing an Access Warrant:

DESK OFFICER 1.
NOTE

Review Access Warrant to ensure validity.

The desk officer will review the Access Warrant and ensure the warrant has been signed by
a Supreme Court judge and has not expired. Once a Court has issued an Access Warrant,
the warrant must be executed within the date range specified in the Court Order.

2.

3.

Make a Command Log entry consisting of:
a.
Full name of New York City Department of Buildings inspector
b.
Index number and issuing court
c.
Address of location identified on warrant.
Request Communications Section to assign an RMP unit to accompany
inspector to identified location.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

NOTE

The role of a uniformed member of the service at a scene where an Access Warrant is
being executed is to preserve the peace and prevent the commission of a crime. The
execution of the Access Warrant is the sole responsibility of the NYC Department of
Buildings inspector. Under no circumstances will uniformed members of the service assist
in breaking a door or damaging property to effect the warrant and/or to gain access to the
premises. If access to the premises is not granted, it will be the responsibility of the New
York City Department of Buildings to reschedule the execution of the Access Warrant.

5.

Respond to location.

6.
7.

Enter premises with New York City Department of Buildings inspector
and remain until inspection is completed.
Notify desk officer when the inspection is completed.
Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.

DESK OFFICER 8.

Make Command Log entry indicating the time inspection was completed.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Quality Of Life Matters

Procedure No:

214-38

INSPECTIONS OF PAWNBROKERS AND SECOND-HAND DEALERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To establish a systematic inspection of pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers by
patrol precincts.

DEFINITIONS

ELECTRONIC REPORTING SYSTEM - A confidential, Internet-based reporting
system, into which pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers may record their inventory
and transactions.
PAWNBROKER - A person or business engaged in the loaning of money on deposit or
pledge of personal property, or the purchasing of personal property on the condition of
selling it back at a stipulated price.
SECOND-HAND DEALER - Any person who in any way or as a principal broker or
agent deals in the purchase or sale of second-hand articles of any nature.

SCOPE

All pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers are required to report on specified
Department forms all articles pawned, purchased, or sold. Pawnbrokers and secondhand dealers participating in, and actively uploading transactions to, this Department’s
authorized Electronic Reporting System are exempt from the requirement of manually
filling out and preserving logs for inspection. By actively uploading their transactions on
a daily basis, participating stores are allowing their records to be inspected via the
Electronic Reporting System. Stores are requested to upload the day’s transactions by
the close of business each day.

PROCEDURE

When designated to perform inspections of pawnbrokers/second-hand dealers by
a competent authority:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER

Designate special operations lieutenant as the primary coordinator of the
command’s pawnbroker/second-hand dealer inspection program.
a.
Assign an alternate supervisor to coordinate program, in absence of
special operations lieutenant.

2.

Maintain an updated list of all pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers operating
within confines of precinct.
a.
Divide list into two separate categories, delineating between the stores
which keep records updated using the approved Electronic Reporting
System, and those stores which maintain manual records.
b.
Provide copy of list to:
(1)
Commanding officer
(2)
Executive officer
(3)
Detective zone commanding officer
(4)
Field intelligence officer
(5)
Precinct detective squad supervisors
(6)
Other specialty unit supervisors, as appropriate.
c.
Revise list quarterly to ensure accuracy.

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT/
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-38

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT/
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

3.

Designate appropriate uniformed member(s) of the service as a liaison with
pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers.

DESIGNATED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

Provide each pawnbroker and second-hand dealer with copies of SECONDHAND ARTICLES STORE LOG (PD530-141), if store does not participate
in the Electronic Reporting System.
a.
Provide second-hand dealers with copy of INSTRUCTIONS TO
DEALERS IN SECOND HAND ARTICLES (PD634-153), in all
cases.
Visit each store maintaining manual records at least once every ten days, and
document visit by signing next unused transaction receipt in the SECONDHAND ARTICLES STORE LOG.
Remove precinct detective squad (pink) copy of completed transactions from
the SECOND-HAND ARTICLES STORE LOG, if applicable, and
immediately deliver to precinct detective squad commander, or in his/her
absence, another precinct detective squad supervisor.

5.

6.

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD
COMMANDER

7.

FIELD
INTELLIGENCE
OFFICER

9.

8.

10.

CRIME
PREVENTION
OFFICER

11.

12.

When applicable, designate a member of the precinct detective squad to perform
required computer checks of individuals identified as recidivists, parolees,
probationers, or known burglary perpetrators who are selling or pawning items.
Ensure prompt investigation is conducted to match potentially stolen property
against property previously reported stolen in precinct and surrounding areas.
a.
Assign a member of detective squad to visit store to request a hold on
specified property pending completion of investigation, if necessary.
Monitor the Electronic Reporting System on a weekly basis, paying particular
attention to repeated transactions by an individual, or other signs indicative of
criminal behavior.
Disseminate to appropriate units information obtained from the “Persons of
Interest” list generated by the Electronic Reporting System.
Review list and routinely visit all pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers
located in confines of precinct.
a.
Encourage use of the Electronic Reporting System among stores
maintaining manual records.
b.
Monitor the Electronic Reporting System to ensure that participating
stores are uploading data on a daily basis.
Ensure integrity of entries made by pawnbroker/second-hand dealer into the
SECOND-HAND ARTICLES STORE LOG or Electronic Reporting
System, as applicable.
a.
Request to see last twenty articles purchased or pawned by
pawnbroker/second-hand dealer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

214-38

CRIME
PREVENTION
OFFICER
(continued)
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

3 of 3

Compare the articles to the description as listed in SECOND-HAND
ARTICLES STORE LOG or database entry, as applicable.
(1)
Give special attention to the serial number or International
Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) number on the article, if any.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers are legitimate businesses that provide a service to the
city. However, a pawnbroker or second-hand dealer can sometimes unknowingly be serving as a
“fence” for unscrupulous criminals to sell their stolen products. Members assigned to perform
functions relating to pawnbroker and second-hand dealer inspections are reminded that, while
these inspections are designed to uncover administrative violations and are not for the purpose of
uncovering criminal activity, any suspected criminal intelligence regarding a pawnbroker or
second-hand dealer should be reported as per P.G. 212-12, “Citywide Intelligence Reporting
System,” in addition to notifying the special operations lieutenant and precinct detective squad
commander.
By conducting visits of pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers at least once every ten days, the
respective precinct detective squad is provided the minimum amount of time required to conduct
a follow-up investigation on select items before the items can be lawfully transferred. Precinct
detective squad members will follow existing protocols regarding online follow-up inquiries.
The precinct detective squad commander will ensure that intelligence which may affect another
precinct (i.e., recently arrested burglary parolee residing in another command) is brought to the
attention of the applicable precinct detective squad commander and detective zone commanding
officer.
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Both pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers are licensed by the New York City Department of
Consumer Affairs. Additional licenses may be required based on the nature of the business
contained therein.
The focus of inspections is to ensure compliance with current administrative rules and
regulations, and to encourage the development of a mutually cooperative relationship between
pawnbrokers/second-hand dealers and this Department.
The Legal Bureau can be consulted for a complete list of licenses required for a particular
location.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

INSTRUCTIONS TO DEALERS IN SECOND HAND ARTICLES (PD 634-153)
SECOND-HAND ARTICLES STORE LOG (PD 530-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-01

CARE OF DEPENDENT CHILD
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To obtain care for a dependent child under eighteen due to arrest, hospitalization
or death of parent or guardian.

PROCEDURE

When a dependent child is reported:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

DESK OFFICER 5.

Inquire if a relative or friend will care for the dependent child.
Notify desk officer if care cannot be provided.
Process child as “Child Requiring Shelter.”
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
Notify the Administration for Children’s Services (ACS) borough field
office (0900-1700 hours) or the ACS Emergency Children’s Services
after business hours, and request that they send a representative to the
stationhouse to provide necessary transportation. (See ADDITIONAL
DATA, P.G. 215-03, “Emergency Removals or Investigation and
Reporting of Abused, Neglected or Maltreated Children,” for addresses of
Administration for Children’s Services borough field offices and
Emergency Children’s Services.)
a.
If the Administration for Children’s Services or ACS Emergency
Children’s Services is unable to provide transportation, assign a
female uniformed member of the service, if available, or other
available uniformed members, to escort child to the shelter.
b.
If child left in the care of a relative or friend, notify the
Administration for Children’s Services.
c.
Forward copy of computerized AIDED REPORT to the youth
officer in the precinct where child is located, if child is left with
relative or friend not residing in the household.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-02

LOST CHILD
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PURPOSE

To locate relatives or friends of a lost child.

PROCEDURE

When attention is drawn to an apparently lost child:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

DESK OFFICER 5.
6.

7.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Notify desk officer/counterpart and radio dispatcher.
Make brief inquiry in vicinity of place where found.
Bring child to command if relative not located.
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
Telephone Missing Persons Squad and give description.
Complete captions on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET and process in
normal manner:
a.
Assign female uniformed member of the service to watch child in
the command, if available, or other available uniformed member
of the service, when necessary.
b.
Notify youth officer.
c.
If child is not claimed within a reasonable amount of time, notify
the Administration for Children’s Services (ACS) and request that
they send a representative to the stationhouse to provide necessary
transportation to shelter. (See ADDITIONAL DATA, P.G. 21503, “Emergency Removals Or Investigations And Reporting Of
Abused, Neglected Or Maltreated Children,” for addresses of
Administration for Children’s Services [ACS] borough field
offices and ACS Emergency Children’s Services.)
d.
If the Administration for Children’s Services is unable to provide
transportation, assign a female uniformed member of the service,
if available, or other available uniformed members of the service,
to escort child to the shelter.
e.
Inform Missing Persons Squad if child is moved to another
location.
In cases that could involve abuse, neglect, maltreatment or abandonment,
prepare REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR
MALTREATMENT (PD377-154) and related forms, as required, and
notify precinct detective squad if the child is eleven years of age or older,
OR borough special victims squad if child is under eleven years of age, or
an allegation is made of any sex crime to a child less than thirteen years
of age.

In the Boroughs of Brooklyn and Queens, the appropriate Child Abuse Squad will be notified
instead of the Special Victims Squad for cases where the victim is less than eleven years of
age, OR less than thirteen years of age and is the victim of any sex crime or attempted sex
crime.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-02

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided/Accident Cases Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Emergency Removals Or Investigations And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT (PD377-154)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-03

EMERGENCY REMOVALS OR INVESTIGATION AND REPORTING
OF ABUSED, NEGLECTED, OR MALTREATED CHILDREN
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 12

PURPOSE

To protect children from abuse, neglect or maltreatment by instituting emergency
removal proceedings if a child is in imminent danger, or conduct an investigation
of a potential abuse situation where a child is in no imminent danger, and report
the findings to the appropriate authorities.

DEFINITIONS

INSTANT RESPONSE TEAM (IRT)
A team composed of Administration for Children’s Services (ACS) caseworkers
and members from the Special Victims/Precinct Detective Squads and/or patrol
personnel, as required in certain cases.
POLICE ESCORT
Allegations of child abuse received by ACS caseworkers may contain information
about drugs, guns, or violent incidents in a household. In such cases, the protocol
between ACS and the Department requires that ACS caseworkers present themselves
to the desk officer in the precinct of occurrence and request a police escort to the
location of the alleged incident. The duty of the police assigned to escort duty is to
ensure the safety of all concerned and investigate possible criminal activity.
ABUSED CHILD (SECTION 1012, FAMILY COURT ACT)
Means a child less than eighteen years of age whose parent or person legally
responsible for his care:
a.
Inflicts or allows to be inflicted upon such child, physical injury by other
than accidental means which causes or creates a substantial risk of death,
or serious or protracted disfigurement, or protracted impairment of
physical or emotional health, or protracted loss or impairment of the
function of any bodily organ, OR
b.
Creates or allows to be created, a substantial risk of physical injury to
such child other than by accidental means which would be likely to cause
death, or serious or protracted disfigurement, or protracted impairment of
physical or emotional health, or protracted loss or impairment of the
function of any bodily organ, OR
c.
Commits or allows to be committed, a sex offense against such child as
defined in the Penal Law; allows, permits or encourages such child to
engage in any act described in Sections 230.25, 230.30, and 230.32 of the
Penal Law; commits any of the acts in Section 255.25 of the Penal Law; or
allows such child to engage in acts or conduct described in Article 263 of
the Penal Law provided, however, that (a) the corroboration requirements
contained in the Penal Law (b) the age requirement for the application of
Article 263 of such law shall not apply to proceedings under this Article.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-03

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 12

NEGLECTED CHILD (SECTION 1012, FAMILY COURT ACT)
Means a child less than eighteen years of age whose physical, mental or
emotional condition has been impaired or is in imminent danger of becoming
impaired as a result of the failure of his parent or other person legally responsible
for his care to exercise a minimum degree of care:
a.
In supplying the child with adequate food, clothing, shelter or education
in accordance with provisions Part 1 of Article 65 of the Education Law,
or medical, dental, optometric or surgical care, though financially able to
do so or offered financial or other reasonable means to do so; or
b.
In providing the child with proper supervision or guardianship, by unreasonably
inflicting or allowing to be inflicted harm, or a substantial risk thereof, including the
infliction of excessive corporal punishment; or by misusing a drug or drugs; or by
misusing alcoholic beverages to the extent that he loses self-control of his actions;
or by any other acts of a similarly serious nature requiring the aid of the court;
provided, however, that where the respondent voluntarily and regularly participates
in a rehabilitative program, evidence that the respondent has repeatedly misused a
drug or drugs or alcoholic beverages to the extent that he, losing self-control of his
actions, shall not establish that the child is a neglected child, in the absence of
evidence establishing that the child’s physical, mental or emotional condition has
been impaired or is in imminent danger of becoming impaired.
c.
Who has been abandoned, in accordance with the definition and other
criteria set forth in subdivision five of Section 384b, of the Social Services
Law, by his parents or others persons legally responsible for his care.
MALTREATED CHILD (SECTION 412, SOCIAL SERVICES LAW)
Includes a child under eighteen years of age:
a.
Defined as a neglected child by the Family Court Act;
b.
Who has had serious physical injury inflicted upon him by other than
accidental means, OR
c.
A child under the age of eighteen years of age who is in residential care
and whose custodian impairs, or places in imminent danger of becoming
impaired, the child’s physical, mental or emotional condition.
PERSON LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE (SECTION 1012, FAMILY COURT ACT)
Includes the child’s custodian, guardian or any other person responsible for the
child’s care at the relevant time. Custodian may include any person continually
or at regular intervals found in the same household as the child when the conduct
of such person causes or contributes to the abuse or neglect of the child.
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD (AS DEFINED IN FAMILY COURT ACT), INCLUDES
PERSONS WHO:
a.
Are legally married to one another.
b.
Are related by blood (consanguinity).
c.
Were formerly legally married to one another.
d.
Are related by marriage (affinity).
e.
Have a child in common regardless of whether such persons have lived
together at any time

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 12

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

f.

Are not related by consanguinity (blood) or affinity (marriage) and who
are, or have been, in an intimate relationship regardless of whether such
persons have lived together at any time.

NOTE

A common sense standard regarding the totality of the circumstances involving the
relationship should be used to determine if an “intimate relationship” exists. Factors a
member of the service may consider in determining whether a relationship is an
“intimate relationship” include but are not limited to: the nature or type of relationship
(the relationship between the involved parties does not have to be sexual in nature to be
considered “intimate”); the frequency of interaction between persons; and the duration
of the relationship. Neither a casual acquaintance nor ordinary fraternization between
two individuals solely in a business, educational, or social context shall be deemed to
constitute an “intimate relationship.” If unable to determine if the relationship in
question is an “intimate relationship,” the member of the service concerned will request
the response of the patrol supervisor.
Additional factors that may assist in determining the intimacy of a relationship include,
but are not limited to: amount of time spent together in either a work or leisure related
capacity, shared expenses and/or finances, extent of interaction with family members,
etc.
All members of the service are reminded that their primary responsibility is to ensure the
immediate and future safety of all parties involved in domestic violence incidents.

FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD
(EXPANDED
DEFINITION)
INCLUDES
SUBDIVISIONS “A” THROUGH “F” ABOVE, AND PERSONS WHO:
g.
Are currently living together in a family-type relationship.
h.
Formerly lived together in a family-type relationship.
A family/household thus includes: “common-law” marriages, same sex couples,
registered NYC domestic partners, different generations of the same family,
siblings, in-laws, persons involved in “intimate relationships”, and persons who
live or have lived together in a family-type relationship.
PROCEDURE

Upon making a reasonable determination that a child has been, is believed to be,
or may be abused, neglected or maltreated:
WHEN IMMINENT DANGER TO CHILD’S LIFE OR HEALTH EXISTS:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Request response of patrol supervisor.

NOTE

Uniformed members providing a police escort for ACS caseworkers to households where
guns, drugs, etc. may be present and/or violent incidents have been reported, must
request the response of the patrol supervisor to their location.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 12

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

2.

Remove child from home, with consent of parents, or person legally
responsible for care, if reasonable cause to believe continued presence
therein presents an imminent danger to the child’s life or health.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.

Direct member to take the child into protective custody without
permission if reasonable cause to believe that continued presence of the
child in the home is imminently dangerous to life or health and there is
not sufficient time to apply for a court order.

NOTE

An emergency removal without a court order may be performed by the following persons:
peace officer, police officer, an agent of a duly incorporated Society for the Prevention of
Cruelty to Children, a designated employee of a city or county Department of Social
Services. The Family Court Act Sec. 1024 and Social Service Law Sec. 417 give ACS the
same powers of removal as police officers. Once any authorized person decides to
conduct an emergency removal, no member of this Department will revoke that decision.

IF PROBABLE CAUSE EXISTS THAT A CRIME HAS BEEN COMMITTED
AGAINST A CHILD BY A FAMILY MEMBER:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

NOTE

The perpetrator arrested will not be eligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
(DAT) (PD260-121) or stationhouse bail. The non-abusing parent/legally responsible
person will be encouraged to contact Safe Horizon for services to assist child. Members
of the service should recognize that there is a strong correlation between child abuse
and domestic violence; therefore, when a uniformed member of the service responds to
the scene of suspected child abuse, the member of the service will look for indicators of
domestic violence or other family offenses such as an existing order of protection, abuse
of spouse, parent, etc. If an existing order has been violated, the member will take
appropriate action i.e., effect an arrest or prepare COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD313-152a).

5.

Arrest perpetrator, if present, for appropriate offense(s) and comply with
the pertinent provisions of P.G. 208-36 “Family Offenses/Domestic
Violence.”

Prepare a N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3321) in ALL cases
in which a member of the service responds to OR is apprised of an
offense, altercation, disturbance, conflict, or dispute involving members
of the same family/household, including any allegation of child abuse,
neglect or maltreatment.
a.
If prepared in response to a radio run, include SPRINT job
number on form.
b.
Give the N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report (pink and gold
copies), to the complainant/victim if present.
c.
Advise the non-abusing parent/legally responsible person of
availability of shelter and other services.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 12

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

6.

Direct uniformed member of the service to serve NOTICETEMPORARY REMOVAL OF CHILD AND RIGHT TO
HEARING (PD377-156) on parent or person legally responsible for
care, if child removed, without court order.
a.
Copy of NOTICE will be affixed to door of residence, if
parent/legally responsible person, not present.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.

Remove child to command, except if medical attention is required, in
which case immediately take child to appropriate hospital facility.
a.
Notify the Administration for Children’s Services Instant Response
Team Coordinator whenever:
(1)
A child is removed from a household by police personnel OR
(2)
An arrest is made in connection with the abuse or neglect
of a child.

NOTE

In cases referred to a detective squad (e.g., homicides or special victims’ cases), the
assigned detective will notify the IRT hotline. Police officers are mandated to report
child abuse and neglect to the New York State Central Registry of Child Abuse.
Notification to the ACS IRT hotline DOES NOT substitute for the required notification
to the State Central Registry. Police personnel will continue to notify the State Central
Registry in accordance with step 13 of this procedure.

8.

NOTE

Prepare and submit following forms to desk officer with the N.Y.S.
Domestic Incident Report:
a.
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
b.
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and refer active cases
as follows:
(1)
Special Victims Squad - Any allegation that a child LESS
THAN ELEVEN YEARS OF AGE is the victim of abuse
inflicted by a parent or person legally responsible for the child’s
care (as described above).
(2)
Any allegation that a child LESS THAN THIRTEEN
YEARS OF AGE is the victim of any sex crime or
attempted sex crime committed by any person.

In the Boroughs of Brooklyn and Queens, the appropriate Child Abuse Squad will be
notified instead of the Special Victims Squad for cases that fit the criteria above.

(3)
NOTE

Precinct detective squad concerned - all other cases.

In all the above cases, enter the name of the detective notified and the log or case
number assigned, under “DETAILS” on the COMPLAINT REPORT.
Assigned detective will confer with precinct youth officer, domestic violence prevention
officer, domestic violence investigator and appropriate field office of Administration for
Children’s Services (ACS) to determine if additional information is available.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-03

c.

d.

REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR
MALTREATMENT WORKSHEET (PD377-154A).
(1)
Uniformed members of the service assigned to other than
Patrol Services Bureau commands, i.e. Transit Bureau or
Housing Bureau who prepare this form, are responsible for
forwarding it to the patrol precinct of occurrence.
Remaining copies of NOTICE - TEMPORARY REMOVAL
OF CHILD AND RIGHT TO HEARING.
(1)
Copy of NOTICE must be mailed to residence, if known, of
parents/legally responsible person within twenty-four hours, if
such persons were not personally served with NOTICE.

AFFIDAVIT OF SERVICE OF NOTICE OF RIGHT TO
HEARING (PD377-155).

Comply with P.G. 216-03, “Unidentified Persons,” if parent/person legally responsible
for care is not notified of removal. If identity of parent(s)/person(s) legally responsible for
care or residence of child is not known or is outside New York City, the assigned detective
will conduct the investigation and have appropriate notifications made, if possible.

DESK OFFICER 9.

10.

NOTE

6 of 12

If child was removed from other than residence and parent/person legally responsible for care has
not been notified, the desk officer will direct uniformed member of the service to respond to
residence, if located within precinct, to serve NOTICE or affix NOTICE to door, if necessary. If
residence is not located within precinct of occurrence, but within New York City, the desk officer
will have the resident precinct notified to serve the NOTICE or affix NOTICE to door, if necessary.
In all instances, where parent/legally responsible person was not personally served and NOTICE
was affixed to the door, the member concerned will mail a copy of the NOTICE to the residence
within twenty-four hours. In addition, the member serving or mailing the NOTICE must also
prepare the AFFIDAVIT. The results of the attempted notification to parent/person legally
responsible for care will be included in the AFFIDAVIT forwarded to Family Court. File copies
of NOTICE and AFFIDAVIT will be forwarded to precinct of occurrence for filing.

e.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Review WORKSHEET and have typewritten REPORT OF
SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT (PD377-154)
prepared by command clerk.
Secure shelter for child and comply with P.G. 215-06, “Children Or Minor
Requiring Shelter.”

Under no circumstances will a child victim of a crime or abuse committed by a parent or
person legally responsible for care be returned to the home by any member of this Department.

11.

Countersign AFFIDAVIT OF SERVICE OF NOTICE OF RIGHT TO
HEARING and forward to Family Court of borough wherein removal
occurred within twenty-four hours, exclusive of weekends and holidays.
a.
Ensure that AFFIDAVIT indicates whether NOTICE was served
personally, affixed to door and copy mailed to residence, or whether
residence could not be determined after reasonable investigation.
b.
Forward copy of AFFIDAVIT and NOTICE to precinct youth officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-03

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 12.
(continued)

13.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

7 of 12

Advise parent/person legally responsible for care to contact the
appropriate Administration for Children’s Services (ACS) borough field
office (0900x1700 hours) or ACS Emergency Children’s Service after
business hours, if additional information is required.
Telephone facts to the New York State Child Abuse and Maltreatment Register
(State Central Registry).
a.
If the State Central Registry refuses to accept a case, enter the
time and name of person contacted in the Telephone Record.

A REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT MUST be prepared
whenever a member of the service reasonably suspects that a child is abused, neglected or
maltreated whether or not the State Central Registry accepts notification of the facts (see
ADDITIONAL DATA which outlines pertinent provisions of Section 413 of the Social Services
Law). Willful failure to make such notification is a Class “A” Misdemeanor. Further, civil
liability may result for the damages caused by such failure (Section 420, Social Service Law).

14.

15.

NOTE

Obtain registry number and enter on REPORT OF SUSPECTED
CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT in box captioned “State
Registry Number.”
Forward REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR
MALTREATMENT in a sealed envelope with next Department mail, as follows:
a.
Original and second copy to Administration for Children’s
Services field office in the borough where the child resides.
(1)
To Manhattan Field Office, Administration for Children’s
Services, for children who do not reside with
parents/persons legally responsible for care (e.g., group
homes, day care, etc.) or children who reside outside city.

Have form delivered via appropriate precincts as outlined in ADDITIONAL DATA.

b.
c.
d.

Third copy - to precinct youth officer (with hand written
WORKSHEET attached).
Fourth copy - to Youth Services Section (with copy of
computerized AIDED REPORT attached).
Make and attach copy of said form to the N.Y.S. Domestic
Incident Report precinct file copy.

REASONABLE SUSPICION OF ABUSE/NEGLECT/MALTREATMENT
BUT NO IMMINENT DANGER TO LIFE OR HEALTH OF CHILD:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

16.

Prepare REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR
MALTREATMENT WORKSHEET and submit to the desk officer
together with the N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report.
a.
Indicate under “Details” section of REPORT all pertinent
information that will assist in the investigation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-03

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

8 of 12

The State Central Registry accepts a broad range of cases from all mandated reporters (e.g.,
teachers, doctors, police, etc.) as well as from the general public relating to crimes against children. Some of these reports will be FAXED to the Chief of Detectives Sex Crimes Report Line as
a Law Enforcement Referral (LER). Personnel at that unit will determine the appropriate police
response, which may include referral to a patrol precinct for initial investigation, and/or
preparation of a COMPLAINT REPORT and referral to the appropriate detective squad.

DESK OFFICER 17.
18.
PRECINCT
YOUTH
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

19.

20.

21.

Have COMPLAINT REPORT prepared marked “Investigate Child
Abuse” and refer as directed in step 8, subdivision “b,” above.
Comply with steps 9 and 13 through 15, above.
Inspect all copies of form REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE
OR MALTREATMENT prepared, or those received from other than Patrol
Services Bureau commands, i.e. Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau.
Review other precinct records and confer with domestic violence prevention
officer and domestic violence investigator to develop further information.
a.
Check JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET
(PD377-151A), COMPLAINT INDEX (PD313-141), AIDED
INDEX (PD304-101), N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Reports, etc.
for previous contacts with the child or other children residing in
the same household.
Establish a file folder in a secured cabinet for each abused/neglected/
maltreated child, both for emergency removals and those investigated and
reported to appropriate authorities:
a.
Assign a Precinct Serial # beginning with # one (1) for the first
incident each year and enter on REPORT OF SUSPECTED
CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT.
b.
Maintain an Index Sheet on inside front cover of folder captioned
as follows:

DATE OF
OCCURRENCE

PRECINCT
SERIAL #

NAME/ADDRESS
OF CHILD

RESIDENT
PRECINCT

DIR #

COMPLAINT # AND ARREST #, IF APPLICABLE

22.

Maintain the following documents in each folder:
a.
Copy of computerized AIDED REPORT, if prepared.
b.
Copy of COMPLAINT REPORT, with copy of OLBS
WORKSHEET, if applicable.
c.
Copy of REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR
MALTREATMENT form.
d.
Copy of NOTICE - TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF CHILD
AND RIGHT TO HEARING, if prepared.
e.
Copy of AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE OF RIGHT TO
HEARING, if prepared.
f.
Photocopy of N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report.
g.
Other appropriate documents re: abused child.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-03

24.

25.

26.

YOUTH
SERVICES
SECTION

27.

28.
DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
PREVENTION
OFFICER

29.
30.
31.
32.
33.

34.
35.
36.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

23.

PRECINCT
YOUTH
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

9 of 12

Review copies of all forms maintained in folders and become familiar
with persons or incidents involving child abuse/neglect/maltreatment,
which have occurred within command.
a.
Ascertain that the appropriate procedures and notifications have
been complied with.
b.
If review discloses additional information warranting further investigation,
prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313081C) and forward to detective squad concerned.
Make a copy of REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR
MALTREATMENT maintained in file, indicate results of review on
rear of form and forward to Youth Services Section.
Maintain liaison with appropriate Administration for Children’s Services
field offices.
Maintain a file folder in a secured cabinet for each REPORT OF
SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT received.
Forward copy of REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR
MALTREATMENT to youth officer of precinct of residence, if other
than precinct of occurrence.
Make necessary information available to appropriate members of the
service and authorized public agencies.
Review N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report for accuracy and completeness.
Record N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report in precinct Domestic Incident Log.
Forward copy of N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report to precinct domestic
violence investigator.
Enter information from N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report into Domestic
Incident Report Database.
Maintain file of N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Reports including copies of
REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT,
when attached.
Monitor at-risk locations and victims.
Relay information of any other offenses committed within the household from
where the child was removed to the youth officer and the assigned investigator.
Maintain contact with complainants and advise them of their rights and
the availability of shelter.

Addresses of Administration for Children’s Services (ACS) borough field offices, open
Monday through Friday, 0900 to 1700 hours, are listed below. After business hours,
notify the ACS Emergency Children’s Services:
Administration for Children’s Services
Applications
Manhattan Field Office
150 William Street
New York, New York 10038
Via 1st Precinct

Administration for Children’s Services
Applications
Brooklyn Field Office
1274 Bedford Avenue
Brooklyn, New York 11216
Via 88th Precinct

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-03

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

Administration for Children’s Services
Applications
Bronx Field Office
192 East 151st Street
Bronx, New York 10451
Via 44th Precinct

PAGE:

10 of 12

Administration for Children’s Services
Applications
Queens Field Office
165-15 Archer Avenue
Jamaica, New York 11433
Via 103rd Precinct

Administration for Children’s Services
Applications
Staten Island Field Office
350 St. Mark’s Place
Staten Island, New York 10301
Via 120th Precinct
Desk officers in the above precincts will ensure that mail is delivered to the appropriate
field offices on a daily basis except for Saturday and Sunday.
The pertinent provisions of Section 413 of the Social Services Law, with new material
underlined, reads as follows: “Police officers are required to report or cause a report to
be made when they reasonably suspect that a child coming before them in their
professional or official capacity is an abused or maltreated child, or when they
reasonably suspect that a child is an abused or maltreated child where the parent or the
person legally responsible for such child comes before them in their professional or
official capacity and states from personal knowledge facts, conditions or circumstances
which if correct, would render the child an abused or maltreated child.”
Any person or institution acting in good faith in the removal or keeping of a child
pursuant to Section 1024 of the Family Court Act shall have immunity from any liability,
civil or criminal, that might otherwise be incurred or imposed as a result of such
removal or keeping.
Borough Family Court Locations:
Manhattan
60 Lafayette Street
Bronx
900 Sheridan Avenue
Brooklyn
283 Adams Street
Queens
89-14 Parsons Blvd.
Staten Island
100 Richmond Terrace
INFORMATION SHARING WITH ACS
Certain categories of information may not be released to ACS. These include:
a.
sealed records (except when an unsealing order has been issued by a superior court)
b.
the identity of adult victims of sex crimes (unless such victims provide written consent)
The Department may provide the following information to caseworkers from ACS who
are conducting an investigation:
a.
the name and identity of a child victim/child sex crime victim when ACS is
investigating the same incident
b.
statements made by a victim
c.
witness information
d.
names and addresses of family members

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-03

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

e.
f.
g.
h.

PAGE:

11 of 12

the existence of an order of protection
the detention location of defendants in arrest situations
information contained in arrest and COMPLAINT REPORTS (except sealed records)
information contained in N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Reports.

According to Social Service Law Section 422 (4)(A)(I), ACS records may be disclosed
when necessary to conduct a criminal investigation or prosecution of a person when
there is reasonable cause to believe that such person is the subject of a Report and that
due to the nature of the crime, such records may be related to the investigation or
prosecution. The type of reports that can be disclosed by ACS to the NYPD are:
A.

Oral Transmittals (ORT) or State Central Registry (SCR) Child Abuse/Neglect
Intake Reports - Upon written agreement, in the appropriate circumstances
these reports will be provided to the NYPD.

B.

Protective Records Disclosure
 Current investigations.
 Indicated Reports - information from ongoing or prior indicated reports.
 Unfounded reports dated post 2/12/96 - no information can be disclosed
except to the extent the information is incorporated into the records of a
current investigation.
 Unfounded reports dated prior to 2/12/96 - no information can be disclosed
concerning these reports.

C.

Foster Care Records - May be disclosed only with written permission of the
State Department of Social Services or by a Court Order when required for a
trial and notice is given to all parties.

D.

Preventive Case Records - These records may only be disclosed by court order.

ACS staff may verbally disclose the information allowed under the law while responding
jointly with law enforcement. However, a formal written request for the information
indicating that the request is in compliance with the aforementioned Social Service Law
must be forwarded to ACS as soon as possible. ACS staff also share the SCR report on
an Instant Response Team Protocol case with this Department.
Any questions relating to the release of information to ACS should be directed to the
Legal Bureau.
Radio code signals to report child abuse are:





10-90J(1) - N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report Prepared/No Offense
10-90J(2) - N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report Prepared/Unfounded
10-92J - N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report Prepared/Arrest Effected
10-93J - N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report/COMPLAINT REPORT Prepared.

Uniformed members of the service responding to any radio run where child abuse is
alleged or apparent, MUST use disposition codes for child abuse even if the job was not
originally classified as such.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-03

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

12 of 12

NOTE

If child abuse did not take place, but other types of domestic violence did, the domestic
violence disposition codes will be used (10-90F(1), 10-90F(2), 10-92F, 10-93F).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Notifications (P.G. 207-06)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Family Court Warrant For Child Abuse/Neglect Cases (P.G. 215-04)
Runaway Children (P.G. 215-05)
Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AFFIDAVIT OF SERVICE OF NOTICE OF RIGHT TO HEARING (PD377-155)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081C)
COMPLAINT INDEX (PD313-141)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report (DCJS3321)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
NOTICE TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF CHILD AND RIGHT TO HEARING
(PD377-156)
REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT (PD377-154)
REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT WORKSHEET
(PD377-154A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-04

FAMILY COURT WARRANT FOR CHILD ABUSE/NEGLECT CASES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To safeguard a child alleged to have been abused or neglected and arrest person
responsible for such abuse or neglect.

DEFINITION

CHILD ABUSE/NEGLECT WARRANTS - Warrants issued by Family Court
ordering the immediate arrest of a specified parent or guardian when a petition
indicates the child may be in danger of physical abuse or neglect.

PROCEDURE

When the Warrant Section officer assigned to Family Court notifies a precinct
that a warrant for child abuse/neglect has been issued:

DESK OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

1.
2.

Enter message in Telephone Record.
Send radio motor patrol crew to execute the warrant.

R.M.P. CREW

3.
4.
5.

7.

Respond to location and arrest person or persons named in warrant.
Take child into protective custody even if arrest is not made.
Deliver child to Family Court, if in session.
a.
If Family Court is not in session bring child to stationhouse and
process as Child Requiring Shelter (see P.G. 215-06, “Children
Or Minors Requiring Shelter”).
Attempt to locate the child or the parents, if not present, and report results
of investigation to the desk officer.
Prepare N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report (DCJS3221).

DESK OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

8.

Notify Warrant Section officer assigned to Family Court of status of case.

NOTE

The borough warrant officer will proceed directly to the residence and conduct an
investigation in those instances where an arrest is effected by a member not assigned to
the Patrol Services Bureau. If the Family Court warrant is executed by a member of the
Warrant Section, that member is responsible for the preparation of the N.Y.S. Domestic
Incident Report. The N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report will then be forwarded to the precinct
of occurrence.

DOMESTIC
VIOLENCE
PREVENTION
OFFICER

9.
10.

6.

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Review N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report for accuracy and completeness.
Record N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report in precinct Domestic Incident Log
and assign precinct serial number.
Forward copy of N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report to precinct domestic
violence investigator.
Enter information from N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report into Domestic
Incident Report Database.
Maintain file of N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Reports.
Monitor at-risk locations and victims.
Contact complainants and advise them of their rights and the availability
of shelter.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-04

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrest On A Warrant (P.G. 208-42)
Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report (DCJS3221)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

2 of 2

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-05

RUNAWAY CHILDREN
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To return runaway children to their parents or persons legally responsible for
their care.

DEFINITION

CHILD - New York State resident, under the age of sixteen; out of state resident,
per Interstate Compact for Juveniles.

PROCEDURE

Upon determining that a child has run away from home:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Take child into custody and remove to command.
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), JUVENILE
REPORT
SYSTEM
WORKSHEET
(PD377-159A)
and
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), as per P.G.
215-08, “On-Line Juvenile Report System.”
a.
Generate duplicate copy of computerized AIDED REPORT and
forward via Department mail to the Missing Persons Squad.
b.
Notify youth officer.

DESK
OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

3.
4.
5.

Interview child.
Notify Missing Persons Squad in ALL cases.
Contact parent or person legally responsible for child to pick up child
within reasonable time.
a.
If parent/person responsible for care is located outside of city,
advise them to notify local police that child has been located.
Arrange for shelter if unable to release child to parent/person legally
responsible for care within a reasonable time or if child may be
endangered if returned home.
Assign female uniformed member of the service, if available, or other
available uniformed member, to escort child to shelter, if the
Administration for Children’s Services is unable to provide
transportation.
Comply with P.G. 216-03, “Unidentified Persons,” if child removed to
shelter and parents/persons legally responsible for care not notified.

6.

7.

8.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases - General (P.G. 216-01)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected, Or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-06

CHILDREN OR MINORS REQUIRING SHELTER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To coordinate activities between the Department and the Administration for
Children’s Services when shelter for children is required.

SCOPE

A child or minor less than eighteen years of age may require shelter for the
following reasons:
a.
Abandoned by parents or persons legally responsible for care, OR
b.
Neglected by parents or persons legally responsible for care, OR
c.
Abused by parents, persons legally responsible for care or adult member
of household, OR
d.
Sick, injured, lost or stranded who resides outside of the city and parents
or persons legally responsible for care cannot arrange for return to
residence, OR
e.
Without care or supervision due to hospitalization, death or arrest of
parent or person legally responsible for care.

PROCEDURE

Upon determining that a child or minor requires shelter:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

4.

5.

Bring child or minor to the command.
Notify precinct youth officer of child in command.
Comply with P.G. 215-03, “Emergency Removals or Investigation and
Reporting of Abused, Neglected, or Maltreated Children,” if reasonable
suspicion exists that a child requiring shelter has been abused, neglected, or
abandoned.
Make an immediate notification to the School Safety Division, Operation
Center when a Department of Education employee, acting in his/her
official capacity, transfers custody of a child to Department personnel for
the sole purpose of having the Administration for Children’s Services
provide shelter.
a.
Include the child’s name, age, grade, school and Department of
Education employee’s name and title.
Enter in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) the following:
a.
Date, time and location where found or removed
b.
Physical description including clothing, name, age, address,
school, grade, emotional and physical condition
c.
Name, address and phone number of person who found child or
minor, if applicable
d.
Name and address of parents or persons legally responsible for
child or minor, if known
e.
Name, title, school and phone number of Department of Education
employee transferring custody of a child, if applicable
f.
Date, time, name and title of School Safety Division, Operation
Center member notified, if applicable
g.
The particular circumstances causing the need to provide care or shelter.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-06

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 6.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Confer with the Administration for Children’s Services (ACS) borough
field office (0900 x 1700 hours) or ACS Emergency Children’s Services
after business hours and request that they send a representative to
stationhouse and provide necessary transportation.
a.
If the Administration for Children’s Services or ACS Emergency
Children’s Services is unable to provide transportation, assign a
female uniformed member of the service, or other available
uniformed members of the service, to escort child to shelter
b.
Ensure notification to School Safety Division, Operation Center
was made under circumstances described in step “4” above.

Under no circumstances shall a charge of any kind be filed against a child who is
abandoned, neglected, abused, lost, stranded, and has not committed any offense, or
who for any reason is to be delivered to a place of shelter or safekeeping. Such children
shall be recorded as aided cases.
Follow P.G. 216-01, “Aided Cases General Procedure” and P.G. 216-03, “Unidentified
Persons,” if necessary, when notified by Administration for Children’s Services that a
child has been removed without police assistance from a location in the absence of the
parent or person legally responsible for care. The parent or person legally responsible
for care will not be informed of the child’s location but will be directed to contact the
caseworker.
A person eighteen years and older who is stranded without shelter can be referred to the
Emergency Assistance Unit of Human Resources Administration.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Emergency Removals or Investigation and Reporting of Abused, Neglected, or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Runaway Children (P.G. 215-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-07

TRUANTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To provide the expeditious return of truant students to a location of instruction
(i.e., school, truancy intake site, etc.).

DEFINITIONS

TRUANT – A minor not in compliance with the attendance requirement of the New
York City Department of Education Regulations of the Chancellor as follows:
a.
Each minor from six to seventeen years of age in New York City is required
to attend school on a full time basis
b.
Children in New York City who turn six years of age before December 31st
of the school year, are required to attend school at the beginning of that
school year
c.
Students who turn seventeen years of age on or after July 1st must complete
the school year in which they turn seventeen years of age
d.
Exceptions to the age requirements for attendance are as follows:
(1)
Minors who have graduated from high school
(2)
Students who have earned a high school equivalency diploma
(3)
Students sixteen or seventeen years of age who have been issued a full
time employment certificate.
YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG (PD377-140) - A preprinted log
maintained by precinct youth officer for each school year, that will be serialized,
beginning with “001” commencing on July 1st and ending the following June 30th..
The YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG will be utilized to record YOUTH
REFERRAL(S) (PD377-153) for truancy in the precinct of occurrence.

PROCEDURE

When a minor, who reasonably appears to be over the age of six and less than
eighteen, who is observed outside of school on a day of instruction and it is
ascertained that the minor is truant:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.

4.

Take minor into custody and deliver to principal or designee(s) of school
attended, if known.
a.
Truants may be frisked to ensure the uniformed member’s safety. An
electronic metal detector may be used for this purpose, if available
b.
Should uniformed members have an articulate reason to believe their
safety is in danger, truants may be handcuffed.
Deliver minor to truancy intake site, if the minor’s school cannot be
determined or it is impractical to return the minor to his/her school.
Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) including:
a.
Youth’s name
b.
Location where truant was found
c.
School/truancy intake site truant was delivered to.
Have principal or representative sign ACTIVITY LOG entry and
YOUTH REFERRAL as receipt for minor.
a.
If principal or representative refuses to sign ACTIVITY LOG
and/or YOUTH REFERRAL as receipt for minor, document
such refusal in ACTIVITY LOG.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-07

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5.

2 of 4

Complete YOUTH REFERRAL and deliver to desk officer, precinct of
occurrence before end of tour.
a.
Include business name, park name or other information regarding
where/how truant was taken into custody in the “Details” caption.

PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE:
DESK OFFICER 6.
7.

Review YOUTH REFERRAL for completeness, legibility and accuracy.
Sign form in caption indicated and forward to precinct youth officer.

8.

Review YOUTH REFERRAL and complete steps “9” through “12”
below no later than five business days after receipt.
Enter YOUTH REFERRAL(S) into YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG.
a.
Complete all YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG captions, as
appropriate
b.
Assign next precinct serial number and enter number in appropriate
caption on YOUTH REFERRAL.
Notify parent/guardian of minor’s truancy and document notification in
appropriate caption on “Precinct of Residence Copy.”
Complete “Youth Last Name,” “First Name,” “M.I.,” “Age,” “D.O.B.,” and
“Address” captions on “Precinct of Residence Copy” and sign off.
Forward “Precinct of Residence Copy” of YOUTH REFERRAL to the
truant’s resident precinct youth officer via Department mail, when truant’s
residence is different from precinct of occurrence.
a.
Retain “Precinct of Occurrence Copy.”

PRECINCT
YOUTH
OFFICER

9.

10.
11.
12.

PRECINCT
SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT

13.

Ensure precinct youth officer completes steps “8” through “12” above within
the time period cited in step “8” above.
a.
Perform steps “8” through “12” above in the absence of the precinct
youth officer.

TRUANT’S RESIDENT PRECINCT:
PRECINCT
YOUTH
OFFICER

14.

Determine YOUTH REFERRAL investigation responsibility.
a.
Be responsible for the investigation of YOUTH REFERRAL(S)
for truants residing within precinct, EXCEPT when truant’s actual
residence within precinct is a New York City Housing Authority
development under the jurisdiction of a police service area (PSA).
In this case:
(1)
Document in “Results” caption of YOUTH REFERRAL
that a photocopy of “Precinct of Residence Copy” of the
YOUTH REFERRAL was forwarded via Department mail,
to the truant’s resident PSA youth officer for investigation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

TRUANT’S RESIDENT PRECINCT OR POLICE SERVICE AREA:
PRECINCT/PSA
YOUTH
OFFICER

15.

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

17.

16.

Conduct investigation and summarize outcome in “Results” caption on
“Precinct of Residence Copy” of YOUTH REFERRAL.
Submit completed YOUTH REFERRAL to special operations lieutenant
for review.
a.
File YOUTH REFERRAL(S) alphabetically upon return from
special operations lieutenant.
Review YOUTH REFERRAL(S), sign in appropriate caption and return
form to precinct/PSA youth officer.

ALL PRECINCTS:
18.

PRECINCT
SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT

19.
20.

21.

22.

Periodically inspect and sign the YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG
for completeness and accuracy.
Review the YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG to identify patterns/
recidivists.
Maintain regular contact with the School Safety Division, Truancy
Coordinator to share information to maximize truancy enforcement.
a.
Notify Truancy Coordinator prior to conducting a large truancy
enforcement operation.
Maintain regular contact with the Community Affairs Bureau, Juvenile
Data Analysis and Evaluation Unit to maximize resources, spot trends and
share information.
Close YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG at the end of the school year.

SPECIAL
OPERATIONS
LIEUTENANT

23.

Perform steps “18” through “22” above in the absence of the precinct
school safety sergeant.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
The Education Law and the Regulations of the Chancellor of the New York City Department of
Education require that a person attend school until the last session of the school year in which
the person reaches seventeen years of age. This law defines the school year as the period
commencing on July 1st and ending the next June 30th. Therefore, a person who reaches
his/her seventeenth birthday on or after July 1st MUST attend school, when in session, until the
following June 30th. A YOUTH REFERRAL will be prepared for each truant, including those
seventeen years of age.
Only uniformed members of the service and police officers as defined in the Criminal
Procedure Law, Section 1.20, subdivision 34, are authorized to issue and/or sign a
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) with “Juvenile Report”
caption checked off, JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) or
YOUTH REFERRAL as reporting officers. Names of special police, store detectives,
school safety agents, etc., may be entered on COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET in
caption “Reporter/Witness.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-07

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

On June 30th of each year YOUTH REFERRAL records will be purged, as required by
“Cuevas v. Leary.” YOUTH REFERRAL(S) prepared for minors seventeen years of
age will be purged as soon as practical after the minor’s eighteenth birthday. In
addition, the corresponding entry in the YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG will be
purged by redacting the “Truant Name” and “Truant Address” captions.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Ordinarily truancy enforcement should not be conducted after 1300 hours.
If necessary, truancy intake site locations may be obtained from the School Safety
Division, Truancy Coordinator. Truancy intake sites will be staffed by school safety
agents. Uniformed members of the service will not be routinely assigned to these
locations.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG (PD377-140)
UNDERSTANDING TRUANCY ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES AND BEST
PRACTICES (PD377-111)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-08

ON-LINE JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To record and investigate certain apprehensions concerning juveniles at least seven years
of age but less than sixteen years of age.

PROCEDURE

When a juvenile at least seven years of age but less than sixteen years of age
commits an illegal act, or engages in or is found under circumstances that may
endanger the health or safety of the juvenile:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

NOTE

Investigate circumstances involving juvenile(s).
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) to
document incident involving juvenile(s).
a.
Ensure caption “Juvenile Report” is checked off.
Prepare separate JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET
(PD377-159A) for each juvenile involved in incident.
a.
Verify pedigree, address and parent/guardian information.

If pedigree, address and parent/guardian information can not be verified in the field, the juvenile
must be brought to a Department facility (e.g., precinct, transit district, police service area, etc.) for
further investigation. Under no circumstances will a juvenile, who has not been properly identified
or whose parent/guardian could not be notified, be released from the field. Upon arrival at the
Department facility, the member must notify the Juvenile Crime Desk.
If the incident occurs at or within the grounds of a school, the juvenile should be removed to a
suitable location within the school (e.g., principal’s office, detention room, dean’s office, etc.) to
verify their identification. When identification cannot be established or a parent/guardian cannot
be notified, the juvenile in question will not be released but will rather be transported to the nearest
appropriate Department facility where a notification will be made to the Juvenile Crime Desk.
If upon investigation it is determined that the incident involves the commission of a violation by the
juvenile and not the commission of a felony or a misdemeanor, the juvenile shall not be removed
from the school and transported to a Department facility.
In all cases, members of the service MUST confer with a supervisor prior to removing a juvenile
from a school.

4.

5.

NOTE

Notify Juvenile Crime Desk if juvenile has been removed from the field and
brought to a Department facility.
a.
Inform Juvenile Crime Desk analyst of incident involving the
juvenile and be guided by his/her recommendations.
Deliver completed COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET to desk officer.

If a juvenile has been removed from the field and brought to a Department facility, a notification
must be made to the Juvenile Crime Desk. The Juvenile Crime Desk will assist supervisors in
making a determination whether a juvenile should be released on a JUVENILE REPORT

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-08

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

NOTE
(continued)

SYSTEM WORKSHEET or if the juvenile should be processed as a juvenile delinquent as per
Patrol Guide 215-09, “Offenses Committed By A Child Under 16 Years Of Age (Other Than A
Juvenile Offender).” Members of the service are reminded that if a juvenile is going to be
processed as a juvenile delinquent, a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and an ON-LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) will be completed along with other
required forms (i.e., JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE
REPORT (PD277-151), etc.). A JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET will not be
completed.

DESK OFFICER/
COUNTERPART

6.

7.

Check COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEET for completeness, legibility, and accuracy (i.e.,
jurisdiction of complaint, incident classification, etc.).
Sign forms in appropriate captions and forward to youth officer/designated officer,
command of report.

YOUTH
OFFICER/
DESIGNATED
OFFICER,
COMMAND OF
REPORT

8.

Input COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEET into the On-Line Juvenile Report System utilizing
the OMNIFORM System within twenty-four hours of report.

SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT/
DESIGNATED
SERGEANT,
COMMAND OF
REPORT

9.

Review and sign-off on pending JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM
WORKSHEETS utilizing the On-Line Juvenile Report System on a daily basis.
Audit and review JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEETS and
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEETS weekly to ensure accuracy.
Utilize the OMNIFORM System to ensure JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEETS were not completed in error (i.e., prepared in
addition to an ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET for an arrest of a juvenile delinquent, etc.).

NOTE

Commanding officers of those transit districts and police service areas, which do not have an
assigned youth officer, will designate a member of the service to input all COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEETS and JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEETS prepared by their
respective commands, into the OMNIFORM System within twenty-four hours of report.
Commanding officers of transit districts and police service areas will likewise designate a sergeant
to perform the functions outlined above in steps “9 through 11.”

YOUTH
OFFICER,
RESIDENT
PRECINCT

12.
13.

10.
11.

14.
15.
16.
17.

Conduct follow-up investigation.
Confer with complainant, school personnel, witnesses, probation officers,
social workers, and/or any other appropriate person or agency.
Add or Delete charges for juvenile, if necessary.
Choose a Disposition Code, Disposition Agency and Source Code.
Create a precautionary or an unfounded letter to notify the parent/legal
guardian of an alleged offense involving a juvenile.
Contact parent/legal guardian to discuss alleged offense involving juvenile.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-08

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

YOUTH
OFFICER,
RESIDENT
PRECINCT
(continued)

18.

NOTE

If a juvenile resides outside of New York City, the Youth Services Section will be responsible for
conducting the follow-up investigation.

SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT,
RESIDENT
PRECINCT

19.

NOTE

It is the responsibility of the resident precinct school safety sergeant to approve an on-line follow-up
investigation utilizing the Juvenile Follow-up Investigation application. This approval process will
be completed within two weeks from the date of the report, if possible. The Youth Services Section
supervisor will review and approve all follow-up investigations conducted by Youth Services
Section personnel.

20.
PRECINCT
COMMANDING
OFFICER

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Summarize results of investigation on On-Line Juvenile Report System’s
“Juvenile Follow-up Investigation” application utilizing appropriate closing codes.

Review the follow-up investigation conducted by the youth officer,
resident precinct, for accuracy and completeness.
a.
Direct youth officer, resident precinct, to amend investigation if
necessary.

Review investigation of “Juvenile Report” by youth officer giving
particular attention to:
a.
Parent/guardian contact as required by Cuevas v. Leary
b.
Type of aid offered to parents/guardian and youth
c.
Suitability of disposition.

A COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (“Juvenile Report” caption checked off) and a
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET are prepared for a juvenile at least seven but
less than sixteen years of age for:
a.
b.
c.

An act that would constitute a crime if committed by an adult except for those
acts listed in step “4” of P.G. 207-01, “Complaint Reporting System”
Violations committed by juveniles
Person in need of supervision (if under sixteen years of age) as defined in the Family
Court Act, (Section 712, subdivision “a”); Advise civilian complainant of right to seek a
petition in Family Court

Members of the service will prepare an ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD224-157) when
a person in need of supervision is sixteen or seventeen years of age.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.

Intoxicated juveniles
Juvenile under sixteen years of age found in a house of prostitution
Stranded juvenile
Runaway juvenile
Juvenile unlawfully present in a licensed premises
Juvenile apparently under the influence of a dangerous drug, e.g., heroin, cocaine,
morphine, opium, marijuana, amphetamines, barbiturates, hallucinogens
Traffic infractions - bicycles - persons over seven but less than sixteen years of age
Missing person, at least seven years of age but less than sixteen years of age.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-08

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

When recording a complaint for a missing person, at least seven but less than sixteen
years of age, members of the service are reminded to also comply with P.G. 207-01
“Complaint Reporting System.”
Under current law and the Family Court Act, juvenile records are to be treated as confidential and
may eventually be sealed. Therefore, such records or any information contained therein may not be
disseminated to any person and/or public or private agency outside the New York City Police
Department, including the news media and victims.
When preparing a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, the names of special police, store
detectives, school personnel, etc., may be entered under caption “REPORTER/WITNESS.”
Commanding officers will ensure that all COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEETS and
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEETS are purged from their respective commands’
files, for youths who have reached their seventeenth birthday and for all “unfounded,”
“unsubstantiated,” and “complaint withdrawn” cases as required by “Cuevas v. Leary.”
The On-Line Juvenile Report System will purge all data regarding COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEETS and JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEETS from Department
databases, for youths who have reached their seventeenth birthday and for all “unfounded,”
“unsubstantiated,” and “complaint withdrawn” cases as required by “Cuevas v. Leary.”
Any questions regarding the On-Line Juvenile Report System can be directed to the Crime Analysis
and Program Planning Section of the Office of Management Analysis and Planning during
business hours. Any questions during non-business hours or relating to hardware/software issues
can be directed to the Management Information Systems Division (MISD) Help Desk. In addition,
members of the service can access the “On-Line Juvenile Report System User Guide” posted on the
Department’s intranet website for user reference.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Offenses Committed By A Child Under 16 Years Of Age (Other Than A Juvenile Offender) (P.G.
215-09)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD 244-157)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-09

OFFENSE COMMITTED BY A CHILD UNDER 16 YEARS OF AGE
(OTHER THAN A JUVENILE OFFENDER)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To process a child under sixteen years of age who has committed an offense.

DEFINITION

JUVENILE DELINQUENT - A person over seven and less than sixteen years of age who
commits an act, which if committed by an adult, would constitute a crime.

PROCEDURE

When a child less than sixteen years of age commits an offense:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

DESK OFFICER 3.
4.
NOTE

Detain child
Notify desk officer of facts.
Have parent/guardian notified.
Have age determined by questioning juvenile or parent/guardian.
a.
Verify age by satisfactory documentary proof, if available.

When a juvenile arrested for a designated felony, is a recidivist, commits a felony while
awaiting trial on a violent offense, or the desk officer believes the juvenile is a danger to
the community, the juvenile will be removed directly to Family Court or to Horizon
Juvenile Center, if court is not in session.
A juvenile MUST be taken into custody and charged with juvenile delinquency when an
act, if committed by an adult, would be a felony, Unlawful Assembly or any
misdemeanor listed in P.G. 208-07, “Photographable Offenses.”

5.
6.

NOTE

Confer with youth officer and precinct detectives when a group of
juveniles is involved in the same incident.
Direct officer to prepare JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET
(PD377-159A) and COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A),
as per P.G. 215-08, “On-Line Juvenile Report System,” when:
a.
Offense committed is NOT a crime, OR
b.
Determination is made to refer a misdemeanor to youth officer (if
residence is outside New York City, refer to Youth Services
Section).

A JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) and COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) is NOT prepared for truancy (see P.G. 21507, “Truants”).

7.

Direct member concerned to take juvenile into custody and deliver to command
with approved location for interrogation, if court is not in session.
a.
If court is in session, determine if juvenile should be delivered
direct to court or processed for personal recognizance.
b.
If court is not in session, direct member concerned to obtain from
borough Court Section the return date for an appearance ticket, if
juvenile is released on an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY
COURT (see “ADDITIONAL DATA”).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 6

NOTE

A juvenile who has committed a designated felony will be taken to Family Court without delay if
court is in session, unless interrogation of juvenile is necessary (see P.G. 215-12). If Family Court
is not in session, the arresting officer MUST appear in court at 0900 hours, the next day court is in
session. In all other arrests for juvenile delinquency, if juvenile is NOT released on recognizance
(issued an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT), the arresting officer MUST appear in
Family Court at 0900 hrs. the next day court is in session. Desk officers will ensure that the
arresting officer’s tour is adjusted accordingly, as necessary. If court is not in session the next day,
due to weekend or court holiday, members of the service will comply with P.G. 215-23, “Court
Processing of Arrests of Juvenile Delinquents on Weekends and Court Holidays.”

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.

9.
NOTE

Detain juvenile in location designated for interrogation.
a.
Have female police officer or other qualified female present, if
juvenile is a female.
Ensure uniformed member of the service notifies the Juvenile Desk.

Arresting officers must call the Juvenile Desk before beginning the arrest process to ensure that any
intelligence regarding the juvenile is obtained before the decision whether to release the juvenile to
a parent/guardian/adult relative is made. The Juvenile Desk has specialized databases that can
provide vital background information on arrested/detained juveniles and those adults taking
custody of a juvenile upon recognizance or release.

10.
11.
12.
13.

14.
DESK OFFICER 15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159).
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), if
applicable.
Ensure that juvenile offender is fingerprinted and palmprinted in conformance
with P.G. 208-11, “Livescan Fingerprinting and Palmprinting.”
Prepare JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION
INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET (PD277-151a).
a.
Attach hard copy of the FINEST System warrant investigation/juvenile
recidivist check to court copy of JUVENILE ARREST
INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277151).
Deliver all completed arrest documents including JUVENILE ARREST
INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT to desk officer.
Review and sign all arrest documents including the JUVENILE
ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT.
Ensure that JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION
INTAKE REPORT is distributed as indicated on the form.
Determine if juvenile can be released on personal recognizance (see P.G. 215-12).
Ascertain if application will be made for personal recognizance.
Have child NOT eligible for personal recognizance or for whom NO
application for personal recognizance is made removed to Horizon Juvenile
Center with a copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET, COMPLAINT REPORT, if prepared, and
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/ PROBATION INTAKE
REPORT (see ADDITIONAL DATA).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 20.
21.
(continued)

3 of 6

Do not transport juvenile with adult prisoner.
Prepare arrest package containing the following forms;
a.
Copy of ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
b.
BUFF copy APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT
c.
Evidence/Release Investigation copy of appropriate PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), if evidence is involved
d.
Copy of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), if finalized and
signed-off. If not finalized and signed-off, the COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) will be submitted
e.
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), if prepared
f.
Copy of ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry
g.
JUVENILE
ARREST
INVESTIGATION/PROBATION
INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151)
(1)
Distribute remaining copies to command youth officer,
Youth Services Section, and juvenile detention facility, if
juvenile is detained.
h.
Any other related arrest information including copies of arresting
officer’s/investigator’s personal notes and hard copy of FINEST
System warrant investigation/juvenile recidivist checks.

NOTE

In ALL cases of an arrest of a juvenile, other than a juvenile offender, the desk officer will ensure
the above forms/reports are faxed to the respective borough Court Section (Attn: NYPD Family
Court Liaison Officer) (see ADDITIONAL DATA statement for listing of liaison officers). During
business hours, the Family Court Liaison Officer will be called to verify receipt of the above
reports. During non-business hours, the fax transmittal receipt, indicating receipt of the above
reports at the borough Court Section, will be obtained and attached to the court package.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If the arresting officer is reporting to court on the day of arrest or the next day, he/she
will bring all required forms/reports to borough Court Section sign-in room, in addition
to faxing required forms/reports to the respective borough Court Section.
If the juvenile is issued an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT, the desk officer
will ensure that all required forms/reports are forwarded to the borough Court Section
Family Court Liaison Officer in the next day’s a.m. mail, in addition to faxing required
forms/reports to the respective borough Court Section.
In those instances where the juvenile is removed to the Horizon Juvenile Center
(juvenile detention facility), the desk officer will ensure that copies of the ON-LINE
BOOKING ARREST WORKSHEET, COMPLAINT REPORT (if finalized and signed
off) or COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET if prepared, and the JUVENILE
ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT are forwarded with the
juvenile, in addition to faxing required reports/forms to the respective borough Court
Section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-09

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 6

ARRESTING OFFICER/APPEARANCE IN FAMILY COURT
JUVENILE DELINQUENT
REMANDED (APPEARANCE TICKETFAMILY COURT NOT ISSUED)

FAMILY COURT
APPEAR 0900 HOURS NEXT
BUSINESS DAY

RELEASED ON RECOGNIZANCE FOR
DESIGNATED FELONY

APPEAR 0900 HOURS NEXT
BUSINESS DAY

RELEASED ON RECOGNIZANCE FOR
NON-DESIGNATED FELONY

ARRESTING OFFICER EXCUSED

Members will adhere to P.G. 215-23, “Court Processing of Arrests of Juvenile
Delinquents on Weekends and Court Holidays” if an appearance at Family Court is
requested on a weekend or court holiday and the borough Family Court is not in
session.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION FAMILY COURT LIAISONS
BOROUGH
ADDRESS
60 LAFAYETTE STREET
MANHATTAN
BROOKLYN

330 JAY STREET

BRONX

900 SHERIDAN AVENUE

QUEENS

151-20 JAMAICA AVENUE

STATEN ISLAND

100 RICHMOND TERRACE

A person in need of supervision will NOT be taken into custody without a court order.
A juvenile MAY NOT be questioned concerning criminal activity until the juvenile and
the parent/guardian are advised and understand the juvenile’s constitutional rights.
Miranda warnings will be read to the juvenile utilizing MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR
JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS (PD244-1413). MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR
JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS should be read while the parent/guardian is present. The
juvenile may be questioned if he/she waives the Miranda rights in the presence of the
parent/guardian. The parent/guardian does not have to separately waive the Miranda rights; they
only need to be advised of such rights. However, if the parent/guardian objects to the questioning
or requests an attorney for the juvenile, no questioning should occur even if the juvenile is willing to
answer questions.
Precinct Detective Squad/Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Modules will enhance any
case made against a violent youth offender. They will identify, locate, and apprehend
any accomplices in gun-related cases or acts of violence.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-09

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 6

When it becomes necessary to deliver a juvenile to the Horizon Juvenile Center, the
arresting/assigned officer, in an effort to expedite the intake process, MUST contact the
Admissions Unit PRIOR to delivering the juvenile, and provide them with the juvenile’s
name, address, date of birth, and mother’s name.
The juvenile’s statement as to age may be in conflict with the records maintained at the
Horizon Juvenile Center. To resolve any differences regarding the age of the juvenile,
arresting/assigned officer shall ask to examine the following primary reference
documents maintained at the Horizon Juvenile Center:
a.
Family Court - Remand Order Form C-23B
b.
Family Court - Order Directing Detention of Respondent Form 3-11
c.
Criminal Court - Securing Order Form 299
d.
Supreme Court - Securing Order Form 299.
File folders may also contain photographs of the juvenile and will be made available for
examination.
When there are no court records on file at the Horizon Juvenile Center, or available
records are inconclusive regarding the age of the juvenile, Horizon Juvenile Center
officials will accept delivery of the juvenile for detention.
Should the court records at the Horizon Juvenile Center establish that the juvenile was
sixteen years of age or older at the time the offense was COMMITTED, he/she will be
returned to the borough Court Section facility, borough of arrest, for processing as an
adult.
If there is a civilian complainant, the arresting officer will inform such complainant that his/her
presence is required at Family Court, Probation Intake Area, regardless of whether or not a
Supporting Deposition was prepared. In addition, in all juvenile delinquent arrest cases, the
arresting officer will provide the complainant with a copy of completed form, JUVENILE
DELINQUENT ARREST COMPLAINANT’S NOTIFICATION TO APPEAR (PD277-120).
THIS PROCEDURE DOES NOT APPLY TO JUVENILES TAKEN INTO CUSTODY AND
CHARGED AS JUVENILE OFFENDERS (SEE P.G. 215-10 “ARRESTS OF JUVENILE
OFFENDER”).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Photographable Offenses (P.G. 208-07)
Fingerprintable and Palmprintable Offenses (P.G. 208-08)
Rights Of Persons Taken Into Custody (P.G. 208-09)
Arrest Processing - “Livescan” Fingerprinting and Palmprinting (P.G. 208-11)
Arrests - License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the Organized
Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)
Truants (P.G. 215-07)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
Arrests Of Juvenile Offenders (P.G. 215-10)
Personal Recognizance - Juvenile Delinquent (P.G. 215-12)
Utilization of the Juvenile Desk (P.G. 215-21)
Court Processing of Arrests of Juvenile Delinquents on Weekends and Court Holidays
(P.G. 215-23)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-09

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 6

JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD277-151a)
JUVENILE DELINQUENT ARREST COMPLAINANT’S NOTIFICATION TO
APPEAR (PD277-120)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT(PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS (PD244-1413)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-10

ARREST OF JUVENILE OFFENDER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To process arrest of juvenile charged as a “juvenile offender”.

DEFINITION

JUVENILE OFFENDER - A person less than 16 years of age taken into custody
and charged with a felony as indicated:
a.
13, 14 and 15 years of age charged with Murder 2nd Degree (Section
125.25, subdivisions 1 and 2)
b.
14 or 15 years of age charged with Murder 2nd Degree (Felony Murder subdivision 3) if the underlying felony is listed in subdivision c, items (1)
through (11) below
c.
14 or 15 years of age and charged with:
(1)
Assault 1st Degree - Section 120.10, subdivisions 1 and 2
(2)
Manslaughter 1st Degree - Section 125.20
(3)
Rape 1st Degree - Section 130.35, subdivisions 1 and 2
(4)
Criminal Sexual Act 1st Degree - Section 130.50, subdivisions 1 and 2
(5)
Kidnapping 1st Degree - Section 135.25
(6)
Burglary 1st Degree - Section 140.30 AND Burglary 2nd Degree
Section 140.25, subdivision 1
(7)
Arson 1st and 2nd Degrees - Sections 150.20 and 150.15
(8)
Robbery 1st Degree - Section 160.15 AND Robbery 2nd Degree
Section 160.10, subdivision 2
(9)
Aggravated Sexual Abuse 1st Degree - Section 130.70
(10) Attempted Murder 2nd Degree - Section 110.00; Section 125.25 OR
Attempted Kidnapping 1st Degree - Section 110.00; Section 135.25
(11) Criminal Possession of a Weapon 2nd Degree - Section 265.03 OR
Criminal Possession of a Weapon 3rd Degree - Section 265.02,
subdivision 4, and the offense takes place on school grounds.

NOTE

School grounds consist of any building or property within the property line of a public,
private or parochial school from elementary up to and including high school or within a
thousand feet of the property line of such school (Penal Law Section 220.00, subdivision 14).

PROCEDURE

When a juvenile is arrested and charged as a juvenile offender:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

NOTE

Arresting officers must call the Juvenile Desk and confer with an analyst before beginning the arrest
process to ensure that all available information regarding the juvenile is provided and additional
resources (e.g., Juvenile Crime Squad, Law Department, Deputy Commissioner, Public
Information, Internal Affairs Bureau, other investigative units, etc.) are notified or dispatched in a
timely manner.

Notify the Juvenile Desk if the juvenile is removed to a police facility.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-10

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

2.

3.
4.

5.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 4

Bring juvenile to appropriate area designated for interrogation of juveniles.
a.
Confer with desk officer to ascertain designated location when unknown.
b.
Have female police officer or other qualified female present, if
juvenile is a female.
Notify parent/guardian that juvenile is in custody and location of juvenile.
Do not question until arrival of parent/guardian.
a.
Juvenile may be requested to provide pedigree information at
location designated for interrogation PRIOR to advising juvenile
of constitutional rights.
Advise at the same time, juvenile AND parent/guardian of rights as stated in
MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS
(PD244-1413) prior to interrogation.
a.
The juvenile may be questioned if he/she waives their rights in the
presence of the parent/guardian. The parent /guardian does not have to
separately waive the Miranda rights; they only need to be advised of
such rights. However, if the parent/guardian objects to the questioning
or requests an attorney for the juvenile, no questioning should occur
even if the juvenile is willing to answer questions.

If the parent/guardian cannot be notified, a juvenile MAY be questioned ONLY after:
a.
Every reasonable effort has been made to notify parent/guardian
b.
Determining the necessity for questioning at this time
c.
Considering the age, apparent intelligence of the child, and the ability of the
juvenile to understand Miranda Warnings.
If the juvenile MUST be questioned, the officer MUST be prepared to testify that a
“good faith” attempt was made to have a competent adult (e.g., relative, clergyman,
teacher, etc.), other than law enforcement personnel, present during questioning; that
the juvenile and the competent adult were advised jointly of the Miranda Warnings; that
they understand these rights; and the effect of a waiver on these rights.

6.

NOTE

Prepare handwritten copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) and COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD313-152A), if applicable, at interrogation location.
a.
Enter specific offenses under “charges” with juvenile offender crimes
listed first.
b.
Enter words “Juvenile Offender” in box captioned “DAT - Return Date.”

A juvenile offender is NOT eligible for Personal Recognizance.

7.

8.
9.

10.

Prepare JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION
INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET (PD277-151a) at interrogation location.
a.
Attach hard copy of FINEST System warrant check.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141), if
necessary.
Ensure that juvenile offender is fingerprinted and palmprinted in
conformance with P.G. 208-11, “Livescan Fingerprinting and
Palmprinting.”
Deliver property and WORKSHEET to desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-10

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 11.
12.
13.

14.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

15.

16.

3 of 4

Review and sign all arrest documents.
Ensure distribution of JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/
PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151).
Keep juvenile offender segregated from adult prisoners while in custody.
a.
Direct that juvenile offender be placed in forward patrol wagon
compartment and adult prisoners in rear compartment if being
transported at the same time.
Ensure the delivery of the ON LINE BOOKING ARREST
WORKSHEET, COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), if prepared, and
related forms to the borough Court Section supervisor.
Confer, when necessary, with the borough Court Section supervisor to
determine if arraignment can be completed, prior to removing juvenile
offender to borough Court Section facility.
Do not place juvenile offender in detention holding area or individual cell
with adult prisoner.

NOTE

Precinct based investigative units, including Precinct Detective Squad/Burglary/Robbery
Apprehension Modules, will enhance any case being made against a violent juvenile offender.

BOROUGH
COURT
SECTION
SUPERVISOR

17.

BOOKING
OFFICER

19.

NOTE

UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL JUVENILE OFFENDERS WHO ARE
AWAITING ARRAIGNMENT IN CRIMINAL COURT, BE DETAINED OVERNIGHT AT
A DEPARTMENT OF JUVENILE JUSTICE DETENTION CENTER.

18.

Give juvenile offenders and companion case adult offenders priority in
arrest processing, preparation of court complaint, arraignment, etc.
Ascertain that ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
and other related forms are prepared accurately.
Determine if arraignment of juvenile offender can be completed in
Criminal Court.
a.
If juvenile offender is in the precinct of occurrence and arraignment
cannot be completed, the desk officer, precinct of occurrence, must
arrange transportation of juvenile to the designated juvenile lodging
location, after conferral with the borough Court Section supervisor.
b.
If juvenile arrives at borough Court Section facility and it is determined
the arraignment cannot be completed, and that facility is not a designated
lodging location, the borough Court Section supervisor will direct the
arresting officer and/or escort officer to transport juvenile to the
designated lodging location.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-10

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

If the assistant district attorney declines to prosecute the juvenile offender and directs that the
juvenile offender be released, the arresting officer will comply with P.G. 210-16, “Release of
Prisoner at the Complaint Room By Direction of the Assistant District Attorney.” If the
assistant district attorney directs that the charges be reduced to an offense not meeting
juvenile offender classification but sufficient for processing as a juvenile delinquent, the
arresting officer shall process the offender as a juvenile delinquent. The arresting officer will
notify the borough Court Section supervisor so that the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET may be changed if not already forwarded, or an ARREST
REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) be prepared if ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET has been forwarded.
The arresting officer will also notify the Juvenile Desk of any change in the charge(s) that
will amend the status of the juvenile (e.g., upgrade in charge(s) or additional charges,
Assistant District Attorney declines to prosecute juvenile, etc.).
The identity of a youth under 16 years of age who has been arrested and charged as a
juvenile offender (see “Definition” above) may be released. However, the identity of a
youth taken into custody for juvenile delinquency MAY NOT be released.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Fingerprintable and Palmprintable Offenses (P.G. 208-08)
Photographable Offenses (P.G. 208-07)
Change In Arrest Charges (P.G. 208-17)
Arrest Processing - “Livescan” Fingerprinting and Palmprinting (P.G. 208-11)
Arrests - License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the Organized
Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)
Computerized Investigation Report Worksheet System (P.G. 208-23)
Release Of Prisoner At Complaint Room By Direction of Assistant District Attorney
(P.G. 210-16)
Offenses Committed By A Child Under 16 Years Of Age (Other Than A Juvenile
Offender) (P.G. 215-09)
Utilization of the Juvenile Desk (P.G. 215-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD277-151a)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-11

ARREST OF CHILD UNLAWFULLY
IN CERTAIN LICENSED PREMISES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To take a child found in certain licensed premises into protective custody.

DEFINITIONS

CHILD - Actually or apparently under 16 years of age.
LICENSED PREMISES - Public dance halls, cabarets, catering establishments,
bars and grills, pool and billiard parlors, bowling alleys, skating rinks, theaters,
motion picture theaters.

PROCEDURE

On discovering a child in a licensed premises:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

4.

5.
6.
7.

8.

Ascertain age of the child.
Determine if presence is unlawful.
Take child in to protective custody if presence in premises is in violation
of law and arrest proprietor or person in charge.
a.
If a premise is a pool/billiard parlor, or bowling alley, issue a
summons in lieu of arrest.
b.
If proprietor/person in charge is arrested, indicate under “Details”
of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) a brief statement indicating person in charge of
premises permitted or had knowledge of violation and actions that
led arresting officer to make this conclusion.
Escort child home, if residence is located within city.
a.
If residence of child is outside city limits, handle as “Child Requiring
Shelter” until provision is made for returning child home.
Inform parents of child of unlawful presence and question concerning reason.
Advise parent of legal responsibilities.
Prepare JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) and
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), as per P.G. 215-08,
“On-Line Juvenile Report System” and include under “Details” section:
a.
Occupation of parent/guardian
b.
Statements of parent/guardian.
Submit WORKSHEETS to desk officer.

DESK OFFICER 9.
10.

Review WORKSHEETS for accuracy and sign.
Process in normal manner.

COMMANDING 11.
OFFICER

Forward report of action taken to Chief of Department, Investigation
Review Section, DIRECT, if premises is:
a.
Catering establishment
b.
Cabaret
c.
Public dance hall.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-12

PERSONAL RECOGNIZANCE JUVENILE DELINQUENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To release a child, at least seven but less than sixteen years of age, to the custody
of parent, guardian, lawful custodian, or reasonably responsible adult relative for
appearance at Family Court.

PROCEDURE

When the release of a child on personal recognizance is appropriate.

DESK OFFICER 1.

NOTE

Determine if applicant is parent/guardian, lawful custodian, or reasonable
responsible adult relative by evidence of identity and relationship to juvenile.

JUVENILE WILL NOT BE RELEASED IF:
a.
Applicant, as defined above, is not capable of providing adequate supervision
b.
Juvenile is wanted on a warrant or is juvenile recidivist
c.
Health or morals of juvenile would be endangered if released
d.
Juvenile is not likely to appear on return date
e.
Juvenile’s release would be dangerous to community
f.
Classified as “Juvenile Offender” (P.G. 215-10)
g.
Juvenile is a “Designated Felon” and Family Court is in session
h.
Juvenile is arrested for a felony and conferral with the Juvenile Desk indicates
that the juvenile is awaiting trial on a violent felony
i.
An act committed by a juvenile against a member of his or her family/household
(as per P.G. 208-36, “Family Offenses/Domestic Violence”) (NYPD expanded
definition) is a felony assault, or any sex offense, or other circumstances exist
where the release of juvenile would be dangerous to a member of the same
family/household.
If a juvenile is alleged to have committed one or more of the listed “Designated Felony”
offenses (see ADDITIONAL DATA) and Family Court is in session, the member
concerned will take the juvenile delinquent to Family Court without delay unless
interrogation of the juvenile is required. If questioning is necessary, the member will
take the juvenile to a command location which has been approved as a suitable facility
for the interrogation of juveniles. An APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT
(PD277-130) will not be issued to a juvenile delinquent who has been taken into custody for a
“Designated Felony” if Family Court is in session. In all cases in which a youth is arrested and
charged with a violent felony act, the Precinct Detective Squad/Robbery Apprehension Module will
be directed to enhance the arrest. It will also be their responsibility to identify, locate and
apprehend any accomplices in gun related cases or acts of youth violence and attempt to match
them to other outstanding crimes. These units will also attempt to identify and apprehend those
selling guns to minors.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.

Prepare JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION
INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET (PD277-151a).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-12

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

WHEN JUVENILE IS TO BE RELEASED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.

NOTE

Refusal of a parent/guardian, etc., to sign does not bar release of the juvenile and
issuance of the APPEARANCE TICKET. However, if the parent/guardian, etc., refuses
to take custody of the juvenile, the juvenile must be remanded.

4.

5.

NOTE

Prepare APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT (PD277-130)
and have applicant sign in place provided.
a.
If the person refuses to sign the form, the word “REFUSED” will
be entered on the signature line.

Distribute copies as indicated on form.
a.
Provide complainant with pink copy of APPEARANCE
TICKET - FAMILY COURT, if applicable.
Prepare and deliver to complainant, JUVENILE DELINQUENT
ARREST
COMPLAINANT’S NOTIFICATION TO APPEAR
(PD277-120).

This form must be prepared in all arrests whether the juvenile is released on personal
recognizance or is to be detained.

DESK OFFICER 6.

Attest to the accuracy and completeness of forms by signing forms in
appropriate spaces with rank, name, and shield number/tax number.

NOTE

All juveniles taken into custody for the same incident must appear at the same time and
place for intake processing. If one juvenile does not qualify for personal recognizance,
all others (acting in concert) who are released on personal recognizance, must appear
at the borough Family Court on the next morning that court is in session.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.

Prepare arrest package containing the following forms:
a.
Copy - ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159)
b.
BUFF copy - APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT
c.
Evidence/Release Investigation copy of appropriate PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), if evidence is involved.
d.
Copy of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), if finalized and
signed-off. If not finalized and signed-off, the COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) will be submitted.
e.
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), if prepared.
f.
Copy of ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
g.
JUVENILE
ARREST
INVESTIGATION/PROBATION
INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151).
(1)
Distribute remaining copies to precinct youth officer, Youth
Services Section, and juvenile detention facility, if juvenile is
detained.
h.
Any other related arrest information including copies of arresting
officer’s/investigator’s personal notes.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-12

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

In ALL cases of an arrest of a juvenile, other than a juvenile offender, the desk officer
will ensure the above forms/reports are faxed to the respective borough Court Section
(Attn: NYPD Family Court Liaison Officer) (see ADDITIONAL DATA statement for
listing of liaison officers). During business hours, the Family Court Liaison Officer will
be called to verify receipt of the above reports. During non-business hours, the fax
transmittal receipt, indicating receipt of the above reports at the borough Court Section,
will be obtained and attached to the court package.

IF JUVENILE IS TO BE DETAINED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.
9.

10.

NOTE

Call the Horizon Juvenile Center to arrange for lodging.
Forward copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET, COMPLAINT REPORT, if prepared, and copy of
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/ PROBATION INTAKE
REPORT to juvenile detention facility with juvenile.
Appear in Family Court, located in borough of arrest, with civilian
complainant, if any, the next morning that court is in session.

Members will adhere to P.G. 215-23, “Court Processing of Arrests of Juvenile Delinquents on
Weekends and Court Holidays” if an appearance at Family Court is requested on a weekend or
court holiday and the borough Family Court is not in session.

IF CHILD, ELIGIBLE FOR RELEASE, HAS BEEN SENT TO A DETENTION
SHELTER
DESK OFFICER 11.
12.
13.
14.

Notify juvenile counselor on duty at shelter.
Prepare NOTICE OF RECOGNIZANCE - JUVENILE DELINQUENT
(PD209-121) and give to applicant for presentation at place of detention.
Make Command Log entry when notified by officer at shelter that
juvenile has been released.
Notify arresting officer of release and scheduled appearance date.

NOTE

If applicant appears at a command where the shelter is located, the desk officer will
telephone the command of arrest and carry out steps “11 through 14” above.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If laboratory examination of a controlled substance or a firearm is required, the Police
Laboratory/Firearms Analysis Section, as appropriate, will forward a copy of the results
of the analysis to the Family Court Liaison Officer, Family Court concerned, when such
report is requested.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-12

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

DESIGNATED FELONIES - JUVENILE DELINQUENTS
AGE/S
OFFENSE
PENAL LAW SECT.
13 ONLY
Kidnapping 1
135.25
13 ONLY
Arson 1
150.20
13 ONLY
Assault 1
120.10
13 ONLY
Manslaughter 1
125.20
13 ONLY
Rape 1
130.35
13 ONLY
Criminal Sexual Act 1
130.50
13 ONLY
Aggravated Sexual Abuse 1
130.70
13 ONLY
Arson 2
150.15
13 ONLY
Robbery 1
160.15
13 ONLY
Murder 2 (subdivision 3)
125.25
13 ONLY
Attempted Murder 2
110/125.25
13 ONLY
Attempted Kidnapping 1
110/135.25
14 & 15 ONLY
Assault 1 (subdivisions 3 and 4)
120.10
14 & 15 ONLY
Rape 1 (subdivision 3)
130.35
14 & 15 ONLY
Criminal Sexual Act 1 (subdivision 3) 130.50
13, 14, 15 ONLY
Murder 1
125.27
13, 14, 15 ONLY
Attempted Murder 1
110/125.27
13, 14, 15 ONLY
*Kidnapping 2
135.20
*(Only where abduction involved use or threat of use of deadly physical force.)
If Family Court is closed, and juvenile qualifies for recognizance, a juvenile who has committed a
“Designated Felony” may be released after the issuance of an APPEARANCE TICKETFAMILY COURT. If an APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT is issued, the member
concerned will obtain the return date from the Juvenile Desk. It should be noted that the
Department of Probation has directed that the return date for a released “Designated FelonyJuvenile Delinquent” will be the next date the court is open and the police officer will NOT be
excused. Accordingly, the member must appear at Family Court on the next court date for the
processing of “Designated Felonies-Juvenile Delinquents.”
In cases where an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT is issued, the arresting
officer will contact the Juvenile Desk to obtain a Family Court return date.
If the arresting officer is reporting to court on the day of arrest or the next day, he/she
will bring all required forms/reports to borough Court Section sign-in room, in addition
to faxing required forms/reports to the respective borough Court Section.
If the juvenile is issued an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT, the desk officer
will ensure that all required forms/reports are forwarded to the borough Court Section
Family Court Liaison Officer in the next day’s a.m. mail, in addition to faxing required
forms/reports to the respective borough Court Section.
In those instances where the juvenile is removed to the Horizon Juvenile Center (juvenile detention
facility), the desk officer will ensure that copies of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET, COMPLAINT REPORT (if finalized and signed) or COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET, if prepared, and the JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION
INTAKE REPORT are forwarded with the juvenile, in addition to faxing required reports/forms to
the respective borough Court Section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-12

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

ARRESTING OFFICER/APPEARANCE IN FAMILY COURT
JUVENILE DELINQUENT

FAMILY COURT

REMANDED (APPEARANCE TICKETFAMILY COURT NOT ISSUED)

APPEAR 0900 HOURS NEXT
BUSINESS DAY

RELEASED ON RECOGNIZANCE FOR
DESIGNATED FELONY

APPEAR 0900 HOURS NEXT
BUSINESS DAY

RELEASED ON RECOGNIZANCE FOR
NON-DESIGNATED FELONY

ARRESTING OFFICER EXCUSED

Members will adhere to P.G. 215-23, “Court Processing of Arrests of Juvenile Delinquents on
Weekends and Court Holidays” if an appearance at Family Court is requested on a
weekend or court holiday and the borough Family Court is not in session.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION FAMILY COURT LIAISONS
BOROUGH
MANHATTAN

ADDRESS
60 LAFAYETTE STREET

BROOKLYN

330 JAY STREET

BRONX

900 SHERIDAN AVENUE

QUEENS

151-20 JAMAICA AVENUE

STATEN ISLAND

100 RICHMOND TERRACE

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Computerized Investigation Report Worksheet System (P.G. 208-23)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Offense Committed By A Child Under 16 Years Of Age (Other Than Juvenile Offender) (P.G. 21509)
Arrests - Juvenile Offender (P.G. 215-10)
Court Processing of Arrests of Juvenile Delinquents on Weekends and Court Holidays (P.G. 21523)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT (PD277-130)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD277-151a)
JUVENILE DELINQUENT ARREST COMPLAINANT’S NOTIFICATION TO
APPEAR (PD277-120)
NOTICE OF RECOGNIZANCE-JUVENILE DELINQUENT (PD209-121)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-13

HANDCUFFING STUDENTS ARRESTED
WITHIN SCHOOL FACILITIES
DATE ISSUED:

09/06/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To set forth a uniformed procedure designed to ensure the safety of both the
arresting uniformed member of the service as well as the student being taken into
Department custody.

SCOPE

The Department's policy, for the safety of all concerned, will be to rear handcuff
students who are arrested in a school facility unless mitigating circumstances
dictate not to.

DEFINITIONS

CONSTRUCTIVE RESTRAINT – Physical control, with no restraining device
employed, using the minimal amount of physical force that is necessary to control
movement in order to ensure the safety of the child (i.e., for use on a child who is
obeying all commands).
ALTERNATIVE RESTRAINT – Nylon/Velcro restraining device for use on a
child (based on factors in ADDITIONAL DATA statement) who poses a possible
safety risk, risk of flight and/or non-compliance.

PROCEDURE

Whenever effecting an arrest of a student inside a school facility within New York City:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
PRECINCT
SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

7.
8.

Notify, confer, and coordinate actions with School Safety Division
personnel prior to taking police action in a public school facility, unless
exigent circumstances exist.
Remove student, if possible, to a semi-private location (e.g. principal's
office, school security office).
Inform student of authority and cause, unless physical resistance, flight or
other factors render such procedure impractical.
Use appropriate level of restraint when applicable (e.g., handcuffs,
constructive restraint, alternative restraint, etc.) based on factors described
in ADDITIONAL DATA statement under heading, “OPERATIONAL
CONSIDERATIONS.”
Request precinct school safety sergeant or, if unavailable, patrol
supervisor to respond to the scene, if an arrest is effected.
Inform school personnel of the decision to effect an arrest and the basis of
that decision.
Respond to school and verify that probable cause exists to support the
arrest.
Advise school personnel that an arrest will be effected.
a.
Advise objecting school administrators within Department of
Education facilities to contact their Legal Division.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

2 of 3

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.

Restrain student with hands behind back, using appropriate restraints.
a.
A student who is sixteen years of age or older is not eligible for
constructive or alternative methods of restraint.

PRECINCT
SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT

10.

Meet with all principals of schools located within the command to apprise
them of the Department’s handcuffing guidelines.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

11.

Comply with all pertinent arrest related procedures.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Constructive restraint or alternative restraints may be utilized when it is necessary to take
a child into police custody.
The safety of all persons involved is the predominant factor in determining if a child
should be restrained, and if restrained, which method is utilized. It is incumbent upon the
member of the service (i.e., precinct school safety sergeant/patrol supervisor and/or
designated school safety personnel) to use a reasonable belief standard in determining the
level of restraint. Factors which may be considered in making this determination include
the following:
a.
Age of the child (generally a child who is less than twelve years of age; however,
any child less than sixteen years of age is eligible for alternative restraint,
dependent upon circumstances)
b.
Physical stature of the child
c.
Type of offense/nature of incident (including use of weapons)
d.
Presence of child’s parent/guardian
e.
The number of children being taken into custody
f.
The reputation of the child with school authorities (including whether the child
has a history of emotional or behavioral difficulties)
g.
The child’s demeanor and compliance with instructions given by school staff,
parents and members of the service
h.
Whether the child is demonstrating behavior that may cause imminent harm to
himself/herself or others
i.
Whether there is possible risk of escape
j.
Medical, mental, physical and/or emotional condition/limitation of the child, if
known.
While restraining devices generally are not required when taking elementary school aged
children into custody, if it has been determined by on-scene personnel that the use of a
restraining device would be appropriate, the use of a nylon/Velcro device may be
considered, in lieu of handcuffs. It should be noted that nothing in this directive would
preclude the precinct school safety sergeant/patrol supervisor or school safety personnel
from utilizing handcuffs, if deemed necessary for safety reasons. Handcuffs should only be
used on children after other alternative methods of restraint are considered to be
inadequate given the circumstances.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

3 of 3

If upon investigation it is determined that the incident involves the commission of a
violation by the juvenile and not the commission of a felony or a misdemeanor, the juvenile
shall not be removed from the school and transported to a Department facility.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

If a juvenile has been removed from the field and brought to a Department facility, a
notification must be made to the Juvenile Crime Desk. The Juvenile Crime Desk will assist
supervisors in making a determination whether a juvenile should be released on a
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) or if the juvenile should
be processed as a juvenile delinquent as per Patrol Guide 215-09, “Offense Committed by
a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile Offender).
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Whether probable cause to arrest exists will be determined by the Police Department.
While the desires of school personnel (principals, teachers, etc.) may be considered by
the uniformed member of the service in determining whether an arrest is warranted, the
views of school personnel are NOT controlling. In the event a conflict arises between a
uniformed member of the service who wishes to effect an arrest of a student and school
personnel, the uniformed member of the service will request the response of the precinct
school safety sergeant or, if unavailable, patrol supervisor.
Under no circumstances will school personnel be permitted to interfere with an arrest the
precinct school safety sergeant or, if unavailable, patrol supervisor has deemed
warranted.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Prisoners - General Procedure (P.G. 210-01)
Truants (P.G. 215-07)
Offense Committed by a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile Offender)
(P.G. 215-09)
Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrests and Investigations at Department of
Education Facilities (P.G. 215-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-14

CHILD ADVOCACY REFERRALS IN THE BOROUGHS OF
BROOKLYN AND QUEENS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To enhance investigations of reported cases of child abuse in the boroughs of
Brooklyn and Queens.

PROCEDURE

Whenever there is any allegation that a child:
a.
b.

Less than eleven years of age is the victim of abuse, OR
Less than thirteen years of age is the victim of any sex crime or attempted
sex crime.

NOTE

In cases referred in accordance with this procedure, police officers are reminded that it
is mandatory to report child abuse and neglect to the New York State Central Registry of
Child Abuse. Notification to the ACS IRT hotline DOES NOT substitute for the required
notification to the State Central Registry.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.

4.

Promptly refer active child abuse and sex crime cases directly from the
scene, or through the desk officer, to the appropriate Child Abuse Squad.
a.
Brooklyn: Brooklyn Child Abuse Squad.
b.
Queens: Queens Child Abuse Squad.
Notify the Administration for Children’s Services Instant Response Team
(ACS/IRT) Coordinator whenever:
a.
a child is removed from a household by police personnel OR
b.
an arrest is made in connection with the abuse or neglect of a child.
Prepare reports as specified in P.G. 215-03, “Emergency Removals Or
Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or Maltreated
Children.”
Enter name of detective notified and the Child Abuse Squad case number under
“Details” on COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).

IF AN ARREST IS EFFECTED BY A UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE
SERVICE ON PATROL FOR ANY SEX CRIME AGAINST A CHILD LESS THAN
THIRTEEN YEARS OF AGE :
ARRESTING
OFFICER

5.

Notify Brooklyn or Queens Child Abuse Squad immediately.

CHILD ABUSE
SQUAD,
MEMBER
CONCERNED

6.

Advise arresting officer, and
a.
Determine if a case enhancement is needed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-14

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Brooklyn Child Abuse Squad is located at the Brooklyn Child Advocacy Center, 45
Nevins Street, Brooklyn, New York 11217. The Queens Child Abuse Squad is located at
the Queens Child Advocacy Center, 112-25 Queens Boulevard, Forest Hills, New York
11375. Hours of operation are 0800 to 0100 hours, seven days a week. After office
hours, notifications of child abuse and sex crimes will be made to the Detective Borough
Brooklyn Nightwatch or Detective Borough Queens Nightwatch, as appropriate.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints (Other Than Vice Related Or Narcotics
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-15

CONFISCATION OF NEW YORK CITY
TRANSIT STUDENT METRO CARDS
DATE ISSUED:

09/06/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To establish procedures and guidelines for the confiscation of a New York City
Transit Student Metro Card.

SCOPE

If a Student Metro Card is illegally possessed i.e., one which was legally issued to
another, it will be confiscated and further police action will be taken depending
upon the circumstances. When a student has committed a felony or a
misdemeanor against New York City Transit property, employees or passengers,
and possesses a Student Metro Card legally, that card will be confiscated and
appropriate police action will be taken.

DEFINITION

STUDENT METRO CARDS - Utilized by students going to and from school
and school events on New York City Transit subways and New York
City/MaBSTOA local buses, as well as Staten Island Railroad trains at St.
George Terminal. Student Metro Cards are valid from 0530 to 2030 hours on
school days. Night School Student Metro Cards are valid from 1300 to 0100
hours. Student Metro Cards must be swiped in a turnstile and may not merely be
displayed to permit entry. New York City Transit encourages students to sign
their Metro Cards, but this is not a requirement. An unsigned card is valid, and
should NOT be confiscated merely because it is unsigned.

PROCEDURE

When a Student Metro Card is confiscated:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Prepare SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION
REPORT (PD516-170).

IF IT IS SUSPECTED THAT THE CARD MAY HAVE BEEN REPORTED
LOST OR STOLEN:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.

8.

Call the New York City Transit Fare Media Unit for school of issuance.
Call the school where the card was issued, to verify if the card has been
reported lost or stolen.
Indicate on the SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION
REPORT, when lost/stolen card verification cannot be made during nonbusiness hours.
Prepare other Department reports as required.
Record all information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Enter the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) number on the
SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION REPORT, if
Student Metro Card is vouchered as evidence.
a.
DO NOT write on confiscated card.
Submit completed SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION
REPORT and confiscated card to the precinct/district desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

9.
PRECINCT/
DISTRICT
DESK OFFICER 10.

11.

2 of 2

Review completed SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION
REPORT for completeness and accuracy and sign the appropriate caption.
Direct that a check be made by second platoon clerical personnel on the next
business day, if SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION
REPORT indicates that a lost/stolen card check was not made.
Have original and first copy of SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS
CONFISCATION REPORT with confiscated card forwarded to Transit
Bureau, Patrol Operations.
a.
Retain second copy in command file.

TRANSIT
BUREAU,
PATROL
OPERATIONS

12.

Maintain first copy of SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS
CONFISCATION REPORT for filing as a juvenile record.
a.
Forward original with card to:
Manager of Fare Media-New York City Transit, 370 Jay Street,
Brooklyn, New York, 11201.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Certain categories of Metro Cards produce different colored lights at the turnstile.
Student Metro Cards produce an amber light; police and transit employee Metro Cards
produce a green light; and half-fare cards (senior citizens, handicapped, etc.) produce a
red light. No light is produced by a full fare Metro Card. Police officers may detect the
improper use of a Student Metro Card by an adult, or of an adult employee’s card by a
youth, by noticing the color of light produced when the card is swiped. Questions about
the proper use of Metro Cards may be referred to the New York City Transit Fare Media
Unit.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Processing of Found Property Recovered by School Safety Agents in Facilities or on
Property Owned by the Department of Education (P.G. 218-46)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION REPORT (PD516-170)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-16

REPORTING AND RECORDING PUBLIC
SCHOOL-RELATED CRIMINAL INCIDENTS
DATE ISSUED:

09/06/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To record and monitor public school-related criminal incidents, thus enabling the
Police Department to conduct timely incident analysis, develop strategies and
tactics, and effectively deploy resources.

DEFINITION

PUBLIC SCHOOL-RELATED CRIMINAL INCIDENT(S) incidents occurring
on public school grounds, in the immediate vicinity of the school, on a school
bus, at a school-sponsored event or while traveling to and from school, including
the following:
a.
Any felony or misdemeanor offense.
b.
Any incident involving:
1)
Gangs
2)
Weapons
3)
Controlled substances.
c.
Violation offenses involving:
1)
Fireworks
2)
Trespass
3)
Disorderly Conduct
4)
Harassment
5)
Loitering
6)
Marijuana.

NOTE

The student’s name (as victim or suspect) will not be recorded on the SCHOOL
SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147) for offenses as
per “c” above, as well as the identity of victims of sex related offenses. Such victims
will be indicated by use of the term “person(s) known to this Department.”

PROCEDURE

When a public school-related criminal incident occurs:
a.
On public school grounds
b.
In the immediate vicinity of the school
c.
On a school bus
d.
At a school-sponsored event or
e.
While traveling to and from school:

SCHOOL
SAFETY AGENT/
U.M.O.S.
ASSIGNED TO
THE SCHOOL

1.
2.
3.

4.
SCHOOL
SAFETY AGENT 5.
6.
LEVEL 3

Request police response, via 911/radio dispatcher if an emergency, or via
local precinct in other situations.
Request School Safety Agent Level 3 to respond.
Notify school principal/designee.
Respond to incident location.
Review actions taken by School Safety Division personnel.
Ensure that all required notifications are made, including the Patrol
Borough Liaison Captain in situations of a serious nature.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

2 of 4

NOTE

If the School Safety Agent Level 3 is unavailable, a School Safety Supervisor will be
requested to respond from the School Safety Borough Command and perform the duties
of the School Safety Agent Level 3.

SCHOOL
SAFETY AGENT/
PRECINCT
U.M.O.S.
ASSIGNED TO
THE SCHOOL

7.

NOTE

The above form will be prepared in addition to any other Department reports/forms
[JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A), COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159), YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153), AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), etc.,] that are relevant to the incident.

8.

9.
10.
11.

Interview students, complainants and witnesses in accordance with P.G.
215-17, “Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrests, and Investigations
at Department of Education Facilities” and request that they remain at the
scene pending arrival of other supervisor/police personnel, if required.
Prepare SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT
REPORT (PD 313-147).

Notify School Safety Division Operations Center and obtain the SSD
Operations Center serial number.
Enter details of incident in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Sign SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT.

12.
SCHOOL
SAFETY AGENT
13.
LEVEL 3

Ensure that SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT
REPORT is properly prepared.
Sign the SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT
REPORT and forward report to the School Safety Division Borough Command.

SCHOOL
SAFETY
DIVISION
BOROUGH
COMMAND
SUPERVISOR/
DESIGNEE

14.

Review the SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT
REPORT for accuracy and completeness.
Contact the precinct school safety sergeant and/or other designated
precinct personnel to determine the proper offense classification and to
obtain any follow-up information.
Make two photocopies of the original SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION
CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT and distribute as follows:
a.
Original to School Safety Division Operations Center
b.
One copy to the School Safety Sergeant, precinct of occurrence
c.
One copy filed in the School Safety Division Borough Command.

PRECINCT
SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT

17.

15.

16.

18.
19.

Respond to public school-related criminal incidents of a serious nature and
review action taken by School Safety Division and/or precinct personnel
and determine if additional resources and notifications are required.
Ensure that the school principal/designee is notified.
Conduct additional interviews of students, complainants and witnesses, if
necessary, in accordance with P.G. 215-17, “Police Actions, Related
Questioning, Arrests, and Investigations at Department of Education
Facilities.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-16

PRECINCT
SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT
(continued)

PAGE:

09/06/13

20.
21.

22.
23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

Ensure that the SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL
INCIDENT REPORT is properly completed.
Conduct a daily review of all police incidents, which may be public
school-related to ascertain if a SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION
CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT was prepared.
Prepare a SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT
REPORT, if required.
Make appropriate notifications, including the School Safety Division
Operations Center to obtain the SSD Operations Center serial number.
a.
Distribute the report to the School Safety Division Borough
Command.
Conduct a daily review of all SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION
CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORTS prepared for public school-related
criminal incidents occurring in assigned precinct to ensure that the
appropriate Police Department procedures were followed and necessary
forms were prepared.
Meet regularly with School Safety Agents and public school
principals/designees to:
a.
Ascertain if they are aware of criminal incidents which have been
reported to the Police Department.
b.
Ensure that the Police Department is aware of public schoolrelated criminal incidents which have been reported to the
Department of Education.
Provide copies of all SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL
INCIDENT REPORTS to the precinct crime analyst and Patrol Borough
Pattern Identification Module to assist in pattern identification and the
development of strategies and tactics.
Insure that the Patrol Borough Liaison Captain is apprised of all
incidents, especially those of a serious nature.

The precinct desk officer will ensure that the precinct school safety sergeant is notified
of any public school criminal-related incident:
a.
Occurring during non-school hours, e.g., burglary of a school on a weekend.
b.
Occurring during school hours, where the school safety agent or precinct school
safety sergeant may be unaware of the incident.
Uniformed members of the service will follow the provisions of P.G. 212-13, “Reporting
Gang-Related Criminal Activity,” regarding reporting requirements for possible gang
related/motivated incidents or arrests of suspected or identified gang members.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-16

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

4 of 4

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

School Safety Agents, School Safety Agents Level 3, School Safety Division supervisors,
School Safety Division Operations Center supervisors and police supervisors will ensure
that the student’s name (as victim, witness, or suspect) is NOT recorded on the SCHOOL
SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT for violation offenses involving:
1)
Fireworks
2)
Trespass
3)
Disorderly Conduct
4)
Harassment
5)
Loitering
6)
Marijuana.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Precinct School Safety Sergeant (P.G. 202-20)
Truants (P.G. 215-07)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
Offense Committed By A Child Under 16 Years Of Age (Other Than A Juvenile
Offender) (P.G. 215-09)
Arrest Of Juvenile Offender (P.G. 215-10)
Personal Recognizance Juvenile Delinquent (P.G. 215-12)
Handcuffing Students Arrested Within School Facilities (P.G. 215-13)
Police Action, Related Questioning, Arrests and Investigations at Department of
Education Facilities (P.G. 215-17)
Search Protocols For School Safety Agents (P.G. 215-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-17

POLICE ACTIONS, RELATED QUESTIONING, ARRESTS AND
INVESTIGATIONS AT DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION FACILITIES
DATE ISSUED:

09/06/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To establish the protocols for police actions, related questioning, arrests and
investigations at Department of Education facilities.

PROCEDURE

When taking police action at Department of Education facilities:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Coordinate activities with School Safety Division personnel, if
practicable, when taking police action on or contiguous to Department of
Education property/facilities.
Confer with principal/school staff, except if exigent circumstances exist,
when entering Department of Education school/facility to take police
action.
Request precinct school safety sergeant or, if unavailable, patrol
supervisor to respond to the scene, if an arrest is effected.

INVESTIGATIVE CONSIDERATIONS
The School Safety Division has at least one school safety agent assigned to every public
school in New York City. School safety agents possess a wealth of information regarding
schools to which they are assigned (i.e., students, key school staff, and facility layout
[locations of entrances and exits, floor plans], etc.). Thus, every effort must be made by
members responding to public schools to confer with School Safety Division personnel
prior to taking enforcement action, unless exigent circumstances exist.
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
WHEN POLICE ACTION INVOLVES QUESTIONING, ARREST, OR INVESTIGATION
When a uniformed member of the service wishes to investigate a school-related crime, the
principal/designee must permit the interviewing of school staff, or other non-student
witnesses/victims. These individuals, however, may not be compelled to submit to such questioning.
When a uniformed member of the service wishes to question a student in school
regarding a school-related crime, the principal/designee will make every reasonable
effort to contact the student’s parent/guardian. If notification is made, the member of
the service shall consult with the parent/guardian about how the parent/guardian wishes
to proceed. If the parent/guardian does not object, the principal/designee must allow
the student to be questioned. If the parent/guardian cannot be reached, the
principal/designee must permit the uniformed member of the service to question the
student under the following circumstances:
a.
If the parent/guardian of a student who is suspected of committing a crime
cannot be reached, the uniformed member of the service may not question the
student unless the member feels there is a continued threat of imminent danger.
b.
If a parent/guardian of a student who is not a suspect (i.e. victim or witness) cannot
be reached, a uniformed member of the service may not question the student unless
there are exigent circumstances warranting proceeding with the questioning.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-17

PAGE:

09/06/13

c.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

In cases where questioning is conducted without parental notification, the
principal or designee may be present during the questioning. The principal or
designee, however, may not compel a student to submit to questioning.

Imminent danger or exigent circumstances may include, but are not limited to, an active
investigation of a violent crime including homicide, arson, robbery, sex offenses,
weapons possession, or assault where there are reasonable grounds to believe that a
current or former student is a suspect, or has information concerning the investigation,
that is necessary to protect the health or safety of students or others.
When a uniformed member of the service wishes to access student information from
Department of Education records regarding an investigation or arrest, a court order or
subpoena must be obtained unless there is a health or safety emergency, consent of the
student’s parent/guardian, or consent of the student, if eighteen years of age or older.
Absent such court order or subpoena, or exceptions above, principals or other school
staff will not release student information. This includes NYPD school safety agents.
A health or safety emergency is a situation which presents imminent danger (as
described above) or which requires the immediate need for information to avert or
defuse unusual conditions or disruptions.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Precinct School Safety Sergeant (P.G. 202-20)
Arrests - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Prisoners General Procedure (P.G. 210-01)
Truants (P.G. 215-07)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
Offense Committed by a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile Offender)
(P.G. 215-09)
Arrest of Juvenile Offender (P.G. 215-10)
Personal Recognizance Juvenile Delinquent (P.G. 215-12)
Handcuffing Students Arrested Within School Facilities (P.G. 215-13)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-18

SEARCH PROTOCOLS FOR SCHOOL SAFETY AGENTS
DATE ISSUED:

09/06/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To establish the protocols for the search of students, their possessions, and their
lockers by School Safety Division personnel.

SCOPE

A student’s possessions and person may be searched by a school safety agent
provided that school officials have reasonable suspicion to believe that the search
will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating either the law or
school rules and regulations. The extent or the scope of the search must be
reasonably related to the objective of the search and not excessively intrusive in
light of the age and sex of the student and the nature of the infraction.

PROCEDURE

When conducting searches of students, their possessions, or their lockers:
SEARCH OF STUDENTS AND THEIR POSSESSIONS (BAGS, CLOTHING, ETC.)

SCHOOL
SAFETY
AGENT

1.

2.
3.

Conduct searches of students and their belongings only on behalf of
principals or their designee, except if an emergency condition exists. (See
ADDITIONAL DATA statement under heading, “EMERGENCY
SEARCHES OF STUDENTS AND THEIR POSSESSIONS”).
Bring the student to a location designated by the principal or designee, if
it is determined that a search is warranted.
Inform the student that there are reasonable grounds to believe that they
have violated or are violating the law or school rules and regulations.

SCHOOL
PRINCIPAL/
DESIGNEE

4.

Question the student as to whether he/she has anything in their possession
not permitted in school, prior to conducting the search. If the student
acknowledges that he/she is in possession of contraband, ask the student
to remove it from their person or belongings.

SCHOOL
SAFETY
AGENT

5.

Remove the item, which is believed to be evidence of the student
violating a law or school rules and regulations, if student refuses to
remove same when asked by principal/designee.

SEARCH OF LOCKERS
SCHOOL
SAFETY
AGENT

6.
7.

Inform the principal or designee when there is reasonable suspicion that a
student’s locker contains contraband.
Search locker, only at the direction of principal or designee, except if an
emergency condition exists. The principal or designee must be present
while the search of the locker is conducted. (See ADDITIONAL DATA
statement under heading, “EMERGENCY SEARCHES OF LOCKERS”).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-18

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

2 of 3

WHEN A STUDENT IS FOUND TO BE IN POSSESSION OF CONTRABAND
SCHOOL
SAFETY
AGENT

8.
9.
10.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Notify the command concerned, if item is a violation of law, and follow
appropriate procedure for the invoicing of property and arrest of student(s).
In non-arrest circumstances, request precinct personnel to respond to take
custody of the contraband and invoice items seized.
Take control of and invoice the property under Department of Education
procedures, if item is a violation of school rules and regulations only.

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Nothing in this procedure supersedes the rights and responsibilities of uniformed
members of the service regarding search and seizure under applicable provisions of the
Criminal Procedure Law.
SEARCH GUIDELINES
If the student declines to remove the item or denies possession of any contraband, a
search may be conducted at the direction of the principal/designee. To the maximum
extent possible, if the search involves contact with the student, the search shall be
conducted by a school safety agent of the same gender as the student being searched. In
situations where a student’s gender is not immediately apparent or a student objects to
the gender of the school safety agent assigned to perform the search, the school safety
agent’s supervisor will assign a school safety agent of the gender requested by the
student, consistent with school safety agent safety and resource availability. Consistent
with the privacy concerns of the student, only those school safety agents reasonably
necessary to conduct the search should be present for the search. Under no
circumstances shall school safety agents conduct searches for the purpose of
determining gender. Additionally, school safety agents shall not ask questions about a
student’s anatomy without a reasonable basis for doing so. Refer to P.G. 203-10,
“Public Contact – Prohibited Conduct.”
Under no circumstances will a strip-search of a student be conducted.
EMERGENCY SEARCHES OF STUDENTS AND THEIR POSSESSIONS
An emergency condition is an incident that requires immediate intervention to protect
the safety and security of the school community or any person. A search may be
conducted if there is reasonable suspicion to believe that a student has violated or is
violating the law or school rules and procedures. Once the emergency condition is
under control, the school safety agent will immediately take the student to the principal
or designee and advise the principal/designee of the situation.
EMERGENCY SEARCHES OF LOCKERS
An emergency condition is one that requires immediate intervention to protect the safety
and security of the school community or any person. Once the situation is under
control, the principal or designee will be immediately advised of the situation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-18

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

3 of 3

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Procedures for Reporting and Recording Public School-Related Criminal Incidents
(P.G. 215-16)
Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrests and Investigations at Department of
Education Facilities (P.G. 215-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-19

ABANDONED INFANTS/OPERATION SAFE HAVEN
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure the safety of any abandoned infant and familiarize uniformed members
of the service with the provisions of the Abandoned Infant Protection Act.

SCOPE

The Abandoned Infant Protection Act is designed to protect the lives of newly
born infants by encouraging that they be left with a responsible person or in a
safe, suitable location (a “safe haven”) rather than simply abandoned in a
possibly dangerous way. The law establishes an affirmative defense to the crime
of Abandonment of a Child (Penal Law 260.00) and Endangering the Welfare of
a Child (Penal Law 260.10), in certain circumstances as follows:
a.
b.

c.

The abandoned infant appears to be not more than five days old,
and,
The person abandoning the child intends for the child to be safe
from physical injury and to be cared for in an appropriate manner,
and,
The person abandoning the child indicates such intent by leaving
the child with a responsible person or in a safe haven (e.g.
hospital, firehouse, police precinct, etc.), and promptly notifies a
responsible person of the child’s location.

NOTE

The law does not provide an affirmative defense to other charges such as assault.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is notified that an infant has been
abandoned or that a person intends to abandon an infant:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.

Respond to the scene.
Immediately secure medical attention for the:
a.
Infant and
b.
Mother if present.
Accompany child/mother to the hospital.
Request response of the patrol supervisor.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145) entry, indicating:
a.
Physical condition of child.
b.
Child’s age and medical history, if ascertained.
c.
Description of child’s clothing and/or wrapping.
d.
Presence or absence of a hospital tag.
e.
Mother’s pedigree information, address, and telephone number.
f.
Request for patrol supervisor.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-19

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

WHEN INFANT’S PARENT(S) IS NOT PRESENT AT THE SCENE
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

6.

Attempt to ascertain from the person on the scene who physically is in
possession of the infant:
a.
Their name, address, telephone number and relationship to the
parent(s).
b.
The identity, description, location, and telephone number of the
infant’s parent(s)

NOTE

Advise person that they are not required to give this information (steps 6a. and 6b).

7.

Enter information, if obtained, in ACTIVITY LOG.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

8.
9.

Respond to scene.
Determine if probable cause exists to make an arrest (i.e. criteria as set
forth in the Abandoned Infant Protection Act are not present, or other
offenses committed.)

NOTE

If probable cause to arrest the person responsible for the infant does not exist, and/or
person is otherwise in compliance with the criteria set forth in the Abandoned Infant
Protection Act, the person will be permitted to leave.

10.

11.
12.
13.
DESK OFFICER 14.
15.
16.
17.

Direct the preparation of the following Department forms:
a.
NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221).
b.
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD 304-152b).
c.
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD 313-152) (Classify as Investigate
Aided, or other charges as appropriate).
d.
REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR
MALTREATMENT (PD377-154)
Direct notification to be made to the New York State Central Registry.
Prepare UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD 370-152).
Notify Desk Officer.
Immediately notify the precinct detective squad. (If necessary the
precinct detective squad will notify the Missing Persons Squad.)
Notify Operations and the patrol borough command.
Make Command Log entry of items in step 5, subdivisions “a” through
“f”, listed above.
Notify Administration for Children’s Services (ACS) Instant Response
Team Coordinator. (Enter name of Administration for Children’s
Services Instant Response Team Coordinator in the Command Log.)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-19

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Emergency Removals or Investigation and Reporting of Abused, Neglected or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Children or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)
Child Advocacy Referrals (P.G. 215-14)
Aided Cases-General Procedures (P.G. 216-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)
REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT (PD377-154)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-20

REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF
EDUCATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FEDERAL NO CHILD
LEFT BEHIND ACT
DATE ISSUED:

09/06/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To assist the New York City Department of Education in determining whether a
student is entitled to a “safety transfer” pursuant to the provisions of the federal
“No Child Left Behind Act” by confirming whether the student has reported a
qualifying incident to the Department.

DEFINITION

QUALIFYING INCIDENT - For the purpose of this procedure, a “qualifying
incident” is any founded allegation of a crime reported to the Department by a
victim who is a New York City public school student and:
a.
Names New York City Public School property as the location of
occurrence, AND
b.
Involves infliction of a serious physical injury upon the victim as defined
in Penal Law § 10.00 (10); OR
c.
Is a sex offense involving forcible compulsion; OR
d.
Is any offense defined in the Penal Law that involves the use or threatened
use of a deadly weapon against the victim as defined in Penal Law §
10.00 (12).

PROCEDURE

When the Department receives a verbal, faxed or written request to confirm that
a qualifying incident has occurred at a New York City Public School from that
school’s principal or his/her authorized designee:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
RECEIVING
THE REQUEST

1.

Hand-deliver or personally relate the request to the School Safety
Sergeant of the precinct concerned.
a.
If the School Safety Sergeant is not available, hand-deliver or
personally relate the request to the precinct commander concerned
or his/her specified designee, who will perform the duties of the
School Safety Sergeant for this procedure.

SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT

2.

Confirm that the request was initiated by either the principal of the school
where the incident is alleged to have occurred, or that principal’s
authorized designee.
Confirm that the request provides the following:
a.
The name and number of the school
b.
The date, time and location of the alleged incident(s)
c.
The name(s) of the victim(s)

3.

NOTE

If the request does not meet the requirements specified in steps (2) and (3), contact the
principal/designee in order to obtain the required information or to verify the source of
the request.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-20

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

2 of 3

SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT
(continued)

4.

Given the proper information for an authorized request:
a.
Consult Department resources in the following order for the date
specified in the request for reports naming the victim(s):
(1)
The ON LINE COMPLAINT SYSTEM (OLCS) database,
or hard
copies of COMPLAINT
REPORT
WORKSHEETS (PD313-152A), as appropriate.
(2)
The ON-LINE JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM
database or hard copies of JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM
WORKSHEETS
(PD377-159A),
as
appropriate.
(3)
SCHOOL
SAFETY
DIVISION
CRIMINAL
INCIDENT REPORTS (PD313-147).
(4)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
(5)
Precinct Detective Squad.
(6)
School Safety Division Operations Center.

YOUTH
OFFICER

5.

Assist in the search of Department records when directed by the School
Safety Sergeant.

SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT

6.

Ascertain from report(s) and question assigned detective, if necessary, if
incident has been classified as unfounded.
Upon conclusion of the records search, prepare a report in duplicate, on
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151), addressed to the individual
making the request.
a.
Adhere to the sample format provided in the ADDITIONAL DATA
statement of this procedure.
Deliver the original either by hand or by mail to the principal or designee.
Notify the principal or designee verbally either in person or by telephone
of the results of the search, no later than the next day that school is in
session after the initial request was made. Limit contents of the verbal
notification to the information specified in report prepared in Step 7.
Record both the personal and mail notifications in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145). Include:
a.
The time of the verbal notification.
b.
The title and name of the person notified.
c.
Whether the written report was hand-delivered or mailed to the
recipient.
d.
Whether the incident was a qualifying incident or not and whether
it was classified as founded or unfounded.
Maintain duplicate copies of reports in a secure location for future
reference if necessary.

7.

8.
9.

10.

11.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-20

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

3 of 3

The Department must balance the need of the Department of Education to comply with
the federal regulations against the privacy rights of the complainant. For this reason,
members of the service who process these requests must do so in a thorough and timely
manner, but report the results in a way that only relates the facts necessary for school
administrators to determine if a qualifying incident has in fact occurred. The sample
below provides the format best suited to this end. In the interest of efficiency, commands
may utilize a pre-printed letter on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD to prepare the report.
Should the principal or designee request information beyond whether a qualifying
incident has been reported, such as the alleged details of an incident or the progress of
an investigation, the member will confer with both the detective assigned and the Deputy
Commissioner, Legal Matters.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

All reports will be formatted with proper date, salutation and signature block in
accordance with Department procedure for preparing correspondence. The body of the
text will be prepared as such:
SAMPLE
A search of Department records indicates that a report has/has not [specify one] been
filed naming [name specified in request] as a complainant in an incident.
This incident was/was not [specify one] alleged to have occurred on New York City
Public School Property, and did/did not [specify one] allege the infliction of a serious
physical injury upon the victim as defined in Penal Law § 10.00 (10), or a sex offense
against the victim involving forcible compulsion, or any offense defined in the Penal
Law that involves the use or threatened use of a deadly weapon against the victim as
defined in Penal Law § 10.00 (12).
At the time that this search was conducted, this incident was/was not [specify one]
classified as unfounded.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Information Concerning Official Business of Department (P.G. 212-76)
Reporting and Recording Public School-Related Criminal Incidents (P.G. 215-16)
Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrests and Investigations at Department of
Education Facilities (P.G. 215-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-21

UTILIZATION OF THE JUVENILE DESK
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide juvenile arrest processing and investigative support to members of the service.

PROCEDURE

When a juvenile is detained by a member of service and removed to a police facility:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

2.

DESK OFFICER 3.

Remove juvenile to the precinct of arrest/designated arrest processing
facility and inform desk officer of circumstances.
a.
Juvenile delinquents/juvenile offenders will be taken to the
location in the stationhouse SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED as
suitable for the interrogation of juveniles.
b.
A list of locations approved for the interrogation of juveniles is
maintained in the Command Reference Library and at the Juvenile Desk.
Notify parent/guardian immediately and,
a.
Document notification in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) including
parent/guardian’s pedigree information, address and date of birth.
b.
Have juvenile’s pedigree information determined by questioning juvenile
and/or their parent/guardian.
c.
Verify pedigree information by satisfactory documentary proof, if
available.

4.

Document the notification to the parent/guardian in Command Log and
include parent/guardian pedigree information, address and date of birth.
Determine the appropriate charges, including law, section, degree, and subdivision
(i.e., Penal Law 120.10 [1], for Assault in the 1st Degree, Subdivision One or
Penal Law 160.10 [3], for Robbery in the 2nd Degree, Subdivision Three, etc.).

ARRESTING
OFFICER

5.

Contact the Juvenile Desk after juvenile is removed to command of detention.

NOTE

The Juvenile Desk will provide arresting officers and supervisors with support twenty-four
hours/seven days a week. Arresting officers must call the Juvenile Desk before beginning the arrest
process to ensure that any intelligence regarding the juvenile is obtained before the decision
whether to release the juvenile to a parent/guardian/adult relative is made. The Juvenile Desk has
specialized databases that can provide vital background information on arrested/detained juveniles
and those adults taking custody of a juvenile upon recognizance or release.

6.

Provide Juvenile Desk analyst with the following information:
a.
Juvenile’s last name, first name, date of birth, and home address;
b.
Parent or guardian’s last name, first name, date of birth, and home
address;
c.
Whether parent/guardian notification was successful;
d.
Top charge by law, numeric section, numeric subdivision, name and
degree (i.e., Penal Law 120.10 [1], for Assault in the 1st Degree,
Subdivision One or Penal Law 160.10 [3], for Robbery in the 2nd
Degree, Subdivision Three, etc.).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-21

PAGE:

08/01/13

7.

JUVENILE
DESK
ANALYST

REVISION NUMBER:

8.
9.
10.

2 of 3

Perform relevant computer checks of the juvenile and the
parent/guardian, and advise arresting officer of results.
Provide arrest processing support.
Make recommendation to remand juvenile or release on recognizance, as
appropriate (see ADDITIONAL DATA).
Provide arresting officer with Family Court return date, if required.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Obtain information regarding juvenile’s history from the Juvenile Desk analyst.
Be guided by responses from Juvenile Desk analyst.
Document results of conferral with analyst in ACTIVITY LOG.
Comply with applicable arrest processing procedures.
Telephone Juvenile Desk, as soon as possible, for changes to the following:
a.
Any change in the charge(s) that will amend the status of the juvenile (i.e.,
upgrade in charge(s) or additional charges, Assistant District Attorney
declines to prosecute juvenile in criminal court, etc.)
b.
Inability to make a parental notification or the inability to release
the juvenile to a responsible parent/legal guardian/adult relative
c.
Any changes that would amend the Juvenile Desk’s previous
recommendation (i.e., investigation reveals that juvenile
misrepresented his/her actual age or identity, etc.).

JUVENILE
DESK
ANALYST

16.

Notify the Juvenile Crime Squad for the following offenses:
a.
Any felony
b.
Criminal Possession of Weapon (firearm only)
c.
Reckless Endangerment
d.
Arson.
Notify the appropriate investigative unit (i.e., Precinct Detective
Squad/Nightwatch for felonies, Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Module
(BRAM) for robberies and burglaries, and the respective Special Victims
Squad/Child Abuse Squad for serious sex crimes).
Notify the Corporation Counsel for the following offenses:
a.
Any Homicide, including attempts (request that a Corporation Counsel
representative respond)
b.
Rape 1st Degree (request that a Corporation Counsel representative
respond)
c.
Any First Degree Sexual Offense
d.
Assault 1st Degree
e.
Robbery 1st Degree
f.
Any Firearm-Related Offense.
Make any other necessary notification on the behalf of arresting officer (i.e.,
Special Victims Squad for sex offenses with minors, etc.) with the exception of the
notification to juvenile’s parent/guardian.
Provide officer with Juvenile Desk – Intake Log number, if appropriate.

17.

18.

19.

20.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-21

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ARRESTING
OFFICER

21.

Document the Juvenile Desk – Intake Log number in the “Narrative” section of
the JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A), or in
the “Details” section of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD313-152A), and the “Narrative” section of the ON-LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Juvenile Desk personnel will make a recommendation whether to remand or release on
recognizance a juvenile based on several factors including the age of the juvenile, the offense
charged, the information provided by the arresting officer, and the results of comprehensive
background checks of the juvenile and their parent(s). The ultimate decision making authority,
however, remains with the supervisor at the detention command. This provides the flexibility to
respond to information or circumstances known only to supervisors at the field command.
However, the discretion to depart from the recommendations of the Juvenile Desk should be
founded on the rationale that the Department will act on the principle of “what is best for the child”
balanced by appropriate measures to discourage future criminal behavior. Examples of
considerations that should not impact discretion are the availability of vehicles for transport or
shortage of personnel. In cases where conditions in the field necessitate a departure from the
Juvenile Desk recommendation, the desk officer must confer with a Juvenile Desk supervisor. If
after conferral with the Juvenile Desk supervisor, the desk officer’s decision is to not follow the
recommendation of the Juvenile Desk, the commanding officer of the command of detention, will
prepare a report, on Typed Letterhead, to the Assistant Commissioner, Juvenile Justice Division
explaining the reason for the non-compliance.
School safety agents who detain and remove a juvenile to a police facility for arrest processing or
for the issuance of a JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET and COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET, as per P.G. 215-08, “On-Line Juvenile Report System,” are also
required to comply with the above procedure. When school safety agents have removed a juvenile
to a police facility for processing, they will notify the School Safety Division (SSD) Operations
Center prior to calling the Juvenile Desk. The SSD Operations Center member will issue the agent
a SSD Operations Center serial number for entry on a SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION
CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147), if appropriate. When the detention of a
juvenile takes place within school grounds, the SSD Operations Center will contact the Juvenile
Desk on behalf of the arresting agent, if necessary. This process will ensure that the SSD
Operations Center remains aware of all enforcement activity occurring in and around New York
City public schools.
It is not the function of the Juvenile Desk to collect or disseminate statistical data on
juveniles and juvenile incidents.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrest of Juvenile Offender (P.G. 215-10)
Offenses Committed by a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile Offender)
(P.G. 215-09)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-23

COURT PROCESSING OF ARRESTS OF JUVENILE DELINQUENTS
ON WEEKENDS AND COURT HOLIDAYS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To provide for the appearance of arresting officers at the weekend Department of
Probation intake location, at the Corporation Counsel office, when a juvenile delinquent
has been taken into custody, delivered to Horizon Juvenile Center, and the respective
borough Family Court will not be in session due to the weekend or court holiday

DEFINITIONS

BOROUGH FAMILY COURT- A location in the borough of arrest where
juvenile delinquents are routinely brought to be arraigned during non-holiday
weekdays.
WEEKEND/HOLIDAY COURT PROCESSING – When a juvenile delinquent
is taken into custody and does not qualify for personal recognizance and the
borough Family Court will not be in session the next calendar day due to the
weekend or holiday, the arresting officer will appear at Manhattan Criminal
Court to process the arrest.
MANHATTAN CRIMINAL COURT – All weekend/holiday juvenile delinquent
court processing will take place at Manhattan Criminal Court. The Manhattan
Criminal Court is located at 100 Centre Street.

PROCEDURE

When a juvenile delinquent has been taken into custody and does not qualify for
personal recognizance and the borough Family Court will not be in session the
next calendar day due to the weekend or court holiday:

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.
3.

NOTE

Notify the Real Time Crime Center Juvenile Desk when juvenile is
detained and removed to a police facility.
Provide detained juvenile’s pedigree, primary charge and any other
information the juvenile crime desk analyst requests.
Ensure multiple arrests resulting from one incident, which will be arraigned in
Family Court and Criminal Court, are separated and assigned to two different
arresting/assigned officers.
a.
Be guided by P.G. 208-20, “Turnover Arrests” when re-assigning an
arrest.
b.
Ensure assigned officer is given arrest(s) which will be arraigned
in Criminal Court.

Due to the challenges that may occur when processing prisoners in two different courts
(Family and Criminal Court), it is mandated that an arrest involving an adult/juvenile offender
and juvenile delinquent be separated and assigned to different officers (e.g., juvenile
delinquent processed in Family Court; adult prisoner/juvenile offender processed in Criminal
Court). The assigned officer given the arrest(s) that will be arraigned in Criminal Court must
re-interview the complainant/witness in order to prevent double “hearsay.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-23

6.

7.

DESK OFFICER 8.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.
5.

JUVENILE
DESK
ANALYST

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 4

Perform required information inquires.
Inform desk officer of recommendation to either deliver juvenile into the custody
of the Department of Juvenile Justice or release juvenile delinquent on personal
recognizance.
Ascertain whether juvenile will be lodged at Horizon Juvenile Center prior
to 0600 hours.
a.
If juvenile is lodged prior to 0600 hours, the arresting officer will
be required to appear that same day at Manhattan Criminal Court
to complete the arrest process (only if that day is a Saturday,
Sunday or official court holiday).
b.
If juvenile is lodged after 0600 hours, the arresting officer will be
required to appear the following day at Manhattan Criminal Court
to complete the arrest process (only if that day is a Saturday,
Sunday, or official court holiday).
Inform desk officer of arresting officer’s mandatory appearance for a
Weekend/Holiday Pre-Petition Detention Hearing at Manhattan Criminal Court,
pursuant to step “6 a or b.”
Have child NOT eligible for personal recognizance or for whom NO
application for personal recognizance was made delivered to Horizon
Juvenile Center immediately.

The Horizon Juvenile Center will not accept a juvenile for admission between the hours
of 0600 and 0800. Therefore, desk officers must consider the distance and travel time to
Horizon when determining the time to deliver the juvenile(s).

9.

10.
11.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

12.

13.
14.

Have officer delivering juvenile to Horizon Juvenile Center provide Department
of Juvenile Justice intake personnel with one copy of ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152), if prepared, and JUVENILE ARREST
INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151).
Direct arresting officer to appear at 100 Centre Street, Room 132, at 0900
hours the following weekend or court holiday morning.
Ensure that parent/legal guardian of juvenile delinquent and complainant(s)/
victim(s) in the case are notified and informed of the time and location to be
present at Manhattan Criminal Court for the juvenile delinquent’s court
arraignment.
Report to Manhattan Criminal Court, 100 Centre Street, at 0900 hours the
next calendar day, if the borough Family Court will not be in session due
to weekend and/or court holiday in order to begin juvenile arraignment process.
Bring two copies of arrest paperwork for each juvenile delinquent taken
into custody and delivered to the Horizon Juvenile Center facility.
Sign-in at the Manhattan Court Section desk in Room 132 and be guided
by court section supervisor.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-23

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

15.

16.
17.

DESK OFFICER 18.
19.
20.

3 of 4

Report to the 14th floor for conferral with representatives from the Department of
Probation and Corporation Counsel, for preparation of Family Court complaint
and possible testimony at a pre-petition detention hearing.
a.
Provide both the probation officer and the Assistant Corporation Counsel
handling the case with one copy of arrest paperwork each.
Upon being excused by Corporation Counsel following arraignment,
report to Room 132 to sign-out.
Inform court section supervisor and desk officer of command, if notified
by judge or Corporation Counsel, to appear for subsequent hearings.
Make entry in Telephone Record pertaining to required uniformed
member’s appearance for subsequent hearings.
Ensure Appearance Control Unit is notified the next business day of
requested appearance.
Notify the operations coordinator and integrity control officer of any
mandatory overtime and/or appearance for members of the service who
are required to be present at court on a weekend or court holiday.

NOTE

Due to the possibility of short-date notifications, desk officers should be aware that the
Corporation Counsel may contact the command to have a uniformed member notified for a
court appearance. When a member of the service is not at the command (i.e., regular day off,
at a training session, etc.) the desk officer will attempt to notify the member of the service by
telephone. All such attempts must be documented in the Telephone Record.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Members of the service are reminded to adhere to current Department procedures when
obtaining a return date for an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT (PD277130) for juvenile(s) released on personal recognizance. Return dates for juvenile(s)
released on personal recognizance do not have to coincide with a Weekend/Holiday PrePetition Detention Hearing scheduled for juvenile(s) delivered to Horizon Juvenile
Center. Arraignments for juveniles released on personal recognizance can be held at a
later date.
Desk officers are reminded of their obligation to forward DNA, narcotics and firearm
evidence to the Police Laboratory in a timely manner as outlined in P.G. 218-04,
“Delivery of Evidence to the Police Laboratory” and P.G. 218-49, “Immediate Delivery
of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner
(OCME).”
Desk officers will ensure uniformed members of the service are provided with a means of
transportation to Manhattan Criminal Court. School Safety personnel will contact their
Operations Desk in order to coordinate transportation to Manhattan Criminal Court.
If a complainant/victim has difficulty in finding transportation to Manhattan Criminal Court, a
reasonable effort should be made by the command to provide transportation. Under no
circumstances will such effort take priority over the field operations of the command.
The Manhattan Court Section desk is located in Room 132 at Manhattan Criminal
Court, 100 Centre Street.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-23

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Members of the service are reminded that any subsequent hearings following a weekend
or court holiday appearance at Manhattan Criminal Court will be conducted in the
borough Family Court (borough origin of complaint).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Offense Committed By a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile Offender)
(P.G. 215-09)
“Turnover” Arrests (P. G. 208-20)
First and Third Platoon Arrests (P.G. 208-25)
Delivery of Evidence to the Police Laboratory (P.G. 218-04)
Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of the
Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) (P.G. 218-49)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151)
APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT (PD277-130)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Juvenile Matters

Procedure No:

215-24

PHOTOGRAPHING JUVENILES CHARGED AS JUVENILE
DELINQUENTS OR JUVENILE OFFENDERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To ensure official Department photographs of juveniles charged with juvenile
delinquency or as juvenile offenders are taken at the time of arrest, when legally
permissible, and are stored in the Photo Manager System for investigatory purposes.

PROCEDURE

When a juvenile is arrested and charged as a juvenile delinquent or juvenile offender:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.

3.

NOTE

Direct arresting officer to contact Juvenile Desk, as per P.G. 215-21, “Utilization
of the Juvenile Desk” after juvenile is removed to command of detention; and,
comply with Patrol Guide 215-09, “Offense Committed by a Child Under 16
Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile Offender)” or Patrol Guide 215-10, “Arrest
of Juvenile Offender,” as appropriate.
Determine if the offense for which the juvenile is charged allows him/her
to be photographed.
a.
Photographs will be taken of juveniles charged with juvenile
delinquency as follows:
i.
Eleven or twelve years old and charged with a class A or B
felony
ii.
Thirteen, fourteen, or fifteen years old and charged with any
felony.
b.
Photographs will be taken of all juveniles charged as juvenile offenders.
Ensure juvenile is properly placed in front of the “Photograph
Background Board” prior to taking the arrest photograph utilizing the
command’s Digital Camera Capture Station System.

In all cases in which photographs are taken of juveniles as part of this procedure, the newly
created “Photograph Background Board” MUST be used. This gray colored board is used
to ensure that all juvenile photographs have the same color background.
Should the Photograph Background Board need to be repaired or replaced, notify the
Facilities Management Division.
Absent unusual circumstances, the new Photograph Background Boards should also be
used for adult digital Prisoner Movement Slip photographs.

4.

NOTE

Direct the arresting officer to photograph the juvenile delinquent or juvenile
offender utilizing the command’s Digital Camera Capture Station System.

The official arrest photograph for juveniles charged as juvenile delinquents will be the
photograph taken at the command of arrest utilizing the Digital Camera Capture Station
System.
The official arrest photograph for juveniles charged as juvenile offenders will be the photograph
taken at the borough court section booking facility. However, if a determination is subsequently
made to charge the juvenile as a juvenile delinquent and not a juvenile offender, then the official
arrest photograph taken at the borough court section booking facility will be deleted, and the
Digital Camera Capture Station System photograph will become the official arrest photograph.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-24

ARRESTING
OFFICER

5.

7.

2 of 5

Properly place juvenile in front of the “Photograph Background Board”
prior to taking the arrest photograph.
Take one full frontal photograph of the juvenile utilizing the command’s
Digital Camera Capture Station System, and crop the image to obtain a
centered, straight-on, in-focus photograph of the juvenile.
a.
If the juvenile wears prescription eyeglasses, take one photograph
with eyeglasses and one without eyeglasses.
Take one side-view photograph of the right side of the face of the
juvenile.
a.
Turn the juvenile to the left so the right side of the face is photographed
b.
If the juvenile wears prescription eyeglasses, take one photograph
with eyeglasses and one without eyeglasses.

Under no circumstances should intimate areas of the body (e.g., breast, lower waist
area, buttocks, etc.) be exposed or photographed.

8.

9.

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

6.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Ensure the following when taking photographs:
a.
No other person is in the photograph
b.
Juvenile’s face is expressionless
c.
Juvenile is not photographed while laughing, smiling, biting their
lips or pursing their lips
d.
Juvenile has his/her eyes open
e.
Juvenile is standing straight
f.
Sunglasses and hats are removed
g.
Hair is not covering the face
h.
If the juvenile is wearing a turtle-neck sweater, hooded sweatshirt, or a
garment with a large collar, the garment will be folded down to allow as
much of the juvenile’s neck to be seen as possible.
Save the juvenile’s image if the requirements listed in steps “5,” “6,” “7,” and “8”
are satisfied.

Once the member of service has completed taking the photographs and attempts to save the image,
a box will appear labeled, “Waiting to Verify.” At this time, the member of the service will request
the desk officer to “verify” the photographs.
If the juvenile refuses to be photographed, the arresting officer will notify the desk officer. The
desk officer will attempt to obtain compliance from the juvenile. If the juvenile continues to refuse
to be photographed, the desk officer will confer with the Legal Bureau.

10.
11.

Return juvenile to the area designated for the interrogation of juveniles and
continue arrest processing.
Generate digital Prisoner Movement Slip with digital photograph using
the Digital Camera Capture Station System, and retain with juvenile.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-24

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 12.

13.
14.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 5

Ensure the arrest is based upon Probable Cause and the arrest was made in
compliance with Department procedures and arrest photographs of the
juvenile are taken in compliance with the requirements listed in step “2.”
Confer with Juvenile Desk regarding juvenile arrest and juvenile arrest photograph
procedures including the requirements listed in steps “2”, “5,” “6,” “7,” and “8.”
View the photographs and ensure that they are high quality and comply
with the requirements listed in steps “5,” “6,” “7,” and “8.”
a.
If the photographs are high quality and comply with the requirements
listed in steps “5,” “6,” “7,” and “8”, “accept” the photographs.
b.
If the photographs are not high quality OR do not comply with the
requirements listed in steps “5,” “6,” “7,” and “8”, “reject” the
photographs and direct that the process be repeated until high
quality photographs that comply with the requirements listed in
steps “5,” “6,” “7,” and “8” are obtained.

The desk officer must enter the Photo Manager System through the Department Intranet in order to
confirm that the photographs are high quality and comply with the requirements listed in
steps “5,” “6,” “7,” and “8”. Once at the log-in screen of Photo Manager, the desk officer
shall click on the BLUE bar which reads, “Verify Juvenile Images”. The desk officer will be
directed to another log-in screen (black and red in color). Once at that screen, the desk officer will
log-in utilizing their password.
Once logged-in, a table of juvenile records will appear representing photographs that need to be
“verified.” On the left hand side of each record will be a link “Verify.” A one minute time frame
may be needed for the juvenile information to appear in the table. If it does not appear, repeatedly
depress the refresh button until it does.
Both the frontal and side view juvenile photographs taken on the Digital Camera Capture Station
System will be displayed. The desk officer will view the photographs and ensure that they comply
with all requirements. Each photograph must be independently accepted or rejected by depressing
the corresponding buttons on the computer screen.
If a photograph must be rejected for any reason, depress the “Reject” button and such photographs
will disappear from the Photo Manager System (desk officer’s computer) as well as the officer’s
screen at the Digital Camera Capture Station System. Once a photograph is rejected, it is
permanently deleted from the System and must be re-taken.

15.

If a juvenile arrest is voided OR if juvenile arrest photographs were not taken in
compliance with the requirements listed in step “2” OR if juvenile arrest
photographs were inadvertently “accepted” when they should have been
“rejected”, prepare a Typed Letterhead addressed to Director, Photographic
Services requesting arrest photograph and arrest record / information be deleted
from the system and explaining the reasons for deletion (see ADDITIONAL
DATA).
a.
E-mail the Typed Letterhead to the Photographic Unit
b.
Make an entry in the Command Log stating the date and time the
Typed Letterhead was e-mailed to the Photographic Unit and
explaining the reasons why the arrest photograph had to be
deleted.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

215-24

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

Pursuant to the Family Court Act, juvenile delinquent arrest photographs must be kept
confidential and in the exclusive possession of the Department. Juvenile delinquent
arrest photographs must also be kept separate from adult arrest photographs and
juvenile offender arrest photographs. Additionally, pursuant to the Family Court Act, the
Department may ONLY retain juvenile delinquent arrest photographs:
1.
During the pendency of the Family Court proceeding that is the subject
of the arrest.
2.
Following the disposition of the Family Court proceeding that is the
subject of the arrest, only upon the conviction of an eleven or twelve
year old for a class “A” or “B” felony OR the conviction of a thirteen,
fourteen or fifteen year old for any felony.
In all other circumstances, ALL copies of juvenile delinquent arrest photographs must
be retrieved and destroyed.
To ensure compliance with the strict controls mandated by the Family Court Act,
members of the service must comply with the following guidelines concerning juvenile
delinquent arrest photographs:
a.
Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs and adult arrest photographs
should never be displayed together.
b.
Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs and juvenile offender arrest
photographs should never be displayed together.
c.
Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs must be treated as confidential and
retained in the exclusive control of the Department.
d.
Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs will not be printed from the Photo
Manager System except: (1) to create and preserve a copy of a photo array
displayed to a victim / witness; or (2) to preserve a copy of an arrest photograph
identified by a victim / witness during a Mugshot photo viewing identification
procedure; or (3) to assist in the execution of a Family Court warrant for the
charge that is the subject of the arrest for which the juvenile delinquent arrest
photograph was taken and entered into the Photo Manager System; or (4) to
generate a digital Prisoner Movement Slip. If there are questions concerning the
printing of juvenile delinquent arrest photographs from the Photo Manager
System, confer with the Legal Bureau. Member in non-investigative assignment
will record such conferral in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145). Member in
investigative assignment will record such conferral in the appropriate manner in
the related electronic case file or non-electronic case folder.
e.
Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs will not be provided to outside agencies,
including other law enforcement agencies, except the District Attorney’s Office,
NYC Corporation Counsel’s Family Court Division or US Attorney’s Office,
when requested. If there are questions concerning the distribution of juvenile
delinquent arrest photographs to other agencies, confer with the Legal Bureau.
Member in non-investigative assignment will record such conferral in
ACTIVITY LOG. Member in investigative assignment will record such
conferral in the appropriate manner in the related electronic case file or
non-electronic case folder.
f.
Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs will not be used for wanted flyers.
g.
Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs will not be used for missing
person flyers without permission from the Legal Bureau.
h.
Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs will not be released to the media.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

215-24

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

5 of 5

SAMPLE OF TYPED LETTERHEAD
POLICE DEPARTMENT
CITY OF NEW YORK
[DATE]
From:

[RANK, NAME, COMMAND]

To:

Director, Photographic Services

Subject:

REQUEST FOR DELETION OF JUVENILE DELINQUENT
ARREST PHOTOGRAPHS AND RECORDS / INFORMATION

1.
On [DATE], [RANK] [FULL NAME] [TAX REGISTRY #], arrested
[JUVENILE’S FULL NAME], [ARREST NUMBER], as a juvenile delinquent for
[CHARGES]. Arrest photographs of the respondent were erroneously taken due to the fact
that [STATE REASON(S) WHY DELETION IS NECESSARY].
2.
Based upon the forgoing facts, I request that all copies of arrest
photographs and arrest records / information be deleted.
3.

For your information and appropriate attention.

[SUPERVISOR’S FULL NAME]
[SUPERVISOR’S RANK]
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Photographable Offenses (P.G. 208-07)
Utilization of the Juvenile Desk (P.G. 215-21)
Offense Committed by a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile Offender)
(P.G. 215-09)
Arrest of Juvenile Offender (P.G. 215-10)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-01

AIDED CASES GENERAL PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To render necessary aid, take corrective or summary action and prepare the prescribed
forms.

DEFINITIONS

AIDED CASE - Any occurrence coming to the attention of a uniformed member
of the service which requires that a person, OTHER THAN A PRISONER,
receive medical aid or assistance because such person is:
a.
Sick or injured (except vehicle or bicycle collision)
b.
Dead (except vehicle or bicycle collision)
c.
Lost person
d.
Mentally ill
e.
An abandoned, destitute, abused or neglected child
f.
Runaway child
g.
Adult requiring care due to arrest, hospitalization, death of parent/
guardian/person responsible for care.
ROUTINE SICK AT HOME - Requires ONLY an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112145) entry if aided is at any residence AND
a.
Is conscious and properly identified
b.
No other police service or notification is required
c.
No dependent adults or uncared for children are in household
d.
No other investigation is needed.
Ascertain that ambulance is responding and resume patrol.

NOTE

ROUTINE SICK IN NURSING HOMES - Uniformed members of the service will NOT
respond to sick cases in nursing homes. However, other than a routine sick case (injury,
cardiac, D.O.A., etc.), a uniformed member will respond to the nursing home, prepare an
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), and make necessary notifications.
PROCEDURE

Upon arrival at the scene of an aided incident:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.
4.

Render reasonable aid to sick or injured person.
Request an ambulance or doctor, if necessary.
a.
If not assigned to patrol, request dispatcher to assign patrol unit
concerned
b.
If aided person is wearing a Medic Alert Emblem indicating
diabetes, heart disease, etc., notify radio dispatcher and bring to
the attention of ambulance attendant. Do not remove Emblem.
Wait in view to direct the ambulance or have a responsible person do so.
Make a second call in twenty minutes if ambulance does not arrive.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-01

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

PAGE:

08/19/13

5.

6.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 4

Make ACTIVITY LOG entry.
a.
Include name of person notified regarding Medic Alert Emblem
b.
Include Ambulance Call Report (ACR) number or Patient Care
Report (PCR) number related to the aided (obtain from the
responding ambulance attendant).
Accompany unconscious or unidentified aided to hospital in body of
ambulance.
a.
Witness search by hospital authorities and sign hospital property
record as witness
b.
Examine property removed in attempt to determine identity of aided
c.
Record, in ACTIVITY LOG, a list of property removed and
identity of person conducting search.

When a uniformed member of the service responds to an aided case and finds that the
aided has been removed from the scene prior to the arrival of the member, such member
will ascertain the location of the aided and obtain all information necessary for
preparation of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.

7.
8.

Obtain name, address and telephone number of relative or friend for
notification.
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET and deliver to command clerk.
a.
Include under “Details,” name of person notified regarding Medic
Alert Emblems worn.

ALL AIDED CASES:
COMMAND
CLERK

9.
10.
11.

DESK OFFICER 12.
13.

NOTE

Have relatives/friends notified if aided is admitted to a hospital or dies.
Classify aided “Unidentified” if unable to make identification and inform
desk officer.
Deliver AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to the desk officer.
Ascertain that notification has been made or comply with P.G. 216-03,
“Unidentified Persons.”
Review AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET for accuracy and
completeness.

In cases where a death has occurred or the person is seriously injured and likely to die,
the desk officer will ensure that a notification is made in a timely manner and document
the time and date of the notification as well as the name of member making notification
under caption “Notification” on the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.

14.
15.

Process AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET in accordance with P.G.
216-02, “Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet.”
Notify the New York City Human Resources Administration’s Protective
Services for Adults to obtain care for a dependent adult due to arrest,
hospitalization or death of a guardian.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

216-01

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 4

When an aided person is placed in care of ambulance or medical personnel at a
hospital, the authority and responsibility for the medical care of the aided rests solely
with hospital personnel. Uniformed members of the service concerned shall cooperate
with ambulance/hospital personnel in every reasonable manner.
If a person is unconscious in a manhole, the uniformed member of the service concerned
should immediately request the services of the Emergency Service Unit. If there is
reason to believe that the victim was asphyxiated by lack of oxygen, or toxic gas in the
manhole, the member WILL NOT DESCEND into the manhole unless equipped with a
self-contained oxygen breathing apparatus such as a Scott Air Pack, NOT a filter mask
as used by the military. If a person is unconscious in a manhole and there is reason to
believe the atmosphere in the manhole is safe, the member concerned, before descending
into the manhole, shall obtain a rope or similar article and tie the rope, etc., securely
around his/her body. A capable person outside the manhole should hold the free end.
A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) who receives a report of a crime
involving personal physical injury, death or loss of essential personal property to an
innocent crime victim will notify the victim, or a dependent or surviving relative, of the
State Crime Victim’s Compensation Program and that additional information and
applications are available at any precinct stationhouse, police service area or transit
district.
Whenever a uniformed member of the service is present at the scene of an aided case
that is not life threatening, and there is a difference of opinion between the aided,
aided’s family, or other interested parties and Emergency Medical Service (EMS)
personnel relative to the medical treatment or removal of the aided to a hospital, the
member concerned will IMMEDIATELY request the patrol supervisor and an EMS
supervisor to respond to the scene. If the patrol supervisor is not available, the
Communications Section dispatcher will automatically direct the patrol supervisor from
the adjoining command to respond without delay.
The patrol supervisor will immediately respond to ascertain the facts, and if the situation
is resolved, the request for the EMS supervisor will be canceled. If the situation cannot
be properly resolved, the patrol supervisor will make a second request for an EMS
supervisor to respond to the scene.
When responding to an aided case, and the aided is the victim of domestic violence,
uniformed members concerned will ensure that photographs are taken of the visible
injuries, as per Patrol Guide 208-39, “Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (Digital
Photography of Visible Injuries/Damaged Property).”
LifeNet is a treatment referral program for individuals or families in need of counseling
assistance outside the purview of this Department, e.g., drug/alcohol abuse, mental health
related issues, the lonely and confused, etc. Members of the service responding to aided
cases encountering such individuals or families are directed to give to them a LifeNet
Information Card (Misc. 4203) which contains the program’s telephone numbers.
LifeNet personnel are accessible 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. LifeNet
is not intended as an alternative means by which to handle mentally ill or emotionally
disturbed persons who may pose a danger to themselves or others. In such situations,
members will comply with P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

216-01

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 4

Uniformed members of the service at the scene of an incident at which an aided is acting in a
deranged, erratic manner apparently caused by a drug overdose (e.g., cocaine psychosis, angel
dust, heroin overdose, etc.) will request the response of the patrol supervisor. If an ambulance is
not immediately available, the supervisor will determine if aided should be removed to the appropriate hospital by utilizing an RMP or await the arrival of an ambulance. The aided is not to be
brought to a police facility.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Cocaine induced psychosis or other illegal drug usage may cause violent behavior, which may be a
means of self-defense against imagined persecutors. In addition to paranoia, the individual may
experience visual, auditory, or tactile (e.g., bugs crawling under the skin, etc.), hallucinations, high
body temperature and seizures. Since sudden death may ensue, uniformed members of the service
are reminded to have such person brought to an appropriate hospital facility and NOT TO A
POLICE FACILITY.
Pending arrival of an ambulance, the uniformed member should allow a sick/injured person to be
treated by a doctor, emergency medical technician or paramedic, if such person volunteers his/her
services, and the uniformed member reasonably believes the volunteer is a professional. The
medical attention should take place, if possible, under the observation of the member concerned.
When the emergency situation is under control, request identification from volunteer, including
name and address, and record information in ACTIVITY LOG and under “Details” on AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET. The volunteer’s role is limited to providing medical assistance ONLY.
Determination regarding removal procedures via ambulance, Medivac, etc., will be determined by
Emergency Medical Service personnel.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (Digital Photography of Visible Injuries/Damaged
Property) (P.G. 208-39)
Runaway Children (P.G. 215-05)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Notifications (P.G. 216-15)
Safeguarding Property of Deceased Persons (P.G. 218-28)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
LifeNet Information Card (Misc. 4203)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-02

PREPARATION OF AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/19/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide statistical data and record occurrences and services rendered.

PROCEDURE

To record an aided case:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
DESK OFFICER 3.
4.

COMMAND
CLERK

5.

6.

Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a.
Complete all boxes with captions pertaining to the aided case.
b.
If only one WORKSHEET needed, indicate “1 of 1” on front of
WORKSHEET under caption “Card No. ___of___” at top right
side of form. If more than one WORKSHEET required, indicate “1
of 3,” “2 of 3,” “3 of 3,” etc. on WORKSHEETS, as appropriate.
c.
Under “Details” caption, use own words to describe apparent illness
or injury, such as “stomach pains,” “head injury,” “maternity,” etc.
d.
If the City is involved, check caption “City Involved” and enter
agency code, official diagnosis, description of area and witness’ name,
address and telephone number under caption “Details,” if available.
e.
If person being aided refuses medical aid, check “refused” box
under caption “Medical Aid was” on front of WORKSHEET.
f.
If a person is unidentified and hospitalized, enter the hospital
admission number under caption, “Admission #: If unidentified
and hospitalized,” on front of WORKSHEET.
g.
If an unidentified person was treated and released, record such
facts under “Details” caption.
h.
If O.C. Spray used, check caption on rear of WORKSHEET and
enter in “Details,” the rank, name and tax registry number of each
uniformed member of the service who discharged spray.
Report incident to desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
Review and sign WORKSHEET.
Have command clerk enter aided information contained
WORKSHEET into the On Line Aided System (O.L.A.S.).

on

Enter aided information contained on WORKSHEET, previously
approved by the desk officer, into the On Line Aided System (O.L.A.S.)
through the FINEST or Local Area Network (LAN) terminals.
Generate duplicate copy of O.L.A.S. Aided Report and forward, as follows:
a.
PRECINCT YOUTH OFFICER (Child’s Temporary Resident Precinct) - If
person deceased or removed to hospital and UNCARED FOR CHILDREN
are left with friends, neighbors, relatives, etc., not residing in household.
b.
PRECINCT YOUTH OFFICER (Child’s Permanent Resident
Precinct) - If child is neglected, abused or maltreated.
c.
EMERGENCY SERVICES UNIT - If cardio-pulmonary resuscitation
(CPR) is administered by members of the service.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-02

d.
e.

2 of 2

HARBOR UNIT - If person injured or killed in boating collision
or person aided on an island inaccessible to a patrol precinct.
UNIT CONCERNED - If directed by Patrol Guide, or other directive,
forward duplicate copyof O.L.A.S. Aided Report to unit concerned.

All duplicate reports for outside agencies will be placed in a white envelope, addressed
appropriately (e.g., Office of the Comptroller, One Centre Street, New York, NY 10007,
attn: CIF Department) and forwarded to the Mail and Distribution Unit.

DESK OFFICER 7.
8.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/19/13

COMMAND
CLERK
(continued)
NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Review O.L.A.S. Aided Report by ensuring that all required captions are
complete and accurate.
Enter tax registry number into FINEST or Local Area Network (LAN)
terminal if O.L.A.S. Aided Report properly prepared.

Once aided information is entered into the On Line Aided System (O.L.A.S.) through the
FINEST or Local Area Network (LAN) terminals, aided numbers will be automatically
and sequentially issued by the system for each precinct, and will be composed of:
a.
A three digit precinct number
b.
A four digit year number, and
c.
A five digit serial number.
If a number of persons are aided as a result of the same occurrence:
a.
The first numbered O.L.A.S. Aided Report will describe the full details.
b.
On each succeeding O.L.A.S. Aided Report for the same occurrence, only the
aided number, name, address, sex, age, and the nature of the injury/illness of the
aided person will be entered. (Include the name of hospital and name of attendant
if different from information contained on first O.L.A.S. Aided Report.)
c.
Under “Details,” make reference to the full name of the person on the O.L.A.S.
Aided Report that describes the full details of incident.
Upon receipt of additional information relating to an aided case that has already been entered
into the On Line Aided System, the uniformed member receiving additional information will
prepare an AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET. The desk officer will review the new information,
sign the WORKSHEET, and direct the command clerk to enter the new information into the On
Line Aided System using the “Update” mode. Upon completion, the desk officer will perform a
final review of the O.L.A.S. Aided Report in the On Line Aided System.
When AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET is prepared in other than precinct of occurrence, the desk
officer/supervisory counterpart, command of report, will review and sign WORKSHEET and make
telephone notification to precinct of occurrence. Command clerk/administrative counterpart,
command of report, will enter information from the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET into the On
Line Aided System (O.L.A.S.) through the FINEST or the Local Area Network (LAN) terminal. The
desk officer/supervisory counterpart, command of report, will ensure that a copy of the AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET is forwarded via facsimile to the desk officer, precinct of occurrence. The
desk officer, precinct of occurrence will ensure that all required entries and notifications have been
made and will perform the final review in the On Line Aided System (O.L.A.S.).
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEETS will be stored sequentially in the precinct concerned.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-03

UNIDENTIFIED PERSONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To record and initiate investigation of an unidentified person.

DEFINITION

UNIDENTIFIED PERSON - Subject of an aided/collision case and is:
a.
Unable to identify himself or such information cannot be determined at once, OR
b.
Admitted to a hospital, or a child in a shelter, whose relatives or friends
cannot be located or are unknown at the address given, OR
c.
Actually or apparently under eighteen years of age and refuses to identify
himself or give his home address, OR
d.
Dead human body and the true name and address are unknown, or if
known, the relatives or friends cannot be located.

PROCEDURE

Upon responding to the scene of an aided/collision case and the victim is
unidentified.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

If aided/collision victim is deceased, comply with P.G. 218-28, “Safeguarding Property
of Deceased Person.”

2.

3.
4.

DESK OFFICER 5.
6.

Interview neighbors/witnesses to obtain information regarding identity of
relatives or friends of aided/collision victim.
Accompany subject to hospital and obtain any information that may assist
in identifying subject from hospital authorities.

Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of incident and include an
accurate description of subject and clothing worn.
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) or Police Accident
Report (MV104AN), as appropriate, one copy of MISSING/ UNIDENTIFIED
PERSON REPORT (PD336-151) and COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) if victim is deceased (see P.G. 216-04, “Dead
Human Body General Procedure”).
Check command records.
Notify detective squad to conduct preliminary investigation.
a.
If no detective is immediately available, the patrol supervisor will
commence the preliminary investigation, pending arrival of
assigned detective.

NOTE

Assigned detective is responsible for continuing and completing the investigation.

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

7.

8.

Notify Missing Persons Squad of available information.
a.
Enter name of Missing Persons Squad member notified on copy of
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT.
Conduct an immediate preliminary investigation, AND
a.
Interview neighbors/witnesses in an effort to obtain further
information.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-03

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 2

b.

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)
9.

Examine documents/property removed from aided/collision victim
or from residence, e.g., personal papers, wills, bankbooks,
insurance policies, etc.
c.
Make any other reasonable effort to identify aided/collision victim
or locate relatives or friends.
Notify desk officer and Missing Persons Squad of results of preliminary
investigation.

NOTE

If subject is homicide victim, the assigned precinct detective handles the identification
and notification process. The Missing Persons Squad will provide assistance, if needed.

COMMAND
CLERK

10.

Enter unidentified person complaint in On Line Complaint System and
obtain serial number.

DESK OFFICER 11.

Have MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT typed from
copy prepared by uniformed member of the service.
a.
If unidentified aided/collision victim is at least seven but less than
sixteen years of age prepare JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM
WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) and assign precinct serial number.
Review, sign and forward MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON
REPORT, AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET, Police Accident Report
and JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET, if prepared, as per
instructions on the form.

12.

YOUTH
OFFICER

13.

Process all JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET prepared
for unidentified aided/collision victims and provide assistance to precinct
detective squad.

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

14.

Forward COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) within three working
days detailing the steps taken in the preliminary investigation UNLESS the
investigation was closed on the MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON
REPORT.
a.
Obtain Missing Persons Squad case number and identity of
assigned detective.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)
Dead Human Body General Procedure (P.G. 216-04)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON (PD336-151)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-04

DEAD HUMAN BODY
GENERAL PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure that notifications to concerned authorities and relatives are properly made and
recorded, evidence is preserved and proper disposition is made of dead human bodies.

PROCEDURE

Upon arrival at scene of an apparently dead human body:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

DESK OFFICER 8.

Request ambulance and patrol supervisor to respond.
Exclude unauthorized persons from scene.
Obtain names of witnesses and detain at scene if death is suspicious.
Screen area from public view, if possible.
Cover body with waterproof covering, if publicly exposed.
Ascertain facts and notify desk officer as soon as possible.
Request aided person be removed to hospital or that doctor be dispatched
if pronouncement of death by ambulance attendant, emergency medical
technician or paramedic is questioned by anyone.
Notify:
a.
Detective squad.

Responding detective will notify Crime Scene Unit, if an apparent homicide, suicide, or
death is suspicious.

NOTE

b.

9.
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

10.

Harbor Unit, if aided is removed from navigable waters by other
than Harbor Unit personnel
c.
Operations Unit, if an apparent homicide, suicide or death is suspicious
d.
Communications Section, if death is unusual or homicide
e.
Medical Examiner
(1)
Obtain Medical Examiner Case Number for entry on
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
(2)
Inform Medical Examiner if plastic sheet or bag may be
factor in death
(3)
Make follow-up call to Medical Examiner, if he/she fails
to respond within one hour.
Record all calls to Medical Examiner in Telephone Record.
Prevent anyone from disturbing body or its effects, EXCEPT:
a.
Paramedic, E.M.T., or doctor (caution not to disturb evidence)
b.
Medical Examiner or assistant
c.
District Attorney or assistant
d.
Members of the Detective Bureau, detective squad or Crime Scene Unit
e.
Member of Highway District assigned as “collision technicians”
or “collision investigators”
f.
Member of Emergency Service Unit, if body is on train tracks or
in subway tunnel.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 3

NOTE

Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry identifying all persons entering crime scene.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

11.

NOTE

An IDENTIFICATION TAG will be placed on dead human bodies, parts of bodies, and
human fetuses that are to be delivered to the morgue.

12.

13.

Prepare and attach IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091) on body.

Obtain receipt on lower half of IDENTIFICATION TAG for body when
removed to morgue, and for body and death certificate if released to a
funeral director or other authorized person.
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET or Police Accident Report
(MV104AN), as appropriate, and under “Details” include:
a.
Name and badge number of morgue vehicle operator removing body, or
b.
Name and address of undertaker authorized to remove body and name,
address, and relationship or person authorizing such removal, or
c.
Name, address, and relationship of person to whom body was released.

A notification to a member of the immediate family of the deceased will be made
tactfully and in person, if possible. Efforts should be made to have a friend or neighbor
present when making such notification.

NOTE

14.
15.

16.
17.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
Enter all facts in ACTIVITY LOG including
a.
Identity and complete description of deceased person and clothing worn
b.
Name of doctor, paramedic or E.M.T. who made death pronouncement
c.
Name, address and identification of person to whom body was released.
Safeguard body and effects until instructions are received from patrol supervisor
Deliver receipt for body and death certificate to desk officer.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

18.

NOTE

An immediate telephone notification to the Operations Unit of all unusual incidents
involving a homicide or suspicious death is required. The initial notification will
include the preliminary facts and circumstances. However, subsequent notifications
should be made as additional information becomes available or developments occur
during the course of the incident or investigation.

19.

NOTE

Ascertain that precinct detective squad, Crime Scene Unit and Operations
Unit have been notified, when necessary.

Have body and premises searched in the presence of witnesses, when
possible, if deceased resided alone or died at a location other than residence.

A police officer of either sex may search a dead body.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-04

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

20.
21.
22.

DESK OFFICER 23.

24.

3 of 3

Direct member searching body to safeguard property.
Examine reporting officer’s ACTIVITY LOG entries and certify
accuracy by signing rank and name.
Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG entry.
Direct command clerk to prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
from WORKSHEET by entering information in On Line Complaint System.
a.
Ensure serial number is obtained from On Line Complaint System.
Close complaint at precinct level when deceased is properly identified, Medical
Examiner certifies death as natural, and relatives are present and notified.

If deceased remains unidentified or relatives cannot be located, prepare MISSING/
UNIDENTIFIED PERSONS REPORT (PD336-151), enter on On Line Complaint System, obtain
a new serial number, and comply with P.G. 216-03, “Unidentified Persons.”

NOTE

25.

Direct officer who discovered body in a homicide case to report to the
morgue at 0900 hours, the next day, to identify the body to two Medical
Examiners.
a.
Assign officer first on the scene, or another officer who is not on a
regular day off, if reporting officer is not available, who can
identify the body as the one found or observed at scene.

If a person dies as the direct result of a police action, the uniformed member involved in
or actually witnessing the incident WILL NOT be assigned to identify the body at the
morgue. Another member who can make the identification will be assigned.

NOTE

26.
27.

Direct officer concerned to arrange for a relative or other person who knew
the deceased to be present to identify body in presence of the officer.
File receipt for body and death certificate, if received, in the Property Receipt Book.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

A body, offensive to public decency, may be removed from a public place. However, if
death is suspicious, permission of the Medical Examiner and the assigned detective
investigating the incident must be obtained.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Notifications (P.G. 216-15)
Safeguarding Property of Deceased Person (P.G. 218-28)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091)
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSONS REPORT (PD336-151)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-05

MENTALLY ILL OR EMOTIONALLY DISTURBED PERSONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To safeguard a mentally ill or emotionally disturbed person who does not
voluntarily seek medical assistance.

SCOPE

The primary duty of all members of the service is to preserve human life. The safety
of ALL persons involved is paramount in cases involving emotionally disturbed
persons. If such person is dangerous to himself or others, necessary force may be
used to prevent serious physical injury or death. Physical force will be used ONLY
to the extent necessary to restrain the subject until delivered to a hospital or detention
facility. Deadly physical force will be used ONLY as a last resort to protect the life
of the uniformed member of the service assigned or any other person present. If the
emotionally disturbed person is armed or violent, no attempt will be made to take the
EDP into custody without the specific direction of a supervisor unless there is an
immediate threat of physical harm to the EDP or others are present. If an EDP is not
immediately dangerous, the person should be contained until assistance arrives. If
the EDP is unarmed, not violent and willing to leave voluntarily, a uniformed member
of the service may take such person into custody. When there is time to negotiate,
all the time necessary to ensure the safety of all individuals will be used.

DEFINITIONS

EMOTIONALLY DISTURBED PERSON (EDP) - A person who appears to be
mentally ill or temporarily deranged and is conducting himself in a manner which a
police officer reasonably believes is likely to result in serious injury to himself or others.
ZONE OF SAFETY - The distance to be maintained between the EDP and the
responding member(s) of the service. This distance should be greater than the
effective range of the weapon (other than a firearm), and it may vary with each
situation (e.g., type of weapon possessed, condition of EDP, surrounding area,
etc.). A minimum distance of twenty feet is recommended. An attempt will be
made to maintain the “zone of safety” if the EDP does not remain stationary.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service reasonably believes that a person who
is apparently mentally ill or emotionally disturbed, must be taken into protective
custody because the person is conducting himself in a manner likely to result in a
serious injury to himself or others:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Upon arrival at scene, assess situation as to threat of immediate serious physical
injury to EDP, other persons present, or members of the service. Take cover,
utilize protective shield if available and request additional personnel, if necessary.
a.
If emotionally disturbed person’s actions constitute immediate
threat of serious physical injury or death to himself or others:
(1)
Take reasonable measures to terminate or prevent such
behavior. Deadly physical force will be used only as a last
resort to protect the life of persons or officers present.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-05

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

Damaging of property would not necessarily constitute an immediate threat of serious
physical injury or death.

b.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

2.

NOTE

If EDP is unarmed, not violent and is willing to leave voluntarily:
(1)
EDP may be taken into custody without the specific
direction of a supervisor.
c.
In all other cases, if EDP’s actions do not constitute an immediate
threat of serious physical injury or death to himself or others:
(1)
Attempt to isolate and contain the EDP while maintaining
a zone of safety until arrival of patrol supervisor and
Emergency Service Unit personnel.
(2)
Do not attempt to take EDP into custody without the
specific direction of a supervisor.
Request ambulance, if one has not already been dispatched.
a.
Ascertain if patrol supervisor is responding, and, if not, request response.

Communications Section will automatically direct the patrol supervisor and Emergency
Service Unit to respond to scene in such cases. Patrol supervisors’ vehicles are
equipped with non-lethal devices to assist in the containment and control of EDP’s, and
will be used at the supervisor’s direction, if necessary.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.
4.

Establish police lines.
Take EDP into custody if EDP is unarmed, not violent and willing to
leave voluntarily.

5.

Verify that Emergency Service Unit is responding, if required.
a.
Cancel response of Emergency Service Unit if services not required.
Direct uniformed members of the service to take EDP into custody if
unarmed, not violent, and willing to leave voluntarily.

6.

NOTE

When aided is safeguarded and restrained comply with steps 25 to 32 inclusive.

WHEN AIDED IS ISOLATED/CONTAINED BUT WILL NOT LEAVE
VOLUNTARILY:
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

7.

8.

9.
10.

Establish firearms control.
a.
Direct members concerned not to use their firearms or use any
other deadly physical force unless their lives or the life of another
is in imminent danger.
Deploy protective devices (shields, etc.).
a.
Employ non-lethal devices to ensure the safety of all present (see
“ADDITIONAL DATA” statement).
Comply with provisions of P.G. 212-38, “Hostage/Barricaded
Person(s),” where appropriate.
Establish police lines if not already done.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-05

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

11.
12.
13.
14.

3 of 5

Request response of hostage negotiation team and coordinator through
Communications Section.
Notify desk officer that hostage negotiation team and coordinator have
been notified and request response of precinct commander/duty captain.
Request Emergency Service Unit on scene to have supervisor respond.
If necessary, request assistance of:
a.
Interpreter, if language barrier
b.
Subject’s family or friends
c.
Local clergyman
d.
Prominent local citizen
e.
Any public or private agency deemed appropriate for possible assistance.

NOTE

The highest ranking uniformed police supervisor at the scene is in command and will
coordinate police operations. If the mentally ill or EDP is contained and is believed to
be armed or violent but due to containment poses no immediate threat of danger to any
person, no additional action will be taken without the authorization of the commanding
officer or duty captain at the scene.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
SUPERVISOR

15.

NOTE

The presence of a supervisor from any other police agency does not preclude the
required response of the patrol supervisor.

16.
17.
18.

DESK OFFICER 19.
20.
COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

21.
22.
23.
24.

Report to and confer with ranking patrol supervisor on scene.
a.
If there is no patrol supervisor present, request response forthwith,
and perform duties of patrol supervisor pending his/her arrival.

Evaluate the need and ensure that sufficient Emergency Service Unit
personnel and equipment are present at the scene to deal with the situation.
Verify that hostage negotiation team and coordinator are responding,
when necessary.
Devise plans and tactics to deal with the situation, after conferral with
ranking patrol supervisor on scene.
Verify that precinct commander/duty captain has been notified and is
responding.
Notify Operations Unit and patrol borough command of facts.
Assume command, including firearms control.
Confer with ranking Emergency Service Unit supervisor on scene and
develop plans and tactics to be utilized.
Direct whatever further action is necessary, including use of negotiators.
Direct use of alternate means of restraint, if appropriate, according to
circumstances.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

WHEN PERSON HAS BEEN RESTRAINED:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

25.
26.

27.

NOTE

If an ambulance is NOT available and the situation warrants, transport the EDP to the hospital
by RMP if able to do so with reasonable restraint, at the direction of a supervisor. UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES WILL AN EDP BE TRANSPORTED TO A POLICE FACILITY.

28.
29.

30.

31.

32.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Remove property that is dangerous to life or will aid escape.
Have person removed to hospital in ambulance.
a.
Restraining equipment including handcuffs may be used if patient
is violent, resists, or upon direction of a physician examiner.
b.
If unable to transport with reasonable restraint, ambulance
attendant or doctor will request special ambulance.
c.
When possible, a female patient being transported should be
accompanied by another female or by an adult member of her
immediate family.
Ride in body of ambulance with patient.
a.
At least two uniformed members of the service will safeguard if
more than one patient is being transported.

Inform examining physician, upon arrival at hospital, of use of non-lethal
restraining devices, if applicable.
Safeguard patient at hospital until examined by psychiatrist.
a.
When entering psychiatric ward of hospital, unload revolver at Firearm
Safety Station, if available (see P.G. 216-07, “Firearms Safety Stations
at Psychiatric Wards and Admitting Areas”).
Inform psychiatrist of circumstances which brought patient into police custody:
a.
Inform relieving uniformed member of circumstances if
safeguarding extends beyond expiration of tour.
b.
Relieving uniformed member will inform psychiatrist of details.
Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and prepare AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a.
Indicate on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET, name of psychiatrist.
Deliver AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer.

Refer persons who voluntarily seek psychiatric treatment to proper facility.
Prior to interviewing a patient confined to a facility of the NYC Health and Hospitals
Corporation, a uniformed member of the service must obtain permission from the hospital
administrator who will ascertain if the patient is mentally competent to give a statement.
Upon receipt of a request from a qualified psychiatrist, or from a director of a general
hospital or his/her designee, uniformed members of the service shall take into custody and
transport an apparently mentally ill or emotionally disturbed person from a facility
licensed or operated by the NYS Office of Mental Health which does not have an inpatient
psychiatric service, or from a general hospital which does not have an inpatient
psychiatric service, to a hospital approved under Section 9.39 of the Mental Hygiene Law.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

216-05

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

Uniformed members of the service will also comply with the above procedure upon
direction of the Commissioner of Mental Health, Mental Retardation and Alcoholism
Services or his/her designee.
USE OF NON-LETHAL DEVICES TO ASSIST IN RESTRAINING EMOTIONALLY
DISTURBED PERSONS
Authorized uniformed members of the service may use a conducted energy device (CED)
to assist in restraining emotionally disturbed persons, if necessary.
Emergency Service Unit personnel will obtain the permission of the Emergency Service
Unit supervisor prior to utilizing a CED, except in emergencies.
Authorized members of the service will be guided by Patrol Guide procedure 212-117,
“Use of Conducted Energy Devices (CED),” when a CED has been utilized.
LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT (PD320-151) will be
prepared whenever a less lethal restraining device or rescue equipment is used by a
uniformed member of the service in the performance of duty.
The Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section, will collate statistical
information recorded on the REPORTS, and will forward a monthly report to the Office
of the Chief of Department by the seventh business day of each month.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Investigation of Carjackings (P.G. 207-32)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Hostage/Barricaded Person(s) (P.G. 212-38)
Unlawful Evictions (P.G. 214-12)
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mental Health Removal Orders (P.G. 216-06)
Use of Conducted Energy Devices (CED) (P.G. 212-117)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT (PD320-151)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-06

MENTAL HEALTH REMOVAL ORDERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To execute a Mental Health Removal Order and safeguard a mentally ill or emotionally
disturbed person who does not voluntarily seek psychiatric/medical assistance.

PROCEDURE

When a Mental Health Removal Order is received from the Commissioner of
Mental Health, Mental Retardation and Alcoholism Services:

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.
NOTE

Review Removal Order to verify validity (see “ADDITIONAL DATA”).
Make a Command Log entry.

Await arrival of an assigned city psychiatrist before executing order. If the psychiatrist does not
contact the command or respond within one hour, notify Operations Unit.

3.
4.

Have Communications Section assign patrol supervisor, RMP unit,
Emergency Service Unit and ambulance to execute the Removal Order.
Direct RMP unit to respond to command and transport city psychiatrist to
the scene, if necessary.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

5.

NOTE

If subject of Removal Order is not present, consider whether a search of immediate area would
be fruitful. Contact desk officer for additional instructions concerning return visits, if necessary.

6.

7.
NOTE

Respond to the scene, assume command and evaluate the condition of the patient.

Determine if services of Emergency Service Unit and commanding officer/
duty captain are necessary.
a.
Cancel response of Emergency Service Unit, if not required.
Permit city psychiatrist to interview patient to gain cooperation.

If patient will not cooperate and refuses to go to hospital voluntarily, request response
of commanding officer/duty captain.

8.
9.
10.
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

11.

12.

13.

Comply with provisions of P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill or Emotionally
Disturbed Persons.”
Assign uniformed member of the service to escort patient to the hospital, if
necessary, and remain until patient examined at Psychiatric Emergency Room.
Notify desk officer upon completion of removal.
Deliver copy of Removal Order to admitting psychiatrist at hospital.
a.
Comply with P.G. 216-07, “Firearm Safety Stations at
Psychiatric Wards and Admitting Areas.”
Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and prepare AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a.
Indicate “Mental Health Removal Order,” name of responding
city psychiatrist and name of admitting psychiatrist under
“Details” on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
Deliver AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-06

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 14.
15.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Enter completion time and aided number in margin opposite original
Command Log entry.
Notify Operations Unit of disposition.

SAMPLE MENTAL HEALTH REMOVAL ORDER
Department of Mental Health
Mental Retardation and Alcoholism Services
To:

Commanding Officer, __________________ Precinct

From:

Commissioner, Department of Mental Health, Mental Retardation
and Alcoholism Services

Subject:

REMOVAL OF (NAME) TO (HOSPITAL), PSYCHIATRIC EMERGENCY
ROOM, (ADDRESS)

Pursuant to Section 9.45 of the State Mental Hygiene Law, you are
hereby directed to remove (NAME) to the (HOSPITAL), Psychiatric
Emergency Room, for an examination to determine whether (NAME)
should be hospitalized in accordance with Section 9.39 of the Mental
Hygiene Law.
(NAME), presently resides at (ADDRESS) with (FAMILY/FRIENDS).
He/she is (AGE) and in (PHYSICAL CONDITION).
This directive is based on information provided in conversation
between my staff and (FAMILY MEMBERS/SOCIAL WORKER ETC.), and is
further based on (NO.) psychiatric evaluations of (NAME) by (DR.’S NAME),
a physician licensed to practice medicine in the State of New York. It is
(DR.’s NAME) opinion that (NAME) has a mental illness for which
observation, care and treatment in a hospital is appropriate.
Based on the information provided to me that (NAME) has a mental
illness for which immediate care and treatment in a psychiatric hospital is
appropriate, it is my judgement that (NAME) should be removed to
(HOSPITAL), Psychiatric Emergency Room, for an examination to
determine whether he/she should be hospitalized pursuant to Section 9.39
of the Mental Hygiene Law.
This directive is valid through (DATE). If (NAME) is not at home,
the police are directed to make repeated visits until this order can be
carried out.
Please notify me of the disposition of this case.

Commissioner

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

216-06

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Mental Health Removal Orders include an expiration date. If the subject is not present
on the first visit, desk officers should notify their reliefs and arrange for repeated visits
until the expiration date, as necessary. Each visit should be documented with an
appropriate Command Log entry, and cross-referenced to the original entry. Upon
expiration, notify Operations Unit of efforts made to locate mentally ill or emotionally
disturbed person and file copy of Removal Order at the command.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Unlawful Evictions (P.G. 214-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-07

FIREARM SAFETY STATIONS AT
PSYCHIATRIC WARDS AND ADMITTING AREAS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To utilize firearms safety stations, when available, for the safe unloading and reloading
of firearms at psychiatric wards or psychiatric admitting areas of city hospitals.

PROCEDURE

Upon entering a hospital psychiatric ward or psychiatric admitting area of a city hospital:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
NOTE

If the psychiatrist refers a patient to the hospital emergency room for medical evaluation
and clearance, a uniformed member shall reload firearm(s) at the firearms safety station
before leaving the psychiatric admitting area, and unload upon return. A member
unloading/reloading a firearm will make interim entries in “Remarks” column of the
Psychiatric Admitting Log.

6.
NOTE

Inform psychiatrist of circumstances which brought patient into police custody.

Inform relieving uniformed member of circumstances regarding aided, if safeguarding
extends beyond expiration of tour. Relieving uniformed member will comply with signin and firearms unloading procedures in addition to informing psychiatrist of
circumstances regarding aided.

7.

8.
9.
10.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Escort mentally ill or emotionally disturbed person to designated patient
waiting area.
Sign in and complete entries under captions in Psychiatric Admitting Log
maintained by hospital security police.
Proceed to designated firearms safety station, when available, and unload
firearm(s).
a.
Replace unloaded firearm(s) in holster and put loose ammunition,
and/or magazine containing ammunition, into pocket.
Confer with psychiatric admitting staff and provide necessary information.
Safeguard patient at hospital until examined by a psychiatrist.

Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and prepare AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a.
Indicate on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET, name of
psychiatrist and admission number, when appropriate.
Proceed to designated firearms safety station location and reload
firearm(s) prior to leaving hospital facility.
Complete “time-out” entry in Psychiatric Admitting Log.
Deliver AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer.

Patrol supervisors/integrity control officers shall comply with unloading procedures and make
a visit entry in the Psychiatric Admitting Log when supervising activities of subordinates.
When a mentally ill or emotionally disturbed prisoner is escorted to a Department of
Correction Forensic Psychiatry Ward, uniformed members will comply with the regulations
of the Department of Correction regarding unloading and safeguarding firearms.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-07

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

The following Health and Hospitals Corporation facilities are designated for emergency
admission, care and treatment of mentally ill and emotionally disturbed persons:
HOSPITAL
Bellevue Hospital Center
Bronx Municipal Hospital Center
City Hospital Center at Elmhurst
Coney Island Hospital
Harlem Hospital Center
Kings County Hospital Center

Lincoln Hospital
Metropolitan Hospital Center
North Central Bronx Hospital
Queens Hospital Center
Woodhull Hospital

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G.216-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-08

PERSONS OVERCOME BY GAS, DRUGS,
OR OTHER POISONOUS SUBSTANCES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To secure special assistance and obtain samples of poisonous substances in
appropriate cases.

PROCEDURE

When it appears that aided person is suffering from ingestion of drugs, a
poisonous substance or inhalation of gas:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Call an ambulance.
Request Emergency Service Unit, if oxygen required.
Give ambulance attendant information regarding the nature of the poisoning.
Permit doctor or attendant to take the substance, prescription or container,
if not required as evidence.
a.
If evidence, give sample to doctor or attendant and deliver
remainder of substance to the desk officer or detective assigned.
Notify, and make samples available to, the Poison Control Center of the
Health Department, if required.
Obtain a receipt for such materials.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of facts and time required
notifications were made.
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), if necessary.

The desk officer will notify the Operations Unit in poisoned or infected food cases, or in
wood or denatured alcohol poisoning cases.
ADDITIONAL GUIDELINES FOR PROCESSING CONTAMINATED FOOD OR
DRUG SAMPLES:
a.
Cases of spoiled or biologically contaminated foods served in restaurants or
other locations where food may be obtained will be referred to the Department
of Health, Food Poisoning Investigation Unit which will determine the proper
course of action to be taken.
b.
Person treated at a hospital for apparent poisoning - if sample of suspected
substance is available, the sample will be taken directly to Department of Health
Laboratories, 455 First Avenue, Manhattan, with REQUEST FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168) attached.
(1)
If a food product is involved, immediately notify Department of Health,
Food Poisoning Investigation Unit.
c.
When pattern emerges concerning several separate incidents of suspected
poisoning that occurred under similar circumstances, the Poison Control Center
will be notified and the uniformed member of the service will comply with
instructions received.
d.
The mass removal of a potentially dangerous product that must be removed from
retail shelves will be handled on a case by case basis. Under no circumstances
will items be removed from a retail establishment and brought to a precinct
stationhouse/command before consultation with concerned city, state and
federal agencies via the Operations Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-08

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

e.

f.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Samples of evidence in cases having potential criminal sanctions and not
covered in any of the above categories will be delivered to the Police
Laboratory with REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION attached.
Materials not classified as evidence in an investigation will be invoiced and
forwarded to the Property Clerk for safekeeping in appropriate cases.
Substances delivered to a member of the service by a citizen for analysis will not be
accepted if there is no allegation of danger to public health or of specific criminal
activity. The complainant will be notified that in civil negligence cases, private
laboratories conduct such analysis. When an item is a sealed food product, the Food
Poisoning Investigation Unit will be notified for follow-up at point of purchase.

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-09

ANIMAL BITES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To notify the New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene of
human exposure to a rabid animal, an animal suspected of being rabid, and/or an
animal that has bitten, scratched, or abraded a human being and to provide for the
observation of the animal involved.

DEFINITION

HUMAN EXPOSURE TO RABIES: A bite or a scratch from a rabid animal, an
animal suspected of being rabid or contamination of an open or fresh wound (i.e.,
having bled within the last twenty-four hours) or mucous membranes (e.g., eyes,
nose, mouth, etc.) with infectious material (e.g., saliva, nervous tissue, etc.) from
a rabid animal or an animal suspected of being rabid.

PROCEDURE

Upon responding to a complaint which concerns exposure to a rabid or suspectrabid animal and/or an animal that has bitten, scratched, or abraded a human
being, follow normal aided case procedures and in addition:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

4.

5.

6.

NOTE

Render reasonable aid and prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD304-152b), if applicable.
Comply with P.G. 219-17, “Use of Patrol Kits.”
Advise person concerned to thoroughly wash affected area with soap and
water, and to seek medical attention as quickly as possible (even if the
injury or exposure is not serious).
Ascertain owner of animal.
a.
Obtain description of animal and attempt to locate for examination.
b.
If animal is located comply with P.G. 214-33, “Care and
Disposition of Animals.”
Prepare DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT (PD311-152) in all
instances in which response to or becoming apprised of an incident
involving an animal bite and/or dangerous animal and include SPRINT
number on form.
a.
If the animal is gone upon arrival at the scene, a DANGEROUS
ANIMAL/BITE REPORT must still be prepared, regardless of
whether or not a person has been injured by the animal.
Deliver DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT and AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET, if applicable, to desk officer.

The Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, Animal Bite Unit can be notified from
0900 to 1700 hours, Monday through Friday. After hours, the Poison Control Center of
the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene must be notified.

DESK OFFICER 7.
8.

Review and sign AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET, if applicable.
Process AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET in accordance with P.G. 216-02,
“Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-09

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 9.
(continued)
10.

11.

12.

13.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Review and sign DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT and
distribute as delineated on form.
Notify Department of Health and Mental Hygiene by telephone of an
animal that has bitten, scratched, or abraded a human being and/or of
human exposure to a rabid animal or of an animal suspected of being rabid.
Forward the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene copy of
DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT via the Mail and
Distribution Unit.
Notify Department of Health and Mental Hygiene by telephone if animal
or owner is located after DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT has
been forwarded.
a.
Ensure that all supplementary information is recorded on AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET and entered in the Online Aided
System.
File command copy of all DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORTS.

Snakebite cases require a notification to the Poison Control Center of the Department of
Health and Mental Hygiene. Enter notification on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
In other than animal bite, injury, or exposure cases, a member of the service is required
to notify the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, Bureau of Communicable
Disease by telephone of any animal of which he/she has knowledge that is rabid, or is
suspected of being rabid, or of any animal which has been bitten by, come in contact
with, or kept together with a rabid animal. The member must complete the
DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT and deliver the DANGEROUS ANIMAL
/BITE REPORT to the desk officer to be reviewed and distributed as delineated on the form.
Forward Department of Health and Mental Hygiene copy of DANGEROUS
ANIMAL/BITE REPORT, via the Mail and Distribution Unit.
For cases involving rabies, the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, Bureau of
Communicable Disease can be notified from 0900 to 1700 hours, Monday through
Friday. After hours, the Poison Control Center of the Department of Health and Mental
Hygiene must be notified.
Raccoons are primarily nocturnal animals; any raccoon seen active during the daytime
should be considered rabid until proven otherwise. Any raccoon acting friendly or
aggressively should be considered rabid.
P.G. 214-33, “Care and Disposition of Animals,” will be complied with whenever an
animal is located. All parties will be removed from the immediate vicinity of the animal.
The location of the animal, if not contained, will be monitored and the Emergency Services
Unit or the Animal Care and Control of New York City (A.C. & C.) will be contacted for
assistance regarding the animal’s capture and removal. Uniformed members of the service
shall not discharge their firearms at a dog or other animal except to protect themselves or
another person from physical injury and there is no other reasonable means to eliminate
the threat. When a suspected rabid animal is captured, A.C. & C. of New York City must be
notified of the location of capture, the primary reason the police were called, and the names
and addresses of all persons and animals that were potentially exposed to the suspected
rabid animal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

216-09

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials (P.G. 205-10)
Care and Disposition of Animals (P.G. 214-33)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)
Use of Patrol Kits (P.G. 219-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT (PD311-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-10

TAXICAB DRIVERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To report certain aided cases involving taxicab drivers to the New York City
Taxi and Limousine Commission.

PROCEDURE

Upon responding to an incident in which a taxicab is involved and it is apparent
that the taxi driver has epilepsy, vertigo, heart disease or other condition making
him/her unfit to operate a taxi:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Follow normal aided case procedures.
Obtain driver’s credentials and give RECEIPT FOR CREDENTIALS
(PD616-011).

DESK OFFICER 3.

Forward credentials and facts of the aided case on REPORT OF
VIOLATION (PD672-151) to New York City Taxi and Limousine
Commission.
Note on REPORT OF VIOLATION if unable to obtain credentials.

4.
FORMS AND
REPORTS

RECEIPT FOR CREDENTIALS (PD616-011)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-11

COMMUNICABLE DISEASE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To assist in the orderly removal of a person with a communicable disease.

DEFINITION

COMMUNICABLE DISEASE - an infectious disease capable of being passed to
another by direct contact with an infected individual or his/her discharges.

PROCEDURE

When advised by the Department of Health that a person with a communicable
disease is to be removed to a hospital:

DESK OFFICER 1.

Assign a uniformed member of the service to assist in the removal of patient.

2.

Comply with the pertinent provisions of P.G. 205-10, “Exposure of Members
of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials.”
Accompany patient to the hospital when requested by the hospital
attendant or physician.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

ADDITIONAL
DATA

3.

Information concerning a prisoner’s or a victim’s affliction with a communicable
disease must be kept confidential. This information generally should not be released to
the public, the media, the person’s family and friends or to other prisoners. There may
be unusual circumstances under which release of this information is warranted. Any
such release, however, may only be made with the written consent of the Deputy
Commissioner - Legal Matters.
In some cases, prisoners may volunteer their positive status regarding a communicable
disease indicating the need to be segregated from general prisoner population or the
need for medical treatment. In such cases, isolation cells should be used, if available.
This information may be recorded on a Prisoner Movement Slip or on form MEDICAL
TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150) in order to alert personnel assigned to
Corrections, District Attorney’s offices or courts.
Members of the service who are exposed to a communicable disease should follow the
provisions of P.G. 205-10, “Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases
or Hazardous Materials.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Reporting Sick From Outside City And Outside Residence Counties (P.G. 205-02)
Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials
(P.G. 205-10)
Prisoners General Procedure (P.G. 210-01)
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-12

SCHOOL CROSSING GUARD INJURED WHILE PERFORMING DUTY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To maintain a record of a school crossing guard injured while performing duty.

PROCEDURE

When a school crossing guard is injured in the line of duty, follow normal aided
case procedures and:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Request patrol supervisor to respond.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

2.
3.

Investigate circumstances.
Interview the school crossing guard.
a.
Obtain name of hospital, attendant and doctor, if removed to a hospital.
Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if the member of the service injured
requires hospital treatment.
a.
An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required
before final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status
of the injured member of the service.

4.

NOTE

This notification is in addition to, and does not preclude the requirement for other notifications to
Operations as indicated elsewhere in this procedure.

5.

6.
7.

8.
DESK OFFICER 9.
10.
11.

COMMANDING 12.
OFFICER

Have school crossing guard prepare, in own handwriting, if possible, two
copies of Employee’s Notice of Injury (Law Department Form WCD
23) and submit to commanding officer of precinct of occurrence.
Interview the witnesses and request them to prepare WITNESS STATEMENT INJURY TO MEMBER OF DEPARTMENT (PD429-065).
Direct uniformed member of the service to prepare Police Accident
Report (MV104AN), if vehicle is involved, OR AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) in all other cases.
Report circumstances to the desk officer.
Make Command Log entry regarding circumstances of incident and
results of investigation.
Notify Employment Section during next business day and Operations
Unit within twenty-four hours.
Prepare Typed Letterhead explaining circumstances and deliver to
commanding officer with a copy of Command Log entry attached.
Forward two copies of the Typed Letterhead with the two copies of the
Employee’s Notice of Injury and the WITNESS STATEMENT INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT, if any, to Deputy
Director, Employment Section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-12

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 13.
OFFICER
(continued)
14.

15.
16.

2 of 2

Keep school crossing guard on payroll, without pay, from time of injury
until return to duty, and cause Election of Rate of Change Against
Annual and/or Sick Leave Balances form to be prepared.
Notify Employment Section when school crossing guard returns to duty
and every subsequent time that the guard reports sick and returns to duty
as a result of the injury.
Direct that Supervisor’s Report of Injury (Law Department Form 201)
be prepared within forty-eight hours after occurrence.
Direct that Report to Employee Benefits Unit (Form E) be prepared.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Civilian Member - Injury (A.G. 319-15)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
WITNESS STATEMENT- INJURY TO MEMBER OF DEPARTMENT (PD429-065)
Election of Rate of Change Against Annual and/or Sick Leave Balances Form
Employee’s Notice of Injury (Law Dept. Form WCD 23)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Report to Employee Benefits Unit (Form E)
Supervisor’s Report of Injury (Law Dept. Form 201)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-13

LINE OF DUTY INJURY OR DEATH - AUXILIARY POLICE OFFICERS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To report and record line of duty injuries and deaths of auxiliary police officers.

DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of this procedure, the following definitions will apply:
LINE OF DUTY - An incident that occurred while a member was on duty.
Auxiliary Police Officers are considered ON DUTY after they “sign-in” on the
Auxiliary Police Roll Call (APS #10) until they sign out at the end of their tour.
Line of duty designation will NOT be given for any off duty incidents.
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR
a.
The lieutenant platoon commander, precinct of occurrence, if available,
will act as investigating supervisor.
b.
A patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence will act as the investigating
supervisor, if the lieutenant platoon commander is unavailable.
c.
The precinct commanding officer/duty captain will be the investigating
supervisor, if the injured auxiliary police officer dies or is likely to die.

PROCEDURE

Upon being notified or arriving at a location where a member of the Auxiliary
Police Program has been injured while on duty:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

4.
5.

6.

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Request patrol supervisor to respond.
Notify desk officer of:
a.
Circumstances of injury.
b.
Request witnesses to await arrival of supervisor and precinct
auxiliary coordinator (if coordinator is on duty).
Remain at scene with auxiliary police officer unless:
a.
Hospitalization or medical attention is required.
b.
Further police action is necessary.
Respond to the scene.
Interview the auxiliary police officer.
a.
If removed to a hospital, obtain the name of the hospital,
attendant, and doctor.
Have auxiliary police officer prepare, in own handwriting, if possible, two
copies of Employee’s Notice of Injury (Law Department Form WCD 23).
a.
If member is unable to do so, the patrol supervisor will prepare and
submit the report to the commanding officer, precinct of occurrence.
Request witnesses to await arrival of the investigating supervisor, if necessary.
Obtain and safeguard shield, identification card, portable radio and
personal property of auxiliary police officer, if hospitalized.
Report circumstances to desk officer.
Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN) if vehicle collision involved.
Have an AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) prepared if a
vehicle is not involved.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

DESK OFFICER 12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

2 of 3

Notify the investigating supervisor as indicated in the above “DEFINITION.”
Make Command Log entry.
Notify Operations Unit and supervisor at Auxiliary Police Section.
a.
Notify member’s command if not assigned to precinct of occurrence.
Notify precinct commanding officer or duty captain if member dies or is likely to die.
Notify borough commander if member dies.
Enter the results of investigation in Command Log, indicating whether
injury was sustained in line of duty.

INVESTIGATING
SUPERVISOR

18.
19.

NOTE

This notification is in addition to, and does not preclude the requirement for other
notifications to Operations as indicated elsewhere in this procedure.

20.
21.
22.

Interview injured auxiliary police officer and investigate circumstances.
Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if the member of the service injured
requires hospital treatment.
a.
An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required
before final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status
of the injured member of the service.

Make initial report to desk officer without delay.
Interview witnesses and request them to prepare and sign WITNESS STATEMENT INJURY TO MEMBER OFTHE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065).
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead or UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE
REPORT (PD370-152) and forward to the precinct commander.

AUXILIARY
POLICE
SECTION

23.

If injured auxiliary police officer dies or is likely to die, commanding officer
at Auxiliary Police Section will designate a supervisory member of the unit
to respond and assist the precinct commanding officer/duty captain.

AUX. POLICE
COORDINATOR
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

24.

Ensure that all required reports and forms are forwarded to the Auxiliary
Police Section within ten days, including any copies of UNUSUAL
OCCURRENCE REPORTS.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

25.

Prepare report on Typed Letterhead or UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE
REPORT for line of duty death or serious injury and likely to die and
forward as indicated in P.G. 212-09, “Unusual Occurrence Reports”
(exclude copy for Police Pension Fund).
Forward two copies of the Employee’s Notice of Injury and the WITNESS
STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF DEPARTMENT, if any, to
Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section.

26.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

In line of duty cases where an auxiliary police officer dies or is likely to die, the
command auxiliary police coordinator where member is assigned shall maintain liaison
with the Patrol Borough Auxiliary Police Section. In the absence of the command
coordinator, the precinct commanding officer will designate an alternate uniformed
member of the service who will perform this function.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

216-13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 3

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Department Vehicle Collisions (P.G. 217-06)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
WITNESS STATEMENT-INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065)
Auxiliary Police Roll Call (APS #10)
Employee’s Notice of Injury (Law Dept. Form WCD 23)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-14

AIDED CASES ON NEW YORK CITY TRANSIT TRAINS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide procedures for the handling of aided cases occurring on trains.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of a sick or injured passenger on a train:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

Ascertain the condition of the aided, e.g., unconscious, pregnant,
epileptic, intoxicated, bleeding, etc.
Transmit this information, immediately, via the radio dispatcher.
Remove aided from train, if feasible, unless it is not advisable to move
the aided due to the nature of his or her illness or injury.
a.
Seek assistance of train crew or passengers, if necessary.

Where removal from the train is not feasible, due to lack of adequate assistance, the
radio dispatcher and the New York City Transit Command Center will coordinate a
point along the train route where the train will be moved to and have adequate
assistance dispatched to that location.

NOTE

Where removal from the train or movement of the train is not feasible due to the serious
condition of the aided, medical and other assistance shall be dispatched to the scene
immediately. If it is subsequently determined that the aided can be moved, the aided
shall be removed from the train and train service will continue.

4.
5.

Keep the radio dispatcher informed of pertinent developments.
Avoid unnecessary interruptions of train service.

Unnecessary interruption of train service can inconvenience thousands of passengers
and endanger public welfare. In addition, unnecessary interruptions can increase
temperatures significantly in trains and stations, and may cause panic on crowded trains
stopped in tunnels. Service will be interrupted only when absolutely necessary.

NOTE

6.
7.

Notify passengers of delay in service and alternate routes, when possible.
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).

RADIO
DISPATCHER

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Obtain all relevant information concerning aided.
Provide all relevant information to field units responding.
Dispatch sufficient personnel and assistance promptly.
Notify other city agencies as necessary.
Notify Operations Unit for serious incidents.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)
Dead Human Body General Procedure (P.G. 216-04)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-15

NOTIFICATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that relatives or friends are notified, where necessary, in aided and
collision cases.

PROCEDURE

When it is necessary to notify relatives/friends of a deceased, injured or sick person:

DESK OFFICER 1.
NOTE

Direct notifications be made by telephone, if possible.

Make notifications tactfully and in person, if possible, when aided/collision victim is
deceased or seriously injured and likely to die. Efforts should be made to have a
relative, friend or neighbor present.
In cases where a death has occurred or the person is seriously injured and likely to die, the
desk officer will ensure that a notification is made in a timely manner and document the time
and date of the notification as well as the name of member making notification under caption
“Notification” on the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) or under caption
“NOTIFICATIONS” on the Police Accident Report (MV104AN).

2.

3.

Have notifications made as follows, if telephone notification not possible:
a.
Relatives or friends residing within precinct of occurrence,
notification will be made by member assigned to precinct.
b.
Relatives or friends residing outside precinct but within New York City,
notification will be made by member assigned to resident precinct.
c.
Relatives or friends residing outside New York City, make
notification through Inter-City Correspondence Unit. If
notification cannot be made within a reasonable amount of time,
prepare MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT
(PD336-151) and comply with pertinent provisions of P.G. 21603, “Unidentified Persons.”
d.
DO NOT NOTIFY relative or friend of firefighter killed or injured
at scene of fire without permission of the fire officer in charge.
e.
DO NOT NOTIFY relative or friend of an inmate who dies in a
Department of Correction Facility UNLESS requested to do so by
the Correction supervisor in charge.
f.
The assigned detective will make notification to relative or friends
of a homicide victim.
Comply with the following special notification procedures:
a.
Aided killed/injured on MTA bus - Desk officer will notify NYC
Transit.
b.
Aided killed/injured on scaffold - Desk officer will notify the
Department of Buildings.
c.
Aided killed/injured at construction site - Desk officer will notify
the Operations Unit.
d.
Aided killed/injured on Parks Department property - Desk officer
will notify the Operations Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

e.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

2 of 2

Aided killed/injured in a factory or store - Desk officer will notify
the Operations Unit.

NOTE

In all other cases notifications will be made even though other authorities (hospital, etc.)
indicate they have already made the notification.

COMMAND
CLERK

4.

5.

DESK OFFICER 6.
7.

8.

Record name, address, telephone number and relationship of person notified
and the identity of member of the service making notification under the
caption “Notifications” on the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD304-152b) or Police Accident Report (MV104AN), as appropriate.
a.
Under “Details” on the rear of the AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET enter the rank and name of fire officer in charge
at fire where firefighter was killed or injured or the rank and name
of the supervisor in charge of the Department of Corrections
facility where an inmate died.
b.
Indicate which agency will make the notifications, i.e., Police
Department, Fire Department or Corrections Department.
c.
Enter name of detective making notification, if applicable, when
an unidentified person is subsequently identified and relatives or
friends are notified.
Forward a copy of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer, if
notification(s) cannot be made prior to entry of information into the On
Line Aided System.
Review and sign AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET and process in
accordance with P.G. 216-02, “Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet.”
Retain duplicate copy of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET at the desk
until notification is made.
a.
Mark “Supplementary” on face of AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET
(1)
Record notification on WORKSHEET and have new
information entered into On Line Aided System.
Enter name of detective making notification on AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET when subject is a homicide victim.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-16

SUSPICIOUS DEATH OR SUICIDE IN DEPARTMENT OF
CORRECTION FACILITY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To investigate suspicious deaths or suicides in Correction Department facilities.

PROCEDURE

When notified by Department of Correction of a suspicious death or suicide in a
Department of Correction facility:

DESK OFFICER 1.

NOTE

Notify:
a.
Precinct detective squad
1.
If detective squad member not available, notify detective
borough command concerned.
b.
Commanding officer/duty captain
c.
Patrol borough
d.
Internal Affairs Bureau (obtain log number)
e.
Operations Unit

Uniformed member of the service assigned to duty in uniform will NOT respond to
Correction facility.

2.

3.
4.

NOTE

Direct preparation of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a.
Include under “Details” name and rank of Department of
Correction supervisor present and identity of person making the
death pronouncement.
Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared.
a.
Include Internal Affairs Bureau log number.
Verify that Medical Examiner’s office has been notified.
a.
Enter time of notification, identity of person receiving call and
name of Medical Examiner on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
b.
Make follow-up call if Medical Examiner does not respond within
one hour.
c.
Obtain Medical Examiner case number for entry on AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET.

Record all calls to the Medical Examiner in the Telephone Record.

5.

6.

Notifications WILL NOT be made to relatives or friends of an inmate
who dies in a Department of Correction facility, unless requested to do so
by Correction Supervisor in charge of facility.
a.
Indicate on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET that Department
of Correction will make notification, where applicable.
Request permission of Medical Examiner prior to moving body.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Notifications (P.G. 216-15)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-17

INVOLUNTARY REMOVALS PURSUANT TO MENTAL HYGIENE
LAW SECTION 9.60
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To execute a Court mandated or a Mental Hygiene Law (MHL) Section 9.60,
(Kendra’s Law) Order and safely remove a mentally ill or emotionally disturbed
person to a psychiatric/medical facility.

DEFINITION

ASSISTED OUTPATIENT TREATMENT COORDINATING TEAM (AOT) - Groups

of two or more licensed mental health clinicians designated by the New York
City Department of Mental Health, Mental Retardation and Alcoholism Services.
These teams will notify the NYPD Operations Unit by telephone of any pending
Kendra’s Law Removal Order, fax the Order to the Operations Unit, and then
send a clinician(s) to the command concerned to assist in the removal of the
subject. Presently, four AOTs exist city-wide; they will provide coverage for all
patrol boroughs (see “Additional Data” for locations.)
PROCEDURE

When a Mental Hygiene Law (MHL) Section 9.60 (Kendra’s Law) Removal
Order is received at a Patrol Services/Housing Bureau command:

OPERATIONS
UNIT
PERSONNEL

1.

2.

Upon receipt of a Kendra’s Law/Court Removal Order from an AOT:
a.
Review Removal Order for validity (see Appendices “A”&”B”).
b.
Enter in the Command Log the name of the AOT clinician making
notification and the pedigree information of the subject.
Notify by telephone and fax a copy of the Removal Order to:
a.
The appropriate patrol borough command/Housing Bureau Wheel.
b.
Advise that a removal is to be effected.
c.
Indicate all information pertinent to the removal, including the
clinician’s estimated time of arrival.

3.

Notify the appropriate precinct/police service area (PSA) in the same
manner as indicated in step 2.

DESK OFFICER 4.

Review the Removal Order to determine if it is:
a.
Court mandated removal of patient to a hospital (see Appendix
“A”).
b.
Properly prepared and signed Kendra’s Law Removal Order (see
Appendix “B”).

PATROL
BOROUGH/
HOUSING
BUREAU
PERSONNEL

NOTE

Comply with P.G. 216-06, “Mental Health Removal Orders”, if Removal Order is other
than one listed in step four above).
Both the Court mandated and Kendra’s Law removals will be handled cooperatively by
the New York City Sheriff's Department and the NYPD. The Sheriff’s Department will
effect all removals between 0900 and 2100 hours, Monday through Thursday, and

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 6

between 0900 and 1700 hours on Fridays, excluding holidays. The NYPD will effect
removals at all other times. However, if the Sheriff’s Department personnel respond to
execute a Kendra’s Law removal order and find the subject to be non-cooperative or
violent, they will request NYPD assistance. NYPD personnel will take charge at the
scene and comply with P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons.”

NOTE
(continued)

DESK OFFICER 5.

6.
7.

Enter the following information in the Command Log:
a.
Type of Removal Order
b.
Subject’s name, race, age, gender, and address
c.
Rank, name, shield and tax registry numbers of uniformed
members of the service assigned to execute the Order
d.
Name of assigned clinician (when determined).
Request Communications Section to assign patrol supervisor, RMP unit
and Emergency Service Unit to execute the Order.
Direct RMP unit to respond to the command/PSA and transport clinician
to the scene, if necessary.

NOTE

Await arrival of assigned clinician before executing removal. If the clinician does not
contact the command/PSA or respond within one hour, notify both the borough
command and the Operations Unit.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

8.
9.

NOTE

If the subject is not present, consider whether a search of the immediate area would be
fruitful. When unable to locate subject, have precinct records and Department
computerized databases checked to determine if subject has had any interaction with the
police (arrested, aided, involved in a collision, etc.) Have precinct detective squad
notified for the preparation of an INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163) (see
ADDITIONAL DATA). Consult with assigned clinician to determine when clinician will
return to make additional attempts to execute the removal order. If it is believed that the
subject may frequent the transit system, have the appropriate Transit Bureau district, as
well as the Transit Bureau Homeless Outreach Unit notified. Notify desk officer of
actions taken and results.

10.
11.

NOTE

Respond to the scene and assume command.
Request presence of Emergency Medical Service (EMS) if the subject of
the removal order is present.

Permit AOT clinician to interview subject to gain cooperation.
Determine if services of Emergency Service Unit and commanding
officer/duty captain are necessary.
a.
Cancel Emergency Service Unit, if not required.

If subject of the removal order will not cooperate, request response of commanding
officer/duty captain and comply with provisions of P.G. 216-05, “Mentally Ill or
Emotionally Disturbed Persons.”

12.

Assign uniformed member of the service to accompany the subject in the
ambulance to the psychiatric emergency room of the hospital named on
the Removal Order.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 6

NOTE

If no specific hospital is cited in the Removal Order, then the subject will be brought to
the closest psychiatric emergency room designated under Section 9.39 of the Mental
Hygiene Law (see ADDITIONAL DATA”). However, the EMS personnel performing the
transport have the authority to bring the subject to a closer or different hospital than
that cited if the subject becomes violent, or if they believe the subject’s condition
requires it.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

13.

NOTE

Comply with P.G. 216-07, “Firearm Safety Stations at Psychiatric Wards and Admitting
Areas” upon arrival at the psychiatric emergency room of the hospital.

14.
15.
16.

17.
DESK OFFICER 18.
19.

Remain with the subject throughout medical triage and until examined by
hospital psychiatrist.

Notify desk officer upon completion of removal.
Enter details of transport in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a.
Enter “MHL Section 9.60 (Kendra’s Law) Removal” and name of
assigned clinician under “Details” section.
Deliver completed AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer.
Enter completion time and aided number in margin opposite original
Command Log entry of incident.
Notify patrol borough command/Housing Bureau Wheel and Operations
Unit of disposition.

OPERATIONS
UNIT
PERSONNEL

20.

Notify the appropriate AOT of case disposition.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

HOSPITAL TRANSPORTS
If the patient is initially treated in a hospital other than the one cited in the Removal Order and later
released, he or she must still be transported to the hospital named in the Order. When the assigned
member is informed by hospital staff that the patient is ready to be transported, he/she will notify the
desk officer concerned. The desk officer will then request that an EMS ambulance be dispatched to
the hospital where the patient is located for a “Kendra’s Law” transfer. EMS will transport the
patient and the assigned member to the hospital named on the Removal Order.
However, if the patient is admitted to the initial hospital, even though it is not the hospital named in
the Order, NYPD personnel will no longer be required to accompany the patient. The assigned
member will notify the desk officer of the circumstances, and that the patient has been admitted.
The borough command and Operations will be notified in turn, as noted above. Operations will
notify the appropriate AOT Team of the circumstances, and the AOT Team will seek to have the
Removal Order vacated.
Sheriff’s Department or NYPD personnel may be required to return at a later time to assist in the
transport of the subject to another hospital.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 6

INVESTIGATION CARD
When a precinct detective squad is notified to prepare an INVESTIGATION CARD
because the subject of a Kendra’s Law Removal Order was not found, the member
preparing the CARD will enter the following under the “Crime/Charge” caption:
“Subject of Kendra’s Law Order.”
Under caption “Additional Information/
Characteristics/Peculiarities,” enter the following: “To be removed to hospital for
psychiatric examination. Contact Operations Unit for further information.”

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

MENTAL HEALTH LAW SECTION 9.39, DESIGNATED HOSPITALS
BRONX

BROOKLYN

QUEENS

MANHATTAN

Bronx Lebanon
Jacobi
Lincoln
Montefiore
North Central Bronx
Our Lady of Mercy
St. Barnabas

Brookdale
Coney Island
Interfaith
Kings County
Kingsbrook Jewish
Long Island College
Lutheran
Maimonides
Woodhull

Elmhurst
Holliswood
Jamaica
Long Island Jewish
Queens Hospital
Center
Queens Hospital
Network
St. John’s

Bellevue
Beth Israel
Cabrini
Harlem
Metropolitan
Mt. Sinai
N.Y. Hospital/
Cornell
North General
Columbia
Presbyterian
St. Lukes
Roosevelt
St. Vincent’s

STATEN ISLAND
Bayley Seton
North Richmond
Staten Island University
St. Vincent’s

LOCATIONS OF AOT TEAMS
AOT TEAMS
Bellevue Hospital (Manhattan)
North Central Bronx Hospital (Bronx)
Woodhull Hospital (Brooklyn and Staten Island)
Elmhurst Hospital (Queens)
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Mental Health Removal Orders (P.G. 216-06)
Hostage/Barricaded Person(s) (P.G. 212-38)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

216-17

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

5 of 6

APPENDIX “A”
(Sample of court mandated removal of subject to a hospital.)
(Note: only the first of several pages listed here.)
At a __________Part of the
Court of the State of New York, Located at
__________________________, New York
on the _______day of _________________
PRESENT:
HON.

,Judge/Justice

------------------------------------------------------------------------------x

In the Matter of the Application of ____________________
__________________, Director of Community Services for
the (Country) (City) of _____________________________,
Petitioner,

ORDER AUTHORIZING
AND DIRECTING
EXAMINATION OF THE
RESPONDENT
PURSUANT TO
MHL § 9.60(h)(3)

For an order Authorizing Assisted Outpatient
Treatment
-for__________________________,Respondent
------------------------------------------------------x

Upon reading and filing the order to show cause made by Hon.____________________
_____________________,Judge/Justice of the _____________________Court, dated ___________,
the petition of ____________________________________, Director of Community Services for the
(Country) (City) of ________________________, verified on ________________________, the
affirmation of_______________________________, M.D., dated ___________________________,
the affidavit of (Insert name of petitioner)________________________________________, sworn on
___________________________, and (Describe other papers in support of the motion)_____________
_____________________________________________, in support of the motion, and (Describe
papers in opposition to motion, if any)____________________________________________________

___________________________________, and after hearing ______________________________

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

6 of 6

APPENDIX “B”
Sample of Kendra’s Law Removal Order
(Section 9.60, Mental Hygiene Law)

ASSISTED OUTPATIENT TREATMENT PROGRAM
AUTHORIZATION OF TRANSPORT
(Section 9.60, Mental Hygiene Law)
RE:

PATIENT’S NAME _________________________________
SEX ____________DATE OF BIRTH ___________________
ADDRESS _________________________________________

I, ________________________________, am Director of Psychiatry at _______________________
Hospital and the designee of Dr. Neal L. Cohen, Director of Community Services of the City of New
York to exercise the powers vested in the Director of Community Services by Section 9.60(n) of the
Medical Hygiene Law to transport patient to such section.
I have been notified by _________________________________________, that, in his or her clinical
(examining physician)

judgment, ____________________________________________ has failed or has refused to comply
(name of patient)

with assisted outpatient treatment ordered by the court, and that efforts were made to solicit compliance,
and that this person may be in need of involuntary admission to a hospital pursuant to Section 9.27 of
the Mental Hygiene Law, or immediate observation, care and treatment pursuant to Section 9.39 or 9.40
of the Mental Hygiene Law. The examining physician has requested that I direct the removal of
__________________________________ to ____________________________________________
(name of patient)

(name of receiving hospital)

for an examination to determine if he/she has a mental illness for which hospitalization is necessary
pursuant to Section 9.27, 9.39 or 9.40 of the Mental Hygiene Law.
Based on such request, I hereby direct, pursuant to Section 9.60(n) of the Mental Hygiene Law, that
peace/police/sheriff’s office take into custody and transport this person to _____________________.
(Name of hospital)

_______________________________________
(Signature)
Date ____________________
Time____________________

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-18

CHILD WINDOW FALL REPORT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To notify the Department of Health within twenty-four hours when a child less
than seventeen years of age falls from the window of any building, regardless of
whether injury or death results.

DEFINITION

BUILDING - Structures as indicated on the Child Window Fall Report caption,
“Type Of Building.”

PROCEDURE

When responding to an incident involving a child falling from a window:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

To maintain confidentiality, the self-addressed, postage paid Child Window Fall Report
should be folded and taped before mailing.

Follow P.G. 216-01, “Aided Cases - General Procedure.”
Prepare Department of Health form, Child Window Fall Report.
a.
Immediately fax copy of Report to the Department of Health.
b.
Mail original copy of Report to the Department of Health.

Commands and Police Service Areas can obtain copies of the Child Window Fall Report
directly from the Department of Health by calling.

3.

Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD 304-152b).
a.
Indicate in “Details” section that Child Window Fall Report was
prepared, faxed and mailed to the Department of Health.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Public inquiries regarding the Window Fall Prevention Program may be referred to the
Department of Health.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
Child Window Fall Report

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-19

PUBLIC ACCESS DEFIBRILLATION PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To account for and properly document the use of Automated External
Defibrillators (AEDs) in assigned commands, and to provide for the training and
certification of uniformed, civilian and auxiliary members of the service in their use.

DEFINITIONS

AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR (AED) – An electronic device
that is used to defibrillate the heart by applying an electric shock to it.
UTILIZATION OF AED – Once an AED is placed on an aided, the Department
considers that as utilized, even if a shock is not administered. When the AED
pads are placed on an aided the machine will perform an analysis and advise
what actions should be taken.
CARDIO PULMONARY RESUSCITATION (CPR) ADMINISTERED – The
Department considers that CPR has been administered once a member of the
service performs rapid chest compressions or mouth-to-mouth ventilation on an
aided.

PROCEDURE

In all commands assigned Automated External Defibrillators (AEDs):

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CERTIFIED TO
UTILIZE AED/
ADMINISTER
CPR

7.

8.

Account for all AED kits assigned to command at the beginning of each
tour.
Assign an AED at the start of each tour to a member of the service trained
and certified by the Department, as AED qualified.
Notify radio dispatcher of the unit(s) that have been assigned an AED kit.
Make a Command Log entry accounting for all AED kits and the
notification to radio dispatcher.
a.
Note the assignment of AED kits by their serial numbers, with the
prefix “AED” (e.g., AED 1234).
Ensure assignment of AED kits are noted on the roll call.
Secure AED kits that are not in use, in an appropriate location (e.g., radio
room, property room).
Inspect the AED kit to ensure that it contains the following items:
a.
Operational AED – one device
b.
Electrode pads with wire leads – two sealed packages, each
containing two pads
c.
Pocket mask
d.
Gloves
e.
Cloth/gauze compress
f.
Razor.
Notify desk officer of any deficiencies/missing equipment and make
appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-19

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

UPON ARRIVING AT THE SCENE OF A CARDIAC AIDED CASE
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
CERTIFIED TO
UTILIZE AED/
ADMINISTER
CPR

9.
10.

11.

12.

13.

DESK OFFICER 14.

15.

ESU-AED
COORDINATOR

16.

17.
18.

Advise radio dispatcher of aided’s condition and request response of
Emergency Medical Service (EMS) to the scene.
Utilize the AED device in compliance with Department guidelines/
training.
a.
The AED will only be attached to an unconscious adult patient
after it has been confirmed that the patient is not breathing and
does not have a pulse
b.
Provide care until relieved by advanced level emergency medical
personnel.
Brief responding EMS crew or other advanced level emergency medical
personnel of the following:
a.
Condition of the patient when found
b.
Nature of care provided, (i.e., rescue breathing, CPR, defibrillation, etc.).
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a.
Note in “Details” section of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET if
the AED was utilized, or CPR administered and results achieved.
(1)
If AED utilized, include serial number.
b.
If CPR was administered, check the appropriate caption on the
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
Deliver AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET immediately to the desk
officer after returning to the command.
After member of the service returns to the command, telephone the ESU
desk to obtain an AED/CPR log number and print this number in the upper
right hand corner of the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
a.
Forward a copy of the completed AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET to the ESU-AED Coordinator via fax, and via
Department mail to the Emergency Service Unit, Attention: EMT
School
b.
Ensure AED is secured until delivery, and is not reassigned.
Schedule an appointment and ensure the AED is delivered to the ESUAED Coordinator, for downloading of information after each use.
Download information from the data card or AED, as appropriate, and
submit to the Supervising Chief Surgeon or designee.
a.
Check AED for operability/serviceability (battery charge, etc.).
Fax copy of the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to the Office of the
Supervising Chief Surgeon.
Maintain:
a.
Permanent file of data collected from the AED Program
b.
List of AED kits by serial number
c.
Supply of AED pads and batteries for replacement when needed
by commands.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-19

SUPERVISING
CHIEF
SURGEON/
DESIGNEE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

19.

3 of 3

Review the data received from the Emergency Service Unit.

COMMANDING 20.
21.
OFFICER

Designate the command’s training sergeant as the AED liaison for the command.
Ensure all members of the service assigned to use AEDs attend a one day
AED training course at the Police Academy.

COMMAND
TRAINING
SERGEANT

22.

Act as command’s liaison with ESU-AED coordinator and the Police Academy.
a.
Resolve issues with the AED program
b.
Schedule members of the service, through the Chief of Patrol’s
Resource Management Section, or Bureau Training Coordinator to
attend the one day training session at the Police Academy.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

In the event of loss or theft of an AED kit or its contents (except cloth/gauze compress and
plastic gloves) comply with Patrol Guide 219-20, “Loss or Theft of Department Property.”
Replacement of AED supplies, i.e. batteries, pads, etc., defective AED equipment, and
other issues related to this program, may be referred to the ESU-AED coordinator.
If any command wishes to purchase or accept a donation of an AED, that command must
contact the ESU-AED coordinator, for inventory control and guidance as to which
equipment has been approved by the Department.
Training issues relating to this Program may be referred to the Police Academy.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Departmental Recognition (P.G. 205-39)
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Loss or Theft of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
Gifts Offered to the Police Department (A.G. 325-33)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-20

HANDLING SHELTER CLIENTS WITH TUBERCULOSIS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To assist the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene in the removal of
recalcitrant patients sheltered in Human Resources Administration facilities, who
have tuberculosis and are refusing treatment.

PROCEDURE

When the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene notifies the Operations Unit
that a removal and detention order has been issued:

OPERATIONS
UNIT
PERSONNEL

1.

2.
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.
4.
5.
6.

NOTE

Upon notification by the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene
(DOHMH) that a removal and detention order has been issued.
a.
Ascertain location of removal.
b.
Enter in the Command Log the name of the DOHMH personnel
making notification and the pedigree information of the subject.
Notify Communications Section to assign a patrol supervisor, an RMP
unit and Emergency Service Unit to respond.
Respond to scene and assess the situation.
Determine if services of Emergency Service Unit are necessary.
a.
Cancel Emergency Service Unit if not required.
Confirm that the Removal and Detention Order is possessed by the
DOHMH physician/peace officer at the shelter site.
Assign uniformed member of the service to accompany the subject and
DOHMH physician/peace officer in the transportation vehicle provided by
DOHMH to the pre-designated hospital.

The primary responsibility of the Department, during these removals is to assist in the
arrest and preserve the peace. If the patient resists, physical force may be used, but only
to the extent necessary to restrain the subject until delivery to the hospital. Members of
the service assigned are not to personally assist in forcing entry to the premises,
securing it afterwards, or safeguarding property thereat. Those duties, if necessary, will
be performed by other agencies at the direction of the Department of Health and Mental
Hygiene (DOHMH) physician/peace officer.
In the event that the Human Resources Administration is unable to provide a vehicle, an
ambulance will be requested through Communications. Except in extreme cases,
Department vehicles will not be utilized for transportation purposes.
Responding members of the service will take appropriate precautions, including the wearing of
plastic gloves and facial masks. Facial masks will be provided at the shelter site by the
Department of Health and Mental Hygiene.
Due to the medical conditions of the patient and the Department’s responsibility to minimize
exposure of the patient to others, it is imperative that they be transported only to the designated
Health and Hospitals Corporation facility. This includes those situations where the subject to
be removed engages in conduct where an arrest is effected for other than refusal to comply
with the DOHMH physician/peace officer’s order. In these cases, the arrest will be made by
members of this Department and P.G. 210-02 “Hospitalized Prisoners,” will be followed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-20

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7.
8.
9.

10.

2 of 2

Accompany patient along with a DOHMH physician/peace officer to predesignated hospital.
Enter details of removal and transport in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Ensure that the name of the DOHMH physician/peace officer, and the
patient removed, are recorded in ACTIVITY LOG and on any other
Department forms prepared.
Comply with the pertinent provisions of P.G. 205-10, “Exposure of
Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials.”

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If the patient exhibits behavior where it is likely that the patient or others may be
seriously injured or the patient barricades himself in the premises and refuses to comply,
members of the service at the scene will comply with the provisions of P.G. 216-05,
“Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons” and P.G. 212-38, “Hostage/
Barricaded Person(s),” as appropriate.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials
(P.G. 205-10)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Hostage/Barricaded Person(s) (P.G. 212-38)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-21

RESPONSE TO CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

DEFINITIONS

CARBON MONOXIDE - a colorless and odorless gas that interferes with the
delivery of oxygen to the cells of the body. The signs and symptoms of carbon
monoxide poisoning are headache, nausea, vomiting, confusion and
disorientation. In severe cases cherry red skin can be present. Carbon monoxide
is created by incomplete combustion of burning fuels, such as gasoline, oil, wood
and paper.

PROCEDURE

When responding to a report of a residential carbon monoxide alarm:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Promptly respond to location and attempt to identify what type of alarm
has been transmitted (e.g. residential, central station monitored, EMS
call).
Interview any person(s) that may have information regarding location of
the alarm.
Refrain from entering location.
Request the response of Patrol Supervisor, if alarm confirmed.
Establish frozen area.
Render reasonable aid to victims, if present.
Request Emergency Medical Service to respond if necessary.
Observe affected individuals for signs and symptoms of carbon monoxide
poisoning and direct them to EMS for treatment.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

9.
10.
11.

NOTE

Patrol Supervisors should be guided by Patrol Guide 212-37, “Hazardous Materials,”
when responding to a carbon monoxide alarm and setting up frozen areas.

EMERGENCY
SERVICE UNIT
MEMBER

Respond to location.
Evaluate situation upon arrival.
Maintain frozen area and extend if necessary, until hazard is removed.

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Establish Crime Scene, if necessary.
Request response of ESU personnel.
Prevent all non-ESU police personnel from entering location.
Notify Duty Captain and precinct Desk Officer.
Direct Communications to notify Department of Buildings if location is
City owned.

17.

Respond to location and determine whether carbon monoxide gases are
present.
Advise patrol supervisor on appropriate frozen area boundaries, as
necessary.
Determine whether location is safe for re-entry.

18.
19.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

216-21

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

PAGE:

08/01/13

20.
21.
22.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

REVISION NUMBER:

23.

24.
25.

2 of 2

Remain outside location until ESU deems location habitable.
Assist EMS with removal of aided(s) if location is properly vented and
ESU personnel advise the location is safe to enter.
Comply with P.G. 216-01, “Aided Cases General Procedure.”
Direct preparation of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEETS (PD304152b) and a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A),
if appropriate.
Confer with ESU personnel to determine if location is safe for occupants
to re-enter prior to allowing re-entry.
Comply with pertinent provisions of Patrol Guide 212-37, “Hazardous
Materials,” if it is determined that a continuing carbon monoxide threat
exists.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Aided Cases

Procedure No:

216-22

MOBILE CRISIS OUTREACH TEAMS AND
ASSERTIVE COMMUNITY TREATMENT TEAMS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To safeguard and remove mentally ill or emotionally disturbed persons at the
direction of Mobile Crisis Outreach or Assertive Community Treatment Teams
pursuant to Sections 9.37 and 9.58 of the New York State Mental Hygiene Law.

DEFINITIONS

MOBILE CRISIS OUTREACH TEAMS- These teams are independently
operated by local hospitals or community-based mental health organizations, are
usually funded by the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, and may
sometimes be attached to New York State licensed “comprehensive emergency
programs.” Their goal is to assess, stabilize and rapidly refer patients to longerterm providers.
ASSERTIVE COMMUNITY TREATMENT TEAMS (ACT)- Similar to
Mobile Crisis Outreach Teams, but are “hospitals on wheels,” more richly staffed
by mental health workers and charged with providing a wide range of ongoing
services. ACT teams sometimes need to order involuntary transport of their
patients to hospital emergency rooms. They receive contract funding from the
Department of Health and Mental Hygiene and are licensed by the New York
State Office of Mental Health.
QUALIFIED MENTAL HEALTH PROFESSIONAL (QMHP)- are members of
a Mobile Crisis Outreach or Assertive Community Treatment Team who are
licensed psychologists, certified social workers or registered professional nurses.

PROCEDURE

When directed to assist, on scene, designated physicians or qualified mental
health professionals assigned to Mobile Crisis Outreach Teams or Assertive
Community Treatment Teams, uniformed members of the service will:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

Comply with provisions of Patrol Guide 216-05, “Mentally Ill or
Emotionally Disturbed Persons.”
Examine the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene photo
identification card of the physician or qualified mental health professional
on scene.
a.
Record pertinent information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145),
including the identity of the physician or qualified mental health
professional ordering the removal, and the length of time the aided
was in police custody.
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a.
Attach Form OMH 475 (Application for Involuntary
Admission on Certificate of a Director of Community Services
or Designee) OR Form OMH 482 (Mobile Crisis Outreach
Team Authorization for Transport) to the AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

216-22

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Designated physicians authorizing a removal must prepare Form OMH 475
(Application for Involuntary Admission on Certificate of a Director of Community
Services or Designee) prior to directing the involuntary transport of an individual.
Other qualified mental health professionals assigned to Mobile Crisis Outreach Teams /
Assertive Community Treatment Teams must prepare Form OMH 482 (Mobile Crisis
Outreach Team Authorization for Transport) prior to directing the involuntary
transport of an individual. In either case, a copy of the required form must be provided
to responding officers for attachment to the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
A uniformed member of the service will assist in the transportation of the patient to the
hospital and ride in the body of the ambulance with the patient. A uniformed member
will remain with the patient until he/she is examined and is either released or admitted
at the psychiatric emergency room.
Mobile Crisis Outreach or Assertive Community Treatment Teams ordering the removal
of a mentally ill person will safeguard all personal property (other than contraband)
removed from the patient.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Hostage/Barricaded Person(s) (P.G. 212-38)
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Mental Health Removal Orders (P.G. 216-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT (PD320-151)
Application for Involuntary Admission on Certificate of a Director of Community
Services or Designee (OMH Form 475)
Mobile Crisis Outreach Team Authorization for Transport (OMH Form 482)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-01

VEHICLE COLLISIONS – GENERAL PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

09/04/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/04/13

1 of 7

PURPOSE

To record and determine the cause of each vehicle collision and take or
recommend corrective action.

DEFINITIONS

VEHICLE COLLISION – A collision which occurs on a public highway, a street
between building lines, or private property and involves a vehicle, including a
parked vehicle, attended or unattended.
VEHICLE - Every device in, upon, or by which any person or property is or may
be transported or drawn upon a highway, except devices moved by human power
or used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks.
QUALIFYING VEHICLE - For the purposes of this procedure is:
a.
Any commercial truck having a Gross Weight Rating or Gross Combined
Weight Rating more than 10,000 pounds
b.
Any vehicle displaying a hazardous materials placard
c.
A bus designed to carry nine or more persons, including the driver.
BICYCLE - Every two or three wheeled device upon which a person or persons
may ride, propelled by human power through a belt, a chain or gears, with such
wheels in a tandem or tricycle, except that it shall not include such a device
having solid tires and intended for use only on a sidewalk by pre-teenage
children.

PROCEDURE

Upon notification or observation of a vehicle collision:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

4.

5.
6.
7.
8.

Park radio motor patrol car behind vehicles involved, so that traffic will
not be impeded.
Ascertain if there are any injuries and request ambulance if needed.
a.
Place IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091) on aided if
unconscious and removed to hospital.
Divert traffic, if necessary.
a.
Use traffic cones, turret lights and danger signs, whenever available.
b.
Place the first cone at least two hundred feet from the collision on
high-speed highways, bridges, etc.
Obtain the driver’s license, vehicle registration, and insurance
identification card.
a.
Record required information and return credentials to driver(s).
Have vehicles removed from roadway as soon as practical.
Determine the cause of the collision by inquiry and observation.
Survey the scene carefully and be alert for common insurance fraud
indicators.
Take summary action, if necessary.
a.
If a moving violation summons is issued and the collision from which
the violation arose resulted in the death or serious physical injury of
someone other than the violator, the summonsing officer must write “D”
for death or “SPI” for serious physical injury in the
“Description/Narrative” section of the summons.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-01

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/04/13

9.

10.
11.

12.

13.

14.

2 of 7

Prepare top portion of COLLISION INFORMATION EXCHANGE/
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FOUND PROPERTY (PD301-092),
enter address of command of occurrence and give to operators.
a.
Advise operator, if incapacitated, that another participant in the
collision, or the owner of the vehicle, must complete the bottom
portion of the COLLISION INFORMATION EXCHANGE/
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FOUND PROPERTY form.
b.
Complete the bottom portion of the COLLISION
INFORMATION EXCHANGE/ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF
FOUND PROPERTY, if the owner of the vehicle or no other
participant in the collision is available.
Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN).
Complete all relevant captions legibly, with particular attention to the
following:
a.
Account for all passengers in the vehicle taking care to note their
seating position, name and injury (if any).
(1)
If injury is involved, include statement on Police Accident
Report as to whether the airbag inflated and deployed.
b.
Attempt to identify passengers through documentation (photo
identification if possible). If unable to do so note on Police
Accident Report.
c.
Enter passenger information in the “All Involved” section of the
Police Accident Report, boxes “A through F.”
d.
Draw a straight line through every unused box of this section and
initial it.
e.
Repeat the same process as above on the reverse side of the Police
Accident Report, in the “Persons Killed Or Injured In Accident”
section, boxes “A through E.”
f.
Enter information concerning operator of bicycle involved in
section captioned “Vehicle 2”, if applicable.
(1)
Enter the name and address of the bicycle rental company
in the applicable registration information captions, if a
rental bicycle is involved.
Obtain the vehicle identification numbers (VIN) from the dashboard and
door of each vehicle involved in the collision.
a.
Ensure that they match.
b.
List VIN in the “Accident Description/Officer’s Notes” caption of
the Police Accident Report.
Inspect vehicles/bicycles involved in the collision and indicate the type of
vehicle/bicycle in the “Vehicle Type” caption on the Police Accident
Report (see ADDITIONAL DATA).
Obtain pedicab information, if involved in collision.
a.
Enter pedicab Department of Consumer Affairs License number in
“Driver License ID Number” caption on Police Accident Report.
b.
Enter pedicab registration number in “Plate Number” caption on
Police Accident Report.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/04/13

3 of 7

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

15.

NOTE

If a collision involved a qualifying vehicle and a “condition of severity,” as described
above, a MV104S must be prepared for each qualifying vehicle and attached to the
corresponding Police Accident Report.

16.

NOTE

Prepare Truck and Bus Supplemental Police Accident Report
(MV104S) if at least one vehicle involved is a qualifying vehicle and the
collision resulted in one of the following “conditions of severity” for any person
or any vehicle involved:
a.
At least one person sustained fatal injuries
b.
At least one person was transported for immediate medical treatment
c.
At least one vehicle was towed/transported from the scene (other
than for a flat tire).

Check appropriate “Duplicate Copy Required For” captions on rear of
Police Accident Report and, in addition, check box captioned “Other
City Agency,” if necessary, and enter:
a.
DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS - if tow truck or
pedicab licensed by Department of Consumer Affairs is involved in
collision.
b.
NEW YORK CITY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION if collision involved collision with a “crash cushion” or “highway
impact attenuator.”
c.
DEPARTMENT OF PARKS - Person killed or injured on roadway
under jurisdiction of Department of Parks, or motor vehicle collision
resulting in damage to a tree on park land, city street, or on any other
public property owned by the City of New York.
d.
MISSING PERSON SQUAD (MEDICAL EXAMINER’S
LIAISON UNIT) - person killed in collision.
e.
HIGHWAY DISTRICT (COLLISION INVESTIGATION
SQUAD) - person killed in collision.

Subdivision “d” and “e” above will also be followed when a supplementary Police
Accident Report is prepared indicating that a death has resulted at a later date after the
original report has been forwarded.

f.

g.

NEW YORK CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT, ACTIONS AND
CLAIMS UNIT - if collision involves any of the following:
(1)
Fire Department vehicles
(2)
Health and Hospitals Corporation ambulance (staffed by
FDNY - Emergency Medical Service personnel)
(3)
Fire hydrants
(4)
Fire alarm boxes
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION, OFFICE OF PUPIL
TRANSPORTATION - vehicle collision involving a school bus.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-01

PAGE:

09/04/13

4 of 7

h.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)
17.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

NYC TAXI AND LIMOUSINE COMMISSION - if taxi or for
hire vehicle (livery/limousine) is licensed by the NYC Taxi and
Limousine Commission.
i.
NYC OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER - all collisions where
New York City personnel or City property is involved.
Inform person(s) involved in collision that copy of Police Accident
Report may be obtained at precinct of occurrence:
a.
In person, within thirty days of the collision, along with a ten
dollar fee (check or money order only) for each request. A
current, valid form of picture identification (driver’s license,
passport, etc.) is required.
b.
By mail request, when received within thirty days of collision,
with a ten dollar check or money order and a self-addressed
stamped envelope.

Any mail request not accompanied by a photocopy of a current, valid form of picture
identification, i.e., driver’s license, passport, etc. will be returned.

18.

19.

Sign and deliver the Police Accident Report to the desk officer, precinct
of occurrence.
a.
Members assigned to outside commands will deliver the prepared
Police Accident Report to the desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
Make complete ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.

20.

Make required entries in the Automated Accident Index utilizing FINEST
or Local Area Network (LAN) terminals for Police Accident Reports
prepared during the tour.

DESK OFFICER 21.

Review all Police Accident Reports for collisions occurring in the
command and ensure that required entries are made in the Automated
Accident Index on each tour.

COMMAND
CLERK

NOTE

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER

The desk officer WILL NOT accept Police Accident Reports for collisions occurring in
another command.

22.

Forward Police Accident Reports to precinct traffic safety officer.

23.

Review all Police Accident Reports.
a.
In absence of traffic safety officer, a uniformed member of the
service authorized by the commanding officer, will review Police
Accident Reports.
Forward reviewed Police Accident Reports to training sergeant for signature.
a.
Inform training sergeant of any deficiencies.

24.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/04/13

5 of 7

TRAINING
SERGEANT

25.

Sign all Police Accident Reports and return them to traffic safety officer.
a.
Ensure any deficiencies on Police Accident Reports are addressed
accordingly.

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER

26.

Send copies of Police Accident Reports marked “Duplicate Copies For”
to appropriate agency in an addressed white envelope and forward
envelope via Mail and Distribution Unit.
Duplicate and forward collision reports, on a daily basis, to the Highway
Unit concerned for collisions occurring on limited access highways.
Fax copy of all Police Accident Reports involving a “crossover”
collision to the Corporation Counsel and the Highway District.
Provide to the desk officer for review a daily recapitulation of all
collision numbers generated for a given command.
Photocopy all completed Police Accident Reports.
Maintain a file of completed photocopied Police Accident Reports:
a.
By the month in which the collision occurs
b.
For a minimum of one year
c.
In a secure locked cabinet.
Place an entire month of original Police Accident Reports for collisions
not involving a fatality and not requiring the preparation of a Truck and Bus
Supplemental Police Accident Report in an envelope addressed to the New
York State Department of Motor Vehicles, Accident Records Bureau and
forward envelope via Mail and Distribution Unit.
Place an entire month of original Police Accident Reports for collisions
involving a fatality or collisions requiring the preparation of a Truck and Bus
Supplemental Police Accident Report in an envelope addressed to the New
York State Department of Motor Vehicles, Accident Records Bureau and
forward envelope via Mail and Distribution Unit.

27.
28.
29.
30.
31.

32.

33.

34.
MAIL AND
DISTRIBUTION
UNIT MEMBER

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Forward original Police Accident Reports received to the New York
State Department of Motor Vehicles thirty to sixty days from the
collision. Accordingly, all collisions occurring in the month of January
will be forwarded March 1st, all collisions occurring in the month of
February will be forwarded April 1st, etc.

If collision involves an arrest for Driving While Intoxicated/Impaired, a copy of the
Police Accident Report will be attached to court papers and delivered by the arresting
officer to the assistant district attorney in the complaint room.
Prepare Police Accident Report in any vehicle collision case when the City is involved
or an animal (horse, dog, domestic cattle, etc.) is killed or injured.
A personal injury bicycle collision, not involving a motor vehicle, is reported on a Police
Accident Report as per Patrol Guide procedure 217-17, “Bicycle Collisions – General
Procedure.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

217-01

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/04/13

6 of 7

Members of the service will indicate the type of vehicle/bicycle involved in the collision
and enter the appropriate information in the “Vehicle Type” caption on the Police
Accident Report:
(a) SEDN - Passenger vehicle
(b) SUBN - Sport utility vehicle/station wagon
(c) VAN - Van
(d) PICK - Pick-up truck
(e) SCOM - Small commercial vehicle (four tires) (e.g., box truck, etc.)
(f) LCOM - Large commercial vehicle (six or more tires) (e.g., semi, tractor
trailer, etc.)
(g) TAXI - Taxi vehicle
(h) LIV - Livery vehicle
(i) BUS - Bus
(j) AMBU - Ambulance
(k) FIRE - Firetruck
(l) MCY - Motorcycle
(m) SCOOT - Scooter
(n) BIKE - Bicycle
(o) PCAB - Pedicab
(p) UNK - Unknown
(q) OTH - Other.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Pending arrival of an ambulance, the uniformed member should allow a sick/injured
person to be treated by a doctor, emergency medical technician or paramedic, if person
volunteers his/her services, AND the uniformed member reasonably believes the
volunteer is a professional. The medical attention should take place, if possible, under
the observation of the member concerned. When the emergency situation is under
control, request identification from volunteer, including name and address, and record
information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and under “Details” in Police Accident
Report. The volunteer’s role is limited to providing medical assistance ONLY.
Determination regarding removal procedures via ambulance, Medevac, etc., will be
determined by Emergency Medical Service personnel.
A REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD (PD301-165) will be given to
concerned person upon request at any precinct stationhouse or at the Public Inquiry and
Request Section.
The following vehicles do not require insurance identification cards:
a.
Taxis, buses and other rented vehicles
b.
Vehicles operating under the authority of the Public Service Commission and ICC
c.
Government owned vehicles
d.
Certain farm vehicles
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Forwarding of Fees to Audits and Accounts Unit (P.G. 212-82)
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Accidents and Collisions – City Involved (P.G. 217-04)
Department Vehicle Collisions (P.G. 217-06)
Collisions – Private Vehicles Authorized for Police Use (P.G. 217-07)
Bicycle Collisions – General Procedure (P.G. 217-17)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

217-01

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/04/13

7 of 7

COLLISION INFORMATION EXCHANGE/ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FOUND
PROPERTY (PD301-092)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091)
REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD (PD301-165)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Truck and Bus Supplemental Police Accident Report (MV104S)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-02

VEHICLE COLLISIONS WHICH RESULT IN DEATH, SERIOUS
INJURY AND LIKELY TO DIE, OR CRITICAL INJURY
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To investigate vehicle collisions in which death, serious injury and likely to die,
or critical injury has occurred and to present facts to the District Attorney.

DEFINITION

CRITICAL INJURY – A critical injury will be determined based upon the onscene assessment of Emergency Medical Services (EMS) personnel.

PROCEDURE

After responding to a vehicular collision in which death, serious injury and likely
to die, or a critical injury has occurred, follow normal vehicle collision
procedures and, in addition:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

4.

5.
6.

7.
8.

9.

Detain drivers, occupants, vehicles involved, and witnesses.
Effect arrest and comply with P.G. 208-40, “Intoxicated or Impaired Driver
Arrest,” if probable cause is immediately established that an operator is under
the influence of alcohol and/or drugs.
Ensure operators of all vehicles involved in a motor vehicle collision
resulting in death, serious injury and likely to die, or critical injury to a
person submit to a breath test for alcohol unless:
a.
A vehicle operator is removed from the scene for immediate
medical attention or;
b.
Otherwise directed by a supervisor on the scene.
Ensure any other operator(s) remain at the scene pending the administration
of a hand held Portable Breath Test (PBT) by a qualified member of the
service or Highway Unit personnel, if readily available.
a.
Observe operator(s) for any indication of impairment by alcohol
and/or drugs pending the arrival of an available PBT
b.
Effect arrest and comply with P.G. 208-40, “Intoxicated or Impaired
Driver Arrest,” if probable cause is subsequently established that an
operator is under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs pending the arrival
of an available PBT
c.
Transport prisoner to the designated testing location without unnecessary
delay in order to minimize the possibility of a reduced alcohol
concentration level reading of a chemical test when administered.
Obtain name, address, home and business telephone numbers of any
person who must leave the scene.
Confer with on–scene emergency medical service personnel to ascertain
if any person involved in collision has been classified as critically injured
as per FDNY EMS guidelines.
Request patrol supervisor to respond to scene.
DO NOT disturb collision scene unnecessarily.
a.
Mark position of vehicle and/or injured person with chalk, if
person/vehicle must be moved.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-02

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

10.
11.

12.
13.

2 of 4

Respond to collision scene.
Upon arrival at the collision scene where a death, serious injury and likely
to die, or critical injury has occurred, request the response of:
a.
Precinct Detective Squad
b.
Highway District Collision Technician Group
c.
Highway District Collision Investigation Squad.
Notify desk officer and commanding officer/duty captain regarding
circumstances of incident.
Notify Operations Unit if an extended closure of a roadway(s) is required
or if perishable merchandise or current newspapers are involved.

COMMANDING 14.
OFFICER/
DUTY
CAPTAIN

Confer with patrol supervisor regarding incident.
a.
Ensure criteria for a critical injury have been met, or in circumstances
where criteria for a critical injury have not been met, determine whether
the extent of injuries and/or unique circumstances of a collision warrant
an investigation under the parameters of this procedure.
b.
Ensure appropriate units have been notified and are responding.

PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
SQUAD
MEMBER

15.

Interview witnesses and secure the crime scene pending arrival of the
Highway District Collision Technician Group and the Highway District
Collision Investigation Squad.

HIGHWAY
DISTRICT
COLLISION
TECHNICIAN
GROUP
MEMBER

16.
17.

Process collision scene.
Confer with Highway District Collision Investigation Squad member in
regards to processing the collision scene.
Prepare MOTOR VEHICLE COLLISION AND MECHANISM
REPORT (PD301-151).

HIGHWAY
DISTRICT,
COLLISION
INVESTIGATION
SQUAD MEMBER

19.

18.

20.
21.
22.

23.

Notify and inform appropriate District Attorney’s Office of preliminary
facts of incident prior to the conclusion of the investigation.
Conduct on-scene collision investigation with Highway District Collision
Technician Group member.
Prepare WITNESS STATEMENT - VEHICLE COLLISION (PD301061).
Prepare Early Notification of Fatal Accident (MV-104EN), if
appropriate, and fax to New York State Department of Motor Vehicles
within twenty-four hours.
Prepare Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents (MV-104D),
if appropriate.
a.
Complete a separate Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle
Accidents when more than one person in a motor vehicle collision is
deceased or if more than three vehicles are involved in a fatal collision.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-02

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

HIGHWAY
DISTRICT,
COLLISION
INVESTIGATION
SQUAD MEMBER
(continued)

24.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

26.

25.

27.
28.

3 of 4

Forward copies of completed Early Notification of Fatal Accident and
Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents, and all other reports
prepared to the Highway District Collision Investigation Squad
concerned.
Notify relatives or friends of the deceased in a timely manner, if applicable.
Have a separate COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared for
each person killed, or seriously injured and likely to die, or received a
critical injury as a result of the collision.
a.
Classify COMPLAINT REPORT either “Case Open-Investigate
Motor Vehicle Collision/Fatal,” or “Case Open-Investigate Motor
Vehicle Collision/Serious Injury and Likely to Die/Critical
Injury,” as appropriate.
Record as “Referred to Collision Investigation Squad” and forward copies
of COMPLAINT REPORT, as appropriate.
Ensure that notifications to relatives or friends are made in a timely
manner and document the time and date of the notification as well as the
name of member making notification under caption “NOTIFICATIONS”
on the Police Accident Report (MV104AN).
a.
Ensure above notifications are made by the Highway District
Collision Investigation Squad when a vehicle collision has
resulted in a death.

HIGHWAY
DISTRICT
COLLISION
TECHNICIAN
GROUP
MEMBER

29.

Forward all reports, including any subsequent reports directly related to collision
investigation, to the Highway District Collision Investigation Squad.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
The Highway District Collision Technician Group and the Highway District Collision
Investigation Squad investigators will maintain an open dialogue to ensure a proper and
successful investigation is conducted.
A designated member of the Highway District Collision Investigation Squad will
coordinate the investigation and presentation of facts to District Attorney concerned.
When a precinct desk officer is notified that a person who sustained an apparent minor
injury in a vehicle collision (COMPLAINT REPORT was NOT prepared) has died as a
result of the collision, a COMPLAINT REPORT and a supplementary Police Accident
Report will be prepared. The COMPLAINT REPORT, supplementary Police Accident
Report and a copy of the original Police Accident Report will be forwarded to the
Collision Investigation Squad concerned. Additionally, the Collision Investigation Squad
concerned will also be notified by telephone.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

217-02

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 4

When making a determination as to when an extended roadway closure should be placed
into effect in order to assist in a collision investigation (including the length of time a
closure will remain in effect and whether or not to partially or fully close the roadway),
the severity of injuries sustained by the individual(s) involved should be weighed versus
other contributing factors (i.e., the time and day of occurrence, the specific type of
roadway involved [e.g., arterial highway, major thoroughfare, etc.], the ability to
effectively detour traffic and the need to preserve evidence at the scene). Operations
Unit personnel will ensure that the Traffic Management Center is aware of any closures
involving an arterial highway.
If a moving violation summons is issued and the violation resulted in a collision that
caused the death or serious physical injury of someone other than the violator, the
summonsing officer must write “D” for death or “SPI” for serious physical injury in the
“Description/Narrative” section of the summons.
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
In accordance with Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 1194.1 subsection (b), when
requested to do so, all operators of vehicles involved in motor vehicle accidents are
required to submit to a breath test for alcohol.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical
Injury– Mechanical Defect Involved (P.G. 217-03)
Intoxicated or Impaired Driver Arrest (P.G. 208-40)
Chemical Test Warrant Application (P.G. 217-16)
Bicycle Collisions – General Procedure (P.G. 217-17)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
MOTOR VEHICLE COLLISION AND MECHANISM REPORT (PD301-151)
WITNESS STATEMENT - VEHICLE COLLISION (PD301-061)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Early Notification of Fatal Accident (MV-104EN)
Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents (MV-104D)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-03

VEHICLE COLLISIONS WHICH RESULT IN DEATH, SERIOUS
INJURY AND LIKELY TO DIE, OR CRITICAL INJURY–
MECHANICAL DEFECT INVOLVED
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To examine a vehicle involved in a collision which has resulted in death, serious
injury and likely to die, or critical injury to an individual to ascertain if the
vehicle is mechanically defective.

DEFINITION

CRITICAL INJURY – A critical injury will be determined based upon the onscene assessment of Emergency Medical Services (EMS) personnel.

PROCEDURE

When a vehicle has been involved in a collision which has resulted in death,
serious injury and likely to die, or critical injury to an individual, and either the
operator indicates or Highway Unit personnel suspect that the vehicle has a
mechanical defect:

HIGHWAY
UNIT OFFICER

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.
7.

Prepare MOTOR VEHICLE COLLISION AND MECHANISM
REPORT (PD301-151).
a.
Prepare WITNESS STATEMENT-VEHICLE COLLISION
(PD301-061), if appropriate.
Prepare the Early Notification of Fatal Accident (MV-104EN), if
appropriate, and fax to New York State Department of Motor Vehicles
within twenty-four hours.
Prepare the Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents (MV104D), if appropriate.
a.
Complete a separate Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle
Accidents when more than one person in a motor vehicle collision
is deceased or if more than three vehicles are involved in a fatal
collision.
Forward copies of completed Early Notification of Fatal Accident and
Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents to the Collision
Investigation Squad concerned.
Report facts to desk officer, precinct of occurrence, and to assigned
member of Collision Investigation Squad.
Summon Department tow truck and have vehicle removed to Department
facility.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-03

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

8.

9.
10.

2 of 2

Enter rank, name, and shield number of Highway Unit officer in the
Command Log.
a.
Note in entry if mechanical defect is a possible factor in collision.
Make reference to Command Log entry on Police Accident Report
(MV104AN).
Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) prepared from
WORKSHEET, review and digitally sign.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR
AT
DEPARTMENT
FACILITY

11.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical
Injury (P.G. 217-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

MOTOR VEHICLE COLLISION AND MECHANISM REPORT (PD301-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
WITNESS STATEMENT-VEHICLE COLLISION (PD301-061)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Early Notification of Fatal Accident (MV-104EN)
Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents (MV-104D)

12.
13.

Do not permit removal of vehicle if required as evidence or until the
defect has been corrected.
Obtain signed statement from person correcting mechanical defect and file
in Property Receipt Book.
Permit removal of vehicle only by properly equipped tow truck if defect is
not corrected, provided vehicle is not required as evidence.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-04

ACCIDENTS AND COLLISIONS - CITY INVOLVED
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To assist the City in processing cases in which the City may be a plaintiff or
defendant.

DEFINITION

CITY INVOLVED - Any reported incident involving personal injury and/or
property damage which may involve the City in a civil action.

PROCEDURE

When it is determined that the City may be involved in a civil suit as a result of
an accident or vehicle collision:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.

4.
DESK OFFICER 5.
6.
7.

Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN) if collision and check
appropriate boxes under caption “DUPLICATE COPY REQUIRED
FOR,” OR
Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) in other cases
in which personal injury resulted and the City may be involved, OR
Prepare ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155)
(only) in all other cases in which the City may be involved and no
personal injury resulted (property damage only).
Ensure that AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET contains an indication
that City is involved and name of City agency involved.
Inform persons involved that a claim against the City arising from the
incident must be filed with the Comptroller of the City of New York
within ninety days.
Submit REPORTS to desk officer.
Review and sign reports, as appropriate.
Direct command clerk to enter information from AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET into On-Line Aided System.
Forward:
a.
Police Accident Report in normal manner
b.
ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED as per instructions on form.
(1)
Dispose of buff agency copy if Police Department is the
ONLY agency involved.
(2)
Determine City agency involved as indicated below:

CONDITION

AGENCY




Traffic signs, stanchions, signal lights, etc.



Property damage on roadway under 
jurisdiction of Department of Parks, or
trees damaged on parkland, City streets,
or on any other public property owned by
the City of New York.

Department of Transportation.
Department of Parks.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 2

CONDITION

AGENCY



Damaged fire alarm box/post.



New York City Fire Department, Actions
and Claims Unit.



Lampposts.



Department of Transportation.



Damage to parkway, through park road, 
highway, stone wall, curb, fence, guide
rail, post, etc.

Department of Transportation, Bureau of
Highways, Legal Department.



Accidents on or in immediate vicinity of a 
ferry, bridge, tunnel, dock, airport or
seaplane base.

Agency concerned.



City hydrants



Department of Environmental Protection
and the New York City Fire Department,
Actions and Claims Unit.



School bus collision



Department of Education, Office of Pupil
Transportation.



Property damage occurring on or 
emanating from transit facilities (e.g.,
falling debris from elevated MTA line)

ADDITIONAL
DATA

NYC Transit Law Department

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
It is not unusual for claims to arise in favor of the City in certain accidents and vehicle
collisions. It is the policy of the City to pursue such claims. Members of the service at the
scene of an incident involving the City will detail circumstances which may support claims
by the City against private entities. Additionally, members will obtain names and
addresses of witnesses at the scene, including potential witnesses favorable to the City.
Full cooperation with the involved City agency or the Law Department in pursuing these
claims is mandatory.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-05

LEAVING THE SCENE OF A COLLISION
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To investigate reports of leaving the scene of vehicle collisions.

PROCEDURE

Upon arrival at scene of a vehicle collision involving personal injury and/or property
damage, and the operator of one of the vehicles has fled the scene without reporting,
follow P.G. 217-01 “Vehicle Collisions – General Procedure” and:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), unless
the operator of a vehicle that left the scene of a collision (PROPERTY
DAMAGE ONLY) is apprehended and issued a summons for the traffic
offense of Leaving the Scene of a Collision Without Reporting, prior to
preparation of a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.

IF NEW YORK REGISTRATION NUMBER IS OBTAINED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.

3.
4.

Query NYSPIN through the FINEST system to determine if vehicle is
reported stolen.
a.
DO NOT give complainant hard copy.
b.
Provide information utilizing COLLISION INFORMATION
EXCHANGE/ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
OF
FOUND
PROPERTY (PD301-092).
Obtain name and address of registered owner.
Give information to complainant.

IF VEHICLE REGISTERED IN ANOTHER STATE
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

6.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Query NYSPIN through the FINEST System to determine identity of
registered owner.
a.
Request information needed through an adjoining command, if the
command FINEST System is inoperable.
Provide complainant with information, if identity of owner is obtained.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
In determining whether a case should be closed or referred to the detective squad, the
following criteria should be considered:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Extent of damage
Whether the facts or degree of damage indicate operator intentionally
left scene knowing he caused damage
Availability of witnesses to testify
Timeliness of complaint
Whether the report is being made for prosecution or insurance purposes
Other relevant factors which would have a bearing on this
determination.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

217-05

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

In PROPERTY DAMAGE ONLY cases, a summons returnable to the Traffic Violations
Bureau may be served even though the member did not observe the offense (see Vehicle
and Traffic Law, Section 602).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G.217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical
Injury (P.G. 217-02)
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COLLISION INFORMATION EXCHANGE/ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FOUND
PROPERTY (PD301-092)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-06

DEPARTMENT VEHICLE COLLISIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 10

PURPOSE

To record and determine the causes of collisions involving Department vehicles,
including vehicles leased or rented by the Department and/or issued to the
Department by any Federal/State/City agency, and recommend corrective action.

PROCEDURE

When a Department vehicle is involved in a collision:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

Request ambulance, if necessary.
Request operator, occupants and witnesses to remain pending arrival of
patrol supervisor.
a.
Obtain name, address, home and business telephone numbers of
persons involved and witnesses.
Request patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence, to respond.
a.
If not available, Communications Section will notify patrol
supervisor, adjoining precinct to respond.

If the operator of the Department vehicle is assigned to other than the precinct of
occurrence, a supervisory officer of such member’s command, if available, will perform
the tasks of the patrol supervisor. If the collision involves death, or serious injury to
anyone, the precinct commander/duty captain will be the investigating supervisor. IN
ALL CASES, THE FINAL AGENCY DETERMINATION WILL BE MADE BY THE
COMMANDING OFFICER OF THE PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE.

NOTE

4.

Prepare Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104) in all cases.
a.
If incapacitated, the patrol supervisor will prepare the Report of
Motor Vehicle Accident, in addition to other forms.

NOTE

The Police Department, the City Law Department, or their designee, will pursue claims
against private entities which are at fault in Department vehicle collisions. Details
concerning the cause of the collision including the names of witnesses favorable to the
City will be carefully documented on Department forms. A summons will be issued to
the operator of a private vehicle if the patrol supervisor determines it is appropriate. A
SUMMONS WILL NOT BE ISSUED TO AN OPERATOR OF A DEPARTMENT
VEHICLE.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

5.
6.

7.

Respond to scene.
Conduct investigation and interview person’s involved/witnesses.
a.
When collision involves death or serious injury, request persons
involved/witnesses to remain pending arrival of precinct
commander/duty captain.
Notify desk officer and request response of precinct commander/duty
captain, as necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-06

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 10

NOTE

If preliminary investigation discloses that the driver committed a moving violation or if a
fatality occurs, and the driver is a civilian member of the service required to have a
Commercial Driver’s License (CDL), he/she will be required to submit to alcohol and drug
testing. The desk officer concerned will contact the Medical Division, Monday through
Friday, 0700 hours to 1600 hours, within one hour of the incident. All other times,
contact the Medical Division Sick Desk. The desk officer will be informed as to the
location where the member must be taken for drug and alcohol testing, and will comply
with the instructions of the Medical Division supervisor. The member involved MUST
remain available for drug and alcohol testing. Unless unavailability is the result of
necessary emergency care, a member’s failure to be available will be considered a
refusal to submit to alcohol and drug testing and will result in disciplinary or other
appropriate action.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE
(continued)

8.

9.

NOTE

Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if a member of the service is injured
and requires hospital treatment.
a.
An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required
before final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status
of the injured member of the service.
Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN) in quadruplicate.
a.
If injury is involved, include statement on Police Accident Report
as to whether the airbag inflated and deployed, if applicable.
b.
Indicate if collision occurred when responding to an emergency. If so,
state what warning devices were being used, e.g., siren, dome light, etc.
c.
Enter member’s command and address of that command under
caption “Operator’s Address.”
d.
Print in large letters or type “POLICE INVOLVED” at top of form
under caption “Police Accident Report.”
e.
Have two sets of Polaroid photographs taken of all Department vehicle
collisions showing damage to all vehicles involved. If collision involves
death or injury, photographs will be taken at scene, if possible.
(1)
Photographs will be secured in a Jewelry Security
Envelope

If a uniformed member of the service was operating a police vehicle during an
“emergency operation” as defined by Section 114-b of the Vehicle Traffic Law,
supervisors preparing the Police Accident Report (MV104AN) should enter a capital
letter “P” in a circle next to the name of the Department vehicle operator near the top
of the report and use the following text in the “Accident Description/Officer’s Notes”
section of the MV104AN: “The collision occurred in a police vehicle owned /operated
by the New York City Police Department while responding to an emergency situation.”
Emergency operation as defined by Section 114-b of the Vehicle Traffic Law states “the
operation, or parking, of an authorized emergency vehicle, when such vehicle is
engaged in transporting a sick or injured person, transporting prisoners, delivering
blood or blood products in a situation involving an imminent health risk, pursuing an
actual or suspected violator of the law, or responding to, or working or assisting at the
scene of an accident, disaster, police call, alarm of fire, actual or potential release of
hazardous materials or other emergency. Emergency operation shall not include
returning from such service.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-06

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 10

When completing Police Accident Report fill in each numbered box with the proper entry as
determined from the corresponding code list on the cover sheet. If question does not apply, enter
“dash” (-). If proper entry for any questions is unknown, enter an “X” in the corresponding box.

NOTE

(continued)
PATROL
SUPERVISOR,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE
(continued)

10.

Prepare and sign Report of Motor Vehicle Accident, Police Line of
Duty Accident (MV104L).
a.
Attach completed form to Police Accident Report prior to forwarding.

NOTE

Failure to report a collision to the Commissioner of Motor Vehicles, by not forwarding a
MV104L is a misdemeanor and shall constitute grounds for the suspension or revocation of
the member of the service driver’s license.

11.

Deliver one completed copy of Police Accident Report to operator of
Department vehicle involved in collision.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

12.

Notify patrol borough command of collision AND:
a.
Request response of duty captain, if death or serious injury is involved
and precinct commanding officer is not available.
b.
Enter notification and borough collision number obtained in
Telephone Record.

MEMBER ON
DUTY, PATROL
BOROUGH
OFFICE

13.

Record in Borough Department Vehicle Collision Log:
a.
Date, time, precinct of occurrence, location, borough collision #, rank,
name and command of supervisor preparing Police Accident Report.
FAX consolidated daily Department Vehicle Collision reporting forms
directly to the Personnel Safety Desk.
a.
Commanding officers will ensure that these reports are submitted
no later than 0700 hours each day.
Notify the precinct commander/duty captain to respond to scene of
collision, if death or serious injury is involved.
a.
If precinct commander/duty captain is unable to respond notify
available captain (or above) performing duty in borough.

14.

15.

PRECINCT
COMMANDER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

16.

NOTE

Determine justification of summons, if issued. If not justified, follow P.G. 209-18,
“Summons Served or Prepared in Error.”

17.
18.

NOTE

Respond to scene of collision, if death or serious injury involved, conduct
investigation, and review actions taken by patrol supervisor.

Interview all persons involved in collision and witnesses.
Prepare Part A of COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT
VEHICLE (PD301-153), personally.

If the vehicle involved was issued by a Federal/State/City agency, the issuing agency and
vehicle information will be recorded in the “Preliminary Statement of Investigating
Supervisor” caption of the COLLISION REPORT-POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-06

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 10

PRECINCT
COMMANDER/
DUTY CAPTAIN
(continued)

19.

NOTE

If preliminary investigation reveals that Department vehicle operator was at fault, a
statement describing member’s fault shall be included in the COLLISION REPORT POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE. Any action taken by the recorder or omitted
actions, will also be noted.

20.

21.

Make a preliminary determination as to the cause of the collision and record
on COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.
a.
Consider the actions taken by both the operator and recorder in
determining cause of collision.

Ensure that cause(s) of collision is correctly identified and recorded on
both the Police Accident Report and COLLISION REPORT POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.
Sign the completed COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT
VEHICLE and deliver to desk officer, precinct of occurrence.

If vehicle collision does not involve a death or serious injury, steps 17 through 21 will be
performed by the patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence/operator’s immediate supervisor.

NOTE

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

22.

Review the Police Accident Report prepared by the patrol supervisor.
a.
If collision involves death or injury, record under caption
“Accident Description/Officer’s Notes” reviewed by name, rank,
command, and sign.

23.

Notify patrol borough office of name, rank and command of supervisor who
prepared the COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.
Notify Fleet Services Division and obtain Police Collision Serial Number.
Enter serial number assigned prefaced by caption “Police Collision Serial
Number,” at top of Police Accident Report.
a.
Enter serial number in designated box on COLLISION REPORT
- POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.
FAX both sides of the Police Accident Report, Report of Motor
Vehicle Accident, Police Line of Duty Accident, and COLLISION
REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE, immediately after
serial numbers are obtained from the On Line Accident System, Fleet
Services, and borough offices, without the final agency determination
captions completed, to the Personnel Safety Desk, twenty four hours a
day. No coversheet is necessary.
a.
During business hours (0700 x 1830 hours), desk officers will confirm
receipt by calling the Personnel Safety Desk. If the transmission of reports
cannot be completed, a photocopy of the reports will be left for the
relieving desk officer to FAX on the next tour. Commands with
inoperative FAX machines will utilize a FAX machine in the closest
Department facility. It will be the desk officer’s responsibility to ensure
that this information is expeditiously FAXED to the Personnel Safety Desk
on the same tour in which the collision occurred, if possible. Desk officers

24.
25.

26.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-06

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

27.

28.

29.

30.

5 of 10

will ensure, prior to FAXING, that the aforementioned reports are
completed in a legible and accurate manner.
Indicate on Police Accident Report, under caption, “Duplicate Copy
Required For,” agencies that are to receive a copy of the Report.
a.
Enter command, if vehicle is permanently assigned to other than
precinct of occurrence.
Send Department vehicle involved in collision (even if no apparent
damage) to borough service station with copy of Police Accident Report
and set of collision photos attached.
a.
Do not place vehicle in service until inspected at service station.
(1)
Have speedometer tested before vehicle is used to enforce
speed regulations.
(2)
Notify speedometer-testing station if vehicle will be out of
service for an extended period.
Attach copy of Police Accident Report to COLLISION REPORT POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE and forward to precinct executive
officer, with photographs, for endorsement.
Forward original copy of Police Accident Report to Traffic Safety
Officer for review and processing.

PRECINCT
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

31.

NOTE

When the vehicle operator being reviewed is above the rank of captain, the patrol
borough executive officer will be the chairperson of the board.

32.

Convene a Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board within twenty
days of a vehicle collision and review collision report, photographs, and
any related reports prepared.
a.
Have the Personnel Safety Desk contacted to ascertain the number
of Department vehicle collisions in which the operator concerned
has been involved.
b.
The Board will be composed of:
Precinct executive officer (chairperson)
Lieutenant platoon commander or special operations
lieutenant
Integrity control officer or assistant integrity control officer
Precinct training sergeant
Traffic safety officer or designee
Peer member (rank of operator)
Supervisor from operator’s command (if other than
precinct of occurrence)

Indicate Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board recommendation
by completing Part B of COLLISION REPORT - POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-06

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

6 of 10

If the precinct executive officer is unavailable, the precinct commander shall be the
chairperson of the board.

NOTE

Factors that led to determination and explanation of delays if board is not convened
within 20 days of collision will be the subject of TRAFFICSTAT meetings.

PRECINCT
COMMANDER

33.

34.

NOTE

Ensure that the Precinct Collision Safety Review Board process was
conducted properly and in a timely fashion, and complete Part C of
COLLISION REPORT – POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE,
indicating Approval/Disapproval of the precinct executive officer’s
recommendation.
Endorse all reports.
a.
Forward white copy of COLLISION REPORT – POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE, with photographs, copy of Police
Accident Report, and any related reports, to Personnel Safety
Desk within thirty days of the collision.
b.
Forward buff copy of COLLISION REPORT - POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE, copy of Police Accident Report,
and any related reports, to patrol borough office for review of
information only.
c.
File pink copy of COLLISION REPORT - POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE in operator’s Personal Folder.

The commanding officer of the member concerned must review the COLLISION REPORT –
POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE, prior to having it filed in the operators personnel
folder.

d.

NOTE

File copies of all reports prepared at precinct, in chronological
order, under the heading “Department Vehicle Collisions.”

All Department vehicle collision cases, regardless of the command of the operator, will be
heard at the precinct of occurrence by the Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board.
In cases where the Department vehicle collision involved a member assigned to other than the
precinct of occurrence, the precinct commander will notify the command/bureau of the member of
the service involved that the command/bureau concerned MUST have a supervisor attend the
Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board.
Members of the service assigned to the Highway District will be exempted from going
through the Precinct Vehicle Safety Review Board or attending PADTU retraining. When a
member of the Highway District is involved in a Department vehicle collision, the Highway
District will convene a Highway Vehicle Safety Review Board, and if it is deemed that the
member needs retraining, the Highway Driver Training School will conduct the retraining.

35.
36.

Implement disciplinary (or other) action, if warranted.
Develop a collision reduction program for the command and report
progress to the patrol borough command concerned.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-06

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

7 of 10

PATROL
BOROUGH
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER

37.

Be accountable for compliance with this procedure AND:
a.
Ensure timely convening of the Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety
Review Board.
b.
Chair the Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board when
member being reviewed is above the rank of captain.
c.
Ensure that final “at fault” determinations are accurately made
AND recorded on the COLLISION REPORT – POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.
d.
Ensure that completed reports are forwarded to the Personnel
Safety Desk within thirty days of the collision.
e.
Ensure that members found “at fault” are scheduled for AND
attend re-training within ninety days (when appropriate). Names
of members who require re-training should be forwarded to the
Bureau Training coordinator so that training slots can be
distributed appropriately.

NOTE

In those cases where the Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board was chaired by
the borough executive officer, the patrol borough commanding officer will provide the
review function outlined in step 37c above.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If Department vehicle operator is NOT assigned to precinct of occurrence, duplicate
copies of all reports prepared will be forwarded to operator’s commanding officer.
If Department vehicle involved in collision is not permanently assigned to precinct of
occurrence, send duplicate copies of Police Accident Report and COLLISION REPORT
- POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE to commanding officer concerned.
All Bureaus (OCCB, Transit, Housing, etc.,) should designate a supervisory member of
the service to review reports involving members of their command.
All Bureaus executive officers should review the semi-annual Department Vehicle
Collision Summary report prepared by the Personnel Bureau and, where needed,
develop appropriate collision reduction programs specific to their bureaus.
Operators of Department vehicles involved in a collision are advised to stop the vehicle
immediately; extinguish any cigarettes; utilize four-way flashers; raise the vehicle’s
hood; and utilize flares or any other warning devices. The vehicle should be moved only
if its location is hazardous and likely to cause additional collisions.
When deemed appropriate, if collision involves death or injury, the responding precinct
commander/duty captain may immediately direct that the operator and/or recorder not
be assigned to duty in a Department vehicle, if such action is based upon his/her
determination, after investigation at the scene. This immediate action, as well as any
further action, will be subject to review by the member(s) precinct/unit commander. All
proposed disciplinary action will be indicated on the COLLISION REPORT - POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE as a recommendation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-06

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

8 of 10

If the need to interview a member of the service under the provisions of P. G. 206-13,
“Interrogation of Members of the Service” becomes apparent and a serious violation is
alleged or sufficient justification is present, although the violation is minor, a member will
be permitted sufficient time to have a representative respond prior to start of interview.
Members of the service who were involved in Department vehicle collisions in which it has
been determined that the member’s driving ability was a contributory factor to the incident
would benefit from the Driver Training Unit’s “Collision Retraining Course.” However,
depending upon the circumstances, other corrective measures such as disciplinary action
may be more appropriate. Therefore, to insure that only those members who would
benefit are scheduled for retraining, the following guidelines are offered.
Driver retraining should be implemented only if the operator of a Department vehicle is
determined to be at fault due to a driving deficiency, based on factors such as:
a.
b.
c.
d.

weather conditions which
affect the road surface
loss of control
backing
fender judgment

e.
f.
g.
h.

mirror usage (vans)
avoiding obstructions, debris, potholes
braking
turn negotiation

The precinct/unit commander will be responsible for ensuring that appropriate
individuals attend collision retraining within ninety days of the collision. These
provisions will be strictly adhered to absent exigent circumstances, i.e., extended sick
leave or other valid reasons preventing timely retraining.
Commanding officers are reminded that the Driver Training Unit is a tool best utilized to
improve a member’s overall driving performance. It should not be viewed as disciplinary
action. The Commanding Officer, Driver Training Unit, is available to all commanders for
conferral whether scheduling a specific member for retraining would be appropriate.
New York State Vehicle and Traffic Law (Section 1104 A - V.T.L.) allows the driver of an
authorized emergency vehicle, when involved in an emergency operation, to disregard
regulations with certain conditions. These conditions include proceeding past a steady red
signal, but only after slowing down as may be necessary for safe operation, or exceeding the
maximum speed limits as long as life and property are not endangered. However, it should be
noted that disciplinary action would be more appropriate than driver retraining for those
members who are involved in vehicle collisions which occurred as a result of their unsafe
disregard of such regulations, as opposed to the member merely having deficient driving skills.
Report vandalism to a Department vehicle on Typed Letterhead to Fleet Services
Division and deliver report to borough service station with vehicle.
Commanding Officer, Personnel Safety Desk, will forward a copy of reports received to
Police Academy, Driver Training School.
Amounts of property damage sustained are often unable to be determined in a timely
fashion, and whether an injury has in fact occurred, or will be claimed at a future date, is
often undetermined. Therefore, investigating supervisors of uniformed members of the

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-06

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

9 of 10

service involved in a Department vehicle collision will prepare a MV104L. The MV104L
will be prepared at the time of the collision and attached to the Police Accident Report
(MV104AN) prior to forwarding. Civilian members of the service involved in a Department
vehicle collision will prepare MV104. The MV104 will be prepared at the time of the
collision and should the member of the service involved be incapacitated and unable to
complete the form, the investigating supervisor will do so. (This is in addition to the Police
Accident Report [MV104AN] prepared by the investigating supervisor). Failure to report a
collision by a civilian member of the service to the Commissioner of Motor Vehicles, by not
forwarding a copy of a MV104, is a misdemeanor and shall constitute grounds for the
suspension or revocation of the member of the service driver’s license.
In accordance with New York State Insurance Department Regulations, the operator of
a Department vehicle may not be penalized (charged) by a private insurance company
for a Department vehicle collision that occurred during the performance of duty.
Likewise, insurance companies may not cancel a member of the service’s personal
automobile insurance policy on the basis of such collisions.
In the event that a member of the service’s private automobile insurance policy is
surcharged, cancelled, or not renewed unjustifiably as a result of a Department vehicle
collision, such member should notify his/her commanding officer. The commanding
officer concerned will prepare an OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) to the
insurance company concerned, (see Sample). The member concerned should also contact:
The New York State Insurance Department
Consumer Services
160 West Broadway
New York, New York 10013
SAMPLE
(Date)
(Rank) (Name)
Commanding Officer (Pct.)
(Street Address)
(Insurance Company Name)
(Street Address)
(City, State)
Re:
(RANK, NAME OF MEMBER OF THE SERVICE INVOLVED)
COLLISION (NUMBER)
(DATE OF COLLISION)
Dear Sir or Madam:
I am the commanding officer of (Rank, Name of member of the service involved). This
letter is to inform (Name of Insurance Company) that (Name of member of the service
involved) is a member of the New York City Police Department, and that the above referenced
collision occurred during the performance of his/her duty with the Police Department.
Therefore, pursuant to New York State Insurance Regulation Section 169.1(d) (iv) of Title 11 of
the NYCCRR, no surcharge may be imposed for the above referenced collision.
Very truly yours,
(Rank) (Name)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

217-06

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/19/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10 of 10

2RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vehicle Collisions – General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical
Injury (P.G. 217-02)
Accidents and Collisions - City Involved (P.G. 217-04)
Collisions - Private Vehicles Authorized for Police Use (P.G. 217-07)
Vehicle Pursuits (P.G. 212-39)
Reporting Sick from Outside City and Outside Residence Counties (P.G. 205-02)
Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)
Summons Served or Prepared in Error (P.G. 209-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COLLISION REPORT-POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE (PD301-153)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104)
Report of Motor Vehicle Accident, Police Line of Duty Accident (MV104L)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-07

COLLISIONS - PRIVATE VEHICLES AUTHORIZED FOR POLICE USE
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To record and process vehicular collisions involving privately owned vehicles
authorized for police use by members of the service (uniformed or civilian).

PROCEDURE

When involved in a collision while operating an authorized private vehicle in the
performance of police duty:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Notify precinct of occurrence.
a.
Request response of patrol supervisor.
Prepare Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104) in all cases.
a.
If incapacitated, the patrol supervisor will prepare the Report of
Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104), in addition to other forms.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

3.
4.

NOTE

If preliminary investigation discloses that the driver committed a moving violation or if
a fatality occurs, and the driver is a civilian member of the service required to have a
Commercial Driver’s License (CDL), he/she will be required to submit to alcohol and
drug testing. The desk officer concerned will contact the Medical Division, Monday
through Friday, 0700 hours to 1600 hours, within one hour of the incident. All other
times, contact the Medical Division Sick Desk. The desk officer will be informed as to
the location where the member must be taken for drug and alcohol testing, and will
comply with the instructions of the Medical Division supervisor. The member involved
MUST remain available for drug and alcohol testing. Unless unavailability is the result
of necessary emergency care, a member’s failure to be available will be considered a
refusal to submit to alcohol and drug testing and will result in disciplinary or other
appropriate action.

5.

Respond to scene.
Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN).
a.
Under caption “Operator’s Address,” enter member’s command
and address of that command.
b.
Under caption “Duplicate Copy Required For,” check box marked
“Office of Comptroller (City Involved)” and any other boxes that apply.
c.
If injury is involved, include statement on Police Accident Report
as to whether the air bag inflated and deployed, if applicable.
d.
Have Polaroid photographs taken of collision showing damages to
all vehicles involved.
(1)
If collision involves death or injury, photographs will be
taken at scene, if possible.

Furnish member involved in collision with two duplicated copies of Police
Accident Report and set of collision photos for submission to Fleet
Services Division and Deputy Commissioner - Management and Budget.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 4

PATROL
SUPERVISOR,
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE
(continued)

6.

NOTE

If vehicle is inoperable, member is entitled to have vehicle removed by Department Tow
to one location of choice, within New York City.

PRECINCT
COMMANDER

Direct member concerned to:
a.
Obtain Police Collision Serial Number from Fleet Services
Division and
b.
Bring vehicle, with copy of Police Accident Report and set of
collision photos, to Fleet Services Division for inspection and
estimate of damage.
(1)
If vehicle is inoperable, notify Fleet Services Division to
send a qualified person to estimate damage.

7.

Submit four copies of report, on Typed Letterhead, to precinct
commander, summarizing collision and indicating any driving deficiency.

8.

Investigate, if a deficiency was determined, and take appropriate
disciplinary action.
Endorse patrol supervisor’s report:
a.
If in doubt regarding member’s driving ability, request retesting
and/or retraining by the Police Academy Driver Training Unit.
b.
Direct a record of collision be entered in the operator’s personal folder.
c.
Forward report, as follows:
(1)
Original - Chief of Department
(2)
Duplicate - Personnel Safety Desk
(3)
Triplicate - Deputy Commissioner - Management and Budget
(4)
Quadruplicate - Precinct file.

9.

If member is not permanently assigned to precinct of occurrence, indicate on reverse side
of Police Accident Report that a duplicated copy is required for member’s permanent
command. Send copy of patrol supervisor’s report to commanding officer concerned.

NOTE

WHEN CLAIMING REIMBURSEMENT FROM THE CITY FOR DAMAGE
TO PRIVATELY OWNED VEHICLES INCURRED IN THE LINE OF DUTY
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

10.

Prepare report, in duplicate, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to Deputy
Commissioner - Management and Budget, including:
a.
Time and date of occurrence.
b.
Description of incident, including a full description of auto: year,
make, model, number of cylinders and registration.
c.
A copy of any entry made in other Department record(s),
regarding particulars of collision, as appropriate.
d.
Statement that member is not claiming reimbursement for
property damage from a private insurance carrier.
e.
Statement that upon receipt of reimbursement from the city, the
member will assign to the city any rights to reimbursement for
property damage arising from the incident.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

11.

NOTE

If vehicle is inoperable only one outside estimate is required.

12.
COMMANDING 13.
OFFICER,
MEMBER
CONCERNED

14.

3 of 4

Obtain and attach to report:
a.
Damage estimates from two separate auto body collision repair shops
b.
Copy of Police Accident Report.

Submit report, with attachments, to commanding officer.
Investigate and endorse request, to include:
a.
Facts as stated in request.
b.
Whether member had authorization to use vehicle at time of incident.
c.
Existence of any other official record(s) covering date and time of
occurrence.
d.
Recommendation to APPROVE/DISAPPROVE request.
Forward report, with attachments, to commanding officer of next higher
level of command.

COMMANDING 15.
16.
OFFICER,
NEXT HIGHER 17.
LEVEL OF
COMMAND

Review request and attachments.
Indicate APPROVAL/DISAPPROVAL of request.
Forward, through channels, to Deputy Commissioner - Management and
Budget.

DEPUTY
18.
COMMISSIONER
MANAGEMENT
AND BUDGET

Review request and attachments.
a.
Endorse to the Director, Fleet Services Division.

19.

FLEET
SERVICES
DIVISION

DEPUTY
20.
COMMISSIONER 21.
MANAGEMENT
22.
AND BUDGET

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

23.
24.

DEPUTY
25.
COMMISSIONER
MANAGEMENT
26.
AND BUDGET

Examine private vehicle of member concerned.
a.
Prepare an estimate of repairs
b.
Forward estimate with recommendations of amount to be paid to
Deputy Commissioner - Management and Budget.
Review request and recommendation.
Determine reimbursement amount, if any.
Prepare affidavit and assignment.
a.
Forward to member concerned requesting notarized signature.
Sign and have notarized the affidavit and assignment form.
Return to Deputy Commissioner - Management and Budget (DIRECT).
Indicate APPROVAL or DISAPPROVAL, upon receipt of affidavit and
assignment form.
Return DISAPPROVED requests to requesting member by endorsement.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

DEPUTY
27.
COMMISSIONER
MANAGEMENT
AND BUDGET

(continued)

4 of 4

Forward APPROVED request with affidavit to Audits and Accounts Unit
for payment processing.
a.
Forward two copies of approved payments eligible for
subrogation to Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters.

28.

Process reimbursement payments approved by Deputy Commissioner Management and Budget.

DEPUTY
29.
COMMISSIONER
LEGAL
30.
MATTERS

Review reimbursement payments forwarded by Deputy CommissionerManagement and Budget.
Determine if cases should be forwarded to the appropriate city agency for
the recovery of reimbursements paid by the Department (subrogation).

AUDITS AND
ACCOUNTS
UNIT

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Vandalism to vehicles will be reported to the Fleet Services Division, on Typed
Letterhead, and delivered with the vehicle to that unit.
The Police Department will not bear responsibility for any personal items stolen from
the vehicle or damaged in the collision.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Private Vehicles Authorization (A.G. 325-14)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-08

AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To determine the cause of, and record data concerning aircraft accidents.

PROCEDURE

On arrival at the scene of an aircraft accident follow P.G. 216-01, “Aided Cases General Procedure,” and in addition:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

DESK OFFICER 6.

Request patrol supervisor to respond.
Notify the desk officer.
Detain pilot and aircraft.
Safeguard evidence until examined by authorized personnel.
Advise the owner or pilot of his responsibility to report the accident to the
desk officer within ten hours and that failure to do so is a misdemeanor.
Notify:
a.
Detective squad concerned
b.
Operations Unit
c.
Duty captain
d.
Borough office.

SUPERVISING
OFFICER IN
COMMAND

7.

Prepare and forward report of unusual occurrence with two extra copies
for Commanding Officer, Special Operations Division.

NOTE

An authorized investigator, FAA or Aviation Unit, determines the cause of the accident,
supplies the necessary information to the detective concerned and recommends the
release of the pilot and the plane when feasible.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-09

DIRECTED ACCIDENT RESPONSE PROGRAM (D.A.R.P.)
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To direct the response of designated tow trucks, through the Communications Section,
to the scene of vehicular collisions, for vehicles which the reporting member deems
unsafe to be driven, except that an operator of a vehicle with a gross vehicle weight of
fifteen thousand pounds or more may choose their own company to respond.

SCOPE

This procedure does not include collisions occurring in tunnels, on bridges, or arterial
highways serviced by franchised towing companies under permits issued by Department
of Transportation (see P.G. 212-08, “Activity Logs”). Additionally, Administrative
Code Section 20-524, Subdivision “c,” exempts any governmental agency from the
operation of this law. Therefore, when a government vehicle is damaged in a collision,
the operator of the vehicle may call his or her own tow service.
Pertinent provisions of the Administrative Code applicable to the Directed
Accident Response Program state:
a.
Section 20-518 (a) (3) - All participants in the program shall maintain a business
premises that is under exclusive control of the participant, is not used by any
other towing company and is the premises listed on such participant’s license to
engage in towing. Such premises shall consist of a location that is open to the
public, where towing company personnel are employed, calls requesting towing
service are received and towers dispatched, and where all records required by
this subchapter or any rules promulgated thereunder are maintained.
b.
Section 20-518 (b) - The vehicle removed from the collision scene at the
direction of the Police Department shall be removed by a tow truck of a
company participating in the Directed Accident Response Program. At all times
the vehicle shall be stored within such storage facility as listed on the license of
the towing company responding to the Police Department’s direction to remove
the vehicle. Such premises shall be owned, operated or controlled by such
towing company and shall not be used by any other towing company.

PROCEDURE

Upon arrival at a collision scene:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

Once the uniformed member makes a determination that a tow truck is needed, the
request may not be cancelled.

2.

Comply with pertinent provisions of P.G. 217-01, “Vehicle Collisions –
General Procedure.”
Ascertain if vehicle(s) can be safely driven, or if towing is required using
reasonableness as a standard.
a.
Operators of government vehicles or vehicles with a maximum
gross vehicle weight of fifteen thousand pounds or more may use
their own tow company.
b.
A uniformed member may authorize the removal of a vehicle
which cannot be safely driven if the owner/operator is
incapacitated, is not present, or refuses to authorize the tow.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 4

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

3.

NOTE

DO NOT TRANSMIT THE MAKE, MODEL OR YEAR OF THE DISABLED
VEHICLE(S) INVOLVED IN A COLLISION.

COMMUNICATIONS
SECTION
DISPATCHER

4.

NOTE

The Directed Accident Response Program operator at the Communications Section will
maintain a list of tow companies participating in each zone and will make notifications
on a strict rotation basis. PRECINCT COMMANDS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO
MAKE NOTIFICATIONS.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

5.

7.

NOTE

Notify Communications Section dispatcher when towing service is needed.
a.
The notification will include the color, body type and plate
number(s) of the vehicle(s) requiring a tow.

Inform uniformed member at the scene of the name of the towing
company responding.
Dispatch patrol supervisor.

Allow only the tow truck dispatched by the Communications Section to
remove vehicle(s), except:
a.
Where motorist(s) indicates that a private towing company will be
requested and the vehicle involved has a gross vehicle weight of
fifteen thousand pounds or more.
b.
Arrest evidence vehicles
c.
Vehicles held as investigatory evidence
d.
Vehicles subject to the Rotation Tow Program as stolen or abandoned
e.
Government vehicles.
Remain on scene for thirty minutes after radio dispatcher advises which
tow company is responding.

If the assigned tow company is not on the scene within thirty minutes of being assigned
by the Communications Section, the uniformed member will request the Communications
Section to cancel the initially requested tow company and assign the next tow company
in the rotation. The uniformed member will prepare a REPORT OF VIOLATION
(PD672-151) for the tow company that was cancelled and advise the dispatcher when
resuming patrol. The Communications Section Dispatcher will enter the appropriate
final disposition code to indicate the unit has departed the collision scene prior to the
arrival of the DARP tow operator (Code Signal 10-99T9).

8.

Inform motorist(s) involved of name of tow company responding.
a.
Supply the motorist(s) involved with the telephone number of the
Directed Accident Response Program operator and instruct the
motorist(s) to call after thirty minutes, if the tow truck has not
arrived. Inform the motorist to be prepared to give the Directed
Accident Response Program operator both the vehicle plate
number and the location of the collision.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-09

PAGE:

08/19/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

9.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

11.
12.

10.

13.

DESK OFFICER 14.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

Enter tow company information on Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
only when the vehicle is towed and the tow company is known.
Comply with the following, if an unsolicited tow truck arrives or is found
at the scene:
a.
If there is probable cause to believe that a tow operator has traveled
enroute to, or responded to the collision scene without having a
specific request for service from a person in charge of either a
government vehicle or a vehicle with a maximum gross vehicle
weight of fifteen thousand pounds or more or from the Police
Department, issue summons for violation of Administrative Code,
Section 20-518(b)(2) (unsolicited response by tow operator).
(1)
Prepare a REPORT OF VIOLATION.
b.
In those cases where there is probable cause to believe that a tow
operator has solicited any of the involved parties, issue an
additional summons for violation of Administrative Code, Section
20-515, subdivision (b) (soliciting for towing at the scene of a
vehicular collision). This also applies to persons soliciting at a
collision scene from a private vehicle.
(1)
Include this additional information on the REPORT OF
VIOLATION.
c.
Seize any unlicensed tow truck which is observed either, (1)
responding to a collision scene, or (2) parked in the vicinity of the
collision while the operator of the tow truck is observed offering to
tow a vehicle with the tow truck, or (3) present at the collision
scene (see P.G. 209-29, “Seizure of Unlicensed Tow Trucks”).
Respond to location and supervise the removal of involved vehicles.
Supervise the issuance of summonses to tow truck operators when
summonses are issued.
Insure the preparation of REPORT OF VIOLATION when warranted.
a.
If a witness advises that a tow company removed a vehicle from
the scene prior to the officer’s arrival have REPORT OF
VIOLATION prepared. Include witness’ name, address and
telephone number, if obtained.
Direct reporting officer to have information regarding a vehicle which is
towed without the owner/operator’s knowledge (e.g., operator
unconscious and removed to hospital, no operator with vehicle, vehicle
was parked and is now impeding traffic, etc.) entered into the FINEST
system utilizing the “IMPOUND” screen.
a.
Ensure that notification is sent to registered owner of vehicle.

If inquiry is made at stationhouse and information is not available through FINEST System
“IMPOUND” screen, call DARP operator for vehicle’s location.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

DESK OFFICER 15.
16.
(continued)
17.

4 of 4

Review and sign REPORT OF VIOLATION.
Assign precinct serial number to REPORT OF VIOLATION.
Have REPORT OF VIOLATION forwarded to Department of Consumer
Affairs, Licensing Enforcement Section, 42 Broadway, New York, New
York 10004.

The tow truck dispatched by the Directed Accident Response Program will possess, and
must present for inspection, a “Tow Authorization” form that must include a
Department of Consumer Affairs license number. The tow trucks and tow operators
must be licensed by the Department of Consumer Affairs.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Uniformed members advising the radio dispatcher of a final disposition from the scene
of a collision must utilize one of the following disposition codes as it pertains to that
particular collision situation:
a.
10-99T4 Vehicle Collision (No tow required)
b.
10-99T5 Vehicle Collision (D.A.R.P. tow service)
c.
10-99T6 Vehicle Collision (Other tow service)
d.
10-99T7 Vehicle Collision (D.A.R.P. and other tow service)
e.
10-99T8 Vehicle Collision (Highway-authorized tow service)
f.
10-99T9 Vehicle Collision (D.A.R.P. requested, waited thirty minutes, made
second request, resumed patrol)
The following violations of Department of Consumer Affairs regulations will be entered
under “Additional Information” on REPORT OF VIOLATION:
a.
UNJUSTIFIABLE REFUSAL to accept towing assignments
(1)
Violation - Article XI, subdivision F (DARP)
b.
REPEATED UNJUSTIFIABLE REFUSALS to accept towing assignments
(1)
Violation - Article XI, subdivision L (DARP). (List times and dates of
such refusals).
Uniformed members of the service will refrain from using any other final disposition
code when a vehicle collision is involved EXCEPT if upon arrival, the vehicle(s) is not at
the scene and there is no information available concerning how it was removed. In this
instance, Code Signal 10-90Z [Gone on Arrival] will be utilized.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vehicle Collisions – General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Seizure of Unlicensed Tow Trucks (P.G. 209-29)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-10

ACCIDENTS - DEPARTMENT PROPERTY
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To report damage to Department property other than Department vehicles.

PROCEDURE

Upon discovery of damaged property:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

DESK OFFICER 2.

Report facts to desk officer and make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.

Have patrol supervisor investigate facts and prepare report, including:
a.
Date and time of occurrence
b.
Details
c.
Department property involved
d.
Damage to other property
e.
Owner of that property
f.
Action
g.
Witnesses
h.
Brief description of injury.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.

Submit report to command clerk.

COMMAND
CLERK

4.

Type report on Typed Letterhead (four copies).
a.
Submit to desk officer/counterpart.

DESK OFFICER 5.
6.

Have patrol supervisor sign report.
File one copy of report and forward three copies, direct, as follows:
PROPERTY
Booths, buildings
Horses
Aircraft, launches

TO
Deputy Commissioner - Management &
Budget, Facilities Management Division
Mounted Unit
Special Operations Division

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Department Vehicle Collisions (P.G. 217-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-11

ACCIDENTS - NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY INVOLVED
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To assist the New York City Housing Authority in processing cases in which the
New York City Housing Authority may be a plaintiff or defendant.

DEFINITION

N.Y.C.H.A. INVOLVED - ALL accidents involving serious injury or death, or
an aided case which may involve the Housing Authority in legal action.

PROCEDURE

When it is determined that the New York City Housing Authority may be involved
in legal action, comply with normal aided or accident procedures and in addition:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.
DESK OFFICER 4.

5.

Prepare FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511).
Ensure that FIELD REPORT contains:
a.
Contributory conditions of areas, i.e., no lights in stairwell,
rubbish on stairs, broken sidewalk, icy condition, etc., OR
b.
Non-contributory conditions of area, i.e., stairwell well lighted, dry,
no obstructions noted, sidewalk dry and clear of obstructions, etc.
Telephone PSA desk officer and report all pertinent details of the incident.
Make determination as to the severity of the incident and in appropriate
cases, make the following notifications:
a.
During business hours, Monday through Friday, notify the manager
of the Housing Authority location concerned, when appropriate,
AND forward copies of all reports prepared to the New York City
Housing Authority, Law Department Tort Division, 75 Park Place,
11th Floor, New York, New York 10007.
b.
After business hours and on holidays and weekends, notifications
will be made in accordance with subdivision “a” above, by the
desk officer on the next business day following the incident.
Make appropriate Command Log entry of notification, including name of
person notified.

Notifications with respect to serious injury or death incurred as a result of a criminal
action shall be excluded from the provisions of this procedure.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Copies of all reports, including ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155) if
prepared, will be forwarded to the Housing Authority Insurance Division for informational
purposes (see P.G. 217-04, “Accidents and Collisions - City Involved”).
It is not unusual for claims to arise in favor of the Housing Authority in certain accidents.
It is the policy of the Housing Authority to pursue such claims. Members of the service at
the scene of an accident involving the Housing Authority, will detail circumstances which
may support claims by the Housing Authority against private entities. Additionally,
members will obtain names and addresses of witnesses at the scene, including potential
witnesses favorable to the Housing Authority. Full cooperation with the Housing Authority
or the New York City Law Department in pursuing these claims is mandatory.
RELATED
PROCEDURES
FORMS AND
REPORTS

Accidents and Collisions - City Involved (P.G. 217-04)
ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155)
FIELD REPORT (313-1511)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-12

NOTIFICATIONS - CERTAIN ACCIDENT CASES
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/19/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To notify concerned agencies in certain accident cases.

PROCEDURE

Upon being informed of any of the following types of accidents:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.

Notify Operations Unit direct if incident involves:
a.
Bridge, on, near or affecting dock, affecting structure
b.
Explosives, vehicle transporting
c.
Police signal box damaged (also notify Communications Section)
d.
Railroad, other than subway
e.
Sprinkler system inoperative
f.
Tunnel, in or affecting
g.
Construction site, serious injury or death
h.
Elevator, escalator or amusement ride, serious injury or death and
there is an apparent or actual malfunction or defect in the
equipment.
Notify the agency direct if incident involves:


Building, affecting structure



Department of Buildings (see ADD’L

DATA)


Bus, MTA



N.Y.C. Transit



Crane



Department of Buildings (see ADD’L

DATA)


Elevator



Department of Buildings (see ADD’L

DATA)


Fire alarm box or post damaged



Fire Dept., Borough Fire
Headquarters



Housing, persons requiring shelter



Dept. of Social Services



Scaffold



Department of Buildings (see ADD’L

DATA)


ADDITIONAL
DATA

Subway



N.Y.C. Transit

The New York City Department of Buildings can be notified twenty-four hours a day,
seven days a week, through the Office of Emergency Management’s (OEM) Watch
Command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-13

PREPARING, AMENDING, AND RELEASING POLICE ACCIDENT
REPORTS (MV 104AN) TO INVOLVED PARTIES APPEARING IN
PERSON AT A POLICE FACILITY
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To minimize the means by which any involved party, that has an interest in a
motor vehicle collision which has occurred, can commit insurance fraud.

DEFINITION

INVOLVED PARTY- Any party/person(s) having an interest in a motor vehicle
collision which has occurred. This would include, but is not limited to, the
following: motorists, passengers, property owners (whose property is damaged as
a result of the collision), an executor or administrator of the estate, next of kin, or
insurance beneficiary of person killed in the collision, the parent or guardian of a
minor involved in the collision, spouses, insurance company representatives,
dependents in a Worker’s Compensation claim, and attorneys.

PROCEDURE

When an involved party appears in person at a police facility and requests that a
Police Accident Report (MV104AN) be prepared, amended, or released for a
collision which occurred within the last thirty days:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.

Interview and verify identification of party requesting copy of Police
Accident Report.
a.
Verify that check/money order is properly prepared.
Direct involved party to traffic safety officer/assigned uniformed
member of the service in order to proceed with request.

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER/
ASSIGNED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER
OF THE
SERVICE

3.

NOTE

No request will be honored without a current, valid form of picture identification. In
addition to picture identification, an attorney must also present a notarized letter signed by
the party concerned, stating that he/she is being represented by the attorney.

4.
5.

6.

Ask involved party requesting copy of Police Accident Report:
a.
To prepare REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD
(PD301-165)
b.
When and where collision occurred, and
c.
To present a current, valid form of picture identification (driver’s
license, passport, etc.).

Inform person concerned that a ten dollar non-refundable fee is required.
Make:
a.
Two photocopies of Police Accident Report
b.
One photocopy of involved party’s picture identification.
Ensure that copies of Police Accident Report are correct.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-13

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER/
ASSIGNED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

7.

8.

2 of 4

Collect fee, drawn to the order of “Police Department, City of New
York,” on one of the following instruments:
a.
Certified check
b.
Bank teller’s check
c.
United States Postal Money Order
d.
Personal check
(1)
Signed by requestor
(2)
Not post dated
e.
Corporate check.
Prepare FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017).

If involved party opts to file a REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD by
mail, instruct them on what valid form of identification must be included with their
request in order to receive a copy of a Police Accident Report. Any mail request not
accompanied by a photocopy of a current, valid form of picture identification, i.e.
driver’s license, passport, etc. and a self-addressed stamped envelope, will be returned.
When the request is received along with a valid form of identification and the
appropriate fee (check or money order only), place the FEE RECEIPT and a copy of
Police Accident Report in self addressed stamped envelope and mail to requestor.

NOTE

9.

10.

DESK OFFICER 11.
12.

Indicate the following on REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION
RECORD:
a.
Name of person receiving copy of Police Accident Report
b.
Type of check/money order used and number
c.
FEE RECEIPT number.
Submit REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD, FEE
RECEIPT, and collected fee to the desk officer.
Verify collected fee is payable to the order of “Police Department, City of
New York,” and ensure proper preparation of FEE RECEIPT.
Sign caption on REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD
verifying inspection of collected fee.

NOTE

The Integrity Control Officer will check a minimum of fifteen file copies of the REQUEST
FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD on a quarterly basis to ensure collected fees
were verified by a supervisor. Additionally, these checks will become part of the
command’s self inspection system.

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER/
ASSIGNED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

13.

14.

Give one copy of Police Accident Report along with FEE RECEIPT
and copy of REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD to
requestor.
Staple to the original REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION
RECORD:
a.
Photocopy of Police Accident Report
b.
Photocopy of picture identification with Police Accident Report
number written on the top right hand corner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 4

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER/
ASSIGNED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

15.
16.

NOTE

Requests for Police Accident Reports from other governmental agencies conducting
official business will NOT be subject to a fee.

17.

a.

DESK OFFICER 18.

File chronologically on a daily basis.
Affix the imprint of the precinct rubber stamp on the back of check/ money
order and complete necessary captions.
Give collected fee to desk officer.

Indicate “NO FEE” and the agency’s name on the REQUEST FOR COPY OF
COLLISION RECORD.

Forward collected fees to operations coordinator.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

19.

Have fee safeguarded pending delivery to patrol borough command as detailed
in P.G. 212-82, “Forwarding of Fees to Audits and Accounts Unit.”

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

20.

Ensure that fee is properly collected and forwarded to patrol borough
command.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Uniformed members of the service are required by law to complete a Police Accident
Report and investigate the facts whenever any person(s)/party appears at a police
facility and reports the following:
ANY COLLISION which:
a.
Results in serious injury or death to a person must be investigated in
accordance with P.G. 217-02, “Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death,
Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical Injury.”
b.
Results in injury to a person and the motor vehicle collision in question is being
reported within five days after such collision
c.
Involves a commercial vehicle where the damage incurred is disabling enough
to result in a vehicle being towed from the collision scene and the motor vehicle
collision in question is being reported within five days after such collision.
Regarding the above circumstances, if the criteria as stated are met, the person(s)/party
requesting the completion of a Police Accident Report will be referred to the command
where the collision took place. ONLY A UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
(UMOS) will prepare a Police Accident Report. The UMOS concerned will ask to view
the vehicle in question (if available), and interview those claiming to be party to the
collision (if present), before completing the Police Accident Report. In ALL cases, the
UMOS must note in the “Accident Description/Officer’s Notes” section of the Police
Accident Report”, whether or not they had the opportunity to actually view the vehicle
or interview the person(s) involved in the collision.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

217-13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 4

Any person(s)/party appearing in person at a police facility and requesting initial
preparation of a Police Accident Report for a collision that does not meet the above
criteria, shall instead be given a copy of New York State Department of Motor Vehicles Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104) to complete and submit on their own.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Any person(s)/party appearing in person at a police facility and requesting that a Police
Accident Report be completed for them, where property damage to a vehicle or personal
injury is involved, and the operator of one of the vehicles has fled the scene without
reporting, will be referred to the command where the collision occurred (see P.G. 21705, “Leaving the Scene of a Collision”).
A uniformed member of the service is not mandated to amend a previously completed
Police Accident Report upon request by any person(s)/party appearing in person at a
police facility. The uniformed member may elect to do so if:
a.
In their discretion a change is warranted and
b.
He/she is the officer of record.
Absent these criteria the member can recommend that the requesting party complete
Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104) and submit to the Accident Records Bureau
in Albany (address on rear of form). If a Police Accident Report is amended by the
uniformed member of the service the caption at the top of the form, “AMENDED
REPORT” must be checked.
Requests for Police Accident Reports made after thirty days should be made directly to the
New York State Department of Motor Vehicles, Public Service Bureau, Empire State Plaza,
Albany, New York 12228, utilizing New York State Department of Motor Vehicles form,
“Request for Copy of Accident Report.” Person making the request will be given whatever
information is necessary to complete the form at no charge.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Forwarding of Fees to Audits and Accounts Unit (P.G. 212-82)
Vehicle Collisions – General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical
Injury (P.G. 217-02)
Leaving the Scene of a Collision (P.G. 217-05)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)
REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD (PD301-165)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
New York State Department of Motor Vehicles-Report of Motor Vehicle Accident
(MV104)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-14

PREPARATION OF POLICE ACCIDENT REPORTS (MV 104 AN) FOR
COLLISIONS OCCURRING ON HIGHWAYS, BRIDGES AND TUNNELS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that the appropriate reference marker numerals/letters are utilized
when preparing a Police Accident Report (MV104AN).

PROCEDURE

Upon notification or observation of a vehicle collision occurring on limited
access highways, collector-distributor roadways (CDRs), entrance and exit
ramps, and bridges and tunnels (Metropolitan Transportation Authority facilities,
Brooklyn and Williamsburg Bridges, etc.):

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

4.

Comply with P.G. 217-01, “Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure.”
Locate the nearest reference marker to the collision site for collisions
occurring on highways, CDRs, and ramps only.
Utilize and refer to the Limited Access Highway Reference Marker
Listing book (maintained at each command) to determine the proper
reference marker:
a.
For collisions occurring on bridges or in tunnels
(1)
The Limited Access Highway Reference Marker Listing
(maintained at each command) must be used for reporting
collisions occurring on bridges and in tunnels. Reference
markers (if any) actually posted on bridges or in tunnels
near a collision site will not be entered on Police Accident
Reports.
b.
In instances where a reference marker is missing, cannot be seen
due to inclement weather, etc.
Enter the numerals/letters taken from the reference marker near the
collision site or the Limited Access Highway Reference Marker Listing
book as appropriate, into the twelve box caption titled “Reference
Marker” on the Police Accident Report (see “ADDITIONAL DATA”).

COMMAND
CLERICAL
STAFF
MEMBER

5.
6.

Record collision into the On-Line Accident Index.
Enter reference marker numerals/letters on the “ADD ACCIDENT”
screen in the caption titled “IF HIGHWAY OR BRIDGE, ENTER
REFERENCE MARKER”.

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER

7.
8.
9.

Review all Police Accident Reports for completeness and accuracy.
Ensure “Reference Marker” caption is completed when required.
Update On-Line Accident Index.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

217-14

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 2

INCLUSION OF REFERENCE MARKER ON POLICE ACCIDENT REPORT

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The 9 inch x 8 inch green-colored Reference Marker depicted below is located every
one-tenth of a mile on limited access highways, collector-distributor roadways, and
entrance and exit ramps:

9

0

7

N

B

5

C

1

4

C

0

3

Twelve box “Reference Marker” caption as seen on Police Accident Report:

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Traffic Safety Officer (P.G. 202-28)
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-15

COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE
DATA ENTRY SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To provide a means to more effectively and clearly document Department
vehicle collisions and provide the Personnel Safety Desk and Traffic-Stat with
data in an expeditious manner.

SCOPE

Traffic Safety Officers will be able to enter data from any Intranet-capable terminal
within their command. All of the information necessary to complete the data entry
can be found on the COLLISION REPORT – POLICE DEPARTMENT
VEHICLE (PD301-153) and the Police Accident Report (MV-104AN).

PROCEDURE

When a collision occurs involving a vehicle owned, leased, or rented by the
Department, the Traffic Safety Officer in the precinct of occurrence will enter all
pertinent information into the database as follows:

PRECINCT
TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER

1.

NOTE

It is the responsibility of the Traffic Safety Officer to obtain copies of reports involving
members of the service not assigned to the precinct of occurrence as well as all reports
involving rented and leased vehicles as set forth in P.G. 217-06, “Department Vehicle
Collisions.”

2.
3.

4.
5.

Obtain copies of reports relating to all Department vehicle collisions
occurring within the geographical confines of the precinct.

Login to the Department’s Intranet “Department Vehicle Accident Database.”
Enter all data from Parts “A” and “B” of the COLLISION REPORT –
POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE and data from the Police
Accident Report within seventy-two hours of the collision, without
waiting for final agency determination.
Coordinate efforts with Commanding Officer to obtain agency final
determination within thirty days of the collision.
Enter data from Part “C” of the COLLISION REPORT – POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE including agency final determination into
database within thirty days of the collision.

DESK OFFICER 6.
PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE

Fax all reports prepared regarding Department vehicle collisions to the
Personnel Safety Desk, as indicated in P.G. 217-06, “Department Vehicle
Collisions.”

7.

Ensure that the endorsed copies of all reports are forwarded to the
Personnel Safety Desk, Patrol Borough concerned and placed in the
member’s personal folder, as indicated in P.G. 217-06, “Department
Vehicle Collisions.”

PRECINCT
COMMANDER

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 2

NOTE

In addition to the steps outlined in this procedure, members of the service will continue
to comply with the procedures required for Department Vehicle Collisions as set forth in
P.G. 217-06, “Department Vehicle Collisions.” All questions concerning the Police
Department Vehicle Data Entry System may be directed to the Personnel Bureau-Staff
Services Section, during normal business hours.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

All information captured on the COLLISION REPORT – POLICE DEPARTMENT
VEHICLE will be entered into the Intranet Database, as well as the following data from
the Police Accident Report.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Pedestrian/Bicyclist/Location
Pedestrian/Bicyclist/Action
Traffic Control
Light Conditions
Roadway Character
Weather
Apparent Contributing Factors
Direction of Vehicle
Pre-accident Vehicle Action
Location of First Event
Type of Accident-Collision with:
Collision Type:

If a question DOES NOT APPLY, a dash (-) will be entered in the database.
If an answer is UNKNOWN, an (X) will be entered in the database.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Department Vehicle Collisions (P.G. 217-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Police Accident Report (MV-104AN)
COLLISION REPORT – POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE (PD301-153)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-16

CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT APPLICATION
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To apply for a chemical test warrant.

DEFINITION

CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT – A Court Order and process directing medical
personnel to draw blood from a person suspected of driving while under the influence of
alcohol or drugs while causing serious physical injury or death to another individual, in
order to determine the alcoholic or drug content of the person’s blood. A chemical test
warrant will be applied for if a prisoner, arrested for Driving While Intoxicated involving a
vehicle collision resulting in serious physical injury or death to another individual,
has refused to submit to a chemical test or is unconscious and has been under arrest
for more than two hours without being subjected to a chemical test.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service has reasonable cause to believe that a person,
suspected of operating a vehicle while under the influence of alcohol or drugs, is involved
in a collision resulting in serious physical injury or death to another individual, and has
refused to submit to a chemical test, or is unconscious and has been under arrest for more
than two hours without having been subjected to a chemical test:

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

1.

Request Communications Section to dispatch Highway District personnel
to designated testing location or hospital, as appropriate.

DESK OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
ARREST

2.

Contact Operations Unit and request a notification be made to District
Attorney’s Office.
Provide Operations Unit member with the following:
a.
Arresting officer’s name, tax registry number, shield number and
command
b.
Prisoner’s pedigree information
c.
Desk telephone number of designated testing location.
Make Telephone Record entry regarding notification.

3.

4.
OPERATIONS
UNIT MEMBER

5.
6.

7.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

8.

Notify appropriate District Attorney’s Office.
Provide assistant district attorney with the following:
a.
Arresting officer’s name, tax registry number, shield number,
and command
b.
Desk telephone number of designated testing location
c.
Prisoner’s pedigree information.
Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest and provide assistant district
attorney’s name and telephone number.
Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest, if one hour has passed and assistant
district attorney has not initiated contact at designated testing location.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 5

DESK OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
ARREST

9.

Contact assistant district attorney supervisor and Operations Unit, if one hour has
passed and assistant district attorney has not conferred with arresting officer.
a.
Record phone call attempt(s) in Telephone Record
b.
Contact assistant district attorney supervisor every thirty minutes
thereafter until assistant district attorney has been contacted.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

10.
11.

Inform assistant district attorney of details of arrest.
Comply with instructions of assistant district attorney regarding arrest
process.
Complete all necessary arrest paperwork, as per P.G. 217-02, “Vehicle
Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or
Critical Injury” and P.G. 208-40, “Intoxicated or Impaired Driver
Arrest.”
Complete CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT APPLICATION (PD374-041).

12.

13.

To apply for a chemical test warrant, the member of the service concerned must be able to
articulate to the assistant district attorney and to the judge that he/she has reasonable cause to
believe the defendant:
a.
Operated a vehicle and during said operation,
b.
Killed or caused a serious physical injury to another individual,
c.
Was intoxicated or impaired by alcohol or drugs,
d.
Is under arrest, and
e.
Has refused a chemical test, or is unconscious and has been under arrest for more than
two hours without having been subjected to a chemical test.

NOTE

Members of the service are reminded that if an operator suffers a serious physical injury and no
other person suffers a serious physical injury or death, a chemical test warrant can not be applied
for that operator.

I.D.T.U.
TECHNICIAN

14.
15.

16.

NOTE

Respond to designated testing location or hospital, as appropriate.
Prepare and sign Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test
(NYSDMV AA-134), when applicable.
a.
Have arresting officer sign Report of Refusal to Submit to
Chemical Test.
Distribute copies of Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test as
indicated on form.
a.
Arresting officer must bring two copies for the assistant district attorney
when the complaint is drawn.

If prisoner refuses to submit to chemical test or any portion thereof, maintain the initial charge for
which the prisoner was arrested unless new evidence warrants a change in charge. The arresting
officer must be able to articulate circumstances which led to original charge of Intoxicated or
Impaired Driving (e.g., witnessed prisoner operating vehicle, slurred speech, odor of alcohol on
breath, etc.). After arraignment, the court will forward to the arresting officer a NOTICE OF
SUSPENSION and/or NOTICE OF HEARING form with instructions to appear at a designated
date, time and place for a hearing, which will be within fifteen days of the arraignment. Roll call
personnel will schedule the arresting officer accordingly.

17.

Supply arresting officer with chemical test evidence kit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 5

UPON APPROVAL OF CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT APPLICATION
DESK OFFICER,
TESTING
LOCATION

18.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

20.

19.

21.
22.
23.

DESK OFFICER,
TESTING
LOCATION

24.

Provide transportation for arresting officer and prisoner to designated
hospital for administration of chemical test.
Make Command Log entry consisting of the following:
a.
Arresting officer name and shield
b.
Prisoner’s pedigree information
c.
Department auto number of the vehicle used for transport
d.
Time of transport.
Upon arrival, inform and submit chemical test warrant and chemical test
evidence kit to hospital personnel.
Notify assistant district attorney and Operations Unit, if hospital
personnel do not comply with chemical test warrant.
Comply with instructions of assistant district attorney.
Comply with P.G. 218-49, “Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police
Laboratory and the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME),” upon
receiving chemical test evidence kit.
Ensure prisoner is transported to borough court section facility or
designated testing location to complete arrest processing, as appropriate.

IF CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT APPLICATION IS DENIED
ARRESTING
OFFICER

25.
26.

Inform desk officer of testing location of CHEMICAL TEST
WARRANT APPLICATION denial.
Comply with assistant district attorney instructions regarding continuation of
arrest processing.

DESK OFFICER,
TESTING
LOCATION

27.
28.

Make Command Log entry regarding chemical test warrant application denial.
Ensure prisoner is transported to borough court section facility.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If prisoner has been removed from the scene of incident to the hospital and is unconscious, the
arresting officer will request the Communications Section to dispatch Highway District personnel
to respond to the hospital and deliver the chemical test evidence kit. Any chemical samples taken by
hospital personnel will be witnessed, sealed, and marked by Highway District personnel and
delivered to the Police Laboratory by the arresting officer to ensure chain of custody. Members are
reminded that if more than two hours have elapsed since arrest, and the unconscious prisoner has
not been subjected to a chemical test, a chemical test warrant must be obtained.
Members of the service are reminded that the Legal Bureau is available for assistance and
guidance regarding the application for a chemical test warrant, Monday through Friday, 0700 to
2300 hours. After hours, members may contact the Operations Unit for a notification to a
Department Attorney.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

217-16

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 5

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Intoxicated or Impaired Driver Arrest (P.G. 208-40)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical
Injury (P.G. 217-02)
Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of the
Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) (P.G. 218-49)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT APPLICATION (PD374-041)
Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test (NYSDMV AA-134)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

5 of 5

APPENDIX “A”
(SAMPLE COURT ORDERED CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT)

[CRIMINAL OR SUPREME] COURT OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK
COUNTY OF NEW YORK

IN THE NAME OF THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
TO ANY POLICE OFFICER IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK
Proof by affidavit having been made this day before me by Officer [NAME], Shield #
[NUMBER], of [COMMAND and DEPARTMENT] (i) that there is reasonable cause to believe that
[NAME OF DEFENDANT] blood contains evidence of drug or alcohol use, in violation of Vehicle
and Traffic Law 1192
YOU ARE THEREFORE COMMANDED, at any hour of the day or night, to compel the
defendant to submit to a chemical test pursuant to Vehicle and Traffic Law Section 1194(3); and that
it is further
ORDERED that a person authorized, pursuant to § 1194 of the V.T.L. withdraw a sufficient
amount of blood from the defendant, for the purpose of conducting a chemical test of the alcohol or
drug content of that blood; and it is further
ORDERED that the testing be conducted on the defendant’s blood sample for the purpose of
determining the presence of drugs or alcohol; and it is further
ORDERED that the defendant shall submit to the withdrawal of blood sufficient for a
chemical test of the alcohol or drug content of his/her blood and that any reasonable degree of force
necessary to effect this order may be used; and it is further
ORDERED that the property seized may be maintained in the care and custody of the New
York City Police Department and or its agents, including the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner.

______________________________
Judge of the Criminal/Supreme Court

Dated: __________________

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Vehicle Collisions

Procedure No:

217-17

BICYCLE COLLISIONS – GENERAL PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

09/04/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/04/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To record bicycle only and bicycle/pedestrian collisions not involving a motor vehicle.

DEFINITION

BICYCLE – Every two or three wheeled device upon which a person or persons
may ride, propelled by human power through a belt, a chain or gears, with such
wheels in a tandem or tricycle, except that it shall not include such a device having
solid tires and intended for use only on a sidewalk by pre-teenage children.
CRITICAL INJURY – A critical injury will be determined based upon the onscene assessment of Emergency Medical Services (EMS) personnel.

PROCEDURE

When a collision involving a bicycle only or a bicycle and pedestrian occurs:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.

Ensure compliance with Patrol Guide 217-02, “Vehicle Collisions Which
Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical Injury,” if
collision resulted in death, serious injury and likely to die, or critical
injury to an individual.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN):
a.
Write “NO VEHICLE” on the top of Police Accident Report.
b.
Enter information concerning operator of bicycle in section
captioned “Vehicle 1.”
(1)
Enter the name and address of the bicycle rental company
in the applicable registration information captions, if a
rental bicycle is involved.
c.
Enter “BIKE” for bicycle or “PCAB” for pedicabs in “Vehicle
Type” caption
d.
Enter information of additional party involved (e.g., bicyclist,
pedestrian, pedicab, etc.)
(1)
Enter pedicab Department of Consumer Affairs License
number in “Driver License ID Number” caption on Police
Accident Report, if applicable.
(2)
Enter pedicab registration number in “Plate Number”
caption on Police Accident Report, if applicable.
e.
Enter injured person(s) information (e.g., bicyclist(s), pedestrian(s),
pedicab(s), etc.) in the “ALL INVOLVED” section of the Police
Accident Report, boxes “A through F”
f.
Draw a straight line through every unused box in the “ALL
INVOLVED” section and initial it

2.

Render reasonable aid to injured person.
a.
Request an ambulance, if necessary.
Request patrol supervisor to respond if collision resulted in death, serious
injury and likely to die, or critical injury to an individual.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-17

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/04/13

2 of 3

g.

5.
6.

7.

Enter name and address of injured person(s) in Section “A” on reverse
side of Police Accident Report under caption “Persons Killed or
Injured in Accident.”
Comply with Patrol Guide 216-03, “Unidentified Persons,” if person
injured is unidentified.
Check box captioned “Other City Agency,” under section entitled,
“Duplicate Copy Required For” on rear of Police Accident Report, if
necessary, and enter:
a.
MISSING PERSONS SQUAD (MEDICAL EXAMINER’S
LIAISON UNIT) - If person killed as a result of a bicycle
collision NOT involving a motor vehicle.
b.
HIGHWAY DISTRICT COLLISION INVESTIGATION
SQUAD - If person killed, seriously injured and likely to die, or
critically injured as a result of a bicycle collision NOT involving a
motor vehicle.
c.
DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS - If pedicab licensed
by Department of Consumer Affairs is involved in a collision.
Sign completed Police Accident Report and deliver to desk officer.

C.O./DUTY
CAPTAIN/PDS/
HIGHWAY
DISTRICT
MEMBERS
CONCERNED

8.

Comply with Patrol Guide 217-02, “Vehicle Collisions Which Result in
Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical Injury,” as
applicable, if notified to respond by patrol supervisor pursuant to a
bicycle collision resulting in death, a serious injury and likely to die, or
critical injury to an individual.

COMMAND
CLERK

9.
10.

Notify relatives/friends if person injured is admitted to hospital.
Make required entries in the Automated Accident Index utilizing FINEST
or Local Area Network (LAN) terminals for Police Accident Reports.
a.
The Accident Number will include the prefix “NV” indicating no
vehicle was involved.

DESK OFFICER 11.

Review related reports (Police Accident Report, COMPLAINT
REPORT, if prepared, etc.) for accuracy and completeness.
Comply with Patrol Guide 216-03, “Unidentified Persons,” if person
injured is unidentified.

12.

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER

13.

14.

Review all Police Accident Reports.
a.
In absence of traffic safety officer, a uniformed member of the
service authorized by the commanding officer will review Police
Accident Reports.
Forward reviewed Police Accident Reports to training sergeant for signature.
a.
Inform training sergeant of any deficiencies.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

217-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/04/13

3 of 3

TRAINING
SERGEANT

15.

Sign all Police Accident Reports and return them to traffic safety officer.
a.
Ensure any deficiencies on Police Accident Reports are
addressed accordingly.

TRAFFIC
SAFETY
OFFICER

16.
17.

Forward copies marked “Duplicate Copies For” to appropriate unit/agency.
Maintain a command file entitled “BICYCLE – NO MOTOR VEHICLE
INVOLVED” and store original Police Accident Reports for three
calendar years.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Uniformed members of the service will utilize an additional Police Accident Report, if
necessary, to document further information (e.g., multiple injured persons/bicyclists,
collision description/officer notes, etc.). Members will ensure that the caption “Page _
of _ Pages” located in the upper left corner of the Police Accident Report is properly
completed.
Pending arrival of an ambulance, the uniformed member should allow a sick/injured person
to be treated by a doctor, emergency medical technician or paramedic, if person volunteers
his/her services, AND the uniformed member reasonably believes the volunteer is a
professional. The medical attention should take place, if possible, under the observation of
the member concerned. When the emergency situation is under control, request identification
from volunteer, including name and address, and record information in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145) and under “Details” in Police Accident Report. The volunteer’s role is limited
to providing medical assistance ONLY. Determination regarding removal procedures via
ambulance, Medevac, etc., will be determined by Emergency Medical Service personnel.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vehicle Collisions – General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical
Injury (P.G. 217-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-01

INVOICING PROPERTY – GENERAL PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To record and process property coming into police custody.

DEFINITIONS

PROPERTY CATEGORIES - Arrest Evidence, DNA Arrest Evidence, Investigatory,
DNA Investigatory, Forfeiture, Decedent’s Property, Found Property, Safekeeping,
Peddler Property, Determine True Owner, Parking Enforcement, Photo Release, Rotation
Tow, Other.
PROPERTY TYPE - Firearms, Controlled Substances, Currency, Jewelry,
Vehicles/Boats, General Property, Evidence Collection Kits/Swabs, Explosives.

PROCEDURE

Upon taking property into custody, in addition to any other special procedures:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
8.

Enter circumstances and description of property in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).
Notify desk officer.
a.
If property is a vehicle unable to be driven, inform desk officer to
request authorized tow/rotation tow, as appropriate.
Prepare a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
a.
Comply with instructions in the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section to cancel or transmit an alarm, as
necessary.
Notify owner, if known.
Cancel alarm for stolen vehicle only after owner takes possession or
vehicle has been removed to Property Clerk facility or rotation tow
storage facility.
Enter notifications and results of inquiries on WORKSHEET.
Deliver property and completed WORKSHEET to desk officer of
command of record.

DESK OFFICER 9.
10.

Review WORKSHEET for accuracy.
Submit approved WORKSHEET to command clerk for entry into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.

11.

Enter WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking System
to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
Record time and name of FINEST operator who transmitted alarm
cancellation on appropriate INVOICE, if applicable.

COMMAND
CLERK

12.
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

13.
14.

Ensure all property is properly tagged, packaged or sealed, and clearly
identified by INVOICE number and barcode.
Ensure that every bag/security envelope or item that can not fit in a
bag/security envelope, has a Property and Evidence Tracking System barcoded label affixed to the upper right hand corner or a Property Clerk
Division seal attached to the bag/property.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-01

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

a.

15.

DESK OFFICER 16.
17.
18.

19.
20.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

Affix the Property and Evidence Tracking System bar-coded label
to the upper right hand corner of windshield of all
automobiles/boats.
Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
Review and digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
Photocopy INVOICE and forward, direct, to the Commanding Officer,
Firearms and Tactics Section, if item being invoiced is a bullet resistant garment.
Ensure property is properly stored and location is entered into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System barcode scanner when available.
a.
Manually enter storage location if barcode scanner is unavailable.
Safeguard property until properly disposed of.
Telephone New York State Tax Office for pickup of property owned by
Division of Lottery. DO NOT send to Property Clerk.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will be prepared for each of the following:
a.
Different property types
b.
Different property categories
c.
Different owners
d.
Property that will be delivered to different locations (e.g., Police Laboratory,
Property Clerk, Bomb Squad, OCME, etc.).
When preparing a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE where the items invoiced will be sent or
have the potential to be sent to the Police Laboratory for laboratory analysis, the INVOICE
will not exceed twenty line items.
Uniformed members of the service who do not have a username and/or password and
members of other police agencies will sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE utilizing the
digital signature device.
When a vehicle removed by the Sanitation Department or invoiced by this Department has
obvious fire damage, the invoicing member will notify Fire Department borough dispatcher;
however no COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) will be prepared. A Fire Marshal will
determine if arson occurred and prepare a COMPLAINT REPORT, if necessary.
To avoid confusion, do not use the terms “pairs” or “sets” when invoicing property (e.g., a “pair”
of trousers, scissors, etc., refers to one item while a “pair” of shoes, gloves, etc., refers to two items).
The term “set” (e.g., chess set, golf set, etc.) does not specifically indicate how many items within
the “set.” Therefore, when invoicing property, the actual number of items will be entered in the box
captioned “quantity” on the INVOICE and no reference will be made to “pairs” or “sets.”
When members of the service are invoicing items due to a large scale/bulk seizure (arrest related)
or investigatory/operational purchases (UC or CI) and there are two or more cases/boxes which
contain several items, the invoicing member will ensure a Property and Evidence Tracking System
bar-coded label is affixed to the upper right corner of each case/box as well as the INVOICE
number related to the bar-coded label. The invoicing member will ensure that the actual number of
items contained in each case/box is properly entered on the INVOICE.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-01

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

3 of 3

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-02

RETURN OF PROPERTY/VEHICLES AT COMMAND AND
PROCESSING VOIDED PROPERTY INVOICES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To return all property listed on an invoice to legal claimant at a command and
process voided property invoices.

PROCEDURE

When all property listed on an invoice is returned to legal claimant at the
command or when processing voided invoices:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.
3.

4.

5.
6.
7.

Require the claimant to produce valid identification, preferably photo
identification. (See P.G. 208-28, “Identification Standards for Desk
Appearance Tickets”, step “1”, for examples of satisfactory forms of
valid identification.)
Check property/vehicle against PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141).
Request claimant examine security lead seal and/or Plastic Security
Envelope and check against number entered on INVOICE (if seal or
envelope is used), prior to breaking seal or opening envelope.
Complete the “Release/Disposition – Return To Owner” function
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a.
Have claimant sign for item(s) utilizing the digital signature
capture device.
Ensure alarm has been canceled and a notation has been made on
INVOICE utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Approve delivery of property/vehicle utilizing username and password.
Release property/vehicle to claimant.

VOIDED PROPERTY INVOICES:
DESK OFFICER 8.
9.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

10.

DESK OFFICER 11.

Utilize the “Void Invoice” function, if INVOICE has not been approved
by a supervisor.
Notify the integrity control officer (ICO) to void INVOICE, if
INVOICE has been approved by a supervisor.
a.
Create a new INVOICE and enter into the “Remarks” section the
number of the INVOICE to be voided by the ICO, if ICO is unavailable.
Inform ICO of new INVOICE number, when he/she is next available.
Utilize the “Void Invoice” function.
a.
Enter reason for voiding in the “Remarks” section.
b.
Cross-reference the new INVOICE number, if applicable.
Print an updated version of voided INVOICES and INVOICES that
have been returned to owner (R.T.O.) at the command and file in precinct
of record, as follows:
a.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES will be maintained in
designated files in INVOICE number order with photocopy of
claimant’s identification, and/or related documents (i.e., District
Attorney’s Release, etc.) if any, attached.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-02

DESK OFFICER
(continued)
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

2 of 2

All other copies may be discarded.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Most mistakes or errors on INVOICES should be corrected utilizing the “Update Invoice”
function instead of the “Void Invoice” function in the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Once an INVOICE has been approved by a supervisor, the INVOICE can only be voided by the
integrity control officer of the command where the property is physically located.
If a pre-printed serial numbered PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE or PROPERTY CLERK’S
MOTOR VEHICLE/BOAT INVOICE (PD571-147), prepared prior to the implementation of the
Property and Evidence Track System, is to be voided, mark the INVOICE “VOIDED” and file the
INVOICE at the command. The property listed on the “VOIDED” pre-printed serial numbered
INVOICE will then be invoiced utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Commanding officer concerned will investigate circumstances of missing INVOICES
and take appropriate action.
When an investigation is being conducted, property invoiced pertaining to the case will
not be released to a claimant without authorization of investigating officer.
Stamped or perforated currency will never be returned to a claimant or deposited in the
Property Clerk’s account in any bank under any circumstances. This currency will be
forwarded to the Property Clerk who will arrange for reimbursement of the claimant.
Each July, the operations coordinator will ensure that the previous calendar year’s filed
INVOICES are placed in a box, labeled to identify contents, and forwarded to the
Property Clerk’s warehouse where they will be maintained for the remainder of the
retention period (six years).

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Identification Standards for Desk Appearance Tickets (P.G. 208-28)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-03

DELIVERY OF PROPERTY OTHER THAN VEHICLE/BOAT TO
PROPERTY CLERK
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

PURPOSE

To forward invoiced property to Property Clerk.

PROCEDURE

When property is to be delivered to Property Clerk.

1 of 2

PROPERTY DELIVERED TO PROPERTY CLERK BY COMMAND MESSENGER:
DESK OFFICER 1.

Utilize the Property and Evidence Tracking System to create a
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412).
a.
Assign a member of the service to be the command messenger.

2.

Compare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES (PD521-141) against
property for completeness and accuracy.
Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT if no discrepancies.

COMMAND
MESSENGER

3.

IF DISCREPANCIES EXIST:
4.

Notify desk officer if any item listed on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICES is missing.

DESK OFFICER 5.

Conduct immediate investigation and notify commanding officer/duty
captain and Internal Affairs Bureau (IAB) Command Center when any
item listed on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is missing.
Ensure IAB Log Number is entered in the “Remarks” section of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.

COMMAND
MESSENGER

6.

IF DISCREPANCIES NO LONGER EXIST OR HAVE BEEN CORRECTED:
COMMAND
MESSENGER

7.

Deliver property to appropriate Property Clerk storage facility.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE,
PROPERTY
CLERK
DIVISION

8.

Compare property delivered against PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT and INVOICE and, if accurate, confirm acceptance of
property in the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Notify immediate supervisor, Property Clerk Division integrity control
officer and Internal Affairs Bureau, if any item listed on PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICES or PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT is
missing.
Ensure IAB Log Number is entered in the "Remarks" section of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System, when IAB has been notified of any discrepancy.
Select appropriate rejection reason in the Property and Evidence Tracking
System and return property to forwarding command with command
messenger, if applicable.
Approve receipt of delivery utilizing username and password under
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT, if property is accepted.

9.

10.

11.

12.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-03

COMMAND
MESSENGER

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

13.

DESK OFFICER 14.
15.

2 of 2

Return property to desk officer, if applicable.

Accept transfer of rejected property utilizing the Property and Evidence
System.
Have necessary corrections made for any returned property.
a.
Have investigation conducted, if appropriate.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

16.

Verify that all property not forwarded to the Property Clerk or Police
Laboratory is accounted for and adequately secured at command.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If there are additional items which were not originally listed on a PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, the additional items will be invoiced separately and cross-referenced to the
original related INVOICE utilizing the related invoice function in the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
It is important to note that the member of the service assigned and listed on a
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT as the command messenger within the Property
and Evidence Tracking System, must be the member of the service who transfers and
delivers the property to the Property Clerk Division.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Return of Property/Vehicles at Command And Processing Voided Property Invoices
(P.G.218-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-04

DELIVERY OF EVIDENCE TO THE POLICE LABORATORY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 11

PURPOSE

To provide a standard procedure for the delivery of evidence from a precinct,
PSA and transit district command to the Police Laboratory.

DEFINITIONS

CRIMINALISTICS EVIDENCE - Trace evidence (e.g., hair, fiber, paint, gun
shot residue), questioned document evidence, footwear evidence, tire tread
evidence, toolmark evidence, fingerprint evidence and any other forensic
evidence that is not Firearms/Firearms related evidence, Controlled
Substances/Marijuana evidence or DNA evidence.

PROCEDURE

When Firearms/Firearms related evidence and/or Controlled Substances/Marijuana
evidence and/or DNA evidence and/or Criminalistics evidence is present at a precinct,
PSA and transit district command:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.

Notify the patrol borough prior to 0030 hours that Firearms/Firearms related
evidence, and/or Controlled Substances/Marijuana evidence, and/or DNA
evidence, and/or Criminalistics evidence is being delivered to the patrol
borough.
Designate a uniformed member of the service to be the Command
Messenger; and, to deliver Firearms/Firearms related evidence, and
Controlled Substances/Marijuana evidence, and DNA evidence, and
Criminalistics evidence from the precinct, PSA and transit district
command to the patrol borough.

FIREARMS AND FIREARMS RELATED EVIDENCE
DESK OFFICER 3.
4.

5.

Remove ALL Firearms/Firearms related evidence from the property
locker/room.
Ensure the following are attached to each Firearms/Firearms related
evidence container/package:
a.
Copy of the OMNIFORM computer generated COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152) or, if unavailable, a copy of the
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a)
b.
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
(PD521-168)
c.
Appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141)
d.
FINEST printout for each firearm.
Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System to ensure all Firearms/
Firearms related evidence is appropriately entered in compliance with
Department procedures.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 6.
(continued)

7.
8.
9.

10.

2 of 11

Compare each Firearms/Firearms related evidence container/package to
each associated/related PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and to each
associated/related PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
a.
Ensure all Firearms/Firearms related evidence is properly
accounted for.
Ensure ALL Firearms/Firearms related evidence was removed from the
property locker/room.
Place all Firearms/Firearms related evidence in a SEPARATE transparent
bag together with all associated/related forms, reports, records, etc.
Seal each transparent bag containing Firearms/Firearms related evidence
with a plastic Property Clerk Division Seal.
a.
Enter each Property Clerk Division seal number in the
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147) to account for each seal used.
Safeguard each transparent bag containing Firearms/Firearms related
evidence at the precinct, PSA and transit district desk until transported to
the patrol borough by the command messenger.

CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES/MARIJUANA EVIDENCE
DESK OFFICER 11.
12.
13.

14.
15.

16.

17.

18.

Remove the security lead seal from the Controlled Substances/Marijuana
locker/safe.
Enter in the Command Log the serial number of the security lead seal
removed from the Controlled Substances/Marijuana locker/safe.
Remove ALL narcotic security envelopes and ALL other Controlled
Substances/Marijuana evidence containers/packages from the Controlled
Substances/Marijuana locker/safe.
Lock Controlled Substances/Marijuana locker/safe and affix a new
security lead seal.
Enter in the Command Log the serial number of the new security lead
seal affixed to the Controlled Substances/Marijuana locker/safe.
a.
Make entry in the PROPERTY LOG to account for new security
lead seal.
Ensure the following are attached to each Controlled
Substances/Marijuana evidence container/package:
a.
Appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
b.
If applicable, a copy of all associated/related ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS.
Ensure appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE are
attached to each Controlled Substances/Marijuana evidence
container/package.
Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT, utilizing the Property
and Evidence Tracking System to ensure all Controlled Substances/Marijuana
evidence is appropriately entered in compliance with Department procedures.
a.
Contact the Police Laboratory’s Evidence Control Supervisor
prior to the delivery of hypodermic needles, large seizures of
marijuana, large containers containing liquids, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 19.
(continued)

20.
21.

22.

3 of 11

Compare
each
Controlled
Substances/Marijuana
evidence
container/package to each associated/related PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE and to each associated/related PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT.
a.
Ensure all Controlled Substances/Marijuana evidence is properly
accounted for.
Place all Controlled Substances/Marijuana evidence in a SEPARATE
transparent bag along with all associated/related forms, reports, records, etc.
Seal each transparent bag containing Controlled Substances/Marijuana
evidence with a plastic Property Clerk Division Seal.
a.
Enter each Property Clerk Division Seal Number in the
PROPERTY LOG to account for each Property Clerk Division
seal used.
Safeguard each transparent bag containing Controlled Substances/Marijuana
evidence at the precinct, PSA and transit district desk until transported to the
patrol borough by the command messenger.

DNA EVIDENCE
DESK OFFICER 23.
24.

25.

26.

27.
28.
29.

Remove ALL DNA evidence including Sexual Offense Evidence
Collection Kits from the property locker/room.
Ensure the following are prepared and attached to each DNA evidence
container/package:
a.
Copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET or, if
available, a copy of the OMNIFORM computer generated
COMPLAINT REPORT
b.
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
c.
Appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
d.
If applicable, a copy of all associated/related ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS.
Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT, utilizing the Property
and Evidence Tracking System to ensure all DNA evidence is
appropriately entered in compliance with Department procedures.
Compare each DNA evidence container/package to each
associated/related PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and to each
associated/related PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
a.
Ensure all DNA evidence is properly accounted for.
Ensure ALL DNA evidence was removed from the property locker/room.
Place all DNA evidence in a SEPARATE transparent bag along with all
associated/related forms, reports, records, etc.
Seal each transparent bag containing DNA evidence with a plastic
Property Clerk Division Seal.
a.
Enter each Property Clerk Division Seal Number in the
PROPERTY LOG to account for each Property Clerk Division
seal used.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 30.
(continued)
31.

4 of 11

Affix an orange bio-hazard sticker on each transparent bag containing
DNA evidence.
Safeguard each transparent bag containing DNA evidence at the precinct,
PSA and transit district desk until transported to the patrol borough by the
command messenger.

CRIMINALISTICS EVIDENCE
DESK OFFICER 32.
33.

34.

35.

36.
37.
38.

39.

Remove ALL Criminalistics evidence from the property locker/room.
Ensure the following are prepared and attached to each Criminalistics
evidence container / package:
a.
Copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET or, if
available, a copy of the OMNIFORM computer generated
COMPLAINT REPORT
b.
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
c.
Appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
d.
If applicable, a copy of all associated/related ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS.
Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT, utilizing the Property
and Evidence Tracking System to ensure all Criminalistics evidence is
appropriately entered in compliance with Department procedures.
Compare each Criminalistics evidence container/package to each
associated/related PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and to each
associated/related PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
a.
Ensure all Criminalistics evidence is properly accounted for.
Ensure ALL Criminalistics evidence was removed from the property
locker/room.
Place all Criminalistics evidence in a SEPARATE transparent bag along
with all associated/related forms, reports, records, etc.
Seal each transparent bag containing Criminalistics evidence with a
plastic Property Clerk Division Seal.
a.
Enter each Property Clerk Division Seal Number in the
PROPERTY LOG to account for each seal used.
Safeguard each transparent bag containing Criminalistics evidence at the
precinct, PSA and transit district desk until transported to the patrol
borough by the command messenger.

IN ALL CASES
DESK
OFFICER

40.

Make an entry in Command Log including
a.
All PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE numbers
b.
Rank, name and tax # of the command messenger
c.
Department vehicle # of the assigned vehicle
d.
The total number of transparent bags being delivered to the
designated patrol borough delivery location
e.
Plastic Property Clerk Division Seal Number on each transparent
bag.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-04

COMMAND
MESSENGER

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

41.
42.

DESK OFFICER 43.

5 of 11

Compare all PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORTS against Property
Clerk Division seals.
Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORTS.
Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORTS.

COMMAND
MESSENGER

44.

Immediately deliver all of the transparent bags direct to the designated
patrol borough delivery location.

PATROL
BOROUGH
MEMBER

45.

Inspect EACH transparent bag, and ensure:
a.
Each transparent bag delivered to the patrol borough by each command is
properly listed on the appropriate PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT
b.
Each transparent bag that is listed on each PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT was delivered to the patrol borough
c.
If accurate, confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORTS in Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Print completed PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE
DOCUMENT (PD521-172) for each PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT accepted, and provide to command messenger.
Select appropriate rejection reason in the Property and Evidence Tracking
System, if property is not accepted.
a.
Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT from the patrol
borough to the appropriate precinct, PSA or transit district and
forward to command with command messenger.

46.

47.

COMMAND
MESSENGER

48.

Deliver each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE
DOCUMENT to the desk officer.

DESK
OFFICER

49.

File each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE
DOCUMENT.

TRANSFERS FROM PATROL BOROUGH TO POLICE LABORATORY
PATROL
BOROUGH
MESSENGER

50.

Create separate PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System for all Firearms/Firearms related
evidence, Controlled Substances/Marijuana evidence, DNA evidence, and
Criminalistics evidence and digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT.
a.
Ensure that each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT does not
contain more than three commands in order to expedite the intake
process at the Police Laboratory.
b.
Utilize the reusable nylon mesh bags provided by the Property
Clerk Division to bundle several transparent bags, if necessary.
(1)
Upon completion of delivery, return nylon mesh bags to patrol
borough.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 11

PATROL
BOROUGH
MEMBER
(Wheel Officer)

51.

Review and digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.

PATROL
BOROUGH
MESSENGER

52.

Immediately deliver ALL of the transparent bags direct to the Police
Laboratory, and ensure the evidence arrives at the Police Laboratory
before 0200 hours.
a.
The Police Laboratory will be responsible for delivering all DNA
evidence to the OCME laboratory.
Transfer all transparent bags to the appropriate Police Laboratory
Evidence Control Officers.
a.
Firearms / Firearms related evidence - Firearms Analysis Section,
Evidence Control Officers.
b.
Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence - Controlled
Substance Analysis Section, Evidence Control Officers.
c.
DNA evidence - DNA Evidence Intake, Evidence Control
Officers.
d.
Criminalistics evidence - Criminalistics Section, Evidence Control
Officers.

53.

POLICE
LABORATORY
EVIDENCE
CONTROL
OFFICERS

54.

55.

Inspect EACH transparent bag delivered by each Patrol Borough
Messenger; and, ensure:
a.
Each transparent bag delivered to the Police Laboratory by each Patrol
Borough Messenger is properly listed on the appropriate PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT
b.
Each transparent bag listed on each PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT was delivered to the Police Laboratory.
Notify an appropriate Evidence Control Supervisor if there is a
discrepancy.

POLICE
LABORATORY
EVIDENCE
CONTROL
SUPERVISOR

56.

If there is a discrepancy involving the results of the inspection:
a.
Notify the appropriate/involved:
(1)
Patrol borough duty captain
(2)
Patrol borough member of the service (“Wheel Officer”)
(3)
Desk officer.
b.
Conduct an investigation
c.
Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to the Commanding Officer,
Forensic Investigations Division regarding the results of the investigation
involving the evidence delivery discrepancy.

PATROL
BOROUGH
DUTY
CAPTAIN

57.

Notify Internal Affairs Bureau regarding discrepancy.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-04

POLICE
LABORATORY
EVIDENCE
CONTROL
OFFICERS

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

58.

59.
60.

7 of 11

Inspect all of the contents of each transparent bag in the presence of the
appropriate Patrol Borough Messenger, and verify the following:
a.
Each evidence container/package present in each transparent bag
is listed on a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE that is attached
thereto
b.
Each evidence container/package listed on each INVOICE is
present in each transparent bag
c.
Each INVOICE present in each transparent bag is listed on a
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
d.
Each INVOICE listed on each PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT is present in each transparent bag
e.
If accurate, confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT in the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Confer with Patrol Borough Messenger regarding the results of the
inspection of the contents of each transparent bag.
Notify an appropriate Evidence Control Supervisor if there is a
discrepancy.

POLICE
LABORATORY
EVIDENCE
CONTROL
SUPERVISOR

61.

If there is a discrepancy involving the results of the inspection:
a.
Notify the appropriate/involved:
(1)
Patrol borough duty captain
(2)
Patrol borough member of the service ("Wheel Officer")
(3)
Desk officer.
b.
Conduct an investigation
c.
Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to the Commanding
Officer, Forensic Investigations Division regarding the results of
the investigation involving the evidence delivery discrepancy
d.
Make the necessary entries in “Remarks” section in on one or more
appropriate
INVOICE(S)/PROPERTY
TRANSFER
REPORT(S).

PATROL
BOROUGH
DUTY
CAPTAIN

62.

Notify Internal Affairs Bureau regarding discrepancy.

POLICE
LABORATORY
EVIDENCE
CONTROL
OFFICERS

63.

Assign an appropriate Police Laboratory “Laboratory Number” to each
INVOICE listed on each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT present
in each transparent bag.
Print four copies of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT for each PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT accepted.
a.
Provide three copies to Patrol Borough Messenger.
Retain one copy for Police Laboratory use.
b.

64.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-04

PATROL
BOROUGH
MESSENGER

PAGE:

08/01/13

65.

66.

67.

PATROL
BOROUGH
SUPERVISOR

REVISION NUMBER:

68.
69.

70.

8 of 11

Obtain three copies of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT for each PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT that lists:
a.
Firearms / Firearms related evidence
b.
DNA evidence
c.
Criminalistics evidence.
If extraordinary circumstances exist, obtain three copies of each
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT
that list Controlled Substances/Marijuana evidence.
Deliver all of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENTS to the patrol borough.
File one copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT at the patrol borough.
Ensure one copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT is delivered to the appropriate precinct,
PSA and transit district.
Ensure one copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT that lists Firearms/Firearms related
evidence, and/or DNA evidence, and/or Criminalistics evidence, and/or if
applicable, Controlled Substances/Marijuana evidence is hand delivered by
0900 hours each day to the Detective Borough.

DETECTIVE
BOROUGH
SUPERVISOR

71.

Ensure daily that one copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT that lists Firearms/Firearms
related evidence, and/or DNA evidence, and/or Criminalistics evidence,
and/or if applicable, Controlled Substances/Marijuana evidence is:
a.
Received from the involved patrol borough; and,
b.
Delivered to the appropriate detective squad.

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
SUPERVISOR

72.

Ensure all DNA evidence and all Firearms/Firearms related evidence and
all Criminalistics evidence and, if applicable, all Controlled
Substances/Marijuana evidence and all other forensic evidence is
delivered to and actually received by the correct laboratory or laboratories
in a timely manner in compliance with the applicable Department
procedures.
Ensure one copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT is immediately placed in the appropriate
case file.
Ensure a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) is generated and
placed in the appropriate case file indicating the:
a.
Date and time of delivery of all DNA evidence and all
Firearms/Firearms related evidence and all Criminalistics evidence and,
if applicable, all Controlled Substances/Marijuana evidence and all
other forensic evidence delivered to the Police Laboratory and/or the
OCME DNA Laboratory and / or any other Laboratory/Unit; and,

73.

74.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-04

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

9 of 11

Police Laboratory and/or OCME DNA Laboratory and/or other
Laboratory/Unit “Evidence Control Number” for all DNA
evidence and all Firearms / Firearms related evidence and all
Criminalistics evidence and, if applicable, all Controlled
Substances/Marijuana evidence and all other forensic evidence
delivered to the Police Laboratory and/or the OCME DNA
Laboratory and/or any other Laboratory/Unit.

ITEMS REJECTED AT POLICE LABORATORY
POLICE
LABORATORY
EVIDENCE
CONTROL
OFFICERS

75.

Select the appropriate rejection reason.

PATROL
BOROUGH
MESSENGER

76.

Review and digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
returning items to Patrol Borough.

POLICE
LABORATORY
EVIDENCE
CONTROL
SUPERVISOR

77.

Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT returning items to
Patrol Borough.

PATROL
BOROUGH
MESSENGER

78.

Deliver rejected items and PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT to
Patrol Borough.

PATROL
BOROUGH
MEMBER
(Wheel Officer)

79.

Confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Notify desk officer command concerned of rejected items.

DESK
OFFICER
COMMAND
CONCERNED

81.

Instruct command messenger to retrieve reject items from Patrol
Borough.

PATROL
BOROUGH
MEMBER
(Wheel Officer)

82.

Create separate PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System for each command for all
rejected items and electronically sign PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT.

80.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-04

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

PAGE:

10 of 11

COMMAND
MESSENGER

83.
84.

Review and digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
Deliver rejected items and PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT to desk
officer.

DESK
OFFICER

85.

Confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Ensure that all corrections are completed for rejected items.

86.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Due to the danger in handling and analyzing hypodermic needles, they will be delivered
directly to a Property Clerk facility and not delivered to the Police Laboratory for
analysis unless there is a serious felony charge associated with such evidence other than
Criminal Sale or Possession of a Controlled Substance. The Police Laboratory’s
Evidence Control Supervisor is available twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week to
provide guidance to members of the service regarding this matter.
Due to a limited amount of storage space at the Police Laboratory and to ensure the
safety of all members concerned, cases involving large seizures of Marijuana or any
other unusual or potential harmful material, such as large containers of liquids (e.g.,
PCP, acids, etc.), a Police Laboratory Evidence Control Supervisor must be conferred
with for direction prior to the evidence being delivered to the Police Laboratory.
Unless there are exigent circumstances, desk officers must ensure that Controlled
Substances/Marijuana evidence and Firearms/Firearms related evidence and DNA
evidence and Criminalistics evidence are delivered to the patrol borough each day on
the first platoon prior to 0100 hours. If exigent circumstances exist, the desk officer must
obtain the approval from the commanding officer / duty captain to not comply with this
procedure.
Each day, at 0100 hours the patrol borough "Wheel Officer" will call ALL of the desk
officers who failed to notify them regarding the delivery of Controlled Substances /
Marijuana evidence, Firearms / Firearms related evidence, Criminalistics evidence or
DNA evidence from their commands to the patrol borough, and will determine if there
will be a delivery to the patrol borough. If the desk officer informs the patrol borough
clerical officer that there are exigent circumstances and there will be no delivery of
Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence, Firearms / Firearms related evidence,
Criminalistics evidence or DNA evidence to the patrol borough, then the borough
clerical officer will immediately notify the commanding officer / duty captain. The
commanding officer / duty captain will contact the involved desk officers and determine
whether there are exigent circumstances to justify non compliance with this procedure,
and will confer with the patrol borough clerical officer. If there are exigent
circumstances to justify non compliance with this procedure, the commanding officer /
duty captain will prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to the Chief of Patrol through
channels describing the facts regarding the exigent circumstances and explaining why
the forensic evidence could not be delivered to the patrol borough in compliance with
this procedure.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-04

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11 of 11

If an evidence delivery to the Police Laboratory is missed by a command, that command
MUST deliver all controlled substances and firearms/firearms related evidence for
Criminal Procedure Law 180.80 and 170.70 cases on the second platoon.
It is important to note that the messenger listed on the PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT must be the same member that delivers the evidence to the Police Laboratory.
Any discrepancy between the member listed and the member who delivers the property
will result in a rejection of evidence at the Police Laboratory.
The Police Laboratory may reject evidence for several reasons. Reasons for valid
rejections include the following:
a.
Unsigned voucher by officer and/or supervisor
b.
COMPLAINT REPORT not prepared or missing
c.
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT not prepared or missing
d.
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT missing/incomplete
e.
Evidence not rendered safe (e.g., radiological, biological, bomb material not
“rendered safe” by bomb squad personnel, etc., after reasonable determination
by a Police Laboratory Evidence Control Section Supervisor)
f.
Hypodermic needle invoiced for Criminal Possession of Controlled
Substance/Criminal Sale of Controlled Substance, due to the danger involved in
handling
(1)
Hypodermic needles submitted for homicides, assaults or other major
crimes will be accepted if packaged properly.
g.
Any evidence improperly invoiced as per Department guidelines (e.g., narcotics
invoiced with Criminalistics evidence, firearm evidence invoiced with
holster/silencer, items not analyzed, etc.)
h.
Any other evidence at the direction of the Police Laboratory Director/Deputy
Director.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of the Chief Medical
Examiner (P.G. 218-49)
Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana Contraband Stored at Stationhouse (P.G. 218-24)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-05

RECORDING OF ARREST AND PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
NUMBERS ON ARREST RELATED REPORTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To determine the disposition of prisoners (i.e., pled guilty at arraignment, case dismissed at
arraignment, District Attorney’s Office declined to prosecute case, etc.) and to allow for
the processing and/or disposing of property invoiced as arrest evidence.

SCOPE

This procedure applies to all uniformed members who invoiced evidence that is
related to or seized in connection with an arrest.

PROCEDURE

Whenever evidence is to be invoiced in connection with an arrest:

INVOICING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.
4.

DESK OFFICER 5.

6.

Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System with particular attention being
given to the following captions:
a.
Age of prisoner
b.
Prisoner’s date of birth
c.
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) number(s)
d.
Charge/offense under investigation
e.
Prisoner’s arrest number
f.
Arrest number for additional prisoner(s).
Enter PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) number in
appropriate caption on the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
Ensure that ALL related INVOICES are properly documented on the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Prepare REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
(PD521-168), utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System, if
necessary.
a.
Enter the names, precinct of arrest, and ages of ALL prisoners whose
arrest is based upon the seizure of property invoiced on the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Verify and ensure that ALL captions on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT and ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET have been accurately completed, including arrest and
INVOICE numbers, where appropriate.
Ensure that ALL related PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES, with arrest
numbers entered, are delivered to the Police Laboratory, Firearms
Analysis Section or Property Clerk Division at the same time.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-05

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Members of the service should be aware that it is extremely important that all defendant
information be listed on the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT. If
all defendants are not identified, it could be possible that the invoiced arrest evidence, (i.e., firearms,
controlled substances, etc.) could be destroyed before the accomplices/facilitators and other codefendants are tried. This will result in the accomplices/facilitators criminal charges being
dismissed.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-06

TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF INVOICED PROPERTY
FROM THE COMMAND
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To account for invoiced property which is temporarily removed from the
command by a uniformed member of the service.

PROCEDURE

When it is necessary for a uniformed member of the service to temporarily remove
invoiced property from the command to court or other authorized agency:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

DESK OFFICER 2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.
8.

DESK OFFICER 9.
10.

Request property from the desk officer.
a.
Give reason for removal.

Verify identity of uniformed member of the service by inspecting
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091), if assigned to another command.
Have PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) prepared
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Have the requesting officer digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT and capture fingerprint utilizing the digital signature device.
Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
Print PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and deliver it along with the
property to uniformed member of the service.
Obtain receipt if property is retained by court or other authorized agency.
a.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
Deliver property or receipt to desk officer.
Make entry in Command Log listing identity of member of the service
delivering property or receipt and INVOICE number.
Forward receipt to the Property Clerk Borough Office for entry into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.

WHEN PROPERTY IS RETURNED TO COMMAND:
DESK OFFICER 11.
12.
13.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Check property against INVOICE utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.
Perform “Intake” function in the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Ensure property is properly stored and location is entered into the Property
and Evidence Tracking System.

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
All official requests for property should be accompanied by a subpoena from the
requesting agency, if other than the New York City Police Department, assistant district
attorneys and assistant corporation counsels. (See P.G. 211-15, “Processing Subpoenas
for Police Department Records and for Testimony by Members of the Service.”)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-06

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony by Members of
the Service (P.G. 211-15)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-07

REMOVAL AND RETURN OF EVIDENCE TO
PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To control removal and return of evidence from Property Clerk facility for
presentation in court.

PROCEDURE

When evidence in custody of the Property Clerk is required in court or other
authorized agency:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

Request evidence from member assigned to Property Clerk facility and:
a.
Give PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) number
b.
Present written authorization from commanding officer to remove
evidence if not listed as “INVOICING” officer on INVOICE
c.
Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
d.
Receipt for evidence as required.
Take POLICE LABORATORY CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE
ANALYSIS REPORT (PD521-153) to court with controlled substances/
marijuana evidence.

WHEN COURT IS ADJOURNED FOR THE DAY:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
8.

DESK OFFICER 9.

Obtain receipt for evidence, if held by court, District Attorney or other
authorized agency.
Obtain copy of court order from court clerk and receipt from claimant if
court directs release of property.
Deliver packages of controlled substances/marijuana, which have been
opened in court to Police Laboratory for repackaging and sealing.
Telephone appropriate Property Clerk facility in advance and prior to
closing for instructions regarding return of property and/or receipt if
delayed in court and unable to return property as required.
Inform member at Property Clerk facility of estimated time of dismissal
from court or arrival at Property Clerk facility.
Deliver property or receipt to designated precinct desk officer if
instructed to do so by member of the Property Clerk.
Make entry in Command Log listing identity of member of the service
delivering property or receipt and INVOICE number.

10.

Notify member’s command if member of service fails to return property
or receipt for property at end of day.

COMMANDING 11.
12.
OFFICER/
13.
MEMBER
CONCERNED

Direct member concerned to return property or receipt immediately.
Institute corrective action.
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead for information of commanding
officer of next higher command indicating reason member did not return
property/receipt and any corrective action taken.

PROPERTY
CLERK
DIVISION

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

WHEN PROPERTY IS RETURNED TO PRECINCT STATION HOUSE:
DESK OFFICER 14.
15.
16.
17.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Check property against INVOICE utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.
Perform intake utilizing the “Intake from an External Agency” function in
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Ensure property is properly stored and location is entered into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Safeguard property pending pick up by representative of Property Clerk
Division.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If property or receipt for property is not returned to Property Clerk Division, a FINEST
Message will be transmitted to all commands including the INVOICE number, name,
shield number and command of member of the service who failed to return property.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
POLICE LABORATORY CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE ANALYSIS REPORT (PD521-153)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-08

FIELD TESTING OF MARIJUANA BY SELECTED
UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
WITHIN THE PATROL SERVICES AND HOUSING BUREAUS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To allow for field testing of marijuana by selected uniformed members of the
service assigned to the Patrol Services Bureau and Housing Bureau.

SCOPE

Authorized uniformed members of the service assigned to precincts and Housing
Bureau Police Service Areas, who have been trained in marijuana field testing,
will conduct marijuana field tests in the command when an arrest is made for a
misdemeanor or violation involving marijuana.

PROCEDURE

When an arrest is made for a misdemeanor or violation involving marijuana sale
or possession by trained uniformed members of the service, follow normal arrest
procedures and:

AUTHORIZED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.
4.

5.

Obtain field test kit and make appropriate entries.
Conduct a field test on a small sample of the alleged marijuana using the
field test kit with its provided loading device.
a.
Conduct test in a semi-private location specifically designated for
field testing.
b.
Wear protective gloves, if possible.
c.
Thoroughly clean table surface before and after conducting the field test.
d.
Only use the loading device that is provided with the field test to
load a small sample of marijuana into the field test kit.
Perform the field test, sign and seal procedure in the presence of a trained
supervisor.
Perform a separate field test on marijuana seized from each prisoner.
a.
If four persons are arrested and marijuana is seized from three of these
persons, then ALL three marijuana seizures will be field tested.
Follow the procedures listed below when conducting the field test on a
container of marijuana or a marijuana cigarette, in the presence of a
trained supervisor:
a.
For each prisoner, open one container/cigarette of seized
marijuana and using the loading device conduct a field test on a
small portion of the substance contained therein.
b.
A field test will be conducted even if only one container/cigarette is
seized, provided that there is a sufficient amount of marijuana remaining
in the container/cigarette after the field test has been conducted to permit
the remaining marijuana to be analyzed by the Police Laboratory.
c.
If more than one container/cigarette of marijuana is seized from a
specific person and the first container/cigarette is field tested with
negative results, then field test subsequent container(s)/cigarette(s)
until a positive result is obtained OR five container(s)/cigarette(s)
have field tested negative.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-08

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

(1)

AUTHORIZED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)
d.

e.
f.

g.

h.

2 of 4

Once a positive result has been obtained, DO NOT open or
field test any additional container(s)/cigarette(s) of
marijuana seized from one specific person.
(2)
Never field test more than five containers/cigarettes of
marijuana seized from one specific person.
After a container/cigarette of marijuana is opened and has field
tested positive, the container/cigarette will be resealed and the
container/cigarette will be placed in a SEPARATE zip-lock bag.
This will allow the Police Laboratory criminalists to identify and
analyze the field tested container/cigarette when laboratory
analysis is required by the District Attorney’s Office.
Containers/cigarettes that are not field tested will NOT be placed
in a zip-lock bag.
The field tested container/cigarette in the zip-lock bag that tested
positive will be listed on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141) as Item #1.
If several container(s)/cigarette(s) are field tested:
(1)
The container/cigarette which tested positive will be
placed in a SEPARATE zip-lock bag. The container/
cigarette that was field tested with positive results will be
identified as such by marking the outside of the zip-lock
bag, “POS.” This bag will be listed as “Item #1” on the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
(2)
The remaining container(s)/cigarette(s) that are field tested with
negative results will ALL be placed into a SEPARATE zip-lock
bag. The zip-lock bag holding container(s)/cigarette(s) of
marijuana, which were field tested with negative results, will be
identified as such by marking the outside of the zip-lock bag
“NEG.” Container(s)/cigarette(s) which field tested NEGATIVE
will be listed as “Item #2” on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
(3)
The non-field tested container(s)/cigarette(s) will not be
placed into a zip-lock bag and will be listed as “Item #3”
on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
The container/cigarette in the zip-lock bag marked “POS” and the
container(s)/cigarette(s) in the zip-lock bag marked “NEG” and
the container(s)/cigarette(s) that were not field tested, will ALL be
placed into the Narcotics Evidence Envelope (Misc. 242).
(1)
Place sealed and signed Narcotic Evidence Envelope
inside of a Plastic Security Envelope.
(2)
Ensure that the captions on the Narcotic Evidence Envelope
are visible through the rear of the Plastic Security Envelope.
(3)
Seal Plastic Security Envelope by removing paper strip
exposing the pre-applied adhesive and fold the top of
envelope over aligning blue circles. Sign name, shield
number, command and date across seal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-08

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

(4)

AUTHORIZED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

6.

7.

8.

9.

SUPERVISOR
CONCERNED

REVISION NUMBER:

10.
11.
12.

13.

The serial numbers of both envelopes are recorded on the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE utilizing the “Packaging
Function” in the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
i.
When an officer conducts a field test and is uncertain whether the
results are Positive or Negative then:
(1)
Consult with a supervisor and obtain clarification.
(2)
If the field testing officer is still uncertain after consulting with
the supervisor, record the field test result as NEGATIVE.
j.
DO NOT reseal opened container/cigarettes of marijuana with
tape unless it is absolutely necessary. If tape must be used to
reseal an opened container/cigarette, use as little as possible.
k.
DO NOT tape separate individual marijuana container(s)/cigarette(s)
together. Always try to avoid using tape when invoicing
container(s)/cigarette(s) of marijuana.
Prepare a separate MARIJUANA FIELD TEST REPORT for each
prisoner whose marijuana was field tested.
a.
Utilize the FIELD TEST REPORT appropriate to the borough of arrest.
Attach the triplicate copy (pink) of the completed MARIJUANA FIELD TEST
REPORT(S) to the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES and the invoiced
marijuana and forward to the Police Laboratory in the normal manner.
a.
If marijuana from two or more prisoners is invoiced on one
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, attach one copy of EACH
related FIELD TEST REPORT to the one PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE.
b.
If marijuana from two or more prisoners is invoiced on one
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, in the “Remarks” column of
the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, list EACH prisoner’s
name and next to their name print in bold letters, “FIELD
TESTED POSITIVE,” or “FIELD TESTED NEGATIVE.”
Deliver original (white) copy and duplicate (blue) copy of FIELD TEST
REPORT with arrest package to the Assistant District Attorney at the
Complaint Room.
a.
Include in the arrest package a completed Supporting Deposition
with the caption “Buyer” and/or “Seller” as appropriate.
Dispose of used field test kit(s) and loading devices in the precinct plastic
glove disposal receptacle.
Witness field test, sign and seal.
Ensure that used field test kit is properly disposed of.
Ensure all forms prepared by authorized member of the service are
complete and accurate.
a.
Ensure that the various reports that are prepared in connection
with the same arrest(s) or seizure(s) accurately and consistently
reflect the circumstances of the incident.
Follow P.G. 210-13, “Release of Prisoners” for a negative field test(s).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-08

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
The Police Laboratory will notify the Chief of Patrol, Chief of Housing, Chief of Transit,
or the Chief of OCCB, as appropriate, whenever the field test results are different from
the results obtained by a Police Laboratory criminalist. This is referred to as a field test
“discrepancy.” The Police Laboratory will also notify the Chief of Patrol, Chief of
Housing, Chief of Transit, or the Chief of OCCB, as appropriate of all procedural,
clerical and/or administrative errors made with regard to conducting field tests (e.g.
incomplete/incorrect preparation of FIELD TEST REPORTS, failing to conduct field
tests when required, improperly packaging field tested container(s)/cigarette(s), etc.).
Zip-lock bags and field testing kits can be obtained from the Quartermaster Section.
DEPARTMENT POLICY
Only uniformed members of the service who have received field testing training are
authorized to conduct and supervise this testing procedure. Twenty field tests are
conducted in the classroom when uniformed members of the service receive their initial
training and certification. Personnel will be considered expert after receiving this
initial training. Uniformed members assigned to patrol will only field test marijuana
and no other controlled substance.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

MARIJUANA FIELD TEST REPORT – MANHATTAN/QUEENS/STATEN ISLAND
(PD321-143)
MARIJUANA FIELD TEST REPORT – BRONX (PD321-144)
MARIJUANA FIELD TEST REPORT – BROOKLYN (PD321-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Narcotics Evidence Envelope (Misc. 242)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-09

EVIDENCE OTHER THAN CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES/
MARIJUANA AND FIREARMS/BALLISTICS EVIDENCE REQUIRING
POLICE LABORATORY ANALYSIS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To ensure that evidence, other than controlled substances/marijuana and firearms/ballistics
evidence, which comes into the custody of the Department and requires laboratory
analysis, is properly handled, packaged and submitted to the Police Laboratory.

PROCEDURE

Upon taking property described above into custody that requires analysis at the
Police Laboratory:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

4.
5.

6.

7.

Follow invoicing procedures as contained in the Department Manual.
Invoice evidence requiring analysis by the Police Laboratory, as follows:
a.
Prepare a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) as
appropriate, utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System,
for each of the following:
(1)
Different property type
(2)
Different property categories
(3)
Different owners
(4)
Property that will be delivered and/or stored at different
locations
(5)
Bloodstain, DNA, serology, or other biological evidence
(6)
Other types of evidence.
List each piece of evidence, requiring laboratory analysis, as a separate
item on a separate line on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
a.
Each item will be given a separate “Item #” on the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE.
b.
Each item of evidence will be specifically described by the
invoicing member (e.g., blue long sleeve shirt, bloodied short
sleeve undershirt, etc.)
c.
Ensure INVOICE does not exceed twenty line items.
Package evidence in accordance with Department procedures.
a.
See “ADDITIONAL DATA” for additional packaging instructions.
Write the corresponding PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number, as
well as the “Item #”, on the outside of each package/container submitted
to the laboratory.
a.
If the evidence being submitted for analysis is secured in multiple
packages/containers, mark each package/container as “Bag 1 of
___”, Bag 2 of ___”.
Prepare a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
(PD521-168), as appropriate, utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking
System.
Submit evidence with PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and REQUEST
FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT, and the handwritten
copy of the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT if prepared by the Crime Scene Unit member, to desk officer
for review.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-09

9.

10.

11.
12.

13.
14.

15.

16.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 8.

DELIVERING
MEMBER

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 5

Review PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and REQUEST FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT to ensure that:
a.
Different types of evidence as described, in step “2” are listed on
separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES.
b.
Each item of evidence is listed as a separate “Item,” on a separate
line, and given a separate “Item #.”
c.
Each separate item is specifically described, in detail.
d.
INVOICE does not exceed twenty line items, if requiring
laboratory analysis.
Check each package/container to ensure that it is:
a.
Packaged properly.
b.
Marked with both the corresponding PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE number and corresponding “Item #.”
Ensure that each package/container is properly sealed in a manner to
prevent loss of evidence and to prevent contamination.
a.
Secure Plastic Security Envelope appropriately.
b.
Paper envelopes, paper bags, boxes should be securely sealed with
evidence tape. (Do not use scotch tape).
Direct invoicing member to sign name across each seal of each
package/container to maintain the chain of custody.
Securely attach the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, REQUEST FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT and the handwritten copy
of the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
if prepared by the Crime Scene Unit member, to the package/container.
Prepare PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Direct that the evidence be IMMEDIATELY delivered to the Police
Laboratory.
a.
Evidence being submitted to the Police Laboratory for analysis
degrades over time. If evidence that was not immediately delivered to
the Police Laboratory is found to have degraded due to a delay in
delivery, a notification will be sent through channels to the Office of
the Chief of Department.
Deliver PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, REQUEST FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT, handwritten copy of the
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT, if
prepared by Crime Scene Unit member, PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT and property to the Police Laboratory.
Follow instructions of the Evidence Desk Intake personnel.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
When evidence is collected by a member of the Crime Scene Unit, the evidence will be
packaged, sealed and labeled by the Crime Scene Unit member. These packages/containers
will not be opened by the member assigned to invoice the evidence. Where appropriate, the

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-09

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

contents of the package/container will be specifically described by the Crime Scene Unit
member on the outside of the package/container. The Crime Scene Unit member will prepare
a handwritten copy of a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT that
will list and describe the items in the sealed packages/containers that are to be invoiced by
the invoicing officer. The handwritten REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT will also describe the specific manner in which the items are to be invoiced and
listed on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) and the type of forensic examination
required. The handwritten copy of the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT prepared by the Crime Scene Unit member and the packages/containers to be
invoiced will be delivered to the invoicing member for preparation of the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE. The handwritten copy of the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT must be attached to the packages/container by the invoicing
member prior to delivery of the evidence and PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to the Police
Laboratory.
The Police Laboratory will not accept PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES that do not
contain detailed and specifically itemized descriptions of the property submitted. Vague,
non-detailed descriptions are unacceptable, (e.g., “one sealed bag containing
miscellaneous items.”) Improperly prepared INVOICES will be returned to the
invoicing command. The invoicing command will be required to correctly prepare the
INVOICE and re-deliver the evidence to the Police Laboratory IMMEDIATELY.
All non-contraband property that is delivered to the Police Laboratory MUST have a
photocopy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE attached.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES that are sent or have the potential to be sent to the
Police Laboratory for laboratory analysis will not exceed twenty line items.
EVIDENCE HANDLING AND PACKAGING GUIDELINES
ALCOHOL
Alcohol will only be submitted to the Police Laboratory in relation to an arrest for violation
of Section 1192 of the Vehicle & Traffic Law and an open container of alcohol is seized.
The container will be corked closed and secured around the opening with tape. The
container can be placed in a plastic security envelope. The container should be stored
in an upright position until delivery to the Laboratory.
Patrol Guide 218-32, “Processing Alcohol Seized In ABC Law Violations,” should be
complied with in connection with alcohol seized as a result of violations of the ABC
Laws.
ARSON
Accelerants or other flammable material that comes into the custody of the Police
Department, should be placed in a clean, airtight, metal or glass container, sealed with
masking tape, and immediately delivered to the Police Laboratory. CAUTION:
Accelerants or other flammable materials should be handled in a well ventilated area.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-09

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

BLOODSTAINS/SEROLOGY//DNA/OTHER BIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE
Bloodstains, DNA, serology, or other biological evidence, EXCEPT FIREARMS (e.g.,
blood, semen, saliva, tissue etc.) should be delivered to the Police Laboratory for
examination.
Firearms evidence that requires bloodstain, DNA, serology, or other biological evidence
analysis should be processed in accordance with the guidelines contained in Patrol
Guide 218-23,“Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence.”
BLOODSTAIN, DNA, SEROLOGY, OR OTHER BIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE AND ANY
OTHER BODY FLUID/BIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE SHOULD BE PACKAGED IN
PAPER BAGS OR BOXES. Do not seal in a plastic security envelope. Additionally, an
orange bio-hazard sticker must be affixed to the package.
Bloodstain, DNA, serology, or other biological evidence must be refrigerated, therefore,
it must be delivered to the Police Laboratory IMMEDIATELY.
QUESTIONED DOCUMENTS
Any piece of paper, where the authenticity of the writing or the source of the writing
must be determined, will be submitted to the Document Fraud Squad. These items
include, but are not limited to, checks, bank robbery notes, and harassing letters.
The evidence may be secured in a PLASTIC SECURITY ENVELOPE. DO NOT write
on the security envelope when the evidence is inside. Cardboard inserts should be used
in the security envelope to prevent the evidence from bending or folding.
HAIR AND FIBER
Evidence that contains possible hair and/or fiber evidence should be handled carefully
to prevent the loss of any evidence. If the evidence is wet or bloodstained, or has other
serological or biological evidence thereon, it should not be packaged in plastic; instead
it should be placed in a sealed paper bag. If the evidence is dry, and it does not have
bloodstain, serological, DNA or other biological evidence thereon, it should be
packaged in a plastic security envelope or any bag/container that will prevent the hair
or fiber evidence from being lost.
LATENT FINGERPRINTS
Items that must be processed for latent prints should be handled carefully. Latex gloves
should be worn when handling. Members of the service handling such evidence should
prevent the item(s) from being crushed, bent, folded, etc.
Items being delivered to the Police Laboratory for fingerprint analysis should be placed
in a plastic bag, not a paper bag. However, if an item must be analyzed for BOTH
fingerprint and bloodstain/serological/DNA/other biological evidence, then it should
NOT be placed in a plastic bag; it should be placed in a paper bag.
LOCKS
If a lock is submitted to the Police Laboratory for analysis, then the key to that lock must
also be invoiced and submitted to the Laboratory. If no key is available, do not submit
the lock for analysis.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-09

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Any questions regarding the proper handling, packaging, or invoicing of evidence
should be referred to a supervisor at the Police Laboratory, 24 hours a day, 7 days a
week.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Processing Alcohol Seized in ABC Law Violations (P.G.218-32)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G.218-23)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-10

USING SECURITY LEAD SEALS OR PLASTIC SECURITY
ENVELOPES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide a method of identifying property which does not have serial numbers,
identifying marks, is difficult to describe, or to increase the control, security and
accountability of small property items coming into police custody.

PROCEDURE

When required to invoice property without serial numbers, identifying marks, or
is difficult to describe, follow normal invoicing procedures:
USING SECURITY LEAD SEALS

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

DESK OFFICER 2.
3.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

5.

Request lead seals from desk officer.

Check PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147) and obtain serial number of last lead seal
used.
Give next serially numbered lead seal to member concerned and make
entry in PROPERTY LOG accounting for number.
a.
Use one space on PROPERTY LOG to account for all lead seals
listed on same PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), if
possible.
Place lead seal on property as required:
a.
Use one lead seal for different items in same case, where possible
b.
Leave room on wire for inspection of items
c.
Attach seals in presence of desk officer and other interested persons.
Record serial numbers of lead seals used on PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE and in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).

USING PRE-NUMBERED/BARCODED SECURITY ENVELOPES
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.
7.

8.

Request Plastic Security Envelope or Jewelry Security Envelope, as
appropriate, from desk officer.
Perform the following under the supervision of the desk officer:
a.
Complete captions on envelope and attach security lead seals, where
necessary
b.
Place items in envelope and seal in accordance with instructions on the
envelope
c.
Enter or scan barcode of Plastic Security Envelope or Jewelry
Security Envelope during packaging when creating PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICES utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking
System.
Present sealed envelope to desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-10

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 9.

10.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Complete entries in PROPERTY LOG.
a.
Use one space on PROPERTY LOG to account for all Plastic
Security Envelopes or Jewelry Security Envelopes listed on the
same PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if possible.
Examine envelope to ensure that:
a.
It is properly sealed
b.
Contents match description of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Plastic Security Envelopes may be used for all small property items except evidence
requiring serological examination, (e.g., blood, semen, and other body fluids).
Controlled substances/marijuana are to be placed into a Narcotics Evidence Envelope
(security lock-type envelope) and sealed. The sealed security lock-type envelope will
then be placed into a Plastic Security Envelope and sealed for added protection.
Controlled substances that contain phencyclidine (Angel Dust) will be put in a Plastic
Security Envelope, and sealed, prior to being placed in the Narcotics Evidence
Envelope (security lock-type envelope). Jewelry items must be placed in a separate
Jewelry Security Envelope. This does not apply to members of the Police Laboratory.
If it becomes necessary to open a sealed Plastic Security or Jewelry Security Envelope, a
new envelope will be prepared in the command which the envelope is opened OR the
Property Clerk’s borough office, as appropriate. In all such instances, the opened
envelope(s) will be placed into the new envelope(s) and entered into the Property and
Evidence Tracking System, utilizing the “Update invoice” and “Packaging” functions.
Plastic Security or Jewelry Security Envelopes will not be used for items which can
readily puncture or tear the envelope, (e.g., screwdrivers, knives with exposed blades,
etc.). Items which cannot be placed in Security Envelopes will be tagged for
identification and safeguarded in other than a Plastic Security Envelope.
Cash and jewelry will continue to be placed in individual Security Envelopes and will
not be placed in the same envelope with other small items.
When it becomes necessary to invoice hypodermic needles, syringes, and other sharp
narcotics paraphernalia:
a.
b.
c.

d.

Utilize hypo container which comes in a plastic bag containing full instructions
Voucher hypo container on a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE apart
from other property/evidence involved in same occurrence
Place hypo container in a serialized Plastic Security Envelope
(1)
Multiple hypo containers will be placed in same Plastic Security
Envelope, if involved in the same occurrence.
(No other evidence [e.g., glassine envelopes, etc.] will be placed in same Plastic
Security Envelope.)
Store INVOICE and Plastic Security Envelope containing hypo container in
property locker to be forwarded to appropriate Property Clerk facility.

The operations coordinator will request additional lead seals and prenumbered/barcoded
security envelopes from the Property Clerk Division.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-10

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

3 of 3

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-11

USE OF BIOHAZARD LABELS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide methods of identifying regulated waste coming into police custody.

DEFINITION

REGULATED WASTE - means liquid or semi-liquid blood or other potentially
infectious materials: contaminated items that would release blood or other potentially
infectious materials in a liquid or semi-liquid state if compressed; items that are caked
with dried blood or other potentially infectious materials and are capable of releasing
these materials during handling; contaminated sharps; and pathological and
microbiological wastes containing blood or other potentially infectious materials.

PROCEDURE

When required to transport or store property or evidence that has the potential to
be an infectious material (e.g., regulated waste).

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

4.
DESK OFFICER 5.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Follow normal invoicing procedures.
Request Biohazard Label(s) from desk officer.
a.
Biohazard Labels are a fluorescent orange in color with the word
“Biohazard” written on the label’s face.
Affix label as close as feasible to the item or container by using string,
wire, adhesive or other method that prevents loss or unintentional
removal.
Use one label for each item or container in same case.
Request additional Biohazard Labels from Quartermaster Section when
needed.

Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Using Security Lead Seals or Plastic Security Envelopes (P.G. 218-10)
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-12

SAFEGUARDING VEHICLES IN POLICE CUSTODY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To safeguard vehicles in police custody at the stationhouse.

PROCEDURE

When necessary to store a vehicle in police custody at the command:

COMMAND
CLERK

1.

2.
RECOVERING
MEMBER

3.

4.

5.
DESK OFFICER

6.
7.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Create PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System, from recovering member’s
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
Complete entries in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147).
Remove rotor or coil wire and attach to WORKSHEET.
a.
If unable to remove rotor or coil wire, ensure vehicle is
immobilized in another way without causing damage to vehicle.
Prepare form WARNING NOTICE - VEHICLE IN POLICE
CUSTODY (PD571-1211) and attach to outside of windshield, only after
fingerprint processing is completed, if applicable.
Lock and park vehicle in secure location near command.
Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, verifying accuracy and
completeness.
Inform relieving desk officer of location of vehicle.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A vehicle may be safeguarded at the command for forty-eight hours when not required as evidence
or not the subject of forfeiture proceedings. A vehicle not released to the owner or his/her
representative within forty-eight hours will be removed to the appropriate Property Clerk storage
facility.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
WARNING NOTICE - VEHICLE IN POLICE CUSTODY (PD571-1211)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-13

INVENTORY SEARCHES OF AUTOMOBILES AND OTHER
PROPERTY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To protect property, ensure against unwarranted claims of theft, and protect
uniformed members of the service and others against dangerous instrumentalities.

PROCEDURE

Whenever any property comes into the custody of this Department an inventory
search will be conducted as follows:
IF THE CONTENTS TO BE INVENTORIED ARE IN AN AUTOMOBILE

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Search the interior of the vehicle thoroughly.
a.
This search should include any area that may contain valuables
including, but not limited to:
(1)
Glove compartment
(2)
Console
(3)
Map pockets in or on doors and rear or side of seats
(4)
Areas under the seats and in and around the seat stuffing
and springs
(5)
Under the floor mats
(6)
Under and behind the dashboard
(7)
Inside the ashtrays
(8)
In the air vents where accessible
(9)
Under the hood
(10) Trunk.
Force open trunk, glove compartment, etc. only if it can be done with
minimal damage, unless:
a.
Reasonably suspect that the item contains weapons, explosives,
hazardous materials or contraband
b.
The contents are in plain view
c.
The contents can be inferred from the outward appearance of the
container (e.g., gun cases, toolboxes [which may contain burglar’s tools]
etc.)
d.
Consent of the owner to break open the locked item.
Remove all valuables from the vehicle and invoice on a separate
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Any closed container may be opened and its contents inventoried. If any of the above items listed in
step “1” are locked, the uniformed member of the service concerned should make every attempt to
obtain the keys from the driver, owner, or passenger.
Property of little value that is left inside the vehicle (e.g., old clothes, cassette tapes, and
vehicle parts, etc.) should within reason, be listed in the uniformed member’s ACTIVITY
LOG (PD112-145) and cross referenced to the invoice number covering any valuables
removed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

Property that is not inventoried from an automobile but is possessed or under the control of
an arrested individual, may be inventoried and all items found therein may be invoiced as
prisoner’s property. If a locked container such as a brief case or safe is inventoried, it
should not be forced open if to do so would cause more than minimal damage, unless the
circumstances described in step “2”, subdivisions “a”, “b”, “c”, or “d” are present.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-14

VEHICLE STOLEN AND RECOVERED WITHIN NEW YORK CITY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process and dispose of vehicles stolen and recovered within New York City.

PROCEDURE

Upon recovery of stolen vehicle wanted on New York City alarm:

RECOVERING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

Obtain all relevant information from NYSPIN System.
Enter information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A).
Request patrol supervisor to respond to scene.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

5.

Verify accuracy and completeness of WORKSHEET.

COMMAND
CLERK

6.

Enter WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking System
to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).

RECOVERING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

7.

Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

8.

Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.

RECOVERING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.

Notify registered owner of vehicle as soon as possible after the vehicle is
recovered.
a.
If telephone number of registered owner is available make at least
one attempt at a telephone notification.
b.
Enter in the Telephone Record:
(1)
The date and time of such an attempt
(2)
The invoice number from the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE that the recovered vehicle is listed on
(3)
Name of person contacted if notification attempt is
successful.
c.
If final insurance settlement was received:
(1)
Enter name of insurance company on INVOICE, in box
captioned, “Lien Holder or True Owner”
(2)
Notify insurance company if claim settled.
d.
Advise insurance carrier or registered owner (if claim not settled):
(1)
Recovered vehicle may be reclaimed at the tow operator’s
storage facility or the Property Clerk’s Auto Pound upon
proof of ownership and payment of authorized fees
(2)
Address and telephone number of storage facility or Pound.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-14

RECOVERING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.

11.
12.

13.

14.

2 of 3

Prepare ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION (PD571-1210)
when the register owner or insurance carrier did not recover the vehicle
regardless if a telephone notification has already been made.
Notify Precinct Detective Unit/Detective Squad concerned if arrest
involved or vehicle was used in commission of a crime.
Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET (PD313-085)
and enter the following in “Details” section:
a.
Parts and accessories removed from vehicle
b.
Condition of vehicle and ignition at time of recovery
c.
If vehicle keys were recovered
d.
If vehicle was damaged by fire
e.
Name of detective squad member notified, if vehicle used in
commission of crime or further investigation is necessary
f.
Other information pertinent to the vehicle theft.
Have alarm cancelled via FINEST System once owner takes possession
of vehicle or after vehicle has been removed to Property Clerk facility or
Rotation Tow storage facility.
Attach copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement of cancelled alarm to:
a.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
b.
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET.

15.

Prepare additional COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEETS,
indicating further developments.

DESK OFFICER 16.

Review COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET.
a.
Sign name.
Verify that alarm is cancelled and owner notified.
a.
If cancellation does not appear in NYSPIN System or transmitted
cancellation contains a discrepancy, have cancellation corrected
utilizing FINEST System.
Release vehicle to owner AFTER cancellation of alarm.
a.
Have vehicle removed to Property Clerk’s facility when owner
unable to remove vehicle or cannot be immediately contacted.
Make entry in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147) to account for any
INVOICES prepared.
Forward finalized copy of COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
to commanding officer concerned, if recovering member is assigned to a
specialized unit.

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
MEMBER

17.

18.

19.
20.

COMMANDING 21.
OFFICER,
SPECIALIZED
UNIT

Review COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP to ensure alarm has been
cancelled and owner notified.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-14

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 22.
23.
24.

3 of 3

Verify owners have been notified while conducting physical inventory of
vehicles.
Ensure that owner of vehicle is notified, if such notification was not
previously made.
Determine if patterns of theft and/or dumping exist:
a.
Initiate appropriate action if such trends are apparent.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vehicle Stolen Outside New York City and Recovered Within New York City (P.G. 218-15)
Vehicle Stolen Within New York City and Recovered Outside New York City or by the Port
Authority Police (P.G. 218-16)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)
Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture Proceedings or to
Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET (PD313-085)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION (PD571-1210)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-15

VEHICLE STOLEN OUTSIDE NEW YORK CITY AND RECOVERED
WITHIN NEW YORK CITY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record and notify agencies concerned of the recovery of a vehicle in New
York City reported stolen outside New York City.

PROCEDURE

Upon recovery within New York City of any vehicle stolen outside the City:

RECOVERING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

DESK OFFICER 4.
5.
6.

Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
Notify Inter-City Correspondence Unit for notification to originating
police agency to cancel alarm and inform owner of recovery.
a.
Advise of arrest in connection with recovery, if applicable.
b.
Make entry in “Remarks” section of the INVOICE in the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Notify detective squad concerned, if arrest involved or vehicle was used
in commission of a crime.
Release vehicle to owner or ensure that vehicle is delivered to Property
Clerk storage facility.
Ensure photocopy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is forwarded to
Patrol Borough Pattern Identification Module by next business day.
Determine if patterns of theft and/or dumping exits.
a.
Initiate appropriate action if such trends are apparent.

EVIDENCE/
PROPERTY
CONTROL
SPECIALIST

7.

Photocopy and forward PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE prepared for
recovered stolen vehicles to Patrol Borough Pattern Identification Module
by next business day.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) will not be generated for the recovery of a
vehicle stolen outside of New York City.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vehicle Stolen and Recovered Within New York City (P.G. 218-14)
Vehicle Stolen Within New York City and Recovered Outside New York City or by the Port
Authority Police (P.G. 218-16)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)
Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture
Proceedings or to Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-16

VEHICLE STOLEN WITHIN NEW YORK CITY AND RECOVERED
OUTSIDE NEW YORK CITY OR BY PORT AUTHORITY POLICE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To notify the registered owner and provide for cancellation of an alarm on a
vehicle recorded as stolen within New York City and recovered outside the City
or by the Port Authority Police on Port Authority property.

PROCEDURE

When notified that a vehicle stolen within New York City has been recovered
outside the City or on a Port Authority facility:

STOLEN
PROPERTY
INQUIRY
SECTION

1.

Transmit message through FINEST System to the precinct of record
where alarm originated upon notification from outside agency that a
vehicle stolen within New York City was recovered.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
RECORD

2.
3.

Ensure that alarm for vehicle is cancelled.
Ensure a copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement is attached to COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET (PD313-085), when prepared.
Notify registered owner of vehicle’s recovery and location as soon as possible.
a.
If telephone number of registered owner is available make at least
one attempt at a telephone notification.
b.
Enter in the Telephone Record:
(1)
The date and time of such an attempt
(2)
Name of person contacted if notification attempt is successful.
Comply with step “4” if vehicle is stolen within New York City and is
recovered by the Port Authority, and in addition:
a.
Enter the invoice number from the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141) that the recovered vehicle is listed on in
the Telephone Record
b.
If final insurance settlement was received:
(1)
Enter name of insurance company on INVOICE, in box
captioned, “Lien Holder or True Owner.”
(2)
Notify insurance company if claim settled.
c.
Advise insurance carrier or registered owner (if claim not settled):
(1)
Of the address and telephone number of the Port Authority
storage facility or Pound.
Notify the Stolen Property Inquiry Section that the FINEST Message has
been received concerning recovery of vehicle.
a.
Provide identity of member making notification to registered
owner.

4.

5.

6.

STOLEN
PROPERTY
INQUIRY
SECTION

7.

Make record of acknowledgement of FINEST Message by precinct of
record and identity of member of the service making notification to
owner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-16

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

COMMAND
CLERK,
PRECINCT OF
RECORD

8.

Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET and under
“Details” enter:
a.
Name of detective notified, if arrest was made, or if vehicle was
used in the commission of a crime, AND
b.
Identity of member of the service who notified registered owner.

DESK
OFFICER,
PRECINCT OF
RECORD

9.

Review COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET to ensure that
alarm had been cancelled and owner has been notified.
Sign off on the electronically generated COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
(PD313-081) as per Department guidelines.

STOLEN
PROPERTY
INQUIRY
SECTION

11.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET (PD313-085)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

10.

Forward an acknowledgement of cancellation of alarm to the recovering
agency and to the precinct of record.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-18

PHOTOGRAPHING STOLEN EVIDENCE VEHICLES WHEN AN
ARREST IS MADE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To expeditiously release stolen recovered vehicles where an arrest is made and
the vehicle was not used in conjunction with any other crime.

SCOPE

Whenever an arrest is made for Grand Larceny Auto, Criminal Possession of
Stolen Vehicle or Unauthorized Use of a Motor Vehicle and the stolen vehicle
was not used in conjunction with any crime or criminal transaction, other than
the theft or unauthorized use of the motor vehicle, the arresting officer will take a
set of evidence photographs of the motor vehicle for the District Attorney/
Corporation Counsel and every defendant arrested. THE VEHICLE MAY THEN
BE RELEASED TO THE OWNER/REPRESENTATIVE AT THE STATIONHOUSE
WITHOUT A RELEASE FROM THE DISTRICT ATTORNEY/CORPORATION
COUNSEL. All photographs will be delivered to the District Attorney/Corporation
Counsel and maintained by that office.

PROCEDURE

Where an arrest is made for a recovered stolen vehicle and the vehicle qualifies:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.
2.
3.

4.

5.

Comply with Patrol Guide 208-03, “Arrest - General.”
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
Take one set of evidence digital photographs.
a.
The set of evidence digital photographs must include:
(1)
Vehicle identification number (VIN)
(2)
Registration sticker on windshield
(3)
License plates
(4)
Each side of vehicle, including vent windows, door locks
and handles
(5)
Front and back of vehicle
(6)
Interior of vehicle, including ignition lock, seat to floor
clearance, center console, radio receptacle and dashboard
area
(7)
Motor
(8)
Any other interior or exterior surfaces showing any and all
damage to the vehicle.
Upload all photographs to PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521141) while completing the “Vehicle Inspection” in the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
Print and deliver the PHOTO RELEASE DOCUMENT (PD582-171),
along with required paperwork, to District Attorney/Corporation Counsel.
a.
Include a notation of delivery of photographs on ARREST
DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST (PD249-010).
b.
Have District Attorney receipt for delivery of PHOTO
RELEASE DOCUMENT by signing ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-18

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

c.

ARRESTING
OFFICER
(continued)
6.

7.

In juvenile arrests, PHOTO RELEASE DOCUMENT will be
included with the arrest paper work forwarded to the Corporation
Counsel.
Notify owner/representative that vehicle can be released at the stationhouse.
a.
A release from the District Attorney/Corporation Counsel is no
longer required in these cases.
Cancel alarm and release vehicle, when owner/representative arrives at
stationhouse.

PRIOR TO RELEASE OF VEHICLE
DESK OFFICER 8.
9.
10.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Review all necessary paperwork for accuracy and completeness.
Ascertain that alarm has been cancelled.
Ensure that all required photographs have been taken and that notation
has been made on ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST that
PHOTO RELEASE DOCUMENT is part of the arrest package being
delivered to the District Attorney or is included in the arrest package
forwarded to the Corporation Counsel.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
The member of the service taking the photographs of the vehicle will take the minimum
number of photographs necessary to show all items listed in step “3”. In those cases
where an arrest involves an adult and a juvenile, a set of photographs must be taken for
the District Attorney and the Corporation Counsel.
Vehicles unable to be driven to the command will be placed in the Rotation Tow Program.
Photographs must be taken either at the scene or the arresting officer will direct the tow driver to
remove the vehicle to the command for photographs prior to its removal to the tow facility.
Operable vehicles will remain at the command for forty-eight hours pending the arrival of the
owner/representative. If the vehicle remains unclaimed, it will then be placed in the Rotation Tow
Program and kept at the tow facility for thirty days prior to its removal to the pound.
In the event any questions arise regarding the release of the stolen vehicle, direct that
photographs be taken and do not release the stolen vehicle until determination is made
by the Legal Bureau.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Personal Recognizance-Juvenile Delinquent (P.G. 215-12)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST (PD249-010)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD 521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PHOTO RELEASE DOCUMENT (PD582-171)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-19

INVOICING VEHICLES/PROPERTY AS ARREST/INVESTIGATORY
EVIDENCE OR FOR FORFEITURE PROCEEDINGS OR TO
DETERMINE TRUE OWNER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To invoice and properly classify vehicles/property coming into police custody as arrest
evidence, investigatory evidence, for forfeiture proceedings or to determine true owner.

PROCEDURE

When property/vehicles are taken into police custody:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

4.

5.
6.

Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) as appropriate,
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Select the correct property category on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE:
a.
ARREST EVIDENCE
b.
INVESTIGATORY EVIDENCE
c.
DNA ARREST EVIDENCE
d.
DNA INVESTIGATORY EVIDENCE
e.
FORFEITURE
f.
DECEDENT’S PROPERTY
g.
FOUND PROPERTY
h.
SAFEKEEPING
i.
PEDDLER PROPERTY
j.
OTHER
Select the correct property category on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE if vehicle/boat:
a.
ROTATION TOW
b.
ARREST EVIDENCE
c.
INVESTIGATION
d.
FORFEITURE
e.
PHOTO RELEASE
f.
SAFEKEEPING
g.
DETERMINE TRUE OWNER
Have alarm cancelled via FINEST System, where necessary.
a.
Attach copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement to PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE and/or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081), as
appropriate.
Prepare a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
(PD521-172), utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System, if required.
Print and attach “ADA Copy” of the appropriate INVOICE to DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET, if prepared in arrest cases or bring
INVOICE copy to court and present to Assistant District Attorney
concerned when no DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is prepared.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-19

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

VEHICLES/PROPERTY HELD AS INVESTIGATORY EVIDENCE
DESK OFFICER
/DETECTIVE
BUREAU
SUPERVISOR

7.
8.

9.

Direct that property be seized and invoiced as investigatory evidence
when a criminal investigation is required and no arrest has been made.
Direct that vehicles may also be seized and invoiced as investigatory
evidence when:
a.
Crime Scene Unit examination of vehicle is requested
b.
Collision Investigation Squad must conduct an investigation at scene of a
vehicle collision
c.
Investigation of vehicle by any unit other than the Property Clerk
is required.
Ensure investigations as outlined above are conducted and concluded at
command concerned.
a.
Ensure vehicle is removed to appropriate Property Clerk Auto
Pound if further investigation is required.

VEHICLES SEIZED AS ARREST EVIDENCE
DESK OFFICER
/DETECTIVE
BUREAU
SUPERVISOR

10.

Direct that vehicles must be seized and invoiced as arrest evidence when
arrests are made for:
a.
Larceny of vehicle
(1)
Charge will be Grand Larceny Auto unless owner/complainant or
other evidence indicates auto (as defined in Section 125 VTL) is
valued at $100 or less, or if motorcycle (as defined in Section 123
VTL) is valued at $1,000 or less.
b.
Unauthorized use of a vehicle
c.
Criminal possession of stolen property (vehicle involved)
d.
Possession of vehicle with an altered V.I.N.
e.
Leaving scene of collision - serious injury and likely or critical
injury
f.
Assault or homicide - vehicle used as weapon
g.
Illegal Registration - Motorist arrested for Operating an Unregistered
Vehicle, Vehicle and Traffic Law Section 401 (1)(a).

ARRESTING
OFFICER

11.

Notify desk officer immediately when arrest number is obtained and
include arrest number on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.

VEHICLES SEIZED FOR FORFEITURE
DESK OFFICER
/DETECTIVE
BUREAU
SUPERVISOR

12.

Direct that vehicles may be seized and invoiced to determine if forfeiture
proceedings will be commenced when vehicle is used to transport:
a.
Controlled Substances - Felony, Article 220, Penal Law
b.
Gambling Records - Sections 225.20 and 415, Penal Law
c.
Untaxed Cigarettes - Felony, Section 481, subdivision 2, State
Tax Law and Section 11-1317, Administrative Code
d.
Equipment used in promoting pornography - Article 410, Penal Law
e.
Equipment used in unauthorized recording of sound – Section 420.05,
Penal Law.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-19

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

OCCUPIED VEHICLES HELD TO DETERMINE TRUE OWNER
DESK OFFICER
/DETECTIVE
BUREAU
SUPERVISOR

13.
14.

15.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Direct an occupied vehicle be taken into custody if true owner cannot be
determined and immediate arrest is not warranted.
Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE prepared and ensure property
category “Determine True Owner” is selected.
a.
A COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) is not necessary when
invoicing a vehicle to “Determine True Owner.” The investigation will
be conducted by Property Clerk personnel.
Have vehicle delivered to appropriate Property Clerk Auto Pound for
processing by Property Clerk personnel.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
When a member of the service conducts a computer check of an occupied vehicle and the response
reads ILLEGAL REGISTRATION, the New York State Department of Motor Vehicles has
determined that the vehicle was improperly registered to someone who was the victim of a fraud
and the victim never owned the vehicle nor gave anyone permission to register the vehicle in the
victim’s name. Accordingly, when a uniformed member of the service encounters a motorist during
a vehicle stop whose registration comes up on the computer as ILLEGAL REGISTRATION, then
this motorist will be arrested and charged with Vehicle and Traffic Law Section 401(1)(a),
Operating an Unregistered Vehicle. An immediate investigation should simultaneously be
undertaken to determine if probable cause exists that the motorist or any other person has
committed the crimes of Criminal Impersonation 2nd degree P.L. 190.25(1), Forgery 2nd degree,
P.L. 170.10(2), Offering a False Instrument for Filing 2nd degree P.L. 175.30, or any robbery or
larceny charge, if appropriate. If Penal Law arrests are to be made, the vehicle will be taken into
custody as arrest evidence; if only a Vehicle and Traffic Law arrest is to be made, the vehicle will be
taken into custody to determine its true owner.
Whenever an arrest is effected involving a vehicle for a charge OTHER THAN those enumerated in
step “10” above, the arresting officer will consult with his supervisor to determine whether the
vehicle should be seized. The supervisor will communicate with an Assistant District Attorney and
request an opinion to determine if the vehicle should be seized as arrest evidence. If an Assistant
District Attorney is not available, the vehicle will be invoiced and secured at the stationhouse.
However, no category of property will be checked, pending a determination by the Assistant District
Attorney. If the Assistant District Attorney advises that the vehicle is not required as evidence, it will
be released to the registered owner or his representative. If the owner cannot be located, the vehicle
will be sent to the Property Clerk Auto Pound for safekeeping. If it is determined that the vehicle is
to be held as evidence, the name and telephone number of the Assistant District Attorney who made
the recommendation MUST be entered in the appropriate captions listed immediately above the
“Remarks” section on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
If a vehicle is to be safeguarded at the Property Clerk Auto Pound, the following
documents will be forwarded with the vehicle:
a.
b.
c.
d.

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
FINEST Printout - NYSPIN acknowledgement
VIN Printout (including registered owner’s zip code)
Copy of COMPLAINT REPORT, if prepared, or notation on invoice of

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-19

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

previously prepared COMPLAINT REPORT number and precinct of record,
when vehicle is categorized as Investigatory Evidence, DNA Investigatory
Evidence, Arrest Evidence, DNA Arrest Evidence or Forfeiture.
INVOICING COIN/BILL OPERATED MACHINES OR DEVICES
Whenever coin/bill operated machines, including slot machines, are invoiced as evidence in arrest
or investigation cases, the invoicing officer will remove all currency under the supervision of a
ranking officer. Separate invoices will be prepared for currency and machines. Each will be crossreferenced. Under the caption “Remarks” on the INVOICE, enter a statement indicating the
machine was opened and the amount of currency removed. Every effort will be made to locate a
key or other device used to open the machines prior to their delivery to the Property Clerk. When
force must be used to gain access to cash boxes, Emergency Service Unit may be requested.
Emergency Service Unit personnel will break locks to obtain currency contained within the
machines while taking care to avoid destroying their mechanisms.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-20

DELIVERY OF VEHICLE TO PROPERTY CLERK
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To remove a vehicle in police custody to a Property Clerk storage facility.

PROCEDURE

When necessary to remove a vehicle to a Property Clerk storage facility:

DESK OFFICER 1.

Ensure PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) is prepared
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.

VEHICLE ABLE TO BE DRIVEN:
DESK OFFICER 2.

Assign uniformed member of the service to deliver vehicle and “Property
Clerk” copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) to
Property Clerk’s storage facility.

3.

Check entries on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE against current condition
and equipment of vehicle.
Conduct a vehicle inspection, utilizing the “Vehicle Inspection” function
in the Property and Evidence Tracking System, to record all
discrepancies.
Report discrepancies to desk officer.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) for
missing equipment not originally noted on PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE and deliver to desk officer.
Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.

ASSIGNED
MEMBER

4.

5.
6.

7.
DESK OFFICER 8.
9.

ASSIGNED
MEMBER

Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
Deliver vehicle to storage facility.

VEHICLE UNABLE TO BE DRIVEN:
DESK OFFICER 10.

Notify Fleet Services Division, Department Tow.

11.

Pick up vehicle and proceed to command to obtain related PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE.

DESK OFFICER 12.

Assign member of service to check entries on PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE against condition and equipment of vehicle and prepare
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.

DEPARTMENT
TOW TRUCK
OPERATOR

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-20

PAGE:

08/01/13

13.

ASSIGNED
MEMBER

REVISION NUMBER:

14.
15.

16.

Conduct a vehicle inspection utilizing the “Vehicle Inspection” function
in the Property and Evidence Tracking System to record all discrepancies.
Report discrepancies to desk officer.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET for missing
equipment not originally on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and
deliver to desk officer.
Enter identity of tow truck operator on PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT.

17.

Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.

DESK OFFICER 18.

Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.

DEPARTMENT
TOW TRUCK
OPERATOR

2 of 2

DEPARTMENT
TOW TRUCK
OPERATOR

19.

Deliver vehicle and corresponding PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE set
to Property Clerk storage facility.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-21

ROTATION TOW
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 9

PURPOSE

To process non-evidence stolen or apparently abandoned vehicles, including
motorcycles, recovered within New York City.

DEFINITIONS

APPARENTLY ABANDONED VEHICLE - An unoccupied vehicle abandoned
as defined in Section 1224, Vehicle and Traffic Law OR an unoccupied vehicle
observed under circumstances indicating it may have been stolen, but for which
no alarm has been transmitted.
DOUBLE TOW - Situation requiring use of additional tow truck to assist in an
UNUSUAL recovery (e.g., vehicle on an embankment, overturned, wedged in a building,
etc.). The uniformed member must select either “yes” or “no” under caption, “Double
Towing Involved” when generating a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521141) utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System. When “Double Tow” is
authorized, the uniformed member must enter his/her tax number in the appropriate field.
A “Double Tow” is NOT AUTHORIZED solely because a recovered vehicle has no
wheels. (Tow operators are required to possess equipment for towing vehicles with
damaged/missing wheels.)

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service recovers an unoccupied stolen or
apparently abandoned vehicle.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.

Determine if vehicle qualifies for Rotation Tow.
a.
A vehicle IS NOT qualified for removal under Rotation Tow if:
(1)
An arrest is made in conjunction with the recovery EXCEPT
where an arrest is made and the vehicle qualifies for release after
photographs are taken
(2)
Required as evidence OR being held for investigation
(3)
Used in commission of a crime
(4)
Vehicle may be the subject of forfeiture proceedings
(5)
Derelict guidelines are listed on inside back cover of
ROTATION TOWING LOG (PD571-1412)
(6)
Vehicle is a large truck or limited-use motorcycle (moped)
(7)
Owner is on scene and recovers own vehicle prior to
discovery by this Department
(8)
Vehicle must be safeguarded due to the inability of the
owner/driver to remove to a safe place (e.g., prisoner, aided,
collision, etc.)
Ascertain V.I.N. of vehicle.
a.
If missing or illegible, attempt to locate alternate V.I.N.
(1)
Request assistance of another member of command trained
in vehicle identification or services of Auto Crime
Division, if necessary.
Obtain relevant information from New York State Police Information
System Network (NYSPIN) via FINEST System.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-21

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.
5.
6.
7.

8.

DESK OFFICER 9.

10.

11.

2 of 9

Prepare ROTATION TOW IDENTIFICATION STICKER (PD571-090).
a.
Affix STICKER to glass (window or windshield) facing street side.
Enter vehicle information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Provide desk officer with all relevant information on recovered vehicle
for notification to participating tow operator.
Prepare the following documents:
a.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(1)
Select “Rotation Tow” as the Property Category
(2)
Select either “yes” or “no” under captioned “Double Towing
Involved”, and if “Double Tow” is authorized, enter tax
number of authorizing officer in appropriate field. (Tax
number must be entered if “Double Tow” is authorized)
(3)
Enter under REMARKS “Deliver to Property Clerk Auto Pound
WITHIN 48 HOURS for confidential V.I.N. check,” if V.I.N. is
not obtained or ownership cannot be determined from a legible
V.I.N. (A vehicle in this category WILL NOT BE RETURNED
TO OWNER by the tow operator; it MUST BE DELIVERED to
the Property Clerk Auto Pound.)
b.
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081), ONLY if
previously reported stolen WITHIN NEW YORK CITY
c.
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), if investigation reveals
that vehicle has been stolen WITHIN NEW YORK CITY, BUT
THE THEFT HAS NOT BEEN REPORTED.
Obtain a FINEST printout for vehicles with legible V.I.N. numbers and
attach it to the “Property Clerk Copy” of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE indicating:
a.
Check of registration plate and V.I.N.
b.
Listing of registered owner and insurance code
c.
NYSPIN and NCIC checks.
Notify next participating tow operator in rotation sequence IMMEDIATELY
after receiving all pertinent information from member who recovered vehicle.
a.
If vehicle is recovered on a limited access highway, ONLY THE TOW
OPERATOR HAVING EXCLUSIVE FRANCHISE FOR SERVICE
ON SUCH HIGHWAY MAY TOW THE VEHICLE. (A franchise tow
operator who is also an authorized rotation tow operator will not be
charged a turn in the rotation sequence for a limited access highway
removal.)
Determine if tow operator is available for assignment PRIOR TO
furnishing information concerning the recovered vehicle.
a.
Tow operators DO NOT have the option of deciding whether they
are available AFTER being informed of the type and condition of
the vehicle to be towed.
Prepare REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151) and forward to
Department of Consumer Affairs whenever a tow operator refuses assignment
AFTER BEING INFORMED of type and condition of vehicle to be towed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-21

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 12.
(continued)
13.

14.

15.

16.

3 of 9

Notify next tow operator in the rotation sequence whenever a tow
operator is NOT AVAILABLE FOR ANY REASON.
Enter each completed or attempted notification to tow operator in
ROTATION TOWING LOG.
a.
Busy signal, no answer, refusal and reason therefore, entered in
“Remarks” column.
Notify next tow operator in rotation sequence when assigned tow operator
fails to tow the vehicle within a reasonable period of time (e.g., half an
hour, but may be longer depending on conditions).
a.
Advise tow operator to notify the desk officer immediately when
vehicle has arrived at storage facility.
b.
Prepare and forward REPORT OF VIOLATION to Department
of Consumer Affairs indicating assigned tow operator’s failure to
meet performance standards.
Make entry under Remarks in ROTATION TOWING LOG when two
or more vehicles are recovered at one incident by the SAME tow
operator. (Such removal counts as one turn in the rotation sequence).
Select the name of authorized rotation tow company when preparing the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.

UPON NOTIFICATION FROM TOW OPERATOR THAT VEHICLE HAS
BEEN DELIVERED TO TOW OPERATOR’S STORAGE FACILITY
DESK OFFICER 17.

18.

19.

20.

Advise tow operator:
a.
To immediately deliver ROTATION TOW OPERATOR’S MOTOR
VEHICLE INVOICE (PD571-154) to precinct of record for each
vehicle towed
b.
Vehicle may be delivered to the Property Clerk Auto Pound on
any weekday commencing on the eighth day and ending on the
thirtieth day
c.
Vehicles remaining unclaimed commencing on the eighth day
MUST BE DELIVERED to the Auto Pound any weekday, by the
tow operator, by the thirtieth day
d.
Insurance carrier representatives seeking release of vehicles must
present a signed, notarized “Receipt for Release of Vehicle” on
insurance company letterhead when picking up vehicles.
Have alarm canceled, if required.
a.
Enter cancellation on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP, if prepared.
Confirm cancellation of alarm by ensuring a standard inquiry is made to
NYSPIN via FINEST System by plate or V.I.N. number, at least one to
two hours AFTER the original request was transmitted.
a.
Correct any discrepancies immediately by modifying alarm
transmission or cancellation via FINEST System.
Notify registered owner of vehicle as soon as possible after the recovered
vehicle has been delivered to tow operator.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-21

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 9

a.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

21.

22.
23.

If telephone number of registered owner is available make at least
one attempt at a telephone notification.
b.
Enter in the Telephone Record:
(1)
The date and time of such an attempt
(2)
The invoice number from the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE that the recovered vehicle is listed on
(3)
Name of person contacted if notification attempt is successful.
c.
If final insurance settlement was received:
(1)
Enter name of insurance company on INVOICE, in the
field captioned, “Lien Holder”
(2)
Notify insurance company if claim settled.
d.
Advise insurance carrier or registered owner (if claim not settled):
(1)
That recovered vehicle may be reclaimed at the tow operator’s
storage facility or the Property Clerk Auto Pound upon proof
of ownership and payment of authorized fees
(2)
Of the address and telephone number of storage facility or Pound.
Have ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION prepared.
a.
Ensure that in all cases where the registered owner or insurance
carrier did not recover the vehicle, that they are notified in writing
utilizing the ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION,
even if a telephone notification was already made.
b.
Print “Prisoner/Finder/Owner Copy” of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
Make appropriate entries in ROTATION TOWING LOG.
Distribute ROTATION TOW - OWNER NOTIFICATION as follows:
a.
Original copy of the ROTATION TOW - OWNER
NOTIFICATION and an “Prisoner/Finder/Owner” copy of
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to owner via U.S. mail
(1)
Envelope addressed to owner will include precinct return address
on upper left corner and PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
number on lower left corner.
b.
Attach duplicate copy to the ROTATION TOW OPERATOR’S
MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE (when received) and place in the
Rotation Towing thirty-day file maintained at the precinct.

UPON RECEIPT OF THE ROTATION TOW OPERATOR’S MOTOR
VEHICLE INVOICE FROM THE TOW OPERATOR:
DESK OFFICER 24.

Verify accuracy of information entered on ROTATION TOW
OPERATOR’S MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE with information on
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
a.
Enter data from inspection on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
to “Pct. Qty.” captions on ROTATION TOW OPERATOR’S
MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE (shaded areas)
b.
Indicate discrepancies, if any in the “Remarks” section of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, utilizing the update invoice
function of the Property and Evidence Tracking System

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-21

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 9

c.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

25.

26.

27.

28.

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT, if appropriate, and indicate
serial number in the “Remarks” section of the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE, utilizing the update invoice function of the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Verify that alarm, if any, was cancelled, that owner was notified, and
ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION was sent.
a.
If cancellation does not appear in NYSPIN System or transmitted
cancellation contains a discrepancy, have cancellation corrected
utilizing FINEST System.
Distribute PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE when V.I.N. has been
obtained and ownership of vehicle has been determined, as follows:
a.
One copy of “Property Clerk Copy” to Rotation Towing 30-Day
File, with ROTATION TOW OPERATOR’S MOTOR
VEHICLE INVOICE and copy of ROTATION TOWOWNER NOTIFICATION attached thereto.
b.
“Invoicing Officer” copy to recovering officer.
c.
One copy of each “Rotation Tow”, “Prisoner/Finder/Owner” to
tow operator.
Ensure the following is done if V.I.N. has NOT been obtained or
ownership has NOT been determined:
a.
Ensure that statement “Deliver to Auto Pound WITHIN FORTYEIGHT HOURS for confidential V.I.N. check” has been entered
in the “Remarks” section of the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE
b.
Direct tow operator to deliver vehicle and ALL copies of
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to Property Clerk Auto Pound
within forty-eight hours of completion of towing assignment
c.
Retain ROTATION TOW OPERATOR’S MOTOR
VEHICLE INVOICE in Rotation Towing thirty-day file for
entry of vehicle storage number pending receipt of NOTICE OF
VEHICLE DELIVERY (PD571-128) from Auto Pound.
Advise tow operator to distribute copies of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE upon release of vehicle to registered owner/authorized
representative/insurance carrier as follows:
a.
“Prisoner/Finder/Owner” - to owner/authorized representative/
insurance carrier
b.
“Rotation Tow” - deliver to precinct of recovery.

UPON RECEIPT OF ROTATION TOW COPY OF PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE AT PRECINCT, INDICATING RELEASE OF VEHICLE BY TOW
OPERATOR TO OWNER/AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE/INSURANCE
CARRIER.
DESK OFFICER 29.

Ensure that PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (“Rotation Tow” copy) is
properly receipted and storage fees are indicated.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-21

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 9

a.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

30.

31.

EVIDENCE/
PROPERTY
CONTROL
SPECIALIST

REVISION NUMBER:

32.

A written authorization from the registered owner of the vehicle
or copy of the insurance carrier’s notarized “Receipt for Release
of Vehicle” attached to “Rotation Tow” copy of PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE will suffice as receipt for release of vehicle.
Attach “Rotation Tow” copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to
“Property Clerk” copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE from
Rotation Towing thirty-day file and maintain in separate designated file
in PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number order with related
documents, i.e., District Attorney’s Release, etc., if any, attached.
File ROTATION TOW OPERATOR’S MOTOR VEHICLE
INVOICE in command.
Retrieve “Rotation Tow” copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and
perform the “Return to Owner from Rotation Tow (RTO From RoTow)”
function utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.

UPON NOTIFICATION FROM TOW OPERATOR THAT VEHICLE IS
BEING REMOVED TO PROPERTY CLERK’S AUTO POUND.
DESK OFFICER 33.

34.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED TO
AUTO POUND

35.

36.

DESK OFFICER 37.

38.

Inform the tow operator that in no event shall any towing company
charge the Police Department for storage charges incurred after the tenth
day of storage.
a.
Retain ROTATION TOW OPERATOR’S MOTOR
VEHICLE INVOICE, pending receipt of NOTICE OF
VEHICLE DELIVERY from the Property Clerk’s Auto Pound.
Direct tow operator to deliver all copies of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, with vehicle, to Property Clerk’s Auto Pound.
a.
Enter vehicle disposition, by documenting the name of the
Department auto pound the motor vehicle/motorcycle was
delivered to, in the “Remarks” column of the ROTATION
TOWING LOG.
Perform intake utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a.
Print PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE
DOCUMENT (PD521-172) and issue to tow operator as receipt.
Prepare NOTICE OF VEHICLE DELIVERY and forward
IMMEDIATELY to the desk officer, precinct of recovery.
Enter vehicle storage number on ROTATION TOW OPERATOR’S
MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE upon receipt of NOTICE OF VEHICLE
DELIVERY.
File ROTATION TOW OPERATOR’S MOTOR VEHICLE
INVOICE in command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-21

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMANDING 39.
OFFICER/
DESIGNEE

40.
41.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

7 of 9

Inspect daily:
a.
ROTATION TOWING LOG entries for previous twenty-four
hours to ensure completeness and accuracy.
b.
Rotation Towing thirty-day file to:
(1)
Determine status of all INVOICES.
(2)
Ensure no vehicle is being held more than thirty days.
Enter date, time of inspection and signature in “Remarks” column of
ROTATION TOWING LOG and include remedial action taken, if any.
Ensure compliance with the following:
a.
Complaints concerning license violations and administrative
matters, including overcharges by tow operators, are reported to the
Department of Consumer Affairs on REPORT OF VIOLATION.
b.
Complaints alleging thefts or other unlawful acts by towing company
personnel are recorded on COMPLAINT REPORT and investigated.
(1)
Duplicated copies of COMPLAINT REPORT must by
forwarded to the Department of Consumer Affairs for
informational purposes only.
c.
Participating tow operators are permitted to view the
ROTATION TOWING LOGS of precincts within their assigned
zone(s) to verify rotational sequence.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
An OWNER WILL NOT BE NOTIFIED NOR WILL AN ALARM BE CANCELLED on the
recovered vehicle until the tow operator has advised that the vehicle has been removed to storage
facility.
If the envelope with the ROTATION TOW - OWNER NOTIFICATION and attached copy of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is returned by the Postal Service as non-deliverable, attach the
unopened envelope to the “Property Clerk Copy” of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE. A
notation will then be made on the duplicate ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION that
the original was returned undelivered.
Rotation tow operators will deliver motor vehicles and motorcycles to a designated Department
auto pound. Motorcycles are stored and can be reclaimed at a designated Department auto pound.
When motor vehicles are delivered to a Department auto pound, the auto pound will immediately
notify an authorized third party storage facility to remove and store the motor vehicles. Claimants
must initially pay, at the auto pound concerned, the NYPD Rotation Tow and storage fees, in
addition to third party transfer and storage fees, to reclaim a motor vehicle/motorcycle, or to obtain
a release authorization pass, PRIOR to reclaiming a motor vehicle from the third party storage
facility. If a vehicle/motorcycle remains unclaimed after fifteen days, from its delivery date to a
Department auto pound, the vehicle/motorcycle will be disposed of according to law.
Department of Sanitation personnel affix a numbered sticker with red lettering and red border to
the outside rear of vehicles deemed eligible for Rotation Towing. Therefore, upon notification from
the Department of Sanitation of the location of a vehicle eligible for Rotation Towing, the member
of the service receiving the notification will immediately notify the desk officer of the following:
a.
Time and date of notification
b.
Identity of Sanitation Department member making notification

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-21

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.
d.

8 of 9

Location and description of vehicle (year and make)
Sanitation Department sticker number.

The above information will be entered in the appropriate columns of the ROTATION
TOWING LOG.
The desk officer will direct a uniformed member of the service to respond to the vehicle location and
make a visual inspection of the vehicle to ensure it qualifies for Rotation Towing in accordance with
established criteria set forth on the rear inside cover of the ROTATION TOWING LOG. Neither
the Department of Sanitation notification nor the affixing of a Department of Sanitation numbered
sticker on a vehicle confers automatic Rotation Towing eligibility. FINAL DETERMINATION
must be made by a uniformed member based upon visual inspection of the vehicle concerned.
Uniformed members conducting visual inspections of vehicles reported by the Department of
Sanitation as eligible for inclusion in Rotation Towing will be guided by the following:
CATEGORY

CLASSIFICATION

PROCEDURE

Stolen/abandoned
(with or without
registration plates)

Other than derelict

Include in Rotation Towing and
affix
ROTATION
TOW
IDENTIFICATION STICKER

Stolen/abandoned
(with or without
registration plates)

Derelict

Notify
Department
of
Sanitation that vehicle does not
qualify for Rotation Towing
and must be removed under the
Derelict Auto Program; a
notation
concerning
this
notification will be made in
“Remarks” column of the
Rotation Towing Log. Remove
plates
from
vehicle,
if
appropriate, prior to notification
and comply with applicable
provisions of P.G. 214-29,
“Derelict Vehicles Bearing New
York State Registration Plates.”

Enforcement officers from the following agencies may utilize this Department’s Rotation
Towing Program and perform steps “1” through “9” of the foregoing procedure
whenever they recover stolen and/or apparently abandoned vehicles in areas under their
respective jurisdictions within the confines of New York City:



New York City Parks Department
Seagate PD (60th Precinct)

Administrative Code Section 20-519 (a) (3) states that all participants in the “Rotation
Tow” program shall maintain a business premises that is under the exclusive control of the
participant, is not used by any other towing company and is the premises listed on such
participant’s license to engage in towing. Such premises shall consist of a location that is open to
the public, where towing company personnel are employed, calls requesting towing service are

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-21

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 9

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

received and tow operators are dispatched, and where all records required by this subchapter or
any rules promulgated hereunder are maintained.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Driveway Tow Program (P.G. 214-14)
Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates (P.G. 214-29)
Requesting U.S. Postage Stamps (A.G. 325-26)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
NOTICE OF VEHICLE DELIVERY (PD571-128)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)
ROTATION TOW IDENTIFICATION STICKER (PD571-090)
ROTATION TOWING LOG (PD571-1412)
ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION (PD571-1210)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT(PD521-172)
ROTATION TOW OPERATOR’S MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE (PD571-154)

The following violations of Department of Consumer Affairs regulations will be entered
under “Additional Information” on REPORT OF VIOLATION:
a.
UNJUSTIFIABLE REFUSAL to accept a towing assignment:
(1)
Violation - Article XII subdivision F (ROTOW)
b.
REPEATED UNJUSTIFIABLE REFUSALS to accept towing assignments:
(1)
Violation - Article XII subdivision L (ROTOW)
(List times and dates of such refusals)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-22

PROCESSING BOATS IN POLICE CUSTODY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PURPOSE

To safeguard boats coming into police custody.

PROCEDURE

Upon taking a boat into police custody:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.
4.

5.

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Ascertain if stolen by utilizing mobile digital computer or FINEST
System.
a.
Obtain relevant information.
Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence of:
a.
Description of boat
b.
Circumstances leading to custody
c.
Other pertinent information.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A) for boat.
Prepare a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET
for evidence or other property that is not part of boat equipment and
deliver items to precinct of record.
Request patrol supervisor to respond to scene.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

6.

Verify accuracy and completeness of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
WORKSHEET(S) by signing rank, name and shield number.

COMMAND
CLERK

7.

Enter PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET(S) into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE(S) (PD521-141).

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.

Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) verifying accuracy
and completeness.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

9.

Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) verifying accuracy
and completeness.

DESK OFFICER 10.
11.
12.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

13.
14.

Make entry in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147) to account for any
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) prepared.
Notify owner, if known, and Harbor Unit for removal of boat to storage
facility.
Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT if no discrepancies.
Deliver PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT and Property and Evidence Tracking System Label to
responding Harbor Unit Member.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-22

RESPONDING
HARBOR UNIT

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

15.

16.
17.
18.

2 of 2

Affix Property and Evidence Tracking System Label to boat and verify
entries on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT.
Deliver boat with PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to storage facility.
Conduct intake of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE in the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
Notify desk officer, invoicing command, of PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172) confirmation
number.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

19.

Enter information concerning boat and disposition in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).

RESPONDING
HARBOR UNIT

20.
21.

Enter Harbor Unit Storage Number on all related records.
Forward copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to Property Clerk
Inventory Unit.
Identify and notify owner of boat, if not already been done.
Cancel alarm, if applicable.

22.
23.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
An alarm will NOT be cancelled until boat is actually at storage facility or receipted for
by owner.
When a boat is found adrift by Harbor Unit personnel, the member assigned to Harbor
Unit will prepare the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and notify the desk officer,
precinct of record.
When a boat is found on a street, contact Department tow for removal. Do not contact
Rotation Tow.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT(PD521-1412)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-23

PROCESSING FIREARMS AND FIREARM-RELATED EVIDENCE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 11

PURPOSE

To ensure that all firearms and firearm-related evidence coming into possession
of the Department is properly marked, packaged, sealed, and invoiced in order to
maintain a continuous chain of custody.

DEFINITIONS

FIREARM - The Department’s definition of a firearm includes:
a.
Any rifle, shotgun, pistol, revolver, derringer, machine gun, etc.,
WITH OR WITHOUT a rifled bore.
b.
Any starter’s pistol, zip gun, air gun, CO2 hand/long gun, etc.
c.
Any type of homemade, modified, converted, etc., weapon.
d.
Any type of simulated firearm such as a toy gun, imitation pistol, etc.
CARTRIDGE - Live ammunition. A cartridge consists of a bullet (projectile),
and a shell casing together as one unit. Cartridge(s) will be distinguished based
upon the location from which the cartridge was recovered:
a.
Cartridge removed from the chamber of a firearm.
b.
Remaining cartridge(s) removed from a firearm other than the
cartridge removed from the chamber (i.e., removed from
magazine or removed from cylinder).
c.
Cartridge(s) NOT removed from a firearm but seized in
connection with the recovery of a firearm from a person, object, or
location AND there is no need to establish a crime scene (for
example: cartridge(s) seized from a person’s clothing in
connection with an arrest where a firearm is recovered; OR,
cartridge(s) seized from a home during an investigation where a
firearm is recovered AND there is no need to establish a crime
scene because all of the perpetrators are identified).
d.
Cartridge(s) NOT removed from a firearm but recovered from a
crime scene where a firearm may or may not have been recovered
(for example: cartridge(s) found lying in the street after a
shooting; OR, cartridge(s) found lying on the floor in an apartment
or automobile after a robbery).
FIRED BULLET - That part of a cartridge which has been fired though the barrel of a
firearm (usually lead, metal-jacketed lead or coated lead). A fired bullet may break
into pieces of lead, coated lead, metal jacketing, metal jacketing attached to lead, etc.
SHELL CASING - Metal casing part of the cartridge remaining in or ejecting from a
firearm after the fired bullet leaves the firearm’s barrel.
PROPERLY “MARKING” FIREARMS AND FIREARM-RELATED
EVIDENCE - Members of the service will utilize a scribe or other sharp writing
instrument to scratch their initials and a unique consecutive number on each
firearm and each item of firearm-related evidence. For example, if at a crime

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-23

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 11

scene 1 fired bullet and 3 shell casings and a semiautomatic pistol with 1 cartridge
in the chamber and 4 cartridges in the magazine are recovered; then the firearm
would be numbered 1, the magazine numbered 2, the cartridge in the chamber
numbered 3 and the cartridges in the magazine would be numbered 4 through 7,
the fired bullet would be numbered 8 and the 3 shell casings would be numbered 9
through 11. It does not matter what particular number a firearm or item of firearmrelated evidence is assigned provided the same number is not used more than once.
Therefore, in the above example, it also would be proper to have the fired bullet
numbered 1, the 3 shell casings numbered 2 through 4, the firearm numbered 5, the
magazine numbered 6, the cartridge in the chamber numbered 7 and the 4
cartridges in the magazine numbered 8 through 11.
PROPERLY “SEALING” A CONTAINER - In order to properly seal a container
(other than NYPD Plastic Security Envelope), a member of the service must:
a.
Fasten the container securely with EVIDENCE TAPE in a manner
to prevent loss/contamination of the evidence and to ensure that if
the container is opened there would be obvious damage to the
container and/or evidence tape AND sign name legibly across the
border between the evidence tape and the container.
b.
An NYPD Plastic Security Envelope has adhesive on the envelope
flap and does not have to be fastened with evidence tape; however,
name must be legibly signed across the border between the flap
and the envelope.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a firearm as defined above, and/or firearm-related evidence comes into
the possession of a member of the service, in addition to other required actions:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.

4.

DO NOT touch, move or disturb any firearm and/or firearm-related
evidence that may become part of a crime scene except when absolutely
necessary, e.g., large crowd gathering, rendering aid to a victim, etc.
Unload cartridge(s) from cylinder, chamber, and/or magazine of a firearm.
a.
To prevent possible destruction of fingerprints or other forensic
evidence, DO NOT handle unnecessarily.
b.
If a firearm is unfamiliar or it appears to be difficult to unload,
safeguard in original condition and notify desk officer.
Mark, package and seal the cartridge removed from the chamber of the
firearm.
a.
Mark the bullet portion of the cartridge; do not mark the metal shell
casing portion. Do not mark the cartridge if it is too
small/deformed.
b.
Package and seal in a container/envelope. Write initials, unique
consecutive number and “Cartridge Removed From Chamber” on
the container and include the serial number of the firearm/lead seal.
Mark, package and seal ALL cartridges removed from the firearm other
than the cartridge removed from the chamber.
a.
Mark the bullet portion of the cartridge(s); do not mark the metal

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

5.

6.

3 of 11

shell casing portion. If the cartridge is too small/deformed to mark,
package each cartridge that cannot be marked in a separate
container/envelope, seal it, write initials and unique consecutive
number on the container and package in conformance with step 4b.
b.
Package and seal ALL cartridges removed from firearm other than
the cartridge removed from the chamber in one (1) evidence
container/envelope. Write “Cartridge(s) Removed From Firearm”
on container and include the serial number of the firearm/lead seal.
Mark, package and seal ALL cartridge(s) NOT removed from a firearm
but seized in connection with the recovery of a firearm from a person
and/or location AND there is no need to establish a crime scene.
a.
Mark the bullet portion of the cartridge(s); do not mark the metal
shell casing portion. If the cartridge is too small/deformed to
mark, package each cartridge that cannot be marked in a separate
container/envelope, seal it, write initials and unique consecutive
number on the container and package in conformance with step
“5b” or “5c”, as applicable.
b.
DO NOT package cartridges removed from a person in the same
container/envelope as cartridges removed from a location. All
cartridges removed from the same person will be packaged in one
container/envelope and cartridges removed from different persons
will be packaged in separate containers/envelopes. Write the
name and date of birth of the person from whose clothing the
cartridge(s) were recovered and the words “Cartridge(s) Removed
From Clothing” on EACH separate container and include the
serial number of the firearm/lead seal.
c.
DO NOT package cartridges removed from a location in the same
container/envelope as cartridges removed from a person. All
cartridges that were seized from the same location will be
packaged in one container/envelope and cartridges removed from
different
locations
will
be
packaged
in
separate
containers/envelopes. Identify the location from which the
cartridge(s) were recovered on EACH separate container and
include the serial number of the firearm/lead seal.
d.
Package entire box or boxes, if one or more boxes containing
cartridges are seized in connection with the recovery of a firearm
and there is no need to establish a crime scene, in an appropriate
container and seal. Write initials and unique consecutive number
on the outside of the container. It is not necessary to individually
mark the bullet portion of each cartridge in the box.
Mark, package and seal ALL cartridges that were NOT removed from a
firearm BUT were recovered from a crime scene where a firearm may or
may not have been recovered.
a.
Mark the bullet portion of ALL of the cartridges. DO NOT mark
or place any scratches on the metal shell casing portion of the
cartridges. If a cartridge is too small/deformed to mark, write

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)
7.

8.

9.

10.
11.
12.
13.

4 of 11

initials and unique consecutive number on the container/envelope
in which the cartridge is packaged.
b.
Package and seal each individual cartridge in a separate
container/envelope. NEVER place two or more individual
cartridges in the same container/envelope.
Mark, package and seal ALL fired bullets recovered from a crime scene.
a.
Mark the bottom/base of ALL of the fired bullets. DO NOT mark
or place any scratches on or near the sides of the fired bullets. If a
fired bullet is too small/deformed to mark, write initials and
unique consecutive number on the container/envelope in which
the fired bullet is packaged.
b.
Package and seal each individual fired bullet in a separate
container/envelope. NEVER place two or more individual fired
bullets in the same container/envelope.
Mark, package and seal ALL shell casing(s) recovered from a crime scene.
a.
Mark the inside of ALL of the shell casings. DO NOT mark or
place any scratches on the exterior or bottom of the shell casings.
If a shell casing is too small/deformed to mark, write initials and
unique consecutive number on the container/envelope in which
the shell casing is packaged.
b.
Package and seal each individual shell casing in a separate
container/envelope. NEVER place two or more individual shell
casings in the same container/envelope.
Mark initials and unique consecutive number on recovered firearm(s).
a.
Affix a separate lead seal on EACH firearm without a
distinguishable serial number.
Mark initials and unique consecutive number on magazine removed from
firearm.
Mark initials and unique consecutive number on ALL silencers seized.
Mark initials and unique consecutive number on ALL other types of
firearm-related evidence that is not affixed to a firearm.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A) for recovered firearm(s) and firearm-related evidence.
a.
List the firearm as item #1 on line 1 of the WORKSHEET and
describe by listing the make, firearm type and serial number (e.g.,
Colt revolver serial number 1234, Mossberg shotgun serial
number 4567, etc.).
(1)
Firearm type will be: pistol, revolver, derringer, shotgun,
rifle, air/CO2 pistol, air/CO2 rifle or “other.” Examples of
the firearm type “other” would include toy gun, starter’s
pistol, imitation pistol, black powder gun, etc.
(2)
If there is no serial number or the serial number is defaced,
write “no/defaced serial number” (e.g., Glock pistol
no/defaced serial number, Crossman air/CO2 pistol
no/defaced serial number, etc.).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-23

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.
c.

d.

e.

f.

g.

h.

5 of 11

List the magazine removed from the firearm, if any, as the next
item on the WORKSHEET.
List the cartridge removed from the chamber of the firearm as the
next item on the WORKSHEET and describe the caliber, e.g.,
“.38 caliber cartridge removed from the chamber of the firearm.”
(1)
Describe the caliber of the cartridge removed from the
chamber of the firearm as “unknown” if the caliber can not
be determined.
List ALL cartridges removed from the firearm that are the same
“caliber” as a separate ITEM on a separate line on the
WORKSHEET; and, give all cartridges removed from the firearm
that are the same caliber the same ITEM number, and describe the
caliber. For example, if five cartridges removed from a firearm are
removed from the magazine of the firearm, and three are .380 caliber
cartridges and two are 9mm caliber cartridges, then list the three .380
caliber cartridges as a separate item on a separate line on the
WORKSHEET and give them a separate ITEM number and
describe them as “.380 caliber cartridges removed from the firearm”;
and, list the two 9mm caliber cartridges as the next item on a separate
line on the WORKSHEET and give them a separate ITEM number
and describe them a “9mm caliber cartridges removed from the
firearm.”
(1)
Describe the caliber of one or more of the cartridges
removed from the firearm as “unknown” if the caliber can
not be determined.
Silencer, whether or not affixed to a firearm, will be listed separately
as the next item of the WORKSHEET. If more than one silencer is
recovered, each silencer will be listed as a separate item on the
WORKSHEET and will be separately described. State on the
WORKSHEET whether the silencer was affixed to the firearm and
if not, identify the person or location from where it was recovered.
Each firearm accessory that is affixed to the firearm (scope, laser,
sling, etc.) OR, that is not affixed to the firearm but is necessary
to make the firearm operable, will be listed separately as the next
item(s) on the WORKSHEET and will be separately described.
List any additional firearm(s), associated magazine(s), cartridge(s),
silencer(s), appropriate accessories, etc., as the next item(s) of the
WORKSHEET in accordance with the procedures and sequence
contained in Steps “13a” through “13f”, as applicable.
List ALL cartridges NOT removed from the firearm but seized in
connection with the recovery of a firearm from a particular person
and there is no need to establish a crime scene as ONLY one item
on the next line of the WORKSHEET, irrespective of the total
number of cartridges recovered from that person.
Under
“Quantity,” list the TOTAL number of cartridge(s) NOT removed
from the firearm but seized from a particular person. Describe as

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

i.

j.

k.

6 of 11

“cartridge(s) NOT removed from the firearm and identify the
person.”
(1)
If cartridges were seized from more than one person, list the
cartridges seized from different persons on separate lines on
the WORKSHEET and identify that person. Use only one
line of the WORKSHEET for each specific person from
whom the cartridges were seized, irrespective of the total
number of cartridges that were seized from that person.
List ALL cartridges NOT removed from a firearm but seized in
connection with the recovery of a firearm from a particular location
and there is no need to establish a crime scene as ONLY one item
on the next line of the WORKSHEET, irrespective of the total
number of cartridges recovered from a particular location. Under
“Quantity,” list the total number of cartridge(s) NOT removed from
the firearm but seized from a particular location. Describe as
“cartridge(s) NOT removed from the firearm” and identify the
location, e.g., briefcase, closet, trunk of auto, etc.
(1)
If cartridges were seized from more than one location, list
the cartridges seized from different locations on separate
lines of the WORKSHEET and describe the location. Use
only one line of the WORKSHEET for each specific
location from where cartridges were seized, irrespective of
the total number of cartridges that were seized from that
particular location.
List ALL shell casings recovered from a crime scene that are the
same “caliber” as a separate ITEM on a separate line on the
WORKSHEET; and, give all shell casings recovered from a crime
scene that are the same caliber the same ITEM number and describe
the caliber of the shell casings. For example, if seven shell casings
are recovered from a crime scene, and three are .380 caliber shell
casings and four are 9mm caliber shell casings, then list the three
.380 caliber shell casings as a separate item on a separate line on the
WORKSHEET and give them a separate ITEM number and
describe them as “.380 caliber shell casings recovered from crime
scene”; and, list the four 9mm caliber shell casings as the next item
on a separate line on the WORKSHEET and give them a separate
ITEM number and describe them as “9mm caliber shell casings
recovered from crime scene.”
(1)
Describe the caliber of one or more of the shell casings
recovered from a crime scene as “unknown” if the caliber
can not be determined.
List ALL fired bullets recovered from a crime scene as only one
item on the next line of the WORKSHEET, irrespective of the
total number of fired bullets recovered. Under “Quantity,” list the
TOTAL number of fired bullets. Describe the evidence as “fired
bullets recovered from crime scene.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

l.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

14.

15.

7 of 11

List ALL cartridges NOT removed from a firearm that are
recovered from a crime scene that are the same “caliber” as a
separate ITEM on a separate line on the WORKSHEET; and,
give all cartridges NOT removed from a firearm that are
recovered from a crime scene that are the same caliber the same
ITEM number and describe the caliber of the cartridges. For
example, if seven cartridges NOT removed from a firearm are
recovered from a crime scene, and three are .380 caliber cartridges
and four are 9mm caliber cartridges, then list the three .380 caliber
cartridges as a separate item on a separate line on the
WORKSHEET and give them a separate ITEM number and
describe them as “.380 caliber cartridges NOT removed from a
firearm that are recovered from crime scene”; and, list the four
9mm caliber cartridges as the next item on a separate line on the
WORKSHEET and give them a separate ITEM number and
describe them as “9mm caliber cartridges NOT removed from a
firearm that are recovered from crime scene.”
(1)
Describe the caliber of one or more of the cartridges NOT
removed from a firearm that are recovered from a crime
scene as “unknown” if the caliber can not be determined.
Place firearm and all other firearm-related evidence that is listed on the
same WORKSHEET into one Plastic Security Envelope and properly
seal in presence of desk officer.
a.
If firearm and firearm-related evidence will not fit into one Plastic
Security Envelope:
(1)
Place the firearm and all other firearm-related evidence
that are invoiced on the same WORKSHEET into the one
appropriate sized bag/container. If possible, DO NOT use more
than one bag/container.
(2)
Properly seal the bag/container.
(3)
Write command and invoice number on the outside of the
bag/container. If more than one bag/container is used, write
command, invoice number and corresponding item numbers
on the outside of EACH bag/container. Mark EACH
bag/container as “Bag 1 of _____,” “Bag 2 of _____,” etc.
b.
DO NOT place evidence listed on two different INVOICES into
the same Plastic Security Envelope or the same bag/container. All
property must be properly tagged, packaged or sealed, and clearly
identified by INVOICE number and barcode. Ensure that every
bag/security envelope or item that cannot fit in a bag/security
envelope has a Property and Evidence Tracking System barcode
label or Property Clerk Seal attached to the bag/property.
When a firearm with a distinguishable serial number is seized, query
NYSPIN/NCIC by utilizing the FINEST system.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-23

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

16.

17.

18.

19.

8 of 11

Do not cancel alarm for firearms(s).
a.
Recovering command will not cancel alarm for firearms.
CANCELLATION WILL BE MADE ONLY BY STOLEN
PROPERTY INQUIRY SECTION.
Prepare an OMNIFORM computer generated copy of the COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152) from the precinct of recovery. This applies for
all firearms as described in the “Definitions,” e.g., zip, air/CO2, imitation,
etc.
Prepare REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT (PD521-168) utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking
System, if firearm(s) and/or firearm-related evidence must be examined
by the Police Laboratory or Office of the Chief Medical Examiner
(OCME) Forensic Biology Unit, or other forensic laboratory.
Deliver firearm(s) and firearm-related evidence to the desk officer,
command of occurrence.

20.

Generate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) and REQUEST
FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (if prepared) from
WORKSHEET utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.

DESK OFFICER 21.

Verify that:
a.
Firearm is unloaded. If the firearm is unfamiliar or appears to be
difficult to unload, safeguard in original condition and notify ESU
to respond and unload the firearm and render it safe
b.
Firearm(s) and firearm-related evidence are properly marked,
packaged and sealed
c.
INVOICE(S) and forms were properly prepared
d.
Required notifications have been made.
Enter a notation in the “Remarks” section of the INVOICE that the
corresponding firearm(s) have been unloaded/rendered safe.
Review OMNIFORM computer generated copy of COMPLAINT
REPORT with particular attention to the following captions:
a.
Address/Location of Occurrence - Be specific regarding address,
street, apartment number, borough, zip code, etc.
b.
Perpetrator Section - Be specific regarding height, weight,
ethnicity, date of birth, age, sex, address, street, apartment
number, zip code, etc.
c.
Evidence Section - Must indicate firearms and invoice number.
d.
Weapon Section - Describes the firearm as per all of the captions.
Utilize the Property and Evidence Tracking System to create a PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412).
Attach the following to the invoiced firearms/firearm-related evidence:
a.
Two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
b.
Copy of OMNIFORM computer generated COMPLAINT
REPORT.

COMMAND
CLERK

22.
23.

24.
25.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-23

PAGE:

08/01/13

9 of 11

c.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)
26.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

Copy of REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT (if prepared).
d.
Copy of FINEST printout.
Forward invoiced firearms and/or firearm-related evidence to the Police
Laboratory in the appropriate manner.
When necessary, make
arrangements to have firearms and/or firearm-related evidence
expeditiously delivered to the Police Laboratory.
a.
Ensure that all invoiced firearms and/or firearm-related evidence
in the command property locker that must be examined by the
Police Laboratory, Firearms Analysis Section, are delivered to the
patrol borough office by 0100 hours daily.
b.
Exigent circumstances must exist AND the desk officer MUST
obtain permission from the precinct commanding officer/duty
captain in order to delay beyond 0100 hours or cancel delivery to
the patrol borough office of the invoiced firearms/firearm-related
evidence that must be examined by the Firearms Analysis Section.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Members should be aware that firearm accessories (e.g., holster, sling, gun case, etc.), that
are not affixed to the firearm AND are not needed to make the firearm operable, will not be
listed on the same INVOICE as the firearm(s) and firearm-related evidence. Instead, the
accessories will be listed on a separate WORKSHEET and will be delivered direct to the
Property Clerk Division. If there is more than one accessory, invoice all of the accessories
on one INVOICE if possible, and list each accessory as a separate item on the
WORKSHEET.
Members are reminded that a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will not exceed twenty line
items if the INVOICE is being sent or has the potential to be sent to the Police Laboratory
for laboratory analysis.
FIREARMS INVOICED FOR SAFEKEEPING
Certain firearms coming into possession of members of the service, which are
categorized for “Safekeeping”, should be listed on one INVOICE and must be delivered
DIRECT to the Property Clerk Division.
Firearms within this category are:
a.
Property of retired, resigned, dismissed, suspended, sick or hospitalized
uniformed members of the service.
b.
Lawfully possessed property of a deceased person.
c.
Obtained from a licensed dealer when license is revoked, suspended or expired.
d.
Lawfully possessed and removed by court order, order of protection, etc.
e.
Obtained from permit holder during renewal, expiration or cancellation of
permit.
If any of the above described firearms were obtained under circumstances that indicate
a valid reason for examination, ONLY the firearms that require examination will be
forwarded to the Firearms Analysis Section. All of the firearms that require examination

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-23

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10 of 11

will be listed on one INVOICE, if possible. The reason for the examination will be
specifically explained on the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT.
DO NOT invoice firearms categorized for safekeeping that are being delivered to the
Firearms Analysis Section on the same INVOICE as the firearms that are being
delivered DIRECT to the Property Clerk Division.
BIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE
If firearms and/or firearms-related evidence also have bloodstains, DNA, serology,
saliva, body fluids, tissue, or any other biological evidence thereon, they will be
processed according to the following guidelines:
a.
DO NOT package biological evidence if it is wet; it must be air-dried before it is
packaged.
b.
DO NOT package biological evidence requiring examination/analysis in a
plastic security envelope or any other type of plastic bag/container. Package
and properly seal EACH individual item of biological evidence requiring
examination/analysis in a separate paper bag/container. Affix an orange
Biohazard label to each paper bag/container.
(1)
Write command and invoice number on the outside of each
bag/container. If more than one bag/container is used, also write
corresponding item number on the outside of each bag/container and
mark each bag/container as “Bag 1 of ___,” “Bag 2 of ___,” etc.
c.
Do not mark firearms and/or firearm-related evidence if to do so would
contaminate, alter, damage, etc, the biological evidence thereon. Instead,
properly mark each separate firearm and firearm-related evidence container that
contains DNA/biological evidence in the following manner:
(1)
Legibly print your name in BLOCK letters.
(2)
Legibly print the unique consecutive number that will be used to identify
the item of DNA/biological evidence that will be packaged therein.
(3)
If applicable, legibly print the Crime Scene Unit Run Number.
(4)
Legibly print an accurate description of the item of DNA/biological
evidence being placed in the container.
(5)
If a Biological Evidence Bag is utilized, ensure there is an entry in each
caption on each Biological Evidence Bag.
FIREARMS TRACES
All firearms that are delivered to the Firearms Analysis Section (FAS) are automatically traced by
the Bureau of Alcohol Tobacco and Firearms (BATF), unless there is a specific request/directive
that a firearm(s) trace not be conducted. The results of the automatic firearm(s) trace are not
communicated/forwarded to the invoicing member. Consequently, in a routine situation, an
investigator who must obtain trace information regarding a firearm should request the firearm
trace information from the BATF Regional Crime Gun Center approximately two weeks after the
date that the firearm(s) was delivered to FAS. Requests to trace specific firearm(s) are NOT made
to the Firearms Analysis Section. During the course of an investigation, search/seizure, arrest, etc.,
if there is an urgent/immediate need to trace a firearm(s), the request to trace the firearm(s) should
be made DIRECT to a supervisor assigned to the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Joint Firearms
Task Force (JFTF). If a JFTF supervisor cannot be contacted, contact the JFTF supervisor
through the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-23

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11 of 11

In certain situations, an investigating officer may not want a firearm to be automatically
traced by BATF because it might jeopardize an investigation or endanger someone. For
example, the firearm may have been purchased by an undercover officer and the
investigation is ongoing. In order to prevent an automatic firearm trace from occurring,
enter “*** DO NOT TRACE***” in capital letters in the “Remarks” sections of both the
INVOICE and the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT.
At any point during the investigation, when deemed appropriate by the unit commanding officer,
a request to trace one or more specific firearms, previously identified as “DO NOT TRACE,”
can be made by telephone DIRECT to BATF, Regional Crime Gun Center.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

(PD521-168)

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-24

PROCESSING CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES/MARIJUANA
CONTRABAND STORED AT STATIONHOUSE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process controlled substances/marijuana contraband weighing less than eight
ounces and store it securely in controlled substances locker in stationhouse.

DEFINITIONS

CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES CONTRABAND - Any dangerous drug or an
instrument used to administer dangerous drugs.
PROPERLY SEALED EVIDENCE - Evidence that is packaged in an
appropriate container and sealed so its contents cannot readily escape. Tape, heat
seal, or adhesive from an envelope are proper seals. Staples used as a seal do
NOT constitute a proper seal. Evidence is properly sealed if its contents cannot
readily escape the container and if entering the container would result in obvious
damage/alteration to the container or its seal.

PROCEDURE

Upon obtaining controlled substances/marijuana contraband:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Bring contraband to precinct where obtained and notify desk officer.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A), as appropriate.

COMMAND
CLERK

3.

Enter WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking System to
generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

Request serially numbered Narcotic Evidence Envelope (Misc. 242)
(security lock-type envelope) and Plastic Security Envelope from the desk
officer.
Complete captions on envelope.
Mark contraband for future identification.
a.
Glassine envelopes will be consecutively numbered and the total
number of envelopes will be noted in addition to the officer’s
initials, i.e., 1/10, 2/10, 3/10, etc.
Perform the following under the supervision of the desk officer:
a.
Place contraband in Narcotic Evidence Envelope
(1)
Controlled substances contraband that contains
phencyclidine (Angel Dust) will be put in a plastic security
envelope, and sealed, prior to being placed in Narcotic
Evidence Envelope.
b.
Moisten flap, insert metal clasp, seal and sign name, shield
number, command and date across flap. DO NOT use staples to
seal envelope.
c.
Place sealed and signed Narcotic Evidence Envelope inside a
Plastic Security Envelope.
(1)
The captions on the Narcotic Evidence Envelope should be
visible through the rear of the Plastic Security Envelope.

5.
6.

7.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-24

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

d.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

e.

f.
g.

DESK OFFICER 8.

9.
10.

2 of 3

Seal Plastic Security Envelope by removing plastic strip exposing
the pre-applied adhesive and fold the top of envelope over
aligning blue circles. Sign name, shield number, command, and
date across the seal.
Record the serial numbers of both envelopes on the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE utilizing the “Packaging” function in the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Affix two “Property Clerk” copies of the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE to Plastic Security Envelope near the blue circles.
Deposit sealed Plastic Security Envelope with papers attached in
controlled substances locker.
(1)
DO NOT place the controlled substance Khat into the
controlled substance locker, if applicable. The invoiced
controlled substance will be transported directly to the Police
Laboratory.

Enter serial numbers from Narcotic Evidence Envelope and Plastic
Security Envelope in the PROPERTY LOG.
a.
Use one space on PROPERTY LOG to account for all Narcotic
Evidence Envelopes and Plastic Security Envelopes on the same
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if possible.
Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
Distribute “ADA” copy as per instructions on INVOICE.

11.

Notify desk officer of docket number and disposition of case immediately
after arraignment of the defendant.

DESK OFFICER 12.

Process and forward controlled substances/marijuana contraband to
Police Laboratory in conformance with P.G. 218-04, “Delivery of
Evidence to the Police Laboratory.”
a.
Ensure invoiced the controlled substance Khat is transported
directly to the Police Laboratory, if applicable.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A member of the Narcotics Division who obtains controlled substances/marijuana contraband
without effecting an immediate arrest (undercover buy) will mark, seal and tag contraband in the
presence of the covering field team and process it through the Police Laboratory.
To prevent injury/infections when handling or forwarding hypodermic needles/syringes to Police
Laboratory, members of the service will place such items in plastic tubes, needle end first. The
plastic tube will be capped, if possible. However, if the syringe extends beyond the tube, it will be
secured with tape. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
ATTEMPT TO REMOVE OR DISLODGE A NEEDLE FROM A HYPODERMIC SYRINGE.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-24

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Members of the service will use hypo containers for the safe and proper handling of hypodermic
needles, syringes, and other sharp narcotic items. Therefore, the following procedure will be
complied with when invoicing hypodermic needles, syringes, and other sharp narcotics
paraphernalia:
a.
Utilize hypo container which comes in a plastic bag containing full instructions.
Labels affixed to the hypo containers provide spaces for the invoicing member’s
name, date, tax registry number and command.
b.
Invoice hypo containers on a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE apart
from other property/evidence involved in same occurrence.
c.
Place hypo containers in serialized plastic security envelope, if involved in same
occurrence.
d.
Store invoice and plastic security envelope containing hypo containers in
property locker to be forwarded to the appropriate Property Clerk facility.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ATTEMPT
TO REMOVE OR DISLODGE A NEEDLE FROM A HYPODERMIC SYRINGE.
If facts indicate hypodermic syringe/needles may bear fingerprints or other forensic
evidence, it should be safeguarded until examined by the Crime Scene Unit.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Delivery of Evidence to the Police Laboratory (P.G. 218-04)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-25

PROCESSING CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES/MARIJUANA
CONTRABAND NOT STORED AT STATIONHOUSE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process controlled substances/marijuana contraband weighing eight ounces or
more, or too large for deposit in the command controlled substances locker, or
the controlled substance Khat.

DEFINITION

CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES CONTRABAND - Any dangerous drug or an
instrument used to administer dangerous drug.

PROCEDURE

Upon obtaining controlled substances/marijuana contraband weighing eight
ounces or more, or too large for deposit in the command controlled substances
locker, or the controlled substance Khat:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

Bring contraband to command where obtained.
Notify the desk officer.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A),
as appropriate.

COMMAND
CLERK

4.

Enter WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking System to
generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

Perform the following under the supervision of the desk officer:
a.
Mark contraband for future identification
(1)
Glassine envelopes will be consecutively numbered and
the total of envelopes will be noted in addition to the
officer’s initials, i.e., 1/10, 2/10, 3/10, etc.
b.
Request serially numbered Narcotics Evidence Envelope
(security lock-type envelope) and Plastic Security Envelope from
desk officer, if contraband will fit in such envelopes
c.
Place contraband in Narcotics Evidence Envelope
(1)
Moisten flap, insert metal clasp and seal.
d.
Securely wrap contraband in package and seal with tape if
contraband will not fit in Narcotics Evidence Envelope.
Sign name, shield number, command and date across flap of Narcotic
Evidence Envelope or taped area of wrapped package.

6.

DESK OFFICER 7.

8.

Place sealed and signed Narcotics Evidence Envelope, if used, inside a
Plastic Security Envelope.
a.
The captions on the Narcotics Evidence Envelope should be
visible through the rear of the Plastic Security Envelope.
b.
The serial numbers of both envelopes are recorded on the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE utilizing the “Packaging” function in Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-25

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 9.
(continued)

10.
11.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

REVISION NUMBER:

12.

13.

2 of 3

Enter serial numbers from Narcotics Evidence Envelope and Plastic
Security Envelope in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147).
a.
Use one space on the Property Log to account for all Narcotics
Evidence Envelopes and Plastic Security Envelopes on the same
INVOICE, if possible.
Have invoicing officer digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
Give following forms to invoicing member:
a.
Two “Property Clerk” copies of INVOICE.
b.
Two copies of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
Deliver to Police Laboratory:
a.
Controlled substances/marijuana contraband.
b.
One “Property Clerk” copy of INVOICE.
c.
One copy of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
Notify Police Laboratory’s Evidence Control Section (ECS) supervisor if
delivering the controlled substance Khat.

POLICE
LABORATORY
EVIDENCE
CONTROL
OFFICER

14.

Compare property delivered against PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT and INVOICE and, if accurate confirm acceptance of property
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a.
Record laboratory number.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A member of the Narcotics Division who obtains controlled substances/ marijuana
contraband without effecting an immediate arrest (undercover buy), will mark, seal and
tag contraband in the presence of the covering field team and process it through the
Police Laboratory.
If an undercover buy occurs and the purity of the narcotic is needed to be reported, the
member of the service will use a black permanent marker and write “PURITY” on the
side of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE that is attached to the evidence.
Members of the service are reminded that at NO time will the controlled substance Khat
be placed in a command’s controlled substance locker. The active ingredient in Khat
quickly dissipates if not properly and expeditiously handled. Members of the service
should make every reasonable attempt to keep the substance in a cool environment while
transporting it to the Police Laboratory.
Members of the service will use hypo containers for the safe and proper handling of
hypodermic needles, syringes and other sharp narcotic items. Therefore, the following
procedures will be complied with when invoicing needles, syringes, and other sharp
narcotics paraphernalia:
a.
Utilize hypo container which comes in a plastic bag and follow enclosed
instructions. Labels affixed to the hypo containers provide spaces for the
invoicing member’s name, date, tax registry number and command
b.
Voucher hypo containers on a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE apart
from other property/evidence involved in same occurrence

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-25

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

d.

3 of 3

Place hypo containers in serialized plastic security envelope, if involved in same
occurrence. No other evidence,(e.g., glassine envelopes, etc.), will be placed in
the same security envelope
Store INVOICE and plastic security envelope containing hypo containers in
property locker to be forwarded to the appropriate Property Clerk facility.

UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ATTEMPT
TO REMOVE OR DISLODGE A NEEDLE FROM A HYPODERMIC SYRINGE.
If facts indicate hypodermic syringe/needles may bear fingerprints or other forensic
evidence, it should be safeguarded until examined by the Crime Scene Unit.
FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-26

PROCESSING FOUND PROPERTY
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To record and process found property.

SCOPE

Found property valued at ten dollars or more is required to be reported to, and deposited
with, the police. However, members of the service coming into possession of found
property on the New York City subway system, other than U.S. currency or contraband,
will deliver such property to the NYC Transit Railroad Clerk for forwarding to the NYC
Transit Lost Property Office.
In addition, property found in yellow medallion taxis only, will be taken by either
the taxi driver or an individual specified by the taxi garage, to one of the eight
commands designated as the repository for such property:
PBMS
PBMN
PBBX
PBBS

017 PRECINCT
CENTRAL PARK PCT
043 PRECINCT
076 PRECINCT

PROCEDURE

Upon coming into possession of found property:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.
4.

PBBN
PBQS
PBQN
PBSI

094 PRECINCT
107 PRECINCT
115 PRECINCT
120 PRECINCT

Issue receipt to person delivering property, if other than a member of the service.
a.
If turned in at command, command clerk will prepare
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System. Print and give finder
appropriate copy of INVOICE as receipt.
b.
If delivered to member on patrol, prepare appropriate captions on
COLLISION
INFORMATION
EXCHANGE/
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF FOUND PROPERTY (PD301092), including a description of the property and signature of
receiving member.
c.
If member of the service comes into possession of found property on the
New York City subway system, other than U.S. currency or contraband,
member will deliver such property to the NYC Transit Railroad Clerk for
forwarding to the NYC Transit Lost Property Office.
(1)
Whenever possible, direct or escort person to the NYC Transit
Railroad Clerk to turn in found property prior to accepting
custody of property.
(2)
Secure a receipt from the NYC Transit Railroad Clerk, detailing
a description of the property, and give it to the person finding
the property or retain receipt if personally delivering property to
NYC Transit Railroad Clerk.
Enter facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A),
as appropriate.
Deliver property and WORKSHEET to desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-26

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 3

COMMAND
CLERK

5.

Enter reporting member’s WORKSHEET including circumstances of the
found property from the “Remarks” section, into the Property and
Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141).

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.

DESK OFFICER 7.
8.

9.

10.

Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
Complete entries in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147).
a.
Use one space on PROPERTY LOG to account for all Plastic
Security Envelopes or Jewelry Security Envelopes listed on the
same PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if possible.
Make Command Log entry indicating presence of member of the service
with property and INVOICE number.
a.
Enter time and name of occupant or person in charge of premises
who was notified of police custody of property, if property was
delivered to command by other than occupant or person in charge
of premises where property was found.
Have REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY (PD542-122)
prepared and forwarded as indicated on form.

IF PROPERTY IS RETURNED TO OWNER AT COMMAND:
DESK OFFICER 11.

12.
13.

14.

15.
16.
17.
18.

Require the claimant to produce valid identification, preferably photo
identification. (See P.G. 208-28, “Identification Standards For Desk
Appearance Tickets”, step “1”, for examples of satisfactory forms of valid
identification).
a.
Identification should include claimant’s name and current address.
Check property/vehicle against PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Request claimant examine security lead seal and/or plastic security
envelope and check against number entered on INVOICE (if seal or
envelope is used), prior to breaking seal or opening envelope.
Complete the “Release/Disposition – Return to Owner” function utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a.
Have claimant sign utilizing the digital signature capture device.
Approve delivery of property/vehicle utilizing username and password.
Release property/vehicle to claimant.
Forward “Property Clerk” copy of INVOICE and photocopy of
claimant’s identification to the appropriate Property Clerk facility.
Destroy all copies of REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY, if
property was claimed prior to the distribution and forwarding of the
REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY.
a.
Forward first copy of REPORT OF UNCLAIMED
PROPERTY, with disposition entered thereon, to the Stolen

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-26

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 3

Property Inquiry Section, if property is returned to owner after
original REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY has been
forwarded.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If member of the service comes into possession of found property while on patrol, the
member of service shall notify the patrol supervisor and expeditiously invoice the
property at the command.
If member of the service comes into possession of found property on the New York City
subway system, other than U.S. currency or contraband, steps “3” and “4” will not be
performed.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Identification Standards For Desk Appearance Tickets (P.G. 208-28)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COLLISION INFORMATION EXCHANGE/ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF FOUND
PROPERTY (PD301-092)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY (PD542-122)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-27

FOUND PROPERTY RETAINED BY AN
INTERSTATE TRANSPORTATION COMPANY,
AIRLINE, BANK OR SAFE DEPOSIT COMPANY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide a Department record of disposition of such property.

PROCEDURE

When notified by an interstate transportation company, airline, bank or safe
deposit company that they have found and will safeguard property at their facility:

DESK OFFICER 1.

Direct command clerk to prepare two copies of REPORT OF
UNCLAIMED PROPERTY (PD542-122).
a.
Indicate where property is being held under “Remarks”.

2.
3.
4.

Forward original to Stolen Property Inquiry Section.
File copy.
Forward file copy marked “Returned” to Stolen Property Inquiry Section
when notice is received from company concerned that property has been
returned to owner.

COMMANDING 5.
OFFICER

Direct investigation be conducted if notice of return to owner is not
received within sixty days and the property has not been delivered to
command.

COMMAND
CLERK

REPORTS AND
FORMS

REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY (PD542-122)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-28

SAFEGUARDING PROPERTY OF DECEASED PERSON
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To safeguard property of a deceased person who lived alone or with other than a
relative or competent person, or who dies at other than his/her residence.

DEFINITION

CO-OCCUPANT – For the purpose of this procedure, a person who has been
residing, on a permanent basis, in the same premises with the deceased. A
uniformed member of the service can determine if a person is a co-occupant
rather than a visitor or guest by:
a.
Examining documents, (e.g. licenses, credit cards, mail, etc.,) of the cooccupant that reflects that address is permanent residence.
b.
Questioning other residents or neighbors who can verify that co-occupant
resides thereat.
c.
Examining closets, bureaus, etc., to ascertain if co-occupant has clothing
and/or other possessions in the premises.
d.
Examining rent receipts or similar documentation that the co-occupant
produces that may establish residence.
e.
Giving consideration to any other relevant factors that may establish that
the co-occupant does, in fact, reside in premises.

PROCEDURE

When a person is pronounced dead and it is necessary to search the body and
premises to establish positive identification and safeguard property of the deceased.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Request patrol supervisor to respond and await arrival prior to conducting
search of body and/or premises.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

2.

Direct member to search body for valuables and documents concerning identity.
a.
Search at scene when practical; otherwise without delay, and in all
cases before being released by this Department.
(1)
A police officer (male or female) may search a dead
human body.
b.
Have Harbor Unit member who removed a body from the navigable
waters, search body and deliver property to a precinct member.
Obtain at least one responsible civilian to witness search, when possible.
Ensure that identity of witness is recorded in member’s ACTIVITY
LOG (PD112-145).
Supervise complete search of body.
Have all property (e.g., currency, jewelry, papers or documents, etc.)
removed from body except clothing actually worn.
Have clothing or other property required as evidence processed on
separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
Direct member conducting search at residence of deceased to examine
and take custody of personal papers which may assist in positive
identification. In addition, take custody of:

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-28

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

a.
b.
c.
d.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

9.

10.

Cash and jewelry
Valuables which are readily removable
Licenses, social security card and other documents of identification
Wills, codicils, cemetery deeds, insurance policies, bank books,
stock and bond certificates, other assets and safe deposit keys
e.
Other important property/documents.
Assign uniformed member to safeguard body and premises until body is
removed by an authorized person and certify accuracy of reporting
officer’s ACTIVITY LOG entries by signing rank and name.
Enter pertinent facts in ACTIVITY LOG.

11.
12.

Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG, including complete list of property removed.
Deliver following items to desk officer:
a.
All property
b.
Key to premises (including key to police lock if one was used)
c.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
containing itemized list of property, including key to premises.
(1)
Note on WORKSHEET if key to premises was given to a
member of the service to guard body, if applicable.

DESK OFFICER 13.
14.

Check property against PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.
Ascertain that key to premises is itemized on the WORKSHEET.
a.
Indicate why, if not entered.
b.
Ensure key to premises given to member of the service is
delivered to Property Clerk Division with other property of
deceased, if applicable.
Make Command Log entry of circumstances concerning property.
Instruct command clerk to enter WORKSHEET into the Property and
Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
Give “Invoicing Officer” copy of INVOICE to member delivering
property to stationhouse.
Forward property of deceased with “Property Clerk” copy of INVOICE
to appropriate Property Clerk facility without delay.
Request Operations Unit to notify the Public Administrator concerned that:
a.
Deceased has no known next of kin, OR
b.
Next of kin cannot be notified.
Have SEAL FOR DOOR OF D.O.A. PREMISES (PD517-120) prepared.
a.
DO NOT seal door if it is determined that a co-occupant resided
in the premises with the deceased.
Direct that SEAL FOR DOOR OF D.O.A. PREMISES be pasted across
door and doorjamb of premises after body is removed, if appropriate.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
CONCERNED

15.
16.

17.
18.
19.

20.

21.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-28

MEMBER
SAFEGUARDING
BODY/
PREMISES

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

22.
23.
24.
25.

DESK OFFICER 26.

3 of 3

Remain with body until it is removed by morgue personnel or authorized
undertaker.
Obtain receipt on IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091).
Secure premises when leaving and paste SEAL FOR DOOR OF D.O.A.
PREMISES across door and door jamb, if appropriate.
Deliver key for premises and receipt for body to desk officer.
Permit person to enter premises to obtain clothing to bury the deceased, if
the deceased lived alone and the door has been sealed.
a.
Direct a uniformed member to accompany person and replace the
SEAL FOR DOOR OF D.O.A. PREMISES with a new seal.

PROPERTY NOT YET FORWARDED TO THE PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION
AND REPRESENTATIVE OF THE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATOR IS PRESENT.
DESK OFFICER 27.

28.
29.

30.

31.
32.
33.
34.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Request representative of the Public Administrator to produce valid
identification.
a.
Photocopy identification.
Check property/vehicle against PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Request claimant examine security lead seal and/or Plastic Security
Envelope and check against number entered on INVOICE (if seal or
envelope is used), prior to breaking seal or opening envelope.
Complete the “Release/Disposition – Return to Owner” function utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a.
Have claimant sign utilizing the digital signature capture device.
Approve delivery of property/vehicle utilizing username and password.
Issue property, print and give “Prisoner/Finder/Owner” copy of
INVOICE to representative of the Public Administrator.
Forward “Property Clerk” copy of INVOICE and photocopy of the Public
Administrator identification to appropriate Property Clerk facility.
Refer person seeking release of decedent’s property to Surrogate’s Court
of county where deceased lived and give such persons PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE number and location and telephone number of the
borough office of the Property Clerk Division.
a.
Inform person that if deceased was not a resident of New York State,
the Surrogate’s Court of the county in which the property is located
has jurisdiction over the release of the descendant’s property.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
When an aided person is pronounced dead at a hospital, the assigned member will
witness the search of the deceased by hospital authorities, record property removed in
ACTIVITY LOG and sign hospital property record as witness.
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091)
SEAL FOR DOOR OF D.O.A. PREMISES (PD517-120)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-29

INVOICING PROPERTY REMOVED FROM PAROLEE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To invoice and safeguard property removed from a parolee by an officer of the
New York State Division of Parole in non-arrest situations.

PROCEDURE

When an officer of the New York State Division of Parole delivers property
removed from a parolee in non-arrest situations:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.
3.

4.
5.

Ascertain if property was obtained within the confines of the precinct.
a.
Direct parole officer to deliver property to the precinct concerned,
if property was obtained within another precinct.
Have the parole officer prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
Direct the command clerk to enter parole officer’s WORKSHEET into
the Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
Comply with P.G. 218-01, “Invoicing Property – General Procedure.”
Print and give “Invoicing Officer” copy of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE to the parole officer.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Invoicing Property – General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-30

INVOICING PROPERTY TAKEN FROM A PERSON’S POSSESSION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that persons from whose possession property has been taken by the
Department are afforded ample notice as to the necessary steps to reclaim
property or to circumstances under which the property may not be returned.

DEFINITION

CONTRABAND - Means property, the mere possession of which is prohibited
under federal, state or local law. Property shall not be deemed to be contraband
merely because it may be suspected or is believed to be unlawfully obtained,
stolen, or the proceeds or instrumentality of a crime.

PROCEDURE

When non-contraband property is removed from the person or possession of any
individual, and taken into police custody for any reason:

INVOICING
MEMBER

1.

2.
3.
4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A) for items removed.
a.
DO NOT enter complainant information on WORKSHEET.
Inform the person that he or she may examine the WORKSHEET for
accuracy as to the property listed.
Complete WORKSHEET by entering the complainant information after
person has examined WORKSHEET for accuracy.
Inform the person that he or she is entitled to a copy of PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
a.
Ask person if he or she will accept copy of INVOICE.
b.
Make appropriate selection for acceptance or refusal while
entering WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking
System.
Inform the person that if additional property was taken or if the property
was erroneously invoiced, this fact may be indicated in the “Remarks”
section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Indicate in the “Remarks” section of the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE concurrence or disagreement with the person’s statement as it
relates to the itemized list of property.
Give the “Prisoner/Finder/Owner” copy of the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE to the person regardless of whether the property has been
denominated “Arrest Evidence” or otherwise, and regardless of whether it
relates to an arrest occurring prior to, simultaneous with, or subsequent to
the taking of the property.
Provide the person with a copy of the Department form, entitled
NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN
REMOVED BY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT (PD521-124), in
addition to the “Prisoner/Finder/Owner” copy of the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-30

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 9.
10.

11.

2 of 2

Ensure that the invoicing officer has complied with the above provisions.
Make a Command Log entry specifying that the person received both the
“Prisoner/Finder/Owner” copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
and the NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS
BEEN REMOVED BY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT.
a.
Indicate in Command Log if one or both documents were refused
by the person, specifying the circumstances of the refusal.
Offer a copy of the NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM
PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED BY THE POLICE
DEPARTMENT to any person requesting information about property in
the possession (or possibly in the possession) of the Property Clerk.

PROPERTY
CLERK
DIVISION
MEMBER

12.

Offer a copy of the NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM
PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED BY THE POLICE
DEPARTMENT to any person appearing at a Property Clerk Division
facility requesting information about property in the possession (or
possibly in the possession) of the Property Clerk.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
These provisions are the result of a court order. Noncompliance of this procedure could
place the Department in contempt of court. It is incumbent upon desk officers to ensure
that persons from whom property is taken into custody receive their copies of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE as well as a copy of the NOTICE TO PERSONS
FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED BY THE POLICE
DEPARTMENT.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED BY
THE POLICE DEPARTMENT (PD521-124)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-31

PROCESSING COMPUTER EVIDENCE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To process and safeguard computer related evidence coming into the custody of
this Department.

DEFINITIONS

CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) - A box shaped unit that houses the
computer’s internal hard drive, memory and central processor, commonly
referred to as the “brains” of the computer. The CPU processes all of the work
done by the computer, and usually is the terminus for all associated cables. The
CPU generally has a numeric descriptor (i.e., 386, 486, Pentium, etc.), which
represents the computing power of the unit.
MONITOR - The television type instrument on which the operations and output
of the computer are displayed.
KEYBOARD - An input device resembling a typewriter.
MOUSE - A pointing device, which is also used to control the actions of the
computer. It is connected to the CPU by way of a cable, and because of its shape
and “tail,” is commonly referred to as a “mouse.”
PRINTER - Another output device that will print, similar to a typewriter, pages
from the CPU. Many different types of printers exist, including dot matrix, inkjet, and laser printers.
PERIPHERALS - There are other types of devices, which can be connected to a
computer, for example, scanners, tape drives, modems, speakers, sound cards,
etc. In addition, there are other types of electronic equipment that can store
valuable evidentiary information. These include personal digital assistants,
pocket organizers, and lap top computers.

SCOPE

The Computer Crimes Squad will provide technical assistance in properly securing
computer evidence, conducting computer forensic examinations and preparing
warrants. The Computer Crimes Squad will make a determination as to whether a
response to the scene is required, based on the totality of circumstances presented in
each case.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a uniformed member of the service seizes, or expects to seize,
evidence consisting of a computer used to commit a crime, or the computer is
suspected of being a device that stores evidence.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Notify the Computer Crimes Squad between 0600 and 2000 hours,
Monday through Friday.
a.
At all other times, contact the Office of the Chief of Detectives.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-31

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2.
3.

4.

5.

6.
7.

8.

2 of 4

Collect all relevant evidence.
Properly mark all computer evidence.
a.
Affix identifiable mark to hardware (i.e., monitor, CPUs, printers, etc.).
b.
Label items to indicate which peripherals were connected together
(i.e., Monitor 1, CPU 1, Keyboard 1), and tag all wires indicating
which peripheral they were attached to and their terminus.
c.
Count and package similar floppy disks (i.e., 3.5”, 5.25”, tapes, etc.) in
paper envelopes and have them itemized on PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141). However, do not remove any floppy disks,
compact disks, or any other such items from computer’s disk drives.
These items will be secured in the drives by affixing a strip of masking
tape across the drive’s opening. The invoicing officer will initial the
masking tape. The “Remarks” section of the INVOICE will contain
a statement concerning the presence or absence of a disk in any of the
computer’s drives.
(1)
Plastic Security Envelopes should NOT be used to package
floppy disks because they can cause a discharge of static
electricity, which can destroy data on the disk. In addition,
DO NOT write on floppy disks using ballpoint pens because
doing so can result in the destruction of data. Utilize labels
or felt tip markers.
Invoice computers, floppy disks and related peripherals, which are to be
delivered to the Computer Crimes Squad for examination, separately from
other property being invoiced.
a.
Non-computer items are to be processed in conformance with
existing Department guidelines.
Deliver “Property Clerk” copy of INVOICE with computer evidence to
the Computer Crimes Squad.
a.
Distribute remaining copies of INVOICE as per instructions in
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Attach copy of search warrant to INVOICES being delivered to the
Computer Crimes Squad, if applicable.
Prepare REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
(PD521-168) utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a.
Complete all captions, and include under “Remarks:”
(1)
A clear description of incident
(2)
What crime is alleged
(3)
Where the evidence was seized from
(4)
What part the computer played in the offense charged
(5)
What type of information is being sought from the Computer
Crimes Squad relative to the forensic examination of evidence.
Sign REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
by utilizing user name and password, and insert a “CITU” Forensic
Laboratory Number utilizing the “Update” function in the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-31

3 of 4

a.

9.
10.

11.

12.
13.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

MEMBER
ASSIGNED/
COMPUTER
CRIMES
SQUAD

REVISION NUMBER:

Type “Delivered to the Computer Crimes Squad” under caption
“Laboratory Use Only”.
b.
File one copy with completed forensic report and file one copy
with property.
Utilize Property and Evidence Tracking System to create PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412).
Present PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT when delivering computer
evidence to the Computer Crimes Squad.
Compare property delivered against PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and
INVOICE and, if accurate confirm acceptance of property in the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
Forward copy of forensic report to submitting officer, upon completion of
forensic examination.
Arrange for the delivery of property to the Property Clerk upon
completion of the forensic examination, utilizing the PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Members of the service will not search any hard drives, floppy disks, CD-ROMS or other
data storage devices. These items will be examined only by members assigned to the
Computer Crimes Squad. Members of the service should be aware that searching
directories, or perusing the computer’s hard drive, may inadvertently alter or destroy
important evidence.
The computer, recovered at a crime scene, may be a valuable source of evidence. To
protect the evidence, and to ensure that the information retrieved from the computer can
be introduced in court, the following guidelines must be followed:


Safeguard the computer’s evidence; do not touch the keyboard, or search the hard
drive, or execute any of the programs at the scene.



If a modem or other telecommunications device is attached to the computer, unplug
the telephone cord from the wall jack immediately to prevent access to the computer
and possible destruction of evidence.



If you must power the system off, do not use the on/off switch. Unplug the computer
from the wall outlet only. Prior to removing the plug from the outlet, photograph
the monitor screen.



When transporting, be aware that data, stored on computers and floppy disks, is
extremely sensitive and can be easily damaged. Package these items carefully to
avoid inadvertent damage.



Do not write on floppy disks with ballpoint pens. Use labels or felt tip markers.



Do not place floppy disks in plastic security envelopes. This could cause a
discharge of static electricity and damage the data on the disk.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-31

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4



Keep disks and peripherals away from extreme heat and/or changes in temperature.



Do not transport computer evidence in department vehicle trunks which are
equipped with radio transceivers.



Do not expose computer evidence to any device that emits a magnetic field (i.e.,
portable radios, car radio, speakers, etc.).



Members of service with questions concerning the seizing, packaging or
transporting of computer related evidence may contact the Computer Crimes Squad
from 0600 to 2000 hours, Monday through Friday or the Office of the Chief of
Detectives.

PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-32

PROCESSING ALCOHOL SEIZED IN ABC LAW VIOLATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process alcohol seized as evidence in Alcohol Beverage Control (ABC) Law
violations.

PROCEDURE

When alcohol is seized as evidence in ABC Law violations:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

4.

5.

6.

DESK OFFICER 7.

8.

9.

10.

Take photograph of entire seizure at time and place of occurrence.
Deliver alcohol seized to precinct of occurrence.
Mark on the rear of photograph taken of seizure using a rubber stamp, if available:
a.
Date, place of seizure, and precinct of occurrence
b.
Defendant’s name and arrest number
c.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number and number(s) of any
related PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES
d.
Identity and signature of member who took photograph.
Select a representative sample from the seizure, preferably a sealed bottle,
for analysis.
a.
Only one sample is required regardless of the quantity of bottles,
etc., seized.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET and
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
(PD521-168) for sample(s) to be analyzed.
a.
List photograph of seizure as an “Item” on WORKSHEET that
lists representative sample(s).
Prepare a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET
for the remainder of the seizure and make a notation on WORKSHEET
to read: “Delivered for Destruction.”
a.
Cross-reference both WORKSHEETS prepared.
Review PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET(S) prepared to
ensure accuracy of seizure.
a.
Ensure photograph has been properly marked as per step “3.”
Direct the entering of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET
and REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (if
prepared) into Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate a
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
Attach two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and two copies of
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT to
evidence and place in command property locker.
Make arrangements for the delivery of evidence to the borough Property
Clerk Office.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-32

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

WHEN NOTIFIED THAT CHEMICAL ANALYSIS IS REQUIRED FOR COURT:
11.

Notify the desk officer, command of occurrence, immediately and
provide the following information:
a.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number
b.
Date of seizure
c.
Date of next court appearance.

DESK OFFICER 12.

Immediately notify the Police Laboratory that a chemical analysis is required.
a.
Enter identity of person notified in the Telephone Record.

COMMANDING 13.
OFFICER,
14.
POLICE
LABORATORY

Direct messenger to pickup alcohol evidence at the borough Property
Clerk Office concerned.
Have evidence analyzed and a POLICE LABORATORY ANALYSIS
REPORT (PD521-151) prepared and delivered to court concerned.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
The Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters has authorized members of the Property Clerk Division
to destroy seized alcoholic beverages prior to final dispositions of related criminal actions.
However, to satisfy legal requirements, uniformed members of the service must retain a
representative sample of each seizure in addition to taking a photograph of all seized alcoholic
beverages at time and place of occurrence.
Alcohol seized as evidence WILL ONLY be forwarded to the Police Laboratory for
chemical analysis when required for court presentation.
The Police Laboratory requires a minimum of three days to analyze alcohol and prepare
a report.
This procedure does not apply to:
a.
Alcoholic beverages seized from peddlers within the purview of the Environmental
Control Board - comply with provisions of P.G. 209-12, “Environmental Control
Board Notice of Violation and Hearing - General Procedure.”
b.
Sale of Alcoholic Beverages During Prohibited Hours - i.e., actual alcoholic
drink served - comply with P.G. 209-16, “Service of a Summons - Special
Procedures.”
Members are reminded that a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will not exceed twenty
line items if the INVOICE is being sent or has the potential to be sent to the Police
Laboratory for laboratory analysis.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Arrest of Child Unlawfully in Certain Licensed Premises (P.G. 215-11)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Police Action in Premises (Licensed or Unlicensed) Where Alcoholic Beverages Are
Sold (P.G. 214-34)
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing - General Procedure (P.G.
209-12)
Service of a Summons - Special Procedures (P.G. 209-16)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-32

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

POLICE LABORATORY ANALYSIS REPORT (PD521-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-33

PROCESSING SEXUAL OFFENSE COLLECTION KITS IN SEX
OFFENSE CASES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To ensure that sexual offense evidence collection kits and other sexual offense
evidence are properly forwarded to the Evidence Unit of the Office of the Chief
Medical Examiner or the Property Clerk for processing.

DEFINITIONS

SEXUAL OFFENSE - for the purpose of this procedure, a sexual offense will be
one of the following New York State Penal Law crimes:
a.
Rape
b.
Criminal Sexual Act
c.
Aggravated Sexual Abuse
d.
Sexual Abuse
e.
Sexual Misconduct.
SEXUAL OFFENSE EVIDENCE COLLECTION KIT - a kit used by physicians
in hospitals to gather evidence from a victim of a sex offense. The kit is used to
standardize the collection and processing of evidence in sex crime cases. The kit
contains slides, swabs, test tubes and envelopes to collect evidence.
DRUG FACILITATED SEXUAL ASSAULT BLOOD AND URINE SPECIMEN
COLLECTION KIT – a kit used to gather evidence from a victim of a sex offense
when it is suspected that the victim was drugged. The kit is composed of two
gray-topped blood tubes and a urine container for the collection of specimens.
SEXUAL OFFENSE EVIDENCE - (not including the sexual offense evidence
collection kit or drug facilitated sexual assault blood and urine specimen
collection kit) is defined for this procedure as being bloodstains, serology, body
fluids and/or other biological evidence (e.g., clothing, bedding, undergarments,
etc.) to be analyzed for the purpose of obtaining a DNA profile.

PROCEDURE

Upon arrival at the scene of a reported sexual offense:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Remove victim to the appropriate hospital as per existing Department
procedures.
Take possession of the Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit and/or the
Drug Facilitated Sexual Assault Blood and Urine Specimen Collection
Kit, if used, and all other sexual offense evidence (e.g., clothing,
undergarments, etc.) upon completion of medical examination by
attending medical personnel.
a.
Take possession of any other evidence-gathering container used by
hospital personnel, if a Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit is
unavailable. Process the evidence-gathering container in accordance
with this procedure.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-33

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

3.

4.

DESK OFFICER 5.

6.

7.
8.

9.
10.

11.

12.

13.

ASSIGNED
INVESTIGATOR

REVISION NUMBER:

14.

2 of 3

Ensure that attending physician’s and complainant’s names are entered in
the appropriate caption on the top of the Sexual Offense Evidence
Collection Kit, and sign for evidence in the appropriate caption.
a.
When the Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit is sealed by
hospital personnel, THE SEAL SHALL NOT BE BROKEN by a
member of this Department EXCEPT authorized personnel.
Remove evidence to the precinct of occurrence and prepare
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
Direct the preparation of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) (PD521141) utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System based on
WORKSHEET(S) provided.
a.
An individual PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will be prepared
for the Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit. A separate
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will be prepared for any other
sexual offense evidence.
Direct the preparation of a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168) utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
Direct the preparation of a COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).
Ensure that the INVOICE and COMPLAINT REPORT numbers, and
arrest numbers, if any, are entered on the cover of the Sexual Offense
Evidence Collection Kit.
Direct the delivery of the Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit(s), and a
copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT, to the Police Laboratory.
Direct the delivery of other sexual offense evidence, EXCEPT
FIREARMS, IMMEDIATELY to the Property Clerk, if a Sexual
Offense Evidence Collection Kit or evidence gathering container was
used at the hospital AND there is other sexual offense evidence.
Direct the delivery of other sexual offense evidence, EXCEPT
FIREARMS, and a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT, to the Police
Laboratory, in all sexual offense cases, if no Sexual Offense Evidence
Collection Kit or evidence gathering container was used at the hospital.
Comply with P.G. 218-49, “Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the
Police Laboratory and the Office of Chief Medical Examiner” when
Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits(s) or any other sexual offense
evidence is associated with a “high priority” case.
Follow procedures outlined in P.G. 218-23, “Processing Firearms and
Firearm-Related Evidence,” if the other sexual offense evidence is a firearm.
Immediately notify the NYPD OCME Liaison Unit of all unfounded
cases.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-33

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
There is no medical or legal reason for a uniformed member of the service, male or
female, to be present in the examining room during the medical examination or evidence
collection procedure. Maintenance of the chain of custody of the evidence during the
examination is the sole responsibility of attending medical personnel.
If the sexual offense occurred within the previous seventy-two hours, a Sexual Offense
Evidence Collection Kit should be used. Not all hospitals may use Sexual Offense
Evidence Collection Kits. In such cases, take possession of any other evidence
gathering container used and process in accordance with this procedure.
A Drug Facilitated Sexual Assault Blood and Urine Specimen Collection Kit will be utilized for
the collection of blood and urine when it is suspected that the victim of a sexual assault was
drugged. This kit is separate from the Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit. The kit is
composed of two gray-topped blood tubes and a urine container for the collection of
specimens, and must be vouchered, on a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, with a
separate REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (for
toxicology). If a UMOS suspects a drug facilitated sexual assault based on victim or witness
statements or other evidence, inform hospital personnel and request that a kit be used.
Hospital personnel will collect the blood and urine for the kit when it is suspected that it is
drug facilitated, within 96 hours of when the victim last remembers having a drink. The blood
and urine collected in these kits will degenerate after 24 hours, so immediate delivery to the
Police Laboratory and the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner, Evidence Unit is imperative.
Members will ensure a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT is sent to the Police
Laboratory with a Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit or any other sexual offense
evidence. The Police Laboratory will not accept a Sexual Offense Evidence Collection
Kit or any other sexual offense evidence without a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT.
Members are reminded that a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will not exceed twenty
line items if the INVOICE is being sent or has the potential to be sent to the Police
Laboratory for laboratory analysis.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)
Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of Chief
Medical Examiner (P.G. 218-49)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-34

PROPERTY OF THE DIVISION OF THE LOTTERY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To safeguard and return property belonging to the Division of the Lottery.

DEFINITION

PROPERTY OF THE DIVISION OF LOTTERY - includes tickets, deposit
boxes, licenses and lottery proceeds.

PROCEDURE

Upon obtaining property belonging to the Division of the Lottery:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

DESK OFFICER 3.

4.
5.

6.
7.
8.

9.

Enter facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Deliver property to desk officer.

Notify New York State Tax Office of recovery.
a.
Notify New York State Tax Office at 0900 hours the next business
day, if property is recovered during off-business hours.
Ensure property is invoiced for “Safekeeping” as per P.G. 218-01,
“Invoicing Property – General Procedure.”
Safeguard property in command until property is picked up by a Division of
the Lottery representative.
a.
DO NOT forward property to Property Clerk Division.
Verify identity of Division of the Lottery representative claiming property.
Make entry in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147) to account for any
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) prepared.
Complete the “Release/Disposition – Return to Owner” function utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a.
Have a claimant sign utilizing the digital signature capture device.
Deliver property and “Prisoner/Finder/Owner” copy of INVOICE to
representative.

COMMAND
CLERK

10.

Forward “Property Clerk” copy of INVOICE and photocopy of Division
of Lottery representative’s identification to the appropriate Property Clerk
facility.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Invoicing Property – General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-35

PROCESSING CURRENCY REQUIRED AS EVIDENCE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To record, process and safeguard currency required as evidence.

DEFINITION

NUMISMATIC/SENTIMENTAL VALUE - includes all gold coins, all U.S. silver
coins bearing date of 1964 or prior and extremely old bills. In addition, when determining
numismatic/sentimental value, members should be guided by the circumstances under
which the currency was found (e.g., location, type of packaging, special markings, encased
in frames or books, etc.). If doubt exists, such currency will be deemed to have
numismatic/sentimental value. Currency with numismatic/sentimental value will not be
deposited in a bank.

PROCEDURE

When currency required as evidence is seized:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

Inform desk officer of details.
Count currency in presence of desk officer.

DESK OFFICER

3.

Ensure currency is marked with evidence stamp labeled, “Evidence Notify N.Y.C. Police Department Property Clerk Division” except for the
following:
a.
Currency with numismatic or sentimental value
b.
Currency that must remain unaltered (treated with dye, fluorescent
powder, or marked)
c.
Foreign currency
d.
Blood stained currency.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

Perform the following under the supervision of the desk officer:
a.
Stamp and initial face of each bill as directed by desk officer
b.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A).
(1)
If currency is marked with evidence stamp, list each
denomination as separate item and indicate quantity of each
denomination
(2)
List each denomination of UNSTAMPED bills and
respective serial number as separate item and indicate
quantity of each item
(3)
Verify amount listed on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
WORKSHEET, insert currency in serially numbered/barcoded Plastic Security Envelope and seal
(4)
Complete entries in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147),
using one space to account for all Plastic Security
Envelopes or Jewelry Security Envelopes listed on the
same PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET, if
possible.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-35

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

5.
6.

Enter facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Deliver currency and PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET to
desk officer.

DESK OFFICER 7.
8.

Check accuracy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.
Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET is entered
into the Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE verifying accuracy and
completeness.
Have “Invoicing Officer” copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
printed and deliver to invoicing officer as receipt.
Safeguard currency pending delivery to Property Clerk.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

9.
10.
11.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If the currency being invoiced is not stamped by arresting/assigned officer, the name and
rank of officer stamping bills will be entered under the “Remarks” section.
Currency will be perforated ONLY by Property Clerk personnel at Property Clerk
facilities.
Stamped or perforated currency will NEVER be returned to a claimant or deposited in
the Property Clerk’s account in any bank under any circumstances. This currency will
be forwarded to the Property Clerk, who will arrange for reimbursement of the
claimant.
In instances when currency is to be delivered to the Police Laboratory, the currency
should be placed in a manila envelope and sealed in a normal manner. In addition, the
invoicing officer will sign name, shield number, command and date across seal.
Mutilated currency (marked with fluorescent powder, treated with dye, blood stained,
etc.) will be placed in a plastic security envelope marked “MUTILATED CURRENCY –
CONTAINS STAINED MATERIAL – USE CARE IN HANDLING.” Such currency will
be forwarded to the Property Clerk for redemption.
a.
Should there be a need for laboratory analysis, then the currency should be
placed in a manila envelope, sealed in a normal manner and marked
“MUTILATED CURRENCY – CONTAINS STAINED MATERIAL – USE CARE
IN HANDLING.” In addition, the invoicing officer will sign name, shield
number, command and date across seal.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Invoicing Property – General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Processing Non-Evidence Currency (P.G. 218-36)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-36

PROCESSING NON-EVIDENCE CURRENCY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To process currency not required as evidence.

DEFINITION

NUMISMATIC/SENTIMENTAL VALUE - includes all gold coins, all U.S. silver
coins bearing date of 1964 or prior and extremely old bills. In addition, when determining
numismatic/sentimental value, members should be guided by the circumstances under
which the currency was found (e.g., location, type of packaging, special markings, encased
in frames or books, etc.). If doubt exists, such currency will be deemed to have
numismatic/sentimental value. Currency with numismatic/sentimental value will not be
deposited in a bank.

PROCEDURE

When non-evidence currency (e.g., property of DOA or found property), that does
not have numismatic/sentimental value, comes into the possession of a uniformed
member of the service:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

DESK OFFICER

4.

2.
3.

5.

6.
7.

8.
9.

10.
11.

Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A),
as appropriate.
Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Deliver PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET and currency to
desk officer.
Verify accuracy and completeness of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
WORKSHEET.
Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET is entered
into the Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate a
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
a.
Enter PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number and plastic
deposit bag serial number on all copies of deposit slip.
b.
Complete entries in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147), using one
space to account for all Plastic Security Envelopes or Jewelry
Security Envelopes listed on the same INVOICE, if possible.
Prepare and sign deposit slip.
Direct invoicing officer to place currency into plastic deposit bag.
a.
Currency and last copy of deposit slip will be placed into larger
pocket of deposit bag.
b.
Remaining parts of deposit slip will be placed into smaller pocket
of deposit bag.
Remove protective strip, exposing the adhesive, and seal the plastic
deposit bag.
Remove detachable receipt on the flap of the deposit bag, listing the
deposit bag’s pre-printed serial number and attach it to the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE.
Place copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE in a separate folder to
be maintained at desk, if no other property is involved.
Have PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) prepared
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-36

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

COMMAND
MESSENGER

12.

Prepare PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT, utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System and digitally sign REPORT.

DESK OFFICER

13.

Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT verifying accuracy
and completeness.
Direct command messenger, accompanied by another uniformed member
of the service or Evidence/Property Control Specialist, to deliver deposit
bag to local Department authorized bank and utilize the night deposit
vault, at all times.
a.
Direct both members to examine chute to ensure deposit bag(s) has dropped.
b.
Direct uniformed member(s) of the service to make appropriate
ACTIVITY LOG entries.
Make entry in Command Log, including:
a.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE serial number
b.
Serial number(s) of plastic deposit bag(s)
c.
Total amount to be deposited
d.
Rank, names and shield numbers of those uniformed members of
the service delivering currency to night depository, and name of
Evidence/Property Control Specialist (if appropriate).
Ensure that a uniformed member of the service performing duty with the
second platoon is assigned to retrieve deposit slip on the next business day.

14.

15.

16.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
ASSIGNED

17.

DESK OFFICER

19.

18.

20.

21.

EVIDENCE/
PROPERTY
CONTROL
SPECIALIST/
DESIGNATED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

22.

Retrieve deposit slip(s) and record receipt of deposit slip(s) and
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number(s) in ACTIVITY LOG.
Present receipted deposit slip(s) to desk officer.
Attach two copies of receipted deposit slips to Property Clerk copy of
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Enter in Command Log:
a.
Return of receipted deposit slips
b.
INVOICE serial number.
Retain “Property Clerk” copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, with
deposit slips attached, for delivery to appropriate Property Clerk borough office.
Conduct “Deposit Slip Confirmation” utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System verifying the amount listed on PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE matches the amount deposited by local Department authorized bank.
a.
If there is a discrepancy between the amount listed on the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE and amount local Department authorized bank
listed on deposit slip:
(1)
Ascertain reason for discrepancy as noted by bank and
enter correct amount(s) in the corresponding section.
(2)
Notify desk officer regarding reason for discrepancy and
list notification in the “Remarks” section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-36

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 23.

3 of 3

Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center, if deposit slip
discrepancy is due to a possible act of misconduct.
a.
Make Command Log entry regarding notification (e.g., IAB log
number, INVOICE number, etc.)

PROCESSING NON-EVIDENCE CURRENCY WITH POSSIBLE NUMISMATIC/
SENTIMENTAL VALUE
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

24.
25.

26.

DESK OFFICER 27.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Comply with P.G. 218-01, “Invoicing Property – General Procedure” when
invoicing non-evidence currency with possible numismatic/sentimental value.
Indicate on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE under “Remarks” possible
numismatic/sentimental value.
a.
Itemize coins by quantity.
b.
DO NOT enter any monetary value in “Cash Value” column.
Place currency in serially numbered plastic security envelope and comply
with pertinent provisions of P.G. 218-10, “Using Security Lead Seals or
Plastic Security Envelopes”.
Ensure currency with numismatic/sentimental value is delivered to the
Property Clerk as per P.G. 218-03, “Delivery of Property Other Than
Vehicle/Boat to Property Clerk.”
a.
DO NOT deposit currency with numismatic/sentimental value into bank.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
In the event of seizures of large amounts of currency by any command citywide, which
contains more than two thousand bills, a notification to the Property Clerk Division will
be made for special counting and deposit procedures.
All deposits into Department authorized banks are made on a “subject to count” basis.
Should the authorized bank discover a discrepancy, the bank will notify the
Commanding Officer, Property Clerk Division. Upon such notification, the Property
Clerk Division Investigations Unit will notify the Internal Affairs Bureau.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Processing Currency Required as Evidence (P.G. 218-35)
Delivery of Property Other Than Vehicle/Boat to Property Clerk (P.G. 218-03)
Using Security Lead Seals or Plastic Security Envelopes (P.G. 218-10)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-37

HANDLING OF RED DYE MARKED CURRENCY AND INTACT
"EXPLODING" CURRENCY PACKETS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To safely handle red dye marked currency or intact “exploding” currency packets.

PROCEDURE

When currency marked with a red dye must be handled or an intact “exploding”
currency packet is found:
UPON LOCATING AN INTACT PACKET OF CURRENCY

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.

DO NOT handle the packet.
Evacuate the immediate area.
Request the patrol supervisor, Emergency Services Unit and Bomb Squad
to respond.

HANDLING OF RED DYE MARKED CURRENCY
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.
5.
6.
7.

Wear disposable gloves.
Work in a ventilated area.
Wash hands thoroughly after handling currency.
Indicate clearly on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) and
Plastic Security Envelope that currency may be contaminated with CS
Tear Gas.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Members of the service responding to a bank robbery, or discovering a packet of banded
currency thereafter, should consult with bank employees to determine if an “exploding”
money packet was passed.
Do not open property envelopes containing contaminated currency unless absolutely
necessary. Sealed plastic envelopes prevent dissipation of contaminated residue.
Therefore, follow safety precautions if the envelope must be opened, even after long
periods of time have elapsed.
Exploding currency packets release tear gas, which may result in contamination of
persons and clothing to varying degrees. Since tear gas adheres to clothing, persons
exposed to the gas may contaminate others in their proximity. Therefore, all persons
exposed to the gas should be isolated from public contact, if possible, and afforded
necessary treatment, including medical evaluation, when indicated.
FIRST AID PROCEDURES FOR EXPOSURE
SKIN
Remove the affected persons from the contaminated area to an open, upwind position.
Remain calm and restrict activity. Major discomfort should disappear in fifteen to thirty
minutes.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-37

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

If stinging or burning sensation on moist skin areas occurs, sit and remain quiet to
reduce sweating. Expose affected areas to the air. In cases of gross contamination:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

Remove all contaminated clothing immediately
Irrigate affected areas with copious amounts of water (at least two liters)
Wash with soap and water to remove all residue
Washable clothing may be laundered with soap and water
Non-washable clothing may be air dried for a two-day period.

EYES
If there is burning sensation of the eyes, heavy flow of tears, or involuntary closing of
eyes, keep eyes open, facing wind. DO NOT rub eyes. Tearing helps clear the eyes. If
necessary, wash out eyes with cold water. Tears can be blotted away.
INHALATION
If a burning sensation or irritation of the nose occurs, breathe normally. Blow nose to
remove discharge. Nasal decongestants should help if discomfort is severe. Breathing
difficulties (burning sensations, chest tightness) are often accompanied by a feeling of
panic. In this event, the affected person (s) should be made to relax and kept calm. Talk
reassuringly to the person(s) to prevent panic. If discomfort persists or other symptoms
occur, the affected person should be removed to the hospital for medical evaluation.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Aided Cases-General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Processing Currency Required As Evidence (P.G. 218-35)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-38

PROCESSING OF CURRENCY/NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS
FOR FORFEITURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To expeditiously process seized U.S. currency and/or negotiable instruments
valued at one thousand dollars or more which may be forfeitable.

DEFINITIONS

FORFEITABLE - For the purpose of this procedure, forfeitable property consists
of those assets for which probable cause exists, including that:
a.
Such property was used to facilitate a crime, or
b.
Such property represents the proceeds or substituted proceeds of a crime.
NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT - A cash equivalent such as money orders,
traveler’s checks, bank checks, etc.
SUBSTITUTED PROCEEDS OF A CRIME - Items of property that have been received
in exchange for the actual proceeds of a crime. For example, if currency obtained in
exchange for illegal drugs is subsequently used to purchase an automobile, the currency is
the proceeds of a crime, and the automobile is the substituted proceeds of a crime.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service seizes U.S. currency and/or negotiable
instruments valued at one thousand dollars or more that are deemed forfeitable:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.

3.
4.
5.

6.

Notify the Asset Forfeiture Unit, twenty-four hours a day seven days a
week, and request a Forfeiture Log Number(s) for U.S. currency and/or
negotiable instruments valued at one thousand dollars or more that are
deemed forfeitable.
a.
Comply with normal invoicing procedures if an Asset Forfeiture
Unit investigator determines that the seized property is not
forfeitable.
Prepare a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD
521-141A) for only U.S. currency and/or negotiable instruments earmarked for
forfeiture.
a.
DO NOT include any other property on WORKSHEET.
Select “FORFEITURE” as property category.
Do not categorize this property as arrest evidence, unless it is an element
of a criminal charge being lodged against a defendant.
Include the Forfeiture Log Number and an indication that this is property
being “Held For Forfeiture,” in the “Remarks” section of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.
a.
Include a statement in the “Remarks” section briefly explaining
the circumstances under which currency and/or negotiable
instruments were seized. The statement should clearly
demonstrate how such property was used to facilitate a crime and
the specific location where such property was seized.
Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-38

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7.
8.

DESK OFFICER 9.
10.

11.

2 of 5

DO NOT “Evidence” stamp U.S. currency/negotiable instruments
earmarked for forfeiture.
Deliver PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET and
currency/negotiable instrument to desk officer.
Verify accuracy and completeness of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
WORKSHEET.
Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET entered into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
Ensure a digital photograph is taken of currency seized pursuant to a
search warrant, if applicable, before it is bagged and deposited in the
bank.
a.
Upload photograph to the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE as a related
document utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.

12.

Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE verifying accuracy and
completeness.

DESK OFFICER 13.

Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE verifying accuracy and
completeness.
Prepare and sign deposit slip.
Direct invoicing officer to place currency/negotiable instruments into
Plastic Security Envelopes.
Place copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE in separate folder to be
maintained at desk, if no other property is involved.
Have PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) prepared
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

14.
15.
16.
17.

18.

Prepare PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing Property and
Evidence Tracking System and digitally sign REPORT.

DESK OFFICER 19.

Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT verifying accuracy
and completeness.
Direct command messenger, accompanied by another uniformed member
of the service, to deliver currency in deposit bag to local Department
authorized bank and utilize the night deposit vault, at all times.
a.
Direct both uniformed members to examine chute to ensure
deposit bag (s) has dropped.
b.
Direct both uniformed members of the service to make
appropriate ACTIVITY LOG entries.
Direct command messenger to forward negotiable instruments to
Borough Property Clerk’s Office.
Make entry in Command Log, including:
a.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE serial number.

COMMAND
MESSENGER

20.

21.
22.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-38

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

b.
c.
d.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

23.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

REVISION NUMBER:

24.
25.

DESK OFFICER 26.
27.

28.

Serial number(s) of Plastic Security Envelope(s).
Total amount invoiced.
Rank, names and shield numbers of both uniformed members of
the service delivering currency to night depository.
e.
Forfeiture Log number.
Ensure that a uniformed member of the service performing duty with the
second platoon is assigned to retrieve deposit slip on the next business day.
Retrieve deposit slip(s) and record receipt of deposit PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE number(s) in ACTIVITY LOG.
Present receipted deposit slip(s) to desk officer.
Attach two copies of receipted deposit slips to PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
Enter in Command Log:
a.
Return of receipted deposit slip.
b.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE serial number.
Retain PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE with deposit slips attached for
delivery to Borough Property Clerk’s Office.

29.

Conduct “Deposit Slip Confirmation" utilizing Property and Evidence Tracking
System to verify the amount listed on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
matches the amount deposited by local Department authorized bank.
a.
If there is a discrepancy between the amount listed on the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and amount local Department
authorized bank listed on deposit slip:
(1)
Ascertain reason for discrepancy as noted by bank and
enter correct amount(s) in the corresponding section.
(2)
Notify desk officer regarding reason for discrepancy and
list notification in the “Remarks” section.

DESK OFFICER 30.

Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center, if deposit slip
discrepancy is due to a possible act of misconduct.
a.
Make Command Log entry regarding notification (e.g., IAB log
number, INVOICE number, etc.).

31.

Determine whether seized assets are appropriate subject of forfeiture
proceedings, and if so, assign log number, conduct follow-up investigation
and initiate tracking procedures.
Confer with District Attorney’s Office, Civil Enforcement Unit, and any
other agencies involved.
In federal cases, request appropriate federal agency to adopt within thirty
days, or request the District Attorney to forward a completed State
Forfeiture Release Form to the Asset Forfeiture Unit for processing.
Authorize the release of currency/negotiable instruments from the
Property Clerk in forfeiture cases.

EVIDENCE/
PROPERTY
CONTROL
SPECIALIST/
DESIGNATED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

ASSET
FORFEITURE
UNIT

32.
33.

34.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-38

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

COMMANDING 35.
OFFICER,
ASSET
FORFEITURE
UNIT

Direct and coordinate the post seizure investigative efforts of the
Department.

36.

Process PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and currency/negotiable
instruments.
Issue a check within three business days for seized currency being
processed for Federal or State Forfeiture upon written request of the Asset
Forfeiture Unit.
Process only those requests for the release of assets for federal, state and
local forfeiture that have been approved by the Asset Forfeiture Unit.

PROPERTY
CLERK

37.

38.

ASSET
FORFEITURE
UNIT

39.
40.

41.
42.
43.
44.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Prepare related paperwork and forward check to appropriate agency, in
federal forfeiture cases.
Prepare an accounting of investigative expenses incurred and a request
for the sharing in state forfeiture cases.
a.
Forward with a check to the appropriate District Attorney.
Assist and forward related paperwork to the Civil Enforcement Unit, in
local forfeiture cases.
Negotiate an equitable sharing agreement with other participants, in
federal cases.
Prepare and process Application for Transfer of Federally Forfeited
Property [DAG71] in Federal forfeiture cases.
Monitor and track all federal and state forfeiture actions throughout the
entire process.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Seizures of currency/negotiable instruments valued at less than one thousand dollars do
not require a notification to the Asset Forfeiture Unit and no Forfeiture Log number will
be issued. In these instances, the currency/negotiable instruments will be processed in
accordance with this procedure.
In the event of seizures of large amounts of currency which contain more than two
thousand bills, the Property Clerk’s Division should be contacted at for special counting
and deposit procedures.
Search Warrant Cases
In all instances, items seized pursuant to a New York State search warrant will be
inventoried for return to the court issuing the warrant. All such property will be
processed in accordance with this procedure. This property will not be released for
forfeiture proceedings by the Property Clerk without the authorization of the
Commanding Officer, Asset Forfeiture Unit and a release by the prosecutor, a turnover
order issued by a judge or a seizure warrant from a federal court.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-38

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

Transfer Prohibited
This procedure constitutes the Department’s sole directive regarding the disposition of
currency and/or negotiable instruments destined for forfeiture. In no instance will
assets be transferred to a New York City Police Department unit or outside law
enforcement agency for forfeiture processing without the written permission of the
Commanding Officer, Asset Forfeiture Unit.
Uniformed members of the service assigned to a formal Joint Federal Task Force will
notify the Asset Forfeiture Unit of all currency/negotiable instrument seizures and
process the seizure under the protocol established under their “Memorandum of
Understanding.”

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Forfeiture Proceedings for Seized Property (P.G. 208-26)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD 521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
Application for Transfer of Federally Forfeited Property (DAG71)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-39

SEIZURE, REMOVAL, AND DISPOSITION OF PROPERTY FROM
GENERAL AND FOOD VENDORS
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 10

PURPOSE

To remove property from an unlicensed food/general vendor(s) or from a
licensed general vendor(s) peddling in violation of law.

DEFINITIONS

GENERAL VENDOR - Person who peddles, sells, leases, or offers for sale or
lease at retail, goods or services, other than food, in a public area.
FOOD VENDOR - Person, who peddles, sells or offers food for sale at retail in
any public place.
PUSHCART - Any wheeled vehicle or device used by a vendor in a public place,
which can be moved with or without a motor and does not require registration by
Department of Motor Vehicles.
STAND - A movable, portable, or collapsible structure, device or other
contrivance other than a pushcart used to display or store any merchandise, food
or article required while acting as a vendor.
EXIGENT CIRCUMSTANCES – For the purpose of this procedure, any situation
which may endanger public safety or obstruct the free flow of traffic, either
pedestrian or vehicular, (e.g., fire, emergency, heavy traffic, street excavation, parade,
etc.) (See “ADDITIONAL DATA” statement).
SEIZURE OF PROPERTY – Under certain circumstances, the property of a street
vendor may be confiscated and the City’s Law Department may institute a
forfeiture action against the vendor. In those circumstances, the property may not
be returned to the vendor without the written authorization of the City’s Law
Department or Commanding Officer, Legal Bureau. Those circumstances are
listed in the “ADDITIONAL DATA” statement. In the event a vendor’s property is
confiscated for seizure, members of the service are instructed to confiscate only that
property which is displayed for sale, including, any cart, table or other device used to
display the property.
REMOVAL OF PROPERTY – Under certain circumstances, a street vendor’s
property may be confiscated and subject to a removal process. Those circumstances
are listed in the “ADDITIONAL DATA” statement. Under a removal process, the
property may be returned to the vendor at the command, even if the Environmental
Control Board Notice of Violation has not been adjudicated at the time the vendor
seeks return of his/her property. Under a removal process, food vendors are subject
to a removal fee as per Patrol Guide 218-43, “Removal and Storage Fees for Licensed
Food Vendors Equipment and Goods.” General vendors, Disabled Veteran Vendors,
and First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendors are not to be charged a
removal fee.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-39

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 10

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEAL - Non-releasable, barcoded, prenumbered security seal used to provide increased security for street vendor’s
property, which is seized and placed in large plastic bags to be invoiced.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service observes a general or food vendor who is
unlicensed OR operating in violation of the General/Food Vendor law or regulations
as described in “ADDITIONAL DATA” statement:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

8.

COMMANDING 9.
OFFICER
10.

DESK OFFICER 11.

12.

Perform the following in the presence of the peddler:
a.
Serve Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation.
b.
Place all seized property into large plastic bag(s) and tightly twist
top of bag(s) closed.
c.
Affix Property Clerk Division seal, with prongs facing inward,
around top of bag by pushing tie through slot and pulling loose
end taut.
(1)
Write pre-printed number of Property Clerk Division seal
on summons under issuing officer’s signature.
Deliver pushcart, stand, food/property, and necessary forms as
appropriate, to command of occurrence.
Do not permit vendor to assist in removal of property to command or ride
in department vehicle, except in arrest situation.
Return vendor’s (food or general) license to licensee after issuing Notice
of Violation.
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
Mark PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET “Removed/
Safeguard.”
Enter under “Remarks” on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
WORKSHEET, time of arrival at command with perishable items, type of
food or goods and how packaged.
Make appropriate entries regarding Property Clerk Division seals utilized
in CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS
(PD521-061).
Designate sufficient number of supervising members to frequently inspect
perishable foods or goods so that such items may, when necessary, be
condemned and disposed of.
Ensure perishable foods or goods are not forwarded to the Property Clerk
Division.
Examine sealed bag to ensure that:
a.
It is properly sealed
b.
Pre-printed, bar-coded Property Clerk Division seal number is accurately
recorded on both PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET
and Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation.
Make entry in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147) to account for number of
pre-printed plastic seal(s) used.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-39

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 10

a.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)
13.

14.
15.
16.
17.

18.
19.
20.
21.

Use one space on PROPERTY LOG to account for all seals listed on
the same PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET, if
possible.
Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET is entered
into Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
a.
If two separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES are prepared, a
cross-reference will be made utilizing the related invoice function
in the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Store plastic bag(s) with PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) in
property room, pending removal to the Property Clerk.
Notify Property Clerk Division if large amount of property is removed
from vendor.
Notify Department of Sanitation when expeditious disposal of spoiled
food or goods is required.
Have three copies of a report prepared on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD
(PD158-151) addressed to the vendor, within twenty-four hours after
perishable food or goods has been disposed of, indicating:
a.
An itemized description of property AND
b.
Reason for destruction or disposition AND
c.
Date of destruction/disposition.
Send copy of report to vendor through United States Mail.
Enter in the remarks section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE any
condemned food or goods, and date and time report was mailed to vendor.
Attach copy of report to command file copy of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
Prepare a separate report on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD and comply
with steps “17” through “20”, if different types of food or goods are
disposed of at different times, even if delivered to the command as part of
the same seizure.

WHEN EXIGENT CIRCUMSTANCES EXIST:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

22.
23.
24.

Notify vendor to stop all selling at the location and, within one minute,
begin to move from the area.
Inform vendor not to return to location for at least two hours unless conditions
dictate otherwise. (VENDOR MUST BE NOTIFIED OF TIME PERIOD).
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry describing the exigency that
prompted the order for the vendor to move and include:
a.
Name and license number of the vendor
b.
Description of the order conveyed
c.
Time period vendor was directed to stay away from the area.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-39

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

4 of 10

VENDOR PROPERTY SUBJECT TO SEIZURE
The property of a General Vendor is subject to seizure for the following violations of law:
New York City Administrative Code Section:
20-453 – Unlicensed General Vending
20-465 (g)(2) – Licensed General Vendor operating in the World Trade Zone*
20-465.1 – Licensed General Vendor operating on a RESTRICTED STREET at a time, and
on a day, the restriction is in effect.
The property of a Food Vendor is subject to seizure for the following violations of law:
New York City Administrative Code Section:
17-307 (a)(1) – Unlicensed Food Vendor
17-307 (b)(1) – Food Cart, Stand or Vehicle without permit (A food vendor must possess an
operator’s license AND the cart must possess a permit. Both items are issued by the New
York City Department of Health.)
17-315 (i) – Vending on Parks Property w/o Parks Permit. (Parks Property is limited to the
interior of the Park and the sidewalk immediately adjacent to the park.)
17-315 (k) – World Trade Center Zone*
*World Trade Center Zone – The area including and bounded on the east by the easterly
side of Broadway, on the south by the southerly side of Liberty Street, on the west by the
westerly side of West Street and on the North by the northerly side of Vesey Street.
VENDOR PROPERTY SUBJECT TO REMOVAL
The property of a General Vendor is subject to removal for the following violations of law:
New York City Administrative Code Section:
20-465 (b) – Licensed General Vendor occupying more than eight linear feet of public space
parallel to the curb in the operation of a vending business and, in addition, no more than
three linear feet when measured from the curb to the property line.
20-465 (e) – Licensed General Vendor operating WITHIN any bus stop, or taxi stand, OR
less than ten feet of any driveway, any subway entrance or exit, or any corner. Ten feet from
any corner shall be measured from a point where the property line on the nearest
intersecting block face, when extended, meets the curb.
20-465 (i) – Licensed General Vendor operating on the median strip or a divided roadway
unless such strip is intended for use as a pedestrian mall or plaza.
20-465 (k) – Licensed General Vendor – Fail to move Exigent Circumstances (See
“ADDITIONAL DATA” statement below for exigent circumstances.)
20-465 (m) – [as it relates to ventilation grills only] – Licensed General Vendor vending
over or otherwise obstructing a ventilation grill.
The property of a Food Vendor is subject to removal for the following violations of law:
New York City Administrative Code Section:
17-315 (j) – Fail to move Exigent Circumstances (See “ADDITIONAL DATA” statement
below for exigent circumstances.)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-39

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

5 of 10

17-315 (k) – Food Vendor operating on a RESTRICTED STREET at a time, and on a day,
the restriction is in effect. (Streets listed in Title 6, Chapter 2, Section 2-314 of the City
Rules.)
17-315 (l) – Food Vendor operating on a RESTRICTED STREET at a time, and on a day,
the restriction is in effect. (Streets listed in NYC Administrative Code 17-315 [l])
RESTRICTED STREETS – THIRTY FOOT RULE
Title 6, Chapter 6, Section 2-310 of the Rules of the City of New York (RCNY) prohibits
General Vendors, Food Vendors and Food Truck Vendors from operating on an intersecting
street with thirty feet of a cross-street during the dates and at the times a “Restriction on the
Cross-Street” is in effect. This prohibition applies to thirty feet of street and sidewalk in
each direction along the cross-street, measured from the building lines closest to each
designated street at each cross-street corner. The thirty foot rule DOES NOT apply to
Disabled Veteran Vendors (BLUE and YELLOW) and to First Amendment or Expressive
Matter Vendors.
Violators may be issued an Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation under Section
2-310 of the RCNY. Members of the service are instructed to check off “Box 10 (Other)” on
the ECB/NOV under caption “NYC Administrative Code/Rules of the City of New York,”
located in the middle of the ECB/NOV. Members are further instructed to insert the phrase
“RCNY” immediately beneath the above described “Box 10.”
The property, including the cart or vehicle, of a licensed Food Vendor or Food Truck
operator, may be seized for removal for violation of 2-310 (RCNY). The property of a
General Vendor, including the cart, table or vehicle may be seized for forfeiture for violation
of 2-310 (RCNY).
In any circumstance wherein the property of a Food Vendor is seized or removed, members
of the service are instructed to invoice the perishable items and the cart, stand or vehicle in
accordance with this procedure. Paper goods, utensils, soda containers, and other factory sealed items are to be invoiced separately and the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES crossreferenced.
On occasion, members of the service will encounter non-perishable items that are no longer
merchantable (e.g., soiled paper goods or rusted, leaking or otherwise damaged soda
containers or similar items that may become a vermin attraction or otherwise create an
unsanitary condition). Such items should not be stored in a Department facility. In these
circumstances, members of the service are instructed to photograph such items and invoice
the photographs on a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE with cross-references to
other INVOICES prepared in the incident. Such items may then be disposed of in a manner
similar to perishable food. Under no circumstances will such photographs be given to the
vendor or any other person.
ADDITIONAL TYPES OF VENDORS
First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendors:
First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendors are not required to possess a General
Vendor’s license issued by the New York City’s Department of Consumer Affairs. The
property of a First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor will not be seized for forfeiture
under any circumstances.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-39

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

6 of 10

The property of a First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor may be subject to a
removal procedure for the following violations:
New York City Administrative Code Section
20-465 (b) – Licensed General Vendor occupying more than eight linear feet of public space
parallel to the curb in the operation of a vending business and, in addition, no more than
three linear feet when measured from the curb to the property line.
20-465 (e) – Licensed General Vendor operating WITHIN any bus stop, or taxi stand, OR
less than ten feet of any driveway, any subway entrance or exit, or any corner. Ten feet from
any corner shall be measured from a point where the property line on the nearest
intersecting block face, when extended, meets the curb.
20-465 (i) – Licensed General Vendor operating on the median strip or a divided roadway
unless such strip is intended for use as a pedestrian mall or plaza.
20-465 (m) – [as it relates to ventilation grills only] – Licensed General Vendor vending
over or otherwise obstructing a ventilation grill.
20-465 (g)(2) – Licensed General Vendor operating in the World Trade Zone*
20-465 (k) – Licensed General Vendor – Fail to move Exigent Circumstances (See
“ADDITIONAL DATA” statement below for exigent circumstances.)
20-465.1 – First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor operating on a RESTRICTED
STREET.
The First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor may not operate on a RESTRICTED
STREET on the days, or at the time, the Restriction is in effect. However, the Restriction
must be a blanket Restriction. The Restriction must apply to both Food and General
Vendors. If any type of vendor is permitted on a street at a particular time, then the First
Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor must also be permitted to operate. However,
regardless of any Restriction that may be in effect, a First Amendment or Expressive Matter
Vendor may only operate to the extent they may display their wares without the use of a
table, cart or other device. For example, the First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor
may display their wares by carrying them in their hands.
When the property of a First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor is confiscated under
a removal procedure, it must be invoiced for Safekeeping and returned to the vendor upon
demand. Such property shall be returned whether or not the underlying summons or
ECB/NOV has been adjudicated. Under no circumstances shall the property of a First
Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor be disposed or otherwise discarded. Also, a First
Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor may not be charged a fee for the removal.
Disabled Veteran Vendors:
Disabled Veterans are permitted to operate on City streets under a provision of New York
State Law. These street vendors usually operate as General Vendors, however, on occasion,
members of the service may find them operating as licensed Food Vendors. These Food or
General Vendors may hold a Yellow or Blue license. The holders of these licenses are
subject to the provisions of New York State General Business Law Section 35-a.
Enforcement action against these vendors may not be taken under the usual street vendor
provisions of the New York City Administrative Code.
The holders of the Blue license, or as it is also known, a Midtown Specialized license, may
operate on most streets in the City except for those streets listed in the State General

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-39

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

7 of 10

Business Law Section 35-a. Additionally, holders of the Blue license may operate within the
Midtown Core Area**.
The holders of the Yellow and Blue licenses may operate on any street in the City outside of
the Midtown Core Area. However, the holders of the Yellow license may not operate within
the Midtown Core Area.
**Midtown Core Area – The area of Manhattan bounded by 2nd Avenue to 9th Avenue and
30th Street to 65th Street.
It is important to note that, other than the streets listed in the General Business Law Section
35-a, the World Trade Center Area, and the two specific locations in lower Manhattan
within the confines of the 1st Precinct, there are NO other streets in the City that are
restricted to holders of Blue or Yellow licenses.
Members of the service are encouraged to call the Legal Bureau for guidance when
contemplating enforcement action regarding the holders of a Blue or Yellow Disabled
Veteran License.
Green Cart Vendors:
Fruit and vegetable vendors are subject to the same rules as other food vendors, including
street restrictions and the provisions regarding confiscation for Seizure and Removal.
However, there is a special category of fruit and vegetable vendors known as Green Cart
Vendors. This group of vendors was created to make fresh fruits and vegetables more
available to disadvantaged communities. They are subject to the same provisions of law,
including street restrictions, as food vendors and other fruit and vegetable vendors. Green
Cart Vendors, however, are subject to an additional restriction. They are not permitted to
operate outside of the boundaries of the NYPD precinct stated on the decal affixed to their
cart. Members of the service are encouraged to call the Legal Bureau for guidance should
such a vendor be observed operating outside of the precinct designated by his cart decal.
Food Trucks:
Food Trucks are motor vehicles bearing a permit issued by the City’s Department of Health
to dispense food on City streets. The operators of these enterprises must possess a food
vendor’s license. Food Trucks are subject to the same provisions for confiscation for
Seizure and Removal procedures discussed above, including the Restricted Street provisions
of Administrative Code Sections 17-315(k) and 17-315(l).
Food Trucks are subject to the same provisions of the New York State Vehicle and Traffic
Law and the City Traffic Rules, as other motor vehicles. However, there are additional
parking restrictions on Food Trucks as follows:
Food Trucks are not permitted to park at parking meters (mechanical or MUNI) for any
period of time whatsoever. Violators may be issued an “A” summons under the City Traffic
Rules Section 4-08 (h)(8).
Food Trucks are not permitted to park at trucks loading and unloading zones. Violators
may be issued an “A” summons under the City Traffic Rules Section 4-08(k)(2).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-39

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

8 of 10

Members of the service are reminded that any vehicle parked illegally on a City street,
whether occupied or not, may be removed by Department Tow or by the City’s Department
of Transportation Tow.
WHEN EXIGENT CIRCUMSTANCES EXIST REQUIRING A VENDOR TO MOVE FROM
A LOCATION
When “exigent circumstances” exist which cause a uniformed member of the service to
direct a vendor (food or general) to temporarily move from the ENTIRE AREA, the
following guidelines for relocation will be followed:

a.

b.

c.

d.
e.

TYPE
MAXIMUM HEIGHT
Unusually heavy pedestrian or The SHORTEST distance in DIRECTION
vehicular traffic
OF EITHER; three city blocks, or 750
feet, on direct line of sight.
Obstruction in a public space
The SHORTEST distance necessary to
alleviate obstruction, but NOT to exceed
the above.
Collision, fire, other emergency
Beyond police and fire lines to an area of
safety.
If vendor’s presence causes
further congestion, follow (a) or (b)
above.
Other unusual event
As circumstances require after conferral
with a supervising officer.
Parade
Along entire parade route including ½
block on either side, formation and
regrouping areas, or as directed by a
supervising officer.

The vendor must move a sufficient distance from the critical location to alleviate the existing
condition. A licensed vendor (food or general) who refuses to move as directed, or who does
not move to a location outside the critical area, or who returns within the prohibited time, as
directed, will be issued an Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing.
OPERATIONAL ISSUES
A properly identified vendor (identification may be by license alone) will not be arrested
SOLELY for violation of a General Vendor’s LAWS OR REGULATIONS.
A General Vendor’s license issued by a New York State County Clerk, including, County Clerks
from the five boroughs, are not valid in New York City. Persons found engaged in street vending
bearing such licenses are to be treated as unlicensed General Vendors. Similarly, persons found
engaged in Street Vending bearing a Temporary General Vendor’s license for Street Vending Fairs
at a place and time when no licensed Street Fair is in session are to be treated as unlicensed
General Vendors.
Perishable foods stored in existing police facilities are deemed to be contaminated and
unfit for human consumption and subject to condemnation when storage times exceed
the following guidelines:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-39

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

9 of 10

GROUP I - 2 HOURS
POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS FOODS:
a.

Vulnerable foods: Protein salads, fruits and vegetables, which have been sliced or
chopped
b.
Baked goods filled with custard or toppings or fillings made with mold products,
eggs or other ingredients capable of supporting rapid and progressive growth of
microorganisms
c.
Fresh and ready to eat meat, fish, poultry and products containing gravies or
sauces made from meat, fish or poultry
EXAMPLES: Frankfurters; knishes; falafel; all frozen desserts such as ices, ice cream,
yogurt; shish kebab; prepared, smoked and cooked meats; fried and other fish products,
milk and milk products, cooked onions, relish, etc.
GROUP II - 24 HOURS
UNWRAPPED AND UNPROTECTED FOODS AND FOODS SUBJECT TO BECOMING
STALE, MOLDY AND OTHERWISE UNFIT:
a.

Food shall be deemed unwholesome and subject to contamination when they
have been or are being stored or handled under inadequate conditions, and
where the food is not or cannot be protected from dirt, dust, vermin or other
potential forms of contamination and where such storage of foods can attract
vermin or otherwise lead to unsanitary conditions that may adversely affect the
health and safety of persons charged with custody of such foods
b.
Foods in Group II may be considered unwholesome when stored in unprotected
surroundings and subject to contamination for a period of twenty-four or more
hours.
EXAMPLES (but not limited to):
Pretzels, cookies; nuts; rolls and other baked goods; dried fruits; loose candies;
condiments; thin skinned fruits, or fruits eaten with peel or skin; soda, or other liquid
refreshment and food, other than in factory sealed containers.
GROUP III - 72 HOURS
a.

All other foods, except those in factory hermetically sealed containers and treated or
processed to prevent spoilage or deterioration, shall be deemed unwholesome and subject
to contamination when stored seventy-two hours or more under inadequate conditions.
EXAMPLES:
Boxed cookies; nuts; dried fruits, fruits and vegetables, which can normally be stored
without refrigeration for some time such as grapefruits, oranges, acorn squash, etc.
In all cases when property of a LICENSED VENDOR is taken into police custody, a
report will be prepared and forwarded to the patrol borough office (and filed)
containing the following information:
a.
Name, address and date of birth of vendor
b.
General Vendor license number
c.
Summonsing officer, shield and command
d.
Summons number(s)
e.
Date and time of removal
f.
Date and time PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is completed and
property is available for redemption

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-39

08/19/13

g.
h.
i.
j.

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

k.
l.

PAGE:

10 of 10

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number
Type and quantity of property
Amount of removal fee due
Date and time of disposition of property (returned to vendor or
forwarded to Property Clerk)
Total amount of removal and storage charges waived
Rank, name and command of processing officer.

RE-BAGGING OF A STREET VENDOR’S PROPERTY IF BAG BREAKS
In the event that a plastic bag containing a street vendor’s property breaks, a uniformed supervisor
will be responsible to re-bag the property utilizing the “repack” function in Property Clerk
Evidence Tracking System. Each command involved in peddler enforcement will be required to
maintain a separate CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS for
command use. The assigned supervisor will not remove property from the damaged bag, nor will
the Property Clerk Division seal be removed. Rather, the entire bag, with the Property Clerk
Division seal intact, will be placed in the new bag and a new Property Clerk Division seal attached.
An entry will be made in the Command Log, including seal numbers and invoice numbers involved.
Additionally, a cross-reference will be made in the original Log entry of the invoice concerned.
DEPARTMENT POLICY
All peddler enforcement personnel will perform duty in uniform, with the exception of
“designated spotters”, who will be permitted to perform duty in civilian clothes.
Dedicated peddler enforcement supervisors will be present at all property seizures,
when practical.
All peddler enforcement vehicles will be marked.
Supervisory span of control for peddler enforcement shall not exceed one supervisor for
five police officers.
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Removal and Storage Fees for Licensed Food Vendors Equipment and Goods (P.G. 218-43)
Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture Program (P.G. 218-41)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS (PD521-061)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-40

GENERAL VENDOR DISTRIBUTOR FORFEITURE PROCEDURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To confiscate vehicles of unlicensed general vendor distributors and institute
forfeiture proceedings.

DEFINITION

DISTRIBUTOR - any person or organization engaged in the sale, consignment,
or distribution of goods for sale or resale by a general vendor. This shall not
include an owner of goods who personally operates a motor vehicle to transport
such goods exclusively to and from a location from which the owner will
personally sell such goods in compliance with all applicable laws.
PUBLIC SPACE - all publicly-owned property between the property lines on a
street as such property lines are shown on the City map including but not limited
to a park, plaza, roadway, shoulder, tree space, sidewalk or parking space
between such property lines. It shall also include, but not be limited to, publicly
owned or leased land, buildings, piers, wharfs, stadiums, and terminals.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing an unlicensed general vendor distributor in a public place:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.

4.
5.

DESK OFFICER 6.
7.
8.

9.

Serve Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing for
New York City Administrative Code 20-474.1 (Unlicensed General
Vendor Distributor), if violator eligible.
Confiscate vehicle and contents for forfeiture proceedings.
Remove vehicle to precinct of occurrence and comply with P.G. 218-12,
“Safeguarding Vehicles in Police Custody.”
a.
Any goods contained within the vehicle shall be processed according to
P.G. 218-39, “Seizure, Removal and Disposition of Property from
General and Food Vendors.”
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A) and select “FORFEITURE” as Property Category.
Submit completed PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET to
desk officer for review.
Have vehicle removed to Property Clerk storage facility (see P.G. 218-20,
“Delivery of Vehicle to Property Clerk”).
Ensure accuracy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.
Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET is entered into
Property Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (521-141).
Prepare PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE (PD260-155)
upon arrival at stationhouse of individual seeking to reclaim seized property.
a.
Ensure the names and addresses of all persons involved (e.g.,
driver, owner of vehicle and/or representative, etc.) AND
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE serial number(s) are entered on
PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-40

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 10.
(continued)
11.

12.

13.

PATROL
BOROUGH
COORDINATOR

REVISION NUMBER:

14.
15.

Have claimant sign perforated, tear-off portion of PEDDLER
FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE entitled “Peddler Property Acknowledgement of Demand.”
Send by FAX or forward by messenger copies of all relevant documents,
including:
a.
Completed PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE
with signed “Peddler Property-Acknowledgement of Demand”
b.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c.
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation or summons
d.
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159), if applicable
e.
Any other documents prepared within one day of the demand for
the return of property to:
Assistant Chief, Administrative Law Division
New York City Law Department
100 Church Street, Room 5J17
New York, New York 10007
Provide claimant appearing at command with:
a.
Peddler Property - Acknowledgement of Demand (perforated,
tear-off portion of original PEDDLER FORFEITURE
QUESTIONNAIRE
b.
“Prisoner/Finder/Owner” copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Forward to patrol borough coordinator:
a.
ORIGINAL and one copy of PEDDLER FORFEITURE
QUESTIONNAIRE
b.
Two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, Environmental
Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing or summons and
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET, if
applicable.
Retain copies of all forms prepared on ORIGINAL and SUBSEQUENT
SERVICE, if appropriate, for precinct file.
Maintain record of forms received from precinct under the following captions:
DATE

16.
17.

18.

2 of 3

SERIAL NO.

CLAIMANT’S
NAME

OWNER/
REPRESENTATIVE

INVOICE
NO.

SUMMONS
NO.

VENDOR’S
NAME

Assign borough serial number to each PEDDLER FORFEITURE
QUESTIONNAIRE received.
Check all forms for completeness and accuracy.
a.
Return any form containing errors and/or omissions to command
of origin for correction.
Act as a liaison with Corporation Counsel in all matters pertaining to the
forfeiture program.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-40

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

OPERATIONAL ISSUES
Any vehicle used by a distributor to transport goods to a general vendor must be visually
identified by a sign conspicuously displayed on the side of the vehicle. The following
information must be clearly and legibly displayed on such sign:
a.
The licensee’s name and address
b.
Business telephone numbers
c.
The words “General Vending Distributor”
d.
Department of Consumer Affairs telephone complaint number.
Persons operating a licensed General Vendor Distributor Vehicle which is either missing
such a sign or if the sign is missing any of the information required as listed in “a thru d”
above may be issued an Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation under New York
City Administrative Code Section 20-474.2(a).
The letters and numerals of such display shall not be less than one and one-half inches in
height, with a width of at least one-quarter of an inch, and shall be colored black and
white, whichever is most prominent against the background color. An Environmental
Control Board Notice of Violation under New York City Code Section 20-474.2(b) may be
issued if the licensed General Vendor Distributor does not have a vehicle sign that has the
proper dimensions required by law.
Signs used to identify delivery vehicles may be removable, but must be securely fastened
whenever the vehicle is used to deliver or remove goods to or from a general vendor. The
sign must remain securely attached throughout the time it takes to load or unload goods.
An Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation under New York City Code Section
20-474.2(c) may be issued to the licensed General Vendor Distributor for failure to have a
sign securely fastened to their vehicle during loading and unloading of goods.
It is now the responsibility of the Corporation Counsel to serve the claimant with the
summons and complaint. However, it is imperative that a copy of the completed
PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE, as well as any other documents
prepared in conjunction with this procedure, be forwarded to the Corporation Counsel
within one day of the claimant’s appearance at stationhouse to reclaim seized property.
Any subsequent demand by an unlicensed distributor for the return of seized property
will be processed according to Patrol Guide 218-41, “Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture
Program.”

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Safeguarding of Vehicles in Police Custody (P.G. 218-12)
Delivery of Vehicles to Property Clerk (P.G. 218-20)
Seizure, Removal and Disposition of Property from General and Food Vendors (P.G. 218-39)
Removal and Storage Fees for Vendors Equipment and Goods (P.G. 218-43)
Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture Program (P.G. 218-41)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE (PD260-155)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-41

UNLICENSED PEDDLER FORFEITURE PROGRAM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To institute forfeiture proceedings against property seized from unlicensed street vendors.

SCOPE

ONLY the property of an unlicensed food or general vendor or the property of a licensed
general vendor, who violates the restricted streets provision of Administrative Code
Section 20-465, subdivision “l,” is subject to forfeiture. Members are to confiscate only
the property that the vendor had on display, as well, as any cart, table or vehicle used to
display the property.

PROCEDURE

Upon observing an unlicensed street vendor operating in a public place:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

DESK OFFICER 3.
4.

5.

6.

Comply with P.G. 218-39, “Seizure, Removal and Disposition of
Property of General and Food Vendors.”
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System and select “FORFEITURE” as
Property Category.
Comply with P.G. 218-39, “Seizure, Removal and Disposition of
Property of General and Food Vendors.”
Prepare PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE (PD260-155)
upon arrival at command of individual seeking to reclaim seized property.
a.
Ensure the names and addresses of all persons involved, (e.g.,
driver, owner of vehicle and/or representative, etc.) AND
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE serial number(s) are entered on
PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE.
Have claimant sign perforated, tear-off portion of PEDDLER
FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE entitled, “Peddler PropertyAcknowledgement of Demand.”
Send by FAX or forward by messenger copies of all relevant documents,
including:
a.
Completed PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE
with signed “Peddler Property-Acknowledgement of Demand”
b.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c.
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation or summons
d.
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159), if applicable
e.
Any other documents prepared within one day of the demand for
the return of property to:
Assistant Chief, Administrative Law Division
New York City Law Department
100 Church Street, Room 5J17
New York, New York 10007

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-41

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 7.
(continued)

8.

9.
10.

11.
PATROL
BOROUGH
COORDINATOR

12.
13.

14.

2 of 2

Provide claimant appearing at stationhouse with:
a.
Peddler Property-Acknowledgement of Demand (perforated, tear-off
portion of original PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE)
b.
“Prisoner/Finder/Owner” copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Forward to patrol borough coordinator:
a.
ORIGINAL (less tear-off portion) and one copy of PEDDLER
FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE
b.
Two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, Environmental
Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing or summons and
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET, if
applicable.
Comply with steps “4” through “8” for EACH SUBSEQUENT
CLAIMANT appearing at the stationhouse to reclaim same property.
Retain copies of all forms prepared on ORIGINAL and SUBSEQUENT
SERVICE, if appropriate, for command file.
Maintain record of forms received from command under the following
captions:
DATE

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

SERIAL NO.

CLAIMANT’S
NAME

OWNER/
REPRESENTATIVE

INVOICE
NO.

SUMMONS
NO.

VENDOR’S
NAME

Assign borough serial number to each PEDDLER FORFEITURE
QUESTIONNAIRE.
Check all forms for completeness and accuracy.
a.
Return any form containing errors and/or omissions to precinct of
origin for correction.
Act as a liaison with Corporation Counsel in all matters pertaining to the
forfeiture program.

OPERATIONAL ISSUES
It is now the responsibility of the Corporation Counsel to serve the claimant with the
summons and complaint. However, it is imperative that copies of the completed
PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE, as well as any other documents
prepared in conjunction with this procedure, be forwarded to the Corporation Counsel
within one day of the claimant’s appearance at command to reclaim seized property.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Seizure, Removal and Disposition of Property of General and Food Vendors (P.G. 218-39)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE (PD260-155)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-42

OBTAINING AND RETURNING OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION
SEALS (PLASTIC SECURITY SEALS)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To record the distribution of Property Clerk Division seals issued to uniformed
members of the service assigned to peddler enforcement duty and to ensure the
integrity of returned Property Clerk Division seals.

SCOPE

Uniformed members of the service below the rank of captain, assigned to peddler
enforcement duty, must carry a sufficient amount of Property Clerk Division seals.

PROCEDURE

When assigned to peddler enforcement duty:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.
4.

Obtain Property Clerk Division seals and CERTIFICATION OF
PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS (PD521-061) from desk
officer.
Examine Property Clerk Division seals to ensure that there are twenty
seals, consecutively numbered.
Sign for Property Clerk Division seals on the PROPERTY CLERK
DIVISION SEAL DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD521-1411).
Sign and deliver completed CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY
CLERK DIVISION SEALS, to immediate supervisor, after all seals
have been used.

SUPERVISOR

5.

Review completed CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK
DIVISION SEALS and verify that all Property Clerk Division seals are
accounted for.
a.
Document verification by initialing the top portion of the
CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION
SEALS.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

6.

Deliver unused Property Clerk Division seals and CERTIFICATION
OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS, to the command where
they were issued, when transferred or separated from the Department.
Notify commanding officer, without delay, when a Property Clerk
Division seal is damaged or missing.

7.

COMMANDING 8.
OFFICER/
RANKING
SUPERVISOR
9.
DESIGNEE
10.
11.

Examine CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION
SEALS to verify that:
a.
All information has been recorded
b.
No discrepancies exist.
Take appropriate action if discrepancies are found.
Obtain unused or damaged peddler seals from transferred or separated
members.
Destroy unused or damaged Property Clerk Division seals; they are not to
be re-issued.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-42

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

PAGE:

08/01/13

12.
13.
14.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Make random inspections of CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY
CLERK DIVISION SEALS.
Indicate inspection by entering date and initials on the reverse side of
CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS.
Report any discrepancies to the commanding officer.

CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS (PD521-061)
PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEAL DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD521-1411)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-43

REMOVAL AND STORAGE FEES FOR LICENSED FOOD VENDORS
EQUIPMENT AND GOODS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To collect removal and storage fees for vehicles, carts, goods or food of a
licensed food vendor.

PROCEDURE

When the owner or person lawfully entitled to possession of a peddler’s vehicle,
cart, stand or goods appears at a Department facility to claim property:

DESK OFFICER 1.

2.
3.

4.
5.

6.
7.

8.

9.
ADDITIONAL
DATA

Collect removal fee as follows:
a.
Vehicle, cart, stand removed by Department vehicle - $65.00
b.
Vehicle, cart, stand not removed by Department vehicle - $20.00
c.
Goods taken into custody with vendor’s vehicle, cart, stand - $10.00
d.
Goods only seized - $20.00.
Ensure goods/foods and vehicle, carts, stand, etc. which are stored
separately are charged a separate storage fee.
Collect storage fee of $5.00 per day or part of day.
a.
Storage fee will not be imposed for the day the vehicle, cart, stand
or goods/food are initially delivered to the command.
Prepare two copies of FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017).
Mark receipt “VOID” if an error is made in its preparation.
a.
Prepare new receipt.
b.
File receipt marked “VOID” in command.
Give original RECEIPT to claimant.
Complete the “Release/Disposition – Return to Owner” function utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a.
Have claimant sign utilizing the digital signature capture device.
Forward fees collected for removal/storage to Audits and Accounts Unit
on the next business day (except Saturdays, Sundays and civilian
holidays).
a.
Fees received at commands after 1600 hours or on days when the
Audits and Accounts Unit is closed will be safeguarded and
processed the next business day.
File copy of FEE RECEIPT in command.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A vehicle, cart, stand, or goods will not be released to an owner or his representative
who alleges it was stolen and refuses to pay removal/storage charges.
The seized property of a licensed vendor will be returned upon demand and without the
payment of any fee, when the vendor produces a valid vendor’s license. An appropriate
entry will be made in the “Remarks” section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Pushcarts, stands, and/or merchandise removed from an unlicensed peddler will not be
returned to the claimant upon payment of removal and storage fees, but will become the
subject of forfeiture proceedings per P.G. 218-41, “Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture
Program.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-43

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture Program (P.G. 218-41)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

2 of 2

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-44

REMOVAL AND STORAGE CHARGES
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To collect and forward fees received for vehicles or boats in police custody.

DEFINITION

VEHICLE OR BOAT IN POLICE CUSTODY - A motor vehicle or boat abandoned,
involved in a collision or an unoccupied boat found adrift which has been taken to a
Department facility. (Does not include motor vehicles or boats impounded as evidence).

PROCEDURE

When the owner or person lawfully entitled to possession appears at a
Department facility to claim a vehicle or boat:

DESK OFFICER 1.
OR PERSON IN
2.
CHARGE OF
STORAGE
FACILITY
3.

4.

5.

Collect towing fee of $25.00 if Department tow or launch removes a
vehicle or boat in police custody.
Collect storage fee of $5.00 per day or part of day for an abandoned
vehicle or boat or a vehicle or boat involved in a collision. (No storage fee
will be imposed for the day a vehicle or boat is delivered to a department
facility.)
Charge $5.00 per day or part of day commencing three days after notice
to owner by registered mail for an unoccupied boat found adrift or a
stolen vehicle or boat.
Prepare FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017) in numerical sequence.
a.
Original copy to claimant.
b.
Copy to Audits and Accounts Unit.
c.
Leave third copy in FEE RECEIPT BOOK as command file copy.
Forward fees collected to Audits and Accounts Unit each day (excluding
Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) with three copies of itemized report and
corresponding FEE RECEIPT for each boat or vehicle returned to
claimant.

NOTE

The New York City Administrative Code requires that fees collected be forwarded “on next
business day.” Fees collected at commands after 1600 hours or on days when the Audits and
Accounts Unit is closed will be safeguarded and processed the next business day. The Audits
and Accounts Unit is closed for business on weekends and all civilian holidays.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DO NOT release vehicle or boat to an owner or his representative who alleges it was
stolen and refuses to pay charges due.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Forwarding Fees to Audits and Accounts Unit (P.G. 212-82)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-45

PISTOL LICENSE SUSPENSION, REVOCATION OR CANCELLATION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To facilitate the surrender of pistol licenses and firearms when a license is
suspended, revoked or cancelled.

DEFINITION

FIREARM - For the purposes of this procedure, a firearm is defined as any pistol
or revolver listed on a PISTOL LICENSE (PD643-052).

PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of a FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE (PD641-123), through
channels, from the License Division:

1.
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

Assign/designate a member of the service to record receipt of
FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE, by serial number, in Precinct
Communication Log and deliver NOTICE(S) to commanding officer.

COMMANDING 2.
OFFICER
3.

Assign a uniformed member of the service, preferably a supervisor, to
conduct a prompt investigation.
Ensure investigation is completed and all related forms are forwarded to
the License Division, through channels, within thirty days of date
FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE was received at command.

4.

Respond to licensee’s address and request surrender of pistol license and
firearm(s) indicated on FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE.
a.
Attempt to make visits at times other than during the second
platoon (e.g., 4 x12’s, weekends, etc.), if necessary.
b.
Contact the License Division for further direction if licensee refuses to
surrender firearm(s) after FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE has
been served and the licensee offers no evidence or documentation
indicating that firearm(s) were legally disposed of.

COMMANDING 5.
OFFICER,
LICENSE
DIVISION

Confer with the Legal Bureau and Detective Bureau, if necessary, and
advise the appropriate course of action.

6.

Complete and sign pink copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE
and present to licensee as receipt for surrendered item(s).
Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) utilizing the Property
and Evidence Tracking System, and process firearm(s) as per provisions of P.G.
218-23, “Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence”, if firearm(s) is
among items surrendered.
a.
Include the following notation under “Remarks” on PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
ASSIGNED

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
ASSIGNED

7.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-45

UNIFORMED
MEMBER
ASSIGNED
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

“FIREARMS SHALL NOT BE RELEASED WITHOUT WRITTEN
AUTHORIZATION OF THE COMMANDING OFFICER, LICENSE
DIVISION.”
8.

9.

10.
11.

12.
COMMANDING 13.
14.
OFFICER

Attempt to obtain new address if licensee no longer resides or is employed
at address indicated on FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE.
a.
Enter new address on buff copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER
NOTICE.
b.
Serve FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE if new address is
located within the confines of command.
(1)
If new address is not within confines of command, enter all
information on buff copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER
NOTICE and return to License Division.
c.
Enter relevant information on buff copy of FIREARMS SURRENDER NOTICE if new address cannot be obtained.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and
refer to detective squad when:
a.
Firearm is lost or stolen and has not been previously reported as such
b.
Member suspects licensee still resides or is employed at location and is
intentionally avoiding service of FIREARMS-SURRENDER NOTICE
c.
Member believes firearms may have been used in commission of a crime.
(1)
Forward REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT (PD521-168) and firearm to Firearms Analysis
Section for analysis with a copy of COMPLAINT
REPORT.
Complete all relevant sections on buff copy of FIREARMS SURRENDER NOTICE.
Deliver buff and white copies of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE
to commanding officer.
a.
Include the following items, if obtained:
(1)
PISTOL LICENSE
(2)
“Assigned Investigator” copy of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE
(3)
Photocopy of COMPLAINT REPORT
(4)
Any other substantiating documentation.
Make complete entry of relevant facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
Endorse buff copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE.
Forward buff and white copies of FIREARMS - SURRENDER
NOTICE, along with the following items, if obtained, to License Division:
a.
PISTOL LICENSE
b.
Assigned Investigator copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c.
Photocopy of COMPLAINT REPORT
d.
Any other substantiating documentation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-45

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A pistol licensee may legally dispose of a properly registered firearm by sale to a
licensed New York State gun dealer, or to a person authorized to possess firearms, or by
surrendering for safekeeping to a police agency. Such information must be entered on
buff copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE.
In cases where the licensee is believed to have relocated outside of the City of New York,
License Division personnel will notify the appropriate agency.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Voluntary Surrender of Weapons with Written Notice (P.G. 207-26)
Voluntary Surrender of Weapons without Prior Written Notice (P.G. 207-27)
Invoicing Property – General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)
Rifle/Shotgun Permit Suspended, Revoked, Disapproved (P.G. 212-85)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE (PD641-123)
PISTOL LICENSE (PD643-052)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-46

PROCESSING OF FOUND PROPERTY RECOVERED BY
SCHOOL SAFETY AGENTS IN FACILITIES OR ON
PROPERTY OWNED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
DATE ISSUED:

09/06/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To record and process found property recovered by a school safety agent, in
facilities or on property owned by the Department of Education.

DEFINITIONS

FOUND PROPERTY - Any lost article.
CONTRABAND - Items which are prohibited by the Penal Law and
Administrative Code; such items include but are not limited to firearms,
narcotics, marijuana, box cutters, and switchblades.
NON-CONTRABAND - Items which are not prohibited by the Penal Law and
Administrative Code; such items include, but are not limited to personal stereos,
CD players, metrocards, clothing and bookbags. Items which may violate the
Chancellor’s or school rules, e.g., marking pens, will also be categorized as noncontraband.

PROCEDURE

Upon coming into possession of found property in facilities or on property
owned by the Department of Education, whether on or off duty:

SCHOOL
SAFETY
AGENT

1.

NOTE

The owner of a found NYC Transit metrocard may be identified through the records
maintained by the transportation coordinator in each school.

2.

NOTE

Examine the found property and ascertain whether it is contraband,
evidence, dangerous to health and safety, or is U.S. currency valued at
$10.00 or more, to determine who will take custody of the property.
a.
Identify owner if possible.

Make complete ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries to include:
a.
Circumstances of recovery
b.
Detailed description of the found property
c.
Name, address, and telephone number of person (if other than
school safety agent) who recovered and returned found property
d.
Name, shield number, and command of uniformed member of the
service taking custody of found property, when applicable.

If the property is readily identifiable as belonging to a student or staff member, such
property can be retained by the school safety agent and returned to its rightful owner who
will then acknowledge receipt by signing the school safety agent’s ACTIVITY LOG.
When property is recovered and turned over to a school safety agent, the agent will
request that the finder sign the agent’s ACTIVITY LOG. In all instances when the
finder refuses, the school safety agent will indicate such below the property description
in their ACTIVITY LOG and then request that the School Safety Agent III/ School
Safety Supervisor, or precinct school safety sergeant respond. Supervisor will then sign
the agent’s ACTIVITY LOG.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-46

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

2 of 3

SCHOOL
SAFETY
AGENT

3.

Notify:
a.
The School Safety Agent III/ School Safety Supervisor, or precinct
school safety sergeant and/or principal, as soon as possible
b.
The School Safety Operations Center in all cases and provide
information obtained in step 2
c.
The precinct patrol supervisor, if firearm, other contraband,
evidence, or U.S. currency valued at $10.00 or more is involved
and precinct school safety sergeant is not available.

SCHOOL
SAFETY
OPERATIONS
CENTER
PERSONNEL

4.

Enter in the criminal incident database a description of the found property,
the names of the finder, supervisor notified, and school safety agent.
a.
Assign a control/safety incident number.

SCHOOL
SAFETY
AGENT

5.

Enter in ACTIVITY LOG the name of the person notified at the
Operations Center and the control/safety incident number assigned.
Deliver non-contraband, non-evidence property, including U.S. currency
valued at less that $10.00, to the school principal or designee and request
that they sign ACTIVITY LOG.

NOTE

If either refuses to accept property and/or sign the ACTIVITY LOG, then contact the
School Safety Agent III/ School Safety Supervisor or precinct school safety sergeant. In
this situation, the property will be safeguarded by the receiving agent until it is taken into
possession by a uniformed member of the service who will invoice said property.

6.

IF RECOVERED FOUND PROPERTY IS A FIREARM OR OTHER TYPE OF
CONTRABAND, EVIDENCE, OR U.S. CURRENCY VALUED AT $10.00 OR MORE
SCHOOL
SAFETY
AGENT

7.

Safeguard property until delivered to precinct uniformed personnel.

NOTE

All firearms should be considered loaded and operable. DO NOT touch, disturb, or
move a firearm in any way unless absolutely necessary (e.g., large crowd gathering,
rendering aid to a victim, etc.) DO NOT attempt to unload a firearm.
A bookbag, briefcase, purse, wallet, etc., found to contain any contraband property,
must be invoiced along with the contraband property.

SCHOOL
SAFETY
AGENT III/
SCHOOL
SAFETY
SUPERVISOR

8.

9.

Respond to location:
a.
Verify ACTIVITY LOG entry.
b.
Ensure that non-contraband, non-evidence property, including
U.S. currency valued at less than $10.00 has been delivered to the
principal or designee.
Notify the precinct school safety sergeant to respond and take possession of
any firearm, contraband, evidence, or U.S. currency valued at $10.00 or more.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-46

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

09/06/13

3 of 3

NOTE

The School Safety Agent III/ School Safety Supervisor will notify the precinct patrol
supervisor if any of these items are involved and the precinct school safety sergeant is
not available.

PRECINCT
SCHOOL
SAFETY
SERGEANT/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

10.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Confiscation Of New York City Transit Student MetroCards (P.G. 215-15)
Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrests and Investigations at Department of
Education Facilities (P.G. 215-17)
Search Protocols For School Safety Agents (P.G. 215-18)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

Respond to location:
a.
Take custody of firearm, other contraband, evidence, or U.S.
currency valued at $10.00 or more
b.
Assign a precinct uniformed member of the service to invoice the
firearm, other contraband, evidence, or U.S. currency valued at
$10.00 or more
c.
Ensure that any necessary reports are prepared.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-48

VEHICLE SEIZURE AT TIME OF ARREST
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure the opportunity for a post-seizure retention hearing for those
individuals from whom a vehicle is seized, or the lawful owner of such vehicle.

PROCEDURE

Whenever a vehicle is taken into custody where the vehicle operator was arrested
for a crime, members of the service will comply with the following procedure:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

2.
3.

4.

Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System as indicated in P.G. 218-19, “Invoicing
Vehicles/Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture Proceedings
or to Determine True Owner.”
Print and complete VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM (PD571-1218)
utilizing Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Insert precinct vehicle seizure number obtained from the COMMAND
VEHICLE SEIZURE INDEX (PD571-091) on the VEHICLE
SEIZURE FORM in caption indicated.
Have defendant/operator sign the VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM to
acknowledge receipt.
a.
If defendant/operator refuses to sign, note refusal on form.

DESK OFFICER 5.

Verify VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM for accuracy and completeness,
and have arresting officer sign.

6.

Sign VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM and issue a copy to the
defendant/operator.
Fax completed PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE along with copy of
VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM to Vehicle Seizure Unit, Legal Bureau.
a.
Document fax transmittal in Telephone Record.
Provide Assistant District Attorney preparing the criminal court
complaint with a copy of completed VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM.
Forward the following in the next day’s A.M. Department mail to the Legal
Bureau, Vehicle Seizure Unit, 2 Lafayette Street, 5th Floor, New York, New
York:
a.
Original copy of VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM
b.
Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c.
Copy of signed criminal court complaint
d.
Copy of Police Accident Report (MV104AN), if applicable.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

7.

8.
9.

DESK OFFICER 10.

Ensure that five photocopies of the VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM are
made and distributed as follows:
a
Defendant
b.
Assistant District Attorney
c.
Invoicing Officer
d.
Arresting Officer

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-48

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

e.
f.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)

2 of 2

Civil Enforcement Unit
Make a Command Log entry indicating the name and address of the
person served, whether he/she refused or signed the form and the name
and shield number of the officer who served the form.

EVIDENCE/
PROPERTY
CONTROL
SPECIALIST

11.

Collect and maintain copy of VEHICLE SEIZURE FORMS.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Vehicles registered or titled to third parties (e.g. defendant’s parents, spouse, friends,
relatives, or business entities) are generally not seized for forfeiture unless a beneficial
ownership situation exists or some specific knowledge on the part of that third party
owner can be proven. If evidence of this knowledge exists (such as statements or other
indications of ownership by the defendant), it must be indicated in the “Remarks”
section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
A COMMAND VEHICLE SEIZURE INDEX will be maintained in a binder at the desk
of all commands that process arrests.
DEPARTMENT POLICY
Commanding officers will ensure that compliance with the guidelines set forth in this procedure
become part of the command’s self inspection program which will be monitored by the Quality
Assurance Division. This self inspection is mandatory and to be performed monthly.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture
Proceedings or to Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMMAND VEHICLE SEIZURE INDEX (PD571-091)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM (PD571-1218)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-49

IMMEDIATE DELIVERY OF DNA EVIDENCE TO THE POLICE
LABORATORY AND THE OFFICE OF THE CHIEF MEDICAL
EXAMINER (OCME)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To provide a standard procedure for the immediate delivery of DNA evidence
from the invoicing precinct, PSA and transit district command direct to the Police
Laboratory, and subsequently, immediately and directly to the Office of Chief
Medical Examiner (OCME).

PROCEDURE

When circumstances exist that require the immediate delivery of DNA evidence
from the invoicing precinct, PSA and transit district command direct to the Police
Laboratory, and subsequently, immediately and directly to the Office of Chief
Medical Examiner (OCME):

DETECTIVE
SUPERVISOR

1.

2.

3.

Determine whether circumstances exist that require the immediate delivery of
DNA evidence including Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits direct to the
Police Laboratory, and subsequently, the immediate delivery of the DNA
evidence including Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits from the Police
Laboratory direct to the Office of Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) for
expeditious analysis based upon:
a.
A conferral with the “catching/assigned” investigator; and,
b.
A conferral with the Crime Scene Unit personnel or Evidence
Collection Team personnel who collected the DNA evidence,
other forensic evidence and investigative evidence; and,
c.
The type of crime (e.g., pattern rape), and the nature of the
perpetrator (e.g., violent rapist), and the results of the investigation
(e.g., unidentified perpetrator), and other relevant circumstances.
Confer with Forensic Investigations Division (FID) OCME Liaison Unit
personnel and, if available, the Detective Borough DNA Coordinator,
regarding the circumstances requiring the IMMEDIATE delivery of the DNA
evidence including Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits DIRECT to the
Police Laboratory, and subsequently, the IMMEDIATE delivery of the DNA
evidence including Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits from the Police
Laboratory DIRECT to the OCME for expeditious analysis.
a.
If no FID OCME Liaison Unit personnel are available, confer
with a Police Laboratory Evidence Control Supervisor.
b.
If the Detective Borough DNA Coordinator is not available, confer
with the Detective Borough DNA Coordinator as soon as possible.
Confer with the desk officer, and:
a.
Explain the circumstances requiring the IMMEDIATE delivery of
the DNA evidence DIRECT to the Police Laboratory, and
subsequently, the IMMEDIATE delivery of the DNA evidence
from the Police Laboratory DIRECT to the OCME Evidence Unit
b.
Request that a uniformed member of the service be directed to
IMMEDIATELY deliver the DNA evidence DIRECT to the
Police Laboratory, and subsequently, to IMMEDIATELY

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-49

DETECTIVE
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.

2 of 4

deliver the DNA evidence from the Police Laboratory DIRECT
to the OCME Evidence Unit.
Follow-up to ensure that the DNA evidence was IMMEDIATELY
delivered DIRECT to the Police Laboratory, and subsequently, the DNA
evidence was IMMEDIATELY delivered from the Police Laboratory
DIRECT to the OCME Evidence Unit.

DESK OFFICER 5.

Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System, ensuring all DNA evidence is
appropriately entered in compliance with Department procedures.

6.

Review PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and digitally sign
REPORT.

DESK OFFICER 7.

Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT verifying accuracy
and completeness.
Make an entry in Command Log including:
a.
All PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) numbers.
b.
Rank, name and tax number of the member of the service
delivering the DNA evidence.
c.
Department vehicle number of the assigned vehicle.
Direct a uniformed member of the service to IMMEDIATELY deliver
the DNA evidence DIRECT to the Police Laboratory, and subsequently,
to IMMEDIATELY deliver the DNA evidence from the Police
Laboratory DIRECT to the OCME Evidence Unit.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
DELIVERING
DNA
EVIDENCE

8.

9.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
DELIVERING
DNA
EVIDENCE

10.

Immediately deliver the DNA evidence direct to the Police Laboratory.

POLICE
LABORATORY
EVIDENCE
CONTROL
SUPERVISOR

11.

Inspect the DNA evidence, and ensure:
a.
The DNA evidence is properly packaged and sealed.
b.
Each DNA evidence container / package is properly listed on an
appropriate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
c.
Each PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is listed on an
appropriate PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
d.
All Department forms / reports are properly prepared.
e.
All required Department forms, reports, records, etc., are properly
attached to the corresponding evidence.
f.
The DNA evidence is probative, and requires immediate
delivery direct to the OCME Evidence Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-49

POLICE
LABORATORY
EVIDENCE
CONTROL
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

g.

12.
13.
14.

If accurate confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT in Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Assign an appropriate “Police Laboratory Number" to each INVOICE.
Print completed PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
File the completed PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT appropriately.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
DELIVERING
DNA
EVIDENCE

15.

POLICE
LABORATORY
SUPERVISOR

17.
18.

Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
Direct member of the service to IMMEDIATELY deliver the DNA
evidence DIRECT to the OCME Evidence Unit.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
DELIVERING
DNA
EVIDENCE

19.

Immediately deliver the DNA evidence direct to the OCME Evidence
Unit.
If the OCME Evidence Unit refuses to accept one or more DNA evidence
containers /packages, notify:
a.
A Police Laboratory Evidence Control Supervisor; and,
b.
When applicable, an appropriate Detective Supervisor.

OCME
EVIDENCE
UNIT
PERSONNEL

21.
22.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
DELIVERING
DNA
EVIDENCE

24.

16.

20.

23.

25.

26.

Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System, ensuring all DNA evidence is appropriately
entered.
Review PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and digitally sign
REPORT.

Perform intake utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT in Property
and Evidence Tracking System utilizing user name and password.
Print five copies of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172) for each PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT accepted.
a.
Provide three copies to Messenger.
b.
Retain two copies for OCME use.
Obtain three copies of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT for each PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT.
Telephone the Police Laboratory Evidence Control Section, and confer
with a supervisor.
a.
Provide the Evidence Control Section personnel with the OCME
Evidence Unit “Evidence Control Number” assigned to each
INVOICE listed on each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
Deliver all copies of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT to the desk officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-49

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 27.
28.

DETECTIVE
SUPERVISOR

REVISION NUMBER:

29.

30.

4 of 4

File two copies of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT.
Immediately deliver the copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT direct to an appropriate
Detective Supervisor.
Ensure the copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT that lists DNA evidence is immediately
placed in the appropriate case file.
Ensure a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) is prepared and
placed in the appropriate case file indicating the:
a.
Date and time of delivery of all DNA evidence delivered to the
OCME Evidence Unit; and,
b.
Police Laboratory “Police Laboratory Number” and OCME
Evidence Unit “Evidence Control Number” for all DNA evidence
delivered to the OCME Evidence Unit.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Delivery of Evidence to the Police Laboratory (P.G. 218-04)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-50

PRISONER CELLULAR TELEPHONE(S)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To account for cellular telephone(s) of prisoners.

DEFINITION

IMEI NUMBER – International Mobile Equipment Identity Number. Each
cellular telephone handset that utilizes GSM technology is assigned a unique
serial number called the IMEI number. The IMEI number consists of either
fifteen or sixteen digits. In the New York metropolitan area, T-Mobile, AT&T
and Nextel/Boost Mobile use GSM technology.

PROCEDURE

When a prisoner is in possession of one or more cellular telephones at the time of
arrest, in addition to Department arrest and invoicing procedures, members of the
service will:

ARRESTING
OFFICER

1.

2.

If a prisoner is not eligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET and it
is necessary to safeguard personal property, invoice the cellular telephone for
“Safekeeping,” unless the circumstances regarding the arrest indicate the cellular
telephone should be invoiced as “Investigatory Evidence” or “Arrest Evidence.”
Remove battery from cellular telephone to prevent battery from leaking
and damaging the cellular phone.

WHEN INVOICING A CELLULAR TELEPHONE WHICH IS EQUIPPED
WITH AN INTERNATIONAL MOBILE EQUIPMENT IDENTITY (IMEI)
NUMBER (I.E., T-MOBILE, AT&T OR NEXTEL/BOOST MOBILE)
ARRESTING
OFFICER

3.

4.
5.

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
MEMBER,
PRECINCT OF
ARREST

6.
7.
8.

Obtain the International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) number from
the sticker in the battery compartment in the rear of the cellular telephone,
or from the sticker on the rear of the cellular telephone viewing screen.
Photocopy the area of the cellular telephone listing the IMEI number.
a.
Ensure the IMEI number is clearly reproduced on the photocopy.
If the IMEI number sticker has been removed from the cellular telephone,
or if the IMEI number is defaced:
a.
Invoice as “Investigatory Evidence”
b.
Immediately notify desk officer
c.
Immediately notify detective squad supervisor, precinct of arrest,
or if not available, detective squad investigator, precinct of arrest
i.
Between 0100 and 0800 hours, immediately notify the
Detective Borough Nightwatch Squad
d.
Immediately notify field intelligence officer.
Interview prisoner.
Notify Central Robbery Section.
Confer with arresting officer and conduct thorough investigation to determine
whether the cellular telephone was previously reported lost or stolen.
a.
If cellular telephone was previously reported stolen, confer with
the detective squad investigating the theft of the cellular
telephone and the desk officer, precinct of arrest.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-50

10.

11.

12.

DESK OFFICER 13.
14.

15.
16.

17.

DETECTIVE
SQUAD
MEMBER,
PRECINCT OF
ARREST

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 9.

ARRESTING
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

18.

2 of 3

Determine whether prisoner should be charged with additional offenses
after conferral with detective squad member.
Enter the IMEI number in the appropriate caption in the “Perpetrator”
section of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
Attach the photocopy of the area of the cellular telephone listing the IMEI
number to the completed ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET.
Prepare the OMNIFORM System ARREST REPORT.
a.
Ensure the correct IMEI number is properly entered in the “IMEI” section
of the OMNIFORM System ARREST REPORT by carefully examining:
i.
Photocopy of the area of the cellular telephone listing the
IMEI number; and,
ii.
IMEI number caption in the “Perpetrator” section of the
ON-LINE
BOOKING
SYSTEM
ARREST
WORKSHEET.
Review the OMNIFORM system ARREST REPORT.
Ensure the correct IMEI number is properly entered in the “IMEI” section
of the OMNIFORM System ARREST REPORT by carefully comparing:
a.
Photocopy of the area of the cellular telephone listing the IMEI
number; and,
b.
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
Designate member of the service to search the IMEI number within the
OMNIFORM System.
Review the results of the OMNIFORM System IMEI number search and
ensure the results are entered in the “Details” section of the OMNIFORM
System ARREST REPORT.
If the results of the IMEI number search indicate that the IMEI number was
previously entered into the OMNIFORM System (e.g., COMPLAINT
REPORT, ARREST REPORT, Detective Bureau Enterprise Case
Management System, Voluntary IMEI Registration Program, etc.), notify:
a.
Detective squad supervisor, precinct of arrest, or if not available,
detective squad investigator, precinct of arrest
i.
Between 0100 and 0800 hours, immediately notify the
Detective Borough Nightwatch Squad
b.
Arresting officer
c.
Field intelligence officer.
Comply with steps “6” through “8” if IMEI number was previously
entered into the OMNIFORM System.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-50

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 19.

3 of 3

Determine whether prisoner should be charged with additional offenses
after conferral with Detective Squad member.

IN ALL CASES
ARRESTING
OFFICER

20.

Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521141A), as appropriate.
a.
List cellular telephone and battery as separate items on the
WORKSHEET
b.
If the cellular telephone is an T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost
Mobile cellular telephone:
i.
Enter the IMEI number in the “IMEI number” caption of
the WORKSHEET
ii. If the IMEI number sticker has been removed from the
cellular telephone, or if the IMEI number has been
defaced, then enter “IMEI number tampered with” in the
“Remarks” section of the WORKSHEET.

COMMAND
CLERK

21.

Enter WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking System
to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).

ADDITIONAL
DATA

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Uniformed members of the service are reminded they must obtain a search warrant,
prisoner’s consent, or some exigent circumstances must exist in order to lawfully search
for information stored in a cellular telephone.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-51

SUSPECT EVIDENCE COLLECTION KITS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To ensure that Suspect Evidence Collection Kits are properly collected and
processed for subsequent analysis.

DEFINITIONS

SUSPECT EVIDENCE COLLECTION KIT – a kit used by medical personnel in
hospitals to gather probative forensic evidence from a suspect or arrestee.

PROCEDURE

When a suspect/arrestee may have probative forensic evidence physically on
their person or clothing:

1.
ASSIGNED
INVESTIGATOR

2.

3.

4.

5.

Determine if suspect/arrestee may have probative forensic evidence on
his/her person or clothing.
a.
Evidence appropriate for collection includes, but is not limited to:
clothing and underwear, body debris, secretions, bite marks,
fingernail scrapings, chest hair, head hair, facial hair, pubic hair,
buccal swabs, and swabs from oral, penile, scrotal, vaginal and
anal areas
b.
When appropriate, photograph the suspect/arrestee’s physical
features, wounds, clothing, tattoos, distinguishing marks, etc.
When probative forensic evidence may be physically present on a
suspect/ arrestee or his/her clothing, take measures to protect the forensic
evidence from alteration, loss, cross transfer, contamination or change to
existing physical state.
a.
When applicable, prevent the suspect/arrestee from washing
hands, bathing or otherwise altering, losing or destroying forensic
evidence on his/her person
b.
Prevent the suspect/arrestee from putting on or removing clothing.
Obtain a voluntary consent from the suspect/arrestee for trained hospital
personnel to conduct a forensic evidence examination.
a.
Prepare
CONSENT
TO
SUSPECT
EVIDENCE
COLLECTION KIT (PD321-031)
b.
Request
CONSENT
TO
SUSPECT
EVIDENCE
COLLECTION KIT be signed by the suspect/arrestee
c.
If consent is not obtained, contact the Legal Bureau to determine
the appropriate course of action. If necessary, the Legal Bureau
will contact the District Attorney’s Office to request an
application for a court order.
Escort the suspect/arrestee to a designated hospital.
a.
DO NOT escort the suspect/arrestee to the same hospital where
victim is being treated.
Alert the New York City Health and Hospital Corporation (HHC) hospital
before bringing a suspect for a Suspect Evidence Collection Kit
examination and request the Sexual Assault Response Team (SART) be
alerted with an estimated arrival time.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-51

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6.
ASSIGNED
INVESTIGATOR
(continued)

7.
8.
9.

10.

11.
12.
13.

14.

15.

16.

2 of 4

Prior to the forensic examination, confer with the trained medical
personnel in a private area not in the presence of the suspect/arrestee.
a.
Inform the medical personnel of the authority to conduct the
forensic examination (i.e., consent, court order)
b.
Explain the facts and circumstances of the investigation
c.
Explain the need to look for any wounds, injuries, tattoos, scars,
or other unique features
d.
Describe the potential probative forensic evidence that may be on
the suspect/arrestee (e.g., scratch marks, bite marks, semen, blood,
etc.)
e.
Explain the need to collect specific evidence exemplars.
Ensure an investigator of the same sex as the suspect/arrestee remains
with the suspect during the examination and evidence collection process.
Document any statements made by the suspect during the examination
and evidence collection process.
DO NOT collect a separate DNA Suspect Exemplar using a NYPD DNA
Exemplar Collection Kit when a suspect/arrestee provides a DNA
Exemplar as part of the Suspect Evidence Collection Kit.
Upon completion of medical examination, take possession of the Suspect
Evidence Collection Kit from trained medical personnel.
a.
Obtain copy of the completed New York City Health and
Hospitals Corporation Sexual Assault Suspect Examination
(HHC2617) prepared by the hospital personnel.
Transport the properly marked, packaged and sealed Suspect Evidence
Collection Kit to the detective squad, precinct of occurrence.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), if not previously
prepared.
Attach copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT to the Suspect Evidence
Collection Kit.
a.
When applicable, attach a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT
to any related DNA evidence and/or other probative forensic
and/or investigative evidence.
Prepare a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System for each Suspect
Evidence Collection Kit, and DO NOT invoice any other evidence on the
INVOICE listing the Suspect Evidence Collection Kit.
a.
In the “ARTICLE” caption of the INVOICE enter “Suspect
Evidence Collection Kit.”
Prepare one or more separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) for
any other associated/related forensic evidence (e.g., suspect/arrestee’s
jacket, dungarees, etc.).
a.
Enter all associated/related numbers into Property and Evidence
Tracking System.
Enter the INVOICE number, COMPLAINT REPORT number and
arrest number(s), if any, on the cover of the Suspect Evidence Collection
Kit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-51

DETECTIVE
SUPERVISOR

PAGE:

08/01/13

17.
18.
19.

20.
21.
22.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 4

Supervise evidence invoicing procedures.
Ensure required Biohazard Labels are properly utilized.
Review each PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and each REQUEST
FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168) to
ensure all captions are properly prepared and all required information is
accurately entered thereon.
Digitally sign each INVOICE and each REQUEST in the supervisor’s
caption verifying accuracy and completeness.
Ensure appropriate copies of all INVOICES and all REQUESTS are
placed in the investigating officer’s case file.
Ensure a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313081A) is prepared and placed in the case file indicating the:
a.
Date and time of receipt by the Police Laboratory of all Suspect
Evidence Collection Kits
b.
Police Laboratory “Police Laboratory Number” for all Suspect
Evidence Collection Kits.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
All associated/related evidence must be readily identifiable and retrievable from the
Police Laboratory, Office of the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME), Property Clerk
Division, etc. Members of the service must enter ALL associated/related PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE serial numbers on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE. Failure to do
so may result in disciplinary action.
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Neither consent nor a court order is necessary to invoice a suspect’s clothing (including
underwear) or document/photograph a suspect’s physical features (e.g., bite marks,
tattoos, etc.).
AUTHORIZED HOSPITALS TO PROCESS SUSPECT/ARRESTEES:
Manhattan
 Harlem Hospital Center
 Metropolitan Hospital

Queens
 Queens Hospital Center
Brooklyn
 Kings County Hospital Center
 Woodhull Medical and Mental Health Hospital
 Coney Island Hospital
Bronx
 North Central Bronx
 Jacobi Medical Center
 Lincoln Medical Center

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-51

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Collection and Processing of DNA Exemplar Samples (P.G. 218-52)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)
CONSENT TO SUSPECT EVIDENCE COLLECTION KIT (PD321-031)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
New York City Health and Hospitals Corporation Sexual Assault Suspect Examination
(HHC2617)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-52

COLLECTION AND PROCESSING OF DNA EXEMPLAR SAMPLES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To ensure that appropriate procedures are used by members of the service when
collecting and processing DNA Exemplar Samples.

DEFINITIONS

DNA Exemplar Sample – There are four types of DNA Exemplar Samples:
1) DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent Samples
2) DNA Exemplar Victim Consent Samples
3) DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee Consent Samples
4) DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee Court Ordered Samples.
NYPD DNA Exemplar Collection Kit – Kit used to collect all four types of DNA
Exemplar Samples. It contains:
(i) an inner envelope
(ii) an outer envelope
(iii) a buccal swab sealed in a buccal swab package
(iv) one pair of new disposable latex gloves
(v) two pieces of Evidence Tape.

PROCEDURE

When collecting and processing DNA Exemplar Samples:

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

1.

2.

3.

When a DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee Court Ordered Sample is
collected:
a.
Provide the suspect/arrestee with a copy of the court order
b.
File the original court order in the case file.
When a DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent, Victim Consent, or
Suspect/Arrestee Consent Sample is collected:
a.
Obtain a voluntary consent
b.
Request the CONSENT TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE (PD390031) form be signed by the consenter
c.
File each signed CONSENT TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE form
in the case file.
DO NOT collect DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent, Victim Consent,
or Suspect/Arrestee Consent Samples if the consenter refuses to sign the
CONSENT TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE form, even if written or
verbal voluntary consent is obtained.

IN ALL CASES WHEN COLLECTING A DNA EXEMPLAR SAMPLE:
ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

4.
5.

Use ONLY the authorized “NYPD DNA Exemplar Collection Kit” to
collect a DNA Exemplar Sample.
Use a permanent ink marker (i.e., sharpie) to prepare all captions on the
inner and outer envelopes contained in the Kit, prior to collecting the
DNA Exemplar Sample.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-52

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

a.

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE
(continued)
6.

7.

2 of 4

When applicable, use the terms “UNK”, “NONE”, “N/A”, etc., to
ensure that an entry is made in ALL captions on the inner and
outer envelopes.
Collect a DNA Exemplar Sample in the following manner:
a.
Complete the entire marking, collecting, packaging, and sealing
process for one DNA Exemplar Sample prior to commencing the
marking, collecting, packaging, and sealing process for the next
separate DNA Exemplar Sample
i.
Never collect more than one DNA Exemplar Sample at the
same time.
b.
Don one pair of new, unused, clean disposable latex gloves
c.
Continuously observe the person providing the DNA Exemplar
Sample throughout the entire collection process
d.
Provide one new, unused, clean, unopened “buccal swab package” to
the person who will produce the DNA Exemplar Sample
i.
Do not remove the buccal swab from the buccal swab
package.
e.
Instruct the person providing the DNA Exemplar Sample to:
i.
Carefully remove the buccal swab from the buccal swab
package
ii.
Prevent the buccal swab head from coming into contact
with any object
iii.
Vigorously rub the buccal swab head against the inside of
the cheek.
f.
Recover the buccal swab
g.
Air dry the buccal swab
h.
Do not permit the buccal swab head to touch any other object or
surface
i.
Slide the “applicator protector” over the buccal swab head
j.
Place the buccal swab in the marked inner envelope and properly
seal it with Evidence Tape
k.
Legibly sign name across the border between the Evidence Tape
and the marked inner envelope with permanent ink marker (i.e.,
sharpie)
l.
Place the marked inner envelope in the marked outer envelope and
properly seal it with Evidence Tape
i.
Only use Evidence Tape when sealing the inner and outer
envelopes. DO NOT use staples or any other type of tape
(scotch, masking, electrical, etc.).
m.
Legibly sign name across the border between the Evidence Tape
and the marked outer envelope with a permanent ink marker (i.e.,
sharpie).
Discard the swab and repeat steps “4”, “5” and “6”, if swab head becomes
contaminated during collection.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-52

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

WHEN INVOICING DNA EXEMPLAR SAMPLES:
ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE

8.

9.
10.
11.

12.
13.

Invoice one or more DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent Samples and/or
one or more DNA Exemplar Victim Consent Samples on one
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
a.
List each DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent Sample and/or
each DNA Exemplar Victim Consent Sample as a separate ITEM
on a separate line on the INVOICE; giving each Sample a
separate ITEM number.
b.
DO NOT invoice DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent and/or
Victim Consent Samples on the same PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE as DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee Consent and/or
Suspect/Arrestee Court Ordered Samples.
Invoice ONLY one DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee Consent Sample on
one PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Invoice ONLY one DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee Court Ordered
Sample on one PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Every DNA Exemplar Sample carried as a separate ITEM, with its own
ITEM number, will be described in the following manner:
a.
In the “ARTICLE” caption of the INVOICE, write:
i.
The type of DNA Exemplar Sample (i.e., Elimination
Consent, Victim Consent, Suspect/Arrestee Consent,
Suspect/Arrestee Court Ordered), and
ii.
Name, date of birth, and NYSID number (if applicable) of
person providing the DNA Exemplar Sample.
b.
Use as many lines as necessary on the INVOICE to ensure each
ITEM has a separate ITEM number and is completely, accurately
and legibly described on the INVOICE to conform with Step “11a.”
List all associated/related INVOICE numbers into the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
Prepare REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
(PD521-168), utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System for each
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE listing DNA Exemplar Samples.
a.
Ensure all required information is accurately entered on the
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
and that the “Details” section contains information regarding the:
i.
Facts of the case
ii.
Details about the relationship and connection between the
DNA Exemplar Sample and other related DNA evidence or
other forensic or investigative evidence.
b.
Ensure “Arrestee” and “Suspect” information is accurately entered
on the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT.
c.
Ensure the location/facility where the DNA Exemplar Sample was
collected is accurately entered in the “Exact Location Where
Evidence Was Collected/Recovered” caption on each REQUEST

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-52

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

ASSIGNED
DETECTIVE
(continued)

14.

15.

4 of 4

FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT, for
example, “67 Det. Sqd. office” or “234 Broadway, Apt. 3F, NY,
NY” or “Courtroom # 127, 100 Centre Street”
i.
Do not describe the DNA Exemplar Sample collection
location as “from the mouth.”
Obtain computer generated copy of the related COMPLAINT REPORT
(PD313-152) or, if not available, copy of handwritten COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
Attach corresponding copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT,
PROPERTY
CLERK
INVOICE,
and
REQUEST
FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT to the appropriate NYPD
“DNA Exemplar Collection Kit” and submit to detective supervisor for
review.

DETECTIVE
SUPERVISOR

16.

Ensure compliance with P.G. 218-49, “Immediate Delivery of DNA
Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of the Chief Medical
Examiner (OCME),” as applicable.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Notify the parent/guardian of a juvenile (i.e., person less than sixteen years old) prior to
obtaining consent from the juvenile to collect a DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee
Consent Sample. Permit the juvenile’s parent/guardian to confer with and advise the
juvenile. It is not necessary to specifically request and obtain consent from the juvenile’s
parent/guardian prior to obtaining the juvenile’s consent. However, if the juvenile
consents and the parent/guardian objects to the juvenile’s consent, a DNA Exemplar
Suspect/Arrestee Consent Sample will be collected from the juvenile if the juvenile signs
the CONSENT TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE form.
It is not necessary to notify the juvenile’s parent/guardian prior to obtaining consent
from the juvenile to collect a DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent Sample or DNA
Exemplar Victim Consent Sample. If the parent/guardian of the juvenile is physically
present with the juvenile, they will be permitted to confer with the juvenile. It is not
necessary to specifically request and obtain consent from the juvenile’s parent/guardian
prior to obtaining the juvenile’s consent. However, if the juvenile consents and the
parent/guardian objects to the juvenile’s consent, a DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent
Sample or DNA Exemplar Victim Consent Sample will be collected from the juvenile if
the juvenile signs the CONSENT TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE form.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of the
Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) (P.G. 218-49)
Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials
(P.G. 205-10)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CONSENT TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE (PD390-031)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-53

PROCESSING FIREWORKS EVIDENCE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To establish a standard procedure to invoice fireworks coming into custody of a
uniformed member of the service.

DEFINITION

FIREWORKS EVIDENCE - consists of bags, boxes and/or loose items of
fireworks.
HEAVY DUTY BAG (FOR FIREWORKS) – a specific Department issued clear
vinyl bag used for the collection and storage of loose fireworks.

PROCEDURE

When fireworks evidence is invoiced:

INVOICING
OFFICER

1.

2.

3.

4.
5.
6.

Take two sets of photographs of the fireworks evidence (one set for
assistant district attorney or DAT ARREST PACKAGE [PD260-123]
and one set to be invoiced as arrest evidence, including if a summons is
issued in lieu of arrest).
a.
If evidence consists of a large seizure of sealed boxes, provide
overall photographs of the boxed fireworks.
(1)
Open one box, remove and display contents for
photographing
(2)
Photograph displayed fireworks evidence
(3)
Repack and seal with Evidence Tape any box which has
been opened.
Provide assistant district attorney with photograph(s) in complaint room.
a.
If a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is issued, place
photographs in DAT ARREST PACKAGE.
Create PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System for photographs taken as arrest
evidence, including if a summons is issued in lieu of arrest.
a.
Include on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE any associated
paperwork (e.g., “price lists,” sales receipts, bills of lading or other
shipping papers of an evidentiary nature, etc.).
Create a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System for fireworks evidence.
Ensure that all fields on each INVOICE prepared are completely,
accurately, and precisely entered.
Ensure the following information is correctly entered on each INVOICE
prepared:
a.
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) number
b.
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST REPORT (PD244159) arrest number
c.
Charge/offense under investigation
d.
Indicate the unit case number in the “Remarks” section of
INVOICE, if a seizure is related to an undercover operation
utilizing “buys” to develop an ongoing investigation.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-53

INVOICING
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

7.

8.
9.

10.
11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

DESK OFFICER 17.
18.

2 of 5

Place all loose fireworks (i.e., any items not contained in a factory sealed
cardboard box) into Department issued “Heavy Duty Bags (For
Fireworks)” and close bag(s) with specific seal(s) provided.
Ensure bag is not overfilled to allow room for sealing.
Ensure items such as “party snaps,” “cracker balls,” “torpedoes” or any
other firework that explodes upon impact are separated from other
fireworks.
a.
A chain reaction could occur if these sensitive items were to
explode in proximity to other fireworks.
Do not reopen bag(s) once they have been sealed.
Enter the quantity of sealed bag(s) of loose fireworks evidence in the
quantity on the “Article” screen when entering the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
a.
Select “BAG(S)” in the drop down menu under “Assorted
Fireworks sealed in” and enter “Loose fireworks” in the
“Additional Description” field.
b.
Do not individually count or describe various types of fireworks
seized.
Enter the quantity of sealed bag(s) of fireworks in the quantity field on the
“Article” screen when entering the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
a.
Select “BAG(S)” in the drop down menu under “Assorted
Fireworks sealed in.”
b.
Do not individually count or describe various types of fireworks
seized.
Enter the quantity of sealed box(es) of fireworks in the quantity field on
the “Article” screen when entering the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
a.
Select “Box(es)” in the drop down menu under “Assorted
Fireworks sealed in.”
b.
Do not individually count or describe various types of fireworks seized.
Attach a photocopy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to each sealed
bag or box of fireworks evidence associated with the same arrest.
a.
In the event of a large seizure of fireworks evidence, a minimum
of ten bags or boxes must have copies of the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE attached.
Securely attach a photocopy of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST REPORT to the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for
fireworks evidence.
Securely attach a photocopy of any related PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE(S) prepared to the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for
fireworks evidence.
Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is properly prepared for
fireworks evidence.
Ensure a photocopy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is attached to each
sealed bag or box of fireworks evidence associated with the same arrest.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-53

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

a.

DESK OFFICER
(continued)
19.

20.

21.
22.

23.

24.

25.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
DELIVERING
FIREWORKS

REVISION NUMBER:

26.

27.

In the event of a large seizure of fireworks evidence, a minimum
of ten bags or boxes must have copies of the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE attached.
Contact the Bomb Squad Range (Rodman’s Neck) Monday through
Friday, 0700 through 1500, for instructions regarding the delivery of
fireworks to the Rodman’s Neck facility.
a.
Contact the Bomb Squad Office at all other times or in the event
Range personnel are unavailable.
Follow the instructions of the Bomb Squad member receiving the
notification as to the time and manner in which the fireworks are to be
delivered to the Rodman’s Neck Bomb Squad facility (see
“ADDITIONAL DATA” for more information on safely transporting
fireworks in Department vehicles).
Make a Telephone Record entry of date, time and name of Bomb Squad
member notified.
Ensure all fireworks are properly transferred to the Bomb Squad, utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System, and create a PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412).
Make a Command Log entry regarding the delivery of fireworks evidence
to the Rodman’s Neck facility and include the following:
a.
List of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE numbers being
delivered to Rodman’s Neck Bomb Squad facility
b.
Name and shield number of member(s) of the service delivering
fireworks evidence
c.
Department vehicle number(s) used in transportation.
Ensure two copies of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE remain with
the fireworks delivery.
a.
Delivering member will receive the PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172), with
assigned Bomb Squad case number, as a receipt upon delivery of
fireworks to the Rodman’s Neck facility.
Ensure that an adequate number of Department issued “Heavy Duty Bags
(For Fireworks)” are on hand for the safe packaging of loose fireworks
evidence.
a.
Additional “Heavy Duty Bags (For Fireworks)” may be obtained
from the Quartermaster Section as required.
Deliver fireworks evidence and associated PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE(S) to the Bomb Squad Rodman’s Neck facility as directed by
desk officer (see “ADDITIONAL DATA” for more information on safely
transporting fireworks in Department vehicles).
Return PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE
DOCUMENT and copy of Bomb Squad Fireworks Supporting
Deposition supplied by the Bomb Squad to desk officer upon return to
command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-53

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 28.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

4 of 5

Have copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for fireworks evidence
and Bomb Squad Fireworks Supporting Deposition filed in member’s
arrest folders upon receipt.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
All loose fireworks must be placed and sealed only in the Department issued “Heavy
Duty Bags (For Fireworks).” The use of any other bag (e.g., peddler, garbage,
recycling, etc.) is strictly prohibited.
Members of the service must always carefully follow all safety procedures when handling and/or
transporting fireworks. The improper storage, transportation or handling of fireworks could result
in serious injury or even death. Caution must be maintained throughout the entire procedure from
seizure to disposal. The following precautions must be adhered to for reasons of personnel safety:
a.
b.
c.

d.

e.

f.

g.

h.
i.

j.

No smoking within fifty feet of any fireworks.
Handle all bags and boxes containing fireworks with care.
The Bomb Squad should be contacted from the scene whenever large seizures
are made, whenever an unusual problem arises regarding fireworks or when
any question regarding safety arises.
Large amounts of fireworks should not be stored in any Department facility. All
fireworks are to be delivered to the Bomb Squad range facility as soon as
practical, or as directed by the Bomb Squad after making the required
notification as indicated in step “19” above. Small amounts of fireworks can
safely be stored prior to transport by avoiding placement near any source of
excessive heat such as radiators and portable heaters.
Items such as “party snaps,” “cracker balls,” “torpedoes” or any other
fireworks that explode upon impact must be separated from other fireworks. A
chain reaction could occur if these sensitive items were to explode in proximity
to other fireworks.
As a general rule, no more than four bags of fireworks should be transported in an RMP.
When fireworks are transported in an RMP, they should be placed in the rear seat as this
is away from any source of heat or spark. Within Department passenger vans, fireworks
should also be placed on the rear bench seats in accordance with the general rule of no
more than four bags per seat.
When transporting fireworks in a Department vehicle all windows should be
opened a minimum of two inches to avoid toxic fumes. Fireworks should not be
placed in the trunk of a vehicle.
As a general rule, no more than twenty-five sealed bags or boxes of fireworks
should be transported in a Department cargo van.
Large seizures of fireworks, including any seizure of more than twenty-five sealed bags or
boxes should be transported by a closed-body truck with a separate cab and wood cargo
floor. The load must also be secured to keep it from shifting during transport. Open rack
or barrier trucks will not be used for transporting fireworks.
Prior to transporting a significant amount of fireworks, the member concerned will, in
addition to other required notifications, provide a telephone notification to the New York
City Fire Department through the Mayor’s Citizen Service Initiative Hotline Number,
“311.” The Fire Department will provide appropriate fire protection apparatus to escort
the shipment.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-53

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

k.

5 of 5

When a large seizure of fireworks is delivered to the Bomb Squad range after
dark, no unloading of any trucks will take place due to safety considerations.
The final decision to load or unload a particular vehicle rests solely with
members of the Bomb Squad. Any such shipments will be maintained overnight
inside the secure perimeter of the Bomb Squad range and will be emptied and
available for pickup by the command concerned as soon as possible.

All members of the service are reminded that when handling and transporting fireworks,
safety is the top priority.
RELATED
PROCEDURE

Invoicing Property – General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST REPORT (PD244-159)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
Bomb Squad Fireworks Supporting Deposition

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-54

PREPARATION OF REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide guidelines for the proper preparation of a REQUEST FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168) utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.

PROCEDURE

When a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT is
required to be prepared:

INVOICING
OFFICER

1.

2.
3.
4.
5.

DESK OFFICER 6.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Select “YES” to the question, “Is a ‘Request for Laboratory Examination’
required?’,” when preparing a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141).
Select the type of evidence, i.e., “DNA”, “Firearms/Firearms Related”,
“Criminalistics”, or “Other”.
Ensure all of the applicable information is selected/entered in the “DNA
ELIMINATION SAMPLES” section.
Select and add all Analysis Exam Numbers for each item listed on the
INVOICE.
Digitally sign REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT verifying accuracy and completeness.
Digitally sign REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT verifying accuracy and completeness.

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT must be prepared for
each INVOICE that lists evidence that will be submitted to the laboratory for analysis.
The REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT can also be
prepared when a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE has already been completed by
selecting the “REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION” tab.
Members of the service are reminded that all REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORTS are to be prepared utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System. If the Property and Evidence Tracking System is off-line prohibiting
members from preparing a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT, members will comply with guidelines set forth in Operations Order 25, series
2013, “Invoicing Property Due to Network Failure of the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.”

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Invoicing Property Due to Network Failure of the Property and Evidence Tracking
System (Operations Order 25, series 2013)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-55

RETENTION OF INVOICED PROPERTY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To properly record retention requests of invoiced property listed on a
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) or a motor vehicle/boat listed on
a PROPERTY CLERK’S MOTOR VEHICLE/BOAT INVOICE (PD521147).

PROCEDURE

When property/evidence invoiced as Investigatory or DNA Investigatory and
held in the custody of the Property Clerk Division is required to be retained
longer than one year for property other than motor vehicle/boat or longer than
fifteen days for motor vehicle/boat:
FOR PROPERTY THAT HAS BEEN INVOICED UTILIZING THE
PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE TRACKING SYSTEM

ASSIGNED
1.
INVESTIGATOR
/INVOICING
2.
OFFICER

Prepare and submit REQUEST FOR RETENTION (PD521-169)
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Perform a separate REQUEST FOR RETENTION for each associated
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.

3.

Review REQUEST FOR RETENTION.
a.
If retention request is DISAPPROVED, digitally sign REQUEST FOR
RETENTION and provide explanation for disapproval to assigned
investigator/invoicing officer.
b.
If retention request is APPROVED, digitally sign REQUEST
FOR RETENTION and ensure property/evidence is retained, as
appropriate.

PROPERTY
CLERK
FACILITY
CONCERNED

FOR PROPERTY THAT HAS BEEN INVOICED PRIOR TO THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE TRACKING
SYSTEM
ASSIGNED
4.
INVESTIGATOR
/INVOICING
5.
OFFICER

Prepare snap-out version of RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST
(PD521-166).
Prepare a separate RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST for each
associated PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.

6.
DETECTIVE
BUREAU
7.
SUPERVISOR/
DESK OFFICER

Confer with the assigned investigator and ensure the RETENTION OF
PROPERTY REQUEST is properly prepared.
Review and sign RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-55

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

ASSIGNED
8.
INVESTIGATOR
/INVOICING
OFFICER

9.

Forward RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST as follows:
a.
WHITE and YELLOW– Property Clerk Division (One Police
Plaza, Room 208)
b.
BLUE – Assigned Investigator
c.
GREEN – District Attorney’s Office
d.
PINK – Invoicing Officer
e.
BUFF – Arresting/Assigned Officer.
Immediately place “BLUE – Assigned Investigator” copy of the
RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST in the case folder.

PROPERTY
CLERK
DIVISION
MEMBER

10.
11.

PROPERTY
CLERK
STORAGE
FACILITY
MEMBER

13.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

12.

14.

2 of 2

Assign and record Property Clerk Division Communications number.
Forward “Yellow” copy of RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST
to Property Clerk storage facility.
File “White” copy of RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST.
File “Yellow” copy of RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST with
the “Yellow” copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE/PROPERTY
CLERK’S MOTOR VEHICLE/BOAT INVOICE.
Enter new retention date in remarks of ORIGINAL “White” copy of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE/PROPERTY CLERK’S MOTOR
VEHICLE/BOAT INVOICE.

If a RETENTION FOR PROPERTY REQUEST or a REQUEST FOR RETENTION,
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System, is not submitted within one year
for property other than motor vehicle/boat or within fifteen days for a motor
vehicle/boat, the Property Clerk Division will dispose of the property/vehicle except for
property/motor vehicle/boat involved in homicide investigations, sexual offenses,
arson/explosion, member of service involved or IAB cases. Submission of the
RETENTION FOR PROPERTY REQUEST or REQUEST FOR RETENTION to the
Property Clerk Division will only retain that property/motor vehicle/boat for one year.
If additional retention of the property/motor vehicle/boat is necessary, a new
RETENTION FOR PROPERTY REQUEST or REQUEST FOR RETENTION must
be submitted for each additional one year period
RELATED
PROCEDURE

Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture Proceedings or to
Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK’S MOTOR VEHICLE/BOAT INVOICE (PD521-147)
REQUEST FOR RETENTION (PD521-169)
RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST (PD521-166)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Property - General

Procedure No:

218-56

CHANGE OF CATEGORY FOR INVOICED PROPERTY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To properly record changes to the category of invoiced property or a motor vehicle/boat
listed on a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) or a PROPERTY
CLERK’S MOTOR VEHICLE/BOAT INVOICE (PD521-147).

PROCEDURE

When the category of invoiced property and/or motor vehicle/boat in the custody
of the Property Clerk Division must be changed:
FOR PROPERTY THAT HAS BEEN INVOICED UTILIZING THE
PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE TRACKING SYSTEM

ASSIGNED
1.
INVESTIGATOR
/INVOICING
OFFICER

2.

DESK
OFFICER/
SUPERVISOR,
PROPERTY
CLERK
FACILITY
CONCERNED

3.

Utilize the “Request for Invoice Change of Category” function in the
Property and Evidence Tracking System to complete a REQUEST FOR
INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY (PD521-167) when:
a.
CASE CLOSED/ARREST - The category of invoiced property
must be changed from Investigatory or DNA Investigatory to
Arrest Evidence or DNA Arrest Evidence in order for the Property
Clerk to retain the evidence.
b.
CASE CLOSED/NO ARREST - The category of invoiced
property must be changed from Investigatory evidence or DNA
Investigatory evidence to Safekeeping.
c.
All other instances requiring a change to the category of invoiced
property.
Complete a separate REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF
CATEGORY for each associated PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Review and digitally sign REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF
CATEGORY approving or rejecting the change.

FOR PROPERTY THAT HAS BEEN INVOICED PRIOR TO THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE TRACKING
SYSTEM
ASSIGNED
4.
INVESTIGATOR
/INVOICING
OFFICER

Prepare snap-out version of REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF
CATEGORY (PD521-167) when:
a.
CASE CLOSED/ARREST - The category of invoiced property
must be changed from Investigatory or DNA Investigatory to
Arrest Evidence or DNA Arrest Evidence in order for the Property
Clerk to retain the evidence.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

218-56

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

(1)

ASSIGNED
INVESTIGATOR
/INVOICING
OFFICER
(continued)

5.

Include a printed “hard copy” of the ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
b.
CASE CLOSED/NO ARREST - The category of invoiced
property must be changed from Investigatory evidence or DNA
Investigatory evidence to Safekeeping.
c.
All other instances requiring a change to the category of invoiced
property on a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) or a
motor vehicle/boat invoiced on a PROPERTY CLERK’S MOTOR
VEHICLE/BOAT INVOICE (PD521-147) previously forwarded to
the Property Clerk Division.
Prepare a separate REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF
CATEGORY for each associated separate PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE/PROPERTY
CLERK’S
MOTOR
VEHICLE/BOAT
INVOICE.

6.
DETECTIVE
BUREAU
SUPERVISOR/
DESK OFFICER 7.

Confer with the assigned investigator and ensure the REQUEST FOR
INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY form was properly prepared
and the new category is correct.
Review and sign REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF
CATEGORY form.

ASSIGNED
8.
INVESTIGATOR
/INVOICING
OFFICER

Forward REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY as
follows:
a.
WHITE and YELLOW– Property Clerk Division (One Police
Plaza, Room 208)
b.
BLUE – Assigned Investigator
c.
GREEN – District Attorney’s Office
d.
PINK – Invoicing Officer
e.
BUFF – Arresting/Assigned Officer.
Immediately place “BLUE – Assigned Investigator” copy of the
REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY form in
the case folder.

9.

PROPERTY
CLERK
DIVISION
MEMBER

10.
11.

PROPERTY
CLERK
STORAGE
FACILITY
MEMBER

13.

12.

14.

15.

Assign/Record Property Clerk Division Communications number.
Forward “Yellow” copy of REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF
CATEGORY to storage facility.
File “White” copy of REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF
CATEGORY.
File “Yellow” copy of REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF
CATEGORY with the “Yellow” copy of the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE/PROPERTY
CLERK’S
MOTOR
VEHICLE/BOAT
INVOICE.
Stamp ORIGINAL “White” copy of the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE/ PROPERTY CLERK’S MOTOR VEHICLE/BOAT
INVOICE with date and new category.
Determine if property/motor vehicle/boat is now eligible for disposal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

218-56

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If a change of category is requested in regards to property invoiced on the snap-out
version of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE or PROPERTY CLERK’S MOTOR
VEHICLE/BOAT INVOICE and the property is still stored at the command, the
original PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE or PROPERTY CLERK’S MOTOR
VEHICLE/BOAT INVOICE will be voided and the property will be invoiced in the
correct category utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
The Property Clerk Division will dispose of invoiced property other than a vehicle that
has been invoiced as Investigatory or DNA Investigatory, after one year and a vehicle
after fifteen days from the date of invoice, except property/vehicles involved in homicide
investigations, sexual offenses, arson/explosion investigations, members of the service or IAB cases.
Members will comply with P.G. 218-55, “Retention of Invoiced Property” if retention of the
property is required.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Return of Property/Vehicles at Command And Processing Voided Property Invoices
(P.G. 218-02)
Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture Proceedings or to
Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)
Retention of Invoiced Property (P.G. 218-55)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY (PD521-167)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK’S MOTOR VEHICLE/BOAT INVOICE (PD521-147)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-01

INSPECTION OF DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
EACH TOUR BY OPERATOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that Department vehicles and assigned equipment are received in
good, serviceable order.

PROCEDURE

At beginning of tour of duty when relieving previous operator:

VEHICLE
OPERATOR

1.

2.

NOTE

Inspect vehicle to determine:
a.
Sufficient gasoline in tank and proper amount of oil in crank case
b.
Radiator is filled with water and antifreeze
c.
Brakes, lights, windshield wipers and warning devices are
working properly
d.
Tires and spare are properly inflated
e.
Battery has sufficient water, if applicable
f.
Lug wrench and jack are in trunk
g.
Rechargeable flashlight in trunk is operable, if applicable
h.
Mobile Digital Terminal is operable, if applicable
i.
LoJack System is operable, if applicable
j.
Passenger area does not contain contraband, controlled substances,
weapons or other property
k.
All seat belts are in proper working order
l.
E-Z Pass tag is affixed to center top area of windshield
m.
New York State inspection stickers (all Department vehicles) and
New York State registration stickers (unmarked vehicles) are
current and valid.
Inspect the following equipment assigned to vehicle:
a.
Blanket
b.
Four collapsible traffic cones
c.
Crime scene signs
d.
Fire extinguisher
e.
Life ring with rope attached (marked RMP’s)
f.
Box of disposable gloves
g.
Crow bar
h.
Sledgehammer
i.
Three foot polycarbonate shield
j.
Safety flares (if assigned to vehicle)
k.
Patrol Kit (marked RMP’s)
l.
Barrier tapes (“POLICE LINE DO NOT CROSS” and “CRIME
SCENE DO NOT CROSS”)
m.
First aid kit (marked/unmarked RMP’s).

Commanding officers will arrange to use the Department issued engraving tool to mark
each crow bar, sledge hammer, and polycarbonate shield with the command’s
designation and identifying serial number (e.g., 104 Pct - 001). A record of the
equipment, and the vehicle it is assigned to, including the E-Z pass serial number, will
be maintained and referred to during weekly vehicle inspections.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-01

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

VEHICLE
OPERATOR
(continued)

3.

NOTE

The vehicle assigned to the patrol supervisor must comply with requirements listed
above and, in addition, be equipped with the following items:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)
Rapid Mobilization Plan Dispatch Schedule
Command Disorder Control Plan
Waterproof body covers (4)
Restraining straps.

4.

Enter in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
a.
Result of inspection
b.
Odometer reading
c.
Gas gauge reading.
Report condition of vehicle and equipment, including missing or damaged
equipment or defective seatbelts, or indications of improper use of seatbelt (e.g.,
seatbelt buckled without occupant or behind seat), to patrol supervisor.

5.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

Inspect the following records maintained including:
a.
INSPECTION AND EQUIPMENT RECORD (PD571-143)
(1)
Ensure serial number of E-Z Pass tag is recorded
b.
RADIO REPAIR RECORD (PD547-141)
c.
RADIO CODE SIGNAL CARD (PD112-090A).

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Verify that proper inspection and required entries have been made in
ACTIVITY LOG.
Direct correction of minor deficiencies and follow-up to ensure compliance.
Enter results in ACTIVITY LOG.
Report serious deficiencies to lieutenant platoon commander or in his/her
absence, direct to the commanding officer.
Report all vandalism to vehicle/equipment to the Internal Affairs Bureau.

NOTE

In the event that a member of the service from another command borrows equipment, the
identity of that member must be verified by the desk officer and appropriate Command
Log entries made.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Weekly Inspection of Department Vehicles (P.G. 219-02)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)
INSPECTION AND EQUIPMENT RECORD (PD571-143)
RADIO CODE SIGNAL CARD (PD112-090A)
RADIO REPAIR RECORD (PD547-141)
VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (PD571-153)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-02

WEEKLY INSPECTION OF DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure that Department vehicles, assigned equipment and related records are
being maintained properly.

PROCEDURE

Each Sunday, after second platoon is posted, or at other times as directed by
commanding officer:

LIEUTENANT
PLATOON
COMMANDER/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

1.

NOTE

Ensure E-Z Pass tag assigned to vehicle is affixed to center top of windshield and the tag’s
serial number is recorded on INSPECTION AND EQUIPMENT RECORD and
VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (PD571-153).

2.
3.

NOTE

Direct operator to correct minor deficiencies.
a.
Verify by appropriate follow-up inspection.
Complete VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (PD571-153) and
submit to lieutenant platoon commander/desk officer to report results of
inspection.

If the lieutenant platoon commander is unavailable, the duties described in steps 1, 2,
and 3 above will be performed by the patrol supervisor.

4.
LIEUTENANT
PLATOON
COMMANDER/ 5.
DESK OFFICER

NOTE

Inspect each Department vehicle assigned to the command for:
a.
Serviceability
b.
Cleanliness and condition
c.
Accessories and equipment - check INSPECTION AND
EQUIPMENT RECORD (PD571-143).
d.
Current and valid New York State inspection stickers (all
Department vehicles) and New York State registration stickers
(unmarked Department vehicles)
e.
Seatbelts – ensure that seatbelts are in proper working order and
take corrective action when necessary.
f.
Visual Messaging Signs for operability.

Deliver VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT to commanding officer for
signature and file.
Direct Radio Motor Patrol operator to make appointment with service
station concerned for vehicles requiring preventive maintenance and enter
appointment on preventive maintenance sticker of vehicle.
a.
If operator is performing last day tour, lieutenant platoon
commander/desk officer will attach note to second platoon roll
call, directing the operator to make appointment when shop
reopens.

If the lieutenant platoon commander is unavailable, the duties described in steps 4 and 5
above will be performed by the desk officer.

6.

Report serious deficiencies to commanding officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

219-02

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Inspection of Department Vehicles Each Tour by Operator (P.G. 219-01)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

INSPECTION AND EQUIPMENT RECORD (PD571-143)
VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (PD571-153)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-03

REPAIRS TO DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To obtain replacement parts or repairs to Department vehicles.

PROCEDURE

When a Department vehicle requires repairs or replacement of parts, including
tires and tubes:

RMP
OPERATOR

1.
2.

Notify desk officer/counterpart.
Call and make appointment as follows:
a.
Speedometer Testing Machine Station concerned for repairs or
adjustment to speedometer.
b.
Borough Service Station for all other repairs and replacements during business hours.
c.
Central Repair Shop for repairs and replacements - other than
business hours.

DESK OFFICER 3.
4.

Direct preparation of EMERGENCY REQUISITION (PD561-163).
Have Department vehicle operator deliver vehicle and EMERGENCY
REQUISITION when required.

RMP
OPERATOR

5.

Notify radio dispatcher, with appropriate radio code signal, when leaving
and returning to command.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

The Fleet Services Division provides a Roadside Repair Service, capable of making
minor repairs on inoperative Department vehicles. Requests for roadside repair service
will be made through Department Tow.
A Department vehicle requiring repairs by an outside agency, either under service
warranty or contractual agreement, will first be delivered to the Borough Service
Station concerned for inspection and recording of type of repair needed. The vehicle
will be returned to the Borough Service Station upon completion of repairs no later than
the next business day.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Department Tow (P.G. 219-09)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

EMERGENCY REQUISITION (PD561-163)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-04

WASHING DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To designate car wash vendors within commands and provide for a method of
payment.

DEFINITION

DEPARTMENT VEHICLE - All Department vehicles, both marked and
unmarked, assigned to various commands except patrol wagons, buses, trucks or
vehicles used for duty of a confidential nature.

PROCEDURE

To provide for washing of Department vehicles:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER
NOTE

Solicit the required number of vendors as directed by the Quartermaster
Section, prior to the beginning of the fiscal year.

The Office of the Comptroller has mandated that all such contracts be awarded based on
competitive bidding. Therefore, when requested, all precinct commands will attempt to
solicit the required number of bids from vendors. (Vendors solicited are not restricted
to the boundaries of the precinct commands). The commanding officer/designee will
personally visit each vendor to solicit the bids.

2.
DESK OFFICER 3.

4.
5.

Direct the washing of Department vehicles, as needed.
Prepare CAR WASH AUTHORIZATION (PD171-051), specifying the
type of vehicle (passenger, van, scooter) and Vehicle Number.
a.
Complete all other captions on form and sign.
Give original (white copy) and blue copy to operator of vehicle to be washed.
Duplicate (buff copy) remains in book.

OPERATOR
DEPARTMENT
VEHICLE

6.

NOTE

Commands, other than precincts, will utilize vendors designated by precincts to wash
Department vehicles. The CAR WASH AUTHORIZATION will be obtained from the
desk officer, precinct in which the car wash is located, and the above steps complied with.
Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau personnel will use the vendors designated by their
own command and will obtain AUTHORIZATION slips from the desk officer of the PSA
or District concerned.

COMMANDING 7.
OFFICER

Give original (white) and blue copy of CAR WASH
AUTHORIZATION form to vendor upon completion of service.
a.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of the CAR WASH
AUTHORIZATION number and the location of the car wash.

On the first of each month, direct a competent member of the service to pick
up the original (white) copies of the CAR WASH AUTHORIZATION for
the previous month from the vendor.
a.
Blue copy remains with the vendor for his records.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-04

PRECINCT
CLERICAL
MEMBER

PAGE:

08/01/13

8.

9.

10.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Compare the original (white) CAR WASH AUTHORIZATION forms
obtained from the vendor with the buff copies in the log to ensure all are
accounted for.
a.
Indicate on the buff copy that the original copy has been received.
List all washes on EXPENSE REPORT (PD102-061) by vehicle type
(passenger, van, scooter), number of washes, cost per wash, total amount
to be paid to vendor, and grand total for all washes, for all types of
vehicles, as illustrated below:
Pass. Veh.
# of washes cost per wash
=
cost
Van
# of washes cost per wash
=
cost
Scooter
# of washes cost per wash
=
cost
_______
TOTAL
$
Forward the original (white) and blue copy of the EPENSE REPORT to Audits
and Accounts Unit, with the original CAR WASH AUTHORIZATIONS
attached.

EXPENSE REPORTS will be forwarded to the Audits and Accounts Unit by the 10th
day of each month.

11.

File “Command File” copy of EXPENSE REPORT.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If a change in the authorized vendor is required, due to unforeseen circumstances, a
request must be forwarded to the Chief of Patrol, through channels, indicating the
reason for the change and the recommended vendor to be utilized. The use of an
unauthorized vendor is strictly prohibited.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CAR WASH AUTHORIZATION (PD171-051)
EXPENSE REPORT (PD102-061)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-05

TIRE REPAIRS - EXCEPT MOTORCYCLES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To have tires for Department vehicles, except motorcycles, repaired quickly.

PROCEDURE

If a tire from a Department vehicle requires repair:

DEPARTMENT
OPERATOR

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

6.
7.
DESK OFFICER 8.
9.

Deliver tire and wheel to Authorized Tire Repair Station designated by
commanding officer.
Obtain blue copy of TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061) prepared
and signed by repair station representative, as receipt.
Return blue copy of VOUCHER to tire repair station representative after
tire repaired.
a.
When a tire is removed from rim and cannot be repaired, the only
charge to be entered on the VOUCHER will be for removal of the tire.
Verify that charges listed on VOUCHER, after repairs, are completed
and correct.
Sign white and yellow copies of VOUCHER:
a.
Obtain white (original) copy
b.
Yellow copy remains at tire repair station as a record of work
performed.
Deliver white copy of VOUCHER to desk officer of command to which
vehicle is assigned.
Enter tire repair information on VEHICLE REPORT (PD571-146).
Verify entries on VOUCHER, sign and file.
Forward VOUCHER to patrol precinct in which Tire Repair Station is
located, if necessary.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

When an Authorized Tire Repair Station requires a new VOUCHER pad, the desk
officer will issue the new pad and enter in the Command Log the first and last serial
number of the new pad and the pad being returned. The returned VOUCHER pad will
be destroyed.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061)
VEHICLE REPORT (PD571-146)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-06

TIRE REPLACEMENT ON DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PURPOSE

To have tires on Department vehicles replaced quickly.

PROCEDURE

When necessary to replace a tire on a Department vehicle:

VEHICLE
OPERATOR

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

10.

DESK OFFICER 11.

12.

13.

COMMANDING 14.
15.
OFFICER
16.

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

Telephone service station where vehicle is normally serviced to arrange
for tire replacement.
Present tire at shop for replacement.
a.
Tires are replaced on a one for one basis.
b.
Lost or stolen tires will be replaced only upon receipt of
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) or Typed Letterhead,
signed by commanding officer.
Complete and sign part “A” of TIRE EXCHANGE RECORD (PD561144).
Pick up tire and Tire Replacement on Department Vehicles (Misc.
3991) form.
Deliver tire to designated authorized tire repair station to be mounted on
vehicle.
Obtain blue copy of TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061) prepared
and signed by tire repair station representative, as receipt.
Verify, after work is completed, that charge listed on VOUCHER is for
mounting tire only.
Return blue copy of TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER to tire repair station
representative.
Sign original and triplicate copy of TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER.
a.
Retain original (white) copy
b.
Yellow copy retained by repair station as record of work
performed.
Deliver original TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER and Tire Replacement on
Department Vehicles to desk officer of command to which vehicle is
assigned.
Verify entries on TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER and that tire has been
mounted on vehicle.
a.
Sign and make photocopy of TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER.
File original TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER.
a.
Forward original TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER to precinct in
which authorized tire repair station is located, if necessary.
Forward Tire Replacement on Department Vehicles and copy of TIRE
REPAIR VOUCHER to commanding officer.
Ensure that tire has been mounted.
Sign Tire Replacement on Department Vehicles.
Have Tire Replacement on Department Vehicles and copy of vendor’s
TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER filed in command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

219-06

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

ADDITIONAL
DATA

It is the responsibility of each commanding officer to ensure that tires issued are
mounted and that each Tire Replacement on Department Vehicles form is completed,
and filed in the command.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
TIRE EXCHANGE RECORD (PD561-144)
TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061)
Typed Letterhead
Tire Replacement On Department Vehicles (Misc. 3991)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-07

AUTHORIZED TIRE REPAIR STATIONS - REMOVAL FROM LIST
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To facilitate requests for removal from the list of Authorized Tire Repair
Stations.

PROCEDURE

When the owner or agent of an Authorized Tire Repair Station personally
requests removal from the Authorized Tire Repair Station list:

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.
3.

4.
COMMANDING 5.
6.
OFFICER

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Require return of all TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061) pads.
Request two copies of statement of charges due for current month.
Prepare report indicating:
a.
Name of owner or agent requesting termination
b.
Location of station
c.
First and last serial number in each TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER
pad returned
d.
First unused serial number in each returned pad.
File pads for reissue.
Process statement of charges due.
Submit report to Chief of Department, direct, requesting that station be
removed from list of Authorized Tire Repair Stations.

TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-08

TIRE CHAINS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To stock an adequate supply of tire chains during the winter months.

PROCEDURE

Between November 1st and November 15th, each year:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER
2.
3.

Direct that each Department vehicle housed or assigned to command be
provided with a set of tire chains.
Requisition a reserve supply of chains, one set for each vehicle.
Store chains until needed.

NOTE

Tire chains are NOT to be installed on vehicles until more than four inches of snow has
accumulated. When less than four inches of snow has fallen, or extenuating circumstances
exist, the commanding officer, lieutenant platoon commander or patrol supervisor may
determine if chains should be used. Chains must NOT be mounted on front wheel drive
vehicles.

VEHICLE
OPERATOR

4.

NOTE

Tire chains will be removed when conditions requiring their use have ended. If chains
break while installed or any cross-links are broken, they must be removed immediately
to avert potential safety hazards and/or possible damage to vehicle.

COMMANDING 5.
OFFICER

Return broken tire chains to desk officer and obtain replacement chains
from command reserve supply.

Direct that an EMERGENCY REQUISITION (PD561-163) be prepared
and forwarded, with the broken chains, to the Fleet Services Division, so
that the reserve supply of chains at the command is replenished.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Tire chains may be installed on, and removed from, Department vehicles at authorized
tire repair stations. The operator of the Department vehicle will ascertain that the fee
entered on the TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061), for the installation or
removal, is the same as the fee charged for the repair of the tire.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Tire Repairs Except Motorcycles (P.G. 219-05)
Tire Replacement On Department Vehicles (P.G. 219-06)
Authorized Tire Repair Stations Removal From List (P.G. 219-07)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

EMERGENCY REQUISITION (PD561-163)
TIRE VOUCHER (PD571-061)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-09

DEPARTMENT TOW
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To limit requests for a Department tow truck.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service requires a Department tow truck:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

2.
3.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Be sure that tow truck will be used only for one of following:
a.
Department vehicle unable to operate under own power
b.
Vehicle is required as evidence or abandoned on public highway,
except derelict vehicles
c.
Vehicle is in path of parade, gatherings or emergencies
d.
Assist Emergency Service Unit
e.
To lift heavy articles (safe, boat, etc.).
Telephone Department Tow Section.
Remain at scene to safeguard Department vehicles or vehicles required as
evidence.
a.
Take reasonable precautions, in other cases, to safeguard vehicle
before leaving scene.

When need for Department tow service is eliminated prior to arrival of tow truck,
promptly notify Fleet Services Division to cancel request for service.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-10

UNMARKED DEPARTMENT VEHICLE UTILIZATION RECORD
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To record daily usage of unmarked Department vehicles.

DEFINITIONS

GENERAL PURPOSE VEHICLE - Unmarked Department vehicles, including
taxicabs, vans and trucks used for patrol, investigations, peddler enforcement,
administrative and supervisory functions.
SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLE - Unmarked Department vehicles used for
special “stakeouts”, undercover use, i.e., “flash cars”, photographic surveillance
vans and other vehicles not deemed appropriate for general use.
CATEGORY 1 VEHICLE - Unmarked Department vehicles not required to be
stored at a Department facility. Category 1 vehicles are excluded from the
provisions of this procedure.

PROCEDURE

When unmarked Department vehicles are assigned to commands:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER

Direct that a separate UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION
RECORD (PD571-1413) be maintained for each vehicle assigned.

2.

Complete captioned entries in UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION
RECORD each day whether vehicles are utilized or not.
Use the “Remarks” column to record information of interest to relieving
crews and other data deemed appropriate.
Indicate under “Reason Inactive” column why vehicle was not utilized by
using the following abbreviations:
a.
O.S.A. - Out of Service - Collision
b.
O.S.M. - Out of Service - Mechanical
c.
O.S.R. - Out of Service - Radio
d.
I.P. - Insufficient Personnel
e.
Loan to - Vehicle temporarily assigned to command/unit.

DESIGNATED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.
4.

SUPERVISOR

5.

Verify the twenty-four hour total usage by initialing the appropriate
column in the UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION RECORD.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Bureau chiefs may designate those vehicles under their control for use as Special
Purpose Vehicles. The need for such vehicles is determined by the police mission to be
accomplished and is independent of hours used or mileage accrued.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION RECORD (PD571-1413)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-11

COMPUTERIZED GAS AND OIL DISPENSING SYSTEM
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To automatically record gasoline/oil dispensed at Department fueling sites.

DEFINITIONS

OPERATOR CARD - (WHITE) - Issued to qualified members of the service who
have been qualified to operate Department vehicles and who may dispense gas/oil.
VEHICLE CARD (BLUE) - Assigned to and kept in each Department vehicle.
The card identifies the specific vehicle to which assigned.
PRIVATE VEHICLE CARD (RED) - Kept at each Department fuel dispensing
station for use in conjunction with the Operator’s Card to obtain fuel and/or oil
for authorized private vehicles, including Department ambulance.
MASTER CARD (GREEN) - Kept at each Department fuel dispensing facility
for use in conjunction with an Operator’s Card to:
(1)
Permit refueling of Department vehicle when Vehicle Card is lost,
misplaced or damaged
(2)
Provide fuel for small machinery without a vehicle identification number,
i.e., snow blower, etc.

PROCEDURE

When a Department vehicle requires gas/oil:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

NOTE

If system is not operational, notify supervisor at dispensing facility and the Fuel Control
Center.

Proceed to fuel dispensing facility.
View LED screen to ascertain if the system is operational.

TO OBTAIN GASOLINE FOR DEPARTMENT VEHICLES OR AUTHORIZED
PRIVATE VEHICLES:
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Have Operator Card, either Vehicle Card or Private Vehicle Card, as
appropriate, and odometer reading available.
Insert Operator Card firmly in card entry slot (magnetic tape MUST face
down) and swipe through slot.
Use key pad to indicate pump number.
Use key pad to enter odometer reading.
Enter entire social security number when fueling authorized private vehicle
or Department rental/leased auto.
Insert Vehicle Card or Private Vehicle Card, as appropriate, in the card
entry slot and remove smartly.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

OBTAINING GASOLINE FOR DEPARTMENT MACHINERY WITHOUT
IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS OR WHEN VEHICLE CARD IS LOST OR
DAMAGED:
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
(continued)

9.
10.

11.
12.
13.

Have Operator Card and Master Card available.
Use key pad to enter data as requested by LED prompt.
a.
Department vehicle (patrolwagon, truck, etc.) - No Vehicle Card or card
lost/damaged - enter 00 plus four digit vehicle identification number.
b.
Department scooter - enter 009 plus three digit identification number.
c.
Auxiliary police vehicles - enter 0088 plus two digit identification
number.
d.
Motorcycles - enter 0089 plus two digit identification number.
e.
Equipment without identification numbers - enter 00 plus 9999.
Swipe “Master Card” in card entry slot and remove smartly.
Use keypad to select pump number.
a.
Wait for LED screen to indicate that pump is ready.
Activate pump lever to obtain fuel.

NOTE

If refueling does not commence without delay, the system will shut down and the
procedure to obtain fuel must be repeated.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) loses, misplaces or damages a
computerized Operator’s Card or Vehicle Card, the member must immediately notify the
Fuel Control Center so that the cards may be immediately invalidated. The Fuel
Control Center will issue a replacement card for the lost/damaged card.
If the Fuel Control computer breaks down, communicate with the Fuel Control Center for
instructions concerning a manual override procedure to insure continued availability of fuel.
If a uniformed member of the service, who obtains gas/oil for his private vehicle at a
Department dispensing facility, is transferred, the Fuel Control Center will
automatically revoke authorization to obtain fuel. To reinstate fueling privileges, the
member concerned must submit REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION – PRIVATE
VEHICLE (PD471-160) to his commanding officer for approval.
GASOLINE DISPENSED TO AUTHORIZED PRIVATE VEHICLES PRINTOUT:
The printout includes the date, time, fueling location, amount of gasoline dispensed and
the member concerned by name and social security number. A sample of the printout is
shown below with code data which will provide a comprehensive explanation of the
information on the printout:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-11

NYCPD

3 of 3

PRIVATE VEHICLE FUELING REPORTS FOR COMMAND

(5)
05

PAGE:

08/01/13

(2)
SMITH J.
(4)
8094

REVISION NUMBER:

(1)
1

11-45

08/12/92

PAGE 1

(3)
SS 123-45-6789
(6)
07/27

(7)
13-43

(8)
CD

(9)
123

S

7

(10)
T1

(11)
F2

(12)
P1

(13)
GO15.0 MPG

(14)
OC 1

(15)
SS 123-45-6789
(16)
GALLONS ISSUED 15.0
(17)
TOTAL GALLONS ISSUED THIS REPORT 15.0
REPORT COMPLETE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

CODE DATA
Numeric Command Code
10.
Operator’s Name and Initial
11.
Operator’s Social Security Number
12.
Transaction Sequence Number
13.
Transaction Type: 05 = Private Vehicle Fueling 14.
Date
15.
16.

Tank Number
Fuel Type F 1 = Leaded; F 2 = Unleaded
Pump Number
Gallons Pumped This Transaction
Operator’s Command Code
Operator’s Social Security Number
Total Gallons This Reporting Period

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

This data will be compared to entries made by members of the service in the Vehicle
Identification Plate/Private Vehicle Use Log to enhance the integrity of the fuel
dispensing system.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Delivery Of Gasoline To Fuel Dispensing Stations (P.G. 219-12)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION - PRIVATE VEHICLE (PD471-160)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-12

DELIVERY OF GASOLINE TO FUEL DISPENSING STATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To determine the amount of fuel on hand prior to, and after the delivery of,
gasoline to a Department fuel dispensing facility.

PROCEDURE

When an employee of a fuel company arrives at a Department fuel dispensing
facility to deliver gasoline.

DESK OFFICER 1.

Assign member of the service to supervise fuel delivery.

NOTE

The person assigned to security at those Department facilities other than precincts, e.g.,
Outdoor Range, Central Repair Shop, Police Headquarters, etc., that dispense fuel, will
perform the duties designated to be performed by the desk officer throughout this
procedure.

ASSIGNED
MEMBER

2.

3.

4.

NOTE

Determine amount of gasoline in storage tank by using the electronic tank
monitor (TLS 350), which is located at the desk area in most commands
with fuel tanks.
Press appropriate button on electronic tank monitor (TLS 350) and advise
the delivery driver of the ninety percent (90%) ullage amount. (This is the
amount that can safely be added to the storage tank.)
Ascertain meter reading on gasoline vendor’s truck prior to pumping fuel
into storage tank.
a.
Inspect and initial blank vending invoice prior to delivery of
gasoline.
b.
Verify the same invoice is returned after completion of delivery.

Amount of gasoline is determined from the meter on the vendor’s truck. Assigned
member must ensure that the meter is reset to zero (0) before pumping commences. If
vendor is on-site and delivery cannot be made, a uniformed member of the service in the
rank of sergeant or above must sign the vending invoice stating that the tank was full, or
the tank was blocked by another vehicle (indicate vehicle plate number), or that no keys
were available to unlock storage tank.

5.

6.
DESK OFFICER 7.

Use the electronic tank monitor (TLS 350) to verify delivery amount.
a.
Press print button and verify new volume (storage balance)
reflects the delivery amount.
Report delivery amounts to desk officer/counterpart.
Enter in Command Log the following information concerning receipt of fuel:
a.
Amount of gasoline received
b.
Invoice number (verify that vendor’s invoice was initialed by
assigned member)
c.
Vendor’s name
d.
Name of member of the service verifying receipt.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-12

(continued)

2 of 2

Notify Fuel Control Unit of the delivery reading and number of gallons
delivered by vendor.

To eliminate an unnecessary shut down, it is imperative that Fuel Control Center be
notified as soon as delivery has been completed.
9.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 8.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Forward one copy of Vendor’s Invoice to Audits and Accounts Unit on
day after receipt of gasoline.
a.
File remaining copy of Invoice.

The Computerized Fuel System is programmed to shut down fuel pumps at a dispensing
facility when the level of fuel, as determined by the computer, reaches a predetermined
cut off point.
Gasoline is ordered automatically by Fuel Control Center personnel. However, engine
oil must be monitored by fuel dispensing facility personnel and reordered from the Fleet
Services Division when necessary.
Commanding officers of commands that are equipped with Department fueling sites will
have a sensor report generated each month to comply with federal leak detection
requirements under 40 C.F.R. 280.40. The electronic tank monitor (Veeder-Root TLS
350) will be used to conduct this test. Members concerned will press the print button to
generate a sensor and inventory report. The member will then attach the report to the
page in the assigned logbook, which will be subject to inspection by the Environmental
Protection Agency. If tank monitor is malfunctioning and will not print a report, or is
out of paper, commands will notify the Fuel Control Unit. The Fuel Control Unit will be
responsible to repair the tank monitor.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Computerized Fuel System Obtaining Gas And Oil (P.G. 219-11)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-13

DELIVERY OF HEATING OIL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To monitor delivery of heating oil to a Department facility and to verify the
accuracy of the quantity of heating oil delivered.

PROCEDURE

When ordering heating oil and processing receipts:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER

Designate a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) to order
heating oil from appropriate vendor.

2.

Order heating oil from appropriate vendor.
a.
Direct vendor to report to desk officer/supervisor concerned upon
arrival at Department facility, prior to pumping heating oil.
b.
Make an entry in the command’s Telephone Record indicating
that the above instructions were relayed to the vendor’s order
clerk who accepted the order.

DESK OFFICER 3.

Assign a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) to be present
during, and supervise, the actual delivery and pumping operation.

ASSIGNED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

Verify that the vendor delivery ticket has been signed by a Department of
Citywide Administrative Services (D.C.A.S.) inspector prior to the
commencement of pumping operations.
a.
If the ticket has not been signed by a D.C.A.S. inspector DO NOT
ACCEPT DELIVERY.

NOTE

In commands accepting delivery of #4 or #6 oil, the member of the service assigned to
supervise the pumping will verify that the vendor has a vendor delivery ticket and a
Department of Citywide Administrative Services certificate. In these cases, however, it is
the Department of Citywide Administrative Services certificate, which MUST be signed. If
this certificate is not signed by a Department of Citywide Administrative Services
Inspector, DO NOT ACCEPT DELIVERY.

DESIGNATED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.
6.

7.

8.
9.

Ensure that the meter on the delivery truck had been reset to zero prior to
the insertion of the vendor delivery ticket into the meter.
Verify, upon completion of the pumping operation, that the total gallons
delivered (as indicated on the meter) equal the quantity recorded on the
vendor delivery ticket.
a.
Commands receiving #4 and #6 heating oil will also verify the
amount delivered on the D.C.A.S. certificate.
Verify amount of oil delivered by printing NAME and TAX REGISTRY
NUMBER or the D.C.A.S. certificate and/or the vendor delivery ticket
and signing name.
Present the D.C.A.S. certificate and/or the vendor delivery ticket to the
desk officer/supervisor.
Notify desk officer/supervisor of the amount of heating oil delivered.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-13

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 10.

11.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Verify that the D.C.A.S. certificate and/or the vendor delivery ticket were
signed by the member of the service assigned and the amount reported in
step #9 reflects the amount indicated on the certificate/ticket.
Make a Command Log entry including the following information:
a.
Amount of heating oil delivered
b.
Indication of receipt of D.C.A.S. certificate and/or vendor delivery
ticket.
c.
Vendor’s name and truck number
d.
Identity of member of the service who supervised delivery.

In commands that do not maintain a Command Log, these entries will be made in the
Telephone Record.

12.

Make a duplicate copy of the vendor delivery ticket and place in file
maintained at command.
a.
Forward vendor delivery ticket to the Audits and Accounts Unit
with the next Department mail.

NOTE

Commands accepting delivery of #4 and #6 oil will attach the “Department” copy of the
D.C.A.S. certificate to the vendor delivery ticket and forward both to Audits and
Accounts Unit. The “Agency” copy of the D.C.A.S. certificate will be attached to the
duplicate copy of the vendor delivery ticket and filed at the command.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Delivery Of Gasoline To Fuel Dispensing Stations (P.G. 219-12)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-14

DEPARTMENT COMPUTER SYSTEMS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To maintain the integrity and security of the Department’s computer systems and to
minimize the potential for misuse by anonymous, unauthorized access to available data.

PROCEDURE

To utilize Department computer systems in a command and/or a Department vehicle.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Sign-on the system utilizing the member’s confidential password.
Make only official inquiries, which relate to official business of the Department.
Do not divulge any information obtained from the system, except for
valid law enforcement purpose.
Sign-off the system upon completion of its use or whenever unable to
safeguard, even for a brief period of time.
Notify desk officer/designated supervisor or integrity control officer of
any misuse or if personal password has been compromised in any way.

NOTE

Members of the service signed on to a Department computer system will be held strictly
accountable for all entries on that system during the period they are signed on.

DESK OFFICER/
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

6.

7.
8.

Inspect all areas containing Department computer systems at least once
each tour and ensure that all systems are being used within Department
guidelines and are not damaged in any way.
Take immediate action to correct condition if any misuse or damage
found and notify commanding officer and integrity control officer.
Record results in Command Log.

NOTE

The desk officer/designated supervisor will notify the MISD Help Desk (24 hours) to
report inoperable or malfunctioning computer equipment (except mobile digital terminals)
and notify Fleet Services Division to report inoperable or malfunctioning mobile digital
terminals. The above notifications will be entered in the Telephone Record.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
DESIGNATED
SUPERVISOR

9.

NOTE

Use of the Free Form Function on the MDT system is for official Department use only.
Unofficial transmissions will not be sent.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

11.

10.

Inspect frequently all Mobile Data Terminals (MDTs) assigned to the
command to ensure that the MDTs are being used within Department
guidelines and are not damaged in any way.
Take immediate action to correct condition if any misuse or damage
found and notify commanding officer and integrity control officer.
a.
Record notifications in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).

Be responsible for computer equipment and data security for all computer
systems assigned to command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-14

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER
(continued)

12.

NOTE

In regards to investigative units, the duties of the integrity control officer as stated in
step 12, will be the sole responsibility of the commanding officer.

13.

14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Be responsible for and maintain the security and integrity of all official
Department recorded media or recorded media coming into possession of
the Department as evidence or for investigative purposes (e.g., videotape,
photographic images or pictures, audio recordings, electronic or internet
files, etc.).

Establish and maintain a list of all passwords issued to members of the command.
a.
Maintain confidentiality of passwords of all authorized users and
obtain new passwords, when necessary.
Maintain effective operational performance by establishing the number of
necessary authorized users for the command.
Ensure all authorized users of the command understand and comply with
computer security guidelines.
Frequently observe all areas and Department vehicles with computer
equipment and ensure security guidelines are complied with.
Investigate any circumstances or conditions which may indicate abuse of
the computer system(s).
Maintain sign-on tables and issue passwords for the following systems:
a.
On-Line Booking System (OLBS)
b.
Booking Arraignment Disposition System (BADS)
c.
Local Arrest Processing System (LAPS)
d.
Special Police Response Inquiry Network (SPRINT)
e.
Repeat Calls for Service Analysis (SPIA).

DEPARTMENT COMPUTER USE POLICY AND MONITORING NOTICE
All members of the service are advised that all Police Department computer systems and
equipment are intended for the purposes of conducting official Department business only. Use
of Department computer systems for personal or non-Department business matters is strictly
prohibited and individuals who are found in violation of this policy are notified that they will
be subject to disciplinary action. In addition, use of Department computer systems to
disseminate derogatory or discriminatory material is strictly prohibited.
All members of the service are hereby notified that the Department reserves and will
exercise the right to review, intercept, access and disclose all material on the
Department’s computer systems at any time, including e-mail communications, with or
without notice to the member of the service concerned. These policies are established to
ensure that users of Department computer systems and equipment maintain Department
standards of professionalism and integrity.
Commanding officers are responsible for the security and proper utilization of computer
equipment within their commands. Commands that are not operational on a 24-hour
basis will ensure that when the command is closed, ALL Department computer systems
are secured. In addition, commanding officers will be familiar with Administrative
Guide 325-35, “Department Computer Use Policy And Monitoring Notice.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

219-14

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Requests for focused audits of computer terminal activity from the Internal Affairs
Bureau, commanding officers, integrity control officers, investigations units, etc., must
be prepared on Typed Letterhead, and addressed to the Commanding Officer,
Management Information Systems Division (M.I.S.D.) at 1 Police Plaza, Room 700.
Focused audits may include various criteria such as a member of the service’s
password, tax registry number, sign-on/sign-off time, license plate/VIN check, etc., that
was performed during a particular time period.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-15

PORTABLE RADIO TRANSCEIVERS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PURPOSE

To account for portable radios assigned to commands.

PROCEDURE

When portable radios are assigned to command:

COMMANDING 1.
2.
OFFICER
3.

4.
5.
6.

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 4

Have desk officer/ranking officer account for portable radios each tour.
Designate a secure area within the muster room/desk area and under the
control of the desk officer/ranking officer for storage of radios not being used.
Maintain portable radio record utilizing the following forms:
a.
RADIO ASSIGNMENT LOG (PD647-141)
b.
Radio Identification Record (Misc. 249)
(1)
Complete prior to opening portable radio record and staple
on inside front cover of RADIO ASSIGNMENT LOG.
c.
Defective Radios (Misc. 250)
(1)
Complete appropriate captions prior to opening portable
radio record and staple on inside rear cover of RADIO
ASSIGNMENT LOG.
Have members instructed periodically in proper distribution, care, use and
safeguarding of radios.
Have radios sustaining major damage, delivered with all parts, and a copy
of report, through channels, to Commanding Officer, Electronics Section.
Forward report to Commanding Officer, Electronics Section and
Commanding Officer, Operations Unit, Office of the Chief of Department,
without delay, if radio is permanently transferred to another command.
a.
Review Department records quarterly, to determine if any radios
have been assigned on a permanent basis from your command.
Confer with command integrity control officer, Intelligence
Bureau and any other outside agency to determine the necessity
of continuance of such assignment.

NOTE

Commands are not authorized to transfer radios to other commands. All radio
reassignments must be approved by the Commanding Officer, Communications Section.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED

7.

8.
9.
10.
11.

Replace batteries at beginning of tour.
a.
Keep used batteries in battery charger until indicator light turns green.
b.
Deliver defective batteries to the Electronics Section. Up to
fifteen batteries will be replaced at one time.
Issue radios to members of outgoing platoon on priority basis as
established by commanding officer.
Enter required information in RADIO ASSIGNMENT LOG.
Enter radio inventory in Recapitulation Section of RADIO ASSIGNMENT
LOG, following last entry concerning outgoing platoon each tour.
Account for and examine each radio, antenna, battery and radio case
returned at conclusion of previous tour.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

a.

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED
(continued)

b.

c.

2 of 4

Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) with Internal
Affairs Bureau log number and report facts to commanding officer
if radio is lost or stolen.
Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT with Internal Affairs Bureau
log number and report facts to commanding officer for missing
antennas, batteries or radio cases.
Report damage or missing parts to commanding officer.

WHEN RADIO HAS BEEN DAMAGED:
COMMANDING 12.
13.
OFFICER

14.

15.

Investigate circumstances.
Take appropriate action (instruction, Command Discipline and/or
Charges and Specifications) if damage is attributable to individual
carelessness, misuse, or abuse.
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead to borough commander/counterpart
including:
a.
Circumstances leading to damage of radio
b.
Whether damage caused by carelessness, misuse or abuse
c.
Corrective action taken.
Forward report, as follows:
a.
Original - Borough commander/counterpart
b.
Copy - Commanding Officer, Communications Section, through
channels
c.
Copy - Electronics Section (WITH RADIO)
d.
Copy - file.

WHEN RADIO IS DEFECTIVE:
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED

16.
17.

NOTE

Do not store defective radios at the command. The Electronics Section will not accept more than
ten defective radios at a time. When radio antennas, cases or chargers are defective, notify
Electronics Section stock room and comply with instructions given.

DESK/
RANKING
OFFICER

18.

Re-check radio with freshly charged battery.
Prepare and attach radio repair ticket, including brief description of
malfunction.
Deliver defective radio with tag to the Electronics Section, as soon as possible.
a.
Remove radio antenna, battery and speaker microphone from radio
before delivering radio for repair and safeguard at command.

19.
20.

Make appropriate entry on Defective Radios form.
Telephone the Electronics Section within four weeks to determine it the
radio has been repaired.

21.
22.

Assign member to report to the Electronics Section to pick up repaired radio.
Enter date and signature on Defective Radio form when radio is returned
and make Command Log entry indicating serial numbers of all radios
returned to command.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-15

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 4

All members of the service reporting to the Electronics Section in uniform or civilian
attire must sign in at the security office. A shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD
(PD416-091) must be presented when picking up or removing Department property.

WHEN RADIO IS LOST, STOLEN OR RECOVERED:
DESK/
RANKING
OFFICER

23.
24.
25.
26.
27.

Notify Operations Unit and obtain serial number for inclusion in
commanding officer’s report to the bureau chief concerned.
Notify Electronics Section, Security Desk and provide Operations Unit
serial number and obtain Electronics Section serial number.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center and obtain log number
to be entered under “Details” on COMPLAINT REPORT.
Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section (Alarm Board) of radio number.
Notify patrol borough concerned, and advise of COMPLAINT
REPORT number, Operations Unit number, Electronics Section number
and Internal Affairs Bureau log number, if radio assigned to a patrol
precinct/borough task force member.

COMMANDING 28.
29.
OFFICER

Investigate circumstances of loss, theft or recovery of radio.
Have COMPLAINT REPORT prepared for lost/stolen radio and
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) prepared for recovered radio.
a.
Indicate under appropriate caption that duplicate copies are to be
forwarded to Internal Affairs Bureau, bureau command, and
patrol/detective borough command.

30.
PRECINCT
DETECTIVE
31.
SQUAD
COMMANDING
OFFICER

Examine COMPLAINT REPORTS prepared, including those reports referred
to the precinct squad, concerning the loss or theft of Department radios.
Notify Commanding Officer, Major Case Squad of loss/theft of radio by telephone
and forward a duplicate copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT or COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP, as appropriate, with a report on Typed Letterhead.

COMMANDING 32.
OFFICER
33.

Enter explanation and COMPLAINT REPORT serial number under
“Remarks” in Radio Identification Record.
Prepare report, including circumstances of loss or theft, COMPLAINT
REPORT serial number, and determination by investigating officer
whether disciplinary action is appropriate.
a.
Loss of a portable radio by a member of the service assigned to
patrol in uniform shall be deemed negligence when the radio was
not carried in the authorized carrying case.

NOTE

Where warranted, proposed disciplinary action will be indicated in the report as a
RECOMMENDATION. HOWEVER, the disciplinary action will be held in abeyance
until APPROVED, by the bureau chief concerned, via return endorsement on the original
report. Within the Patrol Services Bureau, Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau, the
Borough Commander or Commanding Officer, Special Operations Division, as
appropriate, will act upon the disciplinary action recommendation and will expeditiously
forward a copy of the endorsed report to the Chief of Patrol, via the Investigation and
Evaluation Section.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-15

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

4 of 4

COMMANDING 34.
OFFICER
(continued)

Forward report as follows:
a.
Original - Bureau Chief concerned, through channels
b.
Copy - Chief of Department, DIRECT
c.
Copy - Commanding Officer, Communications Section, through
channels
d.
Internal Affairs Bureau
e.
Copy - Command file.

35.

APPROVE/DISAPPROVE recommended disciplinary action by return
endorsement on original report, except in cases involving the Patrol
Services Bureau.

COMMANDING 36.
OFFICER

Forward copy of final disposition of disciplinary action taken to the Chief
of Department.

37.

Review Department records monthly pertaining to Department radios
assigned to command.
a.
Ensure Department radios are being maintained and are accounted for.
Identify Department radios assigned on a permanent basis from command.
a.
Confer with commanding officer pertaining to the necessity of
such radios being assigned on permanent basis.

BUREAU
CHIEF
CONCERNED

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

38.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

All commands are required to maintain a portable radio record and arrange for expeditious
delivery of defective radios to Electronics Section and pickup when repaired.
A commanding officer may, when necessary, establish additional procedures to account
for and safeguard portable radios. For example, when a member of the service from an
outside command borrows a portable radio, the identity of the member must be verified
by the desk officer and appropriate command blotter entries made.
Department vehicles with defective radios that require repair will be brought to the
Electronics Section between 0700 X 1500 hours, seven days a week. A limited number
of personnel will be performing duty between 1500 and 2400 hours for EMERGENCY
repairs only.
Any unit wishing to procure personal portable radios for their particular unit using
Department funds must obtain written approval from the Commanding Officer,
Communications Division. All procurements will be effected through the Electronics
Section to ensure that the Department’s stringent specifications are met. All radios will
be engraved with “NYPD” and a Department serial number for accountability purposes.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Loss Or Theft Of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
RADIO ASSIGNMENT LOG (PD647-141)
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)
Defective Radios (Misc. 250)
Radio Identification Record (Misc.249)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-16

USE AND MAINTENANCE OF POLAROID CAMERAS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To provide for control, accountability and continued effectiveness of photographic
equipment assigned to commands.

PROCEDURE

When photographic equipment is assigned for use in a command.

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER
2.
3.
4.

Provide a safe, cool, dry location for storage of cameras and related
equipment.
Ensure availability of cameras and film on all tours.
Have film stock rotated, using oldest film first.
Make certain that members concerned receive instruction in the use and
maintenance of cameras.

MEMBER
USING
EQUIPMENT

5.
6.
7.

Request photographic equipment from the desk officer.
Inspect and clean rollers and lens on camera, when necessary.
Inform desk officer or other designated member when camera or other
equipment requires repair or replacement.

DESK OFFICER/
DESIGNATED
MEMBER

8.

Inspect and account for the availability of photographic equipment at the
commencement of each tour.
a.
Make entry in Command Log.
Correct minor camera/equipment malfunctions at command, when
possible, e.g., replace batteries, clean rollers, etc.
Telephone Quartermaster Section, Monday to Friday, between 0800 and
1600 hours, for instructions when repairs or adjustments cannot be made
at command.

9.
10.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Commands usually requisition film from Quartermaster Section and detective squads
obtain film at detective borough office. In emergency situations, the Quartermaster
Section will supply additional film and equipment. If necessary, in mass arrest
situations, commands may obtain film from Office of the Chief of Detectives, detective
borough offices, or the Organized Crime Control Bureau’s Operations Desk.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Identification Lineups/Showups (P.G. 208-24)
Desk Appearance Ticket -General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Arrests - Removal To Department Facility For Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Large Scale Arrest Processing (P.G. 213-06)
Arrest Of Juvenile Offenders (P.G. 215-10)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-17

USE OF PATROL KITS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To provide instructions to members of the service in the proper maintenance,
utilization, and disposal of Patrol Kit items.

SCOPE

A Patrol Kit is a collection of personal protective equipment (PPE) items housed in
a white plastic first-aid type carrying case. The case bears the NYPD logo and is
marked with the words “Patrol Kit” on its cover. Each Patrol Kit consists of two
disposable gowns, two disposable eye/mouth shields, two pairs of heavy duty
gloves, two pairs of disposable shoe covers, ten antiseptic wipes, and a disposal
“biohazard” bag for use against contact with blood or other potentially infectious
materials (OPIM). OPIM includes semen, vaginal secretions, and fluid from the
brain, spine, chest cavity, stomach, heart and joints. Saliva or urine not visibly
contaminated with blood is not considered to be OPIM. Disposable gloves and
Patrol Kit items must be properly disposed of after being utilized to protect one’s
hands, skin and clothing from direct contact with blood, OPIM, dead human
bodies, and animals which may have infectious diseases. Contaminated or
damaged personal protective equipment will not be reused and will be discarded in
biohazard receptacles at designated Department facilities or hospitals.

PROCEDURE

Maintain and utilize disposable gloves and Patrol Kit items as follows:

VEHICLE
OPERATOR

1.
2.

3.

Ensure that the Patrol Kit carry case is present and secure in the trunk of
assigned/designated Department auto at beginning of tour.
Inspect contents of case to verify that all required Patrol Kit items, as
listed in the SCOPE statement, are present in the quantities indicated.
a.
Also ensure that an adequate supply of disposable gloves are
available in the Department auto.
Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry indicating results of
inspection.
a.
Report missing/damaged Patrol Kit items to the patrol
supervisor and promptly replace them.

NOTE

Adequate supplies of Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves should be maintained at
commands at all times and stored where they will be readily accessible for use. At least
one carrying case containing a Patrol Kit is to be affixed to a wall in a conspicuous,
accessible location at each precinct, transit district, police service area, court section,
medical district, Aviation, Crime Scene, Harbor, Mounted Unit and Highway District
location.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

4.

Utilize disposable plastic gloves and Patrol Kit items when necessary to
handle persons, animals or items in a safe, sanitary manner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

NOTE

The following are examples of when members of the service should use Patrol Kit
items/disposable gloves:
a.
Contact with blood, body fluids, secretions, excretions, etc.
b.
Searching dead human bodies
c.
Contact with hazardous materials or persons or animals having or suspected of
having infectious diseases (see P.G. 212-37, “Hazardous Materials” and 20510, “Exposure Of Members Of The Service To Infectious Diseases Or
Hazardous Materials”)
d.
Searching prisoners (disposable gloves should ordinarily be sufficient)
e.
Fingerprinting (disposable gloves should ordinarily be sufficient).
Members of the service who do not have access to a Patrol Kit and are present at a
scene requiring the use of a Patrol Kit may request one via the communications
dispatcher. An available unit possessing the Kit will be directed to respond to the
requesting member’s location.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

5.

(continued)

6.
7.

8.
9.

10.
11.

NOTE

Confer with immediate supervisor before using Patrol Kit
items/disposable gloves at a parade, demonstration, etc.
a.
Supervisor will make determination based on circumstances and
advise members of proper action.
Avoid contact with outside surface of Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves
after use if possibility of contamination exists.
Remove used gloves as follows:
a.
Grasp cuff of one glove and remove by pulling glove inside out.
b.
Place fingers inside second glove and pull inside out.
Handle used gloves/Patrol Kit items by uncontaminated surface and place
inside plastic bag.
Cleanse hands with antiseptic wipe and place used wipe in plastic bag
with other contaminated items.
a.
Seal plastic bag containing contaminated Patrol Kit
items/disposable gloves and antiseptic wipe.
Refer to the instructions contained in the plastic case housing of the
Patrol Kit for information regarding the Kit’s safe use and disposal.
Deposit only contaminated items in the thirty-two gallon biohazard
receptacle lined with a red biohazard bag.

Only items contaminated with blood or OPIM need to be disposed of in biohazard
receptacles located in each command. Gloves used while fingerprinting or searching
prisoners, and PPE items worn but not contaminated, may be discarded in a regular
trash receptacle.

DESK OFFICER/
CENTRAL
BOOKING
SUPERVISOR

12.

Wash hands, preferably with anti-bacterial or brown soap, as soon as
possible after exposure.

13.

Contact Medical Division Sick Desk supervisor to arrange for messenger
to pick up regulated infectious waste.
Ensure that Medical Division messenger removes and seals the regulated
infectious waste liner and places a new biohazard liner in the receptacle.

14.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

NOTE

Biohazard waste liners should be closed prior to removal from the receptacle in order to
prevent spillage. If the outside of a liner or container becomes contaminated, it must be
placed within a second suitable liner or container. The regulated infectious waste liners
must be transported in a covered, leakproof container with a biohazard label prominently
displayed on the outside of the container. The Medical Division messenger shall be
appropriately trained in the use of Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves and infection control
procedures. Biohazard labels are available from the Quartermaster Section.

DESK OFFICER/
CENTRAL
BOOKING
SUPERVISOR
(continued)

15.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Emergency situations, circumstances, and time constraints may hinder or prevent a
member from properly donning Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves, thereby making the
member more vulnerable to contamination from blood or other potentially infectious
materials. Members who have any contact with hazardous materials, blood, or OPIM
will immediately comply with P.G. 205-10, “Exposure of Members of the Service to
Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials.” In the event that a uniform item becomes
significantly contaminated (e.g. soaked through with blood or OPIM), the item(s) in
question will be removed as soon as possible and placed in the disposable red biohazard
liner contained in the Patrol Kit. The member of the service will be allowed to shower
as soon as possible.

Make a Command Log entry of facts regarding removal of biohazard
waste by Medical Division messenger.

A uniform item contaminated with small splatters of blood which have not soaked
through the item may be machine washed with a non-chlorine bleach separately from
other household laundry. A second wash/rinse cycle should then be used to rinse the
inside of the washing machine.
Non-disposable uniform items (nameplates, shields, etc.) may be effectively decontaminated
with a freshly mixed solution of one part bleach to ten parts water.
Members seeking reimbursement to replace damaged uniform items will refer to P.G. 20407, “Lost Or Damaged Uniform.”
If an Emergency Medical Service ambulance is present at the scene of an incident where
members of the service have soiled Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves, such items may be
disposed of in the contaminated waste container located in the body of the ambulance.
However, Emergency Medical Service ambulances are not to be called to the scene merely
for the disposal of soiled Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves. In cases where no
ambulance is present, or a private ambulance not under the jurisdiction of Emergency
Medical Service is present, or ambulance personnel refuse to allow disposal, Patrol Kit
item/disposable gloves should be secured in the plastic bags supplied for such purpose
and transported to the precinct/command of occurrence for disposal.
The Health and Hospitals Corporation has granted permission for members of the
service to dispose of used Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves in the contaminated waste
containers in the emergency rooms of designated municipal hospitals in those situations
where Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves have been worn while transporting a patient to
that hospital for treatment. These designated hospitals are:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

219-17

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

MANHATTAN HOSPITALS
Bellevue
Metropolitan
Harlem
QUEENS HOSPITALS
Elmhurst
Queens Hospital Center

4 of 4

BRONX HOSPITALS
Bronx Municipal
North Central Bronx
Lincoln
BROOKLYN HOSPITALS
Coney Island
Kings County
Woodhull

Members of the service are not to bring contaminated Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves
to an emergency room for disposal if not transporting a patient for treatment at that
hospital. Where a patient has not been transported to a participating hospital or, if the
emergency room staff refuses to allow disposal, members of the service will secure the
Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves in the plastic bag supplied for such purpose and
transport to precinct/command of occurrence for disposal. Commanding officers should
seek to establish a relationship with non-municipal hospitals within their commands to
which ambulances respond, in an effort to obtain authorization for disposal of Patrol Kit
items/disposable gloves in the hospital’s emergency room.
The following Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves may be ordered directly from the
Quartermaster Section by utilizing the following index numbers:
ITEM
INDEX NUMBER
Disposable gloves
1134
Glove kits
1141
Antiseptic skin wipes
1345
Patrol Kit (complete)
1343
Patrol Kit carrying case (to replace damaged cases only) 1344
32 gallon biohazard receptacle
3622
32 gallon biohazard liner
3007
Biohazard sticker (1 1/2”x 1/2”)
2444
Biohazard sticker (4”x 5”)
2443
RELATED
PROCEDURES

Exposure Of Members Of The Service To Infectious Diseases Or Hazardous Materials
(P.G. 205-10)
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Lost Or Damaged Uniform (P.G. 207-07)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-18

INSPECTION OF SUPPLIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

PURPOSE

To insure that supplies received are of proper quantity and quality.

PROCEDURE

When supplies are received at a command:

DESK OFFICER 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
COMMANDING 6.
OFFICER

1 of 1

Have supplies inspected for quantity, quality and condition.
Sign vendor’s receipt if delivery is in good condition.
Refuse to accept supplies if shipment is damaged, or does not meet
quality standards.
Make Command Log entry of receipt or state reason why supplies were
not accepted.
Notify commanding officer if supplies are not accepted.
Have report prepared on Typed Letterhead and Department of Purchase
Form 23-QQ-96 (REPORT OF UNSATISFACTORY MATERIAL) to
the Quartermaster Section if the delivery is deficient in any way.

NOTE

If the supplies received are less than originally ordered, but otherwise acceptable, the
desk officer may accept the supplies but receipt only for actual amount received.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Department of Purchase Form 23-QQ-96 (REPORT OF UNSATISFACTORY MATERIAL)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-19

INSPECTION OF DEPARTMENT LOCKERS - OFFICIAL
INVESTIGATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To permit the inspection of a Department locker in connection with an official
investigation.

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service is directed to open his/her locker by a supervising
member of the service:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

Comply with direction.

SUPERVISING
MEMBER

2.

Inspect contents of locker:
a.
Member concerned will witness inspection.
b.
If member is not present, another member of the service will
witness inspection.

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

3.
4.

Secure locker after inspection is completed.
Follow direction of supervising officer.

SUPERVISING
MEMBER

5.

Enter in Command Log:
a.
Number(s) of locker(s) inspected
b.
Member(s) to whom locker(s) assigned
c.
Reason for inspection
d.
Results of inspection
e.
Member(s) present at inspection.

NOTE

A supervisory member of the service may inspect Department lockers at any time during
an official investigation. If the member assigned to a locker is not present during an
inspection, the inspecting member is required to notify the member concerned, and
provide for the safekeeping of the equipment and reimbursement to the member if the
lock is damaged.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-20

LOSS OR THEFT OF DEPARTMENT PROPERTY
DATE ISSUED:

12/04/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

12/04/13

PURPOSE

To investigate and record the loss or theft of Department property.

PROCEDURE

Upon discovering the loss or theft of Department property:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

DESK OFFICER 2.
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

3.
4.
5.
6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

NOTE

1 of 2

Report facts to desk officer.
Notify commanding officer and operations coordinator.
Conduct investigation.
Make Command Log entry of facts and results of investigation.
Prepare report, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to commanding officer.
Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared.
a.
Indicate, under appropriate caption, that duplicated copies are to
be forwarded to the Internal Affairs Bureau, the Quartermaster
Section, (ONLY if Department property, lost or stolen, was issued
by the Quartermaster Section) and Patrol/Transit/Housing
Borough, Detective Borough, or bureau concerned.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center, by telephone, and enter
Internal Affairs Bureau log number under “Details” on COMPLAINT
REPORT.
Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section (Alarm Board) if property has
identifying letters or numbers on it for purpose of transmitting alarm.
a.
If Vehicle Identification Plate is lost/stolen, give Vehicle
Identification Plate number including the letter “P”, if appropriate,
and the expiration date of the plate.
Notify Transit Special Investigations Unit, Transit Bureau Wheel and the
Employee Management Division if property consists of a New York City
Transit (NYCT) Police Pass MetroCard.
Forward three copies of report to Commanding Officer, Fleet Services
Division for loss of a tire, tool, etc., from a Department vehicle.
a.
Forward one copy direct to the Commanding Officer, Transit
Bureau, if property consists of NYCT Police Pass MetroCard and
one copy with COMPLAINT REPORT direct to the Executive
Officer, Employee Management Division, if property consists of
NYCT Police Pass MetroCard, Long Island Railroad Police Pass
or Metro North Police Pass.

In cases where the loss or theft of a NYCT Police Pass MetroCard, Long Island Railroad
and/or Metro North Police Pass occurs outside New York City the member will notify the local
police agency and desk officer, command of assignment. The desk officer will make a Command
Log entry and notify the operations coordinator who will conduct an investigation, notify IAB
and comply with step “10” subdivision “a,” as appropriate. The IAB log number must be
included in the report.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-20

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

12/04/13

11.

COMMANDING 12.
OFFICER

2 of 2

Take other action as appropriate.

Review result of investigation.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Each precinct squad commander will examine COMPLAINT REPORTS prepared,
including those REPORTS not referred to the precinct squad, concerning the loss or
theft of police related equipment. Such equipment will include, but is not limited to, law
enforcement frequency radios, police vehicles, uniforms, shields or identification cards,
bulletproof vests or police type emergency lights or sirens. The squad commander will
notify the Commanding Officer, Major Case Squad of such loss/theft by telephone and forward a
duplicated copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP, as
appropriate, with a covering report, on Typed Letterhead, to the Major Case Squad. In
addition P.G. 219-21, “Lost/Stolen Firearm, Shield, Identification Card” is to be
adhered to when a member of the Department reports a lost/stolen firearm, shield,
and/or I.D. card.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Portable Radio Transceivers (P.G. 219-15)
Lost/Stolen Firearm, Shield, Identification Card (P.G. 219-21)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-21

LOST/STOLEN FIREARM, SHIELD, IDENTIFICATION CARD
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To investigate circumstances when a member of the service (uniformed or
civilian) reports a lost/stolen firearm, police shield or IDENTIFICATION
CARD (PD416-091).

PROCEDURE

When a member of the service discovers the loss/theft of a firearm, shield or
IDENTIFICATION CARD:

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.

NOTE

In Nassau or Suffolk counties, notify desk officer, 105th Precinct. In Westchester,
Orange, Putnam or Rockland counties, notify desk officer, 50th Precinct. If loss/theft
occurs in other than New York City or the residence counties, notify Operations Unit
direct. In addition, the local police agency will be notified immediately and requested to
transmit a FINEST notification to this Department.

2.

3.

DESK OFFICER 4.

5.
6.
7.

NOTE

Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence, immediately.

Prepare part “A” of LOST/STOLEN FIREARM/SHIELD/I.D. CARD
REPORT (PD520-150).
a.
If loss/theft occurred outside city, the desk officer or Operations
Unit member receiving the report will prepare both parts “A” and
“B” of the report.
Report loss/theft to commanding officer at first opportunity and include
all information available.
Make a Command Log entry of facts.
a.
If member reporting loss/theft is not assigned to precinct of report,
prepare and forward a transcript of the Log entry to the member’s
commanding officer.
Notify commanding officer/duty captain and Operations Unit immediately.
Prepare part “B” of LOST/STOLEN REPORT.
Ensure that COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) is finalized and alarm
transmitted.

A COMPLAINT REPORT will not be prepared nor will an alarm be transmitted if the
loss/theft occurred outside New York City. However, a Command Log and/or Telephone
Record entry will be made.

8.

Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center and enter Internal
Affairs Bureau log number under “Details” on COMPLAINT REPORT,
if prepared, or in Telephone Record, if COMPLAINT REPORT is not
prepared.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-21

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
DUTY CAPTAIN

PAGE:

08/01/13

9.

10.

11.
12.
13.

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 3

Conduct immediate investigation.
a.
Communicate, by telephone, with agency receiving report, if
loss/theft occurred outside New York City.
b.
Interview member of the service concerned reporting loss/theft, by
telephone, if necessary.
Prepare part “C” of LOST/STOLEN REPORT.
a.
Include recommendation concerning negligence by member of the
service.
Prepare
SUPERVISOR’S
COMPLAINT
REPORT/COMMAND
DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123), if circumstances warrant.
Distribute LOST/STOLEN REPORT as indicated on bottom of form.
Forward SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND
DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT to commanding officer of
member reporting loss/theft.

If the duty captain conducts the investigation, a copy of the SUPERVISOR’S
COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT will be
filed in the permanent command of the duty captain.

14.
MEMBER’S
COMMANDING
15.
OFFICER
NOTE

Have notation made on member’s FORCE RECORD (PD406-143) of time
and date of the Command Log entry concerning the loss/theft of firearm.
Determine if disciplinary action should be taken.

When it has been determined that disciplinary action should be taken for the loss of or
failure to safeguard a firearm, a consultation with the Department Advocate’s Office
will be made to determine appropriate disciplinary action.

16.
17.

18.
19.
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

20.

Initiate command discipline or formal charges, if circumstances warrant.
Enter disposition on SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/
COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT and file.
a.
Forward duplicate copy of LOST/STOLEN REPORT, through
channels, to Department Advocate (Schedule B cases only).
Prepare part “D” of LOST/STOLEN REPORT giving particulars and/or
results of investigation and any action taken or contemplated.
Distribute LOST/STOLEN REPORT as indicated on rear of form.
Report to Commanding Officer, Employee Management Division to
obtain a new shield or IDENTIFICATION CARD.
a.
Return to permanent command and request clerical member to
enter new shield number on FORCE RECORD.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

219-21

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Members of the service assigned to Police Headquarters whose firearm/shield/
IDENTIFICATION CARD is lost/stolen within the confines of the 5th Precinct will
immediately report the loss/theft to the Headquarters Security Unit. Members of the
service assigned to the Police Academy or units within the Police Academy facility (other
than 13th Precinct personnel) whose firearm/shield/IDENTIFICATION CARD is
stolen/lost within the confines of the 13th Precinct will immediately report the loss/theft of
firearm/shield/IDENTIFICATION CARD to the Police Academy Integrity Unit. A
captain or above from the reporting members command will conduct the investigation,
prepare the LOST/STOLEN FIREARM/SHIELD/I.D. CARD REPORT, and the
SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION
REPORT. Headquarters Security Unit or Police Academy Integrity Unit personnel will
make the notifications required by the preceding procedure and COMPLAINT REPORT
serial numbers will be obtained from the 5th or 13th Precinct, as appropriate.
If the loss/theft of a shield occurs at a time when the Employee Management Division is
closed and the member concerned is scheduled to perform duty in uniform, the member
will be assigned to duty in uniform without a shield until the Office of the Chief of
Personnel opens the next business day.
Reports of lost/stolen auxiliary police shields will be processed as directed in P.G. 20712 “Lost or Stolen Property.” The command clerk will enter in the box captioned
“Additional Copies For” - Auxiliary Police Section.
Auxiliary police shields coming into the possession of the Department, if not required as
evidence, will be forwarded, with a report of the circumstances, to the Commanding
Officer, Auxiliary Police Section. A PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) is
not required in such cases.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

General Uniform Regulations (P.G. 204-01)
Reporting Violations Observed By Supervisors (P.G. 206-01)
Violations Subject To Command Discipline (P.G. 206-03)
Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)
Authorized Penalties Under Command Discipline (P.G. 206-04)
Preparation Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Service And Disposition Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
LOST/STOLEN FIREARM /SHIELD/I.D. CARD REPORT (PD520-150)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
SUPERVISOR’S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION
REPORT (PD468-123)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-22

OPERATION OF VENDING MACHINES
WITHIN DEPARTMENT FACILITIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To set guidelines for the operation of vending machines by precinct clubs or
similar associations within Department facilities.

DEFINITIONS

COMMAND CLUBS - Formal or informal association of all Department
personnel within a Department facility.
VENDING MACHINE - Coin operated machine owned/leased and operated by
members of a precinct club to dispense food, nonalcoholic beverages and cigarettes.

NOTE

The presence of coin operated non-vending machines, e.g., video games, pool tables,
etc., is prohibited in any Department facility.

PROCEDURE

When a precinct club or similar association of Department employees decides to
purchase/lease and operate vending machines for use within a Department facility:

COMMAND
CLUB
MEMBERS

1.
2.
3.

COMMANDING 4.
5.
OFFICER
6.

7.

Admit to membership all Department personnel assigned to the facility.
Obtain consent of commanding officer/counterpart PRIOR to purchasing/
leasing a vending machine.
Provide commanding officer/counterpart with names of members
responsible for operating the vending machines.
a.
Provide the names of principals of company from which vending
machine will be purchased or leased.
Request record check of principals of company from the Intelligence Division.
Direct that members of the command club purchase/lease vending machines needed
and maintain an accurate record of expenses and income from each machine.
Inform members of the command club that vending machines owned and
operated by private companies or individuals SHALL NOT BE
INSTALLED OR MAINTAINED IN DEPARTMENT FACILITIES.
Request Building Maintenance Section conduct a survey to determine if
proposed vending machine location possesses adequate electrical wiring
capacity to safely operate the vending machine.
a.
Obtain written approval from the C.O., Building Maintenance Section.

COMMAND
CLUB
MEMBERS

8.

NOTE

The facility commander’s knowledge and consent with regard to the placement or
location of vending machines SHALL NOT be construed as either a license or lease of
an area in a Department facility.

9.

Place vending machines in locations within facility that have been
approved by the facility commander.

Maintain an accurate monthly record of expenses and income for EACH
machine as follows:
a.
Utilize a bound book, entitled “Vending Machine Ledger” divided
equally into sections to accommodate EACH machine in command,
containing information relative to ALL transactions effecting
vending machine funds, and captioned on a single page as follows:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-22

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

(ACROSS TOP OF PAGE)
TYPE OF MACHINE
(soda, candy, etc.)

STATUS
(Leased/owned)

MONTH/YEAR

(FIRST LINE OF PAGE)
DATE
(Mo./Day/Yr.)

TRANSACTION #
DEBITS
(# of each
(Cost of product
transaction, starting and maintenance
with #1 each
expenses)
calendar year).

CHECK #

PURPOSE
CREDITS
(Reason for debit, (Money taken from
machine)
supplies, lease,
maintenance, etc.)

(SAMPLE ENTRIES)
Coffee

Leased

07/15/96

34

__________

__________

07/15/96

35

$175.00

13

July/1996
Coins removed
$75.00
from machine
Supplies ordered
__________
for machine

LOSS $100.00

NOTE

Upon listing of last monthly transaction, draw a double line and indicate total loss or
profit for that machine.

b.

COMMAND
CLUB
MEMBERS
(continued)

Utilize a bound book, entitled “Club Activity Expenditures
Ledger,” containing information relative to ALL monies derived
from vending machines and expenditures of same, and captioned
on a single page as follows:

(ACROSS TOP OF PAGE)
MONTH/YEAR

OPENING BALANCE
(Actual total of ALL monies from previous month.)

(FIRST LINE OF PAGE)
DATE
(Mo./Day/Yr.)

TRANSACTION #
(# of each transaction,
starting with #1 each
calendar year).

CHECK #
(Avoid cash, if
possible)

AMOUNT
(Amount of check)

PURPOSE
(Brief description of
reason for expenditure,
e.g., club function,
flowers, materials, etc.)

(SAMPLE ENTRIES)
06/06/96

June/1996
38

12

$1553.00
$75.00

06/20/96

39

13

$25.00

Precinct paddle ball
tournament.
Flowers for
P.O. O’Neill

CLOSING BALANCE $1453.00

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-22

NOTE

3 of 3

Upon listing of last monthly transaction, draw a double line and indicate total closing
balance.

c.
d.

A folder entitled “Documentation File,” containing bills, receipts,
etc., of EVERY financial transaction.
A folder entitled “Bank Statement File,” containing bank
statements, deposit slips, cancelled checks and other banking
correspondence.

Commanding officer/counterpart will inspect ledgers monthly by indicating date, time
and signature.

10.
11.

12.
13.
14.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMAND
CLUB
MEMBERS
(continued)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

Operate and stock all vending machines, set prices and collect money
deposited in each machine.
Set reasonable prices for all items dispensed to prevent any substantial
accumulation of cash in excess of what would be reasonably required to
cover expenses.
Place the following notice on each vending machine:
“FOR USE BY POLICE DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEES ONLY”.
Promptly handle complaints of inoperative machines, lost coins, etc.
Comply with all City, State and Federal tax laws relating to the sale of
items in vending machines.

Any surplus cash earned will belong to all members of the club. The surplus cash, with the
consent of club members, may be used to defray costs of social events, gifts to members on
special occasions, e.g. flowers, condolence cards, mementos of service, etc., or to
purchase items for use within the facility for the common benefit of all club members.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-23

SOLAR CELLULAR CALLBOXES
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To ensure that all components of a solar cellular callbox are in place and the
callbox is functioning properly.

PROCEDURE

When an alarm is received at a solar cellular callbox:

UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.

3.

4.

Respond as directed by the Communications Division.
Ascertain that the following components are in place:
a.
Antenna
b.
Solar panel
c.
Pole
d.
Sign - “Emergency Phone”
e.
Callbox
f.
Handset and cable (cord).
Make a test call to Communications Division
a.
Verify the operability of the callbox
b.
Verify callbox number
c.
Verify callbox location.
Prepare appropriate reports for damaged or missing components:
a.
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) when investigation
reveals vandalism, damaged or missing components.
b.
Police Accident Report (MV104AN) when investigation indicates
damage or knockdown as a result of a motor vehicle collision.

NOTE

Remove entire callbox or unattached components, as appropriate, to the stationhouse for
safekeeping. In all instances the Communications Division must be notified as follows:
a.
Monday to Friday, 0800 to 1600 hours, Telecommunications Unit.
b.
All other times contact the Communications Section’s Lieutenant Platoon
Commander.

COMMAND
CLERK

5.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Members of the Communications Division Callbox Unit are available weekdays from
0800 to 1600 hours to provide further information if needed.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Monthly Signal Box Survey (A.G. 322-25)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

Forward duplicate copy of COMPLAINT REPORT or MV104AN by
Department mail, or FAX to:
Telecommunications Unit, Room 910B
One Police Plaza

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-24

UTILIZATION OF AND ACCOUNTABILITY FOR CELLULAR
TELEPHONES ASSIGNED TO PATROL SUPERVISOR
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To ensure the proper utilization of and accountability for cellular telephones
assigned to patrol supervisor.

PROCEDURE

When a patrol supervisor is prepared to utilize an assigned Department cellular
telephone:

PATROL
SUPERVISOR

1.
2.

NOTE

These cellular telephones are capable of receiving all incoming calls, e.g. desk officer,
duty captain, etc., However, each is programmed to allow only the outgoing calls listed
in above step.

3.
4.
5.
DESK OFFICER 6.

7.

COMMANDING 8.
OFFICER

Ensure the power is “ON.”
Press “RECALL” (RCL) button followed by one of the selected numerals:
 “1” = telephone switchboard
 “2” = desk
 “3” = patrol borough
 “4” = Operations Unit
 “5” = 911

Press “SEND” (SND) button.
Complete conversation.
Press “END” button.
Ensure cellular telephone assigned to command for use by the patrol
supervisor are operational each tour:
a.
Batteries charged
b.
Car adapters available.
Make a command log entry listing the name, telephone number, and
assignment of the patrol supervisor in possession of the cellular telephone.
a.
Telephones not assigned will be accounted for each tour with a
command log entry.
Ensure that cellular telephones in need of repair are promptly returned to
the Telecommunications Unit located at One Police Plaza, room 910B.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-25

E-Z PASS TAGS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To account for the safekeeping and usage of E-Z Pass tags assigned to each command.

PROCEDURE

When E-Z Pass tags are assigned to a command:

COMMANDING 1.
OFFICER
2.

Have lieutenant platoon commander/patrol supervisor account for all E-Z
Pass tags that are assigned to the command.
Have integrity control officer monitor the usage of the E-Z Pass tags
assigned to the command.

LIEUTENANT
PLATOON
COMMANDER/
PATROL
SUPERVISOR

3.

Inspect all Department vehicles assigned to command for E-Z Pass tags
each Sunday, after the second platoon has been posted.
a.
Ensure that E-Z Pass tags are affixed to center top windshield of
each vehicle and that the serial numbers are recorded on the
VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (PD571-153).

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

4.
5.

Maintain an inventory of all E-Z Pass tags assigned to command.
Review the command’s E-Z Pass usage to ensure that the E-Z Pass tags
are used within Department guidelines.
Incorporate E-Z Pass tags and their usage into the command’s monthly
self-inspection program.

6.

NOTE

Commands are not authorized to transfer E-Z Pass tags from one vehicle to another. All
E-Z Pass tag reassignments must be approved by the Commanding Officer, Fleet
Services Division.

WHEN AN E-Z PASS TAG IS DEFECTIVE
7.

RANKING
OFFICER

8.

NOTE

Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead addressed to the Commanding
Officer, Fleet Services Division with the date, time and locations where
the E-Z Pass tag failed.
Notify Fleet Services Division of the defective tag and deliver E-Z Pass
tag with a report on Typed Letterhead to Fleet Services Division.

E-Z Pass tags may fail for various reasons (defective battery, excessive speed, etc.).
Therefore it is necessary to attempt to cross another E-Z Pass toll plaza to ensure that
the tag is in fact defective.

WHEN AN E-Z PASS TAG IS LOST/STOLEN OR RECOVERED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

9.

Notify the desk officer precinct/PSA/transit district of occurrence.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-25

12.

COMMANDING 13.
14
OFFICER

ADDITIONAL
DATA

PAGE:

08/01/13

10.
11.

DESK
OFFICER/
RANKING
OFFICER

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared, if necessary.
Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and enter log number under “Details”
section of the COMPLAINT REPORT.
Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section (S.P.I.S.) of E-Z Pass serial
number.
Investigate circumstances of loss, theft, or recovery of E-Z Pass tag.
Have a report prepared on Typed Letterhead with a copy of the
COMPLAINT REPORT, forwarded through channels to the
Commanding Officer, Fleet Services Division.
a.
Forward copy of report to command/unit where Department
vehicle is assigned, if other than command of occurrence.

E-Z Pass tags will be permanently affixed to the top center of the vehicle’s interior
windshield utilizing double sided tape provided by Fleet Services Division. The
exception to this provision will be vehicles that routinely leave the city on official
business (example: Category I vehicles), which will have the E-Z Pass tag secured to the
windshield with velcro strips provided by Fleet Services Division. The velcro strips will
allow the operator of the vehicle to remove the E-Z Pass tag when utilizing facilities not
authorized for E-Z Pass use by this Department (example: NYS Thruway, NJ Turnpike,
Garden State Parkway, etc.).
E-Z PASS USAGE IS AUTHORIZED FOR THE BELOW LISTED CROSSINGS ONLY:
Bronx-Whitestone Bridge
Brooklyn Battery Tunnel
Triborough Bridge
Henry Hudson Bridge
Queens Midtown Tunnel
Throgs Neck Bridge
Cross Bay Veterans Memorial Bridge
Marine Parkway-Gil Hodges Memorial Bridge

George Washington Bridge
Bayonne Bridge
Goethals Bridge
Holland Tunnel
Lincoln Tunnel
Outerbridge Crossing
Verrazano-Narrows Bridge

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Inspection Of Department Vehicles Each Tour By Operator (P.G. 219-01)
Weekly Inspection Of Department Vehicles (P.G. 219-02)
Loss Or Theft Of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (PD571-153)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-26

ACQUISITION AND USE OF DEPARTMENT ISSUED NEW YORK
CITY TRANSIT POLICE PASS METROCARDS
DATE ISSUED:

12/04/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

12/04/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide for the issuance, control, and strict accountability of Department
issued New York City Transit (NYCT) Police Pass MetroCards to all uniformed
members of service.

PROCEDURE

When a uniformed member of the service is issued a NYCT Police Pass
MetroCard by the Employee Management Division:

1.
EMPLOYEE
MANAGEMENT
DIVISION
NOTE

Provide a NYCT Police Pass MetroCard to ALL uniformed members of
the service.

The Employee Management Division will be responsible for the assignment and
issuance of ALL NYCT Police Pass MetroCards, including replacement cards for
damaged, defective, lost, stolen MetroCards. This card is assigned to the individual
uniformed member of service, not the command. Each member will be assigned a
specific card which contains its own unique serial number. This card can only be used
by the member to whom it has been issued. This will allow for monitoring of the
program to ensure control and accountability of all MetroCards.
NYCT Police Pass MetroCards are never to be assigned or reassigned by commands.
NYCT Police Pass MetroCards are generally valid for a period of two years. Upon
expiration of MetroCard, each member MUST return their expired card in order to be
issued a new card. This renewal process will be coordinated by the Employee
Management Division which is located at One Police Plaza, Room 1000.

2.

Maintain an account of NYCT Police Pass MetroCards to ensure the
integrity of the program.

COMMANDING 3.
OFFICER
4.

Ensure that all uniformed members assigned to command are in
possession of a NYCT Police Pass MetroCard.
Ensure that MetroCard serial number is entered on each member’s
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).
Have the integrity control officer monitor the MetroCard program to
ensure that all uniformed members are following procedures regarding the
proper safeguarding and usage of their MetroCard.
Ensure that an investigation is conducted and proper procedures adhered
to in instances where MetroCards become damaged, defective or are lost
or stolen.

5.

6.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

7.

8.

Enter the MetroCard serial number on each member’s FORCE
RECORD in order to maintain an accurate account of MetroCards
assigned to members in the command.
Have MetroCards inspected at roll calls and during semi-annual uniform
inspection.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-26

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

12/04/13

2 of 3

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER
(continued)

9.

NOTE

When a uniformed member is going on a long term leave of absence, such as military or
child care leave, ensure that member surrenders his/her MetroCard immediately prior to
such leave and have MetroCard hand delivered to the Employee Management Division.
Upon member’s return from long term leave of absence, prepare a report on Typed
Letterhead for the signature of the commanding officer requesting re-issuance of a
MetroCard. Upon review of such request the Employee Management Division will reissue a MetroCard to requesting member.

10.

11.

12.
13.

14.
15.
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Conduct an investigation and prepare a report on Typed Letterhead for
commanding officer’s signature requesting a replacement card, when a
MetroCard is damaged or becomes defective.
a.
Have report and damaged/defective MetroCard hand delivered to
the Employee Management Division.

Comply with provisions of P.G. 219-20, “Loss Or Theft Of Department
Property,” if a Department issued MetroCard is reported lost or stolen.
a.
Make telephone notification to Employee Management Division
and forward copy of all relevant paperwork regarding incident.
Arrange for pick-up of cards, when notified by the Employee
Management Division that replacement MetroCards are ready.
a.
Safeguard and issue cards to requesting members.
Collect all expired MetroCards from members of the command during the
renewal period.
Ensure that all members of the command are issued the card that they
have been assigned by serial number and obtain their signature on the
MetroCard distribution list as receipt of their card.
Deliver completed MetroCard distribution list and expired MetroCards to
the Employee Management Division.
Retain copy of MetroCard distribution list in command.
Carry Department issued MetroCard at all times whenever a shield and
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) are required to be carried.
Safeguard MetroCard at all times.
Request replacement if MetroCard becomes defective.
Notify desk officer if a MetroCard is lost, stolen or damaged.
Surrender issued MetroCard upon separation from the Department, immediately
prior to long term leave of absence or upon expiration of MetroCard.

DESK OFFICER 21.

Notify commanding officer and operations coordinator of lost or stolen
MetroCard.

22.
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

Comply with provisions of P.G. 219-20, “Loss Or Theft Of Department
Property” and conduct investigation into loss or theft of Department issued
MetroCard.
Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared.

23.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-26

PAGE:

12/04/13

24.
OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR
(continued)
25.
26.
27.
28.

COMMANDING 29.
OFFICER
ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

3 of 3

Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center by telephone, and enter
Internal Affairs Bureau Log number under “Details” of COMPLAINT
REPORT.
Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section.
Notify Transit Bureau Wheel, Transit Special Investigations Unit and
Employee Management Division.
Include MetroCard serial number on all Department forms prepared.
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead, including the results of the
investigation as well as any proposed disciplinary action, if applicable.
a.
Forward one copy to the Executive Officer, Employee Management
Division and one copy to the Commanding Officer, Transit Special
Investigations Unit.
Review results of investigation.

Upon separation of service (retirement, resignation, dismissal, etc.) all uniformed
members MUST surrender their MetroCard to their command, who will be responsible
for ensuring the return of the card to the Employee Management Division. All
MetroCards must be hand delivered to the Employee Management Division. A notation
should be made on PROPERTY RECEIPT – DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
(PD520-013) regarding same.
NYCT Police Pass MetroCards have no electronic restrictions for their use. They may
be used repeatedly and indefinitely throughout their period of validity. However,
uniformed members should be aware that each use of the MetroCard is electronically
recorded by NYC Transit. These records will be made available to this Department for
review and analysis, should the condition warrant (e.g., loss, theft, investigation into
card usage, etc.). Uniformed members of the service assigned MetroCards shall use
their assigned card to gain access to subways and public buses at all times. MetroCards
are Department property and are to be safeguarded at all times. POLICE PASS
METROCARDS ARE FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE UNIFORMED MEMBER
OF THE SERVICE TO WHOM IT IS ISSUED. Uniformed members of the service who
knowingly allow an unauthorized person to use their Police Pass MetroCard may be the
subject of disciplinary action. Under no circumstances are Police Pass MetroCards to
be given or loaned to any other person.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Discontinuance of Police Service – Retirement or Vested Interest (P.G. 205-42)
Discontinuance of Police Service – Resignation (P.G. 205-43)
Violations Subject to Command Discipline (P.G. 206-03)
Loss or Theft of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
PROPERTY RECEIPT – DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-27

ISSUANCE AND MAINTENANCE OF RADIATION DETECTION
PAGERS ASSIGNED TO COMMANDS
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide for the control, accountability and issuance of Department radiation
detection pagers assigned to commands:

PROCEDURE

When radiation detection pagers are assigned to commands:

COUNTER TERRORISM
CENTRAL
RESOURCE
DIVISION

1.

COMMANDING
OFFICER

3.

2.

4.

NOTE

Ensure desk officer accounts for radiation detection pagers assigned to
command on each tour.
Designate a secure area under the control of the desk officer for storage of
radiation detection pagers and batteries assigned to the command that are
not being utilized.

Commands will maintain a supply of “AAA” batteries for the use of all radiation
detection pagers in their command. “AAA” batteries may be obtained from the
Quartermaster Section.

5.
6.

NOTE

Assign radiation detection pagers to command through the Citywide
Counterterrorism Coordinator.
Maintain an account of all assigned radiation detection pagers to ensure
integrity of the program.

Ensure availability, operability, and use of radiation detection pagers on
all tours.
Ensure all supervisors/designated uniformed members of the service
performing patrol duties in the command are adequately trained in the use
and maintenance of radiation detection pagers and ensure that they are
assigned and deployed on all tours.
a.
ONLY trained supervisors and trained uniformed members of the
service will be assigned to use radiation detection pagers.

Commanding officers of specialized units utilizing radiation detection pagers will have
discretion to designate selected members of their units to be trained in the use of
radiation detection pagers, as necessary.

DESK OFFICER 7.

8.

Inspect and account for all radiation detection pagers assigned to command
at commencement of each scheduled tour.
a.
Make Command Log entry, including serial numbers and
operating status.
Distribute radiation detection pagers assigned to command to trained
patrol supervisor/designated uniformed members of the service on
scheduled tour.
a.
Indicate rank, name, shield number and assignment of member(s)
receiving radiation detection pager in Command Log.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-27

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 3

Commands issued radiation detection pagers will deploy the device on each tour.
Should a command have more than one radiation detection pager, it will be assigned to
an additional trained supervisor/uniformed member of the service on patrol (e.g., traffic
safety, anti-crime, bike patrol, etc.). Pager(s) not assigned during a tour, will be
secured at the command.

NOTE

Commands are not authorized to transfer radiation detection pagers to other commands.

PATROL
SUPERVISOR/
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE
ASSIGNED

9.

10.
11.
12.
13.

Inspect radiation detection pager to ensure operability and battery power
at the beginning of each scheduled tour.
a.
Request replacement batteries from desk officer, as needed
b.
Inform desk officer, or other designated supervisor, if the
radiation detection pager is inoperable or requires repair/
replacement.
Enter serial number of radiation detection pager into ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).
Carry and safeguard radiation detection pager until completion of tour
and comply with provisions of P.G. 212-102, “Personal Radiation
Detection Pager Alarms,” if pager activates an alarm.
Notify desk officer if radiation detection pager is lost, stolen or damaged.
Return radiation detection pager to desk officer upon completion of tour.

IF RADIATION DETECTION
REPLACEMENT:
DESK OFFICER 14.
15.

16.
17.

ASSIGNED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

18.
19.

PAGER(S)

REQUIRES

REPAIR

OR

Investigate circumstances.
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead with the following information and
attach to each radiation detection pager:
a.
Detailed description of circumstances surrounding damage or
malfunction
b.
Rank, name, tax registry number and command of member of the
service radiation detection pager was assigned to at time of
damage or malfunction
Contact the Patrol Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator for instructions
regarding the return of radiation detection pager(s) and acquisition of
replacement(s).
Assign a uniformed member of the service to deliver radiation detection
pager(s) with report on Typed Letterhead or retrieve pager as per
instructions received from Patrol Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator.
a.
Record details in Command Log including serial number of radiation
detection pager(s) and rank, name, shield number of member assigned.
Deliver/retrieve radiation detection pager(s).
Make the following ACTIVITY LOG entries:
a.
Serial number(s) of radiation detection pager(s) involved.
b.
Rank, name and shield number of borough staff member receiving
or distributing the radiation detection pager(s).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-27

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 3

20.
PATROL
21.
BOROUGH
22.
COUNTER TERRORISM
COORDINATOR

Accept the returned radiation detection pager(s).
Provide replacement radiation detection pager(s), if available.
Have returned radiation detection pager(s) delivered to Citywide
Counterterrorism Office.

CITYWIDE
COUNTER TERRORISM
OFFICE

23.

Forward returned radiation detection pager(s) to the Counterterrorism
Central Resource Division.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Reports of lost or stolen radiation detection pager(s) will be processed in accordance
with P.G. 219-20, “Loss or Theft of Department Property.” In addition, the Citywide
Counterterrorism Office will be immediately notified.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Discontinuance of Police Service – Resignation (P.G. 205-43)
Discontinuance of Police Service – Retirement or Vested Interest (P.G. 205-42)
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Loss or Theft of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
Patrol Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator (P.G. 202-04b)
Personal Radiation Detection Pager Alarms (P.G. 212-102)
Required Firearms/Equipment (P.G. 204-09)
Processing Unknown Substances Suspected of Being Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous Materials Evidence (P.G. 212-101)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-28

EMERGENCY POWER OUTAGES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To address emergency power outages in a timely and efficient manner, and to
ensure that non-essential equipment is removed from emergency electrical
receptacles when a power outage occurs.

SCOPE

The Building Maintenance Section is responsible to test, maintain and repair the
Department’s emergency generator systems (Housing and Transit Bureau
facilities will be maintained by the Housing and Transit Authorities as per
existing Memorandums of Understanding). Each command’s generator system is
tested and preventive maintenance performed by the Building Maintenance
Section on a regular basis.

PROCEDURE

When a Department facility loses electrical power (regardless of whether or not
the emergency generator system is activated):

DESK OFFICER 1.
/SUPERVISORY
OFFICER
NOTE

Immediately notify the Building Maintenance Section, twenty-four hours
a day, seven days a week.
a.
Record notification in Telephone Record.

If necessary, the Building Maintenance Section will dispatch generator mechanics and
electricians to correct any conditions and monitor the system. Only qualified Building
Maintenance Section personnel should attempt to start or repair the emergency
generator system. Absent exigent circumstances, other members of the service or
personnel from outside agencies are not permitted to start or repair the generator
system without the approval of a Building Maintenance Section supervisor.

IF THE EMERGENCY GENERATOR HAS BEEN ACTIVATED:
DESK OFFICER 2.
/SUPERVISORY
3.
OFFICER

Immediately survey the command to ensure that only essential emergency
equipment and critical computer systems are operating on emergency power.
Have all non-essential equipment disconnected from emergency electrical
receptacles.

NOTE

All non-essential equipment (air conditioners, vending machines, refrigerators,
microwaves, etc.) should be immediately disconnected from emergency electrical
receptacles. Emergency electrical receptacles are commonly identified by a red cover
plate over the receptacle or raised lettering on the outlet receptacle.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

If a command has a single fuel tank for both the heating system and the emergency
generator, it is the command’s responsibility to maintain the proper fuel level.
Commands that have a single fuel tank (see Appendix “A”) will ensure that the fuel level
remains above the fifty percent level. Commands with two fuel tanks (separate tanks for
the heating system and emergency generator system) are responsible for maintaining the
fuel level in the tank that supplies the heating system. The Building Maintenance Section
will be responsible for maintaining the proper fuel level in the emergency generator fuel

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

219-28

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

tank. If command personnel require training on how to properly determine the fuel level
of the command’s fuel tank, a work order should be submitted to the Building
Maintenance Section via the on-line work order system. Include in the request for
training a contact person, contact phone number and times when the member of the
service will be available.
Commanding officers are responsible to conduct a quarterly survey to ensure that all
generator rooms, mechanical rooms, and electrical rooms are being utilized only for
their intended purpose and not as locker rooms, storage rooms, etc. Items placed within
these locations may create a fire hazard, which could endanger all members of the
command.

RELATED
PROCEDURE

Request for Repairs to Department Facilities and Equipment (A.G. 325-20)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

219-28

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

APPENDIX “A”
The following commands have a single fuel tank and will be required to maintain the tank level
above the fifty percent mark.
COMMAND
1
7
10
20
23
24
26
28
30
33
34
43
47
48
52
60
61
63
67
68
69
71
72
75
76
79
81
84
90
94
102
105
109
111
112
113
114
120
122
BMS
BSTF
(70 PARK)

TANK SIZE
2500 Gallons
8000 Gallons
2500 Gallons
6000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
15000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
3000 Gallons
5000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
4000 Gallons
4000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
15000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
15000 Gallons
5000 Gallons
5000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
5000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
25000 Gallons
10000 Gallons

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-29

DISTRIBUTION AND USE OF
NYPD RESTRICTED PARKING PERMITS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To provide for the distribution, accountability, use and restrictions of the NYPD
Restricted Parking Permit.

DEFINITION

NYPD Restricted Parking Permit (Misc. 23-N): Cardboard, approximately four
inches by ten inches with serial number, command code, space for vehicle
license plate number and an expiration date (permit color, design and expiration
date will change each year).

PROCEDURE

To account for the distribution and use of Department issued NYPD Restricted
Parking Permits.

NOTE

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR RESTRICTED PARKING PERMITS
Only members of the service are eligible to receive a Restricted Parking Permit. Under
NO circumstance will non-members of the service be assigned permits. Members of the
service must meet the following requirements to be deemed ELIGIBLE for a Restricted
Parking Permit:
a.

b.
c.

Member must have a valid NYS driver’s license and the vehicle that the
Restricted Parking Permit is requested for must have a valid NYS registration
(this requirement is not applicable for members of the service with certain
exempted titles, i.e., certain employment titles allow members to reside outside
of New York City and the resident counties). Any member of the service with
an exempted title must comply with the regulations of this procedure based
upon the licensing, registration and insurance regulations of the state in which
they reside.
The vehicle that the Restricted Parking Permit is requested for must
have a valid insurance policy.
The vehicle that the Restricted Parking Permit is requested for must be registered
to the requesting member of the service, or to a person related by blood or
marriage, or to the requesting member’s registered NYS domestic partner. The
residence of the vehicle’s registered owner (member of the service, relative or
NYS domestic partner) must be the same residence the requesting member of the
service has on record with the Department.

When a member of the service applies for a Restricted Parking Permit, it is permissible
to have a Post Office (P.O.) box listed on the member’s driver’s license, registration
and/or insurance card. However, in all cases the member of the service’s address of
record with the DMV for his/her license and registration, as well as the address on
record with the insurance company for the auto insurance all must match the primary
residence the member of the service has on record with the Department.
If the mailing address on the registration of the vehicle is a P.O. box, the requesting member
MUST attach to the application proof that the insurance policy of the vehicle is issued to the
same address as the member’s primary residence on record with the Department.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-29

NOTE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 6

When a member of the service changes his/her residence, he/she will comply with Patrol
Guide 203-18, “Residence Requirements” and Patrol Guide 203-24, “Personal
Information Via Department Intranet.” Members must also notify the New York State
Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) when they change addresses.
MEMBER/VEHICLES INELIGIBLE FOR RESTRICTED PARKING PERMITS
Members of the service will be deemed INELIGIBLE to receive a Restricted Parking
Permit as follows:
a.

Member has been assigned a Category I Department vehicle (i.e.,
unmarked Department vehicle not required to be stored at a Department
facility and permitted to be removed from the City on a regular basis.
Category I Department vehicles are specifically designated by the
Police Commissioner.).

All Department owned, leased or rented vehicles will be assigned an NYPD Official Vehicle
Identification Plate (Misc. 740). An Official Vehicle Identification Plate (laminated permit) will
only be issued to the private vehicle of a member of the service upon approval of a “Private
Vehicle Authorization” as outlined in Administrative Guide 325-14, “Private Vehicles
Authorization” as well as approval by the Chief of Internal Affairs Bureau.
b.

c.
d.

Members assigned to One Police Plaza who have access to One Police
Plaza garage parking, including the annex garage (exemption:
Category II vehicles).
Members assigned to the Military & Extended Leave Desk or on
vacation/terminal leave pending retirement.
Members under suspension.

In compliance with P.G. 206-08, “Suspension from Duty – Uniformed Member of the
Service,” and P.G. 206-09, “Suspension from Duty – Civilian Member of the Service,”
the ranking officer in charge will direct member placed under suspension to surrender
all Department property, including assigned Restricted Parking Permit.
e.

Auxiliary Police members.

COMMANDING
OFFICER/
INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

1.

Distribute Restricted Parking Permit applications to all eligible members
of command based on command code only.
a.
Applications are available to commanding officers or appropriate
designee via the Department Intranet under the heading
“Computer Applications.”

NOTE

Commanding officers of precincts will be responsible to distribute permits to their
respective Detective Squads.
Only members of the service who fill out an application will be considered for a
Restricted Parking Permit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 6

MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

2.

Complete application and submit to the integrity control officer by the
last business day of the following:
a.
Manhattan – first week of September
b.
Bronx – second week of September
c.
Staten Island/Brooklyn – third week of September
d.
Queens – fourth week of September.

NOTE

All commands will comply with the above submission dates based on the patrol borough
location of their reporting command and not the location of their overhead command
(example: members assigned to the Emergency Service Squad 4, located at 3450
Kingsbridge Ave., Bronx, will follow the Bronx submission schedule).
Only members of the service on sick report, vacation or other authorized leave will be
exempt from filing on these dates and will report to their integrity control officer upon
return to duty.

3.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER/
DESIGNEE

4.

NOTE

Ensure each application is properly completed. Return any incomplete
application to the member concerned for immediate correction.
Conduct the following integrity control background checks using the
following sessions:
a.
MSWS – FINEST RALL (NYS Vehicle Registration by Plate
Number)
b.
MSWS – FINEST DLIC (NYS Driver Inquiry, suspensions,
revocations and restrictions on license, scofflaw)
c.
MIS – CESN PEPR.

Integrity control officers must confer with the Personnel Bureau to ensure that the
Department has the correct information on file for any member of the service who has
recently changed any personal information.
All integrity control officers must have a CESN code to conduct a PEPR check. If a
PEPR check cannot be completed, ensure that the member’s residence accurately
reflects the residence on record with the Department.

5.
NOTE

Attach the results of all checks to each application.

A failure in any of the above categories (e.g., discrepancies in vehicle registration,
insurance, suspended or revoked driver’s license, unverified residence, scofflaw, etc.)
will disqualify the applicant from receiving a Restricted Parking Permit. If any
discrepancy in the above information is revealed, the integrity control officer will obtain an
Internal Affairs Bureau log number, conduct an investigation and take appropriate action.

COMMANDING
OFFICER

6.
7.

File all denied applications at command level.
Forward approved applications to the commanding officer for final
authorization and signature.

8.

Ensure command fulfills all of the above requirements and that ONLY
completed and approved applications are sent to the Internal Affairs
Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 6

NOTE

If any application is denied by the integrity control officer or the commanding officer,
the applicant’s expiring Restricted Parking Permit will be immediately confiscated and
returned to the Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER/
DESIGNEE

9.

10.
11.

NOTE

Enter the APPROVED applications into the Restricted Parking Permit
Application System via the Intranet.
a.
The first step requires the setup of a Registered User Account (if
assistance is needed accessing the website, contact the Internal
Affairs Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit).
Print a hard copy of the application before entering “SUBMIT.”
Ensure hard copies of completed and approved applications along with all
supporting material are hand delivered to the Internal Affairs Bureau,
Vehicle Identification Unit at 315 Hudson Street, Manhattan, by the last
business day of the following:
a.
Manhattan – second week of September
b.
Bronx – third week of September
c.
Staten Island/Brooklyn – fourth week of September
d.
Queens – first week of October.

The Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit is available to assist members of
the service who appear in person from 0900 to 1700, Monday through Thursday.
In order to ensure that requesting officers receive their Restricted Parking Permits prior
to the expiration date, it is incumbent upon each individual command to adhere to the
above dates.
Integrity control officer/designee must ensure that in instances where the vehicle
registration of a requesting member has a P.O. box address, that the member of the
service submits proof that the insurance policy of the vehicle is issued to the same
address as the member’s primary residence on record with the Department. That proof
must be forwarded with the application to the Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle
Identification Unit.

INTERNAL
AFFAIRS
BUREAU,
VEHICLE
IDENTIFICATION
UNIT

12.
13.

NOTE

Commands receiving the above notification will make appropriate entries in the Telephone Record.

Maintain copies of all completed applications in a secure location.
Notify command concerned (via Telephone Message) of the date and
time to obtain new Restricted Parking Permits.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-29

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 6

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER/
DESIGNEE

14.

NOTE

Account for all lost/missing permits in accordance with P.G. 219-20, “Loss or Theft of
Department Property.”

15.

NOTE

Upon receipt of the new Restricted Parking Permits, collect the expiring
permits and forward them to the Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle
Identification Unit according to the following schedule:
a.
Manhattan – during the first and second week of March
b.
Bronx – during the third and fourth week of March
c.
Staten Island/Brooklyn – during the first and second week of
April
d.
Queens – during the third and fourth week of April.

Ensure the vehicle license plate number listed on the submitted
application is properly indicated on the newly issued Restricted Parking
Permit with a permanent marker.

Commanding officers will be held strictly accountable for adherence to all deadlines for
the submission and collection of Restricted Parking Permits assigned to members of
their command.
Under NO circumstances will the Restricted Parking Permit be laminated.
When a member of the service is transferred, the integrity control officer of the
member’s new command is responsible for collecting the Restricted Parking Permit that
was issued to the transferring member. When the transferred member arrives at the new
command, he/she will apply for a new Restricted Parking Permit regardless of the date
of transfer. During the application process, the member will continue to use his/her
Restricted Parking Permit from his/her previous command. Upon approval of a new
Restricted Parking Permit the member will submit his/her old permit to the integrity
control officer of the new command, who will forward the returned permit to the Internal
Affairs Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

On Election Days, uniformed members of the service assigned to election duty, are
permitted to display their valid NYPD Restricted Parking Permits, in authorized
vehicles, to park in close proximity to their assigned election posts.
Commands will continue to maintain a command Parking Permit Log with appropriate captions as
outlined in Patrol Guide 202-15, “Command Integrity Control Officer.”
Each member will be responsible to secure his/her permit while off duty and NOT display it for any
reason other than to park in a designated self-enforcement zone while on duty.
Any permit without a license plate number displayed on its face will be deemed invalid.
Any violation of this procedure will result in the member’s vehicle being summonsed and
possibly towed. Furthermore, the offending member of the service may be subject to
disciplinary action.
A permit is deemed invalid if the license plate number displayed on the face of the permit
does not match the vehicle registration plate number.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

219-29

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6 of 6

If the vehicle which the Restricted Parking Permit was originally assigned to is
subsequently changed, the member will notify his/her commanding officer within thirty
days. Members will be allowed to use another vehicle not on file with the Internal
Affairs Bureau for a maximum of thirty days if the vehicle they use to commute is
unavailable (e.g., mechanic, change in ownership, etc).
A member of the service can only use the Restricted Parking Permit for another vehicle
(in above situation) if that substitute vehicle is owned by the requesting member of the
service, a person related by blood or marriage, or the requesting members’ registered
NYS domestic partner. The residence of the substitute vehicles’ registered owner (member of the
service, relative or NYS domestic partner) must be the same residence the requesting member of the
service has on file with the Department.
Members of the service are reminded that there is no valid verifiable defense for parking their
vehicle (with or without a Restricted Parking Permit) under the following conditions:
a.
Double Parking
b.
Fire Hydrant or Fire Zone
c.
Bus Stop
d.
Sidewalk
e.
Crosswalks and Driveways
f.
Obstruct Traffic
g.
No Standing Zones (except “No Standing Except Truck Loading and
Unloading”)
h.
Snow Emergency
i.
No Parking – Taxi Stand
j.
Within No Permit Zone – as indicated on rear of vehicle identification
plates.
Members of the service will be held strictly accountable for the permit issued to them.
Furthermore, the use of these permits is restricted to the member of service to which it is
assigned and therefore non-transferable to anyone else.
The Restricted Parking Permit must be properly displayed within the vehicle (i.e., face
up with entire serial number and license plate visible) otherwise the permit will be
considered invalid. When displayed, no part or portion of the Restricted Parking Permit
will be covered with any item or be obstructed in anyway.
A RESTRICTED PARKING PERMIT MAY NOT BE PHOTOCOPIED OR
REPRODUCED IN ANY MANNER. ANY MEMBER IN VIOLATION WILL BE
SUBJECT TO DISCIPLINARY ACTION.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Command Integrity Control Officer (P.G. 202-15)
Residence Requirements (P.G. 203-18)
Personal Information Via Department Intranet (P.G. 203-24)
Private Vehicle Authorization (A.G. 325-14)
Vehicle Identification Plates for Private Vehicles Used on Official Business (A.G. 325-15)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-30

ISSUANCE AND MAINTENANCE OF RADIATION DETECTION
PAGERS PERSONALLY ASSIGNED TO
UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
DATE ISSUED:

10/16/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide for the control, accountability and issuance of Department radiation
detection pagers assigned to selected individual uniformed members of the service:

PROCEDURE

When radiation detection pagers are permanently assigned to selected individual
uniformed members of the service:

COUNTER TERRORISM
CENTRAL
RESOURCE
DIVISION

1.

2.

Issue radiation detection pagers permanently to individual uniformed
members of the service upon completion of the Counterterrorism Central
Resource Division’s “Radiation Detection Pager” training.
a.
Forward a copy of the PROPERTY TRANSFER RECEIPT
(PD521-145) to the commanding officer and integrity control
officer of the trained member.
Maintain an account of all radiation detection pagers to ensure integrity of
the program.

NOTE

The Counterterrorism Central Resource Division will be responsible for the assignment and
issuance of radiation detection pagers to individual uniformed members of the service. Each
uniformed member of the service will be assigned a specific radiation detection pager which
contains its own unique serial number. This will also allow for monitoring of the program to
ensure control and accountability of individually issued radiation detection pagers.

COMMANDING
OFFICER

3.
4.

NOTE

Ensure integrity control officer monitors permanently assigned radiation
detection pagers to individual uniformed members of the service.
Have radiation detection pager inspected during semi-annual uniform
inspection, as per A.G. 305-06, “Inspection of Uniforms.”

Commands will maintain a supply of “AAA” batteries for the use of all radiation
detection pagers in their command. “AAA” batteries may be obtained from the
Quartermaster Section.
Commanding officers of specialized units utilizing radiation detection pagers will have
discretion to designate selected members of their units to be trained in the use of
radiation detection pagers, as necessary.

INTEGRITY
CONTROL
OFFICER

5.
6.

DESK OFFICER 7.

Ensure radiation detection pager serial number for each trained uniformed
member of the service is listed on member’s FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).
Maintain a list of all uniformed members of the service who are personally
assigned a radiation detection pager.
Inspect and account for radiation detection pagers personally assigned to
uniformed members of the service at the commencement of each scheduled tour.
a.
Make a Command Log entry, including serial numbers.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-30

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

2 of 3

NOTE

Commands are not authorized to transfer permanently assigned radiation detection
pagers to other uniformed members of the service.

ASSIGNED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

8.
9.

10.

11.
12.

Safeguard radiation detection pager at all times.
Inspect radiation detection pager to ensure operability and battery power
at the beginning of each scheduled tour.
a.
Request replacement batteries from desk officer, as needed
b.
Inform desk officer, or other designated supervisor, if the radiation
detection pager is inoperable or requires repair/replacement.
Carry and safeguard radiation detection pager at all times when performing
duty and comply with provisions of P.G. 212-102, “Personal Radiation
Detection Pager Alarms,” if radiation detection pager activates an alarm.
Notify desk officer if radiation detection pager is lost, stolen or damaged.
Surrender issued radiation detection pager upon separation from the
Department to desk officer for return to the Patrol Borough
Counterterrorism Coordinator.

IF RADIATION DETECTION
REPLACEMENT, OR RETURN:
DESK OFFICER 13.
14.

15.

16.

ASSIGNED
UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

17.
18.

PAGER(S)

REQUIRES

REPAIR,

Investigate circumstances.
Prepare report on Typed Letterhead with the following information and
attach to each radiation detection pager:
a.
Detailed description of circumstances surrounding damage,
malfunction or other reason for return
b.
Rank, name, tax registry number and command of member of
service radiation detection pager was assigned to at time of
damage, malfunction or surrender.
Contact the Patrol Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator for instructions
regarding the return of radiation detection pager(s) and acquisition of
replacement(s).
Assign a uniformed member of the service to deliver pager with report on
Typed Letterhead or retrieve pager as per instructions received from
Patrol Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator.
a.
Record details in the Command Log including serial number of
radiation detection pager(s) and rank, name, shield number of
member assigned.
Deliver/retrieve radiation detection pager.
Make the following ACTIVITY LOG entries:
a.
Serial number(s) of radiation detection pager(s) involved
b.
Rank, name and shield number of borough staff member receiving
or distributing the radiation detection pager(s).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-30

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10/16/13

3 of 3

19.
PATROL
20.
BOROUGH
21.
COUNTER –
TERRORISM
COORDINATOR

Accept the returned radiation detection pager(s).
Provide replacement radiation detection pager(s), if available.
Have returned radiation detection pager(s) delivered to Citywide
Counterterrorism Office.

CITYWIDE
COUNTER TERRORISM
OFFICE

22.

Forward returned radiation detection pager(s) to the Counterterrorism
Central Resource Division.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Reports of lost or stolen radiation detection pager(s) will be processed in accordance
with P.G. 219-20, “Loss or Theft of Department Property.” In addition, the Citywide
Counterterrorism Office will be immediately notified.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Discontinuance of Police Service – Resignation (P.G. 205-43)
Discontinuance of Police Service – Retirement or Vested Interest (P.G. 205-42)
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Loss or Theft of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
Patrol Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator (P.G. 202-04b)
Personal Radiation Detection Pager Alarms (P.G. 212-102)
Required Firearms/Equipment (P.G 204-09)
Processing Unknown Substances Suspected of Being Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous Materials Evidence (P.G. 212-101)
Inspection of Uniforms (A.G. 305-06)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY TRANSFER RECEIPT (PD521-145)
Typed Letterhead

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Department Property

Procedure No:

219-31

LICENSE PLATE READER DEVICES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To provide for control, use, maintenance and accountability of License Plate
Reader (LPR) devices installed in selected Department vehicles.

DEFINITIONS

LICENSE PLATE READER DEVICE (LPR) - A specialized camera and
computer that is capable of quickly capturing license plate numbers on passing
vehicles and then converting them into text that is automatically compared
against a “hot list” of license plates of interest (e.g., stolen, wanted, suspended
registration or insurance coverage, etc.). An LPR device can identify a target
plate within seconds. LPR devices operate while Department vehicles are
traveling at normal speeds, reading each license plate passed and alerting the
LPR operator when there is a match to the “hot list.”
HOT LIST - A list of targeted license plate numbers and partial plate numbers that
are stored locally on a vehicle’s mobile digital terminal (MDT). Due to the speed
of the LPR system, the volume of license plates being read and the fact that the
system must notify the LPR operator of an alarm within seconds, in order to be
useful, the method of using a locally stored database is utilized rather than relying
on real-time communications with state or federal data sources. The LPR device is
not automatically connected to NYSPIN, is not programmed to scan the state of
registration on a license plate and will activate upon a partial scan match.
Therefore, it is absolutely essential that the LPR operator verify the current status of
a vehicle through NYSPIN prior to initiating any law enforcement action (e.g.,
arrest, summons, etc.).

PROCEDURE

When a License Plate Reader (LPR) device is installed in selected Department
vehicles of assigned command:

MEMBER
UTILIZING
LPR SYSTEM

1.

NOTE

2.

Inspect LPR device for operability and serviceability in assigned vehicle
at beginning of tour and report results to desk officer.
Activate LPR device and record in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) the
last time LPR device received an updated “hot list.”

If the system has not received an updated “hot list” within the last twenty-four hours, the
LPR operator will immediately report to a designated download site in order to receive
a new update.
Under no circumstances will an LPR device be utilized if it has not been updated within
the last twenty-four hours.

3.

Notify patrol supervisor and desk officer if LPR system becomes
inoperable during tour.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

219-31

PAGE:

08/01/13

DESK OFFICER 4.

5.

6.

OPERATIONS
COORDINATOR

REVISION NUMBER:

7.

2 of 3

Account for the condition of each LPR device in Department vehicles
assigned to the command at beginning of each tour.
a.
Record results of member’s inspection for each LPR device in the
Command Log.
Enter on ROLL CALL (PD406-144) the assignment of each Department
vehicle equipped with an LPR device assigned to the command (e.g.,
sector “A,” conditions, anti-crime, etc.).
Notify operations coordinator when LPR device becomes inoperable and
requires repair or maintenance.
Contact vendor twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, for repairs
and maintenance to an LPR device, when required.

UPON THE ACTIVATION OF AN ALARM FROM THE LPR SYSTEM
MEMBER
UTILIZING
LPR SYSTEM

8.

NOTE

The LPR device is not automatically connected to NYSPIN, is not programmed to scan the
state of registration on a license plate and will activate upon a partial scan match.
Therefore, it is absolutely essential that the LPR operator verify the current status of a
vehicle through NYSPIN prior to initiating any law enforcement action.

9.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Verify by checking NYSPIN through radio dispatcher that alarm or
vehicle status remains active.

Take necessary law enforcement action (e.g., arrest, summons, Rotation
Tow, etc.).
a.
Members shall be guided by P.G. 212-39, “Vehicle Pursuits,”
whenever they are in pursuit of a vehicle due to activation of an
alarm from the LPR system.

The LPR system allows for the proactive entry of license plate numbers and partial plate
numbers, enabling the system to activate when the wanted vehicle’s license plate has
been read by the LPR device. If the New York State Police activate an Amber Alert, the
Communications Section will instruct all LPR operators of selected Department vehicles
equipped with LPR’s to manually enter the Amber Alert vehicle’s license plate number
into the “hot list.” This will enable selected vehicles to immediately begin canvassing
for an Amber Alert wanted vehicle rather than reporting to a designated download site
in order to receive a new update for the “hot list.” This feature is useful when
canvassing for wanted vehicles that have not been classified as stolen and do not
already appear on the LPR system’s “hot list.”
The Real Time Crime Center can be contacted to conduct a search of past records of
license plate numbers searched.
LPR devices are intended to provide access to stolen and wanted files and may also be
used in furtherance of a criminal investigation. The use of an LPR device for any other
purpose is strictly prohibited.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

219-31

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

The camera lens of an LPR device may be cleaned only with a glass cleaner that is
applied with a soft cloth. Other types of maintenance or manipulation by members of
the Department are strictly prohibited.
If the LPR is inoperable or requires maintenance, the vendor will be contacted to make
the repair. A Department vehicle does not have to be placed out of service while waiting
for the repair of the LPR device.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Vehicle Pursuits (P.G. 212-39)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-01

CIMS: ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To outline the CIMS Organizational Structure.

SCOPE

The CIMS organizational structure begins with the establishment of a Command
Element. The Command Element must create an incident management
organization that will successfully resolve the incident. Because the CIMS
organizational structure is modular, it may be expanded as necessary by the
Command Element to manage any type of incident or planned event, irrespective
of its nature, size, scope, duration, location or complexity. Consequently, the
incident management organization may be very small, e.g., the Command
Element and several Single Resources; or, it may be very large, e.g., the
Command Element, three Command Staff positions and five General Staff
Sections.
As the number and complexity of the tasks / functions that the Command
Element must perform and / or manage increases, the Command Element will
begin establishing an incident management organization. The Command Element
may activate the appropriate Sections to manage the major CIMS functional
areas, i.e., Operations, Planning, Logistics, Finance / Administration and optional
Intelligence / Investigations, and designate Section chiefs. The Command
Element may also activate the appropriate Command Staff positions.
Section chiefs may delegate management authority for their assigned functions /
tasks, as required. The Operations Section chief may activate Sectors and / or
Groups, and if necessary, Branches. The Intelligence / Investigations Section
chief may activate Groups. The Logistics Section chief may activate Units, and if
necessary, Branches. The Planning Section chief and Finance / Administration
Section chief may activate Units.

COMMAND
ELEMENT

In determining how to structure the incident management organization, the
Command Element should consider the following:
1.
Observe recommended Span of Control guidelines.
2.
When necessary, delegate authority and assign personnel to perform one
or more incident related tactical and / or support tasks / functions.
3.
When necessary, delegate authority and assign personnel to General Staff
Sections and / or Command Staff positions to manage the performance of
the tasks / functions that have been delegated and supervise the personnel
to whom the tasks were assigned.
4.
When determining whether to activate a General Staff Section or
Command Staff position, activate and staff only the organizational
elements that are necessary to manage the required functions / tasks;
a.
If one individual can simultaneously manage all major functions /
tasks, no further organization is required.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

PAGE:

08/01/13

220-01

2 of 2

b.

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)
5.
6.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

If one or more of the functions / tasks requires independent
management, an individual or individuals are assigned to manage
those functions / tasks.
Deactivate organizational elements no longer required.
The functions / tasks of any non-activated or deactivated subordinate
organizational element will be managed by the overhead supervising
organizational element.

The following illustrates a CIMS Organization with ALL of the organizational elements
activated.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-02

CIMS: PRIMARY AGENCY MATRIX
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

PURPOSE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

To list specific incident types and designate which Command Element structure
will be utilized, i.e., Single Command or Unified Command; and, which Agency
or Agencies have Command Element responsibilities for that particular incident
type, i.e., are designated Primary Agency or Primary Agencies.
The CIMS “Primary Agency Matrix” lists specific incident types and designates:
a.
Which Command Element structure will be utilized, i.e., Single Command –
Command Element or Unified Command – Command Element; and,
b.
Which Agency will be designated Primary Agency in a Single Command –
Command Element; or, which Agencies will be designated Primary
Agencies in a Unified Command – Command Element.
CIMS PRIMARY AGENCY MATRIX – UNIFIED COMMAND MATRIX

INCIDENT TYPE

Aviation Incident
Chemical, Biological,
Radiological or Nuclear (CBRN)
/ HazMat Incident*
Citywide Public Health
Emergency
Explosion
Natural Disaster / Weather
Emergency
Rail Incident
Utility Incident: Electric
Utility Incident: Gas
Utility Incident: Steam
Utility Incident: Water /
Wastewater
Utility Incident:Telecommunications

PRIMARY AGENCIES

FDNY, NYPD
NYPD, FDNY

POTENTIAL PRIMARY
AGENCIES / SUBJECT
MATTER EXPERTS * *
PANYNJ, USCG, NTSB
USCG, DEP, DOHMH

DOHMH, NYPD, FDNY

HHC, GNYHA

FDNY, NYPD
OEM, NYPD, FDNY, DOT,
DSNY
FDNY, NYPD
NYPD, FDNY
NYPD, FDNY
NYPD, FDNY
DEP, FDNY, NYPD

DDC, DOB, HPD
DDC, DEP, DOB, DOHMH,
Con Ed, Keyspan / LIPA
MTA, PANYNJ, NJT, Amtrak
Con Ed, Keyspan / LIPA
Con Ed, Keyspan / LIPA
Con Ed, Keyspan / LIPA
Con Ed, Keyspan / LIPA

DOITT, NYPD, FDNY

Verizon

*CBRN / HazMat Incident
NYPD will be the Primary Agency (Incident Commander) at CBRN / HazMat incidents. If NYPD determines there is
no actual or suspected criminal activity or terrorism, a Unified Command will be implemented.
The Operations Section will be a Unified Operations Section based on agency Core Competencies in all
circumstances, with NYPD responsible for overall site management, and assessment and investigations for
criminal activity or terrorism, and with FDNY responsible for Life Safety Operations (search for and rescue
injured; and provide pre-hospital emergency medical care and transport; and address immediate life safety
hazards to the public) and mass decontamination. For chemical incidents, DEP will make a final assessment
of the hazard, adjust or set “hot”, “warm” and “cold” zones, and direct all mitigation efforts. For biological
or radiological incidents, DOHMH will make a final assessment of the hazard, adjust or set “hot”, “warm”
and “cold” zones, and direct all mitigation efforts.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-02

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

CBRN / HAZ-MAT INCIDENT – ACTUAL OR SUSPECTED CRIME / TERRORISM

CBRN / HazMat Incident

Actual or Suspected Crime or
Terrorism
NYPD to Determine
NYPD Single Command

No Actual or Suspected Crime
or Terrorism
NYPD to Determine
Unified Command

Unified Operations Section

Unified Operations Section

**Designation of Potential Primary Agencies / Subject Matter Experts in the Unified Command Matrix
does not exclude other agencies from being designated Primary Agencies depending upon the
jurisdictional issues of a specific incident.
When the CIMS “Primary Agency Matrix” specifies a Unified Command - Command Element, each
of the Primary Agencies in the Unified Command – Command Element will designate an “Agency
Incident Commander.”
If there is a CBRN / HazMat incident, until the NYPD determines that there is no actual or suspected
criminal activity or terrorism, the NYPD will be the one Primary Agency in a Single Command –
Command Element and designate one single Incident Commander. If the NYPD determines that
there is no actual or suspected criminal activity or terrorism then the NYPD will be one of the
Primary Agencies in a Unified Command – Command Element and will designate an “Agency
Incident Commander.” When determining if there is actual or suspected criminal activity or
terrorism, comply with the appropriate Department procedures.

CIMS PRIMARY AGENCY MATRIX - SINGLE COMMAND MATRIX
SINGLE COMMAND MATRIX
INCIDENT TYPE
PRIMARY AGENCY
Auto Extrication
NYPD/FDNY (First to arrive)
Boat in Distress
NYPD/FDNY (First to arrive)
Citywide Cyber Incident
NYPD and/or DOITT
Civil Disturbance
NYPD
Confined Space Rescue
FDNY
Correctional Facility Disturbance
DOC
Downed Tree
DPR / FDNY
Elevator Incident or Emergency
FDNY
Emotionally Disturbed Person
NYPD
Entrapment / Impalement
FDNY
Explosive Device, Bomb Threat
NYPD
Fire
FDNY
Hostage Incident
NYPD
Sniper Incident
NYPD
Special Event
NYPD
Structural Collapse
FDNY
Suspicious Package
NYPD
Water / Ice Rescue
NYPD
When the CIMS “Primary Agency Matrix” specifies a Single Command - Command Element, the one Primary
Agency in the Single Command – Command Element will designate one single Incident Commander.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-03

CIMS: AGENCY CORE COMPETENCIES AND UNIFIED
OPERATIONS SECTION
DATE ISSUED:

08/19/13

PURPOSE

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

1 of 3

To define and describe Agency Core Competencies at an incident.

DEFINITIONS CIMS AGENCY “CORE COMPETENCIES” AND UNIFIED OPERATIONS
SECTION Core Competencies are functional areas of expertise that are implemented
at incidents, and relate specifically to tactical operations that are managed
by the Operations Section; or if not activated, the Command Element.
Core Competencies have been identified for agencies with incident
management responsibilities identified in the Primary Agency Matrix.
Although multiple agencies may be capable of performing similar
tactical operations, CIMS assigns the Core Competency to only one
specific agency.
Agencies have the authority to direct tactical operations related to their
Core Competencies at incidents. If more than one agency is capable of
performing the same tactical operations at an incident, the agency
with the Core Competency will give tactical direction, by the ranking
officer, to other agencies performing operations within that Core
Competency.
In a Unified Command-Command Element, Agency Incident Commanders
from the Primary Agencies with tactical operations responsibility and a
relevant “Core Competency” will each designate an Agency Operations
Section chief to direct tactical operations in a Unified Operations Section.
However, if Agency Incident Commanders agree, they may select one
single Operations Section chief to direct tactical operations.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element at a CBRN / HazMat
incident, the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency
/ Agency Representative; and DEP Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative; and DOHMH Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative will each designate an Agency Operations Section chief to
direct tactical operations in a Unified Operations Section. However, if
the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency /
Agency Representative; and DEP Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative; and DOHMH Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative agree, they may select one single Operations Section chief
to direct tactical operations.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-03

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

2 of 3

CIMS – CORE COMPETENCIES
AGENCY

FDNY

CORE COMPETENCIES












NYPD




DOB
DCAS










DDC




DEP







DOHMH



Fire Suppression
Pre-hospital Emergency Medical Care
Search and Rescue
Structural Evacuation
CBRN / Haz-Mat Life Safety (search for &
rescue injured; and provide pre-hospital
emergency medical care & transport; and
address immediate life safety hazards to the
public) and Mass Decontamination
Arson Investigation (Cause and Origin)
Law Enforcement and Investigation
Intelligence Collection and Analysis
Crime Scene Processing / Evidence
Preservation
Site Management
1. Perimeter Control
2. Traffic Control
3. Crowd Control
4. Site Security and Force Protection
5. Evacuation (Area and / or Law
Enforcement related)
Water Search and Rescue
CBRN / Haz-Mat Overall Site Management,
Assessment and Investigation (Crime Scene /
Terrorism)
Collision Investigation
VIP Protection
Arson Investigation (Major Case)
Damage Assessment (Structural)
Building Re-occupancy (Structural)
Public Buildings: Infrastructure Assessment,
Repair and Reconstruction
Technical Debris Management Operations
Technical Stabilization, Remediation and
Demolition
Public Buildings, Roadways, Water and
Wastewater: Infrastructure Assessment,
Repair and Reconstruction
Environmental Monitoring, Sampling,
Evaluation and Analysis
Environmental Mitigation (Chemical)
Environmental Law Enforcement
Water and Wastewater: Infrastructure
Assessment, Repair and Reconstruction
Disease Surveillance and Epidemiology
Public Health Orders, Clinical Guidance and
Risk Communication
Mass Prophylaxis / Vaccination
Laboratory Testing (Biological and Radiological)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-03

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/19/13

3 of 3



DOHMH




HPD
DOITT
OCME
OEM
DPR










DSNY

DOT

Con Ed
Keyspan / LIPA
Verizon









Public Health Assessment
Environmental Mitigation (Radiological and
Biological)
Animal-Related Surveillance and Vector
Control
Mental Health Needs Assessment and Service
Coordination
Stabilization, Remediation and Demolition
Tenant Relocation
Telecommunications: Infrastructure
Assessment, Repair and Reconstruction
Fatality Management Operations
Interagency Coordination and Support
Forestry
Parks: Infrastructure Assessment, Repair and
Reconstruction
Debris Management Operations (Non-Toxic
and Non-Hazardous Debris)
Snow Removal Operations
Bridges and Roadways: Infrastructure
Assessment, Repair and Reconstruction
Transportation Systems Management
Staten Island Ferry Operations
Electric, Gas and Steam: Infrastructure
Assessment, Repair and Reconstruction
Electric and Gas: Infrastructure Assessment,
Repair and Reconstruction
Telecommunications: Infrastructure
Assessment, Repair and Reconstruction

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-04

CIMS: AGENCY ROLES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To define and describe CIMS Agency Roles.

PROCEDURE

When responding to an incident, Agency Roles will be defined and described as
follows:

DEFINITIONS

PRIMARY AGENCY - Based upon the incident type, the CIMS Primary Agency
Matrix will designate one agency as the Primary Agency to command a Single
Command - Command Element. The Primary Agency will designate one single Incident
Commander who will have overall command responsibility for managing the incident.

NOTE

The Primary Agency, Incident Commander will designate the Operations Section chief.
However, for a CBRN / HazMat incident there will be a Unified Operations Section. In a
Unified Operations Section the NYPD Incident Commander, the FDNY Supporting
Agency / Agency Representative, the DEP Supporting Agency / Agency Representative,
and the DOHMH Supporting Agency / Agency Representative will each designate an
Agency Operations Section chief. However, the NYPD Incident Commander and the
FDNY and DEP and DOHMH Supporting Agency / Agency Representatives may all
agree to designate only one Operations Section chief.
The Primary Agency, Incident Commander will coordinate with the Supporting Agencies
to successfully achieve the Incident Objectives.

PRIMARY AGENCIES - Based upon the incident type, the CIMS Primary Agency
Matrix will designate more than one Primary Agency, called Primary Agencies, to
command a Unified Command - Command Element. Each of the Primary Agencies
will designate an Agency Incident Commander. All Agency Incident Commanders
will co-locate and remain at one single Incident Command Post, will jointly set
Incident Objectives and create one single Incident Action Plan.
NOTE

The Agency Incident Commanders in the Unified Command – Command Element will each
designate an Agency Operations Section chief. However, the Agency Incident Commanders
may all agree to designate only one Operations Section chief. The Agency Incident
Commanders in the Unified Command – Command Element will coordinate with the Primary
Agencies and the Supporting Agencies to successfully achieve the Incident Objectives.

POTENTIAL PRIMARY AGENCIES - Potential Primary Agencies are state and
federal Agencies that have functional, political, or geographic / administrative
jurisdictional authority / responsibility at an incident under specific conditions. For
example, incidents occurring at airports, national parks, railway facilities, military
facilities; or, terrorism related incidents; or, aviation incidents. If these state and federal
Agencies have jurisdictional authority / responsibility, they will be included in the
Unified Command – Command Element and the Unified Operations Section.
SUBJECT MATTER EXPERT AGENCIES – Agencies that do not have personnel
deployed to tactical assignments involving an incident; but, do have specific scientific,
engineering or other technical expertise involving incident related tactical operations.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-05

CIMS: COMMAND ELEMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 14

PURPOSE

To outline the duties of the Command Element in CIMS.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Command
Element are:

COMMAND
ELEMENT

1.

2.

3.

4.

Assume responsibility for overall incident management; and, assume
command of all strategic, tactical, investigative and support incident
management functions, operations, activities, etc.
a.
In a Single Command – Command Element, assume the position of
Incident Commander.
b.
In a Unified Command – Command Element, assume the position of
Agency Incident Commander for the NYPD; and, work
collaboratively with the other Agency Incident Commander(s)
designated by each of the Primary Agencies that have command
responsibility in the Unified Command – Command Element.
c.
If there is a CBRN / HazMat incident, until the NYPD determines that
there is no actual or suspected criminal activity or terrorism, assume
the position of Incident Commander in a Single Command –
Command Element. If the NYPD determines that there is no actual or
suspected criminal activity or terrorism then assume the position of
Agency Incident Commander for the NYPD in a Unified Command –
Command Element. When determining if there is actual or suspected
criminal activity or terrorism, comply with the appropriate Department
procedures.
Obtain complete briefing from previous Command Element when applicable;
assess the situation; make a preliminary determination regarding the nature,
scope, complexity, location, size, duration, boundaries, etc., of the incident;
and notify:
a.
Desk Officer, Precinct of occurrence.
b.
Patrol Borough Office, Borough of occurrence.
c.
Operations Unit.
d.
Communications Section dispatcher and / or supervisor.
Ensure incident safety and that adequate force protection, security, health and
safety measures are implemented.
a.
Intervene in and / or suspend any incident management operations,
functions, activities, etc., to prevent, stop, and / or correct hazardous,
unhealthy or unsafe activities, functions and conditions.
b.
Ensure all incident executives, managers, supervisors and
personnel make safety the #1 priority.
Ensure accountability, safety, health, force protection and security
measures are developed and implemented for personnel, vehicles,
equipment, facilities, and other resources.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5.

6.

7.

2 of 14

Establish incident management priorities including Life Safety Operations
(immediate #1 priority); Site Management Operations; Investigative
Operations and Recovery / Restoration Operations.
Ensure Life Safety Operations, Site Management Operations, Investigative
Operations, Recovery / Restoration Operations and any other necessary
operations, activities, functions, etc., are expeditiously and properly
conducted in a coordinated manner; and, are implemented and conducted
concurrently and / or consecutively in whatever sequence is deemed
appropriate.
a.
Life Safety Operations are the immediate #1 priority. Absent
extraordinary emergency circumstances, Life Safety Operations
supersede all other incident management operations.
b.
Ensure the first properly trained and equipped emergency
responder personnel assess / evaluate the incident and, if capable,
initiate Life Safety and Site Management Operations.
c.
Consult with the Primary Agency(ies), Supporting Agency(ies)
and Coordinating Agency regarding the implementation of Site
Management Operations.
d.
If approved by the Command Element, Investigative Operations
may be initiated concurrently with Life Safety Operations.
e.
In order to avoid interfering with Investigative Operations,
particularly the processing of Crime Scenes and Investigative Scenes,
Recovery / Restoration Operations usually will not be commenced
until Investigative Operations have concluded. However, if approved
by the Command Element, Recovery / Restoration Operations may
be initiated concurrently with Investigative Operations and / or Life
Safety Operations.
f.
Depending upon the circumstances, different incident management
operations / activities may be initiated and conducted concurrently
and / or consecutively in whatever sequence is deemed appropriate
by the Command Element.
Utilize “Management by Objectives” principles, and determine Incident
Objectives, Strategies and Tactical Direction.
a.
The Incident Objectives identify what must be accomplished in
order to successfully resolve the incident.
(1)
All Incident Objectives must be:
(a)
Attainable considering the existing incident
management related limitations and constraints.
(b)
Measurable in order to determine whether they are
being effectively, efficiently and expeditiously
achieved.
(c)
Adaptable / flexible to provide for alternative
Strategies and Tactical operations.
(2)
The time required to successfully resolve the incident and
the length of the Operational Period(s) should be
considered when determining the Incident Objectives.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)

8.

9.

10.

11.

3 of 14

Strategy describes the general method or methods that should be
used, either singly or in combination and either consecutively or
simultaneously, to effectively, efficiently and expeditiously
achieve the Incident Objectives. One or more appropriate
Strategies should be identified for each Incident Objective; and if
possible, there should be an alternative Strategy(ies) for each
Incident Objective. Strategies should be feasible, practical,
effective, efficient and ensure safety / security. When identifying
Strategies, the time required to successfully resolve the incident
and the length of the Operational Period(s) should be considered.
c.
Tactical Direction is provided by the Command Element.
However, the Operations Section chief, if that position has been
activated, is responsible for formulating and executing the specific
tactical operations / activities required to accomplish the Incident
Objectives. Tactical Direction involves:
(1)
Identifying the tactics / actions appropriate to the selected
Strategy(ies) that must be performed in order to achieve
the Incident Objectives.
(2)
Identifying the required resources / support and
determining availability.
(3)
Ensuring there is sufficient logistics service and support.
(4)
Deploying the required resources and maintaining
appropriate reserves.
(5)
Monitoring the performance of the organization and the
resources in order to measure whether the Incident
Objectives are being effectively, efficiently, and
expeditiously achieved.
(6)
Identifying and implementing necessary modifications.
(7)
Considering the time required to successfully resolve the
incident and the length of the Operational Period(s).
Determine the required number, Kind and Type of resources; and, request
that those resources promptly respond to the appropriate location, i.e.,
Staging Area(s).
Ensure arriving resources, and resources that initially responded directly to
the incident scene, properly “Check-In”, and are appropriately organized,
e.g., Single Resources, Resource Teams, Special Response Teams.
Ensure arriving resources, and resources that initially responded directly
to the incident scene are assigned and deployed to appropriate incident
related tactical, investigative, support, supervisory, etc., operations,
functions and activities; and / or, are retained at the Staging Area(s) in an
“Available” status awaiting assignment.
a.
Ensure there are adequate reserves maintained.
Work collaboratively and coordinate with the Primary Agency(ies),
Supporting Agency(ies), Coordinating Agency; and, other appropriate
governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations, private entities
/individuals.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

a.

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)

12.

4 of 14

The NYC Office of Emergency Management (OEM) is New York
City’s Coordinating Agency. OEM may respond to multi-agency
incidents and participate in a Unified Command or Single
Command incident management organization.
b.
Do NOT wait for a representative from OEM to arrive on the
scene to begin inter-agency coordination. The Command
Element must immediately begin coordinating the activities of
all of the involved governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations, private entities / individuals, etc.
Select an appropriate location and establish the Incident Command Post
(ICP). If there is a Unified Command - Command Element, Agency
Incident Commanders will jointly select an appropriate location to
establish the Incident Command Post.
a.
Initially, the Incident Command Post will be wherever the
Command Element is located.
b.
The Incident Command Post can be any type of facility that is
available and appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open area, room
in a building. The Incident Command Post should be large enough to
provide adequate work space for the assigned personnel. The Incident
Command Post should contain situation information and resource
status displays and other planning related information.
c.
There is only one single Incident Command Post for an incident
irrespective of whether there is a Single Command - Command Element
or a Unified Command – Command Element. The Incident Command
Post will be identified by the name of the incident.
d.
Choose a location that is a reasonable and appropriate distance from
the incident; and, will provide for safety, health, security and force
protection; and, will provide easy and expeditious access and egress;
and, is sufficiently large and will allow for expansion; and, will permit
continuous operations; and, will provide adequate workspace and
utility / communications service. Generally, the Incident Command
Post will be located within the Site Access Control / Outer Perimeter.
e.
Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures are implemented regarding the Incident Command Post.
f.
Whenever possible, the Incident Command Post should not be
relocated. However, it may be necessary to relocate the Incident
Command Post if the incident evolves / progresses and circumstances
or conditions change. For example, during the initial stages of an
incident the situation may rapidly change and the Incident Command
Post may have to be relocated one or more times; or, the Incident
Command Post may have to be relocated if an Operations Section
Post is activated; or, a change in incident size / location may require
relocation of the Incident Command Post in order to improve
command, operations, communications, etc.; or, relocation of the
Incident Command Post may be required in order to resolve safety,
health, security or force protection issues.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

g.

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)

13.

14.

5 of 14

Notify the following of the location and telephone number(s) of
the Incident Command Post:
(1)
Desk Officer, Precinct of occurrence.
(2)
Patrol Borough Office, Borough of occurrence.
(3)
Communications Section dispatcher and / or supervisor.
(4)
Operations Unit.
(5)
NYPD Emergency Operations Center, if activated.
(6)
Other appropriate NYPD units and / or personnel.
(7)
Other appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and / or private entities / individuals.
h.
Request Incident Command Post flag, banner, beacon, sign or
other distinctive marker.
i.
Request Incident Command Post vehicle(s), if required.
Manage the incident from the Incident Command Post (ICP).
a.
The Incident Command Post is the location where the Command
Element, i.e., Single Command, Incident Commander or Unified
Command, Agency Incident Commanders, will remain and perform
the command function. The Incident Command Post provides a central
coordination point from which the Command Element, Command
Staff, each appropriate Supporting Agency / Agency Representative,
Coordinating Agency, General Staff planning functions and certain
General Staff support functions will normally operate.
b.
The Command Element, necessary members of the Command
Staff, necessary members of the General Staff, each required
Supporting Agency / Agency Representatives and Coordinating
Agency, will report to the Incident Command Post as soon as
possible; remain together; develop the Incident Objectives,
Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, etc.;
and, formulate one single Incident Action Plan.
c.
Depending upon the nature, size, complexity, location, duration,
etc., of the incident, some members of the General Staff and
Command Staff may be situated / operating at other locations.
However, they will attend planning meetings conducted at the
Incident Command Post and will remain in close contact with the
Command Element.
Establish an appropriate organizational structure and continuously
monitor the operation and effectiveness of that organization. In
determining how to structure the incident management organization, the
Command Element should consider the following:
a.
Comply with recommended Span of Control principles.
b.
When necessary, delegate authority and assign personnel to perform
one or more incident related tactical and / or support tasks / functions.
c.
When necessary, delegate authority and assign personnel to the
Command Staff positions and / or to General Staff Sections, to
manage the performance of the tasks / functions that have been
delegated and supervise the personnel to whom the tasks were assigned.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

d.

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)

15.

16.

6 of 14

When determining whether to activate a General Staff Section or
Command Staff position, activate and staff only the organizational
elements that are necessary to manage the required functions / tasks;
(1)
If one individual can simultaneously manage all major
functions/tasks, no further organization is required.
(2)
If one or more of the functions/tasks requires independent
management, an individual or individuals are assigned to
manage those functions/tasks.
e.
Deactivate organizational elements no longer required.
f.
The functions / tasks of any non-activated or deactivated subordinate
organizational element will be managed by the overhead supervising
organizational element.
Perform the duties and retain responsibility for the functions of any General
Staff Sections and Command Staff positions that are not activated or are
deactivated.
When appropriate, activate required Command Staff positions i.e., Public
Information, Safety, Liaison, other required position(s); and designate
qualified personnel as Command Staff “officers”.
a.
May assign one person to more than one Command Staff position.
However, do not combine the functions of different Command
Staff positions into a “hybrid” Command Staff position.
b.
The number of Assistants assigned to a particular Command Staff
position will be determined by the respective Command Staff officer
after conferring with the Command Element, and will depend upon
the nature, size, complexity, location, duration, etc., of the incident.
c.
Based upon the nature, complexity, location, size, duration, etc., of
the incident; and, the specific capabilities, limitations, needs,
requirements, etc., of the Command Element, additional Command
Staff positions other than the Public Information, Safety, and Liaison
positions may be activated; and, qualified personnel may be
designated as the additional Command Staff officers, e.g., AttorneyLegal officer, Epidemiologist-Medical officer, Structural EngineerEngineering officer, Chemist-Science officer.
d.
If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, all of the
Agency Incident Commanders will jointly designate the one Public
Information officer and the one Liaison officer. However, the
Mayor’s Press Office has the authority and may designate the one
Public Information officer; and, the NYC Office of Emergency
Management (OEM) has the authority and may designate the one
Liaison officer.
e.
When the NYPD is one of the Primary Agencies in a Unified
Command – Command Element, if the Liaison officer position and /
or the Public Information officer position is activated, absent unusual
circumstances, the NYPD Agency Incident Commander should make
every effort to have a member of the NYPD designated as the Liaison
officer and have a member of the NYPD designated as the Public

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)

17.

7 of 14

Information officer; or if that is not possible, have a member of the
NYPD designated as an Assistant to a non NYPD Liaison officer and
have a member of the NYPD designated as an Assistant to a non
NYPD Public Information officer.
f.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element, the Incident
Commander may designate the one Liaison officer; however, OEM
has the authority and may designate the one Liaison officer.
g.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element, the Incident
Commander may designate the one Public Information officer;
however, the Mayor’s Press Office has the authority and may
designate the one Public Information officer.
h.
If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, each of the
Agency Incident Commanders will designate an Agency Safety
officer. However, if all of the Agency Incident Commanders agree,
they may jointly designate one Safety officer.
i.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element at a CBRN /
HazMat incident, the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative; and DEP Supporting
Agency / Agency Representative; and DOHMH Supporting Agency /
Agency Representative will each designate an Agency Safety officer.
However, if the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting
Agency / Agency Representative; and DEP Supporting Agency /
Agency Representative; and DOHMH Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative all agree, they may jointly designate one Safety officer.
j.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element, except for a
CBRN / HazMat incident, the Incident Commander will designate
the one Safety officer.
When appropriate, activate required General Staff Sections, i.e.,
Operations, Planning, Logistics, Finance / Administration, Intelligence /
Investigations; and, assign qualified personnel as Section “chiefs”.
a.
May assign one person to be the chief of more than one General Staff
Section. However, do not combine the functions of different General
Staff Sections into a “hybrid” General Staff Section.
b.
The number of personnel assigned to a particular General Staff
Section will be determined by the respective General Staff Section
chief after conferring with the Command Element, and will depend
upon the nature, size, complexity, location, duration, etc., of the
incident.
c.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element, the Incident
Commander will designate the one Planning Section chief; and, the
one Logistics Section chief; and, the one Finance / Administrative
Section chief; and, the one Intelligence / Investigations Section chief.
d.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element, except for a
CBRN / HazMat incident, the Incident Commander will designate
the one Operations Section chief.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

e.

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)

18.

8 of 14

If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, all of the
Agency Incident Commanders will jointly designate one Section
chief for each activated General Staff Section with the exception of
the Operations Section. When the NYPD is one of the Primary
Agencies in a Unified Command – Command Element, absent
unusual circumstances, the NYPD Agency Incident Commander
should make every effort to have a member of the NYPD designated
as the one Section chief for each activated General Staff Section; or if
that is not possible, have a member of the NYPD designated as a
Deputy to each non NYPD General Staff Section chief.
Activate a “Unified Operations Section” when there is a Single Command
– Command Element at a CBRN / HazMat incident; or, anytime there is a
Unified Command – Command Element.
a.
If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, the Agency
Incident Commanders from each of the Primary Agencies with
tactical operations responsibility and a relevant “Core Competency”
will each designate an Agency Operations Section chief to direct
tactical operations in a Unified Operations Section. However, if all
of the Agency Incident Commanders agree, they may jointly
designate one Operations Section chief.
b.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element at a CBRN /
HazMat incident, the NYPD Agency Incident Commander; and
FDNY Supporting Agency / Agency Representative; and DEP
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative; and DOHMH
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative will each designate an
Agency Operations Section chief to direct tactical operations in a
Unified Operations Section. However, if the NYPD Incident
Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency / Agency Representative;
and DEP Supporting Agency / Agency Representative; and DOHMH
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative all agree, they may
jointly designate one Operations Section chief.
c.
Core Competencies are functional areas of expertise that are
implemented at incidents, and relate specifically to tactical operations
that are managed / directed by the Operations Section, or the
Command Element if the Operations Section has not been activated.
Core Competencies have been identified for Agencies with incident
management responsibilities identified in the Primary Agency
Matrix. Although multiple Agencies may be capable of performing
similar tactical operations, CIMS assigns the Core Competency to
one single Agency.
d.
Agencies have the authority to direct tactical operations related to
their Core Competencies at incidents. If more than one agency is
capable of performing the same tactical operations at an incident, the
agency with the Core Competency will give tactical direction, by the
ranking officer, to other agencies performing operations within that
Core Competency.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

19.

20.

21.
22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

9 of 14

Ensure tactical operations, functions, and activities are expeditiously
implemented, properly managed and directed in the appropriate manner:
a.
If there is a Unified Operations Section, each Agency Operations
Section chief will direct the tactical operations involving their
Agencies’ Core Competencies. Each Agencies’ Core Competencies
are listed in the CIMS Core Competency chart.
b.
If there is a Single Operations Section, the one Operations Section
chief will direct all tactical operations.
Ensure tactical assignments are based upon the responding Agencies’
functional capabilities, e.g., resources, expertise, training, experience skills;
and, legal / jurisdictional authority, mission and responsibilities.
Coordinate and direct the activities of the Command Staff and General Staff.
When necessary, implement an appropriate organizational structure, i.e.,
incident management “Expansion Option,” to manage an extremely complex,
severe and extensive incident; or, more than one incident; or, one extremely
large incident. Incident Management Expansion Options include:
a.
Activating an Incident Complex.
b.
Activating a second Operations Section.
c.
Activating a second Logistics Section.
d.
Conducting Operations Section / Branch level tactical planning
e.
Having the Planning Section conduct advance / long range
planning and contingency planning.
f.
Dividing a single extremely large incident into two or more separate
incidents; and, activating a separate Command Element and
appropriate incident management organization to resolve each of the
separate incidents.
When appropriate, coordinate incident management operations and activities
with other associated incident management organizations, entities, systems,
facilities, etc., i.e., Area Command, Multi-Agency Coordination (MAC) Group,
Emergency Operations Center (EOC) and / or Joint Information Center (JIC).
Continually monitor/evaluate the incident management organizational
structure; and, the performance of the Deputy(ies), General Staff Section
“chiefs,” Command Staff “officers,” and as appropriate, other incident
management personnel.
a.
Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
Ensure that Command Staff and General Staff understand:
a.
They may interact and communicate with any position within the
incident management organization.
b.
Absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given through
the established Chain of Command.
c.
Absent extraordinary circumstances, resource orders / requests and
resource status changes must be approved by the appropriate authority
and communicated through the established Chain of Command.
Ensure that appropriate “procedural” and “technological” measures are
implemented to ensure effective and efficient integrated inter-agency
interoperable communications.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

10 of 14

a.

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)

27.

28.

29.

When appropriate, implement the use of Borough / Citywide
“repeated” interoperable radio frequencies and / or tactical “point-topoint” interoperable radio frequencies.
b.
When appropriate and necessary, utilize the NYC Agencies’
Citywide “repeated” interoperable 800 MHz radio frequency.
c.
Ensure that all incident personnel use clear text for inter-agency
communications and communicate using CIMS nomenclature /
terminology.
d.
Ensure all incident personnel observe strict radio and telephone
communications discipline and limit communications to essential
information.
e.
When necessary, ensure radio and mobile phone interconnect
systems are used to enhance interoperable communications.
f.
Ensure a Communications Plan is developed and implemented.
(1)
The Communications Plan will ensure effective, efficient
and expeditious inter-agency interoperable communications.
(2)
The Communications Plan will be a component of the
Incident Action Plan.
(3)
Depending upon the circumstances, the Communications
Plan may be written or verbal.
Manage Life Safety Operations.
a.
The immediate # 1 priority.
b.
Tactical activities taken to preserve and protect public safety including
tactical activities:
(1)
Required to stabilize the incident.
(2)
Implemented in response to imminent hazards or threats to life.
c.
Life Safety Operations do not include personnel safety measures.
d.
Intervene in and / or suspend Life Safety Operations to prevent,
stop and / or correct hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe activities,
functions and conditions.
Manage Site Management Operations.
a.
Consult with the Primary Agency(ies), Supporting Agency(ies)
and Coordinating Agency regarding the implementation of Site
Management Operations including the establishment of perimeters
and the implementation of Emergency Credentialing operations.
Manage Investigative Operations.
a.
When there is a considerable investigative or intelligence component to
the management or resolution of an incident, the Command Element
should establish an Intelligence / Investigations Section as part of the
General Staff. In unusual situations, when the Intelligence /
Investigations function is not a considerable component of the
management or resolution of an incident, it may be organized as a
Branch or Group within the Operations Section rather than as a separate
General Staff Section. In extremely unusual situations when the
Intelligence / Investigations function is minimal, it may be organized as
a Command Staff position or Planning Section / Situation Unit function.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11 of 14

b.

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)

30.

31.

32.

33.
34.

When appropriate, ensure investigative and intelligence
considerations are included in the Incident Objectives, and
Investigative Operations are incorporated into the Incident Action
Plan.
c.
When appropriate, ensure that the Primary Agency(ies),
Supporting Agency(ies) and Coordinating Agency personnel
avoid or minimize interference with Investigative Operations,
particularly the processing of Crime Scenes and Investigative
Scenes.
Manage Recovery / Restoration Operations.
a.
Recovery / Restoration Operations include final mitigation of the
incident and a return to non-emergency conditions.
b.
The Coordinating Agency will facilitate, coordinate and support
Recovery / Restoration Operations.
Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a.
The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the
Deputy should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge,
skills, experience, as the principal; and must be capable of
assuming the principal’s position.
b.
The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1)
Collect incident related information, monitor performance,
evaluate incident operations / resources and communicate
with the principal, i.e., be the “eyes and ears” of the principal.
(2)
Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol /
Detective Borough Commander, Operations Unit, Emergency
Operations Center if activated, Area Command if activated.
(3)
Function as a relief.
(4)
Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c.
The Deputy may be a member of a different Agency / Jurisdiction
than the principal. For example, the Deputy may be a member of
an Agency / Jurisdiction that:
(1)
Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant
resources involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2)
Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly
affected by the incident.
d.
Designating a Deputy who is a member of a different Agency /
Jurisdiction may significantly increase inter-agency coordination
and cooperation.
Ensure responding Agencies do not allocate, deploy or assign unnecessary
or inappropriate resources to the incident; and, ensure required resources
respond to the incident scene in a controlled fashion and are deployed in
an organized / coordinated manner.
Ensure planning meetings are scheduled as needed and are properly
managed.
Formulate, approve and authorize the implementation of one single Incident
Action Plan. The Incident Action Plan may be verbal or written.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

12 of 14

a.

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)
35.
36.
37.

38.

39.

40.

Closely monitor and evaluate the implementation of the Incident
Action Plan.
b.
Modify the Incident Action Plan when necessary.
Approve requests / orders for additional resources.
Approve requests / orders for the release and demobilization of resources
from the incident.
Authorize release of information to the news media and / or public.
a.
Determine what recommended health, safety and security related
protective measures must be communicated to the public, e.g.,
evacuate, shelter in place, change clothes, wash.
b.
When appropriate, disseminate Emergency Public Information to
the media and the public.
c.
If the incident is large, complex, exceedingly newsworthy,
involves several Supporting Agencies, etc., release information to
the media and the public by conducting a joint-Agency press
conference(s).
d.
When necessary, utilize a Joint Information System and establish
and maintain a Joint Information Center that will be staffed by
public affairs personnel from all of the Primary Agencies and
Supporting Agencies.
(1)
In extremely unusual circumstances, multiple Joint
Information Centers may be established.
(2)
When appropriate, collaborate with the Office of the Deputy
Commissioner, Public Information, the Mayor’s Press Office
and OEM, to activate a Joint Information System and establish a
Joint Information Center(s).
Ensure all appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc., regarding
incident related operations, functions, conditions, occurrences and
activities are properly prepared, filed, maintained, secured, stored, etc.
Continually monitor performance, analyze data / information, evaluate
operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate the
implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Make required modifications to the current Incident Action Plan,
including Incident Objectives, Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics,
assignments, priorities, resources, incident management operations,
communications, etc.
b.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period
or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
Ensure that the required number and type of Incident Facilities are established at
appropriate locations. Locations will be chosen that:
a.
Are a reasonable and appropriate distance from the incident;
b.
Provide for adequate safety, health, security and force protection;
c.
Provide easy and expeditious access and egress;
d.
Are sufficiently large enough and will allow for expansion;
e.
Will permit continuous operations;
f.
Provide adequate work space and utility / communications services.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

COMMAND
ELEMENT
(continued)

08/01/13

41.

42.

43.

44.
45.

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

13 of 14

Ensure that when “Transfer of Command” occurs, it is performed in an
appropriate organized manner.
a.
There should be a face to face Transfer of Command, if possible.
b.
The incoming Command Element must obtain a comprehensive briefing
from the outgoing Command Element that includes all essential
information necessary to ensure effective and efficient management of the
incident.
c.
Information included in the Transfer of Command briefing should be
recorded and / or displayed, if possible.
d.
Identify a specific time for Transfer of Command to occur. When
possible, for an on-going incident, Transfer of Command should occur at
the start of a new Operational Period.
e.
Notifications must be made to the Primary Agency(ies); Supporting
Agency / Agency Representatives; Coordinating Agency; Command
Staff; General Staff; all incident management supervisory personnel;
Communications Division dispatcher and / or supervisor; and other
appropriate personnel.
Ensure compliance with “Span of Control,” “Chain of Command” and “Unity of
Command” incident management principles.
a.
Span of Control: The number of personnel that can be effectively
managed by one supervisor; or, the number of subordinate organizational
elements that can be effectively managed by one overhead supervising
organizational element.
(1)
The recommended Span of Control should be from 1:3 to 1:7; or,
for law enforcement operations from 1:8 to 1:10.
b.
Unity of Command: Every subordinate has only one designated
supervisor, and the subordinate reports to that supervisor.
c.
Chain of Command: A series of management positions in order of
authority; and, a designated line of authority within the personnel
ranks and organizational levels of the incident management
organization where subordinate personnel ranks / organizational
levels report to and receive direction from the overhead supervising
personnel ranks / organizational levels.
When appropriate, order the demobilization of some or all of the incident
resources, operations, organizational elements, facilities, sites and other
appropriate incident related functions / activities.
When demobilization occurs, comply with appropriate demobilization
procedures and, if applicable, the Demobilization Plan.
Ensure all required incident related “After – Action” briefings, reports,
meetings, critiques and other activities are expeditiously and properly
performed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-05

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

PAGE:

14 of 14

The Command Element may be structured in one of two ways:
1.

Single Command:
a.
When the CIMS “Primary Agency Matrix” specifies a Single Command
- Command Element, the one Primary Agency in the Single Command
– Command Element will designate one single Incident Commander.
(1)
A Primary Agency is defined as the Agency authorized by CIMS
to have overall responsibility for an incident, including overall
management of strategic and tactical operations.
b.
The designated Incident Commander has overall incident management
responsibility; develops the Incident Objectives; formulates and
implements one single Incident Action Plan; manages all operational
and support activities; and, approves all requests pertaining to the
ordering and release of incident resources. The Incident Commander is
responsible for working collaboratively with the Supporting Agency(ies)
and Coordinating Agency.

2.

Unified Command:
a.
When the CIMS “Primary Agency Matrix” specifies a Unified Command
- Command Element, each of the Primary Agencies in the Unified
Command – Command Element will designate an “Agency Incident
Commander.”
(1)
Incidents managed by a Unified Command – Command Element
will have more than one Primary Agency called Primary
Agencies.
b.
The Agency Incident Commanders will co-locate and remain at one single
Incident Command Post and jointly establish a common set of Incident
Objectives, Strategies, Tactical Direction and priorities. They will manage
one integrated organizational structure, a joint planning process and a joint
resource management process. The Agency Incident Commanders will
formulate and implement one single Incident Action Plan that includes an
inter-agency integrated Communications Plan. They will jointly execute
integrated tactical operations, implement interoperable communications
technological and procedural measures when required and maximize the
use of assigned resources. The Agency Incident Commanders are
responsible for working collaboratively with the Primary Agencies,
Coordinating Agency and Supporting Agency(ies).
c.
When a Unified Command - Command Element is established, all
Agency Incident Commanders are at an equal level of authority in the
Command Element regardless of their designated Agency rank, i.e., Fire
Captain, Police Sergeant, EMS Lieutenant, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-06

CIMS: PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To outline the duties of the Public Information officer in CIMS.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Public
Information Officer are:

1.
PUBLIC
INFORMATION
OFFICER

2.

3.

4.
5.

Assume the position of Public Information officer as part of the Incident
Management Team; and, manage public information activities including:
a.
Responding to inquiries from media and / or the public.
b.
Developing incident related information for the media and the public.
c.
Absent unusual circumstances, acting as the spokesperson for all
of the governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations
and private entities / individuals involved in incident management
activities.
Confer with the Command Element in order to:
a.
Obtain approval prior to releasing information to the media and /
or the public.
b.
Determine any limitations and constraints on the information to be
released to the media and /or the public.
After obtaining approval from the Command Element, when appropriate,
perform the following functions:
a.
Expeditiously formulate and disseminate unified, consistent,
concise, clear, comprehensive and accurate official information to
the media and the public.
b.
Conduct media briefings.
c.
Distribute written media releases.
d.
Release Emergency Public Information, public warnings and
recommended incident related public health, safety and security
protective measures.
e.
Arrange for tours, interviews of incident personnel and incident
related photo / video / television opportunities.
f.
Establish and supervise an appropriate number of media placement
areas that have sufficient space and are appropriately located so as
not to interfere with incident management operations, or compromise
the confidentiality / security of incident management activities.
g.
If the incident is large, complex, exceedingly newsworthy, involves
several Supporting Agencies, etc., release information to the media
and the public by conducting one or more joint – Agency press
conferences.
Provide advice and support to the Command Element regarding incident
related media, public information and public affairs issues.
Develop and, after obtaining the required approval, implement media,
public information and public affairs related plans, policies, procedures,
strategies, programs, operations, activities, functions, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-06

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6.
PUBLIC
INFORMATION
OFFICER
(continued)

7.
8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

2 of 4

In situations involving scientific, engineering or other technical incident
management procedures, plans, strategies, operations, activities,
functions, etc., the Public Information officer may request the Supporting
Agency(ies) and / or Primary Agency(ies) with the appropriate technical
Core Competency(ies) to provide advice / assistance, and / or to provide
the necessary information directly to the media and the public.
Identify, control and correct incident related rumors, disinformation,
misinformation, inaccurate / incorrect information, conflicting information, etc.
Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection
and security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and
other resources.
Monitor the media and forward any useful media information to the
Command Element, Planning Section, Intelligence / Investigations
function, and any other appropriate General Staff Sections or Command
Staff positions.
a.
Monitor information provided by governmental agencies, nongovernmental organizations and private entities / individuals and
forward any useful information to the Command Element, Planning
Section, Intelligence / Investigations function, and any other
appropriate General Staff Sections or Command Staff positions.
Coordinate with the Command Element, Operations Section, Intelligence /
Investigations function and other appropriate General Staff Sections and
Command Staff positions to ensure that all public information activities
are reconciled with and do not compromise intelligence, investigative,
support, operational, etc., confidentiality or security.
Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given
through the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent
extraordinary circumstances, resource orders / requests and resource
status changes must be approved by the appropriate authority and
communicated through the established Chain of Command.
When necessary, utilize a Joint Information System; and if established,
closely coordinate, communicate and maintain liaison with the Joint
Information Center (JIC), or in extremely unusual circumstances, multiple
Joint Information Centers.
a.
When appropriate, represent the NYPD in the Joint Information
Center(s), if established.
b.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element, the Joint
Information Center spokesperson will be designated by the
Mayor’s Press Office, and absent unusual circumstances, will be
the Public Information officer.
c.
If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, the Joint
Information Center spokesperson will be designated by the Mayor’s Press
Office.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-06

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

13.
PUBLIC
INFORMATION
OFFICER
(continued)

14.

15.

16.
17.

3 of 4

Designate an Assistant or Assistants when necessary after conferring with
the Command Element.
a.
The Assistant is a subordinate to the principal.
b.
The Assistant does not have to possess the same qualifications, i.e.,
knowledge, skills, or experience, as the principal. The Assistant may
possess a level of technical and non-technical ability that is less than
the principal; and, will be given less responsibility than the principal.
c.
The role of the Assistant is flexible, and the Assistant may:
(1)
Collect incident related information, monitor performance,
evaluate incident operations / resources and communicate
with the principal, i.e., be the “eyes and ears” of the
principal.
(2)
Make notifications.
(3)
Function as a relief.
(4)
Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
d.
The Assistant may be member of a different Agency / Jurisdiction
than the principal. For example, the Assistant may be a member of
an Agency / Jurisdiction that:
(1)
Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant
resources involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2)
Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly
affected by the incident.
Absent unusual circumstances, establish a work location at or in the vicinity
of the Incident Command Post. When identifying an appropriate work
location consider the following:
a.
Remain close to the Incident Command Post to ensure easy and
expeditious access to incident information, and to be able to
expeditiously confer with the Command Element.
b.
Generally, there must be an area for media interactions and formal
briefings.
c.
There should be sufficient space for displays and handout material.
d.
Tours, interviews of incident personnel and incident related photo /
video / television opportunities, etc., may have to be arranged.
Participate in the planning meetings when appropriate, and assist in the
development of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Prepare any required public information related plans.
b.
Ensure that the public information aspects of the Incident Action
Plan are properly formulated and implemented.
c.
Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the public
information aspects of the Demobilization Plan.
Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Public Information officer functions / activities.
Continually monitor / evaluate the organization and effectiveness of the
Public Information function; and, the performance of the Assistant(s).
a.
Make appropriate modifications when necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-06

PAGE:

08/01/13

18.
PUBLIC
INFORMATION
OFFICER
(continued)

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

4 of 4

Continually monitor performance, analyze data / information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the
Command Element regarding incident related media and public
information issues.
b.
Recommend to the Command Element, any necessary
modifications to the current Incident Action Plan, including media
/ public information issues, Incident Objectives, Strategies,
Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, resources,
incident management operations, communications, etc.
c.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational
Period or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as
appropriate.

If there is a Single Command – Command Element, the Incident Commander may
designate the one Public Information officer; however, the Mayor’s Press Office has the
authority and may designate the one Public Information officer. When the NYPD is the
Primary Agency in a Single Command - Command Element, if the Public Information
officer position is activated, absent unusual circumstances, the Incident Commander
should make every effort to have a member of the NYPD designated as the Public
Information officer; or if that is not possible, designated as an Assistant to a non-NYPD
Public Information officer. Whenever possible, the Incident Commander should
designate a member of service assigned to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner,
Public Information to perform the functions of the Public Information officer; or if that
is not possible, to perform the functions of an Assistant to a non-NYPD Public
Information officer.
If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, all of the Agency Incident Commanders
will jointly designate the one Public Information officer; however, the Mayor’s Press Office
has the authority and may designate the one Public Information officer. When the NYPD is
one of the one Primary Agencies in a Unified Command - Command Element, if the Public
Information officer position is activated, absent unusual circumstances, the NYPD Agency
Incident Commander should make every effort to have a member of the NYPD designated as
the Public Information officer; or if that is not possible, designated as an Assistant to a nonNYPD Public Information officer. Whenever possible, the NYPD Agency Incident
Commander should designate a member of service assigned to the Office of the Deputy
Commissioner, Public Information to perform the functions of the Public Information
officer; or if that is not possible, to perform the functions of an Assistant to a non-NYPD
Public Information officer.
If a Joint Information Center (JIC) is established, or in extremely unusual circumstances
multiple Joint Information Centers are established, absent extraordinary circumstances,
a member of the NYPD will be assigned to the Joint Information Center(s) to represent
the Department. Whenever possible, a member of service assigned to the Office of the
Deputy Commissioner, Public Information will be assigned to the Joint Information
Center(s).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-07

CIMS: SAFETY OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PURPOSE

To outline the duties of the Safety Officer in CIMS.

SAFETY
OFFICER

1.

2.

3.
4.

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 7

Confer with the Command Element and determine whether there will be
one Safety officer; or, two or more Agency Safety officers.
a.
If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, each of the
Agency Incident Commanders may designate an Agency Safety
officer. However, if all of the Agency Incident Commanders
agree, they may jointly designate one Safety officer.
b.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element at a CBRN /
HazMat incident, the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative; and DEP Supporting
Agency / Agency Representative; and DOHMH Supporting Agency /
Agency Representative will each designate an Agency Safety officer.
However, if the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting
Agency / Agency Representative; and DEP Supporting Agency /
Agency Representative; and DOHMH Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative all agree, they may jointly designate one Safety officer.
c.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element, except for a
CBRN / HazMat incident, the Incident Commander will designate
the one Safety officer.
Assume the position of Safety officer or NYPD Agency Safety officer as
part of the Incident Management Team.
a.
The Safety officer function is required by law at a hazardous
materials incident.
b.
If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, assume the
position of NYPD Agency Safety officer and work collaboratively
with the Agency Safety officer designated by each of the Primary
Agencies that have command responsibility in the Unified
Command - Command Element.
c.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element at a CBRN /
HazMat incident, assume the position of NYPD Agency Safety officer
and work collaboratively with the FDNY Agency Safety officer, the
DEP Agency Safety officer and the DOHMH Agency Safety officer.
d.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element, except for a
CBRN / HazMat incident, and the NYPD is the Primary Agency,
assume the position as the one Safety officer and work collaboratively
with each Supporting Agency / Agency Representative.
Perform an Incident Safety Analysis.
Provide advice to the Command Element regarding the safety, health,
force protection and security of incident personnel. Make
recommendations regarding:
a.
Health hazards, e.g., decaying human remains, unsafe air quality,
body fluids, vectors, infectious diseases, polluted water.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-07

SAFETY
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

c.

d.

e.
f.

g.

h.

i.

j.

k.

l.
m.

n.
o.

2 of 7

Physical hazards, e.g., falling debris, explosives, weakened
structures, exposed electrical wires, unstable rubble, slippery
surfaces, confined spaces.
CBRN / HazMat hazards including environmental contamination,
incident personnel exposure / contamination, exclusion zones, i.e.,
hot zone, warm zone, cold zone, contamination control /
mitigation measures and decontamination measures.
The appropriate type of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) that
should be used by incident personnel, e.g., safety glasses /
goggles, splash resistant garments, respiratory protection,
chemical protective garments, foot protection, totally
encapsulating garments, head impact protection, gloves.
Operational hazards involving incident personnel performing
functions / activities without the appropriate equipment.
Operational hazards involving incident personnel performing
functions / activities without the required level of training,
experience, knowledge, skills, etc.
Operational hazards involving incident personnel not having
appropriate procedures, supervision, plans, management,
protocols, organization, programs, systems, etc.
Operational hazards involving unnecessary or inappropriate
resources responding to the incident; and / or, required resources
not responding to the incident in a controlled fashion or not being
deployed in a coordinated / organized manner.
Operational hazards involving current, anticipated or potential
environmental conditions, e.g., temperature, precipitation, wind,
lightning, darkness.
Operational hazards involving incident personnel not having
appropriate work schedules and sufficient rest, rehabilitation,
relief, leave, etc.
Operational hazards involving incident personnel not having
appropriate and sufficient food / water, clothing, lodging,
supplies, sanitation, heating / cooling systems, lighting,
transportation, etc.
Operational hazards involving force protection and security.
Operational hazards involving a dangerous individual(s), device(s)
or situation(s), e.g., sniper, hostage taker, barricaded person,
improvised explosive device, armed emotionally disturbed person,
CBRN / Hazmat device, vehicle borne improvised explosive device.
Operational hazards involving the physical condition of incident
personnel, e.g., fatigue, injury, stress, trauma, illness, exhaustion.
Operational hazards involving the mental, emotional, behavioral
and / or psychological condition of incident personnel, e.g.,
depression, anxiety, stress, tension, alcohol / substance abuse, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

p.

SAFETY
OFFICER
(continued)

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

3 of 7

Operational hazards involving incident personnel not receiving
appropriate vaccinations, prophylaxis, treatment, medications,
counseling and any other appropriate health related support /
assistance.
q.
Operational hazards involving appropriate personnel not receiving
required:
(1)
Pre-incident medical certifications / re-certifications; and / or,
(2)
Initial base-line medical examinations at the incident; and / or,
(3)
On-going medical monitoring / surveillance at the incident.
r.
Other hazards involving health, safety, force protection, security,
environmental conditions, incident operations, PPE, training,
equipment, procedures / protocols, incident support, etc.
Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection
and security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and
other resources.
Ensure there are sufficient health, safety, force protection and security
related supplies, equipment and other appropriate resources available
when needed.
Develop and recommend measures for promoting personnel safety.
a.
Continually remind all incident executives, managers, supervisors
and personnel that they must make safety the # 1 priority.
Implement procedures and establish a program / system to ensure the
safety of incident personnel; and, to ensure incident operations, functions
and activities are safely performed.
Implement procedures and establish a program / system to ensure
continual identification, monitoring, evaluation and consideration of
current, imminent, anticipated and / or potential hazardous, unhealthy or
unsafe activities, functions and conditions.
Implement a PPE program / system that :
a.
Ensures incident personnel:
(1)
Are equipped with appropriate PPE that has been properly
fitted; and,
(2)
Are properly trained and certified / re-certified regarding
the PPE that will be utilized; and,
(3)
Are properly trained and certified / re-certified regarding
the operations, functions and activities that will be
performed in the PPE; and,
(4)
If necessary, have received the required pre-incident
medical certification / re-certification; and,
(5)
If necessary, have received the appropriate PPE related
initial base-line medical examinations at the incident; and,
(6)
If necessary, receive the appropriate PPE related on-going
medical monitoring / surveillance at the incident.
b.
Ensures a sufficient quantity of the appropriate type of PPE is
available when needed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-07

SAFETY
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

4 of 7

Ensures PPE is properly maintained, serviced, repaired,
decontaminated if necessary, stored, distributed, replaced, etc.
Implement a CBRN / HazMat program / system that ensures:
a.
Appropriate CBRN / HazMat monitoring equipment / instruments
are properly utilized, located / relocated, calibrated, maintained,
serviced, repaired, safeguarded / secured, replaced when
necessary, etc.
b.
Incident personnel CBRN / HazMat exposure / contamination is
monitored, quantified and documented.
c.
Air, water and soil environmental CBRN / HazMat contamination
is monitored and appropriate environmental sampling, analyses
and evaluations are performed.
d.
Air plume dispersion modeling is performed when necessary.
e.
CBRN / HazMat exclusion zones, i.e., hot, warm, cold zones, are
monitored and the boundaries are appropriately adjusted when necessary.
f.
Required contamination control and mitigation measures are
implemented.
g.
Required decontamination measures are implemented.
When necessary, implement a program / system to ensure required initial
base-line physical / psychological medical examinations and required ongoing physical / psychological medical monitoring / surveillance is
provided at the incident to the appropriate personnel.
Evaluate the need for post-incident medical, physical and psychological
health monitoring / surveillance, assessment /evaluation, treatment /
counseling and assistance / support.
Collect, document, format, analyze, evaluate, secure / safeguard and file /
store incident related health and safety data / information regarding
injuries, illnesses, fatalities, accidents, CBRN /HazMat exposures, etc.;
and, properly disseminate the data / information in compliance with
applicable confidentiality / security procedures, policies, rules,
regulations, statutes, etc., to the appropriate governmental agencies, nongovernmental organizations and private entities / individuals.
Monitor incident operations, functions and activities and ensure
compliance with the Health and Safety Plan and other relevant health,
safety, force protection and security related plans, procedures, statutes,
rules, regulations, policies, protocols, etc.
Notify the Command Element and, if appropriate, take corrective action
when safety, health, force protection or security measures are not being
properly implemented.
Immediately prevent, stop and / or correct hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe
activities, functions and conditions by utilizing the chain of command;
and, subsequently notify the Command Element. However, if the life or
safety of incident personnel is in imminent danger, exercise
emergency authority to directly prevent, stop and / or correct
hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe activities, functions and conditions;
and, subsequently notify the Command Element.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

a.

SAFETY
OFFICER
(continued)

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

5 of 7

Intervene in and / or suspend Life Safety Operations or any other
incident management operations, functions, activities, etc., to
prevent, stop and / or correct hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe
activities, functions and conditions; and, subsequently notify the
Command Element.
Ensure all incident personnel are aware of relevant safety information.
a.
Formulate and distribute safety messages.
b.
Conduct periodic safety briefings.
c.
Perform appropriate safety training including incident / hazard
specific safety training.
Coordinate, cooperate and collaborate with all of the Agency Safety
officer(s), the Operations Section chief(s), the Planning Section chief and
other appropriate Command Staff officer(s) and General Staff Section chiefs.
Ensure coordination of safety related functions, operations and activities
with each Primary Agency, each Supporting Agency, the Coordinating
Agency, and all of the involved governmental agencies, nongovernmental organizations and private entities / individuals.
Initiate a preliminary investigation regarding any incident related
accidents; and / or, potential accidents that were barely avoided, i.e.,
“near misses”; and / or, any incident related injuries, illnesses, fatalities,
CBRN / HazMat exposures, etc.
Participate in planning meetings when appropriate, and assist in the
development of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Ensure that the health, safety, force protection and security aspects
of the Incident Action Plan are properly formulated and
implemented.
b.
Review the Incident Action Plan for general and incident / hazard
specific and Agency specific health, safety, force protection and
security issues, problems, limitations, requirements, constraints,
activities, policies, procedures, etc.
c.
Prepare Health and Safety Plan and Safety Message regarding
physical hazards, health / safety issues, environmental conditions,
necessary equipment, force protection and security measures,
appropriate PPE, operational hazards, required support, etc.
d.
Review and approve the Medical Plan.
e.
Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the health, safety,
force protection and security aspects of the Demobilization Plan.
f.
Closely monitor and evaluate the implementation of the Incident
Action Plan.
Continually monitor performance, analyze data / information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and
evaluate the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the
Command Element regarding incident related hazardous,
unhealthy and unsafe activities, functions and conditions.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

SAFETY
OFFICER
(continued)

24.

25.
26.

6 of 7

Recommend appropriate modifications to the Incident Action Plan
including health, safety, force protection and security issues, Incident
Objectives, Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities,
resources, incident management operations, communications, etc.
c.
Identify health, safety, force protection and security related
incident management “Best Practices” and “Lessons Learned”;
and, incorporate them into the Health and Safety Plan.
d.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period
or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given
through the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent
extraordinary circumstances, resource orders / requests and resource
status changes must be approved by the appropriate authority and
communicated through the established Chain of Command.
Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Safety officer functions / activities.
Designate an Assistant or Assistants when necessary after conferring with
the Command Element.
a.
Choose an Assistant(s) that has/have the required expertise,
education, training, knowledge, experience, and skills to properly
identify, assess, prevent, stop, correct, etc., incident /hazard
specific, Agency specific and general hazardous, unhealthy or
unsafe activities, functions and conditions.
b.
The Assistant is a subordinate to the principal.
c.
The Assistant does not have to possess the same qualifications,
i.e., knowledge, skills, experience, as the principal. Therefore
normally, the Assistant may possess a level of technical and nontechnical ability that is less than the principal; and, will be given
less responsibility than the principal. However, the Assistant
Safety officer may possess greater qualifications and a greater
level of technical and non-technical ability than the principal
regarding some or all of the incident / hazard specific, Agency
specific and general hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe activities,
functions and conditions. Furthermore, the Assistant Safety officer
may be given significant responsibility regarding some or all of
the incident / hazard specific, Agency specific and general
hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe activities, functions and
conditions.
d.
The role of the Assistant is flexible, and the Assistant may:
(1)
Collect incident related information, monitor performance,
evaluate incident operations / resources and communicate
with the principal, i.e., be the “eyes and ears” of the principal.
(2)
Make notifications.
(3)
Function as a relief.
(4)
Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-07

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

e.

SAFETY
OFFICER
(continued)

27.

28.

7 of 7

The Assistant may be member of a different Agency / Jurisdiction
than the principal. For example, the Assistant may be a member of
an Agency / Jurisdiction that:
(1)
Currently has, or after a period of time, may have
significant resources involved in the incident management
effort; or,
(2)
Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly
affected by the incident.
Continually monitor / evaluate the organization and effectiveness of the
Safety function; and the performance of the Assistant(s).
a.
Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
Absent unusual circumstances, establish a work location at or in the
vicinity of the Incident Command Post.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-08

CIMS: LIAISON OFFICER
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To outline the duties of the Liaison officer in CIMS.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Liaison
officer are:

LIAISON
OFFICER

1.

2.

3.

4.

Assume the position of Liaison officer as part of the Incident
Management Team; and, coordinate the activities, functions, operations
and actions of involved governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations, and / or private entities / individuals.
Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection
and security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and
other resources.
Closely coordinate, communicate and maintain liaison with appropriate
involved governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and /
or private entities / individuals.
Closely coordinate, communicate and maintain liaison with each
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative.
a.
A Supporting Agency is a governmental agency, non-governmental
organization, and / or private entity whose resources are deployed to
an incident to support incident operations, and assist the Primary
Agency(ies) to successfully resolve the incident. A Supporting
Agency is not a part of the Command Element. However, each
Supporting Agency retains responsibility for its resources; and,
retains its jurisdictional, legal, functional, administrative, etc.,
authority.
b.
Each Supporting Agency will designate a “Supporting Agency /
Agency Representative.” Each Supporting Agency /
Representative has the authority to make decisions, give direction
and commit resources on behalf of their Supporting Agency. A
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative is not a member of
the Command Element.
c.
There are two types of Supporting Agencies:
(1)
Assisting Agency: An Agency providing personnel, services
or other resources to the Agency with direct responsibility for
incident management; and / or, an Agency directly
contributing tactical or service resources to another Agency,
e.g., NYPD, FDNY, EMS, DSNY, DEP.
(2)
Cooperating Agency: An Agency that supports the
incident management efforts by providing assistance other
than tactical resources; and / or, an Agency that supplies
assistance other than direct operational or support
functions or resources to the incident management efforts,
e.g., Salvation Army, American Red Cross.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-08

LIAISON
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5.

6.

7.

8.
9.

10.

11.
12.

13.

2 of 4

Act as the “point of contact” for each Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative assigned to the incident.
a.
Generally, in either a Single Command – Command Element or
Unified Command – Command Element, the Command Element
and incident management organization will not directly interact
with the Supporting Agencies’ Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative. Instead the Liaison officer will interact directly
with and coordinate the activities, functions, operations and
actions of each Supporting Agency / Agency Representative
regarding the incident management efforts.
b.
In certain circumstances, the Command Element may choose to:
(1)
Interact directly with one or more Supporting Agencies’
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative, e.g., an
Assisting Agency(ies) with significant resources actively
engaged in the efforts to successfully resolve the incident;
and,
(2)
Have the Liaison officer interact directly with the
remaining Supporting Agencies’ Supporting Agency /
Agency Representative, e.g., Assisting Agency(ies) with
few resources assigned to the incident, and / or
Cooperating Agency(ies).
Provide comprehensive briefing to each Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative within a reasonable period of time after the Supporting
Agency / Agency Representative initially arrives at the incident.
Ensure each Supporting Agency /Agency Representatives is informed
regarding current incident situation related information.
a.
Provide briefings to each Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative either periodically, or at specific times when
needed, or when directed by the Command Element.
Maintain a list of Supporting Agencies and each associated Supporting
Agency / Agency Representatives.
Coordinate with each Supporting Agency / Agency Representative to
ensure each Supporting Agencies’ resources properly Check-In at the
appropriate location(s).
Confer with each Supporting Agency / Agency Representative to identify
any special Supporting Agency specific needs, requirements, limitations,
restrictions, etc.
Monitor incident operations to identify current, anticipated or potential
inter-organizational or inter-agency issues, problems, conflicts, etc.
When necessary ensure one or more appropriate Supporting Agencies’
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative attends planning meetings;
and, when appropriate, assists in the development and implementation of
the Incident Action Plan.
Provide each Supporting Agency / Agency Representative with Supporting
Agency specific demobilization information, requirements, plans,
procedures, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-08

LIAISON
OFFICER
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

14.
15.

16.

17.

18.
19.

20.

21.

3 of 4

Debrief each Supporting Agency / Agency Representative prior to their
departure from the incident.
Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given
through the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent
extraordinary circumstances, resource orders / requests and resource
status changes must be approved by the appropriate authority and
communicated through the established Chain of Command.
Confer with each Supporting Agency / Agency Representative regarding:
a.
Current status of the particular Supporting Agencies’ resources,
b.
Current number, Kind, Type, capabilities, limitations, etc., of the
particular Supporting Agencies’ resources,
c.
Availability of the particular Supporting Agencies’ resources
regarding current, anticipated or potential resource requests.
Continually monitor / evaluate the organization and effectiveness of the
Liaison function; and, the performance of the Assistant(s).
a.
Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Liaison officer functions / activities.
Participate in planning meetings when appropriate, and assist in the
development of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Ensure that the liaison, inter-agency and Supporting Agency
aspects of the Incident Action Plan are properly formulated and
implemented.
b.
Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the liaison, interagency and Supporting Agency aspects of the Demobilization
Plan.
Continually monitor performance, analyze data / information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the
Command Element regarding incident related liaison, inter-agency
and Supporting Agency issues.
b.
Recommend to the Command Element, any necessary
modifications to the current Incident Action Plan, including
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative issues, Incident
Objectives, Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments,
priorities,
resources,
incident
management
operations,
communications, etc.
c.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational
Period or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as
appropriate.
Designate an Assistant or Assistants when necessary after conferring
with the Command Element.
a.
The Assistant is a subordinate to the principal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-08

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 4

b.

LIAISON
OFFICER
(continued)

22.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

The Assistant does not have to possess the same qualifications,
i.e., knowledge, skills, experience, as the principal. The Assistant
may possess a level of technical and non-technical ability that is
less than the principal, and, will be given less responsibility than the
principal.
c.
The role of the Assistant is flexible, and the Assistant may:
(1)
Collect incident related information, monitor performance,
evaluate incident operations / resources and communicate with
the principal, i.e., be the “eyes and ears” of the principal.
(2)
Make notifications.
(3)
Function as a relief.
(4)
Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
d.
The Assistant may be a member of a different Agency /
Jurisdiction than the principal. For example, the Assistant may be
a member of an Agency / Jurisdiction that:
(1)
Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant
resources involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2)
Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly
affected by the incident.
Absent unusual circumstances, establish a work location at or in the
vicinity of the Incident Command Post.

If there is a Single Command – Command Element, the Incident Commander may
designate the one Liaison officer; however, OEM has the authority and may designate
the one Liaison officer. When the NYPD is the Primary Agency in a Single Command Command Element, if the Liaison officer position is activated, absent unusual
circumstances, the Incident Commander should make every effort to have a member of
the NYPD designated as the Liaison officer; or if that is not possible, designated as an
Assistant to a non-NYPD Liaison officer.
If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, all of the Agency Incident Commanders will
jointly designate the one Liaison officer; however, OEM has the authority and may designate the
one Liaison officer. When the NYPD is one of the Primary Agencies in a Unified Command Command Element, if the Liaison officer position is activated, absent unusual circumstances, the
NYPD Agency Incident Commander should make every effort to have a member of the NYPD
designated as the Liaison officer; or if that is not possible, designated as an Assistant to a nonNYPD Liaison officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-09

CIMS: OPERATIONS SECTION CHIEF
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 13

PURPOSE

To outline the duties of the Operations Section chief in CIMS.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Operations
Section chief are:

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF

1.

2.

Confer with the Command Element and determine whether there will be
one Operations Section chief; or, two or more Agency Operations Section
chiefs.
a.
If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, each of the
Agency Incident Commanders will designate an Agency
Operations Section chief. However, if all of the Agency Incident
Commanders agree, they may jointly designate one Operations
Section chief.
b.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element at a CBRN /
HazMat incident, the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative; and DEP Supporting
Agency / Agency Representative; and DOHMH Supporting
Agency / Agency Representative will each designate an Agency
Operations Section chief. However, if the NYPD Incident
Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative; and DEP Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative; and DOHMH Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative all agree, they may jointly designate one
Operations Section chief.
c.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element, except for a
CBRN / HazMat incident, the Incident Commander will designate
the one Operations Section chief.
Assume command as the Operations Section chief or NYPD Agency
Operations Section chief as part of the Incident Management Team.
a.
If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, assume
command as the NYPD Agency Operations Section chief in a
Unified Operations Section and work collaboratively with the
Agency Operations Section chief designated by each of the
Primary Agencies that have command responsibility in the Unified
Command - Command Element.
b.
If there is a Single Command – Command Element at a CBRN
/HazMat incident, assume command as the NYPD Agency
Operations Section chief in a Unified Operations Section and work
collaboratively with the FDNY Agency Operations Section chief,
the DEP Agency Operations Section chief and the DOHMH
Agency Operations Section chief.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)
3.

4.

5.

2 of 13

If there is a Single Command – Command Element, except for a
CBRN / HazMat incident, and the NYPD is the Primary Agency,
assume command as the one Operations Section chief and work
collaboratively with each Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative.
Select an appropriate location and establish an Operations Section Post. If
there is a Unified Operations Section, Agency Operations Section chiefs
will jointly select an appropriate location to establish the Operations
Section Post.
a.
The Operations Section Post is the location where the Operations
Section chief / Agency Operations Section chiefs, Deputy(ies) and
appropriate staff will remain and manage / direct all of the tactical
functions, operations and activities.
b.
The Operations Section Post generally will not be co-located with
the Intelligence / Investigations Section Post or the Incident
Command Post. The Operations Section Post will be established at
a secure location within a reasonable distance from the
Intelligence / Investigations Section Post and the Incident
Command Post.
c.
The Operations Section Post can be any type of facility that is
available and appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open area,
room in a building.
d.
Choose a location that is a reasonable and appropriate distance
from the incident; and, will provide for safety, health, security and
force protection; and, will provide easy and expeditious access and
egress; and, is sufficiently large and will allow for expansion; and,
will permit continuous operations; and, will provide adequate
workspace and utility / communications service. Generally, the
Operations Section Post will be located within the Site Access
Control / Outer Perimeter.
e.
If necessary, the Operations Section Post may be relocated.
f.
Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures are implemented.
Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection
and security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and
other resources.
Direct appropriate tactical operations, functions and activities:
a.
If there is a Unified Operations Section, each Agency Operations
Section chief will direct the tactical operations involving their
Agencies’ Core Competencies. Each Agencies’ Core
Competencies are listed in the CIMS Core Competency chart.
b.
If there is a Single Operations Section, the one Operations Section
chief will direct all tactical operations.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

3 of 13

Ensure appropriate tactical operations, functions and activities are
expeditiously implemented including reduction / elimination of the
immediate hazard; saving lives; protecting property; ensuring public
safety, controlling / stabilizing incident conditions; implementing site
management operations; providing force protection / security regarding
incident personnel; mitigating the incident; implementing recovery /
restoration operations.
Tactical assignments will be based upon the responding Agencies’
functional capabilities, e.g., resources, expertise, training, experience,
skills; and, legal / jurisdictional authority, mission and responsibilities.
Develop and implement appropriate tactics and tactical operations /
activities in order to effectively, efficiently and expeditiously achieve the
Incident Objectives.
a.
Confer with Branch Director(s), Sector Supervisor(s), Group
Supervisor(s) and / or Team Leader(s) in order to develop and
implement appropriate tactics and tactical operations / activities.
b.
When appropriate, confer with the Primary Agency(ies),
Supporting Agency(ies), Coordinating Agency and / or other
appropriate involved governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations, and / or private entities / individuals regarding the
tactics and tactical operations / activities.
c.
When appropriate, the tactics and tactical operations / activities
should be capable of being implemented and completed within the
designated “Operational Period.”
Monitor tactical operations / activities at the incident.
a.
Evaluate performance and determine whether the tactics and
tactical operations / activities are accomplishing the Incident
Objectives in an effective, efficient and expeditious manner.
b.
Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
Ensure tactical operations are performed in a safe manner; and, that
adequate force protection, security, health and safety measures are
implemented.
Determine the required number, Kind and Type of resources; and, request
the appropriate authority to have the required resources promptly respond
to the designated location, i.e., Staging Area(s).
After proper “Check-In”, appropriately organize arriving resources and
resources that initially responded directly to the incident scene:
a.
Single Resources,
b.
Resource Teams,
c.
Special Response Teams.
Assign and deploy arriving resources and resources that initially
responded directly to the incident scene to appropriate incident related
tactical operations, functions and activities; and / or, retain them at the
Staging Area(s) in an Available status awaiting assignment.
a.
Ensure there are adequate reserves.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.
19.

4 of 13

Organize the Operations Section based upon:
a.
Span of control; and / or
b.
Geographical boundaries; and / or
c.
Function; and / or
d.
Agency Core Competencies / functions; and / or
e.
Agency / jurisdictional responsibilities / authority.
When appropriate, organize the Operations Section in any of the
following ways:
a.
Resources report directly to the Operations Section.
b.
Resources report to Sectors, and Sectors report to the Operations
Section (geographical).
c.
Resources report to Groups, and Groups report to the Operations
Section (functional).
d.
Resources report to Sectors and Groups; and, Sectors and Groups
report to the Operations Section (functional / geographic).
e.
Sectors and / or Groups report to Branches; and, the Branches
report to the Operations Section (Span of Control).
f.
Functional / Agency Core Competency Branches report to the
Operations Section (functional).
g.
Agency / Jurisdiction Branches report to the Operations Section
(Agency / jurisdictional responsibilities).
h.
Geographic Branches report to the Operations Section
(geographical).
Manage appropriate tactical resources:
a.
Deploy existing resources.
b.
When appropriate, redeploy existing resources.
c.
Maintain adequate reserves.
d.
When necessary, request the appropriate authority to order /
request additional resources to promptly respond to the designated
location, i.e., Staging Area(s).
e.
Approve release of resources from active tactical assignments, but
do not approve release / demobilization from the incident.
Continually monitor / evaluate the organizational structure and
effectiveness of the Operations Section; and, the performance of the
Deputy(ies), Branch Directors, Sector / Group Supervisors, Team
Leaders, Managers and assigned personnel.
a.
Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
Maintain close communication with the Command Element.
Coordinate actions, maintain close liaison and continually communicate
with the Intelligence / Investigations function.
a.
If an Intelligence / Investigations Section is activated, a member of
the Operations Section should be assigned to the Intelligence /
Investigations Section Post to act as a liaison; and, a member of
the Intelligence / Investigations Section should be assigned to the
Operations Section Post to act as a liaison.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

20.

21.

22.

23.
24.

5 of 13

Depending upon the significance of the intelligence / investigative
component of the incident and after conferral with the Intelligence
/ Investigations Section chief, the member of the Operations
Section assigned to the Intelligence / Investigations Post and the
member of the Intelligence / Investigations Section assigned to the
Operations Section Post to act as liaisons may be supervisors.
Communicate and coordinate actions with the Command Staff, General
Staff, Primary Agency(ies), Supporting Agency(ies), Coordinating
Agency; and, appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities / individuals.
Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given
through the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent
extraordinary circumstances, resource orders / requests and resource
status changes must be approved by the appropriate authority and
communicated through the established Chain of Command.
Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a.
The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the
Deputy should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge,
skills, experience, as the principal; and, must be capable of
assuming the principal’s position.
b.
The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1)
Collect incident related information, monitor performance,
evaluate incident operations / resources and communicate
with the principal, i.e., be the “eyes and ears” of the
principal.
(2)
Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol /
Detective Borough Commander, Operations Unit,
Emergency Operations Center if activated, Area Command
if activated.
(3)
Function as a relief.
(4)
Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c.
The Deputy may be member of a different Agency / Jurisdiction
than the principal. For example, the Deputy may be a member of
an Agency / Jurisdiction that:
(1)
Currently has, or after a period of time, may have
significant resources involved in the incident management
effort; or,
(2)
Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly
affected by the incident.
Participate in planning meetings when appropriate.
Assist in the development of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Ensure that the tactical aspects of the Incident Action Plan are
properly formulated and implemented.
b.
Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the tactical
aspects of the Demobilization Plan.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

25.
26.

27.

28.

6 of 13

Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Operations Section functions / activities.
Continually monitor performance, analyze data / information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the
Command Element regarding incident related tactical and resource
issues.
b.
Recommend to the Command Element, any necessary modifications
to the current Incident Action Plan, including Incident Objectives,
Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities,
resources, incident management operations, communications, etc.
c.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational
Period or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as
appropriate.
Manage all law enforcement related operations, functions and activities
including summonses, summons processing, arrests, prisoners, arrest
verification, prisoner security / safeguarding, prisoner identification, arrest
processing, photographing prisoners, prisoner confinement, prisoner
transportation, prisoner release / arraignment, etc.
Activate and control all Staging Areas.
a.
A Staging Area is a temporary location / facility for situating and
organizing resources that are in Available status and may be
deployed to incident assignments. It may contain temporary
fueling and sanitation facilities. A Staging Area was formerly
referred to as a Mobilization Point.
b.
Pursuant to CIMS, there may be more than one Staging Area.
However, absent unusual circumstances, there should be only one
NYPD Staging Area for NYPD resources. Nevertheless, there may
be more than one NYPD Staging Area if:
(1)
Specialized units, personnel, vehicles, equipment or other
specialized resources are required at the incident, e.g.,
Emergency Services Unit, Mounted Unit, Highway
District; or,
(2)
The incident area is extraordinarily large; or,
(3)
An extremely large number of personnel, vehicles,
equipment or other resources are required at the incident; or,
(4)
A significant amount of large specialized equipment is
required at the incident; or,
(5)
Confidential / sensitive resources are required at the
incident; or,
(6)
There have been several Operational Periods and the
incident has not been resolved and incident operations will
continue for a prolonged period of time; or,
(7)
There are other circumstances that require the activation of
more than one Staging Area.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

d.

e.

f.
g.

h.

i.
j.
k.
l.

m.

7 of 13

Pursuant to CIMS, depending upon the circumstances, different
Agencies may have one or more separate Staging Areas; or,
different functional / Core Competency Branches may have one or
more separate Staging Areas.
Resources situated at a Staging Area(s) may be in Available status
awaiting a tactical and / or investigative assignment, and should be
prepared for assignment / deployment within three minutes. A
Staging Area(s) should be used to organize Single Resources into
Resource Teams and / or Special Response Teams.
Out-of-Service resources should not be situated at a Staging
Area(s); and, Logistics functions should not be performed at a
Staging Area(s).
When necessary, activate a Staging Area(s) for watercraft.
If more than one Staging Area is required then ensure an
appropriate number of Staging Areas are activated; and, that the
activities / functions occurring at each of the Staging Areas are
performed in a coordinated manner.
A location will be chosen that is a reasonable and appropriate
distance from the incident; and, will permit the expeditious
deployment of staged resources to the incident and / or area of
assignment; and, will provide for safety, health, security and force
protection; and, will provide easy and expeditious access and egress;
and, will provide adequate work space and utility / communications
service; and, will permit continuous operations. The location chosen
should be sufficiently large; and, should allow for expansion; and,
should accommodate the responding resources and the required
reserves; and if possible, should have sufficient space for expansion
in order to accommodate a Level 3 or Level 4 mobilization.
A Staging Area(s) may be relocated when necessary.
A Staging Area(s) may be deactivated when appropriate.
Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures are implemented regarding the Staging Area(s).
When it is activated, a Staging Area(s) must be clearly marked and
be readily identifiable. A Staging Area(s) will be given a name
that describes its general location. A Staging Area(s) may be in the
vicinity of or adjacent to other Incident Facilities; but, must have
its own separate location and name.
The initial boundaries of the Staging Area(s) should be identified and
communicated to the Command Element, Communications Section
dispatcher and / or supervisor, Command Staff positions, General
Staff Sections and each appropriate Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative. Additionally, response routes / directions to the
Staging Area(s) should be communicated to the responding resources
by the Communications Section dispatcher and / or supervisor; or,
when necessary, directly by the appropriate incident management
organizational element / personnel; or, in any other appropriate manner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

n.

o.
p.

q.
r.

s.

t.

8 of 13

Determine the appropriate number, Kinds and Types of resources
that will be situated at the Staging Area(s); and / or, retained /
maintained as reserves at the Staging Area(s).
Retain / maintain adequate resource reserves at the Staging
Area(s), and increase or decrease the reserves when necessary.
When necessary, request the appropriate authority to have
additional required resources respond to the Staging Area(s) for
deployment to incident related assignments, or to maintain
adequate reserves, or for any other appropriate purposes.
Designate a Staging Area Manager to control each of the Staging
Areas.
Inform each of the Staging Area Managers of the following:
(1)
The number, Kinds and Types of resources that will be
responding to the Staging Area(s).
(2)
Communications procedures, devices, channels, equipment,
frequencies and measures that will be utilized.
(3)
Minimum number of resources and specific Kinds and
Types of resources that must be retained / maintained as
reserves at the Staging Area(s).
(4)
Directions regarding organizing Single Resources into
Resource Teams and / or Special Response Teams.
(5)
Procedures for requesting / ordering additional resources.
(6)
Estimated length of time the Staging Area(s) will be
activated / utilized.
(7)
Procedures for requesting / ordering logistics service and
support.
Ensure that personnel arriving at the Staging Area(s) “Check-In”
with the Resources Unit; and, supplies and equipment delivered to
the Staging Area(s) are receipted for by the Supply Unit. If the
Resources Unit and / or the Supply Unit are not activated, ensure
that the Staging Area Manager(s) provides appropriate direction
regarding arriving personnel and / or delivered supplies /
equipment.
Each of the Staging Area Managers will:
(1)
When appropriate and authorized, organize Single
Resources into Resource Teams and / or Special Response
Teams.
(2)
Dispatch resources at the direction of the Operations
Section chief, or the Command Element if the Operations
Section has not been activated.
(3)
Request / order Logistics Section service / support as
necessary.
(4)
Monitor and track the number, Kinds, Types and status of
resources situated at the Staging Area.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

(5)

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

29.

9 of 13

Notify the Operations Section chief, or the Command
Element if the Operations Section has not been activated,
when additional resources should be ordered / requested in
order to be deployed to incident related assignments, and /
or to maintain adequate reserves, and / or for any other
appropriate purposes.
(6)
Ensure that adequate safety, health, security and force
protection measures have been implemented regarding the
Staging Area.
(7)
Frequently inform the Operations Section chief, or the
Command Element if the Operations Section has not been
activated, regarding the activities / functions occurring at
the Staging Area so as to enable the Operations Section
chief, or the Command Element if the Operations Section
has not been activated, to ensure that the activities /
functions at each of the Staging Areas are performed in a
coordinated manner.
Manage and direct tactical and logistical / support air operations and
aviation / aircraft resources including helicopter (rotary-wing), airplane
(fixed-wing) and blimp (air-ship) aircraft.
a.
Ensure an appropriate number of Helibases are activated, and that
the activities / functions occurring at each Helibase are performed
in a coordinated manner, and that a NYPD Helibase Manager is
designated to supervise and manage each Helibase.
(1)
Ensure each Helibase is situated at an appropriate location
and is properly managed;
(2)
Ensure each Helibase Manager is situated and operates on
the ground at the Helibase.
(3)
Ensure adequate safety, health, security, and force
protection measures are implemented regarding each
Helibase.
(4)
Absent extraordinary circumstances, only one Helibase
will be activated; and it will be situated at the NYPD
Special Operations Division, Aviation Unit located at
Floyd Bennett Field, Brooklyn.
b.
Ensure an appropriate number of Helispots are activated, and that
the activities / functions occurring at each Helispot are performed
in a coordinated manner, and that a NYPD Helispot Manager is
designated to supervise and manage each Helispot.
(1)
Ensure each Helispot is situated at an appropriate location
and is properly managed;
(a)
When appropriate, each Helispot may be
deactivated and / or relocated.
(2)
Absent unusual circumstances, ensure each NYPD
Helispot Manager is either a Police Officer or supervisor
assigned to the Emergency Services Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

REVISION NUMBER:

08/01/13

PAGE:

10 of 13

(a)

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

30.

31.

32.

33.

Patrol Services Bureau personnel will be utilized to
assist each Emergency Services Unit Helispot
Manager.
(3)
Ensure each Helispot Manager is situated and operates on
the ground at the Helispot;
(4)
Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force
protection measures are implemented regarding each
Helispot.
Coordinate the actions of the aviation / aircraft resources regarding
rooftop observers; Field Observers; Weather Observers; ground units;
surface and underwater marine units; Primary Agency(ies); Supporting
Agency(ies); Coordinating Agency; and other appropriate resources at the
incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
Implement Site Management Operations by organizing and deploying the
appropriate number, Kind and Type of resources, e.g., personnel
(uniformed, plainclothes and undercover), vehicles, (marked, unmarked,
nondescript), barriers (fixed / moveable), watercraft, aircraft, equipment,
etc., to create perimeters, roadblocks / checkpoints, security / guard posts,
surveillance / counter surveillance teams, sniper / counter sniper teams,
interdiction teams, heavy weapons teams, etc.
When implementing Site Management Operations:
a.
Resources may be organized and deployed as Single Resources,
Resource Teams and / or Special Response Teams; and,
b.
Resources may be organized utilizing Sectors and / or Groups and
/ or Branches.
When appropriate, implement one or more of the following specific types
of Site Management Operations:
a.
Force Protection / Security
(1)
Prevent intrusive and non-intrusive (“stay behind”)
attack(s) directed at incident personnel, e.g., improvised
explosive devices, snipers, vehicle borne improvised
explosive devices, suicide bombers, CBRN / HazMat
devices, etc.
(2)
Prevent unauthorized individuals from infiltrating into the
incident site(s); and, when required, remove unauthorized
persons.
(3)
Prevent individuals from collecting intelligence,
performing reconnaissance, conducting surveillance
operations, etc., regarding strategic, operational, tactical,
investigative, and support incident management plans,
procedures, functions and activities.
(4)
Specifically, provide security, safety and force protection
at the Incident Command Post, Operations Section Post,
Intelligence / Investigations Section Post, and any other
General Staff Section Post(s) that are not co-located with
the Incident Command Post.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

11 of 13

(5)

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)
b.

c.

d.

e.

f.

Specifically provide security, safety and force protection at
all activated Incident Facilities including all Staging Areas,
all Helispots, Helibase(s) and any other appropriate types
of Incident Facilities; and, if activated, the Incident Base
and all Camps.
Site Access Control / Outer Perimeter
(1)
Control vehicular traffic.
(a)
Stop / divert vehicular traffic.
(b)
Prevent unauthorized access of vehicles; and, when
required, have unauthorized vehicles removed.
(c)
Provide access / egress to properly identified
emergency vehicles; and, other appropriate and
necessary properly identified vehicles whose
occupants are properly credentialed.
(2)
Control pedestrian traffic.
(a)
Stop / divert pedestrian traffic.
(b)
Prevent unauthorized access of individuals; and,
when required, remove unauthorized individuals.
(c)
Provide access / egress to appropriate and
necessary personnel who are properly credentialed.
Evacuation / Shelter
(1)
When appropriate, evacuate individuals from an area,
building, structure, watercraft, railcar, bus, mass transit
station / stop / facility, or any other applicable structure /
location.
(2)
When appropriate, inform individuals to “shelter in place”
or “take shelter” because evacuation would be hazardous.
Crowd Control
(1)
When necessary, disperse and / or control loitering
individuals, groups, crowds, etc., i.e., bystanders,
onlookers, spectators.
(2)
When appropriate, disperse and / or control disorderly
individuals, groups, crowds, etc.
Investigative Perimeter
(1)
Secure Crime Scene(s)
(2)
Secure Investigative Scene(s).
Inner Perimeter
(1)
Containment and security area established at one or more
locations due to the presence of one or more threats /
conditions involving a dangerous individual(s), device(s)
and / or situation(s), e.g., sniper, hostage taker, improvised
explosive device, barricaded person, CBRN / HazMat
device, armed emotionally disturbed person, vehicle borne
improvised explosive device.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

12 of 13

(2)

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

34.

35.

No one will be permitted to enter the Inner Perimeter
(a)
Without a protective vest, helmet and other
necessary PPE appropriate for the actual or
potential threat / condition; and,
(b)
Without the approval of the
1.
NYPD Incident Commander in a Single
Command – Command Element, or NYPD
Agency Incident Commander in a Unified
Command – Command Element; or,
2.
NYPD Operations Section chief in a Single
Operations Section, or NYPD Agency
Operations Section chief in a Unified
Operations Section, if there is no NYPD
Incident Commander or NYPD Agency
Incident Commander; or,
3.
NYPD Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative if there is no NYPD Incident
Commander or NYPD Agency Incident
Commander and no NYPD Operations
Section chief or NYPD Agency Operations
Section chief;
g.
Safety Perimeter
(1)
CBRN / Haz-Mat exclusion zones, i.e., hot zone, warm
zone, cold zone.
(2)
Health hazards exclusion zones, e.g., decaying human
remains, unsafe air quality, body fluids, vectors, infectious
diseases, polluted water, etc.
(3)
Physical hazards exclusion zones, e.g., falling debris,
explosives, weakened structures, exposed electrical wires,
unstable rubble, slippery surfaces, confined spaces, etc.
h.
Property Security Perimeter
(1)
Secure and protect areas, buildings, premises, structures,
personal property, merchandise, vehicles, etc., from theft,
vandalism, looting and other loss, damage or destruction.
When necessary, request the appropriate mass transit Agency(ies) to:
a.
Stop mass transit from entering the incident area(s).
b.
Have mass transit continue to travel through the incident area(s),
but avoid one or more designated mass transit stations, stops,
facilities, etc.
c.
Discharge and / or board passengers at one or more designated
mass transit stations, stops, facilities, etc., either within the
incident area(s) or outside of the incident area(s).
d.
Reroute mass transit to avoid entering the incident area(s).
When necessary, request the appropriate Agency(ies) to stop all vehicular
/ pedestrian traffic from entering one or more designated bridges and / or
tunnels.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-09

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

08/01/13

36.

37.
38.

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

13 of 13

When appropriate, request the Operations Unit, or if activated, the NYPD
Emergency Operations Center, to have Transportation Bureau resources,
other appropriate Department resources, and / or resources from any
appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and
private entities / individuals deployed outside of the Site Access Control /
Outer Perimeter in order to:
a.
Direct traffic away from the incident area(s); and, prevent and / or
minimize traffic congestion that may be caused by the incident.
b.
Establish access and egress routes for emergency personnel, vehicles,
equipment, etc., responding to or leaving from the incident area(s).
c.
When necessary, provide an escort and establish, post, staff,
safeguard, secure, etc., appropriate routes to and / or from the
incident area(s) to one or more designated areas and / or facilities
located at an off incident site(s), e.g., airport, Police Laboratory,
Bomb Squad Explosives Disposal facility, NYC Department of
Health and Mental Hygiene Public Health Laboratory, military base.
Implement Emergency Credentialing / Site Access Control procedures
and operations after consultation with the Primary Agency(ies) and OEM.
Implement the Corporate Emergency Access System (CEAS) when
directed by the Mayor.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-10

CIMS: PLANNING SECTION CHIEF
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 9

PURPOSE

To outline the duties of the Planning Section chief in CIMS.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Planning
Section chief are:

PLANNING
SECTION
CHIEF

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Assume command as the Planning Section chief as part of the Incident
Management Team; and, manage strategic, operational and tactical
planning activities.
When applicable, evaluate the current Incident Action Plan, and if
necessary, recommend to the Command Element any required
modifications.
Determine whether the planning process is adequate for the current
Operational Period and the subsequent Operational Period(s), and if
necessary, implement any required modifications.
To ensure that the required resources and support will be available, and
the Incident Action Plan is completed and disseminated / distributed at an
appropriate time prior to the start of each subsequent Operational Period,
establish a Planning Cycle; and, develop a Planning Schedule / Sequence;
and, commence the planning process for each subsequent Operational
Period at an appropriate time.
a.
The Planning Cycle and /or Planning Schedule / Sequence may
change as the incident / event progresses and evolves; and, the
length of the current Operational Period and the next subsequent
Operational Period(s) change
Confer with the Command Element, General Staff, Command Staff, each
appropriate Supporting Agency / Agency Representative, Coordinating
Agency and appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities / individuals regarding relevant
planning activities and the preparation of the Incident Action Plan for
each Operational Period.
Conduct, facilitate and direct planning meetings.
a.
Identify appropriate planning meeting attendees in consultation
with the Command Element.
b.
Ensure maps, charts, matrices, photos / images, timelines,
spreadsheets and other planning aids and tools are available.
c.
Ensure briefing is provided regarding current:
(1)
Incident situation, conditions and occurrences;
(2)
Operational activity, i.e., Life Safety, Site Management,
Investigations, Recovery / Restoration;
(3)
Resources and support;
(4)
Environmental conditions;
(5)
Appropriate intelligence / information / data.
d.
Ensure that threat and risk assessment information is provided.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

e.
f.

PLANNING
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

7.
8.
9.

2 of 9

Ensure resource and support needs / requirements are provided.
Ensure all relevant policy, legal, administrative, fiscal,
jurisdictional constraints and limitations are provided.
g.
Provide estimates / forecasts regarding future incident related
conditions / occurrences; future incident related issues / problems;
the development / evolution of the incident; the effects of incident
management operations; incident potential; environmental
conditions; etc.
h.
Assist in the formulation of the Incident Objectives, Strategies,
Tactical Direction, tactics and assignments.
i.
Assist in determining the required resources and support.
j.
Assist in identifying priorities.
k.
Develop contingency / alternative Strategies and Tactical
Direction.
l.
Assist in determining appropriate locations to situate Incident
Facilities.
m.
Prepare and maintain the Planning Matrix.
n.
Plot all appropriate information on a map(s) of the incident
area(s), e.g., Sector / Group / Branch boundaries and assignments,
Incident Facilities, Site Management Operations perimeters,
emergency egress/ access routes.
o.
Provide information regarding inter-agency interoperable
communications procedural and technological measures.
When necessary, develop contingency and alternative plans.
When appropriate, conduct long range planning beyond the next several
subsequent Operational Periods.
Supervise preparation of the Incident Action Plan for each Operational Period.
a.
The Incident Action Plan may be verbal or written.
(1)
The Incident Action Plan must be written if there:
(a)
Is a Unified Command – Command Element; or,
(b)
Will be more than one Operational Period.
b.
The length of an Operational Period is determined by the length of
time needed to achieve the Incident Objectives; and, may change
as the incident develops, progresses and evolves.
c.
Ensure that the Incident Action Plan:
(1)
Adequately addresses the mission, jurisdiction, policies,
constraints, responsibilities, etc., of each of the Primary
Agencies that are a part of the Unified Command Command Element; and,
(2)
Provides adequate coordination between the Primary
Agency(ies), Supporting Agency(ies), Coordinating
Agency and other appropriate governmental agencies, nongovernmental organizations and private entities /
individuals.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

d.

PLANNING
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

10.
11.

12.

3 of 9

Ensure that the Incident Action Plan includes:
(1)
Statement of Incident Objectives.
(a)
When appropriate describe Strategies and Tactical
direction.
(2)
Organization
(a)
Incident management organizational elements, i.e.,
Organizational Chart, and
(b)
Identities of the specific management and
supervisory personnel.
(3)
Tactics, assignments, resources, reserves and support; and
required resources / support.
(4)
Map(s) and Supporting Plans and Supporting Material /
Attachments
(a)
Map(s) of the appropriate area(s).
(b)
Supporting Plans, e.g., Medical Plan, Health and
Safety Plan, Communications Plan, Traffic Plan,
Intelligence / Investigations Plan, Logistics Plan,
Prisoner Processing Plan, Air Operations Plan.
(c)
Supporting Material, e.g., risk assessments, threats,
medical surveillance information, structural design
information, geological data, meteorological data,
utilities design / operations data, public works
design / operations data, criminal intelligence,
geospatial data and, when appropriate, unclassified
intelligence community information.
(d)
Supporting Attachments, e.g., additional maps,
spreadsheets, charts, photos / images, timelines,
matrices.
(e)
Ensure that the Incident Action Plan incorporates
applicable incident management “Best Practices” and
“Lessons Learned.”
Have the approved Incident Action Plan prepared and reproduced for each
Operational Period.
Prior to the start of each Operational Period, disseminate and / or distribute
the Incident Action Plan for each Operational Period to all supervisors and
other appropriate personnel in the appropriate manner, i.e., verbal briefings
and / or distribution of a written document.
Continually monitor performance, analyze data / information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the
Command Element regarding incident related planning, current
situation, resource Check-In / status, information collection /
dissemination, documentation, demobilization and Technical
Specialist issues.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

PLANNING
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

4 of 9

Recommend to the Command Element any necessary
modifications to the current Incident Action Plan, including
Incident Objectives, Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics,
assignments, priorities, resources, incident management
operations, communications, planning activities, documentation,
demobilization, information collection / dissemination, etc.
c.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational
Period or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as
appropriate.
Continually monitor / evaluate the organizational structure and
effectiveness of the Planning Section; and, the performance of the
Deputy(ies), Unit Leaders and assigned personnel.
a.
Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
Select an appropriate location to establish the Planning Section.
a.
Absent unusual circumstances, the Planning Section will be
located at the Incident Command Post.
Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection
and security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and
other resources.
Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a.
The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the
Deputy should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge,
skills, experience as the principal; and, must be capable of
assuming the principal’s position.
b.
The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1)
Collect incident related information, monitor performance,
evaluate incident operations / resources and communicate with
the principal, i.e., be the “eyes and ears” of the principal.
(2)
Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol /
Detective Borough Commander, Operations Unit,
Emergency Operations Center if activated, Area Command
if activated.
(3)
Function as a relief.
(4)
Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c.
The Deputy may be a member of a different Agency / Jurisdiction
than the principal. For example, the Deputy may be a member of
an Agency / Jurisdiction that:
(1)
Currently has, or after a period of time, may have
significant resources involved in the incident management
effort; or,
(2)
Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly
affected by the incident.
Manage the “Check-In” of all resources including arriving resources and
resources that initially responded directly to the incident scene.
a.
Assign “Check-In Recorders” to all locations and / or facilities
where resources may Check-In:

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

(1)
(2)
(3)

PLANNING
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

18.

19.

20.

21.
22.

5 of 9

Staging Area(s)
Incident Command Post
When applicable, Intelligence / Investigations Section Post.
When applicable, investigative resources will Check-In at
the Intelligence / Investigations Section Post.
(4)
Helibase(s). Absent extraordinary circumstances, Check-In
will not occur at a Helibase(s).
(5)
Incident Base. Absent extraordinary circumstances an
Incident Base will not be activated in NYC.
(6)
Camp(s). Absent extraordinary circumstances a Camp(s)
will not be activated in NYC.
b.
Pursuant to CIMS, absent extraordinary circumstances, resources
must formally Check-In before reporting to the Operations Section
or Sectors or Groups or Branches for assignment.
c.
Ensure resources that Check-In are properly recorded on DETAIL
ROSTER / ASSIGNMENT SHEETS (PD406-141) or other
appropriate Check –In forms, logs, records, etc.
d.
Efforts should be made to electronically record / document resources that
Check-In.
e.
Determine the frequency and implement a schedule for the Check-In
Recorders to provide / report Check-In information to the appropriate
incident management organizational element / personnel.
Collect, process, organize, analyze, evaluate, document, monitor, prepare
summaries, display and disseminate resource related information / data
including the number, Type and Kind of Assigned, Available, Out of
Service, requested, allocated, responding, required, etc., resources.
Implement a conventional, analog or digital system to document, monitor
and track the current location, status, quantity, Kind, Type, assignment,
etc., of all resources.
Maintain conventional, analog or digital records, documents and files,
indicating the location, status, quantity, Kind, Type, assignment, etc., of
all resources.
a.
Maintain a “master list” of all resources.
Determine the current and estimate / forecast future needs and
requirements regarding routine and specialized resources.
Identify and collect required current situation information including
information involving the condition / progress of the incident, incident
operations and environmental conditions.
a.
Utilize Field Observers, Weather Observers, Intelligence /
Investigations Liaison, Technical Specialists, and any other
appropriate incident personnel or personnel located at off incident
sites.
b.
Maintain close liaison with the Public Information officer.
c.
Maintain close liaison with other Command Staff positions and
General Staff Sections.
d.
Utilize appropriate technical methods / techniques.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-10

PLANNING
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

e.

23.
24.

25.

26.

27.

6 of 9

Utilize any other appropriate incident resources or resources
located at off incident sites.
Process, organize, analyze, evaluate, document, monitor, prepare
summaries, display and disseminate all current situation information.
Identify and collect from various sources required routine and specialized
information, intelligence and data, including risk assessments, threats,
medical surveillance information, structural design information,
geological data, meteorological data, utilities design / operations data,
public works design / operations data, criminal intelligence, geospatial
data and, when appropriate, intelligence community information.
a.
Maintain close liaison with the Intelligence / Investigations
function irrespective of whether it is organized as a Section,
Branch, Group or Command Staff position.
b.
Utilize Field Observers, Weather Observers, Intelligence /
Investigations Liaison, Technical Specialists, and any other
appropriate incident personnel or personnel located at off incident
sites.
c.
Maintain close liaison with the Public Information officer.
d.
Maintain close liaison with other Command Staff positions and
General Staff Sections.
e.
Utilize appropriate technical methods / techniques.
f.
Utilize any other appropriate incident resources or resources
located at off incident sites.
Process, organize, analyze, evaluate, document, monitor, prepare
summaries, display and disseminate appropriate incident related
information, intelligence and data.
Coordinate with the Operations Section, the Intelligence / Investigations
function and other appropriate General Staff Sections and Command Staff
positions to ensure that all planning activities are reconciled with and do
not compromise intelligence, investigative, support, operational, etc.,
confidentiality or security.
Implement procedures, plans, activities, etc., to ensure:
a.
Classified information is
(1)
Appropriately
transmitted,
received,
documented,
recorded, safeguarded, filed, maintained, secured, stored,
etc.; and,
(2)
Communicated to and received by personnel specifically
selected by the Command Element who have the
appropriate “clearance level” / “access”, i.e., Top Secret,
Secret, SCI, and authorization, i.e., “need to know”.
b.
Information that is restricted unclassified information, e.g., Law
Enforcement Sensitive (LES), Official Use Only (OUO), Sensitive
But Unclassified (SBU), personal, originator controlled, export
controlled, personnel related, proprietary, etc., is

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

(1)

PLANNING
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)
28.

29.
30.

31.
32.

33.

34.

35.

7 of 9

Appropriately
transmitted,
received,
documented,
recorded, safeguarded, filed, maintained, secured, stored,
etc; and,
(2)
Communicated to and received by appropriate authorized
personnel.
Confer with the Command Element and, when appropriate, the
Intelligence / Investigations function, regarding the development,
implementation and management of intelligence / information / data
security and operational security procedures, plans, activities, etc.
Report any significant changes in the current incident situation, or the
incident progress, development and evolution.
Maintain records / documents and prepare analyses, evaluations,
summaries and displays concerning estimates / forecasts regarding future
incident related conditions / occurrences; future incident related issues /
problems; the development / evolution of the incident; the effects of
incident management operations; incident potential; environmental
conditions; etc.
Provide duplication services for incident personnel.
Ensure required incident related records / documents are prepared and the
incident and all appropriate incident related activity is properly
documented utilizing appropriate conventional, analog and digital
techniques / methods.
a.
Prepare and maintain required conventional, analog and digital
incident related documents, reports, forms, logs, records, files, etc.
b.
Maintain records / documents regarding the major steps taken to
resolve the incident.
Ensure that conventional, analog and digital incident records / documents
are properly prepared, maintained, safeguarded, filed, secured, stored,
etc., for analytical, historical, legal and other appropriate purposes.
Maintain Incident Command Post Log containing:
a.
Summary of personnel deployment.
b.
Chronological listing of significant occurrences, conditions,
operations, activities, etc.
c.
Chronological listing of essential information, e.g., crimes, arrests,
injuries, fatalities.
d.
Results of periodic survey of incident area(s).
e.
Transfer(s) of Command.
f.
Information regarding the significant operations, actions,
decisions, activities, etc., taken to resolve the incident.
g.
Other appropriate information / data.
Maintain maps, status boards, spreadsheets, matrices, charts, photos /
images, timelines and other appropriate displays / visual aids regarding:
a.
Sector boundaries and Group deployments.
b.
Current resource deployments and estimated / forecasted future
deployments.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-10

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

PLANNING
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

36.

37.

8 of 9

Locations of Incident Facilities, i.e., Incident Command Post,
Operations Section Post, Intelligence / Investigations Post, Staging
Area(s), Helispots, etc.
d.
Locations of past, current and estimated / forecasted future major
incidents / events, e.g., disorderly groups, building collapses, fires,
power outages.
e.
Perimeters implemented as part of Site Management Operations.
f.
Critical infrastructure, hazardous locations, sensitive locations and
other appropriate areas / facilities.
g.
Appropriate emergency access / egress, evacuation, traffic, etc.,
routes.
h.
If applicable, appropriate mass transportation stations, terminals,
routes, facilities, etc.
i.
CBRN / HazMat exclusion zones, if applicable.
j.
Current resources and estimated / forecasted future resource needs.
k.
Any other relevant or necessary information that could be better
understood or analyzed if it was visually displayed.
Supervise preparation of the Demobilization Plan.
a.
Ensure Demobilization planning commences at an appropriate
time during the incident.
b.
Recommend Demobilization release priorities to the Command
Element for approval based upon continuing resource / support
needs and requirements both at the incident, and when applicable,
at appropriate off incident sites.
c.
Include specific instructions for all personnel and resources that
will be demobilized.
d.
Ensure the Demobilization Plan is expeditiously disseminated /
distributed in the appropriate manner at the incident, and when
applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
Manage the utilization, assignment and deployment of Technical
Specialists, e.g., meteorologist, chemist, engineer, computer technician,
epidemiologist, accountant, attorney, veterinarian, toxicologist, biologist,
criminalist, physicist, medical doctor, etc.
a.
Technical Specialists may:
(1)
Report directly to the Planning Section chief;
(2)
Report to any activated Unit / function within the Planning
Section;
(3)
Be assigned to a separate specific Technical Specialists
Unit within the Planning Section;
(4)
Be assigned to one or more General Staff Sections;
(5)
Be assigned to one or more Command Staff positions as an
Assistant(s);
(6)
Be designated as one or more additional separate
Command Staff officers.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-10

`PLANNING
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

38.

39.

40.
41.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REVISION NUMBER:

9 of 9

Determine whether to activate or deactivate a Unit within the Planning
Section. If a Unit is not activated or is deactivated, the Planning Section
chief is responsible for performing / managing that Unit’s functions.
a.
The number of personnel assigned to a particular Unit will be
determined by the Planning Section chief after conferring with the
Command Element, and will depend upon the nature, size,
complexity, location, duration, etc., of the incident.
Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given
through the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent
extraordinary circumstances, resource orders / requests and resource
status changes must be approved by the appropriate authority and
communicated through the established Chain of Command.
Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Planning Section functions / activities.
When necessary, activate or deactivate any of the following Units:
a.
Resources Unit
b.
Situation Unit
c.
Documentation Unit
d.
Demobilization Unit.

DETAIL ROSTER / ASSIGNMENT SHEETS (PD406-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-11

CIMS: LOGISTICS SECTION CHIEF
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 9

PURPOSE

To outline the duties of the Logistics Section chief in CIMS.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Logistics
Section chief are:

LOGISTICS
SECTION
CHIEF

1.

2.

3.

Assume command as the Logistics Section chief as part of the Incident
Management Team; and, with the exception of logistics / support air
operations and aviation / aircraft resources, manage all logistics service
and support functions at the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate
off incident sites.
Determine whether to activate or deactivate a Unit within the Logistics
Section. If a Unit is not activated or is deactivated, the Logistics Section
chief is responsible for performing / managing that Unit’s functions. The
number of personnel assigned to a particular Unit will be determined by the
Logistics Section chief after conferring with the Command Element, and
will depend upon the nature, size, complexity, location, duration, etc., of
the incident.
Ensure logistics “Service” functions are properly performed.
a.
Communications
(1)
Manage all incident related communications functions and
activities, i.e., voice / audio, data, image, text.
(2)
Engage in communications planning functions / activities;
and, prepare the Communications Plan. The Communications
Plan may be verbal or written.
(3)
When necessary, activate, operate and supervise the
Incident Communications Center.
(4)
Request / order, obtain, receive, document, process, provide,
record, install, test, distribute, maintain, service, safeguard,
repair, replace, secure, store, recover, etc., analog and digital,
and mobile / wireless and wire / landline, communications
devices, equipment, systems and networks, i.e., voice / audio,
data, image, text, including radios; landline telephones;
wireless cellular and push-to-talk telephones; desk top, lap
top and handheld digital computer communications hardware,
software, peripherals, accessories, etc.; public address devices
/ systems; bullhorns; facsimile devices; pagers; mobile digital
terminals; blackberries; pocket digital assistants; etc.
(5)
Identify and provide necessary NYPD Borough / Citywide
“repeated” radio frequencies and / or tactical “point-to-point”
radio frequencies for operational, command, tactical,
investigative, support, aviation, etc., communications; and,
provide any other additional required NYPD radio
frequencies.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-11

PAGE:

08/01/13

(6)

LOGISTICS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

(7)
(8)

(9)

NOTE

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 9

Provide inter-agency interoperable communications procedural
and technological measures; and when appropriate, provide
Borough / Citywide “repeated” interoperable radio frequencies,
and / or tactical “point-to-point” interoperable radio frequencies.
When appropriate and necessary, provide the NYC Agencies’
Citywide “repeated” interoperable 800 MHz radio frequency.
When appropriate, provide radio / mobile phone interconnect
systems at incidents requiring additional support to ensure
interoperable / shared communications.
Provide all required communication links to appropriate
off incident sites.

Logistics Section Chief may have to work with other agencies communications.

b.

Medical
(1)
Generally not activated in NYC. However, a Medical Unit
may be activated during a large incident that will continue
for a significant period of time, or for a CBRN / HazMat incident.
(2)
Responsible for all medical service / support involving incident
personnel at the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off
incident sites including providing medical care / treatment;
vaccinations; prophylaxis; medical information; appropriate
decontamination measures / treatment; emergency medical
care / treatment; emergency and non-emergency transportation to
appropriate medical facilities; mental, psychological, emotional
and behavioral health services; privacy / security for hospitalized
incident personnel; occupational health services; vector
control / mitigation measures; assistance regarding personal and
mortuary affairs for deceased incident personnel; required
initial base-line physical / psychological medical examinations
at the incident; required on-going physical / psychological
medical monitoring / surveillance at the incident, etc.
(3)
Ensure that the condition, location, treatment, prognosis,
etc., of sick / injured incident personnel are monitored,
documented, evaluated and tracked as they move from point of
origin, to one or more care facilities and to the final
destination / disposition.
(4)
Collect, document, format, analyze, evaluate, secure / safeguard
and file / store incident related health and safety data /
information regarding injuries, illnesses, fatalities, accidents,
CBRN /HazMat exposures, etc.; and, properly disseminate the
data / information in compliance with applicable confidentiality /
security procedures, policies, rules, regulations, statutes,
etc., to the appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities / individuals.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

(5)

LOGISTICS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

(6)

3 of 9

Ensure post-incident medical physical and psychological
health monitoring / surveillance, assessment /evaluation,
treatment / counseling and assistance / support is provided
when necessary.
Prepare the Medical Plan including ground / air emergency
medical transportation; countermeasures regarding actual /
potential hazardous, unhealthy and unsafe activities and
conditions; medical assistance capabilities at the incident
and at appropriate off incident sites; and procedures, treatment /
care and resources required to resolve emergency and nonemergency medical problems.

c.

4.

Food
(1)
Generally not activated in NYC. However, a Food Unit may be
activated during an extremely large incident that will continue
for a significant period of time.
(2)
Responsible for all food and water service / support involving
incident personnel at the incident, and when applicable, at
appropriate off incident sites including determining required
routine and specialized food / water resources, service and
support; planning menus; cooking / serving food; dispensing
water; maintaining food / water service areas; ensuring food /
water safety, health and security measures are implemented; etc.
(3)
Manage, control and coordinate the activities, functions and
efforts of the General Staff, Command Staff, Primary
Agency(ies), Supporting Agency(ies), Coordinating Agency; and,
appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities / individuals regarding
providing food and water resources, service and support to
incident personnel at the incident, and when applicable, at
appropriate off incident sites.
Ensure logistics “Support” functions are properly performed.
a.
Supply
(1)
Request / order personnel resources. When applicable, personnel
resources will be ordered from appropriate off incident sites.
(2)
Except for aviation / aircraft resources, request / order, obtain,
receive, document, process, provide, distribute, record,
safeguard, store, secure, replace, recover, etc., incident related
expendable and non-expendable tactical and support nonpersonnel resources including tools, supplies, vehicles, watercraft
and equipment. When applicable, non-personnel resources
will be ordered from appropriate off incident sites.
(3)
Except for mobile ground equipment, vehicles and aviation /
aircraft resources, maintain, service, fuel and repair incident
related expendable and non-expendable tactical and support nonpersonnel resources including tools, supplies, watercraft
and equipment.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-11

LOGISTICS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

c.

4 of 9

Ground Support
(1)
Maintain, safeguard, store, secure, service, repair and
fuel all mobile ground equipment and vehicles.
(2)
Prepare required documentation and records regarding
appropriate mobile ground equipment and vehicles at
the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off
incident sites.
(3)
Provide ground transportation for personnel, supplies,
and equipment. When appropriate, maintain a
transportation pool consisting of vehicles suitable for
transporting personnel, e.g., cars, vans, buses.
(4)
Record “usage time”, and prepare required maintenance,
service and repair records and any other required
documentation / records regarding appropriate mobile
ground equipment and vehicles at the incident, and when
applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
(5)
When necessary, develop and implement the Traffic
Plan.
Facilities
(1)
Activate, maintain and demobilize Incident Facilities except
the Helibase(s); Helispot(s); and incident management
related airplane, blimp and other aviation / aircraft resource
air field(s) not located at a conventional airport. Incident
Facilities include:
(a)
Incident Command Post.
(b)
Staging Area(s).
(c)
Operations Section Post.
(d)
Intelligence / Investigations Section Post.
(e)
Incident
Base.
Absent
extraordinary
circumstances an Incident Base will not be
activated in NYC. However, an Incident Base might
be activated during an extremely large incident that
will continue for an extended period of time.
(f)
Camp(s). Absent extraordinary circumstances a
Camp(s) will not be activated in New York City.
However, a Camp(s) might be activated during an
extremely large incident that that will require
incident personnel to be lodged for an extended
period of time in the vicinity of the incident.
(g)
Any other facilities situated at the incident, and
when applicable, at appropriate off incident
sites that will be used for providing food /
water, lodging, shower, sanitation, etc., services
to incident personnel;

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 9

(h)

LOGISTICS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

5.

6.

7.

8.

Any other facilities situated at the incident, and
when applicable, at appropriate off incident sites
that will be used for conducting appropriate
support and / or service functions and activities,
e.g., Mass Care (Triage / Treatment /
Transportation), Mass Casualty Management,
Mass Fatality Management / Temporary Morgue,
Mass Decontamination, Family Assistance.
(2)
When appropriate, existing structures in the vicinity of the
incident may be used either partially or entirely as Incident
Facilities.
When necessary, activate or deactivate any of the following Service Units:
a.
Communications Unit
b.
Medical Unit
c.
Food Unit.
When necessary, activate or deactivate any of the following Support
Units:
a.
Supply Unit
b.
Ground Support Unit
c.
Facilities Unit.
When necessary, activate a Support Branch to manage Support Units and / or
a Service Branch to manage Service Units at the incident, and when
applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
a.
Assign Branch Directors.
Communicate and coordinate with the NYPD Special Operations Division,
Aviation Unit regarding logistics / support air operations and aviation /
aircraft resources.
a.
In NYC, pursuant to CIMS, logistics / support air operations and
aviation / aircraft resources are managed and controlled by a NYPD Air
Operations Branch Director if an Air Operations Branch has been
activated. If an Air Operations Branch has not been activated or there is
no NYPD Air Operations Branch Director, than logistics / support
air operations and aviation / aircraft resources will be managed and
controlled by the:
(1)
NYPD Operations Section chief in a Single Operations
Section, or NYPD Agency Operations Section chief in a
Unified Operations Section, if the Operations Section has
been activated; or,
(2)
NYPD Incident Commander in a Single Command –
Command Element, or NYPD Agency Incident Commander
in a Unified Command – Command Element, if the
Operations Section has not been activated; or,
(3)
NYPD Supporting Agency / Agency Representative if
there is no NYPD Incident Commander or NYPD Agency
Incident Commander; and, no NYPD Operations Section
chief or NYPD Agency Operations Section chief.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

LOGISTICS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

9.
10.

11.

12.

13.

14.
15.

6 of 9

Outside of NYC, logistics / support air operations and aviation /
aircraft resources are managed and controlled by the:
(1)
Air Support Group Supervisor if an Air Support is
activated; or,
(2)
Air Operations Branch Director if the Air Support Group is
not activated but an Air Operations Branch is activated; or,
(3)
Operations Section chief if the Air Operations Branch
is not activated.
Participate in planning meetings when appropriate.
Assist in the development of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
When necessary, prepare the Communications Plan, Medical Plan,
Traffic Plan and any other required logistics service / support related
plans.
b.
Ensure that the logistic service and support aspects of the Incident
Action Plan are properly formulated and implemented.
c.
Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the logistic service
and support aspects of the Demobilization Plan.
Continually monitor performance, analyze data / information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the
Command Element regarding incident related logistics service and
support issues.
b.
Recommend to the Command Element any necessary modifications
to the current Incident Action Plan, including Incident Objectives,
Strategy, Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities,
resources, incident management operations, logistics service / support
activities, communications, etc.
c.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational
Period or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as
appropriate.
Continually monitor / evaluate the organizational structure and effectiveness
of the Logistics Section, and the performance of the Deputy(ies), Unit
Leaders, Managers and assigned personnel.
a.
Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
Confer with the Primary Agency(ies), Supporting Agency(ies), Coordinating
Agency and other appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities / individuals to determine current and
estimate / forecast future routine and specialized required logistic service
and support at the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
Expeditiously provide routine and specialized required logistic service and
support at the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc., regarding the
Logistics Section functions / activities.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-11

LOGISTICS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

7 of 9

Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given
through the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent
extraordinary circumstances, resource orders / requests and resource status
changes must be approved by the appropriate authority and communicated
through the established Chain of Command.
Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a.
The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the Deputy
should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge, skills, experience, as
the principal; and, must be capable of assuming the principal’s position.
b.
The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1)
Collect incident related information, monitor performance,
evaluate incident operations / resources and communicate
with the principal, i.e., be the “eyes and ears” of the
principal.
(2)
Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol /
Detective Borough Commander, Operations Unit, Emergency
Operations Center if activated, Area Command if activated.
(3)
Function as a relief.
(4)
Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c.
The Deputy may be member of a different Agency / Jurisdiction
than the principal. For example, the Deputy may be a member of
an Agency / Jurisdiction that:
(1)
Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant
resources involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2)
Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly
affected by the incident.
Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection
and security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and
other resources.
Confer with the Office of Information Technology (OIT), Communications
Division (CD), Management Information Systems Division (MISD),
Communications Section (CS), Electronics Section (ES), Technical Assistance
and Response Unit (TARU), Counterterrorism Bureau (CTB), other
appropriate NYPD Units; and, any appropriate governmental agencies, nongovernmental organizations and / or private entities / individuals
regarding communications functions and activities.
Ensure effective and efficient communications service and support is
provided, i.e., voice / audio, data, image, text, at the incident, and when
applicable, at appropriate off incident sites:
a.
Provide necessary analog and digital, and mobile / wireless and
wire / landline, communications devices, equipment, systems and
networks, i.e., voice / audio, data, image, text.
b.
Prepare the Communications Plan
(1)
Depending upon the circumstances, the Communications
Plan may be verbal or written.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-11

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.

LOGISTICS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

21.

8 of 9

When necessary, request the activation of a “Dual Dispatch
System” and confer with the Communications Section supervisor
regarding the appropriate notification protocols.
(1)
A Dual Dispatch System involves the routing of calls for
service at the incident to incident personnel if it is high
priority and to non incident personnel, i.e., precinct personnel,
if it is low priority.
d.
Ensure that the Communications Section Platoon Commander is
notified regarding all Emergency Public Information and all
recommended public health, safety and security related protective
measures, e.g., evacuate, shelter in place, change clothes, wash,
etc.; and, any other information that would be vital to disseminate
to 911 callers, 311 callers, involved individuals, incident personnel,
governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and / or
private entities / individuals.
e.
Ensure borrowed or issued equipment / devices are returned at the
appropriate time.
f.
Confer with OTSD, CD, MISD, CS, ES, TARU, CTB, other appropriate
NYPD Units; and, any appropriate governmental agencies, nongovernmental organizations and / or private entities / individuals
regarding:
(1)
Required incident related communications service and / or
support, e.g., Cell-on-Wheels (COW), priority cellular phones.
(2)
Any other appropriate voice / audio, image, text or data
communications technical and / or non-technical needs,
requirements, information, procedures, functions, issues,
suggestions, problems, etc.
When appropriate, activate, operate and supervise the Incident
Communications Center.
a.
The Incident Communications Center is used solely by resources at
the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
b.
The Message Center is a component of and is co-located with the
Incident Communications Center.
c.
An Incident Dispatcher will be assigned and will be responsible for:
(1)
Assigning / dispatching resources at the incident, and when
applicable, at appropriate off incident sites; and,
(2)
Receiving and transmitting radio, telephone, facsimile,
computer, etc., messages; and,
(3)
Providing analog and digital, and mobile / wireless and
wire / landline voice / audio, image, data, text, etc.
communications service / support; and,
(4)
Providing other required incident dispatch services.
d.
If established, the Incident Communications Center should be
located at the Incident Command Post.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-11

LOGISTICS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

22.

23.

9 of 9

Ensure that all requested resources respond promptly to the appropriate
location. If requested resources have not promptly responded notify:
a.
Patrol Borough Office, Borough of occurrence when appropriate.
b.
Operations Unit.
c.
NYPD Emergency Operations Center if activated.
Select an appropriate location to establish the Logistics Section.
a.
Absent unusual circumstances, the Logistics Section will be
located at the Incident Command Post.
b.
Outside of NYC, the Logistics Section is usually located at the
Incident Base. However, absent extraordinary circumstances an
Incident Base will not be established in NYC.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-12

CIMS: FINANCE / ADMINISTRATION SECTION CHIEF
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To outline the duties of the Finance / Administration Section chief in CIMS.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Finance /
Administration Section chief are:

FINANCE /
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION
CHIEF

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Assume command as the Finance / Administration Section chief as part of
the Incident Management Team; and, manage all financial and
administrative activities.
a.
The Finance / Administration function may be performed by a
Technical Specialist assigned to the Planning Section instead of
activating the Finance / Administration Section, if minimal Finance /
Administration activity is required, e.g., tracking overtime costs and
ensuring overtime is properly coded.
Collect, process, organize, analyze, evaluate, record, monitor, prepare
summaries, display and disseminate financial, administrative, time,
overtime, personnel records, procurement, contract / agreement obligation,
compensation / claims and cost related information, statistics and data as
needed.
When necessary, identify current and estimate / forecast future incident
related financial, administrative, time, overtime, personnel records,
procurement, contract / agreement obligation, compensation / claims and
cost related requirements, issues, needs, problems, advantages, etc.
Manage the “Compensation for Injury” function involving all financial
and administrative activities regarding incident related injuries, illnesses
and / or deaths of incident personnel.
Manage the “Claims” function involving all financial and administrative
activities regarding incident related damage to property owned, rented,
leased, etc., by a Primary Agency(ies), a Supporting Agency(ies),
Coordinating Agency and / or other governmental agency, nongovernmental organization or private entity / individual involved in
incident management operations, functions or activities.
Ensure proper and expeditious preparation, collection, processing and
transmittal of incident related personnel time and overtime records.
Ensure proper overtime codes are being used by incident personnel.
When necessary, ensure proper preparation, maintenance and transmittal
of applicable “personnel records” for incident personnel.
When appropriate, establish and operate an incident Commissary and
designate a Commissary Manager.
Ensure that required resources are efficiently and expeditiously procured
and manage all procurement related activities.
Manage all financial and administrative activities related to:
a.
Vendor contracts, obligations, leases, rental agreements, and other
financial or administrative agreements.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-12
FINANCE /
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

12.
13.
14.
15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

2 of 5

Inter-agency and inter-jurisdictional Memoranda of Understanding,
Mutual Aid Agreements, Memoranda of Agreement and other
compacts, agreements, obligations, grants, contracts, etc.
Record equipment “usage time,” and costs involving equipment, fuel,
parts, maintenance, service, repairs, etc.
Ensure all incident related contract / agreement obligation documents are
properly prepared, approved, and executed.
Participate in planning meetings when appropriate.
Assist in the development of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Prepare any required financial / administrative related plans.
b.
Ensure that the financial and administrative aspects of the Incident
Action Plan are properly formulated and implemented.
c.
Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the financial and
administrative aspects of the Demobilization Plan.
Continually monitor performance, analyze data / information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and
evaluate the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the
Command Element regarding incident related financial and
administrative issues.
b.
Recommend to the Command Element any necessary modifications to
the current Incident Action Plan, including Incident Objectives,
Strategy, Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, resources,
incident management operations, communications, financial and
administrative activity.
c.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational
Period or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as
appropriate.
Continually monitor / evaluate the organizational structure and effectiveness
of the Finance / Administration Section, and the performance of the
Deputy(ies), Unit Leaders, Managers and assigned personnel.
a.
Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection
and security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and
other resources.
Meet with each Supporting Agency / Agency Representative when
necessary; and comply with each Supporting Agencies’:
a.
Time, overtime, personnel records and other related financial and
administrative policies and procedures.
b.
Equipment usage and other applicable equipment records/
documentation related financial and administrative policies and
procedures.
c.
Compensation for injury and property claims related financial and
administrative policies and procedures.
d.
Procurement and contract / agreement obligation related financial and
administrative policies and procedures.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-12
FINANCE /
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

e.
f.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.
26.
27.

28.
29.

30.

3 of 5

Cost related financial and administrative policies and procedures.
Applicable and appropriate financial and administrative policies and
procedures.
Confer with the Planning Section and Logistics Section to ensure that
operational records are consistent with related financial and
administrative records.
When necessary, collect, process, organize, evaluate, analyze, record,
monitor, prepare summaries, display and disseminate appropriate incident
related cost information, statistics and data.
When necessary, monitor costs to ensure compliance with applicable
statutes, regulations, contracts, memoranda of understanding, grants,
mutual aid agreements, etc.
When necessary, ensure that all activities involving financial
reimbursements / obligations to and financial support / funds from one or
more governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and private
entities / individuals are properly managed.
When necessary, provide immediate and contemporaneous, i.e., “realtime,” monitoring of designated incident costs in order to determine any
required additional funds that must be obtained in order to avoid
adversely affecting overall or specific incident management operations,
functions or activities.
Determine the current and estimate / forecast future incident related costs
when requested.
If possible, identify current and future cost saving measures.
Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given
through the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent
extraordinary circumstances, resource orders / requests and resource
status changes must be approved by the appropriate authority and
communicated through the established Chain of Command.
Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Finance / Administration Section functions / activities.
When necessary, confer with appropriate Agency / Headquarters finance /
administrative personnel regarding incident related financial, administrative,
procurement, contract / agreement obligation, time, overtime, personnel
records, cost and compensation / claims information, data, problems, needs,
requirements, issues, etc.
Select appropriate location for Finance / Administration Section.
a.
Finance / Administration Section may be located at the Incident
Command Post; or,
b.
Finance / Administration Section may be situated at an off
incident site, e.g., NYPD Headquarters – Office of the Deputy
Commissioner Management and Budget, NYPD Operations Unit,
NYPD Emergency Operations Center if activated.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-12
FINANCE /
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

31.

32.

33.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

4 of 5

Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a.
The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the
Deputy should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge,
skills, experience, as the principal; and, must be capable of
assuming the principal’s position.
b.
The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1)
Collect incident related information, monitor performance,
evaluate incident operations / resources and communicate
with the principal, i.e., be the “eyes and ears” of the principal.
(2)
Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol /
Detective Borough Commander, Operations Unit,
Emergency Operations Center if activated, Area Command
if activated.
(3)
Function as a relief.
(4)
Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c.
The Deputy may be a member of a different Agency / Jurisdiction
than the principal. For example, the Deputy may be a member of an
Agency / Jurisdiction that:
(1)
Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant
resources involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2)
Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly
affected by the incident.
Determine whether to activate or deactivate a Unit within the Finance /
Administration Section. If a Unit is not activated or is deactivated, the
Finance / Administration Section chief is responsible for performing /
managing that Unit’s functions.
a.
The number of personnel assigned to a particular Unit will be
determined by the Finance / Administration Section chief after
conferring with the Command Element, and will depend upon the
nature, size, complexity, location, duration, etc., of the incident.
When necessary, activate or deactivate any of the following Units:
a.
Time Unit
b.
Procurement Unit
c.
Compensation / Claims Unit
d.
Cost Unit.

If there is a Single Command – Command Element, the Incident Commander will
designate the one Finance / Administration Section chief. When the NYPD is the
Primary Agency in a Single Command - Command Element, if the Finance /
Administration Section is activated, absent unusual circumstances, the Incident
Commander will have a member of the NYPD designated as the Finance /
Administration Section chief; or if that is not possible, designated as a Deputy to a nonNYPD Finance / Administration Section chief. Whenever possible, the Incident
Commander should designate a member of service assigned to the Office of the Deputy
Commissioner, Management and Budget to perform the functions of the Finance /
Administration Section chief; or if that is not possible, to perform the functions of a
Deputy to a non-NYPD Finance / Administration Section chief.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-12

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

If there is a Unified Command – Command Element, all of the Agency Incident
Commanders will jointly designate the one Finance / Administration Section chief. When
the NYPD is one of the one Primary Agencies in a Unified Command – Command
Element, if the Finance / Administration Section chief position is activated, absent
unusual circumstances, the NYPD Agency Incident Commander should make every
effort to have a member of the NYPD designated as the Finance / Administration Section
chief; or if that is not possible, designated as a Deputy to a non-NYPD Finance /
Administration Section chief.
Whenever possible, the NYPD Agency Incident
Commander should designate a member of service assigned to the Office of the Deputy
Commissioner, Management and Budget to perform the functions of the Finance /
Administration Section chief; or if that is not possible, to perform the functions of a
Deputy to a non-NYPD Finance / Administration Section chief.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-13

CIMS: INTELLIGENCE / INVESTIGATIONS SECTION CHIEF
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 7

ORGANIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE / INVESTIGATIVE FUNCTIONS

SCOPE

The investigative and intelligence aspects of incident management are significantly
different from the tactical aspects and are not adequately addressed by the
traditional Incident Command System (ICS) organizational model. Therefore,
when there is a considerable investigative or intelligence component to the
management or resolution of an incident, the Command Element should activate
an Intelligence / Investigations Section as part of the General Staff.
In unusual situations, when the Intelligence / Investigations function is not a
considerable component of the management or resolution of an incident, it may be
organized as a Branch or Group within the Operations Section rather than as a
separate General Staff Section. In extremely unusual situations when the
Intelligence / Investigations function is minimal, it may be organized as a
Command Staff position or Planning Section / Situation Unit function.
The Intelligence / Investigations function should be organized as a Section
when the NYPD is the Primary Agency in a Single Command – Command
Element, or when the NYPD is one of the Primary Agencies in a Unified
Command – Command Element.
PURPOSE

To outline the duties of the Intelligence / Investigations Section chief in CIMS.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Intelligence /
Investigations Section chief are:

INTELLIGENCE /
INVESTIGATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF

1.

2.

Assume command as the Intelligence / Investigations Section chief as
part of the Incident Management Team; and, manage investigative and
intelligence operations.
Establish the Intelligence / Investigations Section Post at an appropriate
location.
a.
The Intelligence / Investigations Section Post is the location where
the Intelligence / Investigations Section chief, Deputy(ies) and
appropriate staff will remain and manage / direct all of the
intelligence and investigative functions, operations and activities.
b.
The Intelligence / Investigations Section Post generally will not be
co-located with the Operations Section Post or the Incident
Command Post. The Intelligence / Investigations Section Post will
be established at a secure location within a reasonable distance
from the Operations Section Post and the Incident Command Post.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

INTELLIGENCE /
INVESTIGATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

c.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

2 of 7

Choose a location that is a reasonable and appropriate distance
from the incident; and, will provide for safety, health, security and
force protection; and, will provide easy and expeditious access
and egress; and, is sufficiently large and will allow for expansion;
and, will permit continuous operations; and, will provide adequate
workspace and utility / communications service. Generally, the
Intelligence / Investigations Section Post will be located within
the Site Access Control / Outer Perimeter.
d.
If necessary, the Intelligence / Investigations Section Post may be
relocated.
e.
The Intelligence / Investigations Section Post can be any type of
facility that is available and appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open
area, room in a building.
f.
Ensure that adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures are implemented.
Ensure appropriate investigative techniques are utilized.
Ensure assigned investigative leads / tasks are properly recorded.
Ensure assigned investigative leads / tasks are properly performed.
Ensure all appropriate follow-up actions are promptly identified,
assigned, recorded and properly performed.
Ensure Investigative Scenes and Crime Scenes are identified, secured and
processed.
a.
Determine the number, location, size, boundaries, configuration,
etc., of the Crime Scenes and / or Investigative Scenes. The size
of the Crime Scenes and / or Investigative Scenes will depend
upon the circumstances of the incident. However, initially the size
of the Crime Scenes and/ or Investigative Scenes should be large,
and as time progresses and additional facts are discovered they
may be reduced in size.
b.
In order to minimize / avoid the alteration, loss, contamination,
degradation, destruction, etc., of physical evidence, ensure access
to the Crime Scenes, and if applicable, the Investigative Scenes,
are strictly controlled. Absent extraordinary circumstances and /or
circumstances involving the life or safety of involved persons or
the public, only appropriately trained and equipped personnel who
are involved in the investigation of the incident and have an
absolute need to enter will be allowed access within the Crime
Scenes, and if applicable, the Investigative Scenes. Civilians and
personnel representing involved governmental agencies, nongovernmental organizations and private entities / individuals who
are unauthorized or unnecessary, including unnecessary NYPD
personnel, will not be allowed access within the Crime Scenes,
and if applicable, the Investigative Scenes.
c.
When appropriate authorize the release and relinquishment of
control of the Crime Scenes and / or Investigative Scenes.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-13

INTELLIGENCE /
INVESTIGATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

8.

9.
10.
11.

12.

13.

3 of 7

Ensure forensic evidence and conventional, analog and / or digital
investigative evidence (documents / text, images / photos, audio, data) are
properly and expeditiously collected, vouchered and analyzed / examined.
Ensure all investigative activity associated with telephone, computer and
other types of electronic communications is properly performed.
Ensure intelligence information is collected in a timely manner.
Ensure threat information is expeditiously identified, processed, analyzed,
evaluated, documented and disseminated to the Command Element,
Operations Section, and appropriate Command Staff positions, General
Staff Sections, governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations,
private entities / individuals.
a.
Recommend appropriate alerting or non-alerting prevention,
interdiction, disruption, denial, etc., countermeasures / techniques
to the Command Element and Operations Section.
Ensure investigative and intelligence information is processed, organized,
analyzed, evaluated, documented and appropriately disseminated.
a.
Implement procedures, plans, activities, etc., to ensure:
(1)
Classified information is:
(a)
Appropriately transmitted, received, documented,
recorded, safeguarded, filed, maintained, secured,
stored, etc.; and,
(b)
Communicated to and received by personnel
specifically selected by the Command Element who
have the appropriate “clearance level” / “access”,
i.e., Top Secret, Secret, SCI, and
authorization,
i.e., “need to know.”
(2)
Information that is restricted unclassified information, e.g.,
Law Enforcement Sensitive (LES), Official Use Only
(OUO), Sensitive But Unclassified (SBU), personal,
originator controlled, export controlled, personnel related,
proprietary, etc., is:
(a)
Appropriately transmitted, received, documented,
recorded, safeguarded, filed, maintained, secured,
stored, etc.; and,
(b)
Communicated to and received by appropriate
authorized personnel.
b.
Confer with the Command Element and, when appropriate, the
Planning Section, regarding the development, implementation and
management of intelligence / information / data security and
operational security procedures, plans, activities, etc.
Ensure intelligence and investigative information is processed,
documented, organized, recorded, summarized, presented and displayed
in a manner that allows it to be easily visualized, analyzed, evaluated and
understood, e.g., link analysis charts, organization / hierarchy charts,
matrices, spreadsheets, maps, images / photos, charts, timelines, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-13

INTELLIGENCE /
INVESTIGATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

14.
15.
16.
17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

4 of 7

Ensure all investigative activity associated with missing persons,
unidentified aided persons and human remains is properly performed.
Ensure all operational and support resources are being efficiently and
effectively utilized.
Ensure required legal advice, services and process, e.g., warrants,
subpoenas, court orders, etc., are expeditiously obtained.
Ensure a chronological account of the significant investigative and, when
appropriate, intelligence information, actions and results, is appropriately
recorded, documented and displayed.
a.
Confer and coordinate with the Planning Section.
Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection
and security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and
other resources.
Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given
through the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent
extraordinary circumstances, resource orders / requests and resource
status changes must be approved by the appropriate authority and
communicated through the established Chain of Command.
Ensure appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc., regarding the
Intelligence / Investigations Section functions / activities are properly
prepared and maintained.
Ensure appropriate investigative and intelligence information is
expeditiously communicated to the Command Element, Operations
Section, Planning Section / Situation Unit and any other appropriate
General Staff Sections and Command Staff positions:
a.
When the Intelligence / Investigations Section is activated, a
member of the Operations Section should be assigned to the
Intelligence / Investigations Section Post to act as a liaison; and, a
member of the Intelligence / Investigations Section should be
assigned to the Operations Section Post to act as a liaison.
b.
Depending upon the significance of the intelligence / investigative
component of the incident and after conferral with the Operations
Section chief, the member of the Operations Section assigned to the
Intelligence / Investigations Section Post and the member of the
Intelligence / Investigations Section assigned to the Operations
Section Post to act as liaisons may be supervisors.
Direct and coordinate investigative and intelligence operations, functions and
activities regarding all involved governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities / individuals, e.g., FBI, USSS, ATF, ICE,
Customs and Border Patrol, US Park Police, US Postal Inspection
Service, National Transportation Safety Board, Coast Guard, US DOD
police / investigators, NYS Police, NYS DEC, MTAPD, PAPD, FDNY
Fire Marshals, NYC DEP, NYC DPR Urban Park Service, NYC DS
Police, NYC DOC, NYC DOHMH Epidemiologists, NYC Health and
Hospitals Corporation security, private security, private investigators.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-13

INTELLIGENCE /
INVESTIGATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

23.

24.
25.

26.

27.

28.

5 of 7

Ensure investigative and intelligence activity is coordinated with the
appropriate Command Staff positions and General Staff Sections.
a.
In particular, maintain close liaison, frequently communicate and
continually coordinate tactical investigative and intelligence
activity with the Operations Section, e.g., warrant executions,
arrests, evidence searches / seizures, physical surveillance,
electronic surveillance, surreptitious entries, non-alerting / ruse
detentions, confidential informant / undercover operations, etc.
Participate in planning meetings when appropriate.
Assist in the development of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Ensure that Investigative / Intelligence Operations and considerations,
particularly those involving the processing of Crime Scenes and
Investigative Scenes, are included in the Incident Objectives.
b.
Prepare the Intelligence / Investigations Plan and any other required
intelligence / investigations related plans.
c.
Ensure that the intelligence and investigative aspects of the
Incident Action Plan are properly formulated and implemented.
d.
Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the investigative
and intelligence aspects of the Demobilization Plan.
Continually monitor performance, analyze data / information, evaluate
operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate the
implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a.
Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the
Command Element regarding incident related intelligence and
investigative issues.
b.
Recommend to the Command Element any necessary modifications to
the current Incident Action Plan, including Incident Objectives,
Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities,
resources, incident management operations, communications,
Investigative / Intelligence Operations, etc.
c.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational
Period or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as
appropriate.
Continually monitor / evaluate the organizational structure and effectiveness of
the Intelligence / Investigations Section, and the performance of the
Deputy(ies), Group Supervisors and assigned personnel.
a.
Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a.
The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the Deputy
should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge, skills,
experience, as the principal; and, must be capable of assuming the
principal’s position.
b.
The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1)
Collect incident related information, monitor performance,
evaluate incident operations / resources and communicate with
the principal, i.e., be the “eyes and ears” of the principal.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-13

PAGE:

08/01/13

INTELLIGENCE /
INVESTIGATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

6 of 7

(2)

29.

30.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol /
Detective Borough Commander, Operations Unit, Emergency
Operations Center if activated, Area Command if activated.
(3)
Function as a relief.
(4)
Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c.
The Deputy may be member of a different Agency / Jurisdiction
than the principal. For example, the Deputy may be a member of
an Agency / Jurisdiction that:
(1)
Currently has, or after a period of time, may have
significant resources involved in the incident management
effort; or,
(2)
Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly
affected by the incident.
Determine whether to activate or deactivate a Group within the
Intelligence / Investigations Section. If a Group is not activated or is
deactivated, the Intelligence / Investigations Section chief is responsible
for performing / managing that Group’s functions.
a.
The number of personnel assigned to a particular Group will be
determined by the Intelligence / Investigations Section chief after
conferring with the Command Element, and will depend upon the
nature, size, complexity, location, duration, etc., of the incident.
When necessary, activate or deactivate the following Groups.
a.
Investigative Operations Group
b.
Intelligence Group
c.
Forensic Group
d.
Electronic Communications, Surveillance and Evidence Group
e.
Missing / Unidentified Persons and Human Remains Group
f.
Investigative Support Group

Depending upon the circumstances, personnel assigned to the Intelligence / Investigations
Section may utilize some or all of the following investigative techniques:
a.
Conduct canvasses, technical and non-technical.
b.
Perform interviews and interrogations.
c.
Process Crime Scenes and Investigative Scenes.
d.
Collect, voucher and examine / analyze forensic evidence and conventional,
analog and / or digital investigative evidence (documents / text, images / photos,
audio, data.)
e.
Collect, process and analyze intelligence, i.e., unclassified, classified, open
source.
f.
Conduct physical and electronic surveillance.
g.
Conduct searches and seizures.
h.
Conduct apprehensions.
i.
Conduct alerting and non-alerting stops / detentions.
j.
Request directed enforcement operations, e.g., criminal, regulatory, civil, parole,
probation.
k.
Conduct identification procedures, i.e., lineups, photo arrays, PhotoManager
photos.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-13

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

l.
m.
n.
o.

p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.

7 of 7

Query Databases / Records.
Obtain, analyze and exploit telephone, computer and other types of electronic
communications information / records, both historical and real time.
Utilize mail covers and trash covers.
Obtain and examine relevant records maintained by the NYPD and other
governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and private entities /
individuals, e.g., 911 tapes, 311 tapes, Communications Division tapes, SPRINT
reports, Investigative Case Folders, Administrative Case Folders, DMV photos.
Debrief prisoners.
Conduct undercover and confidential informant operations.
Utilize appropriate event / timeline reconstruction techniques.
Perform behavioral analysis and psychological profiling.
Conduct financial analyses.
When necessary, disseminate appropriate investigative information to other law
enforcement agencies, the media and the public.
Utilize public “Hotlines / Tiplines.”
Utilize polygraph examinations.

INVESTIGATIVE SCENES AND CRIME SCENES
An Investigative Scene is an area or areas where investigative information may be
obtained by identifying / interviewing witnesses; performing canvasses; examining
conventional, analog and digital documents / text, images / photos, audio and / or data;
performing identification techniques; etc.
A Crime Scene is an area or areas that contain physical evidence that may have
forensic, investigative, demonstrative or other probative value.
Crime Scenes and Investigative Scenes include:
a.
“Body Collection Points” where human remains are gathered for investigative
and forensic evidence processing.
b.
“Casualty Collection Points” where ill / injured individuals are gathered for
triage, emergency treatment, and transportation to the hospital.
c.
Decontamination areas where individuals are decontaminated using mass /
gross, technical, emergency, etc., decontamination procedures.
d.
Areas where forensic evidence or conventional, analog and / or digital
investigative evidence (documents / text, images / photos, audio, data) is
collected, processed, examined / analyzed, stored , safeguarded, etc.
All personnel assigned to the governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations
and private entities / individuals involved in incident management activities are
responsible for avoiding or minimizing disturbance of Investigative / Intelligence
Operations, particularly the processing of Crime Scenes and Investigative Scenes.
Individuals who are unauthorized or unnecessary, including unnecessary NYPD
personnel, will not be allowed access within the Investigative Scene(s) and / or Crime
Scene(s).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-14

CIMS: SUPPORTING AGENCIES AND AGENCY REPRESENTATIVES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To understand the roles of a Supporting Agency / Agency Representative in CIMS.

DEFINITIONS

SUPPORTING AGENCY - a governmental agency, non-governmental
organization, and / or private entity whose resources, i.e., personnel, vehicles,
equipment, subject matter expertise, etc., are deployed to an incident to support
incident operations, and to assist the Primary Agency(ies) successfully resolve the
incident. A Supporting Agency assists the Primary Agency(ies) accomplish the
Incident Objectives by providing resources to the incident management efforts.
A Supporting Agency is not a Primary Agency in a Single Command – Command
Element; nor is it one of the Primary Agencies in a Unified Command - Command
Element. However, each Supporting Agency retains responsibility for it’s resources;
and retains its’ jurisdictional, legal, functional, administrative, etc., authority.
There are two types of Supporting Agencies:
a.

ASSISTING AGENCY - an Agency providing personnel, services or
other resources to the Agency with direct responsibility for incident
management; and / or, an Agency directly contributing tactical or service
resources to another Agency, e.g., NYPD, FDNY, EMS, DSNY, DEP.

b.

COOPERATING AGENCY - an Agency that supports the incident
management efforts by providing assistance other than tactical resources;
and / or, an Agency that supplies assistance other than direct operational
or support functions or resources to the incident management efforts, e.g.,
Salvation Army, American Red Cross.

SUPPORTING AGENCY / AGENCY REPRESENTATIVE - each Supporting
Agency will designate a “Supporting Agency / Agency Representative.” A
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative is an individual who has been given
authority by the Supporting Agency to make decisions on matters affecting that
Agency’s efforts to assist the Command Element successfully resolve the
incident. The Supporting Agency / Agency Representative must have the
authority to make decisions, give direction and commit resources on behalf of
their Supporting Agency. The Supporting Agency / Agency Representative is
not a member of the Command Element.
PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Supporting
Agency / Agency Representative are:

SUPPORTING
AGENCY/ AGENCY
REPRESENTATIVE

1.

Assume the position of Supporting Agency / Agency Representative; and,
report to the Liaison officer, or if not activated, the Command Element
and obtain briefing.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-14
SUPPORTING
AGENCY/ AGENCY
REPRESENTATIVE
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2.
3.

4.
5.

6.
7.
8.

9.

10.
11.

12.
13.
14.

15.

2 of 2

Ensure all Supporting Agency resources have completed Check-In at the
appropriate location(s).
Inform Supporting Agency personnel assigned to the incident that a
Supporting Agency / Agency Representative has been designated; and,
identify self as the designated Supporting Agency/ Agency Representative.
Attend planning meetings when appropriate; and, when applicable, assist
in the development of the Incident Action Plan.
Inform the Liaison officer, or if not activated, the Command Element of
current, anticipated or potential inter-organizational or inter-agency
issues, problems, conflicts, etc.
Cooperate with the Command Element, Command Staff and General
Staff regarding Supporting Agency involvement at the incident.
Assist the Primary Agency(ies) regarding the implementation of the
Incident Action Plan.
Ensure accountability, safety, health, force protection and security measures are
developed and implemented for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities, and
other Supporting Agency resources assigned to the incident.
Inform the Liaison officer, or if not activated, the Command Element, of
any special Supporting Agency specific needs, requirements, restrictions,
limitations, etc.
Absent unusual circumstances, establish a work location at or in the
vicinity of the Incident Command Post.
Inform the Liaison officer regarding:
a.
Current status of the Supporting Agencies’ resources,
b.
Current number, Kind, Type, capabilities, limitations, etc., of the
Supporting Agencies’ resources,
c.
Availability of the Supporting Agencies’ resources regarding
current, anticipated or potential resource requests.
Report to the Supporting Agency Dispatcher and / or Headquarters on a
pre-arranged schedule.
Ensure all required Supporting Agency records, forms, logs, reports, and
documents are properly prepared.
When demobilization occurs, ensure:
a.
All of the Supporting Agencies’ resources are properly accounted
for and released.
b.
All incident related operations, assignments, tasks, etc., have been
completed.
c.
All incident related logistics service and support functions and
activities have been completed.
d.
All required incident related records, forms, logs, reports and
other administrative activity have been completed.
e.
All borrowed equipment is returned to the appropriate location/Unit.
Attend debriefing session with the Liaison officer, or if not activated, the
Command Element, prior to departure from the incident due to
reassignment, end of tour, demobilization, etc.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-15

CIMS: COORDINATING AGENCY
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

PURPOSE

To understand the role of the Coordinating Agency in CIMS.

SCOPE

The New York City Office of Emergency Management (OEM) is the designated
Coordinating Agency. OEM may respond to multi-agency incidents and
participate in a Unified Command or Single Command incident management
organization.

PROCEDURE

At multi-agency incidents OEM will:

OFFICE OF
EMERGENCY
MANAGEMENT

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

Ensure a CIMS incident management organization is implemented.
Coordinate resources supplied by Agencies involved in incident related
response and recovery operations, functions and activities.
Provide information to the OEM Emergency Operations Center and to the
Mayor.
Support logistics and communications needs.
Obtain subject matter expertise.
Facilitate transition of command.
Facilitate resolution of interagency differences.
Coordinate and support Recovery / Restoration Operations.

DO NOT wait for a representative from OEM to arrive at the incident site to begin
inter-agency coordination.
In complex incidents where the Primary Agency designation is unclear, or the incident is
not listed in the Primary Agency Matrix, or the Primary Agency designation changes as
some or all of the Incident Objectives are achieved, OEM, based upon the CIMS
Protocol, will identify the appropriate Primary Agency or Agencies.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-16

CIMS: INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

08/01/13

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To ensure proper communications integration takes place between this
Department and other agencies at an incident.

SCOPE

Effective, efficient, integrated communications are essential in order to
successfully resolve emergency incidents. Agencies participating in emergency
response in New York City have implemented several procedural and
technological measures to ensure that effective, efficient and integrated on-scene
inter-agency communications can be achieved. Agencies will continue to
evaluate communications best practices and evolving voice, image, text and data
communications technologies to improve tactical and citywide inter-agency
communications.

MEASURES

Procedural Measures
1.
2.

3.

4.

Ensuring that all ranking Agency members manage the incident from one
single Incident Command Post;
Ensuring that Agency personnel operating at an incident use clear text for
inter-agency communications, i.e., no agency-specific codes or jargon;
and, communicate using standard CIMS terminology;
Ensuring that all incident personnel observe strict radio / telephone
communications discipline and limit communications to essential
information only;
Establishing criteria for implementing Borough / Citywide “repeated”
interoperable radio frequencies and tactical “point-to-point” interoperable
radio frequencies for coordination at the incident scene.

Technological Measures
1.

2.

3.
4.

Ensuring that all Agencies participating in emergency responses in NYC
may utilize the NYC Agencies’ Citywide “repeated” interoperable 800
MHz radio frequency;
Ensuring that first responder Agencies have other first responder
Agencies’ Borough / Citywide “repeated” interoperable radio frequencies
in their command vehicles and their aviation and marine assets; and, that
the Borough / Citywide “repeated” interoperable radio frequencies are
appropriately utilized.
Utilizing tactical “point-to-point” interoperable radio frequencies for
coordination at the incident scene; and
Deploying radio / mobile phone interconnect systems to incidents
requiring additional support to ensure interoperable / shared
communications.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-16

MEASURES
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 2

Communications Plan
The Command Element will implement a Communications Plan that will identify
the tactical “point-to-point” interoperable radio frequencies and Borough /
Citywide “repeated” interoperable radio frequencies that will be used to manage
the incident. The plan may be written or verbal depending upon the nature,
location, size, complexity and duration of the incident.
The Communications Plan will be part of the Incident Action Plan for each
Operational Period and will be disseminated / distributed to all Agencies
participating in the response. When applicable, CIMS ICS form 205 may be used
to assist in the formulation of the Communications Plan.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-17

CIMS: TRANSFER OF COMMAND
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To describe the formal Transfer of Command process at an incident.

PROCEDURE

Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the ranking member of the service will
either:

RANKING
MEMBER OF
THE SERVICE

1.
2.
3.
4.

NOTE

When there is a change in the Command Element, there must be a formal Transfer of
Command process.

TRANSFER OF 5.
COMMAND

6.

7.

Assume command if there is no Command Element; or,
Assume command from the current Command Element; or,
Make no change regarding the current Command Element; or,
Designate a third party to assume command from the current Command
Element

“Transfer of Command” may take place:
a.
When a higher ranking person arrives at the scene and elects or
has been appropriately designated to assume command. This is
often associated with an expanding incident that recently occurred
and is still in its initial stages of development. In this situation,
because of the outgoing Command Element’s specific knowledge /
experience regarding the incident, the incoming Command
Element may assign the outgoing Command Element to perform /
manage a different incident related function, e.g., Operations
Section chief.
b.
By transferring command to a less senior or less experienced
person when an incident is stabilized, or has been reduced in size
or severity, or is close to final mitigation, or will demobilize after
a short period of time.
c.
When needed because personnel have been appropriately
designated to assume command for a new Operational Period(s).
d.
To allow the Command Element to be dismissed at the end of the
designated tour.
Over the course of an incident, as emergency conditions change or
Incident Objectives are completed, the Primary Agency designation may
also change and there may be a Transfer of Command from one or more
Primary Agencies to a different Primary Agency or Agencies. The
Primary Agency Matrix will be used to identify the appropriate Agency or
Agencies to which command will be transferred.
Transfer of Command also involves the replacement of the General Staff
Section chiefs and Command Staff officers, e.g., Operations Section chief,
Planning Section chief, Public Information officer.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-17

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

TRANSFER OF
COMMAND
8.
(continued)

9.

10.

2 of 2

Transfer of Command Process
The Transfer of Command process must include a briefing that captures
all of the essential information required to ensure continuing effective and
efficient command. This information should be recorded and displayed for
easy retrieval and subsequent briefings.
A Transfer of Command checklist should be used and it should include at
least the following:
a.
Has an appropriate CIMS incident management organization been
implemented, and is appropriate CIMS terminology being used at
the incident?
b.
Has one single Incident Command Post been established?
c.
If possible, will Transfer of Command take place face-to-face?
d.
If possible, will the incoming Command Element personally
perform a detailed assessment of the incident situation with the
outgoing Command Element?
e.
Will the outgoing Command Element provide a comprehensive
briefing to the incoming Command Element?
f.
Has an appropriate time been chosen for the formal Transfer of
Command to occur?
g.
Has the incoming Command Element formally accepted command?
h.
Have notifications been made to the appropriate entities, i.e.,
General Staff, Command Staff, Primary Agencies, Coordinating
Agency, Supporting Agencies, Communications Division
dispatcher and / or supervisor, all incident supervisors, etc.?
The Transfer of Command briefing should include:
a.
Concise history of the incident.
b.
Current incident situation status.
c.
Incident Objectives, Strategy and priorities.
d.
Incident Action Plan.
e.
Current organizational structure.
f.
Resource assignments.
g.
Resources enroute, ordered and / or required.
h.
Status of current and planned tactical operations / activities.
i.
Status of current and planned investigative operations / activities.
j.
Current incident related intelligence including any threat
information and / or risk assessments.
k.
Status of Incident Facilities.
l.
Status of communications and Communications Plan.
m.
Any operational constraints or limitations.
n.
Current concerns, problems, issues, etc.
o.
Estimate / prediction of the future progress of the incident and
potential concerns, problems, issues, etc.
p.
“Delegation of Authority” issues.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-18

CIMS: INCIDENT SEQUENCE
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To describe the general CIMS Incident Sequence.

PROCEDURE

When responding to an incident, generally, the following Incident Sequence will
occur:

CIMS
INCIDENT
SEQUENCE

1.

Depending upon the incident type, one or more Agencies will respond. The
first arriving units assess the scene and, if capable, initiate Life Safety and
Site Management Operations. The Command Element (Single or Unified) is
established with the Primary Agency or Agencies determined by the Primary
Agency Matrix.
The Command Element assumes overall incident
management responsibility; establishes an Incident Command Post at a safe
and secure location near the incident site; and establishes General Staff
Sections (Operations, Planning, Logistics, etc.) and / or Command Staff
positions as needed.

2.

If an Operations Section is activated, an Operations Section Post is
established to direct tactical operations including Life Safety Operations and
Site Management Operations.

3.

If a Unified Command - Command Element is managing the incident, then a
Unified Operations Section is established. At every CBRN / HazMat
incident a Unified Operations Section will be established.

4.

If there is a CBRN / HazMat incident, until the NYPD determines that there
is no actual or suspected criminal activity or terrorism, the NYPD will be the
Primary Agency and will establish a Single Command – Command Element.
If the NYPD determines that there is no actual or suspected criminal activity
or terrorism, then a Unified Command – Command Element will be
established, and the NYPD will designate an Agency Incident Commander.
When determining whether there is actual or suspected criminal activity or
terrorism, comply with the procedures contained in Patrol Guide 212-101,
“Processing Unknown Substances Suspected of Being Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN) / Hazardous Materials Evidence.”

5.

Absent extraordinary emergency circumstances including unacceptable
personnel safety risks, operating personnel will continue rescue operations to
completion, or until relief is required due to fatigue, equipment failure or
need for additional resources.

NOTE

The Coordinating Agency will ensure that the Incident Command Post and Operations
Section Post are established and appropriately staffed.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-18

CIMS
INCIDENT
SEQUENCE
(continued)

NOTE

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

6.

Investigative Operations may be initiated concurrently with Life Safety
Operations. However, absent extraordinary emergency circumstances, life
safety concerns will take precedence over investigative considerations until
Life Safety Operations are concluded.

7.

During Investigative Operations, Recovery / Restoration Operations may be
delayed to minimize disturbance to Investigative Scenes, Crime Scenes and
other investigative / intelligence operations, activities, functions, etc.
However, with the approval of the Command Element, in consultation with
the Investigating Agency, Recovery / Restoration Operations may be
initiated concurrently with Investigative Operations.

8.

As part of Site Management Operations, the NYPD will consult with the
Primary Agency(ies) directing Life Safety Operations and / or Investigative
Operations. Based upon that consultation, the NYPD will establish
appropriate perimeters as needed, and will exclude non-essential personnel
from the incident site.

9.

Recovery / Restoration Operations include final mitigation of the incident,
and a return to non-emergency conditions. Recovery / Restoration
Operations can be initiated concurrently with Life Safety and / or
Investigative Operations with the approval of the Command Element.

The Coordinating Agency will facilitate and support Recovery / Restoration Operations.

10.

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

Upon completion of Recovery / Restoration and Site Management
Operations, the Operations Section Post and the Incident Command Post are
demobilized and the incident is concluded.

In practice, there may be further overlap between the various phases of the incident.
For example, some Recovery / Restoration activities, such as restoration of power or
telephone service, may begin concurrently with Life Safety and Investigative Operations,
provided that the Recovery / Restoration Operations support and do not conflict with
other incident site operations.
Appendix “A” on the following page is a diagram illustrating the CIMS Incident
Sequence.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-18

ADDITIONAL
DATA

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

Appendix “A”

(continued)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-19

CIMS: INCIDENT FACILITIES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To define and describe CIMS Incident Facilities.

PROCEDURE

When responding to an incident where CIMS has been implemented, Incident
Facilities will be defined and described as follows:

DEFINITIONS

INCIDENT COMMAND POST
The Incident Command Post is the location where the Command Element, i.e.,
Single Command, Incident Commander or Unified Command, Agency Incident
Commanders, will remain and perform the command function. The Incident
Command Post provides a central coordination point from which the Command
Element, Command Staff, each appropriate Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative, Coordinating Agency, General Staff planning functions and certain
General Staff support functions will normally operate.
The Command Element, necessary members of the Command Staff, necessary
members of the General Staff, each required Supporting Agency / Agency
Representative and Coordinating Agency, will report to the Incident Command
Post as soon as possible; remain together; develop the Incident Objectives,
Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, etc.; and, formulate
one single Incident Action Plan.
Depending upon the nature, size, complexity, location, duration, etc., of the
incident, some members of the General Staff may be situated / operating at other
locations. However, they will attend planning meetings conducted at the Incident
Command Post and will remain in close contact with the Command Element.
There is only one single Incident Command Post for an incident irrespective
of whether there is a Single Command – Command Element or a Unified
Command – Command Element. The Incident Command Post will be identified
by the name of the incident.
The Command Element will select an appropriate location to establish the
Incident Command Post (ICP). If there is a Unified Command - Command
Element, Agency Incident Commanders will jointly select an appropriate
location to establish the Incident Command Post.
Initially, the Incident Command Post will be wherever the Command Element is
located. The Incident Command Post can be any type of facility that is available
and appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open area, room in a building. The
Incident Command Post should be large enough to provide adequate work space
for the assigned personnel. The Incident Command Post should contain situation
information and resource status displays and other planning related information.
Adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures will be
implemented regarding the Incident Command Post.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-19

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

The Incident Communications Center is often located within or adjacent to the
Incident Command Post.
A location will be chosen for the Incident Command Post that is a reasonable and
appropriate distance from the incident site; and, will provide for safety, health,
security and force protection; and, will provide easy and expeditious access and
egress; and, is sufficiently large and will allow for expansion; and, will permit
continuous operations; and, will provide adequate workspace and utility /
communications service. Generally, the Incident Command Post will be located
within the Site Access Control / Outer Perimeter.
Whenever possible, the Incident Command Post should not be relocated.
However, it may be necessary to relocate the Incident Command Post if the
incident evolves / progresses and circumstances or conditions change. For
example, during the initial stages of an incident the situation may rapidly change
and the Incident Command Post may have to be relocated one or more times; or,
the Incident Command Post may have to be relocated if an Operations Section
Post is activated; or, a change in incident size / location may require relocation of
the Incident Command Post in order to improve command, operations,
communications, etc.; or, relocation of the Incident Command Post may be
required in order to resolve safety, health, security or force protection issues.
Outside of NYC, under NIMS ICS, the Incident Command Post may be located at
the Incident Base. However, absent extraordinary circumstances, in NYC an
Incident Base will not be established.
Once the Incident Command Post is established, appropriate notifications will be
made regarding the location of the Incident Command Post. Additionally, a flag,
banner, beacon, sign or other distinctive marker will be used to identify the
location of the Incident Command Post.
OPERATIONS SECTION POST
The Operations Section Post is the location where the Operation Section chief /
Agency Operations Section chiefs, Deputy(ies) and appropriate staff will remain
and manage / direct all of the tactical functions, operations and activities.
If there is a Unified Operations Section, Agency Operations Section chiefs will
jointly select an appropriate location to establish the Operations Section Post
The Operations Section Post can be any type of facility that is available and
appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open area, room in a building. Adequate
safety, health, security and force protection measures will be implemented
regarding the Operations Section Post.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-19

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 5

The Operations Section Post generally will not be co-located with the
Intelligence / Investigations Section Post or the Incident Command Post. The
Operations Section Post will be established at a secure location within a
reasonable distance from the Intelligence / Investigations Section Post and the
Incident Command Post.
A location will be chosen for the Operations Section Post that is a reasonable and
appropriate distance from the incident site; and, will provide for safety, health,
security and force protection; and will provide easy and expeditious access and
egress; and, is sufficiently large and will allow for expansion; and, will permit
continuous operations; and, will provide adequate work space and utility /
communications service. Generally, the Operations Section Post will be located
within the Site Access Control / Outer Perimeter.
If necessary, the Operations Section Post may be relocated.
INTELLIGENCE / INVESTIGATIONS SECTION POST
The Intelligence / Investigations Section Post is the location where the
Intelligence / Investigations Section chief, Deputy(ies) and appropriate staff will
remain and manage / direct all of the intelligence and investigative functions,
operations and activities.
The Intelligence / Investigations Section Post can be any type of facility that is
available and appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open area, room in a
building. Adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures will be
implemented regarding the Intelligence / Investigation Section Post.
The Intelligence / Investigations Section Post generally will not be co-located with
the Operations Section Post or the Incident Command Post. The Intelligence /
Investigations Section Post will be established at a secure location within a
reasonable distance from the Operations Section Post and the Incident Command
Post.
A location will be chosen for the Intelligence / Investigations Section Post that is
a reasonable and appropriate distance from the incident site; and, will provide for
safety, health, security and force protection; and, will provide easy and
expeditious access and egress; and, is sufficiently large and will allow for
expansion; and, will permit continuous operations; and, will provide adequate
work space and utility / communications service. Generally, the Intelligence /
Investigations Section Post will be located within the Site Access Control / Outer
Perimeter.
If necessary, the Intelligence / Investigations Section Post may be relocated.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-19

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 5

INCIDENT BASE
Absent extraordinary circumstances, an Incident Base will not be activated in
NYC. However, an Incident Base might be activated during an extremely large
incident that will continue for an extended period of time.
Outside of NYC, under NIMS ICS, the Incident Base is the central location
where all incident primary logistic service and support activities are situated and
performed. Normally, the Incident Base is the facility where all uncommitted
Out-of-Service personnel, equipment and tactical resources are located; and,
support operations are situated.
If activated, there is only one Incident Base established for an incident. Adequate
safety, health, security and force protection measures will be implemented
regarding the Incident Base. The Incident Base will be identified by the name of
the incident.
Absent unusual circumstances, the Incident Base will not be relocated.
When appropriate, the Incident Base may be deactivated.
If an Incident Base is activated, an Incident Base Manager will be designated.
The Incident Base Manager will ensure that appropriate sanitation and facility
management services are being provided at the Incident Base; and, that adequate
safety, health, security and force protection measures have been implemented
regarding the Incident Base.
The Incident Base Manager reports to the Facilities Unit Leader, or if that
position is not activated, to the Logistics Section chief.
CAMP
Absent extraordinary circumstances, a Camp(s) will not be activated in NYC.
However, one or more Camps might be activated during an extremely large
incident that will require incident personnel to be lodged for an extended period
of time in the vicinity of the incident.
Outside of NYC, under NIMS ICS, a Camp is a temporary location within the
general incident area that is equipped and staffed to provide food, water,
sanitation, shower and related lodging services to incident personnel. A Camp is
separate and distinct from and will not be located at the Incident Base. However,
all CIMS functional Unit activities that may be performed at the Incident Base
may also be performed at a Camp.
There may be more than one Camp. If activated, each Camp will be identified by
a geographic name or a number. Adequate safety, health, security and force
protection measures will be implemented regarding each of the Camps.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-19

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

A Camp(s) may be at the same location for several days or for the entire duration
of the incident. When necessary and depending upon the circumstances of the
incident, a Camp(s) may be relocated.
When appropriate, a Camp(s) may be deactivated.
If activated, each Camp will have a Camp Manager assigned. Each Camp
Manager is responsible for managing the activities occurring in the Camp,
providing non-technical coordination, and coordinating the actions of all of the
organizational Units situated within the Camp. Additionally, each Camp
Manager will ensure that adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures have been implemented regarding the Camp.
One or more Logistics Section Units may be situated at one or more Camps. If a
Logistics Section Unit(s) is situated at a Camp(s), it would be managed by an
Assistant. Initially, personnel required to staff one or more Logistics Section
Units situated at one or more Camps will be determined by the General Staff
based upon the nature, size, complexity, location, duration, etc., of the incident
and anticipated operations at the involved Camp(s). However, after a Camp(s) is
activated, additional required personnel and support will be determined by the
Camp Manager.
The Camp Manager(s) reports to the Facilities Unit Leader, or if that position is
not activated, to the Logistics Section chief.
OTHER INCIDENT FACILITIES
Depending upon the circumstances, other additional Incident Facilities may be
activated and situated within the incident area. These other additional Incident
Facilities may be used for:
1.
Conducting appropriate support and / or service functions and activities,
e.g., Mass Care (Triage / Treatment / Transportation), Mass Casualty
Management, Mass Fatality Management / Temporary Morgue, Family
Assistance, Mass Decontamination.
2.
Providing food, water, lodging, shower, sanitation, etc., services to
incident personnel.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-20

CIMS: INCIDENT FACILITIES - STAGING AREA
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To define and describe CIMS Incident Facilities – Staging Area.

PROCEDURE

When responding to an incident where CIMS has been implemented, Incident
Facilities - Staging Area will be defined and described as follows:

DEFINITIONS

STAGING AREA
A Staging Area is a temporary location / facility for situating and organizing
resources that are in Available status and may be deployed to incident
assignments. It may contain temporary fueling and sanitation facilities.

NOTE

A Staging Area was formerly referred to as a Mobilization Point.

Pursuant to CIMS, there may be more than one Staging Area. However, absent
unusual circumstances, there should be only one NYPD Staging Area for NYPD
resources. Nevertheless, there may be more than one NYPD Staging Area if:
1.
Specialized units, personnel, vehicles, equipment or other specialized
resources are required at the incident, e.g., Emergency Services Unit,
Mounted Unit, Highway District; or,
2.
The incident area is extraordinarily large; or,
3.
An extremely large number of personnel, vehicles, equipment or other
resources are required at the incident; or,
4.
A significant amount of large specialized equipment is required at the
incident; or,
5.
Confidential / sensitive resources are required at the incident; or,
6.
There have been several Operational Periods and the incident has not been
resolved and incident operations will continue for a prolonged period of
time; or,
7.
There are other circumstances that require the activation of more than one
Staging Area.
Pursuant to CIMS, depending upon the circumstances, different Agencies may
have one or more separate Staging Areas; or, different functional / Core
Competency Branches may have one or more separate Staging Areas.
If more than one Staging Area is required then the Operations Section chief, or
Command Element if the Operations Section is not activated, will ensure that an
appropriate number of Staging Areas are activated; and, that the activities /
functions occurring at each of the Staging Areas are performed in a coordinated
manner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-20

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 4

Resources situated at a Staging Area(s) may be in Available status awaiting a
tactical and / or investigative assignment, and should be prepared for assignment
/ deployment within three minutes. A Staging Area(s) should be used to organize
Single Resources into Resource Teams and / or Special Response Teams. Outof-Service resources should not be situated at a Staging Area(s). Logistics
functions should not be performed at a Staging Area(s).
A Staging Area(s) can be situated at any appropriate location in the incident
area. The following factors should be considered when choosing a location to
situate a Staging Area(s):
1.
The need to be a reasonable and appropriate distance from the incident.
2.
The need to have staged resources prepared for expeditious deployment to
the incident and / or area of expected assignment. Absent unusual
conditions and depending upon the circumstances of the incident,
generally, a Staging Area(s) should be located approximately five minutes
travel time to an area of anticipated need, assignment, deployment, etc.
3.
The need to have a sufficiently large area in order to accommodate the
responding resources and the required reserves; and, to have sufficient
space to allow for expansion; and, if possible, to have sufficient space for
expansion in order to accommodate a Level 3 or Level 4 mobilization.
4.
The need to provide adequate workspace and utility / communications
service.
5.
The need to permit continuous operations.
6.
The need to have sufficient access and egress routes and to be easily
accessible.
7.
The ability to effectively and efficiently implement safety, health, security
and force protection measures.
When a Staging Area(s) is activated it must be clearly marked and be readily
identifiable. Adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures will
be implemented regarding the Staging Area(s).
A Staging Area(s) will be given a name that describes its general location.
A Staging Area(s) may be in the vicinity of or adjacent to other Incident
Facilities; but, must have its own separate location and name.
The initial boundaries of the Staging Area(s) should be identified and
communicated to the Command Element, Communications Section dispatcher
and / or supervisor, Command Staff positions, General Staff Sections and each
appropriate Supporting Agency / Agency Representative. Additionally, response
routes / directions to the Staging Area(s) should be communicated to the
responding resources by the Communications Section dispatcher and / or
supervisor; or, when necessary, directly by the appropriate incident management
organizational element / personnel; or, in any other appropriate manner.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-20

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 4

A Staging Area(s) may be established for watercraft.
A Staging Area(s) may be relocated when necessary. A Staging Area(s) may also
be deactivated when appropriate.
All Staging Areas are under the direction and control of the Operations Section
chief, or the Command Element if the Operations Section has not been activated.
The Operations Section chief will ensure that the activities / functions occurring
at each of the Staging Areas are performed in a coordinated manner.
The Operations Section chief will:
a.
Determine the appropriate number, Kinds and Types of resources that will
be situated at the Staging Area(s); and / or, retained and maintained as
reserves at the Staging Area(s).
b.
Retain and maintain adequate resource reserves at the Staging Area(s),
and increase or decrease the reserves when necessary to meet current
needs and / or anticipated demands and / or unanticipated contingencies.
c.
When necessary, request the appropriate authority to have additional
required resources respond to the Staging Area(s) for deployment to
incident related assignments, or to maintain adequate reserves, or for any
other appropriate purposes.
The Operations Section chief will ensure that adequate safety, health, security
and force protection measures will be implemented regarding the Staging
Area(s).
The Operations Section chief will designate a Staging Area Manager to control
each of the Staging Areas. The Operations Section chief will inform each of the
Staging Area Managers of the following:
a.
The number, Kinds and Types of resources that will be responding to the
Staging Area(s).
b.
Communications procedures, devices, channels, equipment, frequencies
and measures that will be utilized.
c.
Minimum number of resources and specific Kinds and Types of resources
that must be retained and maintained as reserves at the Staging Area(s).
d.
Directions regarding organizing Single Resources into Resource Teams
and / or Special Response Teams.
e.
Procedures for requesting / ordering additional resources.
f.
Estimated length of time the Staging Area(s) will be activated / utilized.
g.
Procedures for requesting / ordering logistics service and support.
Each of the Staging Area Managers will:
a.
When appropriate and authorized, organize Single Resources into
Resource Teams and / or Special Response Teams.
b.
Dispatch resources at the direction of the Operations Section chief, or the
Command Element if the Operations Section has not been activated.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-20

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

c.
d.
e.
f.

g.

4 of 4

Request / order Logistics Section service / support as necessary.
Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures are
implemented regarding the Staging Area.
Monitor and track the number, Kinds, Types and status of resources
situated at the Staging Area.
Notify the Operations Section chief, or the Command Element if the
Operations Section has not been activated, when additional resources
should be ordered / requested in order to be deployed to incident related
assignments, and / or maintain adequate reserves, and / or for any other
appropriate purposes.
Frequently inform the Operations Section chief, or the Command Element
if the Operations Section has not been activated, regarding the activities /
functions occurring at the Staging Area so as to enable the Operations
Section chief, or the Command Element if the Operations Section has not
been activated, to ensure that the activities / functions at each of the
Staging Areas are performed in a coordinated manner.

Personnel arriving at the Staging Area(s), will “Check-In” with the Resources
Unit, and supplies and equipment delivered to the Staging Area(s), will be
receipted for by the Supply Unit. If the Resources Unit and / or the Supply Unit
are not activated, the Staging Area Manager(s) will give appropriate direction
regarding arriving personnel and / or delivered supplies / equipment.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-21

CIMS: INCIDENT FACILITIES - AIR OPERATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 6

PURPOSE

To define and describe CIMS Incident Facilities – Air Operations.

PROCEDURE

When responding to an incident where CIMS has been implemented, Incident
Facilities – Air Operations will be defined and described as follows:

DEFINITIONS

HELIBASE
The main location within the general incident area that will be utilized for:
1.
Parking, fueling, repairing, servicing, storing, maintaining, safeguarding /
securing, etc., helicopters; and,
2.
Loading and unloading helicopters with personnel, equipment, supplies
and / or other resources required for incident operations, functions and
activities; and,
3.
Filling helicopters with water, insecticides, retardants, pesticides,
chemicals and / or other substances required for incident operations,
functions and activities.
The NYPD will activate and manage all Helibases. Absent extraordinary
circumstances, only one Helibase will be activated; and, it will be situated at the
NYPD Special Operations Division, Aviation Unit facility located at Floyd
Bennett Field, Brooklyn. However, pursuant to CIMS and depending upon the
circumstances, more than one Helibase may be activated, e.g., very large
incidents; incidents with a significant number of aviation / aircraft resources;
incidents that require a substantial number of tactical and logistical / support air
operations. The NYPD will ensure that an appropriate number of Helibases are
activated; and, that the activities / functions occurring at each Helibase are
performed in a coordinated manner. The NYPD will ensure that each Helibase is
properly situated at an appropriate location and that adequate health, safety,
security and force protection measures are implemented regarding each Helibase.
If more than one Helibase is activated, usually each additional Helibase will be
situated at a location that is pre-designated and approved by the NYPD Aviation
Unit, e.g., JFK airport, LaGuardia airport, Police Academy Firearms and Tactics
Section Rodmans Neck Range facility, Brooklyn Navy Yard Development
Corporation facilities. However, if more than one Helibase is activated, each
additional Helibase may be situated at any appropriate location approved by the
NYPD Aviation Unit that will:
1.
Provide easy and expeditious approach, departure, landing and takeoff
helicopter flight paths / routes that do not intrude into or over sensitive,
restricted, prohibited, unsafe, etc., areas / airspace; and,
2.
Provide safe, flat, clean, unobstructed, conspicuous, etc., landing and
takeoff areas; and,
3.
Provide adequate work space and utility / communications service; and,

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-21

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

2 of 6

Permit continuous operations; and,
Allow for expansion; and,
Provide easy and expeditious access and egress regarding Logistics
Section service and support; and,
Provide adequate safety, health, security and force protection; and
Be large enough to accommodate the required aviation / aircraft resources
and reserves; and, the required service / support related personnel,
equipment, vehicles, supplies and resources.

If there is only one Helibase activated, the Helibase will be identified by the
name of the incident. If there is more than one Helibase activated, each Helibase
will be identified by the name of the incident and a number.
Absent unusual circumstances, a Helibase(s) will not be relocated.
A Helibase(s) may be deactivated when appropriate.
A NYPD “Helibase Manager” will be designated to manage and supervise each
Helibase. Each NYPD Helibase Manager will be designated by and report
directly to the NYPD Air Operations Branch Director if an Air Operations
Branch has been activated. If an Air Operations Branch has not been activated or
there is no NYPD Air Operations Branch Director, then each NYPD Helibase
Manager will be designated by and report directly to the:
1.
NYPD Operations Section chief in a Single Operations Section, or NYPD
Agency Operations Section chief in a Unified Operations Section, if the
Operations Section has been activated; or,
2.
NYPD Incident Commander in a Single Command – Command Element,
or NYPD Agency Incident Commander in a Unified Command –
Command Element, if the Operations Section has not been activated; or,
3.
NYPD Supporting Agency / Agency Representative if there is no NYPD
Incident Commander or NYPD Agency Incident Commander; and, no
NYPD Operations Section chief or NYPD Agency Operations Section
chief.
Each NYPD Helibase Manager will:
1.
Be situated and operate on the ground at the Helibase;
2.
Implement adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
regarding the Helibase;
3.
Review and evaluate the Incident Action Plan including the Air
Operations Plan and, if applicable, the Air Operations Summary
Worksheet – ICS 220;
a.
When appropriate, recommend any necessary modifications to the
current Incident Action Plan;
b.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period
or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-21

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

12.
13.

14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

19.
20.
21.
22.

23.

3 of 6

When appropriate, participate in planning meetings and assist in the
development of the Incident Action Plan particularly the Air Operations
Plan and, if applicable, the Air Operations Summary Worksheet – ICS 220.
Ensure the Helibase is situated at an appropriate location;
Be responsible for all helicopters during takeoff and landing activities at
the Helibase, and while situated on the ground at the Helibase;
Manage personnel, equipment, vehicles, supplies and other resources
situated at the Helibase;
Document, monitor and track the number, Kinds, Types and status of
resources situated at the Helibase;
Ensure required routine and specialized resources are requested from the
appropriate authority and are expeditiously provided;
Ensure required Logistics Section service / support is provided;
Ensure appropriate communications procedures, devices, protocols,
equipment, frequencies, systems, networks, etc., are utilized, and proper
communications technological and procedural measures are implemented;
Implement measures to identify and prevent / eliminate actual and
potential hazards and unsafe activities, functions and conditions;
Ensure the operations, functions and activities of the pilots, ground
personnel, other appropriate incident personnel, and when applicable,
personnel located at appropriate off incident sites are properly coordinated.
Implement appropriate night flight / aviation procedures and measures;
Implement appropriate air traffic control procedures and measures;
Ensure helicopter landing and takeoff procedures and measures are
properly implemented;
Ensure helicopter parking, fueling, repairs, service, storage, maintenance,
safeguarding / security is properly performed;
Ensure the loading and unloading of helicopters with personnel,
equipment, supplies and / or other resources is properly performed
a.
Ensure the sling / net loading and unloading of helicopters is
properly performed;
Ensure the filling of helicopters with water, insecticides, retardants,
pesticides, chemicals and / or other substances is properly performed;
Implement adequate crash, fire suppression, rescue and other safety
related procedures and measures;
Ensure appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc. are prepared;
Ensure helicopter “flight / operating / usage time” is accurately documented
in compliance with the appropriate specific procedures of the involved
Agency(ies);
Ensure aviation / aircraft resources related procedures, functions,
occurrences, conditions, protocols, measures, activities, etc., are
frequently discussed with pilots, ground personnel, other appropriate
incident personnel, and when applicable, personnel located at appropriate
off incident sites; and, comments and recommendations are obtained and
documented; and, any required actions are expeditiously implemented.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-21

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4 of 6

When necessary, each NYPD Helibase Manager may activate and supervise the
following additional NIMS ICS Helibase subordinate incident management
positions and designate the NYPD personnel who will perform the duties of each
position:
a.
Deck Coordinator
b.
Loadmaster
c.
Parking Tender
d.
Takeoff and Landing Controller
e.
Helibase Radio Operator
f.
Helicopter Timekeeper.
When necessary, a NYPD Helibase Manager(s) will activate one or more
Helispots; and, designate a NYPD Helispot Manager to manage and supervise
each Helispot. A NYPD Helibase Manager(s) will ensure that an appropriate
number of Helispots are activated; and, that the activities / functions occurring at
each Helispot are performed in a coordinated manner. A NYPD Helibase
Manager(s) will ensure that each Helispot is properly situated at an appropriate
location; and, ensure that adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures will be implemented regarding each Helispot.
HELISPOT
A Helispot is a temporary location at the incident where helicopters can land and
take off in order to load and unload personnel, equipment, supplies and / or other
resources required for incident operations, functions and activities.
The NYPD will activate and manage all Helispots. There may be more than one
Helispot. The NYPD will ensure that an appropriate number of Helispots are
activated; and, that the activities / functions occurring at each Helispot are
performed in a coordinated manner. The NYPD will ensure that each Helispot is
properly situated at an appropriate location; and, that adequate safety, health,
security and force protection measures will be implemented regarding each
Helispot.
Usually, each Helispot that is activated will be situated at a location that is predesignated and approved by the NYPD Aviation Unit. However, when necessary,
each Helispot that is activated may be situated at any appropriate location
approved by the Aviation Unit that will:
1.
Provide easy and expeditious approach, departure, landing and takeoff
helicopter flight paths / routes that do not intrude into or over sensitive,
restricted, prohibited, unsafe, etc., areas / airspace; and,
2.
Provide safe, flat, clean, unobstructed, conspicuous, etc., landing and
takeoff areas; and,
3.
Provide adequate safety, health, security and force protection; and
4.
Be large enough to accommodate the required aviation / aircraft resources
and reserves; and, the required service / support related personnel,
equipment, vehicles, supplies and resources.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-21

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 6

Each Helispot will be identified by a name or a number.
Each Helispot may be relocated when necessary.
Each Helispot may be deactivated when appropriate.
A NYPD “Helispot Manager” will be designated to manage and supervise each
Helispot. Each NYPD Helispot Manager will be designated by and report
directly to a NYPD Helibase Manager if a Helibase(s) has been activated. If a
Helibase(s) has not been activated or there is no NYPD Helibase Manager(s),
then each NYPD Helispot Manager will be designated by and report directly to
the NYPD Air Operations Branch Director if an Air Operations Branch has been
activated. If an Air Operations Branch has not been activated or there is no
NYPD Air Operations Branch Director then each NYPD Helispot Manager will
be designated by and report directly to the:
1.
NYPD Operations Section chief in a Single Operations Section, or NYPD
Agency Operations Section chief in a Unified Operations Section, if the
Operations Section has been activated; or,
2.
NYPD Incident Commander in a Single Command – Command Element,
or NYPD Agency Incident Commander in a Unified Command –
Command Element, if the Operations Section has not been activated; or,
3.
NYPD Supporting Agency / Agency Representative if there is no NYPD
Incident Commander or NYPD Agency Incident Commander; and, no
NYPD Operations Section chief or NYPD Agency Operations Section
chief.
Absent unusual circumstances, each NYPD Helispot Manager will be either a
Police Officer or supervisor assigned to the Emergency Services Unit. Usually,
Patrol Services Bureau personnel will be utilized to assist each Emergency
Services Unit Helispot Manager. Each NYPD Helispot Manager will ensure
adequate health, safety, security and force protection measures are implemented
regarding the Helispot.
Each NYPD Helispot Manager will:
1.
Be situated and operate on the ground at the Helispot;
2.
Implement adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
regarding the Helispot;
3.
When necessary, review and evaluate the Incident Action Plan including
the Air Operations Plan and, if applicable, the Air Operations Summary
Worksheet – ICS 220;
a.
When appropriate, recommend any necessary modifications to the
current Incident Action Plan;
b.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational
Period or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as
appropriate

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-21

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

10.
11.

12.
13.
14.
15.

16.
17.
18.

6 of 6

Ensure the Helispot is situated at an appropriate location;
Be responsible for all helicopters during takeoff and landing activities at
the Helispot, and while situated on the ground at the Helispot;
Manage personnel, equipment, vehicles, supplies and other resources
situated at the Helispot;
Ensure required routine and specialized resources are requested from the
appropriate authority and are expeditiously provided;
Ensure required Logistics Section service / support is provided;
Ensure appropriate communications procedures, devices, protocols,
equipment, frequencies, systems, networks, etc., are utilized, and proper
communications technological and procedural measures are implemented;
Implement measures to identify and prevent / eliminate actual and
potential hazards and unsafe activities, functions and conditions;
Ensure the operations, functions and activities of the pilots, ground
personnel, other appropriate incident personnel, and when applicable,
personnel located at appropriate off incident sites are properly coordinated.
Implement appropriate air traffic control procedures and measures;
Implement appropriate night flight / aviation procedures and measures;
Ensure helicopter landing and takeoff procedures and measures are
properly implemented;
Ensure the loading and unloading of helicopters with personnel,
equipment, supplies and / or other resources is properly performed
a.
Ensure the sling / net loading and unloading of helicopters is
properly performed;
Implement adequate crash, fire suppression, rescue and other safety
related procedures and measures;
Ensure appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc. are prepared;
Ensure aviation / aircraft resources related procedures, functions,
occurrences, conditions, protocols, measures, activities, etc., are
frequently discussed with pilots, ground personnel, other appropriate
incident personnel, and when applicable, personnel located at appropriate
off incident sites; and, comments and recommendations are obtained and
documented; and, any required actions are expeditiously implemented.

INCIDENT MANAGEMENT RELATED AIRPLANE, BLIMP AND
OTHER AVIATION / AIRCRAFT RESOURCE AIR FIELD THAT IS
NOT LOCATED AT A CONVENTIONAL AIRPORT
The NYPD supervisor managing and directing the tactical and logistical / support
air operations and aviation / aircraft resources function will ensure each incident
management related airplane, blimp and other aviation / aircraft resource air field
that is not located at a conventional airport is situated at an appropriate location;
and, is properly managed; and, adequate safety, health, security and force
protection measures are implemented.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-22

CIMS: DEMOBILIZATION
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To effectively and efficiently demobilize NYPD resources at an incident / event.

PROCEDURE

When demobilizing NYPD resources from an incident / event:

COMMAND
ELEMENT

1.

Prior to demobilizing NYPD resources, direct Operations Section chief to
have the incident area and associated areas surveyed and:
a.
Report results to the Command Element.
b.
Enter results in the Incident Command Post Log.

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF

2.

Prior to demobilizing NYPD personnel and resources, obtain approval from:
a.
The Command Element
b.
If appropriate, the Operations Unit; or if activated, the NYPD
Emergency Operations Center.
Notify NYPD:
a.
Operations Unit, or if activated, the NYPD Emergency Operations
Center.
b.
Precinct Desk Officer.
c.
Patrol Borough Command concerned.
d.
Communications Section. Notify Communications Section
Dispatcher and / or Supervisor regarding:
(1)
Dual dispatching system / procedures that have been in
effect; or,
(2)
Citywide and / or tactical interoperable / shared radio
frequencies that have been activated and / or utilized.
(3)
Other relevant information.
Ensure accountability by having a return roll call conducted for all
assigned NYPD personnel.

3.

4.
NOTE

Generally, prior to release from the incident, Resource Teams and Special Response
Teams that were created / organized at the incident from responding Single Resources,
should be disassembled; and, the Single Resources should be restored to their original
resource designation, configuration and organization. This will assist in accounting for
all resources by ensuring that resources are released from the incident with the same
resource designation, configuration and organization they had upon arrival.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Ensure all incident related operations, functions, assignments, tasks, etc.,
have been completed.
Ensure all required incident related forms, reports and documents have
been prepared, and other administrative activity has been completed.
Have a summary of enforcement activity prepared.
Have personnel identified who have performed in a substandard manner or an
exceptional manner, and document the performance for subsequent action.
Have personnel directed to return borrowed equipment to the appropriate
location / Unit.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-22

PAGE:

08/01/13

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

10.

COMMAND
ELEMENT

12.

11.

13.

14.

15.

16.
17.

18.
19.
20.
FORMS AND
REPORTS

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Have NYPD personnel directed to turn their portable radios from the
detail frequency back to their standard frequency.
Have NYPD personnel debriefed and instructed regarding dismissal
procedures. Have NYPD personnel directed to:
a.
Report directly to their respective desk officers for reassignment; or,
b.
Conclude their tour if appropriate; or,
c.
Confer with their incident / event supervisor and / or permanent
command supervisor, if there are any questions or problems
regarding dismissal procedures or post dismissal actions.
Conduct After-Action Review of operations with appropriate members of
the Command Staff and General Staff in order to identify and document:
a.
Successes and failures.
b.
Tactics that were successful or require evaluation / modification.
c.
Required changes to Department procedures, the Citywide
Incident Management System and / or inter-Agency procedures
involving command, tactics, operations, support, investigations,
aviation, communications, etc.
d.
Incident management “Best Practices” and “Lessons Learned.”
Have appropriate entries made in the Incident Command Post Log and
ensure all appropriate forms, summaries, reports and other appropriate
documentation is prepared.
Ensure all appropriate equipment, supplies, vehicles, etc., are properly
accounted for and returned to the appropriate units; or, if appropriate,
properly discarded, i.e., expendable supplies.
Have Incident Command Post Log, Incident Command Post vehicle(s), Incident
Command Post flag / banner / beacon, appropriate Incident Command Post
equipment / supplies, Incident Action Plan(s), DETAIL ROSTER /
ASSIGNMENT SHEETS (PD406-141), UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE
REPORTS (PD370-152) and other incident related forms, reports, logs,
documents, etc., delivered / returned to the appropriate Unit(s).
Provide Operations Unit, or if activated, the NYPD Emergency Operations
Center, with a summary of the significant incident related occurrences.
When appropriate, confer with the Office of the Chief of Department,
Operations Division, regarding the need to conduct a NYC Office of
Emergency Management (OEM), multi-agency “Joint After-Action Review.”
Order demobilization of Incident Facilities, including the Operations
Section Post, and if activated, the Intelligence / Investigations Post.
Order the demobilization of the Command Staff positions and General
Staff Sections, as appropriate.
Demobilize the Incident Command Post and the Command Element.

DETAIL ROSTER / ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-23

CIMS: AIR OPERATIONS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 4

PURPOSE

To describe Air Operations in CIMS.

PROCEDURE

In NYC, the NYPD directs incident management related tactical and
logistical/support air operations involving helicopter, airplane, blimp and other
aviation / aircraft resources. Therefore, absent unusual circumstances, in NYC,
the NIMS ICS Air Operations Branch structure will not be utilized. However,
during major incidents to which state and / or federal aviation resources are deployed,
the NIMS ICS Air Operation Branch structure, or other appropriate organizational
structure, may be used to integrate state and federal aviation resources with NYPD
tactical and logistical / support air operations and aviation / aircraft resources.
In NYC, tactical and logistical / support air operations and aviation / aircraft
resources will be managed and directed by the:
(1)
NYPD Operations Section chief in a Single Operations Section, or NYPD
Agency Operations Section chief in a Unified Operations Section, if the
Operations Section has been activated; or,
(2)
NYPD Incident Commander in a Single Command – Command Element,
or NYPD Agency Incident Commander in a Unified Command –
Command Element, if the Operations Section has not been activated; or
(3)
NYPD Supporting Agency / Agency Representative if there is no NYPD
Incident Commander or NYPD Agency Incident Commander; and, no
NYPD Operations Section chief or NYPD Agency Operations Section chief.
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident that requires Air Operations or aviation
/ aircraft resources, the following procedures will be followed:

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF

1.

2.

Manage and direct tactical and logistical /support air operations and
aviation / aircraft resources including helicopter (rotary-wing), airplane
(fixed-wing) and blimp (airship) aircraft.
When necessary, activate an Air Operations Branch within the Operations
Section and designate a NYPD Air Operations Branch Director to manage
and direct tactical and logistical / support air operations and aviation /
aircraft resources.
a.
A NYPD Air Operations Branch Director will select an
appropriate location to remain and manage / direct all of the
tactical and logistical / support air operations and aviation / aircraft
resources, functions and activities:
(1)
Be situated and operate on the ground at the incident;
(2)
Absent unusual circumstances, be situated at the
Operations Section Post.
b.
When necessary, a NYPD Air Operations Branch Director may
designate a Deputy or Deputies.
(1)
The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal;

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

(2)

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

3.

4.

5.

6.

2 of 4

The Deputy may be member of a different Agency /
Jurisdiction than the principal.
c.
If unusual circumstances exist, when necessary, additional Air
Operations Branch subordinate incident management organizational
elements may be activated, e.g., Air Tactical Group, Air Support
Group; and, additional NYPD Air Operations Branch subordinate
incident management positions may be designated, e.g., Air Tactical
Group Supervisor, Air Support Group Supervisor, Helicopter
Coordinator(s), Fixed-Wing Coordinator(s).
Request tactical and logistical / support air operations and aviation /
aircraft resources in accordance with the applicable NYPD procedures in
the following manner:
a.
A request for assistance that requires an immediate response to
support the incident management related operations, functions and
activities of the NYPD, will be made to the Communications
Section dispatcher and / or supervisor.
b.
A request for assistance that does not require an immediate response
to support the incident management related operations, functions and
activities of the NYPD, will be made to the Operations Unit or, if
activated, the NYPD Emergency Operations Center.
c.
If exigent circumstances exist, a request for assistance to support
the incident management related operations, functions and
activities of the FDNY, DEP, DOHMH and / or other appropriate
governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and / or
private entities / individuals, will be made to the Communications
Section dispatcher and / or supervisor.
d.
If no exigent circumstances exist, a request for assistance to
support the incident management related operations, functions and
activities of the FDNY, DEP, DOHMH and / or other appropriate
governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and / or
private entities / individuals, will be made to the Operations Unit
or, if activated, the NYPD Emergency Operations Center.
Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures are
implemented regarding the tactical and logistical / support air operations
and aviation / aircraft resources.
When necessary, notify the Operations Unit, or if activated, the NYPD
Emergency Operations Center, and request one or more appropriate
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) be approved / implemented by the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
Ensure an appropriate number of Helibases are activated, and that the
activities / functions occurring at each Helibase are performed in a
coordinated manner, and that a NYPD Helibase manager is designated to
supervise and manage each Helibase.
a.
Ensure each Helibase is situated at an appropriate location and is
properly managed;

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-23

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

3 of 4

Ensure each Helibase Manager is situated and operates on the
ground at the Helibase;
c.
Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures are implemented regarding each Helibase;
d.
Absent extraordinary circumstances, only one Helibase will be
activated; and, it will be situated at the NYPD Special Operations
Division, Aviation Unit facility located at Floyd Bennett Field,
Brooklyn.
Ensure an appropriate number of Helispots are activated, and that the
activities / functions occurring at each Helispot are performed in a
coordinated manner, and that a NYPD Helispot Manager is designated to
supervise and manage each Helispot.
a.
Ensure each Helispot is situated at an appropriate location and is
properly managed;
(1)
When appropriate, each Helispot may be deactivated and /
or relocated.
b.
Absent unusual circumstances, ensure each NYPD Helispot
Manager is either a Police Officer or supervisor assigned to the
Emergency Services Unit.
(1)
Patrol Services Bureau personnel will be utilized to assist
each Emergency Services Unit Helispot Manager.
c.
Ensure each Helispot Manager is situated and operates on the
ground at the Helispot.
d.
Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures are implemented regarding each Helispot.
Ensure each incident management related airplane, blimp and other
appropriate aviation / aircraft resource air field that is not located at a
conventional airport is situated at an appropriate location and is properly
managed;
a.
Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures are implemented.
Maintain a liaison and coordinate with each incident management related
airplane, blimp and other appropriate aviation / aircraft resource air base
that is located at a conventional airport.
Review and evaluate the Air Operations Plan and, if applicable, the Air
Operations Summary Worksheet – ICS 220;
a.
When appropriate, recommend any necessary modifications;
b.
Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational
Period or prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as
appropriate.
Ensure there are sufficient helicopter, airplane, blimp and other
appropriate aviation / aircraft resources;
a.
Estimate / forecast future helicopter, airplane, blimp and other
appropriate aviation / aircraft resources requirements.
Ensure there are sufficient personnel, equipment, supplies and other
routine and / or specialized resources, service and support;

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-23

OPERATIONS
SECTION
CHIEF
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

a.

13.
14.

15.

16.
17.
18.
19.

20.

21.
22.

23.
24.

25.
26.

27.

4 of 4

Estimate / forecast future personnel, equipment, supplies and
other routine and / or specialized resources, service and support
requirements.
Ensure adequate aviation / aircraft resource reserves are maintained, and
the resource reserves are increased or decreased when necessary.
Ensure the number, Kinds and Types of aviation / aircraft resources; and,
the status, capabilities and limitations of aviation / aircraft resources is
accurately documented, monitored and tracked.
Ensure appropriate communications procedures, devices, protocols,
equipment, frequencies, systems, networks, etc., are utilized, and proper
communications technological and procedural measures are implemented.
Implement measures to identify and prevent / eliminate actual and
potential hazards and unsafe activities, functions and conditions.
Implement adequate crash, fire suppression, rescue and other safety
related procedures and measures.
Ensure appropriate air traffic control procedures and measures are implemented.
Ensure aviation / aircraft resource flight, approach, departure, landing,
takeoff, loading, unloading, filling, parking, fueling, repairs, service,
storage, maintenance, safeguarding / security, etc., procedures and
measures are properly implemented.
Ensure tactical and logistical / support air operations and aviation /
aircraft resources are properly coordinated at the incident, and when
applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
Ensure sufficient aviation / aircraft resources are continuously available to
perform emergency operations, functions and activities.
When necessary, ensure only approved / authorized non incident
management related aviation aircraft resources are permitted to enter the
incident areas / airspace.
Investigate incidents and resolve conflicts regarding tactical and logistical
/ support air operations and aviation / aircraft resources.
Ensure any incident related aviation / aircraft resource accidents and / or
potential accidents that were barely avoided, i.e., “near misses” are
properly investigated.
Ensure appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc. are prepared.
Ensure aviation / aircraft resource “flight / operating / usage time” is
accurately documented in compliance with the appropriate specific
procedures of the involved Agency(ies).
Continually monitor / evaluate the organizational structure and
effectiveness of the tactical and logistical / support air operations and
aviation / aircraft resources function, and the performance of the
Deputy(ies), Managers, Supervisors, Coordinators and assigned personnel.
a.
Make appropriate modifications when necessary.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-24

CIMS: “CHECK IN” PROCESS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To describe the “Check In” process at an event.

PROCEDURE

When responding to an incident, the following “Check In” process will be
followed:

DEFINITION

“CHECK-IN” PROCESS1.

The “Check-In” process formally records personnel and equipment as being
present at and assigned to the incident; and, provides important basic
information that will be used for tracking the number, location and status of
the resources. The Check-In process assists the Command Element by
enhancing the incident management organization’s ability to easily:
a.
Ensure resource accountability.
b.
Track and identify the number, location and status of resources.
c.
Assign and reassign resources.
d.
Locate personnel for emergency notifications.
e.
Prepare accurate time and overtime records.
f.
Plan for demobilization.
g.
Demobilize and release resources.

2.

The Resources Unit will perform the Check-In function at designated
incident locations. If the Resources Unit has not been activated, the
Planning Section chief will perform the Check-In function. If the Planning
Section has not been activated, the Command Element will perform the
Check-In function.

3.

A “Check-In Recorder” will be assigned to each location where
Resources will Check-In. The Check-In Recorder:
a.
Must have an adequate supply of Check-In forms / DETAIL
ROSTER / ASSIGNMENT SHEETS (PD406-141), or other
appropriate Check-in forms, logs, records, etc.
b.
Must be informed regarding the frequency and schedule for
providing / reporting Check-In information to the Resources Unit.
c.
Should determine if resources that Check-In can be electronically
recorded / documented.

4.

Within NYC pursuant to CIMS, there are four locations where Check-In
may occur:
a.
Staging Area(s)
Resources should Check-In with the Resources Unit at the Staging
Area(s). If the Resources Unit is not activated, resources should CheckIn with the Staging Area Manager.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-24

PAGE:

08/01/13

b.

DEFINITION
(continued)

c.

d.

FORMS AND
REPORTS

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 2

Incident Command Post
Resources should Check-In with the Resources Unit at the Incident
Command Post.
When applicable, Intelligence / Investigations Section Post.
When applicable, investigative resources will Check-In at the
Intelligence / Investigations Section Post with the Resources Unit
that will be co-located with the Investigative Support Group, if
activated. If the Resources Unit is not activated, investigative
resources will Check-In at the Intelligence / Investigations Section
Post with the Investigative Support Group, if activated, if neither
the Resource Unit nor the Investigative Support Group are
activated, investigative resources should Check-In with the
Intelligence / Investigations Section chief.
Helibase(s)
In NYC, Check-In may be performed at a Helibase(s); however
absent extraordinary circumstances, Check-In will not occur at a
Helibase(s).

5.

Outside NYC, under NIMS ICS, there are an additional two locations
where Check-In may occur:
a.
Incident Base
Absent extraordinary circumstances an Incident Base will not be
activated in New York City.
b.
Camp(s)
Absent extraordinary circumstances a Camp(s) will not be
activated in New York City.

6.

Pursuant to CIMS, absent extraordinary circumstances, resources must
formally Check-In before reporting to the Operations Section or Sectors or
Groups or Branches for assignment.

DETAIL ROSTER / ASSIGNMENT SHEETS (PD406-141)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-25

CIMS: RESOURCES
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 5

PURPOSE

To define and describe CIMS Resources.

PROCEDURE

When responding to an incident, Resources will be defined and described as follows:

DEFINITIONS

RESOURCES - personnel, teams, equipment, supplies, vehicles, aircraft,
watercraft and facilities that are available or potentially available for assignment
or allocation to support incident management and emergency response activities.

NOTE

Non-law enforcement resources, particularly firefighting resources, have been formally
categorized by “Kind” and “Type.” Law enforcement resources have NOT been
formally categorized by “Kind” and “Type.” However, an effort currently is underway
to develop appropriate metrics and to formally categorize law enforcement resources by
Kind and Type.

a.

“Kind”: Kind refers to broad classes that characterize similar resources,
such as teams, personnel, equipment, supplies, vehicles, watercraft,
facilities and aircraft. The term may also be used to specifically
categorize a particular resource, e.g., marked patrol car, unmarked car,
nondescript car, undercover car, van, truck, tractor trailer, two wheeled
scooter, three wheeled scooter or motorcycle.

b.

“Type”: Refers to the level of resource capability based upon its power,
size or capacity. Resource Type is designated by a Roman numeral with I
representing the greatest capability and IV representing the least
capability. The Type assigned to a resource or a Component is based on a
minimum level of capability described by the identified metric(s) for that
resource. In some cases, a resource may have less than or more than four
Types; and, additional Types will be identified or the Type will be
described as “not applicable.”

Resources are categorized as:
SINGLE RESOURCE – A Single Resource may perform a particular assignment
and includes:
Single resources include:
a.
A single vehicle including the operator / crew;
b.
A single watercraft including the operator / crew;
c.
A single aircraft including the operator / crew;
d.
A single item of equipment including the operator / crew;
e.
Single personnel;
f.
Single personnel and an animal, i.e., dog, horse;
g.
A formally pre-designated “team” of two or more personnel, including an
identified work supervisor, i.e., “Squad”, “Mobile Field Force.”

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-25

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 5

NOTE

Appendix “A”, lists examples of NYPD Single Resources.

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

RESOURCE TEAM - a combination of the same “Kinds” and “Types” of Single
Resources assembled to perform a particular tactical assignment.
A Resource Team must have:
a.
A designated Leader; and,
b.
Appropriate transportation if necessary; and,
c.
Common communications between
(1)
The respective resources, and
(2)
The respective resources and the Leader, and
(3)
The Leader and the Leader’s designated supervisor, e.g., Group
Supervisor, Sector Supervisor, Branch Director, Section chief.

NOTE

When assembling a Resource Team, CIMS Span of Control principles should not be
violated.

SPECIAL RESPONSE TEAM - any combination and number of different
“Kinds” and “Types” of Single Resources assembled to perform a particular
tactical assignment.
A Special Response Team must have:
a.
A designated Leader; and,
b.
Appropriate transportation if necessary; and,
c.
Common communications between:
(1)
The respective resources, and
(2)
The respective resources and the Leader, and
(3)
The Leader and the Leader’s designated supervisor, e.g., Group
Supervisor, Sector Supervisor, Branch Director, Section chief.
NOTE

When assembling a Special Response Team(s), CIMS Span of Control principles should
not be violated.

STATUS CONDITIONS
In order to maintain accurate current information regarding resource utilization
and resource needs, all resources must be assigned a specific defined “status”
condition. The three specific status conditions that are used for tracking
resources at an incident are:
1.

2.

Assigned: Resources (personnel that have Checked-In and equipment that
has been receipted for) assigned to an incident that are performing work
tasks at the incident under the direction of a supervisor; or, in the case of
equipment and facilities, resources that are performing a function
supporting incident operations.
Available: Resources (personnel that have Checked-In and equipment
that has been receipted for) assigned to an incident that are ready for an
assignment / deployment; or, in the case of equipment and facilities,

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-25

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

DEFINITIONS
(continued)
3.

3 of 5

resources that are ready for a specific function. Resources in “Available”
status awaiting a tactical or investigative assignment should be ready for
deployment within three minutes.
Resources (personnel that have Checked-In and
Out-of-Service:
equipment that has been receipted for) assigned to an incident, that are
not able to be assigned to a work task / function or Available for
assignment to a work task / function due to mechanical, rest, illness,
injury, staffing, environmental, financial, etc., reasons; or, because their
condition makes them unusable. An Out-of-Service resource is not ready /
capable of being in the Available or Assigned status.

RESOURCE STATUS CHANGES - Resource status is maintained and changed
by the supervisor to whom the respective resource is assigned. Changes in
resource status may be made by:
1.
Command Element
2.
Operations Section chief(s)
3.
Branch Director(s)
4.
Sector Supervisor(s)
5.
Group Supervisor(s)
6.
Resource Team and / or Special Response Team Leader(s)
7.
When applicable Intelligence / Investigations Section chief
8.
When applicable Intelligence / Investigations Section Group
Supervisor(s)
9.
Unit Leader(s)
10.
Manager(s)
NOTE

Any change in resource status that is longer than several minutes must be communicated
to the appropriate CIMS organizational element. Absent extraordinary circumstances,
the individual changing the status of the resource will ensure that the status change is
promptly communicated through the appropriate chain of command to the individual or
incident management organizational element responsible for maintaining / tracking the
status of resources assigned to the incident.

RESOURCE STATUS TRACKING SYSTEMS
a.
Manual Records / Forms
b.
Pre-formatted Resource Information Cards
c.
Magnetic Symbols and Maps
d.
Magnetic Symbols and Status Boards
e.
Electronic Status Boards
f.
Computer Applications, i.e., Spreadsheets, Databases, etc.
PLANNING SECTION / RESOURCES UNIT - All changes in the number,
location and status of resources are promptly reported to the Resources Unit; or if
not activated, the Planning Section chief; or if not activated, the Command
Element.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-25

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

ADDITIONAL
DATA

4 of 5

Appendix “A”
Examples of NYPD Single Resources:
Non-Supervisory uniformed member of the service, i.e., Officer
Supervisory uniformed member of the service, i.e., Sergeant, Lieutenant, Captain, etc.
Non-Supervisory civilian member of the service, i.e., School Safety Officer, Traffic
Enforcement Agent, Motor Vehicle Operator, Police Administrative Aide, Police
Communications Technician, etc.
Supervisory civilian member of the service, i.e., Traffic Supervisor Level I, Traffic
Supervisor Level II, School Safety Agent Level III, Supervisor of School Security,
Associate Supervisor of School Security, Senior Police Administrative Aide, Principal
Administrative Associate, etc.
Squad: 1 Sergeant + 8 Police Officers
Mobile Field Force: 2 Squads to 6 Squads
Patrol Borough Task Force / Mobile Field Force
Radio Motor Patrol Auto (RMP) + 2 Officers
Marked Van + crew
Scooter + operator
Patrol Wagon + crew
NYPD Ambulance + crew
Highway RMP + crew (1 Highway District Officer or 2 Highway District Officers)
Highway Motor Carrier Safety Unit RMP + crew
Motorcycle + operator
Motorcycle Squad: Usually 1 Highway District Sergeant + 5 Highway District Officers
on Motorcycles
Mounted Unit Horse + Mounted Unit Officer
Mounted Unit Squad: Usually 1 Mounted Unit Sergeant + 5 Mounted Unit Officers on
horses
Patrol Canine + K-9 Officer
Narcotics Detecting Canine + handler

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-25

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

5 of 5

Appendix “A” (continued)
Explosives Detecting Canine (EDC) + handler
Bomb Squad Robot / Remote Mobile Investigator (RMI) + crew
Total Containment Vessel (TCV): 1 ESU REP + crew towing 1 TCV
Bomb Squad Response Team: Van + 2 Bomb Squad Officers + EDC + Bomb Squad RMI
ESU Radio Emergency Patrol Vehicle (REP) + 2 ESU Officers
ESU Truck + crew
ESU Breathing Apparatus Truck (BAT) + crew
ESU Mobile Light Generator Truck (MLG) + crew
ESU Mobile Alternative Light Truck (MALT) + crew
ESU Photo Observation Truck (POT) + crew
ESU Construction Accident Response Vehicle (CARV) + crew
ESU Bearcat Armored Vehicle + crew
ESU Peace Keeper Armored Vehicle + crew
ESU Entry Team: 1 ESU Sergeant and 7 to 8 ESU Officers + appropriate vehicle(s)
ESU Counter Assault Car (CAT Car): Non descript Suburban vehicle + 1 ESU Sergeant
and 4 ESU Officers
ESU Apprehension Team (A Team): Unmarked Truck + 1 ESU Sergeant and 7 to 10
ESU Officers
ESU Tactical Robot / Remote Mobile Investigator (RMI) + 2 ESU Officers
Aviation Unit Helicopter + crew
Harbor Unit Launch + crew
Technical Assistance Response Unit (TARU) Vehicle + crew
Barrier Truck + crew
Box Truck + crew
Tractor Trailer + crew

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-26

CIMS: RESOURCE ASSIGNMENTS
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 2

PURPOSE

To specify where arriving resources will initially be assigned at an incident.

PROCEDURE

After formal “Check In”, arriving resources will initially be assigned to the
following locations at an incident:

STAGING
AREA

Assignment to a Staging Area(s)
1.
After formal Check-In, incoming resources may be assigned to a
Staging Area(s) for the following reasons:
a.
Resources may be assigned / deployed during the current
Operational Period.
b.
Resources are needed to provide a reserve.
c.
Single Resources may be organized into Special Response Teams
and / or Resource Teams prior to assignment / deployment.
2.
As part of the planning process, the Operations Section chief will decide
what number, Kinds and Types of resources will be situated at the Staging
Area(s). This decision is based upon the need to retain and maintain
adequate reserves to meet current needs and / or anticipated demands and /
or unanticipated contingencies.
3.
The Operations Section chief will brief the Staging Area Manager(s)
regarding how the Staging Area(s) should be managed. This briefing
should include:
a.
The number, Kinds and Types of resources that will be responding
to the Staging Area(s).
b.
Communications procedures, devices, frequencies and measures
that will be used.
c.
Minimum number of resources and specific Kinds and Types of
resources that must be retained and maintained as reserves.
d.
Procedures for ordering / requesting additional resources.
e.
Estimated length of time the Staging Area(s) will be activated /
utilized.
f.
Procedures for ordering / requesting logistics service and support.
4.
The Staging Area Manager(s) must monitor the status of resources in the
Staging Area(s), and inform the Operations Section chief :
a.
When minimum levels of resources are about to be reached;
b.
If any additional resources should be requested / ordered.
5.
The Operations Section chief must be concerned about the cost, morale,
and political implications of retaining and maintaining resources for long
periods of time at one or more Staging Areas. This is particularly true
regarding expensive equipment and personnel that have been rented /
leased from private entities and resulting significant costs may possibly
be incurred.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-26

PAGE:

08/01/13

6.

STAGING
AREA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

7.

2 of 2

After Check-In at a Staging Area, Single Resources will often be organized
into Resource Teams and / or Special Response Teams, and deployed /
assigned to incident related functions, operations and activities. The number,
composition and deployments / assignments of the Resource Teams and
Special Response Teams may continue for the entire incident, or they may
change based upon incident needs.
Resource Teams and Special Response Teams created / organized at the
incident should always be disassembled prior to release from the incident.
In order to ensure proper resource accountability, each resource should be
demobilized and leave the incident with the same resource designation,
configuration and organization that the resource had upon arrival.

SECTORS OR
GROUPS

Assignment to Sectors or Groups or Branches
1.
After formal Check-In, during rapidly expanding incidents, tactical
resources may immediately be assigned to the Operations Section; or, if
activated, Sectors or Groups or Branches. In these situations, the tactical
resources must always immediately report to the Operations Section chief
or a designated Sector Supervisor or designated Group Supervisor or
designated Branch Director to be given a specific assignment.
2.
Outside of NYC, under NIMS ICS, during rapidly expanding incidents,
prior to formal Check-In, tactical resources may be assigned directly to
the Operations Section; or, if activated, directly to Sectors or Groups or
Branches. In these situations, the tactical resources must report directly to
a designated Sector Supervisor or designated Group Supervisor or
designated Branch director to be given a specific assignment; and, formal
Check-In will occur at a later time when the resource is assigned to a
Staging Area or is in Out-of Service status. NIMS ICS acknowledges that
this is not the preferred way of deploying arriving additional resources.

INCIDENT
BASE

Assignment to the Incident Base
1.
Absent extraordinary circumstances, an Incident Base will not be
activated in New York City.
2.
Outside of NYC, under NIMS ICS, after formal Check-In, tactical
resources are often assigned to the Incident Base when the resources are
not scheduled for use during the current Operational Period.
3.
Outside of NYC, under NIMS ICS, for resources that have traveled a
significant distance, are assigned to the Incident Base in an Out-of-Service
status in order to provide time for briefings and rest / rehabilitation prior to
being deployed to an assignment during the subsequent Operational Period.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-27

CITYWIDE INCIDENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (CIMS) - 201
INCIDENT BRIEFING FORM (ICS FORM 201)
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 7

PURPOSE

To properly document the response and summarize the actions taken at the scene of
an emergency incident in which the Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS)
has been implemented.

SCOPE

Proper preparation of the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form (see Appendix “A”
and form attached) provides basic information regarding the emergency incident and
the resources allocated to the emergency incident. The Form will serve as a reference
document for the initial emergency incident response, summarize the actions taken at
the scene and will be the source document that will be used to prepare a written
Incident Action Plan (IAP), if a written IAP is necessary. The Incident Briefing
Form will not be a component of the IAP for preplanned events.

PROCEDURE

When managing an emergency incident under Patrol Guide 220 Series,
“Citywide Incident Management System”:

INCIDENT
COMMANDER

1.

2.

NOTE

Direct and ensure the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form is prepared on
all emergency incidents when:
a.
Directed by a captain or above based on the magnitude, type,
severity and duration of the emergency incident
b.
It is likely that the emergency incident will extend beyond one
“Operational Period”
c.
The response to emergency incident exceeds four hours and
results in the allocation of significant resources and or personnel
d.
A Unified Command-Command Element is established
e.
The NYPD is the Incident Commander in a Single CommandCommand Element; and several Supporting Agencies are significantly
involved in the emergency incident management efforts
f.
An Incident Management Team (IMT) is activated to manage the
emergency incident.
Attach a copy of the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form to the UNUSUAL
OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152) or Typed Letterhead, if prepared.
a.
If UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT or Typed Letterhead is
not prepared, file CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form at the precinct of
occurrence.

The information from the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form can be used as a reference
or source document for the preparation of a written Incident Action Plan (IAP).
The following describes how the four pages of the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form
can be used in future forms or documents:
Page 1-

Map/Sketch: may be used as the Situation Map.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-27

NOTE
(continued)

PAGE:

08/01/13

Page 2-

Page 3-

Page 4-

ADDITIONAL
DATA

REVISION NUMBER:

2 of 7

Incident Objectives: may be used to prepare CIMS 202 Incident
Objectives Form.
Summary of Current Actions: may be used to continue tracking the
response actions and as a reference document for the CIMS 215
Operational Planning Worksheet.
Current Organization: may be used as a reference document for the
CIMS 203 Organization Assignment List and/or CIMS 207
Organizational Chart.
Resources Summary: may be used to continue tracking resources
assigned to the incident.

After the initial briefing of the Command Element (Single or Unified), Command Staff
officers and General Staff Section chiefs, the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form shall
be duplicated and distributed as necessary to the Branch Directors, Sector/Group
Supervisors and appropriate Planning and Logistics Section Unit Leaders.
The sketch map and summary of current action portions (pages 1, 2) of the CIMS 201
Incident Briefing Form will be provided to the Planning Section / Situation Unit, if
activated.
The Current Organization and Resources Summary portions (pages 3, 4) will be
provided to the Planning Section / Resource Unit, if activated.
All completed original forms MUST be forwarded to the Planning Section /
Documentation Unit, if activated.
Copies of all Incident Action Plans will be forwarded to and archived at the Office of
the Chief of Patrol.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS) (P.G. 220 Series)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form (ICS Form 201)
CIMS 202 Incident Objectives Form
CIMS 203 Organization Assignment List
CIMS 207 Organizational Chart
CIMS 215 Operational Planning Worksheet
Incident Action Plan (IAP)
Typed Letterhead
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-27

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 7

APPENDIX “A”
Preparation of CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form (ICS Form 201)
Caption #

Caption Title

Instructions

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Incident Name
Date
Time
Incident Location
Precinct
Box
Map/Sketch
Prepared by

Enter the name assigned to the incident.
Enter date prepared (month, day, and year).
Enter time of incident.
Enter incident location.
Enter Precinct of incident.
Fire box number and location.
Show the total Area of Operations, the incident site, etc.
Enter the name and position of the person completing
the form.

9.

Date
Time

Enter date prepared (month, day, and year).
Enter time prepared (24-hour clock).

10.

Initial Incident Objectives

Enter short, clear, concise statements of the objectives, for
managing the initial response.

11.

Summary of Current
Actions

Enter the actions taken in response to the incident,
including the time and note any significant events or
specific problem areas.

12.

Current Organization

Enter, on the organization chart, the names of the individuals
assigned to each position. Modify the chart as necessary,
using additional boxes in the space provided under the
Sections. Utilize the blank lines provided for a Unified
Command for adding other agencies or responsible parties.

13.

Resource Summary

Enter the following information about the resources
allocated to the Incident:
Description of the resource needed.
Time ordered (24-hour clock).
Identifier for the resource (e.g., radio call-sign, vessel
name, vendor name, license plate, etc.).
Estimated time for the resources to arrive at the
staging area.
“X” Upon the resource’s arrival.
Location of the resource, the actual assignment, the status of
the resource (if other than working) and the contact name
and number of resource.

Resources Needed
Time Ordered
Resource Identifier
ETA
On-Scene
Location/Assignment

NOTE

Additional pages may be added to the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form, if needed. All copies of the
CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form should be attached to the UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-27

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

4 of 7

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-27

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

5 of 7

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-27

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

6 of 7

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

220-27

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

7 of 7

PATROL GUIDE
Section: Citywide Incident Management

Procedure No:

220-28

CITYWIDE INCIDENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (CIMS) INCIDENT
MANAGEMENT TEAM (IMT) ACTIVATION/DEPLOYMENT
PROTOCOL
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 3

PURPOSE

To activate and deploy an Incident Management Team (IMT) at an emergency
incident or planned event.

SCOPE

When managing an emergency incident or planned event under Patrol Guide 220
Series, “Citywide Incident Management System:”

DEFINITIONS

a.

A NYPD Citywide Incident Management Team may be activated by the
Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner or the Chief of
Department, based on the size, complexity and duration of the
emergency incident or planned event.

b.

A NYPD Borough Incident Management Team may be activated by the
Chief of Patrol, or Patrol Borough Commander concerned, for an
emergency incident or planned event occurring within their jurisdiction,
or in his / her absence the Duty Chief, based on the size, complexity and
duration of the emergency incident or planned event.

c.

A NYPD Transit Bureau Incident Management Team may be activated
by the Chief of Transit concerning an emergency incident or planned
event occurring within the Transit jurisdiction, or in his / her absence the
Duty Chief, based on the size complexity and the duration of the
emergency incident or planned event.

d.

A NYPD Housing Bureau Incident Management Team may be activated
by the Chief of Housing concerning an emergency incident or planned
event occurring within the Housing jurisdiction, or in his / her absence
the Duty Chief, based on the size, complexity and the duration of the
emergency incident or planned event.

INCIDENT MANAGEMENT TEAM (IMT) – The Command Element and the
appropriate Command Staff and General Staff personnel assigned to an incident.
(NIMS)
COMMAND ELEMENT – The individual(s) responsible for performing the
Command function in an incident management organization. (CIMS)
COMMAND STAFF – The Command Staff consists of:
 Public Information officer
 Safety officer
 Liaison officer

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-28

DEFINITIONS
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

2 of 3

GENERAL STAFF – The General Staff consists of:
 Operations Section chief
 Planning Section chief
 Logistics Section chief
 Finance / Administration Section chief
 Intelligence / Investigations Section chief
INCIDENT ACTION PLAN (IAP) – Contains Incident Objectives reflecting the
overall incident strategy and specific tactical actions and supporting information
for the next Operational Period. The Plan may be oral or written. When written,
the Plan may have a number of forms as attachments (e.g., traffic plan, safety
plan, communications plan, map, etc.).
OPERATIONAL PERIOD – The period of time scheduled for execution of a
given set of operation actions as specified in the Incident Action Plan.
Operational Periods can be of various lengths, although usually not over twentyfour hours. (CIMS)

ADDITIONAL
DATA

NOTE

The following is a list of situations that may require the activation / deployment of a
Citywide, Borough or Bureau IMT:
a.

The Department activates “Stand Alone” protocols according to the
type, severity and the anticipated duration of an emergency incident or
planned event. The Police Commissioner may activate the Citywide
IMT to act as the Area Command at the Emergency Operations Center
(ECO), and the affected Borough(s) or Bureau(s) may activate their
Borough or Bureau IMT(s).

b.

It is likely an emergency incident or planned event will extend into
multiple Operational Periods (beyond twenty-four hours). A formal
written Incident Action Plan (IAP) will be required.

In all cases where emergency incident or planned event extends into multiple
Operational Periods (beyond twenty-four hours), a formal written Incident Action Plan
(IAP) will be required.
c.

A Unified Command – Command Element is established, utilizing
resources from multiple agencies in the mitigation of an incident and
the duration is expected to exceed twenty-four hours.

d.

A Declaration of Disaster has been made, as defined in the Robert T.
Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (Public Law 93288) as amended.

e.

A National Special Security Event is scheduled to occur in New York
City (e.g., UNGA, RNC).

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
PROCEDURE NUMBER:

DATE EFFECTIVE:

220-28

ADDITIONAL
DATA
(continued)

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

3 of 3

f.

An Incident of National Significance occurs outside New York City that
could have a substantial impact on New York City (e.g., terrorist attack,
prolonged utility outages in the surrounding region, mass
transportation interruptions).

g.

Substantial resources are required from city, state and / or federal
agencies to manage an emergency incident.

h.

A natural disaster occurs that affects New York City or the surrounding
areas and requires the coordination of substantial resources (e.g.,
hurricane, floods).

i.

An incident occurs that creates a significant health risk to a large
segment of the population of New York City or the surrounding areas
(e.g., Pandemic Influenza, HazMat, CBRN).

j.

A civil disturbance type incident occurs and requires significant
Department resources to manage the incident.

RELATED
PROCEDURES

Mobilizations/Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213 Series)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS) (P.G. 220 Series)
CIMS: Command Element (P.G. 220-05)
CIMS: Public Information Officer (P.G. 220-06)
CIMS: Safety Officer (P.G. 220-07)
CIMS: Liaison Officer (P.G. 220-08)
CIMS: Operations Section Chief (P.G. 220-09)
CIMS: Planning Section Chief (P.G. 220-10)
CIMS: Logistics Section Chief (P.G. 220-11)
CIMS: Finance/Administration Section Chief (P.G. 220-12)
CIMS: Intelligence/Investigations Section Chief (P.G. 220-13)

FORMS AND
REPORTS

Incident Action Plan (IAP)

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

PATROL GUIDE
Section: General

Procedure No:

200-02

MISSION AND VALUES OF THE
NEW YORK CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT
DATE ISSUED:

08/01/13

DATE EFFECTIVE:

REVISION NUMBER:

PAGE:

08/01/13

1 of 1

MISSION

The mission of the New York City Police Department is to enhance the quality of
life in New York City by working in partnership with the community to enforce
the law, preserve peace, reduce fear, and maintain order. The Department is
committed to accomplishing its mission to protect the lives and property of all
citizens of New York City by treating every citizen with courtesy,
professionalism, and respect, and to enforce the laws impartially, fighting crime
both through deterrence and the relentless pursuit of criminals.

VALUES

In partnership with the community, we pledge to:
Protect the lives and property of our fellow citizens and impartially enforce the
law.
Fight crime, both by preventing it and aggressively pursuing violators of the law.
Maintain a higher standard of integrity than is generally expected of others
because so much is expected of us.
Value human life, respect the dignity of each individual and render our services
with courtesy and civility.

NEW  YORK  CITY  POLICE  DEPARTMENT

NYPD Patrol Guide, 2014-B Edition (07/14)
Looseleaf Law Publications, Inc.
43-08 162nd Street
Flushing, NY 11358
(800) 647-5547
LooseleafLaw.com
Electronic Version
Compiled and Maintained
by
Sgt. Angelo J. DeLeon (Ret.)
wdlsoftware.com

Patrol Guide Changes
Includes changes directed through Interim Order 17 issued 07-01-14.

Informational Changes
Intelligence Division changed to: Intelligence Bureau
Chief, Community Affairs changed to: Chief, Community Affairs
Data Integrity Unit, Office of Management Analysis and Planning changed: to
Data Integrity Unit, Deputy Commissioner, Strategic Initiatives

P.G. 200-01 Foreword
Date Effective: 01-01-00
As the Police Department approaches a new century, we face fresh and more
difficult challenges every day. The knowledge, skills and abilities of every
member of the Department will be tested as we strive to provide superior
police services to all communities throughout the City of New York. As we
progress, we will continue to raise the standards of performance even higher,
to maintain the gains we have recently achieved, and set new goals and
objectives for the future. The development and publication of this newly
revised PATROL GUIDE will provide a strong foundation to support a more
dynamic law enforcement agency with the ability to recognize emerging crime
problems and properly react to them.
The new DEPARTMENT MANUAL will consist of updated and revised copies of the
ORGANIZATION GUIDE, PATROL GUIDE, and ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDE. The publication of
the new Organization Guide and Patrol Guide mark the completion of Phase I.
Existing editions of the Administrative Guide will remain in effect for an
interim period, pending completion of Phase II of this project.
The Department Manual serves as a guide for ALL members of the service. Every
member is expected to be familiar with its contents, and to remain current
with all new and revised procedures. All supervisors are expected to be even
more knowledgeable to facilitate their ability to lead, train, supervise and
discipline subordinates. The Manual does not contain distinct instructions
for every situation that may be encountered in the field. Procedures
contained in the Manual provide additional guidance on the most common
practices of the Department, and serve as performance expectations. Members
are expected to perform their duties in accordance with the legal requirements
of their position and the extensive training they have received. Members are
also required to conform their conduct with their oath of office, and to the
mission, values, strategies, objectives, policies, procedures and legal
requirements of the Police Department. All members of the Department will be
accountable for their actions and should maintain the highest professional
standards.
Your ability to implement the policy and procedural guidelines provided by the
Department make a very important impact on the lives of all New Yorkers. When
we fulfill our duties with Courtesy, Professionalism and Respect, we
strengthen the bonds between the police and the community. I know I can rely
upon your commitment to our important mission, which must be achieved within
the framework of our legal obligations. The reputation of "New York's Finest"
must be earned every day.
POLICE COMMISSIONER

P.G. 200-02 Mission And Values Of The New York City Police
Department
Date Effective: 08-01-13
MISSION
The mission of the New York City Police Department is to enhance the quality
of life in New York City by working in partnership with the community to
enforce the law, preserve peace, reduce fear, and maintain order. The
Department is committed to accomplishing its mission to protect the lives and
property of all citizens of New York City by treating every citizen with
courtesy, professionalism, and respect, and to enforce the laws impartially,
fighting crime both through deterrence and the relentless pursuit of
criminals.
VALUES
In partnership with the community, we pledge to:
Protect the lives and property of our fellow citizens and impartially enforce
the law.
Fight crime, both by preventing it and aggressively pursuing violators of the
law.
Maintain a higher standard of integrity than is generally expected of others
because so much is expected of us.
Value human life, respect the dignity of each individual and render our
services with courtesy and civility.

P.G. 200-03 Table Of Contents
Date Effective: 01-01-00
SERIES NO.

SERIES TITLE

200

Informational Changes

202

Duties and Responsibilities

203

General Regulations

204

Uniforms and Equipment

205

Personnel Matters

206

Disciplinary Matters

207

Complaints

208

Arrests

209

Summonses

210

Prisoners

211

Court and Agency Appearances

212

Command Operations

213

Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

214

Quality of Life Matters

215

Juvenile Matters

216

Aided Cases

217

Vehicle Accidents

218

Property - General

219

Department Property

220

Citywide Incident Management System

Duties and Responsibilities

P.G. 202-01 Borough Commander
Date Effective: 08-01-13
BOROUGH COMMANDER
1. Be responsible for and ensure efficiency of all police operations within
the borough.
2. Develop borough specific plans and implement strategies, programs and
procedures to:
a. Reduce crime & fear of crime
b. Improve quality of life
c. Ensure traffic safety and optimize traffic flow.
3. Utilize borough executive staff to administer, assign, control, coordinate,
discipline, evaluate, guide, motivate, supervise and ensure the mission of the
command.
4. Develop and maintain strong relationships with clergy, business, community
and educational leaders.
5. Visit Internal Affairs Bureau, Community Affairs Bureau, Quality Assurance
Division, Office of Equal Employment Opportunity and Personnel Orders Section
for a briefing upon assignment to command.
a. Confer with the above commands semi-annually thereafter.
6. Inspect each subordinate command's "Confidential Performance Profile,"
annually.
7. Ensure administrative and operational responsibilities of subordinate
executives are preformed properly and efficiently.
8. Mentor and provide guidance to subordinate command executive staff.
NOTE: Borough commanders of bureaus performing enforcement functions (e.g.,
Detective, Organized Crime Control, Transit, Housing, etc.) will ensure that
executive staff from their respective borough attend a briefing with Internal
Affairs Bureau, Community Affairs Bureau, Quality Assurance Division, and
Personnel Orders Section upon assignment to command and semi-annually
thereafter.

P.G. 202-01a Borough Executive Officer, Operations
Date Effective: 08-01-13
BOROUGH EXECUTIVE OFFICER, OPERATIONS
1. Supervise the following:
a. Borough Operations Commander
b. Borough Special Projects Coordinator
c. Borough task force
d. Borough specialty units.
2. Provide for borough strategic and tactical efficiency through the equitable
distribution of borough operational resources.
3. Provide operational oversight and support at the borough command level,
including housing developments covered by the Patrol Services Bureau, for the
following:
a. Planning and execution of crime control strategies
b. Development of initiatives for quality of life improvement and
maintenance
c. Traffic management and safety
d. Street Narcotics Enforcement Units (SNEU)
e. Graffiti enforcement and removal.
4. Liaison with the Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator to ensure the
operational readiness of:
a. Emergency preparedness
b. Mobilizations.

P.G. 202-01b Borough Executive Officer, Administration
Date Effective: 08-01-13
BOROUGH EXECUTIVE OFFICER, ADMINISTRATION
1. Supervise the following:
a. Borough Administrator
b. Borough Adjutant
c. Borough Investigations Unit, to ensure the proper investigation of:
i. Complaints initiated and conducted by Borough Investigations Unit
ii. Death/serious physical injury of uniformed member of the service
iii. Firearms discharge by uniformed member of the service.
2. Provide operational and administrative oversight at the borough command
level for the following:
a. Community affairs
b. Communications (written)
c. Discipline
d. Facilities/logistics/supply management
e. Personnel issues:
i. Budget/overtime monitoring
ii. Evaluation process (entire borough)
iii. Training (crossover with Counterterrorism and operational)
iv. Resource use/needs/distribution
v. Sick monitoring.
f. Property held in Department custody
g. Scheduling:
i. Executive scheduling
ii. Court/agency appearances verification and follow up.
h. Quality assurance:
i. Inspections
ii. Audit review

iii. Data integrity
iv. Data quality.
3. Ensure the timely and thorough preparation and forwarding of reports
regarding all aspects of the investigation of member of the service involved
shootings.

P.G. 202-01c Duty Chief
Date Effective: 08-01-13
DUTY CHIEF
1. Notify Operations Unit at start of tour and be briefed as to current
conditions.
2. Perform duty in uniform.
3. Act as a representative of the Chief of Department during tour of duty.
4. Respond to serious incidents, including:
a. Uniformed member of the service involved shootings
b. Deaths in police custody
c. Level III and IV Mobilizations (not drills) involving three or more
borough task forces
d. Major disruptions of transportation
e. Any other incident which is (or appears likely to become)
newsworthy/noteworthy for any reason.
(1) Consider whether response will be beneficial to the investigation of
the incident.
5. Assume command of incident if highest ranking member of the service on the
scene.
6. Keep Operations Unit informed of all facts concerning major incidents.
7. Confer frequently with Operations Unit throughout tour.

P.G. 202-02 Borough Adjutant
Date Effective: 08-01-13
BOROUGH ADJUTANT
1. Report to Borough Executive Officer, Administration.
2. Supervise duties of Borough Investigations Unit.
3. Ensure inspections programs are properly conducted and maintained.
4. Audit data integrity functions to ensure compliance.
5. Oversee and ensure equity of the disciplinary system throughout borough
command.
6. Be responsible for coordination and responsiveness to Civilian Complaint
Review Board (CCRB) investigations.
7. Ensure property in custody of the Department is properly accounted for and
maintained.
8. Manage overtime to ensure efficient use of resources.
9. Monitor the budget and overtime allowances within the borough.
10. Investigate death or serious physical injury of uniformed members of the
service.
11. Monitor sick records of assigned personnel with attention to members
designated Chronic Absent.
12. Investigate and review firearms discharges by uniformed members of the
service.
13. Conduct staff Performance Evaluations.

P.G. 202-03 Borough Operations Commander
Date Effective: 08-01-13
BOROUGH OPERATIONS COMMANDER
1. Report to Borough Executive Officer, Operations.
2. Oversee Borough task force and Borough specialty units, (e.g., Borough
Anti-Crime Units, Operation Impact, etc.).
3. Develop and execute crime reduction strategies for the following crimes and
conditions within the borough including housing developments covered by the
Patrol Services Bureau:
a. Sex crimes
b. Robberies
c. Assaults
d. Burglaries
e. Larcenies/thefts (including Grand Larceny)
f. Vehicle theft and related crimes
g. Domestic violence
h. Firearms violence/weapons possession/use
i. Other crimes and conditions as they emerge.
4. Supervise special event preparation.

P.G. 202-04 Borough Administrator
Date Effective: 08-19-13
BOROUGH ADMINISTRATOR
1. Report to Borough Executive Officer, Administration.
2. Oversee Borough Operations Unit.
3. Administer communications program.
4. Supervise scheduling of assigned members.
5. Ensure the proper functioning of court/agency appearances control.
6. Supervise community affairs functions.
7. Ensure Department facilities are properly maintained and functioning.
8. Safeguard and ensure Department property is in good working order.
9. Maintain the Department fleet.
a. Oversee the investigation of all Department vehicle collisions.
10. Supervise personnel and resource distribution.
11. Identify needs of the borough and coordinate appropriate training.
12. Liaison with the Quartermaster Section to ensure proper resources are
acquired.
13. Accept and process requests for Department recognition.

P.G. 202-04a Borough Special Projects Coordinator
Date Effective: 08-01-13
BOROUGH SPECIAL PROJECTS COORDINATOR
1. Report to Borough Executive Officer, Operations.
2. Oversee the following:
a. Borough Crime Analysis/Patrol Borough Pattern Identification Module (PIM)
b. Quality of life initiatives
c. Special project implementation
d. Evidence collection teams
e. 311 program.
3. Ensure a robust Traffic Management Safety program is in place.
4. Identify school safety issues. Develop borough level school safety
strategies and establish a quality control and review mechanism to evaluate
programs and initiatives.
a. Coordinate with the School Safety Division.
5. Supervise narcotics crime control.
6. Provide coordination oversight of precinct Street Narcotic Enforcement
Units (SNEU).
7. Investigate gang motivated and related offenses.
8. Ensure juvenile crime is effectively addressed.
9. Investigate and rectify issues involving arrest processing.

P.G. 202-04b Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator
Date Effective: 08-01-13
BOROUGH COUNTERTERRORISM COORDINATOR
1. Maintain liaison with the Borough Executive Officer(s), Operations and
Patrol Borough Operations Unit.
2. Oversee and coordinate counterterrorism training, equipment, and
preparedness for Patrol Borough personnel.
3. Oversee and coordinate counterterrorism security planning for Patrol
Borough locations (critical, sensitive, iconic) and special events.
4. Assist Patrol Borough Operations Unit in the preparation, maintenance, and
operational deployment of Disorder Control Plan, Area Evacuation Plans and the
Patrol Borough Stand Alone Plan.
5. Assist the Patrol Borough to ensure mobilization preparedness.
6. Serve as a liaison for the Patrol Borough with the Deputy Commissioner,
Counterterrorism and Deputy Commissioner, Intelligence.

P.G. 202-05 Patrol Borough School Safety Coordinator (Captain)
Date Effective: 05-25-12
"PATROL BOROUGH SCHOOL SAFETY COORDINATOR (CAPTAIN)" WAS REVOKED [REV 12-01]

P.G. 202-06 Patrol Borough Traffic Safety Coordinator
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PATROL BOROUGH TRAFFIC SAFETY COORDINATOR
1. Coordinate the activities of the precinct Traffic Safety Officers.
2. Review precinct Collision Prone Location and Enforcement Ratio Reports.
3. Forward Collision Prone Location and Enforcement Ratio reports to the
Patrol Services Bureau by the tenth day of the month.
4. Maintain a liaison with Department of Transportation regarding engineering
concerns not resolved at the precinct level.
5. Conduct on-site meetings with the precinct Traffic Safety Team and
Department of Transportation representatives to resolve and expedite
engineering recommendations.
6. Conduct monthly meetings with the precinct Traffic Safety Officers.
7. Attend weekly Trafficstat meetings.
8. Address conditions reported on TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORTS (PD178-150)
that cannot be corrected at the precinct level.
9. Monitor the following enforcement programs:
a. Stationary Radar
b. Pedestrian Safety Overtime
c. Aggravated Unlicensed Operator.
10. Maintain borough statistics for motor vehicle collisions, injuries and
fatalities, as well as for summons enforcement.
11. Review construction permits received from the Traffic Management Center
and forward copies to the precinct Traffic Safety Officer.
12. Maintain a liaison with various government agencies, community councils
and the Borough President's Office regarding traffic concerns.
13. Attend community council and other public meetings to promote traffic
safety.
14. Attend Traffic Safety Board meetings chaired by the Borough President.
15. Develop and participate in traffic plans for special events,
demonstrations and motorcades.
NOTE: All Patrol Borough Traffic Safety Coordinators MUST become familiar
with the "Procedural Manual for Traffic Safety Officers."

P.G. 202-07 Borough Auxiliary Police Coordinator
Date Effective: 08-01-13
BOROUGH AUXILIARY POLICE COORDINATOR
1. Oversee activities and functions of, and provide support for, command
auxiliary police coordinators.
2. Provide assistance in the assignment of auxiliary police personnel for
special events and details within the borough concerned and outside the
borough, if requested by the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section.
3. Process in a timely manner, requests received from command auxiliary police
coordinator for:
a. Promotion.
b. Recognition awards.
4. Process the return of shields and identification cards for members leaving
or dropped from the Auxiliary Police Program.
5. Confer daily, at the start of the tour, with the liaison officer at
Auxiliary Police Section to ascertain current program activities and
instructions.
a. Submit tours of duty, for the upcoming week, to Auxiliary Police Section.
6. Maintain a list of qualified volunteer Auxiliary Police personnel for use
in vice enforcement operations.
a. Forward monthly enforcement recapitulation to Auxiliary Police Section.
7. Conduct a borough annual awards/graduation ceremony in recognition of
volunteer auxiliary police services.
NOTE: Borough commander selects qualified uniformed member of the service
for assignment as borough police auxiliary coordinator but is not assigned as
such until approved by the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section.
Additionally, the borough commander selects an alternate to perform the above
duties when the borough auxiliary police coordinator is not working.

P.G. 202-08 Duty Captain
Date Effective: 08-01-13
DUTY CAPTAIN
1. Perform duty, in uniform, in patrol borough-based Department Duty Captain
Response Vehicle (DCRV).
a. Be equipped with a Department radio.
2. Supervise all personnel performing duty within borough command.
3. Respond to major radio runs and unusual occurrences.
NOTE: If available, the commanding/executive officer, precinct of
occurrence, will respond and perform prescribed functions. The duty captain
will assist the commanding/executive officer, precinct of occurrence, as
requested.
4. Visit precincts, police service areas, transit districts and borough court
section facilities located within patrol borough of assignment.
a. Inspect and sign Interrupted Patrol Log of commands visited
b. Visit command detention cells, holding cells, detective holding cells,
emergency rooms and hospitalized prisoner rooms, and make appropriate Command
Log entries to document such visits
c. Personally prepare reports on all prisoner escapes in the absence of
commanding officer/executive officer of precinct, police service area, transit
district or borough court section facility of occurrence
d. Visit at least one time per tour those Video Interactive Patrol Enhanced
Response (VIPER) units located within the police service areas under your
jurisdiction.
5. Confer with the Traffic Management Center supervisor, when notified by the
Operations Unit of a traffic congestion problem or condition.
a. Evaluate the situation and assign patrol borough and/or other resources
as necessary, to address the condition.
b. Direct the Traffic Management Center supervisor to record conditions in
the TMC Command Log, and on the Daily Significant Incident Report.
6. Submit report at end of each tour and include:
a. Observations and disciplinary action taken
b. Visits to stationhouses, police service areas and transit districts
c. Unusual occurrences
d. Radio backlogs and action taken

e. Radio runs to which responded
f. Recommendations to improve police services.
7. Make a background inquiry, if necessary, through the Internal Affairs
Bureau Command Center during the initial stages of an official investigation
involving a member of the service and prior to suspending, modifying or
temporarily removing firearms from the member concerned in non-disciplinary
cases.
NOTE: This conferral is to obtain background information that may assist in
the investigation. All decisions regarding the investigation, as well as any
resulting determination regarding the member's duty status, remain the
responsibility of the commanding officer/duty captain concerned.
The duty captain in each patrol borough, and all duty inspectors MUST carry
a cellular telephone at all times and a Transit Bureau radio, if available.

P.G. 202-09 Commanding Officer
Date Effective: 08-01-13
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Command a precinct, police service area, transit district or similar unit.
2. Be responsible for:
a. Proper performance of functions designated for command.
b. Efficiency and discipline of personnel assigned to command.
c. Informing members of command of current directives and orders.
d. Serviceability, proper care and use of equipment assigned to command.
e. Patrol, administrative and record keeping functions of the command.
3. Review CENTRAL PERSONNEL INDEX BACKGROUND REQUEST (PD449-160) for personnel
assigned to critical positions within the command, upon assignment to a
command.
a. Review the disciplinary history of members in Performance Monitoring
Programs assigned to command.
4. Instruct and frequently test the knowledge of members of command regarding
their duties and responsibilities.
5. Investigate and report on police conditions and activities.
[I.O. 50 s 11] 6. Ensure the preparation of the COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT
every Monday for each sector within the command and instruct all platoon
commanders on identified sector conditions.
a. Ensure COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT is entered via the "Quest for
Excellence" application on the Department's intranet
b. Ensure a hard copy of the COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT is posted in the
Crime Information Center
c. Forward a hard copy of the COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORTimmediately to the
borough concerned, on a weekly basis, and at other times, as appropriate
(e.g., emerging trends, etc.).
7. Respond to major radio runs and unusual occurrences within command, when
available, and perform prescribed functions.
a. Request assistance of the duty captain, if necessary.
8. Make frequent personal inspections of the uniforms, equipment and general
appearance of members of the service at outgoing roll calls and while on
patrol.
9. Delegate administrative tasks as follows:

a. Assign ranking officers within command to perform tasks normally reserved
specifically for commanding officers (e.g., the preparation, signing and
forwarding of required reports, forms, PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS,
communications, etc.
b. Assign competent members of command to read, analyze and report on,
verbally or in writing, any voluminous communications directed to the
commanding officer.
c. Assign ranking officer to inspect command facility daily to ensure
security, cleanliness and orderly condition.
10. Inspect command facility periodically to ensure cleanliness, orderly
condition and that assigned equipment is accounted for and in good condition.
NOTE: The periodic inspection of the command facility will be augmented to
include a check of both female and male restrooms and locker rooms for any
structural defect that would permit visual access by persons located outside
these private areas. If such a condition is identified, immediate corrective
action must be taken.
11. Designate manner in which members of command proceed to assignments, e.g.,
Department auto, public transportation, etc.
12. Review activity of members of command each month.
a. Personally review and sign monitoring profiles of members in Level II or
Level III Monitoring Programs. Performance profiles (original copies only) are
due by the fifth (5th) day of each month (quarterly for Level II and monthly
for Level III), as appropriate.
13. Investigate a report of neglect of duty by subordinates.
14. Assign members proportionately to squads according to the needs of
command. Members having special qualifications are to be assigned to permit
greatest use of abilities.
15. Permit uniformed members of assigned command performing similar duties to
exchange tours voluntarily when there is no interference with police service.
a. Members are NOT permitted to perform two consecutive tours (i.e.,
perform duty on a third platoon followed by a first platoon).
16. Notify borough command if at least two supervisors are not available to
perform duty on each tour.
a. Notify Transit Bureau Wheel for commands within the Transit Bureau.
17. Assign personnel to specific patrol and staff functions.
18. Assign command police officer to cover traffic posts when traffic
conditions require such assignments.
19. Provide formal orientation program for newly assigned lieutenants,
sergeants and police officers on two consecutive day tours including
interviews, introductions, and various command conditions, problems,
boundaries, crime statistics, etc.

20. Maintain record of members who volunteer for specialized units and make
assignments accordingly. Prior to member being permanently assigned to
anti-crime duty, have CENTRAL PERSONNEL INDEX BACKGROUND REQUEST prepared and
forwarded as per distribution on form.
a. If the member is in a Level II or Level III Monitoring Program, contact
the Bureau/Borough Commander.
21. Assignment of specialized unit personnel will be based on command crime
analysis trends and patterns, with emphasis on violent street crime and
burglaries.
a. Specialized unit personnel may also be utilized as a resource to solve
local priorities such as car thefts and break-ins.
22. Ensure specialized unit personnel are properly supervised, trained and
equipped.
23. Closely monitor the performance of uniformed members of the service
assigned to specialized units.
a. Long term assignments are to be carefully reviewed, i.e., uniformed
members assigned to specialized units for a period of five years will be
recommended for career path assignments to either the Organized Crime Control
Bureau or Detective Bureau.
24. Consult with immediate supervisor of member before recommending or
granting change of precinct assignment, etc.
a. If the member is in a Level II or Level III Monitoring Program, confer
with the Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section, prior to a change
in that officer's assignment.
25. Be thoroughly familiar with "Confidential Performance Profile" of
subordinate members.
NOTE: The "Confidential Performance Profile" is an up-to-date and
confidential profile of uniformed members who are "personnel concerns" to
assist in the supervision, training and development needs of such uniformed
members. Included in the profile would be such matters as all past
administrative transfers, transfers made by the borough commander at the
request of member's previous commanding officer, sick record, disciplinary
record and all other Central Personnel Index indicators as well as appropriate
command data.
26. Maintain patrol by a supervising officer in a radio equipped Department
automobile.
27. Use a Department auto when on patrol, when presence is required at the
scene of an emergency or when traveling within the city on official business.
28. Make entry in Command Log when reporting on or off-duty. When leaving for
patrol, emergencies, etc., indicate manner of patrol, Department auto number,
if applicable, and whether in uniform or civilian clothes.
29. Perform duty in uniform whenever practical.

30. Maintain as much personal contact as possible with business, civic,
fraternal, religious, political, recreational, charitable, youth and poverty
corporation groups, local radio stations, local newspapers and other groups or
media with community influence and interests to keep abreast of community
tensions and trends.
31. Assign competent member to attend scheduled local meetings of the planning
board, school board, poverty corporation, or any other community group, to
obtain information which will be used to facilitate planning of procedures
and/or programs to minimize community tensions and negative trends.
32. Direct that Community Affairs Officer, where appropriate:
a. Maintain a close liaison with the management of facilities within
commands where large events are held
b. Familiarize themselves with security coverage normally in effect and
typical arrangements made for various types of events
c. Encourage management of these facilities to notify the local precinct
when a large event is anticipated so that a determination can be made if
police presence will be required.
33. Utilize resources of command to cope efficiently with existent problems
and accomplish mission of command.
34. Act as the senior problem-solving coordinator for the command. As such be
responsible to:
a. Identify major crime and quality of life problems affecting the command.
b. Perform an analysis of the identified crime and quality of life problems
in order to separate them into their essential components.
c. Design a response utilizing command, Department and community resources,
and where possible the resources of other agencies.
d. Implement the designed response.
e. Evaluate the effectiveness of the response and modify it, if necessary.
35. Administer command discipline.
36. Direct executive officer to adjudicate command discipline, when
appropriate.
37. Consult with supervisor who has initiated command discipline against
member of the service concerning severity of penalty before announcing
penalty. Indicate date and time of consultation on form.
38. Confer with patrol borough adjutant prior to adjudicating third command
discipline for same individual within period of six months to determine if
charges and specifications should be prepared.
39. Notify the borough adjutant or borough executive officer within respective
Bureau (Patrol Services, Housing, Transit), upon discovery or notification
that there is invoiced property stored in the command in excess of thirty days
and:

a. Conduct investigation
b. Expedite transfer of property to final storage location.
40. Cooperate with other units and agencies to accomplish mission of the
command.
41. Notify Commanding Officer, Employee Management Division and request
removal proceedings be commenced when member of the service fails to perform
assigned duties in a satisfactory manner.
42. Observe special patrolmen on duty within command and report any misconduct
to Commanding Officer, License Division.
43. Inspect uniform, shield, cap device and identification card of special
patrolmen during March and September.
44. Have minimum of 10% uniformed members of the service qualified as
patrolwagon operators and distributed proportionately to squads.
45. Ensure that all members of command are familiar with nature and function
of command receptionist program.
46. Situate required furniture and clerical equipment for command receptionist
near command entrance.
a. Provide secure location for Receptionist Log and files.
47. Provide transportation, within command, IF NECESSARY, to ensure
receptionist's safety to and from command.
48. Read Performance Evaluations submitted by sergeants carefully and make
sergeants justify the ratings given to officers assigned to their squads.
a. If an officer performs below competent (2.5 or lower), or is rated
extremely competent (5.0), the commanding officer MUST be the reviewer.
49. Visit upon assignment to command and semi-annually thereafter, for
briefing, the following:
a. Civilian Complaint Review Board
b. Internal Affairs Bureau
c. Community Affairs Bureau
d. Quality Assurance Division.
50. Visit the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity for briefing, upon
assignment to command and annually thereafter.
51. Designate a supervisor within the command to serve as the alternate in the
event of long term absence of the training sergeant.
52. Designate one uniformed member of the service to function solely as the
precinct's Domestic Violence Prevention Officer.

53. Develop and review precinct School Security Plan, Summer Youth Security
Plan and Safe Corridor Plan and Safe Passage Plan for Transit Bureau commands
54. Ensure that complaints of crimes occurring on the transit system are faxed
to the Transit Bureau Crime Analysis Section and the district of occurrence,
and that the proper Jurisdiction Code 01 is affixed to all reports.
55. Meet, annually, with ranking officers/supervisors within command to
discuss their responsibilities under the New York City Police Department's
Equal Employment Opportunity Policy.
56. Discuss the N.Y.P.D.'s sexual harassment policy with all members of the
command, both uniformed and civilian, or ensure that such discussions are held
by designated supervisor(s).
57. Reiterate to supervisors that they are responsible for creating a
professional work environment for their subordinates.
58. Assess, regularly, the working environment within the command/unit to
maintain a professional atmosphere and rectify those situations, which
undermine professional conduct and achievement.
58. Advise employees that vulgar language, sexually degrading statements or
jokes, as well as the display of photographs or magazines of a sexual nature
are offensive, unwelcome, inappropriate in the work place, and subject to
disciplinary action.
60. Encourage all members of the service to report inappropriate conduct.
61. Instruct all members of the command that retaliation against those members
of the service who come forward to report misconduct (corruption, violations
of E.E.O. policies, etc.) is against Department policy and will not be
tolerated.
62. Have the command integrity control officer review Department records
pertaining to the assignment of radios.
63. Review the assignments of radios assigned outside of command on a
permanent basis and determine the necessity of its continuance.
64. Make a background inquiry, if necessary, through the Internal Affairs
Bureau Command Center during the initial stages of an official investigation
involving a member of the service and PRIOR to suspending, modifying or
placing the member concerned on restricted duty pending an evaluation of duty
status.
NOTE: This conferral is to obtain background information that may assist in
the investigation. All decisions regarding the investigation, as well as any
resulting determination regarding the member's duty status, remain the
responsibility of the commanding officer/duty captain concerned.

P.G. 202-10 Executive Officer
Date Effective: 08-01-13
EXECUTIVE OFFICER
1. Assume command and perform functions of the commanding officer during
absence.
a. Sign routine communications and reports, during absence of twenty-four
hours or more.
2. Respond to major radio runs and unusual occurrences within command, when
available, and perform prescribed functions.
a. Request assistance of the duty captain, as necessary.
3. Make entry in Command Log when reporting on or off-duty, when leaving for
patrol, emergencies, etc., indicate manner of patrol, Department auto number,
if applicable, and whether in uniform or civilian clothes.
a. Use Department auto when on patrol, when presence is required at scene of
an emergency or when traveling within city on official business.
4. Supervise performance of administrative functions in the command.
5. Study deployment of resources of command and recommend more effective
deployment to commanding officer, where appropriate.
6. Coordinate all specialized units.
7. Evaluate training, planning and personnel functions and needs of the
command and make recommendations to the commanding officer.
8. Inspect uniforms, equipment, and general appearance of members of the
command frequently.
9. Inspect and sign ACTIVITY LOGS (PD112-145) of platoon commanders, special
operations lieutenants and patrol supervisors at least once a month.
10. Supervise the investigation of communications and preparation and
forwarding of written reports.
11. Perform duty under the chart, or as directed by the borough commander and
perform functions of "duty captain" when directed.
12. Perform tours, on "open days," which best meet the day to day needs of the
command.
13. Do not perform the same duty as commanding officer, if both working the
same tour. (One will perform patrol duty and conduct field inspections, etc.).
14. Conduct investigations as directed by commanding officer or other
competent authority.
15. Insure that command is clean, all equipment is accounted for and in good

condition, and personnel are performing a necessary police duty.
16. Represent the commanding officer at community meetings of concern to
command when designated.
17. Perform duty in uniform, when practical.
18. Inspect and sign Interrupted Patrol Log once each tour.
19. Adjudicate command discipline as directed by commanding officer.
20. Review Command Log entries regarding invoiced property daily and if any
property is stored in the command in excess of thirty days, consult with the
operations coordinator, desk officer, evidence/property control specialist
etc., to determine the appropriate course of action to expedite the transfer
of the property to the final storage location.
a. Brief the commanding officer on actions taken.
[I.O. 21 s 12] 21. Personally conduct, in conformance with the Quality
Assurance Division self-inspection program, the command self-inspection of
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEETS (PD344-151A).

P.G. 202-10a Commanding Officer, Investigations Units
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To assist Investigations Units in maintaining the highest standards of
integrity by identifying and correcting misconduct and deficiencies; to
clearly define the duties/responsibilities of Investigations Units' Commanding
Officers.
DEFINITION
FUNCTION MONITORING - Proactive monitoring techniques designed to identify
and/or prevent misconduct, violations of Department guidelines or
administrative deficiencies. Function monitoring can include
activities/programs unique to each area of responsibility of an individual
Investigations Unit, including:
a. Patrol monitoring
b. Personnel monitoring
c. Process Auditing
d. Visits/inspections of facilities
e. Inventory control
f. Self-initiated monitoring programs, quality control or audit reviews.
COMMANDING OFFICER, INVESTIGATIONS UNIT
1. Oversee investigations or other integrity related assignments as directed
by the Deputy Commissioner/patrol borough/bureau commander/designee, competent
authority or the Internal Affairs Bureau, such as:
a. Firearms discharges by uniformed members of the service (PATROL BOROUGH
INVESTIGATIONS UNITS ONLY)
b. Domestic incidents involving members of the service
c. Any on/off duty incidents when requested by the duty captain including
domestic disturbances involving members of the service that may result in the
removal of firearms
d. Bribery arrests
2. Ensure integrity control officers are conferred with regularly and provide
assistance with ongoing investigations, including integrity control officer
self-initiated cases, and be responsible for:
a. All cases referred to precinct/unit commanding officers by the
Investigations Units
b. Recording all self-initiated cases conducted by integrity control

officers under jurisdiction for informational purposes and future reference
c. Recording and being cognizant of Integrity Monitoring File locations
identified by commands under jurisdiction.
3. Ensure the following auditing functions are performed:
a. Review of command's self-inspection programs. Conduct separate and
independent review of commands' self inspections, on a regular basis
b. Review of time and payroll records
c. Evaluation of command level training
d. Analysis of civilian complaints, vehicle collisions, sick records,
disciplinary records, etc., to ascertain patterns and identify specific
commands, platoons, locations and/or members of the service with integrity
related problems
e. Review all audits conducted by the Quality Assurance Division (e.g.,
Crime Classification Evaluations, ICAD Audits, Precinct Evaluations) for
evidence of potential misconduct and conduct further investigations when
situations warrant
f. Conduct independent reviews of complaint reports to ensure compliance
with Department directives
g. Conduct reviews of Crime Analysis complaint re-classifications with
particular attention to complainant "call-backs"
h. Regularly inspect Crime Reclassification Log and review supervisory
sign-off of Complaint Reports for timeliness and accuracy
i. Maintain a vigorous function monitoring program
j. Develop and maintain an automated case management system that assures
timely reassessment of cases and dissemination of information
4. Provide copies of all Case Closing Reports to the Internal Affair's Bureau.
5. Present cases to the Internal Affairs Bureau Steering Committee as per the
protocols set forth by the Chief of Internal Affairs Bureau.
ADDITIONAL DATA
DEPARTMENT POLICY
Any Investigations Unit, before commencing a self-initiated investigation into
improper crime reporting (e.g., Complaint Reports /ICAD Audits), must confer
with Quality Assurance Division's Confidential Investigation Team. Function
monitoring will include random field observations, inspections, audits, etc.
(not associated with active investigations) to ensure compliance with
Department regulations, directives and procedures. Observations/inspections
shall include: visits to assigned facilities, members on assignments, radio
runs, fixed posts, inspection of facilities (Interrupted Patrol Log,
dormitories, etc.), observations/visits to Integrity Monitoring File
locations, and any other appropriate monitoring as directed.

P.G. 202-11 Operations Coordinator
Date Effective: 08-01-13
1. Perform duty in uniform as staff officer assisting the commanding officer
in administrative matters.
2. Do not perform patrol duty, or be assigned to desk duty.
3. Review and supervise the maintenance of records and files of command.
4. Ensure that all members of the service assigned to the command are working
within the correct and authorized chart relative to their assignment.
5. Coordinate all overtime programs within the command.
6. Coordinate the command's safety programs, i.e., OSHA, etc.
7. Supervise the command's staff and ensure that they are in proper uniform
and performing a necessary police function.
8. Supervise the principal administrative associate assigned to the command.
9. Enter in Command Log the time arriving and leaving command and the reason.
10. Perform tours as designated by the commanding officer.
11. Interview civilians and representatives of civic organizations in the
absence of the commanding/executive officer.
12. Represent the commanding officer at civic and fraternal meetings within
command, when designated.
13. Coordinate the human relations program of the command by maintaining close
liaison with the Borough Community Affairs Coordinator and the Commanding
Officer, Office of the Chief, Community Affairs.
14. Review all orders and prepare summaries of pertinent information for
presentation to members of the command at Command Level Training Program or
roll call instruction.
15. Prepare written instructions for sergeants and police officers.
16. Supervise the maintenance of the command library.
17. Supplement instructions of desk officer in the absence of the commanding
officer, to outgoing platoons.
18. Keep sergeants informed of conditions within the command.
19. Relay instructions of commanding officer to members of command.
20. Supervise the civilian cleaners.
21. Supervise the election details.

22. Apportion communications equally among sergeants for investigation.
[I.O. 50 s 11] 23. Ensure completed POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORTS (PD439-1424) are scanned into the Quest for Excellence
application.
24. Check property invoice books and property on hand.
a. Review Command Log entries regarding invoiced property daily and take
immediate steps to remedy conditions that impair the transfer of any invoiced
property stored within the command in excess of thirty days to the appropriate
storage location and notify the executive officer/commanding officer.
b. Designate a uniformed member to perform the duties of the
evidence/property control specialist when he/she is unavailable due to
vacation, sick, etc.
[I.O. 26 s 11] 25. Conduct Survey of command's snow removal equipment (e.g.,
snowblowers, snow shovels, de-icing rock salt, etc.) by September 15th to
ensure its availability and adequacy.
a. Obtain replacement supplies or equipment, if necessary.
26. Make Command Log entry of daily inspection of command for cleanliness,
security, safety hazards, condition of equipment, and the display of offensive
material.
[I.O.
Service
and the
present

32 s 11] a. Ensure the Department sign entitled, "Free Interpretation
Available (SP 487)" is visibly displayed in the command reception area
dual handset telephonic interpretation service equipped telephone is
and functional.

b. Comply with P.G. 219-20, "Loss/Theft of Department Property" if the dual
handset telephonic interpretation service equipped telephone is missing. In
addition, immediately notify the Telecommunications Unit, Monday through
Friday from 0600 to 1800 hours, or the Inter-City Correspondence Unit at other
times, if the dual handset telephone is missing or defective.
27. Supervise semi-annual (during January and July) inspection of command fire
extinguishers.
a. Have inspecting member of the service date and initial the tag attached
to the fire extinguisher.
b. Make Command Log entry indicating that the inspection was performed.
28. Notify Borough or Bureau Safety Coordinator of hazards which are not
readily corrected by command personnel.
29. Review COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) and consult with planning officer and
Crime Analysis and Program Planning Section personnel to determine priority
locations relative to crime conditions within command.
30. Recommend redeployment of personnel, if necessary, to commanding officer,
executive officer, lieutenant platoon commander, or desk officer.
31. Notify members of command, through desk officer, of scheduled court and
other agency appearances and other related notifications.

32. Ensure the proper maintenance of the Subpoena Receipt Book.
33. Ascertain that a current list of restaurants willing to accept monthly
payments for meals provided for prisoners is maintained at the desk including
time restaurant is open and cost of meals.
34. Supervise or designate a supervisor to supervise the command's evidence/
property control specialist.
35. Ensure security of lead seals, Narcotic Evidence Envelopes (Misc. 1-71),
Property Clerk Division Security Envelopes, Property Clerk Division Jewelry
Security Envelopes and peddler seals prior to issuance.
36. Ensure GUN SAFETY (PD420-110) sticker is affixed at all firearm safety
stations.
37. Establish and maintain liaison with District Attorney's Office concerned
to ascertain the necessity for all regular day off (RDO) court appearances
and, where possible, reschedule such appearance for a date other than the
member's RDO.
38. Monitor performance of the command's training sergeant to ensure that all
members are receiving necessary training.
39. Ensure all captions are completed in "Location During Absence" section on
LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041) including each country, with the city/town
or province where member of the service will be staying, date(s) of departure
and date of return when member request leave.
40. Ensure all members of the service are submitting LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT
at least five days before leave commences, except in emergencies.
41. Ensure timekeepers make mandatory entries into Leave of Absence – Location
During Absence database, when a member submits a LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT and
is traveling to a foreign country.
42. Access Leave of Absence – Location During Absence database to verify
mandatory entries are made by command timekeepers for members who are
traveling to a foreign country daily during monthly self-inspections.
43. Ensure compliance with required entries on LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT during
monthly self-inspections.
NOTE:
Absence
command
entries

An online user guide is available after logging onto the Leave of
management system. Operations coordinators must ensure that all
timekeepers follow the instructions as directed in the guide to make
in the Leave of Absence – Location During Absence database.

P.G. 202-12 Special Operations Lieutenant
Date Effective: 11-29-13
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
1. Perform duty in uniform whenever practical.
2. Sign in the Command Log at the beginning and at the conclusion of the tour.
3. Perform tours as approved by the commanding officer, choosing tours that
will maximize supervision of subordinate personnel.
4. Make Command Log entry when leaving or returning to the command.
5. Monitor field performance of subordinate personnel and personally observe
command conditions.
6. Coordinate the crime prevention program of command.
7. Supervise and coordinate command's specialized personnel, including School
Safety Sergeant, Anti-Crime Teams, SNEU, Community Policing Unit, Crime
Prevention, Traffic Safety Officer, Youth Officer, Auxiliary Police
Coordinator, Peddler Enforcement and Domestic Violence Unit personnel.
8. Inspect records and logs of subordinate units and personnel.
a. Inspect and sign Community Policing Unit beat books monthly.
9. Inspect and sign ACTIVITY LOGS (PD112-145) of Anti-Crime, School Safety,
SNEU, CPU and, where applicable, Peddler Enforcement Sergeants each month.
10. Review and sign the POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORT (PD439-1424) for subordinates and confer with detail sergeants as
necessary.
a. Deliver REPORTS to operations coordinator within seven days following
month for which submitted.
11. Access the Quest for Excellence application and prepare QUARTERLY
ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT (PD439-1425) by the tenth day of the month
following the reporting period.
12. Review and approve schedules for subordinate personnel on a weekly basis.
13. Act as the problem solving coordinator for the command, in conjunction
with, and at the direction of the commanding officer.
a. Be responsible for assisting the commanding officer to:
(1) Identify major crime and quality of life problems affecting the
command.
(2) Perform an analysis of the identified crime and quality of life
problems in order to separate them into their essential components.

(3) Design a response utilizing command, Department and community
resources, and where possible the resources of other agencies.
(4) Implement the designed response.
(5) Evaluate the effectiveness of the response and modify it, if
necessary.
14. Attend Community Council, Community Board, and similar meetings, at the
direction of the commanding officer.
a. Be cognizant of community crime trends and quality of life conditions,
allocating resources to address these concerns.
15. Maintain contact with community associations and civic groups to foster
positive community relations and mutual involvement in addressing crime and
quality of life conditions.
16. Attend public meetings where subordinate members are addressing groups to
observe and supervise performance.
17. Prepare annual evaluations for subordinate supervisors under direct
control.
18. Maintain contact with principals of local schools.
a. Ensure that school safety sergeant, youth officer and community patrol
officers are maintaining contact with these institutions.
19. Be knowledgeable in current orders and procedures.
a. Instruct and test subordinate personnel in these matters.
20. Confer regularly with platoon commanders regarding conditions within
command.
a. Encourage exchange of information between specialized units and platoons.
21. Be responsible for the Field Training Program of probationary police
officers assigned to the precinct Community Policing Unit.
22. Confer regularly with the command's detective squad commander to share
information.
a. Encourage exchange of information between the detective squad and
specialized units.
23. Supervise and coordinate the activities of the command's Auxiliary Police
Program through the Auxiliary Police Coordinator.
24. Ensure that the Auxiliary Police Coordinator actively recruits new
members, conducts required training courses, and properly equips Auxiliary
Police personnel.
25. Integrate the auxiliary police functions into the command's problem
solving objectives, e.g., crime prevention, community affairs, community
policing, youth planning, etc.

26. Keep commanding officer apprised of all Auxiliary Police activities.

P.G. 202-13 Lieutenant - Platoon Commander
Date Effective: 08-01-13
1. Be responsible for all command operations during the tour performed.
a. Perform duties of desk officer as outlined in P.G. 202-14, "Desk
Officer," if assigned to a Patrol Services Bureau precinct.
NOTE: At the discretion of the precinct commanding officer, lieutenant
platoon commanders may perform field duties as specified in step 26 below,
provided that two or more sergeants are assigned to duty with that platoon,
one of whom has been designated as patrol supervisor.
b. The lieutenant platoon commander will not ordinarily perform the duties
of the patrol supervisor, and will remain responsible for ALL duties listed in
this procedure.
c. Identify conditions to be addressed by members working the platoon on a
continuing basis.
d. Allocate, based upon conferral with special operations lieutenant, all
resources available for the platoon including, community policing, anticrime, street narcotics enforcement unit(s) and peddler enforcement personnel.
NOTE: When a lieutenant platoon commander is performing the duties of the
desk officer in a Patrol Services Bureau precinct, he/she will remain at the
desk area of the command facility. However, in the event of an emergency
situation occurring in the field, the lieutenant platoon commander may respond
to the scene, e.g., mobilizations, homicides, firearms discharges by uniformed
members of the service. A Command Log entry will be made indicating the time
of departure, the location, and the details of the event requiring the
lieutenant platoon commander's presence. Lieutenant platoon commanders will
remain on the scene only as long as their presence is required, upon which
time they will return to the command and resume the duties of the desk
officer. In the lieutenant platoon commander's absence, a supervisory officer
will assume the responsibilities of the desk officer.
2. Sign Command Log at beginning and end of tour.
3. Perform duty in uniform.
4. Review actions of patrol supervisors to ensure compliance with Department
policies and procedures.
5. Participate as a member of the precinct management team.
6. Advise and confer with commanding/executive officers, operations
coordinator, special operations lieutenant, integrity control officer, squad
commander and BRAM commander, if appropriate, on matters of importance,
unusual arrests or occurrences, personnel and integrity concerns, and other
conditions requiring their attention.
7. Confer with integrity control officer regarding personnel, civilian
complaints, sick records, overtime concerns and integrity issues.

8. Confer frequently with the special operations lieutenant regarding command
crimes and conditions.
9. Confer with lieutenant platoon commander or patrol supervisor from previous
tour, at start of tour.
10. Access the Department's intranet webpage to ascertain active Paid Detail
locations and times of assignment within the precinct, at start of tour.
a. Make a Command Log entry indicating results of inquiry into active Paid
Detail locations, including time of assignments.
b. Print reference copy of Paid Detail assignments scheduled during tour and
attach to roll call.
NOTE: If the lieutenant platoon commander is unavailable, any other
lieutenant or above performing duty within the command will perform the above
step.
11. Confer with lieutenant platoon commanders of adjacent precincts, police
service areas and transit districts to coordinate crime strategies.
12. Ensure radio transmissions affecting the command are monitored at all
times.
13. Cause necessary changes or adjustments in roll call at beginning of tour.
a. Schedule meals for supervisors assigned to platoon so that a supervisor
is on duty at all times.
b. Grant tour changes and excusals for members of platoon when appropriate.
14. Supervise roll call.
a. Personally inspect the outgoing platoon to ensure the personal appearance
of members meets Department standards.
b. Instruct and question members relative to command conditions.
c. Ensure members are familiar with integrity concerns.
d. Ensure members are aware of active Paid Detail locations and times of
assignments at these locations within the precinct.
15. Ensure all personnel of the platoon are properly supervised and performing
duty in a satisfactory manner.
a. Evaluate effectiveness of assignments.
[I.O. 50 s 11] b. Review and sign the POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASURMENT REPORT (PD439-1424) FOR SUBORDINATES AND CONFER WITH DETAIL
SERGEANTS AS NECESSARY.
(1) Deliver REPORTS to operations coordinator within seven days following
month for which submitted.
c. Conduct interviews personally with personnel assigned to the platoon
performing in an unsatisfactory manner.

d. Conduct all return from sick interviews for members of the platoon.
e. Review disciplinary records (CCRB, CPI) of all members assigned to
platoon.
f. Assume responsibility for Early Intervention Monitoring for members of
platoon.
16. Prepare annual evaluations of subordinate platoon supervisors.
17. Inspect the command facility each tour and record results in the Command
Log.
18. Be responsible for proper entries of complaint information in the On Line
Complaint System for the tour.
19. Evaluate training needs and confer with training sergeant as required.
a. Recommend members of the platoon receive specific training required for
complete tour operations, i.e., fingerprint training, scooter qualification,
etc.
20. Designate a supervisor to conduct "platoon briefing."
NOTE: The "platoon briefing" should include information compiled by the
training sergeant, i.e., Police Commissioner messages, bulletins, and
addresses by commanding officers, executive officers, integrity control
officers, etc. The "platoon briefing" will include incident critiques by
lieutenant platoon commanders and patrol supervisors, and regular updates
regarding crime patterns, crime trends, wanted persons and discussions of
precinct conditions and tactics for addressing these conditions.
21. Investigate communications and perform assigned self-inspections, as
directed by commanding officer.
a. Ensure sergeants properly and accurately complete self-inspections,
communications, and reports.
22. Inspect and sign ACTIVITY LOG (PDl12-l45) of patrol supervisors daily.
23. Maintain ACTIVITY LOG and make entries listing times, names, locations,
and assignments of members visited.
24. FIRST PLATOON - Review reports and forms prepared for the previous twentyfour hours.
25. SECOND PLATOON - Be responsible for maintenance and weekly inspection of
Department vehicles.
26. Perform the following duties when assigned as a lieutenant platoon
commander in a command other than a Patrol Services Bureau precinct:
a. Perform duty in civilian clothes when directing plainclothes units or
making discreet observations with the integrity control officer, when directed
by commanding officer or other competent authority.
b. Divide one's time and movement during tour between the field and command

facility, as needs dictate.
c. Sign Command Log and notify Communications Section when leaving to and
returning from patrol.
d. Ensure radio transmissions affecting the command are monitored at all
times.
e. Respond to radio runs unannounced to observe performance of sergeants and
police officers.
f. Evaluate driving habits and abilities of members of the platoon and take
corrective action as necessary.
g. Respond to and direct police activities at serious crimes and emergences.
h. Ensure all arrests are processed expeditiously and under proper
supervision.
i. Perform tour as designated by commanding officer.
[I.O. 50 s 11] 27. Access the Quest for Excellence application and prepare
QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT (PD439-1425) by the tenth day of the
month following the reporting period.

P.G. 202-13a Criminal Justice Bureau - Borough Court Liaison
Officer
Date Effective: 08-01-13
Each borough Court Section will have a borough court liaison officer who will
be a uniformed member of the service in the rank of lieutenant, except for the
Staten Island Court Section, where the position will be assigned to a
sergeant. The borough court liaison officer will report directly to the
commanding officer of the borough Court Section. Each Court Section commanding
officer will advise the Commanding Officer of the Criminal Justice Bureau on
matters regarding prosecutions in their respective borough. The borough court
liaison officer will assist in the development of arrest/prosecution related
policies and training.
BOROUGH COURT LIAISON OFFICER
1. Perform an operational tour of duty as approved by the commanding officer,
choosing tours that will maximize operational efficiency.
2. Submit weekly schedule to the Criminal Justice Bureau, Operations
Commander, via the commanding officer of the Court Section.
3. Confer weekly with members of the borough District Attorney's Office and
patrol borough command to monitor trends and develop strategies that will
improve criminal prosecutions.
4. Confer with the supervising judge of the borough Criminal Court, Family
Court and administrator of the New York City Corporation Counsel, bi-weekly.
a. Develop channels of communication and information sharing with these
agencies, as appropriate.
NOTE: The goal of communication and information sharing is to improve
conviction rates.
5. Review arrests processed as "declined prosecution" and recommend ways to
prevent future "declined prosecutions."
a. Review and analyze arrest documents (e.g. COMPLAINT REPORT[S][PD313-152],
Affidavits, Supporting Depositions, Court Complaints, ACTIVITY LOG [PD112-145]
entries, etc.) to determine ways to improve prosecutions.
6. Provide assistance to supervisors investigating court appearances that
resulted in overtime.
7. Provide assistance to supervisors investigating complaints regarding
uniformed members of the service failed to report for a scheduled court
appearance.
a. Verify that commands are being properly notified when uniformed members
are scheduled for a court appearance.
8. Make recommendations on ways to improve courtroom testimony.
a. Visit the different courts within assigned borough to observe performance

and conduct of uniformed members attending court
b. Review courtroom testimony to uncover and correct deficiencies
c. Confer bi-weekly with Assistance District Attorneys regarding
effectiveness of uniformed members' testimony
d. Review Department training regarding courtroom testimony and make
recommendations in writing (through channels), as necessary, to improve
curriculum.
9. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead to commanding officer monthly,
containing recapitulation of the previous month's conferrals, observations and
conclusions.
10. Provide assistance to members of the New York State Commission of
Correction in their inspection of Department holding pens and detention cells.
11. Coordinate the Court Section fire safety plan and attend fire drill
meetings.
12. Provide assistance to members of Family Court in their site visits to
inspect and certify juvenile rooms.
13. Confer with administrators and staff members of any agency deemed
appropriate by the Commanding Officer of the Criminal Justice Bureau that is
involved in the enforcement of City and State laws and regulations.
14. Attend monthly prosecution assessments meetings at the Criminal Justice
Bureau.
15. Perform assignments as directed by the commanding officer, borough Court
Section.

P.G. 202-14 Desk Officer
Date Effective: 11-29-13
DESK OFFICER
1. Sign name and time in Command Log when assuming desk officer duties and at
end of tour.
a. Enter the names of sergeants in the Command Log as present for duty
immediately prior to the start of their tour.
2. Perform duty in uniform.
3. Be responsible for all police operations within command during tour.
4. Check command email frequently throughout tour.
a. Checks are required immediately after the start of tour and again during
the fourth hour of tour. Record checks in the Command Log.
b. Ensure important or actionable information is relayed to the outgoing
platoon or appropriate command personnel, as required.
5. Visit all areas of the command facility at least once each tour.
a. Personally check both female and male restrooms and locker rooms for any
structural defects that would permit visual access by persons located outside
these private areas, and take immediate corrective action to rectify any such
condition, when circumstances dictate.
b. Inspect command for display of any offensive material.
6. Sign out in Command Log when leaving desk area for any reason, e.g.,
personal necessity, meal, inspection of command facility, and sign in upon
return.
NOTE: When there is more than one patrol supervisor working on patrol, one
will relieve the desk officer for meal. Meal relief is not considered an
emergency. Police officers will not be assigned to desk duty.
7. Supervise arrest processing.
a. Periodically inspect the arrest processing area and ascertain number of
prisoners on hand and length of time in command.
b. Reassign personnel as necessary.
8. Question arresting officers regarding circumstances of arrest (i.e.,
details of occurrence, use of force, evidence recovered, determination of
charge, etc.)
9 Inspect the property locker and all areas within command where invoiced
property is being held at the commencement of each tour.
a. Conduct "Physical Inventory" of property utilizing the Property and

Evidence Tracking System.
b. Inspect seals on all plastic and jewelry security envelopes present for
tampering and conduct immediate investigation if seal is violated.
c. Inspect Property Clerk Division seals on all street vendor property bags
and compare their serial numbers with those serial numbers entered into the
PROPERTY LOG.
d. Enter results of inspection of invoiced property and Property Clerk
Division seals in Command Log by documenting the "Physical Inventory" number
ascertained from the Property and Evidence Tracking System. Make a separate
entry indicating any INVOICES stored within the command in excess of thirty
days, listing each PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number.
e. Notify the operations coordinator of the number of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICES stored within the command in excess of thirty days and expedite
delivery of the invoiced property to its final storage location.
f. Safeguard key and invoiced property during tour.
10. Certify to accuracy and completeness of entries in Command Log concerning
vouchered property.
11. Make required adjustments at roll call and finalize as per ARCS
procedures.
a. After platoon is posted record post changes in the Command Log and on
front of ROLL CALL (PD406-144) as they occur.
12. Conduct roll call and, in the absence of a lieutenant platoon commander,
inspect uniforms and equipment of members of outgoing platoon, question
member's knowledge of command conditions, and ensure familiarity with
integrity concerns.
13. Notify patrol supervisor of reassignment of members returning from court
or other details.
14. Maintain Command Log.
15. Interview visitors entering command.
16. Monitor FINEST for messages affecting command or members of command.
17. Supervise performance of:
a. Command clerk
b. Telephone switchboard operator
c. Attendant
d. Patrolwagon operator
18. DO NOT assign attendant any duty requiring them to leave cell block while
prisoners are lodged therein.
19. Supervise entries made on PRISONER ROSTER (PD244-145).

20. Examine and sign forms and reports as required.
21. Process summonses issued during previous twenty-four hour period when
performing duty with first platoon.
22. Supervise issuance of summons books.
23. Process application for bail and personal recognizance.
24. Verify return roll call.
a. Supervise platoon sign-out at end of tour.
25. Enter in Interrupted Patrol Log identity of all members of platoon
entering command for any reason.
26. Certify entries in TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG (PD112-143) by signing the LOG
after 4th hour and at end of tour.
27. Record hourly rings for all uniformed members performing duty between 0200
and 0700 hours.
28. Maintain Telephone Record.
29. Operate and monitor base radio.
30. Arrange meals and reliefs for personnel assigned to duty in command
facility.
31. Ascertain that supervisor conducts investigation when a member of the
service is injured and/or Department property is damaged and submit required
reports in connection therewith.
32. Make required notifications to members of the service assigned to or
residing within command.
33. Supervise distribution of paychecks and make appropriate Command Log
entries.
34. Notify commanding officer of important matters, i.e., unusual arrest or
occurrences and important messages or conditions requiring personal attention.
35. Promptly notify the Intelligence Bureau's Criminal Intelligence Section of
major incidents i.e., homicides; assaults involving shootings, stabbings or
slashings; home invasions; crime resulting in serious injury to members of the
service, significant seizure of contraband, drugs, money, or fireworks;
burglary, robbery, firearms, shooting, or pattern crime arrests; gang
incidents; hidden compartments (traps) in specific vehicles and any other
special circumstances deemed appropriate by the Commanding Officer,
Intelligence Bureau and/or precinct/PSA/transit district commanding officer.
36. Confer with commanding officer, executive officer, and operations
coordinator concerning any trends observed or other matters of importance.
37. Safeguard and distribute portable radios giving priority to nature of
member's assignment.

38. Check on repair, availability and distribution of field equipment, i.e.,
portable radios and emergency equipment and make entries in pertinent records.
39. Examine reports and forms prepared during previous twenty-four hours and
process as required when performing duty with the First Platoon.
40. Forward reports or forms to Departmental units or other commands.
41. Ensure that the United States flag is displayed properly between sunrise
and sunset on each day.
42. DO NOT permit unauthorized person behind desk except the following persons
when performing their official duties:
a. Members of the service
b. Judicial Officers
c. M.E. or assistant
d. Corporation Counsel or assistant
e. Comptroller or assistant
f. District Attorney or assistant
43. Accept service of civil process for member of command and notify member
concerned, when principal administrative associate not performing duty.
44. Assign qualified member to operate patrolwagon when civilian operator is
not available. If neither is available in command, request patrol borough
command to assign operator.
45. DO NOT assign patrolwagon operator any duty outside stationhouse without
prior approval of borough court section concerned. (Assignments from borough
court section concerned have priority over precinct assignments.)
46. Verify arrival and departure of command receptionist by signing Personnel
Schedule and Time Sheet.
47. Forward command receptionist program reports as required.
48. Supervise subordinate members of command.
49. Lieutenant platoon commanders serving as desk officers will evaluate
effectiveness of command patrol assignments.
50. DO NOT deploy SNEU/Anti-Crime/Peddler Enforcement personnel unless a
SNEU/Anti-Crime/Peddler Enforcement supervisor is assigned directly and
totally to their supervision.
51. Ensure that meals assigned to supervising officers performing duty are
scheduled so that a supervisor is on patrol at all times.
52. Notify telephone switchboard operator of all post changes.
53. Report defective gas pumping equipment to Fleet Services Division, Fuel
Control.

54. Promptly post any messages which modify the "Uniform of the Day."
55. Prepare DAILY VEHICLE ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD120-141) on each tour. Maintain
SHEETS for the current month on a clipboard behind the desk.
a. Verify DAILY VEHICLE ASSIGNMENT SHEET when performing duty with the first
platoon.
b. Have completed SHEETS filed after each month.
56. Prepare PRECINCT CONSOLIDATED TOUR REPORT (PD120-140) on every tour and
attach to the desk copy of the ROLL CALL.
57. Inspect all areas containing Department computer systems at least once
each tour and ensure that all systems are being used within Department
guidelines and are not damaged in any way.
58. Make required entries on Roll Call Adjustment (Misc. 3084) and
corresponding changes on desk copy of ROLL CALL prior to the start of the
incoming platoon.

P.G. 202-15 Command Integrity Control Officer
Date Effective: 08-19-13
COMMAND INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
1. Perform NO DUTIES other than integrity control.
2. Perform duty regularly in one command.
3. Develop and maintain:
a. An Integrity Control Program suitable and responsive to command
conditions and
b. A comprehensive overtime control plan which includes an audit and review
process.
4. Make recommendations to commanding officer concerning integrity control.
5. Observe command conditions and visit corruption prone locations frequently,
at irregular hours. Keep commanding officer advised of conditions and possible
corruption hazards.
6. Visit command holding cells, detective holding cells, emergency rooms and
hospitalized prisoner rooms.
7. Assist commanding officer in developing sources of information regarding
integrity and corruption by maintaining rapport with members of the service
(uniformed and civilian) and private citizens.
8. Instruct uniformed members of the service, during roll call training, on
the proper methods of identifying, reporting and combating corruption.
9. Provide advice to commanding officers/unit commanders concerning
appropriate penalties for violations of Department regulations.
10. Conduct investigations and submit reports in response to official
communications received from the Internal Affairs Bureau and patrol borough
investigations units when so assigned by commanding officer.
11. Compile, maintain and update "Confidential Performance Profile" of
subordinate members. Verify the "Profile" annually with the Central Personnel
Index of the Personnel Bureau, and forward all necessary "Profile" information
to member's commanding officer when member is transferred.
12. Confer with all sergeants upon their assignment to the command and
annually thereafter, apprising them of those members of the command who have
significant negative information in their "Confidential Performance Profile."
13. Conduct CPI check when new members are assigned to command.
14. Inspect time cards, overtime records, property records, minor violations
log, vending machine ledgers, etc.
15. Maintain records concerning the Integrity Control Program including an

"Integrity Monitoring File" (see P.G. 203-21).
16. Review records relating to court appearances resulting in overtime.
17. Inspect and sign ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of sergeants.
18. Inform local businessmen of Departmental policy and provisions of the
Penal Law, concerning corruption and gratuities.
19. Develop liaison with Internal Affairs Bureau and patrol borough
investigations units to exchange information for self initiated
anti-corruption programs.
20. Review Command Log entries regarding invoiced property daily and if any
property is stored in the command in excess of thirty days, consult with the
operations coordinator, desk officer etc., to determine if an integrity or
corruption hazard exists. If so, brief the executive officer/commanding
officer and take appropriate action to correct the situation.
21. Notify patrol borough investigations unit concerned regarding self
initiated cases.
22. Verify Identification Section's printout of Criminal History Record
Inquiries (name checks).
23. Ensure the annual issuance and collection of the NYPD Restricted Parking
Permits (Misc.23-N) is in compliance with P.G. 219-29, "Distribution and Use
of NYPD Restricted Parking Permits."
a. Maintain a record of the issuance and return of the NYPD Restricted
Parking Permits in a command Parking Permit Log as follows:
PERMIT
NO.

DATE
ISSUED

NAME OF
MEMBER

VEHICLE
MAKE
PLATE#

DATE
RETURNED

REMARKS

24. Check equipment and supplies regarding misuse or misappropriation.
25. Ascertain that computer security and integrity is maintained, including
all official Department recorded media or recorded media coming into
possession of the Department as evidence or for investigative purposes (e.g.
video tape, photo-graphic images or pictures, audio recordings, electronic or
internet files, etc.).
26. Conduct investigations when member of the service in the military fails to
provide appropriate military contract and drill schedule to precinct
timekeepers.
27. Physically inspect all Department radios assigned to command monthly to
ensure accountability.
28. Identify all radios assigned outside of command on a permanent basis and
confer with the commanding officer regarding the necessity for its
continuance.
29. Debrief prisoners concerning corruption/serious misconduct, when possible.
30. Ensure accuracy of the license plates recorded on CERTIFICATION OF PARKING
SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146) by performing random checks of summonses in

accordance with established command self-inspection procedures.
31. Become well versed in the use of the computerized Accident System Index
and its "AAMZ/AQIA screens".
32. Utilize the aforementioned "screens" to regularly scan Police Accident
Reports (MV104AN) for the following corruption indicators:
a. An inordinate amount of Police Accident Reports (PAR's) submitted by the
same UMOS.
b. Discrepancies between the dates and times of submitted PAR's and those of
UMOS scheduled tours.
c. Any PAR submitted by a command clerk and
d. Any PAR submitted by a UMOS assigned to an outside command, i.e. task
force, bordering precinct, etc.
33. Conduct investigation when warranted and contact the Fraudulent Collision
Investigation Squad for assistance, if necessary.
34. Access the Department's intranet webpage each month to ascertain Paid
Detail activities of individual members assigned to command, including times
and locations.
a. Select an appropriate representative sampling and compare against command
roll call and overtime records to ensure there are no discrepancies.
b. Include in command overtime self-inspection program.
35. Inspect all male and female lockers annually, during the month of
November, for proper display of Department stickers POLICE DON'T MOVE
(PD672-133) and PROPER TACTICS SAVE LIVES (PD642-110).
a. Ensure that the POLICE DON'T MOVE sticker contains the member's rank,
name, shield and squad number information
b. Enter results of inspection of Department locker stickers in Command Log.
NOTE: Borough Investigations Units and the Borough Training Coordinator will
conduct random inspections of Command Level Training Program to ensure all
members are receiving required training.

P.G. 202-16 Principal Administrative Associate
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PRINCIPAL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSOCIATE
1. Acts as principal assistant in precinct/police service area/transit
district to operations coordinator.
2. Responsible for direct line supervision and training of both uniformed and
civilian members of the service assigned to clerical, administrative, and
custodial staff, including roll call, payroll/time records, clerical, crime
analysis and communications.
3. Assists in providing staff supervision of SP9, telephone switchboard,
command clerk positions and all non-clerical civilian personnel.
a. Inform and train personnel regarding changes in position functions.
b. Consult with desk officer and training officer regarding training needs.
c. Request civilian personnel be included in [Rev 08-01] Command Level
Training Program, when appropriate.
4. Monitors attendance and punctuality of members of the service under his/
her supervision.
5. Responsible for scheduling adequate coverage of positions under his/her
supervision.
6. Develops and/or assists in developing procedures and methods, records and
operational controls.
7. Communicates new and/or modified policy methods and procedures to staff and
evaluates results.
8. Prepares routine, complex, and confidential communications, including
self-inspection reports.
9. Prepares performance evaluations for designated staff members using "Tasks
and Standards Guide."
10. Attends supervisory staff meetings and conducts meetings with subordinate
staff.
11. Have a Command Log entry made of the time arriving and leaving the
precinct stationhouse, police service area, or transit district, and the
reason.
12. Performs other assignments as directed by commanding officer and/or
operations coordinator.
13. Prepare self-inspection of command's military leave records, as required.
14. Notify the operations coordinator and integrity control officer if
member's current military contract and current drill schedule are not provided

by the member concerned.
NOTE: In commands where there is no principal administrative associate
assigned, the commanding officer concerned will designate a member of the
service to perform the above functions.

P.G. 202-17 Patrol Supervisor
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PATROL SUPERVISOR
[I.O. 72 s 13] 1. Report to the desk officer immediately prior to the start of
tour for entry in the Command Log as present for duty.
2. Supervise all police field operations within command during tour of duty.
3. Immediately respond to and direct activities at radio runs involving any
weapons (firearms, knives, etc.), serious crimes, burglaries and emergencies.
a. Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries.
(1) Communications Section will immediately dispatch a patrol supervisor
from an adjoining command if patrol supervisor, command of occurrence, is not
available.
4. Conduct roll call, if directed by lieutenant platoon commander or desk
officer.
5. Confer with commanding officer, executive officer, operations coordinator,
lieutenant platoon commander and desk officer concerning trends observed or
other matters of mutual interest and importance.
6. Conduct investigation and submit reports on injuries to members of the
service (uniformed and civilian) or damage to Department property.
7. Report serious deficiencies in RMP seatbelts to lieutenant platoon
commander or in his/her absence, direct to commanding officer.
NOTE: Take appropriate action if defects in seatbelts are deemed to be of a
nature not consistent with normal usage. In addition, be vigilant for
indications that members are disabling or improperly using seatbelts (e.g.
buckling seatbelt behind occupant's body or behind seat.)
8. Report all vandalism of RMP seatbelts to the Internal Affairs Bureau.
9. Visit various locations within command at different times during the first
platoon to ascertain that uniformed members of the service are performing duty
at all times.
10. Conduct investigations and submit reports as required.
11. Maintain ACTIVITY LOG and make entries listing times, names and assignment
of police officers visited.
12. Be cognizant of crimes and other conditions within command and instruct
police officers concerning activities that affect their sector/posts.
13. Patrol command in uniform equipped with portable radio, as directed.
14. Supervise inspection of Department vehicles assigned to members of
platoon.

15. Visit police officers assigned to foot and radio motor patrol frequently
and at irregular intervals during tour and indicate visit by signing ACTIVITY
LOG of each member.
16. Visit uniformed members of the service assigned to hospital and special
posts at least once each tour.
17. Ensure that radio messages directed to member assigned to sector/post are
acknowledged.
18. Direct RMP units to resume patrol when services are no longer required.
19. Report derelictions of duty to commanding officer.
20. Keep lieutenant platoon commander or desk officer notified of current
matters of importance.
21. Notify switchboard operator of location where meal will be taken and
relieve lieutenant platoon commander or desk officer for meal, when
designated.
22. Direct uniformed members assigned to scooter duty to report to lieutenant
platoon commander or desk officer for reassignment when weather/road
conditions make scooter operation dangerous.
[I.O. 50 s 11] 23. Review and sign POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORTS(PD439-1424) OF POLICE OFFICERS/DETECTIVE SPECIALISTS,
WEEKLY.
a. Make required entries and deliver completed REPORTS to platoon commander
for review by the fifth day for the previous month.
24. Sign return ROLL CALL (PD406-144) after completion of tour.
25. Supervise member's performance of duty, test knowledge of command
conditions and closely evaluate member's activity.
26. Submit to commanding officer, in writing, recommendations for special
assignment, detective designation, or change in assignment for members under
supervision.
27. Evaluate driving habits and abilities of members of the platoon and take
corrective action as necessary.

P.G. 202-18 Supervisor Of Anti-Crime Patrol
Date Effective: 08-01-13
SUPERVISOR, ANTI-CRIME PATROL
1. Confer with commanding officer, special operations lieutenant, crime
analysis officer and uniformed supervisors on patrol to identify locations of
high crime within the command.
2. Examine COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) and ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEETS (PD244-159) to establish times and locations of violent street
crimes and burglaries.
[I.O. 2 s 10] 3. Inspect members daily for proper equipment and ensure that
each member is equipped with a nylon windbreaker jacket (including Transit
Bureau anti-crime members) conforming to the specifications of P.G. 204-04,
"Optional Uniform Items," and pepper spray.
4. Inspect Department autos daily for necessary equipment, including portable
red light.
5. Ensure that members are properly trained regarding duties as described in
current Department directives.
6. Supervise member's performance, be cognizant of location of anti-crime
members, and be able to contact personnel at all times.
7. Apprise patrol sergeants of anti-crime activity locations for information
of uniformed members on patrol.
8. Ensure that anti-crime personnel do not conduct decoy operations without
prior approval of the bureau chief concerned.
9. Notify platoon commander and special operations lieutenant of all incidents
of importance that occur during tour.

P.G. 202-19 Training Sergeant
Date Effective: 08-01-13
TRAINING SERGEANT
1. Perform duty, in uniform, as the command's primary training instructor and
coordinator of field training.
2. Perform tours of duty at the direction of the commanding officer, as
necessary.
3. MUST dedicate a minimum of four hours and thirty minutes of each tour to
patrol related functions, e.g., meal relief for desk officer and/or patrol
supervisor, investigating communications, etc.
4. Conduct training sessions for the three platoons as follows:
a. 1st and 2nd Platoons - 0720 to 0745 hours
b. 3rd Platoon - 1515 to 1535 hours.
5. Schedule and conduct training sessions for all uniformed and, when
appropriate, civilian members of the command not assigned to a steady platoon
(i.e., Community Policing Unit, Anti-Crime, Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit
and civilians).
a. Training sessions will be conducted twice weekly for forty-five to sixty
minutes duration.
[I.O. 50 s 11] 6. Inform members during training sessions of identified sector
conditions as per the most recent weekly COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORTS.
7. Maintain and sign the Training Attendance Log daily.
8. Have tours adjusted, where applicable, by the commanding officer to ensure
that all police officers working tours outside the training sergeant's normal
tour will receive training.
9. Attend Police Academy training seminars and conduct training in topics
selected by the Department's Training Advisory Committee.
a. Research and prepare lesson outlines in accordance with schedules
promulgated by the Borough Training Coordinator.
10. Confer frequently with commanding officer to identify training needs.
11. Implement training directives of commanding officer.
12. Keep abreast of occurrences within the command and conditions to aid
commanding officer in identifying problems which may be solved by command
level instruction.
13. Maintain attendance records at training sessions and other Department
training programs.

a. Coordinate the attendance by members of the command at all Department
training programs.
14. Monitor and review attendance records to ensure that all members of the
command, both uniformed and civilian, when appropriate, are trained within
each training cycle and that training is conducted each day as required.
NOTE: Appropriate investigation unit and the Borough Training Coordinator
will conduct random inspections of [Rev 08-01] Command Level Training Program
to ensure all members are receiving required training.
15. Ensure that lesson plans and training materials are available and
accessible to the alternate trainer when not scheduled or unavailable to
conduct training.
16. Prepare roll call training messages.
17. Prepare and maintain bulletin board training within the command.
a. Supervise maintenance of other command bulletin boards/pin maps.
18. Measure effectiveness of training efforts on members of command.
19. Attend community meetings when designated to do so by commanding officer.
20. Give advance notice of future training topics to increase interest.
21. Maintain command library.
22. Keep abreast of current orders (i.e., Interim/Operations Orders, FINEST
messages, etc.).
a. Include pertinent material during training sessions.
23. Distribute Patrol Guide Revision Notices and other Department directives
as required.
24. Confer with principal administrative associate or designee to determine
civilian training needs.
[I.O. 7 s 12] 25. Confer with the Department's Facilities Management Division
in the implementation of an effective recycling program.
a. Post information on what and how to recycle where appropriate (e.g.,
bulletin boards, etc.)
b. Ensure members of the service receive information about recycling
procedures and best practices for waste reduction and reuse
c. Contact, quarterly, the Facilities Management Division's
Recycling/Sustainability Coordinator to report actions that were taken to
implement the Waste Prevention, Reuse and Recycling Plan.
NOTE: The Police Academy will develop and supply training sergeants with
training curriculums and materials in coordination with the Office of the
Chief of Department.

P.G. 202-20 Precinct School Safety Sergeant
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PRECINCT SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT
1. Assist precinct commanding officer in developing and implementing the
precinct school safety plan.
2. Coordinate precinct resources to address developing school-related
conditions.
3. Perform an operational tour of duty, ensuring that hours are consistent
with school hours of operation, particularly dismissal times.
4. Maintain ongoing liaison with principals and school staff.
5. Coordinate the evaluation and supervision of school safety agents.
6. Assist with training of school safety personnel.
7. Coordinate activities with precinct youth officer.
8. Evaluate and coordinate "Safe Passage" and "Safe Corridor" Programs.
9. Act as conduit to Department for school safety agents' requests for
resources.
10. Visit schools and track statistics on violence in schools by conferring
with school principals and school safety agents.
[I.O. 47 s 12] 11. Establish liaison and coordinate precinct efforts with the
School Safety Division, Truancy Coordinator.
12. Liaison with the precinct domestic violence prevention officer on cases
involving child abuse.
13. Respond to incidents where a school safety agent is a victim of an offense
while performing duty.
14. Keep special operations lieutenant apprised of activities in and around
school facilities.
[I.O. 47 s 12] 15. Identify locations at the beginning of every school year,
for all schools within the precinct, where truants will be delivered to and
identify at least one person in each school who will accept responsibility for
truants delivered.

P.G. 202-21 Police Officer
Date Effective: 08-01-13
POLICE OFFICER
1. Perform duty in uniform as indicated on roll call or as directed by
competent authority.
2. Proceed to post, sector or assignment as directed by supervisor.
3. Comply with meal and post relieving points as directed by commanding
officer.
4. Report to desk officer when entering or leaving stationhouse / police
service area / transit district during tour of duty indicating reason for
presence therein.
5. Be aware of, and inspect, post or sector for conditions requiring police
attention.
6. Report immediately to the patrol supervisor and the platoon commander any
unusual crime, occurrence or condition.
7. Report conditions not requiring immediate attention to the command clerk.
8. Render all necessary police service in assigned area and as otherwise
directed.
9. Familiarize self with the everyday routine of people residing, doing
business or frequenting post or sector.
10. Investigate suspicious conditions and circumstances on the post.
11. Give attention to crime hazards.
12. Signal the command each hour, if not equipped with radio.
a. All uniformed members will ring between 0200 and 0700 hours direct to the
desk officer.
b. When assigned to school or church crossing, signal before and after
crossing.
c. Do not signal when assigned to a traffic post.
d. Uniformed members assigned to the Transit Bureau will signal the command
when arriving and leaving assigned post, going on and coming off meal, and as
indicated on the roll call.
13. When dispatched to an assignment by the telephone switchboard operator,
keep the telephone switchboard operator informed of police services rendered.
14. Report police services rendered in another command to desk officer of that
command.

[I.O. 50 s 11] 15. Submit POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT (PD439-1424) to the designated sergeant for review and
signature on the seventh, fourteenth, and twenty-first day of every month.
a. Submit completed REPORT to designated sergeant by the second day of the
month for the previous month.
b. Submit REPORT prior to leave, or if not possible, without delay upon
return to duty if scheduled for vacation or other leave.
16. Call the desk officer when detained at court or elsewhere and unable to
return to command to sign the Return Roll Call at end of tour.
17. Maintain ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
18. Preserve completed ACTIVITY LOGS and produce them as required by competent
authority.
19. Monitor portable radio.
20. Do not leave post / sector until meal actually commences and be back on
post when meal is over. (Travel time is not authorized).

P.G. 202-22 Radio Motor Patrol Operator
Date Effective: 08-19-13
RADIO MOTOR PATROL OPERATOR
1. Inspect the serviceability of seatbelts in the radio motor patrol car.
a. Notify patrol supervisor of any deficiencies found in accordance with
P.G. 219-01 "Inspection of Department Vehicles Each Tour by Operator."
2. Wear Seat Belts.
a. Wear three-point seatbelts, when provided.
b. Wear two-point safety belts (lap belts) if three-point safety belts are
not provided.
NOTE: There is an increased risk of significant injury to members of the
service who do not wear safety belts. There is no question that wearing a
safety belt when involved in a motor vehicle collision reduces the extent and
severity of injuries and saves lives.
Therefore, the wearing of safety belts is required for all individuals
operating or riding in a Department vehicle (marked or unmarked) or a private
vehicle authorized for Department use. Safety belts may be removed ONLY when a
member of the service is involved in what appears to be a dangerous tactical
situation and the wearing of the safety belt may impair the member's ability
to take police action.
3. Exchange assignments every four hours with the recorder of the radio motor
patrol car.
4. Operate car for the entire tour when assigned as driver of ranking officer.
a. Monitor radio messages directed to assigned area when supervisor is out
of car.
5. Permit only uniformed members of the service performing related police duty
to enter or ride in a radio motor patrol car on patrol.
6. Respond to messages of serious police emergency within five blocks of
location even if messages are directed to another car, regardless of sector,
precinct and borough boundaries.
7. Do not carry electric blasting caps in vehicles or transmit within 150 feet
of any electric blasting operation.
8. Monitor radio when recorder is assigned to a school or church crossing.
a. Pick up recorder and respond to assignment when directed by radio
dispatcher.
9. Leave radio on and have the car ready for instant use when car is being
cleaned or supplied with fuel.

a. Do not put car out of service if fuel is to be obtained in assigned
command.
10. Avoid remaining in areas where radio reception is poor.
11. Proceed to an emergency scene with due caution. (Do not use the siren
unnecessarily; approach the scene of a reported crime quietly.)
12. Take RMP car out of assigned sector when:
a. Directed by competent authority, or
b. Answering an emergency call, or
c. Servicing, repairing or cleaning required, with permission of desk
officer.
13. Constantly patrol assigned sector.
14. Do not unnecessarily leave the car unattended.
a. REMOVE keys and LOCK car when answering call.
b. DO NOT LEAVE PORTABLE RADIO IN CAR.
15. Position car at scene of an emergency to avoid obstructing, or being
blocked by, emergency apparatus.
16. Sign return roll call at end of tour.
17. Perform the duties of recorder when none is assigned.
18. Inspect the car when reporting for duty (see P.G. 219-01, "Inspection of
Department Vehicles Each Tour by Operator").
19. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of findings, odometer reading and
amount of gasoline in the tank as registered by the indicator, in addition to
all other required entries as per Patrol Guide 212-08 "Activity Logs."
20. Notify the desk officer when a car requires speedometer repairs or other
repairs or replacement of parts or accessories, including tires and tubes.
21. Operate car in manner to avoid injury to person or damage to property.
22. Drive at slow rate of speed except under exceptional circumstances or
extreme emergency.
23. Operate RMP car only when assigned and only when Department qualified to
operate such vehicle.
24. Take care of car and accessories, equipment and tools assigned.
25. Cooperate with other operators of same car to which assigned in care and
maintenance, particularly cleaning, washing and keeping the car in proper
operating condition.
26. Make minor repairs to car when possible.

27. Enter appointment for preventive maintenance on sticker affixed to
vehicle.
28. Deliver car for regular preventive maintenance inspection as scheduled on
sticker affixed to vehicle.
29. Do not tow or push another vehicle with RMP car.
NOTE: Highway District vehicles equipped with "protective bumper guards" may
push disabled vehicles obstructing active traffic lanes to the nearest
location where it may be parked safely. In NO event will disabled vehicles be
pushed to repair shops or onto private property (see P.G. 214-31, "Removal of
Vehicles from Parkways, Highways and Expressways").

P.G. 202-23 Radio Motor Patrol Recorder
Date Effective: 08-19-13
RADIO MOTOR PATROL RECORDER
1. Assist Radio Motor Patrol Operator in inspection of seatbelts.
a. Inform Radio Motor Patrol Operator of any deficiencies found and record
findings in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
NOTE: Report seatbelt deficiencies to the Patrol Supervisor.
2. Ride in the front seat of radio motor patrol car, except when transporting
prisoner, emotionally disturbed person, etc., in a radio motor patrol car not
equipped with a fiberglass partition.
a. Wear three-point seatbelts, when provided.
b. Wear two-point safety belts (lap belts) if three-point safety belts are
not provided.
NOTE: There is an increased risk of significant injury to members of the
service who do not wear safety belts. There is no question that wearing a
safety belt when involved in a motor vehicle collision reduces the extent and
severity of injuries and saves lives.
Therefore, the wearing of safety belts is required for all individuals
operating or riding in a Department vehicle (marked or unmarked) or a private
vehicle authorized for Department use. Safety belts may be removed ONLY when a
member of the service is involved in what appears to be a dangerous tactical
situation and the wearing of the safety belt may impair the member's ability
to take police action.
3. Notify radio dispatcher of the presence of a prisoner, emotionally
disturbed person, etc., the time entering the RMP, their gender and the
beginning mileage.
a. Notify the radio dispatcher of the time persons exited RMP and ending
mileage, upon arrival at destination.
4. Operate the radio.
5. Record in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), radio messages directed to car,
including time, location of call and type of case, in addition to all other
required entries as per Patrol Guide 212-08, "Activity Logs."
a. Enter disposition of each call and time of completion.
6. Make hourly ring direct to desk officer between 0200 and 0700 hours.
7. Transmit disposition or interim disposition to radio dispatcher immediately
upon completion of assignment and before leaving the scene of assignment.
a. Transmit interim disposition to radio dispatcher if required to proceed
to another location in connection with current assignment.

b. Notify desk officer of disposition of assignments originating from
command or other important assignments of an unusual nature.
8. Notify the radio dispatcher if undue delay is encountered in response to a
radio message.
9. Obtain a portable radio, if available, from the desk officer.
10. Cover school crossing or other fixed post, as required.
11. Prepare all necessary reports and records connected with police action
taken jointly with operator, while assigned as recorder.
12. Signal command and comply with instructions of desk officer, if radio
station becomes inoperative.
13. Obtain permission from radio dispatcher to place R.M.P. auto out of
service for minor repairs.
14. Notify radio dispatcher of all assignments including pickup assignments,
not emanating from Communications Section.
a. Give location and nature of assignment.
15. Carry duplicate set of keys for vehicle to which assigned during the
entire tour of duty.

P.G. 202-24 Motor Scooter Operator
Date Effective: 08-19-13
MOTOR SCOOTER OPERATOR
1. Operate scooter at a slow, safe rate of speed.
a. Three-wheel scooters may be operated on all tours at speeds not exceeding
twenty M.P.H.
2. Operate scooter with headlight on at all times.
3. Report to command by telephone each hour or during emergencies as directed
by commanding officer.
4. Do not use scooter to pursue motor vehicles nor be assigned to expressways
or parkways.
5. Check road conditions of entire post and make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112- 145)
entry immediately after arrival on post.
6. Request reassignment when original assignment is hazardous due to spillout
from trucks, construction or other poor road surface conditions.
7. Do not perform scooter duty when:
a. Rain, snow, sleet, heavy fog, or any precipitation causes ground to
become slippery.
(1) Three-wheel scooters may be used in moderate rain and fog.
b. Patches of snow or ice remain from previous storm.
c. High winds interfere with control of scooter.
d. Temperature falls below 32 degrees Fahrenheit, 0 degrees Celsius (except
three-wheel scooter).
8. Receive refresher training in motor scooter operation when member:
a. Has been involved in scooter collision.
b. Has not operated a Department scooter within six months period and is
being considered for assignment to operate scooters.
c. Has performed scooter duty for one year period without attending
refresher course.
9. Inspect scooter to ensure it is in serviceable condition and enter in
ACTIVITY LOG findings, odometer reading and amount of gasoline in tank.
10. Operate scooter only when assigned, properly licensed and designated as
qualified Department Scooter Operator.
11. Monitor portable radio.

12. Wear dual-purpose disorder control/scooter helmet with face shield in
place.
a. Face shield is not required to be in place when operating three-wheel
scooter.
13. Wear reflective belt or reflective traffic safety vest during hours of
darkness.
14. Obey traffic control devices.
a. Siren and roof lights installed on three-wheel scooters will be operated
when necessary.
15. Use extreme caution when approaching intersection or making turns.
16. Do not respond to radio runs unless specifically directed by radio
dispatcher.

P.G. 202-25 Anti-Crime Police Officer
Date Effective: 08-01-13
ANTI-CRIME POLICE OFFICER
1. Perform duty in civilian clothes.
a. Be equipped with pepper spray while on duty.
2. Maintain daily record of activity in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
3. Study and analyze command crime statistics and reports.
4. Patrol within confines of command giving special attention to locations
prone to violent street/subway crimes and burglaries.
5. Inform radio dispatcher when responding to, or present at the scene of a
police incident and include description of clothing worn, vehicle used, etc.
6. Wear appropriate identification when present at scene of a police incident
(nylon windbreaker jacket, shield, headband, color of day, etc.).
a. Properly identify self prior to taking any police action, if possible.
7. Conduct short-term investigations, not to exceed two hours, within command
boundaries, directly related to street/subway crimes or burglaries except when
commanding officer/executive officer extends such time.
8. Do not conduct lineup or show photographs without permission of detective
squad supervisor or qualified supervisor of investigating unit (e.g., BRAM,
etc.).
9. Stop a vehicle under the following circumstances:
a. Reasonable suspicion that the occupant(s) of the vehicle have committed,
are committing, or about to commit a crime; OR
b. Probable cause that the occupant(s) of the vehicle have committed a
crime; OR
c. Upon observing the vehicle, reasonable suspicion exists that a violation
of the traffic laws has been committed; OR
d. Upon observing the vehicle, probable cause exists that a violation of the
traffic laws has been committed; OR
e. The vehicle is stopped according to some non-arbitrary,
non-discretionary, systematic procedure (e.g., a roadblock, or DWI
checkpoint).
(1) All civilian clothed uniformed members of the service shall, when
practical, utilize portable red light, NYPD windbreaker jacket, NYPD baseball
cap and/or color of the day.
(2) Contact Communications Section and request marked Department vehicle

respond, if practical.
NOTE: Civilian clothed uniformed members of the service (i.e., Anti-Crime,
PDS/BRAM Units) shall conduct taxi/livery checks pursuant to the Taxi/Livery
Robbery Inspection Program (TRIP) and passenger vehicle checks pursuant to the
Combat Auto Thefts (CAT) program. When a vehicle stop is made on the basis of
an observed traffic infraction, uniformed members of the service should take
proper police action, including the issuance of summonses.

P.G. 202-26 Crime Prevention Officer
Date Effective: 08-01-13
CRIME PREVENTION OFFICER
1. Cooperate with the special operations lieutenant, patrol supervisors,
patrol officers, planning officer, training officer, and the auxiliary
coordinator to determine local crime prevention needs and methods of
controlling crime.
2. Evaluate crime patterns and institute crime prevention programs relative to
specific crimes.
3. Establish rapport with local community to implement innovative crime
prevention programs tailored to specific needs.
4. Act as liaison with private security directors of organizations within
command and facilitate exchange of intelligence information with the business
community.
5. Coordinate "Zero Tolerance" and larceny reduction programs with retail
establishments regarding shoplifting arrests.
6. Keep commanding officer apprised of private sector initiatives, and
progress of the ongoing Area Police Private Security Liaison (APPL) program.
7. Conduct public education programs on crime prevention via various community
group meetings.
8. Give direction and guidance to cooperative neighborhood crime prevention
undertakings.
9. Inspect premises and make recommendations concerning physical security.
10. Investigate selected crimes against property, evaluate current security
measures and recommend new procedures to owners or residents.
11. Investigate selected crimes against the person, interview victims and
institute individual and community education programs to prevent recurrence.
12. Refer complex cases which require special investigative effort to the
Crime Prevention Section.
13. Wear appropriate business attire when not performing duty in uniform.
14. Inspect all COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) to identify crime victims under
sixty years of age, who have been the subject of:
a. Homicide, sex crime, robbery, assault, OR,
b. Physically injured.
NOTE: Notification of rights to compensation for victims aged sixty years
and over will be made by the New York City Department of the Aging.

15. Verify if member of the service preparing/investigating COMPLAINT REPORT
involving a crime victim has complied with P.G. 207-08, "Preliminary
Investigation of Complaints (Other than Vice or Narcotics Complaints)".
16. Notify crime victim/surviving relative by mailing a pamphlet/application
through the Mail and Distribution Unit within five days of receipt of
COMPLAINT REPORT.
a. If requested, provide assistance to crime victim or relative in
completing Application for Compensation form. Another available officer from
Community Affairs or Domestic Violence should be designated to assist crime
victim/relative in the absence of the crime prevention officer.
b. Operations Coordinator will be responsible for maintaining the
notification system in the absence of the Crime Prevention Officer.
17. Maintain written records of the month's activity of all notifications made
and forward a report on Typed Letterhead, by the fifth of each month, to the
patrol borough command concerned.
a. Patrol borough commands will consolidate monthly reports and forward
them, within three days, to Crime Victims Unit, Chief, Community Affairs.
18. Administer VIN etching, CAT, HEAT, BAT, and similar programs.
19. Function as the liaison between this Department and the Protective
Services for Adults agency and Department of the Aging.
a. Receive telephone inquiries, ensure appropriate response, if necessary,
and convey the results to originating agency.

P.G. 202-27 Planning Officer
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PLANNING OFFICER
1. Perform duty in uniform, when practical, as member of the command
administrative staff.
2. Conduct planning activities of the command under the direction of the
commanding officer.
3. Maintain liaison with Operations Unit, and other planning officers.
4. Maintain records and prepare reports relating to planning activities.
5. Develop innovative plans in the areas of crime prevention, traffic, patrol
and investigative techniques, community affairs and other operating functions
of the command.
6. Devise methods for measurement of performance.
7. Conduct analysis of operations, including workload, functions, allocation
and utilization of personnel and other resources.
8. Make recommendations concerning use of available resources to achieve
objectives.
9. Study specific problems peculiar to the command, such as crime patterns and
incidence, personnel activity, prisoners in a hospital, and method or type of
patrol technique employed.
10. Prepare projections of future resource requirements, make recommendations
for revision of post or sector boundaries, and changes in allocation or
utilization of patrol resources.
11. Study and update existing disorder, disaster or other plans affecting the
command.
12. Identify need for new plans.
13. Study and document changing conditions within the command and determine
impact on police services.
14. Make estimates of the command situation and provide the commander with
information on how significant factors will affect the situation.
15. Participate in development and/or evaluation of pilot projects.
16. Develop local procedures to facilitate the introduction of new
Department-wide procedures.
17. Collect, collate, evaluate and then disseminate information within the
command and with higher, lower and parallel commands.
18. Represent commanding officer, when designated, at community meetings.

19. Coordinate activities with the crime prevention officer.

P.G. 202-28 Traffic Safety Officer
Date Effective: 08-19-13
TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
1. Serve on the precinct Traffic Safety Team and advise team members on
traffic related issues and concerns.
2. Review and analyze all Police Accident Reports (MV104AN).
a. Note any deficiencies and bring to the attention of the precinct training
sergeant.
3. Provide to the desk officer for review a daily recapitulation of all
collision numbers generated for a given command.
4. Maintain a file of completed photocopied Police Accident Reports, by the
month in which the collision occurs, for a minimum of one year, in a secure
locked cabinet.
5. Duplicate and forward collision reports, on a daily basis, to the Highway
Unit concerned for collisions occurring on limited access highways.
6. Duplicate and forward collision reports to other agencies (Department of
Motor Vehicles, Taxi and Limousine Commission, etc.), when necessary.
NOTE: All duplicate Police Accident Reports for outside agencies will be
placed in a white envelope, addressed appropriately (e.g., Office of the
Comptroller, One Centre Street, New York, NY 10007, attn: CIF Department) and
forwarded to the Mail and Distribution Unit.
7. Fax copy of all Police Accident Reports involving a "crossover" collision
to the Corporation Counsel and the Highway District.
NOTE: A crossover collision is a motor vehicle collision occurring on a
surface road or limited access highway where a motor vehicle strikes or
crosses over any type of median (jersey barrier, guard rail, divider, fence,
etc.) separating opposing traffic.
8. Analyze and process TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORTS (PD178-150).
9. Forward TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORTS that cannot be addressed on the
precinct level to the Patrol Borough Traffic Safety Coordinator.
10. Query the Traffic Accident Management System (TAMS) for listing of
collision prone locations.
11. When necessary, identify collision-prone locations not listed in TAMS.
12. Survey all collision-prone locations and determine contributing factors
for each location.
13. Recommend necessary engineering, enforcement and education strategies for
collision reduction.

14. Forward necessary enforcement information (days and hours collisions are
occurring, contributing factors, e.g. weather conditions, etc.) to other units
providing summons enforcement in the precinct, such as the Patrol Borough Task
Force, Highway Units, Citywide Traffic Task Force, etc.
15. Maintain a liaison with the city's Department of Transportation regarding
engineering recommendations.
16. Issue appropriate summonses at collision-prone locations.
17. Maintain copies of construction permits, visit construction sites and
issue summonses for permit violations.
18. Count, record by category (e.g., red lights, improper turn, etc.), and
process relevant summonses.
19. Enter enforcement activity in TAMS and complete a Supplemental Enforcement
Ratio Report, when necessary.
20. Maintain and update the precinct Traffic Safety Plan and Emergency Plans
"A", "B" and "C".
21. Evaluate and monitor the precinct Pedestrian Safety Program.
22. Attend patrol borough traffic safety meetings.
23. Compile necessary statistical data for TRAFFICSTAT meetings and attend
meeting with executive officer when precinct is scheduled for a presentation.
24. At the direction of the commanding officer, attend community council and
Safety Board meetings, as well as other public forums to discuss traffic
safety.
25. Coordinate activities with the Community Affairs Officer to reduce
collisions involving children.
26. Cooperate with the Precinct Planning Officer in matters concerning traffic
safety.
27. Coordinate traffic related training (radar, construction site enforcement,
school crossing guards, etc.) with the training sergeant.
28. Prepare and/or forward the following reports:
a. Monthly TAMS Collision Prone Location Report, Precinct Enforcement Ratio
Report and Enforcement Ratio Recap
b. Supplemental Collision Prone Location Report and Enforcement Ratio
Report, when necessary
c. Traffic/Quality of Life Report
d. Precinct Radar Program Report
e. Pedestrian Safety Overtime Report
f. Commuter Van Enforcement Report

g. Tow Truck Collision Report
h. Aggravated Unlicensed Operator Program Report.
29. Review the HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151) for conditions that
require notification to, or follow-up with, other agencies (Department of
Transportation, Parks, etc.).
30. Prepare MISSING TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE REPORT (PD620-150) and forward to
the appropriate Department of Transportation Borough Commissioner.
31. Maintain and update the precinct's traffic safety bulletin board to keep
members current on collision-prone locations, school/church crossings and
other traffic safety information.
32. Serve on the Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board and process
necessary reports.
33. Review on a daily basis all summonses for moving violations and violations
returnable to criminal court, and all Environmental Control Board Notices of
Violation and Hearing.
a. Identify those summonses/Notices issued to owners/operators of vehicles
licensed or those owners/operators of vehicles that should be licensed by the
New York City Taxi and Limousine Commission.
b. Reproduce two photocopies of each summons/Notice, entering on the top of
each photocopy the next respective sequential number from the "Report of
Violation" log, and then forward one of the photocopies to the New York City
Taxi and Limousine Commission.
c. File remaining photocopy of summons/Notice in rear of "Report of
Violation" log or command file.
NOTE: All Traffic Safety Officers MUST be familiar with the Procedural
Manual For Traffic Safety Officers.
The duties and responsibilities of the Traffic Safety Officer are
substantial and are fundamental in establishing an effective traffic safety
program.
Commanding officers will not assign duties to the Traffic Safety Officer
that are unrelated to traffic. In precincts that have a large number of
collision prone locations, the assignment of an Assistant Traffic Safety
Officer may be warranted.

P.G. 202-29 Domestic Violence Prevention Officer
Date Effective: 08-01-13
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE PREVENTION OFFICER
1. Perform duty in uniform, unless specifically authorized to do otherwise.
a. Tours of duty will be set in accordance with command needs.
2. Review New York State Domestic Incident Reports (DCJS-3221) for accuracy
and completeness.
a. Indicate verification by completing the "Reviewed by" caption on the
Domestic Incident Report.
b. Forward copy of Domestic Incident Report to precinct's Domestic Violence
Investigator.
3. Review each tour's SPRINT Resource Log and ensure that a Domestic Incident
Report has been prepared for all assignments in which a 10-93F, 10-92F, or
10-90F radio code disposition was given.
4. Maintain a command Domestic Incident Report Log to record each Domestic
Incident Report, captioned as follows:
PRECINCT
SERIAL NO.

SPRINT NO.

DATE OF REPORT

VICTIM'S NAME

5. Maintain a Domestic Incident Report file comprised of all Domestic Incident
Reports prepared within the command, or forwarded from other commands.
NOTE: The original Domestic Incident Report (Domestic Violence Prevention
Officer's copy) and the first (1st) copy (Domestic Violence Investigator's
copy) will be filed in the command of occurrence. If the command of occurrence
is other than complainant/victim's resident precinct and a Report is prepared,
a photocopy of that Report will be forwarded to the Domestic Violence
Prevention Officer assigned to the complainant/victim's resident precinct.
6. Enter information obtained from all Domestic Incident Reports into the
command's Domestic Incident Report database, updating existing files as new
information concerning a particular complainant or household becomes
available.
7. Identify and monitor those locations and victims (including all members of
the household who may be at risk) requiring special attention by utilizing
information obtained from all available sources.
[I.O. 9 s 09] a. Enter all persons/families listed on the command High
Propensity List (HPL) into the Domestic Incident Report (DIR) database
utilizing the "Case Management" feature
b. Update the online HPL information during the first week of each month
after conferring with the commanding officer.
8. Maintain contact with complainants, i.e., telephone calls, letters, home

visits, or interviews at the command, depending on the complainant's needs and
preferences.
a. Use caution when attempting to contact victims so as not to alert the
alleged offender of police intervention.
[REV 05-02] NOTE: In an effort to avoid compromising ongoing investigations,
the Domestic Violence Prevention Officer will confer with the precinct
detective squad or Special Victims Squad investigator concerned, before
contacting victims whose open complaints have been referred to either squad.
Prior to conducting a family/home visit, notify Communications by utilizing
radio code "10-75F" and give the address, and if applicable, the apartment
number of the visit.
[I.O. 5 s 12] 9. Document any visits to domestic violence victim(s) and/or
offender(s) where documented domestic violence has occurred as follows:
a. If home visit was successful (i.e. contact was made with victim and/or
offender, record the visit in Home Visit Log and complete DOMESTIC VIOLENCE
HOME VISIT CHECKLIST (PD313-148).
b. If home visit was unsuccessful (i.e., contact was not made with victim
and/or offender), record visit in Home Visit Log.
c. Submit completed DOMESTIC VIOLENCE HOME VISIT CHECKLIST to desk officer
or immediate supervisor for review and signature.
10. Maintain file of all completed DOMESTIC VIOLENCE HOME VISIT CHECKLISTS
prepared within the command.
11. Effect summary arrests in adherence with P.G. 208-36, "Family
Offenses/Domestic Violence," if during the course of a home visit, interview,
etc., a wanted offender is present.
a. Ensure that a computer warrant check on individuals identified on the
Domestic Incident Report has been completed prior to conducting a home visit,
interview, etc., and that results have been entered on the Domestic Incident
Report.
12. Relay information concerning victims or locations requiring special
attention to other command personnel, including the Domestic Violence
Investigator, community policing officers, youth officers, and sector
officers.
13. Furnish complainants/victims with information concerning their rights,
particularly the Right of Election, providing explanation if necessary.
a. Advise complainants/victims of the availability of Orders of Protection.
14. Assist in the serving of Orders of Protection, when requested.
NOTE: The above responsibility addresses all Orders of Protection served
between Family/Household - Expanded Definition members, NOT the temporary
Orders of Protection from Family Court as outlined in P.G. 212-57, "Service Of
Orders Of Protection By Uniformed Members Of The Service."
15. Advise complainants of the availability of counseling, assistance, and
shelter.

[I.O. 5 s 12] ADDITIONAL DATA
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE HOME VISIT CHECKLISTS, are potential Rosario material and
must be maintained at the precinct of occurrence. If an arrest is effected,
the arresting officer must ensure that the Assistant District Attorney is
provided with a copy of the DOMESTIC VIOLENCE HOME VISIT CHECKLIST in regard
to the incident. When requested, the domestic violence prevention officer will
make the DOMESTIC VIOLENCE HOME VISIT CHECKLIST prepared regarding the
incident available to an Assistant District Attorney.

P.G. 202-30 Youth Officer
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PRECINCT YOUTH OFFICER
1. Process and investigate JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-151A) [REV
04-09] prepared for youths residing in precinct.
2. Maintain file of JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/ PROBATION INTAKE REPORTS
(PD277-151).
3. Contact parents and warn of truancy or other offenses committed by their
children that resulted in a YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153) or JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-151A)
[REV 04-09]
4. Execute youthful offender warrants and institute court process when
necessary.
5. Coordinate, guide, develop and stimulate Police Athletic League and youth
programs, in cooperation with neighborhood volunteers, including community and
youth councils.
6. Assist commanding officer in the development and review of School Security
Plans, Summer Youth Security Plans and Safe Corridor Plans.
7. Coordinate Summer Youth Work Program and assist/complement efforts of
community affairs and crime prevention officers.
8. Ensure witnesses and complainants appear as necessary in Family Court for
cases involving violent youth.
9. Follow up on ALL CRIMES, petty and serious, committed by youths.
a. Attempt to involve petty offenders in positive youth groups.
10. Coordinate intelligence, identify youth gangs and maintain youth gang
file, including the names of known members, locations, colors, rivals, etc.
11. Establish liaison with schools, Police Athletic League, DARE, local
community groups, and social agencies, and make necessary presentations.
12. Identify any locations frequented by truants and notify the borough
truancy task force.
13. Establish liaison and coordinate efforts with the borough truancy task
force and Youth Services Section.
14. Identify home conditions which contribute to youth violence.
15. Provide essential information on youth violence/domestic violence to
command personnel working on like cases.
16. Work with the domestic violence prevention officer on cases involving

child abuse.
17. Visit schools and track statistics on violence in schools by conferring
with school principals and school safety officers.
18. Prepare YOUTH REFERRALS, REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT
(PD377-154), GANG/GROUP INCIDENT REPORT (PD377-158), and/or JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-151A) [REV 04-09] as necessary.
19. Be familiar with current case law when conducting interviews and
interrogations.
20. Patrol, in uniform, at locations where youths congregate during school
hours.
21. Patrol, in uniform, areas frequented by youths during hours that school is
not in session.
22. Youth officers are responsible for the cleanliness, supply of reports and
security of the juvenile interrogation room.
23. Work in close coordination with the Youth Services Section to reach out to
youths "at risk."
24. Serve as an information resource and advise command personnel, parents and
community groups on youth matters.
25. Assist in processing runaways, abused children and those youths requiring
shelter, when necessary.
26. Inspect all copies of REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT
prepared or received in command and follow related P.G. 215-03, "Emergency
Removals or Investigation and Reporting of Abused, Neglected or Maltreated
Children."

P.G. 202-31 Arrest Processing Officer
Date Effective: 08-01-13
ARREST PROCESSING OFFICER
1. Perform duty in uniform.
2. Distribute arrest related forms and paperwork to arresting/assigned officer
as appropriate (On Line Booking Worksheets, Desk Appearance Ticket's, juvenile
summons, etc.).
3. Access and operate computer systems to check for warrant information.
4. Access and operate OLBS computer system (PF1/PF3), for arrest number
generation, when necessary.
5. Operate "Livescan" fingerprinting machine in all cases that require a
prisoner to be fingerprinted.
6. Ensure prisoner(s) are photographed, as appropriate.
7. Ensure command has adequate supply of all necessary arrest related forms,
paperwork and equipment.
8. Ensure all of the command's arrest related computer systems are operational
and properly maintained.
a. Contact appropriate sources to advise that system(s) have failed and for
instruction and/or repair.
9. Assist desk officer in notifying uniformed member of the service when
prompted by Assistant District Attorney of readiness for interview.
10. Make inquiries with the District Attorney's Office concerned on all
unusual delays in complaint interviews/preparation.
11. Review all completed arrest packets for accuracy and completeness.
a. Ensure prompt delivery, as appropriate.
NOTE: Arrest processing officers will assist on all arrests that are
processed within their command regardless of the arresting/assigned officer's
command, bureau or agency.
In addition to the above duties and responsibilities, a command's arrest
processing officer will be responsible for all additional arrest related
functions dictated by the needs of individual commands/patrol boroughs and as
requested by their respective commanding officers.
A member of the service will be with the prisoner at all times. If the
arrest processing officer is with the prisoner and the arresting officer is
NOT Present, the arrest processing officer will request appropriate relief
before leaving the prisoner to attend to other aspects of arrest processing.

P.G. 202-32 Community Affairs Officer
Date Effective: 08-01-13
COMMUNITY AFFAIRS OFFICER
1. Attend community council meetings and assist in stimulating and
coordinating council activities.
2. Forward monthly report of council meetings, programs and operations to
Chief, Community Affairs through borough community affairs coordinator and
Commanding Officer, Community Affairs/Crime Prevention Section.
3. Establish personal contact with civic and community groups within the
command and attend meetings as directed.
4. Perform duties in relation to community council in addition to crime and
delinquency prevention, as directed.
a. Maintain liaison with community/youth council leadership.
5. Act as liaison between the Community Council Executive Board and the
commanding officer.
6. Inform commanding officer and borough community affairs coordinator of all
new and/or revised activities of unusual events and demonstrations.
7. Maintain a close liaison with the management of facilities within commands
where large events are held.
8. Maintain an open constructive avenue of communication with other members of
the service to allow for exchange of ideas and information regarding the
community.
9. Maintain daily contact with the community policing supervisor to combine
efforts for attention to areas of sensitive complaints and the needs of the
residents.
10. Visit schools, houses of worship, hospitals and similar public
institutions frequently.
a. Confer with principals, rabbis, ministers, priests, administrators, etc.,
on delinquency and other youth related problems.
11. Investigate incidents and conditions that may lead to intra/inter group
community unrest.
a. Respond to disorders, demonstrations, racial conflicts or other unusual
conditions resulting in large groups on the street, as directed by the
commanding officer or other ranking officer in charge.
12. Assist commanding officer in:
a. Keeping members of command informed of community affairs problems.
b. Developing and implementing community affairs programs.

13. Assist training sergeant in developing related police/community affairs
in-service training, including the use of guest speakers.
14. Maintain liaison with command personnel assigned to administer the Youth
Service and Crime Prevention Programs to ensure mutual cooperation and
support.
15. Perform other community affairs duties as directed by commanding officer
or other competent authority.
16. Wear appropriate business attire when not performing duty in uniform.
17. Administer the Safe Return Program.
18. Contact every nursing home and similar facility in the command to ensure
that these facilities know about and are taking advantage of the Safe Return
Program and to describe this program at community meetings, council meetings
and every other appropriate forum they address.
19. Review the Command Post Log for the names of special category persons who
have been reported missing in the past and contact the families of, and/or the
persons responsible for, persons with impaired memories and ascertain if they
have registered with the Safe Return Program.
a. Provide information about the program if they have not registered and
encourage them to register.

P.G. 202-33 Warrant Officer
Date Effective: 06-26-14
I.O. 16 Dated 6-26-14 Revoked P.G. 202-33

P.G. 202-34 Command Auxiliary Police Coordinator
Date Effective: 08-01-13
COMMAND AUXILIARY POLICE COORDINATOR
1. Perform tours of duty that coincide with the tours of auxiliary police
personnel, when possible.
NOTE: Commanding officers concerned will make a concerted effort to ensure
that the assignment of the command auxiliary police coordinator is a full time
assignment.
2. Assist commanding officer and special operations lieutenant in the
command's problem solving objectives by coordinating and maintaining a liaison
with the crime prevention officer, community affairs officer, youth officer,
planning officer and community policing coordinator.
3. Coordinate all auxiliary police activities within command.
4. Recruit new members into the Auxiliary Police Program continually by
developing strategies with the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section
and recruitment staff.
5. Conduct mandatory "basic training" classes for new recruits twice a year
with at least ten recruits.
a. Schedule training for auxiliary personnel by contacting the Training
Unit, Auxiliary Police Section.
6. Identify and recommend to the special operations lieutenant suitable
volunteer auxiliary police for the "Purchase of Alcohol to Minors" operation.
7. Obtain shields and identification cards of members leaving the Auxiliary
Police Program and process accordingly.
8. Submit requests for recognition awards and promotion.
a. Forward requests to Auxiliary Police Section through borough auxiliary
police coordinator concerned.
9. Ensure that hours performed by auxiliary police members are accurately
recorded.
a. Include monthly activity figures on required Auxiliary Police Section
form and forward to the borough auxiliary police coordinator and Auxiliary
Police Section.
10. Interview, enroll and investigate new applicants to the program.
a. Prepare initial/final packages
b. Conduct confidential investigations, if necessary
c. Report to Auxiliary Police Section three weeks after start of "basic
training" course with initial package and immediately upon completion of the

course with final package.
11. Examine and verify all information submitted including proof of residence,
employment, citizenship, etc.
a. Must verify by written documentation that on-file applicant is a
permanent resident or possesses a valid visa issued by Immigration and
Naturalization Service.
12. Inspect auxiliary police officers at roll call, make assignments, and
provide instruction on current orders, directives, bulletins, etc., issued by
Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section.
13. Confer with the commanding officer, special operations lieutenant and
planning officer to develop plans for optimum use of auxiliary police members
in the event of an emergency.
a. Ensure that auxiliary police mobilization plans are developed and tested
by the command and all auxiliary police personnel are instructed on the
provisions of the plans.
14. Safeguard and maintain all equipment and supplies assigned for auxiliary
police use.
15. Inspect all portable radios and the reserve supply of bullet resistant
vests assigned to command for auxiliary police use, when performing duty.
a. Document inspection by listing serial numbers of portable radios and the
reserve supply of bullet resistant vests assigned to the command for auxiliary
police use in the Auxiliary Police Unit Command Loaner Vest/Radio Log and
indicate if all property is present and accounted for.
NOTE: If a portable radio is lost or stolen immediately comply with P.G.
219-15, "Portable Radio Transceivers."
If any other Department property is lost or stolen immediately comply with
P.G. 219-20, "Loss or Theft of Department Property."
The inspection and documentation of portable radios and the reserve supply of
bullet resistant vests assigned to a command for auxiliary police use will be
completed daily. In the absence of the command auxiliary police coordinator,
the special operations lieutenant/platoon commander will designate an
appropriate uniformed member of the service to complete the above step.
16. Develop innovative programs within Department guidelines to generate
interest and enthusiasm in the program.
17. Wear appropriate business attire when not performing duty in uniform.
18. Creates and maintain a "Command Auxiliary Reference Library" containing
relevant materials to the Auxiliary Police Program (i.e., Patrol Guide,
Auxiliary Guide, Training Manual, Department Bulletins, Directives, Personnel
Orders, etc.).
NOTE: Commanding officer selects qualified uniformed member of the service
for assignment as command police auxiliary coordinator but is not assigned as
such until approved by the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section.

Additionally, the commanding officer selects an alternate to perform the above
duties when the command auxiliary police coordinator is not working.
All borough and command auxiliary police coordinators are responsible for
program management and will ensure adherence to the provisions of the
Auxiliary Guide and all related directives, bulletins, orders, etc., published
by the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Each Command auxiliary police coordinator will maintain an Auxiliary Police
Unit Command Loaner Vest/Radio Log to ensure the integrity and safekeeping of
all portable radios and the reserve supply of bullet resistant vests assigned
to the command for auxiliary police use.
The Auxiliary Police Unit Command Loaner Vest/Radio Log will contain captions
across to top of each page, as follows:
TIME/
DATE

SERIAL # OF VESTS
RADIOS

VEST/RADIO
LOCATION

INSPECTING
MOS

SIGNATURE

P.G. 202-35 Command LAN Manager
I.O. 10 P.G. 202-35 Obsolete 5/12/14

P.G. 202-36 Evidence/Property Control Specialist
Date Effective: 08-01-13
EVIDENCE/PROPERTY CONTROL SPECIALIST
1. Receives, invoices, releases, packages, and labels property and evidence,
including, but not limited to, narcotics, U.S. and other currencies,
securities, jewelry, etc.
2. Performs intake functions, checks and examines property to ensure that it
is in conformance with related documentation; searches for possible
contraband, unaccountable items, or VIN numbers and other proof of
identification.
a. Assigns storage number location.
3. Stores and safeguards invoiced property, properly identified for easy
retrieval.
4. Prepares property and pertinent documents necessary for transport; operates
Department vehicles to transport all invoiced property to various Department
locations, District Attorneys' Offices, etc.
5. Moves, loads, unloads all types of property from one location to another or
to other building sites.
6. Transports, delivers, deposits money for safekeeping to the appropriate
bank facility; returns and logs bank receipts and invoices at appropriate
command location.
7. Receives, reviews and maintains invoices, records, logs and indexes
pertaining to all property received.
8. Secures and maintains storage area.
a. Notify the desk officer of the number of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES stored
within the command in excess of thirty days.
9. Uses computer to search for, enter or update information.
10. Processes release of invoiced property.
a. Determines identity of persons requesting release of property; verifies
identification and proof of ownership; may fingerprint claimant, if necessary.
11. Verifies the identity and authorization of personnel entering or leaving
Department premises where property is stored.
12. Cancels alarms; monitors alarm systems, security cameras and other
security systems at assigned premises.
13. Makes appropriate notifications, writes and dispatches communications and
transmittal forms; orders necessary supplies.
14. Responds to inquiries from the Public Administrator's Office, District

Attorneys' Offices and other jurisdictions pertaining to the disposition of
property of deceased individuals, criminal evidence and related matters.
[I.O. 29 s 13] 15. Performs all miscellaneous activities in connection with
Rotation Tow operations in the absence of evidence and property related
functions.
a. Photocopy and forward PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE prepared for recovered
stolen vehicles to Patrol Borough Pattern Identification Module by next
business day.
16. Performs periodic inspection of, or schedules overall maintenance of
vehicles assigned to property functions.
17. Performs other clerical and/or administrative duties, as required.

P.G. 202-37 Command Clerk
Date Effective: 08-01-13
COMMAND CLERK
1. Assigned to post adjacent to desk officer.
2. Perform clerical tasks as assigned by desk officer.
3. Distribute Department mail.
4. Bring to the attention of desk officer matters of importance or other
conditions requiring attention.
5. Input information in the On Line Complaint System (OLCS) and the On Line
Aided and Accident Indexes as directed by the desk officer.

P.G. 202-38 Telephone Switchboard Operator
Date Effective: 08-01-13
TELEPHONE SWITCHBOARD OPERATOR
1. Answer telephone promptly, stating in courteous manner, command, rank or
title, surname, and "May I help you?"
2. Process requests for service.
3. Notify desk officer of all important messages.
4. Maintain TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG (PD112-143).
5. Maintain duplicate copy of ROLL CALL (PD406-144).
6. Maintain HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151) and make related
notifications.
7. Maintain OUTGOING TOLL CALLS (PD112-142).
8. Notify desk officer when a member required to signal fails to comply within
a reasonable time.
9. Maintain copy of "Frequent Telephone Inquiries."

P.G. 202-39 Patrolwagon Operator
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PATROLWAGON OPERATOR
1. Report to supervisor concerned at beginning of tour and when relieved at
end of tour.
a. Obtain assignment and meal period from supervisor concerned at the
beginning of tour.
2. Keep the patrolwagon and equipment in clean, serviceable condition.
3. Operate the patrolwagon in a safe manner and obey all traffic laws.
4. Maintain the Patrolwagon Record in a plain Number 2 book.
a. Enter name, time reporting for duty, time leaving and returning from meal
and time relieved.
5. Make entry of time leaving command on assignment, all stops made and time
of return.
6. Notify supervisor concerned when leaving and returning from calls and
meals.
7. Report necessary repairs to the commanding officer.
8. Check rear and compartment doors for serviceability and security before and
after loading prisoners.
9. Remain available for service and in location known to supervisor concerned
when not on assignment and render police assistance as required.
10. Call the borough court section concerned from all stops on the way to
court or other destination, upon arrival at and prior to departure from court
or other destination.
a. Notify borough court section concerned if prisoners are not ready to be
transported within twenty minutes after arrival at location where prisoners
are to be picked up.
11. Search interior of patrolwagon for weapons or other contraband after
delivering prisoners to court or other destination, and immediately notify
ranking officer at the facility if contraband is discovered.
12. Return transport chains used for restraining prisoners to location from
where obtained.
13. Perform duty in proper uniform.
14. Pick up Department supplies and equipment after receiving clearance from
borough court section concerned.

P.G. 202-40 Police Attendant
Date Effective: 08-01-13
POLICE ATTENDANT
1. Assume control of, search (if applicable) and inspect prisoners.
a. Ensure that property that is dangerous to life, may facilitate escape or
may damage or deface other property is removed from prisoner.
2. Examine doors of all occupied cells to ensure that they are locked.
3. Enter inspection of prisoners on PRISONER ROSTER (PD244-145), and notify
desk officer of inspection results immediately after reporting for duty.
4. Remain inside cell block at all times while prisoners are confined therein,
and be alert to conditions and needs of such prisoners.
a. Relief personnel will remain within the cellblock during relief periods
and ascertain that cell doors of all occupied cells are locked.
5. Enter results of inspection of prisoners on PRISONER ROSTER every thirty
minutes.
6. Report to desk officer any physical condition or unusual need of prisoner
in custody or in the detention area.
7. Attend to the personal needs of prisoner, such as providing meals and other
essentials.
8. Keep quarters and detention cells clean and supplied with paper cups,
toilet paper and paper towels.
9. Visit female detention cells or female quarters as follows:
a. When accompanied by female officer if attendant is male, and then, only
with permission of supervisory officer in command, or
b. In daily cleaning of female cells, or
c. In an emergency.
10. Keep command facility and abutting areaways, yards, and sidewalks clean
and sanitary.
11. Prevent rubbish or dust from accumulating in any part of the command.
12. Report necessary command/detention area repairs to the commanding officer.
13. Wash cells thoroughly, and test emergency alarms in the cellblock each day
immediately after prisoners have been taken to court.
14. Operate heating plant.
15. Remove and safeguard firearms prior to entering detention cell area

including facilities established during emergency arrest situations.
(Supervisory officers are responsible that weapons of members assigned to
temporary detention facilities are safeguarded.)
16. Keep green lights at building entrance lighted from sunset to sunrise.
17. Perform other duties as directed by desk officer.
18. Perform clerical duties or other tasks relating to command operations if
no prisoners are confined in cells.

P.G. 202-41 Field Intelligence Officer
Date Effective: 10-16-13
FIELD INTELLIGENCE OFFICER
1. Perform only intelligence related duties as a field intelligence officer in
assigned command.
a. Sign Command Log at beginning and end of tour.
b. Perform tour of duty, as directed by Commanding Officer, Criminal
Intelligence Section.
2. Perform duty in business attire, unless authorized by Commanding Officer,
Criminal Intelligence Section.
3. Enter intelligence from any source into Department Intelligence Database or
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) database, as appropriate.
4. Act as a key component of the Intelligence Bureau by gathering and sharing
intelligence information with all Department units (e.g., Organized Crime
Control Bureau, Detective Bureau, Patrol Services Bureau, etc.).
5. Develop information in support of borough level intelligence strategy.
NOTE: Intelligence information obtained from various sources provides input
for the preparation of strategic targeting packages.
6. Exchange information with other field intelligence officers, Intelligence
Bureau units, Detective Bureau commands, Organized Crime Control Bureau
commands, and other specialized units as appropriate regarding parolees,
parole absconders, subjects of INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163), wanted persons
and other matters germane to each command.
a. Provide data, updates and pictures on these individuals, when obtained.
7. Prepare weekly Intelligence Bureau Activity Report and submit it to
Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section.
8. Promote intelligence gathering by addressing roll calls and participating
in detective and patrol training sessions.
a. Stress the importance for members of the service to aggressively pursue
and report any information that may be of intelligence value.
9. Confer regularly with patrol officers, detectives, supervisors and unit
specialty officers to obtain intelligence (i.e., School Safety, Youth,
Community Affairs, SNEU).
NOTE: In particular, meetings with the School Safety Division on a regular
basis can be an invaluable source of intelligence information about specific
crimes and crime patterns in a precinct command and in the borough.
10. Review documents and reports for intelligence content; records include but
are not limited to:

a. COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), including those recorded by OCCB.
b. JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
c. COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
d. ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
e. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
f. DETECTIVE BUREAU UNUSUAL OCCURENCE REPORT (PD370-151)
g. STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET(PD344-151A)
h. SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147)
i. NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)
j. Arrests and complaint statistics, patterns and trends.
k. Intelligence Bureau reports and worksheets.
11. Confer regularly with command crime analysts.
a. Communicate information from crime analysis center, when appropriate.
12. Attend local community meetings and other forums to obtain information of
intelligence value.
NOTE: Field intelligence officers in adjoining commands should confer with
each other on a regular basis to share intelligence information.
13. Access command computer databases for developing and verifying
intelligence.
14. Utilize Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section to access
information from computer databases that are not available at command level.
15. Document intelligence forwarded to investigative and enforcement units.
a. Record follow-up action (i.e., investigation initiated, arrest effected,
search warrant executed, etc.)
NOTE: The field intelligence officer will notify Commanding Officer,
Criminal Intelligence Section prior to the execution of a search warrant, if
possible, and will represent the Intelligence Bureau at the scene.
Confidentiality will be maintained in order to ensure the safety of all
members involved and the integrity of the investigation.
16. Utilize the secure e-mail system when practical for makings notifications
and inquiries to other field intelligence officers and Intelligence Bureau.
17. Advise and make recommendations to commanding officer, detective squad
commander and precinct narcotics module supervisor on intelligence matters.
18. Assist with registering confidential informants, and obtaining search
warrants.

19. Participate in command supervisory and crime strategy meetings.
20. Conduct secondary debriefings of prisoners when circumstances indicate
intelligence may be gained.
a. Coordinate debriefings with Detective Bureau and OCCB personnel as
appropriate.
21. Develop command-specific debriefing questions in regard to specific
crimes, crime patterns or trends.
22. Provide command-specific questions to other Intelligence Bureau units, as
appropriate, for their debriefings.
23. Maintain a record of debriefings conducted that includes details on
positive debriefings.
24. Respond to major incidents in the field to provide assistance and gather
timely information.
a. Identify self to ranking patrol commander and investigator.
b. Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW–UP and forward copy to Commanding Officer,
Criminal Intelligence Section.
25. Be present during the debriefing of SNEU arrests and all other arrests,
when possible, to assist in the development of information regarding drug
trafficking and any other crimes.
26. Notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section regarding
all unusual incidents and significant occurrences.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The position of field intelligence officer may be assigned to a uniformed
member of the service in the rank of sergeant, detective, or police officer.
FORMS AND REPORTS
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163) - COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-152)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
DETECTIVE BUREAU UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-151)
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A)
SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147)
NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)

General Regulations

P.G. 203-01 Order Of Rank
Date Effective: 08/01/13
ORDER OF RANK
1. The order of rank in the police service is:
a. Chief of Department
b. Bureau Chief
c. Assistant Chief
d. Deputy Chief
e. Inspector
f. Deputy Inspector
g. Captain
h. Lieutenant
i. Sergeant
j. Police Officer/Detective
2. Police Department Chaplains and Surgeons have the assimilated rank of
Inspector.
3. Seniority in rank among members appointed or promoted at the same time is
determined by position on appointment or promotion list.
4. At a police incident, the senior uniformed member, in R.M.P. assigned to
incident or on foot patrol at the scene, will direct and coordinate police
operations pending arrival of the supervisor. If R.M.P. assigned to incident
is delayed and no uniformed member is assigned to foot patrol at the scene,
the senior uniformed member first on the scene will take charge, pending the
arrival of supervisor or assigned R.M.P.

P.G. 203-02 Courtesies
Date Effective: 08/01/13
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Tender and return hand salute as prescribed by U.S. Army regulations.
2. Salute:
a. Police Commissioner or deputy commissioners in civilian clothes
b. Supervisory officer in uniform
c. United States flag as it passes
d. Desk when entering command.
3. Salute flag when national anthem is played.
band, etc., and salute.

If flag not visible, face

4. Supervisory officers return salutes promptly.
5. Salute is not required at large assemblages except when addressed by or
addressing supervisory officer. Salute not required if it interferes with
police duty.
6. Remove hat and stand at attention in office of Police Commissioner, deputy
commissioner or member above rank of lieutenant.
7. Order "Attention" when member above rank of captain enters room unless
otherwise directed.
8. Place U.S. flag at half-staff as indicated below, when a uniformed member
of the service dies:
a. Lieutenant, sergeant, police officer - on Department building where
assigned on day of funeral
b. Captain - on Department building where assigned from time of death to
sunset, day of funeral
c. Deputy inspectors or inspectors - on Department buildings within his/her
command from time of death to sunset, day of funeral; flag at Police
Headquarters will fly at half-mast on day of funeral.
d. Member killed in line of duty - on Department building where member
assigned from time of death to ten days after the funeral; flags will fly at
half-mast on all Department buildings from time of death until day after the
funeral.
e. Other members, Police Commissioner or a deputy commissioner - as directed
by the Police Commissioner or Chief of Department.

P.G. 203-03 Compliance With Orders
Revision: 11-02
Date Effective: 08/01/13
COMPLIANCE WITH ORDERS
1. Be familiar with contents of Patrol Guide and revise as directed.
2. Obey lawful orders and instructions of supervising officers.
3. Be punctual when reporting for duty.
4. Be governed by orders affecting another rank when temporarily assigned to
perform the duties of that rank, except as otherwise indicated.
5. Maintain a current New York State driver's license and notify commanding
officer, with pertinent details, when license is suspended, revoked or not
renewed.
NOTE: All uniformed members of this Department are required to have a valid
driver's license as a condition of employment. Civilian members who are
authorized to operate Department vehicles also must have a valid driver's
license.
The Department of Motor Vehicles will send a weekly printout of the names of
Department members with a suspended, revoked, or expired driver's license
directly to the Internal Affairs Bureau. The Internal Affairs Bureau will
assign a log number and assess the allegations in accordance with Internal
Affairs Bureau procedures. If appropriate, a copy will be faxed directly to a
concerned member's commanding officer.
Upon notification by the Internal Affairs Bureau, the commanding officer of
any member of the Department, uniformed or civilian, who is deemed to have a
suspended, revoked, or expired New York State driver's license, will not
permit that member to operate any Department vehicle until the member proves
that such revocation, suspension, or expiration is erroneous or has been
resolved. The commanding officer will submit a report to Internal Affairs
Bureau's Records Section indicating the results of the investigation of this
matter and the current status of the member's driver's license.
Commanding officers will ensure that, in addition to a visual inspection of
uniformed members drivers licenses, at each semi-annual uniform inspection as
described in A.G. 305-06, "Inspection of Uniforms:"
a. A Department of Motor Vehicles inquiry is made utilizing the FINEST
System for each uniformed member of the service, and
b. A warrant check, using the WINQ and WNAM formats, is also conducted for
each uniformed member of the service.
Commanding officers will ensure that during January and July of each year,
civilian members of the service authorized to operate Department vehicles
present valid New York State driver licenses. In addition, commanding officers
concerned will ensure that an inquiry and warrant check, as performed for

uniformed members of the service, is conducted for all civilian members
assigned to the command.
6. Keep Department locker neat, clean and secured with combination lock
(without identifying serial number) that conforms to Equipment Section
specifications.
7. Affix to front of assigned locker, Department stickers PROPER TACTICS SAVE
LIVES (PD642-110) and POLICE DON'T MOVE (PD672-133) with rank, name, shield
and squad number captions filled in.
8. Affix to the inside portion of the door, of assigned locker, in a
conspicuous manner, GUN SAFETY (PD420-110), COPE (PD142-121) and SEATBELT
(PD642-130) stickers.
9. Request new Department locker stickers from operations coordinator, as
needed.
10. Apply for interview with Police Commissioner in writing (include squad or
chart numbers), ONLY when action or relief cannot be obtained by other means.
11. Cooperate with supervisor, regardless of rank, who has been dispatched by
competent authority (e.g., Commanding Officer, Medical Division, Internal
Affairs Group, precinct commanding officer or duty captain, etc.) to visit
member on sick report, and directs such member to comply with lawful
order/instruction (e.g., appear in court, Trial Room, in front of an
investigatory unit, etc.).

P.G. 203-04 Fitness For Duty
Date Effective: 08/01/13
1. Be fit for duty at all times, except when on sick report.
2. Do not consume intoxicants to the extent that member becomes unfit for
duty.
ADDITIONAL DATA
All members of the service are required to remain fit for duty as specified
above, and are reminded of their absolute responsibility to remain fit for
duty while in possession of their firearms.
Any misconduct involving a Member's misuse of a firearm while unfit for duty
due to excessive consumption of, and intoxication from, alcohol will result in
that member's termination from the Department. Exceptional cases will be
determined by the Police Commissioner, on a case by case basis.
Furthermore, any misconduct involving members who are found to be unfit for
duty due to excessive consumption and intoxication from alcohol, while armed
with a firearm, will result in the inclusion of the charge of "Unfit For Duty
While Armed," in Departmental disciplinary proceedings. In addition to those
penalties imposed as a result of all other charges stemming from the
misconduct, strict punitive sanctions will be imposed for any member upon whom
the charge has been substantiated.
Additionally, a uniformed member of the service who refuses to submit to
chemical testing in connection with an alleged violation of section 1192 of
the New York State Vehicle and Traffic Law (Driving While Intoxicated) will be
charged with violating Patrol Guide procedure 203-10, page 1, step 5 "Engaging
in conduct prejudicial to the good order, efficiency, or discipline of the
Department."
Members of the service are also reminded of the Department's commitment to the
many counseling and assistance programs available for a wide variety of
problems. Members who are experiencing problems related to alcohol, or know of
any other member who may be experiencing problems related to alcohol, are
strongly encouraged to call HELPLINE, in order to achieve confidential
assistance.
DEPARTMENT POLICY STATEMENT CONCERNING THE OPERATION OF A MOTOR VEHICLE UNDER
THE INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL
i. Patrol Guide procedure 203-04,"Fitness For Duty" mandates the following:
a. Be fit for duty at all times, except when on sick report.
b. Do not consume intoxicants to the extent that member becomes unfit for
duty.
Consistent with the above, any uniformed member of the service who causes
serious physical injury to another person while operating a motor vehicle and
is determined to be unfit for duty due to the consumption of alcohol will be
terminated from the New York City Police Department, absent exigent

circumstances.
ii. Any negotiated penalty in a Department disciplinary proceeding,
involving a uniformed member of the service who is determined to have been
operating a motor vehicle while unfit for duty due to the consumption of
and/or intoxication from alcohol shall include a period of Dismissal
Probation. Additionally, uniformed members of the service involved in
incidents either on or off duty where alcohol is deemed a contributing factor,
and where pursuant to a negotiated penalty in a Department disciplinary
proceeding are required to submit to ordered breath testing, the negotiated
penalty may also include a period of Dismissal Probation. Further, any such
negotiation shall include the subject officer's agreement to submit to ordered
breath testing for the presence of alcohol while on duty or off duty, during
the period of probation, or other agreed upon time period. Should member be
found unfit for duty or refuse to submit to breath testing, this will result
in additional disciplinary action against the subject officer which may
include termination.
iii. Members of the service whose alcohol consumption has caused problems
for them or others are urged to self-report before they are responsible for a
serious incident and the above disciplinary action becomes necessary. They can
do so in complete confidence by calling the Counseling Service Unit.
Additionally, members who are experiencing problems related to alcohol, are
strongly encouraged to call HELPLINE or the Police Organization Providing Peer
Assistance, (POPPA). POPPA is a joint labor-management cooperative effort
involving the implementation of a union-operated, alternative employee
assistance program. Both HELPLINE and POPPA offer confidential services.
iv. Members of the service with alcohol-related problems may also be
referred to the Counseling Services Unit by supervisors, other Department
units, or as the result of an alcohol related incident. However, the
Department's objective, at all levels, is early detection and referral of
personnel for evaluation and treatment before drinking causes problems in work
performance or worse.
v. The Counseling Services Unit maintains strict standards of
confidentiality as set forth in Title 42 of Federal guidelines governing
alcoholism programs, and it does not act as part of the Department's
disciplinary system. CSU's mission is to assist in recovery and return to full
and productive service those members of the Department who are experiencing
problems with alcohol. The unit operates 24 hours a day, seven days a week,
and will help assess the extent of the problem, and make the appropriate
referrals for treatment. Treatment can range from detoxification and inpatient
rehabilitation to outpatient rehabilitation and the participation in
self-support groups. Counseling is available to members of the service, their
families and retirees.
vi. The Police Department's policy is to encourage members of the service to
seek help in a supportive, confidential environment before the consequences of
alcohol abuse require the Department to take disciplinary action. In addition,
to assist those members of the service experiencing alcohol related problems,
all New York City Police Department personnel are encouraged to refer those
with problems to any of the counseling/assistance providers indicated in
number "iii" of this procedure.
vii. Members participating in these programs will not jeopardize their
promotional opportunities. In addition, their current assignments will not
ordinarily be changed because of their participation in these programs unless,

due to the nature of the assignment, a change is deemed to be in the best
interests of all parties concerned. However, participation in these programs
will not exempt a member of the service from disciplinary action for specific
acts of misconduct and the consequences of such disciplinary actions.

P.G. 203-05 Performance On Duty - General
Date Effective: 09-11-13
PERFORMANCE ON DUTY
1. Perform all duties as directed by competent authority.
2. Remain on post until properly relieved, except for police necessity,
personal necessity or meal period.
a. Notify telephone switchboard operator and, if possible, make entry in
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) before leaving post.
b. Make entry upon return to post and notify telephone switchboard operator.
3. Take meal period in police facility, a bona fide restaurant or Department
vehicle.
4. Make accurate, concise entries in Department records in chronological
order, without delay, using BLACK ink.
5. Sign Department reports or forms with full first name, middle initial and
surname.
a. Print and write legibly.
b. Utilize shield and tax registry numbers as required.
NOTE: Civilian members of the service (e.g. school safety agent supervisors)
as well as uniformed members of the service (e.g. rank of lieutenant and
above) who do not possess a shield number are required to utilize their tax
registry number instead as an additional means of identification on Department
forms. The use of the tax registry number by these members is mandated even
when there is no specific caption calling for it. For example, supervisors in
the rank of lieutenant and above will enter their tax registry number in the
"Shield No." caption at the bottom of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
after witnessing and verifying the packaging of evidence/property/currency.
Entry of the tax registry number will also apply to any other Department form
currently in use.
6. Make corrections on Department records by drawing an ink line through
incorrect matter. Enter correction immediately above and initial change.
7. Use numerals when entering dates on Department forms, e.g., 1/5/79.
8. Use abbreviation "Do" for ditto.
9. Start serial numbers with one at beginning of each year for official forms
or reports, unless otherwise specified.
10. In the absence of supervisory presence or direction, a member may wear
dual purpose disorder control/scooter helmet at own discretion if it is
believed that safety is endangered or conditions warrant. In all supervised
situations, the ranking member on the scene will determine in the first
instance if helmets are to be worn or removed except in emergencies, such as

those situations where the member reasonably believes that there is a
substantial and specific imminent threat to the safety of the member. Members
of the service shall have the discretion to carry their helmets on their duty
belts, or to secure the helmet within sight and sound of the scene (e.g. in a
vehicle, premises, or with another member of the service), to be deployed as
circumstances warrant.
The following guidelines regarding the wearing/carrying of helmets will apply:
a. Any member operating a motor scooter must wear a helmet (face shield is
also required when operating two-wheel scooter)
b. A member must wear or carry helmet when specifically directed to do so
c. Members performing Radio Motor Patrol in uniform will keep in helmets in
the vehicle trunk for use if needed
d. All other members shall keep their helmets in their lockers where they
will be readily accessible.
11. Answer telephone promptly, stating in a courteous manner, command, rank or
title, surname, and "May I help you?"
12. Be responsible for humane treatment and safekeeping of prisoners in
custody or detained in Department facility over which member has supervision.
13. Maintain Department property issued or assigned for use in serviceable
condition.
14. Deliver recovered property, property removed from a prisoner, or property
removed from an emotionally disturbed, intoxicated or incapacitated person, to
the desk officer of the precinct where obtained unless otherwise directed.
15. Announce presence before entering a locker room, dormitory, lavatory,
utilized by members of the opposite sex, except in an emergency. In addition,
be accompanied by member of said opposite sex, if practicable.
NOTE: In complying with the regulation above, desk officers concerned will
make an entry in Command Log indicating time/date of member(s) of the service
utilizing dormitory and reason, and will inform inspecting officers if
dormitory is being used prior to conducting inspection. Additionally,
inspecting officers will peruse the Interrupted Patrol Log, etc., to ascertain
who is authorized in facility prior to conducting inspection.
16. Operate Department vehicles only when assigned and only when Department
qualified to operate such vehicle.
17. Use Department radio for field communications except under limited
circumstances.
a. Department and personal cellular phones may be used for field
communications when content of the communication is not appropriate for radio
transmission due to length or subject matter (e.g., detailed information about
incident, personal information, names of persons, notifications, etc.)

P.G. 203-06 Performance On Duty - Prohibited Conduct
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PERFORMANCE ON DUTY - PROHIBITED CONDUCT
1. Consuming any amount of intoxicants while on duty whether in uniform or
civilian clothes.
a. Member assigned to duty in civilian clothes may be granted permission by
the bureau chief/counterpart concerned based upon the nature of the member's
assignment.
2. Consuming intoxicants while in uniform whether on or off duty.
3. Bringing or permitting an intoxicant to be brought into a Department
building, facility, booth, boat, or vehicle, except in performance of police
duty.
4. Entering premises serving intoxicants, except for meal or performance of
duty.
5. Carrying a package, umbrella, cane, etc., while in uniform, except in
performance of duty.
6. Recommending use of particular business, professional or commercial service
to anyone except when transacting personal affairs.
7. Steering business, professional or commercial persons to a prospective
client requiring such services except when transacting personal affairs.
8. Consenting to payment by anyone to regain lost or stolen property or
advising such payment, except towing fees as provided by law for recovered
stolen vehicles.
9. Riding in any vehicle, other than a Department vehicle to which assigned,
while in uniform, except when authorized or in an emergency (sergeants and
police officers only).
10. Using Department logo unless authorized by Police Commissioner.
[I.O. 4 s 12] 11. Wearing any item of apparel which contains a Department logo
or shield, or in any way identifies its wearer with the New York City Police
Department, unless approved by the Uniform and Equipment Review Committee,
prior to being worn by a member of the service, uniformed or civilian, on or
off duty.
a. This prohibition extends to the use of the Department logo or shield in
artistic or mural form, in caricature or cartoon-like representation, or on
such items that include, but are not limited to:
(1) Pins
(2) Jewelry
(3) Hats

(4) Mugs
(5) Clothing items
(6) Patches
(7) Writing implements
(8) Challenge coins
(9) Department property (walls, muster room, entryway, watercraft, etc.)
(10) Any other adornment or curio.
12. Engaging in card games or other games of chance in a Department facility.
13. Engaging in illegal gambling anywhere except in performance of duty.
14. Having any person make a request or recommendation that affects the duties
of any member of the service, except as provided by Department procedures.
15. Engaging in conduct defined as discriminatory in P.G. 205-36, "Employment
Discrimination," "SCOPE" statement.
16. Using Department letterhead, personnel, equipment, resources, or supplies
for any non-Department purpose or non-city purpose.
[I.O. 7 s 10] 17. Using any electronic/digital device (e.g., personal gaming
device, MP3 player, personal digital assistant, Bluetooth headset, etc.) while
on duty.
NOTE: A cellular phone is authorized to be used by members of the service
when conducting official Department related business, or on an assigned meal,
or as otherwise authorized by competent authority. The cellular phone must be
carried in a concealed manner that does not interfere with authorized
equipment.
18. Manipulating manually or electronically, transmitting in any form, or
distributing any official Department recorded media or recorded media coming
into possession of the Department as evidence or for investigative purposes
except as authorized for official Department business. Recorded media includes
videotapes, photographic images or pictures, audio recordings, electronic or
internet files or any like forms to be available in the future.
19. Wearing, carrying, or using an unauthorized portable radio while on duty
20. Making an unauthorized radio transmission.

P.G. 203-07 Performance On Duty - Personal Appearance
Date Effective: 04/02/14
PERFORMANCE ON DUTY - PERSONAL APPEARANCE
1. Be neat and clean.
2. Keep uniforms clean, well pressed, and in good repair. Shoes must be shined
and will not display a clearly visible company name or logo.
3. Keep uniform securely buttoned.
a. When the short-sleeved shirt is worn, the collar button may be left
unbuttoned but all other buttons shall be fastened.
4. Wear cap squarely on head, with center of visor directly over nose.
a. No hair is to show beneath the visor of the cap.
b. Cap must be worn when members are assigned to foot patrol, traffic posts,
or details.
c. Members riding in Department vehicles may remove the cap while in the
vehicle.
d. Police officers and detectives assigned to subway patrol duties in
uniform have the option of wearing the cap during the period of June 1 to
October 1.
NOTE: At all other times, the uniform cap must be worn except where there
are exigent circumstances. When the exigent circumstances have stabilized, the
cap must be worn.
5. Prevent non-uniform articles from showing above uniform collar.
a. When the short-sleeve shirt is worn, undershirts, neck chains, or other
non-uniform articles shall not be visible within the open collar or below the
sleeve ends of the shirt.
b. Shirt sleeves may not be rolled up.
NOTE: Members of the service who are hired on or after January 1, 2007, must
cover any visible tattoos by either regulation uniform, proper business
attire, or a neutral colored skin covering such a sports wrap or bandage. Such
covering must resemble the skin tone of the member and must cover the entire
tattoo. This includes but is not limited to any tattoo visible above the shirt
collar, below the sleeve ends of any shirt, or on a visible area of the leg,
ankle or foot. A limited exception may be granted by the member's commanding
officer in writing due to the nature of the member's assignment. Such approval
must be filed in the member's personnel folder.
6. Wear hair so that it is neatly groomed.
a. All regulations regarding the appearance of members' hair apply equally
to male and female uniformed members of the service.

b. When a member is in uniform, regardless of whether or not the uniform cap
is required, hair will not be worn so that it falls over the eyebrows or reach
the collar. Ponytails are strictly prohibited while in uniform.
c. When the uniform cap is required, long hair must be securely gathered and
placed under the uniform cap without use of a ponytail. The hairstyle must
allow for the cap to be placed squarely on the head without visible bulk.
d. The length and bulk of the hair should not interfere with the wearing of
any uniform headgear, including emergency equipment.
e. Any designs shaved into a uniformed member’s hair/scalp are prohibited.
7. Necessary hair holding devices (such as but not limited to rubber bands,
clips, barrettes, pins), when used, must be unadorned and plain, and be
transparent or similar to the color of the hair. All such devices must be
unobtrusive, and concealed as much as possible. Hair scarves, beads, bows,
large and decorative fabric-covered elastic bands, large plastic clips, or
other ornamental items are prohibited.
8. Keep sideburns closely trimmed and not extending below bottom of earlobe.
9. Have mustache neatly trimmed, not extending beyond, nor drooping below
corners of mouth.
10. Do not grow beards or goatees except under the following circumstances:
a. When required because of a medical condition, a beard may be grown with
written approval of the Police Surgeon concerned and the Commanding Officer,
Medical Division. (Copy of written approval will be in possession of member of
the service whenever in uniform.)
b. When approved, in writing, by member's commanding officer because of
nature of member's assignment. (Copy of written approval will be in possession
of member of the service whenever in uniform.)
c. When required because of religious accommodation and with written
approval of the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity. (Copy of
written approval will be in the possession of member of the service whenever
in uniform.)
d. When assigned to perform duty in uniform, members granted the
aforementioned exceptions will conform, to the extent possible, to provisions
of this procedure.
NOTE: Approval to grow a beard for a medical condition or religious
accommodation does not grant a member permission to grow goatees, designer
beards, or "chin strap" beards, all of which is strictly prohibited.
11. Do not wear ornaments or jewelry visible on the head, neck, or wrist while
performing duty in uniform. Prohibited ornaments include, but are not limited
to earrings, necklaces, neck chains, bracelets, and body piercing.
a. Medical alert bracelets may be worn visibly.
b. Watchbands must be a conservative color, such as navy, black, brown,
yellow metal, white metal, or similar colors.

c. Rings may be worn if they are generally smooth, and not likely to catch
on other objects. Rings with jagged edges, raised stones, etc., are not
permitted.
12. Keep fingernails neatly trimmed and extending no more than 1/4 inch from
the fingertip.
a. Nail polish may be worn only if it is clear, or of a natural,
conservative color.
b. Any designs or decorations on nails are prohibited.
13. Only those cosmetics which are of conservative color and amount shall be
permitted.
14. Eyewear will be of conservative style and color. No neon or brightly
colored frames may be worn. Eyeglass straps may be worn, but must be black.
15. While in uniform in public view, do not chew gum, use tobacco in any form,
or hold toothpicks in the mouth.
16. When authorized to perform duty in civilian clothing, wear attire
appropriate for assignment.
Additional Data
PROPER UNIFORM AND APPEARANCE FOR UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE REPORTING
FOR PROMOTION
Newly promoted members must set an example for subordinates and should
demonstrate this at each promotion ceremony they attend. To ensure observance
of uniform regulations at promotion ceremonies, the promotee's current
commanding officer/designated supervisor will inspect promotee prior to the
promotion ceremony. The results of this inspection will be recorded on a
"Uniform Promotion Checklist" (see Appendix "A"). Promotees will submit the
signed checklist to a member of the Personnel Bureau on the day of their
scheduled promotion. PROMOTION CANDIDATES MUST APPEAR FOR PROMOTION WITH THE
COMPLETED CHECKLIST. The attached Appendix "A" may be photocopied for member's
use.
Promotees will be inspected prior to the ceremony by Personnel Bureau
representatives on the day of their scheduled promotion. ANY MEMBER NOT
PROPERLY GROOMED OR ATTIRED ACCORDING TO DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS WILL NOT BE
PROMOTED UNTIL THE MEMBER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THESE REGULATIONS.
All members being promoted are required to have a uniform inspection performed
as soon as they are notified of the promotion. The member's current commanding
officer will immediately conduct a uniform inspection, using the "Uniform
Inspection Checklist." The promotee will present the completed "Uniform
Inspection Checklist" to the Commanding Officer, Leadership Training Section,
when assigned to the leadership training course. Once the immediate uniform
inspections are completed by the current Commanding Officer, the Commanding
Officer, Leadership Training Section will assume responsibility for conducting
a second uniform inspection a day or two prior to promotion.
RELATED PROCEDURES
General Uniforms Regulations (P.G. 204-01)

Uniform Classifications (P.G. 204-02)
Uniforms (P.G. 204-03)
Appendix "A"
Uniform Promotion Checklist - Inspection of Promotion Candidate by Commanding
Officer
The supervisor completing this checklist will be held accountable for uniform
or appearance indiscretions noted on the day of promotion. Commanding officers
or designated supervisors completing this checklist should review candidate's
compliance with each uniform or appearance item. The commanding
officer/designated supervisor should mark each item as Pass or Fail in the
respective box, complete the captions below, and sign where indicated. The
member concerned will be advised of deficiencies to be corrected prior to
promotion.
Uniform / Appearance Item
Regulation black high-gloss, lace-type Oxford shoes.
Summer blouse, properly fitted.
- Neither excessively loose nor stretched taut.
- Sleeves come to a point midway between wrist and thumb
when arm is at side.
Regulation eight-point cap in good condition
- Wear cap squarely on head, with center of visor directly
over the nose.
- No hair is to show beneath the visor of the cap.
Regulation long sleeve shirt, properly fitted.
Command insignia or designated rank (collar brass) must be
worn on the uniform shirt and summer blouse.
Regulation tie (in good condition).
Regulation dress trousers, properly fitted (no duty trousers);
not stretched taut.
White gloves.
Hair to be properly cut, trimmed, worn off the collar and
neatly groomed conforming to the shape of the head. Ponytails
are strictly prohibited.
No earrings (both males and females).
No personal adornment or unauthorized modification of the
uniform (i.e. fraternal pins, etc.).
Members assigned to Highway and Mounted Units are permitted
to wear boots and britches.
Under no circumstance will a member of the service appear in
uniform with a beard, long hair, or mustache extending below
the corner of the mouth (except as authorized by the Chief

P/F

Surgeon or Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity).
Documentation must be attached to this form, if applicable.
____________________
Name/Tax # of Member Inspected (Print)
________________________
Name/Tax # of inspecting C.O./Supervisor
(Print)

_________________________
Signature of inspecting
C.O./Supervisor

P.G. 203-08 Making False Statements
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PROHIBITED CONDUCT
1.Intentionally making a false official statement.
NOTE: The intentional making of a false statement is prohibited, and will be
subject to disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal. Intentionally
making a false official statement regarding a material matter will result in
dismissal from the Department, absent exceptional circumstances.Exceptional
circumstances will be determined by the Police Commissioner on a case by case
basis.
Examples of circumstances in which false statements may arise include, but
are not limited to, lying under oath during a civil, administrative, or
criminal proceedings or in a sworn document; lying during an official
Department interview conducted pursuant to Patrol Guide 206-13, "Interrogation
of Members of the Service" or an interview pursuant to Patrol Guide 211-14,
"Investigations by Civilian Complaint Review Board;" and lying in an official
Department document or report. The Department will not bring false official
statement charges in situations where, as opposed to creating a false
description of events, the member of the Department merely pleads not guilty
in a criminal matter, or merely denies a civil claim or an administrative
charge of misconduct.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)
Investigations by Civilian Complaint Review Board (P.G. 211-14)

P.G. 203-09 Public Contact - General
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PUBLIC CONTACT
1. Courteously and clearly state your rank, name, shield number and command,
or otherwise provide them, to anyone who requests you to do so. Allow the
person ample time to note this information.
2. Be courteous and respectful.
3. Avoid conflict with Department policy when lecturing, giving speeches or
submitting articles for publication. Questions concerning fees received will
be resolved by Chief of Personnel.

P.G. 203-10 Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PUBLIC CONTACT - PROHIBITED CONDUCT
1. Using discourteous or disrespectful remarks regarding another person's
ethnicity, race, religion, gender, gender identity/expression, sexual
orientation, or disability.
a. Members shall address the public using pronouns, titles of respect, and
preferred name appropriate to the individual's gender identity/expression as
expressed by the individual. The term "gender" shall include actual or
perceived sex and shall also include a person's gender identity, self-image,
appearance, behavior, or expression, whether or not that gender identity,
self-image, appearance, behavior, or expression is different from that
traditionally associated with the legal sex assigned to that person at birth.
2. Knowingly associate with any person or organization:
a. Advocating hatred, oppression, or prejudice based on race, religion,
gender, gender identity/expression, sexual orientation, or disability.
b. Disseminating defamatory material.
c. Reasonably believed to be engaged in, likely to engage in, or to have
engaged in criminal activities.
d. Preventing or interfering with performance of police duty.
3. Divulging or discussing official Department business, except as authorized.
4. Manipulating manually or electronically, transmitting in any form, or
distributing any official Department recorded media or recorded media coming
into possession of the Department as evidence or for investigative purposes
except as authorized for official Department business. Recorded media includes
videotapes, photographic images or pictures, audio recordings, electronic or
internet files, or any like forms to be available in the future.
5. Engaging in conduct prejudicial to good order, efficiency, or discipline of
the Department.
6. Making recommendation for or concerning any person or premises to any
government agency in connection with issuance, revocation, or suspension of
any license or permit, except when required in performance of duty.
7. Soliciting, collecting, or receiving money for any political fund, club,
association, society, or committee.
8. Joining any political club within the precinct to which assigned.
9. Being a candidate for election to, or serving as member of a School Board,
if School District is located within City of New York (see Section 2103-a,
Education Law).

10. While on duty or in uniform, endorsing political candidates or publicly
expressing personal views and opinions concerning the merits of:
a. Any political party or candidate for public office;
b. Any public policy matter or legislation pending before any government
body; or
c. Any matter to be decided by a public election, except with the permission
of the Police Commissioner.
11. Having an interest in or association with premises engaged in illegal
gambling operations, smoke shops, after hours clubs, or similar illegal
activities, except in performance of duty.
12. Patronizing unlicensed premises (social clubs, after hours clubs, etc.)
where there is illegal sale of alcoholic beverages and/or use of drugs, except
in performance of duty.
13. Violating Section 1129 of the New York City Charter. This section provides
that any uniformed member who shall accept any additional place of public
trust or civil emolument, OR who shall be nominated for any office elective by
the people, and does not decline said nomination within ten days, shall be
deemed thereby to have vacated his or her position/office in the Department.
This vacatur of office shall not apply to the following:
a. A member of a community board
b. An appointment, nomination, or election to a board of education outside
the City of New York
c. A member, who with the written authorization of the Mayor, shall accept
any additional place of public trust or civil emolument, while on leave of
absence without pay from the Department.
d. A member who, with the written approval of the Police Commissioner, shall
accept any additional place or position outside the City of New York, limited
to volunteer work as a member or volunteer in, of, or for a community board,
not-for-profit corporation, volunteer fire department, or other similar
community-oriented entity.
14. Smoking in public view while in uniform.
15. Occupying seat in a public conveyance, while in uniform, to exclusion of
paying passenger.
16. Occupying seat on a train, while in uniform and assigned to train patrol
duties.
17. Using personal card describing police business, address, telephone number,
or title except as authorized by Department Manual.
18. Rendering any service for private interest, which interferes with proper
performance of duty.
19. Possessing or displaying police shield, IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091),
or similar object except as authorized by the Police Commissioner.

20. Failing to provide notice to the Department of an obligation or intention
to perform services in any federal military branch or state militia
organization.
21. Serving on a community board's Public Safety Committee (which deals
directly with Police Department and other law enforcement matters).
22. Voting on any matter that comes before the community board concerning
Police Department activities in the district that the board serves.

P.G. 203-11 Use Of Force
Date Effective: 08/01/13
USE OF FORCE
All uniformed members of the service are responsible and accountable for the
proper use of force under appropriate circumstances. Members of the service
are reminded that the application of force must be consistent with existing
law and with New York City Police Department Values, by which we pledge to
value human life and respect the dignity of each individual. Depending upon
the circumstances, both federal and state laws provide for criminal sanctions
and civil liability against uniformed members of the service, when force is
deemed excessive, wrongful or improperly applied.
The primary duty of all members of the service is to preserve human life. Only
that amount of force necessary to overcome resistance will be used to effect
an arrest or take a mentally ill or emotionally disturbed person into custody.
Deadly physical force will be used ONLY as a last resort and consistent with
Department policy and the law.
At the scene of a police incident, many members of the service may be present
and some members may not be directly involved in taking police actions.
However, this does not relieve any member present of the obligation to ensure
that the requirements of the law and Department regulations are complied with.
Members of the service are required to maintain control or intervene if the
use of force against a subject clearly becomes excessive. Failure to do so
may result in both criminal and civil liability. EXCESSIVE FORCE WILL NOT BE
TOLERATED.
All members of the service at the scene of a police incident must:
a. Immediately establish firearms control
b. Use minimum necessary force
c. Employ non-lethal alternatives, as appropriate.
Members of the New York City Police Department will NOT use chokeholds. A
chokehold shall include, but is not limited to, any pressure to the throat or
windpipe, which may prevent or hinder breathing or reduce intake of air.
Whenever it becomes necessary to take a violent or resisting subject into
custody, responding officers should utilize appropriate tactics in a
coordinated effort to overcome resistance (for example see P.G. 216-05, "Aided
Cases-Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons"). The patrol supervisor,
if present, should direct and control all activity. Whenever possible,
members should make every effort to avoid tactics, such as sitting or standing
on a subject's chest, which may result in chest compression, thereby reducing
the subject's ability to breathe.
Persons taken into custody (i.e., arrest, mentally ill, emotionally disturbed,
etc.) shall be rear cuffed at the earliest opportunity to reduce the potential
for resistance, which may cause injuries. In addition, alternate restraining
devices (Velcro straps, mesh restraining blankets, etc.) shall be used, at the
earliest opportunity, to restrain or further restrain a subject whose actions
or behavior may cause injury to himself/herself or others.

After an individual has been controlled and placed under custodial restraint
using handcuffs and other authorized methods, the person should be positioned
so as to promote free breathing. The subject should not be maintained or
transported in a face down position.
The member assuming custody of the subject should closely observe him or her
for any apparent injuries. If the area is dark, a flashlight or other source
of illumination should be used to maintain a clear view of the subject at all
times.
If a person appears to be having difficulty breathing or is otherwise
demonstrating life-threatening symptoms, medical assistance will be requested
immediately. The patrol supervisor will direct that alternate means to
maintain custody be utilized, if appropriate.
The use of restraints to "hog-tie" (restraining person by connecting or tying
rear cuffed hands to cuffed or shackled ankles or legs) subjects and the
transportation of subjects in a face down position within any vehicle are
prohibited.

P.G. 203-12 Deadly Physical Force
Date Effective: 08-01-13
DEADLY PHYSICAL FORCE
The New York City Police Department recognizes the value of all human life and
is committed to respecting the dignity of every individual. The primary duty
of all members of the service is to preserve human life.
The most serious act in which a police officer can engage is the use of deadly
force. The power to carry and use firearms in the course of public service is
an awesome responsibility. Respect for human life requires that, in all cases,
firearms be used as a last resort, and then only to protect life. Uniformed
members of the service should use only the minimal amount of force necessary
to protect human life. Where feasible, and consistent with personal safety,
some warning, such as "POLICE - DON'T MOVE," should be given. Deadly force is
never justified in the defense of property. Above all, the safety of the
public and uniformed members of the service must be the overriding concern
whenever the use of firearms is considered.
DEFINITION
PROFESSIONAL JUDGEMENT - judgment based not only upon experience as an
individual but taking into account the knowledge, experience, and training
gained through employment as a police officer.
GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF FIREARMS
UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
a. Police officers shall not use deadly physical force against another
person unless they have probable cause to believe they must protect themselves
or another person present from imminent death or serious physical injury.
b. Police officers shall not discharge their weapons when, in their
professional judgment, doing so will unnecessarily endanger innocent persons.
c. Police officers shall not discharge their firearms in defense of
property.
d. Police officers shall not discharge their firearms to subdue a fleeing
felon who presents no threat of imminent death or serious physical injury to
themselves or another person present.
e. Police officers shall not fire warning shots.
f. Police officers shall not discharge their firearms to summon assistance
except in emergency situations when someone's personal safety is endangered
and unless no other reasonable means is available.
g. Police officers shall not discharge their firearms at or from a moving
vehicle unless deadly physical force is being used against the police officer
or another person present, by means other than a moving vehicle.
h. Police officers shall not discharge their firearms at a dog or other

animal except to protect themselves or another person from physical injury and
there is no other reasonable means to eliminate the threat.
i. Police officers shall not, under any circumstances, cock a firearm.
Firearms must be fired double action at all times.

P.G. 203-13 Financial Restrictions - Prohibited Acts
Date Effective: 02-27-14
FINANCIAL RESTRICTIONS - PROHIBITED ACTS
1. Using confidential official information to advance financial interest of
self or another.
2. Becoming interested, directly or indirectly, in any manner except by
operation of law in any business dealing with City.
3. Engaging, or rendering a service, in any financial, commercial or private
interest which is directly or indirectly in conflict with official duties.
4. Purchasing city-owned real property through negotiated sale, EXCEPT a
city-owned residential building of six units or less, may be purchased through
negotiated sale. Violation subjects member to fine, suspension or dismissal
and member may be prosecuted for a misdemeanor.
5. Purchasing real estate for rental purposes within precinct of assignment.
6. Soliciting, accepting, printing or publishing advertisements, or booster
lists, or receiving funds from a businessperson or any other person, directly
or indirectly, relating to a journal or any other publication of any
organization that has the word "POLICE" in its organization title or its
literature, cards, tickets, etc., used to raise funds for any purpose
indicating, in any way, an affiliation with this Department, without approval
of the Chief of Internal Affairs.
7. Selling or issuing tickets, invitations or any other writing or device for
the purpose of admission to functions held by religious, line or fraternal
organizations within this Department, and any placards, invitations, circulars
or other similar instrument advertising these affairs bearing the words
"POLICE DEPARTMENT - CITY OF NEW YORK" or similar term indicating an
affiliation with the Police Department without the approval of the Chief of
Internal Affairs.
NOTE: The officers and committee members taking part in the arrangement,
operation or conduct of authorized affairs under the auspices of religious,
line or fraternal organizations of this Department will ensure that Department
standards are maintained.
8. Authorizing use of photograph in uniform or mentioning rank, title or
membership in Department for commercial advertisement.
9. Accepting testimonial award, gift, loan or thing of value to defray or
reimburse any fine or penalty, or reward for police service except:
a. Award from City of New York Employee's Suggestion Board,
b. Award of Departmental recognition,
c. Award to a member of officer's family for a brave or meritorious act,
from a metropolitan newspaper.

d. Monetary prize or award from foundations, universities, institutions,
etc., after review by the Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters and the approval
of the Police Commissioner.
10. Purchasing or acquiring property of another, without approval of
commanding officer, knowing or having reason to know that such property was
held in custody of this Department.
11. Soliciting, contributing or paying, directly or indirectly, or otherwise
aiding another to solicit, contribute or pay any money or other valuable
consideration which will be used in connection with a matter affecting the
Department or any person connected with the Department, without permission of
the Chief of Internal Affairs.
12. Soliciting or accepting loans from merchants, firms or persons doing
business located or residing in area of assignment.
13. Entering into a business or financial transaction with another member of
the service who is your superior or subordinate where the superior has the
power to direct the subordinate’s work or has the power to affect the terms
and conditions of the subordinate’s employment. This means, but is not limited
to, circumstances where the superior has direct supervision of the subordinate
or instances where in the course of conducting police related business, there
is a likelihood that the superior will be in a position to supervise or affect
the assignment of the subordinate. Accordingly, members of the service who do
not work in the same command but who do work within the same bureau/patrol
borough should carefully consider, before entering into a business or
financial transaction with each other, whether the above superior/subordinate
relationship presently exists. Members of the service should also be aware
that changes in assignments that affect the superior/subordinate relationship
may make a pre-existing business or financial relationship an impermissible
conflict of interest. The Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters
should be contacted if questions arise regarding these issues.
14. Using your position with the Department for the benefit of yourself or
associate, through micropurchases made on behalf of the Department (purchases
up to $20,000 that may be made without competition).
a. "Associate" is defined in Chapter 68 of the City Charter as a spouse,
domestic partner, child, parent, or sibling of a public servant; a person with
whom a public servant has a business or other financial relationship; and each
firm in which a public servant has a present or potential interest.
The Conflicts of Interest Board has determined that it is a violation of the
conduct described in step 13 for a superior to solicit charitable
contributions from, or to offer to sell products of any amount or value to a
subordinate. The Board has specifically ruled, however, that a subordinate may
sell products for profit or charitable purposes, or solicit donations for
charitable purposes from a superior if the amount involved is de minimis. The
Board has defined de minimis to be $25.00 or less.

P.G. 203-14 Financial Restrictions - Prohibited Interests
Date Effective: 08-01-13
FINANCIAL RESTRICTIONS - PROHIBITED INTERESTS
1. No Department employee may have a position in a firm that the employee
knows, or should know, is engaged in business dealings with the Department.
2. No Department employee may have a position in a firm that the employee
knows, or should know, is engaged in business dealings with the City, unless
such position is in a firm whose shares are publicly traded.
NOTE: For purposes of steps 1 and 2 above, a position with a firm includes,
but is not limited to an officer, director, manager, employee, trustee,
attorney, agent, broker or consultant to the firm. The definition of "firm"
includes an individual seeking business on his/her own behalf, and as a sole
proprietor.
3. In addition to the prohibitions outlined above, a Department employee may
not have an ownership interest in a firm that is engaged in business dealings
with the Department or have an ownership interest in a firm whose shares are
not publicly traded, that is engaged in business dealings with the City.
4. If a Department employee has an ownership interest prohibited in step 3
above, the employee must, within ten days of learning that such ownership
interest is prohibited:
a. Terminate such ownership in the firm, OR
b. Disclose the prohibited ownership interest to the Conflicts of Interest
Board.
NOTE: For purposes of steps 3 and 4 above, an ownership interest means an
interest held by a Department employee, the employee's spouse or unemancipated
child, that is greater than five percent of the firm or an investment
equivalent to $32,000.00.
If a Department employee has an interest in a firm, whose shares are publicly
traded, that has business dealings with the City (which would be permitted),
but is not sure whether that firm has business dealings with the Department
(which would not be permitted), the employee may make written request to the
Police Commissioner, through channels, for a determination on whether that
firm does business with the Department.
Any Department employee who believes they may be covered by these provisions
should immediately contact the Conflicts of Interest Board for further
instructions.
An employee may have an interest otherwise prohibited above if written
approval is obtained from the Police Commissioner and the Conflicts of
Interest Board approves.

P.G. 203-15 Off Duty Conduct - Attendance At Parades, Funerals,
Memorial Services And Other Department-Oriented Or Law
Enforcement Events
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inform all off duty members of the service of the guidelines to be complied
with when attending or taking part in parades, funerals, memorial services,
and other Department-oriented or law enforcement events.
SCOPE
All members of the service are strictly accountable for their conduct at all
times, whether on or off duty, inside or outside New York City. Conduct which
brings discredit to the Department, or conduct in violation of law is
unacceptable and will result in appropriate disciplinary measures.
Additionally, all members of the service are subject at all times to the
provisions of the Patrol Guide, other Department regulations, and all local,
state, and federal laws.
PROCEDURE
When attending or taking part in parades, funerals, memorial services, and
other Department-oriented or law enforcement-oriented events, the following
will be complied with:
a. ALL members are required to report corruption or other misconduct whether
on or off duty, inside or outside New York City. In particular, ranking
officers are reminded that supervisory responsibilities are never abrogated.
Ranking uniformed members of the service must take affirmative action whenever
they observe or become aware of corruption or other misconduct, including
immediate notification to the Internal Affairs Bureau.
b. On duty members, in or out of uniform, will return to their commands as
soon as the event is over. They will not take a meal period and will not be
granted lost time until they return to their assigned commands.
c. All off duty uniformed members of the service who wish to wear their
uniform outside New York City must receive permission in advance from the
Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner, or Chief of Department.
NOTE: ALL OFF DUTY MEMBERS WHO ARE IN UNIFORM MUST CONDUCT THEMSELVES AS IF
THEY WERE ON DUTY, AND WILL BE HELD ACCOUNTABLE ACCORDINGLY. ADDITIONALLY, ALL
MEMBERS WILL RESPECT, COOPERATE WITH, AND FOLLOW THE DIRECTION OF PERSONNEL
FROM OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES WHEN PRESENT IN THAT AGENCY'S
JURISDICTION.
d. Off duty members granted permission to wear uniforms will only wear them
for the duration of the event. They must then change into civilian attire as
soon as the event is over.
e. Under no circumstances will any member wear his/her uniform off duty or
attend any parties, dinners, fund raising events, etc., in uniform, without
the permission of his/her commanding officer or designee. This includes social

events that take place after a parade, funeral, etc., has ended.
f. All members of the service are reminded to comply with P.G. 203-06,
"Performance On Duty - Prohibited Conduct," which prohibits the consumption of
intoxicants when in uniform whether on or off duty. Members will not, under
any circumstances, allow alcoholic beverages to be brought into Department
facilities or vehicles except in performance of duty.
g. All Department-oriented and law enforcement-oriented events that members
of the service attend, wherever they take place, will be monitored by ranking
officers from overhead commands. In selected cases, as specifically directed
by the Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner, or Chief of Department,
the Internal Affairs Bureau will conduct such monitoring.
h. Members are reminded of the provisions of P.G. 204-08, "Firearms -General
Regulations," which states that off duty members are to be unarmed at their
own discretion when engaged in any activity of a nature whereby it would be
advisable NOT to carry a firearm, especially those events at which alcoholic
beverages are consumed. In addition, off duty members are reminded that they
may only carry the regulation service revolver or pistol, authorized off duty
revolver, or authorized special weapons.
i. Members, when out of state for a parade, funeral, memorial ceremony, or
any other Department-oriented or law enforcement-oriented event, may not carry
any firearms without the permission of the Police Commissioner, First Deputy
Commissioner or Chief of Department even when such an event takes place in a
state which allows police officers from other jurisdictions to carry their
weapons.

P.G. 203-16 Guidelines For Acceptance Of Gifts And Other
Compensation By Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide guidance to members of the service relating to acceptance of gifts
and other compensation.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Department that members of the service may not accept
any reward, gratuity, gift or other compensation for any service performed as
a result of or in conjunction with their duties as public servants. All
exceptions must be in accordance with Chapter 68 of the New York City Charter
and the Police Department Board of Ethics rulings. This policy applies
regardless of whether the service was performed while said members of the
Department were on or off duty. Members of the service also shall not solicit
any gift, gratuity, loan, present, fee or reward for personal gain.
SCOPE
Members of the service may be offered gifts, awards, and other things of value
by private citizens, institutions, etc., in appreciation for their police
service. It is not unethical or illegal for a member of the service to accept
gifts that are commonly offered as tokens of appreciation, i.e., plaques, pen
and pencil sets, etc. However, cash rewards and personal gifts, such as
wristwatches, etc., are strictly forbidden. To insure that the general public
does not misinterpret the justification for these gifts, the following
procedure has been established.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a member of the service is offered a gift or becomes aware that a
gift will be offered in appreciation for police service:
MEMBER CONCERNED
1. Comply with Department regulations relating to financial restrictions and
prohibited acts/prohibited interests.
2. Notify commanding officer, PRIOR to acceptance of gift.
COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
3. Review circumstances regarding the offering of the gift.
a. Review Department Board of Ethics rulings relating to acceptance of
gifts.
NOTE: Commanding officers are responsible to ensure command copies of Board
of Ethics rulings are maintained in Command Reference Library as required by
A.G. 325-18, "Command Reference Library."
IF GIFT IS A REWARD OR PRESENT FOR POLICE SERVICE RENDERED IN DISCHARGE OF

OFFICIAL DUTY:
4. Prepare a report, on Typed Letterhead, to the Police Commissioner, for
review and final determination regarding acceptability of gift.
IF GIFT IS OFFERED BY A PERSON/FIRM WHICH IS, OR INTENDS TO ENGAGE IN BUSINESS
DEALING WITH THE CITY OF NEW YORK:
5. Review City Charter, Section 2604 (B)5 to ensure that there is no conflict
of interest.
6. Make final determination regarding the propriety of accepting gift and
notify member concerned.
a. Request ruling by Board of Ethics if circumstances of offering are
peculiar in nature and not reflected in current rulings.
7. Prepare a report, on Typed Letterhead, to the Chief of Internal Affairs,
through channels, for any member who receives two or more gifts, regardless of
value or source of gift, within a calendar year.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Reference Library (A.G. 325-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 203-17 Fund Raising Events
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To provide specific information relative to fund raising activities affecting
the Department or any person connected with the Department, and the posting of
advertisements involving such events by members of the service.
PROCEDURE
Prior to the fund raising event or posting of advertisements, concerning the
event:
COMMANDING OFFICER, MEMBER CONCERNED
1. Prepare a request, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Chief of Internal
Affairs, (through channels), containing the following information:
a. The date, time and location of the fund-raiser, the identities of the
organizers and the recipient of the proceeds after expenses.
b. The results of inquiries made to the Intelligence Bureau and the
Organized Crime Control Bureau relative to the premises and the principals
involved, and the State Liquor Authority, when appropriate.
c. The results of a check of the respective precinct's Integrity Monitoring
File.
d. The specific manner by which funds will be raised and the method of
compensation to the principals of the premises, including an assurance that
the full retail price will be paid for all food, beverages and ancillary
services, such as music, entertainment, etc.
e. A statement indicating that no illegal gambling, raffles or 50-50 drawing
will take place at the event.
f. A statement and documentation indicating a specific accounting of funds
collected and disbursed will be forwarded, within thirty days after the
fund-raiser, to the Chief of Internal Affairs (i.e., copies of checks, bank
deposit slips, or proof of payment for outstanding bills, etc.).
g. A statement indicating that no conflict with Department procedures and/or
guidelines was found to exist relative to the fund- raiser.
h. A concluding remark recommending approval of the request.
2. Forward completed request, through channels, to the Chief of Internal
Affairs.
MEMBER CONCERNED, INTERNAL AFFAIRS BUREAU
3. Advise commanding officer submitting request of the IAB number assigned to
the request, and whether the request was approved or disapproved by the Chief
of Internal Affairs.

4. Return request, if approved, to the bureau chief/counterpart concerned for
appropriate follow-up and event monitoring.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Financial Restrictions - Prohibited Acts (P.G. 203-13)

P.G. 203-18 Residence Requirements
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To inform members of the service (uniformed and civilian) of the Department's
residence and telephone number requirements.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Reside within City of New York or Westchester, Rockland, Orange, Putnam,
Nassau or Suffolk Counties.
2. Provide operations coordinator with physical home address.
a. Post Office Box addresses are not permitted.
3. Provide operations coordinator with a landline telephone number and/or
cellular telephone number, at residence.
a. Beeper/pager numbers are not permitted.
b. Members of the service may, in addition to the above, provide the
operations coordinator with their email address.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
4. Ensure that each member of the service reviews and updates their personnel
information via the Personal Data Forms Intranet System, as required.
COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Ensure members of the service comply with the residence and telephone
number requirements.
PERSONNEL ORDERS SECTION
6. Ensure that no uniformed member of the service is to be assigned to a
borough task force in a borough in which he/she resides in without the borough
commander's approval.
7. Ensure no uniformed member of the Housing Bureau is to be assigned to a
police service area (PSA) that patrols public housing developments in a
precinct in which the member resides.
8. Ensure no member of the service (uniformed or civilian) is to be assigned
to his/her resident precinct, with the exception of school crossing guards.
a. Civilian members of the service who were assigned to their resident
precinct prior to July 29, 2009, will be able to continue to reside and work
in the same precinct.
NOTE: If the residence of a member of the service subsequently changes and
results in a contradiction of any of the above residency requirements, the
member must immediately notify his/her commanding officer.

ADDITIONAL DATA
New York City local law requires civilian members of the service, who entered
City service on or after September 1, 1986, to become a City resident within
ninety days of appointment. Civilian members of the service who were
permanently appointed to City service before this date may reside outside the
City; however, such civilian members who accept either provisional,
non-competitive, or exempt positions must establish City residence within one
year.
Notwithstanding the general requirement of City residency, Local Law No. 48 of
2009, allows civilian members of the service who have completed two years of
service to reside, in addition to the five boroughs of New York City, in
Westchester, Rockland, Orange, Putnam, Nassau or Suffolk Counties. However,
civilian members of the service with special patrolman designation status must
reside within the five boroughs of New York City regardless of years of
service. Traffic Enforcement Agents Level IV, School Safety Agents and
Evidence/Property Control Specialists who have special patrolman status are
exempt under the State Public Officers Law and after completing two years of
employment with the City may reside, in addition to the five boroughs of New
York City, in Westchester, Rockland, Orange, Putnam, Nassau or Suffolk
Counties.
This amendment will not affect administrative or judicial actions taken to
enforce residency requirements which were in effect prior to the change.
All allegations of non-compliance with this law will be referred to the
Personnel Bureau's Investigations Unit, regardless of the civilian member's
permanent assignment within the Department. Sole investigative responsibility
will rest with the Investigations Unit. Results of the investigation will be
reviewed by the Assistant Commissioner, Employee Management Division. If an
investigation does identify a civilian member in violation of this
requirement, the civilian member of the service will be given an opportunity
to rebut the investigation's findings. Civilian members of the service, in
fact, not in compliance with this requirement are subject to termination. A
Department trial will not be conducted.
Employees with questions regarding civilian residency requirements may contact
the Employee Management Division.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Personal Information Via Department Intranet (P.G. 203-24)

P.G. 203-19 Vacation Policy
Date Effective: 08/01/13
VACATION POLICY
1. Accrue vacation at the following rates:
a. 1 2/3 days each month during the first five years of service
b. 2 1/4 days each month after the first five years of service.
2. Vacations are granted according to seniority in rank and by squad
assignment, if appropriate. (The date of actual appointment to the rank of
police officer will determine seniority for vacation selection).
3. NOT MORE THAN 12% of personnel assigned to a uniformed patrol command
(e.g., precinct, police service area, transit district, etc.) shall take
vacation at the same time.
4. Staff members of uniformed patrol commands and the uniformed members of
those commands who perform special tours of duty, i.e., day squad, traffic
officers, etc., shall select vacation separately from other uniformed members
of the command. The 12% limitation will be maintained, if possible.
5. Probationary police officers are not permitted to take vacation while in
training at the Police Academy. After assignment to permanent command
probationary police officer is allowed to take vacation in excess of the 12%
limitation but not in conjunction with next vacation allowance.
6. Vacations for uniformed members of the service assigned to other than
uniformed patrol commands will be granted at the discretion of the commanding
officer. The 12% limitation will be adhered to, if possible.
7. Vacations of police officers (1st grade) and detectives who perform duty
with the Police Officer/Sergeant Duty Schedule may be selected as follows:
a. One period consisting of five sets of tours (or a comparable period based
on the member's duty schedule) OR
b. Two periods consisting of three sets and two sets of tours, OR
c. Three periods consisting of two periods of two sets of tours and one
period consisting of one set of tours, OR
d. Four periods consisting of one period of two sets of tours and three
periods consisting of three single sets of tours, OR
e. Five periods consisting of five single sets of tours.
8. Police officers, other than first grade, may select one period
of four sets of tours or two periods, each consisting of two sets
However, if an officer's fifth (5th) anniversary appointment date
the current calendar year, the vacation allowance of said officer
follows:

consisting
of tours.
falls within
will be as

APPOINTMENT DATE
January 1 to February 14 (inclusive)
February 15 to April 15 (inclusive)
April 16 to June 15 (inclusive)
June 16 to July 15 (inclusive)
July 16 to September 15 (inclusive)
September 16 to November 15 (inclusive)
November 16 to December 15 (inclusive)

VACATION ALLOWANCE
27 work days
26 work days
25 work days
24 work days
23 work days
22 work days
21 work days

9. Lieutenants, sergeants and detectives may take vacation in one period, two
approximate equal periods, or may select vacations consisting of one complete
set of tours and two others of approximately equal length. Captains through
deputy chiefs will take vacations consistent with the needs of their command.
10. Uniformed members of the service (police officer through deputy chief) may
carry over a maximum of three weeks vacation into following year subject to
the following conditions:
a. Accrued time may not be taken during June, July, August or December.
b. Selection of accrued vacation is subject to exigencies of the Department.
c. Selection of accrued time will be made after regular vacation picks.
d. The 12% limitation remains in effect.
NOTE: Accrued vacation guidelines do not apply to vacation time lost due to
member being on sick report.
11. Excusal periods occurring immediately prior to, within and immediately
following vacation are an integral part of such vacation.
12. Members shall start vacation at the beginning of a set of tours and
consisting of a complete set, if possible.
13. Prepare annual vacation lists prior to January 1st to permit commencement
of vacations on January 1st.
14. Two individual vacation days may be taken during January and February of
the succeeding year, subject to the following guidelines:
a. Uniformed member concerned may select individual days when making regular
vacation selection; however, if not selected with regular pick, they may be
selected at later date subject to exigencies of the service.
b. ONLY 2% of uniformed members assigned to uniformed patrol commands may
take individual vacation days at one time.
c. Police officers MAY NOT select more than one of the following holidays as
an individual vacation day: Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day,
Christmas Day or New Year's Day.
15. Take vacations at a time convenient to the Department.
16. Command timekeeper will enter vacation selections in the Command Diary.
17. Vacation selection may be changed to fill a vacant period or when members
mutually agree to change vacation selections ONLY with permission of

commanding officer.
18. Police officers retain original vacation selections when transferred.
Supervisory officers may retain original selections if the efficiency of the
command is not impaired. However, minor adjustments may be made to reflect
new chart assignments.
19. Neither the executive officer nor the operations coordinator are permitted
to take vacations at the same time as the commanding officer.
20. Uniformed member will apply for vacation lost during the preceding year
due to sick leave, without delay, upon return to duty.
22. Vacation time granted in excess of accrued yearly allowance will result in
reduction of vacation allowance in the following year.

P.G. 203-20 Authorized Leave
Date Effective: 08/01/13
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE REQUESTING AUTHORIZED LEAVE
1. Prepare LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041) and submit to commanding
officer/supervisory head, for approval, at least five days before leave
commences except in emergency.
a. Uniformed and civilian members of the service must complete the "Location
During Absence" section on the LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT including each country,
with the city/town or province where the member will be staying, date(s) of
departure and date of return, unless on military leave or leave of absence
without pay thirty calendar days or more
b. If member will remain at their residence, member will enter "residence"
and include location and dates
c. Prior to approving recommendations for leave, commanding
officer/supervisory head will ensure that each country, with the city/town or
province where the member will be staying is entered in Location During
Absence section of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT.
2. Leaves may be terminated at discretion of Police Commissioner.
3. Member who is granted extended leave of absence without pay must take all
accrued leave prior to the start of leave of absence, except for military
leave.
4. Leave without pay for thirty or more consecutive days during a year, except
military leave, will reduce authorized vacation by 1/12th for each thirty
consecutive days of absence.
5. Member returning from leave without pay for one year or more may not be
granted unaccrued vacation until member performs active duty for a minimum of
three months, unless otherwise authorized by law.
6. A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) applying for any extended
leave, e.g., educational leave with or without pay, hardship leave, etc., is
required to communicate with the Military and Extended Leave Desk for
instructions.
7. Leave without pay may be granted to observe a religious holiday. No more
than 1/6th of each squad may be granted such leave.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If an emergency situation arises and a uniformed member of the service
requests an emergency excusal day (E-Day) for his/her next scheduled tour of
duty, the requesting uniformed member of the service must receive approval
from the desk officer on duty at the time of the request.
Members of the service may only request an E-Day during the interval between
the member's last tour of duty performed and the start of their next scheduled
tour of duty.

All other requests for a leave of absence, that does not fall under the
guidelines for an E-Day, will be submitted on a LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT to the
member's commanding officer/supervisory head.
Once a decision has been rendered regarding the E-Day request, the desk
officer will make an entry on the Roll Call Adjustment (Misc. 3084). The entry
will consist of the requesting member's rank, name and whether the E-Day
request was granted or denied. If the E-Day has been granted, the desk officer
will ensure a LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT is prepared for the requesting member.
A denial of an E-Day by the desk officer is a final decision. If the request
is denied, members are prohibited from attempting to receive approval of the
same request from another supervisor and may be subject to disciplinary
action.
Commanding officers will ensure that supervisors are aware of the command's
criteria for the granting of E-Days. This includes, but is not limited to, the
reason for requested excusal, number of emergency day requests made by the
member, and the operational impact on the command.
FORMS AND REPORTS
LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)
Roll Call Adjustment (Misc. 3084)

P.G. 203-21 Integrity Monitoring File
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To identify locations where there is potential for members of the service to
engage in corrupt practices or misconduct.
DEFINITION
DESIGNATED OFF-LIMITS LOCATION – a location operating legitimately that a
commanding officer may place off-limits because of some police misconduct
related activity, and the need to avoid the appearance of impropriety by
members of the command (see Additional Data).
UNLAWFUL LOCATIONS – premises, whether in a member's command or elsewhere,
that are involved in illegal activities which would preclude the presence of a
member of the service, except in the line of duty (see Additional Data).
COOPING PRONE LOCATIONS – locations or premises where members of the service
may engage in unauthorized interrupted patrol (see Additional Data).
PROCEDURE
When a premises or location has been identified as a "Designated Off-Limits
Location", "Unlawful Location", or a "Cooping Prone Location" in a command
under the jurisdiction of the Patrol Services, Housing, or Transit Bureaus:
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Direct integrity control officer to maintain an Integrity Monitoring File.
2. Document and have on file for review the reason(s) for including a location
in the Integrity Monitoring File.
NOTE: Documentation should include, but not be limited to criminal history,
arrests, summonses, reports to the State Liquor Authority, organized crime
information, corruption, Civilian Complaint Review Board/community complaints,
etc. Dates of reports and serial numbers should be included. For further
information to be maintained for off-limits and unlawful locations see
"Additional Data."
3. Determine schedule to be utilized by commanding officer, executive officer,
and integrity control officer when making visits to Designated Off-Limits
Locations.
a. Patrol supervisors will make observations, but not visits, to all
locations as directed by the integrity control officer.
4. Direct preparation and maintenance of an Integrity Monitoring Log for the
recording of observation and visits to subject locations. INTEGRITY CONTROL
OFFICER
5. Maintain Integrity Monitoring file.
6. Maintain Integrity Monitoring Log and record all visits and observations,

as well as police action directed at identified locations.
NOTE: The Integrity Monitoring Log will be in a Department record book
divided equally into three separate sections entitled:
a. "Designated Off-Limits Locations"
b. "Unlawful Locations"
c. "Cooping Locations"
Each section will be captioned across a double page as follows:
FIRST PAGE
DATE

TIME

LOCATION

ACTIVITY OBSERVED(IF ANY)

SECOND PAGE
MEMBER MAKING OBSERVATION

ACTION TAKEN
(Summons, arrest, Intelligence
Div. notification, etc)

REMARKS

COMMANDING OFFICER
7. Evaluate, every six months, the command's Integrity Monitoring File for
accuracy and relevance.
8. Add/delete locations by forwarding a report, on Typed Letterhead, to
overhead bureau concerned, through channels.
a. Indicate reason for addition/deletion.
b. Include an updated Integrity Monitoring File with report.
9. Prepare three copies of updated Integrity Monitoring File on March 1st each
year, and forward to overhead bureau concerned, through channels.
a. An accompanying report will be prepared indicating that the commanding
officer concerned has reviewed the file and the locations on each list are in
conformance with this procedure.
BUREAU COMMAND
10. Review reports (both interim and annual) submitted by subordinate
commands.
a. forward copy of report to the Investigation Review Section, Office of the
Chief of Department. b. forward copy of report to the Internal Affairs Bureau.
ADDITIONAL DATA The Investigation Review Section will act as the central
repository for Designated Off-Limits Locations, Unlawful Locations, and
Cooping Prone Locations. Annually, the Investigation Review Section shall
forward an updated citywide list of these locations to the Operations Unit and
the Office of the Chief of Department. Furthermore, the Quality Assurance
division shall conduct audits of precincts, transit districts, police service
areas and borough command counterparts to ensure updated lists are maintained
in accordance with the provisions of this procedure.

If it becomes necessary for a uniformed member of the service to enter a
location listed in the Integrity Monitoring File because of assignment by
competent authority, i.e. radio dispatcher/serious police emergency, the
member concerned will immediately notify the patrol supervisor. The patrol
supervisor will respond and make an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of the
circumstances.
The duties performed by units in Transit Bureau, The [I.O. 1 s 11] Chief of
Transportation and the Special Operations Division my present integrity
hazards that are unique to their specialties, i. e., marinas, riding
academies, parking garages, etc.
Therefore, commanding officers of each unit will identify such locations, and,
using the criteria below, compile a Designated Off-Limits Location list for
their unit's Integrity Monitoring File. Furthermore, they will obtain, and
personally review off-limits locations within other commands where their
members perform patrol. These locations will be included in their own lists of
locations considered integrity hazards for their personnel. CRITERIA FOR
INCLUSION IN INTEGRITY MONITORING FILE
DESIGNATED OFF-LIMITS LOCATION
a. Some documented police misconduct-related activity, such as:
(1) Any substantial acts of misconduct, or
(2) The failure of integrity tests, or
(3) The commanding officer's professional judgment after review of
corruption allegations, or
(4) Intelligence from the Organized Crime Control Bureau or the
Intelligence Bureau, particularly at locations involving organized crime, or
(5) The location's past history of repeated crimes or violations.
PLUS
b. Illegal conditions associated with locations, or the inference or
appearance of preferential treatment.
Conditions listed in paragraphs a or b above are both required in order for
a location to be included in the "Designated Off-Limits Locations" portion of
the Integrity Monitoring File.
Members of the service are prohibited from entering all Designated
Off-Limits Locations within their command of assignment, whether on or off
duty. Because of these limitations, commanding officers will be very judicious
when designating a location off-limits. In addition, they must be able to
articulate the reasonable basis used for selecting each location.
Additionally, they should avoid listing general areas such as entire streets,
plazas, parks, etc., unless there are some extraordinary circumstances that
would justify the off-limits provisions of this procedure.
The following information should be included in interim or annual reports
regarding Designated Off-Limits Locations:

(1)Date declared off-limits
(2)Number of visits/observations by commanding/executive/integrity control
officers or other supervisors
(3)Notifications to investigations unit concerned
(4)Any disciplinary/criminal action taken against members of the service
re: location concerned (including results)
(5)Date location closed or business sold
(6)Date removed from list and reason (passed integrity test, etc.)
UNLAWFUL LOCATION
a. Premises (licensed or unlicensed) where a member of the service MUST be
suspended for having an interest in, associating with or patronizing as
indicated in Patrol Guide procedure 206-07, "Cause For Suspension Or Modified
Assignment", step 2, subdivision "f" OR,
b. Unlicensed premises (neighborhood tavern or restaurant with an
expired/suspended license) where the sale of alcohol is the only apparent
illegal activity and a member of the service may be suspended or placed on
modified assignment for patronizing such a location as per Patrol Guide
procedure 206-07, "Cause For Suspension Or Modified Assignment", step 3,
subdivision "e".
The following information should be included in interim or annual reports
regarding Unlawful Locations
(1)Date declared unlawful
(2)Number of visits/observations by commanding/executive/integrity control
officers or other supervisors
(3)Any notifications made to Internal Affairs Bureau or any unit/agency
relative to vice enforcement, narcotics, civil enforcement, etc.
(4)Any disciplinary/criminal action taken against members of the service
re: location concerned (including results)
(5)Date business sold
(6)Date location closed and reason (civil enforcement, vacated business,
fire, etc.)
If a member of the service becomes involved in an incident in an Unlawful
Location, outside of his/her command, and upon investigation it is discovered
that the location has been previously deemed unlawful, and is still carried as
such in the command's Integrity Monitoring File, the commanding officer/duty
captain will determine whether or not the member involved should have been
aware of the unlawful status of the location in question.
COOPING PRONE LOCATIONS
Consideration for designating a location as cooping prone should be based on
past history of allegations of cooping, or locations where, in the commanding

officer's judgment, there is likelihood that members will engage in
interrupted patrol. Cooping prone locations apply to on-duty members only.
However, members will not be prohibited from performing authorized patrol
within such locations, when necessary.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
Type Letterhead

P.G. 203-22 Department Confidentiality Policy
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inform members of the services of the guidelines to be complied with when
accessing, cresting, receiving, disclosing or otherwise maintaining
information from an information system:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Access only those information systems to which authorization has been
granted, and under circumstances required in the execution of lawful duty.
2. Abide by any security terms/conditions associated with the information
system, including those governing user passwords, logon procedures, etc.
3. Disclose information to others, including other members of the service,
only as required in the execution of lawful duty.
4. Confirm identity and affiliation of requestor of information and determine
that release of information is lawful, prior to disclosure.
5. Maintain confidentiality of information accessed, created, received,
disclosed or otherwise maintained during course of duty.
NOTE: The above guidelines also apply to the oral transmission of
information contained in any Department information system.
Members of the service who fail to adhere to the above guidelines may be
subject to disciplinary and/or criminal action.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Information Concerning Official Business of Department (P.G. 212-76)
Release of Information to News Media (P.G. 212-77)
Department Computer Systems (P.G. 219-14)

P.G. 203-23 Conducting Ordered Breath Testing Of Uniformed
Members Of The Service For The Presence Of Alcohol
Date Effective: 08/01/13
COMMANDING OFFICER, PERSONNEL BUREAU INVESTIGATIONS UNIT
1. Maintain a listing (including duty charts, vacation selections and complete
contact information such as home phone numbers, cellular phone numbers, beeper
numbers and e-mail addresses) of all uniformed members who have been placed on
Dismissal Probation, or have been the subject of other disciplinary action,
and have agreed to submit to ordered breath testing for the presence of
alcohol as a result of a negotiated penalty in a Department disciplinary
proceeding.
NOTE: Subject members have signed a Negotiated Settlement which contains the
following wording: "I agree to submit to and to make myself available, on or
off duty, for ordered breath testing for the presence of alcohol during a
probationary period or other agreed upon time period pursuant to Patrol Guide
203-04," Fitness for Duty." I understand that this will entail unannounced
visits to my personal residence. In addition, I am fully aware that if said
testing of my blood alcohol level is .04 or more that I shall be presumed
unfit for duty. I also understand that should I be found unfit for duty or
should refuse such testing I will be subject to further disciplinary action up
to and including summary termination. I acknowledge that I have received and
understand the provisions within Patrol Guide 203-04, "Fitness for Duty" and
Patrol Guide 203-23, "Conducting Ordered Breath Testing of Uniformed Members
of the Service for the Presence of Alcohol."
2. Schedule each member whose name appears on the listing to be periodically
tested during each quarterly period during which the member is subject to
ordered breath testing. For the purposes of this procedure, the calendar year
will be divided into four quarterly periods as follows: January through March,
April through June, July through September and October through December.
Nothing in this procedure shall preclude a subject member from being tested
more than once during a quarter. However, at least one of the tests conducted
during the year must be conducted during the subject member's off duty hours.
NOTE: If the period that the member is subject to ordered breath testing
begins on February 15th, for example, the initial testing of the subject
member will commence during the quarterly period that runs from January 1st
through March 31st.
3. Ensure that all supervisors assigned to the Personnel Bureau Investigations
Unit and the Medical Division's Absence Control & Investigations Unit have
been trained by the Highway District in the operation of the hand-held
Portable Breath Test (PBT) device.
4. Arrange for a supervisor assigned to the Personnel Bureau Investigations
Unit or the Medical Division's Absence Control & Investigations Unit to
conduct a breath test using a PBT device whenever a subject member is
scheduled to be tested. Both units will assist each other in the testing
process as necessary.
NOTE: If the subject member is a ranking member of the Department, a
supervisor of an appropriate rank assigned to one of the sub-units of the

Personnel Bureau will be designated to assist with the administration of the
breath test.
5. Maintain a database that tracks the results of all on duty as well as all
off duty ordered Breath tests and the number of members tested.
6. Submit a quarterly report to the Chief of Personnel listing all subject
members, the starting and ending dates during which they are subject to
ordered breath testing, the dates on which they were tested, whether they were
tested on duty or off duty, and the results.
NOTE: The probationary period will be extended by any period of time that
the subject member is on suspension, modified assignment, restricted duty,
limited duty, sick leave, leave of absence (military, educational, etc.) or
annual leave. As such, the Employee Management Division will be contacted to
ascertain the exact date that the probationary period ends.
ON DUTY ORDERED BREATH TESTING (Steps 7-14)
DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR, PERSONNEL BUREAU INVESTIGATIONS UNIT/MEDICAL DIVISION'S
ABSENCE CONTROL & INVESTIGATIONS UNIT
7. After being designated to conduct an ordered breath test of an on duty
member of the service, the breath test will be conducted at the Medical
Division's offices on the 16th Floor of One Lefrak City Plaza in Corona or at
the Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit at 49-51 Chambers Street, 14th Floor,
on a date and time when the subject member is regularly scheduled to work.
NOTE: The Medical Division's Drug Screening Unit must ensure that the
records maintained in regard to random drug testing do not in any manner
include members who were notified to appear for ordered breath testing.
8. Notify the commanding officer/desk officer at the subject member's command
to have the subject member transported by a higher-ranking member to the
Medical Division or the Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit in an expeditious
fashion.
9. Respond to the Medical Division, or the Personnel Bureau Investigations
Unit, as appropriate, on the date and time that the subject member was
notified to appear.
NOTE: All times relating to the testing process will be carefully
documented.
10. Advise the subject member that he or she may be tested by a number of
different means, such as the PBT device and the Intoxilyzer.
11. Direct the subject member to prepare an Ordered Breath Test Questionnaire
form.
a. The Ordered Breath Test Questionnaire form will be retained in the
subject member's file maintained at the Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit
office. As some of the information contained on the form may be considered
medical records under the Americans with Disabilites Act, the form must be
handled and maintained in a confidential manner.
NOTE: If the subject member answers "YES" to either of the following two
questions listed on the form: "Do you require medical treatment now?" or " Do

you desire an ambulance to be summoned?" or is unable to answer these
questions, the supervisor concerned shall summon an ambulance.
12. Conduct a breath test using a PBT device in a private setting at the
Medical Division's Lefrak City facility or at the Personnel Bureau
Investigations Unit at 49-51 Chambers Street, 14th floor.
NOTE: The supervisor concerned must observe the subject member for at least
20 minutes prior to initiating the test to ensure that the subject member does
not engage in any activity that may skew the test results (e.g., eating,
drinking, smoking, vomiting, regurgitating, belching).
13. If the reading on the PBT device is less than .02 and there are no related
indicia of intoxication (see Additional Data Statement for a listing), no
further action is required at this time.
a. If the reading on the PBT device is less than .02 and the subject member
appears to be intoxicated (i.e., there are related indicia of intoxication) or
under the influence of a prohibited substance, the supervisor concerned will
confer with the Commanding Officer, Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit who
will notify the Office of the Chief of Personnel in regard to obtaining
authorization to test the subject member using the Intoxilyzer, or to conduct
a drug screening test for cause under the procedures contained in P.G. 205-30,
"Administration of Drug Screening Test for Cause."
14. If the reading on the PBT device is .02 or greater, immediately notify
Highway I.D.T.U. to respond to the Medical Division to test the subject member
using the Intoxilyzer that is maintained at the Medical Division facility. (It
should be emphasized that the Intoxilyzer test at the Medical Division will be
conducted by an I.D.T.U. technician.) In the event that alternate arrangements
must be made, the Intoxilyzer test will be conducted at the closest I.D.T.U.
facility. In such a case, the subject member will not be permitted to
transport him/herself to the I.D.T.U. facility. Depending upon circumstances,
the supervisor concerned may be aided by one or more members of the service in
transporting the subject member to the I.D.T.U. facility.
a. The I.D.T.U. technician will utilize a specially developed form, entitled
Ordered Breath Test Instruction Sheet to interview the subject member and a
specially developed checklist, entitled Intoxilyzer Operational Checklist to
conduct the test. The entire Intoxilyzer testing process, including the
reading of the test results, will be videotaped by a member of the Highway
District. In cases in which there is an Intoxilyzer reading of .02 or greater,
a copy of the videotape will be provided to the supervisor concerned, who will
follow all applicable Departmental procedures to safeguard the tape for
evidentiary purposes.
NOTE: The I.D.T.U. technician conducting the test must observe the subject
member for at least 20 minutes prior to initiating the test to ensure that the
member does not engage in any activities that may skew the test results.
b. The supervisor concerned shall carefully record and then take into
account the Intoxilyzer reading along with any other related indicia of
intoxication in coming to a conclusion that the subject member is apparently
unfit for duty. As part of this process, the supervisor should use a blood
alcohol level of .04 or greater on the Intoxilyzer as the threshold for a
presumption of lack of fitness for duty.
c. If the supervisor concerned has reason to conclude that the subject

member is apparently unfit for duty, the supervisor will notify the Commanding
Officer, Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit, who will notify the Office of
the Chief of Personnel. In addition, the supervisor will be guided by the
procedures contained in P.G. 206-12, "Removal of Firearms from Intoxicated
Uniformed Member of the Service."
NOTE: If the subject member is determined to be unfit for duty, the I.A.B.
Command Center will be notified and a log number will be obtained.
OFF DUTY ORDERED BREATH TESTING (Steps 15-23)
NOTE: Home visits related to off duty ordered breath testing will be
conducted in a similar fashion to home visits by the Medical Division to
uniformed members of the service who are on sick leave. Breath testing of off
duty members of the service will normally be conducted from 0900 hours to 2100
hours, including weekends. However, subject members who are tested off duty
will be entitled to overtime compensation.
15. After being designated to conduct an ordered breath test of an off duty
member of the service, ascertain whether the subject member is on sick report.
If the member is not on sick report, respond to the member's residence to
conduct to breath test. (If the member is on sick report, the breath test will
not be conducted until the member is no longer on sick report.)
NOTE: The designated supervisor will be accompanied by at least one other
supervisor/member of the Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit or the Medical
Division's Absence Control & Investigations Unit.
a. If the subject member does not answer the door, leave a Notification Card
under the door with instructions that the member is to immediately contact you
upon his/her receipt of the card.
NOTE: All times relating to the testing process will be carefully
documented.
b. Attempt to contact the subject member number via alternative means
(telephone numbers that have been provided to the Department, cellular phones,
beeper, etc.) if necessary.
NOTE: Attempts by the subject member to evade contact may result in further
disciplinary action and possible termination.
c. Once the subject member is located, direct the member to remain at
his/her current location pending your arrival. The subject member will neither
be requested nor permitted to drive until the breath testing has been
completed and the member's fitness for duty has been determined.
16. Once personal contact is made with the subject member on an initial visit,
request member's identification card in order to confirm member's identity.
17. Proceed to conduct the testing process in a private setting (e.g., subject
member's residence, Department auto being used by the supervisor concerned) in
a dignified, respectful fashion. The subject member's input should be
solicited in regard to where he/she would feel most comfortable having the
test conducted.
18.Advise the subject member that he or she may be tested by a number of
different means, such as the PBT device and the Intoxilyzer.

19. Direct the subject member to prepare an Ordered Breath Test Questionnaire
form.
a. The Ordered Breath Test Questionnaire form will be retained in the
subject member's file maintained at the Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit
office. As some of the information contained on the form may be considered
medical records under the Americans with Disabilities Act, the form must be
handled and maintained in a confidential manner.
NOTE: If the subject member answers "YES" to either of the following two
questions listed on the form, "Do you desire medical treatment now?" or "Do
you desire an ambulance to be summoned?" or is unable to answer these
questions, the supervisor concerned shall summon an ambulance.
20. Conduct a breath test using a PBT device.
NOTE: The supervisor concerned must observe the subject member for at least
20 minutes prior to initiating the test to ensure that the subject member does
not engage in any activities that may skew the test results (e.g., eating,
drinking, smoking, vomiting, regurgitating, belching).
21. If the reading on the PBT device is less than .02 and there are no related
indicia of intoxication (see Additional Data Statement for a listing) no
further action is required at this time.
a. If the reading on the PBT device is less than .02 and the subject members
appears to be intoxicated (i.e., there are related indicia of intoxication) or
under the influence of a prohibited substance, the supervisor concerned will
confer with the Commanding Officer, Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit who
will notify the Office of the Chief of Personnel in regard to obtaining
authorization to test the subject member using the Intoxilyzer, or to conduct
a drug screening test for cause under the procedures contained in P.G. 205-30,
"Administration of Drug Screening Test for Cause."
22. If the reading on the PBT devise is .02 or above, the subject member will
be transported expeditiously to the Medical Division's Lefrak City facility
and an immediate notification will be made to Highway I.D.T.U. to respond to
the Medical Division to test the subject member using the Intoxilyzer that is
maintained at the Medical Division. (It should be emphasized that the
Intoxilyzer test at the Medical Division will be conducted by an I.D.T.U.
technician.) In the event that alternate arrangements must be made, the
Intoxilyzer test will be conducted at the closest I.D.T.U. facility.
a. The I.D.T.U. technician will utilize a specially developed form, entitled
Ordered Breath Test Instruction Sheet to interview the subject member and a
specially developed checklist, entitled Intoxilyzer Operational Checklist to
conduct the test. The entire Intoxilyzer testing process, including the
reading of the test results, will be videotaped by a member of the Highway
District. In cases in which there is an Intoxilyzer reading of .02 or greater,
a copy of the videotape will be provided to the supervisor concerned, who will
follow all applicable Departmental procedures to safeguard the tape for
evidentiary purposes.
NOTE: The I.D.T.U. technician conducting the test must observe the subject
member for at least 20 minutes prior to initiating the test to ensure that the
member does not engage in any activities that may skew the test results.

b. The supervisor concerned shall carefully record and then take into
account the Intoxilyzer reading along with any other related indicia of
intoxication in coming to a conclusion that the subject member is apparently
unfit for duty. As part of this process, the supervisor should use a blood
alcohol level of .04 or greater on the Intoxilyzer as the threshold for a
presumption of lack of fitness for duty.
c. If the supervisor concerned has reason to conclude that the subject
member is apparently unfit for duty, the supervisor will notify the Commanding
Officer, Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit, who will notify the Office of
the Chief of Personnel. In addition, the supervisor will be guided by the
procedures contained in P.G. 206-12, "Removal of Firearms from Intoxicated
Uniformed Member of the Service."
NOTE: If the subject member is determined to be unfit for duty, the I.A.B.
Command Center will be notified and a log number will be obtained.
23. Ensure that the subject member is transported back to his/her residence
after all testing, administrative and related matters have been completed.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Since most members of the service who will be subject to the provisions of
this procedure will be on full duty status with no driving restrictions, the
Performance Monitoring Unit will institute procedures to remind the concerned
members' Commanding Officers of the importance of remaining particularly alert
to the members' fitness for duty during the members' dismissal probation
period or the agreed upon period during which the member will be subject to
ordered breath testing.
INDICIA OF INTOXICATION
Face to face observation and interaction with the subject member allows the
supervisor concerned to use his or her senses to obtain "evidence" of alcohol
intoxication:
* The sense of sight
* The sense of hearing
* The sense of smell
SIGHT
* Bloodshot eyes
* Flushed face
* Soiled, mussed, disarrayed clothing
* Fumbling (e.g., dropping paperwork, keys etc.)
* The presence of alcohol containers
* Physical coordination (e.g., swaying, staggering, unsteady, falling,
wobbling, sagging knees, using a wall or furniture as a prop)
* Unusual actions (e.g., hiccupping, belching, vomiting, fighting, sleepy,
urinating)
HEARING
* Slurred speech
* Admission of drinking
* Inconsistent responses
* Incoherent
* Abusive language, profanity
* Antagonistic

* Unusual statements
SMELL
* Odor of alcohol on breath
* "Cover Up" odors (e.g., breath spray, mints)
* Open alcoholic beverages
* Unusual odors
NOTE: These traits are illustrative; this is not meant to be a complete list
of indicia.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Fitness for Duty (P.G. 203-04)
Administration of Drug Screening Tests for Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Removal of Firearms from Intoxicated Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G.
206-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Ordered Breath Test Questionnaire (Medical Division Form)
Notification Card (Medical Division Form)
Intoxilyzer Operational Checklist (Medical Division Form)
Ordered Breath Test Instruction Sheet (Medical Division Form)

P.G. 203-24 Personal Information Via Department Intranet
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide members of the service the ability to review, confirm and update
their personal information as necessary, as well as, annually during
evaluation period.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service utilizes the Personnel Data Forms Intranet System
via the Department Intranet to view and/or update their personal information.
DEFINITION
PERSONAL INFORMATION - Data pertaining to a member of the service (uniformed
or civilian), regarding name, address, social condition, emergency
notification information, and any other relevant information.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Provide accurate and current personal information to the Department
immediately upon change.
2. Access the "Personal Data Forms" menu when:
a. A change in personal information occurs
b. Annually, during evaluation period to review and, if necessary, update
personal information
c. At anytime in order to review the accuracy of personal information,
particularly if member believes it to be compromised.
3. Select one of the following two forms from the "Personal Data Forms" menu:
a. Name, Residence and Social Condition
b. Emergency Notification.
NOTE: If one or both of the menu options are not displayed, this indicates
that a change has already been submitted and has not yet been approved or
rejected. Additional submissions are not permitted until previous ones have
been signed, submitted and processed by the Personnel Data Unit.
4. Verify the information appearing on the screen.
5. View the update screen and type any new information into the appropriate
fields.
NOTE: Name changes must include supporting documentation (i.e., marriage
certificate, court orders, etc.). Members of the service must adhere to the
Department residency requirements.

6. Confirm the requested changes online.
7. Print and sign two hard copies.
8. Submit both signed hard copies to the operations coordinator and provide
supporting documentation for change of name, and/or social condition requests.
9. Login to the online "Personnel Data Forms" menu one month after submitting
forms to the operations coordinator to verify updates were accepted or
rejected by the Personnel Data Unit and notify the operations coordinator of
results.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
10. Ensure all members of the service review and update their personal
information as follows:
a. Whenever a change in their personal information occurs
b. Annually, during evaluation periods
c. Any other time deemed necessary.
11. Ensure that supporting documentation accompanies change of name and/or
social condition requests.
12. Assign command serial number to requests.
13. Sign both hard copies and ensure copies are signed by the submitting
member of the service.
14. Update all pertinent command records (i.e., FORCE RECORD [PD406- 4131],
etc.) and file one of the submitted hard copies in the member's personal
folder.
15. Forward remaining signed hard copy to the Commanding Officer, Personnel
Orders Section - Personnel Data Unit, with supporting documentation for name
changes.
16. Maintain a list of all previous address and emergency notification changes
as well as current personal information of members of the command.
17. Access the Personnel mainframe application PEPR or PEMU, one month after
submission of form to verify if the member's information has been changed in
System by the Personnel Data Unit.
18. Contact the Personnel Data Unit if changes have not been made after one
month, to verify if submitting member's updated form(s) have been received.
PERSONNEL ORDERS SECTION
19. Verify changes in the System and accept or reject changes.
20. Create "rejection letter" if change is rejected, including reason(s) and
forward to commanding officer of submitting member.
COMMANDING OFFICER

21. Ensure member of the service resubmits information via the Personnel Data
Forms Intranet System and submits necessary forms to the operations
coordinator for subsequent forwarding to Personnel Data Unit with appropriate
captions (e.g., serial numbers, etc.) completed and proper documents, if
necessary.
NOTE: Name, residence, social condition, or emergency notification changes
submitted via the Personnel Data Forms Intranet System will not update the
Personnel System until accepted by the Personnel Orders Section.
Forms not received by the Personnel Data Unit within ninety days from the date
of online entry will be purged from the System and a new submission must be
prepared.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service officially assigned in an undercover capacity will be
unable to access the System and must notify their commanding officer of any
change to their personal information. The commanding officer of the undercover
will forward a Typed Letterhead with requested changes to the Commanding
Officer, Personnel Orders Section.
Members of the service may view/update foreign language proficiency or other
skills and review or add country of birth by selecting the "View and Update
Skills Information and Languages/Review and Add Country of Birth" link and
follow the instructions provided.
Members of the service may review/update their education information as
necessary by selecting the "Education Tracking System" link under "Personnel
Data Forms" and forward all necessary documents to the Education Tracking
Unit.
BENEFICIARY CHANGES
Uniformed members of the service must file necessary forms at the Police
Pension Fund located at 233 Broadway, New York, NY 19th Floor.
Civilian members of the service must file necessary forms at the Employee
Management Division located at One Police Plaza, New York, NY Room 1014.
ADDITIONAL NOTIFICATIONS
Health Insurance Section: located at 51 Chambers Street, New York, NY 3rd
Floor.
Deferred Compensation Plan: located at 40 Rector Street, New York, NY 3rd
Floor.
Members of the service are reminded that it is in their best interest to
notify their respective labor union whenever there is a change in name,
residence or social condition.
RELATED PROCEDURES
"Residence Requirements" (P.G. 203-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FORCE RECORD (PD406-1431)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 203-25 Department Policy Prohibiting Racial Profiling
Date Effective: 08-01-13
1. In order to reemphasize existing law and Department regulations, an updated
Department policy is hereby published entitled, "Department Policy Prohibiting
Racial Profiling."
2. Members of the service are reminded that the New York City Police
Department is committed both to the impartial enforcement of law and the
protection of Constitutional rights. To reinforce these commitments and to
endure all members of the service engage only in constitutionally sound
policing practices, the Department prohibits the use of racial profiling in
law enforcement actions. Racial profiling is defined as the use of race,
color, ethnicity, or national origin as the determinative factor for
initiating police action. Members are also reminded that the use of other
characteristics such as religion, age, gender, gender identity, or sexual
orientation as the determinative factor for taking police action is
prohibited.
3. All police-initiated enforcement actions, including, but not limited to,
arrests, stop and questions, and motor vehicle stops, will be based on the
standards required by the Fourth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, Article
I, Section 12 of the New York State Constitution, Administrative Code section
14-151, and other applicable laws. The law confers on police officers the
authority to stop, question, and if warranted, frisk an individual whom a
member reasonably suspects has committed, is committing, or is about to commit
a felony or Penal Law misdemeanor. Members must be able to articulate the
factors which led them to take enforcement action, in particular those factors
leading to reasonable suspicion for a stop and question and any subsequent
frisk, or probable cause for an arrest.
4. Responding to suspected criminal behavior by stopping and questioning an
individual and, if warranted, conducting a frisk is part of a police officer's
job and plays a critical role in reducing and preventing crime. Conducting
stops in an unbiased manner fosters and strengthens relationships between
police officers and members of the community, and inspires confidence in, and
support for, policing efforts.
5. While performing their duties, members are reminded that it is not racial
profiling to take into account the reported race, color, ethnicity, national
origin, religion, age, gender, gender identity, or sexual orientation of a
specific subject in the same way the member would use pedigree information,
e.g., height, weight, age, etc., about specific subjects.
6. Commanding officers will continue to ensure that self-inspections are
conducted within their commands regarding stop, question, and frisk activity.
The Quality Assurance Division will continue to monitor compliance with
self-inspection protocols in all of its command inspections and will continue
to audit stop, question, and frisk activity Department-wide. The proper
exercise of the authority to conduct stop, question, and frisk activity will
continue to be included in CompStat review.
7. Operations Order 11, series 2002, is REVOKED.

P.G. 203-26 Extended Leave Of Absence - Educational
Fellowship/Scholarship Notification Of Intent
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that the Department is notified in a timely manner when a member of
the Service (uniformed or civilian) intends to apply for a specified
opportunity that will require an extended leave of absence.
DEFINTION
ELIGIBILITY - A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) is not eligible
to apply for any extended leave of absence with pay for thirty consecutive
days or more for an educational fellowship/scholarship or similar opportunity
after previously receiving such a leave during his/her career.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) intends to apply for a
non-Department sponsored educational fellowship/scholarship (e.g., White House
Fellowship, Fulbright Award, Kennedy School of Government Scholarship, etc.)
or similar opportunity (e.g., United Nations Civilian Policing position
[UNCIVPOL], etc.) that will result in a request for an extended leave of
absence (paid or unpaid) for thirty consecutive days of more.
MEMBER OF SERVICE
1. Prepare a "Request to Attend/Participate," on Typed Letterhead, detailing
the specific nature of the educational fellowship/scholarship (e.g.,
anticipated leave requirements, deadline for submission of application, etc.).
2. Forward the "Request to Attend/Participate" to the Chief of Personnel,
through channels.
NOTE: Final approval of the "Request to Attend/Participate" must be obtained
prior to applying for the non-Department sponsored educational
fellowship/scholarship. Failure to do so will result in being denied the leave
of absence.
CHIEF OF PERSONNEL
3. Forward an acknowledgement of receipt on Typed Letterhead to the requesting
member of the service indicating that the "Request to Attend/Participate" has
been received and is being processed.
4. Forward the "Request to Attend/Participate," with endorsements, to the
Office of the Police Commissioner for final approval.
a. Forward a copy of the "Request to Attend/Participate," with endorsements,
to the Commanding Officer, Office of Management Analysis and Planning for
informational purposes.
OFFICE OF THE POLICE COMMISSIONER

5. Forward, through channels, approval/disapproval "Request to
Attend/Participate," to the member of service making the request.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service are urged to submit the "Request to Attend/Participate"
well in advance of any application deadline for a non-Departmental sponsored
educational fellowship/scholarship in order to allow ample time for the
approval process and the forwarding of any necessary documentation.
Approval of the "request to Attend/Participate" is independent of the
individual's eligibility and selection criteria for the specific educational
fellowship/scholarship being sought by the member of the service.
It is the policy of the Department to encourage its members to pursue
educational opportunities in furtherance of their police careers.

Uniforms and Equipment

P.G. 204-01 General Uniform Regulations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
UNIFORMS
1. Maintain at own expense articles prescribed for rank, position or duty.
NOTE: Recruits wear uniform only after inspected and stamped by Police
Academy.
2. Do not modify prescribed uniforms in any manner except as specifically
authorized by higher authority.
3. Do not wear distinguishable items of the uniform with civilian clothes.
4. Do not wear uniform, shield or display IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD 416-091)
while participating in a rally, demonstration or other public assemblage
except as authorized by the Department.
5. Wear uniform of the day. Commanding officers or unit commanders may
authorized a specialized uniform only after requesting and receiving approval
from the Police Commissioner's Uniform and Equipment Review Committee.
Submit requests to the Office of the Chief of Department: Att: Uniform and
Equipment Sub-Committee.
a. Wear uniform when directed, if assigned to the Detective Bureau or to
duty in civilian clothes.
NOTE: Detectives, when assigned to duty in uniform, will wear prescribed
police officer's uniform with gold cap device and appropriate collar insignia.
6. While performing duty indoors, in uniform, wear regulation seasonal shirt
and trousers.
7. Wear the prescribed uniform, if regularly assigned to duty in uniform, when
appearing in court, the Trial Room or at the office of a ranking officer above
the rank of captain, except if off duty, on sick report, or if excused by
competent authority.
8. Purchase regulation service holsters, caps, raingear and all items of
uniform which are sewn or attached to the uniform, from the Equipment Section
or other authorized supplier.
9. Necessary uniform changes, other than those listed in step 10, will be made
as directed by the lieutenant platoon commander/counterpart.
a. The lieutenant platoon commander/counterpart shall authorize the removal,
if desired, of the duty jacket/summer blouse whenever the temperature for a
specific tour is expected to rise above 65 degrees Fahrenheit.
b. The lieutenant platoon commander/counterpart shall authorize the wearing
of the optional short sleeve shirt whenever the temperature for a specific
tour is expected to rise above 70 degrees Fahrenheit.

10. Remove summer blouse/duty jacket while performing duty in uniform between
May 1 and November 1, if desired.
a. The following OPTIONAL uniform items may be worn between June 1 and
October 1:
(1) Short sleeve shirt (without tie), and;
(2) Summer cap.
NOTE: During the period of June 1 to October 1, police officers and
detectives performing subway patrol duties in uniform shall have the option of
wearing the uniform cap.
Transit Bureau police officers and detectives who are assigned to subway
patrol duty for their entire tour also have the option of wearing the summer
uniform described below between June 1 and October 1.
a. Regulation NYPD blue short sleeve uniform shirt.
b. Cargo style shorts, as available in the Equipment Section. Shorts will be
hemmed to a length to the top of the knee.
c. Black leather uniform athletic shoe, lace-up style ONLY, with no visible
logos or markings. Either high-cut or low-cut style is authorized, however,
the shoe should have no more than five shoelace grommets/attachments.
d. Black cotton crew socks, worn fully extended, length at least three
inches but no more than five inches above outermost anklebone. Socks must be
visible.
11. Do not wear gloves or suspenders when summer blouse is removed.
12. Wear authorized breast bars at all times while in uniform unless directed
otherwise as in step 13 below.
13. Wear medals, decorations and authorized insignia at Department meetings,
ceremonies and while marching in parades. (Do not wear a medal and
corresponding breast bar at the same time).

P.G. 204-02 Uniform Classifications
Date Effective: 08-01-13
DRESS UNIFORM
To be worn for ceremonies, promotions, funerals, etc.:
SUMMER (CLASS A)
8 POINT CAP
SUMMER BLOUSE
LONG SLEEVE SHIRT & TIE
DRESS TROUSERS
SHINY (HIGH GLOSS) SHOES
WHITE GLOVES
DUTY BELT (OPTIONAL)

WINTER (CLASS A)
8 POINT CAP
WINTER COAT
LONG SLEEVE SHIRT & TIE
DRESS TROUSERS
SHINY (HIGH GLOSS) SHOES
WHITE GLOVES
DUTY BELT (OPTIONAL)

NOTE: A white shirt shall be worn by those uniformed members attending the
funeral of a member assigned to the same command.
PATROL UNIFORM
To be worn when on patrol:
SUMMER (CLASS B)
8 POINT CAP
LONG SLEEVE SHIRT & TIE
DUTY TROUSERS
BLACK SHOES
BLACK BOOTS (OPTIONAL)
V-NECK SWEATER (OPTIONAL)
BLACK BOOTS (OPTIONAL)

WINTER (CLASS B)
8 POINT CAP
WAIST/HIP LENGTH DUTY JACKET
LONG SLEEVE SHIRT AND TIE
OR TURTLE NECK SHIRT
DUTY TROUSERS
BLACK SHOES
BLACK GLOVES

SUMMER (CLASS C)
8 POINT CAP
SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT (NO TIE)
DUTY TROUSERS
BLACK SHOES
BLACK BOOTS (OPTIONAL)
ADMINISTRATIVE UNIFORM
To be worn when performing administrative duties in uniform:
SUMMER (CLASS D)
(NO CAP)
SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT (NO TIE)
DUTY TROUSERS
BLACK SHOES
DUTY BELT (OPTIONAL)

WINTER (CLASS D)
(NO CAP)
LONG SLEEVE SHIRT & TIE
DUTY TROUSERS
BLACK SHOES
DUTY BELT (OPTIONAL)
V-NECK SWEATER (OPTIONAL)

NOTE: Uniform is to be assigned by unit/lieutenant platoon commander. In the
event of a detail, etc., uniform is to be assigned by the detail commander.
Detail personnel will be advised of the uniform when assigned, but will have
appropriate uniform available for inclement weather.

P.G. 204-03 Uniforms
Date Effective: 08-01-13
DUTY UNIFORM
UNIFORMS MUST CONFORM WITH EQUIPMENT SECTION SAMPLES
POLICE OFFICER
CAP
Navy blue, black strap and chrome cap device bearing shield number.
DUTY JACKET
Waist length, navy blue, nylon, with zip-out Thinsulate(R) lining, knit
wristlets and waistband, and zip side vents, OR
Hip length, navy blue, nylon, with zip-out Thinsulate(R) lining, concealed
zipper front, gilt buttons, and zip side vents. Either of these jackets may be
worn by ALL uniformed members of the service performing patrol duty in
uniform.
NYLON WINDBREAKER JACKET
Navy blue 100% nylon, sport collar style jacket with front snap closures.
The front and back of the jacket must each be divided into two parts by one
inch reflective tape. The jacket will have three inch high reflective letters
"POLICE" affixed on the front, 1/4 inch below the reflective tape. On the rear
of the jacket, the letters "NYPD" shall be 3 1/2 inches tall and the letters
"POLICE" (affixed 1/2 inch below "NYPD"), shall be two inches high, both made
of a reflective material, one inch above the reflective tape. A two inch
reflective tape shall be set on the center of both sleeves. The Department
logo (patch) will be affixed to each sleeve, one inch below the shoulder seam,
on top of the reflective tape.
NAMEPLATE
Worn on outermost garment, centered 1/4 inch below shield. (Do not wear
nameplate on raincoat). Nameplates for police officers are white metal;
ranking officers and detectives will wear yellow metal.
SHIRT
NYPD dark blue, military type, polyester/rayon with appropriate service
stripes/hash marks, similar to sample sold at the Equipment Section.
Authorized shirts will have a label affixed on the inside of the shirt between
the fourth and fifth buttons that states: "Approved NYPD, Certification #".
TIE
Navy blue, breakaway type.
TIE CLASP

Regulation NYPD.
BELT
Black leather, 1 1/2 inches wide with gunmetal buckle.
DUTY TROUSERS
Navy blue, (polyester and wool) with 1/2 inch braid attached.
SHOES/SOCKS
Black, plain, smooth leather with flat soles and raised heels, or black high
gloss shoes, except that material other than leather or high gloss plastic may
be used for portion of ankle support shoe that is not visible below the pants
leg. In addition, shoes commonly referred to as the "secret sneaker" are also
permissible, provided that they generally conform in appearance to the regular
duty shoe. These shoes will be on display at the Equipment Section.
BLACK LEATHER JOGGING SHOES, SNEAKERS OR SHOES WITH VISIBLE LETTERING ARE
NOT AUTHORIZED WEAR. ONLY black socks will be visible when performing duty in
uniform.
NOTE: Black, high gloss shoes must be worn at occasions that require the
dress uniform as directed by the Chief of Department, such as promotions,
ceremonies and funerals. However, the regulation uniform shoe may be worn on
occasions that require prolonged standing or walking, such as parades and
street fairs. Uniformed members of the service assigned to Emergency Service
Unit, Highway District, Harbor, Mounted Unit, etc., will wear appropriate
footwear when performing duty in work or specialized uniforms.
GLOVES
Black Leather Spectra-lined; Worn at all times with duty jacket or winter
coat, except when impractical, when safety may be jeopardized, or while in
Department vehicle.
White cotton Worn between 0800 and 1800 hours. NOT to be worn with duty
jacket or while carrying baton.
Traffic Duty Plain white wool (not required to be worn while performing RMP
duty but must be available for use).
INCLEMENT WEATHER GEAR
Regulation black rubber reflective or reversible black/orange raincoat with
reversible black or orange cap cover, hood and leggings. Shield will be
fastened on the raincoat over left breast, and cap device on the cap cover.
(Wearing of leggings, cap cover, hood, solid black overshoes or solid black
rubber boots is optional).
DRESS UNIFORM
Winter- Winter coat (navy blue fingertip length coat with regulation gilt
[gold] buttons), uniform shirt and tie, OR
Summer - Summer blouse (navy blue with regulation gilt [gold] buttons and
shoulder straps) worn with regulation uniform shirt and tie, OR blue

long-sleeve regulation shirt with tie and tie clasp, when directed.
Trousers Navy blue serge with appropriate braid on trouser leg.
Shoes Black, high gloss (manufactured by using the poromeric or clarino
process) lace type oxford shoes with flat soles and raised rubber heels, black
socks.
Gloves Black leather/white cotton, as appropriate.
Cap Navy blue, black strap, chrome cap device.
NOTE: Ranking officers will conform to the dress uniform described above, as
appropriate for their rank. Captains and above may wear the optional all
weather dress uniform coat in place of the winter coat. The bureau chief
concerned will make appropriate seasonal changes in dress uniform.
Pregnant uniformed members of the service, who are in their twentieth week
of gestation or earlier, if necessary, will wear business attire and display
their IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) on their outermost garment. Proper
business attire will conform with that worn to other official appearances,
such as post-arraignment court appearances, professional career interview,
etc.
DETECTIVE
Uniform is the same as required for police officer, EXCEPT:
CAP
Gilt (gold) cap device (without shield number).
SERGEANT
Uniform is the same as required for police officer, EXCEPT:
CAP Gilt (gold) cap device (without shield number) and gilt (gold)
chinstrap.
TROUSERS
1 1/4 inch braid attached.
SHIRT, LONG SLEEVE
Dark blue, long sleeve uniform shirt with epaulettes, chevrons, two patches
and appropriate service stripes/hash marks. Uniform long sleeve shirts may be
worn with or without outer garment, when authorized, and will always be worn
with regulation tie, tie clasp, and command numerals, as required, on collar.
SHIRT, SHORT SLEEVE (OPTIONAL)
Dark blue, short sleeve uniform shirt with epaulettes, chevrons, two patches
and optional longevity bar may be worn in place of long sleeve uniform shirt,
when authorized. Command numerals, as required, will be worn on collar.
Regulation tie and tie clasp will not be worn with short sleeve shirt and
undershirt will not be exposed at the collar.

INSIGNIA OF RANK
Three pointed chevrons, worn on sleeves of all outer garments except
raingear.
LIEUTENANT
Uniform is the same as required for sergeant EXCEPT:
CAP
Frame is covered with black mohair braid.
INSIGNIA OF RANK
Gilt (gold) bar, worn on:
a. Shoulders of duty jacket, summer blouse and winter coat.
b. Collar of regulation shirt.
WINTER COAT
Designated as follows:
a. Shoulder straps
b. 1 1/4 inch black mohair braid on sleeves
c. Three gilt (gold) buttons on cuffs.
SUMMER BLOUSE
Designated as follows:
a. 1 1/4 inch black mohair braid on sleeves
b. Three gilt (gold) buttons on cuffs.
SHIRT, LONG SLEEVE
White, long sleeve uniform shirt without chevrons. Miniature insignia of
rank will be worn on collar.
SHIRT, SHORT SLEEVE (OPTIONAL)
White, short sleeve uniform shirt without chevrons. Miniature insignia of
rank will be worn on collar.
NOTE: When attending meetings, conferences, ceremonies, and similar events,
long sleeve uniform shirt and tie and/or summer blouse, as appropriate, will
be worn.
CAPTAIN
Uniform is the same as required for lieutenant, EXCEPT:
ALL WEATHER UNIFORM COAT

OPTIONAL - Navy blue, double breasted trench coat. Authorized for use by
captains and above. Garment must be converted for uniform use by adding
insignia on the shoulder straps, two Police Department patches on the upper
right and left sleeves, replace the eight buttons with eight large NYPD yellow
metal buttons, and add two small yellow metal buttons to the shoulder straps.
INSIGNIA OF RANK
Two gilt (gold) bars, worn in the same manner as lieutenant's insignia.
WINTER BLOUSE
OPTIONAL - Navy blue, similar in appearance to the summer blouse; made of
heavier material; affords access to service revolver and other items worn on
belt; may be used with a zip-in "Thinsulate" lining.
NOTE: Captains and above will not affix service stripes/hash marks on their
uniforms.
DEPUTY INSPECTOR
Uniform is the same as required for captain, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF RANK
Gilt (gold) oak leaf, to be worn with oak leaf stems pointing away from
individual wearing them to the left and right.
CAP Frame covered with black velvet.
INSPECTOR
Uniform is same as required for deputy inspector, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF RANK
Gilt (gold) spread eagle.
DEPUTY CHIEF
Uniform is same as required for inspector, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF RANK
One gilt (gold) star worn in the same manner as inspector's insignia.
CAP
Gilt (gold) spray design on cap visor.
UNIFORM COAT
Sleeves have two bands of black mohair braid.
SUMMER BLOUSE
Sleeves have two bands of black mohair braid.

ASSISTANT CHIEF
Uniform is same as deputy chief, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF RANK
Two gilt (gold) stars, worn in same manner as deputy chief.
BUREAU CHIEFS
Chief of Patrol, Chief of Housing, Chief of Transit, Chief of Detectives,
Chief of Organized Crime Control, Chief of Personnel and Chief of Internal
Affairs. Uniform is same as assistant chief, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF RANK
Three gilt (gold) stars worn in the same manner as assistant chief's
insignia.
CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT
Uniform is same as required for assistant chief, EXCEPT:
INSIGNIA OF RANK
Four gilt (gold) stars worn in the same manner as assistant chief's
insignia.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service assigned to specialized units, i.e.,
Mounted, Harbor, Highway, Emergency Service, Aviation, etc., will wear the
prescribed duty (work) uniform as approved by the Uniform Committee.

RANK AND INSIGNIA
CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT
(Figure 1)

SHIELD
(Figure 2)

RANK AND INSIGNIA
BUREAU CHIEF
(Figure 3)

SHIELD
(Figure 4)

RANK AND INSIGNIA
ASSISTANT CHIEF
(Figure 5)

SHIELD
(Figure 6)

RANK AND INSIGNIA
DEPUTY CHIEF
(Figure 7)

SHIELD
(Figure 8)

RANK AND INSIGNIA
INSPECTOR
(Figure 9)

SHIELD
(Figure 10)

RANK AND INSIGNIA
DEPUTY INSPECTOR
(Figure 11)

SHIELD
(Figure 12)

RANK AND INSIGNIA
CAPTAIN
(Figure 13)

SHIELD
(Figure 14)

RANK AND INSIGNIA
LIEUTENANT
(Figure 15)

SHIELD
(Figure 16)

RANK AND INSIGNIA
SERGEANT
(Figure 17)

SHIELD
(Figure 18)

RANK AND INSIGNIA
DETECTIVE
No Insignia
SHIELD
(Figure 19)

RANK AND INSIGNIA
POLICE OFFICER
No Insignia
SHIELD
(Figure 20)

P.G. 204-04 Optional Uniform Items
Date Effective: 08/01/13
OPTIONAL UNIFORM ITEMS MAY BE WORN AT THE DISCRETION OF UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF
THE SERVICE, WHEN AUTHORIZED BY THE BUREAU CHIEF CONCERNED.
AMMO POUCHES
Twin pocket cartridge case with twelve cartridges only for members armed
with revolver as a service weapon.
BLOUSE
Navy blue, lightweight, tropical worsted conforming to design of regulation
summer blouse. Authorized for ranking officers.
SUMMER CAP
Navy blue, tropical worsted, with lightweight perforated frame, for all
uniformed members of the service ONLY during summer months.
EAR MUFFS
Black, headband type.
NAMEPLATE HOLDER
Black leather designed to affix shield and nameplate.
SHIRT, SHORT SLEEVE
Navy blue, affixed with a label located on the inside of the shirt between
the fourth (4th) and fifth (5th) buttons that states "Approved N.Y.C.P.D.
Certification #." May be worn by uniformed members below the rank of sergeant
in place of regulation long sleeve uniform shirt when authorized. Tie may not
be worn with this shirt and undershirt MUST NOT be exposed at collar or
sleeves.
GOLF TYPE SHIRT
Navy blue pullover, placket front shirt constructed of one hundred percent
(100%) cotton knit cloth; shield patch affixed to the left side of chest;
name/shield number patch affixed to the right side of chest; letters "NYPD"
printed across the back and PD patches on both sleeves. Authorized for wear by
members of the service assigned to the Harbor Unit or to precinct bicycle
patrol duty and other members as authorized by the Police Commissioner, as
part of the summer uniform. A name/shield patch will be sewn on the right side
of each shirt purchased and will be ordered through the Equipment Section.
NOTE: The golf shirt will be used as an outer garment when a short sleeve
shirt is authorized and is not to be worn with the duty jacket.
TROUSERS, SUMMER
Navy blue, lightweight, tropical worsted - may be worn by ALL uniformed

members of the service.
TROUSERS, WINTER
Navy blue whipcord - may be worn by ALL uniformed members of the service.
[I.O. 47 s 03] NYPD PATROL TACTICAL PANTS
NYPD Patrol Tactical Pants may be worn by ALL ranks of uniformed members of
the service on patrol, during court appearances and details, and by members
permanently or temporarily assigned to headquarters security.
[I.O. 7 s 03] NOTE: NYPD Patrol Tactical Pants are not authorized for
members of the service performing any assignment other than patrol, i.e.
recruit level training, administrative duties (desk, T/S or borough commands)
or members assigned to Police Headquarters. Members of the service will also
comply with instructions contained in detail notifications regarding the
required uniform of the day.
TURTLE NECK SHIRT
Navy blue pullover turtle neck shirt constructed of plaited rib knit cloth;
N.Y.P.D. emblem embroidered on the left side of chest; letters "N.Y.P.D."
embroidered on the collar.
[I.O. 7 s 03] NOTE: The turtle neck shirt shall not be used as an outer
garment but may be worn under the duty jacket. It may be worn by members of
all ranks when performing duty in uniform. Not to be worn when representing
the Department at any function or when attending administrative meetings. If
during the course of a tour a member of the service removes the duty jacket,
whether due to a change of assignment or other reasons, the regulation shirt
and tie shall be worn.
WINTER HAT
Black soft vinyl with black mouton trimming for use by ALL uniformed members
of the service. To be worn only when temperature is expected to fall below 32
degrees Fahrenheit.
[I.O. 29 s 06] QUILTED VEST CARRIER
Navy blue quilted bullet resistant vest panel carrier may be worn by ALL
ranks of uniformed members of the service. It may not be worn as an outermost
garment and may only be worn from November 1 to May 1.
NOTE: The quilted vest carrier is only authorized for the following Second
Chance Monarch Summit bullet resistant vest panel models: MON-IIIA 107121,
MON-IIIA FEM 208010, MON-IIIA++ 305020 and MON-IIIA++ FEM 301240 and can ONLY
be purchased from the Equipment Section.
COLD WEATHER HOOD
[I.O. 7 s 03] Black, made of a thin fabric such as Polar-Tec, silk, micro
fiber or fleece, which fits close to the head, fully exposing the face and
presents a trim appearance, without bulk, when the uniform hat is worn over
it. This hood (known as a "balaclava") is authorized for members of all ranks
performing patrol duties outdoors. To be worn only when temperature falls
below 40 degrees Fahrenheit.

NOTE: Hoods made of bulky yarns or double knits and those styles which cover
any part of the nose, cheeks or mouth are prohibited. The authorized hood must
be worn along with the uniform hat and will never be the outermost head
covering. It will never be worn while riding in a Department vehicle.
EYEGLASS SAFETY STRAPS
Uniformed members of the service who wear glasses and are assigned to
enforcement duty are strongly urged to utilize black eyeglass safety straps.
[I.O. 2 s 10] TRANSIT OFFICER SAFETY VEST
Fluorescent orange with reflective silver trim with the word "POLICE" on the
front and back, manufactured with a break away safety feature. To be worn by
uniformed members of the service performing duties in areas that are deemed to
be hazardous or that may require them to enter roadbeds or track areas within
the New York City Transit System.
BLACK BOOTS
Plain black smooth leather with plain or lugged soles and raised heel.
Grommets and laces will be black, and no buckles or hooks will be visible
below the pants leg. May be worn by all uniformed members of the service on
patrol.
[I.O. 41 s 08] NYLON WINDBREAKER JACKETS
Navy blue 100% nylon, sport collar style jacket with front snap closures.
The front and back of the jacket must each be divided into two parts by one
inch reflective tape. The jacket will have three inch high reflective letters
"POLICE" affixed on the front, 1/4 inch below the reflective tape. On the rear
of the jacket, the letters "NYPD" shall be 3 1/2 inches tall and the letters
"POLICE" (affixed 1/2 inch below "NYPD"), shall be two inches high, both made
of a reflective material, one inch above the reflective tape. A two inch
reflective tape shall be set on the center of both sleeves. The Department
logo (patch) will be affixed to each sleeve, one inch below the shoulder seam,
on top of the reflective tape.
NOTE: Commanding officers wishing to obtain permission for their members to
be allowed to wear approved nylon jackets will prepare a Typed Letterhead,
addressed to bureau chief/counterpart, through channels, stating reasons for
requiring jackets.
BASEBALL CAP
Navy blue with white letters "NYPD" embroidered on front, worn by on-duty
uniformed members of the service performing duty in civilian clothes.
V-NECK SWEATER
Navy blue, acrylic or wool, waist length, vertical ribbed weave knit sweater
with navy blue poly/cotton twill or cordura patch material over elbows, left
breast and epaulets. Gold buttons on pointed epaulets. The Department logo
(patch) will be affixed to each sleeve.
NOTE: The V-neck sweater may be worn as an outer garment with the regulation
tie and uniform shirt with command insignia or insignia of rank on collar of

the shirt, as appropriate. Sergeants will wear chevrons on sweater sleeves.
Members in the rank of lieutenant or above will also display insignia of rank
on epaulets. Metal insignia may be worn on epaulets. Alternatively, epaulets
with cloth rank insignia may be worn and will be made available at the
Equipment Section. The sweater must be tucked inside the trousers. This
sweater is approved for all ranks.

P.G. 204-05 Purchase And Inspection Of New Uniforms
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To control the quality and workmanship of police uniforms.
PROCEDURE
Upon ordering uniforms at an authorized tailor:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Fill out the following forms:
a. CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER FOR UNIFORMS (PD169-061)
b. CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER - INSPECTION REPORT OF EQUIPMENT
SECTION (PD169-062)
c. EQUIPMENT SECTION INSPECTION REPORT - MANDATORY PROCUREMENT OF UNIFORM
(PD169-131).
2. Have the tailor's representative sign forms.
3. Deliver the CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER FOR UNIFORMS to
commanding officer for file.
4. Obtain completed uniform from tailor and bring to Equipment Section for
inspection.
5. Obtain EQUIPMENT SECTION INSPECTION REPORT - MANDATORY PROCUREMENT OF
UNIFORM form and deliver to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
6. Compare forms:
a. CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER FOR UNIFORMS, AND
b. EQUIPMENT SECTION INSPECTION REPORT - MANDATORY PROCUREMENT OF UNIFORM.
7. Destroy both forms when all ordered uniforms have been inspected.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Uniform Classifications (P.G. 204-02)
Uniforms (P.G. 204-03)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER FOR UNIFORMS (PD169-061)
CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER - INSPECTION REPORT OF EQUIPMENT SECTION
(PD169-062)
EQUIPMENT SECTION INSPECTION REPORT - MANDATORY PROCUREMENT OF UNIFORM
(PD169-131)

P.G. 204-06 Purchase Of Used Uniform
Date Effective: 01-01-00
Procedure Deleted [Rev 01-01]

P.G. 204-07 Lost Or Damaged Uniform
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To reimburse uniformed members of the service for uniforms or equipment
damaged or lost in the performance of police duty as well as personal clothing
or prescription eyeglasses/contact lenses damaged or lost during extraordinary
police action (e.g., pursuit or physical altercation with a suspect, rescues,
etc.).
PROCEDURE
When an article of uniform or equipment is damaged or lost in the performance
of police duty or personal clothing or prescription eyeglasses/contact lenses
are damaged or lost during extraordinary police action:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Deputy Commissioner,
Management and Budget, within thirty days from the date of incident and state:
a. How and when loss or damage occurred
b. Date of purchase and cost of article
(1) Attach copy of receipt if available.
2. Attach statement of witnesses, if any.
3. Ascertain if article can be repaired.
a. Obtain copy of estimated cost for repair, OR
b. Copy of statement determining that item is damaged beyond repair.
4. Present damaged article, unrepaired, to the commanding officer with report
and appropriate documentation from steps 1 through 3 above.
NOTE: Report must be signed and submitted within thirty days by member
requesting reimbursement, unless member is incapacitated, in which case,
supervisory officer will state so in report, sign and submit within thirty
days.
COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Investigate and endorse report, including:
a. Facts are as stated in application.
b. Whether damage or loss was incurred in the performance of police duty, or
for personal clothing, occurred during an extraordinary police action.
c. Statement that damaged article has been inspected by commanding officer.

d. Statement that article is repairable or beyond repair.
e. Statement that member was authorized to be attired in civilian clothing
at the time of incident, if the request involves personal clothing.
f. Recommendation to approve or disapprove request.
6. Forward report to Deputy Commissioner, Management and Budget:
a. Direct - if cost of repair or replacement is less than $100.
b. Through channels - if cost of repair or replacement is $100 or more.
C.O., NEXT HIGHER COMMAND (If applicable)
7. Review report.
8. Indicate recommendation to approve/disapprove request.
9. If approved, forward report through channels to Deputy Commissioner,
Management and Budget.
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER, MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET
10. Review report and recommendations.
FOR ITEMS WHICH CANNOT BE PURCHASED AT THE EQUIPMENT SECTION:
11. Forward report to Director, Audits and Accounts Unit.
AUDITS AND ACCOUNTS UNIT
12. Review the report for necessary documentation and required approvals.
13. Determine the reimbursement amount to be paid to the member based upon
current cost, less depreciation for age or wear.
a. Forward a check to the member of the service who initiated the claim.
FOR ITEMS SOLD IN THE EQUIPMENT SECTION:
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER, MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET
14. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead stating items authorized to be
replaced.
15. Forward report as follows:
a. Original to member of the service concerned
b. Copy to Equipment Section
c. Copy to Audits and Accounts Unit
d. Copy to Deputy Commissioner, Management and Budget for file.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE

16. Upon receipt of report authorizing replacement of lost or damaged uniform
or equipment, telephone the Equipment Section to determine whether item(s) is
in stock.
17. Present report to Equipment Section personnel and obtain replacement
item(s).
EQUIPMENT SECTION
18. Issue the authorized item(s) to member concerned.
19. Submit a detailed report to the Director, Audits and Accounts Unit of
replacement item(s) disbursed for the previous month, by the fifth (5th ) day
of the succeeding month.
ADDITIONAL DATA
All settlements are non-transferable and MUST be executed within one hundred
and eighty (180) days of approval by the Deputy Commissioner, Management and
Budget.
The Department does not reimburse members of the service for loss of, or
damage to, personal articles, e.g., jewelry, rings, bracelets, etc., with the
exception of watches. While uniformed members of the service performing patrol
duty must be equipped with a serviceable watch, such members should be aware
that a maximum of $75.00 has been established as a reasonable amount for
reimbursement, if the watch is lost or damaged.
Uniformed members of the service may require prescription eyeglasses/contact
lenses in order to optimally perform their duties. In those instances where
prescription eyeglasses/contact lenses are lost or damaged in the performance
of extraordinary police duties, members should be aware that a maximum of
$100.00 has been established as a reasonable amount for reimbursement.
Uniformed members authorized to perform duty in civilian clothes who sustain
damage to their personal clothing in the furtherance of extraordinary police
action should be aware that the following limits (in consideration of
depreciation) have been established as reasonable for reimbursement.
Jacket/Coat
$100.00
Suit Jacket
$100.00
Dress
$100.00
Dress pants
$75.00
Footwear
$75.00
Skirt
$50.00
Other pants (jeans, shorts, etc.)
$45.00
Dress shirt/blouse
$40.00
Other shirts (sweat shirt, t-shirt, etc.) $20.00
Other
As determined by Audits and
Accounts Unit
RELATED PROCEDURES
Collisions - Private Vehicles Authorized For Police Use (P.G. 217-07)
Required Firearms/Equipment (P.G. 204-09)
Private Vehicles Authorization (A.G. 325-14)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 204-08 Firearms General Regulations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
EQUIPMENT FIREARMS
1. Be armed at all times when in New York City, unless otherwise directed, or
except as provided in item 2 below, with:
a. Service revolver/pistol or off duty revolver/pistol as specified in P.G.
204-09, "Required Firearms And Equipment."
2. Be unarmed at own discretion while off duty when:
a. Possession of firearm, under the circumstances, would unnecessarily
create a risk of loss or theft of the firearm, i.e., participation in sporting
activities, attendance at beach and pool, etc., OR
b. On vacation, OR
c. Engaged in authorized off duty employment, OR
d. Engaged in any activity of a nature whereby it would be advisable NOT to
carry a firearm, OR
[REV 01-03] e. There is a likelihood that member will be consuming alcoholic
intoxicants.
NOTE: In those instances in which an off duty uniformed member is required
to carry a firearm, the member concerned MUST CARRY either the regulation
service revolver or pistol, or an authorized off duty revolver or pistol. A
uniformed member who performs undercover duty and who has been authorized to
carry a special weapon (see A.G. 305-05, "Authorization for Special Weapons")
is permitted to carry the special weapon in lieu of the regulation firearms
specified in P.G. 204-09 while off duty. The carrying of these firearms while
off duty applies within the City and State of New York and also in those
states outside New York State which permit visiting police officers to carry
firearms within their state boundaries by virtue of their status as police
officers.
3. Record all revolvers and pistols on FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).
a. Service revolvers/pistols, and off duty revolvers/pistols must conform to
the specifications and standards of the Firearms and Tactics Section, Police
Academy.
4. Do not modify revolvers or pistols without written permission of the
Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section.
a. Modifications permitted will be entered on FORCE RECORD.
5. Have service revolvers/pistols, and off duty revolvers/pistols not
purchased at the Equipment Section inspected and tested by a Firearms and
Tactics Section gunsmith prior to use.
6. Carry handguns (gun collections, etc.), other than service and off duty

guns, only while enroute to or from practice range or similar activity.
NOTE: When carrying such weapons, member must be armed with an authorized on
duty or off duty firearm. The firearm being transported that is not authorized
for on duty or off duty use shall be unloaded.
7. Safeguard weapons at all times.
8. Do not store or leave firearm in an unattended motor vehicle.
9. Do not carry firearms in briefcases, handbags, fanny packs, hip packs, tote
bags, knapsacks, paper bags or similar devices.
10. Carry firearms, on the person, in an appropriate holster specifically
designed to afford maximum protection against loss of weapon.
NOTE: All holsters, regardless of type, style, or design (i.e., ankle,
shoulder or belt holster) must be specifically designed for the weapon being
carried. "One size fits all," "Clip-on," and "belly band" holsters are
prohibited.
11. Use only approved Department issued ammunition for use in
revolvers/pistols.
12. For members authorized to carry service revolver - Ensure that cylinder is
fully loaded with appropriate ammunition. Maintain twelve rounds of ammunition
in two speedloaders on duty belt.
a. Keep twelve extra rounds of ammunition in locker at primary place of duty
or on the duty belt in two ammo pouches.
13. For members authorized to carry 9MM pistol - Ensure that one round of
ammunition is in the chamber and fifteen rounds in the magazine at all times.
a. Maintain fifteen rounds in each of the two magazines carried on the duty
belt.
NOTE: Those uniformed members of the service authorized to carry specialized
undercover firearms as per A.G. 305-05, "Authorization for Special Weapons,"
will also ensure that the maximum number of rounds are loaded in each
magazine, and that a round is loaded in the chamber of the weapon, as
applicable.
14. Comply with P.G. 205-03, "Responsibility For Weapons While Sick," if
member expects to go on extended sick leave.
15. Carry ONLY authorized firearms when on duty.
a. Permission of commanding officer is required PRIOR to carrying special
weapons while performing duty (see A.G. 305-05, "Authorization For Special
Weapons").
16. Do not enter Family Court or Supreme Court Matrimonial Parts while armed
if involved, OTHER THAN AS ARRESTING OFFICER OR ON OFFICIAL BUSINESS, in
Family Court case or Supreme Court matrimonial case.
a. Safeguard firearms at a location other than Family Court or Supreme Court
OR if within New York City, the member concerned may elect to deliver firearm

to desk officer of precinct in which Family Court or Supreme Court is located.
b. Uniformed member of the service present at Family Court or Supreme Court
as an arresting officer or on official business will report to the court
officer supervisor and sign the Law Enforcement Officer log.
ADDITIONAL DATA
All uniformed members of the service, unless they are on official business or
personally participating in a sporting event requiring the use of a firearm,
such as hunting or competitive shooting, are prohibited from carrying on their
person, or transporting in their luggage, or by another means of conveyance,
their service, off-duty or other firearm into a foreign country. Members of
the service traveling to a foreign country in order to personally participate
in a sporting event requiring the use of a firearm, are required to comply
with all applicable rules and regulations regarding firearms of the country
they are entering.
Failure to comply will result in disciplinary action and possibly subject the
uniformed member to criminal penalties and/or weapon confiscation. Uniformed
members of service will adhere to P.G. 212-83, "Leaving City on Official
Business" and A.G. 320-18, "Official Trips by Department Representatives,"
when leaving New York City on official business.

P.G. 204-09 Required Firearms/Equipment
Date Effective: 08-01-13
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
Lieutenants, sergeants, and police officers performing patrol duty in uniform
are required to carry or wear the following equipment, as authorized or
indicated:
1. Regulation Service Revolver - Spurless hammer; double action only; .38
calibre, with three or four inch barrel; military (Patridge) sights; matte
stainless steel finish; checkered, hardwood grips or authorized rubber grips
which do not interfere with the use of speedloaders. The following conform to
the above specifications and may be carried by authorized uniformed members as
service and off duty weapons:
a. Smith & Wesson, Military and Police, model 64 NY-1 (3" or 4" barrel
models)
b. Ruger - GPNY (3" or 4"" barrel, stainless steel)
c. Ruger - Speed Six (3" barrel, stainless steel)
d. Ruger - Police Service Six (stainless steel - [discontinued by
manufacturer])
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service who possess the revolvers described
below may continue to use them as authorized service/off duty revolvers,
provided such revolvers were owned by the member prior to July 1, 1987:
a. Smith & Wesson, Military and Police, Model 10 (4")
b. Colt, Official Police
c. Colt, Metropolitan Mark III
d. Dan Wesson, Model II Fixed Barrel
e. Ruger, Police Service Six
f. Smith & Wesson or Colt .38 Special revolver with a 3 " barrel, and
military (Patridge) sights.
The revolvers listed in this NOTE: have a blued or parkerized finish with
both double and single action capability, all steel frame (no air weight or
alloy), and standard hardwood or authorized rubber grips.
2. Authorized Off Duty Revolver - Spurless hammer; double action only; .38
calibre, with a barrel at least two inches, but not more than four inches in
length; military (Patridge) sights; matte stainless steel finish; standard
checkered, hardwood grips or authorized rubber grips which do not interfere
with the use of speedloaders. The following conform to the above
specifications and may be carried by authorized uniformed members as off duty
weapons:

a. Ruger SPNY, Smith and Wesson Model 640
b. Smith and Wesson 64 NY- 1
NOTE: The Ruger Speed Six, three inch barrel (stainless steel) conforms to
the above specifications but is no longer manufactured. Off duty revolvers
with frames made of lightweight metals, such as aluminum, aluminum alloy,
etc., are not authorized for use by uniformed members of the service. The
Smith and Wesson Model 60, and Model 60 NY1 spurless hammer model are not
authorized for off duty use.
Uniformed members who possess Smith and Wesson, Colt or Ruger revolvers,
with a barrel of at least two inches, but not more than four inches in length,
with military (Patridge) sights, may continue to use them as authorized off
duty revolvers, provided such revolvers were owned by the member concerned
prior to July 1, 1987 or, for former members of the Transit Police Department,
prior to April 2, 1995.
Uniformed members purchasing new or replacing lost/stolen service or off
duty revolvers will purchase the spurless hammer, double action only models as
specified in step 1, subdivisions a through d, and step 2, subdivisions a and
b.
3. Regulation Service 9MM, Semi-Automatic Pistol - The following conform to
the Department's requirements and may be carried by authorized uniformed
members as service and off duty weapons:
a. Glock -Model 19
b. Smith & Wesson - Model 5946
c. Sig Sauer - Model 226.
4. Authorized Off Duty 9MM, Semi-Automatic Pistol - The following conform to
the Department's requirements and may be carried by authorized uniformed
members as off duty weapons:
a. Smith & Wesson 3953TSW
b. Smith & Wesson 3914DAO
c. Kahr K-9 (no new purchases or transfers after February 17, 2006)
d. Glock Model 26
e. Beretta 8000D Mini Cougar
f. Sig Sauer P239 DAO.
NOTE: An off duty revolver/pistol may be carried in addition to the service
revolver/pistol provided only the service revolver/pistol is visible.
EQUIPMENT FOR USE WITH SERVICE REVOLVER
5. Regulation Holster - black leather, designed with leather safety lock, in
four models:
a. Standard for all uniformed members of the service.

b. Swivel holster (optional) for uniformed members of the service assigned
to duty in Department vehicles.
c. Highway Patrol Service Holster - for uniformed members assigned to
highway patrol duty (for use with Sam Browne belt).
d. Mounted Service Holster - for uniformed members assigned to mounted duty
(for use with Sam Browne belt).
6. Two Speedloaders and Pouches - as authorized by the Equipment Section, with
twelve cartridges.
7. Belts (Two) - black leather, 1 1/2 inches wide with gunmetal buckle.
Equipment belt will cover trouser belt, both to be worn firmly around the
waist.
EQUIPMENT FOR USE WITH SERVICE 9MM PISTOL
8. Regulation Holster - black leather, designed with safety lock, in eight
models:
a. Glock, Model 19, right and left handed
b. Smith & Wesson, right and left handed
c. Sig Sauer, right and left handed
d. 9MM holster with flap, right and left handed.
9. Two Magazines and Pouches - as authorized by the Equipment Section, with
fifteen cartridges in each.
10. Belts (Two) gunmetal buckle);
gunmetal buckle).
firmly around the

(for equipment: black leather, 2 1/4 inches wide with
(for trousers: black leather, 1 1/2 inches wide with
Equipment belt will cover trouser belt, both to be worn
waist.

11. Night Sights - ensure "Tritium" night sights are installed. Installation
by anyone other than a Firearms and Tactics Section gunsmith is not
permissible. Pistols purchased at the Equipment Section on or after September
12, 1994, are already equipped with night sights installed by the
manufacturer. The use of night sights by uniformed members authorized to carry
9MM pistols prior to September 12, 1994, is optional.
OTHER EQUIPMENT
12. ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) with following inserts:
a. AUTO IDENTIFICATION (PD371-090)
b. INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING MENTALLY ILL OR EMOTIONALLY DISTURBED PERSONS
(PD104-110)
c. DOMESTIC VIOLENCE/VICTIMS OF CRIME (PD154-110)
d. STREET ENCOUNTERS – LEGAL ISSUES (PD344-153)

e. POSSIBLE INDICATORS OF TERRORIST ACTIVITY (PD378-111)
f. WHAT IS A STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK ENCOUNTER? (PD344-111)
g. PRIMARY LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER (PD312-091)
h. Any other insert, as required.
13. Regulation traffic whistle and belt whistle holder.
14. Regulation handcuffs carried in handcuff case with key available for use.
15. Regulation eleven inch rubber billet with leather thong may be used from
0800 - 1600 hours, unless baton is carried.
16. Baton (Side Handle) - Monadnock Lifetime Products Inc., Model PR-24 STS.
a. Carried only by uniformed members of the service trained and qualified by
the New York City Police Academy.
NOTE: All uniformed members of the service appointed after December 1988
must carry the side handle baton. Carrying of a straight baton by members of
the service appointed after December 1988 is unauthorized. All uniformed
members of the service appointed before December 1988, who are trained and
qualified in the use of the straight baton and the side handle baton by the
New York City Police Academy, must carry the side handle baton. Carrying of a
straight baton by members of the service trained and certified in the use of
side handle baton is unauthorized. Members appointed prior to December 1988,
who are not trained and qualified in the side handle baton, will carry a
straight baton, 24 to 26 inches in length, 1 1/4 inches in thickness; made of
locus hickory, white ash or rosewood; attached to a leather thong. Batons are
to be carried on all tours, except as directed by commanding officer for 2nd
platoon foot patrol.
17. Baton Holder - black leather loop with military strap, to wear on gun belt
or Side Handle Baton Holder (black polycarbonate plastic 360 degree swivel, 8
position).
18. Serviceable Flashlight - all tours, not to exceed 12 1/2 inches in length,
tubular design (without attachments that alter the size, shape or weight of
the device) powered by a maximum of three "D" batteries and a minimum of two
"C" batteries.
NOTE: Members of the service may elect to carry a secondary flashlight as an
adjunct to their primary flashlight. Secondary lights may be either a
miniature flashlight or a lantern type flashlight. These secondary lights may
be used as a backup for the mandatory flashlight and may be useful in
situations such as a search where a lantern can provide greater illumination
and longer battery life. Under no circumstances should these lights be
considered a substitute for the primary lights which must be carried on all
tours regardless of the availability of a secondary flashlight. As an
enhancement to visibility, it is recommended that flashlights be powered by
alkaline batteries for their durability and be equipped with a krypton bulb
for additional brightness. Halogen bulbs are not recommended because they
drain batter power too quickly.
19. Serviceable watch properly set.

20. Reflective belt (1600 - 0800).
21. Reflective traffic safety vest.
NOTE: Transit Bureau members assigned to uniform patrol in the transit
system or assigned to any detail in uniform performing traffic related duties
will have in their possession the authorized reflective traffic safety vest
(fluorescent yellow). It will be at the discretion of a supervisor as to
whether uniformed members assigned to patrol in the transit system will wear
or simply carry the traffic safety vest.
22. Dual-purpose disorder control/scooter helmet with face shields, as
indicated in Patrol Guide procedure 203-05, Performance on Duty - General.
23. Pepper spray device and holder.
24. Keepers (four) - attached to the gun belt and trouser belt regardless of
type of weapon carried.
25. Glove pouch – all uniformed members of the service are required to wear a
synthetic leather glove pouch on their gun belt. Members on bicycle patrol are
required to wear a nylon glove pouch. Both versions of the glove pouch must
conform to those available at the Equipment Section. This pouch is designed to
hold disposable plastic gloves.
26. Tactical Response Hood and Personal Protective Equipment
a. Members performing patrol duties in a Department vehicle will have the
hood and pouch available in the vehicle.
b. Members performing foot patrol duties and/or assigned to a detail such as
a parade, fixed post, etc. will carry the tactical response hood by Finest
Message # 020633, dated 2-16-05)attaching the pouch to their gun belts on the
side opposite which the member carries his/her firearm.
(1) Members will secure the tactical response hood pouch to both their gun
belt and their thigh using the straps and clips provided.
c. Members performing administrative or other duties inside a Department
facility will have the tactical response hood and pouch readily available at
all times.
d. The balance of the personal protective equipment issued to uniformed
members of the service will be carried in Department vehicles by those members
of the service performing patrol duties in such vehicles. All other uniformed
members of the service will have the balance of the personal protective
equipment readily available, e.g., stored in their Department locker.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service below the rank of captain who are assigned to
enforcement duties must carry a sufficient amount of summonses.
Uniformed members of the service assigned to civilian clothed enforcement
duties are required to have their service 9MM semi-automatic pistol and one
extra fully loaded magazine or their service .38 caliber revolver with twelve
extra cartridges, handcuffs with key and the "color of the day" head/arm band
on their persons. In addition, pepper spray device and holder will be carried

by such members as specified in P.G. 212-95, "Use of Pepper Spray Devices."
Commanding officers have the authority to allow members of their respective
commands to be armed with an authorized off duty weapon, if they believe it is
more suitable for a particular assignment.

P.G. 204-10 Handgun Purchase
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record the acquisition of handguns by uniformed members of the service.
PROCEDURE
When buying or acquiring a handgun:
PURCHASE FROM NEW YORK CITY HANDGUN LICENSEE
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prior to acquiring a handgun from a New York City handgun licensee:
a. Prepare Typed Letterhead, in triplicate, addressed to Commanding Officer,
License Division requesting permission to acquire handgun and include the
following information:
(1) Make, caliber, type, model and serial number of handgun.
(2) Name, address and age of licensee.
(3) Current Handgun License number including date issued and date expires.
COMMANDING OFFICER OF MEMBER
2. Endorse Typed Letterhead with recommendation and request status of
licensee.
3. Forward original and one copy of Typed Letterhead direct to Commanding
Officer, License Division for determination and endorsement.
COMMANDING OFFICER, LICENSE DIVISION
4. Conduct record check of licensee.
a. If license is valid and clear of suspension or ongoing investigation,
advise commanding officer of requesting member, by endorsement, that
acquisition may be approved.
b. If licensee is currently suspended or under investigation, advise
commanding officer of requesting member, by endorsement, that request is
denied until such time as licensee is reinstated.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Upon notification that record check has been completed and Commanding
Officer, License Division, has approved request, requesting member will comply
with steps 6 through 21.
PURCHASE FROM OTHER THAN EQUIPMENT SECTION

6. Submit copy of bill of sale to desk officer/counterpart of permanent
command without delay.
7. Have handgun, which is authorized to be carried in performance of police
duty, tested by Department gunsmith except if purchased at Equipment Section.
8. Prepare ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT
TO N.Y. STATE POLICE (PD424-150) and complete sections one through four.
9. Deliver form to desk officer/counterpart of permanent command.
DESK OFFICER
10. Compare make, model and serial number listed on bill of sale with handgun.
11. Check New York State Police Information Network (NYSPIN) and National
Crime Information Center (NCIC) via "FINEST" or Stolen Property Inquiry
Section to determine if an alarm for such firearm exists.
12. Contact the Firearms and Tactics Section (718) 885-2500 with the following
information and obtain a Firearms and Tactics Section (FTS) control number:
a. Officer's Name
b. Officer's Tax registry number
c. Officer's command
d. Type of transaction: Acquisition
e. Make of firearm
f. Model of firearm
g. Type of firearm
h. Serial number of firearm
i. Name of desk officer.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE, FIREARMS AND TACTICS SECTION
13. Enter information received from desk officer in the
Acquisition/Disposition Log.
14. Assign the next available FTS control number and provide this control
number to the desk officer of the notifying command.
DESK OFFICER
15. Make a Command Log entry including member's name, tax registry number,
date purchased, purchased from, make, model, caliber, type, serial number, FTS
officer notified and FTS control number.
a. Enter Command Log page number of ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS
BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE.
b. Enter FTS control number in the upper right hand corner on the

ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y.
STATE POLICE.
16. Complete Part 5 (Agency Endorsement) of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE.
17. Give bill of sale and completed REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to clerical
member.
CLERCAL MEMBER
18. Make appropriate entries on FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).
19. Deliver REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to commanding officer.
20. File bill of sale, member's copy of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE (second
copy), gunsmith authorization approval form, if applicable, and reply from
Commanding Officer, License Division, if applicable, in member's personal
folder.
COMMANDING OFFICER
21. Forward first copy of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to Firearms and Tactics
Section.
PURCHASE OF FIREARMS FROM EQUIPMENT SECTION
EQUIPMENT SECTION MEMBER
22. Have ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO
N.Y. STATE POLICE prepared.
23. Have purchasing member sign report (Section 4 - Certification)
COMMANDING OFFICER, EQUIPMENT SECTION
24. Contact the Firearms and Tactics Section (718) 885-2500 with the following
information and obtain a Firearms and Tactics Section (FTS) control number:
a. Officer's Name
b. Officer's Tax registry number
c. Officer's command
d. Type of transaction: Acquisition
e. Make of firearm
f. Model of firearm
g. Type of firearm
h. Serial number of firearm
i. Name of Commanding Officer, Equipment Section.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE, FIREARMS AND TACTICS SECTION

25. Enter information received from Commanding Officer, Equipment Section in
the Acquisition/Disposition Log.
26. Assign the next available FTS control number and provide this control
number to the Commanding Officer, Equipment Section.
COMMANDING OFFICER, EQUIPMENT SECTION
27. Enter FTS control number in the upper right hand corner on the ACQUISITION
OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE.
28. Complete Part 5 (Agency Endorsement) of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE.
29. Forward copies as indicated on form:
a. First copy to Firearms and Tactics Section.
b. Second copy to member's commanding officer along with copy of bill of
sale.
COMMANDING OFFICER OF MEMBER
30. Have entry made on FORCE RECORD and Command Log entry made including
member's name, tax registry number, date purchased, purchased from, make
model, caliber, type and serial number upon receipt of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE
POLICE and bill of sale from Equipment Section.
CLERICAL MEMBER
31. File REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE and bill of sale in member's personal
folder.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A routine request for information concerning handguns belonging to a uniformed
member of the service will be directed to the member's permanent command. The
Police Academy, Firearms and Tactics Section, will supply information on a
twenty-four hour basis concerning the firearms of a uniformed member of the
service to an investigating supervisor in an emergency if the permanent
command of the member is closed, OR during an investigation, if a telephone
inquiry to the member's command may compromise an investigation. If a handgun
comes into the possession of a uniformed member of the service and the owner
of the firearm is unknown, a request for the identity of the owner will be
directed to the Stolen Property Inquiry Section.
Failure by a uniformed member of the service to report an acquisition or
disposition of a firearm to this Department with in ten days of such
transaction is a Class "A" Misdemeanor under Penal Law Section 400.00,
subdivision 12c.
Handgun purchases effected under the authority of a Class I Federal Firearms
License or New York State Dealer in Firearms License DO NOT exempt a member of
the service from filing ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE
OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE for those firearms possessed outside
the scope of the dealer in firearms license.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Selling - Disposing Of Handguns To Another Uniformed Member Of The Service Or

To A Licensed Firearms Dealer In New York State (P.G. 204-13)
Disposal Of Handgun To Handgun Licensee (P.G. 204-14)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y.
STATE POLICE (PD424-150)
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 204-11 Pistol Magazine Purchases
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To make the Department aware of pistol magazine purchases by uniformed members
of the service and provide an inspection capability through a review of
members' Personal Folders, Command Communication Records and in most
instances, Equipment Section files.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service finds it necessary to purchase a
magazine for an authorized service pistol:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare a written report to Commanding Officer including reason for the
purchase (magazine lost, defective, etc.).
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Endorse the request and have a copy placed in the concerned member's
Personal Folder.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Present original endorsed report to the Commanding Officer, Equipment
Section.
COMMANDING OFFICER, EQUIPMENT SECTION
4. File the report, chronologically, in a Command File.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Should a uniformed member of the service elect to purchase a magazine directly
from a manufacturer, the member's commanding officer will include in the
endorsement a request to the manufacturer that the magazine be sent to the
member's command and not his/her residence.

P.G. 204-12 Repair/Replacement Of Authorized Firearms
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To borrow a service pistol, revolver, or repair authorized firearms.
PROCEDURE
When a service pistol or revolver is stolen, lost, requires repair, is held as
evidence by a court, District Attorney or safeguarded by the Property Clerk:
TO OBTAIN REPLACEMENT SERVICE PISTOL OR REVOLVER:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify commanding officer of facts.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Direct preparation of two copies of report, on Typed Letterhead, addressed
to Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section outlining facts and
requesting that the member concerned be loaned a service pistol or revolver.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Deliver report to officer in charge, Firearms and Tactics Section on
weekdays, 0730 to 1530 hours, Outdoor Range, Rodman's Neck.
4. Report to commanding officer make, model and serial number of pistol or
revolver obtained from Firearms and Tactics Section.
COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Have entry of above data made on member's FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Deliver borrowed pistol or revolver to Firearms and Tactics Section when
service pistol or revolver is returned or repaired.
a. Obtain receipt for borrowed pistol or revolver from Firearms and Tactics
Section and deliver to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
7. Have entry made on member's FORCE RECORD indicating return of borrowed
pistol or revolver to Firearms and Tactics Section and file receipt in
member's Personal Folder.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Department procedures prohibit modification of a service/off duty pistol or
revolver or an authorized firearm without the prior permission of the
Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section. Firearms that become

defective in any manner, including water saturation, will be delivered to the
Department gunsmith at Outdoor Range, Rodman's Neck for repair/inspection
prior to use.
Under some conditions, uniformed members of the service may find it necessary
to have service/off duty pistol or revolvers or authorized firearms repaired
by the manufacturer or a licensed gunsmith for repairs that the Department
gunsmith is unable to make. If the service pistol or revolver requires repair,
uniformed member of the service will obtain a replacement service pistol or
revolver at the Firearms and Tactics Section by complying with the procedure
above. In addition, if a member's service/off duty, pistol or revolver, or
authorized firearm is repaired by other than the Department gunsmith, such
firearm must be inspected by the Department gunsmith prior to being carried on
or off duty.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Firearms - General Regulations (P.G. 204-08)
Required Firearms & Equipment (P.G. 204-09)
Lost/Stolen Firearms, Shields, Identification Cards (P.G. 219-21)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 204-13 Selling/Disposing Of Handguns To Another Uniformed
Member Of The Service Or A Licensed Firearms Dealer In New York
State
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To record handgun transactions.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service sells or otherwise disposes of a
handgun to another uniformed member of the service or to a licensed firearms
dealer located in New York State:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify desk officer/counterpart of permanent command without delay and
submit copy of bill of sale indicating:
a. Identity of purchaser including:
(1) Tax registry number and command if uniformed member of the service, OR
(2) License number if firearms dealer.
b. Complete description of firearm including serial number.
2. Prepare ACQUISITIONS OR DISPOSITIONS OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE (PD424-150) and complete sections one through
four.
3. Deliver form to desk officer/counterpart of permanent command.
DESK OFFICER
4. Notify commanding officer.
5. Check REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE and bill of sale for accuracy.
6. Contact the Firearms and Tactics Section with the following information and
obtain a Firearms and Tactics Section (FTS) control number:
a. Officer's Name
b. Officer's Tax registry number
c. Officer's command
d. Type of transaction: Disposition
e. Make of firearm
f. Model of firearm

g. Type of firearm
h. Serial number of firearm
i. Name of desk officer.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE, FIREARMS AND TACTICS SECTION
7. Enter information received from the desk officer in the
Acquisition/Disposition Log.
8. Assign the next available FTS control number and provide this control
number to the desk officer of the notifying command.
DESK OFFICER
9. Make a Command Log entry including member's name, tax registry number, date
disposed, disposed to, make, model, caliber, type, serial number, FTS officer
notified and FTS control number.
a. Enter FTS control number in the upper right hand corner on the
ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y.
STATE POLICE.
NOTE Command Log entries will be made for ALL acquisitions as well as
dispositions.
10. Deliver ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS -REPORT
TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to the commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
11. Review REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE and complete Part 5 (Agency
Endorsement).
12. Give REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE and bill of sale to clerical member.
CLERICAL MEMBER
13. Make entry on rear of FORCE RECORD (PD406-143) indicating date of
disposal.
14. File member's copy (second copy) of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE with bill
of sale in member's personal folder.
15. Distribute first copy of REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to Firearms and
Tactics Section.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service are also permitted to dispose of handguns to
holders of handgun licenses issued by this Department.
Handgun purchases effected under the authority of a Class I Federal Firearms
License or New York State Dealer in Firearms License DO NOT exempt a member of
the service from filing ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE
OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE for those firearms possessed outside
the scope of the dealer in firearms license.

Since November 1, 1994, the Equipment Section has issued 9mm service weapons
to uniformed members of the service. Since Police Department funds have been
used to purchase and/or make reimbursements for the 9mm weapons that are the
subject of this program, the Department retains the right to repossess and
permanently retain these weapons under certain circumstances as follows:
a. When a recruit officer or probationary police officer resigns or is
terminated from the Department OR
b. When any other member of the service resigns or is terminated from the
Department under less than honorable conditions, as determined by the Chief of
Department.
Weapons in the above categories will be vouchered for safekeeping with the
following statement in the "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141):
WEAPON IS NOT TO BE RELEASED WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF THE CHIEF OF
DEPARTMENT.
The Commanding Officer, Property Clerk Division will forward a report to the
Chief of Department for any 9mm service weapon vouchered from a recruit or
probationary police officer who resigns or who may be terminated, and from
other officers who resigned or terminated employment under less than honorable
conditions.
a. Chief of Department will notify the Property Clerk Division to forward to
the Outdoor Range the 9mm service weapon vouchered from recruit officers and
probationary officers.
b. Chief of Department will determine and then notify the Property Clerk
Division whether the 9mm service weapons vouchered from other officers, who
resigned or terminated employment under less than honorable conditions, are to
revert back to the Department, and sent to the Outdoor Range, or released to
the member concerned.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Handgun Purchase (P.G. 204-10)
Disposal of Handgun to Handgun Licensee (P.G. 204-14)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y.
STATE POLICE (PD424-150)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 204-14 Disposal Of Handgun To Handgun Licensee
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To authorize a uniformed member of the service to dispose of a handgun to a
New York City Handgun Licensee, ONLY.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service wants to sell, give away, etc., a
handgun to a person who has been granted a handgun license by this Department:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare three copies of Typed Letterhead, addressed to Commanding Officer,
License Division, requesting permission to dispose of firearm including the
following information:
a. Make, caliber, type, model and serial number of handgun which is subject
of application
b. Service handgun: make, caliber, type, model and serial number
c. All other handguns: make, type, model, serial number
d. Handguns transferred on previous occasions: dates, to whom sold including
address, make, caliber, type, model and serial numbers
e. Has seller valid right to dispose of handgun? (Yes or No)
f. Name, address, age and sex of licensee
g. Present handgun license number and date issued
h. Reasons handgun licensee wants to obtain handgun.
COMMANDING OFFICER OF MEMBER
2. Endorse application with recommendation.
3. Forward original and one copy of application, direct, to Commanding
Officer, License Division, for final decision and endorsement.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Comply with decision of Commanding Officer, License Division.
5. Comply with P.G. 204-13, "Selling/Disposing Of Handguns To Another
Uniformed Member of the Service or to a Licensed Firearms Dealer in New York
State", if transaction approved.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Since November 1, 1994, the Equipment Section has issued 9mm service weapons

to uniformed members of the service. Since Police Department funds have been
used to purchase and/or make reimbursements for the 9mm weapons that are the
subject of this program, the Department retains the right to reprocess and
permanently retain these weapons under certain circumstances as follows:
a. When a recruit officer or probationary police officer resigns or is
terminated from the Department OR
b. When any other member of the service resigns or is terminated from the
Department under less than honorable conditions, as determined by the Chief of
Department.
Weapons in the above categories will be vouchered for safekeeping with the
following statement in the "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141):
WEAPON IS NOT TO BE RELEASED WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF THE CHIEF OF
DEPARTMENT
The Commanding Officer, Property Clerk Division will forward a report to the
Chief of Department for any 9mm service weapon vouchered from a recruit or
probationary police officer who resigns or who may be terminated, and from
other officers who resigned or terminated employment under less than honorable
conditions.
a. Chief of Department will notify the Property Clerk Division to forward to
the Outdoor Range the 9mm service weapon vouchered from recruit officers and
probationary officers.
b. Chief of Department will determine and then notify the Property Clerk
Division whether the 9mm service weapons vouchered from other officers, who
resigned or terminated employment under less than honorable conditions, are to
revert back to the Department, and sent to the Outdoor Range, or released to
the member concerned.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Handgun Purchase (P.G. 204-10)
Selling/Disposing of Handgun to Another Uniformed Member of the Service or to
a Licensed Firearms Dealer in New York State (P.G. 204-13)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 204-15 Shields/Nameplates/Identification Cards
Date Effective: 08-01-13
1. Wear shield at all times while in uniform on the outermost garment except
if outermost garment has sewn shield patch, i.e., golf type shirt, etc.
2. Wear nameplate 1/4 inch below and centered under shield on outermost
garment.
a. DO NOT wear nameplate on raincoat.
3. Carry shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) at all times, when in
uniform or civilian clothes, and present both when necessary to establish
identification.
NOTE: Uniformed members utilizing the option of not carrying firearms off
duty as described in P.G. 204-08, "Firearms - General Regulations," may also
elect not to carry their shield.
4. Display shield on the outermost garment when wearing civilian clothes at
the scene of an emergency.
5. Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD, when wearing either uniform or
civilian clothes, when delivering or withdrawing evidence from Property Clerk
Division or whenever obtaining Department property, (i.e., vehicles, radios,
etc.) for temporary use from another command.
NOTE: If necessary, the command in possession of the Department property
will telephone the command requesting the loan of property to verify the
officer(s) present at their command were sent for this equipment. A Command
Log or an appropriate Department record entry will be made indicating rank,
name and shield number of member conferred with.
6. Display IDENTIFICATION CARD prominently on outermost garment when wearing
civilian clothes in any Department facility.

P.G. 204-16 Emblems, Insignia And Breast Bars
Date Effective: 08-01-13
GRAPHIC OF UNIFORMS SHOWING LOCATION OF PATCHES, EMBLEMS, ETC.

(Figure 21)

[I.O. 34 s 03]
(Figure 22)

SHORT SLEEVE SHIRT AND DEPARTMENT EMBLEMS
(Figure 23)

(Figure 24)

SHOULDER STRAP (Lieutenants and Above)
(Figure 25)

DEPARTMENT AND COMMAND EMBLEMS (SHOULDER PATCHES)
1. The Department logo will be worn on both left and right sleeves of all
regulation uniform garments except the turtleneck shirt and raingear.
2. Uniformed members of the service assigned to Aviation, Emergency Service,
Harbor, Mounted, Scuba, Patrol Borough Task Force, Transit Bureau Canine Team
or Highway District units shall continue to display the Department emblem on
the right sleeve only and their command emblem on the left shoulder.
3. Uniformed members of the service assigned to the Communications Division
and the Traffic Operations District will display their authorized command
emblem on the left sleeve 1/2 inch beneath the Department emblem except:
sergeants assigned to this unit shall continue to display the Department
emblem on the right sleeve only and their command emblem on the left sleeve
(centered midway between the crest of the chevrons and the top of the sleeve).
COLLAR INSIGNA AND COMMAND DESIGNATIONS
1. Wear ONLY yellow metal command insignia (except commands authorized to wear
cloth insignia [white lettering] on work uniforms).
2. Sergeants, uniformed detectives, and police officers will wear appropriate
insignia on both sides of collar of BOTH inner and outer garments, except
raingear (i.e., insignia will be worn on the collar of a regulation long
sleeve shirt, if worn, as well as the duty jacket).
SERVICE STRIPES/HASH MARKS
1. Each stripe represents five years of service.
2. Service stripes/hash marks are to be affixed to all outer garments, except
short sleeve shirts, leather and raingear, of lieutenants, sergeants,
detectives and police officers (left sleeve only).
NOTE: Sewing through the leather and raingear would damage the leather or
jeopardize the integrity of the waterproofing.
3. The lower tip of the bottom stripe is 4 inches from the bottom of the

sleeve. (Do not include elastic cuff, duty jackets etc., in measurement).
Police officers, detectives and sergeants will remove the service mohair
braid, from both sleeves, if worn, from the summer blouse/winter coat.
4. The service stripes/hash marks for uniformed members of the service in the
rank of lieutenants, sergeant, detective and police officer shall be the same
blue/white colors as sergeant's chevrons. Uniformed members of the service in
the rank lieutenants, sergeant, detective and police officer assigned to
Mounted Unit and the Police Academy, Firearms and Tactics Section in khaki
range uniforms, shall wear service stripes/hash marks the same yellow/white
colors as the Mounted Unit sergeant's chevrons.
5. Service stripes/hash marks may be worn six months prior to the five year
period represented, if the wearer so desires.
BREAST BARS/PINS
PRECINCT, POLICE SERVICE AREA, TRANSIT DISTRICT COMMANDING OFFICER RECOGNITION
PIN
The PRECINCT, POLICE SERVICE AREA, TRANSIT DISTRICT COMMANDING OFFICER
RECOGNITION PIN, with designated precinct, police service area, transit
district numerals displayed, will be worn above the right breast pocket of the
outermost garment by the commanding officer when performing duty in uniform.
If another bar (e.g. Medal of Honor breast bar or longevity service bar) is
worn, the Commanding Officer Recognition Pin will be worn above.
BREAST BARS (Not to Scale)

Department Medal of Honor
(Figure 26)

NOTE: A second award of this medal is identified by a gold leaf placed in
the center of the bar.
The Department Medal of Honor breast bar, at the discretion of the
recipient, may be worn over the right breast uniform pocket. When so worn,
all other bars will be displayed on the left side, above the member's shield.
If uniform has no breast pockets, all bars will be worn on the left, above the
shield.

Police Combat Cross
(Figure 27)

NOTE: A second award of this medal is identified by a gold leaf placed in
the center of the bar.

Medal For Valor
(Figure 28)

NOTE: A second award of this medal is identified by a gold leaf placed in
the center of the bar.

Police Purple Shield Medal
(Figure 29)

NOTE: The Police Purple Shield Medal will be awarded to those uniformed
members of the service who have suffered extremely serious physical injury, or
death, or permanent disfigurement, protracted or permanent impairment of
health as determined by the Honor Board.
The Police Purple Shield Medal breast bar, at the discretion of the recipient,
may be worn over the right breast uniform pocket. When so worn, all other bars
will be displayed on the left side, above member's shield. If uniform has no
breast pockets, all bars will be worn on the left, above the shield.

Honorable Mention (Silver Star) (Shown Below)
Exceptional Merit (Light Green Start)
Commendation (Bronze Star)
Commendation – Community Service (Light Blue Star)
(Figure 30)

NOTE:
1st Award Appropriate star in white area
2nd Award (same type) Appropriate stars in green and blue areas
2nd Award (different types) Appropriate stars, highest in green area
3rd Award (same type) Appropriate stars in green, white and blue areas
3rd Award (different types) Appropriate stars, highest in white, next
highest in green, lowest in blue area.
Upon receipt of a fourth award, a second bar will be worn with appropriate
star(s) affixed. If fourth award duplicates any of the previous three, the
duplication will be reflected on the second bar.
The Medal For Valor bar (dark blue) is worn by recipient of Organizational
Medal for Valor/Merit.
The Commendation - Community Service bar is worn by recipient of Line
Organization – Community Service Medal

Meritorious Police Duty
(Figure 31)

Excellent Police Duty
(Figure 32)

[I.O. 34-1 s 03] NOTE: Only one breast bar in the grade of Meritorious
Police Duty or Excellent Police Duty may be worn at one time, however, members
who have been awarded Meritorious Police Duty or Excellent Police Duty
numbering more than 25, 30, 40, 50 or 60 are authorized to wear an additional
breast bar. One breast bar will be number 25, 30, 40, 50 or 60 and when
combined with the number indicated on the second bar will designate the total
number of awards received in that category. Members are not authorized to wear
more than two bars.

Unit Citation
(Figure 33)

[I.O. 34 s 03] NOTE: Designated members of the service may wear a Unit
Citation. The Unit Citation breast bar will be left bare to indicate the
receipt of a single Unit Citation. The receipt of additional Unit Citations
will be indicated by the number "2", "3", etc. on the bar. The Unit Citation
breast bar may be worn during entire police career regardless of subsequent
assignments within the Department.
The Unit Citation breast bar is worn above the shield and immediately below
individual recognition awards. (Eligible civilian members may wear the Unit
Citation lapel pin).

Military Service Breast Bar
United States Army
(Figure 34)

A black enameled bar. The United States Army logo with colors light blue and
gold centered on the bar.

United States Marine Corps
(Figure 35)

A red enameled bar. The United States Marine Corps logo with colors red,
black, and gold centered on the bar.

United States Navy
(Figure 36)

A navy blue enameled bar. The United States Navy logo with colors navy blue,
cream, and gold centered on the bar.

United States Air Force
(Figure 37)

Light blue enameled bar. The United States Air Force logo with colors navy
blue, white, and silver centered on the bar.

United States Coast Guard
(Figure 38)

A solid blue enameled bar. The United States Coast Guard logo with colors red,
white, and gold centered on the bar.
NOTE: Members of the service who are currently active in any branch of the
United States Armed Forces or have been honorably discharged are authorized to
wear the Military Service breast bar. The Military Service breast bar is to be
worn above shield, immediately below Unit Citation, if worn, or below
individual recognition awards.

Hurricane Katrina Rescue and Recovery Mission Commemorative Breast Bar
(Figure 39)

NOTE: Those members of the service who have participated in the Katrina
Rescue and Recovery Mission are granted permission to wear the commemorative
breast bar. The Katrina breast bar is to be worn above shield, immediately
below Unit Citation, if worn, or below individual recognition awards.

TWA Flight 800 Recovery Operation Commemorative Breast Bar
(Figure 40)

NOTE: Those uniformed members of the service who have participated in the
TWA Flight 800 Recovery Operation received a Flight 800 breast bar. The Flight
800 breast bar is to be worn above shield, immediately below Unit Citation, if
worn, or below individual recognition awards.

Puerto Rico Response Bar
(Figure 41)

NOTE: All uniformed members of the service, who participated in the Puerto
Rico Rescue Mission from September 22, 1989 through September 29, 1989, are
authorized to wear the Puerto Rico Response Bar. The Puerto Rico Response Bar
is to be worn above shield, immediately below Unit Citation, if worn, or below
individual recognition awards.

Longevity Bar
(Figure 42)

NOTE: Uniformed members of the service below the rank of captain authorized
to wear the regulation short sleeve shirt must wear the longevity bar. The bar
will be worn over the right breast pocket. If the Department Medal of Honor
breast bar is worn on the right side, the longevity bar will be worn over the
shield. If there is no right breast pocket on the outer garment, the longevity
bar will be worn over the shield (as indicated under ADDITIONAL DATA).
Emergency Medical Technician Pin
NOTE: All uniformed members of the service who have been trained and
certified or re-certified by this Department are authorized to wear the
Emergency Medical Technician Pin. The pin is worn 1/4 inch above the shield or
breast bars.

American Flag Breast Bar
(Figure 43)

The American Flag breast bar may be worn and is the only emblem authorized.
The cloth American Flag emblem, the Flag "pin" and any other specialty pins
such as those depicting the American Flag along with fraternal organization
insignia or flags of other nations are not authorized and will not be worn.
The American Flag breast bar may be worn 1/4 inch above the center of the
shield or breast bars. If worn, it will be the top most bar above the shield.
Firearms Proficiency Breast Bar

NOTE: A uniformed member of the service who receives a perfect score of one
hundred(100) percent during semi-annual re-qualification or during the Police
Academy basic firearms training course, is authorized to wear the Firearms
Proficiency breast bar. Members will be issued a breast bar by Firearms and
Tactics Section personnel subsequent to such firearms qualification,
indicating proficiency in the use of their weapon.
(Figure 44)

A uniformed member of the service who receives a perfect score of one
hundred(100) percent during semi-annual re-qualification or during the Police
Academy basic firearms training course, is authorized to wear the Firearms
Proficiency breast bar. Members will be issued a breast bar by Firearms and
Tactics Section personnel subsequent to such firearms qualification,
indicating proficiency in the use of their weapon.
Firearms proficiency breast bar will be worn directly over the shield and
below all other breast bars. Only one Firearms Proficiency breast bar may be
worn regardless of the number received. If member fails to attain the required
score at subsequent qualification cycle, the breast bar must be removed. No
promotional points will be granted for such Department recognition.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A breast bar is horizontally centered 1/4 inch above the center of the shield,
when authorized. Additional bars, awards, or wings, when authorized, are worn
with 1/4 inch space between each award.
Members of the service qualified to wear a shooting award or designation will
place it 1/4 inch above the shield.
Aviation Unit members qualified as pilots and/or air crew are authorized to
wear appropriate metal breast wings and will place them 1/4 inch above the
shield.
Members of the service qualified to rappel from Department aircraft may wear
rappel wings placed 1/4 inch above the shield.
Wings may be worn during entire police career regardless of subsequent
assignments within the Department.
Nameplates are to be centered 1/4 inch below the shield.
White Metal - Police officers
Yellow Metal - Ranking officers and detectives.
ORGANIZATION OF BREAST BARS (Left Side)
U.S. FLAG BAR or EMT Pin
DEPARTMENT MEDAL OF HONOR
POLICE COMBAT CROSS
MEDAL FOR VALOR

POLICE PURPLE SHIELD MEDAL
HONORABLE MENTION (Silver Star)
EXCEPTIONAL MERIT (Light Green Star)
COMMENDATION (Bronze Star)
COMMENDATION - COMMUNITY SERVICE (Light Blue Star)
MERITORIOUS POLICE DUTY
EXCELLENT POLICE DUTY
UNIT CITATION
MILITARY SERVICE BREAST BAR
HURRICANE KATRINA RESCUE AND RECOVERY MISSION COMMEMORATIVE BREAST BAR
TWA FLIGHT 800 RECOVERY OPERATION COMMEMORATIVE BREAST BAR
PUERTO RICO RESPONSE BAR
LONGEVITY BAR/FIREARMS INSTRUCTOR/FIREARMS PROFICIENCY BREAST BAR
RIFLE EXPERT
AVIATION WINGS
RAPPEL WINGS
SHIELD
NAME PLATE
ORGANIZATION OF BREAST BARS (Right Side)
PRECINCT/POLICE SERVICE AREA/TRANSIT DISTRICT COMMANDING OFFICER RECOGNITION
PIN
DEPARTMENT MEDAL OF HONOR
LONGEVITY BAR
The Police Purple Shield Medal breast bar, at the discretion of the recipient,
may be worn over the right breast uniform pocket. When so worn, all other bars
will be displayed on the left side, above uniformed member's shield.

ORGANIZATION OF BREAST BARS (GRAPHIC)
(Figure 45)

Uniformed members of the service who have earned Departmental recognition from
the Transit or Housing Police Departments, must purchase and display an
existing New York City Police Department breast bar that is awarded for
actions equivalent to that honored by the former department.
Uniformed members of the service, having earned recognition from their former
department, will convert their awards to the following New York City Police
Department equivalents:
FORMER TRANSIT POLICE DEPARTMENT MEMBERS:
Transit Police Department

New York City Police Department

Medal of Honor
Combat Cross
Exceptional Duty Medal
Distinguished Duty Medal
Honorable Mention
Meritorious Police Duty

Medal of Honor
Combat Cross
Medal For Valor
Commendation
Meritorious Police Duty
Excellent Police Duty

FORMER HOUSING POLICE DEPARTMENT MEMBERS:
Housing Police Department

New York City Police Department

Authority Medal of Honor
Police Combat Cross
Authority Medal of Exceptional Merit
Authority Commendation
Meritorious Police Duty
Excellent Police Duty

Medal of Honor
Combat Cross
Exceptional Merit
Commendation
Meritorious Police Duty
Excellent Police Duty

P.G. 204-17 Morning Bands
Date Effective: 08/01/13
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. May wear black elastic mourning band, 1/2 inch wide, on the shield,
covering the seal of the city, but leaving the shield number or rank
designation visible, upon the death of a member.
2. Wear band, regardless of rank of the deceased as follows:
a. Active member of the service - line of duty death
(1) Members of his or her command - from time of death until 2400 hours on
the tenth day after his or her death
(2) Other members - from the time of death until 2400 hours on the day of
the funeral
b. Active member of the service - not line of duty
(1) Members of his or her command - from 0001 hours until 2400 hours on the
day of the funeral
(2) Other members - while attending funeral services
c. Retired members of the service - while attending funeral services.
d. Police Memorial Day
(1) MANDATORY for all members of the service attending the Headquarters
ceremony in uniform.
(2) OPTIONAL for all uniformed members of the service between 0001 hours
and 2400 hours.
e. National Peace Officers' Memorial Day
(1) OPTIONAL for all uniformed members of the service between 0001 and 2400
hours on May 15th annually.

P.G. 204-18 Protective Vests
Date Effective: 08/01/13
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. MUST wear a protective vest, outside a Department facility, when:
a. Performing duty in uniform
b. Performing enforcement duty in civilian clothes.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service performing duty in uniform outside a
Department facility may be exempted from wearing a protective vest by their
respective Bureau Chief or Deputy Commissioner only. Uniformed members of the
service performing enforcement duty in civilian clothes outside a Department
facility may be exempted from wearing a protective vest by the member's
immediate supervisor if, in the opinion of the supervisor, the wearing of the
protective vest would interfere with or be inappropriate for the member's
specific duty or assignment.
2. MUST contact the Police Academy Vest Unit at (212) 477-9700 prior to
purchasing any vest other than the models available through the New York City
Police Department contract.
a. MUST present vest to designated Vest Unit personnel, after purchase, for
inspection and approval prior to use, including vests purchased privately
through the New York City Police Department contract.
3. MUST wear one of the following protective vests:
a. Any bullet resistant vest which is certified by the National Institute of
Justice and exceeds Threat Level Type II (e.g., Threat Level Type IIIa).
Members of the service are not authorized to wear any vest that is made of the
material Zylon.
NOTE: Members of the service MUST wear their ballistic resistant vest panels
with the vest carrier specifically designed to fit these panels. Generic vest
carriers or vest carriers that are made to fit a range of ballistic panels are
not authorized for use.
Members of the service MUST wear their ballistic resistant vest panels with
ancillary equipment issued, and specifically designed for use with the
intended vest model.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Protective Vest - Use/Maintenance and Reserve Supply (P.G. 204-19)

P.G. 204-19 Protective Vest - Use/Maintenance And Reserve Supply
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide instructions on how to obtain a loan vest from a reserve supply and
the proper maintenance and care of protective vests.
SCOPE
Members of the service are required to maintain, store and properly care for
bullet resistant vests either owned by them or issued to them by this
Department. Members will be guided by the use and care instructions contained
in the ADDITIONAL DATA statement of this procedure, as well as any specific
instructions provided by the manufacturer of the vest.
NOTE: Members are advised to inspect their Department issued or personally
owned vests regularly. Any concerns relative to fit or serviceability should
be brought to the attention of the member's supervisor. The supervisor
concerned will confer with the commanding officer and, if needed, direct
member to report to the Police Academy Vest Unit for inspection of the vest.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service is issued or purchases a protective vest:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Wear protective vest as required by Patrol Guide procedure 204-18,
"Protective Vests."
2. Properly care for and maintain protective vest possessed.
a. Do not modify vest or carrier.
3. Inspect vest regularly for signs of wear or lack of serviceability.
a. Notify immediate supervisor if vest is perceived to be unserviceable.
NOTE: When a protective vest appears to be damaged, frayed, worn, or has
excessive curling or creasing, it shall be brought to the attention of the
member's supervisor, who will inspect the protective vest, confer with the
Police Academy Vest Unit for guidance, notify the member's commanding officer
and direct member to present the vest, along with a report on Typed
Letterhead, to the Police Academy Vest Unit.
SUPERVISOR CONCERNED
4. Inspect vest.
5. Confer with Police Academy Vest Unit for guidance.
6. Notify commanding officer and direct member to present vest along with a
report on Typed Letterhead to the Police Academy Vest Unit for inspection if
concerns about serviceability exist.

WHEN A UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE REQUESTS A PROTECTIVE VEST FROM THE
RESERVE SUPPLY STORED AT EACH PATROL BOROUGH COMMAND:
DESK OFFICER
7. Direct uniformed member of the service that requires a protective vest from
the reserve supply to contact the patrol borough command concerned. When a
reserve supply is not present at a patrol borough command, uniformed members
of the service will be directed to contact the Police Academy Vest Unit to
obtain a reserve vest.
NOTE: Members of the service assigned to Housing, Transit, or any other
bureau will contact the patrol borough located in the area of assignment to
obtain a loan vest from the reserve supply. Uniformed members of the service
must wear a protective vest outside a Department facility when performing duty
in uniform and when performing enforcement duty in civilian clothes. For
further guidelines regarding the wearing of protective vests see P.G. 204-18,
"Protective Vests."
PATROL BOROUGH/ POLICE ACADEMY MEMBER CONCERNED
8. Make entry in command log indicating date/time out, tour, rank, name,
shield, command, vest serial number, date/time returned, and remarks, each
time a reserve vest is utilized.
NOTE: Utilize last page of command log for a list of serial numbers and
sizes of all reserve vests assigned to command.
REQUESTING MEMBER
9. Return vest upon completion of tour, or as directed by competent authority.
a. If retained for more than one tour, member will launder carrier prior to
returning the loaner vest to the Police Academy Vest Unit or patrol borough
command.
COMMANDING OFFICER/PATROL BOROUGH/POLICE ACADEMY
10. When needed, have arrangements made for laundering of vest carriers in
other circumstances in accordance with A.G. 316-24, "Expense Bills."
a. Expenditures for laundering will be funded from contingency expense funds
or on credit basis with local vendor, as appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA When a uniformed member of the service is struck by a bullet
on the protective vest and is apparently uninjured, he/she must be examined by
a doctor to ascertain if blunt body trauma or internal injury has occurred.
When a protective vest is struck by a bullet or sharp instrument it shall be
brought to the Police Academy Vest Unit for inspection along with an official
report describing the circumstances before being worn by any member of the
service.
A protective vest should not be worn when soaking wet since water may act as a
lubricant permitting a projectile to penetrate. Uniformed members of the
service will make every effort to prevent vests from getting soaking wet
during rainstorms or in situations where member may enter water, i.e., rescue
attempts, etc.

When a uniformed member of the service is properly fitted for a protective
vest in the standing position, the front and rear panels should just meet, and
no excessive gaps should exist. From a seated position, there should be no
excessive gap between the bottom edge of the vest and the duty belt. The
opening of the armor must not ride up into the wearer's neck. Whenever a
uniformed member of the service is issued a new protective vest, they will
sign a fit certification report attesting to the fact that the protective vest
fits properly at the time of issuance. Uniformed members of the service will
still retain the right to return the protective vest for a two-day period
after receiving it.
The following instructions should be complied with when putting on a
protective vest:
a. Some type of undergarment should be worn under the vest to protect it
from absorbing perspiration and body oils.
b. Protective vests should be worn under uniform shirt or civilian attire if
in plain clothes.
c. Take a deep breath and expand the chest cavity. Hold breath while closing
Velcro straps.
d. Do not pull the Velcro straps too tight. Leave a little room for
ventilation and comfort.
e. Side panels should just meet if the vest is properly worn. No excessive
gaps should exist.
Bullet resistant vests should be cared for as outlined in the instructions
provided with the vest, with particular attention to the following points:
a. When possible, the vest should be stored flat, with the ballistic panels
smoothed out.
b. In the event that flat storage of vests is impractical, vests should be
hung with a clip type hanger, alternating the direction of hanging at regular
intervals. That is, vests should be hung right side up, then upside down,
alternately. When utilizing a clip type hanger, the clip must be affixed to
both the carrier and the ballistic panel. This will reduce the possibility of
curling and prevent the stretching of the elastic straps.
c. The vest should never be stored long term in a vehicle, particularly in
the trunk of a vehicle due to temperature extremes.
d. The vest should never be stored where any abrasive surface could degrade
either the carrier or the ballistic panel.
e. The vest should be stored out of sunlight, which can fade the carrier and
possibly damage the ballistic material. f. When putting on or taking off the
vest, exercise care not to crush the ballistic panel excessively. The Velcro
fasteners must be opened and the vest should be put on and taken off over the
head.
Uniformed members of the service are reminded to follow the washing
instructions attached to the label of the protective vest, especially the
following:

a. Remove ballistic filler inserts from the front and back of outer-shell
vest (carrier) PRIOR TO WASHING OUTER SHELL.
b. DO NOT USE BLEACH on ballistic panels.
c. DO NOT MACHINE WASH ballistic panels.
d. Make certain outer-shell carrier is completely dry before inserting
ballistic panels.
e. Ballistic panels should be washed using a low sudsing detergent and a
damp sponge.
f. Protective vests shall not be submerged in water.
g. Ballistic panels should not be dried in sunlight or a dryer. They should
be put on a flat surface and allowed to dry in a cool dark place.
h. Outer shell Velcro straps should be secured prior to washing.
Protective vests that become worn or damaged due to negligence in care or
storage, ill fitting due to a member of the service's weight gain or loss, or
lost due to a member's negligence, shall be replaced by member concerned using
annual uniform allowance funds. When vests are lost or damaged in the
performance of duty, follow P.G. 204-07, "Lost or Damaged Uniform."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Optional Uniform Items (P.G. 204-04)
Protective Vests (P.G. 204-18)
Firearms Discharged by Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 212-29)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
Lost or Damaged Uniform (P.G. 204-07)
Inspection of Uniforms (A.G. 305-06)
Expense Bills (A.G. 316-24)
Force Record (A.G. 322-18)

P.G. 204-20 Dual Purpose Disorder Control/Scooter Helmets Replacement Parts
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To replace parts of a Dual Purpose Disorder Control/Scooter Helmet.
PROCEDURE
When necessary to replace a part of a Dual Purpose Disorder Control/Scooter
Helmet.
U.M.O.S.
1. Bring helmet and damaged part(s) to commanding officer/designee.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DESIGNEE
2. Examine helmet and damaged part(s).
3. Ascertain details regarding damaged part(s).
4. Take appropriate action (e.g. Command Discipline) if inquiry reveals that
the circumstances causing damage to the helmet or parts were due to individual
carelessness, misuse or abuse.
5. Prepare two copies of request on Typed Letterhead to Commanding Officer,
Quartermaster Section including:
a. Circumstances leading to damage
b. Whether damage caused by carelessness, misuse or abuse
c. Corrective action taken, if appropriate.
6. Forward original request and REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES (PD561-160) with damaged
part(s) to borough equipment coordinator.
a. File duplicate request at command.
BOROUGH EQUIPMENT COORDINATOR
7. Review request(s) and prepare a consolidated REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES.
8. Forward request(s) and REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES to Quartermaster Section.
NOTE: In case emergency replacement is required, telephone the Quartermaster
Section at (718) 476-7567, (Monday to Friday, 0800 to 1600 hours, except
holidays) and be guided by their instructions.
QUARTERMASTER SECTION
9. Issue replacement part(s) as available.

a. Retain original copy of typed request, original and duplicate of REQUEST
FOR SUPPLIES and damaged part(s).
b. Return triplicate of REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES to borough equipment
coordinator as receipt.
BOROUGH EQUIPMENT COORDINATOR
10. Deliver part(s) and receipt to requesting command(s).
COMMANDING OFFICER/DESIGNEE
11. Ensure replacement part(s) issued to requesting member of the service.
12. File REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES as per instructions on form.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Helmet inspections, with verification of shield numbers, will be the subject
of the semi-annual inspection conducted during the months of May and November.
FORMS AND REPORTS
REQUEST FOR SUPPLIES (PD561-160)

Personnel Matters

P.G. 205-01 Reporting Sick
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To notify the Department when a member is unable to perform duty due to
illness, injury or any other physical/psychological condition.
NOTE: It is not necessary to report sick to request a limited capacity
assignment from a district surgeon.
DEFINITION
ADMINISTRATIVE RETURN - a sick excusal for one tour, which does not require a
visit to a district surgeon. A request for Administrative Return must be made
at least two hours prior to the start of the tour for which the leave will be
granted. A uniformed member of the service must report for duty on the next
scheduled tour following the administrative excusal. However, if the sickness
continues into the next day, the uniformed member of the service may request a
second Administrative Return at least two hours prior to the start of the next
scheduled tour. The first and second Administrative Returns will count as one
sick incident. Administrative Return is NOT authorized for:
a. Injuries
b. Line of Duty injuries or illnesses
c. Uniformed member of the service designated Chronic Absent - Category B
d. Dental problems
e. Stress-related or other psychological conditions
f. Major illnesses
g. When, in the judgment of the supervisor, it is inappropriate.
PROCEDURE
When illness, injury or any other physical/psychological condition prevents
the performance of duty:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify desk officer/supervisor at assigned command by telephone, in person,
or by competent messenger at least two hours before the start of a scheduled
tour.
a. Have responsible person make notification by telephone, if incapable of
making notification due to disability/sickness during the two hours prior to
start of scheduled tour.
b. Notify the Medical Division Sick Desk direct when assigned command is
closed and follow the guidelines outlined in step "4" subdivisions "a" through
"d."

(1) Notify desk officer/supervisor at assigned command and provide sick
serial number when command reopens.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
2. Offer uniformed member of the service Administrative Return, in cases of
minor, non-line of duty illness, if eligible.
a. Advise member concerned:
(1) That each administrative excusal is for one tour
(2) Must remain at residence or other authorized location unless
permission to leave is granted by district surgeon or Sick Desk supervisor.
b. Indicate on pertinent records (ROLL CALL, SICK LOG [PD429-143], etc.) if
member has accepted Administrative Return.
3. Direct uniformed member of the service to report to Department Surgeon if
member is ineligible for, or refuses Administrative Return.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Report sick through the Medical Division's Sick Desk, and:
a. Obtain sick serial number
b. Advise Sick Desk member of any change of address/location or telephone
number.
c. Obtain name of Sick Desk member and record time notified
d. Remain at residence or other authorized location unless permission to
leave is granted by district surgeon or Sick Desk supervisor.
5. Provide desk officer/supervisor at assigned command with the sick serial
number obtained from the Sick Desk.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
6. Make return telephone call to verify that member is at stated location.
NOTE: If member is not at stated location, the Sick Desk supervisor will be
notified for a referral to the Medical Division's Absence Control and
Investigations Unit.
7. Notify Sick Desk supervisor if special or unusual circumstances exist
regarding member reporting sick (e.g., member reporting sick from out of state
or out of country, etc.)
8. Notify Medical Division's Absence Control and Investigations Unit if member
is suspected of malingering.
9. Make appropriate entry on pertinent ROLL CALLS and notify relieving desk
officer/supervisor if member is scheduled to perform duty with either of the
next two platoons.

10. Record pertinent information (including the sick serial number provided by
member of the service who reported sick) in SICK LOG.
NOTE: Information received is to be treated in a confidential manner. SICK
LOGS and other sick records should be maintained and stored separately from
other Command Logs/records, and accessible only to persons authorized by the
commanding officer to have access to the logs/records for the proper discharge
of their duties.
11. Query Medical Division Sick Reporting System via the Department Intranet
to ensure the member who reported sick is listed as being on sick report.
12. Access Medical Division Sick Reporting System at the start of tour to
determine which members assigned to command are on sick report and/or not on
full duty status.
ROLL CALL SUPERVISOR
13. Access Medical Division Sick Reporting System, periodically throughout
tour, to ascertain if members of the command have reported sick, their
scheduled return to duty and duty status, in order to prepare ROLL CALLS and
update pertinent command records.
MEMBER ON ADMINISTRATIVE RETURN
14. Notify desk officer/supervisor at assigned command and Sick Desk at least
two hours before next scheduled tour, if unable to report for duty due to
continuation of illness.
NOTE: Member will continue on sick report and report to Department surgeon.
This will count as one sick incident, upon consolidation by the Medical
Division.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
15. Report to Department Surgeon at next office hours.
COMMANDING OFFICER
16. Ensure desk officer/supervisor reviews the Medical Division Sick Reporting
System, via the Department Intranet, at the beginning of each tour.
17. Ensure roll call supervisor reviews the Medical Division Sick Reporting
System, via the Department Intranet, periodically throughout the tour.
MEMBER UNABLE TO VISIT DEPARTMENT SURGEON
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
18. Notify commanding officer and Sick Desk supervisor of inability to visit
Department surgeon.
COMMANDING OFFICER
19. Make entry on ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145) under caption
"Investigative-Interview" concerning the interview and probable date of visit
to Department surgeon.

20. Notify member's Department surgeon of results of interview and probable
date of visit.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A uniformed member of the service on terminal leave may not be placed on sick
report unless sickness or injury is the result of line of duty action while on
terminal leave.
A uniformed member of the service will not be permitted to report sick with a
self-designated diagnosis of "old line of duty injury." Designation of "old
line of duty injury" for a specific sick event will be granted only upon
examination and interview of the requesting member by a Department surgeon.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Pregnancy Leave For Uniformed Members Of The Service (P.G. 205-27)
Absence Control (A.G. 318-12)
Chronic Absence Control Program (P.G. 205-45)
Reporting to Department Surgeon and Returning to Duty from Sick Report (P.G.
205-60)
Notifying Court, Trial Room or Other Agencies when Member Reports Sick (P.G.
205-61)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)
SICK LOG (PD429-143)
ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)

P.G. 205-02 Reporting Sick From Outside City And Outside
Residence Counties
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To report an injury or sick outside the city and outside residence counties.
DEFINITION
RESIDENCE COUNTIES - The six counties outside New York City where uniformed
members of the service are permitted to live, i.e., Nassau, Suffolk,
Westchester, Rockland, Orange and Putnam.
PROCEDURE
Upon becoming sick or injured outside the city or residence counties to an
extent that would prevent the proper performance of duty:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Phone Medical Division - Sick Desk or send telegram to Commanding Officer,
Medical Division, 59-17 Junction Boulevard, 16th Floor (1 Lefrak City Plaza),
Corona, New York 11368.
2. Give the following information:
a. Name, rank, and shield number, permanent and temporary command, if any
b. Present location and telephone number
c. Nature of disability
d. Name, address, and telephone number of attending physician
e. Date of probable return to duty
f. Scheduled appearances in court, trial room or before other government
agencies.
3. Obtain letter from attending physician describing disability and prognosis.
a. Send letter to the Commanding Officer, Medical Division.
4. Comply with instructions received from the C.O., Medical Division.
a. Visit Medical Division or district surgeon as required.
UPON BEING DIRECTED TO RETURN TO DUTY BY A DEPARTMENT SURGEON:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Notify command by telephone of effective time and date of order to report
for duty.

a. Include limitations, if any, on type of duty to be performed.
6. Report for duty when ordered.
7. Deliver SICK REPORT RETURN (PD429-131) to desk officer, upon return to
duty.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Pregnancy Leave For Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-27)
Absence Control (A.G. 318-12)
Chronic Absence Control Program (P.G. 205-45)
FORMS AND REPORTS
SICK REPORT RETURN (PD429-131)

P.G. 205-03 Responsibility For Weapons While Sick
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To safeguard member's weapons, shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
while on sick report.
PROCEDURE
While on sick report:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Safeguard pistols, revolvers, shield and identification card.
2. Deliver to desk officer of resident precinct when unable to safeguard.
a. If unable to deliver, notify desk officer of permanent command.
DESK OFFICER
3. Check FORCE RECORD (PD406-143) to determine firearms to be safeguarded.
4. Determine the location and length of time property to be safeguarded.
5. Notify desk officer of a specified precinct to assign a supervising officer
to the location to obtain property.
a. Precinct designated will be determined by location of property.
SUPERVISING OFFICER, DESIGNATED PRECINCT
6. Visit location and obtain property.
7. Prepare one copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) for firearms
obtained.
a. Mark INVOICE "Property of Sick Member, Held for Safekeeping Only."
8. Deliver all property to desk officer with copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
9. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145) entry of facts.
COMMAND CLERK
10. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for weapons being safeguarded.
11. Prepare two copies of report on Typed Letterhead indicating circumstances,
numbers on shield and identification card being safeguarded, if items removed
from uniformed member of the service.
DESK OFFICER
12. Make Command Log entry of facts.

13. Store property at command, if safeguarding required less than one week.
14. Forward firearms to Property Clerk borough office with PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE after one week.
15. Forward shield and identification card with report on Typed Letterhead to
Identification Card and Shield Unit after one week.
COMMAND CLERK
16. Prepare copies of authorization to obtain property from Property Clerk and
Identification Card and Shield Unit when member capable of caring for
property.
DESK OFFICER
17. Sign authorization and deliver to member's command.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
18. Pick up property at command where stored.
19. Sign bottom of authorization as receipt for property.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 205-04 Department Ambulance Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide ambulance service, oxygen therapy and/or medical appliances under
certain circumstances.
ELIGIBILITY
Uniformed members of the service, active and retired, and members of their
immediate families.
PROCEDURE
When Department ambulance service, oxygen therapy and/or medical appliances
are required.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Telephone Emergency Medical Squad, Emergency Service Unit.
2. Advise dispatcher of service required.
NOTE: Emotionally disturbed persons or cases in which an airborne contagious
disease is diagnosed or suspected are not to be transported in Department
Ambulance.
EMERGENCY MEDICAL SQUAD DISPATCHER
3. Notify Special Operations Division if vehicle is to respond to location
outside New York City.
4. Make required Log entries.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Ambulance service, oxygen therapy and/or medical appliances, including
hospital beds, wheelchairs, walkerettes, etc., are available Monday through
Friday, from 0630 to 2300 hours. Ambulance service is available at other
times, if sufficient notice is given.
In emergency cases where oxygen therapy is already in place, Emergency Service
Units can provide oxygen bottles until such time as the Emergency Medical
Squad can provide a replacement.
Emergency Medical Squad vehicles will respond to locations within New York
City or a 250 mile radius, without prior approval, providing that one point of
trip is within the confines of New York City.
a. Any variations of the above must be approved by the Commanding Officer,
Emergency Medical Squad or the Director of the Police Relief Fund.

P.G. 205-05 Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Occurring Within City
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To report and record line of duty injuries and deaths occurring within the
city.
DEFINITION
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR - As used in this procedure will be as follows:
a. The platoon commander, precinct of occurrence, if available, will act as
the investigating supervisor and will complete parts "A" and "B" of the LINE
OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154).
b. If platoon commander is unavailable, a patrol supervisor, precinct of
occurrence, will act as the investigating supervisor and will complete part
"B" of the LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT. The desk officer will designate a
second supervisor, assigned to the precinct of occurrence to prepare part "A"
of the REPORT. If a second supervisor is unavailable, the desk officer will
prepare part "A" of the REPORT.
Only the platoon commander, precinct of occurrence, may prepare both parts "A"
and "B" of a LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT.
In addition, if the injured member is assigned to other than a precinct
command, or the Police Academy, a supervising officer of such member's
command, if available, will perform the tasks of the investigating supervisor.
If the injured member dies or is likely to die, the precinct commander/duty
captain will be the investigating supervisor.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving an injury in the performance of police duty, whether on or off
duty, or arriving at a location where a uniformed member of the service is
injured:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request patrol supervisor to respond.
2. Notify desk officer of:
a. Circumstances of injury
b. Names and addresses of witnesses
c. Whether reporting sick.
3. Request witnesses to await arrival of supervisor.
4. Remain at scene unless:
a. Hospitalization or medical attention is required

b. Further police action is necessary.
DESK OFFICER
5. Notify the investigating supervisor, as indicated in the above
"DEFINITION."
6. Notify injured member's command if member is not assigned to precinct of
occurrence.
7. Notify precinct commander or duty captain if member dies or is likely to
die.
8. Notify borough commander and Operations Unit if member dies.
9. Immediately notify the Sick Desk supervisor (718) 760-7606 or Sick Desk
([718] 760-7600) when any of the following conditions, relating to a line of
duty injury exist:
a. Where the incident causing the injury was NOT specifically witnessed, AND
b. Injury occurred within any police facility (building, office, etc.), OR
c. Injury occurred in the immediate vicinity of any police facility (parking
lot, perimeter sidewalk, etc.), OR
d. Injury occurred during the first two hours of a tour.
e. Any request for line of duty injury designation by an off-duty uniformed
member of the service.
NOTE: See Additional Data for hospital guidelines regarding members
seriously injured or killed in line of duty.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
10. Respond to scene.
11. Request desk officer to designate a second supervisor, precinct of
occurrence, to complete part "A" of LINE OF DUTY IN JURY REPORT.
a. If a second supervisor is unavailable, the desk officer will complete
part "A" of the REPORT.
DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
12. Complete part "A" of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT.
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR
13. Interview injured member and investigate circumstances.
14. Make initial report to desk officer without delay.
15. Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if the member of the service injured
requires hospital treatment.

a. An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required before
final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status of the injured
member of the service.
NOTE: This notification is in addition to, and does not preclude the
requirement for other notifications to Operations as indicated elsewhere in
this procedure.
16. Interview witnesses and request them to prepare and sign WITNESS STATEMENT
- INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065).
17. Complete part "B" of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT.
18. Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN), if vehicle collision involved.
19. Direct injured member, or if he is incapacitated assign a member, to
prepare an AIDED REPORT (PD304-152) if a vehicle is not involved.
20. Instruct injured member to complete part "C" of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT
if member requests line of duty designation of injury.
NOTE: Part "C" of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT will be completed by precinct
commander/duty captain if injured member is unable to do so.
21. Deliver completed reports to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
22. Obtain Sick Desk control number whether injured member reports sick or
not.
23. Make entry on SICK LOG (PD429-143) if injured member reports sick.
24. Fax the worksheet copy of the LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT to Medical
Division's Sick Desk Supervisor at (718) 760-8269.
NOTE: Faxing the worksheet copy of the LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT to the
Medical Division's Sick Desk Supervisor enables the Medical Division to make a
preliminary determination regarding whether the injured member of the service
qualifies for the "Line-of Duty Prescription Program." Faxing the worksheet
copy does not eliminate the requirement of forwarding the finalized copy of
the LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT with all of the required signatures to the
Medical Division.
25. Photocopy LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT and forward direct to Medical
Division, attention Line of Duty Desk.
26. Immediately deliver completed LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT and WITNESS
STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT to precinct commander/duty
captain.
27. Forward AIDED REPORT or Police Accident Report in normal manner:
a. Forward copy of reports to injured member's command if not assigned to
precinct of occurrence
b. Have copies of reports forwarded to Police Pension Fund if member is
killed in the line of duty or seriously injured and likely to die.

PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER, DUTY CAPTAIN
28. Review LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT and WITNESS STATEMENT-INJURY TO MEMBER
OF THE DEPARTMENT, indicate approval or disapproval, and sign.
a. If disapproved, indicate reason on rear of original LINE OF DUTY INJURY
REPORT.
NOTE: See "ADDITIONAL DATA" for further information regarding line of duty
designations by Medical Division.
29. Prepare a comprehensive report on Typed Letterhead addressed to the
Commanding Officer, Medical Division detailing the circumstances of the injury
when the injured member of the service is a Probationary Police Officer.
30. Prepare unusual occurrence report for line of duty death or serious injury
and likely to die and forward as indicated in P.G. 212-09, "Unusual Occurrence
Reports."
31. Forward LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT per directions on form with WITNESS
STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT and comprehensive report on
Typed Letterhead, if applicable, attached.
a. Have copies of these reports forwarded to Police Pension Fund if line of
duty death or serious injury and likely to die.
32. Comply with the pertinent provisions of the Trauma Counseling Program as
indicated in P.G. 205- 08, "Trauma Counseling Program."
ADDITIONAL DATA
When a member of the service is treated at a hospital for a line of duty
injury, the following information, ONLY, is to be entered in hospital records
pertaining to address and telephone number of injured member:
* Police Department, City of New York, Medical Division, 1 Lefrak City Plaza,
59-17 Junction Boulevard, Corona, New York 11368, Room 1524; telephone number
(718) 760-7573, Monday - Friday, 0900-1700 hours; (718) 760-7600, all other
hours.
Member's command, home address and telephone number will not be disclosed to
hospital authorities or anyone else unless authorized supervisory officer
determines requesting person is entitled to the information.
When a uniformed member of the service is struck by a bullet on a protective
vest and is apparently uninjured, the member must be examined by a doctor to
ascertain if a blunt body trauma or internal injury has occurred. When an
injured member is hospitalized or dies, the patrol supervisor will ensure that
firearms, Department property (shield, identification card, nameplate, etc.),
and personal effects of member are removed and safeguarded.
Medical Division will make final determination of APPROVAL/ DISAPPROVAL of ALL
applications for line of duty injury/illness designation and will notify the
commanding officer of member concerned of final designation. Uniformed members
of the service may request verification of the final designation from the
commanding officer.

NOTE: Retired uniformed members of the service may request verification of
the final designation, in writing, to the Medical Division, 1 Lefrak City
Plaza, 59-17 Junction Boulevard, Corona, New York.
HOSPITAL GUIDELINES REGARDING UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE SERIOUSLY
INJURED OR KILLED IN THE LINE OF DUTY:
When a uniformed member of the service is seriously injured or killed in the
line of duty, the Operations Unit will notify the following members of the
service to respond to the hospital:
a. Police Commissioner
b. First Deputy Commissioner (if Police Commissioner is not available)
c. Chief of Department
d. Chief of Detectives (to supervise investigation)
e. Bureau chief of the injured or deceased member
f. Deputy Commissioner-Public Information
g. Supervising Chief Surgeon
h. Department Chaplain
i. Commanding Officer, Employee Relations Section
j. Lieutenant-Employee Relations Section, borough concerned
k. Patrol borough commanding officer
l. Patrol borough executive officer (if borough commanding officer is not
available)
m. Duty inspector (to supervise and control access to emergency room and
adjacent areas by responding members of the service
n. Patrol borough operations commander (if duty inspector not available)
o. Commanding officer/duty captain (will prepare the Unusual Occurrence
Report)
p. Detective borough commander
q. Detective assigned to investigate the case
r. Crime Scene Unit detective or technician
s. Policewomen's Endowment Association representative if a female police
officer is the victim
t. Line organization representative
u. Early Intervention Unit representative (EIU)
v. Police Organization Providing Peer Assistance (POPPA) representative

The following members of the service will be permitted to speak to the injured
member or view the body of the deceased member:
a. Police Commissioner
b. First Deputy Commissioner
c. Chief of Department
d. Bureau chief concerned
e. Patrol borough commanding officer (or representative)
f. Detective assigned to the case
g. Crime Scene Unit detective or technician
h. Union representative
i. Policewomen's Endowment Association representative if a female police
officer is the victim
j. Department Chaplain
The hospital guidelines also apply to uniformed member of the service
seriously injured or killed in the line of duty within residence counties.
Uniformed members of the service and/or their families may be entitled to both
medical and financial benefits under the Federal Employees Compensation Act
(F.E.C.A.), if a Federal Statute was violated and the injury occurred while
apprehending or attempting to apprehend an individual who violated such
statute.
Therefore, the investigating supervisor will make an entry on the LINE OF DUTY
INJURY REPORT (PD429-154), in box captioned "Patrol Command Supervisors Report
of Injury," indicating whether the injury comes under F.E.C.A. or whether
F.E.C.A. does not apply in this case. If the injury comes under F.E.C.A., the
member's commanding officer will forward the following items to Medical
Division, (attn. Federal Compensation Liaison Officer), 1 Lefrak City Plaza,
within ninety days of occurrence:
a. Copy of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT and WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO
MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065), if prepared.
b. Copy of Unusual Occurrence Report, if prepared.
c. Copy of perpetrator's arrest history (rap sheet), if an arrest is
effected.
d. Copy of criminal court complaint, if arrest is effected.
e. Copy of firearms trace, if weapon involved.
f. Copy of a fully completed United States Department of Labor form BEC721a entitled, "Notice of Law Enforcement Officer's Injury or Occupational
Disease." (Form may be obtained from Federal Compensation Liaison Office.)

In unusual circumstances, when a line of duty designation cannot be made
expeditiously pending the results of an investigation or other circumstances,
the ranking officer responsible for forwarding the LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT
to the Medical Division will have report prepared on Typed Letterhead, clearly
indicating the reasons for the delay and the approximate time period required
to complete the investigation. The Typed Letterhead will be forwarded to the
Medical Division within sixty days from the date that the initial request for
line of duty designation was made. Subsequent reports will be forwarded for
each additional sixty day period, if necessary.
To provide the Federal Bureau of Investigation (F.B.I.) statistical and
descriptive information for use in law enforcement training, the Commanding
Officer, Medical Division will provide the Chief of Department Investigation
Review Section with copies of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORTS for shot or stabbed
officers.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases-General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Department Vehicle Collisions (P.G. 217-06)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Firearms Discharge and Assaults Involving Uniformed Members of the Service
(P.G. 212-29)
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Supervision of Member of the Service Receiving Physical Therapy for Line Of
Duty Injuries (P.G. 205-09)
Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases Hazardous Materials
(P.G. 205-10)
Line Of Duty Injury or Death From Outside City and Residence Counties (P.G.
205-02)
Trauma Counseling Program (P.G. 205-08)
Death of Member of the Service (P.G. 205-07)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT (PD304-152)
LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154)
POLICE ACCIDENT REPORT (MV104AN)
SICK LOG (PD429-143)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD 370-152)
WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-06 Line Of Duty Injury Or Death - Outside City In
Residence Counties
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To report a line of duty injury or death incurred by a uniformed member of the
service outside the city within residence counties.
DEFINITIONS
RESIDENCE COUNTIES - The six counties outside New York City wherein uniformed
members of the service are permitted to live, i.e., Nassau, Suffolk,
Westchester, Rockland, Orange and Putnam.
INJURED IN LINE OF DUTY OUTSIDE NEW YORK CITY - Injured while performing duty
that uniformed member was specifically assigned to perform, outside the city,
by competent authority within the Department or while taking police action as
authorized by Section 140.10 of the Criminal Procedure Law.
PROCEDURE
When injured in the line of duty in one of the residence counties whether
reporting sick or not:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify local police authorities if appropriate.
2. Telephone Medical Division, Sick Desk, giving:
a. Circumstances
b. Names and addresses of witnesses.
NOTE: If unable to call Medical Division, Sick Desk, request responsible
person to make notification.
3. Comply with instructions received from Sick Desk personnel.
4. Notify Operations Unit immediately if arrest involved.
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR
5. Respond to location and conduct investigation as specified in P.G. 205-05,
"Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Occurring Within City."
a. A Department vehicle may be used for this purpose without prior
permission being obtained.
DESK OFFICER
6. Make entries in Department records and insure that required forms have been
prepared.

ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service and/or their families may be entitled to both
medical and financial benefits under the Federal Employees Compensation Act
(F.E.C.A.), if a Federal Statute was violated and the injury occurred while
apprehending or attempting to apprehend an individual who violated such
statute. Therefore, the investigating supervisor will make an entry on the
LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154) in box captioned "Patrol Command
Supervisor's Report of Injury," indicating whether the injury comes under
F.E.C.A. or whether F.E.C.A. does not apply in this case. If the injury comes
under F.E.C.A., the member's commanding officer will forward the following
items to Medical Division, (Attn. Federal Compensation Liaison Officer), 1
Lefrak City Plaza, within ninety days of occurrence:
a. Copy of LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT and WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO
MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065), if prepared.
b. Copy of Unusual Occurrence Report, if prepared.
c. Copy of perpetrator's arrest history (rap sheet), if an arrest is
effected.
d. Copy of criminal court complaint, if arrest is effected.
e. Copy of firearms trace, if weapon involved.
f. Copy of a fully completed United States Department of Labor form BEC-721a
entitled, "Notice of Law Enforcement Officer's Injury or Occupational
Disease." (Form may be obtained from Federal Compensation Liaison Office).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065)
Unusual Occurrence Report

P.G. 205-07 Death Of Member Of The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record the death of a member of the service, uniformed and civilian.
PROCEDURE
Upon learning of the death of an active member of the command or a retired
member of the service, uniformed or civilian residing within the command:
DESK OFFICER
1. Cause the following information to be obtained.
a. Rank, full name, shield number, command
b. Time and date of death
c. Place of death (residence, hospital, elsewhere)
d. Residence address
e. Funeral (time, date, location)
f. Time, date and location of service
g. Cemetery (name and location)
h. Whether deceased was a member of a religious, fraternal or patriotic
organization of this Department
i. Whether chaplain is desired (state denomination)
j. If uniformed member of the service, whether pallbearers or escort is
desired
k. Next of kin (full name, address, telephone number and relationship)
l. Funeral director (name, address and telephone number)
m. Whether deceased was a medal recipient (Honorable Mention and medal)
n. If an active member - was death caused as result of performing police
duty, or otherwise
o. If a retired member - date of retirement.
2. Telephone information to Communications Section.
a. If an active member of the service, uniformed or civilian, immediately
notify the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center at (212) 741-8401.
3. Notify unit commander.

4. Post information on bulletin board for benefit of members of command if
active member.
COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
5. Cause member's weapons and Department property to be obtained if active
member.
6. Deliver non-department property from member's locker to authorized
recipient where applicable.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Line of Duty Injury or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Outside City in Residence Counties (P.G. 205-06)

P.G. 205-08 Trauma Counseling Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide Trauma Counseling Services for members of the service (uniformed
and civilian) involved in shooting incidents, disasters, or other violent
occurrences resulting in death or injury.
SCOPE
A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) will be referred to the Trauma
Counseling Program when involved in a shooting incident, disaster, or other
violent occurrences resulting in death or injury. These include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. Member is shot or otherwise seriously injured.
b. Member discharges a weapon causing injury or death to another.
c. Member causes, accidentally or otherwise, serious physical injury or
death to another.
d. Member is directly involved in an incident where his/her partner was
killed or seriously injured, etc.
e. Member is directly involved in incidents or serious disasters where
multiple serious injuries and deaths have occurred.
The Trauma Counseling Team will respond to all incidents involving:
a. Member of the service is shot, killed, or seriously injured in the
performance of duty.
b. Any incident pursuant to a request from a captain or above.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) is involved in a shooting
incident, disaster or other violent occurrence resulting in death or injury:
DESK OFFICER
1. Notify Operations Unit and provide details of incident.
OPERATIONS UNIT SUPERVISOR
2. Notify Sick Desk supervisor, provide detailed information and request
response of Trauma Counseling Team.
SICK DESK SUPERVISOR
3. Ascertain from Operations Unit and/or the ranking supervisor at the scene:
a. Location the Trauma Team should respond to

b. Name of supervisor who will be contact person at the scene.
4. Arrange for transportation of Trauma Team.
RANKING SUPERVISOR AT SCENE
5. Ensure members in need of trauma counseling are available for interview,
where possible, by responding Trauma Team upon their arrival.
6. Provide a suitable place for the trauma interview, where possible.
SUPERVISOR TRAUMA COUNSELING TEAM
7. Respond to location and report to designated contact person at the scene.
NOTE: Trauma Team members will wear authorized nylon windbreaker jackets
with the NYPD logo on the front and the words "N.Y.C. POLICE" printed on the
back (P.G. 204-04) "Optional Uniform Items").
TRAUMA COUNSELING TEAM
8. Respond, if required, to stationhouse of precinct of occurrence or other
location, to make contact and converse with member(s) of the service involved
in the incident.
9. Visit the place of occurrence, if necessary.
10. Notify the member concerned that he/she will be contacted for a follow-up
meeting forty-eight hours after the event or initial contact, as appropriate.
a. Any additional counseling/interview sessions after the forty-eight hour
meeting will be scheduled within one to six weeks after the incident.
NOTE: ALL CONVERSATION WITH THE TRAUMA COUNSELING TEAM BY MEMBERS OF THE
SERVICE (UNIFORMED AND CIVILIAN) WILL BE STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
11. Cooperate with members of the Trauma Counseling Team and keep appointments
for follow-up meetings as scheduled.
12. Report to Psychological Services Unit or other location as required,
forty-eight hours after the incident, or initial contact with Trauma
Counseling Team.
a. Report for additional follow-up counseling/interview meetings scheduled
with the Trauma Counseling Team.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
13. Cooperate with members of the Trauma Counseling Team and permit them
access to the individual member(s) of the service involved in the shooting,
disaster or other violent event.
14. Verify that a member(s) of the service involved in the shooting, disaster
or violent incident has been referred and contacted in person by a member of
the Trauma Counseling Team.

15. Have UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152) prepared and list members of
the service involved in the incident who were contacted by the Trauma
Counseling Team.
16. Forward copies of the report, FIREARM DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT
(PD424-151), if prepared, and other reports prepared to the Commanding
Officer, Medical Division, 59-17 Junction Boulevard, 16th Floor, Corona, New
York 11368.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Trauma Counseling Team is staffed by the Chief Surgeon, Director,
Psychological Evaluations Unit and licensed certified professionals of the
Medical Division. Trauma Team members will not interfere with on-going
investigations. In addition, team members will not be assigned any duties
outside their functions as Trauma Counselors when responding to the occurrence
site.
This procedure does not prevent in any way the voluntary use of or referral to
any of the Employee Assistance Programs or units in the Department for any
reason at any time. The services of the Trauma Counseling Team are also
available to members who are involved in personal or family tragedies, e.g.,
violent criminal incidents involving themselves or their families, death in
family, etc.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
Supervision Of Members Of The Service Receiving Physical Therapy For Line Of
Duty Injuries (P.G. 205-09)
Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Outside City In Residence Counties (P.G. 205-06)
Firearms Discharge And Assaults Involving Uniformed Members Of The Service
(P.G. 212-29)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FIREARM DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

P.G. 205-09 Supervision Of Members Of The Service Receiving
Physical Therapy For Line Of Duty Injuries
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To provide physical therapy treatments for members of the service injured in
the line of duty.
PROCEDURE
When a district surgeon determines that a member of the service, injured in
the line of duty requires physical therapy:
DISTRICT SURGEON
1. Prepare REQUEST FOR MEDICAL SERVICE AUTHORIZATION (PD429-164).
2. Direct member concerned to report to the clinic supervisor to obtain forms
necessary to obtain treatment.
CLINIC SUPERVISOR
3. Provide the member with the following forms:
a. CERTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY INJURY/AUTHORIZATION FOR TREATMENT
(PD429-052) with attached Authorization for Release of Health Information
Pursuant to HIPAA (OCA Official Form No. 960).
b. THERAPY VERIFICATION (PD429-067).
c. NOTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY THERAPY AUTHORIZATION (PD429-053).
MEMBER CONCERNED
4. Initial item 9b of Authorization for Release of Health Information Pursuant
to HIPAA and sign form.
5. Present photocopies of CERTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY INJURY/AUTHORIZATION
FOR TREATMENT and Authorization for Release of Health Information Pursuant to
HIPAA to the integrity control officer along with THERAPY VERIFICATION and
NOTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY THERAPY AUTHORIZATION.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
6. Review forms and return THERAPY VERIFICATION to member.
7. Retain NOTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY THERAPY AUTHORIZATION and photocopies
of CERTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY INJURY/AUTHORIZATION FOR TREATMENT and
Authorization for Release of Health Information Pursuant to HIPAA for the
duration of the member's physical therapy treatment.
MEMBER CONCERNED
8. Present to therapist, prior to treatment, the CERTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY

INJURY/AUTHORIZATION FOR TREATMENT with attached Authorization for Release of
Health Information Pursuant to HIPAA.
9. Obtain schedule of treatments from therapy provider and forward to roll
call personnel.
NOTE: Report any changes of therapy schedule to roll call personnel.
10. Update THERAPY VERIFICATION form after each physical therapy session.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
11. Make periodic inquires to the therapy provider during the course of
treatments to ensure member is properly attending therapy.
NOTE: Physical therapy authorized by a district surgeon is never granted for
a non line of duty injury. The fact that a member is on restricted duty does
not entitle the member to attend physical therapy on duty.
MEMBER CONCERNED
12. Return completed THERAPY VERIFICATION form to integrity control officer
upon completion of final physical therapy treatment.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
13. Verify member's attendance for treatment at time and date specified on
completed THERAPY VERIFICATION form.
14. Return copy of completed THERAPY VERIFICATION form to the Medical Bills
Department of the Medical Division.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When members attend physical therapy at the beginning of a tour, the member
will report on duty upon arrival at therapy location, and be given a
reasonable amount of time to travel back to command upon completion.
When members attend therapy in the middle of a tour of duty, the member will
be given a reasonable amount of time to travel to the therapy location,
complete the therapy, and be given a reasonable amount of travel back to
command.
When members attend therapy near the end of a tour of duty. The member will be
given a reasonable amount of time to travel to therapy location. Upon
completion, the member will end the tour at the therapy location and will not
be granted time to travel to his/her residence. If the therapy is completed
prior to the scheduled end of tour, the member must request lost time by
calling the command.
A member must submit a request for lost time if therapy commences after the
start of tour and the member elects to travel from their residence to the
therapy location direct. Alternatively, a member may request a tour adjustment
and begin the tour upon arriving at therapy location, needs of the service
permitting.
A change of tour should not be granted for the sole purpose of ensuring
therapy occurs during department time, (i.e., an officer assigned to a

midnight tour should not be granted a tour change to a day tour to attend an
afternoon therapy session.)
District surgeons may authorize twelve physical therapy sessions to a member
of the service, and may repeat the authorization two additional times for a
total of thirty six sessions. A member who requires additional therapy beyond
thirty six sessions must obtain authorization from a Department Orthopedist.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
Line Of Duty Injury Or Death Outside City In Residence Counties (P.G. 205-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
REQUEST FOR MEDICAL SERVICE AUTHORIZATION (PD429-164)
CERTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY INJURY/AUTHORIZATION FOR TREATMENT (PD429-052)
THERAPY VERIFICATION (PD429-067)
NOTIFICATION OF LINE OF DUTY THERAPY AUTHORIZATION (PD429-053)
Authorization for Release of Health Information Pursuant to HIPAA (OCA
Official Form No. 960)

P.G. 205-10 Exposure Of Members Of The Service To Infectious
Diseases Or Hazardous Materials
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To provide instructions and minimize risk to members of the service (uniformed
and civilian) or auxiliary police officers who have contact with or handle an
animal or person who may have an infectious disease, or who have contact with
or handle hazardous materials.
DEFINITIONS
INFECTIOUS DISEASE - as used in this procedure, includes diseases capable of
being transmitted by contact with an infected animal's saliva or central
nervous system tissue, or with an infected individual's blood or body fluids.
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL - as used in this procedure, includes any chemical,
biological, or radiological substance which is a health hazard. Chemical
health hazards include carcinogens, toxic agents, irritants, corrosives, or
agents which damage the lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes, etc. Chemical
physical hazards include flammable or combustible liquids, compressed gas, or
explosive or reactive substances, etc.
EXPOSURE TO AN INFECTIOUS DISEASE - as used in this procedure, includes those
situations where a member of the service is exposed by airborne transmission
or direct contact to an individual suspected of having a disease, or where a
member comes in contact with the blood or body fluids of an individual
suspected of having an infectious disease, or, where a member of the service
is injured as the result of a human or animal bite, or hypodermic needle
puncture, or other contaminated sharp instrument, or where a member of the
service is exposed to an animal suspected of having an infectious disease, or
where a member comes in contact with the saliva or central nervous system
tissue of an animal suspected of having an infectious disease.
EXPOSURE TO A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL - as used in this procedure, includes those
situations where a member of the service is exposed to a hazardous material
whether through inhalation, ingestion, skin contact, or parenteral contact.
UNIVERSAL PRECAUTIONS - as used in this procedure, is an approach to infection
control. According to this approach, all human blood and certain body fluids
are to be treated as if they are known to be infectious for human
immunodeficiency virus (HIV), hepatitis B virus (HBV), or other bloodborne
pathogens; and in addition, all animal saliva and central nervous system
tissue are to be treated as if they are known to be infectious for rabies. All
efforts to avoid contact with these potentially infectious materials should be
taken as well as utilizing whatever protective equipment is available.
DESIGNATED OFFICER - an individual designated under 42 U.S.C. 300ff-86 by the
Public Health Officer of the State involved (42 U.S.C. 300ff-76) to execute
provisions of Section 411 of the Ryan White Comprehensive AIDS Resources
Emergency Act regarding emergency response employees who request a
determination whether they were exposed to an infectious disease.
NOTE: To avoid unnecessary exposure, control of the aided/collision victim,

or prisoner will be assigned to an officer at the scene who has already had
contact with a person suspected of having an infectious disease. The assigned
officer will be responsible for completing the processing of the individual.
If there are numerous individuals involved, the patrol supervisor at the scene
will be responsible for the coordination of information and documenting the
name, etc., of the members of the service involved. This Department is
offering certain members of the service the opportunity to receive, free of
charge, pre-exposure, a series of three inoculations of the vaccine against
Hepatitis B; and free of charge, post-exposure inoculation. This Department is
offering certain members of the service the opportunity to receive, free of
charge, pre-exposure, a routine annual or biannual, Mantoux (PPD) skin test
against tuberculosis (based on a determination of a significant occupational
exposure); and, free of charge, post-exposure, a Mantoux (PPD) skin test
against tuberculosis (based on a determination of a significant exposure).
PROCEDURE
Upon being exposed to an infectious disease, hazardous material, or suffering
a human or animal bite, or hypodermic needle puncture wound:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with the guidelines listed in "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement of this
procedure, when possible.
2. Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
NOTE: When exposure involves an actual injury, the member of the service
concerned will be transported to the hospital for treatment and P.G. 205-05,
"Line Of Duty Injury or Death Occurring within the City", or 205-06, "Line Of
Duty Injury or Death Outside City in Residence Counties," will be complied
with as appropriate. When exposure does not involve an actual injury and the
exposure is related to tuberculosis, the member of the service concerned
should consider this Department's offer of Mantoux (PPD) skin testing which is
free of charge. When tested and the results are positive, notify Unit Safety
Officer to initiate entry on State of New York - Department of Labor Log and
Summary of Occupational Injuries and Illnesses (DOSH 900). Tuberculosis
infection and tuberculosis disease are both recordable on DOSH 900 logs. A
code (e.g., maiden name pseudonym) may be used to substitute for the
description of injury or illness (column [F]).
DESK OFFICER
3. Notify Medical Division, Sick Desk (718) 760-7600, and obtain exposure
report number.
4. Make Command Log entry of information
a. Include Exposure Report number in Log entry.
5. Notify designated Department surgeon of the facts involved.
DEPARTMENT SURGEON
6. Contact member of the service involved and advise of necessary treatment.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE

7. Comply with directions of Department surgeon.
NOTE: By telephoning this Department's designated officer at the Medical
Division, Hazmat Unit (718) 760-7644 or 760-7653, emergency response
employees, such as a law enforcement officer or auxiliary police officer, may
submit a request for a determination whether they were exposed to a specific
infectious disease when a victim of an emergency who was aided by the
emergency response employee was transported to a medical facility. If it is
determined that the emergency response employee may have been exposed to an
infectious disease, a signed written request, along with the facts collected,
must be sent by the designated officer to the medical facility to which the
victim (or patient), i.e., aided or prisoner, was transported. After receiving
a notification from the medical facility, to the extent practicable, the
designated officer must immediately notify the member or members concerned.
Whenever the designated officer discloses information related to Human
Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) to an emergency response employee, redisclosure
by the emergency response employee is prohibited when not in conformance with
state law.
8. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145) entry of facts involved.
a. Include Exposure Report number.
ADDITIONAL DATA
EXPOSURE TO INFECTIOUS DISEASES GUIDELINES
a. Confer with Emergency Medical Service personnel, the individual's family,
friends, neighbors, doctor, or appropriate agency as to the source
individual's medical conditions, when circumstances permit.
b. Wear disposable gloves if contact with individual's blood or body fluids
is a possibility; and if a member who is routinely engaged in the capture or
seizure of suspected rabid animals, wear heavy duty disposable rubber gloves
if contact with animal's saliva or central nervous system tissue is a
possibility.
c. Wash hands with soap and water (disinfectant soap, if possible), after
removing disposable gloves. Glove kits containing antiseptic wipes, gloves,
and disposable bag should be used when hand-washing facilities are not
available.
d. Immediately and thoroughly wash hands or other unprotected body parts if
they come in contact with individual's blood or body fluids, or if bitten,
scratched, abraded, by an animal, or if there is contact between the member
and the animal's saliva or nervous system tissue. Use disinfectant soap, if
possible.
e. Remove and machine wash (hot cycle), or have dry cleaned, as soon as
possible, any part of uniform/civilian clothes that come in contact with an
individual's blood or body fluids and promptly clean any equipment other than
that made of fabric.
f. Use extraordinary care to avoid accidental puncture wounds from needles
which may be contaminated with potentially infectious material.
g. Affix Biohazard Label to any property, evidence, or waste which may be
contaminated.

ACCIDENTAL SPILLS OF BLOOD OR BODY FLUIDS.
A supply of household bleach will be maintained at all precinct/psa/district
commands, emergency service units, borough court section facilities, and other
appropriate sites. Accidental spills of blood or body fluids on floors, cells,
RMP's or on other surfaces, other than clothing, or fabric may be cleaned by
applying a FRESHLY MIXED solution of one part household bleach with ten parts
water. It is imperative that the preceding mixture be carefully followed.
Household bleach is not to be mixed with any solution other than water and it
must be freshly mixed for each use.
Members of the service (uniformed and civilian) are reminded that this mixture
of bleach and water will cause damage if used to clean uniforms. Uniform items
soiled with blood or body fluids can be effectively cleaned by routine
laundering or dry cleaning procedures. Bleach should not be used to cleanse
hands. In addition, bleach mixed with any substance other than water may cause
a toxic gas. Therefore, disposal of bleach or bleach dilutions should be
performed only in a sink (not a urinal or toilet since they sometimes contain
chemical deodorizers). When preparing a bleach dilution, the container used
for the diluted solution must be cleaned with water and free of any other
solution.
To prevent injury/infection when handling or forwarding hypodermic
needles/syringes to the Property Clerk, members of the service will place such
items in a hypodermic needle/syringe container by utilizing a one-handed
"scoop" technique which uses the needle itself to pick up the hypodermic
needle/syringe container. (By using one hand to hold the hypodermic syringe
while moving the hypodermic needle toward the hypodermic needle/syringe
container, the member of the service is moving the needle away from
himself/herself. Members should not hold the container and move their hand
toward the needle). The container will be capped, if possible. However, if the
syringe extends beyond the container, it will be secured with tape. UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ATTEMPT TO REMOVE, DISLODGE, OR
BEND A NEEDLE FROM A HYPODERMIC SYRINGE.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General (P.G. 216-01)
Animal Bites (P.G. 216-09)
Communicable Disease (P.G. 216-11)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Care and Disposition of Animals (P.G. 214-33)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Occurring Within New York City (P.G. 205-05)
Use of Patrol Kits (P.G. 219-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)

P.G. 205-11 Request For Pre-Exposure Vaccination Against
Hepatitis B
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide members of the service (uniformed and civilian) who risk a
potential significant exposure to Hepatitis B virus during the performance of
duty with the opportunity to participate in this Department's Hepatitis B
Pre-Exposure Vaccination Safety Program.
DEFINITION
OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE is considered to be reasonably anticipated contact with
a vulnerable point of entry of the member of the service, such as:
a. Eyes
b. Mouth
c. Other mucous membranes
d. Broken skin
AND a potentially infectious substance, such as:
(a) Blood
(b) Body fluids/secretions (i.e., semen, vaginal secretions, amniotic
fluid, human tissue or organs).
PROCEDURE
To obtain the series of three inoculations of the vaccine against Hepatitis B:
COMMANDING OFFICER, POLICE ACADEMY
1. Provide training sergeants from patrol and non-patrol commands with
appropriate instructions, instructor guides and materials, prior to the
command level training cycle or its equivalent.
COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
2. Ensure that EVERY member receives blood borne disease "Right-to-Know"
training and that members in the designated titles listed below be offered the
opportunity to receive free of charge, a series of three inoculations of the
vaccine against Hepatitis B. Have members of the service in designated titles,
who have not already done so, prepare and return the HEPATITIS B VACCINATION
ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION (PD429-147):
a. Uniformed members of the service
b. Assistant Stock Handlers and related titles or assignments within the
Property Clerk Division who may handle vouchered items such as blood
contaminated evidence

c. Associate Traffic Enforcement Agent
d. Auto Mechanic Diesel
e. Auto Mechanics and related titles
f. Auxiliary Police Officers
g. Cadets and related titles
h. Chemist and Criminalists
i. City Research Scientists
j. Custodians and related titles
k. Electrician and related titles
l. Evidence and Property Control Specialists
m. Fingerprint technicians and related titles
n. Industrial Hygienists
o. Maintenance Worker
p. Motor Vehicle Operators
q. Nurses
r. Photographers and Senior Photographers
s. Plumbers and related titles
t. Police Attendants
u. School Crossing Guards
v. School Safety Agents Level 1-3
w. Surgeons and Dentists
x. Traffic Enforcement Agents
NOTE: Other titles/assignments not listed will be considered on a case by
case basis by the Occupational Safety and Health Unit.
TRAINING SERGEANT
3. Report, as directed, to the Police Academy for instruction and materials.
NOTE: Commanding officers of units that do not receive command level
training are responsible to ensure that an appropriate member of the command
is designated training sergeant and attends pre-cycle instruction. Contact
Police Academy In-Service Training Unit at (212) 477-9200 for additional
information.

4. Prepare and deliver mandated training to all members assigned to the
command.
5. Distribute HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE/ DECLINATION form to all
members in designated titles, if not already distributed.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Prepare HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION form indicating
intention to accept or decline vaccination by signing the appropriate section
after receiving "Right-to-Know" training in blood borne diseases.
NOTE: If a member has received Hepatitis B inoculations within the past
seven years, he or she must so indicate on the bottom of the form.
TRAINING SERGEANT
7. Collect HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION forms from each
member of the service in designated titles.
8. Place a photocopy of each HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION
form in the command's Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
file.
9. Forward summary, upon completion of training cycle, indicating number of
members of the command, by title, who accept or decline vaccinations, to the
borough safety officer or overhead command counterpart.
10. Forward completed ORIGINAL HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION
forms to the Commanding Officer, Medical Division, Attention: Hepatitis B
Pre-Exposure Vaccination Safety Program, via Department mail.
COMMANDING OFFICER
11. Prepare and forward a report to the Chief of Personnel (through channels),
upon the completion of each relevant training cycle, verifying that every
member of the command, in the designated titles, who have not already done so,
has signed a HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE/DECLINATION form.
BOROUGH SAFETY OFFICER/ BUREAU EQUIVALENT
12. Prepare a consolidated summary for the borough/bureau on the 10th of each
month, until all training on Hepatitis B within the borough/bureau is
completed, indicating the number of members who have been trained and have
accepted or declined vaccinations.
13. Forward report of consolidated summary to the Commanding Officer, Medical
Division.
SUPERVISING CHIEF SURGEON
14. Establish and maintain inoculation protocol.
COMMANDING OFFICER, MEDICAL DIVISION
15. Administer inoculation program under the direction of the Supervising
Chief Surgeon.

ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service should note that participation in the inoculation
program is entirely voluntary and will be free of charge to participants. It
should also be noted that members must receive the entire three-inoculation
series in order to ensure effective protection against Hepatitis B.
Vaccination will be provided to members of the service at no charge, and
during regularly scheduled tours of duty. Under no circumstances will overtime
be granted to facilitate vaccination.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases (P.G. 205-10)
FORMS AND REPORTS
HEPATITIS B VACCINATION ACCEPTANCE / DECLINATION (PD429-147)

P.G. 205-12 Donating Or Requesting Blood From The Department'S
Blood Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To donate blood to the Department's blood program or to supply blood to
members of the service (uniformed or civilian) active or retired and their
families from the Department's blood program.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) wishes to donate blood to
the Department's blood program or when there is a need for blood:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Telephone donation center at 1-800-933-2566 and identify self as an active
or retired member of the service.
a. Provide Department identification number - 5239.
2. Make appointment to donate blood as follows:
a. Uniformed members of the service - during off-duty time
b. Civilian members - during scheduled working hours.
3. Observe the following precaution prior to giving blood:
a. Eating is encouraged, but avoid fatty foods such as butter, cream, oils,
etc.
COMMANDING OFFICER
4. Excuse civilian members for up to three hours of scheduled tour.
(Compensatory time is NOT granted for donations made during non-working
hours).
CIVILIAN MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Deliver receipt from donation center to desk officer or counterpart on
return to duty.
NOTE: A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) will not volunteer to
donate blood when any of the following conditions exist:
a. Prior donation within eight weeks
b. Donated five pints within previous year
c. Under seventeen or over seventy-five years of age
d. Had malaria, jaundice or tuberculosis within the prior two years

e. Had hepatitis
f. Had tooth extraction within the prior three days
g. Body weight is less than one hundred and ten pounds
h. Other disqualifying medical condition.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When a member of the service is seriously injured and requires blood, the
Operations Unit will be notified.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Requesting Blood When Outside Of New York State (P.G. 205-13)

P.G. 205-13 Requesting Blood When Outside New York State
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To assist members of the service (active or retired) and their families when
there is a problem obtaining blood outside of New York State.
PROCEDURE
To request blood or assistance:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Telephone the Medical Division during business hours and Sick Desk
supervisor during non-business hours.
2. Provide the following information:
a. Patient's name
b. Identification number (social security, blue cross, etc.)
c. Residence
d. Name and address of hospital
e. Date of admission
f. Amount requested (pints)
g. Patient's relationship to member of the service
h. If patient is Medicare eligible or not.
MEMBER CONCERNED, MEDICAL DIVISION
3. Verify member's eligibility and notify Greater New York Blood Center.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Donating Or Requesting Blood To/Requesting Blood From The Department's Blood
Program (P.G. 205-12)

P.G. 205-14 Application For Transfer
Date Effective: 05-19-14
PURPOSE
To enable a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) to request a
transfer.
PROCEDURE
When a member desires a transfer:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER (PD406-041).
a. Information on form MUST BE TYPED.
2. Obtain supervisor/witness signature on form.
3. Submit ALL copies of APPLICATION to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
4. Review and sign APPLICATION.
a. Check "Highly Recommend," "Recommend," or "Do Not Recommend." If "Do Not
Recommend" is checked, state specific reasons why (e.g., not enough
experience, newly transferred to command, etc.).
b. Remove GREEN copy for filing in member’s Personnel Folder.
c. Forward PINK copy to personnel officer, current borough/bureau.
5. Return WHITE copy to member concerned within seven days of receipt.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Forward WHITE copy of APPLICATION to Commanding Officer, Personnel Orders
Section, in a sealed envelope.
COMMANDING OFFICER, PERSONNEL ORDERS SECTION
7. Retain WHITE copy of APPLICATION in ACTIVE STATUS for TWO YEARS, UNLESS
withdrawn by member concerned.
8. Forward two photocopies of receipted APPLICATION to Personnel Officer
concerned.
PERSONNEL OFFICER, CURRENT BOROUGH/BUREAU
9. File one copy of receipted application with PINK copy forwarded by member.
10. Forward one copy of receipted application to requesting member’s command.

DESK OFFICER
11. Have copy of receipted APPLICATION placed in member’s Personal Folder.
TO WITHDRAW APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
12. Prepare and forward to Commanding Officer, Personnel Orders Section four
copies of report, on Typed Letterhead, requesting that APPLICATION FOR
TRANSFER be withdrawn.
COMMANDING OFFICER, PERSONNEL ORDERS SECTION
13. File one copy of report after removing APPLICATION from ACTIVE FILE.
14. Forward remaining copies of receipted report to Personnel Officer
concerned.
PERSONNEL OFFICER, CURRENT BOROUGH/BUREAU
15. Retain one copy of receipted report for file.
16. Forward remaining copies to requesting member’s command.
DESK OFFICER
17. Have copy of receipted report filed in member’s Personal Folder and give
remaining copy to member concerned.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service (uniformed and civilian) desiring a mutual transfer
will submit a request for transfer, on Typed Letterhead, including all the
information required on APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER, to their respective
commanding officers for approval. The respective commanding officers will
forward APPROVED requests, BY ENDORSEMENT, to the Commanding Officer,
Personnel Orders Section.
Members of the service who are in a Level II or Level III Monitoring Program
are not to be transferred without prior conferral with the Bureau/Borough
Commander and the Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section. The
Commanding Officer, Personnel Orders Section will not transfer any member in a
Level II or Level III Monitoring Program without the express knowledge of the
Bureau/Borough Commander and the Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis
Section and with the concurrence of the Civilian Complaint Review Board
Profile and Assessment Committee.
FORMS AND REPORTS
APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER (PD406-041)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-15 Police Officer's/Detective Specialist's Career
Program
Date Effective: 05-19-14
PURPOSE
To provide police officers/detective specialists with a Career Program that
allows eligibility through earned points for an investigative assignment,
non-precinct assignment (Special Operations Division Units, Highway Units,
Technical Assistance and Response Unit (TARU), Administrative and Support
Units, etc.) and patrol, transit and housing commands of choice.
SCOPE
The Career Program is a performance reporting system which measures a police
officer's/detective specialist's drive and initiative through overall
activity, community interaction, professional image, police ethics, integrity
and respect for both the public and the Department. The Career Program rewards
police officers/detective specialists by allowing those who consistently
perform their assignments in an exceptional manner to earn accelerated Career
Program points.
PROCEDURE
When a police officer/detective specialist with a minimum of three years of
service and at least twelve Career Program points requests a Career Program
transfer:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CONCERNED
1. Prepare CAREER PROGRAM TRANSFER APPLICATION/ RECOMMENDATION - POLICE
OFFICER/DETECTIVE SPECIALIST (PD406-1414).
a. A minimum of twelve Career Program points are required before
consideration is given to an APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION
b. A maximum of twelve career points may be earned from the last five annual
Performance Evaluations
c. In order to be considered for an investigative assignment a "Highly
Recommended" endorsement MUST be received from the member's commanding officer
d. A maximum of nine career points can be earned for military service (three
points may be earned for each deployment overseas during time of war or U.S.
conflict, and Honorable Discharge)
e. Three choices of assignment in priority order may be entered on the
APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION
f. Career Program choices of assignment may be changed or withdrawn by
submitting an additional APPLICATION/ RECOMMENDATION.
NOTE: Members of the service possessing special skills, beneficial to the
needs of the Department, may be transferred with less than the required Career
Program points after approval of the APPLICATION/ RECOMMENDATION by the Police

Commissioner.
An APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION will be expunged after two years from the date
of submission to the Career Program Unit. A police officer/detective
specialist who still desires consideration after his/her
APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION has expired is responsible for submitting an
additional APPLICATION /RECOMMENDATION. Police officers/detective specialists
granted a transfer under the Career Program may not utilize this program for
two years from the date of their last Career Program transfer.
Police officers must have a minimum of four years of service in the rank of
police officer prior to entering the detective investigative track. Exceptions
may be made based on the needs of the Department after approval by the Police
Commissioner.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Verify the information, eligibility and suitability for transfer of the
uniformed member concerned.
3. Complete "Commanding Officer's Recommendation" section.
a. Check "Highly Recommend, "Recommend," or "Do Not Recommend." If "Do Not
Recommend" is checked, state specific reasons why (e.g., not enough
experience, newly transferred to command, etc.)
b. If additional space is required use COMMANDING OFFICER’S RECOMMENDATION
(PD406-180).
4. Return original APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION to member concerned within seven
days of receipt.
a. File copy in member’s personnel folder.
NOTE: In order to be considered for an investigative assignment, uniformed
members must receive a "Highly Recommend" endorsement from their respective
commanding officer. In addition, commanding officers must utilize the
"Commanding Officer's Recommendation" section on the
APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION form and comment on the applicant's performance,
attendance, sick and disciplinary records and ability to work with and respect
both their peers and the community they serve. Commanding officers will be
held accountable for their recommendations.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Make a copy of APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION and forward as follows:
a. Original - To Commanding Officer, Personnel Orders Section, Career
Program Unit, in a sealed envelope
b. Copy – To personnel officer, current borough/bureau.
COMMANDING OFFICER, CAREER PROGRAM UNIT
6. Schedule and conduct required interview panels.
7. Maintain a pool of available Career Program applicants.

ADDITIONAL DATA
The following numerical criteria will be utilized to calculate Career Program
points:
1

2

Each Annual Evaluation
(Maximum of twelve Career points can be earned from
the last five Annual Performance Evaluations)
Extremely
(5.0)
Competent
Highly Competent
(4.0 - 4.5)
Competent
(3.5)
Low or Very Low
(3.0 or below)
Department Recognition
(Per medal)
Honorable Mention
Exceptional Merit
Commendation
Meritorious Police Duty
Excellent Police Duty

Career Points

3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0

2.0
1.0
0.6
0.4
0.2

The Honor Committee reviews all Honorable Mention awards and may select
uniformed members of the service as recipients of higher medals, as per P.G.
205-39, “Departmental Recognition.” The Honor Committee, based upon their
review of the incident which results in the awarding of a higher medal, has
the discretion to award Department Medal of Honor recipients five (5.0) career
points, Combat Cross recipients four (4.0) points and Medal for Valor
recipients three (3.0) points. The points will be awarded upon notification
by the Honor Committee to the Career Program Unit.
3

4

5

6

7

Education
(Enter points for one degree, highest degree
obtained) J.D. or PhD
Master Degree
Bachelors Degree
Associate's Degree/64 credits
Military Service
(Maximum of nine Career points can be earned)
Three points for each deployment overseas during
time of war or US conflict and Honorable Discharge
Honorable Discharge from Military
Active Reservist/National Guard
(Minimum of two years)
One year perfect attendance
(One point per calendar year, maximum of three
points can be earned)
Integrity Review Board (IRB)
(As determined by the IRB P.G. 205-16,
"Integrity Review Board Recommendation
Procedure")
Former Auxiliary Police Officer
(Resigned in good standing)

5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0

3.0
2.0
1.0

1.0

1.0 to 5.0

1.0

8

Completed Police Cadet Corps

1.0

9

Language Skills
NYPD Qualified Interpreter (One point per
language)

1.0

10

Voluntary Participation in Community Programs
(One point per year, as per A.G. 320-36, "Career
Points for VOluntary Participation in Community
Programs Within New York City"

1.0

11

Charges and Specifications
(Expires two years from day

-2.0 for each

day
penalty/suspension incurred)
suspension

penalty/
incurred maximum
of -5.0 per case

All members should be aware that completing a CAREER PROGRAM TRANSFER
APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION - POLICE OFFICER /DETECTIVE SPECIALIST does not
guarantee transfer or assignment.
Inherent in any realistic and workable Career Program is the need for
flexibility to meet changing conditions and situations. The Career Program
does not limit or change the Department's right or managerial prerogative to
assign personnel.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Integrity Review Board Recommendation Procedure (P.G. 205-16)
Departmental Recognition (P.G. 205-39)
Career Points for Voluntary Participation in Community Programs Within New
York City (A.G. 320-36)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CAREER PROGRAM TRANSFER APPLICATION/RECOMMENDATION - POLICE OFFICER/DETECTIVE
SPECIALIST (PD406-1414)
COMMANDING OFFICER'S RECOMMENDATION (PD406-180)

P.G. 205-16 Integrity Review Board Recommendation Procedure
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To set forth the guidelines to be followed when a uniformed member
service is recommended for recognition, by the member's commanding
for effecting an arrest for a bribery-related offense or an action
demonstrated the uniformed member's commitment to the Department's
policy.

of the
officer,
which
integrity

DEFINITION
CONTROLLED PAD - For the purpose of this procedure is a purported payment to
uniformed members of the service to protect existing or contemplated illegal
activities which will constitute more than one time bribery payments.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a uniformed member of the service is recommended for recognition, by
the member's commanding officer, to the Integrity Review Board:
COMMANDING OFFICER, MEMBER CONCERNED
1. Ensure that copy of report in bribery arrests, as required by P.G. 208-34,
"Bribery Arrest by Uniformed Member of the Service" is forwarded to Commanding
Officer, Employee Relations Section.
2. Comply with "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement, page 3, regarding submission of
report for an act reflecting high integrity.
UPON NOTIFICATION FROM EMPLOYEE RELATIONS SECTION:
3. Have uniformed member concerned notified to report to Employee Relations
Section for a personal interview during the uniformed member's normal tour of
duty.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Report to Employee Relations Section, as follows:
a. In uniform of the day, if assigned to patrol duties
b. In proper business attire, if assigned to non-patrol duties.
5. Bring copies of the following documents concerning the arrest and/or
incident of high integrity, if prepared:
a. ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
b. Last two PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS (as appropriate to rank)
c. ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD244-1511)
d. Criminal Court Affidavit

e. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD 370-152)
f. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD 521-141)
g. ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157), if applicable
h. Newspaper articles concerning incident
i. Any other Department forms/reports relating to the incident.
NOTE: During this interview process, the aspirations of the uniformed member
concerned will be discussed in detail and the uniformed member will be advised
of the options available, depending upon the current needs of the Department
and the uniformed member's suitability/aptitude for such assignment.
EMPLOYEE RELATIONS SECTION
6. Convene the Integrity Review Board, upon completion of administrative
documentation for the presentation of a cadre of cases.
NOTE: The Integrity Review Board meets regularly, usually on a quarterly
basis, to review and evaluate cases involving incidents of bribery
arrests/acts of high integrity.
INTEGRITY REVIEW BOARD
7. Review cases submitted by Employee Relations Section.
8. Forward recommendations to Police Commissioner for final determination.
EMPLOYEE RELATIONS SECTION
9. Notify member concerned of the type of recognition received.
ADDITIONAL DATA
To receive recognition from the Integrity Review Board for involvement in
bribery related offense, the uniformed member concerned must be the individual
who was offered/accepted the bribe and either effected the arrest for the
crime of bribery or charged the defendant with the additional crime of
bribery. In situations when the arresting officer is not the uniformed member
offered the bribe, an ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT must be prepared delineating
the circumstances surrounding the additional charge of bribery.
All uniformed members of the service directly involved in a "controlled pad"
incident, i.e., receives payoffs, acts as an intermediary, etc., are eligible
to receive recognition from the Integrity Review Board
The types of recognition uniformed members of the service are eligible to
receive are as follows:
a. Police Commissioner's letter of commendation
b. Award of one to five Career Program points
c. Waiver of all or part of the Career Path requirements for consideration
for assignment to a specific command/bureau

d. Patrol precinct to patrol precinct transfers
e. Interviews for preferential assignments, i.e., Highway Districts,
Emergency Service Unit, etc.
f. Interviews for investigative assignments, i.e., Organized Crime Control
Bureau, etc.
NOTE: The Integrity Review Board may recommend that uniformed members of the
service be granted interviews for a potential assignment to one of the
Department's investigative track units for having effected arrests for bribery
or other acts of high integrity. The actual impact or perceived impact of the
"Eighteen Month Detective Designation Law" should NOT effect the decision to
grant an interview to a well deserving uniformed member. The integrity of the
Department is of the utmost concern and efforts to properly reward uniformed
members for their exemplary conduct should NOT be diminished.
g. Award of additional investigative time towards eligibility for promotion
to detective designation.
h. Preferential consideration for assignment to a unit within the uniformed
member's current bureau of assignment, i.e., Organized Crime Investigation
Division, Major Case Squad, etc.
i. Any other type of award deemed appropriate by the Integrity Review Board.
The type of recognition granted by the Integrity Review Board varies depending
upon the uniformed member's career aspirations, qualifications, overall
performance level, and character. Uniformed members will not usually be
considered for:
a. A patrol precinct to patrol precinct transfer with less than two years of
service, or
b. An interview for an investigative assignment with less than three years
of service.
When a uniformed member is awarded Career Program points only, the number of
points awarded will be published in a Personnel Order.
Scheduling of preferential interviews for possible assignments to specific
commands/bureaus will be the responsibility of the Personnel Officers
concerned.
Arresting/assisting officers in arrests for bribery related offenses, or for
other acts of high integrity, may apply for Department recognition, in the
grade of Meritorious Police Duty, as outlined in P.G. 205-39, "Request for
Departmental Recognition."
A supervisor performing normal supervisory duties regarding bribery/attempted
bribery incidents is not eligible for recognition by the Integrity Review
Board.
RELATED PROCEDURES
On-Line Booking System Computerized Arrest Notification Printout (P.G. 208-68)
Bribery Arrest By Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 208-34)
Boards And Committees (O.G. 101-19)

Request For Departmental Recognition (P.G. 205-39)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD244-1511)
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
CRIMINAL COURT AFFIDAVIT
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION (as appropriate to rank)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

P.G. 205-17 Overtime
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To compensate uniformed members of the service for work performed in excess of
hours stipulated in the member's regular work schedule.
DEFINITION
OVERTIME:
a. NON-ORDERED - Extension of scheduled tour of duty by 15 minutes or more
to prevent interruption of services being performed, e.g., processing an
arrest, aided case, court appearance, etc. Non-ordered overtime is not
authorized for administrative duties at any level.
b. ORDERED - Extra duty required for on-going or future operational
situations, demonstrations, parades, etc., or overtime of an administrative
nature for extra duty required of an on-going or future operational situation.
(May only be authorized by Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner or
Chief of Department).
c. EMERGENCY ORDERED - Extra duty performed in an emergency when work
schedules are suspended by Department order, due to large-scale disorders or
disasters. (May only be authorized by Police Commissioner, First Deputy
Commissioner or Chief of Department).
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service below the rank of captain performs
overtime duty:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Submit OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064) to desk officer when dismissed.
a. If performing duty at other than regularly assigned command, submit to
desk officer of that command.
b. If performing duty at scene of parade, demonstration, etc., submit to
immediate supervisor.
NOTE: The Fair Labor Standards Act (F.L.S.A.) requires that overtime earned
by members of the New York City Police Department be paid within a reasonable
time after it is performed. Accordingly, completed OVERTIME REPORTS will
normally be submitted to the permanent command of the member concerned at the
end of their tour of duty. In those circumstances when the permanent command
is closed, the requesting member will submit the OVERTIME REPORT on their next
scheduled tour of duty. Members scheduled for authorized leave following a
tour when overtime has been performed will submit their OVERTIME REPORTS on
their next scheduled tour of duty.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR CONCERNED

2. Make Command Log or ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry at time of dismissal.
3. Certify time of dismissal on OVERTIME REPORT.
a. Commanders of large details, e.g., parades, demonstrations, etc., will
collect certified OVERTIME REPORT forms from subordinate supervisors and have
reports forwarded to permanent commands of member concerned. OVERTIME REPORTS
will not be returned to requesting member at scene.
4. Forward OVERTIME REPORT to commanding officer, member's permanent command.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The maximum amount of compensatory time a uniformed member of the service may
accumulate is five days. When the member concerned accrues compensatory time
in excess of five days, the excess MUST be taken within thirty days, needs of
the service permitting. In any event, compensatory time MUST be taken within
one year of the date earned.
To enhance auditing procedures regarding court appearances with related
overtime, uniformed members of the service will comply with the following when
court attendance results in overtime:
a. Attach OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064) to related COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD
(PD468-141) and submit to desk officer/supervisor for approval.
b. Desk officer/supervisor will ensure that OVERTIME REPORTS and COURT
ATTENDANCE RECORDS are properly prepared and attached as required.
c. OVERTIME REPORTS submitted for attendance at court without the required
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD attached, shall NOT be approved by desk
officer/supervisor without an investigation being conducted.
d. After the desk officer/supervisor concludes the investigation, the
overtime may be approved if appropriate. However, a copy of the report
detailing the facts of the investigation will be attached to the OVERTIME
REPORT in lieu of the missing COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD.
Payroll clerks shall process OVERTIME REPORTS with COURT ATTENDANCE
RECORDS/Investigative Reports attached and file with related PAYMENT REQUESTS
(PD138-066) as directed by A.G. 320-12., "Overtime Report", COURT ATTENDANCE
RECORDS not involving overtime will continue to be filed as directed in P.G.
211-01, "Duties And Conduct In Court".
The procedure outlined above will apply whether cash or time compensation is
selected for the overtime and regardless of the reason for the court
appearance.
Any disciplinary action taken for failure to submit OVERTIME REPORTS (PD
138-064) in a timely manner should not impact upon the payment of the overtime
to the member of the service who failed to submit the request promptly.
Pursuant to the Fair Labor Standards Act, the member must be compensated for
the time worked. The penalty for not complying with Department regulations
must be a separate disciplinary matter.
RELATED PROCEDURES
First and Third Platoon Arrests (P.G. 208-25)
Violations Subject to Command Discipline (P.G. 206-03)

Overtime (A.G. 320-11)
Overtime Reports (A.G. 320-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)

P.G. 205-18 Absent Without Leave
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To investigate unauthorized absences of uniformed members of the service.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is absent without leave for two hours
at the beginning of a scheduled tour of duty:
DESK OFFICER
1. Make telephone inquiries, including but not limited to:
a. Command roll call
b. Sick Desk supervisor ([718] 760-7606)
c. Court sign-in rooms
d. Member's residence.
2. Check Department records maintained in the command, including but not
limited to:
a. Telephone Record
b. ROLL CALL (PD406-144) change sheets.
3. Make inquiries of command personnel as deemed necessary.
4. Request that the desk officer in member's resident precinct have a
supervisor respond to the member's residence.
NOTE: If member resides outside of New York City, request the Inter-City
Correspondence Unit, ([212] 374-5030) to make a notification to the local law
enforcement authority concerned and request they respond to the member's
residence.
IF MEMBER NOT CONTACTED FOUR HOURS AFTER

COMMENCEMENT OF TOUR:

DESK OFFICER
5. Notify:
a. Commanding officer/duty captain
b. Borough command/counterpart
c. Operations Unit
(1) Include actions taken to locate member

d. Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center.
6. Make a Command Log entry including facts (inquiries, etc.) and
notifications made.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
7. Conduct an immediate investigation.
8. Telephone results of investigation to the Operations Unit.
9. Enter results of investigation in Command Log.
10. Prepare two copies of a report on Typed Letterhead including:
a. Full particulars of the investigation
b. Results obtained
c. Actions taken or contemplated.
NOTE: If the member's commanding officer is NOT performing duty, the duty
captain will prepare three copies of the report.
11. Forward ORIGINAL copy of report, without delay, to the Chief of
Department, DIRECT, and DUPLICATE copy to the Chief of Department, through
channels.
NOTE: Duty captains will have the ORIGINAL copy of the report forwarded as
indicated above and the two DUPLICATES forwarded to the commanding officer of
the member concerned. The member's commanding officer will endorse and
forward one copy of the report to the Chief of Department, through channels,
and file the remaining copy.
WHEN MEMBER IS LOCATED:
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
12. Interview member concerned.
a. Ascertain reason for, and location during, absence.
NOTE: Members absent without leave for an entire tour will NOT be assigned
to duty without the prior permission of the Chief of Department.
13. Notify:
a. Operations Unit
b. Borough command/counterpart
c. Sick Desk supervisor
d. Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center.
14. Make a Command Log entry.
15. Prepare a supplementary report, on Typed Letterhead, to the Chief of

Department including facts and any disciplinary action taken not previously
reported.
16. Forward reports as indicated in step 11 or NOTE following step 11.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-19 Vacation Lost Due To Sick Leave
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To grant uniformed members of the service vacation days lost during the
previous year due to illness or injury.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service loses vacation earned during the
previous calendar year due to illness or injury:
NOTE: This procedure is applicable for vacation earned during the previous
calendar year ONLY. Any additional carry over from prior year is not
authorized, except for that earned by uniformed managers (assistant chiefs and
above).
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare two copies of request for vacation days lost, on Typed Letterhead,
without delay, addressed to commanding officer, including:
a. Number of vacation days lost
b. Number of vacation days taken (indicate dates taken)
c. Dates of scheduled vacation. If no vacation
and give reasons

selection was made, so state

d. Period of sick report. (Include current year if sick report extended
therein.) Indicate total number of calendar days in period.
e. Number of calendar days NOT on sick report
f. If non-line of duty sick report, indicate the name and location of the
hospital, the dates hospitalized and the reason for confinement, if
appropriate
g. If sick report was due to a line of duty injury, include Medical Division
control number and whether due to an old injury.
2. Submit request to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
3. Inspect records to verify request.
4. Grant vacation days lost as follows:
a. Non line-of-duty sick report - hospitalization not required - lost
vacation days may not be taken after March 31st of succeeding year.
b. Non line-of-duty sick report and member concerned was hospitalized - lost
vacation days may not be taken after June 30th of succeeding year.

c. Sick report due to line-of-duty injury - lost vacation days may not be
taken after December 31st of succeeding year.
NOTE: All vacation days lost due to illness or injury MUST be taken prior to
the expiration date as indicated in step 4, subdivisions a, b and c, above.
Lost vacation days shall not be granted beyond the dates indicated. This does
not apply to uniformed managers (assistant chiefs and above).
5. Notify member and have entry/entries made in pertinent record(s).
6. File copy of request in member's personal folder.
7. Instruct member to take leave without delay.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Authorized vacation quota may be exceeded.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vacation Policy (P.G. 203-19)
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-20 Leave Of Absence Without Pay Twenty-Nine Calendar
Days Or Less
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process requests for leaves of absence without pay for twenty nine
consecutive days or less for all members of the service (uniformed and
civilian).
SCOPE
As used in this procedure, the approving officer will be determined by the
number of days requested and the status of the member requesting leave as
follows:
a. One through twenty-nine calendar days and the member is an entry level
probationary uniformed member of the service - Police Commissioner.
b. One through twenty-nine calendar days and the member is an entry level
probationary civilian member or a non-permanent civilian member, i.e.,
provisional, temporary, etc., (except sick leaves without pay) - Chief of
Personnel.
c. One day leave - commanding officer of member concerned.
d. Two through twenty-nine calendar days for all other members of the
service not listed above - deputy commissioners, bureau chiefs, borough
commanders.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed or civilian member of the service requires leave without pay
for twenty-nine consecutive calendar days or less:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify commanding officer/supervisory head of intent to request leave of
absence without pay for twenty-nine consecutive calendar days or less.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Interview member concerned to determine necessity for leave.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Submit three copies of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041) to commanding
officer/supervisory head.
a. Uniformed and civilian members must complete the "Location During
Absence" section on the LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT including each country, with
the city/town or province where the member will be staying, date(s) of
departure and date of return
b. If member will remain at their residence, member will enter "residence"

and include location and dates.
COMMANDING OFFICER
4. Make entry on reverse side of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT under caption space
"Reasons for any recommendations made."
5. Sign all copies of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT.
NOTE: A leave of absence without pay will be granted ONLY after all other
ACCRUED leave has been exhausted (except as indicated in A.G. 319-14, Civilian
Member Reporting Sick", step 5, as relates to sick leave without pay for
civilian members only).
6. Forward two copies of approved LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT for all leaves in
which the commanding officer is the approving officer direct to the Personnel
Orders Section and file the third (3rd) copy.
7. Forward all copies of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT for all other requests to
approving officer direct after endorsing and making recommendations.
APPROVING MEMBER
8. Examine request and recommendations of applicant's commanding officer.
9. Endorse and forward two copies of approved leave request direct to
Personnel Orders Section.
10. Return third (3rd) copy of approved leave request to applicant's command
for notification to applicant and file.
11. Return all copies of LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT if request is disapproved.
COMMANDING OFFICER
12. Notify member of approved/disapproved leave. C.O., PERSONNEL ORDERS
SECTION
13. Forward one copy of approved LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT to Payroll Section.
TIMEKEEPER
14. Enter each country, with the city/town or province, date(s) of departure
and date of return into Leave of Absence Report – Location During Absence
database, if member is traveling to a foreign country.
15. Notify operations coordinator, if member is traveling to a foreign
country.
NOTE:
Absence
command
entries

An online user guide is available after logging onto the Leave of
management system. Operations coordinators must ensure that all
timekeepers follow the instructions as directed in the guide to make
in the Leave of Absence – Location During Absence database.

ADDITIONAL DATA
Whenever a civilian member is in a no pay status for a maximum of eight hours,
ensure that the timekeeper enters the appropriate LWOP code on the Employee

Time Report (ETR). If the member is in an LWOP status for a period greater
than one day, timekeepers will:
a. Immediately notify Payroll Section - Timekeeping Unit
b. Enter letters L-W-O-P for each day on the ETR
c. Have entry made in the command's Telephone Record concerning the
notification.
Whenever a uniformed member is in an LWOP status for any length of time,
ensure that the timekeeper performs steps a, b, c above. DO NOT enter any time
on the ETR.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Child Care Leave of Absence (P.G. 205-28)
Combined Confinement and Child Care Leave (A.G. 319-24)
Leave of Absence Without Pay - Thirty Calendar Days or More (P.G. 205-21)
Definite Military Leave (P.G. 205-22)
Indefinite Military Leave (P.G. 205-23)
Civilian Member - Miscellaneous Leaves (A.G. 319-12)
Civilian Member - Reporting Sick (A.G. 319-14)
Civilian Member- Extended Sick Leave for Line of Duty Injury (A.G. 319-16)
FORMS AND REPORTS
LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)

P.G. 205-21 Leave Of Absence Without Pay Thirty Calendar Days Or
More
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process requests for leaves of absence without pay for thirty consecutive
days or more (except child care, military and civilian sick leaves) for all
members of the service (uniformed and civilian).
SCOPE
As used in this procedure, the approving officer will be determined as
follows:
a. Uniformed members - Police Commissioner (except as indicated in P.G.
205-28, "Child Care Leave Of Absence")
b. Civilian members - Chief of Personnel.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed or civilian member of the service requires leave without pay
for thirty consecutive calendar days or more:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify commanding officer/supervisory head of intent to request leave of
absence without pay for thirty consecutive calendar days or more at least six
weeks before anticipated date leave will commence.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Interview member concerned to determine necessity for leave.
3. Direct member concerned to contact the Military and Extended Leave Desk
immediately for instructions.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Submit all forms to commanding officer/supervisory head as directed by the
Military and Extended Leave Desk.
COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Confer with borough commander, by telephone, outlining details of leave
request.
6. Endorse member's leave request recommending approval/ disapproval, as
appropriate, to the Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave Desk based
on conferral with the borough commander.
7. Forward informational copy of leave request to borough commander.
C.O., MILITARY AND EXTENDED LEAVE DESK

8. Endorse request through channels to approving officer making recommendation
based on individual circumstances, Department policy, and any other factors
considered for such recommendation.
COMMANDING OFFICER
9. Notify member concerned when approval/disapproval of leave has been
received.
10. Ensure that member's firearms and all Department property (except
Department Manual) are surrendered and indicate such on PROPERTY RECEIPTDISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013), when a leave of absence of thirty days
or more has been approved.
11. Distribute PROPERTY RECEIPT- DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE, as follows:
a. Original - to Military and Extended Leave Desk
b. First copy - to member requesting leave of absence
c. Second copy - command file
d. Remaining copies - filed in member's Personal Folder.
NOTE: For civilian members, forward IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) to the
Employee Management Division, by messenger, with a report on Typed Letterhead,
indicating the reason for surrender.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
12. Forward NYPD Restricted Parking Permits (Misc. 23-N) and Headquarters
Annex Parking Permits (Misc. 814HQ-Annex), by messenger, to Internal Affairs
Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit.
13. Forward shield, if applicable, and/or IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091), by
messenger, to Employee Management Division, Shield /Identification Card Unit,
and obtain receipt.
C.O., PERSONNEL ORDERS SECTION
14. Direct transfer of member to the Military and Extended Leave Desk after
member's leave request has been approved.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A leave of absence without pay will be granted ONLY after the member concerned
has exhausted all ACCRUED leave (except for military leave and sick leave
without pay for civilians as indicated in A.G. 319-14, "Civilian Member
Reporting Sick"). A uniformed member's vacation is granted January 1st for
that year but is not to be considered accrued until the member is in a full
pay status for the required number of days in a particular month.
Member's firearms and all Department property (except Department Manual) will
be surrendered on member's last tour of duty prior to commencement of a leave
of absence.
While on leave of absence, a member will be required to appear for any

hearings or trials in which the member is the arresting officer, witness, or
respondent and the Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave Desk will
be so notified of such appearance.
A leave of absence without pay may be terminated prior to its scheduled
expiration date upon advance notification to the Military and Extended Leave
Desk.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Leave of Absence Without Pay - Twenty-nine Calendar Days or Less (P.G. 205-20)
Definite Military Leave (P.G. 205-22)
Indefinite Military Leave (P.G. 205-23)
Child Care Leave of Absence (P.G. 205-28)
Civilian Member - Miscellaneous Leaves (A.G. 319-12)
Civilian Member - Reporting Sick (A.G. 319-14)
Civilian Member - Extended Sick Leave for Line of Duty Injury (A.G. 319-16)
Civilian Member - Combined Confinement and Child Care Leave (A.G. 319-24)
FORMS AND REPORTS
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
PROPERTY RECEIPT/DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-22 Definite Military Leave
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To grant members of the service (uniformed and civilian) leaves of absence to
perform military duty for a period or periods not exceeding a total of thirty
working days (or its equivalent in hours for civilian members of the service),
in any one calendar year or in any continuous period of absence.
DEFINITIONS
WORK DAY - Any day where the member is excused from performing duty with this
Department to attend a military drill. Excusals from work to attend military
drill require documentation that the member is being ordered to attend and
documentation that they attended drill.
DRILL SCHEDULE - An advance schedule (i.e., quarterly, semi-annual or annual)
from a member's Reserve or National Guard Unit which indicates the dates the
member will be performing military duty for the Federal fiscal year, which
runs from October to September.
UNSCHEDULED DRILL - A drill date not in conformance with the drill schedule.
PROCEDURE
When ordered to report for military duty for thirty days or less:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Provide respective timekeeper with copy of current drill schedule and
military unit telephone number.
2. Submit LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD 433-041) and Standard Military Order to
timekeeper at least two weeks prior to commencement of leave.
a. Ensure military leave captions on LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT are completed
listing actual hours of drill (broad time frames such as 0001 to 2400 hours
are not acceptable.)
NOTE: A request for military leave to attend an unscheduled drill must be
accompanied by a Standard Military Order indicating the reason. The Standard
Military Order must be signed by the member's military unit Commander or other
supervisor with Commander's signature authority.
3. Notify roll call personnel and timekeeper immediately if drill is cancelled
after LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT was submitted and perform scheduled tour of
duty.
TIMEKEEPER
4. Maintain a MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD (PD433-147) for each member of the
command who is a drilling reservist.
5. Ensure that a copy of member's current military contract or Oath of Office

(commission papers) and current drill schedule, Standard Military Orders and
Military Statutory Entitlement(s) are attached to the inside cover MILITARY
ABSENCE RECORD.
NOTE: Timekeeper will ensure that an additional copy of member's current
military contract is on file at the Military and Extended Leave Desk. Failure
to have a current contract on file will result in the respective member not
accruing any military work days for the calendar year. Timekeeper must also
indicate all work day usage on ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145).
6. Using the most recent Payroll Management System Leave Balances Report
(711), determine the number of military work days the member has available.
7. Make entry on member's Employee Time Record (ETR) as follows:
IF MEMBER IS SCHEDULED TO WORK AND:
a. WORK DAY BALANCE IS POSITIVE:
* Record event code 4652 for uniformed members of the service and 00:01
under each day member is on military duty, on scheduled work days only. For
civilian members of the service, record event code 4651 and enter 0700/0800
hours depending on length of tour.
b. WORK DAY BALANCE IS ZERO:
* Record event code to charge another leave balance at member's discretion
for days where the member was scheduled to perform police duty or charge
military leave without pay (code 3270).
NOTE: Contact the Military and Extended Leave Desk for instructions if leave
commences in the current calendar year and continues into the following
year(s) (e.g., leave begins on December 20th and ends the following January
5th) or if the leave exceeds thirty days. A member must have exhausted all
thirty work days before leave without pay is granted.
No documentation is required if a member's military drill falls solely on
their regular days off (RDOs). However, timekeepers must be aware of the
scheduled drill dates.
COMMANDING OFFICER OR DESIGNEE
8. Approve LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT if military leave papers are in order.
NOTE: Ensure that if leave commences in the current calendar year and
continues into the following calendar year(s) or if leave exceeds thirty days
that the Military and Extended Leave Desk is contacted. Excusals for
authorized military leave, where member has submitted required documentation
(i.e., current contract, drill schedule and Standard Military Orders), cannot
be denied.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
9. Submit a Certificate of Attendance to timekeeper within ten days after
return from military duty.
NOTE: The Certificate of Attendance must be signed by the member's military
Commander or other supervisor with Commander's signature authority.

10. Notify integrity control officer and timekeeper upon return to duty of
failure to attend drill for which leave was requested/granted.
TIMEKEEPER
11. File Standard Military Order together with Certificate of Attendance in
MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD.
12. Make appropriate entries on MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD as per instructions on
form.
13. File completed MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD in member's personnel folder at the
end of the calendar year.
14. Notify integrity control officer when member:
a. Submits request for military leave without Standard Military Orders
b. Fails to provide Certificate of Attendance for drill where member was
excused from police duty.
DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
15. Conduct quarterly self-inspection using the Payroll Management System MO49
Report on military records of command to ensure compliance with procedure.
16. Notify the operations coordinator and integrity control officer when
member fails to provide:
a. Current military contract/commission orders
b. Current drill schedule.
NOTE: The commanding officer concerned will designate a supervisor to
perform the above functions.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
17. Conduct investigation if member fails to furnish any of the documents
mentioned in steps "14" and "16."
a. If member attended drill, but neglected to submit the required
Certificate of Attendance within ten day period, appropriate disciplinary
action will be taken
b. If it is determined that the member failed to attend the Reserve/National
Guard Drill after time off was granted, charges and specifications will be
initiated.
DESIGNATED MEMBER AT MILITARY AND EXTENDED LEAVE DESK
18. Monitor Payroll Management System M049 Report for every command on monthly
basis to ensure that there are no negative balances.
19. Forward a request to conduct an investigation to the integrity control
officer of the concerned command, where negative balance exists.

NOTE: In addition to contacting the military unit when verifying attendance,
integrity control officers may request that the member produce their military
Leave Earning Statement (LES) for the drill which the member failed to provide
a Certificate of Attendance.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the Reserves or National Guard are required to furnish to their
timekeeper two copies of any separation certificate, discharge, or transfer
orders within thirty days of such change. One copy will be sent to the
Military and Extended Leave Desk and the other will be filed in the member's
personnel folder. If a member fails to submit a current drill schedule, the
integrity control officer will ascertain if such failure was due to their
transfer to inactive reserve or discharge. The integrity control officer will
notify the Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave Desk, in writing,
and the member will be removed from the active reserve roster.
All Standard Military Orders and Certificates of Attendance must be in the
format illustrated in Appendix "A".
RELATED PROCEDURES
Indefinite Military Leave (P.G. 205-23)
FORMS AND REPORTS
LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)
MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD (PD433-147)
ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)
APPENDIX "A"
SAMPLE OF STANDARD MILITARY ORDER AND CERTIFICATE OF ATTENDANCE
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
ALPHA COMPANY 104TH INFANTRY BATTALION
New York Army National Guard
123 New York Avenue
New York, NY. 10018
Date _______________
REPLY TO:
ATTN OF:
SUBJECT: ORDERED MILITARY DUTY
TO:
WHOM IT MAY CONCERN
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT _______________________________________________
NAME
RANK
SSAN
IS ORDERED TO ATTEND REQUIRED MILITARY DRILL WITH THIS UNIT.
FROM:
TO:

DATE ________________
DATE ________________

HOURS _________________
HOURS _________________

PLACE OF DUTY: _______________________________________________________
THIS DUTY IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ESTABLISHED DRILL SCHEDULE
(Circle)
YES
NO
IF NO IS INDICATED, PLEASE EXPLAIN REASON (S) FOR THE UNSCHEDULED

DUTY:______________________________________________________
Carlos R. Bermudez
Captain, IN, NYARNG
Commanding
----------------------------------------------------------------------DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
ALPHA COMPANY 104TH INFANTRY BATTALION
New York Army National Guard
123 New York Avenue
New York, NY. 10018
Date _______________
REPLY TO:
ATTN OF:
SUBJECT: CERTIFICATE OF ATTENDANCE
TO:
WHOM IT MAY CONCERN
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT _______________________________________________
NAME
RANK
SSAN
DID ATTEND MILITARY DRILL
FROM:

DATE ________________

HOURS _________________

TO:

DATE ________________

HOURS _________________

Carlos R. Bermudez
Captain, IN, NYARNG
Commanding

P.G. 205-23 Indefinite Military Leave
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process absence for military leave, exceeding thirty days or when the
period of continuous active military duty commences in the current calendar
year and continues into the following year(s).
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) receives orders to report
for military duty either for a period that will exceed thirty days, OR for any
period, even if less than thirty days, in which continuous active duty will
commence in one calendar year and continue into the following calendar year
(e.g., leave begins on December 20th and ends the following January 5th), the
Military and Extended Leave Desk must be contacted.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify commanding officer/supervisory head immediately upon receiving
orders to report for military duty for a period exceeding thirty days or when
the period of continuous active military duty commences in the current
calendar year and continues into the following year(s).
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Direct member concerned to contact the Military and Extended Leave Desk
immediately for instructions.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Access the Military and Extended Leave Desk website through the
Department's Intranet in order to obtain military leave request forms.
4. Prepare and submit all forms for military leave notification to commanding
officer/supervisory head as directed by the Military and Extended Leave Desk.
COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Ensure that member's firearms and all Department property (except
Department Manual) are surrendered and indicate such on PROPERTY RECEIPT DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013) for a military leave of absence of
thirty days or more.
a. Under caption "Member is Applying For:" indicate "Extended Leave Of
Absence"
b. Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) prepared for firearms obtained
and include in remarks section "PROPERTY OF MEMBER ON EXTENDED MILITARY LEAVE.
NOT TO BE RETURNED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE COMMANDING OFFICER, MILITARY AND
EXTENDED LEAVE DESK."
6. Ensure member's firearms are delivered to the Property Clerk Division,
Manhattan Office, located at One Police Plaza, S level, NY, NY 10038 within

thirty days.
NOTE: When a uniformed or civilian member of the service receives orders to
report for military duty in which continuous active duty will commence in one
calendar year and end in the following year for a period of less than thirty
days, (e.g., December 26, 2009 to January 11, 2010), the member is not
required to surrender firearms and Department property. Members on military
leaves of absence of thirty days or more may retain their IDENTIFICATION CARD
(PD416-091).
7. Distribute form PROPERTY RECEIPT-DISCONTINUANCE OF POLICE SERVICE as
follows:
a. Original - attach to member's notification for indefinite military leave
and forward direct to Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave Desk, if
notification has already been forwarded when member surrenders property
b. First Copy - to member going on leave
c. Second Copy - command file
d. Remaining Copies - filed in member's Personal Folder.
8. Ensure that member, if authorized, has utilized all thirty work days, as
outlined in P.G. 205-22, "Definite Military Leave."
NOTE: All military work days must be exhausted prior to utilizing other
accrued leave or leave without pay.
9. Endorse member's leave notification and have original hand delivered direct
to Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave Desk, One Police Plaza,
Room 1008.
10. Retain copy of member's leave notification at command.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
11. Forward NYPD Restricted Parking Permits (Misc. 23-N) and Headquarters
Annex Parking Permits (Misc. 814HQ-Annex), by messenger, to Internal Affairs
Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit.
12. Forward shield, if applicable, and/or IDENTIFICATION CARD, by messenger,
to Employee Management Division, Shield/Identification Card Unit, and obtain
receipt. MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
13. Report any change in Standard Military Orders, address or duty assignment
immediately after change occurs.
14. Contact the Military and Extended Leave Desk for a return to duty
appointment upon military discharge.
COMMANDING OFFICER, MILITARY AND EXTENDED LEAVE DESK
15. Transfer member to the Military and Extended Leave Desk.
16. Publish transfer to the Military and Extended Leave Desk and leave of
absence in Department's Personnel Orders.

ADDITIONAL DATA
All Department property and firearms (except Department Manual and
IDENTIFICATION CARD) must be surrendered on the member's last tour of duty
prior to commencement of indefinite military leave of absence. Timekeepers
must ensure that all Indefinite Military Leaves (thirty days or more) are
recorded on MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD (PD433-147) and on ABSENCE AND TARDINESS
RECORD (PD433-145).
Members of the service enlisting or accepting a commission in any federal
military reserve or state militia organization must provide notice to the
Department prior to enlistment. Members of the service must submit a report on
Typed Letterhead regarding "Notification to Enlist in the Military
Reserves/National Guard" to their commanding officer who will endorse the
notification and forward to the Commanding Officer, Military and Extended
Leave Desk. The report on Typed Letterhead may be obtained by accessing the
Military and Extended Leave Desk website, under Military Information and
Forms.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Definite Military Leave (P.G. 205-22)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY RECEIPT-DISCONTINUANCE OF POLICE SERVICE (PD520-013)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
MILITARY ABSENCE RECORD (PD433-147)
ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)

P.G. 205-24 Special Leave For Former Members Of The Armed Forces
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To establish eligibility for Veterans Day, Memorial Day and/or Independence
Day leave of absence.
SCOPE
ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS:
Veterans Day and Memorial Day
a. Service on active duty in the armed forces of the United States and
honorably discharged or separated under honorable conditions. (Members who
served as reservists on extended ACTIVE DUTY FOR TRAINING ONLY, are not
entitled to this excusal).
b. Service in the armed forces of a country allied with the United States in
World War II, or during the Korean conflict between June 25, 1950 and January
31, 1955, or during the Vietnam conflict between January 1, 1963 and May 7,
1975.
Independence Day
a. Service in, and honorably discharged from, the Naval Militia, National
Guard or Reserve forces of the Armed Forces at a time when the United States
was not at war. The date that will serve as the basis for special leave
excusal will be the date on which this Department observes the holiday.
PROCEDURE
When seeking to establish eligibility for Veterans Day, Memorial Day and/or
Independence Day leave of absence:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Submit to commanding officer/supervisory head, a written request and
original copy of:
a. Honorable Discharge and/or Separation Certificate (DD 214) with any other
document(s) which substantiates eligibility for Veterans Day and Memorial Day
leave of absence.
b. Honorable Discharge and/or Military Order indicating separation was under
honorable conditions from National Guard, Naval Militia or Reserve forces of
the United States, together with any other documentation indicating
entitlement to Independence Day leave of absence.
C.O. /SUPV. HEAD
2. Forward Commanding Officer's endorsement recommending approval/disapproval
and all copies of documentation submitted, to Commanding Officer, Military and
Extended Leave Desk.

C.O., MILITARY AND EXTENDED LEAVE DESK
3. Review all documentation submitted to determine if member is entitled to
leave.
4. Prepare endorsement indicating leave to which member is entitled to and
forward all submitted documents to commanding officer/supervisory head
concerned.
5. Have endorsement and supporting documentation placed in member's Personal
Folder.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Due to exigencies of the service, leave will be granted, as follows:
* Captains - according to the needs of the service.
* One lieutenant in a precinct.
* Three sergeants in a precinct where seven or more are performing duty.
* Two sergeants in a precinct where there are less than seven performing duty.
* Not more than 40% of the total number of police officers entitled to this
leave in a precinct.
Commands other than precincts, 40% equitably apportioned among various ranks.
Preference will be given to senior members in each rank. In order to be
granted excusal under this procedure, the member must take the excusal for the
holiday on the day the holiday is observed by this Department. However, if the
uniformed member works the holiday (either as a scheduled workday or on an
overtime basis), said member will be excused from one tour for such day upon
request (exigencies of the service permitting). This excusal must be utilized
within six months of the specific holiday.
Uniformed members of the service who are on vacation, sick report, absent with
leave or excused from duty on any of these days, according to their regular
duty chart are NOT eligible for this leave.
If a member had been previously turned down for entitlements under this
procedure, and the uniformed member supplies new documents to substantiate
entitlements, copies of all documents will be forwarded as outlined above.

P.G. 205-25 Bereavement Leave
I.O. 8 s 11 Issued 02-15-11
Patrol Guide Procedure 205-25, "Bereavement Leave" was revised and transferred
to the Administrative Guide and is now A.G. Procedure 320-02, "Bereavement
Leave."
Therefore, remove and discard Patrol Guide Procedure No: 205-25.

P.G. 205-26 Jury Duty Leave For Uniformed Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide a set of guidelines to be followed by those uniformed members of
the service directed to appear for jury duty in Federal, State, and City
courts, as well as other municipal courts in the resident counties.
NOTE: Although uniformed members of the service are no longer exempt from
jury duty due to their occupation as police officers, they may still attempt
to claim an exemption under other circumstances as listed on the exemption
claim form.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is directed to appear for jury duty in
court:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify commanding officer immediately upon receipt of a notice to appear
for jury duty. The commanding officer shall ensure that entries concerning
scheduled dates to appear for jury duty are entered in the command diary.
NOTE: Uniformed member's regular work schedule as it pertains to days off
shall not be adjusted to accommodate his/her jury duty appearance. On days in
which a uniformed member performs jury duty that are his/her regular days off,
the member shall be entitled to retain the jury duty fee. Uniformed members
scheduled to work on a day in which they are also scheduled for jury duty will
be excused from their regular tour of duty and will begin their tour at 0800
hours for payroll purposes (the length of the tour shall be consistent with
the officer's normal chart) and will be required to remit to the city any jury
duty fee they receive. Members whose jury duty appearance ends before the end
of their scheduled tour shall be required to notify their command for
instructions or request lost time, needs of the service permitting. Members
will not be entitled to receive overtime compensation for jury duty service
that goes beyond the end of their scheduled tour. Uniformed members shall be
entitled to keep travel fees as provided by the courts.
2. Provide official documentation of the jury duty service, including dates
and times of attendance in the form of a court issued Certificate of Service,
to the integrity control officer. The integrity control officer shall review
the forms and ensure that members have complied with the provisions of this
order. Failure to provide such documentation may result in disciplinary
action.
3. Opt to do one of the following when a jury duty appearance conflicts with a
scheduled annual vacation:
a. Attempt to postpone their jury duty appearance.
successful.
b. Cancel their vacation pick or portion thereof.

Notify command, if

Notify command.

c. Perform jury duty on vacation and retain jury duty fees for those days.
Notify command.
4. Notify commanding officer and the district attorney's office concerned when
jury duty conflicts with other Department scheduled court appearances. If
necessary, commanding officers are to prepare and forward a written request to
the appropriate county Commissioner of Jurors on Department letterhead
explaining the conflict and reason for excusal from jury duty. The
explanation should be accompanied by proof of member's unavailability for jury
duty, such as a subpoena from the District Attorney's office. If the
Department is unable to resolve the conflict, the matter will be referred to
the District Attorney's office for further attention.
5. Comply with the directives of the court concerning your next jury duty
appearance when placed on ALERT. If activated, members shall immediately
notify their command and be scheduled according to the provisions of paragraph
1 through 4 of this order.
6 Notify command and/or Medical Division, if required, and the appropriate
court, if reporting sick while on jury duty. Normal sick leave procedures
shall apply regarding performance of police duty, however, members on sick
leave who are directed to appear at jury duty will notify the Medical
Division. The Medical Division will carry the member in the "Out of Residence
Log," when such member is performing jury duty. Members are required to
notify the Medical Division immediately upon returning to their residence from
jury duty.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members shall be guided by the rules of the courts concerning
carrying of their off-duty firearms while on jury duty.
Fees rendered for jury duty will be processed in the same manner for uniformed
members as for civilian members as listed in A.G. 319-22, "Civilian Employee Reimbursement to City for Jury Service."
Any questions concerning the contents of this procedure should be referred to
the Office of Labor Relations at (212) 374-5060.

P.G. 205-27 Pregnancy Related Guidelines For Uniformed Members Of
The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify the Department when a female uniformed member of the service
receives a positive result from a pregnancy test conducted by her private
physician.
DEFINITION
PREGNANCY STATUS - A female uniformed member of the service who is placed on
non-enforcement duties by her district surgeon due to her pregnancy condition.
This status is similar to restricted duty.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is informed by her private physician
that she is pregnant:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify district surgeon by telephone of pregnancy condition.
2. Send follow-up notification, indicating confirmation of pregnancy and due
date via:
a. FAX AND:
b. Department mail (send original documentation from private physician).
NOTE: Pregnant members of the service will not have to personally visit
their district surgeon to report their positive pregnancy condition.
DISTRICT SURGEON CONCERNED
3. Place member of the service on "pregnancy status" after receiving
telephonic, mail and FAX notification.
4. Send member's medical records to the Pregnancy Medical District.
5. Send a note to member's private physician explaining Department guidelines
concerning pregnancy assignment and sick policy, when necessary and
appropriate.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Comply with P.G. 205-01, "Reporting Sick," when unable to perform duty due
to illness or other physical condition.
a. Report to Pregnancy Medical District any time it is necessary to see a
surgeon.
7. Comply with P.G. 204-03, "Uniforms," as it relates to the wearing of the

uniform.
PREGNANCY MEDICAL DISTRICT SURGEON
8. Commence sick leave for pregnant member of the service approximately four
weeks before the expected date of delivery.
9. Terminate sick leave approximately six weeks following delivery.
NOTE: In some circumstances, pregnant members of the service will commence
sick leave prior to the fourth (4th) week before their expected date of
delivery. These decisions will be made on a case by case basis by the
Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
10. Telephone the Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon on the following two
occasions:
a. To confirm actual delivery date - this should be done within ten days of
said date.
b. During the fifth (5th) post-delivery week to allow the Pregnancy Medical
District Surgeon to determine the member's return to duty date.
(1) Provide the Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon with documentation, if
additional sick time is required.
NOTE: The continuance of sick leave and the determination of the member's
status will be made by the Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon.
PREGNANCY MEDICAL DISTRICT SURGEON
11. Reassign medical records of members of the service back to her original
medical district after her return to full duty status.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Pregnancy Medical District located at 1 Lefrak City Plaza, 59-17 Junction
Boulevard, Corona, New York, will include a specifically designated surgeon
and a nurse exclusively assigned. Additionally, when required to see the
Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon, pregnant members will be seen in a
separate area or at a separate time to avoid possible exposure to illness.
Once placed on "pregnancy status," by the district surgeon, the member may be
reassigned to another command which performs non-enforcement duties. (e.g.,
the Medical Division, etc.) or may remain within the permanent command
depending upon the needs of the Department.
Pregnant uniformed members of the service will no longer be required to make
routine pregnancy visits to the surgeon.
Recurring pregnancy related illness will be counted as one sick report, if the
member provides proper documentation from her private physician and with the
approval of the Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon. Repeated "undocumented"
and "unapproved" sick leaves can lead to a "chronic sick" designation. The
following conditions, if minor, will not automatically be valid reasons for
pregnancy related absence:

a. Nausea (morning sickness)
b. Lower back pain
c. Mild leg swelling
d. Fatigue
e. Other conditions limited to a few days duration.
The above listed conditions are considered by the medical profession to be a
normal part of pregnancy. If a member of the service reports sick for these
minor conditions, the sick report will not be valid for consolidation as an
absence related to pregnancy illness.
A pass MAY be granted, if the Pregnancy Medical District Surgeon determines
that the issuance of such a pass would not adversely affect the member's
health. The pre-delivery pass becomes void after hospitalization.
Pregnancy status does not preclude a member of the service from being
promoted. Pregnant members of the service, as well as members on restricted
duty/limited capacity, assigned to "Investigative Track Units" may appeal any
deductions of investigative time earned, while on "pregnancy status," if they
were performing normal investigative duties during that time period. (see A.G.
320-35, "Promotion to Third Grade Detective (Investigator)."
When a pregnant member is required to appear in court, before a Grand Jury or
other government agency, she may appear in business attire or uniform.
Pregnant members are not required to attend the Firearms and Tactics
qualification cycles.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Uniforms (P.G. 204-03)
Absence Control (A.G. 318-12)
Chronic Absence Control Program (A.G. 318-13)

P.G. 205-28 Child Care Leave Of Absence
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process requests for child care leave of absence, without pay, made by
uniformed members of the service.
DEFINITION
CHILD CARE
period not
later than
As used in
Personnel.

LEAVE OF ABSENCE - An unpaid leave of absence for a continuous
to exceed three hundred and sixty-five (365) days commencing no
one year after the birth of the member's child, natural or adopted.
this procedure, the approving officer will be the Chief of

PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service requires child care leave of absence
without pay:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify commanding officer/supervisory head of intention to request leave of
absence a minimum of six weeks prior to anticipated birth date of child, or
six weeks prior to date when uniformed member of the service wishes to
commence leave of absence, as appropriate.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Direct uniformed member of the service to contact the Military and Extended
Leave Desk immediately for instructions.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Submit all forms to commanding officer/supervisory head as directed by the
Military and Extended Leave Desk.
COMMANDING OFFICER
4. Ensure that member's firearms and all Department property (except
Department Manual) are surrendered and indicate such on PROPERTY RECEIPTDISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013).
a. Under caption "Member is Applying For:" indicate "Extended Leave of
Absence" and "Without Pay."
5. Distribute PROPERTY RECEIPT-DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE as follows:
a. Original - Attach to member's request for leave of absence
b. First Copy - To member requesting leave of absence
c. Second Copy - Command file

d. Remaining Copies - Filed in member's Personal Folder.
6. Endorse member's leave request, as appropriate, recommending APPROVAL and
forward DIRECT to Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave Desk.
7. Direct that a telephone notification be made to the Payroll Section
indicating the date member's leave will commence.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
8. Forward NYPD Restricted Parking Permits (Misc. 23-N) and Headquarters Annex
Parking Permits (Misc. 814HQ-Annex), by messenger, to Internal Affairs Bureau,
Vehicle Identification Unit.
9. Forward shield, if applicable, and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091), by
messenger, to Employee Management Division, Shield /Identification Card Unit,
and obtain receipt.
C.O., MILITARY AND EXTENDED LEAVE DESK
10. Direct that an appropriate background check be conducted on requesting
member.
11. Endorse member's request for leave as necessary and forward to Chief of
Personnel for approval.
C.O., PERSONNEL ORDERS SECTION
12. Direct transfer of member requesting leave to the Military and Extended
Leave Desk after request has been APPROVED.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A child care leave of absence without pay will be granted only after all
accrued leave has been exhausted. A uniformed member's vacation is granted
January 1, for that year, but is not to be considered accrued unless the
member is in a "full pay" status for the required number of tours for that
month.
A uniformed member of the service who requests a child care leave of absence
without pay for less than thirty days will be guided by P.G. 205-20, "Leave of
Absence Without Pay Twenty-Nine Days or Less.
Member will receive no pay during the leave of absence. Member will
required to make up this time lost before member will be considered
for retirement. This time on leave will not be credited for pension
Any time in excess of six months on leave - no pay status - will be
a break in continuous service, and thereby preclude vested interest
for five years after return to duty.

be
eligible
purposes.
considered
retirement

All Department property, except the Department Manual, must be surrendered on
the member's last tour of duty, prior to commencement of leave of absence.
Extensions of a child care leave of absence without pay will NOT be granted. A
member may terminate such leave prior to the scheduled expiration date upon
advance notification to the Commanding Officer, Military and Extended Leave
Desk.

While on a leave of absence, a uniformed member of the service will be
required to appear for any hearings or trials in which the member is the
arresting officer, witness, or respondent and will notify the Commanding
Officer, Military and Extended Leave Desk prior to such appearance.
The Military and Extended Leave Desk will make salary payment computations
upon documentation of mandatory appearance.
A member of the service will not be considered ineligible for promotion solely
because of an approved leave of absence. If a member is scheduled for
promotion during the leave, member will be notified by the Department to be
present on the day of the promotion.
Any extended leave of absence without pay may effect health benefits. Members
on leave of absence will, however, be able to purchase health insurance for a
limited period of time at a group rate. Questions may be referred to the
Health Insurance Section at (646) 610-5122.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Leave of Absence Without Pay Twenty-Nine Days Or Less (P.G. 205-20)
Leave of Absence Without Pay Thirty Calendar Days Or More (P.G. 205-21)
FORMS AND REPORTS
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
PROPERTY RECEIPT/DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013)

P.G. 205-29 Random Drug Screening
Date Effective: 08/01/13
RANDOM DRUG SCREENING
PURPOSE
To randomly screen uniformed members of the service (other than those assigned
to the Organized Crime Control Bureau, the Internal Affairs Bureau, or
probationary police officers in training at the Police Academy) for illegal
drug/controlled substance usage.
SCOPE
The Department's goal is to ensure that uniformed members of the service do
not use illegal drugs/controlled substances, maintain high standards of
performance, and are afforded an opportunity to work in a drug-free
environment.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service assigned to the Organized Crime
Control Bureau, Internal Affairs Bureau and probationary police officers in
training at the Police Academy will be subject to separate random drug
screening procedures.
PROCEDURE
To randomly identify uniformed members of the service for illegal
drug/controlled substance screening:
C.O., MEDICAL DIVISION
1. Direct Management Information Systems Division (MISD) to identify uniformed
members of the service for automated random screening by utilizing the
department's personnel database.
a. Individual members selected for random screening will be identified by
social security number.
2. Direct members selected for random screening to appear at the Medical
Division at appropriate date and time.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE SELECTED FOR SCREENING
3. MUST report to Medical Division when notified, except if member is on:
a. Sick report
b. Regularly scheduled day off
c. Military leave
d. Annual vacation
e. Terminal leave

f. Bereavement leave.
NOTE: Members previously scheduled for individual days off (other than
regular days off) may be excused from the test with the approval of the bureau
chief concerned. Members scheduled for court or training on the 8x4 tour will
appear for testing immediately upon completion of court or training session.
Members scheduled for a 12x8 tour on the testing day will appear for testing
immediately upon completion of their scheduled 12x8 tour. Members reporting
sick on the testing date will be required to visit a Department Surgeon and
obtain approval for excusal from the test.
4. MUST submit to a hair analysis drug screening test. Refusal to submit to
test will result in suspension from duty and will be grounds for dismissal
from the Department.
5. Prepare form listing all medications ingested or prescribed in the last
ninety days, prior to testing.
6. Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) at the testing location
to insure proper individual has reported for testing.
7. Comply with instructions received at testing location.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible.
The samples should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head.
The samples will be individually placed in separate laboratory supplied
"Sample Acquisition Cards," and sealed by the collector in the presence of the
test subject. These cards will be placed in separate plastic bags, sealed by
the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject. Two hair samples
will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third hair
sample will be safeguarded at the Medical Division for use in retesting should
the test of the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal
drugs/controlled substances. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained
at all times.
Privacy and dignity will be protected. Except in unusual circumstances, hair
samples will be taken at a facility operated by the Medical Division, or at
another health care facility. The hair samples will be collected under maximum
feasible privacy.
In the event that the member concerned is unable to provide adequate hair
samples as required in this procedure, a Department surgeon will be contacted.
The Department surgeon, upon conferral with the supervising chief surgeon or
designee, may authorize the collection of alternate specimen(s) to complete
the drug screening test. Failure to comply with an order by a Department
surgeon will be considered a refusal of the test and grounds for dismissal.
One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed
in analysis. A positive report will be made only after final confirmation
testing has been conducted. Negative test results will not be maintained;
instead they will be destroyed.
Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a
secure area, and will remain confidential unless and until Department
disciplinary Charges and Specifications are served. A member whose test is
positive may, within sixty days of notification of such result, submit a

written request to the Department Advocate's Office for further (independent)
retesting of the collected third hair sample by a laboratory certified by the
State of New York Department of Health to conduct forensic drug testing of
hair specimens. All retesting expenses, including chain of custody, will be
paid by the affected member of the service. The results of the retest will be
forwarded by the independent laboratory to the Medical Division. The Medical
Division will then forward the results to the Department Advocate's Office.
The affected member/counsel will be notified of the results by the Department
Advocate's Office.
Testing will be conducted only for illegal drugs and controlled substances. No
other substances will be screened. The testing dates will not be announced in
advance. Positive test results, which indicate illegal or illicit drug use,
will result in Department Charges and Specifications and suspension from duty.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Administration Of Drug Screening Tests For Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service Applying For
Assignments To Designated Specialized Units (P.G. 205-31)
Random Drug Screening For Uniformed Members Of The Service Assigned To The
Organized Crime Control Bureau And The Internal Affairs Bureau (P.G. 205-32)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service As A Condition Of
Civil Service Promotion (P.G. 205-33)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service As A Condition Of
Discretionary Promotion (P.G. 205-34)
Voluntary Drug Testing (P.G. 205-35)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-08)

P.G. 205-30 Administration Of Drug Screening Tests For Cause
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To investigate and detect illegal drug / controlled substance useage by
members of the service (uniformed and civilian).
SCOPE
The administration of drug screening tests for cause is a procedure utilized
by this Department to detect the presence of drugs in the hair and urine of
members of the service suspected of illegal drug / controlled substance usage.
To balance the public's interest in having a drug-free Police Department
against the individual employee's right to privacy, drug screening tests for
cause will be administered when there is a reasonable suspicion to believe
that a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) is illegally using drugs
/ controlled substances. When reasonable suspicion does exist, the member
suspected of illegally using drugs / controlled substances MUST provide the
drug-screening hair and urine samples when directed. Refusal will result in
immediate suspension from duty and subsequent service of charges and
specifications.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service suspects that another member (uniformed or
civilian) may be illegally using drugs / controlled substances:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Immediately notify commanding officer / duty captain or Internal Affairs
Bureau Command Center ([212] 741-8401).
a. Provide rank, name and command of suspected member.
COMMANDING OFFICER / DUTY CAPTAIN
2. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center and obtain a log number.
SUPERVISOR DIRECTED TO CONDUCT INVESTIGATION
SUPERVISOR CONDUCTING INVESTIGATION
3. Determine if a REASONABLE SUSPICION has been established indicating illegal
drug / controlled substance useage.
NOTE: Reasonable Suspicion - Exists when evidence or information, which
appears reliable, is known to the police supervisor and is of such weight and
persuasiveness as to make the supervisor, based upon his / her judgment and
experience, reasonably suspect that a member of the service is illegally using
drugs / controlled substances. Reasonable suspicion that a member is illegally
using drugs / controlled substances must be supported by specific articulable
facts from which rational inferences may be drawn. Reasonable suspicion cannot
be based upon mere "hunch" or solely upon poor work performance.

4. Prepare INVESTIGATING OFFICER'S REPORT (PD313-153) and record observations
and other pertinent data.
NOTE: If reasonable suspicion of illegal drug / controlled substance use is
based on observation of the suspected member's physical appearance, at least
two supervisors must make observations.
5. Prepare a case folder for documentation of all aspects of investigation.
6. Confer with own immediate supervisor if reasonable suspicion has been
established that member is illegally using drugs / controlled substances.
7. Contact bureau chief / counterpart / borough commander, upon completion of
investigation to obtain approval for drug screening tests.
a. If circumstances indicate drug screening samples must be obtained
expeditiously, immediately contact bureau chief / counterpart / borough
commander for approval.
BUREAU CHIEF/COUNTERPART/BOROUGH COMMANDER
8. Approve request for drug screening test ONLY after carefully determining
that supervisor conducting investigation has established reasonable suspicion.
9. Direct that member being tested be placed on modified assignment pending
results of test, unless other circumstances warrant suspension from duty.
NOTE: Approval of bureau chief / counterpart / borough commander must be
obtained prior to administration of the drug screening tests. If bureau chief
/ counterpart / borough commander is not available, executive officer
concerned or duty chief may be contacted for approval.
SUPERVISOR CONDUCTING INVESTIGATION
10. Contact Medical Division ([718] 760-7609) when approval is received for
administration of drug screening tests and obtain Medical Division's drug
screening serial numbers.
a. Obtain Medical Division's drug screening serial numbers even if member
refuses tests.
b. Include Medical Division's drug screening serial numbers in case folder
along with all other documentation.
NOTE: If the Medical Division is closed, contact the Sick Desk supervisor
([718] 760-7606).
11. Advise member suspected of illegal drug / controlled substance usage that
refusal to provide hair and urine samples will result in immediate suspension
from duty.
12. Notify the Department Advocate's Office that drug screening tests has been
ordered, provide all pertinent information and obtain identity of member
notified.
a. Notify Medical Division to make entry in "Drug Screening Test Log" under
caption "DEPARTMENT ATTORNEY NOTIFIED."

13. Inform supervisor conducting investigation where hair and urine samples
will be taken and procedure to be followed.
14. Maintain "Drug Screening Test Log" in an appropriate Department record
book, captioned across a double page, as follows:
First Page
Drug
Screening
Test#

Date
Time

Second Page
Department
Attorney
Notified

Name of
Member
Tested

Tax
Registry
Number

Witness to
Test

Command

Results of
Test

Member
Requesting
Test

Command

Remarks

ADDITIONAL DATA
A Department surgeon, specifically a medical doctor employed by the
Department, may order a drug screening test without securing the prior
approval of the bureau chief / counterpart / borough commander concerned.
However, when a Department surgeon orders a test for a member of the service
he / she suspects of illegal drug / controlled substance usage, the Department
surgeon will first confer with the supervising chief surgeon or designee, if
feasible.
The investigator's case folder will be sealed to protect the employee's right
to privacy in those cases in which the result of the drug screening test do
not indicate the presence of an illegal drug / controlled substance. The
folder will not be unsealed without the written authorization of the Deputy
Commissioner-Legal Matters. The case folder will be filed in the appropriate
borough Investigations Unit with a copy to the Internal Affairs Bureau.
Furthermore, any reference to the administration of the drug screening test in
the personal folder of the member concerned will be expunged.
[I.O. 10-1, s. 06] An investigating supervisor finding controlled substances /
contraband, such as drugs or instruments used to administer drugs (e.g.,
hypodermic syringes / needles, crack pipes, etc.) on or in the vicinity of a
member of the service (uniformed or civilian) suspected of illegal drug /
controlled substance usage will have such items invoiced on PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141) as "Investigatory Evidence" and comply with the pertinent
provisions of P.G. 218-24, "Processing Controlled Substances / Marijuana
Contraband Stored at Station House" and P.G. 218-25, "Processing Controlled
Substances / Marijuana Contraband Not Stored at Station House". In addition,
the investigating supervisor will have the following statement entered in
capital letters in the "Remarks" section of the INVOICE:
"NOT TO BE DESTROYED WITHOUT APPROVAL OF THE DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE'S OFFICE."
Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible.
The samples should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head.
The samples will be individually placed in separate laboratory supplied
"Sample Acquisition Cards," and sealed by the collector in the presence of the
test subject. These cards will be placed in separate plastic bags, sealed by
the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject. Two hair samples
will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third hair
sample will be safeguarded at the Medical Division for use in retesting should
the test of the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal

drugs / controlled substances. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained
at all times.
Two urine samples will also be collected, each in a separate vial. Prior to
testing, the drug screening serial number assigned by the Medical Division and
date of test will be affixed to each vial. The serial number will be logged
separately with the member's name and maintained at the Medical Division. The
member being tested and the witness will then initial the vial stickers. The
vials will be sealed in the member's presence after the urine samples have
been collected. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained at all times.
Privacy and dignity will be protected. The hair and urine samples will be
collected under maximum feasible privacy. Except in unusual circumstances,
only one person of the same sex will be present with the test subject to
observe the urine sample being provided. For chain of custody purposes, that
same person will also collect the hair samples.
One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed
in analysis. A positive report will be made only after final confirmation
testing has been conducted.
Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a
secure area, and remain confidential unless and until Department disciplinary
Charges and Specifications are served. A member whose tests are positive may,
within sixty days of notification of such results, submit a written request to
the Department Advocate's Office for further (independent) retesting of the
collected samples by a laboratory certified by the State of New York
Department of Health to conduct the particular type of forensic drug testing
(i.e., urine or hair) being requested. All retesting expenses, including chain
of custody, will be paid by the affected member of the service. The results of
the retest will be forwarded by the independent laboratory to the Medical
Division. The Medical Division will then forward the results to the Department
Advocate's Office. The affected member/counsel will be notified of the results
by the Department Advocate's Office.
Positive test results, which indicate illegal drug / controlled substance use,
will result in Department Charges and Specifications, and suspension from
duty.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Reporting Violations Observed By Supervisors (P.G. 206-01)
Preparation of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Service and Disposition of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-06)
Cause for Suspension or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)
Suspension from Duty-Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-08)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
FORMS AND REPORTS
INVESTIGATING OFFICER'S REPORT (PD313-153)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 205-31 Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The
Service Applying For Assignments To Designated Specialized Units
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To screen for illegal drug/controlled substance usage by uniformed members of
the service applying for assignment to designated specialized units.
DEFINITION
DESIGNATED SPECIALIZED UNITS - For the purpose of this procedure the following
units will be included: Organized Crime Control Bureau, Internal Affairs
Bureau, Detective Bureau, Deputy Commissioner Counterterrorism, Special
Operations Division, Intelligence Bureau, Highway District, Quality Assurance
Division, and any other unit subsequently designated a specialized unit for
the purpose of this procedure.
SCOPE
The Department has a substantial interest in ensuring that uniformed members
of the service applying for assignments to designated specialized units do not
use illegal drugs/controlled substances and maintain the highest standards of
integrity and performance.
PROCEDURE
Uniformed members of the service applying for assignment to designated
specialized units:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. MUST sign form indicating that they understand that drug screening is part
of the application process for assignment to designated specialized units.
a. The drug screening can occur at any time after the application has been
submitted, or after member is temporarily or permanently assigned to the
designated specialized unit.
NOTE: Prior to being notified to report for a drug screening test or prior
to being temporarily or permanently assigned to a designated specialized unit,
applicants may withdraw their application with no penalty or requirement to
submit to a drug screening by submitting a written request to their commanding
officer.
2. MUST submit to test when notified to report for drug screening. Refusal to
submit to the test will result in suspension from duty and will be grounds for
dismissal from the Department. All applicants will be tested.
NOTE: In all cases, if a uniformed member of the service refuses to submit
to a test, the permanent command will be responsible for suspending member and
complying with P.G. 206-08, "Suspension from Duty-Uniformed Member Of The
Service."
3. Prepare form listing all medications ingested or prescribed in the last

ninety days, prior to testing.
4. Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) to be checked at the
testing location to ensure proper individual has reported for testing.
5. Comply with instructions received at testing location.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible.
The samples should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head.
The samples will be individually placed in separate laboratory supplied
"Sample Acquisition Cards," and sealed by the collector in the presence of the
test subject. These cards will be placed in separate plastic bags, sealed by
the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject. Two hair samples
will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third hair
sample will be safeguarded at the Medical Division for use in retesting should
the test of the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal
drugs/controlled substances. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained
at all times.
Privacy and dignity will be protected. Except in unusual circumstances, hair
samples will be taken at a facility operated by the Medical Division, or at
another health care facility. The hair samples will be collected under maximum
feasible privacy.
In the event that the member concerned is unable to provide adequate hair
samples as required in this procedure, a Department surgeon will be contacted.
The Department surgeon, upon conferral with the supervising chief surgeon or
designee, may authorize the collection of alternate specimen(s) to complete
the drug screening test. Failure to comply with an order by a Department
surgeon will be considered a refusal of the test and grounds for dismissal.
One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed
in analysis. A positive report will be made only after final confirmation
testing has been conducted. Negative test results will not be maintained;
instead they will be destroyed.
Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a
secure area, and will remain confidential unless and until Department
disciplinary Charges and Specifications are served. A member whose test is
positive may, within sixty days of notification of such result, submit a
written request to the Department Advocate's Office for further (independent)
retesting of the collected third hair sample by a laboratory certified by the
State of New York Department of Health to conduct forensic drug testing of
hair specimens. All retesting expenses, including chain of custody, will be
paid by the affected member of the service. The results of the retest will be
forwarded by the independent laboratory to the Medical Division. The Medical
Division will then forward the results to the Department Advocate's Office.
The affected member/counsel will be notified of the results by the Department
Advocate's Office.
Testing will be conducted only for illegal drugs and controlled substances. No
other substances will be screened. The testing dates will not be announced in
advance. Positive test results, which indicate illegal or illicit drug use,
will result in Department Charges and Specifications and suspension from duty.
Uniformed members of the service screened under this procedure will continue

to be subject to drug screening pursuant to the Department's random drug
screening procedures.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Random Drug Testing (P.G. 205-29)
Administration Of Drug Screening Tests For Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Random Drug Screening For Uniformed Members Of The Service Assigned To The
Organized Crime Control Bureau And The Internal Affairs Bureau (P.G. 205-32)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service As A Condition Of
Civil Service Promotion (P.G. 205-33)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service As A Condition Of
Discretionary Promotion (P.G. 205-34)
Voluntary Drug Testing (P.G. 205-35)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-08)

P.G. 205-32 Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Applying
For And Assigned To O.C.C.B.
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To randomly screen uniformed members of the service assigned to Organized
Crime Control Bureau (OCCB) and Internal Affairs Bureau (IAB) for illegal
drug/controlled substance usage.
SCOPE
The Department and individual members assigned to Organized Crime Control
Bureau and Internal Affairs Bureau have a substantial interest in ensuring
that uniformed members of the service assigned to these bureaus do not use
illegal drugs/controlled substances. In these assignments, the sternest
precautionary safeguards are necessary to ensure that members maintain the
highest standards of integrity and performance.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service assigned to commands other than OCCB
and IAB will be subject to separate random drug screening procedures.
PROCEDURE
Uniformed members of the service assigned to Organized Crime Control Bureau
(OCCB) and Internal Affairs Bureau (IAB):
SUPERVISOR, MISD, SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT SECTION
1. Prepare a computer program that utilizes the Department's personnel
databases to randomly identify uniformed members of the service assigned to
OCCB and IAB for drug screening.
a. Individual members selected for random screening will be identified
solely by social security number.
CHIEF, OCCB AND IAB
2. Direct members selected for random screening to appear at the Medical
Division at appropriate date and time.
3. Provide the Medical Division's Drug Testing Unit with a listing of members
selected for random screening along with dates and times they are scheduled to
appear.
UMOS ASSIGNED TO OCCB OR IAB SELECTED FOR TESTING
4. MUST report to the Medical Division when notified EXCEPT if member is on:
a. Sick report
b. Regularly scheduled day off
c. Military leave

d. Annual vacation
e. Terminal leave
f. Bereavement leave
NOTE: Members previously scheduled for individual days off (other than
regular days off) may be excused from the test with the approval of the bureau
chief concerned. Members scheduled for court or training on the 8 x 4 tour
will appear for testing immediately upon completion of the court or training
session. Members scheduled for a 12 x 8 tour on the testing day will appear
for testing immediately upon completion of their scheduled 12 x 8 tour.
Members reporting sick on the testing day will be required to visit a
Department surgeon and obtain approval for excusal from the test.
5. MUST submit to a hair analysis drug screening test. Refusal to submit to
the test will result in suspension from duty and will be grounds for dismissal
from the Department.
6. Prepare form listing all medications ingested or prescribed in last ninety
days, prior to testing.
7. Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) at testing location to
ensure the proper individual has reported for testing.
8. Comply with instructions received at testing location.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible.
The samples should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head.
The samples will be individually placed in separate laboratory supplied
"Sample Acquisition Cards," and sealed by the collector in the presence of the
test subject. These cards will be placed in separate plastic bags, sealed by
the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject. Two hair samples
will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third hair
sample will be secured at the Medical Division for use in retesting, should
the test of the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal
drugs/controlled substances. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained
at all times.
Privacy and dignity will be protected. Except in unusual circumstances hair
samples will be taken at a facility operated by the Medical Division, or at
another health care facility. The hair samples will be collected under maximum
feasible privacy.
In the event that the member concerned is unable to provide adequate hair
samples as required in the procedure, a Department surgeon will be contacted.
The Department surgeon, upon conferral with the supervising chief surgeon or
designee, may authorize the collection of alternate specimen(s) to complete
the drug screening test. Failure to comply with an order by a Department
surgeon will be considered a refusal of the test and grounds for dismissal.
One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed
in analysis. A positive report will be made only after final confirmation
testing has been conducted. Negative test results will not be maintained,
instead they will be destroyed.

Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a
secure area, and will remain confidential unless and until Department
disciplinary Charges and Specifications are served. A member whose test is
positive may, within sixty days of notification of such result, submit a
written request to the Department Advocate's Office for further (independent)
retesting of the collected third hair sample by a laboratory certified by the
State of New York Department of Health to conduct forensic drug testing of
hair specimens. All retesting expenses, including chain of custody, will be
paid by the affected member of the service. The results of the retest will be
forwarded by the independent laboratory to the Medical Division. The Medical
Division will then forward the results to the Department Advocate's Office.
The affected member/counsel will be notified of the results by the Department
Advocate's Office.
Testing will be conducted only for illegal drugs and controlled substances. No
other substances will be screened. The testing dates will not be announced in
advance. Positive test results, which indicate illegal or illicit drug use,
will result in Department Charges and Specifications and suspension from duty.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Random Drug Screening (P.G. 205-29)
Administration Of Drug Screening Tests For Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The Service Applying For
Assignments To Designated Specialized Units (P.G. 205-31)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service As A Condition of
Civil Service Promotion (P.G. 205-33)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service As A Condition of
Discretionary Promotion (P.G. 205-34)
Voluntary Drug Testing (P.G. 205-35)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-08)
FORMS AND REPORTS
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)

P.G. 205-33 Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The
Service As A Condition Of Civil Service Promotion
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To screen for illegal drug/controlled substance usage by uniformed members of
the service as a condition of civil service promotion.
SCOPE
The Department has a substantial interest in ensuring that uniformed members
of the service being considered for promotion through civil service
examinations do not use illegal drugs/controlled substances and maintain the
highest standards of integrity and performance.
DEFINITION
CIVIL SERVICE PROMOTION - For the purpose of this procedure, a civil service
promotion is a promotion that is received as a result of a competitive civil
service examination. Promotions to the following ranks are considered civil
service and are covered by this procedure: Sergeant, Lieutenant and Captain.
Under this procedure, all candidates for civil service promotions are subject
to drug screening.
PROCEDURE
When candidates for a civil service promotion are required to submit to a drug
screening test as per their official Notice of Examination:
NOTE: The required screening can occur prior to promotion or after promotion
during the probationary period.
PRE-PROMOTION PROCEDURES
Uniformed members of the service may withdraw as candidates for promotion with
no penalty or requirement to submit to drug screening by submitting a written
request to their commanding officer. This request should be made after
receiving a notification of promotion but prior to actual promotion and prior
to receiving a notification to report for a drug screening test. The
candidate's commanding officer will immediately forward two copies of the
request to the Chief of Personnel (original through channels, copy DIRECT).
POST PROMOTION PROCEDURES
After being promoted but prior to receiving a notification to report for a
drug screening test, uniformed members of the service may seek restoration to
their prior civil service title with no penalty or requirement to submit to
drug screening, by submitting a written request to their commanding officer,
who will immediately forward two copies of this request to the Chief of
Personnel (original through channels, copy DIRECT).
UNIFORMED MEMBER CONCERNED
1. Submit to test when notified to report for drug screening.

a. Refusal to submit to the test will result in suspension from duty and
will be grounds for dismissal from the Department.
b. All uniformed members of the service will be tested as a condition of
civil service promotion.
NOTE: In all cases, if a uniformed member of the service refuses to submit
to the test, the permanent command will be responsible for suspending the
member and complying with P.G. 206-08, "Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member
Of The Service".
2. Prepare form listing all medications ingested or prescribed in the last
ninety days, prior to testing.
3. Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD 416-091) at the testing location
to ensure that the proper individual has reported for testing.
4. Comply with instructions received at testing location.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible.
The samples should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head.
The samples will be individually placed in separate laboratory supplied
"Sample Acquisition Cards," and sealed by the collector in the presence of the
test subject. These cards will be placed in separate plastic bags, sealed by
the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject. Two hair samples
will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third hair
sample will be secured at the Medical Division for use in retesting, should
the test of the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal
drugs/controlled substances. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained
at all times.
Privacy and dignity will be protected. Except in unusual circumstances, hair
samples will be taken at a facility operated by the Medical Division, or at
another health care facility. The hair samples will be collected under maximum
feasible privacy.
In the event that the member concerned is unable to provide adequate hair
samples as required in this procedure, a Department surgeon will be contacted.
The Department surgeon, upon conferral with the supervising chief surgeon or
designee, may authorize the collection of alternate specimen(s) to complete
the drug screening test. Failure to comply with an order by a Department
surgeon will be considered a refusal of the test and grounds for dismissal.
One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed
in analysis. A positive report will be made only after final confirmation
testing has been conducted. Negative test results will not be maintained;
instead they will be destroyed.
Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a
secure area, and will remain confidential unless and until Department
disciplinary Charges and Specifications are served. A member whose test is
positive may, within sixty days of notification of such result, submit a
written request to the Department Advocate's Office for further (independent)
retesting of the collected third hair sample by a laboratory certified by the
State of New York Department of Health to conduct forensic drug testing of

hair specimens. All retesting expenses, including chain of custody, will be
paid by the affected member of the service. The results of the retest will be
forwarded by the independent laboratory to the Medical Division. The Medical
Division will then forward the results to the Department Advocate's Office.
The affected member/counsel will be notified of the results by the Department
Advocate's Office.
Testing will be conducted only for illegal drugs and controlled substances. No
other substances will be screened. The testing dates will not be announced in
advance. Positive test results, which indicate illegal or illicit drug use,
will result in Department Charges and Specifications and suspension from duty.
Uniformed members of the service screened under this procedure will continue
to be subject to drug screening pursuant to the Department's random drug
screening procedures.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Random Drug Screening (P.G. 205-29)
Administration of Drug Screening Tests for Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service Applying for
Assignments to Designated Specialized Units (P.G. 205-31)
Random Drug Screening for Uniformed Members of the Service Assigned to
Organized Crime Control Bureau and Internal Affairs Bureau (P.G. 205-32)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service as a Condition of
Discretionary Promotion (P.G. 205-34)
Voluntary Drug Testing (P.G. 205-35)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-08)
FORMS AND REPORTS
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)

P.G. 205-34 Drug Screening Tests For Uniformed Members Of The
Service As A Condition Of Discretionary Promotion
Date Effective: 08/01/13
DRUG SCREENING TESTS FOR UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE AS A CONDITION OF
DISCRETIONARY PROMOTION
PURPOSE
To screen for illegal drug/controlled substance usage by uniformed members of
the service as a condition of discretionary promotion.
SCOPE
The Department has a substantial interest in ensuring that uniformed members
of the service being considered for discretionary promotions do not use
illegal drugs/controlled substances and maintain the highest standards of
integrity and performance.
DEFINITION
DISCRETIONARY PROMOTION - For the purpose of this procedure, a "discretionary"
promotion is a promotion that is not received as a result of a competitive
civil service examination. Promotions to the following ranks are considered
discretionary and are covered by this procedure: Detective Specialist,
Detective Third Grade, Detective Second Grade, Detective First Grade,
Sergeant/Special Assignment, Sergeant/Supervisor Detective Squad,
Lieutenant/Special Assignment, Lieutenant/Commander Detective Squad, Deputy
Inspector, Inspector, Deputy Chief, Assistant Chief, Bureau Chief and Chief of
Department. Under this procedure, all candidates for discretionary promotions
are subject to drug screening.
PROCEDURE
Uniformed members of the service who are candidates for discretionary
promotion:
UNIFORMED MEMBER CONCERNED
1. Sign form DRUG SCREENING NOTICE-DISCRETIONARY PROMOTION (PD481- 030) which
indicates that the member understands that screening is part of the candidate
process for discretionary promotion.
a. The required screening can occur at any time after the form is signed,
but not more than ninety days prior to promotion, and not more than eighteen
months after the candidate has been promoted.
PRE-PROMOTION PROCEDURES
Members may withdraw as candidates for promotion with no penalty or
requirement to submit to drug screening by submitting a written request to
their commanding officer. This request should be made after receiving a
notification of promotion but prior to actual promotion and prior to receiving
a notification to report for a drug screening test. (If the candidate has
already signed the DRUG SCREENING NOTICE-DISCRETIONARY PROMOTION form, but has

not yet been promoted, the candidate may still withdraw from consideration at
any time prior to receiving a notification to report for a drug screening
test). The candidate's commanding officer will immediately forward two copies
of the request to the Chief of Personnel (original through channels, copy
DIRECT).
POST PROMOTION PROCEDURES
After being promoted but prior to receiving a notification to report for a
drug screening test, members of the service may seek restoration to their
prior title with no penalty or requirement to submit to a drug screening, by
submitting a written request to their commanding officer, who will immediately
forward two copies of the request to the Chief of Personnel (original through
channels, copy DIRECT).
2. Submit to test when notified to report for drug screening.
a. Refusal to submit to the test will result in suspension from duty and
will be grounds for dismissal from the Department.
b. All uniformed members of the service will be tested as a condition of
discretionary promotion.
NOTE: In all cases, if a uniformed member of the service refuses to submit
to the test, the permanent command will be responsible for suspending the
member and complying with P.G. 206-08, "Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member
Of The Service".
3. Prepare form listing all medications ingested or prescribed in the last
ninety days, prior to testing.
4. Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD 416-091) at the testing location
to ensure that the proper individual has reported for testing.
5. Comply with instructions received at testing location.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Three hair samples will be collected, cut as close to the skin as possible.
The samples should be collected from the same body area, preferably the head.
The samples will be individually placed in separate laboratory supplied
"Sample Acquisition Cards," and sealed by the collector in the presence of the
test subject. These cards will be placed in separate plastic bags, sealed by
the collector, and initialed and dated by the test subject. Two hair samples
will be forwarded to the contracted laboratory for analysis. The third hair
sample will be secured at the Medical Division for use in retesting, should
the test of the first two hair samples reveal positive results for illegal
drugs/controlled substances. Appropriate chain of custody will be maintained
at all times. Privacy and dignity will be protected. Except in unusual
circumstances, hair samples will be taken at a facility operated by the
Medical Division, or at another health care facility. The hair samples will be
collected under maximum feasible privacy.
In the event that the member concerned is unable to provide adequate hair
samples as required in this procedure, a Department surgeon will be contacted.
The Department surgeon, upon conferral with the supervising chief surgeon or
designee, may authorize the collection of alternate specimen(s) to complete
the drug screening test. Failure to comply with an order by a Department

surgeon will be considered a refusal of the test and grounds for dismissal.
One or more scientifically accepted initial screening tests will be employed
in analysis. A positive report will be made only after final confirmation
testing has been conducted. Negative test results will not be maintained,
instead they will be destroyed.
Positive test samples will be maintained by the analyzing laboratory in a
secure area, and will remain confidential unless and until Department
disciplinary Charges and Specifications are served. A member whose test is
positive may, within sixty days of notification of such result, submit a
written request to the Department Advocate's Office for further (independent)
retesting of the collected third hair sample by a laboratory certified by the
State of New York Department of Health to conduct forensic drug testing of
hair specimens. All retesting expenses, including chain of custody, will be
paid by the affected member of the service. The results of the retest will be
forwarded by the independent laboratory to the Medical Division. The Medical
Division will then forward the results to the Department Advocate's Office.
The affected member/counsel will be notified of the results by the Department
Advocate's Office.
Testing will be conducted only for illegal drugs and controlled substances. No
other substances will be screened. The testing dates will not be announced in
advance. Positive test results, which indicate illegal or illicit drug use,
will result in Department Charges and Specifications and suspension from duty.
Uniformed members of the service screened under this procedure will continue
to be subject to drug screening pursuant to the Department's random drug
screening procedures.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Random Drug Screening (P.G. 205-29)
Administration of Drug Screening Tests for Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service Applying for
Assignments to Designated Specialized Units (P.G. 205-31)
Random Drug Screening for Uniformed Members of the Service Assigned to
Organized Crime Control Bureau and Internal Affairs Bureau (P.G. 205-32)
Drug Screening Tests for Uniformed Members of the Service as a Condition of
Civil Service Promotion (P.G. 205-33)
Voluntary Drug Testing (P.G. 205-35)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-08)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DRUG SCREENING NOTICE-DISCRETIONARY PROMOTION (PD439-030)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)

P.G. 205-35 Voluntary Drug Testing
Date Effective: 08/01/13
VOLUNTARY DRUG TESTING
PURPOSE
To request permission to voluntarily take a drug screening test to determine
illegal drug/controlled substance use.
SCOPE
This procedure is available to members of the service (uniformed and civilian)
who are the subject of unsubstantiated allegations of illegal drug or
controlled substance use where the reasonable suspicion standard has not been
met. Prior to requesting permission to take a voluntary drug-screening test,
which will consist of both hair and urine samples, members involved must
consult with an attorney or appropriate line organization representative.
PROCEDURE
Member of the service (uniformed or civilian) requesting to voluntarily take a
drug screening test:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare a request on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Chief of Personnel,
asking permission to voluntarily take a drug screening test.
a. The request must contain:
(1) The name of the union representative or attorney consulted regarding
taking the drug screening test, and
(2) The circumstances under which the member was accused of illegal
drug/controlled substance use.
2. Deliver the request, personally, to the Chief of Personnel or designee.
NOTE: The request must be delivered to the Chief of Personnel or designee
within twenty-four hours of the time the member of the service became aware of
the allegation of illegal drug/controlled substance use.
CHIEF OF PERSONNEL/ DESIGNEE
3. Upon receipt of request, verify that the member of the service was in fact
the subject of an allegation of illegal drug/controlled substance use.
4. Determine if member of the service became aware of the allegation of
illegal drug/controlled substance use within twenty-four hours of delivery of
request.
5. Direct member of the service to report to the Medical Division for
voluntary drug screening test.

ADDITIONAL DATA
The restrictive nature of this procedure should result in a limited number of
drug screening tests; however, the existence of this procedure will contribute
to the goal of a drug free Department. This procedure is not available to
members of the service who have been notified to report for drug screening
pursuant to the Department's random drug screening procedures.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Administration Of Drug Screening Tests For Cause (P.G. 205-30)
FORMS AND REPORT
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-36 Employment Discrimination
Date Effective: 11-18-13
PURPOSE
To process and resolve all employee complaints of discrimination including
gender discrimination, sexual harassment and related retaliation against those
who make a complaint of discrimination, including retaliation, or those who
cooperate in such an investigation.
SCOPE
Applicants and members of the service who have a complaint of discrimination,
including retaliation, or have any questions regarding these issues, are urged
to contact the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity. It is the goal of this
Department that the effective use of this procedure will result in an
equitable resolution of the complaint and prevent any discriminatory practice
from harming other employees. Managers and supervisors are directed to make
all employment decisions in accordance with the Department's equal employment
opportunity policy. Any supervisor or Equal Employment Opportunity Liaison who
becomes aware of any discrimination/retaliation complaint or problem MUST
report the complaint or problem to the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity,
which will determine the merits of the complaint or problem.
Federal, State and/or City laws and the Department Manual, prohibit
discrimination based on actual or perceived status of a person's race, color,
national origin, alienage or citizenship status, religion or creed, gender
(including gender identity), disability, age (18 and over), military status,
unemployment status, prior record of arrest or conviction (under some
circumstances), marital status, partnership status, predisposing genetic
characteristic, sexual orientation, or status as a victim or witness of
domestic violence, sexual offenses and stalking and as follows:
a. Discriminatory treatment regarding any term, condition or privilege of
employment including hiring, assignments, working conditions, salary and
benefits, evaluations, promotions, training, transfers, discipline, and
termination.
b. Sexual harassment of employee(s) by another employee(s).
c. Policy that has a disproportionate impact on a group specifically
protected by law, unless the policy is justified by business necessity.
d. Failure to make a reasonable accommodation (if possible, without undue
hardship to the employer) for an employee with a disability, or for an
employee's religious observance.
e. Discriminatory harassment, intimidation, ridicule, insults, including,
but not limited to, using discourteous, disparaging or disrespectful remarks.
f. Retaliation and/or harassment against an employee for filing a
discrimination complaint or for cooperating in the investigation of a
complaint.
All forms of discrimination, including retaliation, are prohibited both in the

actual workplace and in any location that can be reasonably regarded as an
extension of the workplace, such as an off-site Department sanctioned social
function. A member of the service should file a complaint with the Office of
Equal Employment Opportunity at the earliest opportunity, if the employee
believes that a manager, supervisor or any other employee has engaged in any
of the conduct described above.
NOTE: OFFICE OF EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLAINT OF EMPLOYMENT
DISCRIMINATION (PD413-150) forms must be readily available at all New York
City Police Department facilities. Additionally, this form is available for
viewing and printing via the New York City Police Department's Intranet for
those individuals who have access to the Department's Local Area Network
(LAN).
DEFINITIONS
EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION - disparate treatment of employees regarding any
terms, conditions or privileges of employment including hiring, assignments,
working conditions, salary and benefits, evaluations, promotions, training,
transfers, discipline and termination, based on actual or perceived status of
a person's race, color, national origin, alienage or citizenship status,
religion or creed, gender (including gender identity), disability, age (18 and
over), military status, unemployment status, prior record of arrest or
conviction (under some circumstances), marital status, partnership status,
predisposing genetic characteristic, sexual orientation, or status as victim
or witness of domestic violence, sexual offenses and stalking. Sexual
harassment is a form of gender discrimination.
NOTE: The Department prohibits the display in any form of offensive sexual,
ethnic, racial, religious, or other discriminatory material in or while using
Department facilities or resources. Forms of display include but are not
limited to tattoos, graffiti drawn on Department property (e.g. lockers,
vehicles, in toilet facilities, ACTIVITY LOGS [PD112-145], Notice of Parking
Violations, summonses, or any other Department forms, etc.), poster, (e.g.
centerfolds of magazines, etc.), audio recording or broadcast, or an adult
movie/program or other offensive material, shown through the use of a video
cassette or DVD or received through an adult channel from a cable or satellite
company, or through a derogatory e-mail communication, or voice mail
communications, or through any electronic or other device. Refer to P.G.
205-37, "Sexual, Ethnic, Racial, Religious, or Other Discriminatory Slurs
Through Display of Offensive Material," for guidelines on handling incidents
involving the display of offensive material.
SEXUAL HARASSMENT - unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors and
other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature constitute sexual
harassment when:
a. Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term
or condition of an individual's employment; or
b. Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as
the basis for employment decisions affecting such individual; or
c. Such conduct has the effect of unreasonably interfering with an
individual's work performance or creating an intimidating, hostile or
offensive work environment.
NOTE: Conduct which can, in certain circumstances, be considered sexual

harassment includes, but is not limited to, sexually suggestive remarks,
pictures, gesturing, verbal harassment or abuse of a sexual nature, subtle or
direct propositions for sexual favors, and any unnecessary, or unwanted,
touching, patting or pinching.
DISABILITY - a physical, medical, mental, or psychological impairment which
substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of the
individual; a history or record of such impairment; or being regarded as
having such an impairment.
NOTE: An applicant or employee who requires an accommodation based on a
qualified protected class shall complete a Department form REQUEST FOR
REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION FOR NEW YORK CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT JOB APPLICANT
(PD407-015) or REQUEST FOR REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION FOR NEW YORK CITY POLICE
DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEES (PD407-015-A), as appropriate. These forms must be
readily available at all New York City Police Department facilities and on the
NYPD intranet.
RETALIATION - it is unlawful to retaliate against or harass any person for
filing an Equal Employment Opportunity complaint or for cooperating in the
investigation of an Equal Employment Opportunity complaint or opposing or
reporting any policies, practices, or action which he/she believes to be
discriminatory. Any member of the service who engages in such retaliation or
harassment will be subject to discipline.
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
I. Any non-supervisory member of the service who becomes aware of an
employment discrimination complaint or problem is strongly encouraged to
report the complaint or the problem to the Office of Equal Employment
Opportunity (O.E.E.O.), a supervisor at any level, or an E.E.O. Liaison.
II. Any non-supervisory member of the service who becomes aware of a complaint
or problem of retaliation for making an E.E.O. complaint or participating in
an E.E.O. investigation, or is asked or encouraged to retaliate against a
member of the service for making an E.E.O. complaint or participating in an
E.E.O. investigation, is strongly encouraged to report that conduct to the
O.E.E.O., a supervisor at any level, or an E.E.O. Liaison.
III. Any supervisor or E.E.O. Liaison who observes conduct of a discriminatory
nature, becomes aware of an allegation or complaint of discrimination or
sexual harassment, or who observes or becomes aware of any act of retaliation
regarding E.E.O. matters, must notify the O.E.E.O., via telephone, or in
person, by the next business day.
IV. Any supervisor, who notifies the O.E.E.O. as per subdivision III above,
must submit a report on Typed Letterhead, to the O.E.E.O., within five
business days.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) or an applicant for
employment believes that discrimination or sexual harassment exists as defined
herein, and as more fully explained in the Equal Employment Opportunity Policy
Statement (SP 297) and/or Sexual Harassment Policy Statement (SP 281), or that
retaliation relating to E.E.O. issues has occurred:
MEMBER CONCERNED

1. File a complaint with any of the following:
a. Supervisor (uniformed or civilian),
b. Supervisory head,
c. Commanding officer,
d. Office of Equal Employment Opportunity.
e. Equal Employment Opportunity Liaison.
NOTE: Trained Equal Employment Opportunity Liaisons have been designated
throughout the Department to provide assistance to complainants, witnesses and
others regarding any Equal Employment Opportunity matter. A complete list of
E.E.O. Liaisons is located in the "Appendix" of the annual E.E.O. Policy Book.
Members of the service may telephone the Office of Equal Employment
Opportunity anonymously to file a complaint and/or discuss matters regarding
discrimination. An Office of Equal Employment Opportunity investigator will be
able to provide counseling and take appropriate follow-up action. Members
concerned should understand that the cooperation of complainants and witnesses
may be needed to rectify or address a problem of discrimination.
SUPERVISOR/SUPERVISORY HEAD/C.O./E.E.O. LIAISON
2. Immediately upon observing conduct of a discriminatory or retaliatory
nature, or becoming aware of an allegation or complaint of discrimination,
sexual harassment, or retaliation relating to E.E.O. issues, telephone facts
to the O.E.E.O., during business hours, or the next business day, Monday
through Friday, 0800 to 1800 hours, at telephone number (646) 610-5330. (If
non-business hours, leave message on voice mail and an O.E.E.O. investigator
will contact caller.)
a. Obtain O.E.E.O. case number when applicable, and name of the O.E.E.O.
investigator.
b. Supervisors and E.E.O. Liaisons will be guided by information received
from the O.E.E.O.
NOTE: Any supervisor who becomes aware of any employment discrimination
complaint or problem must, as soon as practicable, take such actions as
directed by the O.E.E.O. to prevent employment discrimination, including
sexual harassment, and related retaliation from occurring in the future. Such
actions may include, but not be limited to, ordering informal counseling for
the respondent, ordering instruction on E.E.O. matters for members of the
command/unit, advising members of the command/unit that employment
discrimination, including sexual harassment, and retaliation are prohibited,
and/or advising the respondent that the N.Y.P.D. will not tolerate such
behavior and that discipline may result. Any supervisor who fails to take
actions as directed by the O.E.E.O. will be subject to discipline.
SUPERVISOR/SUPERVISORY HEAD/C.O.
3. Forward written report, on Typed Letterhead, to the O.E.E.O., within five
business days.
NOTE: Any supervisor or E.E.O. Liaison who fails to report an employment

discrimination complaint or problem, including retaliation, to the O.E.E.O. as
required, and/or within the required time frames and/or who fails to take such
actions as directed by the O.E.E.O. to prevent employment discrimination,
including sexual harassment and retaliation, from occurring in the future will
be subject to disciplinary action.
OFFICE OF EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
4. Notify commanding officer/supervisory head, if/when appropriate.
5. Emphasize to the commanding officer/supervisory head and all others
concerned that reprisal or retaliation, against complainants and/or witnesses,
is against the law and allegations of retaliation will be investigated and, if
substantiated, members will be subject to disciplinary action.
6. Record required data in appropriate O.E.E.O. record and assign a case
number to all E.E.O. complaints.
7. Forward, to the reporting supervisor and the complainant's commanding
officer/supervisory head, a memorandum advising them as to their immediate
responsibilities regarding the complaint or problem.
NOTE: Upon receiving a complaint, the O.E.E.O. will attempt to contact and
interview the complainant, and will advise the complainant that he/she may
meet with an Office of Equal Employment Opportunity investigator to discuss
the complaint at a discreet location of his/her choice to protect his/her
confidentiality. Such locations may include the Office of Equal Employment
Opportunity or the complainant's home, before, during or after work hours, at
the member's request. The choice of location will not include the
complainant's command. Additionally, the member will be advised that he/she
may be accompanied by a representative of his/her choice. Members of the
service must obtain approval from their supervisor before leaving work
assignment(s) in order to meet the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity
investigator. The member concerned is not required to inform his/her
supervisor of the subject matter of the meeting. Supervisors cannot
unreasonably deny permission to attend the meeting. Members are reminded that
they do not have to notify their supervisors if they meet with O.E.E.O. during
non-working hours.
8. Counsel member filing a complaint about options for handling a complaint or
refer member to other personnel for assistance.
9. If it is determined that an investigation is to be conducted, notify
respondent, in writing, of the nature of the allegation(s), when necessary.
Remind respondent that discrimination, including retaliation, will not be
tolerated.
10. In cases where conciliation will take place, complete conciliation process
within sixty days of receiving a request for conciliation.
11. After completion of the O.E.E.O. investigation, forward results of the
investigation conducted by the O.E.E.O. to Police Commissioner with
recommendations for specific corrective action, as appropriate.
12. Notify complaining member, in writing, of the outcome of the
investigation, and any corrective/disciplinary action taken.
a. Notify respondent about the outcome of the investigation, in writing,

when appropriate.
COMMANDING OFFICER/SUPERVISORY HEAD
13. Conduct field investigation or counsel complainant and conciliate matter
as directed by, and under the guidance of, the Deputy Commissioner, Equal
Employment Opportunity.
14. At conclusion of investigation/conciliation, forward written report, on
Typed Letterhead, to the O.E.E.O., and include copy of entire file.
a. Refer to O.E.E.O. case number.
b. Include summary of complaint allegation(s) and subsequent findings.
c. Advise what corrective action, if any, should be taken to resolve the
complaint.
d. Make recommendation(s) to preclude a recurrence.
15. Take all reasonable steps necessary to prevent the respondent from
engaging in additional employment discrimination, including retaliation,
particularly in cases after an O.E.E.O. investigation has substantiated an
allegation, in whole or in part.
a. Any action taken must be reported to the O.E.E.O. and documented in the
complaint file.
NOTE: Copies of all documents related to O.E.E.O. complaints and
investigation must be maintained in the command, consistent with
confidentiality requirements discussed below.
ADDITIONAL DATA
CONFIDENTIALITY
All Equal Employment Opportunity complaints will be handled under the
direction of the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity, who
reports directly to the Police Commissioner. These complaints will be handled
in consultation with the Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters,
where appropriate. The Office of Equal Employment Opportunity, all Department
supervisors, managers, and Equal Employment Opportunity Liaisons will treat
each complaint CONFIDENTIALLY. This means that information obtained from the
complainant will not be discussed with other personnel except as necessary to
investigate and resolve the complaint, or other matter, or as required by law.
Complainants and witnesses should make every effort to maintain the
confidential nature of this process.
COUNSELING
The complainant will be interviewed to ascertain the details of the complaint,
and will be apprised of the options for handling the complaint. These may
include:
A. Investigation by the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity
B. Investigation by the member's commanding officer under the guidance and
direction of the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity

C. Mediation by a neutral mediation service
D. Conciliation by the O.E.E.O.
E. Conciliation by the member's commanding officer under the guidance of the
O.E.E.O.
F. Further actions the member of the service can take on his/her own behalf
G. The member of the service filing a formal complaint with an outside
agency
H. Referral of the member concerned to other personnel for assistance, if it
appears that the complaint does not involve an Equal Employment Opportunity
problem.
MEDIATION
In appropriate cases, certain EEO complaints will be referred for mediation at
a neutral mediation service. Mediation is an early dispute resolution program
designed to help resolve EEO complaints at the earliest stage possible without
the need for a formal investigation. The procedure is not adversarial, but is
a means of finding a mutually acceptable end to the parties' differences. This
process is voluntary and the parties must mutually agree to the outcome. If
the parties cannot agree upon a resolution, the matter will be referred back
to the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity for appropriate action. If a
resolution is reached after mediation, no notations concerning the matter will
be made on the respondent's Central Personnel Index record.
CONCILIATION
In appropriate cases, an attempt will be made to resolve the complaint with
the goal that the parties will voluntarily agree to a resolution of the matter
involved. The conciliation process will be conducted consistent with the
guidelines issued by the New York City Department of Citywide Administrative
Services.
INVESTIGATION
An investigation will be conducted by the Office of Equal Employment
Opportunity or a person acting under the direction of the Deputy Commissioner,
Equal Employment Opportunity, which may include a field commander. The
investigation begins after the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment
Opportunity: (1) receives either an oral or a written complaint of
discrimination, and (2) determines that the allegations in the complaint are
sufficient to establish a case of unlawful discrimination, including
retaliation. After receiving the notice and copy of the complaint, the
respondent has the right to respond in writing. The respondent's right to
respond shall remain in effect until the investigation process has ended.
Respondents are encouraged to submit their written response as soon as
possible after receipt. Respondents shall make every effort to maintain the
confidentiality of the EEO process.
In order to encourage members of the service to come forward, all
communications between complainants and the Office of Equal Employment
Opportunity relating to discrimination complaints will be kept confidential
consistent with the above statement regarding CONFIDENTIALITY and consistent

with guidelines issued by the New York City Department of Citywide
Administrative Services. In appropriate cases, the investigation will be
conducted in conjunction with the New York City Police Department's Internal
Affairs Bureau. Consultations with other New York City Police Department units
during the course of an investigation or other attempt to resolve a complaint
of employment discrimination is, as determined by the Deputy Commissioner,
Equal Employment Opportunity, consistent with the above statement regarding
CONFIDENTIALITY. Any person who is interviewed in the course of an
investigation shall have the right to be accompanied by a representative of
his/her choice.
At the conclusion of an investigation by the O.E.E.O., the Deputy
Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity will make a confidential written
report of the investigation to the Police Commissioner. If the Deputy
Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity concludes, on the basis of the
investigation, that the allegation of discrimination is substantiated, the
Deputy Commissioner shall recommend appropriate corrective action.
The Police Commissioner will review the report prepared by the Deputy
Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity and make a final determination
regarding the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity investigation and any
recommendation for corrective action. Disciplinary action shall be taken in
accordance with any applicable provisions of law, rules and regulations, and
collective bargaining agreements.
Following the endorsement by the Police Commissioner of a recommendation by
the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity that a complaint is
substantiated, in whole or in part, the O.E.E.O. will require the commanding
officer of the involved command, or other appropriate person, to appear at its
office to discuss the final report with the Commanding Officer, O.E.E.O., or
his/her designee. The commanding officer or other appropriate person shall
take action as may be directed by the O.E.E.O. to address the issues raised
therein. The meeting as well as a record of action taken shall be documented
in the O.E.E.O. file.
Following the endorsement by the Police Commissioner of a recommendation by
the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity, that a complaint of
discrimination is "unsubstantiated" (as opposed to "unfounded"), the O.E.E.O.
may require a commanding officer of the involved command, or other appropriate
person, to appear at its office to discuss the final report with the
Commanding Officer, O.E.E.O., or his/her designee. The commanding officer or
other appropriate person shall take action as may be directed by the O.E.E.O.
to address the issues raised therein. The meeting, as well as a record of
action taken, shall be documented in the O.E.E.O. file.
If the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity concludes, as a
result of either an O.E.E.O. or field investigation, that an act of employment
discrimination or retaliation has occurred but cannot identify the person(s)
responsible, the O.E.E.O. may require the commanding officer/unit head of the
command/unit of occurrence, or other appropriate person, to appear at the
O.E.E.O. to discuss the final report with the Commanding Officer, O.E.E.O., or
his/her designee. The commanding officer or other appropriate person shall
take action as may be directed by the O.E.E.O. to address the issues raised
therein. The meeting as well as a record of action taken shall be documented
in the O.E.E.O. file.
At the discretion of the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity,
portions of the report may be redacted prior to any such meeting.

When charges and specifications are pending against a member of the service,
an allegation of discriminatory treatment raised as a defense to the charges
by the respondent member of the service shall vest in the exclusive
jurisdiction of the Deputy Commissioner, Trials until the charges and
specifications have been resolved. After the charges and specifications have
been resolved, jurisdiction over the allegation of discrimination shall be
assumed by the Deputy Commissioner, Equal Employment Opportunity. In all other
disciplinary matters, any allegation of discrimination raised by the
respondent member of the service must be filed with the Office of Equal
Employment Opportunity.
ADDITIONAL PLACES WHERE A COMPLAINT OF DISCRIMINATION MAY BE MADE
Any member of the service (uniformed or civilian) or applicant for employment
who believes that he/she has experienced discrimination has a right to file a
formal complaint with the federal, state or local agencies listed below. A
person does not give up this right when he/she files a complaint with the
Police Department's Office of Equal Employment Opportunity. The following
local, state and federal agencies enforce laws against discrimination:
NEW YORK CITY COMMISSION ON HUMAN RIGHTS
40 Rector Street, 9th Floor
New York, New York 10006
(212) 306-7500
NEW YORK STATE DIVISION OF HUMAN RIGHTS
Headquarters
One Fordham Plaza, 4th Floor
Bronx, New York 10458
(718)741-8400
OR
20 Exchange Place, 2nd Floor
New York, New York 10005
(212) 480-2522
OR
163 West 125th Street, 4th Floor
New York, New York 10027
(212) 961-8650
OR
55 Hanson Place, Room 304
Brooklyn, New York 11217
(718) 722-2856
UNITED STATES EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION
New York District Office
33 Whitehall Street, 5th Floor
New York, New York 10004
(212) 336-3620
TTY(212) 336-3622
TIME PERIODS FOR THE TIMELY FILING OF COMPLAINTS OF DISCRIMINATION, INCLUDING

RETALIATION, (MEASURED FROM THE DATE OF OCCURRENCE OF A DISCRIMINATORY
ACTION):
a. New York City Police Department - one year.
The one year time period for filing complaints of discrimination, including
retaliation, with the New York City Police Department shall not serve as a
limitation upon the Department's authority to discipline members of the
service as otherwise authorized pursuant to applicable law.
b. New York City Commission on Human Rights - one year (New York City
Administrative Code, Title 8, Chapter 1).
c. New York State Division of Human Rights - one year (New York Executive
Law, Article 15, section 297) (may not file if civil action filed first).
d. United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission - one
eighty days except that in some instances where there has been a
with either (b) or (c) above, the time period may be extended. A
service is advised to contact the United States Equal Employment
Commission directly for guidance on this issue (42 USC, section
2000e-5[e][i]).

hundred and
prior filing
member of the
Opportunity

RELATED PROCEDURES
Operations Coordinator (P.G. 202-11)
Desk Officer (P.G. 202-14)
Sexual, Ethnic, Racial, Religious, or Other Discriminatory Slurs Through
Display of Offensive Material (P.G. 205-37)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
REQUEST FOR REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION FOR NEW YORK CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT JOB
APPLICANT (PD407-015)
REQUEST FOR REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION FOR NEW YORK CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT
EMPLOYEES (PD407-015-A)
OFFICE OF EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLAINT OF EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION
(PD413-150)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-37 Sexual, Ethnic, Racial, Religious, Or Other
Discriminatory Slurs Through Display Of Offensive Material
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To eliminate the display of offensive sexual, ethnic, racial, religious, or
other discriminatory material throughout the Department.
SCOPE
It is the goal of the Department to ensure, to the extent possible, a
discrimination free work environment. In furtherance of this goal, the
Department prohibits the display of offensive sexual, ethnic, racial,
religious, or other discriminatory material.
One form of job discrimination, which may create a hostile work environment,
is the display of sexually explicit material in the workplace. Other forms of
hostile work environment can occur through the display of offensive ethnic,
racial, religious, or other discriminatory materials or graffiti, whether they
deface Department property or not. Such displays might be in the form of, but
are not limited to tattoos, graffiti drawn on Department property (e.g.,
lockers, vehicles, in toilet facilities, ACTIVITY LOGS [PD112-145], Notice of
Parking Violations, summonses, or any other Department forms, etc.), posters,
(e.g. centerfolds of magazines, etc.), or an adult movie/program or other
offensive material, shown through the use of a video cassette or DVD or
received through an adult channel from a cable or satellite company, or an
audio recording or broadcast, or an e-mail communication, or through any
electronic or other device.
No form of defacement of Department property or display of offensive materials
or sexually explicit television programs or videotapes, or derogatory e-mail
communications, or voice mail communications, in or using Department
facilities or resources, is acceptable. Commanding officers and unit heads
shall keep their work sites free from such displays etc.
PROCEDURE When a display of offensive material is detected:
MEMBER CONCERNED
1. Any non-supervisory member of the service (uniformed or civilian) who
becomes aware of the display of offensive material is strongly encouraged to
report it to one or more of the following:
a. Supervisor (uniformed or civilian)
b. Supervisory head
c. Commanding officer
[REV 05-02] d. Equal Employment Opportunity Liaison
e. Office of Equal Employment Opportunity (O.E.E.O.).
NOTE: As indicated, members of the service have the option of filing a

complaint with Equal Employment Opportunity Liaisons. Trained Equal
Employment Opportunity Liaisons have been designated throughout the Department
to provide assistance to complainants, witnesses and others regarding any
Equal Employment Opportunity matter. A complete list of Equal Employment
Opportunity Liaisons is located in the "Appendix" of the annual Equal
Employment Opportunity Policy Book.
A SUPERVISOR WHO BECOMES AWARE OF THE DISPLAY OF OFFENSIVE MATERIAL WILL AS
SOON AS POSSIBLE:
SUPERVISORY MEMBER
2. Notify O.E.E.O. and obtain case number.
3. Notify commanding officer/unit head.
4. Take possession of, or photograph, the offensive material, under the
direction of the O.E.E.O., prior to correcting the condition.
5. Voucher offensive material concerned as investigatory evidence.
6. Make Command Log entry of details.
7. Forward report, on Typed Letterhead, to the O.E.E.O., within five business
days.
O.E.E.O.
8. Ensure that the commanding officer/unit head is notified of the display of
offensive material.
COMMANDING OFFICER/UNIT HEAD
9. Inform/advise members of command, as appropriate, upon receiving a
complaint of a display of offensive material, or having witnessed such display
that:
a. A display of offensive material has occurred and that such display
violates Department policy;
b. This behavior will not be tolerated and is subject to disciplinary
action.
10. Confer with O.E.E.O. and determine appropriate follow-up/investigatory
action.
11. Notify O.E.E.O., promptly by telephone, of results of any investigation.
12. Forward results of investigation on Typed Letterhead to the Office of
Equal Employment Opportunity.
ADDITIONAL DATA
It will be incumbent upon all supervisors, and in particular the operations
coordinator and the desk officer, when they make their daily inspections as
provided for in P.G. 202-11, "Operations Coordinator" and P.G. 202-14, "Desk
Officer", to ensure that no form of offensive material is displayed. Also, all
Department vehicles will be inspected by the operator, prior to use, to ensure

that there is no graffiti or any other form of offensive sexual, ethnic,
racial, religious, or other discriminatory material displayed. Should any such
material be found in a Department vehicle, the procedures detailed above will
be followed.
After business hours and on weekends, O.E.E.O. receives messages via office
voice mail and will make return phone calls on the next business day.
In addition to reporting the observation to O.E.E.O, corrective action may
take the form of removing the offensive material if it is a magazine or
poster, etc., or having a WORK ORDER (PD176-161) prepared and forwarded, if
necessary.
In addition, the following rules regarding audio recordings and broadcasts,
cable television services or the use of video cassette recorders (VCR's) and
tapes in Department facilities will be adhered to:
a. Sexually explicit audio broadcasts, television programs or videotapes
shall not be listened to, shown or viewed in Department facilities, unless
necessary as part of a documented, on-going, official investigation.
b. Premium channels, which provide sexually explicit material, will not be
permitted to be received on any cable box at a Department facility.
c. Commanding officers/unit heads will contact cable television companies
and have them "block out" any stations received on the basic package which
routinely show sexually explicit programming, if possible.
Commanding officers/unit heads must stress to their subordinates that these
forms of behavior will not be tolerated.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Operations Coordinator (P.G. 202-11)
Desk Officer (P.G. 202-14)
Employment Discrimination (P.G. 205-36)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
WORK ORDER (PD176-161)

P.G. 205-38 Investigation Of Incidents Of Retaliation Against
Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
INVESTIGATION OF INCIDENTS OF RETALIATION AGAINST MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines in accordance with the provisions of the Whistleblowers
Law for the investigation of allegations of retaliation made by members of the
service who have voluntarily reported misconduct or corruption.
DEFINITION
WHISTLEBLOWERS LAW - An Administrative Code provision which encourages City
employees to report improper conduct, i.e., corruption, criminal activity,
conflict of interest, gross mismanagement or abuse of authority, within their
respective agencies. This law protects City employees who report such
wrongdoing from any form of retaliation, i.e., dismissal, demotion,
suspension, disciplinary action, negative performance evaluation, any action
resulting in loss of staff, office space or equipment or other benefit,
failure to appoint, failure to promote, or any transfer or assignment or
failure to transfer or assign against the wishes of the affected employee.
SCOPE
The Department has the responsibility to encourage members to come forward and
voluntarily provide information regarding misconduct and corruption. Inherent
in this responsibility is the ability to protect those members from
retaliation. IT IS THE POLICY OF THIS DEPARTMENT THAT RETALIATION AGAINST ANY
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE FOR VOLUNTARILY PROVIDING INFORMATION REGARDING
MISCONDUCT AND CORRUPTION WILL NOT BE TOLERATED.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service believes he/she is the victim of retaliation for
voluntarily providing information regarding misconduct or corruption.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center at (212) 741-8401.
NOTE: A member of the service may elect to report that he or she has been
the victim of retaliation as outlined in this procedure directly to the
Employee Relations Section. If such a complaint is received at the Employee
Relations Section, or any unit other than the Internal Affairs Bureau (whether
from the member directly or from an outside agency/organization) the unit
receiving the complaint MUST notify the Internal Affairs Bureau and forward
all pertinent information directly to the Internal Affairs Bureau for
appropriate action. Any member of the service who is made aware of an
allegation of retaliation for reporting wrongdoing shall make reasonable
efforts to protect the anonymity and confidentiality of the employee making
the allegation.
MEMBER CONCERNED, IAB COMMAND CENTER

2. Record pertinent information and assign a log number.
3. Have an immediate preliminary investigation conducted to obtain all
available facts and evidence.
a. Indicate results in log.
NOTE: Members of the service should comply with the provisions of P.G.
205-36, "Employment Discrimination," to lodge a complaint of retaliation
regarding an equal employment opportunity issue. Allegations of retaliation
involving equal employment opportunity issues (employment discrimination,
sexual harassment, etc.) MUST be referred to the Office of Equal Employment
Opportunity for investigation.
CHIEF OF INTERNAL AFFAIRS
4. Evaluate each complaint to determine whether the case may fall within the
purview of the Whistleblowers Law.
5. Refer cases requiring further investigation concerning violations of the
Whistleblowers Law to either the Internal Affairs Bureau or Office of Equal
Employment Opportunity, as applicable.
NOTE: Only the Internal Affairs Bureau or Office of Equal Employment
Opportunity are authorized to conduct investigations involving allegations of
retaliation against any member of the service for voluntarily having provided
information regarding misconduct or corruption. Allegations which do not
violate the Whistleblowers Law will be referred to the appropriate
investigative unit concerned for additional action.
6. Forward notification to the Employee Relations Section of allegations of
violations of the Whistleblowers Law. Notification will NOT be made for
allegations that have been referred to OEEO.
NOTE: In certain instances, to maintain the confidentiality of an associated
investigation, notification to the Employee Relations Section will not be made
until such time as the Internal Affairs Bureau deems it appropriate.
EMPLOYEE RELATIONS SECTION
7. Contact complainant upon receipt of notification and offer the services of
the appropriate Department employee assistance program. IAB INVESTIGATIVE
GROUP
8. Forward report through channels upon completion of investigation.
NOTE: Due to the need to maintain the confidentiality of investigations to
the extent possible, OEEO will not be required to forward reports of
employment discrimination retaliation. These reports will remain on file at
OEEO until such time that disclosure thereof is necessary.
CHIEF OF INTERNAL AFFAIRS
9. Forward report and recommendations to the Police Commissioner.
POLICE COMMISSIONER

10. Review report and direct necessary action.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service are reminded that the Department has several employee
assistance units available to provide help in addressing a personal or
professional problem. To obtain additional information regarding the types of
services provided by these units, members can refer to the Department
publication entitled EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS AND RESOURCE BOOKLET
(BM497).
Members of the service who voluntarily provide information or assistance in
internal/external investigations should be acknowledged for their high acts of
integrity. In order to acknowledge such members, while maintaining the
confidentiality of their actions, a sub-committee of the Integrity Review
Board is established. This special subcommittee shall consist of the First
Deputy Commissioner, Chief of Personnel, and the Chief of Internal Affairs
(principals only, no representatives). It will be the responsibility of the
sub-committee to review the actions of those members of the service who have
voluntarily come forward and provided information, and recommend appropriate
acknowledgement to the Police Commissioner.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Employment Discrimination (P.G. 205-36)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-39 Departmental Recognition
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To process requests for Departmental recognition.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a uniformed or civilian member of the service performs an act worthy
of departmental recognition and is recommended by a supervisor, a co-worker or
a member of the community:
NOTE: Members of the service involved in undercover or confidential
operations will be guided by the direction of their Bureau Chief/ Counterpart
when submitting requests for departmental recognition.
MEMBER'S IMMEDIATE SUPERVISOR (REGARDLESS OF COMMAND)
1. Prepare DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION REQUEST (PD439-162).
a. All requests for departmental recognition, with the exception of those
requests involving members assigned to the Housing Bureau, Detective Bureau
(not including precinct detective squads), Organized Crime Control Bureau,
Transit Bureau, Special Operations Division, and Chief of Transportation, will
be processed through patrol precincts.
b. Commands which report to the Housing Bureau, Detective Bureau (not
including precinct detective squads), Organized Crime Control Bureau, Transit
Bureau Special Operations Division, and Chief of Transportation, will process
all requests for departmental recognition involving assigned members in a
similar manner as requests processed through patrol precincts. (See
"Additional Data" regarding the chain of command to be utilized by
bureaus/divisions exempt from processing requests through patrol precincts.
c. Requests involving members assigned to precinct detective squads will be
processed through patrol precincts.
d. If two or more precincts within the same borough are involved in the same
incident, the patrol borough commander will designate which Precinct
Recognition Committee will conduct the investigation and prepare the
appropriate documentation. If two or more precincts are involved, and the
precincts are in different boroughs, the Honor Committee will make the
designation, except for cases involving integrity. In those instances, the
Integrity Review Board will make the designation.
e. Acts worthy of departmental recognition which involve members from
multiple bureau/division commands will be processed through patrol precincts.
2. Prepare separate DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION REQUEST for each member of the
service involved.
NOTE: Departmental Recognition Committees, composed of five uniformed
members of the service: two ranking officers (one of whom will be designated
chairperson) and three non-supervisory officers (which may include a member of

the precinct detective squad), will be established by each precinct and patrol
borough command. Similarly, commands which report to the Housing Bureau,
Detective Bureau (not including precinct detective squads), Organized Crime
Control Bureau, Transit Bureau, Special Operations Division, and Chief of
Transportation will also establish Departmental Recognition Committees
utilizing the same group composition. Bureau Recognition Committees will be
established in each bureau command for these more complex or unusual cases.
Request for departmental recognition should be limited to those members who
are directly involved with the arrest/incident (i.e. arresting officer and
partner). If the incident involved personal risk, danger or unusual
accomplishment each member requesting recognition must explain their direct
involvement in the incident. Furthermore, supervisors of units must explain
how their actions exceeded normal supervisory or administrative duties in
order to be considered for recognition.
The highest ranking officer who is responsible for indicating
approval/disapproval of REQUEST MUST be in a rank of one level higher than any
of the recipients of the medal and MUST not be one of the recipients of the
requesting medal. Each additional endorsement (when applicable) MUST be
approved/disapproved by the next higher rank based on the previous
endorsement.
MEMBER'S IMMEDIATE SUPERVISOR
3. Deliver completed forms to Operations Coordinator, precinct of occurrence
or command counterpart.
PRECINCT OPERATIONS COORDINATOR/COUNTERPART
4. Assign precinct/command serial number to all REQUESTS.
a. If more than one member of the service is involved in the same incident,
the same precinct/command serial number will be used.
5. Assign REQUEST to ranking officer for investigation.
RANKING OFFICER
6. Conduct investigation including:
a. Checking Department records.
b. Interviewing members involved, including patrol supervisor or other
supervisory personnel, when appropriate.
c. Interviewing witnesses (in person or by telephone).
d. Obtaining signed statements from witnesses, when possible.
e. Reducing oral statements to writing and signing, when applicable.
f. Attaching statements to REQUEST.
g. Attaching all Department forms/records prepared in connection with the
incident to REQUEST.
7. Enter results of investigation under "REMARKS" caption of DEPARTMENTAL

RECOGNITION REQUEST.
a. Use statements of fact.
(1) Do not use descriptive embellishment of the facts.
8. Deliver completed forms to Precinct/Command Recognition Committee.
PRECINCT/COMMAND RECOGNITION COMMITTEE
9. Conduct a review of the investigation and make initial recommendation to
commanding officer.
a. Precinct/Command Recognition Committee may refer the REQUEST, through the
commanding officer, to a Bureau Recognition Committee, if the REQUEST involves
aspects which require particular expertise in evaluating the merits of the
REQUEST. It is expected that most REQUESTS will be processed by the
Precinct/Command Recognition Committee. Only highly unusual or complex cases
should be referred to a Bureau Recognition Committee.
10. Enter a concise statement of findings under "FIRST ENDORSEMENT" on reverse
side of REQUEST.
a. If supervisory officer is included, indicate how actions of supervisor
exceeded normal supervisory or administrative duties.
b. Standard abbreviations may be used.
c. Use statement of fact ONLY.
NOTE: All information entered on the DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION REQUEST is
considered "Rosario" material and should be a factual statement of the member
of the service's role in a particular matter. There should be no descriptive
embellishment of the facts. In addition, all written statements taken from
witnesses should be considered "Rosario" material. Since the defense attorney
in a criminal case has the right to examine a witness's prior statement, if a
witness testifies, the appropriate District Attorney's office should be
advised of the existence of requests for departmental recognition as well as
other witness statements in a pending case. Every request must include the
legal name of each member of service; any initials, nicknames, etc. of a
member of the service are not permitted on the DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION
REQUEST.
11. Forward REQUEST to commanding officer, precinct of occurrence or command
counterpart.
PRECINCT/ COMMANDING OFFICER/ COUNTERPART
12. Review all REQUESTS.
a. If concurring with recommendations of Precinct/Command Recognition
Committee, follow steps below, as appropriate.
b. Forward REQUESTS which require particular expertise in evaluating the
merits of the REQUEST to the appropriate Bureau Recognition Committee.
c. If disapproving REQUEST, indicate the same under "SECOND ENDORSEMENT."

NOTE: When a REQUEST is forwarded to a bureau chief/counterpart for
evaluation based on expertise, the bureau chief/counterpart will make the
final determination on Excellent Police Duty, Meritorious Police Duty and
Commendations, except in cases where integrity forms the basis of the request.
Integrity requests, forwarded to a bureau chief/counterpart for expert
evaluation, will be processed in accordance with steps 20 and 21 below. In
cases where Exceptional Merit or Honorable Mention will be recommended, bureau
chiefs will comply with steps 23, 24, and 25, below.
IF REQUEST IS FOR EXCELLENT POLICE DUTY OR MERITORIOUS POLICE DUTY
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER/COUNTERPART
13. Make a determination on REQUEST for Excellent Police Duty or Meritorious
Police Duty.
14. Indicate approval or disapproval of REQUEST and complete "SECOND
ENDORSEMENT" for excellent Police Duty and "THIRD ENDORSEMENT" for Meritorious
Police Duty on reverse side of form.
15. Forward original (white) copy of REQUEST to Employee Management Division
(Attention: Honor Committee) and distribute the remaining copies as indicated
on form.
NOTE: Precinct commanding officers/command counterparts may recommend either
a Meritorious Police Duty or a Commendation for acts of integrity. Regardless
of the level of award recommended, ALL requests for Departmental recognition,
which are based on acts of integrity, must be forwarded to the appropriate
Borough Recognition Committee, or similar Recognition Committee established in
bureaus/divisions whose commands are exempt from processing requests through
patrol precincts. These requests must be endorsed by the concerned borough
commander/ counterpart, and submitted to the Integrity Review Board for final
determination.
IF RECOMMENDATION IS FOR ANY COMMENDATION, EXCEPTIONAL MERIT OR HONORABLE
MENTION
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER/ COUNTERPART
16. Review and forward REQUESTS, with recommendations, to Borough Recognition
Committee or similar Recognition Committee in bureaus/divisions whose commands
are exempt from processing requests through patrol precincts.
BOROUGH RECOGNITION COMMITTEE/COUNTERPART COMMITTEE
17. Conduct review.
a. Highest-ranking member present will act as Chairperson of the Borough
Recognition Committee/counterpart committee.
18. Review REQUEST and indicate recommendation under "FOURTH ENDORSEMENT."
19. Forward REQUEST to borough commander, bureau chief or division
counterpart, as appropriate.
IF REQUEST IS FOR COMMENDATION/CIVILIAN COMMENDATION
BOROUGH COMMANDER/COUNTERPART

20. Make determination on REQUEST for Commendation.
21. Indicate approval/disapproval and complete "FIFTH ENDORSEMENT" on reverse
side of form.
a. When appropriate, approve REQUESTS for Commendation, except those which
involve acts of integrity. In these cases, the borough commander, bureau chief
or division counterpart will forward endorsed REQUESTS, with a synopsis of
proceedings, to the Integrity Review Board.
22. Forward original (white) copy of all REQUESTS, not involving integrity, to
the Employee Management Division (Attention: Honor Committee) and distribute
the remaining copies as indicated on form.
IF REQUEST IS FOR EXCEPTIONAL MERIT OR HONORABLE MENTION
BOROUGH COMMANDER/ COUNTERPART
23. Review REQUEST.
24. Indicate recommendations under "FIFTH ENDORSEMENT."
25. Forward REQUEST and synopsis of proceedings on Typed Letterhead to the
Honor Committee.
NOTE: All approved DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION REQUESTS being forwarded to the
Honor Committee or Integrity Review Board will be accompanied by a Typed
Letterhead, in duplicate. The duplicate copy will be returned to the
forwarding command and filed as a receipt.
If a discharge of a firearm by the member of the service is the basis for the
REQUEST, the Borough/Bureau/Counterpart Recognition Committee will ensure that
all appropriate forms including the FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT
(PD424-151), UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORTS (PD370-152) (including the preliminary
UNUSUAL OCCURANCE REPORT endorsed from the designated Borough Chief to the
Chief of Department, and the UNUSUAL OCCURANCE REPORT on the FINDINGS AND
RECOMMENDATIONS by the designated Borough), Crime Scene Unit sketches, etc.,
and the final determination of the Firearms Discharge Review Board by the
Chief of Department are attached to the REQUEST and forwarded to the Honor
Committee for consideration.
If a valid evaluation cannot be determined based on the REQUEST and attached
forms/reports, the Borough/Bureau/Counterpart Recognition Committee will
conduct a hearing, and prepare a written report of the incident.
IF RECOMMENDATION IS FOR PURPLE SHIELD MEDAL OR POLICE MEMORIAL AWARD
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER/COUNTERPART
26. Prepare REQUEST.
a. Include any required attachments.
27. Forward all papers to next higher command for endorsement.
NEXT HIGHER COMMAND

28. Forward endorsed REQUESTS to the Honor Committee (DIRECT) for evaluation.
IF MEMBER WISHES TO APPEAL
REQUESTING MEMBER
29. Prepare two copies of appeal on Typed Letterhead, addressed to
Borough/Bureau/Counterpart Recognition Committee for Excellent Police
Duty/Meritorious Police Duty OR to the Police Commissioner for Meritorious
Police Duty (Integrity), Commendation, Exceptional Merit or Honorable Mention,
within ten days of publication of award including:
a. Facts of request
b. Reasons for appeal
c. Personnel Order number and date (if applicable).
NOTE: An appeal MAY NOT be lodged until AFTER the award is published in
Personnel Orders. Decisions of the Police Commissioner concerning appeals of
awards reduced or disapproved are final.
When practical, final determination of an award will be made within sixty days
of submission of a DEPARTMENTAL RECOGNITION REQUEST.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The chain of command that will be utilized for processing requests for
Departmental recognition in bureaus/divisions not processing requests through
patrol precincts is as follows:
Housing Bureau
PSA commands will establish Recognition Committees.
PSA commanding officers will make final determination for Excellent Police
Duty and Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Housing borough commands will establish Recognition Committees.
Housing borough commanders will make final determination on Commendation
requests.
All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review
Board, as appropriate.
Detective Bureau
Detective borough commands will establish Recognition Committees. (Precinct
detective squads will process requests through patrol precincts).
Detective borough commanding officers will make final determination for
Excellent Police Duty and Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Office of the Chief of Detectives will establish a Recognition Committee.
Chief of Detectives will make final determination on Commendation requests.

All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review
Board, as appropriate.
Organized Crime Control Bureau
Narcotics borough commands (other than Narcotics Division) will establish
Recognition Committees
Narcotics borough commanding officers will make final determination for
Excellent Police Duty and Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Office of the Chief of Organized Crime Control will establish a Recognition
Committee.
Chief of Organized Crime Control will make final determination on Commendation
requests.
All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review
Board, as appropriate.
Transit Bureau
District commands will establish Recognition Committees.
District commanding officers will make final determination for Excellent
Police Duty and Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Transit borough commands will establish Recognition Committees.
Transit borough commanders will make final determination on Commendation
requests.
All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review
Board as appropriate
Special Operations Division
Special Operations Division commands will establish Recognition Committees.
Special Operations Division commanding officers will make final determination
for Excellent Police Duty and Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Commanding Officer, Special Operations Division will establish a Recognition
Committee.
Commanding Officer, Special Operations Division will make final determination
on Commendation requests.
All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review
Board, as appropriate
Chief of Transportation
Chief of Transportation commands will establish Recognition Committees. Chief
of Transportation commanding officers will make final determination for
Excellent Police Duty and Meritorious Police Duty awards.
Commanding Officer, Chief of Transportation will establish a Recognition

Committee.
Commanding Officer, Chief of Transportation will make final determination on
Commendation requests.
All other requests to be forwarded to Honor Committee or Integrity Review
Board, as appropriate
The function and composition of the Honor Committee is as follows:
Review requests for awards above the grade of Commendation and make
recommendations to the Police Commissioner. The Honor Committee is composed
of:
First Deputy Commissioner (Chairperson)
Chief of Community Affairs
Chief of Department
Chief of Patrol
Chief of Detectives
Chief of Organized Crime Control
Chief of Personnel
Chief of Housing
Chief of Transit
The function and composition of the Integrity Review Board are as follows:
Review requests for Integrity Awards in the grade of Meritorious Police Duty
and Commendation and make recommendations to the Police Commissioner. Review
and evaluate activities indicating commitment to integrity. The Integrity
Review Board is composed of:
Chief of Department (Chairperson)
Chief of Patrol
Chief of Detectives
Chief of Personnel
Chief of Internal Affairs
Chief of Organized Crime Control
Chief of Housing
Chief of Transit
Uniformed member of the service in the rank of police officer, as selected by
the Employee Relations Section, on an ad-hoc basis.

Individual members of the service may be awarded Departmental recognition in
the following grades:
DEPARTMENT MEDAL OF HONOR
Awarded annually to a member who intelligently and in line of police duty
distinguished himself/herself by the performance of an act of gallantry and
valor at imminent personal hazard to life with knowledge of the risk, above
and beyond the call of duty
POLICE COMBAT CROSS MEDAL
Awarded for the successful performance of an act of extraordinary heroism
while engaged in personal combat with an armed adversary at imminent personal
hazard to life in the intelligent performance of duty.
MEDAL FOR VALOR
Awarded for an act of outstanding personal bravery intelligently performed in
line of duty at imminent personal hazard to life under circumstances evincing
a disregard of personal consequences.
PURPLE SHIELD MEDAL
Awarded to members of the service, or their next of kin in the event of a line
of duty death, who have suffered extremely serious physical injury or death,
permanent disfigurement, protracted or permanent impairment of health, or of
any bodily function while performing an official act either while on or
off-duty.
HONORABLE MENTION
Awarded for an act of extraordinary bravery intelligently performed in the
line of duty at imminent and personal danger to life.
The Honor Committee will review all Honorable Mention awards granted during
the previous year and may select uniformed members of the service as
recipients of the aforementioned medals.
EXCEPTIONAL MERIT
Awarded for an act of bravery intelligently performed involving personal risk
to life.
COMMENDATION
Awarded for an act involving:
a. Grave personal danger in the intelligent performance of duty, OR
b. A highly creditable unusual police accomplishment.
COMMENDATION INTEGRITY
Awarded for an act which demonstrates an extraordinary commitment to
integrity.
COMMENDATION COMMUNITY SERVICE

Awarded to uniformed members of the service for
a. Initiative contributing to the substantial improvement in Community
Policing/Community Quality of Life, OR
b. Performance which substantially improves the quality of life in
neighborhoods or communities through creative problem solving ideas,
techniques or skills, OR
c. Performance and consistent progress in implementing meaningful,
significant improvements in rendering or securing community service or
fostering police community relations through Community Policing/Problem
Solving Programs.
CIVILIAN COMMENDATION
Awarded to civilian members of the service for:
a. Exceptional work in connection with their assignment
b. Excellence in service to the community
c. Fostering community relations
d. Displaying initiative towards community problem solving programs.
MERITORIOUS POLICE DUTY
Awarded for:
a. An act of intelligent and valuable police service demonstrating special
faithfulness or perseverance, OR
b. Highly creditable acts of police service over a period of time.
MERITORIOUS POLICE DUTY INTEGRITY
Awarded for an act which demonstrates highly creditable integrity.
EXCELLENT POLICE DUTY
Awarded for:
a. An intelligent act materially contributing to a valuable accomplishment,
OR
b. Submission of a device or method adopted to increase efficiency in an
administrative or tactical procedure, OR
c. Three arrests in a six month period for operating a vehicle while under
the influence of alcohol or drugs. These arrests must be based solely on the
member's observation and unrelated to traffic checkpoints, vehicle collisions
, or any enforcement activity specifically aimed at DWI enforcement, OR
d. Whenever a uniformed member of the service, not assigned to the Auto
Crime Division or a borough Auto Larceny Unit, effects three or, more arrests
within twelve month period for larceny of a motor vehicle, OR unauthorized use

of a motor vehicle, OR criminal possession of stolen property (stolen
vehicle), and the arrests are based on the member's personal initiative and
observations.
NOTE: The awarding of Departmental recognition for three or more arrests as
described in sections "c" and "d" above, is not automatic. Commanding
officers, when reviewing the requests, will consider the personal initiative,
observations and actions of the recommended member that materially contributed
to the arrests and/or the detection of the crimes charged.
Additionally, the successful resuscitation of an aided using an Automated
External Defibrillator (AED) will be considered for Departmental recognition
when the aided is hospitalized with a reasonable chance of survival.
Commanding officers /counterparts reviewing applications for Departmental
recognition for successful use of Automated External Defibrillators will, in
all circumstances, submit such request to the Supervising Chief Surgeon or the
Deputy Chief Surgeon for endorsement and recommendation of appropriate
Departmental recognition, prior to final approval.
The following awards are issued to Department units:
UNIT CITATION
Unit Citations recognize outstanding performance by an entire unit in
developing and implementing Community Policing goals and objectives or other
highly creditable accomplishments over a substantial period of time (calendar
year).
POLICE COMMISSIONER'S PERSONAL LETTER OF CONGRATULATIONS
Awarded to units that do not otherwise qualify for a Unit Citation.
DISPLAY OF MEDALS
A uniformed member of the service may wear the prescribed breast bar at all
times while in uniform. However, breast bars or other authorized ribbons are
not to be worn when wearing corresponding medals. A member who has been
awarded the Department Medal of Honor, Police Combat Cross or Medal for Valor
is required to wear the breast bar denoting the particular award in lieu of
the Honorable Mention breast bar previously awarded for the same act.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Boards And Committees (O.G. 101-23)
Emblems, Insignia And Breast Bars (P.G. 204-16)
Integrity Review Board Recommendation Procedure (P.G. 205-16)
Presentation Of Department Recognition Awards (A.G. 305-03)
Unit Citation (A.G. 305-04)
Achievement Citation (A.G. 320-19)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DEPARTMENT RECOGNITION REQUEST (PD439-162)
FIREARMS/DISCHARGE ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-40 Off Duty Employment
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To regulate off duty employment of uniformed members of the service, except
that off duty employment performed with the Paid Detail Unit.
DEFINITIONS
SECURITY FIELD - Includes guard service, payroll driver/cashiers, personal
escorts (bodyguards), and employment in check cashing establishments, etc.
WATCHGUARD LICENSE - Issued by the New York State Secretary of State, upon a
written request obtained from the Office of the Chief of Personnel, licensing
a uniformed member of the service to engage in the off duty employment of
providing guards in a security related field.
NOTE: After OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION (PD407-164) has been prepared
and approved, uniformed member of the service wishing to apply for a
Watchguard License will be directed to report to Employee Management Division
and comply with instructions received.
CLASS I FEDERAL FIREARMS LICENSE - Issued by the Department of Treasury,
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, to persons engaged in the business of
selling firearms at wholesale or retail.
DEALER IN FIREARMS LICENSE - Issued by local licensing officer to any person,
firm, partnership, corporation or company who engages in the business of
purchasing, selling, keeping for sale, lending, leasing, or in any manner
disposing of, any pistol or revolver.
PROCEDURE
[Rev 2-00] When a uniformed member of the service wishes to engage in off duty
employment, or when any member of the service wishes to engage in the practice
of law off duty:
APPLICANT
1. Prepare OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION (PD407-164).
a. Enter total number of hours to be worked each week.
(1) Do not use terms such as "varies" or "changes".
b. Enter name and address of corporation in space captioned "Outside
Employer" if applicant is an officer of a corporation.
(1) Do not use term "self employed" if applicant is part or sole owner of
corporation.
c. Enter administrative, managerial or planning functions to be performed
and the function of the corporation in space captioned "Describe specific
duties and responsibilities."

d. Enter name of president of corporation if employed by a corporation.
2. Deliver all copies of completed APPLICATION to commanding officer.
a. If off duty employment involves dealing in firearms outside the City of
New York, also deliver a copy of completed application for a Class I Federal
Firearms License. After subsequent issuance by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco
and Firearms, provide a copy of the license to the commanding officer.
b. If off duty employment involves dealing in firearms outside the City of
New York, also deliver a copy of completed APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A
GUNSMITH OR DEALER IN FIREARMS (INDIVIDUAL) (PD625-043) or APPLICATION FOR
LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH OR DEALER IN FIREARMS (PARTNERSHIP) (PD625-042). After
subsequent issuance by the local licensing officer, provide a copy of the
licenseto the commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
3. Interview applicant and determine if conditions of off duty employment are
within Department guidelines and guidelines and rulings published by the Board
of Ethics.
4. Forward quintuplicate (file) copy of OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION to
borough commander/counterpart for review, if APPLICATION is for employment in
security related field.
BOROUGH COMMANDER/COUNTERPART
5. Assign patrol borough administrator to conduct thorough investigation of
security related application.
6. Return OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION to member's commanding officer
indicating approval/disapproval.
COMMANDING OFFICER
7. Ascertain that applicant understands "Guidelines/Prohibitions" as outlined
in "Additional Data" statement.
8. Confer with applicant's immediate supervisor.
NOTE: If applicant is on, or being considered for MODIFIED ASSIGNMENT,
telephone Office of First Deputy Commissioner to determine whether reason
exists for disapproval of APPLICATION and enter results of inquiry on
APPLICATION.
9. Enter recommendations, sign and forward OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION as
per instructions on form.
10. Advise member whose APPLICATION has been DISAPPROVED that such decision
may be appealed.
NOTE: Forward all disapproved or renewal APPLICATIONS and notice of
termination or change in employment to the Employee Management Division.
11. Monitor on-duty performance of member engaged in off duty employment.

12. Recommend revocation of permission if outside employment interferes with
member's responsibility to the Department.
13. Advise applicant of possible revocation of permission to engage in off
duty employment should member become subject of disciplinary action or
classified as "chronic sick."
14. Reexamine approved OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION of newly
transferred/temporarily assigned member to ensure that current assignment does
not result in a conflict of interest or corruption hazard.
APPLICANT
15. Submit new OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION to report any change in status
of employment, i.e., change of employer, duties, location of employment, etc.
16. Submit renewal application for continuing off duty employment beyond each
twelve month period at least ten days prior to expiration of current approved
request.
17. Prepare Typed Letterhead requesting review of APPLICATION that has been
disapproved and submit to Commanding Officer, Employee Management Division.
EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT DIVISION
18. Assign Off Duty Work Number and insert in appropriate space on form.
19. Request record check from Intelligence Bureau regarding:
a. Employer
b. Individual or premises to be protected, if appropriate.
NOTE: The existence of a record at the above unit will be cause to
disapprove APPLICATION.
20. Complete captions under applicable section on APPLICATION; enter
recommendations and sign.
21. Distribute copies of APPLICATION as follows:
a. ORIGINAL - place in member's Personal Folder
b. DUPLICATE - return to command of origin
c. TRIPLICATE - place in Off Duty Employment file maintained by Employee
Management Division
(1) Security related APPLICATIONS and Watchguard Licenses will be filed
under specific categories, i.e., payroll drivers/cashiers, bodyguards, check
cashing, etc.
d. QUADRUPLICATE - forward to Medical Division.
COMMANDING OFFICER
22. Note approval/disapproval on command file copy of APPLICATION.

23. Return ORIGINAL to member concerned.
24. Advise and instruct member whose APPLICATION has been APPROVED, regarding:
a. Guidelines/prohibitions listed in "Additional Data" statement
b. Carrying of weapons in other states. (New York City police officer
status does not license member to carry weapon in another state; authorization
must be obtained from state concerned).
25. Instruct member applying for Watchguard License of "Guidelines for
Watchguard License" (see Additional Data statement).
a. Direct member to report to Employee Management Division to prepare
affidavit and comply with instructions received.
26. Direct Integrity Control Officer to verify that members concerned comply
with prohibition against requesting overtime compensation for off duty
employment related arrests.
27. Indicate on OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION, after approval and prior to
forwarding to Employee Management Division, that a copy of the Class I Federal
Firearms License is attached, if applicable.
28. Forward copy of Class I Federal Firearms License, and APPLICATION FOR
LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH or DEALER IN FIREARMS (INDIVIDUAL) or APPLICATION FOR
LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH or DEALER IN FIREARMS (PARTNERSHIP), and New York State
License and APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH or DEALER IN FIREARMS
(INDIVIDUAL) or APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH OR DEALER IN FIREARMS
(PARTNERSHIP) to Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section, after
recording license numbers on member's FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).
C.O. FIREARMS AND TACTICS SECTION
29. Maintain a file of members who have obtained Class I Federal Firearms
Licenses or New York State Dealer in Firearms licenses for dissemination to
inquiring ranking members of the service in cases of suspensions, modified
assignments, removal of firearms, etc.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
30. Audit OVERTIME REPORTS (PD138-064) submitted by uniformed members of the
service to ensure that requests do not pertain to off duty security employment
related arrests and advise commanding officer of findings.
ADDITIONAL DATA
GUIDELINES:
The following guidelines apply to ALL off duty employment:
a. Off duty employment MUST BE:
(1) Performed outside regular hours of police duties.
(2) Approved prior to starting or changing employment, AND for EACH EXTRA
job or change of job for the same employer.

(3) Approved in writing from the Chief of Patrol, (Commanding Officer,
Movie/Television Unit), IF employment involves working as a technical advisor
for motion picture or television productions.
b. A uniformed member of the service may engage in off duty employment
WITHOUT prior approval:
(1) During the period of suspension without pay, OR
(2) While on continuous vacation and/or terminal leave immediately after
filing an application for retirement. During a period of suspension without
pay or vacation/terminal leave pending retirement, the member concerned
remains officially a member of the service and, as such, may NOT engage in any
type of employment or activity which, by existing law, is prohibited to police
officers, or which may constitute a conflict of interest or create the
appearance thereof (see GENERAL PROHIBITIONS).
c. Excessive sick leave or other evidence indicating off duty employment
impairs ability to perform assigned police duties is cause for revocation of
approval to engage in off duty employment.
d. A request for permission to work while off duty may be DISAPPROVED even
though it does NOT SPECIFICALLY fall within the "PROHIBITIONS" section or
violate the "GUIDELINES" sections contained herein.
e. A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) seeking part time
employment in another city agency, or in ANY other governmental jurisdiction
or agency MUST prepare "Certification of Compatibility or Dual Employment"
(DP1021), in QUADRUPLICATE; ALL FOUR COPIES of the form, which are available
at the Employee Management Division, will be forward to the Employee
Management Division for processing.
f. Uniformed members of the service engaging in or seeking off duty
employment are reminded that law prohibits certain types of employment. Some
members while engaging in bona-fide occupations, may unknowingly, in the
normal pursuit of their particular off duty occupation, be violating one of
these statutes.
[Rev 2-00] g. Section 2604(a)(1) of the New York City Charter prohibits
public servants from taking a position in a firm which the public servant
knows, or should know, is engaged in business dealings with the City.
"Position" is broadly defined and includes an officer, director, manager,
employee, trustee, attorney, agent, broker or consultant to the firm. The
definition of "firm" includes an individual seeking business on his/her own
behalf, and as a sole proprietor. "Business dealings" are defined as any
transaction involving the sale, purchase, rental, or disposition of any goods,
services, or property; any license, permit, grant or benefit; and any
performance of or litigation with respect to any of the above. It is quite
possible that a member not completely familiar with these provisions could
find himself/herself in violation of the law. For example, if a member has
been approved as a vending machine salesperson or dealer, he/she would be
violating this statute if he/she were to take a position with a firm or enter
into a contractual agreement with any City agency or representative thereof,
to place a vending machine in any building or upon property owned or leased by
the City of New York or any of its agencies.
h. The Charter prohibits members from engaging in any business, transaction
or private employment which is in conflict with the proper discharge of their

official duties; using, or attempting to use their position to obtain any
financial gain, or other benefit, including employment for themselves or any
person "associated" with them ("associated" is defined to include a spouse,
domestic partner, child, parent or sibling and a person with whom a member has
a business or financial relationship); and disclosing any confidential
information which is obtained as a result of a member's official duties or
using such confidential information for any financial gain or other benefit.
i. A uniformed member of the service is prohibited from holding any position
or engaging in business dealings which involve the manufacture, sale or
recommendation of any alcoholic beverage. However, employment is permitted in
a premises licensed to sell beer at retail for off-premises consumption
(supermarkets and grocery stores). Also see P.G. 203-10, "Public Contact Prohibited Conduct."
j. A member may not accept any valuable gift from any person or firm which
the member knows or should know, has or intends to have business dealings with
the city. A "valuable gift" means any gift which has a value of $50.00 or
more, whether in the form of money, service, loan, travel, entertainment,
hospitality, thing of promise, of any form.
k. Members are also prohibited from working, owning, selling goods or
services or obtaining licenses relating to horse racing activities, race
horses, tracks or firms either owning or dealing in the racing of horses.
l. Uniformed members of the service may write fiction or non-fiction books
and articles on their own time and receive compensation provided that the
restrictions contained in P.G. 212-76, "Information Concerning Official
Business of Department" are adhered to. OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION
should be submitted in this regard to the extent that members of the service
are being paid for their writing.
It may also be permissible for members of the service to be employed as
technical or background consultants by television and film production
companies.
The consulting position may relate either to a particular incident (e.g., a
homicide, robbery, rescue effort, etc.) or to a specialized field of expertise
(e.g., arson, explosives, aviation, etc.). Again, the restrictions contained
in P.G. 212-77 "Release Of Information To News Media" and 212-76 "Information
Concerning Official Business of Department" MUST be adhered to, OFF DUTY
EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION must also be submitted for these positions. In
addition, prior to entering into any contractual relationship of this nature,
members of the service are advised to seek private legal counsel.
The sale of exclusive proprietary rights, based on the involvement of an
individual in a particular incident, is strictly prohibited. For example, a
member of the service assigned to the Aviation Unit can be retained as a
consultant or advisor on general technical matters or for background on a
particular incident; he or she cannot sell exclusive "rights" to a production
company for the story of the officer's role in that incident.
[Rev 2-00] m. Many of the off duty employment prohibitions and guidelines
involve conflict of interest related issues as addressed in Chapter 68 of the
New York City Charter. Each member of the service should be familiar with
those provisions. In certain limited circumstances, a member of the service
may hold an otherwise prohibited position with written approval of the Police
Commissioner, and a determination by the Conflicts of Interest Board that the

position would not conflict with the purposes and interest of the City.
Conflict of interest questions or questions regarding waivers may be directed
to the Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters.
GENERAL PROHIBITIONS:
Off duty employment is PROHIBITED when ANY of the following conditions exist:
a. Member is a probationary police officer with less than one year aggregate
service who has not completed Entry Level Training in the Police Academy.
b. Existing law prohibits a police officer from employment in such job or
premises.
c. Off duty employment is also prohibited, as follows:
(1) Interferes or conflicts with regular or emergency police duties.
(2) Requires the Police Department uniform or shield to be worn or used in
any manner in any off duty employment, except if approved by the Paid Detail
Unit.
(3) Affects member's ability to perform police duties.
(4)Exceeds twenty hours each week, EXCEPT when performed during vacation
period or when on terminal leave.
(5)Is to be performed three hours immediately prior to regular tour of
duty.
(6)Requires member to be an officer, organizer, or hold a position in an
employee organization, i.e., labor union, or member will become involved in a
strike or labor dispute.
(7)Requires UNIFORMED member of the service to work, UNLESS AUTHORIZED,
for an organization licensed or inspected by the Police Department.
(8)Is knowingly performed for a person who has a criminal arrest record.
(9)Is required to be performed when member is on sick report, sick leave
or disability.
(10)Involves the guarding of licensed premises.
(11)Involves employment in any premises licensed by the State Liquor
Authority, pursuant to the Alcoholic Beverage Control Law, except that
employment is permitted in a premises licensed to sell alcoholic beverages as
long as they are not handled by the applicant.
(12) Involves employment by a UNIFORMED member of the service in precinct
to which assigned. (However, a UNIFORMED member assigned to a command whose
jurisdiction encompasses more than one precinct may be permitted to engage in
off duty employment within the area to which assigned, UNLESS circumstances of
such employment would constitute a conflict of interest or a corruption
hazard, i.e., member's ability to provide off duty services while on-duty).
(13) Involves employment as a process server, anywhere.

(14) Involves operating or having a financial interest in an arcade, video
or pinball game.
(15) Involves participation in any pari-mutuel racing as a rider, owner,
driver or trainer of a horse.
(16) Involves the consultation/installation/repair of burglar alarms and
security systems.
(17) Involves employment as a street peddler within New York City.
(18) Involves employment as a locksmith within New York City.
(19) Involves being employed in any capacity as a second hand dealer
(except used cars) or second hand dealer purchasing and selling precious
metals (gold, silver, etc.).
(20) Requires uniformed member of the service to perform investigative
duties or secure a New York State investigator's license.
(21) Involves the guarding of diplomatic personnel and/or the premises of
diplomatic personnel.
[Rev 2-00] PROHIBITIONS FOR ATTORNEYS ENGAGED IN OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT
In addition to complying with any other relevant Department policy, procedure,
or prohibition, members engaging in off duty employment as attorneys will also
adhere to the following:
a. Members shall not represent private interests for compensation before any
City agency or appear anywhere, directly or indirectly, on behalf of private
interests in matters involving the City.
b. Members shall not appear as attorney or counsel against the interests of
the City in any litigation in which the City or other government agency is a
party, or in any action or proceeding in which the City or other government
agency is a complainant.
c. Members shall not serve as an attorney, or represent any party in any
manner in negligence cases or criminal cases.
d. In addition to the general prohibition against superiors and subordinates
entering into any business or financial relationship (see P.G. 203-13,
"Financial Restrictions - Prohibited Acts"), members shall not appear as
attorneys or counsel for, or represent in any manner, a higher ranking or
lower ranking member of the service in/assigned to their same command. The
Conflicts of Interest Board has determined that a "business or financial
relationship" exists when an attorney performs legal services whether or not
the attorney receives compensation.
GUIDELINES FOR SECURITY RELATED OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT:
a. In addition to complying with the Guidelines and General Prohibitions,
uniformed members accepting off duty employment in the private security field
are advised that:
(1) Uniformed members of the service who accept off duty employment in the
private security field must be aware that they will not, in most instances, be

entitled to or receive legal representation and/or indemnification from the
city. Those benefits of city employment are afforded to municipal employees
only when they act within the scope of their employment and in discharge of
official duties.
(2) An off duty uniformed member of the service employed in the private
security field does not, by virtue of that employment, relinquish the power
and authority conferred by the laws of the State of New York as a police
officer. However, when an officer effects an arrest in furtherance of the
private employer's interest he is acting primarily on behalf of that employer,
not in discharge of his duties as a police officer.
Uniformed members of the service in their private capacity may not
investigate crimes for private employers and ordinarily should be the
complainant and not the arresting officer for off duty situations which arise
(for example: trespass and burglary situations) unless the exigencies of the
circumstance require that they act in an arresting capacity.
(3) Because the city will not ordinarily indemnify uniformed members of
the service against claims brought by individuals for action taken in
connection with off duty employment, it is recommended that uniformed members
of the service ascertain whether their private employer maintains liability
insurance covering the off duty employment and affords legal representation
and indemnification for acts or omissions occurring during off duty employment
and in furtherance of employer's interests.
(4) All rules and regulations established by the Police Commissioner must
be complied with fully.
(5)All court time, both arraignment and follow-up appearances directly
related to any duties and responsibilities in the off duty employment may not
be performed on Police Department time nor may overtime compensation be
received for such time from the City of New York. Accordingly, OVERTIME
REPORTS should not be submitted in connection therewith. Further, it is the
uniformed member's responsibility to see that the off duty employer/client has
Workmen's Compensation on coverage for guards to cover any injury or
disability received in his employment. It is also understood that the City
has a claim on any monies paid by Workmen's Compensation that would duplicate
paid sick leave by the City.
(6) OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION must be submitted to the Employee
Management Division for each specific client, location and company of
employment. For each new assignment, even if for the same employer, a new
request for approval must be submitted, with the employer's name, and new
location of person or premises to be protected.
(7) Members may NOT work in off duty employment as security guards at a
location where a strike or labor dispute is ongoing.
(8) If a uniformed member of the service's firearm is discharged or member
is injured as the result of an assault, while employed off duty in a security
related capacity in New York City only, the precinct of occurrence must be
notified immediately by the uniformed member involved. The FIREARM
DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151) must be completed and verified for all
such incidents occurring in New York City (see P.G. 212-29 "Firearms Discharge
And Assaults Involving Uniformed Members Of The Service"). Incidents
occurring outside the City of New York require immediate notification to the
Operations Unit.

b. To expedite processing, a member requesting permission to engage in off
duty employment in the security field is authorized to personally deliver the
completed OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION to the Employee Management Division.
GUIDELINES FOR WATCHGUARD LICENSE:
In addition to complying with the Guidelines, General Prohibitions and
Guidelines for Security Related Employment, uniformed members of the service
will comply with the following re: Watchguard License:
a. If the uniformed member intends to form a corporation and employ any
other person in a Watchguard Service capacity, then the requirements of New
York State laws regarding watchguard licensing must be complied with. "Watch,
guard or patrol agency" as defined by the General Business Law (Article 7
Section 71, sub. 2) shall mean and include the business of watch, guard or
patrol agency and shall also mean and include, separately or collectively, the
furnishing, for hire or reward, of watchmen or guards or private patrolmen or
other persons to protect persons or property or to prevent the theft or
misappropriation or concealment of goods, wares or merchandise, money, bonds,
stocks, chooses in action, notes or other valuable documents, papers, and
articles of value, or to procure the return thereof or the performing of the
service of such guard or other person for any of said purposes. The foregoing
shall not be deemed to include the business of persons licensed by the
industrial commissioner under the provisions of section twenty-four-a or
subdivision three-b of section fifty of the Workmen's Compensation Law or
representing employers or groups of employers insured under the Workmen's
Compensation Law in the State Insurance Fund, nor persons engaged in the
business of adjusters for insurance companies nor public adjusters licensed by
the superintendent of insurance under the Insurance Law of this State.
b. Uniformed members of the service employed in a Watchguard Service shall
comply with all rules, regulations, guidelines and prohibitions, regarding off
duty employment. In addition, members will comply with Department directives,
regarding integrity monitoring procedures.
c. Uniformed members of the service applying for a Watchguard License must
comply with the following:
1) Prepare required Affidavit at Employee Management Division after OFF
DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION has been prepared and approved.
2) Submit a list of all clients or prospective clients of Watchguard
Service, including names, addresses and specific location of business, to the
Intelligence Bureau and Identification Section for records check.
(a) If member has no clients at time of making APPLICATION, the
Affidavit will state that fact and may be approved, if the member applying
agrees to submit the identifying data of prospective clients prior to entering
an employment agreement with such clients.
3) Maintain an updated and unified list of all clients, locations, etc.,
which must be made available for Departmental inspection.
(a) The Employee Management Division will maintain a separate folder for
each approved Watchguard License containing a list of clients, locations and
copies of approved OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATIONS of all uniformed members
of the service employed by such Watchguard Service.

4) That the corporation or the member concerned will not have a client who
is the subject of a criminal investigation or a premises licensed by the
Alcoholic Beverage Control Board or a diplomat, or any other client that the
Police Commissioner may disapprove on the grounds that such employment would
not be in the best interests of the Department.
5) Will not have any client located within precinct of assignment, that
is, if the off duty employment is of a premises, it may not be located in the
precinct. If the off duty employment involves the security of an individual,
he may not reside within the precinct of assignment.
6) The corporation or the member concerned will not provide services to
clients who are then engaged in active labor strikes.
7) The corporation or member concerned will not advertise or represent
that its employees are members of the New York City Police Department or that
it operates under its auspices.
8) Will not employ a uniformed member of the service of any rank assigned
within Watchguard Licensee's immediate command or employ any member of higher
rank.
9) Provide Employee Management Division with names, addresses of all
employees, both uniformed members of the service and others.
10) Do not employ other members of the service until such members present
approved OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATIONS.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Civilian Employee Off duty Employment (A.G. 319-23)
FORMS AND REPORTS
APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH OR DEALER IN FIREARMS (INDIVIDUAL)
(PD625-043)
APPLICATION FOR LICENSE AS A GUNSMITH OR DEALER IN FIREARMS (PARTNERSHIP)
(PD625-042)
OFF DUTY EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION (PD407-164)
FIREARM DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)
FORCE RECORD (406-143)
OVERTIME REPORTS (PD138-064)

P.G. 205-41 Employee Suggestion Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To improve operations of the Department.
DEFINITION
EMPLOYEE SUGGESTIONS - Those suggestions made by members of the service within
the guidelines of, and conforming to the procedures established by the
Department of Citywide Administrative Services and the Police Department
Employee Suggestions Programs. The Employee Suggestion Program considers any
proposal that improves some aspect of police operations, public service,
community relations, working conditions or safety. A proposal, if adopted,
could result in substantial savings in time, money, manpower, equipment or the
elimination of waste.
PROCEDURE
When submitting an employee suggestion:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare one copy of form EMPLOYEE SUGGESTION PROGRAM (PD115-161).
2. Mail or deliver the completed copy to:
* Employee Suggestion Program, New York City Police Department, Chief of
Personnel, One Police Plaza, Room 1208, New York, NY 10038
EMPLOYEE SUGGESTION PROGRAM UNIT MEMBER
3. Assign Personnel Bureau and Employee Suggestion control numbers.
4. Acknowledge receipt of employee suggestion.
DEPARTMENT COORDINATOR
5. Review all suggestions with the Employee Suggestion Program Evaluation
Committee.
NOTE: After careful consideration of the merits of an employee suggestion,
the Employee Suggestion Program Evaluation Committee will either approve,
disapprove or forward the suggestion for further review and evaluation to the
appropriate unit or agency.
EMPLOYEE SUGGESTION PROGRAM UNIT MEMBER
6. Notify member concerned of the approval or disapproval of the suggestion.
a. If disapproved, indicate reason(s) for rejection on NON-ADOPTION
(PD115-121).
DEPARTMENT COORDINATOR

7. Determine degree/amount of award to be presented to member concerned.
8. Conduct liaison with the Department of Citywide Administrative Services,
Citywide Employee Suggestion Program.
FORMS AND REPORTS
EMPLOYEE SUGGESTION PROGRAM (PD115-161)
NON-ADOPTION (PD 115-121)

P.G. 205-42 Discontinuance Of Police Service Retirement Or Vested
Interest
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To apply for discontinuance of police service (retirement or vested interest).
DEFINITION
TERMINAL LEAVE - Leave, with pay, computed at the Police Pension Fund and
granted to retiring members UPON REQUEST. One month leave is granted for each
ten years of service, three days for each completed year of service, and one
day for each completed four months of service, EXCEPT that terminal leave will
NOT be granted:
a. If disciplinary charges are pending
b. If discontinuing police service with vested interest
c. For time spent on extended leave without pay, unless mandated by law.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service wishes to apply for retirement or
discontinue police service with vested interest:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify commanding officer.
2. Telephone Police Pension Fund for instructions and an appointment PRIOR to
reporting for retirement processing.
COMMANDING OFFICER
3. Have clerical member prepare PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
(PD520-013).
4. Sign PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE in appropriate space and
give form to retiring member.
UNIFORMED MEMBER CONCERNED
5. Report to Police Pension Fund in civilian clothes at least thirty days
prior to discontinuance of service (retirement or vested interest). A member
applying for terminal leave is requested to report to the Police Pension Fund
at least ten days prior to commencement of such leave to allow for clerical
processing.
6. Request assignment to second platoon, if necessary.
NOTE: A uniformed member wishing to terminate police duties IMMEDIATELY, who
has used all accrued time, vacation and/or terminal leave, MUST, after calling
the Police Pension Fund for an appointment, submit three copies of LEAVE OF

ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041) to his commanding officer, requesting LEAVE WITHOUT
PAY for up to thirty days. This leave MAY BE granted a member applying for
discontinuance of police service. Upon approval of the request by the unit
commander, the member concerned MUST personally deliver all copies of the
LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT to the commanding officer of the next higher command
for approval and then present all copies to the Police Pension Fund for
processing.
7. Bring PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE and all property listed
thereon to Police Pension Fund. If additional tours of duty are to be
performed subsequent to appearance at the Police Pension Fund, report with
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE form ONLY. Upon completion of
last tour of duty, report with ALL property to Police Pension Fund on date
specified by Police Pension Fund personnel OR after last tour of duty.
NOTE: When a valid reason exists for testing firearm(s) of member
discontinuing police service, member's commanding officer or Executive
Director, Police Pension Fund, will ensure the preparation of [I.O. 63 s 13]
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168), if applicable, and have
member hand deliver firearm(s) with REQUESTS direct to Firearms Analysis
Section.
8. Deliver property and obtain receipt on PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF
SERVICE, as follows:
a. Department Manual - to Executive Director, Police Pension Fund
b. Shield - to Administrator-in-Charge, Employee Management Division
c. IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) - to Executive Director, Police Pension
Fund for perforation and return to member for delivery to
Administrator-In-Charge, Employee Management Division for re-issue of
IDENTIFICATION CARD marked "Retired"
d. Firearm(s), if not previously vouchered - to Manhattan Property Clerk's
Office if NOT applying for a handgun license. (Member discontinuing police
service will prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) at Property Clerk
facility). Firearm(s) previously vouchered at other borough Property Clerk
Offices will be forwarded to the Manhattan Property Clerk's Office by the
Property Clerk.
e. Helmet and mace with holster - to Firearms and Tactics Section, Police
Headquarters range
f. New York City Transit Police Pass MetroCards - to desk officer, who will
ensure that All MetroCards are hand delivered to the Employee Management
Division
g. Long Island Rail Road and Metro-North Police Passes - to desk officer,
who will ensure that ALL Long Island Rail Road and Metro-North Police Passes
are hand delivered to the Employee Management Division
h. Personal portable radio with all accessories - issued to members of the
service in the rank of captain and above to Communications Division,
Telecommunications Unit, One Police Plaza, Room 910B
i. Cellular telephone with all accessories - if applicable, to
Communications Division, Telecommunications Unit, One Police Plaza, Room 910B

j. NYPD Restricted Parking Permit (Misc. 23-N), Headquarters Annex Parking
Permit (Misc. 814HQ-Annex) or any other Department issued vehicle parking
permit - if applicable, to issuing command's integrity control
officer/counterpart, to ensure that return is recorded in Department record
book
k. NYPD Vehicle Identification Plate (Misc. 740) - if applicable, to
command's integrity control officer/counterpart, who will ensure that the
plate is forwarded by messenger to Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle
Identification Unit at 315 Hudson Street, Manhattan
l. Personal laptop computer with all accessories - if applicable, (issued to
members of the service in the rank of captain and above) to Management
Information Systems Division, Distributed Computer Section, One Police Plaza,
C Level, Room A-74.
NOTE: A member intending to apply for a handgun license will comply with
instructions received from the Executive Director, Police Pension Fund.
Members who reside within the confines of New York City MUST have HANDGUN
LICENSE APPLICATION (PD643-041) typed and notarized prior to reporting to the
Police Pension Fund. A member residing outside New York City must make
application for a handgun license to the licensing officer in the municipality
in which the member resides.
9. Deliver to Executive Director, Police Pension Fund:
a. Five copies of PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE indicating
disposition of property
b. Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if applicable.
10. Prepare and submit PENSION APPLICATION (PD440-045), which grants terminal
leave, if applicable.
11. Retain copy of:
a. PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
b. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if prepared.
DESK OFFICER
12. Make Command Log entry from the endorsement made by the Executive
Director, Police Pension Fund on PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE.
a. File copy of receipted form in Property Receipt Book.
13. Notify commanding officer and next higher command.
14. Notify roll call clerk.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Police Pension Fund notifies uniformed members of the service well in
advance of their 63rd birthdate that such members are required, by law, to
retire no later than midnight of the eve of their 63rd birthdate. The member
concerned MUST apply for and take all leave, including vacation and terminal

leave, PRIOR TO THAT DATE. Any leave NOT TAKEN prior to the member's 63rd
birthdate WILL BE FORFEITED; the member will receive NO COMPENSATION
WHATSOEVER for time so forfeited.
No leaves of any kind may be granted after commencement of terminal leave, nor
may the member be placed on sick report, UNLESS such sick report results from
an action taken in the line of duty while on terminal leave.
A member who discontinues terminal leave PRIOR to the effective retirement
date may NOT be granted vacation for at least thirty days AFTER discontinuance
of such leave. A member may, however, apply for a thirty day leave of absence
WITHOUT PAY, OR return to full duty.
Prior to approval of a request for leave WITHOUT PAY of a member discontinuing
terminal leave, the approving officer (see P.G. 205-21, "Leave Of Absence
Without Pay Thirty Calendar Days Or More") MUST communicate with, and obtain
the approval of the Chief of Personnel.
A member on terminal leave who withdraws an application for retirement and
subsequently re-applies for retirement shall be subject to ALL the provisions
of this procedure. In addition, the effective date of retirement must be at
least thirty days from the date of re-application.
A uniformed member of the service with sufficient reason may request his
commanding officer to mail his paycheck while he is on leave prior to
retirement. The request shall be prepared on Typed Letterhead and submitted
with sufficient number of self-addressed, stamped envelopes.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Discontinuance of Police Service - Resignation (P.G. 205-43)
Leave Of Absence Without Pay Thirty Calendar Days Or More (P.G. 205-21)
Acquisition and Use of Department Issued New York City Transit Police Pass
MetroCards (P.G. 219-26)
FORMS AND REPORTS
LEAVE OF ABSENCE WITHOUT PAY (PD433-041)
PENSION APPLICATION (PD440-045)
HANDGUN LICENSE APPLICATION (PD643-041)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013)
[I.O. 63 s 13] REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-43 Discontinuation Of Police Service - Resignation
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To facilitate the resignation of a uniformed member of the service.
DEFINITION
RESIGNATION - Voluntary separation from the Department other than
retirement/vested interest.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service decides to resign from the Department:
MEMBER CONCERNED
1. Report to permanent command and notify commanding officer.
a. If commanding officer is NOT present, inform desk officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Instruct member that resignation bars reinstatement EXCEPT if approved by
the Police Commissioner within one year of date of resignation.
3. Request member concerned to complete, in ink, and sign appropriate section
of RESIGNATION AND EXIT INTERVIEW (PD452-151).
4. Interview member and record responses under appropriate captions of
RESIGNATION AND EXIT INTERVIEW.
5. Sign RESIGNATION AND EXIT INTERVIEW and distribute as indicated on bottom
of each copy of form.
6. Have command clerk prepare set of PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF
SERVICE (PD520-013).
7. Sign PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE.
DESK OFFICER
8. Make Command Log entry of resignation.
9. Obtain New York City Transit Police Pass MetroCard and Long Island Rail
Road and/or Metro-North Rail Road Police Passes from resigning member, if
appropriate, and have hand delivered to the Employee Management Division.
10. Notify Operations Unit that uniformed member is resigning.
11. Give member on duty at Operations Unit the following information
concerning resigning member:
a. Rank

b. Last name, first name, middle initial
c. Shield number
d. Tax registry number
e. Social Security number
f. Command
g. Date of appointment
h. Hour and date of resignation.
NOTE: Operations Unit personnel will notify Communications Section (for
transmittal of FINEST message), Internal Affairs Bureau, Payroll Section,
Police Pension Fund and Employee Management Division.
12. Assign member concerned to second platoon on last working day.
a. If last working day of resigning member is on Saturday or Sunday, member
will report to Police Pension Fund for processing on Friday and perform
clerical duty in command on Saturday and Sunday.
RESIGNING MEMBER
13. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) listing firearms to be
safeguarded.
[I.O. 66 s 13] Deleted NOTE
14. Prepare separate ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS
- REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE (PD424-150) for each firearm safeguarded.
15. Deliver firearms with PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and ACQUISITION OR
DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y. STATE POLICE to
borough Property Clerk's Office, ONLY.
[I.O. 66 s 13] 16. Report to Police Pension Fund on last working day in
civilian clothes with PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE, ALL
property and two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
a. Resigning uniformed member of the service will retain "Prisoner / Finder
/ Owner copy" of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE as receipt for firearms.
NOTE: If uniformed member of the service refuses to report to Police Pension
Fund for processing, commanding officer will accept property and have it
delivered to appropriate commands.
17. Deliver Department property to commands indicated below and obtain receipt
on PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE form.
a. Department Manual (Patrol Guide, Administrative Guide, Organization Guide
and Detective Guide) - to Executive Director, Police Pension Fund
b. IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) and shield - to Administrator, Employment
Section

c. Helmet, mace and mace holster - to officer-in-charge, Firearms and
Tactics Section, Police Headquarters Range
d. Personal portable radio with all accessories - issued to members of the
service in the rank of captain and above to Communications Division,
Telecommunications Unit, One Police Plaza, Room 910B
e. Cellular telephone with all accessories - if applicable, to
Communications Division, Telecommunications Unit, One Police Plaza, Room 910B
f. NYPD Restricted Parking Permit (Misc. 23-N), Headquarters Annex Parking
Permit (Misc. 814HQ-Annex) or any other Department issued vehicle parking
permit - if applicable, to issuing command's integrity control
officer/counterpart, to ensure that return is recorded in Department record
book
g. NYPD Vehicle Identification Plate (Misc. 740) - if applicable, to
command's integrity control officer/counterpart, who will ensure that the
plate is forwarded by messenger to Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle
Identification Unit at 315 Hudson Street
h. Personal laptop computer with all accessories - if applicable, (issued to
members of the service in the rank of captain and above) to Management
Information Systems Division, Distributed Computer Section, One Police Plaza,
C Level, Room A-74.
NOTE: ALL uniformed members of the service MUST return the Patrol Guide.
Detectives, detective investigators and detective supervisors MUST return the
Patrol Guide and Detective Guide. ALL uniformed members of the service in the
rank of lieutenant MUST return the Patrol Guide and Administrative Guide. All
uniformed members of the service in the rank of captain and above MUST return
the Patrol, Administrative, Detective and Organization Guides.
POLICE PENSION FUND REPRESENTATIVE
18. Examine PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE to insure that ALL
property is returned or accounted for.
19. Prepare necessary resignation papers and give resigning member appropriate
instructions.
20. Forward to desk officer/counterpart following forms in Department mail:
a. PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
b. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
DESK OFFICER
21. File copy of PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE in Property
Receipt Book.
22. Notify commanding officer, roll call clerk and next higher command of
resignation.
IF MEMBER IS RESIGNING IN PERSON, NOT AT PERMANENT COMMAND, AND WILL NOT
REPORT TO POLICE PENSION FUND FOR PROCESSING:

DESK OFFICER COMMAND OF RESIGNATION
23. Prepare RESIGNATION AND EXIT INTERVIEW (five part snap-out).
24. Request member to sign form.
a. If member refuses, so indicate.
25. Sign and distribute form as indicated in step "5" above.
26. Notify Operations Unit of member's resignation.
a. Operations Unit personnel will make required notifications.
27. Notify member's permanent command of resignation.
28. Make Command Log entry of member's resignation including names of persons
notified.
29. Question resigning member concerning location of property.
30. Instruct member concerned that benefits, pension contributions, etc., will
NOT be returned until ALL property is accounted for and that the Police
Commissioner will decide if resignation is without permission.
31. Assign uniformed member to deliver property of resigning member to
permanent command.
32. Instruct resigning member to contact Police Pension Fund for instructions
concerning benefits.
DESK OFFICER, PERMANENT COMMAND
33. Have following forms prepared:
a. PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
b. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c. ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO
N.Y. STATE POLICE.
34. Inspect member's FORCE RECORD (PD406-143) to determine Department property
and firearms possessed by member.
35. Have uniformed supervisor and clerical member of the service open member's
locker and obtain property.
36. Have uniformed member of the service deliver resigning member's firearms
with related forms to borough Property Clerk's Office.
[I.O. 66 s 13] 37. Assign member to deliver PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE
OF SERVICE (five copies), two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and ALL
Department property to Police Pension Fund.
POLICE PENSION FUND REPRESENTATIVE

38. Process papers of resigning member and check PROPERTY RECEIPT DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE to insure ALL Department property and firearms are
returned.
39. Forward to member's permanent command a copy of:
a. PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
b. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
DESK OFFICER PERMANENT COMMAND
40. Check PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE to insure that ALL
Department property and firearms of resigning member are accounted for, and/or
safeguarded.
IF MEMBER RESIGNS OTHER THAN IN PERSON (BY TELEGRAM, REGISTERED LETTER, ETC.):
C.O./SUPERVISING OFFICER, RECEIVING RESIGNATION
41. Notify Operations Unit of member's resignation.
a. Operations Unit personnel will make required notifications.
42. Notify resigning member's permanent command, if necessary.
C.O., PERSONNEL ORDERS SECTION
43. Mail certified letter to member concerned acknowledging receipt and
acceptance of resignation.
a. Advise member that Police Commissioner will decide if resignation is
without permission.
MEMBER'S C.O./SUPERVISORY HEAD
44. Attempt to personally communicate with member to determine location of
Department property and member's firearms.
45. Instruct member concerned that pension contributions, etc., will NOT be
returned until ALL property and firearms are returned and/or accounted for.
46. Have desk officer inspect FORCE RECORD of member to determine what
Department property and firearms are possessed by member.
DESK OFFICER, MEMBER'S COMMAND
47. Assign sergeant and clerical member of the service to open member's locker
and obtain Department property.
48. Make Command Log entry of all facts.
49. Request desk officer of designated precinct to assign a supervisor to a
specified location to obtain member's property.
a. Precinct designated will be determined by location of property.
SUPERVISOR, DESIGNATED PRECINCT

50. Visit location(s) and obtain property.
51. Deliver property to desk officer of member's permanent command.
DESK OFFICER
52. Comply with steps "13" to "17" above, insofar as possible, regarding
preparation of forms and delivery of property to appropriate commands.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In an effort to facilitate vacation selections, uniformed members of the
service in the rank of police officer through deputy chief receive their
entire vacation allotment on January 1st of any given year. However, members
concerned are reminded that they are only entitled to use their entire
vacation allotment if they are employed for the full year. Uniformed members
who resign during the calendar year may only use the amount of vacation days
based on the monthly accrual rates as follows:
a. Uniformed members appointed PRIOR to July 1, 1988, as per P.G. 203-19,
"Vacation Policy".
b. Uniformed members appointed AFTER July 1, 1988 at the rate of:
(1) 2 1/2 days each month AFTER the first five years of service for a
total of twenty-seven vacation days
(2) 1 2/3 days each month PRIOR TO 5TH YEAR ANNIVERSARY for a total of
twenty vacation days.
NOTE:: Uniformed member whose 5th year anniversary falls within calendar
year receives a prorated vacation accrual based on date of appointment.
A uniformed member of the service who uses vacation in excess of the accrual
rates PRIOR to resigning will be required to forfeit pay and/or reimburse the
Department for the paid vacation days used in excess of the accrual.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vacation Policy (P.G. 203-19)
Acquisition and Use of Department Issued New York City Transit Police Pass
MetroCards (P.G. 219-26)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF FIREARMS BY POLICE OFFICERS - REPORT TO N.Y.
STATE POLICE (PD424-150)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013)
RESIGNATION AND EXIT INTERVIEW (PD452-151)

P.G. 205-44 Pistol License For Retiring Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To expedite the issuance of a pistol license to a uniformed member of the
service retiring.
PROCEDURE
A uniformed member of the service who desires to obtain a pistol license will,
prior to last tour of duty:
RETIRING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Obtain pistol license from local police authority if a non-resident of
City.
2. Prepare PISTOL LICENSE APPLICATION (PD643-041) complying with directions on
form.
a. Two copies if resident of New York City
b. Three copies if non-resident of New York City.
3. Request commanding officer to endorse reverse side of application under
caption, "Investigating Officer's Recommendation."
CLERICAL MEMBER
4. Fingerprint retiring member using:
a. NON-CRIMINAL FINGERPRINT RECORD (PD423-144)
b. New York State Non-Criminal Fingerprint Card (O13 OOIN)
c. F.B.I. Applicant Form (FD258)
RETIRING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Obtain three head type photographs, 1 1/2 inch square
a. If non-resident of New York City, four photographs are required.
NOTE: Photographs must have been taken within thirty days of application.
6. Report to Identification Section, Police Headquarters with fingerprints for
processing.
7. Report to Payroll/Police Pension Fund to obtain Certificate of Service with
medical endorsement.
a. If non-resident, an additional copy of Certificate of Service is required
for local police authority.

8. Prepare a U.S. Postal Money Order as follows:
a. Seventy-four ($74) dollars payable to New York State Division of Criminal
Justice Services.
9. Report to Pistol License Section, Police Headquarters with the following
documents:
a. PISTOL LICENSE APPLICATIONS and photographs
b. Fingerprint forms
c. Certificate of Service
d. Money Order
e. Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) if firearms are in custody of
Property Clerk.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A retiring uniformed member of the service who resides outside New York City
must obtain a New York State Pistol License from his local police authority
prior to making application to the Pistol License Section for a New York City
License. Because the retiring member cannot receive a Certificate of Service
until his last working day, he may be unable to receive his New York State
License prior to his retirement date. Therefore, the retiring member will
deposit his firearms in the Manhattan Property Clerk's Office and upon receipt
of his State License, comply with the above procedure.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Discontinuance Of Police Service Retirement-Vested Interest (P.G. 205-42)
FORMS AND REPORTS
NON-CRIMINAL FINGERPRINT RECORD (PD423-144)
PISTOL LICENSE APPLICATION (PD643-041)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 205-45 Chronic Absence Control Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To curtail abuse of sick leave privileges.
DEFINITIONS
CHRONIC SICK - CATEGORY "A" - A uniformed member of the service who reports
sick for any reason, EXECPT an initial line of duty absence OR for
hospitalization at any time, four or more times within a twelve month period.
CHRONIC SICK - CATEGORY "B" - A unformed member of the service who reports
sick for any reason, EXCEPT initial line of duty OR for hospitalization at any
time, six or more times within a twelve month period; OR For any reason EXCEPT
an initial line of duty absence or for hospitalization at any time, four or
more times within a twelve month period and loses forty or more workdays (not
calendar days).
SCOPE
Outpatient service such as ambulatory surgery is not considered
hospitalization for the purpose of this procedure.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is initially designated "CHRONIC
ABSENT":
COMMANDING OFFICER, MEDICAL DIVISION
1. Notify member's commanding officer, in writing, by forwarding appropriate
copies of CHRONIC ABSENT NOTIFICATION (PD433-148).
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Notify member of such designation, by delivering original copy (white) of
CHRONIC ABSENT NOTIFICATION, after completing first endorsement.
3. Indicate notification on member's ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145).
4. Advise member that such designation will remain in effect according to the
following classification:
a. CATEGORY "A" - for six months from date of return to duty following last
absence.
b. CATEGORY "B" - for nine months from date of return to duty following last
absence.
NOTE: Subsequent sick reports, EXCLUDING initial line of duty or
hospitalization, during the six or nine month period will extend the
designation period accordingly UNLESS such designation is revoked on appeal.

WHEN A MEMBER WISHES TO APPEAL A CHRONIC SICK DESIGNATION
MEMBER CONCERNED
5. Prepare report, in DUPLICATE, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the
Commanding Officer, Medical Division, within thirty days of chronic absent
designation, indicating the reason(s) for objection to designation.
6. Present report to commanding officer for review and recommendation.
COMMANDING OFFICER
7. Review report and forward, with endorsement, to Commanding Officer, Medical
Division.
a. Include recommendation and reason(s) in support or denial of appeal.
COMMANDING OFFICER, MEDICAL DIVISION
8. Confer with Chief Surgeon and district surgeon concerned.
9. APPROVE/DISAPPROVE appeal.
10. Forward DISAPPROVED appeal to Chief of Personnel for final determination.
11. Notify commanding officer of member concerned of results of appeal.
COMMANDING OFFICER
12. Inform member concerned of final determination.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The following restrictions shall apply to members designated Category "B":
a. Not eligible for Administrative Return
b. Assignment to Special Medical District, regardless of residence and
existing medical district.
c. Not permitted to leave residence without the express permission of the
Special Medical District Surgeon. Members violating this procedure will be
subject to Charges and Specifications, not Command Discipline.
Category "B" members who report sick and indicate an inability to travel, or
who fail to report to the Special Medical District when scheduled, will be
visited by a supervising officer of the Medical Division. Member will then be
transported to the Special Medical District (if able to travel). CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121) will be prepared by a ranking officer from the
Medical Division if Special Medical District Surgeon determines that:
a. the sick member was able to travel to the Special Medical District, OR
b. the member displays no objective evidence of illness or injury claimed.
Category "B" members found fit for duty after examination by the Special
Medical District Surgeon and who report sick again for the SAME reason prior
to their next scheduled tour of duty, may be suspended from duty without pay

if upon subsequent examination by a surgeon, no objective findings of such
illness or injury are found. CHARGES AND SPECIFICATOINS will be prepared by
the Commanding Officer, Medical Division.
A FINEST message will be transmitted daily listing those members reporting
sick within the previous twenty-four hours and specifically identifying those
who will report to the Special Medical District instead of their own district
surgeon. Members concerned will be notified by their commanding officer.
Granting of applications or recommendations for discretionary benefits,
including promotion, extra compensation, designation, heightened assignments,
off-duty employment and scholarships will be discretionary while a member is
Chronic Absent, Category "A" or "B". No discretionary benefits and privileges
will be denied solely because a member is Chronic Absent, Categories "A" or
"B".
RELATED PROCEDURES
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
CHRONIC ABSENT NOTIFICATION (PD433-148)

P.G. 205-46 Counseling Services Unit
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that all members of the service are informed about the Counseling
Services Unit.
DEPARTMENT COUNSELING GUIDELINES
SCOPE
The primary function of the Counseling Services Unit is to assist in the
recovery and return to full and productive service those members of the
service who are experiencing difficulties with alcohol, prescription
medication, gambling or finances. The Department's objective, at all levels,
is the early detection and referral of its personnel for evaluation and
treatment, either as a self-referral or through a direct supervisory referral.
The Counseling Services Unit is not a disciplinary unit, nor a sanctuary for
misconduct. To afford confidentiality to members of the service who utilize
this program, the Counseling Services Unit is located in a non-Department
facility located at: 189 Montague Street, 7th Floor, Brooklyn, New York 11201,
Monday through Friday between 0700-1800 hours. During non-business hours the
Counseling Services Unit may be contacted through the Sick Desk Supervisor.
Alcoholism is a primary, chronic disease with genetic, psychosocial and
environmental factors influencing its development and manifestations.
Untreated, the disease is often progressive and fatal. It is characterized by
continuous or periodic impaired control over drinking, preoccupation with the
drug alcohol, use of alcohol despite adverse consequences, and distortions in
thinking, most notably denial. Alcoholism is a fully treatable disease,
especially when intervention occurs in the early stages. Self-referral, before
the condition results in personal tragedy or misconduct, is deal. However, it
must be emphasized that denial and cover-up are inherent components of this
disease. Therefore, supervisors are a vital link to the process of early
detection, referral, treatment and recovery. A supervisor may contact the
Counseling Services Unit and request that a member be evaluated.
Federal law and regulations governing confidentiality prohibit disclosure of
any information or record pertaining to substance abuse treatment. The
Counseling Services Unit may not disclose any information that identifies a
member as a participant except under the following circumstances:
a. Written consent from the member concerned
b. Valid subpoena and U.S. District Court Order
c. Suspected child abuse
d. Danger to self or another
Records maintained by the Counseling Services Unit are absolutely confidential
and not duplicated or forwarded anywhere within the Department. In
non-disciplinary cases, when a supervisor officially refers a member, no
report will he prepared and no record of the referral will be noted in the

member's personnel folder. Supervisors making referrals will only be advised
as to the level of cooperation and only on a need to know basis.
Members participating in this program will not jeopardize their assignments or
promotional opportunities. In addition, their current assignments will not
ordinarily be changed because of their participation in this program unless,
due to the nature of the assignment, a change is deemed to be in the best
interests of all parties concerned. However, participation in this program
will not exempt a member of the service from disciplinary action for specific
acts of misconduct and the consequences of such disciplinary action.
The services of the Counseling Services Unit are NOT available to members of
the service for illegal drug use. All members of the service are mandated by
provisions of "Administration of Drug Screening Tests for Cause," (P.G.
205-30) to make official notification to the commanding officer/duty captain,
or Internal Affairs Bureau/Command Center when illegal drug use is suspected.
Prior to final adjudication of a disciplinary matter, in all misconduct cases
in which the use of alcohol is indicated, an alcoholism assessment by the
Counseling Services Unit must be conducted. In addition, in appropriate cases,
a final adjudication of the disciplinary matter will be held in abeyance
pending completion of treatment for alcoholism. The Department Advocate's
Office or the Office of the Special Prosecutor, as appropriate, will ensure
that these steps are taken.
In domestic violence cases, the Early Intervention Unit will refer the member
to the Domestic Incident Education Program. The Department Advocate's Office
or the Office of the Special Prosecutor, as appropriate, will ensure that
these steps are taken.

P.G. 205-47 Temporary Removal Of Firearms In Non-Disciplinary
Cases
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To temporarily remove a uniformed member of the service's firearms and
evaluate that member's fitness to perform duty in non-disciplinary cases.
DEFINITION
RANKING OFFICER - For the purposes of this procedure only, a Department
surgeon, uniformed member of the service in the rank of captain or above, or
other competent authority.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a Department surgeon, uniformed member of the service in the rank of
captain or above, or other competent authority, determines that a member's
firearms should be temporarily removed for non-disciplinary reasons (e.g.,
stress as a result of family or other situations, suicidal tendencies, etc.)
the following steps will be complied with:
RANKING OFFICER
1. Request response of Department psychologist, if warranted, through the Sick
Desk Supervisor, at (718) 760-7606.
2. Direct that the member's pistols, revolvers, IDENTIFICATION CARD
(PD416-091), and shield be removed.
3. Deliver surrendered property to command where the order to surrender was
given.
4. Ascertain if member possesses additional firearms, i.e. pistols, revolvers,
rifles or shotguns:
a. Question member directly
b. Direct desk officer, command of surrender, to check member's FORCE RECORD
(PD406-143).
DESK OFFICER, COMMAND OF SURRENDER
5. Notify member's permanent command and request a check of member's FORCE
RECORD (PD406-143) to determine if all weapons listed have been surrendered.
6. Arrange to obtain other additional firearms if necessary.
NOTE: The command where any of the member's pistols or revolvers are located
may be directed to retrieve the weapons and deliver them to either the
member's command or to the command in which the investigation is being
conducted, if appropriate.
7. Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) prepared for firearms obtained.

Include on INVOICE notation "Property of uniformed member of the service - Not
to be returned without approval of Commanding Officer, Medical Division."
a. Place shield, and IDENTIFICATION CARD into a Plastic Security Envelope
and seal. (Do not prepare INVOICE for these items).
b. Secure firearms, shield, and IDENTIFICATION CARD in the command's
property locker.
c. Make appropriate entries in Command Log.
NOTE: Do not prepare REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT (PD524-152).
RANKING OFFICER
8. Make notification to Early Intervention Unit. If closed, have notification
made at beginning of next business day.
9. Prepare detailed confidential report addressed to Commanding Officer,
Medical Division, and forward direct.
10. Forward copies of the report to:
a. Director, Employee Management Division (Attention: Early Intervention
Unit) in all cases.
b. The member's commanding officer in all cases.
c. Chief of Internal Affairs Bureau (IAB) only if the incident generates an
IAB log number. (Notify IAB Command Center of results of investigation).
d. Investigative unit concerned (i.e. borough/bureau investigations unit)
only if further investigation of the incident is necessary.
NOTE: If the incident involves corruption/serious misconduct, comply with
P.G. 206-08, "Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member of the Service," or
206-10, "Modified Assignment," 206-17, "Removal and Restoration of Firearms"
and [I.O. 9 s 08] 207-21, "Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct
Against Members of the Service."
11. Direct member concerned to:
a. Report to his/her permanent command at 0900 hours for each tour of duty
that falls on a business day (Monday through Friday).
b. Work normally assigned tour hours whenever tour of duty falls on a
weekend (Saturday or Sunday) or holiday.
c. Be assigned to non-enforcement duties.
d. Follow steps 11a.-11c. as indicated above until an evaluation
determination and further reporting instructions from the Commanding Officer,
Medical Division are received.
COMMANDING OFFICER, MEDICAL DIVISION
12. Review confidential report prepared by ranking officer.

13. Determine with supervisory psychologist if member concerned should be
evaluated by the Psychological Evaluation Unit.
14. Notify member concerned to appear at Psychological Evaluation Unit if
determination is made that member requires evaluation.
WHEN IT IS DETERMINED THAT THERE IS A MEDICAL OR PSYCHOLOGICAL REASON FOR THE
MEMBER'S FIREARMS TO BE OFFICIALLY REMOVED
15. Have member's firearms officially removed when deemed necessary.
NOTE: Medical Division will be responsible for:
a. Placing member on restricted duty.
b. Issuing a Firearms Removal serial number.
c. Preparing REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT and forwarding it to
desk officer, command of surrender.
d. Notify commands concerned regarding member's status and the official
removal of firearms.
e. Directing member to report to Employee Management Division for a
restricted duty IDENTIFICATION CARD.
DESK OFFICER, COMMAND OF SURRENDER
16. Upon receipt of REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT from Medical
Division, comply with P.G. procedure 206-17, "Removal and Restoration of
Firearms," regarding the forwarding of firearms, shield and IDENTIFICATION
CARD.
WHEN DETERMINATION IS MADE THAT MEMBER DOES NOT REQUIRE A PSYCHOLOGICAL
EVALUATION OR A PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION FINDS NO BASIS TO OFFICIALLY REMOVE
THE MEMBER'S FIREARMS
COMMANDING OFFICER, MEDICAL DIVISION
17. Notify desk officer, command of surrender and also member's permanent
command, if different that:
a. There is no medical/psychological objection to returning the member's
firearms, shield, and IDENTIFICATION CARD.
b. Member must report to the Early Intervention Unit on the next business
day.
DESK OFFICER, COMMAND OF SURRENDER/MEMBER'S PERMANENT COMMAND
18. Make:
a Return call to Medical Division to verify authenticity of the
notification.
b. Entry in Telephone Record.
19. Notify commanding officer and roll call personnel.

20. Return firearms, shield, and IDENTIFICATION CARD to member.
21. Ensure that member reports to the Early Intervention Unit on the next
business day.
22. Make Command Log entry.
EARLY INTERVENTION UNIT
23. Conduct Career Guidance Interview with the member upon arrival at the
Early Intervention Unit.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The interview with the Early Intervention Unit may take place after the
member's firearms have been returned provided the interview takes place on the
next business day.
AUTHORIZATION TO SAFEGUARD FIREARMS AT MEMBER'S COMMAND DUE TO A CURRENT
PERSONAL PROBLEM
When a member believes that possession of firearms, during off-duty hours,
could further aggravate a current personal problem, (e.g. potential domestic
violence accusations), the member concerned may request that his/her firearms
be safeguarded at the command. The desk officer must make a Command Log entry
each tour the member elects to safeguard his/her firearms. The entry will
indicate the date, time, rank, name and tax registry number of the member
making the request, and the serial numbers of all firearms being safeguarded.
An entry concerning the justification for this type of request is not
required. A notification in the margin of the original entry will also be made
indicating the date and time the firearms were returned to the member. The
member will continue to perform full duty according to the normal duty chart
or work schedule. At the conclusion of each tour the member may deliver
his/her firearms to the desk officer until the personal problem is rectified.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Cause For Suspension/Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-08)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Removal Of Firearms From Intoxicated Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G.
206-12)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT (PD 524-152)

P.G. 205-48 Evaluations - General - Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE To ensure that each uniformed and civilian member of the service is
evaluated at least once each year.
PROCEDURE
To provide guidance to processing the evaluation of uniformed and civilian
members of the service:
COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
1. Utilize the "Evaluations Due" computer application in the NYPD Intranet and
examine command roster to determine which members of command may require a
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.
2. Assign supervisor(s) to evaluate performance of subordinates.
a. Designate an appropriate supervisor to prepare PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS of
members assigned to the VIPER units, if applicable.
RATER
3. Prepare appropriate PERFORMANCE EVALUATION form according to directions
contained on the form and in the Performance Evaluation Guide.
4. Examine ratee's CPI record, Department recognition, sick record,
commendation letters, CCRB record, for entries pertaining to the rating
period, as well as any other record of performance documentation (e.g. Command
Discipline Log, Minor Violations Log, etc.).
5. Comment on all Performance Areas/Behavioral Dimensions rated below
competent (i.e., rated either 2 or 1).
6. Discuss the Department's equal employment opportunity (EEO) policy with
ratee.
a. Make all evaluation decisions in accordance with the Department's EEO
policy to ensure compliance
b. Record any disciplinary action received by a member of the service that
was a result EEO related issue (see "ADDITIONAL DATA")
c. Record comments in the section devoted to the "Overall Rater's Comments",
indicating that the employee's rights and responsibility regarding EEO issues
were discussed
d. Record any comments in the section devoted to the "Overall Rater's
Comments", indicating how well a supervisor has demonstrated his/her
compliance with the Department's EEO policy.
7. Report efforts made to improve attendance of members who are classified
"Chronic Absent - Category A" or "Chronic Absent - Category "B."

a. Include a statement concerning efforts made to improve attendance.
8. Confer with ratee's former supervisor and consult transfer PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION if observation of ratee is of limited duration, when appropriate.
a. Include identity of supervisor conferred with in Overall Rater's
comments.
9. Forward completed PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to appropriate reviewer by
entering the reviewer's tax registry number.
REVIEWER
10. Review all PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS of subordinate personnel.
11. Ensure the ratings of members designated "Chronic Absent" are accurate and
objectively reflect the ratee's performance and the impact of absenteeism on
such performance.
a. Give consideration to attendance record of ratee who is classified
"Chronic Absent - Category A" in determining appropriate overall rating.
b. Consider evaluating ratee "Very Low" if member is or has been classified
as "Chronic Absent - Category B" during the rating period.
12. Provide additional comments regarding the ratee's performance and submit
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to rater.
WHEN REVIEWER IS IN DISSAGREEMENT WITH RATER'S EVALUATION
13. Prepare additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATION if in disagreement with any
portion of the rater's evaluation of ratee.
a. Forward the additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to immediate supervisor for
review by entering the immediate supervisor's tax registry number.
EXECUTIVE OFFICER/COMMANDING OFFICER
14. Review the additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATION prepared by initial reviewer
and add comments as the new reviewer.
a. Submit the additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to initial reviewer.
INITIAL REVIEWER
15. Discuss the additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATION with ratee after comments
have been made by executive officer/commanding officer.
IN ALL CASES WHEN A PERFORMANCE EVALUATION IS PREPARED
INITIAL REVIEWER/RATER
16. Discuss PERFORMANCE EVALUATION with ratee after the rater and the reviewer
have made comments.
17. Comply with P.G. 205-58, "Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the
Service" or P.G. 205-59, "Appeal of Evaluation - Civilian Member of the
Service," when member of the service appeals his/her PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.

a. Notify commanding officer of ratee's decision to appeal.
18. Print PERFORMANCE EVALUATION for signature of ratee, rater, and reviewer.
19. Schedule and conduct interview with ratee.
a. Be cognizant of any scheduled vacations or absences that may cause a
delay in conducting the interview and "finalizing" of PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.
20. Provide a copy of PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to ratee at interview.
21. Ensure that a completed and signed PERFORMANCE EVALUATION is filed in the
member's command folder.
22. Certify evaluation process as complete by "finalizing" PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION.
a. Submit PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS prior to leaving for vacation or other
leave, if such absence would cause a delay in preparation and/or submission of
the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.
COMMANDING OFFICER/REVIEWER
23. Prepare interim PERFORMANCE EVALUATION if significant change occurs in
ratee's performance or as otherwise directed.
a. If a ratee receives an overall evaluation of below competent (2.5 or
lower) or is rated extremely competent (5.0), the reviewer must be in the rank
of captain or above, or selected civilian managerial titles.
b. If ratee is in any Performance Monitoring Program, the reviewer must be
the commanding officer. The commanding officer will consult with all
appropriate supervisors prior to making any comments.
24. Review delinquent PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS recapitulation on the NYPD
Intranet Home Page (Evaluations Due) frequently to determine status of overdue
PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS (see "ADDITIONAL DATA").
25. Ensure all PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS are forwarded electronically after
completion by utilizing the "Print Command Evaluations" feature on the main
menu.
a. This feature provides a supervisor in the rank of lieutenant or above to
view all finalized PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS in the command.
26. Ensure a signed copy of the original PERFORMANCE EVALUATION prepared for a
probationary police officer, probationary sergeant, probationary lieutenant
and probationary captain is forwarded to the Employee Management Division,
Probationary Monitoring Unit.
27. Direct rater being transferred or retiring to prepare PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION for each member the rater is regularly required to evaluate, prior
to transfer/retirement.
28. Direct that a transfer PERFORMANCE EVALUATION be prepared for members
transferred.

a. Forward PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to member's new command.
29. Ensure that members are rated in the command to which assigned or
temporarily assigned on the last day of the rating period (conferrals may be
made if required).
a. If a member of the service is not observed during the rating period,
(i.e., sick report, leave, retired or resigned, etc.), an explanation,
including dates, must be entered on PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.
ADDITIONAL DATA
PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS and guidebooks for the ranks of police officer through
captain, and civilian sub-managerial employees may be found by accessing the
Online Evaluation System via the Department Intranet. Commanding officers will
ensure additional copies of guidebooks are made available in the command
reference library.
Probationary members of the service do not receive annual PERFORMANCE
EVALUATIONS. An annual PERFORMANCE EVALUATION will be prepared during the next
rating period after a member attains permanent rank.
Uniformed members of the service who are in rank on probation (e.g.,
entry-level probationary police officers, probationary sergeants, etc.) and
civilian members of the service who have not completed their probationary
period or have served less than two years in a provisional status are not
permitted to appeal their PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.
All newly promoted sergeants, lieutenants and captains are on probation in
rank for a period of twelve months unless cause exists to extend such period
for an additional six months. Extension of probation beyond twelve months may
be authorized on a case-by-case basis.
A waiver of probation may be requested after six months. This request must be
made by the probationary member's commanding officer and accompanied by the
fourth month PERFORMANCE EVALUATION. All requests are to be forwarded through
channels to the Employee Management Division.
Members of the service are reminded that appraisal of subordinates'
performance is a continuous process. The use of an annual evaluation system
DOES NOT relieve supervisors of their responsibility to monitor and document
subordinates' performance throughout the rating period. The "Evaluations Due"
web page provides a roster of annual and probationary PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS
that are due for specific personnel. Certain commands are required to provide
additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS (i.e., investigative track commands and
requests due to monitoring). The Online Evaluation System does not preclude
commands from providing additional PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS when necessary.
When preparing a PERFORMANCE EVALUATION, the rater will take into account the
ratee's performance concerning equal employment opportunity (EEO) issues. EEO
factors having a bearing on the rating in that category will include, but not
be limited to, whether the member has engaged in conduct that violates
provisions of the Department Manual, Title VII, other applicable equal
employment opportunity laws, or the Department's equal employment opportunity
policy.
In addition, raters will ensure that recognition is given to members who
utilize their language proficiency for translation and interpretation in the

performance of their regular duties, or as part of the volunteer language
initiative. The use of this skill shall be afforded the same recognition as
any other special skill needed by the Department. Any experience gained while
serving as a translator/interpreter in criminal investigations will be
included in the Overall Rater's Comments of the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.
Commanding officers will ensure that evaluations of volunteer members are not
negatively affected by their assignment to translation/interpretation duties.
These tasks shall be evaluated as a proportionate part of their assigned
duties.
When a sub-managerial civilian member is transferred, the commanding
officer/supervisory head will direct that the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION is
completed online and the form is forwarded to the Employee Management Division
and to the new command. The ratee will be given a copy of the form. The
immediate supervisor in the new command will prepare a new Task and Standards
of the ratee's new assignment via the Online Evaluation System.
If excessive absence, tardiness or poor performance is cited as a reason(s)
for a BELOW STANDARDS or WELL BELOW STANDARDS rating, include a copy of the
appropriate form including: ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145), CIVILIAN
RECORD OF SUPERVISORY CONFERENCES (SUB-MANAGERIAL) (PD433-1411), CIVILIAN
LATENESS/WARNING NOTIFICATION (PD449-122), or CIVILIAN UNSATISFACTORY
PERFORMANCE WARNING (PD439-012), when appropriate.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Chronic Absence Control Program (P.G. 205-45)
Police Officer's Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System (P.G.
205-57)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)
Appeal of Evaluation - Civilian Member of the Service (P.G. 205-59)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)
CIVILIAN RECORD OF SUPERVISORY CONFERENCES (SUB- MANAGERIAL) (PD433-1411)
CIVILAIN LATENESS/WARNING NOTIFICATION (PD449-122)
CIVILIAN UNSATIFICATORY PERFORMANCE WARNING (PD439-012)
Online Performance Evaluation Guide

P.G. 205-49 Evaluation Of Probationary Police Officers
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To insure proper evaluation of probationary police officers.
PROCEDURE
Before a probationary police officer is permanently assigned to a command:
COMMANDING OFFICER, POLICE ACADEMY
1. Ensure preparation of two copies of RECRUIT EVALUATION (PD439-1412), prior
to permanent assignment.
2. Forward original to permanent command.
3. Forward duplicate to Employee Management Division upon assignment to
permanent command.
COMMANDING OFFICER/SUPERVISOR CONCERNED (PERMANENT COMMAND)
4. Evaluate continuously, the conduct and performance of probationary police
officers.
5. Evaluate probationary police officers via Online Evaluation System
available on the Department's Intranet, three times during their probationary
period: the tenth (10th), sixteenth (16th) and twenty-second (22nd) month.
NOTE: The first sixteen months of a probationary police officer's field
assignment is a critical phase in the training and maturation of a new police
officer. Supervisors must conscientiously evaluate probationary police
officers to ensure that members who are unable to satisfactorily perform their
duties are identified.
In addition to evaluation reports, commanding officers will submit the
following reports during the probationary period as they occur, on Typed
Letterhead.
a. Request for Charges and Specifications to First Deputy Commissioner.
b. Report of any matter that may bear upon the fitness of probationer to
Chief of Personnel in a sealed envelope.
COMMANDING OFFICER (PERMANENT COMMAND)
6. Ensure that twenty-second (22nd) month evaluation specifically recommends
"Permanent Appointment," "Extension of Probation" or "Termination of
Services," in reviewer's comments area.
a. Notify the Performance Analysis Section whenever a probationary police
officer receives an overall evaluation less than 3.0.
7. Forward completed PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS via Department Intranet by

finalizing the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION on line.
a. Ensure a signed copy of the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION is printed out and
forwarded to Probationary Monitoring Unit, One Police Plaza, Room 1000.
NOTE: When recommending "Termination of Services" or "Extension of
Probation" a detailed report to Chief of Personnel, including all pertinent
facts related to the probationary police officer's performance, will be
forwarded with a copy of the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION. If warranted, these
recommendations may also be forwarded at any time during the probationary
period, prior to the twenty-second (22nd) month anniversary.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The probationary period should be utilized to closely scrutinize the member's
performance to assess his or her abilities as a police officer. The entry
level probationary period may be extended an additional six months, if
necessary, to allow the Department more time to further review and evaluate a
probationer's suitability to remain a police officer. When a probationary
officer is transferred to a command, his or her performance from the previous
command must be reviewed. Interim evaluations should be prepared when it is
apparent there is a problem with an officer's performance. The rater will
discuss the probationary evaluation with the ratee. This will make the
probationary officer aware of his or her performance and also place those
probationary officers with a "below standards" evaluation on notice that their
performance must show an improvement. When a commanding officer becomes aware
that a probationary officer's performance may be below standards, supervisors
should be instructed to carefully document the member's performance by
utilizing the minor violations log, command discipline, and when appropriate,
charges and specifications. The probationer will be notified of the observed
performance deficiencies and instructed on proper Department procedure.
Written documentation that the probationer was instructed and counseled will
be maintained in the officer's personnel folder.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)
FORMS AND REPORTS
RECRUIT EVALUATION (PD439-1412)
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE OFFICER-DETECTIVE SPECIALIST (PD439-157)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-50 Evaluation Of Police Officers And Detectives Assigned
To Investigative Duties
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that each uniformed member is evaluated each year while assigned to
investigative duties.
PROCEDURE
Prior to the scheduled evaluation of uniformed members of the service:
RATER
1. Evaluate police officers assigned to investigative (Detective Track) duties
two times during their initial fifteen months in such assignment, (eighth
[8th], and fifteenth [15th] month), using form PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
DETECTIVES AND POLICE OFFICERS ASSIGNED TO DETECTIVE TRACK COMMANDS (Online
Evaluation System).
NOTE: The first fifteen months of an investigative assignment is a critical
phase in the training and development of a new investigator. Supervisors must
conscientiously evaluate police officers/investigators to ensure that members
who are not suited for investigative work are not retained in such
assignments. If there is a change in performance after the fifteenth (15th)
month, the member's supervisor MUST immediately submit an interim evaluation.
2. Evaluate police officers/investigators annually after the initial fifteen
months.
3. Evaluate detectives/investigators annually, using form PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION DETECTIVES AND POLICE OFFICERS ASSIGNED TO DETECTIVE TRACK COMMANDS
(Online Evaluation System).
REVIEWER
4. Comment on the ratee's performance and potential for continuation in an
investigative assignment and eventual promotion to detective for all police
officers/investigators.
5. Review and sign EVALUATION form.
NOTE: When an investigator is designated "Chronic Absent - Category B," it
is presumed that the investigator is performing in a substandard manner. If
the performance of the "Category B" investigator is rated higher than "Low",
the rater must demonstrate how the performance was achieved in spite of the
absence record of the investigator. In all cases, the rater must state if the
ratee should remain in the investigative assignment. If ratee is a detective,
determine if ratee should retain such designation or have such designation
revoked and be reassigned.
RATER
6. Audit the investigative time accrued by members assigned to command.

7. Ensure that eighth (8th) and fifteenth (15th) month evaluations are
prepared and promptly forwarded for police officers/investigators assigned to
the command.
8. Ensure the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION has been finalized.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Chronic Absence Control Program (P.G. 205-45)
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION DETECTIVES AND POLICE OFFICERS ASSIGNED TO DETECTIVE
TRACK COMMANDS (Online Evaluation System)

P.G. 205-51 Evaluation Of Police Officers And Detectives Assigned
To Non-Investigative Duties
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that each uniformed member of the service in the rank of police
officer or detective, who is not assigned to investigative duties, is
evaluated at least once each year.
PROCEDURE
Prior to evaluation period:
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Assign supervisor(s) to evaluate performance of subordinates.
RATER (IMMEDIATE SUPERVISOR)
2. Evaluate police officers annually upon completion of their probationary
period on form PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE OFFICER - DETECTIVE SPECIALIST
(Online Evaluation System).
3. Examine POLICE OFFICERS MONTHLY PERFORMANCE REPORTS (PD439-1414) prepared
during the rating period for each police officer being evaluated in
enforcement commands. The annual total of quarterly points awarded should
conform to the overall evaluation.
NOTE: Raters should refer to P.G. 205-57, "Police Officer's Monthly /
Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System."
4. Evaluate Detective Specialist, Detective 2nd Grade and Detective 1st Grade
not assigned to investigative duties (e.g., Personnel Orders Section,
Operations Unit) using form PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE OFFICER - DETECTIVE
SPECIALIST (Online Evaluation System).
REVIEWER
5. Review and sign PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE OFFICER - DETECTIVE
SPECIALIST(Online Evaluation System).
RATER
6. Forward completed PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS via Department Intranet by
finalizing the form PERFORMANCE EVALUATION online.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Police Officer's Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System (P.G.
205-57)
Appeal of evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE OFFICER - DETECTIVE SPECIALIST (Online

Evaluation System)
POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY PERFORMANCE REPORT (PD439-1414)

P.G. 205-52 Evaluation Of Sergeants/Lieutenants
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE To ensure that each uniformed member of the service in the rank of
sergeant and lieutenant is evaluated at least once each year.
PROCEDURE Prior to the scheduled evaluation of uniformed members of the
service:
RATER
1. Evaluate probationary sergeants on form PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SERGEANT
(Online Evaluation System) and probationary lieutenants on form PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION LIEUTENANT (Online Evaluation System), two times during their
probationary period, at the fourth (4th) and tenth (10th) month. The sixteenth
(16th) month evaluation is only required for sergeants and lieutenants whose
probation has been extended.
NOTE: Raters must conscientiously evaluate probationary sergeants and
lieutenants to ensure that members who are unable to satisfactorily perform
their duties are identified. Interim evaluations are to be submitted when
necessary, (e.g., change in the ratee's performance, etc.).
2. Evaluate sergeants and lieutenants annually upon completion of their
probationary period on appropriate PERFORMANCE EVAULATION REPORTS.
3. Confer with commanding officer, when evaluating sergeants or lieutenants
assigned as precinct detective squad supervisors/commanders. Record this
conferral in the "Overall Rater's Comments" section, noting the precinct
commander's overall evaluation of the ratee.
REVIEWER 4. Review and sign EVALUATION.
RATER 5. Forward completed PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS via Department Intranet by
finalizing the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION online.
a. Ensure a signed copy of the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION is printed out for
probationary sergeants and probationary lieutenants and forwarded to
Probationary Monitoring Unit, One Police Plaza, Room 1000.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Rater performing evaluation of a precinct detective squad supervisor or
commander will confer with the precinct commanding officer to ascertain the
commanding officer's overall evaluation of the precinct detective squad
supervisor/commander's performance. Conferral with the precinct commanding
officer and the precinct commanding officer's overall evaluation will be noted
in the RATER COMMENTS section of the precinct detective squad
supervisor/commander's annual performance evaluation.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)
FORMS AND REPORTS

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SERGEANT (Online Evaluation System)
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION LIEUTENANT (Online Evaluation System)

P.G. 205-53 Evaluation Of Sub-Managerial Civilian Personnel
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that sub-managerial civilian members of the service are evaluated at
least once each year.
PROCEDURE
During the evaluation period:
RATER
1. Inform ratee at beginning of evaluation period of principal tasks and
standards upon which ratings will be based.
NOTE: A list of tasks and standards specific to each civilian title may be
obtained from the Employee Management Division's Testing and Research Unit.
2. Record tasks and standards on page 2 of PERFORMANCE EVALUATION - CIVILIAN SUB-MANAGERIAL (PD439-152).
3. Discuss tasks and standards entered on form with ratee.
a. Enter date and sign form.
b. Give form to ratee for signature.
4. Submit form to reviewer for examination and signature.
COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Prepare and forward Typed Letterhead to Assistant Commissioner, Employee
Management Division, indicating that all sub-managerial civilian personnel
have been interviewed concerning tasks and expected standards of performance.
RATER
6. Complete "Actual Performance Section" (page 3) of PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CIVILIAN - SUB-MANAGERIAL at conclusion of rating period.
a. Complete appropriate captions on page 1 of form.
b. Rater prepares an original and two additional copies.
7. Discuss completed evaluation with ratee.
a. Have ratee sign all three copies (this signature does not mean that ratee
agrees with evaluation).
b. Supply one copy to ratee.
8. Forward original and one copy to reviewer.

REVIEWER
9. Examine and sign form.
a. After review, forward one copy to commanding officer.
b. File remaining copy in ratee's personal folder at command.
COMMANDING OFFICER
10. Forward original to Employee Management Division with Typed Letterhead
listing members who have been evaluated.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When a sub-managerial civilian member is transferred, the commanding
officer/supervisory head will direct that the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CIVILIAN - SUB-MANAGERIAL is completed and that the form is forwarded to the
Employee Management Division. The ratee will be given a copy of the form. The
immediate supervisor in the new command will prepare a new PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION - CIVILIAN - SUB-MANAGERIAL listing tasks and standards of the
ratee's new assignment.
If ratee performs below competent standard in the overall evaluation rating,
the commanding officer MUST be the reviewer.
Comments on all areas rated BELOW STANDARDS or WELL BELOW STANDARDS and all
areas rated ABOVE STANDARDS or WELL ABOVE STANDARDS.
If excessive absence, tardiness or poor performance are cited as reasons for a
BELOW STADARDS or WELL BELOW STANDARDS rating, include a copy of the
appropriate form including: CIVILIAN RECORD OF SUPERVISORY CONFERENCES
(SUB-MANAGERIAL) (PD433-1411), CIVILIAN LATENESS/WARNING NOTIFICATION
(PD449-122), or CIVILIAN UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE WARNING (PD439-012), when
appropriate.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Civilian Member of the Service (P.G. 205-59)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION - CIVILIAN - SUB-MANAGERIAL (PD439-152)
CIVILIAN RECORD OF SUPERVISORY CONFERENCES (SUB-MANAGERIAL) (PD433-1411)
CIVILIAN LATENESS/WARNING NOTIFICATION (PD449-122)
CIVILIAN UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE WARNING (PD439-012)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-54 Evaluation Of Captain Through Deputy Chief
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that each uniformed member of the service in the rank of captain
through deputy chief, as well as police surgeons and deputy chief surgeon is
evaluated at least once each year.
PROCEDURE
During the evaluation period:
RATER
1. Evaluate probationary captains three times during probationary period, on
the 4th, 10th, and 16th month, if necessary, using the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
CAPTAIN (PD439-1518).
NOTE: All newly promoted captains are on probation for a period of twelve
months unless cause exists to extend such period for an additional six months.
Extension of probation beyond twelve months may be authorized on a
case-by-case basis. Interim PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS are to be submitted when
necessary (e.g., change in the ratee's performance etc). Raters must
conscientiously evaluate probationary captains to ensure that members who are
unable to satisfactorily perform their duties are identified. Those members in
the rank of captain who are on probation, yet are serving in the capacity of
commanding officer, may be rated on PERFORMANCE EVALUATON CAPTAIN THROUGH
DEPUTY CHIEF (PD439-1517). The bureau chief concerned will make the
determination of which evaluation instrument is best suited to the ratee.
2. Evaluate permanent captains through deputy chiefs, as well as police
surgeons and deputy chief surgeons using the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CAPTAIN
THROUGH DEPUTY CHIEF.
NOTE: This evaluation instrument is based on a Management By Objectives
(MBO) system. This system is flexible, allowing changes to be made to each Key
Result Area as circumstances dictate. This allows raters and ratees to better
address actual problems and priorities as they arise.
3. Discuss and define five Key Result Areas (KRAs) with the ratee at the
beginning of the rating period.
4. Discuss and define the "Performance Expectations" for each KRA and the
"Action Plans" by which to attain results.
5. Record the KRAs and "Performance Expectations" on page 2 of the PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION CAPTAIN THROUGH DEPUTY CHIEF.
6. Record the actual "Performance Achievements" on the form at the end of the
rating period.
7. Discuss and measure the individual's performance during the post-appraisal
interview, using the predetermined criteria.

REVIEWER
8. Review and sign EVALUATION.
RATER
9. Forward a copy of PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CAPTAIN THROUGH DEPUTY CHIEF to
Director, Employee Management Division at beginning of rating period (July
1st.).
ADDITIONAL DATA
Captains assigned as precinct commanders will be rated by patrol borough
operations commander and the patrol borough commander will serve as the
reviewing officer. Deputy Inspectors and above assigned as precinct commanders
will be rated by the patrol borough adjutant and the patrol borough commanding
officer will serve as the reviewing officer. Rater will use PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION CAPTAIN for captains that are on probation. Rater will use
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CAPTAIN THROUGH DEPUTY CHIEF for all other captain
evaluations.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CAPTAIN THROUGH DEPUTY
CHIEF (PD439-1517)
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CAPTAIN (PD439-1518)

P.G. 205-55 Evaluation Of Assistant Chiefs And Above/Civilian
Managers
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that each uniformed member of the service in the rank of assistant
chief and above as well as civilian employees in the management pay plan, is
evaluated at least once each year.
PROCEDURE
During the evaluation period:
RATER
1. Discuss key responsibilities and performance expectations with ratee at the
beginning of the evaluation period.
a. If ratee's immediate supervisor is transferred during the rating period,
the newly assigned rater will discuss the previously determined
responsibilities and expectations and determine if revisions are required.
2. Record the key responsibilities and performance expectations in section "A"
of MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION (PD439-1521). Assign an importance level
to each responsibility.
3. Record in section "B" the relative importance of each of the pre-identified
Citywide responsibilities and performance expectations to the ratee's specific
position.
4. Forward a copy of MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to the Director,
Employee Management Division at the beginning of the rating period (January
1st).
NOTE: A revision in performance expectations or key responsibilities may be
made at any time during the evaluation period. When a revision is made, the
ratee must be notified and a new MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION must be
prepared, including a notation identifying the change, signed by both the
rater and ratee.
5. Assign ratings to key responsibilities and discuss with ratee at end of
rating period.
6. Forward completed MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to reviewer.
REVIEWER
7. Review, sign and forward completed MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION to
Director, Employee Management Division.
COMMANDING OFFICER/SUPERVISORY HEAD
8. Ensure that an evaluation is prepared and forwarded to Director, Employee
Management Division if ratee is transferred during rating period.

NEW COMMANDING OFFICER/SUPERVISORY HEAD
9. Discuss key responsibilities and performance expectations with ratee and
enter on new MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-58)
Appeal of Evaluation - Civilian Member of the Service (P.G. 205-59)
FORMS AND REPORTS
MANAGERIAL PERFORMANCE EVALUATION (PD439-1521)

P.G. 205-56 Police Officer's Annual Evaluation Utilizing The
Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review And Rating System
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that the Annual Overall Evaluation rating assigned to a police
officer on the annual PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE OFFICER - DETECTIVE
SPECIALIST (Online Evaluation System) corresponds to the annual total of
quarterly points awarded under the Police Officer's Monthly/Quarterly
Performance Review and Rating System.
PROCEDURE
When preparing annual evaluations of police officers and detective
specialists:
RATER
1. Examine POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY PERFORMANCE REPORTS (PD439-1414) prepared
during the rating period for each police officer assigned to patrol duties
being evaluated in enforcement commands.
NOTE: The POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY PERFORMANCE REPORTS and the
Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System should be the primary
basis and documentation for the annual evaluation of police officers.
2. Assign Overall Evaluation using the following chart that illustrates the
expected correlation between total annual points earned and the assignment of
the annual Overall Evaluation.
TOTAL ANNUAL POINTS
60-68
55-59
48-54
40-47
BELOW 40

OVERALL EVALUATION
4.5 TO 5.0
4.0 TO 4.5
3.5 TO 4.0
3.0
2.5 AND BELOW

NOTE: In assigning quarterly points during the year, supervisors must expect
to avoid any inconsistency between the sum of quarterly points to be totaled
at the end of the year for a police officer and the rating designation in the
Overall Evaluation category on the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION.
REVIEWER
3. Ensure that raters accurately and fairly assign Overall Evaluations and
that such Overall Evaluations reflect actual performance as measured by the
Monthly / Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System.
NOTE: The Monthly Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System, when used
properly, will provide an indication of the appropriate Overall Evaluation.
There will, however be exceptions to this general rule. When there is a
manifest difference between a police officer's annual total of quarterly
points and the Overall Evaluation, the rater must explain and justify this
imbalance in the Overall Rater's Comments section of the PERFORMANCE

EVALUATION. Reviewers must ensure that such discrepancies are justified. If
there is no clear explanation, the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION will be rejected by
the Employee Management Division and the form will require re-examination at
the command level.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Police Officer's Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System (P.G.
205-57)
FORMS AND REPORTS
POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY PERFORMANCE REPORT (PD439-1414)
[I.O. 68 s 09] PERFORMANCE EVALUATION POLICE OFFICER - DETECTIVE SPECIALIST
(Online Evaluation System)

P.G. 205-57 Police Officer's Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review
And Rating System
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To evaluate the monthly/quarterly performance of police officers/detective
specialists assigned to patrol duties, and to identify and reward uniformed
members of the service involved in enforcement activity (as defined below) by
providing them with up to four career path points on an annual basis.
SCOPE
The Police Officer's Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System,
utilizing the POLICE OFFICERS MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT
(PD439-1424), measures the performance levels of uniformed members of the
service and identifies those members who are performing above standards,
competent, and below standards. This procedure also provides direction to
address substandard performance.
Uniformed members assigned to an enforcement command (e.g., precinct, police
service area (PSA), transit district, borough task force, etc.) will be
assessed monthly utilizing the POLICE OFFICERS MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT and rated quarterly utilizing the "Supervisor's Quarterly
Review" located on the rear of the POLICE OFFICERS MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASURMENT REPORT. Uniformed members with the following assignments will
utilize the POLICE OFFICERS MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASURMENT REPORT:
a. Foot Patrol
b. RMP/Sector
c. Anti-Crime
d. SNEU
e. Community Policing Officer
f. Conditions/Details
g. Bicycle Patrol Chief of Personnel
h. Youth Officer
i. Train Patrol
j. School Conditions
k. Summons Officer
l. Homeless Outreach
m. Domestic Violence Prevention Officer
n. Other assignments as determined by the

Uniformed members of the service whose duties do not involve enforcement
activity will not prepare the POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASURMENT REPORT unless those members have been temporarily assigned to
perform enforcement duty (e.g., "All Out" enforcement, other
enforcement/patrol duty, etc.). Such positions include:
a. Community Affairs Officer
b. Traffic Safety Officer
c. Crime Prevention Coordinator
d. Auxiliary Police Coordinator
e. Planning Officer
PROCEDURE
When preparing monthly/quarterly performance reviews of police officers and
detective specialists utilizing the Police Officer's Monthly/Quarterly
Performance Review and Rating System:
DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
1. Access the Quest for Excellence application at the beginning of each month
and print the corresponding POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT (PD439-1424) for members assigned to squad/unit.
2. Distribute POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORTS
to members of squad/unit.
NOTE: The platoon commander/special operations lieutenant will ensure POLICE
OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORTS are printed and
distributed to members if the designated supervisor is unavailable.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Prepare daily and carry in regulation leather binder POLICE OFFICER'S
MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT.
4. Document daily the following on POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT:
a. Assignment (e.g., Sector, Patrol Post, Telephone Switchboard Operator,
etc.)
b. Two identified conditions to be addressed within sector/post assigned
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service, in consultation with the patrol
supervisor, will utilize the current COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT in identifying
the two primary conditions to be addressed within their assigned sector/post.
c. Activity performed.
5. Submit POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT to
designated supervisor for review and signature on the seventh, fourteenth, and
twenty-first day of every month.

DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
6. Review member's activity and sign POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS
IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT following the seventh, fourteenth, and twenty-first
day of every month.
NOTE: As part of the weekly review, the designated supervisor will compare
the member's current monthly activity as it pertains to the member's daily
assignment and the two identified conditions to be addressed within the
sector(s)/post(s) assigned. The member's ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) may also be
reviewed if the member has documented additional information ascertained from
community interactions, summons issued, arrests made, reports prepared or
other actions taken. This review will provide the supervisor with a weekly
opportunity to evaluate the uniformed member's performance in proactively
addressing sector conditions. The supervisor must indicate to each uniformed
member an assessment of the quality and caliber of the officer's efforts.
Weekly reviews of the POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORT will be conducted by the platoon commander/special operations
lieutenant in the absence of the squad/unit sergeant.
7. Return POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT to
uniformed member immediately upon review and signature.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Complete captions on the rear side of the REPORT indicating the total
activity at the end of the month and list any additional comments pertaining
to actions taken to address declared conditions.
9. Submit POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT to
designated sergeant by the second day of the month for the previous month.
a. Submit REPORT prior to leave, or if not possible, without delay upon
return to duty if scheduled for vacation or other leave.
DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
10. Review completed POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORT.
11. Complete "Officer's Impact on Declared Conditions" section on rear of
POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT.
a. Check appropriate box to indicate uniformed member's impact on declared
conditions (e.g., ? Effective, ? Ineffective).
b. Provided justification as to why uniformed member of the service received
an effective rating or ineffective rating. In addition, document failure to
address identified conditions by uniformed member.
12. Discuss POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT with
uniformed member of the service.
a. Make entry in "Discussed with MOS" caption.
NOTE: Supervisor should promptly provide direction when a deficiency or the
need for improvement is noted upon review of the POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY

CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT. In cases where a uniformed member's
performance fails to address sector conditions, the designated supervisor will
notify their platoon commander/special operations lieutenant. The platoon
commander/special operations lieutenant, in conjunction with the designated
supervisor, will take appropriate steps to improve the police officer's
performance. These steps include, but are not limited to, assisting the police
officer in identifying the conditions to be addressed, referring the police
officer to Performance Enhancement Training or assigning the police officer to
work with a supervisor or squad that effectively addresses sector conditions
through community interaction, the issuance of summonses, effecting arrests,
etc. Failure to utilize effective enforcement strategies will be documented.
Supervisors will use available Department data collection resources to verify
activity. In addition, arrests, summonses, and STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK
REPORTS (PD344-151A), etc. will be verified against Department records. Audits
of the Online Booking Arrest System (O.L.B.S.) and the Electronic Summons
Tracking System will be conducted by the integrity control officer to ensure
the accuracy of entries of the POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT. Discrepancies identified will be corrected and addressed
in an appropriate manner.
13. Sign POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT.
14. Prepare SQUAD SUPERVISOR'S RECAPITULATION (PD439-1418) utilizing the Quest
for Excellence application by the fifth day for the previous month.
NOTE: Supervisors will be responsible to verify the POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY
CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT of each member under their supervision a
minimum of once each quarter. Supervisors will note in the "Comments by Squad
Supervisor" section of SQUAD SUPERVISOR'S RECAPITULATION, the member(s) of the
service verified each month. Lieutenants will monitor sergeants under their
supervision to ensure compliance. POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT will be submitted to and reviewed by the designated
supervisor each month of the calendar year. The Quarterly Performance Review,
which includes the supervisor's quarterly rating for the member, will be
completed on a quarterly basis at the beginning of January, April, July and
October. The time Period covered will be the previous three months.
Squad/detail sergeants will be similarly evaluated by platoon
commanders/special operations lieutenants on a quarterly basis utilizing the
QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT (PD439-1425).
15. Deliver completed POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORT to platoon commander/special operations lieutenant by the fifth day for
the previous month.
PLATOON COMMANDER/SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
16. Review and sign POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORT.
17. Access the Quest for Excellence application.
a. Review and sign-off on SQUAD SUPERVISOR'S RECAPITULATION by the seventh
day of the month.
18. Forward completed POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORTS to operations coordinator by the seventh day following month for which
submitted.

OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
19. Create a new POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT
folder for previous month within the Quest for Excellence application.
a. Ensure completed POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT
REPORTS are scanned into the new folder utilizing appropriate command
coversheet.
COMMANDING OFFICER
20. Log in to Quest for Excellence application and review completed POLICE
OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORTS.
EACH JANUARY, APRIL, JULY, AND OCTOBER
DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
21. Conduct Supervisor's Quarterly Performance Review on the rear of POLICE
OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT within seven days
following the quarter for which the review is due (January-March, April-June,
July-September and October-December).
a. Interview member in a private setting and discuss specific activity and
overall performance.
b. Review activity for all three months of the quarter.
c. Note any outstanding action or achievement in "ADDITIONAL COMMENTS"
section of the Supervisor's Quarterly Performance Review. Examples of
outstanding action or achievement include bribery arrests, pattern robbery
arrest or other action, which significantly impacts on crime or issues of
community concern.
d. Note deficiencies and need for improvement along with direction provided
or corrective action taken, if applicable, in the "Additional Comments"
section . Include notation if member is designated chronic sick or is the
subject of any disciplinary action during the quarter.
22. Complete all applicable sections on reverse side of report, including
numerical rating of member's performance.
23. Discuss Supervisor's Quarterly Performance Review with uniformed member if
the service.
24. Sign reverse side of POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
25. Sign reverse side of POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT acknowledging that the Supervisor's Quarterly Performance
Review was discussed.
DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
26. Sign and deliver completed Supervisor's Quarterly Performance Review to

platoon commander/special operations lieutenant by the seventh day of the
month following the reporting period.
NOTE: In cases where a uniformed member's performance fails to address
sector conditions, The designated supervisor will notify their platoon
commander/special operations lieutenant. The platoon commander/special
operations lieutenant, in conjunction with the designated supervisor, will
take appropriate steps to improve the police officer's performance as
previously indicated. Police officers who are ineffective, who do not
demonstrate activity impacting on identified crime and conditions, or who
avoid engaging in proactive activity, despite the existence of crime and
public safety violations, should be evaluated appropriately and their
assignments re-assessed. Continued failure to address sector/post conditions
will be documented on an Interim or Annual PERFORMANCE EVALUATION. If after
training, mentoring and hands-on instruction, the uniformed member continues
to fail in addressing sector/post conditions, the member will be referred to
the Employee Management Division's Performance Monitoring Unit for placement
in the appropriate level of performance monitoring, transfer, reassignment or
other appropriate disciplinary action. Quarterly, each precinct will notify
their borough in writing of uniformed members of the service who are
under-performing. The boroughs will provide oversight and direction in
monitoring and improving their performance.
PLATOON COMMANDER/SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
27. Review Supervisor's Quarterly Performance Review.
a. Concur with rater, sign and enter comments; or
b. If discrepancy noted between performance and rating, return to rater for
re- evaluation and re-interview of ratee.
NOTE: Supervisor's Quarterly Performance Review rating points will not be
awarded until platoon commander/special operations lieutenant reviews and
concurs with rating.
Supervisor's Quarterly Performance Review may be appealed to the next
higher-ranking supervisor. In all cases, the precinct commander will make the
final determination.
28. Sign and deliver Supervisor's Quarterly Performance Review to the
operations coordinator by the tenth day of the month following the reporting
period.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
29. Ensure Supervisor's Quarterly Performance Reviews are scanned into the
Quest for Excellence application utilizing appropriate command coversheet.
PLATOON COMMANDER/SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
30. Access the Quest for Excellence application and prepare QUARTERLY
ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT by the tenth day following the quarter for which
the review is due (January-March, April-June, July-September,
October-December).
a. Note deficiencies and need for improvement along with direction provided
or corrective action taken, if applicable, in the "Comments by Lieutenant/SOL/

PLT Commander" section. Include notation if member is designated chronic sick
or is the subject of any disciplinary action during the quarter.
31. Complete all applicable sections, including "Overall Rating" of squad
supervisor's performance.
a. Provide justification as to why squad sergeant was given an effective or
ineffective rating.
32. Discuss QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT with squad/detail
supervisor.
33. Sign-off on QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT.
SQUAD/DETAIL SERGEANT
34. Sign-off on QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT acknowledging that the
QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT was discussed.
COMMANDING OFFICER
35. Access the Quest for Excellence application and review Supervisor's
Quarterly Performance Reviews and QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANTS.
a. Comment and sign-off on QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANTS.
36. Personally conduct Performance Interview for those members who receive a
numerical rating below twelve points for any quarter.
a. Provide direction and/or take necessary corrective action to improve
member's performance
b. Inform member that continued unsatisfactory performance will, absent
mitigating circumstances, result in the imposition of sanctions by Borough
Personnel Review Board
c. Record and file results of interview.
37. Forward printed copy of POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT
MEASUREMENT REPORT, including Supervisor's Quarterly Performance Review, SQUAD
SUPERVISOR'S RECAPITULATION, QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT and record
performance interview of those members who receive a numerical rating below
twelve points in any two quarters within a one year period, to the Borough
Commander.
BOROUGH COMMANDER
38. Direct Borough Personnel Review Board to review all cases of members who
receive a rating below twelve points in any two quarters within a one year
period.
BOROUGH PERSONNEL REVIEW BOARD
39. Review cases and recommend corrective action to be taken. Corrective
action may include change of assignment within the command, intraborough or
interborough transfer and/or disciplinary action.
BOROUGH COMMANDER

40. Review recommendations of Borough Personnel Review Board and make final
determination and/or recommendation.
a. Endorse recommendation concerning interborough transfer and/or
disciplinary action, through channels, to the Chief of Personnel.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Only those uniformed members of the service who are assigned to a patrol
precinct, PSA, transit district or borough task force command or other
enforcement units as directed by the Chief of Personnel and primarily perform
enforcement duties will be rated according to the Quarterly Performance Review
and Rating System; accordingly, only those officers involved in enforcement
activity will be eligible to receive up to four additional Career Program
points.
Members assigned to non-enforcement duties may accrue Career Program Points
based upon the guidelines contained in P.G. 205-15, "Police
Officer's/Detective Specialist's Career Program."
Commanding officers will be responsible for determining performance standards
within their respective commands and resolving all issues with their command
relative to the Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System.
Precinct, PSA and transit district commanding officers will also review and
direct the conditions to be addressed consistent with applicable crime control
strategies and areas of community concern.
POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORTS and Quarterly
Performance Review and Rating System should be the primary basis and
documentation for members' annual evaluation.
POLICE OFFICER'S/DETECTIVE SPECIALISTS QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE RATING GUIDELINES
1. Officer Took Initiative In Correcting Conditions.
Points:
3 Above Standards
2 Competent
1 Below Standards
2. Officer's Enforcement Activity Addressing Declared Conditions.
Points:
3 Above Standards
2 Competent
1 Below Standards
3. Officer Took Appropriate Follow-Up Steps To Properly Address Conditions.
Points:
3 Above Standards
2 Competent
1 Below Standards
4. Officer's Administrative Reports Were Accurate.
Points:

3 Above Standards
2 Competent
1 Below Standards
5. Officer Related Well During Community Interactions.
Points:
3 Above Standards
2 Competent
1 Below Standards
6. Officer Presented An Overall Professional Image.
2 Yes
1 No
Supervisor must note achievement/outstanding action in "Additional Comments"
section.
7. Additional Comments:
These are comments which supervisors must make on member's overall
performance. When deficiencies are noted, comments will include directions
provided and/or corrective actions taken to improve performance.
QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE RATING POINT SYSTEM
CATAGORIES IN PERFORMANCE

Quarter

Annual

Officer Took Initiative In Correcting Conditions

3

12

Officer's Enforcement Activity Addressing
Declared Conditions

3

12

Officer Took Appropriate Follow-Up Steps
To Properly Address Conditions

3

12

Officer's Administrative Reports Were Accurate

3

12

Officer Related Well During Community
Interactions

3

12

Officer Presented An Overall Professional Image

2

8

Total

17

Annual Points
60-68
55-59
48-54
40-47
Below 40

Career Points
4
3
2
0
Review

QUARTERLY REVIEW INTERVIEW - Process to include:
Discussion of current performance
Discussion of achievements and/or deficiencies
Future Direction
Awarding of Quarterly Rating Points

68

RELATED PROCEDURES
Police Officer's/Detective Specialist's Career Program (P.G. 205-15)
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
Police Officer's Annual Evaluation Utilizing the Monthly/Quarterly Performance
Review and Rating System (P.G. 205-56)
FORMS AND REPORTS
POLICE OFFICER'S MONTHLY CONDITIONS IMPACT MEASUREMENT REPORT (PD439-1424)
SQUAD SUPERVISOR'S RECAPITULATION (PD439-1418)
QUARTERLY ASSESSMENT OF SQUAD SERGEANT (PD439-1425)
COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT

P.G. 205-58 Appeal Of Evaluation - Uniformed Members Of The
Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
Interim Order 41 Issued 07-03-12 Suspends/Replaces Patrol Guide 205-58
PURPOSE
To permit a uniformed member of the service in permanent rank to appeal
his/her evaluation.
SCOPE
This procedure does not apply to uniformed members of the service who are in
the rank on probation (e.g., entry-level probationary police officers,
probationary sergeants, probationary lieutenants or probationary captains).
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member in permanent rank wants to appeal a PERFORMANCE
EVALUATION:
RATER
1. Inform commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Act as initial hearing officer.
a. Schedule interview with members concerned (i.e., rater, reviewer and
ratee named on PERFORMANCE EVALUATION form), within thirty days of appeal
notice.
NEXT HIGHER COMMAND
3. Schedule interview and serve as the hearing officer if the commanding
officer is the rater on the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION form.
COMMANDING OFFICER/ NEXT HIGHER COMMAND
4. Attempt to resolve the appeal.
5. Notify the Employee Management Division, Performance Analysis Section, via
Typed Letterhead, within thirty days of the hearing, detailing the outcome of
the hearing or whether the member is going to continue the appeal process to
the next level.
RATEE
6. Submit a report on Typed Letterhead, within thirty days of the hearing, if
appeal is NOT RESOLVED at rater/commanding officer/next higher command level,
as follows:
a. Uniformed members of the service below the rank of captain - Personnel

Officer concerned.
b. Captains and above - Personnel Officer, Deputy Commissioner, Personnel.
PERSONNEL OFFICER CONCERNED
7. Review the matter by interviewing appropriate parties and examining
pertinent records.
8. Present findings to Borough/Bureau Commanding Officer or Deputy
Commissioner, Personnel.
BOROUGH/BUREAU COMMANDING OFFICER/DEPUTY COMMISSIONER, PERSONNEL
9. Evaluate finding presented by personnel officer and render decision.
PERSONNEL OFFICER CONCERNED
10. Report decision of Borough/Bureau Commanding Office or Deputy
Commissioner, Personnel in triplicate, within thirty days of receipt of Typed
Letterhead and interview of parties, as follows:
a. ORIGINAL - to reviewer named on evaluation form, who will inform rater
and ratee of findings and direct preparation of new evaluation, if necessary.
Place a copy of report in ratee's command personnel folder.
b. DUPLICATE - to member appealing (i.e., ratee)
c. TRIPLICATE - forward to Employee Management Division's Performance
Analysis Section for inclusion in ratee's personal folder.
ADDITIONAL DATA
CAUSE FOR AN APPEAL OF PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
A uniformed member of the service in permanent rank has the right to appeal
the contents, recommendations or overall rating of his/her performance
evaluation, ONLY if cause for appeal stems from:
a. Factual error
b. Rater's misinterpretation of instructions
c. Bias or prejudice on the part of the rater
d. PERFORMANCE EVALUATION is completed and based upon OTHER THAN performance
factors.
A uniformed member of the service has the right to review comments and
recommendations made by a reviewer named on the PERFORMANCE EVALUATION form;
however, such comments and recommendations are not causes for appeal by the
ratee. Such a review by the ratee is for the ratee's informational purposes
only.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
FORMS AND REPORTS

Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-59 Appeal Of Evaluation - Civilian
Date Effective: 08/01/13
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
PURPOSE
To permit a civilian member of the service to appeal an evaluation.
SCOPE
This procedure does not apply to individuals who have not completed their
probationary period or have served less than two years in a provisional
status.
PROCEDURE
When a civilian member wants to appeal a performance evaluation:
RATER
1. Inform commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Schedule interview with members concerned (rater, reviewer and ratee),
within thirty days of appeal notice.
NOTE: If the commanding officer is also the rater, the rater's immediate
supervisor will schedule the interview and serve as the reviewer. If ratee
performs below desirable standard, commanding officer MUST be reviewer.
3. Attempt to resolve appeal.
NOTE: If the matter is not resolved after review by the commanding officer,
upon the written request of the ratee to the respective bureau/borough
personnel officer for further appeal, a review board will be empanelled at the
borough or equivalent level. The respective bureau/borough personnel officer
will be responsible for convening the review board. The review board must
resolve the appeal within thirty days from receipt of the written request for
appeal to the respective bureau/borough personnel officer. For Patrol Services
Bureau personnel, the review board will consist of:
a. Borough personnel officer
b. Borough adjutant
c. Borough Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) liaison
d. Commanding officer from other than the command of the ratee.
For bureaus or divisions other than the above, the review board will consist
of:
a. Personnel officer

b. Bureau executive officer
c. EEO liaison
d. Division commander from other than the command of the ratee.
RATEE
4. Prepare Typed Letterhead, to respective bureau/borough personnel officer
requesting further appeal, if appeal is not resolved at the command level, and
further review is desired.
PERSONNEL OFFICER
5. Convene review board.
a. Appeal must be resolved within thirty days of receipt of request for
appeal.
b. Review board will prepare report in triplicate and forward copies to
ratee, rater and Employee Management Division's Performance Analysis Section
for inclusion in member's personal folder.
NOTE: The determination of the review board may be further appealed to the
Police Commissioner or his/her designee for a final determination.
RATEE
6. Prepare Typed Letterhead, to the Police Commissioner requesting final
review if further appeal beyond the determination of the review board is
desired.
NOTE: The Police Commissioner or his/her designee will make written
notification of the final determination of ratee's appeal.
A civilian member of the service has the right to appeal the contents,
recommendations or overall rating of his/her performance evaluation, ONLY if
cause for appeal stems from:
a. Factual error
b. Rater's misinterpretation of instructions
c. Bias or prejudice on the part of the rater
d. Evaluation is based upon OTHER THAN performance factors.
A civilian member of the service has the right to review comments and
recommendations made by a reviewer; however, such comments and recommendations
are not cause for appeal. Such a review is solely for the ratee's
informational purposes.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Evaluation - General - Members of the Service (P.G. 205-48)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 205-60 Reporting To Department Surgeon And Returning To Duty
From Sick Report

Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure the appropriate procedures are followed when a member of the service
reports to the Department surgeon and when the member is directed to return to
duty.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service has reported sick as per P.G. 205-01, "Reporting
Sick," and is not eligible for, or declines Administrative Return:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Report to assigned district surgeon at next regular office hours, EXCEPT;
a. Member designated Chronic Absent - Category B, will report to the Medical
Division, Special Medical District, 1 Lefrak City Plaza, 16th Floor, Corona,
New York 11368 at next regular office hours
b. Member reporting sick on Friday or Saturday will report to Medical
Division, Weekend Surgeon, 1 Lefrak City Plaza, 16th Floor, Corona, New York
11368, at 1000 hours the following day
c. Member unable to travel will remain at place of confinement and phone
assigned district surgeon or "weekend" surgeon during next office hours
d. Member with dental problems will be guided by the Sick Desk
supervisor/member regarding reporting requirements.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service are NOT to bring their children to
the Department Surgeon's Office, because children and uniformed members of the
service present in the waiting room may be susceptible to illness.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Telephone member's district surgeon, in all cases, if member has been on
sick report for five workdays, ascertain estimated dates of return and enter
information on ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145).
UPON BEING DIRECTED TO RETURN TO DUTY BY A DEPARTMENT SURGEON:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Immediately notify desk officer/supervisor, by telephone, of time and date
to report for duty.
a. Include limitations, if any, on type of duty to be performed.
4. Report for duty when ordered.

5. Deliver SICK REPORT RETURN (PD429-131) and/or ASSIGNMENT TO LIMITED
CAPACITY (PD406-050) to desk officer/supervisor upon return to duty.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
6. Make entry indicating member's return to duty in Telephone Record upon
receipt to telephone notification.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Cooperate with supervisor, regardless of rank, who has been dispatched by
competent authority. (e.g.: Commanding Officer-Medical Division, internal
Affairs Group, precinct commanding officer or duty captain, etc.) to visit
member on sick report, and directs such member to comply with lawful
order/instruction (e.g., appear in court, Trial Room, in front of an
investigatory unit, etc.)
Uniformed members of the service, who have not been classified as chronic
absent, or who have not been referred for supervision, and who have any of the
following medical conditions, as per the Department surgeon's diagnosis, will
NOT be the subject of routine supervisory visits or telephone calls:
a. Heart Conditions
b. Broken Limbs
c. Post surgical convalescence
d. Illnesses diagnosed by Department surgeon as likely to be of a duration
in excess of six months, after conferral with the Supervising Chief Surgeon
e. Pregnancy.
A uniformed member of the service on sick report in any of the above
categories (subdivisions "a" through "e") may be given a sixteen hour pass.
However, should the district surgeon determine that issuance of such a pass
would adversely affect the member's health or impede the member's recovery;
such pass may be reduced accordingly. Once the pass is issued, it shall not be
revoked unless the member:
a. Engages in activities which would tend to prolong or aggravate the
disability
b. Fails to cooperate with a Department surgeon or the Commanding Officer,
Medical Division
c. Fails to comply with orders or directions or violates any provision of
the Patrol Guide relative to sick leave abuse.
A uniformed member of the service whose medical condition is NOT listed in the
second paragraph of the "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement (subdivisions "a" through
"e'), may also be granted permission to leave his/her residence while on sick
report for a period of time as determined by the district surgeon. Prior to
granting such permission, the surgeon must certify that:
a. The member is unable to perform in a limited/restricted duty status
b. It will not adversely affect the member's health

c. It will not prolong or impede the member's return to duty.
The permission granted may be revoked at any time by the Commanding officer,
Medical Division, or designee, upon appropriate notice to the member and the
district surgeon concerned.
In case of serious need or emergency, a uniformed member may request to leave
his residence at a time other than that specified by the district surgeon.
Such request should be directed to the Sick Desk supervisor. In addition,
requests to leave residence to obtain medical services, food, household
necessities or church attendance, voting, etc., are routinely granted by the
Sick Desk supervisor at times other than that specified by the district
surgeon. Permission to leave residence should be denied or revoked only if a
violation of the guidelines takes place or if activities requested would
hinder recovery. The Sick Desk supervisor shall notify the district surgeon at
the next office hours, when such permission is granted, to ensure that leaving
residence is not inconsistent with the member's medical condition and/or had
not previously been denied by the surgeon. District surgeons are responsible
for notifying the Supervising Chief Surgeon and Commanding Officer, Medical
Division, of the identities of members granted:
a. Non-supervisory privileges
b. Permission to leave his/her residence on specific dates and times which
will be indicated on PERMISSION TO LEAVE RESIDENCE WHILE ON SICK REPORT
(PD429-051), a copy of which will be given to the sick member.
A uniformed member of the service on sick report may not leave the confines of
the City or residence counties without the approval of the Chief of Personnel.
A request for such permission is made through the member's district surgeon on
ABSENCE FROM CITY WHILE ON SICK LEAVE (PD429-161). Members will be contacted
on a weekly basis by their district surgeon during absence from residence
counties.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Chronic Absence Control Program (P.G. 205-45)
Pregnancy Leave for Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 205-27)
Absence Control (A.G. 318-12)
Notifying Court, Trial Room or Other Agencies when Member of the Service
Report Sick (P.G. 205-61)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ABSENCE AND TARDINESS RECORD (PD433-145)
ASSIGNMENT TO LIMITED CAPACITY (PD406-050)
PERMISSION TO LEAVE RESIDENCE WHILE ON SICK REPORT (PD429- 051)
SICK REPORT (PD429-122)
SICK REPORT RETURN (PD429-131)
ABSENCE FROM CITY WHILE ON SICK LEAVE (PD429-161)

P.G. 205-61 Notifying Court, Trial Room Or Other Agencies When
Member Of The Service Reports Sick
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To notify court, Trial Room or other government agency when a member of the
service reports sick and is unable to attend a pending arraignment or
scheduled appearance.
PROCEDURE
When illness, injury or any other physical/psychological condition prevents
the performance of duty and the member of the service has a pending
arraignment, or scheduled appearance in court, the Trial Room, or any other
governmental agency:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with P.G. 205-01, "Reporting Sick."
2. Inform desk officer/supervisor at assigned command of any pending
arraignment, or scheduled appearance in court, the Trial Room, or any other
government agency when reporting sick.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
3. Make entry in Command Diary of any scheduled court appearance or other
agency appearance, under date of scheduled appearance AND under date two days
prior to appearance date (exclusive of Saturday, Sunday or holidays).
4. Notify borough court section concerned if sick member is unable to appear
for pending arraignment.
ROLL CALL CLERK
5. Notify the court or other agency concerned immediately of the member of the
service's inability to attend due to being on sick report.
WHEN MEMBER OF THE SERVICE IS ON SICK REPORT
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR/PRINCIPAL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSOCIATE
6. Telephone district surgeon to determine if member is capable of appearing
at scheduled court appearance when member remains on sick report two days
prior to such scheduled appearance.
7. Notify member to appear if district surgeon approves and telephone Sick
Desk of surgeon's determination.
ROLL CALL CLERK
8. Notify Criminal Court, Trial Room or other government agency and request
adjournment two days before appearance date, if member is unable to appear.

NOTE: If member reports sick on a scheduled appearance date, make immediate
notification to court or other agency concerned.
9. Notify the court, if other than Criminal Court, on the morning of the
appearance date if the member is unable to appear.
10. Enter notifications to district surgeons, courts, etc., regarding
scheduled appearances of members on sick leave in Telephone Record.
NOTE: A uniformed member on sick report whose condition changes after being
directed to appear in court or before another agency, thereby preventing a
scheduled appearance, will notify the roll call clerk or desk
officer/supervisor, as appropriate. The roll call clerk/desk
officer/supervisor will make required notifications.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
Reporting to Department Surgeon and Returning to Duty from Sick Report (P.G.
205-60)

P.G. 205-62 Firearms Proficiency Requirement
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that uniformed members demonstrate and maintain minimum proficiency
in the use of firearms.
SCOPE
This procedure will apply when a uniformed member, who claims to be medically
and/or psychologically unable to use firearms, is deemed fit for full duty by
the Medical Division.
PROCEDURE
Upon being deemed fit for full duty assignment:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Report as directed by Commanding Officer, Medical Division to the Firearms
and Tactics Section for firearms qualification.
2. Demonstrate proficiency by achieving the Department's standard passing
score.
UPON FAILURE OF UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
TO QUALIFY WITH FIREARM(S)
SUPERVISOR, FIREARMS AND TACTICS SECTION
3. Notify Absence Control and Investigations Unit (ACIU) immediately.
4. Fax FIREARMS SCORE SHEET (PD124-141) to ACIU.
SUPERVISOR, ABSENCE CONTROL AND INVESTIGATIONS UNIT
5. Direct uniformed member of the service concerned to report to medical
specialist designated by the Medical Division for examination.
6. Maintain appropriate records of notification and the results of said
examination.
7. Request member to complete Notice of Failure to Qualify with Firearms.
8. Witness signature of member on Notice.
a. Retain original for unit file.
b. Provide member concerned with copy.
9. Advise member of the availability of remedial firearms training.
NOTE: Uniformed members must demonstrate and maintain minimum proficiency in

the use of firearms. The Department's policy is that minimum proficiency is a
condition of employment for uniformed members. Members failing to qualify
within ninety days of signing the Notice of Failure to Qualify With Firearms
will receive CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121) and face administrative
hearing under Section 75 of the New York State Civil Service Law, "Removal and
Other Disciplinary Action." Members found to be incompetent after an
administrative hearing will be removed from the Department.
IF MEMBER HAS NOT QUALIFIED WITH IN 90 DAYS OF NOTICE
SUPERVIOR, ABSENCE CONTROL AND INVESTIGATIONS UNIT
10. Consult with Department Advocate's Office.
11. Comply with P.G. 206-05, "Preparation of Charges and Specifications" as
appropriate.
NOTE: Members of the service are reminded that existing Department programs
provide one hundred rounds of ammunition and the use of a Department firearms
range for practice. Members are also reminded that it is their responsibility
to take corrective action on their own time and at their own expense.
Instruction is available through the Firearms and Tactics Section by
appointment. Members may call 718-885-2500 to arrange for training.

Commands will photocopy and utilize the Notice of Failure to Qualify With
Firearms, depicted in Appendix "A", as necessary.
(Figure 46)

P.G. 205-63 Monitoring Off-Duty Visits To Inmates At Correctional
Facilities By Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To provide a system to monitor visits by members of the service to city,
state, or federal correctional facilities.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service intends to visit an inmate at a correctional
facility while off-duty:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare Typed Letterhead with the following information and forward to
commanding officer at least seven days prior to the intended visit:
a. Name, rank, shield and tax registry numbers
b. Name and I.D. number of inmate to be visited
c. Relationship of inmate to member of the service
d. Place of incarceration; (include full facility name, address and phone
number)
e. Date and time of proposed visit
f. Packages to be brought to facility.
NOTE: A separate notification must be made for each visit.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Notify IAB, Command Center of details.
3. Approve/disapprove request.
4. Notify member of determination.
5. Forward copy of request to Chief of Internal Affairs Bureau.
a. File copy of request in member's personal folder.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service shall cooperate fully with all rules and procedures of
the correctional facility concerned regarding securing weapons, visitor
searches, sign-in/sign-out practices etc.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct (P.G. 203-10)

FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

Disciplinary Matters

P.G. 206-01 Reporting Violations Observed By Supervisors
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To report violations observed by supervisory officers to commanding/executive
officers for corrective action.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing or becoming aware of a violation of the rules or procedures by
a member of the service:
SUPERVISORY MEMBER
1. Prepare SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT
(PD468-123).
2. Notify desk officer of member's command and obtain next serial number from
the COMMAND DISCIPLINE LOG (PD468-102).
a. Serial numbers commence with number one each year.
DESK OFFICER
3. Make required entries in COMMAND DISCIPLINE LOG.
SUPERVISORY MEMBER
4. Submit REPORT to the commanding officer of the subject member.
5. Provide copy of REPORT to commanding officer for information and file if
subject member is from different command.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Personnel assigned to the Department Advocate's Office are available to advise
commanding/executive officers concerning command discipline charges.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Violations Subject To Command Discipline (P.G. 206-03)
Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)
Authorized Penalties Under Command Discipline (P.G. 206-04)
Preparation Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMMAND DISCIPLINE LOG (PD468-102)
SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123)

P.G. 206-02 Command Discipline
Date Effective: 10-18-13
PURPOSE
To empower a commanding/executive officer to maintain discipline within
his/her command, without resorting to formal charges and a Department trial.
DEFINITION
COMMAND DISCIPLINE - Non-judicial punishment available to a commanding/
executive officer to correct deficiencies and maintain discipline within the
command.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving a SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION
REPORT (PD468-123) concerning a member of the service (uniformed or civilian)
assigned to his/her command:
COMMANDING/ EXECUTIVE OFFICER
1. Investigate to determine if allegation is substantiated.
a. Direct integrity control officer to investigate subject's prior twelve
month disciplinary history and indicate findings on the front of SUPERVISOR'S
COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT.
b. Consider subject's prior twelve month disciplinary history when
adjudicating a command discipline.
2. Indicate findings on REPORT, if allegation is not substantiated and:
a. For actions described in violations subject to command discipline
procedure Schedule "A":
(1) File the report in back of Command Discipline Log after recording
disposition.
b. For actions described in violations subject to command discipline
procedure Schedule "B":
(1) File original in back of Command Discipline Log
(2) Forward copy to next higher command for informational purposes.
3. Determine if the violations, when substantiated, may be disposed of under
command discipline.
4. Confer with supervisor who prepared REPORT, if necessary.
5. Schedule interview, if possible, with member concerned on a date when
supervisor who prepared REPORT is available.
6. Advise member that one local representative of a line organization may be

present at the interview.
7. Inform member of alleged violations and conduct interview.
a. Do not record minutes.
b. Interview will be informal and non-adversarial.
8. Give member an opportunity to make a statement in rebuttal.
9. Conduct further investigation, if necessary.
10. Inform supervisor who prepared REPORT of the results of the investigation
and any proposed penalty.
11. Inform member of results of investigation and any penalty.
12. Advise member that he/she is entitled to:
a. Accept finding and proposed penalty, or
b. Accept finding but appeal proposed penalty to Command Discipline Review
Panel, or
c. Decline to accept the finding and proposed penalty and have the matter
resolved through formal charges and specifications.
13. Inform the member that the decision of the Command Discipline Review Panel
is final and not subject to review, and that the Panel has the authority to:
a. Approve proposed penalty, or
b. Reduce proposed penalty to any corrective measure the commanding officer
was authorized to impose, or
c. Increase proposed penalty to not more than double that proposed by the
commanding officer.
14. Give member copy of REPORT at close of interview.
NOTE: Absent exigent circumstances (for example: extended sick, leave of
absence, etc.,) the commanding/executive officer shall ensure that the above
steps are completed within sixty days of the date of issuance.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
15. Notify commanding officer, in writing, on REPORT of the option elected
within three working days of the commanding/executive officer's decision.
IF MEMBER ACCEPTS FINDINGS AND PROPOSED PENALTY
COMMANDING OFFICER
16. Enter disposition on REPORT and ensure that timekeeper makes and verifies
adjustments made to member's time records with Payroll Management System, as
necessary.
17. File REPORT in command.

18. In all cases where a Schedule "B" command discipline has been
substantiated and disposed of, forward a copy of the REPORT to the Department
Advocate's Office and the Disciplinary Assessment Unit, through channels.
IF MEMBER ACCEPTS FINDINGS AND DECLINES PROPOSED PENALTY
COMMANDING/ EXECUTIVE OFFICER
19. Enter disposition on REPORT.
20. Forward to the next higher command, the REPORT, and facts of incident on
Typed Letterhead with member's disciplinary history.
NEXT HIGHER COMMAND
21. Assemble a Command Discipline Review Panel and adjudicate the matter, if
necessary.
a. Inform the member's commanding officer of the findings relative to the
penalty.
COMMANDING/ EXECUTIVE OFFICER
22. Forward a copy of the REPORT and a copy of the Panel's decision to the
Department Advocate's Office and the Disciplinary Assessment Unit, for all
Schedule "B" violations.
IF MEMBER ELECTS FORMAL CHARGES
23. Enter disposition on REPORT and file.
24. Confer with the Department Advocate's Office regarding the preparation of
charges and specifications.
DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE'S OFFICE
25. Prepare and forward CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468- 121), after
conferral with the commanding officer/executive officer, if appropriate.
26. Record all substantiated Schedule "B" command disciplines in member's
Central Personnel Index.
COMMANDING/EXECUTIVE OFFICER
WHEN A SUBSTANTIATED COMMAND DISCIPLINE IS RENDERED AS A RESULT OF AN INTERNAL
AFFAIRS BUREAU OR ANY OTHER INVESTIGTATIVE UNIT'S INVESTIGATION:
27. Comply with the provisions of P.G. 206-04, "Authorized Penalties Under
Command Discipline" and offer member concerned the three election options
found in step "12" above.
a. An investigation of the stated misconduct or determination of whether the
allegation(s) are substantiated is NOT required
b. Do NOT change the stated findings
c. Do NOT change the recommended disciplinary action (if noted), without

conferral and approval of the investigating entity and/or Deputy Commissioner,
Department Advocate.
NOTE: The ICO/Asst. ICO/other authorized member is required to create a new
command discipline record for each command discipline issued by entering all
relevant information into the Citywide Command Discipline System within five
working days of the issuance of a command discipline.
Within five working days of the adjudication of a command discipline, the
ICO/Asst. ICO/other authorized member shall complete all system entries
pertaining to the adjudication of the command discipline.
Within five working days of the completion of the adjudication entries by
the ICO/Asst. ICO/other authorized member, the Commanding Officer/ Executive
Officer shall be responsible to review the command discipline record and
finalize (sign-off) the record in the Citywide Command Discipline System to
verify that it is accurate and complete.
ICOs and Assistant ICOs who do not have access to the Department's Wide Area
Network (WAN) must personally enter command discipline data pertaining to
members of their command at their next higher command that possesses WAN
access.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If the subject of command discipline is transferred, the commanding/executive
officer of the former command is responsible for the completion of the case.
All relevant records shall be forwarded to the member's new commanding
officer. If the commanding/executive officer is transferred, the new
commanding / executive officer will complete the case.
Remove and destroy records and dispositions of convictions listed under
Schedule "A" on the anniversary date of each entry, provided the member has no
subsequent disciplinary violations. Additionally, remove and destroy all
unsubstantiated command disciplines from the Command Discipline Log on the
anniversary date of entry.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Reporting Violations Observed by Supervisors (P.G. 206-01)
Violations Subject to Command Discipline (P.G. 206-03)
Authorized Penalties Under Command Discipline (P.G. 206-04)
Preparation of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Sealing Disciplinary Records (P.G. 206-14)
Review of Disciplinary Action Proposed Under Command Discipline (A.G. 318-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
COMMAND DISCIPLINE LOG (PD468-102)
SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123)

P.G. 206-03 Violations Subject To Command Discipline
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inform members of the service (uniformed and civilian) of the violations of
Department regulations which may be adjudicated by command discipline.
PROCEDURE
When any of the following violations are brought to the attention of a
commanding/executive officer, the commanding/executive officer concerned may
initiate command discipline:
SCHEDULE "A" VIOLATIONS
1. Absence from meal location, post or assignment
2. Failure to sign return roll call
3. Failure to signal or signal improperly
4. Improper uniform or equipment
5. Failure to maintain neat and clean personal appearance
6. Omitted entries in Department records, forms or reports
7. Failure to submit reports in a timely manner
8. Failure to make proper notifications
9. Smoking as prohibited
10. Unnecessary conversation
11. Failure to lock an unguarded Department vehicle
12. Loss of IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
13. Reporting late for duty
14. Carrying packages, newspapers or other articles as prohibited while in
uniform or Department vehicle
15. Failure to notify supervising officer when leaving post for Department or
personal necessity
16. Failure to make routine inspections and surveys as required
17. Unauthorized person riding in Department vehicle
18. Failure to notify commanding officer when address, telephone number, or
social condition changes

19. Using any electrical/digital device (e.g., personal gaming device, MP3
player, personal digital assistant, Bluetooth headset, etc.) while on duty
NOTE: A cellular phone is authorized to be used by members of the service
when conducting official Department related business, or on an assigned meal,
or as otherwise authorized by competent authority. The cellular phone must be
carried in a concealed manner that does not interfere with authorized
equipment.
20. Loss of summons or loss of summons book
21. Failure to have locker secured or properly tagged
22. Failure to sign in or out of court
23. Failure to perform duties in connection with court appearances
24. Failure to properly perform or improperly perform patrol or other
assignment
25. Failure to present required firearms to the range officer at firearms
training cycle
26. Obvious neglect of care of firearm(s)
27. Failure to attend a training cycle (firearms included)
28. Failure to maintain live, authorized ammunition in authorized weapons
(includes having the required maximum amount of ammunition in the weapon)
29. Illegal parking of Department or private vehicle(s)
30. Use or display of
Parking Permit (Misc.
(Misc.814HQ-Annex) or
off duty or while not

Vehicle Identification Plate (Misc.740), NYPD Restricted
23-N), Headquarters Annex Parking Permit
any other Department issued vehicle parking permit while
on official Department business.

a. Failure to return any Department issued vehicle parking permit when
assigned to the Military and Extended Leave Desk, when transferred or when
permit expires.
31. Failure to make a timely notification to the Sick Desk and command, as
required
32. Failure to comply with proper driving rules and regulations
33. Unauthorized use of Department telephones
34. Any other minor violation that, in the opinion of the commanding/executive
officer is appropriate for Schedule A command discipline procedure.
SCHEDULE "B" VIOLATIONS
1. Loss of shield
2. Failure to safeguard prisoner
3. Loss of Department property

4. Failure to respond, report disposition promptly or acknowledge radio calls
directed to member's unit
5. Bringing alcoholic beverages into a Department facility or vehicle unless
it is within the scope of an assignment
6. Omitted ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries
[I.O. 16 s 11] 7. Loss of Activity Log
8. Failure to give name and shield number to person requesting
9. Any other violation, which, in the opinion of the commanding/executive
officer and after notification to the patrol borough adjutant and consultation
with the Department Advocate, is appropriate for Schedule "B" command
discipline procedure.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The above violations may not be processed as command discipline if the
violation is aggravated by conditions that make it inappropriate for
disposition by command discipline or if member concerned requests a Department
trial.
The Department Advocate's Office is available to provide field commanders or
internal investigation units with advice concerning charges and
specifications, command disciplines, suspensions, and/or arrests of members of
the service (uniformed or civilian).
When it has been determined that disciplinary action should be taken for the
loss of or failure to safeguard a firearm, a consultation with the Department
Advocate's Office will be made to determine appropriate disciplinary action.
A commanding/executive officer must confer with the borough adjutant, prior to
adjudicating a third command discipline for the same member within a six month
period, to determine if charges and specifications should be instituted. If
charges are appropriate, a consultation with the Department Advocate will be
necessary for final approval of charges and specifications.
Borough adjutant will inspect command discipline records to ascertain that the
above procedures are complied with.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Reporting Violations Observed By Supervisors (P.G. 206-01)
Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)
Authorized Penalties Under Command Discipline (P.G. 206-04)
Preparation Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Service And Disposition Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-06)
Sealing Disciplinary Records (P.G. 206-14)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)

P.G. 206-04 Authorized Penalties Under Command Discipline
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To inform members of the service (uniformed and civilian) of the penalties a
commanding/executive officer may impose under command discipline.
PROCEDURE
When a command discipline allegation is substantiated:
COMMANDING/EXECUTIVE OFFICER
1. Impose one of the following penalties:
a. Forfeiture of up to five days vacation or accrued time for Schedule "A"
violations.
b. Forfeiture of up to ten days vacation or accrued time for Schedule "B"
violations.
c. Revocation of permission to engage in outside employment for a fixed
period of time, not to exceed thirty days, if the violation is related to the
outside employment.
d. Restrict out-of-command assignments, which pay "portal-to-portal" and
overtime for a fixed period, not to exceed five such assignments.
NOTE: The above penalties DO NOT prohibit a commanding/executive officer
from:
a. Warning and admonishing verbally
b. Warning and admonishing in writing, copy to be filed with the papers
c. Changing assignment within the command either for a fixed period or
indefinitely.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In all cases where a Schedule "B" command discipline has been substantiated
and disposed of, forward a copy of the SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND
DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123) to the Department Advocate's Office and
the Disciplinary Assessment Unit, through channels.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123)

P.G. 206-05 Preparation Of Charges And Specifications
Date Effective: 11-21-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121) and related papers are
prepared expeditiously, accurately, and completely.
PROCEDURE
When a violation is inappropriate for command discipline or when command
discipline is declined:
COMMANDING OFFICER/SUPERVISOR PREFERRING CHARGES
1. Direct assigned supervisor/investigator to consult with the Department
Advocate's Office regarding the alleged misconduct and obtain verbal approval
for the preparation of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
a. Provide written documentation, files, investigative reports, and/or
additional information supporting the basis for charges and specifications,
upon request.
2. Provide the Department Advocate's Office with two copies of the
investigative files that the charges and specifications are to be based on
period.
a. Provide any other additional documentation and/or reports that are
requested by the Department Advocate's Office.
3. Provide the Department Advocate's Office with a request for charges and
specifications on a Typed Letterhead, addressed to the First Deputy
Commissioner, describing the basis for all charges and specifications
a. Include the following:
(1) Original Internal Affairs Bureau log number
(2) Duty schedule of complainant and respondent
(3) Name of attorney consulted with from Department Advocate's Office.
DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE'S OFFICE
4. Review case and determine if CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS should be prepared.
5. Direct the preparation of an original set of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS, if
approved.
a. Base charges and specifications on criminal indictment or information, if
any, arising out of the same subject matter. If criminal charges are dismissed
or result in acquittal, consult with the commanding officer, if necessary.
(1) Date/stamp CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.

(2) Enter Department Advocate's Office serial number on the CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
(3) Forward CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to commanding officer of the
originating command along with original Typed Letterhead.
AFTER CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN APPROVED
COMMANDING OFFICER/SUPERVISOR PREFERRING CHARGES
6. Review CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS for accuracy.
7. Telephone the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center to obtain a new log
number for each member receiving charges and specifications and enter on
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
8. Obtain a bureau/command serial number if applicable and enter on CHARGES
AND SPECIFICATIONS.
9. Advise respondent that he/she is the subject of charges and specifications.
a. Obtain the name, address and telephone number of the respondent's
attorney and provide it to the Department Advocate's Office.
10. Have member of the service preferring charges and specifications sign the
original CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
11. Date stamp and forward original CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS and original
Typed Letterhead to the next higher command within forty-eight hours.
WITHIN THREE BUSINESS DAYS OF RECEIPT OF CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS
COMMANDING OFFICER, NEXT HIGHER COMMAND
12. Endorse the original set of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
13. Date stamp and forward the original set of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS and
Typed Letterhead to the Department Advocate's Office.
14. Forward copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to:
a. Deputy Commissioner, Personnel
b. Respondent's command
c. Originating command.
15. Retain copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
UPON RECEIPT OF CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS FROM BOROUGH COMMANDER/COUNTERPART
DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE'S OFFICE
16. Review for completeness and date stamp.
17. Ensure assigned attorney completes review and assessment of the CHARGES
AND SPECIFICATIONS in a timely manner.

ADDITIONAL DATA
DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE'S OFFICE - PREPARATION OF CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS
The member assigned to the Department Advocate's Office preparing the CHARGES
AND SPECIFICATIONS will indicate in the box captioned "RANK/TITLE," the
appropriate status, e.g., "Probationary Police Officer" or "Provisional Office
Aide," etc. The member's rank/title will also be indicated under the caption
"SPECIFICATIONS," when making reference to the member, e.g., "Said
Probationary Police Officer Smith," etc. Additionally, if charges are
preferred against a member who has been placed on dismissal probation, the
specifications will be prefaced with the words, "While on dismissal
probation."
The Department Advocate's Office shall ensure that a sufficient legal basis
exists for each charge and specification approved and that all necessary steps
associated with the investigation have been completed. In appropriate cases,
the Department Advocate's Office may direct the issuance of a command
discipline in lieu of charges and specifications.
Commanding officers are directed to fully complete the COMMANDING OFFICER'S
REVIEW OF MOS INVOLVED IN A DISCIPLINARY MATTER (PD468-153), relating to
evaluation and whether or not member is on disciplinary or dismissal
probation. This form must be completed and forwarded within five days of
receipt to the Department Advocate's Office.
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS AGAINST SUSPENDED MEMBER
When a member of the service has been suspended, the report on Typed
Letterhead prepared by the commanding officer/supervisor preferring charges
must be forwarded to the Department Advocate's Office within forty-eight hours
of suspension.
When a member of the service has been suspended, the Department Advocate's
Office will forward the completed CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to the requesting
supervisor within two business days from the time the request for charges is
received.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Service and Disposition of Charges and Specifications (P.G. 206-06)
Cause for Suspension or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Suspension from Duty Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-08)
Official Communications - Preparation (A.G. 322-11)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
COMMANDING OFFICER'S REVIEW OF MOS INVOLVED IN A DISCIPLINARY MATTER
(PD468-153)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 206-06 Service And Disposition Of Charges And Specifications
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that the formal disciplinary process is commenced (service of
charges and specifications) and concluded (disposition of charges and
specifications) in a coordinated, timely and efficient manner.
PROCEDURE
Upon receipt of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121) from the borough
commander/next higher command:
COMMANDING OFFICER, DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE'S OFFICE
1. Forward copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to respondent's attorney within
two weeks along with the underlying explanatory memorandum prepared by the
supervisor/investigator preferring the charges and specifications.
NOTE: CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS will be served upon a suspended member of
the service expeditiously. (Exception may be made, with the approval of the
First Deputy Commissioner, when extenuating circumstances exist). A suspended
probationary member of the service will not be served, except as directed by
the First Deputy Commissioner.
2. Serve original and copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS upon member of the
service.
a. If personal service cannot be made, see "ADDITIONAL DATA" below.
NOTE: Absent exigent circumstances, service of charges and specifications
shall be within six weeks after receipt by the Department Advocate's Office.
However, in disciplinary cases where the statute of limitations and/or other
matters require expeditious attention, the Department Advocate's Office will
have the authority to direct whatever actions are deemed necessary to
effectuate the timely service of charges and specifications.
RESPONDENT
3. Sign and return the original copy to the person serving the CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
4. Have available and provide to Department Advocate's Office personnel:
a. Chart/squad, vacation and military schedule, and
b. Any other leave/absences.
(1) Advise the Department Advocate's Office of any changes of the
aforementioned.
5. Retain copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
MEMBER CONCERNED, DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE'S OFFICE

6. Sign original copy of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS as a witness.
COMMANDING OFFICER, DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE'S OFFICE
7. Provide the respondent with an opportunity to accept a penalty disposition
in disciplinary case(s), when appropriate.
NOTE: The Department Advocate will confer regularly with the First Deputy
Commissioner concerning the Department's disciplinary policy.
8. Schedule Department trial date the day of service of CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS, when disciplinary case(s) are not otherwise disposed of,
absent exigent circumstances.
NOTE: When Department charges and specifications relate to outstanding
criminal charges, the disciplinary case may only be set for trial or otherwise
disposed of with the prior approval of the First Deputy Commissioner.
DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE
9. Ensure that all disciplinary decisions are accurately and promptly
recorded.
10. Review all disciplinary cases for trends or patterns and policy
implications.
a. Make periodic recommendations to the First Deputy Commissioner.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If personal service of the CHARGES cannot be made, service may be effected:
a. By mailing the CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to the person to be served at
his last known residence by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, OR delivering the CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to a person of
suitable age and discretion at his place of business, dwelling or usual place
of abode of the person to be served. Proof of service will be filed with the
Deputy Commissioner - Trials or the Commanding Officer, Operations Unit.
(1) Service is complete three days after filing.
b. By delivering a copy of the CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS to the agent of
the person to be served.
c. Where service under subdivisions "a" and "b" cannot be made, affix
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS either to the door of the actual place of business,
dwelling or usual place of abode, of the person to be served and by mailing
(registered or certified, return receipt requested) the CHARGES AND
SPECIFICATIONS to the person at his last known residence.
(1) Proof of such service will be filed with the Deputy Commissioner Trials or the Commanding Officer, Operations Unit.
(2) Service is complete three days after filing.
d. In such manner as the Deputy Commissioner-Trials directs, upon motion
without notice, if service is impractical under subdivisions "a," "b" or "c."

RELATED PROCEDURE
Preparation Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)

P.G. 206-07 Cause For Suspension Or Modified Assignment
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To describe those actions for which uniformed or civilian members of the
service may be suspended or, for which uniformed members of the service may be
placed on modified assignment.
NOTE: Civilian members of the service may NOT be placed on modified
assignment.
1. The Police Commissioner, a deputy commissioner, a hearing officer assigned
to the Office of Deputy Commissioner - Trials, the Chief Surgeon, Deputy Chief
Surgeon, a civilian director, or a uniformed member of the service in the rank
of captain or higher may suspend a member of the service (uniformed or
civilian) or place a uniformed member of the service on modified assignment
when, in their opinion, such action is necessary.
2. A ranking officer (uniformed member of the service in rank of sergeant or
above) in-charge or in-command MUST SUSPEND a member of the service when the
member:
a. Refuses to perform assigned duties at roll call or during tour of duty
b. Refuses an order of a ranking member to answer question specifically
directed and narrowly related to the performance of official duties, after
being informed of member's rights as specified in P.G. 206-13, "Interrogation
Of Members Of The Service"
c. Is absent without leave for five consecutive tours
d. Refuses to obey a lawful order by a ranking member
e. Refuses to submit to a drug-screening test
f. Has an interest in, or association with, or patronizes premises (licensed
or unlicensed) engaged in illegal gambling operations, use of drugs, smoke
shops, social clubs, or after hours clubs, except in the performance of duty.
NOTE: Traffic Managers and Administrative School Safety Managers are
authorized to suspend civilian personnel under their command for violations
listed in step 2 above. (The principal of the school where the school safety
agent is assigned will be notified of the suspension). Suspension by a ranking
officer, by a Traffic Manager or an Administrative School Safety Manager,
other than a captain and above, is by authority of the First Deputy
Commissioner. Prior conferral or approval of the First Deputy Commissioner is
NOT required.
3. A captain or above may place a uniformed member of the service on modified
assignment or suspension when a member:
a. Is indicted by a grand jury
b. Is arrested

c. Is served with CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121), alleging serious
misconduct
d. Is unfit for duty due to the effects of an intoxicant or drug or after
effects thereof
e. Patronizes an unlicensed premises (neighborhood tavern or restaurant with
an expired/suspended license) where the only apparent illegal activity is the
sale of alcoholic beverages, except in the performance of duty.
NOTE: A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) presently on
suspension, or a uniformed member of the service on modified assignment
pursuant to either steps 2 or 3 above, MUST be re-suspended or suspended, as
applicable, for any subsequent violation of the subject steps.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In all cases in which the investigating commanding officer/duty captain is
contemplating changing the duty status of a member of the service (i.e.,
suspension, modification or restricted duty pending evaluation of duty
status), he/she should confer with the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center
to ascertain any relevant information pertaining to the member(s) of the
service, PRIOR to making this decision. This conferral is to obtain
background information that may assist in the investigation. All decisions
regarding the investigation, as well as any resulting determination regarding
the member's duty status, remain the responsibility of the commanding
officer/duty captain concerned.
In appropriate cases, a captain or above may assign a uniformed member of the
service to administrative duties in the next higher command without placing
the member on suspension or modified assignment, when there is no disciplinary
action contemplated and facts or circumstances indicate such assignment would
be in the best interests of the Department.
The borough commander/counterpart will review the assignment within three days
and determine further appropriate action. A report of this review and
results, including the anticipated date member will be returned to command,
will be prepared on Typed Letterhead and forwarded to the First Deputy
Commissioner.
In all cases where the decision to suspend a member of the service (uniformed
or civilian) or to place a uniformed member of the service on modified
assignment is based on the discretion of the captain or above (steps 1 and 3
of this procedure), he/she will, prior to making that decision, confer with
the borough commander/counterpart or executive officer.
The Office of Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters will be available for
questions related to law and the Department Advocate's Office will be
available for advice on procedures for suspension or modified assignment.
However, the decision to suspend or place a uniformed member of the service on
modified assignment will rest with the field commander.
A ranking officer who reasonably believes that a uniformed member of the
service is unfit for duty due to effects of an alcoholic intoxicant will
notify the precinct commander/duty captain who will respond, conduct an
investigation, and based upon common sense standards determine if the member
is fit for duty. If found unfit, whether on or off duty, the captain making

such determination will suspend the member or place him/her on modified
assignment; apprise the member concerned of the availability of the Counseling
Service Program, and, if the member desires to participate, contact the
Counseling Service DIRECT, during normal business hours, or during other than
business hours, request conferral by contacting the Sick Desk, supervisor.
The precinct commander/duty captain will also prepare seven copies of report
on Typed Letterhead detailing observations and circumstances leading to
determination of unfitness and action taken. Forward copies (DIRECT) to First
Deputy Commissioner, Deputy Commissioner - Trials, Chief of Department, Chief
of Personnel, Department Advocate's Office, and one copy to be filed in
command. An additional copy will be forwarded to the First Deputy
Commissioner (THROUGH CHANNELS).
FORMS AND REPORTS
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 206-08 Suspension From Duty Uniformed Member Of The Service
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To temporarily prohibit a uniformed member of the service from performing
assigned duties.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is suspended:
RANKING OFFICER IN CHARGE
1. Inform member concerned of suspension from duty and the reason.
2. Direct member to surrender all Department property and all revolvers or
pistols owned or possessed.
3. Direct member to report in person, if not on sick report, each Monday,
Wednesday and Friday to residence precinct. (Captain and above will report to
residence borough command.)
4. Inform suspended member that he may request waiver of reporting requirement
by submitting form AGREEMENT TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF NOTICE (PD468-126) at
residence precinct or Department Advocate's Office.
NOTE: If suspended member prepares form in residence precinct, the precinct
commander will forward a copy of the form to the Department Advocate's Office.
If the form is prepared in the Department Advocate's Office, Department
Advocate personnel will notify the desk officer, precinct of residence that
the suspended member no longer has to report.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Surrender, promptly, all Department property and all pistols or revolvers
owned or possessed.
6. Do not wear uniform while suspended.
RANKING OFFICER IN CHARGE
7. Enter facts concerning suspension in Command Log.
8. Notify supervisor on duty at Operations Unit, member's command, and
member's residence precinct, if below rank of captain, or residence borough
command if captain or above.
a. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center.
9. Follow procedure for removal of property as outlined in P.G. 206-17,
"Removal And Restoration Of Firearms."
a. Property other than firearms, shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
will be retained at member's command.

10. Immediately forward report (DIRECT) to First Deputy Commissioner, Deputy
Commissioner - Trials, Chief of Department, Chief of Personnel, Department
Advocate and member's commanding officer. Forward an additional copy of report
to First Deputy Commissioner (THROUGH CHANNELS).
SUPERVISOR ON DUTY, OPERATIONS UNIT
11. Inform ranking officer in charge that CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS
(PD468-121) must be forwarded within forty-eight hours of the suspension.
MEMBER'S COMMANDING OFFICER
12. Have CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS prepared.
IF SUSPENDED MEMBER ELECTS NOT TO SUBMIT WAIVER (AGREEMENT TO ACCEPT SERVICE
OF NOTICE)
UNIFORMED MEMBER CONCERNED
13. Report to residence precinct each Monday, Wednesday and Friday.
DESK OFFICER, RESIDENCE PRECINCT
14. Direct member to prepare REPORT OF SUSPENDED MEMBER'S VISIT (PD408-061) in
your presence.
15. Complete appropriate captions under section entitled "Witnessed By."
16. Make entry in Command Log and deliver REPORT to integrity control officer.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
17. Maintain a list of uniformed members of the service who are suspended and
are required to report to the residence precinct.
18. Check Telephone Record and FINEST messages each day to ensure that
uniformed members who are required to report are added to the list as
required.
NOTE: If doubt exists regarding reporting by uniformed members of the
service, contact Department Advocate's Office, Trial Calendar Unit.
19. Monitor appearances of suspended uniformed members of the service.
20. Inform commanding officer when suspended member fails to report as
required.
COMMANDING OFFICER, RESIDENCE PRECINCT
21. Prepare SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT
(PD468-123), if member fails to report as required.
22. Forward SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT
to member's commanding officer for further disciplinary action, if required.
ADDITIONAL DATA

A uniformed or civilian member of the service under suspension who desires to
be restored to duty or a uniformed member under suspension who desires to be
placed on modified assignment will submit a request to the First Deputy
Commissioner through the Department Advocate's Office.
When a uniformed member of the service, in the rank of sergeant and above, is
being suspended the following provisions shall be applied. The member shall be
suspended with pay until the following Sunday. Commencing at 0001 hours on
that Sunday, the member shall be on suspension without pay. The suspension
without pay will continue in full week (Sunday to Saturday) increments. The
minimum suspension without pay shall be for one full week. The maximum time
shall be four full weeks. The member shall always be returned to duty on a
Sunday at 0001 hours.
Uniformed members of the service who are on "Suspended With Pay" status must
submit a LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433- 041) when required to appear in court
as a defendant in a criminal case on a date they were scheduled to report to
the Internal Affairs Bureau. Such court appearances shall be made on regular
days off or with an approved LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preparation Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Cause For Suspension Or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Removal And Restoration Of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AGREEMENT TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF NOTICE (PD468-126)
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
REPORT OF SUSPENDED MEMBER'S VISIT (PD408-061)
SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123)
LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)

P.G. 206-09 Suspension From Duty - Civilian Member Of The Service
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To temporarily prohibit a civilian member of the service from performing duty
and to complete disciplinary procedures within thirty days.
PROCEDURE
When a civilian member of the service is suspended:
RANKING OFFICER IN CHARGE
1. Inform member concerned of suspension from duty and reason.
2. Direct member to surrender all Department property.
a. Have IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) and shield, when applicable, hand
delivered with Typed Letterhead to the Employee Management Division - Shield
and Identification Card Unit by next business day and obtain receipt for file
in command.
b. Have other Department property safeguarded at command (e.g., keys, etc.).
3. Direct civilian member of the service not to wear uniform or part of
uniform while under suspension.
4. Notify member concerned that charges are to be preferred and will be
processed in normal manner.
a. Supervise preparation of charges.
5. Notify the following:
a. Operations Unit
b. Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center
c. Civilian member's commanding officer/counterpart, if not present.
SUPERVISOR ON DUTY, OPERATIONS UNIT
6. Enter facts concerning suspension in Command Log.
7. Inform ranking officer in charge that CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS
(PD468-121) must be forwarded within forty-eight hours of suspension.
RANKING OFFICER IN CHARGE
8. Submit report on Typed Letterhead within twenty-four hours to:
a. First Deputy Commissioner
b. Chief of Department

c. Deputy Commissioner-Trials
d. Department Advocate's Office
e. Civilian member's commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
9. Notify next higher command.
COMMANDING OFFICER, NEXT HIGHER COMMAND
10. Contact Department Advocate's Office.
11. Ascertain if every effort is being made to complete disciplinary process
within thirty days.
12. Notify Department Advocate of all relevant facts, if circumstances
indicate case may not be disposed of within thirty days.
IF CIVILIAN HAS BEEN ARRESTED
13. Advise civilian of the following available options prior to arranging
conference concerning charges:
a. May request conference be held in usual manner, OR
b. May request, in writing, an adjournment of all department action pending
final determination of criminal case.
14. Instruct civilian member of the option of signing a waiver for any pay due
him/her, if he/she is continued on suspension past thirty days.
a. Waiver does not apply to lost wages if civilian is ultimately found not
guilty.
(1) Civilian is entitled to full pay during period of suspension beyond
thirty days, less any amount of compensation earned during same period in such
case.
NOTE: If civilian member has criminal charges pending and refuses to sign
waiver, the commanding officer next higher command of civilian must hold
informal conference within thirty days of date of suspension.
IF CIVILIAN IS AWOL
COMMANDING OFFICER OF CIVILIAN
15. Prepare and forward CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS.
a. If Department property is not accounted for, have COMPLAINT REPORT
(PD313-152) prepared.
DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE
16. Have civilian member report to the Employee Management Division - Shield
and Identification Card Unit for IDENTIFICATION CARD and shield, when

applicable, if suspension is rescinded.
a. Commanding officer will be responsible for the return of any other
Department property removed.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Department Advocate will have CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS served as
provided in P.G. 206-06, "Service Of Charges And Specifications" and after
service, a trial will be held before Deputy Commissioner - Trials, in absentia
if necessary. Civilian member may request a formal conference at next higher
command at any time prior to holding a formal trial.
A civilian member of the service under suspension who desires to be restored
to duty will submit a written request to the First Deputy Commissioner through
the Department Advocate's Office.
Civilian Employee Handbook will be accounted for if civilian is dismissed.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Notification in Certain Arrest Situations (P.G. 208-69)
Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)
Preparation Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Service Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-06)
Cause For Suspension Or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Civilian Member - Resignation (A.G. 319-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 206-10 Modified Assignment
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assign a uniformed member of the service to non-enforcement duties pending
determination of fitness to perform police duties.
SCOPE
Firearms may be removed from a uniformed member of the service for
disciplinary as well as non-disciplinary reasons. In incidents where there is
no misconduct and no disciplinary action is anticipated, the member will not
be placed on modified assignment. When a firearms removal is based on
non-disciplinary factors, the ranking officer directing the removal will
comply with the applicable provisions of P.G. 205-47, "Temporary Removal of
Firearms in Non-Disciplinary Cases."
PROCEDURE
When placing a uniformed member of the service on modified assignment.
RANKING OFFICER IN CHARGE
1. Inform uniformed member that modified assignment is contingent upon being
available for prompt Departmental disciplinary trial.
2. Remove firearms, shield, IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) and other
Department property as directed in P.G. 206-17, "Removal and Restoration of
Firearms."
3. Make a clear photocopy of member's IDENTIFICATION CARD and provide the
photocopy to member concerned.
4. Direct the member to utilize the photocopy of their IDENTIFICATION CARD to
gain access to One Police Plaza for modified assignment processing to avoid
waiting in line with non-members of the Department.
NOTE: Uniformed member may retain Department Manual.
5. Ensure that shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD are hand delivered to the
Employee Management Division, Shield and Identification Card Unit at One
Police Plaza, Room 502, with appropriate copy of REMOVAL/ RESTORATION OF
FIREARMS REPORT (PD524-152) on the next business day and obtain receipt.
6. Direct uniformed member to report direct, in appropriate business attire,
at 0900 hours on the next business day he/she is scheduled to work, to the
Personnel Orders Section, Uniform Assignment Unit, located at One Police
Plaza, Room 1008.
NOTE: Uniformed members placed on modified assignment will report direct to
the Personnel Orders Section, Uniform Assignment Unit and will NOT be
permitted to begin their tour at their command. Members on regular day off
(RDO), sick report or scheduled vacation will report on the first business day
upon return to work. Members will not perform an extended tour and no overtime

is authorized.
When a uniformed member is scheduled to return to work on a non-business day
(Saturday, Sunday, holiday, etc.), direct the member to report, in appropriate
business attire, to their assigned command for non-enforcement duty. Uniformed
member will report direct to the Personnel Orders Section, Uniform Assignment
Unit the next business day he/she is scheduled to work.
7. Enter facts concerning modified assignment in Command Log and notify:
a. Supervisor on duty at Operations Unit immediately
b. Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center and obtain log number.
8. Immediately submit report on Typed Letterhead (DIRECT) to:
a. First Deputy Commissioner (forward additional copy of report THROUGH
CHANNELS)
b. Deputy Commissioner, Department Advocate
c. Deputy Commissioner, Trials
d. Chief of Department
e. Chief of Personnel
f. Commanding Officer, Personnel Orders Section
g. Commanding officer of member concerned.
9. Fax copy of Typed Letterhead to the Personnel Orders Section.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CONCERNED
10. Report direct to the Personnel Orders Section, Uniform Assignment Unit,
located at One Police Plaza, Room 1008, at 0900 hours on the next business day
scheduled to work, in appropriate business attire.
NOTE: When scheduled to work on a non-business day (Saturday, Sunday,
holiday, etc.), report in appropriate business attire, to assigned command for
non-enforcement duty. Uniformed members of the service will report direct to
the Personnel Orders Section, Uniform Assignment Unit, the next business day
he/she is scheduled to work.
Uniformed members of the service will report to One Police Plaza, first floor
employee entrance gate and present photocopy of their IDENTIFICATION CARD to
Headquarters Security personnel to be issued an access pass for entry into One
Police Plaza.
11. Sign in Personnel Orders Section sign-in log when directed by Personnel
Orders Section, Uniform Assignment Unit personnel.
12. Report to the Employee Management Division, Shield and Identification Card
Unit, Room 502, for a new IDENTIFICATION CARD, when directed by Personnel
Orders Section personnel.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service are reminded that they must be guided

by P.G. 203-07, "Performance on Duty - Personal Appearance." Members will not
be permitted to take IDENTIFICATION CARD photo with facial hair unless:
a. Written approval has been received from the District Surgeon concerned
and Commanding Officer, Medical Division, when required because of a medical
condition OR
b. Written approval has been received from the Deputy Commissioner, Equal
Employment Opportunity when required because of a religious accommodation.
Modified members of the service are not authorized to possess any firearms
or their shield. Modified members will be issued a "NO FIREARMS"
IDENTIFICATION CARD by the Employee Management Division's Shield and
Identification Card Unit during processing. Members who are restored from
modified assignment and placed on restricted duty or remain on restricted duty
for psychological or alcohol related reasons, may posses their shield and will
retain their "NO FIREARMS" IDENTIFICATION CARD until their restricted duty
status is revoked by the Psychological Evaluation Section or Counseling Unit,
as appropriate. Upon restoration to full duty and approval for the return of
firearms, the member's shield and full duty IDENTIFICATION CARD will be
returned. The Personnel Orders Section will provide an official letterhead to
members restored to full duty for retrieval of firearms from the Property
Clerk Division.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The First Deputy Commissioner MUST approve the return of firearms, shield and
IDENTIFICATION CARD to a uniformed member of the service on modified
assignment unless the Police Commissioner directs the return of such property.
A uniformed member of the service on modified assignment who desires to be
restored to full duty will submit a request to the First Deputy Commissioner's
Office through the Deputy Commissioner, Department Advocate.
A uniformed member continues to accrue vacation and is permitted to take
vacation or authorized leave if there is no conflict with an appearance at a
criminal or disciplinary trial.
Members who are defendants in a criminal action shall not appear in court on
these cases while on duty. Such appearances shall be made on regular days off
(RDOs) or with authorized excusals.
Uniformed members of the service placed on modified assignment may be
transferred as per the needs of the Department. If the uniformed member on
modified assignment does not carry out his/her duties in a satisfactory
manner, the commanding officer of the unit may recommend to the First Deputy
Commissioner, through channels, that the member be suspended.
Uniformed members being restored to full duty will be notified by the Deputy
Commissioner, Department Advocate and will report, when directed, to the
Department Advocate's Office. The Department Advocate's Office will direct
member to report to the Personnel Orders Section, Uniform Assignment Unit,
located at One Police Plaza, Room 1008, for restoration processing.
Uniformed members of the service are placed on modified assignment for a
number of reasons. The vast majority of these members will be restored to full
duty and continue to have successful careers with the Department. When a
modified member, who has been temporarily assigned to an

administrative/support command, has performed in an exemplary manner, the
commanding officer may request permanent assignment upon member's restoration
to full duty, needs of the service permitting. Transfer requests must be
forwarded, through channels, to the Police Commissioner for approval prior to
restoration from modified assignment.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Temporary Removal of Firearms in Non-Disciplinary Cases (P.G. 205-47)
Cause for Suspension or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)
Performance on Duty - Personal Appearance (P.G. 203-07)
FORMS AND REPORTS
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD 416-091)
REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT (PD524-152)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 206-11 Member Of The Service Arrested (Uniformed Or
Civilian)
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record and investigate cases when members of the service, both uniformed or
civilian, are arrested.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service is arrested:
DEFINITION
CRIMINAL VIOLATION - For the purpose of this procedure, means any violation of
law, rule or regulation, whether committed within New York State or outside of
the State, for which a penalty of a term of imprisonment may be imposed, but
shall not include parking violations, traffic infractions (other than leaving
the scene of an incident without reporting and driving while ability impaired)
and violations of law, rule or regulation when a personal service summons
received contemplates a civil penalty only.
ARRESTED WITHIN CITY
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ARRESTED
1. Immediately notify arresting authority of position as a member of the New
York City Police Department.
2. Promptly notify desk officer, precinct of arrest, of details if arrest
effected by law enforcement agency other than New York City Police Department.
NOTE: All members of the service (uniformed or civilian), who receive a
personal service summons for a criminal violation, are required to immediately
notify their commanding officer, and provide the commanding officer with a
copy of the summons.
DESK OFFICER
3. Immediately notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center.
4. Immediately notify precinct commander/duty captain.
5. Promptly notify the Operations Unit and include:
a. Time and date of arrest
b. Place of occurrence
c. Present location of member or place where he will be available for
interview
d. Identity of all persons involved in the incident

e. Manner in which member became involved
f. Sickness or injury of member or other persons involved
g. Identity and statements of witnesses
h. Title and description of the law violated
i. Identity of law enforcement agency making arrest (federal, state or
local)
j. Specific charges against the member
k. Date and location of court appearance, if known
l. Interim or final disposition, if any.
6. Make entry of notification in Telephone Record and include identity of
precinct commander/duty captain notified.
PRECINCT COMMANDER/DUTY CAPTAIN
7. Make certain arrested member's commanding officer is notified.
8. Notify patrol borough commander, borough of arrest.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMANDER CONCERNED
9. Assign captain or above to conduct investigation.
RANKING OFFICER CONDUCTING INVESTIGATION
10. Commence immediate investigation and interview arrested member and
witnesses, if any.
11. Submit report on Typed Letterhead to Chief of Department within
twenty-four hours.
12. Ascertain status of case no later than twenty-four hours after each court
appearance of member.
13. Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead indicating status of case and
adjournment dates and forward to:
a. First Deputy Commissioner
b. Chief of Department
c. Chief of Personnel
d. Chief of Internal Affairs
e. Department Special Prosecutor or Department Advocate's Office, as
appropriate
f. Patrol borough commander concerned.
14. Direct arrested member to immediately notify his commanding officer if

charges are dismissed.
ARRESTED OUTSIDE CITY
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ARRESTED
15. Immediately notify arresting authority of position as a member of the New
York City Police Department.
16. Immediately notify Operations Unit, comply with the remainder of step 5,
subdivisions "a" to "l", and include identity of local police authorities
involved.
17. Notify commanding officer without delay.
NOTE: Commanding officer will contact arrested member within twenty-four
hours of court appearance and ascertain status of case. All members of the
service (uniformed or civilian), who receive a personal summons for a criminal
violation, are required to immediately notify their commanding officer, and
provide the commanding officer with a copy of the summons.
SUPERVISOR, OPERATIONS UNIT
18. Immediately notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center, and the
following:
ARREST MADE IN
* Westchester, Rockland
Orange or Putnam

NOTIFY
Commanding Officer,
Patrol Borough Bronx

* Nassau or Suffolk

Commanding Officer,
Patrol Borough Queens North
or South, as appropriate

19. Notify commanding officer of arrested member.
a. If command is closed, make notification at 0900 hours, next business day.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMANDER OR CHIEF OF INTERNAL AFFAIRS
20. Assign a captain or above, to conduct investigation.
RANKING OFFICER CONDUCTING INVESTIGATION
21. Communicate by telephone with arresting authorities to determine if there
are witnesses to the incident.
NOTE: Ranking officer assigned is authorized to use a Department vehicle
within city and the six residence counties without prior permission.
22. Advise the supervising officer, Operations Unit, of facts.
23. Submit report on Typed Letterhead to the Chief of Department within
twenty-four hours.
24. Ascertain status of case no later than twenty-four hours after each court
appearance of member.

25. Prepare and forward a report, indicating status and adjournment date, to
First Deputy Commissioner, Chief of Department, Chief of Personnel, Chief of
Internal Affairs, Department Special Prosecutor or Department Advocate's
Office (as appropriate), and patrol borough commander responsible for the
investigation.
a. Include arrest number, docket number, and jurisdiction in this report.
IN ALL CASES
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ARRESTED
26. Keep commanding officer informed of status of case at least once every
thirty days and include:
a. Adjournment dates
b. Final disposition
c. If appeal made
d. Disposition of appeal.
27. Notify commanding officer as soon as possible if charges are dismissed.
COMMANDING OFFICER, ARRESTED MEMBER
28. Telephone the Department Advocate and the borough commander responsible
for the investigation of the disposition of all criminal charges, if
Department charges have been preferred.
29. Provide the Chief of Internal Affairs with a final disposition of all
criminal charges involving the arrest of a member of their command.
DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE
30. Obtain a "Certificate of Disposition" from the appropriate jurisdiction
and verify conviction (or plea) of the member of the service, with special
attention to crimes involving domestic violence, upon receipt of notification.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Notifications In Certain Arrest Situations (P.G. 208-69)
Preparation Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Interrogation Of Members Of The Service (P.G. 206-13)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-08)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Cause For Suspension Or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Review Of Arrest Cases Involving A Member Of The Service As A Defendant (P.G.
206-16)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 206-12 Removal Of Firearms From Intoxicated Uniformed Member
Of The Service
Date Effective: 08-01-13
REMOVAL OF FIREARMS FROM INTOXICATED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
PURPOSE
To determine if an on/off duty uniformed member of the service is unfit for
duty due to intoxication.
DEFINITION
INTOXICATION - Unfitness for duty due to the influence of alcohol, narcotics,
or other drug, or under circumstances in which surrounding events of a timely
nature indicate that the member may have been intoxicated during an earlier
period directly related to the incident in question.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing a uniformed member of the service who appears unfit for duty
due to intoxication:
SUPERVISORY MEMBER
1. Direct that member remain at Department facility or other location pending
the arrival of commanding officer/duty captain.
2. Prepare, immediately, SUPERVISOR'S FITNESS FOR DUTY REPORT (PD469-150)
based upon observations of member of the service.
3. Notify precinct commander/duty captain to respond to facility.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
4. Prepare, immediately, SUPERVISOR'S FITNESS FOR DUTY REPORT based upon
observations of member of the service.
5. Conduct an investigation to determine if member is unfit for duty due to
intoxication at the time of the alleged misconduct.
NOTE: Common sense standards will be applied to determine whether a member
of the service is unfit for duty due to intoxication. Commanding
officers/duty captains will examine the totality of the circumstances and will
consider all credible relevant information when determining a member's fitness
for duty. Such information will include all SUPERVISOR'S FITNESS FOR DUTY
REPORTS prepared, any witness statements made by civilians or members of the
service, and any available scientific evidence (Breathalyzer, blood test,
etc.). On the basis of all available information, viewed in light of the time
elapsed since any alleged acts of misconduct or since the first supervisory
observation of the member, the commanding officer/duty captain will conclude
whether the member was unfit for duty at the time of the alleged misconduct.
6. Remove firearms when it is determined that member is intoxicated (see P.G.
206-17, "Removal And Restoration Of Firearms").

7. Place member on modified assignment or suspend from duty, as appropriate.
8. Advise member of availability of Counseling Service Program.
NOTE: A supervisory officer is mandated in all cases to contact the
Counseling Services Unit on behalf of a member who is placed on modified
assignment, suspended, or has his/her firearms removed due to being unfit for
duty. The services of the Counseling Service Program are not available to
personnel for illegal drug use and/or abuse problems.
9. Have supervisory officer contact Counseling Service DIRECT, during normal
business hours. At other times, conferral with a counselor may be requested
by contacting the Sick Desk supervisor.
10. Prepare five copies of all completed SUPERVISOR'S FITNESS FOR DUTY REPORTS
(commanding officer/duty captain's and referring supervisor's).
11. Prepare seven copies of a report on Typed Letterhead detailing
observations and circumstances that led to determination that member was unfit
for duty and forward each, with copies of all SUPERVISOR'S FITNESS FOR DUTY
REPORTS, as follows:
a. First Deputy Commissioner - Original (DIRECT)
b. First Deputy Commissioner (THOUGH CHANNELS)
c. Chief of Department (DIRECT)
d. Chief of Personnel (DIRECT)
e. Deputy Commissioner - Trials
f. Department Advocate's Office
g. Member's commanding officer.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Prior to final adjudication of a disciplinary matter, in all misconduct cases
in which the use of alcohol is indicated, a conferral with the Early
Intervention Unit must be made, and an alcoholism assessment by the Counseling
Services Unit, must be conducted. In addition, in appropriate cases, final
adjudication of the disciplinary matter will be held in abeyance pending
completion of treatment for alcoholism. The Department Advocate's Office or
the Office of the Special Prosecutor, as appropriate, are required to ensure
that these steps are taken.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Cause For Suspension Or Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Suspension From Duty Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G. 206-08)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Administration Of Drug Screening Tests For Cause (P.G. 205-30)
Removal/Restoration Of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
SUPERVISOR'S FITNESS FOR DUTY REPORT (PD469-150)
Type Letterhead

P.G. 206-13 Interrogation Of Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To protect the rights of the member of the service (uniformed or civilian) in
an official Department investigation.
PROCEDURE
Prior to questioning a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) who is
the subject or a witness in an official investigation:
INTERROGATING OFFICER
1. Permit member to obtain counsel if:
a. A serious violation is alleged, OR
b. Sufficient justification is presented although the alleged violation is
minor.
NOTE: All members of the service who are the subject of an official
investigation or are a witness in an official investigation, shall be given a
reasonable period of time to obtain and confer with counsel prior to
questioning. Interrogations of members in routine, non-critical matters should
be scheduled during business hours on a day when the member is scheduled to
work.
Interrogations in emerging investigation, where there is a need to gather
timely information, should usually be done after all preliminary steps and
conferrals have been completed and the member to be questioned has been
afforded a reasonable time to obtain and confer with counsel. In determining
what is a reasonable period of time, consideration should be given to the
nature of the investigation, the need for the Department to have the
information possessed by the member in a timely manner, and the stage the
investigation is at when the need to question the member has been determined.
The emergent nature and exigent circumstances of each investigation will
determine the length of time afforded the member before questioning is
conducted. However, in all cases the determination as to what is a reasonable
time will be made by the captain (or above) in charge of the investigation.
2. Inform member concerned of:
a. Rank, name and command of person in charge of investigation
b. Rank, name and command of interrogating officer
c. Identity of all persons present
d. Whether he is subject or witness in the investigation, if known
e. Nature of accusation
f. Identities of witnesses or complainants (address need not be revealed)

except those of confidential source or field associate unless they are
witnesses to the incident
g. Information concerning all allegations.
h. The Department's policy regarding making false statements (see P.G.
203-08).
3. Permit representative of department line organization to be present at all
times during interrogation.
4.Conduct interrogation at reasonable hour, preferably when member is on duty
during daytime hours.
5. Ensure that interrogation is recorded either mechanically or by a
department stenographer.
a. The Department Advocate will determine if a transcript is required in
non-criminal or minor violation cases.
6. DO NOT use:
a. "Off the record" questions
b. Offensive language or threats (transfer, dismissal or other disciplinary
punishment)
c. Promises of reward for answering questions.
7. Regulate duration of question periods with breaks for meal, personal
necessity, telephone call, etc.
8. Record all recesses.
NOTE: Interrogations may
SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
service of charges must be
Department trial except as

be conducted before or after CHARGES AND
have been served. An interrogation conducted after
completed at least ten days prior to the date of
directed by the Deputy Commissioner - Trials.

9. Conduct interrogation within a reasonable time after disposition of
criminal matter, when member was arrested, indicted or under criminal
investigation.
DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE
10. Furnish member with copy of tape of interrogation no later than twenty
days after service of charges.
a. If interrogation was conducted after service of charges, tape must be
furnished to member no later than five days after interrogation
b. Furnish transcript, if one was prepared, by 1000 hours on trial date, in
all cases.
NOTE: When the Department trial date is scheduled immediately after CHARGES
AND SPECIFICATIONS are served, the Deputy Commissioner - Trials will grant the
Department reasonable time to conduct an interrogation. In any event, a copy
of the tape and a copy of the transcript must be furnished as indicated above,

if appropriate.
COMMANDING OFFICER OF MEMBER
11. Assign member to 2nd Platoon, if possible.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
12. Answer questions specifically directed and narrowly related to official
duties. (Refusal shall result in suspension from duty).
13. Submit OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064) if lost time accrues as result of
investigation.
SUPERVISOR IN CHARGE OF INVESTIGATION
14. Notify the desk officer immediately when member of the service is directed
to leave his post or assignment to report for an official investigation.
15. Ensure that notifications concerning official investigations are properly
recorded in appropriate Department records when made to or recorded from:
a. Complainants
b. Witnesses
c. Lawyers
d. Respondents
e. Other interested parties.
DESK OFFICER
16. Record in appropriate department records and notify the investigating
command immediately of notifications or messages received from:
a. Lawyers
b. Witnesses
c. Complainants
d. Other interested parties involved in the subject investigation.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) is under arrest or is the
subject of a criminal investigation or there is a likelihood that criminal
charges may result from the investigation, the following warnings shall be
given to the member concerned prior to commencement of the interrogation:
"I wish to advise you that you are being questioned as part of an official
investigation by the Police Department. You will be asked questions
specifically directed and narrowly related to the performance of your duties.
You are entitled to all the rights and privileges guaranteed by the laws of
the State of New York, the Constitution of this state and the Constitution of
the United States, including the right not to be compelled to incriminate

yourself and the right to have legal counsel present at each and every stage
of this investigation.
I further wish to advise you that if you refuse to testify or to answer
questions relating to the performance of your official duties, you will be
subject to departmental charges, which could result in your dismissal from the
Police Department. If you do answer, neither your statements nor any
information or evidence which is gained by reason of such statements can be
used against you in any subsequent criminal proceedings. However, these
statements may be used against you in relation to subsequent departmental
charges."
The questions and answers resulting from the interrogation conducted pursuant
to this procedure are confidential. They are not to be revealed nor released
to any person or agency outside the department without prior written approval
of the Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters. If a subpoena duces tecum is
received for any such questions and answers, the Legal Bureau should be
contacted immediately.
FORMS AND REPORTS
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)

P.G. 206-14 Sealing Disciplinary Records
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that disciplinary records regarding Schedule "B" command disciplines
and certain corruption/misconduct allegations are sealed in a member's Central
Personnel Index file.
DEFINITION
SEALED - Information is suppressed on member's Central Personnel Index
whenever background inquiry is made, including promotion and transfer
requests.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service wishes to seal all records pertaining to a
Schedule "B" command discipline:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare a Typed Letterhead addressed to commanding officer requesting the
sealing of Schedule "B" command discipline on the 3rd anniversary from the
date of disposition.
COMMANDING OFFICER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER
2. Determine if requesting member received charges and specifications and/or
additional Schedule "B" command discipline(s) during the above time frame.
3. Expunge SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT
(PD468-123) from member's command folder, endorse original request and forward
to Employee Management Division, if no additional violations.
a. If member has been the subject of an additional violation(s), advise
member by endorsement on original request and file copy in member's command
folder.
b. Advise member that he/she may resubmit request three years after the
disposition of the most recent disciplinary violation.
UPON RECEIPT OF ENDORSED REQUEST
EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT DIVISION
4. Seal Schedule "B" command discipline on member's Central Personnel Index if
satisfied clemency requirement has been met.
5. Endorse original request and return to member concerned.
6. Forward a copy of endorsed request to:
a. Disciplinary Assessment Unit

b. Department Advocate's Office.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Allegations of misconduct ("M" Cases) or corruption ("C" Cases) which result
in a final disposition of exonerated or unfounded will be sealed in the
member's Central Personnel Index by the Internal Affairs Bureau. Sealed
allegations and command disciplines will only be available to the Internal
Affairs Bureau for statistical evaluations and internal investigations.
Additionally, these records will be made available to the Legal Bureau and the
Early Intervention Unit as necessary to enable those commands to perform their
respective responsibilities.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)
Authorized Penalties Under Command Discipline (P.G. 206-04)
FORMS AND REPORTS
SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 206-15 Sealing Disciplinary Charges
Date Effective: 11-21-13
PURPOSE
To seal disciplinary charges in a member of the service's Central Personnel
Index file, the Department Advocate's Office Disciplinary Record System
database and any other folders/files where disciplinary charges are
maintained.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) who has been found "not
guilty" after a Department trial requests to have disciplinary charges sealed:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare request on Typed Letterhead, not earlier than two years following
final decision after trial, and include:
a. Name of member of the service
b. Shield/tax registry number
c. Department Advocate's Office case number
d. Date of final decision by Police Commissioner
NOTE: A trial decision is final on the date it is signed by the Police
Commissioner.
2. Forward request direct to Commanding Officer, Department Advocate's Office.
COMMANDING OFFICER, DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE'S OFFICE
3. Review request to have disciplinary charges sealed.
4. Make recommendation to Police Commissioner, through channels, considering:
a. Member's overall service record
b. Nature of charges
c. Other relevant factors.
5. Attach request to recommendation and forward to Deputy Commissioner,
Department Advocate.
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER, DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE
6. Review recommendation and request.
a. Forward with comments to First Deputy Commissioner by endorsement.
FIRST DEPUTY COMMISSIONER

7. Review endorsed recommendation and forward to Police Commissioner by
endorsement with recommendation for final determination.
POLICE COMMISSIONER
8. Approve/disapprove request by endorsement after review of recommendations.
9. Have approved/disapproved request forwarded to Commanding Officer,
Department Advocate's Office, through channels.
COMMANDING OFFICER, DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE'S OFFICE
10. File approved/disapproved requests in appropriate case folder for member
concerned.
11. Seal the appropriate disciplinary record in Department Advocate's
Disciplinary Record System database, if request approved.
a. Request that Central Personnel Index Unit seal the appropriate charges
and specifications in member's Central Personnel Index file, for approved
cases.
12. Notify member concerned, in writing, of final determination of Police
Commissioner, whether approved or disapproved.
13. Request that Commanding Officer of member concerned delete relevant
disciplinary record in folder/files, i.e., personal folder, integrity control
officer's investigation folder, etc., for approved cases.
COMMANDING OFFICER, MEMBER CONCERNED
14. Ensure the deletion of member's disciplinary record from folders/files
maintained in command, for approved cases.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Department Advocate's Office shall ensure that charges and specifications
from a member's Central Personnel Index file and the Department Advocate's
Office Disciplinary Record System database are sealed whenever:
a. The charges were dismissed based on establishing (in the dismissal
memorandum) that a violation of Department regulations did not occur, OR
b. The charges were based on mistaken identification.
The dismissal memorandum submitted by the Department Advocate shall include a
recommendation that the charges be sealed in the member's Central Personnel
Index file and the Department Advocate's Disciplinary Record System database.
Once a disciplinary record is sealed, it may NOT be referred to when a member
is being promoted, transferred or being considered for a detail assignment.
However, the Department Advocate's Office disciplinary case file, including
copies of CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121), may be utilized for
informational purposes as necessary.
FORMS AND REPORTS
CHARGES AND SPECIFICATIONS (PD468-121)

Typed Letterhead

P.G. 206-16 Review Of Arrest Cases Involving A Member Of The
Service As A Defendant
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To enable the Department's Special Prosecutor to conduct an immediate, initial
review of all criminal cases where a member of the service is a defendant, and
to ensure appropriate case assignment.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service is arrested:
BUREAU/UNIT MAKING ARREST
1. Ensure copies of reports (i.e. Typed Letterhead, addressed to First Deputy
Commissioner, and other arrest paperwork) are hand delivered on day of
occurrence or by 0900 hours next business day.
DEPARTMENT SPECIAL PROSECUTOR
2. Review investigative reports concerning arrest.
3. Recommend to the First Deputy Commissioner that the matter be assigned to
either the Department Advocate's Office, or the Department Special
Prosecutor's Office.
NOTE: If the case is appropriate for assignment to the Department Special
Prosecutor's Office, wording of charges and specifications will be prepared by
the Department Special Prosecutor and returned to the Commanding Officer,
Department Advocate's Office for all necessary processing. The case will then
be assigned to the Department Special Prosecutor's Office.
However, if the case is appropriate for assignment to the Department
Advocate's Office, the case folder will be returned to the Commanding Officer,
Department Advocate's Office and assigned to an attorney for consultation and
approval of charges.
4. Maintain a log of all cases.
5. Inform unit concerned of case assignment as determined by the First Deputy
Commissioner.
PENDING CRIMINAL CASE WHERE MEMBER OF THE SERVICE HAS NOT BEEN SEPARATED FROM
DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO CONCLUSION OF CRIMINAL CASE:
BUREAU/UNIT RESPONSIBLE FOR ARREST
6. Monitor each court appearance of subject member of the service.
7. Notify assigned Department prosecutor (Department Advocate or Department
Special Prosecutor) upon conclusion of criminal matter.
a. Initiate additional investigation, as directed.

WHEN MEMBER OF THE SERVICE IS CONVICTED:
DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE/SPECIAL PROSECUTOR
8. Recommend an appropriate administrative disposition of case upon being
notified of a conviction.
NOTE: In cases where the recommendation is dismissal, a Final Order of
Dismissal and appropriate base papers will be submitted to the First Deputy
Commissioner.
DISMISSAL OF CRIMINAL MATTER (ACQUITTAL, VIOLATION, ETC.):
DEPARTMENT ADVOCATE/SPECIAL PROSECUTOR
9. Evaluate the case, and make an appropriate recommendation to the First
Deputy Commissioner, without delay upon notification of dismissal of the
criminal matter.
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 206-17 Removal And Restoration Of Firearms
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To remove firearms from a uniformed member of the service at the direction of
a ranking officer or other competent authority.
NOTE: This procedure does not pertain to members whose firearms removal is
based on non-disciplinary factors, or who voluntarily surrender firearms
solely for safekeeping while experiencing a current personal problem off-duty,
(e.g. potential domestic violence accusations). See Patrol Guide procedure
205-47, "Temporary Removal of Firearms In Non-Disciplinary Cases."
SCOPE
Firearms may be removed from a uniformed member of the service for
disciplinary as well as non-disciplinary reasons. In incidents where there is
no misconduct and no disciplinary action is anticipated, the member will not
be placed on modified assignment. When a firearms removal is based on
non-disciplinary factors, the ranking officer directing the removal will
comply with the applicable provisions of Patrol Guide procedure 205-47,
"Temporary Removal of Firearms In Non-Disciplinary Cases."
DEFINITION
RANKING OFFICER - For the purposes of this procedure, a ranking officer is a
uniformed member of the service in the rank of sergeant or above.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is suspended or placed on modified
assignment, or when a police surgeon, ranking officer or other competent
authority believes a uniformed member of the service is unable to properly
safeguard his firearms.
SURGEON/COMPETENT AUTHORITY
1. Request Communications Section to send a ranking officer to scene if
necessary.
2. Direct member concerned to surrender all pistols, revolvers, IDENTIFICATION
CARD (PD416-091) and shield.
RANKING OFFICER
3. Obtain member's pistols, revolvers, shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD.
4. Deliver property to precinct where the order to surrender was given.
5. Direct member who is assigned to restricted duty to report to Employee
Management Division for new IDENTIFICATION CARD.
6. Question member to determine if he possesses additional pistols or
revolvers.

DESK OFFICER PRECINCT OF SURRENDER
7. Notify member's permanent command and request a check of member's FORCE
RECORD (PD406-143) to determine if all weapons listed have been surrendered.
8. Arrange to obtain other pistols and revolvers if necessary.
a. The precinct/command where any of the member's pistols or revolvers are
located may be directed to retrieve the weapons and deliver them to either the
member's command or to the command in which the investigation is being
conducted, if appropriate.
9. Notify Medical Division - Sick Desk and obtain a Firearms Removal serial
number.
10. Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) prepared for firearms obtained,
including notation "PROPERTY OF SUSPENDED / MODIFIED ASSIGNMENT MEMBER - NOT
TO BE RETURNED UNLESS APPROVED COPY OF REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT
(PART B) (PD524-152) IS PRESENTED."
11. Prepare REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT (PD524-152) and distribute
according to instructions on form.
12. Send firearms with PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE by messenger to borough office
of Property Clerk.
a. Forward to Firearms Analysis Section if circumstances warrant.
13. Forward IDENTIFICATION CARD and shield with one copy of
REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT by messenger to the Employee Management
Division - Shield and Identification Card Unit by next business day and obtain
receipt for file in command.
TO RESTORE FIREARMS TO A MEMBER WHEN REASON FOR REMOVAL NO LONGER EXISTS:
MEMBER CONCERNED
14. Obtain from desk officer the three copies of the appropriate
REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT which have been retained in command.
15. Sign request statement in Part B and submit to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
16. Indicate APPROVAL or DISAPPROVAL on Part B and forward two copies to the
Medical Division.
NOTE: If DISAPPROVED, state reason in Part B.
C.O., MEDICAL DIVISION
17. Recommend approval or disapproval and forward both copies to the First
Deputy Commissioner.
FIRST DEPUTY COMMISSIONER
18. APPROVE or DISAPPROVE request.

a. Return both copies of REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT indicating
action taken to command of member concerned through the Medical Division.
COMMANDING OFFICER
19. Return both copies of approved REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT to
member concerned.
a. Return one copy of disapproved REPORT to member concerned and file second
copy.
MEMBER CONCERNED
20. Present one approved copy of REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT to:
a. Employee Management Division - Shield and Identification Card Unit for
return of shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD.
b. Property Clerk's borough office for return of firearms. (Shield and
IDENTIFICATION CARD must be shown).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Cause For Suspension/Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-07)
Suspension From Duty-Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 206-08)
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Removal Of Firearms From Intoxicated Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G.
206-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REMOVAL/RESTORATION OF FIREARMS REPORT (PD 524-152)

P.G. 206-18 Citywide Command Discipline System
Date Effective: 08-01-13
1. The Department has developed a Citywide Command Discipline System. This
application shall be utilized by the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity to
track the issuance of command disciplines throughout the Department. The
initial phases of this program affected all citywide Patrol Services, the
Transit, Housing and Internal Affairs Bureaus as well as the Criminal Justice,
Detective, Organized Crime Control and Support Services Bureaus. Effective
upon publication of this order, the program will be expanded to include all of
the remaining Department commands citywide. All commands shall implement the
use of the Command Discipline System.
2. The Integrity Control Officers (ICOs) and Assistant Integrity Control
Officers (Asst. ICOs) of all commands citywide will be responsible for
entering all 2005 command discipline data and maintaining the Command
Discipline System thereafter. Information contained in the present Command
Discipline forms and Command Discipline Log will remain available at the
command level, consistent with current practices. The records obtained through
the Command Discipline System will be used for analytical purposes; however,
the system has been designed to allow for analysis without changing current
practices regarding command discipline.
NOTE: The Command Discipline System is a confidential application. Access to
the system shall be restricted to Commanding Officers, Executive Officers,
Integrity Control Officers, Assistant Integrity Control Officers, and other
personnel specifically authorized by the Commanding Officer concerned.
3. The Commanding Officers of all commands are required to forward a request,
on Typed Letterhead, to the Assistant Commissioner of the Office of Equal
Employment Opportunity, One Police Plaza, Room 600, identifying the name and
tax registry number of the Integrity Control Officer, Assistance Integrity
Control Officer, Executive Officer and other authorized personnel for
authorization to access the system. When members of the service are required
to enter command discipline data into the database utilizing multiple command
codes, each command code that access is required for, must be indicated on the
request. The request shall also include the name and telephone number of a
designated member of the service within the command who will assist in
coordinating training for new users of the system.
4. Commanding Officers, Executive Officers, ICOs, Asst. ICOs, and other
authorized personnel are reminded of the following mandates:
a. The ICO/Asst. ICO/ other authorized member is required to create a new
command discipline record for each command discipline issued by entering all
relevant information into the system within five working days of the issuance
of a command discipline.
b. Within five working days of the adjudication of a command discipline, the
ICO/Asst. ICO/other authorized member shall complete all system entries
pertaining to the adjudication of the command discipline.
c. Within five working days of the completion of the adjudication entries by
the ICO/Asst. ICO/other authorized member, the Commanding Officer/Executive
Officer shall be responsible to review the command discipline record and

finalize (sign-off) the record to verify that it is accurate and complete.
d. ICOs and Assistant ICOs who do not have access to the Department's Wide
Area Network (WAN) must personally enter command discipline data pertaining to
members of their command at their next higher command that possesses WAN
access.
NOTE: Access to the command discipline system requires both a "CESN"
password issued by MISD and system authorizations by OEEO. "CESN" passwords
can be obtained by sending a written request to the Commanding Officer,
Management Information Systems Division.

P.G. 206-19 Orders Of Protection Served On Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To inform members of the service of the procedure to follow when notified that
they are the respondent/defendant of any Order of Protection.
SCOPE
All uniformed members of the service are required as a condition of employment
to remain qualified to possess firearms for the duration of their tenure with
the Department. Members who are the respondent/defendant of an Order of
Protection that limits firearms possession may be subject to a change in duty
status and/or disciplinary action up to and including termination.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is notified that they are the subject
of any Order of Protection:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify commanding officer immediately.
a. If command is not open, notify Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center
and obtain log number, and Operations Unit.
OPERATIONS UNIT
2. Direct appropriate patrol borough duty captain to respond to member's
current location within residence counties, if member's command is not open.
INITIAL INVESTIGATION OF AN ORDER OF PROTECTION SERVED ON MEMBER
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
3. Notify:
a. Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, and obtain log number
b. Bureau/borough Investigations Unit, to respond and assist.
4. Conduct investigation to determine if there is a basis for firearms
removal.
a. Place member on modified assignment if Order of Protection prohibits
firearms possession at all times, or if otherwise appropriate.
b. If Order of Protection prohibits firearms possession off-duty only, and
member is not to be placed on modified assignment, member will be required to
safeguard all firearms at command while off-duty. (See P.G. 206-20, "Orders of
Protection Prohibiting Off-Duty Firearms Possession by Uniformed Members of
the Service.")

5. Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to the Chief of Internal Affairs and
include:
a. Details of investigation
b. Decision regarding member's duty status
c. Specifics of the Order of Protection.
6. Forward additional copies of report to:
a. First Deputy Commissioner
b. Deputy Commissioner, Personnel
c. Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section
d. Commanding Officer, Investigations Unit concerned
e. Commanding officer of member concerned, if applicable.
MEMBER IS THE SUBJECT OF A FINAL ORDER OF PROTECTION PROHIBITING FIREARMS
POSSESSION AT ALL TIMES
7. Notify:
a. Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, and obtain log number
b. Bureau/borough Investigations Unit, to respond and assist
c. Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section, if the Final Order of
Protection will continue for greater than six months.
8. Place member on modified assignment if member is currently full-duty.
9. Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to the Deputy Commissioner, Personnel
and include:
a. Details of investigation
b. Specifics of the Order of Protection.
10. Forward additional copies of report to:
a. First Deputy Commissioner
b. Deputy Commissioner, Department Advocate
c. Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters
d. Chief of Internal Affairs
e. Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section
f. Commanding Officer, Investigations Unit concerned
g. Commanding officer of member concerned, if applicable.

11. Direct member to report to Employee Management Division, Performance
Analysis Section, if the Final Order of Protection will continue for greater
than six months.
ADDITIONAL DATA
REPORTING TO THE PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS SECTION
When a member is ordered to report to the Employee Management Division,
Performance Analysis Section, the member will report immediately or between
the hours of 0900 and 1800 hours on the next business day member is scheduled
to work, as appropriate.
FINAL ORDERS OF PROTECTION
Members who are the recipients of Final Orders of Protection prohibiting
firearms possession at all times (on and off-duty) will be given the
opportunity to apply to the issuing court for a modification of the Order to
allow the member to possess firearms while on-duty.
If the member is unable to have the Final Order of Protection modified, or
declines to seek such modification within six months from the date of
issuance, the member will be subject to termination from the Department if the
member has not retired, vested, or resigned.
CIVILIAN MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RESPONDENT/DEFENDANT OF ORDER OF PROTECTION
Whenever a civilian member of the service becomes aware that they are the
respondent/defendant of any Order of Protection, they must immediately notify
their commanding officer/supervisory head. The commanding officer/supervisory
head will notify the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, and obtain log
number. The member will be interviewed and an investigation will be conducted
to determine if the member should continue to perform duty. The commanding
officer/supervisory head will prepare a report to the Chief of Internal
Affairs and forward additional copies to the Commanding Officer, Employee
Management Division, and the Investigations Unit concerned.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE COMPLAINANT ON ORDER OF PROTECTION
In cases where the member of the service is a petitioner/complainant on an
Order of Protection, for safety reasons the member must notify their
commanding officer. If necessary, those affected should comply with the
provisions of P.G. 212-31, "Threats to Members of the Service."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)
Allegation of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service
(P.G. 207-21)
Family Offenses and Domestic Violence Involving Uniformed or Civilian Members
of the Service (P.G. 208-37)
Threats to Members of the Service (P.G. 212-31)
Orders of Protection Prohibiting Off-Duty Firearms Possession by Uniformed
Members of the Service (P.G. 206-20)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 206-20 Orders Of Protection Prohibiting Off-Duty Firearms
Possession By Uniformed Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08-01-13
When a member is notified that they are the respondent/defendant of any Order
of Protection, they are required to immediately notify their commanding
officer. If the Order of Protection prohibits firearms possession off-duty
only, and the member is not being placed on modified assignment, the member
shall continue on full-duty status but will be required to safeguard service
weapon and off-duty weapon (if applicable) in a designated location at command
while off-duty. In order to instruct all members of the responsibility of the
affected member to safeguard firearms while off-duty, the following procedure
has been established.
PURPOSE
To inform members of the procedures to follow when a uniformed member of the
service is served with an Order of Protection prohibiting firearms possession
off-duty only, and the member is to be continued on full-duty status.
SCOPE
A uniformed member of the service who is served with an Order of Protection
prohibiting off-duty firearms possession only, may continue on full-duty
status if there is no basis for placing the member on modified assignment. The
member will be required to safeguard all firearms while off-duty.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member is served with an Order of Protection prohibiting
off-duty firearms possession only, and the member is to be continued on
full-duty status:
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
1. Request that member concerned complete ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES
CONCERNING COURT ORDER LIMITING FIREARMS POSSESSION (PD424-010) form.
a. Place member on modified assignment if member fails or refuses to
complete this form.
2. Ensure all firearms (including handguns, rifles, and shotguns) owned or
possessed by member have been accounted for.
a. Question member concerning firearms ownership and possession
b. Notify desk officer/supervisor, member's permanent command, and request a
check of appropriate records.
3. Designate a location at member's command where member's service weapon,
authorized off-duty weapon (if applicable), "FULL DUTY" IDENTIFICATION CARD,
and shield are to be safeguarded while member is off-duty.
DESK OFFICER/ SUPERVISOR, MEMBER'S PERMANENT COMMAND

4. Assist commanding officer/duty captain in determining if all firearms owned
or possessed by member have been surrendered.
a. Check member's FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
b. Notify Police Academy, Firearms and Tactics Section, and request a check
of records maintained regarding member's firearms ownership
c. Arrange to obtain additional firearms as necessary.
5. Have firearms, other than service weapon and authorized off-duty weapon,
vouchered for safekeeping (see P.G. 218-23, "Processing Firearms and
Firearm-Related Evidence," "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement).
a. Ensure "Remarks" section of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) includes
the following statement: "Property of a uniformed member of the service - not
to be returned without written authorization of Commanding Officer,
Performance Analysis Section"
b. Ensure member receives copy of INVOICE.
6. Direct member to report to the Employee Management Division, Performance
Analysis Section.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
7. Report to Employee Management Division, Performance Analysis Section as
directed, with all of the following:
a. "FULL DUTY" IDENTIFICATION CARD
b. Original copy of ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES CONCERNING COURT
ORDER LIMITING FIREARMS POSSESSION
c. Copy of report prepared by commanding officer/duty captain
d. Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for vouchered firearms, if applicable.
8. Report to Shield Unit and Identification Card Unit as directed and obtain a
"NO FIREARMS" IDENTIFICATION CARD.
GUIDELINES FOR SAFEGUARDING DESIGNATED ITEMS
9. Deliver service weapon, authorized off-duty weapon (if applicable), "FULL
DUTY" IDENTIFICATION CARD, and shield to desk officer/supervisor prior to
signing out at the end of each tour.
a. Retrieve "NO FIREARMS" IDENTIFICATION CARD from desk officer/supervisor.
10. Retrieve service weapon, authorized off-duty weapon (if applicable), "FULL
DUTY" IDENTIFICATION CARD, and shield from desk officer/supervisor when
reporting for duty each day.
a. Deliver "NO FIREARMS" IDENTIFICATION CARD to desk officer/supervisor.
DESK OFFICER/ SUPERVISOR, MEMBER'S PERMANENT COMMAND
11. Make a Command Log entry when safeguarding or returning member's service

weapon, authorized off-duty weapon (if applicable), "FULL DUTY" or "NO
FIREARMS" IDENTIFICATION CARD, and shield.
a. Safeguard items in designated location.
WHEN ORDER OF PROTECTION IS EXPIRED OR VACATED
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
12. Notify commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
13. Verify that Order of Protection is expired or has been vacated, and that
there are no active Orders of Protection against member concerned.
a. Contact court of issuance
b. Telephone Central Records Division, Identification Section
c. Conduct an Order of Protection inquiry via the FINEST system.
14. Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to the Commanding Officer,
Performance Analysis Section with status of Order of Protection.
15. Instruct member not to carry any firearms while off-duty until
authorization is received from Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis
Section.
16. Direct member to report to the Employee Management Division, Performance
Analysis Section.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
17. Report to the Employee Management Division, Performance Analysis Section
as directed, with all of the following:
a. "NO FIREARMS" and "FULL DUTY" IDENTIFICATION CARDS
b. Copy of expired or vacated Order of Protection
c. Copy of report prepared by commanding officer/duty captain
(1) Member concerned will not be permitted to carry any firearms while
off-duty until commanding officer receives authorization from Commanding
Officer, Performance Analysis Section.
18. Report, when directed, to Property Clerk Office with:
a. "FULL DUTY" IDENTIFICATION CARD
b. Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c. Original report from Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section,
authorizing return of all firearms.
ADDITIONAL DATA

REPORTING TO THE PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS SECTION
When a member is ordered to report to the Employee Management Division,
Performance Analysis Section, the member will report immediately or between
the hours of 0900 and 1800 hours on the next business day member is scheduled
to work, as appropriate.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Personnel Bureau Investigations Unit members will make unannounced visits to
commands where Departmental property is safeguarded under the provisions of
this procedure. Command Log inspections will be performed to ensure that
entries are made documenting the safeguarding of weapons, IDENTIFICATION
CARDS, and shields for affected members of the service.
Commanding officers of affected commands will ensure that Personnel Bureau
Investigations Unit members have access to these items during their visits.
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
The ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES CONCERNING COURT ORDER LIMITING
FIREARMS POSSESSION form includes the member's obligation to safeguard all
firearms with the Department at all times while off-duty, and advises the
member that no new firearms may be purchased. Failure to comply with the court
order may result in criminal charges and court sanctions, as well as
Departmental charges, which can lead to termination.
Failure or refusal to complete the form will result in the member being placed
on modified assignment and subject the member to disciplinary action.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Modified Assignment (P.G. 206-10)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)
Allegation of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service
(P.G. 207-21)
Family Offenses and Domestic Violence Involving Uniformed or Civilian Members
of the Service (P.G. 208-37)
Threats to Members of the Service (P.G. 212-31)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES CONCERNING COURT ORDER LIMITING FIREARMS
POSSESSION (PD424-010)
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Typed Letterhead

Complaints

P.G. 207-01 Complaint Reporting System
Date Effective: 08-19-13
DEFINITIONS
ON LINE COMPLAINT SYSTEM (OLCS) - A software program installed on Local Area
Network (LAN) workstations designed to permit information from a complaint to
be entered and stored on Department computers configured accordingly. This
data is stored locally and centrally in the Department's mainframe databases
for subsequent crime analysis, mapping and auditing purposes.
COMPLAINT - An allegation of an unlawful or improper act or omission, or other
condition that necessitates investigation to determine if any unlawful act or
omission occurred.
PICK-UP ARREST - An arrest for an offense or juvenile delinquency not
previously reported.
CONTINUOUS EVENT - occurs when an offense or multiple offenses were committed
against a complainant, during an ongoing situation that occurs in different
precincts and/or boroughs.
SCOPE
Proper complaint reporting is essential for statistical analysis, discovery of
crime patterns and trends, efficient deployment of resources, and uniform
crime reporting. Every member of the service involved in this process has a
responsibility and obligation to ensure the integrity of this vital, strategic
resource.
WHERE RECORDED
Complaints shall be recorded in the precinct of occurrence except as follows:
a. Complaints received from a member or members of the community regarding
Vice, Narcotics, or Organized Crime related offenses (see P.G. 207-08,
"Preliminary Investigation of Vice Related, Narcotics, or Organized Crime
Related Complaints") shall be recorded at the Investigative Support Division,
Organized Crime Control Bureau, EXCEPT:
(1) pick-up arrests for such offenses will be recorded at the precinct of
arrest;
(2) found controlled substances or drug paraphernalia IN A BUILDING shall
be recorded in the precinct of occurrence;
(3) found controlled substances two ounces or less (NOT IN A BUILDING), or
found marijuana two pounds or less, requiring investigation will be recorded
in the precinct of occurrence.
b. Complaints of missing New York City residents shall be recorded at the
missing person's resident precinct.
c. Complaints occurring on piers, bulkheads, or dead human bodies found in
navigable waters will be recorded at the precincts in which such piers or

bulkheads are located or bordering the navigable waters where such bodies were
found.
d. Complaints occurring on waterways or islands inaccessible to patrol
precinct personnel will be recorded in the precincts of record after
investigation by Harbor Unit personnel.
e. Complaints of lost property will be recorded in the precinct where
complainant first discovered loss, if actual place of occurrence is unknown.
f. Overdue leased/rented vehicle will be recorded either in the precinct
where the vehicle was leased/rented or at the precinct where the vehicle is
expected to be returned.
g. A complaint involving multiple offenses occurring from a continuous
ongoing event, in which the initial offense occurred in one precinct, and one
or more of the additional offenses occurred in another precinct, will be
recorded in the precinct in which the initial offense was committed EXCEPT:
h. For a continuous event, the complaint will be recorded in the precinct in
which the initial offense was committed unless the continuous event includes a
homicide or Rape 1st Degree or a Criminal Sexual Act 1st Degree.
(1) If the continuous event includes a homicide, the complaint will be
recorded in the precinct where the homicide occurred, if known. If the
location of occurrence is unknown, the homicide will be recorded in the
precinct where the victim was discovered.
(2) If the continuous event involves a Rape 1st Degree or a Criminal
Sexual Act 1st Degree, the complaint will be recorded as follows:
[a] If the location of the rape/criminal sexual act is KNOWN, the
complaint will be recorded in the precinct where the rape/criminal sexual act
occurred.
NOTE: If the rape/criminal sexual act occurred in more than one precinct,
the incident will be recorded in the precinct where the initial rape/criminal
sexual act occurred.
[b] If the location of the rape/criminal sexual act is UNKNOWN, but the
location of the initial offense is KNOWN, e.g., abduction prior to rape, the
complaint will be recorded in the precinct where the initial offense occurred.
[c] If the location of the rape/criminal sexual act is UNKNOWN, and the
location(s) of all other associated offenses are UNKNOWN, the complaint will
be recorded in the precinct where the complainant reports the incident.
NOTE: The guidelines above will also apply in determining the appropriate
jurisdiction code to be assigned to the COMPLAINT REPORT (i.e. NYPD -"00",
Transit -"01", Housing -"02").
HOUSING BUREAU INCIDENTS:
In a continuous event that begins on-development but ends off-development, or
vice versa, the jurisdictional determinant will be the location where the
incident originally started. For example, a continuous event that starts on a
housing development but ends off-development, will be recorded as being under
the jurisdiction of the NYPD Housing Bureau.

TRANSIT BUREAU INCIDENTS:
Complaints under the jurisdiction of the Transit Bureau, that occur on a
moving train, will be recorded as occurring at the next (very first) station
where the train stops, regardless of precinct or borough boundaries. In a
continuous event that begins on-transit system but ends off-transit system, or
vice versa, the jurisdictional determinant will be the location where the
incident originally started. For example, a continuous event that starts on a
subway train but ends in the street, will be recorded as being under the
jurisdiction of the NYPD Transit Bureau.
COMPLAINT REPORTING SYSTEM FORMS
* COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) - Used by reporting members to
report all complaints. The "Crime Incident Data" captions on the reverse side
of the form will be utilized when reporting ALL crimes and violations.
* COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) - A report generated by the OLCS and prepared
from the information recorded on the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET submitted by
the reporting member.
* OLCS INDEX - A report generated by the OLCS which is used to
chronologically record complaints received and also serves as a catalog of
complaints for a particular precinct.
* COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) and SECOND SHEET (PD313-081) - Used by
reporting/investigating officers to report additional information as per P.G.
207-09, "Follow-Up Investigation of Complaints Already Recorded."
* COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (pink) and SECOND SHEET (PD313-081A) Used by reporting/investigating officers to report additional information NOT
reported on a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) as per P.G. 207-09, "Follow-Up
Investigation of Complaints Already Recorded."
PROCEDURE
Members of the service will record the following complaints on COMPLAINT
REPORTS:
1. Complaints and pick-up arrests for crimes and violations except those
complaints NOT RECORDED ON COMPLAINT REPORTS (see P.G. 207-02,"Complaints Not
Recorded on the On-Line Complaint System.")
2. Complaints and pick-up arrests for juveniles charged as Juvenile Offenders
(see P.G. 215-04, "Family Court Warrant for Child Abuse/Neglect Cases.")
3. Pick-up arrests of juveniles taken into custody and charged with juvenile
delinquency (see P.G. 215-09, "Offense Committed by a Child Under 16 Years of
Age (Other than a Juvenile Offender.")
4. Complaints of juvenile delinquency for selected offenses as follows:
a. Felonies
b. Unlawful Assembly - Section 240.10, Penal Law
c. Unlawful Possession of Weapons by person under sixteen years of age -

Section 265.05, Penal Law
d. Manufacture, Transport, Disposition and Defacement of Weapons and
Dangerous Instruments and Appliances - Section 265.10, Penal Law
e. Prohibited Use of Weapons - Section 265.35, Penal Law
f. Possession of Burglar's Tools - Section 140.35, Penal Law
g. Jostling - Section 165.25, Penal Law
h. Fraudulent Accosting - Section 165.30, Penal Law
i. Criminal Possession of Stolen Property, 5th Degree - Section 165.40,
Penal Law
j. Escape, 3rd Degree - Section 205.05, Penal Law
k. Issuing Abortional Articles - Section 125.60, Penal Law
l. Endangering the Welfare of a Child - Section 260.10, Penal Law
m. Obscenity and related offenses - Article 235, Penal Law
n. Permitting Prostitution - Section 230.40, Penal Law
o. Promoting Prostitution - Section 230.20, Penal Law
p. Sex Offenses - Article 130, Penal Law
q. Controlled Substances Offenses - Article 220, Penal Law.
5. Complaints of lost property.
6. Found controlled substances, marijuana, and/or drug paraphernalia under
certain circumstances as per P.G. 207-08, "Preliminary Investigation of Vice
Related, Narcotics or Organized Crime Related Complaints."
7. Pistols, revolvers, or other dangerous weapons possessed by a person or
found under circumstances requiring investigation.
8. Motor vehicle/bicycle collisions which results in death, serious injury and
likely to die, or critical injury to an individual.
9. Motor vehicle/bicycle collisions to which Highway District units respond
and conduct an investigation.
10. A deceased person for which this Department must notify the Medical
Examiner (see P.G. 216-04, "Dead Human Body.")
11. ALL verified incidents of work disruptions at city construction sites.
12. Any act which would not ordinarily constitute an offense but is a
violation of the conditions of an Order of Protection (see P.G. 208-36,
"Family Offenses/Domestic Violence") or an incident of suspected child abuse
(see P.G. 215-03, "Emergency Removals or Investigation and Reporting of
Abused, Neglected or Maltreated Children.")

13. A complaint of a missing person will be recorded on both an On Line
COMPLAINT REPORT (WORKSHEET is not required) and a MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON
REPORT (PD336-151) using the same complaint number for both reports.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When multiple offenses have occurred, for crime reporting purposes, the
incident will be classified based on the "top," or most serious offense under
the hierarchy generally known as the "Seven Major Felony Rule." The order of
offenses under that rule, beginning with the most serious, is as follows:
a. Murder and Non-Negligent Manslaughter
b. Forcible Rape/Rape 1st
c. Robbery
d. Felonious Assault
e. Burglary
f. Grand Larceny
g. Grand Larceny, Motor Vehicle (a grand larceny motor vehicle coupled with
a grand larceny from the vehicle will be classified as a Grand Larceny, Motor
Vehicle).
The attempt to commit any of the above offenses will be counted as the
completed offense, except Attempted Murder, which will be counted as a
Felonious Assault.
Under this Seven Major Felony Rule, a murder/robbery is classified as Murder;
a rape 1st/robbery, or rape 1st/felonious assault, or rape 1st/burglary is
classified as Rape 1st. Any of the seven major felonies coupled with any other
offense not within the seven major felony category will be classified as the
appropriate major felony. For example:
a. Murder/kidnapping will be classified as Murder;
b. Rape 1st/kidnapping will be classified as Rape 1st;
c. Robbery/criminal sexual act 1st will be classified as a Robbery;
d. Robbery/kidnapping will be classified as a Robbery.
If any of the reported offenses are not one of the seven major felonies, the
crime classification will be determined in the following order:
a. Sort by CATEGORY - Felony before misdemeanor before violation;
b. Sort by CLASSIFICATION - If all felonies: Select "A" before "B" before
"C", etc. If all misdemeanors: Select "A" before "B" before "Unclassified";
c. Sort by DEGREE - If all offenses are "B" felonies, select "1st degree"
before "2nd degree" before "3rd degree", etc.
d. Sort by PENAL LAW ARTICLE AND SECTION - If all offenses are 2nd degree
"B" felonies, select Article 140, before Article 150, etc.

The OLCS will automatically assign a complaint number to each complaint.
Proper preparation of Complaint Reporting System forms requires that when
space is insufficient to complete entries, additional forms will be prepared
as follows:
FORM BEING PREPARED

ADDITIONAL FORM TO BE USED

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET

COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue)

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP SECOND SHEET

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP

COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP

INFORMATIONAL (pink)

INFORMATIONAL SECOND SHEET

The following situations are applicable to the above:
a. Space is insufficient in the "Property" area of the COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue). "Property" information may also be
continued in the "Details" area of the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue), providing
sufficient room exists and entries are clearly distinguishable from other
"Details" information.
b. Space is insufficient in the "Details" area of the forms.
For COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEETS only, when required to record additional
victims, witnesses, vehicles, property, and/or perpetrators that do not fit in
the captions on the worksheet, use another WORKSHEET and not the details area.
DO NOT enter basic information in details section but utilize appropriate
captions on form(s). Use as many worksheets as is necessary (e.g., 10 victims
then use 10 forms; 10 perpetrators then use 5 forms).
A SEPARATE COMPLAINT REPORT WILL BE PREPARED FOR:
a. EACH homicide victim (victim is complainant)
b. EACH perpetrator of a crime who is killed
c. EACH individual killed, seriously injured and likely to die, or
critically injured as a result of a motor vehicle/bicycle collision
d. EACH victim of a sex offense
e. EACH victim of an assault EXCEPT if incidental to a sex offense or
robbery
f. EACH additional person injured in an arson (assault by fire/explosive).
A new COMPLAINT REPORT will be prepared and a separate serial number assigned
to record Criminal Possession of Stolen Property when the person arrested is
NOT charged with the original crime (e.g., burglary, larceny, grand larceny auto, etc.).
In cases where more than two wanted or arrested persons are being reported on
a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (pink),
another such form, not a SECOND SHEET, will be used.

The additional forms prepared must be securely stapled to the basic document
before forwarding, and the following captions on the forms will be completed:
a. Page _______ of _______ pages
b. PRECINCT
c. COMPLAINT NUMBER
d. DATE
Certain time limits are necessary to maintain the integrity of the crime
reporting system. Therefore, COMPLAINT REPORTS must be reviewed and finalized
within 24 hours of taking the report. Desk officers must transmit complaints
by the conclusion of each tour. Commanding Officers will ensure that desk
officers/counterparts are reviewing and transmitting all complaints entered
into the OLCS as per these guidelines.
ALL FOLLOW-UP reports are not currently processed via OLCS. Therefore, the
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) must be forwarded to the Data Integrity Unit and
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (pink) must be forwarded to the Criminal
Records Section and prepared for manual electronic storage. Staples should NOT
be used as they hamper the storage processing. These reports must be forwarded
to the appropriate units within 24 hours of preparation.
Regarding taxicab robberies or attempts, enter in caption "OFFENSES, if any,"
Robbery/medallion or non-medallion taxicabs, as appropriate. Make a notation
under "DETAILS" whether or not taxi was equipped with a partition or had any
other safety devices installed and location from where passenger was picked
up.
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and appropriate copies of COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
(blue), or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (pink), if any, must be
preserved, even if the information is later transferred word for word to
permanent records. Such forms/reports will be attached to the precinct file
copy of the relevant COMPLAINT REPORT.
When using the OLCS for any reason, the MOS utilizing the system must use
his/her own authorization (password).
FORMS AND
COMPLAINT
COMPLAINT
COMPLAINT
COMPLAINT

REPORTS
FOLLOW-UP and SECOND SHEET (PD313-081)
FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL and SECOND SHEET (PD313-081A)
REPORT (PD313-152)
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 207-02 Complaints Not Recorded On Complaint Report
Date Effective: 08-01-13
COMPLAINT
1. Complaints of Juvenile
Delinquency (Except selected
offenses listed in P.G. 207-01,
"Complaint Reporting System").

HOW RECORDED OR REFERRED
* JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM
WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
see P.G. 215-08, "On-Line
Juvenile Report System."

2. Truancy

* YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153)
see P.G. 215-07, "Truants."

3. Persons in need of
supervision (PINS) male/female
less than eighteen years of
age.

* JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM
WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
(see P.G. 215-08, "On-Line
Juvenile Report System").

4. Persons wanted for crimes
in or by other jurisdictions.

* Referred to detective squads
concerned for appropriate follow-up.

5. Civilian Complaints made
against uniformed members of
the service under the jurisdiction
of the Civilian Complaint
Review Board.

* CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-154), CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT
STATISTICAL SUMMARY
SHEET (PD313-154B), inform
Civilian Complaint Review Board and
make Command Log entry, (if no
Command Log then prepare Typed
Letterhead) see P.G. 207-31,
"Processing Civilian Complaints."

6. Civilian Complaints made
against civilian members of the
service, including Traffic
Enforcement Agents.

* CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-154), CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT
STATISTICAL SUMMARY
SHEET (PD313-154B), inform
Internal Affairs Bureau and make
Command Log entry (if no Command
Log then prepare Typed Letterhead)
see P.G. 207-31, "Processing Civilian
Complaints."

7. Allegation of corruption
and/or serious misconduct
and/or misconduct involving
another member of the service.

* Internal Affairs Bureau, see
P.G. 207-21, "Allegations Of Corruption
And Other Misconduct Against
Members of The Service.")

8. Allegation of corruption
and/or serious misconduct
and/or misconduct against self.

* Call supervising officer to scene,
see P.G. 207-21, "Allegations Of
Corruption And Other Misconduct
Against Members Of The Service.")

9. Allegation of corruption
and/or serious misconduct
and/or misconduct against any

* Commanding Officer (if absent,
highest ranking supervisor) and
Internal Affairs Bureau, see

federal, state, or city employee
other than a member of the
service.

P.G. 207-22, "Allegations Of Corruption
Against City Employees Other Than
Members Of The New York City Police
Department."

10. Unnecessary noise
violations.

* Referred to uniformed members of
the service on patrol see
P.G. 214-23, "Unnecessary Noise

Violations
General Prohibition").
11. Found Property

12. Arrest by and/or

* Command Log entry and forward
REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY
(PD542-122) to Stolen Property
Inquiry Section. See P.G. 218-26,
"Processing Found Property."
for other

* OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET authorities.
(PD244-159) detained for authority
concerned.

13. Arrest on a warrant for
which a COMPLAINT REPORT
was previously prepared or
for which a parking or personal
summons was previously issued.

* OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

14. Arrest of a civil nature material witness, paternity
warrant, etc.

* OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

15. PICK-UP ARRESTS FOR THE FOLLOWING OFFENSES WILL BE RECORDED ON OLBS ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) when there are NO ADDITIONAL CHARGES which require a
complaint report:
a. Summonsable regulations of the New York City Administrative and Health
Codes.
b. Rules and Regulations of the Parks Department.
c. Section 140.05, Penal Law - Trespass (Violation).
d. Section 140.10, Penal Law - Criminal Trespass, 3rd Degree (B
Misdemeanor).
e. Section 240.40, Penal Law - Appearance in public under the influence of
narcotics or drugs other than alcohol (Violation).
f. Section 240.20, Penal Law - Disorderly Conduct (Violation).
g. Section 165.15, Penal Law - Theft of Services (A Misdemeanor).
h. Section 230.00, Penal Law - Prostitution.
i. Section 240.37, Penal Law - Loitering for the purpose of:
(1) Engaging in Prostitution (Violation or B Misdemeanor if previously
convicted of Sections 230.00 or 230.05, Penal Law)

(2) Patronizing a Prostitute (Violation or B Misdemeanor if previously
convicted of Sections 230.00 or 230.05, Penal Law)
(3) Promoting Prostitution (A Misdemeanor).
j. Section 240.35, Penal Law - Loitering (Violation) (EXCEPT subdivision two
for which a COMPLAINT REPORT will be prepared and forwarded as per
instructions in P.G. 207-08, "Preliminary Investigation Of Vice Related,
Narcotics Or Organized Crime Related Complaints").
NOTE: When an arrest has been made exclusively for the offenses listed in
items 'a' through 'j' above, the On Line Complaint System will reject the
COMPLAINT REPORT.
When the above offenses involve multiple arrests stemming from the same
incident, enter the letter "C" in the COMPLAINT NUMBER BOX (Line 28) of the ON
LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and C-1, C-2 for each subsequent arrest,
e.g., C-7 would indicate eight persons have been arrested.
FORMS AND REPORTS
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-154)
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET (PD313-154B)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY (PD542-122)
YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153)
RELATED PROCEDURES
Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service
(P.G. 207-21)
Allegations of Corruption Against City Employees (Other than Members of the
NYPD) (P.G. 207-22)
Processing Civilian Complaints (P.G. 207-30)
Unnecessary Noise Violations - General Prohibitions (P.G. 214-23)
Truants (P.G. 215-07)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
Processing Found Property (P.G. 218-26)

P.G. 207-03 Voiding Complaint Reports
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To eliminate complaints which were improperly recorded.
PROCEDURE
To VOID COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) after assignment of a precinct serial
number by the OLCS:
DESK OFFICER
1. Determine if complaint should be voided.

A complaint should be voided if:

a. The complaint is a duplicate of a previously reported incident, or
b. The incident occurred within the confines of another precinct, or
c. The incident occurred outside the confines of New York City, or
d. A COMPLAINT REPORT was prepared for a complaint which should have been
recorded in another manner e.g., an allegation of corruption against an MOS; a
precinct complaint number was used for a complaint which should receive an
OCCB number; a precinct complaint number was used for an incident/condition
which should have been recorded via P.G. 212-12, "Citywide Intelligence
Reporting System", etc.
2. Determine if COMPLAINT REPORT has been finalized (i.e., signed-off) in the
OLCS.
IF COMPLAINT REPORT HAS NOT BEEN FINALIZED:
COMMAND CLERK
3. Enter reason(s) for voiding complaint under "Details" on COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET.
4. Have COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET filed chronologically in rear of precinct
complaint file.
5. Utilize VOID function on the OLCS menu to properly document the VOIDED
complaint in the OLCS.
IF COMPLAINT REPORT HAS BEEN FINALIZED:
DESK OFFICER
6. Have command clerk prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081).
COMMAND CLERK
7. Reclassify original offense to "VOIDED."

8. Enter under "Details" on COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP:
a. The specific reason for voiding the original complaint.
(1) If complaint referred to another command indicate the new command and
new OLCS serial number from that command.
(2) If the complaint is a duplicate of a previously reported complaint,
indicate the reason for voiding as "Duplicate Report" and the original
complaint serial number.
9. Attach precinct of record copy of COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP to precinct file copy
of voided COMPLAINT REPORT.
DESK OFFICER
10. Ensure that COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP is distributed in same manner as voided
COMPLAINT REPORT.
NOTE: After a COMPLAINT REPORT has been finalized, a complaint serial number
(voided or not) cannot be changed or reused in the OLCS.
Any notifications made prior to voiding complaint will be amended after the
COMPLAINT REPORT is voided.
ADDITIONAL DATA
There is a distinction between voided complaints and unfounded complaints. A
voided complaint is one in which the COMPLAINT REPORT should not have been
prepared. An unfounded case is one in which the report should have been
prepared but subsequent information leads to the determination that the case
should be classified as unfounded (e.g., a voided case is one in which a
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) rather than a COMPLAINT REPORT
should have been prepared; an unfounded case is one in which a vehicle is
reported stolen by a complainant and later a tow company informs the precinct
that the vehicle was legally towed).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Complaints Not Recorded On Complaint Report (P.G. 207-02)
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)

P.G. 207-04 Reporting Of Complaints Occurring In Another Command
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To refer certain complaints occurring in another command.
SCOPE
Complaint data entered into the OLCS from a command LAN terminal will
automatically be made available via computer to a transit district covered by
that precinct. Conversely, complaint data entered into the OLCS from a
transit district LAN terminal will automatically be made available via
computer to a precinct covered by that district. This on-line process will
NOT occur if the precinct and transit district boundaries do not overlap.
Therefore, when a member of the service in a precinct takes a complaint
pertaining to an incident that occurred within a transit district covering
that precinct, the complaint will be entered into the OLCS by that precinct's
personnel and will be finalized by the transit district desk officer.
Similarly, when a member of the service in a transit district takes a
complaint pertaining to an incident that occurred within a precinct covering
that district, the complaint will be entered into the OLCS by that district's
personnel and will be finalized by the precinct desk officer. Transit desk
officers will be responsible for finalizing ALL complaints under their
jurisdiction (i.e., code 01). In any event, the procedure below MUST be
followed for ALL complaints occurring in another command even where the
automated transfer of data takes place in order to allow the precinct/district
concerned to review COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) prior to
finalization.
PROCEDURE
When informed of a complaint which occurred in another command:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Thoroughly interview complainant and obtain facts.
2. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
3. Give COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER (PRECINCT TAKING REPORT)
4. Ensure applicable complaint reporting guidelines have been followed (see
especially P.G. 207-07, "Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints (Other Than
Vice Related Or Narcotics Complaints").
5. Sign COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and give to stationhouse clerk.
COMMAND CLERK (PRECINCT TAKING REPORT)
6. Telephone/Fax COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET to precinct/transit district of
record.

NOTE: DO NOT input data into the precinct/transit district OLCS UNLESS the
incident which required the preparation of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
occurred within the boundaries of the precinct/transit district of record (see
SCOPE statement).
If COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET is faxed (not telephoned) to precinct/transit
district of record, the precinct/district of record will retain and file the
faxed copy, i.e., the fax is NOT to be discarded.
7. Enter precinct and/or transit district of record and title/rank, name of
member of the service receiving complaint at precinct/transit district of
record under "Details" on COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
8. Retain COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET in command file.
COMMAND CLERK, PRECINCT/TRANSIT DISTRICT OF RECORD
9. Record and process complaint as if received directly from complainant and
comply with provisions of P.G. 207-07, "Preliminary Investigation Of
Complaints (Other Than Vice Related Or Narcotics Complaints").
a. If report was faxed, retain faxed copy in command file.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A complaint received in writing is forwarded direct to precinct/transit
district of record. COMPLAINT REPORT is not prepared in the command that
forwarded the report.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 207-05 Duplicate Copies Of Complaint Reports
Date Effective: 09-06-13
PURPOSE
To have the reporting command forward finalized duplicate copies of COMPLAINT
REPORTS (PD313-152) to other commands or agencies.
PROCEDURE
When other commands or agencies require duplicate copies of the COMPLAINT
REPORT.
DESK OFFICER
1. Upon finalization in OLCS, direct the command clerk to send a duplicate
copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT to the command or agency as follows:
COMPLAINT

DUPLICATE COPY FOR

1. Occurring on Property of Transit
Authority

* New York City Transit

2. Occurring on Property of Housing
Authority

* New York City Housing
Authority

3. Pistol licensee cannot be found or
fails to produce his/her pistol

* License Division, Pistol
License Section

4. Involving Conduct of Attorneys

* Deputy CommissionerLegal Matters

5. Occurring on piers and bulkheads;
boats in docks, secured at piers or
bulkheads and on waterways within New
York City; all incidents involving boats
and jet skis (i.e., thefts of or from);
evidence or contraband disposed of in
the various city waterways, including
lakes, ponds and rivers.

* Harbor Unit

6. Involving pharmacist, drug wholesaler,
manufacturer or associated person re:
manufacture, sale or distribution of drugs

* State Board of Pharmacy

7. Pickpocket and confidence game

* Special Frauds Squad

8. Involving credit cards

* Special Frauds Squad

9. Involving dealers in rifles or shotguns,
licensed by the Firearms Control Board

* License Division,
Rifle and Shotgun Section

10. Lost/stolen Auxiliary Police Shield

* Auxiliary Police Section

11. Lost, stolen rifles or shotguns, or

* License Division,

rifles or shotguns used in commission of a
crime which have been recovered

Rifle and Shotgun Section

12. Involving actual bombing or threat of
bombing

* Internal Revenue Service
Assistant Regional
Commissioner, Alcohol,
Tobacco and Firearms
Division

13. Involving food stamps

* U.S. Department of
Agriculture

14. Occurring on Board of Education property * School Safety Division
or involves personnel of Board of Education
15. Involving property theft exceeding
* FBI, Major Theft Squad
$5,000 and property is identifiable through * Major Case Squad
serial numbers or markings (excluding autos)
16. Involving licensed tow car
owner/operator

* Department of Consumer
Affairs

17. Involving arson or stolen/recovered
explosives

* Arson and Explosion
Squad

18. Involving arson, attempted arson, or
related criminal mischief

* New York City Fire
Department, Division of
Fire Investigation

19. Occurring in a New York City Municipal
garage or Municipal parking lot

* New York City Department
of Transportation, Bureau
of Traffic Operations

20. Occurring on Federal facility

* Federal Protective
Service

21. Occurring on L.I.R.R.
facility/Metro-North facility

* M.T.A. Police

22. Occurring on CSX Transportation Company
facility

* CSX Police

23. Occurring on property under jurisdiction * Health and Hospitals
of NYC Health and Hospital Corporation
Corporation
24. Occurring on Port Authority facility

* Port Authority Police

25. Occurring on property under jurisdiction * NYC Department of Parks
of NYC Department of Parks & Recreation
& Recreation
26. Robbery/attempted robbery and
homicide/attempted homicide of
drivers of medallion taxicabs,
non-medallion for-hire vehicles,
and delivery trucks.

* Central Robbery
Division, Taxi Squad

27. Burglary, larceny or criminal mischief
of public fallout shelter

* Auxiliary Police Section

28. Complaints affecting Police Headquarters * Police Headquarters
Area
Security Unit
29. Impersonation of Police Officer

* Internal Affairs Bureau
(Police Impersonation
Investigation Unit)

30. Lost/stolen Department property

* Quartermaster Section
and patrol borough,
detective borough or
bureau concerned

31. Department of Health employees or
persons impersonating Department of Health
employees

* Inspector General,
Department of Health

32. Involving suicide/suspicious deaths of
U.S. Army members or their immediate
family dependents

* U.S. Army Criminal
Investigation Division

33. Any incident involving licensed yellow
* NYC Taxi and Limousine
medallion taxis, for-hire vehicles
Commission
(liveries/limousines) or their owner/drivers
34. A complaint against a federal, state or * Internal Affairs Bureau
city employee other than a member of the
service, that does not involve an allegation
of corruption and/or serious misconduct
and/or misconduct (for example, driving
while intoxicated or domestic violence)
35. Complaints of:
(1) Rape or Attempted Rape

*Borough Special Victims
Squad

(2) Criminal Sexual Act or Attempted
Criminal Sexual Act

* In Boroughs of Brooklyn,
and Queens, forward copy
of child abuse complaints
to Brooklyn or Queens
Child Abuse Squad, as
appropriate,instead of
Special Victims Squad

(3) Sexual Abuse, 1st degree
(4) Aggravated Sexual Abuse
(5) Child Abuse: victim less than
eleven years of age OR any allegation
of any sex crime and victim is less
than thirteen years of age

NOTE: ANY complaint involving sex related offences, including secondary
offenses that are sex related, requires a duplicate copy of the COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152) to be forwarded to the designated Special Victims Squad.
36. Any graffiti incident
involving defacement of public or private
property

* Citywide Vandals Task
Force

37. Defacement of New

* Citywide Vandals Task

York City Transit facility property or
the theft of any material from New York
City Transit facilities
(e.g., copper cable)

Force

38. Involving Identity Theft

* Organized Theft and
Identity Theft Task Force

39. Any offense and prisoner is
a registered sex offender

* Sex Offender Monitoring
Unit

FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

P.G. 207-06 Notifications
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To make special notifications for certain complaints.
PROCEDURE
Special notifications will be made upon receipt of the following complaints:
DESK OFFICER
1. Notify the Operations Unit direct for:
COMPLAINT

OPERATIONS UNIT TO NOTIFY

* Counterfeit/forged U.S. Government
obligations

* U.S. Treasury
Department, Secret Service
Bureau

* Employee, Department of Health, or
person impersonating such employee

* Inspector General, Dept.
of Health AND Command Center,
IAB

* Criminal impersonation of tax official,
extortion/bribery involving employee,
Department of Finance

* Inspector General, Dept.
of Finance AND Command
Center, IAB

* Involving property of U.S. Postal Service
or postal employees performing official
duty

* Postal Inspector-inCharge, N.Y.C. AND
Command Center, IAB

* Contraband weapons

* Alcohol, Tobacco and
Firearms Division of
Internal Revenue Service

* Actual/suspected tampering, consumer
products

* New York State Police

Home invasion robbery

Organized Crime Control
Bureau Field Operations
Desk

2. Notify units/agencies DIRECTLY for the following:
a. Child under eighteen years of age: ABUSED, NEGLECTED OR MALTREATED notify New York State Child Abuse and Maltreated Register.
b. IMPERSONATION OF A POLICE OFFICER - notify Command Center, Internal
Affairs Bureau at (212) 741-8401.
NOTE: Do not refer complaint to the Internal Affairs Bureau for
investigation unless otherwise instructed by the IAB Command Center
supervisor. Forward a copy of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) to Command Center

in a sealed envelope.
c. INVOLVING PRIVATE CARTING INDUSTRY, CITY OWNED WHOLESALE MARKETS, OR
BOATS INVOLVED IN OFF SHORE SHIPBOARD GAMBLING EMANATING FROM NEW YORK CITY
LOCATIONS - notify Business Integrity Commission, via the Organized Crime
Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk.
NOTE: The Business Integrity Commission is responsible for the following
City owned Wholesale Markets: ( Gansevoort Meat Market, 556-89 West Street,
Manhattan (6 Pct.) ( The New Fulton Fish Market Cooperative at Hunts Point
Inc, 800 Food Center Drive, Bronx (41 Pct.) ( Hunts Point Cooperative Market
Inc, 355 Food Center Drive, Bronx (41 Pct.) ( NYC Terminal Produce Cooperative
Market, Halleck and Spofford Streets, Bronx (41 Pct.) ( Brooklyn Terminal
Market, 8925 Foster Avenue, Brooklyn (69 Pct.) ( Brooklyn Terminal Meat
Market, 5600 First Avenue, Brooklyn (72 Pct.).
PUBLIC WELFARE AND PUBLIC ASSISTANCE FRAUDS:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Provide commanding officer with any information received regarding Public
Welfare and Public Assistance Frauds.
COMMANDING OFFICER
4. Submit a report of the details of the information received directly to the
Police Commissioner to be forwarded to the Human Resources Administration
Administrator/Commissioner of the Department of Social Services for
investigation and appropriate action.
a. Forward a duplicate copy of the report through channels.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Ordinarily a summary arrest will NOT be made on complaints of Public Welfare
and Public Assistance Frauds unless other elements are present, i.e., safety
of the officer or other persons.
Allegations of corruption and/or serious misconduct involving any federal,
state or city employee, other than a member of the service, will be processed
in accordance with P.G. 207-02, "Complaints Not Recorded On Complaint Report."
The Chief of Internal Affairs, will be responsible for notification and
disbursement of information pertaining to such allegation, to the appropriate
agency.
Whenever a member of this Department (other than a member assigned to Internal
Affairs Bureau, Detective Bureau or the Organized Crime Control Bureau)
requires the assistance of the Immigration and Naturalization Service in
connection with a criminal investigation, a notification will be made to the
Intelligence Bureau twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. Intelligence
Bureau will process the request and the member requesting assistance will
provide the Intelligence Bureau with all pertinent details and advise whether
the request is of a routine or emergency nature. Intelligence Bureau will
maintain a log of any such requests for assistance. Routine requests for
assistance will be telephoned to the Immigration and Naturalization Service at
0800 hours each weekday morning by members assigned to the Intelligence
Bureau. The Immigration and Naturalization Service will be requested to
contact the requesting member of this Department. Emergency requests for

assistance will be made by the Intelligence Bureau to the designated after
hours Immigration and Naturalization Service supervisor or selected agent. The
requesting member of the service will be notified by the Intelligence Bureau
of the response that was provided by Immigration and Naturalization Service.
Their response may include opening their file rooms on an after hours basis
and/or to have an agent respond to a particular location. It will be the
responsibility of the requesting member of the service to notify the
Intelligence Bureau if Immigration and Naturalization Service fails to respond
to the initial request for assistance.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaints Not Recorded On Complaint Report (P.G. 207-02)
Duplicate Copies Of Complaint Reports (P.G. 207-05)
On-Line Booking System Computerized Arrest Notification Printout (P.G. 208-68)
Notifications - Certain Arrest Situations (P.G. 208-69)
Emergency Removal or Investigation and Reporting of Abused, Neglected or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

P.G. 207-07 Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints (Other Than
Vice Related Or Narcotics Complaints)
Date Effective: 06-16-14
PURPOSE
To investigate, record and refer complaints (other than vice, narcotics or
organized crime related complaints).
DEFINITION
ACTIVE CASE - Investigation has not been exhausted or complaint has not been
classified as closed.
CLOSED CASE - A complaint which has been investigated and:
a. Results have been obtained in full, or
b. Results have been obtained in part and no further results can be
obtained, or
c. No results can be obtained, or
d. Complaint referred to court for process, or
e. Complaint is unfounded.
UNFOUNDED CASE - One in which:
a. An offense is reported and, as a result of subsequent information, it is
determined that no offense occurred (this includes complaints determined to be
of a civil nature only).
b. A report of lost property by a complainant who later reports having
misplaced the property and found it.
PROCEDURE
When assigned to investigate a complaint:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Interview complainant and witnesses, obtain facts, and safeguard evidence.
NOTE: If a complainant or witness appears to have difficulty
understanding/communicating in English, the member of the service receiving
the complaint should comply with P.G. 212-90, "Guidelines for Interaction with
Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons." If a complainant or witness appears
to be hearing impaired, the member of the service receiving the complaint
should comply with P.G. 212-104, "Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons."
2. Conduct thorough field investigation
a. Transmit alarm, if necessary

b. Where necessary, attempt to have witnesses remain and immediately record
their names, addresses, telephone numbers, dates of birth, any relevant
statements whether casually or formally made, and any other pertinent
information.
NOTE: If investigation disclosed the identity of a person, present or not,
and there is insufficient evidence to make an arrest, a warrant check will be
conducted through the FINEST System or Warrants Section prior to closing the
case.
3. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
a. Indicate in the appropriate box on COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD313-152A) above the "details" section whether an interpreter was used
during the preliminary investigation and list the name, address, and telephone
number of the interpreter, as appropriate
b. Indicate "yes" and the appropriate language under the caption "Is
interpreter needed for further investigation" in the victim and
reporter/witness, sections of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, if the listed
person has apparent difficulty understanding/communicating in English,
regardless of whether or not further investigation is required.
c.Indicate "Yes" or "No," as appropriate, in the "Victim of Similar
Incident" caption located within the "Victim" section.
NOTE: If complainant is age sixty-five years or older and was the victim of
a similar crime while sixty-five years or older, enter statement "victim of a
similar crime," including the time frame between the crimes, in the "Details"
section (e.g., Victim of a similar crime approximately two years ago).
4. Determine if complaint should be closed or referred for further
investigation.
NOTE: The main criteria for referring a complaint is the need for further
investigation that cannot be conducted by the field investigator, or the need
of a specialist. If doubt exists as to whether a complaint should be closed or
not, or whether the service of a specialist may be required, consult with
patrol supervisor or desk officer.
5. Notify and refer the case to the detective squad when further investigation
is required for the following:
a. Any offense and victim suffers a serious physical injury including
assault.
b. Robbery and firearm or dangerous instrument was used or senior citizen
(sixty years of age or older) is victim.
NOTE: If a Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Module exists, notify them in lieu
of the detective squad.
c. Burglary and person present or property valued over $5,000.00 ($10,000.00
in Manhattan) was taken or firearm or safe involved.
d. Crime was committed with a unique/unusual modus operandi.
e. Complainant was the victim of the same or similar crime within the last

six months.
f. Perpetrator may be identified or is known.
g. Similar crimes have been committed in the vicinity.
h. Complainant, or offense committed, may create unusual community or police
interest.
i. Impersonation of a police officer or other law enforcement officer.
NOTE: An impersonation of a law enforcement officer coupled with a robbery
will be referred to the Internal Affairs Bureau - Police Impersonation
Investigation Unit (PIIU) not the detective squad. Also, a notification to
Internal Affairs must be made for any police impersonation, see P.G. 207-14,
"Robbery Complaints Involving Police Impersonation."
The Special Victims Squad concerned will investigate robberies committed by
police impersonators, which include sexual assault, and the Police
Impersonation Investigation Unit will assist in the investigation.
j. Identity Theft.
NOTE: The Financial Crimes Task Force will be responsible for the
investigation of all cases involving identity theft related larcenies where
loss is valued at $5,000 or more, or there is a pattern involving more than
one NYPD precinct, or for any case where the expertise, equipment and
resources of the Financial Crimes Task Force are most appropriate to the
investigation.
k. Other complaints as deemed necessary by competent authority.
6. Notify the innocent victim of crime or surviving relative, if such victim
has sustained a personal injury, death or loss of essential personal property,
that compensation may be available as per the Crime Victim's Compensation Law.
a. Provide victim or relative with a Crime Victims Board Information Card.
b. Check box under victim information on COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET that
victim or relative was notified.
NOTE: If circumstances prevent a personal notification, the detective
conducting the follow-up investigation will comply with above directions and
make notation of such fact on COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A).
7. Promptly refer active cases directly from the scene, or through the desk
officer, to the units below:
NOTE: UNIFORMED MEMBERS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO DISTURB POSSIBLE EVIDENCE AT A
CRIME SCENE. SEE P.G. 212-04, "Crime Scene."
a. SPECIAL VICTIMS SQUAD
(1) Rape or Attempted Rape, all degrees
(2) Criminal Sexual Act or Attempted Criminal Sexual Act, all degrees
(3) Sexual Abuse, 1st degree only

(4) Aggravated Sexual Abuse, all degrees
NOTE: A written notice will be provided to victims of sex offenses with the
name, address and telephone numbers of the nearest Rape Crisis Center (see
"ADDITIONAL DATA" for locations). This referral will be documented on
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET under "Details" section.
(5) Any allegation that a child less than eleven years of age is the
victim of abuse inflicted by a parent or person legally responsible for the
child's care (see P.G. 215-03, "Emergency Removals or Investigation and
Reporting of Abused, Neglected or Maltreated Children).
(6) Any allegation that a child less than thirteen years of age is the
victim of any sex crime or attempted sex crime committed by any person (see
P.G. 215-03, "Emergency Removals or Investigation and Reporting of Abused,
Neglected or Maltreated Children").
NOTE: ANY complaint involving sex related offenses, including secondary
offenses that are sex related, requires a duplicate copy of the COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152) to be forwarded to the designated Special Victims Squad.
In the Boroughs of Brooklyn and Queens, the appropriate Child
will be notified instead of the Special Victims Squad for cases
criteria in items (5) and (6) above. In all cases enter name of
notified and the log or case number assigned under "Details" on
REPORT WORKSHEET.

Abuse Squad
that fit the
detective
COMPLAINT

b. MAJOR CASE SQUAD
(1) Burglary or attempt of a bank or bank safe
(2) Larceny by extortion or attempt, from a bank
(3) Robbery or attempt of a bank and perpetrator not armed (simulated gun,
threatening note, etc.)
(4) Burglary of a truck contents over $100,000.00
(5) Larceny of a truck contents over $100,000.00
(6) Robbery of truck and contents by hijacking
(7) All robberies in warehouse depots or similar locations where the
object of the crime is a truck or its contents
(8) All commercial burglaries in which the value of property stolen
exceeds $100,000.00.
(9) Art theft
c. NEW YORK CITY JOINT ROBBERY TASK FORCE
(1) All armed bank robberies
d. HIGHWAY DISTRICT
(1) All motor vehicle/bicycle collisions which result in death, serious

injury and likely to die, or critical injury to an individual.
8. Notify desk officer upon completion of investigation and deliver COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET and COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY
THEFT (PD313-1516) (see P.G. 207-12, "Lost or Stolen Property/Identity
Theft"), if prepared, as soon as possible.
a. IMMEDIATELY notify the patrol supervisor or the desk officer of any
serious or unusual complaints.
9. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of details of complaint.
DESK OFFICER
10. Carefully examine COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET for accuracy and
completeness.
11. The following list, while not exclusive, should be closely scrutinized
when examining COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET:
a. Verify that required notifications and proper referral of active cases
have been made.
NOTE: Complaints of robbery/attempted robbery and homicide/attempted
homicide of drivers of medallion taxicabs, non-medallion for-hire vehicles,
and delivery trucks require a notification to the Central Robbery Division.
Desk officers will fax the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) 24 hours a day, 7 days
a week, to the Central Robbery Division. A member from the Central Robbery
Division will then make a follow-up notification, Monday - Friday, 0700-2300
hours, to the desk officer of the reporting command and assign a Central
Robbery Division, Taxi Squad serial number to the complaint. This serial
number and the name of the Central Robbery Division, Taxi Squad member will be
entered under "Details" of the COMPLAINT REPORT. When preparing the COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET, reporting members will include home and work telephone
numbers of the victim. Also include the vehicle's status (i.e. medallion taxi
or non-medallion, for-hire vehicle), the presence or lack of a partition
between the driver and passenger compartments, the location where the
perpetrator was picked up and, if possible, the route traveled.
b. Ensure proper jurisdiction code is indicated.
c. The offense is classified properly.
NOTE: When multiple offenses have occurred, the incident will be classified
based upon the "top" (most serious) offense. Generally, the "seven major rule"
is applied for serious felonies. This means that a murder/robbery will be
classified as Murder; a Forcible Rape/Burglary will be classified as Forcible
Rape; etc. based on the hierarchy below. The "seven major rule" order of
offenses, starting with the most serious, is as follows:
(1) Murder and Non-Negligent Manslaughter
(2) Forcible Rape (Rape 1st degree only)
(3) Robbery
(4) Felonious Assault

(5) Burglary
(6) Grand Larceny
(7) Grand Larceny Motor Vehicle (A grand larceny motor vehicle coupled
with a grand larceny from the vehicle will be classified as a grand larceny
motor vehicle). (The attempt to commit any of the above will be counted as the
completed offense, EXCEPT attempted murder which will be counted as felonious
assault).
If the reported offenses are not within the "seven major offenses," the
incident crime classification will be determined in the order that follows:
(1) Sort by category:
Felony before misdemeanor before violation. Therefore, an incident involving
a felony criminal mischief to a motor vehicle with a petit larceny
(misdemeanor) theft of property from within the vehicle will be classified as
a Felony Criminal Mischief.
(2) Sort by classification:
If all offenses are felonies:
"A" felony before a "B" felony before a "C" felony, etc.
If all offenses are misdemeanors:
"A misdemeanor before a B" misdemeanor before an "Unclassified" misdemeanor
(3) Sort by degree
For example, if all offenses are "B" felonies:
"1st degree" before "2nd degree" before "3rd degree"
(4) Sort by Article and Section Number
For example, if all offenses are 2nd degree, "B" felonies, in the Penal Law,
select 120.25, before 125.25, before 165.25.
12. Sign COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and have command clerk enter complaint
into the OLCS. The OLCS will automatically assign next complaint number.
COMMAND CLERK
13. Enter information into OLCS from COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
DESK OFFICER
14. Carefully examine the completed COMPLAINT REPORT and make certain that
necessary captions have been completed. Take corrective action as necessary.
15. Finalize (i.e., sign-off) the COMPLAINT REPORT utilizing the OLCS if
REPORT is accurate and complete.
COMMAND CLERK

16. Distribute copies of COMPLAINT REPORT.
a. Attach "ADA Copy" of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), if prepared, to
copy of COMPLAINT REPORT forwarded for investigation.
b. In cases closed by the reporting member, a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT
will be forwarded to the detective squad.
c. Additional copies of COMPLAINT REPORT will be forwarded pursuant to P.G.
207-05, "Duplicated Copies of Complaint Reports" and any other relevant orders
or directives.
DESK OFFICER
17. Ensure that copies of COMPLAINT REPORT are properly distributed by command
clerk.
18. Ensure that all members of the service are complying with current
complaint reporting procedures.
a. Instruct members of the service (especially those with recurrent or
serious mistakes) in proper procedures for preparing WORKSHEETS and COMPLAINT
REPORTS.
(1) Monitor and follow-up as necessary
(2) Advise Training Sergeant of deficiencies.
COMMANDING OFFICER
19. Review COMPLAINT REPORTS, especially those cases closed by members of the
service assigned to patrol, and have corrections made, if necessary.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Operations Unit maintains a list of members proficient in foreign language
and sign language for the deaf. Should such assistance be needed, telephone
the Operations Unit and make entry under "Details" of COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET. Include interpreter's name, date, time and results.
If during the course of an official investigation information is required from
the Parking Violations Bureau, the uniformed member of the service concerned
will prepare two copies of OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) addressed to the
Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section, requesting the information
required. The commanding officer of the requesting member will endorse and
forward both copies of the request to the Investigation Review Section, Office
of the Chief of Department, in a sealed envelope marked "CONFIDENTIAL."
Investigation Review Section personnel will send a copy of the request to the
Parking Violations Bureau and file the other copy. When a reply is received,
it will be forwarded to the requesting member in a sealed envelope. The file
copy of the request will be removed from the file and destroyed. In an extreme
emergency, the Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section may establish
personal liaison with the Parking Violations Bureau to expedite an
investigation.
When appropriate, after consultation with the patrol borough commander, the
detective borough commander may take charge of an investigation not ordinarily
referred to a Detective Bureau command.

An automated teller machine (ATM) related crime may be defined as, but is not
limited to, criminal activity against a bank patron who is about to use, is
currently using, or has just completed using an automated teller machine for
any type of transaction, and is in the vicinity of the machine or has been
followed from the automated teller machine to another location.
Members of the service preparing COMPLAINT REPORTS for automated teller
machine (ATM) related crimes will specify that the crime is automated teller
machine (ATM) related by entering such in the caption titled, "Actions of
Victim Prior to Robbery, Larceny, or Sex Crimes." In addition, supporting
information will be articulated under the "Details" section of the COMPLAINT
REPORT.
The Central Records Division, identification Section has an intranet
application that provides immediate access to Orders of Protection issued by
ALL New York City based courts, permitting users to search the Department's
Order of Protection Database and display or print a copy of the actual court
order. This includes not only Orders of Protection involving persons defined
under the family/household - expanded definition, but also all individuals who
are either the defendant or petitioner of an Order of Protection from any New
York City based court. This new database is designed to verify that an Order
of Protection was issued and to provide a copy of the actual order directly at
the command level. This application will also provide access to expired Orders
of Protection. Questions or assistance needs should be directed to the
Identification Section's Orders of Protection Unit or the Management
Information Systems Division, Help Desk.
RAPE CRISIS CENTERS
MANHATTAN
NYC Gay & Lesbian Anti-Violence Project
647 Hudson Street
New York, NY 10014
(212) 807-0197
(212) 807-6761
Rape Crisis Intervention Program
Mt. Sinai Medical Center - Dept. OB/GYN
Klingenstein Pavilion 2nd Floor
One Gustave - Levy Place
New York, NY 10029
(212) 241-5461
Rape Crisis Program
St. Vincent's Hospital & Medical Center
41-51 East 11th Street
New York, NY 10011
(212) 604-8068
Bellevue Hospital Center,
Rape Crisis Program Room AG-67
27th Street and First Avenue
New York, NY 10016
(212) 562-3435 or 3755
Rape Intervention Program
St. Luke's Roosevelt Hospital

411 West 114th Street, Apt. 6D
New York, NY 10025
(212) 523-4728
BRONX
Bronx District Attorney's Office
215 E. 161st Street
Bronx, NY 10451
(718) 590-2114
Kingsbridge Heights Community Center
3101 Kingsbridge Terrace
Bronx, NY 10463
(718) 884-0700
BROOKLYN
Rape Crisis Intervention Program
The Long Island College Hospital
340 Henry Street - 6th Floor
Brooklyn, NY 11201
(718) 780-1459
VSA-BRAVA
Family Alliance-Victim Services
3021 Atlantic Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11208
(212) 577-7777
(718) 783-3700
Jewish Board of Family & Children Services
1943 Rockaway Parkway
Brooklyn, NY 11236
(718) 241-9600
QUEENS
Rape Crisis Program
Rockaway Jamaica Center
90-11 160th Street, 1st Floor
Jamaica, NY 11432
(212) 577-7777
(718) 291-2555
Rape Crisis Program
Queens Hospital Center
82-68 164th Street
Jamaica, NY 11432
(718) 883-3000 or 3195
STATEN ISLAND
VSA Staten Island
25 Hyatt Street
Staten Island, NY 10301
(212) 577-7777
(718) 448-3118
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Preliminary Investigation of Vice Related, Narcotics and Organized Crime

Related Complaints (P.G. 207-08)
Duplicate Copies of Complaint Reports (P.G. 207-05)
Lost or Stolen Property (P.G. 207-12)
Robbery Complaints Involving Police Impersonation (P.G. 207-14)
Emergency Removals or Investigation and Reporting of Abused, Neglected or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT (PD313-1516)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 207-08 Preliminary Investigation Of Vice, Narcotics Or
Organized Crime-Related Complaints
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To record and refer complaints of vice, narcotics and organized crime-related
offenses.
DEFINITION
VICE OFFENSES - Violations of law related to gambling, prostitution, alcoholic
beverages, cigarette tax and child pornography.
NARCOTIC OFFENSES - Violations of law related to the sale and possession of
controlled substances and marijuana as defined in Articles 220 and 221 of the
Penal Law, and any case of found controlled substances in which the amount
exceeds two ounces, or found marijuana in which the amount exceeds two pounds.
ORGANIZED CRIME-RELATED OFFENSES - Violations of law related to organized
crime, including the organized theft of motor vehicles, motor vehicle parts,
and motor vehicle insurance frauds.
NOTE: Grand Larceny Auto WILL NOT BE REFERRED to the Investigative Support
Division, Organized Crime Control Bureau, UNLESS preliminary investigation
indicates elements of organized crime are involved.
PUBLIC PREMISES - Any building, or portion thereof, to which the public or a
substantial group of persons has access and in which vice, narcotics or
organized crime-related offenses are suspected of occurring.
PROCEDURE
When assigned to investigate vice, narcotics or organized crime-related
offenses:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Make preliminary investigation and take summary action if offense committed
in presence.
2. Request patrol supervisor to respond.
a. If patrol supervisor is not available, contact desk officer and comply
with instructions.
3. DO NOT ENTER PUBLIC PREMISES to conduct an investigation of an on-going
complaint unless authorized by the patrol supervisor, desk officer, or other
competent authority.
PATROL SUPERVISOR/DESK OFFICER
4. Determine action to be taken regarding ongoing complaints, in public
premises, by taking into consideration:

a. History of premises
b. Seriousness of complaint
c. Facts alleged in complaint
d. If assignment of uniformed personnel would be effective
e. If assignment of uniformed personnel would interfere with a covert
operation.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Report disposition to radio dispatcher.
6. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and deliver to desk
officer.
NOTE: If an investigation discloses the identity of a person, present or
not, and there is insufficient evidence to make an arrest, a warrant check
will be conducted through FINEST System or the Warrants Section prior to
closing the case or forwarding report to Investigative Support Division,
Organized Crime Control Bureau.
DESK OFFICER
7. Direct command clerk to telephone details to the Investigative Support
Division, Organized Crime Control Bureau.
a. Enter Organized Crime Control Bureau serial number on COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET and name, shield number of member receiving the report under
"Details."
NOTE: If complaint is received in writing, forward original written
communication to Investigative Support Division, Organized Crime Control
Bureau, and attach photocopy of written communication to file copy of
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
8. Forward COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET to commanding officer.
NOTE: Any arrest made by uniformed personnel regarding vice, narcotics or
organized crime-related offenses (except those offenses listed in P.G.
207-02,"Complaints Not Recorded On Complaint Report" step 15, will be
considered a pick-up arrest and an OLCS precinct complaint serial number will
be assigned. Therefore, the complaint will be recorded on the precinct of
arrest OLCS INDEX. Additionally, incidents of found controlled substances or
drug paraphernalia, in any amount, when found in a building will be entered on
the precinct of occurrence OLCS INDEX and an OLCS precinct complaint number
assigned. Additional copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT will be sent as follows:
a. In arrest situations, a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT will be forwarded to
the Investigative Support Division, Organized Crime Control Bureau, or
b. In instances where controlled substance/drug paraphernalia is found in a
building, a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT will be forwarded to the concerned
Narcotics District, Organized Crime Control Bureau for informational purposes.
COMMANDING OFFICER

9. Examine and evaluate COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET containing details
telephoned to Investigative Support Division, Organized Crime Control Bureau.
10. Have COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET filed chronologically in rear of complaint
file chronologically behind divider marked "Complaints Referred to Organized
Crime Control Bureau."
ADDITIONAL DATA
When a complaint is received at a Department unit other than a
precinct/transit district/police service area, the member receiving the
complaint will:
a. Telephone the details to the Investigative Support Division, Organized
Crime Control Bureau.
b. Enter the Organized Crime Control Bureau serial number with the name and
shield number of the member receiving the report in the Telephone Record.
A COMPLAINT REPORT containing multiple offenses will be classified according
to the most serious offense and referred to the unit charged with
investigating such offenses. However, if a secondary offense is related to
vice, narcotics or organized crime, an additional copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT
will be sent to the Organized Crime Control Bureau. If the investigating
officer prepares a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081), a copy of such report will
also be forwarded to Organized Crime Control Bureau.
The Commanding Officer, Investigative Support Division, Organized Crime
Control Bureau, may classify the following complaints received at the
Organized Crime Control Bureau as street conditions, and may refer them via
the Chief of Department, to the command concerned for necessary attention:
a. Loitering for prostitution
b. Loitering for narcotics
c. Dice game on street
d. Sale of intoxicants to minors
e. Sale of intoxicants to intoxicated persons
f. Alcohol Beverage Control sale during prohibited hours
g. Unnecessary noise in licensed premises
h. Disputes in licensed premises
i. Unlicensed cabaret.
SAFETY GUIDELINES AT ILLICIT DRUG LABORATORIES
When a uniformed member of the service has cause to investigate a suspected
drug laboratory, an immediate notification will be made to the desk officer,
precinct of occurrence. The desk officer will notify the Police Laboratory
without delay, requesting a chemist be dispatched to the scene immediately.
Certain substances in a laboratory are highly volatile, therefore, ALL members

of the service will follow these safety guidelines:
a. Ventilate the laboratory by opening doors and windows.
b. DO NOT turn on lights or use flashlights until the area is well
ventilated. If necessary to enter prior to the room being ventilated, a
flashlight should be turned on BEFORE entering the area.
c. DO NOT smoke at the scene.
d. Use your nose. If vapors are very strong or there is any odor of bitter
almonds, remain outside and await arrival of the laboratory chemist.
e. DO NOT use Department radios while inside the laboratory.
f. DO NOT disturb flasks or containers that are being heated or cooled.
Direct the attention of the chemist to such items.
g. DO NOT allow acid and cyanide to be mixed or come together. The fumes
from this mixture can cause death.
When a search warrant has been obtained for a suspected drug laboratory, the
Police Laboratory will be notified and the chemist will accompany the unit
executing the warrant.
THREE CARD MONTE GAMES
Precinct/Transit Bureau/Police Service Area commanders, when conditions
warrant, will designate members of their commands assigned to duty in civilian
clothes, i.e., conditions, plainclothes, and/or anti-crime units, to respond
to complaints of "three card monte" games. The Commanding Officer,
Communications Section, will direct that all complaints of "three card monte"
games received at 911 be referred by the 911 Operator, directly to the
telephone switchboard operator, precinct/transit district/police service area
of occurrence. The telephone switchboard operator will enter the information
in the TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG (PD112-143) and notify appropriate personnel at
precinct/transit district/police service area concerned.
In those instances in which no civilian clothed members are on duty AND/OR
when some condition exists in conjunction with the "three card monte" game
which requires immediate police response, i.e., assault in progress, etc., a
marked radio motor patrol unit may be dispatched to the scene by the 911
Operator or the telephone switchboard operator, as appropriate.
CHILD PORNOGRAPHY
A complaint involving child pornography (photos, movies, computer images,
etc.) will be referred to the Vice Enforcement Coordinator's Major Case Team
for investigation. The Vice Enforcement Coordinator will also investigate
complaints involving other forms of sexual exploitation of children, including
minors employed by peep shows, topless clubs, lap dancing clubs or escort
services. Additionally, a telephone notification will be made to the Organized
Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk (FOD) twenty-four hours a day,
seven days a week when child pornography is found or an arrest is made for any
violation of Penal Law Article 263.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)

Complaints Not Recorded On Complaint Report (P.G. 207-02)
Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints (Other Than Vice Related Or Narcotic
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
FORMS AND
COMPLAINT
COMPLAINT
COMPLAINT
TELEPHONE

REPORTS
FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
REPORT (PD313-152)
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
DISPATCH LOG (PD112-143)

P.G. 207-09 Follow-Up Investigation Of Complaints Already
Recorded
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To report additional information concerning a previously recorded complaint.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving additional information concerning a reported complaint after
the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) has been FINALIZED in the OLCS:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) (PD313-081) ONLY when additional
information falls into any of the following categories:
a. Crime classification change, e.g., assault to homicide.
b. Information which will amend the previously recorded P.D. code (crime
sub-classification), e.g., time of day for a burglary.
c. Case clearance, i.e., initial arrest only, exceptional clearances,
unfounded.
d. Voiding a complaint after finalization in the OLCS.
e. Recovered property not previously reported.
f. Additional stolen property not previously reported.
g. Serial numbers obtained for property previously reported.
h. Dead human is identified and property has been invoiced to the Property
Clerk or Public Administrator.
NOTE: There is a distinction between voided complaints and unfounded
complaints. A voided complaint is one in which the COMPLAINT REPORT should not
have been prepared. An unfounded case is one in which the report should have
been prepared but subsequent information leads to the determination that the
case should be classified as unfounded (e.g., a voided case is one in which a
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) rather than a COMPLAINT REPORT
should have been prepared; an unfounded case is one in which a vehicle is
reported stolen by a complainant and later a tow company informs the precinct
that the vehicle was legally towed).
As with COMPLAINT REPORTS, proper recording of property values on a
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) is essential for accurate entry into the FBI
Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) System. Values must be properly consolidated in
the "Value Stolen" and "Value Recovered" columns of the Property Summary
Section. In addition, the person preparing the report must examine previous
reports related to the complaint (i.e., COMPLAINT REPORT, previously prepared
COMPLAINT REPORT FOLLOW-UPS) to ensure that property values are not being
reported more than once. Only additional information with respect to property

values are to be recorded. Arrests or other information concerning a complaint
received BEFORE the original COMPLAINT REPORT is finalized will be entered on
the original COMPLAINT REPORT.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (pink) (PD313-081A) for
information of any other type, e.g., case closed - no results, case progress
reports, results of interviews, canvass, additional arrest on a complaint,
etc.
3. Notify detective squad concerned, if necessary.
4. Submit COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (blue) and/or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL
(pink) to the desk officer or detective supervisor, as appropriate.
NOTE: Second sheets will be used when space is insufficient for required
entries on COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (see P.G.
207-01, "Complaint Reporting System").
DESK OFFICER/DETECTIVE SUPERVISOR
5. Review for accuracy and sign.
ADDITIONAL DATA
These reports must be forwarded to the appropriate units within 24 hours of
preparation.
Desk officers will ensure that the following areas of these reports are
appropriately completed:
* "Jurisdiction" and "Reporting Agency" codes are properly recorded
* "Complaint Report Number," "Precinct of Report" and "Date of Original
Report" are properly recorded
* "Previous Classification" and "Classification Changed To" captions are
properly completed (for COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP REPORTS only)
* "Precinct of Arrest" and "Arrest Numbers" captions on a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
REPORT are completed if an arrest clearance is requested OR indicated in the
"Details" section of a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL in cases where an
additional arrest(s) is made
* Property Section is fully completed in lost or stolen property cases. Ensure
property values are itemized and consolidated in the "Value Stolen' and the
"Value Recovered" columns, as appropriate, in the Property Summary Section
(for COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP REPORTS only)
* Ensure that the "Details" supplied on the report provides adequate grounds
to change the original offense listed in the "Previous Classification" caption
(for COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP REPORTS offense reclassification requests).
The following agencies or commands are required to receive a duplicate copy of
a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP when reporting additional or recovered property,
classification changes, and clearances, when these changes are initiated by
this Department. The member of the service preparing the form will enter the

name of the agency or command receiving the duplicate copy under "Additional
copy for" and also send the duplicate copy of the report as follows:
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
FOR CASES OCCURRING ON
THE JURISDICTION OF:

DUPLICATE COPY FOR:

* Port Authority Police Department
* Tri-Borough Bridge and Tunnel
Police Department
* M.T.A. Police Department
* Amtrak Police Department
* CSX Police Department
* Staten Island Rapid Transit
Police Department
* New York State Police Department
* New York State Park Police Department
* N.Y.C. Housing Authority
* N.Y.C. Transit
* ANY police agency operating within
New York City for arson and arson
related incidents
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP FOR THE
FOLLOWING CASES WHEN PROPERTY
HAS BEEN INVOICED TO THE
PROPERTY CLERK:

*Port Authority Police
*TBTA Police
*M.T.A. Police
*Amtrak Police
*CSX Police
*S.I. Rapid Transit Police
*New York State Police
*New York State Park Police
*Housing Bureau, NYPD
*Transit Bureau, NYPD
*Arson and Explosion Squad
and NYC Fire Department,
Division of Fire Investigation

DUPLICATE COPY FOR:

Identification of previously unidentified
dead body

Property Clerk, borough
office concerned
Public Administrator, county of
residence

In cases where information used to prepare a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP is based on a
COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT (PD313-1516),
the desk officer will ensure that the listing of stolen property and reported
values on the COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT
is recorded in the property section of the COMPLAINT FOLLOW- UP. MEMBERS OF
THE SERVICE WILL NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, SIMPLY ATTACH COMPLAINANT'S
REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT (or a copy of it) to
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP and forward to the Data Integrity Unit. The COMPLAINANT'S
REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT must be attached to the
command's file copy of the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP.
Each precinct will maintain a Complaint Reclassification Log to ensure proper
and timely documentation of COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UPS involving a change of crime
classification. Each such reclassification will be entered in the log by the
command crime analysis member and verified by a supervisor authorizing the
change. COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UPS of this type prepared by Housing, Transit and
investigative commands (e.g. precinct detective squads) will also be entered
and verified in the same manner.
Each Complaint Reclassification Log will contain the following captions spread
across a double page:
LEFT HAND PAGE
COMPLAINT

PREVIOUS

RECLASSIFICATION

NUMBER

DATE

REPORT#

CLASSIFICATION

TO

REASON

RIGHT HAND PAGE
MOS PREPARING
ORIGINAL
COMPLAINT REPORT
INITIALS
PDS SUPV'S
INITIALS

SUPV. SIGNING
ORIGINAL
COMPLAINT REPORT

C.O.'S
INITIALS

SUPV. AUTHORIZING
RECLASSIFICATION

ICO

REMARKS

FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT (PD313-1516)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

P.G. 207-10 Bias Motivated Incidents
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To ensure a coordinated police response and a thorough investigation and
analysis of all bias motivated incidents.
DEFINITIONS
BIAS INCIDENT - Any offense or unlawful act that is motivated in whole or in
substantial part by a person's, a group's, or a place's identification with a
particular race, religion, ethnicity, gender, age, disability, or sexual
orientation (including gay, lesbian, bi-sexual and transgender) as determined
by the Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task Force.
DISABILITY - The possession or perceived possession by a person of any of the
following: a physical, medical, mental or psychological impairment or a
history or record of such impairment. This includes the sustaining by a person
of any injury or damage to any system of the body including muscular, sensory,
respiratory, speech, heart, reproductive, digestive, blood, immunity (i.e.,
AIDS) and skin. Also included among those who have a disability are recovering
alcoholics, and former abusers of drugs or other substances who currently are
not abusing alcohol, drugs, or other substances.
COMMANDING OFFICER - For the purpose of this procedure will be the precinct,
police service area or transit district commanding officer within whose
jurisdiction the incident occurs.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is dispatched to the scene of an
incident which may be a bias incident:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Evaluate condition and take police action appropriate for stabilization of
the area, if necessary.
2. Determine if possibility exists that offense or unlawful act is motivated
by bias or prejudice as contained in the definition of a "Bias Incident."
3. Request patrol supervisor to respond if bias incident is suspected.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
4. Determine if additional personnel are required to stabilize the situation.
5. Notify desk officer of incident.
6. Request commanding officer/duty captain to respond if occurrence is a
possible bias incident.
7. Direct that a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) be prepared.

COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
8. Determine if occurrence is a possible bias incident that should be referred
to the Hate Crime Task Force for further investigation.
NOTE: When considering incidents involving public officials, confer with the
Intelligence Bureau prior to classifying the occurrence as a possible bias
incident.
IF THE OCCURRENCE IS REFERRED TO HATE CRIME TASK FORCE AS A POSSIBLE BIAS
INCIDENT:
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
9. Request
defuse the
additional
or others,

additional resources, if required, to stabilize the location or
incident (community affairs, anti-crime, crime prevention officers,
command personnel, training unit, borough task force, if available,
as appropriate).

10. Request detective squad personnel to respond.
11. Notify Operations Unit and obtain possible bias incident log number.
12. Prepare Unusual Occurrence Report (PD370-152) AFTER CONFERRAL WITH
PRECINCT DETECTIVE COMMANDER.
a. Subject of Report will be "POSSIBLE BIAS INCIDENT-LOG NO. ___."
13. Forward UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT to Chief of Detectives, Hate Crime Task
Force (direct) and forward additional copy through channels.
14. Forward duplicate copy of report to:
a. Chief, Community Affairs, and
b. Precinct commanding officer
c. Police Service Area/Transit District commanding officer, as applicable.
15. Direct crime prevention officer, where appropriate, to personally contact
and advise complainant concerning actions to take to prevent recurrence.
NOTE: Operations Unit personnel will notify patrol borough command; Patrol
Services Bureau duty chief; Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau, as applicable;
detective borough commander; Intelligence Bureau; Commanding Officer, Hate
Crime Task Force; Police Commissioner; and Chief, Community Affairs (during
business hours).
DETECTIVE SQUAD MEMBER
16. Conduct an immediate investigation and confer with Hate Crime Task Force
personnel.
17. Forward additional copy of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) and COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) to Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task Force (direct)
within ten days after incident.
NOTE: The detective squad member is responsible for conducting the

investigation, unless relieved by Hate Crime Task Force personnel. The Hate
Crime Task Force is responsible for the determination as to whether the
occurrence is, or is not, biased. In addition, the Commanding Officer, Hate
Crime Task Force, may retain sufficient Detective Bureau personnel to conduct
a comprehensive preliminary investigation and canvass of the area.
COMMANDING OFFICER/HATE CRIME TASK FORCE
18. Evaluate situation and make determination after conferral with Chief of
Detectives to:
a. Assume complete control of investigation, OR
b. Participate jointly with precinct detective squad personnel, OR
c. Have precinct detective personnel assume full responsibility for the
investigation.
COMMANDING OFFICER
19. Visit and personally interview victims of possible bias incident.
20. Prepare and forward comprehensive follow-up report within ten days of
incident including post-incident actions of all Departmental units and the
current status of investigation to Chief of Detectives, Hate Crime Task Force,
through channels.
CRIME PREVENTION OFFICER
21. Prepare and forward a report within ten days of the incident to Commanding
Officer, Hate Crime Task Force, indicating action taken concerning incident
and whether a security survey was conducted.
NOTE: The community policing sergeant will prepare and forward the above
report in those commands where a crime prevention officer is not assigned.
COMMANDING OFFICER/HATE CRIME TASK FORCE
22. Visit and personally interview victims of confirmed bias incidents upon
completion of investigation.
a. In appropriate cases, a Hate Crime Task Force supervisor may be
designated to interview victims.
23. Make determination of whether an occurrence is a bias incident or a
non-bias incident based upon all factors obtained during investigation, after
conferral with the Chief of Detectives.
24. Prepare report indicating determination.
25. Forward copies of report to:
a. Chief of Patrol
b. Chief of Detectives
c. Chief of Housing Bureau/C.O., Transit Bureau, if appropriate

d. Patrol Borough concerned
e. Housing/Transit Borough, as applicable
f. Precinct of occurrence
g. Police Service Area/Transit District, as applicable.
NOTE: In the case of a confirmed bias incident, when a complainant/victim
requests that an identified offender not be arrested, and there is appropriate
legal justification for the arrest, the Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task
Force, may direct that the arrest be made. The primary considerations when a
complainant/victim does not want an arrest effected, are the prevention of
further violence and the safety of all parties concerned.
WHEN COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN DETERMINES INCIDENT IS NOT BIAS
MOTIVATED:
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
26. Notify detective squad.
27. Notify Operations Unit that offense is not a bias incident.
a. Contact Hate Crime Task Force, between 0800 - 2400 hours, seven days a
week, for log number on all non-bias incidents.
28. Direct crime prevention officer to personally contact and advise
complainant concerning actions to take to prevent recurrence, if offense was
committed at a religious institution or a sensitive location.
29. Prepare an UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152) and forward to Chief of
Detectives, Hate Crime Task Force (DIRECT).
a. Forward one additional copy of Report through channels.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE
30. Conduct appropriate investigation.
31. Forward copy of COMPLAINT REPORT and COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP to Chief of
Detectives, Hate Crime Task Force, within ten days after the incident.
CRIME PREVENTION OFFICER
32. Prepare and forward a report within ten days to Commanding Officer, Hate
Crime Task Force, if offense was committed at a religious institution or
sensitive location indicating action taken and whether security survey was
conducted.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When notification of a possible bias incident is received from any other
police agency, the New York City Police Department patrol supervisor shall
respond. At the request of a patrol supervisor, captain, or above from another
law enforcement agency, the commanding officer concerned/duty captain will
respond and determine whether the occurrence should be designated as non-bias
or referred to the Hate Crime Task Force as a possible bias incident.

If, during the course of an on-going investigation, information is ascertained
which may indicate that the original incident may have been a possible bias
incident, the Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task Force, will investigate and
confer with the Chief of Detectives to make a determination whether the
incident is a possible bias incident. The Commanding Officer, Hate Crime Task
Force, will then conduct a preliminary investigation and make all appropriate
notifications.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

P.G. 207-11 Preliminary Investigation, Recording And Transmission
Of Alarms For Stolen Vehicles
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To investigate, record and transmit alarms for stolen vehicles.
SCOPE
A complainant, present at a precinct stationhouse, police service area (PSA),
transit district or other Department facility to report a stolen vehicle, will
be transported by Department vehicle to the place of occurrence, or be
requested to await the arrival of uniformed member(s) of the service at the
location where the crime occurred. The assigned uniformed member of the
service will then conduct a preliminary investigation at the scene and enter
the results under the "DETAILS" section of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD313-152A).
PROCEDURE
When a complaint of a stolen vehicle is received:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Respond to scene and conduct preliminary investigation.
NOTE: NO REPORTS OF GRAND LARCENY AUTO WILL BE TAKEN OR ACCEPTED OVER THE
TELEPHONE. Any complainants who come into a command to report their vehicle
stolen will either be asked to go to the place of occurrence, if feasible, or
be transported to the location of reported theft/loss by an available RMP team
in order to conduct a preliminary canvass/investigation at the scene. In
addition, owner/complainants will be informed that if they recover their own
vehicle, they must immediately notify the nearest Police Department facility,
so the stolen vehicle alarm(s) can be cancelled.
Crime classification will be Grand Larceny Auto unless owner/complainant or
other evidence indicates auto (as defined in Section 125, Vehicle and Traffic
Law) is valued at $100.00 or less, or if motorcycle (as defined in Section
123, Vehicle and Traffic Law) is valued at $1,000 or less.
2. Give complainant copy of VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT
(PD371-082) and VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION (PD371-083) to prepare and
sign.
3. Prepare REPORT and DEPOSITION, if complainant has a language barrier or
other handicap, and have complainant sign both.
a. If complainant refuses to prepare REPORT and/or DEPOSITION or sign REPORT
and/or DEPOSITION, note fact on face of REPORT/DEPOSITION and sign.
NOTE: A refusal by the complainant to prepare a VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY
INVESTIGATION REPORT and/or VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION does not
preclude the requirement to prepare a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152) and to get an OLCS complaint number for such report.

DESK OFFICER
4. Review VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT and VEHICLE THEFT
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION for accuracy and legibility and sign.
5. Ascertain through the FINEST System:
a. If vehicle has been impounded or repossessed
b. If vehicle is wanted in connection with a crime
c. If vehicle has been previously reported stolen
d. Verification of Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) or ownership, if
necessary
e. Expiration date of registration plates, when necessary
f. If vehicle was towed by rotation tow.
g. If vehicle was relocated due to a special event by utilizing the TOPIS
application.
STATIONHOUSE CLERK
6. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, when required.
NOTE: Under no circumstances will the complainant be given a copy of the
VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT or VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING
DEPOSITION.
IF COMPLAINANT APPEARS AT STATIONHOUSE TO REPORT AN AUTO LARCENY AND NO
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE IS AVAILABLE TO TAKE REPORT:
DESK OFFICER
7. Comply with steps 2 through 6, and corresponding NOTES, above.
8. Assign command clerk to assist complainant in preparing VEHICLE THEFT
PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT and/or VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION,
as necessary.
a. Act as reviewing officer by signing completed VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY
INVESTIGATION REPORT and VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION.
NOTE: If complainant refuses to prepare VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY
INVESTIGATION REPORT and/or VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION, desk officer
will sign form as witness.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
9. Attach VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT and VEHICLE THEFT
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION to COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
10. Have alarm transmitted through the FINEST System and provide the following
information:

a. Rank, name, command and tax registry number
b. Date, time and place of occurrence
c. Complaint number from OLCS
d. Type of complaint (Grand Larceny Auto, Unauthorized Use, etc.)
e. Make, year, model, style, color of vehicle
f. Registration plate numbers
g. State of registration and expiration date of plates
h. Type of plate (passenger, commercial, dealer, etc.)
i. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
j. Name, address and telephone number of registered owner
k. Name and address of insurance company and policy number, if available
l. Other information that might aid in vehicle's recovery.
NOTE: DO NOT sign off from FINEST System until acknowledgement is received
from NYSPIN. Printed (hard) copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement will be attached
to COMPLAINT REPORT.
11. CLOSE case EXCEPT if vehicle was used in the commission of a crime or
other condition indicates that further investigation is necessary.
NOTE: Institute a telephone notification to the Stolen Property Inquiry
Section for the transmittal of all Felony Vehicle Alarms.
12. Refer COMPLAINT REPORT, with a copy of VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY
INVESTIGATION REPORT and VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION, to detective
squad concerned if case remains open.
DESK OFFICER
13. Direct a standard NYSPIN inquiry be made via FINEST, by plate or VIN
number, to verify that an alarm has been transmitted.
a. Ensure that printed (hard) copy of NYSPIN alarm is accurate and attached
to COMPLAINT REPORT.
14. Direct command clerk to prepare COMPLAINT REPORT utilizing OLCS.
a. Ensure that original copy of VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION
REPORT and VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION is attached to precinct file
copy of COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
COMMAND CLERK
15. Check FINEST System for accuracy of alarm transmitted.
a. Report any discrepancy to desk officer.

b. Have alarm modified to correct discrepancy.
c. Make entry under "Details" on COMPLAINT REPORT that alarm transmission
was verified and include date, time and signature.
NOTE: If command FINEST System is temporarily inoperative, verification may
be delayed until FINEST System is operative or verification can be requested
through an adjoining command.
DESK OFFICER
16. Ensure that copies of all Grand Larceny Auto COMPLAINT REPORTS and VEHICLE
THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORTS are forwarded to the precinct
detective squad for their review and further investigation, as necessary.
FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATION OF GRAND LARCENY AUTO COMPLAINTS:
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
17. Interview complainant, either in person or by telephone, utilizing the
format described in VEHICLE THEFT FOLLOW-UP REPORT (PD371-081).
18. Record complainant's responses on VEHICLE THEFT FOLLOW-UP REPORT.
19. Confer with supervisor to determine if results of interview fall into
three categories:
a. Further investigation would prove positive
b. Information received would be of value to other units within the
Department, e.g., Auto Crime Division
c. No further information available.
20. File VEHICLE THEFT FOLLOW-UP REPORT with COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP, if no
further information is obtained.
21. Duplicate completed VEHICLE THEFT FOLLOW-UP REPORT and file duplicate copy
with precinct file copy of COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If immediate action is indicated on a stolen vehicle complaint, the desk
officer will direct the telephone switchboard operator to alert uniformed
members of the service on patrol in advance of the alarm being transmitted by
the precinct.
All complainants will be required to complete and sign the VEHICLE THEFT
PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT and VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION when
reporting their vehicles stolen.
IF AN ARREST IS EFFECTED WHICH INVOLVES A VEHICLE THAT WAS REPORTED STOLEN
WITHIN NEW YORK CITY:
The arresting officer will be required, for affidavit preparation, to make two
complainant notification attempts at reasonable intervals. If the arresting
officer is unable to notify the complainant, the desk officer concerned will
attempt to make a third notification. All notification attempts, dates and

times are to be recorded in the narrative section of the ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159). If unable to notify the complainant, the
arresting officer will request the precinct of occurrence (where the vehicle
was reported stolen) to fax a copy of the VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION
and COMPLAINT REPORT to the precinct of arrest. Upon receipt of the completed
VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION and COMPLAINT REPORT, the arresting
officer will then fax copies of these forms to the assigned assistant district
attorney for affidavit preparation.
In situations where it is not feasible to either transport or meet a
complainant at the location of a reported vehicle theft (e.g., when the date
of theft and the reporting date may be days or weeks apart) the need for an
RMP canvass will be left to the discretion of the desk officer.
A stolen vehicle complaint made in a precinct, which is not the precinct of
occurrence, will be accepted and processed as outlined in P.G. 207-04,
"Recording Of Complaints Occurring In Another Command." In this instance, the
canvass will be completed by personnel assigned to the precinct of record
(i.e., the precinct assigning the OLCS complaint number).
The commitment to perform a preliminary canvass/investigation in regards to a
past larceny of an auto should not be allowed to negatively impact on patrol
strength. The desk officer has the discretion to utilize resources such as
SP10, scooter personnel, etc., to complete the canvass/investigation.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Lost/Stolen Vehicle Plates, Licenses and other Department of Motor Vehicle
Documents (P.G. 207-13)
Safeguarding Vehicles in Police Custody (P.G. 218-12)
Vehicle Stolen and Recovered Within New York City (P.G. 218-14)
Vehicle Stolen Outside New York City - Recovered Within New York City (P.G.
218-15)
Vehicle Stolen Within New York City and Recovered Outside New York City or by
the Port Authority Police (P.G. 218-16)
Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates (P.G. 214-29)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
VEHICLE THEFT FOLLOW-UP REPORT (PD371-081)
VEHICLE THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD371-082)
VEHICLE THEFT SUPPORTING DEPOSITION (PD371-083)

P.G. 207-12 Lost Or Stolen Property/Identity Theft
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To investigate complaints of lost or stolen property/identity theft.
PROCEDURE
When a complaint of lost or stolen property/identity theft is received:
COMPLAINTS OF LOST/STOLEN PROPERTY:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Telephone Stolen Property Inquiry Section (SPIS) to ascertain if property
has been recovered.
2. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) if property is not located.
a. If complainant does not know where the loss or theft occurred, the place
of occurrence will be the place where the complainant first discovered the
loss.
3. Instruct and assist complainant in preparing page 1 of COMPLAINANT'S REPORT
OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT (PD313-1516).
NOTE: If the complaint involves lost or stolen property ONLY and does not
involve Identity Theft, instruct complainant to prepare only page 1 of
COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY / IDENTITY THEFT and direct
complainant to sign false statement waiver at the bottom of page 1. The
complainant shall be advised to prepare the COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR
STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT in the event any additional property is
discovered lost or stolen any additional information regarding property
previously reported lost or stolen is discovered. (See ADDITIONAL DATA).
4. Prepare a COMPLAINT REPORT or COMPLAINT FOLLOW UP (PD313-081) as
appropriate, for all lost or stolen articles, including firearms. Ask the
complainants if they know the serial numbers for such articles, and if they
do, then include them in the REPORTS.
5. Request via telephone notification, to the Stolen Property Inquiry Section,
that an alarm be transmitted for all lost or stolen articles containing serial
numbers, including firearms, equipment, securities, currency and other
documents. Do not forward hard copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT or COMPLAINT
FOLLOW UP to SPIS WHEN THE SERIAL NUMBERS OF ARTICLES ARE KNOWN.
6. Provide the following information on lost or stolen firearms, via
telephone, to SPIS:
a. Make f. Precinct
b. Model g. Complaint number from OLCS
c. Caliber h. Complainant's name and address

d. Type i. Whether or not UMOS owns firearm
e. Serial Number
7. Provide the following information on lost or stolen articles, with serial
numbers, via telephone, to SPIS:
a. Brand
b. Model number
c. Type
d. Precinct
e. Complaint number from OLCS
NOTE: In no instances will tax registry or model numbers be used in lieu of
serial numbers. Alarms CANNOT be transmitted without serial numbers.
8. Make entry in the -Notifications To' caption of the COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD 313-152A) to reflect who at SPIS was notified.
NOTE: The desk officer concerned will ensure that a telephone notification
to SPIS was made and entered in the notification portion of the COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET.
9. Send hard copy (no telephone notification) of COMPLAINT REPORT OR COMPLAINT
FOLLOW UP to SPIS via Department Mail or Department Fax, in the following
instances ONLY:
a. Jewelry containing initials, inscriptions or other identifying marks OR
individual pieces of jewelry, if value exceeds $5,000 OR an item of jewelry
contains ten stones or carats
b. Other articles that contain initials, inscriptions, or other identifiable
markings
c. All coin or stamp collections valued at more than $5,000
d. Silverware if value exceeds $5,000
e. All paintings or art objects
f. Any fur coat valued at more than $5,000
g. Any property taken in a hijacking
COMPLAINTS OF LOST/STOLEN PROPERTY INVOLVING IDENTITY THEFT:
10. Instruct complainant to prepare pages 1 and 2 of COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF
LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT in their own handwriting.
a. Furnish assistance or allow other person to assist in preparing the form,
if necessary.
b. Ensure complainant signs BOTH waivers on pages 1 and 2.

11. Comply with P.G. 207-34, "Complaints Involving Identity Theft."
ADDITIONAL DATA
When a communication from an OUT-OF-TOWN complainant alleges loss or theft of
property and does not include the place of occurrence, refer complaint to the
Stolen Property Inquiry Section. If the property has not been recovered, the
Stolen Property Inquiry Section shall contact the complainant through the
Inter-City Correspondence Unit and request further information concerning the
place of loss.
The desk officer/counterpart will provide the complainant or a properly
identified representative with a copy of VERIFICATION OF CRIME/LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY (PD542-061), upon request, and will inform such person of the
complaint number and precinct of record and direct said complainant to comply
with instructions on the form.
Whenever a rifle/shotgun permit holder reports the loss of a permit or
document relating to rifles/shotguns, a duplicate copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT
will be forwarded to the Rifle and Shotgun Section. The complainant will be
advised to contact the Rifle and Shotgun Section in person or by telephone.
In cases of lost or stolen property, the member of the service preparing the
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET shall deliver a copy of COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF
LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT to the complainant. The complainant
shall be advised to prepare the COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT in the event any additional property is discovered
lost or stolen or any additional information regarding property previously
reported lost or stolen is discovered. The COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR
STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT should then be delivered by the complainant to
the desk officer, precinct of occurrence. The desk officer will ensure that
the listing of stolen property and reported values on the COMPLAINANT'S REPORT
OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT is recorded in the property section
of the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP and that a member of the Stolen Property Inquiry
Section is notified by telephone regarding any property with serial numbers.
MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE WILL NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, SIMPLY ATTACH
COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT (or a copy of
it) TO A COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP. The COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT must be attached to the command's file copy of the
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP.
The COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/ IDENTITY THEFT must be
attached to the command's file copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT.
WHEN A COMPLAINANT REPORTS A LOST OR STOLEN PASSPORT, ALIEN REGISTRATION CARD
(PERMANENT RESIDENT CARD/ GREEN CARD) OR NATURALIZATION PAPERS:
Members of the service will request and carefully examine the official photo
identification of complainant. If complainant has lost or has had stolen all
of his/her photo identification (e.g., if the complainant's purse or wallet is
stolen), it may not be possible for the complainant to produce photo
identification. In such instances, the member of service will use all other
methods available to verify the complainant's identification. Once
satisfaction of identification is obtained, the member will request the
precinct detective squad to conduct an interview and prepare COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).

The precinct detective squad member assigned will conduct inquiry and prepare
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, AFTER obtaining verified identification of
complainant. The precinct detective assigned will then notify the
Intelligence Bureau’s 24 hour Criminal Intelligence Section with particulars
and pedigree of complainant and request an Intelligence Bureau log number.
Members of the Intelligence Bureau will conduct internal inquiries and advise
the detective assigned of any further necessity to hold the complainant for
response by either the Joint Terrorist Task Force or the Intelligence Bureau.
If no further action is necessary, then the Intelligence Bureau’s Criminal
Intelligence Section will issue the precinct detective assigned an
Intelligence Bureau log number, which will be recorded on the COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET, under the “Details” section along with the name, rank, and tax
registry number of the member issuing the log number.
Between 0100 and 0800 hours, when the precinct detective squad is not
available, the precinct desk officer will designate a uniformed member of the
service to prepare a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and contact the Intelligence
Bureau’s 24 hour Criminal Intelligence Section. If the Intelligence Bureau
determines that further investigation is warranted, the desk officer or
designee will hold the complainant for response by the Intelligence Bureau’s
Midnight Response Team. If no further action is necessary, then the
Intelligence Bureau’s Criminal Intelligence Section will issue the designated
uniformed member of the service an Intelligence Bureau log number, which will
be recorded on the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, under the ”Details” section
along with the name, rank, and tax registry number of the member issuing the
log number.
Stolen Property Inquiry Section (S.P.I.S.) will follow up on lost/stolen
passports, alien registration cards and naturalization papers with
notification to United States Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement
for alien registration cards and naturalization papers, and the United States
Department of State for passports.
All members of the service are reminded to remain vigilant on patrol,
reporting all related terrorist information to the Intelligence Bureau’s 24
hour Criminal Intelligence Section.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preliminary Investigation, Recording And Transmission of Alarms For Stolen
Vehicles (P.G. 207-11)
Lost/Stolen Vehicle Plates, Licenses, And Other Department Of Motor Vehicles
Documents (P.G. 207-13)
Complaints Involving Identity Theft (P.G. 207-34)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT (PD313-1516)
IDENTITY THEFT-PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD313-084)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
VERIFICATION OF CRIME/LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY (PD542-061)

P.G. 207-13 Lost/Stolen Vehicle Plates, Licenses And Other
Department Of Motor Vehicle Documents
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To record complaints of lost/stolen license plates, driver's licenses,
learner's permits, vehicle registrations or stickers.
PROCEDURE
When a complainant reports license plates/driver's license or other
registration documents have been lost or stolen:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Inquire through the FINEST System to ascertain if license plates have been
recovered.
a. Contact Stolen Property Inquiry Section's Manual File Unit to ascertain
if driver's license or other registration documents have been recovered.
VEHICLE LICENSE PLATES:
2. Ascertain that complainant is registered owner or a true representative of
the owner of the plate(s).
3. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
a. IF ONE PLATE IS MISSING and there is no other evidence to suggest a
larceny or other crime, classify the complaint as lost property and close
complaint immediately as referred to Department of Motor Vehicles. Whether the
complaint is classified as a crime (e.g., larceny) or lost property, direct
the owner/representative to turn in the remaining plate to the Department of
Motor Vehicles. Advise complainant to contact the precinct after the plate is
turned in for transmission of an alarm. A person subsequently found to be in
possession of a lost license plate can be charged with larceny by acquiring
lost property (Penal Law 155.05 subd. 2b). A license plate missing from an
out of state registered vehicle and only required to have one plate will not
be classified as a larceny or other crime unless there is additional evidence
to support the crime. An alarm, however, will be transmitted in all cases.
NOTE: When one plate is missing from a vehicle registered to this
Department, have alarm transmitted as soon as possible via FINEST System and
attach copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement to COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152). Ensure
that the "DETAILS" section of the COMPLAINT REPORT includes that the
missing/stolen plate is registered to a Department vehicle.
b. IF BOTH PLATES ARE MISSING - have alarm transmitted via FINEST System and
attach copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement to COMPLAINT REPORT.
NOTE: Unless additional information is available to determine if missing
plate(s) is stolen, one missing plate will be classified as "Lost Property"
and two missing plates will be classified as "Petit Larceny."

4. Prepare and sign Report of Lost or Stolen License or Registration Items
(MV-78B [6/88]) and give to complainant.
a. Make certain box on form captioned "Was the Loss the Result of a Crime?"
is checked "Yes" or "No", as appropriate.
NOTE: If MV-78B [6/88] is not available to member on patrol, instruct the
complainant to obtain form from precinct of occurrence at the earliest
convenience. Precinct personnel concerned will verify that a COMPLAINT REPORT
has been recorded before preparing MV-78B [6/88] form.
5. Instruct complainant to deliver MV-78B [6/88] and registration certificate
for lost plates to Department of Motor Vehicles to obtain new plates.
a. If one plate is reported lost/stolen, the remaining plate, vehicle
registration and MV-78B [6/88] will be surrendered to Department of Motor
Vehicles personnel to obtain new plates. The complainant must then notify the
precinct of record for transmission of an alarm on the missing plate.
DRIVER'S LICENSE, LEARNER'S PERMIT, VEHICLE REGISTRATION/STICKER:
6. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
a. Send additional copy of COMPLAINT REPORT or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
(PD313-081) to Stolen Property Inquiry Section in cases where a vehicle's
inspection sticker has been reported lost or stolen.
NOTE: Lost or stolen driver's license, learner's permits, and vehicle
registration items (exclusive of plates) do not meet the criteria for entry
into the NYSPIN System.
7. Prepare and sign Report of Lost or Stolen License or Registration Items
(MV-78B [6/88]) and give to complainant.
a. Make certain box on form captioned "Was the Loss the Result of a Crime?"
is checked "Yes" or "No", as appropriate.
8. Instruct complainant to deliver MV-78B [6/88] to Department of Motor
Vehicles to obtain new documents.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If complainant does not know where the loss or theft occurred, the place of
occurrence will be the place where the complainant first discovered the loss.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Preliminary Investigation of Complaints (Other Than Vice Related Or Narcotics
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Lost or Stolen Property/Identity Theft (P.G. 207-12)
Preliminary Investigation, Recording And Transmission Of Alarms For Stolen
Vehicles (P.G. 207-11)
FORMS AND
COMPLAINT
COMPLAINT
COMPLAINT

REPORTS
FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
REPORT (PD313-152)
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 207-14 Robbery Complaints Involving Police Impersonation
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To assist uniformed members of the service who become aware of a robbery
involving the impersonation of any law enforcement personnel.
DEFINITION
POLICE IMPERSONATION - For the purpose of this procedure, a police
impersonation occurs when during the commission of a crime, the perpetrator:
a. Pretends to be a police officer or wears or displays any uniform, badge,
insignia or facsimile thereof by which a police officer of any jurisdiction is
generally identified; OR
b. Expresses by words or actions that he/she is a police officer or acting
with the approval or authority of any police department; OR
c. Displays, wears or uses police equipment in a manner likely to create the
impression that he/she is a police officer.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a robbery is committed and it is alleged to have been committed by an
individual(s) purporting to be law enforcement personnel:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Determine whether a robbery in fact has been committed involving an
impersonation of any law enforcement personnel.
2. Request response of patrol supervisor.
3. Detain complainant/witnesses, if possible.
4. Notify the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center (212) 741-8401, for
notification to Police Impersonation Investigation Unit (P.I.I.U.)
a. Obtain name of member notified and log number.
NOTE: The Police Impersonation Unit will investigate all robbery police
impersonation complaints and other serious crimes involving police
impersonations. The precinct Detective Squad will be responsible for other
criminal impersonation complaints. In ALL cases of suspected police
impersonation, a notification to Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center is
required and a log number will be assigned.
MEMBER CONCERNED, COMMAND CENTER
5. Record information and issue log number.
6. Notify Police Impersonation Investigation Unit (P.I.I.U.).

PATROL SUPERVISOR
7. Notify desk officer.
8. Ensure that a thorough preliminary investigation is conducted.
9. Verify arrest(s), if made.
10. Have COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) prepared including:
a. Detailed description of the impersonation and robbery.
b. Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center log number and member notified.
DESK OFFICER
11. Finalize COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET utilizing the OLCS and fax copy of
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) to the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center at
(212) 741-8408.
SUPERVISOR, P.I.I.U.
12. Dispatch member(s) to interview complainant/witnesses, if circumstances
warrant.
a. Dispatch member(s) from Internal Affairs Bureau Police Impersonation, or
Internal Affairs Bureau Nightwatch, if a response to interview a
complainant/witness is required during the 1st Platoon.
P.I.I.U./NIGHTWATCH MEMBER CONCERNED
13. Interview complainant and obtain facts.
14. Safeguard evidence.
15. Have complainant view Police Impersonation Photo Albums and Criminal
Investigation Unit photos, if necessary.
16. Maintain a case file.
17. Effect arrests of identified subject(s).
SUPERVISOR, P.I.I.U.
18. Review all robbery impersonation complaints received at the Command Center
to determine case status.
19. Maintain statistics regarding trends and arrests.
20. Supply and maintain Police Impersonation Photo Albums for each borough
Criminal Investigation Unit.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Police Impersonation Photo Albums that are maintained by the Police
Impersonation Investigation Unit are available for use by all investigative
units within the Department. The Police Impersonation Investigation Unit is
available to assist in any open investigation involving police impersonations

and will provide assistance, as appropriate, whenever serious criminal conduct
involves impersonation of law enforcement personnel.
Whenever the Police Impersonation Investigation Unit develops a "pattern," a
notification will be made to the appropriate borough robbery squad.
Additionally, if the Police Impersonation Investigation Unit rejects a case, a
telephone notification will be made to the precinct detective squad concerned.
The Special Victims Squad concerned will investigate robberies committed by
police impersonators, which include sexual assault, and the Police
Impersonation Investigation Unit will assist in the investigation.
If in the course of an investigation it is determined that a possible
"narcotics trade" element is involved, the Police Impersonation Investigation
Unit member concerned will make the necessary notifications to the Organized
Crime Control Bureau.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 207-15 Threats To Complaints And Witnesses
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To investigate, record and refer complaints of threats to
witnesses/complainants involved in criminal proceedings.
PROCEDURE
When notified of a threat to a witness/complainant:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Obtain as much detailed information as possible, e.g., possible motive,
type of threat, subject of threat, etc.
2. Immediately notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
a. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
DESK OFFICER
3. Ensure that a supervisor is responding, if not already present.
a. Direct the preparation of a COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).
4. Immediately notify precinct detective squad concerned or borough
nightwatch, if appropriate.
NOTE: Communications Section will automatically direct the patrol supervisor
to respond to all incidents involving threats to witnesses.
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
5. Immediately interview complainant, conduct preliminary investigation and
confer with assigned detective supervisor.
6. Process and safeguard physical evidence, e.g., note, tape recording, etc.,
if any.
7. Determine if person(s) threatened is a complainant or witness in a criminal
proceeding.
a. When the threat involves an arrest or investigation previously conducted
by this Department, notify the detective assigned to the case and obtain
his/her assistance in assessing the threat.
DETECTIVE SUPERVISOR
8. Immediately conduct a personal interview with person threatened and person
receiving threat, if not the same person.
9. Notify the District Attorney's Office concerned if subject has been a
complainant/witness at a hearing, grand jury, trial, etc.

10. Direct the establishment of any immediate security measures necessary, if
appropriate.
11. Confer with detective duty captain, patrol duty captain and desk officer,
precinct of occurrence regarding security measures implemented and the need
for continued or additional measures.
12. Notify detective borough commander/executive officer of details of threat
and steps taken to insure security of complainant/witness.
DETECTIVE BOROUGH COMMANDER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER
13. Consult with patrol borough commander/executive officer as soon as
possible regarding duration and extent of security measures when coverage is
provided.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Security options may include directed patrol, fixed post (foot or RMP), and
advising complainant/witness to contact 911, if any suspicious person is
observed or further threats received.
Simple refusal by threatened party shall not be the sole factor in determining
that no security measures be taken.
Locations where a witness who is threatened is present are considered
Sensitive Locations. A generic "SPRINT" message to have the patrol supervisor
respond to these locations is automatically entered. However, this does not
preclude a commanding officer from requesting inclusion of additional
information related to safety in "SPRINT" as per A.G. 316-35," Hazardous,
Sensitive, Hazardous Material Locations".
RELATED PROCEDURES
Hazardous, Sensitive, Hazardous Material Locations (A.G. 316-35)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 207-16 Overdue Rental Vehicles
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To record and investigate complaints of overdue rental vehicles.
DEFINITION
PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE - For the purpose of this procedure only, shall be the
precinct where the vehicle was leased/rented, or the location where the
vehicle was scheduled to be returned to at the expiration of the lease or
rental agreement.
PROCEDURE
When a rental agency reports an overdue rental vehicle:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Interview complainant and conduct preliminary investigation.
2. Ascertain if fraudulent means were used to obtain vehicle.
NOTE: Fraudulent means may consist of giving false information on the rental
agreement relative to identification, residence or place of employment, etc.
3. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and:
a. Classify complaint as "AUTO LARCENY" if fraudulent means were used to
rent the auto, OR
b. Classify complaint as "INVESTIGATION - UNAUTHORIZED USE OF MOTOR
VEHICLE", when no apparent fraud is involved.
DESK OFFICER
4. Direct command clerk to prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) from COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET and:
a. If complaint is classified as AUTO LARCENY, direct the reporting officer
to comply with P.G. 207-11, "Preliminary Investigation, Recording and
Transmission of Alarms for Stolen Vehicles," OR
b. If complaint is classified as INVESTIGATION - UNAUTHORIZED USE OF MOTOR
VEHICLE, refer to precinct detective squad to determine if the facts will
support a criminal action.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE
5. Ascertain from the rental agency if all of the following steps were taken
to contact the lessee:
a. Efforts made to locate lessee at residence or place of employment

b. Certified letter mailed to lessee demanding the return of the vehicle
c. Internal check to ensure clerical errors are not present
d. Written investigation report that tends to support criminal action (most
rental agencies have a form for this purpose)
e. Other appropriate steps.
6. Reclassify complaint from INVESTIGATION to UNAUTHORIZED USE OF MOTOR
VEHICLE, when facts support a criminal action.
7. Mark complaint "UNFOUNDED," if the facts do not support a criminal action,
and:
a. Inform rental agency that the complaint is a civil matter.
NOTE: If additional information substantiating a criminal action is brought
to the attention of this Department, a CLOSED CASE may be reopened and further
investigation conducted.
8. Record action taken on COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) unless such
information is contained on original COMPLAINT REPORT.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In complaints of overdue rental vehicles, all the facts must be examined to
determine if a criminal action can be supported. In many instances, the
retention of a rental vehicle amounts to a breach of a civil contract ONLY,
and the rental agency can seek redress in civil court.
A criminal action involving overdue rental vehicles can be supported ONLY if
there is a "GROSS DEVIATION" from the rental agreement and the rental agency
concerned has served or attempted service of a "NOTICE," in person or by
certified mail, at the address indicated in the rental agreement, stating the
time and date the vehicle was to be returned; that the agency does not consent
to continued retention of the vehicle by the lessee; and that further
retention of the vehicle may constitute a Class "A" Misdemeanor.
A "GROSS DEVIATION" may occur when, but is not limited to, a lessee who has
legal custody of a vehicle for fifteen days or less, pursuant to a written
rental agreement, intentionally retains such vehicle for at least seven days
beyond the expiration date of the rental agreement and continues such
possession for more than two days after service or attempted service of the
above mentioned "NOTICE" from the rental agency.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preliminary Investigation, Recording And Transmission Of Alarms For Stolen
Vehicles (P.G. 207-11)
FORMS AND
COMPLAINT
COMPLAINT
COMPLAINT

REPORTS
FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
REPORT (PD313-152)
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 207-17 Contraband Weapons
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To record seizures of contraband weapons.
DEFINITION
CONTRABAND WEAPON - As used in this section includes any weapons possessed
unlawfully.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service comes into possession of a contraband
weapon:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Follow normal complaint and/or arrest procedures.
2. Charge appropriate offense(s) from the New York State Penal Law, if arrest
made.
DESK OFFICER
3. Notify Joint Terrorist Task Force of details.
4. Notify the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms through Operations Unit
if any of the following weapons are involved:
a. Fully automatic firearms such as machine guns and machine pistols
b. Shotguns with barrels less than 18 inches long
c. Rifles with barrels less than 16 inches long
d. Altered shotgun or rifle with overall length of less than 26 inches
e. Any weapon, other than conventional handgun, capable of firing a shot, if
such weapon can be concealed on the person
f. Destructive device - any explosive, incendiary, poison gas, bomb,
grenade, rocket, missile, mine or similar device; or any parts designed to
create a destructive device
g. Pistols with shoulder stocks
h. Any muffling or silencing device designed for use with a firearm.
NOTE: Include information concerning any vehicle, vessel or aircraft that is
or may be involved in violation of Federal Law.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)

Contraband Weapons (P.G. 208-49)
Processing Firearms and Firearms-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)

P.G. 207-18 Complaints Involving Credit Cards
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To investigate complaints involving credit cards.
PROCEDURE
When a credit card comes into possession of a member of the service and its
status is in doubt and requires investigation:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Report information to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
2. Notify the Special Frauds Squad between 0900 and 1800 hours, Monday through
Friday, by telephone.
NOTE: Special Frauds Squad member will check records and telephone credit
card company for status inquiry of credit cards. The credit card company
representative will telephone results of inquiry to the desk officer.
3. Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared when required:
a. Have additional copy sent to Special Frauds Squad.
b. Enter, under "Details," name of Special Frauds Squad member notified
c. Enter results of inquiry under "Details."
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Comply with P.G. 207-07, "Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints (Other
Than Vice Related Or Narcotics Complaints)."
5. For investigations concerning identity theft, comply with P.G. 207-34,
"Complaints Involving Identity Theft."
ADDITIONAL DATA
If an arrest is effected involving the credit card, the credit card company
involved will provide a representative in court as a complainant when
required.
The Special Frauds Squad maintains twenty-four hour telephone hot line
verification numbers for various credit card companies. If the Special Frauds
Squad office is closed, the current list of hot line numbers is maintained at
the Missing Persons Desk.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preliminary Investigation of Complaints (Other Than Vice Related Or Narcotics
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)

Counterfeiting/Forging U.S. Government Obligations or
Counterfeiting/Unauthorized Use of Access Devices (P.G. 208-47)
Complaints Involving Identity Theft (P.G. 207-34)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

P.G. 207-19 Thefts From Department Lockers
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To investigate reported thefts from Department lockers.
PROCEDURE
Upon discovery of a theft or attempted theft from a Department locker:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Report facts to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
2. Notify commanding officer or duty captain.
3. Notify IAB, Command Center and obtain a Log Number.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
4. Investigate circumstances of incident including, but not limited to,
photographing damage to locker, obtaining fingerprints, results of interviews,
etc.
5. Notify precinct detective squad concerned, if necessary.
6. Direct preparation of COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
7. Take steps to prevent recurrence of theft.
8. Prepare three copies of report on Typed Letterhead and forward:
a. First two copies to bureau chief concerned
b. Third copy to Internal Affairs Bureau.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service are responsible for securing their lockers with a
combination type padlock without a serial number.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 207-20 Investigation Of Crimes Involving Computers Or
Computer Technology
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To protect computer evidence obtained by this Department during the course of
investigations or arrests, and to enhance the prosecution of defendants.
PROCEDURE
Whenever computer related evidence is to be seized, subject of an
investigation or connected with an arrest:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CONCERNED
1. Notify Computer Crimes Squad (0600 to 2000 hours, Monday through Friday) or
Office of the Chief of Detectives (all other times) whenever:
a. Computer-related evidence is seized or expected to be seized, i.e.,
evidence consisting of a computer that has been used to commit a crime or is
suspected of being a device that stores evidence.
b. An arrest involving a computer is made.
NOTE: Computer Crimes Squad will determine if a response to debrief the
prisoner(s) is necessary.
2. Confer with Computer Crimes Squad whenever:
a. A criminal investigation by a unit of this Department is conducted where
computers or computer evidence may be involved.
b. A warrant to seize computers or computer-related evidence is being
sought, prior to the preparation of the warrant.
3. For investigations concerning identity theft, comply with (P.G. 207-34),
"Complaints Involving Identity Theft."
NOTE: Notification to the Computer Crimes Squad concerning search warrants
will be of a limited nature pertaining only to computers and computer-related
equipment to be seized.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When requested, the Computer Crimes Squad will provide technical assistance in
properly securing computer evidence, conducting computer forensic examinations
and preparing warrants. The Computer Crimes Squad will make the determination
whether a response to the scene is required, based on the totality of the
circumstances presented in each case.

P.G. 207-21 Allegations Of Corruption And Other Misconduct
Against Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To process allegations of corruption and other misconduct against members of
the service.
SCOPE
All members of the service must be incorruptible. An
service will not tolerate members of the service who
other misconduct. All members of the service have an
any corruption or other misconduct, or allegation of
misconduct, of which they become aware.

honest member of the
engage in corruption or
absolute duty to report
corruption or other

DEFINITION
CORRUPTION/OTHER MISCONDUCT: Criminal activity or other misconduct of any kind
including the use of excessive force or perjury that is committed by member of
the service whether on or off duty.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing, or becoming aware of corruption or other misconduct or upon
receiving an allegation of corruption or other misconduct involving a member
of the service:
NOTE: To prevent interruption or delay in vital services, a telephone
switchboard operator will refer any allegation of corruption or other
misconduct to the desk officer, who will record the details of the
allegation(s).
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CONCERNED
1. Telephone Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center (212) 741-8401(24 hours)
or 1-800-PRIDE PD (24 hours) or (212) CORRUPT (24 hours).
a. Give preliminary facts.
b. Identify self or, if opting to remain anonymous, obtain Confidential
Identification Number from Command Center Investigator.
c. Furnish details of corruption or misconduct.
NOTE: In certain cases, supervisory personnel assigned to the Command Center
of the Internal Affairs Bureau may direct on duty members not reporting
anonymously to prepare a detailed written report in addition to a telephone
notification or request the member(s) concerned to await the arrival of an
investigator.
OR
2. Prepare a detailed written report addressed to the Chief of Internal

Affairs.
a. Forward DIRECT, or via FAX (212) 741-8408, to the Command Center, 315
Hudson Street within twenty-four hours.
MEMBERS MAY OPT TO REPORT ALLEGATIONS OF CORRUPTION/ MISCONDUCT IN WRITING
ANONYMOUSLY
3. Prepare a detailed written report, upon becoming aware of misconduct and
forward to:
a. Chief of Internal Affairs, or
b. Box 1001, New York, N.Y. 10014.
NOTE: Obtaining a Confidential Identification Number from the Command Center
investigator will satisfy the member's reporting responsibility, if the
information reported is accurate and complete. Subsequent or ongoing reporting
is encouraged to insure the information is timely and complete and may be made
by referencing the Confidential Identification Number.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A member of the service having or receiving information relative to corruption
or other misconduct, or an allegation of corruption or other misconduct, has
the responsibility to report such information directly to the Internal Affairs
Bureau, Command Center.
Failure to report corruption, other misconduct, or allegations of such act is,
in itself, an offense of serious misconduct and will be charged as such when
uncovered during an investigation. Conduct designed to cover up acts of
corruption, prevent or discourage its report, or intimidate those who would
report it, will be charged as an obstruction of justice or other criminal act
with the consent of the prosecutor who has criminal jurisdiction.
A member of the service receiving an allegation of corruption against oneself
will request a supervising officer to respond to the scene. The supervising
officer will interview the complainant and confer with the Internal Affairs
Bureau, Command Center, BEFORE interviewing the member concerning the
allegation.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Allegations of Corruption Against City Employees (Other than Members of the
New York City Police Department) (P.G. 207-22)
Processing Civilian Complaints (P.G. 207-31)
Civilian Complaints - Witness Statement (P.G. 207-30)

P.G. 207-22 Allegations Of Corruption Against City Employees
(Other Than Members Of The New York City Police Department)
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To record allegations of corruption and/or serious misconduct and/or
misconduct against federal, state or city employees, other than members of
this Department, and provide for notifications to the appropriate agency.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving, or becoming aware of, an allegation of corruption and/or
serious misconduct and/or misconduct against a federal, state or city
employee, other than a member of this Department:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Report the facts immediately to commanding officer, or if absent, the
highest-ranking supervisor in the command.
2. Telephone Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center (212) 741-8401 (24 hours)
and:
a. Identify self.
b. Give telephone number where you can be reached.
c. Give preliminary facts.
d. Comply with instructions of ranking officer, Internal Affairs Bureau.
SUPERVISORY MEMBER
3. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Chief of Internal
Affairs with all details.
a. Forward original and copy in sealed white envelope addressed to:
Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center
315 Hudson Street, 3rd Floor
New York, New York 10013
NOTE: A complaint against a federal, state or city employee other than a
member of this Department, that does not involve an allegation of corruption
and/or serious misconduct and/or misconduct (for example, Driving While
Intoxicated or Domestic Violence) will be processed in accordance with the
provisions of P.G. 207-01, "Complaint Reporting System."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Preliminary Investigation of Complaints (Other than Vice Related or Narcotics
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service
(P.G. 207-21)

FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 207-23 Missing Persons
Date Effective: 06-16-14
PURPOSE
To investigate, search for, refer, and record complaints of missing persons.
DEFINITIONS
MISSING PERSON - Person missing from a NEW YORK CITY RESIDENCE and:
a. Under eighteen years of age, OR
b. Mentally or physically impaired to the extent that hospitalization may be
required, OR
c. Senile, retarded or disabled and not capable of self-care or clear
communication, OR
d. Sixty-five years of age or older, OR
e. Possible victim of drowning, OR
f. Indicated an intention of committing suicide, OR
g. Absent under circumstances indicating unaccountable or involuntary
disappearance.
NOTE: Missing person complaints WILL BE ACCEPTED for persons missing from
temporary residences within New York City (hotels, rooming houses, etc.).
However, complainants will also be instructed to report such cases to the
local police agency covering the permanent residence of the missing person.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL COMPLAINANTS BE REFERRED DIRECTLY TO THE MISSING
PERSONS SQUAD.
Missing persons DO NOT INCLUDE the following:
a. Persons wanted for crimes, OR
b. Persons wanted on warrants, OR
c. Persons eighteen years of age or older, who have left home voluntarily
because of domestic, financial or similar reasons.
These exclusions are intended for persons who are likely to have fled
VOLUNTARILY as a direct result of their status (e.g. A person wanted for a
crime fleeing to avoid prosecution). However, the exclusions listed above
shall not be used as a justification for failing to accept a missing persons
report when the totality of the circumstances indicate that a person may in
fact be missing.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving a complaint of a missing person:

UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Respond to the scene, interview complainant and obtain:
a. An accurate description of the subject.
b. Clothing worn.
c. Location where last seen.
(1) If missing person is believed to be using public transportation,
obtain information on the type of transportation, route and possible
destination(s).
d. Administration for Children's Services caseworker's name and telephone
number, if applicable.
e. Biological parents' name, address and telephone number, as appropriate.
f. Ascertain whether missing person has Alzheimer's disease and is
registered with the Alzheimer's Association Safe Return Program, as
appropriate.
(1) If so, determine whether person was wearing a Safe Return wristband or
necklace and request that complainant provide the Safe Return identification
number.
(a) If the identification number is unknown, the responding member will
call the Alzheimer's Association to obtain the number and any other
information the Association has on the missing person.
NOTE: There are no minimum time limits that must be observed before
accepting a report of a missing person. However, when a person sixty-five
years of age and older, or a child less than ten, or a senile/disabled person
is missing from a hospital or institution, PRIOR TO INITIATING ANY OTHER
ACTION, AN INITIAL SEARCH OF THE BUILDING WILL BE CONDUCTED TO VERIFY THAT
SUCH PERSONS ARE ACTUALLY MISSING.
A complainant could be, in addition to a member of the family, a legal or
temporary guardian, a representative of the Department of Education, or a
hospital administrator.
2. Request patrol supervisor to respond.
3. Notify desk officer of details.
DESK OFFICER PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE AND/OR PRECINCT OF RESIDENCE
4. Check precinct records to determine if missing person has been the subject
of police action.
DESK OFFICER PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
5. Notify desk officer, precinct of residence, for preparation of required
reports, when applicable, unless an immediate investigation and/or search for
the missing person is required. In these instances, the desk officer shall be
notified after the search.

6. Notify PSA desk officer when missing person is a resident of a New York
City Housing Authority development.
7. Ascertain if Missing Persons Squad has any information on the missing
individual by requesting a records search.
8. Notify precinct detective squad.
DESK OFFICER PRECINCT OF RESIDENCE
9. Direct the preparation of MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151)
and COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
a. Ensure that same complaint number is used for both MISSING/ UNIDENTIFIED
PERSON REPORT and COMPLAINT REPORT.
b. Have JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) prepared, if missing
person is at least seven but less than sixteen years of age.
c. Have NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221) prepared, if circumstances
indicate that youth is missing due to abuse, maltreatment, etc.
d. Ensure that any information relating to a missing person registered with
the Alzheimer's Association Safe Return Program is included in the
MISSING/UNIDENTIFED PERSON REPORT under caption, "Remarks/Other Pertinent
Information" (see step 1, subdivision f).
NOTE: Missing Persons Squad cannot process a MISSING/ UNIDENTIFIED PERSON
REPORT unless ALL captions are filled out. Members of the service are to
contact Missing Persons Squad for assistance in the event information is
unknown or not available.
10. Direct that MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSONS REPORT (without FACSIMILE
TRANSMITTAL SHEET [PD112-1410]) be FAXED to Missing Persons Squad, between
0630 and 2300 hours only. (Do not FAX between 0700-0800, and 1500-1600).
a. Have command clerk enter Missing Persons Squad case number and name of
member who assigned case number on the MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT when
received.
NOTE: Whenever FAX machines are unavailable or inoperable, the Missing
Persons Squad intake desk will continue to accept MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSONS
REPORTS by telephone between 0630 and 2400 hours. In addition, Missing Persons
Squad members will be available for conferral during those hours as well.
WHEN IMMEDIATE INVESTIGATION AND/OR SEARCH IS REQUIRED:
NOTE: An immediate investigation and/or search is required for the following
"special category" missing persons:
a. Child under sixteen years of age, OR
b. Mentally/physically impaired to the extent that hospitalization may be
required, OR
c. Senile, retarded or disabled and not capable of self-care or clear
communication, OR

d. Sixty-five years of age or older, OR
e. Unique/unusual case, OR
f. Missing under circumstances indicating unaccountable or involuntary
disappearance, OR
g. Possible drowning victim.
DESK OFFICER PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
11. Open and maintain Command Post Log at desk.
NOTE: Maintain, in front of Command Post Log, a listing of "special
category" missing persons captioned as follows:
NAME OF
MISSING PERSON

SAFE RETURN
INFORMATION

AGE

DATE OF
REPORT

PAGE
NUMBER

12. Make the following additional notifications:
a. Precinct commander/duty captain for "special category" missing persons in
subdivisions "a" through "e" above.
b. Precinct platoon commander, if child under ten is missing.
(1) The precinct commander/duty captain will be notified and perform the
duties of the platoon commander, if the platoon commander is unavailable.
c. Precinct detective squad, precinct of occurrence to respond and assist in
search.
(1) If no detective is available, notify the detective borough dispatcher.
d. Operations Unit
e. Missing Persons Squad - Notify of identity of member assigned to conduct
the immediate investigation and/or search.
PATROL SUPERVISOR/ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
13. Direct, coordinate and control the search in the appropriate areas.
a. If a child under ten years of age is missing, the platoon commander,
precinct of occurrence, shall perform steps 13 through 18.
NOTE: If the platoon commander is not immediately available, the patrol
supervisor/assigned detective will commence the search immediately pending the
arrival of the platoon commander or the precinct commander/duty captain.
14. Request additional personnel, as required.
a. Emergency Service Unit, if needed.
b. Aviation Unit to survey rooftops, when necessary.
c. PSA platoon commander and/or PSA patrol supervisor, if missing person is
a resident of a NYC Housing Authority development.

d. Borough task force, if needed.
(1) Patrol Supervisor will consult with the commanding officer/duty
captain prior to activating a Level 1 mobilization, absent exigent
circumstances (see "ADDITIONAL DATA").
15. Request Communications Section to broadcast description of missing person
to members on patrol.
a. If missing person is believed to be using public transportation, request
broadcast of description to precincts along travel route, and notify Transit
Bureau (subways) and/or Traffic Management Center (buses), as appropriate.
16. Initiate search at location where missing person was last observed.
a. If missing person's residence is within search pattern have entire
building thoroughly searched.
b. Include travel route, if any, in search pattern.
17. Direct members performing the search to maintain records of area, routes
and premises searched and identities of persons questioned.
18. Keep the following informed of progress of search:
a. Precinct commander/duty captain, when applicable
b. Desk officers (precincts of occurrence and residence, if different)
c. Missing Persons Squad
(1) Make notification within a reasonable time (usually four hours BUT NOT
LATER THAN END OF TOUR) of progress of search. Upon completion of
investigation and search, obtain the Missing Persons Squad serial number.
d. Operations Unit
e. Communications Section.
PSA PLATOON COMMANDER/PATROL SUPERVISOR
19. Assist in search efforts when notified that missing person is a resident
of a NYC Housing Authority development.
a. Assign available Housing Bureau resources to assist in search, as
necessary.
b. Act as liaison with other NYC Housing Authority personnel, as necessary.
DESK OFFICER PRECINCT OF RESIDENCE
20. Review and forward MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT and JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEET, if prepared, as per instructions on forms.
a. Enter precinct serial number on JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET prior to
forwarding.

21. Review COMPLAINT REPORT and finalize in On Line Complaint System.
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
22. Forward COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) within seven working days
detailing the steps taken in the preliminary investigation, UNLESS the
investigation was closed on the MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
23. Supervise and review actions taken by members of the service.
24. Ensure that all forms are properly prepared and forwarded.
ADDITIONAL DATA
ACTIVATING LEVEL 1 MOBILIZATION
The platoon commander or patrol supervisor will not activate a Level 1
mobilization for a missing person without first consulting the commanding
officer/duty captain. If additional personnel are deemed necessary by the
platoon commander or patrol supervisor, they may, without prior consultation,
deploy personnel from their command (e.g., administrative personnel,
specialized personnel, etc.) to assist in missing person investigation. If
there are exigent circumstances and an immediate need for additional personnel
for a missing person investigation (e.g., possible kidnapping-in-progress,
etc.), the platoon commander or patrol supervisor may activate a Level 1
mobilization without prior approval, and consult with the commanding
officer/duty captain as soon as possible.
SIXTY YEARS OF AGE AND OLDER - The Missing Persons Squad will make a daily
telephone notification to the New York City Department for the Aging (DFTA) of
persons sixty years of age and older who were reported missing the previous
calendar day. Hours of operation for the DFTA are 0900 to 1700 hours, Monday
thru Friday, and the Missing Persons Squad will notify DFTA the next business
day for missing persons reported on weekends or holidays.
The telephone notification shall include the name, address, and contact
numbers of a family member and/or caretaker of the missing person. A brief
synopsis of the details along with the missing person's medical situation
shall also be included in the telephone notification to DFTA.
NON-RESIDENTS - A report of person missing from a residence OUTSIDE New York
City WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. The complainant will be directed to report the case
to the local police agency covering the residence of the missing person. The
local police may request this Department to assist in the investigation.
SUBJECT OF A CRIME - When a person reported missing or unidentified is found
to be the subject of a crime, the investigating member will notify the desk
officer, precinct of residence and precinct of occurrence (if different) and
Missing Persons Squad. The member will also prepare a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP to
close the missing person case. The member will then prepare another COMPLAINT
REPORT and have a new complaint serial number assigned to the case.
The Missing Persons Squad is required to make a report, through NYSPIN, as
soon as possible, to the Central Registry, upon receiving a notification of a
missing child under eighteen years of age.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Notifications (P.G. 216-15)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151)
NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)

P.G. 207-24 This Procedure Intentionally Left Blank
Date Effective: 01-01-00

P.G. 207-25 Notifications From Caseworkers Employed By The
Protective Services For Adults And Department For The Aging
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To provide a comprehensive mechanism for receiving and responding to reports
of crimes committed against clients (and prospective clients) of the
Protective Services for Adults (PSA) and Department for the Aging (DFTA).
SCOPE
This procedure establishes the manner in which the Department will receive,
record, and, in appropriate circumstances, commence an investigation in those
cases where caseworkers, employed by the Protective Services for Adults and/or
Department for the Aging, are presented with facts and circumstances giving
the caseworker reason to believe that a crime has been committed against a
client or any person being evaluated to become a client.
DEFINITIONS
IMPAIRED ADULT ABUSE - the physical, sexual, emotional, or financial abuse
and/or neglect of a physically or mentally impaired adult, eighteen years of
age or older, who is unable to provide for his/her own health, welfare or
safety.
ELDER ABUSE - the physical, sexual, emotional, or financial abuse and/or
neglect of an individual sixty years of age or older.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving a report from a caseworker, employed by either the Protective
Services for Adults or Department of the Aging, alleging that a client of the
agency or a person being evaluated to become a client has been the victim of a
crime:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING REPORT
1. Ascertain immediately if report relates to on-going condition that
threatens health or safety of victim.
IF HEALTH OR SAFETY OF VICTIM APPEARS TO BE IN IMMEDIATE DANGER:
2. Request medical assistance to the scene of occurrence.
a. Ensure response of police personnel and resources, including Emergency
Service Unit and patrol supervisor, as necessary.
IF HEALTH OR SAFETY OF VICTIM DOES NOT APPEAR TO BE IN IMMEDIATE DANGER:
3. Notify Communications Section and request appropriate unit to be dispatched
to scene.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED

4. Respond to scene, and:
a. Interview complainant/victim, witnesses and caseworker.
b. Comply with applicable "Aided Case" procedures, if necessary.
c. Conduct thorough field investigation, obtain facts and safeguard
evidence.
5. Comply with P.G. 207-07, "Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints (Other
Than Vice Related Or Narcotics Complaints)" and P.G. 208-36, "Family
Offenses/Domestic Violence," if applicable.
a. Canvass area for witnesses, if appropriate.
6. Notify crime prevention officer, in addition to any other required
notifications.
NOTE: The crime prevention officer, who is designated to act as the liaison
between this Department and caseworkers for the Protective Services for Adults
Agency and Department for the Aging, will be notified in all cases when a
caseworker employed by either agency makes a report of an elderly/impaired
victim.
7. Notify precinct detective squad or domestic violence investigator, if
appropriate, in all cases requiring further investigation.
a. Notify Detective Bureau's Special Frauds Squad in cases where elderly
persons are victims of financial exploitation, con games and home repair
scams.
NOTE: Cases involving incidents of domestic violence will continue to be the
responsibility of the Domestic Violence Prevention Officer/Investigator, who
will be notified directly.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Whenever possible, Protective Services for Adults and Department for the Aging
caseworkers requiring police assistance in any given situation will contact
the liaison at the precinct concerned to make advance arrangement for such
assistance. When advance arrangement is not possible, caseworkers concerned
will contact the desk officer, precinct concerned, to request such assistance.
When the situation constitutes an emergency, caseworkers will contact 911 and
request response.
Protective Services for Adults and Department of the Aging are valuable
resources whose services may be utilized by members of the service (uniformed
and civilian) to secure additional assistance when dealing with cases
involving long-term investigation or those requiring access to financial or
other records. The assigned investigator should attempt to obtain assistance
from the Protective Services for Adults or Department of the Aging caseworker
through the precinct crime prevention officer.
Protective Services for Adults caseworkers are experienced in arranging for
the provision of food, shelter, medical care and financial assistance to
physically or mentally impaired adults. In addition, Protective Services for
Adults personnel are authorized by law to intervene to prevent evictions,
assist clients in obtaining public assistance, and assist in arranging for

heat, electric and cleaning services for clients in need of these services
when no other family member is willing and/or able to do so on the client's
behalf. The most typical client is a person sixty years and older, physically
or mentally impaired without family ties.
Department for the Aging provides emergency financial assistance and
supportive services to elderly crime victims and elder abuse victims. Services
include providing crime prevention and supportive counseling, home security
repairs, i.e., windows and door locks for victims of forced entries, help in
replacing stolen documents, assistance in filing Crime Victim Compensation
Board claims, and securing other services such as Home Energy Assistance
Program (HEAP) and Meals on Wheels.
The operational hours for both the Protective Services for Adults and
Department of the Aging are Monday through Friday, 0900 to 1700 hours.
Each District Attorney's Office within the City of New York has special units
or has assigned assistants to specialize in cases involving the elderly. In
the event that such assistance is required, the member of the service
concerned should contact the appropriate Office of the District Attorney
during business hours and confer with the unit/assistant assigned to handle
these cases.

P.G. 207-26 Voluntary Surrender Of Weapons With Written Notice
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To encourage and record the voluntary surrender of dangerous weapons.
PROCEDURE
When a person asks how to surrender a dangerous weapon:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Direct person requesting such information to write a "notice of intent to
surrender weapon" to the commanding officer of resident precinct including:
a. Name and address
b. Description of weapon
c. Present location of weapon, and
d. Time, date and place where weapon will be surrendered.
NOTE: If at the time of inquiry, the person physically possesses the weapon,
the uniformed member of the service concerned will escort the person to the
appropriate command where "Voluntary Surrender of Weapons Without Prior
Notice" procedure will be followed (see P.G. 207-27).
CLERICAL MEMBER
2. Enter name and address of writer and description of weapon in the Command
Communications Log upon receipt of the written notice, and forward same to
command clerk.
COMMAND CLERK
3. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
4. Attach copy of written "notice of intent" to file copy of the COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152).
DESK OFFICER
5. Forward copy of COMPLAINT REPORT with the original "notice of intent"
attached to precinct detective squad.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Voluntary Surrender of Weapons Without Prior Notice (P.G. 207-27)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 207-27 Voluntary Surrender Of Weapons Without Prior Notice
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To encourage and record the voluntary surrender of dangerous weapons.
PROCEDURE
When a person appears at a Department facility to surrender a dangerous weapon
without having given prior notice:
DESK OFFICER
1. Request identification.
2. Make Command Log entry, including person's name and address, description of
the weapon and other circumstances.
COMMAND CLERK
3. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141) and other appropriate forms.
a. If weapon is a firearm, also prepare REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT (PD521-168).
DESK OFFICER
4. Summon precinct detective squad member to take charge of the weapon and the
person surrendering.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

P.G. 207-28 Recording Of Complaints Occurring Within The New York
City Transit System
Date Effective: 12-04-13
PURPOSE
To assist members of the service in the proper preparation and forwarding of
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEETS (PD313-152a) pertaining to complaints under the
jurisdiction of the N.Y.P.D. Transit Bureau.
PROCEDURE
When assigned to prepare a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET involving complaints
alleged to have occurred under the jurisdiction of the Transit Bureau:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Interview complainant thoroughly to ascertain:
a. "Type of Location" and applicable "Jurisdiction Code."
NOTE: "Jurisdiction Code" refers to the bureau, division or agency having
primary patrol responsibility over the specific location of occurrence. (See
"ADDITIONAL DATA").
2. Comply with the following for complaints that are under the jurisdiction of
the Transit Bureau (i.e., New York City subway or elevated train lines):
a. Enter the word "NYC Transit Subway" in the "Type of Location (specific)"
caption of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
b. Enter "01" as the jurisdiction code (meaning Transit Bureau) in Box 1
entitled "Jurisdiction"
c. Enter the name of the train station of occurrence and the train line(s)
that run at the location of incident in the "Address/Location of Occurrence"
caption of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
i. Examples: 86 Street Station - "1, 9" lines
Parsons Blvd. Station - "F" line
High St. Station - "A, C" lines.
NOTE: To identify the appropriate "Location of Occurrence" for incidents
occurring on a moving train, the incident will be recorded as occurring at the
next (very first) station where the train stops regardless of precinct or
patrol borough boundaries.
d. Fully describe the incident and reconstruct the elements of the
offense(s) if any ,and in addition, record the following information in the
"Details" section of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET:
i. Time of victim's entry into the transit system
ii. Station of entry into the transit system

iii. Specific incident location in the transit system, e.g., train
platform, mezzanine, booth, elevator, passageway, ramp, stairway, street
stairway, escalator, etc.
(a)If incident occurred on the train, indicate direction of travel
(northbound/southbound/Manhattan bound, etc.), train line (letter or number)
and train car location (indicate car number or location of car as front,
middle, rear of train) if known Examples:
Northbound "4" train, car #944
Southbound "R" train, rear car
(b)If incident occurred on a N.Y.C. Transit System stairway, street
stairway, passageway, ramp, escalator or booth, indicate the common N.Y.C.
Transit System marking visibly posted or painted upon the location, if known
Examples:
S-3 (Street stairway)
M-4 (Mezzanine stairway)
iv. Method of escape, i.e., onto tracks, into tunnel, street, etc.
v. Total value of property damaged - in criminal mischief cases
vi. NOTIFICATIONS - include the rank, name, shield number and command of
members notified from units within the Department, i.e., Borough Transit
Detective Squad, Precinct Detective Squad/BRAM, Missing Persons Squad, Transit
Bureau Wheel, etc.)
PRECINCT/PSA DESK OFFICER
3. Verify that required notifications and proper referral of active cases have
been made.
4. Review COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and make certain that necessary captions
are completed and required information is provided in the "Details" section of
the report.
5. Sign COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, upon verification that information is
accurate and complete.
6. Give COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET to command clerk for entry into the On-Line
Complaint System (OLCS), as appropriate.
7. Direct command clerk to IMMEDIATELY FAX the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET to
the desk officer, transit district of record so that the district concerned
may take appropriate supplemental action, as necessary.
a. Have command clerk telephone the district concerned to ensure receipt of
FAXED report.
NOTE: If command's FAX machine is inoperable for any reason, the details of
the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET MUST be telephoned to the desk officer, transit
district of record. The desk officer, transit district of record shall ensure
that the telephoned details are recorded on a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
8. Have command clerk enter the transit district of record and the title/rank,
name of the district member receiving the report in the "Details" section of
the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.

9. Retain COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET in command file.
10. Ensure that those members of the service assigned to the operation of the
On-Line Complaint System (OLCS) enter the required transit - related
information and correct jurisdiction code in the appropriate fields PRIOR TO
FINALIZATION (i.e., "sign off") of the On-Line Complaint.
ADDITIONAL DATA
All members of the service are reminded that a clear distinction exists
between the "Jurisdiction" code and the "Reporting Agency" code listed on a
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET/COMPLAINT REPORT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081).
The "Jurisdiction" code refers to the bureau, division or agency having the
primary patrol responsibility over the location of occurrence. The Transit
Bureau (Jurisdiction code "01") has primary responsibility to patrol the New
York City subway, subway stations and elevated train lines and the Transit
Bureau District offices only. Accordingly, complaints not under the
jurisdiction of the NYPD Transit Bureau shall NOT be classified as "01"
(Transit Bureau).
Some stairways, street stairways, passageways and ramps are the property of
other transportation facilities such as the LIRR (code "06), PATH (code "03"),
AMTRAK (code "07"), or Metro-North (code "15"). Complaints alleged to have
occurred at these locations are considered off the NYC Transit System and the
appropriate jurisdiction code MUST be entered by the member of the service
preparing a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET/COMPLAINT REPORT FOLLOW-UP.
The Pattern Identification Module (PIM) Transit Bureau Liaison assigned to
each Patrol Services Bureau Borough command will thoroughly review all
complaints, regardless of jurisdictional code, to ensure that all
transit-related crimes have been reported to the appropriate transit district
of record.
The "Reporting Agency" code refers to the specific assignment of the member of
the service who is preparing the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET/COMPLAINT REPORT
FOLLOW-UP or who effected the recorded arrest, as follows:
Code "00"
NYPD MOS (not assigned to Transit Bureau or Housing Bureau)
Code "01"
NYPD Transit Bureau MOS
Code "02"
NYPD Housing Bureau MOS
Codes "03 through 15" Other Agency Officers
RELATED PROCEDURES
Follow-Up Investigations Of Complaints Already Recorded (P.G. 207-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD 313-152a)
COMPLAINT REPORT FOLLOW-UP (PD 313-081)

P.G. 207-29 Field Reports
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To investigate, take corrective action and record non-criminal conditions
occurring on N.Y.C. Housing Authority locations.
SCOPE
FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511) will be used to record the following non-criminal
conditions occurring on N.Y.C. Housing Authority locations:
a. Playing in prohibited areas
b. Noise complaints
c. Other breaches of Housing Authority Rules and Regulations
d. Follow-up dispositions
e. Repairs
f. Damage, accidental
g. Damage, non-criminal
h. Damage, cause unknown
i. Lingering
j. Complaint unclassified
k. Abandoned and derelict vehicles
l. Resident disputes
m. Fire, non-suspicious
n. Other conditions as specified by appropriate Patrol Guide procedures.
PROCEDURE
When becoming aware of any of the above non-criminal conditions occurring on
N.Y.C. Housing Authority locations:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Take appropriate police action.
2. Make a complete and accurate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
3. Prepare FIELD REPORT and deliver to police service area desk officer.
a. Obtain and enter serial number assigned in ACTIVITY LOG.

b. Telephone details to police service area clerk for preparation of FIELD
REPORT, if assigned to foot patrol or delivery of FIELD REPORT is not
practical.
(1) Sign FIELD REPORT at end of tour, if possible.
COMMAND CLERK
4. Enter reported condition on INCIDENT INDEX - ON DEVELOPMENT (NYCHA
080.105).
a. Assign the next serial number and have serial number entered on FIELD
REPORT.
5. Submit completed FIELD REPORTS to police service area desk officer.
PSA DESK OFFICER
6. Review FIELD REPORTS for completeness and accuracy.
a. Ensure that necessary captions are completed and sign.
7. Distribute copies of FIELD REPORTS, as follows:
a. Original - Police Service Area of occurrence.
b. 1st copy - Housing Authority Development Manager, during second platoon,
next business day.
c. 2nd copy - Reporting officer.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service not assigned to police service area commands,
that prepare a FIELD REPORT, must contact the police service area of
occurrence by telephone and request a FIELD REPORT serial number from the
command clerk. Once the FIELD REPORT has been fully prepared, numbered, and
signed by the desk officer, the FIELD REPORT will be forwarded direct to the
police service area of occurrence, via Department mail.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511)
INCIDENT INDEX - ON DEVELOPMENT (NYCHA 080.105)

P.G. 207-30 Civilian Complaints - Witness Statement
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To record and process statements of witnesses to incidents from which a
civilian complaint arises.
PROCEDURE
When a person is present in a Department facility and wishes to make a
statement as a witness to an incident involving a civilian complaint:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Interview witness.
NOTE: If the witness appears to have difficulty understanding/communicating
in English, the member of the service concerned should comply with P.G.
212-90, "Guidelines for Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP)
Persons." Due to the sensitive nature of corruption/misconduct complaints, the
use of the telephonic interpretation service is the preferred interpretation
method in these types of cases. If the complainant appears to be hearing
impaired, the member of the service receiving the complaint should comply with
P.G. 212-104, "Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons."
2. Provide witness with first copy of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-154) to
be prepared in witness's own handwriting.
3. Prepare CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET) (PD313-154B)
and include the following under caption "Additional Comments:"
a. If witness is apparently under the influence of an intoxicant or drug.
b. If witness is apparently suffering from a mental disorder or evidences
any condition bearing on his/her credibility.
c. Physical condition of witness, noting any visible marks or injuries
relative to the complaint.
4. Have four typewritten copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and two
typewritten copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET)
prepared.
a. Enter same serial number on witness statement as is assigned to the
related civilian complaint.
5. Have witness sign copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT, under caption
"Complainant's Signature" (cross out "Complainant" and insert "Witness").
NOTE: The witness is NOT to sign the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL
SUMMARY SHEET).
6. Review and sign all copies of the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and the
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET).

7. Give one typewritten copy of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT, marked "Complainant
Copy," to the witness as a receipt.
NOTE: DO NOT GIVE WITNESS A COPY OF THE CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
(STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET).
8. Attach one copy of witness's statement to each related copy of civilian
complaint.
9. Process in accordance with P.G. 207-31, "Processing Civilian Complaints."
ADDITIONAL DATA
If witness appears at command after CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT has been
forwarded or at a command, other than where the original complaint was lodged,
the desk officer/supervisor will comply with all procedures listed above. In
addition, the desk officer/supervisor will telephone the Civilian Complaint
Review Board, Intake Unit, to obtain the assigned Civilian Complaint Review
Board or Chief of Department serial number. The assigned serial number must be
entered on both the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Civilian Complaints (P.G. 207-31)
Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service
(P.G. 207-21)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-154)
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET) (PD 313-154B)

P.G. 207-31 Processing Civilian Complaints
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To record and initiate investigation of complaints from civilians alleging
misconduct by uniformed members of the service.
SCOPE
Complaints against uniformed members of the service may be made at any patrol
precinct, police service area, transit district, traffic unit, Internal
Affairs Bureau, or any other office of the Department, including the Office of
the Police Commissioner or office of a deputy commissioner.
DEFINITIONS
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR - for the purpose of this procedure will be:
a. In a patrol command - the Platoon Commander, Special Operations
Lieutenant, or Integrity Control Officer of the command receiving the
complaint will conduct investigation.
(1) If the Platoon Commander, Special Operations Lieutenant, or the
Integrity Control Officer is unavailable, the commanding officer/duty captain
will assume charge of the preliminary investigation.
b. In other than a patrol command - a supervisor or duty captain from the
next higher command will perform the investigation.
SUPERVISOR REVIEWING CIVILIAN COMPLAINT - Supervising member of the service
who reviews a CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-154) prepared by a subordinate
member. The reviewer must be at least one rank higher than the member
receiving the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT.
PROCEDURE
Upon receipt of a complaint from a civilian alleging misconduct by a uniformed
member of the service:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING COMPLAINT
1. Report all misconduct complaints (see exceptions in following "NOTE:")
including unnecessary use of force, abuse of authority, discourtesy, offensive
language, etc., to Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit at
1-800-341-2272 (24 hours).
NOTE: Complaints of corruption or other misconduct not within the
jurisdiction of the Civilian Complaint Review Board will be referred to the
Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center (see P.G. 207-21, "Allegations of
Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service").
2. Process complaints as follows:
a. MADE IN PERSON

(1) Interview complainant.
(2) Give complainant first copy of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-154)
to be prepared in complainant's own handwriting.
(3) Furnish assistance or allow other person to assist in preparing the
form. Enter under "Details" reason assistance was given.
(4) Have complainant sign form under appropriate caption and have
representative or person assisting, if any, sign form under caption "Details."
b. RECEIVED BY MAIL
(1) Attach original letter of complaint to first copy of CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT ordinarily prepared by civilian complainant.
(2) Make photocopy of original letter of complaint and attach to file copy
of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT.
(3) Enter Civilian Complaint Review Board or Chief of Department serial
number, as appropriate, in a conspicuous location at the top of original
letter of complaint.
c. RECEIVED BY TELEPHONE
(1) Prepare first copy of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT in own handwriting and
treat as if prepared by complainant. All captions are to be completed. If
requested information is not given, indicate such in appropriate captions on
REPORT.
(2) Advise complainant he/she will receive a written acknowledgement from
the Civilian Complaint Review Board.
d. IN PERSON (DOES NOT WANT TO IMMEDIATELY MAKE COMPLAINT) - When a
complainant is present in any police facility and does not want to immediately
make a complaint or furnish the member of the service receiving the complaint
with details of the incident:
(1) PROVIDE the complainant with the first (1st) copy of CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT.
(2) Advise complainant that the complaint may be delivered in person,
taken over the telephone, or sent by mail to any patrol precinct, police
service area, transit district, traffic unit, Internal Affairs Bureau, or any
other office of the Department, including the Office of the Police
Commissioner or office of a deputy commissioner. IN ADDITION, provide the
complainant with the telephone number of the Civilian Complaint Review Board,
Intake Unit at 1-800-341-2272 (24 hours).
(3) When a member of the service receives a request for a CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT, the desk officer/ supervisor will be advised and a Command
Log entry will immediately be made and shall include the name of the
complainant, if provided, physical description, e.g., sex, race, age and any
other pertinent information.
NOTE: If the complainant appears to have difficulty
understanding/communicating in English, the member of the service concerned

should comply with P.G. 212-90, "Guidelines for Interaction with Limited
English Proficient (LEP) Persons." Due to the sensitive nature of
corruption/misconduct complaints, the use of the telephonic interpretation
service is the preferred interpretation method in these types of cases. If the
complainant appears to be hearing impaired, the member of the service
receiving the complaint should comply with P.G. 212-104, "Interaction with
Hearing Impaired Persons."
To prevent an interruption or delay in vital services, the telephone
switchboard operator will refer an allegation of misconduct to the desk
officer who will record pertinent details of the allegation.
3. Prepare CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET) (PD313-154B)
and include the following under the caption "Additional Comments:"
a. If complainant is apparently under the influence of an intoxicant or
drug.
b. If complainant is apparently suffering from a mental disorder or
evidences any condition bearing on his/her credibility.
c. Physical condition of complainant, noting any visible marks or injuries
relative to the complaint.
(1) Take photograph of area of body that was reportedly injured, when
possible, with complainant's consent.
4. Inform Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit, immediately by
telephone 1-800-341-2272 (24 hours) of:
a. Summary of alleged misconduct.
b. Time complainant arrived, or letter or call received.
c. Name and address of complainant. Indicate if anonymous, transient or
homeless.
d. Rank, name, shield number and command of member complained of, if known.
e. Reporting command.
f. Name, rank, and command of member transmitting information.
NOTE: A follow-up notification to the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center
at (212) 741-8401, will also be made to obtain an Internal Affairs Bureau log
number. Indicate that number on the top of the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT,
under the caption I.A.B. LOG #.
5. Obtain Civilian Complaint Review Board or Chief of Department serial number
and time recorded from Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit, and enter
on CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT.
6. Request complainant and/or witnesses to remain if:
a. Requested by Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit, pending
telephone and/or in person interview by investigator to clarify complaint
allegation(s), etc.

b. Complaint has been assigned a Chief of Department serial number and the
complainant is a transient or homeless.
7. Notify Investigating Supervisor to initiate investigation of alleged
complaint(s) if:
a. Doubt exists as to the identity of the member of the service against whom
the complaint is being lodged, OR
b. Complaint has been assigned a Chief of Department serial number and the
complainant is a transient or homeless.
8. Have four typewritten copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and two
typewritten copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET)
prepared.
9. Review and sign all copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET).
10. Give one typewritten copy of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT, marked
"Complainant Copy," to the complainant as a receipt.
NOTE: DO NOT GIVE COMPLAINANT A COPY OF THE CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
(STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET).
11. Have a Command Log entry made consisting of the following information:
a. Name and address of complainant.
b. Time of complainant's arrival and departure or time of receipt of letter
or telephone call.
c. Physical condition of complainant, noting any visible marks or injuries
relative to the complaint.
d. Identity of member complained of, if known.
e. Civilian Complaint Review Board or Chief of Department serial number
assigned.
12. Have two copies of Typed Letterhead prepared in a command not maintaining
a Command Log, addressed to the commanding officer, and containing the
information described in step 11.
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR
13. Initiate investigation as indicated in step 7 above.
14. Notify the Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit at (800) 341-2272
(24 hours) of the results of the investigation.
15. Record the results of the investigation on the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
(STATISTICAL SUMMARY WORKSHEET) under the caption "Additional Comments" and
return to the member of the service receiving complaint for distribution.
16. Record results of investigation in Command Log.
a. Commands not maintaining a Command Log will record the results of the

investigation as per step 12 above.
17. Notify the commanding officer/duty captain if unable to ascertain the
identity of the member against whom the complaint is being lodged.
SUPERVISOR REVIEWING CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT
18. Review CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT prepared by member of the service
receiving complaint.
a. If a civilian complaint is made in person or by telephone and it involves
member(s) of the reporting command, ensure that all related Department
documents are included with the REPORT (See NOTE: following step 20).
b. Complete following captions: "Title, Tax Registry Number and Signature of
Reviewing Supervisor, Name Printed, and Date".
c. Submit entire package to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER OF MEMBER RECEIVING COMPLAINT
19. Endorse and forward original Typed Letterhead to next higher command
maintaining a Command Log.
a. Have duplicate filed.
20. Distribute copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET) as follows:
a. Complaints within Civilian Complaint Review Board jurisdiction:
(1) Forward original typewritten CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT, handwritten
complaint and "Investigating Entity" copy of the STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET,
with photograph, if taken, to Internal Affairs Bureau, Civilian Complaint
Review Board Liaison, in a sealed envelope, DIRECT
(2) Distribute remaining copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and
STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET as indicated at bottom of each form.
b. Complaints within the Chief of Department jurisdiction:
(1) Forward original typewritten CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT, handwritten
complaint and "Investigating Entity" copy of the STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET, to
Investigation Review Section, Office of the Chief of Department, in a sealed
envelope, DIRECT.
(2) Distribute remaining copies of CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and
STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET as indicated at bottom of each form.
NOTE: When a complaint is made in person or by telephone and involves a
member of the service assigned to the reporting command, attach to the
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-154):
a. All department related documents, e.g., COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD313-152A), command log entries, ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries, SPRINT
record, ROLL CALL (PD406- 144), etc.
The completed package will then be forwarded to the Internal Affairs Bureau,

Civilian Complaint Review Board Liaison Unit in Department mail. Department
records will not be forwarded direct to the Civilian Complaint Review Board.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Complaints made against uniformed members of the service involving unnecessary
use of force, abuse of authority, discourtesy or offensive language will be
directed to the Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit, and be assigned
a Civilian Complaint Review Board serial number. Additionally, complaints
against uniformed members alleging other acts of misconduct, i.e., fail to
properly perform duty, unwarranted traffic summons, etc., will be directed to
the Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit, and be assigned a Chief of
Department serial number.
Complaints made against civilian members of the service, including traffic
enforcement agents, which would normally be within the jurisdiction of the
Civilian Complaint Review Board (i.e., unnecessary use of force, abuse of
authority, discourtesy, or offensive language), will be directed to the
Internal Affairs Bureau for screening at (212) 741-8401, 8402, 8403 or 8404.
One typewritten copy of the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT will be given to the
complainant as a receipt. The handwritten copy and the "Investigating Entity"
copy of the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT and the "Investigating Entity" copy of
the STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET will be forwarded to the Internal Affairs Bureau
direct in a sealed envelope. The remaining copies of the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT
REPORT and STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET will be distributed as indicated at the
bottom of each form. It should be noted that NO portion of either the CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT or the STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET is to be forwarded to the
Civilian Complaint Review Board for complaints made against civilian members
of the service. Steps 1, 4, 5 and 19 of this procedure do not apply to
complaints involving civilian members of the service.
Complaints alleging corruption or other misconduct against any uniformed or
civilian member of the service, including traffic enforcement agents, will be
directed to the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center (see P.G. 207-21,
"Allegations Of Corruption And Other Misconduct Against Members Of The
Service").
If a civilian complaint originates at a precinct stationhouse/transit
district/PSA and is the result of a radio run within the last twenty-four
hours, the member of the service receiving the complaint will attach a copy of
the "SPRINT" printout to the CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT, prior to forwarding
the paperwork to the Internal Affairs Bureau or the Investigation Review
Section, Office of the Chief of Department.
Any request for Department records made by representatives of the Civilian
Complaint Review Board will be referred to the Internal Affairs Bureau,
Civilian Complaint Review Board Liaison, for necessary attention. Department
records will not be forwarded direct to the Civilian Complaint Review Board.
Complaints against federal, state, or city employees, other than members of
the New York City Police Department, involving allegations of corruption or
serious misconduct, will be processed in accordance with P.G. 207-22,
"Allegations of Corruption Against City Employees (Other than Members of the
NYPD)." Any other complaint will be processed in accordance with P.G. 207-01,
"Complaint Reporting System."
A complainant seeking to register a complaint, which does not affect this
Department or a federal, state, or city agency as described above, will be

referred to the non-governmental entity concerned. The desk officer will
explain the reason for the referral to the complainant, and will assist the
complainant in lodging the complaint in any way possible with the proper
agency.
A member of the service may prefer a civilian complaint against another member
of the service. Investigation of such complaint will be conducted by the
commanding officer(s) assigned by the Commanding Officer, Investigation Review
Section, Office of the Chief of Department.
Whenever a member of the service is a victim of disparaging remarks relative
to his/her ethnicity, race, religion, gender, or sexual orientation, made by
another member of the service, he/she may register a complaint with the
Civilian Complaint Review Board. The Civilian Complaint Review Board will
record the complaint and forward a summary of the allegation to the Deputy
Commissioner - Equal Employment Opportunity for investigation. The commanding
officer of the member complained of will receive a copy of the CIVILIAN
COMPLAINT REPORT from the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Civilian Complaint - Witness Statement (P.G. 207-30)
Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service
(P.G. 207-21)
Allegations of Corruption Against City Employees (Other Than Members of the
New York City Police Department) (P.G. 207-22)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-154)
CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REPORT (STATISTICAL SUMMARY SHEET) (PD313-154B)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 207-32 Investigation Of Carjackings
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To investigate, refer, and analyze complaints of robberies involving or
including the larceny of an automobile.
PROCEDURE
When assigned to investigate a complaint of any crime which involves or
includes the forcible theft of an automobile:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Interview complainant and witnesses, obtain facts, and safeguard evidence.
2. Conduct field investigation.
a. Transmit alarm
b. Detain witnesses, where necessary.
3. Take immediate summary action, if possible.
4. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
5. Notify the precinct detective squad/Burglary Robbery Apprehension Module
(BRAM).
6. Refer complaint requiring further investigation, except cases closed by
arrest, to:
a. Precinct Detective Squad (PDS), OR
b. Precinct Burglary Robbery Apprehension Module (BRAM) OR
c. Special Victims Squad (SVS).
7. Notify desk officer upon completion of investigation and deliver COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET as soon as possible.
DESK OFFICER
8. Direct stationhouse clerk to enter complaint into the On Line Complaint
System (OLCS).
9. Verify that alarm has been transmitted and that required notifications and
proper referral of complaint have been made.
10. Review the complaint in OLCS and compare to WORKSHEET.
11. Ensure that a copy of the OLCS Complaint Report is forwarded to the
Precinct Detective Squad, Precinct Burglary Robbery Apprehension Module or
Special Victims Squad, as appropriate.

ASSIGNED RAM/PDS/SVS INVESTIGATOR
12. Conduct initial interview of complainant and witnesses.
a. Canvass vicinity of crime scene, if necessary, to locate witnesses
b. Evaluate available evidence
c. Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL(s) (PD313-081A), recording
results of interview(s) and other investigative steps taken.
13. Identify and arrest perpetrator(s).
14. Analyze complaint information and compare to other available complaint and
recovery data from Computer Assisted Robbery System (CARS) Unit and Alarm
Board.
a. Determine if case is part of a pattern of organized robberies
b. Determine if autos are being exported, tagged or resold for parts, if
part of a pattern.
ASSIGNED RAM/PDS/SVS SUPERVISOR/BOROUGH ROBBERY SQUAD INVESTIGATOR
15. Refer case, if determined to be part of a pattern, to appropriate borough
robbery squad for further investigation and notify patrol and detective
borough command of pattern information.
16. Investigate assigned case and pattern and:
a. Identify and arrest perpetrator(s)
b. Conduct lineups
NOTE: If a minor (under eighteen years of age) is to be used as a
non-suspect participant in a lineup, ensure that CONSENT FORM - NON-SUSPECT
MINOR (PD377-030) is/has been prepared and signed by the parent/legal guardian
of the minor prior to lineup.
c. Execute search warrant(s)
d. Examine and identify recovered vehicle(s).
ADDITIONAL DATA
Whenever the offense of robbery of an automobile occurs in connection with
another more serious offense (e.g., homicide, sex offenses, kidnapping) the
complaint will be referred to the investigatory unit normally responsible for
conducting the investigation of that more serious offense (e.g., borough
Special Victims Squad, Major Case Squad).
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-018A)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A))
CONSENT FORM - NON-SUSPECT MINOR (PD377-030)

P.G. 207-33 Recording Enforcement Incidents
Date Effective: 09-06-13
PURPOSE
To clarify the boundaries within which police service area/transit
district/precinct commands will record enforcement incidents as being
"ON-DEVELOPMENT" or within the jurisdiction of the New York City Housing
Authority.
DEFINITIONS
ENFORCEMENT INITIATIVE - For the purpose of this procedure, is considered to
be:
a. A complaint as defined in P.G. 207-01, "Complaint Reporting System," OR
b. An arrest as defined in P.G. 208-03, "Arrests General Processing," OR
c. A summons as defined in P.G. 209-01, "Summons Condition of Service" or
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation as described in P.G. 209-12,
"ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing - General Procedure," OR
d. Any situation which requires the preparation of a JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM
WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) or a YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153).
ON-DEVELOPMENT - An "enforcement incident" will be classified "ON-DEVELOPMENT"
if it occurred at any of the following locations:
a. All New York City Housing Authority buildings, apartments, managers'
offices, maintenance areas, storage rooms, etc.
b. All walkways, grounds, parking areas and development driveways located
within New York City Housing Authority developments.
c. Stores, laundries, community centers, childcare centers, senior citizen
centers, health stations, etc., which operate within New York City Housing
Authority buildings.
d. From the center line of streets which are contiguous to New York City
Housing Authority grounds inward toward New York City Housing Authority
buildings.
e. Entire city streets where Housing Authority developments are located on
both sides of the street. For those city streets where Housing Authority
developments are immediately adjacent to privately owned residences,
commercial establishments, etc., then only the length of the Housing Authority
development, from the center line of the street to the Housing Authority
development building line, will be considered an on-project enforcement
incident.
f. New York City Parks Department areas and playgrounds within or
immediately adjacent to New York City Housing Authority grounds.
g. New York City Department of Education playgrounds within or immediately

adjacent to New York City Housing Authority grounds.
h. Piers or bulkheads immediately adjacent to New York City Housing
Authority grounds.
OFF-DEVELOPMENT - For the purpose of this procedure, is an "enforcement
incident" which occurs at a location not listed above.
NOTE: When an "enforcement incident" begins "off-development" but ends
"on-development," or vice versa, the jurisdictional determinant will be the
location where the incident originally started.
PROCEDURE
When an "enforcement incident" is determined to be "on-development" or having
occurred within the jurisdiction of the New York City Housing Authority:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Ensure that the Housing Authority jurisdiction code "02" is entered, in the
appropriate captions on COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152), ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEETS (PD244-159), and other appropriate reports prepared, for
enforcement incidents occurring on Housing Authority locations.
a. Data entries into the On Line Complaint and On Line Booking Systems of
such enforcement incidents will include the Housing Authority jurisdiction
code "02," if applicable.
PRECINCT/ DISTRICT COMMANDERS
2. Ensure that respective police service area commanders are informed of all
complaints and enforcement activity occurring on Housing Authority locations
which were recorded by other than Housing Bureau personnel.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Summons - Condition of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Environmental Control Board (ECB) Notice of Violation and Hearing - General
Procedure (P.G. 209-12)
Arrests - General Processing (P.G. 208-02)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153)

P.G. 207-34 Complaints Involving Identity Theft
Date Effective: 02-18-14
PURPOSE
To outline the duties and responsibilities of a member of the service when
made aware of a complaint involving Identity Theft.
DEFINITION
A person is guilty of Identity Theft when he or she knowingly and with intent
to defraud assumes the identity of another person by presenting himself or
herself as that other person, or by acting as that other person or by using
personal identifying information of that other person and thereby: obtains
goods, money, property or services or uses credit in the name of such other
person or causes financial loss to such person or to another person (NYS Penal
Law 190.77-190.80).
SCOPE
Complaints involving Identity Theft can be complex in nature stemming from a
myriad of variables and permutations. The member of the service encountering
such a complaint must realize the possibility that such a complaint can
potentially encompass numerous crimes. As a result, the Crime Complaint
Reporting System Reference Guide (Rev. 6/11) will be used to classify Identity
Theft related crimes. Significant clarifications and changes have been made to
the Crime Complaint Reporting System Reference Guide to instruct the member of
the service in the proper classification of Identity Theft related crimes. It
must be noted that the "Seven Major Felony Rule" P.G. 207-01, "Complaint
Reporting System" will still be applicable.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service is made aware of a complaint involving Identity
Theft:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED
1. Determine whether the complainant is a victim of Identity Theft.
2. Ascertain where the complainant/victim resides (i.e. inside or outside
NYC).
3. Instruct and assist the complainant/victim in preparing pages 1 and 2 of
the COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT
(PD313-1516) if the complaint meets the criteria outlined in the Crime
Complaint Reporting System Reference Guide.
a. Ensure complainant signs BOTH waivers on pages 1 and 2.
b. If necessary, assist complainant in contacting credit card issuer for
required information (e.g. address where card was sent etc.).
NOTE: A refusal by the complainant/victim to prepare or sign the
COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT form does not

preclude the requirement to prepare a COMPLAINT REPORT. Any refusal by the
complainant to prepare or sign a COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT form will be noted in the details section of the
COMPLAINT REPORT.
4. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).
a. Utilize the Crime Complaint Reporting System Reference Guide as well as
the charts on the cover sheet of the COMPLAINTAN'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT to classify COMPLAINT REPORT.
5. Forward completed COMPLAINT REPORT and COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR
STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT to Desk Officer for review.
DESK OFFICER
6. Review COMPLAINT REPORT and COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT for accuracy and completeness.
7. Ensure COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT is
attached to precinct file copy of COMPLAINT REPORT.
a. Ensure that copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT and COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF
LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT are forwarded to the precinct detective
squad.
8. Refer complainant/victim to the precinct detective squad for further
investigation and preparation of IDENTITY THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION
REPORT (PD313-0847), if detective squad member is available.
9. Ensure notification is made to the Financial Crimes Task Force for
complaints involving Identity Theft related larcenies and loss is valued at
$5,000 or more.
a. Ensure time, date, and name of member notified are included in the
"Details" section of the COMPLAINT REPORT.
DETECTIVE SQUAD MEMBER
10. Interview complainant and prepare IDENTITY THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION
REPORT.
11. Review COMPLAINT REPORTS daily for Identity Theft cases and conduct
follow-up investigations on all cases not previously referred for
investigation.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If a COMPLAINT REPORT was initially taken for lost/stolen property or related
offenses (Robbery, Burglary, etc.) and the complainant/victim subsequently
becomes a victim of Identity Theft resulting from the initial complaint, the
member of the service will prepare a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) or
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A), as appropriate, and instruct
and assist the complainant/victim in preparing pages 1 and 2 of COMPLAINANT'S
REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT. The above will be adhered to
only after a thorough investigation reveals a nexus between the initial
COMPLAINT REPORT and the complainant consequently becoming a victim of
Identity Theft. If this criteria is not met, then a new COMPLAINT REPORT will

be generated for the appropriate crime. If the reporting command is not the
command of incident, the Desk Officer will ensure the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP or
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL, and COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN
PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT are forwarded to the originating command of incident.
Financial Crimes Task Force will be responsible for the investigation of all
cases involving Identity Theft related larcenies where loss is valued at
$5,000 or more, or there is a pattern involving more than one NYPD precinct,
or for any case where the expertise, equipment and resources of the Financial
Crimes Task Force are most appropriate to the investigation.
Any questions not specifically answered in the Crime Complaint Reporting
System Reference Guide may be directed to the Data Integrity Unit, Deputy
Commissioner, Strategic PLanning.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Lost or Stolen Property/Identity Theft (P.G. 207-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINANT'S REPORT OF LOST OR STOLEN PROPERTY/IDENTITY THEFT (PD313-1516)
IDENTITY THEFT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD313-084)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)

P.G. 207-35 Silver Alert System
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To provide information to the public in the event a person who is:
a. Sixty-five years of age or older, and
b. Meets the additional qualifying criteria of a "vulnerable senior," (i.e.
a person sixty-five years of age or older with dementia, as a result of
Alzheimer's disease or a similar condition) and,
c. Is reported missing under circumstances indicating he/she is in imminent
danger of serious bodily harm or death.
DEFINITIONS
SILVER ALERT - A communication to the public if identifying information
concerning a "vulnerable senior" who is reported missing to the Department or
other law enforcement agency under circumstances indicating that the person is
in imminent danger of serious bodily harm or death. The determination to
activate a Silver Alert shall be made by a captain or above assigned to the
Detective Bureau.
VULNERABLE SENIOR - A person sixty-five years or older with dementia, as a
result of Alzheimer's disease or a similar condition.
PROCEDURE
When responding to a report of a missing person and information received
indicates that the case may qualify for a Silver Alert:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with P.G. 207-23, "Missing Persons" and request the response of the
patrol supervisor.
2. Notify desk officer of details.
NOTE: The patrol supervisor will implement missing person/special category
procedure as necessary, consistent with all available information.
DESK OFFICER
3. Comply with the duties described in P.G. 207-23, "Missing Persons" and
ascertain if incident may fit criteria for activation of a Silver Alert.
4. Request Precinct Detective Squad supervisor and commanding officer/duty
captain to respond to the scene.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD INVESTIGATOR/SUPERVISOR
5. Conduct a preliminary investigation and ascertain if missing person fits
the definition of a "vulnerable senior" and is missing under circumstances

indicating that he/she is in imminent danger of serious bodily harm or death.
a. Notify Detective Zone Commanding Officer/Detective Bureau Duty Captain,
if missing person meets the criteria for the activation of a Silver Alert.
b. Request Detective Zone Commanding Officer/Detective Bureau Duty Captain
respond to the scene.
NOTE: Only a captain or above from the Detective Bureau may activate a
Silver Alert. A Silver Alert will NOT be activated unless the "vulnerable
senior" is missing under circumstances indicating that the person is in
imminent danger of serious bodily harm or death. A person's status as a
vulnerable senior alone is normally insufficient to justify a Silver Alert
without additional factors that constitute imminent danger (e.g. severe
weather, need for immediate medical attention, history of violent or reckless
behavior, etc.).
The Detective Zone Commanding Officer/Detective Bureau Duty Captain may
activate a Silver Alert for a person under the age of sixty-five who is
reported missing under circumstances indicating that the person is in imminent
danger of serious bodily harm or death and where such missing person has
dementia as a result of Alzheimer's disease, or similar condition, if he/she
reasonably believes a Silver Alert will be beneficial in locating the missing
person.
DETECTIVE ZONE COMMANDING OFFICER/DETECTIVE BUREAU DUTY CAPTAIN
6. Confer with Precinct Detective Squad investigator/supervisor, patrol
supervisor, commanding officer/duty captain, and other personnel on scene
regarding the circumstances of the incident and determine if missing person is
a "vulnerable senior" and missing under circumstances indicating the person is
in imminent danger of serious bodily harm or death.
7. Notify Operations Unit and request the activation of a Silver Alert, if
appropriate and provide the following information:
a. Name, age, and detailed physical description (including clothing worn) of
the missing person
b. Location and time last scene
c. Description of motor vehicle, if applicable
d. Any type of prescribed medication
e. Probable destination of the missing, if known
f. Probable method of transportation and routes used, if known
g. The action the public should take if they have information regarding the
missing person (e.g., call 911, etc.).
8. Direct Precinct Detective Squad member to:
a. Notify Missing Persons Squad
b. Prepare and submit a "Request for Media Attention" form to the Deputy
Commissioner, Public Information along with a recent photograph, if available.

NOTE: There are no minimum time limits that must be observed before
requesting the activation of a Silver Alert; however, local law requires a
Silver Alert be issued within twenty-four hours of the determination that a
"vulnerable senior" has been reported missing under circumstances indicating
the he/she is in imminent danger of serious bodily harm or death. In most
cases, barring exceptional circumstances, the most prudent approach would be
to activate a Silver Alert AFTER patrol/field resources have been exhausted
and the preliminary search and investigation have yielded negative results.
The decision to activate a Silver Alert rests solely with the Detective Zone
Commanding Officer/Detective Bureau Duty Captain.
OPERATIONS UNIT
9. Notify Communications Section and have description of missing person
disseminated over each Department radio division.
10. Notify Transit Bureau Wheel (subways) and/or Traffic Operations District
(buses), as appropriate, if missing may be traveling via public
transportation.
11. Notify Deputy Commissioner, Public Information that a Silver Alert has
been activated.
12. Notify Traffic Management Center and request a message regarding the
Silver Alert be transmitted via Variable Message Signs if a vehicle
description and plate number are available regarding the Silver Alert.
13. Prepare and forward Alert Data based on information received from
Detective Zone Commanding Officer/Detective Bureau Duty Captain to Office of
Emergency Management (OEM) Watch Command.
a. OEM Watch Command will draft a Public Alert and transmit the draft Public
Alert to the Operations Unit for approval.
14. Review and approve Public Alert prepared by OEM Watch Command.
a. If a Public Alert is not approved, notify OEM Watch Command to modify
alert and provide correct Alert Data.
15. Notify and forward appropriate Public Alert information to Deputy
Commissioner, Public Information, as appropriate.
NOTE: Once the Operations Unit approves the Public Alert, it is the
responsibility of the OEM Watch Command to transmit the Public Alert to the
responding Department Operations Centers, 311, and NYC.gov for informational
purposes. The Watch Command will then transmit the Public Alert to the public
via Short Messaging System (SMS), email and recorded phone message.
WHEN A MISSING PERSON WHO IS THE SUBJECT OF A SILVER ALERT IS LOCATED:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
16. Verify that person is the subject of a Silver Alert.
17. Render reasonable aid to missing person and request ambulance or doctor,
if necessary, as per P.G. 216-01, "Aided Cases - General Procedure."

18. Request supervisor to respond.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
19. Respond to location and verify individual is in fact the subject of a
Silver Alert.
20. Notify desk officer and request appropriate Precinct Detective Squad and
Missing Persons Squad be notified.
21. Notify Operations Unit and request the cancellation of the Silver Alert.
OPERATIONS UNIT
22. Notify the following that the subject of the Silver Alert has been
located:
a. OEM Watch Command
b. Notify Deputy Commissioner, Public Information
c. Traffic Management Center, if appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information is available
twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week concerning cases NOT ELIGIBLE for
Silver Alert or as needed by members of the service. The Office of the Deputy
Commissioner, Public Information has the ability to simultaneously notify a
variety of local and national media outlets in cases where the immediate
assistance of or notification to the public is deemed necessary. Nothing in
this procedure is meant to limit the use of the news media to broadcast
information pertaining to appropriate missing persons cases that do not
qualify for Silver Alert.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Missing Persons (P.G. 207-23)
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)

P.G. 207-36 Complaints Involving Cellular Telephones
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure a proper investigation is conducted when a cellular telephone is
reported stolen.
DEFINITION
IMEI NUMBER - International Mobile Equipment Identity Number. Each cellular
telephone handset that utilizes GSM technology is assigned a unique serial
number called the IMEI number. The IMEI number consists of either fifteen or
sixteen digits. In the New York metropolitan area, T-Mobile, AT&T and
Nextel/Boost Mobile use GSM technology.
PROCEDURE
When a person reports the theft of a cellular telephone, in addition to
Department complaint reporting procedures, members of the service will:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Interview complainant and obtain facts regarding the theft of the cellular
telephone.
2. Request response of patrol supervisor.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Notify Detective Squad to respond to the scene.
4. When the investigation by the Detective Squad at the scene has concluded,
ensure complainant is brought to the Detective Squad, precinct of occurrence,
to be interviewed by an investigator.
INVESTIGATOR, DETECTIVE SQUAD, PRECINCT OF OCCURANCE
5. Interview complainant in Detective Squad.
a. Obtain facts regarding the cellular telephone theft
b. Obtain stolen cellular telephone phone number, make , model and network
company (e.g., T-Mobile, AT&T, Nextel/Boost Mobile, Verizon, Sprint)
c. Determine if complainant is subscriber of the service for the stolen
cellular telephone. If complainant is not the subscriber:
(1) Obtain identity of the subscriber
(2) Immediately contact the subscriber
(3) Expeditiously conduct an in-person interview of the subscriber.
6. If Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost, obtain International

Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) number of the stolen cellular by requesting
the subscriber to IMMEDIATELY call in your presence T-Mobile Customer Service,
AT&T Customer Service, or Nextel/Boost Mobile Customer Service. Request the
subscriber to:
a. Obtain the IMEI number from the customer service representative
b. Report the cellular telephone stolen
c. Request the customer service representative to determine if any phone
calls were made after the theft occurred
(1) If phone calls were made after the theft occurred, obtain any
available information about the phone calls.
7. If Network Company is Verizon or Sprint, request the subscriber to
IMMEDIATELY call in your presence Verizon Customer Service or Sprint Customer
Service. Request the subscriber to:
a. Report the cellular Telephone stolen
b. Request the customer service representative to determine if any phone
calls were made after theft occurred
(1) If phone calls were made after the theft occurred, obtain any
available information regarding the phone calls
c. Request the Network Company to continue service to the stolen cellular
phone for a reasonable time period (e.g., 72 hours) AT NO COST TO THE
SUBSCRIBER in order to identify and apprehend the perpetrator(s) of the crime.
8. Prepare OMNIFORM System COMPLAINT REPORT if cellular telephone was stolen
during a robbery.
a. If Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost Mobile, enter IMEI
number in the "IMEI" section
b. Enter telephone number, Network Company, make and model of the stolen
cellular telephone in the "IMEI" section.
9. Prepare an Enterprise Case Management System (ECMS) "Electronic
Identification Program" DD-5.
a. If Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost Mobile, enter IMEI
number in the "Device Info" section
b. Enter telephone number, Network Company, make and model of the stolen
cellular telephone in the "Device Info" section.
10. Obtain intelligence information regarding the stolen cellular telephone.
a. If Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost Mobile, search IMEI
number of the stolen cellular telephone in ECMS/OMNIFORM System using the
"IMEI Search" function
b. Search telephone number of the stolen cellular telephone in ECMS/OMNIFORM
System using "Full Text DD-5 Search" function

c. Request Real Time Crime Center (RTCC) to perform a "Phone Finder" search,
for telephone number of the stolen cellular telephone.
11. Prepare ECMS "Phone Subpoenas" DD-5 to request required telephone records.
NOTE: If the Detective Squad is not available to interview the complainant,
the desk officer may designate an appropriate member of the service (e.g.,
field intelligence officer) to perform steps 5, 6, 7 and 10.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED
12. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-154A) if cellular telephone was
not stolen during a robbery, or if cellular telephone was stolen during a
robbery but there is no investigator available in the Detective Squad,
precinct of occurrence, to prepare the OMNIFORM System COMPLAINT REPORT.
a. Enter IMEI number in appropriate caption in the "Property" section if the
Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost Mobile
b. Enter telephone number, Network Company, make and model of the stolen
cellular telephone in the "Details" section
c. Refer all COMPLAINT REPORTS involving stolen cellular telephones to the
Detective Squad, precinct of occurrence.
NOTE: If the cellular telephone was stolen during a robbery and there is no
investigator available in the Detective Squad, precinct of occurrence, to
prepare the OMNIFORM System COMPLAINT REPORT, the member of the service
assigned will prepare the COMPLAINT REPORT under the supervision of the
command desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
13. Direct command clerk to prepare the OMNIFORM System COMPLAINT REPORT if
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET was prepared by the member of the service assigned.
a. If Network Company is T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost Mobile, ensure IMEI
number is entered in the "IMEI" section
b. Ensure telephone number, Network Company, make and model of the stolen
cellular telephone is entered in the "IMEI" section.
14. Ensure the correct International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) number
is properly entered in the "IMEI" section of the OMNIFORM System
NOTE: It is imperative that the correct IMEI number is properly entered in
the "IMEI" section of the OMNIFORM System.
15. Ensure all COMPLAINT REPORT involving stolen cellular telephones are
referred to the Detective Squad, precinct of occurrence.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Preliminary Investigations of Complaints (Other than Vice Related or Narcotic
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Lost or Stolen Property or Identity Theft (P.G. 207-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS

COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 207-37 Operational Guidelines For Processing
Complaints/Arrests For Graffiti
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To establish procedural guidelines to be followed when processing complaints/
arrests for graffiti.
DEFINITION
GRAFFITI OR TAGGING- the etching, painting, covering, or otherwise placing a
mark upon public or private property, with the intent to damage such property.
SCOPE
In order to maximize the Department's enforcement efforts in combating
graffiti crimes, it is essential that all graffiti related information is
properly recorded and documented by uniformed members of the service. Whenever
a complaint or arrest report is prepared for a graffiti related incident, it
is imperative that the graffiti "TAG" information is entered in the details
section of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and/or the narrative
section of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159). This
information is crucial for monitoring and tracking graffiti recidivists. It is
equally important to notify the Citywide Vandals Task Force whenever an arrest
is effected for shoplifting that involves the theft of spray paint or paint
markers. This information will allow the Citywide Vandals Task Force to
monitor graffiti more effectively.
PROCEDURE
Whenever processing complaints/arrest of graffiti:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
a. When the "TAG" is discernible, list all details and include size, color
descriptions, etc. (e.g. At time and place of occurrence, complainant observed
the graffiti tag "ABC" written in blue and yellow spray paint on a space
approximately 3' X 5' on a roll-down gate at location).
b. Enter "TAG" into Nickname/Alias/Maiden Name box of COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET and ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
2. Notify the Citywide Vandals Task Force and provide "TAG" information in all
graffiti complaint/arrest cases.
a. Obtain e-mail address for forwarding of digital photographs, if
applicable.
NOTE: In instances when the Citywide Vandals Task Force is closed, member
concerned or designee will leave a voice mail message and notify the Citywide
Vandals Task Force during their next business hours.

When a "TAG" is illegible or cannot be deciphered, do not interpret as to
what it may be. Misinformation will only serve to corrupt the citywide vandals
database. An unreadable graffiti "TAG" must be recorded as such in the details
of the report. This "negative" information can sometimes be beneficial to
graffiti investigations. Members of the service are encouraged to contact the
Citywide Vandals Task Force regarding any questions relating to graffiti,
e.g., identifying a TAG or interpreting a TAG's meaning, etc.
3. Photograph graffiti damage, if possible. (Use digital camera. See steps 8
through 11)
a. If photograph is taken, document on rear of photograph:
(1) Date and time of incident
(2) Complaint Report number
(3) Arresting Officer name, shield, command and arrest number, if an
arrest is made.
(4) NYSID #, if available.
4. Forward copy of complaint/arrest report to Citywide Vandals Task Force in
next outgoing Department mail.
a. Attach copies of photos taken, if applicable.
5. Query Citywide Vandals Task Force database in all arrest cases to ascertain
if subject has prior arrests/convictions for any graffiti related offenses.
NOTE: Conducting routine warrant checks of subjects in the database at the
command level is encouraged as a means of discovering and apprehending
graffiti offenders with active warrants who resides within the precinct of
record.
When an investigation during arrest processing reveals that a graffiti
offender has prior arrests/convictions, or is a recidivist for any
graffiti-related offense, ensure the prosecuting district attorney is apprised
of the subject's prior record.
IF DIGITAL CAMERA IS AVAILABLE
COMMANDING OFFICER
6. Ensure digital camera assigned to command is documented as per A.G. 325-02,
"Accounting for Department Property."
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
7. Ensure that:
a. Uniformed member of the service has access to the Domestic Violence
Office computer terminal to transfer digital graffiti photograph(s).
b. Applicable Kodak software program is pre-loaded into the computer and,
c. All graffiti photographs taken in conjunction with a complaint or arrest
ONLY are promptly forwarded to the Citywide Vandals Task Force via e-mail.

d. UMOS documents each e-mail of photographs in Telephone Message Log.
NOTE: It has been determined through the Management Information Systems
Division (MISD) that currently only the domestic violence computer terminal in
each command has the capability of e-mailing digital photographs through the
Group Wise Network.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Connect Universal Serial Bus cable to both the digital camera's and the
computer's Universal Port.
9. Follow the instructions depicted on the computer screen which will appear
after opening the Kodak software program.
10. Forward digital photos (in conjunction with complaints or arrests only) to
the Citywide Vandals Task Force.
11. Provide the following information via e-mail, as applicable, with each
photo, or photo series when forwarding to the Citywide Vandals Task Force:
a. Date and time of incident
b. Precinct of occurrence/arrest
c. Exact building address where graffiti is located
d. Exact location on or within building where graffiti is located
e. Rank, name, tax number of Arresting Officer or UMOS documenting
photographs
f. Any associated ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST and/or COMPLAINT REPORT
numbers
g. Pedigree information of defendants(s)
NOTE: Each digital photo "TAG" forwarded must contain the information as
outlined above. In instances where multiple perpetrators are involved, it is
imperative to indicated which perpetrator is responsible for creating the
"TAG" depicted in the photograph.
MEMBER ASSIGNED, CITYWIDE VANDALS TASK FORCE
12. Query the "On Line Booking and Complaint System" on a weekly basis to
ensure graffiti related data is being properly disseminated to the Citywide
Vandals Task Force in a timely fashion.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service are reminded to use the appropriate
subdivisions of the New York City Administrative Code 10-117 or the New York
State Penal Law in Article 145 "Criminal Mischief and Related Offenses" in
graffiti-related arrests. In circumstances where a Penal Law charge or NYC
Administrative Code charge are both applicable, the UMOS will charge the
appropriate Penal Law offense.

Digital camera photographs may be utilized by commands to demonstrate progress
in correcting graffiti conditions at Community Board Meetings, etc. (i.e.
before and after pictures).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Accounting for Department Property (A.G. 325-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

Arrests

P.G. 208-01 Law Of Arrest
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To specify the conditions under which a uniformed member of the service may
make an arrest.
PROCEDURE
Arrest with warrant:
1. When the warrant is addressed to a uniformed member of the service or to
the Department of which he is a member, and,
a. Warrant issued by:
(1) New York City Criminal Court, or
(2) District court, or
(3) Superior court judge sitting on lower criminal court.
Arrest at anytime, and anywhere within the State, or
b. Warrant issued by:
(1) City court, or
(2) Town court, or
(3) Village court.
Arrest at anytime within the county of court of issuance, or within adjoining
county.
2. When delegated by a police officer to whom warrant is addressed and:
a. Warrant may be legally executed as indicated above, and within arresting
officer's territorial jurisdiction, or
b. The defendant is in a county other than one in which warrant is
returnable.
3. Arrest without a warrant:
a. For an offense when reasonable cause to believe offense committed in his
presence, or
b. For a crime (within presence or not) and reasonable cause exists that
arrested person committed the crime.
c. For a petty offense in his presence (violations and traffic infractions)
and:

(1) It is believed to have been committed within arresting officer's
geographical area of employment, and
(2) The arrest is made in the county of occurrence or an adjoining county.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In close pursuit cases relating to petty offenses or traffic infractions, a
police officer may pursue to any part of the State and make an arrest or issue
a summons, if authorized by law to do so in his own geographical area of
employment.
In close pursuit cases relating to crimes, police officer may pursue outside
State to effect the arrest.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Arrest On A Warrant (P.G. 208-42)

P.G. 208-02 Arrests - Removal To Department Facility For
Processing
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process arrests.
SCOPE
Uniformed members of the service who have effected an arrest will have the
arrest verified by their supervisor, if available, prior to removing the
prisoner to the appropriate authorized command/designated arrest facility
which has jurisdiction over the arrest. The desk officer will be requested to
verify any arrests which were not verified at the scene of arrest.
DEFINITIONS
ARREST- Taking a person into custody to answer for an offense.
PICK-UP ARREST - An arrest for an offense or juvenile delinquency not
previously reported.
PREFERRED NAME - The name an arrestee prefers to be called based on their
gender identity. This name may be different from the name on identification
documents in the arrestee's possession.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service effects an arrest:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Inform prisoner of authority and cause, unless physical resistance, flight,
or other factors render such procedure impractical.
2. Handcuff prisoner with hands behind back.
3. Remove prisoner to precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility and inform
desk officer of charge(s).
a. Juvenile delinquents/juvenile offenders will be taken to the location in
the stationhouse SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED as suitable for the interrogation of
juveniles.
b. Refer to Command Reference Library for a list of locations approved for
the interrogation of juveniles.
4. Notify desk officer if force was used to effect the arrest.
5. Immediately complete all captions on PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD (PD244-092)
upon arrival at command and present to desk officer.
a. Consistent with P.G. 203-10, "Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct,"
subdivision "a" following step "1", indicate Preferred Name, if any, on the

PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD.
6. Remain with prisoner at all times unless relieved by arrest processing
officer.
DESK OFFICER
7. Have arresting officer complete all captions on PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD and
immediately transpose the information from the CARD into the Command Log to
initiate arrest process.
a. File each CARD for EVERY prisoner by date and time of arrival at command.
8. Enter in Command Log, Interrupted Patrol Log and on ROLL CALL (PD406- 144),
if appropriate, the rank, name, shield number and command of the arresting
officer, assisting officer, if any, and the time of arrival at the
stationhouse.
9. Determine validity of the arrest.
a. Comply with the provisions of P.G. 210-13, "Release of Prisoners" if
arrest is NOT valid.
10. Direct arresting officer to make a thorough search of the prisoner in your
presence.
11. Verify prisoner's identity by satisfactory documentary proof, preferably
government issued identification.
12. Count prisoner's funds, record the amount in the Command Log, and return
funds to prisoner.
a. Direct arresting officer to voucher currency in excess of $100 for
safekeeping if prisoner is not eligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET.
b. Enter amount retained by prisoner and the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141) number in Command Log.
13. Direct arresting officer to remove prisoner to arrest processing area, or
location in the stationhouse SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED as suitable for the
interrogation of juveniles.
14. Direct arrest processing officer to assist arresting officer.
ARRESTING OFFICER
15. Comply with the provisions of P.G. 208-15, "Arrest Report Preparation at
Stationhouse."
DESK OFFICER
16. Direct arresting officer to remain with prisoner at all times unless
relieved by arrest processing officer.
17. Ensure that arresting officer signs affidavit/supporting deposition, as
appropriate, before resuming assignment or completing tour.
ADDITIONAL DATA

PRISONER SUPERVISION
Desk officers will be held STRICTLY ACCOUNTABLE for prisoners while in the
command and will ensure that the prisoner is guarded AT ALL TIMES by a
uniformed member of the service.
If a prisoner is placed in a cell alone because he/she threatens or fights
with another prisoner(s), is causing disruption, or for any other reason,
ensure that a member of the service will continue to monitor that prisoner
closely.
IRRATIONAL/VIOLENT ARRESTEE
Whenever a person who is about to be arrested is acting irrationally or
violently resists arrest, AND poses no immediate physical threat to himself or
others, AND is in a confined area (e.g., detention cell, automobile, etc.),
the uniformed member of the service on the scene will immediately request the
response of the patrol supervisor and the Emergency Service Unit. The member
will attempt to isolate and contain the suspect and will institute emotionally
disturbed person procedures contained in P.G. 216-05, "Mentally Ill Or
Emotionally Disturbed Persons." If the confined area is an automobile, it will
be rendered immobile by blocking it in with one or more RMPs. Once in police
custody, the subject will be removed to a hospital for examination. This
procedure will not apply in situations where the uniformed members of the
service on the scene believe the subject to be armed.
PRISONER SUSPECTED OF INGESTING A NARCOTIC OR OTHER DANGEROUS SUBSTANCE
When a uniformed member of the service observes or suspects that a prisoner
has ingested a narcotic or other dangerous substance, the prisoner will be
transported from the place of arrest DIRECTLY to the nearest hospital
facility. The uniformed member of the service WILL PROMPTLY notify the
communications section dispatcher and the patrol supervisor upon determination
of possible ingestion, when transport to hospital is initiated, and upon
arrival at the hospital. Emergency Medical Service (EMS) and hospital
personnel will be informed of the quantity and type of substance ingested, if
known. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES will a prisoner who has ingested a narcotic or
other dangerous substance be transported to the command for arrest processing
prior to receiving medical treatment.
FALSE PERSONATION
When attempting to ascertain a prisoner's identity, the uniformed member of
the service concerned should inform the prisoner that knowingly
misrepresenting his or her actual name, date of birth, or address to a police
officer, with intent to prevent a police officer from ascertaining such
information, is punishable as a crime. Prisoners who knowingly misrepresent
their pedigree information should be charged under Penal Law section 190.23
(False Personation, B Misdemeanor).
ARREST REPORT PEDIGREE
For booking purposes, a member of the service shall write an arrestee's name
and gender at it appears on a driver's license, permit, or non-driver photo
identification. If the arrestee uses a Preferred Name, that name shall be
listed in the:

a. "Preferred name" section of the PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD
b. Defendant's name section of the Prisoner Movement Slip, prefaced by
"Preferred Name:"
c. "Nickname/Alias/Maiden Name" section of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159), prefaced by "P-".
Consistent with P.G. 203-10, "Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct,"
subdivision "a" following step "1", regardless of whether the name on the
arrestee's identification coincides with the arrestee's gender identity, the
member of the service shall refer to the arrestee by the preferred name, if
any, as requested. The member shall use the pronouns consistent with that name
in addressing or referring to the arrestee.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct (P.G. 203-10)
Arrest - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Hospitalized Prisoners- Arrests by Members of Other Police Agencies (P.G.
210-03)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Release of Prisoners (P.G. 210-13)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)

(COMPUTER FORM)
ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
(PD521-141)
(PD244-092)

P.G. 208-03 Arrests - General Processing
Date Effective: 10-24-13
DEFINITION
PREFERRED NAME - The name an arrestee prefers to be called based on their
gender identity. This name may be different from the name on identification
documents in the arrestee's possession.
PROCEDURE
After arrest has been effected and prisoner has been handcuffed:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Immediately field search/frisk prisoner and search adjacent vicinity for
weapons, evidence, and/or contraband.
2. Advise prisoners of rights before questioning in accordance with P.G.
208-09, "Rights of Persons Taken into Custody."
a. If a juvenile is taken into custody, notify the Real Time Crime Center
Juvenile Desk (twenty-four hours a day/seven days a week), and parent/guardian
immediately.
b. Before questioning juvenile, Miranda warnings will be read to the
juvenile utilizing MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS (PD244-1413).
MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS should be read while the parent/
guardian is present. The juvenile may be questioned if he/she waives the
Miranda rights in the presence of the parent/guardian. The parent/guardian
does not have to separately waive the Miranda rights; they only need to be
advised of such rights. However, if the parent/guardian objects to the
questioning or requests an attorney for the juvenile, no questioning should
occur, even if the juvenile is willing to answer questions.
c. Juveniles will not normally be arrested for truancy. If arrested on
another charge, truancy (Educational Law Section 3233) may be added as a
second charge, if appropriate. In all cases, truants may be frisked or scanned
with a metal detector. If safety dictates, truants may be handcuffed.
DESK OFFICER
3. Immediately determine if the prisoner is a high escape risk.
a. Make determination as to whether a particular prisoner presents a
potential escape risk on a case-by-case basis. Factors that can be considered
in making this determination include:
(1) Seriousness of the offense charged,
(2) Prisoner unwillingness to identify himself/ herself,
(3) Forcible resistance to arrest,
(4) Threats of violence and/or escape threats directed at uniformed

members of the service,
(5) Known history of violence, weapons possession, or escape/attempted
escape.
b. Prisoners designated "high risk" will have two uniformed members of the
service assigned to escort at all times.
4. Have vehicle or other conveyance not required as evidence safeguarded, if
appropriate.
5. Question the arresting officer regarding:
a. Use of force, if applicable
b. Circumstances surrounding arrest, if prisoner is being charged with
Criminal Possession of Marihuana in the Fifth Degree, an make a Command Log
entry of results (see "ADDITIONAL DATA" under heading "ARRESTS FOR PUBLIC
DISPLAY OF MARIHUANA").
6. Observe physical and mental condition of all prisoners entering command and
include results in Command Log.
a. Ensure that prisoners who appear to be ill, injured, or emotionally
disturbed obtain appropriate medical/psychiatric attention. (See P.G. 210-04,
"Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment.")
b. Direct arresting officer to notify Health and Hospitals Corporation (HHC)
police, or hospital security personnel if no HHC police are assigned to the
hospital, whenever a prisoner is brought to their facility for medical
treatment.
c. Direct arresting officer to notify Health and Hospitals Corporation (HHC)
police, or hospital security personnel if no HHC police are assigned to the
hospital immediately, if a prisoner escapes from custody at the hospital.
d. Have arresting officer request a secured location that can be used for
treatment of prisoner, when available, from emergency room staff.
7. Notify commanding officer/duty captain to verify the arrest, if the arrest
is effected by an off-duty uniformed member of the service.
a. If arrest is effected by a member of another police agency, that agency
will be notified.
COMMANDING OFFICER / DUTY CAPTAIN
8. Respond to stationhouse and verify arrest made by off-duty uniformed member
of the service.
9. Have UNUSUSL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152) prepared with details of arrest
made by off-duty uniformed member of the service.
DESK OFFICER
10. Direct arresting officer to make a thorough search of the prisoner in your
presence.

a. Conduct all searches in accordance with P.G. 208-05, "Arrests-General
Search Guidelines."
b. Once a strip search is authorized, (see P.G. 208-05, "Arrests-General
Search Guidelines" step one, subdivision "C,") the desk officer, precinct of
occurrence/central booking supervisor will ensure that the following entries
are made in Department records:
(1) Command Log entry - including the basis for the for the strip search;
rank, name, and command of supervisor authorizing the search; rank, name, and
command of member of the service performing the search; name of prisoner(s);
and, the results of the search, including negative results.
(2) The supervisor authorizing such a search will ensure the command and
Command Log page number of the entry will be documented in the "Narrative"
section of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-149) or the
ARREST REPORT- SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157).
(3) Direct the arresting officer to prepare an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
entry of the above information. Also, include on the Prisoner Movement Slip if
prepared, the statement, "Strip Searched," with the command and Command Log
page number of the entry in the "Detention Alert" section of the form under
the sub- caption, "Other." Consistent with P.G. 203-10," Public Contact Prohibited Conduct," subdivision "a" following step "1", indicate Preferred
Name, if any, on Prisoner Movement Slip.
11. Direct arresting officer to inquire of prisoner whether a dependent
adult/child is uncared for at prisoner's residence.
a. Enter results of inquiry in Command Log.
b. Comply with P.G. 215-01, "Care of Dependent Child" if it is determined
that dependent adult/child is alone in prisoner's residence.
12. Have the following property removed from prisoner:
a. Unlawfully carried
b. Required as evidence
c. Lawfully carried, but dangerous to life or would facilitate escape
d. Can be used to deface or damage property
e. Personal, except clothing, if prisoner is intoxicated or unconscious
f. Press Card issued by this Department
(1) Forward card to the Deputy Commissioner - Public Information, with
report of facts.
g. Auxiliary Police Shield, Civil Defense Shield/Identification Card
(1) Forward to Auxiliary Police Section, with report of facts.
h. Legally possessed prescription drugs (including methadone)
(1) Invoice prescription drugs for safekeeping and place in Plastic

Security Envelope in prisoner's presence. Issue "Prisoner/Finder /Owner" copy
of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) as a receipt to prisoner.
(2) Prepare MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150) to alert detention
facility personnel that prisoner may require a prescription drug.
(3) Return prescription drugs to prisoner upon release, if prisoner is to
be released on stationhouse bail, Desk Appearance Ticket, voided arrest, etc.
If not, deliver to borough Property Clerk in normal manner.
i. Handgun License
(1) Forward license to the Commanding Officer, License Division, and
comply with P.G. 212-118, "Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or
Rifle/Shotgun Permits" in regards to reporting the arrest of a handgun
licensee to the License Division and the removal of firearms listed on the
handgun license.
j. Rifle/Shotgun Permit
(1) Forward permit to the Commanding Officer, License Division and comply
with P.G. 212-118, "Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or
Rifle/Shotgun Permits" in regards to reporting the arrest of a rifle/shotgun
permit holder to the License Division and the removal of firearms registered
under the permit.
k. New York City Police Department retiree identification card or
identification card of retired uniformed members of the service of the former
New York City Housing Police Department or the New York City Transit Police
Department.
(1) Forward card to Assistant Commissioner, Employee Management Division,
with report of facts.
13. Give itemized receipt for property temporarily removed from the prisoner
which is not to be held in police custody.
14. Ask prisoner(s) if they want any personal property they possess to be
vouchered for safekeeping, other than property removed under steps "12" and
"13".
a. A Command Log entry must be made indicating either the prisoner refused
or the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number for property safeguarded.
ARRESTING OFFICER
15. Request the assistance of the detective squad if the prisoner is arrested
for homicide, serious assault, robbery, burglary, grand larceny, or other
serious or unusual crime.
16. Prepare arrest related documents as provided by the arrest processing
officer.
a. Comply with any applicable provisions of P.G. 208-15, "Arrest Report
Preparation at Stationhouse."
17. Provide complainant with prisoner's name, charges, arresting officer's
name, precinct of occurrence, PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number, if any, and the

location of the appropriate court.
18. Advise prisoner, sixteen years of age or older, of right to make three
telephone calls without charge.
a. One of the calls may be placed anywhere within the United States or
Puerto Rico. The remaining calls may be placed anywhere within New York City.
b. Phone calls will not be allowed or may be terminated at any time if the
calls would compromise an ongoing investigation or prosecution, if the ends of
justice may be otherwise defeated, or a dangerous condition may be created.
c. Make telephone calls if the prisoner is incapacitated by alcohol and/or
drugs.
d. Make telephone calls, or request other appropriate auxiliary aids
(including use of a qualified sign language interpreter or a Telecommunication
Relay Service [TRS]) to assist the prisoner in making phone calls if the
prisoner is unable to use a telephone due to speech or hearing impairment.
Should the prisoner request to telephone an individual with a hearing or
speech disability, dial "711" for the TRS operator and be instructed
accordingly.
19. Notify relatives or friends if the prisoner is under nineteen years of
age, or is admitted to a hospital, or is apparently emotionally disturbed.
20. Prepare a MISSING - UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151) and notify the
precinct detective squad and the Missing Persons Squad, if unable to make the
above notification.
a. If the notification is made after preparation of the MISSING UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT, notify the detective squad and the Missing Person
Squad.
21. Comply with P.G. 214-07, "Cases for Legal Action Program", if applicable,
which ensures that all New York City Public Housing residents who are arrested
pursuant to the execution of a search warrant where contraband is recovered or
arrested for a designated crime committed on the grounds of any New York City
Public Housing Development are targeted for possible eviction proceedings.
22. Perform license check through FINEST, using the "DALL" format, on all
defendants arrested for the following:
a. Driving a stolen vehicle, or,
b. Driving an auto with an altered vehicle identification number (VIN), or,
c. Driving an auto with stolen plates.
23. Deliver the following completed forms to the desk officer:
a. ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244- 159).
(1) Ensure that any graffiti tag and/or gang-related nickname is entered
in the appropriate box, if applicable.
(2) Indicate any preferred name used by prisoner in "Nickname/Alias/Maiden
Name" section, prefaced by "P-".

b. COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), if appropriate.
(1) If the arrest is for a crime previously reported and recorded on a
COMPLAINT REPORT, use the serial number assigned to the original COMPLAINT
REPORT.
(2) Follow P.G. 208-11, "Arrest Processing-`Livescan' Fingerprinting and
Palmprinting" immediately upon desk officer's review and approval of COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET.
c. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A) for evidence or other
property taken into police custody.
(1) A separate WORKSHEET will be prepared for firearms, narcotics, or
other property requiring analysis at the Police Laboratory.
d. REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION (PD521-168), if required.
e. DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION (PD360-081), if appropriate.
f. JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD277-151A), if appropriate.
(1) One copy of typed report will be forwarded with the arrest documents
and distribute the remaining copies to the precinct youth officer, Youth
Services Section, and juvenile detention facility, if juvenile is detained.
g. MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER, if prepared.
(1) Prepare the form if the prisoner receives medical/psychiatric
treatment, refuses treatment after claiming an injury or illness, already has
previously treated prior injuries, is in apparent need of treatment, or may
require prescribed medication.
(2) If the prisoner is issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET, file the "Buff"
copy of the MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form in a folder maintained at the
desk of the precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility and forward the
remaining copies of the form to the borough court section concerned, in DAT
ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123).
24. Prepare ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST (PD240-010).
a. Check appropriate box for each document/form delineated on the checklist.
b. List individually all other documents/forms prepared.
25. Deliver ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST with the following items to the
desk officer:
a. Photocopies/snap-out copies of the documents and forms delineated on the
CHECKLIST in every case in which they are prepared
b. Photocopies of all other documents/forms prepared
c. Photographs of evidence motor vehicles returned to owner (see P.G. 21818, "Photographing Stolen Evidence Vehicles When an Arrest is Made.")

DESK OFFICER
26. Examine all documents/forms to ensure completeness and accuracy and sign
all documents/forms as required.
a. Review ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST to ensure all documents and forms
prepared in connection with the arrest are listed on the CHECKLIST and are
available.
b. Return CHECKLIST to arresting officer for delivery to the District
Attorney or Corporation Counsel in the Complaint Room or deliver in accordance
with borough guidelines.
27. Ensure the arresting officer has complied with P.G. 214-07, "Cases for
Legal Action Program," if applicable.
28. Ascertain that the following entries are made:
a. Statement that a prisoner, charged with criminal possession of a
controlled substance with intent to sell or unlawful sale of a controlled
substance, is a seller, and indicate reasons for that conclusion in the
narrative block of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
b. Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of witnesses are entered on the
COMPLAINT REPORT or the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081), if prepared.
c. Statement on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE that property (other than vehicle) is
valuable, contains identifying marks, and that the Stolen Property Inquiry
Section (SPIS) was notified, including the name and rank/title of the person
at SPIS notified.
d. Information concerning alarms transmitted or cancelled, with operator's
name entered on COMPLAINT REPORT and PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, as required.
State and police agency must be included if alarm is transmitted by other than
a New York State agency. If no alarm transmitted, state so.
e. A hard copy of the FINEST screen containing the notification to S.P.I.S.
is attached to the COMPLAINT REPORT, COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP or PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, whichever most accurately reflects the current status of a motor
vehicle/boat/plate being reported stolen, recovered, etc.
f. Enter details of notification in Command Log (name, address,
relationship) when prisoner is of unsound mind, or under nineteen years of
age, or is admitted to a hospital.
g. Enter in Command Log information concerning release of prisoner to member
of Highway District to conduct required tests.
h. Enter chemical test results on ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
under caption, "Narrative."
i. Enter any change in the custody of the prisoner in the Command Log and
notify borough Court Section for computer entry of new prisoner location.
j. Document any other pertinent facts in the Command Log, including serial
numbers of any forms prepared regarding arrest.
k. Notify Court Section supervisor for computer entry when prisoner is

admitted to a hospital (see P.G. 210-02, "Hospitalized Prisoners.")
(1) Record notification in Telephone Record.
l. Ensure that all phone calls, up to a maximum of three, or refusal to make
phone calls, are recorded on the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and
properly entered into Omniform.
29. Refer "FOA" cases (offenses not triable in New York City courts or
violation of parole or probation) to detective squad.
30. Direct that "Have Arrested Message" is transmitted, if required.
31. Make notifications as required by P.G. 208-69, "Notifications in Certain
Arrest Situations."
32. Request borough Court Section concerned to provide transportation only
when large numbers of prisoners must be transported or unusual circumstances
dictate the use of a patrolwagon.
33. Return the following forms to the arresting officer for delivery to the
assistant district attorney in the Complaint Room or deliver in accordance
with borough procedures.
a. ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
b. Fingerprint forms, if prepared
c. Copy of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION, in every misdemeanor and
violation case
d. "ADA" copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if evidence has been invoiced.
e. SUPPORTING DEPOSITION (PD244-060), if prepared
f. MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form, if prepared
g. JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET, if
prepared.
34. Make necessary entries in Command Log, Interrupted Patrol Log and ROLL
CALL, when required, indicating arresting officer's time of departure to
borough Court Section.
ARRESTING OFFICER/ESCORTING OFFICER
35. Deliver prisoner to borough Court Section or lodging location designated
by borough Court Section concerned.
a. Inform borough Court Section supervisor if prisoner(s) was stripsearched, including reason for and results of the search.
36. Present all forms relating to arrest to the borough Court Section
supervisor.
37. Comply with all directions of the borough Court Section supervisor.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR

38. Examine all forms to verify completeness and accuracy.
39. Forward a complete set of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form, if prepared,
with arresting/escorting officer to Department of Corrections (see P.G.
210-04, "Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment.")
a. Arresting/escorting officer will obtain receipted pink copy of the form
and return it to the borough Court Section facility.
40. Ensure that the computer-generated Prisoner Movement Slip has a notation
in the Detention Alert Section when a prisoner is violent, resists arrest, is
emotionally disturbed, threatens, or attempts suicide. When a prisoner has
been strip-searched, enter that fact under "Other," in the Detention Alert
Section. Include the command and Command Log page number for reference. A
notation indicating that the prisoner has been strip-searched will also be
made on the PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH (PD171-132) for notification to the
desk officer, precinct of detention.
41. Return the following arrest-related documents to command for filing in
Arrest Folder:
a. Arresting officer's copy of the Court Complaint
b. ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
c. "Arresting officer" copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if prepared.
ARRESTING OFFICER
42. Notify assistant district attorney drawing up the court complaint of all
verbal and written statements made by the defendant, and any procedures used
to assist a witness or complaint to identify the defendant.
a. Record this notification in ACTIVITY LOG.
43. Bring all related papers to each subsequent court appearances.
PRECINCT YOUTH OFFICER
44. Follow up on arrests of youths under sixteen years of age.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OBSERVERS AT THE SCENE OF POLICE INCIDENTS
As a rule, when a police officer stops, detains, or arrests a person in a
public area, persons who happen to be in or are attached to the area are
naturally in position to and are allowed to observe the police officer's
actions. This right to observe is, of course, limited by reasons of safety to
all concerned, and as long as there is no substantive violation of law. The
following guidelines should be utilized by members of the service whenever the
above situation exists:
a. A person remaining in the vicinity of a stop or arrest shall not be
subject to arrest for Obstructing Governmental Administration (Penal Law
section 195.05), unless the officer has probable cause to believe the
person(s) is obstructing governmental administration.

b. None of the following constitutes probable cause for arrest or detention
of an onlooker unless the safety of officers or other persons is directly
endangered or the officer reasonably believes they are endangered or the law
is otherwise violated:
(1) Speech alone, even though crude and vulgar
(2) Requesting and making notes of shield numbers or names of members of
the service
(3) Taking photographs, videotapes, or tape recordings
(4) Remaining in the vicinity of the stop or arrest
c. Whenever an onlooker is arrested or taken into custody, the arresting
officer shall request the patrol supervisor to the scene, or if unavailable,
report the action to the supervisor where the person is taken.
This procedure is not intended in any manner to limit the authority of the
police to establish police lines, e.g., crowd control at scenes of fires,
demonstrations, etc.
ARRESTEE SURRENDERS AT LAW ENFORCEMENT FACILITY
When a prisoner has surrendered at a law enforcement facility and is
accompanied by an attorney, the uniformed member of the service may request
authorization from the immediate supervisor not to use handcuffs, after the
supervisor and the member have evaluated the following criteria:
a. Potential threat to the officer, prisoner, and other persons
b. Possibility of prisoner escaping.
ARRESTS OF PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES
If the prisoner appears to have a disability, which may affect mobility,
speech, hearing, or mental ability, appropriate auxiliary aids to facilitate
communication shall be used. In addition, a reasonable attempt shall be made
to notify a relative or friend. All such attempts will be documented by the
arresting or investigating uniformed member of the service.
As soon as practicable, attempt to discern if person being arrested has a
disability which may affect mobility, speech, hearing, or mental ability.
Where possible, attempt to notify a family member or friend who may provide
beneficial assistance regarding the prisoner's background information,
previous problems, pedigree data, etc. The arresting / investigating uniformed
member of the service shall document all reasonable attempts to notify a
relative or friend.
ARRESTS OF JUVENILES
Arresting officers must call the Juvenile Desk prior to beginning the arrest
process to ensure that any intelligence regarding the juvenile is obtained
before the decision whether to release the juvenile to a parent / guardian or
adult relative is made. The Juvenile Desk has specialized databases that can
provide vital background information on arrested / detained juveniles and
those adults taking custody of a juvenile upon recognizance or release.

In all cases in which a youth is arrested and charged with a violent felony,
the precinct detective squad / BRAM will be directed to enhance the arrest. It
will also be the responsibility of the precinct detective squad / BRAM to
identify, locate, and apprehend any accomplices in gun-related cases or acts
of youth violence and attempt to match them to other outstanding crimes. These
units will also attempt to identify and apprehend those selling guns to
minors.
ARRESTS OF LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT OR HEARING IMPAIRED PERSONS
If the prisoner and/or the parents/guardians of a juvenile in custody appear
to have difficulty understanding/communicating in English, the member of the
service concerned should comply with P.G. 212-90, "Guidelines for Interaction
with Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons." If the prisoner and/or the
parents/ guardians of a juvenile in custody appear to be hearing impaired, the
member of the service concerned should comply with P.G. 212-104, "Interaction
with Hearing Impaired Persons." The use of a bilingual employee or the
Language Initiative Program is the preferential method of interpretation when
interacting with a prisoner. It is recommended that certified members of the
Language Initiative Program be used for custodial interrogations. Appropriate
Command Log entries will be made when interpretation services are utilized.
ARRESTS FOR PUBLIC DISPLAY OF MARIHUANA
To support a charge of Penal Law section 221.10(1), Criminal Possession of
Marihuana in the Fifth Degree, the public display of marihuana must be an
activity undertaken of the subject's own volition in a public place. Thus,
uniformed members of the service lawfully exercising their police powers
during a stop may not charge the individual with Penal Law section 221.10(1)
if the marihuana recovered was disclosed to public view at an officer's
direction.
A "public place" is defined in Penal Law section 240.00as "any place to which
the public or a substantial group of persons has access, and includes, but is
not limited to, highways, transportation facilities, schools, places of
amusement, parks, playgrounds, and hallways, lobbies, and other portions or
apartment houses and hotels not constituting rooms or apartments designed for
actual residences."
The desk officer in the facility where the arrest is being processed will
question arresting officers on all Criminal Possession of Marihuana in the
Fifth Degree arrests to determine if the arrest was made in conformance with
Operations Order 49, series 2011, entitled "Charging Standards for Possession
of Marihuana in a Public Place Open to Public View" and make a Command Log
entry of results. This questioning will occur regardless of the command of the
officer making the arrest (e.g., patrol borough task force, Narcotics
Division). In addition, the Quality Assurance Division will incorporate an
inspection of Command Logs during the command audit cycle to ensure desk
officers are making Command Log entries as required.
AVAILABILITY OF PHOTO COPYING MACHINES
To facilitate the duplicating of forms required in step "27", commanding
officers will make photo copying machines accessible to arresting officers at
all times. In those instances where snap-out forms have the District Attorney
or Corporation Counsel as a recipient of a copy of that form, a photocopy is
not necessary. The District Attorney/Corporation Counsel copy of the form will

be delivered to the desk officer. In arrests involving multiple COMPLAINT
REPORTS or AIDED REPORT WORKSHEETS, a copy of each report will be required.
Separate forms with identical information are not required for multiple
arrests with a single complainant or a single AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL ARREST PROCESSING BE UNNECESSARILY DELAYED TO
OBTAIN THE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED UNDER STEP "27".
ARREST REPORT PEDIGREE
For booking purposes, a member of the service shall write an arrestee's name
and gender at it appears on a driver's license, permit, or non-driver photo
identification. If the arrestee uses a Preferred Name, that name shall be
listed in the:
a. "Preferred Name" section of the PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD (PD244- 092)
b. Next to defendant's name on the Prisoner Movement Slip, prefaced by
"Preferred Name:"
c. "Nickname/Alias/ Maiden Name" section of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET, prefaced by "P-".
Consistent with P.G. 203-10, "Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct",
subdivision "a" following step "1", regardless of whether the name on the
arrestee's identification coincides with the arrestee's gender identity, the
member of the service shall refer to the arrestee by the preferred name, if
any, as requested. The member shall use the pronouns consistent with that name
in addressing or referring to the arrestee.
ARRESTS BY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION POLICE
When assisting a Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) police officer
during arrest processing, arrest processing officers and desk officers will
continue to be guided by the following Patrol Guide provisions: P.G. 208-02,
"Arrests - Removal to Department Facility for Processing", P.G. 208-03,
"Arrests - General Processing", P.G. 208-15, "Arrest Report Preparation at
Stationhouse" and P.G. 210-03, "Hospitalized Prisoners - Arrests by Members of
Other Police Agencies."
DEP police personnel will normally be responsible for transporting their own
officers and prisoners to the borough Court Section. However, when
circumstances permit, the desk officer may direct precinct personnel
responding to the borough Court Section facility to also transport the DEP
police officer and his / her prisoner. In all other cases, the DEP arresting
officer will report to the Complaint Room for affidavit preparation.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct (P.G. 203-10)
Arrests - Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Rights of Persons Taken into Custody (P.G. 208-09)
Arrest Processing - "Livescan" Fingerprinting and Palmprinting (P.G. 208-11)
Arrest - General Search Guidelines (P.G. 208-05)
Arrests - Security Measures (P.G. 208-06)
Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Arrests - License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the
Organized Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)
Notifications in Certain Arrest Situations (P.G. 208-69)

Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Prisoner Requiring Medical / Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Guidelines for Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons (P.G.
212-90)
Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons (P.G. 212-104)
Cases for Legal Action Program (P.G. 214-07)
Care of Dependent Child (P.G. 215-01)
Utilization of the Juvenile Desk (P.G. 215-21)
Photographing Stolen Evidence Vehicles when an Arrest is Made (P.G. 218-18)
Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun Permits (P.G.
212-118)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST (PD240-010)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION (PD360-081)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION / PROBATION INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET (PD277-151A)
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)
MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS (PD244-1413)
MISSING - UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PRISONER PEDIGREE CARD (PD244-092)
PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH (PD171-132)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION (PD521-168)
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION (PD244-060)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

P.G. 208-04 Arrest By A Civilian
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assist a citizen in making a lawful arrest.
PROCEDURE
On being informed by a civilian that he has made an arrest:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Determine if there is reasonable cause to believe that person arrested
committed the offense in question or any related offense and if civilian has
authority to make arrest.
2. Accompany civilian and prisoner to stationhouse.
DESK OFFICER
3. Determine validity of arrest.
a. If arrest not lawful, follow "Release of Prisoners" procedure.
4. Assign a uniformed member of the service to process the arrest and comply
with appropriate arrest procedures.
5. Direct that civilian be recorded as having made arrest.
6. Ascertain if member can complete arrest process within scheduled tour.
a. Direct member to continue processing arrest and request relief prior to
end of tour, if member cannot complete arrest processing.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
7. Prepare all necessary arrest documents and forward to relieving officer.
8. Inform relieving officer of details concerning arrest.
RELIEVING OFFICER
9. Enter information received concerning details of arrest in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).
NOTE: Information should be sufficiently detailed to enable the relieving
officer to apprise the Assistant District Attorney assigned to the Complaint
Room of the facts of the case.
10. Ensure that civilian complainant appears in court, if required.
ADDITIONAL DATA
All pertinent provisions of Department orders applicable to arresting officers

shall apply to assigned members.
When a uniformed member of the service believes that an arrest effected by a
civilian member of the [I.O. 1 s 11] Traffic Enforcement District is
unwarranted, the member will request the patrol supervisor to respond to the
scene. If that is not possible, escort all parties to stationhouse for final
determination.
RELATED PROCEDURES
[I.O. 62 s 09] REVOKED Desk Appearance Ticket-Arrest By Civilian Complainant
(P.G. 208-32)
Arrest Report Preparation At Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Release Of Prisoners-General Procedure (P.G. 210-13)
Arraignment Without Complainant (P.G. 211-03)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 208-05 Arrests - General Search Guidelines
Date Effective: 08/01/13
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Comply with the provisions of P.G. 208-02, "Arrests-Removal to Department
Facility for Processing," P.G. 208-03, "Arrests-General Processing," P.G.
208-15, "Arrests Report Preparation at Stationhouse" and the following:
SEARCH OF ARRESTED PERSONS
To maximize security and minimize potential hazards to the arresting officer,
the arrested person, and other Department personnel, the following guidelines
are published for the information of all members of the service:
A. FRISK/FIELD SEARCH
(1) A frisk, performed primarily to ensure the personal safety of the
arresting officer, is a methodical external body examination of the arrested
person conducted immediately after apprehension to find weapons, evidence, or
contraband. The frisk should be conducted before or immediately after the
subject is rear handcuffed, depending upon particular circumstances,
temperament of the subject, and escape potential. A thorough external body
examination is made by sliding the hand over the subject's body, feeling for
weapons or other objects, with special attention to the waistband, armpit,
collar, and groin areas. If an unusual object is detected, the officer will
reach into or under the clothing to remove it.
B. SEARCH AT POLICE FACILITY
(1) Upon arrival at precinct of arrest or other Department facility, the
arresting officer (if he/she is of the same gender as prisoner) or another
designated member of the same gender as the prisoner, shall conduct a thorough
search of the prisoner's person and clothing to ensure the safety of all
persons within the facility and to remove weapons, contraband, and evidence
not discovered by the frisk. Other items lawfully carried but that are
dangerous to life, may facilitate escape, or may be used to damage Department
property will also be removed from the subject.
(2) A search at a police facility, which is not the same as a "strip
search," includes the removal of outer garments such as overcoats, jackets,
sweaters, vests, hats, wigs, ties, belts, shoes and socks, handbags, and
wallets. All pockets are to be emptied and all clothing not removed will be
examined by grabbing, crushing, and squeezing the garments and by sliding the
hands across the body to detect articles that may be underneath or sewn to the
clothing.
(3) In order to achieve a balance between the privacy and personal dignity
concerns of arrestees, the desk officer or supervisor supervising a search at
a police facility shall assign a uniformed member to conduct the search as
follows:
a. In situations where an arrestee's gender is not immediately apparent or
an arrestee objects to the gender of the member assigned to perform the
search, the desk officer or supervisor supervising the search will assign a

uniformed member of the gender requested by the arrestee, consistent with
officer safety and resource availability. Consistent with the privacy concerns
of the arrestee, only those officers reasonably necessary to conduct the
search should be present for the search.
b. Under no circumstances shall members of the service conduct searches
for the purpose of determining gender. Additionally, officers shall not ask
questions about an arrestee's anatomy without a reasonable basis for doing so.
Refer to P.G. 203-10,"Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct."
NOTE: In the event the gender of the officer assigned to conduct the search
differs from the gender requested by the arrestee, the desk officer or
supervisor supervising the search shall make a detailed entry in the Command
Log regarding the factors considered in assigning member(s) to conduct the
search and identities of the uniformed member(s) who actually conducts the
search.
C. STRIP SEARCH
(1) A strip search is any search in which an individual's undergarments
(e.g., bra, underwear, etc.) and/or private areas are exposed or in which an
individual's clothing is removed, lifted up, or pulled down to expose
undergarments or private areas. A strip search of a prisoner may not be
conducted routinely in connection with an arrest. Strip searches may only be
conducted with the knowledge and approval of the arresting officer's immediate
supervisor or the borough Court Section supervisor. A strip search may only be
conducted when the arresting officer reasonably suspects that weapons,
contraband or evidence may be concealed upon the person or in the clothing in
such a manner that they may not be discovered by the previous search methods.
NOTE: If a strip search is conducted, such information will be entered in
the Command Log, arresting officer's ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), and also
documented on the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) or the
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157). A subsequent strip search will not be
conducted unless there is reasonable belief that the subject has acquired a
weapon or contraband.
(2) The arresting officer requesting authorization to conduct a strip search
must describe the factual basis for the request to the officer's immediate
supervisor/ borough Court Section supervisor. A supervisor will authorize a
strip search only when an arresting officer has articulated a reasonable
suspicion that the individual is concealing evidence, contraband, or a weapon.
Note, this is a different standard than the probable cause required for the
arrest. The immediate supervisor of the arresting officer/borough Court
Section supervisor, based on the facts presented, will determine if a strip
search should be conducted. The supervisor authorizing the strip search is
responsible for ensuring the search is conducted properly.
(3) Other factors that should be considered in determining whether an
appropriate basis exists for a strip search include the nature of the crime
(i.e., serious violent felony), arrest circumstances, subject's reputation
(i.e., extremely violent person), acts of violence, unaccounted "hits" on
magnetometers or walk-through metal detectors, and any discoveries or
information from previous searches of the same individual or others arrested
with him/her.
NOTE: In cases where there is a disagreement between the desk officer and an
arresting officer's immediate supervisor from an outside command as to whether

or not to conduct the strip search, the desk officer will notify the
precinct/police service area/transit district commanding officer or duty
captain. The precinct/police service area/transit district commanding officer
or duty captain will make the final decision whether or not to conduct the
strip search.
(4) A strip search shall be conducted only by a member of the same gender as
the arrested person, in a secure area, in utmost privacy, and in the presence
of only those members of the service reasonably necessary to conduct the
search. In order to achieve a balance between the privacy and personal dignity
concerns of arrestees, the desk officer or supervisor supervising a strip
search shall assign a uniformed member to conduct the search as follows:
a. In situations where an arrestee's gender is not immediately apparent or
an arrestee objects to the gender of the member assigned to perform the
search, the desk officer or supervisor supervising the search will assign a
uniformed member of the gender requested by the arrests, consistent with
officer safety and resource availability.
b. Under no circumstances shall members of the service conduct searches
for the purpose of determining gender. Additionally, officers shall not ask
questions about an arrestee's anatomy without reasonable basis for doing so.
Refer to P.G. 203-10, "Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct."
NOTE: In the event the gender of the officer assigned to conduct the search
differs from the gender requested by the arrestee, the desk officer of
supervisor supervising the search shall make a detailed entry in the Command
Log regarding the factors considered in assigning member(s) to conduct the
search and identities of the uniformed member(s) who actually conducts the
search.
It should not be necessary to touch the subject's body, except for the
examination of the hair. UNDER NO CONDITIONS SHALL A BODY CAVITY SEARCH BE
CONDUCTED BY ANY MEMBER OF THE SERVICE. If pursuant to a strip search, any
object or foreign material is visually detected within any body cavity of the
suspect, the desk officer will be notified immediately. The object WILL NOT be
removed without first obtaining a search warrant. Once the search warrant is
obtained, members of the service must seek the assistance of a medical
professional in order to remove the object.
(5) A strip search will not be conducted after a decision is made to void an
arrest or to release the prisoner immediately upon issuance of a summons.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct (P.G. 203-10)
Arrests- Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Arrests-General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Arrests-Security Measures (P.G. 208-06)
Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Arrests - License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the
Organized Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ARREST REPORT- SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-06 Arrests - Security Measures
Date Effective: 08-01-13
ARRESTING OFFICER
Comply with the provisions of P.G. 208-02, "Arrests-Removal To Department
Facility For Processing", P.G. 208-03, "Arrests-General Processing", P.G.
208-15, "Arrest Report Preparation At Stationhouse", and the following:
TRANSPORTING PRISONERS IN DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
ARRESTING/ESCORTING OFFICER
When a prisoner is transported in a Department vehicle, the prisoner will be
rear handcuffed, placed in the rear seat and secured with a seat belt on. Seat
belts will be used to secure prisoners, when practical, in non-emergency
situations. In Department vehicles equipped with a fiberglass partition, both
the operator and recorder will ride in the front seat. If the Department
vehicle is not equipped with a fiberglass partition, the recorder will ride in
the rear seat, directly behind the operator, with the prisoner seated on the
passenger side of the vehicle. Transporting members will ensure that:
a. The handcuffs are double locked.
b. The prisoner is placed in a position in the rear seat to allow the
recorder to visually monitor the prisoner during transport.
c. The rear compartment of Department vehicle is examined before and after
prisoner transport.
d. All personal property (e.g., flashlights, batons, briefcases, etc.) is
removed prior to placing the prisoner inside the Department vehicle.
e. When the seat belt is being secured on the prisoner by a member, the
other member will remain on the opposite side of the RMP with the rear door
open to be tactically able to assist in the event of an unforeseen occurrence.
Prisoners will be transported in an RMP equipped with a safety partition
whenever available. In all cases, prisoner (s) will be kept under observation
at all times and both the operator and recorder will be physically present at
the embarkment/disembarkment point of the vehicle to supervise prisoner entry
and exit.
NOTE: Whenever it is necessary to transport/secure prisoners in a marked or
unmarked RMP and the vehicle has child safety locks on the rear door, these
locks will be engaged. Most passenger vehicles are equipped with child safety
locks which, when engaged, will prevent the opening of the rear door from
inside the vehicle.
The child safety locks are engaged through the operation of a switch located
in the doorjamb area of each rear door. On Ford Crown Victoria vehicles, the
switch must be slid to the "Lock On" position. On Chevrolet Impala vehicles, a
key or similar device must be inserted into an opening in the doorjamb to move
the switch upward. For further clarification or for directions for other
passenger vehicles, the respective owner's manual should be reviewed. It is

important to note that when child safety locks are engaged, the doors are
operable only from the outside; however, a passenger can reach outside the
vehicle through an open window and operate the door. It is further recommended
that the child safety locks be disengaged when transporting members of the
service.
TRANSPORTING PRISONERS IN TWELVE PASSENGER VANS
The transportation of prisoners in a twelve passenger van or similar vehicle
will be avoided whenever a RMP with a safety partition is available.
When it is necessary to utilize a twelve passenger van to transport prisoner
(s), the prisoner (s) will be rear handcuffed with handcuffs double locked.
The prisoner(s) will be secured on the second bench seat utilizing the
seatbelts. The recorder will ride on the 1st bench seat. Normally, no more
than three prisoners should be transported at one time (see ADDITIONAL DATA
graphic for Seating Plan.)
Select twelve passenger vans are equipped with an electric rear door lock.
This lock will be engaged when prisoners are secured in the vehicle.
When it is necessary to utilize a twelve passenger van to transport more than
three prisoners, e.g. transporting prisoners from a precinct to court, in
addition to the procedures outlined above, leg restraints will be utilized, if
available. When members of the service are utilizing leg restraints, the use
of transport chains may not be necessary and will not be mandated as in Patrol
Guide procedure 210-01, "Prisoners General Procedure." If transport chains are
not utilized, prisoners will be rear handcuffed and handcuffs double locked.
No more than seven prisoners will be transported in this manner and the
prisoners will be secured on the 2nd and 3rd bench seats. The recorder and
additional escort officer(s), if assigned, will ride in the 1st bench seat
(see ADDITIONAL DATA graphic for Seating Plan.)
When utilizing a twelve passenger van to transport/secure prisoners during
SNEU operations, or any other operation where the prisoner (s) may spend
protracted periods of time in the van, all of the above security devices will
be utilized, i.e. handcuffs, leg restraints, door locks, seatbelts, etc., when
available. Prisoners should not be kept in vans for excessive periods of time.
In all cases, the prisoner(s) will be kept under observation at all times and
both the operator and recorder will be physically present at the
embarkment/disembarkment point of the vehicle to supervise prisoner entry and
exit. Whenever prisoners wearing leg restraints are being transported in
twelve passenger vans, members of the service will take care to ensure that
the prisoners enter and exit the van safely. Because of the height of the
vans, and the fact that prisoners wearing leg restraints will generally be
rear handcuffed and may have greater difficulty in breaking their fall should
they slip, officers will assist prisoners into and out of the vans.
DELIVERING PRISONERS TO DETENTION FACILITY OR PRE-ARRAIGNMENT
Arresting/escorting officers shall notify attendants or Correction Department
personnel if prisoner(s) offered resistance, exhibited other threatening or
dangerous behavior, attempted suicide or escape. Such notification and
behavior will be recorded in the member's ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and noted
on the Prisoner Movement Slip, in the "Detention Alert" section.
Leg restraints MUST be used when transporting a prisoner that has refused to

be fingerprinted and for ALL prisoners being transported to a hospital for
medical treatment. If the desk officer determines that extenuating
circumstances exist that preclude placing leg restraints on a prisoner that
has refused to be fingerprinted or is being transported to a hospital for
medical treatment, a command log entry will be made detailing the reason why.
The use of leg restraints does not replace the requirement to rear handcuff
the prisoner. All procedures detailing the use of handcuffs remain in effect.
When using leg restraints on a prisoner, the escorting officer is to exercise
caution to prevent the prisoner from falling.
Whenever an arresting officer/investigator becomes aware of the need to
separate two or more defendants from one another due to threats made by one
defendant to another, or due to the potential for one defendant to assault
another, a notation will be made at the bottom of each defendant's Prisoner
Movement Slip in the "Detention Alert" section under the caption "Other
(Explain)." The notation must contain the name and arrest number of the other
defendant involved, as well as an indication as to why separation is deemed
necessary (e.g., prisoner had a fight with the other prisoner; prisoner was
threatened by other prisoner, etc.). If separation is required for
confidential or sensitive reasons, such as one prisoner testified against
another, enter the name and telephone number of the arresting
officer/investigator so that further information can be obtained if necessary,
rather than entering the actual reason for the separation. (If detention
personnel are unable to contact the arresting officer/investigator for further
information, they will continue to keep the affected prisoners separated from
one another).
In the event that an arrest processing officer or escorting officer becomes
aware that a conflict exists between prisoners requiring their separation, the
officer must:
a. Inform the arresting officer/investigator of the circumstances in order
that the latter may make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips, OR
b. Personally make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips which should then
be brought to the attention of the Court Section personnel for entry on the
courthouse generated movement slips.
The information entered on the Prisoner Movement Slip prepared at the precinct
must also be entered on the computerized movement slip generated at the
courthouse when the prisoner is photographed. In addition to the notation on
the movement slip, the arresting officer/investigator/escorting officer will
notify the concerned borough court section supervisor.
Members of the service assigned to prisoner detention functions at the
precinct and at the courthouse must examine and be guided by the information
contained in the "Detention Alert" caption on each Prisoner Movement Slip
regarding separating prisoners, etc.
Department policy prohibits the carrying of firearms within detention
facilities. Therefore, when delivering prisoners for pre-arraignment
processing, arresting/transporting officers must:
a. Respond to the appropriate borough court section intake area with
required arrest related documents, and enter with prisoner(s) to be processed.
b. Upon entering facility, immediately secure firearms in designated
Department locker as directed by assigned Department personnel.

c. Upon completion of police duties within the detention facility, the
uniformed member will retrieve the firearm from the location where it was
secured prior to leaving the facility.
When delivering prisoners to the Manhattan Court Section at the rear of 100
Centre Street, uniformed members of the service are to secure their firearms
in the Department of Correction security booth located in the intake sally
port area.
The court section locationsare as follows:
MANHATTAN COURT SECTION - Rear of 100 Centre Street (at Baxter Street)
MIDTOWN COMMUNITY COURT - 314 West 54th Street (Midtown North Pct.)
BROOKLYN COURT SECTION - Rear of 120 Schermerhorn Street (State St.)
QUEENS COURT SECTION - 125-01 Queens Boulevard
BRONX COURT SECTION - 215 East 161st Street
STATEN ISLAND COURT SECTION - 78 Richmond Terrace (120th Pct. 2nd Fl.)
Uniformed members of the service at the scene of an incident at which a
prisoner is acting in a deranged, erratic manner apparently caused by a drug
overdose, i.e., cocaine psychosis, angel dust, heroin overdose, etc., will
request the response of the supervisor on patrol, if an ambulance is not
immediately available. The supervisor will determine if prisoner should be
removed to the appropriate hospital by utilizing a Department vehicle or await
the arrival of an ambulance. The prisoner is not to be brought to a police
facility.
Cocaine induced psychosis or other illegal drug usage may cause violent
behavior which may be a means of self-defense against imagined persecutors. In
addition to paranoia, the individual may experience visual, auditory, or
tactile (e.g., bugs crawling under the skin, etc.), hallucinations, high body
temperature and seizures. Since sudden death may ensue, uniformed members of
the service are reminded to have such person brought to an appropriate
hospital facility and NOT TO A POLICE FACILITY.
Absent unusual circumstances, and when an unoccupied detention cell is
available, prisoners who are being processed and require the use of toilet
facilities will utilize those located within precinct detention cells.
Detention cell facilities chosen must be fully operational (e.g., toilets,
alarm and cell lock in working condition). Prisoners will be escorted by a
uniformed member of the service of the same sex. All Department directives
relative to prisoner security guidelines remain in effect.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Seating Plan
Up to 3 Prisoners
(Figure 46A)

*Rear Door must be locked to ensure prisoners do not escape.
Seating Plan
Up to 7 Prisoners
(Figure 46B)

* Maximum transport of prisoners is 7 prisoners for 12 passenger vans.
* Rear door must be locked to ensure prisoners do not escape.
* Assign additional escort officer as necessary.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrests - Removal To Department Facility For Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Arrest - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Arrest - General Search Guidelines (P.G. 208-05)
Arrest Report Preparation At Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Arrests - License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the
Organized Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 208-07 Photographable Offenses
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To obtain official Department photographs of persons arrested for felonies and
certain misdemeanors.
PROCEDURE
Follow normal arrest procedure and, in addition:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Have photographs taken of persons arrested when such persons are charged
with any felony, including "juvenile offenders" as defined in the Penal Law,
Section 10, sub. 18, or any of the following misdemeanors:
a. Criminal possession of a weapon, 4th degree, firearm only, (Section
265.01, Penal Law)
NOTE: Photographs are no longer required for criminal possession of a weapon
in the fourth (4th) degree if the weapon is NOT a firearm.
b. Manufacture, transport, disposition and defacement of weapons and
dangerous instruments and appliances (Section 265.10, Penal Law)
c. Prohibited use of weapons (Section 265.35, Penal Law, sub. 1 and 3)
d. Jostling (165.25, Penal Law)
e. Fraudulent accosting (Section 165.30, Penal Law) except if specifically
charged with operating a "Three Card Monte" game
f. Sexual abuse, 2nd degree (Section 130.60, Penal Law)
g. Criminal impersonation, 2nd degree (Section 190.25, Penal Law, sub. 3)
h. Promoting prostitution, 4th degree (Section 230.20, Penal Law)
i. Loitering for the purpose of promoting prostitution (Section 240.37,
Penal Law, sub. 3)
j. Prostitution (Section 230.00, Penal Law)
k. Patronizing a prostitute, 3rd degree (Section 230.04, Penal Law)
l. Patronizing a prostitute, 4th degree (Section 230.03, Penal Law)
m. Trademark counterfeiting, 3rd degree (Section 165.71, Penal Law).
n. Arson, 5th degree (Section 150.01, Penal Law)
ADDITIONAL DATA

An official Department photograph is taken by a member of the Photo Unit for
any felony or selected misdemeanor listed above. In addition, official
Department photographs will continue to be taken of adults arrested for Making
Graffiti and Possession of Graffiti Instruments when such persons do not
qualify for a Desk Appearance Ticket.
A photograph taken at a Department facility is for identification purposes
only and does not satisfy the requirements of this procedure.
A hospitalized prisoner who is charged with a photographable misdemeanor may
be issued a Desk Appearance Ticket, if eligible, and criminal photographs will
NOT be taken.

P.G. 208-08 Fingerprintable And Palmprintable Offenses
Date Effective: 07-01-14
PURPOSE
To establish positive identification of persons arrested and provide
arraignment court with prior criminal record.
PROCEDURE
Follow normal arrest procedure and:
ARRESTING OFFICER/ARREST PROCESSING OFFICER
1. Fingerprint and palmprint person arrested utilizing Livescan as indicated
below:
a. Adult prisoners if charged with:
(1) Felony
(2) Misdemeanor as defined in Penal Law
(3) Misdemeanor defined outside the Penal Law which would constitute a
felony if such person was previously convicted of a crime
(4) Loitering for purpose of engaging in prostitution - Section 240.37,
subdivision 2, Penal Law.
b. Juvenile Offender - A person less than 16 years of age taken into custody
and charged with a felony as indicated:
(1) 13, 14 and 15 years of age charged with Murder 2nd Degree (Section
125.25, subdivisions 1 and 2)
(2) 14 or 15 years of age charged with Murder 2nd Degree (Felony Murder subdivision 3) if the underlying felony is listed in subdivision (3), items
(a) through (k) below.
(3) 14 or 15 years of age and charged with:
(a) Assault 1st Degree - Section 120.10, subdivisions 1 and 2
(b) Manslaughter 1st Degree - Section 125.20
(c) Rape 1st Degree - Section 130.35, subdivisions 1 and 2
(d) Criminal Sexual Act 1st Degree - Section 130.50, subdivisions 1 and
2
(e) Kidnapping 1st Degree - Section 135.25
(f) Burglary 1st Degree - Section 140.30 AND Burglary 2nd Degree Section
140.25, subdivision 1

(g) Arson 1st and 2nd Degrees - Sections 150.20 and 150.15
(h) Robbery 1st Degree - Section 160.15 AND Robbery 2nd Degree Section
160.10, subdivision 2
(i) Aggravated Sexual Abuse 1st Degree - Section 130.70
(j) Attempted Murder 2nd Degree - Section 110.00; Section 125.25 OR
Attempted Kidnapping 1st Degree - Section 110.00; Section 135.25.
(k) Criminal Possession of a Weapon 2nd Degree - Section 265.03 OR
Criminal Possession of a Weapon 3rd Degree - Section 265.02, subdivision 4,
and the offense takes place on school grounds.
NOTE: School grounds consist of any building or property within the property
line of a public, private or parochial school from elementary up to and
including high school or within a thousand feet of the property line of such
school (Penal Law Section 220.00, subdivision 14).
c. Other Juvenile (not classified Juvenile Offenders)
(1) 11 years of age or older - charged with an A or B felony
(2) 13 years of age or older - charged with any felony.
NOTE: Fingerprints and palmprints may be taken if the arresting/assisting
officer is unable to ascertain prisoner's identity, if officer reasonably
suspects that the identity given by the prisoner is not accurate or if the
officer reasonably suspects that the person is wanted by another law
enforcement officer or agency for the commission of another offense.
2. Take one clear front view photo of juvenile and on the reverse side enter
the following information:
a. Name of juvenile
b. Date of birth
c. Mother's full name, include maiden name
d. Date and precinct of arrest
e. COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) and arrest number and crime(s) charged.
3. Forward photograph promptly in sealed envelope to the Identification
Section, Youth Records Unit, Room 606, Police Headquarters.
NOTE: If juvenile is taken directly to Family Court, a member of the borough
court section or arresting/assigned officer will take fingerprints and photo
and forward as above.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Whenever prisoners must be fingerprinted and palmprinted, photographs may also
be taken.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Photographable Offenses (P.G. 208-07)

FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

P.G. 208-09 Rights Of Persons Taken Into Custody
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To advise persons taken into custody of their constitutional rights.
PROCEDURE
Prior to questioning a person taken into custody:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Inform such person of the following constitutional rights (Miranda
Warnings):
a. You have the right to remain silent and refuse to answer any questions.
Do you understand?
b. Anything you say may be used against you in a court of law. Do you
understand?
c. You have the right to consult an attorney before speaking to the police
and to have an attorney present during any questioning now or in the future.
Do you understand?
d. If you cannot afford an attorney, one will be provided for you without
cost. Do you understand?
e. If you do not have an attorney available, you have the right to remain
silent until you have an opportunity to consult one. Do you understand?
f. Now that I have advised you of your rights, are you willing to answer
questions?
2. Explain any portion of the rights that the person in custody does not
understand.
[I.O. 32 s 11] a. If the person in custody and/or the parents/guardians of a
juvenile in custody appear to have difficulty understanding/ communicating in
English, the member of the service concerned should comply with P.G. 212-90,
"Guidelines for Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons." If
the prisoner and/or the parents/guardians of a juvenile in custody appear to
be hearing impaired, the member of the service concerned should comply with
P.G. 212-104, "Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons." The use of a
bilingual employee or the Language Initiative Program is the preferential
method for interpretation when interacting with a prisoner. It is recommended
that certified members of the Language Initiative Program be used for
custodial interrogations. Appropriate command log entries will be made when
interpretation services are utilized.
3. Cease interrogation if subject wants an attorney or wishes to remain
silent.
4. Contact attorney for person in custody.

[I.O. 34 s 08] NOTE: Before questioning juveniles, both the juvenile and the
parent/guardian must be read Miranda warnings by utilizing MIRANDA WARNINGS
FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS (PD244- 1413). The juvenile may be questioned if
he/she waives these rights in the presence of the parent/guardian. The
parent/guardian does not have to separately waive the rights; they only need
to be advised of such rights. If, however, the parent/guardian objects to the
questioning or requests an attorney for the juvenile, no questioning should
occur, even if the juvenile is willing to answer questions.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR CONCERNED
5. Inform prisoner of presence of attorney and ask if he wants to see the
attorney.
NOTE: If an attorney states that he represents a prisoner but does not know
the identity of the prisoner, he will not be permitted to interview him.
6. Permit interview to be conducted in muster room for a reasonable time.
7. Assign uniformed member of the service to keep prisoner and attorney under
continuous observation at all times. Ensure that no objects are passed between
the prisoner and the attorney.
8. Enter under "Details" of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET(PD244-159):
a. Name, address and phone number of attorney and identity of person who
retained him
b. If interview was conducted
c. Time of attorney's arrival and departure.
IF INTERVIEW WAS CONDUCTED AT BOROUGH COURT SECTION FACILITY OR AT A PRECINCT
OTHER THAN THE PRECINCT OF ARREST
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR CONCERNED
9. Notify the desk officer of precinct of arrest giving required information.
10. Make a Command Log entry of interview and notification.
11. Record information in the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET or
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157).
IF A REQUEST IS RECEIVED FROM AN ATTORNEY SEEKING THE LOCATION OF A CLIENT WHO
HAS BEEN ARRESTED AND IS IN CUSTODY OF THIS DEPARTMENT
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CONCERNED
12. Record contents of message in Telephone Record including:
a. Time, name, address and phone number of attorney, name of person
arrested, and any other facts which may assist in locating prisoner.
NOTE: If Telephone Record is not maintained in command, entry will be made
as directed by commanding officer.

13. Request Communications Section to transmit FINEST message to all commands
advising that the particular defendant is represented by counsel.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR CONCERNED
14. Determine if prisoner is detained in stationhouse/Department facility.
15. Direct interrogating officers concerned to cease interrogation and permit
prisoner to contact attorney, if prisoner is located in precinct/ Department
facility.
NOTE: A uniformed member of the service who has information concerning the
whereabouts of the prisoner will communicate with the desk officer (or
counterpart) of his command. The desk officer will notify the originator of
the FINEST message. Guidelines listed in steps 12 through 15 apply only in
those situations where an attorney initiated an inquiry seeking to locate a
client who was arrested and with whom he has had no prior contact in this
arrest situation.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)

P.G. 208-10 Alternate Procedure For Arrest Number Generation As A
Result Of Computer Failure
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To set guidelines for arrest number generation when computer system (On Line
Booking System) becomes disabled.
PROCEDURE
When the On Line Booking System becomes disabled, uniformed members of the
service assigned to commands participating in "local arrest processing" that
require an arrest number will:
NOTE: Commands that currently issue arrest numbers for DESK APPEARANCE
TICKETS (PD260-121) will not follow this procedure. Instead, arrest numbers
for DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS will be issued by commands concerned when On Line
Booking System becomes operational.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
1. Direct member of the service assigned to input arrest data entries
(PF1/PF3), if the On Line Booking System becomes disabled in a command's
computer at any time, to:
a. Immediately notify the Management Information Systems Division, Help
Desk, at (212) 374-3800, to attempt to correct problem.
2. Ascertain from member assigned to Management Information Systems Division,
Help Desk, when problem is not correctable:
a. If problem is limited to the command or is citywide, AND
b. Anticipated period of time that the On Line Booking System will be
disabled.
IF ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM IS DOWN IN COMMAND OF ARREST ONLY:
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
3. Instruct member assigned to input arrest data to have arrest number
generated, via landline, by an adjoining precinct whose system is operational.
a. Continue to follow command's current "local arrest processing"
procedures.
IF ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM IS DOWN CITYWIDE:
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
4. Contact supervisor at borough central booking facility concerned.
IF M.I.S.D. INDICATES THAT THE ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM IS DOWN CITYWIDE AND
RESTORATION OF THE SYSTEM IS NOT IMMINENT:

BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
5. Institute manual arrest processing mode, which includes:
a. Issuance of arrest numbers from an "arrest log" book to
arresting/assigned uniformed members of the service via landline.
NOTE: These arrest numbers are identified as a two hundred thousand
(200,000) series, i.e., M97200001.
b. Have notifications made to Division of Criminal Justice Services (DCJS)
in Albany to determine next sequential Fax number.
NOTE: Completed Fingerprint Charts are to be issued sequential Fax control
numbers indicated by DCJS and sent to Albany for processing.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
6. Have information requested on required Fingerprint Charts neatly printed by
arresting/assigned uniformed member of the service.
7. Have copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORK-SHEET (PD244-159) (complete
with issued manual arrest number), all completed Fingerprint Charts, Prisoner
Movement Slip (Misc. 2011A) and prisoner delivered, without delay, by other
than arresting officer, to appropriate facility (e.g., Midtown Community
Court, 25th Precinct Hub-Site, etc.,) as indicated in current local arrest
processing procedures.
NOTE: Arresting/assigned uniformed members will remain at command and
continue to process arrest for affidavit preparation as set forth by existing
local arrest processing procedures. Fingerprint charts must be delivered
within three hours of arrest.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Precincts of arrest are responsible for back data entry once On Line Booking
System comes back on-line. Therefore, a copy of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET will be retained and kept available at the desk for entry of
arrest data (PF9/PF3), when On Line Booking System becomes operational.
"PF9" data entry is identical to "PF1" but forces On Line Booking System to
accept previously issued manual arrest number in lieu of computer generated
arrest number.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)

P.G. 208-11 Arrest Processing-"Livescan" Fingerprinting And
Palmprinting
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To set forth guidelines for the utilization of the "LIVESCAN" computer
fingerprinting and palmprinting.
PROCEDURE
In all arrests situations whenever a prisoner is required to be fingerprinted
and palmprinted, except bedside arraignment of a hospitalized prisoner, or a
hospitalized prisoner who may be eligible for a Desk Appearance Ticket,
utilize the "LIVESCAN: computer fingerprinting and palmprinting system and:
NOTE: To maintain a high quality of fingerprints and palmprints, operation
of the "LIVESCAN" machine should be performed by the command's designated
arrest processing officer, if applicable, or a member of the service
appropriately trained to operate the machine. Also, appropriately trained
investigators of the NYS Attorney General's Office will be permitted to use
the LIVESCAN machine.
ARREST PROCESSING OFFICER/DESIGNATED MEMBER
1. Generate arrest number through the On Line Booking System (OLBS).
a. Ensure proper "ARREST PROCESSING TYPE" code is entered during On Line
Booking System data entry.
2. Record the check digit that appears on the On Line Booking System terminal
screen at the completion of the PF-3 data entries, onto the top right corner
of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORK SHEET (PD244-159).
a. Retrieve the arrest's check digit through the "BADS" computer system if
the check digit was not recorded.
NOTE: The check digit is necessary for operation of the "LIVESCAN"
computerized fingerprinting system and subsequent transmission of
fingerprints/palmprints.
3. Immediately proceed to begin fingerprinting and palmprinting upon
completion of On Line Booking System data entries (PF1/PF3), utilizing
"LIVESCAN" machine as follows:
a. Ensure both the prisoner's hands and the scanner platens of the
"LIVESCAN" machine are clean and dry.
(1)Use "Pre-Scan Pad" to moisten prisoner's fingers and palms, if
excessively dry.
b. Enter arrest number with check digit into "LIVESCAN" computer.
NOTE: Once arrest number (with check digit) is entered into the "LIVESCAN"
computer, all pertinent arrest information is automatically downloaded to the

"LIVESCAN" computer from original On Line Booking System data entries. If this
information is not transferred to "LIVESCAN," information must be re-sent
through "BADS" as follows:
- Select #1, "ARREST REPORT PRINTOUTS," from "BADS" main menu.
- Enter arrest number, when prompted.
- Move cursor to caption, "LIVESCAN RESEND," and mark field with an "X" and
enter. (Message at bottom of screen will read, " RECORD HAS BEEN TRANSFERRED
FOR LIVESCAN.")
- Return to "LIVESCAN" machine and restart process.
c. Fingerprint plain (flat) impressions of the four fingers minus the thumb
on large scanner platen and the thumbs on the small scanner platen and press
"SCAN."
(1) The four fingers of each hand must be placed on an angle on scanner
platen, with special attention to the pinky finger.
(2) Press "SAVE," after plain impression has been completed and hand is
removed from scanner platen.
d. Fingerprint individual fingers on small scanner platen centering the core
of each finger on the cross lines indicated on the left screen of the
"LIVESCAN" machine.
(1) Ensure proper sequence as indicated by left screen prompts.
(2) Roll each finger to one side as indicated by direction arrows on
"LIVESCAN" machine and press "SCAN."
(a) INDIVIDUAL FINGERS MUST BE ROLLED.
(3) Press "SAVE," after roll has been completed and finger is removed from
scanner platen, if image is acceptable.
(a) Press "SCAN" which erases former image, if image is
unacceptable, and print finger again.
e. Palmprint palms (2) and writer's palms on large platen and press "SCAN".
NOTE: Appropriate notations must be entered in "LIVESCAN" computer when
fingers or palms are unable to be adequately printed for any reason, (i.e.,
"MISS," "AMP," "INJ," "SCAR," etc.). This information is to be entered in
designated fingerprint box. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS A FINGERPRINT BOX TO BE
LEFT BLANK.
4. Check transmit queue of "LIVESCAN" computer to ascertain if prints are
being transmitted, when completed.
a. The "ACTIVITY LOG" function displays a list of records transmitted for
the previous seventy-two hours.
NOTE: Complete "LIVESCAN" processing of a prisoner should not exceed three
hours from the time of arrest, unless exigent circumstances exist.

DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR, ARREST PROCESSING SITE
5. Authorize any "override" of "LIVESCAN" prints taken.
a. Make appropriate command log entries detailing the reasons for the
override.
NOTE: Overrides will only be done AFTER four attempts have been made to roll
an acceptable print. When supervisor concurs that the rejected print is the
best that can be taken (i.e., finger burnt, disfigured, etc.), the "LIVESCAN"
operator will "ANNOTATE" the rejection (ADD NOTE), into the "LIVESCAN"
computer system.
WHEN PRISONER REFUSES TO BE FINGERPRINTED/PALMPRINTED OR IS REMOVED TO THE
HOSPITAL:
6. Notify the Borough Court Section supervisor concerned immediately if the
prisoner refuses to be fingerprinted/palmprinted or is removed to the
hospital.
a. Be guided by the instructions of the Borough Court Section supervisor.
7. Provide the Borough Court Section supervisor with the following
information:
a. Prisoner's name
b. Prisoner's arrest number
c. Prisoner's fax control number (if available).
d. Date/time of prisoner's refusal to be fingerprinted/palmprinted.
e. Date/time that the prisoner was removed to the hospital.
f. Name of hospital and admission number (where warranted).
8. Note the prisoner's refusal to be fingerprinted/palmprinted as follows:
a. Make entry on the computer generated prisoner movement slip.
b. Prepare REFUSED PRINTS REPORT (PD223-122).
c. Make a command log entry detailing the prisoner's refusal to be
fingerprinted/palmprinted.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
9. Instruct the desk officer/supervisor making the notification to:
a. Proceed with the arrest processing.
b. Complete all other arrest related procedures and paperwork.
c. Request prisoner's cooperation to be fingerprinted/palmprinted upon
completion of all other arrest related procedures.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR, ARREST PROCESSING SITE

IF PRISONER COMPLIES:
10. Have prisoner fingerprinted/palmprinted at the command via LIVESCAN.
a. Complete REFUSED PRINTS REPORT and verify.
b. Make additional entries on movement slip and in command log indicating
prisoner's decision.
c. Enclose REFUSED PRINTS REPORT with arrest package.
IF PRISONER STILL REFUSES:
11. Proceed as in steps "10a-10c" above.
a. Place leg restraints on prisoner and direct that prisoner be brought
directly to the Borough Court Section.
NOTE: Leg restraints MUST be used when transporting a prisoner that has
refused to be fingerprinted and palmprinted. If the desk officer determines
that extenuating circumstances exist that preclude placing leg restraints on a
prisoner that has refused to be fingerprinted and palmprinted, a command log
entry will be made detailing the reason why. The use of leg restraints does
not replace the requirement to rear handcuff the prisoner. All procedures
detailing the use of handcuffs remain in effect. When using leg restraints on
a prisoner, the escorting officer is to exercise caution to prevent the
prisoner from falling.
WHEN PRISONER THAT REFUSED TO BE FINGERPRINTED/ PALMPRINTED ARRIVES AT THE
BOROUGH COURT SECTION:
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
12. Question the prisoner and verify that he/she refuses to be
fingerprinted/palmprinted.
IF PRISONER COMPLIES:
13. Direct that prisoner be fingerprinted/palmprinted via LIVESCAN.
14. Make an entry indicating compliance:
a. In the command log.
b. On the prisoner movement slip.
c. On the REFUSED PRINTS REPORT and verify.
IF PRISONER CONTINUES TO REFUSE TO BE FINGERPRINTED/ PALMPRINTED:
15. Lodge prisoner at the Borough Court Section throughout the arraignment
process.
16. Make command log entry noting the refusal.
17. Complete the REFUSED PRINTS REPORT and verify.

18. Have appropriate "NOTEPAD" data entries and corresponding "UNARRAIGNED
DISPOSITION" field entered into "OLPA" computer system immediately.
NOTE: A prisoner who refuses to be fingerprinted and palmprinted will not
leave the court section facility and be sent to another command for lodging.
However, if such a prisoner is in need of medical attention, he/she may be
brought to a health care facility for treatment.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The "LIVESCAN" machine should remain "ON" and the scanner covers of the
machine "CLOSED," when not in use. If "LIVESCAN" becomes inoperable,
immediately notify the Management Information System Division (MISD) HELP DESK
(212) 374-3800, and if necessary be guided by P.G. 208-12, "Alternate
Procedures For Fingerprint and Palmprint Processing In The Event of Computer
Failure".
The "LIVESCAN" machine must be "recalibrated" at least once per tour to ensure
that prints transmitted are acceptable to the Identification Section and the
Division of Criminal Justice Services (i.e., not too dark or too light, etc.).
Busy commands must "recalibrate" more frequently.
The "LIVESCAN" machine scanner platens must be cleaned after each prisoner is
fingerprinted and palmprinted. The "LIVESCAN" machine is to be cleaned only
with authorized cleaning materials, (i.e., "Windex with Ammonia D,"
"Lithopads"). These materials, in addition to "Pre-Scan Pads," may be
requisitioned from the Quartermaster Section.
If the "LIVESCAN" computer becomes inoperable because of damage to the
machine, particularly to the scanner platen, the vendor will replace the
damaged scanner platen and deliver it to the Management Information Systems
Division. In circumstances in which there is suspicion of intentional damage,
the desk officer will make an entry in the Command Log and initiate an
investigation (see P.G. 202-14, "Desk Officer"). Any evidence of intentional
damage to any machine will result in an immediate investigation and
appropriate action.
Routine operational inquiries concerning "LIVESCAN" and the On Line Booking
System should be directed to the borough Court Section concerned, twenty-four
hours, seven days a week, OR the Criminal Justice Bureau at (646) 610-5305,
during business hours. Technical problems and "LIVESCAN" outages are to be
referred to the Management Information Systems Division (MISD) HELP DESK at
(646) 610-6473.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Fingerprintable and Palmprintable Offenses (P.G. 208-08)
Alternate Procedures For Fingerprint and Palmprint Processing Due To Computer
System Failure (P.G. 208-12)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
REFUSED PRINTS REPORTS (PD223-122)

P.G. 208-12 Alternate Procedure For Fingerprint And Palmprint
Processing Due To Computer System Failure
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To set guidelines for fingerprint and palmprint processing should the
"LIVESCAN" System become disabled.
DEFINITION
"LIVESCAN" System - the electronic transmitting of fingerprints and palmprints
via computer.
NOTE: Since "LIVESCAN's" operation is fully dependent on the On Line Booking
System (OLBS), if the On Line Booking System becomes disabled, "LIVESCAN"
becomes inoperable. Additionally, if the On Line Booking System becomes
disabled, uniformed members of the service concerned will comply with the
guidelines for arrest number generation (see P.G. 208-10, "Alternate Procedure
for Arrest Number, Generation As A Result Of Computer Failure").
PROCEDURE
When the "LIVESCAN" System becomes disabled:
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
1. Have arresting/assigned officer immediately notify the Management
Information Systems Division, Help Desk, at (212) 374-3800, if "LIVESCAN"
becomes disabled at any time, to attempt to correct problem.
2. Ascertain from member assigned to Management Information Systems Division,
Help Desk, when member concerned indicates that problem is not correctable:
a. If problem is limited to the command or is borough/citywide, AND
b. Anticipated period of time that the "LIVESCAN" System will be disabled.
IF "LIVESCAN" SYSTEM IS DISABLED COMMAND OF ARREST ONLY:
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
3. Have uniformed members of the service, other than arresting officer,
transport defendant to an adjoining precinct where "LIVESCAN" System is
operational and fingerprint/palmprint defendant.
IF "LIVESCAN" SYSTEM IS DISABLED BOROUGH/CITYWIDE:
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
4. Contact borough Court Section supervisor concerned and be guided by
supervisor's instructions.
NOTE: Borough Court Section supervisors are available twenty-four hours a
day, seven days a week, at the following numbers:

- Manhattan Court Section (212) 374-3838/3921/3942
- Brooklyn Court Section (718) 834-5318
- Queens Court Section (718) 268-4899/5299
- Bronx Court Section (718) 590-2817/3830
- S.I. Court Section (718) 876-8493
IF THE DECISION IS MADE TO REVERT TO USING INK TO FINGERPRINT AND PALMPRINT
PRISONERS:
NOTE: Decisions to ink print prisoners will be made on a case by case basis
by the borough Court Section supervisor concerned in the event that LIVESCAN
is disabled borough/citywide for an extended period of time and restoration of
the system is not imminent. The supervisor at the Management Information
Systems Division, Help Desk and the supervisor at the Criminal Justice Bureau
will be conferred with prior to instructing personnel to ink print prisoners.
It should be noted that the preferred course of action is to wait until the
LIVESCAN System once again becomes operational and then fingerprint and
palmprint the prisoner using LIVESCAN.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
5. Instruct desk officer/supervisor, command concerned, to ink print
defendant(s) on appropriate fingerprint and palmprint charts.
a. Have fingerprints and palmprint forwarded expeditiously to the borough
Court Section concerned for processing.
NOTE: If the On Line Booking System is disabled, instruct desk
officer/supervisor concerned to have arresting/assigned officer neatly print
required information on the fingerprint and palmprint charts before they are
delivered to the borough Court Section concerned for processing.
6. Have Court Section personnel available and ready to process ink
fingerprints and palmprints, including:
a. Backing up of fingerprint and palmprint charts, and
b. Transmission of those fingerprints and palmprints to Albany via the court
site "Fax-4" machine.
c. Transmission of those fingerprints and palmprints to the Identification
Section via the court site "Fax-4" machine.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
7. Instruct arresting/assigned officer to ink print defendant(s) on
appropriate fingerprint and palmprint charts.
8. Have fingerprint and palmprint charts delivered, by other than
arresting/assigned officer, with a copy of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159), to Borough Court Section concerned, NO LATER THAN THREE
HOURS AFTER THE TIME OF ARREST.

ADDITIONAL DATA
Commanding officers of arresting commands and borough Court Sections must
ensure that an adequate supply of materials needed to ink print defendants is
readily available, including:
FBI Fingerprint Charts (FD 249)
New York State Fingerprint Charts (DCJS-2)
CRIMINAL FINGERPRINT RECORDS (PD223-141)
CRIMINAL PALMPRINT RECORDS (PD223-141a)
Inquiry Charts (DCJS-6)
Juvenile Charts (DCJS-4)
Ink and ink rollers
Ink Fingerprint Station.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Alternate Procedure For Arrest Number Generation As A Result Of Computer
System Failure (P.G. 208-10)
Arrest Processing-Livescan Fingerprinting and Palmprinting (P.G. 208-11)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CRIMINAL FINGERPRINT RECORD (PD223-141)
CRIMINAL PALMPRINT RECORD (PD223-141a)
FBI Fingerprint Chart (FD 249)
Inquiry Chart (DCJS-6)
Juvenile Chart (DCJS-4)
New York State Fingerprint Chart (DCJS-2)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-13 Arrest Report Supplement
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To outline those instances that require a uniformed member of the service to
complete an ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157).
PROCEDURE
This form will be prepared by uniformed members of the service to:
1. Record additional information when there is insufficient space under
"Details" on an ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
2. Report additional details after an ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
has been prepared such as:
a. Change in offense charged
b. Identity of previously unidentified prisoner
c. Re-arrest on a bench warrant
d. Prisoner forfeits bail
e. Prisoner re-arrested for same offense for which bail was forfeited
f. Prisoner released on reasonable belief he did not commit the crime
g. Attorney visits prisoner
h. Hospitalized prisoner visited by an authorized person, (See P.G. 210-02,
"Hospitalized Prisoner.") The SUPPLEMENT containing the list of all visits
will be distributed when the prisoner is released from the hospital.
i. Prisoner released from hospital. (If the prisoner is under eighteen
include notifications to prisoner's parent or guardian and the arresting
officer.)
j. Hospitalized prisoner issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET.
k. Prisoner is released to the custody of a member of the Collision
Investigation Squad to permit examination of a vehicle involved in a collision
which resulted in death, serious injury and likely to die, or critical injury
to an individual.
l. Child released from a place of detention
m. Clothing removed from a homicide victim for examination at the Forensic
Investigation Division
n. Delineating the circumstances surrounding the additional charge of
bribery, in situations where the arresting officer is not the uniformed member
offered the bribe in arrest situations

NOTE: In those instances when a detective squad member will add charges for
offences previously recorded on a COMPLAINT REPORT to a prisoner arrested by a
member of the Patrol Services Bureau, or has effected an arrest and is going
to add additional charges for offenses previously recorded on a COMPLAINT
REPORT (i.e.: robbery pattern, burglary pattern, etc.), the detective squad
member will follow the arrest procedure in P.G. 208-74, "Arrest Processing of
Persons Wanted for Multiple Incidents".
When a detective squad member effects the arrest of a person with more than
one outstanding indictment warrant, the detective squad member will follow the
arrest procedure in P.G. 208-74, "Arrests Processing of Persons Wanted for
Multiple Incidents".
ADDITIONAL DATA
Do not prepare an ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT in a case in which a prisoner's
original and additional arrest charge(s) occur in different geographical
boroughs prior to arraignment, OR, when the initial arrest charge is for a
non-fingerprintable offense, OR, when the prisoner has been arraigned and an
additional arrest charge(s) is forthcoming. In both of these cases, the member
of the service filing the additional arrest charge(s) must issue a new arrest
number, re-print the prisoner via LIVESCAN, and make an immediate notification
to the borough Court Section supervisor concerned.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Hospitalized Prisoner (P.G. 210-02)
Arrest Processing Of Persons Wanted For Multiple Incidents (P.G. 208-74)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)

P.G. 208-14 Arrest By Uniformed Member Outside City
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To report an arrest effected by a uniformed member of the service outside New
York City but within New York State.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service effects an arrest outside New York City
when not specifically assigned or ordered:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with arrest procedures of police agency having jurisdiction.
2. Notify Operations Unit immediately of all facts including:
a. Time and date of occurrence
b. Place of occurrence
c. Location of uniformed member concerned at time of notification
d. Manner in which member became involved
e. Identity of all parties involved in incident, including local police
authorities
f. Complete details
g. Injury to uniformed member concerned or any other person
h. Identity and statements of witnesses.
OPERATIONS UNIT MEMBER
3. Notify commanding officer of uniformed member concerned.
4. Direct duty captain assigned to Patrol Borough Queens North/South or Bronx,
as appropriate, to respond to place of occurrence, if within residence
counties, conduct investigation and have UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
prepared.
DUTY CAPTAIN
5. Respond to location within residence counties and conduct investigation.
6. Prepare UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT, LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154)
and ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155) if required.
NOTE: The Operations Unit will, based upon circumstances, determine if a
duty captain will respond to an incident involving an arrest effected by a
uniformed member of the service outside the residence counties.

ARRESTING OFFICER'S C.O.
7. Direct desk officer to make entry in Telephone Record concerning
notification of incident from Operations Unit.
ARRESTING OFFICER
8. Prepare report with all pertinent information and submit to commanding
officer as soon as possible.
COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
9. Prepare detailed report of incident for Chief of Department.
10. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau if investigation, other than in relation to
sickness or injury, is required.
11. Forward detailed report with copy of arresting officer's report attached
to:
a. Chief of Department - direct (two copies)
b. Chief of Personnel - (one copy)
c. Each intermediate command - (one copy) and
d. File - (one copy).
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155)
LINE OF DUTY INJURY REPORT (PD429-154)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
RELATED PROCEDURES
Line of Duty Injury or Death Outside City in Residence Counties (P.G. 205-06)
Accidents and Collisions - City Involved (P.G. 217-04)

P.G. 208-15 Arrest Report Preparation At Stationhouse
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process an arrest at a stationhouse.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is ready to process an arrest after
completing the initial appearance before the desk officer:
DESK OFFICER
1. Direct arresting officer to remove prisoner to arrest processing area, or
location in the stationhouse SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED as suitable for
interrogation of juveniles, as appropriate.
2. Direct arrest processing officer, if available, to assist arresting
officer.
NOTE: The arrest processing officer will fingerprint and palmprint prisoner
(LIVESCAN) and assist the arresting officer by providing arrest-related forms,
taking photographs, and conducting necessary warrant checks. Also,
appropriately trained investigators of the NYS Attorney General's Office will
be permitted to use the LIVESCAN, OMNIFORM and the Digital Camera Capture
Station systems.
ARRESTING OFFICER
3. IMMEDIATELY prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
a. Ensure that COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141), etc., case numbers are indicated.
[I.O. 32 s 11] b. Indicate "yes" and the appropriate language under caption
"Is interpreter needed for further investigation" on the ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), if the prisoner has apparent difficulty
understanding/communicating in English, regardless of whether of not further
investigation is required.
NOTE: If individual in custody is wanted for multiple incidents, comply with
provisions of Patrol Guide procedure 208-74, "Arrests Processing of Persons
Wanted for Multiple Incidents".
4. Comply with P.G. 214-07, "Cases for Legal Action Program," if applicable,
which ensures that all New York City Public Housing residents who are arrested
pursuant to the execution of a search warrant where contraband is recovered or
arrested for a designated crime committed on the grounds of any New York City
Public Housing Development are targeted for possible eviction proceedings.
DESK OFFICER
5. Review for completeness and accuracy and sign ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET and return to arresting officer.

ARRESTING OFFICER
6. Have arrest number generated utilizing OMNIFORM System.
NOTE: To correctly collate the different types of arrests that are
processed, all arrests generated in the OMNIFORM System will use one of the
following Arrest Processing Types from the OMNIFORM dropdown list:
• Community Court Desk Appearance Ticket
• Community Court Online Arrest
• Desk Appearance Ticket
• Juvenile (Non Fingerprintable Offenses)
• Online Arrest
• Voided Arrest
a. FAX completed ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (with arrest number
indicated,) to the borough court section/Assistant District Attorney, for on
line arrests ONLY (videoconferencing, BLAP), in accordance with current
processing procedures in each borough.
7. Have arrest processing officer fingerprint and palmprint prisoner utilizing
LIVESCAN, and with the assistance of the arrest processing officer:
a. Have digital photograph(s) of prisoner taken and generate Prisoner
Movement Slip
b. Prepare other necessary forms (e.g., COMPLAINT REPORT, PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, etc.)
c. Have any necessary warrant checks conducted.
8. Request the desk officer to have the prisoner removed to appropriate
prisoner intake area based on local guidelines.
a. Escorting officer must have Prisoner Movement Slip with photo and a copy
of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET with arrest number and check digit
indicated.
9. Complete any additional arrest paperwork, as necessary.
10. Have desk officer review documents for completeness and accuracy.
11. Prepare affidavit based on the county District Attorney's method of
preparation.
ADDITIONAL DATA TYPE OF ARREST BEING PROCESSED AND EXPLANATION:
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (DAT) COMMUNITY COURT - used when a D.A.T. is issued
and returnable to Midtown Community Court or Red Hook Community Court.
COMMUNITY COURT ON LINE ARREST - used when a command processes an on line
arrest to be arraigned in the Midtown Community Court or Red Hook Community

Court.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET - used when a command processes a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET.
JUVENILE (NON FINGERPRINTABLE OFFENSES ONLY) - used to process juvenile
delinquent arrests that are not fingerprintable offenses. ONLINE ARREST - used
to process on line arrests, as well as all juvenile arrests that are
fingerprintable (including juvenile offenders, recogs, and juveniles not
eligible for recognizance).
VOIDED ARREST - used when processing a voided arrest under P.G. 210-13,
"Release of Prisoners."
Regardless of whether the arrest package has been previously forwarded, the
prisoner must be delivered to the borough court section facility
expeditiously. Delays of more than five hours from time of arrest for lineups,
prisoner debriefing, prisoner medical attention, etc., will be reported by
telephone to the appropriate borough court section.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrests - Removal To Department Facility For Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Arrest - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Arrest - General Search Guidelines (P.G. 208-05)
Arrests - Security Measures (P.G. 208-06)
Alternate Procedure for Arrest Number Generation as a Result of Computer
Failure (P.G. 208-10)
Alternate Procedure for Fingerprint and Palmprint Processing Due to Computer
System Failure (P.G. 208-12)
Arrests – License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the
Organized Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)
Arrest Processing of Persons Wanted for Multiple Incidents (P.G. 208-74)
Hospitalized Prisoners – Arrests by Members of Other Police Agencies (P.G.
210-03)
Release of Prisoners (P.G. 210-13)
Cases for Legal Action Program (P.G. 214-07)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET

P.G. 208-16 Arrest Processing Indicators
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To standardize the obtaining of arrest processing time-stamps throughout the
Department.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service effects an arrest that will be
processed "on line," i.e., a court affidavit will be prepared and the prisoner
is to be arraigned expeditiously:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Prepare PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM (PD244-153).
DESK OFFICER/COURT SUPERVISOR
2. Obtain the following time-stamps, depending on how the court affidavit is
prepared:
a. AT THE DISTRICT ATTORNEY'S COMPLAINT ROOM
(1) Using the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM, time-stamp:
(a) Box 1, captioned "A/O sign in," when the arresting officer is
present at the Complaint Room
(b) Box 3, captioned "Complaint Sworn," when the court affidavit is
signed by the arresting officer.
b. USING VIDEO TELECONFERENCING OR USING LOCAL ARREST PROCESSING (LAP)
TELEPHONE INTERVIEW
(1) Using the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM time-stamp:
(a) Box 1, captioned "A/O sign in," when the arresting officer is ready
to be interviewed by the Assistant District Attorney
NOTE: This will be done immediately before the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) is faxed to the Complaint Room.
(b) Box 3, captioned "Complaint Sworn," when the court affidavit is
signed by the arresting officer.
c. QUEENS COURT AFFIDAVIT PREPARATION SYSTEM (CAPS)
(1) Using the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM time-stamp:
(a) Box 1, captioned "A/O sign in," when the arresting officer is ready
to prepare the court affidavit at the CAPS room
(b) Box 3, captioned "Complaint Sworn," when the court affidavit is

signed by the arresting officer.
d. TRANSIT BUREAU FAX PROGRAM
(1) Using the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION SUPERVISOR FORM, time-stamp:
(a) Box 1, captioned "A/O sign in," when the arresting officer has
completed the supporting deposition and other related paperwork
(b) Box 3, captioned "Complaint Sworn," will be time-stamped by the
Transit Liaison Officer, when the court affidavit is signed by the arresting
officer at the Complaint Room.
e. USING A SUPPORTING DEPOSITION (VENDOR, PROSTITUTION, ETC.)
(1) Using the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM, time-stamp:
(a) Box 1, captioned "A/O sign in," when the arresting officer has
completed the supporting deposition
(b) Box 3, captioned "Complaint Sworn," will be time-stamped by Court
Section personnel, when either the supporting deposition, which acts as an
affidavit is received, or an affidavit, which is typed from a supporting
deposition, is signed by the Court Section supervisor.
3. In ALL arrest cases (EXCEPT Video Conferencing or Local Arrest Processing
(LAP) Telephone Interview cases), have the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM
delivered to the borough Court Section with the arrest package for time-stamp
entry into the On Line Prisoner Arraignment (OLPA) system by Court Section
personnel.
a. In Video Conferencing or Local Arrest Processing (LAP) Telephone
Interview cases, the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM must be faxed, along
with the signed affidavit, to the Complaint Room at completion of arrest
processing.
NOTE: In the case where an arresting officer is rescheduled to the 2nd
Platoon to complete the court affidavit, i.e., the District Attorney's
Complaint Room is closed, the desk officer/command supervisor concerned must
write "RESCHEDULED" on the PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM in the caption
marked "ADDITIONAL COMMENTS."
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION FORM (PD244-153)

P.G. 208-17 Change In Arrest Charges
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To update Department records when the original charge is subsequently changed.
PROCEDURE
When a change of charge on a prisoner previously arrested is indicated:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Notify desk/booking officer.
DESK/BOOKING OFFICER
2. Correct original copy of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) if not yet forwarded.
3. Prepare ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) if ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET was forwarded.
4. Show the change in degree of the crime and the reason for the change.
5. Forward the original ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT to Data Integrity Unit.
6. File the yellow copy with precinct copy of ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET.
7. Deliver pink copy to arresting officer.
8. Report the facts concerning the change in the degree of the crime on
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081).
9. Instruct the arresting officer, if assigned to a precinct other than the
precinct of arrest, to notify his immediate supervisor of the change.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-20 Turnover" Arrests
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assign a uniformed member of the service to prepare arrest paperwork,
criminal court complaints and process an arrest through the court system for
an arrest made by another uniformed member of the service.
SCOPE
An assigned officer may be designated in the following circumstances:
a. Injury to arresting officer
b. Arrest by an off-duty member
c. DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
d. Arrest for other authorities
e. Delegated arrest on a warrant
f. Mass arrests at demonstrations, details or disorders
g. Arrest by a civilian, except as provided by P.G. 208-04, "Arrest By A
Civilian"
h. Family Court Arrests
i. Order of Protection
j. Other circumstances, when directed by a uniformed supervisor.
PROCEDURE
When an arrest is to be processed as a "turnover" arrest:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Follow appropriate arrest processing guidelines.
DESK OFFICER/PATROL/DETAIL SUPERVISOR
2. Determine if arrest is to assigned to another uniformed member of the
service.
NOTE: Supervisors should identify the arresting officer at the earliest
opportunity and make an entry in their ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) after
approving the arrest.
3. Designate an assigned officer.
NOTE: An assigned officer may be designated by a patrol supervisor, desk
officer or other ranking officer in charge of a detail. Under no

circumstances may an arresting officer turn over an arrest to another officer
without the knowledge and approval of a supervisor.
DESK OFFICER
4. Make Command Log entry indicating:
a. Identification of arresting officer
b. Identification of assigned officer
c. Details of arrest concerned
d. Whether or not the assigned officer has re-interviewed the civilian
complainant, and any necessary civilian witnesses.
NOTE: When an arresting officer is authorized by a supervisor to turn over
an arrest, the assigned officer must personally re-interview a civilian
complainant and any necessary civilian witnesses, in order to prevent double
"hearsay" and to prepare a criminal complaint.
DESK OFFICER
5. Assign a uniformed member of the service to provide transportation to
civilian(s) for re-interview, if possible.
ASSIGNED OFFICER
6. Re-interview civilian complainant and any necessary civilian witnesses.
7. Immediately notify a supervisor and comply with P.G. 207-09, "Follow-Up
Investigation Of Complaints Already Recorded," if new information or a
discrepancy arises concerning the offense(s) charged.
DESK OFFICER/PATROL/COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
8. Ensure that re-interview has been conducted prior to arresting officer
being assigned to other duties.
NOTE: When completing the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) assigned officers should be directed to check "YES" on line 5
(Officer Assigned) caption, and print the arresting officer's information on
lines 1, 2, and 31.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Testimony in court must offer only the facts accurately presented under oath.
The outcome of a criminal case may be determined by the thoroughness of the
police investigation, the constitutionality of the arrest, and the accurate
presentation of oral testimony and physical evidence by the arresting officer
or assigned officer. All questions should be answered to the best of a
member's recollection, without embellishment or volunteering personal opinions
or conclusions. The Department's reputation for veracity is based upon each
member's total adherence to the highest standards of truthfulness. Violations
of this policy will be the subject of criminal prosecution and internal
disciplinary procedures.
RELATED PROCEDURES

Follow-Up Investigation Of Complaints Already Recorded (P.G. 207-09)
Arrest By A Civilian (P.G. 208-04)
Arraignment (P.G. 211-02)
Duties And Conduct In Court (P.G. 211-11)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD 260-121)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD 244-159)

P.G. 208-21 Arrests - License Checks, Warrant Name Checks And
Notifications To The Organized Crime Control Bureau Field
Operations Desk
Date Effective: 08/01/13
ARRESTING OFFICER/ARREST PROCESSING OFFICER
1. Comply with the provisions of (P.G. 208-02), "Arrests - Removal to
Department Facility for Processing," P.G. 208-03, "Arrests - General
Processing," P.G. 208-15, "Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse" and the
following:
LICENSE CHECKS THROUGH FINEST USING "D.A.L.L." FORMAT
To strengthen the prosecution of auto larceny cases, all uniformed members of
the service perform a license check through FINEST, using the "D.A.L.L."
format, on all defendants arrested for the following:
a. Driving a stolen vehicle, OR
b. Driving an auto with an altered vehicle identification number (V.I.N.),
OR
c. Possession of stolen license plates.
WARRANT NAME CHECKS
Prior to releasing a prisoner who is being issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET at
the precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility, a warrant name check of
local/state/federal files will be conducted in accordance with P.G. 208-22,
"Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks." If prisoner is released
at precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility, attach Automated Database
for Warrants (ADW) and Message Switching System (MSWS) print-outs to file
copies of arrest papers. If prisoner is removed to borough court section
facility, attach these print-outs to the prisoner's arrest papers. If
Department Local Area Network (LAN) terminal is inoperative, request the
patrol borough to conduct the checks. Should the borough terminal also be
inoperative, an adjoining precinct/designated arrest facility will be
requested to conduct these checks. If the entire LAN system is out of service
for more than twenty minutes, the Central Warrant Unit will be requested by
telephone to process and supply the necessary checks.
NOTIFICATION TO THE ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAU FIELD OPERATIONS DESK BY
OTHER COMMANDS/UNITS EFFECTING AN ARREST WHEN A SPECIFIED CONDITION EXISTS
When an arrest(s) is made for an offense AND any of the following conditions
exists:
a. The debriefing of a defendant by Organized Crime Control Bureau (OCCB)
personnel would be beneficial (e.g., subject arrested for shoplifting has
knowledge of a heroin supplier or individual is arrested for smoking marihuana
who has information on guns being brought into the City for sale from out of
state) OR
b. A follow-up investigation by OCCB personnel is necessary (e.g., subject

arrested by patrol for misdemeanor possession of a controlled substance has
knowledge of a location from which crack cocaine is being sold or patrol
effects an arrest for auto stripping and the defendant has information on a
chop shop) OR
c. The expertise of OCCB is needed to enhance the prosecution of the case
(e.g., patrol recovers policy (betting) slips that requires the counting of
bets waged to determine the proper charges or the check of a confidential VIN
is required to determine the true owner of a vehicle.)
2. Notify the OCCB Field Operations Desk via telephone, twenty-four
hours/seven days a week, as required above.
NOTE: The OCCB Field Operations Desk MUST be notified of ALL controlled
substance arrests and ALL marihuana arrests for the following charges:
a. Criminal possession of a controlled substance first degree (P.L. 220.21),
second degree (P.L. 220.18), and third degree (P.L. 220.16)
b. Criminal sale of a controlled substance in the first degree (P.L.
220.43), the second degree (P.L. 220.41), and the third degree (P.L. 220.39)
c. Criminal sale of a controlled substance in or near school grounds (P.L.
220.44)
d. Criminal possession of marihuana in the first degree (P.L. 221.30) or
second degree (P.L. 221.21)
e. Criminal sale of marihuana in the first degree (P.L. 221.55) or second
degree (P.L. 221.50).
3. Provide the pertinent details of arrest and circumstances requiring
conferral from the OCCB Division concerned.
4. Make record of the notification in the "Narrative" section of ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), including date, time and
rank/name of person notified at OCCB.
5. Be guided by OCCB Field Operations Desk personnel.
DESK OFFICER
6. Ensure arresting officer has made required notification to OCCB Field
Operation Desk as indicated above.
7. Make Command Log entry of notification details.
NOTE: if any question exists as to whether or not a notification must be
made, always make the notification.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrests - Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Arrest - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Arrest - General Search Guidelines (P.G. 208-05)

Arrests - Security Measures (P.G. 208-06)
Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks (P.G. 208-22)

P.G. 208-22 Performing Local, State And Federal Warrant Checks
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To assess an individual's fugitive status.
PROCEDURE
Whenever it is necessary to conduct a warrant check through a Department Local
Area Network (LAN) computer.
MEMBER CONCERNED
1. Conduct a local level warrant name check by accessing the application,
Automated Database for Warrants (ADW), on any Department LAN computer as
follows:
a. Select the ADW icon
b. Enter tax number when prompted
c. Select "Name Search" under "Queries"
d. Select "Exact Name" under "Search Type"
e. Enter name of individual in the box provided
f. Select the proper "Sex" and "Race" from the application "drop down" boxes
g. Enter the date of birth, formatted as mm/dd/yyyy
h. Select "Tables to Search" and chose "Warrant," "I-Card" and "Recidivist"
i. Depress the "OK" button.
2. Conduct further inquiry via ADW, if name check provides an exact pedigree
match with New York State Identification (NYSID) number attached, as follows:
a. Select "Queries"
b. Select "NYSID Search"
c. Enter the complete NYSID number in the prompt box
d. Select "Tables to Search" and choose "Warrant," "I-Card" and "Recidivist"
e. Depress the "OK" button.
NOTE: If the ADW response displays the name of the subject of prisoner as
entered, and is followed by pedigree information on the name, which includes
"Matching date of birth," NYSID number and/or docket number, if any, and an
OCA # appears, this is an indication of a "POSSIBLE WARRANT" OR "HIT." This
information is related to an open investigation or criminal history on a
subject identified as a recidivist or target narcotic violator.

3. Conduct a search of the state and federal warrant files, if necessary, as
follows:
a. Access the FINEST MESSAGE SWITCHING SYSTEM (MSWS) mode via Management
Information System (MIS) (Password Required).
NOTE: This function is performed by typing MIS and then pressing the ENTER
key. The MIS log will then be displayed on the screen. Press CLEAR key. Type
MSWS and press ENTER key. FINEST logo will then be displayed. Fill in TAX #
and "authorized" PASSWORD. Press ENTER key. Main Menu will then be displayed.
Select the caption NYSPIN INFORMATION FUNCTIONS by typing "X" in the left
margin on line with function of choice, then Press ENTER key. Sub-menu
appears. Select WINQ (state and federal warrant inquiry) by typing "I" in left
margin, on line with function of choice, then press ENTER key.
b. Enter the data required on the line titled "WINQ" formatted as follows:
(1) Name Field - Last Name, First name (space), Middle initial
(2) DOB - date of birth must be six digits
Example: 01 01 51
Mo. Day Yr.
(3) Sex - Male = M; Female = F
(4) Race - White = W; B = Black, etc.
c. Obtain response to the WINQ request by pressing the PF 24 key to display
message on the screen
NOTE: In the upper left portion of the screen, Messages: # Total: # will be
displayed. The number in the message box represents the number of messages
that can be accessed from WINQ. The Total: # includes messages from other
sub-menu functions.
d. Utilize PF14 key to go to the next page of the message, if response is
multi- page (i.e., page 1 of 10)
(1) All the pages of the message must be viewed.
e. Print messages by pressing the INDENT key to printout contents on the
screen.
NOTE: PF keys may be different on LAN terminals.
IF OCA # DESIGNATION BEGINS WITH THE LETTER "Q":
NOTE: OCA # designation that begins with the letter "Q" are not warrants and
this designation does not permit a hold on the subject unless other charges
are made. These "Q" designations require a notification to the originator as
displayed on the screen.
4. Notify originator concerned, as follows:
a. Q652000 series is a MISDEMEANOR RECIDIVIST.

ORIGINATOR: Boro/ECAB (Complaint Room/ADA).
NOTE: This notification is intended to identify career misdemeanants and
secure their immediate arraignment. It is designed to vigorously prosecute
misdemeanor defendants with a substantial record of previous arrests and
convictions, coupled with a history of failure to appear in court. NO DESK
APPEARANCE TICKETS WILL BE ISSUED TO DEFENDANTS IDENTIFIED AS MISDEMEANOR
RECIDIVISTS.
b. Q653000 series is a NYC FIREARM VIOLATOR.
ORIGINATOR: NITRO UNIT concerned.
(1) Notify Narcotics Division, Borough NITRO Unit concerned if firearms
arrest has an additional felony narcotic arrest.
NOTE: These notifications are necessary when any person is arrested and a
firearm is involved (used or possessed).
c. Q654000 series is an ARMED CAREER CRIMINAL.
ORIGINATOR: OCCB/ATF JOINT FIREARMS TASK FORCE.
(1) An automatic notification, via FINEST System, to the Organized Crime
Control Bureau/Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms Joint Firearms Task
Force is initiated in these cases.
NOTE: Persons in custody, who are categorized with a "Q" letter designation,
will not be eligible to receive a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (see P.G. 208-27,
"Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure").
IF OCA # DESIGNATION BEGINS WITH THE LETTER "X":
NOTE: OCA # designations that begins with the letter "X" are not warrants
and this designation does not permit a hold on the subject unless other
charges are made. These "X" designations require a notification to the Borough
NITRO Unit concerned. This notification is intended to coordinate, develop,
maintain and disseminate narcotics intelligence information. The NITRO Unit
concerned will issue appropriate instructions.
5. Notify Borough NITRO Unit concerned (I.E., Central, Bronx, Brooklyn North,
Brooklyn South, Manhattan North, Manhattan South, Queens, Staten Island, or
the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk between 2400- 0800
hours), if OCA # designations are preceded by the letter "X".
NOTE: Persons in custody who are categorized with an "X" letter designation
will not be eligible to receive a Desk Appearance Ticket.
IF OCA # DESIGNATION BEGINS WITH THE LETTER "I":
NOTE: OCA # designations that begin with the letter "I" are not warrants and
this designation does not permit a hold on the subject unless other charges
are made. These "I" designations require a notification to the Criminal
Intelligence Section which is made to insure that the detective/investigator
originating the "I" investigation is notified when the subject under
investigation is arrested. Arresting officer should make every effort to
notify Detective Squad concerned immediately.

6. Notify Criminal Intelligence Section, if OCA # designations are preceded by
the letter "I."
MEMBER CONCERNED, CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION
7. Confirm "HIT."
8. Issue appropriate instructions as per P.G. 208-23, "Computerized
Investigation Card System."
NOTE: WARRANTS
Warrants are issued ORIGINATING CASE AGENCY (OCA) SERIAL NUMBERS by the
Warrant Section to identify the warrant as follows:
LETTER Designates the TYPE OF WARRANT and COURT OF ISSUANCE. Followed by
YEAR.
YEAR Designates the year issued. Followed by NUMBER.
NUMBER Indicates the BOROUGH DESIGNATION of the court and is followed by an
additional/sequential number.
Borough Designation #
Manhattan - 1, Brooklyn - 2, Bronx - 3, Queens - 4, Richmond - 5
An example of an OCA # follows: OCA # R9710001
R

--> Supreme Court/Bench Warrant

97

--> Year of Issuance

1

--> Manhattan

0001
--> The first Supreme Court/Bench Warrant issued in Manhattan
during the year 1997.
The following is a list of the OCA # letter designations indicating WARRANT
TYPE and COURT OF ISSUANCE:
LETTER
VERIFICATION
A
C.R.I.M.S.
B
C.R.I.M.S.
C
C.R.I.M.S.
D
C.R.I.M.S.
E
C.R.I.M.S.
F
C.R.I.M.S.
H
Court

TYPE OF WARRANT

COURT

Summons

Criminal Court

Summons/Unclassified

Criminal Court

MISD
Bench Warrant/MISD.

Criminal Court

Bench Warrant/FELONY

Criminal Court

Arrest Warrant

Criminal Court

Arrest Warrant

Supreme Court

P.I.N.S.

Family Court

Family

J
Court
K
C.R.I.M.S.
N
Court
P
C.R.I.M.S.
R
C.R.I.M.S.
S
WD/T.I.U.
T
Court
V
C.R.I.M.S.
W
Court
Y
WD/T.I.U.
Z
WD/T.I.U.
Q
Concerned
X
I
Intelligence

Juvenile Delinquent

Family Court

Family

Bench Warrant/Violation

Criminal Court

Abuse/Neglect

Family Court

Violation Probation

Supreme Court

Bench Warrant

Supreme Court

Parole Violator

Dept. of Parole

Training School

Div. for Youth Fac

Bench/FEL vs Person

Criminal Court

Support

Family Court

Material Witness

D.A. Office

Fugitive Warrant

F.O.A.

Recidivist

Not a warrant

Notify Unit

Narcotic Violator
Investigation

Not a warrant
Not a warrant

Criminal

Family

Family

Family

NITRO

Section/Det.
Squad
Concerned
After conducting ADW search and the inquiry reveals an OCA # designation
preceded by the letter A, B, C, D, F, H, J, K, N, P, R, S, T, V, W, Y, or Z,
this is an indication of POSSIBLE WARRANTS and is not sufficient authority for
arrest.
MEMBER CONCERNED
9. Conduct an OCA # inquiry by accessing the application ADW, on any
Department LAN as follows:
a. Select the ADW icon and enter tax number at the sign in prompt
b. Reference "Queries" at the top of the screen
c. Select "OCA Number Search"
d. Enter the complete OCA number in the "Search for" box
e. Under "Tables to Search" select "Selected Tables" and "Warrant"
f. Depress the "OK" button
NOTE: This search will provide the entire warrant data on the specific
warrant OCA # as required.
IF OCA # DESIGNATION BEGINS WITH THE LETTER A, B, C, D, E, F, K, P, R, V, Y
OR Z (CRIMINAL COURT OR SUPREME COURT WARRANTS):

10. MUST conduct a further inquiry via Criminal Record Information and
Management System (C.R.I.M.S.) court computer application, which will provide
"the last status of the warrant."
NOTE: Family Court and Parole Warrant status cannot be verified utilizing
the Criminal Record Information and Management System (C.R.I.M.S.) court
computer application. If ADW search indicates letter designations H, J, N, T,
or W, these are Family Court warrants and require verification from the Family
Court concerned (i.e., Manhattan, Brooklyn, Bronx, Queens and/or Staten
Island). A docket number is needed.
Telephone verifications are to be done during Family Court business hours,
0900 to 1700 hours, Monday through Friday.
"J" (Juvenile Warrants) can be verified by contacting Youth Records (Real
Time Crime Center).
If ADW search indicates letter designation "S," this is a Parole Warrant and
must be verified by the Warrant Section, Telephone Inquiry Unit or through the
NYS Division of Parole.
TO GAIN ACCESS TO C.R.I.M.S. FOR WARRANTS VERIFICATIONS:
NOTE: C.R.I.M.S. is controlled by the N.Y.S. Office of Court Administration.
User access is granted by the state and members can apply for access via NYS
Unified Court System CRIM Application Security Request For NON-UCS Personnel
(Form UCS-SEC-1 CRIM) by contacting the NYS Office of Court Administration.
11. Go to Host-On-Demand.
a. Double-click on the OCA icon.
12. Type in:
a. User Name
b. Password
NOTE: As you type in PASSWORD, it will not appear on screen.
13. Press ENTER (OCA/CICS Application screen appears).
14. Choose:
a. CRIM - (to search for cases in Criminal Court)
b. CRMS - (to search for cases in Supreme Court)
c. Press enter.
15. Enter the county you wish to search (must use county name, e.g., "Kings"
for Brooklyn).
a. Press enter.
NOTE: The C.R.I.M.S. system can only be searched by county/borough. This
program does not search citywide.

16. Type in Docket #, or Arrest #, or NYSID #.
17. Press ENTER.
NOTE: IMPORTANT HELPFUL KEYS - ENTER key (advances page); PF 5 key (scrolls
back); PF 4 key (retrieves APPLICATION ID screen used to access other
boroughs); PF 3 key (retrieves IDENTIFIER screen).
The primary purpose of conducting this inquiry is to verify the status of
warrants. In an effort to ensure that the information in C.R.I.M.S. is
interpreted properly, a list of court dispositions that indicate a warrant has
been ordered on the defendant's last court appearance has been complied as
follows:
CRIMINAL COURT
Abbreviation

Literal Meaning

W.O.
B.F.W.O.
C.W.O.
P.R.W.O.

Warrant Ordered
Bail Forfeited, Warrant Ordered
Complaint and Arrest Warrant Ordered
Parole Revoked, Warrant Ordered

SUPREME COURT
S.I.A.W.O.
T.C.A.W.O.
T.F.G.I.A.W.O.

Sentence Imposed in Absentia, Warrant Ordered
Trial Conducted in Absentia, Warrant Ordered
Tried and Found Guilty in Absentia, Warrant Ordered

ADDITIONAL DATA
If C.R.I.M.S. response to inquiry indicates "NO PUBLIC RECORD" or "PURGED
CASE" on an "A" or "B" warrant (summons) or "C" warrant (misdemeanor), the
warrant has been VACATED.
If same response on any other warrant, verify with the court of issuance. If a
response indicates "NO RECORD FOUND," make inquiry with NYSID #, if available.
Additional C.R.I.M.S. instructions are provided in the C.R.I.M.S. Manual BM
633 (10-92) Court Computer Program for Warrant Verification.
Where any doubt exists, a verification should be made directly from the court
records or if unable to determine warrant status via C.R.I.M.S. at the
precinct level or if there are any operational questions, contact the Warrant
Section, Telephone Inquiry Unit. Provide Telephone Inquiry Unit member
concerned with: arresting officer's name, shield #, tax registry #, call back
telephone number, name of subject, subject's date of birth, warrant OCA #,
docket # (if available) and NYSID # (if any). THIS INQUIRY IS TO BE MADE ONLY
AFTER A NAME CHECK VIA ADW IS PERFORMED AT A PRECINCT/COMMAND.
If Department Local Area Network (LAN) terminal is inoperative, request the
patrol borough to conduct the checks. Should the borough terminal also be
inoperative, an adjoining precinct/designated arrest facility will be
requested to conduct these checks. If the entire LAN system is out of service
for more than twenty minutes, the Central Warrant Unit will be requested by
telephone to process and supply the necessary checks.

If system functional problems are encountered, contact the Management
Information Systems Division, Help Desk.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)

P.G. 208-23 Computerized Investigation Card System
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that an investigator originating an INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163),
commonly referred to as I-CARD, is notified when the individual named in
INVESTIGATION CARD comes into contact with the police.
PROCEDURE
When processing an arrest or conducting an investigation in non-arrest
situations:
ARREST SITUATIONS
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Follow appropriate arrest processing guidelines.
2. Determine if the prisoner is wanted as the result of an INVESTIGATION CARD
having been filed.
a. WNAM – search by name and DOB and by ALL "alias" names and dates of
birth.
b. WNYS – search by prisoner's NYSID number if known. (This inquiry may show
prisoner is wanted under different name).
NOTE: Arresting officers MUST ENSURE that prisoners who are wanted as the
result of being named on an INVESTIGATION CARD are immediately identified, and
the required notifications are made, and appropriate actions are taken.
Therefore, the computer inquiries described in step "2" MUST be performed for
EVERY prisoner regardless of whether the prisoner is charged with a felony,
misdemeanor, violation or traffic infraction; and, regardless of whether the
prisoner will be detained until arraignment, or released after being issued a
Desk Appearance Ticket or Universal Summons.
If a "hit" is revealed, such "hit" will be circled on the FINEST printout.
The caption "Search Completed" will also be circled and signed by the FINEST
operator. If there is "no hit," the words "no hit" will be entered adjoining
the same caption. If the FINEST system exhibits the prisoner's name followed
by an OCA number that begins with the letter "I", the member conducting the
inquiry will record the number, clear the screen, enter "INIQ/I" and the nine
digit number that follows the letter "I". The arresting officer will telephone
the Criminal Intelligence Section and notify the member on duty thereat. The
Criminal Intelligence Section will confirm the "hit" and issue appropriate
instructions.
3. Make an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry regarding the information obtained
regarding the INVESTIGATION CARD "hit"; and, include the name of the Criminal
Intelligence Section member contacted, and the command originating
INVESTIGATION CARD.
CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION MEMBER

4. Verify INVESTIGATION CARD "hit"; and, provide the arresting officer with
the following information:
a. The involved offense; and,
b. Whether the individual is listed as a "Perpetrator" or "Suspect" or
"Witness"; and,
c. All other relevant information and instructions that were listed on the
INVESTIGATION CARD by the assigned investigator.
5. Record name, shield number and command of arresting/notifying officer.
6. Notify detective borough "wheel" of details of INVESTIGATION CARD "hit";
and, the name and command of investigator who submitted INVESTIGATION CARD
and, the name, tax number and command of member of the service confirming
INVESTIGATION CARD "hit"; and, location of the individual; and, that the
individual is under arrest for an offense.
7. Record name and tax number of detective borough "wheel" receiving
notification.
INDIVIDUAL IS NOT UNDER ARREST FOR AN OFFENSE
MEMBER CONCERNED
8. Comply with steps "2" and "3", and the "NOTE" following step "2".
9. Telephone the Criminal Intelligence Section and:
a. Confirm the INVESTIGATION CARD "hit".
b. Advise the Criminal Intelligence Section member that the individual named
in the INVESTIGATION CARD is not under arrest for an offense.
c. Obtain information regarding the involved offense and whether the
individual is listed as a "Perpetrator" or "Suspect" or "Witness" on the
INVESTIGATION CARD.
d. Obtain all other relevant information and instructions that were listed
on the INVESTIGATION CARD by the assigned investigator.
10. If the individual named on the INVESTIGATION CARD is described as
"Perpetrator - Probable Cause To Arrest", then detain the person and obtain
instructions from the appropriate authority, (e.g., investigator,
investigative supervisor, detective captain.)
11. If the individual named on the INVESTIGATION CARD is described as "Suspect
Only - No Probable Cause To Arrest", then:
a. DO NOT handcuff or otherwise physically restrain the individual; and,
b. Inform the individual he/she is free to leave at any time; and,
c. If possible, comply with the instructions provided by the investigator in
the "Specific Instructions for Apprehending Officers" caption box of the
INVESTIGATION CARD; and,

d. If applicable, attempt to get the individual to voluntarily consent to
remain until an investigator arrives.
12. If the individual named on the INVESTIGATION CARD is described as
"Witness", then:
a. Do NOT handcuff or otherwise physically restrain the individual; and,
b. Inform the individual he / she is free to leave at any time; and,
c. If possible, comply with the instructions provided by the investigator in
the "Specific Instructions for Apprehending Officers" caption box of the
INVESTIGATION CARD; and,
d. If applicable, attempt to get the individual to voluntarily consent to
remain until an investigator arrives
NOTE: When an individual is not under arrest for an offense, the existence
of an INVESTIGATION CARD identifying the individual as a "Suspect" or
"Witness" is insufficient authority to arrest or involuntarily detain the
individual. However, the individual may voluntarily consent to remain.
13. Make ACTIVITY LOG entry of information received on the INVESTIGATION CARD
"hit."
14. Notify desk officer of INVESTIGATION CARD "hit" and all pertinent facts.
CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION MEMBER
15. Verify INVESTIGATION CARD "hit"; and, provide the member concerned with
the following information:
a. The involved offense; and,
b. Whether the individual is listed as a "Perpetrator" or "Suspect" or
"Witness"; and,
c. All other relevant information and instructions that were listed on the
INVESTIGATION CARD particularly the information and instructions that were
entered in the "Specific Instructions for Apprehending Officers" caption box
of the INVESTIGATION CARD.
16. Record name, tax number and command of member confirming INVESTIGATION
CARD "hit"; and, the location of the individual.
17. Notify detective borough "wheel" of details of INVESTIGATION CARD "hit";
and, the name and command of investigator who submitted INVESTIGATION CARD;
and, the name, tax number and command of member of the service confirming
INVESTIGATION CARD "hit"; and, location of the individual; and, that the
individual is NOT under arrest for an offense.
18. Record name and tax number of detective borough "wheel" receiving
notification.
DESK OFFICER/COUNTERPART
19. If the individual named on the INVESTIGATION CARD is listed as "Witness"

or "Suspect Only - No Probable Cause To Arrest", unless specifically informed
by the Criminal Intelligence Section that the person in question is to be
arrested, then:
a. Ensure that the individual is NOT handcuffed or otherwise physically
restrained; and,
b. Ensure that the individual is informed that he / she is free to leave at
any time; and,
c. Ensure that, if possible, the instructions provided by the investigator
in the "Specific Instructions for Apprehending Officers" caption box of the
INVESTIGATION CARD are performed; and,
d. Ensure that, if applicable, an attempt is made to get the individual to
voluntarily consent to remain until an investigator arrives.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)

P.G. 208-24 Identification Lineups/Showups
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure fair and proper proceedings when lineup/showup identifications are
conducted.
DEFINITION
IDENTIFICATION LINEUP - Placing of criminal suspect in lineup with at least
five other persons for purpose of identification by victim or witnesses.
IDENTIFICATION SHOWUP - Prompt, on-the-scene presentation of a suspect singly,
in a one-to-one display, to an identifying witness, for expeditious
identification and/or early release of an innocent suspect.
PROCEDURE
When a criminal suspect in police custody is to be placed in an identification
lineup at stationhouse or other place of confinement:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Resolve any doubt concerning need for, or legality of, conducting a lineup
or showup by conferring with patrol supervisor/desk officer.
NOTE: Suspect must be arrested before being forced to appear in a lineup.
However, an arrest is not necessary if the suspect voluntarily consents to
appear in a lineup. Identification procedures ordinarily are not necessary
where the witness/victim and the perpetrator are known to each other,
including relatives or other close acquaintances OR the perpetrator is
apprehended by a police officer in the act of committing the crime.
2. Give suspect Miranda warnings, if he/she is to be interrogated before,
during or after lineup.
3. Inform suspect that he/she will appear in lineup for purpose of
identification in connection with a crime.
4. Do not advise suspect of the right to an attorney.
5. Inform suspect that he/she does not have a right to a lawyer if an attorney
is requested for the lineup.
NOTE: Prior to conducting lineup, detective supervisor concerned or a
qualified supervisor of an investigative unit will be consulted and will
personally supervise the entire procedure and ensure that LINEUP REPORT
(PD373-141) is completed.
6. Permit an attorney who is present at the site of a lineup to observe manner
in which lineup is conducted.
a. Attorney may observe lineup from room where it is conducted or from any
place where he/she cannot be observed.

7. Inform an attorney who contacts the police and states that he/she
represents the suspect and that he/she wishes to be present when lineup is
conducted, that the lineup will be delayed for a reasonable time to permit
him/her to appear.
NOTE: When determining what is a reasonable delay, the uniformed member
conducting the lineup should consider whether the delay would result in a
significant inconvenience to the witness OR would undermine the substantial
advantages of a prompt identification.
8. Do not permit attorney to talk to witnesses participating in the
identification of the suspects.
9. Inform attorney that suggestions concerning the lineup should be directed
to the officer conducting the lineup.
10. Do not permit attorney to interfere when conducting a lineup.
a. The uniformed member conducting the lineup may consider suggestions of
the attorney to improve the fairness of the lineup if suggestions are
reasonable and practical.
DETECTIVE SUPERVISOR
11. Ensure lineup is conducted properly.
12. Have witnesses interviewed separately, prior to lineup.
a. Obtain and record description of suspect.
13. Take precautions to prevent persons participating in lineup from being
seen by witnesses prior to lineup.
14. Record the following:
a. Details of procedure utilized
b. Specific utterances of any person, e.g., speaking words used at crime
scene
c. Actions of participants required to facilitate identification, e.g.,
trying on clothing, etc.
d. Responses or statements made by witnesses
e. Names, addresses/commands of all persons present including police and
other officials.
15. Prepare diagram with circles to represent position of each person in
lineup.
a. Instruct witness not to comment on recognition but indicate circle which
represents person recognized.
16. Mark and retain diagram after identification.
17. Have suspect viewed with at least five other persons who are unknown to

witness.
18. Conduct separate lineup for each suspect apprehended.
a. Use different fillers in each lineup.
19. Select lineup participants as follows:
a. Same sex and race as suspect.
b. Approximately same age, height and physical makeup as suspect:
(1) If minors under eighteen years of age are recruited as non-suspect
lineup participants:
(a) Obtain written permission of parent or legal guardian on CONSENT
FORM - NON-SUSPECT MINOR (PD 377-030), using English or Spanish version, as
appropriate, prior to lineup.
(b) Institute measures to isolate minors from harmful influences in area
of lineup.
(c) Have precinct youth officer present, if possible.
(d) Prevent photographs of lineup from being used for purposes other
than evidence.
c. Similarly clothed.
(1) Prevent wearing of any distinctive part of police uniform by police
participants.
(2) Cover unusual or distinctive clothing worn by suspect.
d. Caution non-suspect participants against indicating position of suspect.
e. Permit suspect to select position in lineup or, if refused, place suspect
in fair position.
20. Prevent interrogation of suspect while being viewed by witness.
21. Do not require lineup participants to say or do anything unless all
participants are required to do the same.
22. Refrain from assisting witness to identify suspect.
23. Prevent witnesses from speaking to each other before, during or after
viewing lineup.
a. Separate witnesses after each viewing.
b. Do not indicate to witnesses if identification was or was not made.
24. Have witnesses view lineup separately.
25. Permit witnesses to view lineup from another room or hidden location, if
necessary.

a. Consider distance in this type of identification.
26. Allow masking of viewers when necessary.
27. Take color photographs of lineups being viewed by witnesses, when
possible. Under no circumstances will black & white film be used.
28. Consult Legal Bureau or District Attorney if difficulties are encountered
during lineup.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Emergency identification showups may be conducted when a witness is ill or
injured and may die before proper identification procedures can be complied
with. However, every effort should be made to institute lineup procedures and
safeguards at the hospital.
Criminal suspects may be returned to crime scene or held for viewing by a
witness only if:
a. Seizure of a suspect is effected within a reasonable time after the
commission of the crime. (Usually, one hour is considered reasonable but
facts of case may permit increasing the time period) AND,
b. Seizure of a suspect is effected within an area reasonably near the crime
scene. (Consider distance that could reasonably be covered within time period
given and under circumstances present) AND,
c. Suspect is shown to witness in a fair and reasonable manner which is not
unnecessarily suggestive.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Rights Of Persons Taken Into Custody (P.G. 208-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CONSENT FORM - NON-SUSPECT MINOR (PD 377-030)
LINEUP REPORT (PD373-141)

P.G. 208-25 First And Third Platoon Arrests
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To provide directions to uniformed members of the service required to work
beyond normal expiration of tour of duty after making first or third platoon
arrests.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service performing duty with the first or third
platoon effects an arrest which results in working beyond the normal
expiration of scheduled tour of duty and officer is scheduled to perform duty
with the same platoon the following day:
FIRST PLATOON ARRESTS
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Continue working beyond normal expiration of scheduled tour of duty, if
required, to process arrest and comply with the following categories, as
appropriate:
CATEGORY A
If officer returns from court WITHIN SIX HOURS OF NEXT
SCHEDULED 1ST PLATOON TOUR OF DUTY:
Option (1)

Perform next scheduled tour of duty with 1st Platoon, or

Option (2)
Request next scheduled 1st Platoon tour of duty be
rescheduled to the 2nd Platoon tour of duty, or
Option (3)
Submit LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041) for excusal from
the next scheduled tour of duty with 1st Platoon.
CATEGORY B
Returns from court AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF NEXT SCHEDULED 1st
PLATOON TOUR OF DUTY:
Option (1)

Perform balance of the 1st Platoon tour of duty or

Option (2)
Submit LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT for excusal from the
remainder of the 1st Platoon tour of duty.
NOTE: Whenever a uniformed member of the service elects to perform the next
scheduled 1st Platoon tour of duty or to complete the balance of the 1st
Platoon tour of duty (OPTION 1 in CATEGORIES A and B), such officer will be
assigned to appropriate police duties of a non-patrol/non-enforcement nature.
THIRD PLATOON ARRESTS
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Continue working beyond normal expiration of scheduled tour of duty, if
required, to process arrest and comply with the following categories, as
appropriate.

CATEGORY A
Reaches the District Attorney's Complaint Room or other location designated
for preparation of the court affidavit by 0800 hours, officer will
automatically be rescheduled to the 2nd Platoon, and overtime ends as of 0800
hours, or
CATEGORY B
Does not reach the District Attorney's Complaint Room or other location
designated for the preparation of the court affidavit by 0800 hours, officer
continues on duty on overtime until Complaint Room processing is completed or
until the start of his next scheduled tour of duty, whichever comes first. If
arrest processing is completed prior to the start of next scheduled 3rd
Platoon tour of duty, officer will be dismissed at that time. If arrest
processing is not completed prior to the start of the next 3rd Platoon tour of
duty, the officer will continue working that tour and upon return to command:
Option (1)
Complete remainder of scheduled tour, or
Option (2)
Request excusal for remainder of scheduled tour, needs of the service
permitting.
NOTE: A uniformed member of the service who elects to continue and complete
scheduled 3rd Platoon tour of duty will be assigned to
non-patrol/non-enforcement duty.
ADDITIONAL DATA
To enhance auditing procedures regarding court appearances with related
overtime, uniformed members of the service will comply with the following when
court attendance results in overtime:
a. Attach OVERTIME REPORT (PD 138-064) to related COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD
(PD468-141) and submit to desk officer/supervisor for approval.
b. Desk officer/supervisor will ensure that OVERTIME REPORTS and COURT
ATTENDANCE RECORDS are properly prepared and attached as required.
c. OVERTIME REPORTS submitted for attendance at court without the required
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD attached, shall NOT be approved by desk
officer/supervisor without an investigation being conducted.
d. After the desk officer/supervisor concludes the investigation, the
overtime may be approved if appropriate. However, a copy of the report
detailing the facts of the investigation will be attached to the OVERTIME
REPORT in lieu of the missing COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD.
NOTE: Payroll clerks shall process OVERTIME REPORTS with COURT ATTENDANCE
RECORDS/Investigative Reports attached and file with related PAYMENT REQUESTS
(PD 138-066) as directed by A.G. 320-12, "Overtime Report." COURT ATTENDANCE
RECORDS not involving overtime will continue to be filed as directed in P.G.
211-01, "Duties And Conduct In Court."

The procedure outlined above will apply whether cash or time compensation is
selected for the overtime and regardless of the reason for the court
appearance.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Duties and Conduct in Court (P.G. 211-01)
Overtime (P.G. 205-17)
Overtime Report (A.G. 320-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
LEAVE OF ABSENCE REPORT (PD433-041)
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)
PAYMENT REQUESTS (PD138-066)

P.G. 208-26 Forfeiture Proceedings For Seized Property
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To retain custody of property (vehicles, money, etc.) seized during the course
of an arrest or investigation as the proceeds of crime, or as a means of
furthering a crime, or as a means of transporting or concealing illegal
substances, or as unlawfully obtained.
DEFINITION
Property, including vehicles or money, for which forfeiture proceedings may be
instituted:
a. VEHICLES
(1) Where the vehicle is used in used in the unlawful transportation of
controlled substances, marijuana, gambling devices and/or records; or
(2) Where the vehicle is used as a means of facilitating the sale or
possession of controlled substances or marijuana, furthering illegal gambling,
or committing any other criminal activity; or
(3) Where the vehicle is unlawfully obtained or stolen and the true owner
cannot be identified.
b. ALL OTHER PROPERTY, EXCEPT CONTRABAND, WHERE THERE IS REASONABLE CAUSE TO
BELIEVE THAT THE PROPERTY WAS:
(1) Unlawfully obtained (owner not identified)
(2) Stolen (owner not identified)
(3) The means of committing, aiding or furthering a crime, or
(4) The proceeds of crime.
PROCEDURE
When property is seized as evidence or for investigation under circumstances
in which forfeiture proceedings may be initiated, follow normal
arrest/invoicing procedures and:
ARRESTING/INVESTIGATING OFFICER
1. Seize property.
a. If no arrest is made, confer with immediate supervisor and obtain
consent.
b. Property will normally be seized for
felony or misdemeanor arrest but may also
certain circumstances, without an arrest,
determined or arrest of the true owner is

forfeiture in connection with a
be held for investigation, under
e.g., if the true owner is not yet
contemplated.

[I.O. 67 s 13] 2. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A), as
appropriate.
a. On PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET, check box "Arrest Evidence" or
"Investigatory Evidence," as appropriate. In addition, make entry under
"Remarks" section "Held For Forfeiture Proceedings," and state reasons for
forfeiture recommendation in detail.
DESK OFFICER
3. Direct command clerk to prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) from
WORKSHEET utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
4. Ensure "Prisoner / Finder / Owner" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and
NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED BY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT
(PD521-124) is issued to person from whom property was removed.
a. Make Command Log entry if forms were issued or if person refused
acceptance.
5. Review facts and determine whether forfeiture is appropriate.
NOTE: If the property to be forfeited is a vehicle seized by the Narcotics
Division, a Request for Forfeiture Proceedings form should be prepared and
forwarded directly to the Commanding Officer, Legal Bureau. (The uniformed
member of the service's command telephone number should be included).
6. Forward property to Property Clerk's Storage Facility with:
a. Appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE prepared
b. Copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), if prepared
c. Copy of COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081), if prepared
d. Copy of search warrant or other investigating documents, if prepared.
PROPERTY CLERK
7. Forward documents in support of forfeiture to Legal Bureau when a claimant
makes a demand for return of property.
LEGAL BUREAU
8. Notify arresting officer if forfeiture proceeding is commenced.
ARRESTING/INVESTIGATING OFFICER
9. Comply promptly with requests received from Legal Bureau to conduct
additional investigation, sign affidavits, supply additional documentation,
provide testimony, etc.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Only ten working days are allowed for commencing forfeiture proceedings once a
proper demand is made at an office of the Property Clerk for return of the
property. Therefore, all steps in this procedure must be complied with

promptly.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Follow-up Investigations of Complaints Already Recorded (P.G. 207-09)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure(P.G. 218-01)
Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture Program (P.G. 218-41)
Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture
Proceedings or to Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)
[I.O. 67 s 13] FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED BY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT
(PD521-124)

P.G. 208-27 Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To issue a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET in lieu of detention.
DEFINITIONS
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (DAT) - An appearance ticket issued in lieu of
detention, at the direction of a desk officer, for misdemeanors, violations,
and certain Class "E" felonies for hospitalized prisoners (see "ADDITIONAL
DATA").
UNCOOPERATIVE ACTIONS - Circumstances that occur during or subsequent to an
arrest when the person and/or persons being arrested become completely limp or
refuse to provide assistance in movement, or have to be carried from the
arrest location, effectively taxing police resources during an arrest.
Uncooperative actions alone would not support a charge of Resisting Arrest,
though they may support a charge of Obstructing Governmental Administration
2nd Degree.
DAT LOG - Department record book, maintained by desk officer, captioned across
a double page as follows:
(LEFT PAGE)
DAT
Arrest
Serial #
Date
(RIGHT PAGE)
Command Tax #

Arrest #

Contact #

Defendant's
Name

Date/Time
DAT Package
Received

Charge(s) Return
Date

Date/Time
DAT Delivered
to Borough

Arresting
Officer

D.O. Initials

PROCEDURE
When arresting a prisoner charged with a misdemeanor or violation:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Comply with appropriate arrest processing guidelines and remove prisoner to
precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility and advise desk officer of
facts.
DESK OFFICER
2. Inform prisoner that he/she may be issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET, if
qualified.
a. Refer to ADDITIONAL DATA statement under heading, "DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
GUIDELINES" for DAT issuance guidelines.
b. Refer to ADDITIONAL DATA statement under heading, "UNLAWFUL POSSESSION OF
MARIHUANA ARRESTS", if only charge against prisoner is Unlawful Possession of
Marihuana (Penal Law section 221.05, violation) and the prisoner does not

qualify for a summons.
3. Direct arresting officer to ascertain the defendant's identity in
accordance with P.G. 208-28, "Identification Standards for Desk Appearance
Tickets."
4. Direct arresting officer to conduct interview using DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
INVESTIGATION (PD360-091).
IF INDIVIDUAL IS NOT DISQUALIFIED UNDER THE FIVE STEP ELIGIBILITY PROCESS:
5. Ensure that Identification Section is conferred with to determine if
prisoner has a previous conviction which would raise the current charge to a
felony:
a. The current charge entered on the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) will not be changed solely from information received by telephone.
6. Ensure that arrest data is entered into the OMNIFORM System and the
prisoner is fingerprinted immediately utilizing "LIVESCAN."
a. Arrest processing type "Desk Appearance Ticket" must be used, EXCEPT for
those DAT(S) returnable to Community Court (Midtown or Red Hook), in which
case arrest processing type "Community Court Desk Appearance Ticket" MUST be
utilized.
7. Have arresting/assigned officer complete all DAT arrest related paperwork
while awaiting the results of the fingerprint check.
8. Monitor the OMNIFORM system to determine if DAT has been approved:
a. Users will sign-on to OMNIFORM and select "DAT Processing"
b. Select "Awaiting DAT" from the drop-down menu
c. Enter Command in the "Search by Command" field
d. A list of DAT(S) currently being processed will be displayed
e. Review the "DAT OK" column for results
f. If the response reads "NO," a DAT must not be issued and the prisoner
must be processed online
(1) If OMNIFORM DAT Arrest Info Screen indicates that the prisoner has
warrants, is on parole/probation, is a recidivist, owes DNA, etc., that system
will automatically preclude the desk officer from issuing a DAT.
g. If the response reads, "WAIT" the processing of the fingerprints is not
complete and the member should check back at reasonable intervals
h. If the response reads "YES," click the "DAT" button
i. Assign DESK APPEARANCE TICKET serial number and complete appropriate
captions in DAT Log.
j. Enter the Return Date (obtained as per borough guidelines), Time,
Arraignment Part, DAT Serial Number and Court, in applicable captions

k. Select "Update" and review DAT
l. Select the "Print" icon to print DAT.
9. Contact the borough court section to ascertain the status of the
fingerprint check, if the OMNIFORM system indicates "Wait" after four hours
from the time the prisoner was fingerprinted.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION
10. Determine the processing status of the prisoner's fingerprints and request
that the Division of Criminal Justice Services expedites the required
fingerprint search.
DESK OFFICER
11. Inform prisoner of ineligibility for DESK APPEARANCE TICKET if:
a. Excluded by guidelines listed in ADDITIONAL DATA statement under heading,
"DESK APPEARANCE TICKET GUIDELINES," OR,
b. The prisoner fails the five-step eligibility process, OR,
c. The prisoner has a previous conviction which would raise the current
charge to a felony.
12. Inform prisoner not eligible for DESK APPEARANCE TICKET that he/she may be
processed for bail.
a. Bail will not be accepted if the prisoner owes DNA.
13. Direct issuance of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET if prisoner is eligible and is
likely to appear in court on the return date.
14. Request precinct detective squad or other investigative unit to debrief
prisoner, if appropriate.
15. Ensure that arrest processing officer, or other designated member,
utilizes the computerized DAT system through any FINEST or LAN terminal which
has OMNIFORM access, in accordance with the simplified DAT Issuance Procedures
listed in step "8," above.
a. Ensure the original DAT is signed by:
(1) Prisoner
(2) Issuing officer
(3) Desk officer.
b. Ensure that three photocopies of the DAT are prepared, and copies are
filed as listed:
(1) Original - included in DAT ARREST PACKAGE
(2) Copy - defendant

(3) Copy - arresting officer/complainant
(4) Copy - command file.
c. Utilize snap-out version of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260- 121) only if
command does not have a computerized DAT system (FINEST or LAN terminal which
has OMNIFORM access), or if such system becomes non-operational.
(1) Notify borough court section supervisor if snap-out version of DAT
issued.
ARRESTING OFFICER
16. Make DESK APPEARANCE TICKET returnable to arraignment part of Criminal
Court except if:
a. Returnable to Family Court
b. Necessary to permit arraignment of all prisoners in same Court Part
c. Returnable to Community Court.
17. Enter name, address, and telephone number of civilian complainant, if any,
in space marked "Additional Instructions" on original copy of DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET ONLY (i.e., copy which is included in the DAT ARREST PACKAGE
(PD260-123) forwarded to court).
18. Deliver completed DESK APPEARANCE TICKET and arrest related documents in
the DAT ARREST PACKAGE envelope to the desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
19. Check all arrest related paperwork for completeness and accuracy.
a. Ensure that all required arrest paperwork is included in the DAT ARREST
PACKAGE by utilizing the check boxes listed on the front of the envelope.
20. Ensure a Prisoner Movement Slip, with digital photograph, is generated.
a. Two copies of the Prisoner Movement Slip must be included in the DAT
ARREST PACKAGE.
21. Attach printouts of all warrant checks conducted (as per P.G. 208-22,
"Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks") to DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET INVESTIGATION and include in DAT ARREST PACKAGE.
22. Forward DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION:
a. With DAT ARREST PACKAGE when issued, OR
b. To borough court section booking facility with escorting officer and
prisoner, when not issued.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION
23. File "denied" DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION(S) in a separate file
by arrest date.

COMMANDS NOT UNDER PATROL SERVICES BUREAU, HOUSING BUREAU, OR TRANSIT BUREAU
SUPERVISOR CONCERNED
24. Forward completed DAT ARRESY PACKAGE to the precinct, police service area,
or transit district which issued the DAT serial number.
a. Ensure package is delivered by midnight (2400 hours) on date of arrest.
25. Notify desk officer of the command which issued the DAT serial number
prior to midnight of reason for the delay (e.g. late arrest), if delivery of
DAT ARREST PACKAGE cannot be completed by midnight.
a. Deliver package directly to appropriate patrol borough, housing borough,
or transit borough, prior to the second platoon, if delivery of DAT ARREST
PACKAGE cannot be completed by midnight.
PRECINCT/POLICE SERVICE AREA/TRANSIT DISTRICT DESK OFFICER
26. Make a Command Log entry when notified by a supervisor from outside
command that delivery of the DAT ARREST PACKAGE will not be completed by
midnight on date of arrest.
a. Notate "PENDING" in the left margin of the DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX
(PD260-122), next to appropriate DAT serial number.
DELIVERY OF DAT ARREST PACKAGES TO BOROUGH
PRECINCT/ POLICE SERVICE AREA /TRANSIT DISTRICT DESK OFFICER, FIRST PLATOON
27. Prepare DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX (PD260-122), listing all DAT(S)
issued during the previous twenty-four hour period, in numerical order, by DAT
serial number.
a. Sign name in caption provided on bottom of form.
28. Direct a uniformed member of the service to deliver the DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET INDEX and all DAT ARREST PACKAGE(S) to the Patrol Borough, Housing
Borough, or Transit Borough, as appropriate, prior to 0100 hours.
29. Make Command Log entry including arrest number(s), DAT serial number(s),
arresting officer, and messenger's rank and name.
COMMAND MESSENGER
30. Safeguard and deliver the DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX and all DAT ARREST
PACKAGES to the applicable borough, as directed by the desk officer.
a. Obtain receipt signature from the receiving borough member on DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX.
31. Deliver command copy of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX to desk officer.
PRECINCT/POLICE SERVICE AREA/TRANSIT DISTRICT DESK OFFICER, FIRST PLATOON
32. File command copy of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX.
33. Enter disposition (i.e., date/time DAT(S) delivered to borough) of DAT

ARREST PACKAGE(S) in applicable captions of DAT Log.
PATROL/HOUSING/ TRANSIT BOROUGH MEMBER
34. Receipt for delivery of DAT(S) on the DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX.
a. File applicable copy of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX.
35. Prepare DESK APPEARANCE TICKET TRANSMITTAL TO BOROUGH COURT SECTION
(PD260-122A), listing all DAT ARREST PACKAGE(S) to be sent to borough court
section.
36. Ensure that all DAT ARREST PACKAGE(S), along with the DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET TRANSMITTAL TO BOROUGH COURT SECTION, are delivered to the appropriate
borough court section DAT office on the second platoon, Monday through Friday.
ARRESTING OFFICER
37. Respond to Court Sign-In Room, if notified to appear at District
Attorney's Complaint Room to draw up court complaint.
a. Proceed to appropriate location as directed by court section personnel or
as indicated on notification.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
DAT issuance should never be based solely upon the ONMIFORM system checks.
Members of the service must conduct checks required by this procedure prior to
entering the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET into the OMNIFORM system.
OMNIFORM does not conduct the warrant checks required by this procedure.
ISSUANCE OF DAT NUMBERS
DAT serial numbers will consist of a three-digit command code followed by a
dash and the next sequential number, beginning with the number one each year.
For example, the first DAT serial number issued by the 68 Precinct shall be
068-1.
The desk officer, command processing the arrest (i.e., precinct, police
service area, or transit district), will assign all DAT serial numbers for
DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS issued at the command, regardless of jurisdiction of
arrest, or command of assignment of the arresting officer, etc.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET GUIDELINES
A DESK APPEARANCE TICKET will not be issued in the following circumstances:
a. Arrest on a warrant
b. Photographable offenses (see P.G. 208-07, "Photographable Offenses")
unless prisoner is hospitalized (If DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is issued, notify
borough court section concerned)
c. Prisoners under the influence of drugs/alcohol to the degree that they
may endanger themselves or others

d. Family offenses - complainant/victim and offender are members of the same
family/household as defined in the Family Court Act or as defined in the
expanded definition of a family/household in P.G. 208-36, "Family
Offenses/Domestic Violence," AND:
(1) Any offense is committed and an arrest is effected
(2) Offender has violated an Order of Protection
(3) Complainant/victim requests the opportunity to obtain an Order of
Protection, OR the facts of the case indicate an immediate need to secure an
Order of Protection because there is a strong possibility that violence
against the complainant/victim will recur (e.g., past history of assaults
against complainant/victim, statements made by the defendant, active present
hostility against complainant/victim, etc.).
e. Offender has violated an Order of Protection, OR complainant/victim
requests the opportunity to obtain an Order of Protection, OR the facts of the
case indicate an immediate need to secure an Order of Protection because there
is a strong possibility that violence against the complainant/victim will
recur (e.g., past history of assaults against complainant/victim, statements
made by the defendant, active present hostility against complainant/victim
etc.)
f. Arrest for Harassment 1st Degree (Penal Law 240.25), or Menacing 2nd
Degree (Penal Law 120.14[2]) -"Stalking" offenses
g. Arrest for Criminal Sale of Marihuana 4th Degree (Penal Law 221.40) or,
Criminal Sale of Marihuana 5th Degree (Penal Law 221.35)
h. Arrest for Assault 3rd Degree (Penal Law 120.00), Attempted Assault 3rd
Degree (Penal Law 110/120.00), Menacing 2nd Degree (Penal Law 120.14),
Menacing 3rd Degree (Penal Law 120.15), Harassment 1st Degree (Penal Law
240.25), Aggravated Harassment (Penal Law 240.30), and Reckless Endangerment
2nd Degree (Penal Law 120.20) when committed against a city/state enforcement
agent performing official duty
i. Arrest for violation of Section 1192, intoxication/impaired driving
subdivisions (1), (2), (3) or (4) - Vehicle & Traffic Law (except DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET may be issued to eligible prisoner, hospitalized more than
twenty-four hours providing prisoner did not cause serious physical injury to
death to another)
j. Vehicle offenses:
(1) Arrest for Attempted Grand Larceny 4th Degree (Penal Law 110/ 155.30);
Class "A" Misdemeanor
(2) Intentionally damages a vehicle up to $250 (window break) when in
connection with attempt to steal auto, OR larceny of contents of auto (e.g.,
radio) - Class "A" Misdemeanor.
k. Arrest for an offense which would constitute child abuse, neglect, or
maltreatment (see P.G. 215-03, "Emergency Removals or Investigation and
Reporting of Abused, Neglected or Maltreated Children" and P.G. 208-36,
"Family Offenses/Domestic Violence")
l. Misdemeanor Recidivists - when a warrant check printout indicates

"Misdemeanor Recid Notify DA In ECAB"
[I.O. 10 s 13] Deleted Subdivision "m" Renumbered Remaining Subdivisions
m. Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor Vehicle, 2nd Degree, (VTL 511
[2] [a]); Misdemeanor, and 1st Degree, (VTL 511 [3] [a]; Felony)
n. Criminal Trespass, 3rd Degree (Penal Law 140.10), when in connection with
a building utilized for commercial/office purposes
o. Whenever a person is arrested for threatening, harassing or menacing a
uniformed member of the service, an elected official or any other city, state
or federal employee
p. Arrest for Unlawful Eviction (Administrative Code 26-521)
q. Arrest for Interference with Professional Sporting Event (Administrative
Code Section 10-162); Unclassified Misdemeanor
r. Arrest for Resisting Arrest (Penal Law 205.30); Class "A" Misdemeanor
s. * Arrest for Obstructing Governmental Administration 2nd Degree (Penal
Law 195.05); Class "A" Misdemeanor (see below)
t. Whenever the OMNIFORM DAT Arrest Info Screen indicates that the
individual "owes DNA"
u. Fireworks offenses:
(1) Arrest for the offering, selling or furnishing of fireworks valued at
$500 or more (Penal Law 270.00[2][a][ii]); Class "A" Misdemeanor
(2) Arrest for the sale of dangerous fireworks to a person under the age
of eighteen (Penal Law 270.00[2][b][ii]); Class "A" Misdemeanor.
* A person arrested for Obstructing Governmental Administration 2nd Degree may
be issued a DAT if he/she engaged in uncooperative actions (see "DEFINITIONS")
and is otherwise qualified.
A DAT should not be issued to a person who uses mechanical means, i.e., a
"sleeping dragon," chaining oneself to a stationary object, etc., to impede
his/her removal and arrest processing.
If OMNIFORM DAT Arrest Info Screen indicates that the prisoner has warrants,
is on parole/probation, is a recidivist, owes DNA, etc., the system will
automatically preclude the desk officer from issuing a DAT.
Under this procedure, a prisoner who is an admitted drug addict, and not
undergoing treatment at a Methadone Treatment Center, will continue to be
eligible for DESK APPEARANCE TICKET consideration.
Issue DAT to an eligible prisoner who is otherwise considered "special
category" as defined in P.G. 210-17, "Arrest Processing of Pre-Arraignment
Prisoners Designated as `Special Category'."
IDENTIFICATION STANDARDS
P.G. 208-28, "Identification Standards for Desk Appearance Tickets" describes

a sequential five step identification process to be followed during arrest
processing in order to determine a defendant's eligibility for a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET and involves the following components:
a. Stricter Identification Standards
b. New York State Probation/Parole Status Inquiry
c. ADW Warrant Check/OCA Designations
d. Department of Motor Vehicles Name Check
e. Beta System Inquiry
ACCOUNTABILITY
The decision to issue a DAT to an eligible prisoner rests solely with the desk
officer. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THE PRISONER BE RELEASED UNTIL THE
FINGERPRINT CRIMINAL HISTORY HAS BEEN RECEIVED AND REVIEWED. The desk officer,
based upon the information contained in the OMNIFORM system (in addition to
the other information obtained during the course of the DAT investigation),
will either have a DAT issued to the prisoner or have the arrest processed "on
line."
The Borough Administrator is responsible to ensure that all DAT(S) issued
and/or delivered by their subordinate commands are completed accurately and in
a timely manner according to this procedure.
Any questions regarding arrest or DAT procedures should be directed to the
applicable borough court section.
UNLAWFUL POSSESSION OF MARIHUANA ARRESTS
If the only charge against a prisoner is Unlawful Possession of Marihuana
(Section 221.05, P.L. - Violation) and the prisoner does not qualify for a
summons, the prisoner MUST be processed for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET. However,
normal DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION verifications do not apply in this
type of case. The only disqualifying factors regarding the issuance of a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET are:
a. Inability to ascertain defendant's identification or address, OR,
b. Officer reasonably suspects that identification or address given is
inaccurate, OR,
c. Officer believes that prisoner does not reside within the state,
d. The prisoner owes DNA.
If the only charge is Unlawful Possession of Marihuana (Section 221.05, P.L. Violation) a field test must be completed in accordance with P.G. 218-08,
"Field Testing of Marijuana by Selected Uniformed Members of the Service
within the Patrol Services and Housing Bureaus."
In this instance, if the prisoner also does not qualify for a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET, the desk officer must release the prisoner if $100.00 pre-arraignment
bail is posted (see P.G. 210-09, "Bail"). However, the prisoner will not be
released if he/she owes DNA.

DELIVERY OF DAT PACKAGES TO BOROUGH COURT SECTION
DAT(S) will only be delivered to the borough court section DAT office, Monday
through Friday, on the second platoon. On weekends and court holidays, the
Patrol Borough, Housing Borough, and Transit Borough will safeguard the DAT
packages for delivery on the next second platoon that court is in session.
WARRANT AND INVESTIGATION CARD CHECKS
Prior to releasing a prisoner who is being issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET at
the precinct of arrest/designated arrest facility, an INVESTIGATION CARD
(PD373-163) check and a warrant name check of local/state/federal files will
be conducted in accordance with P.G. 208-22, "Performing Local, State and
Federal Warrant Checks."
In all cases, desk officers must review any relevant printout screen or
results to ensure that the five step eligibility process was properly
conducted. In addition, desk officers shall monitor the OMNIFORM system within
their commands to ensure its proper use. If prisoner is released at precinct
of arrest/designated arrest facility, or removed to borough court section
booking facility, attach any relevant printouts to DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
INVESTIGATION. If Department Local Area Network (LAN) terminal is inoperative,
request the patrol borough to conduct the checks. Should the borough terminal
also be inoperative, an adjoining precinct/designated arrest facility will be
requested to conduct these checks. If the entire LAN system is out of service
for more than twenty minutes, the Central Warrant Unit will be requested by
telephone to process and supply the necessary checks.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET ELIGIBILITY FOR OUT OF STATE RESIDENTS
When attempting to determine whether to issue a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET to a
person who does not reside or work in New York State but is otherwise
qualified, the desk officer should consider the distance the arrested person
will have to travel on the arraignment date. The person should be questioned
concerning his/her ability and willingness to appear in court for arraignment
on the scheduled return date. If the desk officer believes that the person
will not appear as required, a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET WILL NOT be issued. If
the person arrested requests a minor adjustment in the return date and gives
an unqualified promise to appear on the revised date, the desk officer must
use discretion in determining if the return date should be adjusted and a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET issued.
In unusual circumstances when the ends of justice will be served and undue
hardship will be averted by not holding an out of state defendant in custody
(e.g., elderly or infirm defendant or defendant accompanied by children,
etc.), a short date DESK APPEARANCE TICKET returnable the following day, may
be issued. However, if doubt exists concerning attendance of the defendant, a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET WILL NOT be issued.
When a short date DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is issued to an out of state
defendant, the desk officer must ensure that the DAT ARREST PACKAGE is sent to
the appropriate Patrol Borough, Housing Borough, or Transit Borough. In
addition, the desk officer must notify the applicable borough of the short
return date. Patrol Borough, Housing Borough, or Transit Borough personnel
will ensure the delivery of the DAT ARREST PACKAGE to the borough court
section is expedited. Borough Court Section personnel will immediately process
the DESK APPEARANCE TICKET related papers to ensure that the Fingerprint

criminal history (RAP) sheet is available when the defendant is arraigned. In
all such cases, the arresting officer (if not excused) and the complainant (in
appropriate cases) will proceed to the Complaint Room. If the Complaint Room
is not open, the officer and/or complainant will report to the Complaint Room
as soon as it opens to draw the court complaint.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET ELIGIBILITY FOR HOSPITALIZED PRISONERS
A DESK APPEARANCE TICKET may be issued to an eligible hospitalized prisoner
who is charged with a Class "E" Felony except for those Class "E" Felonies
listed as follows:
PENAL LAW SECTION
130.25
130.40
205.10
205.17
205.19
215.56
195.07

CHARGE
Rape, 3rd Degree
Criminal Sexual Act, 3rd Degree
Escape, 2nd Degree
Absconding from Temporary Release, 1st Degree
Absconding from a Community Treatment Facility
Bail Jumping, 2nd Degree
Obstructing Governmental Administration, 1st Degree

Criminal photographs need not be taken of a hospitalized prisoner who is
issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET for a Class "E" Felony.
PARTICIPATING DEPARTMENT STORE PROGRAM
When an arrest is made by a security officer of a participating department
store and the offense is one for which a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET may be issued,
the desk officer will direct the arrest processing officer to assist the store
security officer in processing the arrest in order to maintain compliance with
this procedure.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks (P.G. 208-22)
Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Identification Standards for Desk Appearance Tickets (P.G. 208-28)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Intoxicated or Impaired Driver Arrest (P.G. 208-40)
Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator's License (P.G. 209-26)
Bail (P.G. 210-09)
Arrest Processing of Pre-Arraignment Prisoners Designated as "Special
Category" (P.G. 210-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (COMPUTER FORM)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INDEX (PD260-122)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET INVESTIGATION (PD360-091)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET TRANSMITTAL TO BOROUGH COURT SECTION (PD260-122A)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-28 Identification Standards For Desk Appearance Tickets
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To establish identification standards and eligibility requirements prior to
the issuance of a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET.
SCOPE
The process to be followed during arrest processing in order to determine
eligibility for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET will be sequential. The following is
a five- step procedure which shall be implemented by arresting officers in the
order listed:
a. Stricter Identification Standards
b. New York State Probation/Parole Status Inquiry
c. ADW Warrant Check/OCA Designations
d. Department of Motor Vehicles Name Check
e. Beta System Inquiry.
As each category is checked, if there is a negative result, the inquiry will
be brought to the next step. When information is received that will disqualify
an individual from DESK APPEARANCE TICKET consideration, further inquiries
will cease and the arrest will be processed online. This five-step eligibility
process is both comprehensive and labor intensive.
PROCEDURE
When an individual is applying for the issuance of a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Establish individual's identification and eligibility for the issuance of a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET by the following:
a. STRICTER IDENTIFICATION STANDARDS - The following forms of identification
satisfy the need to properly identify individuals applying for release via
DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS:
(1) New York State Driver's License, Permit, or Non-Driver Photo
Identification
(2) Valid passport
(3) United States military photo identification
(4) Citizenship or naturalization papers
(5) Resident alien card (Permanent resident card/ Green card)

(6) Driver's License (out of state/country).
b. NEW YORK STATE/U.S. EASTERN DISTRICT FEDERAL PROBATION/ PAROLE STATUS
INQUIRY - Inquiry will be made through the FINEST System into the Booking
Arraignment Disposition Inquiry System [BADS] to ascertain Probation/Parole
status of prisoners seeking release through the DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
process. If it is confirmed that the prisoner seeking release on a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET is currently on probation or parole, a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET will NOT be issued to that individual. The process is as follows:
(1) Log into BADS with BADS ID and password
(2) Select Option "5," Defendant Status, by typing "5" and pressing
"ENTER"
(3) Type defendant's Last name, First initial (if desired), Sex, and Date
of Birth (DOB)
(a) Type "O" in RANGE field for a direct hit on the DOB entered, or a
number (1-9) for that range of years before and after the DOB entered, and
press "ENTER."
NOTE: The number of possible hits for N.Y.S. Parole, N.Y.C. Probation and
Eastern District Federal Probation will be displayed.
(4) To view information, press "1" for N.Y.S. Parole list, "2" for N.Y.C.
Probation list and "3" for Eastern District Federal Probation list, then press
"ENTER."
(5) When viewing one of the above lists, or to see additional data for an
individual, move the cursor to the desired line and press "ENTER."
(a) If the defendant has non-sealed New York City arrests:
(1) Defendant Data, NYSID Profile, and Parole/Probation Data will
already be selected
(2) Press "ENTER" to page through the screens.
(b) If the defendant has no non-sealed New York City arrests:
(1) A Parole/Probation record will be displayed
(2) Press "ENTER" to return to the list.
c. ADW WARRANT CHECKS/OCA DESIGNATIONS - A local, state, and federal warrant
check will be conducted via the Automated Database for Warrants (ADW) and the
FINEST MESSAGE SWITCHING SYSTEM (MSWS)as per P.G. 208- 22, "Performing Local,
State and Federal Warrant Checks." The presence of an active warrant from this
inquiry will disqualify an individual from receiving a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET.
This check will access the Warrant Master File through ADW. Within this file
are target groups which are displayed by the presence of an OCA# designation
preceded by the letter Q, X, or I. Persons in custody who are categorized by
any of the following designations will not be eligible to receive a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET:
(1) OCA designations that begin with letter Q:

Q65000000==> Robbery Recidivist
Q65200000==> Misdemeanor Recidivist
Q65300000==> Firearm Violator
Q65400000==> Armed Career Criminal
(2) OCA designations that begin with the letter X:
This category consists of individuals who are target narcotics
violators.
(3) OCA designations that begin with the letter I:
This file contains individuals who are wanted by a particular detective
squad for a specific crime, or for questioning relative to a crime. In these
cases, a telephone notification is required to the Criminal Intelligence
Section (See P.G. 208-23, "Computerized Investigation Card System").
NOTE: In the above OCA designation categories, notifications must be made to
the command of origination, including arraignment date and the fact that
identification is based on a name check only. Comply with any further
instructions which appear on the display screen.
d. DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES NAME CHECK
Name checks will be made through the FINEST System under the NYSPIN/DMV
menu headings: NYS Driver Group Search (DGRP) and NYS Driver Inquiry (DLIC).
First, use the DGRP command. This will determine if the individual is using
multiple or similar names. If so, attempt to match the pedigree information
provided on the display screen with the subject who is physically present.
Next, enter this data into the DLIC system. If the DLIC system reveals that
the subject:
(1) Has three or more license suspension on three or more different dates,
or
(2) Is operating a vehicle with a revoked driver's license, or
(3) Has an outstanding federal, state, or local warrant, or
(4) Has ever been the subject of an issued federal, state, or local
warrant at any time, or
(5) Is arrested for operating a motor vehicle while having a revoked
driver's license, or
(6) Has been convicted of unlicensed operation of a motor vehicle any
degree, within the previous eighteen months, or
(7) Has had their operator's license suspended based upon having ever
refused to submit to a chemical test for alcohol, or
(8) Has had their operator's license suspended based upon failure to pay
child/spousal support as outlined in VTL 510 (4e), then the subject WILL BE
DENIED a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET.

e. BETA SYSTEM INQUIRY - An inquiry will be made into Beta System through
the FINEST System/MIS to determine DESK APPEARANCE TICKET eligibility based
upon the prisoner's past criminal history. Specifically, this inquiry will
reveal the presence of aliases, match them to a criminal identification number
(NYSID #) and interface with the on- line warrant file, to determine if the
subject has been previously issued a warrant. If subject is found to have
previous warrant history, then a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET will NOT be issued.
The process will be as follows:
(1) Type "NMOS/tax registry number" of requesting officer
(2) Enter in center of screen corresponding reference numbers, i.e., 61 #,
arrest #, case #, misc. #
(3) After the caption, "NMCK" enter: Last name/first name/sex/dob - then
press "Enter."
NOTE: If NYSID # is ascertained, sign onto ADW as follows:
(1) Select the ADW icon on a Department LAN.
(a) Enter your tax number when prompted.
(2) Select "Queries" at the top of the screen.
(3) Select "NYSID Search."
(a) Enter the NYSID number in the prompt box.
(4) Highlight "Selected Table."
(a) Select "Warrant" and "I Card."
DESK OFFICER
2. Use common sense standards based upon the age and/or physical condition of
a prisoner to ensure that the best interests of the Department will be served
by not denying the issuance of a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET, in the course of
determining eligibility.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
3. Ensure that passwords are issued to uniformed members of the command so
that access to the various systems is not restricted.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
DAT issuance should never be based solely upon the OMNIFORM system checks.
Members of the service must conduct checks required by this procedure prior to
entering the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) into the
OMNIFORM system. OMNIFORM does not conduct the warrant checks required by this
procedure.
IDENTIFICATION STANDARDS
Members should note that these are general guidelines and other valid forms of

identification may be acceptable. Even when an individual possesses
identification and a uniformed member of the service has reasonable suspicion
with regard to the veracity of the identification presented, the desk officer
will make the final determination as to whether the defendant's identity has
been ascertained.
FALSE PERSONATION
In addition to producing one of the above valid forms of identification, the
prisoner must also provide legitimate, verifiable proof of a valid current
address. When attempting to ascertain a prisoner's identity, the uniformed
member of the service concerned should inform the prisoner that knowingly
misrepresenting his or her actual name, date of birth, or address to a police
officer, with intent to prevent a police officer from ascertaining such
information, is punishable as a crime. Prisoners who knowingly misrepresent
their pedigree information should be charged with Penal Law 190.23(False
Personation, B. Misd.)
The desk officer considering DESK APPEARANCE TICKET eligibility will determine
the validity of the prisoner's offered address. If the desk officer is not
satisfied that the prisoner has offered proper evidence of a valid current
address, the prisoner shall NOT be issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET. In order
to ensure that the process for determining eligibility for a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET is properly conducted, desk officers will be responsible to have
arresting officers bring to the borough court section a copy of any inquiry
which eliminated the prisoner from DESK APPEARANCE TICKET consideration. In
those cases where eligibility was denied because of unverified identification
or address information, a notation will be entered on the ON-LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM WORKSHEET under "Details" and initialed by the desk officer.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks (P.G. 208-22)
Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Desk Appearance Ticket - Hospitalized Prisoner (P.G. 208-30)
Arrest Processing - Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor Vehicle (P.G.
208-53)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-29 Desk Appearance Ticket Preparation Of Court Complaint
Prior To Return
Date Effective: 01-01-00
Revision 10-05 Issued 09-10-10 Deleted Patrol Guide Procedure No: 208-29

P.G. 208-30 Desk Appearance Ticket - Hospitalized Prisoner
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To issue a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET to a hospitalized prisoner who was
ineligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET at time of arrest due to physical or
mental condition.
PROCEDURE
When a hospitalized prisoner has recovered sufficiently to be issued a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET:
GUARDING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify desk officer that prisoner's condition permits issuance of a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET.
DESK OFFICER
2. Direct patrol supervisor to determine condition of prisoner and duration of
confinement.
3. Direct guarding officer to follow P.G. 208-27, "Desk Appearance Ticket General Procedure."
4. Have DESK APPEARANCE TICKET issued if prisoner qualifies.
GUARDING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Obtain DESK APPEARANCE TICKET return date in accordance with appropriate
borough guidelines.
a. Ensure that return date is after tentative date of prisoner's discharge
from hospital.
6. Notify Borough Court Section concerned that DESK APPEARANCE TICKET has been
issued, and provide the following information:
a. DESK APPEARANCE TICKET serial number
b. Return date
c. Court to which DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is returnable
d. Date and time of release of prisoner.
DESK OFFICER/COUNTERPART
7. Have arresting officer notified.
8. Distribute DESK APPEARANCE TICKET as follows:
a. Original copy in DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)

b. One photocopy each to defendant, arresting officer/complainant, and
command file.
9. Make the following entries on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) or ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT WORKSHEET (PD244-1516):
a. Return date of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
b. DESK APPEARANCE TICKET serial number
c. Court to which returnable.
NOTE: Forward DAT ARREST PACKAGE with required paperwork as per P.G. 208-27,
"Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure."
ARRESTING OFFICER
10. Determine on day prior to return date if prisoner is still hospitalized.
a. Ascertain approximate date of discharge, if still confined.
11. Notify borough court section supervisor if prisoner remains hospitalized.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
12. Request adjournment to a day subsequent to prisoner's tentative release
from the hospital.
13. Direct roll call clerk of arresting officer's command to notify arresting
officer of adjourned date.
ROLL CALL CLERK
14. Make entry in command diary and notify arresting officer of new court
date, if required to appear.
DESK OFFICER WHERE HOSPITAL IS LOCATED
15. Have defendant notified of adjourned date.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If prisoner is ineligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET, he/she may be issued a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET providing he/she can post bail. If the hospitalized
prisoner is confined outside the precinct of record, the desk
officer/counterpart will notify the precinct where hospital is located that
he/she has accepted bail (see P.G. 210-09, "Bail"). The member guarding the
prisoner will fingerprint him/her, if required.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Bail (P.G. 210-09)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT WORKSHEET (PD244-1516)
DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)

DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-33 This Procedure Intentionally Left Blank
Date Effective: 01-01-00

P.G. 208-34 Bribery Arrest By Uniformed Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assist a uniformed member of the service who effects an arrest for bribery
from time of arrest to final disposition of case.
PROCEDURE
When a bribe has been offered and circumstances do not permit prior
consultation with a member of the Internal Affairs Bureau:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Make summary arrest and follow appropriate arrest processing guidelines.
NOTE: In situations where subsequent arrest for bribery is made after the
original arrest charge has been processed, (i.e., arrest number has been
generated), but prior to the prisoner being arraigned, an ARREST REPORT
SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) must be prepared describing the circumstances
surrounding the additional charge of bribery.
2. Notify desk officer/supervisor.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISORY MEMBER
3. Confer with Legal Bureau if:
a. Legality of charges are in doubt
b. Immediate legal assistance is required.
NOTE: If Legal Bureau is closed, call Operations Unit to arrange a
consultation with a Department Attorney.
4. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center (212) 741-8401.
I.A.B. COMMAND CENTER
5. Record information including:
a. Internal Affairs Bureau log number
b. Date of arrest
c. Precinct of arrest
d. Prisoner's name and address
e. Charge
f. Description of circumstances which led to arrest and any other violation
of law.

6. Advise desk officer/supervisory member to contact appropriate
Bureau/Borough Investigations Unit for technical assistance.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISORY MEMBER
7. Notify lieutenant platoon commander.
NOTE: The precinct commander/duty captain will be notified and perform the
duties of the lieutenant platoon commander if the platoon commander is
unavailable.
LIEUTENANT PLATOON COMMANDER
8. Interview arresting officer.
9. Prepare seven copies of report of arrest on Typed Letterhead addressed to
Chief of Department.
a. Forward original copy of report direct to the Chief of Department via
Department mail.
b. FAX copy of the report of arrest to Internal Affairs Bureau, Command
Center at (212) 741-8408.
c. Retain remaining copies at precinct desk pending result of the initial
arraignment.
NOTE: All copies of the report MUST include the Internal Affairs Bureau log
number.
10. Notify precinct commander/duty captain, who will review actions taken by
the precinct platoon commander.
ARRESTING OFFICER
11. Confer with immediate supervisor and/or Integrity Control Officer
concerned, prior to pre-arraignment.
ARRESTING OFFICER AND SUPERVISORY MEMBER/I.C.O.
12. Consult with Assistant District Attorney to insure that bribery or related
offense is charged in complaint.
ARRESTING OFFICER
13. Notify desk officer/supervisor when affidavit has been completed of:
a. Name of Assistant District Attorney
b. Charge(s) entered on complaint.
I.C.O. OF MEMBER CONCERNED
14. Ascertain the following information through the borough Court Section
after prisoner has been arraigned:
a. Arraignment date

b. Judge
c. Court docket and NYSID numbers
d. Disposition including adjournment date
e. Grand Jury date, if any.
15. Enter additional information (steps 13 and 14 above) by endorsement on
remaining copies of report of arrest held at desk (see step 9).
16. Forward copies of report as follows:
a. First copy direct to the Chief of Department (Chief of Department reviews
and forwards to Personnel Bureau)
b. Second copy direct to Chief of Internal Affairs
c. Third copy direct to Commanding Officer, Employee Relations Section
d. Fourth copy to the Chief of Department, through channels
e. Fifth copy to commanding officer of arresting officer
f. Sixth copy - file.
ARRESTING OFFICER
17. Maintain a record of all court appearances regarding bribery or related
offenses/arrests including:
a. Date of hearing
b. Court docket number
c. Name of Assistant District Attorney at each appearance
d. Disposition.
18. Report information to commanding officer after each court appearance.
NOTE: Commanding officers of uniformed members of the service who effect
bribery arrests will be responsible for the follow-up and final disposition
reports.
COURT SECTION CONCERNED
19. Render assistance to arresting officer and duty captain/supervisor, when
necessary.
I.C.O. OF MEMBER CONCERNED
20. Record information as received and file in folder marked "Arrests by
Uniformed Members of the Service Regarding Bribery and Related Offenses."
21. Forward copy of report to member's new commanding officer who assumes
responsibility for:

a. Maintaining file in folder
b. Adding new information received
c. Forwarding reports as required.
COMMANDING OFFICER OF MEMBER CONCERNED
22. Prepare a consolidated report on Typed Letterhead upon receipt of final
disposition and include a complete history of case and court appearances for:
a. Police Commissioner
b. Chief of Department
c. Chief of Internal Affairs.
WHEN AN ASSISTANT DISTRICT ATTORNEY REFUSES TO CHARGE BRIBERY IN THE
COMPLAINT:
ARRESTING OFFICER
23. Notify the precinct commander/duty captain.
PRECINCT COMMANDER/DUTY CAPTAIN
24. Respond to command of arrest/designated arrest processing facility and
confer with Assistant District Attorney and arresting officer.
a. Confer with supervising Assistant District Attorney if not in agreement
with Assistant District Attorney.
ARRESTING OFFICER
25. Obtain signed copy of Decline Prosecution Report if bribery or related
offense is only charge and Assistant District Attorney refuses to draw
complaint.
a. Make complete entry of facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) or
INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156), as appropriate.
b. Comply with instructions of Assistant District Attorney and court
personnel if a civilian complainant desires to appear before a judge.
c. Secure release of prisoner from detention pen when ordered by Assistant
District Attorney and Decline Prosecution Report is obtained.
d. Immediately notify Court Section supervisor concerned and be guided by
his/her instructions, if prisoner has already been removed to courthouse.
COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
26. If prisoner is being secured in courthouse detention areas:
a. Request FAX copy of Decline Prosecution Report from arresting officer.
b. Verify its contents with assigned Assistant District Attorney upon its
receipt.

c. Have prisoner released expeditiously.
d. Make appropriate Command Log and OLPA "Notepad" entries.
ARRESTING OFFICER
27. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, of results.
28. Deliver Decline Prosecution Report to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER OF MEMBER CONCERNED
29. Review Decline Prosecution Report.
a. Sign rear of Decline Prosecution Report signifying inspection
b. Have Decline Prosecution Report filed with OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) in member's command.
30. Prepare DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT (PD244-1515), if necessary.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A commanding officer who believes a subordinate member of his/her command has
participated in an act reflecting high integrity that deserves recognition
will forward three copies of a report describing all the facts, including
results, to the Integrity Review Board, through the Personnel Bureau.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Release Of Prisoners - General Procedures (P.G. 210-13)
Attempted Bribery Of Uniformed Member Of The Service (P.G. 208-35)
Release Of Prisoners At The Complaint Room At The Direction Of Assistant
District Attorney (P.G. 210-16)
Boards And Committees (O.G. 101-23)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT (PD244-1515)
INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156)
OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
Decline Prosecution Report
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 208-35 Attempted Bribery Of Uniformed Member Of The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To develop or secure corroborating evidence in attempted bribery cases.
PROCEDURE
Upon being offered a bribe, particularly a future bribe and corroborating
evidence may be developed:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify desk officer/supervisor as soon as possible.
a. If not possible, call the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, ([212]
741-8401), twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR NOTIFIED
2. Inform Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, of offer and any related
arrangements
I.A.B. COMMAND CENTER
3. Record notification.
a. Assign log number.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Record facts in ACTIVITY LOG (112-145) or INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY ACTIVITY
REPORT (PD439-156), as appropriate.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
5. Be guided by recommendations of the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command
Center, regarding:
a. Action to be taken
b. Whether any technical and tactical assistance will be provided.
6. Notify bureau/borough Investigations Unit concerned and request necessary
assistance.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Bribery Arrest by Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 208-34)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (112-145)
INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156)

P.G. 208-36 Family Offenses/Domestic Violence
Date Effective: 02-06-14
PURPOSE
To process family offenses and other offenses that occur between
family/household members as per the Family/Household - Expanded Definition.
DEFINITIONS
COMPLAINANT/VICTIM - For purposes of this procedure ONLY, is limited to a
person described in subdivisions "a" through "h" below:
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD (AS DEFINED IN FAMILY COURT ACT) - includes persons who:
a. Are legally married to one another
b. Were formerly legally married to one another
c. Are related by marriage (affinity)
d. Are related by blood (consanguinity)
e. Have a child in common regardless of whether such persons have been
married or have lived together at any time
f. Are not related by consanguinity (blood) or affinity (marriage) and who
are, or have been, in an intimate relationship regardless of whether such
persons have lived together at any time
NOTE: A common sense standard regarding the totality of the circumstances
involving the relationship should be used to determine if an "intimate
relationship" exists. Factors a member of the service may consider in
determining whether a relationship is an "intimate relationship" include but
are not limited to: the nature or type of relationship (the relationship
between the involved parties does not have to be sexual in nature to be
considered "intimate"); the frequency of interaction between persons; and the
duration of the relationship. Neither a casual acquaintance nor ordinary
fraternization between two individuals solely in a business, educational, or
social context shall be deemed to constitute an "intimate relationship." If
unable to determine if the relationship in question is an "intimate
relationship," the member of the service concerned will request the response
of the patrol supervisor.
Additional factors that may assist in determining the intimacy of a
relationship include, but are not limited to: amount of time spent together in
either a work or leisure related capacity, shared expenses and/or finances,
extent of interaction with family members, etc.
All members of the service are reminded that their primary responsibility is
to ensure the immediate and future safety of all parties involved in domestic
violence incidents."
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD (NYPD EXPANDED DEFINITION) - includes subdivisions "a"
through "f" above, AND persons who:

g. Are currently living together in a family-type relationship
h. Formerly lived together in a family-type relationship.
A family/household thus includes: "common-law" marriages, same sex couples,
registered NYC domestic partners, different generations of the same family,
siblings, in-laws, persons involved in "intimate relationship", and persons
who live or have lived together in a family-type relationship.
OFFENSE - Conduct for which a sentence to a term of imprisonment or to a fine
is provided (felony, misdemeanor, or violation).
FAMILY OFFENSE - Any act which may constitute the following and is committed
by one member of the same family/household, AS DEFINED IN THE FAMILY COURT ACT
(subdivisions "a" through "f" above), against another:
a. Harassment 1st or 2nd degree
b. Assault 2nd degree or Attempt
c. Disorderly Conduct (including acts amounting to Disorderly Conduct NOT
committed in a public place)
d. Aggravated Harassment 2nd degree
e. Assault 3rd degree or Attempt
f. Reckless Endangerment
g. Menacing 2nd or 3rd degree
h. Stalking (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th degrees)
NOTE: The law also adds the crimes of Stalking in the first through fourth
degrees to the list of criminal convictions which will subject an offender to
automatic suspension or revocation of a pistol license by the Criminal or
Family Court.
i. Sexual Misconduct
j. Forcible Touching
k. Sexual Abuse 3rd degree
l. Sexual Abuse 2nd degree when committed against a victim incapable of a
factor other than being less than seventeen years old
m. Criminal Mischief (all degrees)
n. Strangulation 1st or 2nd degree
o. Criminal Obstruction of Breathing or Blood Circulation.
p. Identity Theft (1st, 2nd and 3rd degrees)
q. Grand Larceny (3rd and 4th degrees)

r. Coercion 2nd degree (subdivisions 1, 2, 3).
ORDER OF PROTECTION - An order issued by the New York City Criminal Court, New
York State Family Court, or the New York State Supreme Court, requiring
compliance with specific conditions of behavior, hours of visitation and any
other condition deemed appropriate by the court of issuance. An Order of
Protection may also be issued by the Supreme Court as part of a separation
decree, divorce judgment, annulment, or as part of a court order in a pending
separation, divorce, or annulment action.
PROBABLE CAUSE - A combination of facts, viewed through the eyes of a
uniformed member of the service, which would lead a person of reasonable
caution to believe that an offense is being or has been committed. The
"probable cause" standard applied in family offense/domestic violence offenses
IS NO DIFFERENT from the standard applied in other offenses and may be met by
evidence other than the statement of the complainant/victim.
CONCURRENT JURISDICTION - Concurrent jurisdiction exists when different courts
have jurisdiction over the same subject matter within the same territory. Both
Criminal Court and Family Court have concurrent jurisdiction when:
a. A family offense (as defined above) has been committed; AND
b. A family/household relationship as defined in the Family Court Act "a"
through "f" above (and NOT including the NYPD expanded definition) exists
between the offender and the victim; AND
c. The offender is sixteen years of age or older.
NOTE: All three of the above elements must exist for both Family Court and
Criminal Court to have jurisdiction at the same time. If either of the first
two elements are not met, the complainant MUST go to Criminal Court. If the
first two elements are met, but the offender is less than sixteen years of
age, the complainant must go to Family Court.
WHEN CONCURRENT JURISDICTION EXISTS:
Advise complainants/victim that:
a. There is concurrent jurisdiction with respect to family offenses in both
Family Court and the Criminal Courts;
b. A Family Court proceeding is a civil proceeding and is for the purpose of
attempting to stop the violence, end the family disruption and obtain
protection. Referrals for counseling or counseling services are available
through probation for this purpose;
c. A proceeding in the Criminal Courts is for the purpose of prosecution of
the offender and can result in a criminal conviction of the offender;
d. A proceeding or action subject to the provisions of Family Court Act,
Section 812, is initiated at the time of filing of an accusatory instrument or
Family Court petition, not at the time of arrest, or request for arrest, if
any;
e. An arrest may precede the commencement of a Family Court or a Criminal
Court proceeding, but an arrest is not a requirement for commencing either
proceeding; however, that the arrest of an alleged offender shall be made

under the circumstances described in subdivision four of Section 140.10 of the
Criminal Procedure Law.
PROCEDURE
When members of the service respond to, or are notified of, any incident
involving members of the same Family/Household (NYPD EXPANDED DEFINITION):
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Obtain medical assistance if requested or the need is apparent.
2. Ascertain all facts.
a. Interview persons involved SEPARATELY.
b. Interview and record names of any witnesses present at time of
occurrence.
c. Collect evidence and record statements of persons present (e.g.,
admission by offender during dispute).
d. Take photographs using the domestic violence digital camera in all cases
where a victim has visible injuries and/or damaged property as a result of
domestic violence. Photographs will be uploaded into the Domestic Violence
Digital Photo Database as per P.G. 208-39, "Family Offenses/Domestic Violence
(Digital Photography of Visible Injuries/Damaged Property)." Other domestic
violence evidence (i.e., weapons, clothing, etc.) must be vouchered in
accordance with P.G. 218-01, "Invoicing Property - General Procedure".
NOTE: If the complainant/victim appears to have difficulty
understanding/communicating in English, the member of the service concerned
should comply with P.G. 212-90, "Guidelines for Interaction with Limited
English Proficient (LEP) Persons." If the complainant/victim appears to be
hearing impaired, the member of the service concerned should comply with P.G.
212-104, "Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons." Members of the service
are reminded that family members should not be used to interpret in a domestic
incident due to potential partiality. Family members may only be temporarily
used for interpretation in domestic incidents in life-threatening situations
when there is no other feasible alternative. Once the situation is stabilized,
a bilingual member of the service or the telephonic interpretation service
should be used to verify the details of the domestic incident. As possible
victims or witnesses to an incident, children may be interviewed; however,
whenever feasible, children should not be used as an interpreter for any kind
of police incident, including domestic violence. The alleged offender in any
type of incident, including domestic violence, should not be used as an
interpreter.
3. Determine whether:
a. Probable cause exists that any offense has been committed
b. An Order of Protection has been obtained by complainant/victim
c. The offense constitutes a FAMILY OFFENSE
d. There are children present in the home who may be victims of neglect,
abuse, or maltreatment.

(1) If a member REASONABLY SUSPECTS a child less than eighteen is abused,
neglected or maltreated and continued presence in the household presents an
imminent risk to the child's physical or mental health, request the patrol
supervisor to respond, prepare REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT
(PD377-154), and notify the State Central Registry as outlined in P.G. 215-03,
"Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or
Maltreated Children."
NOTE: Willful failure to make such notification is a Class "A" Misdemeanor.
Further, civil liability may result for the damages caused by such failure.
(2)If probable cause exists that a crime has been committed against a
child, the perpetrator will be arrested, and no DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
(PD260-121) or stationhouse bail will be issued.
WHEN OFFENDER HAS DEPARTED SCENE PRIOR TO ARRIVAL OF POLICE:
4. Conduct search of immediate vicinity for offender when:
a. Probable cause exists that a crime has been committed OR an Order of
Protection has been violated, AND
b. Uniformed member of the service has reason to believe that such search
might yield positive results.
5. Advise complainant/victim to call police when offender returns, if search
produces negative results and follow reporting procedures as set forth below.
WHEN COMPLAINANT/VICTIM INDICATES THAT AN ORDER OF PROTECTION HAS BEEN
OBTAINED:
6. Request complainant/victim to produce Order of Protection.
a. If Order of Protection cannot be produced, use the Central Records
Division intranet database application to do a search for all Orders of
Protection issued by a New York City based court. If the computer system is
down, or for Orders of Protection issued outside New York City, telephone
Central Records Division, Identification Section to verify that an Order of
Protection was issued, court of issuance, specific conduct prohibited and the
expiration date.
b. If the Identification Section reports that there are no Orders of
Protection on file pertaining to the complainant/victim, telephone the
precinct of occurrence and request a member of the service authorized to
operate the FINEST System to conduct an Order of Protection database inquiry.
c. In the event the precinct of occurrence is unable to conduct the inquiry,
request the Communications Section dispatcher to conduct the inquiry.
IF OFFENDER IS PRESENT OR THE SEARCH FOR THE OFFENDER WAS SUCCESSFUL AND THERE
IS PROBABLE CAUSE THAT ANY FELONY HAS BEEN COMMITTED OR AN ORDER OF PROTECTION
HAS BEEN VIOLATED:
7. Arrest offender even if complainant/victim requests that offender not be
arrested.
a. When an Order of Protection is violated and the act that violates the

order is an offense, offender must be charged with that offense in addition to
the appropriate charge for the violation of the Order of Protection.
b. In all cases, whether the Order of Protection was issued by Family Court,
Supreme Court, or Criminal Court, and whether the violation of the Order of
Protection also constitutes an offense or not (e.g., offender in proximity to
complainant's residence or place of employment is not an offense in and of
itself but does violate an Order of Protection), the violation of the Order of
Protection shall be charged as the Penal Law crime of Criminal Contempt, or
Aggravated Criminal Contempt, as appropriate, and the offender brought to
Criminal Court.
NOTE: Under the federal 1994 Violence against Women Act, Orders of
Protection issued by courts of other jurisdictions (other states, U.S.
territories, tribal jurisdictions), in cases of domestic violence covered by
this procedure, may be enforced in New York State. If the particular
out-of-state Order of Protection is available, and otherwise appears to be
valid on its face (i.e., not expired, signed by a judge or justice of a
court), and there is probable cause to believe that the Order of Protection
has been violated, and that the offender had notice of the order and an
opportunity to be heard, uniformed members of the service will arrest the
offender and charge him or her with either Criminal Contempt in the second
degree (Penal Law Section 215.50 (3)), Criminal Contempt in the first degree
(Penal Law section 215.51 (b), (c), or (d)), or Aggravated Criminal Contempt
(Penal Law section 215.52), as appropriate.
In order to charge any of the criminal contempt charges above, for a
violation of either an in-state or out-of-state Order of Protection, there
must be a showing that the offender had "notice" of the issuance of the Order
of Protection, either because he or she was present in court when the Order
was issued or because he or she was duly served with the Order.
In order to establish probable cause that the offender had notice, uniformed
members of the service should ask the offender if he or she knew of the Order
and if necessary ask the complainant/victim to verify that the offender had
knowledge of the Order. Additionally, if such is deemed necessary, uniformed
members of the service may call the court that issued the Order during normal
business hours to seek further information.
In the case of out-of-state Orders of Protection, there is an additional
requirement that the offender has had or will shortly have an opportunity to
be heard. This essentially means that the offender was notified of a date to
appear in the particular court in order to respond to the issuance of the
Order. In order to take enforcement action, probable cause as to any of the
following must exist:
a. The offender appeared in court in response to issuance of the Order of
Protection,
b. The offender was served with notice to appear, in response to the
issuance of the Order of Protection and failed to appear, or
c. The offender was served with an Order of Protection with a notice to
appear before the court within thirty days of the issuance of the Order of
Protection.
The inquiries set forth in the preceding paragraph may be used to establish
the existence of this element of probable cause.

In cases in which the Order of Protection is not produced by the
complainant/victim, in addition to the procedure set forth in step six "6,"
above, uniformed members of the service shall inquire whether a record of the
Order exists on the statewide registry of Orders of Protection or the
protection order file maintained by the National Crime Information Center
(NCIC). However, the presence of the Order on any file shall not be required
for enforcement of the order, provided that the uniformed member of the
service has probable cause to believe that the Order is in existence through
credible information supplied by the complainant/victim or other reliable
source.
When an offender is arrested for violating any Order of Protection, his or her
arrest will, in ALL cases, be processed in New York City Criminal Court,
regardless of the court that issued the order. The offender will be charged
with the appropriate criminal contempt charge. The offender will also be
charged with any pertinent criminal offense for which probable cause exists.
When an arrest is made for violation of a Family Court Order of Protection,
the complainant/victim will be advised that he or she has a right to proceed
independently in Family Court by filing a petition. However, uniformed members
of the service are required to bring the offender before the local criminal
court.
WHEN THERE IS PROBABLE CAUSE THAT ANY MISDEMEANOR HAS BEEN COMMITTED, IN OR
OUT OF THE UNIFORMED MEMBER'S PRESENCE, OR A VIOLATION HAS BEEN COMMITTED IN
THE UNIFORMED MEMBER'S PRESENCE:
8. Arrest offender.
a. Under the Criminal Procedure Law, a uniformed member of the service must
arrest the offender, unless the victim specifically states, on his or her own
initiative, that he or she does not want the offender arrested. The uniformed
member of the service shall not ask the victim if he or she wants to have the
offender arrested. The uniformed member of the service retains the discretion
to make an arrest in a misdemeanor case, despite the victim's decision not to
seek an arrest.
NOTE: The primary considerations when the complainant/victim does not want
an arrest are the prevention of further violence and the safety of ALL
household members. Factors to be taken into consideration include, BUT ARE NOT
LIMITED TO:
a. The past history of the offender and victim (prior arrests, incidents,
injuries sustained etc.). If possible, conduct an inquiry through the Precinct
Domestic Incident Database.
b. The uniformed member of the service's observations of the scene and
victim.
c. Statements of witnesses.
d. Statements made by the offender (especially threats of suicide, homicide
or other future violence).
e. Threatened use of weapons, or the presence of or access to weapons by the
offender.
f. Mental and physical state of the offender (drug or alcohol intoxication,

etc.).
g. Presence of other household members who may be at risk, including the
elderly.
If an officer has any doubts about the continued safety of any household
member, AN ARREST SHOULD BE EFFECTED.
9. Make an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry if complainant/victim does not want
an arrest for a misdemeanor or any violation committed in the uniformed member
of the service's presence by family/household member.
a. Request complainant/victim to sign log entry.
b. Enter "Refused Signature" if complainant/victim will NOT sign entry.
IN CROSS COMPLAINT SITUATIONS, WHERE THERE IS PROBABLE CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT
MORE THAN ONE FAMILY OR HOUSEHOLD MEMBER HAS COMMITTED A FAMILY OFFENSE
MISDEMEANOR, IN OR OUT OF THE UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE'S PRESENCE IN A
SINGLE DOMESTIC INCIDENT:
10. Attempt to identify the primary physical aggressor after considering the
following criteria:
a. The comparative extent of any injuries inflicted by and between the
parties,
b. Whether any of the parties are threatening or have threatened future harm
against another party, family, or household member,
c. Whether any of the parties has a prior history of domestic violence that
the uniformed member of the service can reasonably ascertain,
d. Whether any such person acted defensively to protect himself or herself
from injury.
NOTE: Where one party has committed a family offense misdemeanor against a
family/household member in response to or in retribution for a crime committed
against him or her in the past, the responding uniformed members of the
service shall not determine who was the "Primary Physical Aggressor" and
proceed as required by step "8," above.
11. Confer with the patrol supervisor.
12. Arrest the offender identified as the primary physical aggressor.
a. If complainant/victim requests that offender not be arrested, the
uniformed member may still effect the arrest.
NOTE: Where there is reasonable cause to believe that both parties to a
particular domestic violence dispute have committed family offense
misdemeanors and the responding uniformed members of the service are unable to
determine who, if anyone, was the primary physical aggressor, it would be
lawful to arrest both parties. Further, even where the responding uniformed
members of the service are able to determine who was the primary physical
aggressor, both parties may, if appropriate, be arrested. The primary
consideration when deciding whether to arrest other persons, in addition to
the primary aggressor, is the prevention of further violence and the safety to

ALL household members. Evaluate each complaint separately. Do not base a
decision to arrest or not to arrest on the willingness of a person to testify
or otherwise participate in a judicial proceeding. If a
complainant/offender/victim requests that the offender not be arrested, the
uniformed member of the service may still effect an arrest. The primary
considerations when the complainant/offender/victim does not want an arrest to
be made are the prevention of future violence and the safety of ALL household
members. (See NOTE following step "8").
13. Make an ACTIVITY LOG entry of:
a. Factors that resulted in determination or inability to determine that a
particular offender was the primary physical aggressor.
b. Fact that the complainant/victim does not want an arrest to be made.
(1) Request complainant/victim to sign ACTIVITY LOG entry
(2) Enter "Refused Signature" if complainant/victim will not sign entry.
WHEN THERE IS PROBABLE CAUSE THAT ANY VIOLATION HAS BEEN COMMITTED, NOT IN THE
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE'S PRESENCE:
14. Refer complainant/victim as follows:
a. Family/Household members, as defined in Family Court Act, AND family
offense violation, to:
(1) Family Court
(2) Summons Part - Criminal Court (if concurrent jurisdiction exists,
complainant may go to either court or both.)
b. Family/Household - Expanded Definition subdivisions "g" and "h" above
and/or non-family offense violations - to Summons Part - Criminal Court.
NOTE: A uniformed member of the service cannot effect an arrest for
VIOLATIONS NOT COMMITTED IN HIS/HER PRESENCE, UNLESS such violation is
specifically prohibited in a current Order of Protection issued to the
complainant/victim. The proper charge is Criminal Contempt in the Second
Degree, Penal Law Section 215.50(3), or Criminal Contempt in the First Degree,
Penal Law Section 215.51(b [v]) or (c) (see step "7," subdivision "b," above).
WHEN CONCURRENT JURISDICTION EXISTS:
15. Advise complainant/victim of the courts available to them and the purpose
of each court as outlined in the "Definitions - Concurrent Jurisdiction"
section.
IN ALL CASES:
16. Advise complainant/victim of availability of shelter and other services by
providing the 24 hour Domestic Violence Hotline number, as per the NYS Family
Court Act.
17. Prepare New York State Domestic Incident Report (DIR) (DCJS 3221-02/2010)
in ALL instances in which response to OR becoming apprised of an incident
(e.g., altercation, disturbance, conflict, or dispute) involves members of the

same Family/Household-Expanded Definition, or is an allegation of child abuse.
a. If prepared in response to a radio run include SPRINT job number on form.
b. List in the "Results of Investigation and Basis of Action Taken" section
all factors that resulted in determination or inability to determine that a
particular offender was the primary physical aggressor, when applicable.
c. List any arrest or investigatory evidence invoiced, including photographs
uploaded to the Domestic Violence Digital Photo database via PhotoManager, in
the appropriate caption of the DIR.
d. Ensure that the name and phone number of the precinct/PSA domestic
violence prevention officer is printed on the bottom of the "Victim Rights
Notice" (pink copy) attached to page "2" of the DIR.
e. Insert tax registry number of reporting member of the service in caption
entitled "Officer I.D."
f. Give victim/complainant copy of both pages of the DIR (pink copies) and
the "Victim Rights NOtice" (pink copy) to complainant/victim, if present.
g. Inform all parties that they may be contacted by the precinct/PSA
domestic violence prevention officer concerning this incident.
h. Uniformed members of the service MUST ask persons present if there are
any firearms (i.e., handgun, rifle, shotgun, etc.) in the residence, another
location (i.e., business, car, other residence, etc.), and/or if the offender
is know to possess or carry a firearm.
NOTE: In cross complaint situations, a DIR shall be prepared for each
complainant/victim. Every attempt should be made to have the complainant
complete the "Statement of Allegations/Supporting Deposition" caption,
regardless of what language he/she speaks or writes. DO NOT enter in
"Statement of Allegations/Supporting Deposition" caption "Refused" or "Same as
page 1" if the victim is unable to speak or write in English, unless the
victim refuses. Always allow the victim to write in his/her primary speaking
language if unable to write in English. If the need for an
interpreter/translator arises, members of the service will comply with P.G.
212-90, "Guidelines for Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP)
Persons" or P.G. 212-104, "Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons," as
appropriate. The member of the service preparing the DIR should note the
victim's primary language in the appropriate box in the Victim/Party 1 section
of the DIR. In addition, the member of the service should note the identity of
any interpreter used in the "Investigation" section of the DIR."
18. Use radio code dispositions to finalize assignment:
a. 10-90F(1) DIR Prepared/No Offense Alleged; Only to be used in those
instances where the uniformed member of the service responded to a dispute
which did not rise to the level of an offense; OR
b. 10-90F(2) DIR Prepared/Unfounded
c. 10-92F Arrest Effected/DIR Prepared
d. 10-93F COMPLAINT REPORT/DIR Prepared.

NOTE: These dispositions MUST be used to finalize any incident involving a
Family/Household-Expanded Definition. Communications Section will NOT accept
any other disposition code. If the assignment was initially categorized as
other than signal 10-52, notify Communications Section dispatcher and use
above codes to finalize the assignment.
REPORTING PROCEDURE:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
19. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) for each complainant/victim in
addition to the DIR when complainant/victim alleges an OFFENSE has been
committed between members of the same Family/Household-Expanded Definition,
including the violation of an Order of Protection. Include in the "Details"
section:
a. Whether an Order of Protection is in effect
b. Issuing court, and
c. If offender not present, the possible location(s) of offender
d. In cross-complaint situations, where an attempt to determine which
offender was the "primary physical aggressor" is required, include a statement
that the offender was the "primary physical aggressor." The COMPLAINT REPORT
pertaining to the offender determined not to be the "primary physical
aggressor" shall be CLOSED to "Patrol" and the "Details" section shall include
a statement that the offender was determined not to be the "primary physical
aggressor."
NOTE: In cross-complaint situations requiring the preparation of two or more
COMPLAINT REPORTS and where the responding uniformed members of the service
are unable to determine which offender was the primary physical aggressor, the
factors that resulted in the inability to make that determination must be
included in the "Details" section of each COMPLAINT REPORT.
20. Enter in caption entitled "Unit Referred to":
a. Precinct Detective Squad - when COMPLAINT REPORT is prepared for:
(1) Felony(s)
(2) Violation(s) of an Order of Protection
(3) Misdemeanor(s).
NOTE: The COMPLAINT REPORT MUST be classified as "open" in the above three
circumstances, if an arrest is not made by patrol. However, in misdemeanor
cases, close COMPLAINT REPORT only if complainant/victim does not want
offender arrested and officer does not believe an arrest is warranted after
considering criteria above.
b. Court(s) victim was referred to in closed complaints.
21. Advise the victim of the following when concurrent jurisdiction applies,
as per the Family Court Act:
a. Difference between proceedings in each court

b. Importance in selection of the appropriate court to process charge(s) and
option to change from one court to the other, or proceed in both.
22. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG regarding such advisement.
DESK OFFICER
23. DO NOT issue a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET or stationhouse bail when any
offense is committed and an arrest is effected involving members of the same
Family/Household-Expanded Definition.
24. Verify accuracy and completeness of all required forms.
25. Have prisoner removed to borough Court Section facility to complete arrest
process.
26. Ensure that digital photographs depicting domestic violence related
evidence are taken for required cases and are uploaded into the Digital Photo
database.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE PREVENTION OFFICER
27. Perform duties and process all DIR's as per P.G. 202-29, "Domestic
Violence Prevention Officer."
WHEN COMPLAINT REPORT IS CLASSIFIED AS OPEN AND REFERRED TO PRECINCT DETECTIVE
SQUAD:
DESK OFFICER
28. Forward all open complaints of domestic violence to the Detective Squad
together with completed and signed photocopy of DIR.
29. Forward original DIR to the Precinct Domestic Violence Unit for prompt
entry into the Domestic Incident Report database.
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
30. Immediately attempt to interview the complaint and obtain the facts of the
case, confirm the name of the perpetrator and obtain all other necessary
information (e.g., all involved addresses, nicknames, date of birth, cellular
and landline telephone numbers, e-mail addresses, information regarding
relatives and associates, etc.).
31. Conduct necessary computer checks (e.g., BADS, MSWS, etc.) regarding all
involved persons and locations.
32. Activate an INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163) for a named perpetrator no
later than the end of assigned tour regardless of whether the complainant was
interviewed or whether a DIR was forwarded to the Detective Squad.
a. Information regarding activated INVESTIGATION CARDS will be
communicated/forwarded to the Precinct/Police Service Area (PSA) Domestic
Violence Unit (DVU) daily.
(1) The date, time and name of the person notified will be documented in
the Enterprise Case Management System (ECMS).

b. When an INVESTIGATION CARD is cancelled, the involved domestic violence
unit will be notified.
(1) The date, time and name of the person notified will be documented in
the ECMS.
33. Confer with precinct/PSA domestic violence unit sergeant if named
perpetrator cannot be immediately apprehended.
a. Domestic violence prevention officer(s) will assist in the apprehension
efforts within the confines of the precinct/PSA, if assigned.
NOTE: The INVESTIGATION CARD will also be forwarded to the Domestic Violence
Unit of the precinct/PSA of offender's residence.
DETECTIVE SQUAD COMMANDER
34. Confer bi-weekly with the Precinct/PSA commanding officer and domestic
violence unit sergeant regarding active and canceled domestic violence
INVESTIGATION CARDS.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE PREVENTION OFFICER
35. Open a case in the Domestic Incident Report database.
36. Document all interactions with Detective Squad members in the case file
utilizing the DIR database "case management" feature, in addition to inputting
all other relevant data (i.e., related complaints, Domestic Incident Reports,
home visits made, etc.).
37. Confer with the assigned detective prior to making a home visit involving
a named perpetrator.
38. Effect arrest if named perpetrator is present during home visit.
a. If the arrest involves a serious felony or a complex investigation, the
assigned detective will assist the arresting domestic violence prevention
officer concerned.
39. Notify the involved Precinct Detective Squad to cancel the INVESTIGATION
CARD when named perpetrator is arrested.
40. Inform assigned detective of all attempts to locate named perpetrators.
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
41. Document all attempts made by the domestic violence prevention officer to
locate named perpetrator in the ECMS.
DETECTIVE ZONE COMMANDING OFFICER
42. Review all domestic violence INVESTIGATION CARDS and periodically confer
with the precinct/PSA commanding officers to ensure that the proper
notifications have been made.
ADDITIONAL DATA

The immediate apprehension of domestic violence offenders is of paramount
importance. Joint efforts involving the Precinct Detective Squad and the
precinct/PSA Domestic Violence Unit is the most effective way to expeditiously
apprehend named perpetrators. Therefore, it is incumbent upon Detective Zone
commanding officers and Precinct Detective Squad commanders to coordinate
frequent joint operations/sweeps with the precinct/PSA commanding officer,
special operations lieutenant and domestic violence unit sergeant to apprehend
multiple named perpetrators.
A uniformed member of the service will, when requested by a petitioner, assist
in the service of an Order of Protection, summons, or petition. (Orders of
Protection issued by the Family Court and delivered directly to the Department
will be served according to P.G. 212-57, "Service Of Family Court/Supreme
Court Orders Of Protection By Uniformed Members Of The Service").
To avoid unnecessary court appearances by uniformed members of the service who
are requested by a petitioner to serve a respondent with an Order of
Protection, summons, or petition, uniformed members of the service will
prepare STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE (PD260-152). The uniformed member
concerned will sign the STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE after completing all
captions on the form. It is no longer sworn to before a supervisory officer.
The original copy (white) will be given to the petitioner and the duplicate
copy (blue) will be filed in the precinct of service.
Domestic Incident Reports, are potential Rosario material, and must be
maintained at the precinct of occurrence. If an arrest is effected, the
arresting officer must ensure that the Assistant District Attorney is provided
with a copy of the Domestic Incident Report prepared in regards to the
incident. When requested, the domestic violence prevention officer will make
all Domestic Incident Reports prepared regarding the person arrested available
to an Assistant District Attorney.
In violation cases referred to the Criminal Court - Summons Part, the
complainant/victim must have the offender's address available for service of
the summons. Misdemeanor cases should NOT be referred to the Criminal Court Summons Part. The preferred course of action is to advise the
complainant/victim to contact the police on the next contact with the offender
and request an arrest, presenting the Domestic Incident Report as proof of the
previous complaint.
Uniformed members of the service responding to a report of a domestic incident
will question persons present about the existence of firearms in the
household. Seize ANY firearms (including rifles and shotguns), and
licenses/permits, if:
(1) License holder is arrested, regardless of the charge; or
(2) An Order of Protection exists against the licensee; or
(3) When the incident involves physical force or the threat of physical
force.
When a uniformed member of the service reasonably believes that the presence
of firearms at a location creates imminent risk of physical injury or serious
physical injury, the following actions should be taken to remove the weapon
from the location:
(1) Seize illegally possessed firearm(s) and make an arrest.

(2) Seize legally possessed firearm(s) when such weapons create imminent
risk of physical injury or serious physical injury.
(3) Voucher legally possessed firearms which are voluntarily surrendered by
participants in domestic incidents.
In all incidents involving pistol or permit holders, notify the License
Division Incident Section and comply with "P.G. 212-118 Incidents Involving
Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun Permits".
License/permit holders must immediately notify the License Division, Incident
Section, of any police incident in which they are involved.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Invoicing Property General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Unlawful Evictions (P.G. 214-12)
Family Offenses and Domestic Violence Involving Uniformed or Civilian Members
Of The Service (P.G. 208-37)
Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun Permits (P.G.
212-118)
Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Domestic Violence Prevention Officer (P.G. 202-29)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE (PD260-152)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221-02/2010)

P.G. 208-37 Family Offenses And Domestic Violence Involving
Uniformed Or Civilian Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08-01-13
Family Offenses And Domestic Violence Involving Uniformed Or Civilian Members
Of The Service
PURPOSE
To process domestic incidents involving uniformed or civilian members of the
service.
PROCEDURE
When directed to respond on a radio run or assignment that is later deemed to
be a family offense or domestic incident (as per the Department's expanded
definition of Family/Household) involving uniformed or civilian members of the
service:
NOTE: Effective January 1, 1996, the Criminal Procedure Law mandates that an
arrest be made when an officer establishes probable cause that any family
offense misdemeanor has been committed, unless the victim, on his/her own
volition, requests that an arrest not be made. The law prohibits a uniformed
member of the service from inquiring whether the victim seeks an arrest of
such person. In addition, uniformed members of the service are reminded that
P.G. 208-36, "Family Offenses/Domestic Violence," sets out a mandatory arrest
policy if a uniformed member of the service establishes probable cause that
any felony has been committed or an order of protection has been violated.
RESPONDING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Obtain medical assistance if requested or the need is apparent.
2. Ascertain the facts.
3. Ensure that the patrol supervisor is responding.
NOTE: Communications Section will automatically direct the patrol supervisor
to respond to the scene of all family-related incidents involving members of
the service.
A member of the service performing stationhouse duties who is apprised of a
domestic incident involving a member of the service will notify the desk
officer. The desk officer will ensure that the procedures outlined in this
order are followed.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
4. Comply with the provisions of P.G. 208-36, "Family Offenses/Domestic
Violence."
a. Direct the preparation of a New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS
3221) in all cases.
(1) Give the last copy (pink) and the "Information to Victims of Domestic

Violence" sheet (gold) to the complainant/victim.
IN ALL CASES INCLUDING WHEN NO OFFENSE HAS BEEN ALLEGED:
PATROL SUPERVISOR
5. Comply with P.G. 208-36, "Family Offenses/ Domestic Violence."
6. Apprise the parties of the availability of counseling (See Additional Data
Statement).
NOTE: When there is doubt as to who is the offender and who is the victim,
or if there is a cross-complaint situation, the commanding officer/duty
captain will be notified and will determine the course of action.
WHEN THE MEMBER OF THE SERVICE IS A VICTIM:
7. Notify precinct commanding officer/duty captain who will ensure that
appropriate action is taken and apprise parties of the availability of
counseling.
IF THE MEMBER OF THE SERVICE IS ALLEGED TO HAVE COMMITTED AN OFFENSE, IN
ADDITION TO STEPS 5 AND 6, COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STEPS:
8. Direct that a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) be prepared.
NOTE: If a member of the service is arrested, comply with P.G. 206-11,
"Member Of The Service Arrested - Uniformed Or Civilian."
9. Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
DESK OFFICER
10. Notify and confer with precinct commander/duty captain.
11. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center and obtain Log Number.
a. Enter the IAB Log # in the "Details" section of the NYS Domestic Incident
Report.
b. Enter IAB Log # in the "Details" section of the COMPLAINT REPORT (IAB
will determine the appropriate investigating command.)
c. Enter the words "IAB Log #" and the corresponding Log # in the precinct
Domestic Incident Report Log under the caption Precinct Serial #." Also, have
entered the corresponding SPRINT number in the caption "SPRINT NO." (For the
purposes of this procedure, Transit Bureau personnel will use the "CAD. NO."
in place of the "SPRINT NO." for assignments that originate through Transit
Bureau communications).
d. Direct that the NYS Domestic Incident Report be entered into the Domestic
Violence Database (including the IAB Log#).
12. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead in all cases even if offender was not
present. Provide details of incident and include domestic violence
referrals/counseling offered to the victim. Forward with copy of COMPLAINT
REPORT and NYS Domestic Incident Report in a sealed envelope, as follows:

a. Chief of Internal Affairs (original and canary copy of DIR).
b. Commanding officer, member of the service involved. (If more than one
member of the service is involved, send a copy of report to commanding officer
of each.)
c. Commanding officer, precinct of occurrence.
(1) Maintain in confidential file.
d. Commanding officer, borough investigations unit concerned.
e. Commanding officer, borough investigations unit covering member's
command, if different from "d."
f. Commanding officers of:
(1) Medical Division
(2) Employee Management Division (immediately, by fax
(3) Personnel Orders Section, if firearms are removed.
NOTE: In situations where the complainant/victim is present at the
stationhouse, the desk officer will ensure that only persons who are
investigating the incident have access to the complainant/victim. No other
copies or files relating to the investigation will be maintained in the
precinct of occurrence other than in the commanding officer's confidential
file.
Victims of domestic violence may be referred to the following in an effort to
provide appropriate victim services:
NYC Victims Services (800) 621-HOPE (4673)
NYS Coalition Against Domestic Violence (800) 942-6906
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
13. Commence an immediate investigation and take appropriate action as
indicated by P.G. 208-36, "Family Offenses/Domestic Violence."
a. Make a background inquiry through the Internal Affairs Bureau Command
Center during the initial stages of an official investigation involving a
member of the service and PRIOR to suspending, modifying or placing the member
concerned on restricted duty pending evaluation of duty status. This conferral
is to obtain background information that may assist in the investigation. All
decisions regarding the investigation, as well as any resulting determination
regarding the member's duty status, remain the responsibility of the
commanding officer/duty captain concerned.
b. If the offender is not present and further investigation is required,
confer with the Internal Affairs Bureau and request assistance if needed.
NOTE: Whenever notification of an incident involving a member of the service
(uniformed or civilian) residing outside the City of New York is received, the
appropriate duty captain will be responsible for conducting an investigation.
All decisions concerning the initial investigation of the allegation remain

the responsibility of the duty captain. Follow-up notifications concerning
actions taken or anticipated will be made to update the Internal Affairs
Bureau Command Center.
COMMANDING OFFICER/M.O.S. INVOLVED
14. Review and maintain a confidential file of all reports regarding members
of the service involved in domestic incidents.
a. Confer with Internal Affairs Bureau or investigations unit concerned,
regarding status of ongoing investigations.
I.A.B. MEMBER CONCERNED
15. Determine immediately, if circumstances necessitate an investigation be
conducted by Internal Affairs Bureau.
a. In all other cases, refer the investigation to the investigations unit
covering the borough of occurrence.
INVESTIGATIONS UNIT, COMMANDING OFFICER
16. Designate a supervisory member of the unit to be a "Domestic Violence
Investigator."
17. Ensure that the investigations unit is equipped with a Domestic Incident
Report database.
18. Ensure that the NYS Domestic Incident Report has been entered into the
Domestic Violence Database System. Conduct the Domestic Violence Database
System Review process and finalize the DIR in the database.
19. Check the database for a record of prior domestic incidents.
NOTE: In addition, confer with the integrity control officer of the
subject's and victim's resident precincts to ascertain if other NYS Domestic
Incident Reports have been prepared, (e.g., no allegation was alleged, etc.).
Also, check with the investigations unit covering the command of the subject
member of the service.
20. Confer with Internal Affairs Bureau to ascertain whether there exists any
record of prior domestic violence incidents involving the subject member of
the service.
21. Confer with the Domestic Violence Officer of the victims resident
precinct/local police agency to ascertain if there are domestic violence
services available and make appropriate referrals to the victim. Document
referrals made in case folder.
ADDITIONAL DATA
An off-duty uniformed member of the service present at an unusual police
occurrence (including family disputes and other incidents of domestic
violence) in which the officer is either a participant or a witness is
required to remain at the scene when feasible and consistent with personal
safety and request the response of the patrol supervisor. In situations where
remaining at the scene is not feasible, uniformed members are to notify the
desk officer, precinct of occurrence. When the incident occurs outside the

City of New York, the uniformed member of the service is to notify the
Operations Unit.
Counseling and other services are available for both members of the service
and their families. Uniformed and civilian members or their families may
contact any of the units listed below to obtain necessary services and
referrals for counseling, shelter and other assistance:
Family Counseling Unit
Employee Relations Section
Early Intervention Unit
Counseling Service Unit
Chaplains' Unit
Psychological Services Section
Sick Desk
Sick Desk Supervisor
NYPD HELPLINE
Operations Unit

(718)
(212)
(212)
(212)
(212)
(718)
(718)
(718)
(718)
(212)

760-7665
374-5434
374-6730
489-0586
374-6472
760-7665
760-7600
760-7606
271-7777
374-5580

After hours, or in an emergency, contact the HELPLINE, Sick Desk or Operations
Unit.
In addition, the following non-Departmental programs and Domestic Violence
Prevention Hotlines can provide referrals:
New York City (Victims Services)
NYS Coalition Against Domestic Violence
National Coalition Against Domestic Violence
PBA Membership Assistance Program
Police Self Support Group

800-621-HOPE(4673)
800-942-6906
202-638-6388
888-267-7267
(718) 745-3345

RELATED PROCEDURES
Employment Discrimination (P.G. 205-36)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Threats To Members Of The Service (P.G. 212-31)
Member Of The Service Arrested -Uniformed Or Civilian (P.G. 206-11)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)

P.G. 208-38 New York State Order Of Protection Registry
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines to be followed whenever a complainant claims to be the
petitioner (possessor) of an active order of protection but is either unable
to produce a copy of the order or produces one that is illegible, for the
responding officer's review.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service is informed by a complainant that he/she
possesses an active order of protection, which has been violated, but is
unable to produce a copy of that order.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Ascertain from the complainant all available information concerning the
order (e.g., court of issuance, date of issuance, the names, addresses and
dates of birth of all parties concerned, etc.).
NOTE: The above list of information to be obtained, if possible, from the
complainant serves to aid the member accessing the system in verifying that
the correct order has been located. Failure to obtain certain information
from this list will not prevent the locating of a database file; an order can
be located merely by entering the petitioner's (complainant's) name and date
of birth. However, every attempt should be made to ascertain as much
information as possible concerning the order and the parties to whom it
pertains.
[I.O. 38 s 03] 2. Telephone Central Records Division, Identification Section
at (646) 610-5195 to verify that an Order of Protection was issued, court of
issuance, specific conduct prohibited and the expiration date.
3. If the Identification Section reports that there are no Orders of
Protection on file pertaining to the complainant/victim, telephone the
precinct of occurrence and request a member of the service authorized to
operate the FINEST System to conduct an Order of Protection database inquiry.
a. In the event the precinct of occurrence is unable to conduct the inquiry,
request the Communications Division dispatcher to conduct the inquiry.
[I.O. 38 s 03] NOTE: The following information is obtainable through the
database:
a. Data relating to the person requesting the order of protection (name,
address, date of birth, etc).
b. Data relating to the person against whom the order runs (name, address,
date of birth, etc).
c. The terms and conditions of the order.
d. Date and court of issuance, and date of expiration.

e. Whether the respondent has been served with a copy of the order.
f. Additional comments regarding the parties involved and unique terms of
the order.
It should be noted that the new state database will not contain orders of
protection that have been issued prior to October 1, 1995.
The Central Records Division intranet database application will be utilized
to access information for all Orders of Protection issued by New York City
based courts, as outlined in Patrol Guide procedure 208-36, "Family
Offenses/Domestic Violence."
WHEN THE COMPLAINANT INDICATES THAT THE ORDER WAS ISSUED PRIOR TO OCTOBER 1,
1995, OR A STATE DATABASE INQUIRY REVEALS THAT THERE IS NO ORDER ON FILE
RELATING TO THE PARTIES CONCERNED
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Telephone Central Records Division, Identification Section, at (212)
374-5195 to verify the existence of the order.
WHEN A STATE DATABASE INQUIRY REVEALS THAT THERE IS AN ACTIVE ORDER OF
PROTECTION IN EFFECT
5. Verify that the order relates to the parties involved, naming the
complainant as petitioner and the offender as the respondent.
6. Verify that the respondent has been previously served with a copy of the
order.
NOTE: In order to effect an arrest for violation of an order of protection,
the member must have probable cause to believe the order was effectively
served upon the respondent PRIOR to its violation. While a notation in the
database file will provide the member with sufficient probable cause to
believe the order was effectively served, the absence of such information in
the database file will not automatically prevent the member from making the
arrest. If the member, through alternative means, can verify that the order
was properly served (e.g., an affidavit of service, an admission by the
respondent that he/she was properly served, etc) then the arrest can be
effected.
7. Determine whether there exists probable cause to believe that the terms of
the order have been violated by the respondent. If probable cause does exist,
comply with the applicable provisions of P.G. 208-36, "Family
Offenses/Domestic Violence."
ADDITIONAL DATA
The fact that the order has not been properly served or that the specific
terms of the order have not been violated will not prevent the member from
effecting an arrest if the underlying conduct constitutes a crime.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)

P.G. 208-39 Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (Digital
Photography Of Visible Injuries/Damaged Property)
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To capture, catalog, store and maintain digital photographic evidence of
visible injuries and/or damaged property as a result of domestic violence.
SCOPE
All precinct and police service area commands citywide are now able to
digitally capture domestic violence photos and transmit them as a permanent
record into the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database. These images may
then be instantly viewed by prosecutors at each borough's District Attorney's
Office and the New York Law Department (Corporation Counsel) who will have
access to the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database. Prosecutors may then
present digital images of domestic violence to judges at the time of
arraignment, thereby strengthening the District Attorney's case. In addition,
uniformed members acting in investigatory and support roles (Detective Bureau
personnel, domestic violence prevention officers, etc.) will be able to view
these photos prior to making further contact with the victim and/or offender.
PROCEDURE
Upon responding to the scene of a reported domestic violence incident:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with P.G. 208-36, "Family Offenses/Domestic Violence."
2. Determine if photographs must be taken.
3. Ascertain if the victim is willing to be photographed.
a. Advise the victim that photographable evidence is crucial to future
prosecutorial efforts and/or civil process such as divorce and child custody
proceedings.
b. If victim is not willing to be photographed, note refusal in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145), and if possible, have victim sign entry.
4. Notify the patrol supervisor and request that the domestic violence digital
camera be brought to location.
NOTE: Only the domestic violence digital camera should be used to capture
domestic violence evidence. No other cameras are compatible with the domestic
violence capture station located in the area of the precinct desk. PERSONAL
PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT (CAMERAS, CELL PHONES, HANDHELD COMPUTERS, ETC.) SHOULD
NEVER BE USED TO CAPTURE DOMESTIC VIOLENCE EVIDENCE. The Domestic Violence
Digital Photo Database will be the sole repository for photographs of all
domestic violence evidence.
PATROL SUPERVISOR

5. Respond to requested location with domestic violence digital camera and
direct photographs be taken of complainant/victim (if willing) and scene, if
appropriate.
NOTE: Domestic violence prevention officers are also equipped with a digital
camera. When working in the field, domestic violence prevention officers
should respond to the scene where a domestic violence digital camera has been
requested.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Take digital photographs as necessary, including but not limited to:
a. Visible injuries
NOTE: Injuries may not be initially prominent, therefore it is crucial for
domestic violence prevention officers and investigators to take follow-up
photographs for bruises that appear at a later time. When a victim makes a
complaint of substantial pain (Assault 3rd Degree), and there are no visible
injuries, do not take photos.
b. Damaged property
c. Weapons
d. Overall scene to illustrate items in disarray, indicating domestic
violence or distress in home
e. Other types of evidence (i.e., pictures of caller-id box for aggravated
harassment or flowers/notes for stalking, blood on the clothes/hands or ripped
clothing of the victim/perpetrator, etc.)
f. Both pages (Data Sheet and Statement of Allegations written and signed by
victim) of the completed New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS
3221-6/05)
g. Photo of the victim from the waist up, providing context for the series
of photos.
NOTE: The digital camera is to be set at the highest resolution setting to
maximize the quality of the photo with minimal file size. Each photo takes
approximately one megabyte of data storage. Therefore, memory cards containing
256 megabytes of memory will be able to hold approximately 256 photos; those
with 512 megabytes will hold around 512 photos, etc. The storage capacity of
the camera enables members of the service to take as many photos as needed to
depict any evidence and/or violence in the home. There is no longer a limit to
the number of photos or "sets" of photos that can be taken in domestic
violence cases. Do not set the digital camera memory to "internal memory." The
camera must be set to capture photos on a memory card. Photos saved on the
internal memory mode cannot be uploaded into the Domestic Violence Digital
Photo Database.
7. Ensure that the phrase "DIGITAL PHOTOS" is documented on the "Evidence
Collection" portion of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and the
"Incident #" obtained from the first caption on the initial screen in the
Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database is documented in "Invoice #" caption.
a. This "Incident #" is used by personnel at the District Attorney's Office

to retrieve digital photos during pre-arraignment.
NOTE: Polaroid film will no longer be used to capture domestic violence
evidence. Therefore, PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES (PD521-141) will no longer be
used to voucher domestic violence digital photos. Domestic violence digital
photos will be uploaded into the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database and
NOT vouchered. Members are reminded that the photographing of evidence does
not substitute for the collection and invoicing of physical evidence (i.e.,
weapons, clothing, etc.). Members will adhere to Patrol Guide 218-01,
"Invoicing Property - General Procedure" when invoicing physical evidence.
8. Ensure that the "Photo Section" of the New York State Domestic Incident
Report is completed after the victim completes the "Statement of
Allegations/Supporting Deposition" section located on page two of the Domestic
Incident Report.
ARREST PROCESSING OFFICER/ ARRESTING OFFICER/ ASSIGNED OFFICER
9. Upload all digital photos taken from the digital camera into the Domestic
Violence Digital Photo Database by docking the camera and following the
prompts from the system.
NOTE: Domestic violence digital photos must be uploaded into the Domestic
Violence Digital Photo Database by the arresting/assigned officer at the
earliest opportunity. Digital photos are needed by the District Attorney's
Office in arrest cases and by detective investigators on open cases.
10. Adhere to the following in all cases:
a. Ensure that the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database is logged on as
DVCAM. No password is necessary.
b. Place the camera on the docking station and press the space bar (camera
can be on or off).
c. Close the "Internal Memory" and "Picture Card" windows that appear.
d. Click on the "Domestic Violence Camera" icon.
e. If the pending box appears, close it and click on the "Capture" icon.
f. Check off the appropriate relationship(s) to associate the specific
domestic relationship.
g. Answer all mandatory fields designated by an asterisk.
h. Click on "add" to add photos.
i. Click on photo thumbnails pertaining to the file, then click "OK" and
await transfer of photos.
j. Complete the captions located beneath the photos.
k. Click on "Save" and the photos are now saved to the database.
NOTE: Instructions for the use of the domestic violence digital camera and
the uploading and hosting of domestic violence photos into the Domestic
Violence Photo Database are maintained at the desk, the Command Reference

Library, and are available on the Department Intranet Site.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
11. Make an ACTIVITY LOG entry indicating date, time, number of digital photos
taken, name and tax number of the officer taking the photos, name and tax
number of officer uploading the images, and the name of the Assistant District
Attorney confirming receipt if arrest is effected.
12. Ensure the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) number is obtained and entered
into the system as soon as practicable.
13. Print one copy of the image(s) using the thumbnail feature and attach it
to the NYS Domestic Incident Report.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE PREVENTION OFFICER
14. Review all completed NYS Domestic Incident Reports, finalized COMPLAINT
REPORT printouts, and the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database daily to
make certain that the digital photos for domestic violence were taken as
necessary.
15. Perform follow-up with victims and take digital photos as necessary.
16. Host digital photos after the COMPLAINT REPORT has been finalized in the
On Line Complaint System (OLCS).
NOTE: Once hosted, information contained in the OLCS will automatically
transfer to occupy captions in the Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The uploading of domestic violence digital photos into the Domestic Violence
Digital Photo Database does not require a unique password. The universal
password "DVCAM" should be used to gain access to the system. Once uploaded,
personnel at the District Attorney's Office can instantly view domestic
violence digital photos. Therefore, arresting/assigned officers MUST upload
any domestic violence photos from the camera into the database during arrest
processing (arrest evidence) or prior to the end of their tour
(non-arrest/investigatory evidence), whichever applies.
The domestic violence camera and capture station must be maintained in the
vicinity of the command desk. Commanding officers will ensure that digital
cameras are accessible at all times. Desk officers will allow access to
uniformed members of the service to upload/host digital photos into the
Domestic Violence Digital Photo Database. When not in use, domestic violence
digital cameras must be left on the docking station to maintain a charge. The
docking station also serves as a conduit to upload domestic violence photos.
The digital cameras assigned to the command are to be included in the commands
computer self-inspection worksheet and inventory.
MAINTENANCE OF THE DOMESTIC VIOLENCE DIGITAL PHOTO CAMERA
DESK OFFICER
17. At the beginning of each tour:

a. Inspect all domestic violence digital cameras assigned to patrol.
b. Ensure docking station, cables and memory cards (check inside cameras)
are operational.
c. Make a Command Log entry of results.
NOTE: If during inspection, cameras/related equipment are found to be
inoperable, the desk officer will immediately notify the Domestic Violence
Unit at 646-610-5970. The Domestic Violence Unit is open Monday though Friday,
between 0600 and 1800 hours. However, a message must be left during non-office
hours. Domestic Violence Unit personnel will return the call as soon as
possible. In the event that the computer where the digital camera capture
station resides becomes disabled/inoperable, the desk officer will immediately
call the MISD Help Desk at (646)-610-6473 and the Domestic Violence Unit. An
entry of these notifications will be made in the Telephone Record.
If during inspection, the loss or theft of any domestic violence camera
equipment is discovered, be guided by P.G. 219-20, "Loss or Theft of
Department Property."
PATROL SUPERVISOR
18. Make a Command Log entry when signing out or returning a domestic violence
digital camera.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE PREVENTION OFFICER
19. Inspect all domestic violence digital cameras each day to ensure
operability and that all photos are uploaded into the Domestic Violence
Digital Photo Database.
a. If upon inspection, any domestic violence cameras/related equipment are
missing, lost or inoperable, notify the desk officer.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE SERGEANT
20. Ensure that digital photos are being taken with domestic violence digital
cameras by first responding officers, as appropriate.
21. Take corrective action when necessary.
TRAINING SERGEANT
22. Ensure that all uniformed members of the service assigned to the command
are properly trained in the taking and uploading of domestic violence digital
photos.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Family Offenses and Domestic Violence Involving Uniformed Members of the
Service (P.G. 208-37)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221-6/05)

P.G. 208-40 Intoxicated Or Impaired Driver Arrest
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To process persons arrested for operating a vehicle while under the influence
of alcohol or drugs.
PROCEDURE
Upon arresting a person for operating a vehicle while under the influence of
alcohol or drugs:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Request response of patrol supervisor.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
2. Respond to scene and verify arrest.
3. Direct arresting officer to request Communications Section to dispatch
Highway District personnel to testing location.
a. Ensure time of arrest is stated when making a request.
4. Read CHEMICAL TESTING STATEMENT (PD244-111) to prisoner in presence of
arresting officer, if prisoner has caused a serious physical injury or death
to another individual or a serious physical injury to him/herself.
a. Record prisoner's response in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
b. Comply with P.G. 217-16, "Chemical Test Warrant Application," if prisoner
refuses to submit to a chemical test.
NOTE: If the prisoner has stated that he/she refuses to submit to a chemical
test, members of the service will immediately comply with P.G. 217-16,
"Chemical Test Warrant Application," and begin the process to obtain a
chemical test warrant, if applicable. Members should be aware that any delay
in applying for a chemical test warrant may result in a reduced alcohol
concentration level when the chemical test is administered.
5. Direct arresting officer to remove prisoner, in a Department vehicle, to
designated testing location.
a. Assign adequate personnel to escort prisoner, depending on circumstances.
NOTE: When a prisoner arrested for Driving While Intoxicated/Impaired is
hospitalized, normal arrest procedures will be followed and the Highway
District technician will respond to the hospital to conduct appropriate tests.
6. Have prisoner's vehicle removed to precinct of arrest for safeguarding.
7. Comply with P.G. 218-19, "Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/
Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture Proceedings or to Determine True

Owner," if circumstances warrant seizure of vehicle.
8. Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest regarding details of arrest.
9. Inform desk officer, precinct of arrest to notify Operations Unit and
request notification be made to District Attorney's Office, if prisoner has
caused a serious physical injury or death to another individual or a serious
physical injury to him/herself.
a. Inform desk officer, precinct of arrest of prisoner's response to the
CHEMICAL TESTING STATEMENT.
NOTE: Regardless of the operator's decision to consent to a chemical test, a
notification to the Operations Unit and the District Attorney's Office will be
made when a serious physical injury or death has occurred to an individual or
a serious physical injury has occurred to the operator. The arresting officer
will keep the District Attorney's Officer apprised of the arrest process and
will apply for a chemical test warrant if the prisoner subsequently refuses to
submit to a chemical test at a later time. If the operator suffers a serious
physical injury and no other person suffers a serious physical injury or
death, a member of the service can not apply for a chemical test warrant for
that operator.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
10. Make required entries in Command Log and on ROLL CALL (PD406-144)
pertaining to arresting officer's post change and Department auto number of
vehicle used to transport prisoner to testing location.
11. Contact Operations Unit and request a notification be made to District
Attorney's Office, if prisoner has caused a serious physical injury or death
to another individual or a serious physical injury to him/herself.
a. Provide Operations Unit member with the following:
(1) Arresting Officer's name, tax registry number, shield number and
command
(2) Prisoner's pedigree information
(3) Desk telephone number of designated testing location.
b. Make Telephone Record entry regarding notification.
OPERATIONS UNIT MEMBER
12. Notify appropriate District Attorney's Office.
13. Provide assistant district attorney with the following:
a. Arresting officer's name, tax registry number, shield number, and command
b. Desk telephone number of designated testing location
c. Prisoner's pedigree information.
14. Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest and provide assistant district
attorney's name and telephone number.

ARRESTING OFFICER
15. Conduct a thorough field search of prisoner prior to transportation.
16. Remove prisoner to designated testing location, and comply with pertinent
arrest procedures.
a. Arresting officer will invoice, as evidence, any credit card receipts
from a recent stop from restaurants, bars, sporting events, etc., and any
alcohol or alcohol container found on the prisoner.
17. Report, with prisoner, to desk officer at testing location.
18. Inform desk officer, testing location, if prisoner has caused a serious
physical injury or death to another individual or a serious physical injury to
him/herself.
DESK OFFICER, TESTING LOCATION
19. Make entry in Command Log of:
a. Identity of arresting officer and Department vehicle used
b. Identity and pedigree of prisoner.
20. Verify that Highway District has been notified and responding.
ARRESTING OFFICER
21. Prepare ON LINE SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
22. Record the following vehicle information in the "Narrative" section of the
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET:
a. The make, model, year and color of the vehicle operated by the defendant
b. The license plate number of the vehicle operated by the defendant and the
state the vehicle is registered in.
(1) If the vehicle does not have a metal plate, the temporary or alternate
plate will be recorded.
NOTE: The above information will be recorded in the "Narrative" section of
the ON LIVE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET even if the defendant was not the
owner of the vehicle being operated at the time of arrest. The name and
address (apartment number, if applicable) of the registered owner of the
vehicle will be recorded in addition to the above.
23. Prepare INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION (ARRESTING OFFICER) - FIRST SHEET
(PD244-154) and INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION (ARRESTING OFFICER) - SECOND
SHEET (PD244-154B).
DESK OFFICER, TESTING LOCATION
24. Review the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET to ensure completeness
and verify that information regarding the vehicle operated by the defendant is
recorded for all Driving While Intoxicated or Impaired Driver arrests.

I.D.T.U. TECHNICIAN
25. Complete captions on INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION INSTRUCTION SHEET
(PD244-154A).
26. Comply with "Section One Chemical Test" on INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION
INSTRUCTION SHEET.
27. Administer chemical test to prisoner, if applicable.
NOTE: If the prisoner indicates the he/she will consent to the chemical
test, then the test may be administered.
28. Conduct "Coordination Test" of prisoner, in presence of arresting officer,
and complete appropriate captions on HIGHWAY DISTRICT - IDTU TECHNICIAN REPORT
(PD321-149).
NOTE: In the event that the examination of the prisoner cannot be
videotaped, the desk officer, testing location, will supervise the
examination.
29. Provide arresting officer with a copy of CHEMICAL TEST ANALYSIS
(PD244-063).
30. Enter results of examination of prisoner in appropriate captions of
HIGHWAY DISTRICT - IDTU TECHNICIAN TEST REPORT.
a. Sign Form
b. Desk officer of designated testing location will also sign form if
examination was not videotaped.
NOTE: If a prisoner, under the age of twenty-one, has a chemical; test
reading of .02 of one per centum or more but not more than .07 of one per
centum by weight of alcohol in the person's blood as shown by chemical
analysis of such person's blood, breath, urine or saliva, the arresting
officer and I.D.T.U. technician will comply with applicable provisions of P.G.
208-41, "Arrests - Person under Twenty-One Operating a Motor Vehicle after
having Consumed Alcohol."
31. Distribute HIGHWAY DISTRICT - IDTU TECHNICIAN TEST REPORT as follows:
a. WHITE - Court - with arresting officer for assistant district attorney,
Complaint Room
b. YELLOW - Arresting Officer
c. BLUE - Highway District.
NOTE: If a prisoner has consented to a chemical test, any samples taken will
be witnessed, sealed, and marked by Highway District personnel and delivered
to the Police Laboratory by the arresting officer to ensure chain of custody.
IF PRISONER REFUSES CHEMICAL TEST OR ANY PORTION THEREOF AT ANY TIME
32. Prepare and sign Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test (NYSDMV
AA-134).

a. Have arresting officer sign Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test.
33. Distribute copies of Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test as
indicated on form.
a. Arresting officer must bring two copies to court for the assistant
district attorney when the complaint is drawn.
NOTE: If prisoner refuses to submit to chemical test or any portion thereof,
maintain the initial charge for which the prisoner was arrested unless new
evidence warrants a change in charge. Arresting officer must be able to
articulate circumstances which led to original charge of Intoxicated or
Impaired Driving (e.g., witnessed prisoner operating vehicle, slurred speech,
odor of alcohol on breath, etc.). After arraignment, the court will forward to
the arresting officer a NOTICE OF SUSPENSION and/or NOTICE OF HEARING form
with instructions to appear at a designated date, time and place for a
hearing, which will be within fifteen days of the arraignment. Roll call will
schedule the arresting officer accordingly.
ARRESTING OFFICER
34. Notify assistant district attorney if prisoner refuses to submit to a
chemical test and has caused serious physical injury or death to another.
a. Comply with instructions from assistant district attorney and be guided
by P.G. 217-16, "Chemical Test Warrant Application."
DESK OFFICER, TESTING LOCATION
35. Enter chemical test reading, if performed, as reported by arresting
officer on the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET in the "Narrative"
caption, and include:
a. Rank, name and shield number of technician
b. Date and time test conducted.
36. Determine charge against prisoner and enter on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET.
NOTE: When chemical test reading is inconsistent with the prisoner's
intoxicated appearance, request prisoner to submit to testing for controlled
substances. If prisoner refuses, follow steps "32" through "34" regarding
chemical test refusal. Be guided by P.G. 210-13, "Release of Prisoners," if
investigation discloses prisoner is apparently not intoxicated or impaired.
ARRESTING OFFICER
37. Notify assistance district attorney if prisoner has any previous arrests
for same crime within the past ten years.
DESK OFFICER TESTING LOCATION
38. Ensure prisoner is transported to borough court section facility, as
appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA

In arrest cases for Driving While Intoxicated/Impaired, where a vehicle
collision is involved, a photocopy of the Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
will be attached to the arrest papers and delivered by the arresting officer
to the assistant district attorney in the Complaint Room. If photocopy machine
is inoperable or out of order, an additional copy will be prepared for this
purpose.
Members assigned to a Patrol Borough Task Force, Driving While Intoxicated
Unit who have been trained and certified as Intoxilyzer Technicians will
perform the functions (testing, videotaping, etc.) which would normally be
performed by Highway District Intoxicated Driver Testing Unit (I.D.T.U.)
Technicians only for arrests for driving while intoxicated or driving while
impaired effected by members of their own units (Patrol Borough Task Force
D.W.I. Units).
If a prisoner requests to consult with an attorney prior to submitting to a
chemical test, he or she will be allowed such consultation provided it will
not delay the administration of the test unnecessarily. It should be noted
that the obligation to allow contact with an attorney is triggered only by the
defendant's specific request to do so. If the prisoner requests to contact an
attorney, ask the prisoner if he/she has the name and phone number of the
attorney. If the prisoner does not have the phone number, provide the prisoner
with a phone book (if available) and access to a telephone for a reasonable
time (e.g., ten to fifteen minutes). There is no obligation to inform the
prisoner prior to the test that he/she may consult with an attorney. In
addition, members of the service assigned to the Intoxicated Driver Testing
Unit will record the prisoner's request to consult with an attorney and the
reason, if any, for denial of said request in their ACTIVITY LOG.
If a prisoner requests to be tested for intoxication by his personal
physician, the test will not be allowed until the Department testing has been
completed. If the prisoner refuses the administration of a chemical test by
this Department, he shall not be allowed to have a test be administered by his
personal physician. The desk officer concerned will personally witness the
test given by the physician and will direct that an entry be made in the
"Narrative" section of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and on the
file copy of the HIGHWAY DISTRICT - IDTU TECHNICIAN TEST REPORT. The entry
will include the name and address of the physician and the time and date the
test was given. If the test is conducted at a detention or central booking
facility, the desk officer thereat will make a telephone notification to the
precinct of occurrence for the information of the arresting officer.
When a prisoner arrested for Driving While Intoxicated/Impaired is
hospitalized, normal arrest procedures will be followed and the Highway
District technician will respond to the hospital to conduct appropriate tests.
If a prisoner has consented to a chemical test, any samples taken will be
witnessed, sealed, and marked by Highway District personnel and delivered to
the Police Laboratory by the arresting officer to ensure chain of custody.
A prisoner charged with violation of Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 1192
subdivisions (1), (2), (3) or (4) shall not be eligible for a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET or stationhouse bail, unless such prisoner is hospitalized for more
than twenty-four hours. Such prisoner may be issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET,
if eligible, whether or not he submitted to a chemical test. However, under no
circumstances will a prisoner charged with violation of Vehicle & Traffic Law,
Section 1192 subdivisions (1), (2), (3) or (4) be issued a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET if he/she has caused serious physical injury or death to another.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Release of Prisoners - General Procedure (P.G. 210-13)
Arrests - Persons under Twenty-One Operating a Motor Vehicle after Having
Consumed Alcohol (P.G. 208-41)
Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of
the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) (P.G. 218-49)
Chemical Test Warrant Application (P.G. 217-16)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CHEMICAL TESTING STATEMENT (PD244-111)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)
CHEMICAL TEST ANALYSIS (PD244-063)
INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION (ARRESTING OFFICER) - FIRST SHEET (PD244-154)
INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION (ARRESTING OFFICER) - SECOND SHEET (PD244-154B)
INTOXICATED DRIVER EXAMINATION INSTRUCTION SHEET (PD244-154A)
HIGHWAY DISTRICT - IDTU TECHNICIAN TEST REPORT (PD321-149)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test (NYSDMV AA-134)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

P.G. 208-41 Persons Under Twenty-One Operating A Motor Vehicle
After Having Consumed Alcohol
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To process persons detained pursuant to Section 1192-a of the Vehicle and
Traffic Law, for the purpose of administering a chemical test.
SCOPE
Pursuant to Section 1192-a, police officers can temporarily detain a motorist
younger than twenty-one years of age, for the purpose of administering a
chemical test upon reasonable grounds to believe that the individual is
operating a motor vehicle after having consumed alcohol. The statute defines
reasonable grounds as:
"The totality of the circumstances surrounding the incident which, when taken
together, indicate that the operator was driving in violation of such
subdivision (VTL 1192-a). Such circumstances may include any visible or
behavioral indication of alcohol consumption by the operator, the existence of
an open container containing or having contained an alcohol beverage in or
around the vehicle driven by the operator, or any other evidence surrounding
the circumstance of the incident which indicates that the operator has been
operating a motor vehicle after having consumed alcohol at the time of the
incident."
PROCEDURE
Upon detaining a person, under twenty-one years of age, for operating a motor
vehicle after consuming alcohol:
DETAINING OFFICER
1. Inform detainee of authority and cause of detention, unless physical
resistance, flight, or other factors render this action impractical.
2. Handcuff detainee with hands behind back.
3. Immediately frisk detainee for weapons (NOT for evidence or contraband).
4. Remove detainee to stationhouse, precinct of occurrence.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
5. Verify that detaining officer made a lawful stop of detainee and that
detainee violated Section 1192-a of the Vehicle and Traffic Law.
6. Direct detaining officer to request that Communications Division dispatch
Highway District personnel to testing location.
a. State time of detention when making request.
NOTE: THE CHEMICAL TEST MUST BE ADMINISTERED WITHIN TWO HOURS OF THE START
OF DETENTION.

7. Direct detaining officer to remove detainee, in a Department vehicle, to
the designated testing location. (See P.G. 208-40, "Arrests - Intoxicated Or
Impaired Driving").
a. Assign adequate personnel to escort detainee, depending on circumstances.
8. Make entry in Command Log of:
a. Identity of detaining officer and Department vehicle used.
b. Identity and pedigree of detainee.
9. Have detainee's vehicle removed to precinct of occurrence for safeguarding.
NOTE: A vehicle may be released to licensed operator designated by the
prisoner if:
a. Vehicle not wanted on an alarm
b. Vehicle not required as evidence
c. Prisoner was in lawful possession
d. Vehicle not subject to forfeiture
If vehicle is not released within forty-eight hours, have vehicle removed to
Property Clerk's storage facility.
DETAINING OFFICER
10. Report with detainee, to desk officer at testing location.
DESK OFFICER, TESTING LOCATION
11. Make Command Log entry of presence of detaining officer and detainee.
12. Verify that Highway District has been notified.
I.D.T.U. TECHNICIAN
13. Utilize Zero Tolerance Instruction Sheet, and perform chemical test on
detainee.
UPON RECEIPT OF A BREATHALYZER OR INFRARED UNIT READING OF .02% THROUGH .05%,
COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STEPS
DETAINING OFFICER
14. Prepare Notice of Hearing (Operating a Motor Vehicle After Consuming
Alcohol) (AA-137A.1).
15. Select a hearing date two to thirty days subsequent to the test date,
Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays.
NOTE: The hearing date must be compatible with the detaining officer’s
schedule. The detainee will be directed to respond to the second floor of 19
Rector Street, New York, New York at 1300 hours on the date selected by the

detaining officer.
The detainee’s license will not be suspended pending the administrative
hearing.
I.D.T.U. TECHNICIAN
16. Provide the detaining officer and the detainee with a copy of the
following:
a. Zero Tolerance Instruction Sheet
b. Instrument Calibration Sheet
c. Operator Certification Sheet
d. Notice of Hearing (Operating a Motor Vehicle After Consuming Alcohol).
NOTE: The detaining officer will bring a copy of all documents/forms, listed
in step 16, to the hearing, unless the hearing is waived.
17. Forward original and one copy of all documents/forms prepared to the
Highway District concerned.
NOTE: A member of the Highway District will forward original copy of all
forms/documents prepared to the New York State Department of Motor Vehicles
within twenty-four hours, and will have remaining copies of documents/forms
filed in command.
IF THE DETAINEE REFUSES THE CHEMICAL TEST
DETAINING OFFICER
18. Prepare Notice of Chemical Test Refusal Hearing (Person Under Age 21) (DMV
137A) and Refusal to Submit to a Chemical Test (AA 134-a).
19. Select a hearing date two to thirty days subsequent to the test date,
Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays.
NOTE: The hearing date must be compatible with the detaining officer's
schedule. The detainee will be directed to respond to the second floor of 19
Rector Street, New York, New York at 1300 hours on the date selected by the
detaining officer.
20. Distribute copies of Notice of Chemical Test Refusal Hearing and Refusal
to Submit to a Chemical Test as follows:
a. Original and one copy of each form to IDTU technician.
b. One copy of each form to detainee.
c. One copy of each form to detaining officer.
I.D.T.U. TECHNICIAN
21. Forward original and one copy of Notice of Chemical Test Refusal Hearing
and Refusal to Submit to a Chemical Test to the Highway District concerned.

NOTE: A member of the Highway District will forward original copy of Notice
of Chemical Test Refusal Hearing and Refusal to Submit to a Chemical Test to
the New York State Department of Motor Vehicles within forty-eight hours, and
will file one copy of each form in the command.
The detainee's license WILL BE suspended by the New York State Department of
Motor Vehicles, pending the refusal hearing.
IF THE DETAINEE SUBMITS TO THE CHEMICAL TEST AND A READING OF .06% OR GREATER
IS OBTAINED, OR A READING OF .04% OR HIGHER FROM A COMMERCIAL DRIVERS LICENSE
(CDL) HOLDER OPERATING A COMMERCIAL VEHICLE
I.D.T.U. TECHNICIAN
22. Advise the detaining officer of the reading.
DETAINING OFFICER
23. Arrest detainee and charge the individual with the appropriate Vehicle and
Traffic Law section, based upon the reading obtained pursuant to the 1192-a
Chemical Test.
24. Conduct inquiry to determine the location from which the detainee was
served.
a. If positive information received, notify the Intelligence Bureau and
comply with P.G. 212-12, "Citywide Intelligence Reporting System."
NOTE: In addition to the above requirements, the detainee/arrestee will be
processed in accordance with current arrest processing procedures as well as
P.G. 208-40, "Arrests - Intoxicated Or Impaired Driving."
ADDITIONAL DATA
Since an individual who violates this statute is detained rather than
arrested, an individual who resists detention or attempts to escape a lawful
stop would be subject to arrest for Obstructing Governmental Administration
(Section 195.05 of the Penal Law [A Misdemeanor]) rather than Resisting
Arrest.
If a detainee requests to be tested for intoxication by his personal
physician, the test will not be allowed until the Department testing has been
completed. If the detainee refuses the administration of a chemical test by
this Department, he/she will not be allowed to have a test administered by a
personal physician. The desk officer, testing location, will personally
witness the test given by a physician and will direct that the detaining
officer document the following information on the file copy of the Zero
Tolerance Instruction Sheet: name, address, telephone number of physician, and
the date and time the physician administered the test. At the Department of
Motor Vehicle hearing, the detaining officer must be able to provide clear
and convincing evidence on the following issues:
a. The motorist, who was detained, operated the motor vehicle.
b. A valid request was made by the police officer to submit to a chemical
test, as provided in Section 1194 of the Vehicle and Traffic Law.
c. The motorist was under twenty-one years of age at the time of the

incident.
d. The chemical test was properly administered in accordance with Section
1194 of the Vehicle and Traffic Law.
e. The chemical test concluded that the motorist had operated the motor
vehicle after having consumed alcohol, as defined in Section 1192-a of the
Vehicle and Traffic Law.
f. The initial stop of the motorist was lawful.
If the detaining officer fails to appear at the hearing or fails to bring
copies of all documents/forms prepared, the charges against the motorist may
be dismissed.
If a person operates a motor vehicle when his/her license is suspended or
revoked as the result of a Section 1192-a finding, the motorist may be charged
with Aggravated Unlicensed Operation in the Second Degree, Section 511(2) of
the Vehicle and Traffic Law. Absent an emergency, a hearing date should not be
rescheduled. If it becomes necessary to reschedule a hearing, the detaining
officer's command can request that the hearing be rescheduled by writing to
the Department of Motor Vehicles, Safety and Business Hearing Bureau, Room
240, Empire Plaza, New York 12228, or the command may call the Safety and
Business Hearing Bureau at (518) 474-1509.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Release Of Prisoners - General Procedures (P.G. 210-13)
Arrests - Intoxicated Or Impaired Driving (P.G. 208-40)
FORMS AND REPORTS
NOTICE of HEARING (OPERATING a MOTOR VEHICLE AFTER CONSUMING ALCOHOL)
(AA-137A.1)
NOTICE of CHEMICAL TEST REFUSAL HEARING (PERSON UNDER AGE 21) (DMV 137A)
REFUSAL to SUBMIT to a CHEMICAL TEST (AA 134-a)
Instrument Calibration Sheet
Operator Certification Sheet
Zero Tolerance Instruction Sheet

P.G. 208-42 Arrest On A Warrant
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To arrest persons for whom warrants have been issued.
DEFINITION
ARRESTING OFFICER - For the purposes of this procedure, an arresting officer
is any non-supervisory uniformed member, including detective squad personnel,
assigned to arrest persons named on warrants issued by the court.
PURPOSE
When arresting a person for whom a warrant has been issued.
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Inform defendant of warrant and offense charged unless physical resistance,
flight or other factors make such procedure impractical.
2. Present warrant, if requested, or as soon as possible, if not possessed at
time of arrest.
3. Announce authority and purpose if premises is involved and there is
reasonable cause to believe that defendant is inside EXCEPT if giving such
notice may:
a. Endanger the life or safety of the officer or another person, OR
b. Result in defendant attempting to escape, OR
c. Result in material evidence being destroyed, damaged or hidden.
NOTE: Exceptions DO NOT apply when Family Court warrants, including Urgent
Child Abuse Warrants, are being executed. However, limitation will NOT apply
in an "urgent child abuse" case if the life or safety of the child or any
other person is endangered, since the City Charter authorizes the immediate
and unannounced entry into a premises in an emergency situation.
4. Break into premises, if necessary.
NOTE: If premises is a third party residence, such break-in is prohibited
without a search warrant.
5. Make arrest and comply with the pertinent arrest processing guidelines.
a. Contact borough Court Section supervisor for instructions as to location
to which prisoner is to be transported, if court is not in session.
6. Notify Central Warrant Investigation Team of the following:
a. Court issuing warrant and docket number

b. Warrant Section serial number
c. Rank, name, shield number and command of arresting officer
d. Name of defendant/respondent.
7. Conduct a FINEST System name search or NYSID number search (WNYS) to
ascertain if any additional warrants or wanted cases exist concerning the
subject of the immediate warrant.
a. If inquiry reveals a felony warrant or INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-161),
contact the investigative unit concerned.
NOTE: A FINEST System name check "HIT" is NOT considered conclusive and is
NOT sufficient authority to arrest. Further inquiries (i.e., NYSID number
search [WNYS]) MUST be made.
ARRESTING OFFICER
8. Complete ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) if arrest
warrant, or ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) if bench warrant, and enter
under "NARRATIVE":
a. Date warrant issued, court, judge, and county of issuance.
b. Rank, name, shield number and command of member of the service who
verified the status of the warrant.
c. Docket number and other pertinent information.
9. Arraign prisoner as follows:
a. CRIMINAL COURT WARRANTS
(1) Warrants issued by New York, Queens, Bronx, or Kings County Criminal
Court:
(a) Arraign prisoner in Criminal Court or Weekend/ Night Court of the
borough that issued the warrant.
(2) Warrants issued by Staten Island Criminal Court:
(a) Arraign prisoner in Staten Island Criminal Court when in session.
(b) Confer with Staten Island borough Court Section at telephone number
(718) 876-8493 and process prisoner as directed, when not in session.
b. SUPREME COURT WARRANTS
(1) Take prisoner before Supreme Court that issued warrant, if in session.
When a police officer can not bring the defendant to the Supreme Court for
arraignment (after 1700 hours on weekdays and on weekends), the officer will
deliver adult male defendants to the Department of Corrections facility in the
county that issued the warrant. Adult male defendants arrested on a Staten
Island Supreme Court arrest warrant or a Staten Island Supreme Court bench
warrant will be delivered to the Brooklyn Corrections facility. All female
defendants will be brought to the Rose M. Singer Center on Rikers Island. Male
adolescents will be brought to the Adolescent Reception and Detention Center

on Rikers Island. The police officer delivering the prisoner will provide the
Department of Corrections with a copy of the Supreme Court arrest warrant or
bench warrant (see ADDITIONAL DATA for Department of Corrections locations).
NOTE: Police officers delivering defendants to Rikers Island will proceed
across the Rikers Island bridge and go directly to the appropriate reception
center where they will be required to check all their weapons. After
complying, they will proceed to the receiving entrance of the facility to
lodge the defendant, and will retrieve their weapons after the defendant is
lodged.
c. FAMILY COURT WARRANTS
(1) Remove prisoner to Family Court that issued warrant, if in session.
When not in session, arraign prisoner in Weekend/ Night Court, borough of
arrest.
NOTE: Arresting officers, not assigned to Warrant Section, are required to
arraign prisoners arrested on warrants, unless otherwise directed.
10. Prepare following statement on Court Complaint if arrest made in borough
other than borough where warrant was issued (Inter-County Warrant): "At (time)
hours, on (date), Police Officer (name, shield number, command) performing
duty in (borough) Criminal Court has verified through records on file at said
court that the warrant forming the basis of this arrest is active."
WHEN AN ARREST IS EFFECTED SOLELY ON A BENCH WARRANT
DESK OFFICER
11. Make Command Log entry relative to the detention of the prisoner.
12. Ensure that WARRANT INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD374-152) is prepared. SPECIAL
OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
13. Sign WARRANT INVESTIGATION REPORT and forward as indicated on form.
ARRESTING OFFICER
14. Prepare ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT and submit to supervisor for review and
signature.
a. Indicate on SUPPLEMENT if, and exactly how, the subject may have
attempted to avoid arrest.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If a uniformed member of the service conducting an investigation has a parole
absconder in custody SOLELY on the authority of a parole warrant, the arrest
will be processed as "FOA." The uniformed member of the service will notify
the Central Warrant Unit at (718) 217-8484 immediately for the purpose of
obtaining a copy of the parole warrant to lodge the parole violator in the
appropriate Department of Correction facility. In addition, an immediate
notification must also be made to the Parole Absconder Search Unit. From
Monday through Thursday from 0800 to 2000 hours and on Friday from 0800
through 1800 hours call (212) 239-6159. At all other times call the Division
of Parole referral service at (212) 594-5889 and leave a message on their
voice mail consisting of the arresting officer's name, command and details of

the arrest. The notification to the Division of Parole is necessary to provide
a copy of the parole warrant to arresting officers in cases where the Warrant
Section has not yet received a copy of this document, and also to ensure that
parole violators are served with a copy of the charges upon which the warrant
is based, as well as the dates on which the probable cause and revocation
hearings are to be scheduled. PRISONERS IN THESE CASES WILL BE LODGED AT THE
APPROPRIATE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTION FACILITY AND ARE NOT TO BE TRANSPORTED TO
BOROUGH COURT SECTION FACILITIES. When preparing the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), indicate in the "Narrative Section" the time,
date and names of who was notified at the Warrant Section and at the Parole
Absconder Search Unit, prior to forwarding a copy of the WORKSHEET to the
borough Court Section.
When a youth who is AWOL from a residential facility is apprehended on an
Office of Children and Family Services Warrant, the youth will be returned
directly to the residential facility, if located within New York City. If AWOL
from a facility outside New York City, the youth will be taken directly to the
Horizon Juvenile Center, 560 Brook Avenue, Bronx, NY. In NO CASE will the
youth be taken to Family Court.
A person in need of supervision (PINS) will NOT be taken into custody without
a court order. The defendant will be detained at a facility designated by the
Emergency Children's Service of the Human Resources Administration, telephone
(212) 334-7676, who will be requested to provide transportation. When a
defendant is taken into custody and in addition to a PINS Warrant there are
other Juvenile Delinquency charges:
a. The juvenile may be served an APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT
(PD277-130) for the other charges, if eligible. However, the juvenile will be
kept in custody on the authority of the PINS Warrant and taken to a designated
Emergency Children's Service facility.
b. If the defendant is NOT released on an APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT
on the Juvenile Delinquency charges, the defendant will be taken to the
Horizon Juvenile Center, 560 Brook Avenue, Bronx, New York. When a person is
apprehended outside New York City, but within New York State on the authority
of a felony/misdemeanor warrant issued by a New York City Court, the
Inter-City Correspondence Unit will notify the Warrant Section to assign
personnel to return the prisoner to New York City. Travel expense funds, if
needed, may be obtained from the Audit and Accounts Section. If closed, funds
may be obtained at the Office of the Chief of Detectives (see P.G. 212-83,
entitled "Leaving City On Police Business").
The address of each Department of Corrections facility is as follows:
Manhattan
Manhattan Detention Complex (MDC)
125 White Street
New York, New York 10013
Brooklyn
Brooklyn House of Detention for Men (BKLYN HDM)
275 Atlantic Avenue
Brooklyn, New York 11201
Queens

Queens House of Detention for Men (QHDM)
126-02 82nd Avenue
Queens, New York 11415
Bronx
Bronx House of Detention for Men (BX HDM)
653 River Avenue
Bronx, New York 10451
Rikers Island Facilities
Rose M. Singer Center (RMSC)
19-19 Hazen Street
East Elmhurst, New York 11370
Adolescent Reception and Detention Center (ARDC)
11-11 Hazen Street
East Elmhurst, New York 11370
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrests - Certificate Of Warrant (Non-Support) (P.G. 208-50)
Documenting And Reporting Court Appearances Pertaining To Arrests On A Warrant
(P.G. 211-08)
Leaving City On Police Business (P.G. 212-83)
Processing Warrants (P.G. 212-75)
FORMS AND REPORTS
APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT (PD277-130)
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-161)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
WARRANT INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD374-152)

P.G. 208-43 This Procedure Intentionally Left Blank
Date Effective: 01-01-00

P.G. 208-44 Prostitution
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To process persons arrested for prostitution.
PROCEDURE
When a person is arrested for prostitution, follow normal arrest procedure
and:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
2. Include under details on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET:
a. Length of time of observation
b. Action which caused arrest
c. Any statements by prisoner to substantiate charge
d. Location of offense
e. How person was attired
f. Character of room
g. Fee paid
h. Was money returned?
i. Other necessary information.
3. Notify Borough Vice Enforcement Squad (or OCCB/FOD, if unavailable) if:
a. Defendant is less than eighteen years of age or
b. Defendant states that he/she is being compelled to work as a prostitute
or
c. Defendant states that he/she has been transported across state lines for
the purpose of engaging in prostitution.
DESK OFFICER/COUNTERPART
4. Verify identity and address if prisoner is not in possession of
satisfactory documentary proof.
ARRESTING OFFICER
5. Sign all copies of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET under booking
officer's signature.

ADDITIONAL DATA
The arresting officer will submit a copy of the court affidavit and the ON
LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET to his/her immediate supervisor after
arraignment of the prisoner. A COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) is not prepared,
however fingerprints and photos are taken.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Photographable Offenses (P.G. 208-07)
Police Action in Premises Licensed Por Unlicensed Where Alcoholic Beverages
Are Sold (A.G. 321-19)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-45 Loitering For Purposes Of Prostitution
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To process arrests for loitering for purposes of prostitution.
PROCEDURE
When a person is arrested for "Loitering for Purposes of Prostitution," follow
normal arrest procedure and:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Notify Borough Vice Enforcement Squad (or OCCB/FOD, if unavailable) if:
a. Defendant is less than eighteen years of age or
b. Defendant states that he/she is being compelled to work as a prostitute
or
c. Defendant states that he/she has been transported across state lines for
the purpose of engaging in prostitution.
2. Draw up complaint detailing behavior of the defendant, including:
a. Conversation with various men, women or known prostitutes, as
appropriate.
b. Repeatedly stopping or attempting to stop automobiles or leaning into
cars and engaging motorists in conversation.
c. Time of observations.
3. Inform assistant district attorney of actions or any additional pertinent
information including:
a. Known prostitute.
b. Consorts with known prostitutes or pimps.
c. Conduct and clothing.
d. Defendant's response to questioning.
ADDITIONAL DATA
This charge should be added when making an arrest for Prostitution, Section
230.00, Penal Law, on an overheard conversation.
No more than five arrests for "Loitering For Purposes Of Prostitution" are to
be made by the same uniformed member of the service at one time.
A COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) is NOT prepared for a pick-up arrest effected
for "Loitering for Purposes of Prostitution," (Section 240.37, subdivision 2,

Penal Law).

However, fingerprints MUST be taken for this arrest.

FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

P.G. 208-46 Gambling
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process an arrest for violation of the gambling laws.
PROCEDURE
When processing a prisoner charged with violating the gambling laws, follow
appropriate arrest processing procedures and:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Seal slot machine in accordance with P.G. 218-19, "Invoicing
Vehicle/Property As Arrest/Investigatory Evidence Or For Forfeiture
Proceedings Or To Determine True Owner," if seized in connection with arrest.
DESK OFFICER
2. Review ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET for accuracy and sign.
3. Verify identity and address if prisoner is not in possession of
satisfactory documentary proof.
ARRESTING OFFICER
4. Submit copy of court complaint, corroborating affidavit (if any), copy of
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and PRISONER'S CRIMINAL RECORD
(PD244-061) to immediate supervisor.
SUPERVISOR CONCERNED
5. Review and compare reports submitted for completeness and accuracy.
6. File court complaint and related forms in arresting officer's command for
entry of final disposition by arresting officer.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Invoicing Vehicle/Property As Arrest/Investigatory Evidence Or For Forfeiture
Proceedings Or To Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PRISONER'S CRIMINAL RECORD (PD244-061)

P.G. 208-47 Counterfeiting/Forging U.S. Government Obligations Or
Counterfeiting/Unauthorized Use Of Access Devices
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify and cooperate with federal agencies concerned when arrests are made
for counterfeiting/forging U.S. government obligations or counterfeiting or
unauthorized use of access devices.
DEFINITION
U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS - notes, bonds, checks, stamps, currency, drafts
of money drawn by or upon authorized officer of U.S. government.
ACCESS DEVICES - any card (e.g., credit card), plate, code, account number, or
other means of account access that can be used alone or in conjunction with
another access device, to obtain money, goods, services, or any other thing of
value, or that can be used to initiate a transfer of funds (other than a
transfer originated solely by paper instrument).
FRAUDS AND RELATED ACTIVITY RE: "ACCESS DEVICES" - the prisoner knowingly and
with intent to defraud:
a. Uses, produces counterfeit access device, OR
b. Uses unauthorized access device, during any one year period, and obtains
anything valued at $1,000 or more OR
c. Possesses fifteen

or more counterfeit/unauthorized access devices, OR

d. Has control of or possesses equipment able to produce access devices.
PROCEDURE
Upon arresting a person charged with one of the crimes listed above:
DESK OFFICER/COUNTERPART
1. Comply with appropriate arrest processing procedures.
2. Notify the Department of Treasury, U.S. Secret Service, by telephone ([212]
466-4400).
3. Permit U.S. Secret Service agent to interview prisoner.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If the only charge against a prisoner is violation of a federal law, he will
be arraigned in Federal Court (Title 18, Chapter 25, U.S. Code OR Title 18,
Section 1029, U.S. Code, as appropriate).

P.G. 208-48 Violation Of Postal Laws
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify and cooperate with the United States Postal Inspection Service when
arrests are made for violations of Postal Laws.
DEFINITION
POSTAL LAWS (TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE) - A listing of crimes involving the
Postal Service, including theft of mail, burglaries and robberies of post
offices, assaults on, or robberies of, postal employees while engaged in
official duties, destruction or unlawful taking/possessing of Postal Service
property, and any other violations involving Postal Service property.
PROCEDURE
When a person is arrested for violation of Postal Laws, follow normal arrest
procedure, and:
DESK OFFICER
1. Advise Operations Unit as soon as possible for notification to Postal
Inspection Service Communication Center.
2. Permit prisoner to be interviewed by agent of Postal Inspection Service.
3. Give custody of prisoner to Postal Inspection Service for arraignment in
Federal Court when charged ONLY WITH VIOLATION OF POSTAL LAWS.
4. Enter "FOA" under "Assigned Arrest Number" on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
ADDITIONAL DATA
Threats of kidnapping, personal injury or property damage transmitted through
the US Mail are investigated by the FBI.
Thefts of Treasury checks from the US Mail and counterfeiting of postage
stamps are investigated concurrently by the US Postal Inspection Service and
the Secret Service.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-49 Contraband Weapons
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify Internal Revenue Service when contraband weapons are seized.
PROCEDURE
When a person is arrested for possession of a contraband weapon, follow
appropriate arrest processing procedures and:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Seize weapon.
NOTE: See P.G. 207-17, "Contraband Weapons," for a list of prohibited
weapons under Federal Gun Control Act.
DESK OFFICER
2. Notify Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms through Operations Unit.
3. Include information as to vehicle, vessel or aircraft, if involved, and
hold such property for federal authorities.
ARRESTING OFFICER
4. Charge violation of Penal Law or Administrative Code instead of federal
law, if possible.
5. Prepare [I.O. 63 s 13] REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
(PD521-168).
6. Bring weapon and REQUEST to Firearms Analysis Section.
7. Deliver weapon to Property Clerk with PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
after examination by Firearms Analysis Section.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Contraband Weapons (P.G. 207-17)
Processing Firearms (P.G. 218-23)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
[I.O. 63 s 13] REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

P.G. 208-50 Certificate Of Warrant (Non-support)
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record an arrest on a non-support warrant.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service makes an arrest on a Certificate of
Warrant for non-support:
ARRESTING/ASSIGNED OFFICER
1. Record on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) the member
who executed the warrant as the arresting officer.
2. Enter:
a. Arrest number
b. "Family Court Warrant" under caption "Charges and Specific Offense".
c. Particulars of warrant under "Details."
3. Notify Central Warrant Unit.
4. Bring prisoner and warrant to the court that originally issued the warrant.
a. To designated arraignment court, at other times.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Arrest On A Warrant (P.G. 208-42)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-51 Forfeiture Of Bail
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process a re-arrest in a bail forfeiture case.
PROCEDURE
When notified that a prisoner has forfeited bail:
DESK OFFICER
1. Prepare ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) listing pertinent
information and the words "Bail Forfeited" in capital letters, under
"Details".
2. Indicate under caption Duplicate Copies Required, "Property Clerk", if
property is involved.
a. If evidence is required against another prisoner, enter facts under
"Details."
3. Notify member or unit concerned.
IF PRISONER IS RE-ARRESTED FOR SAME CHARGE FOR WHICH BAIL WAS FORFEITED
DESK OFFICER
4. Prepare one set of ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT.
5. Telephone Property Clerk's office to determine disposition of evidence.
6. List property not disposed of on ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT.
a. Indicate name of member at Property Clerk's office under "Details".
7. Notify arresting officer of re-arrest.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-52 Traffic Violations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record arrests for violations of the Traffic Laws.
PROCEDURE
Upon arresting a person for violation of traffic regulations, follow
appropriate arrest processing procedures and:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Charge violation of Traffic Regulations if the offense is a violation of
both the Traffic Regulations and the Vehicle Traffic Law.
2. Query NYSPIN through the FINEST system to determine if vehicle is reported
stolen and verify name and address of registered owner.
DESK OFFICER
3. Record additional charges and previous violations where applicable and
inform the arresting officer of additional charges for presentation to the
District Attorney.
4. Enter on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), if arrested
on traffic warrant:
a. "SW" under arrest number
b. "Warrant Part 5, 7 etc." under caption "Charges and Specific Offense"
c. Particulars of warrant under "Details."
NOTE: COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) is not prepared.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-53 Arrest Processing - Aggravated Unlicensed Operation
Of A Motor Vehicle
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process arrests for operating a vehicle with a suspended or revoked
license.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service observes, or has reasonable cause to
believe that a person operating a vehicle has a suspended or revoked driver's
license:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Effect an arrest for violation of any degree of Aggravated Unlicensed
Operation of a Motor Vehicle.
a. Remove prisoner to police facility for processing.
2. Conduct license check (DALL) and name check via FINEST system.
a. Retain printout and include in DAT or On Line arrest folders.
[I.O. 39 s 07] 3. Comply with current Department procedures regarding issuance
of DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121) and steps 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 below, if
prisoner is charged with Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor Vehicle
(AUO) 3rd degree and is otherwise eligible.
4. Comply with all pertinent arrest processing procedures.
NOTE: In all instances related to the arrest of a motorist for the
misdemeanor charge(s) of aggravated unlicensed operation of a motor vehicle,
refer to P.G. 208-28, `Identification Standards For Desk Appearance Tickets',
Department of Motor Vehicle Name Check, to determine if a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET may be issued.
PERSONS CHARGED WITH V.T.L. 511 (1)(a) OR 511 (2)(a) MISDEMEANORS
5. Prepare the following court related forms, (in addition to ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD244-159) and other arrest related paperwork):
a. SUPPORTING DEPOSITION-SUSPENDED / REVOKED LICENSE (PD244-068) or
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION - SUSPENDED / REVOKED LICENSE-BRONX (PD244-068A)
b. PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION REPORT (PD244-153)
c. Arraignment Card (Misc. 4661)
d. Police Officer's Court Availability Schedule (Misc. 470a)
e. Prisoner Movement Slip (Misc. 2011-A 8/84)

f. DMV Certificate Concerning Violation of Law Relating to Vehicles (A246), for the VTL Misdemeanor and Felony
[I.O. 67 s 13] g. "ADA" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), if
prepared.
[I.O. 39 s 07] 6. Record the following vehicle information in the "Narrative"
section of the ONLINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET:
a. The make, model, year and color of the vehicle operated by the defendant.
b. The license plate number of the vehicle operated by the defendant and the
state the vehicle is registered in. If the vehicle does not have a metal plate
the temporary or alternate plate will be recorded.
NOTE: The above information will be recorded in the "Narrative" section of
the ONLINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET even if the defendant was not the
owner of the vehicle being operated at the time of arrest. The name and
address (apartment number, if applicable) of the registered owner of the
vehicle will be recorded in addition to the above.
7. Prepare Criminal Court Summons for violation of VTL 511 (1) (a) or VTL 511
(2) (a) as appropriate.
a. Clearly and concisely articulate the justification for the vehicle stop
and violations observed on the rear portion of the white summons copy.
b. List the VTL 511 misdemeanor violation in the "Charges Information"
caption of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (OLBS).
c. List any additional VTL violations (i.e. Disobey A Traffic Control
Device) observed during the original vehicle stop as separate charges on the
OLBS.
d. Do not enter RETURN DATE on summons(es).
e. Attach ORIGINAL copy of the summons to the SUPPORTING DEPOSITION.
NOTE: Step 7 above regarding the issuing of a summons is specific and
applicable only to the following: Patrol Borough Brooklyn South, Patrol
Borough Brooklyn North and Patrol Borough Staten Island. The district
attorneys in both Brooklyn and Staten Island have mandated that a summons be
issued and included as an ADDITIONAL part of the arrest package and
arraignment process. The remaining Patrol Boroughs (Manhattan South, Manhattan
North, Bronx, Queens South and Queens North) are EXEMPT from this requirement.
In these Patrol Boroughs, for the purposes of this procedure only, all VTL
violations will be listed as separate charges on the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET; summonses will not be written.
8. Fingerprint prisoner utilizing "Livescan."
NOTE: Persons charged with 511(3)(a) E Felony shall be processed in
accordance with steps 5 ("b" through "g") and step 9 below. A Criminal Court
Summons will not be prepared in felony cases.
9. Confiscate driver's license and comply with P.G. 209-26, "Suspended Or
Revoked Vehicle Operator's License."

NOTE: Disregard subdivision "a" of step 3 and the "NOTE" following
subdivision "3a" in P.G. 209-26, "Suspended Or Revoked Vehicle Operator's
License."
NOTE: During the original vehicle stop if a summons was prepared prior to
obtaining the results of a name check, for any VTL violation other than
Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor Vehicle, the summons must be
voided. P.G. 209-18, `Summons Served Or Prepared In Error' will be followed. A
photocopy of the summons(es) prepared will be included as part of the arrest
paperwork package that is forwarded to the district attorney. The VTL
violations will be listed as separate charges on the OLBS.
10. Inform desk officer when arrest processing is complete.
DESK OFFICER
[I.O. 39 s 07] 11. Review the ONLINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET to ensure
completeness and verify that information regarding the vehicle operated by the
defendant is recorded for all Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor
Vehicle arrests.
12. Review all forms for completeness and accuracy.
13. Ensure that all applicable categories on SUPPORTING DEPOSITION are checked
off.
a. Have arresting officer sign and date.
14. Have prisoner (not eligible for a DAT) and related court papers delivered
to borough Court Section and comply with "Citywide Expedited Arrest
Processing."
BOROUGH COURT SUPERVISOR
15. Examine court papers for completeness and accuracy.
16. Make necessary entries on court papers and process as an "on line" arrest.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Section 511-b, "Seizure And Redemption Of Unlawfully Operated Vehicles"
requires that, upon making an arrest for Aggravated Unlicensed Operation Of A
Motor Vehicle, 1st or 2nd Degree committed in his / her presence, a uniformed
member of the service shall remove or arrange for the removal of the vehicle
to the Property Clerk, if:
a. The operator is the registered owner of the vehicle, OR
b. The vehicle is not properly registered, OR
c. Proof of financial security (insurance card) is not produced, OR
d. Where a person, other than the operator, is the registered owner and such
person or another, properly licensed and authorized to possess and operate the
vehicle, is not present.
The impounded vehicle must be entered into NYSPIN as an impounded vehicle (see
P.G. 212-48, "Motor Vehicles Repossessed / Parking Violations Scofflaw Removal

Program"[Additional Data]). The impounded vehicle will remain at the precinct
stationhouse for forty-eight hours. If no one appears to redeem the vehicle,
the vehicle will be delivered to the Property Clerk for storage. Additionally,
the registered owner must promptly be notified, utilizing form AGGRAVATED
UNLICENSED OPERATION OF A MOTOR VEHICLE (PD171-121), that the vehicle has been
impounded. Vehicles seized pursuant to this section shall not be released
unless:
a. The person redeeming the vehicle has furnished satisfactory evidence of
registration and financial security.
b. Reasonable removal and storage costs have been paid. (See P.G. 218- 44,
"Removal And Storage Charges").
Removal and storage charges shall not be required of the registered owner if
the impounded vehicle was stolen or was rented or leased pursuant to a written
agreement for a period of thirty days or less.
c. Where the vehicle was operated by a person who, at the time of the
offense, was the owner, the following is required:
(1) Satisfactory evidence that the registered owner or other person
seeking to redeem the vehicle has a license or privilege to operate a motor
vehicle in New York, AND
(2) Satisfactory evidence that criminal charges have been terminated and
that any fine imposed as a result of a conviction has been paid, OR
(3) A certificate issued by the court in which the criminal action was
commenced ordering release of the vehicle prior to judgment or in compliance
of the interest of justice, OR
(4) A certificate issued by the District Attorney, or other officer
authorized to prosecute such charge, waiving the requirement that the vehicle
be held.
In all Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor Vehicle 1st Degree arrests,
the vehicle shall be seized and removed to a Property Clerk facility. As such,
these vehicles will not remain at precinct stationhouse for forty-eight hours.
The arresting officer shall process said vehicle in accordance with P.G.
208-26, "Forfeiture Proceedings For Seized Property." The Property Clerk shall
contact the Legal Bureau to ascertain if a statutory forfeiture proceeding
will be commenced. Persons making a demand for the return of a vehicle seized
pursuant to this procedure must provide the same documenting evidence as
required for release of a vehicle pursuant to Section 511-b of the VTL above,
except that a District Attorney's release is required in all seizures made
pursuant to Section 511-c of the VTL regardless of who was operating the
vehicle at the time of the offense. In the event said requirements are met and
the Legal Bureau indicates that a statutory forfeiture proceeding will not be
commenced, the vehicle may be released from the Property Clerk facility.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Suspended Or Revoked Vehicle Operator's License (P.G. 209-26)
Forfeiture Proceedings For Seized Property (P.G. 208-26)
Safeguarding Vehicles In Police Custody (P.G. 218-12)
Removal And Storage Charges (P.G. 218-44)
Motor Vehicles Repossessed/Parking Violations Scofflaw Removal Program (P.G.
212-48)

[I.O. 67 s 13] FORMS AND REPORTS
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION-SUSPENDED / REVOKED LICENSE (PD244-068)
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION-SUSPENDED / REVOKED LICENSE-BRONX (PD244-068A)
PRE-ARRAIGNMENT NOTIFICATION REPORT (PD244-153)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
AGGRAVATED UNLICENSED OPERATION OF A MOTOR VEHICLE (PD171-121)

P.G. 208-54 Arrest Screening Guidelines For Cases Involving
Forged Or Altered Motor Vehicle Documents
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To establish arrest screening guidelines for cases involving forged or altered
motor vehicle documents.
PROCEDURE
When effecting an arrest for possession of forged or altered motor vehicle
documents:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Charge the defendant as follows:
a. POSSESSION OF A FORGED/ALTERED OPERATOR'S LICENSE
(1) Criminal Possession of a Forged Instrument, 2nd Degree (felony),
should be charged only when:
(a) The operator possesses more than one false license; OR
(b) The false license was used for a purpose other than driving (e.g.,
to pass a bad check, etc.);
OR
(c) The operator possesses the false license(s) under circumstances
showing an intent to sell the license(s); OR
(d) The operator possesses a false license and one or more other false
forms of identification.
NOTE: For suspended or revoked vehicle operator's license, comply with P.G.
209-26, "Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator's License."
(2)If a person who is operating a vehicle offers someone else's license as
proof of identity, charge Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 509(1), Driving
Without a License; and Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 509(6), Driving While
Using Another's License. These offenses are traffic infractions for which "B"
summonses should be issued. MAKE THE TWO SUMMONSES RETURNABLE TO THE TRAFFIC
VIOLATIONS BUREAU (TVB).
(3) If the driver offers as proof of identity a license issued to him/her
but which has been altered, (e.g., expiration date changed, etc.) charge
Vehicle and Traffic Law, Sections 392 and 509(1). Vehicle and Traffic Law,
Section 392, is a misdemeanor for which a "C" summons should be issued.
Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 509(1) is a traffic infraction for which a
"C" summons should be issued. BOTH SUMMONSES SHOULD BE MADE RETURNABLE TO THE
LOCAL CRIMINAL COURT.
[REV 05-01] (4) If the arrested motorist or individual presents or

possesses a New York State Driver's License or Identification Card which, when
run through a computer check, comes back `Fraud Document', the uniformed
member of the service (UMOS) concerned will contact the DMV's Internal Affairs
Office (DMV-IA) at (518) 473-3342 for further information. The arrested
motorist or individual may be charged with Criminal Possession of a Forged
Instrument 2nd Degree (Penal Law 170.25 pursuant to 170.10[3]: Class `D'
Felony).
(5) If the arrested motorist or individual was operating a motor vehicle
at the time the License or Identification Card was presented, also charge
violation of Vehicle and Traffic Law Section 392: Unclassified Misdemeanor.
This provision makes it a crime to operate a motor vehicle upon the public
highway while displaying or using any document that he or she knows has been
obtained by making a false statement in an application for, or making a
material alteration on any document issued by the Commissioner of Motor
Vehicles, or unlawfully using a validating device on such a document.
(6) If it is determined that the arrested motorist or individual gave or
offered to give a DMV employee, or "middleman", money or another benefit, for
the purposes of obtaining the License or Identification Card the following
additional charges may be appropriate: Bribery 3rd Degree (Penal Law 200.00):
Class "D" Felony, and Sale or Purchase of a Stolen, False or Fraudulent
License, Identification Card, Certificate of Registration, or Number Plate
(Vehicle and Traffic Law 392-a). (see ADDITIONAL DATA statement).
(7) If it is determined that the arrested motorist or individual completed
and filed a License or Identification Card application with the DMV, and the
DMV office (where the application was filed) is located in the same county
where the arrest was made, the following additional charge may be appropriate:
Offering a False Instrument for Filing 1st Degree (Penal Law 175.35): Class
"E" Felony. (see ADDITIONAL DATA statement).
b. POSSESSION OF A FORGED/ALTERED REGISTRATION
(1) A suspect who presents a registration card with a forged or altered
registration (e.g., address known to be false, etc.) should be issued
summonses for Vehicle and Traffic Law, Sections 392 and 401(a), Unregistered
Vehicle. Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 392, is a misdemeanor for which a
"C" summons should be issued. Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 401(a), is a
traffic infraction for which a "C" summons should be issued. BOTH SUMMONSES
SHOULD BE MADE RETURNABLE TO THE LOCAL CRIMINAL COURT.
c. POSSESSION OF FORGED/ALTERED INSPECTION STICKER
(1) A person operating a vehicle with a forged or altered inspection
sticker should be charged with Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 306(e), an
unclassified misdemeanor. A "C" summons should be issued and made returnable
to the local criminal court.
d. POSSESSION OF A FORGED/ALTERED INSURANCE CARD
(1) An operator who produces an insurance card indicating that insurance
is in effect when such coverage does not exist is to be charged with Vehicle
and Traffic Law, Section 319(2), an unclassified misdemeanor. A "C" summons
should be issued and made returnable to the local criminal court.
e. POSSESSION OF A FORGED/ALTERED NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR
VEHICLES IN-TRANSIT VEHICLE PERMIT NUMBER PLATE

(1) An operator who drives with a forged or altered In-Transit Permit
should be charged with Vehicle and Traffic Law, Sections 392 and 402(1).
Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 392, is a misdemeanor for which a "C" summons
should be issued. Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 402(1), is a traffic
infraction for which a "C" summons should be issued. BOTH SUMMONSES SHOULD BE
MADE RETURNABLE TO THE LOCAL CRIMINAL COURT.
[REV 05-01] NOTE: In all instances in which a fraudulent or altered motor
vehicle bureau document, such as a license or registration, is evidence of an
offense, it should be invoiced as evidence pursuant to Department procedures.
Under no circumstances will such a document be returned to the arrested
motorist or individual. Summonses should not be issued for the above offenses
to defendants who are not properly identified or who otherwise fail to
qualify. Members of the service shall ensure that when issuing multiple
summonses to an individual for offenses occurring during a single incident and
one of the summonses is returnable to Criminal Court, then all summonses shall
be issued as part "C", and be made returnable to Criminal Court.
DESK OFFICER
2. Verify the completeness and accuracy of all charges prior to releasing
defendant.
3. Instruct member to conduct:
[I.O. 25 s 07] a. INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163) check
b. Warrant check (local/state/federal).
NOTE: Unless there are exceptional circumstances, the checks are to be
accomplished within one hour from the time the suspect enters the
stationhouse.
4. Immediately release violator once the violator's identity is verified and
summonses have been served.
5. Make a Command Log entry when a violator has been taken to the stationhouse
for identification, is served summons(es) and immediately released.
a. Entry will include the following:
(1) Name, address and physical description of violator
(2) Location, time of incident and reason for removal to stationhouse
(3) Name, rank and shield number of member who brought violator to command
(4) Offense(s) charged and serial number(s) of summons(es) served
(5) Time violator entered and departed command.
NOTE: It is not necessary to institute Desk Appearance Ticket or Voided
Arrest procedures for an offense for which summons(es) is/are served pursuant
to this procedure.
[REV 05-01] ADDITIONAL DATA

To determine whether the charges listed in step 1, subdivisions (6) and (7)
should be considered, a uniformed member of the service should contact the
Department of Motor Vehicles Internal Affairs Office (DMV-IA) at (518)
473-3342 between 0830 and 1630 hours, Monday through Friday. Personnel
assigned to DMV-IA may be able to provide information as to how the arrested
motorist or individual obtained the fraudulent Driver License or
Identification Card. They may also have knowledge indicating to whom at DMV
the person in custody may have bribed for the purpose of obtaining the
fraudulent documents. Additionally, efforts should be made to interrogate the
person in custody, after Miranda warnings are given, to independently obtain
this information. This information, if available, should be conveyed to the
Assistant District Attorney prosecuting the arrest.
When a uniformed member of the service encounters a motorist in possession of
a fraud document during hours when the DMV-IA is closed, the motorist should
be charged with Criminal Possession of a Forged Instrument 2nd Degree (Penal
Law 170.25 pursuant to 170.10[3]: Class `D' Felony). Probable cause for the
arrest will be based upon the "Fraud Document" designation obtained from the
computer check of the DMV database. Related charges listed in step 1,
subdivision (6) and (7), should NOT be made against the motorist in instances
when DMV-IA cannot be contacted immediately. For example, it would be
difficult to charge a defendant with Bribery or Offering a False Instrument
for Filing, without first communicating with a DMV-IA employee who could
articulate the circumstances which resulted in the "Fraud Document"
designation. Additional charges, where appropriate, may be made after
consulting with a DMV-IA representative.
Uniformed members of the service should be guided by the following indicators
when conducting license/name checks of motor vehicle operators:
a. When conducting license/name checks always run a group search of the last
name, first name, and sex without the date of birth or any middle initial
(common names such as Smith, Garcia, etc. may prohibit such a search due to
the large number of responses generated).
b. Examine DMV files containing the same name/address with different dates
of birth.
c. Examine motor vehicle operator's documents to determine if identification
with other names, addresses, or dates of birth are possessed. Invoice any
items found suggesting additional driving records/identifications.
d. Be alert to out-of-state licenses which have been issued under lax
identification standards.
e. Review a suspect's criminal history in Department databases such as
C.A.R.S. and B.A.D.S. to ascertain additional aliases, addresses, or dates of
birth.
f. Fill out CONSOLIDTION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST (PD135-160) form,
if applicable. Attach all pertinent supporting data and submit to desk officer
for review, before distributing as per instructions on form.
[I.O. 37 s 12] When attempting to ascertain a prisoner's identity, the
uniformed member of the service concerned should inform the prisoner that
knowingly misrepresenting his or her actual name, date of birth, or address,
to a police officer, with intent to prevent a police officer from ascertaining
such information, is punishable as a crime. Prisoners who knowingly

misrepresent their pedigree information should be charged under Penal Law
190.23 (False Personation, B Misd.)
RELATED PROCEDURES
[I.O. 25 s 07] Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator's License (P.G. 209-26)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
[I.O. 25 s 07] INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)

P.G. 208-55 Vehicle Of Foreign Registry
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify the US Customs Service when a vehicle of foreign registration is
seized.
PROCEDURE
Upon seizing a vehicle of foreign registration which was used, or may have
been used in the commission of a crime, in addition to other required action:
DESK OFFICER/COUNTERPART
1. Notify Assistant Supervisory Agent of the US Customs Service of facts
including identification and location of vehicle.
2. Send vehicle to Property Clerk with accompanying [I.O. 26 s 13] PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
a. Include notation on invoice that the US Customs Service was notified.
PROPERTY CLERK
3. Notify the Assistant Supervisory Agent of the US Customs Service before
disposing of vehicle.
FORMS AND REPORTS
[I.O. 26 s 13] PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 208-56 Foreign Nationals
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE To process arrests of foreign nationals.
DEFINITION
FOREIGN NATIONAL - Any person who is not a citizen of the United States,
regardless of immigration status or length of residency.
COUNTRIES WHOSE EMBASSIES OR CONSULATES MUST BE NOTIFIED WHEN ONE OF THEIR
CITIZENS/ NATIONALS IS ARRESTED:
Albania
Algeria
Antigua & Barbuda
Armenia
Azerbaijan
Bahamas
Barbados
Belarus
Belize
Brunei
Bulgaria
China (see note)
Costa Rica
Cyprus
Czech-Republic
Dominica (Note: this country is NOT the Dominican Rep.)
Fiji
Gambia, The Georgia
Ghana
Grenada
Guyana
Hong Kong
Hungary
Jamaica
Kazakhstan
Kiribati
Kuwait
Kyrgyzstan
Malaysia
Malta
Mauritius
Moldova
Mongolia
Nigeria
Philippines
Poland (see note)
Romania
Russia
St. Kitts & Nevis
St. Lucia
St. Vincent & Grenadines
Seychelles

Sierra Leone
Singapore
Slovakia
Tajikistan
Tanzania
Tonga
Trinidad & Tobago
Tunisia
Turkmenistan
Tuvalu
Ukraine
United Kingdom
Uzbekistan
Zambia
Zimbabwe
NOTE: British dependencies also covered in this agreement are Anguilla,
British Virgin Islands, Bermuda, Montserrat, and the Turks and Caicos Islands.
The notification for permanent residents of the United States from Poland is
not mandatory. The China designation does not include Republic of China
(Taiwan) passport holders.
PROCEDURE
When a person arrested is a foreign national, comply with appropriate arrest
processing procedures and:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Enter all of the following information in the "Narrative" portion of the ON
LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159):
a. Country of nationality
b. Port or place of entry and status upon entry to the United States (e.g.
resident, visitor, student, etc.)
c. Method of entry (airplane, auto, boat, etc.)
d. Date entered the United States.
NOTE: If doubt exists as to the status of the prisoner, enter "suspected
foreign national" under "Narrative."
ARRESTING OFFICER
2. Determine from the above list if prisoner's embassy or consulate must be
notified.
NOTE: If the prisoner is from one of the countries listed, the embassy or
consulate concerned must be notified, regardless of the prisoner's wishes to
the contrary. This notification must also be made even though a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET may be issued.
WHEN NOTIFICATION MUST BE MADE:
ARRESTING OFFICER

3. Contact the Inter-City Correspondence Unit.
4. Provide member at Inter-City Correspondence Unit with the following
information:
a. Prisoner's name and address
b. Date of arrest
c. County of arrest
d. Major charge(s)
e. Exact location where prisoner is being detained
f. Telephone numbers of both the command of arrest and the borough court
section.
5. Obtain from the Inter-City Correspondence Unit the following:
a. The name of the member contacted
b. A log number.
6. Enter this information in the "Narrative" portion of the ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
INTER-CITY CORRESPONDENCE UNIT MEMBER
7. Notify the embassy or consulate concerned.
WHEN NOTIFICATION IS NOT MANDATED (THE PRISONER IS NOT FROM A COUNTRY LISTED
ABOVE):
ARRESTING OFFICER
8. Inform prisoner of right to have embassy or consulate notified.
9. Follow steps 3, 4, 5, and 6 if prisoner requests that embassy or consulate
be notified.
a. Should the prisoner elect not to have the embassy or consulate notified
enter this information in the "Narrative" portion of the ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
DESK OFFICER/BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
10. Ensure that arresting officer has contacted the Inter-City Correspondence
Unit when notification to the prisoner's embassy or consulate is required or
in other cases when an arrested foreign national has so requested.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Arresting officers will contact the Intelligence Bureau if they experience any
unusual circumstances or have questions regarding the arrest processing of a
foreign national.
RELATED PROCEDURES

Mayor's Executive Order NO.'s 34 & 41, City Policy Concerning Confidential
Information And Immigrant Access To City Services (I.O. 5, s 04) (P.G. 212-66)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD 244-159)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET

P.G. 208-57 Holders Of Licenses Issued By New York City
Department Of Consumer Affairs
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify New York City Department of Consumer Affairs when a licensee is
arrested.
PROCEDURE
When a person arrested is the holder of a license issued by the New York City
Department of Consumer Affairs, follow normal arrest procedure and:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Enter license information and number in boxes provided on the ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-58 Taxicab And Towing Truck Owner/Operators
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To report the arrest of taxicab and towing truck owners and operators to
licensing agencies.
PROCEDURE
Upon arresting a taxicab/tow truck operator or owner, follow normal arrest
procedure and:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Prepare REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151).
2. Take credentials of taxicab operator, taxicab owner or towing truck
operator ONLY WHEN they have been used as an instrument in, or are evidence
of, the offense charged.
NOTE: Do not take credentials of towing car owner.
3. Prepare and deliver RECEIPT FOR CREDENTIALS (PD616-011) to prisoner, if
applicable.
4. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) when credentials are
confiscated.
5. Note under "Narrative" on ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) that the REPORT OF VIOLATION was prepared, and if applicable, the
taking of credentials.
DESK OFFICER
6. Forward REPORT OF VIOLATION as directed on form.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Seizure Of Unlicensed Tow Trucks (P.G. 209-29)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)

P.G. 208-59 Felony Arrests Of Parolees
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify the New York State Division of Parole of the arrest of a parole
absconder or a parolee who has been the subject of a new felony arrest.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service effects the arrest of a person and the
charge is a felony, other than narcotics or gambling:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Remove prisoner to precinct of arrest and comply with appropriate arrest
processing procedures.
DESK OFFICER
2. Immediately notify precinct detective squad if charge is a felony, other
than narcotics or gambling.
MEMBER CONCERNED, P.D.S.
3. Conduct name check of person arrested against the "Target List of
Recidivists" and the New York State Parole File.
4. Make additional copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) and ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) and forward them to the New York
State Department of Parole via the Warrant Section.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If a uniformed member of the service conducting an investigation has a parole
absconder in custody SOLELY on the authority of a parole warrant, the arrest
will be processed as "FOA.." The uniformed member of the service will notify
the Warrant Section, Telephone Inquiry Unit at (718) 217-8484 immediately for
the purpose of obtaining a copy of the parole warrant to lodge the parole
violator in the appropriate Department of Correction facility. In addition,
an immediate notification must also be made to the Parole Absconder Search
Unit. Hours are Monday through Thursday from 0800 to 2000 hours and on Friday
from 0800 through 1800 hours call (212) 239-6159. All other times, call the
Division of Parole referral service at (212) 594-5889 and leave a message on
their voice mail consisting of the arresting officer's name, command and
details of the arrest.
The notification to the Division of Parole is necessary to provide a copy of
the parole warrant to arresting officers in cases where the Warrant Section
has not yet received a copy of this document, and also to ensure that parole
violators are served with a copy of the charges upon which the warrant is
based, as well as the dates on which the probable cause and revocation
hearings are to be scheduled. PRISONERS IN THESE CASES WILL BE LODGED AT THE
APPROPRIATE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTION FACILITY AND ARE NOT TO BE TRANSPORTED TO
BOROUGH COURT SECTION FACILITIES. When preparing the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM

ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), indicate in the "Narrative Section" the time,
date and names of persons notified at the Warrant Section and at the Parole
Absconder Search Unit. Parole officers doing absconder work are authorized to
sign for Department radios at precincts, subject to their availability.
KEY ELEMENTS OF THE PAROLE VIOLATOR PROGRAM:
Absconder Apprehension Task Force The "Absconder Apprehension Task Force" will
focus on the apprehension of dangerous parole absconders.
Arrested Parolee Enhanced Notification System Each month, the New York State
Division of Parole will provide the New York City Police Department with a
computer tape consisting of all active, delinquent, and absconder cases
currently under the jurisdiction of the Division of Parole.
The Division of Parole will also provide copies of all absconder warrants with
appropriate physical descriptions to the New York City Police Department
Warrant Section to facilitate lodging and execution of those warrants.
Parole/New York City Police Department Information Exchange The "Parole/New
York City Police Department Information Exchange" will facilitate cooperation
between this Department and the New York State Division of Parole.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-60 Delivery Of Felony Warrant Defendants By Members Of
New York State Police
Date Effective: 07-01-14
PURPOSE
To accept custody from the New York State Police of persons arrested based on
a felony warrant during hours when Warrant Section personnel are not available
and to arrange lodging for said prisoners pending their return to the
appropriate New York City Court.
NOTE: Warrant Section investigators are available to process such arrests as
follows:
* Monday to Friday 0630 x 2300
* Saturday and Sunday 0630 x 1800
PROCEDURE
When members of the New York State Police return a defendant who has been
arrested based on a felony warrant issued by a New York City Court to the
custody of this Department:
DESK OFFICER 50th PRECINCT
1. Accept custody of prisoner and request a copy of the warrant or NYSPIN
message from New York State Police Officer.
2. Verify validation of warrant through Central Warrant Unit, if necessary.
3. Prepare Prisoner Movement Slip, take one photograph of defendant and attach
to Prisoner Movement Slip.
a. Deliver Prisoner Movement Slip, with photo attached, to Warrant Section
personnel.
4. Notify borough Court Section concerned and follow instructions received
regarding lodging of prisoner.
a. Comply with provisions of P.G. 210-01, "General Procedure - Prisoners,"
where appropriate.
5. Make Command Log entry of facts including delivering officer's name and
command, prisoner's name, condition, OCA# of warrant and court part which
issued warrant.
a. Include all notifications made.
BOROUGH COURT SECT. CONCERNED
6. Designate appropriate location for lodging of prisoner.
NOTE: If possible, prisoner should be lodged in 50th Precinct.

7. Notify Bronx Warrant Squad (Monday to Friday) or Central Warrant Unit
(Saturday and Sunday), at 0630 hours to respond and take custody of prisoner.
WARRANT SECTION INVESTIGATOR
8. Respond to lodging facility and take custody of prisoner.
9. Prepare ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-152).
10. Deliver prisoner, ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT, and Prisoner Movement Slip to
appropriate court for processing.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrest On Warrant (P.G. 208-42)
General Procedure - Prisoners (P.G. 210-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-152)
Prisoner Movement Slip

P.G. 208-61 Material Witness
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To maintain records of, and safeguard persons detained as material witnesses.
PROCEDURE
When a person is brought to a stationhouse for detention as a material
witness:
DESK OFFICER/COUNTERPART
1. Enter "Material Witness" on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) in block captioned "Charges and Specific Offense."
2. Enter "FOA" under arrest number.
3. Indicate particulars of Detention Order under "Details."
NOTE: When assigned to guard a material witness, follow instructions of
assistant district attorney and detective squad commander.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-62 Transient Prisoner
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record the detention of transient prisoners.
DEFINITION
TRANSIENT PRISONER - A prisoner passing through New York City in the custody
of a properly identified police officer of another jurisdiction.
PROCEDURE
When a police officer of another jurisdiction requests detention of a prisoner
in his custody:
DESK OFFICER/COUNTERPART
1. Request written evidence that the prisoner is being transported to
demanding state by executive authority or waiver.
2. Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
3. Enter letter "D" in arrest number block (NO arrest number assigned).
4. Enter "TRANSIENT PRISONER" under caption "CHARGES AND SPECIFIC OFFENSE."
5. Process ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET in usual manner and give
white copy to escorting officer.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-63 This Procedure Intentionally Left Blank
Date Effective: 01-01-00

P.G. 208-64 City-wide Career Felony - Drug Offender Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To identify targeted arrested "career felony-drug offenders" for enhanced
investigation and to ensure vigorous prosecution.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service effects an arrest for a FELONY DRUG
OFFENSE:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Comply with pertinent arrest procedures.
2. Conduct a warrant check via FINEST System.
NOTE: Targeted felony drug offenders will be identified by the letter "X"
following the letters "OCA" on the screen and the designation "Target
Narcotics Violator" under the prisoner's name.
3. Notify the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk by
telephone (212) 374-6620, if warrant check reveals prisoner is a targeted
felony drug offender.
NOTE: If arresting officer is assigned to the Narcotics Division such
officer will be designated the "Enhancement Officer." If arresting officer is
assigned to other than the Narcotics Division, the Organized Crime Control
Bureau, Field Operations Desk will notify the Narcotics Division. An
enhancement officer will be assigned at the discretion of the Narcotics
Division.
NARCOTICS DIVISION ENHANCEMENT OFFICER
4. Carefully review all arrest processing forms for completeness and accuracy.
5. Prepare Narcotics Division Case Enhancement Worksheet in triplicate.
6. Ensure that all identifying data re: witnesses is recorded on Worksheet.
7. Obtain additional evidence, if possible.
8. Request expedited lab examination and report.
9. Distribute Narcotics Division Case Enhancement Worksheet as follows:
a. Original - appropriate Assistant District Attorney at the Complaint Room.
b. Duplicate - to Narcotics Division, Room 1100, Police Headquarters.
c. Triplicate - filed at enhancement officer's command.
ADDITIONAL DATA

If an arrested felony drug offender is not initially identified as a target on
the computer data bank because of the use of an alias, the Organized Crime
Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk subsequently will receive a notification
based on the prisoner's NYSID number. The Field Operations Desk will then
advise the Career Felony - Drug Offender Unit, Narcotics Division, which will
make the appropriate notifications.

P.G. 208-65 Felony Augmentation Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To establish legally sound cases with the cooperation of the District
Attorney, which will result in significant prison terms for career criminals.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service effects a felony arrest, except those
involving controlled substances, marihuana, or gambling:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Comply with the pertinent arrest procedures.
2. Escort prisoner to stationhouse, precinct of arrest.
DESK OFFICER
3. After verifying that the arrest is valid, immediately notify the Precinct
Detective Squad of the arrest and comply with existing arrest processing
procedures.
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
4. Query the Computer Assisted Robbery System (CARS) to ascertain whether the
prisoner is a career criminal or a New York State parolee and inform desk
officer of results of query (see P.G. 208-59, "Felony Arrests Of Parolees").
5. Determine from prisoner's criminal history and facts of present case
whether arrest should be augmented.
6. Inform desk officer of decision whether or not case will be augmented and
advise as to any additional steps to be taken by the arresting officer if the
case is to be augmented.
WHEN A YOUTH FOURTEEN TO EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE IS ARRESTED BY A UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE FOR ROBBERY 1ST DEGREE, ROBBERY 2ND DEGREE OR A SERIOUS
VIOLENT FELONY:
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
7. Review circumstances of the arrest.
8. Conduct an inquiry into the prisoner's background including his juvenile
contacts with the police.
a. If the prisoner's background indicates that he has two or more felony
arrests, the investigator will determine if the case should be augmented.
DESK OFFICER
9. Contact the Identification Section - Youth Records Unit to obtain

information on prior police record of juvenile in order to make certain that
no youth arrested for a felony is released while awaiting trial on a violent
felony.
a. No violent youth will be released to a parent/guardian while awaiting
trial on another violent offense.
10. Have INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-161)/Wanted/Juvenile Recidivist check
conducted via FINEST system. See P.G. 208-23, "Computerized Investigation
Card System."
NOTE: The major consideration as to whether the case will be augmented will
be the nature of the present crime with which the youth is involved, in
addition to a reasonable prospect of prosecution by the District Attorney's
Office. All precinct based investigative units (e.g., BRAM Unit, precinct
detective squad, etc.) will enhance any case being made against a violent
youth.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Felony Arrests of Parolees (P.G. 208-59)
FORMS AND REPORTS
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-161)

P.G. 208-66 Felony Case Development
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To enhance the prosecution of designated felony arrests, to provide arrest
intelligence to precinct detective squads and to train patrol personnel in
case development procedures.
SCOPE
The Felony Case Development Program has three main objectives:
a. Eliminate the gap between arrest and prosecution of certain designated
felonies by providing for an immediate follow-up investigation by the
appropriate investigative unit.
b. Provide intelligence to precinct detective squads regarding who is being
arrested within the confines of the precinct for serious felonies.
c. Have experienced investigators train patrol personnel in case
development.
DEFINITION
DESIGNATED FELONY ARRESTS - FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS PROCEDURE ONLY, listed
below are the designated felonies (including attempts) and the appropriate
units for referral:
CRIME
UNIT REFERRED TO
___________________________________________________________________________
* Homicides
* Precinct Detective Squad
___________________________________________________________________________
* Burglary (1st & 2nd degrees)
* Precinct Detective Squad/RAM Unit
* Assault (victim likely to die)
* Weapons (loaded firearm)
* Grand Larceny (unusual cases):
* By extortion
* From senior citizens,
governmental or religious
organizations
* Unusual public interest
* Robbery (all degrees)
___________________________________________________________________________
* Violent felony committed by a
* Precinct Detective Squad/RAM Unit
juvenile
___________________________________________________________________________
* Sex Crimes (1st degree), including
* Borough Special Victims Squad
Aggravated Sexual Abuse
___________________________________________________________________________
* Narcotics (A1 & A2 felonies)
* Narcotics Division (212) 374-6960.
If closed, OCCB Operations Desk
(212) 374-6640
___________________________________________________________________________
* Bribery
* Internal Affairs Bureau, Complaint

Intake (212) 741-8401
___________________________________________________________________________
* Grand Larceny - Auto
* Auto Crime Division (100 Major
Violators) (718) 592-6787
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service effects the arrest of a person on a
felony charge, including charges of juvenile delinquency where the conduct
would be a felony if committed by an adult:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Remove prisoner to precinct of arrest and comply with current arrest
procedures.
DESK OFFICER
2. Immediately notify precinct detective squad if charge is a felony, other
than narcotics or gambling.
3. Notify the borough Special Victims Squad (SVS) if charge is for a first
degree sex crime. When the SVS is closed (0100-0800 hours) notify the
Detective Borough Night Watch Dispatcher.
4. Refer eligible Designated Felony Arrest to the appropriate investigative
unit (see above).
NOTE: The following "Letter Classification Codes" will be entered in the
UPPER RIGHT corner of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159):
a. LETTER "A" - Developed by appropriate investigative unit
b. LETTER "B" - Eligible for case development, but WAIVED by investigative
unit supervisor due to lack of personnel (not used after 2400 hours or when
unit is closed)
c. LETTER "C" - Not eligible for case development, i.e., not designated
felony, between 2400 hours and 0800 hours and felony not accepted by Night
Watch or other open investigative unit
d. LETTER "D" - Augmented by precinct detective squad. In addition, LETTER
"C" will be entered for all arrests not within the purview of the FELONY CASE
DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM, i.e., other than by NYPD members assigned to Patrol
Services Bureau OR for designated felonies.
DESK OFFICER
5. Direct arresting officer to deliver prisoners to precinct detective squad
for post-arrest investigation of all felony arrests designated for case
development.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD SUPERVISOR
6. Determine if arrest should be developed by Precinct Detective Squad or
specialized investigative unit.
a. Have arresting officer notify specialized investigative squad in

appropriate cases.
b. Have all cases entered on CASE DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE CASE ASSIGNMENT LOG
(PD306-140), including those cases referred to other units.
DETECTIVE/SPECIALIZED INVESTIGATIVE UNIT SUPERVISOR
7. Assign detective to conduct case development.
a. If lack of investigative manpower prevents such assignment, indicate that
case is being waived and reasons for waiver on CASE DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE CASE
ASSIGNMENT LOG. The name of the supervisor is to be part of this entry.
b. Instruct arresting officer to assist in investigation, as required.
c. Supervise follow-up investigation.
ASSIGNED INVESTIGATOR
8. Enter case on CASE DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE CASE ASSIGNMENT LOG.
9. Assign next ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT (AIR) case number.
a. AIR numbers are assigned chronologically, beginning with number one for
the first case development of the calendar year, by the unit conducting the
post-arrest development (e.g. RAM-01, etc.).
b. Each investigative unit will maintain its own CASE DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE
CASE ASSIGNMENT LOG for the purpose of assigning AIR numbers. However,
information on all cases must be phoned into the detective squad covering the
precinct of arrest for inclusion on its LOG.
10. Investigate facts relating to commission of crime and subsequent arrest(s)
and record facts on ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD244-1511).
11. Determine principal charge to be lodged against defendant.
a. Principal charge will be the highest level of crime for which probable
cause can be demonstrated by facts determined during the investigation.
NOTE: If the assigned investigator determines that the original charge is
not correct, the investigator shall enter the correct charge on the LOG and
inform the desk officer. This step will be complied with even when it is
determined that the amended charge is not a designated felony. If the desk
officer disagrees with the investigating officer as to the proper charge, the
investigative squad supervisor will confer with the desk officer to determine
the appropriate charge.
12. Present completed ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT to squad supervisor.
a. AIR should include the following checks:
(1) BCI - Criminal Record
(2) Warrant/Computerized Investigation Card
(3) Weapons - FINEST check when applicable.

DETECTIVE SPECIALIZED INVESTIGATIVE SQUAD SUPERVISOR
13. Review ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT for completeness, sign in appropriate
space and distribute as follows:
a. ORIGINAL (1st) and TRIPLICATE

(3rd) copies - to arresting officer.

b. DUPLICATE (2nd) copy - together with appropriate COMPLAINT REPORT
(PD313-152) to investigative squad which developed case for file.
c. QUADRUPLICATE (4th) copy - maintain in separate folder at Precinct
Detective Squad (PDS). Specialized investigative squads forward this copy to
PDS concerned.
NOTE: On the fifth (5th) day of each month, the folder containing the fourth
(4th) copy of the ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORTS and the CASE DEVELOPMENT
ASSIGNMENT LOG SHEET for the previous month's activity will be forwarded to
the borough detective command concerned.
14. Direct arresting officer to forward original ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT
with all other arrest documents as per P.G. 208-15, "Preparation Of Arrest
Related Documents At The Stationhouse."
ARRESTING OFFICER
15. Retain third (3rd) copy of ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT for personal
records.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Specialized investigative units (e.g., RAM, Borough Special Victims Squad,
etc.) must maintain a CASE DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE CASE ASSIGNMENT LOG to serve
as an index with chronological AIR numbers. However, this LOG is for in-house
use only. The precinct detective squad copy of the LOG is the only DETECTIVE
CASE ASSIGNMENT LOG that should be forwarded to the detective borough
coordinator. Therefore, it is imperative that the assigned investigator of a
specialized investigative squad provide the necessary information for logging
the case (including AIR #) to the precinct detective squad.
In cases where a "riding" Assistant District Attorney is present at the arrest
scene to supervise the post-arrest investigation it is not necessary to
conduct a formal case development; the case should be coded "C" and the name
of the Assistant District Attorney entered. If the Assistant District
Attorney states over the telephone that he/she will respond, initiate the case
development. Upon arrival of the Assistant District Attorney, if he/she does
not require that the development be completed, make appropriate notation on
AIR; Case will be coded "A" and an AIR number will be assigned.
Detective borough commanders are responsible for the Felony Case Development
Program in their respective boroughs. Accordingly, they will maintain a
system to review completed post-arrest investigations as means of quality
control. Additionally, they will ensure that completed documentation is
maintained, including reasons when designated felony arrests are not submitted
for case development.
Every effort will be made to conduct case development in a timely manner. In
addition, the CITYWIDE EXPEDITED ARREST PROCESSING program remains in effect
when processing Felony Case Development Program arrests. Desk officers are

responsible for having all arrest related documents and Live-scan procedures
completed expeditiously and in NO CASE LATER THAN THREE HOURS FROM TIME OF
ARREST. Furthermore, desk officers will notify the borough court section
supervisor and be guided by the court section supervisor's instructions in
regards to arraignment delays. In instances where the arrest package is
forwarded without the prisoner, prepare a Prisoner Movement Slip and attach
one photograph of prisoner. The Prisoner Movement Slip will remain with
prisoner until he/she is transported to borough Court Section or court.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Arrest Report Preparation At Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ARREST INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD244-1511)
CASE DEVELOPMENT/DETECTIVE CASE ASSIGNMENT LOG (PD306-140)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
Prisoner Movement Slip

P.G. 208-67 Follow-up Investigations On "Decline Prosecution"
Arrest Cases
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To determine if a case designated "Decline Prosecution" by the District
Attorney's office can be re-opened and prosecuted after a follow-up
investigation.
SCOPE
To ensure that all arrests effected by uniformed members of the service are
prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law and in keeping with the
Department's arrest strategy to reduce crime and disorder, the Department, in
cooperation with all five county District Attorney's Offices has implemented a
follow-up investigation initiative for cases that have been designated
"Decline Prosecution." Designated "Decline Prosecution" arrest cases will be
re-opened and prosecuted, if a requested follow-up investigation is conducted
and specific additional information (e.g., interviews, evidence, line-ups,
etc.) is obtained.
PROCEDURE
When a District Attorney's office in a "Decline Prosecution" arrest case
requires specific additional information:
ADA CONCERNED
1. Forward to borough Court Section, letter indicating the type of additional
information (e.g., interviews, evidence, line-ups, etc.) required to re-open
case for prosecution.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION
2. Immediately forward request to commanding officer concerned.
COMMANDING OFFICER/COUNTERPART
3. Ensure that the arresting officer, anti-crime unit, precinct detective
squad, Robbery Apprehension Module (RAM), etc., expeditiously complies with
the District Attorney's request.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED
4. Immediately contact assigned Assistant District Attorney, whose name and
telephone number are indicated on form letter, for instructions if the
follow-up investigation yields positive results.
a. If it is determined that the defendant is to be re-arrested on the same
charge that was designated "Decline Prosecution":
1. Issue a new arrest number
2. Fingerprint prisoner

3. Notify the Borough Court Section supervisor.
COMMANDING OFFICER/COUNTERPART
5. Have DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT (PD244-1515) prepared.
6. Ensure that REPORT is forwarded to borough Court Section within ten
business days of receiving District Attorney's request, regardless of outcome
of investigation.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION
7. Maintain a "Decline Prosecution Arrest Case" log.
a. Forward monthly report to Criminal Justice Bureau.
NOTE: Failure to return the completed REPORT within this time frame will
possibly result in the District Attorney's Office not re-opening the arrest
case for prosecution. Whenever a DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT is
prepared and forwarded to the borough Court Section, a duplicate copy of the
REPORT will be prepared for the precinct/command file.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT will not be prepared when the
District Attorney's Office form letter indicates that a "Decline Prosecution"
case cannot be re-opened for prosecution. In such cases, the form letter will
serve to inform commanding officers so that, where necessary, they may
instruct, train, and/or monitor the uniformed member of the service concerned.
FORMS AND REPORTS
DECLINE PROSECUTION ARREST CASE REPORT (PD244-1515)

P.G. 208-68 OLBS Computerized Arrest Notification Printout
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To have Management Information Systems Division (MISD) forward "On Line
Booking System (OLBS) Arrest Notification Printout" to specified
commands/agencies for certain arrests.
DEFINITION
OLBS Computerized Arrest Notification Printout - A computerized printout
containing arrest data.
PROCEDURE To provide specified commands and agencies with arrest data:
MISD PERSONNEL
1. Have "OLBS Computerized Arrest Notification Printout" forwarded to
respective commands and agencies on a monthly basis, as follows:
ARREST OF/FOR/INVOLVING:
* ARSON

COMMAND/AGENCY
* Arson and Explosion Squad

* ARSON, ATTEMPTED ARSON OR
FIRE RELATED CRIMINAL
MISCHIEF

* FDNY - Division of Fire
Investigation

* ATTORNEY or anyone for violation of
Judiciary Law

* Deputy Commissioner - Legal
Matters

* AUXILIARY POLICE OFFICER
(confiscate shield and identification
card)

* Auxiliary Police Section

* BRIBERY/ATT. BRIBERY (member
of service involved)

* Internal Affairs Bureau and
Employee Relations Section

* BURGLARS TOOLS

* Major Case Squad

* CIGARETTE TAX VIOLATION

* Cigarette Tax Enforcement Unit

* CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK
EMPLOYEE

* The City University of New
York - Deputy University
Director of Security and
Public Safety

* CORRECTION EMPLOYEE

* Department of Correction

* CRIMINAL ANARCHY INVOLVING
DOCUMENT DESCRIBING USE OR
MAKING OF EXPLOSIVES

* Arson and Explosion Squad

* DRUG ADDICT or involving P.L.
220.00

* Narcotics Division - Only if
arrest made by Narcotics

Division personnel
* EXPLOSION BY BOMB or
EXPLOSIVE DEVICE

* Arson and Explosion Squad

* EXPLOSIVE OR BOMB (possession)

* Arson and Explosion Squad

* FORCIBLE RAPE, FORCIBLE
CRIMINAL SEXUAL ACT, SEX ABUSE 1ST
DEGREE, or attempts of these crimes

* Borough Special Victims Squad

* FOREIGN NATIONAL
* FRAUDULENT ACCOSTING OR
LARCENY BY PICKPOCKET

* INTELLIGENCE BUREAU
* Special Frauds Squad

* GAMBLING OFFENSE

* Narcotics Division

* HOLDER OF RIFLE/SHOTGUN
PERMIT - issued by Firearms Control
Board

* Office of Chief of Department,
Investigation Review Section

* HOSPITAL, any offense and prisoner
admitted

* Borough Court Section
Concerned

* INSURANCE FRAUD (PL 176.00)

* Auto Crime Division

* MOTOR VEHICLES reported stolen
outside New York State

* FBI Auto Squad

* NYC HOUSING EMPLOYEE

* NYC Housing Authority

* NYC TRANSIT EMPLOYEE

* MTA-NYC Transit

* PISTOL LICENSEE

* License Division

* POLICE IMPERSONATOR

* Internal Affairs Bureau

* POSTAL SERVICE, crimes affecting

* US Postal Inspector

* PRISONER, any offense and $5,000 or
more is seized

* Property Clerk Division

* PROPERTY EVIDENCE

* Property Clerk Division

* PROPERTY THEFT exceeding $5,000
and property is identifiable by serial
numbers or markings (excluding autos)

* FBI Major Theft Squad
* Major Case Squad

* SEAMAN, foreign (violation of
narcotics law)

* Chief of Department

* SPECIAL PATROLMAN

* License Division

* TELEPHONE SEIZURE (public
morals arrest)

* Deputy Commissioner - Legal
Matters

* TOWING CAR DRIVER or
OWNER

* Department of Consumer Affairs

* NYC DEPARTMENT OF
TRANSPORTATION
EMPLOYEE (Department of
Highways, Traffic, Marine &
Aviation or Parking Violations
Bureau)

* NYC Department of
Transportation, Inspector
General

* UNLAWFUL POSSESSION OF
RADIO DEVICES (P.L. 140.40)

* Communications Division

* WATERFRONT EMPLOYEE

* Waterfront Commission

ADDITIONAL DATA
When an arrest is effected by a uniformed member of the service for an offense
committed on property under jurisdiction of any of the following police
agencies, the arresting officer will enter proper jurisdictional code number
in box 28 on the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET. Management
Information Systems Division will forward a copy of the "OLBS Computerized
Arrest Notification Printout," as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Amtrak Police
CSX Transportation Police
MTA Police
New York State Park Police
New York State Police
NYC Health and Hospitals Police
Port Authority Police
Triborough Bridge and Tunnel Authority
U.S. Park Police

Inquiries after initial arraignment from external private and/or governmental
agencies relative to any arrest will be directed in writing to Commanding
Officer, Identification Section. He/she will be responsible for determining if
the police record has been sealed pursuant to Section 160.50 of the Criminal
Procedure Law.

P.G. 208-69 Notifications In Certain Arrest Situations
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE To notify an agency or Department unit in certain arrest cases.
PROCEDURE
When an arrest is effected and any of the following conditions exists, follow
existing arrest procedures and:
DESK OFFICER/COUNTERPART
1. Notify Operations Unit DIRECT for arrests involving:
a. Alcohol, illegal manufacture or possession
b. Any offense, and prisoner has $500 in federal food stamps, except
authorized wholesale or retail dealer.
c. Any offense, and prisoner is an employee of:
(1) New York City, except Fire Department
(2) US Internal Revenue Service
(3) US Postal Service
(4) US Department of State
(5) New York State Department of Corrections.
NOTE: Whenever an arrested person indicates a school as place of employment,
the arresting officer shall ascertain if the school is under jurisdiction of
the New York City Department of Education.
In the event a member of the Department anticipates the arrest of a Department
of Correction employee at a correctional facility, please refer to ADDITIONAL
DATA statement below.
d. Any offense, and prisoner is a uniformed or civilian member of this
Department.
(1) Make entry of notification in Telephone Record and include identity of
precinct commander/duty captain notified.
e. Cigarette tax violation.
f. Forgery of prescription for narcotics.
g. Extortion or bribery concerning any taxes under jurisdiction of New York
City Department of Finance OR criminal impersonation of tax official.
h. Any offense and prisoner possesses multiple blank social security cards
or multiple social security cards with different names and/or numbers.

i. Larceny of parking meter or its contents OR tampering with meters.
j. US Postal Law violations.
k. Any offense and prisoner is member of Armed Forces (Army, Navy, Air
Force, Marines, Coast Guard) OR prisoner is AWOL (Absent Without Leave) OR a
deserter.
l. Any offense and prisoner is impersonating a New York City Department of
Health employee.
2. Make direct notification to agency or command concerned when arrest is
effected for:
* Criminal Anarchy

* Intelligence Bureau

* Any offense, and prisoner
possesses anarchistic literature
advocating the violent overthrow
of the existing government of this
State or Nation

* Intelligence Bureau

* Any offense, and prisoner is an
employee of:
* New York State Division of
Substance Abuse Services

* Division of Substance Abuse
Services

* Port of New York Authority

* Port Authority

* Tri-Borough Bridge and Tunnel
Authority (TBTA)

* TBTA

* United Nations

* Intelligence Bureau

* New York City Fire
Department

* Inspector General, Fire
Department

* New York State Parole, Senior
Parole, Supervising Parole
Officer

* Division of State Parole

* New York State Police

* Office of Chief Inspector,
(518) 457-6554.(During
non-business hours notify New
York State Police Division
Headquarters, (518) 457-6811)

* New York State Court System

* New York State Unified Court
System Command and
Communications Center

* Any offense, and prisoner is a
member of armed forces of a
foreign nation

* Provost Marshal, Fort
Hamilton, Brooklyn

* Felony and prisoner is employee of
U.S. Department of Defense

* Provost Marshal, Fort
Hamilton, Brooklyn

* Morals or perversion charge and
prisoner is employee of U.S.
Department of Defense

* Provost Marshal, Fort
Hamilton, Brooklyn

* Any offense, and a youth gang is
involved

* Intelligence Bureau

* Any offense, and Board of
Education is involved in any way

* School Safety Division

* Any graffiti-related offenses

* Citywide Vandals Task
Force, Transit Bureau

* Any offense and prisoner is an
employee of The City University of
New York

* The City University of New
York - Deputy University
Director of Security and
Public Safety

* Any offense, and prisoner is
involved in the private
carting industry, city owned
wholesale markets, or boats
involved in off shore shipboard
gambling emanating from New York
city locations.

* Business Integrity Commission,
via the Organized Crime Control
Bureau, Field Operations
Desk

* Any offense, and prisoner admits, or
is determined to be a foreign national

* Notify borough Court supervisor

* Grand Larceny Auto or C.P.S.P. (motor
vehicle or motorcycle)
* Any offense and prisoner is a
registered sex offender

* Auto Crime Division
* Fax copy of OLBS to Sex Offender
Monitoring Unit (SOMU)

3. Direct arresting officer to notify Intelligence Bureau, Criminal
Intelligence Section twenty-four hours/seven days a week, to determine if an
immediate response by a member of the Intelligence Bureau is warranted in
regards to possible terrorist links, for arrests or seizures involving the
following:
a. Fraudulent documents
b. Identity theft
c. Welfare fraud
d. Untaxed cigarettes
e. Drug paraphernalia
f. Telephone calling cards
g. Shop lifting
h. Baby formula
i. Counterfeit money

j. Money laundering
k. Travelers checks (stolen/counterfeit)
l. Money Orders (stolen/counterfeit)
m. Credit cards (stolen/counterfeit/bust out schemes)
n. Expired candy - consumer affairs violations
o. Grand larceny fraud
p. Firearms
q. Trademark counterfeiting
r. Marriage fraud
s. Foreign national smuggling
t. Cell phones
u. Coupon fraud
v. Computer fraud
w. Khat (a plant used as an habituating stimulant) sales or possession
x. Bank checks
y. Stolen property
z. ATM fraud/theft - bank cards
4. Direct arresting officer to notify Human Resources Administration, Bureau
of Client Fraud, by telephone (212) 274-4749 (0830-1700 hours) or (212)
274-4717 (at all other times) and State of New York, Office of the Welfare
Inspector General, by telephone (212) 417-2028 (Monday to Friday, 0900-1700
hours) or (800) 682-4530 at all other times, whenever a prisoner is arrested
for:
a. INCOME GENERATING OFFENSE, i.e., drugs, gambling, prostitution,
unlicensed vendor, etc., and the prisoner possesses:
(1) Department of Social Services Recipient Identification Card OR
(2) Two different sets of identification cards OR
(3) Food stamps
b. The telephone notification will also be made when prisoner is arrested
for ANY OFFENSE and possesses:
(1) Two or more social security cards in same name, with different numbers
or different names and numbers OR
(2) Department of Social Services Recipient Identification Card and more

than $500.00 in U.S. currency OR
(3) Department of Social Services Recipient Identification Card and an
employee ID card from any City agency or other identification indicating any
employment.
5. Direct uniformed members of the service making any arrests to question
prisoner(s) re:
a. Employment or involvement in the child care field in the following
capacities:
(1) Any employee of a day care center or Headstart Program
(2) Any family day care provider or member of household
(3) Any employee of a program for protective services, preventive
services, youth development and delinquency, runaway and homeless youths, day
camp, park or recreation
(4) Any employee of a foster care program or member of a foster care
family.
b. Have arresting officer prepare form Child Care Worker Arrest Notification
(Misc. 2148), in duplicate, when prisoner is employed or involved in child
care field.
c. Immediately notify the Operations Unit, direct, and forward original copy
of form to New York City Department of Investigation, in next Department mail.
(1) File duplicate copy of form with precinct copy of ON LINE BOOKING
ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
ADDITIONAL DATA
ANTICIPATED ARREST OF NYC DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTION EMPLOYEE
Whenever a member of the Department anticipates the arrest of a Department of
Correction employee at a correctional facility, that member must make a
telephone notification to the Department of Correction, Investigations and
Trials Division, prior to arrival at the correctional facility. The
Investigations and Trials Division will coordinate, with the arresting
officer, the necessary arrangements for the prompt and safe surrender of its
employee.
The Department of Correction Investigations and Trials Division can be reach
at (212) 266-1440 or (212) 266-1942, during business hours. At all other
times, the investigators shall contact the Investigations and Trials Division
Duty Supervisor through the Department of Correction Central Operations Desk
at (718) 546-1348.
This protocol does not limit the right or duty of a member of the service to
effect an arrest. If a member of the service experiences a lack of
cooperation, he/she shall notify a supervisor. The supervisor will notify the
duty captain if the supervisor is unable to correct the situation.
Summary arrests and arrests of Department of Correction employees outside
correctional facilities are not affected by this procedure. Cases involving

corruption or serious misconduct continue to require a notification to the
Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center at (212) 741-8401, twenty-four hours a
day, seven days a week, in accordance with P.G. 207-22, "Allegations of
Corruption Against City Employees (Other than Members of the NYPD)."
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-70 Processing Of New York State Domestic Incident
Reports In The Domestic Violence Database
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To improve the tracking, monitoring, and analysis of domestic violence cases.
PROCEDURE
Whenever entering information from a command's past/current New York State
Domestic Incident Report (DCJS-3221) into the new Domestic Violence Database
System:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Submit hard copy of Domestic Incident Report and any related paperwork
[COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) etc.] to desk officer.
NOTE: The current New York State Domestic Incident Report
not have captions for certain pertinent information that is
Domestic Violence Database System. Therefore, the following
be elicited from the person(s) involved and recorded in the
INCIDENT:

(DCJS-3221) does
collected in the
information is to
NARRATIVE OF THE

a. Alcohol involved
b. Narcotic involved
c. Verbal dispute only
d. Court and Docket number of Order of Protection
e. Voucher number of photos (if taken)
f. Social security number and alias of persons involved (record next to name
if space allows, otherwise include name and information in narrative)
g. Reporting officer's tax number in box titled "OFFICER I.D. NO."
DESK OFFICER
2. Review hard copy of Domestic Incident Report and any related paperwork for
accuracy and completeness and sign.
3. Direct command clerk to enter information from the Domestic Incident Report
into the Domestic Violence Database System.
COMMAND CLERK
4. Enter information from the Domestic Incident Report into the Domestic
Violence Database System and print out computer copy.
[I.O. 32 s 11] NOTE: Members of the service entering Domestic Incident

Reports into the Domestic Violence Database System should not attempt to
translate victims' statements that are written in languages other than
English, regardless of whether or not the member is proficient in the other
language. However, members should indicate in the "Victims Statement of
Allegations/Supporting Deposition" field that the statement is written in a
language other than English (i.e., "Victim's statement is completed in
apparent Spanish").
5. Attach hard copy and computer copy and present them to the desk officer for
review.
NOTE: With the implementation of new, linked computer systems, the command
clerk must enter all associated reports and obtain numbers from the other
appropriate computer systems (OLCS, Aided, etc.) PRIOR TO entering the data
into the Domestic Violence Database System. The command clerk will record all
appropriate numbers on the hard copy of the Domestic Incident Report. It is
imperative that these numbers are obtained prior to the entry of the Domestic
Incident report since these numbers link to the other systems and links
information contained therein and CAN NOT be entered or retrieved later. In
the event that a Domestic Incident Report is entered into the database without
these numbers, it MUST BE VOIDED and re-entered with this information.
The command clerk will prepare a Domestic Incident Report for walk- in
complainants reporting domestic incidents whenever the command's domestic
violence officer is not available to do so. DESK OFFICER
6. Review computer copy and compare to the hard copy for accuracy and
completeness.
7. Forward both copies to the command's domestic violence officer/designated
reviewer.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE OFFICER/ DESIGNATED REVIEWER
8. Obtain previously assigned victim and/or offender numbers or generate new
numbers, as appropriate, from database.
9. Query the Domestic Violence Database System for the following offender
information:
a. Warrant history
b. Investigation card status
c. Gun license/permit status
d. Criminal recidivist history
e. Targeted narcotics violator status
f. Domestic violence history
NOTE: Results of the New York State Police Information Network (NYSPIN)
inquiries concerning orders of protection, probation status and arrest history
(Booking Arraignment Disposition System [BADS]), and complaint history (On
Line Complaint System [OLCS]), will be entered onto the appropriate captions
of the Domestic Incident Report review screen.

10. Ensure that all computer inquiries regarding the offender are completed
during the tour in which they are commenced.
a. Attach printouts of all inquiries listed in step 9 to the Domestic
Incident Report.
11. Forward both copies of the Domestic Incident Report back to the desk
officer or domestic violence supervisor for endorsement.
DESK OFFICER/DOMESTIC VIOLENCE SUPERVISOR
12. Review the Domestic Incident Report computer summary screen. Ensure that
all Domestic Incident Reports and the necessary offender queries are
completed.
13. Utilize the supervisory sign off function to finalize each Domestic
Incident Report thereby entering it into the Domestic Violence Database
System.
a. Print finalized copy of Domestic Incident Report.
NOTE: Any Domestic Incident Report prepared by a command other than PRECINCT
OF OCCURRENCE, must be entered, reviewed and finalized by the COMMAND OF
REPORT. The hard copy of the Domestic Incident Report will then be faxed to
the precinct of occurrence. The original will be maintained in a file folder
marked, "Out of Command DIRs ". (This folder is not required if prepared by a
PSA, and the incident occurs within the precincts that they cover).
14. Void any duplicate Domestic Incident Reports and those entered incorrectly
or in error.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE PREVENTION OFFICER
15. Prepare daily a Domestic Incident Index utilizing the computer's "Domestic
Violence Query-Status Report" for all the Domestic Incident Reports entered
the previous day.
a. Maintain a copy of the Index in the Domestic Violence office and at the
desk.
16. Utilize the computer's add/view "follow-up comments function'" to enter
new information (e.g. results of home visits, phone contacts, additional
information, etc.) related to the Domestic Incident Report.
17. Utilize the computer's "High Propensity Offender" function to add and
remove offenders to the commands High Propensity List.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD MEMBER
18. Enter case closing status of any resolved domestic violence case into the
Domestic Violence Database System.
ARREST PROCESSING OFFICER
19. Complete a "Global Name Check" of the offender and victim in all domestic
violence arrest cases.
a. Print out the result screen and the previously prepared Domestic Incident

Report(s).
20. Forward the name check results and Domestic Incident Report(s) with the
arrest package to the District Attorney's Office.
COMMAND INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
21. Provide members of the service access to the Domestic Violence Database
System utilizing the administrator options of the computer as appropriate.
22. Maintain a list of authorized users assigned to the command.
23. Print, review, and maintain on a monthly basis, a list of all voided
Domestic Incident Reports entered into the Database.
a. Take corrective action where appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA
[I.O. 32 s 11] Members of the service are reminded that the hard copy of the
DIR, which should include a statement written in the complainant/victim's own
handwriting, is the primary source for information regarding domestic
incidents. The handwritten victim's statement is crucial to the District
Attorney during the prosecution of a domestic violence case and can serve as
the accusatory instrument, when necessary. When a domestic violence officer,
precinct detective squad member, or other interested member of the service is
investigating a domestic incident and the Domestic Violence Database indicates
that the victim's statement is written in a language other than English, he or
she should refer to the hard copy of the DIR to obtain the victim's
handwritten statement. If the need for a translator arises, members of the
service should comply with P.G. 212-90, "Guidelines for Interaction with
Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons".
Domestic Incident Reports that are prepared by officers assigned to commands
other than precinct of occurrence (i.e. Housing Bureau personnel, etc.) who
have access to the Domestic Violence Database System, will be responsible for
the data entry, review and finalization of the Domestic Incident Report. The
follow-up investigation will be the responsibility of the precinct of
occurrence or housing PSA, as appropriate.
Due to the sensitive nature of the Database information, access is limited to
authorized users and is controlled using CESN passwords. The command's
integrity control officer provides access to the system; however, revoked
passwords must be re-activated by the integrity control officer assigned to
the Management Information Systems Division.
Commands will access the Domestic Violence Database System from local area
network (LAN) workstations that have Internet Explorer Browser installed. Once
the system issues a sequential number and the Domestic Incident Report is
reviewed by the domestic violence officer, only a supervisor from the precinct
of occurrence is permitted to make modifications.
Additionally, once a desk officer/domestic violence supervisor has finalized a
Domestic Incident Report for entry into the Domestic Violence Database System,
no modifications will be allowed. (This does not include domestic violence
officer notes or detective case closing).
RELATED PROCEDURES

Domestic Violence Prevention Officer (P.G. 202-29)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Family Offenses and Domestic Violence Involving Uniformed or Civilian Members
Of The Service (P.G. 208-37)
Family Offense/Domestic Violence (Photographing Visible Injuries/Damaged
Property) (P.G. 208-39)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ONLINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS-3221)

P.G. 208-71 Documentation Of Activity Of Bail Enforcement Agents
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To identify bail enforcement agents who are attempting to apprehend wanted
persons, and to preserve the peace and ensure public safety in these
situations.
DEFINITIONS
BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT - Shall include any person, firm, company, partnership
or corporation engaged in the business of enforcing the terms and conditions
of a person's release from custody on bail in a criminal proceeding, including
locating, apprehending and returning any such person released from custody on
bail who has failed to appear at any stage of a criminal proceeding to answer
the charge before the court in which he/she may be prosecuted.
PROCEDURE
When a bail enforcement agent appears at a precinct to notify the Department
that he/she intends to apprehend a wanted person:
DESK OFFICER
1. Interview bail enforcement agent and verify the following:
a. Bail enforcement agent is appropriately licensed or is directly employed
by an appropriately licensed bail enforcement agent, and
b. Bail enforcement agent is in possession of a bail bond that names the
defendant he/she is seeking to apprehend.
NOTE: The burden of proving that he/she is appropriately licensed falls upon
the bail enforcement agent. The licensing agency, the New York State
Department of State, maintains a searchable database of bail enforcement agent
licensees (see www.dos.state.ny.us/). Bail enforcement agents who fail to
prove that they are appropriately licensed will be advised that they may not
make an apprehension until such proof is provided.
2. Prepare BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT NOTIFICATION OF SERVICE (PD609-120).
3. Make immediate telephone notification to the Warrant Section's Telephone
Inquiry Unit at (718) 217-8484 twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week in
order to determine if a member of the Warrant Section is conducting an
investigation on the defendant the bail enforcement agent is seeking to
apprehend.
a. If the warrant is currently under investigation by Warrant Section, the
appropriate borough field office will respond to make the arrest.
b. If warrant is not currently under investigation by the Warrant Section,
the bail enforcement agent(s) will apprehend the wanted person.
4. Make a command log entry pertaining to the bail enforcement agent's

information.
5. Record name of person notified at Warrant Section and result of inquiry in
the Telephone Record and BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT NOTIFICATION OF SERVICE.
6. File BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT NOTIFICATION OF SERVICE at command.
7. Direct precinct RMP unit to accompany bail enforcement agent, if requested,
in cases where wanted person is believed to be present in an occupied
building.
NOTE: Since this apprehension is a private, contractual matter, the
Department is under no general duty to assist the bail enforcement agent, just
as the Department has no duty to assist a car repossessor, for example, in the
recovery of a vehicle. However, police personnel should respond to the scene
of the apprehension to preserve the peace in the same manner that the
Department preserves the peace at the scene of civil process executions by the
City Marshall.
8. Notify the desk officer of the police service area concerned if wanted
individual resides in a housing development.
NOTE: Bail enforcement agents MUST appear at the precinct which covers the
location that the wanted individual is to be apprehended. If a UMOS
encounters a bail enforcement agent who did not notify this Department of the
attempt to apprehend a wanted person into their custody, the uniformed member
will immediately direct the agent to the desk officer of the precinct which
covers the location where the wanted individual was or is to apprehended.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED
9. Accompany bail enforcement agent to location, if directed.
a. Notify radio dispatcher of assignment and location.
NOTE: Bail enforcement agents shall be responsible for the apprehension
process. The primary duty of members of the service will be to preserve the
peace and protect life and property. Absent unusual circumstances, it will be
the responsibility of the agent to search, secure, and transport the wanted
person back to the original jurisdiction. If weapons or other contraband are
found on the wanted person, this Department will affect the arrest. However,
in the interest of preventing unlawful detentions, members of the service
should attempt to verify that the person apprehended is in fact the wanted
person. If reasonable doubt exists, all parties should be returned to the
precinct for investigation that should include a federal, state and local
warrant check, and the results entered on the BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT
NOTIFICATION OF SERVICE. Once it is determined that the individual is in fact
the wanted person being sought by the bail enforcement agent(s), allow the
agent(s) to transport the wanted person back to the original jurisdiction.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Bail bonding companies often subcontract the task of apprehending their
clients to independent bail enforcement agents. New York law permits the
surety to empower another to apprehend the defendant, provided that the surety
provides written authority for the agent to do so, endorsed on a certified
copy of the bail bond. New York Law also requires that such agent be over
twenty years of age (see Criminal Procedure Law 530.80)

Chapter 562 of the laws of New York State requires any person or company
engaged in the business of bail enforcement in New York State to be properly
licensed. The law shall apply to all bail enforcement businesses, whether
based in or outside of New York State, that conduct business within New York
State. Exceptions to this provision are New York State private investigators
that are licensed separately. Under the law, a licensed private investigator
may perform the function of a bail enforcement agent. However, a bail
enforcement agent may not perform the function of a private investigator,
unless the individual is properly licensed.
The licensing requirement of the new law applies to the bail enforcement
business, not the individual agent/employee performing the bail enforcement
function. For example, an individual bail enforcement agent that lives in Las
Vegas, Nevada and performs bail enforcement in New York City does not need a
license from New York State, so long as the bail enforcement business that
employs him/her is licensed in New York State. However, the bail enforcement
agent/employee is subject to the training and education requirements of the
new law. In addition, a bail enforcement agent that is acting as a
sub-contractor to a bail enforcement business, and is not a direct employee
thereof, is required to be licensed in New York.
Any person that falsely states or represents that he or she works for a
licensed bail enforcement business shall be guilty of an unclassified
misdemeanor [General Business Law, Section 81(1)]. Law enforcement officers
engaged in their official duties are exempt from this law.
The law states that a "representative of a local law enforcement agency may
accompany a bail enforcement agent when the agent enters what is believed to
be an occupied structure to search for or apprehend a person." However, the
provision authorizing law enforcement agents to accompany bail enforcement
agents to search for or apprehend someone is not intended to in any way to
expand the police powers beyond what is currently authorized by law, nor does
it require a police officer to assist an agent in this manner. It must be
emphasized that the Department's role when accompanying a bail enforcement
agent to the scene of a prospective apprehension is preservation of the public
peace, in the same manner that the Department preserves the peace at the scene
of civil process executions by the city marshal. This Department will NOT
permit or give assistance to the bail enforcement agent to break and enter any
dwelling for the purpose of seizing a defendant inside. The bail enforcement
agent should be further informed that he/she is subject to arrest if he
violates any laws in New York.
Members of the service seeking additional guidance regarding bail enforcement
agents will refer to Legal Bulletin "The Authority of Bail Bondsman" (Volume
21, Number 6, December 1991). Any further questions can be directed to the
Legal Bureau at (646) 610-5400.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrest By A Civilian (P.G. 208-04)
Evictions, Repossessions And Other Civil Process (P.G. 214-13)
FORMS AND REPORTS
BAIL ENFORCEMENT AGENT NOTIFICATION OF SERVICE (PD609-120)

P.G. 208-72 Obtaining Prisoner DNA Sample In Compliance With
Executive Law 995
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To obtain a DNA sample from certain identified prisoners.
PROCEDURE
When a prisoner is required to submit a DNA sample for inclusion in the state
DNA databank:
BOROUGH COURT SECTION RAP/WARRANT OFFICER
1. Review all prisoner Rap Sheets and identify Rap Sheets with the banner
heading "REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A DNA SAMPLE FOR INCLUSION IN THE STATE DNA
DATABANK."
2. Stamp or write on front page of Rap Sheet "DNA SAMPLE REQUIRED" and notify
assigned supervisor.
3. Make entry in the DNA Sample Log, completing all appropriate captions.
4. Ensure system generated DNA banner entry in OLPA (ON-LINE PRISONER
ARRAIGNMENT) system indicating whether DNA is required or not required, is
accurate.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
5. Certify the accuracy and completeness of entries in DNA Sample Log.
6. Utilize the OLPA system to obtain the lodging location of the defendant and
ensure that a DNA banner entry was made.
7. Notify Intake Supervisor to assign a police officer to obtain a DNA sample,
if prisoner is already lodged at the court section.
DURING COURT SECTION INTAKE PROCESS
INTAKE OFFICER/COURT SECTION MEMBER
8. Check the OLPA system to determine whether prisoner being lodged at borough
court section is required to give a DNA sample.
a. If OLPA DNA banner entry was not made, but a NYSID number is present in
OLPA system, call rap/warrant post or query eJustice NY to ascertain whether
DNA is owed.
9. Notify intake supervisor if DNA sample is owed.
INTAKE SUPERVISOR
10. Ensure the OLPA system is queried for all prisoners being lodged to
identify prisoners owing DNA samples.

a. Assign a uniformed member of the court section to obtain a DNA sample at
the intake area.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED
11. Obtain DNA sample from prisoner utilizing the DNA Specimen Collection Kit
and be guided by the instructions on the INSTRUCTIONS FOR NYS DNA Databank
Convicted Offender DNA Collection Kit form.
NOTE: The NYS DNA Databank Convicted Offender DNA Collection Kit contains
several items. One item is a 2x4 envelope with captions for the offender's
name, NYSID #, and a barcode. If the name, NYSID #, or barcode is missing from
the 2x4 envelope, the sample will not be accepted into the DNA databank and a
new collection sample will be requested. Any illegible information may also
create the need for a new sample collection.
12. Update OLPA DNA banner entry to indicate the DNA sample was obtained.
13. Notify borough court section supervisor once DNA sample is obtained of
results and time sample was obtained.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
14. Stamp or write "SAMPLE OBTAINED" on front page of Rap Sheet and initial.
15. Make entry in the DNA Sample Log describing sample obtained and time
sample was obtained.
16. Process prisoner's case and:
a. Review completed DNA Specimen Collection Kit for accuracy and
completeness.
b. Forward DNA Specimen Collection Kit as per instructions on Kit.
IF PRISONER REFUSES TO SUBMIT A DNA SAMPLE
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED
17. Notify intake supervisor of prisoner's refusal to submit a DNA sample.
INTAKE SUPERVISOR
18. Direct uniformed member of the court section to read Owe DNA Notification
Sheet, as provided by the respective borough's District Attorney's Office.
a. Direct uniformed member to obtain DNA sample, if prisoner consents to
provide sample
b. Direct uniformed member to re-arrest prisoner and charge prisoner with
Obstructing Governmental Administration 2nd Degree, P.L. 195.05, if prisoner
refuses to provide sample.
NOTE: This new arrest will be processed at the borough court section
facility.
UNIFORMED MEMBER, COURT SECTION

19. Process arrest within borough court section and comply with normal arrest
processing procedures.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
20. Direct that an OLPA "RE-ARREST" informational activity entry be made
indicating the prisoner's refusal to submit a DNA sample at the court section.
21. Write on top of Rap Sheet and all case jackets "REFUSED DNA SAMPLE".
22. Make entry regarding prisoner's refusal in DNA Sample Log and include the
new arrest number.
23. Notify District Attorney's Complaint Room/ECAB supervisor of the
prisoner's refusal to submit a required DNA sample and of the additional
arrest charge.
IF PRISONER INITIALLY REFUSES TO PROVIDE SAMPLE AND HAS BEEN RE-ARRESTED AND
CHARGED WITH OBSTRUCTING GOVERNMENTAL ADMINISTRATION, BUT AT ARRAIGNMENT
WISHES TO PROVIDE A DNA SAMPLE
UNIFORMED MEMBER ASSIGNED TO COURTROOM POST
24. Notify court operations supervisor/platoon commander of prisoner's
willingness to provide DNA sample.
COURT OPERATIONS SUPERVISOR/PLATOON COMMANDER
25. Direct court section personnel officer to obtain a DNA sample utilizing a
DNA Specimen Collection Kit and forward to borough court section supervisor
for processing.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Once a sample has been obtained from a prisoner who has refused to submit DNA,
and has been re-arrested and charged with Obstructing Governmental
Administration, a supervisor will notify the District Attorney at arraignment.
At any time during the arraignment process, any member that observes a Rap
Sheet with the DNA banner "REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A DNA SAMPLE FOR INCLUSION IN
THE STATE DNA DATABANK" that DOES NOT have an appropriate stamp/written entry,
will bring this to the attention of a supervisor. If this occurs in the
courtroom, the defendant's arraignment will be delayed until the case can be
reviewed by a supervisor.
A banner reading "REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A DNA SAMPLE FOR INCLUSION IN THE STATE
DNA DATABANK" will be removed from a Rap Sheet one month after DNA samples
have reached the State Police Laboratory. If prisoner is re-arrested before
the month has passed, members of the service concerned can verify a sample was
obtained by contacting the New York State Division of Criminal Justice
Services Office of Forensic Services or the Department's Criminal Justice
Bureau.
FORMS AND REPORTS
Instructions For NYS DNA Databank Convicted Offender DNA Collection Kit
Owe DNA Notification Sheet

RELATED PROCEDURES
Exposure Of Members Of The Service To Infectious Disease Or Hazardous
Materials (P.G. 205-10)
Communicable Disease (P.G. 216-11)

P.G. 208-73 Notifications to the Organized Crime Control Bureau
Field Operations Desk by Other Commands/Units, When a Specified
Condition Exists/is Suspected, Whether or Not An Arrest is
Effected
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that timely notifications are made to the Organized Crime Control
Bureau (OCCB) Field Operations Desk by other commands/units when a specified
condition exists/is suspected, whether or not an arrest is effected.
DEFINITIONS
A specified condition is any of the following:
NARCOTICS OFFENSES - violations of law related to the sale or possession of
controlled substances and marihuana as defined in Articles 220 and 221 of the
New York State Penal Law.
VICE RELATED OFFENSES - violations of law related to illegal gambling, loan
sharking, prostitution, sexual exploitation of children, fireworks, untaxed
cigarettes, human trafficking, unlicensed social clubs, ABC/SLA violations or
any incident that effects the licensing of bars/clubs.
AUTO CRIME OFFENSES - violations of law related to the organized theft of
motor vehicles, motor vehicle parts and motor vehicle insurance frauds.
FIREARMS OFFENSES - violations of law related to the sale or possession of
illegal firearms.
ORGANIZED CRIME OFFENSES - these include but are not limited to, those
offenses under the purview of the Organized Crime Investigation Division, such
as traditional and non-traditional organized crime, money laundering, labor
racketeering, trademark counterfeiting, offenses involving the private carting
industry, city owned wholesale markets and shipboard gambling.
PROCEDURE
When any of the following conditions exists/is suspected:
a. The debriefing of a defendant(s) by OCCB personnel would be beneficial
(e.g., subject arrested for shoplifting has knowledge of a heroin supplier or
individual is arrested for smoking marihuana who has information on guns being
brought into the city for sale from out of state) OR
b. A follow-up investigation by OCCB personnel is necessary (e.g., subject
arrested by patrol for misdemeanor possession of a controlled substance has
knowledge of a location from which crack cocaine is being sold or patrol
effects an arrest for auto stripping and the defendant has information on a
chop shop) OR
c. The expertise of OCCB is needed to enhance the prosecution of the case
(e.g., patrol recovers policy (betting) slips that requires the counting of
bets waged to determine the proper charges or the check of a confidential VIN

is required to determine the true owner of a vehicle) OR
d. Summonses, where applicable, are issued in lieu of arrest for OCCB
offenses as outlined in the "Definitions" section OR
e. When a specified condition exists/is suspected, whether or not an arrest
is effected (e.g., numerous radio runs generated by 311 calls to a location
alleging the operation of an unlicensed social club would require a
notification by the responding uniformed members of the service to the OCCB
Field Operations Desk).
ARRESTING/ RESPONDING OFFICER OF RECORD
1. Notify the OCCB Field Operations Desk via telephone twenty-four hours/seven
days a week as required above.
NOTE: The OCCB Field Operations Desk MUST be notified of ALL controlled
substances arrests and ALL marihuana arrests for the following charges:
a. Criminal possession of a controlled substance first degree (P.L. 220.21),
second degree (P.L. 220.18) and third degree (P.L. 220.16)
b. Criminal sale of a controlled substance in the first degree (P.L.
220.43), the second degree (P.L. 220.41) and the third degree (P.L. 220.39)
c. Criminal sale of a controlled substance in or near school grounds (P.L.
220.44)
d. Criminal possession of marihuana in the first degree (P.L. 221.30) or
second degree (P.L. 221.25)
e. Criminal sale of marihuana first degree (P.L. 221.55) or second degree
(P.L. 221.50).
2. Provide pertinent details of arrest and/or circumstances requiring
conferral from the OCCB Division concerned.
3. Make record of notification in "Narrative" section of ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), including date, time and rank/name of
person notified at OCCB.
4. Be guided by OCCB Field Operations Desk personnel.
DESK OFFICER
5. Ensure arresting/responding officer of record has made required
notification to OCCB Field Operations Desk as indicated above.
6. Make Command Log entry of notification details.
NOTE: If any question exists as to whether or not a notification must be made,
always make the notification.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-74 Arrest Processing Of Persons Wanted For Multiple
Incidents
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure the processing of arrests associated with persons who may be
responsible for additional criminal incidents by preparing separate ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS (PD244-159) and LIVESCAN prints for each of
the incident(s).
PROCEDURE
When it has been determined that an individual in custody may be responsible
for additional criminal incidents recorded within ANY command, the following
procedure will apply:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Confer with detective squad member and determine additional charges.
2. Inform desk officer of additional criminal incidents for which charges will
be preferred.
3. Process the initial arrest in accordance with P.G. 208-03, "Arrest General Processing."
DETECTIVE BUREAU MEMBER
4. Conduct an investigation to determine additional criminal incidents, if
any, which were committed by the perpetrator.
5. Notify detective squad supervisor and inform him/her of relevant facts.
6. Determine charges for which the perpetrator will be prosecuted.
7. Process additional ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS and print via
LIVESCAN for each separate criminal incident.
8. Notify the respective borough Court Section concerned of all arrest numbers
associated with the individual(s) in custody.
NOTE: In those instances where a patrol unit has made the initial arrest,
and additional criminal incidents have been identified whereby charges will be
preferred, the patrol unit will process the initial arrest, and the Detective
Bureau member concerned will process each additional arrest(s). It is the
responsibility of a Detective Bureau supervisor to oversee this process if
additional arrests concern the same command or a Detective Bureau Zone
Commander if multiple commands are involved. (See Additional Data statement.)
DETECTIVE SQUAD SUPERVISOR/ COVERING SUPERVISOR
9. Verify each criminal incident for which charges will be preferred.
10. Coordinate the arrest process and ensure that separate ON LINE BOOKING

SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS and LIVESCAN prints are prepared for each criminal
incident.
11. Coordinate and supervise lineups, if conducted, in accordance with P.G.
208-24, "Identification Lineups/Showups."
12. Notify Detective Bureau supervisor/covering supervisor of command
concerned should it be suspected the perpetrator is wanted for additional
criminal incidents within other commands.
13. Notify Detective Squad Zone Commander should additional criminal incidents
for which charges will be preferred involve outside commands.
NOTE: This includes specialty squads such as Special Victims, Special
Investigations, Borough Robbery and/or Transit Squads, etc.
14. Ensure that notification is made to respective borough Court Section
concerned of all arrest numbers associated with the individual(s) in custody.
NOTE: When it has been determined that an individual will be processed for
crimes having occurred in more than one command, the prisoner will remain at
the initial command of arrest, and concerned Detective Bureau commands will
respond, if need be, to conduct an investigation. Members are reminded that ON
LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS may be prepared at any command
regardless of the prisoner's location. All LIVESCAN prints will be processed
at the command wherein the prisoner is located. The transporting of a prisoner
should be kept to a minimum. Detective squad supervisors will be responsible
to ensure coordination and efficiency.
DETECTIVE SQUAD ZONE COMMANDER/COVERING DETECTIVE DUTY CAPTAIN
15. Confer with counterparts should criminal incidents for which arrest will
be processed involve another zone or specialty squad.
16. Ensure coordination between multiple commands in processing additional
arrests.
ADDITIONAL DATA
COURT ORDERS TO PRODUCE
In those instances where a post-arraignment/in-custody/defendant is wanted for
additional crime, it is the responsibility of the investigator obtaining such
take out order to confer with the Assistant District Attorney and, if need be,
coordinate with respective Detective Bureau commands to process additional
arrest.
IDENTIFIED PERPETRATORS
When an individual has been identified for a past crime by an investigative
entity, and an apprehension is made by a patrol unit based solely on such
identification, the arrest will be processed by the concerned Detective Bureau
command. However, should the same person be apprehended as a "live-arrest",
the first arrest will be processed by the patrol unit, and additional arrests
will be processed by the concerned investigative unit.
CROSSING BOROUGH BOUNDARIES

When it has been determined that an individual in custody is wanted for
crime(s) having occurred in another geographical borough a notification will
be made to the concerned detective squad and the overhead Detective
Borough/Division Command concerned. It will be the responsibility of the
concerned investigative unit to monitor the custody status of the prisoner so
as to coordinate an arrest prior to the prisoner's release.
PERPETRATOR LINKED TO CRIMES INVESTIGATED BY BOROUGH ROBBERY OR TRANSIT SQUADS
In addition to any summary arrest made by patrol or a detective squad, and
where it has been determined that an individual is part of an established
Borough/Citywide Robbery pattern, or is linked to crimes having occurred in
Transit, the respective Borough Robbery Squad or Transit Squad will be
notified and act in accordance with this procedure. A notification will be
made to the concerned Detective Bureau Major Crimes/Detective Zone
Commander/Detective Duty Captain concerned.
PERPETRATOR LINKED TO SPECIAL INVESTIGATIONS DIVISION OR SPECIAL VICTIMS
DIVISION INVESTIGATIONS
In addition to any summary arrest made by patrol or a detective squad, and
where it has been determined that an individual is linked to crimes being
investigated by the Special Investigation Division or the Special Victims
Division, notifications will be made to the Detective Bureau Duty Captain and
the Chief of Detectives. The Chief of Detectives in turn will notify the
respective investigative unit.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrest - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Arrest Report Supplement (P.G. 208-13)
Arrest Report Preparation at Stationhouse (P.G. 208-15)
Identification Lineups/Showups (P.G. 208-24)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEETS (PD244-159)

P.G. 208-75 Enhancement Of Offenses Involving Firearms
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To conduct a thorough investigation in an effort to reduce violent crime and
identify offenders engaged in the possession, sale, illegal "Straw" purchase,
trafficking and distribution of firearms. In addition, enhanced investigations
into offenses relating to firearms will potentially result in presenting a
stronger case for prosecution to the District Attorney.
DEFINITIONS
STRAW PURCHASE: A purchase of a firearm by a person who has a license/permit
and illegally purchases the firearm from a federally licensed firearms dealer
for another person. This includes the purchase for unlicensed sellers,
criminal users, juveniles, and other prohibited possessors who may include
friends, associates, relatives, or gang members.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service affects an arrest involving the use of a firearm
or comes into possession of a firearm under circumstances that require an
investigation, in addition to other required actions:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify the Desk Officer of an arrest involving a firearm or the recovery of
a firearm that requires an investigation.
2. DO NOT touch, move, or disturb any firearm and/or firearm related evidence
that may become part of a crime scene except when absolutely necessary, (e.g.,
large crowd gathering, hindering aid to a victim etc.).
3. Process recovered firearm in accordance with Patrol Guide 218-23,
"Processing Firearms and Firearm Related Evidence."
4. Deliver firearm(s) and firearm related evidence to the Desk Officer,
command of occurrence.
DESK OFFICER
5. Ensure that firearm(s) and firearm related evidence is properly marked,
packaged and sealed.
6. Notify the Precinct Detective Squad/Bureau Detective Squad concerned
immediately of the need to enhance the arrest involving a firearm(s) or the
need to conduct an enhanced firearm investigation.
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE/PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD/ DETECTIVE BUREAU UNIT
7. Initiate a case upon notification of an investigation concerning a firearm
or firearm related offense. This includes summary arrests affected by patrol
personnel.

a. Conduct a full investigation into the possession, sale or distribution of
the firearm(s).
NOTE: Detective Borough Bronx and Detective Borough Brooklyn will continue
gun enhancements with the Trigger Lock program, but will utilize the new
format
8. Complete a GUN ENHANCEMENT CHECKLIST (PD324-060) form and A FIREARM
INFORMATION WORKSHEET (PD324-152) in all gun enhancement cases and include in
case folder along with a photo of the defendant and the firearm(s).
a. A separate FIREARM INFORMATION WORKSHEET will be completed for each
individual arrested.
b. The photo of the defendant should be a full-length body photo. If
available, clothing used during the commission of the crime should be worn by
the defendant for the photo. Where appropriate, clothing items used to conceal
the weapon should also be invoiced and preserved as evidence.
c. To aid in the debriefing process, the initial investigative steps (e.g.,
computer inquires) listed on the GUN ENHANCEMENT CHECKLIST form should be
conducted prior to questioning the defendant(s).
NOTE: When investigation reveals that more than one supplier and/or
transporter of firearms exists, additional FIREARM INFORMATION WORKSHEETS will
be prepared.
9. Photograph and invoice items, other than clothing, used to conceal
weapon(s) (e.g., book bags, briefcase, suitcase, etc.).
10. Secure cell phone/pager information from the defendant, if appropriate.
NOTE: The assigned detective interview all witnesses, complainants, and
police officers and ensure that the interviews are recorded on a COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A), as
appropriate. The arresting officer, when possible, should be present with the
case detective during all interviews of complainants, witnesses and defendants
in order that he/she may testify to any statements during the prosecution
phase and reduce the need for the detective to appear in court.
Members assigned to Nightwatch will conduct a full investigation and
debriefing of all firearms arrests affected between the hours of 0100 and 0600
hours, with a follow-up conducted by the precinct detective squad/bureau
detective squad concerned. If, for documented reasons, Nightwatch cannot
respond, the Detective Bureau Nightwatch supervisor will immediately notify
the Detective Bureau Duty Captain, who will decide who will conduct the gun
enhancement case. If Nightwatch is unable to respond and the arrest has
already been processed by the precinct concerned, the detective squad
supervisor will call the Borough Court Section supervisor to ascertain if the
defendant has been arraigned, or if legal counsel has been appointed. If the
defendant has not been arraigned, nor legal counsel appointed to the
defendant, then a request will be made to hold the defendant so a debriefing
can be conducted. The detective squad supervisor will direct a detective to
respond to the Borough Court Section concerned to conduct the investigation.
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
11. Close the case as an enhancement (B8) if no information is developed

relative to the source of the weapon or other criminality.
12. Notify the Commanding Officer of the Precinct Detective Squad or Detective
Bureau Unit when information of a positive nature relative to the source of
the weapon is obtained.
COMMANDING OFFICER PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD/DETECTIVE BUREAU UNIT
13. Notify the Commanding Officer, Joint Firearms Task Force, when information
of a positive nature is developed relative to the source of the weapon. The
criteria for referral to the Joint Firearms Task Force is as follows:
a. A FINEST inquiry reveals that the weapon was stolen from a Federal
Firearms Licensee or during transport to a Federal Firearms Licensee.
b. An inquiry through the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (BATF)
twenty four hour gun center reveals the weapon was part of a multiple sale or
was designated as an ATF suspect gun.
c. When preliminary investigation clearly reveals a definitive nexus to
interstate trafficking (i.e. receipts from gun store, out-of-state driver's
license and/or auto, numerous brand new guns in boxes, or military personnel
are involved.)
14. Notify the Commanding Officer, O.C.C.B. Firearms Investigation Unit, in
all other instances, or if unable to notify the Joint Firearms Task Force.
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
15. Refer the case (B5) to the O.C.C.B. Firearms Investigation Unit or the
Joint Firearms Task Force as appropriate, if the Commanding Officer, O.C.C.B.
Firearms Investigation Unit or the Commanding Officer, Joint Firearms Task
Force deems the information to be of a positive credible nature and recommends
an investigation be commenced.
16. Close the case as an enhancement (B8) if neither the Commanding Officer,
O.C.C.B. Firearms Investigation Unit nor the Commanding Officer, Joint
Firearms Task Force deems the information to be of a positive nature.
COMMANDING OFFICER, PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD/ DETECTIVE BUREAU UNIT
17. Review COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) on a daily basis to ensure that all
arrests involving firearms are properly investigated.
18. Generate a monthly report listing the number of gun enhancement cases and
the results.
a. Forward monthly report, through channels, to the Commanding Officer,
Central Investigations and Resource Division by the 15th of each month.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Organized Crime Control Bureau and other Department investigative units
will open their own gun enhancement cases when a firearm comes to their
attention during an investigation. These commands will also ensure that their
members immediately notify the precinct detective squads concerned regarding
the circumstances of the arrest and the identity of the defendant. This will
ensure that the local precinct that may be looking for information on other

crimes committed by the defendant is made aware of the arrest. In addition, a
copy of the completed case enhancement folder should be forwarded to the
detective squad concerned.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Firearms and Firearm Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)
GUN ENHANCEMENT CHECKLIST (PD324-060)
FIREARM INFORMATION WORKSHEET (PD324-152)

P.G. 208-76 New York City Housing Authority Trespass Notice
Program
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To improve the safety and quality of life for residents of public housing by
providing notice of the exclusion of, or the limitation of, an individual's
permission and/or authority to enter or remain upon premises and properties of
the New York City Housing Authority (NYCHA) as a result of certain arrests.
SCOPE
This procedure has been developed as part of an ongoing effort to reduce crime
within New York City Housing Authority developments. Under this procedure,
persons arrested "On-Development," as defined below, will be excluded from
entering New York City Housing Authority Property. Those excluded persons who
are found to have violated the terms of the NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY
TRESPASS NOTICE (PD672-120) will be arrested and charged with trespass as
outlined in P.G. 208-77, "Processing Arrests Made Pursuant to the New York
City Housing Authority Trespass Notice Program." Members must also be aware
that the trespass offense must occur on "NYCHA Property" which differs from
"On-Development." See P.G. 208-77, "Processing Arrests Made Pursuant to the
New York City Housing Authority Trespass Notice Program" for a definition of
"NYCHA Property."
DEFINITIONS
ON-DEVELOPMENT - An arrest for felony sale of a controlled substance or felony
sale of marijuana will be subject to this process if it occurs on:
a. All New York City Housing Authority buildings, apartments, managers'
offices, maintenance areas, storage areas, etc.
b. All walkways, grounds, parking areas and development driveways located
within New York City Housing Authority developments.
c. Stores, laundries, community centers, childcare centers, senior citizen
centers, health stations, etc., which operate within New York City Housing
Authority buildings.
d. From the center line of streets which are contiguous to New York City
Housing Authority grounds inward toward New York City Housing Authority
buildings.
e. Entire city streets where Housing Authority developments are located on
both sides of the street. For those city streets where Housing Authority
developments are immediately adjacent to privately owned residences,
commercial establishments, etc., then only the length of the Housing Authority
development, from the center line of the street to the Housing Authority
development building line, will be considered an on-development enforcement
incident.
f. New York City Parks Department areas and playgrounds within or
immediately adjacent to New York City Housing Authority grounds.

g. New York City Department of Education playgrounds within or immediately
adjacent to New York City Housing Authority grounds.
h. Piers or bulkheads immediately adjacent to New York City Housing
Authority grounds.
NOTE: Housing development residents arrested under this program will be
excluded from all NYCHA properties and premises, other than their resident
apartment and related common areas within their resident development. (See
P.G. 208-77, "Processing Arrests Made Pursuant to the New York City Housing
Authority Trespass Notice Program").
NYCHA TRESPASS DATABASE - A database maintained by the New York City Housing
Authority and accessible to members of the New York City Police Department
which identifies arrestees served with TRESPASS NOTICES under this program.
This database is accessible from all Department LAN terminals, and contains
current information regarding exclusions, conditions (if any), and the status
of appeals to these exclusions.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a member of the service effects the arrest of an individual at least
sixteen years of age for felony sale of a controlled substance or for felony
sale of marijuana committed "On-Development," as defined above, that member
will, in addition to appropriate arrest related procedures:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Comply with P.G. 208-03, "Arrests - General Processing" and, in addition,
prepare a NYCHA TRESPASS NOTICE and serve NOTICE on arrestee.
a. A new TRESPASS NOTICE will be served on an arrestee each time he/she is
arrested for felony sale.
NOTE: If the only basis for a felony criminal sale of marijuana arrest is
that portion of Penal Law 221.50, which states "knowingly and unlawfully sells
one or more preparations, compounds, mixtures or substances containing
marijuana to a person less than eighteen years of age," the arrestee WILL NOT
be served with a TRESPASS NOTICE.
2. Complete all captions, sign and date as indicated on the TRESPASS NOTICE.
a. If the individual claims to reside on NYCHA property, verify that the
address given is NYCHA property.
NOTE: Addresses can be verified by contacting the desk officer of any PSA or
the Housing Bureau Wheel. Each PSA will maintain a current NYCHA property
directory at the desk.
3. Telephone the Housing Bureau Wheel at (646) 610-4744 to obtain a Trespass
Notice log number.
4. Enter Trespass Notice log number on the original TRESPASS NOTICE.
5. Request the defendant sign and date the original TRESPASS NOTICE to
acknowledge receipt.

a. If the defendant refuses to sign the TRESPASS NOTICE, arresting officer
will enter REFUSED in the defendant's signature space, initial and date.
6. Make five copies of the signed TRESPASS NOTICE and serve a copy on the
arrestee.
7. Fax a copy of the signed TRESPASS NOTICE to the Housing Bureau Wheel at
(646) 610-8963.
8. Telephone the Housing Bureau Wheel at (646) 610-4744 to confirm receipt of
the fax.
9. Prepare a "Trespass Notice Package" and ensure all of the following
documents are included in the package:
a. The original signed copy of the TRESPASS NOTICE
b. Copy of computer generated ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159)
c. Copy of computer generated COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
d. Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
e. Copy of REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168), when
prepared
f. Copy of Search Warrant (not the application for a search warrant), when
applicable.
10. Deliver the NYCHA Trespass Notice package and four copies of the TRESPASS
NOTICE to the desk officer PSA/precinct of arrest.
DESK OFFICER
11. Review completeness and accuracy of all documents included in the package.
12. Enter Trespass Notice log number in the Command Log with the original
arrest entry.
13. Forward completed NYCHA Trespass Notice package via Department mail to the
Housing Bureau Special Operations Section, 2768 Frederick Douglas Blvd, Room
H-507, New York, New York, 10013, Attention: NYPD Trespass Program Liaison.
14. Distribute four copies of TRESPASS NOTICE as follows:
a. PSA of occurrence - to be maintained chronologically, in a binder at the
desk for future reference. (For Housing locations not covered by a Police
Service Area, file at desk of precinct covering such Housing location)
b. District Attorney, with arrest package
c. Precinct of occurrence
d. Arresting officer
NOTE: If the arresting officer is not assigned to the Housing Bureau, a copy
of the TRESPASS NOTICE will be sent to the PSA of occurrence.

NYPD TRESPASS PROGRAM LIAISON
15. Enter all required information on excluded individuals into the NYCHA
Trespass Database and confirm Trespass Notice log number.
16. Forward the Trespass Notice package to the NYCHA Trespass Coordinator.
17. Coordinate all related activities with the NYCHA Trespass Coordinator.
18. If Case for Legal Action is appropriate, comply with P.G. 214-07, "Cases
for Legal Action Program."
POLICE SERVICE AREA CRIME ANALYSIS UNIT
19. Query, on a daily basis, the "BADS" system to identify all arrests
eligible for a TRESPASS NOTICE.
20. Contact the Housing Bureau wheel to verify that a TRESPASS NOTICE has been
issued for each eligible arrest found in BADS.
21. Record Trespass Log number on BADS printout and file chronologically.
22. Notify commanding officer when arresting officer fails to prepare a
completed NYCHA TRESPASS NOTICE.
NOTE: For Housing locations not covered by a Police Service Area the
precinct crime analysis unit will perform steps 19 through 22.
COMMANDING OFFICER
23. Confer with commanding officer concerned regarding non-compliance.
COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
24. Refer non-compliance incidents to integrity control officer.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
25. Investigate all incidents of non-compliance.
26. Initiate disciplinary action as appropriate.
27. If warranted, ensure that a TRESPASS NOTICE is issued by arresting officer
and remaining steps of this procedure are complied with.
a. TRESPASS NOTICE must be personally served on arrestee.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Responsibility for the verification of tenancy, and subsequent modifications
to exclusions, rests with the Housing Authority.
Anytime a uniformed member of the service takes enforcement action, e.g.
arrest or summons, against a person on NYCHA property, member is required to
query the NYCHA Trespass Database to determine if person is in violation of a
TRESPASS NOTICE. (See P.G. 208-77, "Processing Arrests Made Pursuant to the
New York City Housing Authority Trespass Notice Program.")

RELATED PROCEDURES
Recording Enforcement Incidents (P.G. 207-33)
Arrest - Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Arrests - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Interior Vertical Patrol of Housing Authority Buildings (P.G. 212-60)
Stop and Frisk (P.G. 212-11)
Cases for Legal Action Program (P.G. 214-07)
Processing Arrests Made Pursuant to the NYCHA Trespass Notice Program (P.G.
208-77)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
NYCHA TRESPASS NOTICE (PD672-120)

P.G. 208-77 Processing Arrests Made Pursuant To The New York City
Housing Authority Trespass Notice Program
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To effect an arrest of a person observed on "NYCHA Property," as defined
below, in violation of the New York City Housing Authority Trespass Notice
Program.
SCOPE
This program is part of a series of efforts to reduce crime within New York
City Housing Authority Developments. Whenever a uniformed member of the
service takes enforcement action, e.g. arrest or summons, on "NYCHA Property,"
that member is required to query the NYCHA Trespass Database to determine if
that person is in violation of a NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY TRESPASS
NOTICE (PD672-120) and thereby excluded from "NYCHA Property." This database
is accessible from all Department LAN terminals. This information is also
available through the WNAM system, which can be accessed via warrant checks
conducted through Citywide I and Citywide II radio. It is extremely important
that members are aware of the difference in the definitions of
"On-Development" as contained in P.G. 208-76, "New York City Housing Authority
Trespass Notice Program," and the definition of "NYCHA Property" as defined
below. By querying the database, members can determine the current status of
the exclusion and the conditions of the exclusion, if any. In extenuating
circumstances, the Housing Authority may authorize an excluded individual to
enter a specific Housing location in response to an emergency. Upon granting
permission, the Housing Authority will telephone the information to the desk
officer, police service area/precinct concerned.
Individuals identified under this program are excluded from entering any NYCHA
property within the city or, if a NYCHA resident, are excluded from entering
any NYCHA property other than their own apartment and the common areas within
their resident development. Excluded individuals may appeal an exclusion to
the New York City Housing Authority. Grounds for appeal may include, but are
not limited to, non-processed arrests, dismissed cases, or a not guilty
verdict in the originating charge(s).
DEFINITIONS
NYCHA TRESPASS NOTICE PROGRAM - a program where individuals arrested for
felony sale of a controlled substance and/or felony sale of marijuana
"On-Development" as defined in P.G. 208-76, "New York City Housing Authority
Trespass Notice Program," are served with a NYCHA TRESPASS NOTICE (PD672-120).
Said individuals are therefore excluded from all NYCHA Property as described
below.
NYCHA PROPERTY - for the purposes of this procedure include:
a. All New York City Housing Authority buildings, apartments, manager's
offices, maintenance areas, storage rooms, etc.
b. All walkways, grounds, parking areas and development driveways located
within New York City Housing Authority developments.

c. Laundries, community centers, childcare centers, senior citizen centers,
etc. which operate within New York City Housing Authority buildings.
RESIDENCE EXCEPTION - residents of housing developments excluded under this
program are excluded from all NYCHA property other than their resident
apartment at the address provided on the TRESPASS NOTICE and the common areas
within their resident development.
COMMON AREAS - All areas on NYCHA Property to which all tenants are authorized
to have access in connection with their tenancies other than their own
apartments. These include management and other business offices, community,
child care, and senior citizen centers, laundry rooms, playgrounds, sidewalks,
walkways, and parking lots within their resident developments.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a uniformed member of the service takes enforcement action against a
person on NYCHA property as described above:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with all applicable Department procedures, and in addition, query
the NYCHA Trespass Database either through WNAM or by contacting the
precinct/PSA desk.
a. If a person is in violation of the terms of the TRESPASS NOTICE, (either
as the primary or additional charge) effect arrest, remove to precinct/Police
Service Area and process arrest.
NOTE: Members of the service can also query the WNAM system via warrant
checks conducted through Citywide I and Citywide II radio. However, members
are advised that a radio code response of "10-19H" DOES NOT indicate that a
subject is wanted. Radio code "10-19H" is intended solely to inform the member
that the subject may have been previously issued a TRESPASS NOTICE and may be
subject to arrest only if found on "NYCHA Property" as defined in this
procedure.
NYCHA residents and non-residents should not be arrested for trespass under
this program if they are encountered on "NYCHA Property" and they are at,
enroute to, or leaving from police facilities, parole offices, medical
facilities, or stores, as long as they have utilized a direct route between
the location and the nearest city street.
2. Charge arrestee as follows:
a. P.L. 140.15, Criminal Trespass, 2nd Degree, "A" Misdemeanor, if
individual was within a residential building on NYCHA Property.
b. P.L. 140.10, Criminal Trespass 3rd Degree "B" Misdemeanor if individual
was within a non-residential building on NYCHA Property.
c. P.L. 140.05, Trespass, Violation, if individual was outside of a building
on NYCHA Property.
NOTE: INDIVIDUALS CHARGED WITH TRESPASS OR CRIMINAL TRESPASS UNDER THIS
PROGRAM WILL BE ARRESTED AND WILL NOT BE ELIGIBLE FOR A SUMMONS OR A DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET.

3. Prepare a package of the following documents:
a. Generate a Trespass Notice Report from the NYCHA Trespass Database and
include with arrest paperwork.
b. Include a copy of the TRESPASS NOTICE which was violated by the arrestee,
if available, with arrest paperwork.
4. Telephone Housing Bureau Wheel at (646) 610-4744 with details of arrest.
5. Deliver all paperwork to desk officer for review.
DESK OFFICER PSA/PRECINCT OF ARREST
6. Examine all forms to ensure completeness and accuracy.
7. Make a Command Log entry indicating that notification to Housing Bureau
Wheel has been made including name of member of the service notified.
8. Forward copies, via Department mail, of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) and the Trespass Notice Report to the Housing Bureau
Special Operations Section at 2768 Frederick Douglas Blvd., Room H-507, New
York, New York, 10013 Attention: NYPD Trespass Program Liaison.
NYPD TRESPASS PROGRAM LIAISON
9. Enter all required information regarding trespass arrests into the NYCHA
Trespass Database.
10. Forward a copy of the appropriate paperwork to the NYCHA Trespass
Coordinator.
11. Ensure that a Case for Legal Action is initiated, as directed in P.G.
214-07, "Cases for Legal Action Program," if appropriate.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Recording Enforcement Incidents (P.G. 207-33)
Arrest - Removal to Department Facility for Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Interior Vertical Patrol of Housing Authority Buildings (P.G. 212-60)
Stop and Frisk (P.G. 212-11)
Cases for Legal Action Program (P.G. 214-07)
New York City Housing Authority Trespass Notice Program (P.G. 208-76)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
NYCHA TRESPASS NOTICE (PD672-120)

Summonses

P.G. 209-01 Conditions Of Service
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To inform uniformed members of the service of various sections of law under
which summonses/notices of violations may be served.
PROCEDURE
A uniformed member of the service is authorized to issue a summons /notice of
violation instead of arresting the violator, when the violator is 16 years old
or more (except when violator is unable to care for self due to illness,
injury, intoxication, or any other circumstance which would preclude the
issuance of a summons/notice of violation), for the following:
1. ANY MISDEMEANOR OR VIOLATION LISTED IN THE:
Agriculture and Markets Law, concerning animals
General Business Law
Labor Law
Multiple Dwelling Law
Workers Compensation Law
New York State Tax Law, Article 21, Section 289, (Highway Use Tax)
Alcoholic Beverage Control Law (Sections 64B, 65, 100, 101, 101a, 101b, 103,
104, 104a, 105, 105a, 106, 108, 114, 116 and 117)
Navigation Law (Sections 33, 40, 41, 43, 44, 45, 47, 70, 71, and 73)
Vehicle And Traffic Law, except:
* Section 600 Leaving Scene Of Personal Injury Collision
* Section 380 Motor Vehicle Transporting Dangerous Articles
* Section 392 False Statement, Alteration Of Records Or Substitution In
Connection With Examination
* Section 392a Sale Of False License, Certificate Of Registration Or Number
Plate
* Section 421 Sale Of Motor Vehicle Or Motorcycle With Changed
Identification Number
* Section 422 Wrongful Possession Of Motor Vehicle Or Motorcycle With
Changed Identification Number
* Section 423 Peace Officer's Duties Re: Stolen Motor Vehicles And
Motorcycles With Changed Identification Number

* Section 426 False Statement, Sale Or Transfer Of Stolen Motor Vehicle Or
Motorcycle
* Section 1192 Operating Motor Vehicle Or Motorcycle While In Intoxicated
Condition Or Ability Is Impaired By Use Of Drugs Or Alcohol.
New York City Charter
New York City Administrative Code (except Section D46-18.0 Cigarette Tax)
New York City Health Code
New York City Traffic Regulations (except Section 148)
New York Code Of Regulations - Part 1050
For any misdemeanor or violation listed in any provisions of any code, rule,
regulation or order enacted by any bureau, authority, agency or commissions
affecting facilities located in the City of New York.
NOTE: Members of the service shall NOT ordinarily issue summonses for local
license plate cover violations (Section 402 of the New York State Vehicle and
Traffic Law/Code 74 of the New York City Traffic Rules) to vehicles bearing
out-of-state license plates. Such a summons should be issued only if the
member of the service is aware that the controlling law in the motorist's home
state also prohibits license plate covers.
2. ALL PENAL LAW VIOLATIONS, EXCEPT:
* Section 100

Criminal Solicitation

* Section 215.58

Failure To Respond To Appearance Ticket

* Section 240.40 Appearance In Public Under The Influence Of Narcotics Or A
Drug Other Than Alcohol

P.G. 209-02 Summonses And Notices Of Violation Returnable
Agencies
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To inform uniformed members of the service of agencies having jurisdiction
over different summonsable offenses.
OFFENSES PROCESSED

AGENCY

Stopping, Standing and Parking offenses

N.Y.C. Department of Finance,
Parking Violations
Operations.

Traffic infractions other than Stopping,
Standing and Parking (including traffic
infractions committed by bicyclists)

N.Y.S. Department of Motor
Vehicles, Traffic Violations
Bureau.

Pedestrian offenses and traffic
misdemeanors; Garages and parking lots;
All other summonsable offenses, except
violations of Environmental Control Board
and Transit Adjudication Bureau

N.Y.C. Criminal Court

Food Vendor Regulations
General Vendor Regulations
Health Code Violations
Public Health Law (Canine Waste)
Noise Code Provisions
Sanitation Provisions
Air Code Provisions
Graffiti Law Violations

Environmental Control Board

NOTE: Specific section of law for which a Notice of Violation and Hearing
may be issued are listed on COMMON SUMMONSABLE OFFENSES (PD160-102).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Personal Service Of A Summons Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMMON SUMMONSABLE OFFENSES (PD160-102)

P.G. 209-03 Obtaining And Returning Parking Summonses And
Moving/Criminal Court Summonses
I.O. 23, Series 2011 REVOKED Patrol Guide 209-03
Date Effective: 01-01-00
PURPOSE
To maintain record of parking and moving/criminal court summonses distributed
by uniformed members of the service.
SCOPE
Uniformed members of the service below the rank of captain who are assigned to
enforcement duties must carry a sufficient amount of summonses.
PROCEDURE When assigned to enforcement duty:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Obtain summonses from desk officer as follows:
a. Parking summonses and CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED
(PD160-146)
b. Moving/criminal court summonses and CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL
COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145).
2. Examine summonses to ensure that packet contains twenty summonses,
consecutively numbered.
3. Sign for summonses on SUMMONS BOOK DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD160-143).
NOTE: Separate SUMMONS BOOK DISTRIBUTION CARDS will be maintained for
parking and moving/criminal court summonses.
4. Sign and deliver completed CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED and
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/ CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED with appropriate
copies of each summons served to clerical staff, after all summonses in packet
have been served.
5. Deliver unused summonses and appropriate CERTIFICATION, with appropriate
copies of each summons served, to command where summons packet(s) were issued,
when transferred or separated from the Department.
6. Notify commanding officer without delay, when a summons is damaged or
missing.
NOTE: Uniformed members not ordinarily required to carry summonses, or
temporarily assigned to enforcement duty which may require serving a summons
will obtain a sufficient number of summonses from the command where
temporarily assigned. Unused summonses will be returned at end of assignment.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)

Personal Service Of A Summons Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145)
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146)
SUMMONS BOOK DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD160-143)

P.G. 209-04 Summons Return Date And Time
Date Effective: 02-20-14
PURPOSE
To ensure that correct information concerning time, date and location of court
is given to respondent in various summons cases.
PROCEDURE When issuing a summons, a uniformed member of the service will:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Make summons returnable as follows:
CRIMINAL COURT
a. As per FINEST message transmitted daily.
b. Enter address of borough Criminal Court in appropriate caption of the
summons.
c. Enter room number in box captioned "Summons Part."
TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU
a. Advise motorist to answer summons in accordance with the instructions
printed on the summons.
TRANSIT ADJUDICATION BUREAU
a. Make return date twenty-eight calendar days from date of issuance, unless
return date falls on weekend, regular day off or holiday. If return date falls
on weekend, regular day off or holiday, make returnable on next business day
thereafter.
PARKING VIOLATIONS
a. Do not enter time or date returnable for summonses returnable to Parking
Violations. (Information for violator is printed on the summons).
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD
a. Comply with applicable provisions of P.G. 209-12, Environmental Control
Board Notice of Violation and Hearing - General Procedure.
NOTE: If respondent in Environmental Control Board case pleads "Not Guilty,"
the roll call clerk will be notified by borough Court Section personnel and
the member concerned will be put on Court Alert.

P.G. 209-05 Processing Summonses
Date Effective: 09-15-06
PURPOSE
To ensure that summonses served are forwarded to the proper adjudicating
agencies and that appropriate records are maintained.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service issues a summons and delivers the
remaining copies to the command where issued for recording:
DESK OFFICER
1. Examine entries on summonses for accuracy, completeness and legibility.
2. Do NOT forward any summons returnable to Criminal Court if improperly
prepared.
3. Process improperly prepared summonses as follows:
a. Invalid return date listed - void summons in accordance with P.G. 209-18,
"Summons Served Or Prepared In Error".
b. Criminal Court "Information" section left blank or unsigned, or summons
written for marijuana offense is not accompanied by MARIJUANA SUPPORTING
DEPOSITION / FIELD TEST REPORT (PD 381-145) - place in a separate envelope
marked "Training Sergeant" and forward direct to the command's training
sergeant.
NOTE: MEMBERS WILL NOT MAKE ANY MODIFICATIONS TO SUMMONSES OTHER THAN
CORRECTING THE ERRORS LISTED ABOVE. Under no circumstances will a modification
be made to a summons that will result in the court or agency copies having
different information than the defendant's copy. ALL SUMMONSES MUST BE
CORRECTED AND RETURNED BY THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY.
TRAINING SERGEANT
4. Re-train issuing officer in proper preparation of summons returnable to the
Criminal Court in accordance with pertinent command level materials and
instruct issuing officer to:
a. Properly prepare and sign "Information" section on rear of summons and
re-submit for processing.
b. Complete the MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION / FIELD TEST REPORT if a
marijuana offense is involved.
c. Immediately re-submit summons with MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION /
FIELD TEST REPORT (if required).
CLERICAL MEMBER
5. Separate summonses by date of service for each adjudicating agency.

6. Count number of summonses returnable to each agency.
7. Separate Complaint/Information (Part 1) from remainder of summons.
a. Photocopy MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION / FIELD TEST REPORT and file at
command.
b. Ensure that any summons prepared for a marijuana offense has a MARIJUANA
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION / FIELD TEST REPORT attached to it with a paper clip.
8. Package summonses served in lots of one hundred (100) or less.
9. Deliver summonses with appropriate pre-printed envelope to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
10. Place Complaint/Information copies of summonses in pre-printed envelopes.
NOTE: Envelopes are pre-printed and colored for each adjudicating agency.
11. Seal envelopes, make required entries as per captions and sign in
appropriate space on flap of each envelope.
12. Place remaining parts of summonses served in a separate Department
envelope and mark "File" Envelope will not be sealed.
13. Have sealed envelopes containing Complaint/Information copies of summonses
served forwarded to borough office with morning mail.
14. File envelope with command file copies of summonses served in command by
date of service in command record room.
CLERICAL MEMBER
15. Maintain file copies of summonses served for six months.
16. Remove file copies after six months and retain in storage cartons in
command record room.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A summons served by a special patrolman will be processed in the same manner
as summonses served by uniformed member of the service.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Quality Control Procedures For The Processing Of Summonses Returnable To
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-06)
Summons Served Or Prepared In Error (P.G. 209-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION / FIELD TEST REPORT (PD 381-145)
SAMPLE CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS INFORMATIONS (PD 260-211)

P.G. 209-06 Quality Control Procedures For The Processing Of
Summonses Returnable To Criminal Court
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To establish quality control procedures for processing of summonses returnable
to Criminal Court and for processing improperly prepared summons returned to
this Department for corrective action.
PROCEDURE
To process Criminal Court summonses:
OPERATIONS UNIT
1. Transmit daily, the return date for Criminal Court summonses issued, and
the color of the day via the FINEST system.
DESK OFFICER/ COUNTERPART
2. Announce summons return date and color of the day at roll call.
3. Advise communications dispatcher of summons return date along with the
"Rundown" at the onset of tour.
4. Do NOT forward any summons returnable to Criminal Court if improperly
prepared.
5. Process improperly prepared summons as follows:
a. Invalid return date listed – void summons in accordance with P.G. 209-18,
"Summonses Served or Prepared in Error."
b. Criminal Court "information" section is left blank or unsigned, or
summons written for marijuana offense is not accompanied by MARIJUANA
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT (PD381-145) - place in a separate
envelope marked "Training Sergeant" and forward direct to the command's
training sergeant.
c. Summons issued for Penal Law Section 240.35, "Loitering" subsections 1, 3
or 7 – place in a separate envelope marked "Operations Coordinator" and
forward direct to the command's operations coordinator.
NOTE: MEMBERS WILL NOT MAKE ANY MODIFICATIONS TO SUMMONSES OTHER THAN
CORRECTING THE ERRORS LISTED ABOVE. Under no circumstances will a modification
be made to a summons that will result in the court or agency copies having
different information than the defendant's copy. ALL SUMMONSES MUST BE
CORRECTED AND RETURNED BY THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY.
CRIMINAL JUSTICE BUREAU MESSENGER
6. Report to Manhattan Criminal Court, 346 Broadway, 2nd floor, by 1000 hours,
on days when court is in session.

7. Obtain summonses that the court has designated for return to this
Department.
8. Deliver summonses to bureau of issuing member. (Detective Bureau, Transit
Bureau, Chief of Transportation, Patrol Services Bureau, Housing Bureau and
Organized Crime Control Bureau).
BUREAU SUMMONS PROCESSING PERSONNEL
9. Record the following information for each summons returned:
a. Summons Number
b. Name of issuing member
c. Command of issuing member
d. Type of error
e. Date of issuance
f. Date received at bureau
g. Date forwarded for correction
h. Final Disposition (date returned to court, date voided)
10. Separate summonses according to category of error as follows:
a. Improper return date – to be forwarded to issuing member's command for
voiding as per P.G. 209-18, "Summonses Served or Prepared in Error"
b. Criminal court "Information" incomplete or unsigned – forward to command
of issuing member for correction by member.
11. Prepare a transmittal sheet for each command that will be receiving
improperly prepared summonses within the bureau.
a. Transmittal sheet for each summons forwarded.
12. Forward summonses to command concerned in a brown, 13" X 10" inter-office,
multi-service envelope (Form No. NYC-36).
13. Mark envelope – "Returned Criminal Court Summonses."
PATROL BOROUGH MESSENGER/COUNTERPART
14. Report to bureau command, daily, and pick up returned summonses.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
15. Review summonses received to ensure that they have been delivered to
command of issuing member.
16. Process returned summons(es) as follows:
a. Issuing member no longer assigned to command – VOID

b. If summons is received at command less than twenty-two days from the
return date listed on the summons – VOID
c. Improper return date (weekend, holiday, etc.) – VOID
d. Criminal Court "Information" not signed – direct issuing member to
correct the condition.
e. Criminal Court "Information" left blank – direct issuing member to
correct condition.
NOTE: Under no circumstances will a uniformed member of the service correct
any other error on a returned summons other than the two errors ("Information"
left blank or unsigned) listed for correction above.
17. Void any summons received that was issued for Penal Law Section 240.35,
"Loitering" subsections 1, 3, 7.
a. Contact the respondent by telephone, if possible, and inform of summons
voidance
b. If unable to contact by telephone, forward a notification letter to the
respondent on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151), USING THE SAMPLE IN Appendix
"A" by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested
c. Document notification to the respondent on SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM
(PD160-153).
18. Make a reasonable effort to retrieve the served copy of any summons issued
for Penal Law Section 204.35, "Loitering" subsections 1, 3 or 7, from the
respondent.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
19. Correct summons(es) as directed by Operations Coordinator.
20. Return corrected summons(es) to Operations Coordinator.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
21. Review corrections made to summons(es).
22. Note action taken for each summons on transmittal sheet (e.g., corrected,
void etc.)
23. Forward corrected summonses and transmittal sheet, to bureau command.
24. Forward summonses to bureau concerned in a brown, 13" X 10" inter-office,
multi-service envelope (Form No. NYC 36).
25. Mark envelope – "Returned Criminal Court Summonses."
BUREAU SUMMONS PROCESSING PERSONNEL
26. Check returned transmittal sheet to ensure that all summonses forwarded
for action are accounted for.
27. Forward returned summonses, direct, to the New York City Criminal Court

located at 346 Broadway, within twenty-four hours of receipt.
28. Forward summonses to criminal court in a brown 13" X 10" inter-office,
multi-service envelope (Form No. NYC 36).
29. Mark envelope – "Returned Criminal Court Summonses."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Summonses Served Or Prepared In Error (P.G. 209-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT (PD 381-145)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153)
APPENDIX "A"
NOTIFICATION TO RESPONDENT
(SAMPLE LETTER)
(Command Communication Log Serial Number)__________
Date__________
Mr. John Smith
253 Mercer Street
New York, New York 10101
Dear Mr. Smith:
On Friday, January 1, 2010, at 11:00 A.M. in front of 123 Main Street,
Manhattan, you were served with Criminal Court summons (summons number) for
New York State Penal Law Section 240.35, "Loitering" subsection (1, 3 or 7),
which has been declared unconstitutional by court decision. Therefore,
Criminal Court summons (summons number) has been voided and you are not
required to answer the summons.
If you have any questions regarding this matter please contact the 8th
Precinct Operations Coordinator, Lieutenant (name) at (telephone number).
Respectfully,
Name
Rank

P.G. 209-07 Parking Summonses - General Procedure
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To instruct uniformed members of the service in the proper manner of preparing
a parking summons and processing related papers for parking violations.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service observes an unoccupied vehicle on a
public highway that is illegally parked or in violation of some provision of
the New York City Traffic Rules:
DEFINITIONS
HIGHWAY - Any public roadway, street, or avenue.
ABANDONED VEHICLE - A motor vehicle shall be deemed to be abandoned if it is
left unattended:
a. With no license plates affixed, for more than six hours, on any highway
or other public place.
b. On a public street or area which is not otherwise restricted by posted
signs, including a residential area, in excess of seven consecutive days.
c. For more than ninety-six hours on the property of another without the
permission of the owner.
DERELICT VEHICLE - A motor vehicle which is so dilapidated, burned out,
stripped, vandalized etc. as to be of no apparent value other than scrap.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Query NYSPIN through the FINEST system, if circumstances warrant, to
determine if vehicle is reported stolen.
NOTE: The circumstances that warrant such a query include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. Presence on vehicle of any summons issued to the vehicle on a previous
date
b. Vehicle has damage consistent with theft (e.g., broken windows, damaged
locks)
c. Vehicle discovered at a location where the parking of vehicles is
unlikely or at a time that is unusual
d. Any suspicion by a member of the service, arising either from the
member's own observations or experience, or from credible statements made by
others, that the vehicle may be stolen.
2. Determine if the vehicle is apparently abandoned and eligible for inclusion

in the Rotation Tow Program.
3. Utilize, in numerical order, the next Notice of Parking Violation.
NOTE: Summonses will not be issued to abandoned or derelict vehicles, as
defined above.
4. Print information legibly in block letters using a black ink, ballpoint
pen.
5. Enter all available information required by captions.
a. Specific location of parked vehicle must be indicated, i.e., number of
feet north/south/east/west of street, avenue, or front or opposite specific
address.
b. Utilize the vehicle registration sticker as the primary source of
information for vehicles registered in New York State.
NOTE: Any omission or mis-description of any of the following mandatory
identification elements will result in dismissal of the summons:
a. License plate number
b. License plate type
c. Expiration date
d. Make of vehicle
e. Model of vehicle
6. Enter only one offense on each summons.
7. Cite only valid applicable violations and sections of the New York City
Traffic Rules when issuing a Notice of Parking Violation.
a. No violations of other rules or laws (e.g., VTL) will be cited on a
Notice of Parking Violation.
8. Issue only one summons for the same violation, at the same location, on the
same day.
9. Issue no more than three summonses to any vehicle parked in violation at
the same location on the same day.
NOTE: In cases where more than three violations are evident, summonses for
the three most serious violations should be issued.
10. Do not issue additional summonses to a vehicle displaying three or more
summonses already issued at that location.
NOTE: If the vehicle has been reported stolen or is abandoned or derelict,
the member of the service should follow the applicable Patrol Guide
procedures.
11. Place "service copy" of Notice of Parking Violation and orange
self-addressed envelope on windshield of auto.

a. During inclement weather (rain, snow) fold summons to ensure information
entered thereon remains legible.
12. Enter information concerning summons on CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES
SERVED (PD160-146).
13. Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
14. Detach and retain pink copy of Notice of Parking Violation.
a. This copy will be returned with CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED
card.
[I.O. 23 s 11] 15. Deliver remaining two parts of Notice of Parking Violation
intact to command at end of tour.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Upon observing a vehicle displaying three or more summonses the member should
check to see if the summonses were issued to that vehicle at that location. If
so, the member of the service should determine if the vehicle has been
reported stolen, is abandoned, or derelict.
If the vehicle has not been reported stolen, based on the circumstances the
vehicle may be either violation towed or placed in the Rotation Tow Program if
abandoned. No additional summonses should be issued to the vehicle.
Members may utilize the violation tow program by contacting the violation tow
pound in their respective borough and providing the description and location
of the vehicle. No vehicle will be referred for violation tow without a query
of the FINEST system to determine f the vehicle has been reported stolen. The
member is not required to remain with the vehicle until the violation tow
truck arrives.
Manhattan Tow Pound (212) 971-0778
Brooklyn Tow Pound (718) 694-0092
Bronx Tow Pound (718) 585-1653
Queens Tow Pound (718) 786-9715
If a vehicle's sticker expiration date or plate type is not visually
available, do not simply mark the "N/A"(Not Available) box on the summons.
Always insert a written explanation as to why the information is not
available. For example, if the information is not shown on the vehicle, its
plates, or sticker, mark "N/A" and write "Missing" or "Not Shown". If the
required information is unavailable because a sticker is unreadable, mark
"N/A" and insert a reason, such as: "Covered," "Faded," "Defaced," or
"Mutilated." If only a portion of a vehicle's sticker expiration date is
visible then insert as much as is shown or readable, write "N/A" in the
appropriate space on the summons, and insert "Not Shown" or 'Missing,"
"Covered," etc. If other required information is not shown, write "N/A" or
"NONE"— do not just draw a line or leave blank.
Members of the service will not issue a Notice of Parking Violation based on
the vehicle identification number (VIN) only.

When the owner, operator, or person responsible for the vehicle is present, a
member may issue a personal service summons for appropriate violations.
Vehicles listed below, observed parked and unattended, will be processed as
follows:
a. All non-evidence stolen or abandoned non-derelict vehicles are processed
under the Rotation Tow program (see P.G. 218-21, "Rotation Tow").
b. Vehicles bearing New York State registration plates that expired more
than two months in the past will be processed in accordance with P.G. 214-30,
"Removal of Expired New York State Registration Plates."
c. Derelict vehicles with New York State plates will be processed in
accordance with P.G. 214-29, "Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State
Registration Plates."
d. Derelict vehicles without plates will be entered in the HIGHWAY CONDITION
RECORD (PD311-151) for notification to the local district office of the
Department of Sanitation (see P.G. 214-22, "Weekly Street Conditions Survey
and Daily Observations of Highway Conditions Requiring Corrective Action").
Vehicles displaying expired in-transit permits, issued either in New York
State or out-of-state (e.g., New Jersey), can be cited as unregistered
vehicles. An in-transit permit is temporary in nature (valid for thirty days
from the date it is issued) and does not constitute a permanent, legal,
registration. It is issued only to enable a vehicle owner to transport his/her
unregistered vehicle to a different jurisdiction where the owner intends to
permanently register it. (A common example involves someone going out of state
to purchase a vehicle at an auction and then transporting it back to his/her
home state.) Once the in-transit permit expires, the vehicle can be cited as
an unregistered vehicle regardless of the jurisdiction of issue.
PARKING OFFENSES INVOLVING VEHICLES FROM ANOTHER STATE
When issuing a summons to vehicles registered outside of New York State, the
officer will provide as much vehicle information as possible based on his/her
visual observation of the vehicle. If an information caption on the summons is
intentionally not completed by the officer, a reason for the omission must be
entered in the caption e.g., unreadable, covered, or not shown. Write "N/A" in
a caption when the required caption information is not available (e.g.
registration stickers on New Jersey vehicles are not printed with an
expiration date).
Certain violations involving registration and inspection requirements only
apply to vehicles registered in New York State and are not applicable to
vehicles registered outside of New York State. Vehicles registered outside of
New York State will not be issued a notice of parking violation for
expired/missing registration, expired/missing inspection, improper display of
a registration sticker, or improper display of an inspection sticker. These
violations are only applicable to vehicles registered in New York State.
PARKING OFFENSES INVOLVING DIPLOMATIC RELATED VEHICLES
Official "Diplomat," "Consul," and "S" (Staff) vehicle license plates, colored
red, white and blue, are issued by the United States Department of State ONLY
and will be one of the following three types:

DIPLOMAT - plates bearing the word "Diplomat" imprinted thereon are issued to
representatives of foreign missions, United Nations, Secretariat of United
Nations, and Organization of American States.
CONSUL - plates bearing the word "Consul" imprinted thereon are issued to
representatives of foreign governments having consular status.
STAFF - plates bearing the letter "S" imprinted thereon are issued to members
of staffs of various foreign governments.
Although "diplomatic/consular/staff" plates will not be issued without proper
insurance coverage, operators of such vehicles are not required to carry
insurance cards. However, the operator must carry a certificate of
registration.
A Notice of Parking Violation will be placed upon an unoccupied, illegally
parked vehicle bearing "DIPLOMAT" or "CONSUL" registration plates, which
creates a safety hazard.
The following violations create safety hazards:
Double Parking
No Standing
No Stopping
Parking in Crosswalk
Fire Zone
Fire Hydrant
Bus Stop
Parking on Sidewalk
If a Notice of Parking Violation is issued to a vehicle bearing
diplomatic/consular registration plates, the code "DP" will be entered under
the caption "Other" on the line used to identify the state of vehicle
registration.
Vehicles bearing the letter "S" for staff do not have parking immunity;
however, if such vehicle is occupied, the occupants may have diplomatic
immunity and will be treated accordingly (see P.G. 212-56, "Diplomatic
Incidents").
RELATED PROCEDURES
Parking Violations Summons - Graphic (P.G. 209-08)
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing - General
Procedure (P.G. 209-12)
Diplomatic Incidents (P.G. 212-56)
Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates (P.G. 214-29)
Removal of Expired New York State Registration Plates (P.G. 214-30)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)
Weekly Street Conditions Survey and Daily Observations of Highway Conditions
Requiring Corrective Action (P.G. 214-22)

FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146)
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151)

P.G. 209-08 Parking Violations Summons-Graphic
Date Effective: 08-01-13
(Figure 47)

P.G. 209-09 Personal Service Of Summonses Returnable To Traffic
Violations Bureau Or Criminal Court
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To inform uniformed members of the service of procedures to be followed when
personally serving a summons returnable to the Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court.
PROCEDURE
When issuing a summons returnable to the Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal
Court:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Inform violator of the offense committed.
2. Request that violator show proof of identity and residence.
a. In traffic cases, examine driver's license, vehicle registration, and
insurance identification card for vehicles registered in New York State.
b. If violator presents driver's license, check "Motorist Exhibited License"
box on top of summons.
NOTE: As a general rule, the following forms of government photo
identification are considered valid forms of identification:
a. Valid Photo Driver's License (From New York State, another state, or
another country)
b. Valid passport
c. Citizenship or naturalization papers
d. New York State Non-Driver Identification
e. New York State Driver's Permit
f. Other government photo identification.
Members should note that these are general guidelines, and other forms of
identification may be acceptable.
3. Conduct license and warrant check.
a. If license check conducted, check "Susp/Rev" box on top of summons.
b. If no license and/or warrant check conducted, note reason in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD 112-145).
4. Remove violator to command for investigation if doubt concerning identity
exists.

DESK OFFICER
5. Make Command Log entry when violator is brought to command for
identification, is served a summons, and immediately released.
a. Entry will include the following:
(1) Name, address, and physical description of the violator
(2) Location, time of incident, and reason for removal to command
(3) Name, rank, shield number of member who brought violator to command
(4) Offense(es) charged and serial number(s) of summons(es) served
(5) Time the violator entered and departed the command.
NOTE: It is not necessary to follow Desk Appearance Ticket or voided arrest
procedures for an offense for which a summons may be served when the only
reason for bringing the violator to the command was to investigate identity.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Issue summonses in numerical order.
7. Use black ink ballpoint pen and legibly print information in block letters.
8. Enter all available information required by captions on summons with the
exception of the area titled "Officer's Notes."
9. Record only one violation per summons.
a. Use a separate summons for each additional offense.
NOTE: Summonses issued for multiple offenses arising out of a single traffic
incident will be made returnable to the respective court responsible for the
adjudication of such offenses (i.e., traffic infractions will be returnable to
Traffic Violations Bureau; Administrative Code violations and traffic
misdemeanors will be returnable to Criminal Court, as outlined in Patrol Guide
209-02, "Summonses and Notices of Violation Returnable Agencies").
10. Request violator sign the bottom of the summons to acknowledge receipt.
NOTE: Requesting the violator to sign the bottom of the summons is an option
of the issuing member. If the member feels that requesting the signature may
precipitate a confrontation or place the member at a tactical disadvantage,
the member has the option of not requesting the signature. If the violator
refuses to sign, no action will be taken. Member concerned will note the
refusal in ACTIVITY LOG.
11. Give the violator the part of the summons designated for the agency for
which the summons is returnable.
a. If the summons is returnable to the Traffic Violations Bureau, give the
violator the copy of the summons labeled "Motorist Copy"
b. If the summons is returnable to Criminal Court, give the violator the

copy labeled "Criminal Court."
FOR SUMMONSES RETURNABLE TO CRIMINAL COURT
12. Refer to new ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145) insert, SAMPLE CRIMINAL COURT
SUMMONS INFORMATIONS (PD 260-211), after the violator has been released.
13. Utilize the SAMPLE CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS INFORMATIONS to properly
complete the Criminal Court Information section on rear of summons.
14. SIGN Criminal Court Information section on rear of summons.
IF SUMMONS IS FOR VIOLATION OF P.L. 221.05, "UNLAWFUL POSSESSION OF MARIJUANA"
15. Enter in Criminal Court Information section on rear of summons, the words:
"See Attached SUPPORTING DEPOSITION REPORT."
16. Prepare new form, MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT
(PD381-145).
17. Submit summons and MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT, to
the desk officer when requesting a voucher for the marijuana.
NOTE: Do not staple the summons(es) to the MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION /
FIELD TEST REPORT. Attach by using a paper clip only. Desk officers will refer
to P.G. 209-06 for proper processing procedures regarding marijuana offenses.
18. Enter the information concerning the summons(es) on CERTIFICATION OF
MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145).
19. Enter complete details in ACTIVITY LOG including:
a. Description of offense
b. Summons number
c. Motorist's/Defendant's name
d. Motorist's/Defendant's date of birth
e. Type, and serial number, of government photo identification used to
determine name and date of birth of motorist/defendant
f. License plate number and state/province of registration
g. Make and model of vehicle
h. Number of passengers in vehicle.
20. Detach and retain last two copies of summons marked "Police/Agency" and
"Officer".
a. The white "Officer" copy will be retained by the issuing member
b. The yellow "Police/Agency" copy will be returned with the CERTIFICATION
OF SUMMONSES SERVED card.
21. Deliver the remaining copies, intact, to command at the end of tour, or as

directed by commanding officer.
DESK OFFICER
22. Direct the arrest processing officer (if Field Test Qualified), in
accordance with P.G. 218-08, to conduct field test of marijuana and complete
the "Marijuana Field Test Results" side of the MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION
/FIELD TEST REPORT.
NOTE: If a Field Test qualified arrest processing officer is not available,
the desk officer will request another Field Test qualified officer from either
the precinct's SNEU/CONDITIONS team, an adjoining command, or the borough task
force to perform the test. Those qualified uniformed members of the service
from either the precinct's SNEU/CONDITIONS team or assigned to outside
commands (Narcotics Division, borough task force, etc.) will field test any
marijuana that they recover.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A uniformed member of the service, when issuing a summons returnable to the
Traffic Violations Bureau, will place an "X" in the appropriate captioned box
when any of the following criteria apply:
a. "Commercial Vehicle" - with a maximum gross weight in excess of 26,000
pounds
b. "Bus" - any vehicle designed to transport more than fifteen passengers,
including the driver
c. "Hazardous Material" - any vehicle which is transporting materials
required to be placarded under the Hazardous Material Transportation Act.
If a vehicle with a maximum gross weight in excess of 26,000 pounds is also
placarded, as required for transporting hazardous materials, only the
"Hazardous Material" box should be checked.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL AN ISSUING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE WRITE ON THE SIDE
MARGIN OF THE SUMMONS. This area is used by the adjudicating agency concerned.
Writing in this area may result in the summons being considered unprocessable
and returned to this Department.
In addition to entries in the ACTIVITY LOG, members have the option of
utilizing the area on the rear of the white "Officer" copy of the summons
entitled "Officer's Notes." This area is meant to serve as additional
information for the issuing member to assist in recording the pertinent
details of the offense.
The sections labeled "Motorist or Defendant's Employer", "Motorist or
Defendant's Employer Address", and "Phone No." are designed primarily as an
aid to members enforcing violations where corporate substitution is possible
(Example - a summons is issued to the driver of a trucking firm for no
overweight permit). The information is not required for moving violations
issued to non-commercial drivers.
A person operating a limited use vehicle (minibike, moped, etc.) on a public
highway (road, street, avenue, highway, etc.) is subject to all applicable
provisions of the Vehicle and Traffic Law and the Traffic Regulations
("traffic laws"), including registration and licensing requirements.

Although registration and licensing provisions do not apply to bicycles,
persons riding bicycles on public streets are subject to many of the same
traffic laws as operators of motor vehicles.
If a limited use vehicle is unregistered and/or the operator unlicensed, the
vehicle will be removed to the precinct of occurrence, impounded and invoiced.
The owner may claim the vehicle on presentation of proof of ownership;
however, such owner will be advised that the vehicle may not be operated on
public highways until such time as it has been properly registered. The owner
may be permitted to make arrangements to have such unregistered vehicle
transported by a licensed tow truck to a private premises.
Additionally, if the vehicle was seized because the operator was unlicensed,
the owner will be issued a summons for violation of section 509(4) of the
Vehicle and Traffic Law - "Authorizing Or Permitting An Unlicensed Driver To
Operate A Motor Vehicle."
Operators of limited use vehicles and/or bicycles who violate applicable
provisions of the traffic laws will be issued a summons, providing such
individuals are sixteen years of age or older. A JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM
WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) will be prepared for a violator who is at least seven
and less than sixteen years of age.
When a bicyclist is issued a summons for a violation of the traffic laws, the
word "BICYCLE" will be entered in bold print on that portion of the summons
designated for the year and make of the vehicle. On the reverse side of both
of the yellow motorist's copies of the summons, a line will be drawn through
the instructions that direct the violator to answer the summons by mail.
Sustained attention and priority in enforcement should be given to those
hazardous violations which are the major cause of most collisions, deaths and
injuries on the roadways. The twenty-one most HAZARDOUS VIOLATIONS are:
(1) Failed to yield the right of way to vehicle
(2) Following too closely
(3) Speeding
(4) Reckless driving
(5) Improper turn
(6) Fail to obey traffic signal
(7) Disobey sign
(8) Improper passing
(9) Fail to yield right of way to Pedestrian
(10) Backing Unsafely
(11) Fail to keep right
(12) Driving while intoxicated

(13) Defective brakes
(14) Unlicensed operator
(15) Driving while ability to operate is impaired by alcohol or drugs
(16) Failure to wear seatbelt, use of child safety seat
(17) Spill back
(18) Use of a cellular telephone while driving
(19) Disobey pavement markings
(20) Overtaking and passing school bus
(21) Driving while texting
Members of the service should be aware that section 207, subdivision 5, of the
Vehicle and Traffic Law (Disposing of a Uniform Traffic Summons), does NOT
apply to situations where a motorist destroys or discards his/her copy of the
summons that was issued by the member of the service. That section is
applicable only when someone prevents or interferes with the processing of
that part of the summons destined for the adjudicating body (i.e., the "court
copy"). Members of the service may, however, issue a Criminal Court summons
for littering (Administrative Code section 16-118, [subdivision 1]) in
appropriate circumstances.
A uniformed member assigned to the Highway District may serve a summons for an
offense not personally observed but revealed during the course of a collision
investigation.
When serving such a summons, the member concerned shall draw a line through
the statement on the Complaint which reads "I PERSONALLY OBSERVED THE
COMMISSION OF THE OFFENSE CHARGED ABOVE."
The issuance of a Criminal Court summons for violation of Penal Law section
240.20 - Disorderly Conduct, at the scene of an incident in which the
summonsing member is the complainant, occasionally results in a civilian
complaint against the member. To verify and document the circumstances of the
incident, the summonsing member will request the response of the patrol
supervisor to the scene whenever:
a. Physical force/restraint was used by the uniformed member, OR
b. It was necessary to search or handcuff the violator, OR
c. Violator was placed in, or transported from the scene in, a Department
vehicle.
The patrol supervisor will determine the validity of the charge and:
a. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG indicating summonsing member's identity and
the violator's identity and condition.
b. Direct issuance of summons, if violator is eligible. If the violator is
not eligible, process as an arrest as per appropriate Department procedures.

If the patrol supervisor is not available to respond, the violator will be
removed to the command where the desk officer/supervisor will determine the
validity of the charge and make an appropriate entry in the Command Log.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Summonses and Notices of Violation Returnable Agencies (P.G. 209-02)
Quality Control procedures for the Processing of Summonses Returnable to
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-06)
Field Testing of Marijuana by Selected Uniformed Members of the Service within
the Patrol Services and Housing Bureaus (P.G. 218-08)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145)
MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT (PD 381-145)
SAMPLE CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS INFORMATIONS (PD 260-211)

P.G. 209-10 Traffic Violations Bureau Summons -graphics
Date Effective: 08-01-13
(Figure 48)

(Figure 49)

P.G. 209-11 Criminal Court Summons - Graphic
Date Effective: 08/01/13
(Figure 50)

(Figure 51)

(Figure 52)

P.G. 209-12 Environmental Control Board Notice Of Violation And
Hearing - General Procedure
Date Effective: 02-20-14
PURPOSE
To instruct uniformed members of the service of the proper manner by which to
prepare and process an Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and
Hearing.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing a violation under the jurisdiction of the Environmental Control
Board (ECB):
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Inform violator of the offense committed.
a. Take NO enforcement action against a blind person for violation of the
Canine Waste Law.
b. Use discretion when elderly or handicapped persons are observed violating
the Canine Waste Law.
2. Request proof of identity and residence.
a. If proof is refused and/or validity of proof is doubtful, escort violator
to command for further investigation.
WHEN VIOLATOR IS PROPERLY IDENTIFIED:
3. Prepare separate Notice of Violation and Hearing for EACH offense charged.
a. Complete captions in block letters, using a black ink, ball point pen.
4. Insert violation code, section of law, mail-in and maximum penalties on
Notice of Violation, as determined from COMMON ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD
NOTICE OF VIOLATION OFFENSES (PD160-100).
a. If not listed, request desk officer to check ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD
NOTICE OF VIOLATION OFFENSES (PD160-101), maintained at desk.
NOTE: A summons, returnable to Criminal Court, may be issued for summonsable
Administrative Code Violations or other violations of law NOT INDICATED on
comprehensive list of violations maintained at desk.
5. Make Notice of Violations and Hearing returnable to Environmental Control
Board.
a. In Staten Island, in all cases – make return date the fourth Thursday of
the month.
b. In Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, and the Bronx – if food or property is
removed, make return date not less than twenty-one days nor more than

twenty-eight days from the date of issuance, subject to provisions set forth
in subdivision (d) and (e) below.
c. In Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, and the Bronx – if food or property is
not removed, make return date not less than thirty days nor more than
thirty-seven days from the date of issuance, subject to provisions set forth
in subdivision (d) and (e) below.
d. In Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, and the Bronx, in all cases – make return
date on the days listed below:
(1) Manhattan – Wednesday
(2) Brooklyn – Friday
(3) Queens – Thursday
(4) Bronx – Tuesday
e. In Manhattan, Brooklyn, Queens, and the Bronx, in all cases, should the
scheduled return date fall on a holiday or the issuing officer’s regular day
off (RDO), make return date for the next scheduled business day.
6. Give violator pink (Respondent) copy of Notice of Violation.
7. Record complete details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
8. Enter required information on CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/ CRIMINAL COURT
SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145).
9. Distribute remaining copies of Notice of Violation as follows:
a. WHITE (ECB) copy - To command of occurrence at end of tour, or as
directed by commanding officer.
b. YELLOW (officer) copy - Retain with CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL
COURT SUMMONSES SERVED.
c. WHITE CARDBOARD (Agency) copy.
DESK OFFICER
10. Examine entries on Notice of Violation to ensure:
a. Accuracy, completeness and legibility
b. That reverse side (affidavit portion) is signed by issuing member.
11. Sign affidavit section as certifying officer.
12. Separate Notice of Violation by date of service and process as follows:
a. WHITE (ECB) copies - insert all copies issued on SAME day in
Environmental Control Board forwarding envelope addressed to Environmental
Control Board, 59-17 Junction Boulevard, Queens and forward to patrol borough
office with A.M. mail.
b. YELLOW (officer) copies - file in command by date of service and retain

thereat for two years.
PATROL BOROUGH OFFICE CLERK
13. Prepare two copies of SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT (PD160-011).
14. Direct messenger to deliver envelope containing Notice(s) of Violation to
Environmental Control Board.
MESSENGER
15. Obtain receipt on one copy of SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT and return to
borough office.
IF VIOLATOR CANNOT BE PROPERLY IDENTIFIED:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
16. Confer with desk officer.
17. Effect arrest of violator as a last resort, and ONLY WHEN violation
committed has CRIMINAL SANCTIONS in addition to civil penalties that may be
imposed by the Environmental Control Board and desk officer directs that
arrest be made.
NOTE: The Environmental Control Board has CIVIL JURISDICTION ONLY; therefore,
an arrest MAY NOT be made for a violation returnable SOLELY to that agency.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Whenever a violator is brought to the command for further investigation and
identification, and a positive identification CANNOT be made, or an arrest
CANNOT be effected as indicated above, PRIOR TO RELEASING the violator, P.G.
210-13, "Release of Prisoners - General Procedure" will be complied with.
BICYCLE RIDING ON SIDEWALKS:
Administrative Code Section 19-176, "Bicycle Riding Prohibited on Sidewalks,"
will be the primary enforcement tool this Department utilizes to eliminate
bicycle riding on sidewalks. Under this legislation, any person fourteen years
of age or older operating a bicycle upon a sidewalk shall be issued an
Environmental Control Board (ECB) Notice of Violation and Hearing. If such
person is operating the bicycle on the sidewalk in a manner that endangers any
other person or property, the bicycle will be seized at the time the ECB
Notice of Violation and Hearing is issued. The following are the steps to be
taken when a bicycle is observed being operated upon a sidewalk:
a. If the operator is at least fourteen years of age, and the bicycle is
merely operated on a sidewalk, the operator shall be issued an ECB Notice of
Violation and Hearing as follows:
Code - D62
Section - AC 19-176(b)
Description - Unlawful bicycle riding on sidewalk
Member of Service Must Appear - No
Penalty - $50
Default - $100

b. If the operator is at least fourteen years of age,
operated in a manner that endangers any other person or
operator shall be issued an ECB Notice of Violation and
bicycle will be seized. The ECB Notice of Violation and
completed as follows:

and the bicycle is
property, the bicycle
Hearing and the
Hearing shall be

Code - D6G
Section - AC 19-176(c) 1st offense
Description - Unlawful bicycle riding in a manner that endangers any other
person or property
Member of Service Must Appear - No
Penalty - $150
Default - $300
Code - D6H
Section - *AC 19-176(c) 2nd offense
Description - Unlawful bicycle riding in a manner that endangers another
person or property
Member of Service Must Appear - No
Penalty - $300
Default - $600
c. If the operator is at least fourteen years of age and the bicycle is
operated in a manner that endangers any other person or property with physical
contact between the rider and another person, the bicycle operator shall be
issued an ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing and the bicycle will be seized.
The uniformed member of the service will indicate the fact that there was
physical contact between the rider and another person on the summons
(Information Section) or Notice of Violation (Details Section).
Code - D6I
Section - AC 19-176(c)1st offense
Description - Unlawful bicycle riding in a manner that endangers person or
property with physical contact between the rider and another person
Member of Service Must Appear - No
Penalty - $250
Default - $500
Code - D6J
Section - *AC 19-176(c) 2nd offense
Description - Unlawful bicycle riding in a manner that endangers person or
property with physical contact between the rider and another person
Member of Service Must Appear - No
Penalty - $500
Default - $1000
*Civil penalties are doubled by ECB where the rider endangers another person
or property a second time within a six month period. The current law's
provision for seizing the bicycle remains in effect where the rider endangers
another person or property.
At the time the bicycle is taken into custody, in addition to appropriately
completing and issuing a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), the uniformed
member of the service issuing the ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing shall
provide the respondent with a completed PROCEDURE FOR RECOVERING SEIZED
BICYCLE/VEHICLE (PD521-148). This completed form shall serve as written notice
to the respondent and/or bicycle owner explaining the procedures for obtaining
release of the bicycle. The notice shall provide the location where the

bicycle may be claimed, instructions on the applicable charges for removal and
storage, as well as the steps necessary to request an ECB hearing. In all
cases where the operator of a bicycle is less than eighteen years of age, a
copy of the ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing shall either be personally
delivered to the operator's parent or guardian, or it shall be mailed to that
person, if their name and address is reasonably ascertainable. Additionally,
in any case where a bicycle is seized from an operator less than eighteen
years of age, the completed PROCEDURE FOR RECOVERING SEIZED BICYCLE/VEHICLE
must be personally delivered to the operator's parent or guardian, or it shall
be mailed to that person, if their name and address are reasonably
ascertainable. Bicycles taken into custody by members of the Department,
pursuant to New York City Administrative Code Section 19-176(c), shall be
invoiced and stored in the precinct of occurrence for FIVE business days
following seizure. NEITHER A REMOVAL FEE NOR A STORAGE FEE SHALL ACCRUE WHILE
THE BICYCLE IS STORED AT THE PRECINCT. Bicycles shall be removed to the
Property Clerk's Warehouse (520 Kingsland Avenue, Brooklyn) on the next
business day following the five business day precinct holding period. A
twenty-five dollar removal fee shall accrue upon the bicycle arriving at the
Property Clerk's Warehouse. Additionally, a storage fee of five dollars will
be charged for each day, or fraction of a day, the Property Clerk stores the
bicycle, after it is taken from the precinct. THE PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION WILL
COLLECT ALL CHARGES FOR REMOVAL AND STORAGE.
NOTE: If a respondent desires to post bond in order to get their bicycle
back, prior to a hearing, they should be directed to the Environmental Control
Board.
RETURNING A SEIZED BICYCLE
Prior to a member of this Department returning a bicycle seized pursuant to
Administrative Code Section 19-176(c), the claimant must submit the following:
a. A Decision and Order issued by the Environmental Control Board that will
indicate whether or not the respondent involved has been found in violation.
If the respondent has been found in violation, an ECB receipt confirming that
the fine has been paid must accompany the Decision and Order. A valid ECB
receipt will include the time, date, and ECB location of payment as well as
the violation number listed on the Decision and Order. If the Decision and
Order indicates that the respondent was not found in violation, no receipt
will be required.
b. The claimant's copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE issued at the time of
seizure.
c. In instances where a representative of the claimant appears to retrieve a
seized bicycle, he or she must fulfill the requirements of "a" and "b" as well
as providing a notarized letter, signed by the named claimant, expressly
authorizing the representative to claim the bicycle.
Removal and storage fees will not accrue until the bicycle reaches the
Property Clerk's Storage facility, and fees will only be collected by
authorized members assigned to the Property Clerk. Desk officers returning a
bicycle at the precinct stationhouse shall comply with Patrol Guide procedure
218-02, "Return of Property/Vehicles at Command and Processing Voided Property
Invoices," and forward the ECB Decision and Order to the Borough Property
Clerk.
Under limited circumstances where an encounter with a bicyclist takes on the

characteristics of a criminal investigation, or if the violator is not
properly identified, uniformed members of the service may still enforce
criminal laws. In lieu of issuance of an ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing,
members may, under appropriate circumstances, make an arrest or issue a
summons returnable to criminal court in connection with bicycle riding on a
sidewalk. Mere operation on a sidewalk, unless permitted by sign, is a traffic
infraction pursuant to Traffic Rules Section 4-07 (c) (3) (i) for which a
criminal court summons may be issued. This prohibition does not apply to the
operation of bicycles with wheels of less than twenty-six inches in diameter
upon the sidewalk by children twelve years of age or less. When the offender
is at least seven, but less than sixteen years of age, a JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) will be prepared. When such operation is under
circumstances, which create a substantial risk of physical injury to another
person or recklessly create a substantial risk of serious physical injury to
another person, Administrative Code Section 19-176(c), as an unclassified
misdemeanor or Penal Law Section 120.25, Reckless Endangerment in the second
degree, a class A misdemeanor, respectively, may be charged. In misdemeanor
cases, the bicycle should be seized and invoiced as "arrest evidence" pursuant
to normal Department procedure. Members of the service should confer with the
Legal Bureau, if in doubt as to the proper charges.
In circumstances where a bicycle rider is eligible for an ECB Notice of
Violation and Hearing the uniformed member of the service involved shall not
issue a criminal court summons in lieu of the ECB Notice of Violation and
Hearing.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Personal Service Of A Summons Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
Release of Prisoners - General Procedure (P.G. 210-13)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Return of Property/Vehicles at Command and Processing Voided Property Invoices
(P.G. 218-02)
Return of Summons Packet (A.G. 309-02)
Summonses Records (A.G. 309-03)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145)
COMMON ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD NOTICE OF VIOLATION OFFENSES (PD160-100)
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL BOARD NOTICE OF VIOLATION OFFENSES (PD160-101)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
PROCEDURE FOR RECOVERING SEIZED BICYCLE/VEHICLE (PD521-148)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT (PD160-011)

P.G. 209-13 Environmental Control Board Notice Of Violation And
Hearing - Graphic
Date Effective: 08/01/13
(Figure 53)

(Figure 54)

P.G. 209-14 Transit Adjudication Bureau - Notice Of Violation
I.O. 23, series 2011 REVOKED Patrol Guide 209-14
Date Effective: 01-01-00
PURPOSE
To record the distribution of the Transit Adjudication Bureau - Notices of
Violation and Hearing (TAB/NOV) issued to uniformed members of the service
assigned to the Transit Bureau and ensure the integrity of returned TAB/NOV
packets.
SCOPE
Uniformed members of the service below the rank of captain, assigned to the
Transit Bureau, who perform duty of an enforcement nature, must carry a
sufficient amount of Transit Adjudication Bureau - Notices of Violation.
PROCEDURE
When assigned to enforcement duty in the Transit Bureau:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Obtain TAB/NOV packet and CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION SERVED
(PD160-147) from desk officer.
2. Examine TAB/NOTICES OF VIOLATION to ensure packet contains twenty-five
TAB/NOV's, consecutively numbered and in good condition.
3. Sign for TAB/NOV packet on the TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARD
(PD160-148).
NOTE: In addition to maintaining separate SUMMONS BOOK DISTRIBUTION CARDS
(PD160-143) for the distribution of Moving/Criminal Court Summonses and
Parking Violation Summonses, Transit Districts shall maintain TAB/NOTICE OF
VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARDS for TAB/NOV packet distribution.
4. Sign and deliver completed CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICES OF VIOLATION
SERVED, along with the "Officer" copy of each TAB/NOV served, to immediate
supervisor, after all TAB/NOV in packet have been served.
NOTE: The member's immediate supervisor shall ensure that all TAB/NOV are
accounted for by reviewing the completed CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICES OF
VIOLATION SERVED and comparing the serial numbers sequentially written on the
CERTIFICATION with the serial numbers printed on "Officer" copy of each
TAB/NOV returned. The immediate supervisor will document said verification by
initialing the top portion of the CERTIFICATION.
5. Deliver unused TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION and CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICE OF
VIOLATION SERVED with the "Officer" copy of each TAB/NOV served, to the
command where they were issued, when transferred or separated from the
Department.
6. Notify commanding officer, without delay, when a TAB/NOV is damaged or

missing.
NOTE: Only Transit Bureau members of the service who regularly perform
enforcement duties on the subway are required to obtain full packets of
TAB/NOV's in accordance with the above procedure. However, if a member is
temporarily assigned to a Transit Bureau command for enforcement duties, those
members shall obtain a sufficient number of TAB/NOV's from the Transit Bureau
command where temporarily assigned. Unused TAB/NOV's will be returned at the
end of the assignment.
TRANSIT DISTRICT COMMANDING OFFICER/ RANKING SUPERVISOR DESIGNEE
7. Examine CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION SERVED to verify that:
a. All information has been recorded
b. The "Officer" copy of each TAB/NOV is returned with the CERTIFICATION
c. No discrepancies exist.
8. Take appropriate action if discrepancies are found.
9. Indicate inspection of CERTIFICATION by completing the "Supervisory Review"
captions on the reverse side.
10. Have clerical staff member enter the date that the CERTIFICATION was
received in the "Date Returned" caption of the appropriate TAB/NOTICE OF
VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARD and cross-reference each for filing in the
command.
11. Obtain partially used packets from transferred or separated members:
a. Ensure CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION SERVED, "Officer" copy
and remaining unused TAB/NOV's are in order
b. Complete "Supervisory Review" captions on reverse side of the
CERTIFICATION
c. Enter the number of TAB/NOV's remaining in packet on TAB/NOTICE OF
VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARD, under the "Date Returned" caption.
12. Re-issue unused TAB/NOV's to another uniformed member of the service.
a. Make appropriate entries on the bottom of TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION
DISTRIBUTION CARD utilizing the captions on the card as a guide.
13. Mark "CANCELLED" on unserviceable TAB/NOV's and forward a report on Typed
Letterhead, through channels, to Chief of Transit Bureau.
14. Ensure the Integrity Control Officer verifies the integrity of the TAB/NOV
packets returned.
TRANSIT DISTRICT INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
15. Select returned TAB/NOV packets, at random, for inspection.
16. Verify a random sampling of TAB/NOV copies returned with the CERTIFICATION
from each packet selected.

a. Compare TAB/NOV "Officer" copy with information entered on CERTIFICATION.
NOTE: Since this procedure is intended as an integrity control, all
TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATIONS in a packet need not be verified, nor all TAB/NOV
packets be inspected. The number of TAB/NOV packets, and TAB/NOV's therein, to
be verified is a prerogative of the commanding officer.
TRANSIT DISTRICT INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
17. Indicate inspection by entering date and initials on the reverse side of
CERTIFICATION.
18. Report discrepancies, if any, to the commanding officer.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service who are not assigned to the Transit Bureau
will issue a personal summons when enforcing violations of the NYC Transit
Authority Rules (NYCRR Part 1050), which will be adjudicated in Criminal
Court.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Transit Adjudication Bureau - Notice of Violation and Hearing - Graphic (P.G.
209-15)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION SERVED (PD160-147)
TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD160-148)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 209-15 Transit Adjudication Bureau Notice Of Violations And
Hearing - Graphic
Date Effective: 08/01/13
(Figure 55)

(Figure 56)

P.G. 209-16 Service Of A Summons - Special Procedures
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inform uniformed members of the service of special procedures that apply in
certain summons cases:
SITUATION

PROCEDURE

U.S. Mail Trucks

1. Serve summons for moving and/or
parking infractions.
2. Report all traffic infractions
to commanding officer giving
operator's name, time and place
of occurrence, and whether
summons was served.
NOTE: Government vehicles do not
require registration plates.

Bingo (Violation of
Administrative Code) and
representative of State Lottery
Control Commission is present

1. Obtain name and title of
representative.
2. Request representative to appear
in court to sign corroborating
affidavit.
3. Report facts, including
representative's name and title,
to commanding officer.

Premises licensed by State
Liquor Authority

1. Report service of summons inside
premises to desk officer.
2. Report facts to commanding
officer.

Sale of alcoholic beverages
during prohibited hours

1. Check time by radio, telephone
or other official source.
2. Seize beverage as evidence.
3. Secure other evidence such as
proof of sale, identity of
persons served, identity and job
title of employees in premises,
number of persons entering during
prohibited hours.
4. Deliver alcoholic evidence to
desk officer, command of
occurrence, for safekeeping
pending delivery to property
clerk.
5. Report facts to commanding
officer.

Purchase of alcoholic
beverages by fraudulent proof
of age

1. If violator is 16, to less than
21 years of age, make summons
returnable to Summons Part,

Criminal Court. If violator is
under 16 - prepare JUVENILE
REPORT SYSTEM
WORKSHEET (PD377-159A).
2. Report facts to commanding
officer.
Violation of Administrative
Code-Criminal and Civil Penalty

1. Serve summons and prepare
ADMINISTRATIVE CODE VIOLATION
NOTICE (PD372-151).

Public Service Commission
Certificate-Violation of
Section 61, subd. 14, Public
Service Law

1. Make summons returnable to
Summons Part, Criminal Court.
2. Report facts to commanding
officer.

Garages and Parking Lots

1. Summons returnable to Summons
Part, Criminal Court.
2. Report facts to commanding
officer.

Speeding

1. Circle actual speed when
violator is traveling 25 MPH or
more over speed limit.

Traffic infraction observed,
unable to serve summons

1. Report circumstances to
commanding officer, who may
direct member to apply for court
summons.

Missing Meter Number

1. Determine number from numbers of
adjoining meters.

Overtime Parking

1. Enter time of observation.

Possession of 25 grams or less
of Marijuana (Sec. 221.05,
Penal Law)

1. Serve summons returnable to
Summons Part, Criminal Court,
only if no other charges are
involved.
NOTE: Marijuana gram content of
each cigarette determines cumulative
weight. Usually 129 marijuana
cigarettes DO NOT EXCEED 25 grams).

Owner of motor vehicle
reports that summons was
served or delinquency notice
received during period when
vehicle/registration plates
were reported stolen

1. Desk officer will have two
copies of VERIFICATION OF STOLEN
MOTOR VEHICLE/PLATES (PD371-152)
prepared AFTER verifying theft.
2. A copy will be given to the
registered owner/operator and
the other copy filed.

Las Vegas Nights (unlicensed)

1. Uniformed member of the service
will notify desk officer.
2. Request patrol supervisor to
respond.

3. Serve summons for violation of
Administrative Code, returnable
to Criminal Court-Summons Part.
4. Comply with applicable
provisions of P.G. Procedure
212-12, "Citywide Intelligence
Reporting System."
5. If licensee violates provisions
of license, the patrol
supervisor will notify
Operations Unit by telephone,
and comply with applicable
provisions of P.G. Procedure
212-12, as indicated above.
Graffiti or unauthorized
sale or display or aerosol
paint cans and broad
tipped magic markers
(Section 10-117, Administrative Code)

1. (Class "B" Misdemeanor) Criminal
Court Summons, if eligible.

RELATED PROCEDURE
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ADMINISTRATIVE CODE VIOLATION NOTICE (PD372-151)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
VERIFICATION OF STOLEN MOTOR VEHICLE/PLATES (PD371-152)

P.G. 209-17 Report Instead Of Summons
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inform other city agencies of violations of licensing requirements or other
agency regulations.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service observes any of the offenses listed
below:
a. Health Code - Section 87.03 (restaurants require Health Department
permit)
b. Administrative Code - Sections B32-58.0 through B32-75.0 (size
location of licensed sidewalk stands)

and

c. Regulations of Department of Consumer Affairs except:
Cabarets
Catering establishments
Coffee houses

Garages
Parking lots
Public dance halls

UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. DO NOT serve summons.
2. Report facts, in writing, to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
3. Forward two copies of report on Typed Letterhead to Chief of Department.
4. Forward copy of report to command of occurrence if offense occurred within
another command.
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 209-18 Summons Served Or Prepared In Error
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To investigate the circumstances concerning issuance of a summons in error.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service issues or prepares a summons in error:
WHEN ALL PARTS OF SUMMONS ARE AVAILABLE:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Bring all parts of summons to the command.
2. Inform commanding officer of the facts.
3. Surrender all parts of the summons to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
4. Conduct investigation.
[I.O. 23 s 11] 5. Prepare SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153).
a. Ensure summons is scanned into the Electronic Summons Tracking System
(ESTS) utilizing bar code reader
b. If bar code readers is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS
manually
c. Notify patrol/transit borough of defective/inoperable bar code reader and
obtain replacement
d. Enter notification in Telephone Record.
6. Mark all copies of summons "Void" across face.
7. Forward first two copies of FORM with all parts of summons to Chief of
Department, Investigation Review Section, DIRECT.
WHEN VIOLATOR'S PART IS NOT AVAILABLE OR PARTS HAVE BEEN FORWARDED FOR
PROCESSING:
COMMANDING OFFICER
8. Conduct investigation.
[I.O. 23 s 11] 9. Prepare SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM.
a. Ensure summons is scanned into the ESTS utilizing bar code reader
b. If bar code readers is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS by hand

c. Notify patrol/transit borough of defective/inoperable bar code reader and
obtain replacement
d. Enter notification in Telephone Record.
10. Confer with Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section prior to
processing report of investigation, IF agency copy of summons has been
forwarded to the appropriate adjudicating agency prior to discovery of error,
or is otherwise unavailable. DO NOT deal directly with adjudicating agency in
these cases.
11. DO NOT mark copies of summons "VOID".
12. Forward first two copies of SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM with available copies of
summons to Chief of Department Investigation Review Section, through channels.
COMMAND CLERK
13. File remaining copy of SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM with photocopy of summons.
[I.O. 8 s 10] ADDITIONAL DATA
The Commanding Officer, Investigation and Review Section will ensure that one
copy of the SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM is forwarded to the Chief of Internal
Affairs when a summons is voided for Penal Law Section 240.35, "Loitering"
subsections 1, 3 or 7.
FORMS AND REPORTS
SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153)

P.G. 209-19 Transit Adjudication Bureau - Notice Of Violation And
Hearing Served Or Prepared In Error
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide a procedure for the voiding of Transit Adjudication Bureau Notices
of Violation and Hearing (TAB/NOV) which have been prepared in error.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service issues or prepares a TAB/NOV in error.
WHEN ALL COPIES OF THE TAB/NOV ARE AVAILABLE:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Bring all three parts of the TAB/NOV to the district/unit office and inform
commanding officer of the facts.
2. Surrender all parts of the TAB/NOV to the commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
3. Conduct an investigation.
4. Prepare SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153).
5. Mark all copies of TAB/NOV "VOID" across face.
6. Forward first copy of FORM with all parts of the TAB/NOV to the Chief of
Transit Bureau, DIRECT.
a. Retain second copy of completed SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM and a photocopy of
the TAB/NOV on file with the integrity control officer.
b. Return last copy of completed SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM to the issuing
uniformed member of the service for subsequent submission along with
CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOV SERVED (PD160-147) and the remaining "Officer" copies
of issued TAB/NOV.
c. Forward a photocopy of the TAB/NOV and SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM to the
Transit Borough concerned for informational purposes.
COMMANDING OFFICER, TRANSIT BUREAU/DESIGNEE
7. Review SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM and endorse accordingly.
a. Have entire package placed in an annual file marked, "VOIDED TAB/NOV" and
retain for five years, if request is approved.
b. Have entire package forwarded to Commanding Officer, Transit Bureau
Investigation Unit for review and comment, when appropriate, if request is
disapproved.

NOTE: In other cases, return package to originating command for additional
information, etc.
WHEN RECIPIENT IS NO LONGER PRESENT WITH THE RESPONDENT'S COPY OF THE TAB/NOV
- OR - DEPARTMENT COPY (WHITE) HAS BEEN FORWARDED FOR PROCESSING:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Bring remaining parts of the TAB/NOV to the district/unit office and inform
commanding officer of the facts.
9. Surrender remaining parts of the TAB/NOV to the commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
10. Conduct an investigation.
11. Prepare SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM.
12. DO NOT mark remaining copies of the TAB/NOV "VOID."
13. Forward first copy of SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM with all parts of the TAB/NOV
to the Chief of Transit Bureau, THROUGH CHANNELS.
a. Retain second copy of completed SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM and a photocopy of
the TAB/NOV on file with the integrity control officer.
b. Return last copy of completed SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM to the issuing
uniformed member of the service for subsequent submission along with
CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOV SERVED CARD and the remaining "Officer" copies of
issued TAB/NOV.
CHIEF OF TRANSIT BUREAU/DESIGNEE
14. Review SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM and endorse accordingly.
a. Mark the TAB/NOV "VOID", if request is approved.
(1) Forward photocopies of the TAB/NOV and the SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM to
the Director, Transit Adjudication Bureau.
(2) Have entire package placed in an annual file marked,, "VOIDED TAB/NOV"
and retain for five years.
b. Have entire package forwarded to the Commanding Officer, Transit Bureau
Investigation Unit for review and comment, if disapproved.
NOTE: In other cases, return package to originating command for additional
information, etc.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When a uniformed member of the service determines that he/she made a clerical
error on a TAB/NOV PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE RESPONDENT'S COPY, the
uniformed member concerned shall immediately issue a properly prepared TAB/NOV
to the respondent and return all copies of the improperly prepared TAB/NOV to
their commanding officer for processing in accordance with this procedure.

FORMS AND REPORTS
SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153)
CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOV SERVED (PD160-147)

P.G. 209-20 Summons Served Outside Permanent Command
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record and account for summonses served outside the permanent command of
uniformed member of the service.
PROCEDURE After a uniformed member serves a summons in a command other than
his/her permanent command, follow normal summons procedure and:
SUMMONSING MEMBER 1. Prepare two copies of SUMMONS RECEIPT (PD260-011).
NOTE: Separate SUMMONS RECEIPTS MUST BE prepared when:
a. Summonses issued are returnable to different adjudicating agencies
b. Summonses are returnable on different dates
c. Summonses are issued from different summons packets.
2. Deliver appropriate parts of summonses and RECEIPT to desk officer,
precinct of occurrence.
DESK OFFICER
3. Check summonses against those listed on RECEIPT.
4. Sign copy of RECEIPT and return to summonsing member.
5. Attach remaining copy of RECEIPT to summons listed thereon.
SUMMONSING MEMBER
6. Deliver RECEIPT to desk officer of permanent command at completion of tour.
DESK OFFICER 1ST PLATOON
7. Ascertain that summonses listed on RECEIPT have been processed.
8. Sign and date RECEIPT.
9. Forward RECEIPT in multi-use envelope to command of summonsing member.
COMMAND CLERK, SUMMONSING MEMBER'S COMMAND
10. Ascertain that copy of RECEIPT is received from precinct of record within
seven days after date of service of summons.
11. Compare both copies of RECEIPT for discrepancy.
12. File copy of RECEIPT with related CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT
SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145) or CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED
(PD160- 146).

13. Destroy remaining copy of RECEIPT.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The [I.O. 1 s 11] Citywide Traffic Task Force and the Highway District are
commands of record for summonses served within their territorial jurisdictions
by uniformed members of the service assigned to these commands.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Summonses (P.G. 209-05)
Summons Served Outside Permanent Command - Papers Lost (P.G. 209-21)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145)
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146)
SUMMONS RECEIPT (PD260-011)

P.G. 209-21 Summons Served Outside Permanent Command Papers Lost
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide adjudicating agency with copy of summons complaint if original copy
is lost.
PROCEDURE
If a discrepancy is discovered between the SUMMONS RECEIPT (PD260-011) and the
summons issued or if the SUMMONS RECEIPT and/or copies of the summons are
lost:
COMMANDING OFFICER OF SUMMONSING MEMBER
1. Conduct investigation of the circumstances.
2. Notify commanding officer of command of record if SUMMONS RECEIPT not
received.
IF SUMMONS WAS PROPERLY RECORDED AND PROCESSED BUT RECEIPT IS LOST:
CLERK - COMMAND OF RECORD
3. Check command records/files.
4. Prepare SUMMONS RECEIPT if unable to locate receipt and mark across face
"Duplicate."
5. Deliver receipt to desk officer for signature.
6. Forward duplicate receipt to commanding officer of summonsing member.
IF COMPLAINT COPY OF SUMMONS IS LOST:
CLERK -COMMAND OF RECORD
7. Duplicate summonsing member's copy of summons.
8. Prepare report to adjudication agency on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
indicating that the complaint copy of the summons was lost and the member's
copy is being substituted for the complaint copy.
9. Deliver report to commanding officer for signature.
10. Forward report and member's copy of summons to adjudicating agency as
original summons.
11. Give summonsing member duplicate copy of summons for submission with
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145) or
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Summons Served Outside Permanent Commands (P.G. 209-20)

FORMS AND REPORTS
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145)
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146)
SUMMONS RECEIPT (PD260-011)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)

P.G. 209-22 Summons Notification
Date Effective: 09-06-13
PURPOSE
To notify agencies or units concerned in certain summons cases.
PROCEDURE
When a summons has been served for the following offenses, follow normal
summons processing procedure and:
DESK OFFICER
1. Make telephone notification to agency concerned as indicated below:
OFFENSE

NOTIFY

a. Soliciting contributions in
public (Section 603-11.0,
Administrative Code.)

==> Department of Social
Services

b. Traffic offense by operator of
Parks Department vehicle.

==> Parks Department, Director
of Maintenance

c. Moving traffic infraction
committed by school bus
operator while actually
transporting children.

==> NYC Board of Education,
Bureau of Pupil
Transportation

d. Summonses issued to private
carting vehicle for moving
violations under the NYS
Vehicle and Traffic Law and the
NYC Traffic Rules; violations
of the Environmental Control
Board; and, violations of the
NYC Department of Consumer
Affairs or the NYC Department
of Health.

==> Business Integrity
Commission

2. Forward REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151) to:
a. Department of Consumer Affairs when summons issued to towing car owner or
driver.
NOTE: Tow trucks of certain organizations and tow truck operators who are
employed by and are actually operating a tow truck of such organization are
exempt from Department of Consumer Affairs licensing regulations. Those
EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS are:
a. Governmental agencies
b. Franchise public transportation companies

c. Taxi companies - licensed by Taxi and Limousine Commission
d. School bus companies (as defined in VTL)
e. Public utility companies
f. Motor vehicle rental agencies.
3. Prepare report on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) and forward direct to
Bureau of Enforcement, N.Y.C. Department of Air Resources, 120 Wall Street,
New York 10005, when a summons is served for an air pollution violation (other
than a smoking vehicle). Report will include:
a. Summons number
b. Violation (full section number)
c. Time and date
d. Place of occurrence
e. Details
f. Defendant's name and address
g. Rank, name, shield number and command of summonsing officer.
4. Forward a duplicate copy of summons served for violation of Section 11-801,
Administrative Code "no commercial motor vehicle tax stamp" to the Chief of
Department, Investigation and Review Section accompanied by a Typed Letterhead
indicating reason summons was served.
a. Investigation and Review Section will forward the duplicate summons to
New York City Department of Finance.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 209-23 Taxi And Limousine Commission Notifications Re:
Violations And Enforcement Action
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To notify the New York City Taxi and Limousine Commission when enforcement
action is taken for violations committed by taxicab/taxi and limousine plate
owners/operators, or operators of vehicles, which should be regulated by the
Taxi and Limousine Commission and to report other violations for which no
enforcement action was taken or was inappropriate.
DEFINITION
ENFORCEMENT ACTION - For the purpose of this procedure includes, but is not
limited to, the issuance of:
a. Summonses for moving violations,
b. Summonses for violations returnable to Criminal Court, AND
c. Notices of Violation and Hearing returnable to the New York City
Environmental Control Board.
NOTE: A REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151) will not be prepared when a summons
or Notice of Violation and Hearing is issued as described above.
PROCEDURE
Upon taking any enforcement action against owners/operators of vehicles
licensed or those owners/operators of vehicles that should be licensed by the
New York City Taxi and Limousine Commission:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with P.G. 209-09, "Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to
Traffic Violations Bureau or Criminal Court" or P.G. 209-12, "Environmental
Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing - General Procedure," as
appropriate.
TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
2. Make two photocopies of front of original summons/Notice of Violation and
hearing.
3. Enter next sequential number from "Report of Violation" log on the top of
each photocopy of summons/Notice of Violation and Hearing.
4. Have one photocopy of summons or Notice of Violation and Hearing forwarded
to the New York City Taxi and Limousine Commission, in lieu of REPORT OF
VIOLATION.
5. File second copy of summons or Notice of Violation and Hearing in rear of
"Report of Violation" log or command file.

NOTE: A REPORT OF VIOLITION will continue to be prepared in those instances
where operators of taxicabs/Taxi and Limousine Commission licensed vehicles or
operators of vehicles that should be licensed by the Taxi and Limousine
Commission are arrested or become aided cases (see P.G. 208-58, "Arrest of
Taxicab and/or Tow Truck Owners/Operators," and 216-10, "Taxicab Drivers").
WHEN A CIVILIAN PASSENGER OR MEMBER OF THE SERVICE REPORTS A VIOLATION FOR
WHICH ENFORCEMENT ACTION IS NOT NECESSARY OR POSSIBLE (e.g. COMPLAINT OF DIRTY
TAXI, FARE DISPUTE, ETC.)
DESK OFFICER
6. Cause preparation of REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151).
7. Obtain following information from complainant, if possible:
a. Driver's identification number.
b. Driver's name and date of birth.
c. Medallion number of vehicle.
8. Insert New York State registration number on REPORT OF VIOLATION when above
information cannot be obtained.
9. Forward one copy of REPORT OF VIOLATION to Taxi and Limousine Commission.
a. File other copy in precinct.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Licensees are required to cooperate with Police Department in the performance
of their duties particularly with regard to the following regulations:
a. Licensees may not conceal evidence of crime nor voluntarily aid violators
of law to escape arrest.
b. Licensees are required to immediately report to the Police Department any
unlawful acts directly connected with their licensed vehicles, or any use or
attempt to use their vehicles in connection with a crime or escape from the
scene of a crime.
Any member of the service who has occasion to inspect a taxicab that is
involved in a collision, operated in violation of law, or used in the
commission of a crime, will make an inspection of such taxicab in respect to
its mechanical condition. Member will note all defects and report the facts,
through the commanding officer, to the Taxi and Limousine Commission. If an
arrest is made, a record and disposition will be included in the report.
The desk officer will adjudicate fare disputes. Failure to comply with the
decision will subject offender to a charge of Theft of Services, Section
165.15, subdivision 3, Penal Law. Upon payment of fare, driver is required to
give passenger a receipt.
Adjudication of fare dispute does not deprive passenger of the right to report
violations of Taxi and Limousine Commission Rules and Regulations. The desk
officer will record such allegations on REPORT OF VIOLATION and forward as
indicated above.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrest of Taxicab and/or Tow Truck Owners/Operators (P.G. 208-58)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing - General
Procedure (P.G. 209-12)
Taxicab Drivers (P.G. 216-10)
Taxicab Violations (A.G. 321-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)

P.G. 209-24 Mandatory Driver's License Checks
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To identify persons operating vehicles with suspended/revoked licenses by
conducting mandatory driver's license checks.
SCOPE
Mandatory driver's license checks are to be conducted when uniformed members
of the service respond to:
a. Traffic collisions involving death or physical injury (whether injury is
observed or complained of).
b. Traffic collisions regardless of injuries, if RMP is equipped with a
Mobile Digital Terminal (computer).
c. Car stops and the vehicle operator does not present a New York State
driver's license.
d. All car stops if the RMP is equipped with a Mobile Digital Terminal
(computer).
e. Other situations, e.g., arrest, traffic violation, etc., which under the
circumstances require further investigation.
PROCEDURE
When conducting a mandatory driver's license check:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request response of RMP equipped with mobile digital terminal (computer).
a. Request Communications Section conduct driver's license check, if
computer equipped vehicle is not available.
2. Comply with P.G. 209-26, "Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator's License,"
if computer or other check discloses that operator is driving with a
suspended/ revoked license.
ADDITIONAL DATA
DMV COMPUTER INOPERATIVE
If the Department of Motor Vehicles computer is inoperative, the license check
as described in this procedure cannot be conducted. When circumstances do not
warrant detention and the operator of the vehicle possesses a valid driver's
license, vehicle registration, insurance card, etc., the uniformed member of
the service concerned will make an entry in his/her ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
and include the operator's name, address, telephone number, date of birth, and
driver's license number.

SEARCH OF DMV RECORDS
Uniformed members of the service should be guided by the following indicators
when conducting license/name checks of motor vehicle operators:
a. When conducting license/name checks always run a group search of the last
name, first name, and sex without the date of birth or any middle initial
(common names such as Smith, Garcia, etc. may prohibit such a search due to
the large number of responses generated).
b. Examine DMV files containing the same name/addresses with different dates
of birth.
c. Examine motor vehicle operator's documents to determine if identification
with other names, addresses, or dates of birth are possessed. Invoice any
items found suggesting additional driving records/identifications.
d. Be alert to out-of-state licenses which may have been issued under lax
identification standards.
e. Review a suspect's criminal history in Department databases such as
C.A.R.S. and B.A.D.S. to ascertain additional aliases, addresses, or dates of
birth.
f. Fill out CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST (PD135-160) form,
if applicable. Attach all pertinent supporting data and submit to desk officer
for review, before distributing as per instructions on form.
FALSE PERSONATION
When attempting to ascertain a prisoner's identity, the uniformed member of
the service concerned should inform the prisoner that knowingly
misrepresenting his or her actual name, date of birth, or address to a police
officer, with intent to prevent a police officer from ascertaining such
information, is punishable as a crime. Prisoners who knowingly misrepresent
their pedigree information should be charged under Penal Law 190.23 (False
Personation, B Misd.).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator's License (P.G. 209-26)
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or
Critical Injury (P.G. 217-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST (PD135-160)

P.G. 209-25 Processing Warrant Checks Over Citywide I And Ii
Radio
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide uniformed members of the service with over the air access, via
Citywide I and Citywide II radio, to federal, state and local warrant
databases.
DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this procedure the following radio codes will be utilized:
10-18
Utilization of this response code signal indicates that, on the basis
of the information provided, the individual concerned appears to be wanted on
a warrant.
10-19
This response code indicates that, on the basis of the information
provided, the individual concerned is not wanted on a warrant based on the
WINQ/WNAM inquiry.
PROCEDURE
Prior to issuing a summons returnable to Criminal Court or Traffic Violations
Bureau in the field, a uniformed member of the service will conduct a federal,
state and local warrant check on all individuals.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify Communications Section radio dispatcher of the nature and location
of the stop, including whether a one or two person unit.
IF ASSIGNED TO RMP OR OTHER DEPARTMENT VEHICLE EQUIPPED WITH A MOBILE DIGITAL
TERMINAL (MDT)
2. Conduct a federal and state warrant check using the "WINQ" function on the
individual to be summonsed.
a. Remove individual to command facility for further investigation, if the
"WINQ" check reveals the possibility of an outstanding warrant.
(1) Conduct additional warrant check (WNAM) at the command facility.
3. Perform a local warrant check, if the "WINQ" check reveals that the
individual is NOT wanted on a warrant, by switching to the appropriate
Citywide radio frequency (CW 1 or CW 2) and requesting the dispatcher to
conduct a local warrant check ("WNAM").
NOTE: Citywide I (CW 1) radio frequency will be utilized by uniformed
members assigned to or operating within Patrol Boroughs Manhattan North and
South and Patrol Borough Bronx. Citywide II (CW 2) radio frequency will be
utilized by uniformed members assigned to, or operating within Patrol Boroughs
Queens North and South, Patrol Borough Staten Island, Patrol Borough Brooklyn
South and SATCOM Brooklyn North.

a. Only the uniformed member initiating the stop will switch frequencies;
all other uniformed members will remain on the Communications Section
frequency.
CITYWIDE DISPATCHER
4. Notify uniformed member concerned utilizing radio code signal "10-18," if
the individual is wanted on a warrant.
UNIFORMED MEMBER CONCERNED
5. Remove the individual to the

command facility for further investigation.

CITYWIDE DISPATCHER
6. Notify uniformed member concerned utilizing radio code signal "10-19," if
the individual is not wanted on a warrant.
UNIFORMED MEMBER CONCERNED
7. Issue summons and release the individual.
IF ASSIGNED TO FOOT PATROL OR TO A VEHICLE NOT EQUIPPED WITH A MOBILE DIGITAL
TERMINAL (MDT) AND/OR THERE IS NO IMMEDIATE ACCESS TO A DEPARTMENT CELL PHONE:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Request response of available vehicle equipped with a Mobile Digital
Terminal.
a. Comply with steps 1 through 3 above, if Mobile Digital Terminal equipped
vehicle is available.
9. Request the appropriate Citywide radio dispatcher to process the federal,
state, and local warrant checks, if a Mobile Digital Terminal equipped vehicle
is not available.
CITYWIDE DISPATCHER
10. Notify uniformed member concerned utilizing radio code signal "10-19," if
the individual is not wanted on a warrant.
UNIFORMED MEMBER CONCERNED
11. Issue summons and release the individual.
CITYWIDE DISPATCHER
12. Notify uniformed member concerned utilizing radio code signal "10-18," if
the warrant check reveals that the individual is possibly wanted on a warrant.
UNIFORMED MEMBER CONCERNED
13. Remove the individual to the command facility for further investigation.
NOTE: If the warrant check is being conducted by a uniformed member
performing solo patrol duty and results in the individual being wanted on a

warrant, the Citywide dispatcher shall immediately notify the appropriate
Communications Section radio dispatcher to direct an available two person unit
to respond to the scene. Upon arrival of additional units, the uniformed
member detaining the individual will remove the individual to the command
facility for further investigation.

P.G. 209-26 Suspended Or Revoked Vehicle Operator's License
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To remove and process driver's licenses that have been suspended/revoked.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service stops a vehicle and discovers that the
operator is driving with a suspended/revoked drivers license:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Confiscate driver's license.
2. Prepare SEIZED DRIVER'S LICENSE RECEIPT/REPORT (PD634-152) and
CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST (PD135-160) form, if
applicable.
3. Give operator of vehicle receipt for license by utilizing original copy of
bottom half of SEIZED DRIVER'S LICENSE RECEIPT/REPORT.
a. If operator has any suspensions or his/her license has been revoked for
any reason, remove to command and process for Desk Appearance Ticket (DAT). If
ineligible for DAT continue arrest processing and bring FINEST printout, if
available, to Central Booking with prisoners.
NOTE: See New York State Vehicle and Traffic Law Section 511[1][a],
511[2][a], and 511[3][a] (effective 11-1-93), for appropriate charges.
4. Do not mark or mutilate license in any manner.
5. Have violator's vehicle parked in legal parking area until registered owner
can arrange to have vehicle removed from scene by licensed operator.
DESK OFFICER
6. Forward confiscated license with original top half of SEIZED DRIVER'S
LICENSE RECEIPT/REPORT and CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST
form, if appropriate, as directed.
a. Review for accuracy CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST form
prior to forwarding.
7. File duplicate copy of SEIZED DRIVER'S LICENSE RECEIPT/ REPORT and
CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST form, if applicable, in
command.
IF VIOLATOR CLAIMS SUSPENSION/REVOCATIONS HAVE BEEN REMOVED AND CONDITION
CORRECTED WITHIN PAST 14 DAYS:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Request violator to produce one of following documents:

a. Newly validated license, OR
b. Temporary license, OR
c. Department of Motor Vehicle receipt or communication (with number of
original suspension/revocation order).
(1) If documents presented are dated AFTER suspension or revocation order,
such documents will verify that license is no longer suspended/revoked.
9. Telephone local office of Department of Motor Vehicles (between 0830 and
1600 hours, Monday through Friday) for verification, if operator does not
produce the requested documents.
10. Request verification of claim from the FINEST System, when offices of
Department of Motor Vehicles are closed.
a. If verification cannot be made, comply with normal summons/arrest
procedure and advise violator to report to his/her local Department of Motor
Vehicles office and obtain a temporary license until original license is
returned.
ADDITIONAL DATA
SEARCH OF DMV RECORDS
Uniformed members of the service should be guided by the following indicators
when conducting license/name checks of motor vehicle operators:
a. When conducting license/name checks always run a group search of the last
name, first name, and sex without the date of birth or any middle initial
(common names such as Smith, Garcia, etc. may prohibit such a search due to
the large number of responses generated.)
b. Examine DMV files containing the same name/addresses with different dates
of birth.
c. Examine motor vehicle operator's documents to determine if identification
with other names, addresses, or dates of birth are possessed. Invoice any
items found suggesting additional driving records/identifications.
d. Be alert to out-of-state licenses which may have been issued under lax
identification standards.
e. Review a suspect's criminal history in Department databases such as
C.A.R.S. and B.A.D.S. to ascertain additional aliases, addresses, or dates of
birth.
f. Fill out CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST form, if
applicable. Attach all pertinent supporting data and submit to desk officer
for review, before distributing as per instructions on form.
FALSE PERSONATION
When attempting to ascertain a prisoner's identity, the uniformed member of
the service concerned should inform the prisoner that knowingly
misrepresenting his or her actual name, date of birth, or address, to a police

officer, with intent to prevent a police officer from ascertaining such
information, is punishable as a crime. Prisoners who knowingly misrepresent
their pedigree information should be charged under Penal Law 190.23 (False
Personation, B Misd.).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Suspension and Revocation Orders (P.G. 212-80)
FORMS AND REPORTS
SEIZED DRIVER'S LICENSE RECEIPT/REPORT (PD634-152)
CONSOLIDATION OF CLIENT IDENTIFICATION REQUEST (PD135-160)

P.G. 209-27 Service Of A Summons - Removal Of Ignition Key
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To reduce incidents of auto theft.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service observes the key in the ignition of an
unattended motor vehicle for more than three minutes:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Lock ignition.
2. Remove key.
3. Prepare two copies of REMOVAL OF IGNITION KEY (PD571-121).
4. Attach one copy of REMOVAL OF IGNITION KEY to steering wheel and attach
remaining copy to key.
5. Prepare summons for violation of Administrative Code, returnable to Parking
Violations, and place on windshield.
6. Give summons and key to violator and destroy REMOVAL OF IGNITION KEY, if
violator returns while member is at scene.
7. Deliver key with attached tag to desk officer if violator does not return.
DESK OFFICER
8. Return key to violator upon appearance at command.
9. Invoice key to Property Clerk and destroy REMOVAL OF IGNITION KEY if not
claimed within forty-eight hours.
FORMS AND REPORTS
REMOVAL OF IGNITION KEY (PD571-121)

P.G. 209-28 Unlicensed Tow Truck Operators
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To summons an unlicensed tow truck operator
DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this procedure the following definitions will be utilized:
EXEMPT TOW TRUCK - A tow truck owned or operated by/for:
a. A governmental agency
b. A vehicle dismantler
c. Franchised public transportation
d. A bus company
e. A utility company
f. An owner of a taxi(s) or a livery vehicle which is licensed to operate by
the Taxi and Limousine Commission
g. A school bus company
h. A vehicle rental agency.
TOWING - The moving of a vehicle where a fee, charge or other consideration
is directly or indirectly imposed for such moving or where the towing service
is performed by a person engaged in the servicing or repairing of vehicles.
PURPOSE
When a uniformed member of the service observes an unlicensed tow truck
operator:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Issue summons, if operator is eligible, for violation
Code Section 20-496(b), returnable to Criminal Court.

of Administrative

2. Prepare REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151), and enter under "Details":
a. Violation of Unlicensed Tow Truck Operator, Administrative Code, Section
20-496(b).
b. List registered owner/address from the Certificate of Registration. If
Certificate of Registration is not available, issue summons and obtain FINEST
printout of the identity and address of registered owner.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service observing an unlicensed tow truck
parked unattended will prepare a REPORT OF VIOLATION and complete as fully as

possible.
3. Submit REPORT OF VIOLATION with FINEST System printout of registered owner
if applicable, to the desk officer.
NOTE: It is of extreme importance that the REPORT OF VIOLATION be properly
prepared since information contained thereon forms the basis for subsequent
imposition of administrative sanctions by the Department of Consumer Affairs.
DESK OFFICER
4. Review the REPORT OF VIOLATION for completeness and accuracy.
5. Forward the white and blue copy, with FINEST printout of registered owner
attached, when applicable, to the Department of Consumer Affairs, Licensing
Enforcement Section, 42 Broadway, New York, New York 10004.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Each person operating a tow truck must have in their possession a Tow Truck
Operator Driver's License issued by the Department of Consumer Affairs. These
licenses include the name of the driver, identification number and photo.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrest of Taxicab and/or Tow Truck Owners/Operators (P.G. 208-58)
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
Summons Notifications (P.G. 209-22)
Appearances at Department of Consumer Affairs (P.G. 211-13)
FORMS AND REPORTS
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)

P.G. 209-29 Seizure Of Unlicensed Tow Truck
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To seize unlicensed tow trucks that are required to be licensed by the New
York City Department of Consumer Affairs.
DEFINITIONS
TOW TRUCK - shall mean a vehicle that is equipped with a crane, winch, tow
bar, push plate or other device designed to pull, push, or raise a vehicle
from the front or rear.
TOWING - A tow truck being driven or operated on public streets whether or not
it is actually transporting another vehicle. Towing shall also include the
offering to transport a vehicle by means of a tow truck.
NOTE: An employee of a repair shop registered pursuant to Article 12A of the
New York State Vehicle and Traffic Law shall not be deemed to be engaged in
"towing" when such employee test drives a tow truck that has been repaired or
is to be repaired by such repair shop, and the tow truck is not transporting
another vehicle, and the test drive takes place within a one mile radius of
the repair shop's premises.
EXEMPT TOW TRUCK - Tow trucks owned or operated by/for the following entities
are exempt from this procedure:
a. Government agency
b. Vehicle dismantler
c. Franchised public transportation
d. Bus company
e. Utility company
f. Taxi/livery vehicle owner who is licensed to operate by the Taxi and
Limousine Commission
g. School bus company
h. Vehicle rental agency
NOTE: Exempt tow trucks will be identified by a sticker. This exemption
sticker is affixed to the right inside portion of the windshield next to the
vehicle's tax stamp. In addition to the exempt vehicles listed above, there
are certain tow trucks which shall not be subject to seizure under this
procedure. These include company owned trucks that are used to tow only
company owned vehicles, e.g., oil companies, bakeries, etc. Additionally, tow
trucks from outside New York City that are passing through or merely picking
up or dropping off a vehicle within New York City are not subject to this
procedure.

PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service observes a tow truck not licensed by
the New York City Department of Consumer Affairs or not bearing an exemption
sticker engaged in towing as defined above:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Determine if the operator of the tow truck has the following:
a. A New York State driver's license with tow truck endorsement.
NOTE: Section 501(b)(viii) of the Vehicle and Traffic Law requires that a
driver's license bear a "CT" endorsement in order for the holder to operate a
tow truck.
b. Department of Consumer Affairs tow truck driver's license.
c. See "ADDITIONAL DATA" for description of a properly licensed tow truck
and companion graphic.
2. Ascertain whether tow truck is:
a. Exempt, or
b. Registered in New York City or,
c. The tow company's place of business is within New York City.
3. Verify that the tow truck and/or the vehicle being towed are not stolen.
a. Comply with appropriate procedures if either vehicle is reported stolen.
4. Request the response of the patrol supervisor.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
5. Respond to the scene and verify that the tow truck to be seized meets the
appropriate criteria.
NOTE: If doubt exists, direct the member to prepare a REPORT OF VIOLATION
(PD672-151) only and release the tow truck.
6. Direct the officer to issue summons as necessary for other violations
observed, if appropriate.
7. Advise the officer to obtain sufficient information regarding the tow truck
and towed vehicle for preparation of a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET
(PD521-141A).
NOTE: If the owner/operator of the vehicle being towed by the unlicensed tow
truck is present, release the vehicle to the owner/ operator but do not
release the unlicensed tow truck. A description of the vehicle released must
be entered in the remarks section of the INVOICE. If the vehicle was involved
in a collision, the officer will offer the owner of the vehicle the services
of the Directed Accident Response Program (DARP). If the vehicle was merely
being towed by an unlicensed tow truck and the owner is present, advise the
owner of the vehicle that he may have his vehicle towed by any licensed tow

company of his choice or by the responding Department of Consumer Affairs
contracted tow company.
8. Provide the member with a Department of Consumer Affairs Summons/ Notice of
Violation and Hearing.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
9. Prepare Summons/Notice of Violation and Hearing.
a. Include in "Details of Violation" section the vehicle identification
number (VIN) of the tow truck seized.
b. Select a return date within five business days of the seizure for either
0930 or 1400 hours.
c. Issuing officer must appear at the Department of Consumer Affairs on the
selected return date.
NOTE: The return date selected will not be the same day as the seizure, nor
on a regularly scheduled day off (RDO) of the member issuing the summons.
10. Deliver the pink copy of the summons to the tow truck driver.
a. Retain remaining copies and bring them to the Department of Consumer
Affairs hearing on the return date.
b. Deliver the buff (hard) copy to the patrol supervisor.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
11. Advise member that the Department of Consumer Affairs approved towing
company will be contacted to respond to the scene.
NOTE: The patrol supervisor will advise the member that the responding
Department of Consumer Affairs approved tow company must have a Department of
Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer Authorization - Acknowledgment of Transfer
properly signed and embossed with a raised seal. In certain instances
involving heavy-duty tows the authorized Department Of Consumer Affairs tow
company may subcontract the tow to one of the alternate tow companies listed
in the "Additional Data" section. The alternate tow company will present a fax
copy of the Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer Authorization Acknowledgment of Transfer to the member. The alternate authorized company
must remove the vehicle to the primary authorized tow company's storage
location. The member of the service may contact the primary authorized tow
company at (718) 257-1556. The primary authorized tow company will, upon
request, arrange to have a copy of the original Vehicle Transfer Authorization
and Acknowledgment delivered to the member's command.
12. Respond to the command and contact the Department of Consumer Affairs
approved contracted towing company (see "ADDITIONAL DATA" for approved tow
company).
13. Provide the Department of Consumer Affairs approved tow company with the
following information:
a. Location of the seizure.

b. If the seized tow truck is an unusually large vehicle.
c. The number of tow trucks needed.
NOTE: Request one tow truck if only an unlicensed tow truck is involved and
two tow trucks if the unlicensed tow truck was towing a vehicle.
14. Ensure that the Department of Consumer Affairs tow company acknowledges
that the requested tow truck is for a seizure and not any other program (e.g.
Rotation Tow, etc.).
15. Enter in the REPORT OF VIOLATION log the name of the:
a. Department of Consumer Affairs approved tow company notified to remove
the seizure.
b. Person at the approved tow company who was notified.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
16. Inspect Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer Authorization Acknowledgment of Transfer provided by the responding Department of Consumer
Affairs tow company operator for:
a. Authorized signature
b. Embossed seal.
NOTE: The responding Department of Consumer Affairs tow company may only
have a faxed copy of the Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer
Authorization - Acknowledgment of Transfer.
17. Advise the Department of Consumer Affairs tow company operator to complete
and sign the top portion of the Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle
Transfer Authorization - Acknowledgment of Transfer form.
18. Complete bottom portion of form and sign.
a. Retain the completed form.
19. Allow the Department of Consumer Affairs authorized tow operator to remove
the unlicensed tow truck.
NOTE: The authorized tow company will also remove any vehicle being towed by
the unlicensed tow truck if necessary. Such a vehicle will not be listed on
the Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer Authorization Acknowledgment of Transfer.
20. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET for seized tow truck only.
a. Check "Investigatory" caption box in category of property section on top
of form.
b. Indicate in "Remarks" section:
(1) "F.O.A. Released to Department of Consumer Affairs"
(2) Full description of vehicle being towed by the unlicensed tow truck

and whether the vehicle was released at the scene, towed by the Department of
Consumer Affairs authorized tow company, or other disposition (e.g. DARP tow).
NOTE: Personal property invoiced will not be put on the same INVOICE as the
seized tow truck. Personal property will be invoiced on a separate PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
21. Deliver the INVOICE WORKSHEET to the desk officer.
22. Advise the desk officer of the return date for the Department of Consumer
Affairs hearing.
DESK OFFICER
23. Direct roll call to enter the return date in the diary.
a. Roll call will notify Appearance Control Unit via the Court Appearance
Control System (CACS).
24. Verify the accuracy and completeness of the INVOICE WORKSHEET.
25. Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET is entered into the Property and
Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
26. Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412), utilizing the "External
Transfer" function in the Property and Evidence Tracking System, with the
destination of the authorized Department of Consumer Affairs tow company who
removed the unlicensed tow truck.
a. Enter in "Remarks" section of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT "Released to the
Department of Consumer Affairs representative -RELEASED F.O.A."
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
27. Electronically sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
DESK OFFICER
28. Electronically sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
29. Direct the member to:
a. Notify the Department of Consumer Affairs at telephone number (212)
487-4142 of the seizure. A message can be left via voice mail 24 hours a day,
if other than normal business hours.
b. Fax to the Department of Consumer Affairs, (twenty-four hours a day) at
telephone number (212) 487-4221:
(1) A copy of the Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer
Authorization - Acknowledgment of Transfer.
(2) A copy of the Department of Consumer Affairs Summons/ Notice of
Violation and Hearing.
30. Attach Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer Authorization
-Acknowledgment of Transfer to "Property Clerk" copy of the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.

31. File "Property Clerk" copy of the INVOICE in the "Closed" file at command.
32. Direct the member seizing the tow truck to notify its owner via telephone
and in writing of the location of any vehicle towed in conjunction with the
seizure.
33. Make a Command Log entry of the following:
a. Name, rank, shield and tax registry numbers of the member seizing the
unlicensed tow truck.
b. Location of seizure.
c. Description of vehicle seized.
d. Description and disposition of any vehicles being towed by the unlicensed
tow truck.
e. Name and location of Department of Consumer Affairs authorized tow
company which accepted vehicles.
f. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number.
g. Return date for hearing.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OR THE SERVICE
34. Make a complete ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of the seizure.
ADDITIONAL DATA
PRIMARY AUTHORIZED DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS TOW COMPANY
SOLID GOLD
578 COZINE AVENUE
BROOKLYN, NEWYORK 11208
Attention: Daniel P. Danner
FAX (718) 256-0628
TELEPHONE (718) 257-1556
The alternate authorized Department of Consumer Affairs tow companies will
only be contacted by the primary authorized tow company. The primary
authorized tow company is responsible for the removal of the vehicles and
contacting any alternate company that may be needed for a specialized removal.
Under no circumstances will an alternate tow company be contacted by a member
of this Department for the removal of an unlicensed tow truck seized by this
Department. All requests for removal of seized vehicles will be made to the
primary authorized tow company.
ALTERNATE AUTHORIZED DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS TOW COMPANIES
Murray Rude Services, Inc.
494 Morgan Avenue
Brooklyn, New York 11222
J & J Towing Inc.
660 Gulf Avenue

Staten Island, New York 10314
Russo & Whitlock
452 Coster Street
Bronx, New York 10474

GRAPHIC OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS TOW TRUCK WITH PROPERLY DISPLAYED ITEMS
(Figure 57)

THIS IS AN EXAMPLE (NOT DRAWN TO SCALE) OF A PROPERLY DISPLAYED TOW TRUCK
MEDALLION (4 INCHES WIDE X 6-1/4 INCHES HIGH, RED METAL FLAT PLATE), MEDALLION
NUMBER AND OTHER INFORMATION. THE MEDALLION AND MEDALLION NUMBER ARE
PERMANENTLY AFFIXED TO THE TRUCK. NOTE THAT THE MEDALLION NUMBER MUST BE
RECORDED IN NUMBERS AT LEAST 12 INCHES HIGH. ALL OTHER LETTERING AND NUMBERING
MUST BE RECORDED IN LETTERS AND NUMBERS AT LEAST 1-1/2 INCHES HIGH. THE
MEDALLION MUST BE AFFIXED TO THE DRIVER SIDE, AND THE MEDALLION NUMBER MUST BE
PAINTED ON BOTH THE DRIVER SIDE AND PASSENGER SIDE.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrest of Taxicab and/or Tow Truck Owners/Operators (P.G. 208-58)
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
Summons Notifications (P.G. 209-22)
Appearances at Department of Consumer Affairs (P.G. 211-13)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

NOTICE OF VIOLATION (PD260-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD 521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)
Department of Consumer Affairs Summons/Notice of Violation and Hearing
Department of Consumer Affairs Vehicle Transfer Authorization Acknowledgment
of Transfer

P.G. 209-30 Summons Served On Vehicle Used On Department Business
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To investigate circumstances of summons served on a vehicle while on official
Department business and/or utilized in the performance of urgent police action
or necessary police action.
DEFINITIONS - The definitions listed below are ONLY applicable to this
procedure:
URGENT POLICE ACTION - Police response to a call for service, typically a
response to an emergency or an active pursuit or an ongoing surveillance of a
moving subject.
NECESSARY
and taken
activity.
uniformed

POLICE ACTION - A response that is less than urgent police action
to enhance public/officer safety or to detect and deter criminal
It does not include actions taken solely for the convenience of
members of the service.

VALID VERIFIABLE DEFENSE - Department of Finance, Parking Violations Bureau,
procedure for dismissing summonses issued to Department or authorized private
vehicles while on official Department business. Summonses issued for the
following safety violations are NOT eligible for a "Valid Verifiable Defense,"
absent urgent police action or necessary police action:
a. Double Parking
b. Fire Hydrant or Fire Zone
c. Bus Stop
d. Sidewalk
e. Crosswalks and Driveways
f. Obstruction of Traffic
g. No Standing Zones (except "No Standing Except Truck Loading and
Unloading")
h. Snow Emergency
i. No Parking - Except Authorized Vehicles
j. No Stopping
k. No Parking - Taxi Stand
l. Within No Permit Areas - As indicated on rear of Department issued
Vehicle Parking Permits (Misc. 740, Misc 23-N, etc.).
PROCEDURE

Upon receipt of a summons issued to a vehicle while on official Department
business and/or utilized in the performance of urgent police action or
necessary police action.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare SUMMONS PLEA FORM (PD160-152).
2. Submit summons and SUMMONS PLEA FORM to commanding officer.
a. If a summons was issued to an authorized private vehicle also submit an
approved copy of REQUEST TO USE PRIVATE VEHICLE (PD471- 160) (see
Administrative Guide 325-14, "Private Vehicles Authorization") to commanding
officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
3. Investigate circumstances to determine eligibility for Valid Verifiable
Defense processing.
4. Endorse SUMMONS PLEA FORM by legibly printing name, tax number, command and
signing name, indicating results of investigation and recommendations.
5. Instruct member to answer summons if conditions of Valid Verifiable Defense
are not confirmed.
6. Forward first two copies of SUMMONS PLEA FORM, summons, and copy of the
approved REQUEST TO USE PRIVATE VEHICLE, if applicable, through channels, to
Chief of Department within thirty days.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When a summons is served for a safety violation (subdivision "a" through "l"
listed under "DEFINITIONS") on a vehicle used in the performance of URGENT
POLICE ACTION or NECESSARY POLICE ACTION the commanding officer of the
concerned member will investigate the circumstances. If the facts are
verified, endorse SUMMONS PLEA FORM with supportive details and forward,
through channels, within thirty days, recommending the Chief of Department
forward the SUMMONS PLEA FORM to the Parking Violations Bureau for final
determination.
If URGENT POLICE ACTION or NECESSARY POLICE ACTION was not involved when a
safety violation occurred, the member's commanding officer will instruct the
member concerned to obtain final disposition of summons.
In cases where a vehicle was summonsed for a safety violation and URGENT
POLICE ACTION or NECESSARY POLICE ACTION was involved, an assessment may
conclude the violation was egregious and disciplinary action may be taken. In
such cases, the SUMMONS PLEA FORM will be endorsed with a notation indicating
the disciplinary action, and will be forwarded through channels to the Chief
of Department, within thirty days.
Prior to forwarding SUMMONS PLEA FORMS to the Parking Violations Bureau for
final determination, the Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section
,will review all SUMMONS PLEA FORMS and take disciplinary action, if
warranted, or ensure it has been instituted.
When notified by the Chief of Department that the Parking Violations Bureau

has denied a summons dismissal request for lack of a Valid Verifiable Defense
or URGENT POLICE ACTION or NECESSARY POLICE ACTION cannot be confirmed, the
commanding officer concerned will direct recipient of summons to obtain final
disposition of summons. A copy of such disposition will be forwarded to the
Chief of Department, through channels, within thirty days.
A "Notice of Liability" will be generated by the Department of Finance for
violations of the "Red Light Violations Monitoring Program," where a vehicle
used on official Department business is photographed passing a steady red
light signal. The RED LIGHT VIOLATION PLEA FORM (PD160-154) will be used to
request dismissal consideration through Parking Violations Bureau. This form
will be forwarded to the command concerned along with the "Notice of
Liability" and a letter of instruction by the Office of the Chief of
Department, Investigation Review Section. Commanding officers will have form
prepared detailing an URGENT POLICE ACTION defense describing the
circumstances surrounding the violations (e.g., an active pursuit, response to
an emergency or an ongoing surveillance of a moving subject). Backup
documentation will be attached and the operator MUST sign the "Operator
Declaration" present on the form. These forms will be forwarded, through
channels, to the Office of the Chief of Department, Investigation Review
Section within thirty days. Inquiries and requests for additional forms
related to red light violations will be directed to the Office of the Chief of
Department, Investigation Review Section.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Private Vehicles Authorization (A.G. 325-14)
FORMS AND REPORTS
SUMMONS PLEA FORM (PD160-152)
RED LIGHT VIOLATION PLEA FORM (PD160-154)
REQUEST TO USE PRIVATE VEHICLE (PD471-160)

P.G. 209-31 Statement Of Correction By A Police Officer
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To allow uniformed members of the service to assist motorists, who have been
issued defective equipment violations.
DEFINITION
EQUIPMENT VIOLATIONS - For the purpose of this procedure, are defined as those
violations for which a summons may be issued for defective tail, signal, brake
lights, one headlight, damaged lens covers or defective tires, etc. DOES NOT
include defective brakes, two headlights or a loud radio.
PROCEDURE
When a motorist, who has been issued a summons for certain equipment
violations (as stated above), presents acceptable proof of repair or
correction to a uniformed member of the service:
NOTE: Such repair must have been within one half hour after sunset the
following business day, including Saturday, from the date the summons was
issued.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare STATEMENT OF CORRECTION BY A POLICE OFFICER (PD660-120).
2. Sign the bottom portion of the STATEMENT.
a. Return the completed STATEMENT to the motorist.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service will give a STATEMENT OF CORRECTION BY A
POLICE OFFICER to a motorist, who has received a summons for one of these
equipment violations, at the time the summons is issued.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS
STATEMENT OF CORRECTION BY A POLICE OFFICER (PD660-120)

P.G. 209-32 Release Of Vehicles Prior To Tow Utilizing A Field
Release Agreement (FRA)
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
When a Patrol Services Bureau (P.S.B.) supervisor is requested to respond to a
Field Release Agreement condition.
SCOPE
A program entitled "Field Release Agreement" exists within the [I.O. 1 s 11]
Traffic Enforcement District (TED). This program concerns illegally parked
vehicles subject to violation tow. An illegally parked vehicle which is
summonsed and impounded ("hooked up") to a tow truck on scene, but is not yet
removed from the actual location, may be released pending the completion of an
Agreement To Pay Vehicle Release Fee commonly referred to as a Field Release
Agreement (FRA). The owner/representative of the vehicle has the option of
accepting a FRA. This is an agreement signed by the owner/representative of
the impounded vehicle to pay a one hundred dollar ($100.00) or two hundred
dollar ($200.00) fee (depending on the weight of the vehicle and/or the need
for multiple tow trucks or a single tow truck weighing over eight tons), in
addition to the original summons, in lieu of having the vehicle towed. A PED
supervisor is required to respond to the scene, review and sign the
appropriate FRA paperwork, and authorize the release of the vehicle. To
enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of this program, when a PED
supervisor is not available to respond in a timely manner, a Patrol Services
Bureau patrol supervisor will respond and assume the PED supervisor's duties.
DEFINITION
FIELD RELEASE AGREEMENT - An agreement between the owner/representative of an
illegally parked vehicle (which is subject to violation tow) and the City of
New York when a vehicle has been hooked to a tow truck (in preparation for
removal to a pound) and the owner, or other person lawfully entitled to be in
possession of the vehicle, appears and requests the release of the vehicle
(before the tow truck is in motion). The vehicle shall be unhooked and
released, provided that the owner/representative first signs a FRA. By doing
so the owner/representative consents to pay both the vehicle release penalty
fee of $100.00 or $200.00, and the parking violation penalty for which cited.
The owner/representative further agrees to remit such payment to the New York
City Parking Violations Bureau within thirty days from the date the FRA is
executed.
PROCEDURE
When requested to respond to a Field Release Agreement (FRA) condition:
PATROL SUPERVISOR
1. Respond to the scene and verify that the vehicle owner/representative has
presented to the tow operator both a valid driver's license and the vehicle's
key (ignition and door) AND at least one of the following:
a. Valid registration certificate, OR

b. Valid title certificate, OR
c. Valid insurance card, OR
d. Valid rental agreement (for a rental vehicle), OR
e. Valid company identification (for a commercial vehicle).
2. Ensure that tow operator has conducted a license check of the vehicle
owner/representative.
NOTE: If the license check reveals that the vehicle owner/ representative is
a scofflaw violator, then the person is not eligible to participate in the FRA
program. In addition, holders of a foreign driver's license are also not
eligible.
3. Direct the tow operator to complete and sign the FRA and present to the
motorist to sign.
NOTE: In the event that the owner/representative reports damage to, or
missing property from the vehicle, the tow operator must supply the
owner/representative with the following forms: Tort Claim and Claim Against
The City Of New York Automobile Property Damage. The tow operator will also
make a notation on his/her Field Inspection Report regarding the
owner's/representative's claim.
4. Initial notation entered on Field Inspection Report by tow operator
whenever a vehicle owner/representative makes a damage or missing property
claim and verify that they have been issued the appropriate claim forms.
NOTE: If owner/representative reports that property is missing from their
vehicle, the patrol supervisor will be guided by the provisions of [I.O. 9 s
08] P.G. 207-21, "Allegations Of Corruption And Other Misconduct Against
Members Of The Service."
5. Review the FRA for completeness and accuracy, sign in supervisory caption,
and authorize release of the vehicle.
6. Return FRA copies to tow truck operator and vehicle owner/representative.
7. Refer vehicle owner/representative to New York City Department of
Transportation, Bureau of Traffic, for any additional information.
8. Make all pertinent entries in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), i.e., location of
incident, tow operator's name, vehicle owner's/representative's name, etc.
RELATED PROCEDURES
[I.O. 9 s 08] Allegations Of Corruption And Other Misconduct Against Members
Of The Service (P.G. 207-21)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Agreement To Pay Vehicle Release Fee (Field Release Agreement)
Claim Against The City Of New York Automobile Property Damage
Field Inspection Report
Tort Claim

P.G. 209-33 Parental Notification For Criminal Court Summonses
Issued To Individuals Under 18 Years
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To reduce the frequency of youth-related quality-of-life offenses by notifying
the parents or guardians of individuals (ages 16 or 17) who have been issued a
Criminal Court summons.
PROCEDURE
When issuing a Criminal Court (C) summons to an individual (ages 16 or 17),
uniformed members of the service will comply with the following procedure:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Attempt to notify the parent or guardian.
NOTE: Do not detain the individual solely for
notification.

the purpose of making this

2. Indicate the name, address and telephone number of the parent or guardian
on a photocopy of the summons and indicate if notification was made. Do not
write on the actual summons.
3. Deliver the photocopy of the summons to the command youth officer and
process the original in the usual manner.
YOUTH OFFICER
4. Attempt to notify the parent or guardian by telephone if they were not
already notified by the summonsing officer.
5. Prepare PARENTAL NOTIFICATION FOR CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS ISSUED TO
INDIVIDUALS UNDER 18 YEARS (PD660-121) and submit to commanding officer for
review and signature.
6. Maintain a secure file containing the photocopy of the summons, a photocopy
of PARENTAL NOTIFICATION FOR CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS ISSUED TO INDIVIDUALS
UNDER 18 and any other related information.
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
7. Ensure that attempts are made to make notifications and are recorded as
appropriate.
COMMANDING OFFICER
8. Review and sign PARENTAL NOTIFICATION FOR CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS ISSUED TO
INDIVIDUALS UNDER 18 YEARS and return to youth officer.
YOUTH OFFICER
9. Forward PARENTAL NOTIFICATION FOR CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS ISSUED TO

INDIVIDUALS UNDER 18 YEARS to the parent or guardian via U.S. Mail or personal
visit.
FORMS AND REPORTS
PARENTAL NOTIFICATION FOR CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS ISSUED TO INDIVIDUALS UNDER
18 YEARS (PD660-121)

P.G. 209-34 Tow Truck Enforcement/Common Summonsable Offenses
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide members of the service with guidelines establishing the indicators
that justify the stopping of a tow truck based on reasonable suspicion.
DEFINITIONS
CONSENSUAL TOW - A tow driver does not have to provide any authorization for a
consensual tow. The tow operator is required to have written authorization for
all non-consensual tows. Authorization must be a signed document listing the
make, model, and VIN of vehicle towed.
NON-CONSENSUAL TOW - The vehicle is towed without the owner/operator's
permission.
REQUIREMENTS THAT APPLY TO ALL TOW TRUCKS
a. Tow trucks are commercial vehicles and are required to comply with
commercial vehicle regulations. The Department of Motor Vehicles requires the
company name and address to be permanently affixed on both sides in lettering
at least three inches high in contrasting colors to the color of all
commercial vehicles.
b. Tow trucks must meet the New York State Department of Motor Vehicles
requirement of a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of 8600 pounds. This is not a
requirement for tow trucks registered outside of New York State.
DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS (DCA) REQUIREMENTS FOR TOW TRUCKS BASED IN THE
CITY OF NEW YORK
a. Tow truck must have the 311 number displayed for consumer complaints.
b. The tow truck identification card must be carried at all times in the
vehicle.
c. New York City based trucks must display either a DCA medallion or an
exemption sticker as outlined in P.G. 209-29, "Seizure of Unlicensed Tow
Truck."
d. The DCA medallion must be permanently affixed to the side of the truck as
outlined in P.G. 209-29, "Seizure of Unlicensed Tow Truck."
NOTE: The following tow trucks are exempt from the DCA licensing
requirements but must display a DCA exemption sticker. (No exemption sticker
is required for tow trucks registered out of the city that are only picking up
or dropping off in the city):
* Government Agency
* Vehicle Dismantler/Itinerant Vehicle Collector
* Bus Company

* Utility Company
* Tow truck owner of a Taxi or Livery Vehicle licensed to operate by the
Taxi and Limousine Commission
* School Bus Company
* Vehicle Rental Agency.
REQUIREMENTS FOR TOW OPERATORS IN NEW YORK CITY
a. Tow truck driver must have the following available while driving a tow
truck:
(1) Driver's license
* New York State Department of Motor Vehicles license with an
"S" or "W" endorsement or
* Equivalent license from other jurisdictions
(2) New York City Department of Consumer Affairs license
(3) NYS DMV Vehicle registration
(4) Insurance card
(5) Tow truck identification card issued by DCA.
NOTE: Tow operators from outside of New York City are only required to have
a driver's license, vehicle registration and insurance card.
OBSERVATION OF THE FOLLOWING INFRACTIONS AUTOMATICALLY JUSTIFY A VEHICLE STOP
a. The medallion is not securely affixed to tow truck [Rules 2-362(n)]
b. The word "police" or letters "PD" is displayed on tow truck [VTL 396(2)]
c. Medallion numbers not painted on or displayed [Rules 2-362(n) (2)]
d. Company name/address missing or improper commercial lettering [AC 20507b]
e. Soliciting for a tow at an accident scene (AC 20-515b). Additionally, AC
20-515(d) prohibits making an estimate of cost of repairs or offering to make
an estimate, offering to make repairs, or providing any inducement, discount,
reward or other thing of value to encourage, urge or steer any person to have
such accident vehicle towed to a repair facility or to have such accident
vehicle repaired at a particular repair facility. Offering to waive the
deductible or the towing fee is prohibited. If soliciting is observed the
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151) should contain a full account of the
conversation heard - name, address and phone # of motorist, name and address
of any witness, etc. A Criminal Court summons should also be issued. The
person does not have to be in a tow truck or work for a tow company or repair
shop.

f. Tow truck's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) less than 8600 pounds [VTL
401(b)]
g. Tow truck traveled to accident scene without request [AC 20-518(b) (2)]
h. Any violation of the New York State Vehicle and Traffic Laws
i. Tow truck towing a vehicle from a parking lot of a closed facility or
mall.
NOTE: Members of the service are allowed to conduct a license plate check of
a vehicle being towed as long as the plate is in plain view. Members of the
service are not allowed to climb on the bed of a tow truck to get a vehicle
identification number unless there is probable cause that a crime has been
committed or the tow is unauthorized (unlicensed tower, authorized tow).
If a vehicle is in tow, a proper investigation should be conducted prior to
allowing the tow operator to leave. At all tow truck stops where members of
the service conduct an investigation regarding illegal tows a TOW TRUCK
VIOLATION REPORT (PD666-151) will be prepared.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing tow truck committing an infraction:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Stop tow truck and conduct a thorough investigation to determine if the tow
truck and/or operator are in compliance with DCA regulations or are exempt.
2. Prepare a TOW TRUCK VIOLATION REPORT for each tow truck stopped and list
plate number for any vehicle towed.
3. Fax completed TOW TRUCK VIOLATION REPORT to Borough Auto Larceny Unit for
information purposes. (MOS will confirm receipt of fax by phoning appropriate
Borough Auto Larceny Unit. Name of Auto Larceny Unit member receiving REPORT
will be entered on precinct hard copy).
4. Fax completed TOW TRUCK VIOLATION REPORT to Auto Crime Division at (718)
217-8451 for information purposes. (MOS will confirm receipt of fax by phoning
Auto Crime Division. Name of Auto Crime member receiving REPORT will be
entered on precinct hard copy).
PCT. CRIME ANALYSIS/COUNTERPART
5. Conduct a license plate check on the 7th, 15th and 30th day after stop to
determine if vehicle being towed was reported stolen.
6. Notify the Auto Crime Division at (718) 217-8515 if towed vehicle has been
reported stolen.
7. Notify the Borough Auto Larceny Unit concerned if tow vehicle has been
reported stolen (see "NOTE" under "Borough Auto Larceny Unit/ Counterpart").
8. Forward hard copy to the Borough Auto Larceny Unit.
9. Maintain copy of completed TOW TRUCK VIOLATION REPORT.

BOROUGH AUTO LARCENY UNIT/COUNTERPART
10. Maintain chronological log of all TOW TRUCK VIOLATION REPORTS within the
borough.
11. File hard copy of REPORT and maintain data for statistical purposes.
NOTE: Prior to taking enforcement action as a result of a follow up
investigation stemming from a license check, the Borough Auto Larceny Unit
will consult with the Auto Crime Division.
MOS ASSIGNED TO AUTO CRIME DIVISION
12. Determine if information provided by precinct/command personnel requires
further investigation.
ADDITIONAL DATA
THE FOLLOWING ARE ADDITIONAL VIOLATIONS THAT MAY BE OBSERVED:
a. Tow operator may not possess a police radio/scanner in tow truck or on
his/her person (AC 20-515a). MOS should note the transmissions that are
audible over the receiver in the ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and on the REPORT OF
VIOLATION. The scanner should then be vouchered and brought to the DCA
hearing.
b. Tow operator refuses an obligated tow (DARP, ROTOW, etc.) (AC 20-512)
c. Tow operator refuses Police order to tow vehicle obstructing traffic (AC
20-511)
d. Unauthorized removal/towing of vehicle (AC 20-510)
e. Towing a vehicle without proper signed authorization (AC 20-510) (non
consensual tows only)
f. Unlicensed tow truck (AC 20-496a)
g. Unlicensed tow truck operator/assistant (AC 20-496b)
h. Acceptance of major credit cards as a prerequisite to participate in city
towing programs (AC 20-520.1) (Tow truck companies in city programs MUST
accept two major credit cards and display the decals of these major credit
card companies on their trucks. Refusal to accept payment by a credit card
indicated on the truck is a violation.)
i. Soliciting for towing at an accident scene (AC 20-515). (Same person at
different accident scenes or person distributing business cards at accident
scenes.)
MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE SHOULD BE AWARE OF THE BELOW LISTED INDICATORS OF
POSSIBLE VIOLATIONS:
a. Tow trucks parked on residential streets at night
b. Tow trucks with no visible tow bars or winches
c. Tow truck remaining in a parking lot repeatedly but no contract exists

with the facility
d. Tow truck towing from parking lot of a closed store or mall.
Members of the service are required to prepare a REPORT OF VIOLATION
(PD672-151) for any consumer complaint regarding towing. In addition, the
consumer should be instructed to contact 311 or referred to the Department of
Consumer Affairs (DCA) website at WWW.NYC.GOV. A criminal court summons
returnable to New York City Criminal Court should be issued if appropriate.
Members of the service are reminded that preparation of a REPORT OF VIOLATION
does not relieve them of their responsibility for making appropriate ACTIVITY
LOG (PD112-145) entries. All relevant information must be included in the
entry.
The Chief of Patrol Resource Management Section is the Department's liaison
with the Department of Consumer Affairs (DCA). Members of the service may
contact Chief of Patrol Resource Management Section at (646) 610-6250, during
business hours, with any inquires or questions that cannot be resolved at the
command level.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
Unlicensed Tow Truck Operator (P.G. 209-28)
Seizure of Unlicensed Tow Trucks (P.G. 209-29)
Taxicab or Towing Truck Owners/Operators (P.G. 208-58)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)
TOW TRUCK VIOLATION REPORT (PD666-151)

P.G. 209-35 Pleading Guilty By Mail For Criminal Court Summons
Issued For Consumption Of Alcohol In Public
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To facilitate adjudication of summonses issued throughout New York City for
Consumption of Alcohol in Public, Administrative Code Violation 10-125(b), to
respondents who wish to plead guilty without making a personal appearance.
PROCEDURE
When issuing a summons for Consumption of Alcohol in Public, Administration
Code Violation 10-125(b) ONLY and there are NO OTHER CHARGES, in addition to
normal procedures:
UMOS ISSUING SUMMONS
1. Issue separate handout entitled; "INSTRUCTIONS FOR PLEADING GUILTY TO
SUMMONS BY MAIL (PD260-111)."
2. Inform respondent that in order to exercise their option to adjudicate the
summons by pleading guilty by mail, they must include their copy of the
SUMMONS along with the form; "INSTRUCTIONS FOR PLEADING GUILTY TO SUMMONS BY
MAIL" when mailing in their remittance.
NOTE: All other pertinent details such as the amount of the fine (fixed at
$25.) and the mailing address are listed on the form.
ISSUING MEMBER MUST STILL INCLUDE THE PROPER RETURN DATE AND ADDRESS OF THE
PROPER COURT ACCORDING TO THE BOROUGH/PRECINCT OF ISSUANCE IN CASE THE
RESPONDENT WISHES TO PLEAD NOT GUILTY OR OTHERWISE MAKE A PERSONAL APPEARANCE.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Summonses and Notices of Violation Returnable Agencies (P.G. 209-02)
Summons Return Date and Time (P.G. 209-04)
Quantity Control Procedures for the Processing of Summonses Returnable to
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-06)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
Criminal Court Summons - Graphic (P.G. 209-11)
Summons Served or Prepared in Error (P.G. 209-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PLEADING GUILTY TO SUMMONS BY MAIL (PD260-111)

P.G. 209-36 Electronic Summons Tracking System (ESTS)
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To maintain a record of Parking, Environmental Control Board (ECB), Moving,
Criminal Court and Transit Adjudication Bureau (TAB) summonses requisitioned,
distributed, served and/or processed by the Department.
PROCEDURE
When requisitioning, distributing, serving and/or processing Parking, ECB and
Moving, Criminal Court or Transit Adjudication Bureau (TAB) summonses:
COMMANDING OFFICER/DESIGNEE
1. Requisition summonses from issuing agency.
NOTE: To requisition summonses, the following agencies will be contacted:
Parking Summonses (A):
Moving Summonses (B):
Criminal Court Summonses (C):

Department of Finance
Bush Terminal
167 41st Street, Brooklyn

TAB Summonses:

Transit Bureau Headquarters
130 Livingston Street, 3rd Floor,
Brooklyn

ECB Summonses:

Environmental Control Board
66 John Street,10th Floor, NY, NY

2. Safeguard Summonses.
3. Inspect summonses to ensure:
a. Quantity is correct
b. Summonses are intact and in numerical order.
4. Return summons packets with irregularities to issuing agency with report on
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151).
5. Ensure packets of summonses are recorded on SUMMONS DISTRIBUTION CARD
(PD160-143) and/or TAB summonses on TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARD
(PD160-148).
a. Ensure first and last number of each packet is entered in first column.
6. Designate appropriate receptacle within secure location and under the
direct control of the desk officer (e.g., property room, etc.) for storage of
served summonses.
WHEN A UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE REQUIRES ADDITIONAL SUMMONSES:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE

7. Request summonses from desk officer/distributing supervisor as follows:
a. Parking summonses and CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED
(PD160-146)
b. ECB, Moving, Criminal Court summonses and CERTIFICATION OF
MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145).
c. TAB summonses and CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION SERVED
(PD160-147).
DESK OFFICER/DISTRIBUTING SUPERVISOR
8. Utilize Electronic Summons Tracking System (ESTS) to determine if member of
the service has any previously distributed unused summonses.
a. Certify, by visual inspection, summonses listed in ESTS as previously
distributed and unused
b. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if uniformed member
concerned cannot produce listed summonses
c. Determine necessity of distributing additional summons to uniformed
member.
9. Utilize bar code reader to scan each summons being distributed to uniformed
member of the service into the (ESTS).
a. If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually
b. Notify patrol borough or transit borough of defective/inoperable bar code
reader and obtain replacement
c. Enter notification in Telephone Record.
10. Distribute summons packets in numerical order.
a. Ensure Department sticker WARNING! ENFORCEMENT OF PENAL LAW SECTION
240.35 "LOITERING" SUBSECTIONS (1), (3), AND (7) IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED
(PD160-130) is placed on the front of each Criminal Court summons packet prior
to distribution.
11. Have member receiving packet acknowledge receipt on SUMMONS DISTRIBUTION
CARD and/or TAB/NOTICE IF VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARD.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
12. Examine summonses to ensure that packet contains twenty summonses and/or
TAB packet contains twenty five summonses which are consecutively numbered.
13. Sign for summonses on SUMMONS BOOK DISTRIBUTION CARD and/or TAB/NOTICE OF
VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARD.
NOTE: Separate SUMMONS BOOK DISTRIBUTION CARDS will be maintained for
Parking, ECB, Moving or Criminal Court summonses. CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICE
OF VIOLATION SERVED CARDS will be maintained for TAB summonses.

14. Sign and deliver completed CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED,
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED and CERTIFICATION OF
TAB/ NOTICE OF VIOLATION SERVED with appropriate copies of each summons served
to clerical staff, after all summonses in packet have been served.
15. Deliver unused summonses and CERTIFICATION, with appropriate copies of
each summons served, to desk officer/distributing supervisor of command where
summons packet(s) were issued, when transferred or separated from the
Department.
DESK OFFICER/DISTRIBUTING SUPERVISOR
16. Utilize bar code reader to scan unused summonses returned by uniformed
member of the service into ESTS.
a. If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually
b. Notify patrol borough or transit borough of defective/inoperable bar code
reader and obtain replacement.
c. Enter notification in Telephone Record
d. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if a summons is
missing.
(1) Notify integrity control officer (ICO) immediately, when a summons is
missing.
(2) If ICO is not available, notify commanding/executive officer.
17. Forward unused summonses and CERTIFICATION, with appropriate copies of
each summons served, to commanding officer/designee as per A.G. 309-02,
"Return of Summons Packet."
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
18. Notify commanding officer without delay, when a summons is damaged.
NOTE: Uniformed members not ordinarily required to carry summonses, or
temporarily assigned to enforcement duty which may require serving a summons
will obtain a sufficient number of summonses from the command where
temporarily assigned. Unused summonses will be returned at end of assignment.
WHEN A UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ISSUES A SUMMONS AND DELIVERS REMAINING
COPIES TO COMMAND FOR RECORDING:
19. Deliver remaining copies of summons(es), intact, direct to desk officer at
end of tour on date of issuance.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service must hand deliver all summonses
served, direct to the desk officer for scanning into ESTS. Under no
circumstances will a member of the service deposit a summons directly into the
receptacle designated for storage of served summonses.
DESK OFFICER
20. Examine entries on summonses for accuracy, completeness and legibility.

21. Utilize bar code reader to scan all summonses served into ESTS.
a. If bar code readers inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually
b. Notify patrol borough or transit borough of defective/inoperable bar code
reader and obtain replacement
c. Enter notification in Telephone Record.
NOTE: Desk officers are responsible to ensure all summonses received during
their tour of duty are entered into ESTS, prior to the completion of their
tour.
22. Detach court copy of summons(es) and place the remaining copies of the
summons(es) in the summons receptacle designated by the commanding officer.
23. Scan precinct cover sheet, printed from Summons Menu in OMNIFORM,
utilizing the network scanner located at the desk.
24. Place the court copy of summons(es) into the network scanner and scan
copy.
NOTE: The network scanner can be loaded with approximately fifty summonses
simultaneously, if needed. As each court copy of the summons is fed through
the network scanner,a digital picture of both sides of the court copy will be
taken. The digital picture will be kept on file for future reference.
Members are reminded that prior to scanning summonses, a precinct cover sheet
must be scanned first.
25. Place the court copy of summons into the summons receptacle upon
completion of the scan.
NOTE: The court copy and additional copies of the summons previously placed
into the summons receptacle DO NOT have to be reattached to each other.
26. Do NOT forward any summons returnable to Criminal Court if improperly
prepared.
27. Process improperly prepared summonses as follows:
a. Invalid return date listed - void summons in accordance with P.G. 20918,"Summons Served or Prepared in Error."
b. Criminal Court " Information" section left blank or unsigned, or summons
written for marijuana offense is not accompanied by MARIJUANA SUPPORTING
DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT (PD381-145) - place in a separate envelope marked
"Training Sergeant" and forward direct to command's training sergeant.
NOTE: MEMBERS WILL NOT MAKE ANY MODIFICATIONS TO SUMMONSES OTHER THAN
CORRECTING THE ERRORS LISTED ABOVE. Under no circumstances will a modification
be made to a summons that will result in the court or agency copies having
different information than the defendant's copy. ALL SUMMONSES MUST BE
CORRECTED AND RETURNED BY THE FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY.
TRAINING SERGEANT
28. Re-train issuing member of the service in proper preparation of summons

returnable to the Criminal Court in accordance with pertinent command level
materials and instruct issuing member to:
a. Properly prepare and sign "Information" section on rear of summons and
re-submit for processing
b. Complete the MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT if a
marijuana offense is involved
c. Immediately re-submit summons with MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD
TEST REPORT (if required).
DESK OFFICER
29. Utilize bar code reader to scan re-submitted summonses into ESTS.
a. If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually
b. Notify patrol borough or transit borough of defective/inoperable bar code
reader and obtain replacement
c. Enter notification in Telephone Record.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
30. Ensure that warrant checks were conducted.
31. Monitor "ICO Ageing Report," via ESTS, monthly.
a. Conduct immediate investigation if any uniformed member is listed on
report.
NOTE: The ICO Ageing Report displays all summonses distributed to members of
the service and not served for ninety days or more.
32. Perform monthly self-inspection of ESTS to ensure all summonses are
accounted for.
33. Generate and review exception report via ESTS, weekly.
a. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if discrepancy is
found.
34. Monitor on a weekly basis the "Scanned Summons Analysis" report by
utilizing the Omniform System, under the "Supervisor" function of the Summons
Menu.
a. Ensure all summonses are being scanned into the network scanner,
including the cover sheet.
DURING FIRST PLATOON:
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR FIRST PLATOON
35. Separate summonses by date of service for each adjudicating agency.
36. Count number of summonses returnable to each agency.

37. Separate Complaint/Information (Part 1) from remainder of summons.
a. Photocopy MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT and file at
command
b. Ensure that any summons prepared for a marijuana offense has a MARIJUANA
SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT attached to it with a paper clip.
38. Utilize bar code reader to scan summonses served into ESTS and package in
lots of one hundred (100) or less.
a. If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually
b. Notify patrol borough or transit borough of defective/inoperable bar code
reader and obtain replacement
c. Enter notification in Telephone Record.
39. Query ESTS by utilizing "Exception Reports (Served but Not Batched)"
function, after all summonses have been scanned, batched and processed, and
confirm that all summonses have been processed as required.
NOTE: If a summons remains on the Exception Report (Served but Not
Batched)", it shall be deemed missing.
a. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if a summons is
missing.
b. Notify ICO immediately, regarding missing summons
(1) If ICO is not available, notify commanding/executive officer.
c. Account for missing summons within ESTS by utilizing "Terminate/Void
Summons" function and enter Internal Affairs Bureau Log Number into "Notes"
field as a reference.
(1) Comply with P.G. 209-18, "Summons Served or Prepared in Error."
NOTE: This process will purge the missing summons from the exception Report
(Served but Not Batched) only. The summons number and history will remain in
ESTS.
40. Place Complaint/Information copies of summonses in pre-printed envelopes.
41. Print transmittal report via ESTS and attach to pre-printed envelopes
containing Complaint/Information copies of summonses served.
NOTE: Envelopes are pre-printed and colored for each adjudicating agency.
42. Seal envelopes, make required entries as per captions and sign in
appropriate space on flap of each envelope.
a. Enter ESTS generated tracking number below flap on envelope.
43. Place remaining parts of summonses served in a separate Department
envelope and mark "File."
a. Envelope will not be sealed.

44. Forward sealed envelopes containing Complaint/Information copies of
summonses served with attached transmittal report to borough office/
designated command with morning mail.
COMMAND INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
45. Confirm notification was made to Internal Affairs Bureau and a Log Number
was obtained for missing summons.
46. Ensure first platoon desk officer/supervisor has made proper entries into
ESTS for missing summons, including Internal Affairs Bureau Log Number.
47. Notify commanding/executive officer of missing summons.
COMMANDING OFFICER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER
48. Confirm notification was made to Intern al Affairs Bureau and a Log Number
was obtained for missing summons.
49. Ensure missing summons was terminated/voided in ESTS and the System has
been updated to reflect Internal Affairs Bureau Log Number.
50. Ensure P.G. 209-18, "Summons Served or Prepared in Error" is complied
with.
CLERICAL MEMBER
51. File envelope with command file copies of summonses served in command by
date of service in command record room.
52. Maintain file copies of summonses served for six months.
53. Remove file copies after six months and retain in storage cartons in
command record room.
NOTE: Summons served by outside agencies will continue to be processed by
the Department. However, such summonses will not be scanned/entered into ESTS.
Summonses served by outside agencies will be placed in a separate envelope
marked "Outside Agency" and forwarded as delineated above.
WHEN SUMMONSES ARE RECEIVED AT PATROL BOROUGH OR TRANSIT BOROUGH FROM COMMANDS
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED
54. Open envelopes and utilize bar code reader to scan each summons contained
therein into ESTS.
a. If bar code reader is inoperable, entries will be made into ESTS manually
b. Notify Management Information Systems Division (MISD) of
defective/inoperable bar code reader and obtain replacement
c. Enter notification in Telephone Record.
55. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if a summons is
missing.

a. Account for missing summons within ESTS by utilizing "Terminate/Void
Summons" function in and enter Internal Affairs Bureau Log Number into "Notes"
field as reference.
(1) Comply with P.G. 209-18, "Summons Served or Prepared in Error."
56. Query ESTS utilizing "Batch Exception Report" to confirm all batch
transmittals have been received.
a. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and obtain Log Number, if a batch
transmittal is missing
b. Account for each summonses contained within the missing batch transmittal
by utilizing: Terminate/Void Summons" function and enter Internal Affairs
Bureau Log Number into "Notes" field as reference.
(1) Comply with P.G. 209-18, "Summons Served or Prepared in Error."
57. Place scanned summonses and opened envelopes into new pre-printed
envelopes.
58. Print transmittal reports via ESTS and attach to pre-printed envelopes.
59. Seal envelopes, make required entries as per captions and sign in
appropriate space on flap of each envelope.
a. Enter ESTS generated tracking number below flap on envelope.
60. Prepare three copies of SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT (PD160- 011) for each
adjudicating agency and sign in space captioned "Signature of Police
Department Officer Forwarding Envelopes."
61. Enclose originals and first copies of SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT with
corresponding adjudicating agency envelopes in borough transfer bag.
62. Lock transfer bag and retain key in borough office.
63. Have morning messenger sign last copy of SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT and
retain in borough office.
64. Direct messenger to deliver transfer bag to:
a. New York City Transportation Administration, Parking Violations Bureau,
Summons Receiving Unit, 210 Joralemon Street, 2nd Floor, Brooklyn, NY 11201(Yellow Envelope)
b. Mail and Distribution Unit, 1 Police Plaza, Room S-74, New York, NY (Blue Envelope)
c. New York City Criminal Court, Summons Intake Unit, 346 Broadway, 2nd
Floor, New York, NY 10013- (White Envelope)
d. Environmental Control Board, Notices of Violations and Hearing, 66 John
Street, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10038.
e. Transit Bureau Headquarters, Crime Analysis Section, 130 Livingston
Street, 3rd Floor, Brooklyn NY 11201.

65. Instruct messenger to obtain receipt on first copy of SUMMONS ENVELOPE
RECEIPT and return to borough office.
66. File receipt and destroy copy retained at borough office.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Under no circumstances will be scanning of summonses be performed by anyone
other than the desk officer/distributing supervisor.
If a missing summons is found after notification to the Internal Affairs
Bureau an after summons was purged from the Exception Report, the desk officer
shall notify Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center immediately and determine
if summons can be "Un Voided" within ESTS. The Name of Internal Affairs Bureau
notified will be entered in the "Add Summons Follow-up Note" field of ESTS.
Processed summons envelopes are not forwarded to Housing Bureau offices for
delivery. The designated messenger picks up the summonses "A," "B," "C," and
"ECB" directly from each police service area (PSA) and delivers them directly
to the appropriate agency.
When an adjudicating agency returns a summons because a discrepancy was not
resolved, the Investigation Review Section of the Chief of Department's Office
will take corrective action and promptly return summons to the agency
concerned.
The Quality Assurance Division will monitor and evaluate compliance with this
Order by incorporating the listed procedural changes into its current command
evaluation process of summons integrity and control procedures as listed on
Self-Inspection Worksheet #826. That Worksheet will be updated to reflect the
addition of the ESTS program. During its annual command evaluation process the
Quality Assurance Division will access the ESTS program for each command.
Information will be obtained from the program to determine the command's
compliance with procedures involving the distribution, collection and
forwarding of summonses. The evaluation will also include the command's
compliance with procedures involving any missing summonses during this
process.
The updated Self-Inspection Worksheet #826 will be available to all commands
via the Department Intranet and be mandated to be completed by each command on
a monthly basis. The respective Borough Investigation Units will review the
command's completed Worksheets for compliance and accuracy. Additionally, the
updated Self-Inspection Worksheet #826 will be added to the list of mandated
self-inspections listed on Self-Inspection Worksheet #800, Maintenance of
Department Records.
Patrol borough and transit borough commands will maintain a sufficient supply
of replacement bar code readers for use by subordinate commands. Additional
replacement bar code readers may be requested through the Management
Information Systems Division (MISD).
In those commands with satellite locations, respective commanding officers
will designate a supervisor to assume the duties of the desk officer as they
relate to the forwarding of summonses for processing, as approved by their
borough commander.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Allegations of Corruption and Other Misconduct Against Members of the Service

(P.G. 207-21)
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
Quality Control Procedures for the Processing of Summonses Returnable to
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-06)
Personal Service of a Summons Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing - General
Procedure (P.G. 209-12)
Summons Served or Prepared in Error (P.G. 209-18)
Return of Summons Packet (A.G. 309-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
SUMMONS DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD160-143)
CERTIFICATION OF MOVING/CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-145)
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONSES SERVED (PD160-146)
CERTIFICATION OF TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION SERVED (PD160-147)
TAB/NOTICE OF VIOLATION DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD160-148)
SUMMONS VOIDANCE FORM (PD160-153)
MARIJUANA SUPPORTING DEPOSITION/FIELD TEST REPORT (PD381-145)
SAMPLE CRIMINAL COURT SUMMONS INFORMATIONS (PD260-211)
SUMMONS ENVELOPE RECEIPT (PD160-011)
WARNING! ENFORCEMENT OF PENAL LAW SECTION 240.35 "LOITERING" SUBSECTIONS (1),
(3), AND (7) IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED (PD160-130)
Self-Inspection Worksheet # 800
Self-Inspection Worksheet # 826

Prisoners

P.G. 210-01 Prisoners General Procedure
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safeguard prisoners in police custody.
DEFINITIONS
HOLDOVER PRISONER - a prisoner who has entered the court process but has not
yet been arraigned and has been returned to police custody for overnight
detention.
PRISONER SECURITY GUIDELINES - all prisoners while in the custody and control
of personnel from this Department will be searched on their entry and exit
from any police, detention, district attorney, or court facility. Prisoners
being transported from any location, not included above, will be searched
prior to departure from the location and upon arrival at the transport
destination. The searches will be conducted as per the guidelines set forth in
P.G. 208-05, "Arrests - General Search Guidelines" (see ADDITIONAL DATA). The
ranking officer supervising the transport of a prisoner(s) and all supervising
officers and borough court section supervisors will ensure that this procedure
is strictly adhered to.
PROCEDURE
When prisoners must be detained in Department detention facilities or
transported to courts or other facilities:
DESK OFFICER
1. Request borough court section concerned to assign cell space and determine
method of transportation to an activated detention facility giving:
a. Name, gender, and physical condition of prisoner
b. Precinct of arrest and arrest number
c. Status of processing
d. Next destination of prisoner (e.g., photo, court, etc.)
2. Notify borough court section concerned if prisoner must be detained for a
brief period of time in a detention facility not activated by borough court
section concerned, giving:
a. Reason and amount of time prisoner is to be lodged
b. Charge against prisoner
c. Name, gender, and age of prisoner.
3. Comply with instructions given by borough court section concerned.
4. Make Command Log entry of facts and instructions received.

5. Have appropriate entries made on PRISONER ROSTER (PD244-145) if prisoner
detained.
6. Assign police attendant to temporary duty within cellblock.
a. If a prisoner is placed in a cell alone because he/she threatens or
fights with another prisoner(s), is causing disruption, or for any other
reason, ensure that a member of the service will continue to monitor that
prisoner closely.
7. Record any change of custody in Command Log.
DESK OFFICER/ BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
8. Permit prisoner to be interviewed by the following properly identified
persons when on official business:
a. Supervisory officer of this Department
b. Member of Detective Bureau or detective squad
c. District Attorney or representative
d. Chief Medical Examiner or representative
e. Prisoner's legal representative (in precinct/district/PSA, interview is
conducted in muster room ONLY; in borough court section, interview is
permitted in location designated by borough court section supervisor)
f. Official of a City department, if prisoner is an employee of that
department
g. Federal law enforcement officer
h. Member of the clergy (upon request by prisoner)
i. New York State Division of Parole officers to serve parole violation
papers
j. Foreign Consulate/Embassy Officers.
9. Enter the following information under "Details" on ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) when an attorney interviews a prisoner at precinct,
district, PSA, or borough court section:
a. Name, address, and telephone number of attorney
b. Name and address of person who retained attorney
c. Whether the prisoner was interviewed
d. Time arrived and departed from the stationhouse/borough court section.
10. Permit parents or legal guardian to visit a prisoner between the ages of
sixteen and twenty-one, for not longer than fifteen minutes, in the muster
room, provided:

a. Detective squad commander, arresting officer, or, if visit is at other
than precinct of arrest, desk officer, precinct of arrest is consulted
b. Visit is in presence of desk officer/borough court section supervisor
c. Prisoner has been detained more than four hours
d. Prisoner is not eligible for a summons
e. Visit does not interfere with police business.
11. Enter name, address, and relationship of person visiting prisoner on
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT.
a. If the interview occurred at a location other than the precinct of arrest
or borough court section, facts relating to the visit will be telephoned to
the desk officer, precinct of arrest, who will have all pertinent details
entered under "Details" on ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT.
12. Advise prisoner of availability of clergy whenever it appears prisoner is
despondent, confused, or likely to commit suicide.
13. Permit prisoner to make use of telephone privileges declined during arrest
process.
14. DO NOT confine female prisoner with a nursing baby in a cell.
a. Assign female police attendant or female uniformed member of the service,
if available within command, as guard.
15. Have child delivered to responsible member of family or to a hospital, if
mother unable to provide care.
PRISONERS BEING TRANSPORTED
16. Assign escort officer(s) to guard prisoner(s) being transported to
detention facilities.
a. Assign member of outgoing platoon, at change of tour, to guard and
transport prisoner(s) if assignment of escorting officer would result in
overtime.
b. Assign separate escort officer(s) to prisoner(s) having different
destinations (e.g., female cells, hospital, etc.).
17. Assign additional escort officer(s) when:
a. More than two prisoners being guarded and transport chains are not
available, OR
b. More than nine prisoners being transported by transport chains, OR
c. Several detention stops are involved, OR
d. More than one prisoner with different destinations.
e. Prisoner is designated "high risk" escape threat. (see ADDITIONAL DATA
statement under heading, " 'HIGH RISK' PRISONERS").

ESCORTING OFFICER
18. Rear cuff all prisoners or place on transport chains if appropriate,
before leaving cell block.
a. Secure loose ends of chain when less than five prisoners are secured on
chain.
b. Double lock transport chain cuffs.
c. For better control, physically hold prisoner OR hold chain linking
handcuffs, as circumstances dictate.
DESK OFFICER/ BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
19. Closely supervise the removal of all prisoners from the precinct.
20. Determine if prisoner is a potential escape risk after conferring with
arresting officer.
a. Place leg restraints on prisoner prior to transport if it is determined
prisoner is a potential escape risk, OR prisoner refused to be fingerprinted,
OR prisoner is being transported to a hospital for medical treatment.
21. Ensure that attendant places prisoners on transport chains before leaving
cell block.
a. Escorting officers may use transport chains or handcuffs when escorting
one or two prisoners; more than two prisoners, transport chains must be used.
b. Make certain transport chains are in double lock mode, when utilized.
22. Step from behind the desk and personally check that all prisoners are
secured
to transport chains or rear handcuffed, if appropriate, when prisoners are
being removed.
23. Utilize available command personnel to assist attendant and escorting
officers loading prisoners onto patrolwagon.
24. Ensure that members of the service are alert and properly positioned to
prevent escape.
25. Have attendant, or escorting officer, if attendant not available, prepare
PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH (PD171-132).
a. If more than one prisoner, and different destinations involved, separate
DISPATCH will be prepared for each destination.
ESCORTING OFFICER
26. Obtain both copies of PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH from attendant and
comply with instructions.
27. Ride in transporting vehicle and keep prisoners under constant

surveillance while transporting to court, etc.
28. Deliver prisoner(s) to assigned detention facility.
29. Assist attendant in searching and placing prisoner in cell.
POLICE ATTENDANT
30. Conduct complete search of prisoner (see P.G. 208-05, "Arrest - General
Search Guidelines").
31. Lock prisoner in cell.
32. Make entries on PRISONER ROSTER and file at desk when completed.
DESK OFFICER/BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
33. Periodically conduct personal inspection of prisoner noting their
condition and document the inspection under the "Remarks" caption on the
PRISONER ROSTER.
ESCORTING OFFICER
34. Deliver prisoner's fingerprints to appropriate borough court section
facility if prisoner is not printed on Livescan.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
35. Obtain original copy of PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH from escorting officer
and file chronologically.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF DETENTION
36. Keep all cell doors and other doors leading into cellblock area locked if
cells have not been activated.
37. Make entry in Command Log and notify an available supervisory officer to
inspect cellblock when informed that command's cells are activated.
38. Assign police attendant.
SUPERVISORY OFFICER CONCERNED
39. Observe opening of detention area.
40. Inspect each cell to ascertain that cells are clean and free of
unauthorized items.
41. Make Command Log entry indicating time the first prisoner lodged and
condition of cells.
HOLDOVER PRISONERS IN ADDITION TO OTHER REQUIRED ACTION LISTED ABOVE
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF DETENTION
42. Assign member(s) to escort prisoners to court.
43. Direct escorting officer to complete captions and sign PRISONER ROSTER

when prisoner is removed from cell.
44. Review PRISONER ROSTER for accuracy and completeness.
45. Initial PRISONER ROSTER next to "Time of Admission" column for each
prisoner removed.
POLICE ATTENDANT
46. Prepare PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH listing all prisoners having same
destination.
a. Prepare separate DISPATCH form for each destination.
ESCORTING OFFICER
47. Verify prisoner placed on transport chains are same as listed on DISPATCH
and take "head count."
48. Deliver prisoners to holding pen at destination.
49. Return to command for assignment or proceed to original destination, as
appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA
"HIGH RISK" PRISONERS
Determinations as to whether a particular prisoner presents a potential escape
risk should be made on a case-by-case basis. Factors that can be considered in
making this determination include the seriousness of the offense charged,
prisoner unwillingness to identify himself or herself, forcible resistance to
arrest, threats of violence and/or escape threats directed at uniformed
members of the service, a known history of violence, weapons possession, or
escape/attempted escape.
USE OF LEG RESTRAINTS
The use of leg restraints does not replace the requirement to rear handcuff
the prisoner. All procedures detailing the use of handcuffs remain in effect.
When using leg restraints on a prisoner, the escorting officer is to exercise
caution to prevent the prisoner from falling.
Leg restraints MUST be used when transporting a prisoner that has refused to
be fingerprinted and for ALL prisoners being transported to a hospital for
medical treatment. If the desk officer determines that extenuating
circumstances exist that preclude placing leg restraints on a prisoner that
has refused to be fingerprinted or is being removed to a hospital for medical
treatment, a Command Log entry will be made detailing the reason why.
Leg restraints may not be placed on prisoners for "punitive" purposes.
Determinations as to whether a particular prisoner presents a potential escape
risk should be made on a case by case basis. Factors that can be considered in
making this determination include the seriousness of the offense charged,
prisoner unwillingness to identify himself or herself, forcible resistance to
arrest, threats of violence and/or escape threats directed at police officers,
known history of violence, weapons possession or escape/attempted escape.

ACTIVATION OF DETENTION FACILITIES
Borough court section concerned activates detention facilities, assigns cell
space, and determines method of transportation for EVERY prisoner scheduled
for detention or change of custody (i.e., to court, hospital) even though
precinct of arrest has cells. Refer to P.G. 210-17, "Arrest Processing of
Pre-Arraignment Prisoners Designated as 'Special Category'" and/or P.G.
203-10, "Public Contact - Prohibited Conduct," subdivision "a" following step
"1", regarding gender, if necessary.
CITIZEN'S POLICY AND COMPLAINT REVIEW COUNCIL
Members of the Citizen's Policy and Complaint Review Council are permitted to
enter and inspect precinct detention cells and any books or records pertaining
to these cells at any and all times.
ARREST OF LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT OR HEARING IMPAIRED PERSONS
Members of the service are reminded that if the prisoner appears to have
difficulty understanding/communicating in English, the member of the service
concerned should comply with P.G. 212-90, "Guidelines for Interaction with
Limited English Proficient (LEP) Persons." If the prisoner appears to be
hearing impaired, the member of the service concerned should comply with P.G.
212-104, "Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons." The use of a bilingual
employee or the Language Initiative Program is the preferential method for
interpretation when interacting with a prisoner. It is recommended that
certified members of the Language Initiative Program be used for custodial
interrogations. Appropriate Command Log entries will be made when
interpretation services are utilized.
PRISONER CONFLICTS
Whenever an arresting officer/investigator becomes aware that there is the
need to separate two or more defendants from one another due to threats made
by one defendant to another, or due to the potential for one defendant to
assault another, a notation will be made at the bottom of each defendant's
Prisoner Movement Slip in the "Detention Alert" section under the caption
"Other (Explain)." The notation must contain the name and arrest number of the
other defendant involved, as well as an indication as to why separation is
deemed necessary (e.g., prisoner had a fight with the other prisoner, prisoner
was threatened by other prisoner). If separation is required for confidential
or sensitive reasons, such as one prisoner testified against another, enter
the name and telephone number of the arresting officer/assigned investigator
so that further information can be obtained if necessary, rather than entering
the actual reason for the separation. (If detention personnel are unable to
contact the arresting officer/assigned investigator for further information,
they will continue to keep the affected prisoners separated from one another).
In the event that an arrest processing officer or escorting officer becomes
aware that a conflict exists between prisoners requiring their separation, the
officer must:
a. Inform the arresting officer/assigned investigator of the circumstances
in order that the latter may make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips, OR
b. Personally make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips which must then be
brought to the attention of the court section personnel for entry on the
courthouse generated movement slips.

The information entered on the Prisoner Movement Slip prepared at the precinct
must also be entered on the computerized movement slip generated at the
courthouse when the prisoner is photographed. In addition to the notation on
the movement slip, the arresting officer/assigned investigator/escorting
officer will notify the concerned borough court section supervisor.
Members of the service assigned to prisoner detention functions at a command
and at the courthouse must examine and be guided by the information contained
in the "Detention Alert" caption on each Prisoner Movement Slip in regard to
separating prisoners, etc."
MONTHLY DETENTION CELL REPORT
All commands with detention cells will forward monthly report on Typed
Letterhead addressed to the Chief of Department (attention: Strategic Analysis
Section), no later than the 15th day of the month listing the number of male
and female prisoners detained during the previous month. Negative reports are
required.
HANDCUFFING PROTOCOL
The Department's policy is to handcuff all prisoners with hands behind their
back.
When a prisoner has surrendered
accompanied by an attorney, the
authorization from an immediate
supervisor and uniformed member
criteria:

at a law enforcement facility and is
uniformed member of the service may request
supervisor not to use handcuffs, after the
of the service have evaluated the following

a. Potential threat to the officer, prisoner and other persons
b. Possibility of the prisoner escaping.
In all circumstances, uniformed members of the service should conduct a search
of the prisoner.
PRISONER SECURITY SURVEY
To promote safety for members of the service and improve prisoner security, a
prisoner security survey will be conducted annually during the last week of
September, in all Department facilities where prisoners are processed.
Commanding officers will make certain that prisoners being processed will not
be allowed in areas containing Department lockers, or have access to any
Department or personal property that might provide a means of escape or cause
injury. The prohibition against prisoners being held, even temporarily, in
areas containing Department lockers or of prisoners having access to
Department or personal property of members shall be strictly enforced and
clearly and frequently communicated to all members of the command by
commanding officers concerned.
Commanding officers will report the results of the annual prisoner security
survey, by September 30th, each year, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the
bureau chief concerned, through channels. Included in the report will be a
description of prisoner processing areas, hazards or deficiencies observed and
corrective action taken.

Investigative units located in precinct stationhouses will be surveyed by the
precinct commander in consultation with the investigative unit commander.
Results will be reported on the precinct commanding officer's report. NO
duplicate report is required from the investigative unit commander but
responsibility for corrective actions will reside with the unit commander.
Bureau chiefs will review the prisoner security survey reports received from
subordinate commands. The reports will be forwarded to the Strategic Analysis
Section, Office of the Chief of Department, with a covering Typed Letterhead,
indicating that corrective action has been initiated or completed, if
required. The Strategic Analysis Section is responsible for collating the
reports received from bureau chiefs and providing administrative assistance to
the Prisoner Security Board.
PRISONERS AND VICTIMS WITH COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
Information concerning a prisoner's or a victim's affliction with a
communicable disease must be kept confidential. This information generally
should not be released to the public, the media, the person's family and
friends, or to other prisoners. There may be unusual circumstances under which
release of this information is warranted.
Any such release, however, may only be made with the written consent of the
Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters.
In some cases, prisoners may volunteer their positive status regarding a
communicable disease indicating the need to be segregated from general
prisoner population or the need for medical treatment. In such cases,
isolation cells should be used, if available. This information may be recorded
on a Prisoner Movement Slip or on form MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER
(PD244-150) in order to alert personnel assigned to Corrections, District
Attorneys' offices or courts.
Members of the service who are exposed to a communicable disease should follow
the provisions of P.G. 205-10, "Exposure of Members of the Service to
Infectious Diseases."
DISRUPTION IN CELL AVAILABILITY
In those instances where there is a substantial disruption in the availability
of detention cells, at either a command or a borough court section facility,
caused by a civil or natural emergency, or disturbance, or any other
circumstance which would deny the use of the cells, the commanding
officer/duty captain investigating the incident will ensure that a telephone
notification is made to the borough court section. An UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE
REPORT (PD370-150) describing the incident will be faxed to the borough court
section concerned. A copy of this REPORT will be forwarded to the Criminal
Justice Bureau. The Criminal Justice Bureau will make the determination as to
whether a notification is to be made to the New York State Commission of
Corrections.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Prisoner Meals (P.G. 210-06)
Unusual Occurrences Involving Prisoners (P.G. 210-07)
Guidelines For Prisoner Holding Pens (P.G. 210-08)
FORMS AND REPORTS

ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)
PRISONER ROSTER (PD244-145)
PRISONER TRANSPORT DISPATCH (PD171-132)
Typed Letterhead
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-150)

P.G. 210-02 Hospitalized Prisoners
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safeguard hospitalized prisoners arrested by uniformed members of the
service.
SCOPE
The responsibility for guarding hospitalized prisoners arrested by uniformed
members of the service assigned to the Transit Bureau or Housing Bureau will
rest with the district or police service area within which the hospital is
located. When a prisoner is likely to be admitted, the arresting/assigned
officer will make an immediate telephone notification to that district or
police service area, requesting that a relief officer be provided by that
command. The desk officer, precinct of hospitalization, may provide a
uniformed member of the service to guard prisoner temporarily in multiple
arrest cases, if arresting officer is required to process other prisoners.
Such coverage shall not exceed one tour.
PROCEDURE
When prisoner in custody is admitted at a hospital:
ARRESTING/ GUARDING OFFICER
1. Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest.
2. Request desk officer of precinct where hospital is located to provide
relief.
3. Remain with prisoner until relieved.
ARRESTING OFFICER
4. Search prisoner at hospital in presence of witnesses if prisoner was
removed from scene of arrest direct to hospital.
a. Search prisoner's personal clothing, after removal by hospital personnel,
for weapons, evidence or contraband.
NOTE: Prisoners should be searched in accordance with P.G. 208-05, "Arrests
- General Search Guidelines." If a uniformed member of the appropriate gender
is not available, have hospital personnel carefully search prisoner.
5. Give hospital authorities receipt for property received.
6. Enter in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) list of property removed and any
information necessary to process arrest.
7. Report to precinct of arrest or designated arrest processing facility to
continue arrest processing when relieved by guarding officer.
a. If prisoner has not been printed, prepare fingerprint charts, if

required.
8. Deliver the following property to desk officer, precinct of arrest or
designated arrest processing facility:
a. Unlawfully carried
b. Required as evidence
c. Lawfully carried but dangerous to life or would facilitate escape
d. Can be used to deface or damage property
e. Press Card issued by this Department. (Forward to Deputy Commissioner Public Information with report of facts).
f. NYPD Auxiliary Police shield/I.D. card. (Forward to Auxiliary Police
Section with report of facts).
g. Pistol license. (Forward to Commanding Officer, License Division, with
report of facts).
h. Itemized list of personal property except clothing which is retained by
the hospital.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
9. Direct preparation of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159), and generate arrest number through the OMNIFORM computer system.
10. Notify the concerned borough court section supervisor that prisoner has
been removed to hospital and make Telephone Record entry. Notification should
include:
a. Prisoner's name
b. Prisoner's arrest number
c. Date and time prisoner removed to hospital
d. Whether prisoner had been fingerprinted and Fax Control Number, if
applicable
e. Hospital admission number, if applicable.
11. Direct uniformed member of the service to deliver copy of ON-LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and fingerprint and palmprint charts, if appropriate,
to desk officer of precinct in which hospital
is located.
12. Direct guarding member to follow P.G. 208-30, "Desk Appearance Ticket Hospitalized Prisoner," if prisoner is eligible.
13. Follow P.G. 210-05, "Bedside Arraignment," if prisoner not eligible for a
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF HOSPITALIZATION

14. Ascertain if hospital has a Department of Correction prison ward, and
whether prisoner can be lodged at that location.
a. Make entry of inquiry in Telephone Record.
b. If prisoner admitted to prison ward, comply with P.G. 210-05, "Bedside
Arraignment," steps "22" through "25".
15. Assign uniformed member of the service, male or female, to guard prisoner.
a. Do not assign a member from an outside precinct to guard a hospitalized
prisoner.
b. Assign member in civilian clothes to guard juvenile.
c. Ensure that appropriate reliefs are provided to uniformed members of the
service guarding prisoners.
16. Have a duplicated copy of ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and
fingerprint and palmprint charts, if appropriate, delivered to guarding
member.
17. Make continuous effort to have Department of Correction assume custody, if
hospital has a Department of Correction prisoner ward.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
18. Respond to hospital when informed prisoner is to be admitted.
19. Examine hospital room for escape potential, i.e., windows, doors, possible
access by unauthorized individual, etc.
a. Request prisoner be moved to more secure quarters, if room is inadequate
for security.
b. Instruct member guarding prisoner regarding: security measures, visits by
authorized persons, handcuffing of prisoners and to be constantly vigilant
(see ADDITIONAL DATA).
20. Report lack of cooperation of hospital personnel to commanding officer.
21. Make appropriate entries in ACTIVITY LOG.
GUARDING MEMBER
22. Keep prisoner under constant observation, even if the prisoner is
handcuffed to the hospital bed, to prevent escape at all times.
23. Prevent unauthorized articles from being passed to prisoner.
24. Keep desk officer, precinct of hospitalization, informed of condition of
prisoner.
25. Make periodic security inspection of prisoner's immediate area including
closets, bathroom, etc., for weapons or other contraband, especially upon
assuming guard post and after authorized visitors or hospital personnel have
been with prisoner.

26. Take charge of any room telephone and allow only authorized calls by
prisoners.
a. Patrol supervisor or desk officer will be conferred with and his/her
permission is needed prior to allowing prisoner to use telephone.
b. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG of authorizing supervisor's identity and name,
relationship, and telephone number of person called.
27. Permit only the following persons, on official business, to interview
prisoner:
a. Ranking officer, this Department
b. Detective
c. District Attorney or representative
d. Chief Medical Examiner or representative
e. Member of the clergy (if requested by prisoner)
f. Parole or probation officer
g. Hospital personnel (assigned to treat prisoners)
h. Social worker
i. Federal law officer
j. Supervising officer of other city department if prisoner is employee of
that department.
28. Allow the following to visit prisoner:
a. Recipient of telegram from hospital superintendent with notification that
prisoner is seriously ill.
b. Lawyer - if requested by prisoner.
c. Member of family, after receiving OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) from
desk officer, precinct of arrest, authorizing visit. Member of family includes
"common-law" marriages, same sex couples, registered NYC domestic partners,
different generations of the same family, siblings, in-laws, persons involved
in "intimate relationships," persons who live together in a family-type
relationship, and children sixteen years or over.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
29. Authorize visits to prisoner by member of family only under following
conditions:
a. Application is made in person
b. Applicants are properly identified members of family/household (see step
"28", subdivision "c")

c. Name and address of each person permitted to visit prisoner is listed on
authorization
d. Each person named in authorization must sign authorization in presence of
desk officer
e. If visitors are likely to interfere with an ongoing investigation,
consult with the investigative supervisor concerned prior to issuing an
authorization to visit prisoner.
30. Have uniformed member of the service deliver authorization to guarding
member.
GUARDING MEMBER
31. Have each person authorized to visit prisoner sign name and address in
ACTIVITY LOG.
32. Enter in ACTIVITY LOG, information concerning name, address, and
title of visitor.
33. Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest, before end of tour, of identity
of all visitors.
34. Deliver copy of ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET to relieving
uniformed member of the service.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
35. Prepare ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) containing information
concerning visitors.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF HOSPITALIZATION
36. Notify commanding officer after being informed if prisoner is near death
or will be totally incapacitated for a prolonged period of time.
COMMANDING OFFICER, PRECINCT OF HOSPITALIZATION
37. Direct investigation to determine:
a. Complete details of prisoner's condition
b. Complete details of arrest situation and prisoner's history.
38. Decide if guarding of prisoner should be discontinued.
39. Have hospital authorities contacted by telephone each day and make inquiry
concerning prisoner's condition, if guard is removed.
a. Direct patrol supervisor to visit hospital, as required.
b. Have weekly telephone message sent to borough court section concerned,
each Wednesday, reporting prisoner's condition.
40. Assign uniformed member of the service to guard prisoner when condition
warrants.

41. Have borough court section concerned notified, if prisoner dies, including
date and time of death, and name of doctor who issues death certificate.
42. Have member guarding prisoner obtain copy of death certificate and direct
desk officer to forward same to Chief Clerk's Office, borough Criminal Court
concerned.
GUARDING MEMBER
43. Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest, when prisoner's condition permits
arraignment.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
44. Notify parents or guardian of impending release, if prisoner is under
eighteen years of age.
a. Make entry in Command Log of notification.
ADDITIONAL DATA
PERSONNEL SHORTAGES
If a precinct experiences a shortage of personnel as a result of guarding
hospitalized prisoners, a member from another precinct may be assigned to
perform PATROL DUTY.
HOSPITAL VISITS BY CIVILIAN-CLOTHED MEMBERS
Uniformed members of the service in civilian clothes who are visiting
hospitals shall keep all firearms and other weapons concealed, not visible to
hospital personnel or visitors and not accessible to prisoners or other
unauthorized persons.
PRISONER TREATMENT AT PRIVATE HOSPITAL
If the prisoner is treated or hospitalized at other than a New York City
Health and Hospitals Corporation facility, the desk officer, precinct of
arrest, is required to forward a report in a sealed envelope to: New York City
Health and Hospitals Corporation, Fiscal Affairs, General Accounting
Department. The report will include:
a. Name and address of hospital or clinic
b. Date and time of treatment or admission
c. Name and address of prisoner
d. Precinct of arrest - arrest number
e. Name of doctor - diagnosis
f. When illness, injury started (prior to, during or after arrest)
g. Date of discharge.
SECURITY PROCEDURES

Borough supervisors, duty captains and patrol supervisors will be directed to
visit hospital emergency rooms and hospital wards with admitted prisoners
frequently to observe the performance and attentiveness of uniformed members
of the service assigned to guard prisoners.
Supervisors will also evaluate the security of hospital rooms in which
prisoners are held. If room security is inadequate, supervisors will request
that hospital authorities transfer the prisoner to a more secure room. If the
prisoner cannot be transferred, supervisors shall take whatever additional
steps are necessary to ensure security of the prisoner (e.g. assigning an
additional member to guard the prisoner, etc.).
The Department's policy is to handcuff all hospitalized prisoners to ensure
the safety of persons present and prevent escape. However, under certain
circumstances, the use of regular handcuffs may be impractical or inexpedient,
i.e., prisoner is comatose, paralyzed, last stages of pregnancy, or otherwise
immobilized. Furthermore, the use of regular handcuffs may be impractical if
the prisoner has arm or wrist injuries, burns, etc.
In a further effort to prevent injuries and escape, the Department has
purchased long chain handcuffs and leg restraints which will be available for
use on hospitalized prisoners. Guarding members, when using long chain
handcuffs, will attach one cuff to bed frame and secure other cuff to
prisoner. Leg restraints MUST be used when transporting a prisoner that has
refused to be fingerprinted. If the desk officer determines that extenuating
circumstances exist that preclude placing leg restraints on a prisoner that
has refused to be fingerprinted, a Command Log entry will be made detailing
the reason why. The use of leg restraints does not replace the requirement to
rear handcuff the prisoner. All procedures detailing the use of handcuffs
remain in effect. When using leg restraints on a prisoner, the escorting
officer is to exercise caution to prevent the prisoner from falling.
The patrol supervisor will respond to the hospital and evaluate the situation
whenever a prisoner is admitted to a hospital. This evaluation will include a
conferral with the attending physician to determine the method of restraint to
be used, e.g., handcuffs, long chain handcuffs or leg restraints. The patrol
supervisor will notify the desk officer, precinct of hospitalization, with
recommendation.
In situations where it is determined that the use of regular handcuffs, long
chain handcuffs, or leg restraints would be impractical or inexpedient, the
desk officer, precinct of hospitalization, has the discretion to authorize
that such methods of restraint not be used. However, if condition of the
prisoner significantly improves, the patrol supervisor will respond and
re-evaluate the situation, confer with the desk officer, precinct of
hospitalization, and follow the desk officer's directions regarding
handcuffing the prisoner.
Patrol supervisors will assess the potential for escape of a hospitalized
prisoner. In cases where the escape potential is deemed high, desk
officer/patrol supervisor will direct that all uniformed members of the
service guarding that prisoner have two sets of handcuffs available. All
hospitalized prisoners (EXCEPT those not deemed to have an escape potential)
will be handcuffed to the bed with one wrist secured to one side of the bed.
To prevent escape, handcuffs are to be double locked, at all times. When it
becomes necessary to uncuff the prisoner to allow for medical treatment of the
prisoner, the second set of handcuffs will be utilized to cuff the free hand

to the bed before uncuffing the first hand. Prisoners should not have both
hands cuffed to the bed unnecessarily.
Additional sets of handcuffs are kept in precincts that cover hospitals where
prisoners are usually admitted (e.g., 71 Precinct for Kings County Hospital).
Patrol supervisors and desk officers shall direct that, when one uniformed
member's handcuffs are being removed from a prisoner, the second member's
handcuffs are placed on the prisoner before the first member's handcuffs are
removed.
When a prisoner is admitted to the Intensive Care Unit of a hospital, the
patrol supervisor will assess the potential for escape. If the prisoner is
deemed to have escape potential, the prisoner will be secured to the bed frame
utilizing plastic flex cuffs. Plastic flex cuffs do not conduct electricity
should medical personnel need to defibrillate the prisoner.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Desk Appearance Ticket - Hospitalized Prisoner (P.G. 208-30)
Hospitalized Prisoners - Arrested by Other Police Agencies (P.G. 210-03)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Bedside Arraignment (P.G. 210-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ARREST REPORT - SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (COMPUTER FORM)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 210-03 Hospitalized Prisoners - Arrests By Members Of Other
Police Agencies
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To advise other police agencies of the procedure to be followed in guarding
hospitalized prisoners arrested by members of their agencies.
DEFINITION
OTHER POLICE AGENCIES:
a. New York City Department of Correction
b. New York State Department of Correction
c. Uniformed Court Officers
d. Port Authority Police
e. Metropolitan Transportation Authority Police
f. Amtrak
g. Sea Gate Police
h. F.D.N.Y. (Fire Marshals).
[I.O. 40 s 02] i. Department of Environmental Protection.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service of the New York City Police
Department will continue to guard hospitalized prisoners arrested by members
of the Tri-Borough Bridge and Tunnel Authority Police Department.
PROCEDURE
When an arrest is effected by a member of another police agency and the
prisoner is admitted to a hospital:
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF ARREST/BOROUGH COURT SECTION
1. Advise arresting officer that he/she must guard prisoner and notify agency
concerned to provide relief so that arrest processing will not be delayed.
2. Notify agency concerned, by telephone, to provide guards around the clock.
3. Record under "narrative" on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159), name and location of hospital and ward or room number.
4. Notify desk officer of precinct wherein hospital located, if hospital
located in other than precinct of arrest.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF HOSPITALIZATION

5. Provide uniformed member of the service to guard prisoner temporarily in
multiple arrest cases, if arresting officer is required to process/arraign
other prisoners.
a. Notify agency concerned, by telephone, to provide relief (give location
of hospital and room or ward number).
b. Make follow-up notification if relief not provided within one hour.
6. Request agency to provide prisoner with transportation to court at time of
release from hospital.
a. Agency concerned will supply officer to guard prisoner.
DESK OFFICER CONCERNED
7. Supply authorization for visits to prisoner as per P.G. 210-02.
ADDITIONAL DATA Photographic Unit will photograph prisoners arraigned at
bedside by arresting agencies. Similarly, the Identification Section will
provide expertise in obtaining fingerprints, if normal means cannot be
utilized.
Borough court section concerned will provide staff assistance to arresting
agency in bedside arraignments, when necessary.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Hospitalized Prisoner (P.G. 210-02)
Bedside Arraignment (P.G. 210-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 210-04 Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To obtain medical/psychiatric treatment for prisoners in police custody.
DEFINITION
PRISONER REQUIRING PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT - an emotionally disturbed prisoner,
who has attempted suicide, is extremely violent, or exhibits other irrational
behavior.
PROCEDURE
When a prisoner in custody requires medical/psychiatric treatment:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request ambulance and remove prisoner to hospital directly from place of
arrest, if necessary.
a. Accompany prisoner to hospital.
b. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
(1) Include name of person notified re: Medic Alert Emblem, if worn.
(2) Include Ambulance Call Report (ACR) number or Patient Care Report
(PCR) number related to the prisoner (obtain from responding ambulance
attendant).
c. Notify desk officer.
SUPERVISOR AT SCENE
2. Ensure that MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150) form is prepared in
accordance with step "4" below and accompanying ADDITIONAL DATA statements
under heading, "PREPARATION OF MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER FORM", when a
prisoner is removed from the scene of an arrest direct to a hospital for
medical/psychiatric treatment.
a. Review and sign Section I of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form.
DESK OFFICER, COMMAND OF ARREST/BOROUGH COURT SECTION
3. Request ambulance and have prisoner removed to hospital, if medical/
psychiatric/drug addiction treatment is required during arrest processing (see
ADDITIONAL DATA statements under heading, "LIFE-THREATENING MEDICAL
SITUATIONS" and "SUSPECTED INGESTION OF NARCOTICS/OTHER DANGEROUS
SUBSTANCES").
a. Make Command Log entry.
(1) Include name of person notified re: Medic Alert Emblem, if worn.

(2) Include Ambulance Call Report (ACR) number or Patient Care Report
(PCR) number related to the prisoner (obtained from the responding ambulance
attendant).
4. Ensure that MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form is prepared for each
prisoner who:
a. Receives medical/psychiatric treatment, OR
b. Refuses treatment after claiming injury or illness, OR
c. Is in apparent need of treatment, OR
d. May require prescribed medication, OR
e. Volunteers his/her positive status regarding a communicable disease, if
not documented on Prisoner Movement Slip, OR
f. Already has previously treated injuries.
5. Direct, in non-emergency situations, that prisoners requiring medical,
psychiatric, or drug addiction treatment, which may result in being admitted
to the hospital, be removed to a local hospital for treatment and evaluation.
6. Confer with medical staff at the local hospital. If the medical staff at
that hospital determines that the prisoner has a psychiatric condition that
requires admission to a hospital, the prisoner will be transferred to the
appropriate hospital as determined by medical staff, using only a private
ambulance under contract with that local hospital. FDNY Emergency Medical
Services ambulances will NOT be used to transport the prisoner. Generally:
a. MALE prisoners requiring admission for psychiatric treatment will be
transported to Bellevue Hospital.
b. FEMALE prisoners requiring admission for psychiatric treatment will be
transported to Elmhurst General Hospital.
7. Assign uniformed member of the service to escort prisoner.
a. Ensure that appropriate reliefs are provided to uniformed members of the
service guarding prisoners.
8. Make entry in Command Log when prisoner leaves.
9. Direct arresting officer to continue arrest processing, and have another
uniformed member of the service assigned to escort prisoner, when possible.
ARRESTING/ ESCORTING OFFICER
10. Rear cuff and place leg restraints on prisoner before transporting to
hospital.
a. Handcuffs and leg restraints will be double locked.
11. Remain with prisoner at all times in hospital.
12. Notify the desk officer of prisoner status prior to transport from local

hospital to Bellevue or Elmhurst General Hospital.
13. Ride inside the ambulance when accompanying the prisoner to either
Bellevue or Elmhurst General Hospital.
14. Make ACTIVITY LOG entry.
a. Include name of person notified re: Medical Alert Emblem, if worn.
b. Include Patient Identification Number (in place of Ambulance Call Report
[ACR] number or Patient Care Report [PCR] number) related to the prisoner
(obtained from hospital intake personnel).
15. Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest/borough court section facility,
regarding Medical Alert Emblem and Patient Identification number.
DESK OFFICER, COMMAND OF ARREST/ BOROUGH COURT SECTION
16. Make Command Log Entry
a. Include name of person notified re: Medical Alert Emblem.
b. Include Patient Identification Number (in place of Ambulance Call Report
[ACR] number or Patient Care Report [PCR] number) related to the prisoner
[obtained from hospital intake personnel].
17. Make the appropriate notation of the prisoner's new location and
determine, what, if any, additional resources are needed for the transfer, if
a prisoner is transferred from the initial hospital to another hospital for
psychiatric treatment.
ESCORTING OFFICER
18. Request room change if security is inadequate.
19. Do not remove handcuffs or leg restraints, unless requested by attending
phy sician.
a. If requested to remove handcuffs or leg restraints, inform physician of
circumstances of arrest.
b. If physician still requests removal, request the response of the patrol
supervisor to evaluate the need for additional personnel and equipment
(including Emergency Service Unit) to ensure safety during prisoner treatment
prior to removal of handcuffs or leg restraints.
20. Remain immediately outside room and attempt to maintain visual contact
even if requested to leave examination room after informing physician of
circumstances of arrest.
21. Make appropriate entries of foregoing in ACTIVITY LOG and request
attending physician to sign entries.
a. Indicate physician's refusal to sign any entries.
22. Complete entries on MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form.
23. Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest, who will notify borough court

section concerned immediately, if prisoner is admitted to any hospital (see
P.G. 210-02, "Hospitalized Prisoners").
24. Forward copy of ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) to
Department of Correction supervisor for any prisoner admitted for psychiatric
treatment in Bellevue or Elmhurst General Hospitals.
25. Request borough court section concerned to supply transportation, if
available, to return prisoner to command of arrest / borough court section
facility, as appropriate, when prisoner is released to police custody.
a. Return prisoner to command of arrest if arrest processing not completed
thereat.
b. Remove prisoner to borough court section facility if arrest processing
was completed at command of arrest.
26. Deliver completed MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form to desk officer,
borough court section facility.
DESK OFFICER, BOROUGH COURT SECTION
27. Forward three copies of completed MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form
(white, blue, and pink) with prisoner to Department of Correction.
a. Retain fourth (buff) copy of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form at
borough court section facility.
28. Direct arresting/escorting officer to obtain receipt for prisoner on pink
copy of form and return to borough court section facility.
a. Complete entries on buff copy of form retained at desk and return to
command of arrest.
b. File pink copy of form at borough court section facility.
c. Forward duplicated copy of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER to arresting
officer's command for file, if different than command of arrest.
DESK OFFICER, COMMAND OF ARREST
29. File buff copy of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form in folder maintained
at desk.
ADDITIONAL DATA
PRISONER SECURITY
To prevent escape, leg restraints will be placed on ALL prisoners transported
to a hospital for medical treatment. If the desk officer determines that
extenuating circumstances exist that preclude placing leg restraints on a
prisoner that is being transported to the hospital for medical treatment, a
Command Log entry will be made detailing the reasons why.
All procedures detailing the use of handcuffs remain in effect. When using leg
restraints on a prisoner, the escorting officer is to exercise caution to
prevent the prisoner from falling.

Patrol supervisors and desk officers shall assign additional personnel to
accompany arresting officers who remove prisoners to hospitals for treatment,
based on the following:
a. Type of offense (e.g., violent crime, resisting arrest)
b. Physical size of prisoner
c. Prisoner's past history, if known (e.g., history of violence, escape
attempts)
d. Suspected escape opportunity
e. Lack of physical signs of injury (e.g., faking injury to attempt escape)
In the event the prisoner must be placed in a hospital bed or on a gurney:
a. Handcuff prisoner (double locked) to the bed or gurney
b. Utilize second pair of handcuffs to handcuff prisoner's free wrist to bed
or gurney, before removing first pair of handcuffs for treatment
c. Keep prisoner under constant observation, even if prisoner is handcuffed
to a hospital bed or gurney, to prevent escape at all times.
Supervisors may also consider the assignment of Emergency Service Unit for
extraordinary circumstances.
Patrol supervisors and desk officers shall direct that long chain handcuffs
and leg restraints be used to secure prisoners when appropriate.
LIFE-THREATENING MEDICAL SITUATION
IN ALL LIFE THREATENING SITUATIONS, APPARENT HEART ATTACK, BREATHING
DIFFICULTIES, SERIOUS FRACTURES, SEVERE HEMORRHAGING, EPILEPSY, EXTREME
EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCE, ETC., A PRISONER WILL BE REMOVED TO THE NEAREST
HOSPITAL.
SUSPECTED INGESTION OF NARCOTICS/OTHER DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES
When a uniformed member of the service observes or suspects that a prisoner
has ingested a narcotic or other dangerous substance, the prisoner will be
transported from the place of arrest DIRECTLY to the nearest hospital
facility. The uniformed member of the service WILL PROMPTLY notify the
communications section dispatcher and the patrol supervisor upon observation
or suspicion of ingestion, when transport to hospital is initiated, and upon
arrival at the hospital. Emergency Medical Service (EMS) and hospital
personnel will be informed of the quantity and type of substance ingested, if
known. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES will a prisoner who has ingested a narcotic or
other dangerous substance be transported to the command for arrest processing
prior to receiving medical treatment.
Whenever a member of the Criminal Justice Bureau assigned to a Borough Court
Section observes, suspects, is informed of, or otherwise becomes aware that a
prisoner in the custody of the Court Section may have ingested a narcotic
and/or other dangerous substance and has not already been treated by a doctor
for that condition, the member will immediately notify the Borough Court
Section desk officer. The Borough Court Section desk officer will make a

Command Log entry and arrange for the immediate removal of the prisoner to the
nearest hospital emergency room. In those Borough Court Sections where the
Emergency Medical Service is situated, the Borough Court Section desk officer
will request the assistance of the assigned Emergency Medical Technicians
(EMT) regarding the prisoner's medical treatment. However, in all cases where
ingestion is suspected, it is the responsibility of the supervisor to ensure
that the prisoner is removed to the nearest hospital emergency room for
treatment.
In all cases, the Borough Court Section desk officer will document the
occurrence in the Command Log and direct the preparation of the MEDICAL
TREATMENT OF PRISONER form.
RELIEF OF ARRESTING OFFICER GUARDING HOSPITALIZED PRISONER
In addition, when a prisoner is transported directly from the place of arrest
directly to a hospital facility, the desk officer, precinct of arrest, will
ensure that the arresting officer is relieved as soon as possible to expedite
arrest processing. The arresting officer will comply with P.G. 210-02
"Hospitalized Prisoners" in regards to vouchering prisoner's property.
TREATMENT OF PRISONERS DETAINED IN DETENTION FACILITIES
When a prisoner who has been detained at a borough court section or other
detention facility, but has not been arraigned, requires medical / psychiatric
/ drug addiction attention, the borough court section or command supervisor
will ensure that the MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form is prepared and
distributed, as indicated.
Whenever a member of the Criminal Justice Bureau assigned to a Borough Court
Section is informed of, or otherwise becomes aware that a prisoner in the
custody of that Court Section requires medical / psychiatric / drug addiction
attention, that member will immediately notify the Borough Court Section desk
officer. The Borough Court Section desk officer will make a Command Log entry
and ensure that medical treatment is provided. In Borough Court Sections where
the Emergency Medical Service is situated, the Borough Court Section desk
officer will request the assistance of the assigned Emergency Medical
Technicians (EMT) regarding the prisoner's medical treatment. However, if it
is determined that a prisoner requires medical attention at a hospital
emergency room, the supervisor is responsible to ensure that the prisoner is
transported immediately for treatment.
In all cases, the Borough Court Section desk officer will document the
occurrence in the Command Log and direct preparation of a MEDICAL TREATMENT OF
PRISONER form.
PRE-ARRAIGNMENT PRISONERS REQUIRING PRESCRIPTION MEDICATIONS
[I.O. 35-1, s. 12] If, during the course of treating a pre-arraignment
prisoner, a hospital physician or his/her health care assistant indicates the
need for information concerning invoiced medication belonging to the prisoner,
the individual will be given the appropriate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141) number. Furthermore, such individuals will be advised on how to
contact the desk officer in the NYPD facility where the medication is
invoiced. Desk officers receiving telephone inquiries of this nature are
authorized to provide the name of the medication. If the hospital physician,
after learning the name of the medication, advises the desk officer that the
medication is not available at the hospital and requests that the medication

be delivered to the hospital, the desk officer shall comply with the request.
In this instance, the desk officer shall:
a. Check the name of the medication against the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, as
appropriate.
b. Complete the "R.T.O." function utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System. Sign rank and name and include pertinent details under
"Remarks" section including name of physician, hospital, and name of uniformed
member assigned to deliver medication.
c. Release medication to uniformed member assigned to make delivery.
d. Make appropriate Command Log entry with all pertinent details.
The member assigned to deliver the medication to the authorized physician
shall indicate receipt thereof by requesting the physician to sign the
member's ACTIVITY LOG. If the physician refuses to sign, the uniformed member
of the service concerned will note such fact in his/her ACTIVITY LOG, making
sure to include the full title and name of the person refusing and all details
involved. In the event that any medication is returned to the command, it will
have to be invoiced again pursuant to this procedure.
If a physician at a hospital provides a pre-arraignment prisoner with
medication to be taken by the prisoner during the pre-arraignment period, the
uniformed member accompanying the prisoner will take custody of the medication
until the member reaches the court section for processing. At this location
the medication will be given to the available emergency medical technician
(EMT) to hold until the prisoner needs to self-administer it. If a
pre-arraignment prisoner needs further medication during the period of
pre-arraignment detention in any form that is not authorized to be
administered by an EMT, he or she will be taken to a hospital for that
medication.
Prepare MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form when a properly identified relative
or member of the prisoner's household appears at any Department facility where
the pre-arraignment prisoner is located and:
a. indicates that the prisoner has a medical condition or needs medication,
AND/OR
b. brings medication in a pharmacy container with the prisoner's name.
The uniformed member preparing the form will ensure that all pertinent
information is entered in the appropriate captions and in the "Remarks"
section, including the name, address, and telephone number of the relative or
household member, name of medication(s), nature of medical condition(s), and
the name, address, and telephone numbers of the pharmacy and any physician
noted on the label of any pharmacy container.
If as described above a properly identified relative or member of the
prisoner's household appears at a Department facility and the pre-arraignment
prisoner in question is not being detained there, the uniformed member of the
service (UMOS) concerned will determine if the prisoner is still in Department
custody. If so, the UMOS will ascertain the location and inform his / her
supervisor. This supervisor will in turn contact the desk officer/supervisor
at the Department facility where the prisoner is being held. Both the
supervisor making the notification and the desk officer / supervisor receiving

it will make respective command log entries. The entries will include the time
of notification, the prisoner's name, and the name of the desk officer /
supervisor receiving / making the notification. In addition, the desk officer
/ supervisor at the lodging facility receiving information relating to the
prisoner's need for prescription medication shall prepare a MEDICAL TREATMENT
OF PRISONER form.
Uniformed members of the service will not be required to accept medication
from relatives or household members for the purpose of providing it to the
prisoner.
Uniformed members of the service will not be required to invoice prisoner
medications brought to the command by relatives or household members.
UNUSUAL PRISONER OCCURRENCES
When a prisoner dies, is seriously injured in connection with a police
activity, or sustains an injury resulting from a police firearms discharge,
the uniformed member of the service will immediately request the response of
the patrol supervisor, safeguard the possible crime scene and provide and / or
secure appropriate medical attention for the injured prisoner. The patrol
supervisor will respond to the scene, assess the situation, notify the desk
officer and establish crime scene if necessary. The desk officer will notify
the patrol borough, Operations Unit, commanding officer / duty captain,
Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center, the precinct detective squad, and
detective borough command.
PREPARATION OF MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER FORM
In the event that a prisoner has prescription medications in his / her
possession, such will be invoiced as required in P.G. 208-03, "Arrests General Processing." In addition, with respect to any such medications, ensure
that all appropriate captions on the MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form are
properly filled out. Information listed on the pharmacy label of a prisoner's
prescription container, which may include the name, address, and telephone
number of the pharmacy / physician concerned, will be recorded in the
appropriate captions and in the "Remarks" section of the form.
Ensure that the "Remarks" section also contains any specific instructions from
Emergency Medical Service (EMS) staff regarding the care of the prisoner, and
/ or if EMS staff brought the prisoner to a hospital room for further
treatment. The appropriate check off boxes will be used to document that a
prisoner has refused medical aid.
The Ambulance Call Report (ACR) number or Patient Care Report (PCR) number
related to the prisoner will be entered in the appropriate caption in Section
I of the MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form. An ACR number is assigned when a
prisoner is transported to hospital via ambulance; a PCR number, in contrast,
is assigned when a prisoner is transported to a hospital by any other means,
e.g., RMP.
In any instance where either a prisoner, attending physician, or hospital
staff member, refuses to complete or sign in the designated caption(s) on the
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form, the uniformed member of the service
concerned will note such fact on both the form and in his / her ACTIVITY LOG,
making sure to include the full title and name of the person refusing and all
details involved.

The Health and Hospitals Corporation (HHC) is entitled to a copy of the
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form. Therefore upon completion of the treatment
of the prisoner, the uniformed member of the service concerned will allow
hospital personnel to photocopy this form.
A copy of MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form MUST accompany the prisoner until
his / her custody is no longer the responsibility of this Department.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrests - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Desk Appearance Ticket - Hospitalized Prisoner (P.G. 208-30)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Bedside Arraignment (P.G. 210-05)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
[I.O. 35-1, s. 12] ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 210-05 Bedside Arraignment
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To reduce manpower required to guard prisoners confined in hospitals.
DEFINITION
PRISON WARD - a hospital ward under the jurisdiction of the Department of
Correction.
PROCEDURE
When a prisoner not eligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121), is
admitted to a hospital prior to arraignment, comply with P.G. 210-02,
"Hospitalized Prisoners," and, in addition:
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
1. Have arresting officer report to the precinct of arrest or other designated
arrest processing facility and have court affidavit prepared.
ARRESTING OFFICER
2. Instruct civilian complainant to appear at the precinct of arrest,
designated arrest processing facility, or Criminal Court on scheduled return
date, as appropriate, if Supporting Deposition is not prepared.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
3. Upon completion and signing of court affidavit by arresting officer, notify
borough court section supervisor concerned that the court affidavit has been
completed and request a bedside arraignment for hospitalized prisoner.
a. Enter notification in Telephone Record.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR CONCERNED
4. Have completed arrest package delivered to Court Clerk for docketing.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF DETENTION
5. Prepare BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET (PD244-1411).
6. Ensure that a copy of all completed arrest related paperwork is kept in a
folder at the desk, including:
a. ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244- 159)
b. Prisoner Movement Slip
c. BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET.
[I.O. 18 s 05] 7. Have copy of ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and

fingerprint / palmprint charts, (if required), delivered to guarding officer
(see P.G. 210-02, "Hospitalized Prisoners").
8. Assign uniformed member of the service to fingerprint / palmprint prisoner,
if required.
a. Obtain assistance from Identification Section, if fingerprints /
palmprints cannot be obtained by normal means.
9. Contact hospital administrator and determine how long prisoner will be
confined for treatment.
[I.O. 18 s 05] NOTE: If hospital denies permission to fingerprint /
palmprint, photograph or arraign prisoner due to prisoner's physical
condition, ascertain earliest date when the prisoner can be processed.
GUARDING MEMBER
[I.O. 18 s 05] 10. Notify desk officer, precinct of detention, when
fingerprints / palmprints have been taken.
11. Ask prisoner if he / she wants legal assistance and/or an interpreter and
notify desk officer, precinct of detention, of results.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF DETENTION
12. Record information concerning fingerprinting, request for legal assistance
and/or interpreter on BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET.
[I.O. 18 s 05] 13. Direct precinct messenger to deliver completed fingerprint
/ palmprint charts to the borough court section supervisor concerned, if
necessary.
14. Request Photographic Unit to photograph prisoner.
a. Furnish Photographic Unit with information listed on BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT
WORKSHEET.
GUARDING MEMBER
15. Notify desk officer, precinct of detention, when prisoner has been
photographed.
16. After arraignment, notify desk officer, precinct of detention, with the
following information:
a. Judge's name
b. Arraignment date
c. Disposition of arraignment
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF DETENTION
17. Record arraignment information on BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET and in
Telephone Record.
18. Reassign guarding officer if prisoner is released from custody or posts

bond.
NOTE: Bail may be posted at the borough criminal court concerned, not at the
stationhouse, precinct of detention. After bail is posted, the Bail Receipt
will be delivered to the desk officer, precinct of detention.
GUARDING MEMBER
19. Obtain copy of Court Commitment order from the court officials, if
prisoner is held on bail or remanded.
20. Contact hospital liaison and inquire about arrangements made for transfer
of prisoner to Department of Correction.
21. Notify desk officer, precinct of detention, of transfer arrangements.
22. Deliver prisoner and Court Commitment order to the Department of
Correction officer at hospital.
23. Sign Department of Correction form "Prisoner Ward Record" as a receipt for
prisoner.
24. Make appropriate entries in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and include
prisoner's name, arrest number, correction officer's name and shield number.
a. Ensure ACTIVITY LOG entries correspond with entries made by correction
personnel under "Valuables Received" on Prisoner Ward Record.
b. Report any discrepancy to desk officer, precinct of detention.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF DETENTION
25. Notify borough court section concerned when:
a. Prisoner has been transferred.
b. Bedside arraignment is delayed in excess of six or more days.
c. Any problem arises which cannot be resolved by detention precinct
personnel.
26. Upon completion of arraignment, have folder containing arrest related
paperwork filed at precinct of detention.
PLANNING OFFICER, PRECINCT OF DETENTION
27. Coordinate the procedural steps involved in bedside arraignments.
28. Establish communication with agencies and hospitals that may be involved
in bedside arraignments.
29. Maintain a file containing the telephone number(s) of individuals to be
contacted when arranging for bedside arraignments.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When a prisoner is released from a hospital prior to arraignment, the guarding
member will obtain a signed medical release from the attending physician and

escort the prisoner, rear cuffed, to court for arraignment. The uniformed
member concerned will deliver the medical release to the borough court section
supervisor. If a complaint has been previously prepared, borough court section
personnel will retrieve and deliver the complaint to the court clerk for
docketing.
When a Certificate of Release is presented for an arraigned and hospitalized
prisoner stating that bail has been posted, the guarding member will notify
the desk officer, precinct of detention, who will make appropriate entries on
the BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET and ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
The Certificate of Release will be attached to the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEET and the borough court section supervisor will be notified.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
BEDSIDE ARRAIGNMENT WORKSHEET (PD244-1411)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 210-06 Prisoners' Meals
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide meals for detained prisoners.
DEFINITION
MEAL HOURS - between 0500-0600, 1200-1300, and 1800-1900 hours.
PROCEDURE
When a prisoner is confined in a detention cell:
POLICE ATTENDANT
1. Determine number of meals required and notify desk officer.
a. Hot liquids (coffee, tea, hot chocolate, etc.), will not be provided with
a prisoner's meal.
NOTE: Meals must be provided by this Department to prisoners:
a. With funds who want to purchase own meal
b. With funds who want meals supplied by this Department
c. Without funds.
DESK OFFICER
2. Telephone restaurant, order required number of meals and obtain cost.
a. Cost to Department may not exceed $1.80 per meal, per prisoner.
3. Prepare and sign PRISONER MEAL VOUCHER (PD144-051).
a. Prepare separate PRISONER MEAL VOUCHER for each meal period.
4. Issue vendor his/her copy of PRISONER MEAL VOUCHER when meal is delivered
to precinct or picked up at restaurant.
5. Direct attendant to enter cost of meal provided each prisoner on PRISONER
ROSTER (PD244-145).
a. If prisoner obtains food with own funds or refuses meal, entry must be
made on PRISONER ROSTER and in Command Log.
6. Submit remaining copies of PRISONER MEAL VOUCHER to Operations Coordinator.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
7. Prepare separate EXPENSE REPORT (PD102-061) set at end of month for each
restaurant from which meals were obtained.

a. List the name and address of the vendor, the period covered and the total
amount due the restaurant.
8. Submit EXPENSE REPORT sets and PRISONER MEAL VOUCHERS to commanding
officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
9. Certify each EXPENSE REPORT set and forward original and first copy with
original copies of related PRISONER MEAL VOUCHERS to Audit and Accounts Unit
by the 15th of each month.
10. File remaining copy of EXPENSE REPORT with related copy of PRISONER MEAL
VOUCHERS attached.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When medical or other unusual conditions exist, a desk officer may authorize
additional prisoner meals or meals at other than designated hours. A Command
Log entry explaining the circumstances will be made. If a prisoner, who has
missed the designated meal period due to arrest processing or any other reason
requests to be fed, the desk officer will authorize such meal.
FORMS AND REPORTS
EXPENSE REPORT (PD102-061)
PRISONER MEAL VOUCHER (PD144-051)
PRISONER ROSTER (PD244-145)

P.G. 210-07 Prisoners - Unusual Occurrence
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To make notifications and investigate certain unusual occurrences related to
prisoners.
DEFINITION
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE - With regard to prisoners, means that a prisoner in
custody of this Department, or an unarraigned prisoner in the custody of the
New York City Department of Correction:
a. Dies, or
b. Attempts suicide, or
c. Assaults a member of the service, or
d. Escapes or attempts to escape, or
e. Is subdued with a Conducted Energy Device, or
f. Is involved in any other occurrence of an unusual nature.
PROCEDURE
When an adult prisoner or a child under sixteen in custody is involved in an
unusual occurrence:
DESK OFFICER
1. Notify commanding officer/duty captain.
2. Notify Operations Unit, including:
a. Name and sex of prisoner or child in custody
b. Charge for which prisoner or child in custody is held.
3. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center if prisoner dies, attempts
suicide, escapes or attempts to escape.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
4. Conduct investigation of incident.
5. Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead.
6. Forward three copies of report in all adult prisoner cases, one copy of
report for child in custody and two copies of report if child in custody dies
to Chief of Department, DIRECT. If death occurs, include photographs and any
other supportive information.

7. Forward one additional copy of report to each of the following:
a. Chief of Patrol (DIRECT)
b. Chief of Internal Affairs Bureau
c. Commanding Officer, Office of Management Analysis and Planning
d. Commanding Officer, Criminal Justice Bureau
e. Commanding Officer, Performance Monitoring Analysis Unit
f. Each intermediate command
g. Commanding officer of member of the service concerned, if member not
assigned to reporting command
h. Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section, if a Conducted Energy
Device was used to contain/restrain a prisoner.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The New York State Correction Law Section 47(2) mandates that a report be made
to the New York State Commission of Correction whenever a death occurs while
prisoner is in police custody while lodged in a detention or holding cell,
being transported to the borough courthouse for arraignment after having been
in a detention or holding cell, or at the hospital after having been lodged in
a detention or holding cell. If a death occurs prior to a prisoner having been
in a detention or holding cell a notification to the New York State Commission
of Correction is not necessary. Whenever a reportable death occurs while in
custody, the commanding officer of the facility or the duty captain
responsible for the immediate follow-up investigation will complete the form
entitled, "Report of Inmate Death to State Commission of Correction (SCOC
M187)". Only items one through thirty-six will be completed on the form.
Whenever a question does not apply or an answer is not available, the letters
"DNA" will be entered in the allotted space on the form. The commanding
officer/duty captain will then fax the form directly to the New York State
Commission of Correction within six hours of the death, and immediately
follow-up with the New York State Commission of Correction to confirm receipt
of the faxed copy of the Report of Inmate Death to State Commission of
Correction (SCOC M187). The form will also be mailed within ten days of the
death to the New York State Commission of Correction, Attention: Medical
Review Board.
The Criminal Justice Bureau acts as the liaison between this Department and
the New York State Commission of Correction. This includes, but is not limited
to:
1. Providing requested documents regarding prisoner deaths in custody
2. Coordinating the inspections of detention cells, holding cells, and
juvenile rooms by members of the New York State Commission of Correction.
All copies of documentation related to a prisoner death in custody, including
the Report of Inmate Death to State Commission of Correction (SCOC M187), will
be forwarded to the Criminal Justice Bureau, upon request.
Any questions regarding the State Commission of Correction should be directed

to the Criminal Justice Bureau.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead
Report of Inmate Death to State Commission of Correction (SCOC M187)

P.G. 210-08 Guidelines For Prisoner Holding Pens
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure the integrity, control, and humane treatment of prisoners lodged in
command/detective squad holding pens.
PROCEDURE
Upon lodging a prisoner temporarily in a command/detective squad holding pen:
DESK OFFICER/DETECTIVE SQUAD SUPERVISOR
1. Utilize Department form PRISONER HOLDING PEN ROSTER (PD244-1410) to
maintain a record of prisoners lodged in holding pens (cages).
a. Maintain a copy of the PRISONER HOLDING PEN ROSTER at the desk and
detective squad office, as appropriate.
b. File completed forms at the end of every twenty-four hour period at the
desk and detective squad office, as appropriate.
2. Designate a member of the service to specifically inspect and check
condition of prisoners every thirty minutes.
a. Do not leave prisoners unattended.
3. Have assigned member enter results of inspection and action taken under the
appropriate captions on PRISONER HOLDING PEN ROSTER.
4. Assign a supervisor to personally and periodically inspect prisoners lodged
in holding pens and have supervisor enter results of inspection under
appropriate captions on PRISONER HOLDING PEN ROSTER.
5. Make certain the following additional guidelines are complied with:
a. Maximum period of detention for prisoners being held in holding pens will
usually be three hours. If circumstances dictate a person be held for a longer
period, such period must be approved by the desk officer for command holding
pens or detective squad supervisor for detective squad holding pens. If a
detective squad supervisor is not available, the extension period must be
approved by the command desk officer. The reason for any time extension must
be documented in the Command Log.
b. Prisoners who appear to be ill, intoxicated, or emotionally disturbed
shall not be detained in holding pens. If appropriate, P.G. 210-04, "Prisoners
Requiring Medical/ Psychiatric Treatment" will be complied with.
c. At no time should more prisoners than can be reasonably accommodated be
put in a holding pen. The amount of time a prisoner will be detained in the
holding pen must be taken into consideration when determining what is a
reasonable accommodation.
d. Before being placed in a holding pen, the clothing and person of each

prisoner must be thoroughly searched. Generally, a female prisoner will only
be searched by a female police attendant or female uniformed member of the
service P.G. 208-05,"Arrests - General Search Guidelines").
e. Belts, neckties, shoelaces, and clothing items such as jackets,
overcoats, or other similar outer garments shall be removed and stored
temporarily where they will not be accessible to the prisoner.
f. At no time detain male and female prisoners in the same holding pen.
Refer to P.G. 210-17, "Arrests Processing of Pre-Arraignment Prisoners
Designated as 'Special Category'" and/or P.G. 203-10, "Public Contact Prohibited Conduct," subdivision "a" following step "1", regarding gender, if
necessary.
g. At no time detain adult and juvenile prisoners in the same holding pen.
Juveniles must be held in the command's designated juvenile area.
h. If a prisoner is placed in a cell alone because he/she threatens or
fights with another prisoner(s), is causing disruption, or for any other
reason, ensure that a member of the service will continue to monitor that
prisoner closely.
ADDITIONAL DATA
PRISONER CONFLICTS
Whenever an arresting officer/investigator becomes aware that there is the
need to separate two or more defendants from one another due to threats made
by one defendant to another, or due to the potential for one defendant to
assault another, a notation will be made at the bottom of each defendant's
Prisoner Movement Slip in the "Detention Alert" section under the caption
"Other (Explain)." The notation must contain the name and arrest number of the
other defendant involved, as well as an indication as to why separation is
deemed necessary (e.g., prisoner had a fight with the other prisoner; prisoner
was threatened by other prisoner, etc.). If separation is required for
confidential or sensitive reasons, such as one prisoner testified against
another, enter the name and telephone number of the arresting officer/assigned
investigator so that further information can be obtained if necessary, rather
than entering the actual reason for the separation. (If detention personnel
are unable to contact the arresting officer/assigned investigator for further
information, they will continue to keep the affected prisoners separated from
one another).
In the event that an arrest processing officer or escorting officer becomes
aware that a conflict exists between prisoners requiring their separation, the
officer must:
a. Inform the arresting officer/assigned investigator of the circumstances
in order that the latter may make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips, OR
b. Personally make entries on the Prisoner Movement Slips which must then be
brought to the attention of the Court Section personnel for entry on the
courthouse generated movement slips.
The information entered on the Prisoner Movement Slip prepared at the command
must also be entered on the computerized movement slip generated at the
courthouse when the prisoner is photographed. In addition to the notation on

the movement slip, the arresting officer/assigned investigator/escorting
officer will notify the concerned borough court section supervisor.
Members of the service assigned to prisoner detention functions at the command
and at the courthouse must examine and be guided by the information contained
in the "Detention Alert" caption on each Prisoner Movement Slip in regard to
separating prisoners. etc.
RELATED PROCEDURES
General Procedure - Prisoners (P.G. 210-01)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Unusual Occurrences Involving Prisoners (P.G. 210-07)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PRISONER HOLDING PEN ROSTER (PD244-1410)

P.G. 210-09 Bail
Date Effective: 07-01-14
PURPOSE
To release prisoners on bail prior to court arraignment.
DEFINITIONS
PRE-ARRAIGNMENT BAIL - a sum of United States currency posted by a surety at
the time of arrest, to secure the defendant's appearance for court
arraignment.
SURETY - the person or prisoner who offers money for bail.
PROCEDURE
To require a prisoner, who has been approved for a Desk Appearance Ticket
pursuant to P.G. 208-27, "Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure", to post
pre-arraignment bail to secure his/her attendance in court. NOTE: The Criminal
Procedure Law permits the issuance and service of an appearance ticket to be
conditioned upon the posting of a sum of money, known as pre-arraignment bail.
This money will be forfeited by the defendant should the defendant fail to
comply with the directions of the appearance ticket.
DESK OFFICER
1. Comply with P.G. 208-27, "Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure" and
208-02, "Arrests - Removal To Department Facility For Processing."
2. Determine if the charge is one for which bail may be accepted as follows:
CHARGE

BAIL

Family Court warrant

Yes, between 1400 and 0800, if
court is not in session

Superior Court warrant of arrest

NO

Criminal Court warrant of arrest

NO

Bench warrant

NO

Order of Protection

NO

Violation of parole

NO

Violation of probation

NO

Material witness

NO

Fugitive from justice

NO

Violation of federal law

NO

Any offense involving members of
the same Family/Household-Expanded
Definition

NO

Any crime against a child less than
eighteen (18)

NO

Felony

NO

Violation

YES

Misdemeanor

YES, (where eligible for a Desk
Appearance Ticket pursuant to
P.G. 208-27 EXCEPT, prisoners
charged with the misdemeanors
listed below may not be bailed
after fingerprintshave been
processed by NYSIIS and the
report lists previous
convictions, as described below,
which would raise the misdemeanor
to a felony:

CURRENT CHARGE

PREVIOUS CONVICTION

Aggravated Harassment, 2nd Degree
(P.L. 240.30, [3])

Same offense or 240.31, P.L.,
within ten years

Article 17 - Election Law

Any crime in Art. 17-Election Law

Auto Stripping, 2nd Degree

Same offense, OR repealed
subdivision 8, Section 1224, VTL
within five years

Avoidance of Cigarette Tax (A.C.
11-1317)

Two for same offense

Avoidance of Cigarette Tax (New
York State Tax Law 481)

Two for same offense

Cigarette Tax (A.C. 11-4012, [a],
[1])

Two for same offense

Computer Tampering, 2nd Degree
(P.L. 156.20)

Any crime under Article 156, or
Section 165, (10) P.L.

Criminal Possession Weapon, 4th
Degree (P.L. 265.01, [1], [2],
[3], [5]

Any crime

Criminally Using Drug Paraphernalia,
2nd Degree (P.L. 220.50)

Same offense

Falsely Reporting an Incident, 2nd
Degree (P.L. 240.55)

Same offense

Illicit Alcoholic Beverages (A.B.C.
Law 152 or 154)

Same offense

Obscenity, 3rd Degree (P.L.235.05

Same offense

Sale or purchase of Stolen, False,
or Fraudulent License, Certificate
of Registration, or Number Plate
(V.T.L. 392a)

Same offense with ten years

Transporting Hazardous Materials
(V.T.L. 380)

Two for same offense

Unauthorized Use of Vehicle, 3rd
Degree (P.L. 165.05)

P.L. 165.05, subdivision 1, OR
P.L. 165.06 within ten years

NOTE: A prisoner charged with violation of Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section
1192 subdivisions (1), (2), (3) or (4) shall not be eligible for a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET or stationhouse bail, unless such prisoner is hospitalized
for more than twenty- four hours. Such prisoner may be issued a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET, if eligible, whether or not he/she submitted to a chemical
test. However, under no circumstances will a prisoner charges with violation
of Vehicle & Traffic Law, Section 1192 subdivisions (1), (2), (3) or (4) be
issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET if he/she has caused serious physical injury
or death to another.
3. Have a Warrant and INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-161) name check conducted via
FINEST (see P.G. 208-23, "Computerized Investigation Card System" and 208-27,
"Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure".
4. Set the amount of bail (CASH ONLY) as follows:
a. For each Class A misdemeanor - $500
b. For each Class B misdemeanor - $250
c. For each unclassified misdemeanor - $250
d. For each violation - $100
e. For a Family Court warrant - Amount stated on warrant
5. Have surety swear an oath of ownership of the bail money.
6. Prepare and sign BAIL RECEIPT (PD209-011).
7. Have surety sign all copies of BAIL RECEIPT.
8. Give surety white copy of BAIL RECEIPT.
9. Instruct surety concerning return of bail as follows:
a. Appear at court arraignment of defendant and present copy of BAIL RECEIPT
and proof of identity, or
b. After court arraignment, personally present copy of BAIL RECEIPT and
proof of identity at the borough Property Clerk's Office.
10. Prepare DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121) and give to defendant.

11. Direct that two front view (head and shoulder) photos be taken of
prisoner.
a. Ensure that back of photos are stamped and captions completed.
12. Have WARRANT INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD374-152) prepared.
a. Attach one photo to warrant for Warrant Section copy of report
b. Attach second photo to court copy of report.
13. Release prisoner.
14. Make notation in Box 11, "Narrative," of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159) that prisoner has been bailed.
15. Place bail money in Property Clerk envelope and print on face:
a. "CASH BAIL"
b. Precinct
c. Arrest number
d. Defendant's name
e. Surety's name, if other than defendant.
16. Seal envelope and sign across flap.
17. Attach three copies (yellow, pink, and blue) of BAIL RECEIPT.
18. Designate a messenger to deliver bail to borough Property Clerk's office.
a. If borough Property Clerk's office is closed, bail will be delivered next
business day.
19. Have messenger sign for bail in the Property Receipt Book. MESSENGER
20. Deliver bail and BAIL RECEIPTS to borough Property Clerk's Office and
obtain receipt on blue copy of BAIL RECEIPT.
21. Deliver receipted copy of BAIL RECEIPT to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
22. File receipted blue copy of BAIL RECEIPT with file copy of ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
23. Give green copy of BAIL RECEIPT to arresting/assigned officer.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When prisoner is released on bail, the desk officer of command/borough court
section facility where bail has been posted, will notify the
arresting/assigned officer and include, the time, date, court of arraignment,
location of bail money and that he/she must deliver the bail to court. In
addition, the desk officer will notify the borough court section supervisor

concerned, where the bail money is located and the name of the officer and
defendant. If defendant released from other than the precinct of arrest, the
desk officer, command of arrest, will be notified for appropriate entry on the
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Computerized Investigation Card System (P.G. 208-23)
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Arrests - Removal To Department Facility For Processing (208-02)
Delivery Of Bail Money To Court From Stationhouse (P.G. 210-10)
Delivery Of Bail Money To Court From Property Clerk (P.G. 210-11)
FORMS AND REPORTS
BAIL RECEIPT (PD209-011)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-161)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
WARRANT INVESTIGATION REPORT (PD374-152)

P.G. 210-10 Delivery Of Bail Money To Court From Stationhouse
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To deliver bail to court on date of arraignment.
PROCEDURE
On date of arraignment, if cash bail has not been forwarded to borough
Property Clerk's office:
ARRESTING/ASSIGNED OFFICER
1. Obtain bail and three copies (pink, yellow and blue) of BAIL RECEIPT
(PD209-011) from desk officer.
2. Sign for bail in the Property Receipt Book.
3. Appear at the defendant's arraignment and if defendant and surety are
present:
a. Examine surety's copy of BAIL RECEIPT and establish surety's identity.
b. Have surety sign receipt for cash bail, on reverse side of pink copy of
BAIL RECEIPT, and return money to surety
c. Deliver receipted pink copy of BAIL RECEIPT to the desk officer
d. Destroy blue copy of BAIL RECEIPT.
4. Comply with the following if the defendant is present but surety is not:
a. Immediately after arraignment, deliver bail and pink copy of BAIL RECEIPT
to borough Property Clerk's office
b. Inform member of the service at Property Clerk's office that defendant
did appear at arraignment
c. Obtain receipt from Property Clerk's office on the blue copy of BAIL
RECEIPT
d. Deliver receipted copy of BAIL RECEIPT to desk officer.
5. Comply with the following if defendant does not appear and bail is
forfeited:
a. Give bail to court clerk and have him sign on reverse of pink copy of
BAIL RECEIPT
b. Deliver receipted copy of BAIL RECEIPT to desk officer
c. Destroy blue copy of BAIL RECEIPT.
DESK OFFICER

6. File receipted copy of BAIL RECEIPT with file copy of ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
7. Give green copy of BAIL RECEIPT to arresting/assigned officer.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Borough court section supervisor will ascertain that the
arresting/assigned officer has obtained the bail if defendant had been
released on bail. If the arresting/assigned officer has not obtained bail,
he/she will be directed to location where bail is located to pick up and
deliver the bail to court.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Bail (P.G. 210-09)
Delivery Of Bail Money To Court From Property Clerk (P.G. 210-11)
FORMS AND REPORTS
BAIL RECEIPT (PD209-011)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 210-11 Delivery Of Bail Money To Court From Property Clerk
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To deliver bail to court on date of arraignment.
PROCEDURE
On date of arraignment, if cash bail has been forwarded to borough Property
Clerk's office:
ARRESTING/ASSIGNED OFFICER
1. Pick up bail and pink copy of BAIL RECEIPT (PD209-011) at borough Property
Clerk's office.
a. Receipt for the bail on yellow copy of BAIL RECEIPT.
2. Appear at the defendant's arraignment at court and if defendant and surety
are present:
a. Examine surety's copy of BAIL RECEIPT and establish surety's identity
b. Have surety sign receipt for cash bail, on reverse side of pink copy of
BAIL RECEIPT, and return bail money to surety
c. Deliver receipted pink copy of BAIL RECEIPT to Property Clerk's office,
immediately after court appearance
d. Obtain yellow copy of BAIL RECEIPT from Property Clerk's office and
retain as receipt.
3. Comply with the following if the defendant is present but surety is not:
a. Immediately after court appearance, return bail and BAIL RECEIPT to
borough Property Clerk's office
b. Inform member of the service at Property Clerk's office that defendant
did appear at arraignment
c. Obtain yellow copy of BAIL RECEIPT from Property Clerk's office and
retain as receipt.
4. Comply with the following if defendant does not appear and bail is
forfeited:
a. Give bail to court clerk and have him sign on reverse of pink copy of
BAIL RECEIPT
b. Deliver receipted copy of BAIL RECEIPT to Property Clerk's office,
immediately after the court appearance
c. Obtain yellow copy of BAIL RECEIPT from Property Clerk's office and
retain as receipt.

ADDITIONAL DATA
Borough court section supervisor will ascertain that the arresting/assigned
officer has obtained the bail if defendant has been released on bail. If the
arresting/assigned officer has not obtained the bail, he/she will be directed
to location where bail is located to pick up and deliver the bail to court.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Bail (P.G. 210-09)
Delivery Of Bail Money To Court From Stationhouse (P.G. 210-10)
FORMS AND REPORTS
BAIL RECEIPT (PD209-011)

P.G. 210-12 Processing Prisoner When Bail Application Made To
Judge
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process a prisoner, not eligible for pre-arraignment bail, who may be
admitted to bail by a judge or justice.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving information that an application for bail will be made to a
judge or justice for a prisoner in custody:
DESK OFFICER
1. Expedite the forwarding of the prisoner's fingerprints.
2. Prepare CERTIFICATION OF CHARGES AGAINST PRISONER (PD244-062).
3. Send messenger to Fax Terminal with the CERTIFICATION OF CHARGES AGAINST
PRISONER with instructions to:
a. Obtain a copy of the prisoner's rap sheet from NYSIIS, and attach it to
CERTIFICATION OF CHARGES AGAINST PRISONER, and
b. Deliver them to the judicial authority concerned.
4. Have prisoner photographed.
5. Upon receipt of written notice from the judicial authority, inform prisoner
of time and location to appear for arraignment and release prisoner.
6. Enter facts of release on ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) and file the written notice with ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET.
7. Notify arresting officer that prisoner has been bailed and the time and
location of arraignment.
FORMS AND REPORTS
CERTIFICATION OF CHARGES AGAINST PRISONER (PD244-062)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 210-13 Release Of Prisoners
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To release a person taken into custody when further investigation reveals that
the person arrested did not commit the offense or any related offense or it is
determined that no offense has been committed or when directed by an Assistant
District Attorney that the arrest is to be voided.
DEFINITIONS
VOIDED ARREST - When an arrest is made by a uniformed member of the service or
a civilian, and there is reasonable cause to believe the prisoner did not
commit the offense, or any related offense, or it is determined that no
offense has been committed, the member of the service concerned must
immediately release the prisoner and comply with this procedure.
DECLINE PROSECUTION - The District Attorney has prosecutorial discretion and
may decline to prosecute a case for a variety of reasons even though probable
cause for the arrest exists. Some examples are: cases where the evidence is
legally sufficient to prosecute, but must be corroborated; or cases where
prosecution is declined in the interest of justice; etc. In these instances,
the Assistant District Attorney is required to issue a Decline Prosecution
Letter. In such circumstances, members of the service should be guided by
Patrol Guide 216-16, "Release of Prisoners at the Complaint Room at Direction
of the Assistant District Attorney."
Additionally, there may be circumstances wherein an Assistant District
Attorney directs that an arrest be voided and refuses to issue a Decline
Prosecution Letter despite the arresting officer's good faith belief that
probable cause existed for the arrest. In those instances, members of the
service should be guided by this procedure.
PROCEDURE
When an arrest is made by a uniformed member of the service or a civilian, and
there is reasonable cause to believe that the prisoner did not commit the
offense in question or any related offense.
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Confer with patrol supervisor and obtain consent for release of prisoner.
a. If unavailable, confer with desk officer/borough court section
supervisor.
b. If the arresting officer, prior to removal of the prisoner to the police
facility/borough court section, has reasonable cause to believe that the
prisoner did not commit the offense charged and the patrol supervisor is not
available for conferral, the prisoner may be released immediately and the
patrol supervisor/desk officer will be notified as soon as possible.
(1) In all "Release of Prisoner" cases, the desk officer of the command of
occurrence MUST be informed of the circumstances of the release

(2) A prisoner may be released by the Department at any time from the
initial custody until the arraignment in the courtroom.
c. If prisoner has been removed from police facility/borough court section
facility, confer with supervisor assigned to court.
PATROL SUPV/DESK OFFICER/BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
2. Authorize release of prisoner if in agreement with arresting officer.
3. Verify that all property removed from the person is returned.
ARRESTING OFFICER
4. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of facts of the release of prisoner.
SUPERVISOR AUTHORIZING/NOTIFIED OF RELEASE
5. Examine and initial arresting officer's ACTIVITY LOG entry.
ARRESTING OFFICER
6. Prepare OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), immediately, for released
prisoner.
a. Indicate under the "Narrative" section the reason the prisoner was
released and arrest voided and include:
(1) Statement indicating property was returned, if applicable
(2) Names of witnesses, if any
(3) Supervisor who authorized or was notified of release of prisoner
(4) Time of release.
7. Void the arrest using the "Omniform System" under "Arrest Processing Type"
and select the "Voided Arrest" option, which will still generate an arrest
number.
DESK OFFICER
8. Review circumstances of arrest.
a. If arrest voided by arresting/assigned officer in "Omniform System":
(1) Review OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET/OMNIFORM - ARREST REPORT and ensure that
the "Narrative" section include reason(s) for arrest being "voided" (see step
"7")
(2) Enter "VOIDED ARREST" across the top of the OLBS ARREST
WORKSHEET/ONMIFORM - ARREST REPORT.
b. If prisoner was already processed and an arrest number generated for
booking purposes (not voided by arresting officer):
(1) Log into "Omniform System" and select the "Void an Arrest" option

under caption "Supervisor Functions" and enter applicable information
necessary to void the arrest.
(2) Assign uniformed member of the service to prepare, fax and forward
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157) to borough court section concerned
without delay.
a. Ensure the arresting/assigned officer indicates under "Details"
section of the ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT the reason the arrest was voided (see
step "7").
(3) Enter "VOIDED ARREST" across top of the ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT and
OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET/OMNIFORM ARREST REPORT.
9. Distribute OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET/OMNIFORM ARREST REPORT and ARREST REPORT
SUPPLEMENT, as applicable, in normal manner.
10. Ensure copies of all reports are forwarded to the following:
a. Patrol borough commander concerned
b. Commanding Officer, Identification Section
c. Borough Court Section Concerned
d. Commanding officer of arresting officer, if different form precinct of
occurrence.
11. Notify borough court section of the voided arrest information.
12. Make Command Log entry.
13. Notify precinct commanding officer.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMANDER
14. Review report(s) and if satisfied that the release of prisoner was proper,
signify by endorsement and return to originating commanding officer.
REQUEST BY ASSISTANT DISTRICT ATTORNEY TO "VOID" AN ARREST:
ARRESTING OFFICER
15. Inform desk officer/borough court section supervisor that Assistant
District Attorney is requesting arrest be "voided" and not "Decline
Prosecution."
DESK OFFICER/BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
16. Confer with Legal Bureau regarding request by Assistant District Attorney.
LEGAL BUREAU ATTORNEY
17. Confer with Assistant District Attorney concerned and attempt to resolve
the issue.
18. Request Assistant District Attorney to treat case as a "Decline
Prosecution."

a. Confer with supervisory Assistant District Attorney if the Assistant
District Attorney will not draw up complaint.
b. If all attempts to resolve the issue do not result in the complaint being
drawn and the Assistant District Attorney will not treat the case as a
"Decline Prosecution" case, then the arrest shall be deemed voided as per the
Assistant District Attorney.
19. Notify the desk officer, precinct of arrest and the borough court section
supervisor to release the prisoner in accordance with the procedure.
DESK OFFICER
20. Make Command Log entry and include the following information:
a. Arrest "voided" due to Assistant District Attorney refusal to consider
charges
b. Name of the Legal Bureau attorney consulted
c. Name of the Assistant District Attorney
d. Name of the District Attorney's Office supervisor
e. Borough court section supervisor concerned.
21. Ensure all information in step "20" is included in the "Narrative" section
of the OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET/OMNIFORM ARREST REPORT or the "Details" section
of ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT, as applicable.
22. Notify borough court section supervisor (via Telephone Message) of final
status of prisoner.
ADDITIONAL DATA
DEPARTMENT POLICY
If the precinct or patrol borough commander is not satisfied that the release
was proper, the circumstances of the release will be reported to the First
Deputy Commissioner and the Chief of Department.
The authority to release a prisoner by means of this procedure rests solely
with the Police Department.
When an arrest is voided for any reason and the person being released has been
fingerprinted via Live Scan, one copy of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET/OMNIFORM ARREST REPORT or the ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT, as
appropriate, is to be delivered to the borough court section intake
supervisor, borough of arrest. The desk officer will ensure that this is done
in a timely manner.
The borough court section intake supervisor, borough of arrest, will prepare a
communication detailing the circumstances of the voided arrest. This
communication will be FAXED to the Division of Criminal Justice Services with
the request to seal the defendant's record.
All borough court section intake facilities will now maintain a bound log with

the following information regarding voided arrests:
* The date that the ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT was received
* OLBS WORKSHEET arrest number
* Precinct and location of arrest
* Name, shield, and command of arresting officer
* Date and time the Division of Criminal Justice Services was notified
* Name of the representative from the Division of Criminal Justice Services
who acknowledges receipt of the communication from the NYPD along with the
date and time of its receipt.
The Legal Bureau is responsible for logging and tracking inquires made in
accordance with the voiding of any arrest at the request of the Assistant
District Attorney. The Legal Bureau may be contacted Monday through Friday
0700 to 2300 hours. At other times, and on weekends, the Legal Bureau duty
attorney may be reached through the Operations Division.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Release of Prisoners Arrested by Other Police Agencies (P.G. 210-15)
Release of Prisoners at the Complaint Room at Direction of the Assistant
District Attorney (P.G. 210-16)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
OLBS ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 210-14 Release Of Prisoner - Narcotic Arrest Negative
Findings
Date Effective: 01-01-00
PURPOSE
To expedite the release of a prisoner detained in a Department of Correction
facility, when analysis of controlled substance is negative and no other
charges are pending.
PROCEDURE
Upon completion of lab testing and it is discovered that the substance in
question did not contain any trace of an illegal controlled substance:
POLICE LABORATORY PERSONNEL
1. Notify assistant district attorney concerned by sending a copy of lab
report to court and notify arresting / assigned officer concerned by sending a
copy of lab report to command when findings are negative.
DESK OFFICER
2. Notify arresting officer to disregard scheduled court appearance if NO
other charges are pending against prisoner.
a. Notify roll call to make notation in Diary of court cancellation.
3. Deliver POLICE LABORATORY CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE ANALYSIS REPORT (PD521-153)
to member concerned upon receipt from Police Laboratory.
[I.O. 68 s 13] 4. File "ADA Copy" of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521- 141)
received from Property Clerk Division.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The District Attorney's Office will notify the Department of Correction to
arrange for the release of the concerned prisoner.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana Stored At Stationhouses (P.G.
218-24)
Processing Controlled Substances/Marihuana Not Stored At Stationhouses (P.G.
218-25)
[I.O. 68 s 13] FORMS AND REPORTS
POLICE LABORATORY CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE ANALYSIS REPORT (PD521-153)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 210-15 Release Of Prisoners Arrested By Other Police
Agencies
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record the release of prisoners by other police agencies.
PROCEDURE
When a police officer of another agency delivers an arrested person to the
stationhouse or borough court section and investigation reveals that that
person did not commit the offense alleged or any related offense:
DESK OFFICER/BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
1. Decide whether the prisoner will be released:
a. If conflict exists between the desk officer/borough court section
supervisor and the arresting officer, the precinct commander/duty captain will
make decision.
2. Follow P.G. 210-13, "Release Of Prisoners - General Procedure."
3. Make entry in Telephone Record when notified by another police agency that
they have released a prisoner from other than a stationhouse.
4. Notify precinct commander.
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Compare written notification from other police agency with Telephone Record
entry.
6. Endorse written notification.
7. Forward endorsed notification through channels to:
a. Criminal Justice Bureau
b. Identification Section
RELATED PROCEDURE
Release of Prisoners- General Procedure (P.G. 210-13)

P.G. 210-16 Release Of Prisoner At The Complaint Room By
Direction Of The Assistant District Attorney
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To release a prisoner when the Assistant District Attorney elects not to
prosecute a defendant and designates the arrest case as "Decline Prosecution."
PROCEDURE
Upon being informed by the Assistant District Attorney that the prisoner is to
be released and the arrest case has been designated as "Decline Prosecution."
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Obtain copy of the District Attorney's Office Decline Prosecution Letter.
(Either via FAX when processing at command or, in person, when processing at
the complaint room.)
NOTE: When an Assistant District Attorney elects not to prosecute an arrest
case which was processed either via the Expedited Affidavit Program or
Supporting Deposition Program, borough court section personnel will obtain a
copy of the District Attorney's Office Decline Prosecution Letter and follow
the borough court section's release of prisoner procedures.
2. Make complete ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
3. Notify desk officer.
WHEN ARRESTING OFFICER IS PRESENT AT PRECINCT OF ARREST AND INFORMED BY AN
ASSISTANT DISTRICT ATTORNEY THAT THE ARREST CASE HAS BEEN DESIGNATED AS
"DECLINE PROSECUTION"
DESK OFFICER
4. Direct arresting officer to determine if prisoner has an active warrant.
ARRESTING OFFICER
5. Conduct a warrant name check (WNAM) via FINEST SYSTEM .
6. Ascertain from the borough court section if the Criminal History printout
("Rapsheet") has been received.
DESK OFFICER
7. Direct prisoner be immediately released, if prisoner is present at command
or a hospital facility, after it has been established there is no active
warrant through warrant check and "Rapsheet."
NOTE: The release of a prisoner will not be delayed solely because the
"Rapsheet" has not yet been received.
8. Direct the arresting officer to process the arrest solely on the authority

of the active warrant, if the prisoner has active warrant.
NOTE: In a designated "Decline Prosecution" case, the arresting officer will
continue to process the arrest case only when it has been determined that the
prisoner has an active warrant. The arresting officer will not process the
prisoner on any of the original arrest charges that were designated by the
Assistant District Attorney as "Decline Prosecution."
9. Notify borough court section supervisor of either prisoner's release, or
that prisoner is being processed solely on the authority of active warrant.
(This will enable the borough court section to make the appropriate On Line
Prisoner Arraignment (OLPA) system entries.)
10. Notify the borough court section supervisor that an Assistant District
Attorney has designated the arrest case as "Decline Prosecution", if the
prisoner is en route to, or present at the borough court section.
11. Direct arresting officer to FAX the District Attorney's Office Decline
Prosecution Letter to the borough court section supervisor.
a. Borough court section's release of prisoner procedures will then be
followed.
12. Make appropriate log entries and ensure that the District Attorney's
Office form letter is filed.
IF ARRESTING OFFICER IS PRESENT AT THE COMPLAINT ROOM AND INFORMED BY AN
ASSISTANT DISTRICT ATTORNEY THAT THE ARREST CASE HAS BEEN DESIGNATED AS
"DECLINE PROSECUTION"
ARRESTING OFFICER
13. Notify, and provide a copy of the District Attorney's Office Decline
Prosecution Letter to the borough court section supervisor.
NOTE: In a case where a prisoner is hospitalized, the arresting officer must
also notify and FAX a copy of the District Attorney's Office Decline
Prosecution Letter to the command's desk officer who will direct the release
of the prisoner after establishing that there is no active warrant. If the
prisoner has an active warrant, the desk officer will assign a uniformed
member of the service to process the prisoner solely on the authority of the
active warrant.
14. File the District Attorney's Office Decline Prosecution Letter in arrest
folder, upon return to command.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
15. Have the appropriate OLPA system entries made when notified by the desk
officer that the prisoner has been released, or that the prisoner will be
processed solely on the authority of an active warrant.
16. Direct, when notified by a desk officer or by an arresting officer in
person, that an arrest case of a prisoner who is en route to, or present at,
the borough court section has been designated as "Decline Prosecution," and is
in receipt of a District Attorney's Office Decline Prosecution Letter:
a. The immediate release of the prisoner after the borough court section has

determined that there is no active warrant. The release of a prisoner will
not be delayed solely because the "rapsheet" has not been received. (This
procedure will be adhered to regardless of prisoner's lodging location [e.g.
borough court section or lodged over night at the precinct stationhouse.]) OR
b. Direct either the arresting officer, if present, or have borough court
section personnel process the prisoner solely on the authority of the active
warrant, if the prisoner has an active warrant. (In this case, the arresting
officer will only be utilized to process the prisoner when the prisoner is
lodged at the borough court section and the arresting officer is present at
the courthouse.)
NOTE: When a prisoner who is to be released is lodged over night at a
precinct stationhouse, the borough court section supervisor must notify and
FAX a copy of the District Attorney's Office form letter to the desk officer
concerned. Upon receipt of a District Attorney's Office form letter, the desk
officer of the precinct concerned will release prisoner and make appropriate
log entries.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 210-17 Arrest Processing Of Pre-Arraignment Prisoners
Designated As "Special Category"
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that all pre-arraignment prisoners in custody at precinct, transit
district, police service area, and borough court section holding pens are
medically screened by Emergency Medical Service (EMS) personnel located at the
borough court sections.
SCOPE
Presently, EMS personnel are assigned to all patrol borough court sections
with the exception of the Staten Island Court Section. On Staten Island it is
the supervisor at the court section and not EMS personnel that screens
prisoners. This supervisor makes the determination as to whether or not a
prisoner will be designated as special category. For the purposes of this
procedure this practice will remain in effect only in the Staten Island Court
Section.
DEFINITION
SPECIAL CATEGORY PRISONER - A "Special Category Prisoner" is a prisoner who
should be removed from the general population for any of the following
reasons:
a. because of a medical condition or physical disability
b. for any reason that would lead one to believe that placing that prisoner
in a general population of prisoners may pose a safety risk to that prisoner
or other prisoners.
c. for any other reason that would lead one to believe that placing that
prisoner in a general population of prisoners may pose a health risk to that
prisoner or other prisoners.
The following will not be designated as "Special Category" prisoners:
a. Hospitalized prisoners (Refer to P.G. 210-02, "Hospitalized Prisoners")
b. Prisoners who will be issued Desk Appearance Tickets or summonses and
released directly from the precinct, transit district, or police service area.
PROCEDURE
Upon transporting a pre-arraignment prisoner to the appropriate borough court
section:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CONCERNED
1. Ensure that prisoner is medically screened by EMS personnel as soon as
possible.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR

2. Determine, in conjunction with EMS personnel, whether prisoner should be
designated a "Special Category Prisoner."
GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING "SPECIAL CATEGORY PRISONERS":
3. Ensure that notation is made in the "Detention Alert" caption of Prisoner
Movement Slip along with the reason for the designation, e.g. medical, safety
risk, disability, etc.
4. Direct that a "Special Category Prisoner" be lodged in a separate cell from
the general pre-arraignment population.
5. Ascertain, in consultation with EMS personnel, whether or not it is
advisable to house more that one "Special Category Prisoner" in a cell.
6. Have MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150) form prepared for each
"Special Category Prisoner."
7. Ensure that "Yes" box in caption "Recommend Prisoner Be Separated From
General Population" on MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER form is checked.
8. Ensure that all "Special Category Prisoners," originally screened by EMS
personnel at the borough court section, are subsequently screened upon
returning from any hospital, as applicable.
9. Oversee and expedite the processing of all "Special Category Prisoners" and
their co-defendants, if any.
10. Ensure that prisoners lodged in separate cells at precinct, district, or
police service area commands are transported to the appropriate arraignment
part at court, when necessary.
ADDITIONAL DATA
LODGING "SPECIAL CATEGORY" PRISONERS
The decision of whether or not to house more than one such prisoner in a cell
will be based on whether, given the particular reasons for designating them as
"Special Category," the prisoners pose a safety or health risk to one another.
It is preferable to lodge "Special Category Prisoners" in separate cells at
the borough court section. However, if this is not possible, the borough court
section supervisor will direct that the prisoner be temporarily lodged in a
separate cell in a precinct, district, or police service area command.
Supervisors will make every reasonable effort to provide separate and
physically adequate accommodations for special category prisoners that are
being processed or lodged in their facilities. Reasonable efforts will be made
to avoid handcuffing prisoners to chairs, railings, etc. for extended periods
of time.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A prisoner may be designated "Special Category" at a subsequent screening by
EMS personnel, as appropriate.
"Special Category Prisoners" will be given prioirty status at every stage of

the pre-arrainment process including placing their names on the "Medical
Expedite" list maintained at the borough court sections.
All prisoners who are identified as being infected with, or suspected of
carrying an actively contagious disease, such as tuberculosis, will be sent to
the hospital immediatgely.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment(P.G. 210-04)
FORMS AND REPORTS
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)

P.G. 210-18 Debriefing Of Prisoners
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To provide a central repository of criminal intelligence received from
prisoners and improve communications and sharing of information among
Department units.
SCOPE
All prisoners in custody of this Department and all new arrestees must be
debriefed by a member of the service. For the purposes of this procedure, the
debriefing member of the service may be an investigator from the Detective
Bureau, Organized Crime Control Bureau (OCCB), Intelligence Bureau, a Field
Intelligence Officer (FIO), Anti-Crime / Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit
(SNEU) supervisor, desk officer etc. Police officers will not normally conduct
debriefings.
DEFINITIONS
POSITIVE DEBRIEFINGS - Specific information received from a prisoner during
the course of an interview regarding crime, criminal activity, or evidence
related to a crime that is not related to the current arrest charges against
the prisoner. For the purpose of this definition, a prisoner is to include new
arrestees, and parolees, probationers, and inmates in custody.
NOTE: A confession / admission is a statement (oral or written) made by a
prisoner during the course of an interview which acknowledges guilt or
involvement. A confession / admission on a new arrest is NOT considered a
positive debriefing.
Enhancements are augmentations of certain designated arrests conducted by an
appropriate investigative unit for the purpose of enhancing the
prosecutability of that arrest. A confession / admission is a goal of the
enhancement. Case enhancement is NOT considered a positive debriefing.
Should an allegation of corruption or serious misconduct arise out of a
prisoner debriefing, the member of the service obtaining the information shall
follow established Department guidelines regarding the reporting of such
matters.
PROCEDURE
Upon debriefing a prisoner in custody of this Department:
DEBRIEFING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Log all debriefings into a log with general captions across a double page
as follows:
FIRST PAGE
DATE TIME COMMAND SERIAL# PRISONER NAME NYSID ARRESTCHARGE

SECOND PAGE
ARRESTING OFFICER DEBRIEFING MOS RESULTS INTELLIGENCE
NAME /COMMAND (positive or negative) REPORT #
NOTE: All commands where arrests are debriefed are responsible for
maintaining a debriefing log. To ensure the debriefing log is properly
maintained, desk officers will inspect the log each tour and make a Command
Log entry of the results. Commands which possess the technical capability may
utilize a computer database in lieu of the above log but shall comply with the
above captions when creating the database. If a database is used, a hardcopy
of the debriefings will be printed out, maintained in a binder and
safeguarded.
FOR ALL POSITIVE DEBRIEFINGS WHICH YIELD INTELLIGENCE NOT RELATED TO AN ACTIVE
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION:
2. Prepare a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081a) to record the
information.
3. Notify, by telephone, any other units or commands that may be concerned,
and record the name of the receiving member of the service in the COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL "Details" section.
a. An immediate response, if appropriate, will be made by the concerned unit
/ command for the purposes of personally debriefing the subject.
4. Telephone the Criminal Intelligence Section, upon completion of debriefing
to relay the basic information necessary for the preparation of an
Intelligence Report (date, time, name of person debriefed, MOS debriefing,
brief description of information obtained, command concerned, etc.) for input
into the Intelligence Data System (IDS).
a. Record the Intelligence Report and Positive Debriefing numbers received
from the Criminal Intelligence Section in the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
INFORMATIONAL "Details" section.
NOTE: If more than one uniformed member of the service or if an outside law
enforcement member (i.e., Joint Federal Task Force, etc.) debriefs prisoner, a
telephone notification to the Criminal Intelligence Section must be made and
the information in step 4 provided.
5. Forward copies of the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL to the
investigative unit concerned.
a. The FIO concerned will be responsible for reviewing all IDS entries for
positive debriefings in their respective commands.
b. Ensure a copy of the COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL has been forwarded
and received by the appropriate investigative unit after reviewing the IDS.
FOR ALL POSITIVE DEBRIEFINGS WHICH YIELD INTELLIGENCE ON AN ACTIVE CRIMINAL
INVESTIGATION:
6. Telephone the investigator / supervisor responsible for the active
investigation and relay the information obtained through the debriefing.

NOTE: The investigator / supervisor responsible for the active investigation
will respond and personally debrief the prisoner if appropriate and fully
investigate the veracity of the information provided.
The active case investigator / supervisor will be responsible for
documenting any information pertinent to the active case on a COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL after thoroughly investigating the information, and
include it in the case folder.
7. Telephone the Criminal Intelligence Section, upon completion of debriefing
to relay the basic information necessary for the preparation of an
Intelligence Report (date, time, name of person debriefed, MOS debriefing,
brief description of information obtained, command concerned, etc.) for input
into IDS.
INVESTIGATOR/ SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ACTIVE INVESTIGATION
8. Record the Intelligence Report and Positive Debriefing numbers in the
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL "Details" section.
NOTE: In situations where information obtained relates to an active criminal
investigation, the appropriate precinct/Borough Transit/Patrol Borough Housing
FIO will conduct a follow-up conferral within seventy two hours with the
investigator assigned to ensure a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL has been
prepared in conjunction with the original IDS entries.
CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION
9. Obtain information for the preparation of an Intelligence Report.
10. Enter the information into the IDS system and furnish an Intelligence
Report number to the calling command.
a. Issue a Positive Debriefing Log number to members of the service
notifying the Criminal Intelligence Section of a positive debriefing.
11. Track Intelligence Reports relating to active criminal investigations and
generate a notification to the FIO concerned after seventy two hours to ensure
proper follow up.
PRECINCT/BOROUGH TRANSIT/PATROL BOROUGH HOUSING FIELD INTELLIGENCE OFFICER
12. Review IDS system where the information obtained relates to an active
criminal investigation and conduct a follow-up conferral within seventy two
hours with the investigator assigned.
13. Ensure copies of positive debriefing COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONALS
have been forwarded to the appropriate investigative unit after review of the
original IDS entries.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Criminal Procedure Law 240.45(1)(a), also referred to as the "Rosario rule,"
requires the prosecutor to make available to the defendant any written or
recorded statements made by a person whom the prosecutor intends to call as a
witness at trial and which relates to the subject matter of witness'
testimony. Failure to preserve and provide such statements to the defense can
have an impact on the outcome of a criminal trial and in some cases, provide a

basis to overturn a conviction. Information obtained through debriefing of
prisoners and which is included in an Intelligence Report can sometimes be
covered by this rule. Similarly, if an FIO includes in the IDS system
information about an active investigation obtained from the case investigator,
that information also may constitute "Rosario" material if the investigator
testifies at trial. Therefore, case investigators should include in their case
folders printouts from the IDS system of information transmitted by the FIO or
case investigator. In addition, if a debriefing results in the opening of a
new investigation, a copy of the IDS printout detailing the information
provided by the debriefed prisoner should be included in the new investigation
folder.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081a)

Court and Agency Appearances

P.G. 211-01 Duties And Conduct In Court
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide uniform standards for a uniformed member of the service appearing
in court.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is required to appear in court, before
a Grand Jury or other government agency:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Appear in uniform if assigned to duty in uniform except if:
a. Off duty
b. On sick report or restricted duty
c. Required to arraign deferred or holdover prisoner
d. Authorized by commanding officer.
NOTE: A member is required to appear in uniform when such attendance is
requested by the District Attorney providing the member concerned is NOT
listed as an exception in step 1, subdivisions a through d, above. When
reporting in uniform, the uniform shirt and tie MUST be worn if the outermost
garment is to be removed.
2. Report to Police Sign-In Room and submit IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
and COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141) to supervising member/designee.
3. Inform supervising member/designee if scheduled to appear in more than one
part of court, before another government agency, or if on a court alert.
a. Notify supervising member/designee if appearing on off duty time.
POLICE ROOM SUPERVISOR/DESIGNEE
4. Notify other court part or government agency that member is present in
another court part.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Wear appropriate business attire, if appearing in civilian clothes, at
post-arraignment proceedings.
NOTE: Proper business attire requires male members of the service to wear a
dress shirt with collar and tie, suit or sports coat, dress trousers, and
female members of the service to wear dress or appropriate suit. No member of
the service will appear wearing dungarees or sneakers.
6. Wear shield on outermost garment at all times while in court building or

portion of building under court jurisdiction.
7. Take meal period when court recesses for lunch and enter location of meal
in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
8. Report to police room if required to leave court building for reason other
than meal (prior to leaving and upon return).
9. Refrain from discussing case with defendant, defendant's attorney or any
other unauthorized person EXCEPT with the consent, and in the presence of the
District Attorney.
10. State full name, rank, shield number and command when sworn as a witness.
11. Have ACTIVITY LOG and evidence available at each appearance.
12. Give testimony as follows:
a. Understand question before answering; request clarification if necessary.
b. Remain calm, impartial and speak distinctly.
c. Answer truthfully and completely.
13. Request adjournment to day when performing duty with the 2nd Platoon or if
a detective, when performing day duty.
14. Inform judge when adjourned date is on scheduled day off.
15. Telephone desk officer if detained in court past end of tour.
16. Report to police room at conclusion of court appearance and obtain
completed COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD.
17. Ascertain the status of other scheduled appearance prior to signing out of
court.
18. Return evidence, if any, to Property Clerk.
19. Notify desk officer/counterpart by telephone immediately upon dismissal
from Police Sign-In Room and comply with instructions received.
DESK OFFICER
20. Make notation of uniformed member's dismissal and instructions given on
appropriate Department record.
21. Make entry on ROLL CALL (PD406-144) indicating time of return and
assignment of member.
22. Check COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD.
DESIGNATED CLERICAL MEMBER
23. File COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD at command in chronological order in a
separate folder.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER

24. Examine ROLL CALLS for the preceding week to identify uniformed members
who made appearances in court, Grand Jury, etc., and compare COURT ATTENDANCE
RECORD with OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064).
25. Ascertain if entries on ROLL CALL reflect time of return for those
uniformed members who were not dismissed directly from court.
NOTE: All of the above duties may not be applicable at every appearance in
court, before Grand Jury or other government agency.
RELATED PROCEDURES
General Procedure - Prisoners (P.G. 210-01)
Prevention Of Appearance In Court On Scheduled Regular Day Off (P.G. 211-07)
Notifications To Appear At Court Or Other Governmental Agencies (P.G. 211-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD 416-091)
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)

P.G. 211-02 Arraignment
Date Effective: 01-01-00
Procedure Deleted [Rev 01-01]

P.G. 211-03 Arraignment Without A Complaint
Date Effective: 01-01-00
Procedure Deleted [Rev 01-01]

P.G. 211-04 Computerized Court Appearance Control System (CACS)
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To effectively monitor and control appearances by members of the service
(uniformed and civilian) at various courts, other governmental agencies, the
Department Advocate's Office, and for District Attorney's assignments, via a
formal notification process utilizing the computerized Court Appearance
Control System (CACS), except on Staten Island.
DEFINITION
SHORT DATE NOTIFICATION - A notification for a member of the service to appear
the next day, or a notification delivered on a Friday for a member to appear
on the following Monday. Because these notifications are time sensitive, and
may be received at an hour when the roll call office is closed, CACS has been
designed to automatically transmit these notifications to the command's FINEST
or LAN printer.
PROCEDURE
When an authorized governmental agency or the Appearance Control Unit utilizes
the CACS to request the appearance of a member of the service at a court
(Supreme Court, Grand Jury, Civil Court, Family Court, Criminal Court, Summons
Adjudication Part [SAP] Court), a governmental agency, or for a District
Attorney's assignment:
ROLL CALL CLERK
1. Access the computerized CACS to acknowledge all outstanding notifications
directed to their command, as follows:
a. At the beginning of each business day
b. At the midpoint of the roll call office's hours of operation for that day
c. One half hour prior to close of roll call office.
2. Bring the notification to the attention of the operations coordinator or
counterpart if the requested member is scheduled to appear on a regular day
off (RDO), other than a short date notification.
3. Prepare a separate NOTIFICATION (PD406-122) for each court appearance.
4. Comply with P.G. 211-05, "Processing Notification To Appear At Court Or
Other Governmental Agencies."
a. If the notification is a request for Department documents comply with
P.G. 211-18, "Processing Request for Police Department Documents Received from
Assistant District Attorneys and Assistant Corporation Counsels."
5. Enter updates into the CACS, on a daily basis, or as necessary. This will
normally be done:

a. After the copy portion of the NOTIFICATION has been signed and returned
by the member of the service concerned
b. To indicate when attempts to notify an off duty member of the service
about a court appearance have been unsuccessful
c. Whenever a member of the service cannot appear in court due to sickness,
bereavement leave, authorized annual vacation, etc.
NOTE: In the instances cited in subdivisions "5b" and "5c" above, notify the
assistant district attorney concerned to enable the assistant district
attorney to reschedule the case and inform the other parties involved in the
proceeding that the member will not be present.
6. Utilize the CACS electronic re-routing feature to forward notifications to
a member's new command, when the member has been transferred.
7. Provide the desk officer/supervisor on duty with any outstanding
notifications that must be made prior to the re-opening of the roll call
office.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
8. Monitor FINEST or LAN printer for short date notifications.
9. Log notifications into FINEST Message Log.
10. Inform roll call personnel of notification immediately, if office is open.
11. Attempt to immediately notify member of the service.
12. Return all notifications received and processed, whether successfully
served or not, to the roll call clerk the next business day for a notification
update entry into CACS.
a. When a member of the service is not at the command (e.g., regular day off
RDO, at training session, etc.) attempt to notify the member of the service by
telephone. All such attempts must be documented in the Telephone Record.
13. Give incomplete short date notifications to the relieving supervisor, or
if available, to the roll call personnel, who will continue to attempt to
notify the member of the service.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR/COUNTERPART
14. Contact the District Attorney's office concerned when informed by roll
call that member is scheduled to appear in court on an RDO, other than a short
date.
a. Ascertain the necessity for the RDO court appearance.
b. When possible have court appearance rescheduled for a date other than the
member's RDO.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
15. Report to the police room as directed on the NOTIFICATION and follow
instructions of the Court Section supervisor.

16. Use IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD 416-091) to sign into court. (If circumstances
warrant, request sign-in room personnel to record your presence via a manual
computer entry.)
a. Failure to properly sign in and out of court will result in the member of
the service being considered not present for court and may result in
disciplinary action.
17. Comply with P.G. 211-01, "Duties and Conduct in Court."
18. Report immediately to the Police Sign-In Room at the conclusion of the
court appearance and obtain the completed COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141).
19. Notify command desk officer via telephone immediately upon dismissal from
police sign-in room and comply with instructions received.
20. Deliver COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD to desk officer when instructed to return
to command or, if otherwise instructed, at earliest possible convenience.
DESK OFFICER
21. Make notation of either member of the service dismissal, or instruction(s)
given to member, on appropriate Department record.
POLICE ROOM PERSONNEL
22. Ensure that member's presence for an appearance at court is entered into
the CACS immediately upon member's arrival at the sign-in room.
23. Enter the necessary court information into the CACS, when the member
reports to the police room at the conclusion of the member's court appearance.
a. This includes selecting and then entering the proper court action code to
record the outcome of the court appearance (e.g. testified, District Attorney
not ready, no complainant or witness, adjourned, took plea, etc.).
24. Give the COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD to the member of the service for return
to desk officer/counterpart at the member's command.
APPEARANCE CONTROL UNIT
25. Enter into the CACS, notifications received from governmental agencies
which are not enabled with this system.
26. Telephone commands immediately, when notifications are received, which are
directed to commands not enabled in the CACS.
27. Resolve any conflicts that may occur, (e.g., member of the service unable
to appear, sick, conflicting court appearance, etc.)
28. Monitor the attendance of all members of the service at court.
UPON MEMBER'S NON-APPEARANCE AT SUMMONS ADJUDICATION PART (SAP) COURT:
COURT MONITORING UNIT
29. Make entry into the Non-Appearance Tracking System for members of the

service that failed to appear at Summons Adjudication Part (SAP) Court.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
30. Monitor the Non-Appearance Tracking System for new SAP non-appearance
notifications.
31. Investigate and ascertain reason for non-appearance at SAP Court.
a. If an integrity control officer is unavailable, the commanding/ executive
officer must monitor the Non-Appearance Tracking System and conduct
non-appearance investigations.
32. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau (IAB) Command Center and obtain log number
when:
a. One or more cases were dismissed due to non-appearance by a member of the
service, AND
b. Member of the service was properly notified of the scheduled appearance,
AND
c. Non-appearance was not an authorized cancellation, as follows:
(1) Sick, after conferral with district surgeon reveals member is
incapable to appear
(2) On annual vacation selection
(3) On military leave
(4) On bereavement leave
(5) On terminal leave and/or other paid leave contiguous with terminal
leave (e.g., vacation, lost time, chart day, etc.), OR
d. Any other circumstance where corruption or misconduct is suspected.
33. Take disciplinary action, if appropriate, in instances where an IAB
notification is not required.
34. Document findings and action(s) taken by entering investigative results in
the Non-Appearance Tracking System within fourteen days.
35. Forward a copy of the closing report to IAB, Records Unit if
non-appearance investigation was assigned as an Outside Guidelines (OG) case.
COMMANDING OFFICER
36. Monitor non-appearance investigations being conducted by the command's
integrity control officer.
a. Ascertain reasons for non-appearance and take appropriate action(s) as
necessary.
BUREAU/BOROUGH INVESTIGATIONS UNIT
37. Ensure integrity control officers investigate non-appearance at SAP Court

and report results through the Non-Appearance Tracking System.
COURT MONITORING UNIT NON-APPEARANCE COORDINATOR
38. Monitor the Non-Appearance Tracking System.
a. Ensure commands report results of non-appearance investigations, via the
Non-Appearance Tracking System, within fourteen days
b. Return deficient non-appearance investigations for necessary corrective
action/further investigation.
(1) Ensure returned investigations are corrected and re-submitted via the
Non-Appearance Tracking System.
ADDITIONAL DATA
During court proceedings a judge or assistant district attorney may instruct a
member of the service to appear in court at a later time or date. If this
occurs, the member of the service must then notify their desk officer/roll
call clerk, who in turn will notify the Appearance Control Unit. The member of
the service will make such a notification to his/her command, via telephone,
immediately upon dismissal from the police sign-in room.
A member of the service must appear in court as directed by the judge or
assistant district attorney, whether or not an Appearance Control Unit or CACS
notification is received, unless notified that the appearance had been
cancelled.
If the requesting party/agency (e.g., assistant district attorney, hearing
officer at the Department of Consumer Affairs, etc.) calls a command's roll
call or desk officer to cancel an appearance by a member of the service, the
requesting party/agency will be reminded to enter such a cancellation into the
CACS system. This will prevent the member of the service from being charged
with a failure to appear in court.
The CACS is interfaced with the Automated Roll Call System (ARCS). This
enables a requesting agency, such as the District Attorney's Office, to tell
at a glance if the proposed date selected for a court appearance is the
members RDO, annual vacation, etc. This feature allows the District Attorney
to avoid using that date, thereby reducing court related overtime. For this
aspect of the system to be effective, commands must ensure that their members
vacation schedules, chart changes, etc. are updated in ARCS in a timely
fashion.
Every morning at 1000 hours all commands, which use the CACS, receive a
computer-generated report listing the names of members who have failed to
appear in court by 1000 hours that day. (This report does not include alerts
that have not yet been activated.) In precincts, PSAs, Transit Districts,
etc., this report prints at the desk's or roll call's terminal. In specialized
units, this report prints at the unit's FINEST or LAN printer. The desk
officer/supervisor on duty who receives this report must make every effort to
ensure that those members who are listed as "no shows" actually appear in
court as required.
The commanding officer will use the CACS computer, FINEST or LAN generated
report to investigate why each "no show" member failed to appear in court
(other than SAP Court) and then take appropriate disciplinary action, as

necessary. If negligence or misconduct is found, or court cases are dismissed
due to member's absence, the commanding officer will comply A.G. 316-44,
"Supervision of Uniformed Members of the Service at Court." Each business day,
the commanding officer will forward a communication to the investigations unit
in the overhead command, identifying members of the service who failed to
appear in court, including the reasons for the non-appearances and the
disciplinary actions taken, if any.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Duties and Conduct in Court (P.G. 211-01)
Processing Notifications to Appear at Court and other Governmental Agencies
(P.G. 211-05)
Processing Request for Police Department Documents Received from Assistant
District Attorneys and Assistant Corporation Counsels (P.G. 211-18)
Supervision of Uniformed Members of the Service at Court (A.G. 316-44)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD 416-091)
NOTIFICATION (PD406-122)

P.G. 211-05 Processing Notifications To Appear At Courts And
Other Government Agencies
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To effectively monitor and control, via a formal notification process,
appearances by members of the service (uniformed and civilian) at various
courts, CCRB, other government agencies and for District Attorney's
assignments. In addition, this procedure takes into account the different
command structures within the Department and requires commanding officers to
incorporate this procedure into the circumstances of his/her command, ensuring
compliance with the notification process.
SCOPE
With the establishment of the computerized Court Appearance Control System
(CACS), the Appearance Control Unit's responsibilities were re-defined in
order to more effectively monitor and control the appearance process.
Appearance Control Unit functions include:
a. Processing requests and making notifications for members of the service
to appear in court or other governmental agencies. (Appearance Control Unit
will only make notifications for commands that have not yet been enabled in
the CACS)
b. Maintaining a liaison between this Department, the District Attorney's
Office and other related agencies
c. Mediating and resolving conflicting court appearances
d. Maintaining required records and statistical data.
DEFINITIONS
DISTRICT ATTORNEY'S ASSIGNMENT - Any assignment, including field assignments,
requested by the District Attorney's Office for the purpose of case or trial
preparation.
ENABLED COMMAND - Commands with access to the computerized Court Appearance
Control System (CACS).
NON-ENABLED COMMAND - Commands that receive their notifications through the
Appearance Control Unit/Borough Court Section concerned.
DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR - Supervisor assigned by the commanding officer to
ensure notifications are distributed and accounted for.
ROLL CALL CLERK/DESIGNATED MEMBER - Member assigned by the commanding officer
to process notifications received from Appearance Control Unit or CACS.
PROCEDURE
When a notification is received at the requested member's command from the
Appearance Control Unit, or the CACS for commands enabled in this system, or

by subpoena, or as the result of a verbal instruction given by a Judge,
Assistant District Attorney, or Corporation Counsel member to appear at a
Grand Jury, Court (Supreme, Civil, Criminal, or Family), for trial
preparation, a government agency, or for a District Attorney's assignment:
APPEARANCE CONTROL UNIT
1. Notify member's command of scheduled appearance.
a. Enter all appearances in CACS even if the command is not enabled in CACS.
This includes administrative appearances and appearances at smaller courts,
such as ECB, SLA, etc.
NOTE: A telephone notification for members of the service to appear will not
be accepted at any command unless received from the Appearance Control Unit,
or if closed, the Borough Court Section concerned. Notifications are made in
this manner for commands that are not yet enabled in the CACS.
ASSISTANT DISTRICT ATTORNEY
2. Notify member's command via the CACS or Appearance Control Unit.
ROLL CALL CLERK / DESIGNATED MEMBER
3. Immediately notify the requesting agency and the Appearance Control Unit,
if a member is unable to appear for a scheduled appearance.
a. Cancellation will be accepted only if member is:
(1) Sick, after conferral with district surgeon reveals member is
incapable to appear
(2) On annual vacation selection
(3) On military leave
(4) On bereavement leave
(5) On terminal leave and/or other paid leave contiguous with terminal
leave (e.g., vacation, lost time, chart day). Appearance Control Unit
authorized appearances for uniformed members while on terminal leave will be
compensated as per the appropriate overtime rate.
4. Make entry in Command Diary if the appearance notification was not received
via the CACS.
5. Promptly notify the roll call clerk/designated member in member's new
command:
a. When receiving a notification for a member that has been transferred, or
b. Re-route electronically if notification was received via the CACS.
6. Utilize the printed CACS notification or prepare a separate NOTIFICATION
(PD406-122) slip for each court appearance received via CACS, Appearance
Control Unit, Borough Court Section concerned, subpoena, or verbal
instructions from a Judge, Assistant District Attorney, or a Corporation
Counsel member, etc.

7. Prepare NOTIFICATION RECAP(S) (PD168-122), ensure that the following
captions are completed:
a. Column "A" and Column "B"
b. "Roll Call Clerk/Designated Member (Rank/Title, Name)", "Tax No.",
"Command"
c. "Date", "Page of ", "Platoon/Tour."
8. Attach NOTIFICATION(S) to NOTIFICATION RECAP(S) and submit to desk
officer/designated supervisor for distribution.
a. Retain one copy of the NOTIFICATION RECAP at roll call.
NOTE: One copy of the NOTIFICATION RECAP must be retained at the roll call
office. This will enable roll call staff to determine what notifications are
outstanding and will assist command staff to ensure compliance with
notifications.
DESK OFFICER / DESIGNATED MEMBER
9. Prepare the following captions on NOTIFICATION RECAP:
a. "Desk Officer/Designated Supervisor (Rank/Title Name)", "Tax No.",
"Command."
10. Distribute NOTIFICATION(S) and attach the following to NOTIFICATION RECAP:
a. Appropriate copy of NOTIFICATION(S) served
b. NOTIFICATION(S) that were unable to be served.
11. Verify distribution of NOTIFICATION(S) by completing the following
captions on NOTIFICATION RECAP:
a. Columns "C" and "D"
b. "Verified by Desk Officer/Designated Supervisor (Rank/Title, Signature)",
"Tax No.", "Command."
12. Forward NOTIFICATION RECAP with NOTIFICATION(S) to Roll Call/designated
member.
ROLL CALL CLERK
13. Review NOTIFICATION RECAP(S) and ensure that all NOTIFICATION(S) are
accounted for.
a. Notify Appearance Control and update CACS as required and make
appropriate entries in Column "E" of NOTIFICATION RECAP(S) as necessary.
14. Retain "Roll Call File" copy of NOTIFICATION RECAP and distribute
remaining copies as delineated on form to the integrity control officer and
operations coordinator.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR / DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR

15. Review appropriate copy of NOTIFICATION RECAP(S), ensure that all members
of the service are notified of their court and/or other governmental agency
appearances and file.
16. Ensure that the roll call clerk/designated member promptly:
a. Notifies Appearance Control regarding notifications(s) that require
cancellation OR
b. Enters the appropriate notification dispositions into the CACS for
notifications received via that system.
NOTE: This action will enable an Assistant District Attorney to know which
requested members of the service will actually appear in court and/or the
reason(s) why they will not.
17. Direct that the roll call clerk/designated member inform the Appearance
Control Unit and update the CACS accordingly for notifications received via
that system, when the status of a notification disposition changes (i.e.,
member was notified to appear, but is now on sick leave).
a. The requesting agency will also be notified.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
18. Review appropriate copy of NOTIFICATION RECAP(S) for accuracy,
completeness, compliance and file.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
19. Sign and promptly return copy portion of NOTIFICATION to desk
officer/designated supervisor/roll call clerk/designated member.
20. Comply with instructions received from desk officer/designated
supervisor/roll call clerk/designated member.
ON DATE OF COURT APPEARANCE
21. Perform duty with second platoon.
22. Muster in command in uniform or as otherwise authorized by the commanding
officer.
23. Bring all necessary arrest documents to each court appearance (i.e.,
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries, arrest forms, requested evidence, etc.).
NOTE: Members of the service should understand that the release of documents
is governed by P.G. 211-15, "Processing Subpoenas for Police Department
Records and Testimony by Members of the Service." Under no circumstances will
records be forwarded to an attorney (other than an Assistant District Attorney
or Assistant Corporation Counsel) without prior consolation with the Document
Production Unit.
24. Report to Police Sign-In Room at the specific time stated on appearance
notification.
25. Comply with provisions of Department Manual pertaining to court

appearances, as appropriate.
26. Contact the desk officer at least one hour prior to completion of tour if
required to continue assignment beyond normal end of tour.
27. Notify desk officer if not interviewed within two hours after arrival at
the District Attorney's Office for trial preparation.
NOTE: When notified as per step "26" or "27", the desk officer will confer
with the assigned Assistant District Attorney or Assistant District Attorney's
Supervisor to determine if the member's services are required or if the member
should return to command.
CONFLICTING COURT APPEARANCES AND NOTIFICATIONS FROM AUTHORITIES OTHER THAN
THE APPEARANCE CONTROL UNIT OR CACS
28. Notify desk officer/designated supervisor/roll call clerk/designated
member if instructed to appear at court, District Attorney's office or other
government agency and:
a. In receipt of a subpoena or
b. Verbal instructions for appearance have been received from a Judge,
Assistant District Attorney, or Corporation Counsel member or
c. There are conflicting appearances for the same day.
DESK OFFICER / DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR/ ROLL CALL CLERK / DESIGNATED MEMBER
29. Immediately notify the Appearance Control Unit when informed of any of the
above situations as per step "28", and
a. Prepare NOTIFICATION and document on NOTIFICATION RECAP.
b. Direct member of the service to appear in court as per the subpoena or
verbal instructions.
c. Direct member to sign and promptly return NOTIFICATION.
NOTE: The Appearance Control Unit will mediate all conflicting court
appearances and inform the command of the results.
SHORT DATE NOTIFICATION
NOTE: A "short date notification" is a notification for a member of the
service to appear the next day, or a notification delivered on a Friday for a
member to appear on the following Monday. Because these notifications are time
sensitive, and may be received at an hour when the roll call office is closed,
CACS has been designed to automatically transmit these notifications to the
command's FINEST or LAN printer.
DESK OFFICER / DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
30. Monitor the FINEST or LAN printer for "short date notifications."
31. Inspect Telephone Record for "short date notifications."
32. Attempt to immediately notify member of the service.

33. Inform roll call clerk/designated member immediately, if available, or on
the next business day, of completed and/or incomplete "short date
notifications" and provide appropriate copies of the notifications.
a. Direct roll call clerk/designated member to account for "short date
notifications," whether completed or not, on NOTIFICATION RECAP.
34. Give incomplete "short date notifications" to the relieving supervisor, or
if available, to roll call clerk/designated member who will continue to
attempt to notify the member of the service.
DISTRICT ATTORNEY'S FIELD ASSIGNMENT
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
35. Obtain prior permission from commanding officer/designee if field
assignment is to commence at a location other than command, District
Attorney's Office or court.
36. Notify desk officer/designated supervisor when reporting for a District
Attorney's field assignment.
TEMPORARY ASSIGNMENT TO DISTRICT ATTORNEY'S OFFICE
37. Process request through appropriate Appearance Control Unit.
a. Such assignments will not exceed five days
b. Requests for temporary assignment of more than thirty days will be
processed as per A.G. 320-07, "Temporary Assignments."
38. Forward requests for extension of such assignment and/or requests for
temporary assignments of six to thirty days to commanding officer of member
concerned.
COMMANDING OFFICER, MEMBER CONCERNED
39. Review request and endorse to Chief of Department (through channels) for
final determination.
NOTE: A request for extension of a temporary assignment will be reviewed and
endorsed by the commanding officer, member concerned. Any further extension
will be reviewed by the commanding officer, member concerned, and endorsed
with recommendations (through channels) to the Chief of Department for final
determination. Uniformed members of the service will not accept a verbal
extension of a temporary assignment from an Assistant District Attorney,
unless there is an ongoing trial and appearance is for the next day. In that
case, the uniformed member of the service will contact his/her commanding
officer, who in turn will notify the Appearance Control Unit. The Assistant
District Attorney will be advised to request an extension through the CACS,
Appearance Control Unit, or if closed, the Borough Court Section.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A member of the service who must appear in court on a scheduled day off, for
an adjourned case, will be assigned to a 0900 x 1700 tour, or as otherwise
appropriate for attendance at court. A member of the service who must appear

in court on a scheduled day off may be excused from remainder of tour, needs
of the service permitting. If excused, the member will enter "Requested
Excusal" on the OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064) submitted.
A member of the service who becomes unavailable due to a conflicting court
appearance, sick leave, or other condition such as new arrest, change in
assignment or duty chart, will notify the roll call clerk, designated member,
sick desk supervisor, or desk officer. The desk officer/designated supervisor
or roll call clerk/designated member will notify the Appearance Control Unit
of the member's unavailability by telephone prior to scheduled appearance. The
CACS will be updated accordingly. The requesting agency will also be notified.
Uniformed members of the service who are normally assigned to the Fourth
Platoon (1800 X 0200 hours) that are subpoenaed, directed by Appearance
Control Unit, the CACS or notified by other competent authority, to attend any
court, official agency hearing or training session the following day (Second
Platoon), will be notified in advance and reassigned to perform duty with the
Third Platoon (1600 X 2400 hours).
Those uniformed members of the service who are not notified in advance or who
are already performing duty with the Fourth Platoon at the time they receive a
notification to attend any court, official agency or training session the
following day on the Second Platoon, will be excused from duty, under normal
circumstances, at 2400 hours. If the member concerned effects an arrest and
the related paperwork is not completed by 2400 hours or the member concerned
is in the process of performing a police function beyond 2400 hours, that
member is not entitled to be dismissed until all of the police related
functions are complete. If the uniformed member of the service continues to
work beyond 0200 hours, the member will be entitled to receive appropriate
overtime compensation in the normal manner. (The excused member is not
entitled to receive any overtime compensation for the time period 2400 to 0200
hours.). Desk officer will make appropriate notations in the Command Log, and
on the roll call and sign out sheet for those uniformed members of the service
who are dismissed at 2400 hours.
In all cases where an appearance notification falls on a member's regular day
off, only that member's commanding officer or designee will be permitted to
cancel this notification after personally conferring with and receiving the
concurrence of the person who requested the appearance, (i.e. judge, assistant
district attorney, assistant corporation counsel member, or their supervisor).
This includes all court subpoena and verbal instruction cases. Every effort
should be made, with a few rare exceptions, in (RDO) trial preparation and
(RDO) Grand Jury appearance cases, and the defendant is no longer in custody,
to cancel the notification with the verbal concurrence of the assigned
assistant district attorney.
A service by telephone message attempting to cancel the notification on the
authorizing person's voice mail, or a request for a return phone call to have
a follow up conversation on this matter, does not relieve the command from the
responsibility of having this member report to court or other governmental
agency as scheduled.
If the requesting agency (e.g. assistant district attorney, assistant
corporation counsel), does not concur with the requested cancellation, the
member concerned must appear as scheduled.
If the requesting agency concurs with the cancellation, the commanding officer
or designee will then notify the Appearance Control Unit for all notifications

received from that Unit, including subpoenas and verbal cases that were not
initially received from that Unit, or request the assistant district attorney
or their supervisor to enter this cancellation data into the CACS for all
notification cases received via that computerized system. In addition, in all
agreed upon cancellation cases, the member of the service who conferred with
the requesting agency will have a telephone message entry made, indicating the
details of the canceled notifications.
A Special Narcotics Appearance Control Unit is located in Queen's Special
Narcotics Courts. In addition to tasks listed in this procedure, the Special
Narcotics Appearance Control Unit will also place uniformed members of the
service on telephone alert when requested by the Special Narcotics Assistant
District Attorney.
CACS passwords are issued by the Criminal Justice Bureau, not MISD. Requests
for passwords should be sent on Typed Letterhead to the Criminal Justice
Bureau at One Police Plaza, Room 204. The request should include command code,
tax number, as well as, full name and a contact name and phone number.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Duties And Conduct In Court (P.G. 211-01)
Prevention Of Appearance In Court On Scheduled Regular Day Off (P.G. 211-07)
Criminal/Civil Court - Telephone Alert System (P.G. 211-06)
Processing Subpoenas For Police Department Records And Testimony By Members Of
The Service (P.G. 211-15)
Reporting Sick (P.G. 205-01)
First And Third Platoon Arrests (P.G. 208-25)
FORMS AND REPORTS
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
NOTIFICATION (PD406-122)
NOTIFICATION RECAP (PD168-122)

P.G. 211-06 Criminal/Civil Court Telephone Alert System
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To prevent unnecessary court appearances by uniformed members of the service.
DEFINITION
CIVIL COURT - as used in this procedure refers to Civil Court and Supreme
Court - Civil Term.
PROCEDURE
When notified by Borough Court Section, Appearance Control Unit or the
Computerized Appearance Control System (CACS), that a uniformed member of the
service has been placed on telephone alert for Criminal Court, or upon receipt
of a personal subpoena requiring member's appearance in Civil Court:
CRIMINAL COURT ALERT:
ROLL CALL CLERK
1. Verify that uniformed member of the service:
a. Is scheduled for duty on date of alert.
b. Is not scheduled for vacation or other leave.
c. Is not scheduled for appearance in another court or at another agency.
2. Make entry in Command Diary under date of alert.
3. Prepare NOTIFICATION (PD406-122) indicating uniformed member of the service
is on telephone standby alert.
NOTE: This notification can also be received via Computerized Court
Appearance Control System (CACS), in commands activated for CACS.
4. Deliver NOTIFICATION to desk officer and note on black board that message
is at desk.
5. Assign uniformed member of the service to patrol duty with second platoon.
6. Do not assign uniformed member a meal period prior to 1300 hours.
DESK OFFICER
7. Direct member concerned to signal command every 30 minutes between 1000 and
1300 hours if NOT equipped with portable radio or NOT assigned to a radio
equipped department vehicle.
NOTE: If uniformed member of the service is not directed to report to court
by 1300 hours, a telephone alert will NOT be activated that day.

APPEARANCE CONTROL UNIT
8. Notify desk officer, command concerned, that member on telephone alert is
required in court.
DESK OFFICER
9. Notify member concerned to report to court immediately.
CIVIL COURT ALERT:
10. Enter attorney's name, address and telephone number in Command Log upon
receipt at command of personal subpoena for uniformed member of the service
assigned to command.
11. Notify roll call clerk of appearance date.
ROLL CALL CLERK
12. Notify appropriate Borough Court Section, Appearance Control Unit, of
member's scheduled Civil Court appearance.
a. Inform Appearance Control Unit of any conflicting court appearances or
other reasons member may be unavailable.
NOTE: Notification will be made to the Appearance Control Unit where the
court is located although the subpoenaed member's command is located in
another borough.
APPEARANCE CONTROL UNIT, BOROUGH CONCERNED
13. Make appropriate Command Log entry of scheduled appearance and include
uniformed member's name, command, court case and attorney's name, address and
telephone number.
COMMANDING OFFICER
14. Have uniformed member of the service scheduled to appear in Civil Court
assigned to 2nd Platoon on scheduled appearance date.
15. Direct that member concerned signal command every thirty minutes between
0900 and 1300 hours if not equipped with a portable radio or assigned to a
radio equipped department vehicle.
a. Member will not be assigned a meal period prior to 1300 hours.
APPEARANCE CONTROL UNIT
16. Notify desk officer, command concerned, that member on telephone alert is
required in court.
DESK OFFICER
17. Direct uniformed member concerned to report to Civil Court immediately.
NOTE: If uniformed member of the service is not directed to report to court
by 1300 hours, the alert will be cancelled. In addition, if a case is
adjourned and the member is not called to appear that date or the next, the

subpoena must be repeated unless a notification is received by the attorney by
1400 hours, in which case the Borough Court Section, Appearance Control Unit,
will place the member on alert for the next court appearance without requiring
a new subpoena.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A uniformed member of the service on telephone alert who becomes unavailable
due to a conflicting court appearance, sick leave, or other condition such as
new arrest, change in assignment, or duty chart, will notify roll call clerk,
sick desk supervisor or desk officer, as appropriate. THE DESK OFFICER OR
ROLL CALL CLERK WILL NOTIFY THE APPEARANCE CONTROL UNIT, BY TELEPHONE, OF THE
MEMBER'S UNAVAILABILITY.
The supervisor assigned to the Appearance Control Unit will notify a
commanding officer in writing, if:
a. The member fails to appear when called OR
b. The member who is on alert appears in court without being called.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Duties And Conduct In Court (P.G. 211-01)
Prevention Of Appearance In Court On Scheduled Regular Day Off (P.G. 211-07)
Notifications To Appear At Court Or Other Governmental Agencies (P.G. 211-05)
REPORT AND FORMS
NOTIFICATION (PD406-122)

P.G. 211-07 Prevention Of Court Appearance On Scheduled Day Off
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To reduce appearances of uniformed members of the service in court on
scheduled days off.
PROCEDURE
When appearing in court, before a Grand Jury or another government agency and
the judge sets an adjournment date in conflict with scheduled time off:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Inform the judge of this fact.
2. Request another day in accordance with work schedule.
3. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry if rescheduled date still poses a
conflict. Include:
a. Name of the judge and assistant district attorney
b. Date of appearance
c. Adjournment date
d. Court and part
4. Inform borough court section supervisor assigned to police room of such
scheduling on day off.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
5. Request new date in accordance with member's work schedule.
a. If unable to obtain new date, sign member's ACTIVITY LOG entry and COURT
ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141).
ROLL CALL CLERK
6. Make entry in diary when notified that member's appearance is scheduled on
a regular day off (RDO) and indicate attempt by borough court section
supervisor to change date.
7. Inform Operations Coordinator when member is scheduled to appear on RDO.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
8. Contact assistant district attorney concerned when member is scheduled to
appear on RDO to ascertain necessity for such appearance.
a. Reschedule appearance for a date, other than member's RDO, if possible.

INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
9. Check records relating to court appearances scheduled for RDOs.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A uniformed member of the service who must appear in court on a scheduled day
off will be scheduled to begin at 0900 hours or as otherwise appropriate for
attendance at court. The length of the tour shall be consistent with the
member's normal chart. A member returning from court may be excused upon
request, if the exigencies of the service permit. If excused, member shall
enter "Requested Excusal" on the OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064) submitted.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Notifications To Appear At Court Or Other Governmental Agencies
(P.G. 211-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)
OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)

P.G. 211-08 Documenting And Reporting Court Appearances
Pertaining To Arrests On A Warrant
Date Effective: 06-26-14
PURPOSE
To carefully document and report any appearances made in court which are
related to arrests on a warrant.
DEFINITION
ARRESTING OFFICER - For the purposes of this procedure, an arresting officer
is the detective squad member or any other non-supervisory uniformed member
assigned to arrest persons named on warrants issued by the court.
PROCEDURE
When an arresting officer appears in court to process an arrest on a warrant:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Comply with provisions of P.G. 211-01, "Duties and Conduct in Court.."
2. Accompany escorting officer with prisoner to intake area of the court
section, if possible.
NOTE: For officer safety considerations, the escorting officer will remain
in the intake area of court section with prisoner until arresting officer
returns.
3. Report to the borough court section sign-in room.
NOTE: When an arresting officer processing a fugitive warrant cannot report
in person to the court section sign-in room, he/she must contact the borough
court section sign-in room supervisor/personnel via telephone (see Additional
Data for listing of phone numbers).
4. Prepare and submit COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141) in all cases to
borough court section sign-in room supervisor/personnel.
NOTE: Borough court section sign-in room supervisor/personnel will prepare
the COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD and make an entry in the "Live Arrest Tracking
Log" when the arresting officer cannot report in person.
5. Complete arrest processing and return to sign-in room.
NOTE: Upon completing the arrest process, the arresting officer who could
not report in person will once again contact the court section sign-in room
supervisor/personnel by telephone and obtain a "Live Arrest Case" tracking
number and dismissal time. Both will be noted in the officer's ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).
6. Return directly to command and deliver COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD to desk
officer, except members in civilian clothes who are dismissed from court by a
police room supervisor.

NOTE: If dismissed from court, member concerned must notify desk officer of
command, by telephone; the desk officer will make notation of dismissal on
appropriate Department record.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When an arresting officer does not report in person to the borough court
section sign-in room and overtime is incurred as a result of processing an
arrest warrant(s), the arresting officer will prepare a typed communication.
This communication must include the following: name of the borough court
section sign-in room supervisor, the "Live Arrest Case" tracking serial
number, the date, and time of arrival/dismissal. In addition, an OVERTIME
REPORT (PD138-064) will be completed. Both the communication and OVERTIME
REPORT must be attached together and forwarded to the arresting officer's
commanding officer.
COURT SECTION SIGN-IN ROOM LOCATIONS AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS
MANHATTAN
* Supreme and Family Court Warrants
80 Baxter Street, report to basement level between 0800 hours and 1700 hours,
(212) 374-5087
100 Centre Street, report to room 132 between 1700 hours and 0800 hours, (212)
374-3921 or (212) 374-3838
* Criminal Court Warrants
100 Centre Street, report to room 132 all times, (212 )374-3921 or (212)
374-3838
BROOKLYN
* Supreme and Family Court Warrants
350 Jay Street, report to 1st floor, all times, (718) 875-6667 and (718)
875-6668
* Criminal Court Warrants
120 Schermerhorn Street, report to room 109, all times, (718) 875-6586
BRONX
* Supreme, Criminal and Family Court Warrants
215 East 161 Street, main floor, room M-2B, all times, (718) 590-2951
QUEENS
* Supreme , Criminal and Family Court Warrants
125-01 Queens Blvd., report to basement, all times, (718) 268-9202
STATEN ISLAND
* Supreme, Criminal and Family Court Warrants
78 Richmond Terrace, report to second floor, all times, (718) 876-8490
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrest On A Warrant (P.G. 208-42)
Duties And Conduct In Court (P.G. 211-01)
Processing Warrants (P.G. 212-75)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)

OVERTIME REPORT (PD138-064)

P.G. 211-09 Appearances By Members Of The Service Before
Governmental Agencies Or Private Organizations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify the Police Commissioner when a member of the service (uniformed or
civilian) intends to give testimony or make an official oral or written
statement before a governmental or private organization about matters relating
to the operations or policies of the Department; and to provide guidance to
members of the service who intend to make an unofficial statement before a
governmental or private organization about matters relating to the operations
or policies of the Department.
SCOPE
This procedure applies to testimony or statements before governmental agencies
or private organizations by members of the service acting in an official
capacity, who volunteer, are invited, or are subpoenaed to testify or make a
statement regarding Department policy or positions on public matters at any
public hearing or before a governmental agency, court, investigative body,
legislative committee, administrative agency, private organization, etc, AND
testimony or statements before any court or governmental agencies by members
of the service providing character, opinion or expert testimony, who
volunteer, arc invited, or are subpoenaed to testify or make a statement.
NOTE: This procedure does not apply to members appearing in the normal
course of their duties before criminal or civil courts, the Grand Jury,
Corporation Counsel, Department Trial Room, Division of Parole revocation
hearings, Traffic Violations Bureau, Parking Violations Bureau, Environmental
Control Board, etc. Further, this procedure does not apply to testimony or
statements given before governmental agencies or private organizations by
members of the service acting in a non-official capacity when the speech is
not of a confidential nature, who volunteer or are invited or subpoenaed to
testify or make a statement regarding Department policy or positions on public
matters at any public hearing or meeting before a governmental agency, court,
investigating body, legislative committee, administrative agency, private
organization, etc.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service intends to testify or make a statement before a
governmental or private agency in an official capacity or provide character,
opinion or expert testimony:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare a written request/notification, on Typed Letterhead, in triplicate
addressed to the Police Commissioner and include a synopsis of the subject
matter to be addressed, as well as the following:
a. Rank
b. Name

c. Tax Registry Number
d. Command
e. Name and address of agency/organization
f. Date and location of testimony/statement
g. Type of proceeding
h. Date of receipt of subpoena/invitation
i. Name, rank, tax registry number (if known), command of member of the
service or name, address, etc., or for other than a member of the service, and
any other relevant or necessary identifying information for person concerned,
if character testimony is to be given.
2. Forward request/notification no later than five business days before the
date of testimony/statement as follows:
a. ORIGINAL, to Police Commissioner, DIRECT
b. COPY, to Police Commissioner, THROUGH CHANNELS
c. COPY, to Deputy Commissioner, Public Information, DIRECT.
NOTE: For voluntary appearances, (not appearances requested by the
Department or required by subpoena or court order) prior written approval from
the Police Commissioner is mandatory. While members of the service directed
to appear by personal subpoena are required to appear by law, written
notification to the Police Commissioner is required. Any questions regarding
compliance with a subpoena should be directed to the Legal Bureau.
OFFICE OF THE POLICE COMMISSIONER
3. Notify the member concerned, as necessary, whether the appearance has been
approved/disapproved.
NOTE: If a member of the service is unable to comply with the five business
days notice requirement due to the appearance date mandated by the subpoena,
or other reason, the member of the service must immediately notify the Office
of the Police Commissioner or the Legal Bureau, by telephone.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When members of the service intend to speak in a non-official capacity before
community meetings or before gatherings convened by elected officials or
candidates for elective office or their staffs, such members are encouraged to
confer with the Legal Bureau, Legislative Affairs Unit to request background
information or assistance, however, such conferral is not mandatory. Members
of the service speaking in an official capacity are to be guided by P.G.
212-76, "Information Concerning Official Business of Department." Conferral
with the Legal Bureau, Legislative Affairs Unit, is not to be considered
compliance with the required notifications/approvals for official statements
pursuant to this section.
Members of the service are reminded that when providing testimony/statements
in a non-official capacity, on a matter relating to the operations or policies

of the Department, they must clearly state to the audience they address that
they are speaking on their own behalf and not on behalf of the Department.
Additionally, all members of the service are reminded that matters concerning
the official business of the Department must be kept strictly confidential.
Members of the service who testify or make a statement before governmental
agencies or private organizations in a non-official capacity AND members of
the service who provide character, opinion or testimony in their private
capacity must do so during off duty time.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Subpoenas For Police Department Records And Testimony By Members Of
The Service (P.G. 211-15)
Processing Subpoenas Issued By Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)
Conferral With Department Attorney (P.G. 211-20)
Information Concerning Official Business of Department (P.G. 212-76)
Release of Information to News Media (P.G. 212-77)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 211-10 Traffic Violations Bureau Notifications
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To effectively monitor and control the appearances of uniformed members of the
service who are being requested by the Department of Motor Vehicles to appear
at the Traffic Violations Bureau (TVB) for summons hearings.
SCOPE
The New York State Department of Motor Vehicles forwards two copies of a
computer notification print-out entitled "POLICE APPEARANCE LISTING" to
affected commands, via Department mail, each business day. This printout is an
appearance schedule designating when and where the officer of record will
appear for a summons hearing. It also provides other pertinent information,
i.e., summons number, date/type of violation, and the defendant's name.
PROCEDURE
Upon receipt of a Police Appearance Listing at a police command:
ROLL CALL PERSONNEL
1. Review Listing and enter member's scheduled appearance in the command's
court diary.
2. Make immediate notification to the TVB office concerned if a member is
unable to appear due to:
a. Sickness
b. Military leave
c. Death in the family
d. Conflicting court appearances
e. Department related emergency (i.e. mobilization, disorder, etc.)
f. Vacation selection (roll call personnel must verify)
g. Arrest by member (roll call personnel must notify TVB with an arrest
number)
NOTE: Requests for rescheduling must be made at least ten calendar days
before originally scheduled hearing date.
[ I.O. 25 s 08]3. Prepare NOTIFICATION (PD406-122) and comply with P.G.
211-05, "Processing Notifications To Appear At Courts and Other Government
Agencies."
a. If requested uniformed member has been transferred, immediately notify
that member's new command via telephone, and make an appropriate entry in the
Telephone Record.

b. If requested uniformed member of the service is retired or no longer
employed by this department, notify Integrity Control Officer for preparation
of AFFIDAVIT OF NO RECOLLECTION / SEPARATION FROM SERVICE (PD360-121).
4. Ensure all TVB hearing cases are included in daily roll calls as
appropriate.
5. Post a copy of the Police Appearance Listing in the muster room of the
command.
NOTE: Under no circumstances will a member report to a TVB hearing on
his/her RDO.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
6. Ensure that member concerned receives NOTIFICATION.
NOTE: When notification of appearance is made to a uniformed member of the
service, the notifying supervisor will ensure that the issuing officer
conducts a warrant check.
UMOS CONCERNED
7. Review copy of NOTIFICATION and immediately notify roll call of any
conflicts with the scheduled date/time of hearing.
a. Notify Integrity Control Officer if the notification received involves a
summons issued prior to November 1993 and there is no independent recollection
of the case.
b. Request AFFIDAVIT OF NO RECOLLECTION/SEPARATION FROM SERVICE be prepared.
8. Sign NOTIFICATION and return receipt copy to desk officer/supervisor.
NOTE: Members will comply with P.G. 211-01, "Duties And Conduct In Court"
and P.G. 211-11, "Traffic Violations Bureau Appearances/ Computerized Time
Slips," when reporting for a hearing.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
9. Conduct an investigation to ensure that an officer who claims no
recollection on a pre-November 1993 case has no independent recollection of
the events in question (i.e., request to see officer's memo book entries,
etc.).
NOTE: In order to establish a charge at the Traffic Violations Bureau (TVB),
uniformed members of the service must present clear and convincing evidence.
Proof could rest on the recollection of the uniformed member of the service
refreshed by contemporaneously made memoranda. Thus, while an individual
uniformed member of the service may have no recollection of the facts
concerning the summons issuance independent of his or her own memo book
entries, if after having read those memo book entries, the uniformed member of
the service can speak to the facts from his or her own recollection sufficient
to establish the charge by clear and convincing evidence, then the uniformed
member of the service should appear and testify at the hearing as scheduled.
If even after reading the memo book entries, the uniformed member of the
service is still unable to testify from recollection, the memo book entries,

if otherwise sufficiently detailed to establish the charge by clear and
convincing evidence, may be read into the record at the hearing, if the
uniformed member of the service is able to testify that (1) he or she once had
knowledge of the entries, (2) the entries were prepared by the uniformed
member of the service, (3) the entries were prepared when the knowledge of the
contents were fresh in the mind of the uniformed member of the service, and
(4) the uniformed member of the service intended when the entries were made,
that they be accurate. The role of the Integrity Control Officer is critical
in determining whether a member of the service should appear at a Traffic
Violations Bureau hearing. Integrity Control Officers should insure that
effective testimony can not be offered by the uniformed member of the service
prior to preparation and forwarding of the AFFIDAVIT OF NO RECOLLECTION /
SEPARATION FROM SERVICE. In instances where the memo book entries of the
officer cannot be located and/or are lacking sufficient information, the
Integrity Control Officer should take appropriate disciplinary action.
10. Prepare AFFIDAVIT OF NO RECOLLECTION / SEPARATION FROM SERVICE and submit
to roll call personnel for forwarding if investigation reveals no independent
recollection of the events in question can be established or if a member of
the service notified to appear is no longer employed by this department.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
11. Obtain signed receipt copy of NOTIFICATION from member concerned and
forward to roll call.
ROLL CALL PERSONNEL
12. Check notification receipts daily to ensure notifications have been
received and acknowledged by members concerned.
a. Forward approved AFFIDAVIT OF NO RECOLLECTION / SEPARATION FROM SERVICE
at least 10 (ten) calendar days prior to the originally scheduled hearing date
to the Department of Motor Vehicles central Albany officer via fax (518)
473-6535.
TVB COURT SECTION PERSONNEL
13. Prepare TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU NON-APPEARANCE NOTICE (PD160-121), in
all cases where a member fails to appear at a TVB hearing.
14. Forward original copy of completed TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU
NON-APPEARANCE NOTICE to the member's commanding officer.
a. Forward copy to the appropriate patrol borough office.
COMMANDING OFFICER
15. Review NON-APPEARANCE NOTICES and forward to the command's integrity
control officer.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
16. Investigate and ascertain reason for non-appearance at TVB hearing and
take disciplinary action, if appropriate.
17. Document findings and action(s) taken on NON-APPEARANCE NOTICE and return
to the commanding officer of the borough court section concerned within

fourteen days.
a. Forward copy of NOTICE to borough office concerned.
COURT SECTION, INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
18. Monitor receipt of NON-APPEARANCE NOTICES to:
a. Ensure commands are preparing and forwarding investigations in regards to
NON-APPEARANCE NOTICES as required.
b. Ascertain reasons for non-appearances and take appropriate action(s) as
necessary.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Whenever it has been determined that a warrant is to be executed at a Traffic
Violations Bureau appearance and the issuing member is excused from duty, a
replacement member will be sent by the command concerned.
TVB appearances are considered court appearances. Conflicting appearances with
the Civilian Complaint Review Board, investigation units, union meetings,
training sessions, Medical Division appointments, etc., are not authorized
excusals.
Commanding officers of non-Automated Roll Call System (ARCS) commands will
ensure that roll call personnel forward an updated command roster to the
appropriate borough TVB facility on a monthly basis. These rosters will be
prepared in alphabetical order, by rank and in the following format:
RANK

NAME

TAX#

STEADY
RDO

CHART

PNS/SQD

TVB Court Section personnel will FAX a copy of the non-ARCS command rosters to
the New York State Department of Motor Vehicles in Albany via FAX (518)
473-7913. In addition, a copy of all non-ARCS command rosters will be kept on
file at each TVB office.
ALERT STATUS
TVB is now recognizing an "ALERT" procedure that may be utilized for uniformed
members scheduled for TVB hearings. A member will have forty-five minutes to
report once TVB has activated that member through their command. A member's
operations coordinator may request roll call to place a member on "ALERT
STATUS" under the following conditions:
a. Hearing scheduled for 1030 or 1300 time period and
b. Hearing appearance scheduled for one motorist only, (regardless of number
of summonses issued) and
c. Member's command is located within the same patrol borough as the TVB
hearing location and
d. The ability of a command to ensure the expeditious appearance of its
personnel once an "ALERT" has been activated.
Uniformed members on "ALERT" will not be assigned to any duty that will

prevent their immediate dispatch to TVB; nor will members be scheduled for a
meal during the "ALERT" period. "ALERT" periods are between the hours of
1030-1200 hours (1030 hour cases) and 1300-1400 hours (1300 hour cases). When
notified by TVB to activate member, the desk officer concerned will
immediately notify the member to report directly to TVB; both a Telephone
Record and Command Log entry are required.
EXTENDED TOURS FOR MEMBERS ASSIGNED TO THE 1st AND 3rd PLATOONS
Uniformed members assigned to the 1st platoon will report to TVB at 0800
hours. Uniformed members assigned to the 3rd platoon will report direct to TVB
at 1415 hours.
The following provisions will apply:
a. Member must attend in business attire.
b. This Department reserves the right to reschedule members to the 2nd
platoon in appropriate cases as determined by the Department. In this regard,
members whose appearances will extend to more than three hours may be
rescheduled to the 2nd platoon. These provisions apply only to TVB
appearances, and not to other court appearances.
c. Members must be on a MUST APPEAR status. Members on ALERT STATUS will
continue to be rescheduled.
d. Members are not eligible for portal to portal compensation.
e. Members on the 1st platoon must notify their commands upon completion of
the appearance. Members on the 3rd platoon must return directly to their
commands upon completion of the appearance.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Duties And Conduct In Court (P.G. 211-01)
Traffic Violations Bureau Appearances/Computerized Time Slips (P.G. 211-11)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AFFIDAVIT OF NO RECOLLECTION / SEPARATION FROM SERVICE (PD360-121)
NOTIFICATION (PD406-122)
TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS BUREAU NON-APPEARANCE NOTICE (PD 160-121)
TVB Police Appearance Listing

P.G. 211-11 Traffic Violations Bureau Appearances/Computerized
Time Slips
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record and monitor appearances of uniformed members of the service required
at Department of Motor Vehicles Traffic Violations Bureau hearings.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is notified and reports to a Traffic
Violations Bureau office for a hearing:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Bring the "Officer's Notes" copy of the summons and corresponding ACTIVITY
LOG (PD112-145) for each summons being adjudicated at Traffic Violations
Bureau hearing.
2. Immediately report to Police Sign-In Room supervisor.
UNIFORMED SUPERVISOR ASSIGNED TO T.V.B.
3. Have uniformed member reporting for hearing logged in computer system
immediately.
NOTE: If the uniformed member's presence is not entered in the computer
system, judges adjudicating hearings may dismiss cases for non-appearance of
police personnel.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Return immediately to Police Sign-In Room upon conclusion of hearing
appearance to obtain computerized "Officer Time Slip." NOTE: Department form
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468- 141) will not be used for Traffic Violations
Bureau appearances.
UNIFORMED SUPERVISOR ASSIGNED TO T.V.B.
5. Have one copy of "Officer Time Slip" delivered to uniformed member and file
duplicate copy.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF SERVICE
6. Notify command desk officer/counterpart via telephone immediately upon
dismissal from Police Sign-In Room and comply with instructions received.
DESK OFFICER
7. Make notation of uniformed member's dismissal and instruction given on
appropriate Department record.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE

8. Deliver "Officer Time Slip" to desk officer/counterpart when instructed to
return to command or, if otherwise instructed, at earliest possible
convenience.
DESK OFFICER
9. Review "Officer Time Slips" for accuracy and note time officer returns to
command on time slip.
CLERICAL MEMBER
10. File "Officer Time Slips" at command in chronological order in separate
folder.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
11. Review "Officer Time Slips" frequently for integrity purposes.
TRAINING SERGEANT
12. Review "Officer Time Slip" Disposition and Code columns frequently for
indications of negative patterns and poor performance skills and take
appropriate corrective action.
NOTE: The training sergeant will track the number of times a uniformed
member has a case dismissed for failure to establish a prima facie case that a
violation has been committed and/or cases where the defendant is found "Not
Guilty" because the evidence presented is not clear and convincing. Each month
the training sergeant will select the ten uniformed members of the service
with the highest percentage of dismissals due to the aforementioned reasons.
These members will be retrained and/or subject to any other corrective
action(s) as deemed necessary by the commanding officer.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The following are dispositions and codes used by Department of Motor Vehicles
Administrative Law Judges when adjudicating moving violations. These items
will appear on computerized "Officer Time Slip" issued to police officers at
the conclusion of Traffic Violations Bureau appearances:
DISPOSITIONS

CODES

N = Not Guilty

1. Evidence not clear and
convincing.
2. Justification.

G = Guilty Disposition Plea at
Trial (Contested cases only.)

NONE

W = Guilty with Appearance
Disposition (Used for
Appearance Room only.)

NONE

NOTE: Although the "W" disposition appears on time slips, the police officer
concerned had no effect on this disposition. The motorist plead guilty.
D = Dismissing Case

1. Uninsured, is in fact Insured.

2. Unlicensed, is in fact Licensed.
3. Unregistered, is in fact Registered
4. Equipment Documents – The
motorist presented proper
documentation to the judge.
Dismissing the case by statute.
5. Officer No-Show.
6. No Prima Facie case.
7. Police cannot identify motorist.
8. No recollection.

P = Paid Online
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Officer Time Slip

9. Non-Owner/No Knowledge
(uninsured vehicle cases) - When
motorist summoned claims he had
no knowledge that vehicle he/she
was operating was uninsured.
NONE

P.G. 211-12 Hearings At Department Of Motor Vehicles
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To provide a member of the service with legal representative when notified to
appear at a Department of Motor Vehicle hearing in connection with a motor
vehicle collision while performing police duty.
PROCEDURE
When notified to appear at a hearing in connection with a collision which
occurred when operating a Department vehicle while performing police duty:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Prepare five copies of report on Typed Letterhead containing all facts:
a. Include in report transcript of Command Log entry concerning original
incident.
3. Endorse report with following facts, if appropriate:
a. Member of the service was properly performing police duty
b. Guilty of no misconduct
c. Charges have not been or likely to be prepared
d. Request Corporation Counsel be assigned to defend member.
4. Forward original and copy to Deputy Commissioner-Legal Matters.
5. Forward copy to Deputy Commissioner-Management and Budget.
6. Forward copy to Commanding Officer, Fleet Services Division.
7. File fifth copy.
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 211-13 Official Appearances At Department Of Consumer
Affairs
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for uniformed members of the service requested to appear
at a Department of Consumer Affairs official hearing.
NOTE: The Adjudication Division, Department of Consumer Affairs will notify
the member of the service who must appear, through the Court Appearance
Control System (CACS).
PROCEDURE
When requested by the Department of Consumer Affairs to appear at an official
hearing:
APPEARANCE CONTROL UNIT
1. Notify member's command and authorize scheduled appearance.
NOTE: This notification can also be received via the Computerized Court
Appearance Control System (CACS), in commands activated for CACS.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Appear as scheduled, in uniform, unless assigned to non-uniformed duty, at
the Department of Consumer Affairs.
3. Prepare COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141), and sign name in the Police
Log to verify presence.
a. Upon arrival, the uniformed member of the service will notify the
Manhattan Court Section's Police Room at (212) 374-5087/5088 to be signed into
the Court Appearance Control System (CACS).
4. Sign out in the Police Log upon completion of the hearing and obtain one
copy of the completed COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD.
a. Notify the Manhattan Court Section's Police Room to be signed out of the
CACS.
NOTE: After 1800 hours the uniformed member of the service will call the
Manhattan Court Section at (212) 374-3921/3942 to be signed out.
MANHATTAN COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
5. Make a Command Log entry when a uniformed member of the service calls the
Manhattan Court Section, after1800 hours, to confirm member's dismissal from
the Department of Consumer Affairs.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Return to command and deliver COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD to the desk officer.

a. Members in civilian clothes who are dismissed directly, from the
Department of Consumer Affairs will notify the Police Room Supervisor and
their command's desk officer. Both the Police Room Supervisor and the desk
officer concerned will record the dismissal in their respective Command Logs.
b. Member will submit the COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD to the desk officer on the
next scheduled tour of duty.
7. Telephone the desk officer of assigned command prior to end of tour if it
appears member will be detained at the Department of Consumer Affairs beyond
completion of scheduled tour of duty.
NOTE: The desk officer or designee will be responsible for notifying the
Department of Consumer Affairs promptly by telephone at (212) 487-4136 during
business hours, or at (212) 487-4142 during non-business hours (answering
machine) whenever a member of the service will be unable to appear for a
pending hearing, due to sick leave, death in the family, new arrest, etc. An
entry will be made in the Telephone Record detailing the date/time of
notification and the name of the person contacted (when available) at the
Department of Consumer Affairs.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Duties And Conduct In Court (P.G. 211-01)
Notifications To Appear At Court Or Other Governmental Agencies (P.G. 211-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COURT ATTENDANCE RECORD (PD468-141)

P.G. 211-14 Investigations By Civilian Complaint Review Board
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To facilitate investigations conducted by the Civilian Complaint Review Board;
to protect the rights of members of the service who are the subject of
Civilian Complaint Review Board investigations and witnesses to incidents
under investigation by the Civilian Complaint Review Board; and to process
Department records requested by the Civilian Complaint Review Board.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) has been directed to
appear before the Civilian Complaint Review Board and/or respond to a Civilian
Complaint Review Board request for Department records.
APPEARANCE CONTROL UNIT
1. Notify member of the service to appear at the Civilian Complaint Review
Board.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Appear at Civilian Complaint Review Board, as directed.
a. Bring ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) that corresponds to the date of incident.
NOTE: Members of the service who are questioned about incidents being
investigated by the Civilian Complaint Review Board shall fully cooperate in
the investigation. When interviewed by a Civilian Complaint Review Board
investigator, or when appearing at the Civilian Complaint Review Board as the
subject of a complaint or a witness to an incident in connection with an
official Civilian Complaint Review Board investigation, all pertinent
information, facts and observations shall be reported. All questions posed by
the Civilian Complaint Review Board investigator, Board panel, or Board member
in accordance with Civilian Complaint Review Board rules and regulations for
the conduct of interviews shall be answered fully and truthfully. Failure to
do so shall be grounds for disciplinary action.
UPON NOTIFICATION THAT A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE HAS REFUSED TO ANSWER QUESTIONS
DURING A CIVILIAN COMPLAINT REVIEW BOARD INTERVIEW OR PROCEEDING:
SUPERVISORY/RANKING OFFICER CONCERNED
3. Determine if Civilian Complaint Review Board is requesting that member of
the service be directed by the supervisory/ranking officer to answer
questions.
4. Ascertain if member of the service has been notified by the Civilian
Complaint Review Board that answers given in an interview or proceeding may
not be used against the member in a later criminal action.
5. Advise member of the service that refusal to cooperate with the Civilian
Complaint Review Board will result in immediate suspension and preparation of

disciplinary charges.
6. Direct member of the service to answer questions posed by the Civilian
Complaint Review Board.
7. Suspend member if member of the service refuses to answer questions.
DEPARTMENT RECORDS REQUEST:
I.A.B. MGMT. RESOURCES SECTION, CCRB LIAISON
8. Forward a REQUEST FOR RECORDS AND/OR INFORMATION REGARDING CCRB CASE
(PD149-164) to commands concerned.
COMMANDING OFFICER
9. Designate a member of the service to photocopy all pertinent documents.
NOTE: Under no circumstances will a command reproduce documents from a
request received directly from the Civilian Complaint Review Board. All such
requests, whether verbal or written, will be referred to the Management
Resources Section, Civilian Complaint Review Board Liaison. In addition, under
no circumstances will original Department records be removed from a Department
facility to comply with documentation requests from the Civilian Complaint
Review Board. Only photocopies will be made and forwarded in this regard.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
10. Forward completed request and documents via Department mail within ten
days of receipt to:
a. Internal Affairs Bureau, Management Resources Section, CCRB Liaison, 315
Hudson Street, New York, New York 10013.
NOTE: Upon receipt, the Civilian Complaint Review Board Liaison will review
all documents submitted by commands concerned to ensure that the request has
been satisfied. Thereafter, the Internal Affairs Bureau will forward all
pertinent documents to the requesting Civilian Complaint Review Board
investigator.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The following Department records may not be released to the Civilian Complaint
Review Board:
a. Records concerning a case that has been sealed pursuant to Criminal
Procedure Law 160.50.
b. Records of sex crimes per Civil Rights Law 50-b.
c. Psychiatric records (without patient consent).
d. Alcohol counseling records (without patient consent).
e. Medical records (without patient consent).
f. P.G. 206-13, "Interrogation Of Members Of The Service" interviews
(without permission of Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters).

g. Personnel records of police officers as per Civil Rights Law 50-a.
h. Juvenile records as per Family Court Act 381.3.
The Civilian Complaint Review Board Liaison will confer with the Document
Production Unit, Legal Bureau, whenever questions arise pertaining to Civilian
Complaint Review Board access to sensitive or confidential records.
Exceptions to the general rule of non-disclosure may be made with the
necessary approval of the Legal Bureau.
Subpoenas for records received directly from the Civilian Complaint Review
Board will be accepted and a telephone notification will be made to the
Civilian Complaint Review Board Liaison, (212) 741-8409 or 8448. If there is
no response, the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center will be notified, at
(212) 741-8401. The subpoena will then be hand delivered to the Civilian
Complaint Review Board Liaison in a sealed envelope without delay.
When records being requested are not available at the command, the specific
reason why the request cannot be satisfied must be indicated on Line 16 of the
REQUEST FOR RECORDS form. For example, if a particular COMPLAINT REPORT is
requested in connection with an incident, and a comprehensive review of
command records indicates that no such report was prepared, the assigned
member will indicate "Complaint Report not prepared" on the REQUEST form.
Similarly, if a document is lost or missing, this finding will likewise be
indicated on the form. Generic terms, such as "unable to locate" or "not
available" will not be accepted. If a document has been forwarded or is
located in another command, this information must be included on the form.
The Civilian Complaint Review Board Liaison will redirect all such requests to
the appropriate command.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Interrogation Of Members Of The Service (P.G. 206-13)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT(PD313-152)
REQUEST FOR RECORDS AND/OR INFORMATION REGARDING CCRB CASE (PD149-164)

P.G. 211-15 Processing Subpoenas For Police Department Records
And For Testimony By Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure proper compliance by the Police Department and its members with
lawful court mandates and subpoenas requiring attendance at court or
production of Department records in response thereto.
SCOPE
It is the official policy of this Department that the unit that is the
repository of a given Department record has the responsibility to respond in a
prompt fashion to a subpoena demanding the record's production. A command
will not forward a subpoena to the Legal Bureau, the Central Records Division
or to other units within the Department when record(s) requested is/are
present in the subpoenaed command.
DEFINITIONS
SUBPOENA - A generic term used in the law to refer to any legal device that
compels the appearance of a person at a specific time and place, usually to
give testimony in a judicial proceeding, or compels the production of certain
documents or items of evidence. A subpoena that compels a person to appear
and give testimony is known as a subpoena ad testificandum. A subpoena that
compels the production of documents or evidence is known as a subpoena duces
tecum.
COMMAND LIAISON OFFICER - Every commanding officer/counterpart within the
Department is designated as the command liaison officer who is responsible for
the full implementation of and compliance with this procedure. While
commanding officers/counterparts may delegate the tasks associated with this
procedure to subordinates, they are responsible for their command's compliance
with this procedure.
SUBPOENA RECORD BOOK - A permanent bound record book maintained by each
command (including commands located within a precinct stationhouse, transit
district, police service area, or other Department facility) with the
following captions contained therein:
a. Number (serialized, beginning with 001 each year)
b. Date and time received
c. Type of subpoena (e.g., duces tecum or ad testificandum)
d. Name of member concerned
e. Brief description of records requested
f. Return date
g. Issuing court

h. Title of case (e.g., Smith vs. Jones, People vs. Smith)
i. Party issuing subpoena (e.g., plaintiff, defendant, District Attorney or
judge)
j. Fee receipt issued (indicate "No fee or receipt number)
k. Date records forwarded
l. Date court receipt received.
COMMAND SUBPOENA FILE - A file in which photocopies of subpoenas and requests
for Department records by assistant district attorneys and assistant
corporation counsels are filed chronologically, by year, pursuant to this
procedure.
DOCUMENT PRODUCTION UNIT - A sub-unit of the Legal Bureau charged with the
responsibility to ensure that all lawful requests for Department records by
courts, prosecutors, government agencies, and private citizens are complied
with in a timely fashion. The Document Production Unit also processes all
requests under the Freedom of Information Law that are received by the
Department. The Document Production Unit is located at One Police Plaza, Room
110-C, New York, NY 10038.
NOTE: Under no circumstances will a subpoena or subpoena duces tecum served
or received at a command be forwarded to the Document Production Unit without
the express permission of the Supervisor, Document Production Unit.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving a subpoena that only requires personal appearance by a specific
member of the service to appear in court or otherwise give testimony in a
legal proceeding:
COMMAND LIAISON OFFICER
1. Record receipt of subpoena in the Subpoena Record Book, ensuring that all
applicable captions are completed.
2. Issue FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017) in accordance with P.G. 212-82, "Forwarding
Of Fees To The Audit And Accounts Unit," if a fee is tendered with the
subpoena.
3. Photocopy subpoena and deliver ORIGINAL to member of the service concerned.
a. Note Command Serial Number, Fee Receipt number (if applicable), date, and
time of delivery to member concerned on reverse side of photocopy. Member of
the service concerned will sign photocopy, indicating receipt of subpoena.
4. Direct member of the service to comply with subpoena.
5. File photocopy of subpoena in Command Subpoena File.
6. Notify roll call clerk and ensure that entry is made in Command Diary.
a. Comply with appropriate procedures concerning notifications to Appearance
Control Unit.

7. Ensure that member of the service concerned has appeared in court, or
otherwise, as required by subpoena.
NOTE: If a subpoena is received for a member of the service that also
requires that the member concerned produce documents or evidence, other than
an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), and the subpoena has not been marked as "SO
ORDERED" by a judge, the member of the service concerned will comply with the
subpoena only in so far as it relates to making the required appearance.
Department records or evidence will not be produced. If the subpoena is
"so-ordered," the named member will bring the required documents (see
ADDITIONAL DATA for further explanation).
Members receiving a subpoena ad testificandum that requires an appearance to
give testimony at other than a trial proceeding are advised that they are not
to answer any question without first consulting with the assistant corporation
counsel or assistant district attorney assigned to the case. If there is no
assistant corporation counsel/assistant district attorney assigned to the
particular case, or if the member of the service is unsure regarding such
assignment, the Document Production Unit will be consulted.
UPON RECEIVING A SUBPOENA DUCES TECUM THAT REQUIRES THE PRODUCTION OF
DOCUMENTS ONLY AND DOES NOT REQUIRE A SPECIFIC MEMBER OF THE SERVICE TO ATTEND
AND PRODUCE SUCH DOCUMENTS:
COMMAND LIAISON OFFICER
8. Ensure that subpoena duces tecum has been endorsed by judge as
"so-ordered."
a. If subpoena duces tecum is not "so-ordered," make all required subpoena
record book entries and indicate in caption marked "Date of Compliance" the
fact that the subpoena was not so-ordered. File copy of subpoena in rear of
Command Subpoena File.
b. If the name and telephone number of the issuing attorney is available,
contact the attorney and advise that unless the subpoena is "so-ordered," it
will not be complied with. No further action is required.
9. Complete all applicable captions in Subpoena Record Book.
10. Gather photocopies of all documents requested in subpoena that are
maintained at the command (including ACTIVITY LOG entries of members of the
service concerned, if applicable).
NOTE: Certain Department records that are subject to subpoena such as a
Command Log or member's ACTIVITY LOG may also contain information that is
unrelated to the facts and circumstances of the case for which the subpoena
was issued. In such a case, unrelated information should be "redacted"
(blocked out or deleted in any other suitable fashion that ensures that the
unrelated information cannot be discerned by the party issuing the subpoena)
from the copy forwarded in compliance with the subpoena. No redactions will
be made to any material forwarded to the Legal Bureau, Corporation Counsel or
District Attorney. Additionally, prior to forwarding copies of any
Departmental records to anyone outside the Police Department other than an
assistant district attorney, assistant corporation counsel or other law
enforcement agency, the name, addresses, and telephone number, and any other
data that identifies a victim or witness will be redacted.

Immediate telephone notification to the Document Production Unit (212)
374-4296 /4297 /3985 is to be made if any command receives a subpoena ad
testificandum or a subpoena duces tecum for the following Department records:
a. Confidential records, such as personnel folders, or documents relating to
confidential investigations;
b. Records relating to cases that have been the subject of notoriety or
publicity;
c. Records relating to sensitive or unusual cases and corruption cases.
Such telephone notification will also be made if there is any doubt as to
whether subpoenaed records should be released. The telephone notification is
to be recorded in the Telephone Record. Instructions received from the
Document Production Unit will be strictly complied with.
While requests for records received from an assistant corporation counsel or
an assistant district attorney do not require a subpoena, if the material
requested is confidential or sensitive as outlined in step a, b or c above, a
telephone notification to the Document Production Unit is required.
COMMAND LIAISON OFFICER
11. Prepare and sign "Certification" on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151).
a. If photocopies contain any redactions, use sample Certification letter
Number 1 (see Appendix "A").
b. If photocopies DO NOT contain any redactions, use sample Certification
letter number 2 (see Appendix "B").
c. If, after a search for records requested by subpoena, it is discovered
that the records requested DO NOT exist either at the command receiving the
subpoena or at any other command/unit within the Department, use Certification
letter number 3 (see Appendix "C").
NOTE: The command liaison officer may delegate the authority to prepare and
sign a CERTIFICATION to properly trained members within the command.
12. Prepare RECEIPT FOR SUBPOENAED DEPARTMENT RECORDS on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD
(PD158-151) (see Appendix "D").
13. Forward copies of records, copy of subpoena, certification, and receipt to
appropriate clerk of court via U.S. Mail or Department mail, where
appropriate.
a. Indicate on outside of envelope that envelope contains records requested
via subpoena.
b. Include index, calendar, docket or indictment number as available.
NOTE: Under no circumstances will records be forwarded directly to an
attorney (other than an assistant district attorney or assistant corporation
counsel) without prior consultation with the Document Production Unit.
14. Upon receiving receipt acknowledging receipt of records by clerk of court:

a. Attach receipt to copy of subpoena filed in Command Subpoena File.
b. Make note in Subpoena Record Book under caption entitled "Date Court
Receipt Received" that receipt from Clerk of Court has been received.
ADDITIONAL DATA
TYPES OF SUBPOENAS:
Any subpoena, which, by its terms, requires the production of documents or
evidence, is a subpoena duces tecum. Under the relevant statutes of this
state, a subpoena duces tecum directed to a subdivision of a municipal
government, such as the Police Department, must be "so ordered" by a judge.
"So ordered" means that the attorney who desires the documents to be produced
has obtained judicial approval for the subpoena duces tecum in question. If
the judge determines that the attorney has a genuine need for the requested
material, the judge will indicate this fact by signing or initialing the
subpoena duces tecum at a caption entitled "so-ordered".
PHOTOCOPYING RECORDS:
Under no circumstances will original Department records be removed from any
Department facility without the prior approval of a Department attorney or the
commanding officer. Photocopies ONLY will be forwarded. The Document
Production Unit will be notified and consulted whenever court process compels
production of original copies of Department records.
DISTRICT ATTORNEY/CORPORATION COUNSEL REQUESTS:
Assistant district attorneys and assistant corporation counsels are NOT
required to issue a subpoena for the production of Police Department records.
Accordingly, no member of the service will require or request that a subpoena
for records be served by them. Such document requests will be handled in
accordance with P.G. 211-18, "Processing Requests For Police Department
Documents Received From Assistant Corporation Counsels And Assistant District
Attorneys."
RECORDS UNAVAILABLE AT RECEIVING COMMAND:
If a subpoena is received for records that are not available at the command
receiving the subpoena, the subpoena will be forwarded to the command having
custody of the record. If the subpoena calls for the production of more than
one item, and the receiving command does not have custody of all items
requested, the receiving command will comply with that portion of the subpoena
for which the command possesses records. A photocopy of the subpoena will be
forwarded to the command having custody of the other items requested with a
report detailing which portions of the subpoena will be complied with by the
original receiving command.
TRANSFERRED MEMBERS:
A process server who appears at a command to serve a subpoena directed to a
member of the service who has been transferred from the command will be
advised of the member's new command and directed to make service at the
member's new command. If the member concerned has retired, the process server
will be informed of this fact and service will not be accepted. If a subpoena
is received by other than personal delivery, the subpoena will be forwarded to
the member's current command. If a subpoena is received by other than

personal delivery and the member has retired, the attorney issuing the
subpoena will be contacted and informed of such fact.
SUBPOENAS THAT CONCERN PERSONAL MATTERS:
Circumstances may arise where a member of the service receives a subpoena in
his/her capacity as a private individual. This situation frequently arises in
the context of civil litigation where the member concerned is involved as a
party or as a witness to events, which occurred while off duty. In such a
circumstance, a subpoena may be served upon such a member at his/her command
and service will be accepted. If service is accepted by someone other than
the party named in the subpoena, such as the desk officer, the party that
accepts service must ensure that the subpoena is actually received by the
named party. In such a circumstance, the fee tendered (if any) will be given
to the member concerned along with the subpoena. No further processing of the
subpoena is required. If a member is required to attend court in response to
such a subpoena arising out of his/her private affairs, such appearance will
be made on the member's off-duty time. Any questions regarding the
applicability of this note may be directed to the Document Production Unit.
NOTIFICATIONS IN UNUSUAL CASES:
a. A member of the service who is to appear as a witness for a defendant in
a criminal case, or for the plaintiff in a case where the City of New York is
a DEFENDANT, shall notify the assistant district attorney or assistant
corporation counsel of such fact prior to the start of the hearing or trial.
b. If a member of the service receives a subpoena or other type of
notification to appear and testify at a parole revocation hearing, the member
concerned will notify the District Attorney's Office of the appropriate county
of such fact. Notification to the District Attorney concerned will be noted
in the command diary under the date of the scheduled hearing.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Subpoena Fees And Accounting Procedures (P.G. 212-79)
Processing Subpoenas Issued By Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)
Processing Legal Bureau Requests For Department Records Including Requests
Under The Freedom Of Information Law (P.G. 211-17)
Processing Requests For Police Department Documents Received From Assistant
Corporation Counsels And Assistant District Attorneys (P.G. 211-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------APPENDIX "A"
CERTIFICATION
DATE:________________
CASE OF:

_____________________
Versus

INDEX#______________
DOCKET #____________

STATE OF NEW YORK

COUNTY OF___________________
This is to certify that the enclosed photocopies of:

(List records being forwarded e.g., Complaint Report No., 12345-91
Precinct, Activity Log of PO Smith for 01/01/91, etc.)

124

are true and complete copies, WITH REDACTIONS, of a record in the custody
of the (enter command) of the Police Department of the City of New York.

_______________
Rank

________________________
Signature

_____________
Command

________________________
Name Printed
--------------------------------------------------------------------------APPENDIX "B"
CERTIFICATION
DATE:________________
CASE OF:

_____________________
Versus

INDEX#______________
DOCKET #____________

STATE OF NEW YORK
COUNTY OF___________________
This is to certify that the enclosed photocopies of:

(List records being forwarded e.g., Complaint Report No., 12345-91
Precinct, Activity Log of PO Smith for 01/01/91, etc.)

124

are true and complete copies in the custody of the (enter command) of the
Police Department of the City of New York.

_______________
Rank

________________________
Signature

_____________
Command

________________________
Name Printed
--------------------------------------------------------------------------APPENDIX "C"

CERTIFICATION
DATE:________________
CASE OF: _____________________
Versus

INDEX#______________
DOCKET #____________

STATE OF NEW YORK
COUNTY OF___________________
This is to certify that in response to the attached subpoena, issued in
the above referenced action, the undersigned has conducted a search of New
York City Police Department records and it has been determined that there
are no documents within the custody, possession or control of the Police
Department which are responsive to the subpoena.

_______________
Rank

________________________
Signature

_____________
Command

________________________
Name Printed
--------------------------------------------------------------------------APPENDIX "D"
RECEIPT FOR SUBPOENAED DEPARTMENT RECORDS
DATE:________________
Clerk of Court
Part___________ Room__________
Address of Courthouse
City, State, Zip Code

Dear Sir:
Enclosed please find copies of New York City Police Department
records which have been subpoenaed in the case of______________________
Name of Case
Which bears Index # ___________________ and Calendar #____________and
Indictment #________________.
Please endorse this form to indicate that the Court has received
the records subpoenaed and forward the endorsed form to:

Unit/Command

Address
City, State, Zip Code
Attn.: Subpoena Officer
Than you for your attention to this matter.
Very truly yours,

_____________________________
Rank
Name
Command

P.G. 211-16 Subpoenas Issued By Courts Outside New York City
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To determine whether a subpoena issued by a court located outside of New York
City requires a response by the Police Department and, if a response is
required, the nature and extent of such response.
SCOPE
The Police Department is frequently served with subpoenas issued by courts
located outside of New York City. Such subpoenas present special problems
relating to the nature of response required by this Department. While
subpoenas issued by courts located within New York City are valid and must be
complied with in accordance with the terms of the subpoena and in the manner
set forth in the applicable Department Manual procedures, subpoenas issued by
courts outside of New York City require special handling and are subject to
different rules regarding compliance.
PROCEDURE
Upon receipt of a subpoena issued by other than a court located within New
York City:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Issue FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017) in accordance with P.G. 212-79, "Subpoena
Fees And Accounting Procedures."
2. Forward subpoena to command liaison officer.
COMMAND LIAISON OFFICER
3. Complete all entries in Subpoena Record Book.
4. Determine the response required by utilizing the following guidelines:
SUBPOENA ISSUED BY A NEW YORK STATE COURT:
a. When no personal appearance is required by a member of the service:
(1) Such a subpoena will be complied with in accordance with P.G. 211-15,
"Processing Subpoenas For Police Department Records And Testimony By Members
Of The Service."
b. When a personal appearance is required by a member of the service:
(1) The Legal Bureau - Document Production Unit should be consulted at
(212) 374-4297 /4296 /3985.
(a) Instructions received from the Document Production Unit will be
complied with.
(b) Comply with P.G. 212-83, "Leaving City On Police Business."

SUBPOENA ISSUED BY FEDERAL COURTS:
a. CRIMINAL CASES - Valid from any Federal Court in the United States.
Subpoena will be complied with in accordance with P.G. 211-15, "Processing
Subpoenas For Police Department Records And Testimony By Members Of The
Service", if DOCUMENTS ONLY are required. If an appearance by a member of the
service is required, the Document Production Unit will be notified and in
addition to any directions received from the Document Production Unit, the
member of the service who is the subject of the subpoena will prepare a
report, on Typed Letterhead, in duplicate, addressed to the Police
Commissioner, including the following information:
1. Name and location of court
2. Type of proceeding
3. Name of person concerned
4. Date of receipt of subpoena
5. Reason Police Commissioner was not notified prior to testimony, if
applicable.
6. Forward REPORT as follows:
(a) Original to Police Commissioner, direct
(b) Duplicate to Police Commissioner, through channels.
b. CIVIL CASES - VALID ONLY WHEN:
1. Served within the district where the court sits, OR
2. Served within one hundred (100) miles of the place of hearing or
trial specified in the subpoena, OR
3. Issued by a Federal Court located within New York State and served
within New York State, OR
4. The subpoena is endorsed by the judge authorizing the extraordinary
service and served in conformance with the endorsement.
SUBPOENA ISSUED BY COURTS OF OTHER STATES:
a. CRIMINAL OR CIVIL CASES - NOT VALID:
1. Such subpoenas have no force and effect in the State of New York
UNLESS the subpoena has been presented to a New York State judge and endorsed
by the New York State judge for service in New York.
NOTE: While the Department has no legal obligation to respond to these
subpoenas unless they are endorsed by a New York State judge, the Department
should make every reasonable effort to assist law enforcement agencies from
other jurisdictions. For example, Department personnel may provide testimony
that will be helpful to a criminal prosecution outside the City of New York.
Permission to appear and give such testimony must be obtained through
channels, and all relevant Department procedures regarding leaving the city on

official business must be complied with.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Any time a subpoena is received which requires a member of the service to
appear at a hearing or other judicial proceeding outside the City of New York,
the member is required to comply with P.G. 212-83, "Leaving City On Police
Business." In addition, if the member is required to appear in court outside
of the City, prepare and forward the REPORT to the Police Commissioner, as
outlined above under "CRIMINAL CASES".
RELATED PROCEDURES
Any time a member has a question concerning the validity of a subpoena, the
Legal Bureau - Document Production Unit will be consulted.
Processing Subpoenas For Police Department Records And Testimony By Members
Of The Service (P.G. 211-15)
Subpoena Fees And Accounting Procedures (P.G. 212-79)
Processing Legal Bureau Requests For Department Records Including Requests
Under The Freedom Of Information Law (P.G. 211-17)
Processing Requests For Police Department Documents Received From Assistant
Corporation Counsels And Assistant District Attorneys (P.G. 211-18)
Leaving City On Police Business (P.G. 212-83)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 211-17 Processing Legal Bureau Requests For Department
Records Including Requests Under The Freedom Of Information Law
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure prompt, efficient response by the Department to lawful subpoenas and
requests for Department records made by prosecutors, government agencies and
private citizens, including requests made under the Freedom of Information Law
(F.O.I.L.).
SCOPE
The Department is required by law to comply with statutes such as F.O.I.L. and
court orders, including subpoenas, which command the production of certain
documents in its custody. The Legal Bureau's Document Production Unit will
assist individual commanding officers/counterparts in fulfilling their
responsibility to comply with subpoenas, government requests and lawful
demands made by private citizens under the Freedom of Information Law
(F.O.I.L.).
DEFINITIONS
FREEDOM OF INFORMATION LAW - The New York State Freedom of Information Law
(F.O.I.L.) contained in Section 87 of the Public Officers Law, provides that
all records kept by a government agency are presumed to be available for
public inspection and/or copying. Exemptions from this public access
requirement are very narrowly drawn and are only available when substantial
confidentiality interests of law enforcement can be demonstrated.
DOCUMENT PRODUCTION UNIT - A sub-unit of the Legal Bureau charged with the
responsibility to ensure that all lawful requests for Department records by
courts, prosecutors, government agencies and private citizens are complied
with in a timely fashion. The Document Production Unit also processes all
requests under the Freedom of Information Law that are received by the
Department. The Document Production Unit is located at One Police Plaza, Room
110C, New York, NY 10038.
F.O.I.L. RECORDS ACCESS OFFICER - The F.O.I.L. Records Access Officer is the
supervisor in charge of the Document Production Unit of the Legal Bureau, or
his designee. Any command receiving a F.O.I.L. request shall immediately
forward it to the Records Access Officer and notify the requesting party of
this action and the location of the Records Access Officer.
F.O.I.L. APPEALS OFFICER - The F.O.I.L. Appeals Officer is the Deputy
Commissioner, Legal Matters or designee.
COMMAND LIAISON OFFICER - Every commanding officer/counterpart within the
Department is designated as the official Liaison Officer for the purpose of
tracking and expediting requests for records by the Document Production Unit
of the Legal Bureau. While commanding officers/counterparts may delegate the
gathering of these records to subordinates, they will be responsible for their
commands' compliance with all requests from the Document Production Unit.
NOTE: Subpoenas served directly at individual commands will not be forwarded

to the Document Production Unit without the permission of the Supervisor,
Document Production Unit. Such subpoenas are handled in accordance with P.G.
211-15, "Processing Subpoenas For Police Department Records And Testimony by
Members Of The Service."
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving a subpoena, a F.O.I.L. request or other demand for Department
records:
SUPERVISOR, DOCUMENT PRODUCTION UNIT
1. Record receipt of subpoena, F.O.I.L. request or other demand for records.
2. Examine request and determine whether it must be complied with under
applicable provisions of law and/or Department policy.
3. Assign a staff member to process the request.
NOTE: The Supervisor, Document Production Unit, will make every effort to
screen and/or narrow unnecessary or unduly burdensome requests for Department
records.
DOCUMENT PRODUCTION UNIT STAFF MEMBER
4. Prepare and forward specific request for Department records to Liaison
Officer, command concerned.
5. Set forth time limits within which the Document Production Unit must
receive a response from the command concerned.
NOTE: Certain document requests require an expeditious response, such as
F.O.I.L. requests, which require a response from the F.O.I.L. Records Access
Officer within ten days of initial receipt by the Police Department. Subpoenas
and court orders frequently require immediate production in court of the
records concerned.
LIAISON OFFICER, COMMAND CONCERNED
6. Record receipt of request for Department records from the Document
Production Unit.
7. Gather and photocopy documents requested.
NOTE: While commanding officers/counterparts may delegate the gathering of
these records to subordinates, the commanding officers/counterparts are
responsible for their commands' compliance with all requests from the Document
Production Unit.
8. Forward photocopies in compliance with request within time limits given by
Document Production Unit.
NOTE: Under no circumstances will original records be forwarded to the
Document Production Unit without the permission of the Supervisor, Document
Production Unit.
9. If unable to comply within the time limit set by the Document Production
Unit:

a. Make immediate telephone notification to the Document Production Unit
staff member assigned to the case
b. Forward report to Supervisor, Document Production Unit, within stated
time limit indicating:
(1) Date records will be forwarded; and
(2) Reason for delay.
c. Forward records in partial compliance with request if so directed by
Document Production Unit
d. Forward completed photocopies of all records requested as soon as they
are available.
10. Prepare a report explaining the status of the records and forward to the
Supervisor, Document Production Unit, if the records requested by the Document
Production Unit have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise unavailable.
SUPERVISOR, DOCUMENT PRODUCTION UNIT
11. Forward documents in compliance with court order, F.O.I.L request or
Department policy, as appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA
All photocopies forwarded in compliance with the above procedure must be
complete, clear, legible and without alteration. Where commanding
officers/counterparts have concerns about protecting the confidentiality of
information contained in these documents, they must forward an accompanying
report to the Supervisor, Document Production Unit, setting forth the basis
for these concerns. The Supervisor, Document Production Unit, is charged with
the responsibility to prevent release of confidential information contained in
Department records whenever possible under law. The telephone number for the
Document Production Unit is (212) 374-4273/4279.
FREEDOM OF INFORMATION LAW (F.O.I.L.)
Any individual denied access to a record by the Record Access Officer has the
right to appeal, within thirty days, to this agency's Appeals Officer, the
Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters, or designee. The Records Access Officer
will provide the requesting individual with specific information needed to
make such an appeal.
Members of the public should not be advised that they will obtain the records
sought, since the Freedom of Information Law allows agencies to deny
disclosure under certain conditions.
All inquiries regarding this law will be referred to the Records Access
Officer located at One Police Plaza, Room 110C, New York, NY 10038 (212)
374-6902. Except as otherwise provided, the fee shall be twenty-five cents
($0.25) a page for photocopying.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Subpoenas For Police Department Records And Testimony By Members Of
The Service (P.G. 211-15)

Subpoena Fees And Accounting Procedures (P.G. 212-79)
Processing Subpoenas Issued By Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)
Processing Requests For Police Department Documents Received From Assistant
Corporation Counsels and Assistant District Attorneys (P.G. 211-18)

P.G. 211-18 Processing Requests For Police Department Documents
Received From Assistant District Attorneys And Assistant
Corporation Counsels
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure prompt and complete compliance with requests made by assistant
district attorneys and assistant corporation counsels for any records or
reports compiled by the Police Department concerning a case in litigation or
being prepared for litigation.
SCOPE
In order to effectively prepare and maintain a criminal case, the prosecutor
is required by law to have access to all reports, notes, memoranda, test
results, or any forms prepared by law enforcement officers in connection with
the facts and circumstances that form the basis of the prosecution. Certain
forms and/or reports prepared by law enforcement officers are required by the
rules of Criminal Procedure and Case Law to be turned over to the defense at
certain points in the course of the prosecution. The failure to turn over
such reports, in a case that has proceeded to trial and resulted in a guilty
verdict, will result in a reversal of the conviction. This is true even in
cases where the prosecutor was not aware of the existence of the report.
Courts have held that the possession of such reports by the Police Department
is the equivalent of possession by the prosecutor, and therefore, that the
failure to turn over the reports possessed by the Police Department must
result in a reversal of any conviction obtained. Therefore, it is imperative
that any member of the service who is involved in the prosecution of a
criminal action inform the assistant district attorney (or the assistant
corporation counsel prosecuting a juvenile in Family Court) of all reports or
notes made in connection with the case no matter how insignificant the member
feels the notes or memoranda might be.
NOTE: Members of the service are advised that a request for records received
from an assistant district attorney or assistant corporation counsel does not
require an accompanying subpoena. All such requests for records from an
assistant district attorney or assistant corporation counsel shall be complied
with as expeditiously as possible. Such requests should be on District
Attorney's Office or Corporation Counsel letterhead (or other form supplied by
District Attorney's Office or Corporation Counsel's Office) and should include
the following information:
a. Name of Case
b. Name and telephone number of requesting attorney
c. Date of arrest
d. Precinct of arrest
e. Name of arresting officer; and
f. Docket number assigned to case.

PROCEDURE
Upon receiving a request by an assistant district attorney or assistant
corporation counsel to provide copies of Department forms, records, reports,
or memoranda:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING REQUEST
1. Record receipt of request in Subpoena Record Book completing all
appropriate captions therein.
a. Under caption entitled, "TYPE OF SUBPOENA" enter "D.A. Request" or
"Corporation Counsel Request", as applicable.
b. Under caption entitled "ISSUING COURT" enter the D.A.'s Office or
Corporation Counsel Unit concerned (e.g., N.Y. CO. D.A., etc.).
2. File copy of request in Command Subpoena File.
NOTE: If a member of the service receiving a request has any doubts
regarding the propriety of complying with the request, the Legal Bureau Document Production Unit may be consulted by telephone at (212) 374-4296 /4297
/3985.
3. Forward request to appropriate unit within the Department if requested
material is not available at receiving command.
a. Attach report if partial compliance with request is made by receiving
command. Indicate in report what action has been taken by receiving command
and which portion of request requires action by command to which request is
forwarded.
4. Obtain photocopies of all Department forms or records requested that are
available at receiving command.
a. If records requested are of a type only available to a particular member
of the service, such as ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145) entries or scrap paper
notes, the member of the service receiving request will ensure that request is
forwarded to appropriate member. The member who has possession of the
requested material will comply with this procedure.
5. Forward photocopies of records requested to assistant district attorney or
assistant corporation counsel without delay.
NOTE: In cases where a summary arrest has been effected, the
arresting/assigned officer will make all reasonable efforts to secure
photocopies of all Department forms and reports prepared, and all personal
notes or scrap-paper notes and will make such copies available to the
assistant district attorney or assistant corporation counsel concerned at the
complaint room. For arrests processed through Queens or Brooklyn C.A.P.S.
Program, or in cases where a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD 260-121) has been
issued, the arresting/assigned officer will include such photocopies in the
arrest package forwarded to court.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Subpoenas For Police Department Records And Testimony By Members Of
The Service (P.G. 211-15)
Subpoena Fees And Accounting Procedures (P.G. 212-79)

Processing Subpoenas Issued By Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)
Processing Legal Bureau Requests For Department Records Including Requests
Under The Freedom Of Information Law (P.G. 211-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD 260-121)

P.G. 211-19 New York City Transit Law Torts "Quick Response" Unit
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for a cooperative transfer of information from members
of the service (uniformed/civilian) to members of the New York City (NYC)
Transit Law Torts Division "Quick Response" Unit at a precinct/district or at
the scene of certain incidents.
SCOPE
To make members of the service aware that the Torts Division of the New York
City Transit Law Department maintains a "Quick Response" investigatory unit.
The mission of the "Quick Response" unit is to respond to selected incidents
which may present significant exposure of the NYC Transit to a civil law suit.
These are incidents which involve multiple injuries, serious injuries, death,
or that may be the subject of significant media exposure that require quick
and comprehensive fact finding. On occasion, uniformed members of the service
will be requested to furnish information or copies of Department reports
relative to these incidents, to members of the "Quick Response" investigatory
unit at the scene of an incident or at a precinct/district.
DEFINITIONS
RESTRICTED MATERIAL - Documents or information that are the subject of a
criminal investigation, internal disciplinary matter, or are otherwise
prohibited by current orders or law may not be disclosed.
PROCEDURE
When information is requested by a member of the NYC Transit Law Torts
Division "Quick Response" Unit:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request identification and verify the identity of the individual.
NOTE: Investigators working for the Torts Division must possess and display
a NYC Transit employee pass and a separate law department investigator
identification card. This I.D. card is blue and displays the employees
photograph on the reverse side. Further verification of the investigators
identity may be obtained by calling the Law Department Management Personnel at
the following telephone numbers: (718) 694-3835, 3842 or 3860.
2. Refer or direct investigator to the precinct/district of occurrence, after
the identity of the investigator has been verified.
PRECINCT/DISTRICT DESK OFFICER
3. Make a Command Log entry indicating the identity of the investigator.
a. Indicate what photostatic copies or information was given to the
investigator.

4. Provide the investigator with copies of any of the following reports
provided their contents are not in conflict with the definition of RESTRICTED
MATERIAL:
a. AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
b. FIELD INVESTIGATION WORKSHEET (TP-67)
c. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
d. MISSING-UNIDENTIFIED REPORT (PD336-151)
e. COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
f. UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
g. EMERGENCY SERVICE REPORT (PD304-151).
NOTE: For further reports or documents prepared in the normal course of an
incident investigation see P.G. 211-18, "Processing Request For Police
Department Documents Received from Assistant Corporation Counsels And
Assistant District Attorneys."
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Refer investigator seeking to interview the involved uniformed member of
the service to a supervisor for approval, prior to interview.
NOTE: Interviews of uniformed members of the service are permissible upon
approval of a supervisor provided that all Department provisions relative to
the interview of uniformed members of the service are adhered to, and police
operations are not interrupted.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
6. Verify the identity of the investigator and record in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).
a. Obtain the scope of the questions to be asked of the member of the
service and ensure they do not violate Department provisions or the definition
of RESTRICTED MATERIAL.
TRANSIT BUREAU COMMUNICATIONS UNIT OPERATIONS DESK OFFICER
7. Notify NYC Transit Law Department personnel of non-crime incidents
resulting in serious injuries to members of the public, as soon as possible
after the serious injury occurs. Notifications will be made in the following
incidents:
a. Death
b. Amputation or crushed limb
c. Fractured skull
d. Severe bleeding
e. Unconsciousness

f. Admitted to hospital in critical condition
g. Four or more persons injured
h. Exposure to toxic substances
i. Injury with media involvement.
NOTE: During non-business hours photocopies of reports prepared in
accordance with steps 4 and 7 above, will be maintained by the Operations Unit
for notification to the New York City Transit Legal Department the following
morning.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Notifications will be made to NYC Transit Law Department personnel, Monday
through Friday (0600 - 2200 hours) and Saturday/Sunday (0800 - 2200 hours) as
follows:
Manhattan

(718) 694-3845

Brooklyn

(718) 694-3838
(718) 694-3837

Bronx/Queens/S.I.

(718) 694-3844

RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Requests For Police Department Documents Received From Assistant
Corporation Counsels and Assistant District Attorneys (P.G. 211-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
FIELD INVESTIGATION WORKSHEET (TP-67)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
MISSING-UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
DUTY COMMANDERS REPORT
SPECIAL REPORT (TP-68C)
EMERGENCY SERVICE REPORT (PD304-151)

P.G. 211-20 Conferral With Department Attorney
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide members of the service (uniformed and civilian) with formal legal
advice in situations arising from the performance of duty.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service (uniformed or civilian), requires formal legal
advice, in the performance of duty, he will:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Present facts to the supervisory officer.
SUPERVISORY MEMBER
2. Determine whether conferral with a Department attorney is necessary and
advise member accordingly.
3. Direct member to contact Department attorney, when deemed necessary,
between 0700 and 2300 hours, Monday through Friday, in person or by telephone
(212) 374-5400.
a. Contact commanding officer/duty captain for guidance and assistance in
urgent cases during other than the above hours.
NOTE: When absolutely necessary, a captain or above may contact the Deputy
Commissioner, Legal Matters or the Commanding Officer, Legal Bureau, through
the Operations Unit during other than the aforementioned hours.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Confer with Department attorney.
5. Report results of conferral with Department attorney to supervisory
officer.
SUPERVISORY MEMBER
6. Have Command Log entry made to indicate conferral, including:
a. Date and Time
b. Name rank and command of member requesting opinion
c. Name, rank and command of captain or above, if request made outside
regularly specified hours
d. Attorney's name and civil service title
e. Details of legal question

f. Details of legal opinion
g. Actions taken as a result of conferral.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
7. Comply with directions received from Department attorney.
ADDITIONAL DATA
After conferral with a Department attorney, if a member seeks or receives
contrary advice from a supervisor or assistant district attorney, the member
MUST inform the individual providing the contrary advice of such prior
conferral. If a suggestion is then made to disregard or modify the advice of
the Department attorney, the member or the supervisor concerned MUST notify
the Department attorney of the circumstances, and MUST FOLLOW THE DEPARTMENT
ATTORNEY'S ADVICE. Members of the service (uniformed and civilian) should be
aware that in disregarding legal advice offered by Department attorneys, they
may be subject to disciplinary action and civil liability. If a written
request for legal opinions is required, prepare request on Typed Letterhead,
signed by the commanding officer and forward through channels to the Legal
Bureau.
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 211-21 Obtaining Assistance Of Corporation Counsel
Date Effective: 03-13-14
PURPOSE
To ensure that legal representation is provided to a member of the service
(uniformed or civilian) who is served with a summons and complaint or who
otherwise becomes aware that he/she is a defendant in a civil lawsuit arising
from an alleged act or omission that occurred in the performance of duty.
Timeliness is essential to prepare a response. Failure to complete and forward
REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE (PD411-160) in a timely manner may result in a
default judgment being entered against the member named as a defendant.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service is served with a summons and complaint or
otherwise becomes aware that he/she is a defendant in a civil lawsuit:
WHEN SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT IS PERSONALLY SERVED UPON A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
AT THEIR COMMAND
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR AT COMMAND
1. Accept service of summons and complaint for member assigned to the command.
NOTE: Any summons and complaint served at a satellite location of an
overhead command, will be accepted by that satellite command and processed as
per this procedure. This includes, but is not limited to, a precinct detective
squad, any Medical Division command, Warrant Division command or any other
satellite location in which there are no police officer safety concerns. If
there are any police officer safety concerns (i.e., narcotics, vice
enforcement or other command with undercover officers assigned), refer the
server and the summons and complaint to the overhead command.
2. Make Command Log entry including date and time of service at command.
3. Notify member concerned immediately.
4. Deliver papers to member.
a. Give papers to commanding officer, without delay, if member is
unavailable (e.g., sick leave, vacation, etc.).
NOTE: If commanding officer is unavailable, give papers to executive
officer. The executive officer will assume responsibility for completing the
steps designated for the commanding officer.
5. Make Command Log entry including date and time member actually received
summons and complaint.
NOTE: A summons and complaint WILL NOT be accepted from a process server for
a member who is no longer assigned to the command on the date to service. The
process server will be directed to the member's new command.
WHEN SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT IS SERVED BY MAIL UPON A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE AT

THEIR COMMAND
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
6. Attach mailing envelope to the summons and complaint.
7. Make Command Log entry indicating receipt via US Mail or other carrier.
a. Include date and time of service at command.
8. Notify member concerned immediately.
9. Deliver papers to member.
a. Give papers to commanding officer without delay if member is unavailable
(e.g., sick leave, vacation, etc.).
NOTE: If commanding officer is unavailable, give papers to executive
officer. The executive officer will assume responsibility for completing the
steps designated for the commanding officer.
10. Make Command Log entry including date and time member actually received
summons and complaint.
11. Mail summons and complaint back to sender if member is no longer assigned
to command or has retired.
a. Forward a letter on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) to sender indicating
member's present command or retired status (see APPENDIX "A").
NOTE: Service may be made in certain circumstances by sending two copies of
the summons and complaint along with an "Acknowledgement of Service" or
"Waiver of Service" by mail to the member's command. The operations
coordinator will ensure to attach the mailing envelope to the summons and
complaint. An "Acknowledgement of Service" or a "Waiver of Service" is a
request by the plaintiff to avoid the cost of personal service. If the member
wishes to waive personal service by signing the "Acknowledgement of Service"
or "Waiver of Service," a process server will not be sent to the member's home
or command. If the member does not agree to waive personal service, certain
costs (e.g., plaintiff's cost to have summons served, etc.) may be assessed
against the member at a later date. If the member decided to sign the
"Acknowledgement of Service" or "Waiver of Service," a copy will be sent to
the Legal Bureau with the envelope, summons and complaint, and REQUEST FOR
LEGAL ASSISTANCE (PD411-160). Should the member of the service need further
guidance, the Legal Bureau, Civil Section should be contacted.
MEMBER CONCERNED
12. Prepare "Part A" of REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE(PD411-160).
13. Retain "PINK" copy and a copy of the summons and complaint for personal
records.
14. Deliver "BLUE" and "WHITE" copies of REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE with
original summons and complaint (if served), and envelope (if served by mail),
to current commanding officer immediately.
MEMBER'S CURRENT COMMANDING OFFICER

15. Prepare "Part B" of REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE.
a. Contact Internal Affairs Bureau's Records Unit to determine if an
investigation was conducted regarding the incident and provide name and tax
registry number of the individual contacted
b. Contact Department Advocate's Office to determine if there are charges
and specifications regarding the incident and provide name and tax registry
number of the individual contacted
c. Determine whether recommendation should be made to have Corporation
Counsel represent the member based on information available.
16. Distribute as follows:
a. "WHITE" copy of REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE form, with original summons
and complaint (if served) and envelope (if served by mail), immediately and
without delay, DIRECT to: Legal Bureau, Room 1406, One Police Plaza, Monday
through Friday, 0900 to 1700 hours
b. "BLUE" copy of REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE form, with duplicated copies
of summons and complaint (if served) will be FILED at command.
c. Copy of the fully executed REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE to the member
concerned.
COMMANDING OFFICER, LEGAL BUREAU
17. Review all documents received in connection with request for legal
assistance and forward completed REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE to Corporation
Counsel.
18. Contact the Corporation Counsel on a quarterly basis to determine the
names of all members of the service and the names of any cases for which
REQUESTS FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE have been declined by the Corporation Counsel
during the preceding ninety day period.
MEMBER CONCERNED
19. Contact the Legal Bureau ten business days after commanding officer has
forwarded REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE to ensure it has been received.
a. Notify commanding officer if REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE has not been
received by the Legal Bureau.
20. Contact private counsel and/or union to obtain legal representation, when
Corporation Counsel has declined representation in the legal case.
NOTE: All sections of the REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE must be completed in
full. Failure to complete the form will result in it being returned to the
command and will delay a representation determination by the Corporation
Counsel. Members of the service may contact the Legal Bureau, Civil Section
with any questions.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When serving process upon active members of the service, a process server will

respond to the command when the individual is assigned or the parent command
if the command where the individual is assigned is confidential. Service at
the command need not be made directly on the member named as a defendant.
A member of the service who is served with a summons and complaint or who
otherwise becomes aware that he/she is a defendant in a civil lawsuit arising
from an alleged act or omission that occurred in the performance of duty will
be defended by the Corporation Counsel and the City will pay any resulting
judgment, if it is determined in accordance with the General Municipal Law
(Section 50-k) that at the time of occurrence, the member of the service was
acting in the proper discharge of duty. Notice of representation by the
Corporation Counsel will be forwarded to the member concerned by the
Corporation Counsel. The member concerned must cooperate and assist the
Corporation Counsel in defending the action. Failure to cooperate with the
Corporation Counsel may result in withdrawal of representation.
A "Notice of Claim" is required before commencement of a tort action against
the City of New York. However, service of a "Notice of Claim" on the Police
Department is considered IMPROPER service and may provide the basis for
dismissal of a complaint. A "Notice of Claim" should NOT be accepted by any
member of the Department and the process server should instead be directed to
the Office of the Comptroller. Any "Notice if Claim" mailed to the Department
should be returned to sender.
A REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE should NOT be prepared for a subpoena. If a
subpoena is received, members of the service will comply with P.G. 211-15,
"Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony by
Members of the Service" or P.G. 211-16, "Subpoenas Issued by Courts Outside
New York City."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony by
Members of the Service (P.G. 211-15)
Subpoenas Issued by Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)
FORMS AND REPORTS
REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE (PD 411-160)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
APPENDIX "A"
(SAMPLE LETTER)
(Command Communication Log Serial Number) ______________
Date ______________
Name of Plaintiff
Address of Plaintiff
Re: CASE NAME
Dear ___________:
The attached papers are being returned to you. This office is not authorized
to accept service on behalf of (name of member of the service). As such, the
attempted service is not effective. Members of the New York City Police
Department must be served at their current command of assignment. The command

to which an employee of the New York City Police Department is assigned to may
be ascertained by calling the Verification Unit at (646) 610-5529.
Sincerely,
Name
Rank

Command Operations

P.G. 212-01 Roll Call Formations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inspect, instruct and conduct roll call of uniformed members of the
service.
PROCEDURE
Five minutes after the start of tour of duty:
PATROL SUPERVISOR
1. Assemble platoon in ranks in sitting or muster room.
NOTE: Either muster or sitting room may be utilized at discretion of
commanding officer.
2. Make assignments.
3. Inspect the platoon.
a. Allow uniformed members concerned to reasonably demonstrate that a
protective vest is being worn.
b. List members deficient in uniform, equipment or personal appearance.
c. Reprimand and instruct deficient members privately.
d. Follow up to determine if corrections have been made; take disciplinary
action if necessary.
NOTE: Upon notification that a protective vest inspection will be conducted
by the patrol supervisor, it is incumbent on the uniformed member concerned to
take appropriate actions to demonstrate that a protective vest is being worn.
Such actions may include, but are not limited to:
a. Raising, removing, unbuttoning top garment so as to expose the protective
vest, to visual inspection, OR
b. Patting on the front and rear of the protective vest so as to produce a
sound, OR
c. Any other manner which will indicate to the patrol supervisor that the
protective vest is being worn.
Uniformed members of the service are reminded that only authorized/approved
protective vests will be worn.
4. Report personally to desk/ranking officer, members absent and reason, if
known.
5. March the platoon, when directed, into muster/sitting room.

6. Face platoon toward desk/ranking officer conducting roll call and dress up
platoon.
7. Take position at front-center of platoon.
DESK OFFICER
8. Direct, "Report (1st, etc.) platoon."
PATROL SUPERVISOR
9. Salute desk/ranking officer.
10. Report, "Platoon inspected."
11. Command, "Parade rest."
DESK OFFICER
12. Conduct roll call.
13. Issue necessary instructions.
14. Command, "Post your platoon."
PATROL SUPERVISOR
15. Assume position of attention.
16. Command, "Platoon attention."
17. Face platoon in direction to be marched.
18. Instruct platoon not to congregate in groups around the stationhouse.
19. Direct members of platoon to leave stationhouse for post or assignments at
selected intervals.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Sergeants, police officers and detectives required to report in uniform to a
location within the geographic boundaries of the precinct to which assigned at
the beginning of their tour, shall be given sufficient travel time within the
tour.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Uniforms (P.G. 204-03)
Inspection of Uniforms (A.G. 305-06)

P.G. 212-02 Meal Period
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide for meal periods, obtain authorization for out of command meal,
obtain approval from competent authority for meal period and report meal
location to radio dispatcher.
PROCEDURE
When commencing meal period:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Take meal in either a police facility, bonafide restaurant or Department
vehicle.
2. Notify radio dispatcher at beginning of meal, of location where meal is to
be taken.
a. If meal is to be taken in a Department facility, notify the desk
officer.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service shall commence and end their meal
period on assigned post. Travel time to and from a meal location is not
authorized.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED TO FOOT / TRAIN PATROL
3. Obtain meal on assigned post, if possible, and in a place maintained for
eating purposes.
4. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry prior to leaving post including meal
location address, and again upon returning to post.
5. Inform radio dispatcher upon return to post and make ACTIVITY LOG entry.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED TO RMP
6. Notify radio dispatcher, by appropriate code signal, prior to commencing
assigned meal period and upon return to patrol and provide:
a. Address when meal taken in restaurant
b. Nearest intersection when meal taken in Radio Motor Patrol (RMP)
c. "Stationhouse" when meal taken in command facility.
7. Remain in area designated by commanding officer, if meal is taken within
command facility.
a. Be available for assignment by desk officer.
8. Acknowledge calls directed to unit and:

a. Remain within assigned sector, when practical
b. Do not park more than one Department vehicle in the same place at the
same time
c. Comply with any request for police service and make ACTIVITY LOG entry.
9. Notify desk officer when deprived of scheduled meal due to police service.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service assigned to the Transit Bureau or
Special Operations Division, while assigned to duty in RMP, may take a meal
period within their geographic area of assignment. Uniformed members of the
service assigned to the Housing Bureau, may take a meal period in a bonafide
restaurant, Department vehicle or police facility within the boundaries of the
precinct in which the member is assigned to for that tour. Housing Bureau
members may also take meal at a Police Service Area facility as determined by
the Chief of Housing. All uniformed members of the service assigned to duty in
RMP will adhere to steps 6 a through c, when requesting meal.
DESK OFFICER
10. Take meal, when appropriate, providing another supervisor is assigned to
cover desk officer responsibilities and is able to provide continuous police
service within the command.
11. Make accommodations, if possible, so that members are not deprived of
meal, if their originally scheduled meal is delayed due to police services
rendered.
a. Assign a police officer for relief of RMP operator or recorder, when
necessary.
b. Assign a police officer to provide meal relief for member
fixed post, if available.

assigned to

ASSIGNED MEAL RELIEF OFFICER
12. Remain in view on post at time of relief when assigned to relieve radio
motor patrol unit for meal.
a. Assume all duties of recorder during relief period.
RMP OPERATOR
13. Transport relieved member directly to meal location.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ON MEAL
14. Notify desk officer if radio motor patrol fails to return within fifteen
minutes after end of meal period.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
15. Notify radio dispatcher, via landline, from meal location when commencing
meal period.
a. Make ACTIVITY LOG entry at beginning of meal (include address of

meal

location) and upon conclusion of meal period.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE PERFORMING DUTY IN CIVILIAN CLOTHES
16. Request permission from immediate supervisor prior to taking meal.
17. Notify immediate supervisor of intended meal location.
a. If immediate supervisor is unavailable, notify bureau/borough
desk/Field Operations Desk (FOD) of intended meal location.

operations

18. Document name of supervisor notified and meal location in appropriate
Department record (ACTIVITY LOG, INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT
(PD439-156), movement log, etc.).
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members on meal period are still on duty and therefore will remain alert and
not engage in any activity ordinarily prohibited.
The commanding officer of a precinct may designate a portion of an adjoining
precinct where members may obtain meals during the hours a suitable eating
facility is not available within the precinct of assignment. Such designation
shall be forwarded on Typed Letterhead to the appropriate borough commander.
Whenever any uniformed member of the service, regardless of assignment, is
authorized to leave the command or assignment to obtain a meal in another
precinct, such member will, in addition to other requirements:
a. Request and obtain permission from immediate supervisor to leave the
command and advise that supervisor of the intended meal location
b. If such member is unable to notify their immediate supervisor, the member
is then required to notify their individual bureau/borough operations desk/FOD
of their meal location. This notification will also include their scheduled
tour of duty and the expiration of their tour
c. Enter in appropriate Department record (e.g., ACTIVITY LOG or
INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT, movement log, etc.) the name of the
supervisor notified and the location where the meal was taken.
All on-duty members of the service, whether in uniform or civilian clothes,
are strictly prohibited from consuming intoxicants in any amount. This
includes members during their meal period. However, members assigned to duty
in civilian clothes may be granted permission by the bureau chief/counterpart
concerned based upon the nature of the member's assignment.
Police officers that are normally scheduled to work an eight or nine hour tour
of duty may be scheduled for a one hour meal period. Police officers normally
assigned to work a twelve hour tour of duty will be scheduled two,
non-consecutive, forty-five minute meal periods.
Members are not to be assigned meal periods during the first or last hour and
one-half (11/2) of their tour, except in emergency situations.
A member must be scheduled for eight consecutive hours of duty to be eligible
for a meal period. If a police officer is scheduled for a full tour of duty
and requests an excusal from duty of three hours or less, that police officer

will be eligible for a meal period provided that the police officer requests
that partial excusal prior to the start of the scheduled tour of duty.
While on extended tour overtime for an arrest or other police necessity, a
meal period may be granted by a supervisor to a uniformed member of the
service only if their assigned meal period was denied during their regularly
scheduled tour. However, such meal period may not be granted if the meal
period interferes with arrest processing or the needs of the service. Under no
circumstances will a rescheduled meal period on extended tour overtime be
assigned during the last hour of overtime. Once the event that necessitated
the extended tour overtime ends, a member who has not yet taken a meal period
is precluded from taking any meal thereafter. Absent exigent circumstances
during extended tour overtime, uniformed members of the service who had taken
their assigned meal period during their regularly scheduled tour may be
granted a break or break periods commensurate with the expected duration of
overtime.
Uniformed members of the service in the rank of police officer, assigned to
outside details (e.g., parades, events, etc.), should be granted a one hour
meal period absent exigent circumstances. Police officers assigned to outside
details who are denied a one hour meal period are entitled to a credit of one
hour compensatory time at straight time. However, this credit is not available
to police officers whose meal was denied due to exigent circumstances.
Commanding officers of outside details are responsible to ensure that police
officers are assigned and granted one hour meal periods absent exigent
circumstances. Detail supervisors shall assign meal periods prior to posting
the detail. If exigent circumstances prevent the granting of meal periods,
commanding officers of outside details are responsible to submit a written
communication to the Office of Labor Relations detailing the actual exigent
circumstances. The Police Commissioner will then make a final determination if
exigent circumstances did exist.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)
INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-03 Expiration Of Tour
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To account for members at the completion of their tour of duty.
PROCEDURE
Upon completing a tour of duty:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ON FOOT PATROL
1. Leave post and proceed directly to stationhouse.
2. Contact the desk officer one hour prior to the end of tour when on
assignment requiring relief, and request instructions.
3. Comply with instructions of commanding officer when assigned to a special
post.
4. Complete, sign, and submit reports as required.
5. Return portable radio and sign checkout record as specified by commanding
officer.
R.M.P. CREW
6. Complete current assignment if any.
a. Comply with desk officer's instructions if assignment can be transferred
to another unit.
7. Proceed to stationhouse and park in RMP relief area as designated by
commanding officer.
8. Remain with RMP until relieved.
R.M.P. OPERATOR
9. Inform relieving operator of any incomplete assignment or any defect or
condition relating to the auto.
10. Secure auto and deliver keys to desk officer if RMP car is not being used
on the next tour.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
11. Sign return roll call in uniform.
12. Notify desk officer if unable to report to the stationhouse at the end of
the tour.
DESK OFFICER

13. Check return roll call to account for all members from previous tour and
sign as required.
14. Conduct immediate investigation if member failed to sign return roll call.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service who are normally assigned to the Fourth
Platoon (1800 X 0200 hours) that are subpoenaed, directed by the Appearance
Control Unit or notified by other competent authority, to attend any court,
official agency hearing or training session the following day (Second
Platoon), will be notified in advance and reassigned to perform duty with the
Third Platoon (1600 X 2400 hours).
Those uniformed members of the service who are not notified in advance or who
are already performing duty with the Fourth Platoon at the time they receive a
notification to attend any court, official agency or training session the
following day on the Second platoon, will be excused from duty, under normal
circumstances, at 2400 hours.
If the member concerned effects an arrest and the related paperwork is not
completed by 2400 hours or the member concerned is in the process of
performing a police function beyond 2400 hours, that member is not entitled to
be dismissed until all of the police related functions are complete.
If the uniformed member of the service continues to work beyond 0200 hours,
the officer will be entitled to receive appropriate overtime compensation in
the normal manner. (The officer is not entitled to receive any overtime
compensation for the time period 2400 to 0200 hours.)
Desk officer/counterpart will make appropriate notations of those uniformed
members of the service who are dismissed at 2400 hours in the Command Log,
roll call or sign out sheet.

P.G. 212-04 Crime Scene
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safeguard evidence and detain witnesses for further investigation.
DEFINITIONS
"POLICE LINE DO NOT CROSS" BARRIER TAPE - a white non-adhesive plastic tape
imprinted with blue lettering stating "POLICE LINE DO NOT CROSS." To be
utilized in order to establish and/or create a secure area for police related
operations. It can be used to close streets, secure buildings, secure transit
facilities, close areas to the public, etc.
"CRIME SCENE DO NOT CROSS" BARRIER TAPE - a yellow non-adhesive plastic tape
imprinted with black lettering stating "CRIME SCENE DO NOT CROSS." To be
utilized for a specific area (e.g., possibly within areas already secured by
"POLICE LINE DO NOT CROSS" barrier tape, etc.) that MUST BE SAFEGUARDED
because it has been deemed a crime scene and the objects within it contain
possible investigative and forensic value.
PROCEDURE
Upon responding to a crime which may require safeguarding of the scene to
preserve evidence:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request response, through Communications Section, of:
a. Patrol supervisor
b. Detective squad/detective specialty squad concerned or other personnel,
as required.
2. Remove unauthorized persons from the area and secure the crime scene.
a. Do not disturb evidence found at scene.
b. When uncertainty exists as to the extent of the crime scene, initially
secure the larger area for investigation.
3. Utilize barrier tape(s), as appropriate.
4. Detain witnesses and persons with information pertinent to the crime.
5. Record in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145):
a. Observations
b. Identity of suspects/witnesses with addresses and telephone numbers and
any relevant statements made whether casually or as a formal statement.
6. Advise patrol supervisor and detective squad/detective specialty squad

personnel of:
a. Identity of witnesses detained
b. Other information regarding the case.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
7. Assess crime scene.
8. Determine if services of Crime Scene Unit are required.
NOTE: Crime Scene Unit will be requested for the following:
a. Homicide
b. Forcible rape
c. Robbery or hijacking with injury caused by firearm
d. Aggravated assault with dangerous instrument and victim likely to die
e. Burglaries involving forced safes or circumvented alarms
f. Any other crime in which the services of the Crime Scene Unit would be
needed to assist in the investigation.
If the patrol supervisor cannot respond to the scene, detective squad
member/detective investigator on scene may request response of Crime Scene
Unit and make other required notifications.
9. Request Crime Scene Unit direct by telephone; if landline unavailable,
request through Communications Section dispatcher and include following
information in request:
a. Exact location, address, cross streets, specific corner, floor, apartment
number, etc.
b. Time and date of occurrence
c. Type of crime committed; weapons used
d. Number of victims involved
e. Hospital treating persons removed from scene.
10. Notify desk officer of details and request additional assistance, if
required.
11. Have "Crime Scene" signs posted.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In a homicide or other serious case, the ranking member of the Detective
Bureau present will be in charge of the investigation. However, if the case is
part of a large-scale incident, the Patrol Services Bureau supervisor will
coordinate all police operations at the scene and the highest-ranking
Detective Bureau member will be in charge of the investigation.

Only authorized personnel, who are properly trained and equipped, are actively
involved in the investigation of the incident, and whose presence is
absolutely required, will be permitted to enter the crime scene perimeter,
absent extraordinary circumstances and/or circumstances involving the life or
safety of incident personnel and/or public. The Incident Commander will ensure
access into the crime scene perimeter is scrupulously controlled, restricted
and limited.
Members of the service are reminded that deployment of the "CRIME SCENE DO NOT
CROSS" barrier tape for any reason, other than to secure a crime scene, is
strictly prohibited.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Crime Scene Investigations Affecting New York City Subway Service (P.G.
212-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 212-05 Crime Scene Investigations Affecting New York City
Transit Train Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide procedures for deciding whether a train involved in a serious crime
or incident may be moved to another location pending a thorough crime scene
investigation.
SCOPE
The Department has a dual responsibility, when a serious crime or incident
occurs which may affect train service, to thoroughly investigate the matter as
well as expeditiously permit the resumption of normal service.
There are instances in which prematurely moving a train involved in a serious
crime or incident would adversely affect the quality of the crime scene
investigation, e.g., continuity of blood stain patterns between the train and
the platform, shots fired into or from a train, photographs which tend to
corroborate or disprove witnesses' statements, ejected cartridge cases that
can roll considerable distances on a train which has been moved, etc. However,
these cases are rare and trains may be moved, in most cases, to another
location where a more extensive crime scene investigation may be conducted.
Every effort should be made to quickly ascertain whether a train involved in a
serious crime or incident may be moved without jeopardizing physical evidence
admissibility.
DEFINITION
A SERIOUS CRIME or INCIDENT includes, but is not limited to the following:
a. Homicide
b. Felonious assault in which the victim is considered likely to die
c. Police officer shot or seriously injured
d. Firearms discharge by a police officer which results in injury
"POLICE LINE DO NOT CROSS" BARRIER TAPE - a white non-adhesive plastic tape
imprinted with blue lettering stating "POLICE LINE DO NOT CROSS." To be
utilized in order to establish and/or create a secure area for police related
operations. It can be used to close streets, secure buildings, secure transit
facilities, close areas to the public, etc.
"CRIME SCENE DO NOT CROSS" BARRIER TAPE - a yellow non-adhesive plastic tape
imprinted with black lettering stating "CRIME SCENE DO NOT CROSS." To be
utilized for a specific area (e.g., possibly within areas already secured by
"POLICE LINE DONOT CROSS" barrier tape, etc.) that MUST BE SAFEGUARDED because
it has been deemed a crime scene and the objects within it contain possible
investigative and forensic value.
PROCEDURE

When a serious crime or incident occurs on the transit system:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Detain train involved for further investigation and be guided by
instructions of a supervisor.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
2. Immediately respond to location and determine whether or not train service
may be seriously affected.
a. Ascertain whether the crime scene will adversely be affected by movement
of the train to another location, if train service is seriously affected,
especially during rush hours or other such conditions.
3. Confer with the ranking Detective Bureau personnel on the scene and direct
the train be moved to another accessible location, if physical evidence will
not be jeopardized.
4. Be aware of the exact location where the train is being taken.
a. Assign a uniformed member of the service to the train to protect the
crime scene.
5. Utilize barrier tape(s), as appropriate.
6. Expedite the crime scene investigation if the train cannot be moved.
a. Provide for prompt resumption of service upon completion of
investigation.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Only authorized personnel, who are properly trained and equipped, are actively
involved in the investigation of the incident, and whose presence is
absolutely required, will be permitted to enter the crime scene perimeter,
absent extraordinary circumstances and/or circumstances involving the life or
safety of incident personnel and /or the public. The Incident Commander will
ensure access into the crime scene perimeter is scrupulously controlled,
restricted and limited.
Members of the service are reminded that deployment of the "CRIME SCENE DO NOT
CROSS" barrier tape for any reason, other than to secure a crime scene, is
strictly prohibited.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Crime Scene (P.G. 212-04)

P.G. 212-06 Radio Motor Patrol Transport Reserve Surgeon
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide transportation for the reserve surgeon when his/her services are
required within the city.
PROCEDURE
When a reserve surgeon requires transportation to render services within the
city:
SICK DESK SUPERVISOR
1. Request that Communications Section dispatch a radio motor patrol car to
transport the surgeon.
COMMUNICATIONS SECTION
2. Contact Highway District.
3. Make arrangements for a radio motor patrol car to meet surgeon.
4. Notify desk officer of the RMP's command of the assignment.
DESK OFFICER
4. Reassign recorder.
R.M.P. OPERATOR
5. Transport surgeon to location and back to home, office, or precinct
stationhouse/police service area/transit district, as directed.
6. Notify Communications Section and desk officer upon completion of
assignment.
DESK OFFICER
7. Reassign recorder to RMP.
NOTE: When the Reserve Surgeon is located outside the city, he/she will
proceed to the 50th or 105th Precinct stationhouse, as appropriate, where a
RMP will meet him/her.

P.G. 212-07 Transporting Non-members Of The Service In Radio
Motor Patrol Cars
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record instances when non-members of the service are transported in police
vehicles.
DEFINITION
NON-MEMBERS - Persons not members of the service including prisoners,
complainants, witnesses, abandoned children, lost persons and mentally ill
persons, and others as necessary.
PROCEDURE
When it is necessary to transport a non-member in a radio motor patrol car:
R.M.P. RECORDER
1. Obtain permission from the patrol supervisor or desk officer, if possible.
2. Notify the radio dispatcher at the start and conclusion of the trip.
3. Search passenger area of vehicle for contraband, weapons or other property
immediately upon conclusion of trip.
4. Enter in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145):
a. Time trip starts
b. Identity of persons transported
c. Place of beginning and end of trip
d. Purpose of trip
e. Time trip ends
f. Results of vehicle inspection.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 212-08 Activity Logs
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To accurately record activities of uniformed members of the service and aid in
the evaluation of such members.
SCOPE
ACTIVITY LOGS (PD112-145) are prepared by all uniformed members of the service
below the rank of captain, except members performing permanent administrative
or clerical duties or members required to prepare INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY
ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156). However, when any uniformed member below the rank
of captain is assigned to a detail, e.g., parade, election duty, etc., the
member concerned will maintain and make required entries in an ACTIVITY LOG.
PROCEDURE
Upon reporting for a tour of duty:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE 1. Record in ACTIVITY LOG:
a. Required information from roll call, before start of tour, including:
(1) Day, date and tour
[I.O. 50 s 11] (2) Assignment (post, sector, RMP number, etc.)/Two primary
conditions to be addressed with in assigned sector/post, if applicable NOTE:
Upon receiving assignment for the tour, uniformed members of the service, in
consultation with the patrol supervisor, will utilize the current COMMAND
CONDITIONS REPORT in identifying the two primary conditions to be addressed
within their assigned sector/post.
(3) Meal time
(4) Name of operator/recorder, when applicable
(5) School crossing or church crossing, if applicable.
b. Result of vehicle inspection when assigned as RMP operator:
(1) Condition of vehicle
(2) Odometer reading
(3) Amount of gas in vehicle.
c. Chronologically:
(1) Assignments received - Indicate time received, type of assignment,
location, origin, code signal, disposition and time completed and/or given to
dispatcher. If summons, enter summons number.
(2) Tasks performed

(3) Absences from post/sector or place of assignment
(4) Rank and surname of supervisor(s) responding to assignment
(5) Information pertinent to an assignment or observed/ suspected
violation of law, i.e., action taken, narrative disposition, forms prepared
with identifying serial number, etc., to include the name, rank, shield number
and command of off-duty uniformed member(s) of the service involved in any
off-duty incident
(6) Other entries required by Department directives
(7) Completion of tour, odometer reading, signature and shield number, if
any.
[I.O. 63 s 09] NOTE: Both the RMP operator and RMP recorder are required to
make the above specified chronological entries.
2. Make entries in black ink, beginning on first line at top of page and
continuing thereafter accounting for each scheduled tour:
a. Utilize blank side of each page for notes, diagrams, sketches, etc., when
necessary
b. Carry ACTIVITY LOG in regulation leather binder
c. Correct errors by drawing single line through incorrect entry and
initial; do not erase
d. Begin tour's entries on next open line, following previous tour closing
entry. Do not skip lines or pages.
e. Write or print legibly; abbreviations may be used
f. Do not remove pages for any reason or use ACTIVITY LOG as scrap or for
note pads, etc.
3. Submit ACTIVITY LOG to supervising officer for inspection and review upon
request.
4. Direct attention of supervisor to entry which may be a matter of concern,
i.e., unusual occurrence, absence from post, etc.
SUPERVISORY MEMBER
5. Indicate supervision and inspection of member's ACTIVITY LOG by inserting
on the next open line the date, time, rank, signature and comment, if any. a.
Comments relating to a particular member's activity will be made known to the
member's immediate supervisor.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Store active and completed ACTIVITY LOGS in locker, available for
inspection at all times.
ADDITIONAL DATA

Upon being permanently transferred, member will submit ACTIVITY LOG to a
supervisor in the previous command for signature after the last entry and
notation of member's "new" command in the "Distribution Record" under
"Remarks." Member will then submit the ACTIVITY LOG to a supervisor upon
arrival in the "new" command, for signature. The supervisor will then enter
required information in rear of command's "Distribution Record".
Upon completion of an ACTIVITY LOG, the member concerned will submit it to a
designated supervisor for review. After ascertaining that all required
information has been entered on the cover of the ACTIVITY LOG, the supervisor
will enter his/her signature on the last page and cover of the LOG, complete
required entries in "Distribution Record" and issue a new LOG to the member.
Member and supervisor will complete required captions on cover of new LOG.
Upon retirement of a member of the service, or other separation from the
Department, completed ACTIVITY LOGS should be maintained. ACTIVITY LOGS are
official accounts of police activities and are frequently needed for purposes
of criminal prosecution and civil litigation.
Active and former members are reminded that, as ACTIVITY LOGS contain
confidential information, no member or former member is permitted to disclose,
donate or sell, for personal financial gain or otherwise, any ACTIVITY LOG.
However, they should be provided to the Department upon request. Active and
former members are prohibited from disclosing such confidential information by
statute, including, but not limited to, New York City Charter Sections
2604(b)(4) and 2604(d)(5), respectively. Violation may be punishable by
financial penalties and may be considered a misdemeanor offense.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Activity Log Distribution Record (A.G. 322-31)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156)
[I.O. 50 s 11] COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT

P.G. 212-09 Unusual Occurrence Reports
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To promptly notify the Chief of Patrol of an unusual occurrence.
DEFINITION
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE - substantially more than an ordinary occurrence because of
its seriousness, peculiarities, sensationalism, vastness, differences,
newsworthiness, or potential to affect police-community relations involving
interracial/ethnic conflict or community unrest.
PROCEDURE
Whenever an unusual incident occurs, take immediate emergency action and:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify desk officer immediately.
2. Request patrol supervisor to respond.
DESK OFFICER
3. Notify Operations Unit and patrol borough command without waiting for
complete details.
4. Notify commanding officer/duty captain to respond.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
5. Conduct immediate investigation of occurrence.
6. Inform Operations Unit and desk officer of details of investigation.
NOTE: If occurrence is a bias motivated incident, comply with P.G. 207-10,
"Bias Motivated Incidents."
DESK OFFICER
7. Prepare preliminary report, on Typed Letterhead, or UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE
REPORT (PD370-152), addressed to the Chief of Patrol, and forward as indicated
in step 9 below even if investigation is incomplete.
a. Attach copy of "SPRINT" PRINTOUT, if documented, to the UNUSUAL
OCCURRENCE REPORT, prior to forwarding.
COMMANDING OFFICER
8. Report results of investigation on Typed Letterhead, addressed to Chief of
Patrol:
a. If preliminary report has been forwarded, prepare supplementary report

indicating results of investigation and attach a copy of the "SPRINT"
PRINTOUT, if documented, to supplementary report.
9. Forward reports via next department mail as follows:
a. Chief of Patrol, DIRECT (forward in UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT [ENVELOPE]
PD370-150).
b. Copy for each intermediate command.
c. Copy for commanding officer of uniformed member of service concerned, if
member not assigned to reporting command.
d. Copy to Chief of Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau if incident occurred in
Housing Authority development or in subway system.
e. Copy to Police Pension Fund if occurrence involves line of duty death or
serious injury and likely to die.
f. Copy to Deputy Commissioner-Community Affairs, if occurrence affects
police-community relations.
g. Copy to Deputy Commissioner - Strategic Initiatives, if occurrence
involves the death of a person while in police custody or death or serious
injury to a person in connection with a police activity or death or injury to
a person as a result of a police firearms discharge.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Whenever doubt exists concerning whether an incident is unusual, make required
notifications and prepare reports.
The main criterion in determining the preparation and forwarding of the report
is the Chief of Patrol's need to know.
When an unusual occurrence involves a prisoner, comply with "Prisoner Unusual Occurrences" procedure to satisfy reporting requirements.
The identity of sex crime victims will not be included in UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE
REPORTS but will be indicated by use of the term "person(s) known to this
department". In addition, SPRINT PRINTOUTS containing the identity of sex
crime victims will not be attached to UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORTS and ranking
officers preparing the report will include a statement that the printout is
not attached because it contains identifying data.
The shooting team leader/duty inspector investigating an incident involving a
uniformed member of the service discharging a firearm which results in death
or injury or member is involved in any other conduct which results in the
death of another shall temporarily assign such uniformed member of the service
to the patrol borough command of assignment for a minimum of three consecutive
scheduled tours (exclusive of sick time or regular days off). (If member
involved is assigned to other than a Patrol Services Bureau command, he may be
temporarily assigned to own bureau/counterpart command). The
borough/counterpart commander will review the assignment and forward a report
to the bureau chief concerned recommending continuance or discontinuance.
Uniformed members of the service involved in such incidents will not be
returned to their permanent commands without the prior approval of the Chief
of Department. Uniformed members of the service placed on temporary

assignment as outlined above continue to be subject to suspension or modified
assignment, if circumstances warrant.
The UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT form will NOT be used to report firearms
discharges by members of the service, labor coalition incidents, "Prisoners
Unusual Occurrence" (P.G. 210-07) "Unusual Occurrences Involving Prisoners"),
or any other unusual incident determined not appropriate by the investigating
precinct commander/duty captain.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Bias Motivated Incidents (P.G. 207-10)
Unusual Occurrences Involving Prisoners (P.G. 210-07)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-150)
SPRINT PRINTOUTS

P.G. 212-10 Interrupted Patrol Log
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To control the amount of time spent in a stationhouse, police service area or
transit district command by uniformed members of the service who are
performing duty with the platoon.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service, performing duty with the platoon,
enters the stationhouse, police service area or transit district command for
any reason during the tour:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Report to desk officer and inform him/her of reason for presence in
command.
DESK OFFICER
2. Make entries in Interrupted Patrol Log, in own handwriting, under following
captions:
TIME
IN

RANK

NAME

ASSIGNMENT

REASON

TIME
OUT

TOTAL
TIME

DESK
OFFICER

3. Maintain Log under direct control at all times.
4. Review Interrupted Patrol Log frequently during tour to determine if
presence in command is being expedited.
ADDITIONAL DATA
An Interrupted Patrol Log will be maintained by all commands/units whose
members perform patrol duties under the jurisdiction of the Patrol Services,
Housing and Transit Bureaus.
Commanding officers will frequently review the Interrupted Patrol Log to
determine if stops in the command are necessary and if they are being
expedited.

P.G. 212-11 Stop And Frisk
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To conduct criminal investigations and protect uniformed members of the
service from injury while conducting investigations involving stop and
question situations.
DEFINITIONS
STOP - To temporarily detain a person for questioning.
FRISK - A running of the hands over the clothing, feeling for a weapon.
SEARCH - To place hands inside pocket or other interior parts of clothing to
determine if object felt is a weapon.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service reasonably suspects a person has
committed, is committing or is about to commit a felony or a Penal Law
misdemeanor:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Stop person and request identification and explanation of conduct.
a. If not in uniform, identify yourself as a police officer.
2. Frisk, if you reasonably suspect you or others are in danger of physical
injury.
3. Search, if frisk reveals object which may be a weapon.
NOTE: Only that portion of the suspect's clothing where object was felt may
be searched.
4. Detain suspect while conducting investigation to determine whether there is
probable cause to make an arrest.
a. Suspect may be detained for a period of time reasonably related to the
facts, which initially justified the stop or are discovered during the stop.
b. Complete investigation as expeditiously as possible.
5. Release suspect immediately after completing the investigation if probable
cause to arrest does not exist and provide suspect with an explanation for the
stop, question and/or frisk encounter, absent exigent circumstances.
a. A WHAT IS A STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK ENCOUNTER? (PD344-111) tear off
information card, may be provided to the stopped individual.
6. Prepare STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A) for EACH
person stopped.

NOTE: If person stopped refuses to identify him/herself (and there is no
reason to take summary action) check off "REFUSED" in the appropriate space of
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET. Allow suspect to depart only after
completing investigation and only if investigation does not establish probable
cause to arrest the suspect. Request patrol supervisor to respond and confirm
refusal, review STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET, and action taken.
Do not detain suspect while awaiting arrival of patrol supervisor if
investigation is completed and no probable cause to arrest suspect.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
7. Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
8. Inform desk officer, precinct of occurrence, of facts.
9. Submit STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer, precinct
of occurrence.
DESK OFFICER
10. Review each STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET submitted and:
a. Instruct member preparing WORKSHEET, if necessary.
b. Enter precinct serial number and sign WORKSHEET(S).
NOTE: A separate precinct serial number will be assigned for EACH WORKSHEET.
11. Bring STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET(S) to the attention of the
commanding officer.
12. Photocopy STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET(S) and forward as
follows:
a. ORIGINAL - Criminal Records Section.
b. Photocopy - Precinct binder.
c. Photocopy - Detective Squad.
13. Make appropriate entries on STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK INDEX COVERSHEET
(PD344-152).
COMMANDING OFFICER
14. Maintain a STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK WORKSHEET binder at the desk for use
by other uniformed members of the service.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A suspect should not be moved or transported from the location where s/he is
stopped for questioning unless s/he voluntarily consents or there is an
exigency e.g., hostile crowd gathers and officer must move suspect from the
area for safety purposes, victim/witness is injured and cannot be brought to
location where suspect is being detained, so officer transports suspect to
injured party.

Some factors which contribute to "reasonable suspicion":
a. The demeanor of the suspect.
b. The gait and manner of the suspect.
c. Any knowledge the officer may have of the suspect's background and
character.
d. Whether the suspect is carrying anything and what he is carrying.
e. Manner of dress of suspect including bulges in clothing.
f. Time of day or night.
g. Any overheard conversation of the suspect.
h. The particular streets and areas involved.
i. Any information received from third parties.
j. Proximity to scene of crime.
Desk officers or designated supervisors in other than patrol precinct commands
(i.e., PSAs, transit districts, OCCB, borough task force or anti-crime units,
etc.) who receive completed WORKSHEETS will be responsible for obtaining the
next precinct serial number from the desk officer of the precinct concerned.
This number ONLY will be entered into the box captioned "PCT. SER. NO." on the
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET. The desk officers or designated
supervisors in other than the patrol precinct commands will then review, sign,
and photocopy the WORKSHEET. A copy will be immediately faxed to the precinct
concerned, and the completed original WORKSHEETS delivered back to the
precinct concerned within twenty four hours.
In addition, desk officers or designated supervisors in other than patrol
precinct commands will also maintain a standardized Stop, Question and Frisk
binder with corresponding INDEX COVERSHEET, and will enter a command tracking
number consisting of the command abbreviation, followed by a serial number,
beginning with number one each year (e.g. TD32-001) in the upper right hand
corner section of each WORKSHEET. This command tracking number is not the same
as, and is NOT to be entered in the precinct serial number caption on the
WORKSHEET received. A third photocopy of each WORKSHEET will also be made and
maintained with the Stop, Question and Frisk binder at that command.
The STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET is not prepared where the
officer makes a summary arrest or issues a summons for an observed violation
unless the suspect was initially stopped for investigation based on reasonable
suspicion.
All uniformed members of the service below the rank of Captain are requiredto
carry ACTIVITY LOG insert STREET ENCOUNTERS – LEGAL ISSUES (PD344-153) when
performing patrol duties in uniform.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
STOP QUESTION AND FRISK INDEX COVERSHEET (PD344-152)
STOP QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A)
STREET ENCOUNTERS - LEGAL ISSUES (PD344-153)

WHAT IS A STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK ENCOUNTER? (PD344-111)

P.G. 212-12 Citywide Intelligence Reporting System
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To record and refer for investigation suspected law violations or persons or
activities connected with major crime or terrorist activity.
SCOPE
Some of the most powerful tools for the detection of criminal activity are the
observations of uniformed and civilian members of the service. Whether on or
off duty, performing patrol or administrative duties, members of the service
can perform an invaluable service by following the contents of this procedure.
Each piece of information provided by a member of the service when analyzed
and reviewed within the context of other information received, can effectively
help our Department's effort to detect and deter criminal activity.
PROCEDURE
Upon suspecting or observing information about the involvement of a person or
any other entity (e.g., business, vehicle, association of criminals) in
ongoing criminal activity or suspected terrorist activity, and when unable to
effect a summary arrest:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Obtain as much information as possible, including names, vehicle
descriptions, times of the day, description of persons, etc.
2. Comply with P.G. 212-13 "Reporting Gang Related Criminal Activity," if
information concerns criminal gangs, gang related/motivated incidents, etc.
3. Notify the Intelligence Bureau.
a. Suspected terrorist activity can also be reported to the Intelligence
Bureau, by members of the service and the public, through the Counter
Terrorism hotline.
b. Report all pertinent information.
4. Record Intelligence Bureau Log number and Intelligence Bureau member
notified in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
NOTE: Any member of the service (uniformed or civilian) with information
concerning suspected terrorist activity will notify the desk officer of the
command of occurrence and the Intelligence Bureau direct or the Counter
Terrorism hotline. The desk officer of the command of occurrence will ensure
that the contents of this procedure are adhered to when the reporting member
of service is a civilian, and will enter the Intelligence Bureau Log number
and Intelligence Bureau member notified in the Command Log.
All members of the service (uniformed and civilian) should become familiar
with the contents of Activity Log insert, "POSSIBLE INDICATORS OF TERRORIST
ACTIVITY (PD378-111)."

CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION
5. Enter all available information into intelligence database system and issue
Intelligence Bureau Log number to member who reported the information.
a. Information related to suspected terrorist activity will be entered into
the database as a terrorism lead and handled accordingly.
b. Information related to traditional criminal activity will be entered as
an intelligence report. Intelligence reports are available to Field
Intelligence Officers, Precinct Commanders, and Borough Commanders, through
the Department's intranet.
6. Generate a printout of each intelligence report pertaining to traditional
criminal activity.
7. Transmit completed intelligence report received to Field Intelligence
Officer of command that reported the information.
a. Confirm receipt by telephone and enter name of member confirming receipt
on the bottom of the printout.
8. Forward any intelligence as follows:
a. Relating to suspected terrorist activity - Joint Terrorist Task Force
(JTTF). (The JTTF will review each terrorism lead and either accept the case
or refer it back to the Intelligence Bureau. All leads referred to the
Intelligence Bureau will be immediately assigned to the Intelligence Bureau,
Criminal Intelligence Section for appropriate investigation.)
b. Relating to vice, narcotics or organized auto theft - Vice Enforcement
Coordinator. Additionally, a telephone notification will be made to the
Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk (FOD) twenty-four hours
a day, seven days a week when immediate follow up investigation is necessary.
c. Organized crime as it relates to the private carting industry, City owned
wholesale markets, and boats involved in off shore shipboard gambling
emanating from New York City locations - Business Integrity Commission, via
the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk
d. Sexual exploitation of children information - Major Case Team, Vice
Enforcement Coordinator. Additionally, a telephone notification will be made
to the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk (FOD) twenty-four
hours a day, seven days a week when immediate follow up investigation is
necessary.
e. Any information relative to the traditional organized crime families or
Asian or Russian organized crime should be forwarded to the Organized Crime
Investigation Division, Intelligence and Analysis Section, Monday through
Friday between 0700 and 2200 hours
f. Information concerning criminal gangs, gang related/motivated incidents,
etc., comply with P.G. 212-13, "Reporting Gang Related Criminal Activity"
g. Relating to suspected organized identity theft or organized theft rings
operating within New York City - Financial Crimes Task Force

h. Relating to suspected organized hate groups operating within New York
City - Hate Crime Task Force
i. Relating to suspected bank robbery activities occurring within New York
City - Joint Bank Robbery Task Force.
DESK OFFICER
9. Confirm receipt of faxed printout.
10. Forward printout to field intelligence officer.
FIELD INTELLIGENCE OFFICER
11. Review printout for accuracy and completeness.
a. Interview reporting officer to ascertain additional, relevant information
or to clarify or explain, as necessary
b. Notify the Intelligence Bureau of any additional information.
12. Confer with commanding officer on a regular basis regarding information
obtained and reported.
13. Meet and confer with the Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section
on a regular basis.
COMMANDING OFFICER, CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION
14. Conduct necessary review and follow up on reported information.
15. Confer with field intelligence officers frequently regarding on-going
investigations, crime trends or patterns, significant crimes, etc.
a. Notify field intelligence officers concerned when useful information is
obtained regarding an ongoing investigation or crime pattern, etc., from a
different NYPD command, another law-enforcement or confidential source, or as
a result of analysis performed by the Intelligence Bureau.
NOTE: The Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section will meet on a
regular basis with all field intelligence officers. In addition, the
Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section will meet on a regular basis
with other members of the Intelligence Bureau and query other sources within
the NYPD and other agencies to identify trends, patterns or information
relevant to ongoing investigations across the City and affecting other
law-enforcement agencies and jurisdictions.
16. Confer frequently with Commanding Officer, Intelligence Operations and
Analysis Section regarding intelligence information relevant to area of
assignment. Request detailed intelligence analysis as needed to support
investigations conducted by operational units or to support enforcement
strategies.
a. Convey results of such analysis promptly to the appropriate operational
command.
COMMANDING OFFICER, INTELLIGENCE OPERATIONS AND ANALYSIS SECTION

17. Ensure that all intelligence reports generated by this process are
forwarded to field intelligence officers and the Commanding Officer, Criminal
Intelligence Section concerned without delay.
18. Meet at regular intervals with field intelligence officers concerned to
provide intelligence overview briefings and to review intelligence needs of
operational field commands.
NOTE: The Commanding Officer, Intelligence Operations and Analysis Section
will forward monthly reports to all commands concerned regarding the number of
reports and type of intelligence received by the Intelligence Bureau pursuant
to this procedure.
19. Ensure timely reporting of useful intelligence to operational field
commands under this procedure.
20. Ensure that all intelligence is filed chronologically within command and
produced when necessary to aid an investigation or as otherwise required by
law.
COMMANDING OFFICER, INTELLIGENCE BUREAU
21. Provide quarterly reports to the Chief of Department on the results of
this procedure.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service who become aware of hidden compartments (traps) in
specific vehicles, regardless of whether an arrest is effected, will comply
with this procedure and report this information as criminal intelligence. In
addition to any other information, the following data will be obtained and
reported for entry into the Intelligence Database (I-Base):
a. Year, make and model of vehicle (e.g., 1998 Nissan Maxima)
b. Registration plate number
c. VIN number
d. Location of trap (e.g., passenger side airbag compartment, floorboard,
etc.)
e. Property in trap (e.g., guns, drugs, empty, etc.)
f. How trap is activated, if known (e.g., defroster 'on', emergency brake
'on', cigarette lighter 'pushed in', cruise control 'on', driver's seatbelt in
'locked position')
g. Name/location of trap installer, if known (e.g., 'JJ's Car Audio Systems,
1313 Tremont Avenue, Bronx, N.Y.').
Nothing in this procedure alters the obligation of members of the service to
report complaints of public morals, narcotics and organized crime related
offenses to the Investigative Support Division of the Organized Crime Control
Bureau (pursuant to P.G. 207-08, "Preliminary Investigation Of Vice, Narcotics
Or Organized Crime Related Complaints").

Detectives assigned to the Intelligence Bureau are available twenty-four hours
a day to assist investigators and arresting officers in debriefing prisoners
with regard to developing intelligence information.
The Intelligence Bureau on may be contacted twenty-four hours a day. The
Intelligence Bureau's, Criminal Intelligence Section may also be contacted 24
hours a day for investigative case support by means of performing queries in
various city, state, federal and commercial computer databases.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preliminary Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime Related
Complaints (P.G. 207-08)
Reporting Gang Related Criminal Activity (P.G. 212-13)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
POSSIBLE INDICATORS OF TERRORIST ACTIVITY (PD378-111)

P.G. 212-13 Reporting Gang-Related Criminal Activity
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To establish and define the procedures required of uniformed members of the
service for reporting gang-related/motivated criminal activity or suspected
gangs or gang members.
DEFINITION
For the purpose of this procedure, the following definitions will be used:
GANG - Any ongoing organization, association, or group of three or more
persons, whether formal or informal, having as one of its primary activities,
the commission of one or more criminal acts, having a common name or common
identifying sign or symbol, and whose members individually or collectively
engage in or have engaged in a pattern of criminal gang activity.
DRUG GANG - A gang as defined above that exists primarily for the purpose of
distributing illegal narcotics and/or marijuana.
GANG RELATED INCIDENT - Any incident of unlawful conduct by a gang member or
suspected gang member.
GANG MOTIVATED INCIDENT - Any gang related incident that is done primarily:
a. To benefit or further the interests of the gang, or
b. As part of an initiation, membership rite, or act of allegiance to or
support for a gang, or
c. As a result of a conflict or fight between gang members of the same or
different gangs.
GANG RELATED INTELLIGENCE - Information about a gang, suspected gang, an
individual gang, or suspected gang member. This includes information about
gang meetings, recruiting attempts by gangs, plans by gang members to organize
or take part in protests, marches, and other public events, self-styled
"community" events organized by a gang, as well as any information useful in
developing profiles and intelligence about gang activities.
PROCEDURE
Upon learning of a possible gang-related or gang-motivated incident, or upon
making an arrest of a suspected or identified gang member for any offense:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Take immediate action as necessary.
2. Notify the patrol supervisor.
3. Enter information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), if appropriate.

4. Contact the Gang Division Wheel immediately (24 hours/7 days a week).
a. Provide all pertinent information to the Gang Division member accepting
the report, along with the telephone number of the command/location calling
from.
5. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and/or ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET, as appropriate.
NOTE: If incident or information is not recorded on COMPLAINT REPORT or ON
LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET, follow P.G. 212-12, "Citywide
Intelligence Reporting System."
Gang related intelligence (not an incident or arrest) will be recorded as
such, and will be reported to the Intelligence Bureau as per P.G. 212-12,
"Citywide Intelligence Reporting System." This will insure that the
information will be forwarded to all commands concerned. If the information
received involves a drug gang, in addition to notifying the Intelligence
Bureau, also notify the Organized Crime Control Bureau's Field Operations
Desk.
6. Be guided by direction given by the Gang Division member.
a. If requested, and when feasible, remain at command until Gang Division
investigators arrive.
7. Provide full cooperation to Gang Division personnel conducting
investigation of the reported gang incident.
8. Enter the following information in the "Details" section of the COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and in the "Narrative" section (when an arrest
is made) of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159):
a. Name of Gang Division member taking notification, and
b. Gang Division Log Number.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service will also record in the "Details"
section of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET the following:
a. If victim/witness has gang affiliation and name of gang
b. Perpetrator's gang affiliation and name of gang.
9. Enter the statement "possibly gang related" on the COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET in the caption which reads "Detective Squad Case Number."
NOTE: Desk officers will ensure that those members of the service assigned
to the operation of the On Line Complaint System (OLCS) enter the
aforementioned gang information and designated code in the appropriate fields.
10. FAX copy of completed COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) to the Gang
Division.
NOTE: All uniformed members of the service, regardless of Bureau/District
assignment (Patrol Services, Housing, Detective, Organized Crime Control,
Transit, etc.) will be responsible for complying with the contents of this
Order, including a telephone notification to the Gangs Division. Clerical

members assigned to precincts, transit districts, housing police service
areas, detective squads, etc. will immediately notify their command's desk
officer when a walk-in complaint is received concerning a possible
gang-related incident and be guided by the supervisor's instruction.
GANG DIVISION MEMBER ACCEPTING NOTIFICATION
11. Obtain as much information as possible from member of the service making
notification.
12. Enter information on Gang Division Database of Possible Gang Incident.
13. Assign next Gang Division Log number to member making notification.
14. Obtain telephone number of location from which member is calling.
a. Advise member making notification to remain available, when feasible, if
it appears additional information will be needed or if Gang Division personnel
are responding to the member's location.
NOTE: If the member making the notification is about to end his/her tour, he
or she will re-contact the Gang Division on their next available tour of duty,
if necessary.
GANG DIVISION MEMBER
15. Notify Gang Division supervisor immediately.
16. Review information received and confer with supervisor to determine
whether immediate response to precinct/command of occurrence is necessary.
17. Notify, when appropriate, the member who made the original notification to
the Gang Division.
a. Advise member if a team from the Gang Division is responding.
18. Obtain, prior to responding:
a. Any and all information on gang incidents or activity which may have
previously occurred within subject area of precinct/command in question
b. Results of name checks on gang members involved in subject incident
c. Results of query to all pertinent Gang Division databases
d. Photographs of gang members involved.
19. Provide all pertinent intelligence to, and assist, arresting
officer/precinct squad detective assigned.
20. Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) describing any intelligence
gathered from the incident and attach photos of the subjects involved.
21. Notify Borough Gang Squad or Transit C.A.G.E. unit of all pertinent
information, if appropriate.
22. Enter all information obtained during debriefing, etc. into pertinent Gang
Division database(s).

UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
23. Provide Gang Division member with all information available.
24. Permit Gang Division member to interview prisoner(s), complainant(s),
witness(es), or other police officer(s).
25. Notify, when appropriate, Gang Division member of the:
a. Name of the Assistant District Attorney assigned;
b. Charges preferred against the defendant;
c. Charges on any indictment;
d. Amount of any bail;
e. Next court date;
f. Scheduling of each subsequent court appearance;
g. Status of the prisoner;
h. Final disposition.
NOTE: A uniformed member of the service will immediately notify both the
Gang Division member and complainant if the defendant posts bail or is
released from custody.
26. Submit all completed forms to desk officer for review.
PRECINCT/BUREAU DETECTIVE SQUAD MEMBER ASSIGNED
27. Keep the Gang Division informed of developments in the investigation,
particularly those that may either support or disprove that the incident was
gang related or gang motivated.
28. Report disposition of case to the Gang Division.
NOTE: The Commanding Officer, Gang Division or his/her designee, will have
sole authority to designate an incident as gang related or motivated. Whenever
possible, this determination will be made within five days from the date of
occurrence. Once this determination is made, the Gang Division member assigned
will notify the commanding officer, precinct of occurrence and the arresting
officer or detective concerned, without delay.
PRECINCT/PSA/TRANSIT DISTRICT DESK OFFICER
29. Review and sign COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and (when an arrest is made) ON
LINE BOOKING SYSTEM WORKSHEET, paying particular attention for notification to
Gang Division and Gang Incident Log number.
PRECINCT YOUTH OFFICER
30. Review all COMPLAINT REPORTS/ARREST REPORTS with Gang Incident Log
numbers, and all Gang Related Intelligence.

COMMANDING OFFICER, GANG DIVISION
31. Prepare and forward to the Chief of Department each month the following:
a. A statistical report summarizing all gang-related/motivated incidents.
b. An analysis summarizing activity and trends concerning violent street
gangs.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Gang Division has a 24 hour, 7 day-a-week intake capability and can
dispatch, when available, experienced detectives to debrief gang members as
well as victims and witnesses of gang-related incidents. The Gang Division
serves as the Department's central repository of intelligence on violent
street gangs.
The Gang Division will ensure that any valuable criminal intelligence obtained
regarding suspected gangs or gang members is rapidly disseminated to all units
within the Department that can use this information to further their
investigations and to reduce crime.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
Guidelines for Uniformed Members of the Service Conducting Investigations
Involving Political Activities (P.G. 212-72)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 212-14 Traffic Intelligence Report
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To report traffic conditions that need to be addressed by the New York City
Police Department or other outside agencies (i.e., collision-prone locations,
chronic traffic congestion-prone locations, double parking, requests for signs
or signal lights, pavement markings, construction projects, etc.).
PROCEDURE
Whenever a uniformed member of the service observes a traffic condition that
is not immediately correctable and the need for further assistance is
required, OR when a collision-prone location is identified by the Traffic
Accident Management System (TAMS):
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT (PD178-150) when a traffic condition is
observed and is not immediately correctable by available resources.
2. Indicate on TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT:
a. Specific type of condition(s)
b. Times
c. Place(s) of occurrence
d. Any corrective measures taken or recommended.
NOTE: Print clearly and fill in all captions that pertain to the condition.
Use common language to describe the condition.
3. Utilize reverse side of TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT for:
a. Detailed description
b. Diagram(s), if applicable
c. Additional comments.
4. Submit completed TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT to the traffic safety officer,
command of occurrence, before end of tour.
NOTE: If the condition was observed on a limited access highway, submit the
completed TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT to the highway unit concerned.
TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
5. Review TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT(S) daily and indicate in the appropriate
space on the report:
a. Any corrective action taken

b. Recommendations
6. Maintain a Precinct/Highway Unit Traffic Intelligence Report Log to record
each TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT submitted, captioned as follows:
Precinct
Serial #

Date of
Report

Location

Condition

Corrective Recommendation Date Fwd
Action Taken
to DOT

NOTE: TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORTS concerning the same condition, at the
same location, during the same week (Monday through Sunday) will be grouped
together and given one precinct serial number. The traffic safety officer will
forward only one TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT to the borough traffic safety
coordinator, but will indicate how many other REPORTS were received to report
the same condition.
WHEN A COLLISION-PRONE LOCATION HAS BEEN IDENTIFIED BY TAMS:
TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
7. Conduct a survey of each collision-prone location to determine what
specific factors contribute to a location's high accident rate.
8. Prepare TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT as specified in step 2 above for each
collision-prone location.
9. Confer with executive officer regarding conditions that can be corrected at
the precinct level through use of available resources.
10. Establish liaison with outside agencies (NYC Department of Transportation,
Parks Department, Department of Environmental Protection, Department of
Buildings, etc.) to address conditions that cannot be corrected by precinct
personnel.
NOTE: If the TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT concerns an engineering
recommendation, a copy of the REPORT will be forwarded to the Department of
Transportation borough commissioner's office. A telephone notification will
also be made and indicate the date, time, and person notified at the DOT
borough office on the TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT. Indicate the date REPORT
was forwarded to DOT in the precinct Traffic Intelligence Report Log.
11. Forward copies of TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORTS to the borough traffic
safety coordinator WEEKLY and indicate:
a. Corrective actions taken and/or recommendations for further measures, if
necessary.
b. File copies of the TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT for precinct/highway unit
records.
NOTE: Conditions requiring immediate attention such as complaints of
potholes, missing traffic signs, inoperable signal lights, etc., will NOT be
forwarded to the borough traffic safety coordinator. Upon making an
observation of a condition requiring immediate attention, corrective action
must be initiated by the member of the service at the scene of the condition
including a notification to the precinct telephone switchboard operator for
entry on the HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151).

OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
12. Ensure each Monday the WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY (PD311-150) is
reviewed and appropriate agencies/members notified.
NOTE: Preparation of a TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT does not relieve precinct
personnel from taking other corrective action to expedite the flow of
vehicular traffic and ensure pedestrian safety.
BOROUGH TRAFFIC SAFETY COORDINATOR
13. Maintain a borough Traffic Intelligence Report Log utilizing the same
format as specified above but with an additional column for the borough serial
number.
14. Confer with borough executive officer regarding conditions that can be
corrected at the borough level through the use of borough resources.
15. Forward copies of the TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT to the Traffic
Management Center ONLY where precinct or borough personnel cannot correct
condition(s) and the condition(s) is not reportable on the WEEKLY STREET
CONDITIONS SURVEY or HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD.
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CENTER TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
16. Review and analyze TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORTS and:
a. Assist precinct or patrol borough in correcting condition(s).
b. Confer with outside agencies, if applicable.
c. Report findings to the commanding officer.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT will be prepared for all incidents involving a
construction site (refer to P.G. 214-16, "Construction Sites"). Include all
permit numbers, indicate if a check of the New York City Department of
Transportation's Management Oriented Street Attributes Information Control
System (MOSAICS) computer was made and indicate the results, including any
enforcement action taken. A computer check can be made twenty-four hours a day
through the Traffic Management Center by telephone at (718) 706-6062. A
liaison with city, state, and federal agencies must be established at the
borough and precinct level to ensure a coordinated effort to correct
conditions which are considered outside the Department's purview. The borough
traffic safety coordinator will be responsible for maintaining a current list
of liaisons with such outside agencies.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Traffic Safety Coordinator (P.G. 202-06)
Traffic Safety Officer (P.G. 202-28)
Emergency Plans "A" - "B" - "C" (P.G. 213-13)
Construction Sites (P.G. 214-16)
Weekly Street Conditions Survey & Daily Observations of Highway Conditions
Requiring Corrective Action (P.G. 214-22)
Accidents and Collisions - City Involved (P.G. 217-04)
FORMS AND REPORTS

TRAFFIC INTELLIGENCE REPORT (PD178-150)
WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY (PD311-150)
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151)

P.G. 212-15 Lojack Stolen Vehicle Recovery System And Monthly
Report
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for tracking and recovering stolen vehicles when
utilizing the Lojack Stolen Vehicle Recovery System (SVRS).
DEFINITION
POLICE TRACKING UNIT (PTU) - a two officer RMP equipped with a Police Tracking
Computer (PTC). The RMP Recorder is responsible for recording all tracking
incidents.
TRACKING - the process of utilizing a Police Tracking Computer (PTC) in an
effort to locate a vehicle emitting an active radio signal (no visual contact
made).
PROCEDURE
When an RMP crew is assigned to perform patrol duties in a Police Tracking
Unit:
RMP RECORDER
1. Place the locking switch of the Police Tracking Computer (PTC) in the lock
position to allow the system to do a complete diagnostics check before
starting the RMP.
2. Place the locking switch in the unlock position upon completion of the
diagnostics check.
3. Place the locking switch in the lock position immediately upon receiving a
signal that a stolen vehicle is within range.
NOTE: The
establishes
information
the vehicle

receipt of a Lojack signal by a Police Tracking Unit (PTU)
reasonable suspicion that a crime has been committed. Additional
must be obtained to establish probable cause prior to arresting
occupant(s).

4. Note the five digit alpha numeric code of the vehicle being tracked and
transmit that code and your present location to the radio dispatcher.
RADIO DISPATCHER
5. Notify the patrol supervisor of the RMP designation engaged in tracking an
active radio signal.
6. Enter the five digit code into NYSPIN and inform the requesting unit of the
following vehicle information:
a. Registration number
b. Make and model

c. Color and year
d. Other relevant information regarding theft.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
7. Monitor tracking activities of Police Tracking Unit (PTU) and terminate
tracking if required by policies of the Department, or when otherwise
appropriate.
WHEN A VEHICLE IS BEING TRACKED WITHOUT VISUAL CONTACT
RMP RECORDER
8. Advise radio dispatcher when it is necessary to cross precinct boundaries
to continue tracking. Police Tracking Units (PTU) shall not track beyond their
precinct boundaries without the permission of the patrol supervisor.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service are not authorized to track vehicles
beyond New York City limits under any circumstances. RMP recorders will
request the radio dispatcher to notify the police department concerned about
vehicle information and direction of travel when a vehicle leaves the city
limits.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
9. Request the dispatcher to assign a Police Tracking Unit (PTU) in adjoining
precinct to continue tracking vehicle if no visual contact has been made, when
available. If unavailable, determine whether RMP should continue tracking
beyond precinct boundaries.
WHEN VISUAL CONTACT IS MADE WITH A VEHICLE RMP RECORDER
RMP RECORDER
10. Advise dispatcher whether the vehicle is occupied or unoccupied; moving or
parked.
11. Take appropriate action (e.g., arrest, notification to adjoining police
department, etc.), regardless of precinct boundaries. Members shall be guided
by P.G. 212-39, "Vehicle Pursuits", whenever they are in pursuit of a vehicle
emitting active radio signals.
NOTE: The patrol supervisor shall ensure that the provisions of P.G. 212-39,
"Vehicle Pursuits", are strictly observed. Patrol supervisors must monitor all
tracking incidents within their area of assignment and must terminate
pursuits/tracking whenever appropriate.
ALL TRACKING SITUATIONS
RADIO DISPATCHER
12. Notify adjoining precinct when a tracking incident progresses into their
boundaries.
NOTE: No other RMP will participate in an on-going track unless directed to
do so by the patrol supervisor.

RMP RECORDER
13. Notify dispatcher when a signal is lost, a vehicle is recovered, or when
an arrest is effected.
14. Make an appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry for each tracking
incident.
15. Follow normal Patrol Guide procedures for recovery of stolen/abandoned
vehicles.
16. Indicate in the "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141) that the vehicle was recovered using the Police Tracking Computer
(PTC).
COMMANDING OFFICER
17. Ensure that the LOJACK MONTHLY REPORT (PD171-152) is forwarded to the
Chief of Patrol, through channels, by the third day of each month.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Deactivation of Radio Transmitter - The radio transmitter in a recovered
vehicle will be automatically deactivated when information is received by
NYSPIN that the vehicle has been recovered or the alarm is canceled. Thus, an
alarm will be canceled whenever a Lojack equipped vehicle is to be safeguarded
at the stationhouse as evidence, pending transport to the auto pound.
Recovery of Vehicles on Private Property - Police officers shall not enter
upon private property to track a vehicle. However, Police Tracking Units (PTU)
may enter upon private property if:
(1) they are in close pursuit of a vehicle which is attempting to elude
apprehension and is emitting a radio signal, or
(2) there is an emergency situation, or
(3) there are other exigent circumstances, or
(4) a search warrant is obtained.
The mere fact that a vehicle on private property is emitting a radio signal
does not constitute an emergency or exigent circumstances. The patrol
supervisor shall notify the Auto Crime Bureau, if available to determine
whether a search warrant should be obtained, or whether a COMPLAINT REPORT
(PD313-152) should be prepared or the Intelligence Bureau notified. When Auto
Crime is unavailable, confer with the Precinct Detective Squad.
Replacement and Repair of SVRS Equipment - The Fleet Services Division will be
notified whenever a Police Tracking Unit (PTU) is expected to be out of
service for an extended period of time (e.g., major mechanical repairs,
vehicle collision, etc.) or when broken or malfunctioning SVRS equipment needs
replacement or repair.
All commands with vehicles equipped with Lojack Police Tracking Computers
(PTC's) will prepare LOJACK MONTHLY REPORT (PD171-152). This report will
provide the Department with the information necessary to analyze and assess

the Lojack System, as well as track recovery activity. Negative reports will
also be forwarded.
The LOJACK MONTHLY REPORT requires a complete entry by the recovering command
whenever a vehicle is recovered using a Lojack Police Tracking Computer.
However, the Aviation Unit must report every tracking incident in which the
unit is involved. The Aviation Unit will enter only the following information
on the LOJACK MONTHLY REPORT:
a. Alarm number
b. Date/time of track
c. Command where Lojack signal was picked up.
The LOJACK MONTHLY REPORT will be forwarded by the third day of each month,
for the previous month’s activity, through channels, to the Patrol Services
Bureau.
To maximize the effectiveness of the Department's Stolen Vehicle Recovery
System, all platoon commanders (or desk officers in their absence) will ensure
that at least one Lojack Police Tracking Computer equipped vehicle is on
patrol on every tour. Additionally, desk officers will ensure that alarms for
all complaints of stolen vehicles are promptly transmitted.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vehicle Stolen and Recovered Within New York City (P.G. 218-14)
Vehicle Stolen Outside New York City - Recovered Within New York City (P.G.
218-15)
Photographing Stolen Evidence Vehicles when an Arrest is Made (P.G. 218-18)
Vehicle Pursuits (P.G. 212-39)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
LOJACK MONTHLY REPORT (PD171-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 212-16 Evacuations Of New York City Transit Trains
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide procedures for the evacuation of trains.
DEFINITION
REACH TRAIN - A train brought in front of or behind a stalled train, to which
passengers transfer by walking through the stalled train.
RESCUE TRAIN - A train brought alongside a stalled train, to which passengers
can cross by using emergency evacuation devices.
EMERGENCY EVACUATION DEVICES - located at the south end of the southbound
platform near the first emergency telephone blue light for underground
stations and near the twenty-four hour token booth on elevated stations. One
side of the device can be used as a ramp and the other as a ladder.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving information that a train is to be evacuated or a discharge of
passengers is ordered:
EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Immediately notify the patrol supervisor/duty captain through the radio
dispatcher and report who on the scene ordered the evacuation and reason.
2. Comply with instructions of duty captain regarding evacuation, including
whether to evacuate passengers to a reach train, to a rescue train, or
otherwise.
3. Advise passengers of the reason for the evacuation.
4. Coordinate and cooperate with New York City Transit personnel on scene.
5. Avoid unnecessary forceful confrontations with passengers.
6. Evacuate passengers as directed by patrol supervisor or duty captain.
a. If a reach train is used, direct passengers to walk through train towards
the first or last car, as appropriate.
b. If a rescue train is used, assist passengers to cross gap between trains
over emergency evacuation devices.
c. If no reach or rescue train is used, direct passengers onto benchwall via
emergency evacuation devices and lead to nearest station, or if this is not
practical, to the nearest emergency exit.
NOTE: If passengers are to be evacuated to the benchwall or roadbed, ensure

that power is removed prior to evacuation. Power is not removed if passengers
are evacuated to a rescue train or a reach train.
7. Evacuate passengers onto the tracks via emergency evacuation devices and
lead to the nearest station or emergency exit as conditions warrant, if no
other means are available.
NOTE: In the event that some passengers are non-ambulatory, emergency
equipment shall be used.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
8. Establish command post.
9. Keep radio dispatcher and duty captain informed of conditions and need for
additional personnel.
DUTY CAPTAIN
10. Immediately contact the New York City Transit, Rapid Transit Operations
Command Center via radio and inform them of the condition.
a. Consult with Rapid Transit Operations Command Center to determine if
either a reach train or rescue train will be used, or if passengers should be
evacuated via benchwall or roadbed.
11. Maintain constant communication with Rapid Transit Operations Command
Center and personnel at the scene.
12. Direct sufficient personnel and supervision to the scene and make
appropriate notifications as required.
NON-EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
13. Coordinate activities with New York City Transit personnel on scene.
14. Use tact and courtesy and avoid unnecessary forceful confrontations with
passengers remaining on the troubled train.
15. Advise passengers who are reluctant or refuse to evacuate that they will
be taken to an alternate location when possible.
16. Notify the duty captain of the movement and arrival at the alternate
location, when assigned to ride the affected train with passengers aboard.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
17. Make appropriate assignments of personnel in accordance with the number of
passengers who choose to continue on the train.
DUTY CAPTAIN
18. Communicate with Rapid Transit Operations Command Center and field
personnel on scene to ensure the assignment of sufficient personnel to effect
the safe movement and discharge of passengers at the alternate terminus.

ADDITIONAL DATA
For both emergency and non-emergency situations, the duty captain or ranking
member in charge will ensure that a report on Typed Letterhead is prepared
describing the circumstances of the incident and any action(s) taken. The
report is to be forwarded to the Chief, Transit Bureau.
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-17 Procedures At Scenes Of Critical Situations On New
York City Transit
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide procedures to be followed at the scene of certain incidents.
PROCEDURE
The following procedures will be followed in cases of fires, floods,
collisions, derailments, persons under trains and other major disruptions of
service:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Remove power from affected area, when necessary.
2. Post a responsible person in the street near the scene to direct responding
emergency units and equipment.
3. If necessary, evacuate or remove persons from trains and/or stations.
4. DO NOT permit the removal of a sick or injured member of the Fire
Department without consent of the fire officer in charge.
5. Remove person(s) from under trains except when person is deceased and
possibly the victim of a crime, when possible.
6. Administer necessary first aid to victim(s).
7. Exclude unauthorized person(s) from the area.
8. Establish police/fire lines.
9. Establish a command post.
10. Obtain the names, addresses and telephone numbers of all witness(es), and
their employer's names, business addresses and telephone numbers.
a. Record this information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) together with any
statement made by such witness(es).
11. Report full details to the duty captain or incident commander, unless a
supervisor designates another member to report details, when assigned to post
on which the incident occurred.
a. Include the following information, where applicable:
(1) Train operator's name, address, telephone number, pass number, run
number and regular days off
(2) Statement of train operator
(3) Conductor-in-charge's name, address, telephone number, pass number,

run number and regular days off
(4) Statement of conductor-in-charge
(5) Line
(6) Northbound or southbound, express or local
(7) Lead motor car number
(8) Departure time
(9) Point of departure
(10) Terminus
(11) Car numbers
(12) Car(s) involved
(13) Police Emergency Service Unit truck number
(14) Detective handling the investigation
(15) Power ordered off - by whom, time
(16) Power ordered restored - by whom, time
DUTY CAPTAIN/INCIDENT COMMANDER
12. Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead, describing circumstances of incident
and any action(s) taken.
a. Forward report to Chief, Transit Bureau.
ADDITIONAL DATA
All uniformed members of the service, especially those assigned to subway
patrol duty, should be cognizant of the New York City Transit (NYCT) procedure
for train crews to signal for police assistance.
The train operator and/or conductor may utilize a train horn or whistle to
request police assistance, as follows:
LONG SOUND immediately followed by a SHORT SOUND, and then another LONG SOUND
immediately followed by a SHORT SOUND.
Members of the service, upon hearing the above sound signals, shall, in a
tactically safe manner, immediately respond to the nearest member of the train
crew (either the conductor or train operator), to investigate the police
condition.
Members of the service are reminded that personal safety is of paramount
importance and they always must exercise sound tactics and good judgement
whenever they respond to a train signaling for police assistance.
As always, all police action will be recorded in the member's ACTIVITY LOG
including any reports prepared and/or notifications made.

FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-18 Searches For Armed/Dangerous Persons On New York City
Transit Tracks
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide procedures for searching subway tunnels and other track areas when
in pursuit of a person wanted for the commission of a serious crime or armed
with a deadly weapon.
SCOPE
In most instances, it is not necessary to remove power or to actually enter
the tracks when searching tunnels and track areas. Searches are normally
conducted by members riding in the lead cars of trains passing in both
directions through the affected area. However, the serious nature of certain
incidents may require that a more thorough search be performed.
DEFINITIONS
OUTER PERIMETER - An area sufficiently removed from the actual scene of the
incident to ensure safety to all spectators, including representatives of the
news media. The establishment of outer perimeters requires the evacuation of
all civilians and unnecessary police personnel from this area.
INNER PERIMETER - Frozen area, encompassing the incident location. No one
will be permitted in this area without a protective vest appropriate to the
level of threat present. No one will be allowed to enter the Inner Perimeter
except:
a. Borough commander or duty chief;
b. Commanding Officer, Special Operations Division, and personnel under
his/her command;
c. Commanding Officer, Emergency Service Unit, and personnel under his/her
command;
d. Hostage Negotiating Coordinator and personnel under his/her command;
e. Technical Assistance Response Unit (TARU) supervisor and personnel under
his/her command;
f. Bomb Squad supervisor and one technician, when bomb is present or
suspected;
g. Any other person(s) with the permission of the patrol borough commander
or duty chief.
MASS REFLEXIVE RESPONSE - Sometimes referred to as "contagious shooting," mass
reflexive response is the phenomenon which occurs when a shot fired by one
officer sets off a chain reaction of shooting by other personnel on the scene.
It involves reacting based on one's instinct rather than on a rational
assessment of the situation.

FIREARMS CONTROL - Firearms control requires that no member of the service on
the scene will discharge a firearm unless and until directed to do so by the
supervisory officer in charge, unless discharging a firearm is absolutely
necessary for self-defense or the defense of another and there is no other
alternative.
PROCEDURE
When there is cause to believe that the perpetrator of a crime has fled into a
tunnel, open cut, or other track area and is still therein, and that the
perpetrator either:
a. Used force or threatened the use of deadly physical force, OR
b. Caused serious physical injury, OR
c. Is armed with a deadly weapon.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify radio dispatcher immediately of the incident by radio or telephone,
and give full details including description of perpetrator, crime committed,
direction of flight, type of weapon used or displayed, subway lines involved,
etc.
2. Request response of appropriate patrol supervisor and additional units, as
necessary.
3. Remain on the platform and secure the area.
4. DO NOT enter the track area.
5. Maintain continuous surveillance from platform.
6. Be cognizant of the danger of "Mass Reflexive Response."
a. The first members on the scene will immediately establish and maintain
firearms control.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service should be aware that, although New
York State Penal Law and Department procedures may authorize the use of deadly
physical force in a given situation, they will not be subject to criticism or
disciplinary action for choosing not to discharge their firearms.
7. Coordinate the following measures pending the arrival of a supervisor and
ensure that:
a. All platforms and points of entry to tunnel are secured
b. Exits from the system are secured
c. Police lines are established far enough from the incident to protect
passersby and to prevent persons from interfering with police operations.
RADIO DISPATCHER
8. Notify the following of the location and type of incident:

a. Patrol supervisor, transit district of occurrence and precinct of
occurrence
NOTE: The first patrol supervisor to arrive at the scene will assume command
of the situation. In addition, the patrol supervisor, transit district of
occurrence, will provide expertise in transit system operations, including the
location of emergency exits and other escape routes requiring police coverage.
b. Canine Team
c. Emergency Service Unit
d. District commanding officer or precinct commanding officer/duty captain.
9. Notify Rapid Transit Operations Command Center of the situation and request
that trains use caution and not pick up persons from roadbed unless so
directed by police on the scene.
10. Dispatch, immediately, additional members or Department vehicles to
emergency exits and adjoining stations and direct them to remain at those
locations until notified otherwise.
NOTE: This will contain the suspect and improve the probability of
apprehension.
11. Notify all personnel to stay off the tracks and out of the tunnel.
12. Notify the district commanding officer/precinct commanding officer or duty
captain whenever a request is made to turn power off in order to conduct a
tunnel search.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
13. Notify radio dispatcher, immediately, if an exit is open, when dispatched
to an emergency exit.
PATROL SUPERVISOR/RANKING OFFICER IN CHARGE
14. Respond to scene and assume command of the situation.
15. Evaluate the situation pending the arrival of Canine Team and Emergency
Service Unit personnel.
16. Ensure that all uniformed members of the service present are directed to
maintain firearms control.
a. As soon as circumstances permit, designate one or more uniformed members
of the service who will act as the designated shooter(s) if the use of deadly
physical force becomes unavoidable.
b. Designate a uniformed member of the service to maintain radio contact
with the Communications Section dispatcher, so that the dispatcher and
responding personnel are kept apprised of the situation as it develops.
NOTE: The ranking officer in charge will personally assume responsibility
for firearms control. To maintain firearms control, he or she must to be able
to immediately assess conditions as they develop, and to give appropriate
direction instantaneously. Therefore, the ranking officer in charge will

assume a position within the inner perimeter, at the focal point of the
situation.
17. Ensure that members have been properly deployed to secure platform, points
of entry to tunnel and exits from the system, and to establish appropriate
police lines.
NOTE: Members of the service in civilian clothes should not ordinarily be
used for the securing of tunnels or exits.
18. Confer with Canine Team/Emergency Service Unit personnel on the scene
about the feasibility of search, need for establishing inner and outer
perimeters, etc.
19. Determine whether a search is feasible and warranted, based upon nature of
crime, time of day, location, probability of suspect being in tunnel, etc.
20. Keep radio dispatcher informed of conditions and of any need for
additional personnel.
21. Establish a Command Post.
NOTE: If patrol supervisor/ranking officer in charge determines that a
search is to be conducted on New York City Transit facilities, the patrol
supervisor/ranking officer in charge and the senior member of the Canine
Team/Emergency Service Unit shall be responsible for directing the tactical
deployment of personnel. Additionally, members should not enter tunnels or
open cuts at any time during searches for armed felons except when absolutely
necessary in extreme emergencies.
PATROL SUPERVISOR/RANKING OFFICER IN CHARGE AND SENIOR MEMBER CANINE
TEAM/EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT
22. Determine if inner and outer perimeters should be established.
23. Notify the district commanding officer/precinct commanding officer or duty
captain through the radio dispatcher and request the removal of power, if
search is warranted.
24. Commence tunnel search as per Canine Team/Emergency Service Unit
procedures, upon notification that power has been removed.
25. Notify radio dispatcher and request restoration of power, when search is
completed, condition is normal, and track area is cleared of personnel.
DISTRICT COMMANDING OFFICER/PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER OR DUTY CAPTAIN
26. Respond to scene and take command.
27. Ascertain that firearms control has been established.
28. Determine whether power should be removed, based upon reported
information, seriousness of condition, location, and time of day.
29. Notify Canine Team/Emergency Service Unit personnel when power has been
removed from track area and search can commence.
30. Coordinate all activities with units concerned, field personnel, and

command post, when search is delayed because of rush hour conditions.
31. Keep the Rapid Transit Operations Command Center Desk Superintendent
informed of all conditions, including when the track area is clear for
resumption of normal service.
32. Have transit borough commander/duty inspector and patrol borough
commander/duty chief notified to respond in verified situations where
armed/dangerous person(s) are on New York City Transit tracks.
33. Direct all concerned to resume normal patrol, upon receipt of information
from the patrol supervisor/ranking officer in charge that the area search has
been completed.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Removal of Power In Subway (P.G. 212-24)

P.G. 212-19 Animals On New York City Public Transportation
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE To provide procedures for uniformed members of the service coming into
contact with dogs or other animals on the New York City Transit system or
aboard New York City Transit buses.
SCOPE
Section 1050.9(h)(1), New York Code Rules and Regulations - "No person may
bring any animal on or into any conveyance or facility unless enclosed in a
container and carried in a manner which would not annoy other passengers."
The following are exemptions to this section of law:
a. NYPD Canine Team dogs or other working dogs for law enforcement agencies
b. Seeing eye dogs or other service animals that are harnessed and trained
to assist persons who are visually impaired
c. Hearing guide dogs or other service animals trained to assist a person
with a hearing impairment
d. Support dogs or other service animals that are trained to assist a person
with a physical impairment
e. Animals used to assist persons with disabilities that are not readily
apparent, including epilepsy, heart disease, lung disease, and other medical
conditions
f. Animals which are being trained as service animals and are accompanying
persons with disabilities
g. Service animals undergoing training by professional trainers possessing
the necessary identification such as:
(1) Training school identification OR
(2) Letter from the training school OR
(3) A training school collar tag.
NOTE: An individual with a disability who is accompanied by a service animal
cannot be required to submit proof of disability or any form of documentation,
or to demonstrate or otherwise prove that the animal is a service animal. An
officer who is uncertain as to whether the animal is a service animal may
inquire regarding whether such animal is providing assistance because of a
disability.
Animals whose behavior poses a direct threat to the health or safety of
others, or whose presence creates an undue risk to the general public, may be
excluded.
Dogs are the most common service animals, but other animals may be utilized as
service animals, provided they perform specific functions and tasks pertaining

to an individual's disability. However, it should be noted that many service
animals are not identified by special or colored collars or harnesses, nor is
the owner required to present a license or other identification for the
animal. Service animals must be harnessed or leashed (and otherwise within
control of the handler).
For further guidance on whether an animal qualifies as a service animal under
the disabilities' laws, contact the Legal Bureau.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a dog or other animal is observed on the system or the handler is NOT
exempted as specified above:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Eject from the transit system any person or persons violating Section
1050.9(h), New York Code of Rules and Regulations for the use of the New York
City Transit System.
a. Issue a Criminal Court summons or Transit Adjudication Bureau (TAB) Notice of Violation, if necessary.
2. Comply with the following, if coming upon a stray animal, excluding dogs,
on the transit system:
a. Notify the Communications Division, Transit Communications Unit,
including:
(1) Type of animal
(2) Direction of flight
(3) Assistance needed.
b. Restrain animal in a safe place.
c. Remain with animal until arrival of the Animal Care and Control of New
York City (A.C. & C.).
3. Comply with the following, if coming upon a stray dog on the transit
system:
a. Notify radio dispatcher, including the direction of flight and assistance
needed.
b. Restrain animal in a safe place.
c. Remain with animal until arrival of the Animal Care and Control of New
York City.
d. DO NOT chase after a dog while attempting to secure it because this may
cause it to run away from the perceived threat.
e. Request Emergency Service Unit to restrain a dog if it is causing a
safety hazard and must be restrained.
NOTE: If a restraining pole is necessary, it should not be held out in front

of the dog, waved or presented as a weapon, as this will threaten the dog and
cause it to run away. If a dog is dangerous, the use of a tranquilizer gun may
be required.
f. Request a patrol supervisor and Emergency Service Unit, if a dog is on
the roadbed.
(1) DO NOT enter roadbed to retrieve the dog without the permission of the
patrol supervisor.
g. Notify radio dispatcher, if a dog enters a tunnel, of the station the dog
is heading towards.
(1) Patrol supervisor shall confer with Emergency Service Unit member
concerned to determine the need to turn off power.
4. Notify radio dispatcher, if coming upon a dead animal.
COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION, TRANSIT COMMUNICATIONS UNIT
5. Notify the Animal Care and Control of New York City (A.C. & C.) in cases of
stray or injured animals. In emergency situations between 2000 hours and 0800
hours weekdays, and twenty four hours a day on weekends and holidays contact
the Operations Division.
NOTE: Operations Division personnel will then notify the A.C.&C. member who
is on-call for emergences who will respond and/or provide instructions.
6. Notify New York City Transit Maintenance-of-Way Department in cases where a
dead animal is on the roadbed.
7. Notify New York City Transit Station Department to remove dead animal from
the station to the street.
8. Notify the Department of Sanitation of street location where dead animal is
to be removed.
9. Ensure that Emergency Service Unit vehicle equipped with a restraining
device and tranquilizer gun is dispatched when it has been requested, and
animal poses a safety hazard.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
Care and Disposition of Animals (P.G. 214-33)

P.G. 212-20 Ejection From New York City Transit Property
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide procedures for uniformed members of the service having occasion to
eject a passenger from New York City Transit property.
PURPOSE
Any person who violates any portion of NYCRR Part 1050, regardless of whether
or not that person has also been issued a Transit Adjudication Bureau/Notice
of Violation (TAB summons) or a Criminal Court Summons for that violation, is
subject to ejection from New York City Transit facilities. Issuance of a
Notice of Violation does not preclude a uniformed member of the service from
ejecting a passenger from the transit system, if the member concerned deems it
appropriate.
PROCEDURE
When necessary to eject a passenger:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Advise passenger of ejection and reason.
2. Permit passenger, who voluntarily leaves the property or shows a
willingness to do so, to leave without interference.
3. Use no more force than is necessary to effect the ejection, if passenger
refuses to leave.
a. Generally, grasping the upper arm and forearm to escort the person off
the system is considered using reasonable force necessary to effect the
ejection.
NOTE: If the passenger's conduct is such that it requires more force than is
ordinarily needed to assist and guide the passenger out of the transit system,
an arrest may be appropriate.
4. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries and prepare a TRANSIT SYSTEM EJECTION
REPORT (PD372-140) each time an ejection is effected.
5. Submit the completed TRANSIT SYSTEM EJECTION REPORT to the district desk
officer prior to completion of tour.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
TRANSIT SYSTEM EJECTION REPORT (PD372-140)

P.G. 212-21 Photography On The New York City Transit System
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide procedures for uniformed members of the service observing
photography on the transit system.
SCOPE
Transit Authority Rule 1050.9(c) (which deals with photography on the system)
reads as follows:
"Photography, filming, or video-recording in any facility or conveyance is
permitted except that ancillary equipment such as lights, reflectors or
tripods may not be used. Members of the press holding valid identification
issued by the New York City Police Department are hereby authorized to use
necessary ancillary equipment. All photographic activity must be conducted in
accordance with the provisions of these Rules."
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service observes persons engaged in photography
on the transit system:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Take no police action if person engaged in photography is using a camera
alone, without any additional equipment such as lights, tripods, or
reflectors, and if such photographic activity is creating no hazard to public
safety or to the efficient operation of the transit system.
2. Ascertain whether or not person has valid press identification issued by
the New York City Police Department, if person engaged in photography is using
additional equipment such as lights, tripods, or reflectors.
NOTE: If a person using additional photographic equipment does not have
valid press identification, or if any person engaging in photographic activity
is creating a hazard to public safety or to the efficient operation of the
transit system: a. Warn person that he/she is in violation of the New York
City Transit Rules:
(1) Direct person to cease.
b. Issue TAB/NOV or Criminal Court summons, eject from system, or arrest, as
appropriate, if person does not desist from photography that violates New York
City Transit Rules.

P.G. 212-22 Malfunction Of Transit Bureau Radio Network
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide procedures for communication when there is a malfunction of the
Transit Bureau radio network.
PROCEDURE
When the Transit Bureau radio network malfunctions and/or there is an
interruption in service:
COMMUNICATIONS SECTION DISPATCHERS AND/OR SUPERVISORS
1. Notify immediately, via intercom or telephone:
a. On-staff radio technicians and direct them to identify, evaluate and
correct the problem
b. Affected transit districts
c. Transit Bureau Operations Unit
d. Operations Unit (Chief of Department).
2. Notify immediately, via division citywide frequencies:
a. Patrol Services Bureau
b. Precincts located within and adjacent to the geographic area affected by
the Transit Bureau radio network malfunction.
3. Re-route Transit Bureau calls for service to Patrol Services Bureau.
a. Precinct personnel will be assigned transit calls for service.
b. Dispatch another unit to the location if call for service is not
finalized in thirty minutes.
4. Prioritize 911 calls from uniformed members of the service in the field.
5. Conduct a radio check of various units in strategic areas within the
affected area at thirty minute intervals, until the condition is corrected.
6. Notify Operations, Transit Bureau Operations and district desk officer when
the condition is corrected.
CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT OPERATIONS UNIT
7. Notify executive staff and duty chief.
8. Notify Patrol boroughs concerned and direct that patrol personnel be
assigned to conduct foot patrol within subway stations and/or on platforms of
elevated lines in the affected area.

a. Direct Patrol Services Bureau officers to notify Transit Bureau officers
to contact their command for instructions/reassignment.
b. Place the Patrol Borough Task Force concerned on "Alert" for use within
Transit, if required.
9. Generate FINEST message alerting districts and Patrol Services Bureau of
outage.
TRANSIT BUREAU OPERATIONS
10. Notify the Chief of Transit Bureau, all Transit Bureau borough commanders,
New York City Transit Rail Control Center, and all Transit Bureau High Alert
Captains immediately.
11. Notify Transit Bureau Special Operations Division to have their units
contact their commands for instructions/reassignments.
TRANSIT BUREAU COMMANDS
12. Ensure all districts/commands in the affected and adjacent areas are
notified.
13. Notify Electronics Section and request adequate number of UHF division
radios to be picked up by transit borough commands for distribution to
affected district commands.
14. Assign a captain or above as the incident commander for that borough to
monitor police operations and initiate a systematic signal system requiring
MOS to telephone their command at periodic intervals and to locate a telephone
on post capable of receiving and sending telephone calls for the dispatch of
emergency messages from the district command.
NOTE: Most times, New York City Transit system telephones, located at every
token booth and at various yellow telephone boxes throughout the subway are
capable of receiving incoming and outgoing telephone service.
TRANSIT DISTRICT DESK OFFICER
15. Ensure that all uniformed members of the service are accounted for,
notified to make hourly signals, and directed to conduct all police business
via telephone.
16. Assign uniformed members of the service a UHF radio and to paired patrols
until such time as the malfunction is corrected.
17. Suspend assignments in civilian clothes.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
18. Make hourly signals to district/command.
19. Keep radio in the "ON" position in the event that radio repairs are made.
20. Attempt to contact the radio dispatcher utilizing the Transit Bureau VHF
radio every half hour until condition is corrected.

21. Notify radio dispatcher and the district desk officer, when condition is
corrected.
22. Return UHF radio to transit district desk officer at the end of tour.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Sergeants assigned to the New York City Transit Rail Control Center will
liaison with the Communications Section, Chief of Department Operations Unit,
Transit Bureau Operations, and Transit boroughs during the malfunction of the
Transit Bureau radio network. Sergeants assigned to the Rail Control Center
will relay NYCT Department of Subways radio transmissions of interest to the
Transit Bureau Wheel via landline. In addition, a request will be made to the
Rail Control Center to have train operators remain alert when entering subway
stations to stop the train and inform uniformed members of the service that
there is a police radio malfunction in the area and request the member to
"call his command."
Uniformed members of the service should remain cognizant of the fact that New
York City Police Department radios, other than those normally assigned to the
transit Bureau, will not work underground (except for those few Manhattan
stations equipped with underground repeaters).

P.G. 212-23 Inspection Of Rapid Transit Stations On Post
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inspect rapid transit stations (New York City Transit, Port Authority
Trans-Hudson [PATH], or Staten Island Rapid Transit [SIRT]) located within a
member's assigned post or sector.
PROCEDURE
When a member's assigned post or sector includes a rapid transit station:
UNIFORM MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Confer with railroad clerk, at each station, as to conditions requiring
police attention.
2. Inspect concessions, toilets, stairways, mezzanines, platforms and all
token booths whether open or closed, for conditions requiring police
attention.
NOTE: Before entering a toilet used by a person of the opposite sex, member
concerned will knock on the door and announce loudly "Police Inspection." If
persons of the opposite sex are within, member WILL NOT enter until their
departure, UNLESS informed of criminal activity therein.
3. Visit each station on post at least once, and as often as practicable,
unless otherwise directed.
4. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries concerning conditions reported by
railroad clerk and results of inspections.
5. Know hours of operation for concessions in the station.
6. Investigate suspicious conditions in the station.
7. Report any accident/crime prone condition, unsanitary condition, or fire
hazard.
8. Prevent persons unable to care for themselves from entering the system.
a. Ensure that necessary assistance is provided to such persons.
RADIO MOTOR PATROL RECORDER
9. Inspect each uncovered station and post in patrol sector.
10. Make ACTIVITY LOG entries of results of such inspections.
11. Notify district desk officer of any uncovered station in sector not
inspected and reason.
DISTRICT DESK OFFICER

12. Ensure on first (1st) platoon that any post not inspected during the
previous twenty-four hours is inspected, as soon as possible.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members performing Transit Bureau assignments shall proceed immediately after
roll call to the nearest station of assigned post, unless otherwise directed
by competent authority.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 212-24 Removal Of Power In Subway
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines to be adhered to when requesting the removal of power
in the subway.
SCOPE
Removal of power in the subway can be extremely hazardous, dangerous and
disruptive to police personnel, passengers and New York City Transit employees
and should only be requested in extreme emergencies involving life-threatening
situations.
PROCEDURE
When it becomes necessary to request the removal of power in the subway:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. DO NOT enter the track area, except in extreme emergencies.
2. Notify the radio dispatcher in the usual manner.
3. Provide complete details including, if applicable:
a. Full description of the condition or suspect(s)
b. Crime committed
c. Type of weapon
d. Direction of flight, etc.
4. Request response of the Patrol Services Bureau and Transit Bureau patrol
supervisors, and additional units necessary to secure the platform area and
points of entry to the tunnel.
5. Notify required units, e.g., Emergency Service Units, detective squad,
Crime Scene Unit, etc., as necessary.
NOTE: Prompt notification and timely response of specialized units will
minimize the duration of the power removal and subsequent disruption.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
6. Make determination whether a search or other police action will be
conducted in the tunnel.
7. Determine the manner in which a police operation is conducted, including
the necessity for removal of power.
NOTE: Before requesting the removal of power, consider the wide scale
ramifications of this action. Some of the factors to be considered, but not

limited to, are:
a. The time of day (rush hour/non-rush hour)
b. Weather conditions (extreme heat)
c. Type of station (elevated or below ground)
d. Location of trains
e. Extent of injuries in aided cases
f. Risk to the riding public, if a crime is involved.
8. Notify the Operations Unit at (212) 374-5580 of the time of the request for
the removal of power.
a. Notify the Operations Unit when power is restored.
9. Notify and request the response of the district commander/duty captain.
DISTRICT COMMANDER/DUTY CAPTAIN
10. Respond to the scene and supervise police operations.
11. Ensure that proper notifications have been made to the Operations Unit.
NOTE: The ranking officer supervising police operations will make maximum
utilization of the experience and expertise of New York City Transit personnel
at the scene.
MEMBER CONCERNED, OPERATIONS UNIT
12. Notify the Police Commissioner's Office, the Office of Chief of
Department, and the Transit Bureau Wheel (718-243-8906/7) of any removal of
power within the transit system which occurs as a result of police action.
a. A second notification will be made upon restoration of power.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service will not personally shut off power,
unless there is a grave risk of IMMINENT danger to the officers concerned or
to others and NO OTHER safe alternative is available.
WHEN IT IS NECESSARY TO IMMEDIATELY REMOVE POWER FROM TRACK AREA DUE TO
IMMINENT DANGER:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
13. Open emergency alarm box and pull lever down as far as it will go and
release the lever (located in subway tunnels, spaced about 400 to 600 feet
apart, beneath the blue light). a. Power on all tracks in the vicinity will be
immediately turned off.
14. Use the telephone (located at the alarm box), immediately after removing
power, to notify the Rapid Transit Operations Command Center Desk
Superintendent of the situation.
NOTE: New York City Transit will automatically RESTORE THE POWER if

notification is not made immediately.
15. Notify the radio dispatcher via radio, if telephone notification cannot be
made, and request that immediate notification be made to the Desk
Superintendent concerned.
NOTE: The train operator or conductor's New York City Transit radio can be
used by police personnel for conducting direct communications with the Rapid
Transit Operations Command Center. The removal of power may be avoided, in
many instances, by obtaining the cooperation of train motormen and riding in
the lead cars of trains, in both directions, through the affected area to
search for fleeing suspects.
PATROL SUPERVISOR/RANKING OFFICER IN CHARGE
16. Confer with a New York City Transit supervisor on the scene, after
ensuring that all personnel are off the tracks, as to whether power can be
restored immediately after the condition, which required the removal of power,
has been corrected.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service are reminded that the NYC Transit has the capability of
limiting the removal of power to the actual tracks involved in the critical
incident. Turning off the power directly from the emergency alarm boxes will
remove the power in both directions and on all tracks for several stations.
This can cause a major tie-up on the subway system thereby creating other
hazards. Therefore, when possible, all requests for the removal or restoration
of third rail power will be made directly to the Rapid Transit Operations
Command Center Desk Superintendent. This request can be made via the
motorman's radio, Rapid Transit Operations Radio or if no other alternative
exists by the radio dispatcher in the usual manner. In all cases, an immediate
follow-up notification will be made to the Communications Division, Transit
Communications Unit.
In cases where a dead human body is found under circumstances indicating an
apparent homicide or is otherwise suspicious, the investigating officer from
the Crime Scene Unit will photograph and mark the position of the body (head,
leg, arm, etc.) and any other items of evidence that must be removed to avoid
destruction by passing train traffic. The body will then be removed to an area
of safety for further examination so that the power and service can be
restored.
If a suspicious death/homicide occurs on a train, the body should remain
undisturbed. The car or cars involved shall be secured, and a uniformed member
of the service shall be assigned to accompany the car involved as it is
removed to the train yard or other place where the investigation will be
completed. If the member so assigned is anyone other than the investigating
officer, that member shall remain with the removed car until the investigating
officer's arrival. Prior to moving the car, the investigating officer will
mark its position and note the order and serial numbers of all cars in the
make-up of the train. If necessary, investigators may return to the scene to
conduct a search for additional evidence.
When a body is found in the track bed and is obstructing passenger train
traffic, it will suffice to have the responding detectives photograph the body
in place from several angles prior to its removal.

RELATED PROCEDURE
Searches for Armed/Dangerous Persons on New York City Transit Tracks (P.G.
212-18)

P.G. 212-25 Revenue Escorts
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide procedures for performing revenue escorts.
PROCEDURE
When post or sector assignment includes a scheduled New York City Transit
revenue escort, upon arrival at station:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Ascertain from railroad clerk the exact time of the scheduled escort.
2. Report to booth five minutes prior to the time of the escort.
3. Walk approximately five feet behind the railroad clerk and to the side
where clerk is carrying revenue.
4. Keep hand on firearm with glove off.
a. Remain alert at all times.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service equipped with traditional revolver
holster shall break safety seam.
5. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries, upon completion of revenue escort.
6. Contact the district desk officer and be guided by instructions, if revenue
escort is not ready to leave at scheduled time.
7. DO NOT carry New York City Transit revenue or any other articles that could
impede the safety of the escort, under any circumstances.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 212-26 Inspection Of New York City Housing Authority
Facilities
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that New York City Housing Authority facilities are being properly
inspected and to suppress criminal activities therein.
DEFINITION
N.Y.C. HOUSING AUTHORITY FACILITY - Includes, but is not limited to, community
centers, child care centers, maintenance shops and areas, storerooms, health
centers, senior citizen centers, tenant recreation rooms, management offices,
laundry and boiler rooms, etc.
PROCEDURE
Uniformed members of the service shall comply with the following guidelines
relative to inspecting N.Y.C. Housing Authority (NYCHA) facilities:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Be responsible for the suppression or rapid discovery of burglaries or
related crimes on assigned post.
2. Check each NYCHA facility on assigned post during the first and last hour
of each tour of duty, if possible.
a. Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries.
3. Frequently inspect security of NYCHA facilities on assigned post during
tour of duty.
a. Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG entries of all facility inspections.
4. Comply with any additional instructions given by supervisory officers
relative to facility security measures.
a. Give special attention to those facilities accorded "Post Condition"
status.
NOTE: Members of the service assigned to a high priority incident will not
be required to conduct security checks as stated above.
5. Request the response of a patrol supervisor upon discovery of a burglary or
related crime committed within a NYCHA facility.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
6. Inspect assigned member's ACTIVITY LOG during tour to ensure that NYCHA
facilities have been inspected.
UPON NOTIFICATION OF A BURGLARY OR RELATED CRIME WITHIN A NYCHA FACILITY:

PATROL SUPERVISOR
7. Respond to scene and supervise investigation.
8. Interview members of the service at location.
9. Ascertain that location has been secured.
10. Take other appropriate action as deemed necessary.
11. Ensure that all required reports (i.e., COMPLAINT REPORT [PD313-152]) are
prepared in connection with the incident.
NOTE: Whenever an arrest is made of a perpetrator for the burglary of a
NYCHA facility, the patrol supervisor will evaluate the circumstances, and
when warranted, will recommend the arresting officer(s) for Departmental
Recognition.
PSA COMMANDING OFFICER
12. Coordinate police and N.Y.C. Housing Authority management efforts to
suppress crime.
13. Solicit recommendations from assigned members on methods to deter crimes
in facilities.
14. Prepare a written directive to assigned members, indicating any additional
instructions concerning the frequency and manner of inspection that may be
required on their posts.
15. Maintain liaison with executive members of the N.Y.C. Housing Authority to
ensure coordination of efforts.
COMMANDING OFFICER, HOUSING BOROUGH
16. Coordinate and direct special units of the housing borough for maximum
effectiveness in suppressing facility burglaries and related criminal
activity.
17. Apprise the Chief of Housing Bureau of conditions within NYCHA facilities,
when necessary.
ADDITIONAL DATA
PSA commanding officers will work closely with Housing Authority managers
concerning ongoing construction initiatives and the temporary storage of
materials and equipment on Housing Authority property. Housing Authority
managers will provide PSA commanding officers with a list of development
addresses where materials and equipment will be stored while the development
is undergoing construction and/or improvement(s). Based in this information,
PSA commanding officers will ensure that all on-site storage locations are
temporarily designated as NYCHA facilities, and inspected in conformance with
this procedure.
The PSA community affairs officer will survey the physical layout of each
NYCHA facility within the command, and will recommend, to the development
manager concerned, measures concerning:

a. The proper locking/securing of facilities
b. Appropriate lighting for surroundings
c. Securing valuable items
d. Acquiring additional security devices that may deter crime, etc.
The PSA crime analysis officer will evaluate statistical data of incidents to
identify specific times, locations and other patterns of crime. This
information will be made available to the PSA commanding officer, on a
continual basis.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

P.G. 212-27 Record Room Blotter
Interim Order 2 Issued 01-06-12 Revoked P.G. 212-27
Date Effective: 01-01-00
PURPOSE
To record all visits to Record Rooms by members of the service and any
important information relating to patrol conditions at Housing Authority
locations.
DEFINITION
RECORD ROOM BLOTTER - A bound ledger 7-1/2" x 12" with pre-numbered pages 1 to
500. Each page divided into three vertical columns.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is assigned to a Housing Authority
location and/or visits a Record Room during a tour of duty:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Make all entries in Record Room Blotter in black ink using a ballpoint pen.
2. Enter on the inside cover, prior to the first page, the date opened, the
date closed, and the rank, name and shield number of the uniformed member of
the service who opened and closed the blotter.
3. Enter the day of the week and the date, on the first writing page, on the
first writing line.
a. Begin a new page each day beginning at 0001 hours.
b. Close out previous day's entries by drawing a diagonal line from left to
right, top to bottom on the last page used and initial same.
4. Do not skip pages or lines.
5. Do not make erasures.
a. Corrections must be legible and shall be made by drawing a single
horizontal line through the entry to be corrected and initialing it.
b. Place the correct entry directly beneath the corrected entry.
6. Draw a horizontal line midway between the last writing line of the entry
and the first new writing line, after completion of an entry.
7. Begin any new entry directly beneath the previous entry.
8. Record all entries in chronological order as follows:
a. Column I - Enter the exact time of the entry.

b. Column II - Enter the word "NOTIFICATION" when an entry relates to
information passed on or received from competent authority. (1) Enter the
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) number, FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511) number, or
other available report number, when the entry to follow is in reference to
same.
c. Column III - Enter rank, name, shield number and a concise summary of the
reason for entry.
UNIFORMED MEMBERS ASSIGNED TO FOOT OR SCOOTER PATROL AT A HOUSING AUTHORITY
LOCATION SHALL:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
9. Enter time, rank, shield number and specific roll call information, i.e.,
post, ring, meal and relief, in blotter, immediately upon arrival at Record
Room.
10. Record, in the blotter, immediately upon entering the Record Room, each
time entry is made into the Record Room, specifying time and reason for the
entry (e.g., meal, clerical, etc.).
NOTE: The following information will be recorded in the blotter:
a. All facilities checked.
b. All civilians entering the Record Room, by name.
c. All important information relating to patrol conditions.
11. Sign out of the blotter within a reasonable period of time after each
entry into the Record Room.
NOTE: All other members of the service, including supervisors, must record
all visits to a Record Room by signing the blotter immediately upon arrival at
a Record Room, indicating the time and the reason for the visit.
a. Such members shall sign out of the blotter within a reasonable period of
time. PATROL SUPERVISOR
12. Ensure that all Record Room Blotter entries are accurate and correct.
13. Have all completed Record Room Blotters delivered to the appropriate
police service area command, by the member of the service who completes same.
a. Ensure that there is a new blotter available for use at all times.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Blotters shall be stored at the concerned police service area command with the
binding up and a gummed label affixed to the binding indicating:
a. Name of development.
b. Opening date.
c. Closing date.

d. Blotter number.
ALL Record Room Blotter entries MUST be made in the member's own handwriting.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511)

P.G. 212-28 Disabled Housing Authority Elevator Car With
Passengers
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure the prompt and safe removal of passengers from disabled elevator
cars in Housing Authority buildings.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of a disabled elevator car with passengers:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify radio dispatcher and request response of:
a. Housing Authority Emergency Service personnel, via the PSA telephone
switchboard operator, police service area of occurrence.
b. N.Y.P.D. Emergency Service Unit and ambulance, if situation requires the
immediate removal of passengers in cases involving, but not limited to:
(1) Cardiac condition
(2) Seriously ill passenger, etc.
NOTE: If a delay in the response of Housing Authority Emergency Service
personnel is expected, a request for N.Y.P.D. Emergency Service Unit personnel
will be made even in situations deemed to be of a non-emergency nature.
2. Remain at the location of a disabled elevator car with passengers and
provide necessary assistance until:
a. Properly relieved by other police personnel
b. Condition is corrected and elevator car door, as well as the outer car
door, is properly secured.
NOTE: Members of the service shall NOT attempt to remove passengers from a
disabled elevator car without the assistance of Housing Authority and/or
N.Y.P.D. Emergency Service Unit personnel who are trained in the removal of
passengers from disabled elevators.
3. Notify radio dispatcher when condition is corrected.
4. Prepare FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511) and AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b),
if necessary, upon completion of assignment.
a. Include names and addresses of passengers and names and shield numbers of
responding Emergency Service personnel.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If the incident may involve the Housing Authority in a civil action, members

shall notify the PSA desk officer and report all pertinent details in
accordance with P.G. 217-11, "Accidents - New York City Housing Authority
Involved."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Accidents - New York City Housing Authority Involved (P.G. 217-11)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511)

P.G. 212-29 Firearms Discharge By Uniformed Members Of The
Service
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To record and evaluate incidents in which uniformed members of the service
discharge firearms, and incidents in which a firearm that is or should have
been in the possession or control of a uniformed member is discharged.
NOTE: A firearms discharge does not include a discharge during an authorized
training session or while lawfully engaged in target practice or hunting.
Additionally, it does not include a firearms discharge at a firearms safety
station within a Department facility. See ADDITIONAL DATA for accidental
firearms discharge at a firearms safety station.
DEFINITION
PATROL BOROUGH SHOOTING TEAM - Consists of, on an ad hoc basis, personnel
assigned to the Borough Investigations Unit, Detective Bureau, Emergency
Service Unit, community affairs officers, precinct patrol supervisors and
precinct police officers.
SHOOTING TEAM LEADER - Each patrol borough shooting team will have as its
leader one of the following ranking officers: Commanding Officer, Borough
Investigations Unit or, one of the number of captains designated by the
borough commander and approved by the Chief of Department.
INVESTIGATING OFFICER - Shooting team leader conducts investigation, whenever
a uniformed member of the service discharges a firearm, and signs required
report, under the supervision of:
a. Duty inspector when no personal injury occurs or when a perpetrator or
bystander sustains a non-serious firearms injury
b. Duty chief when anyone is killed or seriously injured by gunshot or a
uniformed member of the service is injured by gunshot.
NOTE: When no shooting team leaders are on duty and a uniformed member of
the service discharges a firearm which results in an injury, the patrol
borough concerned will activate a shooting team leader from off-duty. In such
cases, the precinct commanding officer/ duty captain will respond to the scene
and take charge of the investigation. When the shooting team leader arrives,
the leader will be briefed by the precinct commanding officer/duty captain and
will thereupon assume responsibility for the investigation (see Appendix "A").
Commanding/executive officer, precinct of occurrence/duty captain conducts
investigation and signs required report, under the supervision of the duty
inspector, whenever a uniformed member of the service discharges a firearm
under circumstances where there:
a. Is no injury to a person, and
b. No shooting team leaders on duty.

(Commanding officers of Transit Bureau districts and Housing Bureau police
service areas where the incident occurred, if on duty at the time of the
shooting, will perform this function when the shooting involves uniformed
members of the service within their respective jurisdictions (see Appendix
"A").
Interim and final reports on firearm discharges, initially reported by
shooting team leaders, will be the responsibility of the Commanding Officer,
Patrol Borough Investigations Unit. The commanding officer, precinct of
occurrence, will be responsible for interim and final reports initially
investigated by non-shooting team ranking officers (see Appendix A").
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service discharges a firearm, either on or
off-duty, or any incident in which a firearm that is or should have been in
the possession or control of a uniformed member is discharged.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request patrol supervisor, and:
a. Call for ambulance and render assistance to injured, if necessary
b. Safeguard the scene.
NOTE: If firearm is discharged outside New York City, uniformed member of
the service concerned will promptly report discharge to local police
authorities and the Operations Unit, either personally or by responsible
messenger. Pursuant to the investigation of these incidents, investigating
officers may use Department vehicles without obtaining prior permission, if
responding outside the City but within the residence counties. Incidents
occurring outside the City but within the residence counties will be
investigated as follows:
a. Patrol Borough Bronx will assign an investigating officer to conduct
investigations in Westchester, Rockland, Orange or Putnam Counties.
b. Patrol Borough Queens South and Patrol Borough Queens North will
alternately assign an investigating officer to conduct investigations in
Nassau or Suffolk Counties.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
2. Respond to scene and take command.
a. Assess injuries of involved members.
(1) Direct seriously injured members be transported to the nearest trauma
center.
(2) Direct members sustaining minor injuries (i.e., tinnitus) be
transported to the nearest hospital after conferring with the commanding
officer/duty captain, if available.
b. Establish crime scene, if necessary.
c. Notify the desk officer.

DESK OFFICER
3. Notify precinct commanding officer/executive officer, Operations Unit and
patrol borough command, and Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, without
waiting for details.
a. Ensure a supervisor is responding directly to the hospital where injured
member is receiving treatment
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
4. Confer with patrol supervisor if on scene prior to transportation of
injured member, and direct injured member be transported to nearest trauma
center/hospital, as appropriate.
OPERATIONS UNIT
5. Notify duty chief.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMAND
6. Notify:
a. Duty inspector
b. Appropriate investigating officer, i.e., duty captain, shooting team
leader.
DUTY INSPECTOR
7. Respond to scene, and:
a. Confer with commanding officer or executive officer/duty captain/shooting
team leader.
INVESTIGATING OFFICER
8. Respond to scene and conduct investigation.
a. Request the assistance of personnel assigned to the Internal Affairs
Bureau, Office of Deputy Commissioner, Public Information, Office of Chief,
Community Affairs, Office of Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters, etc., when
appropriate.
9. Notify District Attorney's Office in all shooting cases.
a. Confer with District Attorney before interviewing uniformed member(s) of
the service.
NOTE: Unresolved issues with the District Attorney will be brought to the
attention of the duty inspector/duty chief and be guided by their direction.
10. Interview:
a. Witnesses
b. Other persons involved

c. Uniformed member concerned, if appropriate.
11. Direct patrol supervisor to inspect firearms for evidence of recent
discharge (i.e., presence of spent rounds).
a. Have Firearms Analysis Section notified if firearm was discharged.
NOTE: If anyone was injured as a result of police firearms discharge, direct
patrol supervisor to secure all weapons that were discharged. A member
assigned to the Borough Investigations Unit will transport the firearm(s) to
the Firearms Analysis Section.
12. Direct uniformed member concerned to prepare FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT
REPORT (PD424-151).
a. Direct patrol supervisor to prepare REPORT, if uniformed member concerned
is incapacitated.
13. Assign uniformed member(s) of the service involved, temporarily, to patrol
borough office of assignment, or counterpart, for a minimum of three
consecutive scheduled tours (exclusive of sick time or regular days off), if
firearms discharge causes death or injury.
14. Notify Operations Unit and patrol borough command of details of
investigation and temporary assignment of uniformed member concerned, if such
assignment was made.
15. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Chief of Department,
based on "Firearms Discharge Manual, A Guide to the Preparation of a Shooting
Incident Report."
a. Include findings as to whether firearms discharge was within or outside
Department guidelines, if investigation is completed, and
b. Include any recommendations, as per the following schedule:
(1) FINDINGS
(a) No violation of Department firearms guidelines
(b) Violation of Department guidelines
(c) Accidental discharge - violation
(d) Accidental discharge - no violation
(2) RECOMMENDATIONS
(a) No corrective action to be taken
(b) Member concerned to review the law and instructions
(c) Member concerned to have additional firearms instructions
(d) Retraining in tactics re: ________________
(e) Current assignment of member be reviewed

(f) Other (Command Discipline, Charges and Specifications, etc.) re:
________________
NOTE: Ordinarily, there will be one "finding" per firearms discharge
incident and one or more "recommendations" about follow-up action to be taken.
However, an incident involving multiple firearms discharges by an individual
uniformed member of the service may have more than one "finding." For example,
an incident wherein two rounds are fired may have a "finding" that one
discharged round was "No violation of Department firearms guidelines," and the
other fired round was a "Violation of Department guidelines." In these split
"findings" cases, the investigating officer will clearly specify the nature of
each fired round.
In many cases the investigating officer's determination about the shooting
being "within/outside" the Department's guidelines will be reserved for the
future when the investigation is completed, e.g., following the interview of
uniformed member concerned (see P.G. 206-13, "Interrogation of Members of the
Service", presentation to grand jury, or completion of a criminal trial.
However, other co-relative decisions will not be postponed. For example,
regarding behavior or violations of Department guidelines, immediate action
will be taken when the member's behavior is erratic, e.g., refer to
Psychological Services, if appropriate, or derelictions are uncovered, e.g.,
initiate disciplinary actions. These actions will be described in the initial
report in its "Miscellaneous" section.
c. Indicate in report the time and date uniformed member concerned was
temporarily assigned to patrol borough/ counterpart command.
16. Review and sign report.
a. Distribute as follows:
(1) Original and first copy - to Chief of Department's Investigation
Review Section, Firearms Discharge Advisory Board, Room 1100A, Police
Headquarters, DIRECT.
(a) Attach first copy of FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ ASSAULT REPORT.
(2) Copy - Deputy Commissioner, Strategic Initiatives, (if death or
injury)
Deputy Commissioner, Training
Chief of Department
Chief of Patrol
Chief of Housing Bureau, if appropriate
Chief of Personnel
Chief of Transportation, if appropriate
Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section
Patrol Borough Commander
Uniformed member's commanding officer, if other than precinct of
occurrence.
17. Distribute remaining copies of FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT, as
indicated on form.
PATROL BOROUGH/COUNTERPART COMMANDER

18. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead for bureau chief concerned reviewing
temporary assignment of uniformed member(s) of the service concerned.
a. Recommend continuance or discontinuance, as appropriate.
NOTE: Uniformed member(s) of the service involved in such incidents will not
be returned to permanent command without prior approval of Chief of
Department.
COMMANDING EXECUTIVE OFFICER, MEMBER CONCERNED
19. Conduct informal interview of uniformed member(s) concerned, after initial
investigation is completed.
a. Inquire about uniformed member's well being
b. Offer any assistance deemed appropriate including the services of the
Counseling Services Unit, Employee Relations Section, Early Intervention Unit
(EIU) and Police Organization Providing Peer Assistance (POPPA).
20. Conduct a follow-up interview of the uniformed member concerned within
twenty-four to forty-eight hours.
a. Observe uniformed member's post trauma reaction.
b. Repeat offer of the services of the Employee Relations Section, Early
Intervention Unit (EIU), and Police Organization Providing Peer Assistance
(POPPA).
COMMANDING OFFICER, BOROUGH INVESTIGATION UNIT/PCT OF OCCURRENCE
21. Prepare final report on Typed Letterhead within ninety days of the
incident.
a. Submit interim reports on a monthly basis, if unable to comply within
ninety days, indicating reason for delay, e.g., District Attorney requested
delaying interview of uniformed member(s) concerned, etc.
b. Include, in the final report, all information not available at the time
of the initial report, and
(1) Findings and recommendations
(2) Medical Examiner's report
(3) Ballistics report
(4) Department Gunsmith's report (accidental discharges)
(5) Synopsis of uniformed member(s) statements
(6) Statement that Communications Section tapes were audited and are
consistent or not consistent with uniformed member(s)/witnesses' statements
(7) District Attorney/grand jury findings, if applicable
(8) Internal Affairs Bureau findings, if applicable.

22. Forward report to Chief of Department, as follows:
a. Original - DIRECT to Chief of Department's Investigation Review Section
b. Duplicate - through channels.
NOTE: The Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section will note all
cases not finalized by the first anniversary of their occurrence due to a
District Attorney's request to refrain from interviewing the uniformed member
of the service under P.G. 206-13, "Interrogation of Members of the Service." A
report of these cases will be forwarded to the Deputy Commissioner-Legal
Matters. The Deputy Commissioner-Legal Matters will confer with the
appropriate District Attorney to expedite judicial proceedings so that the
shooting investigation can be finalized without undue delay. The Deputy
Commissioner-Legal Matters will report the results of his/her conferral on
Typed Letterhead to the Chief of Department.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMANDER
23. Call meeting of borough Firearms Discharge Advisory Board on a monthly
basis.
24. Equitably distribute shooting investigations among shooting team leaders
and ensure their availability, whether on or off duty, at all times.
BOROUGH FIREARMS DISCHARGE ADVISORY BOARD
25. Review incident and sustain/alter findings and recommendations previously
made.
26. Prepare report, addressed to the Department Firearms Discharge Advisory
Board, containing findings and recommendations per the schedule in step 14.
NOTE: Each member must sign report.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMANDER
27. Endorse findings and recommendations to Chief of Department's Firearms
Discharge Advisory Board including:
a. Summary of findings
b. Indication of concurrence with findings and recommendations
c. Current duty status and assignment of uniformed member(s) concerned.
ADDITIONAL DATA
FIREARMS DISCHARGE BY UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
Investigating officers conducting the preliminary investigation will attempt
to ascertain and note in the preliminary report on Typed Letterhead, any
action, statement, clothing or equipment utilized by civilian clothed,
uniformed members of the service concerned to identify the uniformed member(s)
as police officers (see step 13, "Firearms Discharge Manual," [M.O.S.
Description]). Additionally, the investigating officer preparing the final
report on Typed Letterhead will include any additional information concerning
identification which is obtained during the course of the subsequent

investigation, including information obtained through interviewing civilian
witnesses and/or the uniformed member(s) concerned, pursuant to the provisions
of P.G. 206-13, "Interrogation of Members of the Service."
If a person is killed as a direct result of police action, the uniformed
member of the service involved will not be assigned to identify the body at
the morgue. Another uniformed member of the service, who can identify the
body, will be assigned.
While a firearms discharge at a safety station within a Department facility
does not require a report based on the "Firearms Discharge Manual" as per step
15 of this procedure, it does require a brief report by the uniformed member's
commanding officer to the Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section.
In all cases of firearms discharge, the firearm of the uniformed member
concerned will be delivered to and examined by the Firearms Analysis Section.
If accidental discharge of a firearm is alleged, the investigating officer
will direct that after Firearms Analysis Section examination, the firearm be
delivered to the Firearms and Tactics Section, Outdoor Range, at Rodman's Neck
for examination by a Department gunsmith. Department gunsmiths are available
Monday to Friday, 0730 to 2300 hours. Uniformed member(s) concerned will not
use the firearm(s) in question until such examination is completed (see P.G.
204-12, Repair/Replacement of Authorized Firearms"). If uniformed member's
service revolver/pistol has accidentally discharged and the incident occurs
when a Department gunsmith is not available, the uniformed member concerned
will be assigned to non-enforcement duty pending repair or replacement of the
firearm.
The FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT is the primary method used by the
Department to gather intelligence information regarding incidents which are
life-threatening for police officers. The effectiveness of tactics training in
identifying dangerous new criminal practices and in promoting safe new habits
by uniformed members of the service depends upon the accuracy and completeness
of these reports.
FIREARMS DISCHARGE INVESTIGATIONS-ACCIDENTAL DISCHARGES AND SELF-INFLICTED
WOUNDS
During the initial investigation of an incident involving a firearm discharge
by a member of the service), information sometimes indicates that the firearm
was discharged under accidental circumstances (with or without injury or
death), or may have apparently been a self-inflicted wound. In all such cases,
the ranking officer responsible for conducting the investigation must
determine whether the firearms removal procedure P.G. 206-17, "Removal And
Restoration Of Firearms) would be appropriate.
All firearms discharge investigation reports under accidental circumstances
shall include a finding and recommendation under Miscellaneous Information
(Para. 25 - standard format) whether or not the member's firearms should be
removed. In all cases of apparently self-inflicted wounds, absent mitigating
circumstances, firearm removal is mandatory.
Members do not have to be suspended or placed on modified assignment in order
to have their firearms removed. When the ranking member conducting the
investigation determines that a firearms removal is appropriate, P.G. 206-17,
"Removal And Restoration Of Firearms," shall be followed.
The circumstances of each case shall be judged on their own merit. Factors

such as on/off duty status, fitness for duty, contributing circumstances
(e.g., struggle with suspect), shooting range incidents etc., shall be
considered in making a determination about the necessity of firearms removal.
When firearms removal would not be appropriate, if an accidental discharge of
a firearm is alleged, the investigating officer will direct that after
ballistics examination, the firearm be delivered to the Firearms and Tactics
Section, Outdoor Range, at Rodman's Neck for examination by a department
gunsmith (gunsmiths are available Monday to Friday, 0730 to 1530 hours).
Members concerned will not use firearm in question until such examination is
completed (see P.G. 204-12, "Repair/ Replacement of Authorized Firearms"). If
member's service firearm has accidentally discharged and the incident occurs
when a department gunsmith is not available, such member will be assigned to
non-enforcement duty pending repair or replacement of the firearm.
In all firearm discharge cases, the ranking investigator shall determine
whether a referral should be made to the Early Intervention Unit, Counseling
Service, or Trauma Counseling Program. When a member is shot, or causes,
accidentally or otherwise, serious injury or death to another, the member will
be referred to the Trauma Counseling Program.
All uniformed members of the service who discharge a firearm, on or off duty,
at other than an approved firing range, will attend a tactics review session
conducted by the Firearms and Tactics Section. The dates, times, locations,
required equipment, and other provisions governing the review sessions will be
the subject of a yearly Department directive.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Occurring Within City (P.G. 205-05)
Line of Duty Injury or Death Occurring Outside City in Residence Counties
(P.G. 205-06)
Removal and Restoration of Firearms (P.G. 206-17)
Trauma Counseling Program (P.G. 205-08)
Repair/Replacement of Authorized Firearms (P.G. 204-12)
Boards and Committees (O. G. 101-23)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)
Typed Letterhead
APPENDIX "A"
RESPONSIBILITY FOR SHOOTING INVESTIGATION
Type of Shooting
No Injury

Injury
Initial Report
___________________________________________________________________________
Duty Captain
See Note.
No. However, he/she will
promptly respond to scene
and initiate investigation
until the arrival of the
Shooting Team Leader.
___________________________________________________________________________
Shooting Team Leader
Yes, if on duty at
Yes.
time of the firearm

discharge.
___________________________________________________________________________
C.O. (X.O.) of Housing
See Note.
No. However, if on-duty,
Bureau PSA (Area of
he/she will promptly
Occurrence)
respond to scene and
initiate investigation
with the assistance of the
Duty Captain until the
arrival of the Shooting
Team Leader.
___________________________________________________________________________
C.O. (X.O.) of Transit
See Note
No. However, if on-duty
District (Area of
he/she will promptly
Occurrence)
respond to scene and
initiate investigation
with the assistance of the
Duty Captain until the
arrival of the Shooting
Team Leader.
___________________________________________________________________________
NOTE: All firearms discharges by uniformed members of the service will be
investigated by a Shooting Team Leader if one is on duty at the time of the
shooting. If none is on duty and anyone is injured by a firearms discharge,
the borough will activate a Shooting Team Leader from off duty status. If none
is on duty and no one has been injured, the investigation will be conducted by
the duty captain concerned. (This function will be performed by the Commanding
Officer or Executive Officer, precinct of occurrence, if he/she is on duty. In
addition, non-injury shootings involving on duty uniformed members of the
service assigned to the Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau, when occurring on
Housing or Transit facilities, will be conducted by the Commanding Officer of
the PSA concerned or the Commanding Officer of the transit district concerned
if he/she is on duty at the time of the shooting.) Further, if an incident
involves firearms discharges by multiple officers assigned to the Housing
Bureau or Transit Bureau and other Department bureaus, the investigation will
be conducted by the Patrol Services Bureau Duty Captain.
Interim and final reports relative to police shootings will be prepared by:
The Commanding Officer, Borough Investigations Unit concerned whenever the
initial report is prepared by a Shooting Team Leader.
The Commanding Officer, precinct of occurrence whenever the initial report
is pre¬pared by a non-Shooting Team Leader.

P.G. 212-30 Uniformed Member Of The Service Fired Upon, Subject
Of Assault, Harassment, Menacing Or Reckless Endangerment, While
Performing Lawful Duty
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To record and evaluate incidents when a uniformed member of the service is
fired upon, but no police firearms use occurs, or is the subject of an
assault, harassment, menacing, or reckless endangerment, while performing
lawful duty, either on or off duty.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is fired upon, but no use of police
firearms occurs, or is the subject of an assault, harassment, menacing or
reckless endangerment, either on or off duty:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Promptly notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
2. Request response of patrol supervisor.
DESK OFFICER
3. Notify precinct commander/duty captain, Operations Unit, and patrol borough
command, without waiting for full details.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
4. Respond to scene and conduct investigation.
5. Direct uniformed member concerned to prepare FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT
REPORT (PD424-151).
a. Direct patrol supervisor to prepare a report of incident, if uniformed
member is incapacitated.
6. Prepare report on typed letterhead, addressed to the Chief of Department,
Investigation Review Section.
a. Attach first copy of FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT.
b. Forward copies of report, through channels.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT is the primary method used by the
Department to gather intelligence information regarding incidents which are
life-threatening for police officers. The effectiveness of tactics training
in identifying dangerous new criminal practices and in promoting safe new
habits by uniformed members of the service depends upon the accuracy and
completeness of these reports.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Firearms Discharge By Uniformed Members Of The Service (P.G. 212-29)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)

P.G. 212-31 Threats Against Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that threats against uniformed members of the service are documented
and investigated properly.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a uniformed member of the service receives or is notified of a threat
to the member concerned or to any other uniformed member of the service:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING THREAT
1. Attempt to gather as much information as possible regarding the identity
of:
a. Uniformed member of the service being threatened, and
b. Person making the threat.
IF THREAT IS RECEIVED BY TELEPHONE:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING THREAT
2. Attempt to keep the caller on the line as long as possible and record:
a. Telephone number of the telephone on which the threat has been received
b. Exact time the call commenced and terminated.
3. Attempt to obtain from caller as much information as possible, including:
a. Name of threatened uniformed member of the service
b. All information regarding the member concerned known by the caller
c. Motive or reason for threat
d. Manner in which the threat is to be carried out
e. Identity of caller (including any nickname or street name)
f. Location from which the call is being made.
4. Inquire if threatened uniformed member has arrested the caller and/or if
caller has been previously arrested.
a. Attempt to ascertain date and place of previous arrest or any incident of
contact between the caller contact and threatened member, if applicable.
5. Be alert for any identifiable background noises that may pinpoint the
location of the call, while engaged in conversation with the caller.

NOTE: If available and time permits, recording devices should be utilized to
record a threat received by telephone, or any part thereof. In addition, in
all cases of threats received by telephone, available features such as "*57"
and "*69" should be utilized immediately after contact is broken. The "*57"
feature instructs the telephone company computer to "trap" and make a record
of the originating telephone number of the immediately pre ceding call. The
number can then be retrieved by an investigator through contact with the NYNEX
Security Office. The "*69" feature automatically dials the originating
telephone number of the immediately preceding call. This feature allows
re-establishment of the connection in the event of a hang-up, thereby
providing another opportunity to gather further information from the caller.
These features do not operate on telephones that require an access code to
obtain an outside line (i.e., dialing "9").
IF THREAT IS RECEIVED IN WRITING
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING THREAT
6. Avoid unnecessary handling of envelope, if any, or document.
7. Place document into plastic security envelope as soon as possible.
a. Preserve for fingerprints and/or handwriting analysis, as appropriate.
NOTE: If biological evidence appears to be present, item should be placed
into a paper envelope or other suitable paper container. Do not write on the
container after the evidence or item has been placed therein.
8. Record:
a. Whether document was delivered by U.S. Mail or other delivery service
b. Identity, if possible, of postal service or delivery service employee.
9. Ascertain all available pedigree information, if delivered by private
individual.
a. Interview individual to ascertain origin of writing, including complete
description of person from whom the writing was obtained, if applicable.
IF THREAT IS RECEIVED BY FAX
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING THREAT
10. Record:
a. Precise date and time of receipt
b. Telephone number of receiving FAX machine.
11. Obtain transmission report from FAX machine, if machine is so equipped.
IF THREAT IS MADE IN PERSON
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING THREAT
12. Ascertain all available information from the individual making the threat
including:

a. Identity of uniformed member of the service threatened
b. Motivation of the threat
c. Full pedigree of threatener.
NOTE: If individual making the threat is not in custody at time of threat,
and there is probable cause to believe the threatener has committed a crime,
effect summary arrest and immediately notify supervisor of circumstances.
13. Notify supervisor immediately, whenever a threat is received as outlined
in steps 1 through 12, above.
SUPERVISORY MEMBER
14. Have threatened uniformed member notified of occurrence if threatened
member is not the receiving member.
NOTE: If threatened member is off duty at time of threat, the threatened
member will be directed to contact the precinct detective squad concerned, as
soon as possible, and the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section
immediately (available twenty-four hours a day for debriefing and assessment
of threat precautions to be implemented, if necessary.
15. Direct all involved persons to remain at scene or report to stationhouse
for debriefing.
16. Direct preparation of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) and refer REPORT, if
necessary (see "NOTE," following step 37).
a. Do not include information regarding the identity and residence of the
threatened uniformed member of the service in the COMPLAINT REPORT.
b. Mark COMPLAINT REPORT as "OPEN," in all cases and refer to precinct
detective squad for further investigation.
17. Notify the following of occurrence:
a. Precinct commanding officer/duty captain,
b. Precinct detective squad, and
c. Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section.
18. Prepare report, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to the Chief of Department,
detailing:
a. Circumstances of threat
b. Identity and other pertinent information regarding threatener
c. Identity of uniformed member threatened.
19. Forward copies of report, as follows:
a. One copy - DIRECT

b. One copy - THROUGH CHANNELS
c. One copy and copy of COMPLAINT REPORT to Intelligence Bureau, Public
Security Section - DIRECT.
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
20. Interview all persons involved in threat including:
a. Receiving member of the service
b. Threatened uniformed member of the service, if other than receiving
member
c. Any person involved in the delivery of the threat, i.e., U.S. Postal
Delivery person, or person receiving telephone threat, or person acting as an
informant, etc.
d. Arrested or suspected threatener.
21. Conduct full background check of all principals involved, i.e., criminal
history and warrant status of suspected threatener, arrest activity of
threatened member of the service, etc.
DETECTIVE ASSIGNED, PUBLIC SECURITY SECTION
22. Respond to command of occurrence in cases where a specific uniformed
member or group of members have been named as the target of the threat.
23. Review all reports in connection with incident.
24. Interview threatened uniformed member of the service.
25. Assess threat potential.
a. Make preliminary recommendation regarding protective measures to ensure
personal safety of threatened member.
26. Notify commanding officer concerned of preliminary recommended
precautions.
NOTE: Preliminary recommendations made by detectives assigned to the Public
Security Section regarding protective measures to be afforded to threatened
uniformed members of the service include, but are not limited to:
a. Providing a panic alarm, in appropriate cases
b. Providing a Department portable radio covering the frequency of the
residence precinct of the member concerned
c. Establishing a system of directed patrol to the residence or other
relevant location.
The precinct commander/duty captain will determine which of the
recommendations, if any, are to be implemented, and allocate patrol personnel
and resources accordingly. In addition, in appropriate cases, the precinct
commanding officer should consider including the residence address of a
threatened uniformed member of the service for inclusion on the

Hazardous/Sensitive Location List, in accordance with A.G. 316- 35,
"Hazardous/Sensitive/Hazardous Material Locations."
27. Conduct follow-up investigation/assessment of threat.
a. Determine if:
(1) Threatened uniformed member has been the subject of previous threats
(2) Threatener has made previous threats against uniformed members of the
service
(3) Threatener is a member of an identified criminal gang, group or
association
(4) Threat emanates from enforcement activity and motivation of threat.
28. Forward follow-up recommendations regarding security measures to
Commanding Officer, Public Security Section.
COMMANDING OFFICER, PUBLIC SECURITY SECTION
29. Review recommended personal security measures.
a. Forward, with additional recommendations if any, to Commanding Officer,
Intelligence Bureau.
COMMANDING OFFICER, INTELLIGENCE BUREAU
30. Review recommended personal security measures.
a. Forward final recommendations for protective measures to be implemented
to commanding officer of member concerned and commanding officer of member's
resident precinct, if appropriate.
b. Consult with borough commander/counterpart of threatened member, where
appropriate.
31. Direct periodic review and re-assessment of threat and personal protective
measures by Public Security Section, as necessary.
BOROUGH COMMANDER/COUNTERPART
32. Monitor progress of on-going investigations.
33. Consult with Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau, regarding continuing
personal protective measures afforded uniformed members residing or assigned
within borough.
34. Develop and coordinate, when appropriate, all necessary Departmental
resources and/or targeted enforcement strategies to aid the investigation and
protect the threatened member.
35. Coordinate use of all appropriate resources, including but not limited to
Organized Crime Control Bureau, Fugitive Enforcement Division, Street Crime
Unit, borough task force and other patrol and specialized resources to attack
the condition, criminal organization or enterprise from which the threat
emanates, if applicable.

DETECTIVE ASSIGNED, PUBLIC SECURITY SECTION
36. Assist assigned detective in all phases of investigation.
37. Continue investigation until case is closed by arrest or otherwise.
NOTE: Upon conferral with the detective borough commander, a precinct
detective squad commander may, in appropriate circumstances, refer an
investigation of a threat to a uniformed member of the service to the
Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section. Upon such referral, the Public
Security Section will assume both investigative and assessment responsibility,
until final closure of the case.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The continued safety of the member concerned is the first priority in any case
involving a threat to a uniformed member of the service. Therefore, the
COMPLAINT REPORT will be filed and primary investigative jurisdiction will be
vested in the New York City precinct that bears the closest connection to the
target of the threat, regardless of the location from which the threat
originates or is received. For example, a telephonically transmitted threat
targeting the on duty enforcement activities of a uniformed member of the
service will be investigated, and the COMPLAINT REPORT filed, in the targeted
uniformed member's precinct of assignment, regardless of the location of
origin or receipt of the threat. In threat cases arising from the targeted
uniformed member's off duty conduct, jurisdiction will be placed in the New
York City precinct of residence, if the uniformed member resides within the
City.
In cases where the threat is not related to the targeted uniformed member's on
duty activities, and the targeted uniformed member does not reside within the
City, jurisdiction will be placed in the New York City precinct from which the
threat originates (i.e., where the telephone call was made or the letter was
mailed or in which received (i.e., where the letter is delivered or where the
call is received). If both the location of origination and the location of
receipt are within the City, the location of origin will take priority.
In cases where the threat neither originates nor is received within the City
of New York, and the targeted uniformed member does not reside within the
City, the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section, will be responsible
for monitoring the investigation conducted by the police agency with
jurisdiction and for coordinating the Department's assistance with the
investigating agency.
The assigned member of the precinct detective squad bears the primary
responsibility for the continuing investigation of the threat case until
closure or referral. Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section personnel
will act in a support capacity with respect to the investigatory aspects of
the case, and are available to offer investigative support and expertise.
In all cases, the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section, bears primary
responsibility to evaluate the severity of the threat to the personal safety
of the threatened uniformed member and to make recommendations regarding the
protective measures necessary to ensure the safety of the threatened uniformed
member to the greatest extent practicable. In all cases, recommendations
regarding security measures are to be implemented by the commanding officer of
the member concerned, and the commanding officer of the residence precinct of

the member concerned, as appropriate, after conferral with the patrol borough
commander/counterpart and the Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau, or as
directed by higher authority.
Whenever a person is arrested for threatening, harassing or menacing a
uniformed member of the service, an elected official or any other city, state
or federal employee a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET will NOT be issued. The arrest
will be processed on-line.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
Hazardous/Sensitive/Hazardous Material Locations (A.G. 316-35)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)

P.G. 212-32 Off Duty Incidents Involving Uniformed Members Of The
Service
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To facilitate the preliminary investigation of off duty incidents involving
uniformed members of the service.
PROCEDURE
When an off duty uniformed member of the service is at an unusual police
occurrence to which the uniformed member of the service is either a
participant or a witness:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Remain at the scene of incident when feasible and consistent with personal
safety.
2. Request response of patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence.
NOTE: For purposes of this procedure an unusual police occurrence shall
include family disputes and other incidents of domestic violence in which the
officer is either a participant or a witness. When remaining at the scene is
inappropriate, the uniformed member of the service concerned may leave the
scene; however, said member must promptly notify the desk officer, precinct of
occurrence, and be guided by the desk officer's instructions. If incident
occurs outside of the City the uniformed member of the service concerned will
promptly notify the Operations Unit. The Operations Unit will notify the
appropriate patrol borough responsible for conducting investigations in the
residence county, or the appropriate authority if outside residence counties.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Respond to scene and assess situation.
4. Notify desk officer of available details.
DESK OFFICER
5. Notify precinct commander/duty captain.
6. Notify the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center (212-741-8401) with all
available details.
COMMANDING OFFICER/COUNTERPART
7. Conduct investigation and take appropriate action.
NOTE: Any investigation of a police incident or unusual occurrence,
including domestic violence and family disputes, which involve an off duty
uniformed member of the service as a participant or witness will benefit from
that uniformed member's presence.

ADDITIONAL DATA
When the Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center, is notified that an off duty
uniformed member of the service has suffered a non-fatal bullet wound from a
firearms discharge and he/she did not discharge a firearm and the injured
member is not the subject of any allegation of misconduct, the Internal
Affairs Bureau will notify the Personnel Bureau to enter the event entitled,
"UMOS Victim of Bullet Wound" with a zero point value on the concerned
member's Central Personnel Index (CPI).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)
Unusual Occurrences (P.G. 212-09)

P.G. 212-33 Confrontation Situations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safely resolve confrontations between members of the service, both on and
off duty.
SCOPE
The type and circumstances of encounters between members of the service whether in uniform or civilian clothes, both on and off duty - are so varied
they defy all-encompassing guidelines. In such encounters, the actions of the
members in the first few seconds are of vital importance. It must be
absolutely clear in the minds of all members of the service that in any
confrontation, the burden of proving identity rests on the CONFRONTED OFFICER
whether on or off duty. The CHALLENGING OFFICER, however, also has a
responsibility to use sound tactics and judgment in approaching the situation.
DEFINITIONS
CHALLENGING OFFICER - For the purpose of this procedure, the uniformed member
of the service who comes upon the scene where an unidentified person states
he/she is a police officer or whose actions may indicate he/she is taking
police action (i.e., on duty or off duty uniformed member of the service or an
enforcement officer from an outside criminal justice agency).
CONFRONTED OFFICER - The uniformed member of the service (usually civilian
clothed) either on or off duty, who may be armed and taking police action and
whose identity and objectives are not immediately apparent to the challenging
officer.
PROCEDURE
When on duty personnel, whether uniformed or civilian clothed, respond to a
scene and challenge an unidentified person who may be an on duty or off duty
uniformed member of the service or an enforcement officer from an outside
criminal justice agency:
CHALLENGING OFFICER
1. Immediately take cover to the rear, not to the side, of the person being
challenged, if possible.
a. Utilize any cover available (e.g. car, garbage can, lamppost, mailbox,
etc.).
(1) Any object is a form of protection, even though its value might be
only of a concealment nature.
2. Identify self in a loud clear voice and state "Police! Don't move."
a. Avoid using slang terms such as "Freeze" or "Hold It."
b. Avoid using directives which are contradictory and can cause confusion

such as, "Don't move and raise your hands."
c. Do not use stereotypes which are based on a person's race, color,
ethnicity, hairstyle, clothing or physical appearance.
(1) Members of the service are reminded that the Department is
multicultural and stereotypes based on the above WILL NOT BE USED TO JUSTIFY
YOUR ACTIONS.
(2) Members of the service are reminded that racial and ethnic profiling
is a violation of the Fourth Amendment to the United States Constitution,
Article 1 Section 12 of the New York State Constitution, Administrative Code
Section 14-151, and other applicable laws.
CONFRONTED OFFICER
3. Remain motionless even if it means a fleeing suspect may escape.
a. Do not turn body, especially if holding a firearm.
4. Obey all directions from the officer making the challenge.
CHALLENGING OFFICER
5. Request person to give exact location of identification and to produce I.D.
slowly, in a controlled manner, if person states he/she is a police officer.
CONFRONTED OFFICER
6. Inform challenging officer of exact location of identification before
moving.
7. Produce identification card slowly, in a controlled manner, without
unnecessary movement.
a. If requested to do so, remove identification card from wallet, holder,
etc. and hand it to the challenging officer.
CHALLENGING OFFICER
8. Examine credentials to insure:
a. Validity, and
b. Photo or description (if any) fits individual.
9. Remain alert until you are completely satisfied as to the person's
identity.
10. Return credentials, if satisfied with identification.
11. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
12. Request the response of the patrol supervisor, of precinct of occurrence
and supervisory officer of the on duty member of the service confronted.
RESPONDING SUPERVISOR

13. Have members involved report to stationhouse of precinct of occurrence.
a. Direct all members involved to report to the office of the commanding
officer of the Department building/facility where confrontation occurred, if
applicable.
COMMANDING OFFICER, PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE/DEPARTMENT FACILITY
14. Determine duty status of members involved.
15. Confer with commanding officers of both on and off duty members involved,
conduct joint investigation, and file joint report.
COMMANDING OFFICER PREPARING REPORT
16. Interview members involved.
17. Interview supervisory officers and witnesses, if appropriate.
18. Telephone facts to O.E.E.O., during business hours, or the next business
day, Monday through Friday, 0800 and 1800 hours. (If during non- business
hours, leave message on answering machine and an O.E.E.O. representative will
contact caller.)
a. Obtain O.E.E.O. case number.
19. Confer with personnel officers and/or personnel assigned to Employee
Relations Section, if appropriate.
20. Prepare report and include:
a. O.E.E.O. case number in subject
b. Details of incident
c. Results of interviews with all parties involved
d. Statement of how problem was resolved
e. Analysis and review of confrontation
f. Summary of weaknesses and corrective measures taken.
21. Forward copy of report to:
a. Office of Equal Employment Opportunity, direct
b. Commanding officer of each member involved.
COMMANDING OFFICER - MEMBER INVOLVED
22. Inform member involved of results of investigation and counsel member on
weaknesses and corrective measures taken.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE INVOLVED
23. Inform commanding officer of dissatisfaction with final determination of
investigation and request that the commanding officer of the next higher

command review the matter, if applicable.
COMMANDING OFFICER/NEXT HIGHER COMMAND
24. Notify the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity immediately, by
telephone, regarding review and:
a. Give relevant O.E.E.O. case number
b. Inform of any change in final decision.
25. Forward report to the Office of Equal Employment Opportunity within five
business days detailing changes in final decision.
ADDITIONAL DATA
TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS
Members of the service are reminded to deploy proper tactics and to use sound
judgment when involved in confrontation situations. Members will remain on
heightened alert until the member is completely satisfied as to the person's
identity through verification of credentials.
Members of the service are reminded to immediately take cover to the rear, not
to the side, of the person being challenged, if possible. A challenge from the
rear allows more time for the challenging officer to evaluate the subject's
reactions and also gives the challenging officer a tactical advantage. A
challenge from the side reduces response time.
Civilian clothes uniformed members of the service should make it a practice to
carry their shields in a pocket opposite their shooting hands.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Supervisors of uniformed members of the service who perform enforcement duty
in civilian clothes will ensure that their subordinates are made aware of the
"color of the day" at the commencement of their tours of duty. In addition,
members of the service performing duty in civilian clothes will ensure that
the "color of the day" is displayed in a conspicuous manner.
DEPARTMENT POLICY
The IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) is the primary form of identification for
uniformed members of the Department and must always be carried. However,
uniformed members of the service do not have to carry their shields when
unarmed.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)

P.G. 212-34 Probationary Police Officer, Police Eligible Or
Civilian Employee Involved In A Police Incident
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that commands concerned are notified when a probationary police
officer, civilian employee, or a person eligible for appointment to the
Department is involved in a police incident.
PROCEDURE
When a probationary police officer, a civilian employee or a person eligible
for appointment to the Department is involved in a police incident:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Report facts to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Conduct investigation to determine if involvement in incident would affect
member's performance in the Police Department.
3. Notify the Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center (212-741-8401) with all
available details.
4. Have three copies of report prepared on Typed Letterhead, containing all
pertinent information.
5. Forward one copy of report to:
a. Commanding Officer, Medical Division, when person is on a police eligible
list.
b. Commanding Officer, Applicant Processing Division, if incident involves a
police eligible.
c. Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section, for probationary police
officers or civilian employees.
NOTE: If probationary police officer is assigned to the Police Academy:
a. Forward duplicated copy of report to Commanding Officer, Police Academy
b. Notify Recruit Operations Unit at (212) 477-9721
c. Notify Performance Analysis Section next business day at (646) 610-5505.
6. File remaining copy.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Whenever a commanding officer, or investigative unit commander is recommending
a probationary police officer or civilian member for termination or

decertification, or is recommending a probationary member of the service of
any rank or title for an extension of probation, the commander must confer
with the Commanding Officer, Performance Analysis Section prior to forwarding
the recommendation.
Commanding officers concerned must recognize that the conduct of probationary
police officers, both on and off duty, is subject to evaluation.
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-35 Incidents Involving Enforcement Personnel Of Other
Agencies
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PROCEDURE
To investigate allegations of unnecessary use of force by uniformed members of
the service against on-duty enforcement personnel of specified agencies or to
investigate incidents which may result in the arrest of or the issuing of a
summons to such enforcement personnel.
DEFINITION
ENFORCEMENT PERSONNEL OF SPECIFIED AGENCIES:
a. Department of Transportation Highway Inspection/Quality Assurance
inspectors or Department of Transportation Parking Control Unit agents
b. Sanitation Department Enforcement agents.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is alleged to have used unnecessary
force against an on-duty enforcement agent of a specified agency or becomes
involved in an incident that may result in such enforcement agent being
arrested or issued a summons:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Immediately request the patrol supervisor to respond to the scene prior to
taking any other action.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
2. Respond to the scene and attempt to obtain third party witnesses to the
incident.
3. Bring all parties involved, including witnesses if possible, to precinct of
occurrence.
4. Inform desk officer of all facts.
DESK OFFICER
5. Notify Civilian Complaint Review Board, Intake Unit at 1-800-341-2272
(twenty-four hours), if allegation of unnecessary force is made (see P.G.
207-31).
6. Notify precinct commander/duty captain and:
a. The Department of Transportation Central Communications telephone number
(212) 442-7070/7120, if incident involves Department of Transportation Highway
Inspection/Quality Assurance inspector or Department of Transportation Parking
Control Unit agent.

b. The Sanitation Enforcement Headquarters Division: (718) 373-3870 (0600 x
1600 hours/7 days) (if closed, notify Sanitation Bureau Operations Office:
[212] 788-4043/4045) if incident involves Sanitation Department enforcement
personnel.
NOTE: Detective squad member will make the above notifications if, while
conducting an official investigation involving enforcement personnel of the
specified agencies, a complaint of unnecessary force is alleged or it appears
an arrest must be made or a summons issued to the enforcement agent.
PRECINCT COMMANDER/DUTY CAPTAIN
7. Conduct investigation.
8. Confer with supervisory/managerial personnel of enforcement personnel
involved.
9. Prepare three copies of report on Typed Letterhead with details of incident
and results of investigation and forward to:
a. Chief of Department - Direct
b. Chief of Department - through channels
c. File - precinct of occurrence.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If an agent of one of the above listed agencies wants to make an arrest
claiming that he or she was assaulted or the subject of any other crime while
performing their official duties, the officer will determine if probable cause
exists to support the claim. Upon determination that probable cause exists,
the officer will assist in the arrest and take the prisoner into custody. The
enforcement agent involved will be the complainant.
No arrest may be made, nor may a summons be issued, for a violation unless the
offense is personally observed by the member of the service.
DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS (PD260-121) and stationhouse bail will not be issued
to persons charged with Assault 3rd degree (Penal Law 120.00), Attempted
Assault 3rd degree (Penal Law 110/120.00), Menacing 2nd degree (Penal Law
120.14), Menacing 3rd degree (Penal Law 120.15), Harassment 1st degree (Penal
Law 240.25), Aggravated Harassment (Penal Law 240.30), and Reckless
Endangerment 2nd Degree (Penal Law 120.20) when committed against a city/state
enforcement agent performing official duty.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Civilian Complaints (P.G. 207-31)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS (PD260-121)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-36 Incidents Involving Former/Retired Members Of The
Service Or Off Duty/Retired Federal, State And City Law
Enforcement Agents Authorized To Carry A Weapon
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To investigate and safely resolve incidents and/or confrontations involving
former/retired members of the service or off duty/retired Federal, State, and
City law enforcement agents authorized to carry a weapon.
SCOPE
The type and circumstances of encounters involving former or off-duty law
enforcement officers with on-duty officers and the general public are varied.
Incidents which can lead to a confrontation or the potential for confrontation
may include traffic collisions, personal domestic disputes, an occasion where
a retired officer/agent observes criminal activity and takes police action or
when he/she is the victim of a serious crime.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service responds to or becomes aware of an
incident with the potential for a confrontation involving a former/retired
member of the service or off duty/retired Federal, State or City law agent
authorized to carry a weapon:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Ascertain identity of former/retired member of the service or the off
duty/retired law enforcement agent involved.
2. Determine if individual has a weapon on his/her person.
3. Request, if armed, personal identification and pistol license, when
appropriate.
4. Request to see his/her New York Police Department IDENTIFICATION CARD
(PD416-091) or other official law enforcement identification.
5. Request patrol supervisor to respond to scene.
NOTE: Any incident involving an off duty officer or member of another law
enforcement agency should be treated in a comparable manner to other incidents
or confrontations routinely encountered with other members of the public.
These individuals should not receive preferential treatment based on their
former or present status. Utilization of standardized procedures avoids
unnecessary risks to responding officers, individuals directly involved in the
controversy/confrontation and the general public at the scene.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
6. Respond to scene and attempt to obtain all relevant information from
witnesses, if any.

7. Approve an appropriate resolution of the matter, i.e., arrest, summons,
court referral, no police actions, etc.
8. Note if condition/incident has caused any unusual consequences, i.e., large
crowd, community unrest, etc.
9. Determine whether individual's licensed weapon should be taken for
safekeeping, when appropriate.
10. Notify desk officer of available details, when necessary.
DESK OFFICER
11. Make additional notifications as necessary.
NOTE: Where appropriate, i.e., in cases of arrest, issuance of summons,
etc., to an affected agent from another governmental law enforcement agency,
the desk officer will notify the Operations Unit of the relevant information.
The Operations Unit will act as the Department's liaison to make the
notification of this incident to the applicable governmental agency concerned.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Confrontation Situations (P.G. 212-33)
Pistol License Verification (P.G. 212-84)
Removal of Firearms from Intoxicated Member of the Service (P.G. 206-12)
Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun Permits (P.G.
212-118)
FORMS AND REPORT
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)

P.G. 212-37 Hazardous Materials
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To protect persons from the effects of hazardous materials.
DEFINITION
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL - Any chemical, biological or radiological substance which
uniformed members of the service believe to be dangerous to health.
ON-SCENE COORDINATOR - Highest ranking uniformed supervisor at scene;
responsible for coordinating actions of police and other city agency
personnel.
INTER-CITY AGENCY COMMAND CENTER - A location, separate and distinct from the
police temporary headquarters, where city agency activities and resources are
coordinated by the ON-SCENE COORDINATOR.
PROCEDURE
Upon arrival at the scene of an incident involving suspected hazardous
material or if legality of a hazardous material shipment is questionable.
NOTE: Extreme caution should be used by all members of the service,
especially first response personnel, at any suspected hazardous material
situation. Consider all suspected hazardous materials dangerous and not to be
handled or removed except by properly trained and equipped personnel.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify desk officer and Communications Section of facts and request
response of:
a. Patrol supervisor
b. Emergency Service Unit supervisor and personnel
c. Highway District Motor Carrier Safety Unit. [Rev 02-01] 2. Establish
minimum "frozen areas" as follows:
a. Outdoors - At least 300 feet from hazardous material source or spillage
b. Indoors - Evacuate room in which material is located
c. Explosion or fire:
(1) Outdoors - at least 1000 feet in radius from explosive and at least
300 feet in radius from fire
(2) Indoors - extend frozen area to include all areas or rooms where a
person might be exposed to the material; include floors above and below the
material

(3) Tanker Truck or Military Shipment - extend frozen area to a least
1000 feet in radius.
NOTE: Distances listed are minimal and may be expanded, if conditions
warrant, e.g., presence of irritants, heat emissions, vapors, etc.
3. Exclude vehicular and pedestrian traffic from frozen area.
a. Restrict entry to only those persons properly trained and equipped to
handle hazardous materials, except when absolutely necessary to save life or
prevent serious injury.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
4. Evaluate situation upon arrival at scene.
a. Confer with Emergency Service Unit supervisor/member or Highway District
Motor Carrier Safety Unit member on scene
b. Notify N.Y.C. Department of Health if scene is contaminated with
radiation
NOTE: If legality of a hazardous material shipment is questionable, the
Motor Carrier Safety Unit member will clarify.
c. Comply with pertinent provisions of P.G. 213-02, "Emergency Incidents."
5. Establish a command post and follow pertinent provisions of P.G. 213-01,
"Command Post Operations."
6. Advise Operations Unit, by telephone, of ALL available information
concerning:
a. Exact location of incident, including:
(1) Time of occurrence
(2) Source of spill or accident
(3) Whether there is danger to the public
b. Materials involved, including information on labels, markings, numbers on
vehicles and/or containers
c. Other agency personnel responding/required
d. Actions initiated/indicated.
7. Request Communications Section to notify Operations Unit and to dispatch
Bomb Squad.
NOTE: Evacuate persons at least 1,000 feet from suspected device.
8. Maintain frozen area security until hazardous materials are removed or
neutralized and declared safe.
a. Notify Highway Unit supervisor to be available for escort duties, as
necessary

b. If vehicle involved, detain for highway safety check by Highway District.
NOTE: The Department of Environmental Protection, upon notification from the
Operations Unit, will respond and assist in the analysis and handling of
suspected hazardous materials.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT SUPERVISOR/MEMBER
9. Determine extent of hazard and advise patrol supervisor.
a. Confer with Bomb Squad supervisor on scene
b. Survey area to determine if any radiation levels are detectable, as
appropriate.
10. Seek advice from Fire Department, Department of Environmental Protection,
Health Department, and/or Highway District Motor Carrier Safety Unit member,
if necessary.
NOTE: If the material presents no significant hazard (depending upon the
nature of the material) and pending the arrival of Department of Environmental
Protection personnel, the patrol supervisor will have the material
safeguarded. If the material can be handled easily, Emergency Service
personnel will remove the material to a secure area.
11. Advise patrol supervisor to have Department of Sanitation notified to
clean up, and dispose of substances, other than liquids, which have been
rendered safe.
WHEN INCIDENT INVOLVES A SIGNIFICANT FIRE, EXPLOSION, CHEMICAL BURN, TOXIC AIR
RELEASE OR RADIATION HAZARD TO EMERGENCY PERSONNEL OR THE GENERAL PUBLIC:
ON-SCENE COORDINATOR
12. Assume control at scene of incident.
13. Establish Inter-Agency Command Center as close to incident as safety
permits.
14. Ensure that adequate communications capability is available.
15. Assign a uniformed member of the service to maintain an Inter-Agency
Command Center Log.
16. Notify Operations Unit, immediately and relate all available information
concerning incident including:
a. Nature of material involved, its manufacturer, shipper, consignee
NOTE: All chemical names must be carefully spelled out.
b. Identification, warnings, symbols, signs and other information as
outlined in step 6, subdivision b
c. Pertinent information obtained from operator of vehicle transporting
material and/or from other documents.

17. Request a communications link be established between Operations Unit and
the Inter-Agency Command Center and that additional personnel be dispatched to
scene, if necessary.
18. Establish police lines.
a. Restrict access to emergency response vehicles and emergency personnel
b. Designate area for parking of emergency vehicles and equipment
(1) Choose area on high ground and/or upwind of hazardous material, if
possible, to avoid contamination.
19. Establish a safety perimeter (frozen area) within police lines, after
consultation with appropriate agencies if not already established.
a. Maintain frozen area until hazard is contained, neutralized and/or
decontaminated
b. Do not permit police vehicles/equipment parked or used within frozen area
to be removed until examined and decontaminated, if necessary.
20. Establish detours:
a. Consider potential for explosion of volatile gases/vapors which might be
caused by vehicle generated sparks
b. Maintain access for emergency vehicles
[I.O. 1 s 11] c. Notify Traffic Management Center and request necessary
personnel to respond and implement traffic control measures
d. Consider implementation of Traffic Plan "C," as outlined in P.G. 213-13,
"Emergency Plans 'A', 'B', 'C'.
NOTE: Where off-loading of hazardous materials becomes necessary, coordinate
selection of emergency response route for responding off- load vehicle with
Department of Environmental Protection, [I.O. 1 s 11] Traffic Management
Center and Operations Unit personnel.
21. Request Emergency Medical Service to provide medical treatment for persons
affected.
22. Detain those persons not requiring emergency medical treatment who have
been exposed to the hazardous material, if possible.
a. Obtain names and addresses for entry in Command Post Log in the event
that medical follow-up becomes necessary.
23. Coordinate actions of Fire Department, Department of Environmental
Protection and Department of Sanitation to prevent hazardous materials from
entering sewer system.
a. Request Operations Unit to notify Department of Environmental Protection,
if substance enters sewer system, so that pollution control plant serving area
may be alerted.
24. Evacuate the area, if appropriate, to a distance sufficient to protect

public from dangers posed by the material.
a. Exclude all but properly equipped, essential personnel from the vicinity.
25. Request response of Mobile Decontamination Vehicle through Operations
Unit, if necessary.
NOTE: If ON - SCENE COORDINATOR is not available, Fire Department, deputy
chief or above, Department of Environmental Protection - Director, Hazardous
Material Unit, assistant commissioner or above, or Emergency Medical Service Director or above, may request the activation of Mobile Decontamination
Vehicle through the Operations Unit.
OPERATIONS UNIT MEMBER
26. Notify the following agencies:
a. Fire Department
(1) Request response, in all cases, whether or not there is or has been a
fire at the location
(2) Advise Fire Department dispatcher of nature of incident and telephone
number of Inter-Agency Command Center
b. Department of Health, Poison Control Center
(1) Request response to scene to assist in a determination of actions to
be taken
(2) Provide all available information
c. Department of Environmental Protection
(1) Relay all available information
(2) Request "Response Team" be dispatched to scene
(3) Provide Inter-Agency Command Center telephone number
d. Department of Sanitation
(1) Advise re: nature and exact location of incident
(2) Request that preparations be made to deliver sand or other containment
materials, if needed
(3) Provide Inter-Agency Command Center telephone number
e. Relay all available information to the following:
(1) Emergency Medical Service
(2) U.S. Coast Guard
(3) American Red Cross
(4) New York State Department of Environmental Conservation.

OFFICER OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
27. Coordinate city agency actions to ensure that:
a. Substance involved is contained and controlled
b. Hazard to the public is minimized
c. Evacuation, if necessary, is properly handled.
28. Evaluate extent of hazard through consultation with Department of
Environmental Protection Response Team and Department of Health, Poison
Control Center.
29. Proceed to Inter-Agency Command Center.
a. Establish Emergency Coordinating Section, composed of management
personnel from each principal agency involved.
UNIFORMED MEMBER ASSIGNED TO FIELD COMMAND POST/INTER- AGENCY COMMAND CENTER
30. Record, in Command Post Log/Inter-Agency Command Center Log, all
significant information and events, including arrival and departure of
uniformed members of the service responding and the arrival and departure of
members and equipment from other agencies.
31. Enter names and addresses of persons not requiring immediate emergency
medical treatment who may have been exposed to the hazardous material in Log,
in the event medical follow-up is necessary.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT MEMBER
32. Report name and shield number of members of the service (uniformed and
civilian) at the scene where radiation levels are detected to the member
maintaining the field Command Post Log for entry therein.
C.O. PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
33. Have transcript of all Command Post Log entries prepared on Typed
Letterhead and forwarded to Commanding Officer, Police Laboratory.
C.O., POLICE LABORATORY
34. Forward report to Commanding Officer, Medical Division, indicating:
a. Specific names and amounts of hazardous materials involved
b. Radiation intensity at scene, if any
c. List of police personnel who were present and length of time exposed to
hazardous material
(1) Enter radiation intensity to which each member was exposed.
C.O. MEDICAL DIVISION
35. Have entries made in member's medical folder of the specific names and

amounts of hazardous materials to which member was exposed.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The following city agencies will respond to the scene of hazardous materials
incidents, perform the functions indicated, and coordinate activities with the
On- Scene Coordinator:
a. Fire Department
(1) Contain and control hazardous material.
b. Sanitation Department
(1) Clean up and dispose of materials rendered safe, excluding liquids.
(2) Provide sand and other containment material.
c. Department of Environmental Protection
(1) Provide technical guidance.
(2) Contact private firms capable of assisting in containment, control,
cleanup, and disposal of hazardous materials.
(3) Assist the Fire Department with containment and abatement.
d. Department of Health
(1) Provide technical information on hazardous materials.
(2) Assess effect and hazards to the public health.
(3) Ensure radioactive and/or disease-causing material are contained,
neutralized, controlled and cleaned up.
e. Emergency Medical Service
(1) Provide on-site medical service for treatment of affected persons.
f. Mayor's Press Office
(1) Provide public with information relative to the incident.
The On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) upon conferral and in conjunction with the
ranking fire official at the scene of a hazardous material incident shall:
a. Utilize, when necessary, the expertise of the appropriate Department
unit/City agency representative(s) at the scene, for technical guidance and
assistance in execution of prescribed responsibilities (e.g., Emergency
Service Unit, Bomb Squad, Fire Department Hazmat, Department of Environmental
Protection, Department of Health).
b. Identify, to the extent possible, all hazardous substances or conditions
present, and address as appropriate, site analysis, use of engineering
controls, maximum exposure limits, hazardous substance handling procedures,
and use of any new technologies.

c. Based on the hazardous substances and/or conditions present, implement
appropriate emergency operations, and assure that the personal protective
equipment worn is appropriate for the hazards to be encountered. This shall
include positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus which shall be
worn by personnel engaged in emergency response when exposed to hazardous
substances presenting an inhalation hazard or potential inhalation hazard,
until it is determined through the use of air monitoring that a decreased
level of respiratory protection will not result in hazardous exposures to
these personnel.
d. Limit the number of emergency response personnel within the safety
perimeter, to those who are actively performing emergency operations.
Operations in hazardous areas shall be performed using the "buddy system" in
groups of two or more (each member of the group must be designated to observe
the activities of at least one other member of the group).
e. Designate a safety official, who is knowledgeable in the operations being
implemented at the scene, with specific responsibility to identify and
evaluate hazards and to provide direction with respect to the safety of
operations for the emergency at hand. Inform the safety official as to his/her
authority to alter, suspend, or terminate those activities judged by him/her
to result in a condition immediately dangerous to life or health, and/or
involve an imminent danger condition. The safety official must immediately
inform the On-Scene Coordinator of any actions needed to be taken to correct
these hazards at an emergency scene. Identity of the safety official shall be
entered in the Command Post Log.
The safety official should be selected, by the On-Scene Coordinator, from the
responding agency most familiar with the particular hazard encountered, i.e.,
Emergency Service Unit, Bomb Squad, Fire Department Hazmat, Department of
Environmental Protection, Department of Health, etc. Also, more than one
safety official can be designated by the On-Scene Coordinator.
At the conclusion of a hazardous material incident the On-Scene Coordinator
will critique the incident with agency representatives and advise the Office
of Emergency Management of the results of the critique.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Suspected Explosive Devices and Post Explosion Bomb Scene (P.G. 212-40)
Mayor's Plan for Coordinated Action at Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

P.G. 212-38 Hostage/Barricaded Person(s)
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To handle hostage/barricaded persons' situations with maximum safety to all
persons concerned.
DEFINITIONS
HOSTAGE SITUATION - A hostage situation begins the moment a suspect takes a
person under his or her control and subjects that person to the risk of bodily
harm for the purpose of furthering a criminal act or to facilitate escape.
There are two broad categories of hostage situations:
a. The classic hostage situation, in which the hostage-taker is contained
within a room, building, store, or other physically segregated area;
b. The mobile hostage situation, in which the hostage-taker is on the street
or another location where he or she is not restricted by clear physical
boundaries.
OUTER PERIMETER - Area sufficiently removed from actual scene of incident to
ensure the safety of all spectators, including members of the news media. The
establishment of outer perimeters dictates the evacuation of all civilians and
unnecessary police personnel from this area.
INNER PERIMETER - Frozen area, encompassing the incident location. No one will
be permitted in this area without a protective vest appropriate to the level
of threat present. No one will be allowed to enter the Inner Perimeter except:
a. Patrol borough commander or duty chief;
b. Commanding Officer, Special Operations Division, and personnel under
his/her command;
c. Commanding Officer, Emergency Service Unit, and personnel under his/ her
command;
d. Hostage Negotiating Coordinator and personnel under his/her command;
e. Technical Assistance Response Unit (TARU) supervisor and personnel under
his/her command;
f. Bomb Squad supervisor and one technician, when bomb is present or
suspected;
g. Ranking patrol duty supervisor from affected operational bureau (Patrol
Services, Housing or Transit) depending on location of incident;
h. Any other person(s) with the permission of the patrol borough commander
or duty chief.
MASS REFLEXIVE RESPONSE - Sometimes referred to as "contagious shooting," mass
reflexive response is the phenomenon which occurs when a shot fired by one

officer sets off a chain reaction of shooting by other personnel on the scene.
It involves reacting based on one's instinct rather than on a rational
assessment of the situation.
FIREARMS CONTROL - Firearms control requires that no member of the service on
the scene will discharge a firearm unless and until directed to do so by the
supervisory officer in charge, unless discharging a firearm is absolutely
necessary for self-defense or the defense of another and there is no other
alternative.
PROCEDURE
When responding to the scene of an incident in which persons are being held
hostage or barricaded persons will not voluntarily surrender, or when persons
are taken hostage during the course of an ongoing police incident, pursuit,
etc.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request through communications dispatcher that the patrol supervisor,
Emergency Services Unit (ESU), Hostage Negotiation (H.N.T.) and the Technical
Assistance Response Unit (T.A.R.U.) respond to the incident.
2. Seek cover and attempt to isolate and contain the subject and the hostage.
NOTE: When there is time to negotiate, all the time necessary to ensure the
safety of all individuals concerned will be used. Once a hostage or hostages
are taken, all members of the service at the scene will attempt to contain the
subject(s) and hostage(s) and implement hostage negotiation procedures. Note
that the safety and well-being of the hostage as well as all persons present
is our paramount concern. Any action which endangers the hostage will be
avoided, if possible.
3. Be cognizant of the danger of "Mass Reflexive Response."
a. The first officers on the scene will immediately establish and maintain
firearms control.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service should be aware that, although the
New York State Penal Law and Department procedures may authorize the use of
deadly physical force in a given situation, they will not be subject to
criticism or disciplinary action for choosing not to discharge their firearms.
4. Attempt to slow the pace of the incident and establish a dialogue with the
subject while awaiting the arrival of specialized personnel.
a. Any action which might agitate or provoke the subject should be avoided.
5. Refrain from any action which would unnecessarily jeopardize the safety of
the hostage.
6. Establish police lines to control subject's mobility and to prevent
uninvolved persons from entering the area.
NOTE: Street situations, or mobile hostage situations, present added
hazards. The ability to control the subject's movement, and the prevention of
uninvolved persons unwittingly entering the inner perimeter, are limited by
the setting in which the incident occurs. The proper deployment of personnel

will aim to control access to the inner perimeter as well as to control the
subject's mobility. Natural boundaries, such as fences, building lines, parked
cars, and walls, should be used to contain the subject. Department vehicles,
strategically placed, can be used to contain the incident or to block escape
routes.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
7. Assume command of the situation.
8. Ensure that all members of the service present are directed to maintain
firearms control.
a. As soon as circumstances permit, designate one or more uniformed members
of the service who will act as the designated shooter(s) if the use of deadly
physical force becomes unavoidable.
b. Designate a uniformed member of the service to maintain radio contact
with the Communications Section dispatcher, so that the dispatcher and
responding personnel are kept apprised of the situation as it develops.
NOTE: The ranking officer in charge will personally assume responsibility
for firearms control. To maintain firearms control, he or she must be able to
immediately assess conditions as they develop, and to give appropriate
direction instantaneously. Therefore, the ranking officer in charge will
assume a position within the inner perimeter, at the focal point of the
situation.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
9. Assess situation and ensure sufficient patrol response pending arrival of
Emergency Service Unit.
10. Verify through the communications dispatcher the ESU, H.N.T. and T.A.R.U.
are enroute to the incident scene and if not, request their immediate
response.
NOTE: Only the ranking patrol duty incident commander (i.e., patrol borough
commander/duty inspector/duty captain) has the authorization to cancel the
services of the H.N.T. and T.A.R.U. via the communications dispatcher. The
communications dispatcher is NOT authorized to cancel the services of H.N.T.
and/or T.A.R.U. without the aforementioned consent of the ranking patrol duty
incident commander on the scene.
11. Request response of precinct commander/duty captain.
12. Implement hostage negotiation procedures, beginning with the establishment
of inner and outer perimeters.
a. The inner perimeter should contain only those personnel necessary to
accomplish the mission; all others will be directed to the outer perimeter.
b. Uninvolved civilians should be evacuated, if safety permits. They should
be properly identified and detained for questioning to obtain pertinent
information about the incident.
c. Once the inner perimeter is established, only authorized personnel will
be permitted to enter it.

d. An outer perimeter will be established to serve as a staging area for
additional police personnel and for other agencies (i.e., Fire Department,
Emergency Medical Service, etc.)
e. The Communications Section should advise all units responding to the
incident to avoid the inner perimeter, and not to use lights and sirens as
they approach the scene.
13. Confer with the Emergency Service Unit upon their arrival to evaluate
location and coverage of inner and outer perimeters, as well as necessity for
evacuation of area.
a. Request response of Emergency Service Unit supervisor, if not present.
14. Establish field command post outside of inner perimeter and the potential
line of fire.
15. Have desk officer, precinct of occurrence, and Operations Unit apprised of
situation and provide telephone numbers of field command post.
NOTE: The ranking patrol supervisor on the scene is in command and will
coordinate police operations. If a barricaded person is contained and poses no
immediate threat or danger to any person, no additional action will be taken
without the authorization of the precinct commander/duty captain at the scene.
PRECINCT/PSA/DISTRICT COMMANDER/DUTY CAPTAIN
16. Assume command of the incident.
17. Ascertain that firearms control has been established.
18. Confer with patrol supervisor and Emergency Service Unit Supervisor to
determine if sufficient personnel are present to maintain inner and outer
perimeters.
19. Ensure that field command post is established outside inner perimeter and
potential line of fire.
20. Assign sufficient personnel to maintain outer perimeter.
21. Have duty inspector and patrol borough commander or duty chief notified to
respond in verified hostage or barricade situation.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT SUPERVISOR
22. Ensure that a clearly delineated inner perimeter has been established.
23. Ensure that only properly equipped and designated personnel enter the
inner perimeter.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMANDER/DUTY INSPECTOR/DUTY CAPTAIN
24. Assume overall command and ascertain that the outer perimeter and inner
perimeter have been established.
25. Ensure through the communications dispatcher that H.N.T. (with
coordinator) and T.A.R.U. are enroute to or are already present at the

incident scene and if not, then request their immediate response.
26. Ensure that detective borough commander is notified.
27. Attempt to establish contact with the person holding hostages or the
barricaded person, pending arrival of hostage negotiator(s).
a. Determine who may speak to hostage taker or barricaded person.
HOSTAGE NEGOTIATION COORDINATOR
28. Report to ranking patrol duty incident commander present.
29. Commence hostage/barricaded persons procedures.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Although the primary goals in a developing hostage situation are to isolate
and contain the subject, the safety of the hostage, and of all persons
present, is the overriding concern. The Communications Section must be kept
apprised of the situation as it develops so that information can be relayed to
personnel at the scene as well as others who may be responding. It is
impossible to create a set of guidelines which will cover all potential
hostage situations. These basic guidelines must be tailored to the situation
at hand. However, in any hostage situation, there are three constants:
a. When there is time to negotiate, all the time necessary to ensure the
safety of all concerned will be used
b. Deadly physical force will be used only as a last resort to protect the
life of persons present
c. The overriding goal is the safe release of the hostage. Uniformed members
of the service are reminded that, although the New York State Penal Law and
Department procedures may authorize the use of deadly physical force in a
given situation, they will not be subject to criticism or disciplinary action
for choosing not to discharge their weapons. Hostage-takers often maintain
close physical proximity to their hostage(s). For that reason, uniformed
members of the service must be especially aware of the risk involved in
attempting to shoot a small, moving target, and the possibility of further
jeopardizing the safety of the hostage.
In addition to the above, uniformed members of the service in the ranks of
captain and above will be cognizant of the provisions of the Department
tactical manual entitled, "Hostage Negotiations - Organizational and Tactical
Guide."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Mentally Ill Or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Mental Health Removal Orders (P.G. 216-06)
Citywide Incident Management System (P.G. 220 Series)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Evictions, Repossessions, and Other Civil Process (P.G. 214-13)
Unlawful Evictions (P.G. 214-12)
Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles-Suspected Explosive Devices and Post
Explosion Bomb Scenes (P.G. 212-40)

P.G. 212-39 Vehicle Pursuits
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To determine the necessity of commencing a vehicle pursuit and the method to
be employed in conducting such a pursuit.
DEFINITION
PRIMARY VEHICLE - vehicle initiating pursuit.
SECONDARY VEHICLE - first additional unit assisting in pursuit.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing a vehicle which is to be stopped or there is a likelihood that
vehicle pursuit may be imminent:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE, PRIMARY VEHICLE
1. Initiate vehicle stop when feasible.
2. Determine the necessity for commencing and continuing a vehicle pursuit by
considering the following:
a. Nature of offense
b. Time of day
c. Weather condition
d. Location and population density
e. Capability of Department vehicle
f. Familiarity with area.
NOTE: Department policy requires that a vehicle pursuit be terminated
whenever the risks to uniformed members of the service and the public outweigh
the danger to the community if suspect is not immediately apprehended. If
chase is terminated, members will attempt to obtain sufficient information to
effect apprehension.
3. Notify radio dispatcher at start of pursuit and provide the following
information:
a. Your location
b. Type of vehicle, color and direction of travel
c. Nature of offense
d. Registration number and state of registration

e. Occupants
f. Any other pertinent information.
4. Maintain contact with radio dispatcher but do not depress transmitter key
unnecessarily.
a. Keep radio transmissions brief and speak in normal tones.
5. Utilize vehicle's emergency signaling devices intelligently.
a. Do not use the "constant" position on siren, since it tends to distort
transmissions and blot out the sound of approaching vehicles.
6. Inform radio dispatcher if vehicle changes direction.
a. Give last location of vehicle, speed, and direction of travel.
7. Notify radio dispatcher if pursued vehicle is lost or pursuit is
terminated.
PATROL SUPERVISOR, PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
8. DIRECT AND CONTROL THE PURSUIT AND THE APPREHENSION EFFORT.
a. Monitor radio transmissions
b. Keep radio dispatcher informed of location
c. Limit involvement and control radio use of other units.
NOTE: Units other than the primary vehicle, secondary vehicle and
supervisor's unit shall stay off the air except in extreme emergencies and
stay clear of the pursuit but remain alert to its progress. They will not join
in or interfere with the pursuit vehicles.
9. Request other units to respond to strategic locations to apprehend the
vehicle.
a. Primary and secondary units will be the only units to operate in close
pursuit of the pursued vehicle.
b. Additional units may be requested by the officers in the primary unit or
by a supervisor, if it appears that the officers in the vehicle involved would
not be able to safely effect the apprehension of the suspects. Vehicles shall
not caravan behind pursuing vehicles.
10. Terminate the pursuit, if necessary.
11. Coordinate a search of the vicinity where pursued vehicle last observed.
RADIO DISPATCHER, COMMUNICATIONS SECTION
12. Notify Communications Section platoon commander/uniformed supervisor of
pursuit.
13. Direct other units to assist and support the pursuing vehicles, as
directed by the patrol supervisor.

a. If the registration plate number is known, inform members concerned
whether the vehicle is wanted on an alarm or not.
NOTE: Whenever a vehicle pursuit results from another assignment, SPRINT
code 10-88 will be utilized. Pick-up vehicle pursuits will be entered as
10-60I.
PLATOON COMMANDER/UNIFORMED SUPERVISOR, COMMUNICATIONS SECTION
14. Monitor pursuit.
a. Control and direct the apprehension effort, in the absence of active
patrol supervisor. Terminate pursuit if warranted.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE, SECONDARY VEHICLE
15. Acknowledge assignment as secondary vehicle.
a. Allow at least five car lengths distance from primary pursuit vehicle.
b. Do not pass primary vehicle unless requested by that unit, or if other
circumstances exist such as an collision, mechanical malfunction, etc.
PATROL SUPERVISOR, PRECINCT ORIGINATING PURSUIT
16. Immediately after pursuit, prepare VEHICLE PURSUIT REPORT (PD371- 153).
17. Forward report to commanding officer, precinct originating pursuit.
NOTE: If pursuit is initiated by other than Patrol Services Bureau
personnel, the immediate supervisor of those officers will perform the duties
of the patrol supervisor.
COMMANDING OFFICER PRECINCT ORIGINATING PURSUIT
18. Review and endorse patrol supervisor's report (include statement regarding
disciplinary action) and have copies forwarded, as follows:
a. Commanding Officer, Personnel Safety Desk (original and copy through
channels)
b. Borough Safety Officer
c. Commanding officers of members involved in pursuit (attach SUPERVISOR'S
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD468-123), if prepared).
COMMANDING OFFICER OF MEMBER INVOLVED IN PURSUIT
19. Determine and take appropriate disciplinary action (command discipline,
charges and specifications, etc.) and notify Borough Safety Officer.
20. Have a copy of all reports prepared placed in personal folder of members
involved.
PERSONNEL SAFETY DESK
21. Have a number assigned to report, upon receipt.

a. Numbers will start with 0001 for the first incident reported each year.
NOTE: The Personnel Safety Desk will maintain a chronological file of all
reported vehicle pursuits.
22. Have a copy of report forwarded to:
a. Commanding Officer, Driver Training Unit, Police Academy
b. Commanding Officer, Personnel Records Section.
C.O., PERSONNEL RECORDS SECTION
23. Have report placed in the personal folder of officers involved.
DIRECTOR, M.I.S.D.
24. Prepare and forward a monthly report of all vehicle pursuits to the
appropriate Borough Safety Officer.
BOROUGH SAFETY OFFICER
25. Insure that a vehicle pursuit report has been prepared for all pursuits
identified by Communications Section.
26. Review and report data regarding vehicle pursuits to patrol borough
commanding officer.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The following tactics are prohibited and will not be used in an attempt to
stop a vehicle:
a. Ramming
b. Placing moving Department vehicle in a position to be struck by the
pursued vehicle
c. Driving alongside the pursued vehicle
d. Roadblocks (unless specifically directed by supervisory personnel).
Unmarked Department vehicles will limit pursuits.
Department vans and scooters (2 and 3 wheel) will not be used in pursuits.
Two wheel motorcycles will limit pursuits and terminate pursuit when four
wheel Department vehicle has joined pursuit.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Leaving the Scene of a Vehicle Collision (P.G. 217-05)*
(* Original Reads 217-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT (PD468-123)
VEHICLE PURSUIT REPORT (PD371-153)

P.G. 212-40 Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles-Suspected/Reported
Explosive Devices And Post Explosion Bomb Scenes
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide maximum protection to persons and property and to safeguard
evidence at incidents involving a reported, suspected or confirmed unattended
package or explosive device, including incendiary devices or a post explosion
bomb scene.
DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this procedure the following definitions will apply:
BOMB THREAT - Any communication, including written correspondences or
telephone calls received by the public or a member of the service, indicating
that an explosive device has been, or will be, placed at a particular
location(s).
UNATTENDED ARTICLE - Any article (including packages, parcels, containers,
luggage or other baggage,) whose contents are undetermined or not immediately
discernible from the outward appearance of the item and the location and
circumstances of discovery raises any concern regarding public safety.
EXPLOSIVE DEVICE - Any article, detonated by mechanical or electrical means,
which may possibly contain a chemical, gas, liquid or other substance capable
of causing a fire, explosion, burn, or other chemical reaction intended to
cause injury to a person or result in damage and/or destruction of property.
PROCEDURE
Upon arrival at the scene where an unattended article or suspected explosive
device (including letters and packages) has been reported or an explosion has
occurred:
BOMB THREAT
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING THREAT
1. Obtain all relevant information and details.
2. Immediately notify Communications Section and provide details.
a. Provide caller's location and telephone number, if available.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Respond to location.
a. Ascertain caller's location and telephone number, if possible.
4. Request response of patrol supervisor and Emergency Service Unit.
5. Obtain details concerning the nature of the threat (e.g., time, location,

type of device, etc.)
a. Interview person receiving communication, if possible.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
6. Review actions taken and determine if additional personnel or equipment are
required.
7. Confer with premise owner/representative.
NOTE: The scope of the preliminary search and/or evacuation will be
determined based upon all available information including the type of premise,
premise location, nature of business conducted at the location, and prior
history of similar threats.
8. Conduct preliminary search of location, if appropriate.
NOTE: If at anytime during the preliminary search a suspected explosive
device is discovered or is believed to exist, immediately comply with the
procedure for a suspected explosive device as outlined below.
UNATTENDED ARTICLE
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
9. Interview complainant and witnesses, if available.
10. Attempt to determine owner / custodian of article or property.
a. Ascertain circumstances under which the unattended article was
discovered.
11. Notify owner / custodian to retrieve property if inquiry reveals the
identity of the owner / custodian and the nature of the article.
NOTE: An unattended article will not be physically examined or otherwise
disturbed by a member of the service other than a member assigned to the Bomb
Squad.
12. Comply with the procedure for suspected explosive devices if owner/
custodian cannot be determined and/or circumstances indicate that an article
may be a danger to public safety.
NOTE: Members of the service must consider the totality of circumstances
when determining whether an unattended article poses a possible threat to
public safety. The following factors should be taken into consideration:
a. Prior history or threats at location or vicinity;
b. Sensitive nature of business or activity which occurs at location where
article is found (e.g., government or religious institution, foreign or
diplomatic office or residence);
c. Physical indications (e.g., exposed wires, oil stains, odor of gasoline
or other noxious substance);
d. Recent political events (e.g., national or international incidents or

controversy);
e. High volume of pedestrian or vehicular traffic (e.g., subway stations,
railroad/bus terminals, bridges, tunnels, etc.).
SUSPECTED/REPORTED EXPLOSIVE DEVICES
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
13. Evacuate area, as necessary.
14. Notify Communications Section, via landline, (DO NOT USE CELLULAR
TELEPHONE OR PORTABLE RADIO) and request:
a. Patrol supervisor to respond,
b. Emergency Service Unit to respond,
c. Duty captain to respond, and
d. Operations Unit be notified.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
15. Review actions taken and determine if additional personnel or equipment
are needed.
a. A Level One mobilization may be activated to have personnel respond
rapidly to the scene, when necessary.
NOTE: The ranking member of the Police Department at the scene is in
command; however, he / she will consult with the ranking Fire Officer and
other City officials, if present, to determine if further evacuation is
required or if emergency action taken should be expanded or curtailed.
16. Establish Command Post.
17. Assign uniformed members of the service to prevent entry of persons into
evacuated areas.
18. Assign uniformed members of the service to direct responding personnel to
Command Post.
a. Notify Traffic Control Division if a significant re-routing of traffic is
expected.
19. Organize search of premises or area.
a. Secure assistance of building security, custodial or supervisory
personnel.
b. Obtain floor plan of premise, if possible.
c. Assign search teams to specific areas accessible to the public.
d. Remain at command post to coordinate search activities and maintain
control of search teams.

e. Have search teams use stairways instead of elevators (if elevators must
be used, use those not accessible to the public).
NOTE: DO NOT USE PORTABLE RADIOS OR CELLULAR TELEPHONES WHEN SEARCHING A
BUILDING FOR AN EXPLOSIVE DEVICE.
20. Discontinue search twenty minutes prior to threatened time of explosion
when building is unoccupied or evacuated.
a. Do not resume search for at least one hour after threatened time.
SEARCH TEAM
21. Do not touch or disturb a suspected device under any circumstances.
22. Notify Command Post when a suspected device is found or search of premises
is completed.
NOTE: Secondary explosive devices may be involved; continue search of
premises or area until completed.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
23. Request Communications Section to notify Operations Unit and request Bomb
Squad to respond if a suspected device is found.
a. Notify Bomb Squad of incident upon arrival at scene when unattended
article or suspected explosive device is located at a transit facility or
other location where there is a potential for significant disruption of public
transportation service.
NOTE: The Emergency Service Unit supervisor shall determine the necessary
preliminary steps to be taken to safeguard the device pending the arrival of
the Bomb Squad personnel. Absent an Emergency Service Unit supervisor, the
senior member of the Emergency Service Unit on the scene will determine the
necessary preliminary steps to be taken.
24. Direct that all persons be evacuated to at least 1,000 feet from any
unattended article or suspected device.
a. Distance to which persons are evacuated may be either increased or
decreased, depending upon circumstances and location, upon the recommendation
of personnel assigned to the Emergency Service Unit or Bomb Squad.
25. Notify Communications Section and Operations Unit when search is completed
without results or when device is removed.
26. Direct uniformed members of the service to return to command or post upon
completion of search.
POST EXPLOSION BOMB SCENE
PATROL SUPERVISOR
27. Conduct immediate and expeditious search for deceased, injured or trapped
persons.
a. Have property of evacuated, injured persons safeguarded, if necessary.

NOTE: To enhance safety and preserve the integrity of the bomb scene, the
ranking officer on the scene will limit search crews to the minimum number
necessary to effectively accomplish the task. Due to the possible existence of
secondary explosive devices, including devices specifically designed to injure
responding emergency personnel, search crew members will use extreme caution
while searching for or removing injured / deceased persons.
28. Direct Emergency Service Unit members to remove injured to a safe location
where medical treatment may be administered.
a. Safeguard but do not move bodies of deceased persons.
29. Have Emergency Medical Service administer medical treatment at safe
locations.
NOTE: After necessary medical assistance has been rendered, and initial
search for deceased, injured, trapped persons has been completed, all
uniformed members of the service will immediately evacuate to a safe distance
(at least 1,000 feet) and await the arrival of Bomb Squad members.
30. Make certain Bomb Squad has been notified to respond.
31. Locate witnesses.
a. Request they remain at scene to be interviewed by precinct detectives.
32. Direct that traffic, both vehicular and pedestrian, be detoured from bomb
scene, as necessary.
33. Direct preparation of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) for a bomb threat,
suspected explosive device, or post explosion incident, as appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If letter/package is a threatening communication, the uniformed member of the
service concerned will put the communication in a suitable envelope to
minimize handling. The envelope will be marked, "FOR LATENT FINGERPRINT
PROCESSING" and forwarded immediately to the Police Laboratory with [I.O. 63 s
13] REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168) . A list of all
persons who handled the letter and envelope, with shield numbers, tax registry
numbers, if any, and social security numbers, if known, will be included in
the list. The contents of threatening letters will not be copied.
No persons will be permitted to enter the post explosion/bomb scene, nor any
dangerous conditions (e.g., hanging ceiling, lights, broken windows, etc.,) be
corrected, until Bomb Squad personnel have conducted a search and declared the
area free of secondary explosive devices and the crime scene search has been
completed (this includes Fire Department personnel unless a fire exists). Only
those persons having a clear need to examine the scene and/or conduct an
investigation will be allowed access to the scene subsequent to the area being
declared free of secondary devices by the Bomb Squad.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints (Other Than Vice Or Narcotic
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)

Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mayor's Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
[I.O. 63 s 13] REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

P.G. 212-41 Alarms - Department Of Education Facilities
Date Effective: 09-06-13
PURPOSE
To investigate alarms at Department of Education facilities.
PROCEDURE
Upon receipt of a radio code signal 10-11 (Alarm Condition) at a Department of
Education facility:
RESPONDING UNIFORM MEMBER
1. Conduct immediate investigation.
IF INVESTIGATION REVEALS FORCED ENTRY:
2. Request radio dispatcher to:
a. Direct patrol supervisor to respond to scene
b. Notify School Safety Division Alarms Unit.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Respond to scene and supervise search of premises.
4. Request additional personnel, if necessary.
5. Assign uniformed member of the service to guard premises and safeguard
property pending arrival of custodial or school security personnel.
6. Direct assigned member to obtain required information for preparation of
COMPLAINT REPORT.
IF PREMISES ARE APPARENTLY SECURE AND THERE IS NO SIGN OF FORCED ENTRY:
RESPONDING UNIFORM MEMBER
7. Transmit radio code signal 10-90N (Unnecessary Alarm).
8. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
9. Resume patrol.
RADIO DISPATCHER
10. Notify School Safety Division Alarms Unit for notification to custodian,
unless premises has been classified chronic alarm location.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

A custodian, when notified, will respond to the stationhouse, precinct of
occurrence, where the desk officer will designate an RMP unit to accompany the
custodian to the Department of Education facility to conduct an interior
search of the premises.
Nothing contained herein shall prevent a member of the service from taking
summary or other police action, should circumstances warrant such action.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT

P.G. 212-42 Escort For Physicians
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To prevent assaults and other criminal acts against physicians.
DEFINITION
PHYSICIANS - Medical Examiners or their assistants performing their official
duties and other physicians, who have reason to believe that they may become
the victims of crime when responding to an emergency.
PROCEDURE
When dispatched to a location where a physician requires an escort:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Respond to the location and accompany physician to call.
2. Remain until completion of the visit.
3. Escort physician back to original location.
4. Notify radio dispatcher that escort is completed.
NOTE: Special attention is to be given to doctors' and dentists' offices,
residences and vehicles to prevent crimes against their person and property.

P.G. 212-43 Vacate Orders For Residential Buildings
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To prevent injuries due to hazardous building conditions and preserve the
peace during the enforcement of a residential building vacate order.
SCOPE
A "Memorandum of Understanding" concerning the issuance and enforcement of
vacate orders at residential buildings was agreed upon by the Commissioners of
the Police, Fire, Buildings, and Housing Preservation and Development
Departments. Vacate orders are issued to remove residents from, or prevent
their return into, a building which has become a hazard. This hazard may be
caused by a fire, partial building collapse, etc.
Representatives from the agency issuing the vacate order will be responsible
for the service of the order. When time permits, and the assistance of the
Police Department is anticipated the issuing agency will contact the Chief of
Department's Investigation and Review Section, twenty-four hours in advance.
In addition, if a potential for violence exists, the patrol borough command
will also be notified to ensure that proper planning takes place prior the
issuance of the vacate order.
PROCEDURE
Upon being assigned to assist in the service of a residential building vacate
order:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Verify credentials and authority of agency representative.
2. Obtain facts concerning condition which caused vacate order to be issued.
3. Assist in evacuation of building when there is:
a. Actual immediate danger that structure will collapse, or
b. An existing dangerous condition constituting a threat to human life
requiring that occupants vacate immediately.
4. Notify Operations Unit, if above emergency conditions exist.
5. Request patrol supervisor to respond, if:
a. Persons are actually being evacuated, or
b. Premises are to be sealed, or
c. For any other appropriate reason.
NOTE: The patrol supervisor will consult with the duty captain if:

a. Reasonable doubt concerning the agency representative's authority or the
validity of the vacate order exists
b. A large number of residents must be relocated
c. Occupants refuse to vacate premises
d. Any potential for violence
e. Any other sensitive or dangerous conditions exists.
6. Accompany agency representative until completion of service or execution of
order, if requested.
NOTE: Personnel from the agency issuing the vacate order will be responsible
for service of the vacate order and for attempting to persuade occupants who
fail to comply with the vacate order that they should leave the premises. The
agency issuing the vacate order will be responsible for obtaining access to
the building(s) or portions of the building(s) to which entry is not
available. If, however, the senior representative of the agency issuing the
vacate order believes that the safety of agency personnel or the public is at
risk, he/she may request the assistance of a police supervisor/commander for
entry to be made by police personnel. Additionally, the police
supervisor/commander may direct that entry be made by police personnel if it
is determined that the safety of the public or agency personnel is at risk.
7. Ascertain from agency representative any provisions made to safeguard
vacated premises and property of persons evacuated.
a. Relocations are the responsibility of the issuing agency.
NOTE: Whenever an agency issuing a vacate order determines that vacated
premises must be secured against re-entry, the agency concerned will notify
and make arrangements with the Department of Housing Preservation and
Development (DHPD) which is responsible for sealing and/or demolishing vacated
premises. The Department of Housing Preservation and Development is
responsible for sealing the building, or providing sufficient security to
prevent it from being reoccupied, within seventy-two hours of the enforcement
of the vacate order. Uniformed members of the service will take appropriate
interim measures to secure the premises against re-entry. In the event that
the Department of Housing Preservation and Development does not commence work
in a timely manner, notify the Investigation and Review Section
(212-374-5175), Monday through Friday, 0800 to 1600 hours, or the Operations
Unit at other times. The Investigation and Review Section will contact the
Department of Housing Preservation and Development to ascertain when the work
will commence.
8. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD122-145) entry including:
a. Facts concerning premises security provisions
b. Identify of representative of agency issuing vacate order
c. Identify of representative of any other city agencies present.
9. Report facts to desk officer upon completion of assignment.
DESK OFFICER

10. Report facts to commanding officer, if condition may require special
patrol coverage.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Vacate orders may be issued by the Department of Buildings, Department of
Health, the Fire Department and Department of Housing Preservation and
Development. The agency issuing the vacate order will serve any necessary
summonses. Any necessary arrests will be made by the assigned officer and the
agency representative will appear as the complainant.
Agencies issuing vacate orders and anticipating the need for police assistance
should contact the Chief of Department's Investigation and Review Section
(374-5175), twenty-four hours in advance of the initial execution time. The
Investigation and Review Section will notify the patrol borough concerned
which will notify the appropriate precinct of the particulars of the vacate
order. In cases where the issuing agency is aware of a potential for violence
at these locations, a responsible representative of the issuing agency will
notify and confer with the patrol borough commander concerned or his/her
designee prior to enforcement activity to assure proper planning. Under
exigent circumstances, i.e., building collapse or other condition constituting
a threat to human life, uniformed members of the service may assist with
non-residential vacate orders.
Each borough command and the Chief of Department, Investigation and Review
Section, will obtain and have available a copy of the "Memorandum of
Understanding."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Construction Sites (P.G. 214-16)
Vacate Buildings (P.G. 214-17)
Stop Work Orders (P.G. 214-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 212-44 Response To Firearms Dealer Locations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To establish a proper response to firearms dealer locations after notification
via NICS and the New York State Police that a person wanted on a warrant is
attempting to purchase a weapon.
SCOPE
Federal law requires that federally licensed firearm dealers in New York City
conduct an "instant background check" on any person wishing to purchase a
firearm (handgun, rifle, shotgun). To do this the dealer will telephone the
Federal Bureau of Investigation's National Instant Criminal Background Check
System (NICS), with the person's pedigree information. Within a short time
NICS will advise the dealer whether or not a firearms sale can be completed.
In situations where NICS confirms that there is an outstanding arrest warrant
for a person attempting to purchase a firearm, they will notify the New York
State Police, who in turn will contact the N.Y.P.D.'s Operations Unit.
Operations Unit will then notify both the patrol borough concerned and the
Communications Section. Communications Section will advise the patrol
supervisor to contact Operations Unit for an appraisal of situation i.e., the
location and number of perpetrators. Based on all available information, the
patrol supervisor will evaluate the situation and determine if additional
resources are required, and if the duty captain should be notified.
PROCEDURE
When a notification is received via the National Instant Criminal Background
Check System (NICS) and the New York State Police, that a person attempting to
purchase a firearm from a gun dealer is wanted on a warrant:
OPERATIONS UNIT MEMBER
1. Notify Communications Section and patrol borough concerned.
COMMUNICATIONS DISPATCHER
2. Notify patrol supervisor, precinct concerned, to contact Operations Unit at
(212) 374-5580.
NOTE: If the patrol supervisor is not available, another supervisor will be
directed to respond.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Confer with Operations Unit member regarding situation at gun dealer's
location.
4. Evaluate the situation.
5. Determine if additional resources are required.
6. Notify and confer with duty captain, if necessary.

7. Devise an appropriate tactical plan, giving priority to the safety of the
public and responding members of the service.
NOTE: Depending upon the information available, including the seriousness of
the offense for which the person in question is wanted, the patrol supervisor
will assign sufficient units to respond. In addition, strong consideration
will be given to notifying the patrol borough warrant team, Emergency Service
Units, etc.
8. Respond to gun dealer's location and direct that the wanted person be taken
into custody, if still present.
NOTE: If the wanted person is not present at the store, the case will be
referred to the precinct detective squad.
9. Have subject removed to stationhouse for either further investigation or
arrest processing.
NOTE: A NICS "hit" on a name check is not considered conclusive and is not
sufficient authority to arrest. Further inquiries must be made through the
Warrant Section, twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week at (212) 217-8484.
In addition, New York City Pistol Permit holders are issued a PISTOL PURCHASE
AUTHORIZATION (PD643-053) only after a name check is conducted. When
appropriate, the License Division should be conferred with at (212) 374-5522
or 5560.
DESK OFFICER
10. Supervise arrest processing and ensure that the Warrant Section is
notified by the uniformed member of the service concerned to confirm the
status of the warrant.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
11. Record name of person notified at Warrant Section in the Telephone Record
and other pertinent Department forms, i.e., ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
ADDITIONAL DATA
If assistance regarding NICS or instant checks is needed, the uniformed member
of the service (UMOS) can call toll free the NICS customer service number at
(877) 444-NICS from 0900 to 0200 hours daily. When further information,
beyond that which is available through the toll free number is needed, the
UMOS can call NICS at (304) 625-7363 or (304) 625- 7361, during business hours
listed above, Monday through Friday.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 212-45 Foreign National Requesting Asylum
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To protect persons seeking asylum and notify proper agencies.
PROCEDURE
Upon coming in contact with a foreign national seeking asylum in this country:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify desk officer.
2. Provide necessary protection.
3. Accompany person to command.
DESK OFFICER
4. Make immediate notification to Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau.
5. Interview person seeking asylum and obtain the following:
a. Name
b. Nationality
c. Date and place of birth
d. Occupation
e. Description of documents possessed
f. What foreign authorities, if any, are aware of his seeking asylum
g. Circumstances surrounding request for asylum
h. Where asylum was requested, e.g., aboard vessel, aircraft.
time of arrival of next intended port or airport.

Estimated

i. Reason for requesting asylum
j. Description of criminal charges known or alleged to be pending against
asylum seekers.
6. Telephone information to Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau.
7. Afford the person proper protection until determination is made of his
status.

P.G. 212-46 Unlawful Possession Of Rifles/Shotguns
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record and process violations concerning unlawful possession of a rifle or
shotgun.
SCOPE
The following individuals are exempt from appropriate sections of the
Administrative Code:
a. Persons in military service of the State of New York duly authorized by
the Chief of Staff to the Governor.
b. Peace officers as defined in Section 1.20, subdivision 33, Criminal
Procedure Law
c. Participants in special events when authorized by the Police Commissioner
d. Others as described in Administrative Code, Section 10-305.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service observes a person in custody or
possession of a rifle or shotgun, loaded or unloaded, covered or uncovered in
public:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Determine if person possesses a valid permit and certificate of
registration, or is exempt.
2. Inform person not possessing permit and certificate of registration, or who
is not exempt that:
a. He may accompany officer to precinct and surrender firearm, or
b. He may surrender firearm at the scene for which a receipt will be given.
3. Conduct a name check; serve summons if eligible, returnable to the
appropriate borough Criminal Court for the following violations of the
Administrative Code:
a. No permit and certificate of registration - Section 10-303
b. Carried, not enclosed in a non-transparent cover, or is loaded - Section
10-131, subdivision (h)(2).
4. Make summary arrest if violator is not eligible for summons or if person
refuses to surrender weapon.
5. Notify License Division, [I.O. 6 s 13] Rifle and Shotgun Section of action
taken.

6. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) and invoice weapons as evidence.
a. Forward copy of INVOICE to [I.O. 6 s 13] Rifle and Shotgun Section.
NOTE: A resident of New York City who purchases a rifle or shotgun outside
New York City must make application for a permit within seventy two hours
after bringing the weapon into the City. A rifle or shotgun that is
surrendered to, or confiscated by a uniformed member of the service within
this time period will be invoiced for safekeeping and a summons will not be
served.
DESK OFFICER
7. Issue owner receipt for weapon on Prisoner/Finder Copy (pink) of INVOICE.
8. Forward weapon to Firearms Analysis Unit only if member concerned believes
that weapon might have been used in the commission of a crime or permit holder
has been accused or convicted of a serious crime.
9. Inform owner to apply for permit in person at [I.O. 6 s 13] Rifle and
Shotgun Section, 120-55 Queens Boulevard, Kew Gardens, New York.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Weapon held for safekeeping will be returned to owner at the borough Property
Clerk's office upon presentation of a valid permit, registration and signed
release from [I.O. 6 s 13] Rifle and Shotgun Section. If an owner, after
surrendering a rifle/shotgun, does not wish to obtain a permit, such owner may
sell the rifle/shotgun to a permit holder or any person, not required by law
to possess a permit. Upon presentation of a bona fide bill of sale and a
written representation by the owner that the weapon has been sold or otherwise
disposed of, the [I.O. 6 s 13] Rifle and Shotgun Section will issue a release
to the new lawful owner.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Voluntary Surrender of weapons with Written Notice (P.G. 207-26)
Voluntary Surrender of Weapons Without Prior Notice (P.G. 207-27)
Rifle/Shotgun Permit - Suspended, Revoked, Disapproved (P.G. 212-85)
Processing Firearms (P.G. 218-23)
[REVOKED by I.O. 6, series 2013] Processing Requests for Rifle/Shotgun Permits
at Precinct Stationhouse (A.G. 321-24)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 212-47 Counterfeit Money
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To confiscate counterfeit money.
PROCEDURE
When counterfeit money is detected and it is determined that the passer is an
innocent victim or there is no indication who passed it:
INVESTIGATING OFFICER
1. Have person last in possession write his name and date across face of bill
or scratch initials on a coin.
2. Sign rank, name, shield number and date on bill or scratch initials on
coin.
DESK OFFICER
3. Prepare four copies of report on Typed Letterhead addressed to Chief of
Patrol describing in detail how money came into possession of member of the
service, including amount and serial numbers.
4. Assign messenger to deliver reports and money to patrol borough office.
5. Have messenger sign itemized receipt in Property Receipt Book.
6. Direct messenger to obtain one receipted copy of report from patrol borough
office.
7. Attach receipted copy of report received from messenger, to entry in
Property Receipt Book.
PATROL BOROUGH MEMBER
8. Direct borough messenger to deliver counterfeit money with remaining copies
of report to Patrol Services Bureau.
PATROL SERVICES BUREAU MEMBER
9. Give borough messenger receipted copy of Letterhead for file in borough
office.
10. Deliver money and two remaining copies of letterhead to the Special
Agent-In-Charge, United States Secret Service.
11. Obtain one copy of report, receipted by Special Agent, for file in the
Patrol Services Bureau.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Counterfeiting Or Forgery Of U.S. Government Obligations (P.G. 208-47)

REPORTS AND FORMS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-48 Motor Vehicles Repossessed/Parking Violations
Scofflaw Removal Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record information concerning repossessed vehicles/vehicles seized under
the Parking Violations Scofflaw Removal Program.
PROCEDURE
When a person/city marshal appears at a stationhouse and reports a repossessed
vehicle/vehicle seized under Scofflaw Removal Program:
IF VEHICLE REPOSSESSED
DESK OFFICER
1. Request identification.
2. Examine papers authorizing seizure of vehicle.
a. Conduct a check of the VIN through the Department of Motor Vehicles
utilizing the FINEST system.
3. Make Command Log entry and notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section,
utilizing the FINEST System, of the following:
a. Time and date of repossession
b. Location from which obtained
c. Name, address and telephone number of firm, corporation, etc.
repossessing vehicle
d. Name, business address of person executing the repossession
e. Year and make of vehicle
f. Registration plate number, state and year
g. Vehicle identification number, if known
h. Name and address - registered owner
i. Name of member of the service notified at Stolen Property Inquiry
Section.
NOTE: When the FINEST SYSTEM is inoperative, notification to Stolen Property
Inquiry Section (S.P.I.S.) will be made by telephone (212) 374-5100.
MEMBER CONCERNED, S.P.I.S
4. Enter information into the NYSPIN/NCIC computer system.

a. The information will be retained in the computer for thirty days.
IF VEHICLE SEIZED - SCOFFLAW REMOVAL PROGRAM
DESK OFFICER
5. Verify credentials of city marshal upon arrival.
a. Conduct a check of the VIN through the Department of Motor Vehicles
utilizing the FINEST system.
NOTE: The city marshal must report as soon as possible to the stationhouse
of the precinct where the vehicle was picked up and provide the desk officer
with a Parking Violations preprinted two part snap-out containing pertinent
information regarding the seizure.
6. Examine papers authorizing seizure of the vehicle.
7. Sign and return one copy of the form to the city marshal.
8. Make Command Log entry and notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section utilizing
FINEST inquiry format "RVIE" (Request for Vehicle Impound Entry) of the
following:
a. Time and date of impound
b. Location from where obtained
c. City marshal's name and shield number
d. Year and make of vehicle
e. Registration plate number
f. Vehicle identification number
g. Name and address of registered owner.
9. File remaining copy of Parking Violations form in Property Receipt Book and
enter relevant information.
a. Make cross-reference in Command Log to Property Receipt Book.
Discrepancies will immediately be reported to the Stolen Property Inquiry
Section supervisor, by telephone number (212) 374-5082/5100.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Tow trucks used in the Scofflaw Removal Program are sub-contracted by the
participating city marshals, require licensing by the Department of Consumer
Affairs and are subject to the rules and regulations of that agency.
Information concerning abandoned vehicles, which have not been reported stolen
but are the subject of an investigation, is transmitted to the Stolen Property
Inquiry Section for entry into the NYSPIN/NCIC computer system in the same
manner as for repossessed vehicles.
Section 424, Vehicle and Traffic Law requires agencies who are members of the
New York Statewide Police Information Network (NYSPIN) to report the

impounding of motor vehicles, trailers or parts thereof to the Network. This
is intended to prevent false or erroneous reports of motor vehicle theft by
owners who are unaware that their vehicles have been impounded. Reports to
NYSPIN shall include if possible:
a. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
b. Date of impoundment
c. License plate number
d. Location where the vehicle was obtained
e. Name, address and telephone number of the facility where the vehicle is
being stored.
The term "impound" is defined to mean the taking into possession by an agency
of any motor vehicle which has been abandoned, repossessed, seized pending
forfeiture proceedings, taken into custody or held as evidence in the course
of a police investigation, required to be impounded by law, or held by any
agency under circumstances in which the owner might not reasonably know the
status of the vehicle.

P.G. 212-49 Incidents Involving Media Representatives
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To cooperate with media representatives by not interfering or allowing others
to interfere with media personnel acting in their news gathering capacity.
NOTE: A member of the press with proper credentials may not be excluded from
an area where the general public has access.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) becomes involved in
an incident or confrontation with media personnel or media personnel are
assaulted, harassed or their vehicles/equipment are vandalized/damaged at the
scene of news events:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Determine if any threat to safety of media representatives exists and take
appropriate action.
2. Request response of a supervisory officer.
SUPERVISORY MEMBER
3. Cooperate with and assist media representatives and provide safe access to
the scene, if possible.
4. Conduct immediate investigation if member of the media is assaulted,
harassed or their vehicle/equipment is vandalized/damaged.
5. Attempt to obtain third party witnesses if confrontation with members of
the service or others.
6. Request all parties, including witnesses, if possible, to report to
precinct of occurrence for further investigation, when necessary.
7. Notify the Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information at (212)
374-6700, without delay.
NOTE: The Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information, is
available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for consultation and/or response to
incidents involving the media. Members of the service are required to
immediately notify the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information, at (212)
374-6700 of any incident involving the media, regardless of the outcome of
that incident.
DESK OFFICER
8. Notify:
a. Commanding officer/duty captain

b. Lieutenant platoon commander
c. Operations Unit.
LIEUTENANT PLATOON COMMANDER
9. Respond to command, if in the field, and under the supervision of the
commanding officer/duty captain, conduct investigation of incident.
NOTE: The commanding officer/duty captain will perform the duties of the
lieutenant platoon commander, if the platoon commander is unavailable.
10. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead containing details of incident and
results of investigation and forward to:
a. Chief of Patrol/bureau chief concerned
b. Borough commander concerned
c. Commanding Officer, Public Information Division
d. Command file.
NOTE: The Office of Deputy Commissioner - Public Information will maintain a
central repository of all reports received of incidents involving news media
representatives.
11. Forward supplementary report, if necessary.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
12. Respond to command and supervise the investigation and preparation of the
report by the lieutenant platoon commander.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service will not interfere with the video taping or the
photographing of incidents in public places. Intentional interference such as
blocking or obstructing cameras or harassing the photographer constitutes
censorship. Working Press Cards clearly state the bearer "is entitled to
cross police and fire lines." This right will be honored and access will not
be denied. However, this does not include access to interior crime scenes or
areas frozen for security reasons.
In order to cooperate more fully with members of the news media and provide
them with access to cover newsworthy events, the following guidelines will be
adhered to unless safety interests or proper performance of police duties
require otherwise:
a. To the extent it is feasible to do so, the media's access to
demonstrations on private property will not be impeded by the Department.
b. The media will be given access as close to the activity as possible, with
a clear line of sight and within hearing range of the incident.
c. When incidents spill over or occur on private property, members of the
media will not be arrested for criminal trespass, unless an owner or
representative expressly indicates that the press is not to be permitted to

enter or remain on the property.
d. If the ranking officer at the incident determines that press access must
be restricted in certain circumstances (i.e., in order for the Department to
carry out its law enforcement functions), he retains the discretion to do so.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Information Concerning Official Business of Department (P.G. 212-76)
Release of Information to News Media (P.G. 212-77)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-50 Aircraft Violations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To enforce laws regulating the operation of aircraft over the city.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving a complaint of or observing an aircraft being operated in a
careless or reckless manner (e.g., performing acrobatics), advertising by
towing a banner, dropping circulars, using loud speakers, landing or
taking-off, except in an emergency, any place within the city other than
places designated by the Department of Transportation or Port Authority of New
York, or violating any other law over the city:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify the Communications Section and request Aviation Unit response, if
necessary.
2. Record the following information:
a. Description of aircraft, as detailed as possible, including registration
number, type (airplane, helicopter, gyroplane), color, paint scheme, number of
engines/propellers, wings (mounted high or low, biplane, etc.)
b. Description of the action of the aircraft in flight, include estimate of
altitude (height of known structure, if possible)
c. Approximate location where flight action occurred
d. Time and date when action occurred
e. Names and addresses of witnesses
f. Name and location of base from which the aircraft took off from, or
landed, if known.
3. Serve summons, if possible.
4. Telephone information to the desk officer promptly.
DESK OFFICER
5. Assign a uniformed member of the service to advise complainant that a
citizen may lodge a complaint with the local Federal Aviation Administration,
Flight Standards District Office, if member of the service does not observe
the violation.
6. Notify Aviation Unit.
7. Notify commanding officer/duty captain/operations coordinator.
8. Telephone information to Special Operations Division.

AVIATION UNIT
9. Follow aircraft after observing a violation to any airport in the
metropolitan area to identify the aircraft and violator, if possible.
a. Serve summons, if warranted.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
10. Inform the complainant that they may lodge a complaint with the local
Federal Aviation Administration, Flight Standards District Office.
11. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry, including name, address, and
telephone number of any witnesses.
DESK OFFICER
12. Prepare three copies of report of the circumstances on Typed Letterhead.
a. Send copy to Aviation Unit
b. Send copy to Special Operations Division
c. File copy in binder at desk.
COMMANDING OFFICER
13. Investigate report of the violation.
14. Determine the identity of the aircraft and pilot.
15. Determine if violation of Federal Aviation Regulations, Administrative
Code or other law has been committed and have summons prepared, if warranted.
a. Prepare report, if violation has occurred, on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD
(PD158-151) describing the details of the violation and the identity of the
offender to the Federal Aviation Administration, Flight Standards District
Office, Garden City, N.Y. (through channels) for all aircraft violations in
New York City, except helicopters.
(1) Send report to Flight Standards District Office, Farmingdale, N.Y.,
(through channels) for all helicopter related violations.
16. Investigate and maintain complete statistics and records of all forced
landings within the city.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Administrative Code, Section 10-127, makes it unlawful for the operator or
owner of an aircraft to fail to report to the police department within ten
hours a forced landing of aircraft within city limits or an accident to an
aircraft where personal injury, property damage or serious damage to the
aircraft is involved. Uniformed members of the service on the scene will
direct the pilot or owner to report to the desk officer, precinct of
occurrence. Failure to comply with this section is a misdemeanor.
When an airport, heliport or seaplane base is operating without a permit

issued by the New York City
of the permit, the precinct
Development Corporation and
Chief of Department and one

Economic Development Corporation or in violation
commander will make a notification to the Economic
prepare and forward two copies of a report to the
copy to the Commanding Officer, Aviation Unit.

FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-51 Response To Work Disruptions At City Construction
Sites
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To investigate and record complaints, effect arrests, when necessary, and
provide complainants in cases involving illegal work disruptions at City
construction sites.
SCOPE
In an effort to more effectively respond to and prevent illegal activity and
demonstrations which result in work disruptions at City construction sites,
this Department and the Mayor's Office of Construction have developed a
protocol to be followed by members of the service and City agencies concerned.
The protocol requires:
a. Posting of "No Trespassing" signs at construction sites.
b. Designation of an authorized agent to act as a liaison with personnel of
this Department.
c. Availability of agency representatives to act as complainants in criminal
cases.
DEFINITIONS
CONSTRUCTION SITE WORK DISRUPTION - Illegal activity by an individual or
individuals at or in the vicinity of a City construction site which is either
solely or in addition to other purposes intended to prevent, delay or encumber
construction work activity.
AUTHORIZED AGENT - Individuals designated to act as a liaison with Police
Department personnel. In addition to other duties, the authorized agent will:
a. Assist Police Department personnel in entering the site and identifying
trespassers.
b. Provide eyewitnesses, if possible, to unlawful conduct in the event such
conduct is alleged, but not witnessed by members of the service concerned. The
identity of the authorized agent should be provided to the appropriate
precinct commander by the City agency concerned.
CITY CONSTRUCTION SITE - Property owned or leased by the City of New York or
agency of the City of New York upon which a physical structure (e.g.,
building, housing, school, park, tunnel, road, etc.) is being constructed,
renovated or demolished.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving a report of a work disruption at a City construction site:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE

1. Respond to location, verify disruption and ascertain extent.
2. Confer with authorized agent at construction site to determine if criminal
activity has occurred.
3. Request response of patrol supervisor, if work site disruption is verified.
4. Make summary arrest if investigation reveals the commission of a criminal
offense.
a. Effect arrest for felonious assault, based on information or observation,
regardless of the willingness of the victim to act as the complainant.
(1) Identity of informant, if any, will be noted.
b. Effect arrest for criminal trespass and/or criminal mischief to City
owned property based on information or observation.
(1) The City agency responsible or the Mayor's Office of Construction will
act as the complainant.
(a) Identity of informant, if any, will be noted.
c. Effect arrest for criminal mischief involving property owned by any party
other than the City of New York or City agency only when the party concerned
requests an arrest be made and will provide a complainant.
(1) Identity of the supervisory personnel representing the party involved
and informant, if any, will be noted.
NOTE: It is not necessary to personally communicate a notice against
trespass to an individual(s) if "No Trespassing, Authorized Personnel Only"
signs are posted and clearly visible from outside an enclosed construction
site.
5. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) in all verified incidents
and deliver to desk officer.
a. Enter "Construction Site Disruption" in box captioned "OFFENSE."
PATROL SUPERVISOR
6. Respond to location.
7. Request additional personnel and equipment, if necessary.
8. Notify desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
9. Notify precinct commander/duty captain, patrol borough command, and
Operations Unit.
COMMANDING OFFICER/COUNTERPART
10. Respond to location and confer with supervisory personnel of the
construction site.

11. Evaluate situation and direct the response of personnel and equipment
accordingly.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A representative of the City agency concerned will act as the complainant in
criminal cases involving City property. The agency representative will not
necessarily be the same individual identified as the "authorized agent" at the
construction site. While the authorized agent should be prepared to provide
information, identification, and/or eyewitnesses to the criminal action, the
authorized agent is not required to act as the complainant.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Labor Dispute (P.G. 212-52)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 212-52 Labor Dispute
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To preserve the peace and protect life and property at the scene of a strike
or labor dispute.
DEFINITIONS
PENAL LAW SECTION 240.25, HARASSMENT IN THE FIRST (1ST) DEGREE - prohibits
"stalking" - intentionally and repeatedly harassing another person by
following him/her in a public place or by engaging in a course of conduct
which places the person in reasonable fear of physical injury. However, this
Penal Law section does not apply to conduct which constitutes picketing or
other labor-related activity governed by federal labor statutes.
PENAL LAW SECTION 240.26, HARASSMENT IN THE SECOND (2ND) DEGREE - prohibits
harassing a person by following him/her in a public place or engaging in a
course of conduct which alarms or seriously annoys someone and has no
legitimate purpose. These provisions do not apply to conduct which
constitutes picketing or other labor-related activity governed by federal
labor statutes. However, the law leaves intact the prohibition against
striking, shoving, kicking, or otherwise subjecting another person to physical
contact, or attempting to do such acts -- no one, whether picketing or not, is
permitted to engage in this behavior, which remains enforceable as Harassment
in the second (2nd) degree.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of a strike or labor dispute:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Take action to preserve the peace and prevent destruction of property.
2. Request response of patrol supervisor.
3. Notify desk officer.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
4. Respond to location.
5. Interview, separately, a management representative and union
representative.
a. Obtain information for a STRIKE REPORT (PD332-151).
6. Advise management and union representatives that:
a. Force or violence will not be tolerated
b. The law will be enforced impartially

c. Right of the public to use streets and sidewalks will be protected
d. Striking employees may conduct orderly picketing in accordance with
conditions at the location
e. The precinct commander will designate the number of pickets permitted
f. Professional agitators and the use of language offensive to public
decency will not be permitted
g. The carrying of sticks or poles that are affixed to signs, or other
objects, which may be injurious to the public, by any individual or group,
will not be permitted.
7. Telephone the desk officer for immediate assignment of personnel, if
required.
8. Deliver the STRIKE REPORT to the desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
9. Confer with precinct commanding officer/duty captain concerning personnel
assignments.
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
10. Determine personnel requirements.
a. Obtain the following information, if the dispute involves a large plant
and a considerable number of employees:
(1) Location and size of plant
(2) Location of entrances, exits, loading platforms, etc.
(3) Employees arrival and departure times
(4) Entrances and exits used by employees
(5) Time of employee's meal periods and location of premises where meals
taken
(6) Transit facilities, parking lots and routes used by employees
(7) Times merchandise is shipped or received
(8) Other locations that may be affected by dispute
(9) Special hazards or conditions affecting police duty.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
11. Set up command post, if conditions require.
NOTE: Facilities of management or labor are not to be used as a command post
or meal location.
DESK OFFICER

12. Make assignments as directed by precinct commander/duty captain from
precinct personnel, if available, or request additional personnel from patrol
borough command.
13. Notify Operations Unit.
14. Have STRIKE REPORT prepared.
15. Sign STRIKE REPORT above caption "Reviewed By."
a. Forward as indicated on form.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When individuals are engaged in labor related activity such as picketing,
distributing leaflets or otherwise demonstrating in a labor relations context,
they are exempt from arrest for the categories of harassment discussed above.
Instead, the victim may be referred to court for an injunction, or to the
National Labor Relations Board. The only permissible arrest for harassment in
this situation is now where the individual strikes, shoves, kicks, or
otherwise subjects the victim to physical contact, or attempts or threatens to
do the same. It should also be remembered that no other Penal Law section has
been amended in this way, so that a person who violates other provisions such
as disorderly conduct, menacing, criminal mischief, etc., will still be
subject to arrest even if the violation occurred in a labor demonstration.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
STRIKE REPORT (PD332-151)

P.G. 212-53 Command Responsibilities When A Person Dies Or
Sustains A Serious Injury In Connection With Police Activity
Date Effective: 09-27-13
PURPOSE
To establish command responsibility and notification requirements when a
person dies, is seriously injured in connection with a police activity, or
sustains an injury resulting from a police firearms discharge.
DEFINITIONS
POLICE ACTIVITY - includes, but is not limited to:
a. Any death while in police custody.
b. Prior to police custody a prisoner/EDP is seriously injured. The serious
injury could be the result of community intervention or self-inflicted, etc.
c. Police use of force resulting in serious injury.
d. Death or serious injury to a person fleeing from a police foot or vehicle
pursuit.
e. Serious physical injury of a person resulting from police restraint,
(e.g., EDP).
f. Any injury to a person resulting from a police firearms discharge
PROCEDURE
When a person dies, is seriously injured in connection with a police activity,
or sustains an injury resulting from a police firearms discharge:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Immediately request the response of the patrol supervisor, and
a. Safeguard possible crime scene.
b. Provide and/or secure appropriate medical attention for the injured
person.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
2. Respond to scene, assess the situation.
3. Notify the desk officer.
4. Establish crime scene, if necessary.
DESK OFFICER
5. Make the following notifications:

a. Borough command
b. Operations Unit
c. Commanding officer/duty captain
d. Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center
e. Detective squad and borough commands.
OPERATIONS UNIT
6. Notify duty chief.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMAND
7. Notify duty inspector.
8. Notify shooting team leader when:
a. Injury occurs as a result of a police shooting.
b. Requested by duty inspector regarding a death in custody or serious
injury in connection with police activity.
DUTY INSPECTOR
9. Respond to scene.
10. Confer with commanding officer/duty captain/shooting team leader.
11. Confer with Internal Affairs Bureau Response Team.
IAB RESPONSE TEAM
12. Respond to scene.
13. Confer with commanding officer/duty captain/shooting team leader.
14. Advise Internal Affairs Bureau Duty Captain, as appropriate.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN/SHOOTING TEAM LEADER
15. Respond and assess the situation.
16. Confer with Internal Affairs Bureau Duty Captain/Internal Affairs Bureau
Response Team.
NOTIFICATION TO NEXT OF KIN WHEN A PERSON DIES IN CONNECTION WITH POLICE
ACTIVITY
PATROL BOROUGH COMMANDER/DESIGNEE
17. Ensure timely notification to next of kin in cases where a person dies in
police custody.
a. Have a member of the Community Affairs Bureau assist with the
notification, if appropriate.

(1) Notification should be made by a member in the rank of lieutenant or
above.
NOTIFYING MEMBER
18. Confer with involved detective borough commander/designee prior to
contacting next of kin.
19. Notify next of kin upon approval from involved detective borough
commander/designee.
a. Notification should be made within a reasonable amount of time,
preferably within two hours.
b. An investigator should accompany the member making the notification
unless it is deemed inappropriate by the patrol borough commander/designee and
the involved detective borough commander/designee.
(1) Notification will not be delayed an inordinate period of time pending
availability of investigator.
20. Notify Office of the Chief of Department of successful notification and
provide the following details:
a. Time of notification
b. Location of notification
c. Name of person notified
d. All members of the service present
e. Any other pertinent information.
21. Enter details of notification in Telephone Record.
WHEN IT IS DETERMINED THAT A POSSIBLE CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION WILL COMMENCE
INTERNAL AFFAIRS BUREAU, DUTY CAPTAIN
22. Respond and assess the circumstances.
23. Confer with the commanding officer/duty captain/shooting team leader.
PATROL SERVICES BUREAU DUTY CHIEF
24. Respond to scene and assume command.
25. Confer with duty inspector/commanding officer/duty captain/shooting team
leader, and Internal Affairs Bureau Duty Captain to determine if a criminal
investigation against a member of the service is warranted.
26. Assume responsibility for the non-criminal investigation when:
a. Person dies in custody.
b. Person sustains any injury resulting from police firearms discharge.

c. Person sustains a serious injury in connection with a police activity.
IF CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION AGAINST A MEMBER IS REQUIRED
27. Confer with the Chief of Detectives and Chief of Internal Affairs, as
appropriate.
28. Coordinate the activities of the Detective Bureau and Internal Affairs
Bureau personnel.
ADDITIONAL DATA
DEPARTMENT POLICY
When a criminal investigation against a member is required, the Internal
Affairs Bureau will be responsible for the investigation.
When it is determined that the Internal Affairs Bureau will conduct the
investigation, the local detectives will provide assistance (e.g., canvass
interviews, etc.), as necessary. Conversely, when it is determined that
Detective Bureau personnel will conduct the investigation, the Internal
Affairs Bureau will provide assistance as requested by the Detective Bureau.
The patrol borough Investigations Unit will also participate in these
investigations, where warranted.
When, in the course of an investigation, (i.e., investigate DOA), a member of
the Detective Bureau becomes aware that a death or serious injury was or may
have been in connection with a police action, the precinct commanding
officer/duty captain and the Internal Affairs Bureau will be immediately
notified.
In those cases where no criminal investigation by the Internal Affairs Bureau
is required the follow-up investigation, including interviews conducted under
Patrol Guide 206-13, "Interrogation of Members of the Service" will be
conducted by the borough commanding officer or designee.
If at any time during the investigation, it becomes apparent that a criminal
investigation is required, the Internal Affairs Bureau will be notified and
will take over responsibility for the criminal investigation, including any
additional interviews.
Whenever a person dies while in police custody or sustains death or serious
injury in connection with a police activity, or sustains death or injury
resulting from a police firearms discharge, forward copy of Typed Letterhead
to Deputy Commissioner, Strategic Initiatives.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-54 Person Threatening To Jump From Structure
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To prevent persons from jumping from structures.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at a location where a person is threatening to jump from a
structure:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify Communications Section and request patrol supervisor, Emergency
Service and ambulance to respond.
a. Request Harbor Unit to respond if person is over navigable waters.
2. Attempt to persuade or prevent person from jumping.
3. Seek assistance of person's relatives, friends, and clergyman.
4. Confine the person to side of the structure facing street, if possible.
5. Rope off area below and prevent persons from entering area.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
6. Verify that Emergency Service Unit and ambulance are responding, if
required.
a. Cancel response of Emergency Service/ambulance if no longer required.
7. Follow P.G. 216-05, "Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons," where
appropriate.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Mentally Ill Or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)

P.G. 212-55 Investigation Of Aided Cases Involving Injuries
Resulting From Illegal Fireworks
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To prevent future injuries to the public and to ascertain the source of
illegal fireworks.
PROCEDURE
Upon responding to, or otherwise becoming aware of, an incident involving a
physical injury to an individual as a result of the intentional or accidental
detonation of illegal fireworks:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Render reasonable aid to injured person.
2. Request response of ambulance, if necessary.
3. Request response of patrol supervisor and precinct detective squad.
4. Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence, of incident.
5. Issue summons or effect arrest if fireworks were illegally possessed.
6. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).
a. Under caption "Offense," enter "Investigate Aided-Fireworks Injury," if
applicable.
7. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152B), if applicable.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
8. Review action taken and ascertain that precinct detective squad has been
notified to respond, if not present at scene.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD MEMBER
9. Investigate circumstances of injury to determine source of illegal
fireworks.
10. Notify Intelligence Bureau and Narcotics Division member of results of
investigation.
NOTE: In addition, precinct detective squad members will notify the
Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk (FOD) twenty-four hours
a day, seven days a week regarding all ongoing firework related
investigations.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In cases where the aided is less than eighteen

years of age, it is incumbent

upon the investigating member to determine the extent of adult involvement in
the incident. When probable cause exists to establish a charge of endangering
the Welfare of Child, an arrest will be made.
The Intelligence Bureau will maintain a data base containing all incidents
involving a physical injury to an individual as a result of the detonation of
illegal fireworks. The database will include all relevant information
concerning the incident and the results of the investigation. The Commanding
Officer, Intelligence Bureau, will review the results of each investigation
and coordinate the distribution of intelligence obtained in the investigation.
In addition, those cases requiring further investigation will be referred to
the appropriate unit for follow-up investigation, as deemed necessary.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

P.G. 212-56 Diplomatic Incidents
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To process incidents involving persons classified as "Diplomats."
DEFINITIONS
DIPLOMATS - Members of foreign missions, delegations, embassies and legations
to the United Nations or United States, and their families and staff.
(Identification cards are signed by the United States Secretary of State and
the Chief of Protocol). Consuls of foreign nations do not possess Department
of State identification cards, but they are to be treated in the same manner
as "Diplomats."
DIPLOMATIC IMMUNITY - Diplomats shall not be arrested or personally served
with a summons. Uniformed members of the service will extend every courtesy
and consideration to them. All reasonable assistance will be given to them.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident where a "Diplomat" is involved:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Take necessary action to protect life and property.
NOTE: Do not enter headquarters district of United Nations to perform
official duty without consent of Secretary General.
2. Obtain name and title of diplomat and government he represents.
3. Notify Operations Unit and Intelligence Bureau immediately by telephone
that an incident involving a diplomat has occurred.
NOTE: The Operations Unit will verify diplomatic status when identification
is in doubt.
4. Do not detain a diplomat who is properly identified or when doubtful
identification has been verified by Operations Unit personnel.
5. Request patrol supervisor to respond to scene.
6. Telephone details of the incident to the desk officer.
OPERATIONS UNIT MEMBER
7. Notify detective squad or detective borough command, if required.
8. Notify Police Commissioner and Chief of Department, if required.
DESK OFFICER
9. Notify:

a. Precinct commander/duty captain.
b. Patrol borough.
c. Intelligence Bureau.
d. Operations Unit - to provide additional details and/or confirm incident.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
10. Prepare required forms/reports.
11. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
INTELLIGENCE BUREAU MEMBER
12. Transmit details of incident to:
a. United States Mission to United Nations
b. New York City Commission for the United Nations and Consular Corps
c. United States Department of State
d. Federal Bureau of Investigation.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
13. Investigate incident and interview witnesses.
14. Determine if incident is of a serious or non-serious nature.
15. Take immediate action as required by circumstances of incident.
16. Report actions taken to precinct desk officer.
NOTE: The desk officer will notify the precinct commander/duty captain who
will perform the duties of the patrol supervisor if the incident is of a
serious nature. Incidents of a non-serious nature will be investigated by the
patrol supervisor.
17. Review actions already taken, conduct additional investigation as
necessary.
18. Telephone results of preliminary investigation to:
a. Operations Unit
b. Patrol borough office concerned
c. Intelligence Bureau - indicate whether incident serious or non-serious.
19. Prepare four copies of report concerning results of investigation on Typed
Letterhead, when incident is of a serious nature, and forward to:
a. Chief of Patrol - one copy DIRECT

b. Intelligence Bureau - two copies DIRECT
c. File last copy in precinct desk binder.
20. Notify precinct commander/duty captain of actions taken, when incident is
of a non-serious nature.
PRECINCT COMMANDER/DUTY CAPTAIN
21. Review actions taken by the patrol supervisor in non-serious incidents.
INTELLIGENCE BUREAU MEMBER
22. Forward one copy of report, if appropriate, to:
a. United States Mission to the United Nations
b. New York City Commission for the United Nations and Consular Corps
c. United States Department of State
d. Federal Bureau of Investigation.
DESK OFFICER
23. Review and process required reports/forms.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Subsequent reports including final dispositions will be prepared and forwarded
in the same manner as initial reports. A parking summons placed upon a vehicle
bearing "Diplomat" and "Consul" license plates for a safety hazard violation
is NOT considered a diplomatic incident.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Parking Summons - General Procedure (P.G. 209-07)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
TYPED LETTERHEAD

P.G. 212-57 Service Of Family Court/Supreme Court Orders Of
Protection By Uniformed Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To effect the service of all orders of protection, and any associated papers,
issued by Family Court or Supreme Court to the respondent, and to ensure
proper entry of police service into the order of protection database.
PROCEDURE
When an order of protection issued by a Family Court or Supreme Court is to be
served:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED TO FAMILY/SUPREME COURT
1. Obtain, on a daily basis, all orders of protection and any related papers
from the Family Court or Supreme Court clerk.
2. Review order of protection and associated papers to ensure that
respondent's address is provided, or petitioner's address if order is to be
served at petitioner's residence.
a. Any set of papers lacking an address will be returned to the Family Court
or Supreme Court clerk.
3. Separate orders of protection by patrol borough based on the respondent's
address.
4. Prepare two copies of a letter of transmittal
patrol borough, as necessary, including:

on Typed Letterhead for each

a. Respondent's name
b. Docket number
c. Caption for final disposition.
NOTE: In addition to orders obtained from Family Court, members of the
service assigned to Family Court will also be delivered orders from Supreme
Court. These Supreme Court orders will be processed in the same manner as
those from the Family Court. Orders from both Family Court and Supreme Court
may be listed on the same letter of transmittal but should be separated by a
single blank line. No more than ten orders of protection will be listed on
each letter of transmittal.
5. Attach letter of transmittal to orders of protection, that have been
separated by patrol borough, to be picked up by local patrol borough
personnel.
a. File photocopy of letter of transmittal.
PATROL BOROUGH COORDINATOR WHEREIN FAMILY COURT LOCATED

6. Obtain all orders of protection and accompanying letters of transmittal on
a daily basis.
NOTE: Messengers from Patrol Boroughs Manhattan North and Brooklyn South
will pick up their borough's orders of protection from the uniformed member of
the service assigned to the local Family Court.
7. Forward via Department mail orders of protection to be served in other
patrol boroughs.
8. Verify all orders of protection listed on letter of transmittal have been
received.
9. Number each order of protection received by precinct and serial number
beginning with the number one at the start of each year. (Example, the first
order of protection in the 60th Precinct would be listed as 60-1).
10. Prepare two copies of a letter of transmittal on Typed Letterhead
captioned as in step 4 for each precinct where an order of protection is to be
served.
11. Attach STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE (PD260-152) and WARRANT OFFICER'S
REPORT OF INVESTIGATION (PD374-1510) to each order of protection.
12. Forward letter of transmittal and orders of protection to appropriate
precinct(s).
a. File photocopy of letter(s) of transmittal.
NOTE: A separate file of letters of transmittal will be maintained for each
precinct within the patrol borough.
DESK OFFICER
13. Verify all orders of protection listed on letter of transmittal have been
received.
14. Make an entry in a log maintained at the desk and captioned across a
double page as follows:
LEFT PAGE
Pct.
Serial #

Petitioner's Respondent's
Name
Name

Docket #

1st Tour UMOS
Assigned/Desk
Officer

Date & Time
of
Attempt(s)

RIGHT PAGE
2nd Tour
UMOS
Assigned/
Desk
Officer

Date &
(Through) 6th Tour Date &
Final
Time of
UMOS
Time of
Disposition
Attempt(s)
Assigned/ Attempt(s)
Desk
Officer

Time/Date
Entered In
Database

15. Assign a uniformed member of the service to serve the order of protection.
a. Indicate name under caption "1st TOUR UMOS."

UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
16. Attempt to serve the order of protection.
NOTE: The order of protection may be served at any time seven days a week,
twenty-four hours a day.
IF ORDER OF PROTECTION IS SERVED
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
17. Prepare STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE and then photocopy.
a. Examine and account for all documents served by insuring that appropriate
box is checked.
18. Deliver form to desk officer
a. Forward photocopy to domestic violence prevention officer.
NOTE: When preparing STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE forms for orders issued
by Supreme Court, strike out the heading reading "Family Court" and write in
"Supreme Court".
IF UNABLE TO SERVE ORDER OF PROTECTION
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
19. Document each attempt on WARRANT OFFICER'S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION.
20. Make an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of each attempt to serve the order
of protection.
21. Return the order of protection and related forms at end of tour to the
desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
22. Repeat step 15.
a. Indicate name under caption "2nd TOUR UMOS," etc.
NOTE: Service of the order of protection must be attempted at least once on
each tour for six consecutive tours. After the sixth tour the order of
protection will be considered to be "Undeliverable." Service of the order of
protection will be initiated on the same tour that the order is received.
DESK OFFICER
23. Enter into the log one of four final dispositions:
a. Order of protection served.
b. Undeliverable-respondent not known at address.
c. Undeliverable-respondent's new address located outside of command.
d. Undeliverable-attempts completed on six consecutive tours.

(1) Ensure that dates and times of attempted service are indicated in the
log.
24. Prepare STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE and write "NOT SERVED" on the top
right hand corner of the form, if the order of protection was not served.
a. Strike out the heading "Family Court" and write in "Supreme Court", if
the order was issued by a Supreme Court.
25. Place "Undeliverable" orders of protection in log for precinct domestic
violence prevention officer to forward.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE PREVENTION OFFICER
26. Coordinate all tasks relating to the service and recording of orders of
protection including filing, forwarding, etc.
27. Enter applicable information into the State Order of Protection Registry,
via the FINEST system, upon receipt of each photocopy of a STATEMENT OF
PERSONAL SERVICE.
28. Enter the date and time entry into the registry was made under the
appropriate caption in log.
a. Place initials inside same caption.
NOTE: The Domestic Violence Unit will be responsible for ensuring that all
Domestic Violence Prevention Officers are trained in the use of the
NYSPIN/FINEST system in regard to the entry of service information.
29. Check log containing orders of protection on a daily basis.
a. Ensure that for every disposition indicating service was made a
corresponding entry was made into the order of protection registry.
30. Forward to the patrol borough coordinator any orders of protection and
related forms, if investigation reveals that respondent resides outside of
precinct.
31. Maintain a file of letters of transmittal.
32. Enter a final disposition on letters of transmittal as indicated in step
23.
NOTE: Every order of protection received must be assigned one of the four
final dispositions.
33. Forward to the patrol borough coordinator:
a. Original (white copy) of the completed STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE for
all orders of protection.
b. Original of completed WARRANT OFFICER'S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION for
orders of protection that are "Undeliverable."
34. Attach to file copy of appropriate letter of transmittal:

a. Second (blue copy) of STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE and
b. Photocopy of WARRANT OFFICER'S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION, if applicable.
PATROL BOROUGH COORDINATOR
35. Attach to the file copy of appropriate letter of transmittal, a photocopy
of the STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE and the WARRANT OFFICER'S REPORT OF
INVESTIGATION, if applicable.
a. Ensure that a final disposition is indicated on letter of transmittal.
36. Forward original (white copy) of STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE and/or
WARRANT OFFICER'S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION to the uniformed member of the
service assigned at the Family Court that issued the order of protection.
NOTE: If the originating Family Court is located outside the patrol borough,
the STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE and/or WARRANT OFFICER'S REPORT OF
INVESTIGATION will be returned via the patrol borough coordinator in which the
Family Court is located.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED FAMILY COURT
37. Indicate on original letter of transmittal a final disposition:
a. Order of protection served
b. Undeliverable-respondent not known at address
c. Undeliverable-attempts completed on six consecutive tours.
38. Forward STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE to Family Court or Supreme Court
clerk.
39. File WARRANT OFFICER'S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Each attempt made to serve the order of protection shall be documented on a
WARRANT OFFICER'S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION and an ACTIVITY LOG entry shall be
made. The respondent's name shall be entered under the caption "Defendant
Surname" and the docket number shall be entered under the caption
"Docket/Indict #." Service must be attempted at least once each tour for six
consecutive tours, after which the order of protection may be considered
undeliverable.
The assigned uniformed member of the service will inquire of neighbors,
superintendent, etc., as to respondent's whereabouts. If respondent has
moved, attempt to obtain the new address. If the new address is within the
precinct, service of the order of protection will be attempted at the new
location for an additional six consecutive tours. A new log entry will be
required.
If the new address is outside the precinct concerned, indicate this on the
WARRANT OFFICER'S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION. The order of protection will be
returned to the patrol borough coordinator for forwarding to the proper patrol
borough. Although most of the Family Court or Supreme Court orders of
protection will be delivered through the patrol borough coordinator, the

petitioner may elect to personally seek police assistance in serving the order
of protection. In that instance, the desk officer will inspect the "Order of
Protection" log to determine if the order of protection has already been
served. If it has not been served, a uniformed member of the service will
provide assistance in serving the order and give the original (white copy) of
the completed STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE to the petitioner. The petitioner
will be instructed to deliver the form to the Family Court or Supreme Court
clerk that issued the order of protection. The blue copy of the STATEMENT OF
PERSONAL SERVICE will be delivered to the desk officer who will indicate in
the log that the order of protection was served, and then forward the copy to
the domestic violence prevention officer who will process it in accordance
with the foregoing procedure.
When an exclusionary Order of Protection has been served, uniformed members of
the service may not assist respondents who wish to remove clothing/property
(commonly known as "clothes jobs"), where an exclusionary Order of Protection
exists which prohibits contact between the petitioner and respondent and/or
excludes the respondent from being present at said location. Instead, the
respondent should be advised to return to court to have the Order of
Protection amended, so that he/she may remove clothing/personal property from
the location, or, so that the items may be delivered to the respondent or a
third party.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrests - Removal To Department Facility For Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Arrests - Removal To Department Facility For Processing (P.G. 208-02)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-1450)
STATEMENT OF PERSONAL SERVICE (PD260-152)
WARRANT OFFICER'S REPORT OF INVESTIGATION (PD374-1510)

P.G. 212-58 Fire
Date Effective: 05-28-14
PURPOSE
To protect life and property and facilitate fire operations.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving a report of a fire (10-59) through 911 or as a pick-up:
RADIO DISPATCHER
1. Immediately assign available unit to respond and notify patrol supervisor.
2. Broadcast any new information received via ICAD or from members on the
scene. Notify the patrol supervisor and any other responding supervisor(s) of
all available information (e.g., numerous calls received, affected floors,
persons trapped, injuries, etc.).
3. If members of the service at scene are in immediate danger at any time from
smoke, heat, or fire, notify the FDNY dispatcher for transmittal to FDNY units
on the scene.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Park Department vehicles to prevent interference with fire fighting
operation.
5. Transmit signal 10-84 upon arrival on-scene of fire. Ensure FDNY is
responding if not on-scene and inform dispatcher of any pertinent details.
6. Ensure area in front of building is secured for responding FDNY personnel
and all fire hydrants are free of vehicles.
7. Direct responsible person to remain in front of location to direct fire
apparatus if fire is not in view.
8. Warn occupants and assist evacuated persons if appropriate.
9. Prevent persons from reentering the building and secure lobby.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service should be aware that some modern
buildings are fire-proof and may not exhibit conditions that are commonly
believed to be observable from outside a building on fire (i.e., flames or
smoke). Uniformed members are not trained in, or equipped for, fire
suppression or fire rescue operations and should avoid entering any building
that is on fire. In most circumstances, members should await the arrival of
FDNY personnel and assist in evacuation, pedestrian/traffic control and
establishing a secure perimeter around firefighting operations. Given the
fluid nature of the circumstances encountered at a fire scene, members of the
service are reminded to use common sense judgment.
10. If there is imminent danger to life and member(s) determine that entering
the building is necessary and prudent, notify radio dispatcher of all

observations made in connection with fire prior to entry.
11. Communicate to FDNY personnel at the scene the number of members of the
service who entered the building, including last known location, if possible.
12. Proceed with caution at all times and maintain communication with radio
dispatcher.
a. Frequently relay location and ascertain estimated time of FDNY arrival.
13. Use stairs to reach reported fire location. (DO NOT use elevator.)
a. Members should ascend in teams of two.
14. Advise radio dispatcher of labeled staircase being used or of any other
identifying characteristics of staircase, if not labeled.
15. Conduct a visual inspection of stairwell for smoke or flames prior to
ascending staircase.
a. While ascending, inspect each floor below reported fire floor for smoke
and/or fire and note location and distance of other stairways, exits and/or
potential areas of refuge.
16. DO NOT hold elevator cars on any floor as FDNY units will seek to recall
elevators to move personnel and firefighting equipment into position.
17. Conduct a visual inspection of hallway of reported fire floor through the
stairwell/hallway door window, if available.
a. Place back of hand on door that separates stairwell from affected floor
to detect the presence of heat.
(1) An unusually warm door or the presence of smoke are indicators that
there is a fire in the hallway or in an apartment where a door has been left
open. This can be an extremely dangerous condition requiring personal
protective equipment to enter and is considered “immediately dangerous to life
and health.” In these cases, members should not open the door or enter the
hallway as such action can draw smoke/fire toward the stairwell.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
18. Respond to ALL building/structure fires in command.
19. Confer with FDNY supervisor and advise members of the service to
evacuate/tactically retreat (e.g., assume a prone position and crawl or stay
as low to the ground as dictated by the situation, moving close to the wall so
that the wall may be used as a guide, etc.) to predetermined exit, if smoke
and heat are suddenly present.
20. Notify desk officer if fire is suspicious and request precinct detective
squad.
21. Immediately assign uniformed members of the service to direct and control
responding emergency vehicles to allow free access to affected area.
a. Confirm that fire hydrants remain accessible for use.

b. Ensure a clear path of access and egress is established and maintained
for ambulances.
FIRST SUPERVISOR AT SCENE
22. Proceed immediately to the FDNY Incident Command Post once established and
remain at Incident Command Post until relieved or the Command Post is
demobilized.
23. Advise the FDNY Incident Commander of the number of members of the service
inside the affected building, including unit designation and last known
location.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
24. Establish police lines beyond the fire apparatus and hydrants in use.
a. Establish police lines behind the building beyond fire operations, if
necessary.
25. Permit only the following persons and vehicles to enter fire lines:
a. Ambulances
b. Police and FDNY vehicles
c. The Mayor and vehicle
d. Members of governmental agencies and their vehicles, in performance of
duty
e. Employees of public service corporations and their vehicles in the
performance of emergency duties
f. Persons holding valid unexpired press credentials
g. Red Cross personnel in performance of duty.
26. Record following information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145):
a. Relevant details surrounding the fire including the location, time and
persons displaced or injured
b. Cause of fire, extent of damage and any suspicion of arson (obtained from
fire officer in charge), if available
c. Any dangerous condition resulting from the fire.
27. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) if the fire is suspicious.
28. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) for each injured person.
29. Ensure premises are secure once firefighting operations have concluded.
DESK OFFICER
30. Notify Operations Unit and borough command if:

a. Injury or death occurs
b. Three alarms or more
c. Unusual type of fire
d. Cause of fire is suspicious
e. Forced entry by FDNY
f. Relocation of tenants required.
31. Review COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET/AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET, if prepared.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Fires can spread rapidly and expand to other rooms, floors or buildings. In
addition, smoke created by fire contains poisons and carcinogens including
carbon monoxide. Members of the service should be aware, given the
circumstances, that a high level of exertion (e.g., stair climbing, etc.)
prior to or while entering a fire location could be problematic; the rapid
respiration associated with a high level of physical exertion may result in an
increased intake of dangerous and harmful smoke into the lungs. ABSENT EXIGENT
CIRCUMSTANCES UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE SHOULD NOT OPERATE ON ANY FLOOR
ABOVE THE FIRE AND NOT ATTEMPT TO NAVIGATE THROUGH A SMOKE-FILLED OR FIERY
ENVIRONMENT.
In fire suppression incidents, according to the CIMS Primary Agency Matrix,
the ranking FDNY officer is the Incident Commander and the NYPD will co-locate
its command post with the FDNY’s. The highest ranking NYPD uniformed
supervisor shall remain with the on-scene Incident Commander and work and
coordinate with the Primary Agency. The highest ranking uniformed supervisor
is responsible for site management and accountable for the inner perimeter and
crowd / traffic control.
RESPONSE TO TWO ALARM FIRES
A second alarm occurs when the Fire Department dispatches additional engine
companies, additional ladder companies and other necessary resources beyond
the deployment of a full-scale first alarm response. While it is recognized
that, in most instances, members of the NYPD are already at the scene of such
fires and are aware of the second alarm, the Fire Department will notify the
Operations Unit directly, when a fire reaches a second alarm. Upon
notification of a two alarm fire, the Operations Unit will direct the duty
captain to the scene.
The duty captain will respond to the scene to ensure that all appropriate
coordination and police services are being provided. In addition, the duty
captain will give particular attention to ensuring that traffic control is
maintained and perimeters are established. When appropriate, the duty captain
may direct that a ranking member be designated as the NYPD communications
liaison.
The ranking member of the New York City Police Department on the scene will
confer with the ranking fire officer to determine if additional police
resources are required, e.g. Aviation Unit, Harbor Unit, etc. Supervisory

members should be aware that, when conditions warrant, the Fire Department may
request that a fire officer be assigned to an Aviation Unit in order to survey
the fire and affected structures. Such requests should be facilitated by
promptly notifying the Operations Unit and arranging for the flight, as
appropriate.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORTWORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 212-59 Vertical Patrol
Date Effective: 08-01/13
PURPOSE
To prevent, detect, and take necessary enforcement action regarding illegal
activity occurring in lobbies, stairwells, basements and other common areas of
multiple dwelling buildings that are not owned by the New York City Housing
Authority.
SCOPE
Authorization for vertical patrol, the tactically planned patrol of the
interior hallways, stairways, and rooftops of multiple dwelling buildings is
obtained through the Department's Trespass Affidavit Program. Patrolling
multiple dwelling buildings for criminal activity, including trespassing under
the Trespass Affidavit Program, is a valuable problem solving tool, as well as
an important component of the Department's crime control strategy.
PROCEDURE
To conduct vertical patrol in a resident multiple dwelling building in the
Department's Trespass Affidavit Program:
PLATOON COMMANDER/PATROL SUPERVISOR/ASSIGNED SUPERVISOR
1. Assign teams of two or more uniformed members of the service to conduct
vertical patrol at designated times and locations.
a. Schedule vertical patrols based on times when illegal activities are
prevalent
b. Ensure TRESPASS CRIMES - OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT(S) (PD651-051) or New York
County District Attorney's supporting affidavits, as appropriate, are current
for scheduled locations
c. Ensure all vertical patrols are conducted in a satisfactory manner with
special attention to:
(1) Enforcement action, including proper tactics
(2) Radio transmission
(3) Proper documentation (e.g., ACTIVITY LOG [PD112-145] entries, STOP,
QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEETS [PD344-151A], etc.).
NOTE: A uniformed member of the service may approach and question persons if
they have an objective credible reason to do so. However, a uniformed member
may not stop (temporarily detain) a suspected trespasser unless the uniformed
member reasonably suspects that the person is in the building without
authorization.
2. Instruct uniformed members performing vertical patrol that, absent exigent
circumstances, teams of two or more uniformed members must remain together at
all times.

3. Consider the appropriate number of teams necessary to perform a particular
vertical patrol.
a. The number of uniformed members that are required to conduct a particular
vertical patrol assignment should be based on the size of the building, the
number and location of exits, and the nature of the crimes being addressed.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Respond to location at designated time and coordinate activities with other
assigned uniformed members.
5. Notify Communications Section radio dispatcher utilizing radio code signal
10-75V, and make ACTIVITY LOG entry of the time and street address upon
entering the building.
6. Inspect front, rear and other exterior doors, and interior of lobby.
7. Document in ACTIVITY LOG that signs stating, "No Trespassing, Tenants and
their Guests Only," are prominently displayed and legible.
a. Signs should be prominently displayed in areas where persons entering the
building can readily observe them (e.g., vestibule entrance, vestibule, above
the elevator, courtyard, roof, etc.).
8. Proceed to top floor of building by elevator, if operable, and conduct
inspection of roof, roof landing, elevator rooms, and any other installations.
9. Patrol each floor, staircase and hallway within the building from the top
floor to the ground floor.
10. Inspect all accessible basement areas.
11. Be alert for persons who may be engaged in criminal activity, including
potential trespassers, and upon encountering such persons:
a. Approach the person(s) and ask:
(1) If he or she lives in the building
(2) If he or she is visiting someone in the building
(3) If he or she has business in the building.
b. Take reasonable measures to verify a person's authority to be present in
the building when such authority is in question (e.g., asking for
identification, keys to the building entrance doors, etc.).
c. When a person refuses to explain
in the building, the uniformed member
must leave the building or be subject
member may then arrest the person for

or is unable to explain his/her presence
may instruct the person that he or she
to arrest for trespass. The uniformed
trespass if:

(1) The person refuses to exit the building and does not promptly
establish a right to be in the building.
d. When reasonable suspicion develops that a person has committed, is

committing or is about to commit a felony or a Penal Law misdemeanor, take
appropriate police action as per P.G. 212-11, "Stop and Frisk"
e. If probable cause develops that a person has committed or is committing
an offense or crime, take appropriate police action as per P.G. 208-01, "Law
of Arrest"
f. When a trespass arrest is made, prepare TRESPASS CRIMES - FACT SHEET
(PD351-144)
g. Copies of the TRESPASS CRIMES - FACT SHEET and TRESPASS CRIMES - OWNER'S
AFFIDAVIT or New York County District Attorney's supporting affidavit, as
appropriate, for the building must be included in arrest package.
12. Notify Communications Section radio dispatcher upon exiting building and
make ACTIVITY LOG entry indicating time building inspection was completed and
any conditions noted.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The "TRESPASS CRIMES - OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT (PD651-051)," will be utilized for
Department Trespass Affidavit Program buildings in the Bronx, Brooklyn, Staten
Island, and Queens. The New York County District Attorney's Office manages a
Trespass Affidavit Program in Manhattan and utilizes its own supporting
affidavits. The "TRESPASS CRIMES - FACT SHEET (PD351-144)," will be prepared
in every instance including Manhattan, where a uniformed member of the service
effects a trespass arrest in a building participating in a Trespass Affidavit
Program.
A uniformed member of the service may not stop (temporarily detain) a
suspected trespasser unless the uniformed member reasonably suspects that the
person is in the building without authority. When reasonable suspicion exists,
a STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET shall be prepared as per P.G.
212-11, "Stop and Frisk." Some factors which may contribute to "reasonable
suspicion" that a person is trespassing, in addition to those factors set
forth in P.G. 212-11, "Stop and Frisk," are contradictory assertions made to
justify presence in the building and/or assertions lacking credibility made to
justify presence in the building.
A uniformed member of the service may arrest a person for trespass when he or
she has probable cause to believe the person is not a resident, is not the
invited guest of a resident, and is not otherwise authorized to be in the
building. Refusal to answer a uniformed member's questions alone will not
reach the level of "probable cause."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Law of Arrest (P.G. 208-01)
Stop and Frisk (P.G. 212-11)
Trespass Affidavit Program (I.O. 23, series 2012) (A.G. 303 SERIES)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A)
TRESPASS CRIMES - OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT (PD651-051)
TRESPASS CRIMES - FACT SHEET (PD351-144)

P.G. 212-60 Interior Vertical Patrol Of Housing Authority
Buildings
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To assist the Housing Authority in enforcing its rules, limiting criminal
activity, providing a safe and secure environment and ensuring the
habitability of its residential buildings for Housing Authority residents and
their guests by performing interior vertical patrols.
PROCEDURE
Uniformed members of the service shall frequently inspect the interior of
Housing Authority buildings on assigned posts as follows:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify Communications Section, utilizing radio code 10-75V, and make
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of the time and street address upon entering
the building.
2. Notify Video Interactive Patrol Enhanced Response (VIPER) units by radio,
if VIPER cameras present.
VIPER UNIT MEMBER
3. Advise uniformed member of conditions that:
a. Require attention
b. Significantly affect safety.
4. Provide ongoing assistance to uniformed member of the service performing
vertical patrol.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Inspect front, rear and other exterior doors, mailboxes and the interior of
the lobby.
6. Inspect elevators and ascertain if they are operable.
a. Notify Housing Authority Emergency Service Department maintenance
personnel of inoperable elevators.
7. Proceed to top floor of building by elevator, if operable, otherwise by
using the stairs.
a. Use staircase to gain access to the roof of the building.
8. Conduct inspection of roof, roof landing, elevator rooms, and any other
installations.
9. Patrol each floor, staircase and hallway within the building from the top

floor to the ground floor.
10. Inspect elevator doors on each floor, taking immediate action when
necessary.
a. Notify Housing Authority Emergency Service Department or NYPD Emergency
Service Unit personnel immediately and remain at scene and secure location
until unsafe condition has been corrected if:
(1) Elevator door glass is missing
(2) Outer elevator doors open when elevator is not present
(3) Any other dangerous condition concerning elevators exists.
11. Inspect all accessible basement areas.
12. Be alert for persons who may be violating Housing Authority rules and
regulations, including potentially unauthorized persons within NYCHA property,
and upon encountering such persons:
a. Approach the person(s) and ask;
(1) If he or she lives in the building
(2) If he or she is visiting someone in the building
(3) If he or she has business in the building.
NOTE: When a person's authority to be present in the building is in
question, take reasonable measures to verify such authority (e.g., asking for
identification, a key to the building entrance doors, etc.)
b. If a person is found to be violating a Housing Authority rule or
regulations, take appropriate police action pursuant to P.G. 207-29, "Field
Reports," unless criminal enforcement is appropriate.
c. If a person refuses to explain or is unable to explain his or her
presence in the building, the officer may instruct the person that he or she
must leave the building or be subject to arrest for trespass. The officer may
then arrest the person for trespass if:
(1) The person refuses to exit the building and does not promptly
establish a right to be in the building.
d. If reasonable suspicion develops that a person has committed, is
committing or is about to commit a felony or Penal Law misdemeanor, take
appropriate police action pursuant to P.G. 212-11, "Stop and Frisk."
e. If probable cause develops that a person has committed or is committing
an offense or crime, take appropriate police action pursuant to P.G. 208-01,
"Law of Arrest."
13. Notify Communications Section upon exiting building and make ACTIVITY LOG
entry indicating time building inspection was completed and any condition
noted.
a. Prepare FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511), STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT

WORKSHEET (PD344-151A) or COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), if necessary.
14. Alternate between outside area patrol and interior vertical patrol of
Housing Authority grounds and buildings, unless otherwise directed.
15. Inspect each building on assigned post.
MEMBERS ASSIGNED TO RMP DUTIES
16. Comply with above requirements, if not on an assignment, when available to
perform interior patrol.
PSA/PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER
17. Review available sources and identify buildings which are in need of
increased interior vertical patrols.
18. Assign and direct members to perform patrols at directed locations.
PLATOON COMMANDER/PATROL SUPERVISOR/ASSIGNED SUPERVISOR
19. Assign at least two uniformed members of the service to conduct directed
vertical patrols.
NOTE: During the course of conducting directed vertical patrols, officers
shall be instructed that, absent exigent circumstances, two or more uniformed
members of the service must remain together.
20. Ensure all vertical patrols are performed in a satisfactory manner with
specific attention to:
a. Effectiveness of patrols, including proper tactics
b. Radio transmissions
c. Proper documentation (e.g., ACTIVITY LOG entries, FIELD REPORTS, STOP,
QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEETS, etc.)
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Field Reports (P.G. 207-29)
Law of Arrest (P.G. 208-01)
Stop and Frisk (P.G. 212-11)
Vertical Patrol (P.G. 212-59)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511)
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A)

P.G. 212-61 Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Module
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To reduce the occurrence of burglaries/robberies by identifying and
apprehending those individuals committing burglaries/robberies.
SCOPE
The Precinct Detective Squad/Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Module (PDS/BRAM)
will maintain a dedicated focus on burglary/robbery investigations and shall
be under the direct organizational control and supervision of the Precinct
Detective Squad Commander.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service receives a complaint of a burglary or
robbery:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Determine whether a burglary or robbery in fact has been committed by
conducting preliminary investigation.
2. Broadcast description of perpetrators if available and appropriate, and
conduct search for suspects, if appropriate.
3. Safeguard evidence and when necessary, follow crime scene procedures as per
P.G. 212-04, "Crime Scene".
4. Interview complainant and initiate investigation.
a. If perpetrator(s) can be identified, transport complainant to station
house to
view photos.
5. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) for robbery.
a. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) for
Burglary Apprehension Team member is not working.

burglary

if

b. Comply with P.G. 207-01, "Complaint Reporting System".
NOTE: Uniformed member of the service assigned will make notification to the
Borough/Bureau Evidence Collection Team (E.C.T.) to respond to all burglary
incidents, including situations where an arrest is made at the scene. The
member assigned will enter the notification into the COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
6. Make notification to Precinct Detective Squad who will immediately notify
the designated PDS/BRAM investigator, when available.
a. Provide all available information necessary to continue investigation.
b. Notify Detective Borough Night Watch if PDS/BRAM office is closed (0100-

0800 hours).
NOTE: Copies of robbery/burglary complaints recorded on COMPLAINT REPORTS
(PD313-152) in the precinct on late tours will be picked up at 0800 hours by a
PDS/BRAM member.
DESK OFFICER
7. Review and finalize (i.e., sign-off) in the OLCS the completed COMPLAINT
REPORT.
8. Have a copy of COMPLAINT REPORT forwarded to the Precinct Detective
Squad/BRAM.
9. Ensure that additional copies of COMPLAINT REPORT are sent to other
units/agencies, as required.
NOTE: Pattern identification is crucial to a burglary strategy. As part of
this strategy, the Detective Bureau will establish burglary patterns in the
same manner used to deal with robbery patterns. Where two or more incidents
have common traits the Precinct Detective Squad Commander will establish a
pattern. Items that should be considered in order to declare a pattern are:
similar methods of entry, items stolen, proximity of crimes to each other,
time/day of occurrence as well as any other distinguishable common
characteristics. The Precinct Detective Squad, in which a pattern has been
established, will have the primary responsibility in compiling a pattern
folder and documenting their investigative steps to apprehend the perpetrator
unless the pattern crosses precinct boundary lines. All information must be
disseminated to members of the service in the local and surrounding precincts,
detective squads and O.C.C.B. units. The Borough Robbery Squad will assume
responsibility for investigation for investigation of patterns affecting more
than one precinct. The Patrol Borough Commander will oversee the coordination
of the plan to address the pattern between Patrol Services, Detective Bureau
(detective squad, warrants, gang units etc.), O.C.C.B. and Intelligence Bureau
personnel.
PDS/BRAM INVESTIGATOR
10. Review burglary and robbery complaint reports and assist in identifying
any Burglary/Robbery patterns or trends that may arise.
11. Confer with the Precinct Field Intelligence Officer, when assigned, prior
to and following the issuance of a pattern.
12. Compile a pattern case folder for all identified patterns, documenting all
investigative steps taken.
13. Maintain photo books in accordance with established Legal Bureau
guidelines, containing pictures of persons previously arrested for burglary
and related crimes.
14. Confer with precinct and borough patrol and investigative units and
disseminate all information regarding burglary and robbery trends, patterns
and wanted perpetrators.
15. Update and maintain the Precinct Crime Information Center with active
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163), Field Information posters, serial burglar

lists and photos.
16. Conduct an investigation when the subject of a "Home Visit" cannot be
located by the Precinct Burglary Apprehension Team (BAT).
17. Cultivate and maintain sources of information within command (e.g.,
confidential informants, building superintendents, landlords, block watchers,
etc.)
18. Debrief all suspects arrested for crimes of burglary/robbery. Seek to:
a. Identify accomplices
b. Identify fencing locations
c. Identify other victims.
19. Be responsible for reviewing the list of persons selling items to
pawnshops or secondhand dealers.
a. Conduct appropriate investigation, i.e. INVESTIGATION CARD check, warrant
investigation, criminal record check.
20. Assist the Burglary Apprehension Team with "Fencing Sting Operations."
21. Take major case prints for every person arrested for the crime of
burglary.
PDS/BRAM SUPERVISOR
22. Be responsible for the review of all burglary/robbery complaints received
at the office to determine case status.
23. Review all COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152), COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UPS (PD313-081)
and COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONALS (PD313-081B) prepared to determine
whether the cases should remain ACTIVE or CLOSED, and to ensure that all
necessary investigative steps have been taken.
24. Assign robbery and burglary cases amongst all detectives in the unit.
25. Ensure the crime information centers are updated accordingly.
26. Ensure pawnshop/ secondhand dealer inspections are properly investigated.
27. verify major case prints are taken for every person arrested for burglary.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Assignment to a Precinct Detective Squad/Burglary Robbery Apprehension Module
(PDS/BRAM) will be viewed solely as a Detective Bureau assignment, and not as
an "investigative assignment" available to police officers under the "Police
Officers Career Program."
Precinct Detective Squad/Burglary Robbery Apprehension Module (PDS/BRAM) team
members will be assigned to the Detective Duty Chart. The squad commander,
however, will have sufficient flexibility to modify scheduled tours to
accommodate the needs of the command and/or for particular investigations.

Key elements which contribute to the success of the BRAM program:
a. The creation of a specialized BRAM unit within every Precinct Detective
Squad. These units are commanded by, and are accountable to, a Precinct
Detective Squad Commander who is responsible for the investigation of all
robbery/burglary complaints committed within that precinct (unless another
unit has responsibility as per Department directives, e.g., Internal Affairs
Bureau - Police Impersonation Investigation Unit).
b. The allocation of Precinct Detective Squad personnel to the BRAM unit,
commensurate with the number of reported burglary/robbery cases. Precinct
Detective Squad Commanders will determine the exact complement of personnel
(supervisors/detectives), in concurrence with the respective Detective Borough
Commanding Officer.
c. One member of each PDS/BRAM will be designated as liaison with the
Borough Robbery Squad and the Intelligence Bureau for the purpose of
identifying emerging patterns and suspects. The Pattern Identification Module
will be responsible for identifying, tracking and disseminating information
between the precincts and boroughs affected and creating the pattern sheet
upon conferral with both the Precinct Squad Commanders and Precinct Commanders
involved.
d. Detective Bureau must notify the appropriate Patrol Borough Pattern
Identification Module when a pattern is established and provide all relevant
details. Patrol Borough Pattern Identification Modules will notify the
appropriate Detective Bureau on all alerts. Detective Bureau will prepare an
apprehension plan on all patterns and submit it to the Chief of Detectives and
forward a copy to the appropriate Patrol Borough Commander.
e. The development and utilization of precinct Photo Books that contain
photographs of persons previously arrested for burglary, robbery and grand
larceny from the person, as well as all other photographable offenses within
the same geographical area. Each PDS/BRAM must regularly review the precinct's
arrest records and obtain all such prisoner photographs, including photos
listing parolees with robbery/burglary convictions.
f. Uniformed members of the service on patrol are required to bring victims
of robberies to the precinct in order to view the Photo Books.
g. An innovative Case Management System which ensures prompt, thorough and
flexible investigation of burglary/robbery complaints. Every burglary/robbery
complaint, after assignment of a precinct complaint number, will be reviewed
and signed-off in the OLCS by the desk officer. Desk officers will closely
scrutinize robbery complaints to ensure that procedures were properly
followed. An additional copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) will be
forwarded to the Precinct Detective Squad. A thorough investigation will be
conducted on all burglary/robbery cases and the case status (open or closed)
will be determined by the PDS/BRAM supervisor.
If a uniformed member of the service apprehends a person wanted by the
Precinct Detective Squad, as a result of a photograph placed on the Crime
Identification Center's bulletin board, the uniformed officer will deliver the
prisoner to any member of that detective unit performing duty at the time of
the apprehension. The detective, who assumes responsibility for the prisoner,
is required to take all of the follow-up steps, including arranging for and
conducting a lineup, as per Patrol Guide 208-24, "Identification
Lineups/Showups," booking and arraigning the prisoner.

A uniformed member of the service who apprehends two PDS/BRAM wanted persons
may be recommended for Departmental recognition in the appropriate grade by
the Precinct Commanding Officer. (If after the first arrest the individual
apprehended is of significant value, Departmental Recognition may be
recommended).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Departmental Recognition (P.G. 205-39)
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Identification Lineups/Showups (P.G. 208-24)
Crime Scene (P.G. 212-04)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081B)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-163)

P.G. 212-62 Community Policing Unit General Guidelines
Date Effective: 08/01/13
GOAL
In order to achieve the objectives of community policing, members assigned to
the community policing unit are committed to the following goals:
a. Involving the community in identifying its own public safety concerns and
eliciting input in setting the Department's priorities for addressing same.
b. Increasing community participation in policing activities and community
based public safety programs.
c. Exchanging information with the community on a regular basis.
d. Using a problem solving approach to develop strategies for police
operations that respond to specific community problems, including
non-traditional tactics and strategies.
e. Coordinating strategies for addressing community problems with other
agencies and private organizations.
NOTE: While members assigned to precinct community policing units are
specifically charged with the furtherance of the above goals, it should be
recognized that ALL members of the service are expected to perform duty in a
manner that accomplishes these goals.
DEFINITIONS
BEAT - Geographic area of responsibility to which a beat officer is assigned.
BEAT BOOK - Ongoing profile of beat area maintained at the community policing
unit office.
OFF-PATROL TIME - Scheduled or unscheduled time not spent performing visible
foot patrol.
COMMUNITY POLICING UNIT DIARY - Maintained at the community policing unit
office and used to record excusals, court appearances, and scheduled
"off-patrol" time.
VEHICLE UTILIZATION LOG - Maintained at the community policing unit office.
For this purpose, an adapted UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION LOG (PD571-1413)
will be utilized for each Department RMP and twelve passenger Department van
assigned to the unit.
ROLL CALL CLERK
1. A weekly ADMINISTRATIVE ROLL CALL with scheduled activities (i.e.,
meetings, special projects, etc.,) noted, will be submitted to the precinct
roll call office in a timely fashion for inclusion on the precinct ARCS roll
call. Scheduled activities will be carried on the precinct roll call as "post
- changes."

2. Precinct roll call personnel will maintain conformity within ARCS by
ensuring the Employee Master File (AR02) and Assignment Master File (AR10)
reflect all community policing assignments.
3. One copy of the ADMINISTRATIVE ROLL CALL, with any changes noted, will be
supplied to the precinct roll call office on a daily basis. After changes
have been made to the ARCS roll call or Roll Call Adjustment Sheet, the
ADMINISTRATIVE ROLL CALL is to be delivered to the desk and placed
chronologically into a suitable binder for reference and inspection.
4. All changes to the ADMINISTRATIVE ROLL CALL require the approval of the
Special Operations Lieutenant.
5. Community policing unit members will, when practical, attend precinct roll
call.
6. Community policing unit officers and sergeants will be assigned a fair
share of "out of precinct" details, consistent with other precinct specialized
unit members.
WORKING CHART
1. Community policing units are seven day a week operations, as consistent
with identified precinct conditions and community needs.
2. Community policing unit officers will work a miscellaneous chart, working
eight hour and thirty-five minute tours.
3. Community policing unit members will have flexible tours, on a daily basis,
and consistent with strategies developed to address identified conditions on
the beat.
4. The submitted ADMINISTRATIVE ROLL CALL is considered to be a working chart.
5. Weekly work schedule is subject to the approval of the special operations
lieutenant.
6. Community policing officers and sergeants will have regular days off which
can only be changed as a result of a chart change (permanent change of regular
day off [RDO]).
7. Community policing unit sergeants will work a miscellaneous chart, working
eight hour and fifty-seven minute tours.
8. Community policing unit sergeants will have flexible tours, on a daily
basis, as approved by the special operations lieutenant. Such tours should
maximize supervision of unit members by the community policing sergeant.
NOTE: Vacation selections for members assigned to community policing unit
will be made as a separate squad within the precinct structure. They are not
to be exempt from excusal ratios (see A.G. 304-06, "Ranking Officer Vacation,"
and P.G. 203-19, "Vacation Policy.").
DEPARTMENT VEHICLES
1. SCOOTER UTILIZATION - The primary patrol function of the community policing
unit officer is the performance of visible foot patrol in a specified beat
area. It is recognized that both the topographic and geographic factors

present in many of our commands would make, at times, the use of scooters
desirable as a means of facilitating an officer's assignment. Accordingly,
Department scooters are authorized for use within the following parameters:
a. Scooters will be used only when deemed necessary and approved by an
immediate supervisor.
b. Scooters will not be routinely assigned but will be used on an "as
needed" basis only.
c. Scooters may be utilized only by those uniformed members who are
qualified Department scooter operators (see A.G.320-16, "Driver Training").
2. VAN UTILIZATION - Twelve passenger Department vans are assigned to precinct
community policing units to enable members to perform special projects and
accomplish other duties as directed by unit supervisors. They are also
utilized to facilitate supervision of unit members by the community policing
sergeant. Accordingly, the following guidelines will be adhered to:
a. Vans will not be used for routine patrol or other non-related duties
(i.e., sector duty, property transport, etc.).
b. In the event of an extreme emergency, the commanding officer may
authorize the use of the van for other than prescribed reasons. In such cases,
a detailed entry will be made in the Command Log, including purpose, member
assigned, and the identity of the authorizing commander.
c. The van will not be used for transport of more than two prisoners, unless
extreme exigent circumstances exist.
d. Vans may be utilized only by uniformed members who are Department
qualified twelve passenger van operators (see A.G. 320-16, "Driver Training").
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vacation Policy (P.G. 203-19)
Community Policing Duties And Responsibilities (P.G. 212-63)
Ranking Officer Vacation (A.G. 304-06)
Driver Training (A.G. 320-16)
FORMS AND REPORTS
UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION LOG (PD571-1413)

P.G. 212-63 Community Policing Duties And Responsibilities
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Inspect Beat Books periodically.
2. Regularly confer with community leaders, residents, and business persons to
ensure viability of community policing effort at the command.
3. Ensure that community policing unit members are not routinely utilized as
backfill for other precinct assignments.
4. Ensure that Department vehicles assigned to the precinct community policing
unit are utilized in accordance with specified Department guidelines.
5. Ensure that Department mandates, as they relate to community policing, are
carried out.
6. Ensure that utilization of community policing unit personnel is in
accordance with specified guidelines.
7. Obtain approval for all requests for community policing programmatic
overtime, through channels, from the Resource Management Section, Patrol
Services Bureau.
8. Supervise and evaluate performance of all members assigned to the community
policing unit.
9. Ensure that community policing officers and sergeants are assigned to out
of precinct detail assignments commensurate with the number performed by other
specialized precinct units and personnel.
10. Ensure that community policing officers periodically stand roll call with
the outgoing platoon, when practical, and as not to interfere with ongoing
programs and operations.
11. Act as chairperson for Precinct Management Team (PMT) meetings.
12. Prepare monthly evaluation report and submit, through channels.
a. Include observations as to the unit's effectiveness, impact on precinct's
overall efforts, information that cannot be quantified numerically (i.e.,
inter-agency actions that improves conditions), and current training needs.
13. Ensure that community policing sergeants are assigned a number of precinct
communications consistent with other precinct supervisors.
14. Include the community policing unit in the precinct self-inspection
procedures.
15. Review integrity control officer's self-inspection reports.
16. Forward a copy of self-inspection report to the Commanding Officer,
Borough Investigations Unit for review and comment.

17. Cause a CENTRAL PERSONNEL INDEX BACKGROUND REQUEST (PD449-160) to be made
for ALL members prior to assignment to the community policing unit.
18. Maintain supervisory level of approximately one sergeant to ten police
officers.
19. Exempt community policing sergeants from "desk and/or patrol" coverage.
20. Do not utilize community beat officers as backfill for sector manning
needs, except as follows:
a. Major holidays (Christmas, Thanksgiving, etc.)
b. Major emergencies.
emergency).

(Minimum manning does not necessarily constitute an

INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
1. Be thoroughly familiar with the efforts and programs of the community
policing unit.
2. Inspect, sign, and evaluate the ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of all community
policing unit sergeants quarterly.
3. Visit community policing officers and sign their ACTIVITY LOG at least once
a month.
4. Conduct random, confidential observations of community policing officer's
activity.
5. Randomly follow up on crime prevention surveys to prevent improper
referrals.
6. Monitor return roll call of community policing unit members.
7. Randomly attend meetings scheduled by community policing unit members.
8. Verify that utilization of Department vehicles assigned to the precinct
community policing unit is within Department guidelines by certifying the
Vehicle Utilization Log once a month.
9. Conduct at least one conferral per beat each month with either a resident
or business person. Record results on CPO EVALUATION WORKSHEET (PD351-140H).
10. Conduct self-inspections quarterly.
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
1. Become thoroughly familiar with the operations and administration of the
community policing unit.
2. Supervise sergeants assigned to the community policing unit.
3. Monitor field performance of personnel assigned to community policing unit,
and personally observe precinct conditions.
4. Ensure tours of duty performed by community policing sergeants maximize

supervision of unit members.
5. Inspect records and logs of community policing unit and personnel. Inspect
and sign Beat Books monthly.
6. Ensure collaborative effort between community policing unit and other
specialized units in the precinct.
7. Confer with platoon commanders to ensure coordination of effort among all
precinct members.
8. Inspect and sign ACTIVITY LOGS of sergeants assigned to the community
policing unit once a month.
9. Review, for approval, work schedules for all community policing unit
members.
a. Approve all tour changes on weekly administrative roll call.
10. Ensure that all members of the community policing unit receive required
Department training.
11. Attend precinct community council, community board, and similar meetings,
as directed by the commanding officer.
12. Be cognizant of community crime trends and quality of life conditions,
allocating resources to address these concerns.
13. Attend Precinct Management Team (PMT) meetings.
14. Monitor field training function at the command.
COMMUNITY POLICING UNIT SERGEANT
1. Conduct daily roll call of community policing officers.
2. Coordinate the activities of community policing officers with the other
members of the command.
3. Prepare work schedules for subordinates, based on strategies to address
identified beat conditions.
4. Assist officers with their activities involving other Department units and
governmental agencies.
5. Supervise officers in the performance of their duties.
6. Supervise the crime analysis and beat planning activities of community
policing officers, and maintain unit records.
7. Confer with precinct field training sergeants to determine deployment of
probationary police officers to beat areas.
8. Evaluate the performance of community policing officers, under the
supervision of the precinct commanding officer, in a manner that is reflective
of the duties performed by the officers.
9. Inspect Beat Books during the third (3rd)

week of each month.

10. Attend Precinct Management Team (PMT) meetings.
11. Monitor level of unit's effectiveness by conducting conferrals with
community residents or business persons. (Two contacts per month for each
beat officer actually assigned under the sergeant's direct supervision).
a. Maintain a file system to record results of interviews, captioned to
include:
DATE

BEAT #/OFFICER

NAME/BUSINESS

ADDRESS REMARKS

NAME OF SUPV.
CONDUCTING
INTERVIEW

12. Meet with all primary community leaders listed in each police officer's
Beat Book.
13. Regularly attend community meetings, as appropriate.
14. Ensure that all scheduled "off-patrol" meetings are entered in the
community policing unit diary and administrative roll call, for inclusion on
the precinct Automated Roll Call System (ARCS) roll call as "post changes."
15. Verify "off-patrol" time entered in the unit diary.
16. Maintain a master file of all active community groups/persons at the unit
office.
17. Pursuant to training by the Community Affairs/Crime Prevention Section,
randomly accompany subordinate officers on several surveys to ensure that the
officer is capable of performing routine residential surveys.
18. Upon receipt of the residential survey, a serial number, beginning with
the number one (001) for the first survey of the year, shall be assigned, and
information recorded chronologically in a Department Record Book, captioned as
follows:
SERIAL #

DATED
CONDUCTED

OWNER/
OCCUPANT

ADDRESS

DATE
REMARKS
DELIVERED

ASSIGNED
OFFICER
BEAT

a. Forward surveys to crime prevention officer for review and approval.
19. Upon receipt of the approved survey, have one copy made to be maintained
in a secure file.
a. The original will be hand delivered to the resident.
20. Verify entries in the vehicle utilization log.
21. Ensure that unit telephone answering machines are functioning and engaged
at all times. The recorded announcement will be a proper, businesslike
message.
22. Report to the desk officer for entry in the Interrupted Patrol Log upon
entering and leaving the stationhouse.
23. Periodically perform unannounced tours, as appropriate, in order to

determine the level of performance of unit members.
24. Be responsible for the supervision and evaluation of the police cadets
assigned to their respective units.
25. Perform duty in uniform.
26. Perform other duties as directed by the precinct commanding officer.
COMMUNITY BEAT OFFICER
1. Patrol the beat area in a manner which strengthens the lines of
communication with the area residents, as well as preventing crime and
delinquency.
2. Regularly confer with residents and business persons within the beat area
to determine the nature and extent of crime and order maintenance problems of
concern to the community.
3. With the assistance of the precinct crime analyst, conduct crime analysis
studies of beat area.
4. Confer, on a regular basis, with precinct personnel regarding the
development and implementation of tactical strategies for addressing crime and
order maintenance problems within the beat area.
5. Attend Precinct Management Team (PMT) meetings, as directed.
6. Coordinate activities with other members assigned to the precinct (i.e.,
sector, anti-crime, youth officer, etc.) in the development of strategies to
address crime and order maintenance problems within the beat area.
7. Initiate contact with other Department units and governmental agencies, as
appropriate, regarding strategies to address beat conditions, and render
assistance, as necessary.
8. Maintain the Beat Book, as directed, keeping all sections current and
updated.
9. Maintain contact with existing citizen's groups in the beat area, working
with them on the design, implementation, and evaluation of neighborhood crime
prevention programs.
10. Conduct public education programs on crime prevention specifically geared
toward community groups within that beat area.
11. Attend community meetings as a police resource person.
12. Confer with the precinct crime prevention officer, conduct residential
surveys and make recommendations to improve physical security. Members will
utilize ONLY the CPO RESIDENTIAL BURGLARY PREVENTION CHECKLIST (PD351-140).
No substitutes are permitted.
13. Contact crime victims within beat area and counsel them on methods to
avoid being victimized in the future. Contacts should be made as appropriate
and determined at the local level. Conferrals will be documented on the rear
of the community policing unit copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).

14. Contact officials from all schools in beat area and discuss problems
connected with the schools.
a. Take necessary action to correct problems, when appropriate.
15. Document all "off-patrol" time:
a. Make ACTIVITY LOG entry, and notify Communications Division, prior to any
"off-patrol" time, except under exigent circumstances.
b. Notify community policing sergeant of all scheduled "off-patrol" time for
entry in the community policing unit diary and ACTIVITY LOG.
c. Notify the community policing unit office, or, if unattended, the desk
officer, when there is unscheduled off-patrol" time of more than a short
period. Receiving member will notify the desk officer, who will make an
appropriate entry on the desk copy of the administrative roll call.
d. Members assigned to the community policing unit will report to the desk
officer for entry in the Interrupted Patrol Log when entering and leaving the
stationhouse.
16. Perform other duties as directed by the community policing unit
supervisor.
COMMUNITY POLICING UNIT COORDINATOR
1. Become familiar with each community policing officer's community contacts
and ongoing programs.
2. Attend meetings as appropriate and directed by community policing sergeant.
3. Act as a liaison between community policing officers and outside agencies,
when necessary, to avoid duplication of effort.
4. Return messages for community policing sergeant and officers when they are
not available.
5. Act as community policing sergeant's vehicle operator.
6. Assist community policing sergeant in coordinating both the unit's and
officer's activities.
7. Substitute for the community policing office clerical assistant when
necessary.
8. Provide transportation for community policing officers when directed by
immediate supervisor.
9. Maintain vehicles assigned to the community policing unit.
10. Maintain vehicle utilization logs assigned to unit vehicles.
11. Report to the desk officer for entry in the command log when leaving the
stationhouse if a community policing sergeant is not working.
12. Perform other duties as directed by the community policing sergeant.

COMMUNITY POLICING UNIT CLERICAL ASSISTANT
1. Answer telephones in community policing office.
2. Monitor answering machines and deliver messages to members of the unit.
3. Inform community policing supervisor or coordinator of messages, as
appropriate, if affected community police officer is unavailable.
4. Return messages when appropriate.
5. Prepare, after supervisory approval, the administrative roll call.
a. All adjustments occurring after initial preparation will be noted on this
form, as appropriate, and kept current.
6. Supply one copy of the administrative roll call, with any adjustments
noted, to precinct roll call personnel on a daily basis, for chronological
filing in an appropriate binder at the desk.
7. Collect all COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) from previous day (s), and
distribute to appropriate community policing officer.
a. Submit COMPLAINT REPORTS to unit supervisor or coordinator, as
appropriate, if community policing officer is not available.
8. Perform other clerical duties relative to the community policing unit
office.
NOTE: Unit clerical assistant will not be routinely used for other duties.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Community Policing Unit - General Guidelines (P.G. 212-62)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CENTRAL PERSONNEL INDEX BACKGROUND REQUEST (PD449-160)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
CPO EVALUATION WORKSHEET (PD351-140H)
CPO RESIDENTIAL BURGLARY PREVENTION CHECKLIST (PD351-140)

P.G. 212-64 Vehicle Checkpoints
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To establish the criteria by which members of the service can conduct a safe,
legal, and effective vehicle checkpoint program.
SCOPE
A vehicle checkpoint is a site on a roadway designated by the commanding
officer of a patrol borough, [I.O. 1 s 11] Traffic Operations District,
precinct, police service area, transit district, highway district/unit, or
task force, which is overseen by uniformed personnel. Motor vehicle operators
are stopped here in a nonarbitrary manner (e.g., every third vehicle, etc.),
as directed by the commanding officer on a VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM
(PD371-143). Unlike routine car stops, police officers are not required to
articulate an individualized suspicion for each vehicle stopped pursuant to a
vehicle checkpoint.
Vehicle checkpoints must be set up to include adequate warnings to motorists
of their existence. Uniformed members of the service assigned to the
checkpoint may lawfully establish reasonable temporary restrictions on
movement of vehicles in order to facilitate the flow of vehicular traffic
through the checkpoint (e.g., prohibit parking, standing, stopping, or
turning, etc.) by such means as signs, barriers, traffic cones, etc. A
motorist who violates these temporary restrictions or any other traffic rule
may similarly be stopped. An example would be a motorist, who after entering a
checkpoint, attempts to avoid it by backing his/her vehicle out.
It should be emphasized that motorists who avoid a checkpoint by lawful means
may not be stopped. If police have not blocked off a side street within a
checkpoint, and a motorist turns down it, the motorist may not be stopped
unless another lawful reason exists to stop the motorist.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a vehicle checkpoint is to be established:
COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
1. Establish vehicle checkpoints for the primary purpose of a DWI check or
vehicle safety check. Vehicle checkpoints for all other purposes other than in
emergency circumstances cannot be conducted without prior written approval
from the Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters.
2. Prepare VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM.
3. Ensure the VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM is affixed to the interior right side of
a legal size manila file folder.
4. Give the directive and file folder to the supervisor in charge of the
checkpoint and discuss tactics and safety concerns.
5. Ensure that safety equipment is utilized when warranted and ordered from

the Quartermaster Section, when necessary.
NOTE: If the vehicle checkpoint is established by a command other than a
precinct, the commanding officer concerned shall confer with the precinct
concerned before implementing the checkpoint.
SUPERVISOR IN CHARGE OF CHECKPOINT
6. Comply with the captions on the VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM as completed by the
commanding officer.
7. Discuss tactics, including appropriate and lawful questioning techniques,
and apprise personnel of the primary purpose of the operation.
8. Ensure personnel are familiar with and have reviewed the contents of the
VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM as provided by the commanding officer.
9. Remain at the checkpoint location for the entire operation.
NOTE: Supervisors in charge of vehicle checkpoints are reminded that the
safety of the public and members of the service is paramount. Reflective vests
or luminous traffic belts are to be worn during hours of darkness.
Additionally; safety equipment, including turret lights, flares, traffic
cones, signs, and/or barriers will be utilized to enhance safety and to warn
motorists of the existence of the checkpoint.
10. Utilize at least two Department vehicles while conducting the checkpoint
and employ appropriate safety equipment.
11. Assign a "point person", in the rank of police officer, whose sole
responsibility is to maintain the commanding officer's established procedure
for stopping vehicles and to advise the vehicle operators that their vehicles
are being stopped, and the reason why.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED TO CHECKPOINT
12. Stop vehicles as directed by the supervisor in charge of the vehicle
checkpoint.
NOTE: After stopping a vehicle, it is permissible to request the driver's
license, registration, and insurance card. It is also permissible to conduct a
license and VIN check. The VIN check must be conducted from the outside of the
car. Reaching inside the car to uncover the VIN plate is not permitted even if
the VIN plate is covered or obstructed; however, the member may request that
the motorist uncover the VIN plate.
Additionally, the driver's failure to produce a license or insurance card does
not provide the basis to enter the car and conduct a further search. However,
the driver's failure to produce a license or insurance card does allow for the
issuance of a summons or other appropriate enforcement action. If the
documentation produced is appropriate, the driver must be allowed to proceed
unless reasonable suspicion is developed during the stop.
13. Take summary action, when necessary.
14. Record the identity (e.g., name, address, telephone, etc.) and statements
of witnesses in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), whenever an arrest is made in
connection with a vehicle checkpoint.

NOTE: If as a result of the vehicle checkpoint, an arrest is effected, the
VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM prepared for that particular vehicle checkpoint shall
be reproduced for the District Attorney's Office.
SUPERVISOR IN CHARGE OF CHECKPOINT
15. Ensure that a record is kept of:
a. The number of summonses issued;
b. The number of arrests made;
c. The number of vehicles stopped; and
d. Any other information relevant to the checkpoint.
16. Complete the remaining sections of the VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM at the
conclusion of the vehicle checkpoint.
17. Record other pertinent information in ACTIVITY LOG.
18. Deliver the completed file folder to the commanding officer of command
conducting checkpoint.
a. Vehicle checkpoints will be sequentially numbered beginning with the
number one at the beginning of each calendar year.
b. Forward copy of VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM to commanding officer, precinct
concerned.
CLERICAL STAFF
19. Maintain files as per Department retention schedule.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In case of inclement weather the supervisor in charge may cancel the vehicle
checkpoint. Furthermore, traffic congestion and other risk factors may also be
taken into consideration when determining whether or not a checkpoint should
remain in place. In any event, regardless of conditions, a vehicle checkpoint
should not exceed two hours at a location. Commanding officers may draft
specific procedures for vehicle checkpoints that meet the needs of their
command, using this general procedure as a guide. When appropriate, written
material such as flyers, or pamphlets related to the purpose of the checkpoint
shall be distributed to motorists who are stopped.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
VEHICLE CHECKPOINT FORM (PD371-143)

P.G. 212-65 Bicycle Patrol
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To inform members of the service of the procedures to be followed when
performing bicycle patrol.
SCOPE
All precincts, police service areas, Patrol Borough Task Forces, and the Chief
of Transportation are authorized to establish a bicycle patrol. ALL Patrol
Boroughs, the Chief of Transportation, and the Housing Bureau will designate a
Bicycle Coordinator.
PROCEDURE
To perform bicycle patrol:
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Select volunteer members of the service within the command to perform
bicycle patrol.
2. Ensure that bicycles and related equipment usage are maximized.
3. Select a community policing supervisor/counterpart to act as the bicycle
coordinator.
MEMBER ASSIGNED TO BICYCLE PATROL
4. Perform bicycle patrol, with the approval of an immediate supervisor.
5. Prior to performing bicycle patrol, all bicycles will be inspected using
the following ABC-QUICK CHECK:
a. Air pressure
b. Brakes
c. Crank
d. QUICK release levers
e. CHECK with brief ride
6. Notify immediate supervisor, or if not available, the desk
officer/counterpart if bicycle requires repair or should not be utilized
(i.e., unsafe, damaged, etc.).
NOTE: An ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry regarding the condition of the
bicycle will be made at the start of the tour.
7. Bicycle helmet, luminous vest and shatter-proof protective eye gear will be
worn at all times while operating a Department bicycle in uniform.

8. Except in emergency situations, the Vehicle and Traffic Laws will be obeyed
at all times.
BICYCLE COORDINATING SUPERVISOR
9. Deploy members of the service on bicycle patrol except when the following
conditions exist:
a. Rain, snow, sleet, heavy fog or any precipitation causes the ground to
become slippery
b. Patches of snow or ice remain from previous storms
c. High winds interfere with the control of the bicycle
d. Temperature is above 95 degrees or below 32 degrees Fahrenheit.
NOTE: If bicycle coordinating supervisor is unavailable, the desk
officer/counterpart will deploy bicycles to members of the service.
10. Perform supervisory duty on bicycle, if practical.
11 Ensure that bicycles are clearly marked with the command number followed by
the bicycle number (e.g., 103 PCT, 1).
a. Bicycle number is to be affixed on both sides of the fork (facing
downward) below the front brake cantilever.
b. Command designation is to be affixed at the top of the down tube on both
sides.
c. Numerals are one and one quarter inch block numbers, white in color.
d. Requests for these stickers will be made to the respective patrol
borough/bureau bicycle coordinator concerned.
12. Establish and maintain a Bicycle/Equipment Log Book divided into four
sections as follows:
a. List of trained members of the service
b. Equipment and distribution including serial numbers of all bicycles, date
the bicycles were received, and the date condemned. Indicate next to each
bicycle number whether community donated or Department purchased.
c. Bicycles needing repairs, person contacted, date sent out for servicing
and date returned.
d. A sign-in/sign-out of equipment and bicycles for use by authorized
bicycle patrol personnel.
13. Ensure that bicycles utilized are listed on the A.R.C.S. Roll Call (e.g.,
Beat #1, bike #103-1).
14. Designate a member of the service to perform minor repairs and
adjustments, not to exceed one hour per day, on bicycles assigned to the
command.

NOTE: Only members of the service that have received the advanced one day
repair training course given by the Police Academy Driver Education and
Training Unit are to be assigned.
15. Inspect members of the service and their bicycles for proper uniform and
equipment, prior to leaving the command facility.
a. If not available, the inspection will be done by the desk officer or
counterpart.
16. Prepare monthly Bicycle Patrol Activity Reports and forward to the special
operations lieutenant/counterpart for review by the seventh day of each month.
17. Schedule repair dates with the appropriate designated repair facility.
18. Report damaged, lost or stolen Department bicycles and equipment to the
operations coordinator/counterpart and comply with P.G. 219-20 "Loss Or Theft
Of Department Property."
NOTE: A copy of the equipment distribution and serial numbers for all
bicycles will be forwarded to the Patrol Borough, the Chief of Transportation,
or Housing Bureau Bicycle Coordinator. Lost/stolen bicycles and equipment will
be reported as per P.G. 219-20, "Loss or Theft of Department Property." A
member of the service who is involved in an collision and/or is injured shall
comply with the applicable Patrol Guide procedures. A bicycle involved in a
collision will not be put into service until it is inspected by the Police
Academy Driver Education and Training Unit and returned to service. Copies of
all information regarding bicycle collisions will be forwarded to the Police
Academy Driver Education and Training Unit. An additional copy will be
forwarded to the Bureau concerned (Patrol Services or Housing).
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT/COUNTERPART
19. Oversee operation of the bicycle patrol for anti-crime, community policing
and auxiliary police.
20. Confer with the commanding officer to maximize utilization of equipment
(e.g., search for missing persons, quality of life conditions, robbery
patterns, traffic enforcement operations, etc.).
21. Review Bicycle Patrol Activity Report, confer with the commanding officer,
and forward Bicycle Patrol Activity Report to the Patrol Borough by the tenth
day of each month.
a. Police Service Areas will forward their activity reports to the Housing
Bureau.
22. Coordinate, through the Patrol Borough or the Housing Bureau Bicycle
Coordinator (as appropriate), bicycle training for uniformed members of the
command, as needed.
NOTE: Chief of Transportation will coordinate bicycle training through the
Chief of Patrol's Resource Management Section, Professional Development Unit.
ANTI-CRIME UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
23. Perform duty on nondescript bicycles as directed by the anti-crime

supervisor.
24. Conduct a safety inspection of a Department approved bicycle utilizing the
ABC-QUICK CHECK and make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries regarding the
condition of the bicycle.
25. Notify immediate supervisor if a bicycle requires repair or should not be
utilized (e.g., unsafe, damaged, etc.). If immediate supervisor is not
available, notify the desk officer.
NOTE: Minor repairs to unmarked bicycles should be performed by the member
of the service designated at the command. Nondescript bicycles, which cannot
be repaired, will be discarded in accordance with A.G. 325-03 "Department
Property - Disposal of Non-Expendable."
26. Nondescript helmet, protective vest and eye gear will be worn.
ANTI-CRIME CRIME SUPERVISOR
27. Supervise the utilization of nondescript bicycles by members assigned to
anti-crime and confer with the commanding officer regarding their use.
NOTE: Nondescript bicycles will be acquired through the Property Clerk, as
conversion property, in accordance with A.G. 313-04 "Use of Property (Other
Than Vehicles) Held by Property Clerk." Prior to performing duties on property
conversion bicycles, the command concerned must have the bicycles inspected by
the Police Academy Driver Education and Training Unit. Scheduling of the
inspection of these bicycles will be coordinated through the Patrol Borough
Coordinator.
28. Ensure that members of the service utilizing Department bicycles conduct a
safety inspection prior to use.
29. Maintain a list of the bicycles and serial numbers utilized by the
anti-crime.
30. A copy of this list will be provided to the Patrol Borough or Housing
Bureau Bicycle Coordinator, as appropriate.
PATROL BOROUGH/BUREAU BICYCLE COORDINATOR
31 Notify subordinate commands regarding pertinent matters relating to bicycle
patrol.
32. Establish and maintain a current listing of the bicycle coordinators
within subordinate commands.
33. Collect and consolidate Bicycle Patrol Activity Reports and forward
reports to the commanding officer for review.
34. Maintain, order, receive and distribute equipment for subordinate
commands.
35. Ensure that, on a yearly basis, all Department bicycles within the command
have been inspected by conferring with the bicycle coordinators of subordinate
commands.
a. Scheduling for repairs and inspections should not deplete a commands'

fleet of bicycles.
NOTE: Patrol boroughs and Chief of Transportation will forward a
consolidated Bicycle Patrol Activity Report to the Operational Development
Unit, Chief of Patrol, by the fifteenth day of each month. Police Services
Areas will forward consolidated Bicycle Patrol Activity Reports to the Housing
Bureau Coordinator.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Once a year, all Department bicycles will be fully inspected by the Police
Academy's Driver Education and Training Unit. The repair personnel will also
conduct these inspections during any period of repair and make a notification
to the command concerned when such an inspection is conducted. Records of
inspections and repairs will be kept by the Police Academy's Driver Education
and Training Unit and at the command concerned. When repairs are needed, the
coordinating supervisor will contact the Police Academy's Driver Education and
Training Unit.
ALL commands will have their bicycles repaired at:
Academy's Driver Education and Training Unit
Floyd Bennett Field
Bldg #4
Brooklyn, NY 11234
(718)-377-6323
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Lost or Theft of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
Department Property - Disposal of Non-Expendable (A.G. 325-03)
Use of Property (Other than Vehicles) Held by Property Clerk (A.G. 313-04)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Bicycle Patrol Activity Report

P.G. 212-66 Mayor's Executive Order No.'s 34 & 41, City Policy
Concerning Confidential Information And Immigrant Access To City
Services
Date Effective: 08-01-13
1. Mayor's Executive Order No. 34 of 2003 has been amended by Mayor's
Executive Order No. 41 of 2003, which reaffirms the City's policy of providing
essential services to all residents regardless of immigration status, while
complying with Federal law that affirms the City may not prohibit its
employees from providing information to the U. S. Bureau of Immigration and
Customs Enforcement (Title 18 U.S.C. § 1373 [a]). Mayor's Executive Order No.
41 also adds new categories of confidential information, which may not be
disclosed except under the circumstances outlined below. In addition, under
Executive Order No. 41 it continues to be the policy of the New York City
Police Department not to inquire about the immigration status of crime
victims, witnesses, or others who call or approach the police seeking
assistance. It is incumbent upon the Department to maintain the trust and
confidence of all who depend on the services of the Police Department for
their safety.
DEFINITIONS
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION – Any information obtained and maintained by a City
agency relating to an individual's sexual orientation, status as a victim of
domestic violence, status as a victim of sexual assault, status as a crime
witness, receipt of public assistance, or immigration status, and shall
include all information contained in any individual's income tax records.
FOREIGN NATIONAL- Any person who is not a citizen or national of the United
States.
2. Infurtherance of the amended Executive Order, confidential information in
the possession of City agencies relating to immigration status or other
personal or private attributes should be disclosed only as provided herein:
DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
No member of the service shall disclose confidential information, unless:
a. Such disclosure has been authorized in writing by the individual to whom
such information pertains, or if such individual is a minor or is otherwise
not legally competent, by such individual's parent or legal guardian; or
b. Such disclosure is required by law; or
c. Such disclosure is to another City officer or employee and is necessary
to fulfill the purpose or achieve the mission of any City agency; or
d. In the case of confidential information other than information relating
to immigration status, such disclosure is necessary to fulfill to purpose or
achieve the mission of any City agency; or
e. In the case of information relating to immigration status, (i) the
individual to whom such information pertains is suspected by such officer or
employee or such officer's or employee's agency of engaging in illegal

activity, other than mere status as an undocumented foreign national or (ii)
the dissemination of such information is necessary to apprehend a person
suspected of engaging in illegal activity, other than mere status as an
undocumented foreign national or (iii) such disclosure is necessary in
furtherance of an investigation of potential terrorist activity.
NOTE: Any member of the service with a question relating to this disclosure
of confidential information under this section shall consult with the Legal
Bureau.
3. The following guidelines pertaining to inquires regarding foreign nationals
shall be adhered to:
INQUIRIES REGARDING FOREIGN NATIONALS:
UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE/PEACE OFFICERS
Shall not inquire about a person's immigration status unless investigating
illegal activity other than mere status as an undocumented foreign national
a. Uniformed members of the service/peace officers shall continue to
cooperate with federal authorities in investigating and apprehending foreign
nationals suspected of criminal activity.
CIVILIAN MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE (OTHER THAN PEACE OFFICERS)
Shall not inquire about a person's immigration status unless:
a. Such person's immigration status is necessary for the determination of
program, service or benefit eligibility or the provisions of City services; or
b. Such officer or employee is required by law to inquire about such
person's immigration status.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In cases when a foreign national has been arrested for a criminal offense, it
is the policy of the New York City Police Department to provide notification
of such arrest to the U.S. Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement. Such
notification will be made by the Intelligence Bureau, based on data retrieved
from the On Line Booking System (OLBS). When preparing the ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD 244-159) it is imperative that an arresting
officer ask the arrestee his/her citizenship status. If the arrestee indicates
that he/she is not a citizen, the arresting officer should indicate same by
checking "No" in the box captioned "U. S. Citizen." Additionally, the
arresting officer should question the arrestee regarding his/her country of
birth. An entry should then be made in the box captioned "State/Country of
Birth."
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD 244-159)

P.G. 212-67 Police/Clergy Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To formalize police/clergy cooperation; provide instruction and direction to
both police and clergy; and to aid the Department in its effort to advance the
concept of Community Policing.
DEFINITIONS
POLICE/CLERGY LIAISONS - designated members will be available to assist the
Department in:
(1) Maintaining calm.
(2) Seeking cooperation from the community during and after emergencies
such as bias incidents, hostage cases, and emotionally disturbed person
situations.
(3) Acting as unofficial recruiters, urging young people in their
congregations to seek careers with the Police Department.
(4) Attending appropriate events (e.g., Precinct Community Council
meetings, Youth Councils, etc.).
POLICE/CLERGY VOLUNTEERS - will be selected by precinct commanders, in numbers
based upon the individual precinct needs. These volunteers will function
within precinct boundaries and will perform duties as recruiters, advisers and
as a bridge between the community and the precinct.
PROCEDURE
When a vacancy occurs in the Police/Clergy Program:
PRECINCT COMMANDER
1. Notify Chief, Community Affairs, in writing, as to cause of vacancy, i.e.,
retirement, transfer, inactivity of member, etc.
2. Nominate a member of the clergy to fill vacancy utilizing nomination form
(see "ADDITIONAL DATA").
3. Forward nomination to Deputy Commissioner-Community Affairs, through
channels.
NOTE: Nominations should not exceed more than five per precinct. Deputy
commissioners and bureau chiefs may also make nominations direct to the Deputy
Commissioner-Community Affairs.
4. Direct the maintenance of a log, in appropriate Department record book,
listing all recruited and selected clergy, both liaisons and volunteers,
captioned as follows:
TITLE

FIELD

TELEPHONE

RELIGIOUS

TIMES

LANGUAGES

OTHER

NAME/
NUMBERS
ADDRESS

INSTITUTIONS AVAILABLE

SPOKEN

QUALIFICATIONS

NOTE: A list of the clergy participating in the program will be forwarded to
the Community Affairs Division.
POLICE/CLERGY REVIEW COMMITTEE
5. Review nominations.
6. Forward recommendations to the Police Commissioner.
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER COMMUNITY AFFAIRS
7. Arrange for issuance of identification card to nominee after approval of
Police Commissioner.
NOTE: The mere possession of a Police/Clergy Liaison Identification Card
does not allow the bearer access to police lines without authorization of the
ranking officer in charge.
ADDITIONAL DATA
SAMPLE NOMINATION FOR POLICE/CLERGY PROGRAM
POLICE DEPARTMENT
CITY OF NEW YORK
Date

From:
To:
Subject:

Commanding Officer, _________________________________________
Deputy Commissioner - Community Affairs (through channels)
POLICE/CLERGY LIAISON PROGRAM NOMINATION

The undersigned hereby nominates the below named individual for the
Police/Clergy Liaison Program:
Full Name: ______________________________ Title: _________________________
Religious Affiliation: ________________

Denomination: ___________________

Address of Institution: __________________________________________________
City: ___________________ State: _______________ Zip Code: _______________
Home Address: ____________________________________________________________
City: ___________________ State: _______________ Zip Code: _______________
Mailing Address (if different from above): _______________________________
City: ___________________ State: _______________ Zip Code: _______________
Home Phone: (_____)____-____Religious Institution Phone: (_____)_____-____
Alternate Phone (beeper, cell phone, work, etc.): ________________________
Date of Birth ____/____/______ Social Security Number: _____-____-_______

Reason for nomination: ___________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________
For your CONSIDERATION.
Rank/Signature

P.G. 212-68 Confidential Informants
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To register confidential informants for the purpose of developing information
for investigations, to record confidential informant activity, and to obtain
information from the Confidential Informant Database.
DEFINITIONS
CONTACT - A uniformed member of the service who has developed a confidential
relationship with an informant for the purpose of obtaining criminal
intelligence.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT - An individual approved by the Department and
registered with the Intelligence Bureau who provides useful and credible
information to the contact regarding criminal activities, and from whom the
contact expects or intends to obtain additional useful and credible
information regarding such activities in the future.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REVIEW COMMITTEE - A committee charged with reviewing
decisions relating to the registration and use of confidential informants. The
Confidential Informant Review Committee shall be chaired by the Chief of
Department, and shall be composed of representatives from the Deputy
Commissioner, Operations, the Organized Crime Control Bureau (OCCB), the
Detective Bureau, the Transit Bureau, the Housing Bureau, the Internal Affairs
Bureau (IAB), the Counterterrorism Bureau, the Intelligence Bureau, and the
Patrol Services Bureau. The committee will review reports provided by the
Intelligence Bureau annually and determine whether and under what conditions
an individual should be used as a confidential informant.
SCOPE
No member will use a confidential informant unless such person is properly
registered with the Department as a confidential informant in accordance with
this procedure. Use of unregistered informants may result in disciplinary
action. All use of the confidential informant must be conducted exclusively
through the member of the service designated as the contact, the contact's
immediate supervisor, or if they are unavailable, the designated alternate.
For the safety of the confidential informant there should be no deviation from
this policy without the personal approval of the bureau chief/deputy
commissioner of the member of the service designated as the contact. Such an
approval will be documented in writing and filed in the confidential case
folder.
PROCEDURE
When a contact develops a confidential relationship with an informant who
offers, or proposes to offer, information:
CONTACT
1. Notify supervisor immediately.

FIELD INTELLIGENCE OFFICER
2. Perform the duties of the supervisor outlined in this procedure, if
assigned to the contact's command.
SUPERVISOR AND CONTACT
3. Interview informant.
4. Prepare original and one copy of Department form CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
REGISTRATION/REACTIVIATION REQUEST (PD378-161) and CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
REGISTRATION / REACTIVATION REQUEST SUPPLEMENTAL (PD378-161A).
a. Both forms are available from the Quartermaster Section and/or via the
Department intranet and must be typed
b. "AUTHENTICATED SIGNATURE CERTIFICATION" and "AUTHORIZING SIGNATURES"
sections on CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST must bear
original signature only - no photocopies.
5. Conduct computer checks listed on CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT COMPUTER DATABASE
CHECKS (PD314-091), available via the Department intranet, for prospective
confidential informants.
a. A copy of the results will be attached to the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST and SUPPLEMENTAL
b. The CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT COMPUTER DATABASE CHECKS and a copy of the
results will be included in the command's Confidential Informant folder.
6. Obtain two current, clear head and shoulder color photographs (no hats,
sunglasses, etc.) of prospective informant.
a. Only color photographs of the prospective informant are acceptable
b. Instant or digital photographs may be used
c. Criminal defendant, Photo Manager and Photo Imaging Module photographs
are not to be utilized for this purpose.
SUPERVISOR
7. Attach photographs and required computer checks conducted in step "5" above
to the original and one copy of the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST and SUPPLEMENTAL.
8. Debrief prospective informant concerning:
a. Criminal activity reported to the contact
b. Seven index crimes, shooting incidents, firearms, controlled substances,
marijuana, gangs and other significant criminal activity
c. Terrorism related groups, individuals, locations, vehicles involved in
terrorist acts, conspiracies, threats, surveillance, financing, lodging,
travel, etc.
d. Corruption involving any City, State, or Federal employee.

9. Obtain permission from the Assistant District Attorney concerned for
registration, if a prospective confidential informant is a defendant in an
active criminal case.
a. Department personnel assigned to specialty units, (e.g., District
Attorney's Office Squad, etc.), who register a confidential informant are NOT
exempt from following this procedure.
10. Ascertain from the prospective informant if he or she is, or has been
registered as a confidential informant with ANY law enforcement agency.
a. If yes, confer with the appropriate law enforcement agency, through the
Intelligence Bureau.
11. Direct the prospective informant to:
a. Sign the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST, in
your presence
b. Refrain from any criminal activity except under the direction and
supervision of the Department (e.g., controlled buys, vice enforcement, etc.)
c. Notify contact or supervisor immediately if arrested for any offense.
12. Recommend approval/disapproval of the prospective confidential informant
by endorsing the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/ REACTIVATION REQUEST.
a. If informant is not recommended for registration, document reason(s) and
forward in the same manner (this information may be valuable when considering
registration of the individual at a future date).
13. Forward request to Borough/Division Commanding Officer.
a. A CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/ REACTIVATION REQUEST initiated by
a precinct, police service area, or transit district must be approved by the
commanding officer prior to being forwarded to Borough/Division Commanding
Officer.
BOROUGH/DIVISION COMMANDING OFFICER
14. Review and recommend approval or disapproval by endorsement.
15. Ensure delivery of request (by hand) in a sealed envelope, to the bureau
coordinator designated to process requests.
BUREAU CHIEF
16. Designate a confidential informant coordinator in the rank of lieutenant
or above to process all CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTERATION/ REACTIVATION
REQUEST(S) and SUPPLEMENTAL(S).
BUREAU COORDINATOR
17. Scan informant's photograph and enter appropriate information into the
Confidential Informant Database.
18. Review and recommend approval or disapproval by endorsement.

19. Forward to bureau chief.
20. Ensure appropriate information contained in CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
INFORMATION CHANGE, ACTIVITY AND PAYMENT (PD378-083) reports are entered into
the Confidential Informant Database.
BUREAU CHIEF
21. Evaluate recommendations.
22. Give final approval/disapproval for registration and inclusion in
Confidential Informant Database.
23. Notify bureau coordinator designated to process requests, of results.
BUREAU COORDINATOR
24. Upon approval/disapproval by bureau chief, distribute CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMANT REGISTRATION/ REACTIVATION REQUEST and SUPPLEMENTAL as follows:
a. Original to bureau file with photograph
b. One copy to contact/supervisor with photograph (maintained in
Confidential Informant folder).
25. Notify commanding officer of contact of approval/disapproval by telephone.
26. Maintain active file of informants with separate folder for each
informant.
27. Designate specific members who have access to folders in active file and
designate specific folder(s) to which they have access.
28. Forward a listing of confidential informants to commanding officers of
subordinate commands on a quarterly basis.
a. Bureaus that do not permanently register confidential informants (e.g.,
Patrol, Transit, and Housing) are exempt from this requirement.
TO MONITOR THE STATUS OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANTS REGISTERED WITH THIS
DEPARTMENT:
SUPERVISOR AND CONTACT
29. Maintain file of active, registered informants, with separate folders for
each informant, in a centrally located, secure, locked file.
30. Maintain file for those informants:
a. Not recommended for registration
b. Deactivated as per step "34" below.
31. Ensure security of all folders.
32. Require contacts to submit written reports on CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
INFORMATION CHANGE, ACTVITY AND PAYMENT for each interaction with an informant

and file in the informant's folder.
a. If information supplied by the informant is used, include an evaluation
of the quality and accuracy of that information in the report.
33. Forward a copy of report to designated bureau coordinator for entry into
the Confidential Informant Database.
34. Deactivate a confidential informant if the confidential informant:
a. Becomes involved with criminal activity while not under the direction and
supervision of the contact or supervisor and such involvement compromises the
informant's ability to function as a confidential informant for this
Department; OR
b. Is found to have been untruthful or if there is reason to suspect that
the informant has been untruthful in information related to his or her
confidential informant function; OR
c. Has not maintained regular/scheduled contact.
35. Prepare Typed Letterhead containing the details of the incident, and
forward to the bureau chief concerned immediately when notified that a
confidential informant has been arrested.
36. Submit quarterly reviews of active confidential informants using the
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT INFORMATION CHANGE, ACTIVITY AND PAYMENT and forward to
bureau coordinator.
a. Include confidential informants deactivated during the review period.
INTELLIGENCE BUREAU
37. Any changes to the confidential informant's status will be recorded on a
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT INFORMATION CHANGE, ACTIVITY AND PAYMENT report and
reported to the bureau chief concerned through channels.
a. The bureau coordinator will enter the information into the Confidential
Informant Database.
38. Restore a deactivated informant to active file when appropriate:
a. Re-interview and process
b. Reassign previous active file identification number.
39. Using facial recognition software, scan photograph to determine if the
confidential informant currently exists in the database under a different
identity, and to see if the confidential informant is actively registered with
the Department.
a. If the confidential informant is actively registered, notify appropriate
bureau
b. If the confidential informant is in the database, but not actively
registered, forward all relevant information to the appropriate bureau.
40. Maintain Confidential Informant Database.

41. Provide database reports to Confidential Informant Review Committee upon
request.
TO OBTAIN THE SERVICES OF A CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DURING THE COURSE OF AN
OFFICIAL INVESTIGATION:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
42. Prepare CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DATABASE INQUIRY (PD378-162) for signature
of commanding officer, addressed to Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau,
requesting a search of the database for a confidential informant who may be of
assistance in an official investigation.
43. Fax CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DATABASE INQUIRY to the Intelligence Bureau.
a. The requesting officer MUST make telephone contact with the Intelligence
Bureau verifying receipt of the form and record this verification in the
Telephone Record noting the rank, and name of Intelligence Bureau member
acknowledging receipt
b. The original CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DATABASE INQUIRY form MUST be
forwarded to the Intelligence Bureau within twenty-four hours via Department
mail
c. Requesting commands will maintain a log of all CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
DATABASE INQUIRY(S) forwarded to the Intelligence Bureau.
INTELLIGENCE BUREAU
44. Conduct search of Confidential Informant Database.
a. If search reveals a potentially useful informant, notify confidential
informant's contact and advise of request
b. Notify requesting member of the service if search reveals no available
confidential informant.
CONTACT
45. Confer with appropriate captain from OCCB, the Detective Bureau,
Intelligence Bureau or IAB to determine if authorization to use confidential
informant will be granted.
CAPTIAN, OCCB/DETECTIVE BUREAU/INTELLIGENCE BUREAU/IAB
46. Review request and approve/disapprove, as appropriate.
47. Notify Intelligence Bureau of approval/disapproval.
INTELLIGENCE BUREAU
48. Advise requesting member of the service of approval/disapproval to use
confidential informant.
a. If authorization is granted to use the confidential informant, provide to
requesting member the identity and command of the contact.

49. Forward a monthly report to all commands that submitted any CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMANT DATABASE INQUIRY.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
50. Review and inspect entries for accuracy and ensure the integrity of the
system by conducting an investigation when warranted, when a monthly report is
received, as indicated in step "49" above.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
51. Confer with contact to initiate use of confidential informant.
INTELLIGENCE BUREAU, INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
52. Conduct monthly audits of requests for the services of confidential
informants and confer with the commanding officers of requesting members to
ensure the legitimacy of these requests.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If exigent circumstances exist, a supervisor in the rank of captain or above
in the bureau concerned may give permission for provisional registration of a
confidential informant. The requesting command is required to immediately fax
a copy of the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION /REACTIVATION REQUEST and
SUPPLEMENTAL to the Intelligence Bureau. If provisional registration of a
confidential informant is approved, the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security
Section must be notified to check the Confidential Informant Database to
ensure the provisional confidential informant is not previously registered
with the Department. This provisional registration does not exempt members of
the service from complying with this procedure within seventy-two hours.
For priority investigations (e.g., homicides, shootings, serious assaults,
etc.), a supervisor in the rank of captain or above may request confidential
informant and contact information from the Intelligence Bureau directly by
telephone. The form CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DATABASE INQUIRY will also be
prepared and forwarded to the Intelligence Bureau within twenty-four hours via
Department mail for requests made under these circumstances.
A supervisor, preferably the immediate supervisor of the contact, will be
physically present at all meetings (e.g., debriefings, controlled buys,
payments, etc.) between a confidential informant and a contact. The supervisor
will review the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT INFORMATION CHANGE, ACTIVITY AND
PAYMENT report, complete the captions in the "Verifying Supervisor" section
and sign the completed report. Whenever a payment is made to a confidential
informant, the supervisor will also verify the payment by signing under the
appropriate caption in the "Payment" section of the report. A supervisor is
not required to attend meetings between members of the Intelligence Bureau and
confidential informants registered to the Intelligence Bureau. However, a
supervisor will attend such meetings when practicable and in all cases when
payment is to be tendered to the confidential informant.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR PATROL, HOUSING AND TRANSIT BUREAU UNITS
Patrol, Housing, and Transit Bureau units may register a confidential
informant for a period of no more than thirty days, during which time the

informant may be used once. At the end of this thirty day period, the
confidential informant will be automatically deactivated in the Confidential
Informant Database. However, immediately after employing the services of the
confidential informant and prior to the lapse of the thirty day activation
period, the Patrol/Housing/Transit Bureau contact will notify their respective
bureau confidential informant coordinator regarding the confidential
informant's possible use by another Department bureau/unit other than Patrol/
Housing/Transit Bureau commands. The bureau coordinators will consider each
confidential informant's field of knowledge, as well as other relevant
factors, when determining the appropriate investigative bureau/unit for
possible future use. Every effort will be made to refer potentially useful
confidential informants to the appropriate investigative unit for further
development and future use. Bureaus or units that subsequently register these
Patrol/Housing/Transit Bureau confidential informants will do so in strict
compliance with the provisions contained in this procedure.
Patrol/Housing/Transit Bureau commands may not use the field intelligence
officer as the registering supervisor solely to circumvent the thirty day
activation and single use limitation contained in the paragraph above.
Restrictions and Special Conditions for Registering Confidential Informant:
IF the prospective confidential
informant is:

THEN before registration the
contact must:

Less than 18 years of age
and

Have a parent or guardian present
obtain written permission by

co-signing
the registration form.
On Probation
officer.

Obtain permission from the probation
Document time/date/to whom you

spoke.
On Parole
Division

Obtain written permission from the
of Parole.

Wanted on a warrant
supervisor in

Have the warrant vacated. A
the rank of Captain or above must

indicate
on the registration form the reason
for
vacating the warrant and
specifically what
information the confidential
informant will
provide.
Defendant in an active criminal case
District

Obtain permission from the Assistant
Attorney concerned.

Personnel assigned to precinct, housing and transit patrol operations will
never use a confidential informant to conduct any type of controlled buys,

vice enforcement, etc.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT DATABASE
The Intelligence Bureau will query the Confidential Informant Database. If the
confidential informant is already registered with the Department or has
previously been disapproved as an informant, the Intelligence Bureau will
immediately notify the bureau concerned and the request will be disapproved.
If the confidential informant is registered but inactive due to failure to
maintain regular or scheduled meetings, the existing contact must deactivate
the confidential informant before the request can be approved.
In situations in which a confidential informant's identity may compromise a
sensitive investigation, e.g., internal investigation or counterterrorism, the
member of the service must receive written permission from the bureau chief to
exclude personal identifiers from the Intelligence Bureau Database. This
documentation will be included in the case file.
The identity of a confidential informant will be kept confidential and will be
divulged only on a need-to-know basis. The Commanding Officer, Intelligence
Bureau will institute necessary measures and procedures to limit access to the
database and to ensure that confidentiality is maintained. Only members
specifically designated by the Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau will
have access to the Confidential Informant Database. The Commanding Officer,
Intelligence Bureau will review the confidential performance indexes of
designated members on a semiannual basis and discontinue their designation if
they are found unsuitable for any reason.
DEPARTMENT POLICY
Confidential informants must be vetted before being activated for Department
operations. Accordingly, queries of various offender registries should also be
included as part of the process and the appropriate action taken, to ensure
that informants are in compliance with federal, state and local laws.
All active confidential informants MUST be reviewed, evaluated and rated by
the designated contact and supervisor on the CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST on a quarterly basis. These forms MUST be
submitted to the bureau coordinator by March 15, June 15, September 15, and
December 15. Failure to submit the form in a timely manner could result in
disciplinary action. If a quarterly review for a confidential informant is not
submitted in a timely fashion, the confidential informant will be
automatically deactivated in the Confidential Informant Database and
permission to employ that confidential informant will be revoked. The
confidential informant can ONLY be reactivated by submitting a new
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST and SUPPLEMENTAL.
Informants play a critical role in crime fighting and intelligence gathering
operations, and additional background information supplied by informants could
prove useful in the furtherance of investigations conducted by the Department.
Types of information considered of value for storage within the Intelligence
Data System include but are not limited to:
* Military training
* Education level and related degrees
* Language capabilities

* Professional licenses/skills
* Place of birth (region, village, tribe)
* Marital status and next of kin
* Gang affiliation
* Social networking information
If a potential confidential informant does not want to provide the above
information, he or she should still be accepted if he or she passes all other
requirements.
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING CONSIDERATIONS
Units governed by a memorandum of understanding or similar stipulation between
this Department and other law enforcement agencies (e.g., Drug Enforcement
Task Force, etc.) are exempt from those provisions of this procedure that are
in conflict with the controlling memorandum of understanding. Members assigned
to such units will conform to the policies and procedures stipulated within
the memorandum of understanding regarding confidential informants. Similarly,
Department personnel assigned to contribute to an investigation under the
jurisdiction of a federal law enforcement agency may be required to adhere to
the confidential informant guidelines of that agency. Written authorization
for this exemption must be obtained in advance from the bureau chief
concerned.
Commanding officers assigned to task forces that are governed by a memorandum
of understanding are to instruct Department personnel on the provisions of the
memorandum, as well as the informant related guidelines (e.g., the United
States Attorney General's Guidelines, Federal Bureau of Investigation's
policies, etc.) of the lead task force agency, if applicable.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Search Warrant Applications (P.G. 212-75)
Search Warrant Execution (P.G. 212-105)
Search Warrant Post-Execution Critique (P.G. 212-106)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
(PD378-161A)
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANT
Typed Letterhead

DATABASE INQUIRY (PD378-162)
INFORMATION CHANGE, ACTIVITY AND PAYMENT (PD378-083)
REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST (PD378-161)
REGISTRATION/REACTIVATION REQUEST SUPPLEMENTAL
COMPUTER DATABASE CHECKS (PD314-091)

P.G. 212-69 Involuntary Protection Service
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assist Social Services representatives in the execution of court orders to
gain access to premises to determine the need for protective services.
PROCEDURE
When presented with a court order by Social Services representative to enter
premises to conduct an assessment of an adult individual to determine the need
for protective services:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Direct Social Services representative presenting order to deliver the order
to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters during regular
business hours.
MEMBER CONCERNED, OFFICE OF THE DEPUTY COMMISSIONER LEGAL MATTERS
2. Examine order for appropriateness and return to Social Services official:
a. Forward copy to Operations Unit.
b. Return original to Social Services representative.
MEMBER CONCERNED, OPERATIONS UNIT
3. Number order and record in appropriate log.
4. Identify the address as a precinct or housing (PSA) location.
5. Notify:
a. Patrol Services Bureau or Housing Bureau, as appropriate
b. Patrol borough or Housing borough office concerned.
NOTE: The Chief of Department's Investigation Review Section will serve as
the repository for such orders and their dispositions.
MEMBER CONCERNED, PATROL OR HOUSING BOROUGH
6. Notify desk officer, precinct or PSA concerned, of order.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OR PSA CONCERNED
7. Enter notification in the Telephone Record listing the particulars of the
order.
NOTE: Upon the arrival at the stationhouse of the Social Services
representative with the order, the Telephone Record entry will serve to verify
that the order was reviewed by the Legal Bureau and authorization has been

given to have a police officer accompany the representative during the
execution of the order.
8. Direct patrol supervisor and a uniformed member of the service to accompany
the representative to the specific location mentioned in the order.
NOTE: The function of the uniformed members of the service is to preserve
the peace. They are not to personally assist in forcing entry to the premises,
securing it afterward or protecting property thereat. The Social Services
representatives, if necessary, will perform those duties.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
9. Prepare report, on typed letterhead, upon completion of assignment.
10. Forward to Chief of Department, Investigation Review Section:
a. Original - DIRECT
b. Copy - through channels
ADDITIONAL DATA
Additional guidance concerning these orders can be obtained from the Legal
Bureau, (212) 374-5400.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)

P.G. 212-70 Civilian Commendations (Non-members Of The Service)
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To recognize civilians other than members of the service for valuable
assistance rendered to the Police Department or the community in the area of
public safety, quality of life, and/or police-community relations.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) recommends a civilian
non-member of the service for an act worthy of a civilian commendation.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare request, utilizing the CIVILIAN COMMENDATION APPLICATION
(PD127-016).
NOTE: Members of the service preparing a CIVILIAN COMMENDATION APPLICATION
(PD127-016) must ensure that the facts reported in the APPLICATION are
accurate, not embellished upon, and consistent with other arrest and
investigatory paperwork. The CIVILIAN COMMENDATION APPLICATION has the
potential of becoming "Rosario" material in a criminal prosecution. The
arresting officer should advise the Assistant District Attorney assigned to a
pending case of the existence of the CIVILIAN COMMENDATION APPLICATION, as
well as any other recorded statements of witnesses.
2. Forward APPLICATION to Operations Coordinator/Designated Supervisor.
NOTE: Endorsements or nominations from outside the Department will not be
considered.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR/DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
3. Have command serial number assigned.
4. Forward APPLICATION to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Review APPLICATION.
6. Make determination if Civilian Commendation is appropriate.
7. Have warrant check conducted of individual concerned and attach to
APPLICATION. (Disapprovals based upon warrant checks will be filed at local
command).
8. Indicate approval by endorsing APPLICATION to respective Borough/ Bureau
Commanding Officer.
BOROUGH/BUREAU COMMANDING OFFICER
9. Have CIVILIAN COMMENDATION APPLICATION recorded.

10. Review request.
11. Make a determination if Civilian Commendation is appropriate.
12. Indicate disapproval by endorsing APPLICATION to commanding officer
concerned.
13. Indicate approval by endorsing APPLICATION to the Chief, Community
Affairs.
14. Forward copy of approved APPLICATION to Bureau Chief concerned for
information only.
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER COMMUNITY AFFAIRS
15. Have all requests for Civilian Commendations recorded.
16. Review approved APPLICATION endorsed by Borough/Bureau Commanding Officer.
17. Make final determination of approval.
18. Indicate disapproval by endorsing request to Borough/Bureau Commander.
19. Prepare and forward a signed Certificate of Civilian Commendation to
commanding officer of originating command, along with a copy of fully endorsed
APPLICATION.
20. File approved requests.
COMMANDING OFFICER
21. Sign Certificate of Civilian Commendation and coordinate presentation of
civilian commendation to recipient with Borough/Bureau Commanding Officer, if
applicable.
COMMANDING OFFICER CEREMONIAL UNIT
22. Schedule and make all arrangements and notifications for a city-wide award
ceremony when requested by the Chief, Community Affairs.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CIVILIAN COMMENDATION APPLICATION (PD127-016)

P.G. 212-71 Guidelines For The Use Of Photographic/Video
Equipment By Operational Personnel At Demonstrations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To describe those limited circumstances when operational personnel may use
video and/or photographic equipment at demonstrations and to establish
procedures for the use of such equipment, when permitted.
SCOPE
Use of video and/or photographic equipment by operational personnel at
demonstrations is appropriate only if a permissible operational objective
exists. The following constitute permissible operational objectives:
a. A bona fide need exists to prepare training materials on proper crowd
control techniques; or
b. When it reasonably appears that unlawful conduct is about to occur, is
occurring or has occurred during the demonstration; or
c. A bona fide need exists to continuously assess crowd conditions, through
the use of live video transmissions, for the proper deployment of police
resources.
PROCEDURE
When ranking personnel of this Department contemplate the use of video and/or
photographic equipment at a demonstration for a permissible operational
objective:
RANKING OFFICER
1. Submit a report, on Typed Letterhead, to the Deputy Commissioner, Legal
Matters, through channels
2. Include in the request the following information:
a. Date, time and location of demonstration (if known)
b. Specific permissible operational objective to be achieved
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER LEGAL MATTERS
3. Review request for use of video and/or photographic equipment to determine
whether videorecording/photography is for a permissible purpose and should be
approved.
4. If approved, forward copy of approved request to Chief of Department,
Bureau or Borough Commander of Ranking Officer making request and Commanding
Officer, Technical Assistance Response Unit.
NOTE: Every approved request for the use of video/photographic equipment will
be entered into a serially numbered log, maintained solely for this purpose,

at the Technical Assistance Response Unit.
COMMANDING OFFICER, TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE RESPONSE UNIT
5. Ensure that appropriate entries are made in log upon receipt of request.
6. Assign members of TARU to the demonstration to operate video/photographic
equipment.
UPON COMPLETION OF VIDEORECORDING/PHOTOGRAPHING:
7. Ensure that all videorecordings/photographs prepared in connection with
this procedure are maintained for a minimum of one year from the date the
images were recorded.
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER LEGAL MATTERS
8. Review recorded materials to determine whether they should continue to be
preserved:
a. If the materials contain evidence of unlawful activity, they will be
considered evidence, and handled accordingly.
b. If the materials are deemed valuable for civil litigation, training, or
any other specific purpose, they will be similarly preserved in connection
with that purpose.
c. After three years, materials not meeting the criteria in (a) or (b) above
shall be destroyed.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Videorecordings/photographs should be consistent with the permissible
operational objective. For example, videorecordings/photographs taken for
training purposes or to assess crowd conditions should generally not contain
close-ups of participants in the demonstration, but should focus on crowd
size, police tactics and/or behavior. When the permissible objective is to
record unlawful activity and/or arrest activity, videorecording /photography
should commence only when there is a reasonable belief that criminal or
unlawful activity is about to occur or when spontaneous criminal or unlawful
activity actually occurs or has occurred.
Video and/or photographic equipment authorized to be used pursuant to this
procedure may only be operated by TARU personnel. Personnel assigned to other
commands, e.g., Borough Task Forces, the Disorder Control Unit, shall not
utilize video or photographic equipment at demonstrations pursuant to this
procedure.
With the exception of members of the service assigned to or working under the
supervision of the Intelligence Bureau, all personnel who operate video and/or
photographic equipment pursuant to this procedure must be clearly identifiable
as police personnel. They must wear either a police uniform or a jacket that
is clearly marked "POLICE." Displaying a shield on a chain is not sufficient
identification.
All videorecordings and photographs pertaining to this procedure, except
materials invoiced as evidence, or used in connection with the preparation of
training materials, will be stored at TARU. All requests to obtain or view

such videorecordings or photographs will be made in writing to the Deputy
Commissioner, Legal Matters, detailing the reason for the request. Commanding
Officer, TARU shall maintain a record of all such requests and whether any
copies were provided.

P.G. 212-72 Guidelines For Uniformed Members Of The Service
Conducting Investigations Involving Political Activities
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for investigations of possible unlawful or terrorist
related activity that involve political activity, including the collection,
analysis, processing, retention, and dissemination of information concerning
persons, groups, or organizations involved in political activity.
DEFINITIONS
POLITICAL ACTIVITY - The exercise of a right of expression or association for
the purpose of maintaining or changing governmental policies or social
conditions.
INVESTIGATION - A police activity undertaken to obtain information or
evidence.
LEAD – Information submitted to or obtained or developed by the Intelligence
Bureau concerning an ongoing investigation, or, that may be used to initiate a
new investigation.
INVESTIGATIVE STATEMENT – A detailed written request submitted under this
procedure to obtain approval for the initiation of a Preliminary Inquiry, Full
Investigation, or Terrorism Enterprise Investigation.
AUTHORIZING OFFICIAL – The Intelligence Bureau official (specifically, the
Commanding Officer and the Executive Officer, Intelligence Bureau, and the
Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence Section) authorized to approve
requests to initiate or extend a Preliminary Inquiry, Full Investigation, or
Terrorism Enterprise Investigation.
PROCEDURE
When a Lead involving possible unlawful or terrorist related activity is
received from any source involving an individual, group, or organization that
is engaged in political activity which requires some follow up or further
investigation: NOTE: The Handschu Consent Decree (Appendix A) and the
Guidelines for Investigations Involving Political Activity (Appendix B)
(together, "The Modified Handschu Guidelines," or, "the Guidelines") require
that any investigation by the New York City Police Department involving
political activity shall be initiated by and conducted only under the
supervision of the Intelligence Bureau. Accordingly, members of the service
shall not conduct investigations involving political activity without the
express written approval of the Deputy Commissioner, Intelligence.
MOS RECEIVING INFORMATION SUGGESTING NEED FOR INVESTIGATION INVOLVING
POLITICAL ACTIVITY
1. Report information or observations concerning possible unlawful or
terrorist activity involving political activity to the Intelligence Bureau,
Criminal Intelligence Section (24 hours, 7 days a week).

a. Include details of Lead, including information suggesting need for
investigation of individual, group, or organization involved in political
activity.
b. Comply with directions of Criminal Intelligence Section, including
preparation of more detailed report, if necessary.
INTELLIGENCE BUREAU CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION
2. Accept and record Leads received.
a. Contact reporter and conduct telephone interview to obtain additional
details, if necessary.
3. Confer with Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor concerning assignment
and disposition of Lead; if appropriate, refer for review as required by Lead
processing procedures.
CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION SUPERVISOR
4. Assign Lead requiring follow up by Intelligence Bureau to appropriate unit
for Checking of Lead or other investigation.
SUPERVISOR, INTELLIGENCE BUREAU UNIT ASSIGNED
5. Supervise performance of Checking of Lead, if appropriate.
6. Submit Investigative Statement to Authorizing Official requesting approval
to conduct either a Preliminary Inquiry, Full Investigation, or Terrorism
Enterprise Investigation, if the original Lead, the results of a Checking of
Lead, or other information suggests the need for further investigation that
involved political activity.
a. Specify request and justification for use of undercover or confidential
informant, (or other investigative technique requiring approval) as
appropriate. NOTE: The Investigative Statement will be clear and precise. The
subject group, organization, or individual whose political activity is to be
investigated will be clearly identified. The Investigative Statement will
specify the information that forms the basis for the request for a Preliminary
Inquiry, Full Investigation, or Terrorism Enterprise Investigation. In exigent
circumstances, an investigation may be undertaken before an Investigative
Statement has been submitted and approved. In such cases, the Investigative
Statement must be submitted as soon as practical.
AUTHORIZING OFFICIAL
7. Review request; determine whether requested investigation is warranted and
in compliance with the Modified Handschu Guidelines.
a. Indicate approval or disapproval of investigation and investigative
technique(s) in written endorsement.
b. Forward endorsement to Deputy Commissioner, Intelligence for final
approval, if approved.
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER INTELLIGENCE
8. Review request, determine whether requested investigation is warranted and

in compliance with these Guidelines.
a. Indicate approval or disapproval of investigation and investigative
technique(s) in written endorsement.
INVESTIGATIVE UNIT ASSIGNED
9. Conduct approved investigation involving political activity according to
the Constitution, the Handschu Consent Decree, the Guidelines for
Investigations Involving Political Activity, and other applicable law and
Department procedures.
ASSIGNED INVESTIGATOR
10. Confer with supervisor and prepare report of investigative activity.
11. Submit completed report to supervisor.
SUPERVISOR, INVESTIGATIVE UNIT ASSIGNED
12. Review report to verify that only approved investigative activity has been
undertaken.
13. Forward completed investigator's report to Commanding Officer of
Investigative Unit assigned.
COMMANDING OFFICER, INVESTIGATIVE UNIT ASSIGNED
14. Review all reports prepared by assigned investigator and verify that the
investigation was conducted in compliance with the Guidelines.
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER INTELLIGENCE
15. Periodically review the progress of approved investigations to ensure that
investigations are conducted in compliance with the Guidelines.
16. Periodically advise the Police Commissioner concerning the status and
outcome of investigations conducted under the Guidelines.
ADDITIONAL DATA
See attached Appendix A, Handschu Consent Decree, and Appendix B, Guidelines
for Investigations Involving Political Activity.
APPENDIX A
HANDSCHU CONSENT DECREE: DECISION AND GUIDELINES
1. PURPOSE
Pursuant to the settlement entered into by the Police Department in the case
of Handschu, et al. v. Special Services Division, et al., the Department is
required to comply with certain guidelines in investigative matters as set
forth herein.
2. BACKGROUND OF HANDSCHU, et al. v. SPECIAL SERVICES DIVISION, et al.
Handschu was commenced in 1971. The complaint alleged that certain
intelligence gathering practice and conduct of the Department infringed upon

the plaintiffs' constitutional rights. Such conduct included infiltration,
electronic surveillance, dossier collection, and improper dissemination of
collected information. In order to resolve the issues raised in Handschu, the
parties agreed to the implementation of certain guidelines which were commonly
referred to as the Handschu Guidelines and which have been incorporated in the
Patrol Guide since that time. Pursuant to a recent court order granting the
Department's request to modify those guidelines, the following "Modified
Handschu Guidelines" (including the following "Guidelines for Investigations
Involving Political Activity") hereby replace the old guidelines, and are now
in effect.
3. GUIDELINES
I. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
Activities of the New York City Police Department in the investigation of
political activity will conform to constitutionally guaranteed rights and
privileges.
II. DEFINITIONS
A. Political Activity - The exercise of a right of expression or association
for the purpose of maintaining or changing governmental policies or social
conditions.
B. Authority – A board established pursuant to Section III of these
guidelines.
C. Investigation – A police activity undertaken to obtain information or
evidence.
III. AUTHORITY ESTABLISHED
There is hereby established an Authority to conduct the review of records
described in paragraph IV. It shall consist of three members who shall act as
a body, to wit, the Deputy Commissioner – Legal Matters of the Police
Department, the Chief of Internal Affairs of the Police Department, and a
civilian member appointed by the Mayor upon consultation with the Police
Commissioner for a term revocable at will. The decisions of the Authority as
set forth herein shall be by majority vote.
IV. REVIEW OF RECORDS TO DETERMINE COMPLIANCE
A. At any time, a person or a member of a group or organization having
reason to believe that such person, group or organization has been the subject
of investigation of political activity which violates constitutionally
guaranteed rights and privileges, may request in writing which sufficiently
identifies the requesting party that the Authority make inquiry of the
appropriate investigative officer of the NYPD. If the Authority's inquiry
reflects that the investigation was conducted in conformity with the
Constitution, the Authority shall notify the requesting party that if an
investigation was made, it was made in accordance with the Constitution.
B. If the inquiry reveals or if the Authority otherwise becomes aware that
an investigation was not conducted in conformity with the Constitution with
respect to the requesting party, the Authority shall proceed as follows:
(1) The Authority shall obtain all information and documents pertaining to

the requesting party developed in the course of such investigation.
(2) The Authority shall conduct or cause to be conducted an inquiry into
the circumstances of such investigation with respect to the requesting party.
(3) In the event the inquiry determines that such investigation with
respect to the requesting party was not conducted in accordance with the
Constitution, the Authority shall so notify the requesting party and submit a
report to the Police Commissioner.
4. DATE OF EFFECT
Effective immediately, no members of the service shall engage in an
investigation of political activity except through the Intelligence Bureau.
Requests for such investigations should be on Typed Letterhead addressed to
the Commanding Officer, Intelligence Bureau. Where time is of the essence the
request may be by telephone (646) 805-6400 to the Criminal Intelligence
Section of the Intelligence Bureau. In all cases, members of the service
concerned shall abide by the direction of the Intelligence Bureau. Such
investigations shall be conducted pursuant to the "Guidelines for
Investigations Involving Political Activity" set forth below.
5. INTERPRETATION
Any member of the service who is uncertain whether a particular
investigation constitutes an "investigation involving political activity"
shall consult with the Legal Bureau.
APPENDIX B
GUIDELINES FOR INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING POLITICAL ACTIVITY
PREAMBLE
Subsequent to the terrorist attacks on the City of New York on September 11,
2001 which resulted in the loss of thousands of lives and the total
destruction of the World Trade Center complex, it became apparent that the
City faces unprecedented threats to its continued safety and security. In the
view of federal, state and local law enforcement agencies, the prevention of
future attacks requires the development of intelligence and the investigation
of potential terrorist activity before an unlawful act occurs.
As a result of a federal court order entered in 1985, the New York City Police
Department was bound by guidelines, known as the Handschu Guidelines, which
governed the investigation of political activity. The Handschu Guidelines (i)
limited the investigation of political activity to those circumstances when
there was specific information of criminal activity and (ii) established the
Handschu Authority to oversee compliance.
After evaluating the impact of the Handschu Guidelines on the need to
investigate terrorism in a changed world, the City made an application to
modify the order so as to eliminate the restrictions contained in the Handschu
Guidelines and the oversight of the Handschu Authority with respect to those
restrictions. The City did not seek to eliminate the Handschu Authority's role
to investigate an individual's complaint that the NYPD had engaged in
unconstitutional conduct in the investigation of political activity.
The Court granted the City's application to modify the decree provided the

City adopt the internal guidelines set forth below and distribute the
guidelines to supervisory personnel who, in turn, were to make them known to
those under their command. These guidelines shall remain in effect unless
otherwise ordered by the Court.
These guidelines are binding on all members of the service who are engaged in
the investigation of political activity. It is the purpose of these guidelines
to enable officers to perform their duties with greater certainty, confidence
and effectiveness while at the same time protecting the guarantees of the
Constitution.
I. STATEMENT OF POLICY
It is the policy of the New York City Police Department that investigations
involving political activity conform to the guarantees of the Constitution,
that care be exercised in the conduct of those investigations so as to protect
constitutional rights, and that matters investigated be confined to those
supported by a legitimate law enforcement purpose.
II. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
(1) In its effort to anticipate or prevent unlawful activity, including
terrorist acts, the NYPD must, at times, initiate investigations in advance of
unlawful conduct. It is important that such investigations not be based solely
on activities protected by the First Amendment. When, however, statements
advocate unlawful activity, or indicate an apparent intent to engage in
unlawful conduct, particularly acts of violence, an investigation under these
guidelines may be warranted, unless it is apparent, from the circumstances or
the context in which the statements are made, that there is no prospect of
harm.
(2) Based upon the circumstances of a given case, investigative action may
be required under exigent circumstances. Exigent circumstances are
circumstances requiring action before authorization otherwise necessary under
these guidelines can reasonably be obtained, in order to protect life or
substantial property interests; to apprehend or identify a fleeing offender;
to prevent the hiding, destruction or alteration of evidence; or to avoid
other serious impairment or hindrance of an investigation. When any
investigative action, taken under exigent circumstances, would require an
approval under ordinary conditions, such approval shall be obtained as soon as
practicable in accordance with the provisions of these guidelines. Where a
regular approval or request is required to be in writing, the approval or
request following exigent circumstances shall also be in writing.
(3) Investigations shall be terminated when all logical leads have been
exhausted and no legitimate law enforcement purpose justifies their
continuance.
III. APPLICABILITY
These guidelines apply only to investigations which involve political
activity. They do not apply to, or limit, other activities of the NYPD in the
investigation or detection of unlawful conduct, the preservation of the peace
and public safety or other legitimate law enforcement activities which do not
involve political activity.
IV. ROLE OF THE INTELLIGENCE BUREAU

(1) Investigation of political activity shall be initiated by, and
conducted under the supervision of the Intelligence Bureau. Nothing in this
paragraph, however, is intended to prevent any member of the service from
reporting his or her observations of suspicious conduct which involves
political activity to his or her commanding officer or to the Intelligence
Bureau.
(2) The Deputy Commissioner of Intelligence shall periodically inform and
advise the Police Commissioner concerning the status of any investigations
conducted pursuant to these guidelines.
V. LEVELS OF INVESTIGATION
These guidelines provide for three levels of investigative activity. They
are intended to provide the NYPD with the necessary flexibility to act well in
advance of the commission of planned terrorist acts or other unlawful
activity. However, if the available information shows at the outset that the
threshold standard for a Preliminary Inquiry or Full Investigation is
satisfied, then the appropriate investigative activity may be initiated
immediately, without progressing through more limited investigative stages.
A. CHECKING OF LEADS
The lowest level of investigative activity is the "prompt and extremely
limited checking out of initial leads," which should be undertaken whenever
information is received of such a nature that some follow-up as to the
possibility of unlawful activity is warranted. This limited activity should be
conducted with an eye toward promptly determining whether further
investigation (either a Preliminary Inquiry or a Full Investigation) should be
conducted.
B. PRELIMINARY INQUIRIES
(1) In cases where the NYPD receives information or an allegation not
warranting an investigation – because there is not a "reasonable indication"
of unlawful activity – but whose responsible handling requires some further
scrutiny beyond the prompt and extremely limited checking out of initial
leads, the NYPD may initiate an "inquiry" in response to the allegation or
information indicating the possibility of unlawful activity. Whether it is
appropriate to open a Preliminary Inquiry immediately, or instead to engage
first in a limited Checking of Leads, depends on the circumstances presented.
Example: If the NYPD receives an allegation that an individual or group
has advocated the commission of violence, and no other facts are available, an
appropriate first step would be Checking of Leads to determine whether the
individual, group, or members of the audience have the apparent ability or
intent to carry out the advocated unlawful act.
(2) The authority to conduct inquires short of a Full Investigation allows
the NYPD to respond in a measured way to ambiguous or incomplete information,
with as little intrusion as the needs of the situation permit. This is
especially important in such areas as where there is no complainant involved
or when an allegation or information is received from a source of unknown
reliability. Such inquiries are subject to the limitations on duration under
paragraph (4) below and are carried out to obtain the information necessary to
make an informed judgment as to whether a Full Investigation is warranted.
Example: Officers are not required to possess information relating to an

individual's intended unlawful use of dangerous biological agents or toxins
prior to initiating investigative activity. If an individual or group has
attempted to obtain such materials, or has indicated a desire to acquire them,
and the reason is not apparent, investigative action, such as conducting a
Checking of Leads or initiating a Preliminary Inquiry, may be appropriate to
determine whether there is a legitimate purpose for the possession of the
materials by the individual or group.
A Preliminary Inquiry is not a required step when facts or circumstances
reasonably indicating unlawful activity are already available. In such cases,
a Full Investigation can be immediately opened.
(3) A Preliminary Inquiry may be authorized by the Commanding Officer or
Executive Officer of the Intelligence Bureau, or the Commanding Officer of the
Criminal Intelligence Section (" the Authorizing Officials"). The Authorizing
Official must assure that the allegation or other information which warranted
the inquiry has been recorded in writing. Upon such authorization a
notification must be made for final approval by the Deputy Commissioner of
Intelligence.
(4) Inquiries shall be completed within 180 days after initiation of the
first investigative step. The date of the first investigative step is not
necessarily the same date on which the first incoming information or
allegation was received. An extension of time in an inquiry for succeeding 90
day periods may be granted by the Deputy Commissioner of Intelligence. Any
such request for extension shall be in writing and shall include a statement
of the reasons why further investigative steps are warranted when there is no
reasonable indication of unlawful activity. The action taken on any such
request for extension shall also be recorded in writing.
(5) All lawful investigative techniques, including the use of undercover
operations and the development of sources and informants may be used in an
inquiry except: (a) Mail Openings; and, (b) Eavesdropping and Video
Surveillance as those terms are defined in Article 700 of the New York State
Criminal Procedure Law.
(6) The following investigative techniques may be used in a Preliminary
Inquiry without any prior authorization from a supervisor:
(a) Examination of NYPD indices and files;
(b) Examination of records available to the public and other public
sources of information;
(c) Examination of available federal, state and local government
records;
(d) Interview of complainant, previously established informants, and
other sources of information;
(e) Interview of the potential subject;
(f) Interview of persons who should readily be able to corroborate or
deny the truth of the allegation, except this does not include pretext
interviews or interviews of a potential subject's employer or coworkers unless
the interviewee was the complainant; and
(g) Physical, photographic or video surveillance of any person, provided

that such surveillance does not require a warrant.
The use of any other lawful investigative technique that is permitted in a
Preliminary Inquiry shall meet the requirements and limitations of Part VI
and, except in exigent circumstances, requires prior approval by a supervisor.
(7) Where a Preliminary Inquiry fails to disclose sufficient information
to justify an investigation, the NYPD shall terminate the inquiry and make a
record of the closing.
(8) All requirements regarding inquiries shall apply to reopened
inquiries.
C. FULL INVESTIGATION
A Full Investigation may be initiated when facts or circumstances reasonably
indicate that an unlawful act has been, is being, or will be committed. A Full
Investigation may be conducted to prevent, solve or prosecute such unlawful
activity.
(1) The standard of "reasonable indication" is substantially lower than
probable cause. In determining whether there is reasonable indication of an
unlawful act an investigator may take into account any facts or circumstances
that a prudent investigator would consider. However, the standard does require
specific facts or circumstances indicating a past, current, or future
violation. There must be an objective, factual basis for initiating the
investigation; a mere hunch is insufficient.
(2) Where an unlawful act may be committed in the future, preparation for
that act can be a current violation of the conspiracy or attempt provisions of
state law. The standard for opening an investigation is satisfied where there
is not yet a current substantive or preparatory unlawful act, but facts or
circumstances reasonably indicate that such unlawful conduct will occur in the
future.
(3) Any lawful investigative technique may be used in a Full
Investigation, subject to the requirements and limitations of Part VI hereof.
(4) Authorization and Renewal
a. A Full Investigation may be authorized by the Commanding Officer or
Executive Officer of the Intelligence Bureau or the Commanding Officer of the
Criminal Intelligence Section (" the Authorizing Officials") upon a written
recommendation setting forth the facts or circumstances reasonably indicating
that an unlawful act has been, is being or will be committed. Upon such
authorization a notification must be made for final approval by the Deputy
Commissioner of Intelligence.
b. A Full Investigation may be initially authorized for a period of up
to a year. An investigation may be continued upon renewed authorization for
additional periods each not to exceed a year. Renewal authorization shall be
obtained from the Deputy Commissioner of Intelligence. All requests for
renewal authorization, and action thereon, shall be in writing.
c. Authorizations shall be reviewed by an Authorizing Official before
the expiration of the period for which the investigation and each renewal
thereof is authorized.

(5) An investigation which has been terminated may be reopened upon a
showing of the same standard and pursuant to the same procedures as required
for initiation of an investigation. All requirements regarding investigations
shall apply to reopened investigations.
D. TERRORISM ENTERPRISE INVESTIGATION
A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation is a Full Investigation but differs
from a general investigation of unlawful conduct in several important
respects. As a general rule, an investigation of a completed unlawful act is
normally confined to determining who committed that act and securing evidence
to establish the elements of the particular offense. It is, in this respect,
self-defining. A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation must determine the
identity and nature of the individual, group, or organization involved, its
geographic dimensions, its past acts and intended goals, including unlawful
goals, and its capacity for harm, among other factors. While a standard
investigation of unlawful conduct terminates with the decision to prosecute or
not to prosecute, a Terrorism Enterprise Investigation does not necessarily
end, even though one or more of the participants may have been prosecuted.
In addition, groups and organizations provide a life and continuity of
operation not normally found in other types of unlawful activity. As a
consequence, these investigations may continue for several years. Furthermore,
the focus of such investigations may be less precise than that directed
against more conventional types of unlawful conduct. Unlike the usual case
involving unlawful conduct, there may be no completed offense to provide a
framework for the investigation. It often requires the fitting together of
bits and pieces of information, many meaningless by themselves, to determine
whether a pattern of unlawful activity exists. For this reason, such
investigations are broader and less discriminate than usual, involving the
interrelation of various sources and types of information.
This section focuses on investigations of enterprises that seek to further
political or social goals through activities that involve force or violence,
or that otherwise aim to engage in terrorism or terrorism-related crimes. It
authorizes investigations to determine the structure and scope of the
enterprise as well as the relationship of the members.
1. General Authority
a. A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation may be initiated when facts or
circumstances reasonably indicate that two or more persons are engaged in an
enterprise for the purpose of (i) furthering political or social goals wholly
or in part through activities that involve force, violence or other unlawful
acts; (ii) engaging in terrorism as defined in N.Y. Penal Law §490.05, or
(iii) committing any offense described in N. Y. Penal Law §§490.10, 490.15,
490.20, 490.25, 490.30, or 490.35 or other related statutes currently in
effect or subsequently enacted. The standard of "reasonable indication" is
identical to that governing Full Investigations generally. In determining
whether an investigation should be conducted, the NYPD shall consider all of
the circumstances including: (i) the magnitude of the threatened harm; (ii)
the likelihood that it will occur; (iii) the immediacy of the threat; and
(iv)any danger to privacy or free expression posed by an investigation. In
practical terms, the "reasonable indication" standard for opening a Terrorism
Enterprise Investigation could be satisfied in a number of ways.
Example: Direct information about statements made in furtherance of an
enterprise's objectives which show a purpose of committing crimes described in

N.Y. Penal Law §§ 490.10 ,490.15, 490.20, 490.25, 490.30, 490.35, or other
related statutes currently in effect or subsequently enacted, would satisfy
the threshold.
Example: Activities such as attempting to obtain dangerous biological
agents, toxic chemicals, or nuclear materials, or stockpiling explosives or
weapons, with no discernible lawful purpose, may be sufficient to reasonably
indicate that an enterprise aims to engage in terrorism.
b. While no particular factor or combination of factors is required,
considerations that will generally be relevant to the determination whether
the threshold standard for a Terrorism Enterprise Investigation is satisfied
include, as noted, a group's statements, its activities, and the nature of
potential unlawful acts suggested by the statements or activities. Thus, where
there are grounds for inquiry concerning a group, it may be helpful to gather
information about these matters, and then to consider whether these factors,
either individually or in combination, reasonably indicate that the group is
pursuing terrorist activities or objectives as defined in the threshold
standard. Findings that would weigh in favor of such a conclusion include, for
example, the following:
(1) Threats or advocacy of violence or other covered unlawful acts.
Statements are made in relation to or in furtherance of an enterprise's
political or social objectives that threaten or advocate the use of force or
violence, or statements are made in furtherance of an enterprise that
otherwise threaten or advocate unlawful conduct within the scope of N.Y. Penal
Law §§490.10, 490.15, 490.20, 490.25, 490.30, 490.35, or other related
statutes currently in effect or subsequently enacted which may concern such
matters as (e.g.):
(i) engaging in attacks involving or threatening massive loss of
life or injury, mass destruction, or endangerment of the national security;
(ii) killing or injuring public officials, or destroying public
facilities, or defying lawful authority;
(iii) killing, injuring or intimidating individuals because of their
status as United States nationals or persons, or because of their national
origin, race, color, religion or sex; or
(iv) depriving individuals of any rights secured by the Constitution
or laws of the United States or the State of New York.
(2) Apparent ability or intent to carry out violence or other covered
activities. The enterprise manifests an apparent ability or intent to carry
out violence or other activities within the scope of N.Y Penal Law §§ 490.10,
490.15, 490.20, 490.25, 490.30, 490.35, or other related statutes currently in
effect or subsequently enacted, e.g.:
(i) by acquiring or taking steps toward acquiring, biological agents
or toxins, toxic chemicals or their precursors, radiological or nuclear
materials, explosives or other destructive or dangerous material (or plans or
formulas for such materials), or weapons, under circumstances where, by reason
of the quantity or character of these items, the lawful purpose of the
acquisition is not apparent;
(ii) by the creation, maintenance, or support of an armed
paramilitary organization;

(iii) by paramilitary training; or
(iv) by other conduct demonstrating an apparent ability or intent to
injure or intimidate individuals, or to interfere with the exercise of their
constitutional or statutory rights.
(3) Potential Unlawful Act. The group's statements or activities
suggest potential unlawful acts that may be relevant in applying the standard
for initiating a Terrorism Enterprise Investigation – such as crimes under the
provisions of the N.Y. Penal Law that set forth specifically defined terrorism
or support of terrorism offenses, or that relate to such matters as aircraft
hijacking or destruction, attacks on transportation, communications, or energy
facilities or systems, biological or chemical weapons, nuclear or radiological
materials, assassinations or other violence against public officials or
facilities, or explosives.
c. Mere speculation that force or violence might occur during the course
of an otherwise peaceable demonstration is not sufficient grounds for
initiation of an investigation under this Subpart. But where facts or
circumstances reasonably indicate that an individual or group has engaged or
aims to engage in conduct described in paragraph 1.a. above in a
demonstration, an investigation may be initiated in conformity with the
standards of that paragraph. This does not limit the collection of information
about public demonstrations by individuals or groups that are under active
investigation pursuant to paragraph 1.a. above or any other provisions of
these guidelines.
2. Purpose
The immediate purpose of a Terrorism Enterprise Investigation is to obtain
information concerning the nature and structure of the enterprise as
specifically delineated in paragraph (3) below, with a view to the longer
range objectives of detection, prevention, and prosecution of the unlawful
activities of the enterprise.
3. Scope
a. A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation initiated under these guidelines
may collect such information as:
(i) the identity and nature of an individual or group and its members,
their associates, and other persons likely to be acting in furtherance of its
unlawful objectives, provided that the information concerns such persons'
activities on behalf of or in furtherance of the suspected unlawful activity
of the individual, group, or organization;
(ii) the finances of the individual, group, or organization;
(iii) the geographical dimensions of the individual, group, or
organization; and
(iv) past and future activities and goals of the individual, group, or
organization.
b. In obtaining the foregoing information, any lawful investigative
technique may be used in accordance with the requirements of these guidelines.

4. Authorization and Renewal
a. A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation may be authorized by the
Commanding Officer or Executive Officer of the Intelligence Bureau or the
Commanding Officer of the Criminal Intelligence Section ("the Authorizing
Officials"), upon a written recommendation setting forth the facts or
circumstances reasonably indicating the existence of an enterprise as
described in paragraph 1.a. above. Upon such authorization a notification must
be made for final approval by the Deputy Commissioner of Intelligence. When
exigent circumstances exist, as described in these guidelines, a Terrorism
Enterprise Investigation may be commenced upon the verbal authorization of an
Authorizing Official. However, in such cases, the required written
recommendation must be submitted as soon as practicable.
b. A Terrorism Enterprise Investigation may be initially authorized for
a period of up to a year. An investigation may be continued upon renewed
authorization for additional periods each not to exceed a year. Renewal
authorization shall be obtained from the Deputy Commissioner of Intelligence.
The request for renewal and action thereon shall be in writing.
c. Authorizations shall be reviewed by an Authorizing Official before
the expiration of the period for which the investigation and each renewal
thereof is authorized. In some cases, the enterprise may meet the threshold
standard but be temporarily inactive in the sense that it has not engaged in
recent acts of violence or other unlawful activities as described in 1.a., nor
is there any immediate threat of harm – yet the composition, goals and prior
history of the group suggest the need for continuing law enforcement interest.
The investigation may be continued in such cases with whatever scope is
warranted in light of these considerations.
d. An investigation which has been terminated may be reopened upon a
showing of the same standard and pursuant to the same procedures as required
for initiation of an investigation.
VI. INVESTIGATIVE TECHNIQUES
(1) When conducting investigations under these guidelines, the NYPD may
use any lawful investigative technique permitted by these guidelines. The
choice of investigative techniques is a matter of judgment, which should take
account of:
(i) the objectives of the investigation and available investigative
resources;
(ii) the intrusiveness of a technique, considering such factors as the
effect on the privacy of individuals and potential damage to reputation;
(iii) the seriousness of the unlawful act; and
(iv) the strength of the information indicating its existence or future
commission of the unlawful act.
(2) Where the conduct of an investigation presents a choice between the
use of more or less intrusive methods, the NYPD should consider whether the
information could be obtained in a timely and effective way by the less
intrusive means. The NYPD should not hesitate to use any lawful techniques
consistent with these guidelines in an investigation, even if intrusive, where
the intrusiveness is warranted in light of the seriousness of the crime or the

strength of the information indicating its existence or future commission.
This point is to be particularly observed in investigations relating to
terrorist activities.
(3) Authorized methods in investigations include, among others, use of
confidential informants, undercover activities and operations, eavesdropping
and video surveillance (as defined in Article 700 of the NY Criminal Procedure
Law), pen registers and trap and trace devices, consensual electronic
monitoring, and searches and seizures.
a. Undercover Operations
(i) Undercover operations, including confidential informants, may be
used when such operations are the most effective means of obtaining
information, taking into account all the circumstances of the investigation,
including the need for the information and the seriousness of the threat. The
use of undercovers and confidential informants must be authorized by the
Deputy Commissioner of the Intelligence Bureau prior to commencement of the
undercover operation. The request to use undercovers or confidential
informants and action taken on the request must be in writing and must include
a description of the facts on which the investigation is based and the role of
the undercover.
(ii) The use of an undercover or confidential informant will be
approved for a period of 120 days and may be extended for additional periods
of 120 days with the approval of the Deputy Commissioner of the Intelligence
Bureau. Such extensions may be approved for as long as the investigation
continues and the use of undercover is the most effective means of obtaining
information. The request to extend the use of undercovers and action taken on
the request must be in writing and must include the reason for the extension.
(iii) Undercovers are strictly prohibited from engaging in any conduct
the sole purpose of which is to disrupt the lawful exercise of political
activity, from instigating unlawful acts or engaging in unlawful or
unauthorized investigative activities.
b. Eavesdropping and Video Surveillance (as defined in Article 700 of
the NY Criminal Procedure Law), Pen Registers and Trap and Trace Devices, and
Consensual Electronic Monitoring
(i) All requirements for the use of such methods under the
Constitution, applicable statutes, and NYPD regulations or policies must be
observed.
(4) Whenever an individual in known to be represented by counsel in a
particular matter, the NYPD shall follow applicable law and Department
procedure concerning contact with represented individuals in the absence of
prior notice to their counsel.
VII. DISSIMENATION AND MAINTENANCE OF INFORMATION
A. Dissemination
The NYPD may disseminate information obtained during the Checking of Leads,
Preliminary Inquiries and investigations conducted pursuant to these
guidelines to federal, state or local law enforcement agencies, or local
criminal justice agencies when such information:

(i) falls within the investigative or protective jurisdiction or
litigative responsibility of the agency;
(ii) may assist in preventing an unlawful act or the use of violence or
any other conduct dangerous to human life;
(iii) is required to be disseminated by interagency agreement, statute, or
other law.
B. Maintenance
All documentation required under these Guidelines shall be maintained by the
Intelligence Bureau in accordance with general police department practice and
applicable municipal record retention and destruction rules, regulations and
procedures. Under these rules and practices documents are retained for no less
than five years.
VIII. COUNTERTERRORISM ACTIVITIES AND OTHER AUTHORIZATIONS
In order to carry out its mission of preventing the commission of terrorist
acts in or affecting the City of New York and the United States and its
people, the NYPD must proactively draw on available sources of information to
identify terrorists threats and activities. It cannot be content to wait for
leads to come in through the actions of others, but rather must be vigilant in
detecting terrorist activities to the full extent permitted by law, with an
eye toward early intervention and prevention of acts of terrorism before they
occur. This Part accordingly identifies a number of authorized activities
which further this end, and which can be carried out even in the absence of a
checking of leads, Preliminary Inquiry, or Full Investigation as described in
these guidelines. The authorizations include both activities that are
specifically focused on terrorism and activities that are useful for law
enforcement purposes in both terrorism and non-terrorism contexts. The
authorized law enforcement activities of the NYPD include carrying out and
retaining information resulting from the following activities.
A. COUNTERTERRORISM ACTIVITIES
1. Information Systems
The NYPD is authorized to operate and participate in identification,
tracking, and information systems for the purpose of identifying and locating
potential terrorists and supporters of terrorist activity, assessing and
responding to terrorists risks and threats, or otherwise detecting,
prosecuting, or preventing terrorist activities. Systems within the scope of
this paragraph may draw on and retain pertinent information from any source
permitted by law, including information derived from past or ongoing
investigative activities; other information collected or provided by
governmental entities, such as foreign intelligence information and lookout
list information; publicly available information, whether obtained directly or
through services or resources (whether nonprofit or commercial) that compile
or analyze such information; and information voluntarily provided by private
entities. Any such system operated by the NYPD shall be reviewed periodically
for compliance with all applicable statutory provisions and Department
regulations and policies.
2. Visiting Public Places and Events
For the purpose of detecting or preventing terrorist activities, the NYPD

is authorized to visit any place and attend any event that is open to the
public, on the same terms and conditions as members of the public generally.
No information obtained from such visits shall be retained unless it relates
to potential unlawful or terrorist activity.
B. OTHER AUTHORIZATIONS
1. General Topical Research
The NYPD is authorized to carry out general topical research, including
conducting online searches and accessing online sites and forums as part of
such research on the same terms and conditions as members of the public
generally. "General topical research" under this paragraph means research
concerning subject areas that are relevant for the purpose of facilitating or
supporting the discharge of investigative responsibilities. It does not
include online searches for information by individuals' names or other
individual identifiers, except where such searches are incidental to topical
research, such as searching to locate writings on a topic by searching under
the names of authors who write on the topic, or searching by the name of a
party to a case in conducting legal research.
2. Use of Online Resources Generally
For the purpose of developing intelligence information to detect or
prevent terrorism or other unlawful activities, the NYPD is authorized to
conduct online search activity and to access online sites and forums on the
same terms and conditions as members of the public generally.
3. Reports and Assessments
The NYPD is authorized to prepare general reports and assessments
concerning terrorism or other unlawful activities for purposes of strategic or
operational planning or in support of other legitimate law enforcement
activities.
IX. PROTECTION OF PRIVACY AND OTHER LIMITATIONS
A. General Limitations
The law enforcement activities authorized by this Part do not include
maintaining files on individuals solely for the purpose of monitoring
activities protected by the First Amendment or the lawful exercise of any
other rights secured by the Constitution or laws of the Untied States. Rather,
all such law enforcement activities must have a valid law enforcement purpose
and must be carried out in conformity with all applicable statutes and
Department regulations and policies.
B. Construction of Part
This Part does not limit any activities authorized by or carried out under
other Parts of these guidelines. The specification of authorized law
enforcement activities under this Part is not exhaustive, and does not limit
other authorized law enforcement activities of the NYPD.
X. RESERVATION
Nothing in these guidelines shall limit the general reviews or audits of
papers, files, contracts, or other records in the possession of the NYPD or

City of New York, or the performance of similar services at the specific
request of another government agency.
Such reviews, audits, or similar services must be for the purpose of
detecting or preventing violations of law which are within the investigative
responsibility of the NYPD.
Nothing in these guidelines is intended to limit the NYPD's responsibilities
to investigate certain applicants and employees, or to pursue efforts to
satisfy any other of its legal rights, privileges, or obligations.
These guidelines are set forth solely for the purpose of internal NYPD
guidance. They are not intended to, do not, and may not be relied upon to
create any rights, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by any party
in any matter, civil or criminal, nor do they place any limitation on
otherwise lawful investigative and litigative prerogatives of the NYPD or City
of New York.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
Communications Between the Intelligence Bureau and Units in the Field
Regarding Suspected Terrorist Activity (Interim Order 28, Series 2004)
Guidelines For The Use Of Video/ Photographic Equipment by Operational
Personnel at Demonstrations (P.G. 212-71)

P.G. 212-73 Bicycle Registration Program
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To enroll bicycles in the Bicycle Registration Program which has been
established in each patrol precinct.
SCOPE
A precinct crime prevention officer or counterpart is responsible for
coordinating the Department's Bicycle Registration Program. Bicycle owners,
both private and commercial (messenger services, etc.), are encouraged to
enroll in the registration program. In addition, all New York City Police
Department bicycles will be enrolled in this program.
PROCEDURE Whenever a member of the service registers a bicycle:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CONCERNED
1. Mark with engraving tools.
a. Use three digit number indicating precinct designation followed by a four
digit number, in numerical sequence of enrollment (e.g., 103-0001).
b. Place registration number on underside of frame, or other main component.
2. Establish a Bicycle Registration Log, utilizing a Department record book,
or computerized data base with the following information:
REGISTRATION
NUMBER

DATE

MAKE

MANUFACTURER'S
SERIAL NO. (if any)

MODEL

OWNER'S
NAME

ADDRESS

COLOR

APARTMENT
NUMBER

TELEPHONE
NUMBER

REMARKS

AT TIME OF REGISTRATION
3. Inform owner to notify the precinct of registration when bicycle is sold,
transferred or discarded.
4. Enter this fact in "remarks" column of the log.
SALE OR TRANSFER OF A REGISTERED BICYCLE TO A NEW OWNER
5. Engrave the letter "A", after the previously issued registration, if
bicycle is being registered in the same precinct, OR
6. Etch out old registration number and engrave new number, if being
registered in other than original precinct of registration.
NOTE: In either instance, the crime prevention officer, counterpart will
cross-reference the old registration number in the "remarks" column when
making required entries in the log.

7. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD 313-152) for lost or stolen bicycle.
a. Determine whether bicycle was previously registered in Bicycle
Registration Program.
IF REGISTERED LOST/STOLEN BICYCLE IS INVOLVED
8. Comply with the following:
a. Contact the desk officer, precinct of registration, to obtain the
registration serial number and verify the description.
b. Enter the complete Bicycle Registration Number in the "Details" section
of the COMPLAINT REPORT.
c. Ensure COMPLAINT REPORT indicates duplicate copy to the Stolen Property
Inquiry Section (S.P.I.S.) so that an alarm can be transmitted for the
lost/stolen registered bicycle.
d. Notify desk officer, precinct of registration, to make an entry in the
"Remarks" section of the Bicycle Registration Log or computerized database,
indicating the loss/theft of the bicycle and the precinct COMPLAINT REPORT
number.
UPON RECOVERY OF REGISTERED BICYCLE
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CONCERNED
9. Do the following:
a. Make an "article inquiry" via FINEST by using the NYSPIN Information
Function, as follows:
(1) Enter I before AINQ
(2) Enter BICYCL after Type____
(3) Enter MAKE OF BICYCLE after Brand____
(4) Enter SERIAL NUMBER after SER____.
b. Ensure duplicate copy of COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) is forwarded to
Stolen Property Inquiry Section, if alarm was transmitted for the recovered
bicycle.
c. Determine owner of recovered bicycle from precinct where bicycle was
registered.
d. Have owner notified.
e. Notify desk officer, precinct of registration, to make entry in "Remarks"
section of the Bicycle Registration Log, indicating precinct voucher number.
[I.O. 11 s 11] REMOVAL OF DERELICT BICYCLE
DESK OFFICER
10. Maintain a Derelict Bicycle Removal Log, utilizing a separate section of

the Department record book containing the Bicycle Registration Log or
computerized database with the following information:
LOCATION

COMMAND
SERIAL #

REMOVED BY

REMARKS

BICYCLE
DESCRIPTION

DATE
NOTICE
AFFIXED

DATE
REMOVED

11. Record details of derelict removal in Log when notified by New York City
Department of Sanitation (DSNY).
a. Inform appropriate members of command of bicycle removal.
12. Check Log when receiving complaint of stolen bicycle to ensure bicycle was
not removed and disposed of by DSNY.
NOTE: Once DSNY make the determination that a bicycle is derelict, a notice
shall be affixed to the bicycle advising the owner that such bicycle must be
removed within seven days from the date of the notice. This notice shall also
state that the failure to remove such bicycle within the designated time
period will result in the removal and disposal of the derelict bicycle by the
DSNY. Once the derelict bicycle has been removed, DSNY will notify the
precinct concerned of the removal.
DSNY is not authorized to remove for disposal from public property any
"ghost bike" (i.e., a bicycle that has been placed on public property and
apparently intended as a memorial for someone who is deceased) or bicycles
that do not meet the derelict bicycle criteria (i.e., a bicycle that appears
to be crushed or not usable, is missing parts, other than the seat and front
wheel, has flat or missing tires, handlebars or pedals are damaged, or the
existing forks. Frames or rims are bent; or seventy-five percent or more of
the bicycle, which includes the handlebars, pedals and frames are rusted,
along with any chain affixing such bicycle to public property, etc.).
Additionally, nothing in this rule shall be interpreted to preclude the
immediate removal of any bicycle, including, but not limited to, a derelict
bicycle or ghost bike, or the taking of any other action by any City agency,
if the presence of such bicycle creates a dangerous condition by restricting
vehicular or pedestrian traffic or is otherwise in violation of the law.
ADDITIONAL DATA
ALL Police Department issued bicycles must be enrolled in this program. The
bicycles will be engraved with the prefix NYPD followed by the three digit
precinct designation and four digit precinct sequential number (e.g., NYPD
103-0001, indicates first (1st) bicycle registered in the 103rd Precinct is a
Department issued bicycle assigned to the 103rd Precinct). Bicycles assigned
to non-precinct units will be engraved with the prefix NYPD and their three
digit command code followed by the registering precincts four digit sequential
number (e.g., NYPD 128-0001, indicates first (1st) bicycle registered in
precinct of registration is assigned to the Street Crime Unit). Commanding
officers of all Housing Bureau patrol service areas equipped with bicycles,
and other non-patrol service area units, shall establish Bicycle Registration
Programs, internally, for all Department owned bicycles. Housing Bureau
bicycles will have "HB" and registry number engraved on the bottom of the
bicycle.
Precinct commanding officers shall conduct bicycle registration drives during

the months of May and September, each year. Uniformed members of the service
assigned to bicycle patrol duties, auxiliary police and police explorers, may
be utilized to assist in the Bicycle Registration Program drives. The precinct
crime prevention officer/counterpart shall register bicycles upon request on a
year-round basis. In addition, the precinct crime prevention
officer/counterpart will ensure that the Bicycle Registration Log (Department
record book or computerized database) is available to the desk officer at all
times.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD 313-152)

P.G. 212-74 Community Notification Protocol
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inform community leaders and organizations in the event of an incident of
an unusual, newsworthy, or sensitive nature that has the potential for
community concern and/or unrest.
SCOPE
Precinct/police service area/district commanding officers are responsible for
keeping community organizations and leaders informed of local conditions and
occurrences. The commanding officer or designee will be required to notify
community leaders of an event as described above, and the police reaction to
the event. Said community leaders should include, but not be limited to, local
elected officials, community board chairpersons, district managers, precinct
community council board members, civic leaders, members of the clergy,
superintendents and principals of local schools or school districts, local
business leaders or merchant groups, tenant groups, block association leaders,
City or State agencies headquartered within the precinct boundaries, etc. The
primary responsibility for notifying the community leaders rests with the
precinct/police service area/district commanding officer concerned. Although
certain incidents may require the involvement of the borough/bureau command,
this will not relieve the precinct/police service area/district commander from
keeping local community leaders informed.
PROCEDURE
To create a list of community leaders to be notified in the event of an
incident of an unusual, newsworthy, or sensitive nature that has the potential
for community concern and/or unrest and to perform said notifications, if
necessary.
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Direct the preparation of a roster of community leaders and organizations
to be notified in conjunction with this procedure.
a. Roster should include the following captions:
(1) Name
(2) Organization
(3) Contact person (if other than "[1]" above)
(4) Telephone number (office/home)
(5) Pager/beeper/cell phone number
(6) Address
NOTE: Copies of the community notification roster should be maintained at
the desk, the community affairs office, and the community policing unit office

for immediate access. In addition, the commanding officer must have a copy at
all times. Copies of the rosters should be forwarded to the borough concerned,
and the Operations Unit, as well as the Office of the Chief, Community
Affairs, through channels.
IN THE EVENT THAT COMMUNITY NOTIFICATIONS ARE REQUIRED
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Notify community leaders/organizations concerned of event and pertinent `
background information, as directed by the commanding officer/duty captain.
NOTE: Not all community leaders or organizations need to be notified in all
situations. The nature of the event will dictate who is to be notified. In
addition, commanding officers concerned will determine the method of
notification, e.g., telephone call, page, fax, face-to-face notification,
etc., as well as which member of the service will make the notifications.
Information that is considered to be confidential will not be divulged.
3. Document time of notification on the community notification roster.
a. Utilize the roster prepared as per Step 1, above, to document
notifications. In addition, note the time notified and the member of the
service making the notification on the roster concerned.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Command and borough executives should share information regarding the
operation of the precinct/police service area/district. The assignment of new
commanding officers, supervisors, and police officers should be publicized to
local community leaders.
Commanding officers should encourage community leaders and organizations to
share information, such as unscheduled events and demonstrations that are
unusual, newsworthy or sensitive in nature, that have the potential for
community concern/unrest, and incidents which have occurred in the past
without prior knowledge of the local command.
The use of e-mail newsletters, discussion lists, and the Department's web site
is encouraged. Their use should also be explored for the dissemination of
information and non-emergency notifications to community members. THIS SHOULD
NOT TAKE THE PLACE OF PERSONAL CONTACT IN MORE SERIOUS MATTERS.
Commanding officers will ensure that information contained on the community
notification roster is updated as needed and updated information is forwarded
to the borough concerned, the Operations Unit and the Office of the Chief,
Community Affairs.
It is important to maintain regular contact with community leaders regardless
of the occurrence of a major event. In the absence of major events,
opportunities should be created to interact with community leaders.
Non-Department related incidents or minor police incidents can present
excellent opportunities to create such interactions and maintain a dialogue
with the community.

P.G. 212-75 Search Warrant Applications
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To apply for a search warrant based on timely and accurate intelligence.
DEFINITION
SEARCH WARRANT - a court order and process directing a police officer to
conduct a search of designated premises, or of a designated vehicle, or of a
designated person, for the purpose of seizing designated property or kinds of
property, and to deliver any property so obtained to the court which issued
the warrant. A search warrant may also authorize the search of a designated
premises for a person who is the subject of an arrest warrant. This procedure
is intended to apply, however, only to search warrants that authorize a search
for property.
SEARCH WARRANT APPLICATION - comprised of two documents:
a. SEARCH WARRANT which is typically a one page form that describes the
location to be searched and items to be seized; and
b. SEARCH WARRANT AFFIDAVIT which is a sworn, detailed, written statement by
the police officer asserting that certain facts exist that the applicant
believes establish probable cause that the place to be searched contains
particular contraband or evidence.
NOTE: The Criminal Procedure Law lists the following categories of property
as subject to seizure pursuant to a search warrant:
a. Stolen property
b. Unlawfully possessed or contraband
c. Used or possessed for the purpose of committing or concealing a crime
d. Evidence, which tends to demonstrate that an offense was committed or
that a particular person participated in the commission of an offense.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service has established probable cause to
believe that seizeable property is present at a particular location:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Confer with immediate supervisor and commanding officer.
2. Conduct interviews, collect statements and obtain all other evidence that
is to be presented when applying for a search warrant.
NOTE: All members of the service prior to applying for a search warrant must
conduct a Secure Automated Fast Event Tracking Network (SAFETNet) check. After
check is completed, a SAFETNet control number will be given to the requesting

member of the service. The District Attorney's Office will NOT process a
search warrant application without a SAFETNet control number and an
Intelligence Data System (IDS) record number.
SUPERVISOR CONCERNED
3. Investigate the target location:
a. Conduct reconnaissance and surveillance
b. Verify the target location by photo, diagram or other means.
4. Evaluate, confirm and document all information gathered prior to being
submitted to commanding officer for approval.
NOTE: When probable cause for a search warrant is based on information from
confidential informants/civilian witnesses the immediate supervisor of the
member of service will personally witness the interview and verify the target
location with the informant by photograph, diagram or other means. In
addition, the supervisor witnessing the interview of the informant will ensure
that information regarding any other criminal matter known to the informant is
also elicited in accordance with P.G. 212-68 "Confidential Informants."
Members of the service must make every effort to corroborate information
provided by informants through reconnaissance, surveillance and records
checks. The Legal Bureau may be consulted for advice and guidance.
5. Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead addressed to the commanding officer,
command concerned and include:
a. The background checks performed via computer/other means on confidential
informants and subjects (see ADDITIONAL DATA section, "Background Checks Which
Must Be Conducted Prior To The Execution Of A Search/Arrest Warrant").
b. Any circumstances that suggest that the search warrant must be executed
as soon as possible (e.g., a large cache of firearms or drugs is present and
is about to be moved).
c. Results of reconnaissance and verification of the target location and
methods used (e.g., photo, diagram, or other means).
d. Indication that, if a confidential informant/civilian witness provided
any aspect of probable cause, a supervisory officer personally witnessed the
interview. Ensure that the informant/witness is not identified by name.
e. Justification for any request for nighttime or "no-knock" authorization.
f. Any other pertinent information.
COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
6. Review the supervisor's report, compare it with all information gathered
during the search warrant application process and include report in
investigative file.
7. Give special scrutiny to cases where probable cause has been established
based on the statements of a confidential informant/witness, and:

a. The contraband/subject in question was not actually observed.
b. Several days have elapsed since contraband/subject was observed.
c. The confidential informant has been registered on an
emergency/contingency basis and is citing exigent circumstances requiring an
immediate response from the police.
8. Forward all information to the Borough Executive Officer/counterpart (e.g.;
Narcotics Borough Executive Officer, Detective Borough Executive Officer,
Patrol Borough Executive Officer, etc.) concerned for review. NOTE: If the
borough executive officer is unavailable, information will be forwarded to the
borough commanding officer. When exigent circumstances exist, duty chief may
be contacted for approval.
BOROUGH EXECUTIVE OFFICER/COUNTERPART
9. Confer with the commanding officer, command requesting the warrant.
10. Evaluate all information pertaining to the request for a search warrant
and indicate one of the following by endorsement:
a. Grant permission to apply for search warrant; OR
b. Return search warrant request for further development; OR
c. Disapprove search warrant request.
NOTE: If warrant is to be executed by a Patrol Services Bureau command in
another patrol borough, the approval of both borough commanding officers is
necessary. When a command in any other bureau is applying for a search warrant
to be executed in another jurisdictional borough, the executive
officer/counterpart of that borough must be consulted with, e.g., Manhattan
North Narcotics applying to execute a search warrant in the Bronx, the
executive officer/counterpart of Manhattan North Narcotics will consult with
the executive officer/counterpart of Bronx Narcotics.
For investigations under the purview of the Internal Affairs Bureau and the
[I.O. 1-5 c.s. 11] Deputy Commissioner Counterterrorism, SAFETNet inquires
and/or conferrals with other units, commands, or agencies will be conducted in
a manner prescribed by the Chief of Internal Affairs or Deputy Commissioner,
Counterterrorism, as appropriate, so as not to compromise internal or
sensitive investigations.
In all cases, specialized units such as the Narcotics Division, Firearms
Investigation Unit, etc. will be conferred with prior to the execution of a
warrant when the subject of the warrant falls within their functional
jurisdictions.
COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
11. File folder at command if disapproved.
12. If returned for further development, comply with instructions of borough
executive officer/counterpart.
13. If approved, prior to contacting county District Attorney's Office to
apply for the search warrant, ensure that the WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM- PRE-

WARRANT DATA ENTRY (PD374-143) has been prepared and faxed to the Intelligence
Bureau, Public Security Section for input into the centralized search warrant
database; AND, obtain an IDS record number. (See ADDITIONAL DATA section
"Notification to Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section" for special
procedures and exceptions.
a. Confirm receipt of WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM-PRE-WARRANT DATA ENTRY by the
Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section by telephone.
NOTE: The District Attorney's Office will NOT process a search warrant
without a SAFETNet control number and an IDS record number.
14. After obtaining a SAFETNet control number and an IDS record number from
the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section, direct member concerned to
contact the District's Attorney's Office for preparation of the Search Warrant
Application if approved at borough level.
a. If application is disapproved by the District Attorney or court, endorse
Typed Letterhead (prepared as per step 5) to the borough executive officer
/counterpart and include in endorsements reasons for disapproval and file a
copy in command.
b. Notify the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section by telephone for
inclusion of the details regarding the disapproved Search Warrant Application
in the citywide database.
c. If approved by District Attorney, comply with provisions of P.G. 212-105,
"Search Warrant Execution."
NOTIFICATIONS TO THE INTELLIGENCE BUREAU, PUBLIC SECURITY SECTION
ADDITIONAL DATA
The notification to the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section shall
apply to all units obtaining search warrants (Patrol Services, Detective
Bureau, O.C.C.B., Joint Task Forces, etc.). However, should a specific legal
concern arise with respect to entering search warrant information into the
database, the member concerned shall confer with the Legal Bureau prior to
contacting the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section. In the event the
advice is provided by the Legal Bureau not to make data entry, such
consultation shall be noted in the case file along with the specific basis for
the advice, e.g., Grand Jury action. Additionally, in situations where a
search warrant is based on extremely sensitive information, e.g.
counterterrorism, internal investigations, etc., in order to exclude the
search warrant from inclusion in the database, the member of the service must
receive written permission from the Bureau Chief/Deputy Commissioner
concerned. This documentation will be included in the case file.
In instances where a member of this Department, assigned to specialized units
including but not limited to a Joint Task Force or a District Attorney's
Squad, may participate in the execution of a search warrant but not be an
affiant to a search warrant application affidavit, such member is required to
follow the contents of this procedure. If a member of this Department,
assigned to a Joint Task Force, etc., is directed by a supervisor from another
agency not to make the notifications required by this directive, such member
shall immediately notify the Bureau Chief/Deputy Commissioner concerned.
BACKGROUND CHECKS WHICH MUST BE CONDUCTED AS PART OF THE SEARCH WARRANT

APPLICATION PROCESS:
Secure Automated Fast Event Tracking Network (SAFETNet) – SAFETNet alerts
investigators to any active or open cases either at the target location or
involving the target subject which are being conducted by other law
enforcement personnel. If a SAFETNet check shows another investigation at the
location, a conferral with the investigating unit should be made, and
investigative information garnered by the requestor passed on to that unit.
NARCOTICS INVESTIGATIVE TRACKING OF RECIDIVIST OFFENDERS (NITRO) – lists
persons arrested within the location or area for narcotic related offenses.
Nitro also reveals any active or closed kites at the location. An original
copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD 313-152) can be obtained at the Field
Operation Desk.
COMPUTER CRIMINAL HISTORY (CCH) – more commonly known as a "rap sheet". The
CCH can be obtained from various sources: NYSPIN, Enforcer 2000 terminal,
Department of Criminal Justice Services, preparing and submitting a REQUEST
FOR RECORDS CHECK (PD 349-161) to the Identification Section.
COMPUTER ASSISTED ROBBERY SYSTEM (CARS) – this system searches Index Crime
Complaints, State Parole, City and State Corrections, Warrant Cards, Nickname
file, and Career Criminals.
BETA – system utilized to verify New York City criminal records dating back to
the early 1960's including persons fingerprinted in New York City criminally
and civilly, such as pistol permits, and police/correction applications.
AUTOMATED DB2 WARRANT SYSTEM (REPLACED WARG/WOLF) – reveals persons who have
active warrants and the status of the warrant investigation.
COURT RECORD INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (CRIMS) – this system verifies
active court cases and the scheduled appearances of a defendant. It informs
personnel whether a subject is incarcerated or released.
DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES (DMV) – will provide a motorist and vehicle
history.
SPRINT – a check of this system will list all calls for service at the
location in question for a specific time period.
PHOTO IMAGING MODULE (PIM) – allows the investigator to obtain photo
identifications of suspects at the location of the search warrant.
COMPLAINT ADDRESS TRACKING SYSTEM (CATS) – system designed to ascertain if
anyone residing at the subject location has reported offenses (COMPLAINT
REPORTS) to this Department.
WARRANT INQUIRY (WINQ) – ascertains if an individual may be wanted outside of
New York City. This check searches the state and federal wanted databases. A
review of the COLES directory (utilize internet, ANYWHO.COM, AUTOTRACK.COM,
LEXIS-NEXIS).
Conferral with the License Division to determine if there is a licensed gun
owner residing at the subject location. Conferrals with Key Span Energy and
Consolidated Edison (gas and electric utilities) to reveal billing to the
target location.

When warrants are to be executed within a Housing Authority Development, a
"Tenant Data Check" for the subject apartment will be conducted. Such a check
would disclose the tenant of record for the subject apartment. Any other
pertinent intelligence regarding persons/premises involved.
ORAL APPLICATION FOR SEARCH WARRANT
Section 690.36 of the Criminal Procedure Law allows for applications for
search warrants to be made orally. When the arraignment part of the local
criminal court is closed and the situation is of such urgency that it cannot
be secured until the court re- opens, member concerned shall contact their
borough executive officer/counterpart or, if unavailable, duty chief through
their immediate supervisor. The Legal Bureau is available for assistance and
guidance in this matter. If Legal Bureau is closed, the member will adhere to
P.G. 211-20, "Conferral With Department Attorney."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Confidential Informants (P.G. 212-68)
Search Warrant Execution (P.G. 212-105)
Conferral With Department Attorney. (P.G. 211-20)
FORMS AND REPORTS
WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM – PRE-WARRANT DATA ENTRY (PD374-143)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR RECORDS CHECK (PD349-161)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Search Warrant Application
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-76 Information Concerning Official Business Of
Department
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To facilitate the proper release of information concerning official Department
business.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving request for information about Department business:
1. Treat official business of the Department as confidential.
2. Understand clearly the right of the public to be informed on matters of
public interest.
3. Exercise discretion when divulging authorized information.
4. Release information to a properly identified representative of:
AGENCY

INFORMATION CONCERNING

Department of Citywide
Administrative Services

Official business of that agency

U.S. Civil Service Commission

Applicant for a federal position

N.Y.S. Division of Parole
(request from the area director)

Persons arrested

State Liquor Authority

Persons arrested or summonsed who are
applicants for or holders of state
liquor licenses.
Persons arrested or summonsed in
premises licensed by the State Liquor
Authority or in the vicinity of the
premises when the cause of the arrest
or summons originated there.
Premises licensed, or for which an
application has been made under the
Alcoholic Beverage Control Law.

Waterfront Commission of

Person licensed or registered by
Commission

New York Harbor
Crime Victims Compensation
Board

Official business of that agency

N.Y.C. Department or agency

An employee of that department or
agency only if the City is not likely
to become a party to an action arising
out of the incident. In such cases,

the investigator will be referred to
the Corporation Counsel.
NOTE: When information is given to other than a representative of the press,
an entry identifying the person and the subject will be made in the Command
Log. A text reference to the entry will be made in the margin of the record
concerned.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Requests from government agencies, private organizations, institutions og
higher education etc., for statistics, surveys, samples and other types of
information concerning the Department will be forwarded to the Office of
Management Analysis and Planning for preparation of a Department response.
ROUTINE INQUIRIES:
Many requests, particularly those coming to Patrol Services Bureau commands,
are of a routine nature. Local commanders are expected to respond to such
requests as directed by this procedure, ensuring that responses are accurate
and in accord with Department policy.
UNUSUAL OR TIME CONSUMING REQUESTS:
Some requests involve surveys or samples and may be time consuming; others may
be related to business of the entire Department or involve broad policy
questions. Local commanders should not ordinarily undertake data gathering
research to answer a request from outside the Department when it will impair
their ability to perform their primary function. Time consuming requests,
those involving the business of the entire Department and those which raise
policy questions, should be forwarded to the Office of Management Analysis and
Planning for preparation of an appropriate response. Office of Management
Analysis and Planning will confer with Deputy Commissioner - Public
Information on matters regarding Department policy on release of information.
Where additional guidance is deemed necessary to classify a particular request
as routine or unusual, a commanding officer may contact the Office of
Management Analysis and Planning.
A member of the service, active or retired, may obtain information relative to
his/her medical record upon written request to the Commanding Officer, Medical
Division. No fee will be charged for such information. A person or
organization outside the Department may obtain such information, for a fee of
$5.00, if the request is made in writing and is accompanied by a notarized
authorization from the member concerned or in the event of his death, from the
next of kin or representative of his estate. Re-quests for such information
from other governmental agencies do not require no-tarized authorization or
fee. Requests for payroll records will be directed to Director, Payroll
Section for processing in a similar manner.
When advised that an audit of records, procedures or operations of a command
is to be conducted by any city, state or federal agency, the desk
officer/supervisory head concerned will notify the Office of Management
Analysis and Planning, furnishing the time, date, subject of the audit, the
identity of personnel who will conduct the audit and the agency to which
assigned. Auditors must possess identification cards issued by the auditing
agency and/or a letter of introduction from the Commanding Officer, Office of
Management Analysis and Planning. All members of the service will co-operate

with properly identified auditors; questions concerning identity of auditing
personnel will be directed to the Office of Management Analysis and Planning;
those concerning confidentiality of records/information requested will be
directed to the Legal Bureau.
When a request for sensitive information regarding the policies of the
Department is received from an elected official or candidate for elective
office or a member of their staffs, the requestor will be instructed to submit
the request in writing to the Police Commissioner. The Police Commissioner's
Office shall forward such request to appropriate command for further
attention.
Inquiries of a routine nature including publicly released crime statistics,
constituent problems or complaints may be handled by the command concerned.
OFFERS OF GRANTS, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER FUNDING BY ELECTED OFFICIALS, OTHER
GOVERNMENT AGENCIES OR PRIVATE ENTITIES:
Members of the service may not accept offers of grants, equipment or other
funding from elected officials or their staffs, other government agencies or
private entities. A member of the service approached with the offer of such
funding or solicited for suggestions regarding how such funding could be
utilized by the Department shall direct the individual or entity offering such
funding to make a written proposal to the Police Commissioner.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Release of Information To News Media (P.G. 212-77)
Incidents Involving Media Representatives (P.G. 212-49)
Grant Applications, Accountability, Responsibility and Reporting Procedures
(A.G. 230-38)

P.G. 212-77 Release Of Information To News Media
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To facilitate the accurate, timely and proper dissemination of information to
the public through the news media.
SCOPE
It is the policy of this Department to keep the community informed on matters
of public interest. Most media inquiries are directed to the Office of the
Deputy Commissioner, Public Information. However, at the scene of a breaking
news story, the media may request information from members of the service
present at the scene. Information, assistance or access should be rendered to
whatever extent possible, in accordance with the following procedure, when it
does not:
a. Pose an undue risk to the personal safety of members of the service,
media representatives, or others
b. Interfere with police operations
c. Adversely affect the rights of an accused or the investigation or
prosecution of a crime.
Because it is not uncommon for local investigations, arrests, operations,
etc., to overlap into other agencies, bureaus or jurisdictions it is essential
that ALL media requests be channeled through the Office of the Deputy
Commissioner, Public Information.
NOTE: Access to incident scenes does not extend to interior crime scenes or
areas frozen for security reasons.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving a request for information from representatives of the media at
a breaking news story:
HIGHEST RANKING UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Confer with the Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information,
regarding the information to be released, prior to addressing the media.
2. Briefly describe the incident (i.e., how police were called to the scene,
type of job, location of occurrence, number of aided persons, etc.).
3. Do not release the following:
a. Identity of a child under sixteen years of age taken into custody, unless
child is a juvenile offender
b. Identity of a complainant under sixteen years of age
c. Identity of a neglected or abused child

d. Identity of a victim of a sex crime
e. Information which indicates that a person has a communicable disease
f. Information which indicates that a person is a confidential
informant/witness
g. The location of occurrence where a sexual assault occurred if that
location is the victim's residence or the residence of the perpetrator, if not
apprehended
h. The address or telephone number of a member of the service
i. Address or telephone number of a complainant
j. Address or telephone number of a witness to a crime
k. Information that may hinder the prosecution of the crime, jeopardize the
safety of a member of the service, complainant, or witness.
4. Release the following information after an arrest is made, if requested:
a. Name, age, residence, employment, marital status and similar background
information of the arrested person(s) after identity is confirmed
b. Substance or text of the charge(s) such as a complaint, indictment,
information, and, only when appropriate, the identity of the complainant
c. Identity of the investigating and arresting agency and the length of the
investigation
d. Circumstances immediately surrounding the arrest, including the time and
place of arrest, resistance, pursuit, possession and use of weapons and a
general description of items seized at the time of arrest.
NOTE: With the prior permission of the Deputy Commissioner, Public
Information, certain information may be withheld if there is a legitimate
concern for the safety of a witness in the "interests of justice" (i.e.,
release of information may compromise an ongoing investigation). The Office of
the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information, is available 24 hours a day, 7
days a week, for consultation and/or response to incidents involving the
media. Members of the service are required to immediately notify the Deputy
Commissioner, Public Information, at (212) 374-6700 of any interaction with
the media.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The following information will be released only after conferral with the
Deputy Commissioner, Public Information, and the Chief of Detectives. Pretrial
disclosure of the following information may have an adverse impact on a court
case:
a. Statements concerning the reputation or character of an accused person or
prospective witness
b. Performance of, or results of, tests or the refusal by the accused to
take a test

c. Statements concerning the credibility or anticipated testimony of
prospective witnesses
d. Opinions or speculation concerning evidence or argument in the case,
whether or not it is anticipated that such evidence or argument will be used
at trial
e. Photographs, films, videotapes, and/or mug shots.
CONFIDENTIALITY OF THE VICTIM OF A SEX CRIME
The Civil Rights Law, Section 50-B, was amended in 1991 to protect the
identity of the victim of a sex crime. The law provides that the identity of a
victim of a sex crime be provided to a defendant charged with the crime and
their counsel or guardian. It also permits disclosure to public officers and
employees investigating, prosecuting and keeping records related to the
offense. A new Section 50-C was also added to the law which allows victims of
a sex offense to bring private action to recover for any damage suffered by
the disclosure of their identities. Therefore, those members of the service
(uniformed and civilian) assigned to units (Public Information Division,
Identification Section, Communications Division, etc.) which may, at times, be
called upon to provide information from Department records, files, tapes,
etc., must ensure that the identity of a victim of a sex offense is not
divulged when this information is released.
IDENTITY OF PERSONS WITH COMMUNICABLE DISEASE
It is the responsibility of this Department to protect the civil rights of
persons we come in contact with. This includes prisoners, crime victims, aided
cases, etc. In keeping with this obligation, any information regarding a
person's status in connection with any communicable disease (HIV, AIDS,
Tuberculosis, Hepatitis B, etc.) is to be treated as confidential.
Accordingly, members of the service should be made aware of the following
guidelines: Information concerning a prisoner's or a victim's affliction with
a communicable disease must be kept confidential. This information generally
should not be released to the public, the media, the person's family and
friends or to other prisoners. There may be unusual circumstances under which
release of this information is warranted. Any such release, however, may only
be made with the written consent of the Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters.
In some cases, prisoners may volunteer their positive medical status regarding
a communicable disease indicating the need to be segregated from general
prisoner population or the need for medical treatment. In such cases,
isolation cells should be used, if available. This information may be recorded
on a Prisoner Movement Slip or on form MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER
(PD244-150) in order to alert personnel assigned to Corrections, District
Attorney's offices or courts. Members of the service who are exposed to a
communicable disease should follow the provisions of P.G. 205-10, "Exposure Of
Members Of The Service To Infectious Diseases".
RELATED PROCEDURES
Information Concerning Official Business of the Department (P.G. 212-76)
Incidents Involving Media Representatives (P.G. 212-49)
Exposure Of Members Of The Service To Infectious Diseases (P.G. 205-10)
FORMS AND REPORTS

MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)

P.G. 212-78 Utilization Of The Real Time Crime Center
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide twenty-four hour, seven day a week investigative support to the
Detective Bureau and other Department investigative units conducting criminal
investigations.
PROCEDURE
When an investigator seeks the assistance of the Real Time Crime Center (RTCC)
during the course of investigating any crime:
INVESTIGATOR
1. Telephone the Real Time Crime Center to initiate "real time" crime scene
support.
a. Cases not requiring crime scene support, contact may be made either by:
Telephone (646) 610-4770
E-mail: rtccrequest@nypd.org
Facsimile: (646) 610-4825
RTCC INVESTIGATOR
2. Verify the identity of the investigator requesting information.
3. Record the request for investigative assistance in the intake database.
4. Confer with the RTCC Supervisor on duty.
5. Conduct comprehensive computer inquiries of related incidents, suspects,
victims, locations and any other relevant information.
6. Forward results of computer investigation to the investigator concerned via
wireless laptop, email, telephone or facsimile.
RTCC SUPERVISOR
7. Oversee and ensure thorough computer investigations and monitor ongoing
priority incidents citywide.
a. Prioritize case assignments.
b. Review investigative results.
c. Provide investigative direction.
RTCC INVESTIGATOR
8. Maintain contact with investigator concerned and determine if additional

investigative steps are necessary.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The RTCC applications have been created and organized to support the
investigative process in the following areas:
a. Incident Analysis
b. Location Analysis
c. Victim/Suspect Analysis
d. Pattern Analysis
To conduct these analyses, the RTCC Investigators can access data from the
NYPD, other NYC Agencies and New York State systems. Additionally,
investigators can access a wide variety of investigative tools as well as
public and governmental information sources. The RTCC Investigators have
direct access to Department data previously unavailable for efficient
searching and reporting, including advanced mapping, 311 and 911 information.
Among the many non-NYPD databases available to RTCC analysts are the following
(this list is not all-inclusive):
PUBLIC RECORDS DATABASES - Databases built from public records, commercial
records and data provided by various government agencies. These databases
offer a variety of searches nationwide which include: persons, addresses (past
and present), phone numbers (including unlisted and cell), motor vehicles,
real property, civil and criminal searches. Also available is a visual link
analysis tool, to discover connections between individuals and their
associates that are otherwise easy to miss. The databases are frequently
updated with over twelve billion real investigative records.
CJA INTERVIEW REPORT - Through an Arrest Number, RTCC investigators can access
the Criminal Justice Agency's Interview Report. This report contains
information on the arrestee to determine bail eligibility. Information
includes name, address, prior address, contact names and phone numbers,
employment data and other pertinent information related to the arrested
person.
DOC - Federal/NY State/NYC Department of Corrections Inmate lookup service
(online databases).
E-JUSTICE - NYS Criminal Justice information which is linked to the National
Crime Information Center (NCIC).
PHOTO SYSTEM - a consolidated law enforcement photo/ mug shot system. Includes
perpetrators arrested by other agencies such as ATF, FBI, DEA, Eastern
District of New York, INS, IRS, Nassau County Police, Newark PD (NJ), NY State
Police, Essex County Sheriff (NJ), Hudson County Sheriff (NJ), Passaic County
(NJ), NYS Parole, Suffolk County, Union County (NJ), US Postal Inspector, US
Customs Service, US Marshals Service, US Secret Service, Westchester County
Department of Corrections.
IDS - NYPD Intelligence Database System.
JUSTICE EXCHANGE - National near-real time "who's in jail" database covering

twenty-nine states across the country.
STARS - The Summons Tracking and Accounts Receivable System allows an
investigator to search for NYC parking summons issued to a vehicle.
ISO CLAIMSEARCH - is an all-claims database incorporating over 380 million
claims including property claims, bodily injury claims and automobile records.
Searches can be done by name (individual or business), address, phone number,
Social Security number, driver's license number, license plate number, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), professional medical license or Tax
Identification Number (TIN). Reports are returned on any matches regarding the
claim(s) filed. An added feature includes VIN Decoding. This utility allows
you to decode and decipher a Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to properly
identify vehicles.

P.G. 212-79 Subpoena Fees And Accounting Procedures
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inform members of the service (uniformed and civilian) of the appropriate
fees to be tendered by persons making service of subpoenas upon the New York
City Police Department.
SCOPE
In many cases where a subpoena is served upon the Police Department, a check,
money order or cash for the statutorily mandated witness fee may also be
tendered. In order to promote greater efficiency and uniformity in the
processing of and accounting for subpoena fees, the following procedure will
be complied with.
PROCEDURE
Upon receipt of a subpoena (by personal service or other means of delivery):
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING SUBPOENA
1. Ascertain if fee (cash, check, or money order) is tendered with subpoena.
a. If check or money order is made payable to an individual member of the
service (uniformed or civilian), the member concerned will endorse check or
money order as follows:
"PAY TO THE ORDER OF NEW YORK CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT"
b. If fee is tendered in connection with a subpoena which does not involve
the Police Department or actions taken by the member concerned on behalf of
the Department, the fee will be given to the member concerned and is properly
payable to him/her. In such case, no fee receipt will be issued by this
Department.
2. Issue FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017) and comply with applicable provisions of P.G.
212-82, "Forwarding Of Fees To The Audit And Accounts Section," if fee is
tendered.
a. Enter title of case (e.g., Smith v. Jones, People v. Rosario) at caption
entitled "FOR" of FEE RECEIPT.
b. If subpoena and fee (if tendered) have been received by other than
personal service, forward FEE RECEIPT to attorney issuing subpoena by U. S.
Mail.
3. Note FEE RECEIPT number and dollar amount of fee tendered on rear of
subpoena.
4. Forward subpoena to command liaison officer.
COMMAND LIAISON

5. Comply with pertinent provisions of P.G. 211-15, "Processing Subpoenas For
Police Department Records And Testimony By Members Of The Service."
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service (uniformed and civilian) are advised that the following
is a schedule of appropriate fees to be tendered with the corresponding type
of subpoena:
TYPE OF SUBPOENA

FEE

* CIVIL CASES
Subpoena issued by courts of New York State
Subpoena issued by Federal Courts

$15.00
$40.00

* FAMILY COURT CASES
Subpoena issued in a Juvenile Delinquency
Proceeding
* All other Family Court Cases
As per CIVIL CASE FEE SCHEDULE, above

NO FEE REQUIRED

* CRIMINAL CASES
Subpoena issued by State and Federal Courts

NO FEE REQUIRED

NOTE: If a subpoena requires a specific member of the service to appear AND
bring certain documents with him/her, a single fee is all that is required.
In certain cases, travel expenses may be included with the tendered subpoena
fee. Members are advised that for travel wholly within New York City, no
travel fees are required.
If the fee tendered is not in conformity with the above listed fee schedule,
a supervisor must be notified. The supervisor will ensure that the subpoena is
still processed and that a notation is made on the reverse side of the
subpoena of the amount actually tendered.
For cases involving subpoenas issued by courts outside of New York City,
consult P.G. 211-16, "Processing Subpoenas Issued by Courts Outside New York
City."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Forwarding Of Fees To Audit And Accounts Section (P.G. 212-82)
Processing Subpoenas For Police Department Records And Testimony By Members Of
The Service (P.G. 211-15)
Processing Subpoenas Issued By Courts Outside New York City (P.G. 211-16)
Processing Legal Bureau Requests For Department Records Including Requests
Under The Freedom Of Information Law (P.G. 211-17)
Processing Requests For Police Department Documents Received From Assistant
Corporation Counsels And Assistant District Attorneys (P.G. 211-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)

P.G. 212-80 Suspension And Revocation Orders
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process Suspension and Revocation Orders received from the Department of
Motor Vehicles.
PROCEDURE
Upon receipt of Suspension and Revocation Orders:
DESK OFFICER
1. Record receipt of Orders in Command Log.
2. Forward to the Community Policing Unit Coordinator.
COMMUNITY POLICING UNIT COORDINATOR
3. Prepare SUSPENSION/REVOCATION REPORT (PD634-151) and attach to each Order.
4. Distribute Suspension and Revocation Orders with attached
SUSPENSION/REVOCATION REPORT to beat officers concerned.
5. Forward Orders to precinct concerned for service if information indicates
that Order must be executed in that precinct.
BEAT OFFICER
6. Record Suspension and Revocation Orders in ACTIVITY LOG.
7. Execute as follows:
a. Obtain all items listed on Suspension and Revocation Order, or
b. Obtain signed affirmation on back of Suspension and Revocation Order for
items not picked up, or
c. Issue summons for violation of Section 510, subdivision 7 of the Vehicle
and Traffic Law, returnable to the Traffic Violations Bureau, if the licensee
does not turn over the required items and refuses to sign affirmation, or
d. Enter Department of Motor Vehicles case number and date on back of Order
if licensee has Notice of Restoration (Form FS34) or Notice of Compliance
(Form FS112).
8. Leave lower half of SUSPENSION/REVOCATION REPORT with a responsible member
of licensee's household, for delivery to licensee, if he cannot be located.
9. Record attempts at service on SUSPENSION/REVOCATION REPORT if licensee
cannot be located.
10. Indicate reason for noncompliance in captioned box if Order is not
executed for reasons other than temporary absence of license.

11. Report results of efforts and deliver all surrendered items along with
executed and unexecuted Orders to patrol supervisor.
12. Enter facts in ACTIVITY LOG.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
13. Reassign Orders not served because of temporary absence of licensee to
next member of the service assigned to post or sector concerned on 2nd or 3rd
platoons, as appropriate.
14. Deliver all surrendered items and Suspension and Revocation Orders to
Community Policing Unit Coordinator.
COMMUNITY POLICING UNIT COORDINATOR
15. File SUSPENSION/REVOCATION REPORTS.
16. Note reason for non-service on back of each Order not executed.
17. Note service of summons on back of Orders where applicable.
18. Process returned Suspension and Revocation Orders as follows:
a. Unexecuted Orders - placed in one envelope.
b. Executed Orders - placed one to an envelope, with surrendered items.
19. Deliver to desk officer.
20. Enter Orders in Command Log:
a. Unexecuted Orders by statement of total number only
b. Executed Order individually by serial number.
21. Forward envelopes to Mail and Distribution Unit for return to Department
of Motor Vehicles.
NOTE: An Order is considered executed only when all items listed are
received, or an affirmation is obtained from the licensee.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
SUSPENSION/REVOCATION REPORT (PD634-151)

P.G. 212-81 Unauthorized Display Of Badges, Plates, Cards, Etc.
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To prescribe proper police action in the following situations.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing the unauthorized display of any badge, plate, card, etc.:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Take the following police action, as appropriate:
UNAUTHORIZED DISPLAY OF

POLICE ACTION

Badge, and person displaying
purports to be a public servant.

Arrest, Section 190.25-3, Penal Law.
Seize badge as evidence.

Plate, sign, insignia of Police or
Fire Department displayed on a
vehicle.

Summons, Section 396, V.T.L.
Seize article as evidence.

Official police cards, e.g., press,
special vehicle identification, etc.

Confiscate, ascertain how obtained,
and deliver article and report of
circumstances to desk officer.

Forged police card.

Arrest, Administrative Code
Section 14-107.
Seize card as evidence.

DESK OFFICER
2. Process arrests and summonses in the usual manner.
3. Invoice evidence seized and forward confiscated article to Property Clerk
in the usual manner.
4. Notify commanding officer of all facts.
5. Prepare two copies of report on Typed Letterhead addressed to Chief of
Department, including all facts when a police card is confiscated.
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-82 Forwarding Of Fees To Audit And Accounts Sections
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safeguard fees being forwarded to Audit and Accounts Section.
PROCEDURE
When fees (cash and checks) that have been collected for forwarding to the
Audit and Accounts Section:
COMMAND CLERK
1. Affix the imprint of the command rubber stamp on the back of each
certified, personal or bank teller's check, and bank or United States Postal
money order and write the application serial #, the fee transmittal sheet #
and the fee receipt # in the space provided prior to delivery to the
Operations Coordinator.
NOTE: When a fee is collected by a member of the service (uniformed or
civilian), a FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017) will be prepared and issued. All fees
must be safeguarded pending forwarding to patrol borough office. Fees
collected for rifle/shotgun permits are exempt from this procedure. See A.G.
321-24, "Processing Requests for Rifle/Shotgun Permits at Precinct
Stationhouse."
2. Prepare FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET (PD122-150).
3. Assign a separate command serial number to each FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET
beginning with number one each calendar year.
4. Enter the FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET serial number in the margin of the Fee
Receipt book next to the corresponding file copy of each FEE RECEIPT.
5. Request pre-numbered Plastic Security Envelope(s) from desk officer.
NOTE: Utilize one Plastic Security Envelope for all fees collected, whenever
possible.
6. Enter Plastic Security Envelope serial number(s) on FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET
above the command serial number.
7. Close out unused portion of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET by:
a. Drawing horizontal line across width of page on next unused line, and
b. Drawing a diagonal line from left side of horizontal line, extending to
bottom right of space allotted for "sub-total."
8. Sign all copies of the completed FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET and deliver to the
Operations Coordinator as soon as possible after 1600 hours, daily, with
command copies of FEE RECEIPTS, Plastic Security Envelope(s) and all fees.
NOTE: The New York City Administrative Code requires that fees be forwarded

"on next business day." Fees received at commands after 1600 hours or on days
when the Audit and Accounts Section is closed will be safeguarded and
processed the next business day. The Audit and Accounts Section is closed for
business on weekends and all civilian holidays.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
9. Check accuracy of fees received against entries on FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET
and FEE RECEIPT book.
a. Ensure that all the rubber stamp captions on certified, personal or bank
teller's checks, and bank or United States Postal money orders have been
completed as required in Step 1 above.
10. Sign all copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET.
11. Make entry in FEE RECEIPT book in margin of last numbered receipt used,
listing receipt numbers for fees forwarded, i.e., fees for receipt numbers
1057 through 1064, forwarded 3/21/98, Sgt. Petri.
12. Place all fees in pre-numbered Plastic Security Envelope(s) and seal in
accordance with instructions on the envelope.
13. Attach all copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET to outside of Plastic Security
Envelope(s).
14. Place all copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET, and Plastic Security
Envelope(s) in a 10" x 12" envelope, addressed to the Borough Fiscal
Coordinator and arrange for messenger delivery with the A.M. mail on the next
business day.
NOTE: If no fees were received at the command, a negative report, on Typed
Letterhead, addressed to commanding officer of borough concerned, will be sent
to the borough command with the A.M. mail.
COMMAND MESSENGER
15. Sign all copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET and return originating command
copy (buff) to operations coordinator as receipt for fees received.
16. Deliver Plastic Security Envelope(s), with remaining four copies of FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEET to the borough office.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
17. Have command clerk file originating command copy (buff) of FEE TRANSMITTAL
SHEET serially in a binder.
BOROUGH FISCAL COORDINATOR
18. Receipt for Plastic Security Envelope(s) received by signing date, rank
and name on all copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET, adjacent to "Total
Forwarded," and return (green) copy to command messenger.
NOTE: DO NOT OPEN Plastic Security Envelope(s).
COMMAND MESSENGER

19. Permanently retain (green) copy of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET as personal
receipt.
BOROUGH FISCAL COORDINATOR
20. Place borough office copy (pink) of the FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET
chronologically in binder maintained in borough office. (DO NOT separate and
file by command).
21. Prepare pre-serialized CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (PD122-011) listing every
command in the borough command.
a. Enter information required by captions, for each command, utilizing data
from FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET.
b. If no fees were forwarded by command ascertain that a negative report, on
Typed Letterhead, was delivered to the borough office and write "NONE" next to
command concerned under column "FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET SERIAL NUMBER." All
commands must be listed.
c. Sign completed CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT and submit, together with all
related FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEETS, Plastic Security Envelope(s), and negative
reports, to borough supervisor for review.
NOTE: If a pre-serialized CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT is voided, file all
copies in same manner outlined in step 20.
BOROUGH SUPERVISOR
22. Review items submitted for accuracy and completeness, sign CONSOLIDATED
FEE RECEIPT and return all items to Borough Fiscal Coordinator.
BOROUGH FISCAL COORDINATOR
23. Give plastic security envelope, all copies of CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT and
remaining copies (white and blue) of the FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEETS to the borough
messenger in an envelope addressed to the Audit and Accounts Section for
delivery with the A.M. mail on the same day received.
BOROUGH MESSENGER
24. Compare FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEETS and Plastic Security Envelopes against
related CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT.
25. Sign all copies of CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT and return "blue" copy to
Borough Fiscal Coordinator as receipt for Plastic Security Envelope(s)
received.
BOROUGH FISCAL COORDINATOR
26. File blue copy of CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT together with negative reports,
where applicable, and related copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEETS in same manner
outlined in step 20.
BOROUGH MESSENGER
27. Deliver fees contained in sealed Plastic Security Envelopes, two copies of
CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (pink and white) and two copies of each FEE

TRANSMITTAL SHEET (white and blue) to the Audit and Accounts Section with the
A.M. mail.
NOTE: Fees and related forms must be delivered before 1200 hours.
AUDIT AND ACCOUNT SECTION MEMBER
28. Compare Plastic Security Envelope number(s) to corresponding FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEETS and CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPTS.
a. Ensure each command is accounted for and listed on the consolidated FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEET.
29. Open Plastic Security Envelope(s), total fees received and compare with
CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT and related FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEETS for accuracy.
30. Prepare RECEIPT FOR FEES COLLECTED (PD122-170) in duplicate.
31. Machine stamp FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEETS and both copies of CONSOLIDATED FEE
RECEIPT.
32. Give original RECEIPT FOR FEES COLLECTED and one copy of CONSOLIDATED FEE
RECEIPT (white) to borough messenger.
33. Retain original FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET (white), and one copy of
CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (pink) and forward FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET (blue) to
command of record through Department mail.
BOROUGH MESSENGER
34. Return stamped copy of CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT and RECEIPT FOR FEES
COLLECTED to Borough Fiscal Coordinator.
BOROUGH FISCAL COORDINATOR
35. Compare stamped copy of CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (white) and RECEIPT FOR
FEES COLLECTED with file copy of CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (blue).
a. Notify borough supervisor of any discrepancies.
b. File all copies of related receipts with copies of FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEETS
and negative reports as outlined in step 20.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
36. Compare FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET copy (blue) received through Department mail
from Audit and Accounts Sections with command file copy (buff).
a. Notify Audit and Accounts Section of any discrepancies, or if FEE
TRANSMITTAL SHEET copy (blue) has not been received within ten days.
b. File FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET copy (blue) with command file copy (buff) in
binder.
COMMANDING OFFICER
37. Conduct monthly inspection to ensure that all fees are being forwarded
daily and have been received at the Audit and Accounts Section.

ADDITIONAL DATA
Non-patrol commands requesting an exemption from any of the aforementioned
steps must submit a request, in writing, to the Director, Audit and Accounts
Section. Written approval of any such exemption must be maintained on file at
the requesting command and available for review by authorized auditors from
other agencies.
Requisition of additional pre-serialized CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPTS will be
made direct to Audit and Accounts Section.
If the command clerk, and/or operations coordinator are absent the commanding
officer will designate another member of the service to assume their duties.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Requests for Rifle/Shotgun Permits at Precinct Stationhouse (A.G.
321-24) REVOKED by I.O. 6, series 2013
FORMS AND REPORTS
CONSOLIDATED FEE RECEIPT (PD122-011)
FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)
FEE TRANSMITTAL SHEET (PD122-150)
RECEIPT FOR FEES COLLECTED (PD122-170)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-83 Leaving City On Official Business
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To obtain permission and funds to leave the city on police business.
PROCEDURE
When required to leave the city on police business:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Submit three copies of request on Typed Letterhead to Police Commissioner
or Chief of Department, including:
a. Rank, name, shield number and command
b. Destination
c. Purpose, including COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) number, crime and warrant
(including issuing agency)
d. Identity of prisoner, if any
e. Identity of escorting officer(s)
f. Date and time of departure
g. Estimated date of return
h. Means of travel
i. Estimate of expenses and who will pay them
j. Statement indicating necessity to carry firearms, when appropriate
k. Tour performed while out of city
l. Overtime anticipated
m. Next scheduled tour after return to city.
NOTE: When a vehicle is to be utilized as the primary means of
transportation to and from the destination (rather than by airline, railroad
or bus) the member must ascertain the availability of a Department vehicle by
inquiring in the following order:
a) At their respective command
b) If none is available at the command level, inquire at the member's
respective bureau or overhead command
c) If a vehicle is not available at the bureau/overhead command, the member
should contact the Confidential Rental and Lease Office (CRALO), Fleet

Services Division at (718) 476-5646.
If there
submit a
Services
vehicle,

is a vehicle available at Fleet Services Division, the member must
request on Typed Letterhead to the Commanding Officer, Support
Bureau requesting approval for the assignment of a Department
by CRALO, for the pending travel.

This protocol does not apply to the rental of a vehicle upon arrival at a
destination by airline or railroad where the vehicle is to be used only for
local transportation at that site.
Any questions regarding this procedure should be addressed to the Director,
Audits and Accounts Unit.
Members under the jurisdiction of the Patrol Services Bureau, Detective
Bureau, Organized Crime Control Bureau, Housing Bureau and Transportation
Bureau will address request to Chief of Department. Other members will address
request to Police Commissioner.
2. Deliver request to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
3. Endorse indicating approval/disapproval.
NOTE: When applicable, include the following statement in endorsement: "In
compliance with Federal Aviation Authority Regulation, it is necessary that
the officer retain possession of and accessibility to his weapon during
flight."
4. Forward request to next higher command.
COMMANDING OFFICER, NEXT HIGHER COMMAND
5. Endorse indicating approval/disapproval.
6. Forward original and first (1st) copy to Police Commissioner or Chief of
Department through channels.
NOTE: The original copy of a disapproved request will be returned to the
originating command through channels, and an immediate telephone notification
made to the commanding officer of the requesting member.
COMMANDING OFFICER, P.C.O. OR CHIEF OF DEPARTMENTS OFFICE
7. Forward approved request to originating command.
COMMANDING OFFICER
8. Give requesting officer(s) copy of approval.
IF TRIP IS TO BE MADE BY AIRLINE:
COMMANDING OFFICER
9. Instruct member(s) concerned to notify security director of airline being
used and supervisor in charge, Port Authority Police, of trip and fact that
firearm will be carried.

UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
10. Show authorization, shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) to airline
official prior to boarding plane.
11. Use alternate airline if permission to board aircraft while armed is
refused.
12. Do not surrender firearm for storage to anyone.
13. Request permission to pre-board flight if guarding prisoner.
14. Do not permit prisoner to sit adjacent to normal or emergency exit nor
next to aisle.
15. Do not carry mace, tear gas or similar devices aboard aircraft.
16. Do not consume intoxicants at any time while aboard aircraft or allow
prisoner to do so.
17. Remain with prisoner at all times.
18. Do not identify self or prisoner to anyone except designated airline
employee or police official having jurisdiction over any phase of flight.
19. Do not take police action which might endanger aircraft or passengers.
20. Do not display firearm or other authorized equipment.
21. Leave aircraft at the direction of the flight captain or after all
passengers have debarked.
22. Keep prisoner handcuffed with hands to rear when practical.
NOTE: Each prisoner transported by commercial flight must be escorted by at
least two officers.
23. Obtain travel expense funds from Audit and Accounts Unit. If closed, funds
may be obtained at Office of Chief of Detectives.
a. Submit itemized account of expenditures within ten days after return to
city.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When emergency circumstances require an immediate trip outside the city via
department vehicle, a request may be made by telephone, through channels.
Standard written request, including reference to telephone message, will be
forwarded as soon as possible.
When a trip outside the city on police business does not require any
expenditure of funds, permission may be granted by:
*
*
*
*

Police Commissioner
Deputy Commissioners
Chief of Department
Chief of Patrol

*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Chief of Housing
Chief of Transportation
Chief of Internal Affairs
Chief of Detectives
Chief of Organized Crime Control
Chief of Personnel
Commanding Officer, Support Services Bureau

RELATED PROCEDURE
Official Trips by Department Representatives (A.G. 320-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-84 Verification Of Pistol License
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To verify validity of a pistol license issued by this Department.
PROCEDURE
Uniformed members of the service inspecting pistol licenses shall:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request licensee to produce documentary identification in addition to the
pistol license.
NOTE: A validated license has an embossed seal of the Police Department
impressed thereon, is valid for a two year period, and expires on the
licensee's birth date.
2. Verify validity of pistol license, if questionable, by telephoning License
Division, during business hours, 0900 to 1700, Monday through Friday or by an
inquiry into the Automated License and Permit System (ALPS).
NOTE: If License Division is closed or the ALPS System cannot be accessed,
the desk officer on duty at 0900 hours the next business day will make the
verification and make entry in appropriate records.
3. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of licensee's name, address, date of
birth, license number and expiration date.
4. Notify desk officer of verification.
DESK OFFICER
5. Enter details of verification in Command Log.
WHEN VALIDITY OF PISTOL LICENSE IS QUESTIONABLE:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Retain pistol license and firearm(s), if available.
DESK OFFICER
7. Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared, marked for investigation.
8. Prepare report of pertinent facts on Typed Letterhead and forward to
Commanding Officer, License Division, in next Department mail.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Recording Complaints on Complaint Report (P.G. 207-01)
Processing Firearms (P.G. 218-23)
"Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun Permits"
(Interim Order 6, series 2013)

Pistol License Cards (A.G. 321-08)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-85 Rifle/Shotgun Permit Suspended, Revoked, Disapproved
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To facilitate the surrender of rifles, shotguns, permits and/or certificate of
registration when application for a permit and registration has been denied or
previously issued permits and registrations have been suspended, revoked, or
will not be renewed.
PROCEDURE
Upon receipt of RIFLE/SHOTGUN SURRENDER NOTICE (PD641-120) from the License
Division, [I.O. 6 s 13] Rifle and Shotgun Section:
PRECINCT COMMANDER
1. Assign uniformed member of the service, preferably a sergeant, to conduct
immediate investigation.
NOTE: Investigations must be completed and all related forms returned to the
[I.O. 6 s 13] Rifle and Shotgun Section, within sixty days.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Give SURRENDER NOTICE to permit and registration holder.
3. Request permit holder to surrender firearm, permit and registration (if
applicable).
4. Issue receipt for surrendered documents and firearm on pink copy of
SURRENDER NOTICE.
5. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) if:
a. Permit holder refuses or fails to surrender firearm after SURRENDER
NOTICE is served and officer believes holder is violating Administrative Code
by continued possession of firearm OR,
b. Officer believes permit holder is purposely avoiding service of SURRENDER
NOTICE.
6. Enter under "Details" on COMPLAINT REPORT:
a. Identity, address and permit number of violator as it appears on original
of SURRENDER NOTICE.
b. Summons number, if summons served.
c. Description and disposition of firearms, if surrendered.
d. Disposition as related by the permit holder, if firearms are not
surrendered.
7. Voucher firearms and forward to Firearms Analysis Section only if member

concerned believes that weapon might have been used in commission of a crime
or permit holder has been accused or convicted of a serious crime. Otherwise,
forward firearm to Property Clerk.
WHEN PERMIT HOLDER FAILS TO COMPLY WITH SURRENDER NOTICE RE: REVOKED,
SUSPENDED OR DENIED PERMITS:
8. Serve summons for violation of Administrative Code, Section 10-303,
returnable to Criminal Court.
NOTE: Do not serve summons for unrenewed permits. Do not serve summons if
permit holder states he/she no longer possesses the firearm but is unable to
produce a DISPOSITION REPORT - REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE (PD641-121). Direct
permit holder to contact License Division, Rifle and Shotgun Section.
PERMIT HOLDER DOES NOT RESIDE AT ADDRESS GIVEN:
9. Attempt to obtain new address.
NOTE: If new address cannot be obtained or permit holder no longer resides
in precinct concerned, enter information on buff copy of SURRENDER NOTICE.
10. Prepare appropriate captions on buff copy of SURRENDER NOTICE.
11. Deliver SURRENDER NOTICE, permit and registration, if obtained, to
precinct commander.
PRECINCT COMMANDER
12. Endorse SURRENDER NOTICE and forward to License Division, [I.O. 6 s 13]
Rifle and Shotgun Section with permit and registration, if appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Priority will be given to those cases in which the License Division, [I.O. 6 s
13] Rifle and Shotgun Section, indicates that the permit holder has been
convicted of a serious crime or is mentally incompetent. All available
information will be obtained from the License Division, [I.O. 6 s 13] Rifle
and Shotgun Section, and, in addition, the precinct commander and the Legal
Bureau will be consulted regarding advisability of obtaining a search warrant.
Desk officers will comply with P.G. 207-26, "Voluntary Surrender of Weapons
with Written Notice," and 207-27, "Voluntary Surrender of Weapons Without
Prior Notice," when a permit has been revoked or denied and owner voluntary
surrenders rifle and/or shotgun. "Evidence Release - Investigation" copy of
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) will be forwarded to the License Division,
[I.O. 6 s 13] Rifle and Shotgun Section. If an owner, after surrendering a
rifle/shotgun, does not wish to obtain a permit, such owner can sell the
rifle/shotgun to a permit holder or any person not required, by law, to
possess a permit. Upon presentation of a bona fide bill of sale and a written
representation by the owner that the weapon has been sold or otherwise
disposed of, the License Division, [I.O. 6 s 13] Rifle and Shotgun Section
will issue a release to the new lawful owner.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Voluntary Surrender of Weapons with Written Notice (P.G. 207-26)
Voluntary Surrender of Weapons without Prior Notice (P.G. 207-27)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)

Processing Firearms (P.G. 218-23)
Unlawful Possession of Rifles/Shotguns (P.G. 212-46)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
RIFLE/SHOTGUN SURRENDER NOTICE (PD641-120)

P.G. 212-86 General And Special Election Day Duties Prior To
Opening Of Polls
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assist members of the Election Board and ensure that polls open on
schedule.
PROCEDURE
When assigned to a polling place on Primary, General or Special Election Day:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Arrive at polling place at least fifteen minutes prior to opening of polls.
2. Deliver miscellaneous election supplies to Election Board.
3. Obtain receipt for supplies.
4. Ascertain from Election Inspector if other supplies and ledgers have been
delivered in rear of voting machines.
a. Have Election Inspector request Board of Election to deliver ledgers, or
other supplies, if missing.
5. Inspect voting machines and complete appropriate captions on ELECTION POLL
REPORT (PD119-151).
6. Observe that ballot boxes, if used, are under control of election
inspectors inside guardrail.
7. Make entry on ELECTION POLL REPORT and notify desk officer if polls are not
open on schedule. Include reason for delay.
DESK OFFICER
8. Send supervisory officer to investigate delay in opening.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The precinct commander may assign a supervisory officer to oversee all
election activities including maintenance of Election Record Book. In
commands with less than twenty-five Election Districts, the desk officer will
perform these duties.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties When Polls Are Open (P.G.
212-87)
Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties After Close Of Polls (P.G.
212-88)
Election Poll Report (P.G. 212-89)
FORMS AND REPORTS

ELECTION POLL REPORT (PD119-151)

P.G. 212-87 Primary, General And Special Election Day Duties
While Polls Are Open
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To preserve the peace and protect the franchise of voters.
PROCEDURE
When assigned to a polling place:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify desk officer if absence of Election Inspectors prohibits the opening
of poll.
a. Make notification every thirty minutes until poll opens
b. Make additional notification when poll does open.
NOTE: Election Board may operate with two members of Board present if they
belong to different political parties.
DESK OFFICER
2. Notify patrol borough command and borough office of Board of Elections when
informed that Election Board has not opened one hour after scheduled opening
time.
a. Make additional notification when poll does open.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Remain in polling place unless required to leave for other police duty or
authorized meal period.
a. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry when leaving and upon return and
notify desk officer.
4. Remain outside guardrail except to perform duty.
5. Do not take part in election process.
6. Notify relieving officer of conditions affecting polling place.
7. Give relieving officer ELECTION POLL REPORT (PD119-151).
8. Notify desk officer and make entry on ELECTION POLL REPORT if:
a. An election inspector is unfit for duty
b. Voting is interrupted for any reason
c. Problems are encountered or unusual incident occurs within or in vicinity

of polling place.
NOTE: The following persons are permitted within guardrail:
a. Election inspectors
b. Persons admitted for voting privilege
c. Properly identified representatives of New York State and New York City
Board of Elections
d. Attorney General or assistants
e. Poll watchers
f. Persons admitted by inspectors to preserve order.
9. Notify desk officer if problems or overcrowding occur.
10. Refer person alleging to be registered voter to Supreme Court of county if
Election Board personnel refuse to grant right to vote.
11. Have persons waiting to vote immediately prior to close of polls form
line.
a. Prevent persons from joining line after polls close.
DESK OFFICER
12. Send supervisory officer to investigate voting irregularities.
13. Notify patrol borough command of arrests, incidents, or unusual delays in
voting.
SUPERVISORY OFFICER
14. Supervise polling places.
15. Inspect and sign ELECTION POLL REPORT of members assigned to polling
places.
16. Enter in ACTIVITY LOG time polling place is visited.
17. Inform desk officer of action taken re: voting irregularities.
DESK OFFICER
18. Inform supervisory officer assigned to Election Record of complaints, time
voting is interrupted and time voting resumes, etc., for entry in Record.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Patrol borough commands will notify Operations Unit of conditions reported per
steps 2 and 13 above.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties Prior To Opening Of Polls
(P.G. 212-86)

Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties After Close Of Polls (P.G.
212-88)
Election Poll Report (P.G. 212-89)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ELECTION POLL REPORT (PD119-151)

P.G. 212-88 Primary, General And Special Election Day Duties
After Close Of Polls
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To expedite delivery of tally sheets to precinct and return of election
material.
PROCEDURE
After the polls have closed:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify desk officer if closing polls or canvassing of vote is delayed.
2. Prevent crowding during canvass.
NOTE: There is no canvass of vote at polling places for School Board
Elections.
3. Enter closing public and protective counter readings on ELECTION POLL
REPORT (PD119-151).
4. Make entry on ELECTION POLL REPORT and notify election Board Chairman and
desk officer if serious discrepancies are observed during canvass.
DESK OFFICER
5. Send supervisory officer to investigate delay in closing, canvassing vote
or serious discrepancy.
SUPERVISORY OFFICER
6. Respond to polling place reporting delay in closing, canvassing vote, or
with serious discrepancies.
7. Keep desk officer informed of conditions causing delays.
8. Supervise polling places with large number of Election Districts during
canvass.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
9. Obtain police statements No. 1, 2, and 3, and inspect to ensure entries
have been completed and signed by all inspectors.
10. Comply with directions of precinct commander concerning delivery of
statements No. 1, 2, and 3.
11. Ascertain that election material is secured in voting machines or returned
to stationhouse.
12. Give Chairman of Election Board receipt for items returned to

stationhouse.
13. Complete all entries on ELECTION POLL REPORT and return form to precinct.
IF DESIGNATED TO GUARD VOTING MACHINES:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
14. Enter protective counter reading and voting machines serial number in
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
15. Compare protective counter with number recorded at close of polls or as
provided by precinct commander (if not present at close of polls).
16. Report discrepancy, if any, to desk officer.
17. Make entries on voting machine receipts as required.
18. Notify desk officer when machines have been picked up and make entry in
ACTIVITY LOG.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties Prior To Opening Of Polls
(P.G. 212-86)
Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties While Polls Are Open (P.G.
212-87)
Election Poll Report (P.G. 212-89)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ELECTION POLL REPORT (PD119-151)

P.G. 212-89 Election Poll Report
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To accurately record and categorize incidents occurring at polling locations
on Primary and Election Day.
DEFINITIONS
POLICE RELATED INCIDENT - will be used for routine police work i.e., reports
of crimes, election law violations, disputes, aided cases, etc.
BOARD OF ELECTIONS RELATED INCIDENT - will be used for recording incidents
normally handled by the Board of Elections, i.e., defective voting machines,
missing supplies, election inspector shortages, etc.
DISPOSITION - will indicate corrective action taken, i.e., arrest, summons,
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) number, AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
number, Board of Elections notifications, etc.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The total amount of incidents will be entered at the bottom of the ELECTION
POLL REPORT.
Only those ELECTION POLL REPORTS with a revision date of 9/92 are to be used.
All others will be discarded.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties Prior To Opening Of Polls
(P.G. 212-86)
Primary, General, And Special Election Day Duties After Close Of Polls (P.G.
212-88)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET(PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ELECTION POLL REPORT (PD119-151)

P.G. 212-90 Guidelines For Interaction With Limited English
Proficient (LEP) Persons
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To provide interpretation/translation services for members of the service in
the field and at Department facilities.
SCOPE
Accurate interpretation/translation of foreign languages is important to
providing police services. In furtherance of this, the Department provides two
enhanced communication capabilities entitled "Telephonic Interpretation
Service" and "Language Initiative Program" for members of the service to
accurately communicate with the diverse non-English speaking communities of
New York City and to assist members in criminal investigations and
intelligence gathering. This procedure is limited to the use of foreign
language interpretation/translation services. When a member of the service has
cause to interact with an individual who is hearing impaired, the provisions
of P.G. 212-104, "Interaction with Hearing Impaired Persons," should be
followed.
DEFINITIONS
BILINGUAL MEMBER OF THE SERVICE - An employee who is able to communicate
effectively in a foreign language, or American Sign Language, in addition to
English.
CERTIFIED DEPARTMENT INTERPRETER - A member of the service who has been tested
and certified as being proficient in a foreign language, or American Sign
Language, through the Language Initiative Program.
INTERPRETATION - The act of listening to something in one language and orally
translating it into another language.
LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT (LEP) - Refers to those individuals whose primary
language is not English and who are unable to effectively read, write, speak
or understand English.
TELEPHONIC INTERPRETATION SERVICE - A certified interpreter can be accessed
twenty-four hours a day/seven days a week via the telephonic interpretation
service equipped Department cellular telephone (available through the patrol
supervisor) or the dual handset telephone located in every precinct complaint
room, detective squad, police service area (PSA) and transit district
complaint room.
LANGUAGE INITIATIVE PROGRAM - A corps of interpreters who can be called upon
to interpret or translate in particularly complex cases and/or incidents
involving uncommon foreign languages for investigative or other police
purposes. Interpreters from the Language Initiative Program may be requested
by contacting the Operations Unit. The program is composed of two groups:
employees who identify themselves during the hiring process as being able to
speak, read and/or write a foreign language and a smaller group of employees
who are tested and certified as proficient in a foreign language.

TRANSLATION - The replacement of a written text from one language into an
equivalent written text in another language.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service encounters a Limited English Proficient (LEP)
person(s) and the services of an interpreter are necessary:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Determine the primary language of the LEP person(s):
a. Present the poster entitled "FREE INTERPRETATION SIGN (SP 487)", the
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) insert entitled "PRIMARY LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER
(PD312-091)", or the card entitled "PRIMARY LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER - DETECTIVE
BUREAU (PD312-091A)", as appropriate, to the LEP person(s) and encourage
him/her to indicate the language needed.
b. Determine the LEP person(s) country of origin, if necessary, and request
the Operations Unit research the language spoken in that country.
2. Ascertain if a bilingual member of the service is readily available (on
scene, on duty within command/ adjoining command, at stationhouse etc.) to
interpret and whether his/her use is appropriate.
NOTE: The Department encourages members of the service who are not
certified, but nonetheless possess language skills, to use their ability to
speak a foreign language during the course of their work. The use of bilingual
members as interpreters allows the Department to provide the public with a
more timely and personalized response while simultaneously reducing
inconvenience to LEP person(s).
A non-certified member of the service may interpret if he or she reasonably
believes that his or her level of language proficiency is sufficient to
accurately interpret given the totality of the circumstances surrounding the
LEP person's interaction with the police. If at any time during the
interpretation the member determines that his/her level of language
proficiency is insufficient to complete the interpretation, the telephonic
interpretation service should be used or a certified interpreter should be
requested via the Operations Unit.
3. Ascertain if a bilingual member of the public is readily available, willing
to interpret, and whether his/her use is appropriate, if a bilingual member of
the service is not readily available.
NOTE: There are many exigent circumstances and emergency situations,
including determining if a crime has occurred, rendering/obtaining medical
treatment, and apprehending perpetrators of crimes, when the Department may
need to utilize bilingual members of the public to assist in providing
immediate services to LEP person(s). In addition, it may also be appropriate
to use a bilingual member of the public to interpret during a non-emergency
encounter if the use of such an interpreter will expedite the delivery of
police services without adversely impacting the quality of the services
provided. When dealing with an LEP person and a bilingual member of the public
is readily available and willing to provide interpretation services, the
member of the service must consider three factors to determine if the use of
the non-employee interpreter is helpful:

The nature and importance of the police services being provided
The apparent capacity of the interpreter
The apparent impartiality of the interpreter.
During domestic violence situations, members of the service should avoid
using family members to interpret because of potential partiality due to fear
of arrest of a family member or other personal biases. Family members may be
temporarily used for interpretation in domestic incidents in life-threatening
situations when there is no other feasible alternative. Interviewees may be
more likely to respond if an impartial party interprets. Once the situation is
stabilized, a bilingual member of the service or the telephonic interpretation
service should be used to verify the details of the domestic incident. The
alleged offender in any type of incident, including domestic violence, should
not be used as an interpreter. Using an alleged offender to interpret may
increase the risk of purposeful misinterpretation and gives him or her control
of the situation. As with all interviews, to the extent possible, the victim
and offender should be interviewed separately and in a private setting.
Victims may be reluctant to reveal details of an incident if the victim
believes the offender may overhear the statement.
As possible victims or witnesses to an incident, a child should be
interviewed; however, whenever feasible, a child should not be used as an
interpreter for any kind of police incident, including domestic violence. Some
words and concepts are difficult for a child to understand and translate into
another language. Interviewees are not likely to be forthcoming if a child is
used to interpret and will be especially hesitant to reveal details of a
sexual assault to a police officer through a child.
4. Determine if the telephonic interpretation service or Language Initiative
Program should be utilized if neither a bilingual member of the service nor a
bilingual member of the public is available for interpretation or their use
would be inappropriate.
IF THE TELEPHONIC INTERPRETATION SERVICE IS REQUIRED IN THE FIELD:
5. Request patrol supervisor to respond to the scene with the telephonic
interpretation service equipped cell phone.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
6. Respond to scene, if available, and utilize the telephonic interpretation
service equipped cell phone to aid in interpretation.
NOTE: In many cases, other than for ongoing investigations and document
translation, an efficient method of obtaining interpretation services is
through the use of the telephonic interpretation service. Therefore, the
patrol supervisor MUST have the Department issued cellular telephone easily
accessible at all times while on patrol.
The use of a speaker-phone feature, if available, can enhance the
effectiveness of telephonic interpretation and eliminate the need for the LEP
individual to handle the telephone. Members of the service are cautioned that
utilizing the speaker-phone feature allows other parties in close proximity to
hear the conversation. Members of the service should be aware of their
surroundings and of who is able to overhear the conversation. Members should

also be aware that these calls are not recorded. Telephonic interpreters, if
subpoenaed, are available for court testimony.
IF THE TELEPHONIC INTERPRETATION SERVICE IS UTILIZED AT A DEPARTMENT FACILITY:
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR
7. Direct a member of the service to access the telephonic interpretation
service via the dual handset telephone.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Utilize the dual handset telephone to access the telephonic interpretation
service.
NOTE: The Communications Division will forward a copy of the telephonic
interpretation service invoice to the Patrol/Transit/Housing Borough concerned
for verification. The Patrol/Transit/Housing Borough Commander will designate
a staff member to review the invoice and dispute any unauthorized calls.
IF THE LANGUAGE INITIATIVE PROGRAM IS UTILIZED:
9. Advise immediate supervisor of the need for an interpreter/translator.
SUPERVISOR/ MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
10. Notify the Operations Unit and request available interpreter/translator.
Supply as much of the following information as possible:
a. Whether or not emergency circumstances exist
b. Name of language and specific dialect
c. Whether request is for speaking, reading or writing ability
d. Name and callback number, if possible.
NOTE: The Department's certified interpreter list is available through the
Operations Unit twenty-four hours a day/seven days a week.
OPERATIONS UNIT MEMBER
11. Ascertain from available database a list of all registered translators and
interpreters.
12. Contact a registered interpreter/translator and advise him/her of the need
for his/her services.
13. Instruct member of the service selected to call the on-scene supervisor to
ensure linguistic ability is adequate for the situation at hand.
14. Notify the Intelligence Bureau Criminal Intelligence Section of all
inquires made into the Language Initiative Database.
NOTE: Operations personnel should seek to rely on the foreign language
skills of those personnel who are certified as being proficient in the foreign
language requested.

Preference shall be given to the use of on-duty members. If no certified
Department interpreter is available within the precinct, a certified
Department interpreter who is available within the borough should be sought.
In routine or non-emergency situations, the duty captain or commanding officer
of the requesting supervisor will review and authorize any request which will
result in overtime or recall of an off-duty member of service. In emergency
circumstances, overtime or recall of an off-duty member of service will be
authorized by the Operations Unit supervisor.
SUPERVISOR/ MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CONCERNED
15. Verify with the member of the service that he or she is able to
communicate in the language requested.
16. If the selected member of the service is not suitable, request Operations
Unit to identify another interpreter/translator.
OPERATIONS UNIT
17. Authorize response of interpreter/translator by notifying member of the
service and his/her desk officer or counterpart.
SUPERVISOR REQUESTING INTERPRETER/TRANSLATOR
18. Submit a brief report, in triplicate, on Typed Letterhead to Chief of
Personnel, and include the following:
a. Identify member of the program utilized
b. Describe translation/interpretation duties performed
c. Indicate actual time spent on such duties
d. Specify any noteworthy performance or initiative, and whether member
demonstrated any other special aptitude or ability.
NOTE: A notification to the Operations Unit is required when certified
Department interpreters are utilized by their own commands ("in-house"
translations) to interpret or translate in the course of police duties.
IN ALL CASES WHEN AN INTERPRETER IS USED:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
19. Record the identity of an interpreter (bilingual member of the service,
bilingual member of the public, telephonic interpretation service, or a
certified Department interpreter) utilized during a police incident in
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145). In addition, indicate the identity of the
interpreter on any relevant Department record prepared (COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET [PD313-152A], ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET [PD244-159],
New York State Domestic Incident Report [DIR] [DCJS 3221-02/2010], etc.) under
the appropriate captions or in the details/narrative section, as appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When determining whether or not the person is LEP as defined in this
procedure, the member of the service must consider both the nature and

importance of the police services being provided in addition to the person's
apparent capacity to comprehend and communicate in English. A person who is
considered LEP in one situation may not necessarily be considered LEP in a
different situation. For example, a person with a limited ability to
understand English may be able to interact effectively with the police at the
scene of a motor vehicle collision, but not be able to interact effectively
with the police during a homicide investigation, due to the complex
characteristics and intricacies of such an incident. If doubt exists regarding
whether a person is LEP, or if the person requests an interpreter, the person
should be considered LEP and this procedure complied with.
Unit commanders should consider the members' certification or qualification
status whenever members are utilized to translate or interpret. Members being
assigned to perform interpretation for investigative assignments (e.g.,
wiretaps, interviews, debriefings, custodial interrogations, etc.) or
translation duties should be certified Department interpreters. Whenever
interpretation for an investigative assignment or translation skills are
required, supervisors should consult the Department list of certified
interpreters through the Operations Unit to determine if a certified member is
available to perform the needed duties. It is recommended that certified
members of the Language Initiative Program be used for custodial
interrogations. However, not every language is represented under the Language
Initiative Program. Use of non-certified members for investigative assignments
in non-emergency situations must be approved by a uniformed supervisor.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
TYPED LETTERHEAD
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DIR) (DCJS3221-02/2010)
FREE INTERPRETATION SIGN (SP 487)
PRIMARY LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER (PD312-091)
PRIMARY LANGUAGE IDENTIFIER - DETECTIVE BUREAU (PD312-091A)

P.G. 212-91 Department Request For New York City Transit Buses
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide procedures for requesting New York City Transit buses to be used
for police purposes.
SCOPE
New York Transit makes its buses available to the Department for use in a
variety of situations. The assignment of buses may be scheduled ahead of time
for use in such planned activities as arrest sweeps or homeless transports.
Buses may also be requested as needed for use in responding to an emergency,
where they can serve as transportation to hospitals for large numbers of
aideds suffering from minor injuries, shelter for victims of disasters and
staging/rest locations for emergency responders, etc.
PROCEDURE
To request the use of New York City Transit buses in future planned
operations, or in unplanned emergency operations:
COMMANDING OFFICER/COUNTERPART
1. Make request to appropriate Patrol, Transit or Housing Borough.
IF FUTURE PLANNED OPERATION
2. Prepare written request to the Commanding Officer of the Operations Unit
specifying the following:
a. The nature of the activity
b. The time and date of the activity
c. The location where the bus is to be used
d. Whether a New York City Transit bus operator is needed or whether the bus
will be driven by a member of the service.
3. Forward request to borough commander.
BOROUGH COMMAND CONCERNED
4. Endorse approved request and forward to Operations Unit.
IF UNPLANNED EMERGENCY OPERATION
COMMANDING OFFICER/COUNTERPART
5. Telephone request to appropriate Borough Command.
a. Provide the information as described in step 2a, above.

BOROUGH COMMAND CONCERNED
6. Upon approval, forward telephone request directly to the Operations Unit.
OPERATIONS UNIT MEMBER CONCERNED
7. Forward requests for New York City Transit buses to the New York City Bus
Command Center at (718)-927-7777.
a. Provide the information as described in step 2a, above.
NOTE: The New York City Transit Bus Command Center will make the necessary
arrangements for securing the requesting bus or buses. The Bus Command Center
will notify the Operations Unit when the arrangements are complete, and the
Operations Unit will then relay the information to the requesting Borough.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When possible, requests for buses should be made sufficiently in advance to
allow the time necessary for making arrangements, scheduling New York City
Transit bus drivers, etc. It is often difficult for New York City Transit to
supply buses for use during rush hours without adversely affecting regular bus
service. Consequently, when a choice is available, the off-peak usage of
buses is recommended.

P.G. 212-92 Use Of Tear Gas
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide for the use of tear gas.
SCOPE
Tear gas is an effective device when used judiciously in selected tactical
situations. Its use by the Emergency Service Unit is designed to minimize,
rather than increase, the potential for serious physical injury. However, such
use carries with it the danger of physical injury or material damage
regardless of the care exercised in its application. Therefore, it is
imperative that measures be established for the judicious use of tear gas by
members trained for this purpose while at the same time providing for the
decontamination of those affected, whether civilian or police personnel.
PROCEDURE
When circumstances indicate the use of tear gas may be warranted:
RANKING UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE AT THE SCENE
1. Notify radio dispatcher and request the following to respond to the scene:
a. Precinct commander/duty captain
b. Borough commander or designee
c. Emergency Service REP Unit and truck
d. Emergency Service Unit supervisor.
NOTE: The ultimate decision concerning use of tear gas rests with the patrol
borough commander or designee. Technical decisions concerning amount of gas
and method of application will be made by the ranking member of the Emergency
Service Unit at the scene.
BOROUGH COMMANDER/DESIGNEE, AND EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT SUPERVISOR
2. Prior to use of tear gas, develop an operational plan to include, but not
be limited to, the following:
a. Establish a designated mobilization point.
b. Station all police personnel not actively engaged in using the gas at a
safe distance from its contaminating effects.
c. Evacuation of all civilians from premises and away from areas likely to
be affected by police operations, if such can be accomplished safely.
d. Request Communications Section to direct the following to respond to the
designated mobilization point and stand by thereat:

(1) Fire Department company
(2) Emergency Medical Service ambulance
(3) Emergency Medical Service borough supervisor
(4) Hazardous Material Decontamination Trailer and Support Vehicle
(5) Department Patrol Wagon.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The use of tear gas generally will result in contamination of persons and
clothing to varying degrees. Since tear gas adheres to clothing, persons
exposed to the gas may contaminate others in their proximity. Therefore, ALL
persons exposed to the gas should be isolated from public contact, if
possible, and afforded necessary treatment, including medical evaluation, when
indicated.
First aid procedures call for the immediate removal of persons from the
contaminated area to an open and upwind position. Eyes should be kept open
and facing the wind and, if feasible, flushing the face, eyes and exposed skin
with copious amounts of fresh, cool water is recommended. As noted above and
if time allows, the Decontamination Trailer should be activated and brought to
the mobilization point for this purpose. When the decision is made to use
tear gas, the Decontamination Trailer should be made operative and positioned
so that affected individuals can be decontaminated immediately. This method
can be used to remove virtually all tear gas residue and should prevent
unnecessary contamination of hospital emergency rooms if further treatment is
necessary. Contaminated clothing should be removed at the scene, if
practicable, and replaced by a disposable poly-laminated tyvex suit, supplied
by the Emergency Medical Service, or, if unavailable, a loosely draped
blanket. Tight clothing should not be worn. Contaminated clothing or
uniforms should be thoroughly aired and washed with soap and water before
being worn. Dry cleaning will NOT remove tear gas residue.
If discomfort persists, the person affected should be removed to a New York
City hospital designated by the Emergency Medical Service supervisor on the
scene for medical attention.
When a person contaminated with tear gas is seriously ill or injured and
hospital treatment is indicated, the Emergency Medical Service borough
supervisor will direct the ambulance crew to respond to the designated city
hospital. As directed by the Emergency Medical Service borough supervisor,
on-scene decontamination procedures should be performed to the extent that
such are medically feasible. Emergency Medical Service supervisors will be
responsible for establishing liaison with the designated hospital
administrator or deputy. Members of the service will comply with the
directions of the Emergency Medical Service supervisor PRIOR to entering the
facility with contaminated persons. If immediate medical attention is
necessary, the Emergency Medical Service supervisors may designate any nearby
medical facility. The final determination on which medical facility to use
rests with the Emergency Medical Service borough supervisor.
If the injured person being removed is under arrest, a uniformed member of the
service will accompany the prisoner to the hospital. Patrol Guide procedure
210-04, "Prisoners Medical Attention" and related procedures will be complied
with.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)

P.G. 212-93 Use Of Department Canine Teams
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inform uniformed members of the service of circumstances under which the
Department's canine teams may be utilized.
SCOPE
AUTHORIZED TACTICAL USES: PATROL CANINES
a. Search buildings where a possible break-in is indicated or where a
suspect may be hiding, providing non-suspects are not present in the building.
b. Track suspects or missing persons.
c. Locate lost/abandoned articles or hidden implements of crime.
d. Assist in effecting arrest or preventing escape of person who police
officer has probable cause to believe committed a felony.
e. Protect police officers and other persons from injury and death.
f. Assist in the service of arrest/search warrants.
g. Safeguard police equipment and designated facilities, as needed.
h. Perform cadaver searches for deceased humans or body part(s).
i. Locate persons trapped or buried in a building collapse or search and
rescue situation.
j. Perform searches for felony suspects within the transit system, including
subway tracks.
NOTE: Tactical use of canine teams not specifically authorized is prohibited
without prior approval of the borough commander concerned.
PROCEDURE
When necessary to request utilization of a Department canine team:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request patrol supervisor to respond to the scene.
NOTE: Canine teams are available for duty upon request from any command/unit
within the Department.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
2. Determine if circumstances warrant use of canine team.
3. Request response of canine team through Communications Section.

4. Consult with canine handler(s) prior to directing the tactical use of
canine team(s) to determine if required task can be performed.
5. Establish appropriate perimeter around area to be searched.
a. Avoid contamination of the scene with human scent created by the presence
of unnecessary persons, including police personnel, when searching a building
or tracking.
6. Notify commanding officer/duty captain concerned of any incident of
physical injury caused by a canine.
UNIFORMED MEMBER HANDLING CANINE
7. Notify member's commanding officer/duty captain and canine supervisor
immediately when canine injures anyone or is involved in any incident that may
cause civil liability to the City of New York, on or off-duty, regardless of
incident location.
PRECINCT COMMANDER/DUTY CAPTAIN CONCERNED
8. Investigate any incident of physical injury caused by a canine.
9. Ensure immediate notifications are made to canine supervisor/coordinator
after any canine incident.
10. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead detailing tactical uses of canine teams
within the command and maintain appropriate records.
a. Forward copy of report to canine coordinator through the Special
Operations Division.
NOTE: The precinct commanding officer or duty captain assigned will
supervise the preparation of written reports of canine incidents resulting in
injuries to anyone, other than the handler. A copy of such report will be
forwarded to the canine coordinator through the Special Operations Division.
11. Determine if request(s) for extra-jurisdictional tactical use of canine
teams are proper.
a. Request approval of patrol borough commander.
b. Make required notifications.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Canine teams will not be used for crowd control or as a deterrent at peaceful
demonstrations. Request for use of canine teams at other than peaceful
demonstrations requires the prior approval of the Chief of Patrol.
The Canine Program is under the jurisdiction of the Patrol Services Bureau
with program staff supervision and training provided by the Commanding
Officer, Special Operations Division.
Any requests for canine team services from agencies outside this Department
will be directed to the Operations Unit.

AUTHORIZED USES: DEPARTMENT BLOODHOUNDS
A bloodhound has the unique ability to discriminate between scents and usually
will not be sidetracked by other scents crossing a search path. When a scent
is fresh, a patrol canine will normally be sufficient to perform the search
and should be utilized first.
When it is determined that a search for a live person(s) requires the unique
scent discrimination ability of a bloodhound and the search cannot be handled
by a patrol canine, a request will be made to the Operations Unit which will
transmit the request to the bloodhound handler. The determination and request
will be made by a supervisor from the Special Operations Division or Emergency
Service Unit on the scene after consultation with the duty captain and a
uniformed member of the Canine Unit.
Prior to requesting a Department bloodhound, it must be determined that a
good, uncontaminated scent article has been identified and will be safeguarded
until the arrival of the bloodhound handler. The article is not to be handled
by anyone, including members of the service. If it must be moved or
collected, consult with a canine handler for instructions prior to removal.
Scent articles can consist of any uncontaminated material (blood, clothing,
etc.) that has been recently in contact with the person being sought. Washed
clothes are not acceptable.
A bloodhound will only trail from an uncontaminated scent article toward a
person (living or dead). They are not trained to trail from a person (living
or dead) to the origin of the trail (backtrack).
Uniformed members of the service requesting a bloodhound should be aware that
the bloodhound handler does not have the same protection as a patrol canine
handler since a bloodhound is trained to track only, and will not defend the
handler or assist in apprehending a subject.

P.G. 212-94 Use And Issuance Of Shotguns/Long Guns/Automatic
Weapons
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for the use of shotguns/long guns/automatic weapons and
to maintain security and control the issuance of such weapons.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is issued a shotgun/long gun/automatic
weapon:
DEFINITION
SPECIAL WEAPONS - Refers to shotguns/long guns/automatic weapons.
NOTE: The following guidelines are to be followed by all uniformed members
of the service; however, more restrictive and/or specific guidelines may be
imposed by a bureau chief, in addition to those listed below.
DESK OFFICER
1. Maintain a log in a department record book, consisting of three sections,
entitled "Special Weapons Record:"
a. The first section, twenty pages labeled "QUALIFICATION SECTION," will be
captioned on a single page as follows:
MEMBER'S
RANK NAME

TAX REGISTRY
NUMBER

DATE
QUALIFIED

DATE
QUALIFIED

DATE
QUALIFIED

b. The second section labeled "ISSUANCE SECTION" will be captioned, across a
double page, as follows:
LEFT PAGE
TIME
DATE
OUT
RIGHT PAGE
SPECIAL
WEAPON
SERIAL NO.

RANK

NAME

SIGNATURE

SIGNATURE OF
SUPERVISOR
AUTHORIZING USE

TIME
RETURNED

SHIELD
NUMBER

CURRENT DATE
QUALIFIED

REASON

SIGNATURE OF
VERIFYING
SUPERVISOR

c. Third section, last four pages labeled "MAINTENANCE SECTION" will be
captioned across a double page, as follows:
LEFT PAGE
DATE RECEIVED
SPECIAL WEAPON

SPECIAL WEAPON
SERIAL NUMBER

RIGHT PAGE
SIGNATURE OF SUPERVISOR
AUTHORIZING REMOVAL

DATE REMOVED
FROM COMMAND

DATE
RETURNED

REASON

MOS
SIGNATURE

SIGNATURE OF SUPERVISOR
VERIFYING RETURN OF
SPECIAL WEAPON

DATE
INSPECTED BY
FIREARMS UNIT

NOTE: The Special Operations Division has separate guidelines for the
issuance of special weapons.
2. Have unissued special weapons stored in the locked gun cabinet.
NOTE: Special weapons should be wiped down and lubricated periodically by an
authorized person at the command of issuance.
3. Verify that member concerned is currently qualified by the Department in
the use of special weapons to be used.
NOTE: Under no circumstances will a special weapon be issued to, or handled
by a member whose range qualifications are not current.
4. Make required entries in "Special Weapons Record".
5. Issue special weapon to qualified member concerned.
NOTE: A shotgun is a mandated item of equipment when one officer sector
patrol vehicles are utilized and for use by solo Highway District personnel.
6. Make a Command Log entry at the beginning of each tour indicating the
disposition of all special weapons assigned to command.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
7. Make required entries in "Special Weapons Record".
8. Load/unload the special weapon at the safety station maintained at command.
NOTE: Uniformed members of the service shall only carry special weapons and
ammunition authorized and issued by this Department while on duty.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED TO DESIGNATED SECTOR AS A SOLO UNIT:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
9. Lock and secure windows, doors, and place shotgun in the locking device of
RMP in all of the following situations:
a. When leaving shotgun in an unoccupied vehicle
b. When responding to a scene where other members are present, unless
extraordinary circumstances dictate the need for shotgun.
10. Immediately return shotgun to precinct of issuance, if defective.
DESK OFFICER
11. Have defective shotguns/other special weapons delivered to Department
Gunsmith at the Outdoor Range, for repairs or replacement, during the second
(2nd) platoon, Monday through Friday.
12. Notify patrol supervisor and Communications Section of any change in the
status of a solo RMP unit.
NOTE: In all cases where a solo RMP unit, assigned to a designated sector,

is converted to a solo SP10, solo summons unit or any other one or two officer
unit, the shotgun must be immediately returned to the command.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service should not unnecessarily display special
weapons. Their use should be limited to those situations where the officer
would ordinarily carry his firearm in his hand for the purpose of safety and
the tactical situation indicates use of a special weapon clearly outweighs the
use of the handgun. The actual use of the special weapon should only be in a
situation where the circumstances spell out a potential case of justifiable
use of deadly physical force, as a last resort after all other means have been
exhausted. All provisions of the Patrol Guide and other Department directives
regarding the use of firearms are also applicable use of special weapons.
The following additional guidelines regarding the issuance and utilization of
special weapons for various Department units are to be complied with in
addition to the preceding procedures:
DETECTIVE/ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAUS:
Detectives/Organized Crime Control Bureau personnel shall utilize the special
weapons and tactical expertise of Emergency Service personnel for pre-planned
events. If there is insufficient time or other compelling factors are
present, a captain or above may authorize the issuance of special weapons when
all the following circumstances exist:
a. A tactical plan is formulated
b. It is a potential arrest situation
c. An arrest or search warrant has been issued.
d. There is a history of violence on the part of the perpetrator.
Special weapons may be issued when other circumstances would lead a reasonable
person to believe that the use of special weapons would be prudent and
necessary. A captain or above must accompany those members issued such
weapons on their assignments and maintain firearms control. A captain or
above will insure that all members are wearing a protective vest and the
special weapon is unloaded, opened and encased while being transported to
scene and upon conclusion of assignment. The special weapon will not be
loaded until arrival at scene of incident. Special weapons shall not be used
without the direction of the captain or above except in those situations which
require immediate action to prevent serious bodily injury or death and then
only if the lives of innocent people are not unnecessarily endangered.
When services of Emergency Service Unit are utilized in connection with a
pre-planned tactical operation, only members of Emergency Service Unit will
carry shotguns/special weapons.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT/HARBOR UNIT:
The use of special weapons will be limited to specific instances as outlined
below:
a. When a barricaded criminal, hostage taker or emotionally disturbed person
possesses a firearm or the member has reasonable grounds to believe such

person possesses a firearm.
b. When a hostage taker is armed with a weapon and is threatening the life
of a hostage and it may become necessary to use deadly physical force to
protect the life of the hostage.
c. When conducting searches for armed perpetrators or when it is believed
such perpetrators are armed, including the executions of warrants.
d. When engaged in VIP escorts and protection.
e. When guarding dangerous criminals in conjunction with the New York City
Department of Corrections.
f. When guarding payrolls, narcotics or weapons transfers.
g. When a captain or above deems a special weapon appropriate for the
situation at hand.
h. When a spontaneous incident takes place which requires immediate action
to prevent serious bodily injury or death, and then only if the lives of
innocent people are not unnecessarily endangered.
i. Special weapons shall not be utilized in restraining an emotionally
disturbed person unless the circumstances of sub-division "a" exist.
Authorized members of the service assigned to Highway Units can be issued
special weapons under circumstances described in sub-divisions "d" and "e"
above.
A special weapon is issued to a member for his own protection and will, as a
general rule, only be employed in the defense of his own life, another
officer's life, or the life of an innocent civilian.
Solo officers, detectives and members assigned to the Organized Crime Control
Bureau have not been trained in the specialized tactics utilized by Emergency
Service Unit personnel and should not be used as their replacements.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Firearms Discharge by Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 212-29)

P.G. 212-95 Use Of Pepper Spray Devices
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inform uniformed members of the service of circumstances under which pepper
spray may be intentionally discharged and to record instances where pepper
spray has been discharged, intentionally or accidentally.
SCOPE
Use of Oleoresin Capsicum (O.C.) pepper spray constitutes physical force under
the New York State Penal Law. Use of pepper spray is proper when used in
accordance with Article 35 of the Penal Law and Department procedures. O.C.
pepper spray may be used when a member reasonably believes it is necessary to
effect an arrest of a resisting suspect, for self-defense or defense of
another from unlawful force, or to take a resisting emotionally disturbed
person into custody. In many cases, pepper spray will reduce or eliminate the
need for substantial physical force to effect an arrest or gain custody. It
will often reduce the potential for injuries to members and suspects that may
result from physical restraint and it should be regarded as a possible
alternative to such force and restraint, where practical. Pepper spray shall
not be used in situations that do not require the use of physical force. O.C.
pepper spray may be used in arrest or custodial restraint situations where
physical presence and/or verbal commands have not been, or would not be,
effective in overcoming physical resistance.
PROCEDURE
When necessary to use pepper spray device:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Hold pepper spray in an upright position, aim and discharge pepper spray
into a subject's eyes for maximum effectiveness, using two one second bursts,
at a minimum distance of three feet, and only in situations when the uniformed
member of the service reasonably believes that it is necessary to:
a. Protect self, or another from unlawful use of force (e.g., assault)
b. Effect an arrest, or establish physical control of a subject resisting
arrest
c. Establish physical control of a subject attempting to flee from arrest or
custody
d. Establish physical control of an emotionally disturbed person (EDP)
e. Control a dangerous animal, by deterring an attack, to prevent injury to
persons or animals present.
2. Effect arrest of criminal suspect against who pepper spray was used and
charge with crime which initiated use of the pepper spray.
a. Add resisting arrest charge, when appropriate

b. P.G. 210-13, "Release Of Prisoners - General Procedure" will be complied
with if it is determined that arrested person did not commit the crime or that
no crime was committed.
c. P.G. 216-05, "Mentally Ill Or Emotionally Disturbed Persons," will be
complied with, when appropriate.
NOTE: Do not use pepper spray on subjects who passively resist (e.g., going
limp, offering no active physical resistance). If possible, avoid using
pepper spray on persons who appear to be in frail health, young children,
women believed to be pregnant, or persons with known respiratory conditions.
Avoid discharging pepper spray indiscriminately over a large area for disorder
control. (Members who are specifically trained in the use of pepper spray for
disorder control may use pepper spray in accordance with their training, and
within Department guidelines, and as authorized by supervisors.). In
addition, avoid using O.C. spray in small contained areas such as automobiles
and closets.
3. Request response of Emergency Medical Service (EMS) once the situation is
under control.
a. Advise person sprayed that EMS is responding.
4. Remove the subject from the contaminated area and expose to fresh air while
awaiting the arrival of EMS, or transportation to hospital/stationhouse if
tactically feasible.
a. Determine whether the person sprayed is wearing contact lenses. (It is
strongly recommended that contact lenses be removed as soon as possible after
exposure to O.C. spray.)
5. Position subject on his/her side or in a sitting position to promote free
breathing.
a. The subject should never be maintained or transported in a face down
position.
b. Do not sit, stand, or kneel on subject's chest or back.
6. Provide assistance to subject as follows:
a. When consistent with member's safety, and provided a source of water is
readily available, the uniformed member should flush the contaminated skin
area of a subject with profuse amounts of water.
b. Repeat flushing at short intervals, if necessary, until symptoms of
distress subside.
c. Continue flushing the contaminated skin of the subject in custody, at the
stationhouse as needed.
d. Commence the flushing of a subject's contaminated skin upon arrival at
the stationhouse, if this has not already been done.
NOTE: Do not rub or touch skin of contaminated person, as the initial effect
of pepper spray does not dissipate for 15 - 20 minutes. Also, do not use
salves, creams, ointments, commercial eye washes or bandages. The desk officer

will ensure that all prisoners who have been sprayed with pepper spray receive
appropriate first aid, if needed, upon arrival at the stationhouse. Desk
officers are also responsible for ensuring that prisoners who have been
sprayed with pepper spray are properly observed throughout the arrest process,
and that they receive prompt medical attention if they need or request it. A
Command Log entry will be made stating whether the prisoner has had his/her
skin flushed with water, been examined by EMS, or been transported to the
hospital.
7. Transport prisoner immediately to the emergency room of the nearest
hospital if he/she is demonstrating difficulty breathing, or exhibiting signs
of severe stress, hyperventilation etc.
a. Windows of transport vehicle should be kept open
b. Members who come in contact with persons who have been exposed to pepper
spray must thoroughly wash their hands afterward and avoid having any
contaminated clothing make contact with their face
c. Advise hospital staff that pepper spray has been used on prisoner.
8. Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD 244-159) and MEDICAL
TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD 244-150) in arrest situations.
9. Complete the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD 304-152b) in non-arrest situations,
e.g. EDP, and:
a. Check box "O.C. Spray Used"
b. Enter rank, name, and tax registry number, of each MOS who discharged
spray in the "Details" caption
c. List the time, doctor's name, and diagnosis under "Details" caption, when
applicable.
COMMANDING OFFICER, M.I.S.D.
10. Provide a quarterly printout of all arrest and aided incidents where
pepper spray was discharged to the commanding officer, Firearms and Tactics
Section.
COMMANDING OFFICER, FIREARMS AND TACTICS SECTION
11. Analyze situations where O.C. spray was employed to evaluate its
effectiveness.
a. As appropriate, modify existing training/tactics relative to the use of
pepper spray.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The only pepper spray authorized for use is the type issued to all uniformed
members through the Firearms and Tactics Section.
In order to maintain the effectiveness of the spray, it is recommended that
the device be shaken at the start of each tour. Carrying the pepper spray
device during normal patrol duty should be sufficient to keep the solution
thoroughly mixed.

Pepper spray will not automatically stop all subjects, and even when it does
incapacitate, the effects are temporary. Members should therefore be ready to
use other appropriate force options and tactics.
When performing duty in uniform, the pepper spray shall be carried in its
holster attached to the non-shooting side of the gun belt. When performing
enforcement duty in civilian clothes the pepper spray must be carried, in the
holster attached either to a belt or in another appropriate manner.
Undercover members may opt not to carry the pepper spray. Members of the
service may carry the pepper spray device during off duty hours.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Lost or Damaged Uniform (P.G. 204-07)
Prisoner Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Release of Prisoners - General Procedure (P.G. 210-13)
Hazardous Material (P.G. 212-37)
Hostage/Barricaded Persons (P.G. 212-38)
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Loss or Theft of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 212-96 Traffic Enforcement Agent Victim Of An Offense While
Performing Duty
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To report and record incidents in which traffic enforcement agents are victims
of an offense while performing duty.
PROCEDURE
When a traffic enforcement agent is the victim of harassment, assault,
reckless endangerment, menacing (H.A.R.M.), or any other circumstances that
prevent them from performing their duties, follow normal civilian work related
injury reporting procedures (see "RELATED PROCEDURES") and:
TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT AGENT
1. Request the response of patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence, and a
[I.O. 1 s 11] Traffic Enforcement District supervisor.
2. Remain at scene unless hospitalization or medical attention is required.
3. Request witness(es) to await arrival of the patrol supervisor, precinct of
occurrence.
NOTE: In cases involving offenses against traffic enforcement agents, the
patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence must respond to the scene and
conduct the initial investigation. A [I.O. 1 s 11] Traffic Enforcement
District supervisor must respond to the scene and assist in the investigation.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
4. Investigate circumstances.
5. Interview traffic enforcement agent concerned.
a. Ensure that proper enforcement action has been taken against any person
harassing, assaulting, etc. a traffic enforcement agent, if warranted.
6. Obtain the name of the hospital, attendant and doctor, if removed to a
hospital.
a. Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if the member of the service injured
requires hospital treatment.
b. An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required before
final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status of the injured
member of the service.
7. Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared, if necessary, and refer case to
appropriate detective squad if suspect has fled the scene, or if there are
other reasons why additional investigation is appropriate.
8. Ensure the preparation of a Police Accident Report (MV104AN), if vehicle

involved, or AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), in all other cases, and
forward in normal manner.
a. Interview witnesses and have them prepare a WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO
MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065).
9. Prepare an UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152), and include a statement
whether the traffic enforcement agent concerned was a victim of assault, (as
defined in New York State Penal Law, Section 120), if injury is serious or if
it is a newsworthy, significant incident, and forward to Chief of
Transportation through channels.
[I.O. 1 s 11] TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT DISTRICT SUPERVISOR
10. Prepare PARKING ENFORCEMENT DISTRICT H.A.R.M. REPORT (PD 313-1515) and
forward as indicated on form, if harassment, assault, reckless endangerment,
or menacing against the traffic enforcement agent is verified during the
investigation.
[I.O. 1 s 11] 11. Notify Traffic Enforcement District, Traffic Management
Center, Employment Section and Operations Unit.
12. Forward copies of all forms prepared to the Employment Section, attention
of the Employee Benefits Unit.
C.O./TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT AGENT INVOLVED
13. Comply with Administrative Guide 319-15, "Civilian Employee - Injury,"
when a traffic enforcement agent is injured while performing duty.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Whenever a traffic enforcement agent, while performing official duties, claims
an assault or is the subject of any other crime by an individual, and the
agent wishes to prefer charges, the patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence
will determine if probable cause exists. Upon that determination, an arrest
may be affected and the traffic enforcement agent involved will be the
complainant in such cases.
In all cases where traffic enforcement agents are injured on duty,
notifications will be made by Communications Division to both the duty captain
and to the Traffic Management Center. The Traffic Management Center will then
notify a ranking member of the [I.O. 1 s 11] Traffic Enforcement District.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
[I.O. 7 s 13] Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Civilian Employee - Injury (A.G. 319-15)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PARKING ENFORCEMENT DISTRICT H.A.R.M. REPORT (PD313-1515)
UNUSUAL OCCURANCE REPORT (PD370-152)
WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

P.G. 212-97 School Safety Agent - Victim Of An Offense While
Performing Duty
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To report and record incidents in which school safety agents are victims of an
offense while performing duty.
PROCEDURE
When a school safety agent is the victim of an offense while performing duty,
follow normal civilian work related injury reporting procedures (see "RELATED
PROCEDURES") and:
SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT
1. Request a school safety supervisor and school safety sergeant, precinct of
occurrence, to respond.
2. Notify the principal of the incident as soon as possible.
3. Remain at scene unless hospitalization or medical attention is required.
4. Request witnesses to await arrival of the school safety supervisor and the
precinct school safety sergeant/patrol supervisor.
NOTE: In cases where there is no school safety supervisor assigned to the
school, a school safety supervisor MUST respond from the school safety borough
office. In cases where the precinct school safety sergeant is unavailable, the
patrol supervisor MUST respond.
SCHOOL SAFETY SUPERVISOR
5. Ensure that the school principal has been notified.
6. Initiate investigation.
7. Interview school safety agent concerned.
8. Obtain the name of the hospital, attendant and doctor, if removed to a
hospital.
9. Have a school safety agent prepare, in own handwriting, if possible:
a. Two copies of Employee Option Form (DP2002)
b. Two copies of Employee's Notice of Injury (WCD23) (Law Department form
#WCD23), and submit to commanding officer, precinct of occurrence.
10. Interview witness(es) and request that WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO
MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065) be prepared.
11. Prepare two copies of Supervisor's Report of Injury (WCD201).

a. Ensure that the injury is reported to the Employment Section, Employee
Benefits Unit, (646) 610-6820, immediately following the incident or by the
next business day.
12. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a), if necessary, and refer
to appropriate precinct detective squad.
13. Prepare a Police Accident Report (MV104AN), if vehicle involved, or AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), in all other cases, and forward in normal
manner.
PRECINCT SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT/PATROL SUPERVISOR
14. Respond to scene and review actions taken by the school safety supervisor.
15. Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if the member of the service injured
requires hospital treatment.
a. An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required before
final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status of the injured
member of the service.
NOTE: This notification is in addition to, and does not preclude the
requirement for other notifications to Operations as indicated elsewhere in
this procedure.
16. Prepare FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151), if investigation
reveals harassment, assault, reckless endangerment, or menacing against a
school safety agent.
a. Insert "School Safety Agent Involved" on top right side of form and
forward as indicated.
17. Report details to desk officer.
a. Indicate any negligence on the part of the school safety agent.
18. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead and forward to precinct commanding
officer.
a. Forward copy of report to the Commanding Officer, School Safety Division.
DESK OFFICER
19. Make Command Log entry regarding results of investigation, and specify:
a. Whether injury was sustained in the line of duty
b. Any negligence on the part of the school safety agent.
20. Notify:
a. Employment Section
b. Operations Unit
c. School Safety Division

SCHOOL SAFETY BOROUGH MANAGER
21. Forward, to the Employment Section supervisor, Employee Benefits Unit:
a. Two copies of report on Typed Letterhead
b. Two copies of Employee's Notice of Injury
c. WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT, if prepared.
d. Two copies of the Employee's Option Form
e. Two copies of the Commanding Officer's Report of Injury (Form E)
f. Two copies of the Supervisor's Report of Injury.
22. Notify Employment Section when school safety agent returns to duty and
every subsequent time that the agent reports sick and returns to duty as a
result of injury.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Whenever a school safety agent, while performing official duties, claims an
assault or is the subject of any other crime and the agent wishes to prefer
charges, the precinct school safety sergeant concerned will determine if
probable cause exists. Upon a determination that probable cause exists, the
precinct school safety sergeant will direct the school safety agent to place
the individual under arrest. If the agent (victim) is unable to effect the
arrest (e.g., hospitalization, etc.), the school safety sergeant will direct
another school safety agent to effect the arrest. The school safety agent
(victim) will be the complainant in such cases. Under no circumstances shall a
school safety agent who is not a peace officer be directed to affect an
arrest.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General (P.G. 216-01)
[I.O. 7 s 13] Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Civilian Employee - Injury (A.G.319-15)
FORMS AND REPORTS
WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
FIREARMS DISCHARGE/ASSAULT REPORT (PD424-151)
Commanding Officer's Report of Injury (Form E)
Employee Option Form (DP2002)
Employee's Notice of Injury (Law Department Form WCD23)
Supervisor's Report of Injury (Law Department Form WCD201)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-98 Housing Bureau Closed Circuit Television Patrol
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To establish a uniform system for effective video patrol and videotape
archival to be utilized for the operation of closed circuit television (CCTV)
systems located in public housing developments.
DEFINITIONS
CCTV INCIDENT - Any activity or occurrence, which is, or may be in a CCTV
viewing area that requires response of police personnel or further
investigation. INVASIVE VIDEO PATROL - The viewing of areas unable to be seen
under normal circumstances by an officer in the field. PAN, TILT, AND ZOOM
CONTROL (PTZ) - Three terms associated with CCTV cameras to indicate the
horizontal (pan), vertical (tilt), and magnification (zoom) capabilities.
VIPER - An acronym for CCTV monitoring stations: (Video-Interactive, Patrol,
Enhanced, Response).
PLAYBACK STATION - A (VCR) used to review recorded video.
VIDEO PRINTER - A device used to provide still photographs of a video event.
DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDER (DVR) - A device that accepts video signals from a
video camera and records the image on a computer hard drive.
DIGITAL RECORDING SYSTEM - A CCTV system that records images on the hard drive
of a digital video recorder.
ANALOG RECORDING SYSTEM - A CCTV system that records images on super VHS
videotape.
PROACTIVE VIDEO PATROL - The frequent use of both fixed and pan tilt-zoom
cameras to actively monitor locations for crimes/violations in progress,
potential criminal activity or quality of life conditions and any circumstance
that may affect the safety and security of the community.
POST-INCIDENT REVIEW - The use of recorded image to examine the circumstances
of a VIPER incident.
VIDEO PATROL OFFICER - Uniformed member of the service assigned to view
monitors at a VIPER base.
PROCEDURE
When uniformed members of the service assigned to video patrol engage in CCTV
monitoring functions, document the occurrence of a CCTV incident, or archive
videotapes used in the CCTV monitoring process:
VIDEO PATROL - DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
VIDEO PATROL OFFICER

1. Monitor video screens to identify:
a. Crimes/violations in progress
b. Wanted/suspicious persons
c. Conditions that affect the quality of life
d. Individuals that require medical attention, and
e. Any other incident requiring police response.
2. Monitor portable radio to determine whether a call for service affects a
CCTV viewing area.
3. Do not view windows of private dwellings or the interior of private
dwellings or any place where a civilian has a reasonable expectation of
privacy.
4. Taking photographic images of citizens for non-police related reasons is
strictly prohibited.
5. Acknowledge all camera and motion detector alarms and take appropriate
action as necessary.
6. Contact command concerned by telephone for conditions not requiring
immediate attention.
7. Utilize radio or "911" notifications for emergency conditions.
8. Be familiar with crime conditions and persons wanted for past crimes within
area of responsibility.
9. Report suspected criminal activity as per P.G. 207-08, "Preliminary
Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime-Related Complaints" and
P.G. 212-12, "Citywide Intelligence Reporting System".
NOTE: Record in the VIPER patrol log and on the CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION
INCIDENT REPORT (PD 313-1514) the Intelligence Bureau log number and the name
of the Intelligence Bureau member notified. The CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION
INCIDENT REPORT is utilized to record any CCTV incident or equipment
malfunction.
10. Conduct hourly DVR/VCR and camera status checks.
11. Ensure that the ambient temperature at the VIPER base rises no higher than
80 degrees Fahrenheit
NOTE: If the VIPER base ambient temperature rises above 80 degrees
Fahrenheit immediately notify the Technical Assistance Response Unit (TARU)
CCTV. Prepare a CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORT to document the
incident.
12. Maintain Video Patrol Log in a plain number 4, bound book.
13. Contact the precinct concerned on a daily basis during the first hour of
tour when assigned to the 2nd platoon.

a. Ensure all COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152) affecting areas of surveillance
are forwarded to the CCTV base.
b. Document inquiry in the Video Patrol Log.
14. Utilize COMPLAINT REPORTS to conduct comprehensive post incident review of
video incidents as necessary.
15. Monitor radio calls for service occurring within area of responsibility.
16. Change and maintain videotapes/compact discs as necessary.
17. Catalog and track all videotapes/CDs photos.
18. Record daily activity in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
19. Ensure the "real time" video recorder has a T-30 video tape installed and
is properly functioning.
20. Conduct camera and DVR/VCR inspections each hour and make required entries
in Video Patrol Log.
21. Enter number of properly functioning cameras and DVR/VCRs.
22. Indicate whether any equipment is deficient and notify the TARU CCTV Unit,
24 hours/7 days per week.
a. Ensure CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORT is prepared when there
is an equipment deficiency and then faxed to the TARU CCTV Unit and the
Housing Bureau Wheel.
23. Permit only trained UMOS to utilize the CCTV equipment.
24. Utilize Pan Tilt Zoom (PTZ) cameras to conduct a minimum of two license
plate inquiries per hour, at least sixteen per tour, on vehicles located in
areas within the vicinity of the development.
25. Record result of license plate inquiries in the Finest Log.
26. Provide recorded video/photographic materials to arresting/investigative
member of the service for official Department use only.
a. Document each request on a CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT
(PD313-170) and in the Video Patrol Log and Video Archival Log.
b. Provide copy of VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT to receiving member.
27. Assist investigative units in presenting video/photographic material to
crime victims and witnesses.
28. Sign Video Patrol Log at beginning and end of tour.
29. Do not release video material to anyone outside the Department.
NOTE: The District Attorney's Office will have access to video for the
purposes of criminal prosecution through the investigating/arresting officer.
VIDEO PATROL SUPERVISOR

30. Prepare a CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORT in the event of a CCTV
incident.
NOTE: Visiting supervisors are required to sign the Video Patrol Log.
31. Ensure proper maintenance of the:
a. Video Patrol Log
b. FINEST Log
c. Videotape/Compact Disc/Photo Archival Log.
32. Review the Video/Photo Archival Log to identify videotapes/photos not
returned within 60-days.
a. Contact command concerned via Typed Letterhead to request return of
materials.
33. Ensure:
a. At least one video patrol officer is assigned on post at all times to
monitor the video equipment.
NOTE: Two officers are to be assigned on post when available.
b. That video patrol officers utilize PTZ cameras to conduct a minimum of
two license plate inquiries per hour (at least 16 per tour) on vehicles
located in areas within the vicinity of the development.
c. Report suspected criminal activity as indicated in step 9 above.
d. All intelligence referrals are recorded on the weekly VIPER Activity
report and in the VIPER log.
e. That all video/recording equipment is kept clean and serviceable.
NOTE: No food or beverages will be consumed in the immediate vicinity of any
CCTV equipment
f. Videotapes are erased/destroyed in the presence of any supervisor seven
days following the tapes final use.
NOTE: Subdivision "f" only applies to analog CCTV systems.
34. Conduct random checks of videotapes recorded from PTZ cameras to ensure
video patrol officers are actively monitoring all viewing areas.
35. Review at least one half-hour of recorded video from PTZ cameras each tour
to ensure that cameras are being used in a non-invasive manner by video patrol
officers.
NOTE: Supervisory reviews of recorded video will be documented in the Video
Patrol Log and will include the name(s) of the video patrol officer(s) who
was/were monitoring the system for the portion of the tape that was reviewed.
The camera number, date, and block of time will also be included. Each
uniformed member assigned to monitor tapes will have his/her tapes reviewed at

least once each week. Any violations discovered by a supervisor will be
reported to the Chief of the Housing Bureau on Typed Letterhead.
36. Inspect CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORTS for completeness and
accuracy.
37. Develop and maintain a:
a. Liaison with the Patrol Service Area/Staten Island Housing Unit
(PSA/SIHU) intelligence officer and crime analysis personnel.
b. Crime information center within the VIPER base.
NOTE: All crime information/photos gathered from the PSA/SIHU intelligence
officer and other units will be displayed and updated to remain current.
DOCUMENTING THE OCCURANCE OF A CCTV INCIDENT
VIDEO PATROL OFFICER
38. Request the Communications Section, by radio, to assign an emergency
incident to an available resource.
a. The command concerned will be notified of non-emergency incidents.
NOTE: Incidents, which are captured live by VIPER personnel, should also be
taped "real time" on a thirty-minute videotape.
39. Enter the time of occurrence and tape counter number on the VCR in the
Video Patrol Log.
40. Ensure that the incident was captured on tape.
41. Stop recording on the respective VCR and remove tape at the conclusion of
the incident.
42. Insert a new properly labeled tape.
43. Notify the Housing Bureau Wheel of all significant CCTV incidents.
44. Prepare a CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORT.
45. Fax copy of REPORT to the:
a. Office of the Chief of Housing Bureau,
b. Housing Bureau Wheel,
c. TARU-CCTV Team, and
d. Overhead command.
NOTE: CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORTS will be numbered beginning
with the number one each calendar year. A record of these REPORTS will be
maintained in a plain number 2 book utilizing the following captions:
INCIDENT
REPORT #

DATE

TIME

LOCATION

DESCRIPTION
OF OCCURRENCE

46. Notify the precinct detective squad of any incident requiring further
investigation and make appropriate entry in the Video Patrol Log.
NOTE: Tapes containing acts that constitute a crime will be invoiced by the
arresting or investigating officer/detective.
47. Make an additional copy of the tape containing the incident labeled "DO
NOT ERASE" and store in archives.
a. Archive for 180 days and then destroy.
48. Release an original videotape/photo to an arresting/investigative member
of the service only after member:
a. Prepares a CCTV VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT including an invoice number.
NOTE: Intentional obstruction of a viewing area and/or vandalism to a camera
is to be considered a CCTV incident
VIDEO PATROL SUPERVISOR
49. Evaluate requests for videotapes and photographs and provide to requesting
member, if deemed appropriate.
50. Make proper notifications if the incident is of an unusual nature.
51. Ensure that video patrol officers properly document CCTV Incidents.
VIDEOTAPE ARCHIVAL
VIDEO PATROL OFFICER
52. Inspect all equipment for proper operation daily at 2350 hours prior to
changing videotapes.
53. Depress "Stop" on all VCRs at 0001 hours beginning with VCR #1.
54. Remove tape from machine immediately and place in seven-day storage.
a. Insert immediately new properly labeled tape into the machine and
promptly resume recording.
55. Repeat procedure until tapes in all VCRs have been changed.
56. Make entry in the Video Patrol Log as follows: "Police Officer ___________
Tax # ___________ changed the tapes for (day of week & date) in VCRs 1 to
(total # of VCRs). Police Officer ___________ inspected all equipment and
found it to be operational at this time."
VIDEO PATROL SUPERVISOR
57. Maintain videotape library and conduct random daily inspection to ensure
the integrity of the videotape files.
58. Ensure that videotapes utilized for the complete cycle of seven
twenty-four hour periods are erased and destroyed seven days after the last
taping.

DUTIES OF NON-VIPER PERSONNEL
PSA/SIHU DESK OFFICER
59. Utilize monitor located at desk to conduct roll call at the start of each
tour and to ensure:
a. The safety of VIPER personnel - (Check the monitor frequently!)
b. VIPER base is properly staffed.
c. VIPER personnel are actively viewing their assigned monitors.
PSA/SIHU CRIME ANALYSIS PERSONNEL
60. Check that all VIPER personnel have received area maps indicating where
the most current narcotic and gun arrests have been made within their
appropriate housing area.
a. List all identifiable crime patterns or trends along with relevant data
on the bottom of the map.
b. Distribute maps to all VIPER personnel no later than 1200 hours on
Tuesday of each week.
61. Generate a specific "Tip Sheet" for Housing developments equipped with
CCTV and contiguous areas.
NOTE: "Tip Sheets" will include crime patterns, locations,
descriptions/photos of suspects, and any other information that will aid VIPER
personnel in fighting crime and gathering intelligence.
PSA/SIHU CRIME INTELLIGENCE OFFICER
62. Establish a liaison with VIPER supervisors to ensure relevant crime
information is exchanged in an expeditious and accurate manner.
ADDITIONAL DATA
THE VIDEO PATROL LOG
The Video Patrol Log will contain two columns and will be utilized for making
required entries. The first column will record the time of the entry. The
second column will briefly describe the incident, as appropriate, and be used
to record final dispositions, notifications and invoice numbers. A double line
will be drawn across the page under the last entry for the twenty-four hour
period ending at 2400 hours. Before the first entry is made for the next day,
the day and date will be entered and underlined. Entries will be made as
follows:
a. Equipment inspections - hourly camera and VCR inspections
b. Hourly inspection of temperature within the VIPER base.
c. An entry must be made at the start of each tour indicating the total
inventory of non-archived tape and compact discs present. For example, "PO
Smith reports there are 300 T-120 tapes and 25 T-30 tapes present at this

time."
d. Detailed account of CCTV incidents to include rank, name, and shield
number of video patrol officer on post; date, time and exact location of
incident; type of incident; action taken; unit responding and/or 911 operator
notified; preparation of CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORT
e. Notifications
f. Uniformed members reporting on and off duty
g. Uniformed members present on post
h. Uniformed members leaving post for any reason immediately followed by
entry of relieving officer
i. Equipment problems/malfunctions
j. Requests for review of videotapes by other units
k. Requests for permanent or temporary removal of videotapes/photos for
review or invoicing
l. Visits by authorized personnel
m. For analog systems, record daily videotape changes at the beginning of
the first platoon. Entry should include the time required to perform the
changing of tapes and to inspect the VCRs to ensure their proper operation.
THE VIDEOTAPE/COMPACT DISC/PHOTO ARCHIVAL LOG
Label the cover of a separate plain #4, bound book with the appropriate VIPER
base number and the name of the housing development. Headings across the top
of two consecutive pages will read as follows:
LEFT PAGE HEADINGS:
TAPE/CD/RECEIPT # DATE #1 DATE #2 DATE #3
RIGHT PAGE HEADINGS:
DATE #5 DATE #6 DATE #7 DATE REMOVED
DATE RETURNED REMARKS
HEADING EXPLANATIONS:

DATE #4

Tape/CD/Receipt # - Tapes/CDs are numbered with the year as a prefix, then
sequentially beginning with the number one. This number is also utilized on
the VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT as a means of identification and tracking.
Date #1 through Date #7 (seven individual columns) - Each date column will
reflect the date the tape/CD was used.
Date Removed - Indicates date that tape/CD was removed for erasure/destruction
or arrest/ investigation or other police purpose.
Date Returned - Indicates date that tape/CD is brought back to the CCTV
monitoring base.
Remarks - Denotes temporary and/or permanent removal of tape from the CCTV
monitoring base. Include name of member removing video/videotape, tax registry
number, command, command's telephone number, and reason for removal, e.g.,

arrest/investigative/training. A CCTV VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT must be prepared for
any released video/videotape. Multiple tapes may be requested; however each is
to receive its own tape number and RECEIPT.
REQUESTS FOR RECORDED VIDEO/PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIALS
Requests for recorded video/photographic materials made by other than the
arresting/investigative member must be accompanied by a Typed Letterhead,
directed to "CCTV Supervisor Concerned," indicating name of requesting member,
tax number, command, command's telephone number, and official reason for
request. The request must be evaluated by the supervisor concerned. If the
request is granted a CCTV VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT will be prepared and a copy
given to the requesting member. In addition, appropriate entries shall be made
in the Video Patrol Log and Video/Photo Archival Log, as required.
Each photograph must be numbered with the current year, then sequentially,
beginning with the number "1". All identification numbers will be prefixed
with the letter "P," e.g. P-99-01. Document the release of photographs in the
rear of the Video/Photo Archival Log, including the photograph identification
number, name of requesting member, command and command's telephone number. The
photograph identification number will be utilized as the CCTV VIDEO/PHOTO
RECEIPT number. Multiple photographs may be requested; however each is to
receive its own photograph identification number and CCTV VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT.
CCTV TROUBLESHOOTING
In the event that viewing is blocked or significantly obstructed on any CCTV
monitor due to vandalism, technical difficulty and/or accidental damage, or
video recording ceases on any recorder or an error message appears on video
equipment, it is imperative that the condition be corrected expeditiously.
Therefore, if these conditions occur it is the responsibility of the VIPER
Unit to make an immediate notification to the Commanding Officer - Technical
Assistance Response Unit - CCTV Team.
Under NO circumstances will any member of the service not assigned to the
Technical Assistance Response Unit conduct any repairs on CCTV equipment.
To ensure a high quality recorded video image, videocassette recorder heads
must be cleaned by VIPER Unit personnel weekly during the second platoon each
Sunday. Appropriate entries shall be made in the Video Patrol Log.
"HANDSCHU" GUIDELINES
Members of the service are reminded about First Amendment political activity
and the "Handschu" consent decree (see P.G. 212-71, Guidelines for the Use of
Video/Photographic Equipment By Operational Personnel at Demonstrations). The
intent of the "Handschu" decree, among other things, is to limit unnecessary
investigation and maintenance of records relating to lawful political
activity. If a spontaneous or scheduled political demonstration takes place on
Housing Authority property, the CCTV cameras need not be turned off.
Department videotape cameras can remain operational provided that cameras
operating do not focus on the activity of the demonstrators unless it is
believed that a crime is being committed.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preliminary Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime-Related
Complaints (P.G. 207-08)
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)

Guidelines for the Use of Video/ Photographic Equipment by Operational
Personnel at Demonstrations (P.G. 212-71)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INCIDENT REPORT (PD 313-1514)
COMPLAINT REPORTS (PD313-152)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION VIDEO/PHOTO RECEIPT (PD313-170)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-99 Amber Alert System
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE To provide rapid and widespread dissemination of information in the
event of child abduction with special circumstances, the Amber Alert program
has been adopted.
DEFINITION
AMBER ALERT SYSTEM: Amber Alert is a statewide response program targeting the
abduction of children during which life-threatening circumstances are
suspected. An Amber Alert may be activated whether the child was abducted by
vehicle, on foot, or by any other means. The protocol for determining whether
a case qualifies for an Amber Alert is as follows:
a. The child must be 17 years old or younger, AND,
b. Police must believe that the child is in imminent danger of serious
bodily harm or death, either at the hands of another or due to proven mental
or physical disability.
PROCEDURE
When responding to a report of a missing child and information received
indicates that the case may qualify for an Amber Alert:
UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with appropriate missing persons procedures.
2. Request the response of the Patrol Supervisor.
3. Notify Desk Officer and request response of Precinct Detective Squad
supervisor.
NOTE: Patrol supervisor will implement Missing Person/Special Category
procedure and/or Mobilization as necessary, depending on the details of the
situation.
DESK OFFICER
4. Request Precinct Detective Squad supervisor to respond to the scene of the
abduction.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD INVESTIGATOR/SUPERVISOR
5. Conduct a preliminary investigation and ascertain if abduction may fit
criteria for activation of Amber Alert system.
a. Notify Detective Bureau Duty Captain, if abduction meets criteria for the
activation of an Amber Alert.
b. Request that Detective Bureau Duty Captain respond to the scene.
NOTE: Only a Captain or above from the Detective Bureau may request

activation of the Amber Alert System through the New York State Police
Communications Section.
DETECTIVE BUREAU, DUTY CAPTAIN
6. Notify New York State Police of a possible Amber Alert through the New York
State Police Communications Section at (518) 457-6811.
7. Notify Operations Unit of details. If it is believed that the abductor and
missing child may be traveling via public transportation, request Operations
personnel to notify the Transit Bureau Wheel at (718) 243-8906.
a. Notify NYPD Communications Section at (718)254-1669/1440 and have
description of abducted child disseminated over each Department radio
division.
b. Have Communications Section personnel read the following message over
each Department radio division if a vehicle is involved in the abduction: "The
following vehicle is wanted in connection with a New York State Amber Alert
(Provide license plate number and description of vehicle). Personnel assigned
to Department vehicles equipped with the License Plate Reader System are
instructed to manually enter this plate number in order to expedite the search
for this vehicle." (Repeat license plate number and description of vehicle).
8. Notify Major Case Squad.
9. Direct that precinct detective squad member:
a. Notify Missing Persons NCIC Unit and request that a NCIC File 6 be
completed and transmitted.
b. Notify Inter-City Correspondence Unit to generate a NYSPIN File 11A
(Abduction Message) to ensure that other law enforcement agencies are aware of
the abduction and related details.
(1) Fax completed Amber Alert Submission form to (646) 610-5849 along with
a cover sheet including the notifying member's rank, name, tax #, command and
callback number.
c. Prepare and immediately fax the following form to the New York State
Police (518) 457-3207:
(1) Amber Alert Submission Form
d. Conduct follow-up phone call to New York State Police at (518) 457-6811
to confirm receipt of fax.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When sending photographs via E-Mail to the New York State Police, attach only
ONE photograph to each E-Mail. Each additional photograph should be sent in a
separate E-Mail.
The Amber Alert Submission Form should also be faxed to the Traffic Management
Center at (718) 706-1606, IF a vehicle description and a plate number are
available. Once confirmation of activation is received from New York State
Police Communications Section, the Traffic Management Center will initiate the
use of Variable Message Signs throughout the metropolitan area.

In the event that the child is recovered or the case is determined to no
longer qualify (i.e., false report, determined to be a custodial situation),
immediately notify the New York State Police in writing (by fax) so that a
cancellation may be broadcast. Cancellations will be broadcast only if
requested within eight hours of the original activation request. They will be
brief and will not include any information about the status of the child or
the case. Cancellations required after the eight hour period can be
accomplished via normal media notification through the Deputy Commissioner,
Public Information. The Detective Bureau Duty Captain will ensure that Amber
Alerts are cancelled in the proper manner.
When investigation assistance is requested by another agency concerning an
Amber Alert, the requesting agency will be directed to contact the Detective
Bureau, Major Case Squad at (646) 610-6910, or if unavailable, the Detective
Bureau Wheel at (646) 610-5430. All requests for broadcast of an Amber Alert
will be referred to the New York State Police Communications Section at (518)
457-6811.
While most runaway and abductions by non-custodial parents do not qualify,
individual consideration may be given, depending on case circumstances.
Activation should be requested within the shortest period of time possible
following an abduction, but not before a preliminary investigation has been
conducted. In most instances activation will not be practical if an extended
period of time has passed since the disappearance. Inter-agency cooperation
and assistance will greatly enhance the effectiveness of this tool.
The office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information (D.C.P.I. [646]
610-6700) is available on a 24 hour x 7-day basis concerning cases NOT
ELIGIBLE for Amber Alerts or as needed by members of the service. D.C.P.I. has
the ability to simultaneously notify a variety of local and national media
outlets in cases where the immediate assistance of or notification to the
public is deemed necessary.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Missing Persons (P.G. 207-23)
Apprehension Plan (P.G. 213-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Amber Alert Submission Form (NYS)

P.G. 212-100 Auxiliary Police Supervision And Deployment Of
Personnel
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure proper supervision and deployment of auxiliary police personnel on
patrol.
DEFINITIONS
COMMAND AUXILIARY POLICE COORDINATOR - uniformed member of the service
assigned to oversee the Auxiliary Police Program within a precinct, police
service area, transit district, harbor or highway unit.
AUXILIARY POLICE SUPERVISOR - a member of the Auxiliary Police Program in the
rank of sergeant or above.
PROCEDURE
When deploying auxiliary police personnel assigned to a precinct, police
service area, transit district, harbor or highway unit:
COMMAND AUXILIARY POLICE COORDINATOR/ AUXILIARY POLICE SUPERVISOR
1. Assemble auxiliary police officers for roll call, when practical.
2. Conduct roll call as per P.G. 212-01, "Roll Call Formations."
3. Inspect the platoon.
a. Allow members assigned to patrol duty to reasonably demonstrate that a
protective vest is being worn
b. List members deficient in uniform, equipment or personal appearance
c. Reprimand and instruct deficient members privately
d. Follow up to determine if corrections have been made and take
disciplinary action if necessary.
NOTE: Upon notification that a protective vest inspection will be conducted
by the command auxiliary police coordinator/auxiliary police supervisor, it is
incumbent on the member concerned to take appropriate actions to demonstrate
that a protective vest is being worn. Such actions may include, but are not
limited to:
a. Raising, removing, unbuttoning top garment so as to expose the protective
vest, to visual inspection, OR
b. Patting on the front and rear of the protective vest so as to produce a
sound, OR
c. Any other manner which will indicate to the command auxiliary
coordinator/auxiliary supervisor that the protective vest is being worn.

Auxiliary members are reminded that only authorized/approved protective vests
will be worn.
4. Ensure that auxiliary police officers who are under eighteen years of age
are not assigned to patrol duties or undercover "Quality of Life" operations.
5. Ensure that members who are seventeen years of age are only assigned to
administrative functions within the command.
COMMANDING OFFICER / EXECUTIVE OFFICER / SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
6. Attend auxiliary roll call periodically and provide instructions.
7. Inform members of any patterns or trends within the command.
COMMAND AUXILIARY POLICE COORDINATOR/ AUXILIARY POLICE SUPERVISOR
8. Deliver original copy of Auxiliary Roll Call (Form APS # 10) listing
personnel assignments to the command desk officer.
9. Monitor the command radio when auxiliary members are assigned to patrol.
10. Visit auxiliary officers assigned to foot and radio motor patrol
frequently and at irregular intervals during tour and indicate visit by
signing MEMORANDUM PAD (PD112-141) of each member.
11. Maintain ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) or MEMORANDUM PAD, if appropriate, and
make entries listing times, names and assignments of auxiliary officers
visited.
DESK OFFICER
12. Ensure a copy of Auxiliary Roll Call is given to the command platoon
commander and/or command patrol supervisor.
13. Attach original copy of Auxiliary Roll Call to the desk copy of the
command roll call.
NOTE: If auxiliary police officers are present to perform a scheduled tour
and the command auxiliary police coordinator or an auxiliary police supervisor
is unavailable, auxiliary police officers will be assigned by the command desk
officer to auxiliary related duties within the command facility. Under no
circumstances will auxiliary police officers be assigned to perform patrol
duties when the command auxiliary police coordinator or an auxiliary police
supervisor is not present.
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT/ PLATOON COMMANDER
14. Designate a sergeant, other than the patrol supervisor, to oversee
auxiliary police personnel when performing duties within the command facility.
DESIGNATED SERGEANT
15. Supervise auxiliary police personnel assigned to perform duty within the
command facility.
DESK OFFICER/ PATROL SUPERVISOR

16. During command roll call, inform uniformed members of the service of
auxiliary assignments and locations.
PLATOON COMMANDER
17. Be aware of all auxiliary police personnel performing duty on assigned
tour.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
18. Be cognizant of auxiliary police personnel on patrol within assigned
sector or foot post.
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
19. Confer with command auxiliary police coordinator regarding any issues
related to auxiliary police duties and responsibilities.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Harbor Unit operations supervisor will oversee auxiliary launch deployment
in the absence of the command auxiliary police coordinator or auxiliary police
supervisor.
Auxiliary police assignments shall be determined in advance by the special
operations lieutenant in consultation with the commanding officer/executive
officer. Priority patrol posts, command facility assignments and other
information that maximizes safety and/or increases the efficiency of the
Auxiliary Police Program will be kept at the command desk. The command
auxiliary police coordinator and ranking auxiliary officers will maintain a
copy of this information in the unit's office and in the Command Auxiliary
Reference Library.
Commanding officers will ensure that the command auxiliary police coordinator
performs tours that coincide with the tours of auxiliary police personnel,
when possible.
The special operations lieutenant and command auxiliary police coordinator
shall confer with the command training sergeant to obtain training material
relevant to auxiliary police duties.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Roll Call Formations (P.G. 212-01)
Command Auxiliary Police Coordinator (P.G. 202-34)
Selection and Utilization of Auxiliary Police Officer Volunteers As
Undercovers for "Quality of Life" Enforcement (P.G. 214-05)
Line of Duty Injury or Death - Auxiliary Police Officer (P.G. 216-13)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
MEMORANDUM PAD (PD112-141)
Auxiliary Roll Call (Form APS # 10)

P.G. 212-101 Processing Unknown Substances Suspected Of Being
Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous
Materials Evidence
Date Effective: 10-16-13
DEFINITIONS CHEMICAL, BIOLOGICAL, RADIOLOGICAL, NUCLEAR (CBRN) / HAZARDOUS
MATERIAL Incidents - Intelligence derived from numerous reliable sources
indicates that terrorist groups have been trained and directed to:
- Construct improvised weapons from toxic industrial chemicals, radioactive
materials commonly found in scientific equipment, illegally obtained
pathogenic microorganisms, homemade biological toxins and many other types of
common hazardous materials; and,
- Obtain employment driving tanker trucks carrying hazardous materials and
use the trucks and their contents as weapons; and,
- Engage in acts of sabotage involving hazardous material manufacturing and
storage sites.
Consequently, any incident involving an unknown substance suspected of being
a (i) biological weapon agent or hazardous biological organism/toxin; or, (ii)
military chemical agent or toxic industrial chemical; or, (iii)
radiological/nuclear material must be considered a criminal/terrorism incident
(even if it appears that the incident may be the result of an accident), an
investigation must be conducted, the unknown substance must be assessed in
order to identify its hazardous properties and the unknown substance and
related property must be evaluated/processed as evidence. A failure to
initially treat these types of incidents as terrorism/criminal could delay or
prevent the apprehension of the perpetrator(s) and impede or prevent the
disruption of one or more subsequent catastrophic attacks.
CITYWIDE INCIDENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (CIMS) - The Mayor's Citywide Incident
Management System (CIMS) states that the "NYPD will be the Primary Agency at
all CBRN/Haz-Mat incidents, with the responsibility for overall site
management, assessment and investigations (crime-scene/terrorism)."
PRIMARY AGENCY - The Agency authorized by Mayoral Directive to have overall
responsibility of an incident. The Primary Agency will coordinate with Support
Agencies to mitigate the incident.
INNER PERIMETER - Area surrounding all of the locations that may have been
contaminated by the unknown substances suspected of being a Chemical,
Biological, Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous Material. Absent emergency
circumstances, only authorized and necessary personnel who are properly
trained and wearing the appropriate type of Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE) will be allowed to enter the Inner Perimeter. The establishment of an
appropriately sized Inner Perimeter is a component of the NYPD responsibility
for providing "overall site management."
CRIME SCENE - Area surrounding all of the locations that may contain physical
evidence that may have forensic, investigative, demonstrative, etc, value. The
size of the Crime Scene will depend upon the circumstances of the incident.
Initially the size of the Crime Scene should be large and as time progresses
and additional facts are discovered, it may be reduced in size. Initially, the

size of the Crime Scene should be no smaller than the size of the Inner
Perimeter. In order to minimize or avoid the alteration, loss, contamination,
degradation, destruction, etc., of physical evidence, civilians and city,
state, federal agency personnel who are unauthorized or unnecessary, including
unnecessary NYPD personnel, will not be allowed access within the Crime Scene.
The establishment of an appropriately sized Crime Scene is a component of the
NYPD responsibility for providing "overall site management."
OUTER PERIMETER - Area sufficiently removed from the inner perimeter or the
crime scene if larger, so as to ensure that only authorized and necessary
personnel are allowed access and that they enter in a controlled and
coordinated manner. Civilians and city/state/federal agency personnel who are
unauthorized or unnecessary, including unnecessary NYPD personnel, will not be
allowed access within the Outer Perimeter. The Outer Perimeter is established
so as to ensure that when necessary: (i) a sufficient level of force
protection is provided; (ii) individuals may be safely and expeditiously
evacuated; (iii) expeditious access/egress routes are provided for the
authorized and necessary responding emergency vehicles; (iv) pedestrian,
vehicular and mass transit traffic is appropriately controlled; (v) witness
and investigative evidence are expeditiously identified and
secured/safeguarded; (vi) crowds are properly managed; and, (vii) the affected
area, buildings, property, etc, are appropriately secured. The establishment
of an appropriately sized Outer Perimeter is a component of the NYPD
responsibility for providing "overall site management."
NYPD EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT - The Emergency Service Unit will be the lead unit
in the NYPD with respect to assessing an unknown substance suspected of being
a CBRN/Hazardous Material and will be assisted at the incident site by the NYC
Department of Environmental Protection.
NYC FIRE DEPARTMENT - The Mayor's City Wide Incident Management System states
that the core competencies of the NYC Fire Department include fire
suppression; patient care and transport; search and rescue; and,
CBRN/Hazardous Material life safety and mass decontamination. The Mayor's City
Wide Incident Management System also states that at a CBRN/Haz-Mat incident
the NYC Fire Department, "will be responsible for life safety operations and
mass decontamination."
NYC DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION - Personnel are engineers/scientists
who are experts regarding military chemical agents, toxic industrial
chemicals, and other types of chemical compounds. Personnel are also highly
trained and experienced CBRN/Hazardous Materials first responders who utilize
scientific instruments and laboratory techniques in the field to identify the
chemical composition of unknown substances; and, they are supported by a New
York State accredited Hazardous Materials laboratory. Personnel also perform
air, water and soil sampling / analysis; conduct air plume dispersion
modeling; identify/monitor contamination zones; determine the appropriate
mitigation, containment, collection, disposal, decontamination, remediation,
etc, plans, procedures and methods; and perform or direct the appropriate
governmental and/or private assets to perform all or part of the required
mitigation, containment, collection, disposal, decontamination, remediation
actions.
NYC DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND MENTAL HYGIENE - Personnel are medical doctors,
scientists, health care providers and public health professionals who are
experts regarding biological weapon agents and hazardous biological
organisms/toxins, communicable diseases, epidemiology, radioactive
materials/contamination, laboratory sciences, environmental

science/engineering, poisons, contaminated food/water, veterinary/pest
control, decontamination plans/methods, and other public health related
subjects. Personnel are supported by a nationally accredited "Bio-Threat
Response" Public Health laboratory whose function is to determine whether an
unknown substance is a biological weapon or hazardous biological
organism/toxin. Personnel will provide assistance and/or respond to an
incident scene when specifically requested or when a particular pre-designated
circumstances exists.
PROCEDURE
Upon discovering or being called to the scene of an incident involving an
unknown substance suspected of being a Chemical, Biological, Radiological,
Nuclear (CBRN) / Hazardous Material other than an explosive substance or a
conventional, radiological or nuclear explosive device:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Interview complainant(s) and other involved persons, conduct preliminary
investigation, evaluate the totality of the circumstances and utilize common
sense standards to determine if the nature of the unknown substance can be
readily identified as non-hazardous, e.g., packing materials
cleaning/detergent products, pesticides, insecticides, insulation materials,
garden products, dried food products, controlled substances, pet care items,
sweeteners, pharmaceuticals, cooking/baking products, candy, tea/coffee,
hygiene/grooming, stuffing/filler items, etc.
a. Many jobs may be properly classified as unfounded or unnecessary based
upon an evaluation of the totality of the circumstances and the application of
common sense standards to the facts discovered during the preliminary
investigation.
NOTE: if a member of the service suspects that an explosive substance or any
type of conventional, radiological or nuclear explosive device may be present,
follow P.G. 212-40, "Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles - Suspected/Reported
Explosive Devices and Post Explosion Bomb Scenes."
2. Confer with the patrol supervisor regarding the nature of the unknown
substance.
a. Comply with the directions provided.
NOTE: Communications Division will automatically dispatch the patrol
supervisor to the scene of an incident involving an unknown substance of being
a CBRN/Hazardous Material.
The Mayor's City Wide Incident Management Systems (CIMS) states that the
NYPD will be the "Primary Agency" at all CBRN/Haz-Mat incidents, with the
responsibility for overall site management, assessment and investigations
(crime-scene/terrorism). Furthermore, ALL incidents that involve an unknown
substance suspected of being a CBRN/Hazardous Material must be considered a
criminal/terrorism incident (even if it appears that the incident may be the
result of an accident), an investigation must be conducted, the unknown
substance must be assessed in order to identify its hazardous properties and
the unknown substance and related property must be evaluated/processed as
evidence. Therefore, the patrol supervisor or highest-ranking uniformed member
of the Patrol Services Bureau at the scene will be the NYPD Incident
Commander, who will be responsible for ensuring overall site management and

will take appropriate action to ensure that only authorized and necessary
personnel are allowed access within the Outer Perimeter in a controlled and
coordinated manner.
The life and safety of all involved persons and the public is of paramount
concern. The CIMS states that, "life safety operations are the highest
priority Incident Objectives and will be initiated by the first responding
resources capable of performing rescue." Therefore, when necessary, all
appropriate agencies will be notified, resources requested, and access of all
required personnel to the incident scene will be permitted in order to ensure
that the life and safety of all involved persons are protected.
In the event that there is an ongoing uncontrolled release/leak or a
functioning device is actively "disseminating" an unknown substance, the first
appropriately trained and equipped personnel will be allowed access to the
incident/crime scene to stop/control the release/leak or deactivate the
dissemination device. Absent extraordinary circumstances, an envelope or
parcel containing an unknown substance is NOT considered an uncontrolled
release/leak or a functioning/active "disseminating" device. If a member of
the service suspects that the dissemination device may be "booby trapped"
and/or may be some type of explosive device and/or may contain an explosive
substance, follow P.G. 212-40, "Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and Post Explosion Bomb Scenes."
3. If the nature of the unknown substance cannot be determined:
a. Notify the Communications Division dispatcher and request the response of
the Emergency Service Unit.
b. Notify Operations Division and request the response of the NYC Department
of Environmental Protection, Hazardous Materials Response Unit (DEP/HMRU).
c. Notify Operations Division and request the response of the NYC Fire
Department (FDNY) if needed for life safety operations and/or mass
decontamination. If FDNY is requested or is responding or is present, request
the immediate response of the Duty Captain.
d. Evacuate individuals an appropriate distance from the unknown substance
and contaminated areas.
e. Identify and isolate individuals apparently suffering ill effects from
the unknown substance and immediately request Communications Division
dispatcher to send medical assistance.
f. Identify and isolate individuals who have been exposed to the unknown
substance.
g. Identify and isolate individuals who may require decontamination.
h. Establish an appropriately sized Inner Perimeter and take appropriate
measures to isolate, contain and safeguard the unknown substance so as to
prevent any further dispersal/dissemination and to prevent contamination of
additional persons and/or the surrounding areas.
i. Establish an appropriately sized Crime Scene.
j. Establish an appropriately sized Outer Perimeter.

NOTE: Attempt to limit movement and other activity within potentially
contaminated areas so as to minimize the possibility of any further
dispersal/dissemination of the unknown substance and/or any contamination of
additional persons and/or the surrounding areas.
OPERATIONS DIVISON SUPERVISOR
4. Notify the following agencies immediately regarding details of the incident
if it is determined that the suspicious substance represents a credible threat
regardless of whether the actual response of the individual agency is required
at the scene:
a. New York City Office of Emergency Management
b. New York City Fire Department
c. New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene
d. New York City Department of Environmental Protection
e. FBI/NYPD Joint Terrorist Task Force.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
5. Respond and review the actions of the assigned members of service and
ensure that all required notifications have been made.
a. Confer with Operations Division supervisor and ensure that DEP/HMRU has
been notified and is responding to the incident scene.
6. If necessary, ensure that life safety operations are initiated by the first
responding resources capable of performing rescue.
7. If necessary, ensure that any individuals requiring medical attention are
promptly examined/treated by responding medical personnel, and if appropriate,
are expeditiously removed from the incident scene.
NOTE: Request sufficient personnel to secure the scene. Designate the
mobilization point and route to be followed.
8. Notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section and confer
with the supervisor.
a. Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section will immediately
notify the FBI/NYPD Joint Terrorism Task Force Call Center.
9. Ensure that an appropriately sized Inner Perimeter has been established;
only authorized/necessary personnel who are properly trained and wearing the
appropriate type of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) are allowed access
thereto; and, the unknown substance has been adequately isolated, contained
and safeguarded.
10. Ensure that an appropriately sized Crime Scene has been established and
access thereto is strictly controlled in order to prevent the entry of
unnecessary or unauthorized persons.
a. If necessary, expand the original Crime Scene. Initially the size of the
Crime Scene should be no smaller than the size of the Inner Perimeter.

b. Absent extraordinary circumstances and/or circumstances involving the
life or safety of involved persons or the public, only Emergency Service Unit
personnel, DEP/HMRU personnel, Department of Health and Mental Hygiene (DOHMH)
personnel and those appropriately trained and equipped law enforcement
personnel who are involved in the investigation of the incident and have an
absolute need to enter will be allowed access within the Crime Scene.
Civilians and city, state, federal agency personnel who are unauthorized or
unnecessary, including unnecessary NYPD personnel, will not be allowed access
within the Crime Scene.
c. Maintain a record identifying the rank/title, name, command/agency, etc,
of all personnel entering the Crime Scene.
d. If the circumstances dictate that the Crime Scene must be processed by
forensic specialists, request response of the Crime Scene Unit.
e. Do not release control of the Crime Scene without proper authorization.
11. Ensure that an appropriately sized Outer Perimeter has been established;
only authorized and necessary personnel are allowed access within the Outer
Perimeter; and, they enter within the Outer Perimeter in a controlled and
coordinated manner. Civilians and city, state, federal agency personnel who
are unauthorized or unnecessary, including unnecessary NYPD personnel, will
not be allowed access within the Outer Perimeter.
12. Notify the desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
13. If necessary, request response of the Duty Captain.
a. The Duty Captain must immediately respond if (i) there are
or problems involving responding city/state/federal agencies or
organizations; or, (ii) FDNY has been requested for life safety
and/or mass decontamination; or, (iii) FDNY is responding to or
incident scene.

any questions
private
operations
present at the

14. Notify the Precinct Detective Squad.
a. Request Detective Squad to respond if (i) an immediate investigation
should be conducted; or, (ii) needed to assist in the identification of the
unknown substance, i.e., identify and interview the individual or company that
sent, delivered, abandoned, etc, the unknown substance.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT PERSONNEL
15. Respond to the scene and comply with all applicable Emergency Service Unit
(ESU) procedures regarding:
a. Assessment of the incident scene, environment, atmosphere, etc, for
chemical, radiological, explosive/flammable, and other applicable hazards.
b. Documentation, sampling, marking, collection, packaging, sealing, etc, of
unknown substances and related items/evidence.
c. Decontamination of persons, objects and areas.
d. Packing, sealing and disposal of contaminated non-evidence waste items,
e.g., personal protective equipment (PPE), items used for decontamination.

e. Collaboration and conferral with DEP/HMRU personnel, and when applicable,
personnel from DOHMH, FDNY, other city, state, federal agencies and private
organizations.
DEP / HMRU PERSONNEL
16. Analyze the unknown substance for hazards and explosive properties.
17. Identify the chemical compound(s) and hazardous materials that are present
in the unknown substance.
18. When necessary and after conferral with ESU
mark, collect, package, seal, establish a chain
samples of the unknown substance and/or related
Hazardous Materials Laboratory for examination,
disposal, and/or other appropriate action.

personnel, document, sample,
of custody for and transport
evidence/items to the DEP
analysis, safeguarding,

19. When necessary and after conferral with ESU personnel, based upon the
circumstances of the incident:
a. Perform air, water and/or soil sampling and analysis.
b. Conduct air plume dispersion modeling.
c. Identify and monitor contamination zones.
d. Determine the appropriate mitigation, containment, collection, disposal,
decontamination, remediation, etc, plans, procedures and methods.
e. Perform or direct the appropriate governmental and/or private assets to
perform all or part of the required mitigation, containment, collection,
disposal, decontamination, remediation actions.
20. Confer with ESU personnel and advise regarding analytical results,
technical determinations and any other relevant findings and recommendations.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT PERSONNEL
21. Notify Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor if:
a. Radioactive material/contamination may be present and the assistance
and/or response of personnel assigned to the DOHMH Office of Radiological
Health is required.
b. Based upon the circumstances of the incident, the assistance and/or
response of appropriate DOHMH personnel may be required.
c. DOHMH personnel must be notified and requested to provide assistance
and/or respond in the following situations: (i) there is a credible threat of
the presence of a biological weapon agent or hazardous biological
organism/toxin; or, (ii) a civilian(s) is transported to a hospital(s); or,
(iii) there is contamination or decontamination of civilians; or, (iv) any
involved individual states that he is ill and believes that the unknown
substance may be the cause of the illness; or, (v) there is a public health
related question/problem involving the extent of the contamination and/or the
appropriate decontamination plans, procedures, methods, etc, to be used with
respect to any persons, objects, rooms, buildings, areas, etc; or, (vi) there

is any public health related question/problem regarding the safeguarding,
evacuation, closing/sealing, entering/reentering habitation, etc, of the room,
building, location, area, etc, in question; or, (vii) any involved individual
has a public health related question/problem that requires the expertise of
DOHMH personnel to resolve; or, (viii) the nature of the complainant, location
or facts surrounding the incident creates extenuating circumstances.
d. Technical or scientific assistance/response is required from any federal,
state, city agency or private organization.
e. Immediate response of investigators assigned to the Intelligence Bureau
and/or the FBI/NYPD Joint Terrorism Task Force is required.
NOTE: The Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor will
immediately notify the Operations Division regarding any additional assistance
that has been requested by the Emergency Service Unit personnel and will
immediately inform the Operations Division personnel of any additional facts
and circumstances as well as any issues or problems related to the incident.
22. Determine whether samples of the unknown substance and/or the related
evidence/items should be collected and subsequently delivered to the NYC
Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, Public Health Laboratory (DOHMH/PHL)
for analysis to determine whether the unknown substance is a biological weapon
agent or hazardous biological organism/toxin.
23. In order to avoid unnecessary submissions to the DOHMH/PHL (i) evaluate
the totality of the circumstances regarding the incident in question; (ii)
consider the results of any preliminary investigation, (iii) confer with
DEP/HMRU personnel, and when applicable, personnel from DOHMH, FDNY, other
city, state, federal agencies and private organizations, (iv) assess any other
relevant facts and circumstances.
a. Absent facts or circumstances to the contrary, it would be reasonable to
submit samples of the unknown substance and/or the related evidence/ items
(e.g., envelope, package, container, letter, contents, etc,) to the DOHMH/PHL
in the following situations:
(1) Express or implied CBRN/Hazardous Material threat made against the
complainant/location in question and an unknown substance is present and
visible.
(2) Express or implied CBRN/Hazardous Material threat made against the
complainant/location in question and an unknown substance may be present but
is not visible.
(3) No express or implied CBRN/Hazardous Material threat made against the
complainant/location in question and an unknown substance is present and
visible and it cannot be logically explained by packaging, labels, contents of
letter/package/container, nature of the location, nature of
recipient/sender/resident or other facts and circumstances.
(4) No express or implied CBRN/Hazardous Material threat made against the
complainant/location in question and an unknown substance may be present but
it is not visible, however, the circumstances (including the nature of the
envelope, package, container, letter, contents, etc) are suspicious and the
unknown substance was found in the proximity of or delivered to a senior
government official or a high profile public figure or a sensitive location
(e.g., government agency, utility company, electronic/print media company,

major transportation center, high profile financial institution, large high
profile business, etc.); or, was found on a publicly or privately
owned/operated bus, train, subway, watercraft, aircraft, etc.
b. In those situation where there is no express or implied CBRN/Hazardous
Material threat made against the complainant/location in question and an
unknown substance may be present, whether it is visible or not, and the
complainant(s) states that they are ill and believes that the unknown
substance may be the cause of the illness, notify the Intelligence Bureau,
Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor and confer with DOHMH/PHL personnel
regarding the submission of samples of the unknown substance and the related
evidence/items (e.g., envelope, package, container, letter, contents, etc,) to
the DOHMH/PHL for analysis.
24. Advise the patrol supervisor whether samples of the unknown substance(s)
and/or related evidence/items and any contaminated non-evidence waste items
must be collected and transported to the DOMHM/PHL by an assigned uniformed
member of the service.
25. If samples of the unknown substance(s) and/or the related evidence/items
must be collected and transported to the DOHMH/PHL for analysis to determine
whether the unknown substance is a biological weapon agent or hazardous
biological organism/toxin:
a. Immediately request the response of an Emergency Service Unit supervisor.
b. Collect and separately package/seal each of the samples of the unknown
substance and/or each of the related evidence/items and any contaminated
non-evidence waste items in conformance with appropriate ESU procedures. The
packaging/sealing methodology utilized by ESU personnel strictly complies with
all applicable federal, state and city health/safety laws and regulations.
c. Complete ALL CAPTIONS on the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form (Misc.
4237). Enter N/A, UNK, NONE, etc, when applicable.
d. Comply with all other applicable ESU and Department procedures.
NOTE: The Emergency Service Unit supervisor will review the Evidence
Collection/Tracking Form for completeness and accuracy, and will ensure that
the sample(s) of unknown substance(s), the related evidence/items and any
contaminated non-evidence waste items have been properly and safely
packaged/sealed.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
26. If the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence/items and contaminated non-evidence waste items have to be delivered
to the DOHMH/PHL, designate a uniformed member of the service to perform this
assignment and direct him/her to remain at the incident location until the
packages are ready to be transported.
27. If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence /items have to be delivered to the DOHMH/PHL and/or the DEP Hazardous
Materials Laboratory for analysis:
a. Direct that a separate AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) be prepared
for each individual who was exposed to the unknown substance.

(1) An AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET MUST be prepared for an individual that was
exposed to the unknown substance even if the individual did not have to be
decontaminated.
(2) Under the "Details" section of the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET, describe
the circumstances, manner, duration, extent, etc, regarding the exposure of
the aided to the unknown substance. Specifically indicate whether the aided
had direct contact with the unknown substance.
b. Have a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) prepared and classify it
as open - "Investigate Suspicious Substance" and any other offence(s) that may
have been committed, e.g., aggravated harassment, disorderly conduct,
harassment, reckless endangerment, menacing.
(1) Refer the COMPLAINT REPORT to the Detective Squad, precinct of
occurrence, for: (i) appropriate investigation; and, (ii) required
notifications(s) regarding the results of the DOHMH/PHL analysis and/or DEP
Hazardous Materials Laboratory analysis.
NOTE: If a member of the service is exposed to an unknown substance
suspected of being a CBRN/Hazardous Material, comply with P.G. 205-10,
"Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases Hazardous
Materials" and any other applicable Patrol Guide Procedures.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT PERSONNEL
28. Identify the person who will be notified by the Detective Squad, precinct
of occurrence, of the results of the DOHMH/PHL and/or DEP Hazardous Materials
Laboratory analysis of the samples of the unknown substance, i.e.,
complainant, office manager, security director/coordinator, medical/safety
coordinator, building superintendent, building manager/owner or other
appropriate designated contact person.
a. Enter the designated contact person's name, title, home/work/cell
telephone numbers and other required contact information in the appropriate
captions on the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form.
29. If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence/items are being delivered to the DOHMH/PHL and/or to the DEP
Hazardous Materials Laboratory notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal
Intelligence Section from the scene and:
a. Provide ESU Hammer number
b. Plastic Security Envelope Number(s), if applicable.
c. Obtain the next WMD Log Number.
(1) If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence/items are being delivered to the DOHMH/PHL, enter the Intelligence
Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section WMD Log Number in the appropriate
caption of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form.
(2) If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence/items are being delivered to the DEP Hazardous Material Laboratory,
provide the DEP/HMRU personnel with the WMD Log Number.
NOTE: DOHMH/PHL will not accept samples of the unknown substance and the

related evidence/items unless an Evidence Collection/ Tracking Form has been
prepared and a WMD Log number has been issued by the Intelligence Bureau,
Criminal Intelligence Section and entered on the form.
INTELLIGENCE BOROUGH CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION SUPERVISOR
30. If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence/items are being delivered to the DOHMH/PHL and/or to the DEP
Hazardous Materials Laboratory, notify the FBI/NYPD Joint Terrorist Task Force
Call Center and request the immediate response of investigators if they are
not already responding or present.
31. If packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or related
evidence/items are being delivered to the DOHMH/PHL
a. Notify the DOHMH/PHL and explain the facts and circumstances:
(1) Monday - Friday, 0900 to 1700 hours, telephone DOHMH/PHL at (212)
477-1091 and ask to speak to the "BT Lab Duty Officer."
(2) Other times, telephone the Poison Control Center at (212) 764-7667 and
ask to speak to the "On-Call BT Lab Duty Officer."
b. Notify the DOHMH/PHL Law Enforcement Receiving Intake Area by telephone
at (212) 213-1410 and ask to speak to the DOHMH uniformed Officer.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT PERSONNEL
32. Deliver the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance, the related
evidence/items and the contaminated non-evidence waste items to the designated
transporting uniformed member of the service for IMMEDIATE delivery DIRECT to
the DOHMH/PHL.
33. Obtain the signature of the designated transporting officer on the
Evidence Collection/Tracking Form as a receipt and to establish a chain of
custody for the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and/or
related evidence/items.
a. Retain the ESU copy of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form (3rd copy).
b. Give the remaining four copies of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form
to the designated transporting officer, to be immediately delivered direct to
the DOHMH/PHL with the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance, the
related evidence/items and the contaminated non-evidence waste items.
TRANSPORTING UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
34. Take custody of the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance, the
related evidence/items and the contaminated non-evidence waste items from the
ESU personnel.
a. Do not open the seals/packages.
b. Exercise caution so as not to accidentally damage, break, puncture, tear,
etc, the seals / packages.
35. Confer with the ESU personnel and examine the Evidence Collection /
Tracking Form to verify the number and type of packages that are being

accepted for IMMEDIATE delivery DIRECT to the DOHMH/PHL.
a. Sign the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form in the appropriate section.
36. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry that will record the chain of custody
for the samples of the unknown substance and the related evidence/ items and
include:
a. The rank, name, tax number and command of the collecting/packaging ESU
officers.
b. Total number and type of packages that are being delivered to the
DOHMH/PHL.
c. Plastic Security Envelope number(s) and ESU Hammer number and WMD Log
number.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
37. Verify that the designated transporting officer's ACTIVITY LOG entry is
complete and accurate.
a. Indicate verification by signing the ACTIVITY LOG.
38. Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG entries and include statement indicating
that an appropriate record of the chain of custody has been made.
39. Direct the designated transporting officer to IMMEDIATELY deliver the
packaged samples of the unknown substance, the related evidence/items, the
contaminated non-evidence waste items and Evidence Collection/Tracking Form
DIRECTLY to the DOHMH/PHL.
TRANSPORTING UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
40. IMMEDIATELY transport and deliver all of the packaged/sealed samples of
the unknown substance, the related evidence/items, the contaminated
non-evidence waste items and Evidence Collection/Tracking Form DIRECT to the
NYC Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, Public Health Laboratory
(DOHMH/PHL), Law Enforcement Receiving Intake Area, located at 455 1st Avenue,
New York, NY (use entrance on 26th Street between 2nd Ave and 1st Ave).
NOTE: The transporting officer will NOT proceed to the precinct of
occurrence to voucher the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance
and/or the related evidence/items prior to transporting/delivering them to the
DOHMH/PHL.
AFTER ARRIVAL AT THE DOHMH/PHL EVIDENCE INTAKE AREA
41. Obtain DOHMH/PHL "Accession Number" from the DOHMH uniformed Officer
assigned to the evidence intake area and enter it on the Evidence
Collection/Tracking Form in the appropriate caption.
42. Obtain signature of the receiving DOHMH evidence intake area Officer on
the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form in order to establish a chain of custody
for the packaged/sealed samples of the unknown substance and the related
evidence/items.
43. Submit original copy of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form to the DOHMH

evidence intake area Officer.
44. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A) maintained at the
DOHMH/PHL evidence intake area. List the packaged / sealed samples of the
unknown substance and the related evidence/items that are being submitted to
the DOHMH/PHL, and categorize the property as "Investigatory". DO NOT list the
packaged/sealed contaminated non-evidence waste items on the WORKSHEET.
a. Telephone desk officer, precinct of occurrence, and obtain the serial
number of the next available PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141); and, request
that this INVOICE be set aside in order to voucher the packaged/sealed samples
of the unknown substance and the related evidence/items that have been
delivered to the DOHMH/PHL. Write the serial number on the WORKSHEET.
b. Complete ALL captions on the WORKSHEET. Enter N/A, UNK, NONE, etc, when
applicable.
c. Enter NYPD Plastic Security Envelope serial number(s) adjacent to the
associated ITEM(s) on the WORKSHEET.
d. Write the following in the "Remarks" section of the WORKSHEET: "The above
property was invoiced as possible CBRN/Hazardous Material evidence for
investigation. DOHMH/PHL Laboratory Accession # _____. Receipted for by DOHMH
Officer________."
e. Request DOHMH evidence intake area Officer to sign the statement in the
"Remarks" section of the WORKSHEET as a receipt; or, enter "Refused
Signature."
f. Prepare and sign DOHMH form Evidence/Property Custody Document and all
other required DOHMH forms, reports, receipts, etc.
45. Prior to leaving the DOHMH/PHL evidence intake area, notify the
Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section and provide the following:
a. DOHMH/PHL "Accession Number."
b. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE serial number.
c. PLASTIC SECURITY ENVELOPE serial number(s).
46. Deliver to the desk officer, precinct of occurrence:
a. Remaining copies of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form.
b. Original PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.
DESK OFFICER
47. Review the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form and PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
SHEET for accuracy and completeness.
48. Distribute the remaining copies of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form
as indicated on the bottom of the form:
a. Send second copy to the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence
Section Weapons of Mass Destruction Desk, One Police Plaza, Room 1109, in the
next outgoing mail.

b. Fifth copy to the designated transporting officer who delivered the
packages to the DOHMH/PHL.
49. Direct that the previously set aside PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE be prepared
based upon the information contained on the WORKSHEET.
50. Review the INVOICE for accuracy and completeness.
a. Utilize ACTIVITY LOG entry of delivering member of the service; and,
Evidence Collection/Tracking Form; and, WORKSHEET to verify accuracy of
INVOICE.
b. Sign the INVOICE.
51. Have the WORKSHEET attached to the INVOICE.
52. Direct property officer to safeguard/file the INVOICE and attached
WORKSHEET until notified by the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence
Section that the unknown substance was analyzed by the DOHMH/PHL.
53. Have the information from the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET that was previously
prepared for each individual who was exposed to the Unknown substance entered
into the On Line Aided Systems (O.L.A.S.)
a. Review the O.L.A.S. AIDED REPORT for accuracy and completeness.
b. Ensure that a separate AIDED REPORT was prepared for each individual who
was exposed to the unknown substance even if the individual did not have to be
contaminated.
c. Ensure that all of the required information regarding the circumstances,
manner, duration, extent, etc, of the aided's exposure to the unknown
substance is recorded under the "Details" section of the AIDED REPORT,
including whether the aided had direct contact with the unknown substance.
54. Have the information from the previously prepared COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET entered into the On Line Complaint System (OLCS).
a. Review the OLCS computer generated copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT for
accuracy and completeness.
NOTE: Ensure that all AIDED REPORT numbers are recorded on the related
COMPLAINT REPORT number is recorded on all of the related AIDED REPORTS.
55. Notify the Detective Squad, precinct of occurrence and forward to them the
following documents:
a. Fourth copy of the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form.
b. Appropriate copies of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
c. Copy of all of the related AIDED REPORTS.
d. Copy of the OLCS computer generated COMPLAINT REPORT.
56. Fax the following documents to the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal
Intelligence Section and call the IDOU supervisor at (646) 805-6400 to verify

that the FAX was received:
a. Second copy of the completed Evidence Collection/Tracking Form.
b. Copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
c. Copy of the OLCS computer generated COMPLAINT REPORT.
d. Copy of all of the related AIDED REPORTS.
AFTER NOTIFICATION TO THE INTELLIGENCE BUREAU, CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION
FROM THE DOHMH/PHL AND/OR THE DEP HAZARDOUS MATERIALS LABORATORY REGARDING
RESULTS OF THE ANALYSIS OF THE UNKNOWN SUBSTANCE
INTELLIGENCE BUREAU, CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION SUPERVISOR
57. Inform the Operations Coordinator, precinct of occurrence, of the results
of the DOHMH/PHL and/or DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory analysis of the
unknown substance.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR, PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
58. Have involved members of the service notified of the results of the
analysis of the unknown substance.
59. After being notified of the results of a DEP Hazardous Materials
Laboratory analysis of the unknown substance comply with the instructions of
the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor.
60. After being notified of the results of a DOHMH/PHL analysis of the unknown
substance:
a. If the results of the analysis are NEGATIVE a member of the service:
(1) MUST respond within seventy two hours to the DOHMH/PHL, Room 203, from
Monday to Friday, between 0800 and 1600 hours, with copies of the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE to retrieve the vouchered packages.
(2) Identify any vouchered items/packages that cannot be retrieved from
DOHMH/PHL. Make appropriate entries on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to account
for the missing vouchered items/packages and explain the reason why the
items/packages are missing and are not being retrieved, e.g., consumed during
sample analysis, destroyed during decontamination, transferred to another
laboratory.
(3) In the appropriate area of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE print rank,
name, and tax number of the DOHMH evidence Officer. Have the DOHMH evidence
Officer sign the entry as a receipt for the vouchered items/packages being
retrieved and a verification of the missing vouchered items/package; or, enter
"Refused Signature."
(4) Prepare and sign DOHMH form Evidence/Property Custody Document and all
other required DOHMH forms, reports, receipts, etc.
(5) Deliver the retrieved items/packages and PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to the
desk officer, precinct of occurrence, for processing according to the
applicable Department guidelines.

b. If the results of the analysis are POSITIVE, comply with the instructions
that are provided by the ranking member of the service making the
notification.
61. Notify the Detective Squad supervisor, precinct of occurrence, of the
results of the DOHMH/PHL and/or DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory analysis of
the unknown substance.
62. If applicable, notify Medical Division of the results of the DOHMH/PHL
and/or DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory analysis of the unknown substance in
compliance with P.G. 205-10, "Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious
Diseases or Hazardous Materials."
PRECINICT DETECTIVE SQUAD SUPERVISOR
63. Ensure that the individual identified as the designated contact person on
the Evidence Collection/Tracking Form is notified of the results of the
DOHMH/PHL and/or DEP Hazardous Materials Laboratory analysis of the unknown
substance.
a. When the laboratory analysis results are negative, if other offense(s)
may have been committed, it will be the responsibility of the assigned
detective to fully investigate the incident.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When members of the NYPD respond and determine that an unknown substance is
not CBRN/Hazardous Material evidence and does not otherwise have to be
collected/packaged and/or vouchered/safeguarded; if another agency responds
and collects/packages the unknown substance, then the NYPD will NOT take
custody of the package(s) from the involved agency absent new or additional
information indicating the unknown substance is CBRN/Hazardous Material
evidence and/or must be collected/packages and/or vouchered/safeguarded by the
NYPD. The patrol supervisor will respond and interview the involved agency
supervisor and confer with the Emergency Service Unit supervisor and the
Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor. If there is an
issue that cannot be resolved, the patrol supervisor will request the
immediate response of the Duty Captain.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous
Materials (P.G. 205-10)
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles - Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and
Post Explosion Bomb Scene (P.G. 212-40)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Citywide Incident Management System (P.G. 220 Series)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
Evidence Collection/Tracking Form (Misc 4237)
Evidence/Property Custody Document

P.G. 212-102 Personal Radiation Detection Pager Alarms
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To investigate personal radiation detection pager alarms emanating from
radiological materials that may endanger the public, and to establish a
process to record occurrences of radiation alerts for the purpose of:
a. Investigating elevated readings
b. Determining if further investigation or action is warranted
c. Documenting location(s) or where activations have occurred.
SCOPE
Personal radiation detection pagers, designed as early warning devices, will
be issued ONLY to trained supervisors/designated members in order to
detect/investigate the presence of hazardous radiological materials that may
endanger the public and members of the service.
DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this procedure, the following definitions will apply:
PERSONAL RADIATION DETECTION PAGER ALARM - a sensitive search device, usually
pager sized, designed to alert increased levels of gamma radiation. The alerts
allow the wearer to track, isolate and identify sources emitting gamma
radiation. Personal radiation detection pager alarms are designed as
interdiction tools alerting officers to the presence of radiation fields that
they would not normally be aware of.
NOTE: Personal radiation detection pager alarms shall be deployed in
accordance with P.G. 219-27, "Issuance And Maintenance of Radiation Detection
Pagers."
HOSTILE ALARM - Through investigation, interview and/or personal experience,
the trained supervisor/designated member determines that the alarm activation
resulted from a reading emanating from a substance or device that is
suspicious or criminal in nature or if the member cannot identify the source
of an alarm.
IDENTIFIED ALARM - Through investigation, interview and/or personal
experience, trained supervisor/designated member identifies alarm as both
non-criminal and non-threatening. Examples of sources that may cause an
identified alarm include, but are not limited to: licensed medical
transporters, power plants, research/medical facilities, naturally occurring
background radiation and common construction materials.
INNOCENT ALARM - Through investigation, trained supervisor/designated member
determines that the alarm activation was due to the proximity to an individual
following, or who is in the course of receiving medical radiation treatment.
PROCEDURE

Upon alarm activation of the personal radiation detection pager, and detection
of elevated radiation readings.
IF ABLE TO LOCATE SOURCE AND IDENTIFY AS AN "IDENTIFIED" OR "INNOCENT" ALARM
NOTE: Supervisors of specialized units present at the scene will perform the
duties of the platoon commander/patrol supervisor regarding necessary
reporting requirements.
TRAINED MEMBER UTILIZING PAGER
1. Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries.
2. Notify platoon commander/patrol supervisor.
PLATOON COMMANDER/PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Respond to scene and conduct investigation.
4. Notify Counterterrorism Bureau, Lower Manhattan Security Coordination
Center (LMSCC) for ALL alarms, including "Innocent," "Identified," or
"Hostile" alarms.
5. Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG entries.
IF UNABLE TO IDENTIFY OR LOCATE SOUCE, OR ABLE TO IDENTIFY AS A "HOSTILE"
ALARM
TRAINED MEMBER UTILIZING PAGER
6. Conduct preliminary field investigation to determine source.
7. Request the response of the platoon commander/patrol supervisor.
8. Establish the boundary where the alarm no longer signals radiation levels
and isolate and contain all persons inside boundary line and possible
contaminated area.
a. Immediately request the response of Emergency Service Unit personnel.
b. Do not allow persons to enter affected area pending a determination by
ESU as to whether or not decontamination is necessary. An AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) will be completed for any persons who may have been
exposed. Comply with P.G. 212-37 "Hazardous Materials," P.G. 212-101,
"Processing Unknown Substances Suspected of Being Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous Materials Evidence," and P.G. 220
Series, "Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS)," if appropriate.
PLATOON COMMANDER/PATROL SUPERVISOR
9. Respond to scene and take appropriate action in accordance with the nature
or severity of the perceived threat.
a. Determine if additional personnel/equipment is needed.
b. Assume role as initial Incident Commander and comply with P.G. 212-37
"Hazardous Materials," P.G. 212-40, "Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles -

Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and Post Explosion Bomb Scenes," P.G.
213-03 "Rapid Mobilization," P.G. 212-101, "Processing Unknown Substances
Suspected of Being Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear
(CBRN)/Hazardous Materials Evidence," and P.G. 220 Series, "Citywide Incident
Management System (CIMS)," if appropriate.
10. Confer with a supervisor from patrol precinct concerned if the trained
member utilizing the radiation pager is not assigned to that patrol command
prior to making a determination that an alarm is hostile.
NOTE: Supervisory officers of patrol commands may have previous know-ledge
of the source location of the alarm and may know the cause to be non hostile.
11. Notify police service area (PSA) or transit district desk officer if an
alarm was activated on police service area (PSA) or transit district property.
12. Notify duty captain concerned via Patrol Borough Wheel.
13. Notify Counterterrorism Bureau, Lower Manhattan Security Coordination
Center (LMSCC) for ALL alarms, including "Innocent," "Identified," or
"Hostile" alarms.
14. Notify Operations Division.
15. Notify Intelligence Bureau WMD Desk to obtain log number.
16. Conduct investigation.
17. Make ACTIVITY LOG entry.
18. Direct the preparation of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) if incident
requires further investigation.
ESU MEMBER
19. Respond, identify source and take appropriate action.
20. Ensure ESU supervisor is responding.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles - Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and
Post Explosive Bomb Scenes (P.G. 212-40)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Issuance and Maintenance of Radiation Detection Pagers (P.G. 219-27)
Processing Unknown Substances Suspected of Being Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous Materials Evidence (P.G. 212-101)
Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS) (P.G. 220 Series)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

P.G. 212-103 Crime Information Centers
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To properly identify what should be posted in a precinct, PSA or transit
district "Crime Information Center," and identify those responsible for
maintaining this information.
DEFINITION
CRIME INFORMATION CENTER - A central command repository for the dissemination
of information that will assist MOS in the apprehension of wanted persons and
the detection and identification of criminal activity. The Crime Information
Center will guide deployment of resources and increase officer safety. The
Crime Information Center is to be situated in the command's muster room and
will be maintained on either bulletin boards or in wall mounted glass cases.
The Crime Information Center is to be kept neat, orderly and free of
obstructions.
PROCEDURE
To assist crime control and maximize officer safety by providing ready access
to current crime intelligence and information on fugitives and other wanted or
dangerous criminals that may be encountered in the field.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
1. Oversee the maintenance of the Crime Information Center and ensure
deficiencies are corrected.
2. Act as a liaison between the crime analysis personnel, detective squad and
field intelligence officer and other appropriate personnel.
CRIME ANALYSIS SUPERVISOR
3. Ensure that the Crime Information Center is updated and maintained as
follows:
a. Crime Maps - Post current and accurate maps for the following:
i. Twenty-eight day maps, electronic maps if available, for the seven
major felony crimes, and shooting incidents.
ii. Year to date maps, electronic maps if available, for murder.
iii. Year to date maps, electronic maps if available, for shooting
incidents.
b. Crime Breakdown - Post "running" twenty-eight day spread sheets for each
of the seven major felony crimes and for shooting incidents. The following
data will be included:
i. Date

ii. Day of week
iii. Time
iv. Address
v. Type of location, e.g., elevator, park, street
vi. Complaint number
vii. Sector/Development
viii. Brief synopsis of details
ix. Sex, race and age of victim
x. Suspect's description (if applicable)
c. Crime Trends, Clusters, Alerts - Post all trends, clusters, alerts and
intelligence information that are generated by the Patrol Borough Pattern
Identification Module (PIM), and that affect the command.
d. Surveillance Systems - Post one map identifying all of the camera
locations and a list of addresses where the cameras are deployed throughout
the command regarding the following:
i. A.R.G.U.S.
ii. V.I.P.E.R.
iii. Operation Safe Store
iv. Housing Authority Small Scale Camera Systems
v. Transit Authority C.C.T.V.
vi. Red light enforcement (Department of Transportation)
vii. Any other appropriate camera programs or initiatives as they are
developed and implemented.
e. Impact and Impact Overtime Zones i. Post map with current Impact Zone boundaries, and days and hours of
deployment.
ii. Post map with current Impact Overtime Zone boundaries, and days and
hours of deployment.
iii. Post map with current deployment and zone boundaries for any
programmatic enforcement overtime initiative/strategy conducted within a
narrowly focused and defined target area. Identify the name of the program,
initiative or strategy and list days and hours of deployment.
[I.O. 50 s 11] f. Weekly/revised COMMAND CONDITIONS REPORT, as appropriate.
NOTE: Crime maps and crime details will be posted weekly before 1400 hours
each Tuesday. Other maps, if applicable to the command, will be posted in a

timely manner.
Disclosure of domestic violence crime victim information is in violation of
Mayor's Executive Orders Number 34 and 41. Therefore, information regarding
the status of a person as a "Domestic Violence Crime Victim" (i.e., victim
listed on a Domestic Violence Unit's "High Propensity List") cannot be
displayed within a Crime Information Center.
DETECTIVE SQUAD SUPERVISOR
4. Ensure the timely posting of the following items in the Crime Information
Center of affected commands:
a. Crime Patterns – All patterns affecting the command, including borough
and citywide patterns, from units such as, but not limited to:
i. Central Robbery Section
ii. Special Victims Squads
iii. Major Case Squad
iv. Financial Crimes Task Force
v. I.A.B., Police Impersonation Squad
vi. Auto Crime Division
b. Wanted Person Photos - Photos of wanted persons in the following priority
order:
i. Subjects wanted by the command.
ii. Subjects wanted by other commands who live within the confines of the
command.
iii. Subjects wanted by other commands who live in New York City.
c. Investigation Cards (I-Cards) - Photos of "Probable Cause to Arrest"
Investigation Card (I-Card) subjects within twenty-four hours after the ICard is activated.
i. Commands with a large number of I-Cards, should post photos and
information regarding individuals who are the subjects of "Probable Cause to
Arrest" I-Cards for Homicide, Non-Fatal Shooting and Robbery.
ii. Photos regarding "Probable Cause to Arrest" I-Cards for subjects
wanted for other crimes may be maintained on clipboards in the Crime
Information Center.
5. Ensure the following items are removed from the Crime Information Center:
a. Remove photos of "Probable Cause to Arrest" I-Card subjects within
twenty- four hours after the subject is arrested on the I-Card or the I-Card
is otherwise deactivated.
b. Remove all closed patterns within twenty-four hours of notification that
the pattern has been closed.

FIELD INTELLIGENCE OFFICER
6. Ensure current and accurate lists of the following are posted in the Crime
Information Center by the 5th of each month:
a. NYS Parolees - Active N.Y.S. Parolees who reside within the
command/development(s). Include the:
i. Parolee's address
ii. Crime
iii. Conditions of Parole
b. Top 500 Burglars - "Top 500 Burglar" list as follows:
i. Persons arrested for Burglary in the command.
ii. Persons arrested for Burglary in other commands /development(s), who
reside in the command /development.
c. Gang Members - Listing of active gang members who reside within the
command/development(s), and indicate their gang affiliation.
d. Post the names, addresses and a photo of persons who are designated as
chronic offenders.
i. Commanding officers will determine what criteria will be used to define
a chronic offender based upon command conditions. For example, a command with
a robbery condition may choose to define a chronic offender as a person who
has been arrested for robbery within the involved command two or more times
during the previous five years.
NOTE: The field intelligence officer should confer with the commanding
officer and prioritize postings required in step "6" subdivisions "a" through
"d" above.
If the field intelligence officer position is vacant these functions will be
performed by an appropriate member designated by the commanding officer.
BOROUGH ADJUTANT
7. Designate appropriate borough level supervisor to inspect the Crime
Information Centers, at least once a month.
8. Ensure that the commanding officer expeditiously corrects any deficiencies.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Commanding officers should designate space in the Crime Information Center to
be utilized for command specific conditions.
"Cash for Guns" and "Gun Stop" posters should NOT be placed inside the Crime
Information Center. Instead, display "Cash for Guns" and "Gun Stop" posters
prominently in a significant number of appropriate locations throughout the
command where they will be readily viewed by the public. Examples include:

a. Entrance vestibule of the command
b. Lobby of the command
c. 124 room
d. Arrest processing area
e. Desk area
f. Interview room
g. Debriefing location
h. Detective Squad, if applicable
HOUSING BUREAU
In addition to the above, the following issues specific to Housing Bureau
commands are noted:
a. Police Service Area Crime Information Centers will be partitioned by
precinct areas serviced by the PSA. A listing of developments, maps, patterns,
crime breakdowns, photos of wanted persons, etc. will be posted in each
section. Where applicable, the housing development where crimes are occurring,
or where wanted persons/fugitives, etc., are known to frequent, will be
specifically indicated.
b. V.I.P.E.R. base, satellite commands, hi-tech police rooms, and other
Housing Bureau substations will maintain a Crime Information Center
appropriate to their area of responsibility. PSA commanders will designate a
supervisor assigned to each subcommand to coordinate with the PSA Crime
Analysis Unit and ensure updated and accurate data.
c. The Detective Borough Operations Commander will ensure that detective
commands directly coordinate with the PSA Operations Coordinator to ensure
that step "4" and step "5" of this order are complied with.
d. The duties of the Patrol Borough Adjutant will be performed by the
Housing Borough Executive Officer.
TRANSIT BUREAU
In addition to the above, the following issues specific to Transit Bureau
commands are noted:
a. Transit District Crime Information Centers will be partitioned by the
precinct areas serviced by the District. Subway line/station maps, street
maps, patterns, crime breakdowns, photo of wanted persons, etc., will be
posted in each section. Where applicable, the subway line/station where crimes
are occurring, or where wanted persons/fugitives, etc., are known to frequent
will be specifically indicated.
b. District commanding officers will designate the Crime Analysis Supervisor
to directly coordinate with detective squads, the Borough Pattern
Identification Module, and others, to facilitate the timely exchange of
information, updates, etc., and dissemination of materials.

c. The Detective Borough Operations Commander will ensure that detective
commands directly coordinate with the District Crime Analysis Supervisor to
ensure that step "4" and step "5" of this order are complied with.
d. The duties of the Patrol Borough Adjutant will be preformed by the
Transit Borough Executive Officer.
e. The Transit District Crime Analysis Supervisor will obtain the
information listed in step "6" subdivision "a" from the Transit Bureau's
Special Projects Lieutenant.

P.G. 212-104 Interaction With Hearing Impaired Persons
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To facilitate the process of effective communication with members of the
public who are hearing impaired, including aided cases, crime victims,
witnesses, suspects or arrestees, and to obtain information from such
individuals, through the use of sign language interpreters or other auxiliary
aids and services.
SCOPE
The Americans with Disabilities Act, state and local law, in addition to
Department policy and procedure, requires that the Department maintain
effective services, practices and policies to ensure that the needs of hearing
impaired individuals are protected.
DEFINITIONS
HEARING IMPAIRED – A person who possesses hearing abilities that are limited
to the extent that it constitutes a substantial limitation of an individual's
activities. The impairment is to such a degree that it will be readily
apparent to a member of the service that the individual has difficulty
understanding what is communicated orally.
AUXILIARY AIDS – In addition to the services of a qualified sign language
interpreter, the use of gestures or visual aids to supplement oral
communication, use of a notepad and pen/pencil to exchange written notes, use
of an assistive listening system or device to amplify sound or other effective
methods of delivering information or communicating with an individual who is
hearing impaired. Auxiliary aids may also include the use of text telephones
or other devices, accessed via use of a Telecommunications Relay Service
(TRS), or an individual's personal communication device (such as a personal
digital assistant [PDA], telephone with text capability, etc.).
NOTE: The type of aid that will be required for effective communication will
depend on the hearing impaired person's usual method of communication. To
serve each individual effectively, primary consideration should be given to
providing the type of communication aid or service requested by the
individual. Persons with hearing impairments must not be charged for the cost
of an auxiliary aid or service which is needed for effective communication.
QUALIFIED SIGN LANGUAGE INTERPRETER – A qualified sign language interpreter is
one who is able to interpret effectively, accurately and impartially, both
receptively and expressively, using any necessary specialized vocabulary. A
qualified interpreter must be able to interpret impartially, therefore, under
some circumstances (e.g., a domestic dispute, etc.), a family member, child or
friend of the individual with a hearing impairment may not be qualified to
render the necessary interpretation.
NOTE: Every effort should be made to have a person not connected with the
incident serve as an interpreter. In exigent circumstances, the need to
immediately communicate may take precedence over the effort to secure an
interpreter not involved in the incident.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICE (TRS) – The Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) has adopted use of the "711" dialing code for access to TRS. This
permits persons with a hearing or speech disability to use the telephone
system via a telephone typewriter (TTY) or other device to call persons with
or without such disabilities. Conversely, voice users can also dial "711" to
be connected to a TRS operator, who will then relay the message to a person
with a hearing or speech disability via a TTY or other device.
311 SYSTEM FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH HEARING IMPAIRMENTS – The City of New York
also maintains a "311" non-emergency system for individuals with hearing
impairments. Persons with hearing impairments who wish to inquire about City
services or make complaints regarding a specific City agency or service, can
be directed to TTY number (212) 504-4115. The "311" operator will then direct
the inquiry/complaint to the appropriate City agency.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service has cause to interact with an individual who is
hearing impaired:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Ascertain from the person with the hearing impairment the type of auxiliary
aid or services he/she requires.
2. Utilize appropriate auxiliary aids to facilitate communication.
3. Contact the desk officer if the services of a qualified sign language
interpreter are needed.
4. Follow P.G. 208-03, "Arrests – General Processing" in arrest situations
where probable cause has been established.
NOTE: In cases where probable cause has been developed, the arrest of a
hearing impaired person shall proceed in accordance with standard arrest and
safety procedures. Should communication with a hearing impaired suspect be
necessary to establish probable cause, or for a pre-arrest interview, etc.,
the appropriate auxiliary aid should be employed. When dealing with hearing
impaired arrestees, auxiliary aids will be used to communicate with the
arrestee (e.g., informing arrestee of charges and nature of the offense,
interrogation, etc.). In situations where an arrestee would be permitted use
of a telephone, a qualified sign language interpreter can be used to
communicate for a hearing impaired arrestee, and the use of the TRS can be
employed where the recipient of a call uses a TTY.
5. Document in detail any auxiliary aids utilized in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112145).
DESK OFFICER
6. Ensure that auxiliary aids are utilized, if necessary.
7. Evaluate whether the services of a qualified sign language interpreter are
necessary.
NOTE: In cases where the services of a qualified sign language interpreter
are needed, the Operations Unit should be contacted.

8. Make entry in the Command Log regarding:
a. Type of auxiliary aid used; or
b. Reason(s) for not using auxiliary aid(s) (i.e., qualified sign language
interpreter, etc.).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preliminary Investigation of Complaints (Other than Vice Related or Narcotics
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Arrests – General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Rights of Persons Taken into Custody (P.G. 208-09)
[I.O. 31 s 11] Guidelines for Interaction with Limited English Proficient
(LEP) Persons (P.G. 212-90)
Grievance Procedure for Members of the Public with Disabilities (A.G. 308-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 212-105 Search Warrant Execution
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To provide the guidelines necessary when executing a search warrant:
SCOPE
Executing search warrants is an integral part of the Department's law
enforcement mission. P.G. 212-75, Search Warrant Applications," details the
search warrant application procedures. This procedure will detail the
procedures for execution of a search warrant. To ensure the safety of both
uniformed members of the service and the general public, ALL commands involved
in executing search warrants MUST utilize and refer to these guidelines.
Search Warrants may only be executed between 0600 and 2100 hours unless the
issuing court specifically authorizes nighttime execution. Warrants must be
executed within ten calendar days of date of issuance, including weekends and
holidays. If a warrant expires before its execution, the Intelligence Bureau,
Public Security Section must be notified of this fact by telephone.
PROCEDURE Upon obtaining a search warrant:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CONCERNED
1. Submit the following to commanding officer:
a. Search Warrant
b. Search Warrant Affidavit, if available
c. Typed Letterhead prepared by supervisor reviewing initial application as
directed by P.G. 212-75, Search Warrant Applications."
CAPTAIN OR ABOVE, UNIT COMMAND EXECUTING WARRANT
2. Ensure that the WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM – PRE-WARRANT DATA ENTRY
(PD374-143) has been prepared and FAXED to the Intelligence Bureau, Public
Security Section for input into the centralized search warrant database; AND
an Intelligence Data System (IDS) record number has been obtained. (See
ADDITIONAL DATA section "Notification to Intelligence Bureau, Public Security
Section" for special procedures and exceptions).
a. Confirm receipt of WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM – PRE-WARRANT DATA ENTRY by
the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section.
NOTE: The District Attorney's Office will NOT process a search warrant
without a SAFETNet control number and an IDS record number.
3. Prior to execution, confirm that all information used to obtain the Search
Warrant is still valid by ensuring that:
a. Any confidential informants/civilian witnesses are re-interviewed.
b. Target location is verified immediately prior to execution.

c. Any other elements of probable cause contained in the Search Warrant
Application are still valid.
4. Evaluate any circumstances that suggest the search warrant must be executed
as soon as possible (e.g. a large cache of firearms or drugs is present and is
about to be moved).
5. Notify Operations Unit of the following:
a. The bureau/command responsible for securing and executing the warrant,
and
b. The time and location of the tactical meeting.
c. IDS record number.
6. Make necessary notifications to commands and/or bureaus affected as
outlined in ADDITIONAL DATA section, "Protocol For Executing Warrants Outside
Of Command Of Origin".
a. Document notifications in case folder.
NOTE: Excluding exigent circumstances, the aforementioned notifications to
the geographical bureaus/commands (Patrol, Housing, etc.) and functional
investigative commands (Narcotics, Firearms Investigation Unit, etc.) affected
will be made at least 24 hours prior to the tactical meeting. The exact
location of the proposed search warrant execution will be revealed only on a
need to know basis to ensure safety and to avoid compromising the pending
operation.
7. Designate a member to prepare a SEARCH WARRANT PLAN PRE-EXECUTION (PD
374-150), commonly referred to as a "Tactical Plan."
8. Conduct a tactical plan briefing with all units concerned.
a. Ensure that all members involved in the execution of the warrant are
present.
b. Review the warrant and ensure that all members understand its scope and
any special instructions listed thereon.
c. Carefully consider and inform participants of any conditions that may
have changed since the warrant was issued.
d. Designate the assignment of personnel, including search responsibilities,
recording responsibilities, security, hospital auto, etc.
e. Ensure that hazards and special considerations are discussed and
thoroughly understood.
f. Review the intended use of specialized tools and tactical devices
g. If Emergency Service Unit personnel are to be utilized, detail their
specific duties.
NOTE: When use of a distraction device (e.g. flash bang) is contemplated,
specific approval must be sought from the Chief of Department, through

channels.
h. Ensure firearms control
i. Have members articulate their roles in the execution to be certain they
understand their duties and responsibilities.
EXECUTION OF THE WARRANT
9. Notify the patrol borough duty captain of the pending search warrant
execution.
10. Personally supervise the execution of the search warrant according to the
tactical plan, ensuring that:
a. Entry team announces authority and purpose to occupant of premises unless
the issuing judge endorsed warrant for "no-knock" execution
b. Perpetrators are detained and contraband listed on warrant is seized.
NOTE: When unusual circumstances are encountered during the execution of a
search warrant (e.g., warrant executed at an incorrect location, etc.) an
immediate notification will be made to the Chief of Department through the
Operations Unit.
Once the target premises has been rendered safe, access should be strictly
limited only to the uniformed members designated as the search team. All other
uniformed members should be excluded from the location.
The member of the service executing the search warrant shall, when able to
do so safely, show a copy of the search warrant to any of the occupants of the
premises.
Contraband or evidence not specified in the warrant may be seized pursuant
to the "Plain View Doctrine" (see Legal Bulletins Vol. 13, No. 5 and Vol. 17,
No. 6 for an explanation of the "Plain View Doctrine"). If a police officer is
lawfully in a premises pursuant to a search warrant, such officer may seize
contraband or evidence if:
a. The incriminating nature of the seized item is immediately apparent, and
b. The discovery of the item is inadvertent.
11. Obtain medical attention if necessary.
12. Have premises secured in compliance with P.G. 214-20, "Repair of Entrances
Damaged During Forced Warrant Entry Into Wrong Premises or During an Entry
Made During Exigent or Other Unusual Circumstances"). Make repairs as
necessary (refer to "DAMAGED DOORS" in ADDITIONAL DATA).
13. Have before and after photos taken of premises to record any corrective
action taken and final condition of the premises.
14. Notify the Operations Unit of results.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
15. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) for any property seized.

16. Prepare two detailed copies of Receipt for Property Taken Under Search
Warrant (Court Form 155).
a. Deliver one copy to occupant or leave in a conspicuous place if occupant
is not present.
b. File second copy with affidavit.
17. Prepare the required WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM – POST-WARRANT DATA ENTRY
(PD374-143A) form and submit to the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security
Section via fax, no later than fifteen days after the date that the search
warrant was issued.
a. Confirm receipt of WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM – POST- WARRANT DATA ENTRY
form by the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section by telephone.
NOTE: The WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM – POST-WARRANT DATA ENTRY form will also
be prepared for warrants that went unexecuted; and, it is required that the
WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM – POST-WARRANT DATA ENTRY form be faxed to the Public
Security Section no later than fifteen days after the date that the search
warrant was issued. Confirm receipt of the WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM –
POST-WARRANT DATA ENTRY form by the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security
Section by telephone.
18. Return warrant and copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE listing property seized,
to issuing court, without unnecessary delay.
19. Prepare SEARCH WARRANT PLAN POST-EXECUTION (PD374-150A).
ADDITIONAL DATA
NOTIFICATIONS TO THE INTELLIGENCE BUREAU, PUBLIC SECURITY SECTION
The notification to the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section shall
apply to all units obtaining search warrants (Patrol Services, Detective
Bureau, O.C.C.B., Joint Task Forces, etc.). However, should a specific legal
concern arise with respect to entering search warrant information into the
database, the member concerned shall confer with the Legal Bureau prior to
contacting the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security Section. In the event the
advice is provided by the Legal Bureau not to make data entry, such
consultation shall be noted in the case file along with the specific basis for
the advice, e.g., Grand Jury action. Additionally, in situations where a
search warrant is based on extremely sensitive information, e.g.
counterterrorism, internal investigations, etc., in order to exclude the
search warrant from inclusion in the database, the member of the service must
receive written permission from the Bureau Chief/Deputy Commissioner
concerned. This documentation will be included in the case file.
In instances where a member of this Department, assigned to specialized units
including but not limited to a Joint Task Force or a District Attorney's
Squad, may participate in the execution of a search warrant but not be an
affiant to a search warrant application affidavit, such member is required to
follow the contents of this procedure. If a member of this Department,
assigned to a Joint Task Force, etc., is directed by a supervisor from another
agency not to make the notifications required by this directive, such member
shall immediately notify the Bureau Chief/Deputy Commissioner concerned.

PROTOCOL FOR EXECUTING WARRANTS OUTSIDE OF COMMAND OF ORIGIN
Whenever a unit from any bureau executes a search warrant, the precinct
commander (and P.S.A. commander if a Housing Authority location is involved)
having geographical jurisdiction where the warrant is being executed, must be
notified at least 24 hours prior to the tactical briefing. Additionally, the
patrol borough commanding officer/executive officer where the search warrant
is being executed must be notified at least 24 hours prior to the tactical
briefing. If warrant is to be executed by a Patrol Services Bureau command in
another patrol borough, the approval of both borough Commanding Officers is
necessary. In the event of a disagreement, the Chief of Patrol will make the
final determination. When a command in any other bureau is applying for a
search warrant to be executed in another jurisdictional borough, the executive
officer/counterpart of that borough must be consulted with, e.g., Manhattan
North Narcotics applying to execute a search warrant in the Bronx, the
executive officer/counterpart of Manhattan North Narcotics will consult with
the executive officer/counterpart of Bronx Narcotics. In all cases,
specialized units such as the Narcotics Division, Firearms Investigation Unit,
etc. will be conferred with prior to the execution of a warrant when the
subject of the warrant falls within their functional jurisdictions.
When a search warrant is executed by a unit outside its normal geographical
area of responsibility, the command where the search warrant is being executed
will provide liaison personnel to assist in the planning and execution of the
search warrant.
DAMAGED DOORS
The commanding officer leading the warrant execution will ensure that any door
damaged during the course of a warrant execution is secured/repaired prior to
the release of the premises from police custody. This requirement applies to
ALL search warrant entries, regardless of outcome.
INVESTIGATIONS UNITS
All Patrol Boroughs, Transit Bureau, Housing Bureau, Detective Bureau and
Organized Crime Control Bureau will ensure their respective investigations
units conduct periodic inspections of pre-operational tactical meetings to
assess their adequacy and completeness.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Confidential Informants (P.G. 212-68)
Repair of Entrances Damaged During Forced Warrant Entry Into Wrong Premises Or
During An Entry Made During Exigent Or Other Unusual Circumstances (P.G.
214-20)
Search Warrant Applications (P.G. 212-75)
Search Warrant Post-Execution Critique (P.G. 212-106)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Search Warrant Plan Pre-Execution (PD 374-150)
SEARCH WARRANT PLAN POST-EXECUTION (PD374-150A)
WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM – PRE-WARRANT DATA ENTRY (PD374-143)
WARRANT TRACKING SYSTEM – POST-WARRANT DATA ENTRY (PD374-143A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Search Warrant
Search Warrant Affidavit
Typed Letterhead
Receipt for Property Taken Under Search Warrant (Court Form 155)

P.G. 212-106 Search Warrant Post-Execution Critique
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure a post warrant review and written critique are conducted after the
execution of a search warrant.
PROCEDURE
Within five days of execution of a search warrant:
CAPTAIN OR ABOVE, UNIT EXECUTING WARRANT
1. Review SEARCH WARRANT PLAN POST-EXECUTION (PD374-150A).
2. Prepare written critique on Typed Letterhead addressed to Chief of
Department and include:
a. Evaluation of tactical plan and methods used during entry.
b. Problems encountered during execution.
c. Persons arrested, including background information.
d. Special hazards encountered.
e. Damage incurred, and security/repairs provided.
f. Detailed list of contraband and/or evidence seized.
g. Date and time warrant was returned to issuing court.
h. Any other pertinent information.
3. Forward written critique and a copy of the SEARCH WARRANT PLAN
POST-EXECUTION to overhead command.
4. Ensure that a case folder of all paperwork (tactical plan, computer checks,
arrest/aided information, post warrant critique, etc.) is maintained in a
secure location.
NOTE: For search warrants executed by the Internal Affairs Bureau, the
required post-execution critique will be forwarded through channels to the
Chief of Internal Affairs, and then directly to the Police Commissioner.
OVERHEAD COMMAND
5. Review the critique and forward through channels to the Chief of
Department.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Confidential Informants (P.G. 212-68)
Repair of Entrances Damaged During Forced Warrant Entry into Wrong Premises or
During an Entry made during Exigent or Other Unusual Circumstances (P.G.

214-20)
Search Warrant Applications (P.G. 212-75)
Search Warrant Execution (P.G. 212-105)
FORMS AND REPORTS
SEARCH WARRANT PLAN POST-EXECUTION (PD374-150A)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-107 Secure Automated Fast Event Tracking Network
(SAFETNet)
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To standardize the procedure regarding notifications to the Secure Automated
Fast Event Tracking Network (SAFETNet).
DEFINITIONS
SECURE AUTOMATED FAST EVENT TRACKING NETWORK (SAFETNet):
This system was established to integrate enforcement efforts between various
Department enforcement commands, as well as other law enforcement agencies
within the City and State of New York. Formerly called U.D.E.C.S. (Unified
Drug Enforcement Coordination System), the purpose of SAFETNet is to ensure
the safety of law enforcement personnel and to prevent two or more agencies
from simultaneously pursuing investigations against common subjects, by
automatically recognizing and notifying investigators of conflicting interest
in subjects, locations, telephone numbers, motor vehicle license plates,
internet addresses, events and financial accounts.
SAFETNet BUREAU COORDINATORS: Uniformed member of the service authorized by
bureau chief/deputy commissioner concerned who is responsible to act as a
liaison between investigators and the Intelligence Bureau, Public Security
Section. In order to ensure integrity and maintain control of SAFETNet, bureau
chiefs/deputy commissioners will only authorize the minimum amount of
coordinators necessary to properly accommodate the operation on a twenty-four
hour, seven days a week basis. Coordinators are designated only through the
submission of Coordinator Registration Form (HIDTA) and subsequent approval of
Commanding Officer, Public Security Section.
INVESTIGATOR: Uniformed member of the service designated only through the
submission of Requestor Registration Form (HIDTA) and subsequent approval of
Commanding Officer, Public Security Section, who initiates investigative
target into the SAFETNet system by submitting request forms to their
respective coordinator.
PRIMARY INVESTIGATOR: Uniformed member of the service who currently holds an
active SAFETNet number for a specific target (i.e., person, address, vehicles,
telephone, internet address, critical event and/or financial account).
SECONDARY INVESTIGATOR: Uniformed member of the service who submits a Request
Form (HIDTA) for a target which is actively held by the Primary Investigator.
PROCEDURE
When a notification and/or submission to SAFETNet is required:
INVESTIGATOR
1. Submit SAFETNet Request Form (HIDTA) to SAFETNet bureau coordinator
concerned with all the necessary information regarding the following:

a. Narcotics and/or drug trafficking investigations
b. Firearms investigations
c. Money laundering investigations
d. Insurance fraud investigations
e. Confidential Informant Registration
f. Any instance where a search warrant application is prepared
g. Any active target investigation in which an undercover may be utilized
h. Any investigation that may cross jurisdictional boundaries.
NOTE: Jurisdictional boundaries, in this context, are defined two ways.
First, in the traditional sense as occurring between law enforcement agencies
at the federal, state, or local level. Secondly, in a narrower sense as
occurring between NYPD bureaus, boroughs, divisions, precincts, and units.
This second definition is intended to facilitate communication and cooperation
between NYPD investigators to enhance investigative results and ensure
investigator safety.
SAFETNet submissions will be accepted for:
a. Any identified person (at a minimum provide last name, first name and
date of birth)
(1) SAFETNet submissions should also include an identified person's Social
Security number, NYSID #, and FBI # if known. These identifiers are a key
identifier when available.
b. Any business or residential location within the State or City of New York
(apartment house, private house or business must be indicated)
(1) Submissions for business locations must include full business name and
street address
(2) Submissions for any location must include the locality/ neighborhood,
borough and zip code. (i.e., College Point, Queens 11356).
c. Vehicle License Plate
d. Telephone Number
e. Internet Addresses
f. Critical Events (money drop, undercover meeting, etc.,)
g. Financial Account Numbers (account number type).
SAFETNet submissions will expire after one year, with the exception of
critical events, which will expire after twenty-four hours.
For investigations under the purview of the Internal Affairs Bureau and the
Deputy Commissioner, Counterterrorism, SAFETNet inquiries and/or conferrals
with other units, commands, or agencies will be conducted in a manner

prescribed by the Chief of Internal Affairs or Deputy Commissioner,
Counterterrorism, as appropriate, so as not to compromise internal or
sensitive investigations.
SAFETNet BUREAU COORDINATOR
2. Obtain all required information and electronically enter the Request Form
(HIDTA) data directly into the SAFETNet system.
3. Record information into the coordinator's Log, maintained by the command
and provide investigator with control number.
PUBLIC SECURITY SECTION
4. Monitor submissions made into the SAFETNet system.
SAFETNet "NO HIT"
5. Forward SAFETNet printout containing SAFETNet number via fax to the
SAFETNet bureau coordinator concerned and confirm receipt by telephone.
NOTE: A SAFETNet number will be generated automatically for each submission
made into the SAFETNet system.
SAFETNet BUREAU COORDINATOR
6. Enter SAFETNet number into coordinator's Log under the appropriate control
number.
7. Provide investigator with SAFETNet printout.
SAFETNet "HIT"
NOTE: When a SAFETNet bureau coordinator submits information for target
information already under investigation, a "HIT" will occur.
PUBLIC SECURITY SECTION
8. Notify via fax the primary investigator's and secondary investigator's
SAFETNet bureau coordinators by way of a Match Notification/Resolution Form
(HIDTA) and confirm receipt by telephone.
SECONDARY INVESTIGATOR'S SAFETNet BUREAU COORDINATOR
9. Contact primary investigator's SAFETNet Bureau coordinator PRIOR to taking
any action in connection with the target information submitted under this
SAFETNet request.
PRIMARY INVESTIGATOR'S SAFETNet BUREAU COORDINATOR
10. Contact primary investigator or if not available, investigator's
supervisor/ commanding officer and advise him/her of request.
11. Forward direct or via fax the Match Notification/Resolution Form (HIDTA)
to primary investigator or if not available, investigator's
supervisor/commanding officer and confirm receipt by telephone.
PRIMARY INVESTIGATOR/INVESTIGATOR'S SUPERVISOR/ COMMANDING OFFICER

12. Print name, Tax Number and sign the Match Notification/Resolution Form
(HIDTA) if agreeing to allow a joint operation and/or no longer pursuing the
target.
13. Forward direct or via fax signed copy of the Match Notification/Resolution
Form (HIDTA) to primary investigator's SAFETNet bureau coordinator and confirm
receipt by telephone.
14. Notify primary investigator's SAFETNet bureau coordinator if request is
denied. PRIMARY INVESTIGATOR'S SAFETNet BUREAU COORDINATOR
15. Forward via fax signed copy of the Match Notification/Resolution Form
(HIDTA) to both the Public Security Section and the secondary investigator's
SAFETNet bureau coordinator and confirm receipt by telephone.
16. Notify secondary investigator's SAFETNet bureau coordinator if request to
sign over target was denied.
SECONDARY INVESTIGATOR'S SAFETNet BUREAU COORDINATOR
17. Provide secondary investigator with signed copy of the Match Notification/
Resolution Form (HIDTA).
18. Notify secondary investigator if request to sign over target was denied.
PUBLIC SECURITY SECTION
19. Clear conflict once signed copy of the Match Notification/Resolution Form
(HIDTA) is received.
20. Forward via fax a printout of the cleared SAFETNet to the secondary
investigator's SAFETNet bureau coordinator and confirm receipt by telephone.
SECONDARY INVESTIGATOR'S SAFETNet BUREAU COORDINATOR
21. Provide copy of cleared SAFETNet printout to investigator.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Only authorized, active SAFETNet bureau coordinators are authorized to make
submissions. Anyone other than SAFETNet bureau coordinators DO NOT have the
authority to notify the Public Security Section independently. SAFETNet Bureau
coordinators are responsible for forwarding information to investigators in a
timely manner.
If the primary investigator is transferred, promoted, retires, etc., a Typed
Letterhead addressed to the Commanding Officer, Public Security Section will
be completed by the member's commanding officer, documenting the status of the
original primary investigator and the assignment of a new primary
investigator.
Each bureau will develop a self-inspection program designed to ensure the
accuracy and propriety of SAFETNet inquiries submitted by their members.
Additionally, the Intelligence Bureau will regularly audit the system and
forward a sampling of inquiries, based upon established criteria, to the
submitting bureau for review and verification.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Search Warrant Applications (P.G. 212-75)
Confidential Informants (P.G. 212-68)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead
Coordinator Registration Form (HIDTA)
Match Notification/Resolution Form (HIDTA)
Request Form (HIDTA)
Requestor Registration Form (HIDTA)

P.G. 212-108 Notifications To The Intelligence Bureau Pursuant To
Alerts Transmitted From The National Crime Information Center
(NCIC)
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that the Intelligence Bureau is notified of any contact made by
members of the service with individuals contained in the National Crime
Information Center (NCIC) Violent Gang and Terrorist Organization File
(VGTOF).
DEFINITIONS
VIOLENT GANG AND TERRORIST ORGANIZATION FILE (VGTOF) – a compilation of
federal terrorist watch lists contained within the NCIC database. Brief
descriptions of the potential VGTOF positive "hit" handling codes used by the
NCIC are as follows:
HANDLING CODE 1 – ARREST – "WARNING – APPROACH WITH CAUTION. ARREST THIS
INDIVIDUAL. THIS INDIVIDUAL IS ASSOCIATED WITH TERRORISM." This individual is
the subject of a formal indictment or criminal charge and a warrant has been
issued.
HANDLING CODE 2 – DETAIN – "WARNING – APPROACH WITH CAUTION. PLEASE DETAIN
THIS INDIVIDUAL FOR A REASONABLE AMOUNT OF TIME FOR QUESTIONING. THIS
INDIVIDUAL IS OF INVESTIGATIVE INTEREST TO LAW ENFORCEMENT REGARDING
ASSOCIATION WITH TERRORISM." This individual is the subject of an active
investigation and "reasonable suspicion" exists to detain this individual.
HANDLING CODE 3 – INVESTIGATION – DO NOT ALERT THIS INDIVIDUAL TO THIS
NOTICE. "WARNING – APPROACH WITH CAUTION. THE PERSON QUERIED THROUGH THIS
SEARCH MAY BE AN INDIVIDUAL IDENTIFIED BY INTELLIGENCE INFORMATION AS HAVING
POSSIBLE TIES WITH TERRORISM."
HANDLING CODE 4 – INFORMATION GATHERING – DO NOT ALERT THIS INDIVIDUAL TO
THIS NOTICE. "WARNING – APPROACH WITH CAUTION. THE PERSON QUERIED THROUGH THIS
SEARCH MAY BE AN INDIVIDUAL IDENTIFIED BY INTELLIGENCE INFORMATION AS HAVING
POSSIBLE TIES WITH TERRORISM."
NO HIT – If NCIC file checks come back NEGATIVE and the police officer still
believes that this incident or investigation is terrorism related, the police
officer will immediately contact the Intelligence Bureau – Criminal
Intelligence Section supervisor for further checks, instruction and access to
the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) Counter Terrorism Watch (CTW)
through existing protocols.
NOTE: There may be cases in which the FBI is unable to confirm at the time
of inquiry whether or not the subject of the query / hit may have possible
ties to terrorism. DO NOT ARREST THIS INDIVIDUAL unless there is probable
cause to believe that a federal, state or local law has been violated. Provide
all relevant information to the Intelligence Bureau – Criminal Intelligence
Section supervisor and comply with the instructions provided.
PROCEDURE

When a member of the service makes a computerized query (FINEST, WINQ, NYSPIN,
etc.) of a person or vehicle registration for an official law enforcement
purpose (e.g. arrest, warrant check, driver's license/motor vehicle check,
summons, etc.) and receives a response from NCIC that the individual that they
have queried matches data contained in NCIC/VGTOF files, in addition to other
required actions, will comply with the following:
QUERIES CONDUCTED THROUGH THE COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
RADIO DISPATCHER
1. Conduct query and read the NCIC/VGTOF hit information verbatim to the
requesting member of the service in the field.
2. In all cases of terrorism alerts/hits received from NCIC/VGTOF, immediately
notify the patrol supervisor concerned of the handling codes and their
accompanying instructions.
3. Direct the involved member of the service to make an immediate notification
to the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Verify the identity of the involved individual and confirm that he/she is
in fact the same individual listed in the NCIC/VGTOF terrorism files.
5. Comply with the instructions contained in the NCIC/VGTOF handling codes
provided by the Communications Division dispatcher.
NOTE: If conducting query via radio dispatcher, to enhance MOS safety, take
steps to ensure subject of inquiry cannot ascertain results transmitted by
dispatcher.
6. Immediately notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section
supervisor and comply with the instructions provided.
7. Request the response of the patrol supervisor.
8. Notify the desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
9. Confirm the identity of the individual in question and take appropriate
action as indicated in the applicable NCIC/VGTOF instructions.
10. Immediately notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section
supervisor for further checks and instruction.
DESK OFFICER
11. Ensure that an immediate notification is made to the Intelligence Bureau,
Criminal Intelligence Section supervisor.
INTELLIGENCE BUREAU CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION SUPERVISOR
12. Obtain all relevant information.

13. Have Intelligence Bureau investigative personnel notified and immediately
respond.
14. Have pertinent information entered into the Intelligence Data System.
15. Notify the local FBI/Joint Terrorist Task Force (JTTF) and other
authorities of incident, as appropriate.
QUERIES CONDUCTED BY MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE IN THE STATIONHOUSE
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
16. Verify the identity of the involved individual and confirm that he/she is
in fact the same individual listed in the NCIC/VGTOF terrorism files.
17. Comply with the instructions received in the NCIC/VGTOF handling codes
received in the reply from NCIC.
18. Immediately notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section
supervisor and comply with the instructions provided.
19. Notify the desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
DESK OFFICER
20. Confirm the identity of the individual in question and take appropriate
action as indicated in the applicable NCIC/VGTOF instructions.
21. Immediately notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section
supervisor at for further checks and instruction.
INTELLIGENCE BUREAU CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION SUPERVISOR
22. Obtain all relevant information.
23. Have Intelligence Bureau investigative personnel notified and immediately
respond.
24. Have pertinent information entered into the Intelligence Data System.
25. Notify the local FBI/JTTF and other authorities of incident, as
appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Department form entitled "POSSIBLE INDICATORS OF TERRORIST ACTIVITY" (PD
378-111) has been revised to include information contained in this procedure.
This Activity Log insert is to be maintained by each uniformed member of the
service below the rank of Captain and is to be kept in every RMP for immediate
reference.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Required Firearms/Equipment (P.G. 204-09)
Arrests – License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the
Organized Crime Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)
Notifications in Certain Arrest Situations (P.G. 208-69)
Processing Warrant Checks Over Citywide I and II Radio (P.G. 209-25)

FORMS AND REPORTS
POSSIBLE INDICATORS OF TERRORIST ACTIVITY (PD 378-111)

P.G. 212-109 Alcohol Testing For Uniformed Members Of The Service
Involved In Firearms Discharges Resulting In Injury To Or Death
Of A Person
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure the highest levels of integrity at the scene of police involved
firearms discharges which result in injury to or death of a person, on or off
duty, within New York City.
PROCEDURE
When involved in, or responding to the scene of a police involved firearms
discharge which results in injury to or death of a person, on or off duty,
within New York City:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request immediate response of patrol supervisor.
2. Comply with the provisions of P.G. 212-29, "Firearms Discharge by Uniformed
Members of the Service."
PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Notify Operations Unit of shooting, immediately, and request response of
Internal Affairs Duty Captain, Internal Affairs personnel and the Patrol
Services Bureau Duty Inspector and Duty Captain.
DUTY CAPTAIN/ INSPECTOR
4. Inform uniformed member(s) of the service who discharged their firearm that
they will be subject to alcohol testing.
5. Ensure involved member(s) of the service remain on the scene when feasible
and consistent with safety (i.e., hospitalization not immediately required);
pending arrival of Internal Affairs Bureau personnel assigned to administer
alcohol test.
6. Notify IAB Command Center of location of involved member(s) of the service
if they are removed from location of firearms discharge.
IAB COMMAND CENTER
7. Notify assigned IAB personnel and the IAB Duty Captain of any pertinent
information including any change of location of involved member(s) of the
service.
INTERNAL AFFAIRS BUREAU DUTY CAPTAIN
8. Respond to location and confer with Duty Captain/Inspector on scene.
9. Advise the subject member that he or she may be tested by a number of
different means, such as the PBT device and the Intoxilyzer.

10. Conduct alcohol test, using a PBT (portable breathalyzer test) device in a
private setting, on uniformed member(s) of the service who discharged a
firearm.
a. Conduct the testing process in a private setting (e.g., Nearest
Department facility, Department auto being used by the supervisor concerned)
in a dignified, respectful fashion.
11. If the reading on the PBT device is less than .08, no further testing is
required at this time.
12. If the reading on the PBT device is .08 or greater, which according to
Section 1192 of the Vehicle and Traffic Law of the State of New York is
indicative of intoxication, immediately notify Highway I.D.T.U. to respond to
the IAB testing location to test the subject member using the Intoxilyzer that
is maintained at the IAB facility. (It should be emphasized that the
Intoxilyzer test at the IAB facility will be conducted by an I.D.T.U.
technician.)
a. Member(s) involved will be transported to the IAB testing facility by IAB
personnel.
b. A Highway District supervisor must be present during all phases of the
testing procedure.
13. In the event that alternate arrangements must be made, the Intoxilyzer
test will be conducted at the closest I.D.T.U. facility.
a. Member(s) involved will be transported to the I.D.T.U. testing facility
by I.A.B. personnel.
b. A Highway District supervisor must be present during all phases of the
testing procedure.
NOTE: The I.D.T.U technician will utilize a specially developed form
entitled Ordered Breath Test Instruction Sheet to interview the subject
member(s), and a specially developed checklist entitled Intoxilyzer
Operational Checklist to conduct the test. The entire Intoxilyzer testing
process, including the reading of the test results, will be videotaped by
another member of the Highway District. In cases where there is an Intoxilyzer
reading of .08 or greater, a copy of the videotape will be provided to the
I.A.B. Duty Captain concerned, who will follow all applicable Departmental
procedures to safeguard the tape for evidentiary purposes.
14. In order to determine fitness for duty, record and then take into account
the Intoxilyzer reading, the PBT reading, and any other related indicia of
intoxication, as indicated in Appendix "A".
a. If the member is apparently unfit for duty, be guided by the procedures
contained in P.G. 206-12, "Removal of Firearms from Intoxicated Uniformed
Member of the Service" and other appropriate Department procedures.
NOTE: If the subject member is determined to be unfit for duty, the IAB
Command Center will be notified and a log number will be obtained.
ADDITIONAL DATA

Members of the service are reminded of the contents of Patrol Guide procedures
203-04, "Fitness For Duty" and 204-08, "Firearms - General Regulations" as
they relate to the use of alcohol and the possession of firearms while off
duty.
Members should be aware that it would be prudent not to ingest alcoholic
beverages up to four hours prior to the commencement of their tour of duty.
Members of the service performing duty in an undercover capacity are reminded
that it is best to avoid consuming alcoholic beverages while on duty. However,
the Department recognizes that depending on the nature of the operation such
consumption may be appropriate and necessary. Members are advised that no more
than two alcoholic beverages may be consumed during a tour of duty, absent
exigent circumstances related to the safety of the undercover or to the need
not to compromise the undercover's assignment. Such circumstances will be
evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Firearms Discharge by Uniformed Members of the Service (P.G. 212-29)
Removal of Firearms from Intoxicated Uniformed Member of the Service (P.G.
206-12)
APPENDIX "A"
INDICIA OF INTOXICATION
Face to face observation and interaction with the subject member allows the
supervisor concerned to use his or her senses to obtain "evidence" of alcohol
intoxication:
* The sense of sight
* The sense of hearing
* The sense of smell
SIGHT
* Bloodshot eyes
* Flushed face
* Soiled, mussed, disarrayed clothing
* Fumbling (e.g., dropping paperwork, keys etc.)
* The presence of alcohol containers
* Physical coordination (e.g., swaying, staggering, unsteady, falling,
wobbling, sagging knees, using a wall or furniture as a prop)
* Unusual actions (e.g., hiccupping, belching, vomiting, fighting, sleepy,
urinating)
HEARING
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Slurred speech
Admission of drinking
Inconsistent responses
Incoherent
Abusive language, profanity
Antagonistic
Unusual statements

SMELL
* Odor of alcohol on breath

* "Cover Up" odors (e.g., breath spray, mints)
* Open alcoholic beverages
* Unusual odors
NOTE:: These traits are illustrative; this is not meant to be a complete
list of indicia.

P.G. 212-110 Communications Between The Intelligence Bureau And
Units In The Field Regarding Suspected Terrorists Activity
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To provide a means whereby members of the service in the field can communicate
with the Intelligence Bureau, enabling them to receive timely information
concerning individuals stopped who may have links to terrorism.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service has a suspect stopped and develops
information that may indicate that the subject is connected to terrorism, they
will comply with the following:
UNIFORMED MEMBERS OF THE SERVICE
1. Take necessary precautions to protect public and personal safety.
2. Notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section via the
Mobile Digital Terminal (MDT) or the Mobile Digital Computer (MDC).
a. If assigned to foot patrol or to a vehicle not equipped with a MDT/MDC,
request response of an available vehicle equipped with a MDT/MDC.
3. Address the message to "INTEL" using the "Administrative Message" format.
Type in the subject's name, date of birth, and any other identifying
information. The inquiry must include specific reason(s) for suspecting the
person stopped of a possible connection to terrorism. The Criminal
Intelligence Section will not accept any requests without such detailed
information. For example:
a. "To/Intel/BSTF RMP 1234 is holding John Q. Public, DOB 1/1/1919, driving
a green 1999 Ford, NY license plate #ABC-123, for a traffic violation at
Avenue X and 19th Street. Subject has a large sum of USC and a complete
airline pilot's uniform. Subject can give no legitimate reason for possessing
either. Please check for any information Intelligence has on this subject."
NOTE: When the MDT/MDC is inoperable or out of service for more than twenty
minutes, telephone inquiries should be made direct to the Intelligence
Bureau's, Criminal Intelligence Section.
Civilian members of the service who are authorized to conduct car stops
and/or truck inspections, and who develop information during such a stop or
inspection indicating that the person stopped may be connected to terrorist
related activity, will request that a uniformed member of the service respond
to the scene. Once the uniformed member of the service has arrived at the
scene, he/she will then assume responsibility for the situation, and will
notify the Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence Section via the MDT/MDC,
and comply with the provisions of this order.
MOS ASSIGNED, INTELLIGENCE BUREAU
4. Acknowledge receipt of request via MDT/MDC.

5. Review inquiry and the reason(s) the requesting uniformed member of service
suspects the subject may have a connection to terrorism.
NOTE: If necessary, direct the requesting uniformed member of service via
the MDT/MDC to call (646) 805-6000 to clarify the reason(s) for the request.
Provide the uniformed member of service with your rank/name when doing so, and
have him/her ask for you when calling.
6. Conduct search of subject's name, vehicle, etc. in appropriate federal,
state, and local databases.
7. Notify requesting uniformed member of the service of findings as soon as
possible.
a. Immediately notify requesting uniformed member of the service if subject
is wanted for arrest by any law enforcement agency.
b. Notify requesting uniformed member of the service, if unable to conduct
complete search within a reasonable time (15 - 20 minutes).
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Confirm information received from the Intelligence Bureau, via the MDT/MDC.
9. Arrest subject, if notified by Intelligence Bureau, Criminal Intelligence
Section that subject is wanted and request patrol supervisor to respond.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
10. Respond to scene, if required.
11. Ascertain details and notify desk officer.
12. Request Field Intelligence Officer to respond to scene, if necessary.
a. If unavailable have precinct detective squad respond.
ARREST SITUATION:
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT / PSA/ TRANSIT DISTRICT OF ARREST
13. Detain prisoner for debriefing by the Field Intelligence Officer (if on
duty), and/or other investigative unit as directed.
14. Notify the following:
a. Commanding Officer/Duty Captain.
b. Operations Unit.
c. Patrol Borough.
d. Transit Bureau Wheel/Housing Bureau Wheel/Detective Bureau Wheel, if
appropriate.
MOS ASSIGNED, INTELLIGENCE BUREAU

15. Prepare a printout of all inquiries and findings made as a result of the
member's request.
16. File original at Criminal Intelligence Section, and forward a copy to the
arresting officer.
17. Notify Criminal Intelligence Section Supervisor of request and results.
NOTE: The Criminal Intelligence Section Supervisor will notify the
appropriate ranking officer(s) in the Intelligence Bureau of any unusual
findings, arrests, etc.
NON-ARREST SITUATION:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
18. Release subject, after issuing summons, warning, and/or preparing a STOP,
QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A), as well as any other
required reports, if subject is not wanted (or if notified by the Criminal
Intelligence Section that a complete check cannot be done in a reasonable
amount of time), and there is no other reason to detain the subject.
19. Notify Desk Officer and provide details of incident.
IN ALL CASES (ARREST AND NON-ARREST):
20. Advise the Criminal Intelligence Section of the disposition of the stop
via the Mobile Digital Terminal/Mobile Digital Computer.
21. Enter details of incident in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
22. Submit appropriate reports, summonses, and other forms, etc., to desk
officer for processing.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT/ PSA/ TRANSIT DISTRICT CONCERNED
23. Notify the Borough/Bureau Counterterrorism Coordinator.
24. Notify the applicable Patrol Borough, Housing Bureau, Transit Bureau, or
Detective Bureau wheel.
25. Ensure that copies of all reports, summonses, and other forms prepared are
forwarded via Department mail to: Commanding Officer, Criminal Intelligence
Section, Intelligence Bureau.
COMMANDING OFFICER, CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE SECTION
26. Review all requests made under this procedure daily.
a. Ensure that the requesting uniformed member of the service has, in every
case, been notified of the results of his/her inquiry.
27. Ensure that a record of all requests is maintained at the Criminal
Intelligence Section.
28. Ensure that requesting uniformed member of the service has forwarded a
copy of all reports, summonses, and other forms prepared in connection with
their request.

29. Ensure that all related reports/summonses, etc., are filed with the
original request.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service are reminded that they MUST follow all
federal, state, and local laws, as well as Department regulations, whenever
they stop a person for investigation or summons. Members of this Department
will NEVER base a stop or other enforcement action solely on an individual's
race, perceived ethnicity, appearance, etc.
Civilian members of the service also have an important role in obtaining
information and intelligence. Should they become aware of such information in
the course of their duties or while off-duty, the civilian member should relay
his/her observations, suspicions, and other information to the Intelligence
Bureau by following the guidelines outlined in P.G. 212-12, "Citywide
Intelligence Reporting System."
In all cases, other than terrorist activity, uniformed member of the service
will process routine name checks, warrant checks and other inquiries through
the Communications Division.
If uniformed member of the service already has a suspect under arrest and
suspects him/her of terrorist-related activity, they will not use the MDT/MDC
to make inquiries of the Criminal Intelligence Section. Under such
circumstances, requests will be made by landline to the Intelligence Bureau,
Criminal Intelligence Section. Arresting officer(s) must call from the
precinct or other Department facility where they are processing the arrest.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
STOP, QUESTION AND FRISK REPORT WORKSHEET (PD344-151A)

P.G. 212-111 "U" Visa Certification
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To review a request to certify a U Nonimmigrant Status Certification (United
States Department of Homeland Security Form I-918, Supplemental B).
NOTE: The New York City Police Department does not issue "U" Visas; it only
certifies that a crime victim meets the eligibility requirements, pursuant to
our guidelines. Jurisdiction over all petitions for "U" Visas rests with the
United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS).
PROCEDURE
When a person submits a U Nonimmigrant Status Certification (United States
Department of Homeland Security Form I-918, Supplemental B) requesting a "U"
Visa certification from this Department , the following procedure shall be
complied with:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify and forward U Nonimmigrant Status Certification request immediately
to Chief of Department (DIRECT).
CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT
2. Review U Nonimmigrant Status Certification request and conduct inquiry.
3. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead, include recommendation and forward with
U Nonimmigrant Status Certification to the Office of the Police Commissioner,
within five business days.
a. Maintain a file of all U Nonimmigrant Status Certification requests
received.
OFFICE OF THE POLICE COMMISSIONER
4. Review request and forward original U Nonimmigrant Status Certification and
Typed Letterhead, with determination, to the Chief of Department.
CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT
5. Ensure that original approved U Nonimmigrant Status Certification (i.e.,
signed by the Police Commissioner) is delivered to applicant for subsequent
forwarding to the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)
or advise applicant that the Department has denied the U Nonimmigrant Status
Certification request.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Public inquires regarding "U Nonimmigrant Status Certification" (i.e., forms,
requirements, status of application, etc.) should be referred to the United
States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), National Customer
Service.

All members of the service are reminded to be aware of, and conform with, New
York City's policy regarding immigrants as delineated in P.G. 212-66, "
Mayor's Executive Order No's 34 & 41, City Policy Concerning Confidential
Information and Immigrant Access to City Services."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Mayor's Executive Orders No.'s 34 & 41, City Policy Concerning Confidential
Information and Immigrant Access to City Services (P.G. 212-66)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead
"U Nonimmigrant Status Certification" (United States Department of Homeland
Security Form I-918, Supplemental B)

P.G. 212-112 Operation Safe Store
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To combat robbery/violent crime in grocery stores/bodegas.
PROCEDURE
Upon notification that a grocery store/bodega within a command has been
included in "Operation Safe Store" or when an incident occurs at a current
"Operation Safe Store" location:
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
1. Review/create response plans to robberies or other serious incidents at the
selected locations.
a. Revised plans will be submitted to the Office of the Chief of Patrol.
2. Assign special operations lieutenant as Operation Safe Store Coordinator
for the precinct.
3. Direct precinct crime prevention officer to visit selected stores on a
bi-weekly basis and prepare OPERATION SAFE STORE BI-WEEKLY INSPECTION REPORT
(PD 510-151).
a. Crime prevention officer will conduct a test of the alarm system during
visit to ensure system is operational. The crime prevention officer will
record sprint job # on OPERATION SAFE STORE BI-WEEKLY INSPECTION REPORT.
4. Review BI-WEEKLY REPORT, endorse and forward to Commanding Officer,
Technical Assistance Response Unit (T.A.R.U.).
a. Maintain copies of all communications involving "Operation Safe Store" in
a folder at the command.
NOTE: Borough and precinct commanders will continue to prepare "Small
Grocery, Deli and Bodega Robbery Report" and forward same with weekly COMPSTAT
reports.
5. Notify Chief of Department, Chief of Patrol, Patrol Borough concerned,
Office of Management Analysis and Planning, and T.A.R.U. if program location
closes, moves, changes store type, or if any other activity/incident occurs at
location that precludes continuation in the program (i.e. false report, crime
committed by store owner, etc.).
a. Store should not be removed from the Operation Safe Store Program without
written approval from the Chief of Department.
COMMANDING OFFICER, T.A.R.U.
6. Coordinate repair of alarm/video systems in selected stores with vendor and
precinct commander concerned.

7. Review BI-WEEKLY REPORTS submitted by precinct crime prevention officers
for accuracy and completeness.
8. Contact vendor when necessary for repairs, etc. in subject stores, if
required.
WHEN AN INCIDENT OCCURS AT AN "OPERATION SAFE STORE" LOCATION:
COMMUNICATIONS SECTION 911 OPERATOR
9. Designate calls for service to a designated "Operation Safe Store" location
as a "Priority 2" assignment.
COMMUNICATIONS SECTION DISPATCHER
10. Notify responding units that location is a designated "Operation Safe
Store" location.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
11. Request response of patrol supervisor when responding to incident at
location designated under "Operation Safe Store."
PATROL SUPERVISOR
12. Direct preparation of COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
13. Request response of precinct squad/nightwatch and detective bureau duty
captain to confirmed reports of serious crimes, e.g. shootings, robberies,
etc., at "Operation Safe Store" locations.
14. Request immediate response of T.A.R.U. to retrieve videotape or digital
images from recorders on the premises.
a. T.A.R.U. will respond to all crimes at Operation Safe Store locations
where video tape may be of value.
MOS ASSIGNED TO TARU
15. Respond to location and retrieve videotape/digital images from recorders
on premises and forward to investigators on scene.
a. Record rank, name, shield number and command of person taking control of
video evidence
b. Ensure that equipment on premises is in good working order
c. Replace videotape, etc. before leaving premises
d. Provide additional copies of video tape/digital images to Office of
Management Analysis and Planning (OMAP) and Central Robbery Squad.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
16. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
a. When preparing COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEETS regarding incidents at
"Operation Safe Store" locations, members concerned MUST check off

"Grocery/Bodega" under the "Premises Type" caption.
17. Ensure the following is listed in the "Details" section of the COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET:
a. Location is a participant in "Operation Safe Store"
b. Whether or not evidence was retrieved.
18. Ensure the following persons are listed in "Notifications" captions on
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET:
a. Patrol supervisor who responded to location (name of supervisor)
b. Precinct detective squad member who responded to location (name of
investigator)
c. Detective Bureau Duty Captain who responded to location
d. Name of T.A.R.U. MOS who responded to retrieve evidence.
19. Voucher evidence obtained at location on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141).
a. Include invoice number on COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD
20. Respond to all serious occurrences at "Operation Safe Store" locations
regardless of whether incident may be part of a pattern or not.
NOTE: When preparing a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081), detectives MUST
state whether equipment in participating store was operational and whether
evidence retrieved at the location was of any value.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
21. Prepare an UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD 370-152) with details of the
incident and forward to:
a. Chief of Department
b. Chief of Patrol
c. Chief of Detectives
d. Deputy Commissioner, Operations
e. Office of Management Analysis and Planning
f. Central Robbery Squad
g. TARU
h. Patrol Borough Command concerned.
ADDITIONAL DATA

When future stores are added to the program, commanding officers of precincts
where new stores are located will:
a. Visit location concerned and review program with store owner concerned
b. Have store owner prepare and sign OPERATION SAFE STORE - ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
OF INSTALLATION/RESPONSIBILITIES (PD 510-011)
c. Countersign report.
FORMS AND REPORTS
OPERATION SAFE STORE BI-WEEKLY INSPECTION REPORT (PD510-151)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
OPERATION SAFE STORE - ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INSTALLATION/ RESPONSIBILITIES
(PD510-011)
APPENDIX "A"
OPERATION SAFE STORE LOCATIONS
PATROL
BORO
PBMS
PBMS
PBMS
PBMN
PBMN
PBBX
PBBX
PBBX
PBBX
PBBX
PBBX
PBBX
PBBS
PBBS
PBBS
PBBS
PBBN
PBBN
PBBN
PBBN
PBBN
PBBN
PBBN
PBBN
PBQS
PBQS
PBQS
PBQN
PBQN
PBQN
PBQN
PBSI
PBSI

ADDRESS

15 Stanton St
139 E 12th St
201 2nd Ave
101 Edgecombe Av
2278 7th Ave
910 Prospect Ave
1408 Fulton St
1570 WhitePlains Rd
1206 Elder Ave
3401 Olinville Av
788 E 214 St
169 E 205 St
5124 Clarendon Rd
1044 Winthrop St
5605 Clarendon Rd
2920 Ave I
417 Saratoga Av
835 Pennsylvania Av
790 Nostrand Ave
1017 Bedford Ave
73 Decatur St
144 Lewis Ave
613 Madison St
455 Evergreen Av
101-05 Lefferts Blvd
87-74 168th St
147-07 Guy R Brewer Blvd
65-25 Queens Blvd
208-02 48 Ave
32-61 Francis Lewis Blvd
23-27 30 Ave
1410 Richmond Terrace
164 Victory Blvd

PCT

5
9
9
32
32
41
42
43
43
47
47
52
67
67
67
70
73
75
77
79
79
81
81
83
102
103
105
108
111
111
114
120
120

PHASE

2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
2

STORE NAME

Tavarez Grocery
News at 12 Grocery
Union Square One Stop
101 Edgecombe Deli
S & M Deli Corp
Gabi Deli/Grocery
MJ Super Deli
Mikey’s Deli & Grocery
Elder Grocery
Kids Fantasy Deli
Big Brothers
Family Grocery Deli
Melo Grocery
El Portal Grocery
Nashal Food Crop
Harry Deli & Grocery
Colombo Mini Market
All American Hero
Express Deli Grocery
JNM Grocery
Al’s Grocery
Borbon Grocery
D & C
Rodriguez Food Center
Quick Stop Grocery
ABDO Grocery
Airport Deli
65 Place Grocery
ABC Convenience Store
FLB Gourmet Deli
DIPA Mini-Market
Alex Deli
Staten Convienent Market

P.G. 212-113 Response To Two Alarm Fires
Date Effective: 05-28-14
Revoked by I.O. 12 Issued 05-28-14
See P.G. 212-58 Fire

P.G. 212-114 Authorization/Notification Regarding Department
Ceremonies
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To initiate timely notification to the Ceremonial Unit to ensure appropriate
Department participation in ceremonies and eliminate scheduling conflicts.
PROCEDURE
When a Department unit is requesting permission to host a ceremony or when a
member of the service becomes aware of a ceremony being coordinated by a
private organization to honor a member of the service (e.g., Street Renaming
Dedication Ceremony).
UNIT COMMANDER/MEMBER CONCERNED
1. Prepare a Typed Letterhead outlining the particulars of the event, at least
thirty days prior to the event, when possible, and forward through channels to
the Ceremonial Unit, Police Academy, Room 761.
NOTE: To ensure that the Ceremonial Unit is apprised of the event in a
timely fashion, immediately fax a copy of the report/request directly to (212)
477-7631. A sample of the Typed Letterhead has been included in the Additional
Data statement.
CEREMONIAL UNIT PERSONNEL
2. Review the report/request and determine if any scheduling conflicts exist.
3. Forward report/request, with recommendations, to Commanding Officer, Police
Commissioner's Office for final approval.
COMMANDING OFFICER, POLICE COMMISSIONER'S OFFICE
4. Review report/request and notify Ceremonial Unit if the request has been
approved or disapproved.
CEREMONIAL UNIT PERSONNEL
5. Notify command concerned of Department's decision regarding the event.
6. Coordinate Department resources regarding all approved events.
ADDITIONAL DATA
No Department unit is authorized to participate or host any ceremony prior to
obtaining approval. No additional Department resources, other than those
approved, will participate in the event.
Commanders will make every effort to ensure that their commands remain
operational during the ceremony. Indicate in the Typed Letterhead if the unit
will remain operational during the ceremony and if it will be staffed with
command personnel or by personnel from outside commands (i.e., Task Force)

The Typed Letterhead should provide an overview of the command resources
participating in the event as follows:
a. Include the number of members attending the event, how many will be in
uniform or civilian clothes and how many will be on or off-duty.
b. Indicate if the ceremony is an annual or one time event and the type of
Department resources the command requests to participate in the ceremony
(i.e., Chaplain, bugler, helicopter, etc.).
c. Address issues such as, alternate dates, alternate site if inclement
weather, etc. and provide a guest list and contact person.
To enable as many family members and friends of the honoree to attend the
event, every effort will be made to schedule the event on a weekend.
Commanders must articulate the reason why the event is not scheduled on a
weekend in their Typed Letterhead.
Sample Typed Letterhead
002 Precinct #100-2005
POLICE DEPARTMENT
CITY OF NEW YORK
May 15, 2005
From: Commanding Officer, 002 Precinct
To: Commanding Officer, Ceremonial Unit (Through Cannels)
Subject: REQUEST AUTHORIZATION TO HOST A STREET RENAMING

CEREMONY

1. The undersigned requests authorization for this command to host a Street
Renaming Ceremony to honor fallen Police Officer John Smith, Tax Registry #
00000, Shield #000000, 002 Precinct (include details of incident).
2. Below are the details regarding this ceremony:
a. Day: Tuesday (not scheduled on a weekend due to the family's request)
b. Date: July 19, 2005 (Alternate dates Sunday, July 24 and Saturday, August
20)
c. Time: 1000 hours (Refreshments immediately following at 002 Precinct)
d. Location: In the street in front of the 002 Precinct (In the lobby of the
002 Precinct if inclement weather)
e. Type of Ceremony: Street Renaming Ceremony
f. List of Distinguished Guests (i.e., family members, City Councilman,
etc.)
g. The 002 Precinct will remain operational during the ceremony, however a
total of twenty members from Manhattan South Task Force will be utilized to
provide patrol coverage from 0930 hours to 1230 hours.

h. Approximately 75 members of the 002 Precinct will participate in the
event, 25 will be on-duty and in uniform and 50 members will be off-duty and
in uniform. Approximately30 retired members from the 002 Precinct will attend
the event in civilian clothes. Additionally, it is anticipated that
approximately 50 people from the community will also attend the ceremony.
i. This ceremony is a one time event and not held on an annual basis.
j. The following Department resources are requested to participate:
(1) One member from the Ceremonial Unit to coordinate the event
(2) Color Guard
(3) Bugler
(4) Two Bagpipers
(5) Department singer
(6) Department Chaplain
(7) Member of the Photo Unit
(8) One helicopter from Aviation Unit for a fly over
(9) Two Highway Units to escort family members
(10) Four Traffic Agents for traffic Control
(11) Two members from the Mounted Unit
k. Detective Sonia Rivera, 002 Precinct Community Affairs Unit, (646) 6100000, cell #(917) 111-1000, Monday- Fridays 1000 x 18000 hours, is the
individual responsible for coordinating this ceremony.
l. Request that the Mayor, Police Commissioner and the Executive Staff be
invited to attend the ceremony.
3. For your information and consideration.
Brian James
Inspector
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-115 Guidelines And Approval Process Pertaining To The
Use Of Distraction Devices
Date Effective: 08-01-13
1. A distraction device is a non-lethal hand-held apparatus which generates
startling sound and light energy when deployed into a confined area. Its
purpose is to provide short-term tactical cover for officers making high risk
tactical entries. These devices are non-lethal and are only authorized for use
by trained members of the Emergency Services Unit to minimize the risk of
physical injuries to all persons present. Use of these devices may be
considered during a search warrant execution tactical plan meeting, or may
develop ad hoc at the scene of an emotionally disturbed person, a perpetrator
search, etc. Circumstances which may support the use of these devices include
but are not limited to; the possible presence of firearms, dangerous animals,
know violent subjects, multiple subjects and/or the history of the location.
2. Effective immediately, distraction devices may only by utilized upon the
specific approval of the Chief of Department. There are NO exceptions to this
requirement.
3. A distraction device will not ordinarily be employed during search warrant
executions or similar tactical entries, except in those situations where its
use is clearly necessary. When the Captain or above concerned believes that
ensuring the safety of all persons concerned requires the use of a distraction
device, the following approval process will be adhered to:
4. Situations involving the execution of Search Warrants:
a. The Captain or above concerned will contact the Borough Executive Officer
and request permission to utilize the device.
NOTE: If the Borough Executive Officer is unavailable, information will be
forwarded to the Borough Commanding Officer. When exigent circumstances exist,
the Duty Chief may be contacted for approval.
b. Borough Executive Officer will review request and if he/she concurs, will
confer with the Chief of Department for final approval.
NOTE: In those exigent circumstances involving the execution of search
warrants, where conditions exists that would preclude the notification and
approval process, the Captain or above contemplating the use of a distraction
device will request the approval of the Chief of Department direct, via the
Operations Division.
5. Situations involving emotionally disturbed person(s), perpetrator searches
or other exigent circumstances:
a. The captain or above concerned will notify the Duty Inspector regarding
the situation and request approval.
b. If the Duty Inspector concurs, he/she will request the approval of the
citywide Duty Chief.
c. If the Duty Chief, after considering all available alternatives, agrees
that the use of the device is necessary, he/she will contact the Chief of

Department via Operations Division for final approval of the use of a
distraction device.
AT EVERY LEVEL, THE CIRCUMSTANCES SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED USE OF THIS DEVICE
WILL BE EXAMINED AND ALL OTHER ALTERNATIVES WILL BE CONSIDERED BEFORE
RECOMMENDING APPROVAL OF ITS USE.
A DISTRACTION DEVICE MAY NOT BE UTILIZED WITHOUT THE PRIOR DIRECT KNOWLEDGE
AND APPROVAL OF THE CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT.
6. Upon conclusion of the incident during which a distraction device was used,
the Captain concerned will notify the Emergency Services Unit (E.S.U.) Desk
Officer and obtain a Distraction Device Utilization Control Number. He/she
will prepare a Typed Letterhead report outlining the circumstances, which
justified the use of this device and the names of all persons notified. This
report will be forwarded through channels to the Chief of Department.

P.G. 212-116 Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit (SNEU) Guidelines
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To address local narcotics problems and provide guidelines for Street
Narcotics Enforcement Units (SNEU).
PROCEDURE
When a local narcotics problem requires and enforcement program:
PRECINCT COMMANDER
1. Prepare a request, on Typed Letterhead, to patrol borough commander
indicating:
a. The formation or termination of a SNEU team
b. Definite starting and conclusion dates
c. Specific location where the program is to be conducted
d. The names of personnel selected have been submitted to Central Personnel
Index for background investigation.
2. Do not implement a SNEU team prior to written approval by the patrol
borough commander.
3. Ensure that police officers/detectives assigned to the unit perform duty in
uniform under direct supervision of a uniformed supervisor and do not work
independently.
4. Ensure all members assigned to SNEU or conducting SNEU operations have
attended the SNEU and plainclothes training courses.
5. Ensure all provisions of the "Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit Guidelines"
manual are strictly adhered to.
a. Do not deviate from the provisions of the "Street Narcotics Enforcement
Unit Guidelines" manual without approval of the Chief of Department.
b. Ensure all members assigned to SNEU are familiar with the contents of the
"Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit Guidelines" manual.
c. Have a copy of the "Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit Guidelines" manual
maintained in the command reference library.
6. Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to patrol borough commander through
channels, indicating results, after condition subsides.
a. Return all uniformed members of the service assigned to the program to
regular duties.
b. Requests to terminate Street Narcotics Enforcement Units may be made at

any time.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMANDER
7. Have copies of all approvals/disapprovals forwarded to Chief of Patrol.
SNEU SUPERVISOR
8. Confer with Narcotics Borough sergeant or lieutenant concerned prior to
every enforcement operation, for the purpose of member safety, efficiency, and
effectiveness of enforcement operations with Narcotics Borough personnel.
a. Document the notification to the Narcotics Module supervisor on the
Supervisor's Daily Activity Worksheet (Appendix III in the "Guidelines for
Conducting SNEU Operations" booklet)
b. Submit the Supervisor's Daily Activity Worksheet to the special
operations lieutenant.
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
9. Review and file the Supervisor's Daily Activity Worksheet ensuring that the
notification to the Narcotics Module supervisor was made and documented
appropriately.
SNEU SUPERVISOR
10. Perform duty in uniform.
11. Debrief all prisoners arrested by the SNEU team.
12. Debrief all prisoners arrested by precinct personnel for narcotics-related
offenses, when available.
13. Be guided by P.G. 212-68, "Confidential Informants," when confidential
informants are providing information to the unit that will be the basis of a
search warrant.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OVERTIME
When arrest processing requires the performance of overtime, only the
arresting officer will be retained for that purpose. All other SNEU personnel
will be dismissed at the completion of their regular tour. An exception is
allowed for the SNEU supervisor to remain until the vouchering of all evidence
is completed and the evidence is signed and sealed.
FIELD TESTING
SNEU supervisors are reminded that when an arrest is made for a
violation involving marijuana sale or possession, the marijuana
tested as outlined in P.G. 218-08, " Field Testing of Marijuana
Uniformed Members of the Service within the Patrol Services and
Bureaus."
STREET NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT UNIT OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES

misdemeanor or
will be field
by Selected
Housing

a. Personnel selected for Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit duties must
attend the SNEU and plainclothes training courses, prior to performing SNEU
duty.
b. Precincts concerned will conduct "SNEU operations" with teams comprised
of no less than seven uniformed members of the service consisting of one
supervisor and six police officers/detectives.
c. A minimum of two police officers/detectives must be assigned to each of
the following:
(1) Observation point
(2) Apprehension team
(3) Prisoner security.
Any additional SNEU personnel available beyond the required minimum will
first be utilized for arrest purposes, and then in any manner the supervisor
deems beneficial for the team.
A "hospital car" is typically not part of a SNEU operation and hence only in
conjunction with executing a search warrant will this position be staffed with
extra SNEU personnel.
d. SNEU operations will not be conducted unless the minimum number of
qualified police officers/ detectives and a supervisor are present. All of the
members assigned to the unit must be SNEU and plainclothes trained. This
includes any members of the service that are used to supplement the minimum
number of seven.
e. All personnel assigned to the SNEU operation, including a supervisor,
must perform duty in the uniform of the day. The only exception are personnel
assigned to the observation point who may perform duty in civilian clothes as
described in step "f" below.
f. Personnel assigned to the observation point may perform duty in civilian
clothes. They will wear bullet-resistant vests, and will carry the authorized
nylon windbreaker, as described in P.G. 204-04, "Optional Uniform Items," and
the authorized baseball cap bearing the letters "NYPD," to be worn at police
incidents for identification purposes.
g. Police officers/detectives will not perform Street Narcotics Enforcement
Unit duties unless a precinct supervisor is available for assignment and
present with them in the field.
h. Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit personnel will be restricted to
enforcement of street violations.
(1) The chief of Organized Crime Control will be notified of off- street
violations coming to the attention of SNEU members.
i. Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit personnel are not authorized to conduct
any "buy" operations.
j. Narcotics "kites" alleging drug sales at outside locations may be
forwarded to the precinct special operations lieutenant, by the precinct
Narcotics Module commanding officer, for targeting by the precinct SNEU team.

This would require the approval of the precinct/PSA commanding officer and the
Narcotics Group captain concerned. Progress regarding these "kites' will be
coordinated and monitored by the precinct Narcotics Management Team, at the
weekly meetings.
k. If, in the course of SNEU operations, a member of the unit develops a
confidential relationship with an informant who offers, or proposes to offer,
information, the member will notify his or her commanding officer and will
comply with P.G. 212-68, "Confidential Informants."
l. Precinct commanders will closely monitor the performance of uniformed
members of the service assigned to Street Narcotics Enforcement Units. There
will be no time limit as to how long a member may be assigned to the SNEU
team. A re-evaluation of the member concerned will be conducted after the
member's second complete year in SNEU, and each year thereafter.
m. In case-specific circumstances, a member of the precinct SNEU team may be
assigned temporarily, for a thirty day period, to the precinct Narcotics
Module. Written requests for the temporary assignment will be forwarded from
the precinct Narcotics Module commanding officer concerned to the patrol
borough commander for approval. This would apply to SNEU members who are
particularly knowledgeable of a specific narcotics organization and/or
location.
n. The precinct field intelligence officer, arresting officer, and a member
of the precinct detective squad should be present during the debriefing to
assist in the development of information regarding drug trafficking and any
other crimes.
All uniformed members of the service assigned to SNEU will be familiar with
the contents of the "Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit Guidelines" manual.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preliminary Investigation of Vice Related, Narcotics or Organized Crime Related Complaints (P.G. 207-08)
Confidential Informants (P.G. 212-68)
Field Testing of Marijuana by Selected Uniformed Members of the Service within
the Patrol Services and Housing Bureaus (P.G. 218-08)
Command Reference Library (A.G. 325-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit Guidelines
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-117 Use Of Conducted Energy Devices (CED)
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To inform members of the service of circumstances under which a Conducted
Energy Device (CED) may be intentionally used and to record instances when a
Conducted Energy Device has been used. CEDs will only be used by authorized
uniformed members of the service. Additionally, all patrol supervisors and
platoon commanders performing patrol duty assigned to the Patrol Services,
Housing and Transit Bureaus will be required to carry a CED in a Department
issued holster as authorized.
SCOPE
A Conducted Energy Device (CED) can be an effective means of subduing suspects
and emotionally disturbed persons (EDP's) in a safe manner. A CED is
classified as a less lethal device and is intended to augment and provide a
greater margin of safety for officers who might otherwise be forced to
physically subdue a dangerous subject. The use of a CED is within the range of
use of less lethal devices such as pepper spray or a baton on the force
continuum due to its effectiveness at a distance and at close range.
A CED should only be used against persons who are actively physically
resisting, exhibiting active physical aggression, or to prevent individuals
from physically injuring themselves or other person(s) actually present. In
many cases, a CED will reduce or eliminate the need for deadly physical force.
It will often reduce the potential for injuries to members and suspects that
may result from physical restraint and should be regarded as a possible
alternative to such force and restraint, where practical. It is prohibited to
use a CED in situations that do not require the use of physical force.
DEFINITIONS
CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICE (CED) - a device primarily designed to disrupt a
subject's central nervous system by means of using electrical energy
sufficient to cause uncontrolled muscle contractions and override an
individual's motor responses.
ACTIVATE (ACTIVATION) - To cause the CED to arm by releasing the safety,
thereby causing the CED laser sight to operate.
CARTRIDGE - a replaceable cartridge which discharges two darts on connecting
wires sending a high voltage/low current signal into a subject.
DARTS - probes that are discharged from a CED and are designed to penetrate
the skin; wires are attached to the probes leading back to the CED.
DISCHARGE - To activate a CED, depress the trigger and cause an electric
current to flow. Discharge will result in arcing (no cartridge is present) or
darts being fired (cartridge is present).
TOUCH STUN - To use the CED and discharge the device in a manner such that the
hand-held unit makes direct contact with an intended subject's body. Touch
stun mode should only be used in exceptional circumstances and not as a

primary method of use. Therefore, when touch stun mode is used, an
investigation will be conducted by the commanding officer/duty captain to
determine if the CED was properly used.
AUTHORIZED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE - A uniformed member of the service
who has received authorized Department training in the use of the CED.
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR - As used in this procedure will be as follows:
a. The next highest ranking supervisor in the chain of command of the member
who discharged the CED,
b. The commanding officer/duty captain for instances of touch stun
incidents, when CED is used on a person in police custody or an accidental
discharge of a CED has occurred resulting in an injury to any person.
NOTE: If the investigating supervisor is from a command other than Patrol
Services Bureau, Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau and is not available, the
investigating supervisor will be the next higher ranking supervisor from the
Patrol Services Bureau. (e.g., If a sergeant assigned to a Highway Unit
discharges a CED and a lieutenant is unavailable from that Unit to investigate
the discharge, a PSB lieutenant or duty captain will conduct the
investigation.)
PROCEDURE
To provide for control, accountability, issuance, use and investigation of the
use of Conducted Energy Devices (CEDs):
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Designate a secure area under the control of the desk officer or
appropriate supervisor for the storage of CEDs and cartridges.
2. Ensure availability, operability, and distribution of CEDs assigned to the
command on all tours.
3. Ensure that all supervisors performing patrol duties in the command are
trained in the use of CEDs.
a. ONLY authorized uniformed members of the service will be assigned to
carry CEDs.
NOTE: When requesting a replacement or loaner of a CED, replacement of
batteries, chargers, or holsters, commanding officers are required to prepare
and deliver a Typed Letterhead with item(s) needing replacement, to the
Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section.
When requesting replacement cartridges, commanding officers shall prepare
and deliver a Typed Letterhead to the Commanding Officer, Firearms and Tactics
Section and shall attach a copy of the related LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT
USE REPORT (PD 320-151).
DESK OFFICER/UNITSUPERVISOR
4. Account for all CEDs and cartridges assigned to the command at the
commencement of each tour.

a. Make a Command Log entry, include serial numbers.
b. Commands that do not maintain a Command Log will account for CEDs and
cartridges in an appropriate Department log.
5. Assign CEDs to authorized uniformed members of the service on each tour
taking into account the following:
a. At least one operable CED must be assigned to a patrol supervisor and/or
platoon commander performing patrol duty at all times.
b. One operable CED must be maintained at the desk.
NOTE: If available, additional CEDs may be assigned to other authorized
uniformed members of the service throughout the tour as determined by the
commanding officer.
6. Indicate rank, name, shield number/tax number, as applicable, of assigned
member(s) in the Command Log.
a. Make entry on roll call, identifying member(s) assigned a CED for tour.
b. Place notation "CED" next to the name of member(s) assigned a CED.
7. Ensure CEDs, without cartridge attached, are connected to charger, if
appropriate, while unassigned.
8. Notify commanding officer when CED is inoperable.
AUTHORIZED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE/ PATROL SUPERVISOR/ PLATOON
COMMANDER
9. Carry CED only when trained by the Firearms and Tactics Section.
a. CED must be carried on the non-shooting side, in a Department approved
holster, attached to gunbelt, and secured to person.
b. Emergency Services Unit and uniformed personnel, performing duty in
civilian attire, will carry CED in a holster approved by Commanding Officer,
Firearms and Tactics Section and Commanding Officer, Special Operations
Division, as appropriate.
NOTE: Only conducted energy devices authorized by the Commanding Officer,
Firearms and Tactics Section will be carried by members of the service.
Carrying or use of any other unauthorized conducted energy device may result
in disciplinary action.
10. Inspect CED to ensure operability.
a. Point CED in safe direction
b. Remove cartridge from CED
c. Release the safety (place safety in "off" position)
d. Ensure the laser is visible and that the battery status light indicates
device is energized

e. Conduct spark test
f. Replace battery if either laser is not visible, battery status light does
not operate or if spark test results confirm a weak battery
g. Re-inspect CED unit after battery pack is replaced
h. Engage safety
i. Attach cartridge to CED.
NOTE: Cartridges must be removed and secured away from the CED prior to
conducting an inspection. Accidental discharges resulting in injuries may
occur if a cartridge is left attached to the CED while conducting an
inspection.
Members are reminded that each discharge is registered on the CED's internal
memory that records the date and time of each discharge. Therefore, whenever a
CED is discharged (including a spark test to ensure operability or an
accidental discharge), such discharge must be recorded in the member's
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156),
Command Log or other appropriate Department record.
11. Inform desk officer/supervisor if the CED does not operate subsequent to
battery replacement, is inoperable, or requires repair/replacement.
12. Make ACTIVITY LOG entry and include:
a. Results of inspection
b. Serial number of CED
c. Name of desk officer/supervisor notified if CED is inoperable.
13. Return CED to desk officer upon completion of tour.
USE OF CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICE (CED)
14. Assess situation and determine if the use of a CED would be appropriate.
15. Consider the totality of the circumstances when deciding the minimum
amount of force necessary to overcome resistance when effecting an arrest or
when taking mentally ill or an emotionally disturbed person into custody. Some
factors to consider when determining the appropriate use of force include but
are not limited to:
a. officer/subject size disparity
b. officer/subject strength disparity
c. officer/subject age disparity
d. officer's perception of the subject's willingness to resist
e. officer's perception of the immediate threat to the subject, members of
the service and bystanders
f. suspect's violent history, if known

g. officer's location is a hostile environment
h. officer's perception of the subject being under the influence of a
stimulant/narcotic which would effect pain tolerance and violence.
NOTE: CEDs should only be used against persons who are actively physically
resisting, exhibiting active physical aggression or to prevent individuals
from physically injuring themselves or other person(s) actually present.
Members of the service are reminded of the availability of Emergency Service
Unit.
16. Issue an appropriate warning, consistent with personal safety, to the
intended subject and other members of the service present prior to discharging
the CED.
NOTE: The recommended point of aim is lower center mass for frontal
discharges (below the chest) and below the neck area for discharges at a
suspect's back. Avoid discharging at an individual's head, neck and chest, if
possible. When practical, discharge the CED at the subject's back. The CED
should not be intentionally aimed at an individual's groin.
Members will not discharge two CED's simultaneously on a subject.
When a CED is used against a subject it shall be for one standard discharge
cycle and the member using the CED must then reassess the situation. Only the
minimum number of cycles necessary to place the subject in custody shall be
used. In no situation will more than three standard discharge cycles be used
against any subject. Members are reminded of other appropriate force options
should the CED fail.
It is strictly prohibited to use the CED on persons as a form of coercion or
punishment and on persons who passively resist (e.g., going limp, offering no
active physical resistance).
When possible, the CED should not be used on children, the elderly, obviously
pregnant females, the frail, against subjects operating or riding on any
moving device or vehicle (e.g., motorists, bicyclists, skateboarders) where
subject may fall while it is in motion or in situations where the subject may
fall from an elevated surface.
The CED should not be used when combustible gases or flammable liquids are
present.
17. Restrain individual, and secure CED.
a. Effect arrest of criminal suspect against whom CED was used.
b. Comply with P.G. 210-13, "Release of Prisoner - General Procedure" if
arrested person did not commit the crime or no crime was committed.
c. Comply with P.G. 216-05, "Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons,"
when appropriate.
18. Request response of FDNY Emergency Medical Service (EMS), if person
received a CED discharge.
a. Any person who has been struck by a CED dart or who has had a CED used on

him or her in touch stun mode must be examined at a medical facility.
19. Render reasonable aid as necessary.
20. Break the CED wire by hand approximately four to six inches from the dart,
taking into account the circumstances including the status of the subject.
a. Any dart that has penetrated the skin of any person will only be removed
by medical personnel.
21. Safeguard CED cartridge.
NOTE: If a CED was discharged and the darts did not make any contact with
the subject (e.g., skin, clothing, etc.), the wire connecting the dart to the
cartridge may be broken by hand. The dart portion shall be disposed of in a
"sharps" container and the spent cartridge may be disposed of in the trash and
not vouchered. An investigation will still be conducted by the investigating
supervisor regarding the use of the CED.
Spent CED cartridges used by Emergency Service Unit personnel will be
safeguarded and vouchered, when appropriate, by the command of record for the
subject on whom the CED was used.
DESK OFFICER/PATROLSUPERVISOR/PLATOONCOMMANDER/UNIT SUPERVISOR
22. Request response of investigating supervisor.
23. Identify witnesses and record names in ACTIVITY LOG, INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY
ACTIVITY REPORT or Command Log as appropriate.
24. Assign member of the service to ride in body of ambulance with prisoner or
aided.
25. Direct member of the service to take photographs of points of contact on
subject's body resulting from CED darts or touch stun.
ASSIGNED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
26. Inform hospital staff that a CED has been used on the individual.
a. Record name of person notified in ACTIVITY LOG.
27. Photograph points of contact on subject's body resulting from CED darts or
touch stun.
a. Photos should be taken in a manner to maintain the subject's privacy,
when appropriate (e.g., behind curtain, private room, etc.).
28. Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-150) and MEDICAL
TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150) in arrest situations.
29. Complete AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) in non-arrest situations.
30. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141a).
a. Cartridge used will be placed in a Plastic Security Envelope and
delivered to desk officer, include photographs, when applicable.

b. Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number is documented in appropriate
Department forms prepared.
NOTE: Darts will not be vouchered but should be disposed of in a "sharps"
container by medical personnel. Members of the service should refrain from
handling a dart that has been removed from a subject.
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR
31. Conduct investigation regarding use of CED.
32. Notify Firearms and Tactics Section:
a. Obtain "FTS CED Log Number"
b. Enter "FTS CED Log Number" and name of person notified in Telephone
Record.
33. Prepare LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT.
a. Prepare REPORT when probes are discharged regardless of whether probes
made contact with subject.
b. Enter "FTS CED Log Number" on REPORT
c. Deliver REPORT to commanding officer.
34. Deliver copies of other reports prepared in connection with CED usage to
commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER/ DUTY CAPTAIN
35. Conduct investigation when required to act as investigating supervisor.
36. Prepare a Typed Letterhead with results of investigation and include
recommendations (e.g., recommend disciplinary action, retraining, use was
within guidelines, etc.) when:
a. CED is used in touch stun mode only
b. Used on a person in police custody
c. Accidental discharge of a CED has resulted in an injury to any person.
37. Attach copy of Typed Letterhead, if prepared, to the completed LESS
LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT.
38. Distribute copies of Typed Letterhead, when prepared, and attached LESS
LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT to the following:
a. Chief of Department (THROUGH CHANNELS)
b. Chief, Internal Affairs Bureau
c. Bureau Chief concerned
d. Commanding Officer, Firearm and Tactics Section (DIRECT)

e. Commanding Officer concerned.
COMMANDING OFFICER, FIREARMS AND TACTICS SECTION
39. Maintain a log /database for CED usage.
40. Maintain copies of LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORTS in a binder
and input data into database.
41. Maintain a database of information regarding LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT
USE REPORTS.
42. Compile data regarding use and effectiveness of CEDs used by members of
the Department.
43. Compile a list of CED usage on a monthly basis and forward to the Chief of
Department.
44. Incorporate relevant information into tactical training.
COMMANDING OFFICER, INVESTIGATION REVIEW SECTION
45. Review adequacy of investigations and appropriateness of CED usage.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If a CED has been seized for investigative purposes, it is the responsibility
of the investigative unit to ensure a notification is made to the Commanding
Officer, Firearms and Tactics Section. Commands which have had a CED seized
for investigative purposes will be responsible for retrieving the CED upon the
conclusion of the investigation.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Prisoners Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment (P.G. 210-04)
Release of Prisoner - General procedure (P.G. 210-13)
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Required Equipment (P.G. 204-09)
Use of Force (P.G. 203-11)
Deadly Physical Force (P.G. 203-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD 304-152B)
LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT (PD 320-151)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD 255-159)
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD 244-159)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
INVESTIGATOR'S DAILY ACTIVITY REPORT (PD439-156)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 212-118 Incidents Involving Holders Of Handgun Licenses Or
Rifle/Shotgun Permits
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To report incidents involving holders of handgun licenses or rifle/shotgun
permits.
PROCEDURE
When a holder of a handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit is involved in an
incident coming to the attention of the Department:
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
1. Assigned supervisor to conduct investigation and ascertain facts when a
holder of a handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit is involved in an incident
(see "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement for incidents that require an investigation).
DESK OFFICER
2. Make an immediate telephone notification in ALL incidents involving holders
of handgun licenses or rifle/shotgun permits to License Division, Incident
Section.
a. Make notification directly to a License Division, Incident Section member
or License Division supervisor, Monday through Friday 0630 x 1700 hours.
b. All other hours, leave a detailed message on the License Division,
Incident Section voicemail and include:
(1) Type of incident, date, time, location of incident and identity of
handgun licensee or rifle/shotgun permit holder
(2) Name and rank of investigating supervisor and/or reporting officer
(3) Identify the Department reports prepared to document the incident and
include relevant Department reports numbers, if available.
3. Ensure all appropriate reports are prepared to document the incident
including but not limited to:
a. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
b. COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
c. ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244- 159)
d. New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)
e. UNUSUAL OCCURANCE REPORT (PD370-152)
f. Other Typed Letterhead, as appropriate.

4. Direct holder of handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit reporting loss of
a license/permit to report to the License Division for a new license/permit.
a. Direct the preparation of a COMPLAINT REPORT.
5. Direct the handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit holder to contact the
License Division, Incident Section, when involved in any incident.
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR ASSIGNED
6. Investigate the circumstances surrounding the incident and ascertain the
following information to be included in the Department report(s) prepared:
a. If the licensee has a Carry Guard license, ascertain whether the handgun
was possessed while actually engaged in the security related employment that
corresponds with the address listed on the license, or if possessed when
traveling directly between that place of employment and residence
b. If the licensee has a Carry Business or Special Carry license, ascertain
whether the licensee is employed by, or operating a business that corresponds
with the address listed on the license at the time of incident
c. If the licensee has a Premise Residence or Premise Business license,
ascertain whether the handgun was possessed at the premise listed on the
license; or if the licensee claims to have been traveling to or from an
authorized range, ascertain whether the handgun was unloaded in a locked
container with ammunition carried separately, and whether the licensee was
traveling directly to and from the range
d. If a licensee has a Limited Carry license, ascertain whether the handgun
was possessed at the address listed on the license, or if carried elsewhere,
whether the licensee was in compliance with time, day of week, and place
restrictions listed on rear of license
e. If a firearm is reported lost or stolen, or for any other incident,
ascertain whether or not the firearm was properly safeguarded. Include
statement as to whether any unauthorized person(s) had access to the handgun
f. If an allegation exists that the licensee made threatening statements,
improperly displayed a firearm, was involved in a firearms discharge or for
any ongoing disputes, ascertain whether all relevant parties/witnesses have
been identified and interviewed.
7. Seize handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit and all firearms listed if:
a. The licensee/permit holder is arrested, regardless of charge
b. An Order of Protection exists against the licensee/permit holder
c. The incident involves physical force or the threat of physical force
d. Circumstances lead to the belief that continued presence of a firearm
would create an unjustifiable risk of unlawful use or possession of the
firearm, or injury to licensee/permit holder or another person
e. Further investigation by the License Division is needed to determine
whether the actions of the licensee/permit holder affect their qualifications
for the license or permit

f. Any other situation that may affect public safety.
(1) Members are reminded that public safety is the overriding concern when
considering when considering the removal of a licensed firearm.
8. Invoice firearms only on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
a. Include the following statement in the "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE "Firearms shall not be released without written authorization of
the "Commanding Officer, License Division."
9. Prepare a Typed Letterhead to the Commanding Officer, License Division for
all incidents unless a COMPLAINT REPORT, ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET, New York State Domestic Incident Report, UNUSUAL OCCURANCE REPORT,
or other Typed Letterhead was prepared detailing an explanation of the
licensee's/permit holder's actions and includes the information ascertained
from the investigation of the incident.
10. Prepare a Typed Letterhead to Commanding Officer, License Division upon a
voluntary surrender of a firearm, unless the reason for the surrender is
explained in either the "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE or on
another report, as appropriate.
11. Forward the following to the License Division, Incident Section:
a. Copy of all Department reports prepared in relation to incident
b. Any seized license(s)/permit(s), if applicable
c. Typed Letterhead, if applicable.
ADDITIONAL DATA
INCIDENTS INVOLVING A HOLDER OF A HANDGUN LICENSE OR RIFLE/SHOTGUN PERMIT THAT
REQUIRE AN INVESTIGATION TO BE CONDUCTED:
Incidents involving a holder of a handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit that
require an investigation to be conducted include:
a. Lost firearms
b. Stolen firearms (burglary or larceny)
c. Voluntary surrender of firearms
d. Allegations of improper display of firearm
e. Violating terms, conditions, or rules relating to the license/permit
(including but not limited to carrying a firearm in public with a premise
license, transporting a firearm on a premise license for use at an authorized
range that is not unloaded in locked box, and exceeding time or place
restrictions on a Limited Carry license)
f. All domestic incidents coming to the attention of the Department
g. An Order of Protection in existence or being sought by or against the
license/permit holder

h. Ongoing or recurring disputes that have potential for violence or
allegations of threatening statements
i. Co-habitating with a known criminal or other dangerous person
j. Eviction or damage to premise (such as fire) that affects ability to
safeguard firearm at approved premise
k. Suicide or other devastating incidents in the home
l. Mental health issues
m. Any firearm discharge (except target practice at an authorized range)
n. Any arrest or criminal court summons
o. Other incident or allegation that requires a follow-up investigation by
the License Division.
REMOVAL OF FIREARMS FROM LICENSEE/PERMIT HOLDER
The Department has broad authority to remove firearms and temporarily suspend
a license/permit during the investigation of an incident as outlined above.
Prior conferral with the License Division, Incident Section is not required in
order to remove firearms and a license/permit from a licensee or permit
holder. Members are reminded that public safety is the overriding concern when
considering the removal of a licensed firearm.
If the firearm cannot be readily obtained at the time the decision to remove
firearm is made, the licensee or permit holder shall be advised that he or she
must surrender said firearm(s) pursuant to License Division regulations, and
shall be given an opportunity to surrender them voluntarily. In the case of an
arrest, or an Order of Protection, or any assessment of imminent danger, if
the firearm(s) cannot be obtained by consent, and there is probable cause to
believe that they are in a particular location, a search warrant will be
obtained prior to seizure of the firearm(s), unless exigent circumstances
justify an immediate seizure. The supervisor assigned will make every effort
to obtain the firearm(s) either by consent or with a search warrant.
In all cases, the investigating supervisor and reporting officer(s) must be
made available upon request of the License Division investigators to discuss
the incident and provide assistance during follow-up investigations and
possible hearings at the License Division.
A check of the Automated License Permit System (ALPS) can be conducted to
determine whether a person (or any person at a given address) has an active
handgun license or rifle/shotgun permit. Members of the service can access the
system through the Department's Intranet site under "NYPD Applications."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Arrest-General Search Guidelines (P.G. 208-05)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
Typed Letterhead
New York State Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)

P.G. 212-119 Investigations Of Animal Abuse
Date Effective: 01-22-14
PURPOSE
To properly investigate complaints of animal abuse.
SCOPE
Pursuant to Agriculture and Markets Law, Article 26, Section 371, entitled
"Power of Police Officer," police officers may arrest any person violating any
provisions of this article and may lawfully take animals into custody to
prevent the perpetration of any act of cruelty upon any animal. Upon arrest
for such violation, the arresting officer will issue a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
or summons (if the arestee is qualified) except for those offenses designated
as Unclassified Felonies.
DEFINITIONS
ANIMAL ABUSE PREVENTION LIAISON - Executive member of the service designated
by the Chief of Patrol to collaborate and share information with the American
Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals (ASPCA) regarding animal
abuse complaints. The Liaison will be responsible for the coordination of all
Department training related to Animal Abuse involving the ASPCA and will be
responsible for compiling all data related to animal abuse complaints to be
shared with the ASPCA.
ASPCA - A non-profit corporation organized under the laws of the State of New
York.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service receives a complaint of animal abuse:
ANIMAL ABUSE PREVENTION LIAISON
1. Forward all complaints of animal abuse received from the ASPCA to the
special operations lieutenant of the command concerned.
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
2. Assign a member of the service to investigate complaints received from the
Animal Abuse Prevention Liaison.
COMPLAINTS RECEIVED VIA 311
TELEPHONE SWITCHBOARD OPERATOR
3. Comply with Patrol Guide 214-35, "Processing Quality of Life Complaints
Using the 311 Terminal" and have the 311 complaint dispatched as a command
assignment.
IN ALL CASES
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE

4. Respond to location and ascertain all facts.
a. Interview involved parties concerning the animal abuse allegations.
b. Observe condition of the animal and its living conditions.
5. Determine if any applicable laws have been violated (i.e., Agriculture and
Markets Law, Penal Law, etc.) and take enforcement action, including summary
arrest.
a. If no violation has occurred, attempt to correct the condition by
instructing the owner/custodian on proper care and handling of animals.
b. If there is probable cause to believe an offense has occurred, prepare a
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
c. If no further action is required, the condition was corrected, or all
investigative avenues have been exhausted and no known perpetrator has been
identified, close complaint to patrol.
d. If the ends of justice will not be met by taking enforcement action
(i.e., unintentional neglect due to hoarding), notify ASPCA Hotline for
referral to Cruelty Intervention Advocacy Program and close the complaint to
patrol.
e. Refer major cases or cases requiring the expertise of the Detective
Bureau to the precinct detective squad.
f. Refer complaints of organized crime involving animal abuse (e.g., animal
fighting for the purpose of gambling) to the Organized Crime Control Bureau.
6. Determine if the animal needs to be removed from the location.
a. Request response of the patrol supervisor when the removal of the animal
is required.
b. Apparently abused animals will be transported to an ASPCA facility for
examination.
7. Document removal of any animal in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
a. Have person receiving animal at ASPCA intake facility sign ACTIVITY LOG
as receipt to document chain of custody.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
8. Respond to the scene if requested and verify that the animal needs to be
removed from the location.
a. Ensure compliance with Patrol Guide 214-33, "Care and Disposition of
Animals."
b. If it is necessary to remove an animal for further investigation, but
probable cause does not exist, ask the owner if they are willing to
voluntarily surrender the animal.
c. Confer with Legal Bureau before attempting to obtain a warrant to remove

the animal.
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
9. Query Omniform and 311 System weekly to ensure complaints of animal abuse
are being investigated and/or referred as appropriate and take corrective
action, if necessary.
ANIMAL ABUSE PREVENTION LIAISON
10. Confer with the ASPCA Liasion on a monthly basis to discuss the previous
month's animal cruelty activity.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
The ASPCA has established a hotline to assist members of the service while in
the field. Members of the service should contact the newly established hotline
if assistance is needed in determining charges to be filed or if information
is needed on proper care and handling of an animal.
When a member of the service accepts voluntary surrender of an animal, the
member of the service will make an ACTIVITY LOG entry utilizing the following
language and ensure that the owner of the animal signs the ACTIVITY LOG entry:
I [insert name] am over eighteen years old and the owner of [describe animal].
I voluntarily surrender ownership of my [describe animal] to the New York
Police Department. I understand that ownership of my [describe animal] will be
immediately transferred to the ASPCA. I understand that I am giving up all my
rights to this animal, now and in the future. I have not been threatened or
promised anything in exchange for my agreement to surrender my animal.
Date. Sign.
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
An animal is considered private property, therefore, if probable cause does
not exist and/or if the owner does not voluntarily surrender the animal, a
member of service must obtain a warrant to remove the animal.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Deadly Physical Force (P.G. 203-12)
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Appearance (P.G. 208-27)
Care and Disposition of Animals (P.G. 214-33)
Processing Quality of Life Complaints Using the 311 Terminal (P.G. 214-35)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
American Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals Hotline: 800-375-4071

P.G. 212-120 Active Shooter Response Protocol
Date Effective: 02-21-14
PURPOSE
To properly respond to and neutralize an active shooter threat.
SCOPE
Members of the service may be called upon to respond to a critical incident
involving an individual or individuals intent on killing as many innocent
civilians and first responders as possible. This type of incident has
historically occurred within a variety of locales and buildings including
movie theaters, hotels, schools, shopping malls and office buildings, but also
has the potential to occur within myriad other locations.
Due to the varied nature of such incidents, it is difficult to plan or train
for every possible contingency, but it is imperative that members of the
service not only understand basic response principles that may save lives, but
also be cognizant of certain emergency protocols at the building or other
location that may have been activated by administrators or private security
staff prior to the arrival of police personnel (e.g., evacuation, lockdown,
shelter-in-place, etc.). Such familiarity will facilitate a safer and more
effective response to the assignment.
During an active shooter incident, responding officers must immediately assess
conditions as they develop and implement the proper response. A delay in
action may result in loss of life. The most essential priority of the
responding uniformed member of the service is to MAKE CONTACT WITH THE
SUSPECT(S) TO END THE THREAT.
DEFINITIONS
ACTIVE SHOOTER - An individual actively engaged in killing or attempting to
kill people in a confined and populated area. Active shooters use firearms,
explosives, fire, or other deadly weapons and there is often no pattern or
method to their selection of victims.
HOSTAGE SITUATION - A hostage situation begins the moment a suspect takes a
person under his or her control and subjects that person to the risk of bodily
harm for the purpose of furthering a criminal act or facilitating an escape.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service receives a call for, or comes upon an
incident involving a confirmed active shooter:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify radio dispatcher and request the response of the patrol supervisor,
Emergency Service Unit (ESU), Hostage Negotiation Team (HNT), Technical
Assistance and Response Unit (TARU) and the Bomb Squad, if not previously
requested by Communications or other responders.
2. Park vehicle at location accessible for use as cover, while not impeding

arrival of further emergency units, if responding in a vehicle.
3. Upon arrival, attempt to liaise with administrators, private security or
anyone who may have prior knowledge of the building's emergency protocols and
procedures, if time allows.
a. Obtain details concerning the nature of the threat (e.g., time of entry,
location of shooters, number of shooters, etc.).
b. Obtain details on the building's response protocol and if it has been
activated.
4. Enter location using all possible tactical caution, if situation is
determined to involve an active shooter and loss of further innocent life is
imminent.
a. Initial responders should form Contact Teams of two to four uniformed
members of the service and move toward the suspect(s).
5. Utilize available means to gain entry if doors to location are locked
(e.g., crowbar, sledgehammer, etc.).
6. Notify radio dispatcher of existing conditions and exact entrance used to
enter the building.
a. If unable to gain entry, notify radio dispatcher of "blocked" entrance
location and cause.
(1) Responding units may have the tools needed to gain entry.
b. Continue searching for ways to gain entrance into the building.
7. Ensure doors are left open and/or unlocked upon entry to allow for
continued uniformed response to incident.
8. Commence tactical advancement into the location.
a. First priority is to make contact with the suspect(s) and to prevent loss
of life and/or limit movement of suspect(s). Delayed action could result in
further injury to innocent persons.
b. When practicable, identify self in a loud clear voice and state "Police!
Don't move."
9. Be cognizant of victims that may be hiding, confused and frightened, and
who may not respond to directions from uniformed members of the service.
a. Note location and type of injuries to victims, but do not attempt to
render aid until threat has been eliminated.
10. Be aware that other on-duty or off-duty police officers or armed security
personnel may be present in location.
a. Any on-duty or off-duty plainclothes members or security personnel should
remain with uniformed members during search for suspect(s) or exit location
and assist in victim aid, evacuation and/or perimeter security.
11. Maintain communication with radio dispatcher, updating advancement into

the location and location of suspect(s) and victim(s), when tactically
possible.
12. Comply with Patrol Guide 212-38, "Hostage/Barricaded Person(s)," if a
hostage situation exists or if suspect is contained.
a. Active shooter encounters are often fluid situations which may rapidly
transition between hostage and non-hostage events. If the situation
transitions from a hostage situation back to an active shooter situation, the
responding uniformed member of the service must make every attempt to make
contact with the shooter and prevent continued violence.
b. Maintain cover and attempt to isolate and contain subject and the
hostage.
c. Establish and maintain firearms control during the course of the
hostage/barricaded situation.
d. Notify radio dispatcher of exact location of barricaded subject.
INITIAL SUPERVISOR ON SCENE
13. Confirm through radio dispatcher that ESU, HNT, TARU and Bomb Squad are
responding.
14. Request response of precinct commander/duty captain.
15. Assess best means to stop deadly action.
16. Tactically enter the building with first responding uniformed members of
the service or regroup with uniformed members already in location and advance
towards the active shooter.
17. Notify radio dispatcher of entry and location.
a. Await the arrival of a uniformed supervisor, if assigned to plainclothes
duty, unless exigent circumstances require your immediate entry.
b. If entering in plainclothes, make every effort to display items
identified as police equipment (e.g., shield, gunbelt, NYPD windbreaker,
etc.).
c. Advise radio dispatcher of entry and clothing worn, if in civilian
attire.
d. Advise radio dispatcher of any aided encountered when advancing or of any
sheltering persons in need of assistance.
ADDITIONAL SUPERVISORS ON SCENE
18. Establish an ad hoc Rescue Team, utilizing responding uniformed members of
the service, to coordinate interior evacuations and remove injured victims
from location, if adequate personnel are searching for or engaging shooter(s).
19. Assume the role of Incident Commander, if not needed to supervise Contact
or Rescue Teams.
INCIDENT COMMANDER

20. Establish an Incident Command Post.
21. Assign uniformed members of the service to direct responding personnel to
Command Post.
22. Establish exterior site management control and, if site has multiple
exits, coordinate with other responding supervisors and control evacuation and
site management of additional exits.
23. Establish a secure location perimeter.
24. Communicate and coordinate with other responding units in regard to
additional personnel placement, status of shooter and presence of other
shooters, if applicable.
25. Communicate with interior personnel to determine if additional resources
are needed.
a. Direct responding units to move swiftly and safely to neutralize the
continued threat of violence, if requested.
26. Do not permit plainclothes members of service to enter the location,
except in exigent circumstances.
a. If plainclothes members of service or security personnel are known to be
in location, notify radio dispatcher of number of officers and physical
description including attire, if known.
27. Continue to liaise with building administrators to gather more detailed
information on incident and individuals involved.
28. Ensure corridors are open and available for continued response of
emergency units including ESU and EMS resources.
29. Designate a uniformed member of the service to maintain radio contact with
the radio dispatcher, so that the dispatcher and responding personnel are kept
apprised of the situation as it develops.
30. Assign uniformed members of the service to detain all persons leaving
incident location, if feasible.
a. Do not assume all persons exiting location are victims.
31. Assign uniformed members of the service to prevent entry of unnecessary
persons into evacuated areas.
32. Confer with Emergency Service Unit personnel upon their arrival to
evaluate situation. Ensure ESU personnel are apprised of all known members of
the service inside of active shooter location.
33. Account for all members of the service before any organized search or
rescue operation is implemented.
34. Confirm radio dispatcher has notified the Operations Unit and that the
Bomb Squad is responding and comply with Patrol Guide 212-40, "Bomb
Threats/Unattended Articles - Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and Post
Explosion Bomb Scenes," if suspected explosive device is found.

35. Comply with Patrol Guide 212-38, "Hostage/Barricaded Person(s)," when
appropriate, if active shooter is isolated and contained with no further
imminent risk to innocent victims.
36. Coordinate with incoming EMS and medical personnel.
37. Establish a transportation corridor for the potential movement of injured
victims.
38. Keep desk officer, precinct of occurrence, and Operations Unit apprised of
situation.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Off-duty uniformed members of the service or members in civilian attire should
refrain from entering an active shooter location to avoid any confrontational
situation with uniformed members of the service present, unless the loss of
life is imminent.
Off-duty members already inside a shooting location should call 911 (if
capable) and relay all available information, including off-duty attire, and
attempt to make contact with the suspect(s) to end the threat. Off-duty
members must be aware of the fact that uniformed members are responding and
the potential for a confrontation situation exists. To the full extent
possible, off-duty members should display their shields and/or identification
cards, verbally identify themselves as a police officer, and comply with all
directions of responding uniformed officers.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Deadly Physical Force (P.G. 203-12)
Hostage/Barricaded Person(s) (P.G. 212-38)
Bomb Threats/Unattended Articles - Suspected/Reported Explosive Devices and
Post Explosion Bomb Scenes (P.G. 212-40)

Mobilization/Emergency Incidents

P.G. 213-01 Command Post Operations
Date Effective: 02-01-02
COMMAND POST OPERATIONS
Revision Notice 05-03 Revokes Procedure 213-01

P.G. 213-02 Emergency Incidents
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To ensure the prompt response of personnel and equipment to the scene of an
emergency incident.
DEFINITION
EMERGENCY INCIDENTS - a serious accident, vehicle collision, explosion, civil
disorder, demonstration, or similar incident.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an emergency incident:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Radio Communications Section and request:
a. Personnel and equipment, if necessary
b. Patrol supervisor/platoon commander.
2. Take other police action indicated by the situation.
PATROL SUPERVISOR/PLATOON COMMANDER
3. Review action taken and determine if additional personnel/equipment is
needed.
4. Activate a Level 1 mobilization, when appropriate, through:
a. Radio dispatcher, OR
b. Operations Unit by telephone.
5. Establish command post with telephone, if necessary.
6. Notify precinct desk officer, Operations Unit, Communications Section and
patrol borough office wheel of:
a. Location and nature of emergency incident
b. Location and telephone number of command post
c. Location of mobilization point and route to be used by responding units.
NOTE: Mobilization point should be of sufficient size to accommodate a Level
3 or 4 mobilization. Mobilization point and route should be transmitted to
Communications Section.
7. Request command post flag and log, as necessary.

8. Assign uniformed members of the service as:
a. Operations officer
b. Intelligence officer
c. Personnel officer
d. Logistics officer.
9. Supervise uniformed members of the service, as required.
10. Prepare DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141), if applicable.
11. Keep the precinct desk officer and Operations Unit informed of facts.
12. Inform responding commanding officer/duty captain of:
a. Details of emergency
b. Action taken
c. Personnel and equipment on scene or requested.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
13. Assume command and review action taken.
14. Contact command post by telephone for update and determine if additional
personnel/equipment are required.
15. Activate a Level 2, 3 or 4 mobilization, as necessary.
16. Develop a plan and deploy personnel to return normalcy to area affected by
emergency.
17. Return uniformed members of the service to regular duty when presence is
no longer required.
a. Notify and confer with Operations Unit supervisor relative to other
citywide conditions before returning personnel to regular duty.
ADDITIONAL DATA
At the scene of an emergency incident to which a uniformed member of the
service in the rank of captain or above is not responding, the platoon
commander, or if not available, the patrol supervisor precinct/PSA/transit
district of occurrence will assume command as the Incident Commander/Agency
Incident Commander until a transfer of command or demobilization occurs.
Based upon the nature and size of the emergency incident, the patrol Duty
Captain or Duty Inspector or Duty Chief or Patrol Borough Commanding
Officer/Executive Officer may respond. The Patrol Borough Commanding
Officer/Executive Officer or if not available, highest ranking patrol Duty
supervisor at the scene of the emergency incident will:
1. assume command, or

2. designate the appropriate Incident Commander/Agency Incident Commander,
or
3. direct that a transfer of command to an appropriate Incident
Commander/Agency Incident Commander occurs.
The Incident Commander/Agency Incident Commander may only be superseded by the
Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner, Chief of Department or senior
ranking operational Bureau Chief. Other deputy commissioners may render advice
and assistance to the Incident Commander/Agency Incident Commander but may not
assume command of the incident.
If the incident is of a nature where specialized knowledge or expertise is
necessary for the most effective police response (i.e., subway accidents,
emergencies in public housing developments, etc.), the Incident Commander
shall designate an appropriate ranking member with the aforementioned skills
as the Operations Section chief. In most cases, the designee will be the
highest ranking member from the appropriate bureau or division involved (e.g.,
Housing Bureau for public housing incidents, Transit Bureau for subway
incidents, etc.).
The Police and Fire Departments maintain underwater diving units (SCUBA
Divers) for response to waterborne accidents, fires and other emergencies.
Police Department units, Harbor and Emergency Service personnel are available
twenty-four hours daily, and will respond to any submersion or accidents
involving occupied vehicles, boats or aircraft or evidence searches. The
Aviation Unit is available twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week with
scuba team divers for near and offshore air-sea rescues. The Fire Department
unit is available on a daily basis, twenty-four hours a day and will respond
to fire incidents requiring the use of divers. Request for the Police
Department diving unit will be made to the Special Operations Division for
routine dives and to the Communications Section in emergencies."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Duties at Unusual Disorder (P.G. 213-05)
Unusual Disorder Plan-Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Unusual Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor's Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)

P.G. 213-03 Rapid Mobilzation
Date Effective: 06-16-14
PURPOSE
To have personnel respond rapidly to the scene of an unusual
disorder/emergency incident.
PROCEDURE
When IMMEDIATE assistance is required at the scene of an unusual disorder/
emergency incident:
PATROL SUPERVISOR
1. Assess situation and, if needed, activate Mobilization Level 1 through
radio dispatcher.
a. Patrol supervisors are authorized to activate a Mobilization Level 1.
b. Consult with commanding officer/duty captain prior to activating a Level
1 mobilization for a missing person investigation, absent exigent
circumstances.
2. Notify commanding officer/duty captain, if assistance is required beyond a
Level 1 mobilization.
a. Upon activation, commanding officer/duty captain will immediately respond
to scene.
PLATOON COMMANDER
3. Respond to scene of incident and assume duties of the Incident Commander.
a. Upon arrival of the commanding officer/duty captain, assume the duties of
the Operations Officer in the field command post, and
b. Advise Incident Commander, as necessary.
NOTE: For incidents occurring in areas that are the responsibility of the
Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau, the Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau platoon
commander should, if not on scene, respond and assume the duties and
responsibilities as described in step 3 above.
DUTY CAPTAIN
4. Respond to scene.
a. Contact the command post, while enroute, and get an estimation of the
situation from the patrol supervisor/platoon commander at scene.
b. Assess situation and activate a further mobilization (see pgs 988- 991),
after conferral, if necessary.
(1) Communicate the number of personnel and the level of mobilization

required to the patrol borough, Communications Section or the Operations Unit.
NOTE: Mobilization Levels 2, 3 or 4 require the authorization of a captain
or above. The captain need not be on the scene, but if authorizing any further
mobilization while not at the scene, he/she must communicate with one of the
following:
a. Patrol supervisor/platoon commander
b. Patrol borough concerned
c. Operations Unit. Mobilization levels need not be utilized in consecutive
order.
Circumstances may dictate activating Mobilization Level 3 before Level 2 or
Level 2 before Level 1.
HOWEVER, CAUTION SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN UTILIZING THESE CODES IN OTHER THAN
CONSECUTIVE ORDER BECAUSE PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT IN THE OMITTED MOBILIZATION
LEVEL WILL NOT RESPOND.
The supervisor activating a mobilization should notify the Operations Unit
of personnel and/or equipment that is NOT required. The Operations Unit will
then notify units concerned.
All units will comply with duties as listed in the applicable Patrol Guide
(213 Series), Operations Unit directions and their respective unit unusual
disorder plans.
ACTIVATING SUPERVISOR
5. Notify Operations Unit and patrol borough concerned of the situation that
resulted in mobilization.
6. Maintain control of members of the service.
7. Be prepared to brief ranking members of the service.
8. Designate a mobilization point and advise Communications Section of
mobilization point and route to be used by responding members.
9. Provide for security of Department resources at the mobilization point and
any staging areas utilized.
10. Provide traffic post coverage to allow for the quick access of responding
units.
11. Update the Operations Unit and the patrol borough concerned.
12. Act as "Incident Commander" until relieved or until a higher ranking
uniformed member from the Patrol Services Bureau, Housing Bureau, or Transit
Bureau, assumes command.
NOTE: At the scene of an emergency incident to which a uniformed member of
the service in the rank of captain or above is not responding, the platoon
commander, or if not available, the patrol supervisor precinct /PSA/ transit
district of occurrence will assume command as the Incident Commander/Agency
Incident Commander until a transfer of command or demobilization occurs.

Based upon the nature and size of the emergency incident, the patrol Duty
Captain or Duty Inspector or Duty Chief or Patrol Borough Commanding
Officer/Executive Officer may respond. The Patrol Borough Commanding
Officer/Executive Officer or if not available, highest ranking patrol Duty
supervisor at the scene of the emergency incident will:
1. assume command, or
2. designate the appropriate Incident Commander/Agency Incident Commander,
or
3. direct that a transfer of command to an appropriate Incident Commander/
Agency Incident Commander occurs.
The Incident Commander/Agency Incident Commander may only be superseded by
the Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner, Chief of Department or
senior ranking operational Bureau Chief. Other deputy commissioners may render
advice and assistance to the Incident Commander/Agency Incident Commander but
may not assume command of the incident.
If the incident is of a nature where specialized knowledge or expertise is
necessary for the most effective police response (i.e., subway accidents,
emergencies in public housing developments, etc.), the Incident Commander
shall designate an appropriate ranking member with the aforementioned skills
as the Operations Section chief. In most cases, the designee will be the
highest ranking member from the appropriate bureau or division involved (e.g.,
Housing Bureau for public housing incidents, Transit Bureau for subway
incidents, etc.)
DESK OFFICER, OPERATIONS UNIT
13. Notify:
a. Affected patrol boroughs, divisions and/or bureaus concerned, (i.e.,
Housing Bureau, Transit Bureau, Special Operations Division, Traffic
Management Center, etc.) to stage required personnel (see pgs 988-991).
b. Transit Bureau Patrol Operations Wheel to identify and stage Transit
Bureau equipment vehicles necessary.
AFTER ACTIVATION OF A LEVEL 2, 3 OR 4 MOBILIZATION
TRANSIT BUREAU, PATROL OPERATIONS WHEEL
14. Confer, by telephone, with the desk officer of each Transit District
concerned regarding the Transit Bureau location to which mobilized Transit
Bureau personnel and equipment will respond.
a. Stage disorder equipment vehicle(s), as required.
NOTE: Disorder equipment vehicles are available through the Operations Unit,
twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week.
DESK OFFICER, TRANSIT BUREAU
15. Notify affected patrol personnel of transit facility designated for
response (see pgs 988-991).

a. Have notified personnel respond by transit system to chosen Transit
Bureau location
b. Notify command post of number of personnel available at chosen Transit
Bureau location.
DESK OFFICER, ALL OTHER BUREAUS
16. Stage required personnel.
17. Inspect responding members for proper equipment.
18. Supply members with a van to respond to mobilization point.
NOTE: Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau personnel mobilized on a Level 3
mobilization will ONLY be utilized to secure their own respective
facilities/developments. Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau personnel mobilized
on a Level 4 mobilization can be used for other duties.
19. Inspect responding members for proper equipment and direct members to
respond to mobilization point.
MOBILIZED SERGEANTS
20. Respond, with necessary personnel, promptly, to the mobilization point,
upon notification.
21. Ensure all responding members are properly equipped.
22. Ascertain response route and radio frequency to be used from
Communications Section dispatcher.
23. Advise members of the nature of the emergency and radio frequency to be
used.
NOTE: Supervisors will direct members to tune radios to the frequency
designated, although only the vehicle operator and the supervisor will have
their radios on while responding to the scene. Transit Bureau supervisor at
command post will coordinate communications between the command post and the
mobilized Transit Bureau personnel present without citywide frequencies tuned
into their radios.
24. Prepare DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141) prior to arrival at the
mobilization point.
FIRST PLATOON RESPONSE EXCEPTION
NOTE: One sergeant per mobile field force will respond to mobilization point
with two police officers from the same precinct and a van. The patrol borough
concerned will designate which precincts will supply sergeants and
lieutenants. Patrol Borough Staten Island will send only one sergeant. All
other bureaus/divisions will supply personnel as required (see pgs 988-991).
MOBILIZED SERGEANTS
25. Gather members from precincts as required to form a squad.

26. Receive instructions at mobilization point and proceed with squad to the
staging area or post in van provided.
27. Comply with steps 21, 22 and 23, above.
NOTE: Mobilized lieutenants will be designated by their local patrol
borough. On the 2nd and 3rd Platoon, three lieutenants per patrol borough will
respond to the mobilization point and form their respective precinct squads
into mobile field forces (see pages 991 and 992). On the 1st Platoon only, one
lieutenant per patrol borough will respond with an RMP and form their
respective precinct squads into patrol borough platoons. Patrol Borough Staten
Island will supply one lieutenant on the 2nd and 3rd Platoons and no
lieutenants on the 1st Platoon. Patrol Boroughs Queens North and Queens South
will send only two lieutenants on the 2nd and 3rd Platoon and only one
lieutenant on the 1st Platoon.
ALL PLATOONS
MOBILIZED LIEUTENANTS
28. Respond to mobilization point when notified by patrol borough or
Operations Unit of a Mobilization Level Three or Level Four (ALL PLATOONS).
29. Form uniformed members from precincts into mobile field forces as per
"Mobile Field Force Assignments - Patrol Services Bureau" (pages 991 & 992).
NOTE: Patrol boroughs/Operations Unit are responsible to reallocate
resources within the affected borough or throughout the City to maintain
adequate levels of police service and adequate levels of supervision.
ADDITIONAL DATA
PATROL BOROUGH OPERATIONAL COMMAND IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY REPONSE PLAN
ACTIVATION
1. Patrol Guide procedure 213-03, "Rapid Mobilization," states as follows, "At
the scene of a large scale unusual disorder or other emergency incident, the
highest ranking uniformed police supervisor is in command and will be
designated as Incident Commander." It further states, "In most cases, the
designee will be the highest ranking member from the bureau involved (e.g.,
the Housing Bureau for public housing incidents, the Transit Bureau for subway
incidents, the Chief of Transportation for traffic emergencies, etc.)."
Designating an Incident Commander provides centralized command at the scene of
an emergency.
2. We live under the threat of terrorism and the possibility of large-scale
disasters. The coordination of resources is a critical aspect of a proper
response to such an incident. As such, there may be times when it is necessary
for patrol borough command(s) to operate in a "stand-alone" capacity. Under
this concept, patrol borough commander(s) will assume operational command of
ALL Department resources within their geographical area of responsibility with
the exception of Special Operations Division personnel, and the Transit
Bureau, which will initiate citywide "stand-alone" operations at the Transit
Bureau headquarters in Brooklyn.
3. When it is determined that patrol borough(s) will operate under the "standalone" concept, patrol borough commands will activate borough command posts in
accordance with standard operating procedures. Additionally, representatives

will be assigned from the Detective Bureau, Intelligence Bureau, Housing
Bureau, Organized Crime Control Bureau, Transportation Bureau, School Safety
Division, Special Operations Division and any other unit deemed appropriate by
the patrol borough commander. An operational plan should be developed by each
patrol borough to facilitate "stand-alone" operations. It should include, at
minimum, pre-designated assignments among the borough staff and outside
command representatives, identification of necessary equipment and support
staff, as well as provide for a relief factor. Since each patrol borough is
unique, the borough commander should tailor plans that will address the needs
of that particular patrol borough, i.e., potential for civil disorder, public
panic, that threat of secondary events, etc. However, patrol borough
commanders must recognize that the NYPD Emergency Operations Center retains
the authority to direct movement and allocation of resources out of the patrol
borough in response to incidents elsewhere throughout the City.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Duties At Unusual Disorders (P.G. 213-05)
Unusual Disorder Plan-Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Unusual Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor's Plan for Coordinated Action at Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)
LEVEL 1
LOCAL PATROL BOROUGH TASK FORCE MOBILIZATION
AUTHORITY TO CALL
* PATROL SUPERVISOR
RESPONDING UNITS
* LOCAL BOROUGH TASK FORCE
* 1-RADIO EMERGENCY PATROL (REP)
* 1-PATROL SUPERVISOR HOUSING PSA AND TRANSIT DISTRICT CONCERNED
ADDITIONAL SUPERVISORS
* DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF
LEVEL 2
CITYWIDE PATROL BOROUGH TASK FORCE MOBILIZATION
AUTHORITY TO CALL
* CAPTAIN OR ABOVE
RESPONDING UNITS
* PATROL BOROUGH TASK FORCE(S) AS DESIGNATED BY OPERATIONS UNIT
* 1-ESU SUPERVISOR AND TRUCK
* 1-REP PER TASK FORCE ACTIVATED
* 1-HELICOPTER
* 1-COMMAND POST VEHICLE
* 1-DECON TRUCK
* 1-BARRIER TRUCK (LOCAL PATROL BOROUGH)
* 1-SGT. AND 2 DETS. - TARU

* 1-ARREST PROCESSING VEHICLE
* 1-PATROL WAGON
* 1-PATROL SUPERVISOR HOUSING PSA AND TRANSIT DISTRICT CONCERNED, IF NOT
ALREADY PRESENT
* 1-TRAFFIC OPERATIONS DISTRICT SUPERVISOR
NOTE: OPERATIONS UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS.
ADDITIONAL SUPERVISORS
* DUTY INSPECTOR BOROUGH OF INCIDENT
* DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF WITH EACH BOROUGH TASK FORCE
MOBILIZED
LEVEL 3
LOCAL BOROUGH MOBILIZATION 2ND AND 3RD PLATOON
AUTHORITY TO CALL
* CAPTAIN OR ABOVE
RESPONDING UNITS
* 3 LIEUTENANTS (1 PER MOBILE FIELD FORCE) (PBQN AND PBQS ONLY 2
LIEUTENANTS EACH, PBSI SUPPLIES ONLY 1 LIEUTENANT, HOUSING BUREAU 1
LIEUTENANT PER 3 PSAs AND TRANSIT BUREAU 1 LIEUTENANT PER BOROUGH)
* 1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS PER PRECINCT AND HOUSING PSA WITHIN
PATROL BOROUGH CONCERNED
* 1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS PER TRANSIT DISTRICT PURSUANT TO
THEIR PLAN (SEE PAGE 992)
* 2 SERGEANTS AND 20 POLICE OFFICERS (HIGHWAY DISTRICT WITH RMPs)
* 1 SERGEANT AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (STREET CRIME UNIT)
* 2 SERGEANTS AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (MOUNTED UNIT)
* 1 SERGEANT AND 2 DETECTIVES TARU (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-ESU SUPERVISOR
* 1-POT TRUCK OR PEACEKEEPER
* 1-MLG OR HELP CAR
* 1-REP OR TRUCK
* 1-PATROL WAGON
* 1-HELICOPTER (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-COMMAND POST VEHICLE (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-DECON TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-BARRIER TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-ARREST PROCESSING VEHICLE (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
NOTE: OPERATIONS UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS.
ADDITIONAL SUPERVISORS
* DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* STAFF RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSISTING THE INCIDENT COMMANDER, AS NECESSARY
* 1-TRAFFIC OPERATIONS DISTRICT SUPERVISOR (IF NOT
ALREADY PRESENT)
LEVEL 3
LOCAL BOROUGH MOBILIZATION 1ST PLATOON
AUTHORITY TO CALL
* CAPTAIN OR ABOVE
RESPONDING UNITS
* 3 SERGEANTS PER PATROL BOROUGH (1 PER MOBILE FIELD FORCE WITH VAN)

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

(PBQN AND PBQS WILL SEND 2 SERGEANTS EACH, PBSI, HOUSING BUREAU AND
TRANSIT BUREAU WILL SEND 1 SERGEANT EACH)
2 POLICE OFFICERS PER PRECINCT AND HOUSING PSA WITHIN PATROL BOROUGH
CONCERNED BY RMP
2 POLICE OFFICERS PER TRANSIT DISTRICT PURSUANT TO THEIR PLAN (SEE
PAGE 992)
1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS (HIGHWAY DISTRICT WITH RMPs)
1 SERGEANT AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (STREET CRIME UNIT)
1-ARREST PROCESSING VEHICLE (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-ESU SUPERVISOR
1-REP AND TRUCK
1-MLG OR HELP CAR
1-PATROL WAGON
1-HELICOPTER
1-BARRIER TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
1-COMMAND POST VEHICLE (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)

NOTE: OPERATIONS UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS.
ADDITIONAL SUPERVISORS
* DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF
* 1 LIEUTENANT (SELECTED BY PATROL BOROUGH CONCERNED EXCEPT PBSI)
LEVEL 4
CITY WIDE PRECINCT MOBILIZATION 2ND AND 3RD PLATOON
AUTHORITY TO CALL
* CAPTAIN OR ABOVE
RESPONDING UNITS
* 3 LIEUTENANTS (1 PER MOBILE FIELD FORCE) (PBQN AND PBQS ONLY 2
LIEUTENANTS EACH, PBSI SUPPLIES ONLY 1 LIEUTENANT, TRANSIT BUREAU 1
LIEUTENANT PER BOROUGH MOBILIZED)
* 1 HOUSING BUREAU LIEUTENANT PER 3 PSAs
* 1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS PER PRECINCT AND HOUSING PSA PER
BOROUGH MOBILIZED
* 1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS PER TRANSIT DISTRICT PURSUANT TO
THEIR PLAN (SEE PAGE 992)
* 1 SERGEANT AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (HIGHWAY DISTRICT WITH RMPs
[ADDITIONAL])
* 1 SERGEANT AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (STREET CRIME UNIT [IF NOT ALREADY
PRESENT])
* 2 SERGEANTS AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (MOUNTED UNIT [ADDITIONAL])
* 1-ARREST PROCESS VEHICLE (ADDITIONAL)
* 1-SERGEANT AND 4 POLICE OFFICERS - PAFTS
* 1-ESU SUPERVISOR (ADDITIONAL)
* 1-POT TRUCK OR PEACEKEEPER (ADDITIONAL)
* 1-MLG OR HELP CAR (ADDITIONAL)
* 1-REP OR TRUCK (ADDITIONAL)
* 1-SERGEANT AND 2 DETECTIVES - TARU (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-COMMAND POST VEHICLE (ADDITIONAL)
* 1-BARRIER TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-DECON TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-PATROL WAGON (ADDITIONAL)
NOTE: OPERATIONS UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS.
ADDITIONAL SUPERVISORS

* DUTY CHIEF
* DUTY INSPECTOR (BOROUGH OF INCIDENT)
* DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF WITH EACH BOROUGH MOBILIZED,
UNLESS ALREADY ON SCENE FROM LEVEL 2
* STAFF RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSISTING INCIDENT COMMANDER, AS NECESSARY
* 1 CAPTAIN HOUSING BUREAU AND TRANSIT BUREAU, IF AVAILABLE
* 1-TRAFFIC OPERATIONS DISTRICT SUPERVISOR (IF NOT
ALREADY PRESENT)
LEVEL 4
CITY WIDE PRECINCT MOBILIZATION 1ST PLATOON
AUTHORITY TO CALL
* CAPTAIN OR ABOVE
RESPONDING UNITS
EACH DESIGNATED BOROUGH WILL SEND (PER PATROL BOROUGH):
* 3 SERGEANTS PER PATROL BOROUGH (1 PER MOBILE FIELD FORCE WITH VAN),
PBQN AND PBQS WILL SEND 2 SERGEANTS EACH, PBSI, HOUSING BUREAU AND
TRANSIT BUREAU WILL SEND 1 SERGEANT EACH
* 2 POLICE OFFICERS PER PRECINCT AND HOUSING PSA WITHIN PATROL BOROUGH
CONCERNED BY RMP
* 2 POLICE OFFICERS PER TRANSIT DISTRICT PURSUANT TO THEIR PLAN (SEE
PAGE 992)
* 1 SERGEANT AND 8 POLICE OFFICERS (HIGHWAY DISTRICT WITH RMPs [IF NOT
ALREADY PRESENT])
* 1 SERGEANT AND 10 POLICE OFFICERS (STREET CRIME UNIT [IF NOT ALREADY
PRESENT])
* 1-ESU SUPERVISOR (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-REP AND TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-MLG OR HELP CAR (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-PATROL WAGON (ADDITIONAL)
* 1-POT TRUCK OR PEACEKEEPER (ADDITIONAL)
* 1-HELICOPTER (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-BARRIER TRUCK (IF NOT ALREADY PRESENT)
* 1-COMMAND POST VEHICLE (ADDITIONAL)
NOTE: OPERATIONS UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS.
ADDITIONAL SUPERVISORS
* DUTY CAPTAIN AND COMMAND POST STAFF
* 1 LIEUTENANT (SELECTED BY PATROL BOROUGH CONCERNED, EXCEPT PBSI)
* 1 CAPTAIN HOUSING BUREAU AND TRANSIT BUREAU, IF AVAILABLE
MOBILE FIELD FORCE ASSIGNMENTS
PATROL SERVICES BUREAU
2ND & 3RD
PLATOONS
(1 SGT AND 8 POs
PER PRECINCT)
MOBILE FIELD
FORCE NUMBER
PBMS
1
2
3
SUB TOTAL

SGTs
3
4
3
10

POs
24
32
24
80

1ST
PLATOON
(1 SGT PER MOBILE FIELD
FORCE 2 POs PER PRECINCT)

SGTs
1
1
1
3

POs
6
8
6
20

PCTS ASSIGNED
1-5-7
6-9-10-13
MTS-17-MTN

PBMN

4
5
6

4
4
4
12

32
32
32
96

1
1
1
3

8
8
8
24

19-20-CPP-24
26-30-33-34
23-25-28-32

32
32
32
96

1
1
1
3

8
8
8
24

40-42-44-48
41-43-45-49
46-47-50-52

SUB TOTAL

4
4
4
12

PBBS

10
11
12
SUB TOTAL

4
5
4
13

32
40
32
104

1
1
1
3

8
10
8
26

60-61-62-70
66-68-72-76-78
63-67-69-71

PBBN

13
14
15
SUB TOTAL

3
4
3
10

24
32
24
80

1
1
1
3

6
8
6
20

73-75-81
77-79-84-88
83-90-94

PBQS

16
17
SUB TOTAL

4
4
8

32
32
64

1
1
2

8
8
16

102-103-106-107
100-101-105-113

PBQN

18
19
SUB TOTAL

4
4
8

32
32
64

1
1
2

8
8
16

104-108-114-115
109-110-111-112

3

24

1

6

120-122-123

76

608

20

152

SUB TOTAL
PBBX

PBSI

7
8
9

20

SUB TOTAL PSB

TRANSIT BUREAU
MFF

1
2
3
SUB TOTAL

3
4
4
11

24
32
32
88

1
1
1
3

6
8
8
22

PER TRANSIT PLAN BELOW
DO
DO

1
1
1
3

6
6
6
18

ANY 3 PSAs
DO
DO

26

192

HOUSING BUREAU
1
2
3
SUB TOTAL

GRAND TOTAL

3
3
3
9

24
24
24
72

96

768

NOTE: Mobile Field Forces are a method of organizing personnel into groups
utilizing the "old" geographical patrol division format with the exception of
Patrol Borough Queens North and Queens South. The Housing Bureau and Transit
Bureau will organize their own mobile field forces as per their own in bureau
plans.
TRANSIT BUREAU RESPONSE PLAN

The Transit Bureau Patrol Boroughs do not currently correspond to the
geographic and administrative patrol boroughs of the Patrol Services Bureau.
To address this the following response plan will be utilized:
PATROL
BOROUGH
MOBILIZED

2ND & 3RD
PLATOON
RESPONSE
PER DISTRICT

1ST PLATOON
RESPONSE
PER
DISTRICT

DISTRICT(S)
REQUIRED TO
RESPOND

PBMS

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

2 & 4

PBMN

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

1 & 3

PBBX

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

11 & 12

PBBS

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

32 & 34

PBBN

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

30 & 33

PBQN AND PBQS

1 SGT & 8 POs

2 POs

20

PBSI

NONE

NONE

NONE

P.G. 213-04 Mobilization Readiness Levels
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To alert units concerned that a mobilization has occurred and its companion
readiness levels have been initiated.
PROCEDURE
When a mobilization level has been activated and a readiness level is
automatically initiated:
READINESS LEVEL 1
INCIDENT COMMANDER
1. Activate "Field Command Post." COMMUNICATIONS SECTION
2. Notify Operations Unit of details, broadcast "Readiness Level One" on all
frequencies within affected patrol borough and notify patrol borough task
force concerned.
OPERATIONS UNIT
3. Notify local patrol borough, Housing Bureau, Transit Bureau, Chief of
Transportation and Special Operations Division.
4. Place all non-affected patrol borough and Transit Bureau task forces on
alert.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMAND
5. Monitor incident and notify the following commands of the situation:
a. Local patrol borough task force, if not already on the scene
b. Patrol borough duty inspector/captain
c. Patrol borough community affairs personnel
d. Patrol borough command post personnel (Alert Status Only)
e. Community Affairs personnel - precincts concerned
f. Detective borough concerned
g. Platoon commander, precinct concerned, to respond.
(1)If unavailable, notify platoon commander adjoining precinct to respond.
READINESS LEVEL 2
COMMUNICATIONS SECTION

6. Notify Operations Unit and broadcast "Readiness Level Two"on all
frequencies.
OPERATIONS UNIT
7. Alert all non-mobilized patrol borough task forces, including Transit
Bureau task forces, as well as precinct and Housing Bureau personnel within
patrol borough concerned, holding same beyond expiration of tour.
NOTE: The Operations Unit will release task force, including Transit Bureau
task forces, and precinct and Housing Bureau personnel ONLY after conferral
between the Incident Commander and a supervisor from the Operations Unit.
8. Staff Operations Unit command post and monitor situation.
9. Notify the following commands of the situation and their required response
of equipment, supervisors and personnel:
a. All patrol boroughs, including Transit Bureau, to have task forces remain
on alert or respond to scene
b. Duty chief
c. Special Operations Division
d. Chief of Transportation
e. First Deputy Commissioner
f. Deputy Commissioner - Operations
g. Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters
h. Chief – Community Affairs
i. Deputy Commissioner - Public Information
j. Chief of Department
k. Chief of Patrol
l. Chief of Housing Bureau
m. Chief of Detectives
n. Chief of Organized Crime Control
o. Chief of Internal Affairs
p. Chief of Transit Bureau
q. Criminal Justice Bureau
r. Property Clerk Division
s. Fleet Services Division
t. Communications Section

u. Applicant Processing Division
v. Police Academy
w. Quartermaster Section
PATROL, HOUSING, AND TRANSIT BUREAU COMMANDS
10. Notify the following commands of the situation:
a. Precincts, police service areas, transit districts within affected patrol
borough - alert for possible mobilization. (A response of one sergeant and
eight police officers, with Department van, will stand-by at each precinct or
affected command).
b. Patrol borough, police service area or transit district commanding
officer
c. Duty inspector/captain
d. Detective borough concerned
e. Patrol borough and precinct community affairs personnel
f. Precinct detective squads
g. Chief of Transportation and precincts concerned - to staff route to
mobilization point.
DETECTIVE BUREAU
11. Designate one sergeant and three detectives to respond to Field Command
Post to serve as intelligence staff.
READINESS LEVEL 3
COMMUNICATIONS SECTION 12. Notify Operations Unit and broadcast "Readiness
Level Three" on all frequencies.
OPERATIONS UNIT
13. Staff Operations Unit command post and monitor situation.
NOTE: All uniformed members of the service assigned to commands within
Patrol Services Bureau, Housing Bureau or Transit Bureau will be alerted and
held beyond the expiration of their tour, if necessary. The Operations Unit
will release such personnel ONLY after conferral between the Incident
Commander and a supervisor assigned to the Operations Unit.
14. Notify the following of developments and the need to staff the Operations
Unit command post:
a. Office of the Chief - Community Affairs
b. Office of Deputy Commissioner - Public Information
c. Office of the Chief of Department

d. Office of the Chief of Patrol
e. Office of the Chief of Housing Bureau
f. Office of the Chief of Detectives
g. Office of the Chief of Personnel
h. Office of the Chief of Organized Crime Control
i. Office of the Chief of Transit Bureau
j. Duty Chief
k. Director, Office of Support Services Bureau.
NOTE: Citywide units previously notified, as per Readiness Level 2 will
await deployment, as required, by the Operations Unit.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMAND
15. Activate borough command post and staff with pre-designated or members
designated by the Tactical Operations Coordinator.
NOTE: Members will fill positions as follows:
a. Tactical Operations Coordinator
b. Operations Officer
c. Personnel/Administrative Officer
d. Logistics Officer
e. Intelligence Officer
For further information regarding the above titles, see ADDITIONAL DATA.
ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAU
16. Assign one sergeant and two detectives from NITRO to respond to the
borough command post.
DETECTIVE BUREAU
17. Assign one detective supervisor from detective borough to respond to the
borough command post.
INTELLIGENCE BUREAU
18. Assign one uniformed member to respond to the borough command post.
NOTE: On duty uniformed members of the service assigned to non-uniformed
units (e.g. Organized Crime Control Bureau, Applicant Processing Division,
Detective Bureau, Police Academy, etc.) will respond to their command, change
into uniform, and await deployment. Parent commands are responsible to
consolidate personnel staffing figures and locations and notify the Operations

Unit. Support units, such as the Property Clerk Division, Criminal Justice
Bureau, Quartermaster Section, Community Affairs/Crime Prevention Section,
Office of the Deputy Commissioner-Public Information, etc., will recall
identified key personnel, contact the Operations Unit for instructions, and
await deployment.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMAND
19. Notify the following:
a. Commanding officer - patrol borough concerned
b. Duty inspector/captain - patrol borough concerned
c. Operations Unit
d. Precinct/borough detective units
e. Precinct/borough community affairs personnel.
READINESS LEVEL 4
COMMUNICATIONS SECTION
20.Notify Operations Unit and broadcast "Readiness Level Four" on all
frequencies.
OPERATIONS UNIT
21. Activate Operations Unit command post.
a. Staff with previously designated members or those selected by Tactical
Operations Coordinator to serve as:
(1) Tactical Operations Coordinator
(2) Operations Officer
(3) Personnel/Administrative Officer
(4) Logistics Officer
(5) Intelligence Officer.
NOTE: For further information regarding the above titles, see ADDITIONAL
DATA.
22. Deploy personnel on stand-by as needed.
23. Notify:
a. Police Commissioner
b. First Deputy Commissioner
c. Chief of Department
d. Chief of Patrol

e. Chief of Housing Bureau
f. Chief of Detectives
g. Chief of Personnel
h. Chief of Organized Crime Control
i. Chief of Internal Affairs
j. Chief of Transit Bureau
NOTE: The Operations Unit will release personnel ONLY after conferral
between the Incident Commander and a supervisor assigned to the Operations
Unit.
DETECTIVE BOROUGH CONCERNED
24. Assign one captain, one additional sergeant and three additional
detectives to field command post to augment the Intelligence staff.
NOTE: Citywide units previously identified as per "Readiness Levels" will be
deployed as required by the Operations Unit command post.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The following are synopses of duties of ranking uniformed members of the
service in connection with mobilizations and command post operations:
INCIDENT COMMANDER - the one position that will always be filled at every
incident, regardless of size, by the HIGHEST UNIFORMED RANKING POLICE
SUPERVISOR ASSUMING COMMAND, who has responsibility for overall management of
incident in question.
TACTICAL OPERATIONS COORDINATOR - directs, supervises and ensures coordination
of tasks performed by command post staff, except those areas reserved by
Incident Commander.
OPERATIONS OFFICER - principal staff officer on matters pertaining to
strategy, tactics and overall operations.
PERSONNEL/ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER - primary advisor to the Incident Commander
or the Tactical Operations Coordinator in all aspects of unit strength,
management, personnel services support, administrative support and medical
support. Responsible for prisoner issues and security of command posts.
INTELLIGENCE OFFICER - principal advisor to the Incident Commander on all
intelligence and investigative matters relating to the disorder. Responsible
for coordinating and directing efforts of detectives, community affairs,
Deputy
Commissioner - Public Information and Intelligence Bureau personnel.
LOGISTICS OFFICER - principal staff officer for the Incident Commander in
matters of supply, maintenance, transportation and services. Responsible for
security of all mobilization points, staging areas and designating the support
corridor for staging the support units.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Duties At Unusual Disorders (P.G. 213-05)
Unusual Disorder Plan - Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Unusual Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor's Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

P.G. 213-05 Duties At An Unusual Disorder
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To establish specific duties and responsibilities with respect to uniformed
members assigned to unusual disorders.
PROCEDURE
When directed to respond to a scene of an unusual disorder:
UPON REPORT OF A LEVEL ONE OR HIGHER MOBILIZATION:
PCT.CO/XO DUTY INSP./DUTY CAPT./OR UMOS OF HIGHER RANK
1. Report to the command post.
a. Contact the command post by radio or telephone, while enroute, to get an
assessment of the situation.
2. Upon arrival at command post:
a. Assume the role of Incident Commander as per P.G. 213-03, "Rapid
Mobilization."
b. Designate suitable mobilization point.
(1) Arrange for traffic posts and security posts at that location.
c. Authorize the mobilization of additional personnel, if necessary, after
briefing by patrol supervisor, borough wheel, or Operations Unit.
d. Debrief highest-ranking supervisor on scene.
NOTE: The responding uniformed member concerned need not be present at the
scene to authorize a higher level of mobilization.
3. Ensure that a properly staffed and operating command post has been
established and:
a. Identify location for command post.
b. Request precinct, police service area, or transit district disorder plan
be delivered to the command post.
c. Organize the command post staff, if not already established, from
available personnel to perform as:
(1) Operations Officer - Tactical advisor
(2) Intelligence Officer - Intelligence advisor
(3) Personnel and Administrative Officer - Staffing advisor

(4) Logistics Officer - Equipment advisor.
d. Review disorder area.
(1) Utilize maps, if unable to personally inspect area
4. Establish communications by:
a. Conferring with Communications Section for an appropriate citywide
frequency.
b. Having special or additional frequencies used for conversation between
captains and above.
c. Using cellular telephones at command post to improve communications.
d. Having RMPs with mobile digital terminals utilized to bolster
communication and deployed, by the personnel officer, where needed, e.g.,
mobilization point, borough and command post.
e. Implementing dual dispatch system, (i.e., high priority calls go to
disorder control personnel; lower priority calls to precinct units).
NOTE: Communications Section must be conferred with regarding the frequency
to be used during mobilization.
5. Deploy responding uniformed members by:
a. Formulating a plan of action.
b. Estimating the size, movement, motivation, intent, and leadership of the
disorderly group.
c. Identifying:
(1) The participants of the crowd or disorderly group
(2) The geographical boundaries of the area involved.
d. Estimating the duration and intensity of the disorder.
e. Beginning efforts to control the spread of rumors.
NOTE: Community affairs/community policing personnel with community leaders,
as listed in Appendix "H" of the command's unusual disorder plan, can be used
to dispel rumors and disseminate accurate information.
f. Identifying future targets, if applicable, by utilizing community
affairs, community policing and detective personnel.
g. Dividing the disorder area into sectors for mobile patrol by task force
personnel, preferably in vans.
h. Containing and isolating disorderly groups by sectoring, perimeter
checkpoints, arrest, etc.
i. Having task force personnel use mobile tactics of speed, surprise and
deception to accomplish their assignment.

(1) Deploy personnel as a unit, when possible, to mobile or foot posts
within the designated sectors.
j. Directing that arrests be made, when appropriate.
k. Deploying two-thirds (2/3) of available enforcement personnel and holding
one-third (1/3) personnel in reserve.
l. Assigning additional personnel, if needed, when sufficient mobile forces
are deployed in sectors, as follows:
(1) Foot posts - assign one sergeant and eight police officers to posts of
sufficient size.
(2) Perimeter check point posts - assign at least one disorder control
squad, consisting of one sergeant and eight police officers, to each check
point to perform the following:
(a) Prevent disorderly persons from entering or leaving area through
checkpoint.
(b) Keep curiosity seekers and unauthorized persons out of area.
(c) Reroute public or private transportation vehicles around the area.
(d) Provide rooftop and overhead security.
6. MUST provide patrol borough and Operations Unit with regular updates on the
progress of disorder control efforts, as well as unusual developments, or the
need for additional resources.
7. Instruct all supervisors on the following:
a. Nature of the disorder.
b. Mission and objectives, including specific objectives for specialized
units.
c. Reminder that independent or unauthorized actions will not be tolerated.
d. Use minimum force necessary to achieve objectives.
e. Location of arrest processing areas.
f. Location of command post and appropriate telephone numbers.
g. Post or sector boundaries, radio call signals and designated frequency.
h. Use of specialized equipment.
i. Tactics that will be utilized.
j. Reporting ring schedules for command post, staggered for enforcement
units every thirty minutes; hourly for all other concerned units.
k. Need to immediately report important or unusual events.

NOTE: Captains may be assigned as commanders of task forces or borough sized
precinct personnel contingents and will maintain unity of assignment for the
particular unit commanded. (Team assignments are listed in ADDITIONAL DATA).
8. Prepare for relief as follows:
a. Have commander ending his/her tour confer with new Incident Commander.
b. Have both commanders debrief all field commanders concerning:
(1) Changing patterns of disorder
(2) Strength of disorderly groups
(3) Any police related incidents occurring during tour
(4) Any recommendation as to changes in overall strategies, etc.
LIEUTENANT
9. Respond quickly and safely to stationhouse, ascertain the mobilization
point, and respond promptly by RMP.
10. Assume duties as mobile field force commander.
NOTE: Lieutenants will be responsible for the performance of squads under
their command. Squads will consist of one sergeant and eight police officers
from each precinct in the assigned mobile field force.
11. Assist Incident Commander, in the operation of the field command post, if
directed.
12. Assume duty as either the Operations, Personnel, Intelligence or Logistics
Officer (see ADDITIONAL DATA), if assigned to the field command post.
13. Have helmet, baton, flashlight, DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)
and disorder control guidelines available on patrol in RMP.
14. Direct that Department vehicles be parked in designated spaces only, at
mobilization point.
15. Follow instructions of captain/incident commander, instruct responding
sergeants and collect DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEETS.
a. Submit collected DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEETS to command post.
16. Instruct sergeants as to what radio frequency is being used and ensure
that all radios are tuned to the designated frequency.
a. Maintain radio discipline of subordinate members.
17. Inspect sergeants for required uniform and equipment.
a. Warn sergeants against unauthorized radio transmissions which are
potentially dangerous to all members assigned to disorder.
18. Have sergeants deliver vehicle keys to vehicle security detail, if
required.

19. Explain instructions carefully to all sergeants and ensure that all
subordinates, including police officers, receive these instructions and record
pertinent information, such as:
a. Importance of team concept in disorder control
b. Post and/or sector boundaries
c. Nature of disorder
d. Mission of the team
e. Location and telephone number of command post and arrest processing area
f. Identification of Incident Commander, platoon-mobile field force
lieutenant, and other key ranking officers
g. Equipment information
h. Appropriate radio frequency and mobile field force/disorder control squad
radio call signs.
NOTE: Squads will consist of one sergeant and eight police officers from the
same precinct. Sergeants will be called by precinct designation, example "46
sergeant". Mobile field force will consist of precinct personnel as listed in
ADDITIONAL DATA, page 10, e.g. 1st, 5th and 7th Precincts are designated the
1st mobile field force; 46th, 47th, 50th, and 52nd Precincts are designated
the 9th mobile field force. Lieutenants will be called by lieutenant's mobile
field force designation, example "9th mobile force lieutenant".
20. Instruct subordinate members of the following assignment guidelines:
a. Do not act independently; follow direction and adhere to the team
concept.
b. Do not "punish," rather, be "professional" at all times.
c. Ensure that only minimum force is used to achieve objectives.
d. Be tolerant of verbal abuse uttered by civilians in crowd in attempting
to provoke an incident.
e. Maintain formation when advancing in a disorder situation.
f. Maintain one arm's length distance between themselves and the adjoining
member.
g. "On guard" stance should be used by all members in either a line or wedge
formation.
h. Be aware of potential danger of rooftops and high ground locations, e.g.,
rock/bottle throwers, snipers, etc.
i. MAINTAIN FIREARMS DISCIPLINE.
NOTE: Supervisors of arrest teams should not stray from police lines due to
the possibility of being surrounded by crowd members. Supervisors should also

ensure that arresting officers adequately observe and document the actions of
those arrested, prior to and during the arrest.
21. Instruct subordinate members of the following PROHIBITED CONDUCT:
a. Do not permit any subordinate to become complacent, regardless of their
particular assignment.
b. Do not permit any subordinate to break from formation or act
independently, i.e., "Think Team."
c. Do not permit sergeants to assign less than two officers to roof top
posts, rear yards or alleys.
(1) Ensure that only uniformed officers are given these assignments.
d. Do not permit unnecessary conversation.
e. Do not permit officers to congregate on post.
f. Do not permit unauthorized radio transmissions.
g. Do not permit sergeants to assign members in civilian clothes to
rooftops, rear yards, or alleys.
NOTE: A lieutenant is responsible for overseeing one mobile field force
consisting of three to five squads, each consisting of one sergeant and eight
police officers. In disorder control situations, it is imperative that
lieutenants reinforce the "team concept" of working together to form a larger
team and not individually. Each mobile field force can be given a variety of
assignments (see ADDITIONAL DATA for listing of team assignments).
SERGEANT
22. Respond quickly and safely to stationhouse, form squad of eight police
officers, insure they are properly equipped and respond to mobilization point
as directed by van.
23. Assume duties of squad sergeant.
NOTE: Sergeants will be responsible for the performance of the squad they
are assigned. Each squad will consist of eight police officers from the
sergeant's respective precinct.
24. Prepare DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET enroute to mobilization point.
25. May be directed to assist the Incident Commander in the operation of the
field command post.
26. Assume duty as either the Operations, Personnel, Intelligence, or
Logistics Officer (see ADDITIONAL DATA), if assigned to the field command
post.
27. Have helmet, baton, flashlight, DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET, and
disorder control guidelines available on patrol in RMP.
28. Follow instructions of supervisors, inspect members assigned, submit
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET, etc.

29. Ensure that portable radio is on designated frequency and maintain radio
discipline of subordinates.
30. Direct that Department vehicle is parked in designated area only.
31. Have vehicle keys delivered to security detail, if required.
32. Conduct thorough inspection of members assigned.
33. Explain instructions carefully to all police officers assigned,
instructing uniformed members concerned to record important information such
as:
a. Importance of team concept in disorder control.
b. Post and/or sector boundaries.
c. Nature of disorder.
d. Equipment information.
e. Mission of squad.
f. Location and phone number of command post and arrest processing area.
g. Identification of Incident Commander, platoon-mobile field force
lieutenant, and other key ranking officers.
h. Appropriate radio frequency and mobile field force/disorder control squad
radio call signs.
NOTE: Each squad will consist of one sergeant and eight police officers from
the same precinct. Sergeants will be called by precinct designation, example
"46th sergeant". Mobile field force will consist of precinct personnel as
listed in ADDITIONAL DATA, page 8, e.g. 1st, 5th and 7th Precincts are
designated the 1st mobile field force; 46th, 47th, 50th, and 52nd Precincts
are designated the 9th mobile field force. Lieutenants will be called by their
mobile field force designation, example "9th mobile field force lieutenant".
Captains will command three mobile field forces of each borough and will be
called by their borough designations, e.g., "Bronx captain".
34. Instruct subordinate members on the assignment guidelines as listed in
step 20.
35. Instruct subordinate members on PROHIBITED CONDUCT as listed in step 21.
POLICE OFFICER
36. Have helmet, baton, flashlight and disorder control guidelines available
in RMP on patrol.
37. Respond quickly and safely to stationhouse or mobilization point as
directed.
38. Follow instructions of supervisors.
39. Have portable radio tuned to designated frequency, when directed.

40. DO NOT drive through a disorder area to reach a mobilization point or
staging area.
41. Park Department vehicle in designated space ONLY.
a. DO NOT BLOCK OTHER VEHICLES.
b. Give keys of RMP to security detail, if required.
42. Listen to instructions carefully and record important information such as:
a. Post and/or sector boundaries
b. Nature of disorder
c. Mission of the team
d. Equipment information
e. Location and phone number of command post and arrest processing area
f. Identification of squad sergeant and other ranking officers.
g. Appropriate radio frequency and mobile field force/disorder control squad
radio call signs.
43. Comply with instructions on the assignment guidelines listed in step 20.
44. Comply with instructions on PROHIBITED CONDUCT listed in step 21.
ADDITIONAL DATA
TEAM ASSIGNMENTS
* CROWD DISPERSAL - Responsible to take action against unlawful and
disorderly groups. In line or wedge formations direct team to disperse a
disorderly crowd.
* MOBILE RESPONSE - Required to create sectors in the disorder area for
patrol by mobile response units. Also responsible to create a mobile reserve
for emergency response and reliefs.
* ARREST DUTY - Required to implement appropriate arrest tactics under the
supervision of sergeants and lieutenants.
* GENERAL PATROL - Responsible to provide teams assigned to foot patrol to
create a sense of police presence in area. Required to select appropriate
posts for patrol.
* PROTECTING VULNERABLE, SENSITIVE OR CRITICAL LOCATIONS - Responsible for
correctly identifying locations and providing security for designated areas.
* ESCORT DUTY - Maintain a liaison with other agencies and utilities, and
provide staging locations where the system of escorts can be administered.
* CHECKPOINT DUTY - Identify borders of the disorder and provide checkpoints
on appropriate roadways to create a system to:

a. Detour traffic around the disorder area
b. Identify alternate routes for detoured traffic
c. Prevent unauthorized entry into the disorder area
d. Prevent disorderly groups from entering or exiting disorder area.
REV 02-01 issued 01/25/02 deleted the summary of duties uniformed members of
the service may be required to perform when assigned to the command post.
MOBILE FIELD FORCE ASSIGNMENTS
PATROL SERVICES BUREAU

MOBILE
FORCE
PBMS

FIELD
NUMBER
1
2
3

SUBTOTAL
PBMN

2ND & 3RD PLATOONS
(1 SGT. AND 8 POs
PER PRECINCT)
SGTs
POs
3
24
4
32
3
24
10
80

1ST PLATOON
(1 SGT. PER MOBILE FIELD FORCE
2 POs PER PRECINCT)
SGTs
POs
PCTS ASSIGNED
1
6
1-5-7
1
8
6-9-10-13
1
6
MTS-17-MTN
3
20

4
5
6

4
4
4
12

32
32
32
96

1
1
1
3

8
8
8
24

19-20-CPP-24
26-30-33-34
23-25-28-32

7
8
9

4
4
4
12

32
32
32
96

1
1
1
3

8
8
8
24

40-42-44-48
41-43-45-49
46-47-50-52

10
11
12

4
5
4
13

32
40
32
104

1
1
1
3

8
10
8
26

60-61-62-70
66-68-72-76-78
63-67-69-71

13
14
15

3
4
3
10

24
32
24
80

1
1
1
3

6
8
6
20

73-75-81
77-79-84-88
83-90-94

16
17

4
4
8

32
32
64

1
1
2

8
8
16

102-103-106-107
100-101-105-113

18
19

32
32
64

1
1
2

8
8
16

104-108-114-115
109-110-111-112

SUBTOTAL

4
4
8

PBSI
20
TOTAL PSB

3
76

24
608

1
20

6
152

120-122-123

6

PER TRANSIT

SUBTOTAL
PBBX

SUBTOTAL
PBBS

SUBTOTAL
PBBN

SUBTOTAL
PBQS
SUBTOTAL
PBQN

TRANSIT BUREAU
MFF

1

3

24

1

2
3
TOTAL TD

4
4
11

32
32
88

1
1
3

8
8
22

PLAN (SEE
ADD. DATA,
page 12)

ANY 3 PSAs
DO
DO

HOUSING BUREAU
1
2
3
TOTAL HB

3
3
3
9

24
24
24
72

1
1
1
3

6
6
6
18

GRAND TOTAL

96

768

26

192

NOTE: Mobile field forces are a method of organizing personnel into working
groups utilizing the "old" geographical patrol division format with the
exception of Patrol Borough Queens North and Queens South. The Housing Bureau
and Transit Bureau will organize their mobile field forces as per their own
Bureau plans.
TRANSIT BUREAU RESPONSE PLAN
The Transit Bureau patrol boroughs do not currently correspond to the
geographical and administrative patrol boroughs of the Patrol Services Bureau.
To address this, the following response plan will be utilized:
PATROL
BOROUGH
MOBILIZED

2ND & 3RD PLATOON
RESPONSE PER
DISTRICT

1ST PLATOON
RESPONSE PER
DISTRICT

DISTRICT(S)
REQUIRED
TO RESPOND

PBMS

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

2 & 4

PBMN

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

1 & 3

PBBX

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

11 & 12

PBBS

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

32 & 34

PBBN

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

30 & 33

PBMS AND
PBQS

1 SGT. & 8 POs

2 POs

20

PBSI

NONE

NONE

NONE

RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Unusual Disorder Plan-Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Unusual Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor's Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)

P.G. 213-06 Large Scale Arrest Processing Procedure
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To establish a coordinated arrest processing procedure for situations in which
the number of arrests effected is, or is anticipated to be, in excess of
twenty persons, (i.e. organized demonstration, large scale disorder, large
police enforcement initiatives, etc.).
NOTE: In the borough of Manhattan or SAT/COM Brooklyn North, the former
Manhattan Central Booking facility, (enabled with OLBS and Livescan
capabilities), is available to process arrests. Commanding officers
interested in using this facility must notify the Commanding Officer,
Manhattan Court Section.
PROCEDURE
When it is anticipated that a large number of arrests will be effected:
BOROUGH COMMANDER
1. Establish and maintain a list of all the precinct stationhouses within the
Patrol Borough, in priority order, for utilization to process up to twenty
persons in mass arrest situations.
NOTE: Each of the eight Patrol Boroughs will forward an updated copy of this
list to the Operations Unit.
2. Establish priority of the stationhouses to be utilized based on each
precinct stationhouse's ability to simultaneously process multiple prisoners
with minimal interference to that command's day to day operations.
NOTE: When determining the priority in which precinct stationhouses will be
utilized first in each Patrol Borough, consideration will be given to the
precinct's physical layout, its ability to secure multiple prisoners at one
time and the space available for arresting/assigned officers to prepare
required arrest related forms and reports, (geographical considerations may
also be given at the actual time of the incident before precincts are
utilized).
INCIDENT COMMANDER
3. Have groups of no more than twenty prisoners with their arresting/assigned
officers and one supervisor from the scene of arrest, transported to
designated precinct stationhouse(s) via patrol wagon.
NOTE: Every effort will be made to have arresting/assigned officer's process
no more than five prisoners and the arrest supervisors assigned no more than
four arresting/assigned officers, when practical.
4. Ensure arresting/assigned officers have definite knowledge of the arrest,
and can articulate the factual elements of the offense for which the arrests
were effected.

5. Have the desk officer of the processing precinct notified of the number of
prisoners that are enroute to their command for processing.
NOTE: Precinct commanders will ensure that their commands have an adequate
supply of arrest related forms and reports readily available in the event
their stationhouse is utilized.
ARREST SUPERVISOR
6. Ensure that each prisoner is photographed with their arresting/assigned
officer before boarding patrol wagon and affix MASS ARREST PEDIGREE LABEL
(PD244-093) to each printed digital photo, with all relevant captions
completed.
7. Contact the Incident Commander/Command Post, upon arrival at processing
precinct stationhouse, to verify if prisoners will be processed as on-line
arrests or be issued DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS (PD260-121) and/or Criminal Court
Summonses, if qualified.
8. Ensure that city, state and federal warrant checks are performed.
9. Directly supervise all arrest processing, as per that borough's arrest
processing procedures.
NOTE: The precinct Arrest Processing Officer (APO), will assist the arrest
processing supervisor and arresting/assigned officer in all computer functions
and ensure all appropriate forms are prepared so that the District Attorney's
Office will be able to prepare a Sworn Complaint. The primary function of the
Arrest Processing Officer is to return the arresting/assigned officer to
patrol during large scale demonstrations, disorder or enforcement initiatives.
The arrest processing supervisor will identify another member of the service,
who is qualified in Livescan, to fingerprint ALL prisoners that are required
to be fingerprinted.
10. Review and sign, where appropriate, all arrest related documents and forms
for accuracy and completeness upon completion of arrest processing, including
DESK APPEARANCE TICKETS and Criminal Court Summonses issued (ensuring the
appropriate return date has been issued).
11. Contact Incident Commander/Command Post to receive approval before
releasing any defendant issued a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET or Criminal Court
Summons, and if applicable, to request transportation to the appropriate Court
for prisoners processed as on-line arrests.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When a large scale arrest situation is anticipated, the commanding officer
concerned is to notify the concerned borough Court Section supervisor, via
telephone message, with all pertinent information, including the date and time
of scheduled event and the anticipated number of arrests. The Borough Court
Section will then make appropriate notifications to the District Attorney's
Office and Office of Court Administration to ensure all arrests are processed
expeditiously.
If large scale arrest situations are scheduled sufficiently in advance, and
the number of anticipated arrests dictate it, a centralized processing area
may be utilized and coordinated through the concerned Borough Court Section.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Criminal Court Summonses - Graphic (P.G. 209-11)
Arrest By A Civilian (P.G. 208-04)
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-16)
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
MASS ARREST PEDIGREE LABEL (PD244-093)

P.G. 213-07 Unusual Disorder Maps
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide responding personnel with a graphic representation of possible
police deployment and operation during an unusual disorder.
NOTE: Unusual disorder maps are also used to graphically represent actions
taken by responding personnel as well as incidents, crimes, protest marches,
etc., within the precinct concerned. These maps allow for the
cross-referencing of the situation and intelligence logs and the personnel
status boards. Additionally, these maps are an invaluable tool for both the
incident commander and the command post staff.
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Procure eight large wall type precinct/police service area/transit district
area maps from the Communications Division, Cartography Section.
2. Mark each with sensitive and key locations necessary for operations
planning in an unusual disorder.
3. Indicate the following locations by the corresponding colors and symbols:
GUN STORES

RED

UTILITY FACILITIES

BLUE

DIPLOMATIC FACILITIES

ORANGE

RADIO REPEATERS

GREEN

BUSINESS DISTRICTS

OUTLINED IN BLACK

MOBILIZATION POINTS AND
LANDING ZONES

BLACK

MISCELLANEOUS AS DETERMINED
BY COMMANDING OFFICER

YELLOW

SEE PATROL GUIDE
ILLUSTRATIONS

NOTE: These key and sensitive locations will by marked in two ways, as
follows:
a. One by color indicating its location and type, and
b. One by graphic symbol, as indicated above.
Exact locations will be indicated, where possible, by drawing an arrow
between the location in the appropriate color and the appropriate symbol on
the side of the map.
4. Prepare an index listing the facilities on the map on separate sheet of
paper and permanently attach the index to a non-essential area on the front of
the map.

NOTE: Utilize a letter and number type index to differentiate between
similar locations. For example, if there are three gun stores in the
precinct/police service area/transit district area, they are listed on the map
index as "A1," "A2," and "A3."
5. Forward all eight maps to the Police Academy, Reproductions Unit, for
lamination.
MEMBER CONCERNED, POLICE ACADEMY REPRODUCTION UNIT
6. Laminate maps and return them, when completed, to originating command.
COMMANDING OFFICER, CONCERNED
7. Retain two laminated maps at command.
a. Distribute the remaining six maps, as follows:
(1) Two each to:
(a) Patrol borough concerned
(b) Operations Unit
(c) Disorder Control Unit
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Duties At Unusual Disorders (P.G. 213-05)
Unusual Disorder Plan - Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor's Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

P.G. 213-08 Unusual Disorder Plan - Formulating Plan
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To formulate plans for suppressing unusual disorder.
PROCEDURE
When commanding officers concerned (see ADDITIONAL DATA) are required to
formulate and maintain unusual disorder plans:
BOROUGH CHIEF/BOROUGH COMMANDER/COUNTERPART
1. Direct commanding officers of subordinate commands to formulate and submit
an unusual disorder plan following the outline listed in ADDITIONAL DATA.
PRECINCT/UNIT COMMANDER
2. Evaluate current unusual disorder plan of command.
3. Formulate new plan following the outline listed in ADDITIONAL DATA.
4. Prepare plan utilizing current Department word processing software.
a. DO NOT skip any appendix listed in outline.
NOTE: If an appendix does not apply, prepare a blank page listing the
appendix and the statement "DOES NOT APPLY TO THIS COMMAND."
5. Forward disk, if available, and a printed copy of plan to bureau chief/
borough commander or counterpart.
BUREAU CHIEF/BOROUGH COMMANDER/COUNTERPART
6. Consolidate and review all unusual disorder plans for completeness and
accuracy.
BOROUGH COMMANDER/COUNTERPART
7. Have a file created for unusual disorder plans at the borough "wheel,"
borough task force command and borough command post vehicle.
8. Formulate and prepare an unusual disorder plan for the borough utilizing
the appropriate appendices in ADDITIONAL DATA to convey instructions and
advice to subordinate commands regarding borough policies and procedures.
9. Have borough unusual disorder plan prepared utilizing current Department
word processing software.
BUREAU CHIEF/BOROUGH COMMANDER/COUNTERPART
10. Submit disks, if available, and printed copies of plans to Office of the
Chief of Department for review.

NOTE: Unusual disorder plans will be updated yearly with changes noted on a
cover sheet and forwarded to the Office of the Chief of Department by February
1st each year. Bureau/borough/unit commanders may conduct a more frequent
review of disorder plans, as necessary.
CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT
11. Review unusual disorder plans submitted from bureau chiefs/borough
commanders or counterparts.
12. Forward approved plans to bureau chief/counterpart or borough commander/
counterpart concerned, through channels.
a. Forward copies of all completed unusual disorder plans and disks to the
Disorder Control Unit.
BUREAU CHIEF/BOROUGH COMMANDER COUNTERPART
13. Ensure approved disorder plans are available on a twenty-four hour basis.
14. Have the unusual disorder plan, in a binder, maintained at the desk and in
patrol supervisors' RMPs.
15. Instruct members of the command of:
a. The location and routes to the precinct mobilization points
b. Emergency routes, particularly those which pass through the confines of
precinct.
16. Have a map with the mobilization points displayed in the sitting room.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Commanding officers of the following commands are required to formulate and
maintain unusual disorder plans:
a. All patrol precincts
b. All patrol boroughs
c. All borough task forces
d. Detective Bureau
e. Missing Persons Squad
f. Organized Crime Control Bureau
g. Housing Bureau (response to a city-wide condition)
h. Transit Bureau (response to a city-wide condition)
i. All police service areas
j. All transit districts and task forces
k. Criminal Justice Bureau

l. Fleet Services Division (including Fuel Control Unit)
m. Property Clerk Division
n. Quartermaster Section
o. Special Operations Division (including sub-units not listed)
p. Emergency Service Unit (including all sub-units)
q. Street Crime Unit
r. Harbor Unit
s. Aviation Unit
t. [I.O .1 s 11] Chief of Transportation (including sub-units not listed)
u. Highway District
v. Mounted Unit
w. Applicant Processing Division
x. Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters
y. Deputy Commissioner - Community Affairs
z. Communications Division
aa. Electronics Section
bb. Operations Division
FORMAT TO BE FOLLOWED WHEN PREPARING UNUSUAL DISORDER PLAN
SECTION I
APPENDIX A INTRODUCTION AND INSTRUCTIONS
(1) PATROL PRECINCTS, POLICE SERVICE AREAS AND TRANSIT DISTRICTS
(a) Describe precinct, police service area and transit district
demographics including: -Physical description -Ethnic breakdown -Religious
breakdown
(b) Include important characteristics or short historical analysis of past
disorders, feuds, bias problems, etc. - Include recent events where
appropriate.
(c) Outline duties and local tactics to be followed when disorder is:
- Localized - Enveloping the entire command
- Involving multiple precincts, districts or police service areas
(d) Sectoring, perimeter checkpoints and linear strategy should be evident

in these plans.
(2) OTHER THAN COMMANDS LISTED ABOVE (ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAU,
PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION, ETC.)
(a) Describe your anticipated participation in an unusual disorder
response and how you intend to accomplish your mission.
(b) How many personnel will be rescheduled if required and available for
deployment?
(c) What procedures will be instituted to ensure sufficient personnel to
carry out your anticipated mission in an unusual disorder response?
APPENDIX B VULNERABLE LOCATIONS
(1) Each group of locations should be listed in priority order, with
supplied post lists, for patrol coverage, i.e.:
(a) COMMERCIAL PRIORITY 1 PRIORITY 2
(b) OTHER LOCATIONS PRIORITY 1
APPENDIX C SENSITIVE LOCATIONS
(1) List sensitive locations, with appropriate post lists, by type in
priority order, as follows:
(a) Gun shops
(b) Sensitive religious locations
(c) Public Utilities
(d) Sensitive diplomatic locations
(e) Storage sites of large quantites of hazardous materials
(f) Any other locations deemed necessary by the commanding officer.
APPENDIX D MOBILIZATION POINTS - HELICOPTER LANDING ZONES
(1) Identify two mobilization points in your command with staffing levels
and post lists for traffic control and security.
(2) Identify alternate staging areas with post lists for security and
traffic control.
(3) Identify rest areas, i.e., two city schools within your command to be
used as rest/staging areas for reporting members.
(a) Include posts/ staffing to provide security.
(4) Identify a "Helicopter Landing Zone" with post lists to secure location.
(a) Submit proposed helicopter landing zone information on Typed
Letterhead to the Commanding Officer, Aviation Unit for final approval.

(5) Identify docking locations for Harbor Unit in precincts that border
water.
NOTE: When creating post assignments as required in Appendices B, C, and D,
remember the principle of economy of force. Utilize the minimum number of
officers for defensive post assignments using the one sergeant and eight
police officer squad concept.
APPENDIX E SPECIAL TACTICAL PLANS
(1) Include a summary of specialized plans already existing in your command,
such as Halloween, yearly, or frequent protest rally plans including plans
used to regulate them for the past three years.
APPENDIX F EQUIPMENT/SPECIALIZED UNIT REQUIREMENTS NEEDED TO EFFECTIVELY
IMPLEMENT PLANS AND TACTICS
(1) List all motor vehicles, bicycles, boats, aircraft, number of animals
assigned to command by type
(2) List number of portable radios
(3) List additional equipment needed to implement plans and tactics.
APPENDIX G DETENTION FACILITIES
(1) List detention facilities within your command boundaries not including
those in your building suitable for processing of prisoners, after conferral
with Criminal Justice Bureau.
(a) Include security post list for each facility.
APPENDIX H PERSONS KEY TO COMMUNITY STABILITY
(1) Lists should include telephone number, beeper number (if available),
address, etc. Persons listed should be grouped as follows:
- Elected officials
- Clergy
- Community Council members
- Community Board members
- School officials
- Other community/civic organizations
- Other prominent persons.
NOTE: Include instructions, after conferral with borough commander, on how
to notify those persons listed above.
SECTION II
APPENDIX I COORDINATION OF EFFORTS WITH OTHER AGENCIES OR POLICE DEPARTMENTS
OPERATING WITHIN THE AFFECTED AREA.

(1) List contact persons and telephone numbers.
(2) Describe the role and contribution of these agencies during an unusual
disorder.
(a) Confer with these agencies.
(3) List locations and designations of local agency sites (i.e., firehouses,
sanitation garages, ambulance bases, etc.).
(4) List vehicle fueling locations at other agencies within your command.
APPENDIX J KEY PERSONNEL (PRECINCT OR UNIT)
(1) List key personnel, with home telephone numbers and addresses, i.e.,
operations coordinator, special operations coordinator, community policing
sergeant, etc.
(a) Include notification instructions for each mobilization level.
APPENDIX K PRECINCT SECTOR DESCRIPTIONS, (OR EQUIVALENT FOR HOUSING BUREAU AND
TRANSIT BUREAU), BOUNDARIES, MAPS
APPENDIX L COMMUNITY POLICE BEAT OFFICERS AND BEAT BOUNDARIES
(1) COMMUNITY POLICING PERSONNEL:
(a) List names and home telephone numbers of all sergeants and police
officers assigned and identify their beats.
APPENDIX M EMERGENCY TRANSPORTATION AVAILABLE IN YOUR COMMAND.
(1) Include commercial buses, ferries and heliports.
APPENDIX N LOCAL HOSPITALS\NURSING HOMES
(1) List all hospitals\nursing homes, with a list of each hospitals\nursing
homes' key administrators, within your command.
(a) List established emergency routes to local hospitals\nursing homes.
(b) List the facilities that may require assistance in the event of a
power outage or interruption.
(2) Include a floor plan (a clear, legible and simplified sketch) of
hospital emergency room and telephone numbers of key departments within each
hospital.
NOTE: Include an 8 1/2 X 11 inch map with Appendix "B," "C," "D," "K" and
"L." Each map should be specific to the information in that appendix.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Duties At Unusual Disorders (P.G. 213-05)

Unusual
Unusual
Unusual
Mayor's

Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Disorder Kits (P.G. 213-09)
Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 213-09 Unusual Disorder Kits
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide readily available clerical supplies and Department forms for use at
unusual disorder scenes.
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Maintain at a readily available storage location, with command post log and
flag, an unusual disorder kit containing the following:
ITEM
Copy of precinct/police service area/
transit district "Unusual Disorder Plan"

AMOUNT

1

NOTE: An additional copy of precinct/police service area/transit district
Unusual Disorder Plan will be separated by Appendix, placed in individual
manila folders, and appropriately labeled according to area. Folders will be
delivered to, and available for, reference at field command post.
Copy of Patrol Guide 213 Series

1

Precinct/police service area/transit district
map (large laminated - see ADDITIONAL DATA)

2

Precinct/police service area sector map
(small, reproduced on photocopy machine)

75

Number 1 book

2

Writing tablet, lined, 8 1/2" X 14"

4

Multi-service envelope

15

Paper clips

2 boxes

Stapler

1

Staples

1 box

Dry eraser markers

1 set

Index cards, 4" X 6"

200

Rubber bands

1 box

[I.O. 66 s 13] DEPARTMENT FORMS
ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152B)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)

AMOUNT
50
200
200
200

IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091)
MISSING - UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
TAG (PD521-091)

100
50
200
300

2. Instruct desk officers to dispatch unusual disorder kit to a scene of an
unusual disorder, when required.
3. Obtain additional supplies, if required during an unusual disorder, from
command post vehicle, adjoining commands or Quartermaster Section.
4. Replace expended supplies without delay.
5. Cause semiannual inspection of unusual disorder kit and place supplies that
are missing, obsolete, deteriorated, etc.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Large laminated maps will be prepared as per P.G. 213-07, "Unusual Disorder
Maps."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Duties At Unusual Disorder (P.G. 213-05)
Unusual Disorder Plan - Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
Unusual Disorder Maps (P.G. 213-07)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Mayor's Plan For Coordinated Action At Emergencies (A.G. 316-06)

P.G. 213-10 Emergency Mobilization Of Off Duty Personnel
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To direct the mobilization of off duty members of the service (uniformed and
civilian) during emergencies.
SCOPE
In the event of a mobilization of off duty personnel, members of the service
(uniformed and civilian) who are scheduled to report for duty with the next
scheduled platoon or are on a scheduled regular day off (RDO), will report to
their permanent command or, if directed, an alternate mobilization point.
Uniformed members of the service in the rank of captain or above will, in all
cases, report to their permanent command. All other members will report as per
their regularly scheduled tours. EXAMPLE - An off duty mobilization is
activated on the third platoon. Those members scheduled to report for duty
with the next scheduled first platoon, as well as all members on a regular day
off, will immediately report to their permanent commands or mobilization
points, as directed. All other members will report for their next scheduled
tour of duty. Adhering to this schedule will allow for relief of mobilized
personnel if the condition which originally necessitated the mobilization
continues over an extended period.
NOTE: Off duty members of the service required to respond as per this
procedure are being ordered to report for duty. Activation of this procedure
will be transmitted via television, radio, or telephone. For the purposes of
this procedure the standard first, second and third platoon system will be
utilized. Members of the service not assigned to tours within this platoon
system will be considered assigned to the platoon in which the majority of
their tour hours are performed.
OFF DUTY MOBILIZATION PLATOON ASSIGNMENTS
MAJORITY OF TOUR
PERFORMED DURING:

PLATOON
ASSIGNED TO:

0000 hours - 0800 hours
0800 hours - 1600 hours
1600 hours - 2400 hours

First Platoon
Second Platoon
Third Platoon

The primary mobilization point for all activated off duty members of the
service will be their permanent command. However, if circumstances dictate
otherwise, the Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner or the Chief of
Department may require response to alternate mobilization points. Such
alternate response points, determined by the member's residence, will be as
follows:
LOCATION OF RESIDENCE

DESIGNATED
MOBILIZATION POINT

* New York City (except Staten Island)

Permanent command

* Staten Island

122nd Precinct (if permanent

command is not on Staten Island)
* Westchester, Rockland, Orange or
Putnam Counties

50th Pct. Mobilization Point at
Van Cortlandt Park, Broadway
and Mosholu Avenue

* Nassau and Suffolk Counties:
* North of Long Island Expressway

Flushing Meadows Park, 110th
Pct. at the Queens Museum
opposite the Unisphere

* South of Long Island Expressway

113th Pct. Mobilization Point
at Baisley Pond Park, 150th
Street and 133rd Avenue

ASSIGNMENT OF MOBILIZED PERSONNEL
All mobilized personnel and all personnel already on duty will be organized
into squads consisting of one supervisor and eight police officers/detectives.
Squad assignments will be recorded on DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET
(PD406-141). To facilitate assignment, redeployment, and relief of personnel,
members will be assigned and categorized as "on duty," "next platoon," and
"regular day off." Mobilized members from the Patrol Services Bureau, Housing
Bureau, and Transit Bureau will be assigned to the operational control of
their respective bureau.
Mobilized personnel assigned to the next scheduled platoon will be utilized as
per the needs of their permanent command. Personnel mobilized on their RDO
will be organized into mobile field forces and deployed as rapid response
units by their respective borough commands.
Mobilized Organized Crime Control Bureau personnel will be organized into
mobile field forces for deployment as rapid response units, under the
operational control of the Operations Unit.
NOTE: A "mobile field force" is a platoon, under the command of a
lieutenant, composed of three to five squads, consisting of one supervisor and
eight police officers/detectives. The Chief of Detectives will determine which
Detective Bureau personnel will be assigned to investigative functions, if
necessary. Mobilized personnel not utilized in investigative functions will be
assigned as directed by the Operations Unit. Other personnel (mobilized and on
duty) not specifically assigned in this procedure will be deployed by the
Operations Unit to supplement personnel within the Patrol Services Bureau,
Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau.
Mobilized civilian members of the service will perform their routine duties at
their permanent command, unless otherwise directed.
PROCEDURE
Upon the direction of the Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner, or
the Chief of Department:
COMMANDING OFFICER/DESK OFFICER, OPERATIONS UNIT
1. Prepare a off duty mobilization message detailing the pertinent information
and instructions relative to the emergency situation and directing:
a. All members of the service (uniformed and civilian) who are scheduled to

report for duty with the next scheduled platoon, or are on a regular day off,
to report to their permanent commands without delay, unless otherwise
directed.
NOTE: The mobilization point (either permanent command or alternate) will be
determined by the Police Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner or the Chief
of Department.
b. All other members of the service (uniformed and civilian) to report for
their normally scheduled tours.
c. Suspension of all training until further notice.
2. Request the Deputy Commissioner - Public Information have the off duty
mobilization message broadcast over radio and television.
3. Activate and staff the Operations Unit Command Post and the NYPD Emergency
Operations Center.
4. Direct and coordinate the movement of personnel and equipment during the
emergency.
5. Direct the Communications Section to designate a telephone number for use
by mobilized members of the service whose permanent command is closed.
6. Direct commands to make telephone notifications to members if off duty
mobilization message is transmitted during early morning hours or at other
times when members may not hear it.
a. Notifications will also be directed if initial response of personnel is
inadequate.
7. Notify key command personnel, direct.
NOTE: Deputy commissioners/bureau chiefs will provide the Operations Unit
with a list of key command personnel to be notified in case of emergency.
Included in that list will be a designated liaison officer (captain or above)
who will act as a liaison with the Operations Unit. The liaison officer will
be available to respond to the Operations Unit Command Post/NYPD Emergency
Operations Center. Deputy Commissioners/Bureau Chiefs will be responsible for
updating these lists and notifying the Operations Unit of changes.
8. Request commands with Department buses and/or New York City Transit to
dispatch buses to activated mobilization points or other location where
needed.
a. Notify commands concerned of the number of buses responding.
9. Direct the Fleet Services Division to prepare the emergency fleet for
assignment and report the availability of fuel at Department facilities to the
Operations Unit.
NOTE: Department vehicles, not in use, should be utilized if Department or
New York City Transit buses are not available. In addition, the railway/subway
systems and water vessels may be utilized.
10. Notify the precincts and patrol boroughs concerned to activate and staff
designated alternate mobilization points, if necessary.

11. Direct the [I.O 1 s 11] Chief of Transportation to dispatch personnel as
follows:
a. Highway District vehicles to mobilization points to escort buses.
b. Traffic control personnel to assist with traffic control at designated
alternate mobilization points.
12. Designate a telephone number for use by mobilized members of the service
whose permanent commands are closed at the time of the mobilization.
a. Prepare a tape-recorded message that will continuously inform members of
the service of mobilization particulars.
b. Update message as needed.
PATROL BOROUGH COMMANDER
13. Activate patrol borough command post, if not already activated.
14. Establish procedures for the coordination of precinct/designated
mobilization points within the patrol borough.
a. Maintain adequate communications between mobilization points and patrol
borough.
15. Arrange for the rapid loading of buses to transport members of the service
to their permanent commands if a mobilization point has been activated within
the patrol borough.
COMMANDING OFFICER/RANKING MEMBER – PERMANENT COMMANDS
16. Organize personnel (on duty and mobilized) into squads consisting of one
supervisor and eight police officers/detectives.
a. Record on DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET by categories - "on duty," "next
platoon," or "regular day off."
17. Assure adequate parking facilities are available for responding members.
a. Street may be closed to provide parking areas.
b. Provide security for such areas.
18. Notify patrol borough/counterpart of number of the following:
a. Personnel available, by rank.
b. Number of squads, by category.
c. Number of personnel that have been assigned to address the needs of the
command.
d. Number of operational vehicles, by type.
NOTE: Patrol boroughs/counterparts will consolidate the personnel and
vehicle figures and report the totals to the Operations Unit.

19. Designate an existing telephone line(s), i.e., roll call, clerical, etc.,
to be utilized by members of the service for mobilization instructions.
a. Designated line (s) should be one that will not adversely affect the
command's ability to conduct Department business.
20. Assign personnel to establish and maintain the mobilization point, if
activated, within the command.
21. Direct that telephone notifications be made to members of command, if off
duty mobilization message is transmitted during early morning hours, or at
other times when members may not hear it or if response is inadequate.
22. Notify key command personnel, direct (by telephone, through resident
precinct, or other available means).
RANKING MEMBER AT MOBILIZATION POINTS
23. Establish field command post.
24. Arrange for traffic posts along routes into mobilization point.
a. Request assistance from Transit Bureau for traffic control.
25. Arrange for security posts.
26. Assure that adequate parking is available for responding members of the
service.
a. Streets may be closed to provide parking and such areas should be
identified and provided with proper security.
27. Arrange for transportation of personnel to permanent commands.
a. Arrangements will be made through the patrol borough concerned to the
Operations Unit.
28. Notify the Operations Unit of the number of personnel, by rank, who have
reported for duty and the number who have been transported to their permanent
commands.
DEPUTY COMMISSION-ERS/BUREAU CHIEFS
29. Prepare internal plans to assure operation and staffing of all necessary
subordinate commands during an emergency.
30. Submit internal plans for mobilizing off duty members of the service
(uniformed and civilian) to the Chief of Department and the First Deputy
Commissioner, for approval.
a. These plans shall be included in the command's "Unusual Disorder Plan,"
if applicable. b. Unusual Disorder Plans are to be reviewed annually and
submitted to the Office of the Chief of Department, through channels, by
February 1st, each year.
NOTE: Plans shall include instructions for the mobilization of uniformed
members of the service beyond those needed to maintain essential services, and

for those assigned to commands that are closed. The plan should specify
mobilization points and a procedure for notifying the Operations Unit for
appropriate deployment instructions. Overhead commands, e.g., Patrol Services
Bureau, Housing Bureau, Detective Bureau, etc., will maintain communications
with the Operations Unit. Sub-units will not call the Operations Unit direct.
Such plans will be on file at the Operations Unit.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If a specialized unit mobilization, requiring the off duty mobilizations of
members assigned to that specialized unit only, is called, this procedure will
not be implemented. The "Unusual Disorder Plans", for bureaus/commands/units,
can be utilized for those purposes. These "Unusual Disorder Plans" contain
listings of key personnel to be recalled.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Unusual Disorder Plan - Formulating Plan (P.G. 213-08)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)

P.G. 213-11 Policing Special Events/Crowd Control
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE To provide police presence and crowd control at special events.
DEFINITIONS For the purposes of this procedure, the following definitions will
apply:
INCIDENT COMMANDER - The highest ranking uniformed police supervisor
responsible for the command, control and coordination of all incident
operations.
For planned events such as parades, demonstrations, and similar situations,
the precinct commanding officer will ordinarily be designated as incident
commander. If the event occurs in two or more commands within the same patrol
borough, the patrol borough commander will be designated as incident
commander, and in cases where the event affects more than one patrol borough,
the Chief of Patrol will be designated as incident commander.
PLACES OF PUBLIC ASSEMBLY: Locations where events open to the public are held.
Examples include, but are not limited to: stadiums, theaters, arenas, school
auditoriums, gymnasiums, meeting halls, ballrooms, armories, field and street
areas where events are held, etc.
SPECIAL EVENT: An event which, based on an evaluation of factors including but
not limited to the following, would lead a commanding officer to reasonably
believe that special police coverage, presence, or response may be needed,
based on the following factors:
a. Size and demographics of crowd expected to attend event
b. Size and layout of the event facility
c. Past critiques of similar events
d. Criminal history of location
e. Availability of alcohol
f. Presence of notables/personalities, live music or entertainers
g. Previous history of disruption or problems associated with or due to
reputations of, or specific issues related to speaker or performers
h. Manner of ticket sales (box office, advance tickets, door sales, mail,
lottery, outlets, etc.)
i. Manner of admission (advance tickets, door sales, free admission, etc.)
j. Nature or sensitivity of the event
k. Presence of private security
l. Presence or possibility of opponents or counter demonstrators.

Such events may be either routine or outside of the normal course of business
of the facility concerned.
PROCEDURE
Upon receiving information that a special event will be held at a location of
public assembly:
MEMBER RECEIVING INFORMATION
1. Provide all pertinent information to incident commander concerned.
a. Notify Operations Unit direct if time is a factor.
INCIDENT COMMANDER
2. Assign a supervisor to conduct pre-event survey.
a. Forward copy of information received to Intelligence Bureau for inclusion
in database.
NOTE: Provide basic information regarding event site from precinct file, if
available.
SUPERVISOR ASSIGNED
3. Confer with community affairs officer(s), operator of facility, event
sponsor(s), security coordinators and other parties involved with event.
4. Review event preparations with operator of facility.
5. Conduct pre-event survey of location, when appropriate.
6. Report results to incident commander concerned.
INCIDENT COMMANDER
7. Review information received and make preliminary determination of what, if
any, Department resources are required, e.g., special attention, assignment of
detail, special equipment, etc.
8. Notify next higher command, of information received and preliminary
determination.
WHEN NECESSITY OF PRE-EVENT PLANNING CONFERENCE IS INDICATED:
9. Convene planning conference, at facility where event is to be held, with
operator, event sponsor(s), security coordinator, representative of next
higher command, Operations Division, and other parties involved.
NOTE: If pre-event survey indicates possibility of large crowd exceeding
facility capacity or medical assistance being needed, the Fire Department will
be notified to have a representative at the conference.
10. Request to have representative(s) present at inter-agency conference with
the event organizers and facility management, if pre-event survey indicated
that other city agencies may be needed.

11. Evaluate the event, by determining the following:
a. Organizer's past experience with similar events
b. Likelihood of planned event drawing large crowds
c. Demographics of crowd likely to attend the event.
12.

Obtain information regarding admission to event and determine:

a. If paid or by free admission
b. Amount of advance sale tickets anticipated
c. Anticipated ticket sales at gate on day of the event and ticket sale
locations at site, as well as ticket pickup locations
d. Number of entrances available for ticket holders
e. Plans, if any, for non-ticket holders, waiting lines, ropes, ushers,
security personnel, etc.
f. If magnetometers are to be used at event.
13. Determine if all necessary permits have been requested and/or obtained.
14. Determine if security force is armed.
15. Ascertain if alcoholic beverages are going to be served at the event.
16. Confer with Intelligence Bureau to determine past history of similar
events, if deemed appropriate.
a. Conduct background checks on armed security (if known), event sponsors
and the premises, if necessary.
17. Notify next higher command concerned of pre-event planning conference
findings.
NOTE: In appropriate cases, the Intelligence Bureau will be conferred with
to check the history of past events. The Police Department will not engage in
any investigation of political activity except through the Public Security
Section of the Intelligence Bureau and such investigation will be conducted as
set forth in the guidelines contained in P.G. 212-72, "Guidelines for
Uniformed Members of the Service Conducting Investigations of Unlawful
Political Activities."
WHEN RESULTS OF PRE-EVENT SURVEY OR CONFERENCE INDICATE NECESSITY OF POLICE
PRESENCE:
18. Ensure other city agencies NOT represented at the pre-event planning
conference (Fire Department, Parks Department, New York City Transit,
Department of Sanitation, etc.,) have been notified, and receive all pertinent
information, as necessary.
19. Request Deputy Commissioner Public Information disseminate appropriate
information to the media regarding police presence, contact information, zero
tolerance enforcement policy, etc.

[I.O. 14 s 09] NOTE In cases in which a special event is a demonstration,
information on expected street and sidewalk closings and information on how
the public may access a demonstration site will be disseminated to the media
and event organizers and should, if possible, be posted on the Department's
website. Officers assigned to such events should be given detailed
instructions on such closings and points of access prior to assignment. Detail
supervisors should also be advised of street closures and points of access and
any changes of points of access which occur during the event and which were
not previously anticipated and publicized. Officers assigned to such events
shall provide information to the public at the event about available points of
access.
20. Request all necessary personnel and equipment, (e.g., command post
vehicles, portable radios, bullhorns, sound equipment, barriers, vehicles,
lighting, etc.,) through patrol borough concerned.
21. Develop pre-event plan to include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. Designation of security arrangements and responsibilities
b. Identification of all contact persons, including telephone numbers
c. Command post locations, if necessary
d. Internal and external radio communication plan, including dual dispatch
protocol, if necessary
e. Entrance and exit locations and their capacities
f. Floor plans, including legal capacity of facility based on the
Certificate of Occupancy
g. Ensure that a sufficient number of police barriers are requested for the
event, if appropriate
h. Develop a barrier configuration plan that ensures:
1) Orderly movement by persons attending the event.
2) Safety lanes and frozen areas to provide access for police personnel.
[I.O. 14 s 09] 3)Barrier configuration for demonstrations should not
unreasonably restrict access to, and participation in, the event. For Example,
attendees should be permitted to leave a barriered area at any time. In
addition, if crowd conditions and other circumstances permit, participants
should be permitted to leave and return to the same area. Sufficient openings
in the barricades should be maintained for the purpose of permitting
attendees to leave expeditiously and return to the event.
i. Parking area locations and their capacity
j. Plan to provide for fluid flow of vehicle traffic which will include
emergency access routes
k. Public transportation availability and locations, including route or
schedule adjustments

l. Mobilization location, if one becomes necessary
m. Medical aid stations and locations
n. Crowd control plan
o. Type of seating which will be afforded to attendees
p. Provision for media access
q. Counter-demonstration activities and locations
r. Provision of live video feeds or other event monitoring and recording
techniques
s. Aviation Unit and/or rooftop surveillance
t. Plainclothes surveillance and/or enforcement
u. Any other factors deemed necessary.
22. Establish a post event patrol plan, if necessary.
a. Include scheduling and deployment of patrol borough task force, where
appropriate.
[I.O. 14 s 09] NOTE: Where the use of the Mounted Unit
crowd control purposes, incident commanders are reminded
officers are deployed for such purposes, it is important
crowd or group to be dispersed has sufficient avenues of
them and has had a reasonable chance to disperse.

becomes necessary for
that if Mounted
to ensure that a
egress available to

SUPERVISOR NEXT HIGHER COMMAND
23. Review event coverage requirements and recommendations.
a. Assign detail and forward request for necessary equipment, when
appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Where circumstances indicate that the continued sale and consumption of
alcoholic beverages pose a threat to public safety, the Department may suspend
the sale of alcoholic beverages for a period of time necessary to address the
public safety concerns. Prior to the beginning of the event, the incident
commander will ensure that communication is established with the operators and
security coordinators of the event.
When necessary the incident commander may decide to establish internal
communications via portable radio at the scene with a police observer team or
security liaison. Police observers at the special event shall maintain radio
communication with the incident commander. They will not be used to perform
the functions of inside security, which is the responsibility of the facility
operator and security coordinator. If any person present at the event is
injured or endangered, the incident commander will immediately take all
necessary steps to provide assistance, regardless of the type of location or
facility.

When notified that a demonstration is to occur, incident commander will
cooperate with persons in charge to the extent possible, balancing their right
to free expression with the need to maintain public safety. The Legal Bureau
should be contacted as soon as possible to assist in planning and arrange for
response of a Department attorney if needed.
The following factors will be considered in determining the suitability of a
demonstration location:
a. Time and date
b. Volume of vehicular and pedestrian traffic
c. Proximity of any other related or unrelated events
d. Schools, hospitals, houses of worship, or large public or business
facilities nearby
e. Any other condition which may create a hazard or serious inconvenience to
the public or participants.
The Demonstration Observer Program established in cooperation with the Bar
Association, City of New York permits properly identified observers free
access through police lines at the scene of any demonstration. Observers will
display prominently, on their outermost garment, a photo identification and a
green armband bearing the inscription "Civilian Observer". All members of the
service will extend every courtesy and cooperation to observers. Observers
shall be permitted to remain in any area, or observe any police activity,
subject only to restrictions necessitated by personal safety factors, as
determined by the incident commander.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Guidelines for the Use of Photographic/Video Equipment by Operational
Personnel at Demonstrations (P.G. 212-71)
Guidelines for Uniformed Members of the Service Conducting Investigations of
Unlawful Political Activities (P.G. 212-72)
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Command Post Duties and Responsibilities (P.G. 213-14)
Duties and Responsibilities at Special Events (P.G. 213-15)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 213-12 Apprehension Plan
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To deliver a programmed uniform and investigative response to an extremely
serious crime such as the shooting of a police officer or an incident
involving multiple homicides, where the crime occurred in the recent past and
the perpetrators are not yet apprehended and are possibly in the vicinity of
the crime.
PROCEDURE
When IMMEDIATE assistance is required at the scene of an extremely serious
crime, as described above:
UNIFORMED MEMBER
1. Notify Communications Section upon arrival at the scene.
2. Request the response of:
a. FDNY - EMS
b. Patrol Supervisor
3. Render reasonable aid to person(s) injured.
4. Apprehend perpetrator, if possible.
5. Secure crime scene.
6. Transmit description, direction, and means of flight of perpetrators.
7. Detain civilian witnesses.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
8. Respond immediately to scene.
9. Activate a LEVEL 1 MOBILIZATION and perform duties as detailed in P.G.
213-03, "Rapid Mobilization."
10. Notify duty captain.
a. Utilize telephone, if possible.
11. Evaluate crime scene as secured by first responders and expand if
necessary.
a. Assign uniformed members of the service to secure inner and outer
perimeter.
12. Have injured members of the service, and those suffering trauma, removed
to the hospital.

a. Assign a non-involved uniformed member to escort each individual in need
of medical attention.
NOTE: Uniformed members, not directly involved in a firearms discharge, who
have responded to assist the involved members should remain at the scene to
contribute to the investigation. Where possible, uniformed member and
potential civilian witnesses who have sustained minor injuries should be
immediately debriefed by a responding supervisor or detective before leaving
the scene for treatment. Additional ambulances should be dispatched to the
scene and staged at or near the scene to assist the aforementioned persons, as
necessary.
13. Obtain brief synopsis of incident from uniformed members on the scene.
a. Keep members and potential civilian witnesses available for responding
detectives.
14. Establish firearms control, if necessary.
15. Re-transmit description, direction and means of flight of perpetrators.
16. Establish Command Post.
NOTE: Command Post will initially be established in a patrol borough task
force Command Post vehicle. Sufficient room should be made at the initial
placement site for TARU's Command Post and eventually, the Communications
Section Command Post.
17. Request response of precinct detective squad.
18. Coordinate search for perpetrators and expand search pattern as necessary.
19. Assign uniformed members of the service to canvass license plates of
vehicles in the area.
a. Results of canvass will be delivered to responding detectives through the
TARU/Detective Command Post.
20. Establish press area, if appropriate.
21. Assign a uniformed member of the service to record evidence recovered,
person recovering, location and time of recovery.
NOTE: The responsibility of logging evidence may be transferred to the
Detective Bureau Command Post, once established.
22. Assign a uniformed member of the service to record the identities of
responding members of the service, as well as personnel from the Fire
Department, EMS, etc.
a. Information will be delivered to the Command Post when established.
RESPONDING DETECTIVES
23. Interview initial responding uniformed members
24. Canvass area, as necessary.

25. Request response of Detective Bureau duty captain.
DESK OFFICER
26. Notify the following precinct personnel to respond (whether on or
off-duty):
a. Commanding Officer b. Predetermined personnel as per command plan.
27. Notify the following of situation:
a. Patrol borough concerned b. Operations Unit.
DUTY CAPTAIN
28. Notify, and continually update, the Operations Unit.
29. Activate "APPREHENSION PLAN" by telephone, if possible, or by
Communications Section via Operations Unit.
NOTE: The duty captain need not be present at the scene to activate an
APPREHENSION PLAN. Conferral with units on the scene, by radio or telephone,
is sufficient to determine necessity of activation.
30. Examine Mobilization Point and Command Post location for suitability.
a. Change locations as necessary.
NOTE: Ideally, the Command Post vehicles assigned (task force, TARU,
Communications Section) should all be located together and approximately one
block from the incident. The Mobilization Point can also be located at the
same site. If necessary, the Mobilization Point can be further away to allow
for the response of personnel.
31. Request response of duty inspector.
32. Request the response of additional captain(s) as per the Patrol Services
Bureau plan to staff hospitals, coordinate traffic, etc.
33. Act as incident commander until relieved.
34. Confer with Detective Bureau personnel and adjust crime scene to ensure
integrity of evidence and enhance possibility of capturing perpetrators.
35. Assign personnel, as soon as possible, to cover bridges, train and bus
stations, airports, etc. if available information indicates need.
RESPONDING CAPTAINS
36. Confer with Incident Commander and respond to required location(s), i.e.
hospital, additional crime scene, etc.
DETECTIVE BUREAU DUTY CAPTAIN
37. Respond to scene and assume command of investigative efforts.
a. Establish investigative Command Post.

DUTY INSPECTOR
38. Respond to scene and assume responsibilities of incident commander until
relieved.
a. Assume command and supervision of Patrol Services Bureau, Housing Bureau
and Transit Bureau personnel, if relieved as incident commander. OPERATIONS
UNIT
39. Activate APPREHENSION PLAN by activating a LEVEL 3 MOBILIZATION, if
necessary.
a. Exclude response of DECON truck.
40. Notify duty chief to respond.
DUTY CHIEF
41. Respond to scene and assume overall command as incident commander.
42. Conduct inter-bureau briefings every 30 minutes or as necessary.
a. Update Operations Unit of results.
43. Continue search for perpetrators for a reasonable time.
a. Discontinue search when perpetrator is captured or when facts indicate
further search would be fruitless.
WHEN AN APPREHENSION PLAN IS ACTIVATED THE FOLLOWING COMMANDS WILL MAKE THE
FOLLOWING NOTIFICATIONS:
OPERATIONS UNIT
44. Notify the following additional units or personnel to respond:
a. ESU, for response of captain or citywide supervisor, Apprehension Team
and RMI truck
b. SOD patrol canine with bloodhounds
c. Harbor Launch, if search area is near waterway
[I.O.1 s 11] d. Traffic Management Center and request necessary personnel to
respond, if available, to cover bus and taxi routes
e. Detective Bureau
f. Organized Crime Control Bureau
g. Housing Bureau
h. Transit Bureau
i. Deputy Commissioner, Public Information
j. Chief Surgeon and Employee Relations Section, if uniformed member of the
service seriously injured

k. Chief, Community Affairs
l. Bordering police jurisdictions of facts, if incident near city line
m. MISD - Computer Operations Response Autos.
DETECTIVE BUREAU
45. Notify the following units or personnel to respond:
a. Detective duty captain to respond to field command post to coordinate
investigative activities
b. Sufficient detectives to:
(1) Evaluate crime scene and modify, if necessary
(2) Check all buildings in immediate area for video surveillance cameras
located inside or outside buildings
(3) conduct canvasses, including hospitals
(4) Interview complainants, witnesses, members involved, etc.
(5) Establish detective Command Post and ensure that TARU Command Post is
responding
(6) Obtain background/intelligence information, e.g., BCI/ CARS/ BADS/
NITRO/ SPRINT, etc.
(7) Utilize confidential informants
(8) Interrogate suspects
(9) Debrief prisoners in surrounding precincts
(10) Conduct line-ups, show-ups, photo arrays, etc.
(11) Secure and execute search warrants, if appropriate
(12) Subpoena telephone records, if appropriate.
c. Crime Scene Unit to locate, develop and collect evidence
d. Major Case Squad to assist assigned detectives, as necessary
e. Warrant Section to identify/execute warrants in immediate area of
incident
f. TARU to establish command post, photograph and videotape the crowd for
identification purposes and obtain media photographs/ videotape, if
appropriate
g. Direct Organized Crime Control Bureau personnel, as appropriate.
ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAU

46. Field Operations Desk notifies the following personnel or units to
respond:
a. Bureau duty captain to respond to Field Command Post and coordinate
activities of OCCB personnel in support of detective commander
b. Borough NITRO Unit member to conduct background checks on persons/
locations
c. Narcotics/Vice Enforcement borough concerned to assign a supervisor and
module to:
(1) Conduct enforcement in area of incident or adjoining narcotics/vice
prone locations, including social clubs
(2) Contact confidential informants for relevant information
(3) Debrief prisoners for relevant information. d. Supervisor and module
from OCID, if necessary to:
(1) Obtain detailed information on organized crime figures, if required
(2) Identify all informants for a particular precinct by code number and
controlling member's name.
e. Supervisor and module from Joint Firearms Task Force, if necessary to
gather information on weapons used and conduct appropriate enforcement
activity.
HOUSING BUREAU
47. Notify the following personnel and units to respond:
a. Housing Bureau Captain/Supervisor to respond to Field Command Post to
coordinate activities of Housing Bureau personnel
b. Sufficient Housing Bureau personnel to patrol housing developments in
general area of incident
c. Housing Authority Emergency Services Unit to have a resident employee to
respond if crime scene is located in a housing development or in close
proximity.
TRANSIT BUREAU
48. Notify the following personnel and units to respond:
a. Transit Bureau captain/supervisor to respond to Field Command Post to
coordinate activities of Transit Bureau personnel
b. Direct sufficient personnel to cover primary transit stations in general
area of incident
c. Direct Transit Bureau vehicles to cover emergency exits/entrances from
subway system in area of incident
d. Direct personnel to the nearest transportation hubs to conduct
enforcement activity

[I.O. 1 s 11] CHIEF OF TRANSPORTATION
49. Notify the following personnel and units to respond:
a. Chief of Transportation to respond to the field command post to
coordinate activities of Chief of Transportation personnel
b. Citywide Traffic Task Force to respond, if available, to cover bus and
taxi routes.
ADDITIONAL DATA
COMMAND POST PROCEDURES - The duty chief will be the overall Incident
Commander and will coordinate the activities of the patrol and detective
command posts. Each command post should exchange representatives, hold
briefings every half hour and maintain a consolidated list of actions taken.
The duty inspector and the Detective Bureau duty captain should also hold
joint briefings with the incident commander every thirty minutes.
CRIME SCENE - The size of the initial crime scene will depend on the
circumstances. Initially, the crime scene should be very large. As time
progresses and facts indicate, it may be reduced in size.
a. If the incident occurred inside one room of a private home, apartment,
small business premises, etc., the ENTIRE premises should be considered the
crime scene.
b. The crime scene should not be reduced in size or released without the
approval of the Detective Bureau duty captain.
c. If the crime scene is released before daylight, the Emergency Service
Unit will ALWAYS be asked to respond back to the crime scene to perform a
daylight search.
INNER PERIMETER - Includes the crime scene, immediate area around the crime
scene, and any area requiring the wearing of heavy vests.
OUTER PERIMETER - The purpose of the outer perimeter is to attempt to
apprehend perpetrators, identify witnesses, and prevent physical evidence from
being inadvertently removed, e.g., garbage trucks collecting garbage, mail
boxes, etc. The size of the outer perimeter will depend on the circumstances
of the incident and will include potential escape routes. Initially, an outer
perimeter of a four block area would not be considered unreasonable. Uniformed
members of the service should be posted on this perimeter as well as apartment
building lobbies in the immediate area of the crime. If assigned to outer
perimeter or lobby, uniformed members assigned should interview person(s)
leaving the area and, if possible, identify those persons. Lists of persons
interviewed, including the time and date of interviews should be turned over
to investigators through the TARU/Detective Bureau Command Post.
VEHICLE PLATE CANVASS - Members assigned to plate canvasses should record the
plate number, state of registration, make & model, location of the vehicle,
and time of observation. Special note should be made of vehicles with warm
engines.
BUREAU PLANS - Each bureau and sub-unit should have a plan in place to deal
with incidents as described in this directive. These plans should be simple

procedures which allow for a rapid investigation and apprehension of persons
responsible for such crimes. Each bureau/unit plan should include a list of
key precinct/unit personnel designated to respond to these incidents to offer
assistance and local expertise to the investigators.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)

P.G. 213-13 Emergency Plans "A" - "B" - "C"
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To expedite movement of traffic and reduce danger to persons or damage to
property during adverse weather or street conditions.
DEFINITION
PLAN "A" - for hazardous road conditions caused by freezing rain, snow or ice.
PLAN "B" - for dangerous street conditions caused by hurricanes, storms and
floods.
PLAN "C" - for traffic congestion and other conditions caused by unusually
heavy traffic.
PROCEDURE
Upon receipt of FINEST message activating Plan "A" "B" or "C".
DESK OFFICER
1. Notify commanding officer and other units located in same building.
2. Make assignments of personnel in accordance with prioritized traffic post
list maintained at the desk for each emergency plan or as conditions warrant.
a. Give priority to school crossings during school hours
b. Assign personnel to strategic locations to periodically report on
prevalent conditions, if necessary.
NOTE: Patrol borough offices will coordinate the assignment of personnel to
traffic posts when Plan "A" is implemented. During emergency periods,
personnel assigned to borough task forces may be temporarily assigned to
priority traffic posts, if necessary, with the approval of the patrol borough
commander.
3. Assign personnel to survey parkways and expressways, to aid stranded
motorists.
4. Direct personnel on patrol and special emergency plan assignment to submit
reports of occurrences and action taken, including recommendations.
a. File reports in Log at desk.
5. Notify patrol borough office initially and each hour thereafter of the
following:
a. Traffic conditions
b. Detours established

c. Intersections and traffic junctions covered
d. Serious incidents or conditions
e. Additional manpower or equipment required.
NOTE: Patrol borough office notifies Operations Unit direct via telephone.
6. Direct that Department property be safeguarded against adverse weather
conditions.
7. Maintain special log at desk to record incidents which occur while the
Emergency Plan is in effect and caption Log across a double page as follows:
TIME

INCIDENT

NOTIFICATION

DISPOSITION

TIME
CORRECTED

REMARKS

8. Notify Operations Unit of persons in need of temporary shelter, emergency
transportation, etc.
9. Ascertain that assignments are made according to Emergency Plan, and/or as
appropriate, due to existing conditions.
10. Survey conditions within command and record incidents and situations
requiring further attention.
11. Direct patrol supervisor to survey assigned area and report observations
and recommendations.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
12. Contact command for possible reassignment upon learning of the activation
of Emergency Plan.
a. Remain at intersection if assigned to traffic duty.
b. Remain on school crossing until completion, if so assigned.
13. Continue to perform routine patrol duties unless on special assignment,
and
a. Keep intersections clear and traffic moving.
b. Advise persons to safeguard property against high winds, floods, etc.
c. Visit construction sites and advise person in charge to secure cranes,
scaffolding, building material, etc.
d. Remove portable traffic equipment from roadways, if required.
e. Safeguard fallen electric wires and notify utility concerned and
Emergency Service Unit.
14. Report the following to the desk officer:
a. Unusual or hazardous conditions

b. Serious traffic congestion
c. Slippery grades
d. Dangerous bridge conditions
e. Conditions requiring the attention of other agencies.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Available patrol and traffic personnel will be utilized during activation of
Emergency Plan "A", "B" or "C".
Plan "A", "B" or "C" may be activated by the Commanding Officer, Traffic
Control Division or higher authority, on a citywide basis or within a borough
as required. The Plans may also be implemented by a borough commander within
the borough or any part thereof.
When an Emergency Plan is activated or discontinued, the commanding officer
authorizing such action will notify the Operations Unit.
When any traffic related problem is observed, or information is received
indicating such a problem, the radio dispatcher will be notified via radio or
landline. Corrective action is to be taken by the members concerned.
When a precinct commander determines that coverage of a previously established
prioritized traffic post for Plan "A" is no longer warranted, or that a new
location should be added, he will amend the post list accordingly and forward
a revised copy to the patrol borough commander. The patrol borough commander
shall endorse the revised post list and forward a copy to the Patrol Services
Bureau and Commanding Officer, Traffic Control Division.

P.G. 213-14 Command Post Duties and Responsibilities
Date Effective: 02-01-02
COMMAND POST DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Revision Notice 05-03 Revokes Procedure 213-14

P.G. 213-15 Duties And Responsibilities At Special Events
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To ensure the orderly passage of participants, the safety of spectators and
the efficient rerouting of traffic at parades, demonstrations, and other large
scale special events.
DEFINITION
INCIDENT COMMANDER -The highest ranking uniformed police supervisor
responsible for the command, control and coordination of all incident
operations. For planned events such as parades, demonstrations, and similar
situations, the precinct commanding officer will ordinarily be designated as
incident commander. If the event occurs in two or more commands within the
same patrol borough, the patrol borough commander will be designated as
incident commander, and in cases where the event affects more than one patrol
borough, the Chief of Patrol will be designated as incident commander.
PROCEDURE
When commencing police operations at the scene of a special event:
INCIDENT COMMANDER
1. Coordinate participation of the following agencies at all major special
events: Fire Department, Department of Traffic, Department of Buildings,
Department of Sanitation, Emergency Medical Service, and any other agencies
deemed necessary.
2. Request NYC Transit to post appropriate signage regarding all adjustments
to bus and subway routes or schedules
3. Inspect event location or parade route, including parade formation and
dismissal areas.
4. Divide entire area affected by event into sectors.
5. Include the following in event sectors:
a. Public transportation facilities located within and one block of these
areas.
b. Streets and avenues within formation and dismissal areas and public
transportation facilities within one block of these areas.
NOTE: When practical, assign the same sector and unit commanders to the same
event area or parade route at each succeeding event regardless of regular
assignment. This will enable commanders to become familiar with all conditions
within their sectors.
6. Designate location of main and sector command posts at appropriate points
within event area or along parade route.

a. Place command post near reviewing stands
b. Designate parking area for official cars
c. Notify Operations Unit of location and telephone number of main and
sector command posts
d. Comply with P.G. 213-01, "Command Post Operations."
7. Cause event area or parade route to be re-inspected twenty-four hours prior
to event and note conditions requiring special attention or change in plans
(e.g., construction detours, etc.).
8. Direct precinct commanders, through whose commands the parade will pass to:
a. Post temporary parking restriction signs sufficiently in advance of
parade.
b. Assign personnel to prevent parking along parade route, formation and
dismissal areas, and if necessary, cross and parallel streets block either
side of route.
9. Designate important cross streets as "through streets" for buses, fire
apparatus, ambulances and other emergency vehicles and notify appropriate
agencies of these designated locations.
a. Exclude spectators for a distance of one hundred feet, from parade route
on side streets which are bus, fire, ambulance and other emergency vehicle
"through streets" and twenty-five feet on parade route from corners of such
"through streets".
10. Assign members of the service to traffic duty at intersections along the
route or in the vicinity of the event location and on blocks at either side,
as necessary for control of vehicular traffic.
11. Confer with Operations Unit prior to commencement of event regarding local
or citywide conditions or incidents that may affect police operations.
NOTE: In cases in which the special event is a demonstration, information on
expected street and sidewalk closings and information on how the public may
access a demonstration site will be disseminated to the media and event
organizers and should, if possible, be posted on the Department's website.
Officers assigned to such events should be given detailed instructions on such
closings and points of access prior to assignment. Detail supervisors should
also be advised of street closures and points of access and any changes of
points of access which occur during the event and which were not previously
anticipated and publicized. Officers assigned to such events shall provide
information to the public at the event about available points of access.
Barrier configuration for demonstrations should not unreasonably restrict
access to, and participation in, the event. For example, attendees should be
permitted to leave a barriered area at any time. In addition, if crowd
conditions and other circumstances permit, participants should be permitted to
leave and return to the same area. Sufficient openings in the barricades
should be maintained for the purpose of permitting attendees to leave
expeditiously and return to the event.
Where the use of the Mounted Unit becomes necessary for crowd control

purposes, incident commanders are reminded that if Mounted officers are
deployed for such purposes, it is important to ensure that a crowd or group to
be dispersed has sufficient avenues of egress available to them and has had a
reasonable chance to disperse.
SECTOR COMMANDER
12. Report to main or sector command post within area of assignment as
designated by the incident commander. If no sector command post is assigned,
work out of main command post.
13. Prior to the start of the event, survey assigned areas for any
situation/condition that may present a potential hazard for marchers,
spectators, the general public, or the police.
a. Implement preventive measures to preclude bystanders from standing or
climbing upon structures.
b. Immediate remedial police action shall be taken to correct any unusual /
hazardous condition, and the incident commander shall be notified immediately.
c. Make command post log entry of results and actions taken.
14. Assign personnel to:
a. Prevent overcrowding on sidewalk and to keep a clear passageway along the
building lines.
b. Protect fire alarm boxes and other city property.
15. Distribute DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141), to each supervisor
in charge of a post or detail of police officers
16. Conduct roll call, utilizing subordinate supervisors to instruct all
members assigned on:
a. Nature of event.
b. Past history of this event or others involving this location or
organization.
c. Importance of the team concept in successful event management.
d. Mission of the team (traffic, escort, crowd management, etc.).
e. Enforcement guidelines.
f. Responsibility to take proper police action, regardless of assignment,
whenever circumstances indicate life or property may be endangered.
g. Post and sector boundaries.
h. Location and telephone number of main and sector command post, precinct,
arrest processing area, etc.
i. Identification of incident commander, sector/unit commander in charge,
and other key personnel.

j. Radio frequencies to be utilized.
k. Adjustments to bus or subway routes or schedules.
SUPERVISOR ASSIGNED
17. Instruct members assigned to detail to prevent:
a. Persons or organization from joining parade at other than formation area.
b. Persons from crossing police lines after start of event.
c. Spectators from standing near excavation or on top of walls, boxes, etc.
d. Climbing on trees, poles or other structures.
18. Comply with instructions on DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET, record names
of members assigned, and distribute form as indicated.
SECTOR COMMANDER
19. Place completed DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEETS inside front cover of
command post log for ready reference during event.
20. Ensure all supervisors are equipped with radios tuned to designated
frequency.
SECTOR COMMANDER FORMATION AREA
21. Transmit message via detail radio frequency before start of event to
notify sector commanders to:
a. Institute traffic detours.
b. Exclude pedestrians from parade roadway.
SECTOR COMMANDER
22. Halt parade contingents a minimum of one block before any emergency
incident such as fire, collision, etc.
a. Divert marching units into side street when necessary
b. Clear area affected of spectators.
c. Keep command post informed of developments.
23. Arrange to have parade resume as soon as conditions permit and upon
direction of incident commander.
24. Assign members to public transportation terminals and stations, as
necessary.
25. Permit persons and vehicles to cross parade route at intersections, during
breaks in parade contingents, or as conditions warrant.
26. Assign personnel to divert pedestrian traffic onto side streets if
conditions on affected streets or sidewalks become too crowded.

27. Anticipate impact of adjustments on crowd conditions and deploy personnel
to manage and direct crowds as they develop.
28. Prevent unauthorized maneuvers or exhibitions, which may cause large gaps
between parade contingents.
29. Monitor progress of parade through sector and correct any conditions
impeding progress.
30. Notify Operations Unit and main command post when:
a. Parade enters and leaves sector.
b. Any collision, arrest, incident or unusual situation occurs.
31. Continuously survey assigned sector for conditions requiring police
service or attention.
32. Contact adjoining sector commanders ascertaining conditions in their
sectors.
33. Assemble and account for assigned personnel and equipment when event has
ended and spectators leave.
a. Notify incident commander of results.
34. Dismiss personnel as directed by incident commander.
a. Dismiss detail assigned to reviewing stand and official parking area only
after dignitaries have left and conditions are normal.
NOTE: Incident commander must confer with Operations Unit prior to dismissal
of detail personnel. The Operations Unit will grant permission only if
conditions occurring elsewhere do not require response by personnel to be
dismissed.
INCIDENT COMMANDER
35. File completed DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEETS at precinct of record after
assignment is completed.
36. Prepare and submit to patrol borough command a critique including, but not
limited to, the following:
a. Whether sufficient personnel and equipment were assigned (identify
commands responsible for shortages and measures taken to ensure response).
b. Any incident requiring particular police attention.
c. Other problems encountered.
d. Evaluation of police services rendered.
e. Recommendations for policing this or similar events in the future and
possible adjustment in personnel and equipment in subsequent similar parades.
f. Overtime incurred by members assigned will be reported under the

following headings:
RANK

NUMBER

TOTAL HRS. O/T

TOTAL HRS PORTAL TO PORTAL

PATROL BOROUGH COMMANDER
37. Review and endorse critique submitted by sector commanders and forward
through channels to Office of Chief of Department, Operations Division (Room
804-A).
ADDITIONAL DATA
TEAM ASSIGNMENTS
* SPECTATOR MANAGEMENT -Using courtesy, professionalism and respect towards
the spectators viewing or participating in the event.
* MOBILE RESPONSE -Allowing for a quick response of assigned members to
another area of this event or another event elsewhere.
* ENFORCEMENT DUTY -Required to implement appropriate arrest tactics or
summons activity under the supervision of sergeants and lieutenants as
enforcement teams or during pre planned or spontaneous arrest situations.
* PROTECTING VULNERABLE, SENSITIVE OR CRITICAL LOCATIONS - Responsible for
correctly identifying locations and providing security for designated areas.
* ESCORT DUTY -Identify and provide a system of escorts for other service
providers, protected persons or sensitive groups.
* TRAFFIC DUTY -Identify borders of the event, assigning members to
appropriate roadways to:
a. Detour traffic around the area
b. Facilitate use of alternate routes
c. Prevent injury to pedestrians by creating a system of controlled
crossings
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Post Operations (P.G. 213-01)
Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213-02)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Mobilization Readiness Levels (P.G. 213-04)
Policing Special Events/Crowd Control (P.G. 213-11)
Command Post Duties and Responsibilities (P.G. 213-14)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)

P.G. 213-16 Relocation Of Vehicles During Special Events
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inform members of the service of the procedure to be followed when vehicles
are relocated due to special events (i.e., Presidential visits, parades, or
movie/TV productions, etc.) and to account for all vehicles relocated through
proper documentation by utilizing the Tow Pound Information System (TOPIS).
PROCEDURE
Upon learning of a special event affecting patrol boroughs or precincts, in
which vehicles need to be relocated:
PATROL BOROUGH COMMANDER
1. Establish a No Parking Detail to handle the removal of vehicles and the
safeguarding of the affected route, if necessary.
2. Confer with precinct commanding officer to ensure that vehicles relocated
are accounted for and that the affected area is properly maintained.
3. Confer with the Commanding Officer, [I.O.1 s 11] Traffic Operations
District and request necessary personnel and equipment (i.e., tow trucks and
traffic enforcement agents, etc.).
NOTE: The number of personnel assigned to a No Parking Detail will be
determined by the patrol borough commander/counterpart for large events
(parades, Presidential visits, etc.) or the precinct commander for smaller
events.
COMMANDING OFFICER, TRAFFIC OPERATIONS DISTRICT
4. Determine necessary personnel and equipment needed and deploy personnel as
per arranged schedule to assist the patrol borough/precinct commanding
officer.
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Assign a supervisor to coordinate the No Parking Detail.
6. Ensure that "No Parking" signs are posted and that vehicles are accounted
for, when relocated.
NOTE: Parking garages, hotels and businesses within the affected area must
be notified that because of anticipated traffic congestion, vehicular access
to and from their location may not be possible.
SUPERVISOR ASSIGNED
7. Have "No Parking" signs posted at least two days prior to the start of an
event.
NOTE: Missing and/or damaged signs are to be replaced on subsequent tours,

as necessary. The patrol supervisor on each subsequent tour is to survey the
affected area at the beginning and end of each tour to ensure that "No
Parking" signs are properly posted.
8. Have vehicles relocated from the affected area.
a. Ensure that tow operators have a sufficient number of Notice of
Relocation (Misc. 4208) stickers.
b. Make sure each vehicle relocated has a Notice of Relocation affixed to
alert other NYPD or law enforcement personnel that the vehicle was relocated
as
a result of police action.
9. Assign a uniformed member of the service to accompany each tow truck
operator when a vehicle is removed and relocated.
NOTE: A vehicle bearing a handicap plate or Department of Transportation
Special Vehicle Identification permit will be relocated as close as possible
to its original spot. Every effort will be made to ensure that vehicles
relocated are parked legally. Vehicles will not be double-parked, parked at a
hydrant, bus stop, or crosswalk.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
10. Accompany tow truck operator with vehicles to be relocated.
11. Prepare and affix Notice of Relocation stickers on each vehicle moved.
12. Prepare (print legibly) and provide the supervisor in charge with a
completed copy of the VEHICLE RELOCATION REPORT.
13. Verify that doors to all vehicles relocated are properly locked.
SUPERVISOR ASSIGNED
14. Verify that each VEHICLE RELOCATION REPORT is legible and contains a full
description of the vehicle and damages, if any.
15. Enter vehicle relocation information, via FINEST, for vehicles relocated
into TOPIS, by using function 231, "Log-In Vehicle Street Relocation."
16. Forward a copy of the list of relocated vehicles to the field command post
so that uniformed members of the service may inquire via radio as to the
location of a relocated vehicle.
NOTE: Members of the service can access TOPIS through the FINEST by bringing
up the shield and entering MIS; clearing the screen and entering "NTOW"("NTOW"
must be entered, in capital letters, for the TOPIS system to open up). Use
code 23 at the main menu to access the Vehicle Relocation Function. Members of
the service having any problems accessing TOPIS can call the MISD Help Desk at
(212) 374-3800.
17. Have "Vehicle Relocation Notice" signs posted indicating that vehicles
were relocated from the affected area and that interested persons should
contact the precinct concerned.

18. Ensure that "No Parking" signs are removed upon completion of the event.
NOTE: The "Vehicle Relocation Notice" signs should remain in place for
forty-eight hours before being removed.
19. Confer with precinct commanding officer regarding the overall operation,
including critique and suggestions.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Since VEHICLE RELOCATION REPORTS contain additional information not captured
by the TOPIS entry, these reports will be maintained for forty-five days, on a
clipboard secured at the desk. After forty-five days, these reports should be
discarded. Members of the service receiving a report of a stolen vehicle, in
addition to following the applicable Patrol Guide procedures, will conduct a
check via FINEST (through TOPIS) to confirm whether the vehicle has been towed
as a result of an event requiring relocation of vehicles.
FORMS AND REPORTS
VEHICLE RELOCATION REPORT (PD571-155)
Notice of Relocation (Misc. 4208)

P.G. 213-17 Notifications Regarding Traffic Related Activities
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure the proper collection, coordination, and dissemination of
information about Department activities that might affect the movement of
traffic (either vehicular or pedestrian).
PROCEDURE
Whenever police operations, whether planned or unplanned, may have an effect
on the movement of vehicular or pedestrian traffic:
FOR SCHEDULED EVENTS (E.G., DETAILS, CHECKPOINTS)
SUPERVISOR IN CHARGE
1. As soon as the event is scheduled, notify the Traffic Management Center by
telephone of all pertinent information, including:
a. Date, time, and location of planned operation or event.
b. Nature of operation.
c. Command(s) participating.
d. Supervisor in charge.
e. Scope of anticipated or actual disruption.
f. Anticipated length of event or operation.
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CENTER
2. Compile information regarding scheduled events reported by commands in the
form of a daily "Traffic Brief."
3. Send the "Traffic Brief" to the Operations Unit daily, via e-mail or
facsimile machine.
FOR UNSCHEDULED EVENTS
SUPERVISOR IN CHARGE
4. Notify the Operations Unit upon becoming aware of unscheduled police
operations that may have an effect on the movement of traffic. OPERATIONS UNIT
5. Upon receiving notification of unscheduled police operations that may
affect traffic movement, notify the Traffic Management Center. TRAFFIC
MANAGEMENT CENTER
6. Upon receiving notification from Operations Unit, make appropriate
notifications to the [I.O. 1 s 11] Chief of Transportation, and to other
agencies as appropriate.

P.G. 213-18 Citywide Security Alert Levels
Date Effective: 08-01-13
1. In light of the ongoing threat of terrorist attacks against the City of New
York, the New York City Police Department has created "Citywide Security Alert
Levels" similar to those used by the Federal Office of Homeland Security.
These alert levels are discussed in detail in a newly published document to be
distributed in book form. This book will replace the "Citywide Security
Assessment Plan." As such, with the publication and distribution of the new
book, post assignments will no longer be referred to as ALPHA, BRAVO, GAMMA or
OMEGA. The new alert levels are as follows:
ALERT LEVELS

RISK CONDITION

Green

Low

Low Risk Of Terrorist Attacks

Blue

Guarded

General Risk Of Terrorist Attacks

Yellow

Elevated

Significant Risk Of Terrorist Attacks

Orange

High High

Risk Of Terrorist Attacks

Red

Severe

Severe Risk Of Terrorist Attacks

Post assignments made in connection with these new alert levels shall be
referred to by the appropriate color code. Commanding officers will ensure
that all personnel are properly trained in the new system of alert levels.
2. The deputy Commissioner, Counterterrorism has complied into book form a
series of responsibilities for various bureaus/commands, indicating actions to
be taken under each security level. These books have been distributed to
affected commands, through the appropriate bureau chiefs/deputy commissioners
and will be maintained in the "Command Reference Library" as per
Administrative Guide procedure 325-18.
3. The City of New York, which has been the target of terrorists four times in
recent years, twice successfully, is currently at a threat level "Orange". Any
changes in the treat level for the City of New York will be transmitted via a
FINEST message.

P.G. 213-19 Interoperability Channels
Date Effective: 08-01-13
1. Patrol Guide Procedure No. 213-19, "Interoperability Channels," has been
revised to reflect the New York City Fire Department's protocol regarding who
is authorized to activate the interoperability channels in the event of a
major incident.
2. There will be times during an emergency situation where it will be
necessary for personnel from the New York City Fire Department to communicate
directly with a New York City Police Department counterpart. Examples of
emergency situations include, but are not limited to, terrorist attacks, major
building collapses, and large structural fires. To facilitate this
communication, a series of N.Y.P.D. interoperability radio channels are
available.
3. In the event of such a situation, members of the New York City Fire
Department, at the level of Battalion Chief and above, and Emergency Medical
Service (EMS) Chief Officer, have been issued radios that are programmed with
all interoperability frequencies. To activate the frequency, the F.D.N.Y.
Incident Commander, or Emergency Medical Service, Chief Officer will notify
the Fire Department Operations Center (FDOC), and request the activation of an
interoperability frequency. The FDOC will then notify the N.Y.P.D.
Communications Section and request activation. The Communications Section
platoon commander will notify the Operations Unit, the Electronics Section,
and the N.Y.P.D. Incident Commander on the scene. The Communications Section
platoon commander will then activate the frequency concerned and assign a
dispatcher to that position. Should the incident escalate and it is determined
that a second frequency is required, an additional interoperability frequency
will be utilized. When the need for interoperability capability ceases, the
ranking members of each agency on the scene will notify the appropriate
dispatcher to terminate. Should the situation be reversed, and the N.Y.P.D.
Incident Commander determines that interoperability is needed, the procedure
will mirror the above, whereby the N.Y.P.D. Incident Commander will make the
request through the Communications Section dispatcher, who will then notify
the platoon commander. The platoon commander will notify the Operations Unit,
the Electronics Section and the FDOC. The Communications Section platoon
commander will then activate the frequency concerned and assign a dispatcher
to that position. In that case, the duty captain or above may request
activation of the interoperability system.
4. In the event of a second incident, the Communications Section platoon
commander may place both incidents on the same interoperability frequency. In
such cases, the Incident Commanders shall name each incident so that they are
clearly identifiable to the users on the channel. Listed below are the
channels as programmed in the portable radios of captains and above.
PRESENT CHANNELS
CW I/O
QNS I/O
MAN I/O
BRX I/O
BRK I/O
SI I/O

NEW CHANNELS
CW I/O (NYMAC1)
CW I/O2 (NYMAC3)
RW I/O (NYMAC2)
(NYMAC4)
(NYMAC5)
(NYMAC6)

Quality of Life Matters

P.G. 214-01 "Padlock Law" Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To enforce provisions of the "Padlock Law" in regard to premises identified as
public nuisances.
SCOPE
The "Padlock Law" authorizes the Police Department to commence a "Padlock
Hearing Proceeding" when two or more separate arrest incidents for public
nuisance offenses, resulting in one criminal conviction, have been made within
a twelve month period prior to the commencement of such a proceeding. In
addition, to indicate that the illegal activity is continuing, a triggering
arrest should be made within thirty days prior to the issuance of the Notice
of Hearing. Once all parties have been given notice and an opportunity to be
heard at an administrative hearing, the "Padlock Law authorizes the Police
Commissioner to:
a. Order the discontinuance of the illegal activity for up to one year,
and/or
b. Order the closing of the premises for up to one year.
DEFINITIONS
PUBLIC NUISANCE OFFENSES
a. Any offense under:
(1) Article 220, Penal Law - Controlled Substances Offenses
(2) Article 221, Penal Law - Marijuana Offenses
(3) Article 225, Penal Law - Gambling Offenses
(4) Article 230, Penal Law - Prostitution Offenses
(5) Article 240.45, Penal Law - Criminal Nuisance
b. The following sections of law as they relate to "chop shops":
(1) Penal Law Sections 165.40 to 165.50 (inclusive) - Criminal Possession
of Stolen Property
(2) Penal Law Section 170.65 - Forgery Vehicle Identification Number
(3) Penal Law Section 170.70 - Illegal Possession Vehicle Identification
Plate
(4) Vehicle and Traffic Law Section 415(a) - Auto Dismantlers
c. Any violation of Alcohol Beverage Control Law relating to the sale,
manufacture or trafficking of liquor, wine or beer.

PREMISES - Any building, erection or place, excluding public areas such as
streets, hallways, roofs.
CLOSING ORDER - An order signed by the Police Commissioner that orders a
premises closed for a period not to exceed one year. After this Closing Order
becomes effective, any person (including the owner), wishing to gain entrance
to the location must obtain the approval of the precinct desk officer.
ORDER OF DISCONTINUANCE - An order signed by the Police Commissioner ordering
the discontinuance of illegal activity at a premises. The premises may remain
open to conduct legitimate business activity. However, if an arrest for a
predicate padlock offense occurs inside the premises while the "Order of
Discontinuance" is in effect, the premises is automatically closed for the
remainder of the original one year period.
PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER (PD672-130) - A crack-and-peel version of the Police
Commissioner's Closing Order to be posted at premises.
DISCONTINUANCE ORDER (PD672-132) - A crack-and-peel version of the Police
Commissioner's Order of Discontinuance to be posted at premises.
PADLOCK IDENTIFICATION SHEET (MISC. 2128) - Form that must accompany a request
by precinct commanders to add a premises to a Padlock target list. This form
must include all information necessary to properly identify a location.
ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAU PADLOCK LOCATION INFORMATION SHEET - Form used
by Organized Crime Control Bureau investigators that must contain all relevant
identifying information concerning a location. A measuring wheel must be used
to ascertain precise measurements of a location (measured from building line
to the center of the location where the activity is taking place).
PADLOCK LOGBOOK - A permanent bound record book with the following captions
contained therein:
a. Location
b. Date
c. Time
d. Ranking officer's signature
e. Observations/remarks.
TRIGGER ARREST - The arrest that "triggers" or initiates the "Padlock Hearing
Proceeding." This arrest is effected not more than thirty days prior to the
commencement of the "Padlock Hearing Proceeding" and gives the Department the
presumption of ongoing illegal activity at the location.
TRIGGER ARREST FOLDER - Folder prepared by arrest team at the time of the
trigger arrest. Folder must contain the following data:
a. Organized Crime Control Bureau Padlock Location Information Sheet
b. Photographs of location (exterior and interior)
c. Copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) for each

defendant arrested
d. Sketch of location
e. All reports prepared in connection with arrests including PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141).
NOTE: This folder must be hand delivered to the Organized Crime Control
Bureau within seventy-two hours of trigger arrest.
PADLOCK CONTROL NUMBER - A number assigned consecutively to target locations
for tracking purposes.
PROCEDURE
When identifying target locations and effecting arrests for public nuisance
offenses:
OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT
1. Coordinate the identification of target locations and priorities.
COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
2. Identify all public nuisance premises within command.
a. Maintain appropriate records of arrest activity occurring therein or
emanating therefrom.
3. Submit a list of new public nuisance premises to the Patrol Services Bureau
(through channels) on or before the first (1st) day of each month.
a. Include for each location:
(1) A one year arrest history
(2) Padlock Identification Sheet (Misc. 2128).
NOTE: The Padlock Identification Sheet must include all information to
properly identify a location.
4. Review monthly printouts of targeted premises and notify Organized Crime
Control Bureau of status changes.
5. Forward copies of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET to Organized
Crime Control Bureau for each arrest effected at public nuisance locations by
command personnel.
O.C.C.B. COMMANDER CONCERNED
6. Identify all public nuisance premises within command.
7. Submit a list of public nuisance premises (through channels) to Organized
Crime Control Bureau on or before the first (1st) day of each month including:
a. A one year arrest history
b. An Organized Crime Control Bureau Padlock Location Information Sheet

c. Three exterior photographs (one left of, one right of, and one front of
location).
NOTE: The arresting officer, investigating officer or supervisor most
familiar with the target premises should prepare these documents. A measuring
wheel must be used to ascertain accurate distances. When measuring a location,
the measurement must be taken from the building line to the center of the
location where the illegal activity is occurring.
8. Determine whether target locations submitted by commanding officers are
suitable for enforcement under the "Padlock Law" Program.
IF LOCATION IS DETERMINED TO BE SUITABLE FOR ENFORCEMENT UNDER THE "PADLOCK
LAW" PROGRAM
O.C.C.B. COMMANDER CONCERNED
9. Submit documentation required in step 7, subdivisions "a," "b," and "c"
above, within fifteen days.
IF LOCATION IS DETERMINED NOT TO BE SUITABLE FOR ENFORCEMENT UNDER THE
"PADLOCK LAW" PROGRAM
O.C.C.B. COMMANDER CONCERNED
10. Advise Organized Crime Control Bureau within fifteen days of the result of
investigation and recommendation that location not be targeted under the
"Padlock Law" Program.
NOTE: A location is considered not to be suitable if:
a. Activity is occurring "outside of" or "in front of" premises (street
condition), unless the premises is facilitating the activity, i.e., drugs are
stored inside and sold on street.
b. Activity occurring does not involve a predicate padlock offense.
ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAU
11. Review locations and conduct preliminary investigation to determine
whether submitted locations are viable "Padlock Law" targets.
12. Maintain a list of target locations that have been identified by
commanding officers concerned.
13. Establish and maintain statistical and informational data files relating
to each premises designated as target locations.
14. Monitor target locations and notify Legal Bureau when records reveal
"triggering" arrest(s) at a target premises.
15. Act as liaison for all bureaus concerned.
16. Direct notifications to officers to attend hearings.
17. Prepare monthly statistical reports.

18. Distribute monthly printouts of targeted locations to Patrol Services
Bureau for distribution to commanding officers concerned.
19. Prepare "Trigger List."
LEGAL BUREAU
20. Maintain a list of target locations including arrest and conviction data.
21. Identify the owner, lessor, lessee(s), and mortgagee(s) of designated
premises.
22. Obtain arrest dispositions and report such dispositions to Organized Crime
Control Bureau.
23. Mail Notices Of Violation to owner(s) and lessee(s).
WHEN AN ARREST IS EFFECTED FOR A PUBLIC NUISANCE OFFENSE AS THE DIRECT RESULT
OF ILLEGAL ACTIVITY HAVING OCCURRED INSIDE A TARGETED PREMISES,
ARRESTING OFFICER O.C.C.B.
24. Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET in triplicate.
a. Clearly write "Padlock Target" across top front and notify assistant
district attorney of same.
b. Enter on line 10, "Specific Location of Occurrence," the particular part
of the premises where the illegal activity occurred, i.e., inside storefront
(include name of store), inside apartment number, etc.
NOTE: If arrest occurs outside the premises, but the activity that
precipitated that arrest occurred inside the location, the arrest is
applicable for "Padlock Law" enforcement. Indicate on line 10 of ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET that activity occurred inside location.
Indicate on line 21 of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET the exact
location of arrest.
25. Forward a copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET to the Organized
Crime Control Bureau.
a. Indicate on top of WORKSHEET, "Padlock Law Violation."
WHEN A "TRIGGERING ARREST" IS MADE
26. Photograph the exterior of the premises, including:
a. Any exterior signs
b. All points of entrance/exit into the premises.
NOTE: Only clear photographs are acceptable.
27. Photograph the interior areas, including:
a. Signs hanging on walls
b. Merchandise on display

c. Plexiglas windows
d. All partitions.
NOTE: (For "Padlock Hearing Proceedings" purposes, photographs may, but need
not, be taken of defendants).
The front of the photographs will not be marked in any way. The back of the
photographs will contain the photographer's name, rank, type of camera used,
address of location, date/time the photograph was taken and the Padlock
Control #.
28. Prepare a sketch for presentation at a "Padlock Hearing Proceeding,"
indicating:
a. Dimensions of the interior of the location, including relative
measurements of entrance
b. Distance from doorway to countertop
c. Size of countertop and Plexiglas
d. Location of evidence seized
e. Location of prisoners at the time of arrest
f. Any other pertinent objects of information relative to the operation of
the illegal enterprise.
NOTE: Sketches shall not contain any statements that draw legal conclusions.
For example, sketches must not contain a statement that "cocaine" was seized
from a particular place or that a sign on the wall is a "policy" sign.
29. Prepare Organized Crime Control Bureau Padlock Location Information Sheet.
NOTE: When a "triggering arrest" is made, steps 26 through 29 must be
performed by the arresting officer or, with permission of a supervisor, by
another Organized Crime Control Bureau investigator assigned to the field
team.
O.C.C.B. COMMANDER CONCERNED
30. Forward copies of all reports prepared in connection with "Padlock Law"
arrests to Organized Crime Control Bureau in a folder marked "Trigger Arrest,"
including:
a. Organized Crime Control Bureau Padlock Location Information Sheet
b. Photographs of location (interior and exterior)
c. Copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET for each person arrested
d. Sketch of location
e. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
31. Make a telephone notification to the Organized Crime Control Bureau,

within twenty-four hours of the triggering arrest which must include the
following information:
a. Arrest number
b. Arrest date
c. Defendant's name
d. Arrest charges
e. Arresting officer's name
f. Padlock Control Number.
UPON DETERMINATION TO COMMENCE "PADLOCK HEARING PROCEEDING"
NOTE: Ensure that the "Trigger Arrest Folder" containing the data gathered
in steps 26 through 30 is hand-delivered to the Organized Crime Control Bureau
within seventy-two hours of the triggering arrest.
ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL BUREAU
32. Make telephone notification to Legal Bureau of "triggering arrest."
a. Forward "Trigger Arrest Folder" to Legal Bureau upon receipt.
LEGAL BUREAU
33. Prepare and serve Notice Of Hearing on:
a. Owner(s)
b. Lessee(s)
c. Mortgagee(s) of premises pursuant to "Padlock Law" Regulations.
34. Forward copies of Notice Of Hearing to:
a. Adjudication Section, Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters
b. Organized Crime Control Bureau
c. Patrol Services Bureau for dissemination to appropriate individuals
(e.g., precinct/transit district/P.S.A. commanders, community board district
managers, community council, etc.).
35. Represent Department at "Padlock Hearing Proceedings."
LEGAL BUREAU, PADLOCK HEARING OFFICER
36. Conduct "Padlock Hearing Proceeding" in compliance with "Padlock Law"
Regulations.
a. Make recommendations to Police Commissioner (through Deputy Commissioner,
Legal Matters).
NOTE: Police Commissioner, upon recommendation of the Deputy Commissioner,

Legal Matters, may issue an Order to DISCONTINUE ILLEGAL ACTIVITY and/or CLOSE
PREMISES for a specified period not to exceed one year.
LEGAL BUREAU
37. Ensure that owner(s), lessee(s) and mortgagee(s) of the premises are
served with a copy of the appropriate Police Commissioner's Order.
38. Forward copies of Police Commissioner's Order to:
a. Precinct commander for posting at premises and in "Padlock Log" (two
copies of Order plus two crack-and-peel signs must be delivered to precinct)
b. Organized Crime Control Bureau
c. Patrol Services Bureau.
NOTE: The Legal Bureau will notify the precinct commander and all parties
when an Order is revoked or modified prior to the expiration date indicated on
the Order.
COMMANDING OFFICER
39. Establish a "Padlock Log," utilizing a Department record book and
allocating ten pages for each premises served with an Order captioned as
follows:
TIME

DATE

RANKING OFFICER

OBSERVATIONS/REMARKS

NOTE: A copy of the appropriate Police Commissioner's Order will be affixed
to the first (1st) page of each corresponding ten page section.
40. Direct supervisory officer to conspicuously post PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER
(PD672-130) or DISCONTINUANCE ORDER (PD672-132) as appropriate, on premises.
41. Enter fact that PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER or DISCONTINUANCE ORDER has been
posted as first (1st) entry in "Padlock Log" for premises concerned.
42. Notify Legal Bureau when PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER or DISCONTINUANCE ORDER is
posted.
a. Enter notification in Telephone Record.
b. Make notification on next business day if Legal Bureau is closed.
NOTE: The "Padlock Law" provides that the PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER or
DISCONTINUANCE ORDER must be posted for five business days before being
enforced.
43. Direct supervisory officer to visit location every tour on the fifth (5th)
business day after the PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER or DISCONTINUANCE ORDER is
posted, and:
a. Ascertain that appropriate ORDER is posted and not being violated.
ASSIGNED SUPERVISOR
44. Make entry in "Padlock Log" for each visit made.

a. Indicate in "Remarks" column of "Padlock Log" whether PADLOCK CLOSING
ORDER or DISCONTINUANCE ORDER is still posted.
IF VIOLATION OF THE PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER IS OBSERVED
45. Ascertain if PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER is still posted.
a. If not, obtain and post a new PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER.
(1) PADLOCK CLOSING ORDERS and DISCONTINUANCE ORDERS are available from
the Legal Bureau.
NOTE: Removal or mutilation of PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER is a violation of the
New York City Administrative Code, Section 10-156(g), which is an unclassified
misdemeanor. Photographs and fingerprints should not be taken.
46. Effect an arrest for violating a PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER and issue a Desk
Appearance Ticket, if applicable, when:
a. The PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER is conspicuously posted and persons are present
in violation of the ORDER, OR
b. The PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER has been removed and persons present are
advised premises is "padlocked" and are directed to leave and refuse to do so.
NOTE: Caution should be exercised to avoid arresting persons who are
legitimately in the premises (e.g., repairmen actually making repairs).
However, these individuals must obtain permission from the precinct desk
officer prior to entering location.
IF VIOLATION OF DISCONTINUANCE ORDER IS SUSPECTED
ASSIGNED SUPERVISOR
47. Immediately notify Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk,
if illegal activity is suspected and an arrest can not be effected.
48. Forward a copy of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET to the
Organized Crime Control Bureau, when an arrest is effected in POSTED premises.
a. Include information required by step 24 and following "NOTE:."
49. Notify Organized Crime Control Bureau.
COMMANDING OFFICER CONCERNED
50. Submit a report in quadruplicate each Monday for the previous Sunday to
Saturday (inclusive) to Patrol Services Bureau (through channels) and indicate
the following for each location:
a. Number of visits made to premises
b. Number of violations observed
c. Number of summonses issued and/or arrests for violation of the Police
Commissioner's Order

d. Any incidents, including arrests other than for violations of Police
Commissioner's Order
e. Number of times necessary to repost PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER.
LEGAL BUREAU
51. Notify Organized Crime Control Bureau when an Order of Discontinuance
and/or a Bond is posted in regard to a premise.
O.C.C.B. COMMANDER CONCERNED
52. Direct field units to visit periodically those premises where an Order of
Discontinuance and/or Bonds have been posted.
53. Submit a report monthly to Organized Crime Control Bureau and indicate the
following for each location:
a. Date and time of visit to premises
b. Any incidents, and/or arrests at posted location.
54. Immediately notify Legal Bureau if an arrest is effected in a posted
location.
PATROL SERVICES BUREAU
55. Consolidate reports received and forward to:
a. Chief of Department
b. Legal Bureau
c. Organized Crime Control Bureau.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Invoicing Property General (P.G. 218-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DISCONTINUANCE ORDER (PD672-132)
DISCONTINUANCE ORDER POSTER (PD672-132)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER POSTER (PD672-130)
PADLOCK CLOSING ORDER (PD672-130)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Padlock Identification Sheet (Misc. 2128)
Closing Order
Notice Of Hearing
Notice Of Violation
Order of Discontinuance
Organized Crime Control Bureau Padlock Location Information Sheet
Trigger Arrest Folder

P.G. 214-02 Narcotics Eviction Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To initiate action in civil court towards identified narcotics operations in
privately owned buildings, commercial establishments and rental apartments
owned by the New York City Housing Authority.
SCOPE
The Narcotics Eviction Program involves a cooperative citywide effort between
this Department and the respective District Attorney's Office with a goal of
evicting drug dealers from dwellings and commercial locations through the
initiation of proceedings in civil court. In practice, all narcotics related
arrests/seizures made inside locations, and effected by members assigned to
the Organized Crime Control Bureau, are reviewed by the District Attorney's
Office for potential eviction proceedings. Incidents where there is a summary
narcotics related arrest, or incidents of found narcotics/drug paraphernalia,
found within a building by patrol personnel, requires the preparation of a
precinct COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152). This report serves as a mechanism for
follow up by the affected community beat officer.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service, other than a member assigned to the
Narcotics Division, effects an arrest for any narcotics related offense, or
finds narcotics/drug paraphernalia within a building:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with appropriate Department procedures, prepare precinct COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152), in addition to any other required reports.
2. Include in "Details" section of the COMPLAINT REPORT any information or
observations that may indicate that a narcotics operation is involved.
COMMUNITY BEAT OFFICER CONCERNED
3. Review Community Policing Unit copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT when received.
4. Determine if the presence of a narcotics operation is indicated, based on
both the information contained on the COMPLAINT REPORT, and the officer's
knowledge of the beat (i.e., previous incidents, community complaints, etc.).
5. Review incident with community policing unit supervisor if the
circumstances indicate that a narcotics operation is present.
COMMUNITY POLICING SUPERVISOR
6. Review facts and circumstances of incident.
7. Determine if appropriate for inclusion into the Narcotics Eviction Program.
8. Direct the concerned officer or designee to obtain all related information

regarding the incident/location, if incident is determined to be appropriate
for inclusion into the Narcotics Eviction Program.
a. Include such items as copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT, ON LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD244-159), PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), community
complaints, and other information that would substantiate the determination
and be supportive of civil action.
9. Package all related information and forward to the respective county
District Attorney's Office, Attention: Narcotics Eviction Program Coordinator.
a. Include a short cover letter, briefly describing the incident and
location, identity of tenant of record and/or subject, if known.
10. Maintain file copies at the Community Policing Unit office for reference
and future review.
NOTE: The Narcotics Eviction Program Coordinator, Office of the District
Attorney, will determine if the facts substantiate action in civil court.
Determination of building ownership, along with all notifications required by
statute, will be effected by the District Attorney's Office. Copies of all
notification letters will be directed to the respective precinct Community
Policing Unit for inclusion into the unit's files.
COMMUNITY BEAT OFFICER
11. Advise Community Policing Unit supervisor, or Narcotics Eviction Program
Coordinator, as appropriate, of any other incidents regarding either the
building owner or the submitted location.
12. Document information in the appropriate file.
DIRECTOR, POLICE LABORATORY
13. Ensure that all found/investigatory controlled substances are maintained
at the Police Laboratory or Property Clerk's Office for a minimum of three
months from the date of the incident.
NOTE: Requests for laboratory analysis pursuant to civil or criminal court
proceedings will be effected by the District Attorney's Office, and handled in
the normal manner. When such request is made, the Police Laboratory will test
up to felony weight, as applicable.
COMMUNITY POLICING SUPERVISOR
14. Ensure that an effective liaison is maintained with the Narcotics Eviction
Program Coordinator regarding ongoing efforts in this area.
15. Maintain appropriate contact with concerned borough narcotics district of
the Organized Crime Control Bureau regarding locations involved in this
initiative.
16. Bring to the attention of the Precinct Management Team (PMT) appropriate
efforts or initiatives relating to the Narcotics Eviction Program at the
command.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE

17. Respond to all narcotics eviction related cases, including civil and
criminal court, or District Attorney's Office for case preparation, as
directed and notified by the Appearance Control Unit.
COMMUNITY BEAT/SECTOR OFFICER
18. Contact the Narcotics Eviction Program Coordinator if any observations
indicate renewed illicit activity when an eviction order has been obtained or
the subject premises has been otherwise vacated.
NOTE: In instances such as described above, community beat officers should
establish liaison with the building owner/tenant group and emphasize the
common goal of placing a desirable tenant in the location.
COMMANDING OFFICER/COUNTERPART
19. Include initiatives taken towards these locations as a topic for Precinct
Management Team (PMT) meetings as appropriate.
20. Ensure that there is both an effective information exchange and cohesive
effort between precinct and Organized Crime Control Bureau Narcotics Division
personnel as it relates to this effort.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When considering the circumstances of an incident, it should be noted that an
eviction can be brought upon direct or circumstantial evidence that the
premise is used for an illegal narcotic business.
EXAMPLES OF DIRECT EVIDENCE include:
a. Observations of the direct sale of narcotics, OR
b. Inculpatory statements by occupants regarding the sale of narcotics.
EXAMPLES OF CIRCUMSTANTIAL EVIDENCE, which supports most eviction proceedings,
include:
a. Recovery of an amount of narcotics inconsistent with personal use
(typically 1/8 of an ounce or more) OR,
b. Recovery of cutting agents, scales, strainers, pestles, empty or new
glassine envelopes or vials, plastic bags, rubber stamps, drug records, and
other items associated with the preparation, manufacture, packaging, or
storage of narcotics.
Recovery of evidence that lacks indications of a business operation, and is
more consistent with mere personal use of narcotics, would not support an
eviction and should not be forwarded to the District Attorney's Office. Cases
that pertain to narcotics activity outside of homes and stores (i.e.,
stairwells, hallways, street, etc.) would not support action unless there is
evidence linking the activity to interior premises. Questions regarding this
area may be directed to the respective District Attorney's Office.
The addresses and telephone numbers of the respective county District
Attorney's Narcotics Eviction Program Coordinators are as follows:
District Attorney

County of New York
1 Hogan Place
Special Projects Bureau
New York, NY 10013
(212) 335-4371
District Attorney
Kings County
210 Joralemon Street
Room 610
Brooklyn, NY 11201
(718) 802-2204
District Attorney
Richmond County
36 Richmond Terrace
Staten Island, NY 10301
(718) 390-2604
District Attorney
Bronx County
215 East 161st Street
Room 3DA - 11
Bronx, NY 10451
(718) 590-6790
District Attorney
Queens County
125-01 Queens Blvd.
Civil Enforcement Bureau
Kew Gardens, NY 11415
(718) 286-6507
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 214-03 Graffiti Reward Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To reward individuals whose reports of acts of graffiti vandalism in progress
result in arrests by members of this Department.
SCOPE
Administrative Code Section
of the Police Commissioner,
"information leading to the
person(s)" who violates the
vandalism.

10-117.2 authorizes the Mayor, upon recommendation
to pay a reward of up to five hundred dollars for
apprehension, prosecution or conviction of any
Administrative Code provisions regarding graffiti

PROCEDURE
When an individual reports an act of graffiti vandalism in progress to the
Department:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Respond to report of graffiti vandalism and arrest violator if still
present.
2. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), and, if applicable, comply
with normal arrest processing procedures.
3. Take digital photographs of graffiti vandalism for forwarding to the
Citywide Vandals Task Force for database entry.
4. Immediately notify the Citywide Vandals Task Force to respond for prisoner
debriefing in all graffiti arrest cases.
a. Obtain a log number from the Citywide Vandals Task Force member and enter
it in the "Notifications" caption of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET.
DESK OFFICER
5. Verify response of Citywide Vandals Task Force personnel for prisoner
debriefing.
a. Ensure uniformed member of the service complies with steps "2", "3", and
"4", above.
6. Obtain a copy of arrest paperwork, attached a copy of the SPRINT printout
of job, if arrest was made as a result of a radio run, and forward as follows:
a. Commanding officer/executive officer
b. Special operations lieutenant
c. Commanding Officer, Citywide Vandals Task Force.

SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
7. Ensure uniformed members of the service comply with the provisions of this
procedure.
8. Maintain a file of arrest paperwork for arrests made pursuant to the
Graffiti Reward Program.
COMMANDING OFFICER, CITYWIDE VANDALS TASK FORCE
9. Maintain the Graffiti Reward Program file and database of all reward
recipients and pending cases.
10. Attend Graffiti Reward Program Board meetings, chaired by the Executive
Officer, Office of the Chief of Department, and a representative from the New
York City Police Foundation.
11. Maintain the Graffiti Reward Program bank account and issue all reward
checks after approval by the Graffiti Reward Program Board.
12. Assign Citywide Vandals Task Force personnel to deliver reward payments.
a. Ensure all reward payments are delivered and receipted for.
13. Comply with directions received from the Director, Audits and Accounts
Unit pertaining to audits.
EXECUTIVE OFFICER, OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF DEPARTMENT
14. Convene and chair Graffiti Reward Program meeting with the Commanding
Officer, Citywide Vandals Task Force, and a representative from the New York
City Police Foundation.
ADDITIONAL DATA
ELIGIBILITY
No police officer, peace officer or any other law enforcement officer, or
other city employees acting within their official capacities are entitled,
directly or indirectly, to collect or receive any reward under this program.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
In all cases where an individual may be eligible for a reward under the
Graffiti Reward Program, the Citywide Vandals Task Force must be notified, and
a copy of all arrest paperwork will be sent to the Commanding Officer,
Citywide Vandals Task Force.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 214-04 Operational Guidelines For Anti-Graffiti/Vandalism
Unit
Date Effective: 01-01-00
Revoked Interim Order 17-7 Series Issued 10-15-04 I.O. 1-8 Issued 12/20-11

P.G. 214-05 Selection And Utilization Of Auxiliary Police Officer
Volunteers And Undercovers For "Quality Of Life" Enforcement
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the utilization of auxiliary police volunteers as
undercovers for "Quality of Life" enforcement, i.e., Alcohol Beverage Control
Law, sale of box cutters, sale of spray paint cans/broad tip markers, etc.
SCOPE
A volunteer auxiliary police officer is eligible to participate in enforcement
as an undercover if his/her age is within the limits specified by the statute
of law being enforced. Auxiliary police officers will be considered eligible
for these assignments ONLY upon the recommendation of their precinct's special
operations lieutenant and after receiving proper training by the borough Vice
Module and the Auxiliary Police Section.
PROCEDURE
When considering an auxiliary police officer volunteer for possible use as an
undercover in a "Quality of Life" enforcement effort:
SUPERVISOR OF BOROUGH VICE MODULE/PRECINCT CONDITIONS UNIT
1. Contact borough auxiliary police coordinator.
a. Each coordinator maintains a list of the names, dates of birth, and
telephone numbers of auxiliary police officers who are eligible for
assignment. It is the responsibility of the borough Vice Module or precinct
special operations lieutenant to determine whether the volunteer auxiliary
police officer is within the age limitation of the "Quality of Life" statute
being enforced and confirm reporting location, time and dress code. Each
auxiliary police volunteer will report to his/her precinct unit or resident
precinct, for pick-up by Vice Module or precinct conditions unit and returned
to that location upon completion of tour.
b. Volunteer auxiliary police officers will never be utilized for undercover
operations involving prostitution and/or narcotics enforcement.
c. Volunteer auxiliary police officers utilized in undercover capacity will
not operate in resident or assigned precinct.
NOTE: Only auxiliary police officers who are on the list may be utilized as
undercovers for "Quality of Life" operations. There are no exceptions. An
auxiliary police officer notified for assignment and reporting to the precinct
shall receive a minimum of four hours of credited time regardless of the
actual extent of the operation.
2. Ensure the auxiliary police officer volunteer has received the training
course conducted by the Vice Enforcement Division, and training in safety,
tactics and integrity conducted by the auxiliary police section, and has
signed the required affidavits at the appropriate time if the "Quality of
Life" enforcement concerns underage drinking.

a. Ensure a signed parental consent form is obtained if the volunteer
auxiliary police officer is under the age of eighteen.
3. Ensure that the auxiliary police officer volunteer is within the age limits
specified by the statute of law being enforced.
a. Auxiliary police officers under eighteen years of age may be trained,
however, they will not be utilized until they reach eighteen years of age.
4. Prohibit the auxiliary police volunteer from performing an undercover
operation in either their precinct of assignment or precinct of residence.
5. Prepare an Auxiliary Police Roll Call APS #10, for the auxiliary volunteer
to sign in upon pick-up as "On Duty" and for signing out when dropped off at
the end of his/her tour.
a. The Original APS #10 is to be forwarded to the borough auxiliary
coordinator and a copy to the auxiliary coordinator of the precinct to which
the auxiliary police volunteer is assigned, via Department mail. (Refer to
Auxiliary Guide procedures 6-7, attachment "A," for sample forms).
6. Prepare a recapitulation of the enforcement activity. The conditions
supervisor will forward a copy of this recapitulation to the borough auxiliary
police coordinator; the vice supervisor forwards one to the Narcotics
Division.
7. Interview auxiliary police volunteer prior to undercover operation.
a. Ensure that the auxiliary police volunteer is thoroughly briefed as to
all aspects of operation.
b. Take a photograph of auxiliary police volunteer on day of enforcement
along with a photocopy of the volunteer's Auxiliary Police Identification Card
(Misc. 3948). Both items will be filed in the arrest folder of defendant(s)
apprehended.
8. Observe undercover at all times during the operation.
a. Witnessing officer MUST observe the violation of the "Quality of Life"
statute being enforced.
9. Comply with P.G. 216-13, "Auxiliary Police Officer Killed Or Injured While
Performing Duty", in the event the auxiliary volunteer is injured or killed
during the course of an undercover operation.
BOROUGH AUXILIARY COORDINATOR
10. Update approved list of auxiliary police volunteers semi-annually on the
5th day of January and July based on the recommendation of the precinct
Special Operations Lieutenant and completion of appropriate training.
a. Forward copy of list to the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section,
and Commanding Officer Narcotics Division.
11. Ensure that each auxiliary police officer volunteer receives the proper
training course regarding safety, tactics and integrity conducted by the
Narcotics Division.

12. Prepare and forward monthly enforcement recapitulation to Auxiliary Police
Section by the tenth day of the month for the preceding month's operation(s).
COMMANDING OFFICER, BOROUGH VICE MODULE
13. Forward "MONTHLY RECAPITULATION OF AUXILIARY POLICE UTILIZATION IN
UNDERAGE DRINKING ENFORCEMENT REPORT" to the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary
Police Section by the 10th day of the month, for the preceding month (see
Auxiliary Guide procedures 6-7, attachments "B" or "C", for sample form).
14. Confer with the borough auxiliary coordinator and the Auxiliary Police
Section Training Unit as the pool of trained auxiliary police volunteers
begins to diminish.
a. Request recruitment of new volunteers and arrange for their training with
the Narcotics Division.
NOTE: Commanding officer, borough Vice Module will make every reasonable
effort to ensure an auxiliary's undercover duties and subsequent court
appearances do not conflict with the auxiliary's school or work schedule.
PRECINCT SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
15. Direct the precinct's auxiliary coordinator to identify, by personnel data
records and conferral with Auxiliary Police Section, those auxiliary police
officers over eighteen and less than twenty years and six months of age for
possible assignment.
16. Interview the prospective auxiliary police volunteer to determine
suitability for this particular type of assignment.
17. Make selection of suitable auxiliary police volunteers based upon member's
maturity, background, ability to make sound judgment, communication skills and
demeanor.
18. Advise auxiliary police volunteer, prior to recruitment and during
training, that he/she may be subpoenaed by the defendant to testify in
criminal court or in a State Liquor Authority hearing.
19. Direct that the precinct auxiliary coordinator forward to the borough
auxiliary coordinator and Auxiliary Police Section, Training Unit a list of
selected auxiliary volunteers recommended for this assignment, semi-annually
(by the 5th day of January and July).
20. Notify the borough auxiliary police coordinator, Narcotics Division, and
Auxiliary Police Section immediately, to remove an auxiliary police volunteer
from this list, if their status changes, (i.e., age, suspended, arrested,
leave of absence, dismissal, etc).
21. Prepare and forward report to the borough Auxiliary Coordinator after each
operation in which an auxiliary police officer is used as an undercover.
a. Include officer's identity, unit, number of purchases attempted, number
of purchases made, number of summonses issued, and any comments relative to
the officer's performance as an undercover.
RELATED PROCEDURES

Auxiliary Police Officer Killed Or Injured While Performing Duty (P.G. 216-13)

P.G. 214-06 Operational Guidelines For Homeless Outreach Unit
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To create and implement strategies for dealing with the homeless population of
New York City.
PROCEDURE
To introduce homeless persons to the myriad services available to them within
the City of New York and to assist them in gaining access to those services,
uniformed members of the service assigned to the Homeless Outreach Unit will
operate under the following guidelines:
COMMANDING OFFICER, HOMELESS OUTREACH UNIT
1. Designate operational zones within each patrol borough to allow for a
concentrated effort within a limited geographical area for a fixed period of
time.
NOTE: Information provided by borough commanders, commanding officers,
Department of Homeless Services, community boards and service providers, as
well as observations made by members of the Unit, would be considered when
determining target areas.
2. Evaluate effectiveness of Homeless Outreach Unit operations constantly.
a. Adjust target zones as necessary.
3. Schedule supervisory officers to ensure that at least one supervisor is
assigned on every tour.
4. Schedule uniformed members of the service with the aim of deploying three
vans on every tour.
SUPERVISOR, HOMELESS OUTREACH UNIT
5. Select operational locations within the target zone on a daily basis.
6. Assign each van to a location within the target zone.
a. Designate one van as a "Response Unit" to handle calls for assistance
from field units.
7. Designate an area within the confines of the operational area where the van
will be secured.
NOTE: A minimum of two police officers, each equipped with a portable radio,
will be assigned to staff each van. One officer will monitor the
Citywide/Special Operations Division frequency while the other officer will
monitor the division frequency in which outreach operations are being
conducted.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE

8. Interview consenting homeless persons only and assess their condition to
determine the services which they require.
a. If homeless person is identified as a client of the Department of
Homeless Services or other service provider, that agency will be contacted to
respond, if available, in order to continue outreach efforts.
9. Advise homeless persons of services available to them.
a. Offer transportation to facilities where such services can be obtained.
10. Escort homeless persons who accept offer of assistance to Homeless
Outreach Unit van.
a. Transport such persons to city shelter or other location depending on:
(1) Type of assistance needed
(2) Time of day
(3) Availability of service provider, etc.
11. Document each contact with a homeless person on CONTACT INFORMATION SHEET
(PD 304-140).
a. Indicate whether or not offer of services was accepted.
12. Request response of Homeless Outreach Unit supervisor in the following
situations:
a. Emotionally Disturbed Person (EDP): If homeless person encountered
appears to be mentally ill or temporarily deranged and is conducting
him/herself in a manner in which the uniformed member reasonably believes is
likely to result in serious injury to him/herself or others.
(1) Comply with the provisions of P.G. 216-05, "Mentally Ill or
Emotionally Disturbed Persons."
b. Acute Medical Condition: If homeless person encountered is suffering from
an acute medical condition, request response of an ambulance, in addition to
the Homeless Outreach Unit supervisor, and comply with the provisions of P.G.
216-01, "Aided Cases General Procedure."
c. Intoxicated: If intoxicated homeless person is encountered, the homeless
person may be removed only to an alcohol detoxification center upon their
consent.
NOTE: If the homeless person's intoxication leads the Homeless Outreach Unit
members on the scene to reasonably believe that the person's intoxication is
likely to result in serious injury to him/herself or others, P.G. 216-05,
"Mentally Ill Or Emotionally Disturbed Persons" will be complied with.
d. Repeated Encounters: Homeless persons who refuse services after repeated
encounters should be referred to Department of Homeless Services personnel.
e. Arrest or Summons: If homeless person encountered appears physically and
mentally normal but violates the law, including repeated minor infractions,

enforcement action will be taken and the Homeless Outreach Unit supervisor
will respond to all such incidents that result in an arrest or the issuance of
a summons.
NOTE: A homeless person who is apparently physically and mentally normal and
who refuses services is free to either leave or remain at a location.
In the event that a Homeless Outreach Unit supervisor is unavailable, an
Emergency Service Unit supervisor will be requested to respond via the
Citywide/Special Operations Division radio frequency. If an Emergency Service
Unit supervisor is unavailable, a patrol supervisor will be requested to
respond from the precinct where the outreach operations are being conducted.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Homeless Outreach Unit personnel will provide information and training to
command personnel regarding services available to the homeless, as well as
strategies and tactics for dealing with homeless persons.
The Homeless Outreach Unit Office is located at 370 Jay Street, Room 513,
Brooklyn, New York, telephone number (718) 243-3620, and normal hours of
operation are 0700 to 2400 hours, seven days per week.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CONTACT INFORMATION SHEET (PD 304-140)

P.G. 214-07 Cases For Legal Action Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that all New York City Public Housing residents who are arrested
pursuant to the execution of a search warrant where contraband is recovered or
arrested for a designated crime committed on the grounds of any New York City
Public Housing Development are targeted for possible eviction proceedings
under the "Cases for Legal Action" (CFLA) Program.
DEFINITION
The warrants and designated crimes for which a New York City Public Housing
resident is arrested, and subsequently can be targeted for possible eviction
proceedings under the CFLA program, are classified as follows:
* (Category I) - All residents arrested as the result of a search warrant
where contraband is recovered.
* (Category II) - All residents arrested for a felony narcotics related charge
including those related to marijuana.
* (Category III) - All residents charged with one or more of the following
charges:
a. Murder 1st, 2nd or attempt
b. Rape 1st or attempt
c. Robbery 1st or 2nd
d. Assault 1st
e. Burglary 1st
f. Arson 1st, 2nd or 3rd
g. Criminal Sexual Act 1st or attempt
h. Course of Sexual Conduct Against a Child 1st or attempt
i. Aggravated Sexual Abuse 1st or attempt
j. All firearms offenses listed in Article 265 of the N.Y.S. Penal Law
* (Category IV) - Any other case deemed appropriate by a Commanding Officer
and after conferral with the CFLA coordinator and with the approval of the
Chief of Housing Bureau.
PROCEDURE
Whenever any uniformed member of the service (e.g. Organized Crime Control
Bureau or Detective Bureau) effects an arrest of a New York City Public
Housing resident sixteen years older pursuant to the execution of a search

warrant where contraband is recovered or for the commission of a designated
crime committed on the grounds of any New York City Public Housing
Development, the following procedure will be complied with:
NOTE: For the purposes of this procedure it should be noted that a resident
of public housing can still be subject to the provisions of this program even
though:
* the resident is not arrested or present at the time that the search
warrant is executed, or
* the "triggering incident" (i.e. arrest pursuant to the execution of a
search warrant where contraband is recovered or arrest for a designated crime)
occurs in a housing development other than the one in which the resident
lives.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Upon arresting a New York City Housing Authority (NYCHA) resident pursuant
to the execution of a search warrant where contraband is recovered or for a
designated crime as defined in this procedure, prepare a CFLA package
consisting of the following documents:
a. CASES FOR LEGAL ACTION COVER SHEET (PD149-090)
b. Copy of computer generated ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159)
c. Copy of computer generated COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
d. Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), when prepared
e. Copy of [I.O. 63 s 13] REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATIONREPORT
(PD521-168), when prepared
f. Copy of NYCHA Trespass Notice, when prepared
g. Copy of Search Warrant (not the application for a search warrant), when
applicable.
2. Forward completed CFLA package to the arresting officer's commanding
officer/designee.
NOTE: Arresting officers will redact any information which may indicate the
identity of a confidential informant, a juvenile (other the Juvenile
Offender), victim of a sex crime or any other sealed records or confidential
information required by law.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DESIGNEE
3. Verify a CFLA package has been prepared for all qualified arrests.
4. Ensure completeness of CFLA packages.
5. Forward CFLA packages daily to the Housing Bureau Special Operations
Section, 2768 Eight Avenue, Room 507, New York, New York, 10013, Attention:
CFLA Coordinator.

CFLA COORDINATOR
6. Review packages for completeness and ensure information is redacted, as
necessary.
7. Identify cases eligible for the Housing Authority's Expedited Eviction
Program.
8. Process and forward CFLA packages to the New York City Housing Authority
daily to initiate proceedings.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Duplicate Copies of Complaint Reports (P.G. 207-05)
Preliminary Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime-Related
Complaints (P.G. 207-08)
Search Warrant Applications (P.G. 212-75)
Narcotics Eviction Program (P.G. 214-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CASES FOR LEGAL ACTION COVER SHEET (PD149-090)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
[I.O. 63 s 13] REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

P.G. 214-08 Chronic Abuser Alarm Procedures
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To save manpower by reducing police response to locations when three or more
alarms, within a three month period, were determined to be
unnecessary/unfounded.
PROCEDURE
Upon response to a radio code signal 10-11 (Alarm Condition) and investigation
discloses transmission of alarm was unnecessary or unfounded:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM (PD310-120), enter name of person
served and complete appropriate captions.
2. Serve original copy of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM to person qualified to
accept service.
NOTE: Person Qualified to Accept Service of a NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM owner, corporate officer, manager, and supervisor, or in their absence, adult
employee of firm or adult resident of premises.
3. Report disposition (code signal 10-90N - Notice Served Unnecessary/Unfounded Alarm) to Communications Section.
4. Deliver remaining copies of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM to desk officer for
Crime Prevention Officer.
PERSON QUALIFIED TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM NOT PRESENT:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Prepare NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM and place original in mailbox or under
door.
6. Report disposition (code signal 10-90N - Notice Served Unnecessary/Unfounded Alarm) to Communications Section.
7. Check box "DOOR SERVICE" on remaining copies of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY
ALARM and deliver to desk officer for Crime Prevention Officer.
NOTE: A NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM must be served for an
unnecessary/unfounded alarm including an alarm caused by user error.
UNABLE TO SERVE NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM (DEFERRED SERVICE):
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Prepare NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM (Deferred Service) when qualified
person not present or NOTICE cannot be placed in mailbox or under door.

9. Report disposition (code signal 10-90N3 - Deferred Service) to
Communications Section.
10. Deliver all copies of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM to desk officer for
deferred service by Crime Prevention Officer.
CRIME PREVENTION OFFICER
11. Inspect previous COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) locations prior to having
NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM (Deferred Service) delivered to premises, on next
business day, to guard against improper service.
NOTE: No NOTICE is to be served to a premise where a crime was committed.
12. Direct member making delivery to complete "Deferred Service" section of
NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM.
a. Serve original copy of NOTICE to person qualified to accept service, or
b. Place original copy in mailbox or under door, if necessary, and check box
"DOOR SERVICE" on remaining copies.
13. Have remaining copies of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM delivered to desk
officer.
NOTE: If investigation discloses evidence of a crime or attempted crime when
a NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM (Deferred Service) is delivered to a qualified
person or "door service" has been effected, uniformed member of the service
making the delivery will prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a), if
appropriate, and complete "Revised Disposition" section of NOTICE OF
UNNECESSARY ALARM.
14. Prepare and place an additional copy of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM, for
all "door service" cases in an envelope addressed to owner or manager, and
forward via next Department mail to Mail and Distribution Unit, Police
Headquarters, for postage mailing and indicate date forwarded on precinct copy
of NOTICE.
15. Maintain NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARMS master file in precinct for all:
a. Personally served NOTICES
b. "Door service" NOTICES
c. "Deferred Service" NOTICES
d. "Revised Disposition" NOTICES
e. Executed "Termination" NOTICES.
16. Obtain "Abuser Alarm Location Notification" (Notice Memo) from FINEST
printer each day.
NOTE: The Management Information System Division (MISD) forwards the "Abuser
Alarm Location Notification" listing to each command daily.
17. Review "Abuser Alarm Location Notification" listing with precinct
commanding officer to determine which locations to be terminated.

18. Prepare, and personally serve, TERMINATION NOTICE - CHRONIC ALARM LOCATION
(PD310-121) to identified premises, only when directed by precinct commanding
officer.
19. Maintain copy of "Abuser Alarm Location Notification" indicating continued
response, or reinstatement.
a. Maintain copy of Transmittal Letter (Misc. 1726) when reinstating without
"Abuser Alarm Location Notification."
20. Provide assistance to persons seeking methods to improve alarm
performance.
21. Perform alarm system and/or premises security surveys in appropriate
instances.
22. Maintain record of all contacts regarding alarm abuse locations, e.g.,
information given to improve alarm performance, system modifications
recommended and implemented, premises surveys and results, uncooperative or
indifferent attitude, etc.
23. Enter/post to the Alarm Board Notification System Database, on a daily
basis, all:
a. Personally served NOTICES
b. "Door service" NOTICES
c. "Deferred Service" NOTICES
d. "Revised Disposition" NOTICES
e. "Termination" NOTICES
f. "Continued Response" NOTICES
g. "Reinstatement" NOTICES.
TERMINATING RESPONSE TO CHRONIC ALARM LOCATIONS:
PRECINCT OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
24. Verify that copy of NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM is on file for each
unnecessary response listed on "Abuser Alarm Location Notification."
25. Personally review precinct records relative to premises identified by
"Abuser Alarm Location Notification" as a "Chronic Alarm Location."
26. Ascertain, from precinct Crime Prevention Officer, if any inquiry was
received from location identified as chronic regarding methods to improve
alarm performance.
27. Evaluate any attempt at location to correct condition, e.g., system
modifications, nature and extent of employee training in alarm use, etc.
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER/DESIGNEE

28. Meet with alarm abuser to stress the need for improvement in his/her
system or personnel training, in appropriate cases.
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER
29. Consider advisability of alternative action in lieu of termination
response to location, in appropriate cases.
30. Direct crime prevention officer to have form NOTICE OF CONTINUANCE/CHRONIC
ALARM LOCATION (PD115-110) served on alarm user when determination is made to
continue response because premises/location is sensitive, e.g., hours of
worship, certain types of business, etc.
31. Approve service of TERMINATION NOTICE when warranted, by personally
signing original and duplicate of NOTICE immediately above "Delivery
Endorsement" section.
a. Sign "Abuser Alarm Location Notification" (Notice memo) and Transmittal
Letter (misc. 1726).
32. Direct personal service of TERMINATION NOTICE to qualified person.
REINSTATEMENT OF RESPONSE FOR TERMINATED CHRONIC ALARM LOCATIONS:
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER
33. Review all written requests and supporting documents, if any, received
relative to reinstatement.
34. Review precinct records relative to terminated premises.
35. Confer with crime prevention officer to determine receipt of any
additional unnecessary alarms since termination.
36. Review record of contacts between precinct crime prevention officer and
person in charge at chronic alarm location.
37. Require alarm system and/or premises security survey prior to
reinstatement, as appropriate.
38. Approve or disapprove a request for reinstatement.
a. Have person qualified to accept service personally served with decision
in writing.
b. Inform crime prevention officer of decision to reinstate.
(1) If reinstatement is approved, notify person in charge of premises at
terminated location to anticipate a minimum of forty-eight hours delay before
crime prevention officer can re-enter premises to a response mode.
c. File copy in precinct, indicating firm name, name and address of person
notified and time and date of notification on file copy.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When a signal "10-11" is received at precinct telephone switchboard, the job
will be telephoned to 911 for Communications Section processing.

To facilitate proper transfer of the responsibilities and functions to the
precincts, "HELP" desks have been established to assist precinct crime
prevention officers in operating the program. These telephone numbers are:
Management Information Systems Division - (212) 374-3800 Police Academy,
Computer School - (212) 477-9274
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a)
NOTICE OF CONTINUANCE/CHRONIC ALARM LOCATION (PD115-110)
NOTICE OF UNNECESSARY ALARM (PD310-120)
TERMINATION NOTICE - CHRONIC ALARM LOCATION (PD310-121)

P.G. 214-09 Taxi And Limousine Commission Padlock Enforcement
Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assist Taxi and Limousine Commission (T.L.C.) agents in the padlocking of
unlicensed livery base locations.
SCOPE
In an attempt to close unlicensed livery car base locations, the Taxi and
Limousine Commission has instituted a padlock program for citywide
enforcement. This Department, in its continuing policy of inter-agency
cooperation, will assist the Commission in its endeavor whenever possible.
Accordingly, when requested by the Taxi and Limousine Commission, uniformed
members of the service will accompany that agency's representatives to the
initial sealing of unlicensed premises. Uniformed members will also accompany
them when they perform follow-up padlocking ten days after the initial
padlockings. The function of uniformed members at these padlockings will be
to preserve the peace and ensure that the Taxi and Limousine Commission
representatives are not prevented from performing their duties. This
Department will assist the Taxi and Limousine Commission with enforcement
action if necessary. However, arresting officers and complainants will be
provided by the Taxi and Limousine Commission.
PROCEDURE
When a request is made by the Taxi and Limousine Commission to assist at the
initial, and follow up, padlocking of an unlicensed livery base location:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Accompany the Taxi and Limousine Commission agents to the location and
ensure they are not prevented from performing their duties.
2. Assist the Taxi and Limousine Commission agents in taking enforcement
action, if necessary.
NOTE: In arrest situations, the arresting officer and the complainant will
be provided by the Taxi and Limousine Commission.
DESK OFFICER
3. Assign uniformed member of the service concerned to conduct daily
inspections of the padlocked locations.
NOTE: If violations are observed, the Taxi and Limousine Commission will be
notified by telephone at (212) 676-1000. Violations observed after business
hours will require a follow up notification the following day.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Taxi and Limousine Commission has informed this Department that any
precinct command that has a problem regarding an unlicensed livery base may

call them at (212) 676-1000 and request that they undertake enforcement action
at the location.

P.G. 214-10 Unlawful Posting Of Signs
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To prevent unlawful posting of signs on public streets.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing an unauthorized sign posted on a gutter, lamppost, telephone
pole or tree within the boundaries of a public street or highway:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Serve summons for Administrative Code Section 10-119 (a violation) to
person observed posting sign.
2. Remove the sign, if possible, and place it in a trash basket.

P.G. 214-11 Enforcement Activities Regarding Obscenity (Penal Law
Article 235) And Public Display Of Offensive Material (Penal Law
Section 245.11)
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines relating to the enforcement of laws regarding the
public display of sexually explicit or offensive material.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a uniformed member of the service observes or receives a complaint
regarding the public display of sexually explicit or offensive material (i.e.,
photographs, magazines, videos and other related material displayed in store
windows, magazine racks, newsstands, movie marquees or otherwise exposed to
public view):
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Immediately notify the patrol supervisor.
NOTE: Do not take any enforcement action, including effecting arrests,
issuing summonses or seizing any suspected obscene materials or entering into
the private areas of stores or other premises.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
2. Respond to the location and determine if:
a. The material or item is easily visible from any public street, sidewalk
or transportation facility, or is displayed inside any premise that is
accessible to members of the public without a fee for admission, AND
b. The material depicts actual or simulated sexual conduct, including acts
of masturbation, sexual intercourse or physical contact with a person's
clothed or unclothed genitals, pubic area, buttocks or if such person be a
female, breasts; or sado-masochistic abuse including flagellation or torture
by or upon a person clad in undergarments, a mask or bizarre costume or in the
condition of being fettered, bound or otherwise physically restrained.
3. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry regarding:
a. Nature of the display
b. Sexual activity depicted and the circumstances surrounding the display's
public visibility (i.e., size of display, distance from the street or
sidewalk, etc.,)
c. Character of the location, such as commercial or residential, including
the proximity of the display to schools, places of amusement, parks and
playgrounds.
4. Consult with Legal Bureau upon completion of investigation.

NOTE: Patrol supervisors and other uniformed members of the service will
take no enforcement action in this matter, including effecting arrests,
issuing summonses, or seizing any suspected obscene material, or entering into
the private areas of stores or other premises, without the specific direction
of the Legal Bureau.
ADDITIONAL DATA
While possession of obscene material may be illegal in some cases, an arrest
for the violation of any provision of Penal Law Article 235 (Obscenity) can
only be made following a judicial determination that the item is obscene.
Subject items would need to be purchased, or otherwise obtained lawfully, and
presented to a judge for review. Members of the service must not take any
enforcement action in incidents involving the possession of suspected obscene
materials or suspected obscene or offensive performances. In those
circumstances the members concerned should notify the Legal Bureau.
While no summary enforcement action can be taken pursuant to Penal Law Article
235 (Obscenity), members of the service, under appropriate circumstances, may
take summary enforcement action for the PUBLIC DISPLAY of offensive sexual
material (Penal Law Section 245.11, entitled "Public Display Of Offensive
Sexual Material", a class A misdemeanor). When contemplating enforcement of
this penal law section, members of the service are to strictly adhere to the
above guidelines.

P.G. 214-12 Unlawful Evictions
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PROCEDURE
To protect the rights of a person who is being or has been unlawfully evicted
from his dwelling unit.
DEFINITIONS
UNLAWFUL EVICTIONS - Purpose of the law is to discourage, through the
imposition of substantial criminal and civil penalties, unlawful evictions to
occupants of dwelling units, by methods which often involve:
a. Force and violence, or
b. The denial of essential services, or
c. Other serious Building Code and Health Code violations.
The law makes it unlawful for any person to evict or attempt to evict an
occupant by:
a. Using or threatening to use force, or
b. Interruption or discontinuance of essential services (heat, electricity,
water), or
c. Removing the occupant's possessions from the dwelling, or
d. Removing the entrance door or
e. Removing, plugging or rendering inoperable the entrance door lock, or
f. Changing the lock on such entrance door without supplying the occupant
with a key.
Unless a Warrant of Eviction or Government Order to Vacate has been executed,
the protective provisions of this law apply in the following circumstances:
a. When an individual occupies a dwelling unit pursuant to a lease; or
b. When an individual has lawfully occupied a dwelling unit for thirty or
more consecutive days; or
c. When an individual occupies a dwelling unit within a hotel which is
subject to registration under the rent stabilization law (generally
single-room occupancies [S.R.O.'S]) and has requested a lease pursuant to
provisions of the rent stabilization law.
DWELLING - Any building or structure or portion thereof which is occupied in
whole or in part as the home, residence or sleeping place of one or more human
beings. Qualifying "dwellings" include:
a. One or two family homes

b. Multiple dwellings.
DWELLING UNIT - Any residential accommodation within a dwelling.
MULTIPLE DWELLING - A dwelling which is either rented, leased, let or hired
out, to be occupied, or is occupied, or is intended, arranged or designed to
be used or occupied, as the residence or home of three or more families living
independently of each other. A multiple dwelling includes apartment buildings
and hotels. A multiple dwelling does not include:
a. A hospital, convent, monastery, asylum or public institution, or
b. A fireproof building used wholly for commercial purposes except it may
contain one janitor's apartment, and one penthouse occupied by not more than
two families.
OWNER - Any person, firm or corporation directly or indirectly in control of a
dwelling. A tenant who subleases his dwelling unit is in the position of an
"owner" with respect to his sub-tenant.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service has probable cause to believe that a
person has been unlawfully evicted from his dwelling unit:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare summons in cases where the violator is properly identified and
occupant is permitted to reenter the dwelling.
a. Follow P.G. 209-09, "Personal Service Of Summonses Returnable To Traffic
Violations Bureau Or Criminal Court."
b. Prepare a separate summons for each offense
c. Make summons returnable to:
(1) Summons Adjudication Part of Manhattan Criminal Court, if issued in
Manhattan, Brooklyn, Bronx or Queens
(2) Staten Island Criminal Court, if issued in Staten Island
(3) Schedule Return dates at least twenty-one days from the date summons
is issued, on the day of the week indicated, according to the borough where
violation occurred:
* Manhattan - Tuesday
* Bronx - Tuesday
* Brooklyn - Thursday
* Queens - Thursday
* Staten Island First Wednesday of the month
d. Complete "Complaint/Information" section on front of summons.

(1) Specific details of the violation must be provided.
e. Personally serve violator with Criminal Court (pink) copy of summons.
f. Process remaining copies according to normal procedures.
2. Effect an arrest where the violator:
a. Cannot be properly identified, or
b. Refuses to permit occupant to re-enter or who through physical
obstruction prevents the occupant from re-entering.
(1) When an arrest is necessary, the violator shall be brought to criminal
court for prompt arraignment. A desk appearance ticket shall not be issued.
3. Refer evicted persons who are unable to secure temporary housing to the New
York City Department of Homeless Services.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If offense was committed in the presence of officer, the officer will sign the
"Complaint/Information" section of the summons. When not committed in
officer's presence, the officer must ascertain that a crime was committed and
request complainant to sign the "Complaint/Information" section. If
complainant refuses, officer may sign, "based on information and belief,"
provided all details as related to the officer by the complainant are included
in the "Complaint/Information" section.
If a civilian is the complainant, draw a line through the words
"Complainant's" and "Complainant" and substitute the words "Officer's" and
"Officer," as applicable, on the front of the summons. In addition, draw line
through the words, "I personally observed the commission of the offense
charged herein" immediately above the "Complainant's Full Name Printed"
caption. In addition, IN EVERY CASE IN WHICH A CIVILIAN COMPLAINANT IS
INVOLVED, THE NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF THE COMPLAINANT WILL BE
ENTERED ON THE BOTTOM REVERSE SIDE OF THE "ORIGINAL"SUMMONS UNDER THE CAPTIONS
"COMPLAINANT'S FULL NAME PRINTED," "RANK/FULL SIGNATURE OF COMPLAINANT," "DATE
AFFIRMED."
Unlawful eviction is a class "A" misdemeanor. However, it is not a
fingerprintable offense.
Substantial civil penalties may also be sought through Corporation Counsel in
appropriate cases.
When it has been determined that a continuous pattern of unlawful eviction
activity exists at a particular location, the precinct commander will confer
with Legal Bureau personnel regarding initiation of civil action through the
Corporation Counsel. If there is a potential for violence between
Family/Household members, the demanding of entrance under this procedure is
not required. In Family/Household situations, members of the service are to
follow Department domestic violence guidelines.
Members of the service should also refer to Legal Bureau Bulletin Vol. 23 No.
1, dated March 1993, for legal reference when dealing with unlawful evictions.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court (P.G. 209-09)
Evictions, Repossessions and Other Civil Process (P.G. 214-13)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMMON SUMMONSABLE OFFENSES (PD160-102)

P.G. 214-13 Evictions, Repossessions And Other Civil Process
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To protect life and property and preserve the peace when involved in the
enforcement of eviction warrants or other civil process.
SCOPE
Uniformed members of the service should be cognizant that incidents to which
they respond may be the outgrowth of a civil process. The authority to break
and enter pursuant to purely civil process such as repossessions, evictions
and civil commitments is given to the city marshal/sheriff. The only
assistance which the police must render to a marshal is the general mandate of
the New York City Charter to preserve the peace and protect life and property.
PROCEDURE
When requested to assist in the execution of an eviction warrant or other
civil process:
DESK OFFICER
1. Assign uniformed member of the service to assist at location involved.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Respond to location and examine identification of city marshal/sheriff and
if eviction is involved, examine warrant.
NOTE: The role of a uniformed member of the service when called to the scene
of an eviction or other civil process situation is to preserve the peace and
prevent the commission of a crime. The execution of a warrant of eviction is
the sole responsibility of the city marshal/sheriff. Where a forced entry is
authorized, a city marshal/sheriff is required to do so in the least
disruptive way. Uniformed members of the service will not assist in breaking
a door or damaging other property to effect a warrant of eviction. The city
marshal is responsible for this action, when necessary and authorized.
IF SUBJECT OF AN EVICTION OR OTHER CIVIL PROCESS REFUSES TO ALLOW ENTRY OR
LEAVE VOLUNTARILY:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Notify desk officer and request response of a patrol supervisor, before any
further action is taken.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
4. Respond to scene and assess situation.
NOTE: If subject of eviction warrant or other civil process appears to be
emotionally disturbed comply with P.G. 216-05, "Mentally Ill or Emotionally
Disturbed Persons."

IF SUBJECT OF EVICTION OR OTHER CIVIL PROCESS ALLOWS ENTRY:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Enter premises with city marshal/sheriff and landlord/representative and
remain until eviction or civil process is executed.
6. Make following entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145):
a. Name and shield number of city marshal/sheriff
b. Time of entry into tenant's premises
c. Location of tenant's premises in building
d. Name of tenant
e. Note if tenant is present or not
f. Whether city marshal/sheriff or landlord/representative will be
responsible for the tenant's property.
(1) If the landlord/representative endorses the eviction warrant
indicating that he takes responsibility for the property in the premises, the
eviction is complete.
(2) If the landlord/representative does not take responsibility for the
property in the premises, the city marshal must arrange for removal.
NOTE: The city marshal/sheriff or the landlord/representative is not
permitted to place the property from the premises on the sidewalk. A vehicle
must be on the scene and property loaded immediately.
g. Name and address of moving company
h. Name of the driver of each moving van
i. Time each moving van left
j. Location of warehouse where property will be stored.
7. Notify desk officer when the eviction is competed.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Motor Vehicle Repossessed/Parking Violations Bureau Scofflaw Removal program
(P.G. 212-48)
Unlawful Evictions (P.G. 214-12)
Hostage Barricaded Persons (P.G. 212-38)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 214-14 Driveway Tow Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To permit owner or lessee of residential property, containing no more than two
dwelling units, to have unoccupied vehicle(s) blocking entry or exit to their
driveway towed by either licensed tow car of their choice or next available
tow company in Rotation Tow Program.
PROCEDURE
Upon being directed to respond to a blocked driveway assignment:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Ascertain if unoccupied vehicle is reported stolen and comply with
appropriate procedures.
2. Determine if registered owner of vehicle is also owner/lessee of premises
involved.
NOTE: Registered owners of vehicles are permitted to park in front of own
driveway.
[I.O. 3 s 13] 3. Issue summons for violation "Obstructed Driveway" (Section
4-08F2 Traffic Rules) if vehicle is not reported stolen and owner/lessee is
not involved.
4. Adhere to applicable provisions of P.G. 218-21, "Rotation Tow."
NOTE: The owner/lessee has the option of removing a vehicle by a licensed
tow operator of own choice after a summons has been issued. In such cases, the
provisions of the Rotation Tow procedure will not apply, including the
transfer of the vehicle from the private tow to the Property Clerk's Auto
Pound on weekdays commencing on the eighth (8th) day and ending on the
thirtieth (30th) day, even when the private tow selected by the owner/lessee
is a participant in the Rotation Tow Program. As per the State Lien Law, the
private tow company is entitled to a lien against the unclaimed vehicle.
[I.O. 67 s 13] 5. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A) and
enter "Driveway Tow" under "Remarks," section if vehicle removed by Rotation
Tow.
a. If vehicle is locked and secure, do not attempt to enter vehicle. In such
cases, the responsibility for safeguarding property within vehicle rests with
tow company.
b. If property is clearly visible within vehicle and such vehicle is
unlocked and entry is easily accessible, invoice property on PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE WORKSHEET.
6. Deliver WORKSHEET(S) to desk officer, to precinct of occurrence.
DESK OFFICER

7. Notify the Stolen Property Inquiry Section for each vehicle removed under
the provisions of Administrative Code 19-169.1, whether removed by a rotation
tow operator or by a licensed private tow.
NOTE: If a rotation tow operator unjustifiably refuses a "Driveway Tow"
assignment, the desk officer shall forward a REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)
to the Department of Consumer Affairs. In the event that a rotation tow
operator responds to a location and the vehicle has been removed, the tow
operator will not be charged a turn and will be returned to the top of the
rotation list.
8. Insert the words, "DRIVEWAY TOW" under "Remarks", in the ROTATION TOWING
LOG (PD571-1412), if vehicle is removed under the Rotation Tow Program.
[I.O. 67 s 13] 9. Ensure PROPERTY CLERK WORKSHEETS are entered into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
ADDITIONAL DATA
[I.O. 3 s 13] A licensed tow operator who removes a vehicle pursuant to this
section may collect the appropriate charges from the owner or other person in
control of such vehicle, payable before the vehicle is released. If a vehicle
was removed under the Department's Rotation Tow Program and is not claimed,
the tow operator is required to bring the vehicle to a Department Auto Pound
on weekdays, commencing on the eighth day and ending on the thirtieth day. The
owner, the owner's agent or an insurance company representative must pay the
NYPD Rotation Tow fees, in addition there may be third party transfer and
storage fees, at the Department Auto Pound concerned in order to reclaim a
vehicle. If the vehicle remains unclaimed after fifteen days from its delivery
date to a Department Auto Pound, the vehicle will be disposed of according to
law. Administrative Code Section 20-519 (c) advises that in no event shall a
tow company be entitled to charge the Police Department for storage charges
incurred after the tenth day of storage.
A licensed tow operator may not tow a vehicle pursuant to this law without the
express written authorization of the owner/lessee of the property. An
authorization form must be carried by the tow operator and shall include the
location of the vehicle to be removed, the make, model, color and license
plate of the vehicle and a statement that the vehicle was removed pursuant to
a notice of parking violation (summons). This form MUST be signed by the
owner/lessee of the property, prior to removal of the vehicle.
Administrative Code 19-169.1 does not permit owners/lessees of the same
property to have this statute enforced against each other.
If a private tow operator, not in the Rotation Tow Program, removes a vehicle,
it must be taken directly to his storage facility. Within thirty minutes of
the vehicle's arrival, the tow operator must notify the precinct in which the
storage facility is located, of all information contained on the authorization
form, including the name of the person who signed the form. The desk officer
will record this information in the Command Log.
[I.O. 3 s 13] If the registered owner or other person in control of the
vehicle arrives at the scene prior to the removal of the vehicle, and such
vehicle is connected to any apparatus for removal, the vehicle shall be
disconnected from such apparatus and such registered owner or other person in
control of such vehicle shall be allowed to remove the vehicle from the

premises without interference upon payment of a reasonable service fee of not
more than one-half of the charge allowed for removal as provided in
Administrative Code Section 19-169.1, subdivision (g), for which a receipt
shall be given.
The Local Law does not apply to law enforcement, firefighting, rescue squad,
ambulance, or other emergency vehicles which are marked as such but does apply
to non-emergency vehicles of any governmental entity identifiable as such.
Administrative Code Section 19-169.1 allows the owner of private property, or
a person acting as his agent, to remove vehicles improperly parked from such
property pursuant to a written contract with a licensed towing company.
Relevant provisions of Section 19-169.1 are as follows:
Subd. b.
Owners or operators of parking facilities may not have improperly parked
vehicles towed under this section unless the owner or operator maintains a
conspicuously posted sign on the private property stating:
(1) Name, address, and telephone number of the tow company
(2) Hours of operation for vehicle redemption
(3) Towing and storage fees of the tow operator
(4) Hours vehicle are prohibited from parking and subject to tow.
Subd. d.
Prohibits vehicle removal if it is occupied by any person.
Subd. f.
Requires the tow company to notify the local precinct covering the place of
removal within thirty minutes of the vehicle's arrival at the tow operator's
storage facility as to:
(1) Name and address of tower
(2) Storage site
(3) Location from which vehicle removed
(4) Name of person who authorized removal
(5) Removal was pursuant to a contract with the owner of the private
property.
(6) Year, make and color of vehicle
(7) Registration plate number
(8) Name of member of the service notified at Stolen Property Inquiry
Section.
The desk officer will make a Command Log entry and notify Stolen Property
Inquiry Section of the above information utilizing the FINEST System.

Subd. g.
Tow operators are required to carry a copy of Chapter 1, Title 19,
Administrative Code with them and show it to the vehicle owner or other person
in control of the vehicle.
Subd. i.
An owner of private property, or an agent, or a tow operator who removes a
vehicle in violation of this section shall be liable to the vehicle owner for
any amounts actually paid for the removal or storage of the vehicle, as well
as any damage resulting from the removal or storage.
[I.O. 3 s 13] Subd. j.
Any person who violates Administrative Code Section 19-169.1 shall be punished
as follows: for the first violation, a fine of five hundred dollars; for the
second violation within a period of twelve months of the date of the first
violation, a fine of one thousand dollars; and for any additional violations
within a period of twenty-four months of the date of the first violation, a
fine of one thousand dollars.
Subd. k.
Exempts certain vehicles from tow, including police, fire, civil defense,
emergency ambulance, sanitation and environmental emergency.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preliminary Investigation, Recording and Transmission of Alarms for Stolen
Vehicles (P.G. 207-11)
Vehicles Stolen and Recovered Within New York City (P.G. 218-14)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)
[I.O. 67 s 13] FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)
ROTATION TOWING LOG (PD571-1412)

P.G. 214-15 Anonymous Controlled Substance Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assist parents/guardians in determining if substance found or suspected to
be under the control of their children is in fact a controlled substance.
NOTE: Persons using this program shall remain anonymous and NO criminal
charges or investigation will be instituted against them unless it is evident
the program is being used to circumvent the law.
PROCEDURE
When a person indicates a desire to participate in the program:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Direct person to call local precinct and comply with directions of desk
officer.
DESK OFFICER
2. Ascertain from caller the amount of suspected controlled substance
involved.
3. Give caller code phrase consisting of:
a. Precinct designation AND
b. Any letter of alphabet AND
c. A randomly selected three digit number, e.g., 23-B-567.
4. Instruct caller to record and carry the code phrase on his person while
enroute to command.
NOTE: The purpose of the code phrase is to protect caller who may become the
subject of a search while enroute to the command.
5. Inform person the code phrase will expire in one hour:
a. Investigate circumstances if one hour deadline is exceeded
b. Continue processing if delay is beyond control of person.
6. Immediately dispatch RMP to location agreed upon by caller and transport
caller to command, if there is reason to believe a felony amount of controlled
substance is involved.
7. Make appropriate entries in Command Log indicating the following
information:
CODE
PHRASE

TIME/DATE

LOCATION

SECTOR
ASSIGNED

VOUCHER
NUMBER

DESK
OFFICER

ANALYSIS

ENTERED
BY

DATE
PERSON
CALLED

REFERRED

REMARKS

DESK
OFFICER

8. Have the following forms prepared:
a. ANONYMOUS NARCOTICS RECEIPT (PD521-012)
b. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
9. Instruct person to retain copy of ANONYMOUS NARCOTICS RECEIPT and call
command after seven working days to obtain analysis results by identifying
self with the code phrase.
a. Duplicate copy of receipt will be filed in Property Receipt Book.
COMMANDING OFFICER, POLICE LABORATORY
10. Forward completed analysis findings to commanding officer, command
concerned.
COMMANDING OFFICER, COMMAND CONCERNED
11. Have results of analysis (positive or negative) entered in Command Log, in
margin next to original entry.
DESK OFFICER
12. Give results of analysis (positive or negative reply ONLY) when person
calls with appropriate code phrase.
13. Advise person to contact family physician or appropriate social service
agency for referral to treatment program if results are positive.
14. Ask person if he/she wishes to cooperate in investigating source of
controlled substance while still maintaining anonymity.
a. Obtain as much information as possible, if person cooperates and comply
with P.G. 212-12, "Citywide Intelligence Reporting System".
ADDITIONAL DATA
If an individual is being searched in an unrelated arrest, etc., and a
controlled substance is discovered and such person claims to be participating
in the Anonymous Controlled Substance Analysis Program, the searching officer
will take the person to the precinct of occurrence and verify the person's
participation by contacting the precinct which issued the code phrase. An
arrest will be made for possession of a controlled substance if person's
participation cannot be verified. If the individual is participating in the
program and the precinct of occurrence is not the command that issued the code
phrase, the desk officer will notify the issuing command to cancel the code
phrase. The desk officer, precinct of occurrence, will then issue a new code
phrase and process the controlled substance as outlined in this procedure.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana Contraband Stored at Stationhouse
(P.G. 218-24)

Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana Contraband Not Stored at
Stationhouse (P.G. 218-25)
[I.O. 59 s 08] Delivery of Evidence to the Police Laboratory (P.G. 218-04)
Removal and Return of Evidence from Property Clerk Division (P.G. 218-07)
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ANONYMOUS NARCOTICS RECEIPT (PD521-012)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 214-16 Construction Sites
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To protect pedestrian and vehicular traffic in the vicinity of construction
sites.
DEFINITIONS
CONSTRUCTION SITE - Any construction, alteration, demolition, street opening,
paving or related matter for which a permit from a city department is
required.
PROCEDURE
Upon becoming aware of a condition endangering safety or impeding vehicular
traffic:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request supervisor on patrol to respond.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
2. Investigate and determine action to be taken.
3. Direct referral to department concerned if pedestrian or traffic safety not
involved.
4. Verify that referrals and/or notifications are recorded in HIGHWAY
CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151).
5. Direct preparation of ADMINISTRATIVE CODE VIOLATION NOTICE (PD372-151) if
arrest or summary action is taken.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and other necessary entries.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service shall NOT enforce violations of the Administrative Code
for which only a civil penalty may be imposed. If requested, members of the
service will assist representatives of other City departments on official
business at construction sites only so far as security to the representative's
person is concerned.
In an emergency situation at a construction site during non-working hours,
take necessary action and notify the telephone switchboard operator by
telephone for notification to departments concerned. If necessary, the
Communications Section may be notified by radio. The Communications Section
will notify departments concerned and in addition, the telephone switchboard
operator of precinct of occurrence.

REPORTS AND FORMS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ADMINISTRATIVE CODE VIOLATION NOTICE (PD372-151)
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151)

P.G. 214-17 Vacant Buildings
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To inform the Department of Buildings of recently vacated buildings and
unsecured hazardous vacant buildings.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing a vacated building, while on patrol:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Examine building to determine if it is properly secured.
2. Notify supervisor on patrol if hazard exists.
3. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
4. Report the facts to the member on telephone switchboard duty if not
previously reported or if the building presents a substantial hazard.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
5. Respond to location and determine degree of hazard.
6. Direct placement of barriers and assignment of officers if necessary.
7. Call Emergency Service Unit, if required.
TELEPHONE SWITCHBOARD
8. Enter information on HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151).
9. Telephone information to Department of Buildings and complete entries on
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD.
COMMANDING OFFICER
10. Review vacant house list and HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD periodically, noting
locations and hazardous vacant buildings added since previous review.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD (PD311-151)

P.G. 214-18 Stop Work Orders
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assist the Department of Buildings in enforcing stop work orders at
construction or renovation sites.
PROCEDURE
When notified by a Department of Buildings representative that a stop work
order has been issued or a previously issued stop work order is being
violated:
DESK OFFICER
1. Direct a uniformed member of the service to respond to the location and
meet the Department of Buildings representative.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Assist representative in enforcing the stop work order and preserve the
peace while representative serves "Request to Appear" notice (formerly known
as court summons), if necessary.
3. Enter in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) facts including name of Department of
Buildings representative.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 214-19 Using Chains And Padlocks To Secure Commercial
Premises
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To maintain the availability of uniformed personnel by securing commercial
premises with padlocks and chains, when necessary.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service observes, becomes aware of, or receives
a call of a front break at a commercial premise:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Respond to scene and evaluate condition.
2. Request patrol supervisor to respond.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Determine if premise can be secured by installing padlock and chain.
NOTE: Patrol supervisor should consider the number of breaks, location of
breaks and whether there is a security gate for securing breaks to glass,
e.g., glass doors, windows, etc.
4. Request response of Emergency Service Unit when it is determined that
premise can be secured with padlock and chain.
5. Direct owner be notified that premise is being secured with padlock and
chain.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT
6. Respond to scene and secure premise with padlock and chain.
7. Attach NOTIFICATION TO OWNER (MISC. 3930) to either the chain and/or lock.
8. Deliver padlock key to desk officer, precinct of occurrence after padlock
and chain are installed.
DESK OFFICER
9. Make entry in Command Log indicating presence of Emergency Service Unit
with padlock key and safeguard key in stationhouse.
10. Deliver key to premise to assigned member and direct padlock and chain be
removed from premise when owner present and notified.
11. Notify the appropriate Emergency Service Unit squad when the padlock,
chain and key are ready to be picked up.
FORMS AND REPORTS

NOTIFICATION TO OWNER (MISC. 3930)

P.G. 214-20 Repair Of Entrances Damaged During Forced Warrant
Entry Into Wrong Premises Or During An Entry Made During Exigent
Or Other Unusual Circumstances
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To repair, at an owner/tenant's request, property damaged during the course of
the execution of an arrest or search warrant, or during an entry made under
exigent or other unusual circumstances, when the wrong premise is entered.
SCOPE
As a result of drug and fugitive initiatives, the Department executes many
search and arrest warrants, citywide. Occasionally, due to bad information,
lack of address numbering, or other errors, uniformed members of the service
force entry into the wrong premise. When this occurs and it is clear that the
Department has erroneously caused damage to property, there is an obligation
to make appropriate repairs, as soon as possible.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service executes an arrest or search warrant or
forcibly enters a wrong premise under exigent or other unusual circumstances
and damages a door, lock or other material, and that specific damage should
not have occurred or, it is in the best interests of the Department to repair
or replace such damage immediately:
SUPERVISOR CONCERNED
1. Ascertain from owner/tenant of damaged property if owner/tenant:
a. Prefers to make arrangements for repairs, or,
b. Requests that the Department make immediate repairs.
2. Notify the precinct commander/duty captain if immediate repairs are
requested.
3. Direct a uniformed member of the service to prepare ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY
INVOLVED (PD301-155) and comply with the provisions of P.G. 217- 04,
"Accidents and Collisions - City Involved."
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
4. Confer with the supervisor on the scene and determine the following:
a. Assessment of the damage caused by the actions of the uniformed member(s)
of the service.
b. Need for involvement of Department personnel in the repair/replacement of
materials.
5. Ensure that supervisor on scene is complying with provisions of P.G.
217-04, "Accidents and Collisions - City Involved", and has informed owner of

property of procedure to file claim against the City, if immediate involvement
of police personnel is not needed.
6. Notify Operations Unit and request assistance of Building Maintenance
Section personnel if circumstances require immediate repairs.
a. Include in notification:
(1) Description of damage to be repaired, and
(2) Whether a Department locksmith, glazier or carpenter will be required.
OPERATIONS UNIT
7. Notify the Commanding Officer, Building Maintenance Section of the request
for assistance.
COMMANDING OFFICER BUILDING MAINTENANCE SECTION
8. Confer with the precinct commander/duty captain.
9. Determine if Building Maintenance Section personnel should respond to the
scene.
10. Advise supervisor on scene to request desk officer, precinct of
occurrence/police service area, to assign precinct/police service area
uniformed member of the service, if not already present, to safeguard scene.
NOTE: If the damaged premises are within a New York City Housing Authority
development, repairs will be performed by New York City Housing Authority
maintenance staff. The local management office concerned, or Housing Authority
Emergency Service Office will be notified by the PSA supervisor concerned, if
available.
DESK OFFICER
11. Assign uniformed member(s) of the service to location until Building
Maintenance Section or New York City Housing Authority personnel, if
appropriate, complete assignment.
NOTE: A uniformed member of the service from the precinct of occurrence or
police service area concerned will be assigned to secure the location as soon
as possible after the forced entry was made. The uniformed member of the
service will remain at the location until Building Maintenance Section (who
may be civilian members of the service) or Housing Authority personnel make
the repairs and secure the location.
COMMANDING OFFICER BUILDING MAINTENANCE SECTION
12. Notify Operations Unit and desk officer, precinct of occurrence, when
repairs/replacements are completed.
13. Report on a quarterly basis, through channels, to the Deputy Commissioner
- Management and Budget, the cost to make repairs in connection with this
procedure.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Accidents and Collisions - City Involved (P.G. 217-04)

FORMS AND REPORTS
ACCIDENT REPORT-CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155)

P.G. 214-21 Project Safe - Escorts For Safe Horizon Clients And
Locksmiths
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To prevent assaults and other criminal acts against Safe Horizon clients and
authorized locksmiths (Project SAFE).
SCOPE
PROJECT SAFE is a program administered by Safe Horizon that provides lock
replacements and counseling to victims of domestic violence and other crimes.
This Department will assist in this endeavor by providing a police escort.
PROCEDURE
When a request is received from Safe Horizon to escort a client and authorized
locksmith:
DESK OFFICER
1. Record notification from Safe Horizon in Telephone Record.
NOTE: Safe Horizon will telephone in advance to notify desk officer of the
pending arrival of the locksmith and client.
2. Identify the client and locksmith, when they arrive at the precinct.
NOTE: Safe Horizon policy is to ensure that domestic violence victims still
cohabiting with the batterer must have an exclusionary Order of Protection in
order to have their locks changed. Desk officers will ensure that this policy
is enforced.
3. Assign the precinct crime prevention officer or the precinct domestic
violence officer to escort the client and locksmith, if time permits.
4. Assign a uniformed member of the service to provide the escort, if the
crime prevention officer or the domestic violence officer is not available.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Escort identified client and locksmith to location and notify radio
dispatcher.
6. Have client ride in Department vehicle to the location, if necessary.
7. Remain at location until locksmith has completed the work.
8. Escort locksmith from premises.
9. Notify radio dispatcher that escort is completed.
10. Report completion of assignment to desk officer.

P.G. 214-22 Weekly Street Conditions Survey & Daily Observations
Of Highway Conditions Requiring Corrective Action
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify agencies concerned of Highway/Community conditions under their
jurisdiction which require corrective action.
DEFINITION
WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY - a survey of street conditions conducted by
radio motor patrol units on the second platoon, each Sunday, and reported on
WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT (PD311-150).
PROCEDURE
Upon making daily observations or receiving information regarding
highway/community conditions requiring correction:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Take corrective action, if possible, and make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
entry of condition and location.
2. Notify telephone switchboard operator for entry on HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD
PD311-151).
TELEPHONE SWITCHBOARD OPERATOR
3. Notify agency/member concerned as outlined in step 7 and complete entries
on HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD.
WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT
SUPERVISOR, SECOND PLATOON, SUNDAY
4. Direct members assigned to radio motor patrol units to conduct a survey of
sector on second platoon, each Sunday, and prepare WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS
SURVEY REPORT in duplicate.
MEMBER ASSIGNED TO RMP UNIT
5. Submit completed WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
6. Review WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORTS and:
a. Make immediate notification to agencies concerned for serious
emergencies.
b. Forward WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORTS to precinct operations
coordinator.

OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
7. Ensure that each Monday the WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORTS are
reviewed and the following agencies/members are notified:
CONDITION

AGENCY/NUMBER

* Inoperative/damaged signal
light

* NYC Dept. of Transportation,
(212) 442-7090

* Inoperative/damaged street
light

* NYC Dept. of Citywide
Administrative Services,
(212) 669-7087

* Defective/damaged roadway
surface

* NYC Dept. of Transportation,
(212) 442-7090

* Inoperative/damaged parking
meters
[note meter number]

* NYC Dept. of Transportation,
(212) 442-7090

* Manhole covers

* Note identifying initials and
notify agency/utility

* Recently vacated/unsecured
hazardous building

* NYC Dept. of Buildings,
(212) 312-8010/8013,
(212) 312-8298 (weekends and
holidays)

* Obstruction of traffic control
device
[E.g., tree, sign, etc.]

* NYC Dept. of Transportation,
(212) 442-7090 Note: Commanding
officer will have report
prepared requesting correction
of condition and forwarded to
Commanding Officer, [I.O. 1 s 11]
Traffic Management Center

* Obstruction on roadway

* NYC Dept. of Transportation
(Bureau of Highway Operations),
(212) 442-7090 NYC Dept. of
Sanitation, (212) 788-4057

* Dumpster

* Refer non-emergency conditions
to local district office, Dept.
of Sanitation

* Dead animal on street

* Dept. of Sanitation,
(212) 788-4057

* Flooding, streets, limited access
highways. Clogged sewers or street
drains. Leaking/broken hydrants
or drains

* NYC Dept. of Environmental
Protection, (718) 595-6700 or
6777

* Derelict auto

* Local district office,
Department of Sanitation

* Missing/damaged traffic

* Precinct Traffic Safety

control devices [other than
signal lights]

Officer/designated alternate

TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER/DESIGNATED ALTERNATE
8. Have entries completed on WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT and:
a. Forward original copy of WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT to
telephone switchboard operator to be maintained chronologically in folder
similar to that used to maintain HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD.
b. File duplicate copy.
9. Inspect HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD and WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT
to determine if missing/damaged traffic control devices (other than signal
lights) have been reported.
10. Prepare MISSING TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE (PD620-150) and:
a. Forward two copies of the form directly to appropriate Department of
Transportation/Borough Engineer as follows:
BOROUGH

ADDRESS

Manhattan

51 Chambers Street
New York, NY 10007

Brooklyn

56 Court Street
Brooklyn, NY 11201

Bronx

215 E. 161st Street
Bronx, NY 10452

Queens

120-55 Queens Boulevard
Queens, NY 11424

Staten Island

Boro Hall, Room 303
Staten Island, NY 10309

b. File pink copy of form in command.
NOTE: Upon completion of required work, the borough engineer concerned will
return a copy of the form which will be attached to, and filed with, the
related pink copy.
DESK OFFICER, SECOND PLATOON, MONDAY
11. Review HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD and WEEKLY STREET CONDITION REPORT
(original copy) for completeness, sign and file.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service observing or being informed of conditions
which may adversely affect the community and for which no specific referral is
available, will make an ACTIVITY LOG entry describing the condition and obtain
the complainant's name, address and telephone number.
The telephone switchboard operator will be notified and entries made on the

HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD of the following:
a. Condition
b. Identity of complaint
c. Rank, name and command of reporting officer.
The precinct community affairs officer shall examine the HIGHWAY CONDITION
RECORD/WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT and confer with complainants and
agencies concerned, where appropriate. Member concerned will keep the precinct
commander informed, and if the condition cannot be resolved, the precinct
commander shall submit a report on Typed Letterhead to the Chief of Department
describing the condition and action taken. The Chief of Department will, when
appropriate, forward a copy of the report to the agency concerned for further
necessary attention.
Patrol borough commands will summarize and consolidate each category of the
precinct WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORTS and submit results to the
Office of Chief of Patrol on a monthly basis. The Office of Chief of Patrol
will consolidate the reports received from the borough commands and forward a
consolidated report to the Office of the Police Commissioner (through
channels).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Construction Sites (P.G. 214-16)
Vacant Buildings (P.G. 214-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
HIGHWAY CONDITION RECORD PD311-151)
WEEKLY STREET CONDITIONS SURVEY REPORT (PD311-150)

P.G. 214-23 Unnecessary Noise Violations - General Prohibitions
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To enforce provisions of the New York City Administrative Code prohibiting
unreasonable noise.
DEFINITIONS
UNREASONABLE NOISE - any excessive or unusually loud sound that disturbs the
peace, comfort or repose of a reasonable person of normal sensitivities, or
injures or endangers the health or safety of a reasonable person of normal
sensitivities, or which causes injury to plant or animal life, or damage to
property or business.
SOUND REPRODUCTION DEVICE - A device intended primarily for the production or
reproduction of sound, including, but not limited to, any musical instrument,
radio receiver, television receiver, tape recorder, phonograph or sound
amplifying system.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service hears, observes or receives a complaint
of unreasonable noise:
UNREASONABLE NOISE NOT INVOLVING SOUND REPRODUCTION DEVICES
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Interview complainants/violators about noise complaint e.g., people
yelling, dogs barking, etc.
2. Determine if the noise is unreasonable.
NOTE: The best guideline to follow in determining whether the noise is
unreasonable is to determine whether the ordinary person in the community is
actually disturbed by the noise. In addition, the following factors should be
considered:
a. The character of the neighborhood or area, i.e., residential, commercial;
b. The ordinary noise level of the area, i.e., busy Manhattan streets will
likely always have high ordinary sound levels;
c. The time of day;
d. The number of persons complaining about the noise; and,
e. Whether the person responsible for the noise has been asked by others to
cease or lower the sound level and has refused to do so.
3. Attempt to correct the condition by warning violator.
4. Serve Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation for violation of

Administrative Code Section 24-218 if unable to correct condition and violator
is eligible, (see P.G. 214-24, "Service Of Environmental Control Board
(E.C.B.) Notice Of Violation And Hearing For Vehicle Alarms").
a. Report facts to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
5. Report facts to commanding officer.
UNREASONABLE NOISE INVOLVING SOUND REPRODUCTION DEVICES
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Repeat steps one through three above.
7. Serve a summons for violation of Administrative Code Section 24-244(a)
returnable to Criminal Court if unable to correct condition and violator is
sixteen years of age or older and otherwise eligible.
a. Enter in information section of the summons:
"Respondent did operate sound reproduction device at a level unreasonable
under the circumstances thereby causing annoyance to persons in the vicinity."
b. Enter a description of the sound reproduction device, e.g., radio,
bullhorn, etc., the distance at which it could be heard and the number of
people complaining.
c. When appropriate, draw a line through the words above signature line
reading, "I personally observed the commission of the offense charged here."
8. Seize the sound reproduction device.
9. Check "EVIDENCE" box on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) prepared for
sound reproduction device seized.
a. Give appropriate copy of INVOICE to person from whom the device was
seized as a receipt.
10. Inform violator that seized property may be reclaimed at precinct of
occurrence or at Property Clerk's Office by presenting a District Attorney's
Release or Court Disposition Form.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Sound reproduction devices are seized as evidence that the violator possessed
the device, that the device was operable and to demonstrate the volume at
which it was being operated at the time of the offense. The volume control
shall be marked, without damaging the property, to indicate the volume at
which the device was being operated. Members of the service shall produce
these devices at all court appearances. Sound reproduction devices will not be
seized from motor vehicles.
If violator is a juvenile - at least seven but less than sixteen years of age
- a JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) shall be issued instead of a
summons and the sound reproduction device will not be seized.

A uniformed member of the service may legally seize a sound reproduction
device from a semi-private premises, i.e., social club, bar, etc., where the
general public is invited, or a private home, if the uniformed member is
invited inside and sees the device responsible for the noise, after issuing a
summons to the operator/owner of the device.
The decision to forcibly enter into private or semi-private premises to
correct noise complaints will ONLY be made by a precinct commander/duty
captain and ONLY as a last resort, after requests to stop the noise have been
ignored. Some of the factors going into the decision to forcibly enter such
premises are:
a. Time of day
b. Type of neighborhood (commercial/residential)
c. Number of complaints
d. The ambient noise level of the area generally.
While sound reproduction devices may be seized as evidence, there is also
authority to allow for the seizure of such equipment to "abate a nuisance,"
i.e., the loud noise. This may be done without seizing the entire sound device
system for evidence. Careful seizure of parts of the system in order to abate
the noise is permissible and steps 8 through 10 of the procedure will be
complied with."
RELATED PROCEDURE
Service of Environmental Control Board (E.C.B.) Notice of Violation and
Hearing for Vehicle Alarms (P.G. 214-24)
FORMS AND REPORTS
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
[Rev. 04-09] PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 214-24 Service Of Environmental Control Board (E.C.B.)
Notice Of Violation And Hearing For Vehicle Alarms
Date Effective: 04/17/14
PURPOSE To take enforcement action when an audible vehicle alarm is activated
and does not cease to sound within three minutes or when an audible status
indicator is operated on a vehicle.
DEFINITION
AUDIBLE STATUS INDICATOR - For the purpose of this procedure, any sound
reproduction device on a motor vehicle that emits or causes to be emitted any
continuous or near continuous sound for the purpose of warning that an audible
burglar alarm has been installed on such motor vehicle and is operational or
for creating the appearance that such an alarm has been installed on such
motor vehicle and is operational.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is notified or becomes aware that an
audible vehicle alarm has been activated or audible status indicator has been
activated and the vehicle is parked on a public highway or in a parking lot
open to the public:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of time when the member first
observed the audible alarm.
2. Comply with the provisions of P.G. 214-25, "Deactivation of Motor Vehicle
Alarms."
IF AUDIBLE STATUS INDICATOR IS OPERATED ON THE VEHICLE OR IF ALARM IS STILL
AUDIBLE AFTER THREE MINUTES:
3. Take all reasonable steps to disconnect the alarm or indicator without
damaging the vehicle.
4. Prepare an Environmental Control Board "Notice of Violation and Hearing"
for violation of Administrative Code Section 24-238(a) (alarm) or Section
24-238(b) (audible status indicator).
a. Enter "N-12" in box captioned VIOLATION CODE
b. Enter "$175.00" in box captioned MAILABLE PENALTY SCHEDULE
c. Enter "$700.00" in box captioned MAXIMUM PENALTY FOR VIOLATION.
5. Enter either of the following statements, VERBATIM, in the box captioned
DETAILS OF VIOLATION:
"At time and place of occurrence deponent observed the audible alarm of the
above described vehicle operate for a continuous period of time in excess of
three minutes" OR "At time and place of occurrence deponent observed an
audible status indicator in operation on the above described vehicle."

NOTE: The time of violation entered on the Environmental Control Board
summons must correspond with the end of the three minute observation period in
the case of an alarm summons. Additionally, a complete description of the
vehicle must be indicated on the summons.
6. Affix the WHITE CARDBOARD (agency) copy of the summons to the vehicle in a
conspicuous place.
7. Distribute the remaining copies of the summons as follows:
a. WHITE (E.C.B.) copy - to precinct of occurrence at end of tour as
directed by commanding officer
b. YELLOW (officer) copy - retain with CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONS
SERVED (PD160-146)
c. PINK (respondent) copy.
8. Place vehicle in Rotation Tow Program, if unable to disconnect the alarm or
audible status indicator.
NOTE: Administrative Code Section 24-239(b) provides that the operator of
any motor vehicle on which an audible burglar alarm has been installed shall,
when parked on a public highway or in a parking lot open to the public,
prominently display the number and telephone number of the owner's local
police precinct where information shall be on file to permit communication
with the owner of such vehicle. The member of the service concerned should
attempt to contact the owner of the vehicle, if the above information is
available.
9. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
a. Indicate on WORKSHEET that the vehicle was towed as a result of a ringing
alarm or audible status indicator operation.
10. Have an "Impound" screen entered into the FINEST System.
11. Have a notification made to the owner of the vehicle that the vehicle was
towed.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The issuance of Environmental Control Board "Notice of Violation and Hearing"
is not mandatory in all cases when a motor vehicle alarm is activated. The
action of a uniformed member of the service should be based on selective
enforcement principles based upon civilian complaints and obvious violations.
If the vehicle is known to the uniformed member as a chronic problem,
enforcement action will be taken.
If the alarm sounds for less than three minutes, resets and sounds again
repeatedly, it shall be deemed as one continuous action and the subject of
enforcement.
Authorized personnel of the Department of Transportation may request a member
of the service to arrange for the removal of such vehicle. When removal of the
vehicle is performed pursuant to the Rotation Tow Program for operation of an
audible burglar alarm in violation of Administrative Code Section 24-238(a) or

for the operation of an audible status indicator in violation of Section
24-238(b), the Environmental Control Board "Notice of Violation and Hearing"
shall state that a member of the New York City Police Department took all
reasonable and necessary steps to disconnect such alarm or audible status
indicator without success.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Environmental Control Board - Notice of Violation and Hearing - General
Procedure (P.G. 209-12)
Deactivation of Motor Vehicle Alarms (P.G. 214-25)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
CERTIFICATION OF PARKING SUMMONS SERVED (PD160-146)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)

P.G. 214-25 Deactivation Of Motor Vehicle Alarms
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To take corrective action when a vehicle alarm is activated and the owner
cannot be located.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is notified or becomes aware that a
motor vehicle alarm has been activated and the owner is not present:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Immediately attempt to locate owner of the vehicle.
NOTE: The owner of a vehicle with an anti-theft alarm installed is required
to prominently display the telephone number of his local precinct inside the
vehicle when parked on a public street, highway, or in a parking lot opened to
the public. In addition, each patrol precinct, if notified by an owner of
such vehicle, will maintain a Motor Vehicle Alarm File which will list the
name, address, telephone number and license plate number of residents who have
had anti-theft vehicle alarms installed.
2. Contact the desk officer of precinct concerned and request owner be
notified to immediately disconnect alarm.
DESK OFFICER
3. Check the Motor Vehicle Alarm File, when maintained, and notify the owner
to immediately deactivate the alarm.
NOTE: Vehicle alarms should automatically deactivate within ten minutes.
However, a uniform member of the service may attempt to disconnect the alarm
within the first ten minutes. Do not intentionally damage the vehicle in an
attempt to deactivate the alarm.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Attempt to disconnect the alarm wire from battery cables, if owner cannot
be immediately located.
5. Request response of Emergency Service Unit if difficulty is encountered in
entering engine or passenger compartment of motor vehicle to disconnect alarm.
6. Make comprehensive ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of efforts to deactivate
alarm and any damage to vehicle which resulted from such efforts.
7. Continue for a reasonable period of time to attempt to notify owner after
alarm is deactivated.
a. Prepare a hand written notification and place under windshield wiper
explaining action take, if personal notification is not made.

ADDITIONAL DATA
The issuance of an Environmental Control Board - Notice of Violation is not
mandatory in all cases when an anti-theft device on a motor vehicle is
activated. The action of a uniformed member of the service should be based on
selective enforcement principles based upon civilian complaints and obvious
violations. A Notice of Violation, if issued, should be made in conformance
with P.G. 214-24 "Service of Environmental Control Board - Notice of
Violation and Hearing For Vehicle Alarms."
Uniformed members of the service are not permitted to deactivate building
alarms but may issue a summons if the alarm does not deactivate within fifteen
minutes.
RELATED
Service
Vehicle
Chronic

PROCEDURES
of Environmental Control Board - Notice of Violation and Hearing For
Alarms (P.G. 214-24)
Abuser Alarm Program (P.G. 214-08)

FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 214-26 Snow Emergency Regulations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assist in snow removal operations and expedite the movement of traffic on
major thoroughfares during a declared snow emergency.
PROCEDURE
When a FINEST message is transmitted announcing that the Commissioner of the
Department of Transportation has declared a snow emergency:
DESK OFFICER
1. Notify members of the service performing patrol duty.
2. Issue instructions necessitated by precinct conditions.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Issue summonses for:
a. Abandoning vehicle or parking illegally on "snow street" or "snow route"
(N.Y.C. Traffic Regulations Section 4-12(k)(1)
b. Operating vehicle without snow tires or skid chains on "snow street" or
"snow route" and vehicle is stuck (N.Y.C. Traffic Regulations Section
4-12(k)(2).
NOTE: When a vehicle is observed in operation on a snow street or snow route
without snow tires or skid chains and the vehicle is not immobilized, warn the
operator that a snow emergency is in effect and direct him to leave the snow
street or snow route at the nearest exit.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A uniformed member of the service who issues a summons for violation of snow
emergency regulations may be required to testify that the drive, traction or
powered wheels were equipped with regular tires without skid chains, or that
snow tires were worn or damaged to preclude effective traction.

P.G. 214-27 Snow Removal
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To have snow removed from sidewalks and around fire hydrants after a snowfall.
PROCEDURE
When snow has stopped falling:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Inform householders, storekeepers, etc., of their legal obligation to
remove snow and ice from the sidewalk and around fire hydrants.
2. Serve summons for Administrative Code Section 16-123 (a violation), if snow
is not removed four hours after the snow stops falling, when appropriate.
3. Prevent the throwing of snow into roadways, which have been cleared.

P.G. 214-28 Parking Meters
Date Effective: 01-01-00
[I.O. 68 s 13] Obsolete and Revoked

P.G. 214-29 Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration
Plates
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify owner and agencies concerned and properly dispose of registration
plates.
DEFINITION
DERELICT VEHICLE - A vehicle which is so dilapidated, burned out, stripped,
vandalized, etc., as to be of no apparent value other than scrap. Derelict
vehicles will be taken into custody by this Department ONLY when required as
evidence.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing a derelict vehicle bearing current New York State registration
plates:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Determine if vehicle has been reported stolen by:
a. Radio signal 10-15 to radio dispatcher or
b. Query through FINEST System.
2. Obtain all relevant information including owner's telephone number, if
vehicle reported stolen, from printout.
3. Note information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) for later reference and
notification.
4. Remove registration plates and prepare REGISTRATION PLATE REMOVAL NOTICE
(PD571-120).
5. Prepare [I.O. 26 s 13] PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) ONLY if vehicle
reported stolen or required as evidence.
NOTE: A [I.O. 26 s 13] PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)will NOT be
prepared for a derelict vehicle not required as evidence nor reported stolen.
6. Deliver plates and [I.O. 26 s 13] PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, if required, to
desk officer.
7. Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) from information received from
FINEST System, if vehicle stolen within New York City.
8. Notify owner to remove vehicle immediately and pick-up registration plates
within five days.
DESK OFFICER

9. Check [I.O. 26 s 13] PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for accuracy and completeness,
including time, date, name of person who cancelled the alarm and time, date
and name of owner of vehicle notified.
10. Enter "derelict" on [I.O. 26 s 13] PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to be removed by
Department of Sanitation).
[I.O. 68 s 13] 11. Make required entries on PROPERTY INDEX (PD542-103).
11. Retain registration plates at precinct desk for period of five days for
pickup by owner.
a. Have owner sign Property Receipt Log for plates.
12. Prepare and sign two copies of report on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151),
addressed to Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV), explaining reason for
forwarding plates to DMV, if owner fails to pickup plates within five days.
a. Wrap registration plates, with report included, in brown paper and
forward to Department of Motor Vehicles, if plates not picked up within five
days.
TELEPHONE SWITCHBOARD OPERATOR
13. Notify Department of Sanitation to remove vehicle.
14. Make entry on HIGHWAY CONDITIONS RECORD (PD311-151) of notification.
DESK OFFICER
15. Review COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP if prepared, and:
a. Sign "For the Commanding Officer"
b. Verify alarm is cancelled and owner notified.
16. Forward COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP and [I.O. 26 s 13] PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE as
indicated on forms.
[I.O. 68 s 13] FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
HIGHWAY CONDITIONS RECORD (PD311-151)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REGISTRATION PLATE REMOVAL NOTICE (PD571-120)

P.G. 214-30 Removal Of Expired New York State Registration Plates
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process vehicles bearing New York State license plates that are
unregistered more than two months after expiration of registration.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing a vehicle bearing expired New York State registration plates
and/or no registration sticker displayed:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Determine:
a. If vehicle has been reported stolen
b. Name and address of registered owner
c. If vehicle is derelict or abandoned.
2. Issue summons for UNREGISTERED VEHICLE if vehicle HAS NOT BEEN REPORTED
STOLEN.
3. Remove license plates from vehicle that remains unregistered more than two
months after expiration of registration.
NOTE: Expired New York State license plates will not be removed from a
vehicle that has been reported stolen.
IF PLATES ARE REMOVED FROM A DERELICT VEHICLE
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Prepare REGISTRATION PLATE REMOVAL NOTICE (PD571-120).
a. Fold form at the perforation over the carbon paper and then enter all
required information as per captions on Part 2 of NOTICE.
b. Enter word DERELICT above words "Part 2" in lower left corner.
c. Enter registered owner's name, address, city, state and zip code as
required by captions on reverse side of Part 1.
5. Place Part 2 of NOTICE on vehicle windshield.
6. Enter the date and precinct on EXPIRED NEW YORK STATE PLATE REMOVAL STICKER
(PD571-124) and affix to driver's side window. If window is broken, affix on
roadway side of vehicle in conspicuous, easily observable location.
7. Deliver Part 1 of NOTICE and plates to desk officer.
COMMAND CLERK

8. Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section of:
a. Date and time plates removed
b. Location of vehicle
c. Year and make of vehicle
d. Vehicle Identification Number
e. Registration plate number, month and year of expiration
f. Name and address of registered owner.
REMOVAL OF EXPIRED NYS REGISTRATION PLATES
DESK OFFICER
9. Forward in next Department mail, Part 1 (post card) of REGISTRATION PLATE
REMOVAL STICKER to Mail and Distribution Unit for mailing.
10. Deliver plates to registered owner or representative at command upon
presentation of current registration certificate and sticker for vehicle.
11. Assign uniformed member of the service to ascertain if vehicle remains at
same location five days after plates were removed from vehicle
TELEPHONE SWITCHBOARD OPERATOR
12. Request local District Office of Department of Sanitation, by telephone,
to remove vehicle if said vehicle remains at original location.
13. Record name of person notified on HIGHWAY CONDITIONS RECORD (PD311-151).
IF VEHICLE IS ABANDONED
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
14. Prepare REGISTRATION PLATE REMOVAL NOTICE.
15. Place Part 2 of NOTICE on windshield of vehicle.
16. Notify desk officer of all facts and action taken.
17. Prepare [I.O. 26 s 13] PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
18. Comply with appropriate sections of Rotation Tow Program.
19. Deliver Part 1 of NOTICE and registration plates to desk officer.
COMMAND CLERK
20. Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section of:
a. Date and time plates removed.
b. Location of vehicle.

c. Year and make of vehicle.
d. Vehicle Identification Number.
e. Registration plate number, month and year of expiration.
f. Name and address of registered owner.
DESK OFFICER
21. Notify next participating tow operator in Rotation Towing Program.
22. Safeguard registration plates in Property Locker.
23. Deliver plates to registered owner or representative at command upon
presentation of current valid registration and vehicle sticker.
24. Make entry concerning delivery to owner in appropriate section of Expired
Registration Plate Log and under appropriate captions on [I.O. 26 s 13]
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
25. Have two copies of report prepared on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
addressed to Commissioner of Motor Vehicles, listing registration plates
removed from abandoned/derelict vehicles and not claimed by the registered
owner or representative within seven days.
26. Assign member of the service (uniformed or civilian) to destroy
registration plates not claimed.
NOTE: Plates must be destroyed by cutting them in half utilizing shears,
which are maintained at the desk. The desk officer must personally supervise
destruction of plates.
27. Prepare a report, in duplicate, after plates are destroyed, on OFFICIAL
LETTERHEAD, addressed to the Commissioner of Motor Vehicles, c/o Enforcement
Section, Room 200c, 155 Worth Street, New York, NY and include:
a. Plate number
b. Name and address of registrant
c. For each plate number - the number of plates destroyed (either one or
two)
d. Method used to destroy plate(s)
(1) Shears have been provided to all patrol precincts to cut plates in
half
e. Name of recipient of the scrap metal
(1) In N.Y.C., the Department of Sanitation is the recipient
f. Date of destruction
g. Signature of desk officer and date.

NOTE: The original copy of the report will be forwarded via Department mail.
The duplicate will be filed in the command that destroyed the plate(s).
28. File copy of report.
ADDITIONAL DATA
[I.O. 26 s 13] PROPERTY CLERK ny DEC Office of Public INVOICE (PD521-141) is
NOT prepared when registration plates are removed from a derelict vehicle in
accordance with this procedure.
Upon observing an OCCUPIED VEHICLE on a street, highway, or other public place
with expired New York State registration plates and/or no registration
sticker, the uniformed member of the service will, in addition to other
required police action, remove the vehicle to the stationhouse and comply with
the provisions of P.G. 218-12, "Safeguarding Vehicles in Police Custody."
Derelict autos will be processed in accordance with provisions of P.G. 214-29,
"Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates," when plates
have not expired.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Safeguarding Vehicles in Police Custody (P.G. 218-12)
Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates (P.G. 214-29)
FORMS AND REPORTS
HIGHWAY CONDITIONS RECORD (PD311-151)
[I.O. 26 s 13] PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
REGISTRATION PLATE REMOVAL NOTICE (PD571-120)
EXPIRED NEW YORK STATE REMOVAL STICKER (PD571-124)

P.G. 214-31 Removal Of Vehicles From Parkways, Highways And
Expressways
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To reduce congestion and increase safety on controlled access highways.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of a disabled vehicle impeding traffic on a
highway, parkway, expressway, etc., and the vehicle is unattended or the owner
or person in charge of the vehicle refuses to hire the franchised towing
service:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Ascertain from Communications Section if vehicle is wanted on an alarm.
a. Take appropriate action if vehicle is wanted.
2. Advise owner or person in charge of vehicle who refuses to hire tow car
that:
a. Administrative Code, Section 20-511, subdivision q, requires that the
vehicle be removed from the highway.
b. Vehicle will be removed to place of business of the tow car operator.
c. Tow car owner is entitled by law to charge towing and storage fees.
d. Vehicle owner or his representative will be required to appear at
precinct of occurrence with current vehicle registration certificate and
obtain a written release prior to reclaiming vehicle from tow car operator's
place of business.
3. Advise owner or person in charge of vehicle who refuses to hire authorized
tow car to remove from vehicle personal property before vehicle is towed.
NOTE: If vehicle is unattended or owner or person in charge refuses to
remove personal property, list such property in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), call
attention of tow car operator to listed property and have tow car operator
sign ACTIVITY LOG. Do not remove property from vehicle.
4. Record in ACTIVITY LOG:
a. Make, year and color of vehicle
b. Registration plate number, state and year
c. Location from which towed
d. Towing service name, address and medallion number of tow car
e. Name and address of owner or person in charge of vehicle at scene.

5. Sign tow car operator's authorization to tow vehicle if owner or person in
charge refuses to hire tow car or vehicle is unattended.
6. Deliver copy of "Authorization to Tow" form to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
7. Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section immediately of details concerning
removal.
8. Ascertain ownership of vehicle if owner not present at scene.
9. Notify owner, if not present at scene, of location where vehicle stored and
that registration certificate must be presented at precinct to obtain release
for vehicle.
10. Enter details of removal in Command Log.
a. Include information listed in step four above and identity of uniformed
member of service, the registered owner, and member at Stolen Property Inquiry
Section notified.
11. File "Authorization to Tow" form in Property Receipt Book.
WHEN VEHICLE OWNER OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE APPEARS AT STATIONHOUSE TO OBTAIN
RELEASE:
DESK OFFICER
12. Inspect Command Log entry.
13. Examine registration certificate.
14. Question claimant to determine if vehicle reported stolen.
a. Ensure that alarm, if any, is canceled before preparing release for
vehicle.
15. Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared if vehicle stolen but not yet
reported:
a. Note under details that vehicle is recovered
b. Close COMPLAINT REPORT unless additional investigation is required
c. Telephone facts to precinct concerned if theft occurred in another
command.
16. Have two copies of release, addressed to Tow Car Service, prepared on
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151) including:
a. Name and address of owner or representative who will claim vehicle
b. Make, color, registration number of vehicle
c. Time, date and location from which removed.

17. Have claimant sign second copy of release and file in Property Receipt
Book.
18. Give original copy to claimant and inform him that tow and storage charges
must be paid to tow car owner.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Highway District vehicles equipped with "protective bumper guards" may push
disabled vehicles obstructing active traffic lanes to the nearest location
where they may be parked safely. Under no circumstances will disabled vehicles
be pushed to repair shops or onto private property.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)

P.G. 214-32 Discarded Refrigerators, Freezers And Other Self
Locking Containers
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To prevent injury to children.
PROCEDURE
Upon finding a refrigerator, freezer or other self locking container in a
place accessible to the public:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Direct person responsible, if known, to remove the door, door latch or
latch stop.
a. If owner known and refuses to comply, make arrest.
2. Remove the door, door latch, or latch stop if tools are available and owner
unknown.
3. Summon Emergency Service Unit through the Communications Section if unable
to make device safe.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT CREW
4. Respond to location.
5. Remove the door, door latch, or latch stop.
6. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) of time and location.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
7. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG of facts, including names of Emergency Service
Unit members who responded to scene.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 214-33 Care And Disposition Of Animals
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To properly investigate complaints involving dangerous animals/dogs requiring
a police response.
SCOPE
It is the intent of this procedure to ensure that all complaints of dangerous
animals/dogs are recorded properly and reported to the New York City
Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, as well as to provide for the safe
and humane handling of such animals when encountered by members of the
service. This includes animals that are owned, wild, lost or stray, abandoned,
or used for fighting or intimidation purposes. If the animal is gone upon
arrival of member of the service at the scene, a DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT
(PD311-152) must still be prepared, regardless of whether or not a person has
been injured by the animal. Offenders engaging in animal cruelty will be
arrested and processed for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET, if eligible.
DEFINITIONS
ANIMAL - Shall mean mammals, amphibians, reptiles, birds or insects.
DANGEROUS ANIMAL - For the purpose of this procedure, a dangerous animal shall
mean any animal which menaces, threatens, attacks or bites a person. A
dangerous animal can also be a wild animal which is defined as any animal
naturally inclined to do harm and capable of inflicting harm upon human
beings.
DANGEROUS DOG - Shall mean any dog:
a. That when unprovoked, approaches, or menaces any person in a dangerous or
terrorizing manner, or in an apparent attitude of attack, upon the streets,
sidewalks, or any public grounds or places; OR
b. With a known propensity, tendency or disposition to attack when
unprovoked, to cause injury or to otherwise endanger the safety of human
beings or domestic animals; OR
c. Which bites, inflicts injury, assaults or otherwise attacks a human being
or domestic animal, without provocation on public or private property; OR
d. Owned or harbored primarily, or in part, for the purpose of dog fighting
or any dog trained for dog fighting.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the member of the service responds to a complaint
involving a dangerous animal/dog, regardless of whether or not a person was
injured by the animal:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE

1. Have Communications Section request a unit from the Animal Care and Control
of New York City (A.C.&C.) respond to the scene, if the animal presents a
danger or may have been left uncared for.
2. Prepare DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT (PD311-152) and, if required, AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), in all instances in which response to or
becoming apprised of an incident involving an animal bite and/or dangerous
animal and include the SPRINT number on forms.
NOTE: Animal Care and Control of New York City (A.C.&C.) Animal Rescue Units
are in service Monday through Friday from 0800 hours to 2000 hours. The
Brooklyn A.C. & C. of New York City control center is open twenty four hours,
seven days a week to uniformed members of the Department. All other borough
control centers are open during business hours, Tuesday through Saturday.
Members of the service who require emergency assistance from A.C.&C. of New
York City between 2000 hours and 0800 hours weekdays and twenty four hours a
day on weekends and holidays should contact the Operations Division at (646)
610-5580, providing pertinent details and the name of the contact person at
the scene. Operations Division personnel will then notify the A.C.&C. of New
York City member who is on-call to respond for emergencies and/or provide
instructions.
3. Request an Emergency Services Unit to respond to the scene, if response by
the A.C.&C. of New York City cannot be made expeditiously (fifteen to thirty
minutes) or cannot be ascertained, or if animal's owner or person in control
of a premises where animal is located is arrested, hospitalized, etc., and no
one is able to provide for the animal's care.
4. Deliver animal to A.C.& C. of New York City representative, if A.C.&C. of
New York City responds to scene.
5. Request patrol supervisor to respond to scene.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT
6. Secure the animal and prepare it for transport by RMP, to an A.C.& C. of
New York City, as appropriate.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
7. Assign resource to transport animal to A.C. & C. of New York City facility,
if necessary.
NOTE: When it is necessary to transport an animal to an A.C. & C. of New
York City facility, direct that a kennel be brought to the scene from command
concerned. If necessary, additional kennel(s) may be requested from an
adjoining command or the patrol borough concerned. Under no circumstances
shall an animal be placed into the trunk of a Department vehicle.
MEMBER ASSIGNED TO TRANSPORT
8. Place kennel into the backseat of RMP.
a. Remove rear seat from vehicle, if necessary.
9. Transport animal to A.C. & C. of New York City facility.

a. Obtain receipt from A.C. & C. of New York City and deliver to desk
officer.
NOTE: Members of the service delivering any animal to an A.C. & C. of New
York City facility must be able to articulate the circumstances surrounding
the animal coming into police custody, including the owner's name and address,
if known.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
10. Take appropriate enforcement action against owner or person in possession
of animal and remove to command, if necessary.
11. Report facts to desk officer.
12. Deliver DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT and AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET, if
prepared, to desk officer.
NOTE: Department form DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT will be prepared in EVERY
instance of a dangerous animal condition whether the animal is taken into
custody or not. This form will assist the New York City Police Department and
the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene in tracking dangerous animal
complaints.
13. Process offender for DESK APPEARANCE TICKET, if eligible.
a. Include copy of DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT, if prepared, in DAT ARREST
PACKAGE (PD260-123).
14. Enter facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
DESK OFFICER
15. Review and sign DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT and distribute as delineated
on form.
16. Forward the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene copy of DANGEROUS
ANIMAL/BITE REPORT via the Mail and Distribution Unit.
17. Notify Department of Health and Mental Hygiene by telephone of human
exposure to a rabid animal, an animal suspected of being rabid, and/or an
animal that has bitten, scratched, or abraded a human being.
18. Notify Department of Health and Mental Hygiene by telephone if animal or
owner is located after DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT has been forwarded.
19. File command copy of DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Pursuant to Article 26, Agriculture and Markets Law, Section 371, of New York
State entitled "Power of Police Officer," police officers may arrest any
person violating any provisions of this article and may lawfully take animals
into custody to prevent the perpetration of any act of cruelty upon any
animal. Upon arrest for such violation, the arresting officer will issue,
except for those offenses designated as Unclassified Felonies, a DESK
APPEARANCE TICKET if qualified returnable to Criminal Court (see P.G. 208-27,
"Desk Appearance Ticket [General Procedure]").

For purposes of this procedure, applicable sections of Article 26, Agriculture
and Markets Law are:
a. Section 351 - Prohibition of Animal Fighting - Section 351.(2)
Unclassified Felony, Section 351.(3 & 4) - Unclassified Misdemeanor.
b. Section 353 - Overdriving, torturing, and injuring animals; Failure to
provide proper sustenance - Unclassified Misdemeanor.
c. Section 353-a - Aggravated Cruelty to Animals - Unclassified Felony.
d. Section 355 - Abandonment of animals - Unclassified Misdemeanor.
e. Section 356 - Failure to provide proper food and drink to impounded
animal - Unclassified Misdemeanor.
f. Section 359 - Carrying animal in a cruel manner - Unclassified
Misdemeanor.
g. Section 360 - Poisoning or attempting to poison animals - Unclassified
Felony (horses, mules or domestic cattle); Unclassified Misdemeanor (all other
animals).
h. Section 361 - Interference with or injury to certain domestic animals Unclassified Felony.
i. Section 365 - Clipping or cutting the ears of dogs - Unclassified
Misdemeanor.
j. Section 368 - Operating upon tails of horses unlawful - Unclassified
Misdemeanor.
k. Section 374 - Humane destruction or other disposition of animals lost,
strayed, homeless, abandoned or improperly confined or kept - Unclassified
Misdemeanor.
For the purpose of this procedure, applicable sections of Title 17, New York
City Administrative Code are:
a. Section 17-343 - Acquisition of a dangerous dog prohibited.
b. Section 17-346 - Confiscation and/or confinement of a dangerous dog.
c. Section 17-351 - Enforcement.
All three Administrative Code sections cited are Unclassified Misdemeanors.
Uniformed members of the service should be cognizant of the indication of
rabies and should use extreme care when approaching animals. In the event of
any animal bite, or contact with an animal's saliva, members should seek
immediate medical attention.
USE OF FORCE/DEADLY PHYSICAL FORCE
The use of physical force against any animal will be used ONLY to the extent
that such force is necessary to prevent harm or injury to such animal, other
animals, or persons. P.G. 203-12, "Deadly Physical Force" mandates that deadly

physical force is necessary as a LAST RESORT when such animal:
a. Appears to be too dangerous to control, OR
b. Poses an imminent threat of physical injury to a human being.
Before using deadly physical force, every attempt will be made to use other
reasonable means to contain threats from dangerous animals.
In those instances where uniformed members of the service develop information
to indicate a dangerous dog will be encountered at a particular location
(e.g., an apartment where a warrant is to be enforced, etc.), the Emergency
Service Unit's Canine Team should be conferred with at (718) 492-8300
(twenty-four hours) for their assistance.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure (P.G. 208-27)
Deadly Physical Force (P.G. 203-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT (PD311-152)

P.G. 214-34 Police Action In Premises (Licensed Or Unlicensed)
Where Alcoholic Beverages Are Sold
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To notify the Organized Crime Control Bureau (OCCB), Field Operations Desk,
Narcotics Division and the State Liquor Authority of founded complaints
regarding premises where alcoholic beverages are sold.
PROCEDURE
When any of the following events occur in connection with a premises, licensed
or unlicensed, in which alcoholic beverages are sold:
a. Arrest in premises, or elsewhere, resulting from action originating in
premises
b. Summons served on premises, or on employee, for violation related to
premises
c. Complaint concerning premises, or vicinity of premises and cause
originated in premises, which was investigated and resulted in corrected
condition
d. Condition or police action directly concerning the operation of the
premises which should be brought to the attention of the State Liquor
Authority, Department of Buildings, Fire Department, or any other City agency.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CONCERNED
1. Request patrol supervisor to respond.
a. If patrol supervisor is not available, contact desk officer and comply
with instructions.
2. Advise patrol supervisor of facts.
3. Take summary action if offense committed in presence and be guided by P.G.
208-03, "Arrests - General Processing" and P.G. 207-08, "Preliminary
Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime-Related Offenses."
4. Make complete entries in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
5. Notify the Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk when:
a. Premises is selling alcohol without a liquor license, AND/OR
b. Premises is operating after hours.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
6. Respond to the scene and determine appropriate police action to be taken.
a. Notify the Department of Buildings, Fire Department or the appropriate

City agency of apparent code violations.
7. Prepare POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES (PD310-150) report.
a. Prepare additional copy of report marked "Department of Consumer Affairs"
if arrest involved a cabaret, public dance hall, catering establishment, or
bowling alley
b. Prepare one additional copy of report for commanding officer of precinct
where premises is located, if action or condition originated in another
command
c. File one copy of report at command.
NOTE: Whenever the uniformed member concerned is assigned to Organized Crime
Control Bureau, such member's commanding officer will prepare and forward the
required POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES report. A copy of the
report will be forwarded to the commanding officer, precinct of occurrence.
8. Direct undercover agent (e.g., auxiliary police officer, etc.) to complete
AFFIDAVIT OF SALE OF ALCOHOL (PD326-060) if police action involves the sale of
alcohol to a minor or an undercover member.
a. Have one copy of AFFIDAVIT filed in arrest folder.
9. Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence of facts.
10. Forward POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES with additional copies
of report and original AFFIDAVIT OF SALE OF ALCOHOL, if prepared, to
commanding officer.
11. Advise commanding officer of facts regarding police action.
DESK OFFICER
12. Enter facts in Command Log.
COMMANDING OFFICER
13. Verify that the desk officer, precinct of occurrence, was notified, if
necessary.
14. Review and sign POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES.
15. Ensure POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES report is forwarded,
DIRECT, to Commanding Officer, Narcotics Division, One Police Plaza, Room
1100, with the following:
a. Copies of any summonses issued in regards to police action
b. Original AFFIDAVIT OF SALE OF ALCOHOL, if prepared.
16. Ensure a copy of POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES report, if
prepared, is forwarded to the following:
a. NYC Department of Consumer Affairs
b. Precinct commanding officer where premises is located.

NARCOTICS DIVISION
17. Forward copy of POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES report to the
State Liquor Authority.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The "Details" section of POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES must be
very specific. It must include a statement that the owner or operator was
aware of the offense and indicate circumstances that demonstrated actual or
implied knowledge on the part of the owner or operator. Include the following
information, when pertinent:
1. Employment of a person under eighteen years of age, or serving alcoholic
beverages to a person under twenty one years of age.
a) Name, address and age
b) How age was ascertained
c) If enforcement was for the sale of alcohol to a minor, what type of
alcohol was purchased (size of container, brand, and cost)
d) If undercover agent was used, his/her title, age, date of birth, and a
statement that the arresting/summonsing officer witnessed the sale.
2. Sale of alcohol to intoxicated person:
a) Description of drunken behavior
b) Type of beverage served after condition was observed by arresting
officer.
3. Gambling:
a) Whether defendant is an employee of premises and in what capacity
b) Name of person in charge
c) If gambling device was involved, indicate how used.
4. Sale of alcoholic beverages during prohibited hours:
a) Type of beverage
b) Time of violation and arrest.
5. Prostitution:
a) Period of time observed
b) Behavior of persons with males or females and number of times males
and/or females left and returned
c) Name of person permitting violation by direct knowledge or by action of
male(s)/female(s).

6. Narcotics:
a) Circumstances
b) Name and title of person in charge who knowingly permitted violation.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preliminary Investigation of Vice, Narcotics or Organized Crime-Related
Offenses (P.G. 207-08)
Arrests-General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
POLICE ACTION LICENSED/UNLICENSED PREMISES (PD310-150)
AFFIDAVIT OF SALE OF ALCOHOL (PD326-060)

P.G. 214-35 Processing Quality Of Life Complaints Using The 311
Terminal
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure Quality of Life complaints received through the 311 terminal and/or
telephone switchboard are handled efficiently by members of the service.
PROCEDURE
When a Quality of Life complaint has been received through the 311 terminal
and/or telephone switchboard:
TELEPHONE SWITCHBOARD OPERATOR
1. Record Quality of Life complaints received via telephone on the TELEPHONE
DISPATCH LOG (PD112-143).
2. Review the 311 terminal for duplication of requests for service received
via telephone and provide disposition on terminal and TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG
when appropriate.
3. Have Quality of Life complaint(s) generated through the 311 terminal or
telephone switchboard requiring investigation dispatched as a command
assignment.
4. Enter final dispositions on the TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG of calls received
via the telephone switchboard.
NOTE: Quality of Life calls received at the telephone switchboard will be
recorded in the TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG and the desk officer will assign an
available unit to respond. In addition, the caller will be advised to call 311
directly to report any future Quality of Life complaints. If a call is
received at the telephone switchboard which requires a referral to another
city agency, the caller will be directed to call 311 immediately.
MEMBER OF SERVICE ASSIGNED
5. Notify Communications upon receipt of a 311 assignment (code 10-61)
including location to which responding.
6. Respond to assignment as expeditiously as possible, except if on emergency
assignment.
7. Promptly notify Communications upon completion of assignment.
8. Notify desk officer of disposition for completed assignments.
9. Deliver completed assigned 311 calls worksheet to the desk officer by the
end of tour. Final dispositions must be indicated.
NOTE: A notification of the disposition for completed assignments must be
made to the desk officer immediately upon completion. 311 assignments not
completed by the end of tour will be returned to the desk officer for priority

assignment to the next platoon.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
10. Monitor performance of members of the service assigned to 311 calls.
NOTE: Patrol supervisors should be cognizant that 311 calls should be
handled as expeditiously as possible and adequate supervision of members of
the service should be maintained at all times.
PLATOON COMMANDER/DESK OFFICER
11. Ensure that 311 terminal located at the desk is monitored and assignments
dispatched expeditiously.
a. Check terminal at least every hour for any Quality of Life jobs received
at the hotline.
NOTE: In addition, there will be an audible and visual alert when a new job
arrives.
12. Ensure Command Log entries are made at the beginning and at the end of
tour to verify the terminal was checked for jobs.
13. Ensure that all calls referred from the hotline receive an appropriate
response and that the dispositions are recorded properly.
NOTE: Any Quality of Life complaint that generates five or more calls within
an eight hour period will be assigned to an appropriate unit/sector for an
immediate 311 response. Requests for service will be dispatched as
expeditiously as possible by the desk officer as resources become available
with the exception of those deferred to the special operations lieutenant or
those that require an immediate response. These types of calls should be
finalized as quickly as possible.
14. Print two hard copies of 311 calls for each assignment that should be
handled by the platoon and instruct member(s) assigned to return the completed
form with a disposition by the end of tour.
15. Accept assignments that could not be completed during the tour and
reassign them to the outgoing platoon.
16. Determine whether the job can be handled during the tour or requires
referral to the special operations lieutenant.
NOTE: Assignments that are either referred to the special operations
lieutenant and/or require the assistance of another governmental agency will
be classified as deferred or open, as appropriate. Conditions that are no
longer occurring because of limited duration (such as noise complaints from a
street fair, party, etc.) for which an immediate response was not available,
or when the condition is no longer occurring, will be closed with the
appropriate disposition(s).
17. Maintain one hard copy of all 311 complaints assigned during the tour.
a. Record the member(s) of the service assigned on each complaint
dispatched.

18. Enter all applicable dispositions:
a. summons
b. arrest
c. report prepared (select appropriate report from drop down menu)
d. condition corrected (specify)
e. referred (specify unit/agency)
f. unfounded
g. gone on arrival
h. no violation
i. improper referral
j. other (requires detailed explanation)
19. File completed hard copy by date received in a binder at the desk and
assign page number.
NOTE: At the conclusion of each month, the completed 311 assignment hard
copies will be removed from the binder and filed with the completed TELEPHONE
DISPATCH LOG. Desk officers will verify that both copies are stored together
in a secure place.
SECOND PLATOON DESK OFFICER
20. Review terminal at 0800 hours daily for previous twenty four hours and
account for all dispositions. Any discrepancies will initiate an investigation
to determine if assignment was finalized by unit assigned, properly handled
and/or properly referred to a specialized unit (e.g., Community Policing Unit
via the special operations lieutenant.)
NOTE: Desk officers on all platoons will ensure assignments that are handled
by their specific tours are finalized with the proper disposition.
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
21. Review 311 complaints deferred to the special operations lieutenant and
ensure appropriate response.
22. Ensure dispositions are reported properly.
23. Implement plan utilizing command resources.
a. If necessary, utilize other Department units and/or other government
agencies to address issues.
24. Establish and update as necessary a list of locations of 311 assignments
deferred to the special operations lieutenant by address and complaint.
a. Maintain a copy of the list at the desk.

25. Ensure that the appropriate disposition is entered for a complaint that
has been addressed.
a. The disposition will be changed from deferred to the appropriate
disposition code (i.e., report prepared, unfounded, arrest).
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
26. Conduct investigation and confer with special operations lieutenant, desk
officer and the commanding officer regarding integrity of 311 assignments.
27. Conduct random inspections, as necessary, to ensure proper dispositions
and compliance with reporting requirements and system integrity.
28. Monitor outstanding dispositions.
COMMANDING OFFICER
29. Review terminal for appropriate response and disposition to ensure
assignments are handled during the tour or as per the desired plan of action.
30. Confer with the integrity control officer and desk officer regarding
outstanding dispositions.
31. Implement self-inspection procedures to ensure compliance with 311 `
assignments.
32. Ensure a list of locations deferred to the special operations lieutenant
is maintained at the desk.
PATROL BOROUGH ADJUTANT/ HOUSING BUREAU/
TRANSIT BUREAU DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
33. Provide additional resources as needed to assist the commanding officers,
and subordinate commands if requested.
34. Ensure subordinate commands are monitored to determine if 311 assignments
are being handled properly and dispositions entered in a timely manner.
35. Ensure that proper training is conducted and that subordinate commands are
entering the appropriate disposition codes for 311 assignments.
NOTE: Patrol Services Bureau is responsible for developing a contingency
plan.
ACCESS TO 311 ANONYMOUS CALLER INFORMATION
ADDITIONAL DATA
The 311 System was designed to allow callers to remain anonymous and the
Department has a responsibility to protect this anonymity. However, the
Mayor's Department of Information Telecommunications and Technology (DoITT)
has a confidentiality policy that allows the Department access to anonymous
caller information when there is a bonafide reason to do so. Accordingly, when
there are instances where additional caller information is necessary to
properly address and/or correct a condition, the commanding officer, executive
officer, and the special operations lieutenant of a precinct, PSA, or transit

district will have the authority to access the 311 System and retrieve
additional caller information.
The circumstances under which a command may access anonymous caller
information are limited to and will only be utilized when all other means to
investigate and/or correct the condition have been exhausted and there is a
demonstrable need to gather additional information or intelligence to address
a condition. Instructions on how to use the 311 terminals to access anonymous
caller information can be obtained from the Patrol Services Bureau, Housing
Bureau, and Transit Bureau.
Steps will be taken by commanding officers to ensure that the identity of the
caller is not, under any circumstances, revealed or provided to any individual
or parties against whom the Quality of Life concern is directed. Access to
anonymous caller information must be for legitimate purposes, as outlined
above, by the authorized members of the service listed within this procedure.
Any member of service who knowingly or willingly violates the confidentiality
of an anonymous 311 caller will be subject to disciplinary action.
Command Integrity Control Officers will submit a Typed Letterhead to the Chief
of Patrol's Resource Management Section in order to obtain passwords for the
311 terminals. If there are any questions, the Resource Management Section can
be contacted at (646) 610-6250.
FORMS AND REPORTS
TELEPHONE DISPATCH LOG (PD 112-143)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 214-36 Response To Complaints Of Violation Of New Smoking
Ban In New York City
Date Effective: 06-04-14
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service is advised by a member of the public that the new
Smoke-Free Air Act is being violated.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. If there are no other violations involved direct complainant to call 311 to
have complaint forwarded to the Department of Health.
a. Violations of this chapter are only enforced on a "Notice of Violation
Returnable to the Department of Health" to be issued by agents from the
Department of Health, Department of Consumer Affairs, Department of
Environmental Protection, Fire Department, Sanitation Department and The
Buildings Department.
NOTE: Electronic Cigarettes are prohibited from being used anywhere smoking
is prohibited as per New York City Administrative Code sections 17-503 and
17-504, which regulate smoking in public places and places of employment.
If a person in charge of a public premise has ordered a person to leave and
such person refuses, members of the service may take proper enforcement action
(i.e. Trespass).
Uniformed members of the service may encounter situations in which a person
in charge of a public premise seeks assistance in preventing person(s) from
violating the Smoke-Free Air Act. In such situations, uniformed members of the
service should take appropriate enforcement action under the trespass statutes
(i.e., Penal Law Sections 140.05 and 140.10) if the person in charge of the
public premise orders the violator to leave the premise and the violator
refuses to leave.
ADDITIONAL DATA
With respect to public places, smoking is prohibited in all enclosed or indoor
areas of public places, defined as any area to which individuals other than
employees are invited or permitted. Smoking is also prohibited in specified
outdoor locations: playgrounds; day care centers; children's institutions; and
sports and recreation areas where outdoor seating or viewing areas are
assigned by issuance of tickets.
The smoking ban does not apply to hotel and motel rooms, private vehicles,
private homes (except homes in which a day care or health care facility is
being operated), and retail tobacco stores. Separate smoking rooms may be
established in residential health care or day treatment facilities for use by
patients only, with the approval of the Fire Commissioner. If approved by the
Health and Mental Hygiene Department, smoking is permitted in membership
associations (where the members themselves provide all services without
compensation) and tobacco bars.
Smoking is permitted in sidewalk cafes with no roof or other ceiling

enclosure, in an area no larger than 25% of the total outdoor seating
capacity, at least three feet away from the non-smoking outdoor area, where
the area is clearly marked as a smoking area.
Enactment of this local law was subsequently complicated by the enactment of a
similar State law, Chapter 13 of the Laws of 2003, which takes effect July 24,
2003. Where the State law is more restrictive, it preempts the local law.
Therefore, although the local law allows separate smoking rooms in bars and
makes and exception for owner operated bars, as of July 24, 2003 they are both
prohibited by the State law. Both laws allow a facility to permit smoking at
an event for promoting and sampling tobacco products where service of food and
drink is incidental. Local law set the limit at five days per year; effective
July 24, 2003 the state law lowers that limit to two days per year.
With respect to any workplace, smoking is prohibited in indoor areas to which
the general public does not generally have access. An employer no longer has
the option of establishing smoking rooms, and employees no longer have the
ability to smoke in a private enclosed office. Smoking is prohibited in
company vehicles occupied by more than one person whether or not the occupants
consent. Smoking is also prohibited in all vehicles owned by the City.

P.G. 214-37 New York City Department Of Buildings Access Warrants
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To preserve the peace and protect life and property at a building/premises
where an inspector from the New York City Department of Buildings is executing
an Access Warrant in order to perform a safety inspection.
DEFINITIONS
ACCESS WARRANT - A Court Order allowing a member from the New York City
Department of Buildings to gain access to a building/premises in order to
conduct a safety inspection.
PROCEDURE
When requested to accompany a member from the New York City Department of
Buildings executing an Access Warrant:
DESK OFFICER
1. Review Access Warrant to ensure validity.
NOTE: The desk officer will review the Access Warrant and ensure the warrant
has been signed by a Supreme Court judge and has not expired. Once a Court has
issued an Access Warrant, the warrant must be executed within the date range
specified in the Court Order.
2. Make a Command Log entry consisting of:
a. Full name of New York City Department of Buildings inspector
b. Index number and issuing court
c. Address of location identified on warrant.
3. Request Communications Section to assign an RMP unit to accompany inspector
to identified location.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Respond to location.
NOTE: The role of a uniformed member of the service at a scene where an
Access Warrant is being executed is to preserve the peace and prevent the
commission of a crime. The execution of the Access Warrant is the sole
responsibility of the NYC Department of Buildings inspector. Under no
circumstances will uniformed members of the service assist in breaking a door
or damaging property to effect the warrant and/or to gain access to the
premises. If access to the premises is not granted, it will be the
responsibility of the New York City Department of Buildings to reschedule the
execution of the Access Warrant.
5. Enter premises with New York City Department of Buildings inspector and

remain until inspection is completed.
6. Notify desk officer when the inspection is completed.
7. Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
DESK OFFICER
8. Make Command Log entry indicating the time inspection was completed.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 214-38 Inpections Of Pawnbrokers And Second-Hand Dealers
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To establish a systematic inspection of pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers by
patrol precincts.
DEFINITIONS
ELECTRONIC REPORTING SYSTEM - A Confidential, Internet-based reporting system,
into which pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers may record their inventory and
transactions.
PAWNBROKER - A person or business engaged in the loaning of money on deposit
or pledge of personal property, or the purchasing of personal property on the
condition of selling it back at a stipulated price.
SECOND-HAND DEALER - Any person who in any way or as a principal broker or
agent deals in the purchase or sale of second-hand articles of any nature.
SCOPE
All pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers are required to report on specified
Department forms all articles pawned, purchased, or sold. Pawnbrokers and
second-hand dealers participating in, actively uploading transactions to, this
Department's authorized Electronic Reporting System are exempt from the
requirement of manually filling out and preserving logs for inspection. By
actively uploading their transactions on a daily basis, participating stores
are allowing their records to be inspected via the Electronic Reporting
System. Stores are requested to upload the day's transactions by the close of
business each day.
PROCEDURE
When designated to perform inspections of pawnbrokers/second-hand dealers by a
competent authority:
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Designate special operations lieutenant as the primary coordinator of the
command's pawnbroker/second-hand dealer inspection program.
a. Assign an alternate supervisor to coordinate program, in absence of
special operations lieutenant.
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT/DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
2. Maintain an updated list of all pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers
operating within confines of precinct.
a. Divide list into two separate categories, delineating between the stores
which keep records updated using the approved Electronic Reporting System, and
those stores which maintain manual records.

b. Provide copy of lists to:
(1) Commanding officer
(2) Executive officer
(3) Detective zone commanding officer
(4) Field Intelligence officer
(5) Precinct detective squad supervisors
(6) Other specialty unit supervisors, as appropriate.
c. Revise list quarterly to ensure accuracy.
3. Designate appropriate uniformed member(s) of the service as a liaison with
pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers.
DESIGNATED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4 Provide each pawnbroker and second-hand dealer with copies of SECOND-HAND
ARTICLES STORE LOG (PD530-141), if store does not participate in the
Electronic Reporting System.
a. Provide second-hand dealers with copy of INSTRUCTIONS TO DEALERS IN
SECOND HAND ARTICLES (PD634-153), in all cases.
5. Visit each store maintaining manual records at least once every ten days,
and document visit by signing next unused transaction receipt in the
SECOND-HAND ARTICLES STORE LOG.
6. Remove precinct detective squad (pink) copy of completed transactions from
the SECOND-HAND ARTICLES STORE LOG, if applicable, and immediately deliver to
precinct detective commander, or in his/her absence, another precinct
detective squad supervisor.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD COMMANDER
7. When applicable, designate a member of the precinct detective squad to
perform required computer checks of individuals identified as recidivists,
parolees, probationers, or known burglary perpetrators who are selling or
pawning items.
8. Ensure prompt investigation is conducted to match potentially stolen
property against property previously reported stolen in precinct and
surrounding areas.
a. Assign a member of detective squad to visit store to request a hold on
specified property pending completion of investigation, if necessary.
FIELD INTELLIGENCE OFFICER
9. Monitor the Electronic Reporting System on a weekly basis, paying
particular attention to repeated transactions by an individual, or other signs
indicative of criminal behavior.
10. Disseminate to appropriate units information obtained from the "Persons of

Interest" list generated by the Electronic Reporting System.
CRIME PREVENTION OFFICER
11. Review list and routinely visit all pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers
located in confines of precinct.
a. Encourage use of the Electronic Reporting System among stores maintaining
manual records.
b. Monitor the Electronic Reporting System to ensure that participating
stores are uploading data on a daily basis.
12. Ensure integrity of entries made by pawnbroker/second-hand dealer into the
SECOND-HAND ARTICLES STORE LOG or Electronic Reporting System, as applicable.
a. Request to see last twenty articles purchased or pawned by
pawnbroker/second-hand dealer.
b. Compare the articles to the description as listed in SECOND-HAND ARTICLES
STORE LOG or database entry, as applicable.
(1) Give special attention to the serial number or International Mobile
Equipment Identity (IMEI) number on the article, if any.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers are legitimate businesses that provide a
service to the city. However, a pawnbroker or second-hand dealer can sometimes
unknowingly be serving as a "fence" for unscrupulous criminals to sell their
stolen products. Members assigned to perform functions relating to pawnbroker
and second-hand dealer inspections are reminded that, while these inspections
are designed to uncover administrative violations and are not for the purpose
of uncovering criminal activity, any suspected criminal intelligence regarding
a pawnbroker or second-hand dealer should be reported as per P.G. 212-12,
"Citywide Intelligence Reporting System," in addition to notifying the special
operations lieutenant and precinct detective squad commander.
By conducting visits of pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers at least once
every ten days, the respective precinct detective squad is provided the
minimum amount of time required to conduct a follow-up investigation on select
items before the items can be lawfully transferred. Precinct detective squad
members will follow existing protocols regarding online follow-up inquiries.
The precinct detective squad commander will ensure that intelligence which may
affect another precinct (i.e., recently arrested burglary parolee residing in
another command) is brought to the attention of the applicable precinct
detective squad commander and detective zone commanding officer.
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Both pawnbrokers and second-hand dealers are licensed by the New York City
Department of Consumer Affairs. Additional licenses may be required based on
the nature of the business contained therein.
The focus of inspections is to ensure compliance with current administrative

rules and regulations, and to encourage the development of a mutually
cooperative relationship between pawnbrokers/second-hand dealers and this
Department.
The Legal Bureau can be consulted for a complete list of licenses required for
a particular location.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Citywide Intelligence Reporting System (P.G. 212-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
INSTRUCTIONS TO DEALERS IN SECOND HAND ARTICLES (PD634-153)
SECOND-HAND ARTICLES STORE LOG (PD530-141)

Juvenile Matters

P.G. 215-01 Care Of Dependent Child
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To obtain care for a dependent child under eighteen due to arrest,
hospitalization or death of parent or guardian.
PROCEDURE
When a dependent child is reported:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Inquire if a relative or friend will care for the dependent child.
2. Notify desk officer if care cannot be provided.
3. Process child as "Child Requiring Shelter."
4. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
DESK OFFICER
5. Notify the Administration for Children's Services (ACS) borough field
office (0900-1700 hours) or the ACS Emergency Children's Services after
business hours, and request that they send a representative to the
stationhouse to provide necessary transportation. (See ADDITIONAL DATA, P.G.
215-03, "Emergency Removals or Investigation and Reporting of Abused,
Neglected or Maltreated Children," for addresses and telephone numbers of
Administration for Children's Services borough field offices and Emergency
Children's Services.)
a. If the Administration for Children's Services or ACS Emergency Children's
Services is unable to provide transportation, assign a female uniformed member
of the service, if available, or other available uniformed members, to escort
child to the shelter.
b. If child left in the care of a relative or friend, notify the
Administration for Children's Services.
c. Forward copy of computerized AIDED REPORT to the youth officer in the
precinct where child is located, if child is left with relative or friend not
residing in the household.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

P.G. 215-02 Lost Child
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE To locate relatives or friends of a lost child.
PROCEDURE When attention is drawn to an apparently lost child:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify desk officer/counterpart and radio dispatcher.
2. Make brief inquiry in vicinity of place where found.
3. Bring child to command if relative not located.
4. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
DESK OFFICER
5. Telephone Missing Persons Squad and give description.
6. Complete captions on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET and process in normal manner:
a. Assign female uniformed member of the service to watch child in the
command, if available, or other available uniformed member of the service,
when necessary.
b. Notify youth officer.
c. If child is not claimed within a reasonable amount of time, notify the
Administration for Children's Services (ACS) and request that they send a
representative to the stationhouse to provide necessary transportation to
shelter. (See ADDITIONAL DATA, P.G. 215-03, "Emergency Removals Or
Investigations And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or Maltreated Children," for
addresses and telephone numbers of Administration for Children's Services
[ACS] borough field offices and ACS Emergency Children's Services.)
d. If the Administration for Children's Services is unable to provide
transportation, assign a female uniformed member of the service, if available,
or other available uniformed members of the service, to escort child to the
shelter.
e. Inform Missing Persons Squad if child is moved to another location.
[I.O. 36 s 01] 7. In cases that could involve abuse, neglect, maltreatment or
abandonment, prepare REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT
(PD377-154) and related forms, as required, and notify precinct detective
squad if the child is eleven years of age or older, OR borough special victims
squad if child is under eleven years of age, or an allegation is made of any
sex crime to a child less than thirteen years of age.
[I.O. 43 s 07] NOTE: In the Boroughs of Brooklyn and Queens, the appropriate
Child Abuse Squad will be notified instead of the Special Victims Squad for
cases where the victim is less than eleven years of age, OR less than thirteen
years of age and is the victim of any sex crime or attempted sex crime. The

phone numbers for these units are as follows: Brooklyn Child Abuse Squad (718)
330-5600 and Queens Child Abuse Squad (718) 261-2737.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided/Accident Cases Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Emergency Removals Or Investigations And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT (PD377-154)

P.G. 215-03 Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of
Abused, Neglected, Or Maltreated Children
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To protect children from abuse, neglect or maltreatment by instituting
emergency removal proceedings if a child is in imminent danger, or conduct an
investigation of a potential abuse situation where a child is in no imminent
danger, and report the findings to the appropriate authorities.
DEFINITIONS
INSTANT RESPONSE TEAM (IRT)
A team composed of Administration for Children's Services (ACS) caseworkers
and members from the Special Victims/Precinct Detective Squads and/or patrol
personnel, as required in certain cases.
POLICE ESCORT
Allegations of child abuse received by ACS caseworkers may contain information
about drugs, guns, or violent incidents in a household. In such cases, the
protocol between ACS and the Department requires that ACS caseworkers present
themselves to the desk officer in the precinct of occurrence and request a
police escort to the location of the alleged incident. The duty of the police
assigned to escort duty is to ensure the safety of all concerned and
investigate possible criminal activity.
ABUSED CHILD (SECTION 1012, FAMILY COURT ACT)
Means a child less than eighteen years of age whose parent or person legally
responsible for his care:
a. Inflicts or allows to be inflicted upon such child, physical injury by
other than accidental means which causes or creates a substantial risk of
death, or serious or protracted disfigurement, or protracted impairment of
physical or emotional health, or protracted loss or impairment of the function
of any bodily organ, OR
b. Creates or allows to be created, a substantial risk of physical injury to
such child other than by accidental means which would be likely to cause
death, or serious or protracted disfigurement, or protracted impairment of
physical or emotional health, or protracted loss or impairment of the function
of any bodily organ, OR
c. Commits or allows to be committed, a sex offense against such child as
defined in the Penal Law; allows, permits or encourages such child to engage
in any act described in Sections 230.25, 230.30, and 230.32 of the Penal Law;
commits any of the acts in Section 255.25 of the Penal Law; or allows such
child to engage in acts or conduct described in Article 263 of the Penal Law
provided, however, that (a) the corroboration requirements contained in the
Penal Law (b) the age requirement for the application of Article 263 of such
law shall not apply to proceedings under this Article.

NEGLECTED CHILD (SECTION 1012, FAMILY COURT ACT)
Means a child less than eighteen years of age whose physical, mental or
emotional condition has been impaired or is in imminent danger of becoming
impaired as a result of the failure of his parent or other person legally
responsible for his care to exercise a minimum degree of care:
a. In supplying the child with adequate food, clothing, shelter or education
in accordance with provisions Part 1 of Article 65 of the Education Law, or
medical, dental, optometric or surgical care, though financially able to do so
or offered financial or other reasonable means to do so; or
b. In providing the child with proper supervision or guardianship, by
unreasonably inflicting or allowing to be inflicted harm, or a substantial
risk thereof, including the infliction of excessive corporal punishment; or by
misusing a drug or drugs; or by misusing alcoholic beverages to the extent
that he loses self-control of his actions; or by any other acts of a similarly
serious nature requiring the aid of the court; provided, however, that where
the respondent voluntarily and regularly participates in a rehabilitative
program, evidence that the respondent has repeatedly misused a drug or drugs
or alcoholic beverages to the extent that he, losing self-control of his
actions, shall not establish that the child is a neglected child, in the
absence of evidence establishing that the child's physical, mental or
emotional condition has been impaired or is in imminent danger of becoming
impaired.
c. Who has been abandoned, in accordance with the definition and other
criteria set forth in subdivision five of Section 384b, of the Social Services
Law, by his parents or others persons legally responsible for his care.
MALTREATED CHILD (SECTION 412, SOCIAL SERVICES LAW)
Includes a child under eighteen years of age:
a. Defined as a neglected child by the Family Court Act;
b. Who has had serious physical injury inflicted upon him by other than
accidental means, OR
c. A child under the age of eighteen years of age who is in residential care
and whose custodian impairs, or places in imminent danger of becoming
impaired, the child's physical, mental or emotional condition.
PERSON LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE (SECTION1012,FAMILY COURT ACT)
Includes the child's custodian, guardian or any other person responsible for
the child's care at the relevant time. Custodian may include any person
continually or at regular intervals found in the same household as the child
when the conduct of such person causes or contributes to the abuse or neglect
of the child.
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD (AS DEFINED IN FAMILY COURT ACT), INCLUDES PERSONS WHO:
a. Are legally married to one another.
b. Are related by blood (consanguinity).
c. Were formerly legally married to one another.

d. Are related by marriage (affinity).
e. Have a child in common regardless of whether such persons have lived
together at any time.
[I.O. 17 s 09] f. Are not related by consanguinity (blood) or affinity
(marriage) and who are, or have been, in an intimate relationship regardless
of whether such persons have lived together at any time.
NOTE: A common sense standard regarding the totality of the circumstances
involving the relationship should be used to determine if an "intimate
relationship" exists. Factors a member of the service may consider in
determining whether a relationship is an "intimate relationship" include but
are not limited to: the nature or type of relationship (the relationship
between the involved parties does not have to be sexual in nature to be
considered "intimate"); the frequency of interaction between persons; and the
duration of the relationship. Neither a casual acquaintance nor ordinary
fraternization between two individuals solely in a business, educational, or
social context shall be deemed to constitute an "intimate relationship." If
unable to determine if the relationship in question is an "intimate
relationship," the member of the service concerned will request the response
of the patrol supervisor.
Additional factors that may assist in determining the intimacy of a
relationship include, but are not limited to: amount of time spent together in
either a work or leisure related capacity, shared expenses and/or finances,
extent of interaction with family members, etc.
All members of the service are reminded that their primary responsibility is
to ensure the immediate and future safety of all parties involved in domestic
violence incidents.
FAMILY/HOUSEHOLD (EXPANDED DEFINITION) INCLUDES SUBDIVISIONS "A" THROUGH "F"
ABOVE, AND PERSONS WHO:
g. Are currently living together in a family-type relationship.
h.

Formerly lived together in a family type relationship.

A family/household thus includes: "common-law" marriages, same sex couples,
registered NYC domestic partners, different generations of the same family,
siblings and in-laws, persons involved in "intimate relationship", and persons
who live or have lived together in a family-type relationship.
PROCEDURE
Upon making a reasonable determination that a child has been, is believed to
be, or may be abused, neglected or maltreated:
WHEN IMMINENT DANGER TO CHILD'S LIFE OR HEALTH EXISTS:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request response of patrol supervisor.
NOTE: Uniformed members providing a police escort for ACS caseworkers to
households where guns, drugs, etc. may be present and/or violent incidents

have been reported, must request the response of the patrol supervisor to
their location.
2. Remove child from home, with consent of parents, or person legally
responsible for care, if reasonable cause to believe continued presence
therein presents an imminent danger to the child's life or health.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Direct member to take the child into protective custody without permission
if reasonable cause to believe that continued presence of the child in the
home is imminently dangerous to life or health and there is not sufficient
time to apply for a court order.
NOTE: An emergency removal without a court order may be performed by the
following persons: peace officer, police officer, an agent of a duly
incorporated Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children, a designated
employee of a city or county Department of Social Services. The Family Court
Act Sec. 1024 and Social Service Law Sec. 417 give ACS the same powers of
removal as police officers. Once any authorized person decides to conduct an
emergency removal, no member of this Department will revoke that decision.
IF PROBABLE CAUSE EXISTS THAT A CRIME HAS BEEN COMMITTED AGAINST A CHILD BY A
FAMILY MEMBER
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Arrest perpetrator, if present, for appropriate offense(s) and comply with
the pertinent provisions of P.G. 208-36 "Family Offenses/Domestic Violence."
NOTE: The perpetrator arrested will not be eligible for a DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET (DAT) (PD260-121) or stationhouse bail. The non-abusing parent/legally
responsible person will be encouraged to contact [Rev 00-04] "SAFE HORIZON" at
(212) 577-7777 for services to assist child. Members of the service should
recognize that there is a strong correlation between child abuse and domestic
violence; therefore, when a uniformed member of the service responds to the
scene of suspected child abuse, the member of the service will look for
indicators of domestic violence or other family offenses such as an existing
order of protection, abuse of spouse, parent, etc. If an existing order has
been violated, the member will take appropriate action i.e., effect an arrest
or prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a).
5. Prepare a N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3321) in ALL cases in which
a member of the service responds to OR is apprised of an offense, altercation,
disturbance, conflict, or dispute involving members of the same
family/household, including any allegation of child abuse, neglect or
maltreatment.
a. If prepared in response to a radio run, include SPRINT job number on
form.
b. Give the N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report (pink and gold copies), to the
complainant/victim if present.
c. Advise the non-abusing parent/legally responsible person of availability
of shelter and other services.
PATROL SUPERVISOR

6. Direct uniformed member of the service to serve NOTICE-TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF
CHILD AND RIGHT TO HEARING (PD377-156) on parent or person legally responsible
for care, if child removed, without court order.
a. Copy of NOTICE will be affixed to door of residence, if parent/legally
responsible person, not present.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICED
7. Remove child to command, except if medical attention is required, in which
case immediately take child to appropriate hospital facility.
a. Notify the Administration for Children's Services Instant Response Team
Coordinator at 1-877-CALL IRT (1-877-225-5478) whenever:
(1) A child is removed from a household by police personnel OR
An arrest is made in connection with the abuse or neglect of a child.
NOTE: In cases referred to a detective squad (e.g., homicides or special
victims' cases), the assigned detective will notify the IRT hotline. Police
officers are mandated to report child abuse and neglect to the New York State
Central Registry of Child Abuse. Notification to the ACS IRT hotline DOES NOT
substitute for the required notification to the State Central Registry. Police
personnel will continue to notify the State Central Registry in accordance
with step 13 of this procedure.
8. Prepare and submit following forms to desk officer with the N.Y.S. Domestic
Incident Report:
a. AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
b. COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and refer active cases as follows:
[I.O. 36 s 01] (1) Special Victims Squad - Any allegation that a child
LESS THAN ELEVEN YEARS OF AGE is the victim of abuse inflicted by a parent or
person legally responsible for the child's care (as described above).
(2) Any allegation that a child LESS THAN THIRTEEN YEARS OF AGE is the
victim of any sex crime or attempted sex crime committed by any person.
[I.O. 43 s 07] NOTE: In the Boroughs of Brooklyn and Queens, the appropriate
Child Abuse Squad will be notified instead of the Special Victims Squad for
cases that fit the criteria above. The phone number for these units are as
follows: Brooklyn Child Abuse Squad (718) 330-5600 and Queens Child Abuse
Squad (718) 261-2737.
(3) Precinct detective squad concerned - all other cases.
NOTE: In all the above cases, enter the name of the detective notified and
the log or case number assigned, under "DETAILS" on the COMPLAINT REPORT.
Assigned detective will confer with precinct youth officer, domestic
violence prevention officer, domestic violence investigator and appropriate
field office of Administration for Children's Services (ACS) to determine if
additional information is available.

c. REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT WORKSHEET (PD377-154A).
(1) Uniformed members of the service assigned to other than Patrol
Services Bureau commands, i.e. Transit Bureau or Housing Bureau who prepare
this form, are responsible for forwarding it to the patrol precinct of
occurrence.
d. Remaining copies of NOTICE - TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF CHILD AND RIGHT TO
HEARING.
(1) Copy of NOTICE must be mailed to residence, if known, of
parents/legally responsible person within twenty-four hours, if such persons
were not personally served with NOTICE.
NOTE: If child was removed from other than residence and parent/person
legally responsible for care has not been notified, the desk officer will
direct uniformed member of the service to respond to residence, if located
within precinct, to serve NOTICE or affix NOTICE to door, if necessary. If
residence is not located within precinct of occurrence, but within New York
City, the desk officer will have the resident precinct notified to serve the
NOTICE or affix NOTICE to door, if necessary. In all instances, where
parent/legally responsible person was not personally served and NOTICE was
affixed to the door, the member concerned will mail a copy of the NOTICE to
the residence within twenty-four hours. In addition, the member serving or
mailing the NOTICE must also prepare the AFFIDAVIT. The results of the
attempted notification to parent/person legally responsible for care will be
included in the AFFIDAVIT forwarded to Family Court. File copies of NOTICE and
AFFIDAVIT will be forwarded to precinct of occurrence for filing.
e. AFFIDAVIT OF SERVICE OF NOTICE OF RIGHT TO HEARING (PD377-155).
NOTE: Comply with P.G. 216-03, "Unidentified Persons," if parent/person
legally responsible for care is not notified of removal. If identity of
parent(s)/person(s) legally responsible for care or residence of child is not
known or is outside New York City, the assigned detective will conduct the
investigation and have appropriate notifications made, if possible.
DESK OFFICER
9. Review WORKSHEET and have typewritten REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR
MALTREATMENT (PD377-154) prepared by command clerk.
10. Secure shelter for child and comply with P.G. 215-06, "Children Or Minor
Requiring Shelter."
NOTE: Under no circumstances will a child victim of a crime or abuse
committed by a parent or person legally responsible for care be returned to
the home by any member of this Department.
11. Countersign AFFIDAVIT OF SERVICE OF NOTICE OF RIGHT TO HEARING and forward
to Family Court of borough wherein removal occurred within twenty-four hours,
exclusive of weekends and holidays.
a. Ensure that AFFIDAVIT indicates whether NOTICE was served personally,
affixed to door and copy mailed to residence, or whether residence could not
be determined after reasonable investigation.
b. Forward copy of AFFIDAVIT and NOTICE to precinct youth officer.

12. Advise parent/person legally responsible for care to contact the
appropriate Administration for Children's Services (ACS) borough field office
(0900x1700 hours) or ACS Emergency Children's Service after business hours, if
additional information is required.
13. Telephone facts to the New York State Child Abuse and Maltreatment
Register (State Central Registry), telephone number (800) 635-1522. (Telephone
number for general public to report child abuse is (800) 342-3720).
a. If the State Central Registry refuses to accept a case, enter the time and
name of person contacted in the Telephone Record.
NOTE: A REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT MUST be prepared
whenever a member of the service reasonably suspects that a child is abused,
neglected or maltreated whether or not the State Central Registry accepts
notification of the facts (see ADDITIONAL DATA which outlines pertinent
provisions of Section 413 of the Social Services Law). Willful failure to make
such notification is a Class "A" Misdemeanor. Further, civil liability may
result for the damages caused by such failure (Section 420, Social Service
Law).
14. Obtain registry number and enter on REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR
MALTREATMENT in box captioned "State Registry Number."
15. Forward REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT in a sealed
envelope with next Department mail, as follows:
a. Original and second copy to Administration for Children's Services field
office in the borough where the child resides.
(1) To Manhattan Field Office, Administration for Children's Services, for
children who do not reside with parents/persons legally responsible for care
(e.g., group homes, day care, etc.) or children who reside outside city.
NOTE: Have form delivered via appropriate precincts as outlined in
ADDITIONAL DATA.
b. Third copy - to precinct youth officer (with hand written WORKSHEET
attached).
c. Fourth copy - to Youth Services Section (with copy of computerized AIDED
REPORT attached).
d. Make and attach copy of said form to the N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report
precinct file copy.
REASONABLE SUSPICION OF ABUSE/NEGLECT/MALTREATMENT BUT NO IMMINENT DANGER TO
LIFE OR HEALTH OF CHILD:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
16. Prepare REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT WORKSHEET and
submit to the desk officer together with the N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report.
a. Indicate under "Details" section of REPORT all pertinent information that
will assist in the investigation.

NOTE: The State Central Registry accepts a broad range of cases from all
mandated reporters (e.g., teachers, doctors, police, etc.) as well as from the
general public relating to crimes against children. Some of these reports will
be FAXED to the Chief of Detectives Sex Crimes Report Line as a Law
Enforcement Referral (LER). Personnel at that unit will determine the
appropriate police response, which may include referral to a patrol precinct
for initial investigation, and/or preparation of a COMPLAINT REPORT and
referral to the appropriate detective squad.
DESK OFFICER
17. Have COMPLAINT REPORT prepared marked "Investigate Child Abuse" and refer
as directed in step 8, subdivision "b," above.
18. Comply with steps 9 and 13 through 15, above.
PRECINCT YOUTH OFFICER
19. Inspect all copies of form REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT
prepared, or those received from other than Patrol Services Bureau commands,
i.e. Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau.
20. Review other precinct records and confer with domestic violence prevention
officer and domestic violence investigator to develop further information.
a. Check JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A), COMPLAINT INDEX
(PD313-141), AIDED INDEX (PD304-101), N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Reports, etc.
for previous contacts with the child or other children residing in the same
household.
21. Establish a file folder in a secured cabinet for each
abused/neglected/maltreated child, both for emergency removals and those
investigated and reported to appropriate authorities:
a. Assign a Precinct Serial # beginning with # one for the first incident
each year and enter on REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT.
b. Maintain an Index Sheet on inside front cover of folder captioned as
follows:
DATE OF
OCCURRENCE

PRECINCT
SERIAL #

NAME/ADDRESS
OF CHILD

RESIDENT
PRECINCT

DIR #

COMPLAINT # AND ARREST #, IF APPLICABLE
22.

Maintain the following documents in each folder:

a. Copy of computerized AIDED REPORT, if prepared.
b. Copy of COMPLAINT REPORT, with copy of OLBS
c. Copy of REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR

WORKSHEET, if applicable.
MALTREATMENT form.

d. Copy of NOTICE - TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF CHILD AND
prepared.

RIGHT TO HEARING, if

e. Copy of AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE OF RIGHT TO HEARING, if

prepared.

f. Photocopy of N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report.
g. Other appropriate documents re: abused child.
23. Review copies of all forms maintained in folders and become familiar with
persons or incidents involving child abuse/neglect/maltreatment, which have
occurred within command.
a. Ascertain that the appropriate procedures and notifications have been
complied with.
b. If review discloses additional information warranting further
investigation, prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081C) and
forward to detective squad concerned.
24. Make a copy of REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT maintained
in file, indicate results of review on rear of form and forward to Youth
Services Section.
25. Maintain liaison with appropriate Administration for Children's Services
field offices.
YOUTH SERVICES SECTION
26. Maintain a file folder in a secured cabinet for each REPORT OF SUSPECTED
CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT received.
27. Forward copy of REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT to youth
officer of precinct of residence, if other than precinct of occurrence.
28. Make necessary information available to appropriate members of the service
and authorized public agencies.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE PREVENTION OFFICER
29. Review N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report for accuracy and completeness.
30. Record N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report in precinct Domestic Incident Log.
31. Forward copy of N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report to precinct domestic
violence investigator.
32. Enter information from N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report into Domestic
Incident Report Database.
33. Maintain file of N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Reports including copies of
REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT, when attached.
34. Monitor at-risk locations and victims.
35. Relay information of any other offenses committed within the household
from where the child was removed to the youth officer and the assigned
investigator.
36. Maintain contact with complainants and advise them of their rights and the
availability of shelter.
ADDITIONAL DATA

Addresses of Administration for Children's Services (ACS) borough field
offices, open Monday through Friday, 0900 to 1700 hours, are listed below.
After business hours, notify the ACS Emergency Children's Services at (212)
966-8000:
Administration for Children's
Services Applications
Manhattan Field Office
150 William Street
New York, New York 10038
Via 1st Precinct
(212) 676-7107/7108

Administration for Children's
Services Applications
Brooklyn Field Office
1274 Bedford Avenue
Brooklyn, New York 11216
Via 88th Precinct
(718) 826-5544

Administration for Children's
Services Applications
Bronx Field Office
192 East 151st Street
Bronx, New York 10451
Via 44th Precinct
(718) 579-9500

Administration for Children's
Services Applications
Queens Field Office
165-15 Archer Avenue
Jamaica, New York 11433
Via 103rd Precinct
(718) 481-5771/5772

Administration for Children's
Services Applications
Staten Island Field Office
350 St. Mark's Place
Staten Island, New York 10301
Via 120th Precinct
(718) 720-2817/2818
Desk officers in the above precincts will ensure that mail is delivered to the
appropriate field offices on a daily basis except for Saturday and Sunday.
The pertinent provisions of Section 413 of the Social Services Law, with new
material underlined, reads as follows: "Police officers are required to report
or cause a report to be made when they reasonably suspect that a child coming
before them in their professional or official capacity is an abused or
maltreated child, or when they reasonably suspect that a child is an abused or
maltreated child where the parent or the person legally responsible for such
child comes before them in their professional or official capacity and states
from personal knowledge facts, conditions or circumstances which if correct,
would render the child an abused or maltreated child."
Any person or institution acting in good faith in the removal or keeping of a
child pursuant to Section 1024 of the Family Court Act shall have immunity
from any liability, civil or criminal, that might otherwise be incurred or
imposed as a result of such removal or keeping.
Borough Family Court Locations:
Manhattan
60 Lafayette Street
Bronx
900 Sheridan Avenue
Brooklyn
283 Adams Street
Queens
89-14 Parsons Blvd.
Staten Island
100 Richmond Terrace

(212)
(718)
(718)
(718)
(718)

374-8713
590-3321
643-3841
520-3991
390-5460

INFORMATION SHARING WITH ACS
Certain categories of information may not be released to ACS. These include:

a. sealed records (except when an unsealing order has been issued by a
superior court)
b. the identity of adult victims of sex crimes (unless such victims provide
written consent)
The Department may provide the following information to caseworkers from ACS
who are conducting an investigation:
a. the name and identity of a child victim/child sex crime victim when ACS
is investigating the same incident
b. statements made by a victim
c. witness information
d. names and addresses of family members
e. the existence of an order of protection
f. the detention location of defendants in arrest situations
g. information contained in arrest and COMPLAINT REPORTS (except sealed
records)
h. information contained in N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Reports.
According to Social Service Law Section 422 (4)(A)(I), ACS records may be
disclosed when necessary to conduct a criminal investigation or prosecution of
a person when there is reasonable cause to believe that such person is the
subject of a Report and that due to the nature of the crime, such records may
be related to the investigation or prosecution. The type of reports that can
be disclosed by ACS to the NYPD are:
A. Oral Transmittals (ORT) or State Central Registry (SCR) Child Abuse/Neglect
Intake Reports - Upon written agreement, in the appropriate circumstances
these reports will be provided to the NYPD.
B. Protective Records Disclosure
* Current investigations.
* Indicated Reports - information from ongoing or prior indicated reports.
* Unfounded reports dated post 2/12/96 - no information can be disclosed
except to the extent the information is incorporated into the records of a
current investigation.
* Unfounded reports dated prior to 2/12/96 - no information can be disclosed
concerning these reports.
C. Foster Care Records - May be disclosed only with written permission of the
State Department of Social Services or by a Court Order when required for a
trial and notice is given to all parties.
D. Preventive Case Records - These records may only be disclosed by court
order.

NOTE: ACS staff may verbally disclose the information allowed under the law
while responding jointly with law enforcement. However, a formal written
request for the information indicating that the request is in compliance with
the aforementioned Social Service Law must be forwarded to ACS as soon as
possible. ACS staff also share the SCR report on an Instant Response Team
Protocol case with this Department.
Any questions relating to the release of information to ACS should be directed
to the Legal Bureau at (212) 374-5400.
Radio code signals to report child abuse are:
* 10-90J(1) - N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report Prepared/No Offense
* 10-90J(2) - N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report Prepared/Unfounded
* 10-92J - N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report Prepared/Arrest Effected
* 10-93J - N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report/COMPLAINT REPORT
Uniformed members of the service responding to any radio run where child abuse
is alleged or apparent, MUST use disposition codes for child abuse even if the
job was not originally classified as such.
NOTE If child abuse did not take place, but other types of domestic violence
did, the domestic violence disposition codes will be used (10-90F(1),
10-90F(2), 10-92F, 10-93F).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Special Notifications - Certain Complaints (P.G. 207-06)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Family Court Warrant For Child Abuse/Neglect Cases (P.G. 215-04)
Runaway Children (P.G. 215-05)
Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AFFIDAVIT OF SERVICE OF NOTICE OF RIGHT TO HEARING (PD377-155)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081C)
COMPLAINT INDEX (PD313-141)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET (PD260-121)
N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report (DCJS3321)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
NOTICE TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF CHILD AND RIGHT TO HEARING (PD377-156)
REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT (PD377-154)
REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT WORKSHEET (PD377-154A)

P.G. 215-04 Family Court Warrant For Child Abuse/Neglect Cases
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safeguard a child alleged to have been abused or neglected and arrest
person responsible for such abuse or neglect.
DEFINITION
CHILD ABUSE/NEGLECT WARRANTS - Warrants issued by Family Court ordering the
immediate arrest of a specified parent or guardian when a petition indicates
the child may be in danger of physical abuse or neglect.
PROCEDURE
When the Warrant Section officer assigned to Family Court notifies a precinct
that a warrant for child abuse/neglect has been issued:
DESK OFFICER/COUNTERPART
1. Enter message in Telephone Record.
2. Send radio motor patrol crew to execute the warrant.
R.M.P. CREW
3. Respond to location and arrest person or persons named in warrant.
4. Take child into protective custody even if arrest is not made.
5. Deliver child to Family Court, if in session.
a. If Family Court is not in session bring child to stationhouse and process
as Child Requiring Shelter (see P.G. 215-06, "Children Or Minors Requiring
Shelter").
6. Attempt to locate the child or the parents, if not present, and report
results of investigation to the desk officer.
7. Prepare N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report (DCJS3221).
DESK OFFICER/COUNTERPART
8. Notify Warrant Section officer assigned to Family Court of status of case.
NOTE: The borough warrant officer will proceed directly to the residence and
conduct an investigation in those instances where an arrest is effected by a
member not assigned to the Patrol Services Bureau. If the Family Court
warrant is executed by a member of the Warrant Section, that member is
responsible for the preparation of the N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report. The
N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report will then be forwarded to the precinct of
occurrence.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE PREVENTION OFFICER

9. Review N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report for accuracy and completeness.
10. Record N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report in precinct Domestic Incident Log
and assign precinct serial number.
11. Forward copy of N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report to precinct domestic
violence investigator.
12. Enter information from N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report into Domestic
Incident Report Database.
13. Maintain file of N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Reports.
14. Monitor at-risk locations and victims.
15. Contact complainants and advise them of their rights and the availability
of shelter.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrest On A Warrant (P.G. 208-42)
Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
N.Y.S. Domestic Incident Report (DCJS3221)

P.G. 215-05 Runaway Children
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To return runaway children to their parents or persons legally responsible for
their care.
DEFINITION
CHILD - New York State resident, under the age of sixteen (16); out of state
resident, per Interstate Compact for Juveniles.
PROCEDURE
Upon determining that a child has run away from home:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Take child into custody and remove to command.
[I.O. 42 s 09] 2. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) and COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), as
per P.G. 215-08, "On-Line Juvenile Report System."
a. Generate duplicate copy of computerized AIDED REPORT and forward via
Department mail to the Missing Persons Squad.
b. Notify youth officer.
DESK OFFICER
3. Interview child.
4. Notify Missing Persons Squad in ALL cases.
5. Contact parent or person legally responsible for child to pick up child
within reasonable time.
a. If parent/person responsible for care is located outside of city, advise
them to notify local police that child has been located.
6. Arrange for shelter if unable to release child to parent/person legally
responsible for care within a reasonable time or if child may be endangered if
returned home.
7. Assign female uniformed member of the service, if available, or other
available uniformed member, to escort child to shelter, if the Administration
for Children's Services is unable to provide transportation.
8. Comply with P.G. 216-03, "Unidentified Persons," if child removed to
shelter and parents/persons legally responsible for care not notified.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General (P.G. 216-01)

Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected, Or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)

P.G. 215-06 Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To coordinate activities between the Department and the Administration for
Children's Services when shelter for children is required.
SCOPE
A child or minor less than eighteen years of age may require shelter for the
following reasons:
a. Abandoned by parents or persons legally responsible for care, OR
b. Neglected by parents or persons legally responsible for care, OR
c. Abused by parents, persons legally responsible for care or adult member
of household, OR
d. Sick, injured, lost or stranded who resides outside of the city and
parents or persons legally responsible for care cannot arrange for return to
residence, OR
e. Without care or supervision due to hospitalization, death or arrest of
parent or person legally responsible for care.
PROCEDURE
Upon determining that a child or minor requires shelter:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Bring child or minor to the command.
2. Notify precinct youth officer of child in command.
3. Comply with P.G. 215-03, "Emergency Removals or Investigations and
Reporting of Abused, Neglected, or Maltreated Children," if reasonable
suspicion exists that a child requiring shelter has been abused, neglected, or
abandoned.
4. Make an immediate notification to the School Safety Division, Operation
Center when a Department of Education employee, acting in his/her official
capacity, transfer custody of a child to Department personnel for the sole
purpose of having the Administration for Children's Services provide shelter.
a. Include the child's name, age, grade, school and Department of Education
employee's name and title.
5. Enter in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
the following:
a. Date, time and location where found or removed

b. Physical description including clothing, name, age, address, school,
grade, emotional and physical condition
c. Name, address and phone number of person who found child or minor, if
applicable
d. Name and address of parents or persons legally responsible for child or
minor, if known
e. Name, title, school and phone number of Department of Education employee
transferring custody of child, if applicable
f. Date, time, name and title of School Safety Division, Operation Center
member notified, if applicable
e. The particular circumstances causing the need to provide care or shelter.
DESK OFFICER
6. Confer with the Administration for Children's Services (ACS) borough field
office (0900 x 1700 hours) or ACS Emergency Children's Services after business
hours and request that they send a representative to stationhouse and provide
necessary transportation.
a. If the Administration for Children's Services or ACS Emergency Children's
Services is unable to provide transportation, assign a female uniformed member
of the service, or other available uniformed members of the service, to escort
child to shelter
b. Ensure notification to School Safety Division, Operation Center was made
under circumstances described in step "4" above.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Under no circumstances shall a charge of any kind be filed against a child who
is abandoned, neglected, abused, lost, stranded, and has not committed any
offense, or who for any reason is to be delivered to a place of shelter or
safekeeping. Such children shall be recorded as aided cases.
Follow P.G. 216-01, "Aided Cases General Procedure" and P.G. 216-03,
"Unidentified Persons," if necessary, when notified by Administration for
Children's Services that a child has been removed without police assistance
from a location in the absence of the parent or person legally responsible for
care. The parent or person legally responsible for care will not be informed
of the child's location but will be directed to contact the caseworker.
A person eighteen years and older who is stranded without shelter can be
referred to the Emergency Assistance Unit of Human Resources Administration.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected, And
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Runaway Children (P.G. 215-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

P.G. 215-07 Truants
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide the expeditious return of truant students to a location of
instruction (i.e., school, truancy intake site, etc.).
DEFINITIONS
TRUANT - A minor not in compliance with the attendance requirement of the New
York City Department of Education Regulations of the Chancellor as follows:
a. Each minor from six to seventeen years of age in New York City is
required to attend school on a full time basis
b. Children in New York City who turn six years of age before December 31st
of the school year, are required to attend school at the beginning of that
school year
c. Students who turn seventeen years of age on or after July 1st must
complete the school year in which they turn seventeen years of age
d. Exceptions to the age requirements for attendance are as follows:
(1) Minors who have graduated from high school
(2) Students who have earned a high school equivalency diploma
(3) Students sixteen or seventeen years of age who have been issued a full
time employment certificate.
YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG (PD377-140) - A preprinted log maintained by
precinct youth officer for each school year, that will be serialized,
beginning with "001" commencing on July 1st and ending the following June
30th. The YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG will be utilized to record YOUTH
REFERRAL(S) (PD377-153) for truancy in the precinct of occurrence.
PROCEDURE
When a minor, who reasonably appears to be over the age of six and less than
eighteen, who is observed outside of school on a day of instruction and it is
ascertained that the minor is truant:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Take minor into custody and deliver to principal or designee(s) of school
attended, if known.
a. Truants may be frisked to ensure the uniformed member's safety. An
electronic metal detector may be used for this purpose, if available
b. Should uniformed members have an articulate reason to believe their
safety is in danger, truants may be handcuffed.

2. Deliver minor to truancy intake site, if the minor's school cannot be
determined or it is impractical to return the minor to his/her school.
3. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) including:
a. Youth's name
b. Location where truant was found
c. School/truancy intake site truant was delivered to.
4. Have principal or representative sign ACTIVITY LOG entry and YOUTH REFERRAL
as receipt for minor.
a. If principal or representative refuses to sign ACTIVITY LOG and/or YOUTH
REFERRAL as receipt for minor, document such refusal in ACTIVITY LOG.
5. Complete YOUTH REFERRAL and deliver to desk officer, precinct of occurrence
before end of tour.
a. Include business name, park name or other information regarding where/how
truant was taken into custody in the "Details" caption.
PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE:
DESK OFFICER
6. Review YOUTH REFERRAL for completeness, legibility and accuracy.
7. Sign form in caption indicated and forward to precinct youth officer.
PRECINCT YOUTH OFFICER
8. Review YOUTH REFERRAL and complete steps "9" through "12" below no later
than five business days after receipt.
9. Enter YOUTH REFERRAL(S) into YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG.
a. Complete all YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG captions, as appropriate
b. Assign next precinct serial number and enter number in appropriate
caption on YOUTH REFERRAL.
10. Notify parent/guardian of minor's truancy and document notification in
appropriate caption on "Precinct of Residence Copy."
11. Complete "Youth Last Name," "First Name," "M.I.," "Age," "D.O.B.," and
"Address" captions on "Precinct of Residence Copy" and sign off.
12. Forward "Precinct of Residence Copy" of YOUTH REFERRAL to the truant's
resident precinct youth officer via Department mail, when truant's residence
is different from precinct of occurrence.
a. Retain "Precinct of Occurrence Copy."
PRECINCT SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT
13. Ensure precinct youth officer completes steps "8" through "12" above

within the time period cited in step "8" above.
a. Perform steps "8" through "12" above in the absence of the precinct youth
officer.
TRUANT'S RESIDENT PRECINCT:
PRECINCT YOUTH OFFICER
14. Determine YOUTH REFERRAL investigation responsibility.
a. Be responsible for the investigation of YOUTH REFERRAL(S) for truants
residing within precinct, EXCEPT when truant's actual residence within
precinct is a New York City Housing Authority development under the
jurisdiction of a police service area (PSA). In this case:
(1) Document in "Results" caption of YOUTH REFERRAL that a photocopy of
"Precinct of Residence Copy" of the YOUTH REFERRAL was forwarded via
Department mail, to the truant's resident PSA youth officer for investigation.
TRUANT'S RESIDENT PRECINCT OR POLICE SERVICE AREA:
PRECINCT/PSA YOUTH OFFICER
15. Conduct investigation and summarize outcome in "Results" caption on
"Precinct of Residence Copy" of YOUTH REFERRAL.
16. Submit completed YOUTH REFERRAL to special operations lieutenant for
review.
a. File YOUTH REFERRAL(S) alphabetically upon return from special operations
lieutenant.
SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
17. Review YOUTH REFERRAL(S), sign in appropriate caption and return form to
precinct/PSA youth officer.
ALL PRECINCTS:
PRECINCT SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT
18. Periodically inspect and sign the YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG for
completeness and accuracy.
19. Review the YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG to identify patterns/ recidivists.
20. Maintain regular contact with the School Safety Division, Truancy
Coordinator to share information to maximize truancy enforcement.
a. Notify Truancy Coordinator prior to conducting a large truancy
enforcement operation.
21. Maintain regular contact with the Community Affairs Bureau, Juvenile Data
Analysis and Evaluation Unit to maximize resources, spot trends and share
information.
22. Close YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG at the end of the school year.

SPECIAL OPERATIONS LIEUTENANT
23. Perform steps "18" through "22" above in the absence of the precinct
school safety sergeant.
ADDITIONAL DATA
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
The Education Law and the Regulations of the Chancellor of the New York City
Department of Education require that a person attend school until the last
session of the school year in which the person reaches seventeen years of age.
This law defines the school year as the period commencing on July 1st and
ending the next June 30th. Therefore, a person who reaches his/her seventeenth
birthday on or after July 1st MUST attend school, when in session, until the
following June 30th. A YOUTH REFERRAL will be prepared for each truant,
including those seventeen years of age.
Only uniformed members of the service and police officers as defined in the
Criminal Procedure Law, Section 1.20, subdivision 34, are authorized to issue
and/or sign a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) with "Juvenile Report"
caption checked off, JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) or YOUTH
REFERRAL as reporting officers. Names of special police, store detectives,
school safety agents, etc., may be entered on COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET in
caption "Reporter/Witness."
On June 30th of each year YOUTH REFERRAL records will be purged, as required
by "Cuevas v. Leary." YOUTH REFERRAL(S) prepared for minors seventeen years of
age will be purged as soon as practical after the minor's eighteenth birthday.
In addition, the corresponding entry in the YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG will be
purged by redacting the "Truant Name" and "Truant Address" captions.
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Ordinarily truancy enforcement should not be conducted after 1300 hours.
If necessary, truancy intake site locations may be obtained from the School
Safety Division, Truancy Coordinator. Truancy intake sites will be staffed by
school safety agents. Uniformed members of the service will not be routinely
assigned to these locations.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
YOUTH REFERRAL REPORT LOG (PD377-140)
UNDERSTANDING TRUANCY ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES AND BEST PRACTICES (PD377-111)

P.G. 215-08 On-Line Juvenile Report System
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record and investigate certain apprehensions concerning juveniles at least
seven years of age but less than sixteen years of age.
PROCEDURE
When a juvenile at least seven years of age but less than sixteen years of age
commits an illegal act, or engages in or is found under circumstances that may
endanger the health or safety of the juvenile:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Investigate circumstances involving juvenile(s).
2. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) to document incident
involving juvenile(s).
a. Ensure caption "Juvenile Report" is checked off.
3. Prepare separate JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) for each
juvenile involved in incident.
a. Verify pedigree, address and parent/guardian information.
NOTE: If pedigree, address and parent/guardian information can not be
verified in the field, the juvenile must be brought to a Department facility
(e.g., precinct, transit district, police service area, etc.) for further
investigation. Under no circumstances will a juvenile, who has not been
properly identified or whose parent/guardian could not be notified, be
released from the field. Upon arrival at the Department facility, the member
must notify the Juvenile Crime Desk at (646) 610-JUVI or (646) 610-5884.
If the incident occurs at or within the grounds of a school, the juvenile
should be removed to a suitable location within the school (e.g., principal’s
office, detention room, dean’s office, etc.) to verify their identification.
When identification cannot be established or a parent/guardian cannot be
notified, the juvenile in question will not be released but will rather be
transported to the nearest appropriate Department facility where a
notification will be made to the Juvenile Crime Desk.
If upon investigation it is determined that the incident involves the
commission of a violation by the juvenile and not the commission of a felony
or a misdemeanor, the juvenile shall not be removed from the school and
transported to a Department facility.
In all cases, members of the service MUST confer with a supervisor prior to
removing a juvenile from a school.
4. Notify Juvenile Crime Desk at (646)-610-JUVI or (646)-610-5884, if juvenile
has been removed from the field and brought to a Department facility.

a. Inform Juvenile Crime Desk analyst of incident involving the
and be guided by his/her recommendations.

juvenile

5. Deliver completed COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM
WORKSHEET to desk officer.
NOTE: If a juvenile has been removed from the field and brought to a
Department facility, a notification must be made to the Juvenile Crime Desk.
The Juvenile Crime Desk will assist supervisors in making a determination
whether a juvenile should be released on a JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET or
if the juvenile should be processed as a juvenile delinquent as per Patrol
Guide 215-09, "Offenses Committed By A Child Under 16 Years Of Age (Other Than
A Juvenile Offender)." Members of the service are reminded that if a juvenile
is going to be processed as a juvenile delinquent, a COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET and an ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) will be
completed along with other required forms (i.e., JUVENILE ARREST
INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151), etc.). A JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEET will not be completed.
DESK OFFICER/COUNTERPART
6. Check COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET for
completeness, legibility, and accuracy (i.e., jurisdiction of complaint,
incident classification, etc.).
7. Sign forms in appropriate captions and forward to youth officer/designated
officer, command of report.
YOUTH OFFICER/DESIGNATED OFFICER, COMMAND OF REPORT
8. Input COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET and JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET into
the On-Line Juvenile Report System utilizing the OMNIFORM System within
twenty-four hours of report.
SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT/DESIGNATED SERGEANT, COMMAND OF REPORT
9. Review and sign-off on pending JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEETS utilizing
the On-Line Juvenile Report System on a daily basis.
10. Audit and review JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEETS and COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEETS weekly to ensure accuracy.
11. Utilize the OMNIFORM System to ensure JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEETS
were not completed in error (i.e., prepared in addition to an ON-LINE BOOKING
SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET for an arrest of a juvenile delinquent, etc.).
NOTE: Commanding officers of those transit districts and police service
areas, which do not have an assigned youth officer, will designate a member of
the service to input all COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEETS and JUVENILE REPORT
SYSTEM WORKSHEETS prepared by their respective commands, into the OMNIFORM
System within twenty-fours hours of report. Commanding officers of transit
districts and police service areas will likewise designate a sergeant to
perform the functions outlined above in steps "9 through 11."
YOUTH OFFICER, RESIDENT PRECINCT
12. Conduct follow-up investigation.

13. Confer with complainant, school personnel, witnesses, probation officers,
social workers, and/or any other appropriate person or agency.
14. Add or Delete charges for juvenile, if necessary.
15. Choose a Disposition Code, Disposition Agency and Source Code.
16. Create a precautionary or an unfounded letter to notify the parent/legal
guardian of an alleged offense involving a juvenile.
17. Contact parent/legal guardian to discuss alleged offense involving
juvenile.
18. Summarize results of investigation on On-Line Juvenile Report System’s
"Juvenile Follow-up Investigation" application utilizing appropriate closing
codes.
NOTE: If a juvenile resides outside of New York City, the Youth Services
Section will be responsible for conducting the follow-up investigation.
SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT, RESIDENT PRECINCT
19. Review the follow-up investigation conducted by the youth officer,
resident precinct, for accuracy and completeness.
a. Direct youth officer, resident precinct, to amend investigation if
necessary.
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the resident precinct school safety
sergeant to approve an on-line follow-up investigation utilizing the Juvenile
Follow-up Investigation application. This approval process will be completed
within two weeks from the date of the report, if possible. The Youth Services
Section supervisor will review and approve all follow-up investigations
conducted by Youth Services Section personnel.
PRECINCT COMMANDING OFFICER
20. Review investigation of "Juvenile Report" by youth officer giving
particular attention to:
a. Parent/guardian contact as required by Cuevas v. Leary
b. Type of aid offered to parents/guardian and youth
c. Suitability of disposition.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET ("Juvenile Report" caption checked off) and a
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET are prepared for a juvenile at least seven
but less than sixteen years of age for:
a. An act that would constitute a crime if committed by an adult except for
those acts listed in step "4" of P.G. 207-01, "Complaint Reporting System"
b. Violations committed by juveniles
c. Person in need of supervision (if under sixteen years of age) as defined

in the Family Court Act, (Section 712, subdivision "a"); Advise civilian
complainant of right to seek a petition in Family Court
Members of the service will prepare an ON-LINE ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT
WORKSHEET (PD224-1516) when a person in need of supervision is sixteen or
seventeen years of age.
d. Intoxicated juveniles
e. Juvenile under sixteen years of age found in a house of prostitution
f. Stranded juvenile
g. Runaway juvenile
h. Juvenile unlawfully present in a licensed premises
i. Juvenile apparently under the influence of a dangerous drug, e.g.,
heroin, cocaine, morphine, opium, marijuana, amphetamines, barbiturates,
hallucinogens
j. Traffic infractions - bicycles - persons over seven but less than sixteen
years of age
k. Missing person, at least seven years of age but less than sixteen years
of age.
When recording a complaint for a missing person, at least seven but less than
sixteen years of age, members of the service are reminded to also comply with
P.G. 207-01 "Complaint Reporting System."
Under current law and the Family Court Act, juvenile records are to be treated
as confidential and may eventually be sealed. Therefore, such records or any
information contained therein may not be disseminated to any person and/or
public or private agency outside the New York City Police Department,
including the news media and victims.
When preparing a COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, the names of special police,
store detectives, school personnel, etc., may be entered under caption
"REPORTER/WITNESS."
Commanding officers will ensure that all COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEETS and
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEETS are purged from their respective commands’
files, for youths who have reached their seventeenth (17th) birthday and for
all "unfounded," "unsubstantiated," and "complaint withdrawn" cases as
required by "Cuevas v. Leary."
The On-Line Juvenile Report System will purge all data regarding COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEETS and JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEETS from Department
databases, for youths who have reached their seventeenth (17th) birthday and
for all "unfounded," "unsubstantiated," and "complaint withdrawn" cases as
required by "Cuevas v. Leary."
Any questions regarding the On-Line Juvenile Report System can be directed to
the Crime Analysis and Program Planning Section of the Office of Management
Analysis and Planning at (646) 610-5076, during business hours. Any questions
during non-business hours or relating to hardware/software issues can be
directed to the Management Information Systems Division (MISD) Help Desk at

(646) 610-6473. In addition, members of the service can access the "On-Line
Juvenile Report System User Guide" posted on the Department’s intranet website
for user reference.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Complaint Reporting System (P.G. 207-01)
Offenses Committed By A Child Under 16 Years Of Age (Other Than A Juvenile
Offender) (P.G. 215-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
ON-LINE ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT WORKSHEET (PD 224-1516)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151)

P.G. 215-09 Offense Committed By A Child Under 16 Years Of Age
(Other Than A Juvenile Offender)
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To process a child under sixteen years of age who has committed an offense.
DEFINITION
JUVENILE DELINQUENT - A person over seven and less than sixteen years of age
who commits an act, which if committed by an adult, would constitute a crime.
PROCEDURE
When child less than sixteen years of age commits an offense:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Detain child
2. Notify desk officer of facts.
DESK OFFICER
3. Have parent/guardian notified.
4. Have age determined by questioning juvenile or parents/guardian.
a. Verify age by satisfactory documentary proof, if available.
NOTE: When a juvenile arrested for a designated felony, is a recidivist,
commits a felony while awaiting trial on a violent offense, or the desk
officer believes the juvenile is a danger to the community, the juvenile will
be removed directly to Family Court or to Horizon Juvenile Center, if court is
not in session.
A juvenile MUST be taken into custody and charged with juvenile delinquency
when an act, if committed by an adult, would be a felony, Unlawful Assembly or
any misdemeanor listed in P.G. 208-07, "Photographable Offenses."
5. Confer with youth officer and precinct detectives when a group of juveniles
is involved in the same incident.
6. Direct officer to prepare JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) and
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), as per P.G. 215-08, "On-Line Juvenile
Report System," when:
a. Offense committed is NOT a crime, OR
b. Determination is made to refer a misdemeanor to youth officer (if
residence is outside New York City, refer to Youth Services Section).
NOTE: A JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377- 159A) and COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) is NOT prepared for truancy (see P.G. 215-07,

"Truants").
7. Direct member concerned to take juvenile into custody and deliver to
command with approved location for interrogation, if court is not in session.
a. If court is in session, determine if juvenile should be delivered direct
to court or processed for personal recognizance.
b. If court is not in session, direct member concerned to obtain from
borough Court Section the return date for an appearance ticket, if juvenile is
released on an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT (see "ADDITIONAL DATA").
NOTE: A juvenile who has committed a designated felony will be taken to
Family Court without delay if court is in session, unless interrogation of
juvenile is necessary (see P.G. 215-12). If Family Court is not in session,
the arresting officer MUST appear in court at 0900 hours, the next day court
is in session. In all other arrests for juvenile delinquency, if juvenile is
NOT released on recognizance (issued an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT), the
arresting officer MUST appear in Family Court at 0900 hrs. the next day court
is in session.
Desk officers will ensure that the arresting officer's tour is adjusted
accordingly, as necessary. If court is not in session the next day, due to
weekend or court holiday, members of the service will comply with Interim
Order 38, series 2009, "Court Processing of Arrests of Juvenile Delinquents on
Weekends and Court Holidays."
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Detain juvenile in location designated for interrogation.
a. Have female police officer or other qualified female present, if juvenile
is a female.
9. Ensure uniformed member of the service notifies the Juvenile Desk.
NOTE: Arresting officers must call the Juvenile Desk before beginning the
arrest process to ensure that any intelligence regarding the juvenile is
obtained before the decision whether to release the juvenile to a
parent/guardian/adult relative is made. The Juvenile Desk has specialized
databases that can provide vital background information on arrested/detained
juveniles and those adults taking custody of a juvenile upon recognizance or
release.
10. Prepare ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
11. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), if applicable.
12. Ensure that juvenile offender is fingerprinted and palmprinted in
conformance with P.G. 208-11, "Livescan Fingerprinting and Palmprinting."
13. Prepare JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT
WORKSHEET(PD277-151a).
a. Attach hard copy of the FINEST System warrant investigation/juvenile
recidivist check to court copy of JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION
INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151).

14. Deliver all completed arrest documents including JUVENILE ARREST
INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
15. Review and sign all arrest documents including the JUVENILE ARREST
INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT.
16. Ensure that JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT is
distributed as indicated on the form.
17. Determine if juvenile can be released on personal recognizance (see P.G.
215-12).
18. Ascertain if application will be made for personal recognizance.
19. Have child NOT eligible for personal recognizance or for whom NO
application for personal recognizance is made removed to Horizon Juvenile
Center with a copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET, COMPLAINT
REPORT, if prepared, and JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/ PROBATION INTAKE
REPORT (see ADDITIONAL DATA).
20. Do not transport juvenile with adult prisoner.
21. Prepare arrest package containing the following forms;
a. Copy of ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET(PD244-159)
b. BUFF copy APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT
c. Evidence/Release Investigation copy of appropriate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141), if evidence is involved
d. Copy of COMPLAINT REPORT(PD313-152), if finalized and signed- off. If not
finalized and signed-off, the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET(PD313-152A) will be
submitted
e. AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET(PD304-152b), if prepared
f. Copy of ACTIVITY LOG(PD112-145) entry
g. JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT(PD277-151)
(1) Distribute remaining copies to command youth officer, Youth Services
Section, and juvenile detention facility, if juvenile is detained.
h. Any other related arrest information including copies of arresting
officer's/investigator's personal notes and hard copy of FINEST System warrant
investigation/juvenile recidivist checks.
NOTE: In ALL cases of an arrest of a juvenile, other than a juvenile
offender, the desk officer will ensure the above forms/reports are faxed to
the respective borough Court Section (Attn: NYPD Family Court Liaison Officer)
(see ADDITIONAL DATA statement for listing of liaison officers. During
business hours, the Family Court Liaison Officer will be called to verify
receipt of the above reports. During non-business hours, the fax transmittal
receipt, indicating receipt of the above reports at the borough Court Section,
will be obtained and attached to the court package.

ADDITIONAL DATA
If the arresting officer is reporting to court on the day of arrest or the
next day, he/she will bring all required forms/reports to borough Court
Section sign-in room, in addition to faxing required forms/reports to the
respective borough Court Section.
If the juvenile is issued an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT, the desk officer
will ensure that all required forms/reports are forwarded to the borough Court
Section Family Court Liaison Officer in the next day's a.m. mail, in addition
to faxing required forms/reports to the respective borough Court Section.
In those instances where the juvenile is removed to the Horizon Juvenile
Center (juvenile detention facility), the desk officer will ensure that copies
of the ON-LINE BOOKING ARREST WORKSHEET, COMPLAINT REPORT (if finalized and
signed off) or COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET if prepared, and the JUVENILE ARREST
INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT are forwarded with the juvenile, in
addition to faxing required reports/forms to the respective borough Court
Section.
ARRESTING OFFICER/APPEARANCE IN FAMILY COURT
JUVENILE DELINQUENT

FAMILY COURT

REMANDED (APPEARANCE TICKETFAMILY COURT NOT ISSUED)

APPEAR 0900 HOURS NEXT
BUSINESS DAY

RELEASED ON RECOGNIZANCE FOR
DESIGNATED FELONY

APPEAR 0900 HOURS NEXT
BUSINESS DAY

RELEASED ON RECOGNIZANCE FOR
NON-DESIGNATED FELONY

ARRESTING OFFICER EXCUSED

Members will adhere to "Court Processing of Arrests of Juvenile Delinquents on
Weekends and Court Holidays" if an appearance at Family Court is requested on
a weekend or court holiday and the borough Family Court is not in session.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION FAMILY COURT LIAISONS
BOROUGH

ADDRESS

MANHATTAN

60 LAFAYETTE STREET

BROOKLYN

330 JAY STREET

BRONX

900 SHERIDAN AVENUE

QUEENS

151-20 JAMAICA AVENUE

STATEN ISLAND

100 RICHMOND TERRACE

A person in need of supervision will NOT be taken into custody without a court
order.
A juvenile MAY NOT be questioned concerning criminal activity until the
juvenile and the parent/guardian are advised and understand the juvenile's
constitutional rights. Miranda warnings will be read to the juvenile utilizing

MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS (PD244-1413). MIRANDA WARNINGS
FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS should be read while the parent/guardian is
present. The juvenile may be questioned if he/she waives the Miranda rights in
the presence of the parent/guardian. The parent/guardian does not have to
separately waive the Miranda rights; they only need to be advised of such
rights. However, if the parent/guardian objects to the questioning or requests
an attorney for the juvenile, no questioning should occur even if the juvenile
is willing to answer questions.
Precinct Detective Squad/Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Modules will enhance
any case made against a violent youth offender. They will identify, locate,
and apprehend any accomplices in gun-related cases or acts of violence.
When it becomes necessary to deliver a juvenile to the Horizon Juvenile
Center, the arresting/assigned officer, in an effort to expedite the intake
process, MUST contact the Admissions Unit, PRIOR to delivering the juvenile,
and provide them with the juvenile's name, address, date of birth, and
mother's name.
The juvenile's statement as to age may be in conflict with the records
maintained at the Horizon Juvenile Center. To resolve any differences
regarding the age of the juvenile, arresting/assigned officer shall ask to
examine the following primary reference documents maintained at the Horizon
Juvenile Center:
a. Family Court - Remand Order Form C-23B
b. Family Court - Order Directing Detention of Respondent Form 3-11
c. Criminal Court - Securing Order Form 299
d. Supreme Court - Securing Order Form 299.
File folders may also contain photographs of the juvenile and will be made
available for examination.
When there are no court records on file at the Horizon Juvenile Center, or
available records are inconclusive regarding the age of the juvenile, Horizon
Juvenile Center officials will accept delivery of the juvenile for detention.
Should the court records at the Horizon Juvenile Center establish that the
juvenile was sixteen years of age or older at the time the offense was
COMMITTED, he/she will be returned to the borough Court Section facility,
borough of arrest, for processing as an adult.
If there is a civilian complainant, the arresting officer will inform such
complainant that his/her presence is required at Family Court, Probation
Intake Area, regardless of whether or not a Supporting Deposition was
prepared. In addition, in all juvenile delinquent arrest cases, the arresting
officer will provide the complainant with a copy of completed form, JUVENILE
DELINQUENT ARREST COMPLAINANT'S NOTIFICATION TO APPEAR (PD277-120).
THIS PROCEDURE DOES NOT APPLY TO JUVENILES TAKEN INTO CUSTODY AND CHARGED AS
JUVENILE OFFENDERS (SEE P.G. 215-10 "ARRESTS OF JUVENILE OFFENDER").
RELATED PROCEDURES
Photographable Offenses (P.G. 208-07)
Fingerprintable and Palmprintable Offenses (P.G. 208-08)

Rights Of Persons Taken Into Custody (P.G. 208-09)
Arrest Processing - "Livescan" Fingerprinting and Palmprinting (P.G. 208-11)
Arrests- License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the
Organized Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk (P.G. 208-21)
Truants (P.G. 215-07)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
Arrests Of Juvenile Offenders (P.G. 215-10)
Personal Recognizance - Juvenile Delinquent (P.G. 215-12)
Utilization of the Juvenile Desk (P.G. 215-21)
Court Processing of Arrests of Juvenile Delinquents on Weekends and Court
Holidays (P.G. 215-23)
FORMS AND REPORTS
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET (PD277-151a)
JUVENILE DELINQUENT ARREST COMPLAINANT'S NOTIFICATION TO APPEAR (PD277-120)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT(PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS (PD244-1413)
PROPERTY CLERKS INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 215-10 Arrest Of Juvenile Offender
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process arrest of juvenile charged as a "juvenile offender".
DEFINITION
JUVENILE OFFENDER - A person less than 16 years of age taken into custody and
charged with a felony as indicated:
a. 13, 14 and 15 years of age charged with Murder 2nd Degree (Section
125.25, subdivisions 1 and 2)
b. 14 or 15 years of age charged with Murder 2nd Degree (Felony Murder subdivision 3) if the underlying felony is listed in subdivision c, items 1
through 11 below.
c. 14 or 15 years of age and charged with:
(1) Assault 1st Degree - Section 120.10, subdivisions 1 and 2
(2) Manslaughter 1st Degree - Section 125.20
(3) Rape 1st Degree - Section 130.35, subdivisions 1 and 2
(4) (Sodomy) Criminal Sexual Act 1st Degree - Section 130.50, subdivisions
1 and 2
(5) Kidnapping 1st Degree - Section 135.25
(6) Burglary 1st Degree - Section 140.30 AND Burglary 2nd Degree Section
140.25, subdivision 1
(7) Arson 1st and 2nd Degrees - Sections 150.20 and 150.15
(8) Robbery 1st Degree - Section 160.15 AND Robbery 2nd Degree Section
160.10, subdivision 2
(9) Aggravated Sexual Abuse 1st Degree - Section 130.70
(10) Attempted Murder 2nd Degree - Section 110.00; Section 125.25 OR
Attempted Kidnapping 1st Degree - Section 110.00; Section 135.25.
(11) Criminal Possession of a Weapon 2nd Degree - Section 265.03 OR
Criminal Possession of a Weapon 3rd Degree - Section 265.02, subdivision 4,
and the offense takes place on school grounds.
NOTE: School grounds consist of any building or property within the property
line of a public, private or parochial school from elementary up to and
including high school or within a thousand feet of the property line of such
school (Penal Law Section 220.00, subdivision 14).
PROCEDURE

When a juvenile is arrested and charged as a juvenile offender:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Notify the Juvenile Desk at (646) 610-JUVI or (646) 610-5884, if the
juvenile is removed to a police facility.
NOTE: Arresting officers must call the Juvenile Desk and confer with an
analyst before beginning the arrest process to ensure that all available
information regarding the juvenile is provided and additional resources (e.g.,
Juvenile Crime Squad, Law Department, Deputy Commissioner, Public Information,
Internal Affairs Bureau, other investigative units, etc.) are notified or
dispatched in a timely manner.
2. Bring juvenile to appropriate area designated for interrogation of
juveniles.
a. Confer with desk officer to ascertain designated location when unknown.
b. Have female police officer or other qualified female present, if juvenile
is a female.
3. Notify parent/guardian that juvenile is in custody and location of
juvenile.
4. Do not question until arrival of parent/guardian.
a. Juvenile may be requested to provide pedigree information at location
designated for interrogation PRIOR to advising juvenile of constitutional
rights.
5. Advise at the same time, juvenile AND parent/guardian of rights as stated
in MIRANDA WARNINGS FOR JUVENILE INTERROGATIONS (PD244-1413) prior to
interrogation.
a. The juvenile may be questioned if he/she waives their rights in the
presence of the parent/guardian. The parent /guardian does not have to
separately waive the Miranda rights; they only need to be advised of such
rights. However, if the parent/guardian objects to the questioning or requests
an attorney for the juvenile, no questioning should occur even if the juvenile
is willing to answer questions.
NOTE: If the parent/guardian cannot be notified, a juvenile MAY be
questioned ONLY after:
a. Every reasonable effort has been made to notify parent/guardian
b. Determining the necessity for questioning at this time
c. Considering the age, apparent intelligence of the child, and the ability
of the juvenile to understand Miranda Warnings.
If the juvenile MUST be questioned, the officer MUST be prepared to testify
that a "good faith" attempt was made to have a competent adult (e.g.,
relative, clergyman, teacher, etc.), other than law enforcement personnel,
present during questioning; that the juvenile and the competent adult were
advised jointly of the Miranda Warnings; that they understand these rights;

and the effect of a waiver on these rights.
6. Prepare handwritten copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET
(PD244-159) and COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), if applicable, at
interrogation location.
a. Enter specific offenses under "charges" with juvenile offender crimes
listed first.
b. Enter words "Juvenile Offender" in box captioned "DAT - Return Date."
NOTE: A juvenile offender is NOT eligible for Personal Recognizance.
7. Prepare JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD277-151a) at interrogation location.
a. Attach hard copy of FINEST System warrant check.
8. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141), if necessary.
9. Ensure that juvenile offender is fingerprinted and palmprinted in
conformance with P.G. 208-11, "Livescan Fingerprinting and Palmprinting."
10. Deliver property and WORKSHEET to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
11. Review and sign all arrest documents.
12. Ensure distribution of JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/ PROBATION INTAKE
REPORT (PD277-151).
13. Keep juvenile offender segregated from adult prisoners while in custody.
a. Direct that juvenile offender be placed in forward patrol wagon
compartment and adult prisoners in rear compartment if being transported at
the same time.
14. Ensure the delivery of the ON LINE BOOKING ARREST WORKSHEET, COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152), if prepared, and related forms to the borough Court
Section supervisor.
ARRESTING OFFICER
15. Confer, when necessary, with the borough Court Section supervisor to
determine if arraignment can be completed, prior to removing juvenile offender
to borough Court Section facility.
16. Do not place juvenile offender in detention holding area or individual
cell with adult prisoner.
NOTE: Precinct based investigative units, including Precinct Detective
Squad/Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Modules, will enhance any case being made
against a violent juvenile offender.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION SUPERVISOR
17. Give juvenile offenders and companion case adult offenders priority in

arrest processing, preparation of court complaint, arraignment, etc.
18. Ascertain that ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET and other related
forms are prepared accurately.
BOOKING OFFICER
19. Determine if arraignment of juvenile offender can be completed in Criminal
Court.
a. If juvenile offender is in the precinct of occurrence and arraignment
cannot be completed, the desk officer, precinct of occurrence, must arrange
transportation of juvenile to the designated juvenile lodging location, after
conferral with the borough Court Section supervisor.
b. If juvenile arrives at borough Court Section facility and it
determined the arraignment cannot be completed, and that facility
designated lodging location, the borough Court Section supervisor
the arresting officer and/or escort officer to transport juvenile
designated lodging location.

is
is not a
will direct
to the

NOTE: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL JUVENILE OFFENDERS WHO ARE AWAITING
ARRAIGNMENT IN CRIMINAL COURT, BE DETAINED OVERNIGHT AT A DEPARTMENT OF
JUVENILE JUSTICE DETENTION CENTER.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If the assistant district attorney declines to prosecute the juvenile offender
and directs that the juvenile offender be released, the arresting officer will
comply with P.G. 210-16, "Release of Prisoner at the Complaint Room By
Direction of the Assistant District Attorney." If the assistant district
attorney directs that the charges be reduced to an offense not meeting
juvenile offender classification but sufficient for processing as a juvenile
delinquent, the arresting officer shall process the offender as a juvenile
delinquent. The arresting officer will notify the borough Court Section
supervisor so that the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET may be changed
if not already forwarded, or an ON LINE ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
be prepared if ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET has been forwarded.
The arresting officer will also notify the Juvenile Desk of any change in the
charge(s) that will amend the status of the juvenile (e.g., upgrade in
charge(s) or additional charges, Assistant District Attorney declines to
prosecute juvenile, etc.).
The identity of a youth under 16 years of age who has been arrested and
charged as a juvenile offender (see "Definition" above) may be released.
However, the identity of a youth taken into custody for juvenile delinquency
MAY NOT be released.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE ARREST REPORT SUPPLEMENT (PD244-157)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET (PD277-151a)

ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
RELATED PROCEDURES
Fingerprintable and Palmprintable Offenses (P.G. 208-08)
Photographable Offenses (P.G. 208-07)
Change In Arrest Charges (P.G. 208-17)
Arrest Processing - "Livescan" Fingerprinting and Palmprinting (P.G. 208-11)
[I. O. 59 s 09] Arrests - License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and
Notifications to the Organized Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk
(P.G. 208-21)
Computerized Investigation Report Worksheet System (P.G. 208-23)
Release Of Prisoner At Complaint Room By Direction of Assistant District
Attorney (P.G. 210-16)
Offenses Committed By A Child Under 16 Years Of Age (Other Than A Juvenile
Offender) (P.G. 215-09)
Utilization of the Juvenile Desk (Interim Order 37, series 2009)

P.G. 215-11 Arrest Of Child Unlawfully In Certain Licensed
Premises
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To take a child found in certain licensed premises into protective custody.
DEFINITION
CHILD - Actually or apparently under 16 years of age.
LICENSED PREMISES - Public dance halls, cabarets, catering establishments,
bars and grills, pool and billiard parlors, bowling alleys, skating rinks,
theaters, motion picture theaters.
PROCEDURE On discovering a child in a licensed premises:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Ascertain age of the child.
2. Determine if presence is unlawful.
3. Take child in to protective custody if presence in premises is in violation
of law and arrest proprietor or person in charge.
a. If a premise is a pool/billiard parlor, or bowling alley, issue a summons
in lieu of arrest.
b. If proprietor/person in charge is arrested, indicate under "Details" of
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159) a brief statement
indicating person in charge of premises permitted or had knowledge of
violation and actions that led arresting officer to make this conclusion.
4. Escort child home, if residence is located within city.
a. If residence of child is outside city limits, handle as "Child Requiring
Shelter" until provision is made for returning child home.
5. Inform parents of child of unlawful presence and question concerning
reason.
6. Advise parent of legal responsibilities.
7. Prepare JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A) and COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), as per P.G. 215-08, "On-Line Juvenile Report System"
and include under "Details" section:
a. Occupation of parent/guardian
b. Statements of parents/guardian.
8. Submit WORKSHEETS to desk officer.

DESK OFFICER
9. Review WORKSHEETS for accuracy and sign.
10. Process in normal manner.
COMMANDING OFFICER
11. Forward report of action taken to Chief of Department, Investigation
Review Section, DIRECT, if premises is:
a. Catering establishment b. Cabaret c. Public dance hall.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Children Or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-07)
FORMS AND REPORTS
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 215-12 Personal Recognizance Juvenile Delinquent
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To release a child, at least seven but less than sixteen years of age, to
custody of parent, guardian, lawful custodian, or reasonably responsible adult
relative for appearance at Family Court.
PROCEDURE
When the release of a child on personal recognizance is appropriate.
DESK OFFICER
1. Determine if applicant is parent/guardian, lawful custodian, or reasonable
responsible adult relative by evidence of identity and relationship to
juvenile.
NOTE: JUVENILE WILL NOT BE RELEASED IF:
a. Applicant, as defined above, is not capable of providing adequate
supervision
b. Juvenile is wanted on a warrant or is juvenile recidivist
c. Health or morals of juvenile would be endangered if released
d. Juvenile is not likely to appear on return date
e. Juvenile's release would be dangerous to community
f. Classified as "Juvenile Offender" (P.G. 215-10)
g. Juvenile is a "Designated Felon" and Family Court is in session
h. Juvenile is arrested for a felony and conferral with the Juvenile Desk
indicates that the juvenile is awaiting trial on a violent felony
i. An act committed by a juvenile against a member of his or her
family/household (as per P.G. 208-36, "Family Offenses/Domestic Violence")
(NYPD expanded definition) is a felony assault, or any sex offense, or other
circumstances exist where the release of juvenile would be dangerous to a
member of the same family/ household.
If a juvenile is alleged to have committed one or more of the listed
"Designated Felony" offenses (see ADDITIONAL DATA) and Family Court is in
session, the member concerned will take the juvenile delinquent to Family
Court without delay unless interrogation of the juvenile is required. If
questioning is necessary, the member will take the juvenile to a command
location which has been approved as a suitable facility for the interrogation
of juveniles. An APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT (PD277-130) will not be
issued to a juvenile delinquent who has been taken into custody for a
"Designated Felony" if Family Court is in session. In all cases in which a
youth is arrested and charged with a violent felony act, the Precinct

Detective Squad/Robbery Apprehension Module will be directed to enhance the
arrest. It will also be their responsibility to identify, locate and apprehend
any accomplices in gun related cases or acts of youth violence and attempt to
match them to other outstanding crimes. These units will also attempt to
identify and apprehend those selling guns to minors.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Prepare JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD277-151a).
WHEN JUVENILE IS TO BE RELEASED
3. Prepare APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT (PD277-130) and have applicant sign
in place provided.
a. If the person refuses to sign the form, the word "REFUSED" will be
entered on the signature line.
NOTE: Refusal of a parent/guardian, etc., to sign does not bar release of
the juvenile and issuance of the APPEARANCE TICKET. However, if the
parent/guardian, etc., refuses to take custody of the juvenile, the juvenile
must be remanded.
4. Distribute copies as indicated on form.
a. Provide complainant with pink copy of APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT,
if applicable.
5. Prepare and deliver to complainant, JUVENILE DELINQUENT ARREST
COMPLAINANT'S NOTIFICATION TO APPEAR (PD277-120).
NOTE: This form must be prepared in all arrests whether the juvenile is
released on personal recognizance or is to be detained.
DESK OFFICER
6. Attest to the accuracy and completeness of forms by signing forms in
appropriate spaces with rank, name, and shield number/tax number.
NOTE: All juveniles taken into custody for the same
the same time and place for intake processing. If one
qualify for personal recognizance, all others (acting
released on personal recognizance, must appear at the
the next morning that court is in session.

incident must appear at
juvenile does not
in concert) who are
borough Family Court on

UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
7. Prepare arrest package containing the following forms:
a. Copy - ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
b. BUFF copy - APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT
c. Evidence/Release Investigation copy of appropriate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141), if evidence is involved.
d. Copy of COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), if finalized and signed-off. If not

finalized and signed-off, the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) will be
submitted.
e. AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), if prepared.
f. Copy of ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
g. JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151).
(1) Distribute remaining copies to precinct youth officer, Youth Services
Section, and juvenile detention facility, if juvenile is detained.
h. Any other related arrest information including copies of arresting
officer's/investigator's personal notes.
NOTE: In ALL cases of an arrest of a juvenile, other than a juvenile
offender, the desk officer will ensure the above forms/reports are faxed to
the respective borough Court Section (Attn: NYPD Family Court Liaison Officer)
(see ADDITIONAL DATA statement for listing of liaison officers. During
business hours, the Family Court Liaison Officer will be called to verify
receipt of the above reports. During non-business hours, the fax transmittal
receipt, indicating receipt of the above reports at the borough Court Section,
will be obtained and attached to the court package.
IF JUVENILE IS TO BE DETAINED
8. Call the Horizon Juvenile Center to arrange for lodging.
9. Forward copy of ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET, COMPLAINT REPORT,
if prepared, and copy of JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/ PROBATION INTAKE
REPORT to juvenile detention facility with juvenile.
10. Appear in Family Court, located in borough of arrest, with civilian
complainant, if any, the next morning that court is in session.
NOTE: Members will adhere to (P.G. 215-23), "Court Processing of Arrests of
Juvenile Delinquents on Weekends and Court Holidays" if an appearance at
Family Court is requested on a weekend or court holiday and the borough Family
Court is not in session.
IF CHILD, ELIGIBLE FOR RELEASE, HAS BEEN SENT TO A DETENTION SHELTER
DESK OFFICER
11. Notify juvenile counselor on duty at shelter.
12. Prepare NOTICE OF RECOGNIZANCE - JUVENILE DELINQUENT (PD209-121) and give
to applicant for presentation at place of detention.
13. Make Command Log entry when notified by officer at shelter that juvenile
has been released.
14. Notify arresting officer of release and scheduled appearance date.
NOTE: If applicant appears at a command where the shelter is located, the
desk officer will telephone the command of arrest and carry out steps "11
through 14" above.

ADDITIONAL DATA
If laboratory examination of a controlled substance or a firearm is required,
the Police Laboratory/Firearms Analysis Section, as appropriate, will forward
a copy of the results of the analysis to the Family Court Liaison Officer,
Family Court concerned, when such report is requested.
DESIGNATED FELONIES - JUVENILE DELINQUENTS
AGE/S
13 ONLY
13 ONLY
13 ONLY
13 ONLY
13 ONLY
13 ONLY
13 ONLY
13 ONLY
13 ONLY
13 ONLY
13 ONLY
13 ONLY
14 & 15
14 & 15
14 & 15
13, 14,
13, 14,
13, 14,

ONLY
ONLY
ONLY
15 ONLY
15 ONLY
15 ONLY

OFFENSE
PENAL LAW SECT.
Kidnapping 1
135.25
Arson 1
150.20
Assault 1
120.10
Manslaughter 1
125.20
Rape 1
130.35
Criminal Sexual Act 1
130.50
Aggravated Sexual Abuse 1
130.70
Arson 2
150.15
Robbery 1
160.15
Murder 2 (subdivision 3)
125.25
Attempted Murder 2
110/125.25
Attempted Kidnapping 1
110/135.25
Assault 1 (subdivisions 3 and 4)
120.10
Rape 1 (subdivision 3)
130.35
Criminal Sexual Act 1 (subdivision 3) 130.50
Murder 1
125.27
Attempted Murder 1
110/125.27
*Kidnapping 2
135.20

*(Only where abduction involved use or threat of use of deadly physical
force.)
If Family Court is closed, and juvenile qualifies for recognizance, a juvenile
who has committed a "Designated Felony" may be released after the issuance of
an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT. If an APPEARANCE TICKET - FAMILY COURT is
issued, the member concerned will obtain the return date from the Juvenile
Desk. It should be noted that the Department of Probation has directed that
the return date for a released "Designated Felony-Juvenile Delinquent" will be
the next date the court is open and the police officer will NOT be excused.
Accordingly, the member must appear at Family Court on the next court date for
the processing of "Designated Felonies-Juvenile Delinquents."
In cases where an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT is issued, the arresting
officer will contact the Juvenile Desk to obtain a Family Court return date.
If the arresting officer is reporting to court on the day of arrest or the
next day, he/she will bring all required forms/reports to borough Court
Section sign-in room, in addition to faxing required forms/reports to the
respective borough Court Section.
If the juvenile is issued an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT, the desk officer
will ensure that all required forms/reports are forwarded to the borough Court
Section Family Court Liaison Officer in the next day's a.m. mail, in addition
to faxing required forms/reports to the respective borough Court Section.
In those instances where the juvenile is removed to the Horizon Juvenile
Center (juvenile detention facility), the desk officer will ensure that copies
of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET, COMPLAINT REPORT (if finalized

and signed) or COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, if prepared, and the JUVENILE
ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT are forwarded with the juvenile,
in addition to faxing required reports/forms to the respective borough Court
Section.
ARRESTING OFFICER/APPEARANCE IN FAMILY COURT
JUVENILE DELINQUENT

FAMILY COURT

REMANDED (APPEARANCE TICKETFAMILY COURT NOT ISSUED)

APPEAR 0900 HOURS NEXT
BUSINESS DAY

RELEASED ON RECOGNIZANCE FOR
DESIGNATED FELONY

APPEAR 0900 HOURS NEXT
BUSINESS DAY

RELEASED ON RECOGNIZANCE FOR
NON-DESIGNATED FELONY

ARRESTING OFFICER EXCUSED

Members will adhere to (P.G. 215-23), "Court Processing of Arrests of Juvenile
Delinquents on Weekends and Court Holidays" if an appearance at Family Court
is requested on a weekend or court holiday and the borough Family Court is not
in session.
BOROUGH COURT SECTION FAMILY COURT LIAISONS
BOROUGH

ADDRESS

MANHATTAN

60 LAFAYETTE STREET

BROOKLYN

330 JAY STREET

BRONX

900 SHERIDAN AVENUE

QUEENS

151-20 JAMAICA AVENUE

STATEN ISLAND

100 RICHMOND TERRACE

RELATED PROCEDURES
Computerized Investigation Report Worksheet System (P.G. 208-23)
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (P.G. 208-36)
Offense Committed By A Child Under 16 Years Of Age (Other Than Juvenile
Offender) (P.G. 215-09)
Arrests - Juvenile Offender (P.G. 215-10)
Court Processing of Arrests of Juvenile Delinquents on Weekends and Court
Holidays (P.G. 215-23)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT (PD277-130)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT WORKSHEET (PD277-151a)
JUVENILE DELINQUENT ARREST COMPLAINANT'S NOTIFICATION TO APPEAR (PD277-120)
NOTICE OF RECOGNIZANCE-JUVENILE DELINQUENT (PD209-121)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 215-13 Handcuffing Students Arrested Within School
Facilities
Date Effective: 09-06-13
PURPOSE
To set forth a uniformed procedure designed to ensure the safety of both the
arresting uniformed member of the service as well as the student being taken
into Department custody.
SCOPE
The Department's policy, for the safety of all concerned, will be to rear
handcuff students who are arrested in a school facility unless mitigating
circumstances dictate not to.
DEFINITIONS
CONSTRUCTIVE RESTRAINT - Physical control, with no restraining device
employed, using the minimal amount of physical force that is necessary to
control movement in order to ensure the safety of the child (i.e., for use on
a child who is obeying all commands).
ALTERNATIVE RESTRAINT - Nylon/Velcro restraining device for use on a child
(based on factors in "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement) who poses a possible safety
risk, risk of flight and/or non-compliance.
PROCEDURE
Whenever effecting an arrest of a student inside a school facility within New
York City:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify, confer, and coordinate actions with School Safety Division
personnel prior to taking police action in a public school facility, unless
exigent circumstances exist.
2. Remove student, if possible, to a semi-private location (e.g. principal's
office, school security office).
3. Inform student of authority and cause, unless physical resistance, flight
or other factors render such procedure impractical.
4. Use appropriate level of restraint when applicable (e.g., handcuffs,
constructive restraint, alternative restraint, etc.) based on factors
described in "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement under heading, "OPERATIONAL
CONSIDERATIONS."
5. Request precinct school safety sergeant or, if unavailable, patrol
supervisor to respond to the scene, if an arrest is effected.
6. Inform school personnel of the decision to effect an arrest and the basis
of that decision.

PRECINCT SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT/PATROL SUPERVISOR
7. Respond to school and verify probable cause exists to support the arrest.
8. Advise school personnel that an arrest will be effected.
a. Advise objecting school administrators within Department of Education
facilities to contact their Legal Division.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
9. Restrain student with hands behind back, using appropriate restraints.
a. A student who is sixteen years of age or older is not eligible for
constructive or alternative methods of restraint.
PRECINCT SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT
10. Meet with all principals of schools located within the command to apprise
them of the Department's handcuffing guidelines.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
11. Comply with all pertinent arrest related procedures.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Constructive restraint or alternative restraints may be utilized when it is
necessary to take a child into police custody.
The safety of all persons involved is the predominant factor in determining if
a child should be restrained, and if restrained, which method is utilized. It
is incumbent upon the member of the service (i.e., precinct school safety
sergeant/patrol supervisor and/or designated school safety personnel) to use a
reasonable belief standard in determining the level of restraint. Factors
which may be considered in making this determination include the following:
a. Age of the child (generally a child who is less than twelve years of age;
however, any child less than sixteen years of age is eligible for alternative
restraint, dependent upon circumstances)
b. Physical stature of the child
c. Type of offense/nature of incident (including use of weapons)
d. Presence of child's parent/guardian
e. The number of children being taken into custody
f. The reputation of the child with school authorities (including whether
the child has a history of emotional or behavioral difficulties)
g. The child's demeanor and compliance with instructions given by school
staff, parents and members of the service
h. Whether the child is demonstrating behavior that may cause imminent harm

to himself/herself or others
i. Whether there is possible risk of escape
j. Medical, mental, physical and/or emotional condition/limitation of the
child, if known.
While restraining devices generally are not required when taking elementary
school aged children into custody, if it has been determined by on-scene
personnel that the use of a restraining device would be appropriate, the use
of a Nylon/Velcro device may be considered, in lieu of handcuffs. It should be
noted that nothing in this directive would preclude the precinct school safety
sergeant/patrol supervisor or school safety personnel from utilizing
handcuffs, if deemed necessary for safety reasons. Handcuffs should only be
used on children after other alternative methods of restraint are considered
to be inadequate given the circumstances.
If upon investigation it is determined that the incident involves the
commission of a violation by the juvenile and not the commission of a felony
or a misdemeanor, the juvenile shall not be removed from the school and
transported to a Department facility.
If a juvenile has been removed from the field and brought to a Department
facility, a notification must be made to the Juvenile Crime Desk. The Juvenile
Crime Desk will assist supervisors in making a determination whether a
juvenile should be released on a JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
or if the juvenile should be processed as a juvenile delinquent as per Patrol
Guide 215-09, "Offense Committed by a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than
a Juvenile Offender).
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Whether probable cause to arrest exists will be determined by the Police
Department. While the desires of school personnel (principals, teachers, etc.)
may be considered by the uniformed member of the service in determining
whether an arrest is warranted, the views of school personnel are NOT
controlling. In the event a conflict arises between a uniformed member of the
service who wishes to effect an arrest of a student and school personnel, the
uniformed member of the service will request the response of the precinct
school safety sergeant or, if unavailable, patrol supervisor.
Under no circumstances will school personnel be permitted to interfere with an
arrest the precinct school safety sergeant or, if unavailable, patrol
supervisor has deemed warranted.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Prisoners - General Procedure (P.G. 210-01)
Truants (P.G. 215-07)
Offense Committed by a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile
Offender) (P.G. 215-09)
Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrests and Investigations at Department
of Education Facilities (P.G. 215-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)

P.G. 215-14 Child Advocacy Referrals In The Boroughs Of Brooklyn
And Queens
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To enhance investigations of reported cases of child abuse in the boroughs of
Brooklyn and Queens.
PROCEDURE
Whenever there is any allegation that a child:
a. Less than eleven years of age is the victim of abuse, OR
b. Less than thirteen years of age is the victim of any sex crime or
attempted sex crime.
NOTE: In cases referred in accordance with this procedure, police officers
are reminded that it is mandatory to report child abuse and neglect to the New
York State Central Registry of Child Abuse. Notification to the ACS IRT
hotline DOES NOT substitute for the required notification to the State Central
Registry at 1-800-635-1522.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Promptly refer active child abuse and sex crime cases directly from the
scene, or through the desk officer, to the appropriate Child Abuse Squad.
a. Brooklyn: Brooklyn Child Abuse Squad at (718) 330-5600, and fax requested
paperwork to (718) 330-5645.
b. Queens: Queens Child Abuse Squad at (718) 261-2737, and fax requested
paperwork to (718) 261-3174.
2. Notify the Administration for Children's Services Instant Response Team
(ACS/IRT) Coordinator at 1-877-CALL-IRT (1-800-225-5478) whenever:
a. a child is removed from a household by police personnel OR
b. an arrest is made in connection with the abuse or neglect of a child.
3. Prepare reports as specified in P.G. 215-03, "Emergency Removals Or
Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or Maltreated Children."
4. Enter name of detective notified and the Child Abuse Squad case number
under "Details" on COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
IF AN ARREST IS EFFECTED BY A UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ON PATROL FOR
ANY SEX CRIME AGAINST A CHILD LESS THAN THIRTEEN YEARS OF AGE :
ARRESTING OFFICER
5. Notify Brooklyn or Queens Child Abuse Squad immediately.

CHILD ABUSE SQUAD, MEMBER CONCERNED
6. Advise arresting officer, and
a. Determine if a case enhancement is needed.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Brooklyn Child Abuse Squad is located at the Brooklyn Child Advocacy
Center, 45 Nevins Street, Brooklyn, New York 11217. The Queens Child Abuse
Squad is located at the Queens Child Advocacy Center, 112-25 Queens Boulevard,
Forest Hills, New York 11375. Hours of operation are 0800 to 0100 hours, seven
days a week. After office hours, notifications of child abuse and sex crimes
will be made to the Detective Borough Brooklyn Nightwatch or Detective Borough
Queens Nightwatch, as appropriate.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Preliminary Investigation Of Complaints (Other Than Vice Related Or Narcotics
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
Emergency Removals Or Investigation And Reporting Of Abused, Neglected Or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 215-15 Confiscation Of New York City Transit Student Metro
Cards
Date Effective: 09-06-13
PURPOSE
To establish procedures and guidelines for the confiscation of a New York City
Transit Student Metro Card.
SCOPE
If a Student Metro Card is illegally possessed i.e., one which was legally
issued to another, it will be confiscated and further police action will be
taken depending upon the circumstances. When a student has committed a felony
or a misdemeanor against New York City Transit property, employees or
passengers, and possesses a Student Metro Card legally, that card will be
confiscated and appropriate police action will be taken.
DEFINITION
STUDENT METRO CARDS - Utilized by students going to and from school and school
events on New York City Transit subways and New York City/MaBSTOA local buses,
as well as Staten Island Railroad trains at St. George Terminal. Student Metro
Cards are valid from 0530 to 2030 hours on school days. Night School Student
Metro Cards are valid from 1300 to 0100 hours. Student Metro Cards must be
swiped in a turnstile and may not merely be displayed to permit entry. New
York City Transit encourages students to sign their Metro Cards, but this is
not a requirement. An unsigned card is valid, and should NOT be confiscated
merely because it is unsigned.
PROCEDURE
When a Student Metro Card is confiscated:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION REPORT (PD516-170).
IF IT IS SUSPECTED THAT THE CARD MAY HAVE BEEN REPORTED LOST OR STOLEN:
2. Call the New York City Transit Fare Media Unit at (718) 243-7337 for school
of issuance.
3. Call the school where the card was issued, to verify if the card has been
reported lost or stolen.
4. Indicate on the SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION REPORT, when
lost/stolen card verification cannot be made during non-business hours.
5. Prepare other Department reports as required.
6. Record all information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
7. Enter the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) number on the SCHOOL
TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION REPORT, if Student Metro Card is vouchered as

evidence.
a. DO NOT write on confiscated card.
8. Submit completed SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION REPORT and
confiscated card to the precinct/district desk officer.
PRECINCT/DISTRICT DESK OFFICER
9. Review completed SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION REPORT for
completeness and accuracy and sign the appropriate caption.
10. Direct that a check be made by second platoon clerical personnel on the
next business day, if SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION REPORT indicates
that a lost/stolen card check was not made.
11. Have original and first copy of SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION
REPORT with confiscated card forwarded to Transit Bureau, Patrol Operations.
a. Retain second copy in command file.
TRANSIT BUREAU, PATROL OPERATIONS
12. Maintain first copy of SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION REPORT for
filing as a juvenile record.
a. Forward original with card to:
Manager of Fare Media-New York City Transit, 370 Jay Street, Brooklyn, New
York, 11201.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Certain categories of Metro Cards produce different colored lights at the
turnstile. Student Metro Cards produce an amber light; police and transit
employee Metro Cards produce a green light; and half-fare cards (senior
citizens, handicapped, etc.) produce a red light. No light is produced by a
full fare Metro Card. Police officers may detect the improper use of a Student
Metro Card by an adult, or of an adult employee's card by a youth, by noticing
the color of light produced when the card is swiped. Questions about the
proper use of Metro Cards may be referred to the New York City Transit Fare
Media Unit at (718) 243-7337.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION PASS CONFISCATION REPORT (PD516-170)

P.G. 215-16 Reporting And Recording Public School-Related
Criminal Incidents
Date Effective: 09-06-13
PURPOSE
To record and monitor public school-related criminal incidents, thus enabling
the Police Department to conduct timely incident analysis, develop strategies
and tactics, and effectively deploy resources.
DEFINITION
PUBLIC SCHOOL-RELATED CRIMINAL INCIDENTS(S) incidents occurring on public
school grounds, in the immediate vicinity of the school, on a school bus, at a
school-sponsored event or while traveling to and from school, including the
following:
a. Any felony or misdemeanor offense.
b. Any incident involving:
(1) Gangs
(2) Weapons
(3) Controlled substances.
c. Violation offenses involving:
(1) Fireworks
(2) Trespass
(3) Disorderly Conduct
(4) Harassment
(5) Loitering
(6) Marijuana.
NOTE: The student's name (as victim or suspect) will not be recorded on the
SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147) for offenses as
per "c" above, as well as the identity of victims of sex related offenses.
Such victims will be indicated by use of the term "person(s) known to this
Department."
PROCEDURE
When a public school-related criminal incident occurs:
a. On public school grounds
b. In the immediate vicinity of the school

c. On a school bus
d. At a school-sponsored event or
e. While traveling to and from school
SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT/U.M.O.S. ASSIGNED TO THE SCHOOL
1. Request police response, via 911/radio dispatcher if an emergency, or via
local precinct in other situations.
2. Request School Safety Agent Level 3 to respond.
3. Notify school principal/designee.
SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT LEVEL 3
4. Respond to incident location.
5. Review actions taken by School Safety Division personnel.
6. Ensure that all required notifications are made, including the Patrol
Borough Liaison Captain in situations of a serious nature.
NOTE: If the School Safety Agent Level 3 is unavailable, a School Safety
Supervisor will be requested to respond from the School Safety Borough Command
and perform the duties of the School Safety Agent Level 3.
SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT/PRECINCT U.M.O.S. ASSIGNED TO THE SCHOOL
7. Interview students, complainants and witnesses in accordance with P.G.
215-17, "Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrests, and Investigations at
Department of Education Facilities," and request that they remain at the scene
pending arrival of other supervisor/police personnel, if required.
8. Prepare SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD 313-147)
NOTE: The above form will be prepared in addition to any other Department
reports/forms [JUVENILE REPORT (PD377-151), COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET
(PD313-152A), ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), YOUTH
REFERRAL (PD377-153), AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) etc.,] that are
relevant to the incident.
9. Notify School Safety Division Operations Center (212) 979-3333 and obtain
the SSD Operations Center serial number.
10. Enter details of incident in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
11. Sign SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT.
SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT LEVEL 3
12. Ensure that SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT is properly
prepared.
13. Sign the SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT and forward
report to the School Safety Division Borough Command.

SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION BOROUGH COMMAND SUPERVISOR/DESIGNEE
14. Review the SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT for accuracy
and completeness.
15. Contact the precinct school safety sergeant and/or other designated
precinct personnel to determine the proper offense classification and to
obtain any follow-up information.
16. Make two photocopies of the original SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL
INCIDENT REPORT and distribute as follows.
a. Original to School Safety Division Operations Center
b. One copy to the School Safety Sergeant, precinct of occurrence
c. One copy filed in the School Safety Division Borough Command.
PRECINCT SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT
17. Respond to public school-related criminal incidents of a serious nature
and review action taken by School Safety Division and/or precinct personnel
and determine if additional resources and notifications are required.
18. Ensure that the school principal/designee is notified.
19. Conduct additional interview of students, complainants and witnesses, if
necessary, in accordance with P.G. 215-17, "Police Actions, Related
Questioning, Arrests, and Investigations at Department of Education
Facilities."
20. Ensure that the SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT is
properly completed.
21. Conduct a daily review of all police incidents, which may be public
school- related to ascertain if a SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT
REPORT was prepared.
22. Prepare a SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT; if required.
23. Make appropriate notifications, including the School Safety Division
Operations Center (212) 979-3333 to obtain the SSD Operations Center serial
number.
a. Distribute the report to the School Safety Division Borough Command.
24. Conduct a daily review of all SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT
REPORTS prepared for public school-related criminal incidents occurring in
assigned precinct to ensure that appropriate Police Department procedures were
followed and necessary forms were prepared.
25. Meet regularly with School Safety Agents and public school
principals/designees to:
a. Ascertain if they are aware of criminal incidents which have been
reported to the Police Department.
b. Ensure that the Police Department is aware of public school-related

criminal incidents which have been reported to the Department of Education.
26. Provide copies of all SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORTS to
the precinct crime analyst and Patrol Borough Pattern Identification Module to
assist in pattern identification and the development of strategies and
tactics.
27. Insure that the Patrol Borough Liaison Captain is apprised of all
incidents, especially those of a serious nature.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The precinct desk officer will ensure that the precinct school safety sergeant
is notified of any public school criminal-related incident:
a. Occurring during non-school hours, e.g., burglary of a school on a
weekend.
b. Occurring during school hours, where the school safety agent or precinct
school safety sergeant may be unaware of the incident.
Uniformed members of the service will follow the provisions of P.G. 212-13,
"Reporting Gang-Related Criminal Activity," regarding reporting requirements
for possible gang related/motivated incidents or arrests of suspected or
identified gang members.
School Safety Agents, School Safety Agents Level 3, School Safety Division
supervisors, School Safety Division Operations Center supervisors and police
supervisors will ensure that the student's name (as victim, witness, or
suspect) is NOT recorded on the SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT
REPORT for violation offenses involving:
(1) Fireworks
(2) Trespass
(3) Disorderly Conduct
(4) Harassment
(5) Loitering
(6) Marijuana.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Precinct School Safety Sergeant (P.G. 202-20)
Truants (P.G. 215-07)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
Offense Committed by a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile
Offender) (P.G. 215-09)
Arrest of Juvenile Offender (P.G. 215-10)
Personal Recognizance Juvenile Delinquent (P.G. 215-12)
Handcuffing Students Arrested Within School Facilities (P.G. 215-13)
Police Action, Related Questioning, Arrests and Investigations at Department
of Education Facilities (P.G. 215-17)
Search Protocols for School Safety Agents (P.G. 215-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS

SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
YOUTH REFERRAL (PD377-153)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
ONLINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 215-17 Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrest And
Investigations At Department Of Education Facilities
Date Effective: 09-06-13
PURPOSE
To establish the protocols for police actions, related questioning, arrests
and investigations at Department of Education facilities.
PROCEDURE
When taking police action at Department of Education facilities:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Coordinate activities with School Safety Division personnel, if
practicable, when taking police action on or contiguous to Department of
Education property/facilities.
2. Confer with principal/school staff, except if exigent circumstances exist,
when entering Department of Education school/facility to take police action.
3. Request precinct school safety sergeant or, if unavailable, patrol
supervisor to respond to the scene, if an arrest is effected.
ADDITIONAL DATA
INVESTIGATIVE CONSIDERATIONS
The School Safety Division has at least one school safety agent assigned to
every public school in New York City. School safety agents possess a wealth of
information regarding schools to which they are assigned (i.e., students, key
school staff, and facility layout [locations of entrances and exits, floor
plans], etc.). Thus, every effort must be made by members responding to public
schools to confer with School Safety Division personnel prior to taking
enforcement action, unless exigent circumstances exist.
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
WHEN POLICE ACTION INVOLVES QUESTIONING, ARREST, OR INVESTIGATION
When a uniformed member of the service wishes to investigate a school-related
crime, the principal/designee must permit the interviewing of school staff, or
other non-student witnesses/victims. These individuals, however, may not be
compelled to submit to such questioning.
When a uniformed member of the service whishes to question a student in school
regarding a school-related crime, the principal/designee will make every
reasonable effort to contact the student's parent/guardian. If notification is
made, the member of the service shall consult with the parent/guardian about
how the parent/guardian wishes to proceed. If the parent/guardian does not
object, the principal/designee must allow the student to be questioned. If the
parent/guardian cannot be reached, the principal/designee must permit the
uniformed member of the service to question the student under the following
circumstances:

a. If the parent/guardian of a student who is suspected of committing a
crime cannot be reached, the uniformed member of the service may not question
the student unless the member feels there is a continued threat of imminent
danger.
b. If a parent/guardian of a student who is not a suspect (i.e. victim or
witness) cannot be reached, a uniformed member of the service may not question
the student unless there are exigent circumstances warranting proceeding with
the questioning.
c. In cases where questioning is conducted without parental notification,
the principal or designee may be present during the questioning. The principal
or designee, however, may not compel a student to submit to questioning.
Imminent danger or exigent circumstances may include, but are not limited to,
an active investigation of a violent crime including homicide, arson, robbery,
sex offenses, weapon possession, or assault where there are reasonable grounds
to believe that a current or former student is a suspect, or has information
concerning the investigation, that is necessary to protect the health or
safety of students or others.
When a uniformed member of the service wishes to access student information
from Department of Education records regarding an investigation or arrest, a
court order or subpoena must be obtained unless there is a health or safety
emergency, consent of the student's parent/guardian, or consent of the
student, if 18 years of age or older. Absent such court order or subpoena, or
exceptions above, principals or other school staff will not release student
information. This includes NYPD school safety agents.
A health or safety emergency is a situation which presents imminent danger (as
described above) or which requires the immediate need for information to avert
or defuse unusual conditions or disruptions.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Precinct School Safety Sergeant (P.G. 202-20)
Arrests - General Processing (P.G. 208-03)
Prisoners General Procedures (P.G. 210-01)
Truants (P.G. 215-07)
On Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
Offense Committed by a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile
Offender) (P.G. 215-09)
Arrest of Juvenile Offender (P.G. 215-10)
Personal Recognizance Juvenile Delinquent (P.G. 215-12)
Handcuffing Students Arrested Within School Facilities (P.G. 215-13)

P.G. 215-18 Search Protocols For School Safety Agents
Date Effective: 09-06-13
PURPOSE
To establish the protocols for the search of students, their possessions, and
their lockers by School Safety Division personnel.
SCOPE
A student's possessions and person may be searched by a school safety agent
provided that school officials have reasonable suspicion to believe that the
search will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating
either the law or school rules and regulations. The extent or the scope of the
search must be reasonably related to the objective of the search and not
excessively intrusive in light of the age and sex of the student and the
nature of the infraction.
PROCEDURE
When conducting searches of students, their possessions, or their lockers:
SEARCH OF STUDENTS AND THEIR POSSESSIONS (BAGS, CLOTHING, ETC.)
SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT
1. Conduct searches of students and their belongings only on behalf of
principals or their designee, except if an emergency condition exists. (See
"ADDITIONAL DATA" statement under heading, "EMERGENCY SEARCHES OF STUDENTS AND
THEIR POSSESSIONS").
2. Bring the student to a location designated by the principal or designee, if
it is determined that a search is warranted.
3. Inform the student that there are reasonable grounds to believe that they
have violated or are violating the law or school rules and regulations.
SCHOOL PRINCIPAL/DESIGNEE
4. Question the student as to whether he/she has anything in their possession
not permitted in school, prior to conducting the search. If the student
acknowledges that he/she is in possession of contraband, ask the student to
remove it from their person or belongings.
SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT
5. Remove the item, which is believed to be evidence of the student violating
a law or school rules and regulations, if student refuses to remove same when
asked by principal/designee.
SEARCH OF LOCKERS
6. Inform the principal or designee when there is reasonable suspicion that a
student's locker contains contraband.

7. Search locker, only at the direction of principal or designee, except if an
emergency condition exists. The principal or designee must be present while
the search of the locker is conducted. (See "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement under
heading, "EMERGENCY SEARCHES OF LOCKERS").
WHEN A STUDENT IS FOUND TO BE IN POSSESSION OF CONTRABAND
8. Notify the command concerned, if item is a violation of law, and follow
appropriate procedure for the invoicing of property and arrest of student(s).
9. In non-arrest circumstances, request precinct personnel to respond to take
custody of the contraband and invoice items seized.
10. Take control of and invoice the property under Department of Education
procedures, if item is a violation of school rules and regulations only.
ADDITIONAL DATA
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Nothing in this procedure supersedes the rights and responsibilities of
uniformed members of the service regarding search and seizure under applicable
provisions of the Criminal Procedure Law.
SEARCH GUIDELINES
If the student declines to remove the item or denies possession of any
contraband, a search may be conducted at the direction of the
principal/designee. To the maximum extent possible, if the search involves
contact with the student, the search shall be conducted by a school safety
agent of the same gender as the student being searched. In situations where a
student's gender is not immediately apparent or a student objects to the
gender of the school safety agent assigned to perform the search, the school
safety agent's supervisor will assign a school safety agent of gender
requested by the student, consistent with school safety agent safety and
resource availability. Consistent with privacy concerns of the student, only
those school safety agents reasonably necessary to conduct the search should
be present for the search. Under no circumstances shall school safety agents
conduct searches for the purpose of determining gender. Additionally, school
safety agents shall not ask questions about a student's anatomy without a
reasonable basis for doing so. Refer to P.G. 203-10, "Public Contact Prohibited Conduct."
Under no circumstances will a strip-search of a student be conducted.
EMERGENCY SEARCHES OF STUDENTS AND THEIR POSSESSIONS
An emergency condition is an incident that requires immediate intervention to
protect the safety and security of the school community or any person. A
search may be conducted if there is reasonable suspicion to believe that a
student has violated or is violating the law or school rules and procedures.
Once the emergency condition is under control, the school safety agent will
immediately take the student to the principal or designee and advise the
principal/designee of the situation.
EMERGENCY SEARCHES OF LOCKERS
An emergency condition is one that requires immediate intervention to protect

the safety and security of the school community or any person. Once the
situation is under control, the principal or designee will be immediately
advised of the situation.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Procedures for Reporting and Recording Public School-Related Criminal
Incidents (P.G. 215-16)
Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrests and Investigations at Department
of Education Facilities (P.G. 215-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 215-19 Abandoned Infants/Operation Safe Haven
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure the safety of any abandoned infant and familiarize uniformed members
of the service with the provisions of the Abandoned Infant Protection Act.
SCOPE
The Abandoned Infant Protection Act is designed to protect the lives of newly
born infants by encouraging that they be left with a responsible person or in
a safe, suitable location (a "safe haven") rather than simply abandoned in a
possibly dangerous way. The law establishes an affirmative defense to the
crime of Abandonment of a Child (Penal Law 260.00) and Endangering the Welfare
of a Child (Penal Law 260.10) in certain circumstances as follows:
a. The abandoned infant appears to be not more than five days old, and,
b. The person abandoning the child intends for the child to be safe from
physical injury and to be cared for in an appropriate manner, and,
c. The person abandoning the child indicates such intent by leaving the child
with a responsible person or in a safe haven (e.g. hospital, firehouse, police
precinct, etc.), and promptly notifies a responsible person of the child's
location.
NOTE: The law does not provide an affirmative defense to other charges such
as assault.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service is notified that an infant has been
abandoned or that a person intends to abandon an infant:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Respond to the scene.
2. Immediately secure medical attention for the:
a. Infant and
b. Mother if present.
3. Accompany child/mother to the hospital.
4. Request response of the patrol supervisor.
5. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145) entry, indicating:
a. Physical condition of child.
b. Child's age and medical history, if ascertained.

c. Description of child's clothing and/or wrapping.
d. Presence or absence of a hospital tag.
e. Mother's pedigree information, address, and telephone number.
f. Request for patrol supervisor.
WHEN INFANTS PARENT(S) IS NOT PRESENT AT THE SCENE
6. Attempt to ascertain from the person on the scene who physically is in
possession of the infant:
a. Their name, address, telephone number and relationship to the parent(s).
b. The identity, description, location, and telephone number of the infant's
parent(s)
NOTE: Advise person that they are not required to give this information
(steps 6a. and 6b).
7. Enter information, if obtained, in ACTIVITY LOG.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
8. Respond to scene.
9. Determine if probable cause exists to make an arrest (i.e. criteria as set
forth in the Abandoned Infant Protection Act are not present, or other
offenses committed.)
NOTE: If probable cause to arrest the person responsible for the infant does
not exist, and/or person is otherwise in compliance with the criteria set
forth in the Abandoned Infant Protection Act, the person will be permitted to
leave.
10. Direct the preparation of the following Department forms:
a. NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221).
b. AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD 304-152b).
c. COMPLAINT REPORT (PD 313-152) (Classify as Investigate Aided, or other
charges as appropriate).
d. REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT (PD377-154)
11. Direct notification to be made to the New York State Central Registry,
telephone number (800) 635-1522.
12. Prepare UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152).
13. Notify Desk Officer.
DESK OFFICER
14. Immediately notify the precinct detective squad. (If necessary the
precinct detective squad will notify the Missing Persons Squad.)

15. Notify Operations and the patrol borough command.
16. Make Command Log entry of items in step 5, subdivisions "a" through "f",
listed above.
17. Notify Administration for Children's Services (ACS) Instant Response Team
Coordinator at 1-877-CALL-IRT (1-877-225-5478). (Enter name of Administration
for Children's Services Instant Response Team Coordinator in the Command Log.)
RELATED PROCEDURES
Emergency Removals or Investigation and Reporting of Abused, Neglected or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Children or Minors Requiring Shelter (P.G. 215-06)
Child Advocacy Referrals (P.G. 215-14)
Aided Cases-General Procedures (P.G. 216-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITYLOG (PD 112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD 304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD 313-152)
REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE OR MALTREATMENT (PD 377-154)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD 370-152)
NYS Domestic Incident Report (DCJS 3221)

P.G. 215-20 Requests For Information From The Department Of
Education In Accordance With The Federal No Child Left Behind Act
Date Effective: 09-06-13
PURPOSE
To assist the New York City Department of Education in determining whether a
student is entitled to a "safety transfer" pursuant to the provisions of the
federal "No Child Left Behind Act" by confirming whether the student has
reported a qualifying incident to the Department.
DEFINITION
QUALIFYING INCIDENT - For the purpose of this procedure, a "qualifying
incident" is any founded allegation of a crime reported to the Department by a
victim who is a New York City public school student and:
a. Names New York City Public School property as the location of occurrence,
AND
b. Involves infliction of a serious physical injury upon the victim as
defined in Penal Law Sec. 10.00 (10); OR
c. Is a sex offense involving forcible compulsion; OR
d. Is any offense defined in the Penal Law that involves the use or
threatened use of a deadly weapon against the victim as defined in Penal Law
Sec. 10.00 (12).
PROCEDURE
When the Department receives a verbal, faxed or written request to confirm
that a qualifying incident has occurred at a New York City Public School from
that school's principal or his/her authorized designee:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE RECEIVING THE REQUEST
1. Hand-deliver or personally relate the request to the School Safety Sergeant
of the precinct concerned.
a. If the School Safety Sergeant is not available, hand-deliver or
personally relate the request to the precinct commander concerned or his/her
specified designee, who will perform the duties of the School Safety Sergeant
for this procedure.
SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT
2. Confirm that the request was initiated by either the principal of the
school where the incident is alleged to have occurred, or that principal's
authorized designee.
3. Confirm that the request provides the following:
a. The name and number of the school

b. The date, time and location of the alleged incident(s)
c. The name(s) of the victim(s)
NOTE: If the request does not meet the requirements specified in steps (2)
and (3), contact the principal/designee in order to obtain the required
information or to verify the source of the request.
4. Given the proper information for an authorized request:
a. Consult Department resources in the following order for the date
specified in the request for reports naming the victim(s):
(1) The ON LINE COMPLAINT SYSTEM (OLCS) database, or hard copies of
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEETS (PD313- 152A), as appropriate.
(2) The ON-LINE JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM database or hard copies of JUVENILE
REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEETS (PD377-159A), as appropriate.
(3) SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORTS (PD313-147).
(4) AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
(5) Precinct Detective Squad.
(6) School Safety Division Operations Center, by calling (718) 730-8888.
YOUTH OFFICER
5. Assist in the search of Department records when directed by the School
Safety Sergeant.
SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT
6. Ascertain from report(s) and question assigned detective, if necessary, if
incident has been classified as unfounded.
7. Upon conclusion of the records search, prepare a report in duplicate, on
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151), addressed to the individual making the
request.
a. Adhere to the sample format provided in the "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement
of this procedure.
8. Deliver the original either by hand or by mail to the principal or
designee.
9. Notify the principal or designee verbally either in person or by telephone
of the results of the search, no later than the next day that school is in
session after the initial request was made. Limit contents of the verbal
notification to the information specified in report prepared in Step 7.
10. Record both the personal and mail notifications in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145). Include:
a. The time of the verbal notification.
b. The title and name of the person notified.

c. Whether the written report was hand-delivered or mailed to the recipient.
d. Whether the incident was a qualifying incident or not and whether it was
classified as founded or unfounded.
11. Maintain duplicate copies of reports in a secure location for future
reference if necessary.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Department must balance the need of the Department of Education to comply
with the federal regulations against the privacy rights of the complainant.
For this reason, members of the service who process these requests must do so
in a thorough and timely manner, but report the results in a way that only
relates the facts necessary for school administrators to determine if a
qualifying incident has in fact occurred. The sample below provides the format
best suited to this end. In the interest of efficiency, commands may utilize a
pre-printed letter on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD to prepare the report. Should the
principal or designee request information beyond whether a qualifying incident
has been reported, such as the alleged details of an incident or the progress
of an investigation, the member will confer with both the detective assigned
and the Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters.
All reports will be formatted with proper date, salutation and signature block
in accordance with Department procedure for preparing correspondence. The body
of the text will be prepared as such:
SAMPLE
A search of Department records indicates that a report has/has not [specify
one] been filed naming [name specified in request] as a complainant in an
incident.
This incident was/was not [specify one] alleged to have occurred on New York
City Public School Property, and did/did not [specify one] allege the
infliction of a serious physical injury upon the victim as defined in Penal
Law Sec. 10.00 (10), or a sex offense against the victim involving forcible
compulsion, or any offense defined in the Penal Law that involves the use or
threatened use of a deadly weapon against the victim as defined in Penal Law
Sec. 10.00 (12).
At the time that this search was conducted, this incident was/was not
[specify one] classified as unfounded.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Information Concerning Official Business of Department (P.G. 212-76)
Reporting and Recording Public School-Related Criminal Incidents (P.G. 215-16)
Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrests and Investigations at Department
of Education Facilities (P.G. 215-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147)

P.G. 215-21 Utilization Of The Juvenile Desk
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide juvenile arrest processing and investigative support to members of
the service.
PROCEDURE
When a juvenile is detained by a member of service and removed to a police
facility:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Remove juvenile to the precinct of arrest/designated arrest processing
facility and inform desk officer of circumstances.
a. Juvenile delinquents/juvenile offenders will be taken to the location in
the stationhouse SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED as suitable for the interrogation of
juveniles.
b. A list of locations approved for the interrogation of juveniles is
maintained in the Command Reference Library and at the Juvenile Desk.
2. Notify parent/guardian immediately and,
a. Document notification in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) including
parent/guardian's pedigree information, address and date of birth.
b. Have juvenile's pedigree information determined by questioning juvenile
and/or their parent/guardian.
c. Verify pedigree information by satisfactory documentary proof, if
available.
DESK OFFICER
3. Document the notification to the parent/guardian in Command Log and include
parent/guardian pedigree information, address and date of birth.
4. Determine the appropriate charges, including law, section, degree, and
subdivision (i.e., Penal Law 120.10 [1], for Assault in the 1st Degree,
Subdivision One or Penal Law 160.10 [3], for Robbery in the 2nd Degree,
Subdivision Three, etc.).
ARRESTING OFFICER
5. Contact the Juvenile Desk after juvenile is removed to command of
detention.
NOTE: The Juvenile Desk will provide arresting officers and supervisors with
support twenty-four hours/seven days a week. Arresting officers must call the
Juvenile Desk before beginning the arrest process to ensure that any
intelligence regarding the juvenile is obtained before the decision whether to

release the juvenile
Desk has specialized
on arrested/detained
upon recognizance or

to a parent/guardian/adult relative is made. The Juvenile
databases that can provide vital background information
juveniles and those adults taking custody of a juvenile
release.

6. Provide Juvenile Desk analyst with the following information:
a. Juvenile's last name, first name, date of birth, and home address;
b. Parent or guardian's last name, first name, date of birth, and home
address;
c. Whether parent/guardian notification was successful;
d. Top charge by law, numeric section, numeric subdivision, name and degree
(i.e., Penal Law 120.10 [1], for Assault in the 1st Degree, Subdivision One or
Penal Law 160.10 [3], for Robbery in the 2nd Degree, Subdivision Three, etc.).
JUVENILE DESK ANALYST
7. Perform relevant computer checks of the juvenile and the parent/guardian,
and advise arresting officer of results.
8. Provide arrest processing support.
9. Make recommendation to remand juvenile or release on recognizance, as
appropriate (see ADDITIONAL DATA).
10. Provide arresting officer with Family Court return date, if required.
ARRESTING OFFICER
11. Obtain information regarding juvenile's history from the Juvenile Desk
analyst.
12. Be guided by responses from Juvenile Desk analyst.
13. Document results of conferral with analyst in ACTIVITY LOG.
14. Comply with applicable arrest processing procedures.
15. Telephone Juvenile Desk, as soon as possible, for changes to the
following:
a. Any change in the charge(s) that will amend the status of the juvenile
(i.e., upgrade in charge(s) or additional charges, Assistant District Attorney
declines to prosecute juvenile in criminal court, etc.)
b. Inability to make a parental notification or the inability to release the
juvenile to a responsible parent/legal guardian/adult relative
c. Any changes that would amend the Juvenile Desk's previous recommendation
(i.e., investigation reveals that juvenile misrepresented his/her actual age
or identity, etc.).
JUVENILE DESK ANALYST
16. Notify the Juvenile Crime Squad for the following offenses:

a. Any felony
b. Criminal Possession of Weapon (firearm only)
c. Reckless Endangerment
d. Arson.
17. Notify the appropriate investigative unit (i.e., Precinct Detective
Squad/Nightwatch for felonies, Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Module (BRAM) for
robberies and burglaries, and the respective Special Victims Squad/Child Abuse
Squad for serious sex crimes).
18. Notify the Corporation Counsel for the following offenses:
a. Any Homicide, including attempts (request that a Corporation Counsel
representative respond)
b. Rape 1st Degree (request that a Corporation Counsel representative
respond)
c. Any First Degree Sexual Offense
d. Assault 1st Degree
e. Robbery 1st Degree
f. Any Firearm-Related Offense.
19. Make any other necessary notification on the behalf of arresting officer
(i.e., Special Victims Squad for sex offenses with minors, etc.) with the
exception of the notification to juvenile's parent/guardian.
20. Provide officer with Juvenile Desk - Intake Log number, if appropriate.
ARRESTING OFFICER
21. Document the Juvenile Desk - Intake Log number in the "Narrative" section
of the JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A), or in the "Details"
section of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), and the "Narrative"
section of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
ADDITIONAL DATA
[I.O. 50 s 12] Juvenile Desk personnel will make a recommendation whether to
remand or release on recognizance a juvenile based on several factors
including the age of the juvenile, the offense charged, the information
provided by the arresting officer, and the results of comprehensive background
checks of the juvenile and their parent(s). The ultimate decision making
authority, however, remains with the supervisor at the detention command. This
provides the flexibility to respond to information or circumstances known only
to supervisors at the field command. However, the discretion to depart from
the recommendations of the Juvenile Desk should be founded on the rationale
that the Department will act on the principle of "what is best for the child"
balanced by appropriate measures to discourage future criminal behavior.
Examples of considerations that should not impact discretion are the
availability of vehicles for transport or shortage of personnel. In cases

where conditions in the field necessitate a departure from the Juvenile Desk
recommendation, the desk officer must confer with a Juvenile Desk supervisor.
If after conferral with the Juvenile Desk supervisor, the desk officer's
decision is to not follow the recommendation of the Juvenile Desk, the
commanding officer of the command of detention, will prepare a report, on
Typed Letterhead, to the Assistant Commissioner, Juvenile Justice Division
explaining the reason for the non-compliance.
School safety agents who detain and remove a juvenile to a police facility for
arrest processing or for the issuance of a JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET
and COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET, as per P.G. 215-08, "On-Line Juvenile Report
System," are also required to comply with the above procedure. When school
safety agents have removed a juvenile to a police facility for processing,
they will notify the School Safety Division (SSD) Operations Center prior to
calling the Juvenile Desk. The SSD Operations Center member will issue the
agent a SSD Operations Center serial number for entry on a SCHOOL SAFETY
DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147), if appropriate. When the
detention of a juvenile takes place within school grounds, the SSD Operations
Center will contact the Juvenile Desk on behalf of the arresting agent, if
necessary. This process will ensure that the SSD Operations Center remains
aware of all enforcement activity occurring in and around New York City public
schools.
It is not the function of the Juvenile Desk to collect or disseminate
statistical data on juveniles and juvenile incidents.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrest of Juvenile Offender (P.G. 215-10)
Offenses Committed By A Child Under 16 Years Of Age (Other Than A Juvenile
Offender) (P.G. 215-09)
On-Line Juvenile Report System (P.G. 215-08)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
JUVENILE REPORT SYSTEM WORKSHEET (PD377-159A)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
SCHOOL SAFETY DIVISION CRIMINAL INCIDENT REPORT (PD313-147)

P.G. 215-22 Requests For Assistance From The Administration For
Children's Services (ACS) Child Protection Specialists In
Relation To An Official ACS Investigation
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure the safety of all persons present when responding to requests for
assistance by Administration for Children's Services (ACS) Child Protection
Specialists.
SCOPE
Police officers may be requested to assist Administration for Children's
Services Child Protection Specialists when:
1. Executing an Order of Entry endorsed by a Family Court judge;
2. Executing a Child Removal Order or warrant endorsed by a Family Court
judge;
3. Conducting an emergency removal pursuant to Section 1024 Family Court Act.
4. The ACS Child Protection Specialist is concerned for his/her personal
safety due to suspicion that guns, drugs, or prior or threatened acts of
violence against ACS Child Protection Specialists exist.
ACS Child Protection Specialist (CPS) may only request assistance in these
matters when a complaint has been lodged with the State Central Registry.
When requesting patrol assistance, ACS Child Protection Specialists are
required to provide the reason for the request and a contact cellular
telephone number to make outreach easier.
PROCEDURE
Upon being dispatched to assist an ACS Child Protection Specialist:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Respond to the scene.
a. Give dispatcher 10-84 code upon arrival.
b. Locate the Administration for Children's Services employee.
NOTE: ACS Child Protection Specialists carry cellular telephones issued by
their agency. Therefore, police officers may request that the communications
section contact the caller to obtain the Child Protection Specialist's exact
location.
2. Confer with ACS Child Protection Specialist at the scene who requested
assistance.
a. Determine specific reason for request for police response.

b. Obtain copy of Removal/Entry Order(s) or warrant, if that is purpose of
request for assistance.
NOTE: In an emergency removal situation the ACS - Child Protection
Specialists may not have a warrant or Removal Order.
3. Request patrol supervisor, if not already present.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
4. Respond and confer with uniformed members of the service and ACS Child
Protection Specialist.
5. Determine if precinct detective, borough Special Victims or Child Abuse
squads have an open case regarding this family, if possible.
6. Review Entry/Removal order(s) from ACS, if applicable.
a. Confer with Legal Bureau if question as to validity of the order exists.
Be guided by response from Legal Bureau personnel.
7. Determine if additional Department resources are needed.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Ensure the safety of all persons present.
9. Aid in carrying out Entry/Removal order(s), if applicable.
10. Follow P.G. 215-03, "Emergency Removals or Investigation and Reporting of
Abused, Neglected, or Maltreated Children," if arrest is required for child
abuse or neglect.
11. Follow appropriate complaint or arrest procedure for other cases involving
criminal activities, if appropriate.
12. Make an entry in the ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) including:
a. ACS Child Protection Specialist's name.
b. Specific purpose of the request for assistance (see SCOPE statement 1 4).
c. ACS case number. (Also known as "State Connections" ID #).
PATROL SUPERVISOR
13. Take appropriate action.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When an ACS Child Protection Specialist appears at a police facility and
requests assistance as outlined in this procedure, the desk officer will
ensure that the communications section is notified in a timely manner and a
10-68A code is dispatched. The desk officer will direct the Child Protection
Specialist to the scene to await patrol response.

A new radio code (10-68A) has been created for "Request for Assistance to ACS
Child Protection Specialists."
Nothing is to preclude a police officer from taking police action if evidence
of criminal activity exists.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Emergency Removals or Investigation and Reporting of Abused, Neglected, or
Maltreated Children (P.G. 215-03)
Family Court Warrant for Child Abuse/ Neglect Cases (P.G. 215-04)
Preliminary Investigation of Complaints (Other Than Vice Related or Narcotics
Complaints) (P.G. 207-07)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 215-23 Court Processing Of Arrests Of Juvenile Delinquents
On Weekends And Court Holidays
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To provide for the appearance of arresting officers at the weekend Department
of Probation intake location, at the Corporation Counsel office, when a
juvenile delinquent has been taken into custody, delivered to Horizon Juvenile
Center, and the respective borough Family Court will not be in session due to
the weekend or court holiday.
DEFINITIONS
BOROUGH FAMILY COURT- A location in the borough of arrest where juvenile
delinquents are routinely brought to be arraigned during non-holiday weekdays.
WEEKEND/HOLIDAY COURT PROCESSING - When a juvenile delinquent is taken into
custody and does not qualify for personal recognizance and the borough Family
Court will not be in session the next calendar day due to the weekend or
holiday, the arresting officer will appear at Manhattan Criminal Court to
process the arrest.
MANHATTAN CRIMINAL COURT - All weekend/holiday juvenile delinquent court
processing will take place at Manhattan Criminal Court. The Manhattan Criminal
Court is located at 100 Centre Street.
PROCEDURE
When a juvenile delinquent has been taken into custody and does not qualify
for personal recognizance and the borough Family Court will not be in session
the next calendar day due to the weekend or court holiday:
DESK OFFICER
1. Notify the Real Time Crime Center Juvenile Desk at (646) 610-5884 when
juvenile is detained and removed to a police facility.
2. Provide detained juvenile's pedigree, primary charge and any other
information the juvenile crime desk analyst requests.
3. Ensure multiple arrests resulting from one incident, which will be
arraigned in Family Court and Criminal Court, are separated and assigned to
two different arresting/assigned officers.
a. Be guided by P.G. 208-20, "Turnover Arrests" when re-assigning an arrest.
b. Ensure assigned officer is given arrest(s) which will be arraigned in
Criminal Court.
NOTE: Due to the challenges that may occur when processing prisoners in two
different courts (Family and Criminal Court), it is mandated that an arrest
involving an adult/juvenile offender and juvenile delinquent be separated and
assigned to different officers (e.g., juvenile delinquent processed in Family
Court; adult prisoner/juvenile offender processed in Criminal Court). The

assigned officer given the arrest(s) that will be arraigned in Criminal Court
must re-interview the complainant/witness in order to prevent double
"hearsay."
JUVENILE DESK ANALYST
4. Perform required information inquires.
5. Inform desk officer of recommendation to either deliver juvenile into the
custody of the Department of Juvenile Justice or release juvenile delinquent
on personal recognizance.
6. Ascertain whether juvenile will be lodged at Horizon Juvenile Center prior
to 0600 hours.
a. If juvenile is lodged prior to 0600 hours, the arresting officer will be
required to appear that same day at Manhattan Criminal Court to complete the
arrest process (only if that day is a Saturday, Sunday or official court
holiday).
b. If juvenile is lodged after 0600 hours, the arresting officer will be
required to appear the following day at Manhattan Criminal Court to complete
the arrest process (only if that day is a Saturday, Sunday, or official court
holiday).
7. Inform desk officer of arresting officer's mandatory appearance for a
Weekend/Holiday Pre-Petition Detention Hearing at Manhattan Criminal Court,
pursuant to step "6 a or b."
DESK OFFICER
8. Have child NOT eligible for personal recognizance or for whom NO
application for personal recognizance was made delivered to Horizon Juvenile
Center immediately.
NOTE: The Horizon Juvenile Center will not accept a juvenile for admission
between the hours of 0600 and 0800. Therefore, desk officers must consider the
distance and travel time to Horizon when determining the time to deliver the
juvenile(s).
9. Have officer delivering juvenile to Horizon Juvenile Center provide
Department of Juvenile Justice intake personnel with one copy of ON LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159), COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), if
prepared, and JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT
(PD277-151).
10. Direct arresting officer to appear at 100 Centre Street, Room 132, at 0900
hours the following weekend or court holiday morning.
11. Ensure that parent/legal guardian of juvenile delinquent and
complainant(s)/ victim(s) in the case are notified and informed of the time
and location to be present at Manhattan Criminal Court for the juvenile
delinquent's court arraignment.
ARRESTING OFFICER
12. Report to Manhattan Criminal Court, 100 Centre Street, at 0900 hours the
next calendar day, if the borough Family Court will not be in session due to

weekend and/or court holiday in order to begin juvenile arraignment process.
13. Bring two copies of arrest paperwork for each juvenile delinquent taken
into custody and delivered to the Horizon Juvenile Center.
14. Sign-in at the Manhattan Court Section desk in Room 132 and be guided by
court section supervisor.
15. Report to the 14th floor for conferral with representatives from the
Department of Probation and Corporation Counsel, for preparation of Family
Court complaint and possible testimony at a pre-petition detention hearing.
a. Provide both the probation officer and the Assistant Corporation Counsel
handling the case with one copy of arrest paperwork each.
16. Upon being excused by Corporation Counsel following arraignment, report to
Room 132 to sign-out.
17. Inform court section supervisor and desk officer of command, if notified
by judge or Corporation Counsel, to appear for subsequent hearings.
DESK OFFICER
18. Make entry in Telephone Record pertaining to required uniformed member's
appearance for subsequent hearings.
19. Ensure Appearance Control Unit is notified the next business day of
requested appearance.
20. Notify the operations coordinator and integrity control officer of any
mandatory overtime and/or appearance for members of the service who are
required to be present at court on a weekend or court holiday.
NOTE: Due to the possibility of short-date notifications, desk officers
should be aware that the Corporation Counsel may contact the command to have a
uniformed member notified for a court appearance. When a member of the service
is not at the command (i.e., regular day off, at a training session, etc.) the
desk officer will attempt to notify the member of the service by telephone.
All such attempts must be documented in the Telephone Record.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service are reminded to adhere to current Department procedures
when obtaining a return date for an APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT (PD277-130)
for juvenile(s) released on personal recognizance. Return dates for
juvenile(s) released on personal recognizance do not have to coincide with a
Weekend/Holiday Pre-Petition Detention Hearing scheduled for juvenile(s)
delivered to Horizon Juvenile Center. Arraignments for juveniles released on
personal recognizance can be held at a later date.
Desk officers are reminded of their obligation to forward DNA, narcotics and
firearm evidence to the Police Laboratory in a timely manner as outlined in
P.G. 218-04, " Delivery of Evidence to the Police Laboratory" and P.G. 218-49,
"Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of
the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME).
Desk officers will ensure uniformed members of the service are provided with a
means of transportation to Manhattan Criminal Court. School Safety personnel

will contact their Operations Desk in order to coordinate transportation to
Manhattan Criminal Court.
If a complainant/victim has difficulty in finding transportation to Manhattan
Criminal Court, a reasonable effort should be made by the command to provide
transportation. Under no circumstances will such effort take priority over the
field operations of the command.
The Manhattan Court Section desk, located in Room 132 at Manhattan Criminal
Court, 100 Centre Street, can be reached at (212)374-0722 or (212) 374-2801.
Members of the service are reminded that any subsequent hearings following a
weekend or court holiday appearance at Manhattan Criminal Court will be
conducted in the borough Family Court (borough origin of complaint).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Offense Committed By a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile
Offender) (P.G. 215-09)
"Turnover" Arrests (P.G. 208-20)
First and Third Platoon Arrests (P.G. 208-25)
Delivery of Evidence to the Police Laboratory (P.G. 218-04)
Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of
the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) (P.G. 218-49)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
JUVENILE ARREST INVESTIGATION/PROBATION INTAKE REPORT (PD277-151)
APPEARANCE TICKET-FAMILY COURT (PD277-130)

P.G. 215-24 Photographing Juveniles Charged As Juvenile
Delinquents Or Juvenile Offenders
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure official Department photographs of juveniles charges with juvenile
delinquency or as juvenile offenders are taken at the time of arrest, when
legally permissible, and are stored in the Photo Manager System for
investigatory purposes.
PROCEDURE
When a juvenile is arrested and charged as a juvenile delinquency or as
juvenile offender:
DESK OFFICER
1. Direct arresting officer to contact Juvenile Desk, as per P.G. 215-21,
"Utilization of the Juvenile Desk" after juvenile is removed to command of
detention: and, comply with P.G. 215-09, "Offense Committed by a Child Under
16 years of age (Other Than a Juvenile Offender)," or P.G. 215-10, "Arrest of
Juvenile Offender," as appropriate.
2. Determine if the offense for which the juvenile is charged allows him/her
to be photographed.
a. Photographs will be taken of juveniles charged with juvenile delinquency
as follows:
i. Eleven or twelve years old and charged with a class A or B felony
ii. Thirteen, fourteen, or fifteen years old and charged with any felony.
b. Photographs will be taken of all juveniles charges as juvenile offenders.
3. Ensure juvenile is properly placed in front of the "Photograph Background
Board" prior to taking the arrest photograph utilizing the command's Digital
Camera Capture Station System.
NOTE: In all cases in which photographs are taken of juveniles as part of
this procedure, the newly created "Photograph Background Board" MUST be used.
This gray colored board is used to ensure that all juveniles photographs have
the same color background.
Should the Photograph Background Board need to be repaired or replaced, notify
the Facilities Management Division.
Absent unusual circumstances, the new Photograph Background Boards should also
be used for adult digital Prisoner Movement Slip photographs.
4. Direct the arresting officer to photograph the juvenile delinquent or
juvenile offender utilizing the command's Digital Camera Capture Station
System.

NOTE: The official arrest photograph for juveniles charged as juvenile
delinquents will be the photograph taken at the command of arrest utilizing
the Digital Camera Capture Station System.
The official arrest photograph for juveniles charged as juvenile offenders
will be the photograph taken at the borough court section booking facility.
However, if a determination is subsequently made to charge the juvenile as a
juvenile delinquent and not a juvenile offender, then the official arrest
photograph taken at the borough court section booking facility will be
deleted, and the Digital Camera Capture Station System photograph will become
the official arrest photograph.
ARRESTING OFFICER
5. Properly place juvenile in front of the "Photograph Background Board" prior
to taking the arrest photograph.
6. Take one full frontal photograph of the juvenile utilizing the command's
Digital Camera Capture Station System, and crop the image to obtain a
centered, straight-on, in-focus photograph of the juvenile.
a. If the juvenile wears prescription eyeglasses, take one photograph with
eyeglasses and one without eyeglasses.
7. Take one side-view photograph of the right side of the face of the
juvenile.
a. Turn the juvenile to the left so the right side of the face is
photographed
b. If the juvenile wears prescription eyeglasses, take one photograph with
eyeglasses and one without eyeglasses.
NOTE: Under no circumstances should intimate areas of the body (e.g.,
breast, lower waist area, buttocks, etc.) be exposed or photographed.
8. Ensure the following when taking photographs:
a. No other person is in the photograph
b. Juvenile's face is expressionless
c. Juvenile is not photographed while laughing, smiling, biting their lips
or pursuing their lips
d. Juvenile has his/her eyes open
e. Juvenile is standing straight
f. Sunglasses and hats are removed
g. Hair is not covering the face
h. If the juvenile is wearing a turtle-neck sweater, hooded sweatshirt, or a
garment with a large collar, the garment will be folded down to allow as much
of the juvenile's neck to be seen as possible.
9. Save the juvenile's image if the requirements listed in steps "5," "6,"

"7," and "8" are satisfied.
NOTE: Once the member of service has completed taking the photographs and
attempts to save the image, a box will appear labeled, "Waiting to Verify." At
this time, the member of the service will request the desk officer to "verify"
the photographs.
If the juvenile refuses to be photographed, the arresting officer will notify
the desk officer. The desk officer will attempt to obtain compliance from the
juvenile. If the juvenile continues to refuse to be photographed, the desk
officer will confer with the Legal Bureau.
10. Return juvenile to the area designated for the interrogation of juveniles
and continue arrest processing.
11. Generate digital Prisoner Movement Slip with digital photograph using the
Digital Camera Capture Station System, and retain with juvenile.
DESK OFFICER
12. Ensure the arrest is based upon Probable Cause and the arrest was made in
compliance with Department procedures and arrest photographs of the juvenile
are taken in compliance with the requirements listed in step "2."
13. Confer with Juvenile Desk regarding juvenile arrest and juvenile arrest
photograph procedures including the requirements listed in steps "2","5," "6,"
"7," and "8."
14. View the photographs and ensure that they are high quality and comply with
the requirements listed in steps "5," "6," "7," and "8."
a. If the photographs are high quality and comply with the requirements
listed in steps "5," "6," "7," and "8", "accept" the photographs.
b. If the photographs are not high quality OR do not comply with the
requirements listed in steps "5," "6," "7," and "8", "reject" the photographs
and direct that the process be repeated until high quality photographs that
comply with the requirements listed in steps "5," "6," "7," and "8" are
obtained.
NOTE: The desk officer must enter the Photo Manager System through the
Department Intranet in order to confirm that the photographs are high quality
and comply with the requirements listed in steps "5," "6," "7," and "8". Once
at the log-in screen of Photo Manager, the desk officer shall click on the
BLUE bar which reads, "Verify Juvenile Images". The desk officer will be
directed to another log-in screen (black and red in color). Once at that
screen, the desk officer will log-in utilizing their password.
Once logged-in, a table of juvenile records will appear representing
photographs that need to be "verified." On the left hand side of each record
will be a link "Verify." A one minute time frame may be needed for the
juvenile information to appear in the table. If it does not appear, repeatedly
depress the refresh button until it does.
Both the frontal and side view juvenile photographs taken on the Digital
Camera Capture Station System will be displayed. The desk officer will view
the photographs and ensure that they comply with all requirements. Each
photograph must be independently accepted or rejected by depressing the

corresponding buttons on the computer screen.
If a photograph must be rejected for any reason, depress the "Reject" button
and such photographs will disappear from the Photo Manager System (desk
Officer's computer) as well as the officer's screen at the Digital Camera
Capture Station System. Once a photograph is rejected, it is permanently
deleted from the System and must be re-taken.
15. If a juvenile arrest is voided OR if juvenile arrest photographs were not
taken in compliance with the requirements listed in step "2" OR if juvenile
arrest photographs were inadvertently "accepted" when they should have been
"rejected", prepare a Typed Letterhead addressed to Director, Photographic
Services requesting arrest photograph and arrest record / information be
deleted from the system and explaining the reasons for deletion (see
"ADDITIONAL DATA").
a. E-mail the Typed Letterhead to the Photographic Unit
b. Make an entry in the Command Log stating the date and time the Typed
Letterhead was e-mailed to the Photographic Unit and explaining the reasons
why the arrest photograph had to be deleted.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Pursuant to the Family Court Act, juvenile delinquent arrest photographs must
be kept confidential and in the exclusive possession of the Department.
Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs must also be kept separate from adult
arrest photographs and juvenile offender arrest photographs. Additionally,
pursuant to the Family Court Act, the Department may ONLY retain juvenile
delinquent arrest photographs:
1. During the pendency of the Family Court proceeding that is the subject of
the arrest.
2. Following the disposition of the Family Court proceeding that is the
subject of the arrest, only upon the conviction of an eleven or twelve year
old for a class "A" or "B" felony OR the conviction of a thirteen, fourteen or
fifteen year old for any felony.
In all other circumstances, ALL copies of juvenile delinquent arrest
photographs must be retrieved and destroyed.
To ensure compliance with the strict controls mandated by the Family Court
Act, members of the service must comply with the following guidelines
concerning juvenile delinquent arrest photographs:
a. Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs and adult arrest photographs
should never be displayed together.
b. Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs and juvenile offender arrest
photographs should never be displayed together.
c. Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs must be treated as confidential
and retained in the exclusive control of the Department.
d. Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs will not be printed from the Photo
Manager System except:

(1) to create and preserve a copy of a photo array displayed to a victim /
witness; or
(2) to preserve a copy of an arrest photograph identified by a victim /
witness during a Mugshot photo viewing identification procedure; or
(3) to assist in the execution of a Family Court warrant for the charge
that is the subject of the arrest for which the juvenile delinquent arrest
photograph was taken and entered into the Photo Manager System;
(4) to generate a digital Prisoner Movement Slip.
If there are questions concerning the printing of juvenile delinquent arrest
photographs from the Photo Manager System, confer with the Legal Bureau.
Member in non-investigative assignment will record such conferral in ACTIVITY
LOG (PD112-145). Member in investigative assignment will record such conferral
in the appropriate manner in the related electronic case file or non-electric
case folder.
e. Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs will not be provided to outside
agencies, including other law enforcement agencies, except the District
Attorney's Office, NYC Corporation Counsel's Family Court Division or US
Attorney's Office, when requested. If there are questions concerning the
distribution of juvenile delinquent arrest photographs to other agencies,
confer with the Legal Bureau. Member in non-investigative assignment will
record such conferral in ACTIVITY LOG. Member in investigative assignment will
record such conferral in the appropriate manner in the related electronic case
file or non- electric case folder.
f. Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs will not be used for wanted
flyers.
g. Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs will not be used for missing
person flyers without permission from the Legal Bureau.
h. Juvenile delinquent arrest photographs will not be released to the media.
SAMPLE OF TYPED LETTERHEAD
Police Department
City of New York
[DATE]
From: [RANK, NAME, COMMAND]
To: Director, Photographic Services
Subject: REQUEST FOR DELETION OF JUVENILE DELINQUENT ARREST PHOTOGRAPHS AND
RECORDS/INFORMATION
1. On [DATE], [RANK] [FULL NAME] [TAX REGISTERY #], arrested [JUVENILE'S FULL
NAME], [ARREST NUMBER], as a juvenile delinquent for [CHARGES]. Arrest
photographs of the respondent were erroneously taken due to the fact that
[STATE REASON(S) WHY DELETION IS NECESSARY].
2. Based upon the forgoing facts, I request that all copies of arrest
photographs and arrests records / information be deleted.
3. For your information and appropriate attention.

[SUPERVISOR'S FULL NAME]
[SUPERVISOR'S RANK]
RELATED PROCEDURES
Photographable Offenses (P.G. 208-07)
Utilization of the Juvenile Desk (P.G. 215-21)
Offense Committed by a Child Under 16 Years of Age (Other Than a Juvenile
Offender) (P.G. 215-09)
Arrest of Juvenile Offender (P.G. 215-10)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Typed Letterhead

Aided Cases

P.G. 216-01 Aided Cases General Procedure
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To render necessary aid, take corrective or summary action and prepare the
prescribed forms.
DEFINITION
AIDED CASE - Any occurrence coming to the attention of a uniformed member of
the service which requires that a person, OTHER THAN A PRISONER, receive
medical aid or assistance because such person is:
a. Sick or injured (except vehicle or bicycle collision)
b. Dead (except vehicle or bicycle collision)
c. Lost person
d. Mentally ill
e. An abandoned, destitute, abused or neglected child
f. Runaway child
g. Adult requiring care due to arrest, hospitalization, death of parent/
guardian/person responsible for care.
ROUTINE SICK AT HOME - Requires ONLY an ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry if
aided is at any residence AND
a. Is conscious and properly identified
b. No other police service or notification is required
c. No dependent adults or uncared for children are in household
d. No other investigation is needed.
NOTE: Ascertain that ambulance is responding and resume patrol.
ROUTINE SICK IN NURSING HOMES - Uniformed members of the service will NOT
respond to sick cases in nursing homes. However, other than a routine sick
case (injury, cardiac, D.O.A., etc.), a uniformed member will respond to the
nursing home, prepare an AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), and make
necessary notifications.
PROCEDURE
Upon arrival at the scene of an aided incident:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Render reasonable aid to sick or injured person.

2. Request an ambulance or doctor, if necessary.
a. If not assigned to patrol, request dispatcher to assign patrol unit
concerned
b. If aided person is wearing a Medic Alert Emblem indicating diabetes,
heart disease, etc., notify radio dispatcher and bring to the attention of
ambulance attendant. Do not remove Emblem.
3. Wait in view to direct the ambulance or have a responsible person do so.
4. Make a second call in twenty minutes if ambulance does not arrive.
5. Make ACTIVITY LOG entry.
a. Include name of person notified regarding Medic Alert Emblem
b. Include Ambulance Call Report (ACR) number or Patient Care Report (PCR)
number related to the aided (obtain from the responding ambulance attendant).
6. Accompany unconscious or unidentified aided to hospital in body of
ambulance.
a. Witness search by hospital authorities and sign hospital property record
as witness.
b. Examine property removed in attempt to determine identity of aided.
c. Record, in ACTIVITY LOG, a list of property removed and identity of
person conducting search.
NOTE: When a uniformed member of the service responds to an aided case and
finds that the aided has been removed from the scene prior to the arrival of
the member, such member will ascertain the location of the aided and obtain
all information necessary for preparation of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
7. Obtain name, address and telephone number of relative or friend for
notification.
8. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET and deliver to command clerk.
a. Include under "Details," name of person notified regarding Medic Alert
Emblems worn.
ALL AIDED CASES:
COMMAND CLERK
9. Have relatives/friends notified if aided is admitted to a hospital or dies.
10. Classify aided "Unidentified" if unable to make identification and inform
desk officer.
11. Deliver AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to the desk officer.
DESK OFFICER

12. Ascertain that notification has been made or comply with P.G. 216-03,
"Unidentified Persons."
13. Review AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET for accuracy and completeness.
NOTE: In cases where a death has occurred or the person is seriously injured
and likely to die, the desk officer will ensure that a notification is made in
a timely manner and document the time and date of the notification as well as
the name of the member making notification under caption "Notification" on the
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
14. Process AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET in accordance with P.G. 216-02,
"Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet."
15. Notify the New York City Human Resources Administration's Protective
Services for Adults to obtain care for a dependent adult due to arrest,
hospitalization or death of a guardian.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When an aided person is placed in care of ambulance or medical personnel at a
hospital, the authority and responsibility for the medical care of the aided
rests solely with hospital personnel. Uniformed members of the service
concerned shall cooperate with ambulance/hospital personnel in every
reasonable manner.
If a person is unconscious in a manhole, the uniformed member of the service
concerned should immediately request the services of the Emergency Service
Unit. If there is reason to believe that the victim was asphyxiated by lack of
oxygen, or toxic gas in the manhole, the member WILL NOT DESCEND into the
manhole unless equipped with a self-contained oxygen breathing apparatus such
as a Scott Air Pack, NOT a filter mask as used by the military. If a person is
unconscious in a manhole and there is reason to believe that atmosphere in the
manhole is safe, the member concerned, before descending into the manhole,
shall obtain a rope or similar article and tie the rope, etc., securely around
his/her body. A capable person outside the manhole should hold the free end.
A member of the service (uniformed or civilian) who receives a report of a
crime involving personal injury, death or loss of essential personal property
to an innocent crime victim will notify the victim, or a dependent or
surviving relative, of the State Crime Victim's Compensation Program and that
additional information and applications are available at any precinct
stationhouse, police service area or transit district .
Whenever a uniformed member of the service is present at the scene of an aided
case that is not life threatening, and there is a difference of opinion
between the aided, aided's family, or other interested parties and Emergency
Medical Service (EMS) personnel relative to the medical treatment or removal
of the aided to a hospital, the member concerned will IMMEDIATELY request the
patrol supervisor and an EMS supervisor to respond to the scene. If the patrol
supervisor is not available, the Communications Section dispatcher will
automatically direct the patrol supervisor from the adjoining command to
respond without delay.
The patrol supervisor will
the situation is resolved,
canceled. If the situation
will make a second request

immediately respond to ascertain the facts, and if
the request for the EMS supervisor will be
cannot be properly resolved, the patrol supervisor
for an EMS supervisor to respond to the scene.

When responding to an aided case, and the aided is the victim of domestic
violence, uniformed members concerned will ensure that photographs are taken
of the visible injuries as per P.G. 208-39, "Family Offenses/Domestic Violence
(Digital Photography of Visible Injuries/Damaged Property.")
LifeNet is a treatment referral program for individuals or families in need of
counseling assistance outside the purview of this Department, e.g.,
drug/alcohol abuse, mental health related issues, the lonely and confused,
etc. Members of the service responding to aided cases encountering such
individuals or families are directed to give to them a LifeNet Information
Card (Misc. 4203) which contains the program's telephone numbers. LifeNet
personnel are accessible 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.
LifeNet is not intended as an alternative means by which to handle mentally
ill or emotionally disturbed persons who may pose a danger to themselves or
others. In such situations members will comply with P.G. 216-05, "Mentally Ill
or Emotionally Disturbed Persons."
Uniformed members of the service at the scene of an incident at which an aided
is acting in a deranged, erratic manner apparently caused by a drug overdose,(
i.e., cocaine psychosis, angel dust, heroin overdose, etc.) will request the
response of the patrol supervisor. If an ambulance is not immediately
available, the supervisor will determine if aided should be removed to the
appropriate hospital by utilizing an RMP or await the arrival of an ambulance.
The aided is not to be brought to a police facility.
Cocaine induces psychosis or other illegal drug usage may cause violent
behavior, which may be a means of self-defense against imagined persecutors.
In addition to paranoia, the individual may experience visual, auditory, or
tactile (e.g., bugs crawling under the skin, etc.) hallucinations, high body
temperature and seizures. Since sudden death may ensue, uniformed members of
the service are reminded to have such person brought to an appropriate
hospital facility and NOT TO A POLICE FACILITY.
Pending arrival of an ambulance, the uniformed member should allow a
sick/injured person to be treated by a doctor, emergency medical technician or
paramedic, if such person volunteers his/her services, and the uniformed
member reasonably believes the volunteer is a professional. The medical
attention should take place, if possible, under the observation of the member
concerned. When the emergency situation is under control, request
identification from volunteer, including name and address, and record
information in ACTIVITY LOG and under "Details" on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET. The
volunteer's role is limited to providing medical assistance ONLY.
Determination regarding removal procedures via ambulance, Medivac, etc., will
be determined by Emergency Medical Service personnel.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence (Digital Photography of Visible
Injuries/Damaged Property) (P.G. 208-39)
Runaway Children (P.G. 215-05)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Notifications (P.G. 216-15)
Safeguarding Property of Deceased Persons (P.G. 218-28)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
LifeNet Information Card (Misc. 4203)

P.G. 216-02 Preparation Of Aided Report Worksheet
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To provide statistical data and record occurrences and services rendered.
PROCEDURE
To record an aided case:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a. Complete all boxes with captions pertaining to the aided case.
b. If only one WORKSHEET needed, indicate "1 of 1" on front of WORKSHEET
under caption "Card No.___of___" at top right side of form. If more than one
WORKSHEET required, indicate "1 of 3," "2 of 3," "3 of 3," etc. on WORKSHEETS,
as appropriate.
c. Under "Details" caption, use own words to describe apparent illness or
injury, such as "stomach pains," "head injury," "maternity," etc.
d. If the City is involved, check caption "City Involved" and enter agency
code, official diagnosis, description of area and witness' name, address and
telephone number under caption "Details," if available.
e. If person being aided refuses medical aid, check "refused" box under
caption "Medical Aid was" on front of WORKSHEET.
f. If a person is unidentified and hospitalized, enter the hospital
admission number under caption, "Admission #: If unidentified and
hospitalized," on front of WORKSHEET.
g. If an unidentified person was treated and released, record such facts
under "Details" caption.
h. If O.C. Spray used, check caption on rear of WORKSHEET and enter in
"Details," the rank, name and tax registry number of each uniformed member of
the service who discharged spray.
2. Report incident to desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
DESK OFFICER
3. Review and sign WORKSHEET.
4. Have command clerk enter aided information contained on WORKSHEET into the
On Line Aided System (O.L.A.S.).
COMMAND CLERK
5. Enter aided information contained on WORKSHEET, previously approved by the

desk officer, into the On Line Aided System (O.L.A.S.) through the FINEST or
Local Area Network (LAN) terminals.
6. Generate duplicate copy of O.L.A.S. Aided Report and forward, as follows:
a. PRECINCT YOUTH OFFICER (Child's Temporary Resident Precinct) - If person
deceased or removed to hospital and UNCARED FOR CHILDREN are left with
friends, neighbors, relatives, etc., not residing in household.
b. PRECINCT YOUTH OFFICER (Child's Permanent Resident Precinct) - If child
is neglected, abused or maltreated.
c. EMERGENCY SERVICES UNIT - If cardio-pulmonary resuscitation (CPR) is
administered by members of the service.
d. HARBOR UNIT - If person injured or killed in boating collision or person
aided on an island inaccessible to a patrol precinct.
e. UNIT CONCERNED - If directed by Patrol Guide, or other directive, forward
duplicate copy of O.L.A.S. Aided Report to unit concerned.
NOTE: All duplicate reports for outside agencies will be placed in a white
envelope, addressed appropriately (e.g., Office of the Comptroller, One Centre
Street, New York, NY 10007, Attn: CIF Department) and forwarded to the Mail
and Distribution Unit.
DESK OFFICER
7. Review O.L.A.S. Aided Report by ensuring that all required captions are
complete and accurate.
8. Enter tax registry number into FINEST or Local Area Network (LAN) terminal
if O.L.A.S. Aided Report properly prepared.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Once aided information is entered into the On Line Aided System (O.L.A.S.)
through the FINEST or Local Area Network (LAN) terminals, aided numbers will
be automatically and sequentially issued by the system for each precinct, and
will be composed of:
a. A three digit precinct number
b. A four digit year number, and
c. A five digit serial number.
If a number of persons are aided as a result of the same occurrence:
a. The first numbered O.L.A.S. Aided Report will describe the full details.
b. On each succeeding O.L.A.S. Aided Report for the same occurrence, only
the aided number, name, address, sex, age, and the nature of the
injury/illness of the aided person will be entered. (Include the name of
hospital and name of attendant if different from information contained on
first O.L.A.S. Aided Report.)
c. Under "Details," make reference to the full name of the person on the

O.L.A.S. Aided Report that describes the full details of incident.
Upon receipt of additional information relating to an aided case that has
already been entered into the On Line Aided System, the uniformed member
receiving additional information will prepare an AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET. The
desk officer will review the new information, sign the WORKSHEET, and direct
the command clerk to enter the new information into the On Line Aided System
using the "Update" mode. Upon completion, the desk officer will perform a
final review of the O.L.A.S. Aided Report in the On Line Aided System.
When AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET is prepared in other than precinct of occurrence,
the desk officer/supervisory counterpart, command of report, will review and
sign WORKSHEET and make telephone notification to precinct of occurrence.
Command clerk/administrative counterpart, command of report, will enter
information from the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET into the On Line Aided System
(O.L.A.S.) through the FINEST or the Local Area Network (LAN) terminal. The
desk officer/supervisory counterpart, command of report, will ensure that a
copy of the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET is forwarded via facsimile to the desk
officer, precinct of occurrence. The desk officer, precinct of occurrence will
ensure that all required entries and notifications have been made and will
perform the final review in the On Line Aided System (O.L.A.S.).
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEETS will be stored sequentially in the precinct concerned.
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

P.G. 216-03 Unidentified Persons
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To record and initiate investigation of an unidentified person.
DEFINITION
UNIDENTIFIED PERSON - Subject of an aided/collision case and is:
a. Unable to identify himself or such information cannot be determined at
once, OR
b. Admitted to a hospital, or a child in a shelter, whose relatives or
friends cannot be located or are unknown at the address given, OR
c. Actually or apparently under eighteen years of age and refuses to
identify himself or give his home address, OR
d. Dead human body and the true name and address are unknown, or if known,
relatives or friends cannot be located.
PROCEDURE
Upon responding to the scene of an aided/collision case and the victim is
unidentified.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Interview neighbors/witnesses to obtain information regarding identity of
relatives or friends of aided/collision victim.
2. Accompany subject to hospital and obtain any information that may assist in
identifying subject from hospital authorities.
NOTE: If aided/collision victim is deceased, comply with P.G. 218-28,
"Safeguarding Property of Deceased Persons."
3. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of incident and include an accurate
description of subject and clothing worn.
4. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) or Police Accident Report
(MV104AN), as appropriate, one copy of MISSING/ UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT
(PD336-151) and COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) if victim is deceased
(see P.G. 216-04, "Dead Human Body.")
DESK OFFICER
5. Check command records.
6. Notify detective squad to conduct preliminary investigation.
a. If no detective is immediately available, the patrol supervisor will
commence the preliminary investigation, pending arrival of assigned detective.

NOTE: Assigned detective is responsible for continuing and completing the
investigation.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE/PATROL SUPERVISOR
7. Notify Missing Persons Squad of available information.
a. Enter name of Missing Persons Squad member notified on copy of
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT.
8. Conduct an immediate preliminary investigation, AND
a. Interview neighbors/witnesses in an effort to obtain further information.
b. Examine documents/property removed from aided/collision victim or from
residence, e.g., personal papers, wills, bankbooks, insurance policies, etc.
c. Make any other reasonable effort to identify aided/collision victim or
locate relatives or friends.
9. Notify desk officer and Missing Persons Squad of results of preliminary
investigation.
NOTE: If subject is homicide victim, the assigned precinct detective handles
the identification and notification process. The Missing Persons Squad will
provide assistance, if needed.
COMMAND CLERK
10. Enter unidentified person complaint in On Line Complaint System and obtain
serial number.
DESK OFFICER
11. Have MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT typed from copy prepared by
uniformed member of the service.
a. If unidentified aided/collision victim is at least seven but less than
sixteen years of age prepare JUVENILE REPORT (PD377-151) and assign precinct
serial number.
12. Review, sign and forward MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT, AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET, Police Accident Report and JUVENILE REPORT, if prepared, as per
instructions on the form.
YOUTH OFFICER
13. Process all JUVENILE REPORTS prepared for unidentified aided/ collision
victims and provide assistance to precinct detective squad.
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
14. Forward COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) within three working days
detailing the steps taken in the preliminary investigation UNLESS the
investigation was closed on the MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT.
a. Obtain Missing Persons Squad case number and identity of assigned

detective.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Juvenile Report (P.G. 215-08)
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)
Dead Human Body (P.G. 216-04)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
JUVENILE REPORT (PD377-151)
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON (PD336-151)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

P.G. 216-04 Dead Human Body General Procedures
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that notifications to concerned authorities and relatives are
properly made and recorded, evidence is preserved and proper disposition is
made of dead human bodies.
PROCEDURE
Upon arrival at scene of an apparently dead human body:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request ambulance and patrol supervisor to respond.
2. Exclude unauthorized persons from scene.
3. Obtain names of witnesses and detain at scene if death is suspicious.
4. Screen area from public view, if possible.
5. Cover body with waterproof covering, if publicly exposed.
6. Ascertain facts and notify desk officer as soon as possible.
7. Request aided person be removed to hospital or that doctor be dispatched if
pronouncement of death by ambulance attendant, emergency medical technician or
paramedic is questioned by anyone.
DESK OFFICER
8. Notify:
a. Detective squad
NOTE: Responding detective will notify Crime Scene Unit, if an apparent
homicide, suicide, or death is suspicious.
b. Harbor Unit, if aided is removed from navigable waters by other than
Harbor Unit personnel
c. Operations Unit, if an apparent homicide, suicide or death is suspicious
d. Communications Section, if death is unusual or homicide
e. Medical Examiner
(1) Obtain Medical Examiner Case Number for entry on AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
(2) Inform Medical Examiner if plastic sheet or bag may be factor in death
(3) Make follow-up call to Medical Examiner, if he/she fails to respond

within one hour.
9. Record all calls to Medical Examiner in Telephone Record.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
10. Prevent anyone from disturbing body or its effects, EXCEPT:
a. Paramedic, E.M.T., or doctor (caution not to disturb evidence)
b. Medical Examiner or assistant
c. District Attorney or assistant
d. Members of the Detective Bureau, detective squad or Crime Scene Unit
e. Member of Highway District assigned as "collision technicians" or
"collision investigators"
f. Member of Emergency Service Unit, if body is on train tracks or in subway
tunnel.
NOTE: Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry identifying all persons entering
crime scene.
11. Prepare and attach IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091) on body.
NOTE: An IDENTIFICATION TAG will be placed on dead human bodies, parts of
bodies, and human fetuses that are to be delivered to the morgue.
12. Obtain receipt on lower half of IDENTIFICATION TAG for body when removed
to morgue, and for body and death certificate if released to a funeral
director or other authorized person.
13. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET or Police Accident Report (MV104AN), as
appropriate, and under "Details" include:
a. Name and badge number of morgue vehicle operator removing body, or
b. Name and address of undertaker authorized to remove body and name,
address, and relationship or person authorizing such removal, or
c. Name, address, and relationship of person to whom body was released.
NOTE: A notification to a member of the immediate family of the deceased
will be made tactfully and in person, if possible. Efforts should be made to
have a friend or neighbor present when making such notification.
14. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
15. Enter all facts in ACTIVITY LOG including
a. Identity and complete description of deceased person and clothing worn
b. Name of doctor, paramedic or E.M.T. who made death pronouncement
c. Name, address and identification of person to whom body was released.

16. Safeguard body and effects until instructions are received from patrol
supervisor.
17. Deliver receipt for body and death certificate to desk officer.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
18. Ascertain that precinct detective squad, Crime Scene Unit and Operations
Unit have been notified, when necessary.
NOTE: An immediate telephone notification to the Operations Unit of all
unusual incidents involving a homicide or suspicious death is required. The
initial notification will include the preliminary facts and circumstances.
However, subsequent notifications should be made as additional information
becomes available or developments occur during the course of the incident or
investigation.
19. Have body and premises searched in the presence of witnesses, when
possible, if deceased resided alone or died at a location other than
residence.
NOTE: A police officer of either sex may search a dead body.
20. Direct member searching body to safeguard property.
21. Examine reporting officer's ACTIVITY LOG entries and certify accuracy by
signing rank and name.
22. Make appropriate ACTIVITY LOG entry.
DESK OFFICER
23. Direct command clerk to prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) from
WORKSHEET by entering information in On Line Complaint System.
a. Ensure serial number is obtained from On Line Complaint System.
24. Close complaint at precinct level when deceased is properly identified,
Medical Examiner certifies death as natural, and relatives are present and
notified.
NOTE: If deceased remains unidentified or relatives cannot be located,
prepare MISSING/ UNIDENTIFIED PERSONS REPORT (PD336-151), enter on Online
Complaint System, obtain a new serial number, and comply with P.G. 216-03,
"Unidentified Persons."
25. Direct officer who discovered body in a homicide case to report to the
morgue at 0900 hours, the next day, to identify the body to two Medical
Examiners.
a. Assign officer first on the scene, or another officer who is not on a
regular day off, if reporting officer is not available, who can identify the
body as the one found or observed at scene.
NOTE: If a person dies as the direct result of a police action, the
uniformed member involved in or actually witnessing the incident WILL NOT be
assigned to identify the body at the morgue. Another member who can make the
identification will be assigned.

26. Direct officer concerned to arrange for a relative or other person who
knew the deceased to be present to identify body in presence of the officer.
27. File receipt for body and death certificate, if received, in the Property
Receipt Book.
ADDITIONAL DATA
A body, offensive to public decency, may be removed from a public place.
However, if death is suspicious, permission of the Medical Examiner and the
assigned detective investigating the incident must be obtained.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Notifications (P.G. 216-15)
Safeguarding Property of Deceased Persons (P.G. 218-28)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091)
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSONS REPORT (PD336-151)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

P.G. 216-05 Mentally Ill Or Emotionally Disturbed Persons
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safeguard a mentally ill or emotionally disturbed person who does not
voluntarily seek medical assistance.
SCOPE
The primary duty of all members of the service is to preserve human life. The
safety of ALL persons involved is paramount in cases involving emotionally
disturbed persons. If such person is dangerous to himself or others, necessary
force may be used to prevent serious physical injury or death. Physical force
will be used ONLY to the extent necessary to restrain the subject until
delivered to a hospital or detention facility. Deadly physical force will be
used ONLY as a last resort to protect the life of the uniformed member of the
service assigned or any other person present. If the emotionally disturbed
person is armed or violent, no attempt will be made to take the EDP into
custody without the specific direction of a supervisor unless there is an
immediate threat of physical harm to the EDP or others are present. If an EDP
is not immediately dangerous, the person should be contained until assistance
arrives. If the EDP is unarmed, not violent and willing to leave voluntarily,
a uniformed member of the service may take such person into custody. When
there is time to negotiate, all the time necessary to ensure the safety of all
individuals will be used.
DEFINITIONS
EMOTIONALLY DISTURBED PERSON (EDP) - A person who appears to be mentally ill
or temporarily deranged and is conducting himself in a manner which a police
officer reasonably believes is likely to result in serious injury to himself
or others.
ZONE OF SAFETY - The distance to be maintained between the EDP and the
responding member(s) of the service. This distance should be greater than the
effective range of the weapon (other than a firearm), and it may vary with
each situation (e.g., type of weapon possessed, condition of EDP, surrounding
area, etc.). A minimum distance of twenty feet is recommended. An attempt will
be made to maintain the "zone of safety" if the EDP does not remain
stationary.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service reasonably believes that a person who
is apparently mentally ill or emotionally disturbed, must be taken into
protective custody because the person is conducting himself in a manner likely
to result in a serious injury to himself or others:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Upon arrival at scene, assess situation as to threat of immediate serious
physical injury to EDP, other persons present, or members of the service. Take
cover, utilize protective shield if available and request additional
personnel, if necessary.

a. If emotionally disturbed person's actions constitute immediate threat of
serious physical injury or death to himself or others:
(1) Take reasonable measures to terminate or prevent such behavior. Deadly
physical force will be used only as a last resort to protect the life of
persons or officers present.
NOTE: Damaging of property would not necessarily constitute an immediate
threat of serious physical injury or death.
b. If EDP is unarmed, not violent and is willing to leave voluntarily:
(1) EDP may be taken into custody without the specific direction of a
supervisor.
c. In all other cases, if EDP's actions do not constitute an immediate
threat of serious physical injury or death to himself or others:
(1) Attempt to isolate and contain the EDP while maintaining a zone of
safety until arrival of patrol supervisor and Emergency Service Unit
personnel.
(2) Do not attempt to take EDP into custody without the specific direction
of a supervisor.
2. Request ambulance, if one has not already been dispatched.
a. Ascertain if patrol supervisor is responding, and, if not, request
response.
NOTE: Communications Section will automatically direct the patrol supervisor
and Emergency Service Unit to respond to scene in such cases. Patrol
supervisors' vehicles are equipped with non-lethal devices to assist in the
containment and control of EDP's, and will be used at the supervisor's
direction, if necessary.
3. Establish police lines.
4. Take EDP into custody if EDP is unarmed, not violent and willing to leave
voluntarily.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
5. Verify that Emergency Service Unit is responding, if required.
a. Cancel response of Emergency Service Unit if services not required.
6. Direct uniformed members of the service to take EDP into custody if
unarmed, not violent, and willing to leave voluntarily.
NOTE: When aided is safeguarded and restrained comply with steps 25 to 32
inclusive.
WHEN AIDED IS ISOLATED/CONTAINED BUT WILL NOT LEAVE VOLUNTARILY:
PATROL SUPERVISOR

7. Establish firearms control.
a. Direct members concerned not to use their firearms or use any other
deadly physical force unless their lives or the life of another is in imminent
danger.
8. Deploy protective devices (shields, etc.).
a. Employ non-lethal devices to ensure the safety of all present (see
"ADDITIONAL DATA" statement).
9. Comply with provisions of P.G. 212-38, "Hostage/Barricaded Person(s),"
where appropriate.
10. Establish police lines if not already done.
11. Request response of hostage negotiation team and coordinator through
Communications Section.
12. Notify desk officer that hostage negotiation team and coordinator have
been notified and request response of precinct commander/duty captain.
13. Request Emergency Service Unit on scene to have supervisor respond.
14. If necessary, request assistance of:
a. Interpreter, if language barrier
b. Subject's family or friends
c. Local clergyman
d. Prominent local citizen
e. Any public or private agency deemed appropriate for possible assistance.
NOTE: The highest ranking uniformed police supervisor at the scene is in
command and will coordinate police operations. If the mentally ill or EDP is
contained and is believed to be armed or violent but due to containment poses
no immediate threat of danger to any person, no additional action will be
taken without the authorization of the commanding officer or duty captain at
the scene.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT SUPERVISOR
15. Report to and confer with ranking patrol supervisor on scene.
a. If there is no patrol supervisor present, request response forthwith, and
perform duties of patrol supervisor pending his/her arrival.
NOTE: The presence of a supervisor from any other police agency does not
preclude the required response of the patrol supervisor.
16. Evaluate the need and ensure that sufficient Emergency Service Unit
personnel and equipment are present at the scene to deal with the situation.
17. Verify that hostage negotiation team and coordinator are responding, when
necessary.

18. Devise plans and tactics to deal with the situation, after conferral with
ranking patrol supervisor on scene.
DESK OFFICER
19. Verify that precinct commander/duty captain has been notified and is
responding.
20. Notify Operations Unit and patrol borough command of facts.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
21. Assume command, including firearms control.
22. Confer with ranking Emergency Service Unit supervisor on scene and develop
plans and tactics to be utilized.
23. Direct whatever further action is necessary, including use of negotiators.
[I.O. 20 s 08] 24. Direct use of alternate means of restraint, if appropriate,
according to circumstances.
WHEN PERSON HAS BEEN RESTRAINED:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
25. Remove property that is dangerous to life or will aid escape.
26. Have person removed to hospital in ambulance.
a. Restraining equipment including handcuffs may be used if patient is
violent, resists, or upon direction of a physician examiner.
b. If unable to transport with reasonable restraint, ambulance attendant or
doctor will request special ambulance.
c. When possible, a female patient being transported should be accompanied
by another female or by an adult member of her immediate family.
27. Ride in body of ambulance with patient.
a. At least two uniformed members of the service will safeguard if more than
one patient is being transported.
NOTE: If an ambulance is NOT available and the situation warrants, transport
the EDP to the hospital by RMP if able to do so with reasonable restraint, at
the direction of a supervisor. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL AN EDP BE
TRANSPORTED TO A POLICE FACILITY.
28. Inform examining physician, upon arrival at hospital, of use of non-lethal
restraining devices, if applicable.
29. Safeguard patient at hospital until examined by psychiatrist.
a. When entering psychiatric ward of hospital, unload revolver at Firearm
Safety Station, if available (see P.G. 216-07, "Firearms Safety Stations At
Psychiatric Wards And Admitting Areas").

30. Inform psychiatrist of circumstances which brought patient into police
custody:
a. Inform relieving uniformed member of circumstances if safeguarding
extends beyond expiration of tour.
b. Relieving uniformed member will inform psychiatrist of details.
31. Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and prepare AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a. Indicate on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET, name of psychiatrist.
32. Deliver AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Refer persons who voluntarily seek psychiatric treatment to proper facility.
Prior to interviewing a patient confined to a facility of the NYC Health and
Hospitals Corporation, a uniformed member of the service must obtain
permission from the hospital administrator who will ascertain if the patient
is mentally competent to give a statement.
Upon receipt of a request from a qualified psychiatrist, or from a director of
a general hospital or his/her designee, uniformed members of the service shall
take into custody and transport an apparently mentally ill or emotionally
disturbed person from a facility licensed or operated by the NYS Office of
Mental Health which does not have an inpatient psychiatric service, or from a
general hospital which does not have an inpatient psychiatric service, to a
hospital approved under Section 9.39 of the Mental Hygiene Law.
Uniformed members of the service will also comply with this procedure upon
direction of the Commissioner of Mental Health, Mental Retardation and
Alcoholism Services or his/her designee.
[I.O. 20 s 08] USE OF NON-LETHAL DEVICES TO ASSIST IN RESTRAINING EMOTIONALLY
DISTURBED PERSONS
Authorized uniformed members of the service may use a conducted energy device
(CED) to assist in restraining emotionally disturbed persons, if necessary.
Emergency Service Unit personnel will obtain the permission of the Emergency
Service Unit supervisor prior to utilizing a CED, except in emergencies.
Authorized members of the service will be guided by Interim Order 20, series
2008, "Use of Conducted Energy Devices (CED)", when a CED has been utilized.
LESS LETHAL/RESCUE EQUIPMENT USE REPORT (PD 320-151) will be prepared whenever
a less lethal restraining device or rescue equipment is used by a uniformed
member of the service in the performance of duty.
The Commanding Officer, Investigation Review Section, will collate statistical
information recorded on the REPORTS, and will forward a monthly report to the
Office of the Chief of Department by the seventh (7th) business day of each
month.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mental Health Removal Orders (P.G. 216-06)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Investigation Of Carjackings (P.G. 207-32)
Unlawful Evictions (P.G. 214-12)
Hostage/Barricaded Person(s) (P.G. 212-38)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
NON-LETHAL RESTRAINING DEVICE/RESCUE EQUIPMENT REPORT (PD320-150)
TASER/STUN DEVICE REPORT (PD304-150)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

P.G. 216-06 Mental Health Removal Orders
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To execute a Mental Health Removal Order and safeguard a mentally ill or
emotionally disturbed person who does not voluntarily seek psychiatric/medical
assistance.
PROCEDURE
When a Mental Health Removal Order is received from the Commissioner of Mental
Health, Mental Retardation and Alcoholism Services:
DESK OFFICER
1. Review Removal Order to verify validity (see "ADDITIONAL DATA").
2. Make a Command Log entry.
NOTE: Await arrival of an assigned city psychiatrist before executing order.
If the psychiatrist does not contact the command or respond within one hour,
notify Operations Unit at (212) 374-5580.
3. Have Communications Section assign patrol supervisor, RMP unit, Emergency
Service Unit and ambulance to execute the Removal Order.
4. Direct RMP unit to respond to command and transport city psychiatrist to
the scene, if necessary.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
5. Respond to the scene, assume command and evaluate the condition of the
patient.
NOTE: If subject of Removal Order is not present, consider whether a search
of immediate area would be fruitful. Contact desk officer for additional
instructions concerning return visits, if necessary.
6. Determine if services of Emergency Service Unit and commanding officer/duty
captain are necessary.
a. Cancel response of Emergency Service Unit, if not required.
7. Permit city psychiatrist to interview patient to gain cooperation.
NOTE: If patient will not cooperate and refuses to go to hospital
voluntarily, request response of commanding officer/duty captain.
8. Comply with provisions of P.G. 216-05, "Mentally Ill or Emotionally
Disturbed Persons."
9. Assign uniformed member of the service to escort patient to the hospital,
if necessary, and remain until patient examined at Psychiatric Emergency Room.

10. Notify desk officer upon completion of removal.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
11. Deliver copy of Removal Order to admitting psychiatrist at hospital.
a. Comply with P.G. 216-07, "Firearm Safety Stations at Psychiatric Wards
and Admitting Areas."
12. Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and prepare AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a. Indicate "Mental Health Removal Order," name of responding city
psychiatrist and name of admitting psychiatrist under "Details" on AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET.
13. Deliver AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
14. Enter completion time and aided number in margin opposite original Command
Log entry.
15. Notify Operations Unit of disposition.
ADDITIONAL DATA
SAMPLE MENTAL HEALTH REMOVAL ORDER
Department of Mental Health
Mental Retardation and Alcoholism Services
To:

Commanding Officer, __________________ Precinct

From:

Commissioner, Department of Mental Health, Mental Retardation
and Alcoholism Services

Subject: REMOVAL OF (NAME) TO (HOSPITAL), PSYCHIATRIC EMERGENCY ROOM,
(ADDRESS)
Pursuant to Section 9.45 of the State Mental Hygiene Law, you are
hereby directed to remove (NAME) to the (HOSPITAL), Psychiatric Emergency
Room, for an examination to determine whether (NAME) should be hospitalized in
accordance with Section 9.39 of the Mental Hygiene Law.
(NAME), presently resides at (ADDRESS) with (FAMILY/FRIENDS). He/she
is(AGE) and in (PHYSICAL CONDITION).
This directive is based on information provided in conversation
between my staff and (FAMILY MEMBERS/SOCIAL WORKER ETC.), and is further based
on (NO.) psychiatric evaluations of (NAME) by (DR.'S NAME), a physician
licensed to practice medicine in the State of New York. It is (DR.'s NAME)
opinion that (NAME) has a mental illness for which observation, care and
treatment in a hospital is appropriate.
Based on the information provided to me that (NAME) has a mental
illness for which immediate care and treatment in a psychiatric hospital is

appropriate, it is my judgment that (NAME) should be removed to (HOSPITAL),
Psychiatric Emergency Room, for an examination to determine whether he/she
should be hospitalized pursuant to Section 9.39 of the Mental Hygiene Law.
This directive is valid through (DATE). If (NAME) is not at home,
the police are directed to make repeated visits until this order can be
carried out.
Please notify me of the disposition of this case.
Commissioner
Mental Health Removal Orders include an expiration date. If the subject is
not present on the first visit, desk officers should notify their reliefs and
arrange for repeated visits until the expiration date, as necessary. Each
visit should be documented with an appropriate Command Log entry, and
cross-referenced to the original entry. Upon expiration, notify Operations
Unit of efforts made to locate mentally ill or emotionally disturbed person
and file copy of Removal Order at the command.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Unlawful Evictions (P.G. 214-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

P.G. 216-07 Firearm Safety Stations At Psychiatric Wards And
Admitting Areas
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To utilize firearms safety stations, when available, for the safe unloading
and reloading of firearms at psychiatric wards or psychiatric admitting areas
of city hospitals.
PROCEDURE
Upon entering a hospital psychiatric ward or psychiatric admitting area of a
city hospital:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Escort mentally ill or emotionally disturbed person to designated patient
waiting area.
2. Sign in and complete entries under captions in Psychiatric Admitting Log
maintained by hospital security police.
3. Proceed to designated firearms safety station, when available, and unload
firearm(s).
a. Replace unloaded firearm(s) in holster and put loose ammunition, and/or
magazine containing ammunition, into pocket.
4. Confer with psychiatric admitting staff and provide necessary information.
5. Safeguard patient at hospital until examined by a psychiatrist.
NOTE: If the psychiatrist refers a patient to the hospital emergency room
for medical evaluation and clearance, a uniformed member shall reload
firearm(s) at the firearms safety station before leaving the psychiatric
admitting area, and unload upon return. A member unloading/reloading a
firearm will make interim entries in "Remarks" column of the Psychiatric
Admitting Log.
6. Inform psychiatrist of circumstances which brought patient into police
custody.
NOTE: Inform relieving uniformed member of circumstances regarding aided, if
safeguarding extends beyond expiration of tour. Relieving uniformed member
will comply with sign-in and firearms unloading procedures in addition to
informing psychiatrist of circumstances regarding aided.
7. Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and prepare AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a. Indicate on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET, name of psychiatrist and admission
number, when appropriate.
8. Proceed to designated firearms safety station location and reload

firearm(s) prior to leaving hospital facility.
9. Complete "time-out" entry in Psychiatric Admitting Log.
10. Deliver AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Patrol supervisors/integrity control officers shall comply with unloading
procedures and make a visit entry in the Psychiatric Admitting Log when
supervising activities of subordinates.
When a mentally ill or emotionally disturbed prisoner is escorted to a
Department of Correction Forensic Psychiatry Ward, uniformed members will
comply with the regulations of the Department of Correction regarding
unloading and safeguarding firearms.
The following Health and Hospitals Corporation facilities are designated for
emergency admission, care and treatment of mentally ill and emotionally
disturbed persons:
HOSPITAL
Bellevue Hospital Center
Bronx Municipal Hospital Center
City Hospital Center at Elmhurst
Coney Island Hospital
Harlem Hospital Center
Kings County Hospital Center
Lincoln Hospital
Metropolitan Hospital Center
North Central Bronx Hospital
Queens Hospital Center
Woodhull Hospital
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

P.G. 216-08 Persons Overcome By Gas, Drugs, Or Other Poisonous
Substances
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To secure special assistance and obtain samples of poisonous substances in
appropriate cases.
PROCEDURE
When it appears that aided person is suffering from ingestion of drugs, a
poisonous substance or inhalation of gas:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Call an ambulance.
2. Request Emergency Service Unit, if oxygen required.
3. Give ambulance attendant information regarding the nature of the poisoning.
4. Permit doctor or attendant to take the substance, prescription or
container, if not required as evidence.
a. If evidence, give sample to doctor or attendant and deliver remainder of
substance to the desk officer or detective assigned.
5. Notify, and make samples available to, the Poison Control Center of the
Health Department, if required.
6. Obtain a receipt for such materials.
7. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of facts and time required
notifications were made.
8. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
9. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), if necessary.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The desk officer will notify the Operations Unit in poisoned or infected food
cases, or in wood or denatured alcohol poisoning cases.
ADDITIONAL GUIDELINES FOR PROCESSING CONTAMINATED FOOD OR DRUG SAMPLES:
a. Cases of spoiled or biologically contaminated foods served in restaurants
or other locations where food may be obtained will be referred to the
Department of Health, Food Poisoning Investigation Unit which will determine
the proper course of action to be taken.
b. Person treated at a hospital for apparent poisoning - if sample of
suspected substance is available, the sample will be taken directly to
Department of Health Laboratories, 455 First Avenue, Manhattan, with [I.O. 63

s 13] REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168) attached.
(1) If a food product is involved, immediately notify Department of
Health, Food Poisoning Investigation Unit.
c. When pattern emerges concerning several separate incidents of suspected
poisoning that occurred under similar circumstances, the Poison Control Center
will be notified and the uniformed member of the service will comply with
instructions received.
d. The mass removal of a potentially dangerous product that must be removed
from retail shelves will be handled on a case by case basis. Under no
circumstances will items be removed from a retail establishment and brought to
a precinct stationhouse/command before consultation with concerned city, state
and federal agencies via the Operations Unit.
e. Samples of evidence in cases having potential criminal sanctions and not
covered in any of the above categories will be delivered to the Police
Laboratory with [I.O. 63 s 13] REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
attached. Materials not classified as evidence in an investigation will be
invoiced and forwarded to the Property Clerk for safekeeping in appropriate
cases.
f. Substances delivered to a member of the service by a citizen for analysis
will not be accepted if there is no allegation of danger to public health or
of specific criminal activity. The complainant will be notified that in civil
negligence cases, private laboratories conduct such analysis. When an item is
a sealed food product, the Food Poisoning Investigation Unit will be notified
for follow-up at point of purchase.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
[I.O. 63 s 13] REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

P.G. 216-09 Animal Bites
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify the New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene of human
exposure to a rabid animal, an animal suspected of being rabid, and/or an
animal that has bitten, scratched, or abraded a human being and to provide for
the observation of the animal involved.
DEFINITION
HUMAN EXPOSURE TO RABIES - A bite or a scratch from a rabid animal, an animal
suspected of being rabid or contamination of an open or fresh wound (i.e.,
having bled within the last twenty-four hours) or mucous membranes (e.g.,
eyes, nose, mouth, etc.) with infectious material (e.g., saliva, nervous
tissue, etc.) from a rabid animal or an animal suspected of being rabid.
PROCEDURE
Upon responding to a complaint which concerns exposure to a rabid or
suspect-rabid animal and/or an animal that has bitten, scratched, or abraded a
human being, follow normal aided case procedures and in addition:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Render reasonable aid and prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b), if
applicable.
2. Comply with P.G. 219-17, "Use of Patrol Kits."
3. Advise person concerned to thoroughly wash affected area with soap and
water, and to seek medical attention as quickly as possible (even if the
injury or exposure is not serious).
4. Ascertain owner of animal.
a. Obtain description of animal and attempt to locate for examination.
b. If animal is located comply with P.G. 214-33, "Care and Disposition of
Animals."
5. Prepare DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT (PD311-152) in all instances in which
response to or becoming apprised of an incident involving an animal bite
and/or dangerous animal and include SPRINT number on form.
a. If the animal is gone upon arrival at the scene, a DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE
REPORT must still be prepared, regardless of whether or not a person has been
injured by the animal.
6. Deliver DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT and AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET, if
applicable, to desk officer.
NOTE: The Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, Animal Bite Unit can be
notified from 0900 to 1700 hours, Monday through Friday. After hours, the

Poison Control Center of the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene must be
notified.
DESK OFFICER
7. Review and sign AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET, if applicable.
8. Process AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET in accordance with P.G. 216-02, "Preparation
of Aided Report Worksheet."
9. Review and sign DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT and distribute as delineated
on form.
10. Notify Department of Health and Mental Hygiene by telephone of an animal
that has bitten, scratched, or abraded a human being and/or of human exposure
to a rabid animal or of an animal suspected of being rabid.
11. Forward the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene copy of
DANGEROUSANIMAL/BITE REPORT via the Mail and Distribution Unit.
12. Notify Department of Health and Mental Hygiene by telephone if animal or
owner is located after DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT has been forwarded.
a. Ensure that all supplementary information is recorded on AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET and entered in the Online Aided System.
13. File command copy of all DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORTS.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Snakebite cases require a notification to the Poison Control Center of the
Department of Health and Mental Hygiene. Enter notification on AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET.
In other than animal bite, injury, or exposure cases, a member of the service
is required to notify the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, Bureau of
Communicable Disease by telephone of any animal of which he/she has knowledge
that is rabid, or is suspected of being rabid, or of any animal which has been
bitten by, come in contact with, or kept together with a rabid animal. The
member must complete the DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT and deliver the
DANGEROUS ANIMAL /BITE REPORT to the desk officer to be reviewed and
distributed as delineated on the form. Forward Department of Health and Mental
Hygiene copy of DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT, via the Mail and Distribution
Unit.
For cases involving rabies, the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene,
Bureau of Communicable Disease can be notified from 0900 to 1700 hours, Monday
through Friday. After hours, the Poison Control Center of the Department of
Health and Mental Hygiene must be notified.
Raccoons are primarily nocturnal animals; any raccoon seen active during the
daytime should be considered rabid until proven otherwise. Any raccoon acting
friendly or aggressively should be considered rabid.
P.G. 214-33, "Care and Disposition of Animals," will be complied with whenever
an animal is located. All parties will be removed from the immediate vicinity
of the animal. The location of the animal, if not contained, will be monitored
and the Emergency Services Unit or the Animal Care and Control of New York

City (A.C. & C.) will be contacted for assistance regarding the animal's
capture and removal. Uniformed members of the service shall not discharge
their firearms at a dog or other animal except to protect themselves or
another person from physical injury and there is no other reasonable means to
eliminate the threat. When a suspected rabid animal is captured, A.C. & C. of
New York City must be notified of the location of capture, the primary reason
the police were called, and the names and addresses of all persons and animals
that were potentially exposed to the suspected rabid animal.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases (P.G. 205-10)
Care and Disposition of Animals (P.G. 214-33)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)
Use of Patrol Kits (P.G. 219-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
DANGEROUS ANIMAL/BITE REPORT (PD311-152)

P.G. 216-10 Taxicab Drivers
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To report certain aided cases involving taxicab drivers to the New York City
Taxi and Limousine Commission.
PROCEDURE
Upon responding to an incident in which a taxicab is involved and it is
apparent that the taxi driver has epilepsy, vertigo, heart disease or other
condition making him/her unfit to operate a taxi:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Follow normal aided case procedures.
2. Obtain driver's credentials and give RECEIPT FOR CREDENTIALS (PD616-011).
DESK OFFICER
3. Forward credentials and facts of the aided case on REPORT OF VIOLATION
(PD672-151) to New York City Taxi and Limousine Commission.
4. Note on REPORT OF VIOLATION if unable to obtain credentials.
FORMS AND REPORTS
RECEIPT FOR CREDENTIALS (PD616-011)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)

P.G. 216-11 Communicable Disease
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assist in the orderly removal of a person with a communicable disease.
DEFINITION
COMMUNICABLE DISEASE - an infectious disease capable of being passed to
another by direct contact with an infected individual or his/her discharges.
PROCEDURE
When advised by the Department of Health that a person with a communicable
disease is to be removed to a hospital:
DESK OFFICER
1. Assign a uniformed member of the service to assist in the removal of
patient.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Comply with the pertinent provisions of P.G. 205-10, "Exposure of Members
of the Service to Infectious Diseases."
3. Accompany patient to the hospital when requested by the hospital attendant
or physician.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Information concerning a prisoner's or a victim's affliction with a
communicable disease must be kept confidential. This information generally
should not be released to the public, the media, the person's family and
friends or to other prisoners. There may be unusual circumstances under which
release of this information is warranted. Any such release, however, may only
be made with the written consent of the Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters.
In some cases, prisoners may volunteer their positive status regarding a
communicable disease indicating the need to be segregated from general
prisoner population or the need for medical treatment. In such cases,
isolation cells should be used, if available. This information may be
recorded on a Prisoner Movement Slip or on form MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER
(PD244-150) in order to alert personnel assigned to Corrections, District
Attorney's offices or courts.
Members of the service who are exposed to a communicable disease should follow
the provisions of P.G. 205-10, "Exposure of Members of the Service to
Infectious Diseases."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Reporting Sick From Outside City And Outside Residence Counties (P.G. 205-05)
Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases (P.G. 205-10)
Prisoners - General Procedure (P.G. 210-01)

Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
MEDICAL TREATMENT OF PRISONER (PD244-150)

P.G. 216-12 School Crossing Guard Injured While Performing Duty
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To maintain a record of a school crossing guard injured while performing duty.
PROCEDURE
When a school crossing guard is injured in the line of duty, follow normal
aided case procedures and:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request patrol supervisor to respond.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
2. Investigate circumstances.
3. Interview the school crossing guard.
a. Obtain name of hospital, attendant and doctor, if removed to a hospital.
4. Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if the member of the service injured
requires hospital treatment.
a. An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required before
final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status of the injured
member of the service.
NOTE: This notification is in addition to, and does not preclude the
requirement for other notifications to Operations as indicated elsewhere in
this procedure.
5. Have school crossing guard prepare, in own handwriting, if possible, two
copies of Employee's Notice of Injury (Law Department Form WCD 23) and submit
to commanding officer of precinct of occurrence.
6. Interview the witnesses and request them to prepare WITNESS STATEMENT INJURY TO MEMBER OF DEPARTMENT (PD429-065).
7. Direct uniformed member of the service to prepare Police Accident Report
(MV 104AN), if vehicle is involved, OR AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) in
all other cases.
8. Report circumstances to the desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
9. Make Command Log entry regarding circumstances of incident and results of
investigation.
10. Notify Employment Section during next business day and Operations Unit
within twenty-four hours.

11. Prepare Typed Letterhead explaining circumstances and deliver to
commanding officer with a copy of Command Log entry attached.
COMMANDING OFFICER
12. Forward two copies of the Typed Letterhead with the two copies of the
Employee's Notice of Injury and the WITNESS STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF
THE DEPARTMENT, if any, to Deputy Director, Employment Section.
13. Keep school crossing guard on payroll, without pay, from time of injury
until return to duty, and cause Election of Rate of Change Against Annual
and/or Sick Leave Balances form to be prepared.
14. Notify Employment Section when school crossing guard returns to duty and
every subsequent time that the guard reports sick and returns to duty as a
result of the injury.
15. Direct that Supervisor's Report of Injury (Law Department Form 201) be
prepared within forty-eight hours after occurrence.
16. Direct that Report to Employee Benefits Unit (Form E) be prepared.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
[I.O. 7 s 13] Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Civilian Employee Injury (A.G. 319-15)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET(PD304-152b)
WITNESS STATEMENT- INJURY TO MEMBER OF DEPARTMENT (PD429-065)
Election of Rate of Change Against Annual/ and/or Sick Leave Balances Form
Employee's Notice of Injury
Police Accident Report (MV 104AN)
Report to Employee Benefits Unit (Form E)
Supervisor's Report of Injury (Law Dept. Form 201)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 216-13 Line Of Duty Injury Or Death - Auxiliary Police
Officer
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To report and record line of duty injuries and deaths of auxiliary police
officers.
DEFINITION
For the purpose of this procedure, the following definitions will apply:
LINE OF DUTY - An incident that occurred while a member was on duty. Auxiliary
Police Officers are considered ON DUTY after they "sign-in" on the Auxiliary
Police Roll Call (APS #10) until they sign out at the end of their tour. Line
of duty designation will NOT be given for any off duty incidents.
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR a. The lieutenant platoon commander, precinct of occurrence, if available,
will act as investigating supervisor.
b. A patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence will act as the investigating
supervisor, if the lieutenant platoon commander is unavailable.
c. The precinct commanding officer/duty captain will be the investigating
supervisor, if the injured auxiliary police officer dies or is likely to die.
PROCEDURE
Upon being notified or arriving at a location where a member of the Auxiliary
Police Program has been injured while on duty:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request patrol supervisor to respond.
2. Notify desk officer of:
a. Circumstances of injury.
b. Request witnesses to await arrival of supervisor and precinct auxiliary
coordinator (if coordinator is on duty).
3. Remain at scene with auxiliary police officer unless:
a. Hospitalization or medical attention is required.
b. Further police action is necessary.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
4. Respond to the scene.

5. Interview the auxiliary police officer.
a. If removed to a hospital, obtain the name of the hospital, attendant, and
doctor.
6. Have auxiliary police officer prepare, in own handwriting, if possible, two
copies of Employee's Notice Of Injury (Law Department Form WCD 23).
a. If member is unable to do so, the patrol supervisor will prepare and
submit the report to the commanding officer, precinct of occurrence.
7. Request witnesses to await arrival of the investigating supervisor, if
necessary.
8. Obtain and safeguard shield, identification card, portable radio and
personal property of auxiliary police officer, if hospitalized.
9. Report circumstances to desk officer.
10. Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN) if vehicle collision involved.
11. Have an AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) prepared if a vehicle is not
involved.
DESK OFFICER
12. Notify the investigating supervisor as indicated in the above
"DEFINITION."
13. Make Command Log entry.
14. Notify Operations Unit and supervisor at Auxiliary Police Section.
a. Notify member's command if not assigned to precinct of occurrence.
15. Notify precinct commanding officer or duty captain if member dies or is
likely to die.
16. Notify borough commander if member dies.
17. Enter the results of investigation in Command Log, indicating whether
injury was sustained in line of duty.
INVESTIGATING SUPERVISOR
18. Interview injured auxiliary police officer and investigate circumstances.
19. Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if the member of the service injured
requires hospital treatment.
a. An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required before
final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status of the injured
member of the service.
NOTE: This notification is in addition to, and does not preclude the
requirement for other notifications to Operations as indicated elsewhere in
this procedure.

20. Make initial report to desk officer without delay.
21. Interview witnesses and request them to prepare and sign WITNESS STATE
MENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065).
22. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead or UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT
(PD370-152) and forward to the precinct commander.
AUXILIARY POLICE SECTION
23. If injured auxiliary police officer dies or is likely to die, commanding
officer at Auxiliary Police Section will designate a supervisory member of the
unit to respond and assist the precinct commanding officer/duty captain.
AUX.POLICE COORDINATOR PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
24. Ensure that all required reports and forms are forwarded to the Auxiliary
Police Section within ten days, including any copies of UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE
REPORTS.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
25. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead or UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT for line
of duty death or serious injury and likely to die and forward as indicated in
P.G. 212-09, "Unusual Occurrence Reports" (exclude copy for Police Pension
Fund).
26. Forward two copies of the Employee's Notice Of Injury and the WITNESS
STATEMENT - INJURY TO MEMBER OF DEPARTMENT, if any, to Commanding Officer,
Auxiliary Police Section.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In line of duty cases where an auxiliary police officer dies or is likely to
die, the command auxiliary police coordinator where member is assigned shall
maintain liaison with the Patrol Borough Auxiliary Police Section. In the
absence of the command coordinator, the precinct commanding officer will
designate an alternate uniformed member of the service who will perform this
function.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Department Vehicle Collisions (P.G. 217-06)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
WITNESS STATEMENT-INJURY TO MEMBER OF THE DEPARTMENT (PD429-065)
Auxiliary Police Roll Call (APS #10)
Employee's Notice Of Injury
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 216-14 Aided Cases On New York City Transit Trains
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide procedures for the handling of aided cases occurring on trains.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of a sick or injured passenger on a train:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Ascertain the condition of the aided, e.g., unconscious, pregnant,
epileptic, intoxicated, bleeding, etc.
2. Transmit this information, immediately, via the radio dispatcher.
3. Remove aided from train, if feasible, unless it is not advisable to move
the aided due to the nature of his or her illness or injury.
a. Seek assistance of train crew or passengers, if necessary.
NOTE: Where removal from the train is not feasible, due to lack of adequate
assistance, the radio dispatcher and the New York City Transit Command Center
will coordinate a point along the train route where the train will be moved to
and have adequate assistance dispatched to that location.
Where removal from the train or movement of the train is not feasible due to
the serious condition of the aided, medical and other assistance shall be
dispatched to the scene immediately. If it is subsequently determined that the
aided can be moved, the aided shall be removed from the train and train
service will continue.
4. Keep the radio dispatcher informed of pertinent developments.
5. Avoid unnecessary interruptions of train service.
NOTE: Unnecessary interruption of train service can inconvenience thousands
of passengers and endanger public welfare. In addition, unnecessary
interruptions can increase temperatures significantly in trains and stations,
and may cause panic on crowded trains stopped in tunnels. Service will be
interrupted only when absolutely necessary.
6. Notify passengers of delay in service and alternate routes, when possible.
7. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
RADIO DISPATCHER
8. Obtain all relevant information concerning aided.
9. Provide all relevant information to field units responding.
10. Dispatch sufficient personnel and assistance promptly.

11. Notify other city agencies as necessary.
12. Notify Operations Unit for serious incidents.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)
Dead Human Body (P.G. 216-04)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)

P.G. 216-15 Notifications
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that relatives or friends are notified, where necessary, in aided
and collision cases.
PROCEDURE
When it is necessary to notify relatives/friends of a deceased, injured or
sick person:
DESK OFFICER
1. Direct notifications be made by telephone, if possible.
NOTE: Make notifications tactfully and in person, if possible, when
aided/collision victim is deceased or seriously injured and likely to die.
Efforts should be made to have a relative, friend or neighbor present.
In cases where a death has occurred or the person is seriously injured and
likely to die, the desk officer will ensure that a notification is made in a
timely manner and document the time and date of the notification as well as
the name of member making the notification under caption "Notification" on the
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) or under caption "NOTIFICATIONS" on the
Police Accident Report (MV104AN).
2. Have notifications made as follows, if telephone notification not possible:
a. Relatives or friends residing within precinct of occurrence, notification
will be made by member assigned to precinct.
b. Relatives or friends residing outside precinct but within New York City,
notification will be made by member assigned to resident precinct.
c. Relatives or friends residing outside New York City, make notification
through Inter-City Correspondence Unit. If notification cannot be made within
a reasonable amount of time, prepare MISSING/ UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT
(PD336-151) and comply with pertinent provisions of P.G. 216-03, "Unidentified
Persons."
d. DO NOT NOTIFY relative or friend of firefighter killed or injured at
scene of fire without permission of the fire officer in charge.
e. DO NOT NOTIFY relative or friend of an inmate who dies in a Department of
Correction Facility UNLESS requested to do so by the Correction supervisor in
charge.
f. The assigned detective will make notification to relative or friends of a
homicide victim.
3. Comply with the following special notification procedures:
a. Aided killed/injured on MTA bus - Desk officer will notify NYC Transit.

b. Aided killed/injured on scaffold - Desk officer will notify the
Department of Buildings.
c. Aided killed/injured at construction site - Desk officer will notify the
Operations Unit.
d. Aided killed/injured on Parks Department property - Desk officer will
notify the Operations Unit.
e. Aided killed/injured in a factory or store - Desk officer will notify the
Operations Unit.
NOTE: In all other cases notifications will be made even though other
authorities (hospital, etc.) indicate they have already made the notification.
COMMAND CLERK
4. Record name, address, telephone number and relationship of person notified
and the identity of member of the service making notification under the
caption "Notifications" on the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) or Police
Accident Report (MV104AN), as appropriate.
a. Under "Details" on the rear of the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET enter the rank
and name of fire officer in charge at fire where firefighter was killed or
injured or the rank and name of the supervisor in charge of the Department of
Corrections facility where an inmate died.
b. Indicate which agency will make the notifications, i.e., Police
Department, Fire Department or Corrections Department.
c. Enter name of detective making notification, if applicable, when an
unidentified person is subsequently identified and relatives or friends are
notified.
5. Forward a copy of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer, if
notification(s) cannot be made prior to entry of information into the On Line
Aided System.
DESK OFFICER
6. Review and sign AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET and process in accordance with P.G.
216-02, "Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet."
7. Retain duplicate copy of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET at the desk until
notification is made.
a. Mark "Supplementary" on face of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET
(1) Record notification on WORKSHEET and have new information entered into
On Line Aided System.
8. Enter name of detective making notification on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET when
subject is a homicide victim.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet (P.G. 216-02)

Aided Case Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
MISSING/UNIDENTIFIED PERSON REPORT (PD336-151)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

P.G. 216-16 Suspicious Death Or Suicide In Department Of
Correction Facility
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PUPROSE
To investigate suspicious deaths or suicides in Correction Department
facilities.
PROCEDURE
When notified by Department of Correction of a suspicious death or suicide in
Department of Correction facility:
DESK OFFICER
1. Notify:
a. Precinct detective squad
1. If detective squad member not available, notify detective borough command
concerned.
b. Commanding officer/duty captain
c. Patrol borough
d. Internal Affairs Bureau (obtain log number)
e. Operations Unit
NOTE: Uniformed member of the service assigned to duty in uniform will NOT
respond to Correction facility.
2. Direct preparation of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a. Include under "Details" name and rank of Department of Correction
supervisor present and identity of person making the death pronouncement.
3. Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared.
a. Include Internal Affairs Bureau log number.
4. Verify that Medical Examiner's office has been notified.
a. Enter time of notification, identity of person receiving call and name of
Medical Examiner on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
b. Make follow-up call if Medical Examiner does not respond within one hour.
c. Obtain Medical Examiner case number for entry on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
NOTE: Record all calls to the Medical Examiner in the Telephone Record.
5. Notifications WILL NOT be made to relatives or friends of an inmate who

dies in a Department of Correction facility, unless requested to do so by
Correction Supervisor in charge of facility.
a. Indicate on AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET that Department of Correction will
make notification, where applicable.
6. Request permission of Medical Examiner prior to moving body.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Notifications (P.G. 216-15)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)

P.G. 216-17 Involuntary Removals Pursuant To Mental Hygiene Law
Section 9.60
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To execute a Court mandated or a Mental Hygiene Law (MHL) Section 9.60,
(Kendra's Law) Order and safely remove a mentally ill or emotionally disturbed
person to a psychiatric/medical facility
DEFINITION
ASSISTED OUTPATIENT TREATMENT COORDINATING TEAM (AOT)
Groups of two or more licensed mental health clinicians designated by the New
York City Department of Mental Health, Mental Retardation and Alcoholism
Services. These teams will notify the NYPD Operations Unit by telephone of any
pending Kendra's Law Removal Order, fax the Order to the Operations Unit, and
then send a clinician(s) to the command concerned to assist in the removal of
the subject. Presently, four AOTs exist city-wide; they will provide coverage
for all patrol boroughs (see "Additional Data" for locations and telephone/fax
numbers.)
PROCEDURE
When a Mental Hygiene Law (MHL) Section 9.60 (Kendra's Law) Removal Order is
received at a Patrol Services/Housing Bureau command:
OPERATIONS UNIT PERSONNEL
1. Upon receipt of a Kendra's Law/Court Removal Order from an AOT:
a. Review Removal Order for validity (see Appendices "A"& "B").
b. Enter in the Command Log the name of the AOT clinician making
notification and the pedigree information of the subject.
2. Notify by telephone and fax a copy of the Removal Order to:
a. The appropriate patrol borough command/Housing Bureau Wheel.
b. Advise that a removal is to be effected.
c. Indicate all information pertinent to the removal, including the
clinician's estimated time of arrival.
PATROL BOROUGH/ HOUSING BUREAU PERSONNEL
3. Notify the appropriate precinct/police service area (PSA) in the same
manner as indicated in step 2.
DESK OFFICER
4. Review the Removal Order to determine if it is:

a. Court mandated removal of patient to a hospital. (see Appendix "A")
b. Properly prepared and signed Kendra's Law Removal Order. (see Appendix
"B")
NOTE: Comply with P.G. 216-06, "Mental Health Removal Orders", if Removal
Order is other than one listed in step four above).
Both the Court mandated and Kendra's Law removals will be handled
cooperatively by the New York City Sheriffs Department and the NYPD. The
Sheriffs Department will effect all removals between 0900 and 2100 hours,
Monday through Thursday and between 0900 and 1700 hours on Fridays, excluding
holidays.
The NYPD will effect removals at all other times. However, if the Sheriff's
Department personnel respond to execute a Kendra's Law removal order and find
the subject to be non-cooperative or violent, they will request NYPD
assistance. NYPD personnel will take charge at the scene and comply with P.G.
216-05, " Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons."
DESK OFFICER
5. Enter the following information in the Command Log
a. Type of Removal Order
b. Subject's name, race, age, gender, and address
c. Rank, name, shield and tax registry numbers of uniformed members of the
service assigned to execute the Order
d. Name of assigned clinician (when determined).
6. Request Communications Section to assign patrol supervisor, RMP unit and
Emergency Service Unit to execute the Order.
7. Direct RMP unit to respond to the command/PSA and transport clinician to
the scene, if necessary.
NOTE: Await arrival of assigned clinician before executing removal. If the
clinician does not contact the command/PSA or respond within one hour, notify
both the borough command and the Operations Unit at (212) 374-5580.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
8. Respond to the scene and assume command.
9. Request presence of Emergency Medical Service (EMS) if the subject of the
removal order is present.
NOTE: If the subject is not present, consider whether a search of the
immediate area would be fruitful. When unable to locate subject, have precinct
records and Department computerized databases checked to determine if subject
has had any interaction with the police (arrested, aided, involved in an
collision, etc.) Have precinct detective squad notified for the preparation of
an INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-161) (see "ADDITIONAL DATA"). Consult with
assigned clinician to determine when clinician will return to make additional
attempts to execute the removal order. If it is believed that the subject may

frequent the transit system, have the appropriate Transit Bureau district, as
well as the Transit Bureau Homeless Outreach Unit ([212] 791-2068/69/70/75)
notified. Notify desk officer of actions taken and results.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
10. Permit AOT clinician to interview subject to gain cooperation.
11. Determine if services of Emergency Service Unit and commanding
officer/duty captain are necessary.
a. Cancel Emergency Service Unit, if not required.
NOTE: If subject of the removal order will not cooperate, request response
of commanding officer/duty captain and comply with provision of P.G. 216-05,
"Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons."
PATROL SUPERVISOR
12. Assign uniformed member of the service to accompany the subject in the
ambulance to the psychiatric emergency room of the hospital named on the
Removal Order.
NOTE: If no specific hospital is cited in the Removal Order, then the
subject will be brought to the closest psychiatric emergency room designated
under Section 9.39 of the Mental Hygiene Law (see ADDITIONAL DATA). However,
the EMS personnel performing the transport have the authority to bring the
subject to a closer or different hospital than that cited if the subject
becomes violent, or if they believe the subject's condition requires it.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
13. Remain with the subject throughout medical triage and until examined by
hospital psychiatrist.
NOTE: Comply with P.G. 216-07, "Firearms Safety Stations at Psychiatric
Wards and Admitting Areas" upon arrival at the psychiatric emergency room of
the hospital.
14. Notify desk officer upon completion of removal.
15. Enter details of transport in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
16. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152).
a. Enter "MHL Section 9.60 (Kendra's Law) Removal" and name of assigned
clinician under "Details" section.
17. Deliver completed AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
18. Enter completion time and aided number in margin opposite original Command
Log entry of incident.
19. Notify patrol borough command/Housing Bureau Wheel and Operations Unit of
disposition.

OPERATIONS UNIT PERSONNEL
20. Notify the appropriate AOT of case disposition.
ADDITIONAL DATA
HOSPITAL TRANSPORTS
If the patient is initially treated in a hospital other than the one cited in
the Removal Order and later released, he or she must still be transported to
the hospital named in the Order. When the assigned member is informed by
hospital staff that the patient is ready to be transported, he/she will notify
the desk officer concerned. The desk officer will then request that an EMS
ambulance be dispatched to the hospital where the patient is located for a
"Kendra's Law" transfer. EMS will transport the patient and the assigned
member to the hospital named on the Removal Order.
However, if the patient is admitted to the initial hospital, even though it is
not the hospital named in the Order, NYPD personnel will no longer be required
to accompany the patient. The assigned member will notify the desk officer of
the circumstances, and that the patient has been admitted. The borough command
and Operations will be notified in turn, as noted above. Operations will
notify the appropriate AOT Team of the circumstances, and the AOT Team will
seek to have the Removal Order vacated.
Sheriff's Department or NYPD personnel may be required to return at a later
time to assist in the transport of the subject to another hospital.
INVESTIGATION CARD
When a precinct detective squad is notified to prepare an INVESTIGATION CARD
because the subject of a Kendra's Law Removal Order was not found, the member
preparing the CARD will enter the following under the "Crime/Charge" caption:
"Subject of Kendra's Law Order." Under caption "Additional
Informational/Characteristics Peculiarities," enter the following: "To be
removed to hospital for psychiatric examination. Contact Operations Unit for
further information."
MENTAL HEALTH LAW SECTION 9.39, DESIGNATED HOSPITALS
BRONX

BROOKLYN

QUEENS

MANHATTAN

Bronx Lebanon
Jacobi
Lincoln
Montefiore
North Central Bronx
Our Lady of Mercy
St. Barnabas

Brookdale
Coney Island
Interfaith
Kings County
Kingsbrook
Jewish
Long Island
College
Lutheran
Maimonides
Woodhull

Elmhurst
Holliswood
Jamaica
Long Island Jewish
Queens Hospital
Center Hospital
Network
St. John's

Bellevue
Beth Israel
Cabrini
Harlem
Metropolitan
Mt. Sinai
N.Y. Hospital/
Cornell
North General
Columbia
Presbyterian
St. Lukes
Roosevelt
St. Vincent's

STATEN ISLAND

Bayley Seton
North Richmond
Staten Island University
St. Vincent's
LOCATIONS, TELEPHONE/FAX NUMBERS OF AOT TEAMS
AOT TEAMS
Bellevue Hospital (Manhattan)
North Central Bronx Hospital (Bronx)
Woodhull Hospital (Brooklyn and Staten Island)
Elmhurst Hospital (Queens)

TELEPHONE/FAX
Tel.:(212) 562-4073
Fax:(212) 562-4556
Tel.:(718) 519-2475
Fax:(718) 519-4877
Tel.:(718) 963-5744
Fax:(718) 630-3159
Tel.:(718) 334-3547
Fax:(718) 334-1041

RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases-General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Mental Health Removal Order (P.G. 216-06)
Hostage/Barricaded Person(s) (P.G. 212-38)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152)
INVESTIGATION CARD (PD373-161)
APPENDIX "A"
(Sample of court mandated removal of subject to a hospital.)
(Note: only the first of several pages listed here.)
At a ______Part of the
Court of the State of New York, Located at
________________________, New York
on the _____day of__________________
PRESENT:
HON.

Judge/Justice

-------------------------------------x
In the Matter of the Application of_______________________
_____________________, Director of Community Services for
the (Country) (City) of
________________________________
Petitioner,

For an order Authorizing Assisted Outpatient
Treatment
-for-

ORDER AUTHORIZING
AND DIRECTING
EXAMINATION OF THE
RESPONDENT
PURSUANT TO
MHL Section 9.60(h)(3)

_______________________, Respondent
--------------------------------------------------------x
Upon reading and filing the order to show cause made by Hon.___________
_____________, Judge/Justice of the___________________Court, dated_______,
the petition of___________________, Director of Community Services for the
(Country) (City) of ______________,verified on ______________________, the
affirmation of________________________________,M.D., dated_______________,
the affidavit of (Insert name of petitioner)____________________, sworn on
_______________, and (Describe other papers in support of the motion)_____
__________________________________,in support of the motion, and (Describe
papers in opposition to motion, if any)___________________________________
_________________________________, and after hearing ____________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------APPENDIX "B"
Sample of Kendra's Law Removal Order
(Section 9.60, Mental Hygiene Law)
ASSISTED OUTPATIENT TREATMENT PROGRAM
AUTHORIZATION OF TRANSPORT
(Section 9.60, Mental Hygiene Law)
RE:

PATIENT'S NAME___________________________
SEX_________DATE OF BIRTH________________
ADDRESS_________________________________

I,______________________________, am Director of Psychiatry at____________
Hospital and the designee of Dr. Neal L. Cohen, Director of Community
Services of the City of New York to exercise the powers vested in the
Director of Community Services by Section 9.60(n) of the Medical Hygiene
Law to transport patient to such section.
I have been notified by_____________________, that, in his or her clinical
(examining physician)
judgment,_______________________________has failed or has refuse to comply
(name of patient)
with assisted outpatient treatment ordered by the court, and that efforts
were made to solicit compliance, and that this person may be in need of
involuntary admission to a hospital pursuant to Section 9.27 of the Mental
Hygiene Law, or immediate observation, care and treatment pursuant to
Section 9.39 or 9.40 of the Mental Hygiene Law. The examining physician
has requested that I direct the removal of

_______________________________ to _______________________________________
(name of patient)
(name of receiving hospital)
for an examination to determine if he/she has a mental illness for which
hospitalization is necessary pursuant to Section 9.27, 9.39 or 9.40 of the
Mental Hygiene Law.
Based on such request, I herby direct, pursuant to Section 9.60(n) of the
Mental Hygiene Law, that peace/police/sheriff's office take into custody
and transport this person to ____________________.
(name of hospital)
__________________________________________
(Signature)
Date ____________________
Time ____________________

P.G. 216-18 Child Window Fall Report
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify the Department of Health within twenty-four hours when a child less
than seventeen years of age falls from the window of any building, regardless
of whether injury or death results.
DEFINITION
BUILDING - Structures as indicated on the Child Window Fall Report caption,
"Type Of Building."
PROCEDURE
When responding to an incident involving a child falling from a window:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Follow P.G. 216-01, "Aided Cases - General Procedure."
2. Prepare Department of Health form, Child Window Fall Report.
a. Immediately fax copy of Report to the Department of Health at (212)
442-2629 or (212) 676-1608.
b. Mail original copy of Report to the Department of Health.
NOTE: To maintain confidentiality, the self-addressed, postage paid Child
Window Fall Report should be folded and taped before mailing. Commands and
Police Service Areas can obtain copies of the Child Window Fall Report
directly from the Department of Health by calling (212) 676-2162.
3. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD 304-152b).
a. Indicate in "Details" section that Child Window Fall Report was prepared,
faxed and mailed to the Department of Health.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Public inquires regarding the Window Fall Prevention Program may be referred
to the Department of Health at (212) 676-2162 or (212) 676-2158 (24-hour
number).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
Child Window Fall Report

P.G. 216-19 Public Access Defibrillation Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To account for and properly document the use of Automated External
Defibrillators (AEDs) in assigned commands, and to provide for the training
and certification of uniformed, civilian and auxiliary members of the service
in their use.
DEFINITIONS
AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR (AED) - An electronic device that is used to
defibrillate the heart by applying an electric shock to it.
UTILIZATION OF AED - Once an AED is placed on an aided, the Department
considers that as utilized, even if a shock is not administered. When the AED
pads are placed on an aided the machine will perform an analysis and advise
what actions should be taken.
CARDIO PULMONARY RESUSCITATION (CPR) ADMINISTERED - The Department considers
that CPR has been administered once a member of the service performs rapid
chest compressions or mouth - to - mouth ventilation on an aided.
PROCEDURE
In all commands assigned Automated External Defibrillators (AED):
DESK OFFICER
1. Account for all AED kits assigned to command at the beginning of each tour.
2. Assign an AED at the start of each tour to a member of the service trained
and certified by the Department, as AED qualified.
3. Notify radio dispatcher of the unit(s) that have been assigned an AED kit.
4. Make a Command Log entry accounting for all AED kits and the notification
to radio dispatcher.
a. Note that assignment of AED kits by their serial numbers, with the prefix
"AED" (e.g., AED 1234).
5. Ensure assignment of AED kits are noted on the roll call.
6. Secure AED kits that are not in use, in an appropriate location (e.g.,
radio room, property room).
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE CERTIFIED TO UTILIZE AED/ ADMINISTER CPR
7. Inspect the AED kit to ensure that it contains the following items:
a. Operational AED - one device
b. Electrode pads with wire leads - two sealed packages, each containing two

pads
c. Pocket mask
d. Gloves
e. Cloth/gauze compress
f. Razor.
8. Notify desk officer of any deficiencies/missing equipment and make
appropriate ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries.
UPON ARRIVING AT THE SCENE OF A CARDIAC AIDED CASE
9. Advise radio dispatcher of aided's condition and request response of
Emergency Medical Service (EMS) to the scene.
10. Utilize the AED device in compliance with Department guidelines/training.
a. The AED will only be attached to an unconscious adult patient after it
has been confirmed that the patient is not breathing and does not have a
pulse.
b. Provide care until relieved by advance level emergency medical personnel.
11. Brief responding EMS crew or other advanced level emergency medical
personnel of the following:
a. Condition of the patient when found
b. Nature of care provided, (i.e., rescue breathing, CPR, defibrillation,
etc.).
12. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a. Note in "Details" section of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET if the AED was
utilized, or CPR administered and results achieved.
(1) If AED utilized, include serial number.
b. If CPR was administered, check the appropriate caption on the AIDED
REPORT WORKSHEET.
13. Deliver AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET immediately to the desk officer after
returning to the command.
DESK OFFICER
14. After member of the service returns to the command telephone the ESU desk
to obtain an AED/CPR log number and print this number in the upper right hand
corner of the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
a. Forward a copy of the completed AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to the ESU-AED
Coordinator via fax, and via Department mail to the Emergency Service Unit,
Attention: EMT School
b. Ensure AED is secured until delivery, and not reassigned.

15. Schedule an appointment and ensure the AED is delivered to the ESU- AED
Coordinator, for downloading of information after each use.
ESU-AED COORDINATOR
16. Download information from the data card or AED, as appropriate, and submit
to the Supervising Chief Surgeon or designee.
a. Check AED for operability/serviceability (battery charge, etc.).
17. Fax copy of the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET to the Office of the Supervising
Chief Surgeon.
18. Maintain:
a. Permanent file of data collected from the AED Program
b. List of AED kits by serial number
c. Supply of AED pads and batteries for replacement when needed by commands.
SUPERVISING CHIEF SURGEON/DESIGNEE
19. Review the data received from the Emergency Service Unit.
COMMANDING OFFICER
20. Designate the command's training sergeant as the AED liaison for the
command.
21. Ensure all members of the service assigned to use AEDs attend a one day
AED training course at the Police Academy.
COMMAND TRAINING SERGEANT
22. Act as command's liaison with ESU-AED coordinator and the Police Academy.
a. Resolve issues with the AED program
b. Schedule members of the service, through the Chief of Patrol's Resource
Management Section, or Bureau Training Coordinator to attend the one day
training session at the Police Academy.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In the event of loss or theft of an AED kit or its contents (except
cloth/gauze compress and plastic gloves) comply with Patrol Guide 219-20,
"Loss or Theft of Department Property."
Replacement of AED supplies, i.e. batteries, pads, etc., defective AED
equipment, and other issues related to this program, may be referred to the
ESU-AED coordinator.
If any command wishes to purchase or accept a donation of an AED, that command
must contact the ESU-AED coordinator, for inventory control and guidance as to
which equipment has been approved by the Department.

Training issues relating to this Program may be referred to the Police
Academy.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Departmental Recognition (P.G. 205-39)
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Loss or Theft of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
Gifts Offered to the Police Department (A.G. 325-33)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 216-20 Handling Shelter Clients With Tuberculosis
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To assist the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene in the removal of
recalcitrant patients sheltered in Human Resources Administration facilities,
who have tuberculosis and are refusing treatment.
PROCEDURE
When the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene notifies the Operations Unit
that a removal and detention order has been issued:
OPERATIONS UNIT PERSONNEL
1. Upon notification by the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene (DOHMH)
that a removal and detention order has been issued.
a. Ascertain location of removal.
b. Enter in the Command Log the name of the DOHMH personnel making
notification and the pedigree information of the subject.
2. Notify Communications Section to assign a patrol supervisor, an RMP unit
and Emergency Service Unit to respond.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Respond to scene and assess the situation.
4. Determine if services of Emergency Service Unit are necessary.
a. Cancel Emergency Service Unit if not required.
5. Confirm that the Removal and Detention Order is possessed by the DOHMH
physician/peace officer at the shelter site.
6. Assign uniformed member of the service to accompany the subject and DOHMH
physician/peace officer in the transportation vehicle provided by DOHMH to the
pre-designated hospital.
NOTE: The primary responsibility of the Department, during these removals is
to assist in the arrest and preserve the peace. If the patient resists,
physical force may be used, but only to the extent necessary to restrain the
subject until delivery to the hospital. Members of the service assigned are
not to personally assist in forcing entry to the premises, securing it
afterwards, or safeguarding property thereat. Those duties, if necessary, will
be performed by other agencies at the direction of the Department of Health
and Mental Hygiene (DOHMH) physician/peace officer.
In the event that the Human Resources Administration is unable to provide a
vehicle, an ambulance will be requested through Communications. Except in
extreme cases, Department vehicles will not be utilized for transportation
purposes.

Responding members of the service will take appropriate precautions, including
the wearing of plastic gloves and facial masks. Facial masks will be provided
at the shelter site by the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene.
Due to the medical conditions of the patient and the Department's
responsibility to minimize exposure of the patient to others, it is imperative
that they be transported only to the designated Health and Hospitals
Corporation facility. This includes those situations where the subject to be
removed engages in conduct where an arrest is effected for other than refusal
to comply with the DOHMH physician/peace officer's order. In these cases, the
arrest will be made by members of this Department and P.G. 210-02
"Hospitalized Prisoners," will be followed.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
7. Accompany patient along with a DOHMH physician/peace officer to predesignated hospital.
8. Enter details of removal and transport in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
9. Ensure that the name of the DOHMH physician/peace officer, and the patient
removed, are recorded in ACTIVITY LOG and on any other Department forms
prepared.
10. Comply with the pertinent provisions of P.G. 205-10, "Exposure of Members
of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials."
ADDITIONAL DATA
If the patient exhibits behavior where it is likely that the patient or others
may be seriously injured or the patient barricades himself in the premises and
refuses to comply, members of the service at the scene will comply with the
provisions of P.G. 216-05, "Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons" and
P.G. 212-38, "Hostage/ Barricaded Person(s)," as appropriate.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous
Materials (P.G. 205-10)
Hospitalized Prisoners (P.G. 210-02)
Hostage/Barricaded Person(s) (P.G. 212-38)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) 1200-M

P.G. 216-21 Response To Carbon Monoxide Alarms
Date Effective: 08/01/13
DEFINITIONS
CARBON MONOXIDE - a colorless and odorless gas that interferes with the
delivery of oxygen to the cells of the body. The signs and symptoms of carbon
monoxide poisoning are headache, nausea, vomiting, confusion and
disorientation. In severe cases cherry red skin can be present. Carbon
monoxide is created by incomplete combustion of burning fuels, such as
gasoline, oil, wood and paper.
PROCEDURE
When responding to a report of a residential carbon monoxide alarm:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Promptly respond to location and attempt to identify what type of alarm has
been transmitted (e.g. residential, central station monitored, EMS call).
2. Interview any person(s) that may have information regarding location of the
alarm.
3. Refrain from entering location.
4. Request the response of Patrol Supervisor, if alarm confirmed.
5. Establish frozen area.
6. Render reasonable aid to victims, if present.
7. Request Emergency Medical Service to respond if necessary.
8. Observe affected individuals for signs and symptoms of carbon monoxide
poisoning and direct them to EMS for treatment.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
9. Respond to location.
10. Evaluate situation upon arrival.
11. Maintain frozen area and extend if necessary, until hazard is removed.
NOTE: Patrol Supervisors should be guided by Patrol Guide 212-37, "Hazardous
Materials," when responding to a carbon monoxide alarm and setting up frozen
areas.
12. Establish Crime Scene, if necessary.
13. Request response of ESU personnel.
14. Prevent all non-ESU police personnel from entering location.

15. Notify Duty Captain and precinct Desk Officer.
16. Direct Communications to notify Department of Buildings if location is
City owned.
EMERGENCY SERVICE UNIT MEMBER
17. Respond to location and determine whether carbon monoxide gases are
present.
18. Advise patrol supervisor on appropriate frozen area boundaries, as
necessary.
19. Determine whether location is safe for re-entry.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
20. Remain outside location until ESU deems location habitable.
21. Assist EMS with removal of aided(s) if location is properly vented and ESU
personnel advise the location is safe to enter.
22. Comply with P.G. 216-01, "Aided Cases General Procedure."
PATROL SUPERVISOR
23. Direct preparation of AIDED REPORT WORKSHEETS (PD304-152b) and a COMPLAINT
REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), if appropriate.
24. Confer with ESU personnel to determine if location is safe for occupants
to re-enter prior to allowing re-entry.
25. Comply with pertinent provisions of Patrol Guide 212-37, "Hazardous
Materials," if it is determined that a continuing carbon monoxide threat
exists.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 216-22 Mobile Crisis Outreach Teams And Assertive Community
Treatment Teams
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safeguard and remove mentally ill or emotionally disturbed persons at the
direction of Mobile Crisis Outreach or Assertive Community Treatment Teams
pursuant to Sections 9.37 and 9.58 of the New York State Mental Hygiene Law.
DEFINITIONS
MOBILE CRISIS OUTREACH TEAMS - These teams are independently operated by local
hospitals or community-based mental health organizations, are usually funded
by the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, and may sometimes be attached
to New York State licensed "comprehensive emergency programs." Their goal is
to assess, stabilize and rapidly refer patients to longer-term providers.
ASSERTIVE COMMUNITY TREATMENT TEAMS (ACT)- Similar to Mobile Crisis Outreach
Teams, but are "hospitals on wheels," more richly staffed by mental health
workers and charged with providing a wide range of ongoing services. ACT teams
sometimes need to order involuntary transport of their patients to hospital
emergency rooms. They receive contract funding from the Department of Health
and Mental Hygiene and are licensed by the New York State Office of Mental
Health.
QUALIFIED MENTAL HEALTH PROFESSIONAL (QMHP) - are members of a Mobile Crisis
Outreach or Assertive Community Treatment Team who are licensed psychologists,
certified social workers or registered professional nurses.
PROCEDURE
When directed to assist, on scene, designated physicians or qualified mental
health professionals assigned to Mobile Crisis Outreach Teams or Assertive
Community Treatment Teams, uniformed members of the service will:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with provisions of Patrol Guide 216-05, "Mentally Ill or Emotionally
Disturbed Persons."
2. Examine the Department of Health and Mental Hygiene photo identification
card of the physician or qualified mental health professional on scene.
a. Record pertinent information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145), including the
identity of the physician or qualified mental health professional ordering the
removal, and the length of time the aided was in police custody.
3. Prepare AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b).
a. Attach Form OMH 475 (Application for Involuntary Admission on Certificate
of a Director of Community Services or Designee) OR Form OMH 482 (Mobile
Crisis Outreach Team Authorization for Transport) to the AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET.

ADDITIONAL DATA
Designated physicians authorizing a removal must prepare Form OMH 475
(Application for Involuntary Admission on Certificate of a Director of
Community Services or Designee) prior to directing the involuntary transport
of an individual. Other qualified mental health professionals assigned to
Mobile Crisis Outreach Teams / Assertive Community Treatment Teams must
prepare Form OMH 482 (Mobile Crisis Outreach Team Authorization for Transport)
prior to directing the involuntary transport of an individual. In either case,
a copy of the required form must be provided to responding officers for
attachment to the AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET.
A uniformed member of the service will assist in the transportation of the
patient to the hospital and ride in the body of the ambulance with the
patient. A uniformed member will remain with the patient until he/she is
examined and is either released or admitted at the psychiatric emergency room.
Mobile Crisis Outreach or Assertive Community Treatment Teams ordering the
removal of a mentally ill person will safeguard all personal property (other
than contraband) removed from the patient.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
Hostage/Barricaded Person(s) (P.G. 212-38)
Aided Cases - General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons (P.G. 216-05)
Mental Health Removal Orders (P.G. 216-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
NON-LETHAL RESTRAINING DEVICE/RESCUE EQUIPMENT REPORT (PD 320-152)
Form OMH 475 (Application for Involuntary Admission on Certificate of a
Director of Community Services or Designee)
Form OMH 482 (Mobile Crisis Outreach Team Authorization for Transport)

Vehicle Accidents

P.G. 217-01 Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure
Date Effective: 09-04-13
PURPOSE
To record and determine the cause of each vehicle collision and take or
recommend corrective action.
DEFINITIONS
VEHICLE COLLISION - A collision which occurs on a public highway, a street
between building lines, or private property and involves a vehicle, including
a parked vehicle, attended or unattended.
VEHICLE - Every device in, upon, or by which any person or property is or may
be transported or drawn upon a highway, except devices moved by human power or
used exclusively upon stationary rails or tracks.
QUALIFYING VEHICLE - for the purposes of this procedure is:
a. Any commercial truck having a Gross Weight Rating or Gross Combined
Weight Rating more than 10,000 pounds
b. Any vehicle displaying a hazardous materials placard
c. A bus designed to carry nine or more persons, including the driver.
BICYCLE - Every two or three wheeled device upon which a person or persons may
ride, propelled by human power through a belt, a chain or gears, with such
wheels an tandem or tricycle, except that it shall not include such a device
having solid tires and intended for use only on a sidewalk by pre-teenage
children.
PROCEDURE
Upon notification or observation of a vehicle collision:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Park radio motor patrol car behind vehicles involved, so that traffic will
not be impeded.
2. Ascertain if there are any injuries and request ambulance if needed.
a. Place IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091) on aided if unconscious and removed
to hospital.
3. Divert traffic, if necessary.
a. Use traffic cones, turret lights and danger signs, whenever available.
b. Place the first cone at least two hundred feet from the collision on
high- speed highways, bridges, etc.
4. Obtain the driver's license, vehicle registration, and insurance

identification card.
a. Record required information and return credentials to driver(s).
5. Have vehicles removed from roadway as soon as practical.
6. Determine the cause of the collision by inquiry and observation.
7. Survey the scene carefully and be alert for common insurance fraud
indicators.
8. Take summary action, if necessary.
a. If a moving violation summons is issued and the collision from which the
violation arose resulted in the death or serious physical injury of someone
other than the violator, the summonsing officer must write "D" for death or
"SPI" for serious physical injury in the "Description/Narrative" section of
the summons.
9. Prepare top portion of COLLISION INFORMATION EXCHANGE/ ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF
FOUND PROPERTY (PD301-092), enter address of command of occurrence and give to
operators.
a. Advise operator, if incapacitated, that another participant in the
collision, or the owner of the vehicle, must complete the bottom portion of
the COLLISION INFORMATION EXCHANGE/ ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FOUND PROPERTY form.
b. Complete the bottom portion of the COLLISION INFORMATION
EXCHANGE/ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FOUND PROPERTY, if the owner of the vehicle or no
other participant in the collision is available.
10. Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN).
11. Complete all relevant captions legibly, with particular attention to the
following:
a. Account for all passengers in the vehicle taking care to note their
seating position, name and injury (if any).
(1) If injury is involved, include statement on Police Accident Report as
to whether the airbag inflated and deployed.
b. Attempt to identify passengers through documentation (photo
identification if possible). If unable to do so note on Police Accident
Report.
c. Enter passenger information in the "All Involved" section of the Police
Accident Report, boxes "A through F."
d. Draw a straight line through every unused box of this section and initial
it.
e. Repeat the same process as above on the reverse side of the Police
Accident Report, in the "Persons Killed Or Injured In Accident" section, boxes
"A through E."
f. Enter information concerning operator of bicycle involved in section
captioned "Vehicle 2", if applicable.

(1) Enter the name and address of the bicycle rental company in the
applicable registration information captions, if a rental bicycle is involved.
12. Obtain the vehicle identification numbers (VIN) from the dashboard and
door of each vehicle involved in the collision.
a. Ensure that they match.
b. List VIN in the "Accident Description/Officer's Notes" caption of the
Police Accident Report.
13. Inspect vehicles/bicycles involved in the collision and indicate the type
of vehicle/bicycle in the "Vehicle Type" caption on the Police Accident Report
(see "ADDITIONAL DATA").
14. Obtain pedicab information, if involved in a collision.
a. Enter pedicab Department of Consumer Affairs License number in "Driver
License ID Number" caption on Police Accident Report.
b. Enter pedicab registration number in "Plate Number" caption on Police
Accident Report.
15. Prepare Truck and Bus Supplemental Police Accident Report (MV104S) if at
least one vehicle involved is a qualifying vehicle and the collision resulted
in one of the following "conditions of severity" for any person or any vehicle
involved:
a. At least one person sustained fatal injuries
b. At least one person was transported for immediate medical treatment
c. At least one vehicle was towed/transported from the scene (other than for
a flat tire).
NOTE: If a collision involved a qualifying vehicle and a "condition of
severity," as described above, a MV104S must be prepared for each qualifying
vehicle and attached to the corresponding Police Accident Report.
16. Check appropriate "Duplicate Copy Required For" captions on rear of Police
Accident Report and, in addition, check box captioned "Other City Agency," if
necessary, and enter:
a. DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS - if tow truck or pedicab licensed by
Department of Consumer Affairs is involved in collision.
b. NEW YORK CITY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION - if collision involved a
collision with a "crash cushion" or "highway impact attenuator."
c. DEPARTMENT OF PARKS - Person killed or injured on roadway under
jurisdiction of Department of Parks, or motor vehicle collision resulting in
damage to a tree on park land, city street, or on any other public property
owned by the City of New York.
d. MISSING PERSONS SQUAD (MEDICAL EXAMINER'S LIAISON UNIT) - person killed
in collision.

e. HIGHWAY DISTRICT (COLLISION INVESTIGATION SQUAD) - person killed in
collision.
NOTE: Subdivision "d" and "e" above will also be followed when a
supplementary Police Accident Report is prepared indicating that a death has
resulted at a later date after the original report has been forwarded.
f. NEW YORK CITY FIRE DEPARTMENT, ACTIONS AND CLAIMS UNIT - if collision
involves any of the following:
(1) Fire Department vehicles
(2) Health and Hospitals Corporation ambulance (staffed by FDNY Emergency Medical Service personnel)
(3) Fire hydrants
(4) Fire alarm boxes
g. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION, OFFICE OF PUPIL TRANSPORTATION - vehicle
collision involving a school bus.
h. NYC TAXI AND LIMOUSINE COMMISSION - if taxi or for hire vehicle
(livery/limousine) is licensed by the NYC Taxi and Limousine Commission.
i. NYC OFFICE OF COMPTROLLER - all collisions where New York City personnel
or City property is involved.
17. Inform person(s) involved in a collision that a copy of Police Accident
Report may be obtained at precinct of occurrence:
a. In person, within thirty days of the collision, along with a ten dollar
fee (check or money order only) for each request. A current, valid form of
picture identification (driver's license, passport, etc.) is required.
b. By mail request, when received within thirty days of collision, with a
ten dollar check or money order and a self-addressed stamped envelope.
NOTE: Any mail request not accompanied by a photocopy of a current, valid
form of picture identification, i.e., driver's license, passport, etc. will be
returned.
18. Sign and deliver the Police Accident Reports to the desk officer, precinct
of occurrence.
a. Members assigned to outside commands will deliver the prepared Police
Accident Report to the desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
19. Make complete ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
COMMAND CLERK
20. Make required entries in the Automated Accident Index utilizing FINEST or
Local Area Network (LAN) terminals for Police Accident Reports prepared during
the tour.
DESK OFFICER

21. Review all Police Accident Reports for collisions occurring in the command
and ensure that required entries are made in the Automated Accident Index on
each tour.
NOTE: The desk officer WILL NOT accept Police Accident Reports for
collisions occurring in another command.
22. Forward Police Accident Reports to precinct traffic safety officer.
TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
23. Review all Police Accident Reports.
a. In absence of traffic safety officer, a uniformed member of the service
authorized by the commanding officer, will review Police Accident Reports.
24. Forward reviewed Police Accident Reports to training sergeant for
signature.
a. Inform training sergeant of any deficiencies.
TRAINING SERGEANT
25. Sign all Police Accident Reports and return them to traffic safety
officer.
a. Ensure any deficiencies on Police Accident Reports are addressed
accordingly.
TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
26. Send copies of Police Accident Reports marked "Duplicate Copies For" to
appropriate agency in an addressed white envelope and forward envelope via
Mail and Distribution Unit.
27. Duplicate and forward collision reports, on a daily basis, to the Highway
Unit concerned for collision occurring on limited access highways.
28. Fax copy of all Police Accident Reports involving a "crossover" collision
to the Corporation Counsel and the Highway District.
29. Provide to the desk officer for review a daily recapitulation of all
collision numbers generated for a given command.
30. Photocopy all completed Police Accident Reports.
31. Maintain a file of completed photocopied Police Accident Reports:
a. By the month in which the collision occurs
b. For a minimum of one year.
c. In a secure locked cabinet.
32. Place an entire month of original Police Accident Reports for collisions
not involving a fatality and not requiring the preparation of a Truck and Bus
Supplemental Police Accident Report in an envelope addressed to the New York
State Department of Motor Vehicles, Accident Records Bureau and forward

envelope via Mail and Distribution Unit.
33. Place an entire month of original Police Accident Reports for collisions
involving a fatality or collisions requiring the preparation of a Truck and
Bus Supplemental Police Accident Report in an envelope addressed to the New
York State Department of Motor Vehicles, Accident Records Bureau and forward
envelope to the Mail and Distribution Unit.
MAIL AND DISTRIBUTION UNIT MEMBER
34. Forward original Police Accident Reports received to the New York State
Department of Motor Vehicles thirty to sixty days from the collision.
Accordingly, all collisions occurring in the month of January will be
forwarded
March 1st, all collisions occurring in the month of February will be forwarded
April 1st, etc.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If collision involves an arrest for Driving While Intoxicated/Impaired, a copy
of the Police Accident Report will be attached to court papers and delivered
by the arresting officer to the assistant district attorney in the complaint
room.
Prepare Police Accident Report in any vehicle collision case when the City is
involved or an animal (horse, dog, domestic cattle, etc.) is killed or
injured.
A personal injury bicycle collision, not involving a motor vehicle, is
reported on an Police Accident Report, as per P.G. 217-17, "Bicycle Collisions
- General Procedure."
Members of the service will indicate the type of vehicle/bicycle involved in
the collision and enter the appropriate information in the "Vehicle Type"
caption on the Police Accident Report:
(a) SEDN - Passenger vehicle
(b) SUBN - Sport utility vehicle/ station wagon
(c) Van - Van
(d) PICK - Pick-up truck
(e) SCOM - Small commercial vehicle (four tires) (e.g., box truck, etc.)
(f) LCOM - Large commercial vehicle (six or more tires)(e.g.,semi, tractortrailer, etc.)
(g) TAXI - Taxi vehicle
(h) LIV - Livery vehicle
(i) BUS- Bus
(j) AMBU - Ambulance

(k) Fire - Firetruck
(l) MCY - Motorcycle
(m) SCOOT - Scooter
(n) BIKE - Bicycle
(o) PCAB - Pedicab
(p) UNK - Unknown
(q) OTH - Other
Pending arrival of an ambulance, the uniformed member should allow a
sick/injured person to be treated by a doctor, emergency medical technician or
paramedic, if person volunteers his/her services, AND the uniformed member
reasonably believes the volunteer is a professional. The medical attention
should take place, if possible, under the observation of the member concerned.
When the emergency situation is under control, request identification from
volunteer, including name and address, and record information in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145) and under "Details" in Police Accident Report. The volunteer's
role is limited to providing medical assistance ONLY. Determination regarding
removal procedures via ambulance, Medevac, etc., will be determined by
Emergency Medical Service personnel.
A REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD (PD301-165) will be given to concerned
person upon request at any precinct stationhouse or at the Public Inquiry and
Request Section.
The following vehicles do not require insurance identification cards:
a. Taxis, busses and rented vehicles
b. Vehicles operating under the authority of the Public Service Commission
and ICC
c. Government owned vehicles
d. Certain farm vehicles
RELATED PROCEDURES
Forwarding of Fees to Audits and Accounts Unit (P.G. 212-82)
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Accidents and Collisions - City Involved (P.G. 217-04)
Department Vehicle Collisions (P.G. 217-06)
Collisions - Private Vehicles Authorized For Police Use (P.G. 217-07)
Bicycle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COLLISION INFORMATION EXCHANGE/ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FOUND PROPERTY (PD301-092)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091)
REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD (PD301-165)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Truck and Bus Supplemental Police Accident Report (MV104S)

P.G. 217-02 Vehicle Collisions Which Result In Death, Serious
Injury And Likely To Die, Or Critical Injury
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To investigate vehicle collisions in which death, serious injury and likely to
die, or critical injury has occurred and to present facts to the District
Attorney.
DEFINITION
CRITICAL INJURY - A critical injury will be determined based upon the on-scene
assessment of Emergency Medical Services (EMS) personnel.
PROCEDURE
After responding to a vehicular collision in which death, serious injury and
likely to die, or a critical injury has occurred, follow normal vehicle
collision procedures and, in addition:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Detain drivers, occupants, vehicles involved, and witnesses.
2. Effect arrest and comply with P.G. 208-40, "Intoxicated or Impaired Driver
Arrest," if probable cause is immediately established that an operator is
under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs.
3. Ensure operators of all vehicles involved in a motor vehicle collision
resulting in death, serious injury and likely to die, or critical injury to a
person submit to a breath test for alcohol unless:
a. A vehicle operator is removed from the scene for immediate medical
attention or;
b. Otherwise directed by a supervisor on the scene.
4. Ensure any other operator(s) remain at the scene pending the administration
of a hand held Portable Breath Test (PBT) by a qualified member of the service
or Highway Unit personnel, if readily available.
a. Observe operator(s) for any indication of impairment by alcohol and/or
drugs pending the arrival of an available PBT
b. Effect arrest and comply with P.G. 208-40, "Intoxicated or Impaired
Driver Arrest," if probable cause is subsequently established that an operator
is under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs pending the arrival of an
available PBT
c. Transport prisoner to the designated testing location without unnecessary
delay in order to minimize the possibility of a reduced alcohol concentration
level reading of a chemical test when administered.
5. Obtain name, address, home and business telephone numbers of any person who

must leave the scene.
6. Confer with on-scene emergency medical service personnel to ascertain if
any person involved in collision has been classified as critically injured as
per FDNY EMS guidelines.
7. Request patrol supervisor to respond to scene.
8. DO NOT disturb collision scene unnecessarily.
a. Mark position of vehicle and/or injured person with chalk, if
person/vehicle must be moved.
9. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
10. Respond to collision scene.
11. Upon arrival at the collision scene where a death, serious injury and
likely to die, or critical injury has occurred, request the response of:
a. Precinct Detective Squad
b. Highway District Collision Technician Group
c. Highway District Collision Investigation Squad.
12. Notify desk officer and commanding officer/duty captain regarding
circumstances of incident.
13. Notify Operations Unit if an extended closure of a roadway(s) is required
or if perishable merchandise or current newspapers are involved.
COMMANDING OFFICER/ DUTY CAPTAIN
14. Confer with patrol supervisor regarding incident.
a. Ensure criteria for a critical injury have been met, or in circumstances
where criteria for a critical injury have not been met, determine whether the
extent of injuries and/or unique circumstances of a collision warrant an
investigation under the parameters of this procedure.
b. Ensure appropriate units have been notified and are responding.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD MEMBER
15. Interview witnesses and secure the crime scene pending arrival of the
Highway District Collision Technician Group and the Highway District Collision
Investigation Squad.
HIGHWAY DISTRICT COLLISION TECHNICIAN GROUP MEMBER
16. Process collision scene.
17. Confer with Highway District Collision Investigation Squad member in
regards to processing the collision scene.

18. Prepare MOTOR VEHICLE COLLISION AND MECHANISM REPORT (PD301-151).
HIGHWAY DISTRICT, COLLISION INVESTIGATION SQUAD MEMBER
19. Notify and inform appropriate District Attorney's Office of preliminary
facts of incident prior to the conclusion of the investigation.
20. Conduct on-scene collision investigation with Highway District Collision
Technician Group member.
21. Prepare WITNESS STATEMENT - VEHICLE COLLISION (PD301-061).
22. Prepare Early Notification of Fatal Accident (MV-104EN), if appropriate,
and fax to New York State Department of Motor Vehicles within twenty-four
hours.
23. Prepare Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents (MV-104D), if
appropriate.
a. Complete a separate Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents when
more than one person in a motor vehicle collision is deceased or if more than
three vehicles are involved in a fatal collision.
24. Forward copies of completed Early Notification of Fatal Accident and
Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents, and all other reports
prepared to the Highway District Collision Investigation Squad concerned.
25. Notify relatives or friends of the deceased in a timely manner, if
applicable.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF OCCURANCE
26. Have a separate COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared for each person
killed, or seriously injured and likely to die, or received a critical injury
as a result of the collision.
a. Classify COMPLAINT REPORT either "Case Open-Investigate Motor Vehicle
Collision/Fatal," or "Case Open-Investigate Motor Vehicle Collision/Serious
Injury and Likely to Die/Critical Injury," as appropriate.
27. Record as "Referred to Collision Investigation Squad" and forward copies
of COMPLAINT REPORT, as appropriate.
28. Ensure that notifications to relatives or friends are made in a timely
manner and document the time and date of the notification as well as the name
of member making notification under caption "NOTIFICATIONS" on the Police
Accident Report (MV104AN).
a. Ensure above notifications are made by the Highway District Collision
Investigation Squad when a vehicle collision has resulted in a death.
HIGHWAY DISTRICT COLLISION TECHNICIAN GROUP MEMBER
29. Forward all reports, including any subsequent reports directly related to
collision investigation, to the Highway District Collision Investigation
Squad.
ADDITIONAL DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
The Highway District Collision Technician Group and the Highway District
Collision Investigation Squad investigators will maintain an open dialogue to
ensure a proper and successful investigation is conducted.
A designated member of the Highway District Collision Investigation Squad will
coordinate the investigation and presentation of facts to District Attorney
concerned.
When a precinct desk officer is notified that a person who sustained an
apparent minor injury in a vehicle collision (COMPLAINT REPORT was NOT
prepared) has died as a result of the collision, a COMPLAINT REPORT and a
supplementary Police Accident Report will be prepared. The COMPLAINT REPORT,
supplementary Police Accident Report and a copy of the original Police
Accident Report will be forwarded to the Collision Investigation Squad
concerned. Additionally, the Collision Investigation Squad concerned will also
be notified by telephone.
When making a determination as to when an extended roadway closure should be
placed into effect in order to assist in a collision investigation (including
the length of time a closure will remain in effect and whether or not to
partially or fully close the roadway), the severity of injuries sustained by
the individual(s) involved should be weighed versus other contributing factors
(i.e., the time and day of occurrence, the specific type of roadway involved
[e.g., arterial highway, major thoroughfare, etc.], the ability to effectively
detour traffic and the need to preserve evidence at the scene). Operations
Unit personnel will ensure that the Traffic Management Center is aware of any
closures involving an arterial highway.
If a moving violation summons is issued and the violation resulted in
collision that caused the death or serious physical injury of someone
than the violator, the summonsing officer must write "D" for death or
for serious physical injury in the "Description/Narrative" section of
summons.

a
other
"SPI"
the

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
In accordance with Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 1194.1 subsection (b),
when requested to do so, all operators of vehicles involved in motor vehicle
collisions are required to submit to a breath test for alcohol.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result In Death, Serious Injury and Likely To Die, or
Critical Injury - Mechanical Defect Involved (P.G. 217-03)
Intoxicated or Impaired Driver Arrest (P.G. 208-40)
Chemical Test Warrant Application (P.G. 217-16)
Bicycle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-17)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
MOTOR VEHICLE COLLISION AND MECHANISM REPORT (PD301-151)
WITNESS STATEMENT - VEHICLE COLLISION (PD301-061)

Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Early Notification of Fatal Accident (MV-104EN)
Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents (MV-140D)

P.G. 217-03 Vehicle Collisions Which Result In Death, Serious
Injury And Likely To Die, Or Critical Injury - Mechanical Defect
Involved
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To examine a vehicle involved in a collision which has resulted in death,
serious injury and likely to die, or critical injury to an individual to
ascertain if the vehicle is mechanically defective.
DEFINITION
CRITICAL INJURY - A critical injury will be determined based upon the on-scene
assessment of Emergency Medical Services (EMS) personnel.
PROCEDURE
When a vehicle has been involved in a collision which has resulted in death,
serious injury and likely to die, or critical injury to an individual, and
either the operator indicates or Highway Unit personnel suspect that the
vehicle has a mechanical defect:
HIGHWAY UNIT OFFICER
1. Prepare MOTOR VEHICLE COLLISION AND MECHANISM REPORT (PD301-151).
a. Prepare WITNESS STATEMENT-VEHICLE COLLISION (PD301- 061), if appropriate.
2. Prepare the Early Notification of Fatal Accident (MV-104EN), if
appropriate, and fax to New York State Department of Motor Vehicles within
twenty-four hours.
3. Prepare the Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents (MV-104D), if
appropriate.
a. Complete a separate Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents when
more than one person in a motor vehicle collision is deceased or if more than
three vehicles are involved in a fatal collision.
4. Forward copies of completed Early Notification of Fatal Accident and Police
Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents to the Collision Investigation Squad
concerned.
5. Report facts to desk officer, precinct of occurrence, and to assigned
member of Collision Investigation Squad.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Summon Department tow truck and have vehicle removed to Department
facility.
7. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE

8. Enter rank, name, and shield number of Highway Unit officer in the Command
Log.
a. Note in entry if mechanical defect is a possible factor in collision.
9. Make reference to Command Log entry on Police Accident Report (MV104AN).
10. Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) prepared from WORKSHEET, review
and digitally sign.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR AT DEPARTMENT FACILITY
11. Do not permit removal of vehicle if required as evidence or until the
defect has been corrected.
12. Obtain signed statement from person correcting mechanical defect and file
in Property Receipt Book.
13. Permit removal of vehicle only by properly equipped tow truck if defect is
not corrected, provided vehicle is not required as evidence.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result In Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or
Critical Injury (P.G. 217-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
MOTOR VEHICLE COLLISION AND MECHANISM REPORT (PD301-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
WITNESS STATEMENT-VEHICLE COLLISION (PD301-061)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Early Notification of Fatal Accident (MV-104EN)
Police Report for Fatal Motor Vehicle Accidents (MV-104D)

P.G. 217-04 Accidents And Collisions - City Involved
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To assist the City in processing cases in which the City may be a plaintiff or
defendant.
DEFINITION
CITY INVOLVED - Any reported incident involving personal injury and/or
property damage which may involve the City in a civil action.
PROCEDURE
When it is determined that the City may be involved in a civil suit as a
result of an accident or vehicle collision:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN) if collision and check appropriate
boxes under caption "DUPLICATE COPY REQUIRED FOR," OR Prepare AIDED REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD304-152b) in other cases in which personal injury resulted and
the City may be involved, OR Prepare ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED
(PD301-155) (only) in all other cases in which the City may be involved and no
personal injury resulted (property damage only).
2. Ensure that AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET contains an indication that City is
involved and name of City agency involved.
3. Inform persons involved that a claim against the City arising from the
incident must be filed with the Comptroller of the City of New York within
ninety days.
4. Submit REPORTS to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
5. Review and sign reports, as appropriate.
6. Direct command clerk to enter information from AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET into
On-Line Aided System.
7. Forward:
a. Police Accident Report in normal manner
b. ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED as per instructions on form.
(1) Dispose of buff agency copy if Police Department is the ONLY agency
involved.
(2) Determine City agency involved as indicated below:
CONDITION

AGENCY

Traffic signs, stanchions, signal
lights, etc.

* Department of Transportation

Property damage on roadway under
Jurisdiction of Department of
Parks, or trees damaged on
parkland, City streets, or on any
other public property owned by
the City of New York.

* Department of Parks.

Damaged fire alarm box/post.

* New York City Fire Department,
Actions and Claims Unit.

Lampposts.

* Department of Transportation.

Damage to parkway, through park
road, highway, stone wall, curb,
fence, guide rail, post, etc.

* Dept. of Transportation, Bureau
of Highways, Legal Department.

Accidents on or in immediate
vicinity of a ferry, bridge,
tunnel, dock, airport or seaplane
base.

* Agency concerned.

City hydrants

* Department of Environmental
Protection and the New York
City Fire Department, Actions and
Claims Unit.

School bus Accident

* Board of Education, Office of
Pupil Transportation.

Property damage occurring on or
emanating from transit facilities
(e.g., falling debris from elevated
MTA line)

* NYC Transit Law Department

ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
It is not unusual for claims to arise in favor of the City in certain
accidents and vehicle collisions. It is the policy of the City to pursue such
claims. Members of the service at the scene of an incident involving the City
will detail circumstances which may support claims by the City against private
entities. Additionally, members will obtain names and addresses of witnesses
at the scene, including potential witnesses favorable to the City. Full
cooperation with the involved City agency or the Law Department in pursuing
these claims is mandatory.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155)
AIDED REPORT WORKSHEET (PD304-152b)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

P.G. 217-05 Leaving The Scene Of A Collision
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To investigate reports of leaving the scene of vehicle collisions.
PROCEDURE
Upon arrival at scene of vehicle collision involving personal injury and/or
property damage, and the operator of one of the vehicles has fled the scene
without reporting, follow P.G. 217-01 "Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure"
and:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A), unless the operator of a
vehicle that left the scene of a collision (PROPERTY DAMAGE ONLY) is
apprehended and issued a summons for the traffic offense of Leaving the Scene
of Collision without Reporting, prior to preparation of a COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET.
IF NEW YORK REGISTRATION NUMBER IS OBTAINED
2. Query NYSPIN through the FINEST system to determine if vehicle is reported
stolen.
a. DO NOT give complainant hard copy.
b. Provide information by utilizing COLLISION INFORMATION
EXCHANGE/ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FOUND PROPERTY (PD301-092).
3. Obtain name and address of registered owner.
4. Give information to complainant.
IF VEHICLE REGISTERED IN ANOTHER STATE
5. Query NYSPIN through the FINEST System to determine identity of registered
owner.
a. Request information needed through an adjoining command, if the command
FINEST System is inoperable.
6. Provide complainant with information, if identity of owner is obtained.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
In determining whether a case should be closed or referred to the detective
squad, the following criteria should be considered:
a. Extent of damage

b. Whether the facts or degree of damage indicate operator intentionally
left scene knowing he caused damage
c. Availability of witnesses to testify
d. Timeliness of complaint
e. Whether the report is being made for prosecution or insurance purposes
f. Other relevant factors which would have a bearing on this determination.
In PROPERTY DAMAGE ONLY cases, a summons returnable to the Traffic Violations
Bureau may be served even though the member did not observe the offense (See
Vehicle and Traffic Law, Section 602).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or
Critical Injury (P.G. 217-02)
Conditions of Service (P.G. 209-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COLLISION INFORMATION EXCHANGE/ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF FOUND PROPERTY (PD301-092)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)

P.G. 217-06 Department Vehicle Collisions
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To record and determine the causes of collisions involving Department
vehicles, including vehicles leased or rented by the Department, and/or issued
to the Department by any Federal/State/City agency, and recommend corrective
action.
PROCEDURE
When a Department vehicle is involved in a collision:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request ambulance, if necessary.
2. Request operator, occupants and witnesses to remain pending arrival of
patrol supervisor.
a. Obtain name, address, home and business telephone numbers of persons
involved and witnesses.
3. Request patrol supervisor, precinct of occurrence, to respond.
a. If not available, Communications Section will notify patrol supervisor,
adjoining precinct to respond.
NOTE: If the operator of the Department vehicle is assigned to other than
the precinct of occurrence, a supervisory officer of such member's command, if
available, will perform the tasks of the patrol supervisor. If the collision
involves death, or serious injury to anyone, the precinct commander/duty
captain will be the investigating supervisor. IN ALL CASES, THE FINAL AGENCY
DETERMINATION WILL BE MADE BY THE COMMANDING OFFICER OF THE PRECINCT OF
OCCURRENCE.
4. Prepare Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104) in all cases.
a. If incapacitated, the patrol supervisor will prepare the Report of Motor
Vehicle Accident, in addition to other forms.
NOTE: The Police Department, the City Law Department, or their designee,
will pursue claims against private entities which are at fault in Department
vehicle collisions. Details concerning the cause of the collision including
the names of witnesses favorable to the City will be carefully documented on
Department forms. A summons will be issued to the operator of a private
vehicle if the patrol supervisor determines it is appropriate. A SUMMONS WILL
NOT BE ISSUED TO AN OPERATOR OF DEPARTMENT VEHICLES.
PATROL SUPERVISOR, PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
5. Respond to scene.
6. Conduct investigation and interview person's involved/witnesses.

a. When collision involves death or serious injury, request persons
involved/witnesses to remain pending arrival of precinct commander/duty
captain.
7. Notify desk officer and request response of precinct commander/duty
captain, as necessary.
NOTE: If preliminary investigation discloses that the driver committed a
moving violation or if a fatality occurs, and the driver is a civilian member
of the service required to have a Commercial Driver's License (CDL), he/she
will be required to submit to alcohol and drug testing. The desk officer
concerned will contact the Medical Division, Monday through Friday, 0700 hours
to 1600 hours, within one hour of the incident. All other times, contact the
Medical Division Sick Desk. The desk officer will be informed as to the
location where the member must be taken for drug and alcohol testing, and will
comply with the instructions of the Medical Division supervisor. The member
involved MUST remain available for drug and alcohol testing. Unless
unavailability is the result of necessary emergency care, a member's failure
to be available will be considered a refusal to submit to alcohol and drug
testing and will be the result in disciplinary or other appropriate action.
8. Notify the Operations Unit promptly, if a member of the service is injured
and requires hospital treatment.
a. An additional notification to the Operations Unit is also required before
final reports are prepared to update Operations of the status of the injured
member of the service.
9. Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN) in quadruplicate.
a. If injury is involved, include statement on Police Accident Report as to
whether the airbag inflated and deployed, if applicable.
b. Indicate if collision occurred when responding to an emergency. If so,
state what warning devices were being used, e.g., siren, dome light, etc.
c. Enter member's command and address of that command under caption
"Operator's Address."
d. Print in large letters or type "POLICE INVOLVED" at top of form under
caption "Police Accident Report."
e. Have two sets of photographs taken of all Department vehicle collisions
showing damage to all vehicles involved. If collision involves death or
injury, photographs will be taken at scene, if possible.
(1) Photographs will be secured in a Jewelry Security Envelope.
NOTE: If a uniformed member of the service was operating a police vehicle
during an "emergency operation" as defined by Section 114-b of the Vehicle
Traffic Law, supervisors preparing the Police Accident Report (MV104AN) should
enter a capital letter "P" in a circle next to the name of the Department
vehicle operator near the top of the report and use the following text in the
"Accident Description/Officer's Notes" section of the MV104AN: "The collision
occurred in a police vehicle owned/operated by the New York City Police
Department while responding to an emergency situation." Emergency operation as
defined by Section 114-b of the Vehicle Traffic Law states "the operation, or

parking, of an authorized emergency vehicle, when such vehicle is engaged in
transporting a sick or injured person, transporting prisoners, delivering
blood or blood products in a situation involving an imminent health risk,
pursuing an actual or suspected violator of the law, or responding to, or
working or assisting at the scene of an collision, disaster, police call,
alarm of fire, actual or potential release of hazardous materials or other
emergency. Emergency operation shall not include returning from such service."
When completing Police Accident Report fill in each numbered box with the
proper entry as determined from the corresponding code list on the cover
sheet. If question does not apply, enter "dash" (-). If proper entry for any
questions is unknown, enter an "X" in the corresponding box.
10. Prepare and sign Report of Motor Vehicle Accident, Police Line of Duty
Accident (MV104L).
a. Attach completed form to Police Accident Report prior to forwarding.
NOTE: Failure to report a collision to the Commissioner of Motor Vehicles,
by not forwarding a MV104L is a misdemeanor and shall constitute grounds for
the suspension or revocation of the member of the service driver's license.
11. Deliver one completed copy of Police Accident Report to operator of
Department vehicle involved in accident.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
12. Notify patrol borough command of collision AND:
a. Request response of duty captain, if death or serious injury is involved
and precinct commanding officer is not available.
b. Enter notification and borough accident number obtained in Telephone
Record.
MEMBER ON DUTY, PATROL BOROUGH OFFICE
13. Record in Borough Department Vehicle Accident Log:
a. Date, time, precinct of occurrence, location, borough accident #, rank,
name and command of supervisor preparing Police Accident Report.
14. FAX consolidated daily Department Vehicle Accident reporting forms
directly to the Personnel Safety Desk.
a. Commanding officers will ensure that these reports are submitted no later
than 0700 hours each day.
15. Notify the precinct commander/duty captain to respond to scene of
accident, if death or serious injury is involved.
a. If precinct commander/duty captain is unable to respond notify available
captain (or above) performing duty in borough.
PRECINCT COMMANDER/DUTY CAPTAIN
16. Respond to scene of collision, if death or serious injury involved,
conduct investigation, and review actions taken by patrol supervisor.

NOTE: Determine justification of summons, if issued. If not justified,
follow P.G. 209-18, "Summons Served or Prepared In Error."
17. Interview all persons involved in collision and witnesses.
18. Prepare Part A of COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE (PD
301-153), personally.
NOTE: If the vehicle involved was issued by a Federal/State/City agency, the
issuing agency and vehicle information will be recorded in the "Preliminary
Statement of Investigating Supervisor" caption of the COLLISION REPORT-POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLES.
19. Make a preliminary determination as to the cause of the collision and
record on COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.
a. Consider the actions taken by both the operator and recorder in
determining cause of collision.
NOTE: If preliminary investigation reveals that Department vehicle operator
was at fault, a statement describing member's fault shall be included in the
COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE. Any action taken by the recorder
or omitted actions, will also be noted.
20. Ensure that cause(s) of collision is correctly identified and recorded on
both the Police Accident Report and COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT
VEHICLE.
21. Sign the completed COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE and
deliver to desk officer, precinct of occurrence.
NOTE: If vehicle collision does not involve a death or serious injury, steps
17 through 21 will be performed by the patrol supervisor, precinct of
occurrence/operator's immediate supervisor.
22. Review the Police Accident Report prepared by the patrol supervisor.
a. If collision involves death or injury, record under caption "Accident
Description/Officer's Notes" reviewed by name, rank, command, and sign.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
23. Notify patrol borough office of name, rank and command of supervisor who
prepared the COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.
24. Notify Fleet Services Division, and obtain Police Accident Serial Number.
25. Enter serial number assigned prefaced by caption "Police Accident Serial
Number," at top of Police Accident Report.
a. Enter serial number in designated box on COLLISION REPORT - POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.
26. FAX both sides of the Police Accident Report, Report of Motor Vehicle
Accident, Police Line of Duty Accident, and COLLISION REPORT - POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE, immediately after serial numbers are obtained from the On
Line Accident System, Fleet Services, and borough offices, without the final

agency determination captions completed, to the Personnel Safety Desk, twenty
four hours a day. No coversheet is necessary.
a. During business hours (0700 x 1830 hours), desk officers will confirm
receipt by calling the Personnel Safety Desk. If the transmission of reports
cannot be completed, a photocopy of the reports will be left for the relieving
desk officer to FAX on the next tour. Commands with inoperative FAX machines
will utilized a FAX machine in the closest Department facility. It will be the
desk officer's responsibility to ensure that this information is expeditiously
FAXED to the Personnel Safety Desk on the same tour in which the collision
occurred, if possible. Desk officers will ensure, prior to FAXING, that the
aforementioned reports are completed in a legible and accurate manner.
27. Indicate on Police Accident Report, under caption, "Duplicate Copy
Required For," agencies that are to receive a copy of the Report.
a. Enter command, if vehicle is permanently assigned to other than precinct
of occurrence.
28. Send Department vehicle involved in collision (even if no apparent damage)
to borough service station with copy of Police Accident Report and set of
collision photos attached.
a. Do not place vehicle in service until inspected at service station.
(1) Have speedometer tested before vehicle is used to enforce speed
regulations.
(2) Notify speedometer-testing station if vehicle will be out of service
for an extended period.
29. Attach copy of Police Accident Report to COLLISION REPORT - POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE and forward to precinct executive officer, with
photographs, for endorsement.
30. Forward original copy of Police Accident Report to Traffic Safety Officer
for review and processing.
PRECINCT EXECUTIVE OFFICER
31. Convene a Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board within twenty
days of a vehicle collision and review collision report, photographs, and any
related reports prepared.
a. Have the Personnel Safety Desk contacted to ascertain the number of
Department vehicle collisions in which the operator concerned has been
involved.
b. The Board will be composed of:
Precinct executive officer (chairperson)
Lieutenant platoon commander or special operations lieutenant
Integrity control officer or assistant integrity control officer
Precinct training sergeant

Traffic safety officer or designee
Peer member (rank of operator)
Supervisor from operator's command (if other than precinct of occurrence)
NOTE: When the vehicle operator being reviewed is above the rank of captain,
the patrol borough executive officer will be the chairperson of the board.
32. Indicate Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board recommendation by
completing Part B of COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.
NOTE: If the precinct executive officer is unavailable, the precinct
commander shall be the chairperson of the board.
Factors that led to determination and explanation of delays if board is not
convened within 20 days of collision will be the subject of TRAFFICSTAT
meetings.
PRECINCT COMMANDER
33. Ensure that the Precinct Collision Safety Review Board process was
conducted properly and in a timely fashion, and complete Part C of COLLISION
REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE, indicating Approval/Disapproval of the
precinct executive officer's recommendation.
34. Endorse all reports.
a. Forward white copy of COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE, with
photographs, copy of Police Accident Report, and any related reports, to
Personnel Safety Desk within thirty days of accident.
b. Forward buff copy of COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE, copy
of Police Accident Report, and any related reports, to patrol borough office
for review of information only.
c. File pink copy of COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE in
operator's Personal Folder.
NOTE: The commanding officer of the member concerned must review the
COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE, prior to having it filed in the
operators personnel folder.
d. File copies of all reports prepared at precinct, in chronological order,
under the heading "Department Vehicle Collision."
NOTE: All Department vehicle collision cases, regardless of the command of
the operator, will be heard at the precinct of occurrence by the Precinct
Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board.
In cases where
other than the
command/bureau
concerned MUST
Review Board.

the Department vehicle collision involved a member assigned to
precinct of occurrence, the precinct commander will notify the
of the member of the service involved that the command/bureau
have a supervisor attend the Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety

Members of the service assigned to the Highway District will be exempted from
going through the Precinct Vehicle Safety Review Board or attending PADTU

retraining. When a member of the Highway District is involved in a Department
vehicle collision, the Highway District will convene a Highway Vehicle Safety
Review Board, and if it is deemed that the member needs retraining, the
Highway Driver Training School will conduct the retraining.
35. Implement disciplinary (or other) action, if warranted.
36. Develop a collision reduction program for the command and report progress
to the patrol borough command concerned.
PATROL BOROUGH EXECUTIVE OFFICER
37. Be accountable for compliance with this procedure AND:
a. Ensure timely convening of the Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review
Board.
b. Chair the Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review Board when member
being reviewed is above the rank of captain.
c. Ensure that final "at fault" determinations are accurately made AND
recorded on the COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE.
d. Ensure that completed reports are forwarded to the Personnel Safety Desk
within thirty days of the collision.
e. Ensure that members found "At Fault" are scheduled for AND attend retraining within ninety days (when appropriate). Names of members who require
re-training should be forwarded to the Bureau Training coordinator so that
training slots can be distributed appropriately.
NOTE: In those cases where the Precinct Vehicle Collision Safety Review
Board was chaired by the borough executive officer, the patrol borough
commanding officer will provide the review function outlined in step 37c
above.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If Department vehicle operator is NOT assigned to precinct of occurrence,
duplicate copies of all reports prepared will be forwarded to operator's
commanding officer.
If Department vehicle involved in collision is not permanently assigned to
precinct of occurrence, send duplicate copies of Police Accident Report and
COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE to commanding officer concerned.
All Bureaus (OCCB, Transit, Housing, etc.,) should designate a supervisory
member of the service to review reports involving members of their command.
All Bureaus executive officers should review the semi-annual Department
Vehicle Collision Summary report prepared by the Personnel Bureau and, where
needed, develop appropriate collision reduction programs specific to their
bureaus.
Operators of Department vehicles involved in a collision are advised to stop
the vehicle immediately; extinguish any cigarettes; utilize four-way flashers;
raise the vehicle's hood; and utilize flares or any other warning devices. The
vehicle should be moved only if its location is hazardous and likely to cause

additional collisions.
When deemed appropriate, if collision involves death or injury, the responding
precinct commander/duty captain may immediately direct that the operator
and/or recorder not be assigned to duty in a Department vehicle, if such
action is based upon his/her determination, after investigation at the scene.
This immediate action, as well as any further action, will be subject to
review by the member(s) precinct/unit commander. All proposed disciplinary
action will be indicated on the COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE
as a recommendation.
If the need to interview a member of the service under the provisions of P.G.
206-13, "Interrogation of Members of the Service" becomes apparent and a
serious violation is alleged or sufficient justification is present, although
the violation is minor, a member will be permitted sufficient time to have a
representative respond prior to start of interview.
Members of the service who were involved in Department vehicle collisions in
which it has been determined that the member's driving ability was a
contributory factor to the incident would benefit from the Driver Training
Unit's "Collision Retraining Course." However, depending upon the
circumstances, other corrective measures such as disciplinary action may be
more appropriate. Therefore, to insure that only those members who would
benefit are scheduled for retraining, the following guidelines are offered.
Driver retraining should be implemented only if the operator of a Department
vehicle is determined to be at fault due to a driving deficiency, based on
factors such as:
a. weather conditions which affect the road surface
b. loss of control
c. backing
d. fender judgment
e. mirror usage (vans)
f. avoiding obstructions, debris
g. braking
h. turn negotiation
The precinct/unit commander will be responsible for ensuring that appropriate
individuals attend collision retraining within ninety days of the collision.
These provisions will be strictly adhered to absent exigent circumstances,
i.e., extended sick leave or other valid reasons preventing timely retraining.
Commanding officers are reminded that the Driver Training Unit is a tool best
utilized to improve a member's overall driving performance. It should not be
viewed as disciplinary action. The Commanding Officer, Driver Training Unit,
is available to all commanders for conferral whether scheduling a specific
member for retraining would be appropriate.
New York State Vehicle and Traffic Law (Section 1104 A - V.T.L.) allows the
driver of an authorized emergency vehicle, when involved in an emergency

operation, to disregard regulations with certain conditions. These conditions
include proceeding past a steady red signal, but only after slowing down as
may be necessary for safe operation, or exceeding the maximum speed limits as
long as life and property are not endangered. However, it should be noted that
disciplinary action would be more appropriate than driver retraining for those
members who are involved in vehicle collisions which occurred as a result of
their unsafe disregard of such regulations, as opposed to the member merely
having deficient driving skills.
Report vandalism to a Department vehicle on Typed Letterhead to Fleet Services
Division and deliver report to borough service station with vehicle.
Commanding Officer, Personnel Safety Desk, will forward a copy of reports
received to Police Academy, Driver Training School.
Amounts of property damage sustained are often unable to be determined in a
timely fashion, and whether an injury has in fact occurred, or will be claimed
at a future date, is often undetermined. Therefore, investigating supervisors
of uniformed members of the service involved in a Department vehicle collision
will prepare a MV104L. The MV104L will be prepared at the time of the
collision and attached to the Police Accident Report (MV104AN) prior to
forwarding. Civilian members of the service involved in a Department vehicle
collision will prepare MV104. The MV104 will be prepared at the time of the
collision and should the member of the service involved be incapacitated and
unable to complete the form, the investigating supervisor will do so. (This is
in addition to the Police Accident Report [MV104AN] prepared by the
investigating supervisor). Failure to report a collision by a civilian member
of the service to the Commissioner of Motor Vehicles, by not forwarding a copy
of a MV104, is a misdemeanor and shall constitute grounds for the suspension
or revocation of the member of the service driver's license.
In accordance with New York State Insurance Department Regulations, the
operator of a Department vehicle may not be penalized (charged) by a private
insurance company for a Department vehicle collision that occurred during the
performance of duty. Likewise, insurance companies may not cancel a member of
the service's personal automobile insurance policy on the basis of such
collisions.
In the event that a member of the service's private automobile insurance
policy is surcharged, cancelled, or not renewed unjustifiably as a result of a
Department vehicle collision, such member should notify his/her commanding
officer. The commanding officer concerned will prepare an OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD
(PD158-151) to the insurance company concerned, (see Sample). The member
concerned should also contact:
The New York State Insurance Department
Consumer Services
160 West Broadway
New York, New York 10013
SAMPLE
(Date)
(Rank) (Name)
Commanding Officer (Pct.)
(Street Address)
(Insurance Company Name)
(Street Address)
(City, State)

Re: (RANK, NAME OF MEMBER OF THE SERVICE INVOLVED)
COLLISION (NUMBER)
(DATE OF COLLISION)
Dear Sir or Madam:
I am the commanding officer of (Rank, Name of member of the service involved).
This letter is to inform (Name of Insurance Company) that (Name of member of
the service involved) is a member of the New York City Police Department, and
that the above referenced collision occurred during the performance of his/her
duty with the Police Department. Therefore, pursuant to New York State
Insurance Regulation Section 169.1(d) (iv) of Title 11 of the NYCCRR, no
surcharge may be imposed for the above referenced accident.
Very truly yours,
(Rank) (Name)
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result In Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or
Critical Injury (P.G. 217-02)
Accidents and Collisions - City Involved (P.G. 217-04)
Collisions - Private Vehicles Authorized for Police Use (P.G. 217-07)
Vehicle Pursuits (P.G. 212-39)
Reporting Sick from Outside City and Outside Residence Counties (P.G. 205-02)
Interrogation of Members of the Service (P.G. 206-13)
Summons Served or Prepared in Error (P.G. 209-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COLLISION REPORT-POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE (PD301-153)
OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104)
Report of Motor Vehicle Accident, Police Line of Duty Accident (MV104L)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 217-07 Collisions - Private Vehicles Authorized For Police
Use
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To record and process vehicular collisions involving privately owned vehicles
authorized for police use by members of the service (uniformed or civilian).
PROCEDURE
When involved in a collision while operating an authorized private vehicle in
the performance of police duty:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify precinct of occurrence.
a. Request response of patrol supervisor.
2. Prepare Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104) in all cases.
a. If incapacitated, the patrol supervisor will prepare the Report of Motor
Vehicle Accident (MV104), in addition to other forms.
PATROL SUPERVISOR, PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
3. Respond to scene.
4. Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN).
a. Under caption "Operator's Address," enter member's command and address of
that command.
b. Under caption "Duplicate Copy Required For," check box marked "Office of
Comptroller (City Involved)" and any other boxes that apply.
c. If injury is involved, include statement on Police Accident Report as to
whether the air bag inflated and deployed, if applicable.
d. Have photographs taken of collision showing damages to all vehicles
involved.
(1) If collision involves death or injury, photographs will be taken at
scene, if possible.
NOTE: If preliminary investigation discloses that the driver committed a
moving violation or if a fatality occurs, and the driver is a civilian member
of the service required to have a Commercial Driver's License (CDL), he/she
will be required to submit to alcohol and drug testing. The desk officer
concerned will contact the Medical Division, Monday through Friday, 0700 hours
to 1600 hours, within one hour of the incident. All other times, contact the
Medical Division Sick Desk. The desk officer will be informed as to the
location where the member must be taken for drug and alcohol testing, and will
comply with the instructions of the Medical Division supervisor. The member

involved MUST remain available for drug and alcohol testing. Unless
unavailability is the result of necessary emergency care, a member's failure
to be available will be considered a refusal to submit to alcohol and drug
testing and will result in disciplinary or other appropriate action.
5. Furnish member involved in collision with two duplicated copies of Police
Accident Report and set of collision photos for submission to Fleet Services
Division and Deputy Commissioner - Management and Budget.
6. Direct member concerned to:
a. Obtain Police Collision Serial Number from Fleet Services Division and
b. Bring vehicle, with copy of Police Accident Report and set of collision
photos, to Fleet Services Division for inspection and estimate of damage.
(1) If vehicle is inoperable, notify Fleet Services Division to send a
qualified person to estimate damage.
NOTE: If vehicle is inoperable, member is entitled to have vehicle removed
by Department Tow to one location of choice, within New York City.
7. Submit four copies of report, on Typed Letterhead, to precinct commander,
summarizing collision and indicating any driving deficiency.
PRECINCT COMMANDER
8. Investigate, if a deficiency was determined, and take appropriate
disciplinary action.
9. Endorse patrol supervisor's report:
a. If in doubt regarding member's driving ability, request retesting and/or
retraining by the Police Academy Driver Training Unit.
b. Direct a record of the collision be entered in the operator's personal
folder.
c. Forward report, as follows:
(1) Original - Chief of Department
(2) Duplicate - Personnel Safety Desk
(3) Triplicate - Deputy Commissioner - Management and Budget
(4) Quadruplicate - Precinct file.
NOTE: If member is not permanently assigned to precinct of occurrence,
indicate on reverse side of Police Accident Report that a duplicated copy is
required for member's permanent command. Send copy of patrol supervisor's
report to commanding officer concerned.
WHEN CLAIMING REIMBURSEMENT FROM THE CITY FOR DAMAGE TO PRIVATELY OWNED
VEHICLES INCURRED IN THE LINE OF DUTY
MEMBER OF SERVICE

10. Prepare report, in duplicate, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to Deputy
Commissioner - Management and Budget, including:
a. Time and date of occurrence.
b. Description of incident, including a full description of auto: year,
make, model, number of cylinders and registration.
c. A copy of any entry made in other Department record(s), regarding
particulars of collision, as appropriate.
d. Statement that member is not claiming reimbursement for property damage
from a private insurance carrier.
e. Statement that upon receipt of reimbursement from the city, the member
will assign to the city any rights to reimbursement for property damage
arising from the incident.
11. Obtain and attach to report:
a. Damage estimates from two separate auto body collision repair shops
b. Copy of Police Accident Report.
NOTE: If vehicle is inoperable only one outside estimate is required.
12. Submit report, with attachments, to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER, MEMBER CONCERNED
13. Investigate and endorse request, to include:
a. Facts as stated in request.
b. Whether member had authorization to use vehicle at time of incident.
c. Existence of any other official record(s) covering date and time of
occurrence.
d. Recommendation to APPROVE/DISAPPROVE request.
14. Forward report, with attachments, to commanding officer of next higher
level of command.
COMMANDING OFFICER, NEXT HIGHER LEVEL OF COMMAND
15. Review request and attachments.
16. Indicate APPROVAL/DISAPPROVAL of request.
17. Forward, through channels, to Deputy Commissioner - Management and Budget.
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER MANAGEMENT
18. Review request and attachments.
a. Endorse to the Director, Fleet Services Division.

FLEET SERVICES DIVISION
19. Examine private vehicle of member concerned.
a. Prepare an estimate of repairs
b. Forward estimate with recommendations of amount to be paid to Deputy
Commissioner - Management and Budget.
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET
20. Review request and recommendation.
21. Determine reimbursement amount, if any.
22. Prepare affidavit and assignment.
a. Forward to member concerned requesting notarized signature.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
23. Sign and have notarized the affidavit and assignment form.
24. Return to Deputy Commissioner - Management and Budget (DIRECT).
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET
25. Indicate APPROVAL or DISAPPROVAL, upon receipt of affidavit and assignment
form.
26. Return DISAPPROVED requests to requesting member by endorsement.
27. Forward APPROVED request with affidavit to Audit and Accounts Section for
payment processing.
a. Forward two copies of approved payments eligible for subrogation to
Deputy Commissioner - Legal Matters.
AUDIT AND ACCOUNTS SECTION
28. Process reimbursement payments approved by Deputy Commissioner Management and Budget.
DEPUTY COMMISSIONER LEGAL MATTERS
29. Review reimbursement payments forwarded by Deputy Commissioner- Management
and Budget.
30. Determine if cases should be forwarded to the appropriate city agency for
the recovery of reimbursements paid by the Department (subrogation).
ADDITIONAL DATA
Vandalism to vehicles will be reported to the Fleet Services Division, on
Typed Letterhead, and delivered with the vehicle to that unit.
The Police Department will not bear responsibility for any personal items
stolen from the vehicle or damaged in the collision.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Private Vehicles Authorization (A.G. 325-14)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 217-08 Aircraft Accidents
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To determine the cause of, and record data concerning aircraft
accidents/collisions.
PROCEDURE
On arrival at the scene of an aircraft accident/collision follow P.G. 216-01,
"Aided Cases General Procedure," and in addition:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request patrol supervisor to respond.
2. Notify the desk officer.
3. Detain pilot and aircraft.
4. Safeguard evidence until examined by authorized personnel.
5. Advise the owner or pilot of his responsibility to report the
accident/collision to the desk officer within ten hours and that failure to do
so is a misdemeanor.
DESK OFFICER
6. Notify:
a. Detective squad concerned
b. Operations Unit
c. Duty captain
d. Borough office.
SUPERVISING OFFICER IN COMMAND
7. Prepare and forward report of unusual occurrence with two extra copies for
Commanding Officer, Special Operations Division.
NOTE: An authorized investigator, FAA or Aviation Unit, determines the cause
of the accident/collision, supplies the necessary information to the detective
concerned and recommends the release of the pilot and the plane when feasible.
FORMS AND REPORTS
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

P.G. 217-09 Directed Accident Response Program (D.A.R.P.)
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To direct the response of designated tow trucks, through the Communications
Section, to the scene of vehicular collisions, for vehicles which the
reporting member deems unsafe to be driven, except that an operator of a
vehicle with a gross vehicle weight of fifteen thousand (15,000) pounds or
more may choose their own company to respond.
SCOPE
This procedure does not include collisions occurring in tunnels, on bridges,
or arterial highways serviced by franchised towing companies under permits
issued by Department of Transportation (see P.G. 212-08, "Activity Logs.")
Additionally, Administrative Code Section 20-524, Subdivision "c," exempts any
governmental agency from the operation of this law. Therefore, when a
government vehicle is damaged in a collision, the operator of the vehicle may
call his or her own tow service.
Pertinent provisions of the Administrative Code applicable to the Directed
Accident Response Program state:
a. Section 20-518 (a) (3) - All participants in the program shall maintain a
business premises that is under exclusive control of the participant, is not
used by any other towing company and is the premises listed on such
participant's license to engage in towing. Such premises shall consist of a
location that is open to the public, where towing company personnel are
employed, calls requesting towing service are received and towers dispatched,
and where all records required by this subchapter or any rules promulgated
thereunder are maintained.
b. Section 20-518 (b) - The vehicle removed from the collision scene at the
direction of the Police Department shall be removed by a tow truck of a
company participating in the Directed Accident Response Program. At all times
the vehicle shall be stored within such storage facility as listed on the
license of the towing company responding to the Police Department's direction
to remove the vehicle. Such premises shall be owned, operated or controlled by
such towing company and shall not be used by any other towing company.
PROCEDURE
Upon arrival at a collision scene:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with pertinent provisions of P.G. 217-01, "Vehicle Collisions General Procedure."
2. Ascertain if vehicle(s) can be safely driven, or if towing is required
using reasonableness as a standard.
a. Operators of government vehicles or vehicles with a maximum gross vehicle

weight of fifteen thousand pounds or more may use their own tow company.
b. A uniformed member may authorize the removal of a vehicle which cannot be
safely driven if the owner/operator is incapacitated, is not present, or
refuses to authorize the tow.
NOTE: Once the uniformed member makes a determination that a tow truck is
needed, the request may not be cancelled.
3. Notify Communications Section dispatcher when towing service is needed.
a. The notification will include the color, body type and plate number(s) of
the vehicle(s) requiring a tow.
NOTE: DO NOT TRANSMIT THE MAKE, MODEL OR YEAR OF THE DISABLED VEHICLE(S)
INVOLVED IN A COLLISION.
COMMUNICATIONS SECTION DISPATCHER
4. Inform uniformed member at the scene of the name of the towing company
responding.
5. Dispatch patrol supervisor.
NOTE: The Directed Accident Response Program operator at the Communications
Section will maintain a list of tow companies participating in each zone and
will make notifications on a strict rotation basis. PRECINCT COMMANDS ARE NOT
AUTHORIZED TO MAKE NOTIFICATIONS.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Allow only the tow truck dispatched by the Communications Section to remove
vehicle(s), except:
a. Where motorist(s) indicates that a private towing company will be
requested and the vehicle involved has a gross vehicle weight of fifteen
thousand pounds or more.
b. Arrest evidence vehicles.
c. Vehicles held as investigatory evidence.
d. Vehicles subject to the Rotation Tow Program as stolen or abandoned
e. Government vehicles.
7. Remain on scene for thirty minutes after radio dispatcher advises which tow
company is responding.
NOTE: If the assigned tow company is not on the scene within thirty minutes
of being assigned by the Communications Section, the uniformed member will
request the Communications Section to cancel the initially requested tow
company and assign the next tow company in the rotation. The uniformed member
will prepare a REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151) for the tow company that was
cancelled and advise the dispatcher when resuming patrol. The Communications
Section Dispatcher will enter the appropriate final disposition code to
indicate the unit has departed the collision scene prior to the arrival of the
DARP tow operator (Code Signal 10-99T9).

8. Inform motorist(s) involved of name of tow company responding.
a. Supply the motorist(s) involved with the telephone number of the Directed
Accident Response Program operator (212) 374-4290 and instruct the motorist(s)
to call after thirty minutes, if the tow truck has not arrived. Inform the
motorist to be prepared to give the Directed Accident Response Program
operator both the vehicle plate number and the location of the collision.
9. Enter tow company information on Police Accident Report (MV104AN) only when
the vehicle is towed and the tow company is known.
10. Comply with the following, if an unsolicited tow truck arrives or is found
at the scene:
a. If there is probable cause to believe that a tow operator has traveled
enroute to, or responded to the collision scene without having a specific
request for service from a person in charge of either a government vehicle or
a vehicle with a maximum gross vehicle weight of fifteen thousand pounds or
more or from the Police Department, issue summons for violation of
Administrative Code, Section 20-518(b)(2) (unsolicited response by tow
operator).
(1) Prepare a REPORT OF VIOLATION.
b. In those cases where there is probable cause to believe that a tow
operator has solicited any of the involved parties, issue an additional
summons for violation of Administrative Code, Section 20-515, subdivision (b)
(soliciting for towing at the scene of a vehicular collision). This also
applies to persons soliciting at a collision scene from a private vehicle.
(1) Include this additional information on the REPORT OF VIOLATION.
c. Seize any unlicensed tow truck which is observed either, (1) responding
to an collision scene, or (2) parked in the vicinity of the collision while
the operator of the tow truck is observed offering to tow a vehicle with the
tow truck, or (3) present at the collision scene (see P.G. 209-29, "Seizure of
Unlicensed Tow Trucks.")
PATROL SUPERVISOR
11. Respond to location and supervise the removal of involved vehicles.
12. Supervise the issuance of summonses to tow truck operators when summonses
are issued.
13. Insure the preparation of REPORT OF VIOLATION when warranted.
a. If a witness advises that a tow company removed a vehicle from the scene
prior to the officer's arrival have REPORT OF VIOLATION prepared. Include
witness' name, address and telephone number, if obtained.
DESK OFFICER
14. Direct reporting officer to have information regarding a vehicle which is
towed without the owner/operator's knowledge (e.g., operator unconscious and
removed to hospital, no operator with vehicle, vehicle was parked and is now
impeding traffic, etc.) entered into the FINEST system utilizing the "IMPOUND"

screen.
a. Ensure that notification is sent to registered owner of vehicle.
NOTE: If inquiry is made at stationhouse and information is not available
through FINEST System "IMPOUND" screen, call DARP operator for vehicle's
location.
15. Review and sign REPORT OF VIOLATION.
16. Assign precinct serial number to REPORT OF VIOLATION.
17. Have REPORT OF VIOLATION forwarded to Department of Consumer Affairs,
Licensing Enforcement Section, 42 Broadway, New York, New York 10004.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The tow truck dispatched by the Directed Accident Response Program will
possess, and must present for inspection, a "Tow Authorization" form that must
include a Department of Consumer Affairs license number. The tow trucks and
tow operators must be licensed by the Department of Consumer Affairs.
Uniformed members advising the radio dispatcher of a final disposition from
the scene of a collision must utilize one of the following disposition codes
as it pertains to that particular collision situation:
a. 10-99T4 Vehicle Collision (No tow required)
b. 10-99T5 Vehicle Collision (D.A.R.P. tow service)
c. 10-99T6 Vehicle Collision (Other tow service)
d. 10-99T7 Vehicle Collision (D.A.R.P. and other tow service)
e. 10-99T8 Vehicle Collision (Highway-authorized tow service)
f. 10-99T9 Vehicle Collision (D.A.R.P. requested, waited thirty minutes,
made second request, resumed patrol)
The following violations of Department of Consumer Affairs regulations will be
entered under "Additional Information" on REPORT OF VIOLATION:
a. UNJUSTIFIABLE REFUSAL to accept towing assignments
(1) Violation - Article XI, subdivision F (DARP)
b. REPEATED UNJUSTIFIABLE REFUSALS to accept towing assignments
(1) Violation - Article XI, subdivision L (DARP). (List times and dates of
such refusals).
Uniformed members of the service will refrain from using any other final
disposition code when a vehicle collision is involved EXCEPT if upon arrival,
the vehicle(s) is not at the scene and there is no information available
concerning how it was removed. In this instance, Code Signal 10-90Z [Gone on
Arrival] will be utilized.
RELATED PROCEDURES

Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Seizure Of Unlicensed Tow Trucks (P.G. 209-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)

P.G. 217-10 Accidents - Department Property
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To report damage to Department property other than Department vehicles.
PROCEDURE
Upon discovery of damaged property:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Report facts to desk officer and make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
DESK OFFICER
2. Have patrol supervisor investigate facts and prepare report, including:
a. Date and time of occurrence
b. Details
c. Department property involved
d. Damage to other property
e. Owner of that property
f. Action
g. Witnesses
h. Brief description of injury.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Submit report to command clerk.
COMMAND CLERK
4. Type report on Typed Letterhead (four copies).
a. Submit to desk officer/counterpart.
DESK OFFICER
5. Have patrol supervisor sign report.
6. File one copy of report and forward three copies, direct, as follows:
PROPERTY
Booths, buildings

TO
Deputy Commissioner - Management and
Budget, Facilities Management
Division

Horses
Aircraft, launches

Mounted Unit
Special Operations Division

RELATED PROCEDURES
Department Vehicle Collisions (P.G. 217-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 217-11 Accidents - New York City Housing Authority Involved
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To assist the New York City Housing Authority in processing cases in which the
New York City Housing Authority may be a plaintiff or defendant.
DEFINITION
N.Y.C.H.A. INVOLVED - ALL accidents involving serious injury or death, or an
aided case which may involve the Housing Authority in legal action.
PROCEDURE
When it is determined that the New York City Housing Authority may be involved
in legal action, comply with normal aided or accident procedures and in
addition:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare FIELD REPORT (PD313-1511).
2. Ensure that FIELD REPORT contains:
a. Contributory conditions of areas, i.e., no lights in stairwell, rubbish
on stairs, broken sidewalk, icy condition, etc., OR
b. Non-contributory conditions of area, i.e., stairwell well lighted, dry,
no obstructions noted, sidewalk dry and clear of obstructions, etc.
3. Telephone PSA desk officer and report all pertinent details of the
incident.
DESK OFFICER
4. Make determination as to the severity of the incident and in appropriate
cases, make the following notifications:
a. During business hours, Monday through Friday, notify the manager of the
Housing Authority location concerned, when appropriate, AND forward copies of
all reports prepared to the New York City Housing Authority, Law Department
Tort Division, 75 Park Place, 11th Floor, New York, New York 10007.
b. After business hours and on holidays and weekends, notifications will be
made in accordance with subdivision "a" above, by the desk officer on the next
business day following the incident.
5. Make appropriate Command Log entry of notification, including name of
person notified.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Notifications with respect to serious injury or death incurred as a result of
a criminal action shall be excluded from the provisions of this procedure.

Copies of all reports, including ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155)
if prepared, will be forwarded to the Housing Authority Insurance Division for
informational purposes (see P.G. 217-04, "Accidents and Collisions - City
Involved").
It is not unusual for claims to arise in favor of the Housing Authority in
certain accidents. It is the policy of the Housing Authority to pursue such
claims. Members of the service at the scene of an accident involving the
Housing Authority, will detail circumstances which may support claims by the
Housing Authority against private entities. Additionally, members will obtain
names and addresses of witnesses at the scene, including potential witnesses
favorable to the Housing Authority. Full cooperation with the Housing
Authority or the New York City Law Department in pursuing these claims is
mandatory.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Accidents and Collisions - City Involved (P.G. 217-04)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACCIDENT REPORT - CITY INVOLVED (PD301-155)
FIELD REPORT (313-1511)

P.G. 217-12 Notifications - Certain Accident Cases
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To notify concerned agencies in certain accident cases.
PROCEDURE
Upon being informed of any of the following types of accidents:
DESK OFFICER
1. Notify Operations Unit direct if incident involves:
a. Bridge, on, near or affecting dock, affecting structure
b. Explosives, vehicle transporting
c. Police signal box damaged (also notify Communications Section)
d. Railroad, other than subway
e. Sprinkler system inoperative
f. Tunnel, in or affecting
g. Construction site, serious injury or death
h. Elevator, escalator or amusement ride, serious injury or death and there
is an apparent or actual malfunction or defect in the equipment.
2. Notify the agency direct if incident involves:
* Building, affecting structure - * Department of Buildings (see ADD'L DATA)
* Bus, MTA - * N.Y.C. Transit (718) 240-3333
* Crane - * Department of Buildings (see ADD'L DATA)
* Elevator - * Department of Buildings (see ADD'L DATA)
* Fire alarm box or post damaged - * Fire Dept., Borough Fire Headquarters
* Housing, persons requiring shelter - * Dept. of Social Services
* Scaffold - * Department of Buildings (see ADD'L DATA)
* Subway - * N.Y.C. Transit (718) 330-4377
ADDITIONAL DATA
The New York City Department of Buildings can be notified twenty-four hours a
day, seven days a week, through the Office of Emergency Management's (OEM)
Watch Command.

P.G. 217-13 Preparing, Amending, And Releasing Police Accident
Reports (MV 104An) To Involved Parties Appearing In Person At A
Police Facility
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To minimize the means by which any involved party, that has an interest in a
motor vehicle collision which has occurred, can commit insurance fraud.
DEFINITION
INVOLVED PARTY - Any party/person(s) having an interest in a motor vehicle
collision which has occurred. This would include, but is not limited to, the
following: motorists, passengers, property owners (whose property is damaged
as a result of the collision), an executor or administrator of the estate,
next of kin, or insurance beneficiary of person killed in the collision, the
parent or guardian of a minor involved in the collision, spouses, insurance
company representatives, dependents in a Worker's Compensation claim, and
attorneys.
PROCEDURE
When an involved party appears in person at a police facility and requests
that a Police Accident Report (MV104AN) be prepared, amended, or released for
an collision which occurred within the last thirty days:
DESK OFFICER
1. Interview and verify identification of party requesting copy of Police
Accident Report.
a. Verify that check/money order is properly prepared.
2. Direct involved party to traffic safety officer/assigned uniformed member
of the service in order to proceed with request.
TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER/ASSIGNED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Ask involved party requesting copy of Police Accident Report:
a. To prepare REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD (PD301-165)
b. When and where collision occurred, and
c. To present a current, valid form of picture identification (driver's
license, passport, etc.).
NOTE: No request will be honored without a current, valid form of picture
identification. In addition to picture identification, an attorney must also
present a notarized letter signed by the party concerned, stating that he/she
is being represented by the attorney.
4. Inform person concerned that a ten dollar non-refundable fee is required.

5. Make:
a. Two photocopies of Police Accident Report
b. One photocopy of involved party's picture identification.
6. Ensure that copies of Police Accident Report are correct.
7. Collect fee, drawn to the order of "Police Department, City of New York,"
on one of the following instruments:
a. Certified check
b. Bank teller's check
c. United States Postal Money Order
d. Personal check
(1) Signed by requestor
(2) Not post dated
e. Corporate check.
8. Prepare FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017).
NOTE: If involved party opts to file a REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD
by mail, instruct them on what valid form of identification must be included
with their request in order to receive a copy of a Police Accident Report. Any
mail request not accompanied by a photocopy of a current, valid form of
picture identification, i.e. driver's license, passport, etc. and a
self-addressed stamped envelope, will be returned. When the request is
received along with a valid form of identification and the appropriate fee
(check or money order only), place the FEE RECEIPT and a copy of Police
Accident Report in self addressed stamped envelope and mail to requestor.
9. Indicate the following on REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD:
a. Name of person receiving copy of Police Accident Report
b. Type of check/money order used and number
c. FEE RECEIPT number.
10. Submit REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD, FEE RECEIPT, and collected
fee to the desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
11. Verify collected fee is payable to the order of "Police Department, City
of New York," and ensure proper preparation of FEE RECEIPT.
12. Sign caption on REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD verifying inspection
of collected fee.
NOTE: The Integrity Control Officer will check a minimum of fifteen file
copies of the REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD on a quarterly basis to

ensure collected fees were verified by a supervisor. Additionally, these
checks will become part of the command's self inspection system.
TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER/ASSIGNED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
13. Give one copy of Police Accident Report along with FEE RECEIPT and copy of
REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD to requestor.
14. Staple to the original REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD:
a. Photocopy of Police Accident Report
b. Photocopy of picture identification with Police Accident Report number
written on the top right hand corner.
15. File chronologically on a daily basis.
16. Affix the imprint of the precinct rubber stamp on the back of check/money
order and complete necessary captions.
17. Give collected fee to desk officer.
NOTE: Requests for Police Accident Reports from other governmental agencies
conducting official business will NOT be subject to a fee.
a. Indicate "NO FEE" and the agency's name on the REQUEST FOR COPY OF
COLLISION RECORD.
DESK OFFICER
18. Forward collected fees to operations coordinator.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
19. Have fee safeguarded pending delivery to patrol borough command as
detailed in P.G. 212-82, "Forwarding of Fees to Audits and Accounts Unit."
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
20. Ensure that fee is properly collected and forwarded to patrol borough
command.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service are required by law to complete a Police
Accident Report and investigate the facts whenever any person(s)/party appears
at a police facility and reports the following:
ANY COLLISION which:
a. Results in serious injury or death to a person must be investigated in
accordance with P.G. 217-02, "Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death,
Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical Injury."
b. Results in injury to a person and the motor vehicle collision in question
is being reported within five days after such collision.
c. Involves a commercial vehicle where the damage incurred is disabling

enough to result in a vehicle being towed from the collision scene and the
motor vehicle collision in question is being reported within five days after
such collision.
Regarding the above circumstances, if the criteria as stated are met, the
person(s)/party requesting the completion of a Police Accident Report will be
referred to the command where the collision took place. ONLY A UNIFORMED
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE (UMOS) will prepare a Police Accident Report. The UMOS
concerned will ask to view the vehicle in question (if available), and
interview those claiming to be party to the collision (if present), before
completing the Police Accident Report. In ALL cases, the UMOS must note in the
"Accident Description/Officer's Notes" section of the Police Accident Report,
whether or not they had the opportunity to actually view the vehicle or
interview the person(s) involved in the collision.
Any person(s)/party appearing in person at a police facility and requesting
initial preparation of a Police Accident Report for a collision that does not
meet the above criteria, shall instead be given a copy of New York State
Department of Motor Vehicles - Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104) to
complete and submit on their own.
Any person(s)/party appearing in person at a police facility and requesting
that a Police Accident Report be completed for them, where property damage to
a vehicle or personal injury is involved, and the operator of one of the
vehicles has fled the scene without reporting, will be referred to the command
where the collision occurred (see P.G. 217-05, "Leaving the Scene of a
Collision").
A uniformed member of the service is not mandated to amend a previously
completed Police Accident Report upon request by any person(s)/party appearing
in person at a police facility. The uniformed member may elect to do so if:
a. In their discretion a change is warranted and
b. He/she is the officer of record.
Absent these criteria the member can recommend that the requesting party
complete Report of Motor Vehicle Accident (MV104) and submit to the Accident
Records Bureau in Albany (address on rear of form). If a Police Accident
Report is amended by the uniformed member of the service the caption at the
top of the form, "AMENDED REPORT" must be checked.
Requests for Police Accident Reports made after thirty days should be made
directly to the New York State Department of Motor Vehicles, Public Service
Bureau, Empire State Plaza, Albany, New York 12228, utilizing New York State
Department of Motor Vehicles form, "Request for Copy of Accident Report."
Person making the request will be given whatever information is necessary to
complete the form at no charge.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Forwarding of Fees to Audits and Accounts Unit (P.G. 212-82)
Vehicle Collisions-General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or
Critical Injury (P.G. 217-02)
Leaving the Scene of a Collision (P.G. 217-05)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)

REQUEST FOR COPY OF COLLISION RECORD (PD301-165)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)
New York State Department of Motor Vehicles-Report of Motor Vehicle Accident
(MV104)

P.G. 217-14 Preparation Of Police Accident Reports (MV 104 An)
For Collisions Occurring On Highways, Bridges And Tunnels
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that the appropriate reference marker numerals/letters are utilized
when preparing a Police Accident Report (MV104AN).
PROCEDURE
Upon notification or observation of a vehicle collision occurring on limited
access highways, collector-distributor roadways (CDRs), entrance and exit
ramps, and bridges and tunnels (Metropolitan Transportation Authority
facilities, Brooklyn and Williamsburg Bridges, etc.):
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with P.G. 217-01, "Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure."
2. Locate the nearest reference marker to the collision site for collisions
occurring on highways, CDRs, and ramps only.
3. Utilize and refer to the Limited Access Highway Reference Marker Listing
book (maintained at each command) to determine the proper reference marker:
a. For collisions occurring on bridges or in tunnels
(1) The Limited Access
each command) must be used
tunnels. Reference markers
near a collision site will

Highway Reference Marker
for reporting collisions
(if any) actually posted
not be entered on Police

Listing (maintained at
occurring on bridges and
on bridges or in tunnels
Accident Reports.

b. In instances where a reference marker is missing, cannot be seen due to
inclement weather, etc.
4. Enter the numerals/letters taken from the reference marker near the
collision site or the Limited Access Highway Reference Marker Listing book as
appropriate, into the twelve box caption titled "Reference Marker" on the
Police Accident Report (see "ADDITIONAL DATA").
COMMAND CLERICAL STAFF MEMBER
5. Record collision into the On Line Accident Index.
6. Enter reference marker numerals/letters on the "ADD ACCIDENT" screen in the
caption titled "IF HIGHWAY OR BRIDGE, ENTER REFERENCE MARKER".
TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
7. Review all Police Accident Reports for completeness and accuracy.
8. Ensure "Reference Marker" caption is completed when required.
9. Update On Line Accident Index.

ADDITIONAL DATA
INCLUSION OF REFERENCE MARKER ON POLICE ACCIDENT REPORT
The 9 inch x 8 inch green-colored Reference Marker depicted below is located
every one-tenth of a mile on limited access highways, collector-distributor
roadways, and entrance and exit ramps:
(Figure 58)

Twelve box "reference marker" caption as seen on Police Accident Report:
(Figure 59)

RELATED PROCEDURES
Traffic Safety Officer (P.G. 202-28)
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

P.G. 217-15 Collision Report Police Department Vehicle Data Entry
System
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To provide a means to more effectively and clearly document Department vehicle
collisions and provide the Personnel Safety Desk and Traffic-Stat with data in
an expeditious manner.
SCOPE
Traffic Safety Officers will be able to enter data from any Intranet-capable
terminal within their command. All of the information necessary to complete
the data entry can be found on the COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT
VEHICLE (PD301-153) and the Police Accident Report (MV-104AN).
PROCEDURE
When a collision occurs involving a vehicle owned, leased, or rented by the
Department, the Traffic Safety Officer in the precinct of occurrence will
enter all pertinent information into the database as follows:
PRECINCT TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
1. Obtain copies of reports relating to all Department vehicle collisions
occurring within the geographical confines of the precinct.
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the Traffic Safety Officer to obtain
copies of reports involving members of the service not assigned to the
precinct of occurrence as well as all reports involving rented and leased
vehicles as set forth in P.G. 217-06, "Department Vehicle Collisions."
2. Login to the Department's Intranet "Department Vehicle Accident Database."
3. Enter all data from Parts "A" and "B" of the COLLISION REPORT - POLICE
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE and data from the Police Accident Report within seventy-two
hours of the collision, without waiting for final agency determination.
4. Coordinate efforts with Commanding Officer to obtain agency final
determination within thirty days of the collision.
5. Enter data from Part "C" of the COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT
VEHICLE including agency final determination into database within thirty days
of the collision.
DESK OFFICER PRECINCT OF OCCURRENCE
6. Fax all reports prepared regarding Department vehicle collisions to the
Personnel Safety Desk, as indicated in P.G. 217-06, "Department Vehicle
Collisions."
PRECINCT COMMANDER
7. Ensure that the endorsed copies of all reports are forwarded to the

Personnel Safety Desk, Patrol Borough concerned and placed in the member's
personal folder, as indicated in P.G. 217-06, "Department Vehicle Collisions."
NOTE: In addition to the steps outlined in this procedure, members of the
service will continue to comply with the procedures required for Department
Vehicle Collisions as set forth in P.G. 217-06, "Department Vehicle
Collisions." All questions concerning the Police Department Vehicle Data Entry
System may be directed to the Personnel Bureau-Staff Services Section at
646-610-6612, during normal business hours.
ADDITIONAL DATA
All information captured on the COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE
will be entered into the Intranet Database, as well as the following data from
the Police Accident Report.
1. Pedestrian/Bicyclist/Location
2. Pedestrian/Bicyclist/Action
3. Traffic Control
4. Light Conditions
5. Roadway Character
6. Weather
7. Apparent Contributing Factors
8. Direction of Vehicle
9. Pre-collision Vehicle Action
10. Location of First Event
11. Type of Accident-Collision with:
12. Collision Type:
If a question DOES NOT APPLY, a dash (-) will be entered in the database.
If an answer is UNKNOWN, an (X) will be entered in the database.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Department Vehicle Collisions (P.G. 217-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Police Accident Report (MV-104AN)
COLLISION REPORT - POLICE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE (PD301-153)

P.G. 217-16 Chemical Test Warrant Application
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To apply for a chemical test warrant.
DEFINITIONS
CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT - A Court Order and process directing medical personnel
to draw blood from a person suspected of driving while under the influence of
alcohol or drugs while causing serious physical injury or death to another
individual, in order to determine the alcoholic of drug content of the
person's blood. A chemical test warrant will be applied for if a prisoner,
arrested for Driving While Intoxicated involving a vehicle collision resulting
in serious physical injury or death to another individual, has refused to
submit to a chemical test or is unconscious and has been under arrest for more
than two hours without being subjected to a chemical test.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service has reasonable cause to believe that a
person, suspected of operating a vehicle while under the influence of alcohol
or drugs, is involved in a collision resulting in serious physical injury or
death to another individual, and has refused to submit to a chemical test, or
is unconscious and has been under arrest for more than two hours without
having been subjected to a chemical test:
PATROL SUPERVISOR
1. Request Communications Section to dispatch Highway District personnel to
designated testing location or hospital, as appropriate.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
2. Contact Operations Unit and request a notification be made to District
Attorney's Office.
3. Provide Operations Unit member with the following:
a. Arresting officer's name, tax registry number, shield number and command
b. Prisoner's pedigree information
c. Desk telephone number of designated testing location.
4. Make Telephone Record entry regarding notification.
OPERATIONS UNIT MEMBER
5. Notify appropriate District Attorney's Office.
6. Provide assistant district attorney with the following:
a. Arresting officer's name, tax registry number, shield number, and

command.
b. Desk telephone number of designated testing location
c. Prisoner's pedigree information.
7. Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest and provide assistant district
attorney's name and telephone number.
ARRESTING OFFICER
8. Notify desk officer, precinct of arrest, if one hour has passed and
assistant district attorney has not initiated contact at designated testing
location.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
9. Contact assistant district attorney supervisor and Operations Unit, if one
hour has passed and assistant district attorney has not conferred with
arresting officer.
a. Record phone call attempt(s) in Telephone Record
b. Contact assistant district attorney supervisor every thirty minutes
thereafter until assistant district attorney has been contacted.
ARRESTING OFFICER
10. Inform assistant district attorney of details of arrest.
11. Comply with instructions of assistant district attorney regarding arrest
process.
12. Complete all necessary arrest paperwork, as per P.G. 217-02,"Vehicle
Collisions Which Result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or
Critical Injury" and P.G. 208-40, "Intoxicated or Impaired Driver Arrest."
13. Complete CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT APPLICATION (PD374-041).
NOTE: To apply for a chemical test warrant, the member of the service
concerned must be able to articulate to the assistant district attorney and to
the judge the he/she has reasonable cause to believe the defendant:
a. Operated a vehicle and during said operation,
b. Killed or caused a serious physical injury to another individual,
c. Was intoxicated or impaired by alcohol or drugs,
d. Is under arrest,
e. Has refused a chemical test, or is unconscious and has been under arrest
for more than two hours without having been subjected to a chemical test.
Members of the service are reminded that if an operator suffers a serious
physical injury and no other person suffers a serious physical injury or
death, a chemical test warrant can not be applied for that operator.

I.D.T.U. TECHNICIAN
14. Respond to designated testing location or hospital, as appropriate.
15. Prepare and sign Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test (NYSDMV
AA-134), when applicable.
a. Have arresting officer sign Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test.
16. Distribute copies of Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test as
indicated on form.
a. Arresting officer must bring two copies for the assistant district
attorney when complaint is drawn.
NOTE: If prisoner refuses to submit to chemical test or any portion thereof,
maintain the initial charge for which the prisoner was arrested unless new
evidence warrants a change in charge. The arresting officer must be able to
articulate circumstances which led to original charge of Intoxicated or
Impaired Driving (e.g., witnessed prisoner operating vehicle, slurred speech,
odor of alcohol on breath, etc.) After arraignment, the court will forward to
the arresting officer a NOTICE OF SUSPENSION and/or NOTICE OF HEARING form
with instructions to appear at a designated date, time and place for a
hearing, which will be within fifteen days of the arraignment. Roll call
personnel will schedule the arresting officer accordingly.
17. Supply arresting officer with chemical test evidence kit.
UPON APPROVAL OF CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT APPLICATION
DESK OFFICER, TESTING LOCATION
18. Provide transportation for arresting officer and prisoner to designated
hospital for administration of chemical test.
19. Make Command Log entry consisting of the following:
a. Arresting officer name and shield
b. Prisoner's pedigree information
c. Department auto number of the vehicle used for transport
d. Time of transport.
ARRESTING OFFICER
20. Upon arrival, inform and submit chemical test warrant and chemical test
evidence kit to hospital personnel.
21. Notify assistant district attorney and Operations Unit, if hospital
personnel do not comply with chemical test warrant.
22. Comply with instructions of assistant district attorney.
23. Comply with P.G. 218-49, "Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police
Laboratory and the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME)," upon
receiving chemical test evidence kit.

DESK OFFICER, TESTING LOCATION
24. Ensure prisoner is transported to borough court section facility or
designated testing location to complete arrest processing, as appropriate.
IF CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT APPLICATION IS DENIED
ARRESTING OFFICER
25. Inform desk officer of testing location of CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT
APPLICATION denial.
26. Comply with assistant district attorney instructions regarding
continuation of arrest processing.
DESK OFFICER, TESTING LOCATION
27. Make Command Log entry regarding chemical test warrant application denial.
28. Ensure prisoner is transported to borough court section facility.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If prisoner has been removed from the scene of incident to the hospital and is
unconscious, the arresting officer will request the Communications Section to
dispatch Highway District personnel to respond to the hospital and deliver the
chemical test evidence kit. Any chemical samples taken by hospital personnel
will be witnessed, sealed, and marked by Highway District personnel and
delivered to the Police Laboratory by the arresting officer to ensure chain of
custody. Members are reminded that if more than two hours have elapsed since
arrest, and the unconscious prisoner has not been subjected to a chemical
test, a chemical test warrant must be obtained.
Members of the
assistance and
Monday through
the Operations

service are reminded that the Legal Bureau is available for
guidance regarding the application for a chemical test warrant,
Friday, 0700 to 2300 hours. After hours, members may contact
Unit for a notification to a Department Attorney.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Intoxicated or Impaired Driver Arrest (P.G. 208-40)
Vehicle Collisions Which Results in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die,
or Critical Injury (P.G. 217-02)
Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the office of
the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) (P.G. 218-49)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT APPLICATION (PD374-041)
Report of Refusal to Submit to Chemical Test (NYSDMV AA-134)
APPENDIX "A"
(SAMPLE COURT ORDERED CHEMICAL TEST WARRANT)
[CRIMINAL OR SUPREME] COURT OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK COUNTY OF NEW YORK
IN THE NAME OF THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK TO ANY POLICE OFFICER IN
THE CITY OF NEW YORK

Proof by affidavit having been made this day before me by Officer [NAME],
Shield # [NUMBER], of [COMMAND and DEPARTMENT] (i) that there is reasonable
cause to believe that [NAME OF DEFENDANT] blood contains evidence of drug or
alcohol use, in violation of Vehicle and Traffic Law 1192
YOU ARE THEREFORE COMMANDED, at any hour of the day or night, to compel the
defendant to submit to a chemical test pursuant to Vehicle and Traffic Law
Section 1194(3); and that it is further
ORDERED that a person authorized, pursuant to Sec. 1194 of the V.T.L. withdraw
a sufficient amount of blood from the defendant, for the purpose of conducting
a chemical test of the alcohol or drug content of that blood; and it is
further
ORDERED that the testing be conducted on the defendant's blood sample for the
purpose of determining the presence of drugs or alcohol; and it is further
ORDERED that the defendant shall submit to the withdrawal of blood sufficient
for a chemical test of the alcohol or drug content of his/her blood and that
any reasonable degree of force necessary to effect this order may be used; and
it is further
ORDERED that the property seized may be maintained in the care and custody of
the New York City Police Department and or its agents, including the Office of
the Chief Medical Examiner.
______________________________
Judge of the Criminal/Supreme Court
Dated: __________________

P.G. 217-17 Bicycle Collisions - General Procedure
Date Effective: 09-04-13
PURPOSE
To record bicycle only and bicycle/pedestrian collisions not involving a motor
vehicle.
DEFINITIONS
BICYCLE - Every two or three wheeled device upon which a person or persons may
ride, propelled by human power through a belt, a chain or gears, with such
wheels in a tandem or tricycle, except that it shall not include such a device
having solid tires and intended for use only on a sidewalk by pre-teenage
children.
CRITICAL INJURY - A critical injury will be determined based upon the on-scene
assessment of Emergency Medical Services (EMS) personnel.
PROCEDURE
When a collision involving a bicycle only or a bicycle and pedestrian occurs:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Render reasonable aid to injured person.
a. Request an ambulance, if necessary.
2. Request patrol supervisor to respond if collision resulted in death,
serious injury and likely to die, or critical injury to an individual.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Ensure compliance with P.G. 217-02, "Vehicle Collisions Which Result in
Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical Injury" if collision
resulted in death, serious injury and likely to die, or critical injury to an
individual.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Prepare Police Accident Report (MV104AN):
a. Write "NO VEHICLE" on the top of Police Accident Report.
b. Enter information concerning operator of bicycle in section captioned
"Vehicle 1."
(1) Enter the name and address of the bicycle rental company in the
applicable registration information captions, if a rental bicycle is involved.
c. Enter "BIKE" for bicycle or "PCAB" for pedicabs in "Vehicle Type"
caption.
d. Enter information of additional party involved (e.g., bicyclist,

pedestrian, pedicab operator, etc.)
(1) Enter pedicab Department of Consumer Affairs License number in "Driver
License ID Number" caption on Police Accident Report, if applicable.
(2) Enter pedicab registration number in "Plate Number" caption on Police
Accident Report, if applicable.
e. Enter injured person(s) information (e.g., bicyclist(s), pedestrian(s),
pedicab operator(s), etc.) in the "ALL INVOLVED" section of the Police
Accident Report, boxes "A through F."
f. Draw a straight line through every unused box in the "ALL INVOLVED"
section and initial it.
g. Enter name and address of injured person(s) in Section "A" on reverse
side of Police Accident Report under caption "Persons Killed or Injured in
Accident."
5. Comply with Patrol Guide 216-03, "Unidentified Persons," if person injured
is unidentified.
6. Check box captioned "Other City Agency," under section entitled, "Duplicate
Copy Required For" on rear of Police Accident Report, if necessary, and enter:
a. MISSING PERSONS SQUAD (MEDICAL EXAMINER'S LIAISON UNIT) - If person
killed as a result of a bicycle collision NOT involving a motor vehicle.
b. HIGHWAY DISTRICT (COLLISION INVESTIGATION SQUAD) If person killed, seriously injured and likely to die, or critically injured
as a result of a bicycle collision NOT involving a motor vehicle.
c. DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS - If pedicab licensed by Department of
Consumer Affairs is involved in a collision.
7. Sign completed Police Accident Report and deliver to desk officer.
C.O./DUTY CAPTAIN/PDS/HIGHWAY DISTRICT MEMBERS CONCERNED
8. Comply with P.G. 217-02, `Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death or
Serious Injury and Likely to Die'," as applicable, if notified to respond by
patrol supervisor pursuant to a bicycle collision resulting in death, a
serious injury and likely to die, or critical injury to an individual.
COMMAND CLERK
9. Notify relatives/friends if person injured is admitted to hospital.
10. Make required entries in the Automated Accident Index utilizing FINEST or
Local Area Network (LAN) terminals for Police Accident Reports.
a. The Accident Number will include the prefix "NV" indicating no vehicle
was involved.
DESK OFFICER
11. Review related reports (Police Accident Report, COMPLAINT REPORT, if

prepared, etc.) for accuracy and completeness.
12. Comply with Patrol Guide 216-03, "Unidentified Persons," if person injured
is unidentified.
TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
13. Review all Police Accident Reports.
a. In absence of traffic safety officer, a uniformed member of the service
authorized by the commanding officer will review Police Accident Reports.
14. Forward reviewed Police Accident Reports to training sergeant for
signature.
a. Inform training sergeant of any deficiencies.
TRAINING SERGEANT
15. Sign all Police Accident Reports and return them to traffic safety
officer.
a. Ensure any deficiencies on Police Accident Reports are addressed
accordingly.
TRAFFIC SAFETY OFFICER
16. Forward copies marked "Duplicate Copies For" to appropriate unit/agency.
17. Maintain a command file entitled "BICYCLE - NO MOTOR VEHICLE INVOLVED" and
store original Police Accident Reports for three calendar years.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Uniformed members of the service will utilize an additional Police Accident
Report, if necessary, to document further information (e.g., multiple injured
persons/bicyclists, collision description/officer notes, etc.). Members will
ensure that he caption "Page_ of _ Pages" located in the upper left corner of
the Police Accident Report is properly completed.
Pending arrival of an ambulance, the uniformed member should allow a
sick/injured person to be treated by a doctor, emergency medical technician or
paramedic, if person volunteers his/her services, AND the uniformed member
reasonable believes the volunteer is a professional. The medical attention
should take place, if possible, under the observation of the member concerned.
When the emergency situation is under control, request identification from
volunteer, including name and address, and record information in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145) and under "Details" in Police Accident Report. The volunteer's
role is limited to providing medical assistance ONLY. Determination regarding
removal procedures via ambulance, Medevac, etc., will be determined by
Emergency Medical Service personnel.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure (P.G. 217-01)
Unidentified Persons (P.G. 216-03)
Vehicle Collisions Which Result in Death or Serious Injury and Likely to Die
(P.G. 217-02)

FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

Property - General

P.G. 218-01 Invoicing Property - General Procedure
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record and process property coming into police custody.
DEFINITIONS
PROPERTY CATEGORIES - Arrests Evidence, DNA Arrest Evidence, Investigatory,
DNA Investigatory, Forfeiture, Decedent's Property, Found Property,
Safekeeping, Peddler Property, Determine True Owner, Parking Enforcement,
Photo Release, Rotation Tow, Other.
PROPERTY TYPE - Firearms, Controlled Substances, Currency, Jewelry, Vehicles /
Boats, General Property, Evidence Collection Kits / Swabs, Explosives.
PROCEDURE
Upon taking property into custody, in addition to any other special
procedures:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Enter circumstances and description of property in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).
2. Notify desk officer.
a. If property is a vehicle unable to be driven, inform desk officer to
request authorized tow / rotation tow, as appropriate.
3. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
a. Comply with instructions in the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
4. Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section to cancel or transmit an alarm, as
necessary.
5. Notify owner, if known.
6. Cancel alarm for stolen vehicle only after owner takes possession or
vehicle has been removed to Property Clerk facility or rotation tow storage
facility.
7. Enter notifications and results of inquiries on WORKSHEET.
8. Deliver property and completed WORKSHEET to desk officer of command of
record.
DESK OFFICER
9. Review WORKSHEET for accuracy.
10. Submit approved WORKSHEET to command clerk for entry into the Property and

Evidence Tracking System.
COMMAND CLERK
11. Enter WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate
a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
12. Record time and name of FINEST operator who transmitted alarm cancellation
on appropriate INVOICE, if applicable.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
13. Ensure all property is properly tagged, packaged or sealed, and clearly
identified by INVOICE number and barcode.
14. Ensure that every bag / security envelope or item that can not fit in a
bag / security envelope, has a Property and Evidence Tracking System bar-coded
label affixed to the upper right hand corner or a Property Clerk Division seal
attached to the bag / property.
a. Affix the Property and Evidence Tracking System bar-coded label to the
upper right hand corner of windshield of all automobiles / boats.
15. Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
DESK OFFICER
16. Review and digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
17. Photocopy INVOICE and forward, direct, to the Commanding Officer, Firearms
and Tactics Section, if item being invoiced is a bullet resistant garment.
18. Ensure property is properly stored and location is entered into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System barcode scanner when available.
a. Manually enter storage location if barcode scanner is unavailable.
19. Safeguard property until properly disposed of.
20. Telephone New York State Tax Office for pickup of property owned by
Division of Lottery. DO NOT send to Property Clerk.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will be prepared for each of the following:
a. Different property types
b. Different property categories
c. Different owners
d. Property that will be delivered to different locations (e.g., Police
Laboratory, Property Clerk, Bomb Squad, OCME, etc.).

When preparing a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE where the items invoiced will be sent
or have the potential to be sent to the Police Laboratory for laboratory
analysis, the INVOICE will not exceed twenty line items.
Uniformed members of the service who do not have a username and/or password
and the members of other police agencies will sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
utilizing the digital signature device.
When a vehicle removed by the Sanitation Department or invoiced by this
Department has obvious fire damage, the invoicing member will notify Fire
Department borough dispatcher; however no COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) will be
prepared. A Fire Marshal will determine if arson occurred and prepare a
COMPLAINT REPORT, if necessary.
To avoid confusion, do not use the terms "pairs" or "sets" when invoicing
property (e.g., a "pair" of trousers, scissors, etc., refers to one item while
a "pair" of shoes, gloves, etc., refers to two items). The term "set" (e.g.,
chess set, golf set, etc.) does not specifically indicate how many items
within the "set." Therefore, when invoicing property, the actual number of
items will be entered in the box captioned "quantity" on the INVOICE and no
reference will be made to "pairs" or "sets."
When members of the service are invoicing items due to a large scale / bulk
seizure (arrest related) or investigatory / operational purchases (UC or CI)
and there are two or more cases / boxes which contain several items, the
invoicing member will ensure a Property and Evidence Tracking System bar-coded
label is affixed to the upper right corner of each case / box as well as the
INVOICE number related to the bar-coded label. The invoicing member will
ensure that the actual number of items contained in each case / box is
properly entered on the INVOICE.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 218-02 Return Of Property/Vehicles At Command And Processing
Voided Property Invoices
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To return all property listed on an invoice to legal claimant at a command and
process voided property invoices.
PROCEDURE
When all property listed on an invoice is returned to legal claimant at the
command or when processing voided invoices:
DESK OFFICER
1. Require the claimant to produce valid identification, preferably photo
identification. (See P.G. 208-28, "Identification Standards for Desk
Appearance Tickets", step "1", for examples of satisfactory forms of valid
identification.)
2. Check property/vehicle against PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
3. Request claimant examine security lead seal and / or Plastic Security
Envelope and check against number entered on INVOICE (if seal or envelope is
used), prior to breaking seal or opening envelope.
4. Complete the "Release/Disposition - Return To Owner" function utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a. Have claimant sign for item(s) utilizing the digital signature capture
device.
5. Ensure alarm has been canceled and a notation has been made on INVOICE
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
6. Approve delivery of property / vehicle utilizing username and password.
7. Release property / vehicle to claimant.
VOIDED PROPERTY INVOICES:
8. Utilize the "Void Invoice" function, if INVOICE has not been approved by a
supervisor.
9. Notify the integrity control officer (ICO) to void INVOICE, if INVOICE has
been approved by a supervisor.
a. Create a new INVOICE and enter into "Remarks" section the number of the
INVOICE to be voided by the ICO, if ICO is unavailable. Inform ICO of new
INVOICE number, when he / she is next available.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
10. Utilize the "Void Invoice" function.

a. Enter reason for voiding in the "Remarks" section.
b. Cross-reference the new INVOICE number, if applicable.
DESK OFFICER
11. Print an updated version of voided INVOICES and INVOICES that have been
returned to owner (R.T.O.) at the command and file in precinct of record, as
follows:
a. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES will be maintained in designated files in INVOICE
number order with photocopy of claimant's identification, and / or related
documents (i.e., District Attorney's Release, etc.) if any, attached.
b. All other copies may be discarded.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Most mistakes or errors on INVOICES should be corrected utilizing the "Update
Invoice" function instead of the "Void Invoice" function in the Property and
Evidence Tracking System. Once an INVOICE has been approved by a supervisor,
the INVOICE can only be voided by the integrity control officer of the command
where the property is physically located.
If a pre-printed serial numbered PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE or PROPERTY CLERK'S
MOTOR VEHICLE/BOAT INVOICE (PD571-147), prepared prior to the implementation
of the Property and Evidence Tracking System, is to be voided, mark the
INVOICE "VOIDED" and file the INVOICE at the command. The property listed on
the "VOIDED" pre-printed serial numbered INVOICE will then be invoiced
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
Commanding officer concerned will investigate circumstances of missing
INVOICES and take appropriate action.
When an investigation is being conducted, property invoiced pertaining to the
case will not be released to a claimant without authorization of investigating
officer.
Stamped or perforated currency will never be returned to a claimant or
deposited in the Property Clerk's account in any bank under any circumstances.
This currency will be forwarded to the Property Clerk who will arrange for
reimbursement of the claimant.
Each July, the operations coordinator will ensure that the previous calendar
year's filed INVOICES are placed in a box, label to identify contents, and
forwarded to the Property Clerk's warehouse where they will be maintained for
the remainder of the retention period (six years).
RELATED PROCEDURES
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Identification Standards for Desk Appearance Tickets (P.G. 208-28)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)

P.G. 218-03 Delivery Of Property Other Than Vehicle/Boat To
Property Clerk
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To forward invoiced property to Property Clerk.
PROCEDURE
When property is to be delivered to Property Clerk.
PROPERTY DELIVERED TO PROPERTY CLERK BY COMMAND MESSENGER:
DESK OFFICER
1. Utilize the Property and Evidence Tracking System to create a PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412).
a. Assign a member of the service to be the command messenger.
COMMAND MESSENGER
2. Compare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES (PD521-141) against property for
completeness and accuracy.
3. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT if no discrepancies.
IF DISCREPANCIES EXIST:
4. Notify desk officer if any item listed on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES is
missing.
DESK OFFICER
5. Conduct immediate investigation and notify commanding officer / duty
captain and Internal Affairs Bureau (IAB) Command Center when any item listed
on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is missing.
6. Ensure IAB Log Number is entered in the "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE.
IF DISCREPANCIES NO LONGER EXIST OR HAVE BEEN CORRECTED:
COMMAND MESSENGER
7. Deliver property to appropriate Property Clerk storage facility.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE, PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION
8. Compare property delivered against PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and INVOICE
and, if accurate, confirm acceptance of property in the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.
9. Notify immediate supervisor, Property Clerk Division integrity control

officer and Internal Affairs Bureau, if any item listed on PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICES or PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT is missing.
10. Ensure IAB Log Number is entered in the "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System, when IAB
has been notified of any discrepancy.
11. Select appropriate rejection reason in the Property and Evidence Tracking
System and return property to forwarding command with command messenger, if
applicable.
12. Approve receipt of delivery utilizing username and password under PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT, if property is accepted.
COMMAND MESSENGER
13. Return property to desk officer, if applicable.
DESK OFFICER
14. Accept transfer of rejected property utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.
15. Have necessary corrections made for any returned property.
a. Have investigation conducted, if appropriate.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
16. Verify that all property not forwarded to the Property Clerk or Police
Laboratory is accounted for and adequately secured at command.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If there are additional items which were not originally listed on a PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE, the additional items will be invoiced separately and
cross-referenced to the original related INVOICE utilizing the related invoice
function in the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
It is important to note that the member of the service assigned and listed on
a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT as the command messenger within the Property and
Evidence Tracking System, must be the member of the service who transfers and
delivers the property to the Property Clerk Division.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Return of Property/Vehicles at Command And Processing Voided Property Invoices
(P.G. 218-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 218-04 Delivery Of Evidence To The Police Laboratory
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide a standard procedure for the delivery of evidence from a precinct,
PSA and transit district command to the Police Laboratory.
DEFINITIONS
CRIMINALISTICS EVIDENCE - Trace evidence (e.g., hair, fiber, paint, gun shot
residue), questioned document evidence, footwear evidence, tire tread
evidence, toolmark evidence, fingerprint evidence and any other forensic
evidence that is not Firearms / Firearms related evidence, Controlled
Substances / Marijuana evidence or DNA evidence.
PROCEDURE
When Firearms / Firearms related evidence and / or Controlled Substances /
Marijuana evidence and / or DNA evidence and / or Criminalistics evidence is
present at a precinct, PSA and transit district command:
DESK OFFICER
1. Notify the patrol borough prior to 0030 hours that Firearms / Firearms
related evidence, and / or Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence, and /
or DNA evidence, and / or Criminalistics evidence is being delivered to the
patrol borough.
2. Designate a uniformed member of the service to be the Command Messenger;
and, to deliver Firearms / Firearms related evidence, and Controlled
Substances / Marijuana evidence, and DNA evidence, and Criminalistics evidence
from the precinct, PSA and transit district command to the patrol borough.
FIREARMS AND FIREARMS RELATED EVIDENCE
3. Remove ALL Firearms/Firearms related evidence from the property locker /
room.
4. Ensure the following are attached to each Firearms / Firearms related
evidence container / package:
a. Copy of the OMNIFORM computer generated COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) or,
if unavailable, a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152a)
b. REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
c. Appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD152-141)
d. FINEST printout for each firearm.
5. Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System to ensure all Firearms/ Firearms related evidence is
appropriately entered in compliance with Department procedures.

6. Compare each Firearms/ Firearms related evidence container / package to
each associated / related PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and to each associated /
related PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
a. Ensure all Firearms / Firearms related evidence is properly accounted
for.
7. Ensure ALL Firearms/ Firearms related evidence was removed from the
property locker / room.
8. Place all Firearms / Firearms related evidence in a SEPARATE transparent
bag together with all associated / related forms, reports, records, etc.
9. Seal each transparent bag containing Firearms / Firearms related evidence
with a plastic Property Clerk Division Seal.
a. Enter each Property Clerk Division seal number in the PROPERTY LOG
(PD521-147) to account for each seal used.
10. Safeguard each transparent bag containing Firearms / Firearms related
evidence at the precinct, PSA and transit district desk until transported to
the patrol borough by the command messenger.
CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES / MARIJUANA EVIDENCE
11. Remove the security lead seal from the Controlled Substances / Marijuana
locker / safe.
12. Enter in the Command Log the serial number of the security lead seal
removed from the Controlled Substances / Marijuana locker / safe.
13. Remove ALL narcotic security envelopes and ALL other Controlled Substances
/ Marijuana evidence containers / packages from the Controlled Substances /
Marijuana locker / safe.
14. Lock Controlled Substances / Marijuana locker / safe and affix a new
security lead seal.
15. Enter in the Command Log the serial number of the new security lead seal
affixed to the Controlled Substances / Marijuana locker / safe.
a. Make entry in the PROPERTY LOG to account for new security lead seal.
16. Ensure the following are attached to each Controlled Substances /
Marijuana evidence container / package:
a. Appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
b. If applicable, a copy of all associated / related ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEETS.
17. Ensure appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE are attached to each
Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence container / package.
18. Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT, utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System to ensure all Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence is
appropriately entered in compliance with Department procedures.

a. Contact the Police Laboratory's Evidence Control Supervisor prior to the
delivery of hypodermic needles, large seizures of marijuana, large containers
containing liquids, etc.
19. Compare each Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence container /
package to each associated / related PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and to each
associated / related PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
a. Ensure all Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence is properly
accounted for.
20. Place all Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence in a SEPARATE
transparent bag along with all associated / related forms, reports, records,
etc.
21. Seal each transparent bag containing Controlled Substances / Marijuana
evidence with a plastic Property Clerk Division Seal.
a. Enter each Property Clerk Division Seal Number in the PROPERTY LOG to
account for each Property Clerk Division seal used.
22. Safeguard each transparent bag containing Controlled Substances /
Marijuana evidence at the precinct, PSA and transit district desk until
transported to the patrol borough by the command messenger.
DNA EVIDENCE
23. Remove ALL DNA evidence including Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits
from the property locker / room.
24. Ensure the following are prepared and attached to each DNA evidence
container / package:
a. Copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET or, if available, a copy of the
OMNIFORM computer generated COMPLAINT REPORT
b. REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
c. Appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
d. If applicable, a copy of all associated / related ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEETS.
25. Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT, utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System to ensure all DNA evidence is appropriately entered in
compliance with Department procedures.
26. Compare each DNA evidence container / package to each associated / related
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and to each associated / related PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT.
a. Ensure all DNA evidence is properly accounted for.
27. Ensure ALL DNA evidence was removed from the property locker / room.
28. Place all DNA evidence in a SEPARATE transparent bag along with all
associated / related forms, reports, records, etc.

29. Seal each transparent bag containing DNA evidence with a plastic Property
Clerk Division Seal.
a. Enter each Property Clerk Division Seal Number in the PROPERTY LOG to
account for each Property Clerk Division seal used.
30. Affix an orange bio-hazard sticker on each transparent bag containing DNA
evidence.
31. Safeguard each transparent bag containing DNA evidence at the precinct,
PSA and transit district desk until transported to the patrol borough by the
command messenger.
CRIMINALISTICS EVIDENCE
32. Remove ALL Criminalistics evidence from the property locker / room.
33. Ensure the following are prepared and attached to each Criminalistics
evidence container / package:
a. Copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET or, if available, a copy of the
OMNIFORM computer generated COMPLAINT REPORT
b. REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
c. Appropriate copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
d. If applicable, a copy of all associated / related ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM
ARREST WORKSHEETS.
34. Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT, utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System to ensure all Criminalstics evidence is appropriately entered
in compliance with Department procedures.
35. Compare each Criminalistics evidence container / package to each
associated / related PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and to each associated / related
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
a. Ensure all Criminalistics evidence is properly accounted for.
36. Ensure ALL Criminalistics evidence was removed from the property locker /
room.
37. Place all Criminalistics evidence in a SEPARATE transparent bag along with
all associated / related forms, reports, records, etc.
38. Seal each transparent bag containing Criminalistics evidence with a
plastic Property Clerk Division Seal.
a. Enter each Property Clerk Division Seal Number in the PROPERTY LOG to
account for each seal used.
39. Safeguard each transparent bag containing Criminalistics evidence at the
precinct, PSA and transit district desk until transported to the patrol
borough by the command messenger.
IN ALL CASES

40. Make an entry in Command Log including
a. All PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE numbers
b. Rank, name and tax # of the command messenger
c. Department vehicle # of the assigned vehicle
d. The total number of transparent bags being delivered to the designated
patrol borough delivery location
e. Plastic Property Clerk Division Seal Number on each transparent bag.
COMMAND MESSENGER
41. Compare all PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORTS against Property Clerk Division
seals.
42. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORTS.
DESK OFFICER
43. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORTS.
COMMAND MESSENGER
44. Immediately deliver all of the transparent bags direct to the designated
patrol borough delivery location.
PATROL BOROUGH MEMBER
45. Inspect EACH transparent bag, and ensure:
a. Each transparent bag delivered to the patrol borough by each command is
properly listed on the appropriate PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
b. Each transparent bag that is listed on each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT was
delivered to the patrol borough
c. If accurate, confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORTS in Property
and Evidence Tracking System.
46. Print completed PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172)
for each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT accepted, and provide to command messenger.
47. Select appropriate rejection reason in the Property and Evidence Tracking
System, if property is not accepted.
a. Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT from the patrol borough to the
appropriate precinct, PSA or transit district and forward to command with
command messenger.
COMMAND MESSENGER
48. Deliver each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCPETANCE DOCUMENT to the desk
officer.
DESK OFFICER

49. File each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT.
TRANSFERS FROM PATROL BOROUGH TO POLICE LABORATORY
PATROL BOROUGH MESSENGER
50. Create separate PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System for all Firearms / Firearms related evidence,
Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence, DNA evidence, and Criminalistics
evidence and digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
a. Ensure that each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT does not contain more than
three commands in order to expedite the intake process at the Police
Laboratory.
b. Utilize the reusable nylon mesh bags provided by the Property Clerk
Division to bundle several transparent bags, if necessary.
(1) Upon completion of delivery, return nylon mesh bags to patrol borough.
PATROL BOROUGH MEMBER (Wheel Officer)
51. Review and digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
PATROL BOROUGH MESSENGER
52. Immediately deliver ALL of the transparent bags direct to the Police
Laboratory, and ensure the evidence arrives at the Police Laboratory before
0200 hours.
a. The Police Laboratory will be responsible for delivering all DNA evidence
to the OCME laboratory.
53. Transfer all transparent bags to the appropriate Police Laboratory
Evidence Control Officers.
a. Firearms / Firearms related evidence - Firearms Analysis Section,
Evidence Control Officers.
b. Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence - Controlled Substance
Analysis Section, Evidence Control Officers.
c. DNA evidence - DNA Evidence Intake, Evidence Control Officers.
d. Criminalistics evidence - Criminalistics Section, Evidence Control
Officers.
POLICE LABORATORY EVIDENCE CONTROL OFFICERS
54. Inspect EACH TRANSPARENT BAG DELIVERED BY EACH Patrol Borough Messenger;
and, ensure:
a. Each transparent bag delivered to the Police Laboratory by each Patrol
Borough Messenger is properly listed on the appropriate PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT
b. Each transparent bag listed on each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT was

delivered to the Police Laboratory.
55. Notify an appropriate Evidence Control Supervisor if there is a
discrepancy.
POLICE LABORATORY EVIDENCE CONTROL SUPERVISOR
56. If there is a discrepancy involving the results of the inspection:
a. Notify the appropriate / involved:
(1) Patrol borough duty captain
(2) Patrol borough member of the service ("Wheel Officer")
(3) Desk Officer.
b. Conduct an investigation
c. Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to the Commanding Officer, Forensic
Investigations Division regarding the results of the investigation involving
the evidence delivery discrepancy.
PATROL BOROUGH DUTY CAPTAIN
57. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau regarding discrepancy.
POLICE LABORATORY EVIDENCE CONTROL OFFICERS
58. Inspect all of the contents of each transparent bag in the presence of the
appropriate Patrol Borough Messenger, and verify the following:
a. Each evidence container / package present in each transparent bag is
listed on a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE that is attached thereto
b. Each evidence container / package listed on each INVOICE is present in
each transparent bag
c. Each INVOICE present in each transparent bag is listed on a PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT
d. Each INVOICE listed on each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT is present in each
transparent bag
e. If accurate, confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT in the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
59. Confer with Patrol Borough Messenger regarding the results of the
inspection of the contents of each transparent bag.
60. Notify an appropriate Evidence Control Supervisor if there is a
discrepancy.
POLICE LABORATORY EVIDENCE CONTROL SUPERVISOR
61. If there is a discrepancy involving the results of the inspection:
a. Notify the appropriate / involved:

(1) Patrol borough duty captain
(2) Patrol borough member of the service ("Wheel Officer")
(3) Desk Officer.
b. Conduct an investigation
c. Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead to the Commanding Officer, Forensic
Investigations Division regarding the results of the investigation involving
the evidence delivery discrepancy.
d. Make the necessary entries in "Remarks" section in on one or more
appropriate INVOICE(S) / PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT(S).
PATROL BOROUGH DUTY CAPTAIN
62. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau regarding discrepancy.
POLICE LABORATORY EVIDENCE CONTROL OFFICERS
63. Assign an appropriate Police Laboratory "Laboratory Number" to each
INVOICE listed on each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT present in each transparent
bag.
64. Print four copies of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT for
each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT accepted.
a. Provide three copies to the Patrol Borough Messenger
b. Retain one copy for Police Laboratory use.
PATROL BOROUGH MESSENGER
65. Obtain three copies of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT
for each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT that lists:
a. Firearms / Firearms related evidence
b. DNA evidence
c. Criminalistics evidence.
66. If extraordinary circumstances exist, obtain three copies of each PROPERTY
TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT that list Controlled Substances /
Marijuana evidence.
67. Deliver all of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENTS to the
patrol borough.
POLICE BOROUGH SUPERVISOR
68. File one copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT at the
patrol borough.
69. Ensure one copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT is
delivered to the appropriate precinct, PSA and transit district.

70. Ensure one copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT that
lists Firearms / Firearms related evidence, and / or DNA evidence, and / or
Criminalistics evidence, and / or if applicable, Controlled Substances /
Marijuana evidence is hand delivered by 0900 hours each day to the Detective
Borough.
DETECTIVE BOROUGH SUPERVISOR
71. Ensure daily that one copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE
DOCUMENT that lists Firearms / Firearms related evidence, and /or DNA
evidence, and/or Criminalistics evidence, and/or if applicable, Controlled
Substances / Marijuana evidence is:
a. Received from the involved patrol borough; and,
b. Delivered to the appropriate detective squad.
DETECTIVE SQUAD SUPERVISOR
72. Ensure all DNA evidence and all Firearms / Firearms related evidence and
all Criminalistics evidence and, if applicable, all Controlled Substances /
Marijuana evidence and all other forensic evidence is delivered to and
actually received by the correct laboratory or laboratories in a timely manner
in compliance with the applicable Department procedures.
73. Ensure one copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT is
immediately placed in the appropriate case file.
74. Ensure a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) is generated and placed in the
appropriate case file indicating the:
a. Date and time of delivery of all DNA evidence and all Firearms / Firearms
related evidence and all Criminalistics evidence and, if applicable, all
Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence and all other forensic evidence
delivered to the Police Laboratory and/or the OCME DNA Laboratory and/or any
other Laboratory / Unit; and,
b. Police Laboratory and/or OCME DNA Laboratory and/or other Laboratory /
Unit "Evidence Control Number" for all DNA evidence and all Firearms /
Firearms related evidence and all Criminalistics evidence and, if applicable,
all Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence and all other forensic evidence
delivered to the Police Laboratory and/or the OCME DNA Laboratory and/or any
other Laboratory / Unit.
ITEMS REJECTED AT POLICE LABORATORY
POLICE LABORATORY EVIDENCE CONTROL OFFICERS
75. Select the appropriate rejection reason.
PATROL BOROUGH MESSENGER
76. Review and digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT returning items to
Patrol Borough.
POLICE LABORATORY EVIDENCE CONTROL SUPERVISOR

77. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT returning items to Patrol Borough.
PATROL BOROUGH MESSENGER
78. Deliver rejected items and PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT to Patrol Borough.
PATROL BOROUGH MEMBER (Wheel Officer)
79. Confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
80. Notify desk officer command concerned of rejected items.
DESK OFFICER COMMAND CONCERNED
81. Instruct command messenger to retrieve rejected items from Patrol Borough.
PATROL BOROUGH MEMBER (Wheel Officer)
82. Create separate PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System for each command for all rejected items and
electronically sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
COMMAND MESSENGER
83. Review and digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
84. Deliver rejected items and PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
85. Confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
86. Ensure that all corrections are completed for rejected items.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Due to the danger in handling and analyzing hypodermic needles, they will be
delivered directly to a Property Clerk facility and not delivered to the
Police Laboratory for analysis unless there is a serious felony charge
associated with such evidence other than Criminal Sale or Possession of a
Controlled Substance. The Police Laboratory's Evidence Control Supervisor is
available twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week to provide guidance to
members of the service regarding this matter.
Due to a limited amount of storage space at the Police Laboratory and to
ensure the safety of all members concerned, cases involving large seizures of
Marijuana or any other unusual or potential harmful material, such as large
containers of liquids (e.g., PCP, acids, etc.), a Police Laboratory Evidence
Control Supervisor must be conferred with for direction prior to the evidence
being delivered to the Police Laboratory.
Unless there are exigent circumstances, desk officers must ensure that
Controlled Substances/Marijuana evidence and Firearms/Firearms related
evidence and DNA evidence and Criminalistics evidence are delivered to the

patrol borough each day on the first platoon prior to 0100 hours. If exigent
circumstances exist, the desk officer must obtain the approval from the
commanding officer / duty captain to not comply with this procedure.
Each day, at 0100 hours the patrol borough "Wheel Officer" will call ALL of
the desk officers who failed to notify them regarding the delivery of
Controlled Substances / Marijuana evidence, Firearms / Firearms related
evidence, Criminalistics evidence or DNA evidence from their commands to the
patrol borough, and will determine if there will be a delivery to the patrol
borough. If the desk officer informs the patrol borough clerical officer that
there are exigent circumstances and there will be no delivery of Controlled
Substances / Marijuana evidence, Firearms / Firearms related evidence,
Criminalistics evidence or DNA evidence to the patrol borough, then the
borough clerical officer will immediately notify the commanding officer / duty
captain. The commanding officer / duty captain will contact the involved desk
officers and determine whether there are exigent circumstances to justify non
compliance with this procedure, and will confer with the patrol borough
clerical officer. If there are exigent circumstances to justify non compliance
with this procedure, the commanding officer / duty captain will prepare a
report on Typed Letterhead to the Chief of Patrol through channels describing
the facts regarding the exigent circumstances and explaining why the forensic
evidence could not be delivered to the patrol borough in compliance with this
procedure.
If an evidence delivery to the Police Laboratory is missed by a command, that
command MUST deliver all controlled substances and firearms/firearms related
evidence for Criminal Procedure Law 180.80 and 170.70 cases on the second
platoon.
It is important to note that the messenger listed on the PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT must be the same member that delivers the evidence to the Police
Laboratory. Any discrepancy between the member listed and the member who
delivers the property will result in a rejection of evidence at the Police
Laboratory.
The Police Laboratory may reject evidence for several reasons. Reasons for
valid rejections include the following:
a. Unsigned voucher by officer and/or supervisor
b. COMPLAINT REPORT not prepared or missing
c. PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT not prepared or missing
d. REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT missing/incomplete
e. Evidence not rendered safe (e.g., radiological, biological, bomb material
not "rendered safe" by bomb squad personnel, etc., after reasonable
determination by a Police Laboratory Evidence Control Section Supervisor)
f. Hypodermic needle invoiced for Criminal Possession of Controlled
Substance/Criminal Sale of Controlled Substance, due to the danger involved in
handling
(1) Hypodermic needles submitted for homicides, assaults or other major
crimes will be accepted if packaged properly.
g. Any evidence improperly invoiced as per Department guidelines (e.g.,

narcotics invoiced with Criminalistics evidence, firearm evidence invoiced
with holster/silencer, items not analyzed, etc.)
h. Any other evidence at the direction of the Police Laboratory Director /
Deputy Director.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of
the Chief Medical Examiner (Interim Order 58, series 2013)
Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana Contraband Stored at Stationhouse
(P.G. 218-24)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD152-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 218-05 Recording Of Arrest And Property Clerk Invoice
Numbers On Arrest Related Reports
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To determine the disposition of prisoners (i.e., pled guilty at arraignment,
case dismissed at arraignment, District Attorney's Office declined to
prosecute case, etc.) and to allow for the processing and/or disposing of
property invoiced as arrest evidence.
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all uniformed members who invoiced evidence that is
related to or seized in connection with an arrest.
PROCEDURE
Whenever evidence is to be invoiced in connection with an arrest:
INVOICING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System with particular attention being given to the
following captions:
a. Age of prisoner
b. Prisoner's date of birth
c. COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) number(s)
d. Charge/offense under investigation
e. Prisoner's arrest number
f. Arrest number for additional prisoner(s).
2. Enter PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) number in appropriate caption on
the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
3. Ensure that ALL related INVOICES are properly documented on the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE.
4. Prepare REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168), utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System, if necessary.
a. Enter the names, precinct of arrest, and ages of ALL prisoners whose
arrest is based upon the seizure of property invoiced on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
DESK OFFICER
5. Verify and ensure that ALL captions on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, REQUEST
FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT and ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET

have been accurately completed, including arrest and INVOICE numbers, where
appropriate.
6. Ensure that ALL related PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES, with arrest numbers
entered, are delivered to the Police Laboratory, Firearms Analysis Section or
Property Clerk Division at the same time.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Members of the service should be aware that it is extremely important that all
defendant information be listed on the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT. If all defendants are not identified, it could be possible that the
invoiced arrest evidence, (i.e., firearms, controlled substances, etc.) could
be destroyed before the accomplices / facilitators and other co-defendants are
tried. This will result in the accomplices / facilitators criminal charges
being dismissed.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

P.G. 218-06 Temporary Removal Of Invoiced Property From The
Command
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To account for invoiced property which is temporarily removed from the command
by a uniformed member of the service.
PROCEDURE
When it is necessary for a uniformed member of the service to temporarily
remove invoiced property from the command to court or other authorized agency:
UNFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request property from the desk officer.
a. Give reason for removal.
DESK OFFICER
2. Verify identity of uniformed member of the service by inspecting
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091), if assigned to another command.
3. Have PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) prepared utilizing the Property
and Evidence Tracking System.
4. Have the requesting officer digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and
capture fingerprint utilizing the digital signature device.
5. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
6. Print PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and deliver it along with the property to
uniformed member of the service.
UNFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
7. Obtain receipt if property is retained by court or other authorized agency.
a. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry.
8. Deliver property or receipt to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
9. Make entry in Command Log listing identity of member of the service
delivering property or receipt and INVOICE number.
10. Forward receipt to the Property Clerk Borough Office for entry into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
11. Check property against INVOICE utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.

12. Perform "Intake" function in the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
13. Ensure property is properly stored and location is entered into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
ADDITIONAL DATA
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
All official requests for property should be accompanied by a subpoena from
the requesting agency, if other than the New York City Police Department,
assistant district attorneys and assistance corporation counsels. (See P.G.
211-15, "Processing Subpoenas for Police Department Records and for Testimony
by Members of the Service.")
RELATED PROCEDURE
Processing Subpoenas For Police Department Records and for Testimony by
Members of the Service (P.G. 211-15)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

P.G. 218-07 Removal And Return Of Evidence To Property Clerk
Division
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To control removal and return of evidence from Property Clerk facility for
presentation in court.
PROCEDURE
When evidence in custody of the Property Clerk is required in court or other
authorized agency:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request evidence from member assigned to Property Clerk facility and:
a. Give PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) number.
b. Present written authorization from commanding officer to remove evidence
if not listed as "INVOICING" officer on INVOICE
c. Present shield and IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
d. Receipt for evidence as required.
2. Take POLICE LABORATORY CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE ANALYSIS REPORT (PD521-153) to
court with controlled substances/ marijuana evidence.
WHEN COURT IS ADJOURNED FOR THE DAY:
3. Obtain receipt for evidence, if held by court, District Attorney or other
authorized agency.
4. Obtain copy of court order from court clerk and receipt from claimant if
court directs release of property.
5. Deliver packages of controlled substances / marijuana, which have been
opened in court to Police Laboratory for repackaging and sealing.
6. Telephone appropriate Property Clerk facility in advance and prior to
closing for instructions regarding return of property and/or receipt if
delayed in court and unable to return property as required.
7. Inform member at Property Clerk facility of estimated time of dismissal
from court or arrival at Property Clerk facility.
8. Deliver property or receipt to designated precinct desk officer if
instructed to do so by member of the Property Clerk.
DESK OFFICER
9. Make entry in Command Log listing identity of member of the service
delivering property or receipt and INVOICE number.

PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION
10. Notify member's command if member of service fails to return property or
receipt for property at end of day.
COMMANDING OFFICER/MEMBER CONCERNED
11. Direct member concerned to return property or receipt immediately.
12. Institute corrective action.
13. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead for information of commanding officer
of next higher command indicating reason member did not return
property/receipt and any corrective action taken.
WHEN PROPERTY IS RETURNED TO PRECINCT STATION HOUSE:
DESK OFFICER
14. Check property against INVOICE utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.
15. Perform intake utilizing the "Intake from an External Agency" function in
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
16. Ensure property is properly stored and location is entered into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
17. Safeguard property pending pick up by representative of Property Clerk
Division.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If property or receipt for property is not returned to Property Clerk
Division, a FINEST Message will be transmitted to all commands including the
INVOICE number, name, shield number and command of member of the service who
failed to return property.
FORMS AND REPORTS
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
POLICE LABORATORY CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE ANALYSIS REPORT (PD521-153)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 218-08 Field Testing Of Marijuana By Selected Uniformed
Members Of The Service Within The Patrol Services And Housing
Bureaus
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To allow for field testing of marijuana by selected uniformed members of the
service assigned to the Patrol Services Bureau and Housing Bureau.
SCOPE
Authorized uniformed members of the service assigned to precincts and Housing
Bureau Police Service Areas, who have been trained in marijuana field testing,
will conduct marijuana field tests in the command when an arrest is made for a
misdemeanor or violation involving marijuana.
PROCEDURE
When an arrest is made for a misdemeanor or violation involving marijuana sale
or possession by trained uniformed members of the service, follow normal
arrest procedures and:
AUTHORIZED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Obtain field test kit and make appropriate entries.
2. Conduct a field test on a small sample of the alleged marijuana using the
field test kit with its provided loading device.
a. Conduct test in a semi-private location specifically designated for field
testing.
b. Wear protective gloves, if possible.
c. Thoroughly clean table surface before and after conducting the field
test.
d. Only use the loading device that is provided with the field test to load
a small sample of marijuana into the field test kit.
3. Perform the field test, sign and seal procedure in the presence of a
trained supervisor.
4. Perform a separate field test on marijuana seized from each prisoner.
a. If four persons are arrested and marijuana is seized from three of these
persons, then ALL three marijuana seizures will be field tested.
5. Follow the procedures listed below when conducting the field test on a
container of marijuana or a marijuana cigarette, in the presence of a trained
supervisor:
a. For each prisoner, open one container/cigarette of seized marijuana and
using the loading device conduct a field test on a small portion of the

substance contained therein.
b. A field test will be conducted even if only one container / cigarette is
seized, provided that there is a sufficient amount of marijuana remaining in
the container / cigarette after the field test has been conducted to permit
the remaining marijuana to be analyzed by the Police Laboratory.
c. If more than one container / cigarette of marijuana is seized from a
specific person and the first container / cigarette is field tested with
negative results, then field test subsequent container(s) / cigarette(s) until
a positive result is obtained OR five container(s) / cigarette(s) have field
tested negative.
(1) Once a positive result has been obtained, DO NOT open or field test
any additional container(s) / cigarette(s) of marijuana seized from one
specific person.
(2) Never field test more than five containers/cigarettes of marijuana
seized from one specific person.
d. After a container / cigarette of marijuana is opened and has field tested
positive, the container / cigarette will be resealed and the container /
cigarette will be placed in a SEPARATE zip-lock bag. This will allow the
Police Laboratory criminalists to identify and analyze the field tested
container / cigarette when laboratory analysis is required by the District
Attorney's Office.
e. Containers/cigarettes that are not field tested will NOT be placed in a
zip-lock bag.
f. The field tested container / cigarette in the zip-lock bag that tested
positive will be listed on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521- 141) as Item #1.
g. If several container(s) / cigarette(s) are field tested:
(1) The container / cigarette which tested positive will be placed in a
SEPARATE zip-lock bag. The container / cigarette that was field tested with
positive results will be identified as such by marking the outside of the
zip-lock bag, "POS." This bag will be listed as "Item #1" on the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE.
(2) The remaining container(s) / cigarette(s) that are field tested with
negative results will ALL be placed into a SEPARATE zip-lock bag. The zip-lock
bag holding container(s) / cigarette(s) of marijuana, which were field tested
with negative results, will be identified as such by marking the outside of
the zip-lock bag "NEG." Container(s) / cigarette(s) which field tested
NEGATIVE will be listed as "Item #2" on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
(3) The non-field tested container(s) / cigarette(s) will not be placed
into a zip-lock bag and will be listed as "Item #3" on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
h. The container / cigarette in the zip-lock bag marked "POS" and the
container(s) / cigarette(s) in the zip-lock bag marked "NEG" and the
container(s) / cigarette(s) that were not field tested, will ALL be placed
into the Narcotics Evidence Envelope (Misc. 242).
(1) Place sealed and signed Narcotic Evidence Envelope inside of a Plastic

Security Envelope.
(2) Ensure that the captions on the Narcotic Evidence Envelope are visible
through the rear of the Plastic Security Envelope.
(3) Seal Plastic Security Envelope by removing paper strip exposing the
pre-applied adhesive and fold the top of envelope over aligning blue circles.
Sign name, shield number, command and date across seal.
(4) The serial numbers of both envelopes are recorded on the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE utilizing the "Packaging Function" in the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.
i. When an officer conducts a field test and is uncertain whether the
results are Positive or Negative then:
(1) Consult with a supervisor and obtain clarification.
(2) If the field testing officer is still uncertain after consulting with
the supervisor, record the field test result as NEGATIVE.
j. DO NOT reseal opened container / cigarettes of marijuana with tape unless
it is absolutely necessary. If tape must be used to reseal an opened container
/ cigarette, use as little as possible.
k. DO NOT tape separate individual marijuana container(s) / cigarette(s)
together. Always try to avoid using tape when invoicing container(s) /
cigarette(s) of marijuana.
6. Prepare a separate MARIJUANA FIELD TEST REPORT for each prisoner whose
marijuana was field tested.
a. Utilize the FIELD TEST REPORT appropriate to the borough of arrest.
7. Attach the triplicate copy (pink) of the completed MARIJUANA FIELD TEST
REPORT(S) to the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES and the invoiced marijuana and
forward to the Police Laboratory in the normal manner.
a. If marijuana from two or more prisoners is invoiced on one PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, attach one copy of EACH related FIELD TEST REPORT to the one PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE.
b. If marijuana from two or more prisoners is invoiced on one PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, in the "Remarks" column of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, list EACH
prisoner's name and next to their name print in bold letters, "FIELD TESTED
POSITIVE," or "FIELD TESTED NEGATIVE."
8. Deliver original (white) copy and duplicate (blue) copy of FIELD TEST
REPORT with arrest package to the Assistant District Attorney at the Complaint
Room.
a. Include in the arrest package a completed Supporting Deposition with the
caption "Buyer" and / or "Seller" as appropriate.
9. Dispose of used field test kit(s) and loading devices in the precinct
plastic glove disposal receptacle.
SUPERVISOR CONCERNED

10. Witness field test, sign and seal.
11. Ensure that used field test kit is properly disposed of.
12. Ensure all forms prepared by authorized member of the service are complete
and accurate.
a. Ensure that the various reports that are prepared in connection with the
same arrest(s) or seizure(s) accurately and consistently reflect the
circumstances of the incident.
13. Follow P.G. 210-13, "Release of Prisoners" for a negative field test(s).
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
The Police Laboratory will notify the Chief of Patrol, Chief of Housing, Chief
of Transit, or the Chief of OCCB, as appropriate, whenever the field test
results are different from the results obtained by a Police Laboratory
criminalist. This is referred to as a field test "discrepancy." The Police
Laboratory will also notify the Chief of Patrol, Chief of Housing, Chief of
Transit, or the Chief of OCCB, as appropriate of all procedural, clerical and
/ or administrative errors made with regard to conducting field tests (e.g.
incomplete / incorrect preparation of FIELD TEST REPORTS, failing to conduct
field tests when required, improperly packaging field tested container(s) /
cigarette(s), etc.).
Zip-lock bags and field testing kits can be obtained from the Quartermaster
Section.
DEPARTMENT POLICY
Only uniformed members of the service who have received field testing training
are authorized to conduct and supervise this testing procedure. Twenty field
tests are conducted in the classroom when uniformed members of the service
receive their initial training and certification. Personnel will be considered
expert after receiving this initial training. Uniformed members assigned to
patrol will only field test marijuana and no other controlled substance.
FORMS AND REPORTS
MARIJUANA FIELD TEST REPORT - MANHATTAN/QUEENS/ STATEN ISLAND (PD321-143)
MARIJUANA FIELD TEST REPORT - BRONX (PD321-144)
MARIJUANA FIELD TEST REPORT - BROOKLYN (PD321-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
Narcotics Evidence Envelope (Misc. 242)

P.G. 218-09 Evidence Other Than Controlled Substances/Marijuana
And Firearms/Ballistics Evidence Requiring Police Laboratory
Analysis
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that evidence, other than controlled substances / marijuana and
firearms / ballistics evidence, which comes into the custody of the Department
and requires laboratory analysis, is properly handled, packaged and submitted
to the Police Laboratory.
PROCEDURE
Upon taking property described above into custody that requires analysis at
the Police Laboratory:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Follow invoicing procedures as contained in the Department Manual.
2. Invoice evidence requiring analysis by the Police Laboratory, as follows:
a. Prepare a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) as appropriate,
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System, for each of the
following:
(1) Different property type
(2) Different property categories
(3) Different owners
(4) Property that will be delivered and/or stored at different locations
(5) Bloodstain, DNA, serology, or other biological evidence
(6) Other types of evidence.
3. List each piece of evidence, requiring laboratory analysis, as a separate
item on a separate line on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
a. Each item will be given a separate "Item #" on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
b. Each item of evidence will be specifically described by the invoicing
member, e.g., blue long sleeve shirt, bloodied short sleeve undershirt, etc.
c. Ensure INVOICE does not exceed twenty line items.
4. Package evidence in accordance with Department procedures.
a. See "ADDITIONAL DATA" for additional packaging instructions.
5. Write the corresponding PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number, as well as the "Item

#", on the outside of each package / container submitted to the laboratory.
a. If the evidence being submitted for analysis is secured in multiple
packages / containers, mark each package/container as "Bag 1 of ___", Bag 2 of
___".
6. Prepare a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168), as
appropriate, utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
7. Submit evidence with PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT, and the handwritten copy of the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT if prepared by the Crime Scene Unit member, to desk officer
for review.
DESK OFFICER
8. Review PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
to ensure that:
a. Different types of evidence as described, in step "2" are listed on
separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES.
b. Each item of evidence is listed as a separate "Item," on a separate line,
and given a separate "Item #."
c. Each separate item is specifically described, in detail.
d. INVOICE does not exceed twenty line items, if requiring laboratory
analysis.
9. Check each package/container to ensure that it is:
a. Packaged properly.
b. Marked with both the corresponding PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number and
corresponding "Item #."
10. Ensure that each package/container is properly sealed in a manner to
prevent loss of evidence and to prevent contamination.
a. Secure Plastic Security Envelope appropriately.
b. Paper envelopes, paper bags, boxes should be securely sealed with
evidence tape. (Do not use scotch tape).
11. Direct invoicing member to sign name across each seal of each package /
container to maintain the chain of custody.
12. Securely attach the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT and the handwritten copy of the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT if prepared by the Crime Scene Unit member, to the package
/ container.
13. Prepare PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
14. Direct that the evidence be IMMEDIATELY delivered to the Police
Laboratory.

a. Evidence being submitted to the Police Laboratory for analysis degrades
over time. If evidence that was not immediately delivered to the Police
Laboratory is found to have degraded due to a delay in delivery, a
notification will be sent, through channels, to the Office of the Chief of
Department.
DELIVERING MEMBER
15. Deliver PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT,
handwritten copy of the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT, if prepared
by Crime Scene Unit member, PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and property to the
Police Laboratory.
16. Follow instructions of the Evidence Desk Intake personnel.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
When evidence is collected by a member of the Crime Scene Unit, the evidence
will be packaged, sealed and labeled by the Crime Scene Unit member. These
packages / containers will not be opened by the member assigned to invoice the
evidence. Where appropriate, the contents of the package / container will be
specifically described by the Crime Scene Unit member on the outside of the
package / container. The Crime Scene Unit member will prepare a handwritten
copy of a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT that will list and
describe the items in the sealed packages / containers that are to be invoiced
by the invoicing officer. The handwritten REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT will also describe the specific manner in which the items are to be
invoiced and listed on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) and the type of forensic
examination required. The handwritten copy of the REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT prepared by the Crime Scene Unit member and the
packages/containers to be invoiced will be delivered to the invoicing member
for preparation of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE. The handwritten copy of the
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT must be attached to the
packages/container by the invoicing member prior to delivery of the evidence
and PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to the Police Laboratory.
The Police Laboratory will not accept PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES that do not
contain detailed and specifically itemized descriptions of the property
submitted. Vague, non-detailed descriptions are unacceptable, (e.g., "one
sealed bag containing miscellaneous items.") Improperly prepared INVOICES will
be returned to the invoicing command. The invoicing command will be required
to correctly prepare the INVOICE and re-deliver the evidence to the Police
Laboratory IMMEDIATELY.
All non-contraband property that is delivered to the Police Laboratory MUST
have a photocopy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE attached.
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES that are sent or have the potential to be sent to the
Police Laboratory for laboratory analysis will not exceed twenty line items.
EVIDENCE HANDLING AND PACKAGING GUIDELINES
ALCOHOL
Alcohol will only be submitted to the Police Laboratory in relation to an

arrest for violation of Section 1192 of the Vehicle & Traffic Law and an open
container of alcohol is seized.
The container will be corked closed and secured around the opening with tape.
The container can be placed in a plastic security envelope. The container
should be stored in an upright position until delivery to the Laboratory.
P.G. 218-32, "Processing Alcohol Seized In ABC Law Violations," should be
complied with in connection with alcohol seized as a result of violations of
the ABC Laws.
ARSON
Accelerants or other flammable material that comes into the custody of the
Police Department, should be placed in a clean, airtight, metal or glass
container, sealed with masking tape, and immediately delivered to the Police
Laboratory. CAUTION: Accelerants or other flammable materials should be
handled in a well ventilated area.
BLOODSTAINS / SEROLOGY / DNA / OTHER BIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE
Bloodstains, DNA, serology, or other biological evidence, EXCEPT FIREARMS
(e.g., blood, semen, saliva, tissue etc.) should be delivered to the Police
Laboratory for examination.
Firearms evidence that requires bloodstain, DNA, serology, or other biological
evidence analysis should be processed in accordance with the guidelines
contained in P.G. 218-23, "Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence."
BLOODSTAIN, DNA, SEROLOGY, OR OTHER BIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE AND ANY OTHER BODY
FLUID/BIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE SHOULD BE PACKAGED IN PAPER BAGS OR BOXES. Do not
seal in a plastic security envelope. Additionally, an orange bio-hazard
sticker must be affixed to the package.
Bloodstain, DNA, serology, or other biological evidence must be refrigerated,
therefore, it must be delivered to the Police Laboratory IMMEDIATELY.
QUESTIONED DOCUMENTS
Any piece of paper, where the authenticity of the writing or the source of the
writing must be determined, will be submitted to the Document Fraud Squad.
These items include, but are not limited to, checks, bank robbery notes, and
harassing letters.
The evidence may be secured in a PLASTIC SECURITY ENVELOPE. DO NOT write on
the security envelope when the evidence is inside. Cardboard inserts should be
used in the security envelope to prevent the evidence from bending or folding.
HAIR AND FIBER
Evidence that contains possible hair and/or fiber evidence should be handled
carefully to prevent the loss of any evidence. If the evidence is wet or
bloodstained, or has other serological or biological evidence thereon, it
should not be packaged in plastic; instead it should be placed in a sealed
paper bag. If the evidence is dry, and it does not have bloodstain,
serological, DNA or other biological evidence thereon, it should be packaged
in a plastic security envelope or any bag/container that will prevent the hair
or fiber evidence from being lost.

LATENT FINGERPRINTS
Items that must be processed for latent prints should be handled carefully.
Latex gloves should be worn when handling. Members of the service handling
such evidence should prevent the item(s) from being crushed, bent, folded,
etc.
Items being delivered to the Police Laboratory for fingerprint analysis should
be placed in a plastic bag, not a paper bag. However, if an item must be
analyzed for BOTH fingerprint and bloodstain/serological/DNA/other biological
evidence, then it should NOT be placed in a plastic bag; it should be placed
in a paper bag.
LOCKS
If a lock is submitted to the Police Laboratory for analysis, then the key to
that lock must also be invoiced and submitted to the Laboratory. If no key is
available, do not submit the lock for analysis.
Any questions regarding the proper handling, packaging, or invoicing of
evidence should be referred to a supervisor at the Police Laboratory, 24 hours
a day, 7 days a week.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Alcohol Seized in ABC Law Violations (P.G. 218-32)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

P.G. 218-10 Using Security Lead Seals Or Plastic Security
Envelopes
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide a method of identifying property which does not have serial
numbers, identifying marks, is difficult to describe, or to increase the
control, security and accountability of small property items coming into
police custody.
PROCEDURE
When required to invoice property without serial numbers, identifying marks,
or is difficult to describe, follow normal invoicing procedures:
USING SECURITY LEAD SEALS
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request lead seals from desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
2. Check PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147) and obtain serial number of last lead seal
used.
3. Give next serially numbered lead seal to member concerned and make entry in
PROPERTY LOG accounting for number.
a. Use one space on PROPERTY LOG to account for all lead seals listed on
same PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), if possible.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Place lead seal on property as required:
a. Use one lead seal for different items in same case, where possible
b. Leave room on wire for inspection of items
c. Attach seals in presence of desk officer and other interested persons.
5. Record serial numbers of lead seals used on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and in
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
USING PRE-NUMBERED / BARCODED SECURITY ENVELOPES
6. Request Plastic Security Envelope or Jewelry Security Envelope, as
appropriate, from desk officer.
7. Perform the following under the supervision of the desk officer:
a. Complete captions on envelope and attach security lead seals, where
necessary

b. Place items in envelope and seal in accordance with instructions on the
envelope
c. Enter or scan barcode of Plastic Security Envelope or Jewelry Security
Envelope during packaging when creating PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
8. Present sealed envelope to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
9. Complete entries in PROPERTY LOG.
a. Use one space on PROPERTY LOG to account for all Plastic Security
Envelopes or Jewelry Security Envelopes listed on the same PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, if possible.
10. Examine envelope to ensure that:
a. It is properly sealed
b. Contents match description of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Plastic Security Envelopes may be used for all small property items except
evidence requiring serological examination, (e.g., blood, semen, and other
body fluids). Controlled substances/marijuana are to be placed into a
Narcotics Evidence Envelope (security lock-type envelope) and sealed. The
sealed security lock-type envelope will then be placed into a Plastic Security
Envelope and sealed for added protection. Controlled substances that contain
phencyclidine (Angel Dust) will be put in a Plastic Security Envelope, and
sealed, prior to being placed in the Narcotics Evidence Envelope (security
lock-type envelope). Jewelry items must be placed in a separate Jewelry
Security Envelope. This does not apply to members of the Police Laboratory.
If it becomes necessary to open a sealed Plastic Security or Jewelry Security
Envelope, a new envelope will be prepared in the command which the envelope is
opened OR the Property Clerk's borough office, as appropriate. In all such
instances, the opened envelope(s) will be placed into the new envelope(s) and
entered into the Property and Evidence Tracking System, utilizing the "Update
invoice" and "Packaging" functions. Plastic Security or Jewelry Security
Envelopes will not be used for items which can readily puncture or tear the
envelope, (e.g., screwdrivers, knives with exposed blades, etc.). Items which
cannot be placed in Security Envelopes will be tagged for identification and
safeguarded in other than a Plastic Security Envelope.
Cash and jewelry will continue to be placed in individual Security Envelopes
and will not be placed in the same envelope with other small items.
When it becomes necessary to invoice hypodermic needles, syringes, and other
sharp narcotics paraphernalia:
a. Utilize hypo container which comes in a plastic bag containing full
instructions

b. Voucher hypo container on a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE apart from
other property / evidence involved in same occurrence
c. Place hypo container in a serialized Plastic Security Envelope
(1) Multiple hypo containers will be placed in same Plastic Security
Envelope, if involved in the same occurrence.(No other evidence, [e.g.,
glassine envelopes, etc] will be placed in same Plastic Security Envelope.)
d. Store INVOICE and Plastic Security Envelope containing hypo container in
property locker to be forwarded to appropriate Property Clerk facility.
The operations coordinator will request additional lead seals and prenumbered
/ barcoded security envelopes from the Property Clerk Division.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 218-11 Use Of Biohazard Labels
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide methods of identifying regulated waste coming into police custody.
DEFINITION
REGULATED WASTE - means liquid or semi-liquid blood or other potentially
infectious materials: contaminated items that would release blood or other
potentially infectious materials in a liquid or semi-liquid state if
compressed; items that are caked with dried blood or other potentially
infectious materials and are capable of releasing these materials during
handling; contaminated sharps; and pathological and microbiological wastes
containing blood or other potentially infectious materials.
PROCEDURE
When required to transport or store property or evidence that has the
potential to be an infectious material (e.g., regulated waste).
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Follow normal invoicing procedures.
2. Request Biohazard Label (s) from desk officer.
a. Biohazard Labels are a fluorescent orange in color with the word
"Biohazard" written on the label's face.
3. Affix label as close as feasible to the item or container by using string,
wire, adhesive or other method that prevents loss or unintentional removal.
4. Use one label for each item or container in same case.
DESK OFFICER
5. Request additional Biohazard Labels from Quartermaster Section when needed.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Using Lead Security Seals or Plastic Security Envelopes (P.G. 218-10)
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)

P.G. 218-12 Safeguarding Vehicles In Police Custody
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safeguard vehicles in police custody at the stationhouse.
PROCEDURE
When necessary to store a vehicle in police custody at the command:
COMMAND CLERK
1. Create PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141), utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System, from recovering member's PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
2. Complete entries in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147).
RECOVERING MEMBER
3. Remove rotor or coil wire and attach to WORKSHEET.
a. If unable to remove rotor or coil wire, ensure vehicle is immobilized in
another way without causing damage to vehicle.
4. Prepare form WARNING NOTICE - VEHICLE IN POLICE CUSTODY (PD571-1211) and
attach to outside of windshield, only after fingerprint processing is
completed, if applicable.
5. Lock and park vehicle in secure location near command.
DESK OFFICER
6. Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, verifying accuracy and completeness.
7. Inform relieving desk officer of location of vehicle.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A vehicle may be safeguarded at the command for forty-eight hours when not
required as evidence or not the subject of forfeiture proceedings. A vehicle
not released to the owner or his/her representative within forty-eight hours
will be removed to the appropriate Property Clerk storage facility.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
WARNING NOTICE - VEHICLE IN POLICE CUSTODY (PD571-1211)

P.G. 218-13 Inventory Searches Of Automobiles And Other Property
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To protect property, ensure against unwarranted claims of theft, and protect
uniformed members of the service and others against dangerous
instrumentalities.
PROCEDURE
Whenever any property comes into the custody of this Department an inventory
search will be conducted as follows:
IF THE CONTENTS TO BE INVENTORIED ARE IN AN AUTOMOBILE
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Search the interior of the vehicle thoroughly.
a. This search should include any area that may contain valuables including,
but not limited to:
(1) Glove compartment
(2) Console
(3) Map pockets in or on doors and rear or side of seats
(4) Areas under the seats and in and around the seat stuffing and springs
(5) Under the floor mats
(6) Under and behind the dashboard
(7) Inside the ashtrays
(8) In the air vents where accessible
(9) Under the hood
(10) Trunk.
2. Force open trunk, glove compartment, etc. only if it can be done with
minimal damage, unless:
a. Reasonably suspect that the item contains weapons, explosives, hazardous
materials or contraband
b. The contents are in plain view
c. The contents can be inferred from the outward appearance of the container
(e.g., gun cases, toolboxes [which may contain burglar's tools] etc.)
d. Consent of the owner to break open the locked item.

3. Remove all valuables from the vehicle and invoice on a separate PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Any closed container may be opened and its contents inventoried. If any of the
above items listed in step "1" are locked, the uniformed member of the service
concerned should make every attempt to obtain the keys from the driver, owner,
or passenger.
Property of little value that is left inside the vehicle (e.g., old clothes,
cassette tapes, and vehicle parts, etc.) should within reason, be listed in
the uniformed member's ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) and cross referenced to the
invoice number covering any valuables removed.
Property that is not inventoried from an automobile but is possessed or under
the control of an arrested individual, may be inventoried and all items found
therein may be invoiced as prisoner's property. If a locked container such as
a brief case or safe is inventoried, it should not be forced open if to do so
would cause more than minimal damage, unless the circumstances described in
Step "2", subdivisions "a", "b", "c", or "d" are present.
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 218-14 Vehicle Stolen And Recovered Within New York City
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process and dispose of vehicles stolen and recovered within New York City.
PROCEDURE
Upon recovery of stolen vehicle wanted on New York City alarm:
RECOVERING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Obtain all relevant information from NYSPIN System.
2. Enter information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
3. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
4. Request patrol supervisor to respond to scene.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
5. Verify accuracy and completeness of WORKSHEET.
COMAND CLERK
6. Enter WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate
a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
RECOVERING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
7. Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
8. Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
RECOVERING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
9. Notify registered owner of vehicle as soon as possible after the vehicle is
recovered.
a. If telephone number of registered owner is available make at least one
attempt at a telephone notification.
b. Enter in the Telephone Record:
(1) The date and time of such an attempt
(2) The invoice number from the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE that the recovered
vehicle is listed on.
(3) Name of person contacted if notification attempt is successful.

c. If final insurance settlement was received:
(1) Enter name of insurance company on INVOICE, in box captioned, "Lien
Holder or True Owner".
(2) Notify insurance company if claim settled.
d. Advise insurance carrier or registered owner (if claim not settled):
(1) Recovered vehicle may be reclaimed at the tow operator's storage
facility or the Property Clerk's Auto Pound upon proof of ownership and
payment of authorized fees.
(2) Address and telephone number of storage facility or Pound.
10. Prepare ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION (PD571-1210) when the registered
owner or insurance carrier did not recover the vehicle regardless if a
telephone notification has already been made.
11. Notify Precinct Detective Unit / Detective Squad concerned if arrest
involved or vehicle was used in commission of a crime.
12. Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET (PD313-085) and enter the following
in "Details" section:
a. Parts and accessories removed from vehicle
b. Condition of vehicle and ignition at time of recovery
c. If vehicle keys were recovered
d. If vehicle was damaged by fire
e. Name of detective squad member notified, if vehicle used in commission of
crime or further investigation is necessary
f. Other information pertinent to the vehicle theft.
13. Have alarm cancelled via FINEST System once owner takes possession of
vehicle or after vehicle has been removed to Property Clerk facility or
Rotation Tow storage facility.
14. Attach copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement of cancelled alarm to:
a. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
b. COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET.
DETECTIVE SQUAD MEMBER
15. Prepare additional COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEETS, indicating further
developments.
DESK OFFICER
16. Review COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET.
a. Sign name.

17. Verify that alarm is cancelled and owner notified.
a. If cancellation does not appear in NYSPIN System or transmitted
cancellation contains a discrepancy, have cancellation corrected utilizing
FINEST System.
18. Release vehicle to owner AFTER cancellation of alarm.
a. Have vehicle removed to Property Clerk's facility when owner unable to
remove vehicle or cannot be immediately contacted.
19. Make entry in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147) to account for any INVOICES
prepared .
20. Forward finalized copy of COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) to commanding
officer concerned, if recovering member is assigned to a specialized unit.
COMMANDING OFFICER, SPECIALIZED UNIT
21. Review COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP to ensure alarm has been cancelled and owner
notified.
DESK OFFICER
22. Verify owners have been notified while conducting physical inventory of
vehicles.
23. Ensure that owner of vehicle is notified, if such notification was not
previously made.
24. Determine if patterns of theft and/or dumping exist:
a. Initiate appropriate action if such trends are apparent.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vehicle Stolen Outside New York City and Recovered Within New York City (P.G.
218-15)
Vehicle Stolen Within New York City and Recovered Outside New York City or by
the Port Authority Police (P.G. 218-16)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)
Invoicing Vehicles / Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence for Forfeiture
Proceedings or to Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET (PD313-085)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
ROTATION TOW - OWNER NOTIFICATION (PD571-1210)

P.G. 218-15 Vehicle Stolen Outside New York City And Recovered
Within New York City
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record and notify agencies concerned of the recovery of a vehicle in New
York City reported stolen outside New York City.
PROCEDURE
Upon recovery within New York City of any vehicle stolen outside the City:
RECOVERING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
2. Notify Inter-City Correspondence Unit for notification to originating
police agency to cancel alarm and inform owner of recovery.
a. Advise of arrest in connection with recovery, if applicable.
b. Make entry in "Remarks" section of the INVOICE in the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
3. Notify detective squad concerned, if arrest involved or vehicle was used in
commission of a crime.
DESK OFFICER
4. Release vehicle to owner, or ensure that vehicle is delivered to Property
Clerk's storage facility.
5. Ensure photocopy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is forwarded to Patrol Borough
Pattern Identification Module by next business day.
6. Determine if patterns of theft and/or dumping exits.
a. Initiate appropriate action if such trends are apparent.
EVIDENCE / PROPERTY CONTROL SPECIALIST
7. Photocopy and forward PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE prepared for recovered stolen
vehicles to Patrol Borough Pattern Identification Module by next business day.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) will not be generated for the recovery of a
vehicle stolen outside of New York City.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vehicle Stolen and Recovered Within New York City (P.G. 218-14)
Vehicle Stolen Within New York City and Recovered Outside New York City or by

the Port Authority Police (P.G. 218-16)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)
Invoicing Vehicles / Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence or for
Forfeiture Proceedings or to Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)

P.G. 218-16 Vehicle Stolen Within New York City And Recovered
Outside New York City Or By Port Authority Police
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To notify the registered owner and provide for cancellation of an alarm on a
vehicle recorded as stolen within New York City and recovered outside the City
or by the Port Authority Police on Port Authority property.
PROCEDURE
When notified that a vehicle stolen within New York City has been recovered
outside the City or on a Port Authority facility:
STOLEN PROPERTY INQUIRY SECTION
1. Transmit message through FINEST System to the precinct of record where
alarm originated upon notification from outside agency that a vehicle stolen
within New York City was recovered.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF RECORD
2. Ensure that alarm for vehicle is cancelled.
3. Ensure a copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement is attached to COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP
WORKSHEET (PD313-085), when prepared.
4. Notify registered owner of vehicle's recovery and location as soon as
possible.
a. If telephone number of registered owner is available make at least one
attempt at a telephone notification.
b. Enter in the Telephone Record:
(1) The date and time of such an attempt
(2) Name of person contacted if notification attempt is successful.
5. Comply with step "4" if vehicle is stolen within New York City and is
recovered by the Port Authority, and in addition:
a. Enter the invoice number from the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) that
the recovered vehicle is listed on in the Telephone Record
b. If final insurance settlement was received:
(1) Enter name of insurance company on INVOICE, in box captioned, "Lien
Holder or True Owner."
(2) Notify insurance company if claim settled.
c. Advise insurance carrier or registered owner (if claim not settled):

(1) Of the address and telephone number of the Port Authority storage
facility or Pound.
6. Notify the Stolen Property Inquiry Section that the FINEST Message has been
received concerning recovery of vehicle.
a. Provide identity of member making notification to registered owner.
STOLEN PROPERTY INQUIRY SECTION
7. Make record of acknowledgement of FINEST Message by precinct of record and
identity of member of the service making notification to owner.
COMMAND CLERK, PRECINCT OF RECORD
8. Prepare COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET and under "Details" enter:
a. Name of detective notified, if arrest was made, or if vehicle was used in
the commission of a crime, AND
b. Identity of member of the service who notified registered owner.
DESK OFFICER, PRECINCT OF RECORD
9. Review COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET to ensure that alarm had been
cancelled and owner has been notified.
10. Sign off on the electronically generated COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
as per Department guidelines.
STOLEN PROPERTY INQUIRY SECTION
11. Forward an acknowledgement of cancellation of alarm to the recovering
agency and to the precinct of record.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP WORKSHEET (PD313-085)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 218-17 Vehicle Stolen Within New York City And Recovered By
Port Authority Police
Date Effective: 11-08-02
REVOKED Interim Order 30 Series Issued 06/26/13
Refer to (P.G. 218-16)

P.G. 218-18 Photographing Stolen Evidence Vehicles When An Arrest
Is Made
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To expeditiously release stolen recovered vehicles where an arrest is made and
the vehicle was not used in conjunction with any other crime.
SCOPE
Whenever an arrest is made for Grand Larceny Auto, Criminal Possession of
Stolen Vehicle or Unauthorized Use of a Motor Vehicle and the stolen vehicle
was not used in conjunction with any crime or criminal transaction, other than
the theft or unauthorized use of the motor vehicle, the arresting officer will
take a set of evidence photographs of the motor vehicle for the District
Attorney/ Corporation Counsel and every defendant arrested. THE VEHICLE MAY
THEN BE RELEASED TO THE OWNER/REPRESENTATIVE AT THE STATIONHOUSE WITHOUT A
RELEASE FROM THE DISTRICT ATTORNEY/CORPORATION COUNSEL. All photographs will
be delivered to the District Attorney / Corporation Counsel and maintained by
that office.
PROCEDURE
Where an arrest is made for a recovered stolen vehicle and the vehicle
qualifies:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Follow Patrol Guide 208-03, "Arrest - General Processing."
2. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
3. Take one set of evidence digital photographs.
a. The set of evidence digital photographs must include:
(1) Vehicle identification number (VIN)
(2) Registration sticker on windshield
(3) License plates
(4) Each side of vehicle, including vent windows, door locks and handles
(5) Front and back of vehicle
(6) Interior of vehicle, including ignition lock, seat to floor clearance,
center console, radio receptacle and dashboard area
(7) Motor
(8) Any other interior or exterior surfaces showing any and all damage to
the vehicle.

4. Upload all photographs to PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) while
completing the "Vehicle Inspection" in the Property and Evidence Tracking
System.
5. Print and deliver the PHOTO RELEASE DOCUMENT (PD582-171), along with
required paperwork, to District Attorney / Corporation Counsel.
a. Include a notation of delivery of photographs on ARREST DOCUMENTATION
CHECKLIST (PD249-010).
b. Have District Attorney receipt for delivery of PHOTO RELEASE DOCUMENT by
signing ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
c. In juvenile arrests, PHOTO RELEASE DOCUMENT will be included with the
arrest paper work forwarded to the Corporation Counsel.
6. Notify owner/representative that vehicle can be released at the
stationhouse.
a. A release from the District Attorney / Corporation Counsel is no longer
required in these cases.
7. Cancel alarm and release vehicle, when owner/representative arrives at
stationhouse.
PRIOR TO RELEASE OF VEHICLE
DESK OFFICER
8. Review all necessary paperwork for accuracy and completeness.
9. Ascertain that alarm has been cancelled.
10. Ensure that all required photographs have been taken and that notation has
been made on ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST that PHOTO RELEASE DOCUMENT is
part of the arrest package being delivered to the District Attorney or is
included in the arrest package forwarded to the Corporation Counsel.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
The member of the service taking the photographs of the vehicle will take the
minimum number of photographs necessary to show all items listed in step "3".
In those cases where an arrest involves an adult and a juvenile, a set of
photographs must be taken for the District Attorney and the Corporation
Counsel.
Vehicles unable to be driven to the command will be placed in the Rotation Tow
Program. Photographs must be taken either at the scene or the arresting
officer will direct the tow driver to remove the vehicle to the command for
photographs prior to its removal to the tow facility. Operable vehicles will
remain at the command for forty-eight hours pending the arrival of the
owner/representative. If the vehicle remains unclaimed, it will then be placed
in the Rotation Tow Program and kept at the tow facility for thirty days prior
to its removal to the pound.
In the event any questions arise regarding the release of the stolen vehicle,

direct that photographs be taken and do not release the stolen vehicle until
determination is made by the Legal Bureau.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Personal Recognizance-Juvenile Delinquent (P.G. 215-12)
Rotation Tow (P.G. 218-21)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ARREST DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST (PD249-010)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PHOTO RELEASE DOCUMENT (PD582-171)

P.G. 218-19 Invoicing Vehicles/Property As Arrest/Investigatory
Evidence Or For Forfeiture Proceedings Or To Determine True Owner
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To invoice and properly classify vehicles/property coming into police custody
as arrest evidence, investigatory evidence, for forfeiture proceedings or to
determine true owner.
PROCEDURE
When property/vehicles are taken into police custody:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) as appropriate, utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
2. Select the correct property category on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE:
a. ARREST EVIDENCE
b. INVESTIGATORY EVIDENCE
c. DNA ARREST EVIDENCE
d. DNA INVESTIGATORY EVIDENCE
e. FORFEITURE
f. DECEDENT'S PROPERTY
g. FOUND PROPERTY
h. SAFEKEEPING
i. PEDDLER PROPERTY
j. OTHER
3. Select the correct property category on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE if
vehicle / boat:
a. ROTATION TOW
b. ARREST EVIDENCE
c. INVESTIGATION
d. FORFEITURE
e. PHOTO RELEASE
f. SAFEKEEPING

g. DETERMINE TRUE OWNER
4. Have alarm cancelled via FINEST System, where necessary.
a. Attach copy of NYSPIN acknowledgement to PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and/or
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081), as appropriate.
5. Prepare a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD 521-168), utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System, if required.
6. Print and attach "ADA Copy" of the appropriate INVOICE to DESK APPEARANCE
TICKET, if prepared in arrest cases or bring INVOICE copy to court and present
to Assistant District Attorney concerned when no DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is
prepared.
VEHICLES / PROPERTY HELD AS INVESTAGORY EVIDENCE
DESK OFFICER/DETECTIVE BUREAU SUPERVISOR
7. Direct that property be seized and invoiced as investigatory evidence when
a criminal investigation is required and no arrest has been made.
8. Direct that vehicles may also be seized and invoiced as investigatory
evidence when:
a. Crime Scene Unit examination of vehicle is requested
b. Collision Investigation Squad must conduct an investigation at scene of a
vehicle collision.
c. Investigation of vehicle by any unit other than the Property Clerk is
required.
9. Ensure investigations as outlined above are conducted and concluded at
command concerned.
a. Ensure vehicle is removed to appropriate Property Clerk Auto Pound if
further investigation is required.
VEHICLES SEIZED AS ARREST EVIDENCE
10. Direct that vehicles must be seized and invoiced as arrest evidence when
arrests are made for:
a. Larceny of vehicle
(1) Charge will be Grand Larceny Auto unless owner/complainant or other
evidence indicates auto (as defined in Section 125 VTL) is valued at $100 or
less, or if motorcycle (as defined in Section 123 VTL) is valued at $1,000 or
less.
b. Unauthorized use of a vehicle
c. Criminal possession of stolen property (vehicle involved)
d. Possession of vehicle with an altered V.I.N.

e. Leaving scene of collision- serious injury and likely to die, or critical
injury
f. Assault or homicide - vehicle used as weapon
g. Illegal Registration - Motorist arrested for Operating an Unregistered
Vehicle, Vehicle and Traffic Law Section 401 (1)(a).
ARRESTING OFFICER
11. Notify desk officer immediately when arrest number is obtained and include
arrest number on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
VEHICLES SEIZED FOR FORFEITURE
DESK OFFICER/DETECTIVE BUREAU SUPERVISOR
12. Direct that vehicles may be seized and invoiced to determine if forfeiture
proceedings will be commenced when vehicle is used to transport:
a. Controlled Substances - Felony, Article 220, Penal Law
b. Gambling Records - Sections 225.20 and 415, Penal Law
c. Untaxed Cigarettes - Felony, Section 481, subdivision 2, State Tax Law
and Section 11-1317, Administrative Code
d. Equipment used in promoting pornography - Article 410, Penal Law
e. Equipment used in unauthorized recording of sound - Section 420.05, Penal
Law.
OCCUPIED VEHICLES HELD TO DETERMINE TRUE OWNER
13. Direct an occupied vehicle to be taken into custody if true owner cannot
be determined and immediate arrest is not warranted.
14. Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE prepared and ensure property category
"Determine True Owner" is selected.
a. A COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) is not necessary when invoicing a vehicle
to "Determine True Owner." The investigation will be conducted by Property
Clerk personnel.
15. Have vehicle delivered to appropriate Property Clerk Auto Pound for
processing by Property Clerk personnel.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
When a member of the service conducts a computer check of an occupied vehicle
and the response reads ILLEGAL REGISTRATION, the New York State Department of
Motor Vehicles has determined that the vehicle was improperly registered to
someone who was the victim of a fraud and the victim never owned the vehicle
nor gave anyone permission to register the vehicle in the victim's name.
Accordingly, when a uniformed member of the service encounters a motorist
during a vehicle stop whose registration comes up on the computer as ILLEGAL

REGISTRATION, then this motorist will be arrested and charged with Vehicle and
Traffic Law Section 401(1)(a), Operating an Unregistered Vehicle. An immediate
investigation should simultaneously be undertaken to determine if probable
cause exists that the motorist or any other person has committed the crimes of
Criminal Impersonation 2nd degree, P.L. 190.25(1), Forgery 2nd degree, P.L.
170.10(2), Offering a False Instrument for Filing 2nd degree, P.L. 175.30, or
any robbery or larceny charge, if appropriate. If Penal Law arrests are to be
made, the vehicle will be taken into custody as arrest evidence; if only a
Vehicle and Traffic Law arrest is to be made, the vehicle will be taken into
custody to determine its true owner.
Whenever an arrest is effected involving a vehicle for a charge OTHER THAN
those enumerated in step "10" above, the arresting officer will consult with
his supervisor to determine whether the vehicle should be seized. The
supervisor will communicate with an Assistant District Attorney and request an
opinion to determine if the vehicle should be seized as arrest evidence. If an
Assistant District Attorney is not available, the vehicle will be invoiced and
secured at the stationhouse.
However, no category of property will be checked, pending a determination by
the Assistant District Attorney. If the Assistant District Attorney advises
that the vehicle is not required as evidence, it will be released to the
registered owner or his representative. If the owner cannot be located, the
vehicle will be sent to the Property Clerk Auto Pound for safekeeping. If it
is determined that the vehicle is to be held as evidence, the name and
telephone number of the Assistant District Attorney who made the
recommendation MUST be entered in the appropriate captions listed immediately
above the "Remarks" section on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
If a vehicle is to be safeguarded at the Property Clerk Auto Pound, the
following documents will be forwarded with the vehicle:
a. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
b. FINEST Printout - NYSPIN acknowledgement
c. VIN Printout (including registered owner's zip code)
d. Copy of COMPLAINT REPORT, if prepared, or notation on invoice of
previously prepared COMPLAINT REPORT number and precinct of record, when
vehicle is categorized as Investigatory Evidence, DNA Investigatory Evidence,
Arrest Evidence, DNA Arrest Evidence, or Forfeiture.
INVOICING COIN/BILL OPERATED MACHINES OR DEVICES
Whenever coin/bill operated machines, including slot machines, are invoiced as
evidence in arrest or investigation cases, the invoicing officer will remove
all currency under the supervision of a ranking officer. Separate invoices
will be prepared for currency and machines. Each will be cross-referenced.
Under the caption "Remarks" on the INVOICE, enter a statement indicating the
machine was opened and the amount of currency removed. Every effort will be
made to locate a key or other device used to open the machines prior to their
delivery to the Property Clerk. When force must be used to gain access to cash
boxes, Emergency Service Unit may be requested. Emergency Service Unit
personnel will break locks to obtain currency contained within the machines
while taking care to avoid destroying their mechanisms.
FORMS AND REPORTS

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

P.G. 218-20 Delivery Of Vehicle To Property Clerk
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To remove a vehicle in police custody to a Property Clerk storage facility.
PROCEDURE
When necessary to remove a vehicle to a Property Clerk storage facility:
DESK OFFICER
1. Ensure PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) is prepared utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
VEHICLE ABLE TO BE DRIVEN:
DESK OFFICER
2. Assign uniformed member of the service to deliver vehicle and "Property
Clerk" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) to Property Clerk's storage
facility.
ASSIGNED MEMBER
3. Check entries on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE against current condition and
equipment of vehicle.
4. Conduct a vehicle inspection, utilizing the "Vehicle Inspection" function
in the Property and Evidence Tracking System, to record all discrepancies.
5. Report discrepancies to desk officer.
6. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) for missing equipment not
originally noted on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and deliver to desk officer.
7. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
DESK OFFICER
8. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
ASSIGNED MEMBER
9. Deliver vehicle to storage facility.
VEHICLE UNABLE TO BE DRIVEN:
DESK OFFICER
10. Notify Fleet Services Division, Department Tow.
DEPARTMENT TOW TRUCK OPERATOR

11. Pick up vehicle and proceed to command to obtain related PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
DESK OFFICER
12. Assign member of service to check entries on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
against condition and equipment of vehicle and prepare PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT.
ASSIGNED MEMBER
13. Conduct a vehicle inspection utilizing the "Vehicle Inspection" function
in the Property and Evidence Tracking System to record all discrepancies.
14. Report discrepancies to desk officer.
15. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET for missing equipment not originally on
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and deliver to desk officer.
16. Enter identity of tow truck operator on PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
DEPARTMENT TOW TRUCK OPERATOR
17. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
DESK OFFICER
18. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
DEPARTMENT TOW TRUCK OPERATOR
19. Deliver vehicle and corresponding PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE set to Property
Clerk storage facility.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

P.G. 218-21 Rotation Tow
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process non-evidence stolen or apparently abandoned vehicles, including
motorcycles, recovered within New York City.
DEFINITIONS
APPARENTLY ABANDONED VEHICLE - An unoccupied vehicle abandoned as defined in
Section 1224, Vehicle and Traffic Law OR an unoccupied vehicle observed under
circumstances indicating it may have been stolen, but for which no alarm has
been transmitted.
DOUBLE TOW - Situation requiring use of additional tow truck to assist in an
UNUSUAL recovery (e.g., vehicle on an embankment, overturned, wedged in a
building, etc.). The uniformed member must check either "yes" or "no" under
captioned "Double Towing Involved" when generating a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141) utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System. When "Double
Tow" is authorized, the uniformed member must enter his/her tax number in the
appropriate field. A "Double Tow" is NOT AUTHORIZED solely because a recovered
vehicle has no wheels. (Tow operators are required to possess equipment for
towing vehicles with damaged/missing wheels).
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service recovers an unoccupied stolen or
apparently abandoned vehicle.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Determine if vehicle qualifies for Rotation Tow.
a. A vehicle IS NOT qualified for removal under Rotation Tow if:
(1) An arrest is made in conjunction with the recovery EXCEPT where an
arrest is made and the vehicle qualifies for release after photographs are
taken
(2) Required as evidence OR being held for investigation
(3) Used in commission of a crime
(4) Vehicle may be the subject of forfeiture proceedings
(5) Derelict guidelines are listed on inside back cover of ROTATION TOWING
LOG (PD571-1412)
(6) Vehicle is a large truck or limited-use motorcycle (moped)
(7) Owner is on scene and recovers own vehicle prior to discovery by this
Department
(8) Vehicle must be safeguarded due to the inability of the owner/driver

to remove to a safe place (e.g. prisoner, aided, collision, etc.)
2. Ascertain V.I.N. of vehicle.
a. If missing or illegible, attempt to locate alternate V.I.N.
(1) Request assistance of another member of command trained in vehicle
identification or services of Auto Crime Division, if necessary.
3. Obtain relevant information from New York State Police Information System
Network (NYSPIN) via FINEST System.
4. Prepare ROTATION TOW IDENTIFICATION STICKER (PD571-090).
a. Affix STICKER to glass (window or windshield) facing street side.
5. Enter information in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
6. Provide desk officer with all relevant information on recovered vehicle for
notification to participating tow operator.
7. Prepare the following documents:
a. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(1) Select "Rotation Tow" as the Property Category
(2) Select either "yes" or "no" under captioned "Double Towing Involved",
and if "Double Tow" is authorized, enter tax number of authorizing officer in
appropriate field. (Tax number must be entered if "Double Tow" is authorized).
(3) Enter under REMARKS "Deliver to Property Clerk Auto Pound WITHIN 48
HOURS for confidential V.I.N. check," if V.I.N. is not obtained or ownership
cannot be determined from a legible V.I.N. (A vehicle in this category WILL
NOT BE RETURNED TO OWNER by the tow operator; it MUST BE DELIVERED to the
Property Clerk Auto Pound).
b. COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081), ONLY if previously reported stolen
WITHIN NEW YORK CITY.
c. COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), if investigation reveals that vehicle has
been stolen WITHIN NEW YORK CITY, BUT THE THEFT HAS NOT BEEN REPORTED.
8. Obtain a FINEST printout for vehicles with legible V.I.N. numbers and
attach to the "Property Clerk Copy" of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE indicating:
a. Check of registration plate and V.I.N.
b. Listing of registered owner and insurance code
c. NYSPIN and NCIC checks.
DESK OFFICER
9. Notify next participating tow operator in rotation sequence IMMEDIATELY
after receiving all pertinent information from member who recovered vehicle.
a. If vehicle is recovered on a limited access highway, ONLY THE TOW

OPERATOR HAVING EXCLUSIVE FRANCHISE FOR SERVICE ON SUCH HIGHWAY MAY TOW THE
VEHICLE. (A franchise tow operator who is also an authorized rotation tow
operator will not be charged a turn in the rotation sequence for a limited
access highway removal).
10. Determine if tow operator is available for assignment PRIOR TO furnishing
information concerning the recovered vehicle.
a. Tow operators DO NOT have the option of deciding whether they are
available AFTER being informed of the type and condition of the vehicle to be
towed.
11. Prepare REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151) and forward to Department of
Consumer Affairs whenever a tow operator refuses assignment AFTER BEING
INFORMED of type and condition of vehicle to be towed.
12. Notify next tow operator in the rotation sequence whenever a tow operator
is NOT AVAILABLE FOR ANY REASON.
13. Enter each completed or attempted notification to tow operator in ROTATION
TOWING LOG.
a. Busy signal, no answer, refusal and reason therefore, entered in
"Remarks" column.
14. Notify next tow operator in rotation sequence when assigned tow operator
fails to tow the vehicle within a reasonable period of time (e.g., half an
hour, but may be longer depending on conditions).
a. Advise tow operator to notify the desk officer immediately when vehicle
has arrived at storage facility.
b. Prepare and forward REPORT OF VIOLATION to Department of Consumer Affairs
indicating assigned tow operator's failure to meet performance standards.
15. Make entry under Remarks in ROTATION TOWING LOG when two or more vehicles
are recovered at one incident by the SAME tow operator. (Such removal counts
as one turn in the rotation sequence).
16. Select the name of authorized rotation tow company when preparing the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
UPON NOTIFICATION FROM TOW OPERATOR THAT VEHICLE HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO TOW
OPERATOR'S STORAGE FACILITY
17. Advise tow operator:
a. To immediately deliver ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE
(PD571-154) to precinct of record for each vehicle towed
b. Vehicle may be delivered to the Property Clerk Auto Pound on any weekday
commencing on the eighth day and ending on the thirtieth day
c. Vehicles remaining unclaimed commencing on the eighth day MUST BE
DELIVERED to the Auto Pound any weekday, by the tow operator, by the thirtieth
day
d. Insurance carrier representatives seeking release of vehicles must

present a signed, notarized "Receipt for Release of Vehicle" on insurance
company letterhead when picking up vehicles.
18. Have alarm canceled, if required.
a. Enter cancellation on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP, if
prepared.
19. Confirm cancellation of alarm by ensuring a standard inquiry is made to
NYSPIN via FINEST System by plate or V.I.N. number, at least one to two hours
AFTER the original request was transmitted.
a. Correct any discrepancies immediately by modifying alarm transmission or
cancellation via FINEST System.
20. Notify registered owner of vehicle as soon as possible after the recovered
vehicle has been delivered to tow operator.
a. If telephone number of registered owner is available make at least one
attempt at a telephone notification.
b. Enter in the Telephone Record:
(1) The date and time of such an attempt
(2) The invoice number from the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE that the recovered
vehicle is listed on
(3) Name of person contacted if notification attempt is successful.
c. If final insurance settlement was received:
(1) Enter name of insurance company on INVOICE, in the field captioned,
"Lien Holder"
(2) Notify insurance company if claim settled.
d. Advise insurance carrier or registered owner (if claim not settled):
(1) That recovered vehicle may be reclaimed at the tow operator's storage
facility or the Property Clerk Auto Pound upon proof of ownership and payment
of authorized fees
(2) Of the address and telephone number of storage facility or Pound.
21. Have ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION prepared.
a. Ensure that in all cases where the registered owner or insurance carrier
did not recover the vehicle, that they are notified in writing utilizing the
ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION, even if a telephone notification was already
made.
b. Print "Prisoner / Finder / Owner Copy" of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
22. Make appropriate entries in ROTATION TOWING LOG.
23. Distribute ROTATION TOW - OWNER NOTIFICATION as follows:

a. Original copy of the ROTATION TOW - OWNER NOTIFICATION and an "Prisoner /
Finder / Owner Copy" of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to owner via U.S. mail.
(1) Envelope addressed to owner will include precinct return address on
upper left corner and PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number on lower left corner.
b. Attach duplicate copy to the ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR VEHICLE
INVOICE (when received) and place in the Rotation Towing thirty-day file
maintained at the precinct.
UPON RECEIPT OF THE ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE FROM THE TOW
OPERATOR:
24. Verify accuracy of information entered on ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR
VEHICLE INVOICE with information on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
a. Enter data from inspection on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to "Pct. Qty."
captions on ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE (shaded areas)
b. Indicate discrepancies, if any, under "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE, utilizing the update invoice function of the Property and
Evidence Tracking System
c. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT, if appropriate, and indicate serial number in
the "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, utilizing the update
invoice function of the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
25. Verify that alarm, if any, was cancelled, that owner was notified, and
ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION was sent.
a. If cancellation does not appear in NYSPIN System or transmitted
cancellation contains a discrepancy, have cancellation corrected utilizing
FINEST System.
26. Distribute PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE when V.I.N. has been obtained and
ownership of vehicle has been determined, as follows:
a. One copy of "Property Clerk Copy" to Rotation Towing 30-Day File, with
ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE and copy of ROTATION TOW-OWNER
NOTIFICATION attached thereto.
b. "Invoicing Officer" copy to recovering officer.
c. One copy of each "Rotation Tow", "Prisoner / Finder / Owner" to tow
operator.
27. Ensure the following is done if V.I.N. has NOT been obtained or ownership
has NOT been determined:
a. Ensure that statement "Deliver to Auto Pound WITHIN FORTY-EIGHT HOURS for
confidential V.I.N. check" as been entered in the "Remarks" section of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
b. Direct tow operator to deliver vehicle and ALL copies of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE to Property Clerk Auto Pound within forty-eight hours of completion of
towing assignment.
c. Retain ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE in Rotation Towing

thirty-day file for entry of vehicle storage number pending receipt of NOTICE
OF VEHICLE DELIVERY (PD571-128) from Auto Pound.
28. Advise tow operator to distribute copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE upon
release of vehicle to registered owner/authorized representative/insurance
carrier as follows:
a. "Prisoner / Finder / Owner" - to owner / authorized representative /
insurance carrier
b. "Rotation Tow" - deliver to precinct of recovery.
UPON RECEIPT OF ROTATION TOW COPY OF PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE AT PRECINCT,
INDICATING RELEASE OF VEHICLE BY TOW OPERATOR TO OWNER/AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE/INSURANCE CARRIER.
29. Ensure that PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE ("Rotation Tow" copy) is properly
receipted and storage fees are indicated.
a. A written authorization from the registered owner of the vehicle or copy
of the insurance carrier's notarized "Receipt for Release of Vehicle" attached
to "Rotation Tow" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will suffice as receipt for
release of vehicle.
30. Attach "Rotation Tow" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to "Property Clerk"
copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE from Rotation Towing thirty- day file and
maintain in separate designated file in the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number
order with related documents, i.e., District Attorney' s Release, etc., if
any, attached.
31. File ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE in command.
EVIDENCE/PROPERTY CONTROL SPECIALIST
32. Retrieve "Rotation Tow" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and perform the
"Return to Owner from Rotation Tow (RTO From RoTow)" function utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
UPON NOTIFICATION FROM TOW OPERATOR THAT VEHICLE IS BEING REMOVED TO PROPERTY
CLERK'S AUTO POUND.
DESK OFFICER
33. Inform the tow operator that in no event shall any towing company charge
the Police Department for storage charges incurred after the tenth day of
storage.
a. Retain ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE, pending receipt of
NOTICE OF VEHICLE DELIVERY from the Property Clerk's Auto Pound.
34. Direct tow operator to deliver all copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, with
vehicle, to Property Clerk's Auto Pound.
a. Enter vehicle disposition, by documenting the name of the Department auto
pound the motor vehicle/motorcycle was delivered to, in the "Remarks" column
of the ROTATION TOWING LOG.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED TO AUTO POUND

35. Perform intake utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a. Print PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172) and issue
to tow operator as receipt.
36. Prepare NOTICE OF VEHICLE DELIVERY and forward IMMEDIATELY to the desk
officer, precinct of recovery.
DESK OFFICER
37. Enter vehicle storage number on ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR VEHICLE
INVOICE upon receipt of NOTICE OF VEHICLE DELIVERY.
38. File ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE in command.
COMMANDING OFFICER / DESIGNEE
39. Inspect daily:
a. ROTATION TOWING LOG entries for previous twenty-four hours to ensure
completeness and accuracy.
b. Rotation Towing thirty-day file to:
(1) Determine status of all INVOICES.
(2) Ensure no vehicle is being held more than thirty days.
40. Enter date, time of inspection and signature in "Remarks" column of
ROTATION TOWING LOG and include remedial action taken, if any.
41. Ensure compliance with the following:
a. Complaints concerning license violations and administrative matters,
including overcharges by tow operators, are reported to the Department of
Consumer Affairs on REPORT OF VIOLATION.
b. Complaints alleging thefts or other unlawful acts by towing company
personnel are recorded on COMPLAINT REPORT and investigated.
(1) Duplicated copies of COMPLAINT REPORT must be forwarded to the
Department of Consumer Affairs for informational purposes only.
c. Participating tow operators are permitted to view the ROTATION TOWING
LOGS of precincts within their assigned zone(s) to verify rotational sequence.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
An OWNER WILL NOT BE NOTIFIED NOR WILL AN ALARM BE CANCELLED on the recovered
vehicle until the tow operator has advised that the vehicle has been removed
to storage facility.
If the envelope with the ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION and attached copy of
the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is returned by the Postal Service as
non-deliverable, attach the unopened envelope to the "Property Clerk Copy" of

the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE. A notation will then be made on the duplicate
ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION that the original was returned undelivered.
Rotation tow operators will deliver motor vehicles and motorcycles to a
designated Department auto pound. Motorcycles are stored and can be reclaimed
at a designated Department auto pound. When motor vehicles are delivered to a
Department auto pound, the auto pound will immediately notify an authorized
third party storage facility to remove and store the motor vehicles. Claimants
must initially pay, at the auto pound concerned, the NYPD Rotation Tow and
storage fees, in addition to third party transfer and storage fees, to reclaim
a motor vehicle/motorcycle, or to obtain a release authorization pass, PRIOR
to reclaiming a motor vehicle from the third party storage facility. If a
vehicle/motorcycle remains unclaimed after fifteen days, from its delivery
date to a Department auto pound, the vehicle / motorcycle will be disposed of
according to law.
Department of Sanitation personnel affix a numbered sticker with red lettering
and red border to the outside rear of vehicles deemed eligible for Rotation
Towing. Therefore, upon notification from the Department of Sanitation of the
location of a vehicle eligible for Rotation Towing, the member of the service
receiving the notification will immediately notify the desk officer of the
following:
a. Time and date of notification
b. Identity of Sanitation Department member making notification
c. Location and description of vehicle (year and make)
d. Sanitation Department sticker number.
The above information will be entered in the appropriate columns of the
ROTATION TOWING LOG.
The desk officer will direct a uniformed member of the service to respond to
the vehicle location and make a visual inspection of the vehicle to ensure it
qualifies for Rotation Towing in accordance with established criteria set
forth on the rear inside cover of the ROTATION TOWING LOG. Neither the
Department of Sanitation notification nor the affixing of a Department of
Sanitation numbered sticker on a vehicle confers automatic Rotation Towing
eligibility. FINAL DETERMINATION must be made by a uniformed member based upon
visual inspection of the vehicle concerned.
Uniformed members conducting visual inspections of vehicles reported by the
Department of Sanitation as eligible for inclusion in Rotation Towing will be
guided by the following:
CATEGORY

CLASSIFICATION

PROCEDURE

Stolen/abandoned
(with or without
registration
plates)

Other than
derelict

Include in Rotation Towing
and affix ROTATION TOW
IDENTIFICATION STICKER

Stolen/abandoned
(with or without
registration
plates)

Derelict

Notify Department of Sanitation
that vehicle does not qualify for
Rotation Towing and must be
removed under the Derelict Auto

Program; a notation concerning
this notification will be made in
"Remarks" column of the Rotation
Towing Log. Remove plates from
vehicle, if appropriate, prior to
notification and comply with
applicable provisions of P.G. 214-29,
"Derelict Vehicles Bearing New
York State Registration Plates."
Enforcement officers from the following agencies may utilize this Department's
Rotation Towing Program and perform steps "1" through" "9" of the foregoing
procedure whenever they recover stolen and/or apparently abandoned vehicles in
areas under their respective jurisdictions within the confines of New York
City:
* New York City Parks Department
* Seagate PD (60th Precinct)
Administrative Code Section 20-519 (a) (3) states that all participants in the
"Rotation Tow" program shall maintain a business premises that is under the
exclusive control of the participant, is not used by any other towing company
and is the premises listed on such participant's license to engage in towing.
Such premises shall consist of a location that is open to the public, where
towing company personnel are employed, calls requesting towing service are
received and tow operators are dispatched, and where all records required by
this subchapter or any rules promulgated thereunder are maintained.
The following violations of Department of Consumer Affairs regulations will be
entered under "Additional Information" on REPORT OF VIOLATION:
a. UNJUSTIFIABLE REFUSAL to accept a towing assignment:
(1) Violation - Article XII subdivision F (ROTOW)
b. REPEATED UNJUSTIFIABLE REFUSALS to accept towing assignments:
(1) Violation - Article XII subdivision L (ROTOW)
(List times and dates of such refusals)
RELATED PROCEDURES
Driveway Tow Program (P.G. 214-14)
Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates (P.G. 214-29)
Requesting U.S. Postage Stamps (A.G. 325-26)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
NOTICE OF VEHICLE DELIVERY (PD51-128)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REPORT OF VIOLATION (PD672-151)
ROTATION TOW IDENTIFICATION STICKER (PD571-090)
ROTATION TOWING LOG (PD571-1412)
ROTATION TOW-OWNER NOTIFICATION (PD571-1210)

PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172)
ROTATION TOW OPERATOR'S MOTOR VEHICLE INVOICE (PD571-154)

P.G. 218-22 Processing Boats In Police Custody
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safeguard boats coming into police custody.
PROCEDURE
Upon taking a boat into police custody:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Ascertain if stolen by utilizing mobile digital computer or FINEST System.
a. Obtain relevant information.
2. Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence of:
a. Description of boat
b. Circumstances leading to custody
c. Other pertinent information.
3. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A) for boat.
4. Prepare a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET for evidence or other
property that is not part of boat equipment and deliver items to precinct of
record.
5. Request patrol supervisor to respond to scene.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
6. Verify accuracy and completeness of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET(S) by
signing rank, name and shield number.
COMMAND CLERK
7. Enter PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET(S) into the Property and Evidence
Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) (PD521-141).
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) verifying accuracy and
completeness.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
9. Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) verifying accuracy and
completeness.
DESK OFFICER

10. Make entry in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147) to account for any PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE(S) prepared.
11. Notify owner, if known, and Harbor Unit for removal of boat to storage
facility.
12. Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
13. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT if no discrepancies.
14. Deliver PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and Property and
Evidence Tracking System Label to responding Harbor Unit Member.
RESPONDING HARBOR UNIT
15. Affix Property and Evidence Tracking System Label to boat and verify
entries on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and PROPERETY TRANSFER REPORT.
16. Deliver boat with PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to storage facility.
17. Conduct intake of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE in the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.
18. Notify desk officer, invoicing command, of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172) confirmation number.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
19. Enter information concerning boat and disposition in ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).
RESPONDING HARBOR UNIT
20. Enter Harbor Unit Storage Number on all related records.
21. Forward copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to Property Clerk Inventory Unit.
22. Identify and notify owner of boat, if not already been done.
23. Cancel alarm, if applicable.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
An alarm will NOT be cancelled until boat is actually at storage facility or
receipted for by owner.
When a boat is found adrift by Harbor Unit personnel, the member assigned to
Harbor Unit will prepare the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and notify the desk
officer, precinct of record.
When a boat is found on a street, contact Department tow for removal. Do not
contact Rotation Tow.

FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172)

P.G. 218-23 Processing Firearms And Firearm-Related Evidence
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that all firearms and firearm-related evidence coming into
possession of the Department is properly marked, packaged, sealed, and
invoiced in order to maintain a continuous chain of custody.
DEFINITIONS
FIREARM - The Department's definition of a firearm includes:
a. Any rifle, shotgun, pistol, revolver, derringer, machine gun, etc., WITH
OR WITHOUT a rifled bore.
b. Any starter's pistol, zip gun, air gun, CO2 hand/long gun, etc.
c. Any type of homemade, modified, converted, etc., weapon.
d. Any type of simulated firearm such as a toy gun, imitation pistol, etc.
CARTRIDGE - Live ammunition. A cartridge consists of a bullet (projectile),
and a shell casing together as one unit. Cartridge(s) will be distinguished
based upon the location from which the cartridge was recovered:
a. Cartridge removed from the chamber of a firearm.
b. Remaining cartridge(s) removed from a firearm other than the cartridge
removed from the chamber (i.e., removed from magazine or removed from
cylinder).
c. Cartridge(s) NOT removed from a firearm but seized in connection with the
recovery of a firearm from a person, object, or location AND there is no need
to establish a crime scene (for example: cartridge(s) seized from a person's
clothing in connection with an arrest where a firearm is recovered: OR,
cartridge(s) seized from a home during an investigation where a firearm is
recovered AND there is no need to establish a crime scene because all of the
perpetrators are identified).
d. Cartridge(s) NOT removed from a firearm but recovered from a crime scene
where a firearm may or may not have been recovered (for example: cartridge(s)
found lying in the street after a shooting; OR, cartridge(s) found lying on
the floor in an apartment or automobile after a robbery).
FIRED BULLET - That part of a cartridge which has been fired though the barrel
of a firearm (usually lead, metal-jacketed lead or coated lead). A fired
bullet may break into pieces of lead, coated lead, metal jacketing, metal
jacketing attached to lead, etc.
SHELL CASING - Metal casing part of the cartridge remaining in or ejecting
from a firearm after the fired bullet leaves the firearm's barrel.
PROPERLY "MARKING" FIREARMS AND FIREARM-RELATED EVIDENCE - Members of the
service will utilize a scribe or other sharp writing instrument to scratch

their initials and a unique consecutive number on each firearm and each item
of firearm-related evidence. For example, if at a crime scene 1 fired bullet
and 3 shell casings and a semiautomatic pistol with 1 cartridge in the chamber
and 4 cartridges in the magazine are recovered; then the firearm would be
numbered 1, the magazine numbered 2, the cartridge in the chamber numbered 3
and the cartridges in the magazine would be numbered 4 through 7, the fired
bullet would be numbered 8 and the 3 shell casings would be numbered 9 through
11. It does not matter what particular number a firearm or item of
firearm-related evidence is assigned provided the same number is not used more
than once. Therefore, in the above example, it also would be proper to have
the fired bullet numbered 1, the 3 shell casings numbered 2 through 4, the
firearm numbered 5, the magazine numbered 6, the cartridge in the chamber
numbered 7 and the 4 cartridges in the magazine numbered 8 through 11.
PROPERLY "SEALING" A CONTAINER - In order to properly seal a container (other
than NYPD Plastic Security Envelope), a member of the service must:
a. Fasten the container securely with EVIDENCE TAPE in a manner to prevent
loss / contamination of the evidence and to ensure that if the container is
opened there would be obvious damage to the container and / or evidence tape
AND sign name legibly across the border between the evidence tape and the
container.
b. An NYPD Plastic Security Envelope has adhesive on the envelope flap and
does not have to be fastened with evidence tape; however, name must be legibly
signed across the border between the flap and the envelope.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a firearm as defined above, and/or firearm-related evidence comes
into the possession of a member of the service, in addition to other required
actions:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. DO NOT touch, move or disturb any firearm and/or firearm-related evidence
that may become part of a crime scene except when absolutely necessary, e.g.,
large crowd gathering, rendering aid to a victim, etc.
2. Unload cartridge(s) from cylinder, chamber, and/or magazine of a firearm.
a. To prevent possible destruction of fingerprints or other forensic
evidence, DO NOT handle unnecessarily.
b. If a firearm is unfamiliar or it appears to be difficult to unload,
safeguard in original condition and notify desk officer.
3. Mark, package and seal the cartridge removed from the chamber of the
firearm.
a. Mark the bullet portion of the cartridge; do not mark the metal shell
casing portion. Do not mark the cartridge if it is too small / deformed.
b. Package and seal in a container / envelope. Write initials, unique
consecutive number and "Cartridge Removed From Chamber" on the container and
include the serial number of the firearm / lead seal.
4. Mark, package and seal ALL cartridges removed from the firearm other than

the cartridge removed from the chamber.
a. Mark the bullet portion of the cartridge(s); do not mark the metal shell
casing portion. If the cartridge is too small / deformed to mark, package each
cartridge that cannot be marked in a separate container / envelope, seal it,
write initials and unique consecutive number on the container and package in
conformance with step 4b.
b. Package and seal ALL cartridges removed from firearm other than the
cartridge removed from the chamber in one evidence container / envelope. Write
"Cartridge(s) Removed From Firearm" on container and include the serial number
of the firearm / lead seal.
5. Mark, package and seal ALL cartridge(s) NOT removed from a firearm but
seized in connection with the recovery of a firearm from a person and / or
location AND there is no need to establish a crime scene.
a. Mark the bullet portion of the cartridge(s); do not mark the metal shell
casing portion. If the cartridge is too small / deformed to mark, package each
cartridge that cannot be marked in a separate container / envelope, seal it,
write initials and unique consecutive number on the container and package in
conformance with step "5b" or "5c", as applicable.
b. DO NOT package cartridges removed from a person in the same container /
envelope as cartridges removed from a location. All cartridges removed from
the same person will be packaged in one container / envelope and cartridges
removed from different persons will be packaged in separate containers /
envelopes. Write the name and date of birth of the person from whose clothing
the cartridge(s) were recovered and the words "Cartridge(s) Removed From
Clothing" on EACH separate container and include the serial number of the
firearm / lead seal.
c. DO NOT package cartridges removed from a location in the same container /
envelope as cartridges removed from a person. All cartridges that were seized
from the same location will be packaged in one container / envelope and
cartridges removed from different locations will be packaged in separate
containers / envelopes. Identify the location from which the cartridge(s) were
recovered on EACH separate container and include the serial number of the
firearm / lead seal.
d. Package entire box or boxes, if one or more boxes containing cartridges
are seized in connection with the recovery of a firearm and there is no need
to establish a crime scene, in an appropriate container and seal. Write
initials and unique consecutive number on the outside of the container. It is
not necessary to individually mark the bullet portion of each cartridge in the
box.
6. Mark, package and seal ALL cartridges that were NOT removed from a firearm
BUT were recovered from a crime scene where a firearm may or may not have been
recovered.
a. Mark the bullet portion of ALL of the cartridges. DO NOT mark or place
any scratches on the metal shell casing portion of the cartridges. If a
cartridge is too small / deformed to mark, write initials and unique
consecutive number on the container / envelope in which the cartridge is
packaged.
b. Package and seal each individual cartridge in a separate container /

envelope. NEVER place two or more individual cartridges in the same container
/ envelope.
7. Mark, package and seal ALL fired bullets recovered from a crime scene.
a. Mark the bottom / base of ALL of the fired bullets. DO NOT mark or place
any scratches on or near the sides of the fired bullets. If a fired bullet is
too small / deformed to mark, write initials and unique consecutive number on
the container/envelope in which the fired bullet is packaged.
b. Package and seal each individual fired bullet in a separate container /
envelope. NEVER place two or more individual fired bullets in the same
container / envelope.
8. Mark, package and seal ALL shell casing(s) recovered from a crime scene.
a. Mark the inside of ALL of the shell casings. DO NOT mark or place any
scratches on the exterior or bottom of the shell casings. If a shell casing is
too small / deformed to mark, write initials and unique consecutive number on
the container / envelope in which the shell casing is packaged.
b. Package and seal each individual shell casing in a separate container /
envelope. NEVER place two or more individual shell casings in the same
container/envelope.
9. Mark initials and unique consecutive number on recovered firearm(s).
a. Affix a separate lead seal on EACH firearm without a distinguishable
serial number.
10. Mark initials and unique consecutive number on magazine removed from
firearm.
11. Mark initials and unique consecutive number on ALL silencers seized.
12. Mark initials and unique consecutive number on ALL other types of
firearm-related evidence that is not affixed to a firearm.
13. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A) for recovered
firearm(s) and firearm-related evidence.
a. List the firearm as item #1 on line 1 of the WORKSHEET and describe by
listing the make, firearm type and serial number (e.g., Colt revolver serial
number 1234, Mossberg shotgun serial number 4567, etc.).
(1) Firearm type will be: pistol, revolver, derringer, shotgun, rifle,
air/CO2 pistol, air/CO2 rifle or "other." Examples of the firearm type "other"
would include toy gun, starter's pistol, imitation pistol, black powder gun,
etc.
(2) If there is no serial number or the serial number is defaced, write
"no / defaced serial number" (e.g., Glock pistol no/defaced serial number,
Crossman air/CO2 pistol no/defaced serial number, etc.).
b. List the magazine removed from the firearm, if any, as the next item on
the WORKSHEET.
c. List the cartridge removed from the chamber of the firearm as the next

item on the WORKSHEET and describe the caliber, e.g., ".38 caliber cartridge
removed from the chamber of the firearm."
(1) Describe the caliber of the cartridge removed from the chamber of the
firearm as "unknown" if the caliber cannot be determined.
d. List ALL cartridges removed from the firearm that are the same "caliber"
as a separate ITEM on a separate line on the WORKSHEET; and, give all
cartridges removed from the firearm that are the same caliber the same ITEM
number, and describe the caliber. For example, if five cartridges removed from
a firearm are removed from the magazine of the firearm, and three are .380
caliber cartridges and two are 9mm caliber cartridges, then list the three
.380 caliber cartridges as a separate item on a separate line on the WORKSHEET
and give them a separate ITEM number and describe them as ".380 caliber
cartridges removed from the firearm"; and, list the two 9mm caliber cartridges
as the next item on a separate line on the WORKSHEET and give them a separate
ITEM number and describe them as "9mm caliber cartridges removed from the
firearm."
(1) Describe the caliber of one or more of the cartridges removed from the
firearm as "unknown" if the caliber cannot be determined.
e. Silencer, whether or not affixed to a firearm, will be listed separately
as the next item of the WORKSHEET. If more than one silencer is recovered,
each silencer will be listed as a separate item on the WORKSHEET and will be
separately described. State on the WORKSHEET whether the silencer was affixed
to the firearm and if not, identify the person or location from where it was
recovered.
f. Each firearm accessory that is affixed to the firearm (scope, laser,
sling, etc.) OR, that is not affixed to the firearm but is necessary to make
the firearm operable, will be listed separately as the next item(s) on the
WORKSHEET and will be separately described.
g. List any additional firearm(s), associated magazine(s), cartridges(s),
silencer(s), appropriate accessories, etc., as the next items(s) of the
WORKSHEET in accordance with the procedures and sequence contained in Steps
"13a" through "13f ", as applicable.
h. List ALL cartridges NOT removed from the firearm but seized in connection
with the recovery of a firearm from a particular person and there is no need
to establish a crime scene as ONLY one item on the next line of the WORKSHEET,
irrespective of the total number of cartridges recovered from that person.
Under "Quantity," list the TOTAL number of cartridge(s) NOT removed from the
firearm but seized from a particular person. Describe as "cartridge(s) NOT
removed from the firearm and identify the person."
(1) If cartridges were seized from more than one person, list the
cartridges seized from different persons on separate lines on the WORKSHEET
and identify that person. Use only one line of the WORKSHEET for each specific
person from whom the cartridges were seized, irrespective of the total number
of cartridges that were seized from that person.
i. List ALL cartridges NOT removed from a firearm but seized in connection
with the recovery of a firearm from a particular location and there is no need
to establish a crime scene as ONLY one item on the next line of the WORKSHEET,
irrespective of the total number of cartridges recovered from a particular
location. Under "Quantity," list the total number of cartridge(s) NOT removed

from the firearm but seized from a particular location. Describe as
"cartridge(s) NOT removed from the firearm" and identify the location, e.g.,
briefcase, closet, trunk of auto, etc.
(1) If cartridges were seized from more than one location, list the
cartridges seized from different locations on separate lines of the WORKSHEET
and describe the location. Use only one line of the WORKSHEET for each
specific location from where cartridges were seized, irrespective of the total
number of cartridges that were seized from that particular location.
j. List ALL shell casings recovered from a crime scene that are the same
"caliber" as a separate ITEM on a separate line on the WORKSHEET; and, give
all shell casings recovered from a crime scene that are the same caliber the
same ITEM number and describe the caliber of the shell casings. For example,
if seven shell casings are recovered from a crime scene, and three are .380
caliber shell casings and four are 9mm caliber shell casings, then list the
three .380 caliber shell casings as a separate item on a separate line on the
WORKSHEET and give them a separate ITEM number and describe them as ".380
caliber shell casings recovered from crime scene"; and, list the four 9mm
caliber shell casings as the next item on a separate line on the WORKSHEET and
give them a separate ITEM number and describe them as "9mm caliber shell
casings recovered from crime scene."
(1) Describe the caliber of one or more of the shell casings recovered
from a crime scene as "unknown" if the caliber cannot be determined.
k. List ALL fired bullets recovered from a crime scene as only one item on
the next line of the WORKSHEET, irrespective of the total number of fired
bullets recovered. Under "Quantity," list the TOTAL number of fired bullets.
Describe the evidence as "fired bullets recovered from crime scene."
l. List ALL cartridges NOT removed from a firearm that are recovered from a
crime scene that are the same "caliber" as a separate ITEM on a separate line
on the WORKSHEET; and, give all cartridges NOT removed from a firearm that are
recovered from a crime scene that are the same caliber the same ITEM number
and describe the caliber of the cartridges. For example, if seven cartridges
NOT removed from a firearm are recovered from a crime scene, and three are
.380 caliber cartridges and four are 9mm caliber cartridges, then list the
three .380 caliber cartridges as a separate item on a separate line on the
WORKSHEET and give them a separate ITEM number and describe them as ".380
caliber cartridges NOT removed from a firearm that are recovered from crime
scene"; and, list the four 9mm caliber cartridges as the next item on a
separate line on the WORKSHEET and give them a separate ITEM number and
describe them as "9mm caliber cartridges NOT removed from a firearm that are
recovered from crime scene."
(1) Describe the caliber of one or more of the cartridges NOT removed from
a firearm that are recovered from a crime scene as "unknown" if the caliber
can not be determined.
14. Place firearm and all other firearm-related evidence that is listed on the
same WORKSHEET into one Plastic Security Envelope and properly seal in
presence of desk officer.
a. If firearm and firearm-related evidence will not fit into one Plastic
Security Envelope:
(1) Place the firearm and all other firearm-related evidence that are

invoiced on the same WORKSHEET into the one appropriate sized bag / container.
If possible, DO NOT use more than one bag / container.
(2) Properly seal the bag / container.
(3) Write command and invoice number on the outside of the bag /
container. If more than one bag / container is used, write command, invoice
number and corresponding item numbers on the outside of EACH bag/container.
Mark EACH bag/container as "Bag 1 of _____," "Bag 2 of _____," etc.
b. DO NOT place evidence listed on two different INVOICES into the same
Plastic Security Envelope or the same bag / container. All property must be
properly tagged, packaged or sealed, and clearly identified by INVOICE number
and barcode. Ensure that every bag / security envelope or item that cannot fit
in a bag / security envelope has Property and Evidence Tracking System barcode
label or Property Clerk Seal attached to the bag / property.
15. When a firearm with a distinguishable serial number is seized, query
NYSPIN / NCIC by utilizing the FINEST system.
16. Do not cancel alarm for firearm(s).
a. Recovering command will not cancel alarm for firearms. CANCELLATION WILL
BE MADE ONLY BY STOLEN PROPERTY INQUIRY SECTION.
17. Prepare an OMNIFORM computer generated copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT
(PD313-152) from the precinct of recovery. This applies for all firearms as
described in the "Definitions," e.g., zip, air/CO2, imitation, etc.
18. Prepare REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT- (PD 521-168) utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System, if firearm(s) and / or
firearm-related evidence must be examined by the Police Laboratory or Office
of the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) Forensic Biology Unit, or other forensic
laboratory.
19. Deliver firearm(s) and firearm-related evidence to the desk officer,
command of occurrence.
COMMAND CLERK
20. Generate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) and REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT (if prepared) from WORKSHEET utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
DESK OFFICER
21. Verify that:
a. Firearm is unloaded. If the firearm is unfamiliar or appears to be
difficult to unload, safeguard in original condition and notify ESU to respond
and unload the firearm and render it safe
b. Firearm(s) and firearm-related evidence are properly marked, packaged and
sealed
c. INVOICE(S) and forms were properly prepared
d. Required notifications have been made.

22. Enter a notation in the "Remarks" section of the INVOICE that the
corresponding firearm(s) have been unloaded / rendered safe.
23. Review OMNIFORM computer generated copy of COMPLAINT REPORT with
particular attention to the following captions:
a. Address/Location of Occurrence - Be specific regarding address, street,
apartment number, borough, zip code, etc.
b. Perpetrator Section - Be specific regarding height, weight, ethnicity,
date of birth, age, sex, address, street, apartment number, zip code, etc.
c. Evidence Section - Must indicate firearms and invoice number.
d. Weapon Section - Describes the firearm as per all of the captions.
24. Utilize the Property and Evidence Tracking System to create a PROPERTY
TRANSFOR REPORT (PD521-1412).
25. Attach the following to the invoiced firearms / firearm-related evidence:
a. Two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
b. Copy of OMNIFORM computer generated COMPLAINT REPORT.
c. Copy of REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (if prepared)
d. Copy of FINEST printout.
26. Forward invoiced firearms and / or firearm-related evidence to the Police
Laboratory in the appropriate manner. When necessary, make arrangements to
have firearms and / or firearm-related evidence expeditiously delivered to the
Police Laboratory.
a. Ensure that all invoiced firearms and / or firearm-related evidence in
the command property locker that must be examined by the Police Laboratory,
Firearms Analysis Section, are delivered to the patrol borough office by 0100
hours daily.
b. Exigent circumstances must exist AND the desk officer MUST obtain
permission from the precinct commanding officer / duty captain in order to
delay beyond 0100 hours or cancel delivery to the patrol borough office of the
invoiced firearms / firearm-related evidence that must be examined by the
Firearms Analysis Section.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Members should be aware that firearm accessories (e.g., holster, sling, gun
case, etc.), that are not affixed to the firearm AND are not needed to make
the firearm operable, will not be listed on the same INVOICE as the firearm(s)
and firearm-related evidence. Instead, the accessories will be listed on a
separate WORKSHEET and will be delivered direct t the Property Clerk Division.
If there is more than one accessory, invoice all of the accessories on one
INVOICE if possible, and list each accessory as a separate item on the
WORKSHEET.

Members are reminded that a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will not exceed twenty line
items if the INVOICE is being sent or has the potential to be sent to the
Police Laboratory for laboratory analysis.
FIREARMS INVOICED FOR SAFEKEEPING
Certain firearms coming into possession of members of the service which are
categorized for "Safekeeping", should be listed on one INVOICE and must be
delivered DIRECT to the Property Clerk Division.
Firearms within this category are:
a. Property of retired, resigned, dismissed, suspended, sick or hospitalized
uniformed members of the service.
b. Lawfully possessed property of a deceased person.
c. Obtained from a licensed dealer when license is revoked, suspended or
expired.
d. Lawfully possessed and removed by court order, order of protection, etc.
e. Obtained from permit holder during renewal, expiration or cancellation of
permit.
If any of the above described firearms were obtained under circumstances that
indicate a valid reason for examination, ONLY the firearms that require
examination will be forwarded to the Firearms Analysis Section. All of the
firearms that require examination will be listed on one INVOICE, if possible.
The reason for the examination will be specifically explained on the REQUEST
FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT.
DO NOT invoice firearms categorized for safekeeping that are being delivered
to the Firearms Analysis Section on the same INVOICE as the firearms that are
being delivered DIRECT to the Property Clerk Division.
BIOLOGICAL EVIDENCE
If firearms and / or firearms-related evidence also have bloodstains, DNA,
serology, saliva, body fluids, tissue, or any other biological evidence
thereon, they will be processed according to the following guidelines:
a. DO NOT package biological evidence if it is wet; it must be air-dried
before it is packaged.
b. DO NOT package biological evidence requiring examination / analysis in a
plastic security envelope or any other type of plastic bag / container.
Package and properly seal EACH individual item of biological evidence
requiring examination / analysis in a separate paper bag / container. Affix an
orange Biohazard label to each paper bag / container.
(1) Write command and invoice number on the outside of each bag /
container. If more than one bag / container is used, also write corresponding
item number on the outside of each bag / container and mark each bag /
container as "Bag 1 of _____," "Bag 2 of _____," etc.
c. Do not mark firearms and / or firearm-related evidence if to do so would

contaminate, alter, damage, etc, the biological evidence thereon. Instead,
properly mark each separate firearm and firearm-related evidence container
that contains DNA / biological evidence in the following manner:
(1) Legibly print your name in BLOCK letters.
(2) Legibly print the unique consecutive number that will be used to
identify the item of DNA / biological evidence that will be packaged therein.
(3) If applicable, legibly print the Crime Scene Unit Run Number.
(4) Legibly print an accurate description of the item of DNA / biological
evidence being placed in the container.
(5) If a Biological Evidence Bag is utilized, ensure there is an entry in
each caption on each Biological Evidence Bag.
FIREARMS TRACES
All firearms that are delivered to the Firearms Analysis Section (FAS) are
automatically traced by the Bureau of Alcohol Tobacco and Firearms (BATF),
unless there is a specific request / directive that a firearm(s) trace not be
conducted. The results of the automatic firearm(s) trace are not communicated
/ forwarded to the invoicing member. Consequently, in a routine situation, an
investigator who must obtain trace information regarding a firearm should
request the firearm trace information from the BATF Regional Crime Gun Center
approximately two weeks after the date that the firearm(s) was delivered to
FAS. Requests to trace specific firearm(s) are NOT made to the Firearms
Analysis Section.
During the course of an investigation, search / seizure, arrest, etc., if
there is an urgent / immediate need to trace a firearm(s), the request to
trace the firearm(s) should be made DIRECT to a supervisor assigned to the
Organized Crime Control Bureau, Joint Firearms Task Force (JFTF). If a JFTF
supervisor cannot be contacted, contact the JFTF supervisor through the
Organized Crime Control Bureau, Field Operations Desk.
In certain situations, an investigating officer may not want a firearm to be
automatically traced by BATF because it might jeopardize an investigation or
endanger someone. For example, the firearm may have been purchased by an
undercover officer and the investigation is ongoing. In order to prevent an
automatic firearm trace from occurring, enter "***DO NOT TRACE***" in capital
letters in the "Remarks" sections of both the INVOICE and the REQUEST FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT.
At any point during the investigation, when deemed appropriate by the unit
commanding officer, a request to trace one or more specific firearms,
previously identified as "DO NOT TRACE," can be made by telephone DIRECT to
BATF, Regional Crime Gun Center.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

P.G. 218-24 Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana Contraband
Stored At Stationhouse
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PROCEDURE
To process controlled substances / marijuana contraband weighing less than
eight ounces and store it securely in controlled substances locker in
stationhouse.
DEFINITIONS
CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES CONTRABAND - Any dangerous drug or an instrument used to
administer dangerous drugs.
PROPERLY SEALED EVIDENCE - Evidence that is packaged in an appropriate
container and sealed so its contents cannot readily escape. Tape, heat seal,
or adhesive from an envelope are proper seals. Staples used as a seal do NOT
constitute a proper seal. Evidence is properly sealed if its contents cannot
readily escape the container and if entering the container would result in
obvious damage / alteration to the container or its seal.
PROCEDURE
Upon obtaining controlled substances / marijuana contraband:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Bring contraband to precinct where obtained and notify desk officer.
2. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A), as appropriate.
COMMAND CLERK
3. Enter WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate
a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Request serially numbered Narcotic Evidence Envelope (Misc.242) (security
lock-type envelope) and Plastic Security Envelope from desk officer.
5. Complete captions on envelope.
6. Mark contraband for future identification.
a. Glassine envelopes will be consecutively numbered and the total number of
envelopes will be noted in addition to the officer's initials, i.e., 1/10,
2/10, 3/10, etc.
7. Perform the following under the supervision of the desk officer:
a. Place contraband in Narcotics Evidence Envelope
(1) Controlled substances contraband that contains phencyclidine (Angel

Dust) will be put in a plastic security envelope, and sealed, prior to being
placed in Narcotics Evidence Envelope.
b. Moisten flap, insert metal clasp, seal and sign name, shield number,
command and date across flap. DO NOT use staples to seal envelope.
c. Place sealed and signed Narcotic Evidence Envelope inside a Plastic
Security Envelope.
(1) The captions on the Narcotic Evidence Envelope should be visible
through the rear of the Plastic Security Envelope.
d. Seal Plastic Security Envelope by removing plastic strip exposing the
pre- applied adhesive and fold the top of envelope over aligning blue circles.
Sign name, shield number, command, and date across the seal.
e. Record the serial numbers of both envelopes on the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
utilizing the "Packaging" function in the Property and Evidence Tracking
System.
f. Affix two "Property Clerk" copies of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to
Plastic Security Envelope near the blue circles.
g. Deposit sealed Plastic Security Envelope with papers attached in
controlled substances locker.
(1) DO NOT place the controlled substance Khat into the controlled
substance locker, if applicable. The invoiced controlled substance will be
transported directly to the Police Laboratory.
DESK OFFICER
8. Enter serial numbers from Narcotics Evidence Envelope and Plastic Security
Envelope in the PROPERTY LOG.
a. Use one space on the PROPERTY LOG to account for all Narcotic Evidence
Envelopes and Plastic Security Envelopes on the same PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE,
if possible.
9. Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
10. Distribute "ADA" as per instructions on INVOICE.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
11. Notify desk officer of docket number and disposition of case immediately
after arraignment of the defendant.
DESK OFFICER
12. Process and forward controlled substances / marijuana contraband to Police
Laboratory in conformance with P.G. 218-04, "Delivery of Evidence to the
Police Laboratory."
a. Ensure the invoiced controlled substance Khat is transported directly to
the Police Laboratory, if applicable.
ADDITIONAL DATA

OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A member of the Narcotics Division who obtains controlled substances /
marijuana contraband without effecting an immediate arrest (undercover buy)
will mark, seal and tag contraband in the presence of the covering field team
and process it through the Police Laboratory.
To prevent injury /infections when handling or forwarding hypodermic needles /
syringes to Police Laboratory, members of the service will place such items in
plastic tubes, needle end first. The plastic tube will be capped, if possible.
However, if the syringe extends beyond the tube, it will be secured with tape.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ATTEMPT TO REMOVE OR
DISLODGE A NEEDLE FROM A HYPODERMIC SYRINGE.
Members of the service will use hypo containers for the safe and proper
handling of hypodermic needles, syringes, and other sharp narcotic items.
Therefore, the following procedure will be complied with when invoicing
hypodermic needles, syringes, and other sharp narcotics paraphernalia:
a. Utilize hypo container which comes in a plastic bag containing full
instructions. Labels affixed to the hypo containers provide spaces for the
invoicing member's name, date, tax registry number and command.
b. Invoice hypo containers on a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE apart from
other property / evidence involved in same occurrence.
c. Place hypo containers in serialized plastic security envelope, if
involved in same occurrence.
d. Store invoice and plastic security envelope containing hypo containers in
property locker to be forwarded to the appropriate Property Clerk facility.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ATTEMPT TO REMOVE OR
DISLODGE A NEEDLE FROM A HYPODERMIC SYRINGE.
If facts indicate hypodermic syringe / needles may bear fingerprints or other
forensic evidence, it should be safeguarded until examined by the Crime Scene
Unit.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Delivery of Evidence to the Police Laboratory (P.G. 218-04)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)

P.G. 218-25 Processing Controlled Substances/Marijuana Contraband
Not Stored At Stationhouse
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process controlled substances / marijuana contraband weighing eight ounces
or more, or too large for deposit in the command controlled substances locker,
or controlled substance KHAT.
DEFINITION
CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES CONTRABAND - Any dangerous drug or an instrument used to
administer dangerous drug.
PROCEDURE
Upon obtaining controlled substances / marijuana contraband weighing eight
ounces or more, or too large for deposit in the command controlled substances
locker, or the controlled substance KHAT:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Bring contraband to command where obtained.
2. Notify the desk officer.
3. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A), as appropriate.
COMMAND CLERK
4. Enter WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate
a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
5. Perform the following under the supervision of the desk officer:
a. Mark contraband for future identification.
(1) Glassine envelopes will be consecutively numbered and the total of
envelopes will be noted in addition to the officer's initials, i.e., 1/10,
2/10, 3/10, etc.
b. Request serially numbered Narcotics Evidence Envelope
(security lock-type envelope) and Plastic Security Envelope from desk
officer, if contraband will fit in such envelopes.
c. Place contraband in Narcotics Evidence Envelope
(1) Moisten flap, insert metal clasp and seal.
d. Securely wrap contraband in package and seal with tape if contraband will
not fit in Narcotics Evidence Envelope.

6. Sign name, shield number, command and date across flap of Narcotic Evidence
Envelope or taped area of wrapped package.
DESK OFFICER
7. Place sealed and signed Narcotics Evidence Envelope, if used, inside a
Plastic Security Envelope.
a. The captions on the Narcotics Evidence Envelope should be visable through
the rear of the Plastic Security Envelope.
b. The serial numbers of both envelopes are recorded on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE utilizing the "Packaging" function in Property and Evidence Tracking
System.
8. Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
9. Enter serial numbers from Narcotics Evidence Envelope and Plastic Security
Envelope in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147).
a. Use one space on the PROPERTY LOG to account for all Narcotics Evidence
Envelopes and Plastic Security Envelopes on the same INVOICE, if possible.
10. Have invoicing officer digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
11. Give following forms to invoicing member:
a. Two "Property Clerk" copies of INVOICE.
b. Two copies of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
12. Deliver to Police Laboratory:
a. Controlled substances / marijuana contraband
b. One "Property Clerk" copy of INVOICE
c. One copy of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
13. Notify Police Laboratory's Evidence Control Section (ECS) supervisor if
delivering the controlled substance Khat.
POLICE LABORATORY EVIDENCE CONTROL OFFICER
14. Compare property delivered against PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and INVOICE
and, if accurate confirm acceptance of property utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
a. Record laboratory number.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATONS

A member of the Narcotics Division who obtains controlled substances /
marijuana contraband without effecting an immediate arrest (undercover buy)
will mark, seal and tag contraband in the presence of the covering field team
and process it through the Police Laboratory.
If an undercover buy occurs and the purity of the narcotic is needed to be
reported, the member of the service will use a black permanent marker and
write "PURITY" on the side of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE that is attached to
the evidence.
Members of the service are reminded that at NO time will the controlled
substance Khat be placed in a command's controlled substance locker. The
active ingredient in Khat quickly dissipates if not properly and expeditiously
handled. Members of the service should make every reasonable attempt to keep
the substance in a cool environment while transporting to the Police
Laboratory.
Members of the service will use hypo containers for the safe and proper
handling of hypodermic needles, syringes and other sharp narcotic items.
Therefore, the following procedures will be complied with when invoicing
needles, syringes, and other sharp narcotics paraphernalia:
a. Utilize hypo container which comes in a plastic bag and follow enclosed
instructions. Labels affixed to the hypo containers provide spaces for the
invoicing member's name, date, tax registry number and command
b. Voucher hypo containers on a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE apart from
other property / evidence involved in same occurrence
c. Place hypo containers in serialized plastic security envelope, if
involved in same occurrence. No other evidence, e.g., glassine envelopes,
etc., will be placed in the same security envelope
d. Store INVOICE and plastic security envelope containing hypo containers in
property locker to be forwarded to the appropriate Property Clerk facility.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD A MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ATTEMPT TO REMOVE OR
DISLODGE A NEEDLE FROM A HYPODERMIC SYRINGE.
If facts indicate hypodermic syringe / needles may bear fingerprints or other
forensic evidence, it should be safeguarded until examined by the Crime Scene
Unit.
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

P.G. 218-26 Processing Found Property
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To record and process found property.
SCOPE
Found property valued at ten dollars or more is required to be reported to,
and deposited with, the police. However, members of the service coming into
possession of found property on the New York City subway system, other than
U.S. currency or contraband, will deliver such property to the NYC Transit
Railroad Clerk for forwarding to the NYC Transit Lost Property Office.
In addition, property found in yellow medallion taxis only, will be taken by
either the taxi driver or an individual specified by the taxi garage, to one
of the eight commands designated as the repository for such property:
PBMS
PBMN
PBBX
PBBS

017 PRECINCT
CENTRAL PARK PCT
043 PRECINCT
076 PRECINCT

PBBN
PBQS
PBQN
PBSI

094
107
115
120

PRECINCT
PRECINCT
PRECINCT
PRECINCT

PROCEDURE
Upon coming into possession of found property:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Issue receipt to person delivering property, if other than a member of the
service.
a. If turned in at command, command clerk will prepare PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141) utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System. Print
and give finder appropriate copy of INVOICE as receipt.
b. If delivered to member on patrol, prepare appropriate captions on
COLLISION INFORMATION EXCHANGE/ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF FOUND PROPERTY (PD301-092),
including a description of the property and signature of receiving member.
c. If member of the service comes into possession of found property on the
New York City subway system, other than U.S. currency or contraband, member
will deliver such property to the NYC Transit Railroad Clerk for forwarding to
the NYC Transit Lost Property Office.
(1) Whenever possible, direct or escort person to the NYC Transit Railroad
Clerk to turn in found property prior to accepting custody of property.
(2) Secure a receipt from the NYC Transit Railroad Clerk, detailing a
description of the property, and give to the person finding the property or
retain receipt if personally delivering property to NYC Transit Railroad
Clerk.
2. Enter facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).

3. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A), as appropriate.
4. Deliver property and WORKSHEET to desk officer.
COMMAND CLERK
5. Enter reporting member's WORKSHEET including circumstances of the found
property from the "Remarks" section, into the Property and Evidence Tracking
System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521- 141).
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
DESK OFFICER
7. Digitally sign INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
8. Complete entries in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147).
a. Use one space on PROPERTY LOG to account for all Plastic Security
Envelopes or Jewelry Security Envelopes listed on the same PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, if possible.
9. Make Command Log entry indicating presence of member of the service with
property and INVOICE number.
a. Enter time and name of occupant or person in charge of premises who was
notified of police custody of property, if property was delivered to command
by other than occupant or person in charge of premises where property was
found.
10. Have REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY (PD542-122) prepared and forwarded as
indicated on form.
IF PROPERTY IS RETURNED TO OWNER AT COMMAND:
DESK OFFICER
11. Require the claimant to produce valid identification, preferably photo
identification. (See P.G. 208-28, "Identification Standards for Desk
Appearance Tickets", step "1", for examples of satisfactory forms of valid
identification).
a. Identification should include claimant's name and current address.
12. Check property/vehicle against PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
13. Request claimant examine security lead seal and/or plastic security
envelope and check against number entered in INVOICE (if seal or envelope is
used), prior to breaking seal or opening envelope.
14. Complete the "Release/Disposition - Return to Owner" function utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a. Have claimant sign utilizing the digital signature capture device.

15. Approve delivery of property/vehicle utilizing username and password.
16. Release property/vehicle to claimant.
17. Forward "Property Clerk" copy of INVOICE and photocopy of claimant's
identification to the appropriate Property Clerk facility.
18. Destroy all copies of REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY, if property was
claimed prior to the distribution and forwarding of the REPORT OF UNCLAIMED
PROPERTY.
a. Forward first copy of REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY, with disposition
entered thereon, to the Stolen Property Inquiry Section, if property is
returned to owner after original REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY has been
forwarded.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If member of the service comes into possession of found property while on
patrol, the member of the service shall notify the patrol supervisor and
expeditiously invoice the property at the command.
If member of the services comes into possession of found property on the New
York City subway system, other than U.S. currency or contraband, steps "3" and
"4" will not be performed.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Identification Standards for Desk Appearance Tickets (P.G. 208-28)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COLLISION INFORMATION EXCHANGE/ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF FOUND PROPERTY (PD301-092)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY (PD542-122)

P.G. 218-27 Found Property Retained By An Interstate
Transportation Company, Airline, Bank Or Safe Deposit Company
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide a Department record of disposition of such property.
PROCEDURE
When notified by an interstate transportation company, airline, bank or safe
deposit company that they have found and will safeguard property at their
facility:
DESK OFFICER
1. Direct command clerk to prepare two copies of REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY
(PD542-122).
a. Indicate where property is being held under "Remarks".
COMMAND CLERK
2. Forward original to Stolen Property Inquiry Section.
3. File copy.
4. Forward file copy marked "Returned" to Stolen Property Inquiry Section when
notice is received from company concerned that property has been returned to
owner.
COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Direct investigation be conducted if notice of return to owner is not
received within sixty days and the property has not been delivered to command.
REPORTS AND FORMS
REPORT OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY (PD542-122)

P.G. 218-28 Safeguarding Property Of Deceased Person
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safeguard property of a deceased person who lived alone or with other than
a relative or competent person, or who dies at other than his/her residence.
DEFINITION
CO-OCCUPANT - For the purpose of this procedure, a person who has been
residing, on a permanent basis, in the same premises with the deceased. A
uniformed member of the service can determine if a person is a co-occupant
rather than a visitor or guest by:
a. Examining documents, (e.g., licenses, credit cards, mail, etc.,) of the
co- occupant that reflects that address is permanent residence.
b. Questioning other residents or neighbors who can verify that co- occupant
resides thereat.
c. Examining closets, bureaus, etc., to ascertain if co-occupant has
clothing and / or other possessions in the premises.
d. Examining rent receipts or similar documentation that the co-occupant
produces that may establish residence.
e. Giving consideration to any other relevant factors that may establish
that the co-occupant does, in fact, reside in premises.
PROCEDURE
When a person is pronounced dead and it is necessary to search the body and
premises to establish positive identification and safeguard property of the
deceased.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Request patrol supervisor to respond and await arrival prior to conducting
search of body and / or premises.
PATROL SUPERVISOR
2. Direct member to search body for valuables and documents concerning
identity.
a. Search at scene when practical; otherwise without delay, and in all cases
before being released by this Department.
(1) A police officer (male or female) may search a dead human body.
b. Have Harbor Unit member who removed a body from the navigable waters,
search body and deliver property to a precinct member.
3. Obtain at least one responsible civilian to witness search, when possible.

4. Ensure that identity of witness is recorded in member's ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).
5. Supervise complete search of body.
6. Have all property (e.g., currency, jewelry, papers or documents, etc.)
removed from body except clothing actually worn.
7. Have clothing or other property required as evidence processed on separate
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
8. Direct member conducting search at residence of deceased to examine and
take custody of personal papers which may assist in positive identification.
In addition, take custody of:
a. Cash and jewelry
b. Valuables which are readily removable
c. Licenses, social security card and other documents of identification
d. Wills, codicils, cemetery deeds, insurance policies, bank books, stock
and bond certificates, other assets and safe deposit keys
e. Other important property/documents.
9. Assign uniformed member to safeguard body and premises until body is
removed by an authorized person and certify accuracy of reporting officer's
ACTIVITY LOG entries by signing rank and name.
10. Enter pertinent facts in ACTIVITY LOG.
UNIFORMED MEMBER CONCERNED
11. Enter details in ACTIVITY LOG, including complete list of property
removed.
12. Deliver following items to desk officer:
a. All property
b. Key to premises (including key to police lock if one was used)
c. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A) containing itemized list of
property, including key to premises.
(1) Note on WORKSHEET if key to premise was given to a member of the
service to guard body, if applicable.
DESK OFFICER
13. Check property against PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.
14. Ascertain that key to premises is itemized on the WORKSHEET.
a. Indicate why, if not entered.

b. Ensure key to premises given to member of the service is delivered to
Property Clerk Division with other property of deceased, if applicable.
15. Make Command Log entry of circumstances concerning property.
16. Instruct command clerk to enter WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence
Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
17. Give "Invoicing Officer" copy of INVOICE to member delivering property to
stationhouse.
18. Forward property of deceased with "Property Clerk" copy of INVOICE to
appropriate Property Clerk facility without delay.
19. Request Operations Unit to notify the Public Administrator concerned that:
a. Deceased has no known next of kin, OR
b. Next of kin cannot be notified.
20. Have SEAL FOR DOOR OF D.O.A. PREMISES (PD517-120) prepared.
a. DO NOT seal door if it is determined that a co-occupant resided in the
premises with the deceased.
21. Direct that SEAL FOR DOOR OF D.O.A. PREMISES be pasted across door and
doorjamb of premises after body is removed, if appropriate.
MEMBER SAFEGUARDING BODY/PREMISES
22. Remain with body until it is removed by morgue personnel or authorized
undertaker.
23. Obtain receipt on IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091).
24. Secure premises when leaving and paste SEAL FOR DOOR OF D.O.A. PREMISES
across door and door jam, if appropriate.
25. Deliver key for premises and receipt for body to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
26. Permit person to enter premises to obtain clothing to bury the deceased,
if the deceased lived alone and the door has been sealed.
a. Direct a uniformed member to accompany and replace the SEAL FOR DOOR OF
D.O.A. PREMISES with new seal.
PROPERTY NOT YET FORWARDED TO THE PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION AND REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE PUBLIC ADMINISTRATOR IS PRESENT.
27. Request representative of the Public Administrator to produce valid
identification.
a. Photocopy identification.
28. Check property / vehicle against PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.

29. Request claimant examine security lead seal and / or Plastic Security
Envelope and check against number entered on INVOICE (if seal or envelope is
used), prior to breaking seal or opening envelope.
30. Complete the "Release / Disposition - Return to Owner" function utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a. Have claimant sign utilizing the digital signature capture device.
31. Approve delivery of property / vehicle utilizing username and password.
32. Issue property, print and give "Prisoner / Finder / Owner" copy of INVOICE
to representative of the Public Administrator.
33. Forward "property Clerk" copy of INVOICE and photocopy of the Public
Administrator identification to appropriate Property Clerk facility.
34. Refer person seeking release of decedent's property to Surrogate's Court
of county where deceased lived and give such persons PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
number and location and telephone number of the borough office of the Property
Clerk Division.
a. Inform person that if the deceased was not a resident of New York State,
the Surrogate's Court of the county in which the property is located has
jurisdiction over the release of the descendant's property.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
When a aided person is pronounced dead at a hospital, the assigned member will
witness the search of the deceased by hospital authorities, record property
removed in ACTIVITY LOG and sign hospital property record as witness.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
IDENTIFICATION TAG (PD317-091)
SEAL FOR DOOR OF D.O.A. PREMISES (PD517-120)

P.G. 218-29 Invoicing Property Removed From Parolee
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To invoice and safeguard property removed from a parolee by an officer of the
New York State Division of Parole in non-arrest situations.
PROCEDURE
When an officer of the New York State Division of Parole delivers property
removed from a parolee in non-arrest situations:
DESK OFFICER
1. Ascertain if property was obtained within the confines of the precinct.
a. Direct parole officer to deliver the property to the precinct concerned,
if property was obtained within another precinct.
2. Have the parole officer prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET
(PD521-141A).
3. Direct the command clerk to enter parole officer's WORKSHEET into the
Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141).
4. Comply with P.G. 218-01, "Invoicing Property - General Procedure."
5. Print and give "Invoicing Officer" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to the
parole officer.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 218-30 Invoicing Property Taken From A Person's Possession
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that persons from whose possession property has been taken by the
Department are afforded ample notice as to the necessary steps to reclaim
property or to circumstances under which the property may not be returned.
DEFINITION
CONTRABAND - Means property, the mere possession of which is prohibited under
federal, state or local law. Property shall not be deemed to be contraband
merely because it may be suspected or is believed to be unlawfully obtained,
stolen, or the proceeds or instrumentality of a crime.
PROCEDURE
When non-contraband property is removed from the person or possession of any
individual, and taken into police custody for any reason:
INVOICING MEMBER
1. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A) for items removed.
a. DO NOT enter complainant information on WORKSHEET.
2. Inform the person that he or she may examine the WORKSHEET for accuracy as
to the property listed.
3. Complete WORKSHEET by entering the complainant information after person has
examined WORKSHEET for accuracy.
4. Inform the person that he or she is entitled to a copy of PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141).
a. Ask person if he or she will accept copy of INVOICE.
b. Make appropriate selection for acceptance or refusal while entering
WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
5. Inform the person that if additional property was taken or if the property
was erroneously invoiced, this fact may be indicated in the "Remarks" section
of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
6. Indicate in the "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE concurrence
or disagreement with the person's statement as it relates to the itemized list
of property.
7. Give the "Prisoner / Finder / Owner" copy of the PROPERTY CLERK
the person regardless of whether the property has been denominated
Evidence" or otherwise, and regardless of whether it relates to an
occurring prior to, simultaneous with, or subsequent to the taking
property.

INVOICE to
"Arrest
arrest
of the

8. Provide the person with a copy of the Department form, entitled NOTICE TO
PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED BY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT
(PD521-124), in addition to the "Prisoner / Finder / Owner" copy of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
DESK OFFICER
9. Ensure that the invoicing officer has complied with the above provisions.
10. Make a Command Log entry specifying that the person received both the
"Prisoner / Finder / Owner" copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and the NOTICE
TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED BY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT.
a. Indicate in Command Log if one or both documents were refused by the
person, specifying the circumstances of the refusal.
11. Offer a copy of the NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED
BY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT to any person requesting information about property
in the possession (or possibly in the possession) of the Property Clerk.
PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION MEMBER
12. Offer a copy of the NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED
BY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT to any person appearing at a Property Clerk Division
facility requesting information about property in the possession (or possibly
in the possession) of the Property Clerk.
ADDITIONAL DATA
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
These provisions are the result of a court order. Noncompliance of this
procedure could place the Department in contempt of court. It is incumbent
upon desk officers to ensure that persons from whom property is taken into
custody receive their copies of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE as well as a copy
of the NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED BY THE POLICE
DEPARTMENT.
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
NOTICE TO PERSONS FROM WHOM PROPERTY HAS BEEN REMOVED BY THE POLICE DEPARTMENT
(PD521-124)

P.G. 218-31 Processing Computer Evidence
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process and safeguard computer related evidence coming into the custody of
this Department.
DEFINITIONS
CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU) - A box shaped unit that houses the computer's
internal hard drive, memory and central processor, commonly referred to as the
"brains" of the computer. The CPU processes all of the work done by the
computer, and usually is the terminus for all associated cables. The CPU
generally has a numeric descriptor (i.e., 386, 486, Pentium, etc.), which
represents the computing power of the unit.
MONITOR - The television type instrument on which the operations and output of
the computer are displayed.
KEYBOARD - An input device resembling a typewriter.
MOUSE - A pointing device, which is also used to control the actions of the
computer. It is connected to the CPU by way of a cable, and because of its
shape and "tail," is commonly referred to as a "mouse."
PRINTER - Another output device that will print, similar to a typewriter,
pages from the CPU. Many different types of printers exist, including dot
matrix, ink-jet, and laser printers.
PERIPHERALS - There are other types of devices, which can be connected to a
computer, for example, scanners, tape drives, modems, speakers, sound cards,
etc. In addition, there are other types of electronic equipment that can store
valuable evidentiary information. These include personal digital assistants,
pocket organizers, and lap top computers.
SCOPE
The Computer Crimes Squad will provide technical assistance in properly
securing computer evidence, conducting computer forensic examinations and
preparing warrants. The Computer Crimes Squad will make a determination as to
whether a response to the scene is required, based on the totality of
circumstances presented in each case.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a uniformed member of the service seizes, or expects to seize,
evidence consisting of a computer used to commit a crime, or the computer is
suspected of being a device that stores evidence.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify the Computer Crimes Squad between 0600 and 2000 hours, Monday
through Friday.

a. At all other times, contact the Office of the Chief of Detectives.
2. Collect all relevant evidence.
3. Properly mark all computer evidence.
a. Affix identifiable mark to hardware (i.e., monitor, CPUs, printers,
etc.).
b. Label items to indicate which peripherals were connected together (i.e.,
Monitor 1, CPU 1, Keyboard 1), and tag all wires indicating which peripheral
they were attached to and their terminus.
c. Count and package similar floppy disks (i.e., 3.5", 5.25", tapes, etc.)
in paper envelopes and have them itemized on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141). However, do not remove any floppy disks, compact disks, or any
other such items from computer's disk drives. These items will be secured in
the drives by affixing a strip of masking tape across the drive's opening. The
invoicing officer will initial the masking tape. The "Remarks" section of the
INVOICE will contain a statement concerning the presence or absence of a disk
in any of the computer's drives.
(1) Plastic Security Envelopes should NOT be used to package floppy disks
because they can cause a discharge of static electricity, which can destroy
data on the disk. In addition, DO NOT write on floppy disks using ball point
pens because doing so can result in the destruction of data. Utilize labels or
felt tip markers.
4. Invoice computers, floppy disks and related peripherals, which are to be
delivered to the Computer Crimes Squad for examination, separately from other
property being invoiced.
a. Non-computer items are to be processed in conformance with existing
Department guidelines.
5. Deliver "Property Clerk" copy of INVOICE with computer evidence to the
Computer Crimes Squad.
a. Distribute remaining copies of INVOICE as per instructions in the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
6. Attach copy of search warrant to INVOICES being delivered to the Computer
Crimes Squad, if applicable.
7. Prepare REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168) utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a. Complete all captions, and include under "Remarks:"
(1) A clear description of incident
(2) What crime is alleged
(3) Where the evidence was seized from
(4) What part the computer played in the offense charged
(5) What type of information is being sought from the Computer Crimes

Squad relative to the forensic examination of evidence.
8. Sign REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT by utilizing user name and
password, and insert a "CITU" Forensic Laboratory Number utilizing the
"Update" function in the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a. Type "Delivered to the Computer Crimes Squad" under caption "Laboratory
Use Only".
b. File one copy with completed forensic report and file one copy with
property.
9. Utilize Property and Evidence Tracking System to create PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT (PD521-1412).
10. Present PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT when delivering computer evidence to the
Computer Crimes Squad.
MEMBER ASSIGNED / COMPUTER CRIMES SQUAD
11. Compare property delivered against PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and INVOICE
and, if accurate confirm acceptance of property in the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.
12. Forward copy of forensic report to submitting officer, upon completion of
forensic examination.
13. Arrange for the delivery of property to the Property Clerk upon completion
of the forensic examination, utilizing the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Members of the service will not search any hard drives, floppy disks, CD-ROMS
or other data storage devices. These items will be examined only by members
assigned to the Computer Crimes Squad. Members of the service should be aware
that searching directories, or perusing the computer's hard drive, may
inadvertently alter or destroy important evidence.
The computer, recovered at a crime scene, may be a valuable source of
evidence. To protect the evidence, and to ensure that the information
retrieved from the computer can be introduced in court, the following
guidelines must be followed:
* Safeguard the computer's evidence; do not touch the keyboard, or search
the hard drive, or execute any of the programs at the scene.
* If a modem or other telecommunications device is attached to the computer,
unplug the telephone cord from the wall jack immediately to prevent access to
the computer and possible destruction of evidence.
* If you must power the system off, do not use the on / off switch. Unplug
the computer from the wall outlet only. Prior to removing the plug from the
outlet, photograph the monitor screen.
* When transporting, be aware that data, stored on computers and floppy
disks, is extremely sensitive and can be easily damaged. Package these items

carefully to avoid inadvertent damage.
* Do not write on floppy disks with ballpoint pens. Use labels or felt tip
markers.
* Do not place floppy disks in plastic security envelopes. This could cause
a discharge of static electricity and damage the data on the disk.
* Keep disks and peripherals away from extreme heat and / or changes in
temperature.
* Do not transport computer evidence in department vehicle trunks which are
equipped with radio transceivers.
* Do not expose computer evidence to any device that emits a magnetic field
(i.e., portable radios, car radio, speakers, etc.).
* Members of service with questions concerning the seizing, packaging or
transporting of computer related evidence may contact the Computer Crimes
Squad from 0600 to 2000 hours, Monday through Friday or the Office of the
Chief of Detectives.
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

P.G. 218-32 Processing Alcohol Seized In ABC Law Violations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process alcohol seized as evidence in Alcohol Beverage Control (ABC) Law
violations.
PROCEDURE
When alcohol is seized as evidence in ABC Law violations:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Take photograph of entire seizure at time and place of occurrence.
2. Deliver alcohol seized to precinct of occurrence.
3. Mark on the rear of photograph taken of seizure using a rubber stamp, if
available:
a. Date, place of seizure, and precinct of occurrence
b. Defendant's name and arrest number
c. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number and number(s) of any related PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICES
d. Identity and signature of member who took photograph.
4. Select a representative sample from the seizure, preferably a sealed
bottle, for analysis.
a. Only one sample is required regardless of the quantity of bottles, etc.,
seized.
5. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET and REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168) for sample(s) to be analyzed.
a. List photograph of seizure as an "Item" on WORKSHEET that lists
representative sample(s).
6. Prepare a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET for the remainder of
the seizure and make a notation on WORKSHEET to read "Delivered for
Destruction."
a. Cross-reference both WORKSHEETS prepared.
DESK OFFICER
7. Review PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET(S) prepared to ensure accuracy of
seizure.
a. Ensure photograph has been properly marked as per step "3."

8. Direct the entering of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET and REQUEST FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (if prepared) into Property and Evidence
Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
9. Attach two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and two copies of REQUEST FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT to evidence and place in command property
locker.
10. Make arrangements for the delivery of evidence to the borough Property
Clerk Office.
WHEN NOTIFIED THAT CHEMICAL ANALYSIS IS REQUIRED FOR COURT:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
11. Notify the desk officer, command of occurrence, immediately and provide
the following information:
a. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number
b. Date of seizure
c. Date of next court appearance.
DESK OFFICER
12. Immediately notify the Police Laboratory that a chemical analysis is
required.
a. Enter identity of person notified in the Telephone Record.
COMMANDING OFFICER, POLICE LABORATORY
13. Direct messenger to pickup alcohol evidence at the borough Property Clerk
Office concerned.
14. Have evidence analyzed and a POLICE LABORATORY ANALYSIS REPORT (PD521-151)
prepared and delivered to court concerned.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
The Deputy Commissioner, Legal Matters has authorized members of the Property
Clerk Division to destroy seized alcoholic beverages prior to final
dispositions of related criminal actions. However, to satisfy legal
requirements, uniformed members of the service must retain a representative
sample of each seizure in addition to taking a photograph of all seized
alcoholic beverages at time and place of occurrence.
Alcohol seized as evidence WILL ONLY be forwarded to the Police Laboratory for
chemical analysis when required for court presentation.
The Police Laboratory requires a minimum of three days to analyze alcohol and
prepare a report.
This procedure does not apply to:

a. Alcoholic beverages seized from peddlers within the purview of the
Environmental Control Board - comply with provisions of P.G. 209-12,
"Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing - General
Procedure".
b. Sale of Alcoholic Beverages during Prohibited Hours - i.e., actual
alcoholic drink served - comply with P.G. 209-16, "Service Of A Summons Special Procedures."
Members are reminded that a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will not exceed twenty line
items if the INVOICE is being sent or has the potential to be sent to the
Police Laboratory for laboratory analysis.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Arrests of Child Unlawfully in Certain Licensed Premises (P.G. 215-11)
Invoicing Property - General Procedures (P.G. 218-01)
Police Action in Premises Licensed or Unlicensed Where Alcoholic Beverages Are
Sold (A.G. 321-19)
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing - General
Procedure (P.G. 209-12)
Service of a Summons - Special Procedures (P.G. 209-16)
FORMS AND REPORTS
POLICE LABORATORY ANALYSIS REPORT (PD521-151)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

P.G. 218-33 Processing Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits In
Sex Offense Cases
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that sexual offense evidence collection kits and other sexual
offense evidence are properly forwarded to the Evidence Unit of the Office of
the Chief Medical Examiner or the Property Clerk for processing.
DEFINITIONS
SEXUAL OFFENSE - for the purpose of this procedure, a sexual offense will be
one of the following New York State Penal Law crimes:
a. Rape
b. Criminal Sexual Act
c. Aggravated Sexual Abuse
d. Sexual Abuse
e. Sexual Misconduct.
SEXUAL OFFENSE EVIDENCE COLLECTION KIT - a kit used by physicians in hospitals
to gather evidence from a victim of a sex offense. The kit is used to
standardize the collection and processing of evidence in sex crime cases. The
kit contains slides, swabs, test tubes and envelopes to collect evidence.
DRUG FACILITATED SEXUAL ASSAULT BLOOD AND URINE SPECIMEN COLLECTION KIT - a
kit used to gather evidence from a victim of a sex offense when it is
suspected that the victim was drugged. The kit is composed of two gray-topped
blood tubes and a urine container for the collection of specimens.
SEXUAL OFFENSE EVIDENCE - (not including the sexual offense evidence
collection kit or drug facilitated sexual assault blood and urine specimen
collection kit) is defined for this procedure as being bloodstains, serology,
body fluids and / or other biological evidence (e.g., clothing, bedding,
undergarments, etc.) to be analyzed for the purpose of obtaining a DNA
profile.
PROCEDURE
Upon arrival at the scene of a reported sexual offense:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Remove victim to the appropriate hospital as per existing Department
procedures.
2. Take possession of the Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit and / or the
Drug Facilitated Sexual Assault Blood and Urine Specimen Collection Kit, if
used, and all other sexual offense evidence (e.g., clothing, undergarments,
etc.) upon completion of medical examination by attending medical personnel.

a. Take possession of any other evidence-gathering container used by
hospital personnel, if a Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit is
unavailable. Process the evidence-gathering container in accordance with this
procedure.
3. Ensure that attending physician's and complainant's names are entered in
the appropriate caption on the top of the Sexual Offense Evidence Collection
Kit, and sign for evidence in the appropriate caption.
a. When the Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit is sealed by hospital
personnel, THE SEAL SHALL NOT BE BROKEN by a member of this Department EXCEPT
authorized personnel.
4. Remove evidence to the precinct of occurrence and prepare COMPLAINT REPORT
WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
DESK OFFICER
5. Direct the preparation of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) (PD521-141) utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System based on WORKSHEET(S) provided.
a. An individual PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will be prepared for the Sexual
Offense Evidence Collection Kit. A separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will be
prepared for any other sexual offense evidence.
6. Direct the preparation of a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT
(PD521-168) utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
7. Direct the preparation of a COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152).
8. Ensure that the INVOICE and COMPLAINT REPORT numbers, and arrest numbers,
if any, are entered on the cover of the Sexual Offense Evidence Collection
Kit.
9. Direct the delivery of the Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit(s), and a
copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT, to the Police Laboratory.
10. Direct the delivery of other sexual offense evidence, EXCEPT FIREARMS,
IMMEDIATELY to the Property Clerk, if a Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit
or evidence gathering container was used at the hospital AND there is other
sexual offense evidence.
11. Direct the delivery of other sexual offense evidence, EXCEPT FIREARMS, and
a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT, to the Police Laboratory, in all sexual
offense cases, if no Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit or evidence
gathering container was used at the hospital.
12. Comply with Interim Order 58, series 2013, "Immediate Delivery of DNA
Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of Chief Medical Examiner"
when Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit(s) or any other sexual offense
evidence is associated with a "high priority" case.
13. Follow procedures outlined in P.G. 218-23, "Processing Firearms and
Firearm-Related Evidence," if the other sexual offense evidence is a firearm.
ASSIGNED INVESTIGATOR

14. Immediately notify the NYPD OCME Liaison Unit of all unfounded cases.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
There is no medical or legal reason for a uniformed member of the service,
male or female, to be present in the examining room during the medical
examination or evidence collection procedure. Maintenance of the chain of
custody of the evidence during the examination is the sole responsibility of
attending medical personnel.
If the sexual offense occurred within the previous seventy-two hours, a Sexual
Offense Evidence Collection Kit should be used. Not all hospitals may use
Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits. In such cases, take possession of any
other evidence gathering container used and process in accordance with this
procedure.
A Drug Facilitated Sexual Assault Blood and Urine Specimen Collection Kit will
be utilized for the collection of blood and urine when it is suspected that
the victim of a sexual assault was drugged. This kit is separate from the
Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit. The kit is composed of two gray-topped
blood tubes and a urine container for the collection of specimens, and must be
vouchered, on a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, with a separate REQUEST FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (for toxicology). If a UMOS suspects a drug
facilitated sexual assault based on victim or witness statements or other
evidence, inform hospital personnel and request that a kit be used. Hospital
personnel will collect the blood and urine for the kit when it is suspected
that it is drug facilitated, within 96 hours of when the victim last remembers
having a drink. The blood and urine collected in these kits will degenerate
after 24 hours, so immediate delivery to the Police Laboratory and the Office
of the Chief Medical Examiner, Evidence Unit is imperative.
Members will ensure a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT is sent to the Police
Laboratory with a Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kit or any other sexual
offense evidence. The Police Laboratory will not accept a Sexual Offense
Evidence Collection Kit or any other sexual offense evidence without a copy of
the COMPLAINT REPORT.
Members are reminded that a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will not exceed twenty line
items if the INVOICE is being sent or has the potential to be sent to the
Police Laboratory for laboratory analysis.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)
Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of
Chief Medical Examiner (Interim Order 58, series 2013)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

P.G. 218-34 Property Of The Division Of The Lottery
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safeguard and return property belonging to the Division of the Lottery.
DEFINITION
PROPERTY OF THE DIVISION OF LOTTERY - includes tickets, deposit boxes,
licenses and lottery proceeds.
PROCEDURE
Upon obtaining property belonging to the Division of the Lottery:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Enter facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
2. Deliver property to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
3. Notify New York State Tax Office of Recovery.
a. Notify New York State Tax Office at 0900 hours the next business day, if
property is recovered during off- business hours.
4. Ensure property is invoiced for "Safekeeping" as per P.G. 218-01,
"Invoicing Property - General Procedure."
5. Safeguard property in command until property is picked up by Division of
the Lottery representative.
a. DO NOT forward property to Property Clerk Division.
6. Verify identity of Division of the Lottery representative claiming
property.
7. Make entry in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147) to account for any PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE (PD521-141) prepared.
8. Complete the "Release / Disposition - Return to Owner" function utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a. Have a claimant sign utilizing the digital signature capture device.
9. Deliver property and "Prisoner / Finder / Owner" copy of INVOICE to
representative.
COMMAND CLERK
10. Forward "Property Clerk" copy of INVOICE and photocopy of Division of
Lottery representative's identification to the appropriate Property Clerk

facility.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)

P.G. 218-35 Processing Currency Required As Evidence
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record, process and safeguard currency required as evidence.
DEFINITION
NUMISMATIC / SENTIMENTAL VALUE - includes all gold coins, all U.S. silver
coins bearing date of 1964 or prior and extremely old bills. In addition, when
determining numismatic / sentimental value, members should be guided by the
circumstances under which the currency was found (e.g., location, type of
packaging, special markings, encased in frames or books, etc.). If doubt
exists, such currency will be deemed to have numismatic / sentimental value.
Currency with numismatic / sentimental value will not be deposited in a bank.
PROCEDURE
When currency required as evidence is seized:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Inform desk officer of details.
2. Count currency in presence of desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
3. Ensure currency is marked with evidence stamp labeled, "Evidence - Notify
N.Y.C. Police Department Property Clerk Division" except for the following:
a. Currency with numismatic or sentimental value
b. Currency that must remain unaltered (treated with dye, fluorescent
powder, or marked)
c. Foreign currency
d. Blood stained currency.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Perform the following under the supervision of the desk officer:
a. Stamp and initial face of each bill as directed by desk officer
b. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
(1) If currency is marked with evidence stamp, list each denomination as
separate item and indicate quantity of each denomination
(2) List each denomination of UNSTAMPED bills and respective serial number
as separate item and indicate quantity of each item

(3) Verify amount listed on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET, insert
currency in serially numbered / barcoded Plastic Security Envelope and seal
(4) Complete entries in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147), using one space to
account for all Plastic Security Envelopes or Jewelry Security Envelopes
listed on the same PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET, if possible.
5. Enter facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
6. Deliver currency and PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
7. Check accuracy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.
8. Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET is entered in to the Property and
Evidence Tracking System to generate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
9. Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
10. Have "Invoicing Officer" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE printed and
deliver to invoicing officer as receipt.
11. Safeguard currency pending delivery to Property Clerk.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If the currency being invoiced is not stamped by arresting / assigned officer,
the name and rank of officer stamping bills will be entered under the
"Remarks" section.
Currency will be perforated ONLY by Property Clerk personnel at Property Clerk
facilities.
Stamped or perforated currency will NEVER be returned to a claimant or
deposited in the Property Clerk's account in any bank under any circumstances.
This currency will be forwarded to the Property Clerk, who will arrange for
reimbursement of the claimant.
In instances when currency is to be delivered to the Police Laboratory, the
currency should be placed in a manila envelope and sealed in a normal manner.
In addition, the invoicing officer will sign name, shield number, command and
date across seal.
Mutilated currency (marked with fluorescent powder, treated with dye, blood
stained, etc.) will be placed in a plastic security envelope marked "MUTILATED
CURRENCY - CONTAINS STAINED MATERIAL - USE CARE IN HANDLING." Such currency
will be forwarded to the Property Clerk for redemption.
a. Should there be a need for laboratory analysis, then the currency should
be placed in a manila envelope, sealed in a normal manner and marked
"MUTILATED CURRENCY - CONTAINS STAINED MATERIAL - USE CARE IN HANDLING." In
addition, the invoicing officer will sign name, shield number, command and
date across seal.
RELATED PROCEDURES

Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Processing Non-Evidence Currency (P.G. 218-36)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)

P.G. 218-36 Processing Non-Evidence Currency
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To process currency not required as evidence.
DEFINITION
NUMISMATIC / SENTIMENTAL VALUE-includes all gold coins, all U.S. silver coins
bearing date of 1964 or prior and extremely old bills. In addition, when
determining numismatic / sentimental value, members should be guided by the
circumstances under which the currency was found (e.g., location, type of
packaging, special markings, encased in frames or books, etc.). If doubt
exists, such currency will be deemed to have numismatic / sentimental value.
Currency with numismatic / sentimental value will not be deposited in a bank.
PROCEDURE
When non-evidence currency (e.g., property of DOA or found property), that
does not have numismatic / sentimental value, comes into the possession of a
uniformed member of the service:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A), as appropriate.
2. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
3. Deliver PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET and currency to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
4. Verify accuracy and completeness of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.
5. Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET is entered into the Property and
Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
a. Enter PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number and plastic deposit bag serial number
on all copies of deposit slip.
b. Complete entries in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147), using one space to account
for all Plastic Security Envelopes or Jewelry Security Envelopes listed on the
same INVOICE, if possible.
6. Prepare and sign deposit slip.
7. Direct invoicing officer to place currency into plastic deposit bag.
a. Currency and last copy of deposit slip will be placed into larger pocket
of deposit bag.
b. Remaining parts of the deposit slip will be placed into smaller pocket of
deposit bag.

8. Remove protective strip, exposing the adhesive, and seal the plastic
deposit bag.
9. Remove detachable receipt on the flap of the deposit bag, listing the
deposit bag's pre-printed serial number and attach it to the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
10. Place copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE in a separate folder to be maintained
at desk, if no other property is involved.
11. Have PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) prepared utilizing the Property
and Evidence Tracking System.
COMMAND MESSENGER
12. Prepare PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT, utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System and digitally sign REPORT.
DESK OFFICER
13. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT verifying accuracy and
completeness.
14. Direct command messenger, accompanied by another uniformed member of the
service or Evidence / Property Control Specialist, to deliver deposit bag to
local Department authorized bank and utilize the night deposit vault, at all
times.
a. Direct both members to examine chute to ensure deposit bag(s) has
dropped.
b. Direct uniformed member(s) of the service to make appropriate ACTIVITY
LOG entries.
15. Make entry in Command Log, including:
a. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE serial number
b. Serial number(s) of plastic deposit bag(s)
c. Total amount to be deposited
d. Rank, names and shield numbers of those uniformed members of the service
delivering currency to night depository, and name of Evidence / Property
Control Specialist (if appropriate).
16. Ensure that a uniformed member of the service performing duty with the
second platoon is assigned to retrieve deposit slip on the next business day.
UNIFORMED MEMBER ASSIGNED
17. Retrieve deposit slip(s) and record receipt of deposit slip(s) and
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number(s) in ACTIVITY LOG.
18. Present receipted deposit slip(s) to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER

19. Attach two copies of receipted deposit slips to Property Clerk copy of
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
20. Enter in Command Log:
a. Return of receipted deposit slips
b. INVOICE serial number.
21. Retain "Property Clerk" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, with deposit slips
attached, for delivery to appropriate Property Clerk borough office.
EVIDENCE / PROPERTY CONTROL SPECIALIST / DESIGNATED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE
SERVICE
22. Conduct "Deposit Slip Confirmation" utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System verifying the amount listed on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE matches
the amount deposited by local Department authorized bank.
a. If there is a discrepancy between the amount listed on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE and amount local Department authorized bank listed on deposit slip:
(1) Ascertain reason for discrepancy as noted by bank and enter correct
amount(s) in the corresponding section.
(2) Notify desk officer regarding reason for discrepancy and list
notification in the "Remarks" section.
DESK OFFICER
23. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center, if deposit slip discrepancy
is due to a possible act of misconduct.
a. Make Command Log entry regarding notification (e.g., IAB log number,
INVOICE number, etc.)
PROCESSING NON-EVIDENCE CURRENCY WITH POSSIBLE NUMISMATIC / SENTIMENTAL VALUE
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
24. Comply with P.G. 218-01, "Invoicing Property - General Procedure" when
invoicing non-evidence currency with possible numismatic / sentimental value.
25. Indicate on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE under "Remarks" possible numismatic /
sentimental value.
a. Itemize coins by quantity.
b. DO NOT enter any monetary value in "Cash Value" column.
26. Place currency in serially numbered plastic security envelope and comply
with pertinent provisions of P.G. 218-10, "Using Security Lead Seals or
Plastic Security Envelopes".
DESK OFFICER
27. Ensure currency with numismatic / sentimental value is delivered to the
Property Clerk as per P.G. 218-03, "Delivery of Property Other Than Vehicle /

Boat to Property Clerk."
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
In the event of seizures of large amounts of currency by any command citywide,
which contains more than two thousand bills, a notification to the Property
Clerk Division will be made for special counting and deposit procedures.
All deposits into Department authorized banks are made on a "subject to count"
basis. Should the authorized bank discover a discrepancy, the bank will notify
the
Commanding Officer, Property Clerk Division. Upon such notification, the
Property Clerk Division Investigations Unit will notify the Internal Affairs
Bureau.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Processing Currency Required as Evidence (P.G. 218-35)
Delivery of Property Other Thank Vehicle / Boat to Property Clerk (P.G.
218-03)
Using Security Lead Seals or Plastic Security Envelopes (P.G. 218-10)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)

P.G. 218-37 Handling Of Red Dye Marked Currency And Intact
"Exploding" Currency Packets
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To safely handle red dye marked currency or intact "exploding" currency
packets.
PROCEDURE
When currency marked with a red dye must be handled or an intact "exploding"
currency packet is found:
UPON LOCATING AN INTACT PACKET OF CURRENCY
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. DO NOT handle the packet.
2. Evacuate the immediate area.
3. Request the patrol supervisor, Emergency Services Unit and Bomb Squad to
respond.
HANDLING OF RED DYE MARKED CURRENCY
4. Wear disposable gloves.
5. Work in a ventilated area.
6. Wash hands thoroughly after handling currency.
7. Indicate clearly on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) and Plastic Security
Envelope that currency may be contaminated with CS Tear Gas.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Members of the service responding to a bank robbery, or discovering a packet
of banded currency thereafter, should consult with bank employees to determine
if an "exploding" money packet was passed.
Do not open property envelopes containing contaminated currency unless
absolutely necessary. Sealed plastic envelopes prevent dissipation of
contaminated residue. Therefore, follow safety precautions if the envelope
must be opened, even after long periods of time have elapsed.
Exploding currency packets release tear gas, which may result in contamination
of persons and clothing to varying degrees. Since tear gas adheres to
clothing, persons exposed to the gas may contaminate others in their
proximity. Therefore, all persons exposed to the gas should be isolated from
public contact, if possible, and afforded necessary treatment, including
medical evaluation, when indicated.

FIRST AID PROCEDURES FOR EXPOSURE
SKIN
Remove the affected persons from the contaminated area to an open, upwind
position. Remain calm and restrict activity. Major discomfort should disappear
in fifteen to thirty minutes.
If stinging or burning sensation on moist skin areas occurs, sit and remain
quiet to reduce sweating. Expose affected areas to the air. In cases of gross
contamination:
a. Remove all contaminated clothing immediately
b. Irrigate affected areas with copious amounts of water (at least two
liters)
c. Wash with soap and water to remove all residue
d. Washable clothing may be laundered with soap and water
e. Non-washable clothing may be air dried for a two-day period.
EYES
If there is burning sensation of the eyes, heavy flow of tears, or involuntary
closing of eyes, keep eyes open, facing wind. DO NOT rub eyes. Tearing helps
clear the eyes. If necessary, wash out eyes with cold water. Tears can be
blotted away.
INHALATION
If a burning sensation or irritation of the nose occurs, breathe normally.
Blow nose to remove discharge. Nasal decongestants should help if discomfort
is severe. Breathing difficulties (burning sensations, chest tightness) are
often accompanied by a feeling of panic. In this event, the affected person(s)
should be made to relax and kept calm. Talk reassuringly to the person(s) to
prevent panic. If discomfort persists or other symptoms occur, the affected
person should be removed to the hospital for medical evaluation.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Aided Cases-General Procedure (P.G. 216-01)
Processing Currency Required As Evidence (P.G. 218-35)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 218-38 Processing Of Currency/Negotiable Instruments For
Forfeiture
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To expeditiously process seized U.S. currency and / or negotiable instruments
valued at one thousand dollars or more which may be forfeitable.
DEFINITIONS
FORFEITABLE - For the purpose of this procedure, forfeitable property consists
of those assets for which probable cause exists, including that:
a. Such property was used to facilitate a crime, or
b. Such property represents the proceeds or substituted proceeds of a crime.
NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT - A cash equivalent such as money orders, traveler's
checks, bank checks, etc.
SUBSTITUTED PROCEEDS OF A CRIME - Items of property that have been received in
exchange for the actual proceeds of a crime. For example, if currency obtained
in exchange for illegal drugs is subsequently used to purchase an automobile,
the currency is the proceeds of a crime, and the automobile is the substituted
proceeds of a crime.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service seizes U.S. currency and / or
negotiable instruments valued at one thousand dollars or more that are deemed
forfeitable:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify the Asset Forfeiture Unit, twenty-four hours a day seven days a
week, and request a Forfeiture Log Number(s) for U.S. currency and / or
negotiable instruments valued at one thousand dollars or more that are deemed
forfeitable.
a. Comply with normal invoicing procedures if an Asset Forfeiture Unit
investigator determines that seized property is not forfeitable.
2. Prepare a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A) for only
U.S. currency and / or negotiable instruments earmarked for forfeiture.
a. DO NOT include any other property on WORKSHEET.
3. Select "FORFEITURE" as property category.
4. Do not categorize this property as arrest evidence, unless it is an element
of a criminal charge being lodged against a defendant.
5. Include the Forfeiture Log Number and an indication that this is property
being "Held For Forfeiture," in the "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY CLERK

INVOICE WORKSHEET.
a. Include a statement in the "Remarks" section briefly explaining the
circumstances under which currency and / or negotiable instruments were
seized. The statement should clearly demonstrate how such property was used to
facilitate a crime and the specific location where such property was seized.
6. Make entry in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
7. DO NOT "Evidence" stamp U.S. currency / negotiable instruments earmarked
for forfeiture.
8. Deliver PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET and currency / negotiable
instrument to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
9. Verify accuracy and completeness of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.
10. Have PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET entered into the Property and
Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
11. Ensure a digital photograph is taken of currency seized pursuant to a
search warrant, if applicable, before it is bagged and deposited in the bank.
a. Upload photograph to the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE as a related document
utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
12. Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
DESK OFFICER
13. Digitally sign PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE verifying accuracy and completeness.
14. Prepare and sign deposit slip.
15. Direct invoicing officer to place currency / negotiable instruments into
Plastic Security Envelopes.
16. Place copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE in separate folder to be maintained
at desk, if no other property is involved.
17. Have PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) prepared utilizing the Property
and Evidence Tracking System.
COMMAND MESSENGER
18. Prepare PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System and digitally sign REPORT.
DESK OFFICER
19. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT verifying accuracy and
completeness.
20. Direct command messenger, accompanied by another uniformed member of the

service, to deliver currency in deposit bag to local Department authorized
bank and utilize the night deposit vault, at all times.
a. Direct both uniformed members to examine chute to ensure deposit bag(s)
has dropped.
b. Direct both uniformed members of the service to make appropriate ACTIVITY
LOG entries.
21. Direct command messenger to forward negotiable instruments to Borough
Property Clerk's Office.
22. Make entry in Command Log, including:
a. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE serial number.
b. Serial number(s) of Plastic Security Envelope(s).
c. Total amount invoiced.
d. Rank, names and shield numbers of both uniformed members of the service
delivering currency to night depository.
e. Forfeiture Log number.
23. Ensure that a uniformed member of the service performing duty with the
second platoon is assigned to retrieve deposit slip on the next business day.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
24. Retrieve deposit slip(s) and record receipt of deposit and PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE number(s) in ACTIVITY LOG.
25. Present receipted deposit slip(s) to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
26. Attach two copies of receipted deposit slips to PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
27. Enter in Command Log:
a. Return of receipted deposit slip.
b. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE serial number.
28. Retain PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE with deposit slips attached for delivery to
Borough Property Clerk's Office.
EVIDENCE / PROPERTY CONTROL SPECIALIST / DESIGNATED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE
SERVICE
29. Conduct "Deposit Slip Confirmation" utilizing Property and Evidence
Tracking System to verify the amount listed on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE matches
the amount deposited by local Department authorized bank.
a. If there is a discrepancy between the amount listed on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE and amount local Department authorized bank listed on deposit slip:

(1) Ascertain reason for discrepancy as noted by bank and enter correct
amount(s) in the corresponding section.
(2) Notify desk officer regarding reason for discrepancy and list
notification in the "Remarks" section.
DESK OFFICER
30. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center, if deposit slip discrepancy
is due to a possible act of misconduct.
a. Make Command Log entry regarding notification (e.g., IAB log number,
INVOICE number, etc.).
ASSET FORFEITURE UNIT
31. Determine whether seized assets are appropriate subject of forfeiture
proceedings, and if so, assign log number, conduct follow-up investigation and
initiate tracking procedures.
32. Confer with District Attorney's Office, Civil Enforcement Unit, and any
other agencies involved.
33. In federal cases, request appropriate federal agency to adopt within
thirty days, or request the District Attorney to forward a completed State
Forfeiture Release Form to the Asset Forfeiture Unit for processing.
34. Authorize the release of currency/negotiable instruments from the Property
Clerk in forfeiture cases.
COMMANDING OFFICER, ASSET FORFEITURE UNIT
35. Direct and coordinate the post seizure investigative efforts of the
Department.
PROPERTY CLERK
36. Process PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and currency / negotiable instruments.
37. Issue a check within three business days for seized currency being
processed for Federal or State Forfeiture upon written request of the Asset
Forfeiture Unit.
38. Process only those requests for the release of assets for federal, state
and local forfeiture that have been approved by the Asset Forfeiture Unit.
ASSET FORFEITURE UNIT
39. Prepare related paperwork and forward check to appropriate agency, in
federal forfeiture cases.
40. Prepare an accounting of investigative expenses incurred and a request for
the sharing in state forfeiture cases.
a. Forward with a check to the appropriate District Attorney.
41. Assist and forward related paperwork to the Civil Enforcement Unit, in
local forfeiture cases.

42. Negotiate an equitable sharing agreement with other participants, in
federal cases.
43. Prepare and process Application for Transfer of Federally Forfeited
Property [DAG71] in Federal forfeiture cases.
44. Monitor and track all federal and state forfeiture actions throughout the
entire process.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Seizures of currency / negotiable instruments valued at less than one thousand
dollars do not require a notification to the Asset Forfeiture Unit and no
Forfeiture Log number will be issued. In these instances, the
currency/negotiable instruments will be processed in accordance with this
procedure.
In the event of seizures of large amounts of currency which contain more than
two thousand bills, the Property Clerk's Division should be contacted for
special counting and deposit procedures.
Search Warrant Cases
In all instances, items seized pursuant to a New York State search warrant
will be inventoried for return to the court issuing the warrant. All such
property will be processed in accordance with this procedure. This property
will not be released for forfeiture proceedings by the Property Clerk without
the authorization of the Commanding Officer, Asset Forfeiture Unit and a
release by the prosecutor, a turnover order issued by a judge or a seizure
warrant from a federal court.
Transfer Prohibited
This procedure constitutes the Department's sole directive regarding the
disposition of currency and / or negotiable instruments destined for
forfeiture. In no instance will assets be transferred to a New York City
Police Department unit or outside law enforcement agency for forfeiture
processing without the written permission of the Commanding Officer, Asset
Forfeiture Unit.
Uniformed members of the service assigned to a formal Joint Federal Task Force
will notify the Asset Forfeiture Unit of all currency/negotiable instrument
seizures and process the seizure under the protocol established under their
"Memorandum of Understanding."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Forfeiture Proceedings for Seized Property (P.G. 208-26)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD 521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
Application for Transfer of Federally Forfeited Property [DAG71]

P.G. 218-39 Seizure, Removal, And Disposition Of Property From
General And Food Vendors
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To remove property from unlicensed food / general vendor(s) or from a licensed
general vendor(s) peddling in violation of law.
DEFINITIONS
GENERAL VENDOR - Person who peddles, sells, leases, or offers for sale or
lease at retail, goods or services, other than food, in a public area.
FOOD VENDOR - Person, who peddles, sells or offers food for sale at retail in
any public place.
PUSHCART - Any wheeled vehicle or device used by a vendor in a public place,
which can be moved with or without a motor and does not require registration
by Department of Motor Vehicles.
STAND - A movable, portable, or collapsible structure, device or other
contrivance other than a pushcart used to display or store any merchandise,
food or article required while acting as a vendor.
EXIGENT CIRCUMSTANCES - For the purpose of this procedure, any situation which
may endanger public safety or obstruct the free flow of traffic, either
pedestrian or vehicular, (e.g., fire, emergency, heavy traffic, street
excavation, parade, etc.) (See "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement).
SEIZURE OF PROPERTY - Under certain circumstances, the property of a street
vendor may be confiscated and the City's Law Department may institute a
forfeiture action against the vendor. In those circumstances, the property may
not be returned to the vendor without the written authorization of the City's
Law Department or Commanding Officer, Legal Bureau. Those circumstances are
listed in the "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement. In the event a vendor's property is
confiscated for seizure, members of the service are instructed to confiscate
only that property which is displayed for sale, including, any cart, table or
other device used to display the property.
REMOVAL OF PROPERTY - Under certain circumstances, a street vendor's property
may be confiscated and subject to a removal process. Those circumstances are
listed in the "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement. Under a removal process, the
property may be returned to the vendor at the command, even if the
Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation has not been adjudicated at
the time the vendor seeks return of his/her property. Under a removal process,
food vendors are subject to a removal fee as per Patrol Guide 218-43, "Removal
and Storage Fees for Licensed Food Vendors Equipment and Goods." General
vendors, Disabled Veteran Vendors, and First Amendment or Expressive Matter
Vendors are not to be charged a removal fee.
PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEAL - non-releasable, barcoded, pre-numbered security
seal used to provide increased security for street vendor's property, which is
seized and placed in large plastic bags to be invoiced.

PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service observes a general or food vendor who
is unlicensed OR operating in violation of the General / Food Vendor law or
regulations as described in "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Perform the following in the presence of the peddler:
a. Serve Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation.
b. Place all seized property into large plastic bag(s) and tightly twist top
of bag(s) closed.
c. Affix Property Clerk Division seal, with prongs facing inward, around top
of bag by pushing tie through slot and pulling loose end taut.
(1) Write pre-printed number of Property Clerk Division seal on summons
under issuing officer's signature.
2. Deliver pushcart, stand, food / property, and necessary forms as
appropriate, to command of occurrence.
3. Do not permit vendor to assist in removal of property to command or ride in
department vehicle, except in arrest situation.
4. Return vendor's (food or general) license to licensee after issuing Notice
of Violation.
5. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A).
6. Mark PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET "Removed / Safeguard."
7. Enter under "Remarks" on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET, time of arrival
at command with perishable items, type of food or goods and how packaged.
8. Make appropriate entries regarding Property Clerk Division seals utilized
in CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS (PD521- 061).
COMMANDING OFFICER
9. Designate sufficient number of supervising members to frequently inspect
perishable foods or goods so that such items may, when necessary, be condemned
and disposed of.
10. Ensure perishable foods or goods are not to be forwarded to the Property
Clerk Division.
DESK OFFICER
11. Examine sealed bag to ensure that:
a. It is properly sealed
b. Pre-printed bar-coded Property Clerk Division seal number is accurately
recorded on both PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET and Environmental Control
Board Notice of Violation.

12. Make entry in PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147) to account for number of
pre-printed plastic seal(s) used.
a. Use one space on PROPERTY LOG to account for all seals listed on the same
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET, if possible.
13. Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET is entered into Property and
Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
a. If two separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES are prepared, a cross- reference
will be made utilizing the related invoice function in the Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
14. Store plastic bag(s) with PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) in property room,
pending removal to the Property Clerk.
15. Notify Property Clerk Division if large amount of property is removed from
vendor.
16. Notify Department of Sanitation when expeditious disposal of spoiled food
or goods is required.
17. Have three copies of a report prepared on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD (PD158-151)
addressed to the vendor, within twenty-four hours after perishable food or
goods has been disposed of, indicating:
a. An itemized description of property AND
b. Reason for destruction or disposition AND
c. Date of destruction / disposition.
18. Send copy of report to vendor through United States Mail.
19. Enter in the remarks section of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE any condemned
food or goods, and date and time report was mailed to vendor.
20. Attach copy of report to command file copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
21. Prepare a separate report on OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD and comply with steps
"17" through "20", if different types of food or goods are disposed of at
different times, even if delivered to the command as part of the same seizure.
WHEN EXIGENT CIRCUMSTANCES EXIST:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
22. Notify vendor to stop all selling at the location and, within one minute,
begin to move from the area.
23. Inform vendor not to return to location for at least two hours unless
conditions dictate otherwise. (VENDOR MUST BE NOTIFIED OF TIME PERIOD).
24. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry describing the exigency that prompted
the order for the vendor to move and include:
a. Name and license number of the vendor

b. Description of the order conveyed
c. Time period vendor was directed to stay away from the area.
ADDITIONAL DATA
VENDOR PROPERTY SUBJECT TO SEIZURE
The property of a General Vendor is subject to seizure for the following
violations of law:
New York City Administrative Code Section:
20-453 - Unlicensed General Vending
20-465 (g)(2) - Licensed General Vendor operating in the World Trade Zone*
20-465.1 - Licensed General Vendor operating on a RESTRICTED STREET at a
time, and on a day, the restriction is in effect.
The property of a Food Vendor is subject to seizure for the following
violations of law:
New York City Administrative Code Section:
17-307 (a)(1) - Unlicensed Food Vendor
17-307 (b)(1) - Food Cart, Stand or Vehicle without permit (A food vendor
must possess an operator's license AND the cart must possess a permit. Both
items are issued by the New York City Department of Health.)
17-315 (i) - Vending on Parks Property w/o Parks Permit. (Parks Property is
limited to the interior of the Park and the sidewalk immediately adjacent to
the park.)
17-315 (k) - World Trade Center Zone*
*World Trade Center Zone - The area including and bounded on the east by the
easterly side of Broadway, on the south by the southerly side of Liberty
Street, on the west by the westerly side of West Street and on the North by
the northerly side of Vesey Street.
VENDOR PROPERTY SUBJECT TO REMOVAL
The property of a General Vendor is subject to removal for the following
violations of law:
New York City Administrative Code Section:
20-465 (b) - Licensed General Vendor occupying more than eight linear feet
of public space parallel to the curb in the operation of a vending business
and, in addition, no more than three linear feet when measured from the curb
to the property line.
20-465 (e) - Licensed General Vendor operating WITHIN any bus stop, or taxi
stand, OR less than ten feet of any driveway, any subway entrance or exit, or
any corner. Ten feet from any corner shall be measured from a point where the

property line on the nearest intersecting block face, when extended, meets the
curb.
20-465 (i) - Licensed General Vendor operating on the median strip or a
divided roadway unless such strip is intended for use as a pedestrian mall or
plaza.
20-465 (k) - Licensed General Vendor - Fail to move Exigent Circumstances
(See "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement below for exigent circumstances.)
20-465 (m) - [as it relates to ventilation grills only] - Licensed General
Vendor vending over or otherwise obstructing a ventilation grill.
The property of a Food Vendor is subject to removal for the following
violations of law:
New York City Administrative Code Section:
17-315 (j) - Fail to move Exigent Circumstances (See "ADDITIONAL DATA"
statement below for exigent circumstances.)
17-315 (k) - Food Vendor operating on a RESTRICTED STREET at a time, and on
a day, the restriction is in effect. (Streets listed in Title 6, Chapter 2,
Section 2-314 of the City Rules.)
17-315 (l) - Food Vendor operating on a RESTRICTED STREET at a time, and on
a day, the restriction is in effect. (Streets listed in NYC Administrative
Code 17-315 [l])
RESTRICTED STREETS - THIRTY FOOT RULE
Title 6, Chapter 6, Section 2-310 of the Rules of the City of New York (RCNY)
prohibits General Vendors, Food Vendors and Food Truck Vendors from operating
on an intersecting street with thirty feet of a cross-street during the dates
and at the times a "Restriction on the Cross-Street" is in effect. This
prohibition applies to thirty feet of street and sidewalk in each direction
along the cross-street, measured from the building lines closest to each
designated street at each cross-street corner. The thirty foot rule DOES NOT
apply to Disabled Veteran Vendors (BLUE and YELLOW) and to First Amendment or
Expressive Matter Vendors.
Violators may be issued an Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation
under Section 2-310 of the RCNY. Members of the service are instructed to
check off "Box 10 (Other)" on the ECB/NOV under caption "NYC Administrative
Code / Rules of the City of New York," located in the middle of the ECB/NOV.
Members are further instructed to insert the phrase "RCNY" immediately beneath
the above described "Box 10."
The property, including the cart or vehicle, of a licensed Food Vendor or Food
Truck operator, may be seized for removal for violation of 2-310 (RCNY). The
property of a General Vendor, including the cart, table or vehicle may be
seized for forfeiture for violation of 2-310 (RCNY).
In any circumstance wherein the property of a Food Vendor is seized or
removed, members of the service are instructed to invoice the perishable items
and the cart, stand or vehicle in accordance with this procedure. Paper goods,
utensils, soda containers, and other factory -sealed items are to be invoiced
separately and the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICES cross-referenced.

On occasion, members of the service will encounter non-perishable items that
are no longer merchantable (e.g., soiled paper goods or rusted, leaking or
otherwise damaged soda containers or similar items that may become a vermin
attraction or otherwise create an unsanitary condition). Such items should not
be stored in a Department facility. In these circumstances, members of the
service are instructed to photograph such items and invoice the photographs on
a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE with cross-references to other INVOICES
prepared in the incident. Such items may then be disposed of in a manner
similar to perishable food. Under no circumstances will such photographs be
given to the vendor or any other person.
ADDITIONAL TYPES OF VENDORS
First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendors:
First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendors are not required to possess a
General Vendor's license issued by the New York City's Department of Consumer
Affairs. The property of a First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor will
not be seized for forfeiture under any circumstances.
The property of a First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor may be subject
to a removal procedure for the following violations:
New York City Administrative Code Section:
20-465 (b) - Licensed General Vendor occupying more than eight linear feet
of public space parallel to the curb in the operation of a vending business
and, in addition, no more than three linear feet when measured from the curb
to the property line.
20-465 (e) - Licensed General Vendor operating WITHIN any bus stop, or taxi
stand, OR less than ten feet of any driveway, any subway entrance or exit, or
any corner. Ten feet from any corner shall be measured from a point where the
property line on the nearest intersecting block face, when extended, meets the
curb.
20-465 (i) - Licensed General Vendor operating on the median strip or a
divided roadway unless such strip is intended for use as a pedestrian mall or
plaza.
20-465 (m) - [as it relates to ventilation grills only] - Licensed General
Vendor vending over or otherwise obstructing a ventilation grill.
20-465 (g)(2) - Licensed General Vendor operating in the World Trade Zone*
20-465 (k) - Licensed General Vendor - Fail to move Exigent Circumstances
(See "ADDITIONAL DATA" statement below for exigent circumstances.)
20-465.1 - First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor operating on a
RESTRICTED STREET.
The First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor may not operate on a
RESTRICTED STREET on the days, or at the time, the Restriction is in effect.
However, the Restriction must be a blanket Restriction. The Restriction must
apply to both Food and General Vendors. If any type of vendor is permitted on
a street at a particular time, then the First Amendment or Expressive Matter
Vendor must also be permitted to operate. However, regardless of any

Restriction that may be in effect, a First Amendment or Expressive Matter
Vendor may only operate to the extent they may display their wares without the
use of a table, cart or other device. For example, the First Amendment or
Expressive Matter Vendor may display their wares by carrying them in their
hands.
When the property of a First Amendment or Expressive Matter Vendor is
confiscated under a removal procedure, it must be invoiced for Safekeeping and
returned to the vendor upon demand. Such property shall be returned whether or
not the underlying summons or ECB/NOV has been adjudicated. Under no
circumstances shall the property of a First Amendment or Expressive Matter
Vendor be disposed or otherwise discarded. Also, a First Amendment or
Expressive Matter Vendor may not be charged a fee for the removal.
Disabled Veteran Vendors:
Disabled Veterans are permitted to operate on City streets under a provision
of New York State Law. These street vendors usually operate as General
Vendors, however, on occasion, members of the service may find them operating
as licensed Food Vendors. These Food or General Vendors may hold a Yellow or
Blue license. The holders of these licenses are subject to the provisions of
New York State General Business Law Section 35-a. Enforcement action against
these vendors may not be taken under the usual street vendor provisions of the
New York City Administrative Code.
The holders of the Blue license, or as it is also known, a Midtown
Specialized license, may operate on most streets in the City except for those
streets listed in the State General Business Law Section 35-a. Additionally,
holders of the Blue license may operate within the Midtown Core Area**.
The holders of the Yellow and Blue licenses may operate on any street in the
City outside of the Midtown Core Area. However, the holders of the Yellow
license may not operate within the Midtown Core Area.
**Midtown Core Area - The area of Manhattan bounded by 2nd Avenue to 9th
Avenue and 30th Street to 65th Street.
It is important to note that, other than the streets listed in the General
Business Law Section 35-a, the World Trade Center Area, and the two specific
locations in lower Manhattan within the confines of the 1st Precinct, there
are NO other streets in the City that are restricted to holders of Blue or
Yellow licenses.
Members of the service are encouraged to call the Legal Bureau for guidance
when contemplating enforcement action regarding the holders of a Blue or
Yellow Disabled Veteran License.
Green Cart Vendors:
Fruit and vegetable vendors are subject to the same rules as other food
vendors, including street restrictions and the provisions regarding
confiscation for Seizure and Removal.
However, there is a special category of fruit and vegetable vendors known as
Green Cart Vendors. This group of vendors was created to make fresh fruits and
vegetables more available to disadvantaged communities. They are subject to
the same provisions of law, including street restrictions, as food vendors and
other fruit and vegetable vendors. Green Cart Vendors, however, are subject to

an additional restriction. They are not permitted to operate outside of the
boundaries of the NYPD precinct stated on the decal affixed to their cart.
Members of the service are encouraged to call the Legal Bureau for guidance
should such a vendor be observed operating outside of the precinct designated
by his cart decal.
Food Trucks:
Food Trucks are motor vehicles bearing a permit issued by the City's
Department of Health to dispense food on City streets. The operators of these
enterprises must possess a food vendor's license. Food Trucks are subject to
the same provisions for confiscation for Seizure and Removal procedures
discussed above, including the Restricted Street provisions of Administrative
Code Sections 17-315(k) and 17-315(l).
Food Trucks are subject to the same provisions of the New York State Vehicle
and Traffic Law and the City Traffic Rules, as other motor vehicles. However,
there are additional parking restrictions on Food Trucks as follows:
Food Trucks are not permitted to park at parking meters (mechanical or MUNI)
for any period of time whatsoever. Violators may be issued an "A" summons
under the City Traffic Rules Section 4-08 (h)(8).
Food Trucks are not permitted to park at trucks loading and unloading zones.
Violators may be issued an "A" summons under the City Traffic Rules Section
4-08(k)(2).
Members of the service are reminded that any vehicle parked illegally on a
City street, whether occupied or not, may be removed by Department Tow or by
the City's Department of Transportation Tow.
WHEN EXIGENT CIRCUMSTANCES EXIST REQUIRING A VENDOR TO MOVE FROM A LOCATION
When "exigent circumstances" exist which cause a uniformed member of the
service to direct a vendor (food or general) to temporarily move from the
ENTIRE AREA, the following guidelines for relocation will be followed:
TYPE

MAXIMUM HEIGHT

(a) Unusually heavy
pedestrian or vehicular
traffic

The SHORTEST distance in DIRECTION OF
EITHER: three city blocks, or 750
feet, on direct line of sight.

(b) Obstruction in the
public space

The SHORTEST distance necessary to alleviate
obstruction but NOT to exceed the above.

(c) Accident, fire, other
safety.
emergency
congestion,

Beyond police and fire lines to an area of
If vendor's presence causes further
follow (a) or (b) above.

(d) Other unusual event

As circumstances require after conferral
with a supervising officer.

(e) Parade

Along entire parade route including 1/2
block on either side, formation and
regrouping areas, or as directed by a

supervising officer.
The vendor must move a sufficient distance from the critical location to
alleviate the existing condition. A licensed vendor (food or general) who
refuses to move as directed, or who does not move to a location outside the
critical area, or who returns within the prohibited time, as directed, will be
issued an Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing.
OPERATIONAL ISSUES
A properly identified vendor (identification may be by license alone) will not
be arrested SOLELY for violation of a General Vendor's LAWS OR REGULATIONS.
A General Vendor's license issued by a New York State County Clerk, including,
County Clerks from the five boroughs, are not valid in New York City. Persons
found engaged in street vending bearing such licenses are to be treated as
unlicensed General Vendors. Similarly, persons found engaged in Street Vending
bearing a Temporary General Vendor's license for Street Vending Fairs at a
place and time when no licensed Street Fair is in session are to be treated as
unlicensed General Vendors.
Perishable foods stored in existing police facilities are deemed to be
contaminated and unfit for human consumption and subject to condemnation when
storage times exceed the following guidelines:
GROUP I - 2 HOURS
POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS FOODS:
a. Vulnerable foods: Protein salads, fruits and vegetables, which have been
sliced or chopped
b. Baked goods filled with custard or toppings or fillings made with mold
products, eggs or other ingredients capable of supporting rapid and
progressive growth of microorganisms
c. Fresh and ready to eat meat, fish, poultry and products containing
gravies or sauces made from meat, fish or poultry
EXAMPLES: Frankfurters; knishes; felafel; all frozen desserts such as ices,
ice cream, yogurt; shish kebab; prepared, smoked and cooked meats; fried and
other fish products, milk and milk products, cooked onions, relish, etc.
GROUP II - 24 HOURS
UNWRAPPED AND UNPROTECTED FOODS AND FOODS SUBJECT TO BECOMING STALE, MOLDY AND
OTHERWISE UNFIT:
a. Food shall be deemed unwholesome and subject to contamination when they
have been or are being stored or handled under inadequate conditions, and
where the food is not or cannot be protected from dirt, dust, vermin or other
potential forms of contamination and where such storage of foods can attract
vermin or otherwise lead to unsanitary conditions that may adversely affect
the health and safety of persons charged with custody of such foods
b. Foods in Group II may be considered unwholesome when stored in
unprotected surroundings and subject to contamination for a period of
twenty-four or more hours.

EXAMPLES (but not limited to):
Pretzels, cookies; nuts; rolls and other baked goods; dried fruits; loose
candies; condiments; thin skinned fruits, or fruits eaten with peel or skin;
soda, or other liquid refreshment and food, other than in factory sealed
containers.
GROUP III - 72 HOURS
a. All other foods, except those in factory hermetically sealed containers
and treated or processed to prevent spoilage or deterioration, shall be deemed
unwholesome and subject to contamination when stored seventy-two hours or more
under inadequate conditions.
EXAMPLES:
Boxed cookies; nuts; dried fruits, Fruits and vegetables, which can normally
be stored without refrigeration for some time such as grapefruits, oranges,
acorn squash, etc.
In all cases when property of a LICENSED VENDOR is taken into police custody,
a report will be prepared and forwarded to the patrol borough office (and
filed) containing the following information:
a. Name, address and date of birth of vendor
b. General vendor license number
c. Summonsing officer, shield and command
d. Summons number(s)
e. Date and time of removal
f. Date and time PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is completed and property is
available for redemption
g. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE number
h. Type and quantity of property
i. Amount of removal fee due
j. Date and time of disposition of property (returned to vendor or forwarded
to Property Clerk)
k. Total amount of removal and storage charges waived
l. Rank, name and command of processing officer.
RE-BAGGING STREET VENDOR'S PROPERTY IF BAG BREAKS
In the event that a plastic bag containing street vendor's property breaks, a
uniformed supervisor will be responsible to re-bag the property utilizing the
"repack" function in Property Clerk* Evidence Tracking System. Each command
involved in peddler enforcement will be required to maintain a separate
CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS for command use. The assigned

supervisor will not remove property from the damaged bag, nor will the
Property Clerk Division seal be removed. Rather, the entire bag, with the
Property Clerk Division seal intact, will be placed in the new bag and a new
Property Clerk Division seal attached. An entry will be made in the Command
Log, including seal numbers and invoice numbers involved. Additionally, a
cross-reference will be made in the original Log entry of the invoice
concerned.
(*As so in original should probably be Property and Evidence Tracking System)
DEPARTMENT POLICY
All peddler enforcement personnel will perform duty in uniform, with the
exception of "designated spotters", who will be permitted to perform duty in
civilian clothes.
Dedicated peddler enforcement supervisors will be present at all property
seizures, when practical.
All peddler enforcement vehicles will be marked.
Supervisory span of control for peddler enforcement shall not exceed one
supervisor for five police officers.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Invoicing Property - General Procedures (P.G. 218-01)
Removal and Storage Fees for Licensed Food Vendors Equipment and Goods (P.G.
218-43)
Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture Program (P.G. 218-41)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY LOG (PD521-147)
CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS (PD521-061)
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 218-40 General Vendor Distributor Forfeiture Procedure
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To confiscate vehicles of unlicensed vendor distributors and institute
forfeiture proceedings.
DEFINITIONS
DISTRIBUTOR - any person or organization engaged in the sale, consignment, or
distribution of goods for sale or resale by a general vendor. This shall not
include an owner of goods who personally operates a motor vehicle to transport
such goods exclusively to and from a location from which the owner will
personally sell such goods in compliance with all applicable laws.
PUBLIC SPACE - all publicly-owned property between the property lines on a
street as such property lines are shown on the City map including but not
limited to a park, plaza, roadway, shoulder, tree space, sidewalk or parking
space between such property lines. It shall also include, but not be limited
to, publicly owned or leased land, buildings, piers, wharfs, stadiums, and
terminals.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing an unlicensed general vendor distributor in a public place:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Serve Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing for New
York City Administrative Code 20-474.1 (Unlicensed General Vendor
Distributor), if violator eligible.
2. Confiscate vehicle and contents for forfeiture proceedings.
3. Remove vehicle to precinct of occurrence and comply with P.G. 218-12,
"Safeguarding Vehicles in Police Custody."
a. Any goods contained within the vehicle shall be processed according to
P.G. 218-39, "Seizure, Removal and Disposition of Property from General and
Food Vendors."
4. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A) and select
"FORFEITURE" as Property Category.
5. Submit completed PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET to desk officer for
review.
DESK OFFICER
6. Have vehicle removed to Property Clerk storage facility (see P.G. 218-20,
"Delivery of Vehicle to Property Clerk").
7. Ensure accuracy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET.

8. Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET is entered into Property and
Evidence Tracking System to generate a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
9. Prepare PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE (PD260-155) upon arrival at
stationhouse of individual seeking to reclaim seized property.
a. Ensure the names and addresses of all persons involved (e.g., driver,
owner of vehicle and / or representative, etc.) AND PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
serial number(s) are entered on PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE.
10. Have claimant sign perforated, tear-off portion of PEDDLER FORFEITURE
QUESTIONNAIRE entitled "Peddler Property -Acknowledgement of Demand."
11. Send by FAX or forward by messenger copies of all relevant documents,
including:
a. Completed PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE with signed "Peddler
Property-Acknowledgement of Demand"
b. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c. Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation or summons
d. ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244- 159), if applicable
e. Any other documents prepared within one day of the demand for the return
of property to:
Assistant Chief, Administrative Law Division
New York City Law Department
100 Church Street, Room 5J17
New York, New York 10007
12. Provide claimant appearing at command with:
a. Peddler Property - Acknowledgement of Demand (perforated, tear-off
portion of original PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE)
b. "Prisoner / Finder / Owner" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
13. Forward to patrol borough coordinator:
a. ORIGINAL and one copy of PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE
b. Two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, Environmental Control Board Notice
of Violation and Hearing or summons and ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET, if applicable.
PATROL BOROUGH COORDINATOR
14. Retain copies of all forms prepared on ORIGINAL and SUBSEQUENT SERVICE, if
appropriate, for precinct file.
15. Maintain record of forms received from precinct under the following
captions:
DATE

SERIAL NO. CLAIMANT'S
NAME

OWNER/
REPRESEN-

VOUCHER
NO

SUMMONS
NO

VENDOR'S
NAME

TATIVE
16. Assign borough serial number to each PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE
received.
17. Check all forms for completeness and accuracy.
a. Return any form containing errors and / or omissions to command of origin
for correction.
18. Act as a liaison with Corporation Counsel in all matters pertaining to the
forfeiture program.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL ISSUES
Any vehicle used by a distributor to transport goods to a general vendor must
be visually identified by a sign conspicuously displayed on the side of the
vehicle. The following information must be clearly and legibly displayed on
such sign:
a. The licensee's name and address
b. Business telephone numbers
c. The words "General Vending Distributor"
d. Department of Consumer Affairs telephone complaint number.
Persons operating a licensed General Vendor Distributor Vehicle which is
either missing such a sign or if the sign is missing any of the information
required as listed in "a thru d" above may be issued an Environmental Control
Board Notice of Violation under New York City Administrative Code Section
20-474.2(a).
The letters and numerals of such display shall not be less than one and
one-half inches in height, with a width of at least one-quarter of an inch,
and shall be colored black and white, whichever is most prominent against the
background color. An Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation under New
York City Code Section 20-474.2(b) may be issued if the licensed General
Vendor Distributor does not have a vehicle sign that has the proper dimensions
required by law.
Signs used to identify delivery vehicles may be removable, but must be
securely fastened whenever the vehicle is used to deliver or remove goods to
or from a general vendor. The sign must remain securely attached throughout
the time it takes to load or unload goods. An Environmental Control Board
Notice of Violation under New York City Code Section 20-474.2(c) may be issued
to the licensed General Vendor Distributor for failure to have a sign securely
fastened to their vehicle during loading and unloading of goods.
It is now the responsibility of the Corporation Counsel to serve the claimant
with the summons and complaint. However, it is imperative that a copy of the
completed PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE, as well as any other documents
prepared in conjunction with this procedure, be forwarded to the Corporation
Counsel within one day of the claimant's appearance at stationhouse to reclaim
seized property.

Any subsequent demand by an unlicensed distributor for the return of seized
property will be processed according to Patrol Guide 218-41, "Unlicensed
Peddler Forfeiture Program."
RELATED PROCEDURES
Safeguarding of Vehicles in Police Custody (P.G. 218-12)
Delivery of Vehicles to Property Clerk (P.G. 218-20)
Seizure, Removal and Disposition of Property from General and Food Vendors
(P.G. 218-39)
Removal and Storage Fees for Vendors Equipment and Goods (P.G. 218-43)
Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture Program (P.G. 218-41)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE (PD260-155)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)

P.G. 218-41 Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture Program
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To institute forfeiture proceedings against property seized from unlicensed
street vendors.
SCOPE
ONLY the property of an unlicensed food or general vendor or the property of a
licensed general vendor, who violates the restricted streets provision of
Administrative Code Section 20-465, subdivision "l," is subject to forfeiture.
Members are to confiscate only the property that the vendor had on display, as
well, as any cart, table or vehicle used to display the property.
PROCEDURE
Upon observing an unlicensed street vendor operating in a public place:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with P.G. 218-39, "Seizure, Removal and Disposition of Property of
General And Food Vendors".
2. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System and select "FORFEITURE" as Property Category.
DESK OFFICER
3. Comply with P.G. 218-39, "Seizure, Removal and Disposition of Property of
General and Food Vendors".
4. Prepare PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE (PD260-155) upon arrival at
command of individual seeking to reclaim seized property.
a. Ensure the names and addresses of all persons involved, (e.g., driver,
owner of vehicle and / or representative, etc.) AND PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
serial number(s) are entered on PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE.
5. Have claimant sign perforated, tear-off portion of PEDDLER FORFEITURE
QUESTIONNAIRE entitled "Peddler Property-Acknowledgement of Demand."
6. Send by FAX or forward by messenger copies of all relevant documents,
including:
a. Completed PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE with signed "Peddler
Property-Acknowledgement of Demand"
b. PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c. Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation or summons
d. ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244- 159), if applicable

e. Any other documents prepared within one day of the demand for the return
of property to:
Assistant Chief, Administrative Law Division
New York City Law Department
100 Church Street, Room 5J17
New York, New York 10007
7. Provide claimant appearing at stationhouse with:
a. Peddler Property-Acknowledgement of Demand (perforated, tear-off portion
of original PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE
b. "Prisoner / Finder / Owner" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
8. Forward to patrol borough coordinator:
a. ORIGINAL (less tear-off portion) and one copy of PEDDLER FORFEITURE
QUESTIONNAIRE
b. Two copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE, Environmental Control Board Notice
of Violation and Hearing or summons and ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET, if applicable.
9. Comply with steps "4" through "8" for EACH SUBSEQUENT CLAIMANT appearing at
the stationhouse to reclaim same property.
10. Retain copies of all forms prepared on ORIGINAL and SUBSEQUENT SERVICE, if
appropriate, for command file.
PATROL BOROUGH COORDINATOR
11. Maintain record of forms received from command under the following
captions:
DATE

SERIAL
NO.

CLAIMANT'S
NAME

OWNER/
REPRESEN
TATIVE

VOUCHER
NO.

SUMMONS
NO.

VENDOR'S
NAME

12. Assign borough serial number to each PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE.
13. Check all forms for completeness and accuracy.
a. Return any form containing errors and / or omissions to precinct of
origin for correction.
14. Act as a liaison with Corporation Counsel in all matters pertaining to the
forfeiture program.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL ISSUES
It is now the responsibility of the Corporation Counsel to serve the claimant
with the summons and complaint. However, it is imperative that copies of the
completed PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE, as well as any other documents
prepared in conjunction with this procedure, be forwarded to the Corporation
Counsel within one day of the claimant's appearance at command to reclaim

seized property.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Seizure, Removal and Disposition of Property of General and Food Vendors (P.G.
218-39)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PEDDLER FORFEITURE QUESTIONNAIRE (PD260-155)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 218-42 Obtaining And Returning Of Property Clerk Division
Seals (Plastic Security Seals)
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To record the distribution of Property Clerk Division seals issued to
uniformed members of the service assigned to peddler enforcement duty and to
ensure the integrity of returned Property Clerk Division seals.
SCOPE
Uniformed members of the service below the rank of captain, assigned to
peddler enforcement duty, must carry a sufficient amount of Property Clerk
Division seals.
PROCEDURE
When assigned to peddler enforcement duty:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Obtain Property Clerk Division seals and CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK
DIVISION SEALS (PD521-061) from desk officer.
2. Examine Property Clerk Division seals to ensure that there are twenty
seals, consecutively numbered.
3. Sign for Property Clerk Division seals on the PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEAL
DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD521-1411).
4. Sign and deliver completed CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS,
to immediate supervisor, after all seals have been used.
SUPERVISOR
5. Review completed CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS and verify
that all Property Clerk Division seals are accounted for.
a. Document verification by initialing the top portion of the CERTIFICATION
OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS.
INIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
6. Deliver unused Property Clerk Division seals and CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY
CLERK DIVISION SEALS, to the command where they were issued, when transferred
or separated from the Department.
7. Notify commanding officer, without delay, when a Property Clerk Division
seal is damaged or missing.
COMMANDING OFFICER / RANKING SUPERVISOR DESIGNEE
8. Examine CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS to verify that:

a. All information has been recorded
b. No discrepancies exist.
9. Take appropriate action if discrepancies are found.
10. Obtain unused or damaged peddler* seals from transferred or separated
members.
11. Destroy unused or damaged Property Clerk Division seals; they are not to
be re-issued.
* As so in original should probably be Property Clerk Division
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
12. Make random inspections of CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS.
13. Indicate inspection by entering date and initials on the reverse side of
CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS.
14. Report any discrepancies to the commanding officer.
FORMS AND REPORTS
CERTIFICATION OF PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEALS (PD521-061)
PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION SEAL DISTRIBUTION CARD (PD521-1411)

P.G. 218-43 Removal And Storage Fees For Licensed Food Vendors
Equipment And Goods
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To collect removal and storage fees for vehicles, carts, goods or food of a
licensed food vendor.
PROCEDURE
When the owner or person lawfully entitled to possession of a peddler's
vehicle, cart, stand or goods appears at a Department facility to claim
property:
DESK OFFICER
1. Collect removal fee as follows:
a. Vehicle, cart, stand removed by Department vehicle - $65.00
b. Vehicle, cart, stand not removed by Department vehicle - $20.00
c. Goods taken into custody with vendor's vehicle, cart, stand - $10.00
d. Goods only seized - $20.00.
2. Ensure goods / food and vehicle, carts, stand, etc. which are stored
separately are charged a separate storage fee.
3. Collect storage fee of $5.00 per day or part of day.
a. Storage fee will not be imposed for the day the vehicle, cart, stand or
goods / food are initially delivered to the command.
4. Prepare two copies of FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017).
5. Mark receipt "VIOD" if an error is made in its preparation.
a. Prepare new receipt.
b. File receipt marked "VIOD" on command.
6. Give original RECEIPT to claimant.
7. Complete the "Release / Disposition - Return to Owner" function utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
a. Have claimant sign utilizing the digital signature capture device.
8. Forward fees collected for removal / storage to Audits and Accounts Unit on
the next business day (except Saturdays, Sundays and civilian holidays).
a. Fees received at commands after 1600 hours or on days when the Audits and
Accounts Unit is closed will be safeguarded and processed the next business

day.
9. File copy of FEE RECEIPT in command.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A vehicle, cart, stand, or goods will not be released to an owner or his
representative who alleges it was stolen and refuses to pay removal / storage
charges.
The seized property of a licensed vendor will be returned upon demand and
without the payment of any fee, when the vendor produces a valid vendor's
license. An appropriate entry will be made in the "Remarks" section of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
Pushcarts, stands, and / or merchandise removed from an unlicensed peddler
will not be returned to the claimant upon payment of removal and storage fees,
but will become the subject of forfeiture proceedings per P.G. 218-41,
"Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture Program".
RELATED PROCEDURE
Unlicensed Peddler Forfeiture Program (P.G. 218-41)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 218-44 Removal And Storage Charges
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To collect and forward fees received for vehicles or boats in police custody.
DEFINITION
VEHICLE OR BOAT IN POLICE CUSTODY - A motor vehicle or boat abandoned,
involved in a collision or an unoccupied boat found adrift which has been
taken to a Department facility. (Does not include motor vehicles or boats
impounded as evidence).
PROCEDURE
When the owner or person lawfully entitled to possession appears at a
Department facility to claim a vehicle or boat:
DESK OFFICER OR PERSON IN CHARGE OF STORAGE FACILITY
1. Collect towing fee of $25.00 if Department tow or launch removes a vehicle
or boat in police custody.
2. Collect storage fee of $5.00 per day or part of day for an abandoned
vehicle or boat or a vehicle or boat involved in a collision. (No storage fee
will be imposed for the day a vehicle or boat is delivered to a department
facility.)
3. Charge $5.00 per day or part of day commencing three days after notice to
owner by registered mail for an unoccupied boat found adrift or a stolen
vehicle or boat.
4. Prepare FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017) in numerical sequence.
a. Original copy to claimant.
b. Copy to Audit and Accounts Section.
c. Leave third copy in FEE RECEIPT BOOK as command file copy.
5. Forward fees collected to Audit and Accounts Section each day (excluding
Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) with three copies of itemized report and
corresponding FEE RECEIPT for each boat or vehicle returned to claimant.
NOTE: The New York City Administrative Code requires that fees collected be
forwarded "on next business day." Fees collected at commands after 1600 hours
or on days when the Audit and Accounts Section is closed will be safeguarded
and processed the next business day. The Audit and Accounts Section is closed
for business on weekends and all civilian holidays.
ADDITIONAL DATA
DO NOT release vehicle or boat to an owner or his representative who alleges
it was stolen and refuses to pay charges due.

RELATED PROCEDURES
Forwarding Fees to Audit and Accounts Section (P.G. 212-82)
FORMS AND REPORTS
FEE RECEIPT (PD122-017)

P.G. 218-45 Pistol License Suspension, Revocation Or Cancellation
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To facilitate the surrender of pistol licenses and firearms when a license is
suspended, revoked or cancelled.
DEFINITION
FIREARM - For the purposes of this procedure, a firearm is defined as any
pistol or revolver listed on a PISTOL LICENSE (PD643-052).
PROCEDURE
Upon receipt of a FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE (PD641-123), through channels,
from the License Division:
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
1. Assign / designate a member of the service to record receipt of FIREARMS SURRENDER NOTICE, by serial number, in Precinct Communication Log and deliver
NOTICE(S) to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
2. Assign a uniformed member of the service, preferably a supervisor, to
conduct a prompt investigation.
3. Ensure investigation is completed and all related forms are forwarded to
the License Division, through channels, within thirty days of date FIREARMS SURRENDER NOTICE was received at command.
UNIFORMED MEMBER ASSIGNED
4. Respond to licensee's address and request surrender of pistol license and
firearm(s) indicated on FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE.
a. Attempt to make visits at times other than during the second platoon
(e.g., 4 X 12's, weekends, etc.), if necessary.
b. Contact the License Division for further direction if licensee refuses to
surrender firearm(s) after FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE has been served and the
licensee offers no evidence or documentation indicating that firearm(s) were
legally disposed of.
COMMANDING OFFICER, LICENSE DIVISION
5. Confer with Legal Bureau and Detective Bureaus, if necessary, and advise
the appropriate course of action.
UNIFORMED MEMBER ASSIGNED
6. Complete and sign pink copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE and present to
licensee as receipt for surrendered item(s).

7. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System, and process firearm(s) as per provisions of P.G.
218-23, "Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence", if firearm(s) is
among items surrendered.
a. Include the following notation under "Remarks" on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE:
"FIREARMS SHALL NOT BE RELEASED WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF THE
COMMANDING OFFICER, LICENSE DIVISION."
8. Attempt to obtain new address if licensee no longer resides or is employed
at address indicated on FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE.
a. Enter new address on buff copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE.
b. Serve FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE if new address is located within the
confines of command.
(1) If new address is not within confines of command, enter all
information on buff copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE and return to License
Division.
c. Enter relevant information on buff copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE if
new address cannot be obtained.
9. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A) and refer to detective
squad when:
a. Firearm is lost or stolen and has not been previously reported as such
b. Member suspects licensee still resides or is employed at location and is
intentionally avoiding service of FIREARMS-SURRENDER NOTICE
c. Member believes firearms may have been used in commission of a crime.
(1) Forward REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168) and
firearm to Firearms Analysis Section for analysis with a copy of COMPLAINT
REPORT.
10. Complete all relevant sections on buff copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER
NOTICE.
11. Deliver buff and white copies of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE to commanding
officer.
a. Include the following items, if obtained:
(1) PISTOL LICENSE
(2) "Assigned Investigator" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(3) Photocopy of COMPLAINT REPORT
(4) Any other substantiating documentation.
12. Make complete entry of relevant facts in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).

COMMANDING OFFICER
13. Endorse buff copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE.
14. Forward buff and white copies of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE, along with
the following items, if obtained, to License Division:
a. PISTOL LICENSE
b. "Assigned Investigator" copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c. Photocopy of COMPLAINT REPORT
d. Any other substantiating documentation.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A pistol licensee may legally dispose of a properly registered firearm by sale
to a licensed New York State gun dealer, or to a person authorized to possess
firearms, or by surrendering for safekeeping to a police agency. Such
information must be entered on buff copy of FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE.
In cases where the licensee is believed to have relocated outside of the City
of New York, License Division personnel will notify the appropriate agency.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Voluntary Surrender of Weapons with Written Notice (P.G. 207-26)
Voluntary Surrender of Weapons without Prior Written Notice (P.G. 207-27)
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
Processing Firearms and Firearm-Related Evidence (P.G. 218-23)
Rifle / Shotgun Permit Suspended, Revoked, Disapproved (P.G. 212-85)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
FIREARMS - SURRENDER NOTICE (PD641-123)
PISTOL LICENSE (PD643-052)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

P.G. 218-46 Processing Of Found Property Recovered By School
Safety Agents In Facilities Or On Property Owned By The
Department Of Education
Date Effective: 09-06-13
PURPOSE
To record and process found property recovered by a school safety agent in
facilities or on property owned by the Department of Education.
DEFINITIONS
FOUND PROPERTY - Any lost article.
CONTRABAND - Items which are prohibited by the Penal Law and Administrative
Code; such items include but are not limited to firearms, narcotics,
marijuana, box cutters and switchblades.
NON-CONTRABAND - Items which are not prohibited by the Penal Law and
Administrative Code; such items include, but are not limited to personal
stereos, CD players, metrocards, clothing and bookbags. Items which may
violate the Chancellor's or school rules, e.g., marking pens, will also be
categorized as non-contraband.
PROCEDURE
Upon coming into possession of found property in facilities or on property
owned by the Department of Education, whether on or off duty:
SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT
1. Examine the found property and ascertain whether it is contraband,
evidence, dangerous to health and safety, or is U.S. currency valued at $10.00
or more, to determine who will take custody of the property.
a. Identify owner if possible.
NOTE: The owner of a found NYC Transit metrocard may be identified through
the records maintained by the transportation coordinator in each school.
2. Make complete ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entries to include:
a. Circumstances of recovery
b. Detailed description of the found property
c. Name, address, and telephone number of person (if other than school
safety agent) who recovered and returned found property
d. Name, shield number, and command of uniformed member of the service
taking custody of found property, when applicable.
NOTE: If the property is readily identifiable as belonging to a student or
staff member, such property can be retained by the school safety agent and
returned to its rightful owner who will then acknowledge receipt by signing

the school safety agent's ACTIVITY LOG. When property is recovered and turned
over to a school safety agent, the agent will request that the finder sign the
agent's ACTIVITY LOG. In all instances when the finder refuses, the school
safety agent will indicate such below the property description in their
ACTIVITY LOG and then request that the School Safety Agent III/School Safety
Supervisor, or precinct school safety sergeant respond. Supervisor will then
sign the agent's ACTIVITY LOG.
3. Notify:
a. The School Safety Agent III/School Safety Supervisor, or precinct school
safety sergeant and/or principal, as soon as possible
b. The School Safety Operations Center at (212) 979-3333 in all cases and
provide information obtained in step 2.
c. The precinct patrol supervisor, if firearm, other contraband, evidence,
or U.S. currency valued at $10.00 or more is involved and precinct school
safety sergeant is not available.
SCHOOL SAFETY OPERATIONS CENTER PERSONNEL
4. Enter in the criminal incident database a description of the found
property, the names of the finder, supervisor notified, and school safety
agent.
a. Assign a control/safety incident number.
SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT
5. Enter in ACTIVITY LOG the name of the person notified at the Operations
Center and the control/safety incident number assigned.
6. Deliver non-contraband, non-evidence property, including U.S. currency
valued at less that $10.00, to the school principal or designee and request
that they sign ACTIVITY LOG.
NOTE: If either refuses to accept property and/or sign the ACTIVITY LOG,
then contact the School Safety Agent III/School Safety Supervisor or precinct
school safety sergeant. In this situation, the property will be safeguarded by
the receiving agent until it is taken into possession by a uniformed member of
the service who will invoice said property
IF RECOVERED FOUND PROPERTY IS A FIREARM OR OTHER TYPE OF CONTRABAND,
EVIDENCE, OR U.S. CURRENCY VALUED AT $10.00 OR MORE
SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT
7. Safeguard property until delivered to precinct uniformed personnel.
NOTE: All firearms should be considered loaded and operable. DO NOT touch,
disturb, or move a firearm in any way unless absolutely necessary (e.g., large
crowd gathering, rendering aid to a victim, etc.). DO NOT attempt to unload a
firearm.
A bookbag, briefcase, purse, wallet, etc., found to contain any contraband
property, must be invoiced along with the contraband property.

SCHOOL SAFETY AGENT III/SCHOOL SAFETY SUPERVISOR
8. Respond to location:
a. Verify ACTIVITY LOG entry.
b. Ensure that non-contraband, non-evidence property, including U.S.
currency valued at less than $10.00 has been delivered to the principal or
designee.
9. Notify the precinct school safety sergeant to respond and take possession
of any firearm, contraband, evidence, or U.S. currency valued at $10.00 or
more.
NOTE: The School Safety Agent III/School Safety Supervisor will notify the
precinct patrol supervisor if any of these items are involved and the precinct
school safety sergeant is not available.
PRECINCT SCHOOL SAFETY SERGEANT/PATROL SUPERVISOR
10. Respond to location:
a. Take custody of firearm, other contraband, evidence, or U.S. currency
valued at $10.00 or more
b. Assign a precinct uniformed member of the service to invoice the firearm,
other contraband, evidence, or U.S. currency valued at $10.00 or more
c. Ensure that any necessary reports are prepared.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Confiscation of New York City Transit Student Metrocards (P.G. 215-15)
Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrests and Investigations at Department
of Education Facilities (P.G. 215-17)
Search Protocols for School Safety Agents (P.G. 215-18)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)

P.G. 218-47 Property Index
Date Effective: 06-28-13
REVOKED

P.G. 218-48 Vehicle Seizure At Time Of Arrest
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure the opportunity for a post-seizure retention hearing for those
individuals from whom a vehicle is seized, or the lawful owner of such
vehicle.
PROCEDURE
Whenever a vehicle is taken into custody where the vehicle operator was
arrested for a crime, members of the service will comply with the following
procedure:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) UTILIZING THE Property and
Evidence Tracking System as indicated in P.G. 218-19, "Invoicing Vehicles /
Property As Arrest / Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture Proceedings or
to Determine True Owner."
2. Print and complete VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM (PD571-1218) utilizing Property and
Evidence Tracking System.
3. Insert precinct vehicle seizure number obtained from the COMMAND VEHICLE
SEIZURE INDEX (PD571-091) on the VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM in caption indicated.
4. Have defendant / operator sign the VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM to acknowledge
receipt.
a. If defendant / operator refuses to sign, note refusal on form.
DESK OFFICER
5. Verify VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM for accuracy and completeness, and have
arresting officer sign.
ARRESTING OFFICER
6. Sign VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM and issue copy to the defendant / operator.
7. Fax completed PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE along with copy of VEHICLE SEIZURE
FORM to Vehicle Seizure Unit, Legal Bureau.
a. Document fax transmittal in Telephone Record.
8. Provide Assistant District Attorney preparing the criminal court complaint
with a copy of completed VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM.
9. Forward the following in the next day's A.M. Department mail to the Legal
Bureau, Vehicle Seizure Unit, 2 Lafayette Street, 5th Floor, New York, New
York:
a. Original copy of VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM

b. Copy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
c. Copy of signed criminal court complaint
d. Copy of Police Accident Report (MV104AN), if applicable.
DESK OFFICER
10. Ensure that five photocopies of the VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM are made and
distributed as follows:
a. Defendant
b. Assistant District Attorney
c. Invoicing Officer
d. Arresting Officer
e. Civil Enforcement Unit
f. Make a Command Log entry indicating the name and address of the person
served, whether he / she refused or signed the form and the name and shield
number of the officer who served the form.
EVIDENCE / PROPERTY CONTROL SPECIALIST
11. Collect and maintain copy of VEHICLE SEIZURE FORMS.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Vehicles registered or titled to third parties (e.g. defendant's parents,
spouse, friends, relatives, or business entities) are generally not seized for
forfeiture unless a beneficial ownership situation exists or some specific
knowledge on the part of that third party owner can be proven. If evidence of
this knowledge exists (such as statements or other indications of ownership by
the defendant), it must be indicated in the "Remarks" section of the PROPERTY
CLERK INVOICE.
A COMMAND VEHICLE SEIZURE INDEX will be maintained in a binder at the desk of
all commands that process arrests.
DEPARTMENT POLICY
Commanding officers will ensure that compliance with the guidelines set forth
in this procedure become part of the command's self inspection program which
will be monitored by the Quality Assurance Division. This self inspection is
mandatory and to be performed monthly.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture
Proceedings or to Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMMAND VEHICLE SEIZURE INDEX (PD571-091)

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
VEHICLE SEIZURE FORM (PD571-1218)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

P.G. 218-49 Immediate Delivery Of DNA Evidence To The Police
Laboratory And The Office Of The Chief Medical Examiner (OCME)
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To provide a standard procedure for the immediate delivery of DNA evidence
from the invoicing precinct, PSA and transit district command direct to the
Police Laboratory, and subsequently, immediately and directly to the Office of
Chief Medical Examiner (OCME).
PROCEDURE
When circumstances exist that require the immediate delivery of DNA evidence
from the invoicing precinct, PSA and transit district command direct to the
Police Laboratory, and subsequently, immediately and directly to the Office of
Chief Medical Examiner (OCME):
DETECTIVE SUPERVISOR
1. Determine whether circumstances exist that require the immediate delivery
of DNA evidence including Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits direct to
the Police Laboratory, and subsequently, the immediate delivery of the DNA
evidence including Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits from the Police
Laboratory direct to the Office of Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) for
expeditious analysis based upon:
a. A conferral with the "catching/assigned" investigator; and,
b. A conferral with the Crime Scene Unit personnel or Evidence Collection
Team personnel who collected the DNA evidence, other forensic evidence and
investigative evidence; and,
c. The type of crime (e.g., pattern rape), and the nature of the perpetrator
(e.g., violent rapist), and the results of the investigation (e.g.,
unidentified perpetrator), and other relevant circumstances.
2. Confer with Forensic Investigations Division (FID) OCME Liaison Unit
personnel and, if available, the Detective Borough DNA Coordinator, regarding
the circumstances requiring the IMMEDIATE delivery of the DNA evidence
including Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits DIRECT to the Police
Laboratory, and subsequently, the IMMEDIATE delivery of the DNA evidence
including Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits from the Police Laboratory
DIRECT to the OCME for expeditious analysis.
a. If no FID OCME Liaison Unit personnel are available, confer with a Police
Laboratory Evidence Control Supervisor.
b. If the Detective Borough DNA Coordinator is not available, confer with
the Detective Borough DNA Coordinator as soon as possible.
3. Confer with the desk officer, and:
a. Explain the circumstances requiring the IMMEDIATE delivery of the DNA
evidence DIRECT to the Police Laboratory, and subsequently, the IMMEDIATE

delivery of the DNA evidence from the Police Laboratory DIRECT to the OCME
Evidence Unit
b. Request that a uniformed member of the service be directed to IMMEDIATELY
deliver the DNA evidence DIRECT to the Police Laboratory, and subsequently, to
IMMEDIATELY deliver the DNA evidence from the Police Laboratory DIRECT to the
OCME Evidence Unit.
4. Follow-up to ensure that the DNA evidence was IMMEDIATELY delivered DIRECT
to the Police Laboratory, and subsequently, the DNA evidence was IMMEDIATELY
delivered from the Police Laboratory DIRECT to the OCME Evidence Unit.
DESK OFFICER
5. Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412) utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System, ensuring all DNA evidence is appropriately entered
in compliance with Department procedures.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE DELIVERING DNA EVIDENCE
6. Review PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and digitally sign REPORT.
DESK OFFICER
7. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT verifying accuracy and
completeness.
8. Make an entry in Command Log including:
a. All PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD152-141) numbers.
b. Rank, name and tax number of the member of the service delivering the DNA
evidence.
c. Department vehicle number of the assigned vehicle.
9. Direct a uniformed member of the service to IMMEDIATELY deliver the DNA
evidence DIRECT to the Police Laboratory, and subsequently, to IMMEDIATELY
deliver the DNA evidence from the Police Laboratory DIRECT to the OCME
Evidence Unit.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE DELIVERING DNA EVIDENCE
10. Immediately deliver the DNA evidence direct to the Police Laboratory.
POLICE LABORATORY EVIDENCE CONTROL SUPERVISOR
11. Inspect the DNA evidence, and ensure:
a. The DNA evidence is properly packaged and sealed.
b. Each DNA evidence container/package is properly listed on an appropriate
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
c. Each PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is listed on an appropriate PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT.
d. All Department forms/reports are properly prepared.

e. All required Department forms, reports, records, etc., are properly
attached to the corresponding evidence.
f. The DNA evidence is probative, and requires immediate delivery direct to
the OCME Evidence Unit.
g. If accurate confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT in Property
and Evidence Tracking System.
12. Assign an appropriate "Police Laboratory Number" to each INVOICE.
13. Print completed PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
14. File the completed PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT appropriately.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE DELIVERING DNA EVIDENCE
15. Create a PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System, ensuring all DNA evidence is appropriately entered.
16. Review PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT and digitally sign REPORT.
POLICE LABORATORY SUPERVISOR
17. Digitally sign PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
18. Direct member of the service to IMMEDIATELY deliver DNA evidence DIRECT to
the OCME Evidence Unit.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE DELIVERING DNA EVIDENCE
19. Immediately deliver the DNA evidence direct to the OCME Evidence Unit.
20. If the OCME Evidence Unit refuses to accept one or more DNA evidence
containers /packages, notify:
a. A Police Laboratory Evidence Control Supervisor; and,
b. When applicable, an appropriate Detective Supervisor.
OCME EVIDENCE UNIT PERSONNEL
21. Perform intake utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking System.
22. Confirm acceptance of PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT in Property and Evidence
Tracking System utilizing user name and password.
23. Print five copies of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT
(PD521-172) for each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT accepted.
a. Provide three copies to Messenger.
b. Retain two copies for OCME use.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE DELIVERING DNA EVIDENCE

24. Obtain three copies of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT
for each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
25. Telephone the Police Laboratory Evidence Control Section, and confer with
a supervisor.
a. Provide the Evidence Control Section personnel with the OCME Evidence
Unit "Evidence Control Number" assigned to each INVOICE listed on each
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT.
26. Deliver all of the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT
ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT to the desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
27. File two copies of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT.
28. Immediately deliver the copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE
DOCUMENT direct to an appropriate Detective Supervisor.
DETECTIVE SUPERVISOR
29. Ensure the copy of each PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT that
lists DNA evidence is immediately placed in the appropriate case file.
30. Ensure a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) is prepared and placed in the
appropriate case file indicating the:
a. Date and time of delivery of all DNA evidence delivered to the OCME
Evidence Unit; and,
b. Police Laboratory "Evidence Control Number" and OCME Evidence Unit
"Evidence Control Number" for all DNA evidence delivered to the OCME Evidence
Unit.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Delivery of Evidence to the Police Laboratory (P.G. 218-04)
FORMS AND REPORTS
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD152-141)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)

P.G. 218-50 Prisoner Cellular Telephone(s)
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To account for cellular telephone(s) of prisoners.
DEFINITION
IMEI NUMBER - International Mobile Equipment Identity Number. Each cellular
telephone handset that utilizes GSM technology is assigned a unique serial
number called the IMEI number. The IMEI number consists of either fifteen or
sixteen digits. In the New York metropolitan area, T-Mobile, AT&T and
Nextel/Boost Mobile use GSM technology.
PROCEDURE
When a prisoner is in possession of one or more cellular telephones at the
time of arrest, in addition to Department arrest and invoicing procedures,
members of the service will:
ARRESTING OFFICER
1. If a prisoner is not eligible for a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET and it is
necessary to safeguard personal property, invoice the cellular telephone for
"Safekeeping," unless the circumstances regarding the arrest indicate the
cellular telephone should be invoiced as "Investigatory Evidence" or "Arrest
Evidence."
2. Remove battery from cellular telephone to prevent battery from leaking and
damaging the cellular phone.
WHEN INVOICING A CELLULAR TELEPHONE WHICH IS EQUIPPED WITH AN INTERNATIONAL
MOBILE EQUIPMENT IDENTITY (IMEI) NUMBER (I.E., T-MOBILE, AT&T OR NEXTEL/BOOST
MOBILE)
3. Obtain the International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) number from the
sticker in the battery compartment in the rear of the cellular telephone, or
from the sticker on the rear of the cellular telephone viewing screen.
4. Photocopy the area of the cellular telephone listing the IMEI number.
a. Ensure the IMEI number is clearly reproduced on the photocopy.
5. If the IMEI number sticker has been removed from the cellular telephone, or
if the IMEI number is defaced:
a. Invoiced as "Investigatory Evidence"
b. Immediately notify desk officer
c. Immediately notify detective squad supervisor, precinct of arrest, or if
not available, detective squad investigator, precinct of arrest
i. Between 0100 and 0800 hours, immediately notify the Detective Borough

Nightwatch Squad
d. Immediately notify field intelligence officer.
DETECTIVE SQUAD MEMBER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
6. Interview prisoner.
7. Notify the Central Robbery Section.
8. Confer with the arresting officer and conduct a thorough investigation to
determine whether the cellular telephone was previously reported lost or
stolen.
a. If the cellular telephone was previously reported stolen, confer with the
detective squad investigating the theft of the cellular telephone and the desk
officer, precinct of arrest.
DESK OFFICER
9. Determine whether the prisoner should be charged with additional offenses
after conferral with detective squad member.
ARRESTING OFFICER
10. Enter the IMEI number in the appropriate caption in the "Perpetrator"
section of the ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159).
11. Attach the photocopy of the area of the cellular telephone listing the
IMEI number to the completed ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
12. Prepare the OMNIFORM System ARREST REPORT.
a. Ensure the correct IMEI number is properly entered in the "IMEI" section
of the OMNIFORM System ARREST REPORT by carefully examining:
i. Photocopy of the area of the cellular telephone listing the IMEI
number; and,
ii. IMEI number caption in the "Perpetrator" section of the ON-LINE
BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
DESK OFFICER
13. Review the OMNIFORM System ARREST REPORT.
14. Ensure the correct IMEI number is properly entered in the "IMEI" section
of the OMNIFORM System ARREST REPORT by carefully comparing:
a. Photocopy of the area of the cellular telephone listing the IMEI number;
and,
b. ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET.
15. Designate member of the service to search the IMEI number within the
OMNIFORM System.
16. Review the results of the OMNIFORM System IMEI number search and ensure

the results are entered in the "Details" section of the OMNIFORM System ARREST
REPORT.
17. If the results of the IMEI number search indicate that the IMEI number was
previously entered into the OMNIFORM System (e.g., COMPLAINT REPORT, ARREST
REPORT, Detective Bureau Enterprise Case Management System, Voluntary IMEI
Registration Program, etc.), notify:
a. Detective squad supervisor, precinct of arrest, or if not available,
Detective squad investigator, precinct of arrest
i. Between 0100 and 0800 hours, immediately notify the Detective Borough
Nighwatch Squad
b. Arresting officer
c. Field intelligence officer.
DETECTIVE SQUAD MEMBER, PRECINCT OF ARREST
18. Comply with steps "6" through "8" if IMEI number was previously entered
into the OMNIFORM System.
DESK OFFICER
19. Determine whether the prisoner should be charged with additional offenses
after conferral with detective squad member.
IN ALL CASES
ARRESTING OFFICER
20. Prepare PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A), as appropriate.
a. List cellular telephone and battery as separate items on the WORKSHEET
b. If the cellular telephone is a T-Mobile, AT&T or Nextel/Boost Mobile
cellular telephone:
i. Enter the IMEI number sticker in the "IMEI number" caption of the
WORKSHEET
ii. If the IMEI number sticker has been removed from the cellular
telephone, or if the IMEI number has been defaced, then enter "IMEI number
tampered with" in the "Remarks" section of the WORKSHEET.
COMMAND CLERK
21. Enter WORKSHEET into the Property and Evidence Tracking System to generate
a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
ADDITIONAL DATA
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Uniformed members of the service are reminded they must obtain a search
warrant, prisoner's consent, or some exigent circumstances must exist in order
to lawfully search for information stored in a cellular telephone.

FORMS AND REPORTS
ON-LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE WORKSHEET (PD521-141A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET

P.G. 218-51 Suspect Evidence Collection Kits
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that Suspect Evidence Collection Kits are properly collected and
processed for subsequent analysis.
DEFINITION
SUSPECT EVIDENCE COLLECTION KIT - a kit used by medical personnel in hospitals
to gather probative forensic evidence from a suspect or arrestee.
PROCEDURE
When a suspect/arrestee may have probative forensic evidence physically on
their person or clothing:
ASSIGNED INVESTIGATOR
1. Determine if suspect/arrestee may have probative forensic evidence on
his/her person or clothing.
a. Evidence appropriate for collection includes, but is not limited to:
clothing and underwear, body debris, secretions, bite marks, fingernail
scrapings, chest hair, head hair, facial hair, pubic hair, buccal swabs, and
swabs from oral, penile, scrotal, vaginal and anal areas
b. When appropriate, photograph the suspect/arrestee's physical features,
wounds, clothing, tattoos, distinguishing marks, etc.
2. When probative forensic evidence may be physically present on a suspect/
arrestee or his/her clothing, take measures to protect the forensic evidence
from alteration, loss, cross transfer, contamination or change to existing
physical state.
a. When applicable, prevent the suspect/arrestee from washing hands, bathing
or otherwise altering, losing or destroying forensic evidence on his/her
person
b. Prevent the suspect/arrestee from putting on or removing clothing.
3. Obtain a voluntary consent from the suspect/arrestee for trained hospital
personnel to conduct a forensic evidence examination.
a. Prepare CONSENT TO SUSPECT EVIDENCE COLLECTION KIT (PD321-031)
b. Request CONSENT TO SUSPECT EVIDENCE COLLECTION KIT be signed by the
suspect/arrestee
c. If consent is not obtained, contact the Legal Bureau to determine the
appropriate course of action. If necessary, the Legal Bureau will contact the
District Attorney's Office to request an application for a court order.
4. Escort the suspect/arrestee to a designated hospital.

a. DO NOT escort the suspect/arrestee to the same hospital where victim is
being treated.
5. Alert the New York City Health and Hospital Corporation (HHC) hospital
before bringing a suspect for a Suspect Evidence Collection Kit examination
and request the Sexual Assault Response Team (SART) be alerted with an
estimated arrival time.
6. Prior to the forensic examination, confer with the trained medical
personnel in a private area not in the presence of the suspect/arrestee.
a. Inform the medical personnel of the authority to conduct the forensic
examination (i.e., consent, court order)
b. Explain the facts and circumstances of the investigation
c. Explain the need to look for any wounds, injuries, tattoos, scars, or
other unique features
d. Describe the potential probative forensic evidence that may be on the
suspect/arrestee (e.g., scratch marks, bite marks, semen, blood, etc.)
e. Explain the need to collect specific evidence exemplars.
7. Ensure an investigator of the same sex as the suspect/arrestee remains with
the suspect during the examination and evidence collection process.
8. Document any statements made by the suspect during the examination and
evidence collection process.
9. DO NOT collect a separate DNA Suspect Exemplar using a NYPD DNA Exemplar
Collection Kit when a suspect/arrestee provides a DNA Exemplar as part of the
Suspect Evidence Collection Kit.
10. Upon completion of medical examination, take possession of the Suspect
Evidence Collection Kit from trained medical personnel.
a. Obtain copy of the completed New York City Health and Hospitals
Corporation Sexual Assault Suspect Examination (HHC2617) prepared by the
hospital personnel.
11. Transport the properly marked, packaged and sealed Suspect Evidence
Collection Kit to the detective squad, precinct of occurrence.
12. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152), if not previously prepared.
13. Attach copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT to the Suspect Evidence Collection
Kit.
a. When applicable, attach a copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT to any related DNA
evidence and/or other probative forensic and/or investigative evidence.
14. Prepare a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System for each Suspect Evidence Collection
Kit, and DO NOT invoice any other evidence on the INVOICE listing the Suspect
Evidence Collection Kit.

a. In the "ARTICLE" caption of the INVOICE type "Suspect Evidence Collection
Kit."
15. Prepare one or more separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) for any other
associated /related forensic evidence (e.g., suspect/arrestee's jacket,
dungarees, etc.).
a. Enter all associated/related numbers into Property and Evidence Tracking
System.
16. Enter the INVOICE number, COMPLAINT REPORT number and arrest number(s), if
any, on the cover of the Suspect Evidence Collection Kit.
DETECTIVE SUPERVISOR
17. Supervise evidence invoicing procedures.
18. Ensure required Biohazard Labels are properly utilized.
19. Review each PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and each REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168) to ensure all captions are properly prepared
and all required information is accurately entered thereon.
20. Digitally sign each INVOICE and each REQUEST in the supervisor's caption
verifying accuracy and completeness.
21. Ensure appropriate copies of all INVOICES and all REQUESTS are placed in
the investigating officer's case file.
22. Ensure a COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A) is prepared and
placed in the case file indicating the:
a. Date and time of receipt by the Police Laboratory of all Suspect Evidence
Collection Kits
b. Police Laboratory "Police Laboratory Number" for all Suspect Evidence
Collection Kits.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
All associated/related evidence must be readily identifiable and retrievable
from the Police Laboratory, Office of the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME),
Property Clerk Division, etc. Members of the service must enter ALL
associated/related PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE serial numbers on the PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE. Failure to do so may result in disciplinary action.
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Neither consent nor a court order is necessary to invoice a suspect's clothing
(including underwear) or document/photograph a suspect's physical features
(e.g., bite marks, tattoos, etc.).
AUTHORIZED HOSPITALS TO PROCESS SUSPECT/ARRESTEES:
Manhattan
* Harlem Hospital

* Metropolitan Hospital
Queens
* Queens Hospital Center
Brooklyn
* Kings County Hospital Center
* Woodhull Medical and Mental Health Hospital
* Coney Island Hospital
Bronx
* North Central Bronx
* Jacobi Medical Center
* Lincoln Medical Center
RELATED PROCEDURES
Collection and Processing of DNA Exemplar Samples (P.G. 218-52)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP INFORMATIONAL (PD313-081A)
CONSENT TO SUSPECT EVIDENCE COLLECTION KIT (PD321-031)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
New York City Health and Hospitals Corporation Sexual Assault Suspect
Examination (HHC2617)

P.G. 218-52 Collection And Processing Of DNA Exemplar Samples
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that appropriate procedures are used by members of the service when
collecting and processing DNA Exemplar Samples.
DEFINITIONS
DNA Exemplar Sample - There are four types of DNA Exemplar Samples:
(1) DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent Samples
(2) DNA Exemplar Victim Consent Samples
(3) DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee Consent Samples
(4) DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee Court Ordered Samples
NYPD DNA Exemplar Collection Kit - Kit used to collect all four types of DNA
Exemplar Samples. It contains:
(i) an inner envelope
(ii) an outer envelope
(iii) a buccal swab sealed in a buccal swab package
(iv) one pair of new disposable latex gloves
(v) two pieces of Evidence Tape.
PROCEDURE
When collecting and processing DNA Exemplar Samples:
ASSIGNED DETECTIVE
1. When a DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee Court Ordered Sample is collected:
a. Provide the suspect/arrestee with a copy of the court order
b. File the original order in the case file.
2. When a DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent, Victim Consent, or Suspect
/Arrestee Consent Sample is collected:
a. Obtain a voluntary consent
b. Request the CONSENT TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE (PD390-031) form be signed by
the consenter
c. File each signed CONSENT TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE form in the case file.

3. DO NOT collect DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent, Victim Consent, or
Suspect/Arrestee Consent Samples if the consenter refuses to sign the CONSENT
TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE form, even if written or verbal voluntary consent is
obtained.
IN ALL CASES WHEN COLLECTING A DNA EXEMPLAR SAMPLE:
4. Use ONLY the authorized "NYPD DNA Exemplar Collection Kit" to collect a DNA
Exemplar Sample.
5. Use a permanent ink marker (i.e., sharpie) to prepare all captions on the
inner and outer envelopes contained in the Kit, prior to collecting the DNA
Exemplar Sample.
a. When applicable, use the terms "UNK", "NONE", "N/A", etc., to ensure that
an entry is made in ALL captions on the inner and outer envelopes.
6. Collect a DNA Exemplar Sample in the following manner:
a. Complete the entire marking, collecting, packing, and sealing process for
one DNA Exemplar Sample prior to commencing the marking, collecting, packaging
and sealing process for the next separate DNA Exemplar Sample.
i. Never collect more than one DNA Exemplar Sample at the same time.
b. Don one pair of new, unused, clean disposable latex gloves
c. Continuously observe the person providing the DNA Exemplar Sample
throughout the entire collection process
d. Provide one new, unused, clean, unopened "buccal swab package" to the
person who will produce the DNA Exemplar Sample
i. Do not remove the buccal swab from the buccal swab package.
e. Instruct the person providing the DNA Exemplar Sample to:
i. Carefully remove the buccal swab from the buccal swab package
ii. Prevent the buccal swab head from coming into contact with any object
iii. Vigorously rub the buccal swab head against the inside of the cheek.
f. Recover the buccal swab
g. Air dry the buccal swab
h. Do not permit the buccal swab head to touch any other object or surface
i. Slide the "applicator protector" over the buccal swab head
j. Place the buccal swab in the marked inner envelope and properly seal it
with Evidence Tape
k. Legibly sign name across the border between the Evidence Tape and the
marked inner envelope with permanent ink marker (i.e., sharpie)
l. Place the marked inner envelope in the marked outer envelope and properly

seal it with Evidence Tape
i. Only use Evidence Tape when sealing the inner and outer envelopes. DO
NOT use staples or any other type of tape (scotch, masking, electrical, etc.).
m. Legibly sign name across the border between the Evidence Tape and the
marked outer envelope with a permanent ink marker (i.e., sharpie)
7. Discard the swab and repeat steps "4," "5" and "6" if swab head becomes
contaminated during collection.
WHEN INVOICING DNA EXEMPLAR SAMPLES:
8. Invoice one or more DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent Samples and/or one or
more DNA Exemplar Victim Consent Samples on one PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141).
a. List each DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent Sample and/or each DNA
Exemplar Victim Consent Sample as a Separate ITEM on a separate line on the
INVOICE; giving each Sample a separate ITEM number.
b. DO NOT invoice DNA Exemplar Elimination Consent and/or Victim Consent
Samples on the same PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE as DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee
Consent and / or Suspect/Arrestee Court Ordered Samples.
9. Invoice ONLY one DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee Consent Sample on one
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
10. Invoice ONLY one DNA Exemplar Suspect/Arrestee Court Ordered Sample on one
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
11. Every DNA Exemplar Sample carried as a separate ITEM, with its own ITEM
number, will be described in the following manner:
a. In the "ARTICLE" caption of the INVOICE, write:
i. The type of DNA Exemplar Sample (i.e., Elimination Consent, Victim
Consent, Suspect / Arrestee Court Ordered), and
ii. Name, date of birth, and NYSID number (if applicable) of the person
providing the DNA Exemplar Sample.
b. Use as many lines as necessary on the INVOICE to ensure each ITEM has a
separate ITEM number and is completely, accurately and legibly described on
the INVOICE to conform with Step "11a."
12. List all associated/related INVOICE numbers into the Property and Evidence
Tracking System.
13. Prepare REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168), utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System for each PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
listing DNA Exemplar Samples.
a. Ensure all required information is accurately entered on the REQUEST FOR
LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT and that the "Details" section contains
information regarding the:
i. Facts of the case

ii. Details about the relationship and connection between the DNA Exemplar
Sample and other related DNA evidence or other forensic or investigative
evidence.
b. Ensure "Arrestee" and "Suspect" information is accurately entered on the
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT.
c. Ensure the location/facility where the DNA Exemplar Sample was collected
is is accurately entered in the "Exact Location Where Evidence Was
Collected/Recovered" caption on each REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT, for example, "67 Det. Sqd. Office" or "234 Broadway, Apt 3F, NY, NY"
or "Courtroom # 127, 100 Centre Street"
i. Do not describe the DNA Exemplar Sample collection location as "from
the mouth."
14. Obtain computer generated copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) or, if
not available, copy of handwritten COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A).
15. Attach corresponding copies of the COMPLAINT REPORT, PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE, and REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT to the appropriate NYPD
"DNA Exemplar Collection Kit" and submit to detective supervisor for review.
DETECTIVE SUPERVISOR
16. Ensure compliance with P.G. 218-49, "Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to
the Police Laboratory and the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME)," as
applicable.
ADDITIONAL DATA
LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS
Notify the parent/guardian of a juvenile (i.e., person less than sixteen years
old) prior to obtaining consent from the juvenile to collect a DNA Exemplar
Suspect/ Arrestee Consent Sample. Permit the juvenile's parent/guardian to
confer with and advise the juvenile. It is not necessary to specifically
request and obtain consent from the juvenile's parent/guardian prior to
obtaining the juvenile's consent. However, if the juvenile consents and the
parent/guardian objects to the juvenile's consent, a DNA Exemplar
Suspect/Arrestee Consent Sample will be collected from the juvenile if the
juvenile signs the CONSENT TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE form.
It is not necessary to notify the juvenile's parent/guardian prior to
obtaining consent from the juvenile to collect a DNA Exemplar Elimination
Consent Sample or DNA Exemplar Victim Consent Sample. If the parent/guardian
of the juvenile is physically present with the juvenile, they will be
permitted to confer with the juvenile. It is not necessary to specifically
request and obtain consent from the juvenile's parent/guardian prior to
obtaining the juvenile's consent. However, if the juvenile consents and the
parent/guardian objects to the juvenile's consent, a DNA Exemplar Elimination
Consent Sample or DNA Exemplar Victim Consent Sample will be collected from
the juvenile if the juvenile signs the CONSENT TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE form.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office of
the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) (P.G, 218-49)

Exposure of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous
Materials (P.G. 205-10)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CONSENT TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE (PD390-031)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
COMPLAINT REPORT WORKSHEET (PD313-152A)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)

P.G. 218-53 Processing Fireworks Evidence
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To establish a standard procedure to invoice fireworks coming into custody of
a uniformed member of the service.
DEFINITIONS
FIREWORKS EVIDENCE - consists of bags, boxes and/or loose items of fireworks.
HEAVY DUTY BAG (FOR FIREWORKS) - a specific Department issued clear vinyl bag
used for the collection and storage of loose fireworks.
PROCEDURE
When fireworks evidence is invoiced:
INVOICING OFFICER
1. Take two sets of photographs of the fireworks evidence (one set for
assistance district attorney or DAT ARREST PACKAGE [PD260-123] and one set to
be invoiced as arrest evidence, including if a summons is issued in lieu of
arrest).
a. If evidence consists of a large seizure of sealed boxes, provide overall
photographs of the boxed fireworks.
(1) Open one box, remove and display contents for photographing
(2) Photograph displayed fireworks evidence
(3) Repack and seal with Evidence Tape any box which has been opened.
2. Provide assistant district attorney with photograph(s) in complaint room.
a. If a DESK APPEARANCE TICKET is issued, place photographs in DAT ARREST
PACKAGE.
3. Create PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System for photographs taken as arrest evidence, including
if a summons is issued in lieu of arrest.
a. Include on PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE any associated paperwork (e.g., "price
lists," sales receipts, bills of lading or other shipping papers of an
evidentiary nature, etc.).
4. Create a separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE utilizing the Property and
Evidence Tracking System for fireworks evidence.
5. Ensure that all fields on each INVOICE prepared are completely, accurately,
precisely entered.
6. Ensure the following information is correctly entered on each INVOICE

prepared:
a. COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) number
b. ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST REPORT (PD244- 159) arrest number
c. Charge/offense under investigation
d. Indicate the unit case number in the "Remarks" section of INVOICE, if a
seizure is related to an undercover operation utilizing "buys" to develop an
ongoing investigation.
7. Place all loose fireworks (i.e., any items not contained in a factory
sealed cardboard box) into Department issued "Heavy Duty Bags (For Fireworks)"
and close bag(s) with specific seal(s) provided.
8. Ensure bag is not overfilled to allow room for sealing.
9. Ensure items such as "party snaps," "cracker balls," "torpedoes" or any
other firework that explodes upon impact are separated from other fireworks.
a. A chain reaction could occur if these sensitive items were to explode in
proximity to other fireworks.
10. Do not reopen bag(s) once they have been sealed.
11. Enter the quantity of sealed bag(s) of loose fireworks evidence in the
quantity on the "Article" screen when entering the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
a. Select "BAG(S)" in the drop down menu under "Assorted Fireworks sealed
in" and enter "Loose fireworks" in the "Additional Description" field.
b. Do not individually count or describe various types of fireworks seized.
12. Enter the quantity of sealed bag(s) of fireworks in the quantity field on
the "Article" screen when entering the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
a. Select "BAG(S)" in the drop down menu under "Assorted Fireworks sealed
in."
b. Do not individually count or describe various types of fireworks seized.
13. Enter the quantity of sealed box(es) of fireworks in the quantity field on
the "Article" screen when entering the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE as "sealed boxes
of assorted fireworks."
a. Select "Box(es)" in the drop down menu under "Assorted Fireworks sealed
in."
b. Do not individually count or describe various types of fireworks seized.
14. Attach a photocopy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE to each sealed bag or box
of fireworks evidence associated with the same arrest.
a. In the event of a large seizure of fireworks evidence, a minimum of ten
bags or boxes must have copies of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE attached.
15. Securely attach a photocopy of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST REPORT to

the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for fireworks evidence.
16. Securely attach a photocopy of any related PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S)
prepared to the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for fireworks evidence.
DESK OFFICER
17. Ensure PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is properly prepared for fireworks evidence.
18. Ensure a photocopy of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE is attached to each sealed
bag or box of fireworks evidence associated with the same arrest.
a. In the event of a large seizure of fireworks evidence, a minimum of ten
bags or boxes must have copies of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE attached.
19. Contact the Bomb Squad Range (Rodman's Neck) Monday through Friday, 0700
through 1500, for instructions regarding the delivery of fireworks to the
Rodman's Neck facility.
a. Contact the Bomb Squad Office at all other times or in the event Range
personnel are unavailable.
20. Follow the instructions of the Bomb Squad member receiving the
notification as to the time and manner in which the fireworks are to be
delivered to the Rodman's Neck Bomb Squad facility (see "ADDITIONAL DATA" for
more information on safely transporting fireworks in Department vehicles).
21. Make a Telephone Record entry of date, time and name of Bomb Squad member
notified.
22. Ensure all fireworks are properly transferred to the Bomb Squad, utilizing
the Property and Evidence Tracking System, and create a PROPERTY TRANSFER
REPORT (PD521-1412).
23. Make a Command Log entry regarding the delivery of fireworks evidence to
the Rodman's Neck facility and include the following:
a. List of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE numbers being delivered to Rodman's Neck
Bomb Squad facility
b. Name and shield number of member(s) of the service delivering fireworks
evidence
c. Department vehicle number(s) used in transportation.
24. Ensure two copies of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE remain with the fireworks
delivery.
a. Delivering member will receive the PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE
DOCUMENT (PD521-172), with assigned Bomb Squad case number, as a receipt upon
delivery of fireworks to the Rodman's Neck facility.
25. Ensure that an adequate number of Department issued "Heavy Duty Bags (For
Fireworks)" are on hand for the safe packaging of loose fireworks evidence.
a. Additional "Heavy Duty Bags (For Fireworks)" may be obtained from the
Quartermaster Section as required.

MEMBER OF THE SERVICE DELIVERING FIREWORKS
26. Deliver fireworks evidence and associated PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE(S) to the
Bomb Squad Rodman's Neck facility as directed by desk officer (see "ADDITIONAL
DATA" for more information on safely transporting fireworks in Department
vehicles).
27. Return PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT and copy of Bomb Squad
Fireworks Supporting Deposition supplied by the Bomb Squad to desk officer
upon return to command.
DESK OFFICER
28. Have copies of PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE for fireworks evidence and Bomb
Squad Fireworks Supporting Deposition filed in member's arrest folders upon
receipt.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
All loose fireworks must be placed and sealed only in the Department issued
"Heavy Duty Bags (For Fireworks)." The use of any other bag (e.g., peddler,
garbage, recycling, etc.) is strictly prohibited.
Members of the service must always carefully follow all safety procedures when
handling and/or transporting fireworks. The improper storage, transportation
or handling of fireworks could result in serious injury or even death. Caution
must be maintained throughout the entire procedure from seizure to disposal.
The following precautions must be adhered to for reasons of personal safety:
a. No smoking within fifty feet of any fireworks.
b. Handle all bags and boxes containing fireworks with care.
c. The Bomb Squad should be contacted from the scene whenever large seizures
are made, whenever an unusual problem arises regarding fireworks or when any
question regarding safety arises.
d. Large amounts of fireworks should not be stored in any Department
facility. All fireworks are to be delivered to the Bomb Squad range facility
as soon as practical, or as directed by the Bomb Squad after making the
required notification as indicated in step "19" above. Small amounts of
fireworks can safely be stored prior to transport by avoiding placement near
any source of excessive heat such as radiators and portable heaters.
e. Items such as "party snaps," cracker balls," "torpedoes" or any other
fireworks that explode upon impact must be separated from other fireworks. A
chain reaction could occur if these sensitive items were to explode in
proximity of other fireworks.
f. As a general rule, no more than four bags of fireworks should be
transported in an RMP. When fireworks are transported in an RMP, they should
be placed in the rear seat as this is away from any source of heat or spark.
Within Department passenger vans, fireworks should also be placed on the rear
bench seats in accordance with the general rule of no more than four bags per
seat.

g. When transporting fireworks in a Department vehicle all windows should be
opened a minimum of two inches to avoid toxic fumes. Fireworks should not be
placed in the trunk of a vehicle.
h. As a general rule, no more than twenty-five sealed bags or boxes of
fireworks should be transported in a Department cargo van.
i. Large seizures of fireworks, including any seizure of more than twentyfive sealed bags or boxes should be transported by a closed-body truck with a
separate cab and wood cargo floor. The load must also be secured to keep it
from shifting during transport. Open rack or barrier trucks will not be used
for transporting fireworks.
j. Prior to transporting a significant amount of fireworks, the member
concerned will, in addition to other required notifications, provide a
telephone notification to the New York City Fire Department through the
Mayor's Citizen Service Initiative Hotline Number, "311." The Fire Department
will provide appropriate fire protection apparatus to escort the shipment.
k. When a large seizure of fireworks is delivered to the Bomb Squad range
after dark, no unloading of any trucks will take place due to safety
considerations. The final decision to load or unload a particular vehicle
rests solely with members of the Bomb Squad. Any such shipments will be
maintained overnight inside the secure perimeter of the Bomb Squad range and
will be emptied and available for pickup by the command concerned as soon as
possible.
All members of the service are reminded that when handling and transporting
fireworks, safety is the top priority.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Invoicing Property - General Procedure (P.G. 218-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
DAT ARREST PACKAGE (PD260-123)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST REPORT (PD244-159)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT (PD521-1412)
PROPERTY TRANSFER REPORT ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENT (PD521-172)
DESK APPEARANCE TICKET
Bomb Squad Fireworks Supporting Deposition

P.G. 218-54 Preparation Of Request For Laboratory Examination
Report (PD521-168)
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for the proper preparation of REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168) utilizing the Property and Evidence Tracking
System.
PROCEDURE
When a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT is required to be prepared:
INVOICING OFFICER
1. Select "YES" to the question, "Is a `Request for Laboratory Examination'
required?'," when preparing a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
2. Select the type of evidence, i.e., "DNA", "Firearms/Firearms Related",
"Criminalistics", "Other".
3. Ensure all of the applicable information is selected/entered in the "DNA
ELIMINATION SAMPLES" section.
4. Select and add all Analysis Exam Numbers for each item listed on the
INVOICE.
5. Digitally sign REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT verifying accuracy
and completeness.
DESK OFFICER
6. Digitally sign REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT verifying accuracy
and completeness.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
A REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT must be prepared for each INVOICE
that lists evidence that will be submitted to the laboratory for analysis.
The REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT can also be prepared when a
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE has already been completed by selecting the "REQUEST
FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION" tab.
Members of the service are reminded that all REQUEST FOR LABORATORY
EXAMINATION REPORTS are to be prepared utilizing the Property and Evidence
Tracking System. If the Property and Evidence Tracking System is off-line
prohibiting members from preparing a REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION
REPORT, members will comply with guidelines set forth in Operations Order 25,
series 2013, "Invoicing Property Due to Network Failure of the Property and
Evidence Tracking System."

RELATED PROCEDURE
Invoicing Property Due to Network Failure of the Property and Evidence
Tracking System (Operations Order 25, series 2013)
FORMS AND REPORTS
REQUEST FOR LABORATORY EXAMINATION REPORT (PD521-168)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)

P.G. 218-55 Retention Of Invoiced Property
Date Effective: 08-01-13
Effective immediately, when members of the service require that property/
evidence invoiced as Investigatory or DNA Investigatory and held in the
custody of the Property Clerk Division be retained longer than one year for
property other than motor vehicle/boat and longer than fifteen days for a
motor vehicle/boat, the following procedure will be complied with:
PURPOSE
To properly record retention requests of invoiced property listed on a
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) or a motor vehicle/boat listed on a
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
PROCEDURE
When property/evidence invoiced as Investigatory or DNA Investigatory and held
in the custody of the Property Clerk Division is required to be retained
longer than one year for property other than motor vehicle/boat or longer than
fifteen days for motor vehicle/boat:
FOR PROPERTY THAT HAS BEEN INVOICED UTILIZING THE PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE
TRACKING SYSTEM
ASSIGNED INVESTIGATOR/INVOICING OFFICER
1. Prepare and submit REQUEST FOR RETENTION (PD521-169) utilizing the Property
and Evidence Tracking System.
2. Perform a separate REQUEST FOR RETENTION for each associated PROPERTY CLERK
INVOICE.
PROPERTY CLERK FACILITY CONCERNED
3. Review REQUEST FOR RETENTION.
a. If retention request is DISAPPROVED, digitally sign REQUEST FOR RETENTION
and provide explanation for disapproval to assigned investigator/invoicing
officer.
b. If retention request is APPROVED, digitally sign REQUEST FOR RETENTION
and ensure property/evidence is retained, as appropriate.
FOR PROPERTY THAT HAS BEEN INVOICED PRIOR TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE
PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE TRACKING SYSTEM
ASSIGNED INVESTIGATOR/INVOICING OFFICER
4. Prepare snap-out version of RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST (PD521-166).
5. Prepare a separate RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST for each associated
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
DETECTIVE BUREAU SUPERVISOR/DESK OFFICER

6. Confer with the assigned investigator and ensure the RETENTION OF PROPERTY
REQUEST is properly prepared.
7. Review and sign RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST.
ASSIGNED INVESTIGATOR/INVOICING OFFICER
8. Forward RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST as follows:
a. WHITE and YELLOW- Property Clerk Division (One Police Plaza, Room 208)
b. BLUE - Assigned Investigator
c. GREEN - District Attorney's Office
d. PINK - Invoicing Officer
e. BUFF - Arresting/Assigned Officer.
9. Immediately place "BLUE - Assigned Investigator" copy of the RETENTION OF
PROPERTY REQUEST in the case folder.
PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION MEMBER
10. Assign and record Property Clerk Division Communications number.
11. Forward "Yellow" copy of RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST to Property Clerk
storage facility.
12. File "White" copy of RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST.
PROPERTY CLERK STORAGE FACILITY MEMBER
13. File "Yellow" copy of RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST with the "Yellow" copy
of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
14. Enter new retention date in remarks of ORIGINAL "White" copy of the
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
If a RETENTION FOR PROPERTY REQUEST or a REQUEST FOR RETENTION, utilizing the
Property and Evidence Tracking System, is not submitted within one year for
property other than motor vehicle/boat or within fifteen days for a motor
vehicle/boat, the Property Clerk Division will dispose of the property/vehicle
except for property/motor vehicle/boat involved in homicide investigations,
sexual offenses, arson/explosion, member of service involved or IAB cases.
Submission of the RETENTION FOR PROPERTY REQUEST or REQUEST FOR RETENTION to
the Property Clerk Division will only retain that property/motor vehicle/boat
for one year. If additional retention of the property/ motor vehicle/boat is
necessary, a new RETENTION FOR PROPERTY REQUEST or REQUEST FOR RETENTION must
be submitted for each additional one year period.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)

PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
REQUEST FOR RETENTION (PD521-169)
RETENTION OF PROPERTY REQUEST (PD521-166)
RELATED PROCEDURE
Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/Investigatory Evidence or for Forfeiture
Proceedings or to Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)

P.G. 218-56 Change Of Category For Invoiced Property
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To properly record changes to the category of invoiced property or a motor
vehicle/ boat listed on a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141).
PROCEDURE
When the category of invoiced property and/or motor vehicles/boat in the
custody of the Property Clerk Division must be changed:
FOR PROPERTY THAT HAS BEEN INVOICED UTILIZING THE PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE
TRACKING SYSTEM
ASSIGNED INVESTIGATOR/INVOICING OFFICER
1. Utilize the "Request for Invoice Change of Category" function in the
Property and Evidence Tracking System to complete a REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE
OF CATEGORY (PD521-167) when:
a. CASE CLOSED/ARREST - The category of invoiced property must be changed
from Investigatory or DNA Investigatory to Arrest Evidence or DNA Arrest
Evidence in order for the Property Clerk to retain the evidence.
b. CASE CLOSED/NO ARREST - The category of invoiced property must be changed
from Investigatory evidence or DNA Investigatory evidence to Safekeeping.
c. All other instances requiring a change to the category of invoiced
property.
2. Complete a separate REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY for each
associated PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
DESK OFFICER/SUPERVISOR, PROPERTY CLERK FACILITY CONCERNED
3. Review and digitally sign REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY form
approving or rejecting the change.
FOR PROPERTY THAT HAS BEEN INVOICED PRIOR TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE
PROPERTY AND EVIDENCE TRACKING SYSTEM
ASSIGNED INVESTIGATOR/INVOICING OFFICER
4. Prepare snap-out version of REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY
(PD521-167) when:
a. CASE CLOSED/ARREST - The category of invoiced property must be changed
from Investigatory or DNA Investigatory to Arrest Evidence or DNA Arrest
Evidence in order for the Property Clerk to retain the evidence.
(1) Include a printed "hard copy" of the ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST
WORKSHEET (PD244-159).

b. CASE CLOSED/NO ARREST - The category of invoiced property must be changed
from Investigatory evidence or DNA Investigatory evidence to Safekeeping.
c. All
property
invoiced
Property

other instances requiring a change to the category of invoiced
on a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) or a motor vehicle/boat
on a PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141) previously forwarded to the
Clerk Division.

5. Prepare a separate REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY for each
associated separate PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
DETECTIVE BUREAU SUPERVISOR/DESK OFFICER
6. Confer with the assigned investigator and ensure the REQUEST FOR INVOICE
CHANGE OF CATEGORY form was properly prepared and the new category is correct.
7. Review and sign REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY form.
ASSIGNED INVESTIGATOR/INVOICING OFFICER
8. Forward REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY as follows:
a. WHITE and YELLOW- Property Clerk Division (One Police Plaza, Room 208)
b. BLUE - Assigned Investigator
c. GREEN - District Attorney's Office
d. PINK - Invoicing Officer
e. BUFF - Arresting/Assigned Officer.
9. Immediately place "BLUE - Assigned Investigator" copy of the REQUEST FOR
INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY form in the case folder.
PROPERTY CLERK DIVISION MEMBER
10. Assign/Record Property Clerk Division Communications number.
11. Forward "Yellow Copy" of REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY to storage
facility.
12. File "White Copy" of REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY.
PROPERTY CLERK STORAGE FACILITY MEMBER
13. File "Yellow" copy of REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY with the
"Yellow" copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE.
14. Stamp ORIGINAL "White" copy of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE with date and
new category.
15. Determine if property/motor vehicle/boat is now eligible for disposal.
ADDITIONAL DATA
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

If a change of category is requested in regards to property invoiced on the
snap-out version of the PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE and the property is still
stored at the command, the original PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE will be voided and
the property will be invoiced in the correct category utilizing the Property
and Evidence Tracking System.
The Property Clerk Division will dispose of invoiced property other than a
vehicle that has been invoiced as Investigatory or DNA Investigatory, after
one year and a vehicle after fifteen days from the date of invoice, except
property/vehicles involved in homicide investigations, sexual offenses,
arson/explosion investigations, members of the service or IAB cases. Members
will comply with P.G. 218-55, "Retention of Invoiced Property" if retention of
the property is required.
FORMS AND REPORTS
REQUEST FOR INVOICE CHANGE OF CATEGORY (PD521-167)
ON LINE BOOKING SYSTEM ARREST WORKSHEET (PD244-159)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
RELATED PROCEDURES
Return of Property/Vehicles at Command and Processing Voided Property Invoices
(P.G. 218-02)
Invoicing Vehicles/Property as Arrest/ Investigatory Evidence or for
Forfeiture Proceedings or to Determine True Owner (P.G. 218-19)
Retention of Invoiced Property (P.G. 218-55)

Department Property

P.G. 219-01 Inspection Of Department Vehicles Each Tour By
Operator
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that Department vehicles and assigned equipment are received in
good, serviceable order.
PROCEDURE
At beginning of tour of duty when relieving previous operator:
VEHICLE OPERATOR
1. Inspect vehicle to determine:
a. Sufficient gasoline in tank and proper amount of oil in crank case
b. Radiator is filled with water and antifreeze
c. Brakes, lights, windshield wipers and warning devices are working
properly
d. Tires and spare are properly inflated
e. Battery has sufficient water, if applicable
f. Lug wrench and jack are in trunk
g. Rechargeable flashlight in trunk is operable, if applicable
h. Mobile Digital Terminal is operable, if applicable
i. LoJack System is operable, if applicable
j. Passenger area does not contain contraband, controlled substances,
weapons or other property
k. All seat belts are in proper working order
l. E-Z Pass tag is affixed to center top area of windshield
m. New York State inspection stickers (all Department vehicles) and New York
State registration stickers (unmarked vehicles) are current and valid.
2. Inspect the following equipment assigned to vehicle:
a. Blanket
b. Four collapsible traffic cones
c. Crime scene signs
d. Fire extinguisher

e. Life ring with rope attached (marked RMP's)
f. Box of disposable gloves
g. Crowbar
h. Sledgehammer
i. Three foot polycarbonate shield
j. Safety flares (if assigned to vehicle)
k. Patrol Kit (marked RMP's)
l. Barrier tapes ("POLICE LINE DO NOT CROSS" and "CRIME SCENE DO NOT CROSS")
m. First aid kit (marked/unmarked RMP's).
NOTE: Commanding officers will arrange to use the Department issued
engraving tool to mark each crow bar, sledge hammer, and polycarbonate shield
with the command's designation and identifying serial number (e.g., 104 Pct 001). A record of the equipment, and the vehicle it is assigned to, including
the E-Z pass serial number, will be maintained and referred to during weekly
vehicle inspections.
3. Inspect the following records maintained including:
a. INSPECTION AND EQUIPMENT RECORD (PD571-143)
(1) Ensure serial number of E-Z Pass tag is recorded.
b. RADIO REPAIR RECORD (PD547-141)
c. RADIO CODE SIGNAL CARD (PD112-090A).
NOTE: The vehicle assigned to the patrol supervisor must comply with
requirements listed above and, in addition, be equipped with the following
items:
a. DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)
b. Rapid Mobilization Plan Dispatch Schedule
c. Command Disorder Control Plan
d. Waterproof body covers (4)
e. Restraining straps.
4. Enter in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
a. Result of inspection
b. Odometer reading
c. Gas gauge reading.

5. Report condition of vehicle and equipment, including missing or damaged
equipment or defective seatbelts, or indications of improper use of seatbelt
(e.g. seatbelt buckled without occupant or behind seat), to patrol supervisor.
6. Verify that proper inspection and required entries have been made in
ACTIVITY LOG.
7. Direct correction of minor deficiencies and follow-up to ensure compliance.
8. Enter results in ACTIVITY LOG.
9. Report serious deficiencies to lieutenant platoon commander or in his/her
absence, direct to the commanding officer.
10. Report all vandalism to vehicle/equipment to the Internal Affairs Bureau.
NOTE: In the event that a member of the service from another command borrows
equipment, the identity of that member must be verified by the desk officer
and appropriate Command Log entries made.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Weekly Inspection Of Department Vehicles By Patrol Supervisor (P.G. 219-02)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)
INSPECTION AND EQUIPMENT RECORD (PD571 -143)
RADIO CODE SIGNAL CARD (PD112-090A)
RADIO REPAIR RECORD (PD547-141)
VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (PD571-153)

P.G. 219-02 Weekly Inspection Of Department Vehicles
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure that Department vehicles, assigned equipment and related records are
being maintained properly.
PROCEDURE
Each Sunday, after second platoon is posted, or at other times as directed by
commanding officer:
LIEUTENANT PLATOON COMMANDER/PATROL SUPERVISOR
1. Inspect each Department vehicle assigned to the command for:
a. Serviceability
b. Cleanliness and condition
c. Accessories and equipment - check INSPECTION AND EQUIPMENT RECORD
(PD571-143).
d. Current and valid New York State inspection stickers (all Department
vehicles) and New York State registration stickers (unmarked Department
vehicles).
e. Seatbelts - ensure that seatbelts are in proper working order and take
corrective action when necessary.
[I.O. 36 s 10] f. Visual Messaging Signs for operability.
NOTE: Ensure E Z Pass tag assigned to vehicle is affixed to center top of
windshield and the tag serial number is recorded on INSPECTION AND EQUIPMENT
RECORD and VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (PD571-153).
2. Direct operator to correct minor deficiencies.
a. Verify by appropriate follow-up inspection.
3. Complete VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (PD571-153) and submit to lieutenant
platoon commander/desk officer to report results of inspection.
NOTE: If the lieutenant platoon commander is unavailable, the duties
described in steps 1, 2, and 3 above will be performed by the patrol
supervisor.
LIEUTENANT PLATOON COMMANDER/DESK OFFICER
4. Deliver VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT to commanding officer for signature and
file.
5. Direct Radio Motor Patrol operator to make appointment with service station
concerned for vehicles requiring preventive maintenance and enter appointment

on preventive maintenance sticker of vehicle.
a. If operator is performing last day tour, lieutenant platoon
commander/desk officer will attach note to second platoon roll call, directing
the operator to make appointment when shop reopens.
NOTE: If the lieutenant platoon commander is unavailable, the duties
described in steps 4 and 5 above will be performed by the desk officer.
6. Report serious deficiencies to commanding officer.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Inspection Of Department Vehicles Each Tour By Operator (P.G. 219-01)
FORMS AND REPORTS
INSPECTION AND EQUIPMENT RECORD (PD571-143)

P.G. 219-03 Repairs To Department Vehicles
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To obtain replacement parts or repairs to Department vehicles.
PROCEDURE
When a Department vehicle requires repairs or replacement of parts, including
tires and tubes:
RMP OPERATOR
1. Notify desk officer/counterpart.
2. Call and make appointment as follows:
a. Speedometer Testing Machine Station concerned for repairs or adjustment
to speedometer.
b. Borough Service Station for all other repairs and replacements -during
business hours.
c. Central Repair Shop for repairs and replacements - other than business
hours.
DESK OFFICER
3. Direct preparation of EMERGENCY REQUISITION (PD561-163).
4. Have Department vehicle operator deliver vehicle and EMERGENCY REQUISITION
when required.
RMP OPERATOR
5. Notify radio dispatcher, with appropriate radio code signal, when leaving
and returning to command.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Fleet Services Division provides a Roadside Repair Service, capable of
making minor repairs on inoperative Department vehicles. Requests for
roadside repair service will be made through Department Tow.
A Department vehicle requiring repairs by an outside agency, either under
service warranty or contractual agreement, will first be delivered to the
Borough Service Station concerned for inspection and recording of type of
repair needed. The vehicle will be returned to the Borough Service Station
upon completion of repairs no later than the next business day.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Department Tow (P.G. 219-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS

EMERGENCY REQUISITION (PD561-163)

P.G. 219-04 Washing Department Vehicles
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To designate car wash vendors within commands and provide for a method of
payment.
DEFINITION
DEPARTMENT VEHICLE - All Department vehicles, both marked and unmarked,
assigned to various commands except patrol wagons, buses, trucks or vehicles
used for duty of a confidential nature.
PROCEDURE
To provide for washing of Department vehicles:
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Solicit the required number of vendors as directed by the Quartermaster
Section, prior to the beginning of the fiscal year.
NOTE: The Office of the Comptroller has mandated that all such contracts be
awarded based on competitive bidding. Therefore, when requested, all precinct
commands will attempt to solicit the required number of bids from vendors.
(Vendors solicited are not restricted to the boundaries of the precinct
commands). The commanding officer/designee will personally visit each vendor
to solicit the bids.
2. Direct the washing of Department vehicles, as needed.
DESK OFFICER
3. Prepare CAR WASH AUTHORIZATION (PD171-051), specifying the type of vehicle
(passenger, van, scooter) and Vehicle Number.
a. Complete all other captions on form and sign.
4. Give original (white copy) and blue copy to operator of vehicle to be
washed.
5. Duplicate (buff copy) remains in book.
OPERATOR DEPARTMENT VEHICLE
6. Give original (white) and blue copy of CAR WASH AUTHORIZATION form to
vendor upon completion of service.
a. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry of the CAR WASH
and the location of the car wash.

AUTHORIZATION number

NOTE: Commands, other than precincts, will utilize vendors designated by
precincts to wash Department vehicles. The CAR WASH AUTHORIZATION will be
obtained from the desk officer, precinct in which the car wash is located, and

the above steps complied with. Housing Bureau and Transit Bureau personnel
will use the vendors designated by their own command and will obtain
AUTHORIZATION slips from the desk officer of the PSA or District concerned.
COMMANDING OFFICER
7. On the first of each month, direct a competent member of the service to
pick up the original (white) copies of the CAR WASH AUTHORIZATION for the
previous month from the vendor.
a. Blue copy remains with the vendor for his records.
PRECINCT CLERICAL MEMBER
8. Compare the original (white) CAR WASH AUTHORIZATION forms obtained from the
vendor with the buff copies in the log to ensure all are accounted for.
a. Indicate on the buff copy that the original copy has been received.
9. List all washes on EXPENSE REPORT (PD102-061) by vehicle type (passenger,
van, scooter), number of washes, cost per wash, total amount to be paid to
vendor, and grand total for all washes, for all types of vehicles, as
illustrated below:
Pass. Veh.
Van
Scooter

# of washes
# of washes
# of washes

cost per wash
cost per wash
cost per wash

=
=
=

cost
cost
cost
_______
TOTAL
$

10. Forward the original (white) and blue copy of the EXPENSE REPORT to Audit
and Accounts Unit, with the original CAR WASH AUTHORIZATIONS attached.
NOTE: EXPENSE REPORTS will be forwarded to the Audit and Accounts Unit by
the 10th day of each month.
11. File "Command File" copy of EXPENSE REPORT.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If a change in the authorized vendor is required, due to unforeseen
circumstances, a request must be forwarded to the Chief of Patrol, through
channels, indicating the reason for the change and the recommended vendor to
be utilized. The use of an unauthorized vendor is strictly prohibited.
FORMS AND REPORTS
CAR WASH AUTHORIZATION (PD171-051)
EXPENSE REPORT (PD102-061)

P.G. 219-05 Tire Repairs - Except Motorcycles
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To have tires for Department vehicles, except motorcycles, repaired quickly.
PROCEDURE
If a tire from a Department vehicle requires repair:
DEPARTMENT OPERATOR
1. Deliver tire and wheel to Authorized Tire Repair Station designated by
commanding officer.
2. Obtain blue copy of TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061) prepared and signed by
repair station representative, as receipt.
3. Return blue copy of VOUCHER to tire repair station representative after
tire repaired.
a. When a tire is removed from rim and cannot be repaired, the only charge
to be entered on the VOUCHER will be for removal of the tire.
4. Verify that charges listed on VOUCHER, after repairs, are completed and
correct.
5. Sign white and yellow copies of VOUCHER:
a. Obtain white (original) copy
b. Yellow copy remains at tire repair station as a record of work performed.
6. Deliver white copy of VOUCHER to desk officer of command to which vehicle
is assigned.
7. Enter tire repair information on VEHICLE REPORT (PD571-146).
DESK OFFICER
8. Verify entries on VOUCHER, sign and file.
9. Forward VOUCHER to patrol precinct in which Tire Repair Station is located,
if necessary.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When an Authorized Tire Repair Station requires a new VOUCHER pad, the desk
officer will issue the new pad and enter in the Command Log the first and last
serial number of the new pad and the pad being returned. The returned VOUCHER
pad will be destroyed.
FORMS AND REPORTS
TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061)

VEHICLE REPORT (PD571-146)

P.G. 219-06 Tire Replacement On Department Vehicles
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To have tires on Department vehicles replaced quickly.
PROCEDURE
When necessary to replace a tire on a Department vehicle:
VEHICLE OPERATOR
1. Telephone service station where vehicle is normally serviced to arrange for
tire replacement.
2. Present tire at shop for replacement.
a. Tires are replaced on a one for one basis.
b. Lost or stolen tires will be replaced only upon receipt of COMPLAINT
REPORT (PD313-152) or Typed Letterhead, signed by commanding officer.
3. Complete and sign part "A" of TIRE EXCHANGE RECORD (PD561-144).
4. Pick up tire and Tire Replacement on Department Vehicles (Misc. 3991) form.
5. Deliver tire to designated authorized tire repair station to be mounted on
vehicle.
6. Obtain blue copy of TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061) prepared and signed by
tire repair station representative, as receipt.
7. Verify, after work is completed, that charge listed on VOUCHER is for
mounting tire only.
8. Return blue copy of TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER to tire repair station
representative.
9. Sign original and triplicate copy of TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER.
a. Retain original (white) copy
b. Yellow copy retained by repair station as record of work performed.
10. Deliver original TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER and Tire Replacement on Department
Vehicles to desk officer of command to which vehicle is assigned.
DESK OFFICER
11. Verify entries on TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER and that tire has been mounted on
vehicle.
a. Sign and make photocopy of TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER.

12. File original TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER.
a. Forward original TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER to precinct in which authorized tire
repair station is located, if necessary.
13. Forward Tire Replacement on Department Vehicles and copy of TIRE REPAIR
VOUCHER to commanding officer.
COMMANDING OFFICER
14. Ensure that tire has been mounted.
15. Sign Tire Replacement on Department Vehicles.
16. Have Tire Replacement on Department Vehicles and copy of vendor's TIRE
REPAIR VOUCHER filed in command.
ADDITIONAL DATA
It is the responsibility of each commanding officer to ensure that tires
issued are mounted and that each Tire Replacement on Department Vehicles form
is completed and filed in the command.
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
TIRE EXCHANGE RECORD (PD561-144)
TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061)
Typed Letterhead
Tire Replacement On Department Vehicles (Misc. 3991)

P.G. 219-07 Authorized Tire Repair Stations - Removal From List
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To facilitate requests for removal from the list of Authorized Tire Repair
Stations.
PROCEDURE
When the owner or agent of an Authorized Tire Repair Station personally
requests removal from the Authorized Tire Repair Station list:
DESK OFFICER
1. Require return of all TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061) pads.
2. Request two copies of statement of charges due for current month.
3. Prepare report indicating:
a. Name of owner or agent requesting termination
b. Location of station
c. First and last serial number in each TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER pad returned
d. First unused serial number in each returned pad.
4. File pads for reissue.
COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Process statement of charges due.
6. Submit report to Chief of Department, direct, requesting that station be
removed from list of Authorized Tire Repair Stations.
FORMS AND REPORTS
TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061)

P.G. 219-08 Tire Chains
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To stock an adequate supply of tire chains during the winter months.
PROCEDURE
Between November 1st and November 15th, each year:
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Direct that each Department vehicle housed or assigned to command be
provided with a set of tire chains.
2. Requisition a reserve supply of chains, one set for each vehicle.
3. Store chains until needed.
NOTE: Tire chains are NOT to be installed on vehicles until more than four
inches of snow has accumulated. When less than four inches of snow has
fallen, or extenuating circumstances exist, the commanding officer, lieutenant
platoon commander or patrol supervisor may determine if chains should be used.
Chains must NOT be mounted on front wheel drive vehicles.
VEHICLE OPERATOR
4. Return broken tire chains to desk officer and obtain replacement chains
from command reserve supply.
NOTE: Tire chains will be removed when conditions requiring their use have
ended. If chains break while installed or any cross-links are broken, they
must be removed immediately to avert potential safety hazards and/or possible
damage to vehicle.
COMMANDING OFFICER
5. Direct that an EMERGENCY REQUISITION (PD561-163) be prepared and forwarded,
with the broken chains, to the Fleet Services Division, so that the reserve
supply of chains at the command is replenished.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Tire chains may be installed on, and removed from, Department vehicles at
authorized tire repair stations. The operator of the Department vehicle will
ascertain that the fee entered on the TIRE REPAIR VOUCHER (PD571-061), for the
installation or removal, is the same as the fee charged for the repair of the
tire.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Tire Repairs Except Motorcycles (P.G. 219-05)
Tire Replacement On Department Vehicles (P.G. 219-06)
Authorized Tire Repair Stations Removal From List (P.G. 219-07)

FORMS AND REPORTS
EMERGENCY REQUISITION (PD561-163)
TIRE VOUCHER (PD571-061)

P.G. 219-09 Department Tow
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To limit requests for a Department tow truck.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed member of the service requires a Department tow truck:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Be sure that tow truck will be used only for one of following:
a. Department vehicle unable to operate under own power
b. Vehicle is required as evidence or abandoned on public highway, except
derelict vehicles
c. Vehicle is in path of parade, gatherings or emergencies
d. Assist Emergency Service Unit
e. To lift heavy articles (safe, boat, etc.).
2. Telephone Department Tow Section at (718) 643-8727/8728.
3. Remain at scene to safeguard Department vehicles or vehicles required as
evidence.
a. Take reasonable precautions, in other cases, to safeguard vehicle before
leaving scene.
ADDITIONAL DATA
When need for Department tow service is eliminated prior to arrival of tow
truck, promptly notify Fleet Services Division to cancel request for service.

P.G. 219-10 Unmarked Department Vehicle Utilization Record
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To record daily usage of unmarked Department vehicles.
DEFINITIONS
GENERAL PURPOSE VEHICLE - Unmarked Department vehicles, including taxicabs,
vans and trucks used for patrol, investigations, peddler enforcement,
administrative and supervisory functions.
SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLE - Unmarked Department vehicles used for special
"stakeouts", undercover use, i.e., "flash cars", photographic surveillance
vans and other vehicles not deemed appropriate for general use.
CATEGORY 1 VEHICLE - Unmarked Department vehicles not required to be stored at
a Department facility. Category 1 vehicles are excluded from the provisions of
this procedure.
PROCEDURE
When unmarked Department vehicles are assigned to commands:
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Direct that a separate UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION RECORD (PD571-1413) be
maintained for each vehicle assigned.
DESIGNATED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Complete captioned entries in UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION RECORD each day
whether vehicles are utilized or not.
3. Use the "Remarks" column to record information of interest to relieving
crews and other data deemed appropriate.
4. Indicate under "Reason Inactive" column why vehicle was not utilized by
using the following abbreviations:
a. O.S.C. - Out of Service - Collision
b. O.S.M. - Out of Service - Mechanical
c. O.S.R. - Out of Service - Radio
d. I.P. - Insufficient Personnel
e. Loan to - Vehicle temporarily assigned to command/unit.
SUPERVISOR
5. Verify the twenty-four hour total usage by initialing the appropriate
column in the UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION RECORD.

ADDITIONAL DATA
Bureau chiefs may designate those vehicles under their control for use as
Special Purpose Vehicles. The need for such vehicles is determined by the
police mission to be accomplished and is independent of hours used or mileage
accrued.
FORMS AND REPORTS
UNMARKED VEHICLE UTILIZATION RECORD (PD571-1413)

P.G. 219-11 Computerized Gas And Oil Dispensing System
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To automatically record gasoline/oil dispensed at Department fueling sites.
DEFINITIONS
OPERATOR CARD - (WHITE) - Issued to qualified members of the service who have
been qualified to operate Department vehicles and who may dispense gas/oil.
VEHICLE CARD (BLUE) - Assigned to and kept in each Department vehicle. The
card identifies the specific vehicle to which assigned.
PRIVATE VEHICLE CARD (RED) - Kept at each Department fuel dispensing station
for use in conjunction with the Operator's Card to obtain fuel and/or oil for
authorized private vehicles, including Department ambulance.
MASTER CARD (GREEN) - Kept at each Department fuel dispensing facility for use
in conjunction with an Operator's Card to:
(1) Permit refueling of Department vehicle when Vehicle Card is lost,
misplaced or damaged
(2) Provide fuel for small machinery without a vehicle identification
number, i.e., snow blower, etc.
PROCEDURE
When a Department vehicle requires gas/oil:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Proceed to fuel dispensing facility.
2. View LED screen to ascertain if the system is operational.
NOTE: If system is not operational, notify supervisor at dispensing facility
and the Fuel Control Center (718-476-7524).
TO OBTAIN GASOLINE FOR DEPARTMENT VEHICLES OR AUTHORIZED PRIVATE VEHICLES:
3. Have Operator Card, either Vehicle Card or Private Vehicle Card, as
appropriate, and odometer reading available.
4. Insert Operator Card firmly in card entry slot (magnetic tape MUST face
down) and swipe through slot.
5. Use key pad to indicate pump number.
6. Use key pad to enter odometer reading.
7. Enter entire social security number when fueling authorized private vehicle
or Department rental/leased auto.

8. Insert Vehicle Card or Private Vehicle Card, as appropriate, in the card
entry slot and remove smartly.
OBTAINING GASOLINE FOR DEPARTMENT MACHINERY WITHOUT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS OR
WHEN VEHICLE CARD IS LOST OR DAMAGED:
9. Have Operator Card and Master Card available.
10. Use key pad to enter data as requested by LED prompt.
a. Department vehicle (patrolwagon, truck, etc.) - No Vehicle Card or card
lost/damaged - enter 00 plus four digit vehicle identification number.
b. Department scooter - enter 009 plus three digit identification number.
c. Auxiliary police vehicles - enter 0088 plus two digit identification
number.
d. Motorcycles - enter 0089 plus two digit identification number.
e. Equipment without identification numbers - enter 00 plus 9999.
11. Swipe "Master Card" in card entry slot and remove smartly.
12. Use keypad to select pump number.
a. Wait for LED screen to indicate that pump is ready.
13. Activate pump lever to obtain fuel.
NOTE: If refueling does not commence without delay, the system will shut
down and the procedure to obtain fuel must be repeated.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) loses, misplaces or damages
a computerized Operator's Card or Vehicle Card, the member must immediately
notify the Fuel Control Center (718-476-7524) so that the cards may be
immediately invalidated. The Fuel Control Center will issue a replacement
card for the lost/damaged card.
If the Fuel Control computer breaks down, communicate with the Fuel Control
Center for instructions concerning a manual override procedure to insure
continued availability of fuel.
If a uniformed member of the service, who obtains gas/oil for his private
vehicle at a Department dispensing facility, is transferred, the Fuel Control
Center will automatically revoke authorization to obtain fuel. To reinstate
fueling privileges, the member concerned must submit REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION
PRIVATE VEHICLE (PD471-160) to his commanding officer for approval.
GASOLINE DISPENSED TO AUTHORIZED PRIVATE VEHICLES PRINTOUT:
The printout includes the date, time, fueling location, amount of gasoline
dispensed and the member concerned by name and social security number. A
sample of the printout is shown below with code data which will provide a
comprehensive explanation of the information on the printout:

NYCPD

(2)
SMITH
(4)
8094

PRIVATE VEHICLE FUELING (1)
REPORTS FOR COMMAND
1

J.

SS

(5)
05

(6)
07/27

11-45

08/12/92 PAGE 1

(3)
123-45-6789
(7)
13-43

(8)
(9) (10) (11)
CD 123 S
7
T1

(12)
F2

(13)
P1 GO15.0

(14)
OC 1

(15)
SS 123-45-6789
(16)
GALLONS ISSUED 15.0
(17)
TOTAL GALLONS ISSUED THIS REPORT 15.0
REPORT COMPLETE
CODE DATA
___________________________________________________________________________
1. Numeric Command Code
10. Tank Number
___________________________________________________________________________
2. Operator's Name and Initial
11. Fuel Type F 1 = Leaded; F 2 =
Unleaded
___________________________________________________________________________
3. Operator's Social Security Number
12. Pump Number
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Transaction Sequence Number
13. Gallons Pumped This Transaction
___________________________________________________________________________
5. Transaction Type: 05 = Private
14. Operator's Command Code
Vehicle Fueling
___________________________________________________________________________
6. Date
15. Operator's Social Security
Number
___________________________________________________________________________
16. Total Gallons This Reporting
Period
___________________________________________________________________________
ADDITIONAL DATA
This data will be compared to entries made by members of the service in the
Vehicle Identification Plate/Private Vehicle Use Log to enhance the integrity
of the fuel dispensing system.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Delivery Of Gasoline To Fuel Dispensing Stations (P.G. 219-12)
FORMS AND REPORTS
REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION - PRIVATE VEHICLE (PD471-160)

P.G. 219-12 Delivery Of Gasoline To Fuel Dispensing Stations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To determine the amount of fuel on hand prior to, and after the delivery of,
gasoline to a Department fuel dispensing facility.
PROCEDURE
When an employee of a fuel company arrives at a Department fuel dispensing
facility to deliver gasoline.
DESK OFFICER
1. Assign member of the service to supervise fuel delivery.
NOTE: The person assigned to security at those Department facilities other
than precincts, e.g., Outdoor Range, Central Repair Shop, Police Headquarters,
Street Crime Unit, etc., that dispense fuel, will perform the duties
designated to be performed by the desk officer throughout this procedure.
ASSIGNED MEMBER
2. Determine amount of gasoline in storage tank by using the electronic tank
monitor (TLS 350), which is located at the desk area in most commands with
fuel tanks.
3. Press appropriate button on electronic tank monitor (TLS 350) and advise
the delivery driver of the ninety percent (90%) ullage amount. (This is the
amount that can safely be added to the storage tank.)
4. Ascertain meter reading on gasoline vendor's truck prior to pumping fuel
into storage tank.
a. Inspect and initial blank vending invoice prior to delivery of gasoline.
b. Verify the same invoice is returned after completion of delivery.
NOTE: Amount of gasoline is determined from the meter on the vendor's truck.
Assigned member must ensure that the meter is reset to zero before pumping
commences. If vendor is on-site and delivery cannot be made, a uniformed
member of the service in the rank of sergeant or above must sign the vending
invoice stating that the tank was full, or the tank was blocked by another
vehicle (indicate vehicle plate number), or that no keys were available to
unlock storage tank.
5. Use the electronic tank monitor (TLS 350) to verify delivery amount.
a. Press print button and verify new volume (storage balance)
the delivery amount.
6. Report delivery amounts to desk officer/counterpart.
DESK OFFICER

reflects

7. Enter in Command Log the following information concerning receipt of fuel:
a. Amount of gasoline received
b. Invoice number (verify that vendor's invoice was initialed by assigned
member)
c. Vendor's name
d. Name of member of the service verifying receipt.
8. Notify Fuel Control Unit (telephone [718] 476-7524) of the delivery reading
and number of gallons delivered by vendor.
NOTE: To eliminate an unnecessary shut down, it is imperative that Fuel
Control Center be notified as soon as delivery has been completed.
9. Forward one copy of Vendor's Invoice to Audit and Accounts Section on day
after receipt of gasoline.
a. File remaining copy of Invoice.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Computerized Fuel System is programmed to shut down fuel pumps at a
dispensing facility when the level of fuel, as determined by the computer,
reaches a predetermined cut off point.
Gasoline is ordered automatically by Fuel Control Center personnel. However,
engine oil must be monitored by fuel dispensing facility personnel and
reordered from the Fleet Services Division when necessary.
[REV 05-02] Commanding officers of commands that are equipped with Department
fueling sites will have a sensor report generated each month to comply with
federal leak detection requirements under 40 C.F.R. 280.40. The electronic
tank monitor (Veeder-Root TLS 350) will be used to conduct this test. Members
concerned will press the print button to generate a sensor and inventory
report. The member will then attach the report to the page in the assigned
logbook, which will be subject to inspection by the Environmental Protection
Agency. If tank monitor is malfunctioning and will not print a report, or is
out of paper, commands will notify the Fuel Control Unit at (718) 476-7524.
The Fuel Control Unit will be responsible to repair the tank monitor.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Computerized Fuel System Obtaining Gas And Oil (P.G. 219-11)

P.G. 219-13 Delivery Of Heating Oil
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To monitor delivery of heating oil to a Department facility and to verify the
accuracy of the quantity of heating oil delivered.
PROCEDURE
When ordering heating oil and processing receipts:
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Designate a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) to order heating
oil from appropriate vendor.
DESIGNATED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Order heating oil from appropriate vendor.
a. Direct vendor to report to desk officer/supervisor concerned upon arrival
at Department facility, prior to pumping heating oil.
b. Make an entry in the command's Telephone Record indicating that the above
instructions were relayed to the vendor's order clerk who accepted the order.
DESK OFFICER
3. Assign a member of the service (uniformed or civilian) to be present
during, and supervise, the actual delivery and pumping operation.
ASSIGNED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
4. Verify that the vendor delivery ticket has been signed by a Department of
Citywide Administrative Services (D.C.A.S.) inspector prior to the
commencement of pumping operations.
a. If the ticket has not been signed by a D.C.A.S. inspector DO NOT ACCEPT
DELIVERY.
NOTE: In commands accepting delivery of #4 or #6 oil, the member of the
service assigned to supervise the pumping will verify that the vendor has a
vendor delivery ticket and a Department of Citywide Administrative Services
certificate. In these cases, however, it is the Department of Citywide
Administrative Services certificate, which MUST be signed. If this
certificate is not signed by a Department of Citywide Administrative Services
Inspector, DO NOT ACCEPT DELIVERY.
5. Ensure that the meter on the delivery truck had been reset to zero prior to
the insertion of the vendor delivery ticket into the meter.
6. Verify, upon completion of the pumping operation, that the total gallons
delivered (as indicated on the meter) equal the quantity recorded on the
vendor delivery ticket.

a. Commands receiving #4 and #6 heating oil will also verify the amount
delivered on the D.C.A.S. certificate.
7. Verify amount of oil delivered by printing NAME and TAX REGISTRY NUMBER or
the D.C.A.S. certificate and/or the vendor delivery ticket and signing name.
8. Present the D.C.A.S. certificate and/or the vendor delivery ticket to the
desk officer/supervisor.
9. Notify desk officer/supervisor of the amount of heating oil delivered.
DESK OFFICER
10. Verify that the D.C.A.S. certificate and/or the vendor delivery ticket
were signed by the member of the service assigned and the amount reported in
step #9 reflects the amount indicated on the certificate/ticket.
11. Make a Command Log entry including the following information:
a. Amount of heating oil delivered
b. Indication of receipt of D.C.A.S. certificate and/or vendor delivery
ticket.
c. Vendor's name and truck number
d. Identity of member of the service who supervised delivery.
NOTE: In commands that do not maintain a Command Log, these entries will be
made in the Telephone Record.
12. Make a duplicate copy of the vendor delivery ticket and place in file
maintained at command.
a. Forward vendor delivery ticket to the Audit and Accounts Unit with the
next Department mail.
NOTE: Commands accepting delivery of #4 and #6 oil will attach the
"Department" copy of the D.C.A.S. certificate to the vendor delivery ticket
and forward both to the Audit and Accounts Unit. The "Agency" copy of the
D.C.A.S. certificate will be attached to the duplicate copy of the vendor
delivery ticket and filed at the command.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Delivery Of Gasoline To Fuel Dispensing Stations (P.G. 219-12)

P.G. 219-14 Department Computer Systems
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To maintain the integrity and security of the Department's computer systems
and to minimize the potential for misuse by anonymous, unauthorized access to
available data.
PROCEDURE
To utilize Department computer systems in a command and/or a Department
vehicle.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Sign-on the system utilizing the member's confidential password.
2. Make only official inquires, which relate to official business of the
Department.
3. Do not divulge any information obtained from the system, except for valid
law enforcement purpose.
4. Sign-off the system upon completion of its use or whenever unable to
safeguard, even for a brief period of time.
5. Notify desk officer/designated supervisor or integrity control officer of
any misuse or if personal password has been compromised in any way.
NOTE: Members of the service signed on to a Department computer system will
be held strictly accountable for all entries on that system during the period
they are signed on.
DESK OFFICER/DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
6. Inspect all areas containing Department computer systems at least once each
tour and ensure that all systems are being used within Department guidelines
and are not damaged in any way.
7. Take immediate action to correct condition if any misuse or damage found
and notify commanding officer and integrity control officer.
8. Record results in Command Log.
NOTE: The desk officer/designated supervisor will notify the MISD Help Desk
at (212) 374-3800 (24 hours) to report inoperable or malfunctioning computer
equipment (except mobile digital terminals) and notify Fleet Services Division
at (718) 476-7511 to report inoperable or malfunctioning mobile digital
terminals. The above notifications will be entered in the Telephone Record.
PATROL SUPERVISOR/DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR
9. Inspect frequently all Mobile Data Terminals (MDTs) assigned to the command
to ensure that the MDTs are being used within Department guidelines and are

not damaged in any way.
10. Take immediate action to correct condition if any misuse or damage found
and notify commanding officer and integrity control officer.
a. Record notifications in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145).
NOTE: Use of the Free Form Function on the MDT system is for official
Department use only. Unofficial transmissions will not be sent.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
11. Be responsible for computer equipment and data security for all computer
systems assigned to command.
12. Be responsible for and maintain the security and integrity of all official
Department recorded media or recorded media coming into possession of the
Department as evidence or for investigative purposes (e.g., videotape,
photographic images or pictures, audio recordings, electronic or internet
files, etc.).
NOTE: In regards to investigative units, the duties of the integrity control
officer as stated in step 12, will be the sole responsibility of the
commanding officer.
13. Establish and maintain a list of all passwords issued to members of the
command.
a. Maintain confidentiality of passwords of all authorized users and obtain
new passwords, when necessary.
14. Maintain effective operational performance by establishing the number of
necessary authorized users for the command.
15. Ensure all authorized users of the command understand and comply with
computer security guidelines.
16. Frequently observe all areas and Department vehicles with computer
equipment and ensure security guidelines are complied with.
17. Investigate any circumstances or conditions which may indicate abuse of
the computer system(s).
18. Maintain sign-on tables and issue passwords for the following systems:
a. On-Line Booking System (OLBS)
b. Booking Arraignment Disposition System (BADS)
c. Local Arrest Processing System (LAPS)
d. Special Police Response Inquiry Network (SPRINT)
e. Repeat Calls for Service Analysis (SPIA).
ADDITIONAL DATA
DEPARTMENT COMPUTER USE POLICY AND MONITORING NOTICE

All members of the service are advised that all Police Department computer
systems and equipment are intended for the purposes of conducting official
Department business only. Use of Department computer systems for personal or
non-Department business matters is strictly prohibited and individuals who are
found in violation of this policy are notified that they will be subject to
disciplinary action. In addition, use of Department computer systems to
disseminate derogatory or discriminatory material is strictly prohibited.
All members of the service are hereby notified that the Department reserves
and will exercise the right to review, intercept, access and disclose all
material on the Department's computer systems at any time, including e-mail
communications, with or without notice to the member of the service concerned.
These policies are established to ensure that users of Department computer
systems and equipment maintain Department standards of professionalism and
integrity.
Commanding officers are responsible for the security and proper utilization of
computer equipment within their commands. Commands that are not operational on
a 24-hour basis will ensure that when the command is closed, ALL Department
computer systems are secured. In addition, commanding officers will be
familiar with Administrative Guide 325-35, "Department Computer Use Policy And
Monitoring Notice."
Requests for focused audits of computer terminal activity from the Internal
Affairs Bureau, commanding officers, integrity control officers,
investigations unit, etc., must be prepared on Typed Letterhead, and addressed
to the Commanding Officer Management Information Systems Division (M.I.S.D.)
at 1 Police Plaza, Room 700. Focused audits may include various criteria such
as a member of the service's password, tax registry number, sign-on/sign-off
time, license plate/VIN check etc., that was performed during a particular
time period.
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Type Letterhead

P.G. 219-15 Portable Radio Transceivers
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To account for portable radios assigned to commands.
PROCEDURE
When portable radios are assigned to command:
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Have desk officer/ranking officer account for portable radios each tour.
2. Designate a secure area within the muster room/desk area and under the
control of the desk officer/ranking officer for storage of radios not being
used.
3. Maintain portable radio record utilizing the following forms:
a. RADIO ASSIGNMENT LOG (PD647-141)
b. Radio Identification Record (Misc. 249)
(1) Complete prior to opening portable radio record and staple on inside
front cover of RADIO ASSIGNMENT LOG.
c. Defective Radios (Misc. 250)
(1) Complete appropriate captions prior to opening portable radio record
and staple on inside rear cover of RADIO ASSIGNMENT LOG.
4. Have members instructed periodically in proper distribution, care, use and
safeguarding of radios.
5. Have radios sustaining major damage, delivered with all parts, and a copy
of report, through channels, to Commanding Officer, Electronics Section.
6. Forward report to Commanding Officer, Electronics Section and Commanding
Officer, Operations Unit, Office of the Chief of Department, without delay, if
radio is permanently transferred to another command.
a. Review Department records quarterly, to determine if any radios have been
assigned on a permanent basis from your command. Confer with command integrity
control officer, Intelligence Bureau and any other outside agency to determine
the necessity of continuance of such assignment.
NOTE: Commands are not authorized to transfer radios to other commands. All
radio reassignments must be approved by the Commanding Officer, Communications
Section.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
7. Replace batteries at beginning of tour.

a. Keep used batteries in battery charger until indicator light turns green.
b. Deliver defective batteries to the Electronics Section. Up to fifteen
batteries will be replaced at one time.
8. Issue radios to members of outgoing platoon on priority basis as
established by commanding officer.
9. Enter required information in RADIO ASSIGNMENT LOG.
10. Enter radio inventory in Recapitulation Section of RADIO ASSIGNMENT LOG,
following last entry concerning outgoing platoon each tour.
11. Account for and examine each radio, antenna, battery and radio case
returned at conclusion of previous tour.
a. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) with Internal Affairs Bureau log
number and report facts to commanding officer if radio is lost or stolen.
b. Prepare COMPLAINT REPORT with Internal Affairs Bureau log number and
report facts to commanding officer for missing antennas, batteries or radio
cases.
c. Report damage or missing parts to commanding officer.
WHEN RADIO HAS BEEN DAMAGED:
COMMANDING OFFICER
12. Investigate circumstances.
13. Take appropriate action (instruction, Command Discipline and/or Charges
and Specifications) if damage is attributable to individual carelessness,
misuse, or abuse.
14. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead to borough commander/counterpart
including:
a. Circumstances leading to damage of radio
b. Whether damage caused by carelessness, misuse or abuse
c. Corrective action taken.
15. Forward report, as follows:
a. Original - Borough commander/counterpart
b. Copy - Commanding Officer, Communications Section, through channels
c. Copy - Electronics Section (WITH RADIO)
d. Copy - file.
WHEN RADIO IS DEFECTIVE:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE

16. Re-check radio with freshly charged battery.
17. Prepare and attach radio repair ticket, including brief description of
malfunction.
18. Deliver defective radio with tag to the Electronics Section, as soon as
possible.
a. Remove radio antenna, battery and speaker microphone from radio before
delivering radio for repair and safeguard at command.
NOTE: Do not store defective radios at the command. The Electronics Section
will not accept more than ten defective radios at a time. When radio antennas,
cases or chargers are defective, notify Electronics Section stock room at
(718) 476-7561 and comply with instructions given.
19. Make appropriate entry on Defective Radios form.
20. Telephone the Electronics Section within four weeks to determine it the
radio has been repaired.
DESK/RANKING OFFICER
21. Assign member to report to the Electronics Section to pick up repaired
radio.
22. Enter date and signature on Defective Radio form when radio is returned
and make Command Log entry indicating serial numbers of all radios returned to
command.
NOTE: All members of the service reporting to the Electronics Section in
uniform or civilian attire must sign in at the security office. A shield and
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) must be presented when picking up or removing
Department property.
WHEN RADIO IS LOST, STOLEN OR RECOVERED:
23. Notify Operations Unit and obtain serial number for inclusion in
commanding officer's report to the bureau chief concerned.
24. Notify Electronics Section, Security Desk at (718) 476-7560 and provide
Operations Unit serial number and obtain Electronics Section serial number.
25. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau, Command Center and obtain log number to be
entered under "Details" on COMPLAINT REPORT.
26. Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section (Alarm Board) of radio number.
27. Notify patrol borough concerned, and advise of COMPLAINT REPORT number,
Operations Unit number, Electronics Section number and Internal Affairs Bureau
log number, if radio assigned to a patrol precinct/borough task force member.
COMMANDING OFFICER
28. Investigate circumstances of loss, theft or recovery of radio.
29. Have COMPLAINT REPORT prepared for lost/stolen radio and COMPLAINT

FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081) prepared for recovered radio.
a. Indicate under appropriate caption that duplicate copies are to be
forwarded to Internal Affairs Bureau, bureau command, and patrol/detective
borough command.
PRECINCT DETECTIVE SQUAD COMMANDING OFFICER
30. Examine COMPLAINT REPORTS prepared, including those reports referred to
the precinct squad, concerning the loss or theft of Department radios.
31. Notify Commanding Officer, Major Case Squad of loss/theft of radio by
telephone and forward a duplicate copy of the COMPLAINT REPORT or COMPLAINT
FOLLOW-UP, as appropriate, with a report on Typed Letterhead.
COMMANDING OFFICER
32. Enter explanation and COMPLAINT REPORT serial number under "Remarks" in
Radio Identification Record.
33. Prepare report, including circumstances of loss or theft, COMPLAINT REPORT
serial number, and determination by investigating officer whether disciplinary
action is appropriate.
a. Loss of a portable radio by a member of the service assigned to patrol in
uniform shall be deemed negligence when the radio was not carried in the
authorized carrying case.
NOTE: Where warranted, proposed disciplinary action will be indicated in the
report as a RECOMMENDATION. HOWEVER, the disciplinary action will be held in
abeyance until APPROVED, by the bureau chief concerned, via return endorsement
on the original report. Within the Patrol Services Bureau, Housing Bureau or
Transit Bureau, the Borough Commander or Commanding Officer, Special
Operations Division, as appropriate, will act upon the disciplinary action
recommendation and will expeditiously forward a copy of the endorsed report to
the Chief of Patrol, via the Investigation and Evaluation Section.
36. Forward report as follows:
a. Original - Bureau Chief concerned, through channels
b. Copy - Chief of Department, DIRECT
c. Copy - Commanding Officer, Communications Section, through channels
d. Internal Affairs Bureau
e. Copy - Command file.
BUREAU CHIEF CONCERNED
37. APPROVE/DISAPPROVE recommended disciplinary action by return endorsement
on original report, except in cases involving the Patrol Services Bureau.
COMMANDING OFFICER
38. Forward copy of final disposition of disciplinary action taken to the
Chief of Department.

INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
39. Review Department records monthly pertaining to Department radios assigned
to command.
a. Ensure Department radios are being maintained and are accounted for.
40. Identify Department radios assigned on a permanent basis from command.
a. Confer with commanding officer pertaining to the necessity of such radios
being assigned on permanent basis.
ADDITIONAL DATA
All commands are required to maintain a portable radio record and arrange for
expeditious delivery of defective radios to Electronics Section and pickup
when repaired.
A commanding officer may, when necessary, establish additional procedures to
account for and safeguard portable radios. For example, when a member of the
service from an outside command borrows a portable radio, the identity of the
member must be verified by the desk officer and appropriate command blotter
entries made.
Department vehicles with defective radios that require repair will be brought
to the Electronics Section between 0700 X 1500 hours, seven days a week. A
limited number of personnel will be performing duty between 1500 and 2400
hours for EMERGENCY repairs only.
Any unit wishing to procure personal portable radios for their particular unit
using Department funds must obtain written approval from the Commanding
Officer, Communications Division. All procurements will be effected through
the Electronics Section to ensure that the Department's stringent
specifications are met. All radios will be engraved "NYPD" and a Department
serial number for accountability purposes.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Loss Or Theft Of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP (PD313-081)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
RADIO ASSIGNMENT LOG (PD647-141)
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)
Defective Radios (Misc. 250)
Radio Identification Record (Misc.249)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 219-16 Use And Maintenance Of Polaroid Cameras
Date Effective: 07-01-14
I.O. 17 Dated 07-01-14 Revoked P.G. 219-16

P.G. 219-17 Use of Patrol Kits
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To provide instructions to members of the service in the proper maintenance,
utilization, and disposal of Patrol Kit items.
SCOPE
A Patrol Kit is a collection of personal protective equipment (PPE) items
housed in a white plastic first-aid type carrying case. The case bears the
NYPD logo and is marked with the words "Patrol Kit" on its cover. Each Patrol
Kit consists of two disposable gowns, two disposable eye/mouth shields, two
pairs of heavy duty gloves, two pairs of disposable shoe covers, ten
antiseptic wipes, and a disposal "biohazard" bag for use against contact with
blood or other potentially infectious materials (OPIM). OPIM includes semen,
vaginal secretions, and fluid from the brain, spine, chest cavity, stomach,
heart and joints. Saliva or urine not visibly contaminated with blood is not
considered to be OPIM. Disposable gloves and Patrol Kit items must be
properly disposed of after being utilized to protect one's hands, skin and
clothing from direct contact with blood, OPIM, dead human bodies, and animals
which may have infectious diseases. Contaminated or damaged personal
protective equipment will not be reused and will be discarded in biohazard
receptacles at designated Department facilities or hospitals.
PROCEDURE
Maintain and utilize disposable gloves and Patrol Kit items as follows:
VEHICLE OPERATOR
1. Ensure that the Patrol Kit carry case is present and secure in the trunk of
assigned/designated Department auto at beginning of tour.
2. Inspect contents of case to verify that all required Patrol Kit items, as
listed in the SCOPE statement, are present in the quantities indicated.
a. Also ensure that an adequate supply of disposable gloves are available in
the Department auto.
3. Make ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) entry indicating results of inspection.
a. Report missing/damaged Patrol Kit items to the patrol supervisor and
promptly replace them.
NOTE: Adequate supplies of Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves should be
maintained at commands at all times and stored where they will be readily
accessible for use. At least one carrying case containing a Patrol Kit is to
be affixed to a wall in a conspicuous, accessible location at each precinct,
transit district, police service area, court section, medical district,
Aviation, Crime Scene, Harbor, Mounted Unit and Highway District location.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE

4. Utilize disposable plastic gloves and Patrol Kit items when necessary to
handle persons, animals or items in a safe, sanitary manner.
NOTE: The following are examples of when members of the service should use
Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves:
a. Contact with blood, body fluids, secretions, excretions, etc.
b. Searching dead human bodies
c. Contact with hazardous materials or persons or animals having or
suspected of having infectious diseases (see P.G. 212-37, "Hazardous
Materials" and 205-10, "Exposure Of Members Of The Service To Infectious
Diseases Or Hazardous Materials")
d. Searching prisoners (disposable gloves should ordinarily be sufficient)
e. Fingerprinting (disposable gloves should ordinarily be sufficient).
Members of the service who do not have access to a Patrol Kit and are present
at a scene requiring the use of a Patrol Kit may request one via the
communications dispatcher. An available unit possessing the Kit will be
directed to respond to the requesting member's location.
5. Confer with immediate supervisor before using Patrol Kit items/disposable
gloves at a parade, demonstration, etc.
a. Supervisor will make determination based on circumstances and advise
members of proper action.
6. Avoid contact with outside surface of Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves
after use if possibility of contamination exists.
7. Remove used gloves as follows:
a. Grasp cuff of one glove and remove by pulling glove inside out.
b. Place fingers inside second glove and pull inside out.
8. Handle used gloves/Patrol Kit items by uncontaminated surface and place
inside plastic bag.
9. Cleanse hands with antiseptic wipe and place used wipe in plastic bag with
other contaminated items.
a. Seal plastic bag containing contaminated Patrol Kit items/disposable
gloves and antiseptic wipe.
10. Refer to the instructions contained in the plastic case housing of the
Patrol Kit for information regarding the Kit's safe use and disposal.
11. Deposit only contaminated items in the thirty-two gallon biohazard
receptacle lined with a red biohazard bag.
NOTE: Only items contaminated with blood or OPIM need to be disposed of in
biohazard receptacles located in each command. Gloves used while
fingerprinting or searching prisoners, and PPE items worn but not
contaminated, may be discarded in a regular trash receptacle.

12. Wash hands, preferably with anti-bacterial or brown soap, as soon as
possible after exposure.
DESK OFFICER/CENTRAL BOOKING SUPERVISOR
13. Contact Medical Division Sick Desk supervisor at (718) 760-7606 to arrange
for messenger to pick up regulated infectious waste.
14. Ensure that Medical Division messenger removes and seals the regulated
infectious waste liner and places a new biohazard liner in the receptacle.
NOTE: Biohazard waste liners should be closed prior to removal from the
receptacle in order to prevent spillage. If the outside of a liner or
container becomes contaminated, it must be placed within a second suitable
liner or container. The regulated infectious waste liners must be transported
in a covered, leak proof container with a biohazard label prominently
displayed on the outside of the container. The Medical Division messenger
shall be appropriately trained in the use of Patrol Kit items/disposable
gloves and infection control procedures. Biohazard labels are available from
the Quartermaster Section.
15. Make a Command Log entry of facts regarding removal of biohazard waste by
Medical Division messenger.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Emergency situations, circumstances, and time constraints may hinder or
prevent a member from properly donning Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves,
thereby making the member more vulnerable to contamination from blood or other
potentially infectious materials. Members who have any contact with hazardous
materials, blood, or OPIM will immediately comply with P.G. 205-10, "Exposure
of Members of the Service to Infectious Diseases or Hazardous Materials." In
the event that a uniform item becomes significantly contaminated (e.g. soaked
through with blood or OPIM), the item(s) in question will be removed as soon
as possible and placed in the disposable red biohazard liner contained in the
Patrol Kit. The member of the service will be allowed to shower as soon as
possible.
A uniform item contaminated with small splatters of blood which have not
soaked through the item may be machine washed with a non-chlorine bleach
separately from other household laundry. A second wash/rinse cycle should
then be used to rinse the inside of the washing machine.
Non-disposable uniform items (nameplates, shields, etc.) may be effectively
decontaminated with a freshly mixed solution of one part bleach to ten parts
water.
Members seeking reimbursement to replace damaged uniform items will refer to
P.G. 204-07, "Lost Or Damaged Uniform."
If an Emergency Medical Service ambulance is present at the scene of an
incident where members of the service have soiled Patrol Kit items/disposable
gloves, such items may be disposed of in the contaminated waste container
located in the body of the ambulance. However, Emergency Medical Service
ambulances are not to be called to the scene merely for the disposal of soiled
Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves. In cases where no ambulance is present,
or a private ambulance not under the jurisdiction of Emergency Medical Service

is present, or ambulance personnel refuse to allow disposal, Patrol Kit
items/disposable gloves should be secured in the plastic bags supplied for
such purpose and transported to the precinct/command of occurrence for
disposal.
The Health and Hospitals Corporation has granted permission for members of the
service to dispose of used Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves in the
contaminated waste containers in the emergency rooms of designated municipal
hospitals in those situations where Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves have
been worn while transporting a patient to that hospital for treatment. These
designated hospitals are:
MANHATTAN HOSPITALS
Bellevue
Metropolitan
Harlem

BRONX HOSPITALS
Bronx Municipal
North Central Bronx
Lincoln

QUEENS HOSPITALS
Elmhurst
Queens Hospital Center

BROOKLYN HOSPITALS
Coney Island
Kings County
Woodhull

Members of the service are not to bring contaminated Patrol Kit
items/disposable gloves to an emergency room for disposal if not transporting
a patient for treatment at that hospital. Where a patient has not been
transported to a participating hospital or, if the emergency room staff
refuses to allow disposal, members of the service will secure the Patrol Kit
items/disposable gloves in the plastic bag supplied for such purpose and
transport to precinct/command of occurrence for disposal. Commanding officers
should seek to establish a relationship with non-municipal hospitals within
their commands to which ambulances respond, in an effort to obtain
authorization for disposal of Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves in the
hospital's emergency room.
The following Patrol Kit items/disposable gloves may be ordered directly from
the Quartermaster Section by utilizing the following index numbers:
ITEM
Disposable gloves
Glove kits
Antiseptic skin wipes
Patrol Kit (complete)
Patrol Kit carrying case
(to replace damaged cases only)
32 gallon biohazard receptacle
32 gallon biohazard liner
Biohazard sticker (1 «" x «")
Biohazard sticker (4" x 5")

INDEX NUMBER
1134
1141
1345
1343
1344
3622
3007
2444
2443

RELATED PROCEDURES
Exposure Of Members Of The Service To Infectious Diseases Or Hazardous
Materials (P.G. 205-10)
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Lost Or Damaged Uniform (P.G. 207-07)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD 112-145)

P.G. 219-18 Inspection Of Supplies
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To insure that supplies received are of proper quantity and quality.
PROCEDURE
When supplies are received at a command:
DESK OFFICER
1. Have supplies inspected for quantity, quality and condition.
2. Sign vendor's receipt if delivery is in good condition.
3. Refuse to accept supplies if shipment is damaged, or does not meet quality
standards.
4. Make Command Log entry of receipt or state reason why supplies were not
accepted.
5. Notify commanding officer if supplies are not accepted.
COMMANDING OFFICER
6. Have report prepared on Typed Letterhead and Department of Purchase Form
23-QQ-96 (REPORT OF UNSATISFACTORY MATERIAL) to the Quartermaster Section if
the delivery is deficient in any way.
NOTE: If the supplies received are less than originally ordered, but
otherwise acceptable, the desk officer may accept the supplies but receipt
only for actual amount received.
FORMS AND REPORTS
Department of Purchase Form 23-QQ-96 (REPORT OF UNSATISFACTORY MATERIAL)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 219-19 Inspection Of Department Lockers - Official
Investigations
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To permit the inspection of a Department locker in connection with an official
investigation.
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service is directed to open his/her locker by a
supervising member of the service:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Comply with direction.
SUPERVISING MEMBER
2. Inspect contents of locker:
a. Member concerned will witness inspection.
b. If member is not present, another member of the service will witness
inspection.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
3. Secure locker after inspection is completed.
4. Follow direction of supervising officer.
SUPERVISING MEMBER
5. Enter in Command Log:
a. Number(s) of locker(s) inspected
b. Member(s) to whom locker(s) assigned
c. Reason for inspection
d. Results of inspection
e. Member(s) present at inspection.
NOTE: A supervisory member of the service may inspect Department lockers at
any time during an official investigation. If the member assigned to a locker
is not present during an inspection, the inspecting member is required to
notify the member concerned, and provide for the safekeeping of the equipment
and reimbursement to the member if the lock is damaged.

P.G. 219-20 Loss Or Theft Of Department Property
Date Effective: 12-04-13
PURPOSE
To investigate and record the loss or theft of Department property.
PROCEDURE
Upon discovering the loss or theft of Department property:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Report facts to desk officer.
DESK OFFICER
2. Notify commanding officer and operations coordinator.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
3. Conduct investigation.
4. Make Command Log entry of facts and results of investigation.
5. Prepare report, on Typed Letterhead, addressed to commanding officer.
6. Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared.
a. Indicate, under appropriate caption, that duplicated copies are to be
forwarded to the Internal Affairs Bureau, the Quartermaster Section, (ONLY if
Department property, lost or stolen, was issued by the Quartermaster Section)
and Patrol/Transit/Housing Borough, Detective Borough, or bureau concerned.
7. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center, by telephone, and enter
Internal Affairs Bureau log number under "Details" on COMPLAINT REPORT.
8. Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section (Alarm Board) if property has
identifying letters or numbers on it for purpose of transmitting alarm.
a. If Vehicle Identification Plate is lost/stolen, give Vehicle
Identification Plate number including the letter "P", if appropriate, and the
expiration date of the plate.
9. Notify Transit Special Investigations Unit, Transit Bureau Wheel and the
Employee Management Division if property consists of a New York City Transit
(NYCT) Police Pass MetroCard.
10. Forward three copies of report to Commanding Officer, Fleet Services
Division for loss of a tire, tool, etc., from a Department vehicle.
a. Forward one copy direct to the Commanding Officer, Transit Bureau, if
property consists of NYCT Police Pass MetroCard and one copy with COMPLAINT
REPORT direct to the Executive Officer, Employee Management Division, if
property consists of NYCT Police Pass MetroCard, Long Island Rail Road Police

Pass or Metro North Police Pass.
NOTE: In cases where the loss or theft of a NYCT Police Pass MetroCard, Long
Island Railroad and/or Metro North Police Pass occurs outside New York City
the member will notify the local police agency and desk officer, command of
assignment. The desk officer will make a Command Log entry and notify the
operations coordinator who will conduct an investigation, notify IAB and
comply with step "10" subdivision "a," as appropriate. The IAB Log number must
be included in the report.
11. Take other action as appropriate.
COMMANDING OFFICER
12. Review result of investigation.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Each precinct squad commander will examine COMPLAINT REPORTS prepared,
including those REPORTS not referred to the precinct squad, concerning the
loss or theft of police related equipment. Such equipment will include, but is
not limited to, law enforcement frequency radios, police vehicles, uniforms,
shields or identification cards, bulletproof vests or police type emergency
lights or sirens. The squad commander will notify the Commanding Officer,
Major Case Squad of such loss/theft by telephone and forward a duplicated copy
of the COMPLAINT REPORT or COMPLAINT FOLLOW-UP, as appropriate, with a
covering report, on Typed Letterhead, to the Major Case Squad. In addition
P.G. 219-21, "Lost/Stolen Firearm, Shield, Identification Card" is to be
adhered to when a member of the Department reports a lost/stolen firearm,
shield, and/or I.D. card.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Portable Radios (P.G. 219-15)
Lost/Stolen Firearm, Shield, Identification Card (P.G. 219-21)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 219-21 Lost/Stolen Firearm, Shield, Identification Card
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To investigate circumstances when a member of the service (uniformed or
civilian) reports a lost/stolen firearm, police shield or IDENTIFICATION CARD
(PD416-091).
PROCEDURE
When a member of the service discovers the loss/theft of a firearm, shield or
IDENTIFICATION CARD:
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Notify desk officer, precinct of occurrence, immediately.
NOTE: In Nassau or Suffolk counties, notify desk officer, 105th Precinct.
In Westchester, Orange, Putnam or Rockland counties, notify desk officer, 50th
Precinct. If loss/theft occurs in other than New York City or the residence
counties, notify Operations Unit direct. In addition, the local police agency
will be notified immediately and requested to transmit a FINEST notification
to this Department.
2. Prepare part "A" of LOST/STOLEN FIREARM/SHIELD/I.D. CARD REPORT
(PD520-150).
a. If loss/theft occurred outside city, the desk officer or Operations Unit
member receiving the report will prepare both parts "A" and "B" of the report.
3. Report loss/theft to commanding officer at first opportunity and include
all information available.
DESK OFFICER
4. Make a Command Log entry of facts.
a. If member reporting loss/theft is not assigned to precinct of report,
prepare and forward a transcript of the Log entry to the member's commanding
officer.
5. Notify commanding officer/duty captain and Operations Unit immediately.
6. Prepare part "B" of LOST/STOLEN REPORT.
7. Ensure that COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) is finalized and alarm
transmitted.
NOTE: A COMPLAINT REPORT will not be prepared nor will an alarm be
transmitted if the loss/theft occurred outside New York City. However, a
Command Log and/or Telephone Record entry will be made.
8. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center and enter Internal Affairs
Bureau log number under "Details" on COMPLAINT REPORT, if prepared, or in

Telephone Record, if COMPLAINT REPORT is not prepared.
COMMANDING OFFICER/DUTY CAPTAIN
9. Conduct immediate investigation.
a. Communicate, by telephone, with agency receiving report, if loss/theft
occurred outside New York City.
b. Interview member of the service concerned reporting loss/theft, by
telephone, if necessary.
10. Prepare part "C" of LOST/STOLEN REPORT.
a. Include recommendation concerning negligence by member of the service.
11. Prepare SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT
(PD468-123), if circumstances warrant.
12. Distribute LOST/STOLEN REPORT as indicated on bottom of form.
13. Forward SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT
to commanding officer of member reporting loss/theft.
NOTE: If the duty captain conducts the investigation, a copy of the
SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT will be filed
in the permanent command of the duty captain.
MEMBER'S COMMANDING OFFICER
14. Have notation made on member's FORCE RECORD (PD406-143) of time and date
of the Command Log entry concerning the loss/theft of firearm.
15. Determine if disciplinary action should be taken.
NOTE: When it has been determined that disciplinary action should be taken
for the loss of or failure to safeguard a firearm, a consultation with the
Department Advocate's Office will be made to determine appropriate
disciplinary action.
16. Initiate command discipline or formal charges, if circumstances warrant.
17. Enter disposition on SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE
ELECTION REPORT and file.
a. Forward duplicate copy of LOST/STOLEN REPORT, through channels, to
Department Advocate (Schedule B cases only).
18. Prepare part "D" of LOST/STOLEN REPORT giving particulars and/or results
of investigation and any action taken or contemplated.
19. Distribute LOST/STOLEN REPORT as indicated on rear of form.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
20. Report to Commanding Officer, Employee Management Division to obtain a new
shield or IDENTIFICATION CARD.

a. Return to permanent command and request clerical member to enter new
shield number on FORCE RECORD.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the service assigned to Police Headquarters whose
firearm/shield/IDENTIFICATION CARD is lost/stolen within the confines of the
5th Precinct will immediately report the loss/theft to the Headquarters
Security Unit. Members of the service assigned to the Police Academy or units
within the Police Academy facility (other than 13th Precinct personnel) whose
firearm/shield/IDENTIFICATION CARD is stolen/lost within the confines of the
13th Precinct will immediately report the loss/theft of
firearm/shield/IDENTIFICATION CARD to the Police Academy Integrity Unit. A
captain or above from the reporting members command will conduct the
investigation, prepare the LOST/STOLEN FIREARM/SHIELD/I.D. CARD REPORT, and
the SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT.
Headquarters Security Unit or Police Academy Integrity Unit personnel will
make the notifications required by the preceding procedure and COMPLAINT
REPORT serial numbers will be obtained from the 5th or 13th Precinct, as
appropriate.
If the loss/theft of a shield occurs at a time when the Employee Management
Division is closed and the member concerned is scheduled to perform duty in
uniform, the member will be assigned to duty in uniform without a shield until
the Office of the Chief of Personnel opens the next business day.
Reports of lost/stolen auxiliary police shields will be processed as directed
in P.G. 207-12 "Lost or Stolen Property." The command clerk will enter in the
box captioned "Additional Copies For" - Auxiliary Police Section.
Auxiliary police shields coming into the possession of the Department, if not
required as evidence, will be forwarded, with a report of the circumstances,
to the Commanding Officer, Auxiliary Police Section. A PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE
(PD521-141) is not required in such cases.
RELATED PROCEDURES
General Uniform Regulations (P.G. 204-01)
Reporting Violations Observed By Supervisors (P.G. 206-01)
Violations Subject To Command Discipline (P.G. 206-03)
Command Discipline (P.G. 206-02)
Authorized Penalties Under Command Discipline (P.G. 206-04)
Preparation Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-05)
Service And Disposition Of Charges And Specifications (P.G. 206-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091)
LOST/STOLEN FIREARM/SHIELD/I.D. CARD REPORT (PD520-150)
PROPERTY CLERK INVOICE (PD521-141)
SUPERVISOR'S COMPLAINT REPORT/COMMAND DISCIPLINE ELECTION REPORT (PD468-123)

P.G. 219-22 Operation Of Vending Machines Within Department
Facilities
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To set guidelines for the operation of vending machines by precinct clubs or
similar associations within Department facilities.
DEFINITIONS
COMMAND CLUBS - Formal or informal association of all Department personnel
within a Department facility.
VENDING MACHINE - Coin operated machine owned/leased and operated by members
of a precinct club to dispense food, nonalcoholic beverages and cigarettes.
NOTE: The presence of coin operated non-vending machines, e.g., video games,
pool tables, etc., is prohibited in any Department facility.
PROCEDURE
When a precinct club or similar association of Department employees decides to
purchase/lease and operate vending machines for use within a Department
facility:
COMMAND CLUB MEMBERS
1. Admit to membership all Department personnel assigned to the facility.
2. Obtain consent of commanding officer/counterpart PRIOR to
purchasing/leasing a vending machine.
3. Provide commanding officer/counterpart with names of members responsible
for operating the vending machines.
a. Provide the names of principals of company from which vending machine
will be purchased or leased.
COMMANDING OFFICER
4. Request record check of principals of company from the Intelligence Bureau.
5. Direct that members of the command club purchase/lease vending machines
needed and maintain an accurate record of expenses and income from each
machine.
6. Inform members of the command club that vending machines owned and operated
by private companies or individuals SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED OR MAINTAINED IN
DEPARTMENT FACILITIES.
7. Request Building Maintenance Section conduct a survey to determine if
proposed vending machine location possesses adequate electrical wiring
capacity to safely operate the vending machine.

a. Obtain written approval from the C.O., Building Maintenance Section.
COMMAND CLUB MEMBERS
8. Place vending machines in locations within facility that have been approved
by the facility commander.
NOTE: The facility commander's knowledge and consent with regard to the
placement or location of vending machines SHALL NOT be construed as either a
license or lease of an area in a Department facility.
9. Maintain an accurate monthly record of expenses and income for EACH machine
as follows:
a. Utilize a bound book, entitled "Vending Machine Ledger" divided equally
into sections to accommodate EACH machine in command, containing information
relative to ALL transactions effecting vending machine funds, and captioned on
a single page as follows:
(ACROSS TOP OF PAGE)
TYPE OF MACHINE

STATUS

MONTH/YEAR

(FIRST LINE OF PAGE)
DATE

TRANSACTION
#

(Mo./Day/Yr.) (# of each
transaction,
starting with #1
each calendar
year).

(soda, candy, etc.)

DEBITS

CHECK
#

(Cost of
product and
maintenance
expenses)

PURPOSE

CREDITS

(Reason for
debit,
supplies,
lease,
maintenance,
etc.)

(Money
taken
from
machine)

(Leased/owned)

(SAMPLE ENTRIES)
Coffee
07/15/96

July/1996
Coins
$75.00
removed
from
machine
07/15/96
35
$175.00
13
Supplies
__________
ordered for
machine
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
LOSS $100.00
34

Leased
__________
__________

NOTE: Upon listing of last monthly transaction, draw a double line and
indicate total loss or profit for that machine.
b. Utilize a bound book, entitled "Club Activity Expenditures Ledger,"
containing information relative to ALL monies derived from vending machines
and expenditures of same, and captioned on a single page as follows:

(ACROSS TOP OF PAGE)
MONTH/YEAR

OPENING BALANCE
(Actual total of ALL monies from previous
month.)

(FIRST LINE OF PAGE)
DATE

TRANSACTION
(#
(Mo./Day/Yr.)
of each
transaction,
starting with #1
each calendar
year).

CHECK #
(Avoid cash, if
possible)

AMOUNT

PURPOSE

(Amount of
check)

(Brief
description
of reason
for
expenditure,
e.g., club
function,
flowers,
materials,
etc.)

(SAMPLE ENTRIES)

06/06/96

June/1996
38

12

$1553.00
$75.00

Precinct paddle
ball tournament.
06/20/96
39
13
$25.00
Flowers for
P.O. O'Neill
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
CLOSING BALANCE $1453.00
NOTE: Upon listing of last monthly transaction, draw a double line and
indicate total closing balance.
c. A folder entitled "Documentation File," containing bills, receipts, etc.,
of EVERY financial transaction.
d. A folder entitled "Bank Statement File," containing bank statements,
deposit slips, cancelled checks and other banking correspondence.
NOTE: Commanding officer/counterpart will inspect ledgers monthly by
indicating date, time and signature.
10. Operate and stock all vending machines, set prices and collect money
deposited in each machine.
11. Set reasonable prices for all items dispensed to prevent any substantial
accumulation of cash in excess of what would be reasonably required to cover
expenses.
12. Place the following notice on each vending machine:
"FOR USE BY POLICE DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEES ONLY".
13. Promptly handle complaints of inoperative machines, lost coins, etc.
14. Comply with all City, State and Federal tax laws relating to the sale of
items in vending machines.

ADDITIONAL DATA
Any surplus cash earned will belong to all members of the club. The surplus
cash, with the consent of club members, may be used to defray costs of social
events, gifts to members on special occasions, e.g. flowers, condolence cards,
mementos of service, etc., or to purchase items for use within the facility
for the common benefit of all club members.

P.G. 219-23 Solar Cellular Callboxes
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To ensure that all components of a solar cellular callbox are in place and the
callbox is functioning properly.
PROCEDURE
When an alarm is received at a solar cellular callbox:
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Respond as directed by the Communications Division.
2. Ascertain that the following components are in place:
a. Antenna
b. Solar panel
c. Pole
d. Sign - "Emergency Phone"
e. Callbox
f. Handset and cable (cord).
3. Make a test call to Communications Division
a. Verify the operability of the callbox
b. Verify callbox number
c. Verify callbox location.
4. Prepare appropriate reports for damaged or missing components:
a. COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) when investigation reveals vandalism,
damaged or missing components.
b. Police Accident Report (MV104AN) when investigation indicates damage or
knockdown as a result of a motor vehicle collision.
NOTE:: Remove entire callbox or unattached components, as appropriate, to
the stationhouse for safekeeping. In all instances the Communications Division
must be notified as follows:
a. Monday to Friday, 0800 to 1600 hours, Telecommunications Unit (212)
374-5221
b. All other times contact the Lieutenant Platoon Commander (718) 254-1450.

COMMAND CLERK
5. Forward duplicate copy of COMPLAINT REPORT or MV104AN by De partment mail,
or FAX to:
Telecommunications Unit, Room 910B
One Police Plaza
Fax Number - (212) 374-2460
ADDITIONAL DATA
Members of the Communications Division Callbox Unit are available weekdays
from 0800 to 1600 hours to provide further information if needed.
RELATED PROCEDURE
Monthly Signal Box Survey (A.G. 322-25)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Police Accident Report (MV104AN)

P.G. 219-24 Utilization Of And Accountability For Cellular
Telephones Assigned To Patrol Supervisor
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To ensure the proper utilization of and accountability for cellular telephones
assigned to patrol supervisor.
PROCEDURE
When a patrol supervisor is prepared to utilize an assigned Department
cellular telephone:
PATROL SUPERVISOR
1. Ensure the power is "ON."
2. Press "RECALL" (RCL) button followed by one of the selected numerals:
*"1"
*"2"
*"3"
*"4"
*"5"

=
=
=
=
=

telephone switchboard
desk
patrol borough
Operations Unit
911

NOTE: These cellular telephones are capable of receiving all incoming calls,
e.g. desk officer, duty captain, etc., However, each is programmed to allow
only the outgoing calls listed in above step.
3. Press "SEND" (SND) button.
4. Complete conversation.
5. Press "END" button.
DESK OFFICER
6. Ensure cellular telephone assigned to command for use by the patrol
supervisor are operational each tour:
a. Batteries charged
b. Car adapters available.
7. Make a command log entry listing the name, telephone number, and assignment
of the patrol supervisor in possession of the cellular telephone.
a. Telephones not assigned will be accounted for each tour with a command
log entry.
COMMANDING OFFICER
8. Ensure that cellular telephones in need of repair are promptly returned to
the [Rev 03-02] Telecommunications Unit located at One Police Plaza, room

910B.

P.G. 219-25 E-Z Pass Tags
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To account for the safekeeping and usage of E-Z Pass tags assigned to each
command.
PROCEDURE
When E-Z Pass tags are assigned to a command:
COMMANDING OFFICER
1. Have lieutenant platoon commander/patrol supervisor account for all E-Z
Pass tags that are assigned to the command.
2. Have integrity control officer monitor the usage of the E-Z Pass tags
assigned to the command.
LIEUTENANT PLATOON COMMANDER/PATROL SUPERVISOR
3. Inspect all Department vehicles assigned to command for E-Z Pass tags each
Sunday, after the second platoon has been posted.
a. Ensure that E-Z Pass tags are affixed to center top windshield of each
vehicle and that the serial numbers are recorded on the VEHICLE INSPECTION
REPORT (PD571-153).
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
4. Maintain an inventory of all E-Z Pass tags assigned to command.
5. Review the command's E-Z Pass usage to ensure that the E-Z Pass tags are
used within Department guidelines.
6. Incorporate E-Z Pass tags and their usage into the command's monthly
self-inspection program.
NOTE: Commands are not authorized to transfer E-Z Pass tags from one vehicle
to another. All E-Z Pass tag reassignments must be approved by the Commanding
Officer, Fleet Services Division.
WHEN AN E-Z PASS TAG IS DEFECTIVE
RANKING OFFICER
7. Prepare a report on Typed Letterhead addressed to the Commanding Officer,
Fleet Services Division with the date, time and locations where the E-Z Pass
tag failed.
8. Notify Fleet Services Division of the defective tag and deliver E-Z Pass
tag with a report on Typed Letterhead to Fleet Services Division.
NOTE: E-Z Pass tags may fail for various reasons (defective battery,

excessive speed, etc.). Therefore it is necessary to attempt to cross another
E-Z Pass toll plaza to ensure that the tag is in fact defective.
WHEN AN E-Z PASS TAG IS LOST/STOLEN OR RECOVERED
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
9. Notify the desk officer precinct/PSA/transit district of occurrence.
DESK OFFICER/RANKING OFFICER
10. Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared, if necessary.
11. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau and enter log number under "Details"
section of the COMPLAINT REPORT.
12. Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section (S.P.I.S.) of E-Z Pass serial
number.
COMMANDING OFFICER
13. Investigate circumstances of loss, theft, or recovery of E-Z Pass tag.
14 Have a report prepared on Typed Letterhead with a copy of the COMPLAINT
REPORT, forwarded through channels to the Commanding Officer, Fleet Services
Division.
a. Forward copy of report to command/unit where Department vehicle is
assigned, if other than command of occurrence.
ADDITIONAL DATA
E-Z Pass tags will be permanently affixed to the top center of the vehicle's
interior windshield utilizing double sided tape provided by Fleet Services
Division. The exception to this provision will be vehicles that routinely
leave the city on official business (example: Category I vehicles), which will
have the E-Z Pass tag secured to the windshield with velcro strips provided by
Fleet Services Division. The velcro strips will allow the operator of the
vehicle to remove the E-Z Pass tag when utilizing facilities not authorized
for E-Z Pass use by this Department (example: NYS Thruway, NJ Turnpike, Garden
State Parkway, etc.).
E-Z PASS USAGE IS AUTHORIZED FOR THE BELOW LISTED CROSSINGS ONLY:
Bronx-Whitestone Bridge
Brooklyn Battery Tunnel
Triborough Bridge
Henry Hudson Bridge
Queens Midtown Tunnel
Throgs Neck Bridge
Cross Bay Veterans Memorial Bridge
Marine Parkway-Gil Hodges Memorial Bridge
George Washington Bridge
Bayonne Bridge
Goethals Bridge
Holland Tunnel
Lincoln Tunnel
Outerbridge Crossing

Verrazano-Narrows Bridge
RELATED PROCEDURES
Inspection Of Department Vehicles Each Tour By Operator (P.G. 219-01)
Weekly Inspection Of Department Vehicles (P.G. 219-02)
Loss Or Theft Of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
FORMS AND REPORTS
VEHICLE INSPECTION REPORT (PD571-153)
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 219-26 Acquisition And Use Of Department Issued New York
City Transit Police Pass Metrocards
Date Effective: 12-04-13
PURPOSE
To provide for the issuance, control, and strict accountability of Department
issued New York City Transit (NYCT) Police Pass MetroCards to all uniformed
members of the service.
PROCEDURE
When a uniformed members of the service is issued a NYCT Police Pass MetroCard
by the Employee Management Division:
EMPLOYEE MANAGEMENT DIVISION
1. Provide a NYCT Police Pass MetoCard to ALL uniformed members of the
service.
NOTE: The Employee Management Division will be responsible for the
assignment and issuance of ALL NYCT Police Pass MetroCards, including
replacement cards for damaged, defective, lost, stolen MetroCards. This card
is assigned to the individual uniformed member of service, not the command.
Each member will be assigned a specific card which contains its own unique
serial number. This card can only be used by the member to whom it has been
issued. This will allow for monitoring of the program to ensure control and
accountability of all MetroCards.
NYCT Police Pass MetroCards are never to be assigned or reassigned by
commands. NYCT Police Pass MetroCards are generally valid for a period of two
years. Upon expiration of MetroCard, each member MUST return their expired
card in order to be issued a new card. This renewal process will be
coordinated by the Employee Management Division which is located at One Police
Plaza, Room 1000.
2. Maintain an account of NYCT Police Pass MetroCards to ensure the integrity
of the program.
COMMANDING OFFICER
3. Ensure that all uniformed members assigned to command are in possession of
a NYCT Police Pass MetroCard.
4. Ensure that MetroCard serial number is entered on each member's FORCE
RECORD (PD406-143).
5. Have the intergrity control officer monitor the MetroCard program to ensure
that all uniformed members are following procedures regarding the proper
safeguarding and useage of their MetroCard.
6. Ensure that an investigation is conducted and proper procedures adhered to
in instances where MetroCards become damaged, defective or are lost or stolen.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER

7. Enter the MetroCard serial number on each member's FORCE RECORD in order to
maintain an accurate account of MetroCards assigned to members in the command.
8. Have MetroCards inspected at roll calls and during semi-annual uniform
inspection.
9. Conduct an investigation and prepare a report on Typed Letterhead for
commanding officer's signature requesting a replacement card, when a MetroCard
is damaged or becomes defective.
a. Have report and damaged/defective MetroCard hand delivered to Employee
Management Division.
Note: When a uniformed member is going on a long term leave of absence, such
as military or child care leave, ensure that member surrenders his/her
MetroCard immediately prior to such leave and have MetroCard hand delivered to
the Employee Management Division. Upon member's return from long term leave of
absence, prepare a report on Typed Letterhead for the signature of the
commanding officer requesting re-issuance of a MetroCard. Upon review of such
request the Employee Management Division will re-issue a MetroCard to
requesting member.
10. Comply with provisions of P.G. 219-20, "Loss Or Theft Of Department
Property", if a Department issued MetroCard is reported lost or stolen.
a. Make telephone notification to Employee Management Division and forward
copy of all relevant paperwork regarding incident.
11. Arrange for pick-up of cards, when notified by the Employee Management
Division that replacement cards are ready.
a. Safeguard and issue cards to requesting members.
12. Collect all expired MetroCards from members of the command during the
renewal period.
13. Ensure that all members of the command are issued the card that they have
been assigned by serial number and obtain their signature on the MetroCard
distribution list as receipt of their card.
14. Deliver completed MetroCard distribution list and expired MetroCards to
the Employee Management Division.
15. Retain copy of MetroCard distribution list in command.
UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
16. Carry Department issued MetroCard at all times whenever a shield and
IDENTIFICATION CARD (PD416-091) are required to be carried.
17. Safeguard MetroCard at all times.
18. Request replacement if MetroCard becomes defective.
19. Notify desk officer if a MetroCard is lost, stolen or damaged.
20. Surrender issued MetroCard upon separation from the Department,

immediately prior to long term leave of absence or upon expiration of
MetroCard.
DESK OFFICER
21. Notify commanding officer and operations coordinator of lost or stolen
MetroCard.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
22. Comply with provisions of P.G. 219-20, "Loss Or Theft Of Department
Property" and conduct investigation into loss or theft of Department issued
MetroCard.
23. Have COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152) prepared.
24. Notify Internal Affairs Bureau Command Center by telephone, and enter
Internal Affairs Bureau Log number under "Details" of COMPLAINT REPORT.
25. Notify Stolen Property Inquiry Section.
26. Notify Transit Bureau Wheel, Transit Special Investigations Unit and
Employee Management Division.
27. Include MetroCard serial number on all Department forms prepared.
28. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead, including the results of the
investigation as well as any proposed disciplinary action, if applicable.
a. Forward one copy to the Executive Officer, Employee Management Division
and one copy to the Commanding Officer, Transit Bureau Special Investigation
Unit.
COMMANDING OFFICER
29. Review results of investigation.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Upon separation of service (retirement, resignation, dismissal, etc.) all
uniformed members MUST surrender their MetroCard to their command, who will be
responsible for ensuring the return of the card to the Employee Management
Division. All MetroCards must be hand delivered to the Employee Management
Division. A notation should be made on PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF
SERVICE (PD520-013) regarding same.
NYCT Police Pass MetroCards have no electronic restrictions for their use.
They may be used repeatedly and indefinitely throughout their period of
validity. However, uniformed members should be aware that each use of the
MetroCard is electronically recorded by NYC Transit. These records will be
made available to this Department for review and analysis, should the
condition warrant (e.g., loss, theft, investigation into card usage, etc.).
Uniformed members of the service assigned MetroCards shall use their assigned
card to gain access to subways and public buses at all times. MetroCards are
Department property and are to be safeguarded at all times. POLICE PASS
METROCARDS ARE FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE TO
WHOM IT IS ISSUED. Uniformed members of the service who knowingly allow an
unauthorized person to use their Police Pass MetroCard may be the subject of

disciplinary action. Under no circumstances are Police Pass MetroCards to be
given or loaned to any other person.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Discontinuance of Police Service - Retirement or Vested Interest (P.G. 205-42)
Discontinuance of Police Service - Resignation (P.G. 205-43)
Violations Subject To Command Discipline (P.G. 206-03)
Loss Or Theft Of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
FORMS AND REPORTS
COMPLAINT REPORT (PD313-152)
FORCE RECORD (PD406-143)
PROPERTY RECEIPT - DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE (PD520-013)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 219-27 Issuance And Maintenance Of Radiation Detection
Pagers Assigned To Commands
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To provide for the control, accountability and issuance of Department
radiation detection pagers assigned to commands:
PROCEDURE
When radiation detection pagers are assigned to commands:
COUNTERTERRORISM CENTRAL RESOURCE DIVISION
1. Assign radiation detection pagers to command through the Citywide
Counterterrorism Coordinator.
2. Maintain an account of all assigned radiation detection pagers to ensure
integrity of the program.
COMMANDING OFFICER
3. Ensure desk officer accounts for radiation detection pagers assigned to
command on each tour.
4. Designate a secure area under the control of the desk officer for storage
of radiation detection pagers and batteries assigned to the command that are
not being utilized.
NOTE: Commands will maintain a supply of "AAA" batteries for the use of all
radiation detection pagers in their command. "AAA" batteries may be obtained
from the Quartermaster Section.
5. Ensure availability, operability, and use of radiation detection pagers on
all tours.
6. Ensure all supervisors/designated uniformed members of the service
performing patrol duties in the command are adequately trained in the use and
maintenance of radiation detection pagers and ensure that they are assigned
and deployed on all tours.
a. ONLY trained supervisors and trained uniformed members of the service
will be assigned to use radiation detection pagers.
NOTE: Commanding officers of specialized units utilizing radiation detection
pagers will have discretion to designate selected members of their units to be
trained in the use of radiation detection pagers, as necessary.
DESK OFFICER
7. Inspect and account for all radiation detection pagers assigned to command
at commencement of each scheduled tour.
a. Make Command Log entry, including serial numbers and operating status.

8. Distribute radiation detection pagers assigned to command to trained patrol
supervisor/designated uniformed members of the service on scheduled tour.
a. Indicate rank, name, shield number and assignment of member(s) receiving
radiation detection pager in Command Log.
NOTE: Commands issued radiation detection pagers will deploy the device on
each tour. Should a command have more than one radiation detection pager, it
will be assigned to an additional trained supervisor/uniformed member of the
service on patrol (e.g., traffic safety, anti-crime, bike patrol, etc.).
Pager(s) not assigned during a tour, will be secured at the command. Commands
are not authorized to transfer radiation detection pagers to other commands.
PATROL SUPERVISOR/UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE ASSIGNED
9. Inspect radiation detection pager to ensure operability and battery power
at the beginning of each scheduled tour.
a. Request replacement batteries from desk officer, as needed
b. Inform desk officer, or other designated supervisor, if the radiation
detection pager is inoperable or requires repair/replacement.
10. Enter serial number of radiation detection pager into ACTIVITY LOG
(PD112-145).
11. Carry and safeguard radiation detection pager until completion of tour and
comply with provisions of P.G. 212-102, "Personal Radiation Detection Pager
Alarms," if pager activates an alarm.
12. Notify desk officer if radiation detection pager is lost, stolen or
damaged.
13. Return radiation detection pager to desk officer upon completion of tour.
IF RADIATION DETECTION PAGER(S) REQUIRES REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT:
DESK OFFICER
14. Investigate circumstances.
15.Prepare report on Typed Letterhead with the following information and
attach to each radiation detection pager:
a. Detailed description of circumstances surrounding damage or malfunction
b. Rank, name, tax registry number and command of member of the service
radiation detection pager was assigned to at time of damage or malfunction
16. Contact the Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator for instructions
regarding the return of radiation detection pager(s) and acquisition of `
replacement(s).
17. Assign a uniformed member of the service to deliver radiation detection
pager(s) with report on Typed Letterhead or retrieve pager as per instructions
received from Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator.

a. Record details in Command Log including serial number of radiation
detection pager(s) and rank, name, shield number of member assigned.
ASSIGNED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
18. Deliver/retrieve radiation detection pager(s).
19. Make the following ACTIVITY LOG entries:
a. Serial number(s) of radiation detection pager(s) involved.
b. Rank, name and shield number of borough staff member receiving or
distributing the radiation detection pager(s).
PATROL BOROUGH COUNTERTERRORISM COORDINATOR
20. Accept the returned radiation detection pager(s).
21. Provide replacement radiation detection pager(s), if available.
22. Have returned radiation detection pager(s) delivered to Citywide
Counterterrorism Office.
CITYWIDE COUNTERTERRORISM OFFICE
23. Forward returned radiation detection pager(s) to the Counterterrorism
Central Resource Division.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Reports of lost or stolen radiation detection pager(s) will be processed in
accordance with P.G. 219-20, "Loss or Theft of Department Property." In
addition, the Citywide Counterterrorism Office will be immediately notified.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Discontinuance of Police Service – Resignation (P.G. 205-43)
Discontinuance of Police Service – Retirement or Vested Interest (P.G. 205-42)
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Loss or Theft of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
Patrol Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator (P.G. 202-04b)
Personal Radiation Detection Pager Alarms (P.G. 212-102)
Required Firearms/Equipment (P.G. 204-09)
Processing Unknown Substances Suspected of Being Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous Materials Evidence (P.G. 212-101)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 219-28 Emergency Power Outages
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To address emergency power outages in a timely and efficient manner, and to
ensure that non-essential equipment is removed from emergency electrical
receptacles when a power outage occurs.
SCOPE
The Building Maintenance Section is responsible to test, maintain and repair
the Department's emergency generator systems (Housing and Transit Bureau
facilities will be maintained by the Housing and Transit Authorities as per
existing Memorandums of Understanding). Each command's generator system is
tested and preventive maintenance performed by the Building Maintenance
Section on a regular basis.
PROCEDURE
When a Department facility loses electrical power (regardless of whether or
not the emergency generator system is activated):
DESK OFFICER/ SUPERVISORY OFFICER
1. Immediately notify the Building Maintenance Section, twenty-four hours a
day, seven days a week.
a. Record notification in Telephone Record.
NOTE: If necessary, the Building Maintenance Section will dispatch generator
mechanics and electricians to correct any conditions and monitor the system.
Only qualified Building Maintenance Section personnel should attempt to start
or repair the emergency generator system. Absent exigent circumstances, other
members of the service or personnel from outside agencies are not permitted to
start or repair the generator system without the approval of a Building
Maintenance Section supervisor.
IF THE EMERGENCY GENERATOR HAS BEEN ACTIVATED:
2. Immediately survey the command to ensure that only essential emergency
equipment and critical computer systems are operating on emergency power.
3. Have all non-essential equipment disconnected from emergency electrical
receptacles.
NOTE: All non-essential equipment (air conditioners, vending machines,
refrigerators, microwaves, etc.) should be immediately disconnected from
emergency electrical receptacles. Emergency electrical receptacles are
commonly identified by a red cover plate over the receptacle or raised
lettering on the outlet receptacle.
ADDITIONAL DATA If a command has a single fuel tank for both the heating
system and the emergency generator, it is the command's responsibility to
maintain the proper fuel level. Commands that have a single fuel tank (see

Appendix "A") will ensure that the fuel level remains above the fifty
(50%)level. Commands with two fuel tanks (separate tanks for the heating
system and emergency generator system) are responsible for maintaining the
fuel level in the tank that supplies the heating system. The Building
Maintenance Section will be responsible for maintaining the proper fuel level
in the emergency generator fuel tank. If command personnel require training on
how to properly determine the fuel level of the command's fuel tank, a work
order should be submitted to the Building Maintenance Section via the on-line
work order system. Include in the request for training a contact person,
contact phone number and times when the member of the service will be
available.
Commanding officers are responsible to conduct a quarterly
that all generator rooms, mechanical rooms, and electrical
utilized only for their intended purpose and not as locker
rooms, etc. Items placed within these locations may create
which could endanger all members of the command.

survey to ensure
rooms are being
rooms, storage
a fire hazard,

RELATED PROCEDURES
Requests for Repairs to Department Facilities and Equipment (A.G. 325-20)
APPENDIX "A"
The following commands have a single fuel tank and will be required to
maintain the tank level above the fifty percent mark.
COMMAND
1
7
10
20
23
24
26
28
30
33
34
43
47
48
52
60
61
63
67
68
69
71
72
75
76
79
81
84
90
94

TANK SIZE
2500 Gallons
8000 Gallons
25000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
15000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
3000 Gallons
5000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
4000 Gallons
4000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
15000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
15000 Gallons
5000 Gallons

102
105
109
111
112
113
114
120
122
BMS
BSTF (70 Park)

5000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
8000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
10000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
5000 Gallons
6000 Gallons
25000 Gallons
10000 Gallons

P.G. 219-29 Distribution And Use Of NYPD Restricted Parking
Permits
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To provide for the distribution, accountability, use and restrictions of the
NYPD Restricted Parking Permit.
DEFINITION
NYPD Restricted Parking Permit (Misc. 23-N): Cardboard, approximately four
inches by ten inches with serial number, command code, space for vehicle
license plate number and an expiration date (permit color, design and
expiration date will change each year).
PROCEDURE
To account for the distribution and use of Department issued NYPD Restricted
Parking Permits.
NOTE: ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR RESTRICTED PARKING PERMITS
Only members of the service are eligible to receive a Restricted Parking
Permit. Under NO circumstance will non-members of the service be assigned
permits. Members of the service must meet the following requirements to be
deemed ELIGIBLE for a Restricted Parking Permit:
a. Member must have a valid NYS driver's license and the vehicle that the
Restricted Parking Permit is requested for must have a valid NYS registration
(this requirement is not applicable for members of the service with certain
exempted titles, i.e., certain employment titles allow members to reside
outside of New York City and the resident counties). Any member of the service
with an exempted title must comply with the regulations of this procedure
based upon the licensing, registration and insurance regulations of the state
in which they reside.
b. The vehicle that the Restricted Parking Permit is requested for must have
a valid insurance policy.
c. The vehicle that the Restricted Parking Permit is requested for must be
registered to the requesting member of the service, or to a person related by
blood or marriage, or to the requesting member's registered NYS domestic
partner. The residence of the vehicle's registered owner (member of the
service, relative or NYS domestic partner) must be the same residence the
requesting member of the service has on record with the Department.
When a member of the service applies for a Restricted Parking Permit, it is
permissible to have a Post Office (P.O.) box listed on the member's driver's
license, registration and/or insurance card. However, in all cases the member
of the service's address of record with the DMV for his/her license and
registration, as well as the address on record with the insurance company for
the auto insurance all must match the primary residence the member of the
service has on record with the Department.

If the mailing address on the registration of the vehicle is a P.O. box, the
requesting member MUST attach to the application proof that the insurance
policy of the vehicle is issued to the same address as the member's primary
residence on record with the Department.
When a member of the service changes his/her residence, he/she will comply
with Patrol Guide 203-18, "Residence Requirements" and Patrol Guide 203-24,
"Personal Information Via Department Intranet." Members must also notify the
New York State Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) when they change addresses.
MEMBER/VEHICLES INELIGIBLE FOR RESTRICTED PARKING PERMITS
Members of the service will be deemed INELIGIBLE to receive a Restricted
Parking Permit as follows:
a. Member has been assigned a Category I Department vehicle (i.e., unmarked
Department vehicle not required to be stored at a Department facility and
permitted to be removed from the City on a regular basis. Category I
Department vehicles are specifically designated by the Police Commissioner).
All Department owned, leased or rented vehicles will be assigned an NYPD
Official Vehicle Identification Plate (Misc 740). An Official Vehicle
Identification Plate (laminated permit) will only be issued to the private
vehicle of a member of the service upon approval of a "Private Vehicle
Authorization" as outlined in Administrative Guide 325-14, "Private Vehicles
Authorization" as well as approval by the Chief of Internal Affairs Bureau.
b. Members assigned to One Police Plaza who have access to One Police Plaza
garage parking, including the annex garage (exemption: Category II vehicles).
c. Members assigned to the Military & Extended Leave Desk or on
vacation/terminal leave pending retirement.
d. Members under suspension. In compliance with P.G. 206-08, "Suspension
from Duty-Uniformed Member of the Service," and P.G. 206-09, "Suspension from
Duty-Civilian Member of the Service," the ranking officer in charge will
direct member placed under suspension to surrender all Department property,
including assigned Restricted Parking Permit.
e. Auxiliary Police Members.
COMMANDING OFFICER/INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
1. Distribute Restricted Parking Permit applications to all eligible members
of command based on command code only.
a. Applications are available to commanding officers or appropriate designee
via the Department Intranet under the heading "Computer Applications."
NOTE: Commanding officers of precincts will be responsible to distribute
permits to their respective Detective Squads. Only members of the service who
fill out an application will be considered for a Restricted Parking Permit.
MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
2. Complete application and submit to the integrity control officer by the
last business day of the following:

a. Manhattan – first week of September
b. Bronx – second week of September
c. Staten Island/Brooklyn – third week of September
d. Queens – fourth week of September.
NOTE: All commands will comply with the above submission dates based on the
patrol borough location of their reporting command and not the location of
their overhead command (example: members assigned to the Emergency Service
Squad 4, located at 3450 Kingsbridge Ave, Bronx, will follow the Bronx
submission schedule). Only members of the service on sick report, vacation or
other authorized leave will be exempt from filing on these dates and will
report to their integrity control officer upon return to duty.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER/DESIGNEE
3. Ensure each application is properly completed. Return any incomplete
application to the member concerned for immediate correction.
4. Conduct the following integrity control background checks using the
following sessions:
a. MSWS – FINEST RALL (NYS Vehicle Registration by Plate Number)
b. MSWS – FINEST DLIC (NYS Driver Inquiry, suspensions, revocations and
restrictions on license, scofflaw)
c. MIS – CESN PEPR.
NOTE: Integrity control officers must confer with the Personnel Bureau to
ensure that the Department has the correct information on file for any member
of the service who has recently changed any personal information.
All integrity control officers must have a CESN code to conduct a PEPR check.
If a PEPR check cannot be completed, ensure that the member's residence
accurately reflects the residence on record with the Department.
5. Attach the results of all checks to each application.
NOTE: A failure in any of the above categories (e.g., discrepancies in
vehicle registration, insurance, suspended or revoked driver's license,
unverified residence, scofflaw, etc.) will disqualify the applicant from
receiving a Restricted Parking Permit. If any discrepancy in the above
information is revealed, the integrity control officer will obtain an Internal
Affairs Bureau log number, conduct an investigation and take the appropriate
action.
6. File all denied applications at command level.
7. Forward approved applications to the commanding officer for final
authorization and signature.
COMMANDING OFFICER
8. Ensure command fulfills all of the above requirements and that ONLY
completed and approved applications are sent to the Internal Affairs Bureau,

Vehicle Identification Unit.
NOTE: If any application is denied by the integrity control officer or the
commanding officer, the applicant's expiring Restricted Parking Permit will be
immediately confiscated and returned to the Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle
Identification Unit.
INTEGITY CONTROL OFFICER/DESIGNEE
9. Enter the APPROVED applications into the Restricted Parking Permit
Application System via the Intranet.
a. The first step requires the setup of a Registered User Account (if
assistance is needed accessing the website, contact the Internal Affairs
Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit).
10. Print a hard copy of the application before entering "SUBMIT."
11. Ensure hard copies of completed and approved applications along with all
supporting material are hand delivered to the Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle
Identification Unit at 315 Hudson St, Manhattan, by the last business day of
the following:
a. Manhattan – second week of September
b. Bronx – third week of September
c. Staten Island/Brooklyn – fourth week of September
d. Queens – first week of October.
NOTE: The Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit is available
to assist members of the service who appear in person from 0900 to 1700,
Monday through Thursday.
In order to ensure that requesting officers receive their Restricted Parking
Permits prior to the expiration date, it is incumbent upon each individual
command to adhere to the above dates. Integrity control officer/designee must
ensure that in instances where the vehicle registration of a requesting member
has a P.O. box address, that the member of the service submits proof that the
insurance policy of the vehicle is issued to the same address as the member's
primary residence on record with the Department. That proof must be forwarded
with the application to the Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle Identification
Unit.
INTERNAL AFFAIRS BUREAU/VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION UNIT
12. Maintain copies of all completed applications in a secure location.
13. Notify command concerned (via Telephone Message) of the date and time to
obtain new Restricted Parking Permits.
NOTE: Commands receiving the above notification will make appropriate
entries in the Telephone Record.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER/DESIGNEE
14. Upon receipt of the new Restricted Parking Permits, collect the expiring

permits and forward them to the Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle
Identification Unit according to the following schedule:
a. Manhattan – during the first and second week of March
b. Bronx – during the third and fourth week of March
c. Staten Island/Brooklyn – during the first and second week of April
d. Queens – during the third and fourth week of April.
NOTE: Account for all lost/missing permits in accordance with P.G. 219-20,
"Loss or Theft of Department Property." 15. Ensure the vehicle license plate
number listed on the submitted application is properly indicated on the newly
issued Restricted Parking Permit with a permanent marker.
NOTE: Commanding officers will be held strictly accountable for adherence to
all deadlines for the submission and collection of Restricted Parking Permits
assigned to members of their command. Under NO circumstances will the
Restricted Parking Permit be laminated.
When a member of the service is transferred, the integrity control officer
of the member's new command is responsible for collecting the Restricted
Parking Permit that was issued to the transferring member. When the
transferred member arrives at the new command, he/she will apply for a new
Restricted Parking Permit regardless of the date of transfer. During the
application process, the member will continue to use his/her Restricted
Parking Permit from his/her previous command. Upon approval of a new
Restricted Parking Permit the member will submit his/her old permit to the
integrity control officer of the new command, who will forward the returned
permit to the Internal Affairs Bureau, Vehicle Identification Unit.
ADDITIONAL DATA
On Election Days, uniformed members of the service assigned to election duty,
are permitted to display their valid NYPD Restricted Parking Permits, in
authorized vehicles, to park in close proximity to their assigned election
posts.
Commands will continue to maintain a command Parking Permit Log with
appropriate captions as outlined in Patrol Guide 202-15, "Command Integrity
Control Officer."
Each member will be responsible to secure his/her permit while off duty and
NOT display it for any reason other than to park in a designated
self-enforcement zone while on duty.
Any permit without a license plate number displayed on its face will be deemed
invalid.
Any violation of this procedure will result in the member's vehicle being
summonsed and possibly towed. Furthermore, the offending member of the service
may be subject to disciplinary action.
A permit is deemed invalid if the license plate number displayed on the face
of the permit does not match the vehicle registration plate number.
If the vehicle which the Restricted Parking Permit was originally assigned to

is subsequently changed, the member will notify his/her commanding officer
within thirty days. Members will be allowed to use another vehicle not on file
with the Internal Affairs Bureau for a maximum of thirty days if the vehicle
they use to commute is unavailable (e.g., mechanic, change in ownership, etc).
A member of the service can only use the Restricted Parking Permit for another
vehicle (in above situation) if that substitute vehicle is owned by the
requesting member of the service, a person related by blood or marriage, or
the requesting members' registered NYS domestic partner. The residence of the
substitute vehicles' registered owner (member of the service, relative or NYS
domestic partner) must be the same residence the requesting member of the
service has on file with the Department.
Members of the service are reminded that there is no valid verifiable defense
for parking their vehicle (with or without a Restricted Parking Permit) under
the following conditions:
a. Double Parking
b. Fire Hydrant or Fire Zone
c. Bus Stop
d. Sidewalk
e. Crosswalks and Driveways
f. Obstruct Traffic
g. No Standing Zones (except "No Standing Except Truck Loading and
Unloading")
h. Snow Emergency
i. No Parking – Taxi Stand
j. Within No Permit Zone – as indicated on rear of vehicle identification
plates.
Members of the service will be held strictly accountable for the permit issued
to them. Furthermore, the use of these permits is restricted to the member of
service to which it is assigned and therefore non-transferable to anyone else.
The Restricted Parking Permit must be properly displayed within the vehicle
(i.e., face up with entire serial number and license plate visible) otherwise
the permit will be considered invalid. When displayed, no part or portion of
the Restricted Parking Permit will be covered with any item or be obstructed
in anyway.
A RESTRICTED PARKING PERMIT MAY NOT BE PHOTOCOPIED OR REPRODUCED IN ANY
MANNER. ANY MEMBER IN VIOLATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO DISCIPLINARY ACTION.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Command Integrity Control Officer (P.G. 202-15)
Residence Requirements (P.G. 203-18)
Personal Information Via Department Intranet (P.G. 203-24)
Private Vehicle Authorization (A.G. 325-14)
Vehicle Identification Plates (A.G. 325-15)

P.G. 219-30 Issuance And Maintenance Of Radiation Detection
Pagers Personally Assigned To Uniformed Members Of The Service
Date Effective: 10-16-13
PURPOSE
To provide for the control, accountability and issuance of Department
radiation detection pagers assigned to selected individual uniformed members
of the service:
PROCEDURE
When radiation detection pagers are permanently assigned to selected
individual uniformed members of the service:
COUNTERTERRORISM CENTRAL RESOURCE DIVISION
1. Issue radiation detection pagers permanently to individual uniformed
members of the service upon completion of the Counterterrorism Central
Resource Division's "Radiation Detection Pager" training.
a. Forward a copy of the PROPERTY TRANSFER RECEIPT (PD521- 145) to the
commanding officer and integrity control officer of the trained member.
2. Maintain an account of all radiation detection pagers to ensure integrity
of the program.
NOTE: The Counterterrorism Central Resource Division will be responsible for
the assignment and issuance of radiation detection pagers to individual
uniformed members of the service. Each uniformed member of the service will be
assigned a specific radiation detection pager which contains its own unique
serial number. This will also allow for monitoring of the program to ensure
control and accountability of individually issued radiation detection pagers.
COMMANDING OFFICER
3. Ensure integrity control officer monitors permanently assigned radiation
detection pagers to individual uniformed members of the service.
4. Have radiation detection pager inspected during semi-annual uniform
inspection, as per A.G. 305-06, "Inspection of Uniforms."
NOTE: Commands will maintain a supply of "AAA" batteries for use of all
radiation detection pagers in their command. "AAA" batteries may be obtained
from the Quartermaster Section.
Commanding officers of specialized units utilizing radiation detection pagers
will have discretion to designate selected members of their units to be
trained in the use of radiation detection pagers, as necessary.
INTEGRITY CONTROL OFFICER
5. Ensure radiation detection pager serial number for each trained uniformed
member of the service is listed on member's FORCE RECORD (PD406-143).

6. Maintain a list of all uniformed members of the service who are personally
assigned a radiation detection pager.
DESK OFFICER
7. Inspect and account for all radiation detection pagers personally assigned
to uniformed members of the service at the commencement of each scheduled
tour.
a. Make a Command Log entry, including serial numbers.
NOTE: Commands are not authorized to transfer permanently assigned radiation
detection pagers to other uniformed members of the service.
ASSIGNED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
8. Safeguard radiation detection pager at all times.
9. Inspect radiation detection pager to ensure operability and battery power
at the beginning of each scheduled tour.
a. Request replacement batteries from desk officer, as needed
b. Inform desk officer, or other designated supervisor, if the radiation
detection pager is inoperable or requires repair/replacement.
10. Carry and safeguard radiation detection pager at all times when performing
duty and comply with provisions of P.G. 212-102, "Personal Radiation Detection
Pager Alarms," if radiation detection pager activates and alarm.
11. Notify desk officer if radiation detection pager is lost, stolen or
damaged.
12. Surrender issued radiation detection pager upon separation from the
Department to desk officer for return to the Patrol Borough Counterterrorism
Coordinator.
IF RADIATION DETECTION PAGER(S) REQUIRES REPAIR, REPLACEMENT, OR RETURN:
DESK OFFICER
13. Investigate circumstances.
14. Prepare report on Typed Letterhead with the following information and
attach to each radiation detection pager:
a. Detailed description of circumstances surrounding damage, malfunction or
other reason for return
b. Rank, name, tax registry number and command of member of service
radiation detection pager was assigned to at time of damage, malfunction or
surrender.
15. Contact the Patrol Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator for instructions
regarding the return of radiation detection pager(s) and acquisition of
replacement(s).
16. Assign a uniformed member of the service to deliver pager with report on

Typed Letterhead or retrieve pager as per instructions received from Patrol
Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator .
a. Record details in the Command Log including serial number of radiation
detection pager(s) and rank, name, shield number of member assigned.
ASSIGNED UNIFORMED MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
17. Deliver/retrieve radiation detection pager.
18. Make the following ACTIVITY LOG entries:
a. Serial number(s) of radiation detection pager(s) involved
b. Rank, name and shield number of borough staff member receiving or
distributing the radiation detection pager(s).
PATROL BOROUGH COUNTERTERRORISM COORDINATOR
19. Accept the returned radiation detection pager(s).
20. Provide replacement radiation pager(s), if available.
21. Have returned radiation detection pager(s) delivered to Citywide
Counterterrorism Office.
CITYWIDE COUNTERTERRORISM OFFICE
22. Forward returned radiation detection pager(s) to the Counterterrorism
Central Resource Division.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Reports of lost or stolen radiation detection pager(s) will be processed in
accordance with P.G. 219-20, "Loss or Theft of Department Property". In
addition, the Citywide Counterterrorism Office will be immediately notified.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Discontinuance of Police Service - Resignation (P.G. 205-43)
Discontinuance of Police Service - Retirement or Vested Interest (P.G. 205-42)
Hazardous Materials (P.G. 212-37)
Loss or Theft of Department Property (P.G. 219-20)
Patrol Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator (P.G. 202-04b)
Personal Radiation Detection Pager Alarms (P.G. 212-102)
Required Firearms/Equipment (P.G. 204-09)
Processing Unknown Substances Suspected of Being Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, Nuclear (CBRN)/Hazardous Materials Evidence (P.G. 212-101)
Inspection of Uniforms (A.G. 305-06)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
PROPERTY TRANSFER RECEIPT (PD521-145)
Typed Letterhead

P.G. 219-31 License Plate Reader Devices
Date Effective: 08-01-13
PURPOSE
To provide for control, use, maintenance and accountability of License Plate
Reader (LPR) devices installed in selected Department vehicles.
DEFINITION
LICENSE PLATE READER DEVICE (LPR) - A specialized camera and computer that is
capable of quickly capturing license plate numbers on passing vehicles and
then converting them into text that is automatically compared against a "hot
list" of license plates of interest (e.g., stolen, wanted, suspended
registration or insurance coverage, etc.) An LPR device can identify a target
plate within seconds. LPR devices operate while Department vehicles are
traveling at normal speeds, reading each license plate passed and alerting the
LPR operator when there is a match to the "hot list."
HOT LIST - a list of targeted license plate numbers and partial plate numbers
that are stored locally on a vehicle's mobile digital terminal (MDT). Due to
the speed of the LPR system, the volume of license plates being read and the
fact that the system must notify the LPR operator of an alarm within seconds,
in order to be useful, the method of using a locally stored database is
utilized rather than relying on real-time communications with state or federal
data sources. The LPR device is not automatically connected to NYSPIN, is not
programmed to scan the state of registration on a license plate and will
activate upon a partial scan match. Therefore, it is absolutely essential that
the LPR operator verify the current status of a vehicle through NYSPIN prior
to initiating any law enforcement action (e.g., arrest, summons, etc.)
PROCEDURE
When a License Plate Reader (LPR) device is installed in selected Department
vehicles of assigned command:
MEMBER UTILIZING LPR SYSTEM
1. Inspect LPR device for operability and serviceability in assigned vehicle
at beginning of tour and report results to desk officer.
2. Activate LPR device and record in ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145) the last time
LPR device received an updated "hot list."
NOTE: If the system has not received an updated "hot list" within the last
twenty-four hours, the LPR operator will immediately report to a designated
download site in order to receive a new update.
Under no circumstances will an LPR device be utilized if it has not been
updated within the last twenty-four hours.
3. Notify patrol supervisor and desk officer if LPR system becomes inoperable
during tour.
DESK OFFICER

4. Account for the condition of each LPR device in Department vehicles
assigned to the command at beginning of each tour.
a. Record results of member's inspection for each LPR device in the
Command Log.
5. Enter on ROLL CALL (PD406-144) the assignment of each Department vehicle
equipped with an LPR device assigned to the command (e.g., sector "A,"
conditions, anti-crime, etc.).
6. Notify operations coordinator when LPR device becomes inoperable and
requires repair or maintenance.
OPERATIONS COORDINATOR
7. Contact vendor twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week, for repairs and
maintenance to an LPR device, when required.
UPON THE ACTIVATION OF AN ALARM FROM THE LPR SYSTEM
MEMBER UTILIZING LPR SYSTEM
8. Verify by checking NYSPIN through radio dispatcher that alarm or vehicle
status remains active.
NOTE: The LPR device is not automatically connected to NYSPIN, is not
programmed to scan the state of registration on a license plate and will
activate upon a partial scan match. Therefore, it is absolutely essential that
the LPR operator verify the current status of a vehicle through NYSPIN prior
to initiating any law enforcement action.
9. Take necessary law enforcement action (e.g., arrest, summons, Rotation Tow,
etc.).
a. Members shall be guided by P.G. 212-39, "Vehicle Pursuits," whenever they
are in pursuit of a vehicle due to activation of an alarm from the LPR system.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The LPR system allows for the proactive entry of license plate numbers and
partial plate numbers, enabling the system to activate when the wanted
vehicle's license plate has been read by the LPR device. If the New York State
Police activate an Amber Alert, the Communications Section will instruct all
LPR operators of selected Department vehicles equipped with LPR's to manually
enter the Amber Alert vehicle's license plate number into the "hot list." This
will enable selected vehicles to immediately begin canvassing for an Amber
Alert wanted vehicle rather than reporting to a designated download site in
order to receive a new update for the "hot list." This feature is useful when
canvassing for wanted vehicles that have not been classified as stolen and do
not already appear on the LPR system's "hot list."
The Real Time Crime Center can be contacted to conduct a search of past record
of license plate numbers searched.
LPR devices are intended to provide access to stolen and wanted files and may
also be used in furtherance of a criminal investigation. The use of an LPR

device for any other purpose is strictly prohibited.
The camera lens of an LPR device may be cleaned only with a glass cleaner that
is applied with a soft cloth. Other types of maintenance or manipulation by
members of the Department are strictly prohibited.
If the LPR is inoperable or requires maintenance, the vendor will be contacted
to make the repair. A Department vehicle does not have to be placed out of
service while waiting for the repair of the LPR device.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Vehicle Pursuits (P.G. 212-39)
FORMS AND REPORTS
ACTIVITY LOG (PD112-145)
ROLL CALL (PD406-144)

Citywide Incident Management System

P.G. 220-01 CIMS: Organizational Structure
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
PURPOSE
To outline the CIMS Organizational Structure.
SCOPE
The CIMS organizational structure begins with the establishment of a Command
Element. The Command Element must create an incident management organization
that will successfully resolve the incident. Because the CIMS organizational
structure is modular, it may be expanded as necessary by the Command Element
to manage any type of incident or planned event, irrespective of its nature,
size, scope, duration, location or complexity. Consequently, the incident
management organization may be very small, e.g., the Command Element and
several Single Resources; or, it may be very large, e.g., the Command Element,
three Command Staff positions and five General Staff Sections.
As the number and complexity of the tasks/functions that the Command Element
must perform and/or manage increases, the Command Element will begin
establishing an incident management organization. The Command Element may
activate the appropriate Sections to manage the major CIMS functional areas,
i.e., Operations, Planning, Logistics, Finance/ Administration and optional
Intelligence/Investigations, and designate Section chiefs. The Command Element
may also activate the appropriate Command Staff positions.
Section chiefs may delegate management authority for their assigned
functions/tasks, as required. The Operations Section chief may activate
Sectors and/or Groups, and if necessary, Branches. The
Intelligence/Investigations Section chief may activate Groups. The Logistics
Section chief may activate Units, and if necessary, Branches. The Planning
Section chief and Finance/Administration Section chief may activate Units.
COMMAND ELEMENT
In determining how to structure the incident management organization, the
Command Element should consider the following:
1. Observe recommended Span of Control guidelines.
2. When necessary, delegate authority and assign personnel to perform one or
more incident related tactical and/or support tasks/functions.
3. When necessary, delegate authority and assign personnel to General Staff
Sections and/ or Command Staff positions to manage the performance of the
tasks/functions that have been delegated and supervise the personnel to whom
the tasks were assigned.
4. When determining whether to activate a General Staff Section or Command
Staff position, activate and staff only the organizational elements that are
necessary to manage the required functions/tasks;

a. If one individual can simultaneously manage all major functions/tasks, no
further organization is required.
b. If one or more of the functions/tasks requires independent management, an
individual or individuals are assigned to manage those functions/tasks.
5. Deactivate organizational elements no longer required.
6. The functions/tasks of any non-activated or deactivated subordinate
organizational element will be managed by the overhead supervising
organizational element.
ADDITIONAL DATA

The following illustrates a CIMS Organization with ALL of the organizational
elements activated.
(Figure 60)

P.G. 220-02 CIMS: Primary Agency Matrix
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: PRIMARY AGENCY MATRIX
PURPOSE
To list specific incident types and designate which Command Element structure
will be utilized, i.e., Single Command or Unified Command; and, which Agency
or Agencies have Command Element responsibilities for that particular incident
type, i.e., are designated Primary Agency or Primary Agencies.
The CIMS "Primary Agency Matrix" lists specific incident types and designates:
a. Which Command Element structure will be utilized, i.e., Single
Command-Command Element or Unified Command-Command Element; and,
b. Which Agency will be designated Primary Agency in a Single
Command-Command Element; or, which Agencies will be designated Primary
Agencies in a Unified Command-Command Element.
CIMS PRIMARY AGENCY MATRIX

-

UNIFIED COMMAND MATRIX

INCIDENT TYPE

PRIMARY AGENCIES

POTENTIAL PRIMARY
AGENCIES/SUBJECT
MATTER EXPERTS * *

Aviation Incident

FDNY, NYPD

PANYNJ, USCG, NTSB

Chemical, Biological,
Radiological or Nuclear
(CBRN)/HazMat Incident*

NYPD, FDNY

USCG, DEP, DOHMH

Citywide Public Health
Emergency

DOHMH, NYPD, FDNY

HHC, GNYHA

Explosion

FDNY, NYPD

DDC, DOB, HPD

Natural Disaster /
Weather Emergency

OEM, NYPD, FDNY, DOT,
DSNY

DDC, DEP, DOB, DOHMH, Con
Ed, Keyspan / LIPA

Rail Incident

FDNY, NYPD

MTA, PANYNJ, NJT, Amtrak

Utility Incident: Electric

NYPD, FDNY

Con Ed, Keyspan / LIPA

Utility Incident: Gas

NYPD, FDNY

Con Ed, Keyspan / LIPA

Utility Incident: Steam

NYPD, FDNY

Con Ed, Keyspan / LIPA

Utility Incident: Water /
Wastewater

DEP, FDNY, NYPD

Con Ed, Keyspan / LIPA

Utility Incident:
Telecommunications

DOITT, NYPD, FDNY

Verizon

*CBRN / HazMat Incident
NYPD will be the Primary Agency (Incident Commander) at CBRN/HazMat incidents.
If NYPD determines there is no actual or suspected criminal activity or
terrorism, a Unified Command will be implemented.
The Operations Section will be a Unified Operations Section based on agency
Core Competencies in all circumstances, with NYPD responsible for overall site
management, and assessment and investigations for criminal activity or
terrorism, and with FDNY responsible for Life Safety Operations (search for
and rescue injured; and provide pre-hospital emergency medical care and
transport; and address immediate life safety hazards to the public) and mass
decontamination. For chemical incidents, DEP will make a final assessment of
the hazard, adjust or set "hot", "warm" and "cold" zones, and direct all
mitigation efforts. For biological or radiological incidents, DOHMH will make
a final assessment of the hazard, adjust or set "hot", "warm" and "cold"
zones, and direct all mitigation efforts.
CBRN / HAZ-MAT INCIDENT - ACTUAL OR SUSPECTED CRIME / TERRORISM

CBRN / HazMat
Incident

Actual or Suspected
Crime or Terrorism
NYPD to Determine

No Actual or Suspected
Crime or Terrorism
NYPD to Determine

NYPD Single Command
Unified Operations Section

Unified Command
Unified Operations Section

**Designation of Potential Primary Agencies/Subject Matter Experts in the
Unified Command Matrix does not exclude other agencies from being designated
Primary Agencies depending upon the jurisdictional issues of a specific
incident.
When the CIMS "Primary Agency Matrix" specifies a Unified Command-Command
Element, each of the Primary Agencies in the Unified Command-Command Element
will designate an "Agency Incident Commander."
If there is a CBRN/HazMat incident, until the NYPD determines that there is no
actual or suspected criminal activity or terrorism, the NYPD will be the one
Primary Agency in a Single Command-Command Element and designate one single
Incident Commander. If the NYPD determines that there is no actual or
suspected criminal activity or terrorism then the NYPD will be one of the
Primary Agencies in a Unified Command-Command Element and will designate an
"Agency Incident Commander." When determining if there is actual or suspected
criminal activity or terrorism, comply with the appropriate Department
procedures.
CIMS PRIMARY AGENCY MATRIX - SINGLE COMMAND MATRIX
SINGLE COMMAND MATRIX
INCIDENT TYPE

PRIMARY AGENCY

Auto Extrication
Boat in Distress
Citywide Cyber Incident
Civil Disturbance
Confined Space Rescue
Correctional Facility Disturbance
Downed Tree

NYPD/FDNY (First to arrive)
NYPD/FDNY (First to arrive)
NYPD and/or DOITT
NYPD
FDNY
DOC
DPR / FDNY

Elevator Incident or Emergency
Emotionally Disturbed Person
Entrapment / Impalement
Explosive Device, Bomb Threat
Fire
Hostage Incident
Sniper Incident
Special Event
Structural Collapse
Suspicious Package
Water / Ice Rescue

FDNY
NYPD
FDNY
NYPD
FDNY
NYPD
NYPD
NYPD
FDNY
NYPD
NYPD

When the CIMS "Primary Agency Matrix" specifies a Single Command-Command
Element, the one Primary Agency in the Single Command-Command Element will
designate one single Incident Commander.

P.G. 220-03 CIMS: Agency Core Competencies And Unified Operations
Section
Date Effective: 08-19-13
PURPOSE
To define and describe Agency Core Competencies at an incident.
DEFINITIONS
CIMS AGENCY "CORE COMPETENCIES" AND UNIFIED OPERATIONS SECTION Core Competencies are functional areas of expertise that are implemented at
incidents, and relate specifically to tactical operations that are managed by
the Operations Section; or if not activated, the Command Element.
Core Competencies have been identified for agencies with incident management
responsibilities identified in the Primary Agency Matrix. Although multiple
agencies may be capable of performing similar tactical operations, CIMS
assigns the Core Competency to only one specific agency.
Agencies have the authority to direct tactical operations related to their
Core Competencies at incidents. If more than one agency is capable of
performing the same tactical operations at an incident, the agency with the
Core Competency will give tactical direction, by the ranking officer, to other
agencies performing operations within that Core Competency.
In a Unified Command-Command Element, Agency Incident Commanders from the
Primary Agencies with tactical operations responsibility and a relevant "Core
Competency" will each designate an Agency Operations Section chief to direct
tactical operations in a Unified Operations Section. However, if Agency
Incident Commanders agree, they may select one single Operations Section chief
to direct tactical operations.
If there is a Single Command - Command Element at a CBRN/HazMat incident, the
NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency/Agency Representative; and
DEP Supporting Agency/Agency Representative; and DOHMH Supporting
Agency/Agency Representative will each designate an Agency Operations Section
chief to direct tactical operations in a Unified Operations Section. However,
if the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency/Agency
Representative; and DEP Supporting Agency/Agency Representative; and DOHMH
Supporting Agency/Agency Representative agree, they may select one single
Operations Section chief to direct tactical operations.
CIMS - CORE COMPETENCIES
CORE COMPETENCIES

AGENCY
FDNY

*
*
*
*
*

Fire Suppression
Pre-hospital Emergency Medical Care
Search and Rescue
Structural Evacuation
CBRN / Haz-Mat Life Safety (search for
& rescue injured; and provide pre-hospital
emergency medical care & transport; and
address immediate life safety hazards to the

*

public)and Mass Decontamination
Arson Investigation (Cause and Origin)

NYPD

* Law Enforcement and Investigation
* Intelligence Collection and Analysis
* Crime Scene Processing / Evidence
Preservation
* Site Management
1. Perimeter Control
2. Traffic Control
3. Crowd Control
4. Site Security and Force Protection
5. Evacuation (Area and /or Law Enforcement
related)
* Water Search and Rescue
* CBRN / Haz-Mat Overall Site Management,
Assessment and Investigation (Crime Scene /
Terrorism)
* Collision Investigation
* VIP Protection
* Arson Investigation (Major Case)

DOB

* Damage Assessment (Structural)
Re-occupancy (Structural)

DCAS

* Public Buildings: Infrastructure Assessment,
Repair and Reconstruction

DDC

* Technical Debris Management Operations
* Technical Stabilization, Remediation and
Demolition
* Public Buildings, Roadways, Water and
Wastewater: Infrastructure Assessment, Repair
and Reconstruction

DEP

* Environmental Monitoring, Sampling, Evaluation
and Analysis
* Environmental Mitigation (Chemical)
* Environmental Law Enforcement
* Water and Wastewater: Infrastructure Assessment,
Repair and Reconstruction

DOHMH

* Disease Surveillance and Epidemiology
* Public Health Orders, Clinical Guidance and Risk
Communication
* Mass Prophylaxis / Vaccination
* Laboratory Testing (Biological and Radiological)
* Public Health Assessment
* Environmental Mitigation (Radiological and
Biological)
* Animal-Related Surveillance and Vector Control
* Mental Health Needs Assessment and Service
Coordination

HPD

* Stabilization, Remediation and Demolition
* Tenant Relocation

DOITT

* Telecommunications: Infrastructure Assessment,

& Building

Repair and Reconstruction
OCME

* Fatality Management Operations

OEM

* Interagency Coordination and Support

DPR

* Forestry
* Parks: Infrastructure Assessment, Repair and
Reconstruction

DSNY

* Debris Management Operations (Non-Toxic and
Non-Hazardous Debris)
* Snow Removal Operations

DOT

* Bridges and Roadways: Infrastructure Assessment,
Repair and Reconstruction
* Transportation Systems Management
* Staten Island Ferry Operations

Con Ed

* Electric, Gas and Steam: Infrastructure Assessment,
Repair and Reconstruction

Keyspan / LIPA

* Electric and Gas: Infrastructure Assessment, Repair
and Reconstruction

Verizon

* Telecommunications: Infrastructure Assessment, Repair
and Reconstruction

P.G. 220-04 CIMS: Agency Roles
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: AGENCY ROLES
PURPOSE
To define and describe CIMS Agency Roles.
PROCEDURE
When responding to an incident, Agency Roles will be defined and described as
follows:
DEFINITIONS
PRIMARY AGENCY - Based upon the incident type, the CIMS Primary Agency Matrix
will designate one agency as the Primary Agency to command a Single Command Command Element. The Primary Agency will designate one single Incident
Commander who will have overall command responsibility for managing the
incident.
NOTE: The Primary Agency, Incident Commander will designate the Operations
Section chief. However, for a CBRN/HazMat incident there will be a Unified
Operations Section. In a Unified Operations Section the NYPD Incident
Commander, the FDNY Supporting Agency/Agency Representative, the DEP
Supporting Agency/Agency Representative, and the DOHMH Supporting
Agency/Agency Representative will each designate an Agency Operations Section
chief. However, the NYPD Incident Commander and the FDNY and DEP and DOHMH
Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives may all agree to designate only one
Operations Section chief.
The Primary Agency, Incident Commander will coordinate with the Supporting
Agencies to successfully achieve the Incident Objectives. PRIMARY AGENCIES Based upon the incident type, the CIMS Primary Agency Matrix will designate
more than one Primary Agency, called Primary Agencies, to command a Unified
Command-Command Element. Each of the Primary Agencies will designate an Agency
Incident Commander. All Agency Incident Commanders will co-locate and remain
at one single Incident Command Post, will jointly set Incident Objectives and
create one single Incident Action Plan.
NOTE: The Agency Incident Commanders in the Unified Command-Command Element
will each designate an Agency Operations Section chief. However, the Agency
Incident Commanders may all agree to designate only one Operations Section
chief. The Agency Incident Commanders in the Unified Command - Command Element
will coordinate with the Primary Agencies and the Supporting Agencies to
successfully achieve the Incident Objectives.
POTENTIAL PRIMARY AGENCIES - Potential Primary Agencies are state and federal
Agencies that have functional, political, or geographic/administrative
jurisdictional authority/responsibility at an incident under specific
conditions. For example, incidents occurring at airports, national parks,
railway facilities, military facilities; or, terrorism related incidents; or,
aviation incidents. If these state and federal Agencies have jurisdictional
authority/responsibility, they will be included in the Unified Command-Command

Element and the Unified Operations Section.
SUBJECT MATTER EXPERT AGENCIES – Agencies that do not have personnel deployed
to tactical assignments involving an incident; but, do have specific
scientific, engineering or other technical expertise involving incident
related tactical operations.

P.G. 220-05 CIMS: Command Element
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: COMMAND ELEMENT
PURPOSE
To outline the duties of the Command Element in CIMS.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Command
Element are:
COMMAND ELEMENT
1. Assume responsibility for overall incident management; and, assume command
of all strategic, tactical, investigative, and support incident management
functions, operations, activities, etc.
a. In a Single Command-Command Element, assume the position of Incident
Commander.
b. In a Unified Command-Command Element,
Incident Commander for the NYPD; and, work
Agency Incident Commander(s) designated by
have command responsibility in the Unified

assume the position of Agency
collaboratively with the other
each of the Primary Agencies that
Command-Command Element.

c. If there is a CBRN/HazMat incident, until the NYPD determines that there
is no actual or suspected criminal activity or terrorism, assume the position
of Incident Commander in a Single Command-Command Element. If the NYPD
determines that there is no actual or suspected criminal activity or terrorism
then assume the position of Agency Incident Commander for the NYPD in a
Unified Command-Command Element. When determining if there is actual or
suspected criminal activity or terrorism, comply with the appropriate
Department procedures.
2. Obtain complete briefing from previous Command Element when applicable;
assess the situation; make a preliminary determination regarding the nature,
scope, complexity, location, size, duration, boundaries, etc., of the
incident; and notify:
a. Desk Officer, Precinct of occurrence.
b. Patrol Borough Office, Borough of occurrence.
c. Operations Unit.
d. Communications Section dispatcher and/or supervisor.
3. Ensure incident safety and that adequate force protection, security, health
and safety measures are implemented.
a. Intervene in and/or suspend any incident management operations,
functions, activities, etc., to prevent, stop, and/or correct hazardous,

unhealthy or unsafe activities, functions and conditions.
b. Ensure all incident executives, managers, supervisors, and personnel make
safety the #1 priority.
4. Ensure accountability, safety, health, force protection and security
measures are developed and implemented for personnel, vehicles, equipment,
facilities, and other resources.
5. Establish incident management priorities including Life Safety Operations
(immediate #1 priority); Site Management Operations; Investigative Operations
and Recovery/Restoration Operations.
6. Ensure Life Safety Operations, Site Management Operations, Investigative
Operations, Recovery/Restoration Operations and any other necessary
operations, activities, functions, etc., are expeditiously and properly
conducted in a coordinated manner; and, are implemented and conducted
concurrently and/or consecutively in whatever sequence is deemed appropriate.
a. Life Safety Operations are the immediate #1 priority. Absent
extraordinary emergency circumstances, Life Safety Operations supersede all
other incident management operations.
b. Ensure the first properly trained and equipped emergency responder
personnel assess/ evaluate the incident and, if capable, initiate Life Safety
and Site Management Operations.
c. Consult with the Primary Agency(ies), Supporting Agency(ies) and
Coordinating Agency regarding the implementation of Site Management
Operations.
d. If approved by the Command Element, Investigative Operations may be
initiated concurrently with Life Safety Operations.
e. In order to avoid interfering with Investigative Operations, particularly
the processing of Crime Scenes and Investigative Scenes, Recovery/Restoration
Operations usually will not be commenced until Investigative Operations have
concluded. However, if approved by the Command Element, Recovery/Restoration
Operations may be initiated concurrently with Investigative Operations and/or
Life Safety Operations.
f. Depending upon the circumstances, different incident management
operations/activities may be initiated and conducted concurrently and/or
consecutively in whatever sequence is deemed appropriate by the Command
Element.
7. Utilize "Management by Objectives" principles, and determine Incident
Objectives, Strategies and Tactical Direction.
a. The Incident Objectives identify what must be accomplished in order to
successfully resolve the incident.
(1) All Incident Objectives must be:
i. Attainable considering the existing incident management related
limitations and constraints.
ii. Measurable in order to determine whether they are being effectively,

efficiently and expeditiously achieved.
iii. Adaptable/flexible to provide for alternative Strategies and tactical
operations.
(2) The time required to successfully resolve the incident and the length of
the Operational Period(s) should be considered when determining the Incident
Objectives.
b. Strategy describes the general method or methods that should be used,
either singly or in combination and either consecutively or simultaneously, to
effectively, efficiently and expeditiously achieve the Incident Objectives.
One or more appropriate Strategies should be identified for each Incident
Objective; and if possible, there should be an alternative Strategy(ies) for
each Incident Objective. Strategies should be feasible, practical, effective,
efficient and ensure safety/security. When identifying Strategies, the time
required to successfully resolve the incident and the length of the
Operational Period(s) should be considered.
c. Tactical Direction is provided by the Command Element. However, the
Operations Section chief, if that position has been activated, is responsible
for formulating and executing the specific tactical operations/activities
required to accomplish the Incident Objectives. Tactical Direction involves:
(1) Identifying the tactics/actions appropriate to the selected
Strategy(ies) that must be performed in order to achieve the Incident
Objectives.
(2) Identifying the required resources/support and determining availability.
(3) Ensuring there is sufficient logistics service and support.
(4) Deploying the required resources and maintaining appropriate reserves.
(5) Monitoring the performance of the organization and the resources in
order to measure whether the Incident Objectives are being effectively,
efficiently, and expeditiously achieved.
(6) Identifying and implementing necessary modifications.
(7) Considering the time required to successfully resolve the incident and
the length of the Operational Period(s).
8. Determine the required number, Kind and Type of resources; and, request
that those resources promptly respond to the appropriate location, i.e.,
Staging Area(s).
9. Ensure arriving resources, and resources that initially responded directly
to the incident scene, properly "Check-In", and are appropriately organized,
e.g., Single Resources, Resource Teams, Special Response Teams.
10. Ensure arriving resources, and resources that initially responded directly
to the incident scene are assigned and deployed to appropriate incident
related tactical, investigative, support, supervisory, etc., operations,
functions and activities; and/or, are retained at the Staging Area(s) in an
"Available" status awaiting assignment.
a. Ensure there are adequate reserves maintained.

11. Work collaboratively and coordinate with the Primary Agency(ies),
Supporting Agency(ies), Coordinating Agency; and, other appropriate
governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations, private
entities/individuals.
a. The NYC Office of Emergency Management (OEM) is New York City's
Coordinating Agency. OEM may respond to multi-agency incidents and participate
in a Unified Command or Single Command incident management organization.
b. Do NOT wait for a representative from OEM to arrive on the scene to begin
inter-agency coordination. The Command Element must immediately begin
coordinating the activities of all of the involved governmental agencies,
non-governmental organizations, private entities/individuals, etc.
12. Select an appropriate location and establish the Incident Command Post
(ICP). If there is a Unified Command-Command Element, Agency Incident
Commanders will jointly select an appropriate location to establish the
Incident Command Post.
a. Initially, the Incident Command Post will be wherever the Command Element
is located.
b. The Incident Command Post can be any type of facility that is available
and appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open area, room in a building.
The Incident Command Post should be large enough to provide adequate work
space for the assigned personnel. The Incident Command Post should contain
situation information and resource status displays and other planning related
information.
c. There is only one single Incident Command Post for an incident
irrespective of whether there is a Single Command-Command Element or a Unified
Command - Command Element. The Incident Command Post will be identified by the
name of the incident.
d. Choose a location that is a reasonable and appropriate distance from the
incident site; and, will provide for safety, health, security and force
protection; and, will provide easy and expeditious access and egress; and, is
sufficiently large and will allow for expansion; and, will permit continuous
operations; and, will provide adequate workspace and utility/ communications
service. Generally, the Incident Command Post will be located within the Site
Access Control/Outer Perimeter.
e. Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
are implemented regarding the Incident Command Post.
f. Whenever possible, the Incident Command Post should not be relocated.
However, it may be necessary to relocate the Incident Command Post if the
incident evolves/progresses and circumstances or conditions change. For
example, during the initial stages of an incident the situation may rapidly
change and the Incident Command Post may have to be relocated one or more
times; or, the Incident Command Post may have to be relocated if an Operations
Section Post is activated; or, a change in incident size/location may require
relocation of the Incident Command Post in order to improve command,
operations, communications, etc.; or, relocation of the Incident Command Post
may be required in order to resolve safety, health, security or force
protection issues.

g. Notify the following of the location and telephone number(s) of the
Incident Command Post:
(1) Desk Officer, Precinct of occurrence.
(2) Patrol Borough Office, Borough of occurrence.
(3) Communications Division dispatcher and/or supervisor.
(4) Operations Unit.
(5) NYPD Emergency Operations Center, if activated.
(6) Other appropriate NYPD units and/or personnel.
(7) Other appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations
and/or private entities/individuals.
h. Request Incident Command Post flag, banner, beacon, sign or other
distinctive marker.
i. Request Incident Command Post vehicle(s), if required.
13. Manage the incident from the Incident Command Post (ICP).
a. The Incident Command Post is the location where the Command Element,
i.e., Single Command, Incident Commander or Unified Command, Agency Incident
Commanders, will remain and perform the command function. The Incident Command
Post provides a central coordination point from which the Command Element,
Command Staff, each appropriate Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives,
Coordinating Agency, General Staff planning functions and certain General
Staff support functions will normally operate.
b. The Command Element, necessary members of the Command Staff, necessary
members of the General Staff, each required Supporting Agency/Agency
Representatives and Coordinating Agency, will report to the Incident Command
Post as soon as possible; remain together; develop the Incident Objectives,
Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, etc.; and,
formulate one single Incident Action Plan.
c. Depending upon the nature, size, complexity, location, duration, etc., of
the incident, some members of the General Staff and Command Staff may be
situated/operating at other locations. However, they will attend planning
meetings conducted at the Incident Command Post and will remain in close
contact with the Command Element.
14. Establish an appropriate organizational structure and continuously monitor
the operation and effectiveness of that organization. In determining how to
structure the incident management organization, the Command Element should
consider the following:
a. Comply with recommended Span of Control principles.
b. When necessary, delegate authority and assign personnel to perform one or
more incident related tactical and/or support tasks/functions.
c. When necessary, delegate authority and assign personnel to the Command
Staff positions and/or to General Staff Sections, to manage the performance of

the tasks/functions that have been delegated and supervise the personnel to
whom the tasks were assigned.
d. When determining whether to activate a General Staff Section or Command
Staff position, activate and staff only the organizational elements that are
necessary to manage the required functions/tasks;
(1) If one individual can simultaneously manage all major functions/tasks,
no further organization is required.
(2) If one or more of the functions/tasks requires independent management,
an individual or individuals are assigned to manage those functions/tasks.
e. Deactivate organizational elements no longer required.
f. The functions/tasks of any non-activated or deactivated subordinate
organizational element will be managed by the overhead supervising
organizational element.
15. Perform the duties and retain responsibility for the functions of any
General Staff Sections and Command Staff positions that are not activated or
are deactivated.
16. When appropriate, activate required Command Staff positions i.e., Public
Information, Safety, Liaison, other required position(s); and designate
qualified personnel as Command Staff "officers".
a. May assign one person to more than one Command Staff position. However,
do not combine the functions of different Command Staff positions into a
"hybrid" Command Staff position.
b. The number of Assistants assigned to a particular Command Staff position
will be determined by the respective Command Staff officer after conferring
with the Command Element, and will depend upon the nature, size, complexity,
location, duration, etc., of the incident.
c. Based upon the nature, complexity, location, size, duration, etc., of the
incident; and, specific capabilities, limitations, needs, requirements, etc.,
of the Command Element, additional Command Staff positions other than the
Public Information, Safety, and Liason positions may be activated; and,
qualified personnel may be designated as the additional Command Staff
officers, e.g., Attorney-Legal officer, Epidemiologist-Medical officer,
Structural Engineer-Engineering officer, Chemist-Science officer.
d. If there is a Unified Command–Command Element, all of the Agency Incident
Commanders will jointly designate one Public Information officer and the one
Liaison officer. However, the Mayor's Press Office has the authority and may
designate the one Public Information officer; and, the NYC Office of Emergency
Management (OEM) has the authority and may designate the one Liaison officer.
e. When the NYPD is one of the Primary Agencies in a Unified Command-Command
Element, if the Liaison officer position and/or the Public Information officer
position is activated, absent unusual circumstances, the NYPD Agency Incident
Commander should make every effort to have a member of the NYPD designated as
the Liaison officer and have a member of the NYPD designated as the Public
Information Officer; or if that is not possible, have a member of the NYPD
designated as an Assistant to a non NYPD Liaison officer and have a member of
the NYPD designated as an Assistant to a non NYPD Public Information officer.

f. If there is a Single Command–Command Element, the Incident Commander may
designate the one Liaison officer; however, OEM has the authority and may
designate the one Liaison officer.
g. If there is a Single Command-Command Element, the Incident Commander may
designate the one Public Information Officer; however, the Mayor's Press
Office has the authority and may designate the one Public Information officer.
h. If there is a Unified Command–Command Element, each of the Agency
Incident Commanders will designate an Agency Safety officer. However, if all
of the Agency Incident Commanders agree, they may jointly designate one Safety
officer.
i. If there is a Single Command–Command Element at a CBRN/HazMat incident,
the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency/Agency Representative;
and DEP Supporting Agency/Agency Representative; and DOHMH Supporting
Agency/Agency Representative will each designate an Agency Safety officer.
However, if the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency/Agency
Representative; and DEP Supporting Agency/Agency Representative; and DOHMH
Supporting Agency/Agency Representative all agree, they may jointly designate
one Safety officer.
j. If there is a Single Command-Command Element, except for a CBRN/HazMat
incident, the Incident Commander will designate the one Safety Officer.
17. When appropriate, activate required General Staff Sections, i.e.,
Operations, Planning, Logistics, Finance/Administration,
Intelligence/Investigations; and, assign qualified personnel as Section
"chiefs".
a. May assign one person to be the chief of more than one General Staff
Section. However, do not combine the functions of different General Staff
Sections into a "hybrid" General Staff Section.
b. The number of personnel assigned to a particular General Staff Section
will be determined by the respective General Staff Section chief after
conferring with the Command Element, and will depend upon the nature, size,
complexity, location, duration, etc., of the incident.
c. If there is a Single Command-Command Element, the Incident Commander will
designate the one Planning Section chief; and, the one Logistics Section
chief; and, the one
(1) Finance/Administrative Section chief; and, the one
Intelligence/Investigation Section chief.
d. If there is a Single Command-Command Element, except for a CBRN/HazMat
incident, the Incident Commander will designate the one Operations Section
chief.
e. If there is a Unified Command-Command Element, all of the Agency Incident
Commanders will jointly designate one Section chief for each activated General
Staff Section with the exception of the Operations Section. When the NYPD is
one of the Primary Agencies in a Unified Command-Command Element, absent
unusual circumstances, the NYPD Agency Incident Commander should make every
effort to have a member of the NYPD designated as the one Section chief for
each activated General Staff Section; or if that is not possible, have a

member of the NYPD designated as a Deputy to each non NYPD General Staff
Section chief.
18. Activate a "Unified Operations Section" when there is a Single
Command-Command Element at a CBRN/HazMat incident; or, anytime there is a
Unified Command-Command Element.
a. If there is a Unified Command-Command Element, Agency Incident Commanders
from each of the Primary Agencies with tactical operations responsibility and
a relevant "Core Competency" will each designate an Agency Operations Section
chief to direct tactical operations in a Unified Operations Section. However,
if all of the Agency Incident Commanders agree, they may jointly designate one
Operations Section chief.
b. If there is a Single Command-Command Element at a CBRN/HazMat incident,
the NYPD Agency Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency/Agency
Representative; and DEP Supporting Agency/Agency Representative; and DOHMH
Supporting Agency/ Agency Representative will each designate an Agency
Operations Section chief to direct tactical operations in a Unified Operations
Section. However, if the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting
Agency/Agency Representative; and DEP Supporting Agency/Agency Representative;
and DOHMH Supporting Agency/Agency Representative all agree, they may jointly
designate one Operations Section chief.
c. Core Competencies are functional areas of expertise that are implemented
at incidents, and relate specifically to tactical operations that are
managed/directed by the Operations Section, or the Command Element if the
Operations Section has not been activated. Core Competencies have been
identified for Agencies with incident management responsibilities identified
in the Primary Agency Matrix. Although multiple Agencies may be capable of
performing similar tactical operations, CIMS assigns the Core Competency to
one single Agency.
d. Agencies have the authority to direct tactical operations related to
their Core Competencies at incidents. If more than one agency is capable of
performing the same tactical operations at an incident, the agency with the
Core Competency will give tactical direction, by the ranking officer, to other
agencies performing operations within that Core Competency.
19. Ensure tactical operations, functions, and activities are expeditiously
implemented, properly managed and directed in the appropriate manner:
a. If there is a Unified Operations Section, each Agency Operations Section
chief will direct the tactical operations involving their Agencies' Core
Competencies. Each Agencies' Core Competencies are listed in the CIMS Core
Competency chart.
b. If there is a Single Operations Section, the one Operations Section chief
will direct all tactical operations.
20. Ensure tactical assignments are based upon the responding Agencies'
functional capabilities, e.g., resources, expertise, training, experience
skills; and, legal/jurisdictional authority, mission and responsibilities.
21. Coordinate and direct the activities of the Command Staff and General
Staff.
22. When necessary, implement an appropriate organizational structure, i.e.,

incident management "Expansion Option," to manage an extremely complex, severe
and extensive incident; or, more than one incident; or, one extremely large
incident. Incident Management Expansion Options include:
a. Activating an Incident Complex.
b. Activating a second Operations Section.
c. Activating a second Logistics Section.
d. Conducting Operations Section/Branch level tactical planning.
e. Having the Planning Section conduct advance/long range planning and
contingency planning.
f. Dividing a single extremely large incident into two or more separate
incidents; and, activating a separate Command Element and appropriate incident
management organization to resolve each of the separate incidents.
23. When appropriate, coordinate incident management operations and activities
with other associated incident management organizations, entities, systems,
facilities, etc., i.e., Area Command, Multi-Agency Coordination (MAC) Group,
Emergency Operations Center (EOC) and/or Joint Information Center (JIC).
24. Continually monitor/evaluate the incident management organizational
structure; and, the performance of the Deputy(ies), General Staff Section
"chiefs," Command Staff "officers" and as appropriate, other incident
management personnel.
a. Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
25. Ensure that Command Staff and General Staff understand:
a. They may interact and communicate with any position within the incident
management organization.
b. Absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given through the
established Chain of Command.
c. Absent extraordinary circumstances, resource orders/requests and resource
status changes must be approved by the appropriate authority and communicated
through the established Chain of Command.
26. Ensure that appropriate "procedural" and "technological" measures are
implemented to ensure effective and efficient integrated inter-agency
interoperable communications.
a. When appropriate, implement the use of Borough/Citywide "repeated"
interoperable radio frequencies and/or tactical "point-to-point" interoperable
radio frequencies.
b. When appropriate and necessary, utilize the NYC Agencies' Citywide
"repeated" interoperable 800 MHz radio frequency.
c. Ensure that all incident personnel use clear text for inter-agency
communications and communicate using CIMS nomenclature/terminology.
d. Ensure all incident personnel observe strict radio and telephone

communications discipline and limit communications to essential information.
e. When necessary, ensure radio and mobile phone interconnect systems are
used to enhance interoperable communications.
f. Ensure a Communications Plan is developed and implemented.
(1) The Communications Plan will ensure effective, efficient and expeditious
inter-agency interoperable communications.
(2) The Communications Plan will be a component of the Incident Action Plan.
(3) Depending upon the circumstances, the Communications Plan may be written
or verbal.
27. Manage Life Safety Operations.
a. The immediate # 1 priority.
b. Tactical activities taken to preserve and protect public safety including
tactical activities:
(1) Required to stabilize the incident.
(2) Implemented in response to imminent hazards or threats to life.
c. Life Safety Operations do not include personal safety measures.
d. Intervene in and/or suspend Life Safety Operations to prevent, stop
and/or correct hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe activities, functions and
conditions.
28. Manage Site Management Operations.
a. Consult with the Primary Agency(ies), Supporting Agency(ies) and
Coordinating Agency regarding the implementation of Site Management Operations
including the establishment of perimeters and the implementation of Emergency
Credentialing operations.
29. Manage Investigative Operations.
a. When there is a considerable investigative or intelligence component to
the management or resolution of an incident, the Command Element should
establish an Intelligence/ Investigations Section as part of the General
Staff. In unusual situations, when the Intelligence/Investigations function is
not a considerable component of the management or resolution of an incident,
it may be organized as a Branch or Group within the Operations Section rather
than as a separate General Staff Section. In extremely unusual situations when
the Intelligence/Investigations function is minimal, it may be organized as a
Command Staff position or Planning Section/Situation Unit function.
b. When appropriate, ensure investigative and intelligence considerations
are included in the Incident Objectives, and Investigative Operations are
incorporated into the Incident Action Plan.
c. When appropriate, ensure that the Primary Agency(ies), Supporting
Agency(ies) and Coordinating Agency personnel avoid or minimize interference
with Investigative Operations, particularly the processing of Crime Scenes and

Investigative Scenes.
30. Manage Recovery/Restoration Operations.
a. Recovery/Restoration Operations include final mitigation of the incident
and a return to non-emergency conditions.
b. The Coordinating Agency will facilitate, coordinate and support
Recovery/Restoration Operations.
31. Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a. The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the Deputy
should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge, skills, experience, as
the principal; and must be capable of assuming the principal's position.
b. The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1) Collect incident related information, monitor performance, evaluate
incident operations/ resources and communicate with the principal, i.e., be
the "eyes and ears" of the principal.
(2) Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol/Detective
Borough Commander, Operations Unit, Emergency Operations Center if activated,
Area Command if activated.
(3) Function as a relief.
(4) Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c. The Deputy may be a member of a different Agency/Jurisdiction than the
principal. For example, the Deputy may be a member of an Agency/Jurisdiction
that:
(1) Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant resources
involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2) Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly affected
by the incident.
d. Designating a Deputy who is a member of a different Agency/Jurisdiction
may significantly increase inter-agency coordination and cooperation.
32. Ensure responding Agencies do not allocate, deploy or assign unnecessary
or inappropriate resources to the incident; and, ensure required resources
respond to the incident scene in a controlled fashion and are deployed in an
organized/coordinated manner.
33. Ensure planning meetings are scheduled as needed and are properly managed.
34. Formulate, approve and authorize the implementation of one single Incident
Action Plan. The Incident Action Plan may be verbal or written.
a. Closely monitor and evaluate the implementation of the Incident Action
Plan.
b. Modify the Incident Action Plan when necessary.

35. Approve requests/orders for additional resources.
36. Approve requests/orders for the release/demobilization of resources from
the incident.
37. Authorize release of information to the news media and/or public.
a. Determine what recommended health, safety and security related protective
measures must be communicated to the public, e.g., evacuate, shelter in place,
change clothes, wash.
b. When appropriate, disseminate Emergency Public Information to the media
and the public.
c. If the incident is large, complex, exceedingly newsworthy, involves
several Supporting Agencies, etc., release information to the media and the
public by conducting a joint - Agency press conference(s).
d. When necessary, utilize a Joint Information System and establish and
maintain a Joint Information Center that will be staffed by public affairs
personnel from all of the Primary Agencies and Supporting Agencies.
(1) In extremely unusual circumstances, multiple Joint Information Centers
may be established.
(2) When appropriate, collaborate with the office of the Deputy
Commissioner, Public Information, the Mayor's Press Office and OEM, to
activate a Joint Information System and establish a Joint Information
Center(s).
38. Ensure all appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc., regarding
incident related operations, functions, conditions, occurrences and activities
are properly prepared, filed, maintained, secured, stored, etc.
39. Continually monitor performance, analyze data/information, evaluate
operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate the
implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Make required modifications to the current Incident Action Plan,
including Incident Objectives, Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics,
assignments, priorities, resources, incident management operations,
communications, etc.
b. Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period or
prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
40. Ensure that the required number and type of Incident Facilities are
established at appropriate locations. Locations will be chosen that will:
a. Are a reasonable and appropriate distance from the incident;
b. Provide for adequate safety, health, security and force protection;
c. Provide easy and expeditious access and egress;
d. Are sufficiently large enough and will allow for expansion;
e. Will permit continuous operations;

f. Provide adequate work space and utility/communications services.
41. Ensure that when "Transfer of Command" occurs, it is performed in an
appropriate organized manner.
a. There should be a face to face Transfer of Command, if possible.
b. The incoming Command Element must obtain a comprehensive briefing from
the outgoing Command Element that includes all essential information necessary
to ensure effective and efficient management of the incident.
c. Information included in the Transfer of Command briefing should be
recorded and/or displayed, if possible.
d. Identify a specific time for Transfer of Command to occur. When possible,
for an on-going incident, Transfer of Command should occur at the start of a
new Operational Period.
e. Notifications must be made to the Primary Agency(ies); Supporting
Agency(ies)/Agency Representatives; the Coordinating Agency; Command Staff;
General Staff; all incident management supervisory personnel; Communications
Division dispatcher and/or supervisor; and other appropriate personnel.
42. Ensure compliance with "Span of Control," "Chain of Command" and "Unity of
Command" incident management principles.
a. Span of Control: The number of personnel that can be effectively managed
by one supervisor; or, the number of subordinate organizational elements that
can be effectively managed by one overhead supervising organizational element.
(1) The recommended Span of Control should be from 1:3 to 1:7; or, for law
enforcement operations from 1:8 to 1:10.
b. Unity of Command: Every subordinate has only one designated supervisor,
and the subordinate reports to that supervisor.
c. Chain of Command: A series of management positions in order of authority;
and, a designated line of authority within the personnel ranks and
organizational levels of the incident management organization where
subordinate personnel ranks/organizational levels report to and receive
direction from the overhead supervising personnel ranks/organizational levels.
43. When appropriate, order the demobilization of some or all of the incident
resources, operations, organizational elements, facilities, sites and other
appropriate incident related functions/activities.
44. When demobilization occurs, comply with appropriate demobilization
procedures and, if applicable, the Demobilization Plan.
45. Ensure all required incident related "After-Action" briefings, reports,
meetings, critiques and other activities are expeditiously and properly
performed.
ADDITIONAL DATA
The Command Element may be structured in one of two ways:

1. Single Command:
a. When the CIMS "Primary Agency Matrix" specifies a Single Command-Command
Element, the one Primary Agency in the Single Command-Command Element will
designate one single Incident Commander.
(1) A Primary Agency is defined as the Agency authorized by CIMS to have
overall responsibility for an incident, including overall management of
strategic and tactical operations.
b. The designated Incident Commander has overall incident management
responsibility; develops the Incident Objectives; formulates and implements
one single Incident Action Plan; manages all operational and support
activities; and, approves all requests pertaining to the ordering and release
of incident resources. The Incident Commander is responsible for working
collaboratively with the Supporting Agency(ies) and Coordinating Agency.
2. Unified Command:
a. When the CIMS "Primary Agency Matrix" specifies a Unified Command-Command
Element, each of the Primary Agencies in the Unified Command-Command Element
will designate an "Agency Incident Commander".
(1) Incidents managed by a Unified Command-Command Element will have more
than one Primary Agency called Primary Agencies.
b. The Agency Incident Commanders will co-locate and remain at one single
Incident Command Post and jointly establish a common set of Incident
Objectives, Strategies, Tactical Direction and priorities. They will manage
one integrated organizational structure, a joint planning process and a joint
resource management process. The Agency Incident Commanders will formulate and
implement one single Incident Action Plan that includes an inter-agency
integrated Communications Plan. They will jointly execute integrated tactical
operations, implement interoperable communications technological and
procedural measures when required and maximize the use of assigned resources.
The Agency Incident Commanders are responsible for working collaboratively
with the Primary Agencies, Coordinating Agency and Supporting Agency(ies).
c. When a Unified Command-Command Element is established, all Agency
Incident Commanders are at an equal level of authority in the Command Element
regardless of their designated Agency rank, i.e., Fire Captain, Police
Sergeant, EMS Lieutenant, etc.

P.G. 220-06 CIMS: Public Information Officer
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER
PURPOSE
To outline the duties of the Public Information officer in CIMS.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Public
Information Officer are:
PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER
1. Assume the position of Public Information officer as part of the Incident
Management Team; and, manage public information activities including:
a. Responding to inquiries from media and/or the public.
b. Developing incident related information for the media and the public.
c. Absent unusual circumstances, acting as the spokesperson for all of the
governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and private
entities/individuals involved in incident management activities.
2. Confer with the Command Element in order to:
a. Obtain approval prior to releasing information to the media and/or the
public.
b. Determine any limitations and constraints on the information to be
released to the media and/or the public.
3. After obtaining approval from the Command Element, when appropriate,
perform the following functions:
a. Expeditiously formulate and disseminate unified, consistent, concise,
clear, comprehensive and accurate official information to the media and the
public.
b. Conduct media briefings.
c. Distribute written media releases.
d. Release Emergency Public Information, public warnings and recommended
incident related public health, safety, and security protective measures.
e. Arrange for tours, interviews of incident personnel and incident related
photo/video/ television opportunities.
f. Establish and supervise an appropriate number of media placement areas
that have sufficient space and are appropriately located so as not to
interfere with incident management operations, or compromise the

confidentiality/security of incident management activities.
g. If the incident is large, complex, exceedingly newsworthy, involves
several Supporting Agencies, etc., release information to the media and the
public by conducting one or more joint – Agency press conferences.
4. Provide advice and support to the Command Element regarding incident
related media, public information and public affairs issues.
5. Develop and, after obtaining the required approval, implement media, public
information and public affairs related plans, policies, procedures,
strategies, programs, operations, activities, functions, etc.
6. In situations involving scientific, engineering or other technical incident
management procedures, plans, strategies, operations, activities, functions,
etc., the Public Information officer may request the Supporting Agency(ies)
and/or Primary Agency(ies) with the appropriate technical Core Competency(ies)
to provide advice/assistance, and/or to provide the necessary information
directly to the media and the public.
7. Identify, control and correct incident related rumors, disinformation,
misinformation, inaccurate/incorrect information, conflicting information,
etc.
8. Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection and
security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and other
resources.
9. Monitor the media and forward any useful media information to the Command
Element, Planning Section, Intelligence/Investigations function, and any other
appropriate General Staff Sections or Command Staff positions.
a. Monitor information provided by governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities/individuals and forward any useful
information to the Command Element, Planning Section,
Intelligence/Investigations function, and any other appropriate General Staff
Sections or Command Staff positions.
10. Coordinate with the Command Element, Operations Section,
Intelligence/Investigations function and other appropriate General Staff
Sections and Command Staff positions to ensure that all public information
activities are reconciled with and do not compromise intelligence,
investigative, support, operational, etc., confidentiality or security.
11. Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given through
the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent extraordinary
circumstances, resource orders/requests and resource status changes must be
approved by the appropriate authority and communicated through the established
Chain of Command.
12. When necessary, utilize a Joint Information System; and if established,
closely coordinate, communicate and maintain liaison with the Joint
Information Center (JIC), or in extremely unusual circumstances, multiple
Joint Information Centers.
a. When appropriate, represent the NYPD in the Joint Information Center(s),
if established.

b. If there is a Single Command-Command Element, the Joint Information
Center spokesperson will be designated by the Mayor's Press Office, and absent
unusual circumstances, will be the Public Information officer.
c. If there is a Unified Command-Command Element, the Joint Information
Center spokesperson will be designated by the Mayor's Press Office.
13. Designate an Assistant or Assistants when necessary after conferring with
the Command Element.
a. The Assistant is a subordinate to the principal.
b. The Assistant does not have to possess the same qualifications, i.e.,
knowledge, skills, or experience, as the principal. The Assistant may possess
a level of technical and non-technical ability that is less than the
principal; and will be given less responsibility than the principal.
c. The role of the Assistant is flexible, and the Assistant may:
(1) Collect incident related information, monitor performance, evaluate
incident operations/resources and communicate with the principal, i.e., be the
"eyes and ears" of the principal.
(2) Make notifications.
(3) Function as a relief.
(4) Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
d. The Assistant may be a member of a different Agency/Jurisdiction than the
principal. For example, the Assistant may be a member of an
Agency/Jurisdiction that:
(1) Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant resources
involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2) Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly affected
by the incident.
14. Absent unusual circumstances, establish a work location at or in the
vicinity of the Incident Command Post. When identifying an appropriate work
location consider the following:
a. Remain close to the Incident Command Post to ensure easy and expeditious
access to incident information, and to be able to expeditiously confer with
the Command Element.
b. Generally, there must be an area for media interactions and formal
briefings.
c. There should be sufficient space for displays and handout material.
d. Tours, interviews of incident personnel and incident related
photo/video/television opportunities, etc., may have to be arranged.
15. Participate in the planning meetings when appropriate, and assist in the
development of the Incident Action Plan.

a. Prepare any required public information related plans.
b. Ensure that the public information aspects of the Incident Action Plan
are properly formulated and implemented.
c. Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the public information
aspects of the Demobilization Plan.
16. Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Public Information officer functions/activities.
17. Continually monitor/evaluate the organization and effectiveness of the
Public Information function; and, the performance of the Assistant(s).
a. Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
18. Continually monitor performance, analyze data/information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the Command
Element regarding incident related media and public information issues.
b. Recommend to the Command Element, any necessary modifications to the
current Incident Action Plan, including media/public information issues,
Incident Objectives, Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments,
priorities, resources, incident management operations, communications, etc.
c. Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period or
prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If there is a Single Command-Command Element, the Incident Commander may
designate the one Public Information officer; however, the Mayor's Press
Office has the authority and may designate the one Public Information officer.
When the NYPD is the Primary Agency in a Single Command-Command Element, if
the Public Information officer position is activated, absent unusual
circumstances, the Incident Commander should make every effort to have a
member of the NYPD designated as the Public Information officer; or if that is
not possible, designated as an Assistant to a non-NYPD Public Information
officer. Whenever possible, the Incident Commander should designate a member
of service assigned to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public
Information to perform the functions of the Public Information officer; or if
that is not possible, to perform the functions of an Assistant to a non-NYPD
Public Information officer.
If there is a Unified Command-Command Element, all of the Agency Incident
Commanders will jointly designate the one Public Information officer; however,
the Mayor's Press Office has the authority and may designate the one Public
Information officer. When the NYPD is one of the one Primary Agencies in a
Unified Command-Command Element, if the Public Information officer position is
activated, absent unusual circumstances, the NYPD Agency Incident Commander
should make every effort to have a member of the NYPD designated as the Public
Information officer; or if that is not possible, designated as an Assistant to
a non-NYPD Public Information officer. Whenever possible, the NYPD Agency
Incident Commander should designate a member of service assigned to the Office

of the Deputy Commissioner, Public Information to perform the functions of the
Public Information officer; or if that is not possible, to perform the
functions of an Assistant to a non-NYPD Public Information officer.
If a Joint Information Center (JIC) is established, or in extremely unusual
circumstances multiple Joint Information Centers are established, absent
extraordinary circumstances, a member of the NYPD will be assigned to the
Joint Information Center(s) to represent the Department. Whenever possible, a
member of service assigned to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Public
Information will be assigned to the Joint Information Center(s).

P.G. 220-07 CIMS: Safety Officer
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: SAFETY OFFICER
PURPOSE
To outline the duties of the Safety officer in CIMS.
SAFETY OFFICER
1. Confer with the Command Element and determine whether there will be one
Safety officer; or, two or more Agency Safety officers.
a. If there is a Unified Command-Command Element, each of the Agency
Incident Commanders may designate an Agency Safety officer. However, if all of
the Agency Incident Commanders agree, they may jointly designate one Safety
officer.
b. If there is a Single Command-Command Element at a CBRN/HazMat incident,
the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency/Agency Representative;
and DEP Supporting Agency/Agency Representative; and DOHMH Supporting
Agency/Agency Representative will each designate an Agency Safety officer.
However, if the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency/Agency
Representative; and DEP Supporting Agency/Agency Representative; and DOHMH
Supporting Agency/Agency Representative all agree, they may jointly designate
one Safety officer.
c. If there is a Single Command-Command Element, except for a CBRN/HazMat
incident, the Incident Commander will designate the one Safety officer.
2. Assume the position of Safety officer or NYPD Agency Safety officer as part
of the Incident Management Team.
a. The Safety officer function is required by law at a hazardous materials
incident.
b. If there is a Unified Command-Command Element, assume the position of
NYPD Agency Safety officer and work collaboratively with the Agency Safety
officer designated by each of the Primary Agencies that have command
responsibility in the Unified Command-Command Element.
c. If there is a Single Command-Command Element at a CBRN/HazMat incident,
assume the position of NYPD Agency Safety officer and work collaboratively
with the FDNY Agency Safety officer, the DEP Agency Safety officer and the
DOHMH Agency Safety officer.
d. If there is a Single Command-Command Element, except for a CBRN/HazMat
incident, and the NYPD is the Primary Agency, assume the position as the one
Safety officer and work collaboratively with each Supporting Agency/Agency
Representative.
3. Perform an Incident Safety Analysis.
4. Provide advice to the Command Element regarding the safety, health, force

protection and security of incident personnel. Make recommendations regarding:
a. Health hazards, e.g., decaying human remains, unsafe air quality, body
fluids, vectors, infectious diseases, polluted water.
b. Physical hazards, e.g., falling debris, explosives, weakened structures,
exposed electrical wires, unstable rubble, slippery surfaces, confined spaces.
c. CBRN/HazMat hazards including environmental contamination, incident
personnel exposure/contamination, exclusion zones, i.e., hot zone, warm zone,
cold zone, contamination control/mitigation measures and decontamination
measures.
d. The appropriate type of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) that should
be used by incident personnel, e.g., safety glasses/goggles, splash resistant
garments, respiratory protection, chemical protective garments, foot
protection, totally encapsulating garments, head impact protection, gloves.
e. Operational hazards involving incident personnel performing
functions/activities without the appropriate equipment.
f. Operational hazards involving incident personnel performing
functions/activities without the required level of training, experience,
knowledge, skills, etc.
g. Operational hazards involving incident personnel not having appropriate
procedures, supervision, plans, management, protocols, organization, programs,
systems, etc.
h. Operational hazards involving unnecessary or inappropriate resources
responding to the incident; and/or, required resources not responding to the
incident in a controlled fashion or not being deployed in a
coordinated/organized manner.
i. Operational hazards involving current, anticipated or potential
environmental conditions, e.g., temperature, precipitation, wind, lightning,
darkness.
j. Operational hazards involving incident personnel not having appropriate
work schedules and sufficient rest, rehabilitation, relief, leave, etc.
k. Operational hazards involving incident personnel not having appropriate
and sufficient food/water, clothing, lodging, supplies, sanitation,
heating/cooling systems, lighting, transportation, etc.
l. Operational hazards involving force protection and security.
m. Operational hazards involving a dangerous individual(s), device(s) or
situation(s), e.g., sniper, hostage taker, barricaded person, improvised
explosive device, armed emotionally disturbed person, CBRN/HazMat device,
vehicle borne improvised explosive device.
n. Operational hazards involving the physical condition of incident
personnel, e.g., fatigue, injury, stress, trauma, illness, exhaustion.
o. Operational hazards involving the mental, emotional, behavioral and/or
psychological condition of incident personnel, e.g., depression, anxiety,
stress, tension, alcohol/substance abuse, etc.

p. Operational hazards involving incident personnel not receiving
appropriate vaccinations, prophylaxis, treatment, medications, counseling and
any other appropriate health related support/assistance.
q. Operational hazards involving appropriate personnel not receiving
required:
i. Pre-incident medical certifications/re-certifications; and/or,
ii. Initial base-line medical examinations at the incident; and/or,
iii. On-going medical monitoring/surveillance at the incident.
r. Other hazards involving health, safety, force protection, security,
environmental conditions, incident operations, PPE, training, equipment,
procedures/protocols, incident support, etc.
5. Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection and
security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and other
resources.
6. Ensure there are sufficient health, safety, force protection and security
related supplies, equipment and other appropriate resources available when
needed.
7. Develop and recommend measures for promoting personnel safety.
a. Continually remind all incident executives, managers, supervisors and
personnel that they must make safety the # 1 priority.
8. Implement procedures and establish a program/system to ensure the safety of
incident personnel; and, to ensure incident operations, functions and
activities are safely performed.
9. Implement procedures and establish a program/system to ensure continual
identification, monitoring, evaluation and consideration of current, imminent,
anticipated and/or potential hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe activities,
functions and conditions.
10. Implement a PPE program/system that:
a. Ensures incident personnel:
i. Are equipped with appropriate PPE that has been properly fitted; and,
ii. Are properly trained and certified/re-certified regarding the PPE that
will be utilized; and,
iii. Are properly trained and certified/re-certified regarding the
operations, functions and activities that will be performed in the PPE; and,
iv. If necessary, have received the required pre-incident medical
certification/re-certification; and,
v. If necessary, have received the appropriate PPE related initial
base-line medical examinations at the incident; and,

vi. If necessary, receive the appropriate PPE related on-going medical
monitoring/surveillance at the incident.
b. Ensures a sufficient quantity of the appropriate type of PPE is available
when needed.
c. Ensures PPE is properly maintained, serviced, repaired, decontaminated if
necessary, stored, distributed, replaced, etc.
11. Implement a CBRN/HazMat program/system that ensures:
a. Appropriate CBRN/HazMat monitoring equipment/instruments are properly
utilized, located/relocated, calibrated, maintained, serviced, repaired,
safeguarded/secured, replaced when necessary, etc.
b. Incident personnel CBRN/HazMat exposure/contamination is monitored,
quantified and documented.
c. Air, water and soil environmental CBRN/HazMat contamination is monitored
and appropriate environmental sampling, analyses and evaluations are
performed.
d. Air plume dispersion modeling is performed when necessary.
e. CBRN/HazMat exclusion zones, i.e., hot, warm, cold zones, are monitored
and the boundaries are appropriately adjusted when necessary.
f. Required contamination control and mitigation measures are implemented.
g. Required decontamination measures are implemented.
12. When necessary, implement a program/system to ensure required initial
base-line physical/psychological medical examinations and required on-going
physical/ psychological medical monitoring/surveillance is provided at the
incident to the appropriate personnel.
13. Evaluate the need for post-incident medical, physical and psychological
health monitoring/surveillance, assessment/evaluation, treatment/counseling
and assistance/support.
14. Collect, document, format, analyze, evaluate, secure/safeguard and
file/store incident related health and safety data/information regarding
injuries, illnesses, fatalities, accidents, CBRN/HazMat exposures, etc.; and,
properly disseminate the data/information in compliance with applicable
confidentiality/security procedures, policies, rules, regulations, statutes,
etc., to the appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations
and private entities/ individuals.
15. Monitor incident operations, functions and activities and ensure
compliance with the Health and Safety Plan and other relevant health, safety,
force protection and security related plans, procedures, statutes, rules,
regulations, policies, protocols, etc.
16. Notify the Command Element and, if appropriate, take corrective action
when safety, health, force protection or security measures are not being
properly implemented.
17. Immediately prevent, stop and/or correct hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe

activities, functions and conditions by utilizing the chain of command; and,
subsequently notify the Command Element. However, if the life or safety of
incident personnel is in imminent danger, exercise emergency authority to
directly prevent, stop and/or correct hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe
activities, functions and conditions; and, subsequently notify the Command
Element.
a. Intervene in and/or suspend Life Safety Operations or any other incident
management operations, functions, activities, etc., to prevent, stop and/or
correct hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe activities, functions and conditions;
and, subsequently notify the Command Element.
18. Ensure all incident personnel are aware of relevant safety information.
a. Formulate and distribute safety messages.
b. Conduct periodic safety briefings.
c. Perform appropriate safety training including incident/hazard specific
safety training.
19. Coordinate, cooperate and collaborate with all of the Agency Safety
officer(s), the Operations Section chief(s), the Planning Section chief and
other appropriate Command Staff officer(s) and General Staff Section chiefs.
20. Ensure coordination of safety related functions, operations and activities
with each Primary Agency, each Supporting Agency, the Coordinating Agency, and
all of the involved governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and
private entities/individuals.
21. Initiate a preliminary investigation regarding any incident related
accidents; and/ or, potential accidents that were barely avoided, i.e., "near
misses"; and/or, any incident related injuries, illnesses, fatalities,
CBRN/HazMat exposures, etc.
22. Participate in planning meetings when appropriate, and assist in the
development of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Ensure that the health, safety, force protection and security aspects of
the Incident Action Plan are properly formulated and implemented.
b. Review the Incident Action Plan for general and incident/hazard specific
and Agency specific health, safety, force protection and security issues,
problems, limitations, requirements, constraints, activities, policies,
procedures, etc.
c. Prepare Health and Safety Plan and Safety Message regarding physical
hazards, health/safety issues, environmental conditions, necessary equipment,
force protection and security measures, appropriate PPE, operational hazards,
required support, etc.
d. Review and approve the Medical Plan.
e. Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the health, safety,
force protection and security aspects of the Demobilization Plan.
f. Closely monitor and evaluate the implementation of the Incident Action
Plan.

23. Continually monitor performance, analyze data/information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the Command
Element regarding incident related hazardous, unhealthy and unsafe activities,
functions and conditions.
b. Recommend appropriate modifications to the Incident Action Plan including
health, safety, force protection and security issues, Incident Objectives,
Strategies, Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, resources,
incident management operations, communications, etc.
c. Identify health, safety, force protection and security related incident
management "Best Practices" and "Lessons Learned"; and, incorporate them into
the Health and Safety Plan.
d. Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period or
prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
24. Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given through
the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent extraordinary
circumstances, resource orders/requests and resource status changes must be
approved by the appropriate authority and communicated through the established
Chain of Command.
25. Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Safety officer functions/activities.
26. Designate an Assistant or Assistants when necessary after conferring with
the Command Element.
a. Choose an Assistant(s) that has/have the required expertise, education,
training, knowledge, experience, and skills to properly identify, assess,
prevent, stop, correct, etc., incident/hazard specific, Agency specific and
general hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe activities, functions and conditions.
b. The Assistant is a subordinate to the principal.
c. The Assistant does not have to possess the same qualifications, i.e.,
knowledge, skills, experience, as the principal. Therefore normally, the
Assistant may possess a level of technical and non-technical ability that is
less than the principal; and, will be given less responsibility than the
principal. However, the Assistant Safety officer may possess greater
qualifications and a greater level of technical and non-technical ability than
the principal regarding some or all of the incident/hazard specific, Agency
specific and general hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe activities, functions and
conditions. Furthermore, the Assistant Safety officer may be given significant
responsibility regarding some or all of the incident/hazard specific, Agency
specific and general hazardous, unhealthy or unsafe activities, functions and
conditions.
d. The role of the Assistant is flexible, and the Assistant may:
i. Collect incident related information, monitor performance, evaluate
incident operations/resources and communicate with the principal, i.e., be the

"eyes and ears" of the principal.
ii. Make notifications.
iii. Function as a relief.
iv. Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
e. The Assistant may be member of a different Agency/Jurisdiction than the
principal. For example, the Assistant may be a member of an
Agency/Jurisdiction that:
i. Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant resources
involved in the incident management effort; or,
ii. Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly affected
by the incident.
27. Continually monitor/evaluate the organization and effectiveness of the
Safety function; and the performance of the Assistant(s).
a. Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
28. Absent unusual circumstances, establish a work location at or in the
vicinity of the Incident Command Post.

P.G. 220-08 CIMS: Liaison Officer
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: LIAISON OFFICER
PURPOSE
To outline the duties of the Liaison officer in CIMS.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the Liaison
officer are:
LIAISON OFFICER
1. Assume the position of Liaison officer as part of the Incident Management
Team; and, coordinate the activities, functions, operations and actions of
involved governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations, and/or private
entities/individuals.
2. Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection and
security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and other
resources.
3. Closely coordinate, communicate and maintain liaison with appropriate
involved governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and/or private
entities/individuals.
4. Closely coordinate, communicate and maintain liaison with each Supporting
Agency/Agency Representative.
a. A Supporting Agency is a governmental agency, non-governmental
organization, and/or private entity whose resources are deployed to an
incident to support incident operations, and assist the Primary Agency(ies) to
successfully resolve the incident. A Supporting Agency is not a part of the
Command Element. However, each Supporting Agency retains responsibility for
its resources; and, retains its jurisdictional, legal, functional,
administrative, etc., authority.
b. Each Supporting Agency will designate a "Supporting Agency/Agency
Representative." Each Supporting Agency/Agency Representative has the
authority to make decisions, give direction and commit resources on behalf of
their Supporting Agency. A Supporting Agency/Agency Representative is not a
member of the Command Element.
c. There are two types of Supporting Agencies:
(1) Assisting Agency: An Agency providing personnel, services or other
resources to the Agency with direct responsibility for incident management;
and/or, an Agency directly contributing tactical or service resources to
another Agency, e.g., NYPD, FDNY, EMS, DSNY, DEP.
(2) Cooperating Agency: An Agency that supports the incident management
effort by providing assistance other than tactical resources; and/or, an

Agency that supplies assistance other than direct operational or support
functions or resources to the incident management efforts, e.g., Salvation
Army, American Red Cross.
5. Act as the "point of contact" for each Supporting Agency/Agency
Representative assigned to the incident.
a. Generally, in either a Single Command-Command Element or Unified Command
- Command Element, the Command Element and incident management organization
will not directly interact with the Supporting Agencies' Supporting
Agency/Agency Representative. Instead the Liaison officer will interact
directly with and coordinate the activities, functions, operations, and
actions of each Supporting Agency/Agency Representative regarding the incident
management efforts.
b. In certain circumstances, the Command Element may choose to:
(1) Interact directly with one or more Supporting Agencies' Supporting
Agency/ Agency Representatives, e.g., an Assisting Agency(ies) with
significant resources actively engaged in the efforts to successfully resolve
the incident; and,
(2) Have the Liaison officer interact with the remaining Supporting
Agencies' Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives, e.g., Assisting
Agency(ies) with few resources assigned to the incident, and/or Cooperating
Agency(ies).
6. Provide comprehensive briefing to each Supporting Agency/Agency
Representatives within a reasonable period of time after the Supporting
Agency/Agency Representative initially arrives at the incident site.
7. Ensure each Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives are informed regarding
current incident situation related information.
a. Provide briefings to each Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives either
periodically, or at specific times when needed, or when directed by the
Command Element.
8. Maintain a list of Supporting Agencies and each associated Supporting
Agency/Agency Representatives.
9. Coordinate with each Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives to ensure
Supporting Agencies' resources properly Check-In at the appropriate
location(s).
10. Confer with each Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives to identify any
special Supporting Agency specific needs, requirements, limitations,
restrictions, etc.
11. Monitor incident operations to identify current, anticipated or potential
inter-organizational or inter-agency issues, problems, conflicts, etc.
12. When necessary ensure one or more appropriate Supporting Agencies'
Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives attends planning meetings; and, when
appropriate, assists in the development and implementation of the Incident
Action Plan.
13. Provide each Supporting Agency/Agency Representative with Supporting

Agency specific demobilization information, requirements, plans, procedures,
etc.
14. Debrief each Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives prior to their
departure from the incident site.
15. Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given through
the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent extraordinary
circumstances, resource orders/requests and resource status changes must be
approved by the appropriate authority and communicated through the established
Chain of Command.
16. Confer with each Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives regarding:
a. Current status of the particular Supporting Agencies' resources,
b. Current number, Kind, Type, capabilities, limitations, etc., of the
particular Supporting Agencies' resources,
c. Availability of the particular Supporting Agencies' resources regarding
current, anticipated or potential resource requests.
17. Continually monitor/evaluate the organization and effectiveness of the
Liaison function; and, the performance of the Assistant(s).
a. Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
18. Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Liaison officer functions/activities.
19. Participate in planning meetings when appropriate, and assist in the
development of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Ensure that the liaison, inter-agency and Supporting Agency aspects of
the Incident Action Plan are properly formulated and implemented.
b. Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the liaison,
inter-agency and Supporting Agency aspects of the Demobilization Plan.
20. Continually monitor performance, analyze data/information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the Command
Element regarding incident related liaison, inter-agency and Supporting Agency
issues.
b. Recommend to the Command Element, any necessary modifications to the
current Incident Action Plan, including Supporting Agency/Agency
Representatives issues, Incident Objectives, Strategies, Tactical Direction,
tactics, assignments, priorities, resources, incident management operations,
communications, etc.
c. Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period or
prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
21. Designate an Assistant or Assistants when necessary after conferring with

the Command Element.
a. The Assistant is a subordinate to the principal.
b. The Assistant
knowledge, skills,
level of technical
and, will be given

does not have to possess the same qualifications, i.e.,
experience, as the principal. The Assistant may possess a
and non-technical ability that is less than the principal,
less responsibility than the principal.

c. The role of the Assistant is flexible, and the Assistant may:
(1) Collect incident related information, monitor performance, evaluate
incident operations/resources and communicate with the principal, i.e., be the
"eyes and ears" of the principal.
(2) Make notifications.
(3) Function as a relief.
(4) Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
d. The Assistant may be a member of a different Agency/Jurisdiction than the
principal. For example, the Assistant may be a member of an
Agency/Jurisdiction that:
(1) Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant resources
involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2) Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly affected
by the incident.
22. Absent unusual circumstances, establish a work location at or in the
vicinity of the Incident Command Post.
ADDITIONAL DATA
If there is a Single Command-Command Element, the Incident Commander may
designate the one Liaison Officer; however, OEM has the authority and may
designate the one Liaison officer. When the NYPD is the Primary Agency in a
Single Command-Command Element, if the Liaison officer position is activated,
absent unusual circumstances, the Incident Commander should make every effort
to have a member of the NYPD designated as the Liaison officer; or if that is
not possible, designated as an Assistant to a non-NYPD Liaison officer.
However, the NYC Office of Emergency Management (OEM) has the authority and
may designate the Liaison officer. If there is a Unified Command-Command
Element, the Agency Incident Commanders will jointly designate one Liaison
office; however, OEM has the authority and may designate the Liaison officer.
When the NYPD is one of the Primary Agencies in a Unified Command-Command
Element, if the Liaison officer position is activated, absent unusual
circumstances, the NYPD Agency Incident Commander should make every effort to
have member of the NYPD designated as the Liaison officer; or if that is not
possible, designated as an Assistant to a non-NYPD Liaison officer.

P.G. 220-09 CIMS: Operations Section Chief
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: OPERATIONS SECTION CHIEF
PURPOSE
To outline the duties of the Operations Section chief in CIMS.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the
Operations Section chief are:
OPERATIONS SECTION CHIEF
1. Confer with the Command Element and determine whether there will be one
Operations Section chief; or, two or more Agency Operations Section chiefs.
a. If there is a Unified Command-Command Element, each of the Agency
Incident Commanders will designate an Agency Operations Section chief.
However, if all of the Agency Incident Commanders agree, they may jointly
designate one Operations Section chief.
b. If there is a Single Command-Command Element at a CBRN/HazMat incident,
the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting Agency/Agency Representative;
and DEP Supporting Agency/Agency Representative; and DOHMH Supporting
Agency/Agency Representative will each designate an Agency Operations Section
chief. However, if the NYPD Incident Commander; and FDNY Supporting
Agency/Agency Representative; and DEP Supporting Agency/Agency Representative;
and DOHMH Supporting Agency/Agency Representative all agree, they may jointly
designate one Operations Section chief.
c. If there is a Single Command-Command Element, except for a CBRN/HazMat
incident, the Incident Commander will designate the one Operations Section
chief.
2. Assume command as the Operations Section chief or NYPD Agency Operations
Section chief as part of the Incident Management Team.
a. If there is a Unified Command-Command Element, assume command as the NYPD
Agency Operations Section chief in a Unified Operations Section and work
collaboratively with the Agency Operations Section chief designated by each of
the Primary Agencies that have command responsibility in the Unified
Command-Command Element.
b. If there is a Single Command-Command Element at a CBRN/HazMat incident,
assume command as the NYPD Agency Operations Section chief in a Unified
Operations Section and work collaboratively with the FDNY Agency Operations
Section chief, the DEP Agency Operations Section chief and the DOHMH Agency
Operations Section chief.
c. If there is a Single Command-Command Element, except for a CBRN/HazMat
incident, and the NYPD is the Primary Agency, assume command as the one
Operations Section chief and work collaboratively with each Supporting

Agency/Agency Representative.
3. Select an appropriate location and establish an Operations Section Post. If
there is a Unified Operations Section, Agency Operations Section chiefs will
jointly select an appropriate location to establish the Operations Section
Post.
a. The Operations Section Post is the location where the Operations Section
chief/ Agency Operations Section chiefs, Deputy(ies) and appropriate staff
will remain and manage/direct all of the tactical functions, operations and
activities.
b. The Operations Section Post generally will not be co-located with the
Intelligence/ Investigations Section Post or the Incident Command Post. The
Operations Section Post will be established at a secure location within a
reasonable distance from the Intelligence/Investigations Section Post and the
Incident Command Post.
c. The Operations Section Post can be any type of facility that is available
and appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open area, a room in a
building.
d. Choose a location that is a reasonable and appropriate distance from the
incident; and, will provide for safety, health, security and force protection;
and, will provide easy and expeditious access and egress; and, is sufficiently
large and will allow for expansion; and, will permit continuous operations;
and, will provide adequate workspace and utility/communications service.
Generally, the Operations Section Post will be located within the Site Access
Control/Outer Perimeter.
e. If necessary, the Operations Section Post may be relocated.
f. Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
are implemented.
4. Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection and
security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and other
resources.
5. Direct appropriate tactical operations, functions and activities:
a. If there is a Unified Operations Section, each Agency Operations Section
chief will direct the tactical operations involving their Agencies' Core
Competencies. Each Agencies' Core Competencies are listed in the CIMS Core
Competency chart.
b. If there is a Single Operations Section, the one Operations Section chief
will direct all tactical operations.
6. Ensure appropriate tactical operations, functions and activities are
expeditiously implemented including reduction/elimination of the immediate
hazard; saving lives; protecting property; ensuring public safety,
controlling/stabilizing incident conditions; implementing site management
operations; providing force protection/security regarding incident personnel;
mitigating the incident; implementing recovery/restoration operations.
7. Tactical assignments will be based upon the responding Agencies' functional
capabilities, e.g., resources, expertise, training, experience, skills; and,

legal/ jurisdictional authority, mission and responsibilities.
8. Develop and implement appropriate tactics and tactical
operations/activities in order to effectively, efficiently and expeditiously
achieve the Incident Objectives.
a. Confer with Branch Director(s), Sector Supervisor(s), Group Supervisor(s)
and/or Team Leader(s) in order to develop and implement appropriate tactics
and tactical operations/activities.
b. When appropriate, confer with the Primary Agency(ies), Supporting
Agency(ies), Coordinating Agency and/or other appropriate involved
governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations, and/or private
entities/individuals regarding the tactics and tactical operations/activities.
c. When appropriate, the tactics and tactical operations/activities should
be capable of being implemented and completed within the designated
"Operational Period."
9. Monitor tactical operations/activities at the incident.
a. Evaluate performance and determine whether the tactics and tactical
operations/ activities are accomplishing the Incident Objectives in an
effective, efficient and expeditious manner.
b. Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
10. Ensure tactical operations are performed in a safe manner; and, that
adequate force protection, security, health and safety measures are
implemented.
11. Determine the required number, Kind and Type of resources; and, request
the appropriate authority to have the required resources promptly respond to
the designated location, i.e., Staging Area(s).
12. After proper "Check-In", appropriately organize arriving resources and
resources that initially responded directly to the incident scene:
a. Single Resources, b. Resource Teams, c. Special Response Teams.
13. Assign and deploy arriving resources and resources that initially
responded directly to the incident scene to appropriate incident related
tactical operations, functions and activities; and/or, retain them at the
Staging Area(s) in an Available status awaiting assignment.
a. Ensure there are adequate reserves.
14. Organize the Operations Section based upon:
a. Span of control; and/or
b. Geographical boundaries; and/or
c. Function; and/or
d. Agency Core Competencies/functions; and/or
e. Agency/jurisdictional responsibilities/authority.

15. When appropriate, organize the Operations Section in any of the following
ways:
a. Resources report directly to the Operations Section.
b. Resources report to Sectors, and Sectors report to the Operations Section
(geographical).
c. Resources report to Groups, and Groups report to the Operations Section
(functional).
d. Resources report to Sectors and Groups; and, Sectors and Groups report to
the Operations Section (functional/geographic).
e. Sectors and/or Groups report to Branches; and, the Branches report to the
Operations Section (Span of Control).
f. Functional/Agency Core Competency Branches report to the Operations
Section (functional).
g. Agency/Jurisdiction Branches report to the Operations Section
(Agency/jurisdictional responsibilities).
h. Geographic Branches report to the Operations Section (geographical).
16. Manage appropriate tactical resources:
a. Deploy existing resources.
b. When appropriate, redeploy existing resources.
c. Maintain adequate reserves.
d. When necessary, request the appropriate authority to order/request
additional resources to promptly respond to the designated location, i.e.,
Staging Area(s).
e. Approve release of resources from active tactical assignments, but do not
approve release/demobilization from the incident.
17. Continually monitor/evaluate the organizational structure and
effectiveness of the Operations Section; and, the performance of the
Deputy(ies), Branch Directors, Sector/Group Supervisors, Team Leaders and
assigned personnel.
a. Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
18. Maintain close communication with the Command Element.
19. Coordinate actions, maintain close liaison and continually communicate
with the Intelligence/Investigations function.
a. If an Intelligence/Investigations Section is activated, a member of the
Operations Section should be assigned to the Intelligence/Investigations
Section Post to act as a liaison; and, a member of the
Intelligence/Investigations Section should be assigned to the Operations
Section Post to act as a liaison.

b. Depending upon the significance of the intelligence/investigative
component of the incident and after conferral with the
Intelligence/Investigations Section chief, the member of the Operations
Section assigned to the Intelligence/Investigations Post and the member of
Intelligence/Investigations Section assigned to the Operations Section Post to
act as liaisons may be supervisors.
20. Communicate and coordinate actions with the Command Staff, General Staff,
Primary Agency(ies), Supporting Agency(ies), the Coordinating Agency; and,
appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and private
entities/individuals.
21. Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given through
the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent extraordinary
circumstances, resource orders/requests and resource status changes must be
approved by the appropriate authority and communicated through the established
Chain of Command.
22. Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a. The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the Deputy
should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge, skills, experience, as
the principal; and, must be capable of assuming the principal's position.
b. The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1) Collect incident related information, monitor performance, evaluate
incident operations/resources and communicate with the principal, i.e., be the
"eyes and ears" of the principal.
(2) Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol/Detective
Borough Commander, Operations Unit, Emergency Operations Center if activated,
Area Command if activated.
(3) Function as a relief.
(4) Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c. The Deputy may be member of a different Agency/Jurisdiction than the
principal. For example, the Deputy may be a member of an Agency/Jurisdiction
that:
(1) Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant resources
involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2) Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly affected
by the incident.
23. Participate in planning meetings when appropriate.
24. Assist in the development of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Ensure that the tactical aspects of the Incident Action Plan are properly
formulated and implemented.
b. Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the tactical aspects of

the Demobilization Plan.
25. Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Operations Section functions/activities.
26. Continually monitor performance, analyze data/information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the Command
Element regarding incident related tactical and resource issues.
b. Recommend to the Command Element, any necessary modifications to the
current Incident Action Plan, including Incident Objectives, Strategies,
Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, resources, incident
management operations, communications, etc.
c. Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period or
prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
27. Manage all law enforcement related operations, functions and activities
including summonses, summons processing, arrests, prisoners, arrest
verification, prisoner security/safeguarding, prisoner identification, arrest
processing, photographing prisoners, prisoner confinement, prisoner
transportation, prisoner release/arraignment, etc.
28. Activate and control all Staging Areas.
a. A Staging Area is a temporary location/facility for situating and
organizing resources that are in Available status and may be deployed to
incident assignments. It may contain temporary fueling and sanitation
facilities. A Staging Area was formerly referred to as a Mobilization Point.
b. Pursuant to CIMS, there may be more than one Staging Area. However,
absent unusual circumstances, there should be only one NYPD Staging Area for
NYPD resources. Nevertheless, there may be more than one NYPD Staging Area if:
(1) Specialized units, personnel, vehicles, equipment, or other specialized
resources are required at the incident, e.g., Emergency Services Unit, Mounted
Unit, Highway District; or,
(2) The incident area is extraordinarily large; or,
(3) An extremely large number of personnel, vehicles, equipment or other
resources are required at the incident; or,
(4) A significant amount of large specialized equipment is required at the
incident; or,
(5) Confidential/sensitive resources are required at the incident; or,
(6) There have been several Operational Periods and the incident has not
been resolved and incident operations will continue for a prolonged period of
time; or,
(7) There are other circumstances that require the activation of more than
one Staging Area.

c. Pursuant to CIMS, depending upon the circumstances, different Agencies
may have one or more separate Staging Areas; or, different functional/Core
Competencies Branches may have one or more separate Staging Areas.
d. Resources situated at a Staging Area(s) may be in Available status
awaiting a tactical and/or investigative assignment, and should be prepared
for assignment/ deployment within three minutes. A Staging Area(s) should be
used to organize Single Resources into Resource Teams and/or Special Response
Teams.
e. Out-of-Service resources should not be situated at a Staging Area(s);
and, Logistics functions should not be performed at a Staging Area(s).
f. When necessary, activate a Staging Area(s) for watercraft.
g. If more than one Staging Area is required then ensure an appropriate
number of Staging Areas activated; and, that the activities/functions
occurring at each of the Staging Areas are performed in a coordinated manner.
h. A location will be chosen that is a reasonable and appropriate distance
from the incident; and will permit the expeditious deployment of staged
resources to the incident and/or area of assignment; and, will provide for
safety, health, security and force protection; and, will provide easy and
expeditious access and egress; and, will provide adequate work space and
utility/communications service; and, will permit continuous operations. The
location chosen should be sufficiently large; and, should allow for expansion;
and, should accommodate the responding resources and the required reserves;
and if possible, should have sufficient space for expansion in order to
accommodate a Level 3 or Level 4 mobilization.
i. A Staging Area(s) may be relocated when necessary.
j. A Staging Area(s) may be deactivated when appropriate.
k. Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
are implemented regarding the Staging Area(s).
l. When it is activated, a Staging Area(s) must be clearly marked and be
readily identifiable. A Staging Area(s) will be given a name that describes
its general location. A Staging Area(s) may be in the vicinity of or adjacent
to other Incident Facilities; but, must have its own separate location and
name.
m. The initial boundaries of the Staging Area(s) should be identified and
communicated to the Command Element, Communications Section dispatcher and /or
supervisor, Command Staff positions, General Staff Sections and each
appropriate Supporting Agency/Agency Representative. Additionally, response
routes/directions to the Staging Area(s) should be communicated to the
responding resources by the Communications Section dispatcher and/or
supervisor; or, when necessary, directly by the appropriate incident
management organizational element/personnel; or, in any other appropriate
manner.
n. Determine the appropriate number, Kinds and Types of resources that will
be situated at the Staging Area(s); and/or, retained/maintained as reserves at
the Staging Area(s).
o. Retain/maintain adequate resource reserves at the Staging Area(s), and

increase or decrease the reserves when necessary.
p. When necessary, request the appropriate authority to have additional
required resources respond to the Staging Area(s) for deployment to incident
related assignments, or to maintain adequate reserves, or for any other
appropriate purposes.
q. Designate a Staging Area Manager to control each of the Staging Areas.
r. Inform each of the Staging Area Managers of the following:
(1) The number, Kinds and Types of resources that will be responding to the
Staging Area(s).
(2) Communications procedures, devices, channels, equipment, frequencies and
measures that will be utilized.
(3) Minimum number of resources and specific Kinds and Types of resources
that must be retained/maintained as reserves at the Staging Area(s).
(4) Directions regarding organizing Single Resources into Resource Teams
and/or Special Response Teams.
(5) Procedures for requesting/ordering additional resources.
(6) Estimated length of time the Staging Area(s) will be activated/utilized.
(7) Procedures for requesting/ordering logistics service and support.
s. Ensure that personnel arriving at the Staging Area(s) "Check-In" with the
Resources Unit; and, supplies and equipment delivered to the Staging Area(s)
are receipted for by the Supply Unit. If the Resources Unit and/or the Supply
Unit are not activated, ensure that the Staging Area Manager(s) provides
appropriate direction regarding arriving personnel and/or delivered
supplies/equipment.
t. Each of the Staging Area Managers will:
(1) When appropriate and authorized, organize Single Resources into Resource
Teams and/or Special Response Teams.
(2) Dispatch resources at the direction of the Operations Section chief, or
the Command Element if the Operations Section has not been activated.
(3) Request/order Logistics Section service/support as necessary.
(4) Monitor and track the number, Kinds and Types and status of resources
situated at the Staging Area.
(5) Notify the Operations Section chief, or the Command Element if the
Operations Section has not been activated, when additional resources should be
ordered/requested in order to be deployed to incident related assignments,
and/or to maintain adequate reserves, and/or for any other appropriate
purposes.
(6) Ensure that adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures have been implemented regarding the Staging Area.

(7) Frequently inform the Operations Section chief, or the Command Element
if the Operations Section has not been activated, regarding the activities/
functions occurring at the Staging Area so as to enable the Operations Section
chief, or the Command Element if the Operations Section has not been
activated, to ensure that the activities/functions at each of the Staging
Areas are performed in a coordinated manner.
29. Manage and direct tactical and logistical/support air operations and
aviation/aircraft resources including helicopter (rotary-wing), airplane
(fixed-wing) and blimp (air-ship) aircraft.
a. Ensure an appropriate number of Helibases are activated, and that the
activities/functions occurring at each Helibase are performed in a coordinated
manner, and that a NYPD Helibase Manager is designated to supervise and manage
each Helibase.
i. Ensure each Helibase is situated at an appropriate location and is
properly managed;
ii. Ensure each Heilbase Manager is situated and operated on the ground at
the Helibase.
iii. Ensure adequate safety, health, security, and force protection
measures are implemented regarding each Helibase.
iv. Absent extraordinary circumstances, only one Helibase will be
activated; and it will be situated at the NYPD Special Operations Division,
Aviation Unit located at Floyd Bennett Field, Brooklyn.
b. Ensure an appropriate number of Helispots are activated, and that the
activities/functions occurring at each Helispot are performed in a coordinated
manner, and that a NYPD Helispot Manager is designated to supervise and manage
each Helispot.
i. Ensure each Helispot is situated at an appropriate location and is
properly managed;
(1) When appropriate, each Helispot may be deactivated and/or relocated.
ii. Absent unusual circumstances, ensure each NYPD Helispot Manager is
either a Police Officer or supervisor assigned to the Emergency Services Unit.
(1) Patrol Services Bureau personnel will be utilized to assist each
emergency Services Helispot Manager.
iii. Ensure each Helispot Manager is situated and operates on the ground at
the Helispot;
iv. Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
are implemented regarding each Helispot.
30. Coordinate the actions of the aviation/aircraft resources regarding
rooftop observers; Field Observers; Weather Observers; ground units; surface
and underwater marine units; Primary Agency(ies); Supporting Agency(ies);
Coordinating Agency; and other appropriate resources at the incident, and when
applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
31. Implement Site Management Operations by organizing and deploying the

appropriate number, Kind and Type of resources, e.g., personnel (uniformed,
plainclothes and undercover), vehicles, (marked, unmarked, nondescript),
barriers (fixed/moveable), watercraft, aircraft, equipment, etc., to create
perimeters, roadblocks/checkpoints, security/guard posts, surveillance/counter
surveillance teams, sniper/counter sniper teams, interdiction teams, heavy
weapons teams, etc.
32. When implementing Site Management Operations:
a. Resources may be organized and deployed as Single Resources, Resource
Teams and/or Special Response Teams; and,
b. Resources may be organized utilizing Sectors and/or Groups and/or
Branches.
33. When appropriate, implement one or more of the following specific types of
Site Management Operations:
a. Force Protection/Security
(1) Prevent intrusive and non-intrusive ("stay behind") attack(s) directed
at incident personnel, e.g., improvised explosive devices, snipers, vehicle
borne improvised explosive devices, suicide bombers, CBRN/HazMat devices, etc.
(2) Prevent unauthorized individuals from infiltrating into the incident
site(s); and, when required, remove unauthorized persons.
(3) Prevent individuals from collecting intelligence, performing
reconnaissance, conducting surveillance operations, etc., regarding strategic,
operational, tactical, investigative, and support incident management plans,
procedures, functions and activities.
(4) Specifically, provide security, safety and force protection at the
Incident Command Post, Operations Section Post, Intelligence/Investigations
Section Post, and any other General Staff Section Post(s) that are not
co-located with the Incident Command Post.
(5) Specifically provide security, safety and force protection at all
activated Incident Facilities including all Staging Areas, all Helispots,
Helibase(s) and any other appropriate types of Incident Facilities; and, if
activated, the Incident Base and all Camps.
b. Site Access Control/Outer Perimeter
(1) Control vehicular traffic.
(a) Stop/divert vehicular traffic.
(b) Prevent unauthorized access of vehicles; and, when required, have
unauthorized vehicles removed.
(c) Provide access/egress to properly identified emergency vehicles; and,
other appropriate and necessary properly identified vehicles whose occupants
are properly credentialed.
(2) Control pedestrian traffic.
(a) Stop/divert pedestrian traffic.

(b) Prevent unauthorized access of individuals; and, when required, remove
unauthorized individuals.
(c) Provide access/egress to appropriate and necessary personnel who are
properly credentialed.
c. Evacuation/Shelter
(1) When appropriate, evacuate individuals from an area, building,
structure, watercraft, railcar, bus, mass transit station/stop/facility, or
any other applicable structure/location.
(2) When appropriate, inform individuals to "shelter in place" or "take
shelter" because evacuation would be hazardous.
d. Crowd Control
(1) When necessary, disperse and/or control loitering individuals, groups,
crowds, etc., i.e., bystanders, onlookers, spectators.
(2) When appropriate, disperse and/or control disorderly individuals,
groups, crowds, etc.
e. Investigative Perimeter
(1) Secure Crime Scene(s).
(2) Secure Investigative Scene(s).
f. Inner Perimeter
(1) Containment and security area established at one or more locations due
to the presence of one or more threats/conditions involving a dangerous
individual(s), device(s) and/or situation(s), e.g., sniper, hostage taker,
improvised explosive device, barricaded person, CBRN/HazMat device, armed
emotionally disturbed person, vehicle borne improvised explosive device.
(2) No one will be permitted to enter the Inner Perimeter
(a) Without a protective vest, helmet and other necessary PPE appropriate
for the actual or potential threat/condition; and,
(b) Without the approval of the
1. NYPD Incident Commander in a Single Command-Command Element, or NYPD
Agency Incident Commander in a Unified Command - Command Element; or,
2. NYPD Operations Section chief in a Single Operations Section, or NYPD
Agency Operations Section chief in a Unified Operations Section, if there is
no NYPD Incident Commander or NYPD Agency Incident Commander; or,
3. NYPD Supporting Agency/Agency Representative if there is no NYPD
Incident Commander or NYPD Agency Incident Commander and no NYPD Operations
Section chief or NYPD Agency Operations Section chief;
g. Safety Perimeters

(1) CBRN/HazMat exclusion zones, i.e., hot zone, warm zone, cold zone.
(2) Health hazards exclusion zones, e.g., decaying human remains, unsafe air
quality, body fluids, vectors, infectious diseases, polluted water, etc.
(3) Physical hazards exclusion zones, e.g., falling debris, explosives,
weakened structures, exposed electrical wires, unstable rubble, slippery
surfaces, confined spaces, etc.
h. Property Security Perimeters
(1) Secure and protect areas, buildings, premises, structures, personal
property, merchandise, vehicles, etc., from theft, vandalism, looting and
other loss, damage or destruction.
34. When necessary, request the appropriate mass transit Agency(ies) to:
a. Stop mass transit from entering the incident area(s).
b. Have mass transit continue to travel through the incident area(s), but
avoid one or more designated mass transit stations, stops, facilities, etc.
c. Discharge and/or board passengers at one or more designated mass transit
stations, stops, facilities, etc., either within the incident area(s) or
outside of the incident area(s).
d. Reroute mass transit to avoid entering the incident area(s).
35. When necessary, request the appropriate Agency(ies) to stop all
vehicular/pedestrian traffic from entering one or more designated bridges
and/or tunnels.
36. When appropriate, request the Operations Unit, or if activated, the NYPD
Emergency Operations Center, to have Transportation Bureau resources, other
appropriate Department resources, and/or resources from any appropriate
governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and private
entities/individuals deployed outside of the Site Access Control/Outer
Perimeter in order to:
a. Direct traffic away from the incident area(s); and, prevent and/or
minimize traffic congestion that may be caused by the incident.
b. Establish access and egress routes for emergency personnel, vehicles,
equipment, etc., responding to or leaving from the incident area(s).
c. When necessary, provide an escort and establish, post, staff , safeguard,
secure, etc., appropriate routes to and/or from the incident area(s) to one or
more designated areas, and/or facilities, located at an off incident site(s),
e.g., airport, Police Laboratory, Bomb Squad Explosives Disposal facility, NYC
Department of Health and Mental Hygiene Public Health Laboratory, military
base.
37. Implement Emergency Credentialing/Site Access Control procedures and
operations after consultation with the Primary Agency(ies) and OEM.
38. Implement the Corporate Emergency Access System (CEAS) when directed by
the Mayor.

P.G. 220-10 CIMS: Planning Section Chief
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: PLANNING SECTION CHIEF
PURPOSE
To outline the duties of the Planning Section chief in CIMS.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the
Planning Section chief are:
PLANNING SECTION CHIEF
1. Assume command as the Planning Section chief as part of the Incident
Management Team; and, manage strategic, operational and tactical planning
activities.
2. When applicable, evaluate the current Incident Action Plan, and if
necessary, recommend to the Command Element any required modifications.
3. Determine whether the planning process is adequate for the current
Operational Period and the subsequent Operational Period(s), and if necessary,
implement any required modifications.
4. To ensure that the required resources and support will be available, and
the Incident Action Plan is completed and disseminated/distributed at an
appropriate time prior to the start of each subsequent Operational Period;
establish a Planning Cycle; and, develop a Planning Schedule/Sequence; and,
commence the planning process for each subsequent Operational Period at an
appropriate time.
a. The Planning Cycle and/or Planning Schedule/Sequence may change as the
incident /event progresses and evolves; and, the length of the current
Operational Period and the next subsequent Operational Period(s) change.
5. Confer with the Command Element, General Staff, Command Staff, each
appropriate Supporting Agency/Agency Representative, Coordinating Agency and
appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and private
entities/ individuals regarding relevant planning activities and the
preparation of the Incident Action Plan for each Operational Period.
6. Conduct, facilitate and direct planning meetings.
a. Identify appropriate planning meeting attendees in consultation with the
Command Element.
b. Ensure maps, charts, matrices, photos/images, timelines, spreadsheets and
other planning aids and tools are available.
c. Ensure briefing is provided regarding current:
i. Incident situation, conditions and occurrences;

ii. Operational activity, i.e., Life Safety, Site Management,
Investigations, Recovery/Restoration;
iii. Resources and support;
iv. Environmental conditions;
v. Appropriate intelligence/information/data.
d. Ensure that threat and risk assessment information is provided.
e. Ensure resource and support needs/requirements are provided.
f. Ensure all relevant policy, legal, administrative, fiscal, jurisdictional
constraints and limitations are provided.
g. Provide estimates/forecasts regarding future incident related
conditions/occurrences; future incident related issues/problems; the
development/evolution of the incident; the effects of incident management
operations; incident potential; environmental conditions; etc.
h. Assist in the formulation of the Incident Objectives, Strategies,
Tactical Direction, tactics and assignments.
i. Assist in determining the required resources and support.
j. Assist in identifying priorities.
k. Develop contingency/alternative Strategies and Tactical Direction.
l. Assist in determining appropriate locations to situate Incident
Facilities.
m. Prepare and maintain the Planning Matrix.
n. Plot all appropriate information on a map(s) of the incident area(s),
e.g., Sector/Group/ Branch boundaries and assignments, Incident Facilities,
Site Management Operations perimeters, emergency egress/access routes.
o. Provide information regarding inter-agency interoperable communications
procedural and technological measures.
7. When necessary, develop contingency and alternative plans.
8. When appropriate, conduct long range planning beyond the next several
subsequent Operational Periods.
9. Supervise preparation of the Incident Action Plan for each Operational
Period.
a. The Incident Action Plan may be verbal or written.
i. The Incident Action Plan must be written if there:
(1) Is a Unified Command-Command Element; or,
(2) Will be more than one Operational Period.

b. The length of an Operational Period is determined by the length of time
needed to achieve the Incident Objectives; and, may change as the incident
develops, progresses and evolves.
c. Ensure that the Incident Action Plan:
i. Adequately addresses the mission, jurisdiction, policies, constraints,
responsibilities, etc., of each of the Primary Agencies that are a part of the
Unified Command-Command Element; and,
ii. Provides adequate coordination between the Primary Agency(ies),
Supporting Agency(ies), Coordinating Agency and other appropriate governmental
agencies, non-governmental organizations and private entities/individuals.
d. Ensure that the Incident Action Plan includes:
i. Statement of Incident Objectives.
(1) When appropriate describe Strategies and Tactical direction.
ii. Organization
(1) Incident management organizational elements, i.e., Organizational
Chart, and
(2) Identities of the specific management and supervisory personnel.
iii. Tactics, assignments, resources, reserves and support; and required
resources/ support.
iv. Map(s) and Supporting Plans and Supporting Material/Attachments
a. Map(s) of the appropriate area(s).
b. Supporting Plans, e.g., Medical Plan, Health and Safety Plan,
Communications Plan, Traffic Plan, Intelligence/Investigations Plan, Logistics
Plan, Prisoner Processing Plan, Air Operations Plan.
c. Supporting Material, e.g., risk assessments, threats, medical
surveillance information, structural design information, geological data,
meteorological data, utilities design/operations data, public works
design/operations data, criminal intelligence, geospatial data and when
appropriate, unclassified intelligence community information.
d. Supporting Attachments, e.g., additional maps, spreadsheets, charts,
photos/images, timelines, matrices.
e. Ensure that the Incident Action Plan incorporates applicable incident
management "Best Practices" and "Lessons Learned."
10. Have the approved Incident Action Plan prepared and reproduced for each
Operational Period.
11. Prior to the start of each Operational Period, disseminate and/or
distribute the Incident Action Plan for each Operational Period to all
supervisors and other appropriate personnel in the appropriate manner, i.e.,
verbal briefings and/or distribution of a written document.

12. Continually monitor performance, analyze data/information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the Command
Element regarding incident related planning, current situation, resource
Check-In/status, information collection/dissemination, documentation,
demobilization and Technical Specialist issues.
b. Recommend to the Command Element any necessary modifications to the
current Incident Action Plan, including Incident Objectives, Strategies,
Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, resources, incident
management operations, communications, planning activities, documentation,
demobilization, information collection/dissemination, etc.
c. Modifications may be made during the current Operational Period or prior
to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
13. Continually monitor/evaluate the organizational structure and
effectiveness of the Planning Section; and, the performance of the
Deputy(ies),Unit Leaders and assigned personnel.
a. Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
14. Select an appropriate location to establish the Planning Section.
a. Absent unusual circumstances, the Planning Section will be located at the
Incident Command Post.
15. Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection and
security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and other
resources.
16. Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a. The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the Deputy
should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge, skills, experience as
the principal; and, must be capable of assuming the principal's position.
b. The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1) Collect incident related information, monitor performance, evaluate
incident operations/ resources and communicate with the principal, i.e., be
the "eyes and ears" of the principal.
(2) Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol/Detective
Borough Commander, Operations Unit, Emergency Operations Center if activated,
Area Command if activated.
(3) Function as a relief.
(4) Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c. The Deputy may be a member of a different Agency/Jurisdiction than the
principal. For example, the Deputy may be a member of an Agency/Jurisdiction
that:

(1) Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant resources
involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2) Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly affected
by the incident.
17. Manage the "Check-In" of all resources including arriving resources and
resources that initially responded directly to the incident scene.
a. Assign "Check-In Recorders" to all locations and/or facilities where
resources may Check-In:
(1) Staging Area(s)
(2) Incident Command Post
(3) When applicable, Intelligence/Investigations Section Post. When
applicable, investigative resources will Check-In at the
Intelligence/Investigations Section Post.
(4) Helibase(s). Absent extraordinary circumstances, Check-In will not occur
at a Helibase(s).
(5) Incident Base. Absent extraordinary circumstances an Incident Base will
not be activated in NYC.
(6) Camp(s). Absent extraordinary circumstances a Camp(s) will not be
activated in NYC.
b. Pursuant to CIMS, absent extraordinary circumstances, resources must
formally Check-In before reporting to the Operations Section or Sectors or
Groups or Branches for assignment.
c. Ensure resources that Check-In are properly recorded on DETAIL ROSTER/
ASSIGNMENT SHEETS (PD406-141) or other appropriate Check-In forms, logs,
records, etc.
d. Efforts should be made to electronically record/document resources that
Check-In.
e. Determine the frequency and implement a schedule for the Check-In
Recorders to provide/report Check-In information to the appropriate incident
management organizational element/personnel.
18. Collect, process, organize, analyze, evaluate, document, monitor, prepare
summaries, display and disseminate resource related information/data including
the number, Type and Kind of Assigned, Available, Out of Service, requested,
allocated, responding, required, etc., resources.
19. Implement a conventional, analog or digital system to document, monitor
and track the current location, status, quantity, Kind, Type, assignment,
etc., of all resources.
20. Maintain conventional, analog or digital records, documents and files,
indicating the location, status, quantity, Kind, Type, assignment, etc., of
all resources.
a. Maintain a "master list" of all resources.

21. Determine the current and estimate/forecast future needs and requirements
regarding routine and specialized resources.
22. Identify and collect required current situation information including
information involving the condition/progress of the incident, incident
operations and environmental conditions.
a. Utilize Field Observers, Weather Observers, Intelligence/Investigations
Liaison, Technical Specialists, and any other appropriate incident personnel
or personnel located at off incident sites.
b. Maintain close liaison with the Public Information officer.
c. Maintain close liaison with other Command Staff positions and General
Staff Sections.
d. Utilize appropriate technical methods/techniques.
e. Utilize any other appropriate incident resources or resources located at
off incident sites.
23. Process, organize, analyze, evaluate, document, monitor, prepare
summaries, display and disseminate all current situation information.
24. Identify and collect from various sources required routine and specialized
information, intelligence and data, including risk assessments, threats,
medical surveillance information, structural design information, geological
data, meteorological data, utilities design/operations data, public works
design/operations data, criminal intelligence, geospatial data and, when
appropriate, intelligence community information.
a. Maintain close liaison with the Intelligence/Investigations function
irrespective of whether it is organized as a Section, Branch, Group or Command
Staff position.
b. Utilize Field Observers, Weather Observers, Intelligence/Investigations
Liaison, Technical Specialists, and any other appropriate incident personnel
or personnel located at off incident sites.
c. Maintain close liaison with the Public Information officer.
d. Maintain close liaison with other Command Staff positions and General
Staff Sections.
e. Utilize appropriate technical methods/techniques.
f. Utilize any other appropriate incident resources or resources located at
off incident sites.
25. Process, organize, analyze, evaluate, document, monitor, prepare
summaries, display and disseminate appropriate incident related information,
intelligence and data.
26. Coordinate with the Operations Section, the Intelligence/Investigations
function and other appropriate General Staff Sections and Command Staff
positions to ensure that all planning activities are reconciled with and do
not compromise intelligence, investigative, support, operational, etc.,

confidentiality or security.
27. Implement procedures, plans, activities, etc., to ensure:
a. Classified information is
(1) Appropriately transmitted, received, documented, recorded, safeguarded,
filed, maintained, secured, stored, etc.; and,
(2) Communicated to and received by personnel specifically selected by the
Command Element who have the appropriate "clearance level"/"access", i.e., Top
Secret, Secret, SCI, and authorization, i.e., "need to know".
b. Information that is restricted unclassified information, e.g., Law
Enforcement Sensitive (LES), Official Use Only (OUO), Sensitive But
Unclassified (SBU), personal, originator controlled, export controlled,
personnel related, proprietary, etc., is
(1) Appropriately transmitted, received, documented, recorded, safeguarded,
filed, maintained, secured, stored, etc; and,
(2) Communicated to and received by appropriate authorized personnel.
28. Confer with the Command Element and, when appropriate, the
Intelligence/Investigations function, regarding the development,
implementation and management of intelligence/ information/data security and
operational security procedures, plans, activities, etc.
29. Report any significant changes in the current incident situation, or the
incident progress, development and evolution.
30. Maintain records/documents and prepare analyses, evaluations, summaries
and displays concerning estimates/forecasts regarding future incident related
conditions/ occurrences; future incident related issues/problems; the
development/evolution of the incident; the effects of incident management
operations; incident potential; environmental conditions; etc.
31. Provide duplication services for incident personnel.
32. Ensure required incident related records/documents are prepared and the
incident and all appropriate incident related activity is properly documented
utilizing appropriate conventional, analog and digital techniques/methods.
a. Prepare and maintain required conventional, analog and digital incident
related documents, reports, forms, logs, records, files, etc.
b. Maintain record/documents regarding the major steps taken to resolve the
incident.
33. Ensure that conventional, analog and digital incident records/documents
are properly prepared, maintained, safeguarded, filed, secured, stored, etc.,
for analytical, historical, legal and other appropriate purposes.
34. Maintain Incident Command Post Log containing:
a. Summary of personnel deployment.
b. Chronological listing of significant occurrences, conditions, operations,

activities, etc.
c. Chronological listing of essential information, e.g., crimes, arrests,
injuries, fatalities.
d. Results of periodic survey of incident area(s).
e. Transfer(s) of Command.
f. Information regarding the significant operations, actions, decisions,
activities, etc., taken to resolve the incident.
g. Other appropriate information/data.
35. Maintain maps, status boards, spreadsheets, matrices, charts,
photos/images, timelines and other appropriate displays/visual aids regarding:
a. Sector boundaries and Group deployments.
b. Current resource deployments and estimated/forecasted future deployments.
c. Locations of Incident Facilities, i.e., Incident Command Post, Operations
Section Post, Intelligence/Investigations Post, Staging Area(s), Helispots,
etc.
d. Locations of past, current and estimated/forecasted future major
incidents /events, e.g., disorderly groups, building collapses, fires, power
outages.
e. Perimeters implemented as part of Site Management Operations.
f. Critical infrastructure, hazardous locations, sensitive locations and
other appropriate areas/facilities.
g. Appropriate emergency access/egress, evacuation, traffic, etc., routes.
h. If applicable, appropriate mass transportation stations, terminals,
routes, facilities, etc.
i. CBRN/HazMat exclusion zones, if applicable.
j. Current resources and estimated/forecasted future resource needs.
k. Any other relevant or necessary information that could be better
understood or analyzed if it was visually displayed.
36. Supervise preparation of the Demobilization Plan.
a. Ensure Demobilization planning commences at an appropriate time during
the incident.
b. Recommend Demobilization release priorities to the Command Element for
approval based upon continuing resource/support needs and requirements both at
the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
c. Include specific instructions for all personnel and resources that will
be demobilized.

d. Ensure the Demobilization Plan is expeditiously disseminated/distributed
in the appropriate manner at the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate
off incident sites.
37. Manage the utilization, assignment and deployment of Technical
Specialists, e.g., meteorologist, chemist, engineer, computer technician,
epidemiologist, accountant, attorney, veterinarian, toxicologist, biologist,
criminalist, physicist, medical doctor, etc.
a. Technical Specialists may:
i. Report directly to the Planning Section chief;
ii. Report to any activated Unit/function within the Planning Section;
iii. Be assigned to a separate specific Technical Specialists Unit within
the Planning Section;
iv. Be assigned to one or more General Staff Sections;
v. Be assigned to one or more Command Staff positions as an Assistant(s);
vi. Be designated as one or more additional separate Command Staff
officers.
38. Determine whether to activate or deactivate a Unit within the Planning
Section. If a Unit is not activated or is deactivated, the Planning Section
chief is responsible for performing/managing that Unit's functions.
a. The number of personnel assigned to a particular Unit will be determined
by the Planning Section chief after conferring with the Command Element, and
will depend upon the nature, size, complexity, location, duration, etc., of
the incident.
39. Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given through
the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent extraordinary
circumstances, resource orders/requests and resource status changes must be
approved by the appropriate authority and communicated through the established
Chain of Command.
40. Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Planning Section functions/activities.
41. When necessary, activate or deactivate any of the following Units:
a. Resources Unit
b. Situation Unit
c. Documentation Unit
d. Demobilization Unit
FORMS AND REPORTS
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEETS (PD406-141)

P.G. 220-11 CIMS: Logistics Section Chief
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: LOGISTICS SECTION CHIEF
PURPOSE
To outline the duties of the Logistics Section chief in CIMS.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the
Logistics Section chief are:
LOGISTICS SECTION CHIEF
1. Assume command as the Logistics Section chief as part of the Incident
Management Team; and, with the exception of logistics/support air operations
and aviation/aircraft resources, manage all logistics service and support
functions at the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off incident
sites.
2. Determine whether to activate or deactivate a Unit within the Logistics
Section. If a Unit is not activated or is deactivated, the Logistics Section
chief is responsible for performing/managing that Unit's functions. The number
of personnel assigned to a particular Unit will be determined by the Logistics
Section chief after conferring with the Command Element, and will depend upon
the nature, size, complexity, location, duration etc., of the incident.
3. Ensure logistics "Service" functions are properly performed.
a. Communications
(1) Manage all incident related communications functions and activities,
i.e., voice/audio, data, image, text.
(2) Engage in communications planning functions/activities; and, prepare the
Communications Plan. The Communications Plan may be verbal or written.
(3) When necessary, activate, operate and supervise the Incident
Communications Center.
(4) Request/order, obtain, receive, document, process, provide, record,
install, test, distribute, maintain, service, safeguard, repair, replace,
secure, store, recover, etc., analog and digital, and mobile/wireless and
wire/landline, communications devices, equipment, systems and networks, i.e.,
voice/audio, data, image, text, including radios; landline telephones;
wireless cellular and push-to-talk telephones; desk top, lap top and handheld
digital computer communications hardware, software, peripherals, accessories,
etc.; public address devices/systems; bullhorns; facsimile devices; pagers;
mobile digital terminals; blackberries; pocket digital assistants; etc.
(5) Identify and provide necessary NYPD Borough/Citywide "repeated" radio
frequencies and/or tactical "point-to-point" radio frequencies for
operational, command, tactical, investigative, support, aviation, etc.,

communications; and, provide any other additional required NYPD radio
frequencies.
(6) Provide inter-agency interoperable communications procedural and
technological measures; and when appropriate, provide Borough/Citywide
"repeated" interoperable radio frequencies, and/or tactical "point-to-point"
interoperable radio frequencies.
(7) When appropriate and necessary, provide the NYC Agencies' Citywide
"repeated" interoperable 800 MHz radio frequency.
(8) When appropriate, provide radio/mobile phone interconnect systems at
incidents requiring additional support to ensure interoperable/shared
communications.
(9) Provide all required communication links to appropriate off incident
sites.
NOTE: Logistics Section Chief may have to work with other agencies
communications.
b. Medical
(1) Generally not activated in NYC. However, a Medical Unit may be activated
during a large incident that will continue for a significant period of time,
or for a CBRN/HazMat incident.
(2) Responsible for all medical service/support involving incident personnel
at the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off incident sites
including providing medical care/treatments; vaccinations; prophylaxis,
medical information; appropriate decontamination measures/treatment; emergency
medical care/treatment; emergency and non-emergency transportation to
appropriate medical facilities; mental, psychological, emotional and
behavioral health services; privacy/security for hospitalized incident
personnel; occupational health services; vector control/mitigation measures;
assistance regarding personal and mortuary affairs for deceased incident
personnel; required initial base-line physical/psychological medical
examinations at the incident; required on-going physical/psychological medical
monitoring/surveillance at the incident, etc.
(3) Ensure that the condition, location, treatment, prognosis, etc., of
sick/injured incident personnel are monitored, documented, evaluated and
tracked as they move from point of origin, to one or more care facilities and
to the final destination/disposition.
(4) Collect, document, format, analyze, evaluate, secure/safeguard and
file/store incident related health and safety data/information regarding
injuries, illnesses, fatalities, accidents, CBRN/HazMat exposures, etc.; and,
properly disseminate the data/information in compliance with applicable
confidentiality/security procedures, policies, rules, regulations, statutes,
etc., to the appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations
and private entities/individuals.
(5) Ensure post-incident medical physical and psychological health
monitoring/surveillance, assessment/evaluation, treatment/counseling and
assistance/support is provided when necessary.
(6) Prepare the Medical Plan including ground/air emergency medical

transportation; countermeasures regarding actual/potential hazardous,
unhealthy and unsafe activities and conditions; medical assistance
capabilities at the incident and at appropriate off incident sites; and
procedures, treatment/care and resources required to resolve emergency and
non-emergency medical problems.
c. Food
(1) Generally not activated in NYC. However, a Food Unit may be activated
during an extremely large incident that will continue for a significant period
of time.
(2) Responsible for all food and water services/support involving incident
personnel at the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off incident
sites including determining required routine and specialized food/water
resources; service and support; planning menus; cooking/serving food;
dispensing water; maintaining food/water service areas; ensuring food/water
safety, health and security measures are implemented; etc.
(3) Manage, control and coordinate the activities, functions and efforts of
the General Staff, Command Staff, Primary Agency(ies), Supporting Agency(ies),
Coordinating Agency; and, appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities/individuals regarding providing food and
water resources, service and support to incident personnel at the incident,
and when applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
4. Ensure logistics "Support" functions are properly performed.
a. Supply
(1) Request/order personnel resources. When applicable, personnel resources
will be ordered from appropriate off incident sites.
(2) Except for aviation/aircraft resources, request/order, obtain, receive,
document, process, provide, distribute, record, safeguard, store, secure,
replace, recover, etc., incident related expendable and non-expendable
tactical and support non-personnel resources including tools, supplies,
vehicles, watercraft and equipment. When applicable, non-personnel resources
will be ordered from appropriate off incident sites.
(3) Except for mobile ground equipment, vehicles and aviation/aircraft
resources, maintain, service, fuel and repair incident related expendable and
non-expendable tactical and support non-personnel resources including tools,
supplies, watercraft and equipment.
b. Ground Support
(1) Maintain, safeguard, store, secure, service, repair and fuel all mobile
ground equipment and vehicles.
(2) Prepare required documentation and records regarding appropriate mobile
ground equipment and vehicles at the incident, and when applicable, at
appropriate off incident sites.
(3) Provide ground transportation for personnel, supplies, and equipment.
When appropriate, maintain a transportation pool consisting of vehicles
suitable for transporting personnel, e.g., cars, vans, buses.

(4) Record "usage time", and prepare required maintenance, service and
repair records and any other required documentation/records regarding
appropriate mobile ground equipment and vehicles at the incident, and when
applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
(5) When necessary, develop and implement the Traffic Plan.
c. Facilities
(1) Activate, maintain and demobilize Incident Facilities except the
Helibase(s) and Helispot(s); and incident management related airplane, blimp
and other aviation/aircraft resource air fields(s) not located at a
conventional airport. Incident Facilities include:
(a) Incident Command Post.
(b) Staging Area(s).
(c) Operations Section Post.
(d) Intelligence/Investigations Section Post.
(e) Incident Base. Absent extraordinary circumstances an Incident Base will
not be activated in NYC. However, an Incident Base might be activated during
an extremely large incident that will continue for an extended period of time.
(f) Camp(s). Absent extraordinary circumstances a Camp(s) will not be
activated in New York City. However, a Camp(s) might be activated during an
extremely large incident that will require incident personnel to be lodged for
an extended period of time in the vicinity of the incident.
(g) Any other facilities situated at the incident, and when applicable, at
appropriate off incident sites that will be used for providing food/water,
lodging, shower, sanitation, etc., services to incident personnel;
(h) Any other facilities situated at the incident, and when applicable, at
appropriate off incident sites that will be used for conducting appropriate
support and/or service functions and activities, e.g., Mass Care (Triage/
Treatment/Transportation), Mass Casualty Management, Mass Fatality
Management/Temporary Morgue, Mass Decontamination, Family Assistance.
(2) When appropriate, existing structures in the vicinity of the incident
may be used either partially or entirely as Incident Facilities.
5. When necessary, activate or deactivate any of the following Service Units:
a. Communications Unit b. Medical Unit c. Food Unit.
6. When necessary, activate or deactivate any of the following Support Units:
a. Supply Unit b. Ground Support Unit c. Facilities Unit.
7. When necessary, activate a Support Branch to manage Support Units and/or a
Service Branch to manage Service Units at the incident, and when applicable,
at appropriate off incident sites.
a. Assign Branch Directors.

8. Communicate and coordinate with the NYPD Special Operations Division,
Aviation Unit regarding logistics/support air operations and aviation/aircraft
resources.
a. In NYC, pursuant to CIMS, logistics/support air operations and
aviation/aircraft resources are managed and controlled by a NYPD Air
Operations Branch Director if an Air Operations Branch has been activated. If
an Air Operations Branch has not been activated or there is no NYPD Air
Operations Branch Director, than logistics/support air operations and
aviation/aircraft resources will be managed and controlled by the:
(1) NYPD Operations Section chief in a Single Operations Section, or NYPD
Agency Operations Section chief in a Unified Operations Section, if the
Operations Section has been activated; or,
(2) NYPD Incident Commander in a Single Command-Command Element, or NYPD
Agency Incident Commander in a Unified Command-Command Element, if the
Operations Section has not been activated; or,
(3) NYPD Supporting Agency/Agency Representative if there is no NYPD
Incident Commander or NYPD Agency Incident Commander; and, no NYPD Operations
Section chief or NYPD Agency Operations Section chief.
b. Outside NYC, logistics/support air operations and aviation/aircraft
resources are managed and controlled by the:
(1) Air Support Group Supervisor if an Air Support is activated; or,
(2) Air Operations Branch Director if the Air Support Group is not activated
but an Air Operations Branch is activated; or,
(3) Operations Section chief if the Air Operations Branch is not activated.
9. Participate in planning meetings when appropriate.
10. Assist in the development of the Incident Action Plan.
a. When necessary, prepare the Communications Plan, Medical Plan, Traffic
Plan and any other required logistics service/support related plans.
b. Ensure that the logistic service and support aspects of the Incident
Action Plan are properly formulated and implemented.
c. Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the logistic service and
support aspects of the Demobilization Plan.
11. Continually monitor performance, analyze data/information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the Command
Element regarding incident related logistics service and support issues.
b. Recommend to the Command Element any necessary modifications to the
current Incident Action Plan, including Incident Objectives, Strategy,
Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, resources, incident
management operations, logistics service/ support activities, communications,
etc.

c. Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period or
prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
12. Continually monitor/evaluate the organizational structure and
effectiveness of the Logistics Section, and the performance of the
Deputy(ies), Unit Leaders, Managers and assigned personnel.
a. Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
13. Confer with the Primary Agency(ies), Supporting Agency(ies), Coordinating
Agency and other appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities/individuals to determine current and
estimate/forecast future routine and specialized required logistic service and
support at the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off incident
sites.
14. Expeditiously provide routine and specialized required logistic service
and support at the incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off incident
sites.
15. Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Logistics Section functions/activities.
16. Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given through
the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent extraordinary
circumstances, resource orders/requests and resource status changes must be
approved by the appropriate authority and communicated through the established
Chain of Command.
17. Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a. The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the Deputy
should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge, skills, experience, as
the principal; and, must be capable of assuming the principal's position.
b. The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1) Collect incident related information, monitor performance, evaluate
incident operations/resources and communicate with the principal, i.e., be the
"eyes and ears" of the principal.
(2) Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol/Detective
Borough Commander, Operations Unit, Emergency Operations Center if activated,
Area Command if activated.
(3) Function as a relief.
(4) Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c. The Deputy may be member of a different Agency/Jurisdiction than the
principal.
For example, the Deputy may be a member of an Agency/Jurisdiction that:
(1) Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant resources
involved in the incident management effort; or,

(2) Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly affected
by the incident.
18. Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection and
security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and other
resources.
19. Confer with the Office of Technology and Systems Development (OTSD),
Communications Division (CD), Management Information Systems Division (MISD),
Communications Section (CS), Electronics Section (ES), Technical Assistance
and Response Unit (TARU), Counter Terrorism Bureau (CTB), other appropriate
NYPD Units; and, any appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and/or private entities/individuals regarding the communications
functions and activities.
20. Ensure effective and efficient communications services and support are
provided, i.e., voice/audio, data, image, text, at the incident, and when
applicable, at appropriate off incident sites:
a. Provide necessary analog and digital, and mobile/wireless and
wire/landline, communications devices, equipment, systems and networks, i.e.,
voice/audio, data, image, text.
b. Prepare the Communications Plan
(1) Depending upon the circumstances, the Communications Plan may be verbal
or written.
c. When necessary, request the activation of a "Dual Dispatch System" and
confer with the Communications Section supervisor regarding the appropriate
notification protocols.
(1) A Dual Dispatch System involves the routing of calls for service at the
incident to incident personnel if it is high priority and to non incident
personnel, i.e., precinct personnel, if it is low priority.
d. Ensure that the Communications Section Platoon Commander is notified
regarding all Emergency Public Information and all recommended public health,
safety and security related protective measures, e.g., evacuate, shelter in
place, change clothes, wash, etc.; and, any other information that would be
vital to disseminate to 911 callers, 311 callers, involved individuals,
incident personnel, governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations
and/or private entities/individuals.
e. Ensure borrowed or issued equipment/devices are returned at the
appropriate time.
f. Confer with OTSD, CD, MISD, CS, ES, TARU, CTB, other appropriate NYPD
Units; and, any appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and/or private entities/individuals regarding:
(1) Required incident related communications service and/or support, e.g.,
Cell-On-Wheels (COW), priority cellular phones.
(2) Any other appropriate voice/audio, image, text or data communications
technical and/or non-technical needs, requirements, information, procedures,
functions, issues, suggestions, problems, etc.

21. When appropriate, activate, operate and supervise the Incident
Communications Center.
a. The Incident Communications Center is used solely by resources at the
incident, and when applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
b. The Message Center is a component of and is co-located with the Incident
Communications Center.
c. An Incident Dispatcher will be assigned and will be responsible for:
(1) Assigning/dispatching resources at the incident, and when applicable, at
appropriate off incident sites; and,
(2) Receiving and transmitting radio, telephone, facsimile, computer, etc.,
messages; and,
(3) Providing analog and digital, and mobile/wireless and wire/landline
voice/audio, image, data, text, etc. communications service/support; and,
(4) Providing other required incident dispatch services.
d. If established, the Incident Communications Center should be located at
the Incident Command Post.
22. Ensure that all requested resources respond promptly to the appropriate
location. If requested resources have not promptly responded notify:
a. Patrol Borough Office, Borough of occurrence when appropriate.
b. Operations Unit.
c. NYPD Emergency Operations Center if activated.
23. Select an appropriate location to establish the Logistics Section.
a. Absent unusual circumstances, the Logistics Section will be located at
the Incident Command Post.
b. Outside of NYC, the Logistics Section is usually located at the Incident
Base. However, absent extraordinary circumstances an Incident Base will not be
established in NYC.

P.G. 220-12 CIMS: Finance/Administration Section Chief
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: FINANCE/ADMINISTRATION SECTION CHIEF
PURPOSE
To outline the duties of the Finance/Administration Section chief in CIMS.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the
Finance/ Administration Section chief are:
FINANCE / ADMINISTRATION SECTION CHIEF
1. Assume command as the Finance/Administration Section chief as part of the
Incident Management Team; and, manage all financial and administrative
activities.
a. The Finance/Administration function may be performed by a Technical
Specialist assigned to the Planning Section instead of activating the
Finance/Administration Section, if minimal Finance/Administration activity is
required, e.g., tracking overtime costs and ensuring overtime is properly
coded.
2. Collect, process, organize, analyze, evaluate, record, monitor, prepare
summaries, display and disseminate financial, administrative, time, overtime,
personnel records, procurement, contract/agreement obligation,
compensation/claims and cost related information, statistics and data as
needed.
3. When necessary, identify current and estimate/forecast future incident
related financial, administrative, time, overtime, personnel records,
procurement, contract/agreement obligation, compensation/claims and cost
related requirements, issues, needs, problems, advantages, etc.
4. Manage the "Compensation for Injury" function involving all financial and
administrative activities regarding incident related injuries, illnesses
and/or deaths of incident personnel.
5. Manage the "Claims" function involving all financial and administrative
activities regarding incident related damage to property owned, rented,
leased, etc., by a Primary Agency(ies), a Supporting Agency(ies), the
Coordinating Agency and/or other governmental agency, non-governmental
organization or private entity/individual involved in incident management
operations, functions or activities.
6. Ensure proper and expeditious preparation, collection, processing and
transmittal of incident related personnel time and overtime records.
7. Ensure proper overtime codes are being used by incident personnel.
8. When necessary, ensure proper preparation, maintenance and transmittal of
applicable "personnel records" for incident personnel.

9. When appropriate, establish and operate an incident Commissary and
designate a Commissary Manager.
10. Ensure that required resources are efficiently and expeditiously procured
and manage all procurement related activities.
11. Manage all financial and administrative activities related to:
a. Vendor contracts, obligations, leases, rental agreements, and other
financial or administrative agreements.
b. Inter-agency and inter-jurisdictional Memoranda of Understanding, Mutual
Aid Agreements, Memoranda of Agreement and other compacts, agreements,
obligations, grants, contracts, etc.
12. Record equipment "usage time," and costs involving equipment, fuel, parts,
maintenance, service, repairs, etc.
13. Ensure all incident related contract/agreement obligation documents are
properly prepared, approved, and executed.
14. Participate in planning meetings when appropriate.
15. Assist in the development of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Prepare any required financial/administrative related plans.
b. Ensure that the financial and administrative aspects of the Incident
Action Plan are properly formulated and implemented.
c. Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the financial and
administrative aspects of the Demobilization Plan.
16. Continually monitor performance, analyze data/information, evaluate
incident operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate
the implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the Command
Element regarding incident related financial and administrative issues.
b. Recommend to the Command Element any necessary modifications to the
current Incident Action Plan, including Incident Objectives, Strategy,
Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, resources, incident
management operations, communications, financial and administrative activity.
c. Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period or
prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
17. Continually monitor/evaluate the organizational structure and
effectiveness of the Finance/Administration Section, and the performance of
the Deputy(ies), Unit Leaders, Managers and assigned personnel.
a. Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
18. Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection and
security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and other
resources.

19. Meet with Supporting Agency/Agency Representative when necessary; and
comply with each Supporting Agencies':
a. Time, overtime, personnel records and other related financial and
administrative policies and procedures.
b. Equipment usage and other applicable equipment records/documentation
related financial and administrative policies and procedures.
c. Compensation for injury and property claims related financial and
administrative policies and procedures.
d. Procurement and contract/agreement obligation related financial and
administrative policies and procedures.
e. Cost related financial and administrative policies and procedures.
f. Applicable and appropriate financial and administrative policies and
procedures.
20. Confer with the Planning Section and Logistics Section to ensure that
operational records are consistent with related financial and administrative
records.
21. When necessary, collect, process, organize, evaluate, analyze, record,
monitor, prepare summaries, display and disseminate appropriate incident
related cost information, statistics and data.
22. When necessary, monitor costs to ensure compliance with applicable
statutes, regulations, contracts, memoranda of understanding, grants, mutual
aid agreements, etc.
23. When necessary, ensure that all activities involving financial
reimbursements/obligations to and financial support/funds from one or more
governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and private
entities/individuals are properly managed.
24. When necessary, provide immediate and contemporaneous, i.e., "real-time,"
monitoring of designated incident costs in order to determine any required
additional funds that must be obtained in order to avoid adversely affecting
overall or specific incident management operations, functions or activities.
25. Determine the current and estimate/forecast future incident related costs
when requested.
26. If possible, identify current and future cost saving measures.
27. Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given through
the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent extraordinary
circumstances, resource orders/ requests and resource status changes must be
approved by the appropriate authority and communicated through the established
Chain of Command.
28. Prepare and maintain appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc.,
regarding the Finance/Administration Section functions/activities.

29. When necessary, confer with appropriate Agency/Headquarters
finance/administrative personnel regarding incident related financial,
administrative, procurement, contract/ agreement obligation, time, overtime,
personnel records, cost and compensation/ claims information, data, problems,
needs, requirements, issues, etc.
30. Select appropriate location for Finance/Administration Section.
a. Finance/Administration Section may be located at the Incident Command
Post; or,
b. Finance/Administration Section may be situated at an off incident site,
e.g., NYPD Headquarters-Office of the Deputy Commissioner Management and
Budget, NYPD Operations Unit, NYPD Emergency Operations Center if activated.
31. Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a. The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the Deputy
should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge, skills, experience, as
the principal; and, must be capable of assuming the principal's position.
b. The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1) Collect incident related information, monitor performance, evaluate
incident operations/ resources and communicate with the principal, i.e., be
the "eyes and ears" of the principal.
(2) Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol/Detective
Borough Commander, Operations Unit, Emergency Operations Center if activated,
Area Command if activated.
(3) Function as a relief.
(4) Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c. The Deputy may be a member of a different Agency/Jurisdiction than the
principal. For example, the Deputy may be a member of an Agency/Jurisdiction
that:
(1) Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant resources
involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2) Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly affected
by the incident.
32. Determine whether to activate or deactivate a Unit within the
Finance/Administration Section. If a Unit is not activated or is deactivated,
the Finance/Administration Section chief is responsible for
performing/managing that Unit's functions.
a. The number of personnel assigned to a particular Unit will be determined
by the Finance/Administration Section chief after conferring with the Command
Element, and will depend upon the nature, size, complexity, location,
duration, etc., of the incident.
33. When necessary, activate or deactivate any of the following Units:
a. Time Unit

b. Procurement Unit
c. Compensation/Claims Unit
d. Cost Unit
ADDITIONAL DATA
If there is a Single Command-Command Element, the Incident Commander will
designate the one Finance/Administration Section chief. When the NYPD is the
Primary Agency in a Single Command - Command Element, if the
Finance/Administration Section is activated, absent unusual circumstances, the
Incident Commander will have a member of the NYPD designated as the
Finance/Administration Section chief; or if that is not possible, designated
as a Deputy to a non-NYPD Finance/Administration Section chief. Whenever
possible, the Incident Commander should designate a member of the service
assigned to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner, Management and Budget to
perform the functions of the Finance/Administration Section chief; or if that
is not possible, to perform the functions of a Deputy to a non-NYPD
Finance/Administration Section chief. If there is a Unified Command-Command
Element, all of the Agency Incident Commanders will jointly designate the one
Finance/Administration Section chief. When the NYPD is one of the Primary
Agencies in a Unified Command-Command Element, if the Finance/ Administration
Section chief position is activated, absent unusual circumstances, the NYPD
Agency Incident Commander should make every effort to have a member of the
NYPD designated as the Finance/Administration Section chief; or if that is not
possible, designated as a Deputy to a non-NYPD Finance/Administration Section
chief. Whenever possible, the NYPD Agency Incident Commander should designate
a member of the service assigned to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner,
Management and Budget to perform the functions of the Finance/Administration
Section chief; or if that is not possible, to perform the functions of a
Deputy to a non-NYPD Finance/Administration Section chief.

P.G. 220-13 CIMS: Intelligence/Investigations Section Chief
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: INTELLIGENCE/INVESTIGATIONS SECTION CHIEF
SCOPE
ORGANIZATION OF INTELLIGENCE / INVESTIGATIVE FUNCTIONS
The investigative and intelligence aspects of incident management are
significantly different from the tactical aspects and are not adequately
addressed by the traditional Incident Command System (ICS) organizational
model. Therefore, when there is a considerable investigative or intelligence
component to the management or resolution of an incident, the Command Element
should activate an Intelligence/Investigations Section as part of the General
Staff.
In unusual situations, when the Intelligence/Investigations function is not a
considerable component of the management or resolution of an incident, it may
be organized as a Branch or Group within the Operations Section rather than as
a separate General Staff Section. In extremely unusual situations when the
Intelligence/Investigations function is minimal, it may be organized as a
Command Staff position or Planning Section/Situation Unit function.
The Intelligence/Investigations function should be organized as a Section when
the NYPD is the Primary Agency in a Single Command-Command Element, or when
the NYPD is one of the Primary Agencies in a Unified Command-Command Element.
PURPOSE
To outline the duties of the Intelligence/Investigations Section chief in
CIMS.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the
Intelligence/ Investigations Section chief are:
INTELLIGENCE /INVESTIGATIONS SECTION CHIEF
1. Assume command as the Intelligence/Investigations Section chief as part of
the Incident Management Team; and, manage investigative and intelligence
operations.
2. Establish the Intelligence/Investigations Section Post at an appropriate
location.
a. The Intelligence/Investigations Section Post is the location where the
Intelligence/ Investigations Section chief, Deputy(ies) and appropriate staff
will remain and manage/direct all of the intelligence and investigative
functions, operations and activities.
b. The Intelligence/Investigations Section Post generally will not be
co-located with the Operations Section Post or the Incident Command Post. The
Intelligence/ Investigations Section Post will be established at a secure

location within a reasonable distance from the Operations Section Post and the
Incident Command Post.
c. Chose a location that is a reasonable and appropriate distance from the
incident; and, will provide for safety, health, security and force protection;
and, will provide easy and expeditious access and egress; and, is sufficiently
large and will allow for expansion; and, will permit continuous operations;
and, will provide adequate work space and utility/communications service.
Generally, the Intelligence/Investigations Section Post will be located within
the Site Access Control/Outer Perimeter.
d. If necessary, the Intelligence/Investigations Section Post may be
relocated.
e. The Intelligence/Investigations Section Post can be any type of facility
that is available and appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open area,
room in a building.
f. Ensure that adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures are implemented.
3. Ensure appropriate investigative techniques are utilized.
4. Ensure assigned investigative leads/tasks are properly recorded.
5. Ensure assigned investigative leads/tasks are being properly performed.
6. Ensure all appropriate follow-up actions are promptly identified, assigned,
recorded and properly performed.
7. Ensure Investigative Scenes and Crime Scenes are identified, secured and
processed.
a. Determine the number, location, size, boundaries, configuration, etc., of
the Crime Scenes and/or Investigative Scenes. The size of the Crime Scenes
and/or Investigative Scenes will depend upon the circumstances of the
incident. However, initially the size of the Crime Scenes and/or Investigative
Scenes should be large, and as time progresses and additional facts are
discovered they may be reduced in size.
b. In order to minimize/avoid the alteration, loss, contamination,
degradation, destruction, etc., of physical evidence, ensure access to the
Crime Scenes, and if applicable, the Investigative Scenes, are strictly
controlled. Absent extraordinary circumstances and/or circumstances involving
the life or safety of involved persons or the public, only appropriately
trained and equipped personnel who are involved in the investigation of the
incident and have an absolute need to enter will be allowed access within the
Crime Scenes, and if applicable, the Investigative Scenes. Civilians and
personnel representing involved governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities/individuals who are unauthorized or
unnecessary, including unnecessary NYPD personnel, will not be allowed access
within the Crime Scenes, and if applicable, the Investigative Scenes.
c. When appropriate authorize the release and relinquishment of control of
the Crime Scenes and/or Investigative Scenes.
8. Ensure forensic evidence and conventional, analog and/or digital
investigative evidence (documents/text, images/photos, audio, data) are

properly and expeditiously collected, vouchered and analyzed/examined.
9. Ensure all investigative activity associated with telephone, computer and
other types of electronic communications is properly performed.
10. Ensure intelligence information is collected in a timely manner.
11. Ensure threat information is expeditiously identified, processed,
analyzed, evaluated, documented and disseminated to the Command Element,
Operations Section, and appropriate Command Staff positions, General Staff
Sections, governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations, private
entities/individuals.
a. Recommend appropriate alerting or non-alerting prevention, interdiction,
disruption, denial, etc., countermeasures/techniques to the Command Element
and Operations Section.
12. Ensure investigative and intelligence information is processed, organized,
analyzed, evaluated, documented and appropriately disseminated.
a. Implement procedures, plans, activities, etc., to ensure:
(1) Classified information is:
i. Appropriately transmitted, received, documented, recorded, safeguarded,
filed, maintained, secured, stored, etc.; and,
ii. Communicated to and received by personnel specifically selected by the
Command Element who have the appropriate "clearance level"/"access", i.e., Top
Secret, Secret, SCI, and authorization, i.e., "need to know."
(2) Information that is restricted unclassified information, e.g., Law
Enforcement Sensitive (LES), Official Use Only (OUO), Sensitive But
Unclassified (SBU), personal, originator controlled, export controlled,
personnel related, proprietary, etc., is:
i. Appropriately transmitted, received, documented, recorded, safeguarded,
filed, maintained, secured, stored, etc.; and,
ii. Communicated to and received by appropriate authorized personnel.
b. Confer with the Command Element and, when appropriate, the Planning
Section, regarding the development, implementation and management of
intelligence/ information/data security and operational security procedures,
plans, activities, etc.
13. Ensure intelligence and investigative information is processed,
documented, organized, recorded, summarized, presented and displayed in a
manner that allows it to be easily visualized, analyzed, evaluated and
understood, e.g., link analysis charts, organization/ hierarchy charts,
matrices, spreadsheets, maps, images/photos, charts, timelines, etc.
14. Ensure all investigative activity associated with missing persons,
unidentified aided persons and human remains is properly performed.
15. Ensure all operational and support resources are being efficiently and
effectively utilized.

16. Ensure required legal advice, services and process, e.g., warrants,
subpoenas, court orders, etc., are expeditiously obtained.
17. Ensure a chronological account of the significant investigative and, when
appropriate, intelligence information, actions and results, is appropriately
recorded, documented and displayed.
a. Confer and coordinate with the Planning Section.
18. Develop and implement accountability, safety, health, force protection and
security measures for personnel, vehicles, equipment, facilities and other
resources.
19. Interact with any position within the incident management organization;
however absent emergency circumstances, direction may only be given through
the established Chain of Command. Additionally, absent extraordinary
circumstances, resource orders/requests and resource status changes must be
approved by the appropriate authority and communicated through the established
Chain of Command.
20. Ensure appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc., regarding the
Intelligence/Investigations Section functions/activities are properly prepared
and maintained.
21. Ensure appropriate investigative and intelligence information is
expeditiously communicated to the Command Element, Operations Section,
Planning Section/Situation Unit and any other appropriate General Staff
Sections and Command Staff positions:
a. When the Intelligence/Investigations Section is activated, a member of
the Operations Section should be assigned to the Intelligence/Investigations
Section Post to act as a liaison, and a member of the
Intelligence/Investigations Section should be assigned to the Operations
Section Post to act as a liaison.
b. Depending upon the significance of the intelligence/investigative
component of the incident and after conferral with the Operations Section
chief, the member of the Operations Section assigned to the
Intelligence/Investigations Section Post and the member of
Intelligence/Investigations Section assigned to the Operations Section Post to
act as liaisons may be supervisors.
22. Direct and coordinate investigative and intelligence operations, functions
and activities regarding all involved governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities/individuals, e.g., FBI, USSS, ATF, ICE,
Customs and Border Patrol, US Park Police, US Postal Inspection Service,
National Transportation Safety Board, Coast Guard, US DOD
police/investigators, NYS Police, NYS DEC, MTAPD, PAPD, FDNY, Fire Marshalls,
NYC DEP, NYC DPR Urban Park Service, NYC DS Police, NYC DOC, NYC DOHMH
Epidemiologists, NYC Health and Hospitals Corporation security, private
security, private investigators.
23. Ensure investigative and intelligence activity is coordinated with the
appropriate Command Staff positions and General Staff Sections.
a. In particular, maintain close liaison, frequently communicate and
continually coordinate tactical investigative and intelligence activity with
the Operations Section, e.g., warrant executions, arrests, evidence

searches/seizures, physical surveillance, electronic surveillance,
surreptitious entries, non-alerting/ruse detentions, confidential informant/
undercover operations, etc.
24. Participate in planning meetings when appropriate.
25. Assist in the development of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Ensure that Investigative/Intelligence Operations and considerations,
particularly those involving the processing of Crime Scenes and Investigative
Scenes, are included in the Incident Objectives.
b. Prepare the Intelligence/Investigations Plan and any other required
intelligence/ investigations related plans.
c. Ensure that the intelligence and investigative aspects of the Incident
Action Plan are properly formulated and implemented.
d. Provide advice to the Planning Section regarding the investigative and
intelligence aspects of the Demobilization Plan.
26. Continually monitor performance, analyze data/information, evaluate
operations and resources, assess the current situation and evaluate the
implementation of the Incident Action Plan.
a. Provide advice and make appropriate recommendations to the Command
Element regarding incident related intelligence and investigative issues.
b. Recommend to the Command Element any necessary modifications to the
current Incident Action Plan, including Incident Objectives, Strategies,
Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, resources, incident
management operations, communications, Investigative/Intelligence Operations,
etc.
c. Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period or
prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
27. Continually monitor/evaluate the organizational structure and
effectiveness of the Intelligence/Investigations Section, and the performance
of the Deputy(ies), Group Supervisors and assigned personnel.
a. Make appropriate modifications when necessary.
28. Designate a Deputy or Deputies when necessary.
a. The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal. Therefore, the Deputy
should have the same qualifications, i.e., knowledge, skills, experience, as
the principal; and, must be capable of assuming the principal's position.
b. The role of the Deputy is flexible and the Deputy may:
(1) Collect incident related information, monitor performance, evaluate
incident operations/ resources and communicate with the principal, i.e., be
the "eyes and ears" of the principal.
(2) Make important notifications, e.g., Bureau Chief, Patrol/Detective
Borough Commander, Operations Unit, Emergency Operations Center if activated,
Area Command if activated.

(3) Function as a relief.
(4) Be assigned specific tasks as requested by the principal.
c. The Deputy may be a member of a different Agency/Jurisdiction than the
principal. For example, the Deputy may be a member of an Agency/Jurisdiction
that:
(1) Currently has, or after a period of time, may have significant resources
involved in the incident management effort; or,
(2) Currently is, or after a period of time, may be significantly affected
by the incident. 29. Determine whether to activate or deactivate a Group
within the Intelligence/Investigations Section. If a Group is not activated or
is deactivated, the Intelligence/Investigations Section chief is responsible
for performing/managing that Group's functions.
a. The number of personnel assigned to a particular Group will be determined
by the Intelligence/Investigations Section chief after conferring with the
Command Element, and will depend upon the nature, size, complexity, location,
duration, etc., of the incident.
30. When necessary, activate or deactivate the following Groups.
a. Investigative Operations Group
b. Intelligence Group
c. Forensics Group
d. Electronic Communications, Surveillance and Evidence Group
e. Missing/Unidentified Persons and Human Remains Group
f. Investigative Support Group.
ADDITIONAL DATA
Depending upon the circumstances, personnel assigned to the
Intelligence/Investigations Section may utilize some or all of the following
investigative techniques:
a. Conduct canvasses, technical and non-technical.
b. Perform interviews and interrogations.
c. Process Crime Scenes and Investigative Scenes.
d. Collect, voucher and examine/analyze forensic evidence and conventional,
analog and/or digital investigative evidence (documents/text, images/photos,
audio, data.)
e. Collect, process and analyze intelligence, i.e., unclassified,
classified, open source.
f. Conduct physical and electronic surveillance.

g. Conduct searches and seizures.
h. Conduct apprehensions.
i. Conduct alerting and non-alerting stops/detentions.
j. Request directed enforcement operations, e.g., criminal, regulatory,
civil, parole, probation.
k. Conduct identification procedures, i.e., lineups, photo arrays,
PhotoManager photos.
l. Query Databases/Records.
m. Obtain, analyze and exploit telephone, computer and other types of
electronic communications information/records, both historical and real time.
n. Utilize mail covers and trash covers.
o. Obtain and examine relevant records maintained by the NYPD and other
governmental agencies, non-governmental organizations and private
entities/individuals, e.g., 911 tapes, 311 tapes, Communications Division
tapes, SPRINT reports, Investigative Case Folders, Administrative Case
Folders, DMV photos.
p. Debrief prisoners.
q. Conduct undercover and confidential informant operations.
r. Utilize appropriate event/timeline reconstruction techniques.
s. Perform behavioral analysis and psychological profiling.
t. Conduct financial analyses.
u. When necessary, disseminate appropriate investigative information to
other law enforcement agencies, the media and the public.
v. Utilize public "Hotlines/Tiplines."
w. Utilize polygraph examinations.
INVESTIGATIVE SCENES AND CRIME SCENES
An Investigative Scene is an area or areas where investigative information may
be obtained by identifying/interviewing witnesses; performing canvasses;
examining conventional, analog and digital documents/text, images/photos,
audio and/or data; performing identification techniques; etc. A Crime Scene is
an area or areas that contain physical evidence that may have forensic,
investigative, demonstrative or other probative value. Crime Scenes and
Investigative Scenes include:
a. "Body Collection Points" where human remains are gathered for
investigative and forensic evidence processing.
b. "Casualty Collection Points" where ill/injured individuals are gathered
for triage, emergency treatment, and transportation to the hospital.

c. Decontamination areas where individuals are decontaminated using
mass/gross, technical, emergency, etc., decontamination procedures.
d. Areas where forensic evidence or conventional, analog and/or digital
investigative evidence (documents/text, images/photos, audio, data) is
collected, processed, examined/analyzed, stored, safeguarded, etc.
All personnel assigned to governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and private entities/individuals involved in incident management
activities are responsible for avoiding or minimizing disturbance of
Investigative/Intelligence Operations, particularly the processing of Crime
Scenes and Investigative Scenes. Individuals who are unauthorized or
unnecessary, including unnecessary NYPD personnel, will not be allowed access
within the Investigative Scene(s) and/or Crime Scene(s).

P.G. 220-14 CIMS: Supporting Agencies And Agency Representatives
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: SUPPORTING AGENCIES AND AGENCY REPRESENTATIVES
PURPOSE
To understand the roles of Supporting Agency/Agency Representative in CIMS.
DEFINITIONS
SUPPORTING AGENCY - a governmental agency, non-governmental organization,
and/or private entity whose resources, i.e., personnel, vehicles, equipment,
subject matter expertise, etc., are deployed to an incident to support
incident operations, and assist the Primary Agency(ies) successfully resolve
the incident. A Supporting Agency assists the Primary Agency(ies) accomplish
the Incident Objectives by providing resources to the incident management
efforts. A Supporting Agency is not a Primary Agency in a Single
Command-Command Element; nor is it one of the Primary Agencies in a Unified
Command-Command Element. However, each Supporting Agency retains
responsibility for its' resources; and retains its' jurisdictional, legal,
functional, administrative, etc., authority.
There are two types of Supporting Agencies:
a. ASSISTING AGENCY - an Agency providing personnel, services or other
resources to the Agency with direct responsibility for incident management;
and/or, an Agency directly contributing tactical or service resources to
another Agency, e.g., NYPD, FDNY, EMS, DSNY, DEP.
b. COOPERATING AGENCY - an Agency that supports the incident management
efforts by providing assistance other than tactical resources; and/or, an
Agency that supplies assistance other than direct operational or support
functions or resources to the incident management efforts, e.g., Salvation
Army, American Red Cross.
SUPPORTING AGENCY/AGENCY REPRESENTATIVE - Each Supporting Agency will
designate a "Supporting Agency/Agency Representative." A Supporting
Agency/Agency Representative is an individual who has been given authority by
the Supporting Agency to make decisions on matters affecting that Agency's
efforts to assist the Command Element successfully resolve the incident. The
Supporting Agency/Agency Representative must have the authority to make
decisions, give direction and commit resources on behalf of their Supporting
Agency. The Supporting Agency/Agency Representative is not a member of the
Command Element.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the responsibilities of the
Supporting Agency/Agency Representative are:
SUPPORTING AGENCY/ AGENCY REPRESENTATIVE
1. Assume the position of Supporting Agency/Agency Representative; and, report
to the Liaison officer, or if not activated, the Command Element and obtain

briefing.
2. Ensure all Supporting Agency resources have completed Check-In at the
appropriate location(s).
3. Inform Supporting Agency personnel assigned to the incident that a
Supporting Agency/ Agency Representative has been designated; and, identify
self as the designated Supporting Agency/Agency Representative.
4. Attend planning meetings when appropriate; and, when applicable, assist in
the development of the Incident Action Plan.
5. Inform the Liaison officer, or if not activated, the Command Element of
current, anticipated or potential inter-organizational or inter-agency issues,
problems, conflicts, etc.
6. Cooperate with the Command Element, Command Staff and General Staff
regarding Supporting Agency involvement at the incident.
7. Assist the Primary Agency(ies) regarding the implementation of the Incident
Action Plan.
8. Ensure accountability, safety, health, force protection and security
measures are developed and implemented for personnel, vehicles, equipment,
facilities, and other Supporting Agency resources assigned to the incident.
9. Inform the Liaison officer, or if not activated, the Command Element, of
any special Supporting Agency specific needs, requirements, restrictions,
limitations, etc.
10. Absent unusual circumstances, establish a work location at or in the
vicinity of the Incident Command Post.
11. Inform the Liaison officer regarding:
a. Current status of Supporting Agencies' resources,
b. Current number, Kind, Type, capabilities, limitations, etc., of the
Supporting Agencies' resources,
c. Availability of Supporting Agencies' resources regarding current,
anticipated or potential resource requests.
12. Report to the Supporting Agency Dispatcher and /or Headquarters on a
pre-arranged schedule.
13. Ensure all required Supporting Agency records, forms, logs, reports, and
documents are properly prepared.
14. When demobilization occurs, ensure:
a. All Supporting Agencies resources are properly accounted for and
released.
b. All incident related operations, assignments, tasks, etc., have been
completed.
c. All incident related logistics service and support functions and

activities have been completed.
d. All required incident related records, forms, logs, reports and other
administrative activity have been completed.
e. All borrowed equipment is returned to the appropriate location/Unit.
15. Attend debriefing session with the Liaison officer, or if not activated,
the Command Element, prior to departure from the incident due to reassignment,
end of tour, demobilization, etc.

P.G. 220-15 CIMS: Coordinating Agency
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: COORDINATING AGENCY
PURPOSE
To understand the role of the Coordinating Agency in CIMS.
SCOPE
The New York City Office of Emergency Management (OEM) is the designated
Coordinating Agency. OEM may respond to multi-agency incidents and participate
in a Unified Command or Single Command incident management organization.
PROCEDURE
At multi-agency incidents OEM will:
OFFICE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT
1. Ensure a CIMS incident management organization is implemented.
2. Coordinate resources supplied by Agencies involved in incident related
response and recovery operations, functions and activities.
3. Provide information to the OEM Emergency Operations Center and to the
Mayor.
4. Support logistics and communications needs.
5. Obtain subject matter expertise.
6. Facilitate transition of command.
7. Facilitate resolution of interagency differences.
8. Coordinate and support Recovery/Restoration Operations.
ADDITIONAL DATA
DO NOT wait for a representative from OEM to arrive at the incident site to
begin inter-agency coordination.
In complex incidents where the Primary Agency designation is unclear, or the
incident is not listed in the Primary Agency Matrix, or the Primary Agency
designation changes as some or all of the Incident Objectives are achieved,
OEM, based upon the CIMS Protocol, will identify the appropriate Primary
Agency or Agencies.

P.G. 220-16 CIMS: Intergrated Communications
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: INTERGRATED COMMUNICATIONS
PURPOSE
To ensure proper communications integration takes place between this
Department and other agencies at an incident.
SCOPE
Effective, efficient, integrated communications are essential in order to
successfully resolve emergency incidents. Agencies participating in emergency
response in New York City have implemented several procedural and
technological measures to ensure that effective, efficient and integrated
on-scene inter-agency communications can be achieved. Agencies will continue
to evaluate communications best practices and evolving voice, image, text and
data communications technologies to improve tactical and citywide inter-agency
communications.
MEASURES
Procedural Measures
1. Ensuring that all ranking Agency members manage the incident from one
single Incident Command Post;
2. Ensuring that Agency personnel operating at an incident use clear text for
inter-agency communications, i.e., no agency-specific codes or jargon; and,
communicate using standard CIMS terminology;
3. Ensuring that all incident personnel observe strict radio/telephone
communications discipline and limit communications to essential information
only;
4. Establishing criteria for implementing Borough/Citywide "repeated"
interoperable radio frequencies and tactical "point-to-point" interoperable
radio frequencies for coordination at the incident scene.
Technological Measures
1. Ensuring that all Agencies participating in emergency responses in NYC may
utilize the NYC Agencies' Citywide "repeated" interoperable 800 MHz radio
frequency;
2. Ensuring that first responder Agencies have other first responder Agencies'
Borough/Citywide "repeated" interoperable radio frequencies in their command
vehicles and their aviation and marine assets; and, that the Borough/Citywide
"repeated" interoperable radio frequencies are appropriately utilized.
3. Utilizing tactical "point-to-point" interoperable radio frequencies for
coordination at the incident scene; and
4. Deploying radio/mobile phone interconnect systems to incidents requiring

additional support to ensure interoperable/shared communications.
Communications Plan
The Command Element will implement a Communications Plan that will identify
the tactical "point-to-point" interoperable radio frequencies and
Borough/Citywide "repeated" interoperable radio frequencies that will be used
to manage the incident. The plan may be written or verbal depending upon the
nature, location, size, complexity and duration of the incident.
The Communications Plan will be part of the Incident Action Plan for each
Operational Period and will be disseminated/distributed to all Agencies
participating in the response. When applicable, CIMS ICS form 205 may be used
to assist in the formulation of the Communications Plan.

P.G. 220-17 CIMS: Transfer Of Command
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: TRANSFER OF COMMAND
PURPOSE
To describe the formal Transfer of Command process at an incident.
PROCEDURE
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident, the ranking member of the service
will either:
RANKING MEMBER OF THE SERVICE
1. Assume command if there is no Command Element; or,
2. Assume command from the current Command Element; or,
3. Make no change regarding the current Command Element; or,
4. Designate a third party to assume command from the current Command Element.
NOTE: When there is a change in the Command Element, there must be a formal
Transfer of Command process.
TRANSFER OF COMMAND
5. "Transfer of Command" may take place:
a. When a higher ranking person arrives at the scene and elects or has been
appropriately designated to assume command. This is often associated with an
expanding incident that recently occurred and is still in its initial stages
of development. In this situation, because of the outgoing Command Element's
specific knowledge/experience regarding the incident, the incoming Command
Element may assign the outgoing Command Element to perform/manage a different
incident related function, e.g., Operations Section chief.
b. By transferring command to a less senior or less experienced person when
an incident is stabilized, or has been reduced in size or severity, or is
close to final mitigation, or will demobilize after a short period of time.
c. When needed because personnel have been appropriately designated to
assume command for a new Operational Period(s).
d. To allow the Command Element to be dismissed at the end of the designated
tour.
6. Over the course of an incident, as emergency conditions change or Incident
Objectives are completed, the Primary Agency designation may also change and
there may be a Transfer of Command from one or more Primary Agencies to a
different Primary Agency or Agencies. The Primary Agency Matrix will be used
to identify the appropriate Agency or Agencies to which command will be
transferred.

7. Transfer of Command also involves the replacement of the General Staff
Section chiefs and Command Staff officers, e.g., Operations Section chief,
Planning Section chief, Public Information officer. Transfer of Command
Process
8. The Transfer of Command process must include a briefing that captures all
of the essential information required to ensure continuing effective and
efficient command. This information should be recorded and displayed for easy
retrieval and subsequent briefings.
9. A Transfer of Command checklist should be used and it should include at
least the following:
a. Has an appropriate CIMS incident management organization been
implemented, and is appropriate CIMS terminology being used at the incident?
b. Has one single Incident Command Post been established?
c. If possible, will Transfer of Command take place face-to-face?
d. If possible, will the incoming Command Element personally perform a
detailed assessment of the incident situation with the outgoing Command
Element?
e. Will the outgoing Command Element provide a comprehensive briefing to the
incoming Command Element?
f. Has an appropriate time been chosen for the formal Transfer of Command to
occur?
g. Has the incoming Command Element formally accepted command?
h. Have notifications been made to the appropriate entities, i.e., General
Staff, Command Staff, Primary Agencies, Coordinating Agency, Supporting
Agencies, Communications Division dispatcher and/or supervisor, all incident
supervisors, etc.?
10. The Transfer of Command briefing should include:
a. Concise history of the incident.
b. Current incident situation status.
c. Incident Objectives, Strategy and priorities.
d. Incident Action Plan.
e. Current organizational structure.
f. Resource assignments.
g. Resources enroute, ordered and/or required.
h. Status of current and planned tactical operations/activities.
i. Status of current and planned investigative operations/activities.

j. Current incident related intelligence including any threat information
and/or risk assessments.
k. Status of Incident Facilities.
l. Status of communications and Communications Plan.
m. Any operational constraints or limitations.
n. Current concerns, problems, issues, etc.
o. Estimate/prediction of the future progress of the incident and potential
concerns, problems, issues, etc.
p. "Delegation of Authority" issues.

P.G. 220-18 CIMS: Incident Sequence
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: INCIDENT SEQUENCE
PURPOSE
To describe the general CIMS Incident Sequence.
PROCEDURE
When responding to an incident, generally, the following Incident Sequence
will occur:
CIMS INCIDENT SEQUENCE
1. Depending upon the incident type, one or more Agencies will respond. The
first arriving units assess the scene and, if capable, initiate Life Safety
and Site Management Operations. The Command Element (Single or Unified) is
established with the Primary Agency or Agencies determined by the Primary
Agency Matrix. The Command Element assumes overall incident management
responsibility; establishes an Incident Command Post at a safe and secure
location near the incident site; and establishes General Staff Sections
(Operations, Planning, Logistics, etc.) and/or Command Staff positions as
needed.
2. If an Operations Section is activated, an Operations Section Post is
established to direct tactical operations including Life Safety Operations and
Site Management Operations.
3. If a Unified Command-Command Element is managing the incident, then a
Unified Operations Section is established. At every CBRN/HazMat incident a
Unified Operations Section will be established.
4. If there is a CBRN/HazMat incident, until the NYPD determines that there is
no actual or suspected criminal activity or terrorism, the NYPD will be the
Primary Agency and will establish a Single Command - Command Element. If the
NYPD determines that there is no actual or suspected criminal activity or
terrorism, then a Unified Command-Command Element will be established, and the
NYPD will designate an Agency Incident Commander. When determining whether
there is actual or suspected criminal activity or terrorism, comply with the
procedures contained in Interim Order 39 series 2004, "Processing Unknown
Substances Suspected of Being Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear
(CBRN)/Hazardous Materials Evidence."
5. Absent extraordinary emergency circumstances including unacceptable
personnel safety risks, operating personnel will continue rescue operations to
completion, or until relief is required due to fatigue, equipment failure or
need for additional resources.
NOTE: The Coordinating Agency will ensure that the Incident Command Post and
Operations Section Post are established and appropriately staffed.
6. Investigative Operations may be initiated concurrently with Life Safety
Operations. However, absent extraordinary emergency circumstances, life safety

concerns will take precedence over investigative considerations until Life
Safety Operations are concluded.
7. During Investigative Operations, Recovery/Restoration Operations may be
delayed to minimize disturbance to Investigative Scenes, Crime Scenes and
other investigative/ intelligence operations, activities, functions, etc.
However, with the approval of the Command Element, in consultation with the
Investigating Agency, Recovery/ Restoration Operations may be initiated
concurrently with Investigative Operations.
8. As part of Site Management Operations, the NYPD will consult with the
Primary Agency(ies) directing Life Safety Operations and/or Investigative
Operations. Based upon that consultation, the NYPD will establish appropriate
perimeters as needed, and will exclude non-essential personnel from the
incident site.
9. Recovery/Restoration Operations include final mitigation of the incident,
and a return to non-emergency conditions. Recovery/Restoration Operations can
be initiated concurrently with Life Safety and/or Investigative Operations
with the approval of the Command Element.
NOTE: The Coordinating Agency will facilitate and support Recovery/
Restoration Operations.
10. Upon completion of Recovery/Restoration and Site Management Operations,
the Operations Section Post and the Incident Command Post are demobilized and
the incident is concluded.
ADDITIONAL DATA
In practice, there may be further overlap between the various phases of the
incident. For example, some Recovery/Restoration activities, such as
restoration of power or telephone service, may begin concurrently with Life
Safety and Investigative Operations, provided that the Recovery/Restoration
Operations support and do not conflict with other incident site operations.
Appendix "A" is a diagram illustrating the CIMS Incident Sequence.

APPENDIX "A"
(Figure 61)

P.G. 220-19 CIMS: Incident Facilities
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: INCIDENT FACILITIES
PURPOSE
To define and describe CIMS Incident Facilities.
PROCEDURE
When responding to an incident where CIMS has been implemented, Incident
Facilities will be defined and described as follows:
DEFINITIONS INCIDENT COMMAND POST
The Incident Command Post is the location where the Command Element, i.e.,
Single Command, Incident Commander or Unified Command, Agency Incident
Commanders, will remain and perform the command function. The Incident Command
Post provides a central coordination point from which the Command Element,
Command Staff, each appropriate Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives,
Coordinating Agency, General Staff planning functions and certain General
Staff support functions will normally operate.
The Command Element, necessary members of the Command Staff, necessary members
of the General Staff, each required Supporting Agency/Agency Representative
and Coordinating Agency, will report to the Incident Command Post as soon as
possible; remain together; develop the Incident Objectives, Strategies,
Tactical Direction, tactics, assignments, priorities, etc.; and, formulate one
single Incident Action Plan.
Depending upon the nature, size, complexity, location, duration, etc., of the
incident, some members of the General Staff may be situated/operating at other
locations. However, they will attend planning meetings conducted at the
Incident Command Post and will remain in close contact with the Command
Element.
There is only one Single Incident Command Post for an incident irrespective of
whether there is a Single Command-Command Element or a Unified Command-Command
Element. The Incident Command Post will be identified by the name of the
incident.
The Command Element will select an appropriate location to establish the
Incident Command Post (ICP). If there is a Unified Command-Command Element,
Agency Incident Commanders will jointly select an appropriate location to
establish the Incident Command Post.
Initially, the Incident Command Post will be wherever the Command Element is
located. The Incident Command Post can be any type of facility that is
available and appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open area, room in a
building. The Incident Command Post should be large enough to provide adequate
work space for the assigned personnel. The Incident Command Post should
contain situation information and resource status displays and other planning
related information. Adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures will be implemented regarding the Incident Command Post.

The Incident Communications Center is often located within or adjacent to the
Incident Command Post.
A location will be chosen for the Incident Command Post that is a reasonable
and appropriate distance from the incident site; and, will provide for safety,
health, security and force protection; and, will provide easy and expeditious
access and egress; and, is sufficiently large and will allow for expansion;
and, will permit continuous operations; and, will provide adequate work space
and utility/communications service. Generally, the Incident Command Post will
be located within the Site Access Control/Outer Perimeter.
Whenever possible, the Incident Command Post should not be relocated. However,
it may be necessary to relocate the Incident Command Post if the incident
evolves/progresses and circumstances or conditions change. For example, during
the initial stages of an incident the situation may rapidly change and the
Incident Command Post may have to be relocated one or more times; or, the
Incident Command Post may have to be relocated if an Operations Section Post
is activated; or, a change in incident size/location may require relocation of
the Incident Command Post in order to improve command, operations,
communications, etc.; or, relocation of the Incident Command Post may be
required in order to resolve safety, health, security or force protection
issues.
Outside of NYC, under NIMS ICS, the Incident Command Post may be located at
the Incident Base. However, absent extraordinary circumstances, in NYC an
Incident Base will not be established.
Once the Incident Command Post is established, appropriate notifications will
be made regarding the location of the Incident Command Post. Additionally, a
flag, banner, beacon, sign or other distinctive marker will be used to
identify the location of the Incident Command Post.
OPERATIONS SECTION POST
The Operations Section Post is the location where the Operations Section
chief/Agency Operations Section chiefs, Deputy(ies) and appropriate staff will
remain and manage/direct all of the tactical functions, operations and
activities.
If there is a Unified Operations Section, Agency Operations Section chiefs
will jointly select an appropriate location to establish the Operations
Section Post.
The Operations Section Post can be any type of facility that is available and
appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open area, room in a building.
Adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures will be
implemented regarding the Operations Section Post.
The Operations Section Post generally will not be co-located with the
Intelligence/Investigations Section Post or the Incident Command Post. The
Operations Section Post will be established at a secure location within a
reasonable distance from the Intelligence/Investigations Section Post and the
Incident Command Post.
A location will be chosen for the Operations Section Post that is reasonable
and appropriate distance from the incident site; and, will provide for safety,
health, security and force protection; and will provide easy and expeditious

access and egress; and, is sufficiently large and will allow for expansion;
and, will permit continuous operations; and, will provide adequate work space
and utility/communications service. Generally, the Operations Section Post
will be located within Site Access Control/Outer Perimeter.
If necessary, the Operations Section Post may be relocated.
INTELLIGENCE / INVESTIGATIONS SECTION POST
The Intelligence/Investigations Section Post is the location where the
Intelligence/Investigations Section chief, Deputy(ies) and appropriate staff
will remain and manage/direct all of the intelligence and investigative
functions, operations and activities.
The Intelligence/Investigations Section Post can be any type of facility that
is available and appropriate, e.g., vehicle, trailer, tent, open area, room in
a building. Adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
will be implemented regarding the Intelligence/Investigation Section Post.
The Intelligence/Investigations Section Post generally will not be co-located
with the Operations Section Post or the Incident Command Post. The
Intelligence/Investigations Section Post will be established at a secure
location within a reasonable distance from the Operations Section Post and the
Incident Command Post.
A location will be chosen for the Intelligence/Investigations Section Post
that is a reasonable and appropriate distance from the incident site; and,
will provide for safety, health, security and force protection; and, will
provide easy and expeditious access and egress; and, is sufficiently large and
will allow for expansion; and, will permit continuous operations; and, will
provide adequate workspace and utility/communications service. Generally, the
Intelligence/Investigations Section Post will be located within the Site
Access Control/Outer Perimeter.
If necessary, the Intelligence/Investigations Section Post may be relocated.
INCIDENT BASE
Absent extraordinary circumstances, an Incident Base will not be activated in
NYC. However, an Incident Base might be activated during an extremely large
incident that will continue for an extended period of time.
Outside of NYC, under NIMS ICS, the Incident Base is the central location
where all incident primary logistic service and support activities are
situated and performed. Normally, the Incident Base is the facility where all
uncommitted Out-of-Service personnel, equipment and tactical resources are
located; and, support operations are situated.
If activated, there is only one Incident Base established for an incident.
Adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures will be
implemented regarding the Incident Base. The Incident Base will be identified
by the name of the incident.
Absent unusual circumstances, the Incident Base will not be relocated.
When appropriate, the Incident Base may be deactivated.
If an Incident Base is activated, an Incident Base Manager will be designated.

The Incident Base Manager will ensure appropriate sanitation and facility
management services are being provided at the Incident Base; and, that
adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures have been
implemented regarding the Incident Base.
The Incident Base Manager reports to the Facilities Unit Leader, or if that
position is not activated, to the Logistics Section chief.
CAMP
Absent extraordinary circumstances, a Camp(s) will not be activated in NYC.
However, one or more Camps might be activated during an extremely large
incident that will require incident personnel to be lodged for an extended
period of time in the vicinity of the incident. Outside of NYC, under NIMS
ICS, a Camp is a temporary location within the general incident area that is
equipped and staffed to provide food, water, sanitation, shower and related
lodging services to incident personnel. A Camp is separate and distinct from
and will not be located at the Incident Base. However, all CIMS functional
Unit activities that may be performed at the Incident Base may also be
performed at a Camp.
There may be more than one Camp. If activated, each Camp will be identified by
a geographic name or a number. Adequate safety, health, security and force
protection measures will be implemented regarding each of the Camps.
A Camp(s) may be at the same location for several days or for the entire
duration of the incident. When necessary and depending upon the circumstances
of the incident, a Camp(s) may be relocated.
When appropriate, a Camp(s) may be deactivated.
If activated, each Camp will have a Camp Manager assigned. Each Camp Manager
is responsible for managing the activities occurring in the Camp, providing
non-technical coordination, and coordinating the actions of all of the
organizational units situated within the Camp. Additionally, each Camp Manager
will ensure that adequate safety, health, security and force protection
measures have been implemented regarding the Camp.
One or more Logistics Section Units may be situated at one or more Camps. If a
Logistics Section Unit(s) is situated at a Camp(s), it would be managed by an
Assistant. Initially, personnel required to staff one or more Logistics
Section Units situated at one or more Camps will be determined by the General
Staff based upon the nature, size, complexity, location, duration, etc., of
the incident and anticipated operations at the involved Camp(s). However,
after a Camp(s) is activated, additional required personnel and support will
be determined by the Camp Manager.
The Camp Manager(s) reports to the Facilities Unit Leader, or if that position
is not activated, to the Logistics Section chief.
OTHER INCIDENT FACILITIES
Depending upon the circumstances, other additional Incident Facilities may be
activated and situated within the incident area. These other additional
Incident Facilities may be used for:
1. Conducting appropriate support and/or service functions and activities,
e.g., Mass Care (Triage/Treatment/Transportation), Mass Casualty Management,

Mass Fatality Management/Temporary Morgue, Family Assistance, Mass
Decontamination.
2. Providing food, water, lodging, shower, sanitation, etc., services to
incident personnel.

P.G. 220-20 CIMS: Incident Facilities-staging Areas
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: INCIDENT FACILITIES-STAGING AREAS
PURPOSE
To define and describe CIMS Incident Facilities-Staging Area.
PROCEDURE
When responding to an incident where CIMS has been implemented, Incident
Facilities-Staging Area will be defined and described as follows:
DEFINITIONS
STAGING AREA
A Staging Area is a temporary location/facility for situating and organizing
resources that are in Available status and may be deployed to incident
assignments. It may contain temporary fueling and sanitation facilities.
NOTE: A Staging Area was formerly referred to as a Mobilization Point.
Pursuant to CIMS, there may be more than one Staging Area. However, absent
unusual circumstances, there should only be one NYPD Staging Area for NYPD
resources. Nevertheless, there may be more than one NYPD Staging Area if:
1. Specialized units, personnel, vehicles, equipment or other specialized
resources are required at the incident, e.g., Emergency Services Unit, Mounted
Unit, Highway District; or,
2. The incident area is extraordinarily large; or,
3. An extremely large number of personnel, vehicles, equipment or other
resources are required at the incident; or,
4. A significant amount of large specialized equipment is required at the
incident; or,
5. Confidential/sensitive resources are required at the incident; or,
6. There have been several Operational Periods and the incident has not been
resolved and incident operations will continue for a prolonged period of time;
or,
7. There are other circumstances that require the activation of more than one
Staging Area.
Pursuant to CIMS, depending upon the circumstances, different Agencies may
have one or more separate Staging Areas; or, different functional/Core
Competency Branches may have one or more separate Staging Areas.
If more than one Staging Area is required then the Operations Section chief,
or Command Element if the Operations Section is not activated, will ensure
that an appropriate number of Staging Areas are activated; and, that the

activities/functions occurring at each of the Staging Areas are performed in a
coordinated manner.
Resources situated at a Staging Area(s) may be in Available status awaiting a
tactical and/or investigative assignment, and should be prepared for
assignment/deployment within three minutes. A Staging Area(s) should be used
to organize Single Resources into Resources Teams and/or Special Response
Teams. Out-of-Service resources should not be situated at a Staging Area(s).
Logistics functions should not be performed at a Staging Area(s).
A Staging Area(s) can be situated at any appropriate location in the incident
area. The following factors should be considered when choosing a location to
situate a Staging Area(s):
1. The need to be a reasonable and appropriate distance from the incident.
2. The need to have staged resources prepared for expeditious deployment to
the incident and/or area of expected assignment. Absent unusual conditions and
depending upon the circumstances of the incident, generally, a Staging Area(s)
should be located approximately five minutes travel time to an area of
anticipated need, assignment, deployment, etc.
3. The need to have a sufficiently large area to order to accommodate the
responding resources and the required reserves; and, to have sufficient space
to allow for expansion; and, if possible, to have sufficient space for
expansion in order to accommodate a Level 3 or Level 4 mobilization.
4. The need to provide adequate workspace and utility/communications service.
5. The need to permit continuous operations.
6. The need to have sufficient access and egress routes and to be easily
accessible.
7. The ability to effectively and efficiently implement safety, health,
security and force protection measures.
When a Staging Area(s) is activated it must be clearly marked and be readily
identifiable. Adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
will be implemented regarding the Staging Area(s).
A Staging Area(s) will be given the name that describes its general location.
A Staging Area(s) may be in the vicinity of or adjacent to other Incident
Facilities; but, it must have its own separate location and name.
The initial boundaries of the Staging Area(s) should be identified and
communicated to the Command Element, Communications Section dispatcher and/or
supervisor, Command Staff positions, General Staff Sections and each
appropriate Supporting Agency/Agency Representatives. Additionally, response
routes/directions to the Staging Area(s) should be communicated to the
responding resources by the Communications Section dispatcher and/or
supervisor; or, when necessary, directly by the appropriate incident
management organizational element/personnel; or, in any other appropriate
manner.
A Staging Area(s) may be established for watercraft.
A Staging Area(s) may be relocated when necessary. A Staging Area(s) may also

be deactivated when appropriate.
All Staging Areas are under the direction and control of the Operations
Section chief, or the Command Element if the Operations Section has not been
activated. The Operations Section chief will ensure that the
activities/functions occurring at each of the Staging Areas are performed in a
coordinated manner.
The Operations Section chief will:
a. Determine the appropriate number, Kinds and Types of resources that will
be situated at the Staging Area(s); and/or, retained and maintained as
reserves at the Staging Area(s).
b. Retain and maintain adequate resource reserves at the Staging Area(s),
and increase or decrease the reserves when necessary to meet current needs
and/or anticipated demands and/or unanticipated contingencies.
c. When necessary, request the appropriate authority to have additional
required resources respond to the Staging Area(s) for deployment to incident
related assignments, or to maintain adequate reserves, or for any other
appropriate purposes. The Operations Section chief will ensure that adequate
safety, health, security and force protection measures will be implemented
regarding the Staging Area(s).
The Operations Section chief will designate a Staging Area Manager to control
each of the Staging Areas. The Operations Section chief will inform each of
the Staging Area Managers of the following:
a. The numbers, Kinds and Types of resources that will be responding to the
Staging Area(s).
b. Communications procedures, devices, channels, equipment, frequencies and
measures that will be utilized.
c. Minimum number of resources and specific Kinds and Types of resources
that must be retained and maintained as reserves at the Staging Area(s).
d. Directions regarding organizing Single Resources into Resource Teams
and/or Special Response Teams.
e. Procedures for requesting/ordering additional resources.
f. Estimated length of time the Staging Area(s) will be activated/utilized.
g. Procedures for requesting/ordering logistics service and support.
Each of the Staging Area Managers will:
a. When appropriate and authorized, organize Single Resources into Resource
Teams and/ or Special Response Teams.
b. Dispatch resources at the direction of the Operations Section chief, or
the Command Element if the Operations Section has not been activated.
c. Request/order Logistics Section service/support as necessary.
d. Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures

are implemented regarding the Staging Area.
e. Monitor and track the number, Kinds, Types and status of resources
situated at the Staging Area.
f. Notify the Operations Section chief, or the Command Element if the
Operations Section has not been activated, when additional resources should be
ordered/requested in order to be deployed to incident related assignments,
and/or maintain adequate reserves, and/or for any other appropriate purposes.
g. Frequently inform the Operations Section chief, or the Command Element if
the Operations Section has not been activated, regarding the
activities/functions occurring at the Staging Area so as to enable the
Operations Section chief, or the Command Element if the Operations Section has
not been activated, to ensure that the activities/functions at each of the
Staging Areas are performed in a coordinated manner.
Personnel arriving at the Staging Area(s), will "Check-In" with the Resources
Unit, and supplies and equipment delivered to the Staging Area(s), will be
receipted for by the Supply Unit. If the Resources Unit and/or the Supply Unit
are not activated, the Staging Area Manager(s) will give appropriate direction
regarding arriving personnel and/or delivered supplies/equipment.

P.G. 220-21 CIMS: Incident Facilities-air Operations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: INCIDENT FACILITIES-AIR OPERATIONS
PURPOSE
To define and describe CIMS Incident Facilities - Air Operations.
PROCEDURE
When responding to an incident where CIMS has been implemented, Incident
Facilities-Air Operations will be defined and described as follows:
DEFINITIONS
HELIBASE
The main location within the general incident area that will be utilized for:
1. Parking, fueling, repairing, servicing, storing, maintaining,
safeguarding/securing, etc., helicopters; and,
2. Loading and unloading helicopters with personnel, equipment, supplies
and/or other resources required for incident operations, functions and
activities; and,
3. Filling helicopters with water, insecticides, retardants, pesticides,
chemicals and/or other substances required for incident operations, functions
and activities.
The NYPD will activate and manage all Helibases. Absent extraordinary
circumstances, only one Helibase will be activated; and, it will be situated
at the NYPD Special Operations Division, Aviation Unit facility located at
Floyd Bennett Field, Brooklyn. However, pursuant to CIMS and depending upon
the circumstances, more than one Helibase may be activated, e.g., very large
incidents; incidents with a significant number of aviation/aircraft resources;
incidents that required a substantial number of tactical and
logistical/support air operations. The NYPD will ensure that an appropriate
number of Helibases are activated; and, that the activities/ functions
occurring at each Heilbase are performed in a coordinated manner. The NYPD
will ensure that each Helibase is properly situated at an appropriate location
and that adequate health, safety, security and force protection measures are
implemented regarding each Helibase.
If more than one Helibase is activated, usually each additional Helibase will
be situated at a location that is pre-designated and approved by the NYPD
Aviation Unit, e.g., JFK airport, LaGuardia airport, Police Academy Firearms
and Tactics Section Rodmans Neck Range facility, Brooklyn Navy Yard
Development Corporation facilities. However,, if more than one Helibase is
activated, each additional Helibase may be situated at any appropriate
location approved by the NYPD Aviation Unit that will:
1. Provide easy and expeditious approach, departure, landing and takeoff
helicopter flight path/routes that do not intrude into or over sensitive,

restricted, prohibited, unsafe, etc., areas/airspace; and,
2. Provide safe, flat, clean, unobstructed, conspicuous, etc., landing and
takeoff areas; and,
3. Provide adequate work space and utility/communications service; and,
4. Permit continuous operations; and,
5. Allow for expansion; and,
6. Provide easy and expeditious access and egress regarding Logistics Section
service and support; and,
7. Provide adequate safety, health, security and force protection; and,
8. Be large enough to accommodate the required aviation/aircraft resources and
reserves; and, the required service/support related personnel, equipment,
vehicles, supplies and resources.
If there is only one Helibase activated, the Helibase will be identified by
the name of the incident. If there is more than one Helibase activated, each
Helibase will be identified by the name of the incident and a number.
Absent unusual circumstances, a Helibase(s) will not be relocated.
A Helibase(s) may be deactivated when appropriate.
NYPD "Helibase Manager" will be designated to manage and supervise each
Helibase. Each NYPD Helibase Manager will be designated by and report directly
to the NYPD Air Operations Branch Director if an Air Operations Branch has
been activated. If an Air Operations Branch has not been activated or there is
no NYPD Air Operations Branch Director, then each NYPD Helibase Manager will
be designated by and report directly to the:
1. NYPD Operations Section chief in a Single Operations Section, or NYPD
Agency Operations Section chief in a Unified Operations Section, if the
Operations Section has been activated; or,
2. NYPD Incident Commander in a Single Command-Command Element, or NYPD Agency
Incident Commander in a Unified Command-Command Element, if the Operations
Section has not been activated; or,
3. NYPD Supporting Agency/Agency Representative if there is no NYPD Incident
Commander or NYPD Agency Incident Commander; and, no NYPD Operations Section
chief or NYPD Agency Operations Section chief.
Each NYPD Helibase Manager will:
1. Be situated and operate on the ground at the Helibase;
2. Implement adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
regarding the Helibase;
3. Review and evaluate the Incident Action Plan including the Air Operations
Plan and, if applicable, the Air Operations Summary Worksheet - ICS 220;
a. When appropriate, recommend any necessary modifications to the current

Incident Action Plan;
b. Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period or
prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
4. When appropriate, participate in planning meetings and assist in the
development of the Incident Action Plan particularly the Air Operations Plan
and, if applicable, the Air Operations Summary Worksheet - ICS 220.
5. Ensure the Helibase is situated at an appropriate location;
6. Be responsible for all helicopters during takeoff and landing activities at
the Helibase, and while situated on the ground at the Helibase;
7. Manage personnel, equipment, vehicles, supplies and other resources
situated at the Helibase;
8. Document, monitor and track the number, Kinds, Types and status of
resources situated at the Helibase;
9. Ensure required routine and specialized resources are requested from the
appropriate authority and are expeditiously provided;
10. Ensure required Logistics Section service/support is provided;
11. Ensure appropriate communications procedures, devices, protocols,
equipment, frequencies, systems, networks, etc., are utilized, and proper
communications technological and procedural measures are implemented;
12. Implement measures to identify and prevent/eliminate actual and potential
hazards and unsafe activities, functions and conditions;
13. Ensure the operations, functions and activities of the pilots, ground
personnel, other appropriate incident personnel, and when applicable,
personnel located at appropriate off incident sites are properly coordinated.
14. Implement appropriate night flight/aviation procedures and measures;
15. Implement appropriate air traffic control procedures and measures;
16. Ensure helicopter landing and takeoff procedures and measures are properly
implemented;
17. Ensure helicopter parking, fueling, repairs, service, storage,
maintenance, safeguarding/ security is properly performed;
18. Ensure the loading and unloading of helicopters with personnel, equipment,
supplies and/or other resources is properly performed
a. Ensure the sling/net loading and unloading of helicopters is properly
performed;
19. Ensure the filling of helicopters with water, insecticides, retardants,
pesticides, chemicals and/or other substances is properly performed;
20. Implement adequate crash, fire suppression, rescue and other safety
related procedures and measures;

21. Ensure appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc. are prepared;
22. Ensure helicopter "flight/operating/usage time" is accurately documented
in compliance with the appropriate specific procedures of the involved
Agency(ies);
23. Ensure aviation/aircraft resources related procedures, functions,
occurrences, conditions, protocols, measures, activities, etc., are frequently
discussed with pilots, ground personnel, other appropriate incident personnel,
and when applicable, personnel located at appropriate off incident sites; and,
comments and recommendations are obtained and documented; and, any required
actions are expeditiously implemented.
When necessary, each NYPD Helibase Manager may activate and supervise the
following additional NIMS ICS Helibase subordinate incident management
positions and designate the NYPD personnel who will perform the duties of each
position:
a. Deck Coordinator
b. Loadmaster
c. Parking Tender
d. Takeoff and Landing Controller
e. Helibase Radio Operator
f. Helicopter Timekeeper
When necessary, a NYPD Helibase Manager(s) will activate one or more
Helispots; and, designate a NYPD Helispot Manager to manage and supervise each
Helispot. A NYPD Helibase Manager(s) will ensure that an appropriate number of
Helispots are activated; and, that the activities/functions occurring at each
Helispot are performed in a coordinated manner. A NYPD Helibase Manager(s)
will ensure that each Helispot is properly situated at an appropriate
location; and, ensure that adequate safety, health, security and force
protection measures will be implemented regarding each Helispot.
HELISPOT
A Helispot is a temporary location at the incident where helicopters can land
and take off in order to load and unload personnel, equipment, supplies and/or
other resources required for incident operations, functions and activities.
The NYPD will activate and manage all Helispots. There may be more than one
Helispot. The NYPD will ensure that an appropriate number of Helispots are
activated; and, that the activities/functions occurring at each Helispot are
performed in a coordinated manner. The NYPD will ensure that each Helispot is
properly situated at an appropriate location; and, that adequate safety,
health, security and force protection measures will be implemented regarding
each Helispot.
Usually, each Helispot that is activated will be situated at a location that
is pre-designated and approved by the NYPD Aviation Unit. However, when
necessary, each Helispot that is activated may be situated at any appropriate
location approved by the Aviation Unit that will:

1. Provide easy and expeditious approach, departure, landing and takeoff
helicopter flight paths/routes that do not intrude into or over sensitive,
restricted, prohibited, unsafe, etc., areas/airspace; and,
2. Provide safe, flat, clean, unobstructed, conspicuous, etc., landing and
takeoff areas; and,
3. Provide adequate safety, health, security and force protection; and
4. Be large enough to accommodate the required aviation/aircraft resources and
reserves; and, the required service/support related personnel, equipment,
vehicles, supplies and resources.
Each Helispot will be identified by a name or a number.
Each Helispot may be relocated when necessary.
Each Helispot may be deactivated when appropriate.
A NYPD "Helispot Manager" will be designated to manage and supervise each
Helispot.
Each NYPD Helispot Manager will be designated by and report directly to a NYPD
Helibase Manager if a Helibase(s) has been activated. If a Helibase(s) has not
been activated or there is no NYPD Helibase Manager(s), then each NYPD
Helispot Manager will be designated by and report directly to the NYPD Air
Operations Branch Director if an Air Operations Branch has been activated. If
an Air Operations Branch has not been activated or there is no NYPD Air
Operations Branch Director then each NYPD Helispot Manager will be designated
by and report directly to the:
1. NYPD Operations Section chief in a Single Operations Section, or NYPD
Agency Operations Section chief in a Unified Operations Section, if the
Operations Section has been activated; or,
2. NYPD Incident Commander in a Single Command-Command Element, or NYPD Agency
Incident Commander in a Unified Command-Command Element, if the Operations
Section has not been activated; or,
3. NYPD Supporting Agency/Agency Representative if there is no NYPD Incident
Commander or NYPD Agency Incident Commander; and, no NYPD Operations Section
chief or NYPD Agency Operations Section chief.
Absent unusual circumstances, each NYPD Helispot Manager will be either a
Police Officer or supervisor assigned to the Emergency Services Unit. Usually,
Patrol Services Bureau personnel will be utilized to assist each Emergency
Services Unit Helispot Manager. Each NYPD Helispot Manager will ensure
adequate health, safety, security and force protection measures are
implemented regarding the Helispot.
Each NYPD Helispot Manager will:
1. Be situated and operate on the ground at the Helispot;
2. Implement adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
regarding the Helispot;
3. When necessary, review and evaluate the Incident Action Plan including the

Air Operations Plan and, if applicable, the Air Operations Summary
Worksheet-ICS 220;
a. When appropriate, recommend any necessary modifications to the current
Incident Action Plan;
b. Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period or
prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate
4. Ensure the Helispot is situated at an appropriate location;
5. Be responsible for all helicopters during takeoff and landing activities at
the Helispot, and while situated on the ground at the Helispot;
6. Manage personnel, equipment, vehicles, supplies and other resources
situated at the Helispot;
7. Ensure required routine and specialized resources are requested from the
appropriate authority and are expeditiously provided;
8. Ensure required Logistics Section service/support is provided;
9. Ensure appropriate communications procedures, devices, protocols,
equipment, frequencies, systems, networks, etc., are utilized, and proper
communications technological and procedural measures are implemented;
10. Implement measures to identify and prevent/eliminate actual and potential
hazards and unsafe activities, functions and conditions;
11. Ensure the operations, functions and activities of the pilots, ground
personnel, other appropriate incident personnel, and when applicable,
personnel located at appropriate off incident sites are properly coordinated.
12. Implement appropriate air traffic control procedures and measures;
13. Implement appropriate night flight/aviation procedures and measures;
14. Ensure helicopter landing and takeoff procedures and measures are properly
implemented;
15. Ensure the loading and unloading of helicopters with personnel, equipment,
supplies and/ or other resources is properly performed
a. Ensure the sling/net loading and unloading of helicopters is properly
performed;
16. Implement adequate crash, fire suppression, rescue and other safety
related procedures and measures;
17. Ensure appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc. are prepared;
18. Ensure aviation/aircraft resources related procedures, functions,
occurrences, conditions, protocols, measures, activities, etc., are frequently
discussed with pilots, ground personnel, other appropriate incident personnel,
and when applicable, personnel located at appropriate off incident sites; and,
comments and recommendations are obtained and documented; and, any required
actions are expeditiously implemented.

INCIDENT MANAGEMENT RELATED AIRPLANE, BLIMP AND OTHER AVIATION/AIRCRAFT
RESOURCE AIR FIELD THAT IS NOT LOCATED AT A CONVENTIONAL AIRPORT
The NYPD supervisor managing and directing the tactical and logistical/support
air operations and aviation/aircraft resources function will ensure each
incident management related airplane, blimp and other aviation/aircraft
resource air field that is not located at a conventional airport is situated
at an appropriate location; and, is properly managed; and, adequate safety,
health, security and force protection measures are implemented.

P.G. 220-22 CIMS: Demobilization
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: DEMOBILIZATION
PURPOSE
To effectively and efficiently demobilize NYPD resources at an incident/event.
PROCEDURE
When demobilizing NYPD resources from an incident/event:
COMMAND ELEMENT
1. Prior to demobilizing NYPD resources, direct Operations Section chief to
have the incident area and associated areas surveyed and:
a. Report results to Command Element. b. Enter results in the Incident
Command Post Log. OPERATIONS SECTION CHIEF
2. Prior to demobilizing NYPD personnel and resources, obtain approval from:
a. The Command Element
b. If appropriate, the Operations Unit; or if activated, the NYPD Emergency
Operations Center.
3. Notify NYPD:
a. Operations Unit, or if activated, the NYPD Emergency Operations Center.
b. Precinct Desk Officer.
c. Patrol Borough Command concerned.
d. Communications Section. Notify Communications Section Dispatcher and /or
Supervisor regarding:
(1) Dual dispatching system/procedures that have been in effect; or,
(2) Citywide and/or tactical interoperable/shared radio frequencies that
have been activated and/or utilized.
(3) Other relevant information.
4. Ensure accountability by having a return roll call conducted for all
assigned NYPD personnel.
NOTE: Generally, prior to release from the incident, Resource Teams and
Special Response Teams that were created/organized at the incident from
responding Single Resources, should be disassembled; and, the Single Resources
should be restored to their original resource designation, configuration and
organization. This will assist in accounting for all resources by ensuring
that resources are released from the incident with the same resource

designations, configuration and organization they had upon arrival.
5. Ensure all incident related operations, functions, assignments, tasks,
etc., have been completed.
6. Ensure all required incident related forms, reports and documents have been
prepared, and other administrative activity has been completed.
7. Have a summary of enforcement activity prepared.
8. Have personnel identified who have performed in a substandard manner or an
exceptional manner, and document the performance for subsequent action.
9. Have personnel directed to return borrowed equipment to the appropriate
location/Unit.
10. Have NYPD personnel directed to turn their portable radios from the detail
frequency back to their standard frequency.
11. Have NYPD personnel debriefed and instructed regarding dismissal
procedures. Have NYPD personnel directed to:
a. Report directly to their respective desk officers for reassignment; or,
b. Conclude their tour if appropriate; or,
c. Confer with their incident/event supervisor and/or permanent command
supervisor, if there are any questions or problems regarding dismissal
procedures or post dismissal actions.
COMMAND ELEMENT
12. Conduct After-Action Review of operations with appropriate members of the
Command Staff and General Staff in order to identify and document:
a. Successes and failures.
b. Tactics that were successful or require evaluation/modification.
c. Required changes to Department procedures, the Citywide Incident
Management System and/or inter-Agency procedures involving command, tactics,
operations, support, investigations, aviation, communications, etc.
d. Incident management "Best Practices" and "Lessons Learned."
13. Have appropriate entries made in the Incident Command Post Log and ensure
all appropriate forms, summaries, reports, and other appropriate documentation
is prepared.
14. Ensure all appropriate equipment, supplies, vehicles, etc., are properly
accounted for and returned to the appropriate units; or, if appropriate,
properly discarded, i.e., expendable supplies.
15. Have Incident Command Post Log, Incident Command Post vehicle(s), Incident
Command Post flag/banner/beacon, appropriate Incident Command Post equipment/
supplies, Incident Action Plan(s), DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEETS(PD406-141),
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORTS(PD370-152) and other incident related forms,
reports, logs, documents, etc., delivered/returned to the appropriate Unit(s).

16. Provide Operations Unit, or if activated, the NYPD Emergency Operations
Center, with a summary of the significant incident related occurrences.
17. When appropriate, confer with the Office of the Chief of Department,
Operations Division, regarding the need to conduct a NYC Office of Emergency
Management (OEM), multi-agency "Joint After-Action Review."
18. Order demobilization of Incident Facilities, including the Operations
Section Post, and if activated, the Intelligence/Investigations Post.
19. Order the demobilization of the Command Staff positions and General Staff
Sections, as appropriate.
20. Demobilize the Incident Command Post and the Command Element.
FORMS AND REPORTS
DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEET (PD406-141)
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)

P.G. 220-23 CIMS: Air Operations
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: AIR OPERATIONS
PURPOSE
To describe Air Operations in CIMS.
PROCEDURE
In NYC, the NYPD directs incident management related tactical and
logistical/support air operations involving helicopter, airplane, blimp and
other aviation/aircraft resources. Therefore, absent unusual circumstances, in
NYC, the NIMS ICS Air Operations Branch structure will not be utilized.
However, during major incidents to which state and/or federal aviation
resources are deployed, the NIMS ICS Air Operation Branch structure, or other
appropriate organizational structure, may be used to integrate state and
federal aviation resources with NYPD tactical and logistical/support air
operations and aviation/aircraft resources.
In NYC, tactical and logistical/support air operations and aviation/aircraft
resources will be managed and directed by the:
(1) NYPD Operations Section chief in a Single Operations Section, or NYPD
Agency Operations Section chief in a Unified Operations Section, if the
Operations Section has been activated; or,
(2) NYPD Incident Commander in a Single Command-Command Element, or NYPD
Agency Incident Commander in a Unified Command-Command Element, if the
Operations Section has not been activated; or
(3) NYPD Supporting Agency/Agency Representative if there is no NYPD
Incident Commander or NYPD Agency Incident Commander; and, no NYPD Operations
Section chief or NYPD Agency Operations Section chief.
Upon arriving at the scene of an incident that requires Air Operations or
aviation/aircraft resources, the following procedures will be followed:
OPERATIONS SECTION CHIEF
1. Manage and direct tactical and logistical/support air operations and
aviation/aircraft resources including helicopter (rotary-wing), airplane
(fixed-wing) and blimp (airship) aircraft.
2. When necessary, activate an Air Operations Branch within the Operations
Section and designate a NYPD Air Operations Branch Director to manage and
direct tactical and logistical/support air operations and aviation/aircraft
resources.
a. A NYPD Air Operations Branch Director will select an appropriate location
to remain and manage/direct all of the tactical and logistical/support air
operations and aviation/aircraft resources, functions and activities:
(1) Be situated and operate on the ground at the incident;

(2) Absent unusual circumstances, be situated at the Operations Section
Post.
b. When necessary, a NYPD Air Operations Branch Director may designate a
Deputy or Deputies.
(1) The Deputy is the counterpart of the principal;
(2) The Deputy may be member of a different Agency/Jurisdiction than the
principal.
c. If unusual circumstances exist, when necessary, additional Air Operations
Branch subordinate incident management organizational elements may be
activated, e.g., Air Tactical Group, Air Support Group; and, additional NYPD
Air Operations Branch subordinate incident management positions may be
designated, e.g., Air Tactical Group Supervisor, Air Support Group Supervisor,
Helicopter Coordinator(s), Fixed-Wing Coordinator(s).
3. Request tactical and logistical/support air operations and
aviation/aircraft resources in accordance with the applicable NYPD procedures
in the following manner:
a. A request for assistance that requires an immediate response to support
the incident management related operations, functions and activities of the
NYPD, will be made to the Communications Section dispatcher and/or supervisor.
b. A request for assistance that does not require an immediate response to
support the incident management related operations, functions and activities
of the NYPD, will be made to the Operations Unit or, if activated, the NYPD
Emergency Operations Center.
c. If exigent circumstances exist, a request for assistance to support the
incident management related operations, functions and activities of the FDNY,
DEP, DOHMH and/or other appropriate governmental agencies, non-governmental
organizations and/or private entities/individuals, will be made to the
Communications Section dispatcher and/or supervisor.
d. If no exigent circumstances exist, a request for assistance to support
the incident management related operations, functions and activities of the
FDNY, DEP, DOHMH and/ or other appropriate governmental agencies,
non-governmental organizations and/or private entities/individuals, will be
made to the Operations Unit or, if activated, the NYPD Emergency Operations
Center.
4. Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures are
implemented regarding the tactical and logistical/support air operations and
aviation/aircraft resources.
5. When necessary, notify the Operations Unit, or if activated, the NYPD
Emergency Operations Center, and request one or more appropriate Temporary
Flight Restrictions (TFRs) be approved/implemented by the Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA).
6. Ensure an appropriate number of Helibases are activated, and that the
activities/functions occurring at each Helibase are performed in a coordinated
manner, and that a NYPD Helibase manager is designated to supervise and manage
each Helibase.

a. Ensure each Helibase is situated at an appropriate location and is
properly managed;
b. Ensure each Helibase Manager is situated and operates on the ground at
the Helibase;
c. Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
are implemented regarding each Helibase;
d. Absent extraordinary circumstances, only one Helibase will be activated;
and, it will be situated at the NYPD Special Operations Division, Aviation
Unit facility located at Floyd Bennett Field, Brooklyn.
7. Ensure an appropriate number of Helispots are activated, and that the
activities/functions occurring at each Helispot are performed in a coordinated
manner, and that a NYPD Helispot Manager is designated to supervise and manage
each Helispot.
a. Ensure each Helispot is situated at an appropriate location and is
properly managed;
(1) When appropriate, each Helispot may be deactivated and/or relocated.
b. Absent unusual circumstances, ensure each NYPD Helispot Manager is either
a Police Officer or supervisor assigned to the Emergency Services Unit.
(1) Patrol Services Bureau personnel will be utilized to assist each
Emergency Services Unit Helispot Manager.
c. Ensure each Helispot Manager is situated and operates on the ground at
the Helispot.
d. Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
are implemented regarding each Helispot.
8. Ensure each incident management related airplane, blimp and other
appropriate aviation/ aircraft resource air field that is not located at a
conventional airport is situated at an appropriate location and is properly
managed;
a. Ensure adequate safety, health, security and force protection measures
are implemented.
9. Maintain a liaison and coordinate with each incident management related
airplane, blimp and other appropriate aviation/aircraft resource air base that
is located at a conventional airport.
10. Review and evaluate the Air Operations Plan and, if applicable, the Air
Operations Summary Worksheet – ICS 220;
a. When appropriate, recommend any necessary modifications;
b. Modifications may be implemented during the current Operational Period or
prior to the start of the subsequent Operational Period as appropriate.
11. Ensure there are sufficient helicopter, airplane, blimp and other
appropriate aviation/aircraft resources;

a. Estimate/forecast future helicopter, airplane, blimp and other
appropriate aviation/aircraft resources requirements.
12. Ensure there are sufficient personnel, equipment, supplies and other
routine and/or specialized resources, service and support;
a. Estimate/forecast future personnel, equipment, supplies and other routine
and/or specialized resources, service and support requirements.
13. Ensure adequate aviation/aircraft resource reserves are maintained, and
the resource reserves are increased or decreased when necessary.
14. Ensure the number, Kinds and Types of aviation/aircraft resources; and,
the status, capabilities and limitations of aviation/aircraft resources is
accurately documented, monitored and tracked.
15. Ensure appropriate communications procedures, devices, protocols,
equipment, frequencies, systems, networks, etc., are utilized, and proper
communications technological and procedural measures are implemented.
16. Implement measures to identify and prevent/eliminate actual and potential
hazards and unsafe activities, functions and conditions.
17. Implement adequate crash, fire suppression, rescue and other safety
related procedures and measures.
18. Ensure appropriate air traffic control procedures and measures are
implemented.
19. Ensure aviation/aircraft resource flight, approach, departure, landing,
takeoff, loading, unloading, filling, parking, fueling, repairs, service,
storage, maintenance, safeguarding/ security, etc., procedures and measures
are properly implemented.
20. Ensure tactical and logistical/support air operations and
aviation/aircraft resources are properly coordinated at the incident, and when
applicable, at appropriate off incident sites.
21. Ensure sufficient aviation/aircraft resources are continuously available
to perform emergency operations, functions and activities.
22. When necessary, ensure only approved/authorized non incident management
related aviation aircraft resources are permitted to enter the incident
areas/airspace.
23. Investigate incidents and resolve conflicts regarding tactical and
logistical/support air operations and aviation/aircraft resources.
24. Ensure any incident related aviation/aircraft resource accidents and/or
potential accidents that were barely avoided, i.e., "near misses" are properly
investigated.
25. Ensure appropriate records, forms, logs, reports, etc. are prepared.
26. Ensure aviation/aircraft resource "flight/operating/usage time" is
accurately documented in compliance with the appropriate specific procedures
of the involved Agency(ies).

27. Continually monitor/evaluate the organizational structure and
effectiveness of the tactical and logistical/support air operations and
aviation/aircraft resources function, and the performance of the Deputy(ies),
Managers, Supervisors, Coordinators and assigned personnel.
a. Make appropriate modifications when necessary.

P.G. 220-24 CIMS: "Check In" Process
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: "CHECK IN" PROCESS
PURPOSE
To describe the "Check In" process at an event.
PROCEDURE
When responding to an incident, the following "Check In" process will be
followed:
DEFINITION
"CHECK-IN" PROCESS1. The "Check-In" process officially records personnel and equipment as being
present at and assigned to the incident; and, provides important basic
information that will be used for tracking the number, location and status of
the resources. The Check-In process assists the Command Element by enhancing
the incident management organization's ability to easily:
a. Ensure resource accountability.
b. Track and identify the number, location and status of resources.
c. Assign and reassign resources.
d. Locate personnel for emergency notifications.
e. Prepare accurate time and overtime records.
f. Plan for demobilization.
g. Demobilize and release resources.
2. The Resources Unit will perform the Check-In function at designated
incident locations. If the Resources Unit has not been activated, the Planning
Section chief will perform the Check-In function. If the Planning Section has
not been activated, the Command Element will perform the Check-In function.
3. A "Check-In Recorder" will be assigned to each location where Resources
will Check-In. The Check-In Recorder:
a. Must have an adequate supply of Check-In forms/DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT
SHEETS (PD406-141), or other appropriate Check-in forms, logs, records, etc.
b. Must be informed regarding the frequency and schedule for
providing/reporting Check-In information to the Resources Unit.
c. Should determine if resources that Check-In can be electronically
recorded/documented.

4. Within NYC pursuant to CIMS, there are four locations where Check-In may
occur:
a. Staging Area(s) Resources should Check-In with the Resources Unit at the
Staging Area(s). If the Resources Unit is not activated, resources should
Check-In with the Staging Area Manager.
b. Incident Command Post Resources should Check-In with the Resources Unit
at the Incident Command Post.
c. When applicable, Intelligence/Investigations Section Post. When
applicable, investigative resources will Check-In at the Intelligence/
Investigations Section Post with the Resources Unit that will be co-located
with the Investigative Support Group, if activated. If the Resources Unit is
not activated, investigative resources will Check-In at the
Intelligence/Investigations Section Post with the Investigative Support Group,
if activated, if neither the Resource Unit nor the Investigative Support Group
are activated, investigative resources should Check-In with the
Intelligence/Investigations Section chief.
d. Helibase(s) In NYC, Check-In may be performed at a Helibase(s); however
absent extraordinary circumstances, Check-In will not occur at a Helibase(s).
5. Outside NYC, under NIMS ICS, there are an additional two locations where
Check-In may occur:
a. Incident Base
Absent extraordinary circumstances an Incident Base will not be activated in
New York City.
b. Camp(s)
Absent extraordinary circumstances a Camp(s) will not be activated in New
York City.
6. Pursuant to CIMS, absent extraordinary circumstances, resources must
formally Check-In before reporting to the Operations Section or Sectors or
Groups or Branches for assignment.
FORMS AND REPORTS DETAIL ROSTER/ASSIGNMENT SHEETS (PD406-141)

P.G. 220-25 CIMS: Resources
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: RESOURCES
PURPOSE
To define and describe CIMS Resources.
PROCEDURE
When responding to an incident, Resources will be defined and described as
follows:
DEFINITIONS
RESOURCES - personnel, teams, equipment, supplies, vehicles, aircraft,
watercraft and facilities that are available or potentially available for
assignment or allocation to support incident management and emergency response
activities.
NOTE: Non-law enforcement resources, particularly firefighting resources,
have been formally categorized by "Kind" and "Type." Law Enforcement resources
have NOT been formally categorized by "Kind" and "Type". However, an effort
currently is underway to develop appropriate metrics and to formally
categorize law enforcement resources by Kind and Type.
a. "Kind": Kind refers to broad classes that characterize similar resources,
such as teams, personnel, equipment, supplies, vehicles, watercraft,
facilities and aircraft. The term may also be used to specifically categorize
a particular resource, e.g., marked patrol car, unmarked car, nondescript car,
undercover car, van, truck, tractor trailer, two wheeled scooter, three
wheeled scooter or motorcycle.
b. "Type": Refers to the level of resource capability based upon its power,
size or capacity. Resource Type is designated by a Roman numeral, with I
representing the greatest capability and IV representing the least capability.
The Type assigned to a resource or a Component is based on a minimum level of
capability described by the identified metric(s) for that resource. In some
cases, a resource may have less than or more than four Types; and, additional
Types will be identified or the Type will be described as "not applicable."
Resources are categorized as:
SINGLE RESOURCE – A Single Resource may perform a particular assignment and
includes: Single resources include:
a. A single vehicles including the operator/crew;
b. A single watercraft including the operator/crew;
c. A single aircraft including the operator/crew;
d. A single item of equipment including the operator/crew;
e. Single personnel;

f. Single personnel and an animal, i.e., dog, horse;
g. A formally pre-designated "team" of 2 or more personnel, including an
identified work supervisor, i.e., "Squad", "Mobile Field Force."
NOTE: Appendix "A", lists examples of NYPD Single Resources. RESOURCE TEAM a combination of the same "Kinds" and "Types" of Single Resources assembled to
a particular tactical assignment.
A Resource Team must have:
a. A designated Leader; and,
b. Appropriate transportation if necessary; and,
c. Common communications between
(1) The respective resources, and
(2) The respective resources and the Leader, and
(3) The Leader and the Leader's designated supervisor, e.g., Group
Supervisor, Sector Supervisor, Branch Director, Section chief.
NOTE: When assembling a Resource Team, CIMS Span of Control principles
should not be violated.
SPECIAL RESPONSE TEAM - any combination and number of different "Kinds" and
"Types" of Single Resources assembled to perform a particular tactical
assignment.
A Special Response Team must have:
a. A designated Leader; and,
b. Appropriate transportation if necessary; and,
c. Common communications between:
(1) The respective resources, and
(2) The respective resources and the Leader, and
(3) The Leader and the Leader's designated supervisor, e.g., Group
Supervisor, Sector Supervisor, Branch Director, Section chief.
NOTE: When assembling a Special Response Team(s), CIMS Span of Control
principles should not be violated.
STATUS CONDITIONS
In order to maintain accurate current information regarding resource
utilization and resource needs, all resources must be assigned a specific
defined "status" condition. The three specific status conditions that are used
for tracking resources at an incident are:
1. Assigned: Resources (personnel that have Checked-In and equipment that has

been receipted for) assigned to an incident that are performing work tasks at
the incident under the direction of a supervisor; or, in the case of equipment
and facilities, resources that are performing a function supporting incident
operations.
2. Available: Resources (personnel that have Checked-In and equipment that has
been receipted for) assigned to an incident that are ready for an
assignment/deployment; or, in the case of equipment and facilities, resources
that are ready for a specific function. Resources in "Available" status
awaiting a tactical or investigative assignment should be ready for deployment
within three minutes.
3. Out-of-Service: Resources (personnel that have Checked-In and equipment
that has been receipted for) assigned to an incident, that are not able to be
assigned to a work task/ function or Available for assignment to a work
task/function due to mechanical, rest, illness, injury, staffing,
environmental, financial, etc., reasons; or, because their condition makes
them unusable. An Out-of-Service resource is not ready/capable of being in the
Available or Assigned status. RESOURCE STATUS CHANGES - Resource status is
maintained and changed by the supervisor to whom the respective resource is
assigned. Changes in resource status may be made by:
1. Command Element
2. Operations Section chief(s)
3. Branch Director(s)
4. Sector Supervisor(s)
5. Group Supervisor(s)
6. Resource Team and/or Special Response Team Leader(s)
7. When applicable, Intelligence/Investigations Section chief
8. When applicable, Intelligence/Investigations Section Group Supervisor(s)
9. Unit Leader(s)
10. Manager(s)
NOTE: Any change in resource status that is longer than several minutes must
be communicated to the appropriate CIMS organizational element. Absent
extraordinary circumstances, the individual changing the status of the
resource will ensure that the status change is promptly communicated through
the appropriate chain of command to the individual or incident management
organizational element responsible for maintaining/tracking the status of
resources assigned to the incident.
RESOURCE STATUS TRACKING SYSTEMS
a. Manual Records/Forms
b. Pre-formatted Resource Information Cards
c. Magnetic Symbols and Maps

d. Magnetic Symbols and Status Boards
e. Electronic Status Boards
f. Computer Applications, i.e., Spreadsheets, Databases, etc.
PLANNING SECTION/RESOURCES UNIT - All changes in the number, location and
status of resources are promptly reported to the Resources Unit; or if not
activated, the Planning Section chief; or if not activated, the Command
Element.
ADDITIONAL DATA Appendix "A" Examples of NYPD Single Resources:
* Non-Supervisory uniformed member of the service, i.e., Officer
* Supervisory uniformed member of the service, i.e., Sergeant, Lieutenant,
Captain, etc.
* Non-Supervisory civilian member of the service, i.e., School Safety Officer,
Traffic Enforcement Agent, Motor Vehicle Operator, Police Administrative Aide,
Police Communications Technician, etc.
* Supervisory civilian member of the service, i.e., Traffic Supervisor Level
I, Traffic Supervisor Level II, School Safety Agent Level III, Supervisor of
School Security, Associate Supervisor of School Security, Senior Police
Administrative Aide, Principal Administrative Associate, etc.
* Squad: 1 Sergeant + 8 Police Officers
* Mobile Field Force: 2 Squads to 6 Squads
* Patrol Borough Task Force / Mobile Field Force
* Radio Motor Patrol Auto (RMP) + 2 Officers
* Marked Van + crew
* Scooter + operator
* Patrol Wagon + crew
* NYPD Ambulance + crew
* Highway RMP + crew (1 Highway District Officer or 2 Highway District
Officers)
* Highway Motor Carrier Safety Unit RMP + crew
* Motorcycle + operator
* Motorcycle Squad: Usually 1 Highway District Sergeant + 5 Highway District
Officers on Motorcycles
* Mounted Unit Horse + Mounted Unit Officer
* Mounted Unit Squad: Usually 1 Mounted Unit Sergeant + 5 Mounted Unit
Officers on horses

* Patrol Canine + K-9 Officer
* Narcotics Detecting Canine + handler
* Explosives Detecting Canine (EDC) + handler
* Bomb Squad Robot / Remote Mobile Investigator (RMI) + crew
* Total Containment Vessel (TCV): 1 ESU REP + crew towing 1 TCV
* Bomb Squad Response Team: Van + 2 Bomb Squad Officers + EDC + Bomb Squad RMI
* ESU Radio Emergency Patrol Vehicle (REP) + 2 ESU Officers
* ESU Truck + crew
* ESU Breathing Apparatus Truck (BAT) + crew
* ESU Mobile Light Generator Truck (MLG) + crew
* ESU Mobile Alternative Light Truck (MALT) + crew
* ESU Photo Observation Truck (POT) + crew
* ESU Construction Accident Response Vehicle (CARV) + crew
* ESU Bearcat Armored Vehicle + crew
* ESU Peace Keeper Armored Vehicle + crew
* ESU Entry Team: 1 ESU Sergeant and 7 to 8 ESU Officers + appropriate
vehicle(s)
* ESU Counter Assault Car (CAT Car): Non descript Suburban vehicle + 1 ESU
Sergeant and 4 ESU Officers
* ESU Apprehension Team (A Team): Unmarked Truck + 1 ESU Sergeant and 7 to 10
ESU Officers
* ESU Tactical Robot / Remote Mobile Investigator (RMI) + 2 ESU Officers
* Aviation Unit Helicopter + crew
* Harbor Unit Launch + crew
* Technical Assistance Response Unit (TARU) Vehicle + crew
* Barrier Truck + crew
* Box Truck + crew
* Tractor Trailer + crew

P.G. 220-26 CIMS: Resource Assignments
Date Effective: 08/01/13
CIMS: RESOURCE ASSIGNMENTS
PURPOSE
To specify where arriving resources will initially be assigned at an incident.
PROCEDURE
After formal "Check In," arriving resources will initially be assigned to the
following locations at an incident:
STAGING AREA
Assignment to a Staging Area(s)
1. After formal Check-In, incoming resources may be assigned to a Staging
Area(s) for the following reasons:
a. Resources may be assigned/deployed during the current Operational Period.
b. Resources are needed to provide a reserve.
c. Single Resources may be organized into Special Response Teams and/or
Resource Teams prior to assignment/deployment.
2. As part of the planning process, the Operations Section chief will decide
what number, Kinds and Types of resources will be situated at the Staging
Area(s). This decision is based on the need to retain and maintain adequate
reserves to meet current needs and/or anticipated demands and/or unanticipated
contingencies.
3. The Operations Section chief will brief the Staging Area Manager(s)
regarding how the Staging Area(s) should be managed. This briefing should
include:
a. The number, Kinds and Types of resources that will be responding to the
Staging Area(s).
b. Communications procedures, devices, frequencies and measures that will be
used.
c. Minimum number of resource and specific Kinds and Types of resources that
must be retained and maintained as reserves.
d. Procedures for ordering/requesting additional resources.
e. Estimated length of time the Staging Area(s) will be activated/utilized.
f. Procedures for ordering/requesting logistics service and support.
4. The Staging Area Manager(s) must monitor the status of resources in the
Staging Area(s), and inform the Operations Section chief:

a. When minimum levels of resources are about to be reached;
b. If any additional resources should be requested/ordered.
5. The Operations Section chief must be concerned about the cost, morale, and
political implications of retaining and maintaining resources for long periods
of time at one or more Staging Areas. This is particularly true regarding
expensive equipment and personnel that have been rented/leased from private
entities and resulting significant costs may possibly be incurred.
6. After Check-In at a Staging Area, Single Resources will often be organized
into Resource Teams and/or Special Response Teams, and deployed/assigned to
incident related functions, operations and activities. The number, composition
and deployments/assignments of the Resource Teams and Special Response Teams
may continue for the entire incident, or they may change based upon incident
needs.
7. Resource Teams and Special Response Teams created/organized at the incident
should always be disassembled prior to release from the incident. In order to
ensure proper resource accountability, each resource should be demobilized and
leave the incident with the same resource designation, configuration and
organization that the resource had upon arrival.
SECTORS OR GROUPS
Assignment to Sectors or Groups or Branches
1. After formal Check-In, during rapidly expanding incidents, tactical
resources may immediately be assigned to the Operations Section; or, if
activated Sectors or Groups or Branches. In these situations, the tactical
resources must always immediately report to the Operations Section chief or a
designated Sector Supervisor or designated Group Supervisor or designated
Branch Director to be given a specific assignment.
2. Outside of NYC, under NIMS ICS, during rapidly expanding incidents, prior
to formal Check-In, tactical resources may be assigned directly to the
Operations Section; or, if activated, directly to Sectors or Groups or
Branches. In these situations, the tactical resources must report directly to
a designated Sector Supervisor or designated Group Supervisor or designated
Branch director to be given a specific assignment; and, formal Check-In will
occur at a later time when the resource is assigned to a Staging Area or is in
Out-of Service status. NIMS ICS acknowledges that this is not the preferred
way of deploying arriving additional resources.
INCIDENT BASE
Assignment to the Incident Base
1. Absent extraordinary circumstances, an Incident Base will not be activated
in New York City.
2. Outside of NYC, under NIMS ICS, after formal Check-In, tactical resources
are often assigned to the Incident Base when the resources are not scheduled
for use during the current Operational Period.
3. Outside of NYC, under NIMS ICS, for resources that have traveled a
significant distance, are assigned to the Incident Base in an Out-of-Service

status in order to provide time for briefings and rest/rehabilitation prior to
being deployed to an assignment during the subsequent Operational Period.

P.G. 220-27 Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS) - 201
Incident Briefing Form (ICS Form 201)
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE To properly document the response and summarize the actions taken at
the scene of an emergency incident in which the Citywide Incident Management
System (CIMS) has been implemented.
SCOPE Proper preparation of the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form (see Appendix
"A" and form attached) provides basic information regarding the emergency
incident and the resources allocated to the emergency incident. The Form will
serve as a reference document for the initial emergency incident response,
summarize the actions taken at the scene and will be the source document that
will be used to prepare a written Incident Action Plan (IAP), if a written IAP
is necessary. The Incident Briefing Form will not be a component of the IAP
for preplanned events.
PROCEDURE
When managing an emergency incident under Patrol Guide 220 Series,"Citywide
Incident Management System":
INCIDENT COMMANDER
1. Direct and ensure the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form is prepared on all
emergency incidents when:
a. Directed by a captain or above based on the magnitude, type, severity and
duration of the emergency incident
b. It is likely that the emergency incident will extend beyond one
"Operational Period"
c. The response to emergency incident exceeds four hours and results in the
allocation of significant resources and or personnel
d. A Unified Command-Command Element is established
e. The NYPD is the Incident Commander in a Single Command-Command Element;
and several Supporting Agencies are significantly involved in the emergency
incident management efforts
f. An Incident Management Team (IMT) is activated to manage the emergency
incident.
2. Attach a copy of the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form to the UNUSUAL
OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152) or Typed Letterhead, if prepared.
a. If UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT or Typed Letterhead is not prepared, file
CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form at the precinct of occurrence.
NOTE: The information from the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form can be used
as a reference or source document for the preparation of a written Incident
Action Plan (IAP).

The following describes how the four pages of the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing
Form can be used in future forms or documents:
Page 1- Map/Sketch: may be used as the Situation Map.
Page 2- Incident Objectives: may be used to prepare CIMS 202 Incident
Objectives Form.
Summary of Current Actions: may be used to continue tracking the response
actions and as a reference document for the CIMS 215 Operational Planning
Worksheet.
Page 3- Current Organization: may be used as a reference document for the
CIMS 203 Organization Assignment List and/or CIMS 207 Organizational Chart.
Page 4- Resources Summary: may be used to continue tracking resources
assigned to the incident.
ADDITIONAL DATA
After the initial briefing of the Command Element (Single or Unified), Command
Staff officers and General Staff Section chiefs, the CIMS 201 Incident
Briefing Form shall be duplicated and distributed as necessary to the Branch
Directors, Sector/Group Supervisors and appropriate Planning and Logistics
Section Unit Leaders.
The sketch map and summary of current action portions (pages 1, 2) of the CIMS
201 Incident Briefing Form will be provided to the Planning Section /
Situation Unit, if activated.
The Current Organization and Resources Summary portions (pages 3, 4) will be
provided to the Planning Section / Resource Unit, if activated.
All completed original forms MUST be forwarded to the Planning Section /
Documentation Unit, if activated.
Copies of all Incident Action Plans will be forwarded to and archived at the
Office of the Chief of Patrol.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS) (P.G. 220 Series)
Unusual Occurrence Reports (P.G. 212-09)
FORMS AND REPORTS
CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form (ICS Form 201)
CIMS 202 Incident Objectives Form
CIMS 203 Organization Assignment List
CIMS 207 Organizational Chart
CIMS 215 Operational Planning Worksheet
Incident Action Plan (IAP)
Typed Letterhead
UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT (PD370-152)
APPENDIX "A"
Preparation of CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form (ICS Form 201)
Caption # 1.
Caption Title - Incident Name

Instructions - Enter the name assigned to the incident.
Caption # 2.
Caption Title - Date
Instructions - Enter date prepared (month, day, and year).
Caption # 3.
Caption Title - Time
Instructions - Enter time of incident.
Caption # 4.
Caption Title - Incident Location
Instructions - Enter incident location.
Caption # 5.
Caption Title - Precinct
Instructions - Enter Precinct of incident.
Caption # 6.
Caption Title - Box
Instructions - Fire box number and location.
Caption # 7.
Caption Title - Map/Sketch
Instructions - Show the total Area of Operations, the incident site, etc.
Caption # 8.
Caption Title - Prepared by
Instructions - Enter the name and position of the person completing the
form.
Caption # 9.
Caption Title - Date
Instructions - Enter date prepared (month, day, and year).
Caption Title - Time
Instructions - Enter time prepared (24-hour clock).
Caption # 10.
Caption Title - Initial Incident Objectives
Instructions - Enter short, clear, concise statements of the objectives, for
managing the initial response.
Caption # 11.
Caption Title - Summary of Current Actions
Instructions - Enter the actions taken in response to the incident,
including the time and note any significant events or specific problem areas.
Caption # 12.
Caption Title - Current Organization
Instructions - Enter, on the organization chart, the names of the
individuals assigned to each position. Modify the chart as necessary, using
additional boxes in the space provided under the Sections. Utilize the blank
lines provided for a Unified Command for adding other agencies or responsible
parties.
Caption # 13.
Caption Title - Resource Summary
Instructions - Enter the following information about the resources allocated

to the Incident:
Caption Title - Resources Needed
Instructions - Description of the resource needed.
Caption Title - Time Ordered
Instructions - Time ordered (24-hour clock).
Caption Title - Resource Identifier
Instructions - Identifier for the resource (e.g., radio call-sign, vessel
name, vendor name, license plate, etc.).
Caption Title - ETA
Instructions - Estimated time for the resources to arrive at the staging
area.
Caption Title - On-Scene
Instructions - "X" Upon the resource's arrival.
Caption Title - Location/Assignment
Instructions - Location of the resource, the actual assignment, the status
of the resource (if other than working) and the contact name and number of
resource.
NOTE: Additional pages may be added to the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form,
if needed. All copies of the CIMS 201 Incident Briefing Form should be
attached to the UNUSUAL OCCURRENCE REPORT.

(Figure 62)

(Figure 63)

(Figure 64)

(Figure 65)

P.G. 220-28 Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS) Incident
Management Team (IMT) Activation/Deployment Protocol
Date Effective: 08/01/13
PURPOSE
To activate and deploy an Incident Management Team (IMT) at an emergency
incident or planned event.
SCOPE
When managing an emergency incident or planned event under Patrol Guide 220
Series, "Citywide Incident Management System:"
a. A NYPD Citywide Incident Management Team may be activated by the Police
Commissioner, First Deputy Commissioner or the Chief of Department, based on
the size, complexity and duration of the emergency incident or planned event.
b. A NYPD Borough Incident Management Team may be activated by the Chief of
Patrol, or Patrol Borough Commander concerned, for an emergency incident or
planned event occurring within their jurisdiction, or in his / her absence the
Duty Chief, based on the size, complexity and duration of the emergency
incident or planned event.
c. A NYPD Transit Bureau Incident Management Team may be activated by the
Chief of Transit concerning an emergency incident or planned event occurring
within the Transit jurisdiction, or in his / her absence the Duty Chief, based
on the size complexity and the duration of the emergency incident or planned
event.
d. A NYPD Housing Bureau Incident Management Team may be activated by the
Chief of Housing concerning an emergency incident or planned event occurring
within the Housing jurisdiction, or in his / her absence the Duty Chief, based
on the size, complexity and the duration of the emergency incident or planned
event.
DEFINITIONS
INCIDENT MANAGEMENT TEAM (IMT) - The Command Element and the appropriate
Command Staff and General Staff personnel assigned to an incident. (NIMS)
COMMAND ELEMENT - The individual(s) responsible for performing the Command
function in an incident management organization. (CIMS)
COMMAND STAFF - The Command Staff consists of:
* Public Information officer
* Safety officer
* Liaison officer
GENERAL STAFF - The General Staff consists of:
* Operations Section chief

* Planning Section chief
* Logistics Section chief
* Finance / Administration Section chief
* Intelligence / Investigations Section chief
INCIDENT ACTION PLAN (IAP) - Contains Incident Objectives reflecting the
overall incident strategy and specific tactical actions and supporting
information for the next Operational Period. The Plan may be oral or written.
When written, the Plan may have a number of forms as attachments (e.g.,
traffic plan, safety plan, communications plan, map, etc.).
OPERATIONAL PERIOD - The period of time scheduled for execution of a given set
of operation actions as specified in the Incident Action Plan. Operational
periods can be of various lengths, although usually not over twenty-four
hours.(CIMS)
ADDITIONAL DATA
The following is a list of situations that may require the activation /
deployment of a Citywide, Borough or Bureau IMT:
a. The Department activates "Stand Alone" protocols according to the type,
severity and the anticipated duration of an emergency incident or planned
event. The Police Commissioner may activate the Citywide IMT to act as the
Area Command at the Emergency Operations Center (ECO), and the affected
Borough(s) or Bureau(s) may activate their Borough or Bureau IMT(s).
b. It is likely an emergency incident or planned event will extend into
multiple Operational Periods (beyond twenty-four hours). A formal written
Incident Action Plan (IAP) will be required.
NOTE: In all cases where emergency incident or planned event extends into
multiple Operational Periods (beyond twenty-four hours), a formal written
Incident Action Plan (IAP) will be required.
c. A Unified Command - Command Element is established, utilizing resources
from multiple agencies in the mitigation of an incident and the duration is
expected to exceed twenty-four hours.
d. A Declaration of Disaster has been made, as defined in the Robert T.
Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (Public Law 93-288) as
amended.
e. A National Special Security Event is scheduled to occur in New York City
(e.g., UNGA, RNC).
f. An Incident of National Significance occurs outside New York City that
could have a substantial impact on New York City (e.g., terrorist attack,
prolonged utility outages in the surrounding region, mass transportation
interruptions).
g. Substantial resources are required from city, state and / or federal
agencies to manage an emergency incident.

h. A natural disaster occurs that affects New York City or the surrounding
areas and requires the coordination of substantial resources (e.g., hurricane,
floods).
i. An incident occurs that creates a significant health risk to a large
segment of the population of New York City or the surrounding areas (e.g.,
Pandemic Influenza, HazMat, CBRN).
j. A civil disturbance type incident occurs and requires significant
Department resources to manage the incident.
RELATED PROCEDURES
Mobilizations/Emergency Incidents (P.G. 213 Series)
Rapid Mobilization (P.G. 213-03)
Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS) (P.G. 220 Series)
CIMS: Command Element (P.G. 220-05)
CIMS: Public Information Officer (P.G. 220-06)
CIMS: Safety Officer (P.G. 220-07)
CIMS: Liaison Officer (P.G. 220-08)
CIMS: Operations Section Chief (P.G. 220-09)
CIMS: Planning Section Chief (P.G. 220-10)
CIMS: Logistics Section Chief (P.G. 220-11)
CIMS: Finance/Administration Section Chief (P.G. 220-12)
CIMS: Intelligence/Investigation Section Chief (P.G. 220-13)
FORMS AND REPORTS
Incident Action Plan (IAP)
Copywritten Property of Looseleaf Law Publications, Inc.

Index
A
Abandoned Infants/Operation Safe Haven 215-19
Absent Without Leave (A.W.O.L.) 205-18
Abused, Neglected or Maltreated Children 215-03
Accidents (See Collisions for related)
City Involved 217-04
Department Property Involved 217-10
New York City Housing Authority Involved 217-11
Notifications - Certain Accident Cases 217-12

ACS Requests for Assistance from the Administration for
Children's Services (ACS) Child Protection Specialists in
Relation to an Official ACS Investigation 215-22
Active Shooter Response Protocol 212-20
Activity Logs 212-08
Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor Vehicle 208-53
Aided Cases (General) 216-01
Child Window Fall Report 216-18
Handling Shelter Clients with Tuberculosis 216-20
Mobil Crisis Outreach Teams and Assertive Community Treatment Teams 216-22
Notifications 216-15

On New York City Transit Trains 216-14
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet 216-02
Suspicious Death or Suicide at NYC Correction Facility 216-16

Aircraft
Accidents 217-08
Violations 212-50

Alarms
Department of Education Facilities 212-41
Deactivation of Motor Vehicle Alarms 214-25
Interoperability Channels 213-19
Premises, Chronic Abuser Procedures 214-08
Response to Carbon Monoxide Alarms 216-21
Service of ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing for Vehicle Alarms 214-24

Alcohol Seized in ABC Law Violations, Processing 218-32
Alcohol Testing for Uniformed Members of the Service Involved in Firearms
Discharges Resulting in Injury to or Death of a Person 212-109

Ambulance Service, Department 205-04
Amber Alert System 212-99
Animals
Bites 216-09
Care and Disposition of 214-33

Anonymous Controlled Substance Program 214-15
Anti-Crime Police Officer

Duties and Responsibilities 202-25

Appearance by Members of the Service Before Governmental
Agencies or Private Organizations 211-09
Apprehension Plan 213-12
Acquisition and Use of Department Issued New York City Transit
Police Pass Metrocards 219-26
Arrest of Member
Member of the Service Arrested (Uniformed or Civilian) 206-11
Review of Arrest Cases Involving Member of the Service as Defendant 206-16

Arrest Processing Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-31

Arrest Processing, Large Scale 213-06
Arrest Processing of Persons Wanted for Multiple Incidents 20874
Arrests
Aggravated Unlicensed Operation of a Motor Vehicle 208-53
Arrest by Uniformed Member Outside City 208-14
Arrest Charges, Changes in 208-17
Arrest of Child Unlawfully in Certain Licensed Premises 215-11
Arrests - License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the
Organized Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk 208-21
Arrest Processing Indicators 208-16
Arrest Processing of Persons Wanted for Multiple Incidents 208-74
Arrest Report Preparation at Precinct Stationhouse 208-15

Arrest Report Supplement 208-13
Arrest, Vehicle Seizure at Time of 218-48
Bail, Forfeiture of 208-51
Bribery (Attempted) of Uniformed Member of the Service 208-35
Bribery Arrest by Uniformed Members of the Service 208-34
Career Felony - Drug Offender Program 208-64
Certificate of Warrant (Non-Support) 208-50
Civilian, Arrest Made By 208-04
Computer Failure, Alternate Procedure for Arrest Number Generation 208-10
Computer Failure, Alternate Procedure for Fingerprint Processing 208-12
Computerized Arrest (OLBS) Notification Printout 208-68
Computerized Investigation Card System 208-23
Contraband Weapons 208-49
Counterfeiting/Forging U.S. Government Obligations 208-47
Counterfeiting/Unauthorized Use of Access Devices 208-47
Decline Prosecution Arrest Cases, Follow-Up Investigations 208-67
Desk Appearance Ticket - General Procedure 208-27
Desk Appearance Ticket - Hospitalized Prisoner 208-30
Desk Appearance Ticket - Participating Department Store Program 208-27
Desk Appearance Tickets - Identification Standards 208-28
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence 208-36
Foreign Nationals 208-56
Involving Uniformed/Civilian Members of the Service 208-37
NYS Order of Protection Registry 208-38
Photographing Visible Injuries/Damaged Property 208-39
Felony Augmentation Program 208-65
Felony Case Development 208-66
Fingerprintable Offenses 208-08
First and Third Platoon Arrests 208-25

Foreign Nationals 208-56
Forfeiture Proceedings for Seized Property 208-26
Forged or Altered Motor Vehicle Documents 208-54
Gambling 208-46
General Processing 208-03
Handcuffing Students Arrested Within School Facilities 215-13
Intoxicated or Impaired Driving Arrest 208-40
Juvenile Delinquent 215-09
Juvenile Delinquent, Court Processing on Weekends and Holidays 215-23
Juvenile Offender 215-10
Law of Arrest 208-01
Licenses Issued by NYC Department of Consumer Affairs, Arrest of Holder
208-57
Lineups/Showups 208-24
Livescan Fingerprinting 208-11
Loitering for Purposes of Prostitution 208-45
Material Witness 208-61
Notifications to the Organized Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk
by Other Commands/ Units Effecting an Arrest When a Specified Condition
Exists 208-73
Notifications in Certain Arrest Situations 208-69
Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks 208-22
Personal Recognizance Juvenile Delinquent 215-12
Persons under Twenty-One, Operating a Motor Vehicle after having Consumed
Alcohol 208-41
Photographable Offenses 208-07
Postal Laws, Violation of 208-48
Prostitution 208-44
Removal to Department
Facility for Processing 208-02

Rights of Persons Taken into Custody 208-09
Search Guidelines, General 208-05
Security Measures 208-06
Taxicab and Towing Truck Owners/Operators 208-58
Traffic Violations 208-52
Transient Prisoner 208-62
Trespass Notice Program, Processing Arrests Made Pursuant to New York City
Housing Authority 208-77
Turnover Arrests 208-20
Vehicle of Foreign Registry 208-55
Warrant, Arrest on a 208-42
Warrants - Delivery of Felony
Defendants by NYS Police 208-60

Assaulted, Uniformed Member 212-30
Assistant District Attorneys and Assistant Corporation Counsels,
Request for Documents 211-18
Asylum, Foreign National Requests 212-45
Attorney, (Department) Conferral With 211-20
Auxiliary Police Officers
Auxiliary Police Supervision and Deployment of Personnel 212-100
Line of Duty Injury or Death 216-13
Selection & Utilization of Volunteers to perform Undercover Assignments for
Quality of Life Enforcement 214-05

B

Badge, Unauthorized Display 212-81
Bail (see "Prisoners" for related) 210-09
Delivery of Bail Money to Court from Property Clerk 210-11
Delivery of Bail Money to Court from Stationhouse 210-10
Forfeiture of Bail 208-51
Processing Prisoner When Bail Application Made to Judge 210-12

Bail Enforcement Agents, Documentation of Activity of 208-71
Bedside Arraignment 210-05
Bias Motivated Incidents 207-10
Bicycles
Bicycle (Aided Case) 216-01
Bicycle Collisions - General Procedure 217-17
Bicycle Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical Injury 217-02
Bicycle Patrol - Optional Uniform Item 204-04
Bicycle Patrol 212-65
Bicycle Registration Program 212-73
Preparation of Aided Report Worksheet 216-02
Preparation of COMPLAINT REPORT 207-01

Biohazard Labels 218-11
Blood
Donating to or Requesting from the Department's Blood Program 205-12
Requesting Blood When Outside NYS 205-13

Boats, Processing 218-22
Bombs 212-40
Borough Adjutant
Duties and Responsibilities 202-02

Borough Administrator
Duties and Responsibilities 202-04

Borough Auxiliary Police Coordinator
Duties and Responsibilities 202-07

Borough Commander
Duties and Responsibilities 202-01

Borough Counterterrorism Coordinator 202-04b
Borough Executive Officer, Administration 202-01b
Borough Executive Officer, Operations 202-01a
Borough Operations Commander
Duties and Responsibilities 202-03

Borough Special Projects Coordinator 202-04a
Breath Testing of Uniformed Members of the Service for the
Presence of Alcohol Conducting Ordered 203-23
Bribery (Attempted) of Uniformed Member of the Service 208-35

Bribery Arrest by Uniformed Members of the Service 208-34
Building, Vacant 214-17
Burglary/Robbery Apprehension Module 212-61
C
Callboxes, Solar Cellular 219-23
Canine Teams, Use of 212-93
Carbon Monoxide Alarms, Response to 216-21
Card, Unauthorized Display 212-81
Career Felony - Drug Offender Program 208-64
Career Program, Police Officer's/Detective Specialist's 205-15
Carjackings 207-32
Cases for Legal Action Program, N.Y.C. Housing Authority 214-07
Cellular Telephone(s)
Assigned to Patrol Supervisor, Utilization and Accountability for 219-24
Complaints Involving 207-36
Prisoner 218-50

Ceremonies, Authorization/Notification Regarding Department 212114

Charges and Specifications, Preparing 206-05
Service and Disposition of 206-06

Chief, Duty
Response to Serious Incidents 203-01

Child (Juvenile)
Abused, Neglected or Maltreated 215-03
Arrest of Child Unlawfully in Certain Licensed Premises 215-11
Care of Dependent 215-01
Child Advocacy Referrals in the Boroughs of Brooklyn and Queens 215-14
Confiscation of New York City Transit Student Metrocards 215-15
Family Court Warrant for Child Abuse/Neglect Cases 215-04
Handcuffing Students Arrested Within School Facilities 215-13
Juvenile Delinquent 215-09
Juvenile Delinquents, Court Processing of Arrests on Weekends and Court
Holidays 215-23
Juvenile Offender 215-10
Juvenile Report 215-08
Lost Child 215-02
Personal Recognizance Juvenile Delinquent 215-12
Requests for Assistance from the Administration for Children's Services
(ACS) Child Protection Specialists in relation to an official ACS
Investigation 215-22
Runaways 215-05
Shelter, Child Requiring 215-06
Truants 215-07

Child Care Leave of Absence 205-28

Citywide Command Discipline System 206-18
CIMS Procedures
Citywide Incident Management Systems
Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS) - 201 Incident Briefing Form
(ICS Form 201) 220-27
Citywide Incident Management System (CIMS) Incident Management Team (IMT)
Activation /Deployment Protocol 220-28
CIMS: Agency Core Competencies and Unified Operations Section 220-03
CIMS: Agency Roles 220-04
CIMS: Air Operations 220-23
CIMS: "Check-In- Process 220-24
CIMS: Command Element 220-05
CIMS: Coordinating Agency 220-15
CIMS: Demobilization 220-22
CIMS: Finance/Administration Section Chief 220-12
CIMS: Incident Facilities 220-19
CIMS: Incident Facilities - Air Operations 220-21
CIMS: Incident Facilities - Staging Area 220-20
CIMS: Incident Sequence 220-18
CIMS: Integrated Communications 220-16
CIMS: Intelligence/Investigations Section Chief 220-13
CIMS: Liaison Officer 220-08
CIMS: Logistics Section Chief 220-11
CIMS: Operations Section Chief 220-09
CIMS: Organizational Structure 220-01
CIMS: Planning Section Chief 220-10
CIMS: Primary Agency Matrix 220-02
CIMS: Public Information Officer 220-06

CIMS: Resource Assignments 220-26
CIMS: Resources 220-25
CIMS: Safety Officer 220-07
CIMS: Supporting Agencies and Agency Representatives 220-14
CIMS: Transfer of Command 220-17

Citywide Security Alert Levels 213-18
Interoperability Channels 213-19

Civilian Commendations (Non Members of the Service) 212-70
Civilian Complaints 207-31
Civilian Complaint Review Board 211-14
Witness Statement 207-30

Civilian Employee Involved in a Police Incident 212-34
Civilian, Arrest Made By 208-04
Clergy (Police/Clergy Program) 212-67
Closed Circuit Television Patrol, Housing Bureau 212-98
Collection and Processing DNA Exemplar Samples 218-52
Collisions (see Accidents for related)
Accidents and Collisions City Involved 217-04
Bicycle Collisions - General Procedure 217-17
Collision Report Police Department Vehicle Data Entry System 217-15
Collisions - Private Vehicles Authorized for Police Use 217-07

Department Vehicle Collisions 217-06
Leaving the Scene of a Collision 217-05
Preparing, Amending, and Releasing Police Accident Reports (MV104AN) to
Involved Parties Appearing in Person at a Police Facility 217-13
Preparation of Police Accident Reports (MV104AN) for Collisions Occurring
on Highways, Bridges and Tunnels 217-14
Vehicle Collisions - General Procedure 217-01
Vehicle Collisions which result in Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die,
or Critical Injury 217-02
Vehicle Collisions which result in Death, Serious Injury and likely to die,
or Critical Injury - Mechanical Defect Involved 217-03

Command Auxiliary Police Coordinator
Duties and Responsibilities 202-34

Command Clerk
Duties and Responsibilities 202-37

Command Discipline 206-02
Authorized Penalties 206-04
Citywide System 206-18
Reporting Violations 206-01
Violations Subject to 206-03

Commanding Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-09
Investigation Units 202-10a

Commercial Premises, Using Chains and Padlocks to Secure 214-19
Communicable Disease (Aided Case) 216-11

Community Affairs Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-32

Community Policing
Community Policing Unit (General Guidelines) 212-62
Duties and Responsibilities 212-63
Community Notification Protocol 212-74

Compensation, Guidelines for Acceptance of 203-16
Complaint Reporting System 207-01
Complaint Reports
Duplicated Copies 207-05
Voiding 207-03

Complaints
Bias Motivated Incidents 207-10
Carjackings 207-32
Cellular Telephones, Complaints Involving 207-36
Civilian Complaint - Witness Statement 207-30
Civilian Complaints 207-31
Complaint Reporting System 207-01
Complaint Reports, Voiding 207-03
Complaint Reports, Duplicated Copies 207-05
Complaints Already Recorded, Follow-Up Investigations of 207-09
Complaints Not Recorded on the On Line Complaint System 207-02
Computers or Computer Technology, Investigation of Crimes Involving 207-20
Contraband Weapons 207-17
Corruption, Allegations of, and Other Misconduct Against Members of the

Service 207-21
Corruption, Allegations of, Against City Employees (Other than Members of
the NYPD) 207-22
Credit Cards, Complaints Involving 207-18
Enforcement Incidents, Recording 207-33
Field Reports 207-29
Identity Theft, Involving 207-34
Lockers, Thefts From 207-19
Lost or Stolen Property 207-12
Lost or Stolen Vehicle Plates, Licenses and Other Department of Motor
Vehicle Documents 207-13
Missing Persons 207-23
New Smoking Ban in New York City, Response to Complaints of Violations of
214-36
Notifications 207-06
Occurring in Another Command 207-04
Orders of Protection Prohibiting Off-Duty Firearms Possession by UOS 206-20
Orders of Protection Served on Members of the Service 206-19
Police Impersonation, Robbery Complaint 207-14
Preliminary Investigation of Vice Related, Narcotics and Organized CrimeRelated Complaints 207-08
Preliminary Investigation of (Other than Vice Related or Narcotics
Complaints) 207-07
Preliminary Investigation, Recording and Transmission of Alarms for Stolen
Vehicles 207-11
Protective Services for Adults Agency and the Department for the Aging,
Notifications from Caseworkers Employed by 207-25
Rental Vehicle, Overdue 207-16
Robbery Complaints Involving Police Impersonation 207-14
Threats to Complainant and Witnesses 207-15
Transit System, Recording of Complaints Occurring Within New York City 20728
Weapons, Voluntary Surrender of With Written Notice 207-26

Weapons, Voluntary Surrender of Without Prior Notice 207-27

Computer Evidence, Processing 218-31
Computer Failure
Alternate Procedure for Arrest Number Generation 208-10
Alternate Procedure for Fingerprint Processing 208-12

Computers or Computer Technology, Investigation of Crimes
Involving 207-20
Computer, Systems, Department 219-14
Conditions, Street/Highway, Survey and Observation 214-22
Conducted Energy Devices, Use of 212-117
Confidential Informants 212-68
Confrontation Situations 212-33
Construction Sites 214-16
Response to Work Disruptions at City Construction Sites 212-51

Consumer Affairs, (Department of) Official Appearance 211-13
Contraband Weapons 208-49
Controlled Substance Program, Anonymous 214-15
Controlled Substances/Marijuana
Marijuana, Field Testing of 218-08

Not Stored at Stationhouse, Processing 218-25
Stored at Stationhouse, Processing 218-24
Transmittal to the Lab 218-04

Corporation Counsel, Obtaining Assistance 211-21
Corruption, Allegations of and Other Misconduct Against Members of the
Service 207-21

Corruption, Allegations of, Against City Employees (Other than
Members of the NYPD) 207-22
Counseling Services Unit 205-46
Counseling, Trauma Program 205-08
Counterfeit Money 212-47
Counterfeiting/Forging U.S. Government Obligations 208-47
Counterfeiting/Unauthorized Use of Access Devices 208-47
Court
Appearance by Members of the Service Before Governmental Agencies or
Private Organizations 211-09
Arrest, Documenting and Reporting Court Appearance 211-08
Assistant District Attorneys and Assistant Corporation Counsels, Request
for Documents 211-18
Borough Court Liaison Officer Criminal Justice Bureau 202-13a
Civilian Complaint Review Board 211-14
Computerized Court Appearance System 211-04
Consumer Affairs, (Department of) Official Appearance 211-13
Corporation Counsel, Obtaining Assistance 211-21

Criminal and Civil Court Telephone Alert System 211-06
Criminal Court Summons Issued for Consumption of Alcohol in Public,
Pleading Guilty by Mail 209-35
Department Attorney, Conferral With 211-20
Department of Consumer Affairs, Official Appearance 211-13
DMV Hearing 211-12
Duties and Conduct in Court 211-01
Freedom of Information Law, Requests Under 211-17
Hearings at Department of Motor Vehicles 211-12
Juvenile Delinquents, Court Processing of Arrests on Weekends and Court
Holidays 215-23
Legal Bureau Requests for Department Records 211-17
Notification to Appear at Court and Other Government Agencies 211-05
Notifying Court, Trial Room or Other Agencies When Members of the Service
report Sick 205-61
Regular Day Off, (R.D.O.) Prevention of Court Appearance 211-07
Request for Documents Received from Assistant District Attorneys and
Assistant Corporation Counsels 211-18
Subpoenas Issued by Court Outside New York City 211-16
Subpoenas, Processing 211-15
Traffic Violations Bureau Appearances and Computerized Time Slips 211-11
Traffic Violations Bureau Notifications 211-10
Transit Law Torts/Quick Response Unit 211-19
Warrant Arrest, Documenting and Reporting Court Appearance 211-08

Courtesies 203-02
Credit Cards, Complaints Involving 207-18
Crime Information Centers 212-103

Crime Prevention Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-26

Crime Scene Investigations 212-04
Affecting New York City Transit Train Service 212-05

Crowd Control/Special Events 213-11
Currency
Forfeiture of, Processing 218-38
Handling of Red Dye Marked and Intact Exploding Currency Packets 218-37
Non-Evidence, Processing 218-36
Required as Evidence, Processing 218-35

D
Dead Human Body (General) 216-04
Safeguarding Property of 218-28

Deadly Physical Force 203-12
Death, Member of the Service 205-07
Department Confidentiality Policy 203-22
Prohibiting Racial Profiling Policy 203-25

Department of Buildings, Access Warrants, New York City 214-37
Department of Motor Vehicles
Hearing 211-12
Lost or Stolen Vehicle Plates, Licenses and other DMV Documents 207-13

Suspension and Revocation Orders 212-80

Department Ceremonies, Authorization/Notification regarding 212114
Departmental Recognition 205-39
Department Requests for New York City Transit Buses 212-19
Desk Appearance Ticket (General) 208-27
Hospitalized Prisoner 208-30
Identification Standards 208-28
Participating Department Store Program 208-27

Desk Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-14

Diplomatic Incidents 212-56
Discrimination, Employment 205-36
Display of Offensive Material 205-37
Retaliation Against Members of the Service, Investigation of 205-38

Distraction Devices, Guidelines and Approval Process Pertaining
to the Use of 212-115
Disorders, Unusual, Duties At 213-05
DNA Exemplar Samples, Collection and Processing 218-52
Domestic Violence Prevention Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-29

Domestic Violence/Family Offenses 208-36
Involving Uniformed/Civilian Members of the Service 208-37
New York State Order of Protection Registry 208-38
Orders of Protection, Service of By UMOS 212-57
Photographing Visible Injuries/Damaged Property 208-39
Processing of New York State Domestic Incident Reports in the Domestic
Violence Database 208-70
Project Safe - Escorts for Victim Services Clients and Locksmiths 214-21

Donating Blood 205-12
Driver's License
As Condition of Employment 203-03
Mandatory Driver's License Checks 209-24
Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator's License 209-26

Driveway Tow Program 214-14
Drug Screening
As Condition of Discretionary Promotion 205-34
For Assignments to I.A.B. and Detective Bureau 205-31
For Assignments to O.C.C.B 205-32
For Assignments Within Special Operations Division and Other Specialized
Units 205-33
For Cause 205-30
Random 205-29
Voluntary 205-35

Duty Captain
Duties and Responsibilities 202-08

Duty Chief 202-01c
E
Educational Fellowship/Scholarship Notification of Intent,
Extended Leave of Absence 203-26
Elections
Election Poll Report 212-89
Primary, General and Special Election Day Duties after Close of Polls 21288
Primary, General and Special Election Day Duties Prior to
Opening of Polls 212-86
Primary, General and Special Election Day Duties While Polls are Open 21287

Electronic Summons Tracking System (ESTS) 209-36
Emblems, Insignia and Breast Bars 204-16
Emergency Incidents 213-02
Apprehension Plan 213-12
Duties At Unusual Disorders 213-05
Duty Chief, Response to Incidents 213-03
Emergency Plans A - B - C 213-13
Large Scale Arrest Processing 213-06
Mobilization of Off Duty Personnel 213-10
Mobilization Readiness Levels 213-04
Mobilization, Rapid 213-03
Policing Special Events/ Crowd Control 213-11

Unusual Disorder Kits 213-09
Unusual Disorder Maps 213-07
Unusual Disorder Plan
Formulating Plan 213-08

Emergency Power Outages 219-28
Emotionally Disturbed Person (E.D.P.)
(see Mentally Ill, etc., for related) 216-05

Employee Suggestion Program 205-41
Employment Discrimination 205-36
Display of Offensive Material 205-37
Retaliation Against Members of the Service, Investigation of 205-38

Environmental Control Board Notice of Violation and Hearing
(General Procedure) 209-12
Noise Violations General Prohibitions 214-23

Evaluations
Appeal of Evaluation - Civilian Member of the Service 205-59
Appeal of Evaluation - Uniformed Members of the Service 205-58
Evaluations - General - Members of the Service 205-48
Evaluation of Assistant Chiefs and Above/Civilian Managers 205-55
Evaluation of Captain through Deputy Chief 205-54
Evaluation of Police Officers and Detectives Assigned to Investigative
Duties 205-50
Evaluation of Police Officers and Detectives Assigned to Non-Investigative
Duties 205-51
Evaluation of Probationary Police Officers 205-49

Evaluation of Sergeants/Lieutenants 205-52
Evaluation of Sub-Managerial Civilian Personnel 205-53
Police Officer's Annual Evaluation Utilizing the Monthly/Quarterly
Performance Review and Rating System 205-56
Police Officer's Monthly/Quarterly Performance Review and Rating System
205-57

Evictions and Related
Cases for Legal Action Program, N.Y.C. Housing Authority 214-07
Evictions, Repossessions and other Civil Process 214-13
Narcotics Eviction Program 214-02
Padlock Law Program 214-01
Repair of Entrances Damaged By Police During Forced Entry 214-20
Taxi and Limousine Commission Padlock Enforcement Program 214-09
Unlawful Evictions 214-12
Vacate Orders for Residential Buildings 212-43

Evidence, DNA, Immediate Delivery, to the Police Laboratory and
the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) 218-49
Evidence, Processing Fireworks 218-53
Evidence, Processing Unknown Substances Suspected of Being
Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear(CBRN)/ Hazardous
Materials 212-101
Evidence/Property Control Specialist Duties and Responsibilities
202-36
Evidence Requiring Police Laboratory Analysis 218-09
Evidence, Suspect Collection Kits 218-51

Executive Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-10

Expiration of Tour 212-03
Explosive Devices 212-40
E-Z Pass Tags 219-25
F
Family Court Warrant for Child Abuse/Neglect Cases 215-04
Family Offenses/Domestic Violence 208-36
Involving Uniformed/Civilian Members of the Service 208-37
New York State Order of Protection Registry 208-38
Orders of Protection, Service of By UMOS 212-57
Photographing Visible Injuries/Damaged Property 208-39
Project Safe - Escorts for Victim Services Clients and Locksmiths 214-21

Fees (Vehicles and Boats in Police Custody)
Collection and Forwarding of 218-44

Fees
Forwarding to Audit and Account Section 212-82
Subpoenas 212-79
Vehicle Collisions (General) 217-01
Vehicles and Boats in Police Custody, Collection and Forwarding of 218-44
Vendors (Equipment and Goods), Removal and Storage Fees 218-43

Felony Augmentation Program 208-65
Felony Case Development 208-66
Field Intelligence Officer 202-41
Field Reports 207-29
Financial Restrictions
Prohibited Acts 203-13
Prohibited Interests 203-14

Fingerprints
Computer Failure, Alternate Procedure for Fingerprint Processing 208-12
Fingerprintable Offenses 208-08
Livescan Fingerprinting 208-11

Fire 212-58
Firearms (see "Weapons" for related)
Disposal of Handgun to Handgun Licensee 204-14
Enhancement of Offenses Involving Firearms 208-75
Firearms Proficiency Requirement 205-62
Firearm Safety Stations at Psychiatric Wards and Admitting Areas 216-07
General Regulations 204-08
Handgun Purchase 204-10
Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun Permits
212-118
Lost or Stolen Firearm 219-21
Orders of Protection Prohibiting Off-Duty Firearms Possession by Uniformed
Members of the Service 206-20

Pistol License Suspension, Revocation or Cancellation 218-45
Pistol License, Verification of 212-84
Pistol Magazine Purchases 204-11
Removal and Restoration of 206-17
Removal of from Intoxicated UMOS 206-12
Repair/Replacement of 204-12
Required Equipment 204-09
Response to Firearms Dealer Locations 212-44
Responsibility for While Sick 205-03
Rifle/Shotgun Permit Suspended, Revoked, Disapproved 212-85
Rifle/Shotgun, Unlawful Possession 212-46
Selling/Disposing of Handguns to Another Uniformed Member of the Service or
to a Licensed Firearms Dealer in New York State 204-13
Shotguns/Long Guns/Automatic Weapons, Use and Issuance of 212-94

Firearms Discharge by Uniformed Members of the Service 212-29
Firearms/Firearm-Related Evidence
Processing 218-23
Transmittal to the Lab 218-04

Fired Upon, Uniformed Member 212-30
Fireworks Evidence, Processing 218-53
Fireworks, Injuries Resulting From Illegal Use 212-55

Fitness for Duty 203-04
Flag (Placement of) 203-02

Foreign Nationals 208-56
Foreign National Requesting Asylum 212-45
Mayor's Executive Order Nos. 34 & 41, City Policy Concerning Confidential
Information and Immigrant Access to City Services 212-66

Forfeitures
Currency, Processing 218-38
Negotiable Instruments, Processing 218-38
Peddler, Unlicensed, Forfeiture Program 218-41
Proceedings for Seized Property 208-26
Vendor Distributor Forfeiture Procedure 218-40

Forged Documents
Forged or Altered Motor Vehicle Documents 208-54
Forging U.S. Government Obligations 208-47

Found Property
Processing 218-26
Retained by an Interstate Transportation Company, Airline, Bank or Safe
Deposit Company 218-27

Freedom of Information Law, Requests Under 211-17
Fund Raising Events 203-17
G
Gambling 208-46
Gifts, Guidelines for Acceptance of 203-16

Graffiti
Graffiti Reward Program 214-03
Operational Guidelines for Processing Complaints/Arrests for Graffiti 20737

Guidelines for Interaction with Limited English Proficient (LEP)
Persons 212-90
H
Handschu Authority
Guidelines For the Use of Photographic/Video Equipment By Operational
Personnel at Demonstrations 212-71
Guidelines for UMOS Conducting Investigations Involving Political
Activities 212-72
Policing Special Events/Crowd Control 213-11

Harassment of Uniformed Member 212-30
Hazardous Materials/ Infectious Diseases 212-37
Communicable Disease (Aided Case) 216-11
Exposure to 205-10
Persons Overcome by Gas, Drugs, or other Poisonous Substances 216-08

Hearing Impaired Persons, Interaction with 212-104
Heating Oil, Delivery of 219-13
Helmet (Disorder Control/ Scooter) Replacement Parts 204-20
Guidelines for Wearing/Carrying 203-05

Highway/Street Conditions, Survey and Observation 214-22

Holding Pens 210-08
Homeless Outreach Unit, Operational Guidelines 214-06
Hospitalized Prisoners 210-02
Hostage/Barricaded Person(s) 212-38
Housing Bureau Closed Circuit Television Patrol 212-98
Housing Developments
Disabled Elevator Car with Passengers 212-28
Inspection of Facilities 212-26
Person Threatening to Jump from Structure 212-54
Vertical Patrol of Buildings 212-60

I
Identification Card, Lost or Stolen 219-21
Identity Theft, Complaints 207-34
Immigrants
Mayor's Executive Order Nos. 34 & 41, City Policy Concerning Confidential
Information and Immigrant Access to City Services 212-66

Incidents and Law Enforcement
Civilian Employee Involved 212-34
Command Responsibilities When a Person Dies or Sustains a Serious Injury in
Connection With Police Activity 212-53
Confrontation Situations 212-33
Enforcement Personnel of Other Agencies Involved 212-35

Former/Retired MOS or Off Duty/Retired Federal, State or City Law
Enforcement Agent Involved 212-36
Incidents Involving Holders of Handgun Licenses or Rifle/Shotgun Permits
212-118
Repair of Entrances Damaged By Police During Forced Entry 214-20
Police Eligible Involved 212-34
Probationary Police Officer Involved 212-34

Infectious Diseases
Communicable Disease (Aided Case) 216-11
Exposure to 205-10

Information Concerning Official Business of Department 212-76
Inspections of Pawnbrokers and Second-Hand Dealers 214-38
Integrity Control Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-15

Integrity Review Board Recommendation Procedure 205-16
Intelligence Gathering
Citywide Reporting System 212-12
Gang Related Criminal Activity 212-13
Traffic, Reporting of Chronic Conditions 212-14

Interrogation of Members of the Service 206-13
Interrupted Patrol Log 212-10
Intoxicated or Impaired Driving Arrest 208-40

Under Twenty-One, Operating a Motor Vehicle After Having Consumed Alcohol
208-41
Intoxicated UMOS, Removal of Firearms 206-12

Inventory Searches of Automobiles and Other Property 218-13
Investigations of Animal Abuse 212-119
Invoicing Property (General) 218-01
Alcohol Seized in ABC Law Violations, Processing 218-32
Biohazard Labels 218-11
Boats, Processing 218-22
Cancellation of Pistol License 218-45
Change of Category for Invoiced Property 218-56
Classification of Property 218-19
Computer Evidence, Processing 218-31
Controlled Substances and Firearms Evidence, Transmittal to the Lab 218-04
Controlled Substances/Marijuana Contraband Not Stored at Stationhouse,
Processing 218-25
Controlled Substances/Marijuana Contraband Stored at Stationhouse,
Processing 218-24
Currency Required as Evidence, Processing 218-35
Currency, Handling of Red Dye Marked and Intact Exploding Currency Packets
218-37
Currency, Non-Evidence, Processing 218-36
Currency, Processing for Forfeiture 218-38
Deceased Person, Safeguarding Property of 218-28
Delivery of Property Other Than Vehicle/Boat to Property Clerk 218-03
Delivery of Vehicle to Property Clerk 218-20
Evidence Requiring Police Laboratory Analysis 218-09
Fees (Vehicles and Boats in Police Custody), Collection and Forwarding of
218-44

Firearm and Ballistics Evidence, Processing 218-23
Fireworks Evidence, Processing 218-53
Forfeiture of Currency, Processing 218-38
Forfeiture of Negotiable Instruments, Processing 218-38
Found Property, Processing 218-26
Found Property Retained by an Interstate Transportation Company, Airline,
Bank or Safe Deposit Company 218-27
Immediate Delivery of DNA Evidence to the Police Laboratory and the Office
of the Chief Medical Examiner (OCME) 218-49
Inventory Searches of Automobiles and Other Property 218-13
Invoicing Property Taken From a Person's Possession 218-30
Laboratory Analysis 218-09
Lead Seals (Security) 218-10
Lottery Property 218-34
Marijuana, Field Testing of 218-08
Negotiable Instruments, Processing for Forfeiture 218-38
Parolee, Invoicing Property Removed From 218-29
Peddler, Unlicensed, Forfeiture Program 218-41
Photographing Stolen Vehicles When an Arrest is Made 218-18
Pistol License Suspension, Revocation or Cancellation 218-45
Preparation of Request for Laboratory Examination Report 218-54
Property Clerk, Delivery of Property to, Other Than Vehicle/Boat 218-03
Property Clerk, Delivery of Vehicle to 218-20
Property Clerk Division Seals, Obtaining and Returning of 218-42
Property Clerk, Removal and Return of Evidence 218-07
Property Clerk Invoice, Voided 218-02
Recording of Arrest and Property Clerk Invoice Numbers on Arrest Related
Reports 218-05
Removal (Temporary) of Invoiced Property from the Command 218-06
Removal and Return of Evidence to Property Clerk Division 218-07

Retention of Invoiced Property 218-55
Return of Property/Vehicles at Command 218-02
Revocation of Pistol License 218-45
Rotation Tow 218-21
Security Envelopes (Plastic) 218-10
Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits in Sex Offense Cases, Processing
218-33
Stolen Vehicles, Photographing 218-18
Suspension of Pistol License 218-45
Temporary Removal of Invoiced Property from the Command 218-06
Transmittal of Controlled Substances and Firearms to the Lab 218-04
Vehicle Stolen and Recovered Within New York City 218-14
Vehicle Stolen Outside New York City and Recovered Within New York City
218-15
Vehicle Stolen Within New York City and Recovered Outside New York City
218-16
Vehicles in Police Custody, Safeguarding 218-12
Vendor Distributor Forfeiture Procedure 218-40
Vendors (Equipment and Goods), Removal and Storage Fees 218-43
Vendors (General and Food), Seizure, Removal, and Disposition of Property
218-39
Voided Property Clerk Invoice, Processing 218-02

Involuntary Protection Service 212-69
J
Jump, Person Threatening to 212-54
Jury Duty Leave for UMOS 205-26

Juvenile Delinquent 215-09
Personal Recognizance 215-12
Court Processing of Arrests of Juvenile Delinquents on Weekends and Court
Holidays 215-23
Photographing Juveniles Charges as Juvenile Delinquents or Juvenile
Offenders 215-24
Juvenile Desk, Utilization of the 215-21

Juvenile Offender 215-10
Photographing Juveniles Charges as Juvenile Delinquents or Juvenile
Offenders 215-24
On Line Juvenile Report System 215-08

K
Key Left in Ignition 209-27
L
Labor Dispute 212-52
Laboratory Analysis of Evidence 218-09
Lead Seals (Security) 218-10
Leave 203-20
Absent Without (A.W.O.L) 205-18
Child Care Leave of Absence 205-28
Educational Fellowship/ ScholarshipNotification of Intent, Extended Leave
of Absence 203-26
Jury Duty Leave for UMOS 205-26
Military Leave, Definite 205-22

Military Leave, Indefinite 205-23
Pregnancy Related Guidelines for UMOS 205-27
Special Leave for Former Members of the Armed Forces 205-24
Without Pay Thirty Calendar Days or More 205-21
Without Pay Twenty-Nine Calendar Days or Less 205-20

Leaving City on Official Business 212-83
Leaving the Scene of a Collision 217-05
Legal Bureau Requests for Department Records 211-17
Lieutenant - Platoon Commander
Duties and Responsibilities 202-13

Line of Duty Injury or Death
Auxiliary Police Officer 216-13
Occurring Within City 205-05
Outside City in Residence Counties 205-06
School Crossing Guard Injured While Performing Duty 216-12
Supervision of MOS Receiving Physical Therapy 205-09

Lineups/Showups 208-24
Locker (Department) 203-03
Inspection of 219-19
Thefts From 207-19

Loitering for Purposes of Prostitution 208-45

Lojack Stolen Vehicle Recovery System and Monthly Report 212-15
Lost Child 215-02
Lost or Stolen Firearm, Shield, Identification Cards 219-21
Lost or Stolen Property 207-12
Lost or Stolen Vehicle Plates, Licenses and Other Department of
Motor Vehicle Documents 207-13
M
Making False Statements 203-08
Material Witness 208-61
Meal Period 212-02
Media
Incidents Involving 212-49
Release of Information to News Media 212-77

Mentally Ill or Emotionally Disturbed Persons 216-05
Hostage/Barricaded Person(s) 212-38
Mental Health Removal Orders 216-06
Firearm Safety Stations at Psychiatric Wards and Admitting Areas 216-07
Involuntary Removals Pursuant to Mental Hygiene Law 216-17

Military Leave, Definite 205-22

Military Leave, Indefinite 205-23
Missing Persons 207-23
Mobilizations
Mobilization Readiness Levels 213-04
Off Duty Personnel 213-10
Rapid Mobilization 213-03
Mobile Crisis Outreach Teams and Assertive Community Treatment Teams 216-22

Modified Assignment or Suspension, Cause for 206-07
Modified Assignment 206-10
Monitoring Off-Duty Visits to Inmates at Correctional Facilities
by Members of the Service 205-63
Motor Scooter Operator
Duties and Responsibilities 202-24

Mourning Bands 204-17
N
Narcotics Eviction Program 214-02
Narcotics, Street Enforcement Unit (SNEU) Guidelines 212-116
No Child Left Behind Act, Requests for Information from the
Department of Education in Accordance with the 215-20
Noise Violations - General Prohibitions 214-23

Notifications to the Intelligence Division Pursuant to Alerts
Transmitted from the National Crime Information Center (NCIC)
212-108
Notification to the Organized Crime Control Bureau Field
Operations Desk by Other Commands/Units, When a Specified
Condition Exists/is Suspected, Whether or Not an Arrest is
Effected 208-73
Notifications Regarding Traffic Related Activities 213-17
Notifying Court, Trial Room or Other Agencies when Members of
the Service Report Sick 205-61
O
Obscenity, Public Display of Offensive Material, Enforcement
Activities 214-11
Off Duty Conduct 203-15
Employment 205-40
Incidents Involving UMOS 212-32

Off Duty Employment 205-40
Off Duty Firearms Possession by Uniformed Members of the
Service, Orders of Protection 206-20
Off Duty Visits to Inmates at Correctional Facilities by Members
of the Service, Monitoring 205-63
On Line Juvenile Report System 215-08
Operations Coordinator
Duties and Responsibilities 202-11

Operational Guidelines for Processing Complaints/Arrests for
Graffiti 207-37
Operation Safe Haven/ Abandoned Infants 215-19
Operation Safe Store 212-112
Order of Rank 203-01
Orders of Protection Prohibiting Off Duty Firearms Possession by
Uniformed Members of the Service 206-20
Orders of Protection Served on Members of the Service 206-19
Orders of Protection, Service of By UMOS 212-57
Orders, Compliance with 203-03
Overtime 205-17
P
Padlock Law Program 214-01
Parental Notification for Criminal Court Summonses Issued to
Individuals Under 18 Years 209-33
Parking Permits (NYPD Restricted) Distribution and Use of 219-29
Parking Violations Scofflaw Removal Program 212-48

Parolees, Felony Arrests of 208-59
Patrol Kits, Use of 219-17
Patrol Supervisor
Duties and Responsibilities 202-17

Patrolwagon Operator
Duties and Responsibilities 202-39

Pawnbrokers and Second-Hand Dealers, Inspection of 214-38
Peddlers and Vendors
Peddler, Unlicensed, Forfeiture Program 218-41
Vendor Distributor Forfeiture Procedure 218-40
Vendors (Equipment and Goods), Removal and Storage Fees 218-43
Vendors (General and Food), Seizure, Removal, and Disposition of Property
218-39
Voided Property Invoices, Processing 218-02

Pepper Spray Devices, Use of 212-95
Performance on Duty
General 203-05
Personal Appearance 203-07
Prohibited Conduct 203-06

Personal Information Via the Department Intranet 203-24
Photographable Offenses 208-07

Photography
Domestic Violence, Photographing Visible Injuries/Damaged Property 208-39
Guidelines For the Use of Photographic/Video Equipment By Operational
Personnel at Demonstrations 212-71
Photographable Offenses 208-07
Photographing Juveniles Charges as Juvenile Delinquents or Juvenile
Offenders 215-24
Photographing Stolen Vehicles When an Arrest is Made 218-18
Photography on the NYC Transit System 212-21

Physical Therapy, Supervision of MOS 205-09
Physicians, Escort For 212-42
Planning Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-27

Plate, Unauthorized Display 212-81
Police Action in Premises (Licensed or Unlicensed) where
Alcoholic Beverages are Sold 214-34
Police Action, Person Dies or Sustains a Serious Injury as a
Result of 212-53
Police Attendant Duties and Responsibilities 202-40
Police Eligible Involved in a Police Incident 212-34
Police Impersonation, Robbery Complaint 207-14
Police Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-21

Postal Laws, Violation of 208-48
Precinct School Safety Sergeant
Duties and Responsibilities 202-20

Pregnancy Related Guidelines for UMOS 205-27
Principal Administrative Associate
Duties and Responsibilities 202-16

Prisoners (General) 210-01
Arrest Processing of Pre-Arraignment Prisoners Designated As Special
Category 210-17
Bail (see "Bail" for related) 210-09
Bedside Arraignment 210-05
Cellular Telephone(s), Prisoners 218-50
Command Responsibilities When a Person Dies or Sustains a Serious Injury in
Connection With Police Activity 212-53
Debriefing of Prisoners 210-18
Holding Pens 210-08
Hospitalized 210-02
Hospitalized - Arrests by Members of Other Police Agencies 210-03
Meals 210-06
Obtaining Prisoner DNA Sample in Compliance with Executive Law 995 208-72
Release of 210-13
Release of - Narcotic Arrest - Negative Findings 210-14
Release of Prisoner at the Complaint Room by Direction of the Assistant
District Attorney 210-16
Release of Prisoners Arrested By Other Police Agencies 210-15
Requiring Medical/Psychiatric Treatment 210-04

Unusual Occurrence 210-07

Probationary Police Officer Involved in a Police Incident 212-34
Production of Records
Assistant District Attorneys and Assistant Corporation Counsels, Request
for Documents 211-18
Freedom of Information Law, Requests Under 211-17
Legal Bureau Requests for Department Records 211-17
Subpoenas Issued by Court Outside New York City 211-16
Subpoenas, Processing 211-15

Project Safe - Escorts for Victim Services Clients and
Locksmiths 214-21
Property Clerk, Delivery of Vehicle to 218-20
Property Clerk, Delivery of Property to, Other than Vehicle/Boat
218-03
Property Clerk Division Seals, Obtaining and Returning of 218-42
Property Clerk, Removal and Return of Evidence 218-07
Property, Department, Loss or Theft of 219-20
Prostitution 208-44
Protection Service (Involuntary) 212-69
Protective Services for Adults Agency and the Department for the
Aging, Notifications from Caseworkers Employed by 207-25

Protective Vests 204-18
Maintenance and Reserve Supply 204-19

Public Contact
General 203-09
Prohibited Conduct 203-10

Public Access Defibrillation Program 216-19
Q
Quality of Life Complaints Using the 311 Terminal, Processing
214-35
R
Racial Profiling, Department Policy Prohibiting 203-25
Radiation Detection Pager Alarms, Personal 212-102
Radiation Detection Pagers, Issuance and Maintenance of 219-27
Radio Motor Patrol Operator
Duties and Responsibilities 202-22

Radio Motor Patrol Recorder
Duties and Responsibilities 202-23

Radios, Portable 219-15
Real Time Crime Center, Utilization of the 212-78

Reckless Endangerment of Uniformed Member 212-30
Refrigerators, Freezers and Other Self Locking Containers,
Discarded 214-32
Registration on Vehicle (Foreign) 208-55
Release of Department Information 212-76
Release of Prisoners 210-13
Removal (Temporary) of Invoiced Property from the Command 218-06
Removal and Restoration of Firearms 206-17
Removal and Return of Evidence to Property Clerk Division 218-07
Removal of Firearms, Intoxicated UMOS 206-12
Removal (Temporary) of Firearms in Non-Disciplinary Cases 205-47
Rental Vehicle, Overdue 207-16
Repair of Entrances Damaged by Police During Forced Entry 214-20
Reporting to Department Surgeon and Returning to Duty from Sick
Report 205-60
Repossessed Vehicles/Parking Violations Scofflaw Removal Program
212-48
Requirement, Firearms Proficiency 205-62

Reserve Surgeon, Transport of 212-06
Residence Requirements 203-18

Retaliation Against Members of the Service, Investigation of
205-38
Retirement
Pistol License for Retiring MOS 205-44
Resignation 205-43
Vested Interest 205-42

Return Date and Time (Summons) 209-04
Returning to Duty from Sick Report, Reporting to Department Surgeon 205-60

Return of Property/Vehicles at Command 218-02
Rights of Persons Taken into Custody 208-09
Robbery Complaints Involving Police Impersonation 207-14
Roll Call Formations 212-01
Rotation Tow 218-21
Runaway Child 215-05
S
Safe Store, Operation 212-112

School Crossing Guard Injured While Performing Duty 216-12
School Related Incidents
Police Actions, Related Questioning, Arrests and Investigations at
Department of Education Facilities 215-17
Processing of Found Property Recovered by School Safety Agents in
Facilities or on Property owned by the Department of Education 218-46
Reporting and Recording Criminal Incidents 215-16
Search Protocols for School Safety Agents 215-18

Sealing Disciplinary Charges 206-15
Sealing Disciplinary Records 206-14
Search Guidelines, General 208-05
Second Hand Dealers, Inspection of Pawnbrokers and 214-38
Secure Automated Fast Event Tracking Network (SAFETNet) 212-107
Security Alert Levels, Citywide 213-18
Security Envelopes (Plastic) 218-10
Security Measures, Arrests 208-06
Seniority 203-01
Sexual Offense Evidence Collection Kits in Sex Offense Cases,
Processing 218-33
Shelter, Child Requiring 215-06

Shield, Lost or Stolen 219-21
Shields/Nameplates/Identification Cards 204-15
Showups/Lineups 208-24
Sick, Reporting 205-01
From Outside City and Outside Residence Counties 205-02
Notifying Court, Trial Room or Other Agencies When Members of the Service
Report Sick 205-61
Reporting to Department Surgeon and returning to Duty from Sick Report 20560
Responsibility for Weapons 205-03
Vacation Lost Due to Sick Leave 205-19

Signs, Unlawful Posting 214-10
Silver Alert System 207-35
Snow
Emergency Regulations 214-26
Removal 214-27

Solar Cellular Callboxes 219-23
Special Events/Crowd Control 213-11
Duties and Responsibilities at Special Events 213-15
Relocation of Vehicles During Special Events 213-16

Special Operations Lieutenant
Duties and Responsibilities 202-12

Stolen or Lost Firearm, Shield, Identification Cards 219-21
Stolen or Lost Property 207-12
Stolen or Lost Vehicle Plates, Licenses and Other Department of
Motor Vehicle Documents 207-13
Stolen Vehicles, Photographing 218-18
Vehicle Seizure at Time of Arrest 218-48
Stolen Vehicles, Preliminary Investigation, Recording and Transmission of
Alarms for 207-11

Stop and Frisk 212-11
Stop Work Orders 214-18
Street/Highway Conditions, Survey and Observation 214-22
Street Narcotics Enforcement Unit (SNEU) Guidelines 212-116
Students, Handcuffing Within School Facilities 215-13
Subpoenas
Fees and Accounting Procedures 212-79
Issued by Court Outside New York City 211-16
Processing 211-15

Summonses
Conditions of Service 209-01
Criminal Court Summons - Graphic 209-11
Criminal Court Summons Issued for Consumption of Alcohol in Public,
Pleading Guilty by Mail 209-35

ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing (General) 209-12
ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing (Graphic) 209-13
Electronic Summons Tracking System (ESTS) 209-36
Mandatory Driver's License Checks 209-24
Noise Violations -General Prohibitions 214-23
Notifications 209-22
Notification to Taxi and Limousine Commission Re: Enforcement Action 209-23
Obtaining and Returning Parking Parking Summons (General) 209-07
Parental Notification for Criminal Court Summonses Issued to Individuals
Under 18 Years 209-33
Parking Summons (Graphic) 209-08
Personal Service of Summonses Returnable to Traffic Violations Bureau or
Criminal Court 209-09
Quality Control Procedures for the Processing of Summonses Returnable to
Criminal Court 209-06
Release of Vehicles Prior to Tow Utilizing a Field Release Agreement (FRA)
209-32
Report Instead of Summons 209-17
Return Date and Time 209-04
Returnable Agencies 209-02
Seizure of Unlicensed Tow Truck 209-29
Served on Vehicle Used on Department Business 209-30
Served or Prepared in Error 209-18
Served Outside Permanent Command 209-20
Served Outside Permanent Command - Papers Lost 209-21
Service of a Summons - Special Procedures 209-16
Service of a Summons - Removal of Ignition Key 209-27
Statement of Correction by a Police Officer 209-31
Suspended or Revoked Vehicle Operator's License 209-26
Traffic Violations Bureau Summons (Graphic) 209-10
Transit Adjudication Bureau - Notice of Violation and Hearing (Graphic)

209-15
Transit Adjudication Bureau Prepared in Error 209-19

Notice of Violation and Hearing Served or

Unlicensed Tow Truck Operators 209-28
Warrant Checks Over Citywide I and II Radio 209-25

Supervisor of Anti-Crime Patrol
Duties and Responsibilities 202-18

Supplies, Inspection of 219-18
Surgeon (Reserve), Transport of 212-06
Suspect Evidence Collection Kits 218-51
Suspension From Duty
Civilian Member 206-09
Uniformed Member 206-08

Suspension or Modified Assignment, Cause for 206-07
T
Taxi and Limousine Commission Padlock Enforcement Program 214-09
Taxi and Limousine Commission, Notifications Re: Enforcement
Action 209-23
Taxicabs
Driver (Aided Case) 216-10
Taxicab and Towing Truck Owners/Operators, Arrest of 208-58

Tear Gas, Use of 212-92
Telephones, Complaints Involving Cellular 207-36
Telephone(s), Prisoners Cellular 218-50

Telephone Switchboard Operator
Duties and Responsibilities 202-38

Terrorists Activity, Suspected, Communications Between the
Intelligence Division and Units in the Field Regarding 212-110
Threats Against Members of the Service 212-31
Threats to Complainants and Witnesses 207-15
Tow Trucks, Towing and Related
Department Tow 219-09
Directed Accidents Response Program (D.A.R.P) 217-09
Driveway Tow Program 214-14
Field Release Agreement (FRA) 209-32
Removal of Vehicles from Parkways, Highways and Expressways 214-31
Repossessed Under Parking Violations Scofflaw Removal Program 212-48
Rotation Tow 218-21
Seizure of Unlicensed Tow Truck 209-29
Taxicab and Towing Truck Owners/Operators, Arrest of 208-58
Tow Truck Enforcement/Common Summonsable Offenses 209-34
Unlicensed Operator 209-28

Traffic Safety Coordinator
Duties and Responsibilities 202-06

Traffic Related Activities, Notifications Regarding 213-17
Traffic Safety Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-28

Traffic Violations (Arrests) 208-52
Traffic Violations Bureau
Appearances and Computerized Time Slips 211-11
Notifications 211-10

Training Sergeant
Duties and Responsibilities 202-19

Transfer, Application for 205-14
Transient Prisoner 208-62
Transit Police Pass Metrocards (Department Issued New York City)
- Acquisition and Use of 219-26
Transit System
Aided Cases 216-14
Animals 212-19
Crime Scenes 212-05
Critical Situations 212-17
Ejection 212-20
Evacuations 212-16
Inspection of Rapid Transit Stations on Post 212-23
Malfunction of Transit Bureau Radio Network 212-22
Photography 212-21

Recording of Complaints Occurring Within New York City 207-28
Removal of Power in Subway 212-24
Revenue Escorts 212-25
Searches for Armed/Dangerous Persons 212-18
Transit Law Torts/Quick Response Unit 211-19
Transit Student MetroCards, Confiscation of 215-15

Transport By Department Vehicle
Non-Member of the Service 212-07
Physician 212-42
Reserve Surgeon 212-06

Trauma Counseling Program 205-08
Trespass Notice Program
New York City Housing Authority 208-76
Processing Arrests Made Pursuant to the New York City Housing Authority
Trespass Notice Program 208-77

Truants 215-07
Tuberculosis, Handling Shelter Clients with 216-20
Turnover Arrests 208-20
U
"U- Visa Certification 212-111
Unidentified Persons 216-03

Uniforms 204-03
Classifications 204-02
General Regulations 204-01
Lost or Damaged 204-07
Optional Items 204-04
Protective Vests 204-18
Purchase and Inspection of New 204-05

Unusual Disorders, Duties At 213-05
Unusual Disorder Kits 213-09
Unusual Disorder Maps 213-07
Unusual Disorder Plan Formulating Plan 213-08

Unusual Occurrences
Prisoners, Involving 210-07
Reports 212-09

Use of Force 203-11
V
Vacant Buildings 214-17
Vacate Orders for Residential Buildings 212-43
Vacation Policy 203-19
Vacation Lost Due to Sick Leave 205-19

Vaccination, Hepatitis B 205-11

Vehicle Collisions (General) 217-01
Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical Injury 217-02
Death, Serious Injury and Likely to Die, or Critical Injury - Mechanical
Defect Involved 217-03
Department Vehicle Involved 217-06
Directed Accidents Response Program (D.A.R.P) 217-09
Leaving the Scene of a Collision 217-05
Private Vehicle Authorized For Police Use is Involved 217-07
Preparing, Amending, and Releasing Police Accident Reports (MV104AN) to
Involved Parties Appearing at a Police Facility 217-13
Preparation of Police Accident Reports (MV104AN) for Collisions Occurring
on Highways, Bridges and Tunnels 217-14

Vehicle Checkpoints, Use of 212-64
Vehicle of Foreign Registry 208-55
Vehicle Pursuits 212-39
Vehicles
Checkpoints, Use of 212-64
Deactivation of Motor Vehicle Alarms 214-25
Derelict Vehicles Bearing New York State Registration Plates 214-29
Inventory Searches of 218-13
Lost or Stolen Vehicle Plates, Licenses and other DMV Documents 207-13
Pursuits 212-39
Removal of Expired New York State Registration Plates 214-30
Removal of Vehicles from Parkways, Highways and Expressways 214-31
Repossessed Under Parking Violations Scofflaw Removal Program 212-48
Service of ECB Notice of Violation and Hearing for Vehicle Alarms 214-24
Stolen Vehicles, Photographing 218-18

Vehicle Seizure at Time of Arrest 218-48
Vehicle Stolen and Recovered Within New York City 218-14
Vehicle Stolen Outside New York City and Recovered Within New York City
218-15
Vehicle Stolen Within New York City and Recovered Outside New York City
218-16
Vehicles in Police Custody, Safeguarding 218-12

Vehicles, Department
Collisions 217-06
Collision Report Police Department Vehicle Data Entry System 217-15
Computerized Gas and Oil Dispensing System 219-11
Delivery of Gasoline to Fuel Dispensing Stations 219-12
Department Tow 219-09
Inspection Each Tour By Operator 219-01
Repairs 219-03
Tire Chains 219-08
Tire Repair Station, Removal from Authorized List 219-07
Tire Repairs, Except Motorcycles 219-05
Tire Replacement 219-06
Unmarked Department Vehicle Utilization Record 219-10
Washing 219-04
Weekly Inspection 219-02

Vending Machines Within Department Facilities, Operation of 21922
Vendors and Peddlers
Peddler, Unlicensed, Forfeiture Program 218-41
Vendor Distributor Forfeiture Procedure 218-40

Vendors (Equipment and Goods), Removal and Storage Fees 218-43
Vendors (General and Food), Seizure, Removal, and Disposition of Property
218-39
Voided Property Invoices, Processing 218-02

Vertical Patrol 212-59
Housing Authority Buildings 212-60

Vice Related, Narcotics and Organized Crime-Related Complaints,
Preliminary Investigation of 207-08
Violations Observed By Supervisory Officers, Reporting 206-01
Visa Certification, "U- 212-111
Vouchering Property and Related Procedures
[see Invoicing Property (General) and Related]

W
Warrants
Access Warrants, New York City Department of Buildings 214-37
Arrests - License Checks, Warrant Name Checks and Notifications to the
Organized Crime Control Bureau Field Operations Desk 208-21
Arrest on a 208-42
Certificate of Warrant (Non-Support) 208-50
Chemical Test Warrant Application 217-16
Citywide I and II Radio Check 209-25
Child Abuse/Neglect Cases 215-04
Delivery of Felony Defendants by NYS Police 208-60
Performing Local, State and Federal Warrant Checks 208-22
Repair of Entrances Damaged By Police During Forced Entry 214-20

Search Warrant Applications 212-75
Search Warrant Execution 212-105
Search Warrant Post-Execution Critique 212-106

Weapons (see "Firearms" for related)
Contraband Weapons 207-17
Responsibility for While Sick 205-03
Rifle/Shotgun Permit Suspended, Revoked, Disapproved 212-85
Rifle/Shotgun, Unlawful Possession 212-46
Shotguns/Long Guns/Automatic Weapons, Use and Issuance of 212-94
Voluntary Surrender of With Written Notice 207-26
Voluntary Surrender of Without Prior Notice 207-27

Y
Youth Officer
Duties and Responsibilities 202-30